Polybius — Histories, Books 13–39
Works in this volume — 1
Histories, Books 13–39
Contents — 194 sections
- Book 13, Part 1
- Book 13, Part 2
- Book 13, Part 3
- Book 13, Part 4
- Book 13, Part 5
- Book 13, Part 6
- Book 14, Part 1
- Book 14, Part 2
- Book 14, Part 3
- Book 14, Part 4
- Book 14, Part 5
- Book 14, Part 6
- Book 15, Part 1
- Book 15, Part 2
- Book 15, Part 3
- Book 15, Part 4
- Book 15, Part 5
- Book 15, Part 6
- Book 15, Part 7
- Book 15, Part 8
- Book 15, Part 9
- Book 16, Part 1
- Book 16, Part 2
- Book 16, Part 3
- Book 16, Part 4
- Book 16, Part 5
- Book 16, Part 6
- Book 16, Part 7
- Book 16, Part 8
- Book 16, Part 9
- Book 17, Part 1
- Book 18, Part 1
- Book 18, Part 2
- Book 18, Part 3
- Book 18, Part 4
- Book 18, Part 5
- Book 18, Part 6
- Book 18, Part 7
- Book 18, Part 8
- Book 18, Part 9
- Book 19, Part 1
- Book 19, Part 2
- Book 19, Part 3
- Book 19, Part 4
- Book 20, Part 1
- Book 20, Part 2
- Book 20, Part 3
- Book 20, Part 4
- Book 20, Part 5
- Book 21, Part 1
- Book 21, Part 2
- Book 21, Part 3
- Book 21, Part 4
- Book 21, Part 5
- Book 21, Part 6
- Book 21, Part 7
- Book 21, Part 8
- Book 21, Part 9
- Book 22, Part 1
- Book 22, Part 2
- Book 22, Part 3
- Book 22, Part 4
- Book 22, Part 5
- Book 22, Part 6
- Book 22, Part 7
- Book 22, Part 8
- Book 22, Part 9
- Book 22, Part 10
- Book 22, Part 11
- Book 23, Part 1
- Book 23, Part 2
- Book 23, Part 3
- Book 23, Part 4
- Book 23, Part 5
- Book 23, Part 6
- Book 23, Part 7
- Book 23, Part 8
- Book 23, Part 9
- Book 24, Part 1
- Book 24, Part 2
- Book 24, Part 3
- Book 24, Part 4
- Book 24, Part 5
- Book 24, Part 6
- Book 25, Part 1
- Book 25, Part 2
- Book 25, Part 3
- Book 25, Part 4
- Book 25, Part 5
- Book 25, Part 6
- Book 26, Part 1
- Book 27, Part 1
- Book 27, Part 2
- Book 27, Part 3
- Book 27, Part 4
- Book 27, Part 5
- Book 27, Part 6
- Book 27, Part 7
- Book 27, Part 8
- Book 27, Part 9
- Book 27, Part 10
- Book 27, Part 11
- Book 28, Part 1
- Book 28, Part 2
- Book 28, Part 3
- Book 28, Part 4
- Book 28, Part 5
- Book 28, Part 6
- Book 28, Part 7
- Book 28, Part 8
- Book 28, Part 9
- Book 29, Part 1
- Book 29, Part 2
- Book 29, Part 3
- Book 29, Part 4
- Book 29, Part 5
- Book 29, Part 6
- Book 29, Part 7
- Book 29, Part 8
- Book 29, Part 9
- Book 30, Part 1
- Book 30, Part 2
- Book 30, Part 3
- Book 30, Part 4
- Book 30, Part 5
- Book 30, Part 6
- Book 30, Part 7
- Book 30, Part 8
- Book 30, Part 9
- Book 31, Part 1
- Book 31, Part 2
- Book 31, Part 3
- Book 31, Part 4
- Book 31, Part 5
- Book 31, Part 6
- Book 31, Part 7
- Book 31, Part 8
- Book 31, Part 9
- Book 31, Part 10
- Book 32, Part 1
- Book 32, Part 2
- Book 32, Part 3
- Book 32, Part 4
- Book 32, Part 5
- Book 32, Part 6
- Book 32, Part 7
- Book 32, Part 8
- Book 32, Part 9
- Book 33, Part 1
- Book 33, Part 2
- Book 33, Part 3
- Book 33, Part 4
- Book 33, Part 5
- Book 33, Part 6
- Book 33, Part 7
- Book 33, Part 8
- Book 33, Part 9
- Book 34, Part 1
- Book 34, Part 2
- Book 34, Part 3
- Book 34, Part 4
- Book 34, Part 5
- Book 34, Part 6
- Book 34, Part 7
- Book 34, Part 8
- Book 34, Part 9
- Book 35, Part 1
- Book 35, Part 2
- Book 35, Part 3
- Book 36, Part 1
- Book 36, Part 2
- Book 36, Part 3
- Book 36, Part 4
- Book 36, Part 5
- Book 37, Part 1
- Book 37, Part 2
- Book 37, Part 3
- Book 37, Part 4
- Book 37, Part 5
- Book 38, Part 1
- Book 38, Part 2
- Book 38, Part 3
- Book 38, Part 4
- Book 38, Part 5
- Book 39, Part 1
- Book 39, Part 2
- Book 39, Part 3
- Book 39, Part 4
- Book 39, Part 5
- Book 39, Part 6
- Book 39, Part 7
- Book 39, Part 8
- Book 39, Part 9
- Book 39, Part 10
Book 13, Part 1
13.1FROM the unbroken continuity of their wars, and the extravagance of their daily lives, the Aetolians became involved in debt, not only without others noticing it, but without being sensible of it themselves. therefore naturally disposed to a change in their constitution, they elected Dorimachus and Scopas to draw out a code of laws, because they saw that they were not only innovators by disposition, but were themselves deeply involved in private debt. These men accordingly were admitted to the office and drew up the laws.
13.1When they produced them they were opposed by Alexander of Aetolia, who tried to show by many instances that innovation was a dangerous growth which could not be checked, and invariably ended by inflicting grave evils upon those who fostered it. He urged them therefore not to look solely to the exigencies of the hour, and the relief from their existing contracts, but to the future also. For it was a strange inconsistency to be ready to forfeit their very lives in war to preserve their children, and yet in their deliberations to be entirely careless of the future.
13.2Having failed to obtain the office, for the sake of which he had had the boldness to draw up these laws, Scopas turned his hopes to Alexandria, in the expectation of finding means there of restoring his broken fortunes, and satisfying to a fuller extent his grasping spirit. He little knew that it is impossible to assuage the ever-rising desires of the soul without correcting this passion by reason, any more than it is to stay or quench the thirst of the dropsical body by supplying it with drink, without radically restoring its healthy condition. Scopas, indeed, is a conspicuous example of this truth; for though on his arrival at Alexandria, in addition to his military pay, which he possessed independently as commander-in-chief, the king assigned him ten minae a day, and one mina a day to those next him in rank, still he was not satisfied; but continued to demand more, until he disgusted his paymasters by his cupidity, and lost his life and his gold together.
Book 13, Part 2
13.3Philip now entered upon a course of treachery which no one would venture to say was worthy of a king; but which some would defend on the ground of its necessity in the conduct of public affairs, owing to the prevailing bad faith of the time. For the ancients, so far from using a fraudulent policy towards their friends, were scrupulous even as to using it to conquer their enemies; because they did not regard a success as either glorious or secure, which was not obtained by such a victory in the open field as served to break the confidence of their enemies. They therefore came to a mutual understanding not to use hidden weapons against each other, nor such as could be projected from a distance; and held the opinion that the only genuine decision was that arrived at by a battle fought at close quarters, foot to foot with the enemy. It was for this reason also that it was their custom mutually to proclaim their wars, and give notice of battles, naming time and place at which they meant to be in order of battle. But nowadays people say that it is the mark of an inferior general to perform any operation of war openly. Some slight trace, indeed, of the old-fashioned morality still lingers among the Romans; for they do proclaim their wars, and make sparing use of ambuscades, and fight their battles hand to hand and foot to foot. So much for the unnecessary amount of artifice which it is the fashion for commanders in our days to employ both in politics and war.
13.4Philip gave Heracleides a kind of problem to work out, —how to circumvent and destroy the Rhodian fleet. At the same time he sent envoys to Crete to excite and provoke them to go to war with the Rhodians. Heracleides, who was a born traitor, looked upon the commission as the very thing to suit his plans; and after revolving various methods in his mind, presently started and sailed to Rhodes. He was by origin a Tarentine, of a low family of mechanics, and he had many qualities which fitted him for bold and unscrupulous undertakings. His boyhood had been stained by notorious immorality; he had great acuteness and a retentive memory; in the presence of the vulgar no one could be more bullying and audacious; to those in high position no one more insinuating and servile. He had been originally banished from his native city from a suspicion of being engaged in an intrigue to hand over Tarentum to the Romans: not that he had any political influence, but being an architect, and employed in some repairs of the walls, he got possession of the keys of the gate on the landward side of the town. He thereupon fled for his life to the Romans. From them, being detected in making communications by letters and messages with Tarentum and Hannibal, he again fled for fear of consequences to Philip. With him he obtained so much credit and influence that he eventually was the most powerful element in the overthrow of that great monarchy.
13.5The Prytanies of Rhodes were now distrustful of Philip, owing to his treacherous policy in Crete, and they began to Suspect that Heracleides was his agent.
Book 13, Part 3
13.5But Heracleides came before them and explained the reasons which had caused him to fly from Philip. . . .
13.5Philip was anxious above everything that the Rhodians should not discover his purpose in these transactions; whereby he succeeded in freeing Heracleides from suspicion.
13.5Nature, as it seems to me, has ordained that Truth should be a most mighty goddess among men, and has endowed her with extraordinary power. At least, I notice that though at times everything combines to crush her, and every kind of specious argument is on the side of falsehood, she somehow or another insinuates herself by her own intrinsic virtue into the souls of men. Sometimes she displays her power at once; and sometimes, though obscured for a length of time, she at last prevails and overpowers falsehood. Such was the case with Heracleides when he came from king Philip to Rhodes. . . .
Book 13, Part 4
13.5Damocles, who was sent with Pythio as a spy upon the Romans, was a person of ability, and possessed of many endowments fitting him for the conduct of affairs. . . .
13.6Nabis, tyrant of Sparta, being now in the third year of his reign, ventured upon no undertaking of importance, owing to the recent defeat of Machanidas by the Achaeans; but employed himself in laying the foundations of a long and grinding tyranny. He destroyed the last remains of the old Spartan nobles; drove into banishment all men eminent for wealth or ancestral glory; and distributed their property and wives among the chief men of those who remained, or among his own mercenary soldiers. These last were composed of murderers, housebreakers, footpads, and burglars. For this was, generally speaking, the class of men which he collected out of all parts of the world, whose own country was closed to them owing to their crimes and felonies. As he put himself forward as the patron and king of such wretches, and employed them as attendants and bodyguards, there is evidently no cause for surprise that his impious character and reign should have been long remembered. For, besides this, he was not content with driving the citizens into banishment, but took care no place should be secure, and no refuge safe for the exiles. Some he caused to be pursued and killed on the road, while others he dragged from their place of retreat and murdered. Finally, in the cities where they were living, he hired the houses next door to these banished men, wherever they might be, by means of agents who were not suspected; and then sent Cretans into these houses, who made breaches in the party walls, and through them, or through such windows as already existed, shot down the exiles as they stood or lay down in their own houses; so that there was no place of retreat, and no moment of security for the unfortunate Lacedaemonians.
13.7When he had by these means put the greater number of them out of the way, he next had constructed a kind of machine, if machine it may be called, which was the figure of a woman, clothed in costly garments, and made to resemble with extraordinary fidelity the wife of Nabis. Whenever then he summoned one of the citizens with a view of getting some money from him, he used first to employ a number of arguments politely expressed, pointing out the danger in which the city stood from the threatening attitude of the Achaeans, and explaining what a number of mercenaries he had to support for their security, and the expenses which fell upon him for the maintenance of the national religion and the needs of the State. If the listeners gave in he was satisfied; but if they ever refused to comply with his demand, he would say, Perhaps I cannot persuade you, but I think this lady Apéga will succeed in doing so. Apéga was the name of his wife. Immediately on his saying these words, the figure I have described was brought in. As soon as the man offered his hand to the supposed lady to raise her from her seat, the figure threw its arms round him and began drawing him by degrees towards its breasts. Now its arms, hands, and breasts were full of iron spikes under its clothes. When the tyrant pressed his hands on the back of the figure, and then by means of the works dragged the man by degrees closer and closer to its breasts, he forced him under this torture to say anything. A good number of men who refused his demands he destroyed in this way.
Book 13, Part 5
13.8The rest of his conduct was on a par with this beginning. He made common cause with the Cretan pirates, and kept temple-breakers, highway-robbers, and murderers all over the Peloponnese; and as he shared in the profits of their nefarious trades, he allowed them to use Sparta as their base of operations. Moreover, about this time some visitors from Boeotia, who happened to be staying at Lacedaemon, enticed one of his grooms to make off with them, taking a certain white horse which was considered the finest in the royal stud. They were pursued by a party sent by Nabis as far as Megalopolis, where the tyrants found the horse and groom, and took them off without any one interfering. But they then laid hands on the Boeotians, who at first demanded to be taken before the magistrate; but as no attention was paid to the demand, one of them shouted out Help! Upon a crowd of the people of the place collecting and protesting that the men should be taken before the magistrate, Nabis’s party were obliged to let them go and retire. Nabis, however, had been long looking out for a ground of complaint and a reasonable pretext for a quarrel, and having seized on this one, he harried the cattle belonging to Proagoras and some others; which was a commencement of the war. . . .
13.9Labae, like Sabae, is a city of Chattenia, which is a territory of the Gerraei. . . . In other respects, Chattenia is a rugged country, but the wealth of the Gerraei who inhabit it has adorned it with villages and towers. It lies along the Arabian Sea, and Antiochus gave orders to spare it. . . .
13.9In a letter to Antiochus the Gerraei demanded that he should not destroy what the gods had given them—perpetual peace and freedom; and this letter having been interpreted to him he granted the request. . . .
Book 13, Part 6
13.9Their freedom having been confirmed to the Gerraei, they presented King Antiochus at once with five hundred talents of silver, one thousand of frankincense, and two hundred of oil of cinnamon, called stacte, all of them spices of the country on the Arabian Sea. He then sailed to the island of Tylos, and thence to Seleucia. . . .
Book 14, Part 1
14.1aPERHAPS a resumé of events in each Olympiad may arrest the attention of my readers both by their number and importance, the transactions in every part of the world being brought under one view. However, I think the events of this Olympiad especially will do so; because in it the wars in Italy and Libya came to an end; and I cannot imagine any one not caring to inquire what sort of catastrophe and conclusion they had. For everybody, though extremely interested in details and particulars, naturally longs to be told the end of a story. I may add that it was in this period also that the kings gave the clearest indication of their character and policy. For what was only rumour in regard to them before was now become a matter of clear and universal knowledge, even to those who did not care to take part in public business. Therefore, as I wished to make my narrative worthy of its subject, I have not, as in former instances, included the history of two years in one book. . . .
14.1While the Consuls were thus engaged, Scipio in Libya learnt during the winter that the Carthaginians were fitting out a fleet; he therefore devoted himself to similar preparations as well as to pressing on the siege of Utica. He did not, however, give up all hopes of Syphax; but as their forces were not far apart he kept sending messages to him, convinced that he would be able to detach him from the Carthaginians. He still cherished the belief that Syphax was getting tired of the girl for whose sake he had joined the Carthaginians, and of his alliance with the Punic people generally; for the Numidians, he knew, were naturally quick to feel satiety, and constant neither to gods nor men. Scipio’s mind, however, was distracted with various anxieties, and his prospects were far from seeming secure to him; for he shrank from an engagement in the open field on account of the enemy’s great superiority in numbers. He therefore seized an opportunity which now presented itself. Some of his messengers to Syphax reported to him that the Carthaginians had constructed their huts in their winter camp of various kinds of wood and boughs without any earth; while the old army of the Numidians made theirs of reeds, and the reinforcements which were now coming in from the neighbouring townships constructed theirs of boughs only, some of them inside the trench and palisade, but the greater number outside. Scipio therefore made up his mind that the manner of attacking them, which would be most unexpected by the enemy and most successful for himself, would be by fire. He therefore turned his attention to organising such an attack. Now, in his communications with Scipio, Syphax was continually harping upon his proposal that the Carthaginians should evacuate Italy and the Romans Libya; and that the possessions held by either between these two countries should remain in statu quo. Hitherto Scipio had refused to listen to this suggestion, but he now gave Syphax a hint by the mouth of his messengers that the course he wished to see followed was not impossible. Greatly elated at this, Syphax became much bolder than before in his communications with Scipio; the numbers of the messengers sent backwards and forwards, and the frequency of their visits, were redoubled; and they sometimes even stayed several days in each other’s camps without any thought of precaution. On these occasions Scipio always took care to send, with the envoys, some men of tried experience or of military knowledge, dressed up as slaves in rough and common clothes, that they might examine and investigate in security the approaches and entrances to both the entrenchments. For there were two camps, one that of Hasdrubal, containing thirty thousand infantry and three thousand cavalry; and another about ten stades distant from it of the Numidians, containing ten thousand cavalry and about fifty thousand infantry. The latter was the easier of approach, and its huts were well calculated for being set on fire, because, as I said before, the Numidians had not made theirs of timber and earth, but used simply reeds and thatch in their construction.
14.2By the beginning of spring Scipio had completed the reconnaissances necessary for this attempt upon the enemy; and he began launching his ships, and getting the engines on them into working order, as though with the purpose of assaulting Utica by sea. With his land forces he once more occupied the high ground overlooking the town, and carefully fortified it and secured it by trenches. He wished the enemy to believe that he was doing this for the sake of carrying on the siege; but he really meant it as a cover for his men, who were to be engaged in the undertaking described above, to prevent the garrison sallying out, when the legions were separated from their lines, assaulting the palisade which was so near to them, and attacking the division left in charge of it. Whilst in the midst of these preparations, he sent to Syphax inquiring whether, in case he agreed to his proposals, the Carthaginians would assent, and not say again that they would deliberate on the terms? He ordered these legates at the same time not to return to him, until they had received an answer on these points. When the envoys arrived, the Numidian king was convinced that Scipio was on the point of concluding the agreement, partly from the fact that the ambassadors said that they would not go away until they got his answer, and partly because of the anxiety expressed as to the disposition of the Carthaginians. He therefore sent immediately to Hasdrubal, stating the facts and urging him to accept the peace. Meanwhile he neglected all precautions himself, and allowed the Numidians, who were now joining, to pitch their tents where they were, outside the lines. Scipio in appearance acted in the same way, while in reality he was pushing on his preparations with the utmost care. When a message was returned from the Carthaginians bidding Syphax complete the treaty of peace, the Numidian king, in a state of great exaltation, communicated the news to the envoys; who immediately departed to their own camp to inform Scipio from the king of what had been done. As soon as he heard it, the Roman general at once sent fresh envoys to inform Syphax that Scipio was quite satisfied and was anxious for the peace; but that the members of his council differed from him, and held that they should remain as they were. The ambassadors duly arrived and informed the Numidians of this. Scipio sent this mission to avoid the appearance of a breach of truce, if he should perform any act of hostility while negotiations for peace were still going on between the parties. He considered that, by making this statement, he would be free to act in whatever way he chose without laying himself open to blame.
Book 14, Part 2
14.3Syphax’s annoyance at this message was great, in proportion to the hopes he had previously entertained of making the peace. He had an interview with Hasdrubal, and told him of the message he had received from the Romans; but though they deliberated long and earnestly as to what they ought to do, they neither had any idea or conjecture as to what was really going to happen. For they had no anticipation whatever as to the need of taking precautions, or of any danger threatening them, but were all eagerness and excitement to strike some blow, and thus provoke the enemy to descend into the level ground. Meanwhile Scipio allowed his army generally, by the preparations he was making and the orders he was issuing, to imagine that his aim was the capture of Utica; but summoning the most able and trusty Tribunes at noon, he imparted to them his design, and ordered them to cause their men to get their supper early, and then to lead the legions outside the camp as soon as the buglers gave the usual signal by a simultaneous blast of their bugles. For it is a custom in the Roman army for the trumpeters and buglers to sound a call near the commander’s tent at supper time, that the night pickets may then take up their proper positions. Scipio next summoned the spies whom he had sent at different times to reconnoitre the enemy’s quarters, and carefully compared and studied the accounts they gave about the roads leading to the hostile camps and the entrances to them, employing Massanissa to criticise their words and assist him with his advice, because he was acquainted with the locality.
14.4Everything being prepared for his expedition, Scipio left a sufficiently strong guard in the camp, and got the rest of the men on the march towards the end of the first watch, the enemy being about sixty stades distant. Arrived in the neighbourhood of the enemy, about the end of the third watch, he assigned to Gaius Laelius and Massanissa half his Roman soldiers and all his Numidians, with orders to attack the camp of Syphax, urging them to quit themselves like brave men and do nothing carelessly; with the clear understanding that, as the darkness hindered and prevented the use of the eyes, a night attack required all the more the assistance of a cool head and a firm heart. The rest of the army he took the command of in person, and led against Hasdrubal. He had calculated on not beginning his assault until Laelius’s division had set fire to the enemy’s huts; he therefore proceeded slowly. The latter meanwhile advanced in two divisions, which attacked the enemy simultaneously. The construction of the huts being as though purposely contrived to be susceptible of a conflagration, as I have already explained, as soon as the front rank men began to set light to them, the fire caught all the first row of huts fiercely, and soon got beyond all control, from the closeness of the huts to each other, and the amount of combustible material which they contained. Laelius remained in the rear as a reserve; but Massanissa, knowing the localities through which those who fled from the fire would be sure to retreat, stationed his own soldiers at those spots. Not a single Numidian had any suspicion of the true state of the case, not even Syphax himself; but thinking that it was a mere accidental conflagration of the rampart, some of them started unsuspiciously out of bed, others sprang out of their tents in the midst of a carouse and with the cup actually at their lips. The result was that numbers of them got trampled to death by their own friends at the exits from the camp; many were caught by the flames and burnt to death; while all those who escaped the flame fell into the hands of the enemy, and were killed, without knowing what was happening to them or what they were doing.
14.5At the same time the Carthaginians, observing the proportions of the conflagration and the hugeness of the flame that was rising, imagined that the Numidian camp had been accidentally set on fire. Some of them therefore started at once to render assistance, and all the rest hurried outside their own camp unarmed, and stood there gazing in astonishment at the spectacle. Everything having thus succeeded to his best wishes, Scipio fell upon these men outside their camp, and either put them to the sword, or, driving them back into the camp, set fire to their huts. The disaster of the Punic army was thus very like that which had just befallen the Numidians, fire and sword in both cases combining to destroy them. Hasdrubal immediately gave up all idea of combating the fire, for he knew from the coincidence of the two that the fire in the Numidian camp was not accidental, as he had supposed, but had originated from some desperate design of the enemy. He therefore turned his attention to saving his own life, although there was now little hope left of doing so. For the fire was spreading rapidly and was catching everywhere; while the camp gangways were full of horses, beasts of burden, and men, some of them half dead and devoured by the fire, and others in a state of such frantic terror and mad excitement that they prevented any attempts at making a defence, and by the utter tumult and confusion which they created rendered all chance of escape hopeless. The case of Syphax was the same as that of Hasdrubal, as it was also that of the other officers. The two former, however, did manage to escape, accompanied by a few horsemen: but all those myriads of men, horses, and beasts of burden, either met a miserable and pitiable death from the fire, or, if they escaped the violence of that, some of the men perished ignominiously at the hands of the enemy, cut down naked and defenceless, not only without their arms, but without so much as their clothes to cover them. The whole place was filled with yells of pain, confused cries, terror, and unspeakable din, mingled with a conflagration which spread rapidly and blazed with the utmost fierceness. It was the combination and suddenness of these horrors that made them so awful, any one of which by itself would have been sufficient to strike terror into the hearts of men. It is accordingly impossible for the imagination to exaggerate the dreadful scene, so completely did it surpass in horror everything hitherto recorded. Of all the brilliant achievements of Scipio this appears to me to have been the most brilliant and the most daring. . . .
Book 14, Part 3
14.6When day broke, and he found the enemy either killed or in headlong flight, Scipio exhorted his Tribunes to activity, and at once started in pursuit. At first the Carthaginian general seemed inclined to stand his ground, though told of Scipio’s approach, trusting in the strength of the town [of Anda]; but when he saw that the inhabitants were in a mutinous state, he shrank from meeting the attack of Scipio, and fled with the relics of his army, which consisted of as many as five hundred cavalry and about two thousand infantry. The inhabitants of the town thereupon submitted unconditionally to the Romans, and were spared by Scipio, who, however, gave up two neighbouring towns to the legions to plunder. This being done he returned to his original entrenchment. Baffled in the hopes which they had entertained of the course which the campaign would take, the Carthaginians were deeply depressed. They had expected to shut up the Romans on the promontory near Utica, which had been the site of their winter quarters, and besiege them there with their army and fleet both by sea and land. With this view all their preparations had been made; and when they saw, quite contrary to their calculations, that they were not only driven from the open country by the enemy, but were in hourly expectation of an attack upon themselves and their city, they became completely disheartened and panic-stricken. Their circumstances, however, admitted of no delay. They were compelled at once to take precautions and adopt some measures for the future. But the senate was filled with doubt and varied and confused suggestions. Some said that they ought to send for Hannibal and recall him from Italy, their one hope of safety being now centred in that general and his forces. Others were for an embassy to Scipio to obtain a truce and discuss with him the terms of a pacification and treaty. Others again were for keeping up their courage and collecting their forces, and sending a message to Syphax; who, they said, was at the neighbouring town of Abba, engaged in collecting the remnants of his army. This last suggestion was the one which ultimately prevailed. The Government of Carthage accordingly set about collecting troops, and sent a despatch to Syphax begging him to support them and abide by his original policy, as a general with an army would presently join him.
14.7Meanwhile the Roman commander was pressing on the seige of Utica. But when he heard that Syphax was still in position, and that the Carthaginians were once more collecting an army, he led out his forces and pitched his camp close under the walls of Utica. At the same time he divided the booty among the soldiers. . . . The merchants who purchased them from the soldiers went away with very profitable bargains; for the recent victory inspired the soldiers with high hopes of a successful conclusion of the campaign, and they therefore thought little of the spoils already obtained, and made no difficulties in selling them to the merchants.
14.7The Numidian king and his friends were at first minded to continue their retreat to their own land. But while deliberating on this, certain Celtiberes, over four thousand in number, who had been hired as soldiers by the Carthaginians, arrived in the vicinity of Abba. Encouraged by this additional strength the Numidians stopped on their retreat. And when the young lady, who was daughter of Hasdrubal and wife of Syphax, added her earnest entreaties that he would remain and not abandon the Carthaginians at such a crisis, the Numidian king gave way and consented to her prayer. The approach of these Celtiberes did a great deal also to encourage the hopes of the Carthaginians: for instead of four thousand, it was reported at Carthage that they were ten thousand, and that their bravery and the excellency of their arms made them irresistible in the field. Excited by this rumour, and by the boastful talk which was current among the common people, the Carthaginians felt their resolution to once more take the field redoubled. And finally, within thirty days, they pitched a camp in conjunction with the Numidians and Celtiberes on what are called the Great Plains, with an army amounting to no less than thirty thousand.
Book 14, Part 4
14.8When news of these proceedings reached the Roman camp Scipio immediately determined to attack. Leaving orders, therefore, to the army and navy, which were besieging Utica, as to what they were to do, he started with all his army in light marching order. On the fifth day he reached the Great Plains, and during the first day after his arrival encamped on a piece of rising ground about thirty stades from the enemy. Next day he descended into the plain and drew up his army at a distance of seven stades from the enemy, with his cavalry forming an advanced guard. After skirmishing attacks carried on by both sides during the next two days, on the fourth both armies were deliberately brought out into position and drawn up in order of battle. Scipio followed exactly the Roman system, stationing the maniples of hastati in the front, behind them the principes, and lastly the triarii in the rear. Of his cavalry he stationed the Italians on the right wing, the Numidians and Massanissa on the left. Syphax and Hasdrubal stationed the Celtiberes in the centre opposite the Roman cohorts, the Numidians on the left, and the Carthaginians on the right. At the very first charge the Numidians reeled before the Italian cavalry, and the Carthaginians before those under Massanissa; for their many previous defeats had completely demoralised them. But the Celtiberes fought gallantly, for they had no hope of saving themselves by flight, being entirely unacquainted with the country; nor any expectation of being spared if they were taken prisoners on account of their perfidy to Scipio: for they were regarded as having acted in defiance of justice and of their treaty in coming to aid the Carthaginians against the Romans, though they had never suffered any act of hostility at Scipio’s hands during the campaigns in Iberia. When, however, the two wings gave way these men were surrounded by the principes and triarii, and cut to pieces on the field almost to a man. Thus perished the Celtiberes, who yet did very effective service to the Carthaginians, not only during the whole battle, but during the retreat also; for, if it had not been for the hindrance caused by them, the Romans would have pressed the fugitives closely, and very few of the enemy would have escaped. As it was, owing to the delay caused by these men, Syphax and his cavalry effected their retreat to his own kingdom in safety; while Hasdrubal with the survivors of his army did the same to Carthage.
14.9After making the necessary arrangements as to the booty and prisoners, Scipio summoned a council of war to consult as to what to do next. It was resolved that Scipio himself and one part of the army should stay in the country and visit the various towns; while Laelius and Massanissa, with the Numidians and the rest of the Roman legions, should pursue Syphax and give him no time to deliberate or make any preparations. This being settled the commanders separated; the two latter going with their division in pursuit of Syphax, Scipio on a round of the townships. Some of these were terrified into a voluntary submission to the Romans, others he promptly took by assault. The whole country was ripe for a change, owing to the constant series of miseries and contributions, under which it had been groaning from the protracted wars in Iberia.
14.9In Carthage meanwhile, where the panic had been great enough before, a still wilder state of excitement prevailed, after this second disaster, and the disappointment of the hopes of success which they had entertained. However, those of the counsellors who claimed the highest character for courage urged that they should go on board their ships and attack the besiegers of Utica, try to raise the blockade, and engage the enemy at sea, who were not in a forward state of preparation in that department; that they should recall Hannibal, and without delay test to the utmost this one more chance: for both these measures offered great and reasonable opportunities of securing their safety. Others declared that their circumstances no longer admitted of these measures: what they had to do was to fortify their town and prepare to stand a siege; for chance would give them many occasions of striking a successful blow if they only held together. At the same time they advised that they should deliberate on coming to terms and making a treaty, and see on what conditions and by what means they might extricate themselves from the danger. After a long debate, all these proposals were adopted together.
Book 14, Part 5
14.10Upon this decision being come to, those who were to sail to Italy went straight from the council chamber to the sea, while the Navarch went to prepare the ships. The rest began to take measures for securing the city, and remained in constant consultation on the measures necessary for the purpose.
14.10Meanwhile Scipio’s camp was getting gorged with booty; for he found no one to resist him, and everybody yielded to his attacks. He therefore determined to despatch the greater part of the booty to his original camp; while he advanced with his army in light marching order to seize the entrenchment near Tunes, and pitched his camp within the view of the inhabitants of Carthage, thinking that this would do more than anything else to strike terror into their hearts and lower their courage.
14.10The Carthaginians had in a few days manned and provisioned their ships, and were engaged in getting under sail and carrying out their plan of operations, when Scipio arrived at Tunes, and, the garrison flying at his approach, occupied the town, which is about a hundred stades from Carthage, of remarkable strength both natural and artificial, and visible from nearly every point of Carthage.
Book 14, Part 6
14.10Just as the Romans pitched their camp there, the Carthaginians were putting out to sea on board their ships to sail to Utica. Seeing the enemy thus putting out, and fearing some misfortune to his own fleet, Scipio was rendered exceedingly anxious, because no one there was prepared for such an attack, or had anything in readiness to meet the danger. He therefore broke up his camp and marched back in haste to support his men. There he found his decked ships thoroughly well fitted out for raising siege-engines and applying them to walls, and generally for all purposes of an assault upon a town, but not in the least in the trim for a sea-fight; while the enemy’s fleet had been under process of rigging for this purpose the whole winter. He therefore gave up all idea of putting to sea to meet the enemy and accepting battle there; but anchoring his decked ships side by side he moored the transports round them, three or four deep; and then, taking down the masts and yard-arms, he lashed the vessels together firmly by means of these, keeping a space between each sufficient to enable the light craft to sail in and out. . . .
14.11Philo was a parasite of Agathocles, the son of Oenanthe, and the friend of king Philopator. Many statues of Cleino, the girl who acted as cupbearer to Ptolemy Philadelphus, were set up at Alexandria, draped in a single tunic and holding a cup in the hands. And are not the most splendid houses there those which go by the names of Murtium, Mnesis, and Pothine? And yet Mnesis was a flute-girl, as was Pothine, and Murtium was a public prostitute. And was not Agathocleia, the mistress of king Ptolemy Philopator, an influential personage,—she who was the ruin of the whole kingdom? . . .
14.12The question may be asked, perhaps, why I have chosen to give a sketch of Egyptian history here, going back a considerable period; whereas, in the case of the rest of my history, I have recorded the events of each year in the several countries side by side? I have done so for the following reasons: Ptolemy Philopator, of whom I am now speaking, after the conclusion of the war for the possession of Coele-Syria, abandoned all noble pursuits and gave himself up to the life of debauchery which I have just described. But late in life he was compelled by circumstances to engage in the war I have mentioned, which, over and above the mutual cruelty and lawlessness with which it was conducted, witnessed neither pitched battle, sea fight, siege, or anything else worth recording. I thought, therefore, that it would be easier for me as a writer, and more intelligible to my readers, if I did not touch upon everything year by year as it occurred, or give a full account of transactions which were insignificant and undeserving of serious attention; but should once for all sum up and describe the character and policy of this king.
Book 15, Part 1
15.1THE Carthaginians having seized the transports as prizes of war, and with them an extraordinary quantity of provisions, Scipio was extremely enraged, not so much at the loss of the provisions, as by the fact that the enemy had thereby obtained vast supply of necessaries; and still more at the Carthaginians having violated the sworn articles of truce, and commenced the war He therefore at once selected Lucius Sergius, Lucius Baebius, and Lucius Fabius to go to Carthage, to remonstrate on what had taken place, and at the same time to announce that the Roman people had ratified the treaty; for he had lately received a despatch from home to that effect. Upon their arrival in Carthage these envoys first had an audience of the Senate, and then were introduced to a meeting of the people. On both occasions they spoke with great freedom on the situation of affairs, reminding their hearers that Their ambassadors who had come to the Roman camp at Tunes, on being admitted to the council of officers, had not been content with appealing to the gods and kissing the ground, as other people do, but had thrown themselves upon the earth, and in abject humiliation had kissed the feet of the assembled officers; and then, rising from the ground, had reproached themselves for breaking the existing treaty between the Romans and Carthaginians, and acknowledged that they deserved every severity at the hands of the Romans; but intreated to be spared the last severities, from a regard to the vicissitudes of human fortune, for their folly would be the means of displaying the generosity of the Romans. Remembering all this, the general and the officers then present in the council were at a loss to understand what had encouraged them to forget what they then said, and to venture to break their sworn articles of agreement. Plainly it was this—they trusted in Hannibal and the forces that had arrived with him. But they were very ill advised. All the world knew that he and his army had been driven these two years past from every port of Italy, and had retreated into the neighbourhood of the Lacinian promontory, where they had been so closely shut up and almost besieged, that they had barely been able to get safe away home. Not that, even if they had come back, he added, as conquerors, and were minded to engage us who have already defeated you in two consecutive battles, ought you to entertain any doubt as to the result, or to speculate on the chance of victory. The certainty of defeat were a better subject for your reflections: and when that takes place, what are the gods that you will summon to your aid? And what arguments will you use to move the pity of the victors for your misfortunes? You must needs expect to be debarred from all hope of mercy from gods and men alike by your perfidy and folly.
15.2After delivering this’ speech the envoys retired. Some few of the citizens were against breaking the treaty; but the majority, both of the politicians and the Senate, were much annoyed by its terms, and irritated by the plain speaking of the envoys; and, moreover, could not make up their minds to surrender the captured transports and the provisions which were on board them. But their main motive was a confident hope that they might yet conquer by means of Hannibal. The people therefore voted to dismiss the envoys without an answer. Moreover, the political party, whose aim it was to bring on the war at all hazards, held a meeting and arranged the following act of treachery. They gave out that it was necessary to make provision for conducting the envoys back to their camp in safety. They therefore at once caused two triremes to be got ready to convoy them; but at the same time sent a message to the Navarch Hasdrubal to have some vessels ready at no great distance from the Roman camp, in order that, as soon as the convoys had taken leave of the Roman envoys, he might bear down upon their ships and sink them; for the Carthaginian fleet was stationed at the time close under Utica. Having made this arrangement with Hasdrubal, they despatched the envoys, with instructions to the officers of the convoys to leave them and return, as soon as they had passed the mouth of the River Macara; for it was from this point that the enemy’s camp came into sight. Therefore, according to their instructions, as soon as they had passed this point, the officers of the convoys made signs of farewell to the Roman envoys and returned. Lucius and his colleagues suspected no danger, and felt no other annoyance at this proceeding than as regarding it as a mark of disrespect. But no sooner were they left thus alone, than three Carthaginian vessels suddenly started out to attack them, and came up with the Roman quinquereme. They failed, indeed, to stave her in, because she evaded them; nor did they succeed in boarding her, because the men resisted them with great spirit. But they ran up alongside of the vessel, and kept attacking her at various points, and managed to wound the marines with their darts and kill a considerable number of them; until at last the Romans, observing that their forage parties along the shore were rushing down to the beach to their assistance, ran their ships upon land. Most of the marines were killed, but the envoys had the unexpected good fortune to escape with their lives.
15.3This was the signal for the recommencement of the war in a fiercer and more angry spirit than before. The Romans on their part, looking upon themselves as having been treated with perfidy, were possessed with a furious determination to conquer the Carthaginians; while the latter, conscious of the consequences of what they had done, were ready to go all lengths to avoid falling under the power of the enemy. With such feelings animating both sides, it was quite evident that the result would have to be decided on the field of battle. Consequently everybody, not only in Italy and Libya, but in Iberia, Sicily, and Sardinia, was in a state of excited expectation, watching with conflicting feelings to see what would happen. But meanwhile Hannibal, finding himself too weak in cavalry, sent to a certain Numidian named Tychaeus, who was a friend of Syphax, and was reputed to possess the most warlike cavalry in Libya, urging him to lend his aid, and not let the present opportunity slip; as he must be well aware that, if the Carthaginians won the day, he would be able to maintain his rule; but if the Romans proved victorious, his very life would be in danger, owing to the ambition of Massanissa. This prince was convinced by these arguments, and joined Hannibal with two thousand horsemen.
15.4Having secured his fleet, Scipio left Baebius in command of it in his place, while he himself went a round of the cities. This time he did not admit to mercy those who voluntarily surrendered, but carried all the towns by force, and enslaved the inhabitants, to show his anger at the treachery of the Carthaginians. To Massanissa he sent message after message, explaining to him how the Punic government had broken the terms, and urging him to collect the largest army he was able and join him with all speed. For as soon as the treaty had been made, Massanissa, as I have said, had immediately departed with his own army and ten Roman cohorts, infantry and cavalry, accompanied by some commissioners from Scipio, that he might not only recover his own kingdom, but secure the addition of that of Syphax also, by the assistance of the Romans. And this purpose was eventually effected.
15.4It happened that just at this time the envoys from Rome arrived at the naval camp. Those of them who had been sent by the Roman government, Baebius at once caused to be escorted to Scipio, while he retained those who were Carthaginians. The latter were much cast down, and regarded their position as one of great danger; for when they were informed of the impious outrage committed by their countrymen on the persons of the Roman envoys, they thought there could be no doubt that the vengeance for it would be wreaked upon themselves. But when Scipio learnt from the recently-arrived commissioners that the senate and people accepted with enthusiasm the treaty which he had made with the Carthaginians, and were ready to grant everything he asked, he was highly delighted, and ordered Baebius to send the envoys home with all imaginable courtesy. And he was very well advised to do so, in my opinion. For as he knew that his countrymen made a great point of respecting the rights of ambassadors, he considered in his own mind, not what the Carthaginians deserved to have done to them, but what it was becoming in Romans to inflict. Therefore, though he did not relax his own indignation and anger at what they had done, he yet endeavoured, in the words of the proverb, to maintain the good traditions of his sires. The result was that, by this superiority in his conduct, a very decided impression was made upon the spirits of the Carthaginians and of Hannibal himself.
15.5When the people of Carthage saw the cities in their territory being sacked, they sent a message to Hannibal begging him to act without delay, to come to close quarters with the enemy, and bring the matter to the decision of battle. He bade the messengers in answer to confine their attention to other matters, and to leave such things to him, for he would choose the time for fighting himself. Some days afterwards he broke up his quarters at Adrumetum, and pitched his camp near ZAMA, a town about five days’ march to the west of Carthage. From that place he sent spies to ascertain the place, nature, and strength of the Roman general’s encampment. These spies were caught and brought to Scipio, who, so far from inflicting upon them the usual punishment of spies, appointed a tribune to show them everything in the camp thoroughly and without reserve; and when this had been done, he asked the men whether the appointed officer had been careful to point out everything to them. Upon their replying that he had, he gave them provisions and an escort, and despatched them with injunctions to be careful to tell Hannibal everything they had seen. On their return to his camp, Hannibal was so much struck with the magnanimity and high courage of Scipio, that he conceived a lively desire for a personal interview with him. With this purpose he sent a herald to say that he was desirous of a parley to discuss the matters at issue. When the herald had delivered his message, Scipio at once expressed his consent, and said that he would himself send him a message when it suited him to meet, naming the time and place. The herald returned to Hannibal with this answer. Next day Massanissa arrived with six thousand infantry and about four thousand cavalry. Scipio received him with cordiality, and congratulated him on having added to his sway all those who had previously been subject to Syphax. Thus reinforced, he removed his camp to Naragara: selecting it as a place which, among other advantages, enabled him to get water within a javelin’s throw.
15.6From this place he sent to the Carthaginian general, informing him that he was ready to meet him, and discuss matters with him. On hearing this, Hannibal moved his quarters to within thirty stades of Scipio, and pitched his camp on a hill, which seemed a favourable position for his present purpose, except that water had to be fetched from a considerable distance, which caused his soldiers great fatigue.
Book 15, Part 2
15.6Next day both commanders advanced from their camps attended by a few horsemen. Presently they left these escorts and met in the intervening space by themselves, each accompanied by an interpreter. Hannibal was the first to speak, after the usual salutation. He said that He wished that the Romans had never coveted any possession outside Italy, nor the Carthaginians outside Libya; for these were both noble empires, and were, so to speak, marked out by nature. But since, he continued, our rival claims to Sicily first made us enemies, and then those for Iberia; and since, finally, unwarned by the lessons of misfortune, we have gone so far that the one nation has endangered the very soil of its native land, and the other is now actually doing so, all that there remains for us to do is to try our best to deprecate the wrath of the gods, and to put an end, as far as in us lies, to these feelings of obstinate hostility. I personally am ready to do this, because I have learnt by actual experience that Fortune is the most fickle thing in the world, and inclines with decisive favour now to one side and now to the other on the slightest pretext, treating mankind like young children.
15.7But it is about you that I am anxious, Scipio. For you are still a young man, and everything has succeeded to your wishes both in Iberia and Libya, and you have as yet never experienced the ebb tide of Fortune; I fear, therefore, that my words, true as they are, will not influence you. But do look at the facts in the light of one story, and that not connected with a former generation, but our own. Look at me! I am that Hannibal who, after the battle of Cannae, became master of nearly all Italy; and presently advancing to Rome itself, and pitching my camp within forty stades of it, deliberated as to what I should do with you and your country; but now I am in Libya debating with you, a Roman, as to the bare existence of myself and my countrymen. With such a reverse as that before your eyes, I beg you not to entertain high thoughts, but to deliberate with a due sense of human weakness on the situation; and the way to do that is among good things to choose the greatest, among evils the least. What man of sense, then, would deliberately choose to incur the risk which is now before you. If you conquer, you will add nothing of importance to your glory or to that of your country; while, if you are worsted, you will have been yourself the means of entirely cancelling all the honours and glories you have already won. What then is the point that I am seeking to establish by these arguments? It is that the Romans should retain all the countries for which we have hitherto contended—I mean Sicily, Sardinia, and Iberia; and that the Carthaginians should engage never to go to war with Rome for these; and also that all the islands lying between Italy and Libya should belong to Rome. For I am persuaded that such a treaty will be at once safest for the Carthaginians, and most glorious for you and the entire people of Rome.
15.8In reply to this speech of Hannibal, Scipio said That neither in the Sicilian nor Iberian war were the Romans the aggressors, but notoriously the Carthaginians, which no one knew better than Hannibal himself. That the gods themselves had confirmed this by giving the victory, not to those who struck the first and unprovoked blow, but to those who only acted in self-defence. That he was as ready as any one to keep before his eyes the uncertainty of Fortune, and tried his best to confine his efforts within the range of human infirmity. But if, he continued, you had yourself quitted Italy before the Romans crossed to Libya with the offer of these terms in your hands, I do not think that you would have been disappointed in your expectation. But now that your departure from Italy has been involuntary, and we have crossed into Libya and conquered the country, it is clear that matters stand on a very different footing. But above all, consider the point which affairs have reached now. Your countrymen have been beaten, and at their earnest prayer we arranged a written treaty, in which, besides the offer now made by you, it was provided that the Carthaginians should restore prisoners without ransom, should surrender all their decked vessels, pay five thousand talents, and give hostages for their performance of these articles. These were the terms which I and they mutually agreed upon; we both despatched envoys to our respective Senates and people,—we consenting to grant these terms, the Carthaginians begging to have them granted. The Senate agreed: the people ratified the treaty. But though they had got what they asked, the Carthaginians annulled the compact by an act of perfidy towards us. What course is left to me? Put yourself in my place and say. To withdraw the severest clauses of the treaty? Are we to do this, say you, not in order that by reaping the reward of treachery they may learn in future to outrage their benefactors, but in order that by getting what they ask for they may be grateful to us? Why, only the other day, after obtaining what they begged for as suppliants, because your presence gave them a slender hope of success, they at once treated us as hated foes and public enemies. In these circumstances, if a still severer clause were added to the conditions imposed, it might be possible to refer the treaty back to the people; but, if I were to withdraw any of these conditions, such a reference does not admit even of discussion. What then is the conclusion of my discourse? It is, that you must submit yourselves and your country to us unconditionally, or conquer us in the field.
15.9After these speeches Hannibal and Scipio parted without coming to any terms; and next morning by daybreak both generals drew out their forces and engaged. To the Carthaginians it was a struggle for their own lives and the sovereignty of Libya; to the Romans for universal dominion and supremacy. And could any one who grasped the situation fail to be moved at the story? Armies more fitted for war than these, or generals who had been more successful or more thoroughly trained in all the operations of war, it would be impossible to find, or any other occasion on which the prizes proposed by destiny to the combatants were more momentous. For it was not merely of Libya or Europe that the victors in this battle were destined to become masters, but of all other parts of the world known to history,—a destiny which had not to wait long for its fulfilment.
15.9Scipio placed his men on the field in the following order: the hastati first, with an interval between their maniples; behind them the principes, their maniples not arranged to cover the intervals between those of the hastati as the Roman custom is, but immediately behind them at some distance, because the enemy was so strong in elephants. In the rear of these he stationed the triarii. On his left wing he stationed Gaius Laelius with the Italian cavalry, on the right Massanissa with all his Numidians. The intervals between the front maniples he filled up with maniples of velites, who were ordered to begin the battle; but if they found themselves unable to stand the charge of the elephants, to retire quickly either to the rear of the whole army by the intervals between the maniples, which went straight through the ranks, or, if they got entangled with the elephants, to step aside into the lateral spaces between the maniples.
15.10These dispositions made, he went along the ranks delivering an exhortation to the men, which, though short, was much to the point in the circumstances in which they were placed. He called upon them, Remembering their former victories, to show themselves to be men of mettle and worthy their reputation and their country. To put before their eyes that the effect of their victory would be not only to make them complete masters of Libya, but to give them and their country the supremacy and undisputed lordship of the world. But if the result of the battle were unfavourable, those who fell fighting gallantly would have the record of having died for their country, while those that saved themselves by flight would spend the rest of their days as objects of pitying contempt and scorn. For there was no place in Libya which could secure their safety if they fled; while, if they fell into the hands of the Carthaginians, no one who looked facts in the face could doubt what would happen to them. May none of you, he added, learn that by experience! Since, then, Fortune puts before us the most glorious of rewards, in whichever way the battle is decided, should we not be at once the most mean-spirited and foolish of mankind if we abandon the most glorious alternative, and from a paltry clinging to life deliberately choose the worst of misfortunes? Charge the enemy then with the steady resolve to do one of two things, to conquer or to die! For it is men thus minded who invariably conquer their opponents, since they enter the field with no other hope of life.
15.11Such was Scipio’s address to his men. Meanwhile Hannibal had put his men also into position. His elephants, which numbered more than eighty, he placed in the van of the whole army. Next his mercenaries, amounting to twelve thousand, and consisting of Ligurians, Celts, Baliarians, and Mauretani; behind them the native Libyans and Carthaginians; and on the rear of the whole the men whom he had brought from Italy, at a distance of somewhat more than a stade. His wings he strengthened with cavalry, stationing the Numidian allies on the left wing, and the Carthaginian horsemen on the right. He ordered each officer to address his own men, bidding them rest their hopes of victory on him and the army he had brought with him; while he bade their officers remind the Carthaginians in plain terms what would happen to their wives and children if the battle should be lost. While these orders were carried out by the officers, Hannibal himself went along the lines of his Italian army and urged them to remember the seventeen years during which they had been brothers-inarms, and the number of battles they had fought with the Romans, in which they had never been beaten or given the Romans even a hope of victory. Above all, putting aside minor engagements and their countless successes, let them place before their eyes the battle of the River Trebia against the father of the present Roman commander; and again the battle in Etruria against Flaminius; and lastly that at Cannae against Aemilius, with none of which was the present struggle to be compared, whether in regard to the number or excellence of the enemy’s men. Let them only raise their eyes and look at the ranks of the enemy; they would see that they were not merely fewer, but many times fewer than those with whom they had fought before, while, as to their soldierly qualities, there was no comparison. The former Roman armies had come to the struggle with them untainted by memories of past defeats: while these men were the sons or the remnants of those who had been beaten in Italy, and fled before him again and again. They ought not therefore, he said, to undo the glory and fame of their previous achievements, but to struggle with a firm and brave resolve to maintain their reputation of invincibility.
Book 15, Part 3
15.11Such were the addresses of the two commanders.
15.12All arrangements for the battle being complete, and the two opposing forces of Numidian cavalry having been for some time engaged in skirmishing attacks upon each other, Hannibal gave the word to the men on the elephants to charge the enemy. But as they heard the horns and trumpets braying all round them, some of the elephants became unmanageable and rushed back upon the Numidian contingents of the Carthaginian army; and this enabled Massanissa with great speed to deprive the Carthaginian left wing of its cavalry support. The rest of the elephants charged the Roman velites in the spaces between the maniples of the line, and while inflicting much damage on the enemy suffered severely themselves; until, becoming frightened, some of them ran away down the vacant spaces, the Romans letting them pass harmlessly along, according to Scipio’s orders, while others ran away to the right under a shower of darts from the cavalry, until they were finally driven clear off the field. It was just at the moment of this stampede of the elephants, that Laelius forced the Carthaginian cavalry into headlong flight, and along with Massanissa pressed them with a vigorous pursuit. While this was going on, the opposing lines of heavy infantry were advancing to meet others with deliberate step and proud confidence, except Hannibal’s army of Italy, which remained in its original position. When they came within distance the Roman soldiers charged the enemy, shouting as usual their war-cry, and clashing their swords against their shields: while the Carthaginian mercenaries uttered a strange confusion of cries, the effect of which was indescribable, for, in the words of the poet, the voice of all was not one — nor one their cry: But manifold their speech as was their race.
15.13The whole affair being now a trial of strength between man and man at close quarters, as the combatants used their swords and not their spears, the superiority was at first on the side of the dexterity and daring of the mercenaries, which enabled them to wound a considerable number of the Romans. The latter, however, trusting to the steadiness of their ranks and the excellence of their arms, still kept gaining ground, their rear ranks keeping close up with them and encouraging them to advance; while the Carthaginians did not keep up with their mercenaries nor support them, but showed a thoroughly cowardly spirit. The result was that the foreign soldiers gave way: and, believing that they had been shamelessly abandoned by their own side, fell upon the men on their rear as they were retreating, and began killing them; whereby many of the Carthaginians were compelled to meet a gallant death in spite of themselves. For as they were being cut down by their mercenaries they had, much against their inclination, to fight with their own men and the Romans at the same time; and as they now fought with desperation and fury they killed a good many both of their own men and of the enemy also. Thus it came about that their charge threw the maniples of the hastati into confusion; whereupon the officers of the principes caused their lines to advance to oppose them. However, the greater part of the mercenaries and Carthaginians had fallen either by mutual slaughter or by the sword of the hastati. Those who survived and fled Hannibal would not allow to enter the ranks of his army, but ordered his men to lower their spears and keep them back as they approached; and they were therefore compelled to take refuge on the wings or make for the open country.
15.14The space between the two armies that still remained in position was full of blood, wounded men, and dead corpses; and thus the rout of the enemy proved an impediment of a perplexing nature to the Roman general. Everything was calculated to make an advance in order difficult,—the ground slippery with gore, the corpses lying piled up in bloody heaps, and with the corpses arms flung about in every direction. However Scipio caused the wounded to be carried to the rear, and the hastati to be recalled from the pursuit by the sound of a bugle, and drew them up where they were in advance of the ground on which the fighting had taken place, opposite the enemy’s centre. He then ordered the principes and triarii to take close order, and, threading their way through the corpses, to deploy into line with the hastati on either flank. When they had surmounted the obstacles and got into line with the hastati, the two lines charged each other with the greatest fire and fury. Being nearly equal in numbers, spirit, courage, and arms, the battle was for a long time undecided, the men in their obstinate valour falling dead without giving way a step; until at last the divisions of Massanissa and Laelius, returning from the pursuit, arrived providentially in the very nick of time. Upon their charging Hannibal’s rear, the greater part of his men were cut down in their ranks; while of those who attempted to fly very few escaped with their life, because the horsemen were close at their heels and the ground was quite level. On the Roman side there fell over fifteen hundred, on the Carthaginian over twenty thousand, while the prisoners taken were almost as numerous.
15.15Such was the end of this battle, fought under these famous commanders: a battle on which everything depended, and which assigned universal dominion to Rome. After it had come to an end, Scipio pushed on in pursuit as far as the Carthaginian camp, and, after plundering that, returned to his own. Hannibal, escaping with a few horsemen, did not draw rein until he arrived safely at Adrumetum. He had done in the battle all that was to be expected of a good and experienced general. First, he had tried by an interview with his opponent to see what he could do to procure a pacification; and that was the right course for a man, who, while fully conscious of his former victories, yet mistrusts Fortune, and has an eye to all the possible and unexpected contingencies of war. Next, having accepted battle, the excellence of his dispositions for a contest with the Romans, considering the identity of the arms on each side, could not have been surpassed. For though the Roman line is hard to break, yet each individual soldier and each company, owing to the uniform tactic employed, can fight in any direction, those companies, which happen to be in nearest contact with the danger, wheeling round to the point required. Again, the nature of their arms gives at once protection and confidence, for their shield is large and their sword will not bend: the Romans therefore are formidable on the field and hard to conquer.
15.16Still Hannibal took his measures against each of these difficulties in a manner that could not be surpassed. He provided himself with those numerous elephants, and put them in the van, for the express purpose of throwing the enemy’s ranks into confusion and breaking their order. Again he stationed the mercenaries in front and the Carthaginians behind them, in order to wear out the bodies of the enemy with fatigue beforehand, and to blunt the edge of their swords by the numbers that would be killed by them; and moreover to compel the Carthaginians, by being in the middle of the army, to stay where they were and fight, as the poet says— That howsoe'er unwilling fight he must. But the most warlike and steady part of his army he held in reserve at some distance, in order that they might not see what was happening too closely, but, with strength and spirit unimpaired, might use their courage to the best advantage when the moment arrived. And, if in spite of having done everything that could be done, he who had never been beaten before failed to secure the victory now, we must excuse him. For there are times when chance thwarts the plans of the brave; and there are others again, when a man Though great and brave has met a greater still. And this we might say was the case with Hannibal on this occasion. . . .
15.17Manifestations of emotion which go beyond what is customary among a particular people, if they are thought to be the result of genuine feeling evoked by extraordinary disasters, excite pity in the minds of those who see or hear them; and we are all in a manner moved by the novelty of the spectacle. But when such things appear to be assumed for the purpose of taking in the spectators and producing a dramatic effect, they do not provoke pity, but anger and dislike. And this was the case in regard to the Carthaginian envoys. Scipio deigned to give a very brief answer to their prayers, saying that They, at any rate, deserved no kindness at the hands of the Romans, since they had themselves confessed that they were the aggressors in the war, by having, contrary to their treaty obligations, taken Saguntum and enslaved its inhabitants, and had recently been guilty of treachery and breaking the terms of a treaty to which they had subscribed and sworn. It was from a regard to their own dignity, to the vicissitudes of Fortune, and to the dictates of humanity that the Romans had determined to treat them with lenity and behave with magnanimity. And of this they would be convinced if they would take a right view of the case. For they ought not to consider it a hardship if they found themselves charged to submit to any punishment, to follow a particular line of conduct, or to give up this or that; they ought rather to regard it as an unexpected favour that any kindness was conceded to them at all; since Fortune, after depriving them of all right to pity and consideration, owing to their own unrighteous conduct, had put them in the power of their enemies. After this preamble he mentioned the concessions to be made to them, and the penalties to which they were to submit.
Book 15, Part 4
15.18The following are the heads of the terms offered them:—The Carthaginians to retain the towns in Libya, of which they were possessed before they commenced the last war against Rome, and the territory which they also heretofore held, with its cattle, slaves, and other stock: and from that day should not be subject to acts of hostility, should enjoy their own laws and customs, and not have a Roman garrison in their city. These were the concessions favourable to them. The clauses of an opposite character were as follows:—The Carthaginians to pay an indemnity to the Romans for all wrongs committed during the truce; to restore all captives and runaway slaves without limit of time; to hand over all their ships of war except ten triremes, and all elephants; to go to war with no people outside Libya at all, and with none in Libya without consent from Rome; to restore to Massanissa all houses, territory, and cities belonging to him or his ancestors within the frontiers assigned to that king; to supply the Roman army with provisions for three months, and with pay, until such time as an answer shall be returned from Rome on the subject of the treaty; to pay ten thousand talents of silver in fifty years, two hundred Euboic talents every year; to give a hundred hostages of their good faith, —such hostages to be selected from the young men of the country by the Roman general, and to be not younger than fourteen or older than thirty years.
15.19This was the nature of Scipio’s answer to the envoys, who hastened home and communicated its terms to their countrymen. It was then that the story goes that, upon a certain Senator intending to speak against accepting the terms and actually beginning to do so, Hannibal came forward and pulled the man down from the tribune; and when the other senators showed anger at this breach of custom, Hannibal rose again and owned that he was ignorant of such things; but said that they must pardon him if he acted in any way contrary to their customs, remembering that he had left the country when he was but fourteen, and had only returned when now past forty-five. Therefore he begged them not to consider whether he had committed a breach of custom, but much rather whether he were genuinely feeling for his country’s misfortunes; for that was the real reason for his having been guilty of this breach of manners. For it appeared to him to be astonishing, and, indeed, quite unaccountable, that any one calling himself a Carthaginian, and being fully aware of the policy which they had individually and collectively adopted against the Romans, should do otherwise than adore the kindness of Fortune for obtaining such favourable terms, when in their power, as a few days ago no one—considering the extraordinary provocation they had given—would have ventured to mention, if they had been asked what they expected would happen to their country, in case of the Romans proving victorious. Therefore he called upon them now not to debate, but unanimously to accept the terms offered, and with sacrifices to the gods to pray with one accord that the Roman people might confirm the treaty. His advice being regarded as both sensible and timely, they resolved to sign the treaty on the conditions specified; and the senate at once despatched envoys to notify their consent. . . .
15.20Is it not astonishing that while Ptolemy Philopator was alive and did not need such assistance, these two kings were ready with offers of aid, but that as soon as he was dead, leaving his heir a mere child, whose kingdom they were bound by the ties of nature to have defended, they then egged each other on to adopt the policy of partitioning the boy’s kingdom between themselves, and getting rid entirely of the heir; and that too without putting forward any decent pretext to cover their iniquity, but acting so shamelessly, and so like beasts of prey, that one can only compare their habits to those ascribed to fishes, among which, though they may be of the same species, the destruction of the smaller is the food and sustenance of the larger. This treaty of theirs shows, as though in a mirror, the impiety to heaven and cruelty to man of these two kings, as well as their unbounded ambition. However, if a man were disposed to find fault with Fortune for her administration of human affairs, he might fairly become reconciled to her in this case; for she brought upon those monarchs the punishment they so well deserved, and by the signal example she made of them taught posterity a lesson in righteousness. For while they were engaged in acts of treachery against each other, and in dismembering the child’s kingdom in their own interests, she brought the Romans upon them, and the very measures which they had lawlessly designed against another, she justly and properly carried out against them. For both of them, being promptly beaten in the field, were not only prevented from gratifying their desire for the dominions of another, but were themselves made tributary and forced to obey orders from Rome. Finally, within a very short time Fortune restored the kingdom of Ptolemy to prosperity; while as to the dynasties and successors of these two monarchs, she either utterly abolished and destroyed them, or involved them in misfortunes which were little short of that. . . .
15.21There was a certain man at Cius named Molpagoras, a ready speaker and of considerable ability in affairs, but at heart a mere demagogue and selfish intriguer. By flattering the mob, and putting the richer citizens into its power, he either got them put to death right out, or drove them into exile and distributed their confiscated goods among the common people, and thus rapidly secured for himself a position of despotic power. . . .
15.21The miseries which befell the Cians were not so much owing to Fortune or the aggressions of their neighbours, as to their own folly and perverse policy. For by steadily promoting their worst men, and punishing all who were opposed to these, that they might divide their property among themselves, they seemed as it were to court the disasters into which they fell. These are disasters into which, somehow or another, though all men fall, they yet not only cannot learn wisdom, but seem not even to acquire the cautious distrust of brute beasts. The latter, if they have once been hurt by bait or trap, or even if they have seen another in danger of being caught, you would find it difficult to induce to approach anything of the sort again: they are shy of the place, and suspicious of everything they see. But as for men, though they have been told of cities utterly ruined by their policy, and see others actually doing so before their eyes, yet directly any one flatters their wishes by holding out to them the prospect of recruiting their fortunes at the cost of others, they rush thoughtlessly to the bait: although they know quite well that no one, who has ever swallowed such baits, has ever survived; and that such political conduct has notoriously been the ruin of all who have adopted it.
15.22Philip was delighted at taking the city, as though he had performed a glorious and honourable achievement; for while displaying great zeal in behalf of his brother-in-law (Prusias), and overawing all who opposed his policy, he had secured for himself in fair warfare a large supply of slaves and money. But the reverse of this picture he did not see in the least, although it was quite plain. In the first place, that he was assisting his brother-inlaw, who, without receiving any provocation, was treacherously assailing his neighbours. In the second place, that by involving a Greek city without just cause in the most dreadful misfortunes, he was sure to confirm the report, which had been widely spread, of his severity to his friends; and by both of these actions would justly gain throughout Greece the reputation of a man reckless of the dictates of piety. In the third place, that he had outraged the envoys from the above-mentioned states, who had come with the hope of saving the Cians from the danger which threatened them, and who, after being day after day mocked by his professions, had been at length compelled to witness what they most abhorred. And lastly, that he had so infuriated the Rhodians, that they would never henceforth listen to a word in his favour: a circumstance for which Philip had to thank Fortune as well as himself.
15.23For it happened that just when his ambassador was defending his master before the Rhodians in the theatre,—enlarging on the magnanimity of Philip, and announcing that though already in a manner master of Cius, he conceded its safety to the wishes of the Rhodian people; and did so because he desired to refute the calumnies of his enemies, and to establish the honesty of his intentions in the eyes of Rhodes,—just then a man entered the Prytaneum who had newly arrived in the island, and brought the news of the enslavement of the Cians and the cruelty which Philip had exercised upon them. The Prytanis coming into the theatre to announce this news, while the ambassador was absolutely in the middle of his speech, the Rhodians could scarcely make up their minds to believe a report which involved such monstrous treachery.
Book 15, Part 5
15.23He had then betrayed himself quite as grossly as the Cians; and so blind or misguided had he become as to the principles of right and wrong, that he boasted of actions of which he ought to have been most heartily ashamed, and plumed himself upon them as though they were to his credit. But the people of Rhodes from that day forth regarded Philip as their enemy, and made their preparations with that view. And no less by this course had he gained the hatred of the Aetolians. He had but lately made terms with, and held out the hand of friendship to that nation: no excuse for a breach had arisen; and the Lysimachians, Calchedonians, and Cianians were friends and allies of the Aetolians. Nevertheless only a short time before he had separated Lysimachia from the Aetolian alliance, and induced it to submit to him: then he had done the same to Calchedon: and lastly he had enslaved the Cians, though there was an Aetolian officer actually in Cius and conducting the government. Prusias, however, in so far as his policy was accomplished, was delighted; but inasmuch as another was in possession of the prizes of the operations, while he himself got as his share nothing but the bare site of a city, was extremely annoyed, but was yet unable to do anything. . . .
15.24During his return voyage Philip engaged in one act of treachery after another, and among others put in about mid-day at the town of Thasos, and though it was on good terms with him, took it and enslaved its inhabitants. . . .
15.24The Thasians answered Philip’s general Metrodorus, that they would surrender their city, on condition that he would guarantee them freedom from a garrison, tribute, or billeting of soldiers, and the enjoyment of their own laws. Metrodorus having declared the king’s consent to this, the whole assembly signified their approval of the words by a loud shout, whereupon they admitted Philip into the town. . . .
15.24All kings perhaps at the beginning of their reign dangle the name of liberty before their subjects’ eyes, and address as friends and allies those who combine in pursuing the same objects as themselves; but when they come to actual administration of affairs they at once cease to treat these as allies, and assume the airs of a master. Such persons accordingly find themselves deceived as to the honourable position they expected to occupy, though as a rule not as to the immediate advantage which they sought. But if a king is meditating undertakings of the greatest importance, and only bounding his hopes by the limits of the world, and has as yet had nothing to cast a damp upon his projects, would it not seem the height of folly and madness to proclaim his own fickleness and untrustworthiness in matters which are of the smallest consequence, and lie at the very threshold of his enterprise? . . .
15.24aMy plan being to narrate under each year all the events in the several parts of the world which were contemporary, it is clear that in some cases it will be necessary to mention the end before the beginning; when, that is to say, that particular part of the subject calls for mention, first as being in place in the general course of my narrative, and the events which embrace the end of an episode fit in sooner than those which belong to its beginning and first conception. . . .
15.25Sosibius, the unfaithful guardian of Ptolemy Epiphanes, was a creature of extraordinary cunning, who long retained his power, and was the instrument of many crimes at court: he contrived first the murder of Lysimachus, son of Arsinoe, daughter of Ptolemy and Berenice; secondly, that of Maga, son of Ptolemy and Berenice the daughter of Maga; thirdly, that of Berenice the mother of Ptolemy Philopator; fourthly, that of Cleomenes of Sparta; and fifthly, that of Arsinoe the daughter of Berenice. . . .
15.25Three or four days after the death of Ptolemy Philopator, having caused a platform to be erected in the largest court of the palace Agathocles and Sosibius summoned a meeting of the footguards and the household, as well as the officers of the infantry and cavalry. The assembly being formed, they mounted the platform, and first of all announced the deaths of the king and queen, and proclaimed the customary period of mourning for the people. After that they placed a diadem upon the head of the child, Ptolemy Epiphanes, proclaimed him king, and read a forged will, in which the late king nominated Agathocles and Sosibius guardians of his son. They ended by an exhortation to the officers to be loyal to the boy and maintain his sovereignty. They next brought in two silver urns, one of which they declared contained the ashes of the king, the other those of Arsinoe. And in fact one of them did really contain the king’s ashes, the other was filled with spices. Having done this they proceeded to complete the funeral ceremonies. It was then that all the world at last learnt the truth about the death of Arsinoe. For now that her death was clearly established, the manner of it began to be a matter of speculation. Though rumours which turned out to be true had found their way among the people, they had up to this time been disputed; now there was no possibility of hiding the truth, and it became deeply impressed in the minds of all. Indeed there was great excitement among the populace: no one thought about the king; it was the fate of Arsinoe that moved them. Some recalled her orphanhood; others the tyranny and insult she had endured from her earliest days; and when her miserable death was added to these misfortunes, it excited such a passion of pity and sorrow that the city was filled with sighs, tears, and irrepressible lamentation. Yet it was clear to the thoughtful observer that these were not so much signs of affection for Arsinoe as of hatred towards Agathocles.
Book 15, Part 6
15.25The first measure of this minister, after depositing the urns in the royal mortuary, and giving orders for the laying aside of mourning, was to gratify the army with two months’ pay; for he was convinced that the way to deaden the resentment of the common soldiers was to appeal to their interests. He then caused them to take the oath customary at the proclamation of a new king; and next took measures to get all who were likely to be formidable out of the country. Philammon, who had been employed in the murder of Arsinoe, he sent out as governor of Cyrene, while he committed the young king to the charge of Oenanthe and Agathocleia. Next, Pelops the son of Pelops he despatched to the court of Antiochus in Asia, to urge him to maintain his friendly relations with the court of Alexandria, and not to violate the treaty he had made with the young king’s father. Ptolemy, son of Sosibius, he sent to Philip to arrange for a treaty of intermarriage between the two countries, and to ask for assistance in case Antiochus should make a serious attempt to play them false in any matter of importance.
15.25He also selected Ptolemy, son of Agesarchus, as ambassador to Rome: not with a view of his seriously prosecuting the embassy, but because he thought that, if he once entered Greece, he would find himself among friends and kinsfolk, and would stay there; which would suit his policy of getting rid of eminent men. Scopas the Aetolian also he sent to Greece to recruit foreign mercenaries, giving him a large sum in gold for bounties. He had two objects in view in this measure: one was to use the soldiers so recruited in the war with Antiochus; another was to get rid of the mercenary troops already existing, by sending them on garrison duty in the various forts and settlements about the country; while he used the new recruits to fill up the numbers of the household regiments with new men, as well as the pickets immediately round the palace, and in other parts of the city. For he believed that men who had been hired by himself, and were taking his pay, would have no feelings in common with the old soldiers, with whom they would be totally unacquainted; but that, having all their hopes of safety and profit in him, he would find them ready to co-operate with him and carry out his orders.
15.25Now all this took place before the intrigue of Philip, though it was necessary for the sake of clearness to speak of that first, and to describe the transactions which took place, both at the audience and the dispatch of the ambassadors.
15.25To return to Agathocles: when he had thus got rid of the most eminent men, and had to a great degree quieted the wrath of the common soldiers by his present of pay, he returned quickly to his old way of life. Drawing round him a body of friends, whom he selected from the most frivolous and shameless of his personal attendants or servants, he devoted the chief part of the day and night to drunkenness and all the excesses which accompany drunkenness, sparing neither matron, nor bride, nor virgin, and doing all this with the most offensive ostentation. The result was a widespread outburst of discontent; and when there appeared no prospect of reforming this state of things, or of obtaining protection against the violence, insolence and debauchery of the court, which on the contrary grew daily more outrageous, their old hatred blazed up once more in the hearts of the common people, and all began again to recall the misfortunes which the kingdom already owed to these very men. But the absence of any one fit to take the lead, and by whose means they could vent their wrath upon Agathocles and Agathocleia, kept them quiet. Their one remaining hope rested upon Tlepolemus, and on this they fixed their confidence.
15.25As long as the late king was alive Tlepolemus remained in retirement; but upon his death he quickly propitiated the common soldiers, and became once more governor of Pelusium. At first he directed all his actions with a view to the interest of the king, believing that there would be some council of regency to take charge of the boy and administer the government. But when he saw that all those who were fit for this charge were got out of the way, and that Agathocles was boldly monopolising the supreme power, he quickly changed his purpose; because he suspected the danger that threatened him from the hatred which they mutually entertained. He therefore began to draw his troops together, and bestir himself to collect money, that he might not be an easy prey to any one of his enemies. At the same time he was not without hope that the guardianship of the young king, and the chief power in the state might devolve upon him; both because, in his own private opinion, he was much more fit for it in every respect than Agathocles, and because he was informed that his own troops and those in Alexandria were looking to him to put an end to the minister’s outrageous conduct. When such ideas were entertained by Tlepolemus, it did not take long to make the quarrel grow, especially as the partisans of both helped to inflame it. Being eager to secure the adhesion of the generals of divisions and the captains of companies, he frequently invited them to banquets; and at these assemblies, instigated partly by the flattery of his guests and partly by his own impulse (for he was a young man and the conversation was over the wine), he used to throw out sarcastic remarks against the family of Agathocles. At first they were covert and enigmatic, then merely ambiguous, and finally undisguised, and containing the bitterest reflections. He proposed the health of the scribbler of pasquinades, the sackbut-girl and waiting-woman; and spoke of his shameful boyhood, when as cupbearer of the king he had submitted to the foulest treatment. His guests were always ready to laugh at his words and add their quota to the sum of vituperation. It was not long before this reached the ears of Agathocles: and the breach between the two thus becoming an open one, Agathocles immediately began bringing charges against Tlepolemus, declaring that he was a traitor to the king, and was inviting Antiochus to come and seize the government. And he brought many plausible proofs of this forward, some of which he got by distorting facts that actually occurred, while others were pure invention. His object in so doing was to excite the wrath of the common people against Tlepolemus. But the result was the reverse; for the populace had long fixed their hopes on Tlepolemus, and were only too delighted to see the quarrel growing hot between them. The actual popular outbreak which did occur began from the following circumstances. Nicon, a relation of Agathocles, was in the lifetime of the late king commander of the navy. . . .
15.26aAnother murder committed by Agathocles was that of Deinon, son of Deinon. But this, as the proverb has it, was the fairest of his foul deeds. For the letter ordering the murder of Arsinoe had fallen into this man’s hands, and he might have given information about the plot and saved the Queen; but at the time he chose rather to help Philammon, and so became the cause of all the misfortunes which followed; while, after the murder was committed, he was always recalling the circumstances, commiserating the unhappy woman, and expressing repentance at having let such an opportunity slip: and this he repeated in the hearing of many, so that Agathocles heard of it, and he met with his just punishment in losing his life. . . .
15.26bThe first step of Agathocles was to summon a meeting of the Macedonian guards. He entered the assembly accompanied by the young king and his own sister Agathocleia. At first he feigned not to be able to say what he wished for tears; but after again and again wiping his eyes with his chlamys he at length mastered his emotion, and, taking the young king in his arms, spoke as follows: Take this boy, whom his father on his death-bed placed in this lady’s arms (pointing to his sister) and confided to your loyalty, men of Macedonia! That lady’s affection has but little influence in securing the child’s safety: it is on you that that safety now depends; his fortunes are in your hands. It has long been evident to those who had eyes to see, that Tlepolemus was aiming at something higher than his natural rank; but now he has named the day and hour on which he intends to assume the crown. Do not let your belief of this depend upon my words; refer to those who know the real truth and have but just come from the very scene of his treason. With these words he brought forward Critolaus, who deposed that he had seen with his own eyes the altars being decked, and the victims being got ready by the common soldiers for the ceremony of a coronation.
Book 15, Part 7
15.26bWhen the Macedonian guards had heard all this, far from being moved by his appeal, they showed their contempt by hooting and loud murmurs, and drove him away under such a fire of derision that he got out of the assembly without being conscious how he did it. And similar scenes occurred among other corps of the army at their meetings. Meanwhile great crowds kept pouring into Alexandria from the up-country stations, calling upon kinsmen or friends to help the movement, and not to submit to the unbridled tyranny of such unworthy men. But what inflamed the populace against the government more than anything else was the knowledge that, as Tlepolemus had the absolute command of all the imports into Alexandria, delay would be a cause of suffering to themselves.
15.27Moreover, an action of Agathocles himself served to heighten the anger of the multitude and of Tlepolemus. For he took Danae, the latter’s mother-in-law, from the temple of Demeter, dragged her through the middle of the city unveiled, and cast her into prison. His object in doing this was to manifest his hostility to Tlepolemus; but its effect was to loosen the tongues of the people. In their anger they no longer confined themselves to secret murmurs: but some of them in the night covered the walls in every part of the city with pasquinades; while others in the day time collected in groups and openly expressed their loathing for the government.
15.27Seeing what was taking place, and beginning to fear the worst, Agathocles at one time meditated making his escape by secret flight; but as he had nothing ready for such a measure, thanks to his own imprudence, he had to give up that idea. At another time he set himself to drawing out lists of men likely to assist him in a bold coup d'état, by which he should put to death or arrest his enemies, and then possess himself of absolute power. While still meditating these plans he received information that Moeragenes, one of the body-guard, was betraying all the secrets of the palace to Tlepolemus, and was co-operating with him on account of his relationship with Adaeus, at that time the commander of Bubastus. Agathocles immediately ordered his secretary Nicostratus to arrest Moeragenes, and extract the truth from him by every possible kind of torture. Being promptly arrested by Nicostratus, and taken to a retired part of the place, he was at first examined directly as to the facts alleged; but, refusing to confess anything, he was stripped. And now some of the torturers were preparing their instruments, and others with scourges in their hands were just taking off their outer garments, when just at that very moment a servant ran in, and, whispering something in the ear of Nicostratus, hurried out again. Nicostratus followed close behind him, without a word, frequently slapping his thigh with his hand.
15.28The predicament of Moeragenes was now indescribably strange. There stood the executioners by his side on the point of raising their scourges, while others close to him were getting ready their instruments of torture: but when Nicostratus withdrew they all stood silently staring at each other’s faces, expecting him every moment to return; but as time went on they one by one slipped away, until Moeragenes was left alone. Having made his way through the palace, after this unhoped-for escape, he rushed in his half-clothed state into a tent of the Macedonian guards which was situated close to the palace. They chanced to be at breakfast, and therefore a good many were collected together; and to them he narrated the story of his wonderful escape. At first they would not believe it, but ultimately were convinced by his appearing without his clothes. Taking advantage of this extraordinary occurrence, Moeragenes besought the Macedonian guards with tears not only to help him to secure his own safety, but the king’s also, and above all their own. For certain destruction stared them in the face, he said, unless they seized the moment when the hatred of the populace was at its height, and every one was ready to wreak vengeance on Agathocles. That moment was now, and all that was wanted was some one to begin.
15.29The passions of the Macedonians were roused by these words, and they finally agreed to do as Moeragenes advised. They at once went round to the tents, first those of their own corps, and then those of the other soldiers; which were all close together, facing the same quarter of the city. The wish was one which had for a long time been formed in the minds of the soldiery, wanting nothing but some one to call it forth, and with courage to begin. No sooner, therefore, had a commencement been made than it blazed out like a fire: and before four hours had elapsed every class, whether military or civil, had agreed to make the attempt.
15.29At this crisis, too, chance contributed a great deal to the final catastrophe. For a letter addressed by Tlepolemus to the army as well as some of his spies, had fallen into the hands of Agathocles. The letter announced that he would be at Alexandria shortly, and the spies informed Agathocles that he was already there. This news so distracted Agathocles that he gave up taking any measures at all or even thinking about the dangers which surrounded him, but departed at his usual hour to his wine, and kept up the carouse to the end in his usual licentious fashion. But his mother Oenanthe went in great distress to the temple of Demeter and Persephone, which was open on account of a certain annual sacrifice; and there first of all she besought the aid of those goddesses with bendings of the knee and strange incantations, and then sat down close to the altar and remained motionless. Most of the women present, delighted to witness her dejection and distress, kept silence: but the ladies of the family of Polycrates, and certain others of the nobility, being as yet unaware of what was going on around them, approached Oenanthe and tried to comfort her. But she cried out in a loud voice: Do not come near me, you monsters! I know you well! Your hearts are always against us; and you pray the goddess for all imaginable evil upon us. Still I trust and believe that, God willing, you shall one day taste the flesh of your own children. With these words she ordered her female attendants to drive them away, and strike them with their staves if they refused to go. The ladies availed themselves of this excuse for quitting the temple in a body, raising their hands and praying that she might herself have experience of those very miseries with which she had threatened her neighbours.
15.30The men having by this time decided upon a revolution, now that in every house the anger of the women was added to the general resentment, the popular hatred blazed out with redoubled violence. As soon as night fell the whole city was filled with tumult, torches, and hurrying feet. Some were assembling with shouts in the stadium; some were calling upon others to join them; some were running backwards and forwards seeking to conceal themselves in houses and places least likely to be suspected. And now the open spaces round the palace, the stadium, and the street were filled with a motley crowd, as well as the area in front of the Dionysian Theatre. Being informed of this, Agathocles roused himself from a drunken lethargy,—for he had just dismissed his drinking party,—and, accompanied by all his family, with the exception of Philo, went to the king. After a few words of lamentation over his misfortunes addressed to the child, he took him by the hand, and proceeded to the covered walk which runs between the Maeander garden and the Palaestra, and leads to the entrance of the theatre. Having securely fastened the two first doors through which he passed, he entered the third with two or three bodyguards, his own family, and the king. The doors, however, which were secured by double bars, were only of lattice work and could therefore be seen through.
Book 15, Part 8
15.30By this time the mob had collected from every part of the city in such numbers, that, not only was every foot of ground occupied, but the doorsteps and roofs also were crammed with human beings; and such a mingled storm of shouts and cries arose, as might be expected from a crowd in which women and children were mixed with men: for in Alexandria, as in Carthage, the children perform as conspicuous a part in such commotions as the men.
15.31Day now began to break and the uproar was still a confused babel of voices; but one cry made itself heard conspicuously above the rest, it was a call for THE KING. The first thing actually done was by the Macedonian guard: they left their quarters and seized the vestibule which served as the audience hall of the palace; then, after a brief pause, having ascertained whereabouts in the palace the king was, they went round to the covered walk, burst open the first doors, and, when they came to the next, demanded with loud shouts that the young king should be surrendered to them. Agathocles, recognising his danger, begged his bodyguards to go in his name to the Macedonians, to inform them that he resigned the guardianship of the king, and all offices, honours, or emoluments which he possessed, and only asked that his life should be granted him with a bare maintenance; that by sinking to his original situation in life he would be rendered incapable, even if he wished it, of being henceforth oppressive to any one. All the bodyguards refused except Aristomenes, who afterwards obtained the chief power in the state.
15.31This man was an Acarnanian, and, though far advanced in life when he obtained supreme power, he is thought to have made a most excellent and blameless guardian of the king and kingdom. And as he was distinguished in that capacity, so had he been remarkable before for his adulation of Agathocles in the time of his prosperity. He was the first, when entertaining Agathocles at his house, to distinguish him among his guests by the present of a gold diadem, an honour reserved by custom to the kings alone; he was the first too who ventured to wear his likeness on his ring; and when a daughter was born to him he named her Agathocleia.
15.31But to return to my story. Aristomenes undertook the mission, received his message, and made his way through a certain wicket-gate to the Macedonians. He stated his business in few words: the first impulse of the Macedonians was to stab him to death on the spot; but some of them held up their hands to protect him, and successfully begged his life. He accordingly returned with orders to bring the king or to come no more himself. Having dismissed Aristomenes with these words, the Macedonians proceeded to burst open the second door also. When convinced by their proceedings, no less than by the answers they had returned, of the fierce purpose of the Macedonians, the first idea of Agathocles was to thrust his hand through the latticed door,—while Agathocleia did the same with her breasts which she said had suckled the king,—and by every kind of entreaty to beg that the Macedonians would grant him bare life.
15.32But finding that his long and piteous appeals produced no effect, at last he sent out the young king with the bodyguards. As soon as they had got the king, the Macedonians placed him on a horse and conducted him to the stadium. His appearance being greeted with loud shouts and clapping of hands, they stopped the horse, and dismounting the child, ushered him to the royal stall and seated him there. But the feelings of the crowd were divided: they were delighted that the young king had been brought, but they were dissatisfied that the guilty persons had not been arrested and met with the punishment they deserved. Accordingly, they continued with loud cries to demand that the authors of all the mischief should be brought out and made an example. The day was wearing away, and yet the crowd had found no one on whom to wreak their vengeance, when Sosibius, who, though a son of the elder Sosibius, was at that time a member of the bodyguard, and as such had a special eye to the safety of the king and the State,—seeing that the furious desire of the multitude was implacable, and that the child was frightened at the unaccustomed faces that surrounded him and the uproar of the crowd, asked the king whether he would surrender to the populace those who had injured him or his mother. The boy having nodded assent, Sosibius bade some of the bodyguard announce the king’s decision, while he raised the young child from his seat and took him to his own house which was close by to receive proper attention and refreshment. When the message from the king was declared, the whole place broke out into a storm of cheering and clapping of hands. But meanwhile Agathocles and Agathocleia had separated and gone each to their own lodgings. Without loss of time soldiers, some voluntarily and others under pressure from the crowd, started in search of them.
15.33The beginning of actual bloodshed, however, was this. One of the servants and flatterers of Agathocles, whose name was Philo, came out to the stadium still flustered with wine. Seeing the fury of the multitude, he said to some bystanders that they would have cause to repent it again, as they had only the other day, if Agathocles were to come there. Of those who heard him some began to abuse him, while others pushed him about; and on his attempting to defend himself, some tore his cloak off his back, while others thrust their spears into him and wounded him mortally. He was dragged into the middle of the crowd breathing his last gasp; and, having thus tasted blood, the multitude began to look impatiently for the coming of the other victims. They had not to wait long. First appeared Agathocles dragged along bound hand and foot. No sooner had he entered than some soldiers rushed at him and struck him dead. And in doing so they were his friends rather than enemies, for they saved him from the horrible death which he deserved. Nicon was brought next, and after him Agathocleia stripped naked, with her two sisters; and following them the whole family. Last of all some men came bringing Oenanthe, whom they had torn from the temple of Demeter and Persephone, riding stripped naked upon a horse. They were all given up to the populace, who bit, and stabbed them, and knocked out their eyes, and, as soon as any one of them fell, tore him limb from limb, until they had utterly annihilated them all: for the savagery of the Egyptians when their passions are roused is indeed terrible. At the same time some young girls who had been brought up with Arsinoe, having learnt that Philammon, the chief agent in the murder of that Queen, had arrived three days before from Cyrene, rushed to his house; forced their way in; killed Philammon with stones and sticks; strangled his infant son; and, not content with this, dragged his wife naked into the street and put her to death.
15.33Such was the end of Agathocles and Agathocleia and their kinsfolk.
Book 15, Part 9
15.34I am quite aware of the miraculous occurrences and embellishments which the chroniclers of this event have added to their narrative with a view of producing a striking effect upon their hearers, making more of their comments on the story than of the story itself and the main incidents. Some ascribe it entirely to Fortune, and take the opportunity of expatiating on her fickleness and the difficulty of being on one’s guard against her. Others dwell upon the unexpectedness of the event, and try to assign its causes and probabilities. It was not my purpose, however, to treat this episode in this way, because Agathocles was not a man of conspicuous courage or ability as a soldier; nor particularly successful or worth imitating as a statesman; nor, lastly, eminent for his acuteness as a courtier or cunning as an intriguer, by which latter accomplishments Sosibius and many others have managed to keep one king after another under their influence to the last day of their lives. The very opposite of all this may be said of this man. For though he obtained high promotion owing to Philopator’s feebleness as a king; and though after his death he had the most favourable opportunity of consolidating his power, he yet soon fell into contempt, and lost his position and his life at once, thanks to his own want of courage and vigour.
15.35To such a story then no such dissertation is required, as was in place, for instance, in the case of the Sicilian monarchs, Agathocles and Dionysius, and certain others who have administered governments with reputation. For the former of these, starting from a plebeian and humble position—having been, as Timaeus sneeringly remarks, a potter—came from the wheel, clay, and smoke, quite a young man to Syracuse. And, to begin with, both these men in their respective generations became tyrants of Syracuse, a city that had obtained at that time the greatest reputation and the greatest wealth of any in the world; and afterwards were regarded as suzerains of all Sicily, and lords of certain districts in Italy. While, for his part, Agathocles not only made an attempt upon Africa, but eventually died in possession of the greatness he had acquired. It is on this account that the story is told of Publius Scipio, the first conqueror of the Carthaginians, that being asked whom he considered to have been the most skilful administrators and most distinguished for boldness combined with prudence, he replied, the Sicilians Agathocles and Dionysius. Now, in the case of such men as these, it is certainly right to try to arrest the attention of our readers, and, I suppose, to speak of Fortune and the mutability of human affairs, and in fact to point a moral: but in the case of such men as we have been speaking of, it is quite out of place to do so.
15.36For these reasons I have rejected all idea of making too much of the story of Agathocles. But another and the strongest reason was that all such wonderful and striking catastrophes are only worth listening to once; not only are subsequent exhibitions of them unprofitable to ear and eye, but elaborate harping upon soon becomes simply troublesome. For those who are engaged on representing anything either to eye or ear can have only two objects to aim at,—pleasure and profit; and in history, more than in anything else, excessive prolixity on events of tragic interest fails of both these objects. For, in the first place, who would wish to emulate extraordinary catastrophes? And next, no one likes to be continually seeing and hearing things that are unnatural and beyond the ordinary conceptions of mankind. We are, indeed, eager to see and hear such things once and for the first time, because we want to know that a thing is possible which was supposed to be impossible: but when once convinced on that point no one is pleased at lingering on the Unnatural; but in fact would rather not come across it at all oftener than need be. In fact, the dwelling upon misfortunes which exceed the ordinary limits is more suitable to tragedy than to history. But perhaps we ought to make allowances for men who have studied neither nature nor universal history. They think, I presume, that the most important and astonishing events in all history are those which they happen to have come across themselves or to have heard from others, and they therefore give their attention exclusively to those. They accordingly do not perceive that they are making a mistake in expatiating on events which are neither novel,—for they have been narrated by others before,— nor capable of giving instruction or pleasure. So much on this point. . . .
15.37King Antiochus, at the beginning of his reign, was thought to be a man of great enterprise and courage, and great vigour in the execution of his purposes; but as he grew older his character evidently deteriorated in itself, and disappointed the expectation of the world. . . .
Book 16, Part 1
16.1See supra 15, 20-24; , sqq.
16.1KING PHILIP having arrived at Pergamum, and believing that he had as good as made an end of Attalus, gave the rein to every kind of outrage; and by way of gratifying his almost insane fury he vented his wrath even more against the gods than against man. For his skirmishing attacks being easily repelled by the garrison of Pergamum, owing to the strength of the place, and being prevented by the precautions taken by Attalus from getting booty from the country, he directed his anger against the seats of the gods and the sacred enclosures; in which, as it appears to me, he did not wrong Attalus so much as himself. He threw down the temples and the altars, and even had their stones broken to pieces that none of the buildings he had destroyed might be rebuilt. After spoiling the Nicephorium, cutting down its grove, and demolishing its ring wall, and levelling with the ground many costly fanes, he first directed his attack upon Thyatira, and thence marched into the plain of Thebe, thinking that this district would supply him with the richest spoil. But finding himself again disappointed in this respect, on arriving at the Holy Village he sent a message to Zeuxis, demanding that he would furnish him with corn, and render the other services stipulated for in the treaty. Zeuxis, however, though feigning to fulfil the obligations of the treaty, was not minded to give Philip real and substantial help. . . .
16.2As the siege was not going on favourably for him, and the enemy were blockading him with an increasing number of decked vessels, he felt uncertain and uneasy as to the result. But as the state of affairs left him no choice, he suddenly put to sea quite unexpectedly to the enemy; for Attalus expected that he would persist in pushing on the mines he had commenced. But Philip was especially keen to make his putting to sea a surprise, because he thought that he would thus be able to outstrip the enemy, and complete the rest of his passage along the coast to Samos in security. But he was much disappointed in his calculations; for Attalus and Theophiliscus (of Rhodes), directly they saw him putting to sea, lost no time in taking action. And although, from their previous conviction that Philip meant to stay where he was, they were not in a position to put to sea quite simultaneously, still by a vigorous use of their oars they managed to overtake him, and attacked,—Attalus the enemy’s right wing, which was his leading squadron, and Theophiliscus his left. Thus intercepted and surrounded, Philip gave the signal to the ships of his right wing, ordering them to turn their prows towards the enemy and engage them boldly; while he himself retreated under cover of the smaller islands, which lay in the way, with some light galleys, and thence watched the result of the battle. The whole number of ships engaged were, on Philip’s side, fiftythree decked, accompanied by some undecked vessels, and galleys and beaked ships to the number of one hundred and fifty; for he had not been able to fit out all his ships in Samos. On the side of the enemy there were sixty-five decked vessels, besides those which came from Byzantium, and along with them nine triemioliae (light-decked vessels), and three triremes.
16.3The fight having been begun on the ship on which King Attalus was sailing, all the others near began charging each other without waiting for orders. Attalus ran into an eight-banked ship, and having struck it a well-directed blow below the water-line, after a prolonged struggle between the combatants on the decks, at length succeeded in sinking it. Philip’s tenbanked ship, which, moreover, was the admiral’s, was captured by the enemy in an extraordinary manner. For one of the triemioliae, having run close under her, she struck against her violently amidships, just beneath the thole of the topmost bank of oars, and got fast jammed on to her, the steersman being unable to check the way of his ship. The result was that, by this craft hanging suspended to her, she became unmanageable and unable to turn one way or another. While in this plight, two quinqueremes charged her on both sides at once, and destroyed the vessel itself and the fighting men on her deck, among whom fell Democrates, Philip’s admiral. At the same time Dionysodorus and Deinocrates, who were brothers and joint-admirals of the fleet of Attalus, charged, the one upon a seven-banked, the other upon an eight-banked ship of the enemy, and had a most extraordinary adventure in the battle. Deinocrates, in the first place, came into collision with an eightbanked ship, and had his ship struck above the water-line; for the enemy’s ship had its prow built high; but he struck the enemy’s ship below the water-line, and at first could not get himself clear, though he tried again and again to back water; and, accordingly, when the Macedonian boarded him and fought with great gallantry, he was brought into the most imminent danger. Presently, upon Attalus coming to his aid, and by a vigorous charge separating the two ships, Deinocrates unexpectedly found himself free, and the enemy’s boarders were all killed after a gallant resistance, while their own vessel being left without men was captured by Attalus. In the next place, Dionysodorus, making a furious charge, missed his blow; but running up alongside of the enemy lost all the oars on his right side, and had the timbers supporting his towers smashed to pieces, and was thereupon immediately surrounded by the enemy. In the midst of loud shouts and great confusion, all the rest of his marines perished along with the ship, but he himself with two others managed to escape by swimming to the triemiolia which was coming up to the rescue.
16.4The fight between the rest of the fleet, however, was an undecided one; for the superiority in the numbers of Philip’s galleys was compensated for by Attalus’s superiority in the number of his decked ships. Thus on the right wing of Philip’s fleet the state of things was that the ultimate result was doubtful, but that, of the two, Attalus had the better hope of victory. As for the Rhodians, they were, at first starting, as I have said, far behind the enemy, but being much their superiors in speed they managed to come up with the rear of the Macedonians. At first they charged the vessels on the stern as they were retiring, and broke off their oars; but upon Philip’s ships swinging round and beginning to bring help to those in danger, while those of the Rhodians who had started later than the rest reached the squadron of Theophiliscus, both parties turned their ships in line prow to prow and charged gallantly, inciting each other to fresh exertions by the sound of trumpets and loud cheers. Had not the Macedonians placed their galleys between the opposing lines of decked ships, the battle would have been quickly decided; but, as it was, these proved a hindrance to the Rhodians in various ways. For as soon as the first charge had disturbed the original order of the ships, they became all mixed up with each other in complete confusion, which made it difficult to sail through the enemy’s line or to avail themselves of the points in which they were superior, because the galleys kept running sometimes against the blades of their oars so as to hinder the rowing, and sometimes upon their prows, or again upon their sterns, thus hampering the service of steerers and rowers alike. In the direct charges, however, the Rhodians employed a particular manœuvre. By depressing their bows they received the blows of the enemy above the water-line, while by staving in the enemy’s ships below the water-line they rendered the blows fatal. Still it was rarely that they succeeded in doing this, for, as a rule, they avoided collisions, because the Macedonians fought gallantly from their decks when they came to close quarters. Their most frequent manœuvre was to row through the Macedonian line, and disable the enemy’s ships by breaking off their oars, and then, rowing round into position, again charge the enemy on the stern, or catch them broadside as they were in the act of turning; and thus they either stove them in or broke away some necessary part of their rigging. By this manner of fighting they destroyed a great number of the enemy’s ships.
16.5But the most brilliant and hazardous exploits were those of three quinqueremes: the flagship on which Theophiliscus sailed, then that commanded by Philostratus, and lastly the one steered by Autolycus, and on board of which was Nicostratus. This last charged an enemy’s ship, and left its beak sticking in it. The ship thus struck sank with all hands; but Autolycus and his comrades, as the sea poured into his vessel through the prow, was surrounded by the enemy. For a time they defended themselves gallantly, but at last Autolycus himself was wounded, and fell overboard in his armour, while the rest of the marines were killed fighting bravely. While this was going on, Theophiliscus came to the rescue with three quinqueremes, and though he could not save the ship, because it was now full of water, he yet stove in three hostile vessels, and forced their marines overboard. Being quickly surrounded by a number of galleys and decked ships, he lost the greater number of his marines after a gallant struggle on their part; and after receiving three wounds himself, and performing prodigies of valour, just managed to get his own ship safely off with the assistance of Philostratus, who came to his aid and bravely took his share of the danger. Having thus rejoined his own squadron, he darted out once more and ran in upon the enemy, utterly prostrated in body by his wounds, but more dashing and vehement in spirit than before.
Book 16, Part 2
16.5So that there were really two sea-fights going on at a considerable distance from each other. For the right wing of Philip’s fleet, continually making for land in accordance with his original plan, was not far from the Asiatic coast; while the left wing, having to veer round to support the ships on the rear, were engaged with the Rhodians at no great distance from Chios.
16.6As the fleet of Attalus, however, was rapidly overpowering the right wing of Philip, and was now approaching the small islands, under cover of which Philip was moored watching the result of the battle, Attalus saw one of his quinqueremes staved in and in the act of being sunk by an enemy’s ship. He therefore hurried to its assistance with two quadriremes. The enemy’s ship turning to flight, and making for the shore, he pursued it somewhat too eagerly in his ardent desire to effect its capture. Thereupon Philip, observing that Attalus had become detached a considerable distance from his own fleet, took four quinqueremes and three hemioliae, as well as all the galleys within reach, and darting out got between Attalus and his ships, and forced him in the utmost terror to run his three ships ashore. After this mishap the king himself and his crew made their way to Erythrae, while Philip captured his vessels and the royal equipage on board them. For in this emergency Attalus had employed an artifice. He caused the most splendid articles of the royal equipage to be spread out on the deck of his ship; the consequence of which was that the first Macedonians who arrived on the galleys, seeing a quantity of flagons and purple robes and such like things, abandoned the pursuit, and turned their attention to plundering these. Thus it came about that Attalus got safe away to Erythrae; while Philip, though he had distinctly got the worst of it in the general engagement, was so elated at the unexpected reverse which had befallen Attalus, that he put to sea again and exerted himself strenuously in collecting his ships and restoring the spirits of his men by assuring them that they were the victors. For when they saw Philip put to sea towing off the royal ship, they very naturally thought that Attalus had perished. But Dionysodorus, conjecturing what had really happened to the king, set about collecting his own ships by raising a signal; and this being speedily done, he sailed away unmolested to their station in Asia. Meanwhile those Macedonians who were engaged with the Rhodians, having been for some time past in evil case, were gradually extricating themselves from the battle, one after the other retiring on the pretence of being anxious to support their comrades. So the Rhodians, taking in tow some of their vessels, and having destroyed others by charging them, sailed away to Chios.
16.7In the battle with Attalus Philip had had destroyed a ten-banked, a nine-banked, a seven-banked, and a six-banked ship, ten other decked vessels, three triemioliae, twenty-five galleys and their crews. In the battle with the Rhodians ten decked vessels and about forty galleys. While two quadriremes and seven galleys with their crews were captured. In the fleet of Attalus one triemiolia and two quinqueremes were sunk, while two quadriremes besides that of the king were captured. Of the Rhodian fleet two quinqueremes and a trireme were destroyed, but no ship was taken. Of men the Rhodians lost sixty, Attalus seventy; while Philip lost three thousand Macedonians and six thousand rowers. And of the Macedonians and their allies two thousand were taken prisoners, and of their opponents six hundred.
16.8Such was the end of the battle of Chios; in which Philip claimed the victory on two pretexts. First, because he had driven Attalus ashore and had captured his ship; and secondly, because, as he had anchored at the promontory of Argennum, he had the credit of having taken up his anchorage where the wrecks were floating. He acted in accordance with this assertion next day by collecting the wrecks, and causing the corpses which could be recognised to be picked up for burial, all for the sake of strengthening this pretence. For that he did not himself believe that he had won was shortly afterwards proved by the Rhodians and Dionysodorus. For on that very next day, while he was actually engaged on these operations, after communication with each other they sailed out to attack him, but, on nobody putting out to meet them, they returned to Chios. Philip indeed had never before lost so many men either by land or sea at one time, and was extremely mortified at what had happened and had lost much of his spirit for the enterprise. To the outside world, however, he tried to conceal his real sentiments: though this was forbidden by facts. Besides everything else, what happened after the battle impressed all who saw it too strongly. For the slaughter and destruction was so great that, on the day of battle itself the whole strait was filled with corpses, blood, arms, and wrecks; while on the subsequent days the strands might be seen piled up with all these together in wild confusion. Hence the extreme consternation of the king could not be confined to himself, but was shared by all his Macedonians.
16.9Theophiliscus survived for one day; and then having written a despatch home with an account of the battle, and appointed Cleonaeus to succeed him in his command, died from his wounds. He had shown great valour in the engagement, and his far-sighted policy deserves to be remembered. If it had not been for his boldness in attacking Philip in time, all the allies would have let the opportunity pass, in terror at Philip’s audacity. But by beginning the war as he did he forced his countrymen to seize the opportunity, and compelled Attalus not to lose time in mere preparatory measures for war, but to go to war energetically and grapple with the danger. The Rhodians, therefore, were quite right to pay him, even after his death, such honours as were incentives, not only to men living at the time, but to future generations also, to prompt service in their country’s cause.
16.10After the battle of Lade, the Rhodians being out of his way, and Attalus not having yet appeared on the scene, it is clear that Philip might have accomplished his voyage to Alexandria. And here we have evidence stronger than any other of Philip’s infatuation in acting as he did. What, then, prevented his design? Nothing in the world but what always occurs in the natural course of affairs. For at a distance many men at times desire the impossible from the extravagant prospects it holds out, their ambition over-mastering their reason; but when they approach the moment of action they quite as irrationally abandon their purpose, because their calculations are obscured and confused by the embarrassments and difficulties which meet them.
Book 16, Part 3
16.11Having made some assaults which proved abortive owing to the strength of the place, Philip went away again, plundering the forts and villages in the country. Thence he marched to Prinassus and pitched his camp under its wall. Having promptly got ready his pent-houses and other siege artillery, he began to attempt the town by mines. This plan proving impracticable, owing to the rocky nature of the soil, he contrived the following stratagem. During the day he caused a noise to be made under ground, as though the mines were being worked at; while during the night he caused earth to be brought and piled up at the mouth of the mine, in order that the men in the city, by calculating the quantity of earth thrown up, might become alarmed. At first the Prinassians held out bravely: but when Philip sent them a message informing them that he had underpinned two plethra of their walls, and asking them whether they preferred to march out with their lives, or one and all to perish with their town when he set fire to the props, then at last, believing that what he said was true, they surrendered the city.
16.12The town of Iassus is situated in Asia on the gulf between the temple of Poseidmen, the territory of Miletus, and the city of Myndus, called the gulf [of Iassus by some]. but by most the gulf of Bargylia from the names of the cities built upon its inner coast. The Iassians boast of being originally colonists from Argos, and more recently from Miletus, their ancestors having invited to their town the son of Neleus, the founder of Miletus, owing to their losses in the war with the Carians. The size of the town is ten stades. Among the people of Bargylia it is a common report widely believed that the statue of the Kindyan Artemis, though in the open air, is never touched by snow or rain; and the same belief is held among the Iassians as to the Artemis Astias. All these stories have been repeated by certain historians. But, for my part, I have in the whole course of my work set myself against such statements of our historiographers and have had no toleration for them. For it appears to me that such tales are only fit to amuse children, when they transgress not only the limits of probability but even those of possibility. For instance, to say that certain bodies when placed in full light cast no shadow argues a state of quite deplorable folly. But Theopompus has done this; for he says that those who enter the holy precinct of Zeus in Arcadia cast no shadow, which is on a par with the statements to which I have just referred. Now, in so far as such tales tend to preserve the reverence of the vulgar for religion, a certain allowance may be made for some historians when they record these miraculous legends. But they must not be allowed to go too far. Perhaps it is difficult to assign a limit in such a matter; still it is not impossible. Therefore, in my judgment, such displays of ignorance and delusion should be pardoned if they do not go very far, but anything like extravagance in them should be rejected.
16.13I have already described the deliberate policy of Nabis, tyrant of the Lacedaemonians; how he drove the citizens into exile, freed the slaves, and gave them the wives and daughters of their masters. How also, by opening his kingdom as a kind of inviolable sanctuary for all who fled from their own countries, he collected a number of bad characters in Sparta. I will now proceed to tell how in the same period, being in alliance with Aetolians, Eleans, and Messenians, and being bound by oaths and treaties to support one and all of those peoples in case of any one attacking them, he yet in utter contempt of these obligations determined to make a treacherous attack on Messene.
16.14As some episodical historians have written on the period which embraces the affair at Messene and the sea-fights already described, it is my intention to discuss them briefly. I will not however speak of them all, but only those whom I suppose to be worthy of commemoration and full discussion. These are the Rhodian writers Zeno and Antisthenes, whom I judge to deserve this distinction, for more than one reason. They were contemporary with the events, and were engaged in practical politics; and, lastly, they composed their histories with no view to gain, but for the sake of fame, and as part of the business of politicians. Since then they write of the same events as myself, I cannot omit mentioning them; lest, from the reputation of their country, and the idea that naval affairs are peculiarly the province of Rhodians, some students may prefer their authority to mine where I differ from them.
16.14Now both these writers, to begin with, describe the battle of Lade as not less severe than that of Chios, but more fiercely and daringly contested, both in detail and as a whole, and finally assert that the victory was with the Rhodians. For my part I should be inclined to allow that historians must show some partiality to their own countries; not however that they should state what is exactly opposite to the facts regarding them. There are quite enough mistakes which writers make from ignorance, and which it is difficult for poor human nature to avoid: but if we deliberately write what is false for the sake of country, friends, or favour, how do we differ from those who do the same to get a living? For as the latter, by measuring everything by the standard of private gain, ruin the credit of their works, so your politicians often fall into the same discredit by yielding to the influence of hatred or affection. Therefore readers ought to be jealously watchful on this head; while writers ought to be on their guard for their own sakes.
16.15The present matter is an example. When coming to details of the battle of Lade, these writers confess that in it two quinqueremes of Rhodes were captured by the enemy; and that upon one ship raising its studding-sail to escape from the conflict, owing to its having being staved in and shipping sea, many of the vessels near it did the same and made for the open sea; and that at last the admiral, being left with only a few vessels, was forced to follow their example. That for the present they were forced by unfavourable winds to drop anchor on the territory of Myndus, but next day put to sea and crossed to Cos; while the enemy, having secured the quinqueremes, landed at Lade and took up their quarters in the Rhodian camp: that, moreover, the Milesians, deeply impressed by what had taken place, presented not only Philip, but Heracleides also, with a garland of victory on his entrance to their territory. And yet, though they give all these particulars, which all evidently indicate the losing side, they still declare the Rhodians to have been victorious both in particular combats and in the whole battle; and that too in spite of the fact that the original despatch from the admiral concerning the battle, sent to the Senate and Prytanies, still exists in their Prytaneium, which testifies to the truth, not of the statements of Antisthenes and Zeno, but of mine.
Book 16, Part 4
16.16Next as to their account of the treacherous attempt upon Messene. Zeno says that Nabis started from Sparta, crossed the Eurotas near the tributary called the Hoplites, and advanced along the narrow road past Poliasium until he arrived at Sallasia, thence past Pharae to Thalamae, and so to the river Pamisus. About which I do not know what to say. It is just as if one were to say that a man started from Corinth and marched through the Isthmus and arrived at the Scironean way, and then came straight to the Contoporian road, and journeyed past Mycenae to Argos. For such a statement would not be merely slightly wrong but wholly contradictory. For the Isthmus and the Scironian rocks are east of Corinth, while the Contoporian road and Mycenae are nearly due south-west; so that it is completely impossible to go by way of the former to the latter. The same may be said about Lacedaemon; for the Eurotas and Sallasia are to the northeast of Sparta, while Thalamae, Pharae, and the Pamisus are to the south-west. Therefore it is not possible to go to Sallasia, nor necessary to cross the Eurotas, if a man means to go to Messenia by way of Thalamae.
16.17Besides these mistakes, he says that Nabis started on his return from Messenia by the gate on the road to Tegea. This is another absurdity; for Megalopolis is between Tegea and Messene, so that it is impossible that a gate at Messene should be called the Gate to Tegea. The fact is that there is a gate there called the Tegean Gate, by which Nabis commenced his return; and this led Zeno into the mistake of supposing that Tegea was near Messene, which is not the fact: for the Laconian territory, as well as that of Megalopolis, lies between that of Messene and Tegea. Lastly, he says that the Alpheus flows underground from its source for a considerable distance, and comes up near Lycoa, in Arcadia. The truth is that this river does go down underground not far from its source, and, after remaining hidden for about ten stades, comes up again, and then flows through the territory of Megalopolis, at first with a gentle stream, and then gaining volume, and watering that whole district in a splendid manner for two hundred stades, at length reaches Lycoa, swollen by the tributary stream of the Lusius, and become unfordable and deep. . . .
16.17However, I think that the points I have mentioned, though all of them blunders, admit of some palliation and excuse; for the latter arose from mere ignorance, those connected with the sea-fight from patriotic affection. But is it not then a fault in Zeno, that he does not bestow as much pains on investigating the truth and thoroughly mastering his subject, as upon the ornaments of style; and shows on many occasions that he particularly plumes himself on this, as many other famous writers do? To my mind it is quite right to take great care and pay great attention to the presentation of one’s facts in correct and adequate language, for this contributes in no small degree to the effectiveness of history; still I do not think that serious writers should regard it as their primary and most important object. Far from it. Quite other are the parts of his history on which a practical politician should rather pride himself.
16.18The best illustration of what I mean will be the following. This same writer, in his account of the siege of Gaza and Antiochus’s pitched battle with Scopas in Coele-Syria, at Mount Panium, showed such extreme anxiety about ornaments of style, that he made it quite impossible even for professional rhetoricians or mob-orators to outstrip him in theatrical effect; while he showed such a contempt of facts, as once more amounted to unsurpassable carelessness and inaccuracy. For, intending to describe the first position in the field taken up by Scopas, he says that the right extremity of his line, together with a few cavalry, rested on the slope of the mountain; while its left with all the cavalry belonging to this wing, was in the plains below. That Antiochus, just before the morning watch, despatched his elder son Antiochus with a division of his army to occupy the high ground which commanded the enemy; and that at daybreak he led the rest of his army across the river which flowed between the two camps, and drew them up on the plain: arranging his heavy-armed infantry in one line, facing the enemy’s centre, and his cavalry, some on the right and the rest on the left wing of the phalanx, among which were the heavy-armed horsemen, under the sole command of the younger of the king’s sons Antiochus. That in advance of this line he stationed the elephants at certain intervals, and the Tarentines commanded by Antipater; while he filled up the spaces between the elephants with archers and slingers. And finally, that he took up his own station on the rear of the elephants with a squadron of household cavalry and bodyguards. After this preliminary description he continues: The younger Antiochus—whom he had described as being on the level ground with the heavy-armed cavalry—charged down from the high ground and put to flight and pursued the cavalry under Ptolemy, son of Aeropus, who was in command of the Aetolians in the plain on the left wing; but the two lines, when they met, maintained a stubborn fight. But he fails to observe that, as the elephants, cavalry, and light-armed infantry were in front, the two lines could not possibly meet at all.
16.19Next he says that the phalanx, outmatched in agility and forced backwards by the Aetolians, retired step by step, while the elephants received the retreating line, and did great service in charging the enemy. But how the elephants got on the rear of the phalanx it is not easy to understand, or how, if they had got there, they could have done good service. For as soon as the two lines were once at close quarters, the animals would no longer have been able to distinguish friend from foe among those that came in their way. Again, he says that the Aetolian cavalry were thrown into a panic during the engagement, because they were unaccustomed to the look of the elephants. But, by his own account, the cavalry which was originally stationed on the right wing remained unbroken; while the other division of the cavalry, that on the right wing, had all fled before the successful attack of Antiochus. What portion of the cavalry was it, then, that was on the centre of the phalanx, and was terrified by the elephants? And where was the king, or what part did he take in the battle, seeing that he had with him the very flower of the infantry and cavalry? For not a word has been told us about these. And where was the elder of the young Antiochi, who, with a division of the troops, occupied the high ground? For this prince is not represented even as returning to his quarters after the battle. And very naturally so. For Zeno started by assuming two sons of the king named Antiochus, whereas there was only one in the army on that occasion. How comes it, again, that according to him, Scopas returned first and also last from the field? For he says: when he saw the younger Antiochus, after returning from the pursuit, on the rear of his phalanx, and accordingly gave up all hopes of victory, he retired. But afterwards he says that he sustained the most imminent peril when his phalanx got surrounded by the elephants and cavalry, and was the last man to retire from the field.
16.20These and similar blunders appear to me to reflect very great discredit upon writers. It is necessary, therefore, to endeavour to make one’s self master of all departments of history alike. That is the ideal; but if that is impossible, one ought at least to be excessively careful on the most essential and important points in it. I have been induced to say this because I have observed that in history, as in other arts and sciences, there is a tendency to neglect the true and essential, while the ostentatious and the showy secure praise and emulation as something great and admirable. The fact being that in history, as in other departments of literature, these latter qualities require less trouble and gain a cheaper reputation. As to his ignorance of the topography of Laconia, considering that his error was an important one, I did not hesitate to write to Zeno personally. For I thought it a point of honour not to look upon the mistakes of others as personal triumphs, as is the way with some writers; but to do the best I could to secure correctness, not only of my own historical writings, but of those of others also, for the benefit of the world at large. When Zeno received my letter and found that it was impossible to make the correction, because his history was already published, he was much vexed, but could do nothing. He, however, put the most friendly interpretation on my proceeding; and, in regard to this point, I would beg my own readers, whether of my own or future generations, if I am ever detected in making a deliberate misstatement, and disregarding truth in any part of my history, to criticise me unmercifully; but if I do so from lack of information, to make allowances: and I ask it for myself more than others, owing to the size of my history and the extent of ground covered by its transactions. . . .
Book 16, Part 5
16.21Tlepolemus, the chief minister in the kingdom of Egypt, was a young man, but one who had spent all his life in the camp, and with reputation. By nature aspiring and ambitious, he had done much that was glorious in the service of his country, but much that was evil also. As a general in a campaign, and as an administrator of military expeditions, he was a man of great ability, high natural courage, and extremely well fitted to deal personally with soldiers. But on the other hand, for the management of complicated affairs, he was deficient in diligence and sobriety, and had the least faculty in the world for the keeping of money or the economical administration of finance. And it was this that before long not only caused his own fall, but seriously damaged the kingdom as well. For though he had complete control of the exchequer, he spent the greater part of the day in playing ball and in matches in martial exercises with the young men; and directly he left these sports he collected drinking parties, and spent the greater part of his life in these amusements and with these associates. But that part of his day which he devoted to business, he employed in distributing, or, I might rather say, in throwing away the royal treasures among the envoys from Greece and the Dionysian actors, and, more than all, among the officers and soldiers of the palace guard. He was utterly incapable of saying no, and bestowed anything there was at hand on any one who said anything to please him. The evil which he himself thus began continually increased. For every one who had received a favour expressed his gratitude in extravagant language, both for the sake of what he had got and of what he hoped to get in the future. And thus being informed of the universal praise which was bestowed on him, of the toasts proposed in his honour at banquets, of complimentary inscriptions, and songs sung in his praise by the public singers all through the town, he became entirely befooled, and grew daily more and more puffed up with conceit, and more reckless in squandering favours upon foreigners and soldiers.
16.22These proceedings were very offensive to the other members of the court; and, therefore, they watched everything he did with a jealous eye, and conceived a detestation for his insolence, which they began to compare unfavourably with the character of Sosibius. For the latter was considered to show more wisdom in his guardianship of the king than his age gave reason to expect; and, in his dealings with other persons, to maintain the dignity proper to his high trust, which was the royal seal and person. Just at this time, Ptolemy, the son of Sosibius, returned from his mission to Philip. Before he left Alexandria on his voyage, he had been full of foolish pride, partly from his own natural disposition and partly from his father’s success. But upon landing in Macedonia, and mixing with the young men at court, he conceived the notion that the virtue of the Macedonians consisted in the better fashion of their boots and clothes; he therefore came home got up in imitation of all these peculiarities, and fully persuaded that his foreign tour and association with Macedonians had made a man of him. He therefore immediately began showing jealousy of Tlepolemus, and inveighing against him; and as all the courtiers joined him, on the ground that Tlepolemus was treating the business and revenue of the state as though he were its heir and not its guardian, the quarrel quickly grew. Meanwhile Tlepolemus, being informed of certain unfriendly speeches, originating in the jealous observation and malignity of the courtiers, at first turned a deaf ear to them and affected to despise them; but when at length they ventured to hold a meeting and openly express their disapproval of him in his absence, on the ground of his maladministration of the government of the kingdom, he grew angry; and, summoning the council, came forward and said that they brought their accusations against him secretly and in private, but he judged it right to accuse them in public and face to face. . . .
16.22After making his public speech, Tlepolemus deprived Sosibius of the custody of the seal also, and having got that into his hands, thenceforth conducted the administration exactly as he chose. . . .
16.22aIt seems to me to be at once just and proper to give the people of Gaza the praise which they deserve. For though they do not differ as to bravery in war from the rest of the inhabitants of Coele-Syria, yet as parties to an international agreement, and in their fidelity to their promises, they far surpass them, and show altogether a courage in such matters that is irresistible. In the first place, when all the other people were terrified at the invasion of the Persians, in view of the greatness of their power, and one and all submitted themselves and their countries to the Medes, they alone faced the danger and stood a siege. Again, on the invasion of Alexander, when not only did the other cities surrender, but even Tyre was stormed and its inhabitants sold into slavery; and when it seemed all but hopeless for any to escape destruction, who resisted the fierce and violent attack of Alexander, they alone of all the Syrians withstood him, and tested their powers of defence to the uttermost. Following the same line of conduct on the present occasion, they omitted nothing within their power in their determination to keep faith with Ptolemy. Therefore, just as we distinguish by special mention in our history individuals of eminent virtue, so ought we, in regard to states as such, to mention with commendation those which act nobly in any point from traditional principles and deliberate policy. . . .
16.23Publius Scipio returned from Libya soon after the events I have narrated. The expectation of the people concerning him was proportionable to the magnitude of his achievements: and the splendour of his reception, and the signs of popular favour which greeted him were extraordinary. Nor was this otherwise than reasonable and proper. For after despairing of ever driving Hannibal from Italy, or of averting that danger from themselves and their kinsfolk, they now looked on themselves as not only securely removed from every fear and every menace of attack, but as having conquered their enemies. Their joy therefore knew no bounds; and when Scipio came into the city in triumph, and the actual sight of the prisoners who formed the procession brought still more clearly to their memories the dangers of the past, they became almost wild in the expression of their thanks to the gods, and their affection for the author of such a signal change. For among the prisoners who were led in the triumphal procession was Syphax, the king of the Masaesylii, who shortly afterwards died in prison. The triumph concluded, the citizens celebrated games and festivals for several days running with great splendour, Scipio, in his magnificent liberality, supplying the cost. . . .
16.24At the beginning of the winter in which Publius Sulpicius was elected consul at Rome, king Philip, who was staying at Bargylia, was rendered exceedingly uneasy and filled with many conflicting anxieties for the future, when he observed that the Rhodians and Attalus, far from dismissing their navy, were actually manning additional ships and paying more earnest attention than ever to guarding the coasts. He had a double cause, indeed, for uneasiness: he was afraid of sailing from Bargylia, and foresaw that he would have to encounter danger at sea; and at the same time he was not satisfied with the state of things in Macedonia, and therefore was unwilling on any consideration to spend the winter in Asia, being afraid both of the Aetolians and the Romans; for he was fully aware of the embassies sent to Rome to denounce him [as soon as it was known] that the war in Libya was ended. These considerations caused him overwhelming perplexity; but he was compelled for the present to remain where he was, leading the life of a wolf, to use the common expression: for he robbed and stole from some, and used force to others, while he did violence to his nature by fawning on others, because his army was suffering from famine; and by these means managed sometimes to get meat to eat, sometimes figs, and sometimes nothing but a very short allowance of corn. Some of these provisions were supplied to him by Zeuxis, and some by the people of Mylae, Alabanda, and Magnesia, whom he flattered whenever they gave him anything, and barked at and plotted against when they did not. Finally, he made a plot to seize Mylae by the agency of Philocles, but failed from the clumsiness with which the scheme was contrived. The territory of Alabanda he harried as though it were an enemy’s, alleging that it was imperatively necessary to get food for his troops. . . .
Book 16, Part 6
16.24When this Philip, father of Perseus, was thus overrunning Asia, being unable to get provisions for his army, he accepted a present of figs from the Magnesians, as they had no corn. For which reason, when he conquered Myus, he granted its territory to the Magnesians in return for their figs. . . .
16.25The Athenian people sent envoys to king Attalus, both to thank him for the past, and to urge him to come to Athens to consult with them on the dangers that still threatened them. The king was informed a few days afterwards that Roman ambassadors had arrived at the Peiraeus; and, believing that it was necessary to have an interview with them, he put to sea in haste. The Athenian people, being informed of his coming, passed very liberal votes as to the reception and general entertainment of the king. Arrived at the Peiraeus, Attalus spent the first day in transacting business with the Roman ambassadors, and was extremely delighted to find that they were fully mindful of their ancient alliance with him, and quite prepared for the war with Philip. Next morning, in company with the Romans and the Athenian magistrates, he began his progress to the city in great state. For he was met, not only by all the magistrates and the knights, but by all the citizens with their children and wives. And when the two processions met, the warmth of the welcome given by the populace to the Romans, and still more to Attalus, could not have been exceeded. At his entrance into the city by the gate Dipylum the priests and priestesses lined the street on both sides: all the temples were then thrown open; victims were placed ready at all the altars; and the king was requested to offer sacrifice. Finally they voted him such high honours as they had never without great hesitation voted to any of their former benefactors: for, in addition to other compliments, they named a tribe after Attalus, and classed him among their eponymous heroes.
16.26They next summoned an ecclesia and invited the king to address them. But upon his excusing himself, on the plea that it would be ill-bred for him to appear before the people and recount his own good services in the presence of those on whom they had been bestowed, they gave up asking for his personal appearance; but begged him to give them a written statement as to what he thought was the best thing to do in view of the existing circumstances. On his consenting to do this, and writing the document, the magistrates produced the despatch to the ecclesia. The contents of this written communication were briefly these: he recalled the good services he had done the people in the past; enumerated the things he had accomplished in the existing war against Philip; and lastly exhorted them to activity in this war, and protested that, if they did not determine resolutely to adopt this policy of hostility to Philip in common with the Rhodians, Romans, and himself, and yet afterwards wished to share in the benefits which had been secured by others, they would miss securing the true interests of their country. As soon as this despatch had been read, the people, influenced both by its contents and by their warm feeling towards Attalus, were prepared to vote the war: and when the Rhodians also entered and argued at great length to the same effect, the Athenians at once decreed the war against Philip. They gave the Rhodians also a magnificent reception, honoured their state with a crown of valour, and voted all Rhodians equal rights of citizenship at Athens, on the ground of their having, besides other things, restored the Athenian ships which had been captured with the men on board them. After concluding this arrangement, the Rhodian ambassadors sailed to Ceos with their fleet to visit the islands. . . .
16.27While the Roman ambassadors were still at Athens, Nicanor, by the command of Philip, made a raid upon Attica, and came as far as the Academy. Thereupon the Romans sent a herald to him, and bade him announce to his master Philip that The Romans admonished him to make no war upon any Greek State, and to submit to an arbitration before a fair tribunal as to the injuries he had inflicted upon Attalus: that, if he did this, he might have peace with Rome, but, if he refused to obey, the opposite would immediately follow. On the receipt of this message Nicanor retired. Then the Romans sailed along the coast of Epirus and delivered a similar announcement in regard to Philip in the town of Phoenice; also to Amynandrus in the district of Athamania; also to the Aetolians in Naupactus, and the Achaeans in Aegium. And having thus by the mouth of Nicanor given Philip this clear warning, the Roman envoys themselves sailed away to visit Antiochus and Ptolemy with a view to settle their controversies. . . .
16.28It appears to me that to make a good beginning, and even to maintain enthusiasm long enough to secure a considerable measure of success, is an achievement of which many have been found capable; but to carry a purpose through to its end, and, even though fortune be adverse, to make up by cool reason for the deficiency of enthusiasm is within the power of few. From this point of view one cannot but disparage the inactivity of Attalus and the Rhodians, while regarding with admiration the royal and lofty spirit displayed by Philip, and his constancy to his purpose,—not meaning to speak in praise of his character as a whole, but simply commending the vigour with which he acted on this occasion. I make this distinction to prevent any one supposing that I contradict myself, because I recently praised Attalus and the Rhodians and found fault with Philip, whereas I am now doing the reverse. This is just such a case as I referred to at the beginning of my history, when I said that it was necessary sometimes to praise, and sometimes to blame the same persons, since it frequently happens that changes of circumstances for the worse and calamities alter men’s original dispositions, and frequently also changes for the better; and sometimes too it is the case that from natural temperament men are at one time inclined to what is right, at another to the reverse. And it is a variation of this sort that I think occurred to Philip in this instance. For, irritated by his defeats, and influenced in a great degree by anger and passion, he addressed himself with a kind of insane or inspired eagerness to meet the dangers of the hour; and it was in this spirit that he rose to the attack upon the Rhodians and king Attalus, and gained the successes which followed. I was induced to make these remarks, because I observe that some men, like bad runners in the stadium, abandon their purposes when close to the goal; while it is at that particular point, more than at any other, that others secure the victory over their rivals. . . .
16.29Philip was anxious to anticipate the Romans in seizing bases of operation and landing-places in this country (Asia). . . .
Book 16, Part 7
16.29In order that, if it should be his purpose again to cross to Asia, he might have a landing-place at Abydos.
16.29The position of Abydos and Sestos, and the advantages of the situation of those towns it would, I think, be waste of time for me to state in great detail, because the singularity of those sites has made them familiar to all persons of intelligence. Still I imagine that it will not be otherwise than useful to remind my readers briefly of the facts, by way of attracting their attention. A man would best realise the advantages of these cities, not by regarding their sites by themselves, but by comparing and contrasting them with those about to be mentioned. For just as it is impossible to sail from the Ocean,—or as some call it the Atlantic,—into our sea, except by passing between the Pillars of Heracles, so is it impossible to sail from our sea into the Propontis and the Pontus except through the channel separating Sestos and Abydos. But as though Fortune had designed these two straits to counterbalance each other, the passage between the Pillars of Heracles is many times as broad as that of the Hellespont,—the former being sixty, the latter two stades; the reason being, as far as one may conjecture, the great superiority in size of the external Ocean to our sea: while the channel at Abydos is more convenient than that at the Pillars of Heracles. For the former being lined on both sides by human habitations is of the nature of a gate admitting mutual intercourse, sometimes being bridged over by those who determine to cross on foot, and at all times admitting a passage by sea. But the channel at the Pillars of Heracles is seldom used, and by very few persons, owing to the lack of intercourse between the tribes inhabiting those remote parts of Libya and Europe, and owing to the scantiness of our knowledge of the external Ocean. The city of Abydos itself is enclosed on both sides by two European promontories, and possesses a harbour capable of sheltering ships anchoring in it from every wind; while there is no possibility of anchoring at any point near the city outside the harbour mouth, owing to the rapidity and violence of the current setting through the strait.
16.30Having then invested Abydos partly by a palisade and partly by an earthwork, Philip began blockading it by land and sea together. This siege was not at all remarkable for the extent of the machinery employed, or the ingenuity displayed in those works on which besiegers and besieged are wont to exhaust all their invention and skill against each other; but still it deserves, if any ever did, to be remembered and recorded for the noble spirit and extraordinary gallantry exhibited by the besieged. At first, feeling full confidence in themselves, the inhabitants of Abydos maintained a courageous resistance to the attempts of Philip; struck and dislodged some of his engines, which he brought against their walls by sea, with stones from their catapults, and destroyed others by fire, and with such fierceness, that the enemy were barely able to drag their ships out of danger. Against the siege operations on land, too, up to a certain point they offered an undaunted resistance, not at all despairing of ultimately overpowering the enemy. But when their outer wall was undermined and fell, and when moreover the Macedonians by means of these same mines were approaching the inner wall, which had been erected by the besieged to cover the breach: then at length they send Iphiades and Pantacnotus as ambassadors, with an offer to Philip that he should take over the city, on condition of letting the soldiers from Rhodes and Attalus depart under a truce; and of permitting all free persons to depart as they could, and wherever each might choose, with the clothes that each was wearing. But on Philip bidding them surrender at discretion or fight like men, the ambassadors returned to the town.
16.31On being informed of the message the people of Abydos met in public assembly, and with feelings of utter despair deliberated upon their position. They thereupon resolved, first to liberate the slaves, that they might secure their sincere interest and loyalty; next, to collect all the women into the temple of Artemis, and the children with their nurses into the gymnasium; and finally to bring together their silver and gold into the market-place, as well as collect their clothes which were of any value into the quadrireme of the Rhodians and the trireme of the Cyzicenes. Having formed these resolutions and acted on the decree with unanimity, they again assembled in public meeting, and elected fifty of the older and most trusted men, who at the same time were possessed of sufficient bodily vigour to enable them to carry out what had been determined upon; and these they bound on oath in the presence of the whole of the citizens, that whenever they saw the inner wall being captured by the enemy, they would kill the children and women, and would burn the abovementioned ships, and, in accordance with the curses that had been invoked, would throw the silver and gold into the sea. After this they brought the priests forward, and all the citizens swore that they would conquer the enemy or die fighting for their country. To crown all, they slew victims and compelled the priests and priestesses to dictate the words of this imprecation over the burnt offerings. Having bound themselves by this solemn agreement, they left off attempting to countermine the enemy, and resolved that, directly the interior wall fell, they would fight to the last in the breach with the enemy’s storming party and there die.
16.32This would justify us in saying that the gallantry of the Abydenians outdid the proverbial Phocian recklessness and Acarnanian courage. For the Phocians have the reputation of having adopted a similar resolution as to their families, but not because they despaired of victory, for they were about to fight a pitched battle with the Thessalians in the open field. So too the Acarnanians, upon the mere prospect of an Aetolian invasion, adopted a like resolution; the details of which I have already narrated. But the Abydenians, at a time when they were closely invested and in all but complete despair of being saved, elected by a unanimous resolution to meet their fate along with their children and wives, rather than to live any longer with the knowledge that their children and wives would fall into the power of the enemy. Therefore one might justly complain of Fortune for having, in the former cases, given victory and safety to those who despaired of them, while she adopted the opposite decision in regard to the Abydenians. For the men were killed, and the city was taken, but the children with their mothers fell into the hands of the enemy.
16.33As soon as the interior wall had fallen, the men, according to their oaths, sprang upon the ruins and fought the enemy with such desperate courage, that Philip, though he had kept sending the Macedonians to the front in relays till nightfall, at last abandoned the contest in despair of accomplishing the capture at all. For not only did the Abydenian forlorn hope take their stand upon the dead bodies of the fallen enemies, and maintain the battle with fury; nor was it only that they fought gallantly with mere swords and spears; but when any of these weapons had been rendered useless, or had been knocked out of their hands, they grappled with the Macedonians, and either hurled them to the ground arms and all, or broke their sarissae, and stabbing their faces and exposed parts of their bodies with the broken ends, threw them into a complete panic. But the fight being interrupted by nightfall, most of the citizens having now fallen in the breach, and the rest being utterly exhausted by fatigue and wounds, Glaucides and Theognetus collected a few of the older men together, and, instigated by hopes of personal safety, lowered the special eminence and unique glory which their fellow-citizens had acquired. For they resolved to save the children and women alive, and at daybreak to send the priests and priestesses with garlands to Philip, to entreat his mercy and surrender the city to him.
Book 16, Part 8
16.34While this was going on, king Attalus, having heard that Abydos was being besieged, sailed through the Aegean to Tenedos; and similarly the youngest of the Roman ambassadors, Marcus Aemilius, arrived on board ship at Abydos itself. For the Roman ambassadors, having learnt at Rhodes the fact of the siege of Abydos, and wishing in accordance with their commission to deliver their message to Philip personally, put off their purpose of visiting the two kings, and despatched this man to him. Having found the king outside Abydos, he explained to him that The Senate had resolved to order him not to wage war with any Greek state; nor to interfere in the dominions of Ptolemy; and to submit the injuries inflicted on Attalus and the Rhodians to arbitration; and that if he did so he might have peace, but if he refused to obey he would promptly have war with Rome. Upon Philip endeavouring to show that the Rhodians had been the first to lay hands on him, Marcus interrupted him by saying: But what about the Athenians? And what about the Cianians? And what about the Abydenians at this moment? Did any one of them also lay hands on you first? The king, at a loss for a reply, said: I pardon the offensive haughtiness of your manners for three reasons: first, because you are a young man and inexperienced in affairs; secondly, because you are the handsomest man of your time (this was true); and thirdly, because you are a Roman. But for my part, my first demand to the Romans is that they should not break their treaties or go to war with me; but if they do, I shall defend myself as courageously as I can, appealing to the gods to defend my cause. With these words they separated. On becoming master of Abydos, Philip found all the property of the citizens collected by themselves ready to his hand. But when he saw the numbers and fury of those who were stabbing, burning, hanging, throwing into wells, or precipitating themselves from housetops, and their children and wives, he was overpowered with surprise; and resenting these proceedings he published a proclamation, announcing, that he gave three days’ grace to those who wished to hang or stab themselves. The Abydenians, already bent on executing their original decree, and looking upon themselves as traitors to those who had fought and died for their country, could not endure remaining alive on any terms; and, accordingly, with the exception of those who had previously been put in chains or some similar restraint, they all without delay hastened to their death, each family by itself.
16.35After the capture of Abydos, envoys came from the Achaean nation to Rhodes urging the Rhodians to make terms with Philip. But upon these being followed by the arrival of the ambassadors from Rome, who argued that they should make no terms with Philip without consulting the Romans, the Rhodian people voted to listen to the latter and to hold to their friendship with them. . . .
16.36Philopoemen calculated the distances of all the cities of the Achaean league, and from which of them men could arrive at Tegea along the same roads. He then wrote despatches to each of them, and sent them to the most distant cities, so dividing them that each city that was farthest on a particular road should get, not only the one addressed to itself, but those also of the other cities on the same road. The contents of these first despatches addressed to the chief magistrate were as follows: As soon as ye receive this despatch, forthwith cause all the men of military age, with arms, and provisions, and money for five days, to assemble immediately in the market-place. And as soon as they are thus collected, march them out and lead them to the next city. As soon as ye have arrived there, deliver the despatch addressed to its chief magistrate and follow the instructions therein contained. Now, this second despatch contained exactly the same words as the former, except of course that the name of the next town was changed to which they were to march. By this arrangement being repeated right along the road, in the first place no one knew for what purpose or undertaking the expedition was directed; and in the next place, every one was absolutely ignorant where he was going, beyond the name of the next town, but all marched forward in a state of complete mystification, taking on the successive contingents as they went. But as of course the most remote towns were not equally distant from Tegea, the letters were not delivered to them all at the same time, but to each in proportion to its distance. By which arrangement, without either the Tegeans or the new arrivals knowing what was going to happen, all the Achaeans marched into Tegea under arms by all the gates simultaneously.
16.37What suggested to Philopoemen this stratagem was the great number of the tyrant’s eavesdroppers and spies. On the day then on which the main body of the Achaeans were to arrive at Tegea, he despatched a band of picked men, so timing their start, that they might pass the night near Sellasia and at daybreak begin a raid on Laconia. They had orders that, in case the mercenaries of Nabis left their quarters and attacked them, they were to retire on Scotita, and in other respects follow the directions of Didascalondas of Crete; for Philopoemen had given his confidence to this officer, and full directions as to the whole expedition. These men therefore set out in good spirits to the task assigned to them. Philopoemen himself having issued orders to the Achaeans to sup early, led out his army from Tegea, and after a rapid night’s march halted it about the time of the morning watch in the neighbourhood of Scotita, which is between Tegea and Lacedaemon. When day broke the mercenaries in Pellene, being informed by their scouts of the raid which the enemy were making, started at once to the rescue, as was their custom, and bore down upon them; and when the Achaeans, in accordance with their instructions, retired, they followed, harassing them with bold and daring assaults. But as soon as they came to the place where Philopoemen lay in ambush, the Achaeans sprang up and cut some of them to pieces, and took others prisoners.
16.38Philip seeing that the Achaeans were disposed to hesitate about undertaking the war with Rome, tried earnestly by every means to rouse their feeling of hostility.
16.39Ptolemy’s general Scopas marched into the upper region during the winter and subdued the Jewish nation.
Book 16, Part 9
16.39The siege having been conducted in a desultory manner, Scopas fell into bad repute and was attacked with all the petulance of youth. . . .
16.39Having conquered Scopas, Antiochus took Batanaea, Samaria, Abila, and Gadara; and after a while those of the Jews who inhabit the sacred town called Jerusalem submitted to him also. On the subject of this town I have a good deal more to say, and especially on account of the splendour of its temple, but I shall put it off to another opportunity.
Book 17, Part 1
According to Hultsch no fragments or extracts of book 17 are preserved. In it would have been contained the campaign of B. C. 199, in the war between Rome and Philip, for which see -43. And the operations of Flamininus in the season of B. C. 198, -18. The first seventeen chapters of this book are generally classed in book 17.
Book 18, Part 1
18.1WHEN the time appointed arrived, Philip put to sea from Demetrias and came into the Melian Gulf, with five galleys and one beaked war-ship (pristis), on the latter of which he himself was sailing. There met him the Macedonian secretaries Apollodorus and Demosthenes, Brachylles from Boeotia, and the Achaean Cycliadas, who had been driven from the Peloponnese for the reasons I have already described. With Flamininus came king Amynandras, and Dionysodorus, legate of king Attalus. The commissioners from cities and nations were Aristaenus and Xenophon from the Achaeans; Acesimbrotus the navarch from the Rhodians; Phaeneas their Strategus from the Aetolians, and several others of their statesmen with him. Approaching the sea near Nicaea, Flamininus and those with him took their stand upon the very edge of the beach, while Philip, bringing his ship close to shore, remained afloat. Upon Flamininus bidding him disembark, he stood up on board and refused to leave his ship. Flamininus again asked him what he feared, he said that he feared no one but the gods, but he distrusted most of those who were there, especially the Aetolians. Upon the Roman expressing his surprise, and remarking that the danger was the same to all and the risk common, Philip retorted that He was mistaken in saying that: for that, if anything happened to Phaeneas, there were many who would act as Strategi for the Aetolians; but if Philip were to perish at the present juncture, there was no one to be king of the Macedonians. Though all thought this an unconciliatory way of opening the discussion, Flamininus nevertheless bade him speak on the matters he had come to consider. Philip however said that The word was not with himself but with Flamininus; and therefore begged that he would state clearly what he was to do in order to have peace. The Roman consul replied that What he had to say was simple and obvious: it was to bid him evacuate Greece entirely; restore the prisoners and deserters in his hands to their several states; hand over to the Romans those parts of Illyricum of which he had become possessed since the peace of Epirus; and, similarly, to restore to Ptolemy all the cities which he had taken from him since the death of Ptolemy Philopator.
18.2Having said this Flamininus refrained from any further speech of his own; but turning to the others he bade them deliver what they had been severally charged to say by those who sent them. And first Dionysodorus, the envoy of Attalus, took up the discourse by declaring that Philip ought to restore the king’s ships which had been captured in the battle at Chios and their crews with them; and to restore also the temple of Aphrodite to its original state, as well as the Nicephorium, both of which he had destroyed. He was followed by the Rhodian navarch Acesimbrotus, who demanded That Philip should evacuate Peraea, which he had taken from them; withdraw his garrisons from Iasus, Bargylia, and Euromus; restore the Perinthians to their political union with Byzantium; and evacuate Sestos, Abydos, and all commercial ports and harbours in Asia. Following the Rhodians the Achaeans demanded The restoration of Corinth and Argos uninjuired. Then came the Aetolians, who first demanded, like the Romans, that Philip should entirely evacuate Greece; and, secondly, that he should restore to them uninjured all cities formerly members of the Aetolian league.
18.3When Phaeneas the Aetolian strategus had delivered this demand, a man called Alexander Isius, who had the reputation of being an able politician and good speaker, said that Philip was neither sincere at the present moment in proposing terms, nor bold in his manner of making war, when he had to do that. In conferences and colloquies he was always setting ambushes and lying in wait, and using all the practices of war, but in actual war itself took up a position at once unjust and ignoble: for he avoided meeting his enemies face to face, and, as he fled before them, employed himself in burning and plundering the cities; and by this policy, though himself beaten, he spoilt the value of the victor’s reward. Yet former kings of Macedonia had not adopted this plan, but one exactly the reverse: for they were continually fighting with each other in the open field, but rarely destroyed and ruined cities. This was shown clearly by Alexander’s war in Asia against king Darius; and again in the contentions between his successors, when they combined to fight Antigonus for the possession of Asia. So too had the successors of these kings followed the same policy down to the time of Pyrrhus: they had been prompt to war against each other in the open field, and to do everything they could to conquer each other in arms, but had spared the cities, that they might rule them if they conquered, and be honoured by their subjects. But that a man should abandon war, and yet destroy that for which the war was undertaken, seemed an act of madness, and madness of a very violent sort. And this was just what Philip was doing at that moment; for he had destroyed more cities in Thessaly, on his rapid march from the pass of Epirus, though he was a friend and ally of that country, than any one who had ever been at war with the Thessalians.
18.3After a good deal more to the same effect he ended by asking Philip, On what grounds he was holding the town of Lysimacheia with a garrison, having expelled the strategus sent by the Aetolian league, of which it was a member? Also on what grounds he had enslaved the Ciani who were also in alliance with the Aetolians? Lastly, on what plea he was in actual occupation of Echinus, Phthiotid Thebes, Pharsalus, and Larisa?
18.4When Alexander had concluded his speech, Philip came somewhat nearer to the shore than he was before, and, rising on board his ship, said that Alexander had composed and delivered a speech in the true Aetolian and theatrical style. For every one knew quite well that nobody willingly destroys his own allies, but that, at times of special danger, military commanders are compelled to do many things contrary to their natural feelings. While the king was still speaking, Phaeneas, who was very short-sighted, interrupted him by saying, You are trifling with us; you must either fight and conquer, or obey the commands of the stronger. Philip, in spite of the unfortunate position of his affairs, could not refrain from his habitual humour: turning towards Phaeneas he said, Even a blind man could see that. Such a knack had he of cutting repartee. Then he turned to Alexander again and said, You ask me, Alexander, why I took possession of Lysimacheia. I reply, in order that it might not by your neglect be devastated by Thracians, as it has now actually been; because I was compelled by this war to remove my soldiers, who indeed were no hostile garrison, as you say, but were there for its protection. As for the Ciani, I did not go to war with them, but only assisted Prusias to take them who was at war with them. And of this you yourselves were the cause. For though I sent envoy after envoy to you desiring that you would repeal the law which allows you the privilege of taking spoil from spoil, you replied that rather than abolish this law you would remove Aetolia from Aetolia.
18.5When Flamininus expressed some wonder at what he meant by this, the king tried to explain it to him by saying that The Aetolian custom was this. They not only plundered those with whom they were at war, and harried their country; but, if certain other nations were at war with each other, even though both were friends and allies of the Aetolians, none the less the Aetolians might, without a formal decree of the people, take part with both combatants and plunder the territory of both. The result was that in the eyes of the Aetolians there were no defined limits of friendship or enmity, but they were ready to be the enemies and assailers of all who had a dispute on anything. How then, he added, have they any right to blame me if, while on terms of friendship with the Aetolians, I did anything against the Ciani in support of my own allies? But the most outrageous part of their conduct is that they try to rival Rome, and bid me entirely evacuate Greece! The demand in itself is sufficiently haughty and dictatorial: still, in the mouths of Romans, it is tolerable, but in that of Aetolians quite intolerable. What is this Greece, pray, from which ye bid me depart? How do you define it? Why, most of the Aetolians themselves are not Greeks; for neither the Agrai, nor the Apodoti, nor the Amphilochi are counted as Greek. Do you then give up those tribes to me?
18.6Upon Flamininus laughing at these words, Philip proceeded: Well, enough said to the Aetolians! But to the Rhodians and Attalus I have to say that, in the eyes of a fair judge, it would be held more just that they should restore to me the ships captured, than I to them. For I did not begin the attack upon Attalus and the Rhodians, but they upon me, as everybody acknowledges. However, at your instance, Titus, I restore Peraea to the Rhodians, and to Attalus his ships and as many of the men as are still alive. As for the destruction of the Nicephorium and the grove of Aphrodite, I am not able to do anything else towards their restoration, but I will send plants and gardeners to attend to the place and the growth of the trees that have been cut down. Flamininus once more laughing at the king’s sarcastic tone, Philip turned to the Achaeans, and first went through the list of benefactions received by them from Antigonus and himself; then quoted the extraordinary honours Antigonus and he had received from them; and concluded by reading their decree for abandoning him and joining Rome. Taking this for his text, he expatiated at great length on the fickleness and ingratitude of the Achaeans. Still he said he would restore Argos to them, and as to Corinth would consult with Flamininus.
18.7Having thus concluded his conversation with the other envoys, he asked Flamininus, observing that the discussion was really confined to himself and the Romans, Whether he considered that he was bound to evacuate only those places in Greece which he had himself acquired, or those also which he had inherited from his ancestors? On Flamininus making no answer, Aristaenus for the Achaeans, and Phaeneas for the Aetolians, were on the point of replying. But as the day was closing in, time prevented them from doing so; and Philip demanded that they should all hand into him a written statement of the terms on which peace was to be granted: for being there alone he had no one with whom to consult; and therefore wished to turn their demands over in his own mind. Now Flamininus was much amused at Philip’s sarcastic banter; but not wishing the others to think so, he retaliated on him by a sarcasm also, saying: Of course you are alone, Philip: for you have killed all the friends likely to give you the best advice! The king smiled sardonically, but said nothing. And for the present, all having handed in the written statements of their demands as aforesaid, the conference broke up, after appointing to meet again next day at Nicaea. But next morning, though Flamininus came to the appointed place and found the others there, Philip did not arrive.
18.8When the day, however, had nearly come to an end, and Titus and the others had almost given him up, Philip appeared accompanied as before, and excused himself by saying that he had spent the whole day in perplexity and doubt, caused by the severity of the demands made upon him. But every one else thought that he had acted thus from a wish to prevent, by the lateness of the hour, the delivery of invectives by the Achaeans and Aetolians: for he saw, as he was going away on the previous evening, that both were ready to attack him and state grievances. Therefore, as soon as he approached the meeting this time, he demanded that The Roman Consul should discuss the matter with him in private; that they might not have a mere war of words on both sides, but that a definite settlement should be come to on the points in dispute. On his several times repeating this request and pressing it strongly, Flamininus asked those present what he ought to do. On their bidding him meet the king and hear what he had to say, he took with him Appius Claudius, at that time a military Tribune, and telling the others to retire a short way from the sea and remain there, he himself bade Philip disembark. Accordingly the king, attended by Apollodorus and Demosthenes, left his ship, and, joining Flamininus, conversed with him for a considerable time. What was said by the one and the other on that occasion it is not easy to state. However, when Philip and he had parted, Flamininus, in explaining the king’s views to the others, said that he consented to restore Pharsalus and Larisa to the Aetolians, but not Thebes: and that to the Rhodians he surrendered Peraea, but not Iasus and Bargylia: to the Achaeans he gave up Corinth and Argos: to the Romans he promised that he would surrender Illyricum and all prisoners: and to Attalus the ships, and as many of the men captured in the sea-fights as survived.
Book 18, Part 2
18.9All present expressed their dissatisfaction at these terms, and alleged that it was necessary before all that he should perform the general injunction, that, namely, of evacuating all Greece: otherwise these particular concessions were vain and useless. Observing that there was an animated discussion going on among them, and fearing at the same time that they would indulge in accusations against himself, Philip requested Flamininus to adjourn the conference till next day, as the evening was closing in; and promised that he would then either persuade them to accept his terms or submit to theirs. Flamininus consenting, they separated, after appointing to meet next day on the beach near Thronium.
18.9Next day all came to the appointed place in good time. Philip in a short speech called on all, and especially on Flamininus, Not to break off the negotiation for peace now that by far the greater number were inclined to come to some arrangement; but, if possible, to come to an understanding by themselves on the points in dispute; or, if that could not be, to send envoys to the Senate, and either convince it as to this controversy, or submit to whatever it enjoined.
18.9On this proposition of the king, all the others declared that they preferred war to such a demand. But the Roman Consul said that He was quite aware that it was improbable that Philip would submit to any of their demands, yet, as it did not in the least stand in the way of such action as they chose to take to grant the favour demanded by the king, he would concede it. For not one of the proposals actually made at present could be confirmed without the authority of the Senate; and besides the season now coming on was a favourable one for ascertaining its opinion; for, even as things were, the armies could do nothing owing to the winter: it was therefore against no one’s interests, but, on the contrary, very convenient for them all, to devote this time to a reference to the Senate on the present state of affairs.
18.10Seeing that Flamininus was not averse to referring the matter to the Senate, all the others presently consented, and voted to allow Philip to send envoys to Rome, and that they too should severally send envoys of their own to plead their cause before the Senate, and state their grievances against Philip.
18.10The business of the conference having thus been concluded in accordance with his views and the opinions he had originally expressed, Flamininus at once set about carefully securing his own position, and preventing Philip from taking any undue advantage. For though he granted him three months’ suspension of hostilities, he stipulated that he should complete his embassy to Rome within that time, and insisted on his immediately removing his garrisons from Phocis and Locris. He was also very careful to insist on behalf of the Roman allies, that no act of hostility should be committed against them during this period by the Macedonians. Having made these terms in writing with Philip, he immediately took the necessary steps himself to carry out his own policy. First, he sent Amynandrus to Rome at once, knowing that he was a man of pliable character, and would be easily persuaded by his own friends in the city to take any course they might propose; and at the same time would carry with him a certain prestige, and rouse men’s curiosity and interest by his title of royalty. Next to him he sent as personal envoys his wife’s nephew Quintus Fabius, Quintus Fulvius, and Appius Claudius Nero. From the Aetolians went Alexander Isius, Damocritus of Calydon, Dicaearchus of Trichonium, Polemarchus of Arsinoe, Lamius of Ambracia, Nicomachus of Acarnania,— one of those who had fled from Thurium and settled in Ambracia,—and Theodotus of Pherae, an exile from Thessaly who settled in Stratus: from the Achaeans Xenophon of Aegium: from King Attalus only Alexander: and from the Athenian people Cephisodorus and his colleagues.
18.11Now these envoys arrived in Rome before the Senate had settled the provinces of the Consuls appointed for this year, and whether it would be necessary to send both to Gaul, or one of them against Philip. But the friends of Flamininus having assured themselves that both Consuls would remain in Italy owing to the threat of an attack from the Celts, all the ambassadors appeared and bluntly stated their grievances against Philip. The bulk of their accusations was to the same effect as what they had before stated to the king himself; but they also endeavoured carefully to instil this idea in the minds of the Senators, That so long as Chalcis, Corinth, and Demetrias were subject to Macedonia, it was impossible for the Greeks to think of liberty; for Philip himself had spoken the exact truth when he called these places the fetters of Greece. For neither could the Peloponnese breathe while a royal garrison was stationed in Cornith, nor the Locrians, Boeotians, and Phocians feel any confidence while Philip was in occupation of Chalcis and the rest of Euboea; nor indeed could the Thessalians or Magnesians raise a spark of liberty while Philip and the Macedonians held Demetrias. That, therefore, Philip’s offer to evacuate the other places was a mere pretence in order to escape the immediate danger; and that on the very first day he chose he would with ease reduce the Greeks again under his power, if he were in possession of these places. They accordingly urged the Senate either to force Philip to evacuate the cities they had named, or to stand by the policy they had begun, and vigorously prosecute the war against him. For in truth the most difficult part of the war was already accomplished, the Macedonians having already been twice defeated, and most of their resources on land already expended.
18.11They concluded by beseeching the Senate not to beguile the Greeks of their hopes of liberty, nor deprive themselves of the most glorious renown. Such, or nearly so, were the arguments advanced by the Greek envoys. Philip’s envoys were prepared to make a long speech in reply: but they were stopped at the threshold. For being asked whether they were prepared to evacuate Chalcis, Corinth, and Demetrias, they declared that they had not any instructions as to those towns. They were accordingly rebuked by the Senate and obliged to discontinue their speech.
18.12The Senate then, as I have said before, assigned Gaul to both the consuls as their province, and ordered that the war against Philip should go on, assigning to Titus Flamininus the entire control of Greek affairs. These decrees having been quickly made known in Greece, Flamininus found everything settled to his mind, partly no doubt by the assistance of chance, but for the most part by his own foresight in the management of the whole business. For he was exceedingly acute, if ever Roman was. The skill and good sense with which he conducted public business and private negotiations could not be surpassed, and yet he was quite a young man, not yet more than thirty, and the first Roman who had crossed to Greece with an army.
18.13It has often and in many cases occurred to me to wonder at the mistakes men make; but none seems to me so surprising as that of traitors. I wish, therefore, to say a word in season on the subject. I know very well that it is one which does not admit of easy treatment or definition. For it is not at all easy to say whom we ought to regard as a real traitor. Plainly all those, who at a time of tranquillity make compacts with kings or princes, cannot be reckoned such off hand; nor, again, those who in the midst of dangers transfer their country from existing friendships and alliances to others. Far from it. For such men have again and again been the authors of manifold advantages to their own countries. But not to go any further for example, my meaning can be made clear by the circumstances of the present case. For, if Aristaenus had not at this time opportunely caused the Achaeans to leave their alliance with Philip and join that of Rome, it is clear that the whole league would have been utterly ruined. But as it was, this man and this policy were confessedly the sources, not only of security to individual Achaeans at the time, but of the aggrandisement of the whole league. Therefore he was not looked upon as a traitor, but universally honoured as a benefactor and saviour of the country. The same principle will hold good in the case of all others who regulate their policy and measures by the necessities of the hour.
Book 18, Part 3
18.14From this point of view fault might be found with Demosthenes, admirable as he is in many respects, for having rashly and indiscriminately launched an exceedingly bitter charge at the most illustrious Greeks. For he asserted that in Arcadia, Cercidas, Hieronymus, and Eucampidas were traitors to Greece for making an alliance with Philip; in Messene the sons of Philiades, Neon and Thraylochus; in Argos, Mystis, Teledamus, one Mnaseas; in Thessaly, Daochus and Cineas; in Boeotia, Theogeiton and Timolas: and many more besides he has included in the same category, naming them city by city; and yet all these men have a weighty and obvious plea to urge in defence of their conduct, and above all those of Arcadia and Messene. For it was by their bringing Philip into the Peloponnese, and humbling the Lacedaemonians, that these men in the first place enabled all its inhabitants to breathe again, and conceive the idea of liberty; and in the next place, by recovering the territory and cities which the Lacedaemonians in the hour of prosperity had taken from the Messenians, Megalopolitans, Tegeans, and Argives, notoriously raised the fortunes of their own countries. In return for this they were bound not to make war on Philip and the Macedonians, but to do all they could to promote his reputation and honour. Now, if they had been doing all this, or if they had admitted a garrison from Philip into their native cities, or had abolished their constitutions and deprived their fellow-citizens of liberty and freedom of speech, for the sake of their own private advantage or power, they would have deserved this name of traitor. But if, while carefully maintaining their duty to their countries, they yet differed in their judgment of politics, and did not consider that their interests were the same as those of the Athenians, it is not, I think, fair that they should have been called traitors on that account by Demosthenes. The man who measures everything by the interests of his own particular state, and imagines that all the Greeks ought to have their eyes fixed upon Athens, on the pain of being styled traitors, seems to me to be ill-informed and to be labouring under a strange delusion, especially as the course which events in Greece took at that time has borne witness to the wisdom, not of Demosthenes, but of Eucampidas, Hieronymus, Cercidas, and the sons of Philiades. For what did the Athenians eventually get by their opposition to Philip? Why, the crowning disaster of the defeat at Chaeronea. And had it not been for the king’s magnanimity and regard for his own reputation, their misfortunes would have gone even further, thanks to the policy of Demosthenes. Whereas, owing to the men I have mentioned, security and relief from attacks of the Lacedaemonians were obtained for Arcadia and Messenia generally, and many advantages accrued to their states separately.
18.15It is not easy then to define to whom one may properly apply this name. The nearest approach to truth would be to assign it to those who in times of public danger, either for the sake of personal security or advantage, or to retaliate upon political opponents, put their cities into the hands of the enemy: or indeed to those who, by admitting a foreign garrison, and employing external assistance to carry out private aims and views, bring their country under the direction of a superior power. All such men as these one might include in the category of traitors with perfect reasonableness. Such men, indeed, gain neither profit nor honour, but the reverse, as every one acknowledges. And this brings me back to my original observation, that it is difficult to understand with what object, and supported by what reasoning, men rush upon such a disastrous position. For no one ever yet betrayed his city or camp or fort without being detected; but even if a man here and there managed to conceal it at the moment of his crime, yet all have been detected in the course of time. Nor when known has any such ever had a happy life; but, as a rule, they meet with the punishment they deserve from the very persons in whose favour they act. For, indeed, though generals and princes constantly employ traitors for their own purposes; yet when they have got all they can out of them, they treat them thenceforth as traitors, as Demosthenes says; very naturally considering that those, who have put their country and original friends into the hands of their enemies, are never likely to be really loyal or to keep faith with themselves. Nay, even though they escape violence at the hands of these, yet they do not easily avoid the vengeance of those whom they betrayed. Or if, finally, they manage to evade the designs of both the one and the other, yet all over the world fame dogs their footsteps with vengeance to their lives’ end, suggesting to their imaginations night and day numberless terrors, false and true; helping and hounding on all who design any evil against them; and, finally, refusing to allow them even in sleep to forget their crimes, but forcing them to dream of every kind of plot and disaster, because they are aware of the universal loathing and hatred which attend them. Yet, though all this is true, nobody who wanted one was ever at a loss for a traitor, except in the rarest cases. From which one might say with some plausibility that man, reputed the most cunning of animals, gives considerable grounds for being regarded as the stupidest. For the other animals, which obey their bodily appetites alone, can be deceived by these alone; while man, though he has reason to guide him, is led into error by the failure of that reason no less than by his physical appetites. . . .
18.16King Attalus had for some time past been held in extraordinary honour by the Sicyonians, ever since the time that he ransomed the sacred land of Apollo for them at the cost of a large sum of money; in return for which they set up the colossal statue of him, ten cubits high, near the temple of Apollo in the market-place. But on this occasion, on his presenting them with ten talents and ten thousand medimni of wheat, their devotion to him was immensely increased; and they accordingly voted him a statue of gold, and passed a law to offer sacrifice in his honour every year. With these honours, then, Attalus departed to Cenchreae. . . .
18.17The tyrant Nabis, leaving Timocrates of Pellene at Argos,—because he trusted him more than any one else and employed him in his most important undertakings,—returned to Sparta: and thence, after some few days, despatched his wife with instructions to go to Argos and raise money. On her arrival she far surpassed Nabis himself in cruelty. For she summoned women to her presence either privately or in families, and inflicted every kind of torture and violence upon them, until she had extorted from almost all of them, not only their gold ornaments, but also the most valuable parts of their clothing. . . .
18.17In a speech of considerable length Attalus reminded them of the ancient valour of their ancestors. . . .
18.18Flamininus being unable to ascertain where the enemy were encamped, but yet being clearly informed that they had entered Thessaly, gave orders to all his men to cut stakes to carry with them, ready for use at any moment. This seems impossible to Greek habits, but to those of Rome it is easy. For the Greeks find it difficult to hold even their sarissae on the march, and can scarcely bear the fatigue of them; but the Romans strap their shields to their shoulders with leathern thongs, and, having nothing but their javelins in their hands, can stand the additional burden of a stake. There is also a great difference between the stakes employed by the two peoples. The Greeks hold that the best stake is that which has the largest and most numerous shoots growing round the stem; but the Roman stakes have only two or three side shoots, or at most four; and those are selected which have these shoots on one side only. The result is that their porterage is very easy (for each man carries three or four packed together), and they make an exceedingly secure palisade when put into use. For the Greek palisading, when set in the front of the camp, in the first place can easily be pulled down; for since the part that is firm and tightly fixed in the ground is single, while the projecting arms of it are many and large, two or three men can get hold of the same stake by its projecting arms, and easily pull it up; and directly that is done, its breadth is so great that a regular gateway is made: and because in such a palisade the stakes are not closely interlaced or interwoven with each other, when one is pulled up the part next to it is made insecure. With the Romans it is quite different. For as soon as they fix their stakes, they interlace them in such a manner that it is not easy to know to which of the stems fixed in the ground the branches belong, nor on which of these branches the smaller shoots are growing. Moreover, it is impossible to insert the hand and grasp them, owing to the closeness of the interlacing of the branches and the way they lie one upon another, and because the main branches are also carefully cut so as to have sharp ends. Nor, if one is got hold of, is it easy to pull up: because, in the first place, all the stakes are sufficiently tightly secured in the ground to be self-supporting; and, in the second place, because the man who pulls away one branch must, owing to the close interlacing, be able to move several others in its train; and it is quite unlikely that two or three men should happen to get hold of the same stake. But even if, by the exertion of enormous force, a man has succeeded in pulling one or another up, the gap is scarcely perceptible. Considering, therefore, the vast superiority of this method, both in the readiness with which such stakes are found, the ease with which they are carried, and the security and durability of the palisade made with them, it is plain, in my opinion, that if any military operation of the Romans deserves to be admired and imitated, it is this.
18.19After providing for contingencies by these preparations, Flamininus advanced with his whole force at a moderate pace, and, having arrived at about fifty stades from Pherae, pitched a camp there; and next morning, just before the morning watch, sent out some reconnoitring parties to see whether they could get any opportunity of discovering the position and movements of the enemy. Philip, at the same time, being informed that the Romans were encamped near Thebes, started with his whole force from Larisa in the direction of Pherae. When about thirty stades from that town, he pitched his camp there, and gave orders for all his men to make their preparations early next morning, and about the morning watch got his troops on the march. The division whose usual duty it was to form the advance guard he sent forward first, with instructions to cross the heights above Pherae, while he personally superintended the main army’s advance from the camp as the day was breaking. The advanced guards of the two armies were within a very little of coming into collision in the pass; for the darkness prevented their seeing each other until they were quite a short distance apart. Both sides halted, and sent speedy intelligence to their respective leaders of what had happened, and asking for instructions. . . .
18.19[The generals decided] to remain in their intrenchments, and recall these advanced guards. Next morning both sent out about three hundred cavalry and light infantry to reconnoitre, among which Flamininus also sent two squadrons of Aetolians, because they were acquainted with the country. These opposing reconnoitring parties fell in with each other on the road between Pherae and Larisa, and joined battle with great fury. The men under Eupolemus the Aetolian fighting gallantly, and urging the Italian troops to do the same, the Macedonians were repulsed; and, after skirmishing for a long while, both parties retired to their respective camps.
18.20Dissatisfied with the country near Pherae, as being thickly wooded and full of walls and gardens, both parties broke up their camps next day. Philip directed his march towards Scotusa, because he desired to supply himself with provisions from that town, and thus, with all his preparations complete, to find a district more suitable to his army: while Flamininus, divining his intention, got his army on the march at the same time as Philip, in great haste to anticipate him in securing the corn in the territory of Scotusa. A range of hills intervening between their two lines of march, the Romans could not see in what direction the Macedonians were marching, nor the Macedonians the Romans. Both armies, however, continued their march during this day, Flamininus to Eretria in Phthiotis, and Philip to the river Onchestus; and there they respectively pitched their camps. Next day they advanced again, and again encamped: Philip at Melambium in the territory of Scotusa, and Flamininus at the temple of Thetis in that of Pharsalus, being still ignorant of each other’s whereabouts. A violent storm of rain and thunder coming on next day, the whole atmosphere descended from the clouds to the earth about the time of the morning watch, so that the darkness was too dense to see even those who were quite close. In spite of this, Philip was so eager to accomplish his object, that he started with his whole army; but finding himself much embarrassed on the march by the mist, after accomplishing a very small distance he again encamped; but he sent his reserve back, with instructions to halt upon the summit of the intervening hills.
Book 18, Part 4
18.21Flamininus, in his camp near the temple of Thetis, being uncertain as to the position of the enemy, sent out ten troops of cavalry and a thousand light infantry in advance, with instructions to keep a careful look-out as they traversed the country. As these men were approaching the ridge of the hills they came upon the Macedonian reserve without expecting it, owing to the dimness of the light. After a short interval of mutual alarm, both sides began irregular attacks on each other, and both despatched messengers to their respective chiefs to give information of what had occurred; and when the Roman began to get the worst of it in the encounter, and to suffer heavily at the hands of the Macedonian reserve, they sent to their camp begging for supports. Flamininus accordingly despatched the Aetolians under Archedamus and Eupolemus, as well as two of his own tribunes, with a force altogether of five hundred cavalry and two thousand infantry, after properly exhorting them to do their duty. On their arrival to the support of the skirmishing party already engaged, the aspect of affairs was promptly changed. For the Romans, inspired by the hope which this reinforcement gave, renewed the contest with redoubled spirit; while the Macedonians, though offering a gallant defence, were now in their turn hard pressed, and being forced to make a general retreat, retired to the highest points in the hills, and despatched messengers to the king for help.
18.22But Philip, who had not expected, for reasons indicated above, that a general engagement would take place on that day, happened to have sent a considerable part of his troops out of camp foraging. But when informed of what was taking place by these messengers, the mist at the same time beginning to lift, he despatched, with due exhortation, Heracleides of Gyrton, the commander of his Thessalian cavalry; Leon, the general of his Macedonian horse; and Athenagoras, with all the mercenaries except those from Thrace. The reserve being joined by these troops, and the Macedonian force having thus become a formidable one, they advanced against the enemy, and in their turn drove the Romans back from the heights. But what prevented them, more than anything else, from entirely routing the enemy was the gallantry of the Aetolian cavalry, which fought with desperate fury and reckless valour. For the Aetolians are as superior to the rest of the Greeks in cavalry for fighting in skirmishing order, troop to troop, or man to man, as they are inferior to them both in the arms and tactics of their infantry for the purpose of a general engagement. The enemy being held in check therefore by these troops, the Roman were not forced back again quite on to the level ground, but, after retiring to a short distance, faced round and halted. But when Flamininus saw that not only had the cavalry and light infantry retired, but that, owing to them, his whole force was rendered uneasy, he drew out his entire army and got them into order of battle close to the hills. Meanwhile one man after another of the Macedonian reserve ran towards Philip shouting out, King, the enemy are flying: do not let slip the opportunity. The barbarians cannot stand before us: now is the day for you to strike: now is your opportunity! The result was that he was induced to fight in spite of his dissatisfaction with the ground. For these hills, which are called Cynoscephalae, are rough, precipitous, and of considerable height; and it was because he foresaw the disadvantages of such a ground, that he was originally disinclined to accept battle there; but, being excited now by the extravagantly sanguine reports of these messengers, he gave the order for his army to be drawn out of camp.
18.23Having got his main body into order, Flamininus gave his attention at the same time to relieving his advanced guard, and to going along the ranks to encourage his men. His exhortation was short, but clear and intelligible to the hearers: for, pointing to the enemy with his hand, he said to his soldiers: Are not these the Macedonians, my men, whom, when occupying in their own country the pass to Eordaea, you routed in open battle, under the command of Sulpicius, and drove to take refuge on the hills with the loss of many of their comrades? Are not these the Macedonians whom, when defended by what seemed an impassable country in Epirus, you dislodged by sheer valour, and forced to throw away their shields and fly right into Macedonia? Why then should you feel any hesitation when you are to fight the same men on equal ground? Why look anxiously to the past, rather than let that past minister courage to you for the present? Therefore, my men, rouse each other by mutual exhortations, and hasten in your might to the struggle! For, with God’s will, I am persuaded that this battle will quickly have the same issue as the contests in the past. With these words he ordered his right wing to remain where they were, and the elephants in front of them; while with his left, supported by the light infantry, he advanced in gallant style to attack the enemy. And the Roman troops already on the field, finding themselves thus reinforced by the legions on their rear, once more faced round and charged their opponents.
18.24Meanwhile, when he had seen the main part of his army in position outside the camp, Philip himself advanced with his peltasts and the right wing of his phalanx, commencing the ascent of the hills with great rapidity, and having left instructions with Nicanor, surnamed the Elephant, to see that the rest of the army followed at once. As soon as his first files reached the summit, he deployed his men into line by the left, and occupied the range of high ground: for the Macedonians who had been sent in advance had forced the Romans a considerable distance down the other side of the hills, and therefore he found the ridges unoccupied by the enemy. But while he was still engaged in getting the right wing of his army into line, his mercenaries came on the ground, having been decisively repulsed by the enemy. For when the Roman light infantry found themselves supported by the heavy, as I said just now, with their assistance, which they regarded as turning the scale in their favour, they made a furious charge on the enemy, and killed a large number of them. When the king first came on the ground, and saw that the fighting between the light armed was going on near the enemy’s camp, he was delighted: but when, on the other hand, he saw his own men giving ground and requiring support, he was compelled to give it, and allow the necessities of the moment to decide the fortunes of the whole day, in spite of the fact that the greater part of his phalanx was still on the march and engaged in mounting the hills. Receiving therefore the men who had been already engaged, he massed them all upon his right wing, both infantry and cavalry; while he ordered the peltasts and heavy armed to double their depth and close up to the right. By the time this was effected the enemy were close at hand; and, accordingly, the word was given to the phalanx to lower spears and charge; to the light infantry to cover their flank. At the same time Flamininus also, having received his advanced party into the intervals between his maniples, charged the enemy.
18.25The charge was made with great violence and loud shouting on both sides: for both advancing parties raised their war cry, while those who were not actually engaged shouted encouragement to those that were; and the result was a scene of the wildest excitement, terrible in the last degree. Philip’s right wing came off brilliantly in the encounter, for they were charging down hill and were superior in weight, and their arms were far more suited for the actual conditions of the struggle: but as for the rest of the army, that part of it which was in the rear of the actual fighters did not get into contact with the enemy; while the left wing, which had but just made the ascent, was only beginning to show on the ridge. Seeing that his men were unable to stand the charge of the phalanx, and that his left wing was losing ground, some having already fallen and the rest slowly retiring, but that hopes of saving himself still remained on the right, Flamininus hastily transferred himself to the latter wing; and when he perceived that the enemy’s force was not well together—part being in contact with the actual fighters, part just in the act of mounting the ridge, and part halting on it and not yet beginning to descend,— keeping the elephants in front he led the maniples of his right against the enemy. The Macedonians having no one to give them orders, and unable to form a proper phalanx, owing to the inequalities of the ground and to the fact that, being engaged in trying to come up with the actual combatants, they were still in column of march, did not even wait for the Romans to come to close quarters: but, thrown into confusion by the mere charge of the elephants, their ranks were disordered and they broke into flight.
18.26The main body of the Roman right followed and slaughtered the flying Macedonians. But one of the tribunes, with about twenty maniples, having made up his mind on his own account what ought to be done next, contributed by his action very greatly to the general victory. He saw that the division which was personally commanded by Philip was much farther forward than the rest of the enemy, and was pressing hard upon the Roman left by its superior weight; he therefore left the right, which was by this time clearly victorious, and directing his march towards the part of the field where a struggle was still going on, he managed to get behind the Macedonians and charge them on the rear. The nature of the phalanx is such that the men cannot face round singly and defend themselves: this tribune, therefore, charged them and killed all he could get at; until, being unable to defend themselves, they were forced to throw down their shields and fly; whereupon the Romans in their front, who had begun to yield, faced round again and charged them too. At first, as I have said, Philip, judging from the success of his own division, felt certain of a complete victory; but when he saw his Macedonians all on a sudden throwing away their shields, and the enemy close upon their rear, he withdrew with a small body of foot and horse a short distance from the field and took a general survey of the whole battle: and when he observed that the Romans in their pursuit of his left wing were already approaching the tops of the hills, he rallied as many Thracians and Macedonians as he could at the moment, and fled. As Flamininus was pursuing the fugitives he came upon the lines of the Macedonian left, just as they were scaling the ridge in their attempt to cross the hills, and at first halted in some surprise because the enemy held their spears straight up, as is the custom of the Macedonians when surrendering themselves or intending to pass over to the enemy. Presently, having had the reason of this movement explained to him, he held his men back, thinking it best to spare the lives of those whom fear had induced to surrender. But whilst he was still reflecting on this matter, some of the advanced guard rushed upon these men from some higher ground and put most of them to the sword, while the few survivors threw away their shields and escaped by flight.
18.27The battle was now at an end in every part of the field; the Romans everywhere victorious; and Philip in full retreat towards Tempe. The first night he passed at what is called Alexander’s tower; the next day he got as far as Gonni, on the pass into Tempe, and there remained, with a view of collecting the survivors of the battle.
18.27But the Romans, after following the fugitives for a certain distance, returned; and some employed themselves in stripping the dead; others in collecting the captives; while the majority hurried to the plunder of the enemy’s camp. But there they found that the Aetolians had been beforehand with them; and thinking, therefore, that they were deprived of their fair share of the booty, they began grumbling at the Aetolians and protesting to their general that he imposed the dangers upon them, but yielded the spoil to others. For the present, however, they returned to their own camp, and passed the night in their old quarters: but next morning they employed themselves in collecting the prisoners and the remainder of the spoils, and then started on the march towards Larisa. In the battle the Romans lost seven hundred men; the Macedonians eight thousand killed, and not less than five thousand taken prisoners.
18.27Such was the result of the battle at Cynoscephalae in Thessaly between the Romans and Philip.
Book 18, Part 5
18.28In my sixth book I made a promise, still unfulfilled, of taking a fitting opportunity of drawing a comparison between the arms of the Romans and Macedonians, and their respective system of tactics, and pointing out how they differ for better or worse from each other. I will now endeavour by a reference to actual facts to fulfil that promise. For since in former times the Macedonian tactics proved themselves by experience capable of conquering those of Asia and Greece; while the Roman tactics sufficed to conquer the nations of Africa and all those of Western Europe; and since in our own day there have been numerous opportunities of comparing the men as well as their tactics,—it will be, I think, a useful and worthy task to investigate their differences, and discover why it is that the Romans conquer and carry off the palm from their enemies in the operations of war: that we may not put it all down to Fortune, and congratulate them on their good luck, as the thoughtless of mankind do; but, from a knowledge of the true causes, may give their leaders the tribute of praise and admiration which they deserve.
18.28Now as to the battles which the Romans fought with Hannibal, and the defeats which they sustained in them, I need say no more. It was not owing to their arms or their but to the skill and genius of Hannibal that they met with those defeats: and that I made quite clear in my account of the battles themAnd my contention is supported by two facts. First, by the conclusion of the war: for as soon as the Romans got a general of ability comparable with that of Hannibal, victory was not long in following their banners. Secondly, Hannibal himself, being dissatisfied with the original arms of his men, and having immediately after his first victory furnished his troops with the arms of the Romans, continued to employ them thenceforth to the end. Pyrrhus, again, availed himself not only of the arms, but also of the troops of Italy, placing a maniple of Italians and a company of his own phalanx alternately, in his battles against the Romans. Yet even this did not enable him to win; the battles were somehow or another always indecisive.
18.28It was necessary to speak first on these points, to anticipate any instances which might seem to make against my theory. I will now return to my comparison.
18.29Many considerations may easily convince us that, if only the phalanx has its proper formation and strength, nothing can resist it face to face or withstand its charge. For as a man in close order of battle occupies a space of three feet; and as the length of the sarissae is sixteen cubits according to the original design, which has been reduced in practice to fourteen; and as of these fourteen four must be deducted, to allow for the distance between the two hands holding it, and to balance the weight in front; it follows clearly that each hoplite will have ten cubits of his sarissae projecting beyond his body, when he lowers it with both hands, as he advances against the enemy: hence, too, though the men of the second, third, and fourth rank will have their sarissae projecting farther beyond the front rank than the men of the fifth, yet even these last will have two cubits of their sarissae beyond the front rank; if only the phalanx is properly formed and the men close up properly both flank and rear, like the description in Homer— So buckler pressed on buckler; helm on helm; And man on man: and waving horse-hair plumes In polished head-piece mingled, as they swayed In order: in such serried rank they stood. And if my description is true and exact, it is clear that in front of each man of the front rank there will be five sarissae projecting to distances varying by a descending scale of two cubits.
18.30With this point in our minds, it will not be difficult to imagine what the appearance and strength of the whole phalanx is likely to be, when, with lowered sarissae, it advances to the charge sixteen deep. Of these sixteen ranks, all above the fifth are unable to reach with their sarissae far enough to take actual part in the fighting. They, therefore, do not lower them, but hold them with the points inclined upwards over the shoulders of the ranks in front of them, to shield the heads of the whole phalanx; for the sarissae are so closely serried, that they repel missiles which have carried over the front ranks and might fall upon the heads of those in the rear. These rear ranks, however, during an advance, press forward those in front by the weight of their bodies; and thus make the charge very forcible, and at the same time render it impossible for the front ranks to face about.
18.30Such is the arrangement, general and detailed, of the phalanx. It remains now to compare with it the peculiarities and distinctive features of the Roman arms and tactics. Now, a Roman soldier in full armour also requires a space of three square feet. But as their method of fighting admits of individual motion for each man—because he defends his body with a shield, which he moves about to any point from which a blow is coming, and because he uses his sword both for cutting and stabbing,—it is evident that each man must have a clear space, and an interval of at least three feet both on flank and rear, if he is to do his duty with any effect. The result of this will be that each Roman soldier will face two of the front rank of a phalanx, so that he has to encounter and fight against ten spears, which one man cannot find time even to cut away, when once the two lines are engaged, nor force his way through easily—seeing that the Roman front ranks are not supported by the rear ranks, either by way of adding weight to their charge, or vigour to the use of their swords. Therefore it may readily be understood that, as I said before, it is impossible to confront a charge of the phalanx, so long as it retains its proper formation and strength.
18.31Why is it then that the Romans conquer? And what is it that brings disaster on those who employ the phalanx? Why, just because war is full of uncertainties both as to time and place; whereas there is but one time and one kind of ground in which a phalanx can fully work. If, then, there were anything to compel the enemy to accommodate himself to the time and place of the phalanx, when about to fight a general engagement, it would be but natural to expect that those who employed the phalanx would always carry off the victory. But if the enemy finds it possible, and even easy, to avoid its attack, what becomes of its formidable character? Again, no one denies that for its employment it is indispensable to have a country flat, bare, and without such impediments as ditches, cavities, depressions, steep banks, or beds of rivers: for all such obstacles are sufficient to hinder and dislocate this particular formation. And that it is, I may say, impossible, or at any rate exceedingly rare to find a piece of country of twenty stades, or sometimes of even greater extent, without any such obstacles, every one will also admit. However, let us suppose that such a district has been found. If the enemy decline to come down into it, but traverse the country sacking the towns and territories of the allies, what use will the phalanx be? For if it remains on the ground suited to itself, it will not only fail to benefit its friends, but will be incapable even of preserving itself; for the carriage of provisions will be easily stopped by the enemy, seeing that they are in undisputed possession of the country: while if it quits its proper ground, from the wish to strike a blow, it will be an easy prey to the enemy. Nay, if a general does descend into the plain, and yet does not risk his whole army upon one charge of the phalanx or upon one chance, but manœuvres for a time to avoid coming to close quarters in the engagement, it is easy to learn what will be the result from what the Romans are now actually doing.
18.32For no speculation is any longer required to test the accuracy of what I am now saying: that can be done by referring to accomplished facts.
18.32The Romans do not, then, attempt to extend their front to equal that of a phalanx, and then charge directly upon it with their whole force: but some of their divisions are kept in reserve, while others join battle with the enemy at close quarters. Now, whether the phalanx in its charge drives its opponents from their ground, or is itself driven back, in either case its peculiar order is dislocated; for whether in following the retiring, or flying from the advancing enemy, they quit the rest of their forces: and when this takes place, the enemy’s reserves can occupy the space thus left, and the ground which the phalanx had just before been holding, and so no longer charge them face to face, but fall upon them on their flank and rear. If, then, it is easy to take precautions against the opportunities and peculiar advantages of the phalanx, but impossible to do so in the case of its disadvantages, must it not follow that in practice the difference between these two systems is enormous? Of course those generals who employ the phalanx must march over ground of every description, must pitch camps, occupy points of advantage, besiege, and be besieged, and meet with unexpected appearances of the enemy: for all these are part and parcel of war, and have an important and sometimes decisive influence on the ultimate victory. And in all these cases the Macedonian phalanx is difficult, and sometimes impossible to handle, because the men cannot act either in squads or separately. The Roman order on the other hand is flexible: for every Roman, once armed and on the field, is equally well equipped for every place, time, or appearance of the enemy. He is, moreover, quite ready and needs to make no change, whether he is required to fight in the main body, or in a detachment, or in a single maniple, or even by himself. Therefore, as the individual members of the Roman force are so much more serviceable, their plans are also much more often attended by success than those of others.
Book 18, Part 6
18.32I thought it necessary to discuss this subject at some length, because at the actual time of the occurrence many Greeks supposed when the Macedonians were beaten that it was incredible; and many will afterwards be at a loss to account for the inferiority of the phalanx to the Roman system of arming.
18.33Philip having thus done all he could in the battle, but having been decisively beaten, after taking up as many of the survivors as he could, proceeded through Tempe into Macedonia. On the night previous to his start he sent one of his guard to Larisa, with orders to destroy and burn the king’s correspondence. And it was an act worthy of a king to retain, even in the midst of disaster, a recollection of a necessary duty. For he knew well enough that, if these papers came into the possession of the Romans, they would give many handles to the enemy both against himself and his friends. It has, perhaps, been the case with others that in prosperity they could not use power with the moderation which becomes mortal men, while in disaster they displayed caution and good sense; but certainly this was the case with Philip. And this will be made manifest by what I shall subsequently relate. For as I showed without reserve the justice of his measures at the beginning of his reign, and the change for the worse which they subsequently underwent; and showed when and why and how this took place, with a detailed description of the actions in this part of his career; in the same way am I bound to set forth his repentance, and the dexterity with which he changed with his change of fortune, and may be said to have shown the highest prudence in meeting this crisis in his affairs.
18.33As for Flamininus, having after the battle taken the necessary measures as to the captives and the rest of the spoils, he proceeded to Larisa. . . .
18.34Flamininus was much annoyed at the selfishness displayed by the Aetolians in regard to the spoils; and had no idea of leaving them to be masters of Greece after he had deprived Philip of his supremacy there. He was irritated also by their braggadocio, when he saw that they claimed all the credit of the victory, and were filling Greece with the report of their valour. Wherefore, wherever he met them he behaved with hauteur, and never said a word on public business, but carried out all his measures independently or by the agency of his own friends. While the relations between these two were in this strained state, some few days after the battle Demosthenes, Cycliadas, and Limnaeus came on a mission from Philip; and, after considerable discussion with them, Flamininus granted an immediate armistice of fifteen days, and agreed to have a personal interview also with Philip in the course of them to discuss the state of affairs. And this interview being conducted in a courteous and friendly manner, the suspicions entertained of Flamininus by the Aetolians blazed forth with double fury. For as corruption, and the habit of never doing anything without a bribe, had long been a common feature in Greek politics, and as this was the acknowledged characteristic of the Aetolians, they could not believe that Flamininus could so change in his relations with Philip without a bribe. They did not know the habits and principles of the Romans on this subject; but judging from themselves they concluded that there was every probability of Philip in his present position offering a large sum of money, and of Flamininus being unable to resist the temptation.
18.35If I had been speaking of an earlier period, and expressing what was generally true, I should have had no hesitation in asserting of the Romans as a nation that they would not be likely to do such a thing,—I mean in the period before they engaged in wars beyond the sea, and while they retained their own habits and principles uncontaminated. But in the present times I should not venture to say this of them all; still, as individuals, I should be bold to say of the majority of the men of Rome that they are capable of preserving their honesty in this particular: and as evidence that I am making no impossible assertion, I would quote two names which will command general assent,—I mean first, Lucius Aemilius who conquered Perseus, and won the kingdom of Macedonia. In that kingdom, besides all the other splendour and wealth, there was found in the treasury more than six thousand talents of gold and silver: yet he was so far from coveting any of this, that he even refused to see it, and administered it by the hands of others; though he was far from being superfluously wealthy himself, but, on the contrary, was very badly off. At least, I know that on his death, which occurred shortly after the war, when his own sons Publius Scipio and Quintus Maximus wished to pay his wife her dowry, amounting to twenty-five talents, they were reduced to such straits that they would have been quite unable to do so if they had not sold the household furniture and slaves, and some of the landed property besides. And if what I say shall appear incredible to any one, he may easily convince himself on the subject: for though there are many controversies at Rome, and especially on this particular point, arising from the antagonistic parties among them, yet he will find that what I have just said about Aemilius is acknowledged by every one. Again, Publius Scipio, son by blood of this Aemilius, and son by adoption of Publius called the Great, when he got possession of Carthage, reckoned the wealthiest city in the world, took absolutely nothing from it for his own private use, either by purchase or by any other manner of acquisition whatever, although he was by no means a very rich man, but very moderately so for a Roman. But he not only abstained from the wealth of Carthage itself, but refused to allow anything from Africa at all to be mixed up with his private property. Therefore, in regard to this man once more, any one who chooses to inquire will find that his reputation in this particular is absolutely undisputed at Rome. I shall, however, take a more suitable opportunity of treating this subject at greater length.
18.36Titus then having appointed Philip a day for the congress, immediately wrote to the allies announcing when they were to appear; and a few days afterwards came himself to the pass of Tempe at the appointed time. When the allies had assembled, and the congress met, the Roman imperator rose and bade each say on what terms they ought to make peace with Philip. King Amynandros then delivered a short and moderate speech, merely asking that they would all have some consideration for him, to prevent Philip, as soon as the Romans left Greece, from turning the whole weight of his anger upon him; for the Athamanes were always an easy prey to the Macedonians, because of their weakness and the close contiguity of their territory. When he had finished, Alexander the Aetolian rose and complimented Flamininus for having assembled the allies in that congress to discuss the terms of peace; and, above all, for having on the present occasion called on each to express his opinion. But he was deluded and mistaken, he added, if he believed that by making terms with Philip he would secure the Romans peace or the Greeks freedom. For neither of these was possible. But if he desired to accomplish both the design of his own government and his own promises, which he had given to all the Greeks, there was one way, and one only, of making terms with Macedonia, and that was to eject Philip from his throne; and this could easily be done if he did not let slip the present opportunity.
18.36After some further arguments in support of this view he sat down.
18.37Flamininus here took up the argument, and said that Alexander was mistaken not only as to the policy of Rome, but also as to the object which he proposed to himself, and above all as to the true interests of Greece. For it was not the Roman way to utterly destroy those with whom they had been at open war. A proof of his assertion might be found in the war with Hannibal and the Carthaginians; for though the Romans had received the severest provocation at their hands, and afterwards had it in their power to do absolutely what they pleased to them, yet they had adopted no extreme measures against the Carthaginians. For his part, moreover, he had never entertained the idea that it was necessary to wage an inexpiable war with Philip; but on the contrary had been prepared before the battle to come to terms with him, if he would have submitted to the Roman demands. He was surprised, therefore, that those who had taken part in the former peace conference should now adopt a tone of such irreconcilable hostility. Have we not conquered? (say they). Yes, but this is the most senseless of arguments. For brave men, when actually at war, should be terrible and full of fire; when beaten, undaunted and courageous; when victorious, on the other hand, moderate, placable, and humane. But your present advice is the reverse of all this. Yet, in truth, to the Greeks themselves it is greatly to their interest that Macedonia should be humbled, but not at all so that she should be destroyed. For it might chance thereby that they would experience the barbarity of Thracians and Gauls, as has been the case more than once already. He then added that the final decision of himself and Roman colleagues was, that, if Philip would consent to fulfil all the conditions formerly enjoined by the allies, they would grant him peace, subject, of course, to the approval of the Senate: and that the Aetolians were free to take what measures they chose for themselves. Upon Phaeneas attempting to reply that Everything done hitherto went for nothing; for if Philip managed to extricate himself from his present difficulties, he would at once find some other occasion for hostilities,—Flamininus sprang at once from his seat, and said, with some heat, Cease this trifling, Phaeneas! For I will so settle the terms of the peace that Philip will be unable, even if he wished it, to molest the Greeks.
18.38After this they separated for that day. On the next the king arrived: and on the third, when all the delegates were met for discussion, Philip entered, and with great skill and tact diverted the anger which they all entertained against him. For he said that He conceded the demands made on the former occasion by the Romans and the allies, and remitted the decision on the remaining points to the Senate. But Phaeneas, one of the Aetolians present, said: Why then, Philip, do not you restore to us Larisa Cremaste, Pharsalus, Phthiotid Thebes, and Echinus? Whereupon Philip bade them take them over. But Flamininus here interposed, and forbade the Aetolians to take over any of the towns except Phthiotid Thebes; for upon his approaching this town with his army, and summoning it to submit to the Roman protection, the Thebans had refused; and, as it had now come into his hands in the course of war, he had the right of taking any measures he chose regarding it. Phaeneas and his colleagues indignantly protested at this, and asserted that it was their clear right to recover the towns previously members of their league, first on the ground that they had taken part in the recent war; and secondly in virtue of their original treaty of alliance, according to which the movable property of the conquered belonged to the Romans, the towns to the Aetolians. To which Flamininus answered that they were mistaken in both points; for their treaty with Rome had been annulled when they abandoned the Romans, and made terms with Philip: and, even supposing that treaty to be still in force, they had no right to recover or take over such cities as had voluntarily put themselves under the protection of Rome, as the whole of the cities in Thessaly had done, but only such as were taken by force.
Book 18, Part 7
18.39The other members of the congress were delighted at this speech of Flamininus. But the Aetolians listened with indignation; and what proved to be the beginning of serious evils was engendered. For this quarrel was the spark from which, not long afterwards, both the war with the Aetolians and that with Antiochus flamed out. The principal motive of Flamininus in being thus forward in coming to terms was the information he had received that Anticchus had started from Syria with an army, with the intention of crossing over into Europe. Therefore he was anxious lest Philip, catching at this chance, should determine to defend the towns and protract the war; and lest meanwhile he should himself be superseded by another commander from home, on whom the honour of all that he had achieved would be diverted. Therefore the terms which the king asked were granted: namely, that he should have four months’ suspension of hostilities, paying Flamininus at once the two hundred talents; delivering his son Demetrius and some others of his friends as hostages; and sending to Rome to submit the decision on the whole pacification to the Senate. Flamininus and Philip then separated, after interchanging mutual pledges of fidelity, on the understanding that, if the treaty were not confirmed, Flamininus was to restore to Philip the two hundred talents and the hostages. All the parties then sent ambassadors to Rome, some to support and others to oppose the settlement. . . .
18.40Why is it that, though deceived again and again by the same things and persons, we are unable to abandon our blind folly? For this particular kind of fraud has often been committed before now, and by many. That other men should allow themselves to be taken in is perhaps not astonishing; but it is wonderful that those should do so who are the authors and origin of the same kind of malpractice. But I suppose the cause is the absence of that rule so happily expressed by Epicharmus: Cool head and wise mistrust are wisdom’s sinews. . . .
18.41[They endeavoured] to prevent Antiochus from sailing along their coast, not from enmity to him, but from a suspicion that by giving support to Philip he would become an obstacle in the way of Greek liberty. . . .
18.41King Antiochus was very desirous of possessing Ephesus, owing to its extremely convenient position; for it appeared to occupy the position of an Acropolis for expeditions by land and sea against Ionia and the cities of the Hellespont, and to be always a most convenient base of operations for the kings of Asia against Europe. . . .
18.41Of King Attalus, who now died, I think I ought to speak a suitable word, as I have done in the case of others. Originally he had no other external qualification for royalty except money alone, which, indeed, if handled with good sense and boldness, is of very great assistance in every undertaking, but without these qualities is in its nature the origin of evil, and, in fact, of utter ruin to very many. For in the first place it engenders envy and malicious plots, and contributes largely to the destruction of body and soul. For few indeed are the souls that are able by the aid of wealth to repel dangers of this description. This king’s greatness of mind therefore deserves our admiration, because he never attempted to use his wealth for anything else but the acquisition of royal power,—an object than which none greater can be mentioned. Moreover he made the first step in this design, not only by doing services to his friends and gaining their affection, but also by achievements in war. For it was after conquering the Gauls, the most formidable and warlike nation at that time in Asia, that he assumed this rank and first puts himself forward as king. And though he obtained this honour, and lived seventy-two years, of which he reigned forty-four, he passed a life of the utmost virtue and goodness towards his wife and children; kept faith with all allies and friends; and died in the midst of a most glorious campaign, fighting for the liberty of the Greeks; and what is more remarkable than all, though he left four grown-up sons, he so well settled the question of succession, that the crown was handed down to his children’s children without a single dispute. . . .
18.42After Marcus Marcellus had entered upon the consulship the ambassadors from Philip, and from Flamininus and the allies, arrived at Rome to discuss the treaty with Philip; and after a lengthened hearing the confirmation of the terms was decreed in the Senate. But on the matter being brought before the people, Marcus Claudius, who was ambitious of being himself sent to Greece, spoke against the treaty, and did his best to get it rejected. The people however ratified the terms, in accordance with the wish of Flamininus; and, upon this being settled, the Senate immediately despatched a commission of ten men of high rank to arrange the settlement of Greece in conjunction with Flamininus, and to confirm the freedom of the Greeks. Among others Damoxenus of Aegium and his colleagues, envoys from the Achaean league, made a proposal in the Senate for an alliance with Rome; but as some opposition was raised to this at the time, on account of a counter-claim of the Eleians upon Triphylia, and of the Messenians, who were at the time actually in alliance with Rome, upon Asine and Pylus, and of the Aetolians upon Heraea,—the decision was referred to the commission of ten. Such were the proceedings in the Senate. . . .
18.43After the battle of Cynoscephalae, as Flamininus was wintering at Elateia, the Boeotians, being anxious to recover their citizens who had served in Philip’s army, sent an embassy to Flamininus to try and secure their safety. Wishing to encourage the loyalty of the Boeotians to himself, because he was already anxious as to the action of Antiochus, he readily assented to their petition. These men were promptly restored from Macedonia, and one of them named Brachylles the Boeotians at once elected Boeotarch; and in a similar spirit honoured and promoted, as much as before, such of the others as were thought to be well disposed to the royal house of Macedonia. They also sent an embassy to Philip to thank him for the return of the young men, thus derogating from the favour done them by Flamininus,—a measure highly disquieting to Zeuxippus and Peisistratus, and all who were regarded as partisans of Rome; because they foresaw what would happen to themselves and their families, knowing quite well that if the Romans quitted Greece, and Philip remained closely supporting the political party opposed to themselves, it would be unsafe for them to remain citizens of Boeotia. They therefore agreed among themselves to send an embassy to Flamininus in Elateia: and having obtained an interview with him, they made a lengthy and elaborate statement on this subject, describing the state of popular feeling which was now adverse to themselves, and discanting on the untrustworthiness of democratic assemblies. And finally, they ventured to say that Unless they could overawe the common people by getting rid of Brachylles, there could be no security for the party in favour of Rome as soon as the legions departed. After listening to these arguments Flamininus replied that He would not personally take any part in such a measure, but he would not hinder those who wished to do so. Finally, he bade them speak to Alexamenus the Strategus of the Aetolians. Zeuxippus and his colleagues accepted the suggestion, and communicated with Alexamenus, who at once consented; and agreeing to carry out their proposal sent three Aetolians and three Italians, all young men, to assassinate Brachylles. . . .
18.43There is no more terrible witness, or more formidable accuser, than the conscience which resides in each man’s breast. . . .
18.44About this same time the ten commissioners arrived from Rome who were to effect the settlement of Greece, bringing with them the decree of the Senate on the peace with Philip. The main points of the decree were these: All other Greeks, whether in Asia or Europe, to be free and enjoy their own laws; but that Philip should hand over to the Romans those at present under his authority, and all towns in which he had a garrison, before the Isthmian games; and restore Eurōmus, Pedasa, Bargylia, Iasus, Abydos, Thasus, Marinus, and Perinthus to freedom, and remove his garrisons from them. That Flamininus should write to Prusias commanding him to liberate Cius, in accordance with the decree of the Senate. That Philip should restore to the Romans within the same period all captives and deserters; and likewise all decked ships, except three and his one sixteen-banked vessel; and should pay a thousand talents, half at once, and half by instalments spread over ten years.
Book 18, Part 8
18.45Upon this decree being published in Greece, it created a feeling of confidence and gratification in all the communities except the Aetolians. These last were annoyed at not getting all they expected, and attempted to run down the decree by saying that it was mere words, without anything practical in it; and they based upon the clauses of the decree itself some such arguments as follow, by way of disquieting those who would listen to them. They said That there were two distinct clauses in the decree relating to the cities garrisoned by Philip: one ordering him to remove those garrisons and to hand over the cities to the Romans; the other bidding him withdraw his garrisons and set the cities free. Those that were to be set free were definitely named, and they were towns in Asia; and it was plain, therefore, that those which were to be handed over to the Romans were those in Europe, namely, Oreus, Eretria, Chalcis, Demetrias, and Corinth. Hence it was plain that the Romans were receiving the fetters of Greece from the hands of Philip, and that the Greeks were getting, not freedom, but a change of masters.
18.45These arguments of the Aetolians were repeated ad nauseam. But, meanwhile, Flamininus left Elateia with the ten commissioners, and having crossed to Anticyra, sailed straight to Corinth, and there sat in council with the commissioners, and considered the whole settlement to be made. But as the adverse comments of the Aetolians obtained wide currency, and were accepted by some, Flamininus was forced to enter upon many elaborate arguments in the meetings of the commission, trying to convince the commissioners that if they wished to acquire unalloyed praise from the Greeks, and to establish firmly in the minds of all that they had originally come into the country not to gain any advantage for Rome, but simply to secure the freedom of Greece, they must abandon every district and free all the cities now garrisoned by Philip. But this was just the point in dispute among the commissioners; for, as to all other cities, a decision had been definitely arrived at in Rome, and the ten commissioners had express instructions; but about Chalcis, Corinth, and Demetrias they had been allowed a discretion on account of Antiochus, in order that they might take such measures as they thought best from a view of actual events. For it was notorious that this king had for some time past been meditating an interference in Europe. However, as far as Corinth was concerned, Flamininus prevailed on the commissioners to free it at once and restore it to the Achaean league, from respect to the terms of the original agreement; but he retained the Acrocorinthus, Demetrias, and Chalcis.
18.46When these decisions had been come to, the time for the celebration of the Isthmian games arrived. The expectation of what would happen there drew the men of highest rank from nearly every quarter of the world; and there was a great deal of talk on the subject from one end of the assembled multitude to the other, and expressed in varied language. Some said that from certain of the places and towns it was impossible that the Romans could withdraw; while others asserted that they would withdraw from those considered most important, but would retain others that were less prominent, though capable of being quite as serviceable. And such persons even took upon themselves in their ingenuity to designate the precise places which would be thus treated. While people were still in this state of uncertainty, all the world being assembled on the stadium to watch the games, the herald came forward, and having proclaimed silence by the sound of a trumpet, delivered the following proclamation: The senate of Rome and Titus Quintus, proconsul and imperator, having conquered King Philip and the Macedonians in war, declare the following peoples free, without garrison, or tribute, in full enjoyment of the laws of their respective countries: namely, Corinthians, Phocians, Locrians, Euboeans, Achaeans of Phiotis, Magnesians, Thessalians, Perrhaebians.
18.46Now as the first words of the proclamation were the signal for a tremendous outburst of clapping, some of the people could not hear it at all, and some wanted to hear it again; but the majority feeling incredulous, and thinking that they heard the words in a kind of dream, so utterly unexpected was it, another impulse induced every one to shout to the herald and trumpeter to come into the middle of the stadium and repeat the words: I suppose because the people wished not only to hear but to see the speaker, in their inability to credit the announcement. But when the herald, having advanced into the middle of the crowd, once more, by his trumpeter, hushed the clamour, and repeated exactly the same proclamation as before, there was such an outbreak of clapping as is difficult to convey to the imagination of my readers at this time. When at length the clapping ceased, no one paid any attention whatever to the athletes, but all were talking to themselves or each other, and seemed like people bereft of their senses. Nay, after the games were over, in the extravagance of their joy, they nearly killed Flamininus by the exhibition of their gratitude. Some wanted to look him in the face and call him their preserver; others were eager to touch his hand; most threw garlands and fillets upon him; until between them they nearly crushed him to death. But though this expression of popular gratitude was thought to have been extravagant, one might say with confidence that it fell short of the importance of the actual event. For that the Romans and their leader Flamininus should have deliberately incurred unlimited expense and danger, for the sole purpose of freeing Greece, deserved their admiration; and it was also a great thing that their power was equal to their intention. But the greatest thing of all is that Fortune foiled their attempt by none of her usual caprices, but that every single thing came to a successful issue at the same time: so that all Greeks, Asiatic and European alike, were by a single proclamation become free, without garrison or tribute, and enjoying their own laws.
18.47The Isthmian festival having come to an end, the first persons with whom the commissioners dealt were the ambassadors from Antiochus. They instructed them that Their master must abstain from attacking those cities in Asia which were autonomous, and go to war with none of them; and must evacuate those that had been subject to Ptolemy or Philip. In addition to this they forbade him to cross over into Europe with an army; for no Greek henceforth was to be attacked in war or to be enslaved to any one. Finally, they said that some of their own number would go to visit Antiochus. With this answer Hegesianax and Lysias returned to Antiochus. They next summoned the representatives of all the nations and cities, and declared to them the decisions of the commissioners. The Macedonian tribe of the Orestae, on the ground of their having joined Rome during the war, they declared autonomous; the Perrhaebians, Dolopes, and Magnesians they declared to be free. To the Thessalians, in addition to their freedom, they assigned the Phiotid Achaeans, with the exception, however, of Phthiotid Thebes and Pharsalus: for the Aetolians made such a point of their claim to Pharsalus, as also to Leucas, on the ground of the rights secured them by the original treaty, that the commissioners referred the consideration of their demand in regard to these places back again to the Senate, but allowed them to retain Phocis and Locris as members of their league, as they had been before. Corinth, Triphylia, and Heraea they handed over to the Achaeans. Oreus and Eretria the majority wished to give to King Eumenes, but on the instance of Flamininus this design was not confirmed; and, accordingly, a short time afterwards these towns, with Carystus, were declared free by the Senate. To Pleuratus they assigned Lychnis and Parthus in Illyria, towns which had been subject to Philip; and Amynandros they allowed to retain all such strongholds as he had taken from Philip during the war.
18.48This business completed, the commissioners separated in various directions: Publius Lentulus sailed to Bargylia and announced its freedom; Leucius Stertinius did the same to Hephaestia, Thasus, and the cities in Thrace; while Publius Ventilius and Lucius Terentius started to visit Antiochus; and Gnaeus Cornelius with his colleagues went to king Philip. They met him near Tempe, and after speaking with him on the other matters about which they had instructions, they advised him to send an embassy to Rome, to ask for an alliance, in order to obviate all suspicion of being on the watch for an opportunity in expectation of the arrival of Antiochus. The king agreeing to follow this advice, Cornelius left him and went to the league congress at Thermus; and coming into the public assembly urged the Aetolians in a lengthy speech to abide by the policy they had adopted, from the first, and maintain their good disposition towards the Romans. Many rose to answer: of whom some expressed dissatisfaction with the Romans in moderate and decorous language, for not having used their good fortune with sufficient regard to their joint interests, and for not observing the original compact; while others delivered violent invectives, asserting that the Romans would never have set foot on Greece or conquered Philip if it had not been for them. Cornelius disdained to answer these speeches in detail, but he advised them to send ambassadors to Rome, for they would get full justice in the Senate: which they accordingly did. Such was the conclusion of the war with Philip. . . .
18.49Whenever they are reduced to the last extremity, as the phrase goes, they will fly to the Romans for protection and commit themselves and their city to them.. . .
18.50Just when the designs of Antiochus in Thrace were succeeding to his heart’s desire, Lucius Cornelius and his party sailed into Selybria. These were the envoys sent by the Senate to conclude a peace between Antiochus and Ptolemy. And at the same time there arrived Publius Lentulus from Bargylia, Lucius Terentius and Publius Villius from Thasus, three of the ten commissioners for Greece. Their arrival having been promptly announced to Antiochus, they all assembled within the next few days at Lysimacheia; and it so happened that Hegesianax and Lysias, who had been on the mission to Flamininus, arrived about the same time. The private intercourse between the king and the Romans was informal and friendly; but when presently they met in conference to discuss public affairs, things took quite another aspect. Lucius Cornelius demanded that Antiochus should evacuate all the cities subject to Ptolemy which he had taken in Asia; while he warned him in solemn and emphatic language that he must do so also to the cities subject to Philip, for it was ridiculous that Antiochus should come in and take the prizes of the war which Rome had waged with Philip. He also admonished him to abstain from attacking autonomous cities, and added that He was at a loss to conjecture with what view Antiochus had crossed over to Europe with such a powerful army and fleet; for if it were not with the intention of attacking the Romans, there was no explanation left that any reasonable person could accept. With these words the Romans ceased speaking.
18.51The king began his reply by saying that He did not understand by what right the Romans raised a controversy with him in regard to the cities in Asia. They were the last people in the world who had any claim to do so. Next he claimed that They should refrain entirely from interfering in the affairs of Asia, seeing that he never in the least degree interposed in those of Italy. He had crossed into Europe with his army to recover his possessions in the Chersonese and the cities in Thrace; his right to the government of these places being superior to that of any one in the world. For this was originally the principality of Lysimachus; and as Seleucus waged war with and conquered that prince, the whole domain of Lysimachus passed to Seleucus: then owing to the multifarious interests which distracted the attention of his predecessors, first Ptolemy and then Philip had managed to wrest this country from them and secure it for themselves. He had not then availed himself of Philip’s difficulties to take it, but had recovered possession of it in the exercise of his undoubted rights. It was no injury to the Romans that he should now be restoring to their homes, and settling again in their city, the people of Lysimacheia who had been expelled by an unexpected raid of the Thracians. He was doing this, not from any intention of attacking the Romans, but to prepare a place of residence for his son Seleucus. As for the autonomous cities of Asia, they must acquire their freedom by his free grace, not by an injunction from Rome. As for Ptolemy, he was about to settle matters amicably with him: for it was his intention to confirm their friendship by a matrimonial alliance.
Book 18, Part 9
18.52But upon Lucius expressing an opinion that they ought to call in the representatives of Lampsacus and Smyrna and give them a hearing, this was done. The envoys from Lampsacus were Parmenio and Pythodorus, and from Smyrna Coeranus. These men expressing themselves with much openness, Philip was irritated at the idea of defending himself against accusers before a tribunal of Romans, and interrupting Parmenio, said: A truce to your long speeches: I do not choose to have my controversies with you decided before a Roman but before a Rhodian court. Thereupon they broke up the conference very far from pleased with each other. . . .
18.53Many people have a yearning for bold and glorious undertakings, but few dare actually attempt them. Yet Scopas had much fairer opportunities for a hazardous and bold career than Cleomenes. For the latter, though circumvented by his enemies, and reduced to depend upon such forces as his servants and friends could supply, yet left no chance untried, and tested every one to the best of his ability, valuing an honourable death more highly than a life of disgrace. But Scopas, with all the advantages of a formidable body of soldiers and of the excellent opportunity afforded by the youth of the king, by his own delays and halting counsels allowed himself to be circumvented. For having ascertained that he was holding a meeting of his partisans at his own house, and was consulting with them, Aristomenes sent some of the royal bodyguards and summoned him to the king’s council. Whereupon Scopas was so infatuated that he was neither bold enough to carry out his designs, nor able to make up his mind to obey the king’s summons,—which is in itself the most extreme step,—until Aristomenes, understanding the blunder he had made, caused soldiers and elephants to surround his house, and sent Ptolemy son of Eumenes in with some young men, with orders to bring him quietly if he would come, but, if not, by force. When Ptolemy entered the house and informed Scopas that the king summoned him, he refused at first to obey, but remained looking fixedly at Ptolemy, and for a long while preserved a threatening attitude as though he wondered at his audacity; and when Ptolemy came boldly up to him and took hold of his chlamys, he called on the bystanders to help him. But seeing that the number of young men who had accompanied Ptolemy into the house was large, and being informed by some one of the military array surrounding it outside, he yielded to circumstances, and went, accompanied by his friends, in obedience to the summons.
18.54On his entering the council chamber the king was the first to state the accusation against him, which he did briefly. He was followed by Polycrates lately arrived from Cyprus; and he again by Aristomenes. The charges made by them all were much to the same effect as what I have just stated; but there was now added to them the seditious meeting with his friends, and his refusal to obey the summons of the king. On these charges he was unanimously condemned, not only by the members of the council, but also by the envoys of foreign nations who were present. And when Aristomenes was about to commence his accusation he brought in a large number of other Greeks of rank also to support him, as well as the Aetolian ambassadors who had come to negotiate a peace, among whom was Dorimachus son of Nicostratus. When these speeches had been delivered, Scopas endeavoured to put forward certain pleas in his defence: but gaining no attention from any one, owing to the senseless nature of his proceedings, he was taken along with his friends to prison. There after nightfall Aristomenes caused Scopas and his family to be put to death by poison; but did not allow Dicaearchus to die until he had had him racked and scourged, thus inflicting on him a punishment which he thoroughly deserved in the name of all Greece. For this was the Dicaearchus whom Philip, when he resolved upon his treacherous attack on the Cyclades and the cities of the Hellespont, appointed leader of the whole fleet and the entire enterprise: who being thus sent out to perform an act of flagrant wickedness, not only thought that he was doing nothing wrong, but in the extravagance of his infatuation imagined that he would strike terror into the gods as well as man. For wherever he anchored he used to build two altars, to Impiety and Lawlessness, and, offering sacrifice upon these altars, worshipped them as his gods. Therefore in my opinion he met with a just retribution both from gods and men: for as his life had been spent in defiance to the laws of nature, his end was properly also one of unnatural horror. All the other Aetolians who wished to depart were allowed by the king to go in possession of their property.
18.55As in the lifetime of Scopas his love of money had been notorious, for his avarice did in fact surpass that of any man in the world, so after his death was it made still more conspicuous by the enormous amount of gold and other property found in his house; for by the assistance of the coarse manners and drunken habits of Charimortus he had absolutely pillaged the kingdom.
18.55Having thus settled the Aetolian business to their liking, the courtiers turned their attention to the ceremony of instituting the king into the management of his office, called the Anacleteria. His age was not indeed yet so far advanced as to make this necessary; but they thought that the kingdom would gain a certain degree of firmness and a fresh impulse towards prosperity, if it were known that the king had assumed the independent direction of the government. They then made the preparations for the ceremony with great splendour, and carried it out in a manner worthy of the greatness of the kingdom, Polycrates being considered to have contributed very largely to the accomplishment of their efforts. For this man had enjoyed even during his youth, in the reign of the late king, a reputation second to no one in the court for fidelity and practical ability; and this reputation he had maintained during the present reign also. For having been entrusted with the management of Cyprus and its revenues, when its affairs were in a critical and complicate state, he not only preserved the island for the young king, but collected a very considerable sum of money, with which he had just arrived and had paid to the king, after handing over the government of Cyprus to Ptolemy of Megalopolis. But though he obtained great applause by this, and a large fortune immediately afterwards, yet, as he grew older, he drifted into extravagant debauchery and scandalous indulgence. Nor was the reputation of Ptolemy, son of Agesarchus very different in the later part of his life. But in regard to these men, when we come to the proper time, I shall not shrink from stating the circumstances which disgraced their official life. . . .
Book 19, Part 1
19.0THE only fragment we possess of the nineteenth book of Polybius is a statement quoted by Plutarch as to M. Porcius Cato, to the effect that by his orders the walls of all the numerous Spanish cities north of the Baetis were dismantled on the same day. Cato was in Spain B. C. 195. The means taken by him to secure this simultaneous destruction of fortifications are told by Frontinus, .
19.0We thus lose the history of the years B. C. 195, 194, 193; as well as the greater part of that of B. C. 192, 191, contained in the early part of book 20, of which only a few fragments remain. Livy, however, has evidently translated from Polybius in his history of these years, and a brief abstract of events in Greece may help the reader in following the fragmentary book which follows with more interest.
19.0B. C. 195: Lucius Valerius Flaccus, M. Porcius Cato, Coss. Flamininus’s imperium is extended for this year, because of the danger from Antiochus and Nabis. The Aetolians, still discontented, push their demand for Pharsalus and Leucas, and are referred by the Senate back to Flamininus. The latter summons a conference of Greek states at Corinth, and a war is decreed against Nabis, the Aetolians still expressing their dislike of Roman interference. The levies are collected; Argos is freed from Nabis; Sparta all but taken; and Nabis forced to submit to most humiliating terms: the Aetolians again objecting to his being allowed to remain at Sparta on any terms at all. In this year also legates from Antiochus visit Flamininus, but are referred to the Senate.
Book 19, Part 2
19.0B. C. 194: Publius Cornelius Scipio II., Tiberius Sempronius Longus, Coss. Flamininus leaves Greece after a speech at Corinth to the assembled league advising internal peace and loyalty to Rome, and enters Rome in triumph. There is a time of comparative tranquillity in Greece.
19.0B. C. 193: L. Cornelius Merula, Q. Minucius Thermus, Coss. The legates from Antiochus are sent back with the final answer that, unless the king abstains from entering Europe in arms, the Romans will free the Asiatic Greek cities from him. Roman legates, P. Sulpicius, P. Villius, P. Aelius, are sent to him. Hannibal arrives at the court of Antiochus, and urges him to resist; and the Aetolians urge the same course, trying also to stir up Nabis and Philip of Macedon. Antiochus accordingly will give the Roman envoys no satisfactory answer.
19.0B. C. 192: L. Quintius Flamininus, Cn. Domitius Ahenobarbus, Coss. The Romans therefore prepare for war. A fleet under the praetor Atilius is sent against Nabis: commissioners are sent into Greece—T. Quintius Flamininius, C. Octavius, Cn. Servilius, P. Villius—early in the year: M. Baebius is ordered to hold his army in readiness at Brundisium. Then news is brought to Rome by Attalus of Pergamum (brother of king Eumenes) that Antiochus has crossed the Hellespont, and the Aetolians on the point of joining him. Therefore Baebius is ordered to transport his army to Apollonia.
Book 19, Part 3
19.0Meanwhile Nabis takes advantage of the alarm caused by Antiochus to move. He besieges Gythium, and ravages the Achaean territory. The league, under Philopoemen, proclaim war against him, and, after losing an unimportant naval battle, decisively defeat him on land and shut him up in Sparta.
19.0The Aetolians now formally vote to call in Antiochus, to liberate Greece and arbitrate between them and Rome. They occupy Demetrias; and kill Nabis by a stratagem. Whereupon Philopoemen annexes Sparta to the Achaean league. Later in the year Antiochus meets the assembly of the Aetolians at Lamia in Thessaly, is proclaimed Strategus; and after a vain attempt to conciliate the Achaeans seizes Chalcis, where he winters, and marries a young wife.
19.0B. C. 191: P. Cornelius Scipio Nasica, M. Acilius Glabrio, Coss. The Romans declare war with Antiochus. Manius Acilius is selected to go to Greece, where he takes over the army of Baebius, and after taking many towns in Thessaly meets and defeats Antiochus at Thermopylae; where the Aetolian league did after all little service to the king, who retires to Ephesus.
Book 19, Part 4
19.0See —. See also Plutarch, Philopoemen, and Flamininus; Appian,
Book 20, Part 1
20.1THE Aetolians chose thirty of the Apocleti to confer with King Antiochus. . . .
20.1He accordingly summoned a meeting of the Apocleti and consulted them on the state of affairs. . . .
20.2When Antiochus sent an embassy to the Boeotians, they answered that they would not consider his proposals until the king came in person. . . .
Book 20, Part 2
20.3As Antiochus was staying at Chalcis, just as the winter was beginning, two ambassadors came to visit him, Charops from Epirus, and Callistratus from Elis. The prayer of the Epirotes was that The king would not involve them in the war with Rome, for they dwelt on the side of Greece immediately opposite Italy; but that, if he could, he would secure their safety by defending the frontier of Epirus: in that case he should be admitted into all their towns and harbours: but if he decided not to do so at present, they asked his indulgence if they shrank from a war with Rome. The Eleans, in their turn, begged him To send a reinforcement to their town; for as the Achaeans had voted war against them, they were in terror of an attack from the troops of the league. The king answered the Epirotes by saying that he would send envoys to confer with them on their mutual interests; but to Elis he despatched a thousand foot soldiers under the command of Euphanes of Crete. . . .
20.4The Boeotians had long been in a very depressed state, which offered a strong contrast to the former prosperity and reputation of their country. They had acquired great glory as well as great material prosperity at the time of the battle of Leuctra; but by some means or another from that time forward they steadily diminished both the one and the other under the leadership of Amaeocritus; and subsequently not only diminished them, but underwent a complete change of character, and did all that was possible to wipe out their previous reputation. For having been incited by the Achaeans to go to war with the Aetolians, they adopted the policy of the former and made an alliance with them, and thenceforth maintained a steady war with the Aetolians. But on the Aetolians invading Boeotia, they marched out with their full available force, and without waiting for the arrival of the Achaeans, who had mustered their men and were on the point of marching to their assistance, they attacked the Aetolians; and being worsted in the battle were so completely demoralised, that, from the time of that campaign, they never plucked up spirit to claim any position of honour whatever, and never shared in any enterprise or contest undertaken by the common consent of the Greeks. They devoted themselves entirely to eating and drinking, and thus became effeminate in their souls as well as in their bodies.
20.5Such were, briefly, the steps in the degeneracy of Boeotia. Immediately after the battle just mentioned they abandoned the Achaeans and joined the Aetolians. But on the latter presently going to war with Philip’s father Demetrius, they once more abandoned the Aetolians; and upon Demetrius entering Boeotia with an army, without attempting resistance they submitted completely to the Macedonians. But as a spark of their ancestral glory still survived, there were found some who disliked the existing settlement and the complete subservience to Macedonia: and they accordingly maintained a violent opposition to the policy of Ascondas and Neon, the ancestors of Brachylles, who were the most prominent in the party which favoured Macedonia. However, the party of Ascondas eventually prevailed, owing to the following circumstance. Antigonus (Doson), who, after the death of Demetrius, was Philip’s guardian, happened to be sailing on some business along the coast of Boeotia; when off Larymna he was surprised by a sudden ebb of the tide, and his ships were left high and dry. Now just at that time a rumour had been spread that Antigonus meant to make a raid upon the country; and therefore Neon, who was Hipparch at the time, was patrolling the country at the head of all the Boeotian cavalry to protect it, and came upon Antigonus in this helpless and embarrassed position: and having it thus in his power to inflict a serious blow upon the Macedonians, much to their surprise he resolved to spare them. His conduct in so doing was approved by the other Boeotians, but was not at all pleasing to the Thebans. Antigonus, however, when the tide flowed again and his ships floated, proceeded to complete the voyage to Asia on which he was bound, with deep gratitude to Neon for having abstained from attacking him in his awkward position. Accordingly, when at a subsequent period he conquered the Spartan Cleomenes and became master of Lacedaemon, he left Brachylles in charge of the town, by way of paying him for the kindness done him by his father Neon. This proved to be the beginning of a great rise in importance of the family of Brachylles. But this was not all that Antigonus did for him: from that time forward either he personally, or king Philip, continually supported him with money and influence; so that before long this family entirely overpowered the political party opposed to them in Thebes, and forced all the citizens, with very few exceptions, to join the party of Macedonia. Such was the origin of the political adherence to Macedonia of the family of Neon, and of its rise to prosperity.
Book 20, Part 3
20.6But Boeotia as a nation had come to such a low pitch, that for nearly twenty-five years the administration of justice had been suspended in private and public suits alike. Their magistrates were engaged in despatching bodies of men to guard the country or in proclaiming national expeditions, and thus continually postponed their attendance at courts of law. Some of the Strategi also dispensed allowances to the needy from the public treasury; whereby the common people learnt to support and invest with office those who would help them to escape the penalties of their crimes and undischarged liabilities, and to be enriched from time to time with some portion of the public property obtained by official favour. No one contributed to this lamentable state of things more than Opheltas, who was always inventing some plan calculated to benefit the masses for the moment, while perfectly certain to ruin them in the future. To these evils was added another unfortunate fashion. It became the practice for those who died childless not to leave their property to the members of their family, as had been the custom of the country formerly, but to assign it for the maintenance of feasts and convivial entertainments to be shared in by the testator’s friends in common; and even many who did possess children left the larger part of their property to the members of their own club. The result was that there were many Boeotians who had more feasts to attend in the month than there were days in it. The people of Megara therefore, disliking this habit, and remembering their old connexion with the Achaean league, were inclined once more to renew their political alliance with it. For the Megarians had been members of the Achaean league since the time of Antigonus Gonatas; but upon Cleomenes blockading the Isthmus, finding themselves cut off from the Achaeans they joined the Boeotians, with the consent of the former. But a little before the time of which we are now speaking, becoming dissatisfied with the Boeotian constitution, they again joined the Achaeans. The Boeotians, incensed at what they considered acts of contempt, sallied out in full force to attack Megara; and on the Megarians declining to listen to them, they determined in their anger to besiege and assault their city. But being attacked by a panic, on a report spreading that Philopoemen was at hand at the head of a force of Achaeans, they left their scaling ladders against the walls and fled back precipitately to their own country.
20.7Such being the state of Boeotian politics, it was only by extraordinary good fortune that they evaded destruction in the dangerous periods of the wars of Philip and Antiochus. But in the succeeding period they did not escape in the same way. Fortune, on the contrary, seemed determined to make them pay for their former good luck by a specially severe retribution, as I shall relate hereafter. . . .
20.7Many of the Boeotians defended their alienation from the Romans by alleging the assassination of Brachylles, and the expedition made by Flamininus upon Coronea owing to the murders of Romans on the roads. But the real reason was their moral degeneracy, brought about by the causes I have mentioned. For as soon as the king approached, the Boeotian magistrates went out to meet him, and after holding a friendly conversation with him conducted him into Thebes. . . .
Book 20, Part 4
20.8Antiochus the Great came to Chalcis in Euboea, and there completed his marriage, when he was fifty years old, and had already undertaken his two most important labours, the liberation of Greece—as he called it—and the war with Rome. However, having fallen in love with a young lady of Chalcis, he was bent on marrying her, though the war was still going on; for he was much addicted to wine and delighted in excesses. The lady was a daughter of Cleoptolemus, a man of rank, and was possessed of extraordinary beauty. He remained in Chalcis all the winter occupied in marriage festivities, utterly regardless of the pressing business of the time. He gave the girl the name of Euboea, and after his defeat fled with his bride to Ephesus. . . .
20.9When the Romans took Heracleia, Phaeneas the Aetolian Strategus, in view of the danger threatening Aetolia, and seeing what would happen to the other towns, determined to send an embassy to Manius Acilius to demand a truce and treaty of peace. With this purpose he despatched Archidamus, Pantaleon and Chalesus, who on meeting the Roman consul were intending to enter upon a long argument, but were interrupted in the middle of their speech and prevented from finishing it. For Acilius remarked that For the present he had no leisure to attend to them, being much engaged with the distribution of the spoils of Heracleia: he would, however, grant a ten days’ truce and send Lucius Valerius Flaccus with them, with instructions as to what he was to say. The truce being thus made, and Valerius having come to Hypata, a lengthened discussion took place on the state of affairs. The Aetolians sought to establish their case by referring to their previous services to Rome. But Valerius cut this line of argument short by saying that Such justification did not apply to the present circumstances; for as these old friendly relations had been broken off by them, and the existing hostility was owing entirely to the Aetolians themselves, the services of the past could be of no assistance to them in the present. They must therefore abandon all idea of justification, and adopt a tone of supplication, and beseech the consul’s pardon for their transgressions. After a long discussion on various details, the Aetolians eventually decided to leave the whole matter to Acilius, and commit themselves without reserve to the good faith of the Romans. They had no comprehension of what this really involved; but they were misled by the word faith into supposing that the Romans would thereby be more inclined to grant them terms. But with the Romans for a man to commit himself to their good faith is held to be equivalent to surrendering unconditionally.
20.10Having come to this resolution, Phaeneas despatched legates with Valerius to announce the decision of the Aetolians to Acilius. On being admitted to the presence of the Consul, these legates, after once more entering upon a plea of self-justification, ended by announcing that the Aetolians had decided to commit themselves to the good faith of the Romans. Hereupon Acilius interrupted them by saying, Is this really the case, men of Aetolia? And upon their answering in the affirmative, he said: Well then, the first condition is that none of you, individually or collectively, must cross to Asia; the second is that you must surrender Menestratus the Epirote (who happened at that time to be at Naupactus, where he had come to the assistance of the Aetolians), and also King Amynander, with such of the Athamanians as accompanied him in his desertion to your side. Here Phaeneas interrupted him by saying: But it is neither just nor consonant with Greek customs, O Consul, to do what you order. To which Acilius replied,—not so much because he was angry, as because he wished to show him the dangerous position in which he stood, and to thoroughly frighten him,— Do you still presume to talk to me about Greek customs, and about honour and duty, after having committed yourselves to my good faith? Why, I might if I chose put you all in chains and commit you to prison! With these words he ordered his men to bring a chain and an iron collar and put it on the neck of each of them. Thereupon Phaeneas and his companions stood in speechless amazement, as though bereft of all power of thought or motion, at this unexpected turn of affairs. But Valerius and some others who were present besought Acilius not to inflict any severity upon the Aetolians then before him, as they were in the position of ambassadors. And on his yielding to these representations, Phaeneas broke silence by saying that He and the Apocleti were ready to obey the injunctions, but they must consult the general assembly if they were to be confirmed. Upon Acilius agreeing to this, he demanded a truce of ten days to be granted. This also having been conceded, they departed with these terms, and on arrival at Hypata told the Apocleti what had been done and the speeches that had been made. This report was the first thing which made their error, and the compulsion under which they were placed, clear to the Aetolians. It was therefore decided to write round to the various cities and call the Aetolians together, to consult on the injunctions imposed upon them. When the news of the reception Phaeneas had met with was noised abroad, the Aetolian people were so infuriated that no one would even attend the meeting to discuss the matter at all. It was thus impossible to hold the discussion. They were further encouraged by the arrival of Nicander, who just at that time sailed into Phalara, on the Malian gulf, from Asia, bringing news of the warm reception given him by Antiochus, and the promises for the future which the king had made; they therefore became quite indifferent as to the noncompletion of the peace. Thus when the days of the truce had elapsed the Aetolians found themselves still at war with Rome.
Book 20, Part 5
20.11But I ought not to omit to describe the subsequent career and fate of Nicander. He arrived back at Phalara on the twelfth day after leaving Ephesus, and found the Romans still engaged in Heracleia, and the Macedonians having already evacuated Lamia, but encamped at no great distance from the town: he thereupon conveyed his money unexpectedly into Lamia, and attempted himself to make his way between the two camps into Hypata. But, falling into the hands of the Macedonian pickets, he was taken to Philip, while his evening party was still at the midst of their entertainment, greatly alarmed lest he should meet with rough treatment from having incurred Philip’s resentment, or should be handed over to the Romans. But when the matter was reported to the king, he at once gave orders that the proper officers should offer Nicander refreshments, and show him every politeness and attention. After a time he got up from table and went personally to visit him; and after enlarging at great length on the folly of the Aetolians, for having first brought the Romans into Greece, and afterwards Antiochus, he still, even at this hour, urged that they should forget their past, adhere to their loyalty to himself, and not show a disposition to take advantage of each other’s difficulties. He bade Nicander convey this message to the leaders of the Aetolians, and exhorting him personally to remember the favours which he had received at his hands, he despatched him with a sufficient escort, which he ordered to see him safe into Hypata. This result was far beyond Nicander’s hopes or expectations. He was restored in due course to his friends, and from the moment of this adventure remained devoted to the royal family of Macedonia. Thus, in the subsequent period of the war with Perseus, the obligations which this favour had imposed upon him caused him to offer such an unwilling and lukewarm opposition to the designs of Perseus, that he exposed himself to suspicion and denunciation, and at last was summoned to Rome and died there. . . .
20.12The Spartans could not find one of their own citizens willing to address Philopoemen on this subject. To men who for the most part undertake work for what they can get by it there are plenty of people to offer such rewards, and to regard them as the means of founding and consolidating friendship: but in the case of Philipoemen no one could be found willing to convey this offer to him at all. Finally, being completely at a loss, they elected Timolaus to do it, as being his ancestral guest-friend and very intimate with him. Timolaus twice journeyed to Megalopolis for this express purpose, without daring to say a word to Philopoemen about it. But having goaded himself to making a third attempt, he at length plucked up courage to mention the proposed gifts. Much to his surprise Philopoemen received the suggestion with courtesy; and Timolaus was overjoyed by the belief that he had attained his object. Philopoemen, however, remarked that he would come to Sparta himself in the course of the next few days; for he wished to offer all the magistrates his thanks for this favour. He accordingly came, and, being invited to attend the Senate, he said: He had long been aware of the kindness with which the Lacedaemonians regarded him; but was more convinced than ever by the compliments and extraordinary mark of honour they now offered him. But while gratefully accepting their intention, he disliked the particular manner of its exhibition. They should not bestow such honour and rewards on their friends, the poison of which would indelibly infect the receiver, but rather upon their enemies; that the former might retain their freedom of speech and the confidence of the Achaeans when proposing to offer assistance to Sparta; while the latter, by swallowing the bait, might be compelled either to support their cause, or at any rate to keep silence and do them no harm. . . .
20.12To see an operation with one’s own eyes is not like merely hearing a description of it. It is, indeed, quite another thing; and the confidence which such vivid experience gives is always greatly advantageous. . . .
Book 21, Part 1
21.1AT this time also it happened that the embassy, which the Lacedaemonians had sent to Rome, returned disappointed. The subject of their mission was the hostages and the villages. As to the villages the Senate answered that they would give instructions to envoys sent by themselves; and as to the hostages they desired to consider further. But as to the exiles of past times, they said that they wondered why they were not recalled, now that Sparta had been freed from her tyrants. . . .
21.2At the same period the Senate dealt with the ambassadors from Philip. They had come to set forth the loyalty and zeal of the king, which he had shown to the Romans in the war against Antiochus. On hearing what the envoys had to say, the Senate released the king’s son Demetrius from his position as hostage at once, and promised that they would also remit part of the yearly indemnity, if he kept faith with Rome in future. The Senate likewise released the Lacedaemonian hostages, except Armenas, son of Nabis; who subsequently fell ill and died. . . .
21.3Directly the news of the victory at sea reached Rome, the Senate first decreed a public supplicatio for nine days,—which means a public and universal holiday, accompanied by the sacrifice of thank offerings to the gods for the happy success,—and next gave audience to the envoys from Aetolia and Manius Acilius. When both parties had pleaded their cause at some length, the Senate decreed to offer the Aetolians the alternative of committing their when cause unconditionally to the arbitration of the Senate, or of paying a thousand talents down and making an offensive and defensive alliance with Rome. But on the Aetolians desiring the Senate to state definitely on what points they were to submit to such arbitration, the Senate refused to define them. Accordingly the war with the Aetolians went on. . . .
21.4While Amphissa was still being besieged by Manius Acilius, the Athenians, hearing at that time both of the distress of the Amphissians and of the arrival of Publius Scipio, despatched Echedemus and others on an embassy to him, with instructions to pay their respects to both Lucius and Publius Scipio, and at the same time to try what could be done to get peace for the Aetolians. On their arrival, Publius welcomed them gladly and treated them with great courtesy; because he saw that they would be of assistance to him in carrying out his plans. For he was very desirous of effecting a settlement in Aetolia on good terms; but had resolved that, if the Aetolians refused to comply, he would at all hazards relinquish that business for the present, and cross to Asia: for he was well aware that the ultimate object of the war and of the entire expedition was not to reduce the Aetolian nation to obedience, but to conquer Antiochus and take possession of Asia. Therefore, directly the Athenians mentioned the pacification, he accepted their suggestion with eagerness, and bade them sound the Aetolians also. Accordingly, Echedemus and his colleagues, having sent a preliminary deputation to Hypata, presently followed in person, and entered into a discussion with the Aetolian magistrates on the subject of a pacification. They, too, readily acquiesced in the suggestion, and certain envoys were appointed to meet the Romans. They found Publius and the army encamped sixty stades from Amphissa, and there discoursed at great length on their previous services to Rome. Publius Scipio adopted in reply a still milder and more conciliatory style, quoting his own conduct in Iberia and Libya, and explaining how he had treated all who in those countries had confided to his honour: and finally expressing an opinion that they had better put themselves in his hands. At first, all who were present felt very sanguine that the pacification was about to be accomplished. But when, in answer to the Aetolian demand to know on what terms they were to make the peace, Lucius Scipio explained that they had two alternatives—to submit their entire case unconditionally to the arbitrament of Rome, or to pay a thousand talents down and to make an offensive and defensive alliance with her—the Aetolians present were thrown into the state of the most painful perplexity at the inconsistency of this announcement with the previous talk: but finally they said that they would consult the Aetolians on the terms imposed.
21.5On the return of the Aetolian envoys for the purpose of consulting their countrymen, Echedemus and his colleagues joined the council of the apocleti in their deliberations on this subject. One of the alternatives was impossible owing to the amount of money demanded, and the other was rendered alarming in their eyes by the deception they had experienced before, when, after submitting to the surrender, they had narrowly escaped being thrown into chains. Being then much perplexed and quite unable to decide, they sent the same envoys back to beg the Scipios that they would either abate part of the money, so as to be within their power to pay, or except from the surrender the persons of citizens, men and women. But upon their arrival in the Roman camp and delivering their message, Lucius Scipio merely replied that The only terms on which he was commissioned by the Senate to treat were those which he had recently stated. They therefore returned once more, and were followed by Echedemus and his colleagues to Hypata, who advised the Aetolians that Since there was at present a hitch in the negotiations for peace, they should ask for a truce; and, having thus at least delayed the evils threatening them, should send an embassy to the Senate. If they obtained their request, all would be well; but, if they did not, they must trust to the chapter of accidents: for their position could not be worse than it was now, but for many reasons might not impossibly be better. The advice of Echedemus was thought sound, and the Aetolians accordingly voted to send envoys to obtain a truce; who, upon reaching Lucius Scipio, begged that for the present a truce of six months might be granted them, that they might send an embassy to the Senate. Publius Scipio, who had for some time past been anxious to begin the campaign in Asia, quickly persuaded his brother to grant their request. The agreement therefore was reduced to writing, and thereupon Manius Acilius handed over his army to Lucius Scipio, and returned with his military tribunes to Rome. . . .
21.6Factions became rife at Phocaea, partly because they suffered from the Romans left with the ships being quartered on them, and partly because they were annoyed at the tribute imposed on them. . . .
21.6Then the Phocaean magistrates, alarmed at the state of popular excitement caused by the dearth of corn, and the agitation kept up by the partisans of Antiochus, sent envoys to Seleucus, who was on their frontiers, ordering him not to approach the town, as they were resolved to remain neutral and await the final decision of the quarrel, and then obey orders. Of these ambassadors the partisans of Seleucus and his faction were Aristarchus, Cassander, and Rhodon; those, on the contrary, who inclined to Rome were Hegias and Gelias. On their arrival Seleucus at once showed every attention to Aristarchus and his partisans, but treated Hegias and Gelias with complete neglect. But when he was informed of the state of popular feeling, and the shortness of provisions in Phocaea, he threw aside all negotiation or discussion with the envoys, and marched towards the town. . . .
21.6Two Galli, with sacred images and figures on their breasts, advanced from the town, and besought them not to adopt any extreme measures against the city. . . .
21.7The fire-carrier used by Pausistratus, the navarch of the Rhodians, was a scoop or basket. On either side of the prow two staples were fixed into the inner part of the two sides of the ship, into which poles were fitted with their extremities extending out to sea. To the end of these the scoop filled with fire was attached by an iron chain, in such a way that in charging the enemy’s ship, whether on the prow or the broadside, fire was thrown upon it, while it was kept a long way off from his own ship by the slope of the poles. . . .
21.7The Rhodian admiral Pamphilidas was thought to be better capable than Pausistratus of adapting himself to all possible contingencies, because his character was more remarkable for its depth and solidity than for its boldness. For most men judge not from any fixed principle but by results. Thus, though they had recently elected Pausistratus to the command, on the ground of his possessing these very qualities of energy and boldness, their opinions at once underwent a complete revolution when he met with his disaster. . . .
21.8At this time a letter arrived at Samos for Lucius Aemilius and Eumenes from the consul Lucius Scipio, announcing the agreement made with the Aetolians for the truce, and the approaching advance of the land forces to the Hellespont. Another to the same effect was sent to Antiochus and Seleucus from the Aetolians. . . .
Book 21, Part 2
21.9An embassy from King Eumenes having arrived in Achaia proposing an alliance, the Achaeans met in public assembly and ratified it, and sent out some soldiers, a thousand foot and a hundred horse, under the command of Diophanes of Megalopolis. . . .
21.9Diophanes was a man of great experience in war; for during the protracted hostilities with Nabis in the neighbourhood of Megalopolis, he had served throughout under Philopoemen, and accordingly had gained a real familiarity with the operations of actual warfare. And besides this advantage, his appearance and physical prowess were impressive; and, most important of all, he was a man of personal courage and exceedingly expert in the use of arms. . . .
21.10King Antiochus had already penetrated into the territory of Pergamum; but when he heard that king Eumenes was close at hand, and saw that the land forces as well as the fleet were ready to attack him, he began to consider the propriety of proposing a pacification with the Romans, Eumenes, and the Rhodians at once. He therefore removed with his whole army to Elaea, and having seized a hill facing that town, he encamped his infantry upon it, while he entrenched his cavalry, amounting to over six thousand, close under the walls of the town. He took up his own position between these two, and proceeded to send messengers to Lucius Aemilius in the town, proposing a peace. The Roman imperator thereupon called Eumenes and the Rhodians to a meeting, and desired them to give their opinions on the proposal. Eudemus and Pamphilidas were not averse to making terms; but the king said that To make peace at the present moment was neither honourable nor possible. How could it be an honourable conclusion of the war that they should make terms while confined within the walls of a town? And how was it possible to give validity to those terms without waiting for the Consul and obtaining his consent? Besides, even if they did give any indication of coming to an agreement with Antiochus, neither the naval nor military forces could of course return home until the Senate and people had ratified the terms of it. All that would be left for them to do would be to spend the winter where they were, waiting idly for the decision from home, doing nothing, and exhausting the wealth and resources of their allies. And then, if the Senate withheld its approval of the terms, they would have to begin the war all over again, having let the opportunity pass, which, with God’s help, would have enabled them to put a period to the whole war. Such was the speech of king Eumenes. Lucius Aemilius accepted the advice, and answered the envoys of Antiochus that the peace could not possibly be made until the Proconsul arrived. On hearing this Antiochus immediately began devastating the territory of Elaea; and subsequently, while Seleucus remained in occupation of that district, Antiochus continued his march through the country as far as the plain of Thebe, and having there entered upon an exceedingly fertile and wealthy district, he gorged his army with spoil of every description. . . .
21.11On his arrival at Sardis after this expedition, Antiochus at once sent to Prusias to urge him to an alliance. Now in former times Prusias had by no means been disinclined to join Antiochus, because he was much alarmed lest the Romans should cross over to Asia for the purpose of putting down all crowned heads. But the perusal of a letter received from Lucius and Publius Scipio had served to a great extent to relieve his anxiety, and give him a tolerably correct forecast of the result of the war. For the Scipios had put the case with great clearness in their letter, and had supported their assertions by numerous proofs. They entered not only upon a defence of the policy adopted by themselves, but of that also of the Roman people generally; by which they showed that, so far from depriving any of the existing kings of their sovereignties, they had themselves been the authors in some cases of their establishment, in others of the extension of their powers and the large increase of their dominions. To prove this they quoted the instances of Andobales and Colichas in Iberia, of Massanissa in Libya, and of Pleuratus in Illyria, all of whom they said they had raised from petty and insignificant princes to the position of undisputed royalty. They further mentioned the cases of Philip and Nabis in Greece. As to Philip, they had conquered him in war and reduced him to the necessity of giving hostages and paying tribute: yet, after receiving a slight proof of his good disposition, they had restored his son and the young men who were hostages with him, had remitted the tribute, and given him back several of the towns that had been taken in the course of war. While as for Nabis, though they might have utterly destroyed him, they had not done so, but had spared him, tyrant as he was, on receiving the usual security for his good faith. With these facts before his eyes they urged Prusias in their letter not to be in any fear for his kingdom, but to adopt the Roman alliance without misgiving, for he would never have reason to regret his choice. This letter worked an entire change in the feelings of Prusias; and when, besides, Caius Livius and the other legates arrived at his court, after conversation with them, he entirely relinquished all ideas of looking for support from Antiochus. Foiled, therefore, of hope in this quarter, Antiochus retired to Ephesus: and being convinced on reflection that the only way of preventing the transport of the enemy’s army, and in fact of repelling an invasion of Asia at all, was to keep a firm mastery of the sea, he determined to fight a naval battle and leave the issue of the struggle to be decided by his success in that. . . .
21.12When the pirates saw that the Roman fleet was coming they turned and fled. . . .
21.13After sustaining this defeat at sea, Antiochus remained in Sardis, neglecting to avail himself of such opportunities as he had left, and taking no steps whatever to prosecute the war; and when he learnt that the enemy had crossed into Asia he lost all heart, and determined in despair to send an envoy to Lucius and Publius Scipio to treat of peace. He selected Heracleides of Byzantium for this purpose, and despatched him with instructions to offer to surrender the territories of Lampsacus and Smyrna as well as Alexandria (Troas), which were the original cause of the war, and any other cities in Aeolis and Ionia of which they might wish to deprive him, as having embraced their side in the war; and in addition to this to promise an indemnity of half the expenses they had incurred in their quarrel with him. Such were the offers which the envoy was instructed to make in his public audience; but, besides these, there were others to be committed to Publius Scipio’s private ear, of which I will speak in detail later on. On his arrival at the Hellespont the envoy found the Romans still occupying the camp which they had constructed immediately after crossing. At first he was much cheered by this fact, for he thought it would materially aid his negotiation that the enemy were exactly where they were at first, and had not as yet taken any further action. But when he learnt that Publius Scipio was still on the other side of the water he was much disturbed, because the turn which his negotiations were to take depended principally on Scipio’s view of the matter. The reason of the army being still in their first camp, and of Publius Scipio’s absence from the army, was that he was one of the Salii. These are, as I have before stated, one of the three colleges of priests by whom the most important sacrifices to the gods are offered at Rome. And it is the law that, at the time of these sacrifices, they must not quit the spot for thirty days in which it happens to find them. This was the case at the present time with Publius Scipio; for just as the army was on the point of crossing this season arrived, and prevented him from changing his place of abode. Thus it came about that he was separated from the legions and remained in Europe, while, though the army crossed, it remained encamped, and could take no further step, because they were waiting for him.
21.14However, Publius arrived a few days afterwards, and Heracleides being summoned to attend the Council, delivered the message with which he was charged, announcing that Antiochus abandoned Lampsacus, Smyrna, and Alexandria; and also all such towns in Aeolis and Ionia as had sided with Rome; and that he offered, further, an indemnity of half their expenses in the present war. He added many arguments besides, urging the Romans Not to tempt fortune too far, as they were but men; nor to extend their empire indefinitely, but rather to keep it within limits, if possible those of Europe,—for even then they would have an enormous and unprecedented dominion, such as no nation before them had attained;—but if they were determined at all hazards to grasp parts of Asia also, let them say definitely what parts those were, for the king would go to the utmost stretch of his power to meet their wishes. After the delivery of this speech the council decided that the Consul should answer that It was only fair that Antiochus should pay, not the half, but the whole expense of the war, seeing that he, and not they, had originally begun it; and as to the cities, he must not only liberate those in Aeolis and Ionia, but must surrender his whole dominion on this side of Mount Taurus. On receiving this answer from the council, conveying demands which went far beyond his instructions, the envoy, without answering a word, abstained from a public audience thenceforth, but exerted himself to conciliate Publius Scipio.
21.15Having at length got a suitable opportunity, he disclosed to him the offers with which he was charged. These were that the king would first restore his son without ransom, who had been taken prisoner in the early part of the war; and was prepared, secondly, to pay him any sum of money he might name, and thenceforth share with him the wealth of his kingdom, if he would only support the acceptance of the terms offered by the king. Publius replied that the promise as to his son he accepted, and would feel under an obligation to the king if he fulfilled it; but as to the rest he assured him that the king, among his other delusions, was under a complete mistake as to the course demanded by his own interests. For if he had made these offers while still master of Lysimacheia and the entrance into the Chersonese, he would at once have got what he asked: and so too, even after evacuating these places, if he had appeared with his army at the Hellespont and shown that he meant to prevent our crossing, and then had sent his envoys, he might even thus have obtained his demands. But when he comes with his proposals of equitable terms, after allowing our troops to set foot in Asia, and having so not only submitted to the bridle, but allowed the rider to mount, he must expect to fail and be disappointed of his hopes. Therefore, I advise him to adopt wiser measures, and look at the facts in their true light. In return for his promise in regard to my son, I will give him a hint which is well worth the favour he offers me: make any concession, do anything, rather than fight with the Romans. With this answer Heracleides returned and told the king everything. And Antiochus, considering that no severer terms could be imposed on him if he were beaten in the field, abandoned all idea of negotiation, and began making preparations of all sorts and in every direction for the battle. . . .
21.16After the victory the Romans took Sardis and its Acropolis, and there they were visited by Musaeus bringing a message from Antiochus. Being politely received by the Scipios, he announced that Antiochus wished to send envoys to treat on the terms of peace, and therefore desired that a safe conduct should be given them. This was granted and the herald returned; and some days after, Zeuxis, formerly Satrap of Lydia, and Antipater, his nephew, came as ambassadors from king Antiochus. Their first anxiety was to meet king Eumenes, because they feared that his old quarrel would cause him to be only too ready to do them a bad turn. But when they found him, contrary to their expectation, disposed to moderate and gentle methods, they at once addressed themselves to meeting the council. Being summoned to attend it they made a lengthy speech, among other things exhorting the Romans to use their victory with mildness and generosity; and alleging that such a course was still more to the interest of the Romans than of Antiochus, since Fortune had committed to them the empire and lordship of the world. Finally, they asked What they were to do to obtain peace and the friendship of Rome? The members of the council had already in a previous sitting discussed and agreed upon this point, and now bade Publius Scipio deliver their decision.
21.17Scipio began by saying that victory never made the Romans more severe than before, and accordingly the envoys would receive the same answer as they had previously received when they came to the Hellespont before the battle. They must evacuate Europe and all Asia this side Taurus: must pay the Romans fifteen thousand Euboic talents as an indemnity for the expenses of the war, five hundred at once, two thousand five hundred on the ratification of the treaty by the people, and the rest in twelve yearly instalments of a thousand talents. Further, Antiochus must pay Eumenes the four hundred talents owing to him, and the balance of the corn due in accordance with the treaty made with his father Attalus. He must at the same time deliver Hannibal the Carthaginian, Thoas the Aetolian, Mnasilochus the Acarnanian, and Philo and Eubulides the Chalcidians. As security for the fulfilment of these terms, Antiochus must at once give twenty hostages named in the treaty. Such was the decision announced by Publius Scipio in the name of the whole Council. Antipater and Zeuxis having expressed their consent to them, it was agreed by all to send envoys to Rome to appeal to the Senate and people to confirm the treaty. The ambassadors of Antiochus departed with this understanding: and during the following days the Roman commanders divided their forces into their winter quarters; and when some few days later the hostages arrived, both Eumenes and the envoys of Antiochus started on their voyage to Rome. Nor were they alone in their mission; for Rhodes also, and Smyrna, and nearly all the nations and states on this side Taurus sent ambassadors to Rome. . . .
21.18At the beginning of the summer following the victory of the Romans over Antiochus, the ambassadors of that king, and those from Rhodes, as well as from the other states arrived in Rome. For, as I said, nearly all the states in Asia began sending envoys to Rome immediately after the battle, because the hopes of all as to their future position rested at that time on the Senate. All who arrived were graciously received by the Senate; but the most imposing reception was that accorded to king Eumenes, both in the complimentary processions sent out to meet him and the arrangements made for his entertainment; and next in cordiality to his reception was that given to the Rhodians. When the time for the audiences came, they first called in the king and bade him say freely what he wished to obtain at the hands of the Senate. But Eumenes at first evaded the task by saying: If I had been desirous of obtaining any favour from others, I should have looked to the Romans for advice, that I might neither desire anything that was wrong nor ask anything unfair; but seeing that I am here to prefer my request to the Romans themselves, I think it better to leave the interests of myself and my brothers unreservedly in their hands. And though one of the Senators rose and begged him to have no apprehension, but to speak his mind, he still adhered to this view. And so after a certain time had elapsed the king withdrew; and the Senate, remaining in the curia, debated what was to be done. Eventually it was decreed to call upon Eumenes to declare with his own mouth the objects of his visit without reserve, on the ground that he knew best what his own kingdom required, and what was the state of things in Asia. He was then called in; and, one of the Senators having informed him of the vote, he was compelled to speak on the business.
Book 21, Part 3
21.19He said therefore that He would not say another word on his own concerns, but would adhere strictly to his resolution of leaving the decision as to them entirely in the hands of the Romans. But there was one subject on which he felt anxiety, namely, the policy of Rhodes; and it was this that induced him to address the Senate on the present occasion. These Rhodians had come to Rome to further the interests of their own country, and their own prosperity, quite as much as he had come to promote those of his own kingdom at that moment; but their professions were entirely at variance with their real purpose. And it was easy to satisfy one’s self of this: for, when they enter the Senate house, they will say that they come neither to ask anything for themselves nor to thwart Eumenes in any way whatever; but are ambassadors for the liberty of the Greek inhabitants of Asia. to secure this, they will say, is not so much a favour to themselves as an act incumbent on the Romans, and in consonance with their former achievements. Such will be their specious professions; but the real truth of the case will be wholly different. For if these cities are once set free, the result will be that their dominion will be many times increased, while his own would be in a manner entirely broken up. For the attractive name of liberty and autonomy would draw from his rule not only the cities to be freed at present, but those also which had been under his rule from of old, directly it is made apparent that the Senate has adopted that policy, and would add them to the dominion of Rhodes. That was the natural course for things to take. Imagining that they owed their freedom to Rhodes, those cities would become in name its allies, but in reality entirely subservient, owing to the heavy obligation under which they will find themselves. He begged the Senators, therefore, to be on their guard on that point: lest they should find that they had unwittingly aggrandised one friendly nation too much, and disproportionately weakened another; or even that they were benefiting men who had once been their foes, to the neglect and contempt of their genuine friends.
21.20For myself, he continued, though in every other point I would yield, if it were necessary, to my neighbours, yet in the matter of your friendship and of my goodwill towards you I will never, if I can help it, yield to any one alive. And I think that my father, if he had been living, would have said the same: for as he was the first to become your friend and ally, so of all the inhabitants of Asia and Greece he was the most nobly loyal to you to the last day of his life, not only in heart but in deed. For he took his part in all your wars in Greece, and furnished the largest contingents of men and ships of all your allies; contributed the largest share of supplies; and faced the most serious dangers: and to sum up all, ended his life actually engaged in the war with Philip, while employed in urging the Boeotians to join your alliance. I, too, when I succeeded to his kingdom, while fully maintaining my father’s views, for it was impossible to do more, have yet gone even beyond him in actual achievements: for the state of the times brought me to a more fiery test than they did him. Antiochus offered me his daughter and a share in his whole kingdom: offered me immediate restoration of all the cities that had been before wrested from me: and finally promised me any price I chose if I would join him in his war with you. But so far from accepting any one of these offers, I joined you in your struggle against Antiochus with the largest military and naval contingents of any of your allies; contributed the largest share of supplies at the time of your utmost need; and exposed myself unreservedly to every danger along with your generals. Finally, I submitted to being invested in Pergamos itself, and risked my life as well as my crown in my loyalty to your people.
21.21Therefore, men of Rome, as many of you have been eye-witnesses of the truth of my words, and all of you know it, it is but just that you should have a corresponding regard for my interests. You have made Massanissa king of the greater part of Libya, though he had once been your enemy and at last deserted to your side accompanied only by a few horsemen, only because he kept faith with you in one war: you have raised Pleuratus to the first position among the princes of Illyria, though he had done absolutely nothing for you beyond keeping loyal; it would be the height of inconsistency if you should neglect me and my family, who from generation to generation have co-operated in your most important and glorious undertakings. What is it, then, that I am asking you to do, and what do I claim at your hands? I will tell you openly, since you have called upon me to speak my mind to you. If you decide, then, to continue holding certain parts of Asia which are on this side Taurus, and were formerly subject to Antiochus, that is what I should wish to see best of all: for I consider that the security of my realm would best be secured by having you for neighbours, and especially by my sharing in your prestige. But if you decide not to do this, but to evacuate Asia entirely, there is no one to whom you may with greater justice surrender the prizes you have won in the field than to me. But it may be said, it is a more honourable thing still to set the enslaved free. Yes! if they had not ventured to join Antiochus in the war against you. But since they had the hardihood to do so, it is a much more honourable course to make a proper return to your sincere friends, than to benefit those who have shown themselves your enemies.
21.22After the delivery of this effective speech Eumenes retired. The Senate received both the king himself and the speech with every mark of favour, and were enthusiastic for doing everything in their power to gratify him. They wished to call in the Rhodians next after him; but one of the Rhodian ambassadors not being there in time, they called in those from Smyrna, who delivered a long disquisition on the goodwill and zeal which they had displayed towards Rome during the late war. But as there are no two opinions about the fact of their having been, of all the autonomous states in Asia, the most strenuous in the cause, I do not think it necessary to set forth their speech in detail.
21.22But next to them came in the Rhodians: who, after a short preamble as to their services to the Romans, quickly came to the discussion of the position of their own country. They said that It was a very great embarrassment to them, in the discharge of their ambassadorial duties, to find themselves placed by the necessities of the case in opposition to a sovereign with whom their public and private relations were of the most friendly description. It was the opinion of their countrymen that the most honourable course, and the one which above all others would redound to the credit of Rome, was, that the Greeks in Asia should be set free, and should recover that possession dearest to all mankind—autonomy: but this was the last thing to suit Eumenes and his brothers. It was the nature of monarchy to hate equality, and to endeavour to have everybody, or at least as many as possible, subject and obedient. But though that was the case now, still they felt convinced that they should gain their object, not because they had greater influence with the Romans than Eumenes, but because they would be shown to be suggesting a course more just in itself and more indisputably advantageous to all concerned. If, indeed, the only way the Romans could requite Eumenes was by handing over to him the autonomous towns, they might reasonably be at a loss to determine what to do; for they would have had to decide between neglecting a sincere friend and disregarding their own honour and duty, and thus entirely obscuring and degrading the glory of their great achievements. But if, on the other hand, it were possible adequately to consult for both these objects at the same time, who could doubt about the matter any longer? Yet the fact was that, as in a costly banquet, there was enough and to spare for all. Lycaonia, Phrygia on the Hellespont, and Pisidia, the Chersonese also and the districts bordering on it, were at the disposal of the Romans to give to whom they chose; only a few of which added to the kingdom of Eumenes would double its present extent, while if all, or even the great part were assigned to him, it would become second to that of no other prince in Asia.
21.23It was therefore in the power of the Romans to strengthen their friends very materially without destroying the glory of their own policy. For the end which they proposed to themselves in their war was not the same as that of other nations, but widely different. The rest of the world all entered upon war with the view of conquering and seizing cities, wealth, or ships: but heaven had ordained that they should want none of these things, by having put everything in the whole world under their rule. What was it, then, that they had still occasion to wish for, and to take the securest means to obtain? Plainly praise and glory among mankind; which it was difficult indeed to gain, but most difficult of all to preserve when gained. Their war with Philip might show them their meaning. That war they had, as they professed, undertaken with the sole object of liberating Greece; and that was in fact the only prize they gained in it, and no other whatever: yet the glory they got by it was greater than that which the tribute of the Carthaginians had brought them. And justly so: for money is a possession common to all mankind, but honour and praise and glory are attributes of the gods and of those men who approach nearest to them. Therefore, the most glorious of all their achievements was the liberation of Greece; and if they now completed that work their fame would receive its consummation: but if they neglected to do so, even what they had already accomplished would lose its lustre. They finally wound up by saying, As for us, gentlemen, having once deliberately adopted this policy and joined with you in the severest battles and in genuine dangers, we do not now propose to abandon the part of friends; but have not hesitated to say openly what we believe to be for your honour and your interests alike, with no ulterior design whatever, and with a single eye to our duty as the highest earthly object.
21.24This speech of the Rhodians was universally regarded as temperate and fair. The Senate next caused Antipater and Zeuxis, the ambassadors of Antiochus, to be introduced: and on their speaking in a tone of entreaty and supplication, an approval of the agreement made by him with Scipio in Asia was voted. A few days later the people also ratified it, and oaths were accordingly interchanged with Antipater and his colleague. This done, the other ambassadors from Asia were introduced into the Senate: but a very brief hearing was given to each, and the same answer was returned to all; namely, that ten commissioners would be sent to decide on all points of dispute between the cities.The Senate then appointed ten commissioners, to whom they gave the entire settlement of particulars; while as a general principle they decided that of Asia this side Taurus such inhabitants as had been subject to Antiochus were to be assigned to Eumenes, except Lycia and Caria up to the Maeander, which were to belong to the Rhodians; while of the Greek cities, such of them as had been accustomed to pay tribute to Attalus were to pay the same to Eumenes; and only those who had done so to Antiochus were to be relieved of tribute altogether. Having given the ten commissioners these outlines of the general settlement, they sent them out to join the consul, Cnaeus Manlius Vulso, in Asia.
21.24After these arrangements had been completed, the Rhodian envoys came to the Senate again with a request in regard to Soli in Cilicia, alleging that they were called upon by ties of kindred to think of the interests of that city; for the people of Soli were, like the Rhodians, colonists from Argos. Having listened to what they had to say, the Senate invited the attendance of the ambassadors from Antiochus, and at first were inclined to order Antiochus to evacuate the whole of Cilicia; but upon these ambassadors resisting this order, on the ground of its being contrary to the treaty, they once more discussed the case of Soli by itself. The king’s ambassadors still vehemently maintaining their rights, the Senate dismissed them and called in the Rhodians. Having informed them of the opposition raised by Antipater, they added that they were ready to go any length in the matter, if the Rhodians, on a review of the whole case, determined to push their claim. The Rhodian envoys, however, were much gratified by the spirit shown by the Senate, and said that they would ask nothing more.This question, therefore, was left as it was; and just as the ten commissioners and the other ambassadors were on the point of starting, the two Scipios, and Lucius Aemilius, the victor in the sea fight with Antiochus, arrived at Brundisium; and after certain days all three entered Rome in triumph.
21.25Amynandrus, king of the Athamanes, thinking that he had now permanently recovered his kingdom, sent envoys to Rome and to the Scipios in Asia, for they were still in the neighbourhood of Ephesus, partly to excuse himself for having, as it appeared, secured his recall by the help of the Aetolians, but chiefly to entreat that he might be received again into the Roman alliance. But the Aetolians, imagining that they had now a good opportunity of once more annexing Amphilochia and Aperantia, determined on an expedition against those countries; and when Nicander their Strategus had mustered the league army, they invaded Amphilochia. Finding most of the people willing to join them, they advanced into Aperantia; and the Aperantians also willingly yielding to them, they continued their expedition into Dolopia. The Dolopians for a time made a show of resistance, and of keeping loyal to, Philip; but on considering what had happened to the Athamanes, and the check which Philip had received there, they quickly changed their minds and gave in their adhesion to the Aetolians. After this successful issue of his expedition Nicander led his army home, believing that Aetolia was secured by the subjection of these tribes and places, against the possibility of any one injuring its territory. But immediately after these events, and when the Aetolians were still in the full elation of their successes, a report reached them of the battle in Asia, in which they learnt that Antiochus had been utterly defeated. This caused a great revulsion of feeling; and when presently Damoteles came from Rome and announced that a continuation of the war was decreed against them, and that Marcus Fulvius and an army had crossed to attack them, they were reduced to a state of complete despair; and not knowing how to meet the danger which was impending over them, they resolved to send to Rhodes and Athens, begging them to despatch envoys to Rome to intercede in their behalf, and, by softening the anger of the Romans, to find some means of averting the evils that threatened Aetolia. They also sent ambassadors of their own to Rome once more, Alexander, Isius, and Phaeneas, accompanied by Callippus of Ambracia and Lycopus.
21.26Some envoys from Epirus having visited the Roman Consul, he consulted with them as to the best way of attacking the Aetolians. They advised that he should begin by attacking Ambracia, which was at that time a member of the Aetolian league. They gave as their reasons that, if the Aetolians ventured to give battle, the neighbourhood of Ambracia was very favourable for the legions to fight in; and that if, on the other hand, the Aetolians avoided an engagement, the town was an excellent one to besiege; for the district round it would supply abundant timber for the construction of siege artillery; and the river Arachthus, which flowed right under the walls, would be of great use in conveying supplies to the army in the summer season, and serve as a protection to their works. Fulvius thought the advice good, and accordingly marched through Epirus to attack Ambracia. On his arrival there, as the Aetolians did not venture to meet him, he reconnoitred the city, and set vigorously to work on the siege. Meanwhile the Aetolian envoys that had been sent to Rome were caught off Cephallenia by Sibyrtus, son of Petraeus, and brought into Charadrus. The Epirotes first resolved to place these men at Buchetus and keep them under strict guard. But a few days afterwards they demanded a ransom of them on the ground that they were at war with the Aetolians. It happened that one of them, Alexander, was the richest man in Greece, while the others were badly off, and far inferior to Alexander in the amount of their property. At first the Epirotes demanded five talents from each. The others did not absolutely refuse this, but were willing to pay if they could, because they cared above everything to secure their own safety. But Alexander refused to consent, for it seemed a large sum of money, and he lay awake at night bewailing himself at the idea of being obliged to pay five talents. The Epirotes, however, foresaw what would happen, and were extremely alarmed lest the Romans should hear that they had detained men who were on a mission to themselves, and should send a despatch ordering their release; they, therefore, lowered their demand to three talents a-piece. The others gladly accepted the offer, gave security, and departed: but Alexander said that he would not pay more than a talent, and that was too much; and at last, giving up all thought of saving himself, remained in custody, though he was an old man, and possessed property worth more than two hundred talents; and I think he would have died rather than pay the three talents. So extraordinarily strong in some men is the passion for accumulating money. But on this occasion Fortune so favoured his greed, that the result secured all men’s praise and approval for his infatuation. For, a few days afterwards, a despatch arrived from Rome ordering the release of the ambassadors; and, accordingly, he was the only one of them that was set free without ransom. When the Aetolians learnt what had happened to him, they elected Damoteles as their ambassador to Rome; who, however, when as far as Leucas on his voyage, was informed that Marcus Fulvius was marching through Epirus upon Ambracia, and, therefore, gave up the mission as useless, and returned back to Aetolia. . . .
21.27The Aetolians being besieged by the consul Marcus Fulvius, offered a gallant resistance to the assault of the siege artillery and battering rams. Marcus having first strongly secured his camp began the siege on an extensive scale; he opened three separate parallel works across the plain against the Pyrrheium, and a fourth opposite the temple of Asclepius, and a fifth directed against the Acropolis. And the attack being pushed on energetically at all these points at once, the besieged became terribly alarmed at the prospect before them. Still, as the rams vigorously battered the walls, and the long poles with their iron sickles tore off the battlements, they tried to invent machines to baffle them, letting down huge masses of lead and stones and oak logs by means of levers upon the battering rams; and putting iron hooks upon the sickles and hauling them inside the walls, so that the poles to which they were fastened broke against the battlements, and the sickles fell into their hands. Moreover they made frequent sallies, in which they fought with great courage: sometimes making a descent by night upon the pickets quartered at the works, and at others attacking in broad daylight the day-parties of the besiegers: and by these means they managed to protract the siege. . . .
Book 21, Part 4
21.27Nicander was outside the city, and sent five hundred horse into it. They carried the intervening entrenchment of the enemy and forced their way into the town. With these he had fixed on a day on which they were to sally out, and he was to be ready to support them. They accordingly made the sally with great courage and fought gallantly; but either from fear of the danger, or because he conceived that what he was engaged upon at the time could not be neglected, Nicander failed to come up to time, and accordingly the attempt failed. . . .
21.28By assiduously working the battering rams the Romans were always breaking down this or that part of the wall. But yet they could not succeed in storming any of these breaches, because the besieged were energetic in raising counter walls, and the Aetolians fought with determined gallantry on the debris. They, therefore, in despair had recourse to mines and underground tunnels. Having safely secured the central one of their three works, and carefully concealed the shaft with wattle screens, they erected in front of it a covered walk or stoa about two hundred feet long, parallel with the wall; and beginning their digging from that, they carried it on unceasingly day and night, working in relays. For a considerable number of days the besieged did not discover them carrying the earth away through the shaft; but when the heap of earth thus brought out became too high to be concealed from those inside the city, the commanders of the besieged garrison set to work vigorously digging a trench inside, parallel to the wall and to the stoa which faced the towers. When the trench was made to the required depth, they next placed in a row along the side of the trench nearest the wall a number of brazen vessels made very thin; and, as they walked along the bottom of the trench past these, they listened for the noise of the digging outside. Having marked the spot indicated by any of these brazen vessels, which were extraordinarily sensitive and vibrated to the sound outside, they began digging from within, at right angles to the trench, another underground tunnel leading under the wall, so calculated as to exactly hit the enemy’s tunnel. This was soon accomplished, for the Romans had not only brought their mine up to the wall, but had under-pinned a considerable length of it on either side of their mine; and thus the two parties found themselves face to face. At first they conducted this underground fighting with their spears: but as neither side could do much good, because both parties protected themselves with shields and wattles, some one suggested another plan to the defenders. Putting in front of them an earthenware jar, made to the width of the mine, they bored a hole in its bottom, and, inserting an iron funnel of the same length as the depth of the vessel, they filled the jar itself with fine feathers, and putting a little fire in it close to the mouth of the jar, they clapped on an iron lid pierced full of holes. They carried this without accident through the mine with its mouth towards the enemy. When they got near the besiegers they stopped up the space all round the rim of the jar, leaving only two holes on each side through which they thrust spears to prevent the enemy coming near the jar. They then took a pair of bellows such as blacksmiths use, and, having attached them to the orifice of the funnel, they vigorously blew up the fire placed on the feathers near the mouth of the jar, continually withdrawing the funnel in proportion as the feathers became ignited lower down. The plan was successfully executed; the volume of smoke created was very great, and, from the peculiar nature of feathers, exceedingly pungent, and was all carried into the faces of the enemy. The Romans, therefore, found themselves in a very distressing and embarrassing position, as they could neither stop nor endure the smoke in the mines. The siege being thus still further protracted the Aetolian commander determined to send an envoy to the Consul. . . .
21.29About this time the ambassadors from Athens and Rhodes came to the Roman camp for the purpose of furthering, if they could, the conclusion of a peace. The Athamanian king, Amynandrus, also arrived, very eager to relieve the Ambraciots from their miserable position, and having received a safe conduct from Marcus Fulvius in consideration of the urgent nature of the business: For he had a very friendly feeling towards the Ambraciots, from having passed most of the time of his exile in that town. A few days afterwards also some Acarnanians arrived, bringing Damoteles and his fellow envoys. For Marcus Fulvius, having been informed of their misfortunes, had written to the people of Thyreum to bring the men to him. All these various persons, therefore, having assembled, the negotiations for peace were pushed on energetically. For his part, Amynandrus was urgent in his advice to the Ambraciots to save themselves from the destruction which would not be long in coming to them unless they adopted wiser counsels. On his coming again and again up to the wall and conversing with them on this subject, the Ambraciots decided to invite him inside the town. The consul having given the king leave to enter the walls, he went in and discussed the situation with the inhabitants. Meanwhile the Athenian and Rhodian envoys got hold oof the consul and tried by ingenious arguments to mollify his anger. Some one also suggested to Damoteles and Phaeneas to apply to Caius Valerius and endeavour to win him over. He was the son of that Marcus Valerius Laevinus who made the first alliance with the Aetolians; and half brother, by the mother’s side, of the consul Marcus Fulvius, and being a young man of vigorous character enjoyed the greatest confidence of the consul. Being appealed to by Damoteles, and thinking that in a way he had a family interest in the matter, and was bound to undertake the patronage of the Aetolians, he exerted himself with the greatest zeal and enthusiasm to rescue that people from their perilous position. The matter then being vigorously pushed forward on all sides at once was at length accomplished. For the Ambraciots, by the persuasion of the king, surrendered to the consul unreservedly as far as they themselves were concerned, and gave up the town, on the one condition that the Aetolian garrison should march out under truce. This primary exception they made that they might keep faith with their allies.
21.30So the consul agreed to grant the Aetolians peace on condition of receiving two hundred Euboic talents down, and three hundred in six yearly instalments of fifty: of the restoration to the Romans of all prisoners and deserters within six months without ransom: of their retaining no city in their league, nor thenceforth admitting any fresh one, of such as had been captured by the Romans, or had voluntarily embraced their friendship since Titus Quinctius crossed into Greece: the Cephallenians not to be included in these terms.
21.30Such was the sketch in outline of the main points of the treaty. But it required first the consent of the Aetolians, and then to be referred to Rome: and meanwhile the Athenian and Rhodian envoys remained where they were, waiting for the decision of the Aetolians. On being informed by Damoteles and his colleagues on their return of the nature of the terms that had been granted them, the Aetolians consented to the general principle—for they were in fact much better than they had expected,—but in regard to the towns formerly included in their league they hesitated for some time; finally, however, they acquiesced. Marcus Fulvius accordingly took over Ambracia, and allowed the Aetolian garrison to depart under terms; but removed from the town the statues and pictures, of which there was a great number, owing to the fact of Ambracia having been a royal residence of Pyrrhus. He was also presented with a crown weighing one hundred and fifty talents. After this settlement of affairs he directed his march into the interior of Aetolia, feeling surprised at meeting with no communication from the Aetolians. But on arriving at Amphilochian Argos, a hundred and eighty stades from Ambracia, he pitched his camp; and being there met by Damoteles and his colleagues with the information that the Aetolians had resolved to ratify the treaty which they had concluded, they went their several ways, the Aetolians back to their own country, and Marcus to Ambracia, where he busied himself about getting his army across to Cephallenia; while the Aetolians appointed Phaeneas and Nicander ambassadors to go to Rome about the peace: for not a single line of the above treaty held good until ratified by the Roman people.
21.31While these envoys, accompanied by those from Rhodes and Athens, were on their voyage with this object, Marcus Fulvius sent Caius Valerius also, and some others of his friends to Rome to secure the ratification of the treaty. But when they arrived at Rome they found that a fresh cause of anger with the Aetolians had arisen by the instrumentality of king Philip; who, looking upon himself as wronged by the Aetolians having taken Athamania and Dolopia from him, had sent to some of his friends at Rome, urging them to share his displeasure and secure the rejection of the pacification. Accordingly, on the first arrival of the Aetolians, the Senate would not listen to them; but afterwards, at the intercession of the Rhodians and Athenians, changed its mind and consented to their request: for Damis, besides other excellences displayed in his speech, was thought to have introduced a very apt simile, extremely applicable to the case in hand. He said The Romans had good cause for anger with the Aetolians; for, instead of being grateful for the many kindnesses received at their hands, they had brought the Roman Empire into great danger by causing the war with Antiochus to break out. But the Senate were wrong in one point, namely in directing their anger against the masses. For in states the common people were like the sea, which left to its own nature was ever calm and unmoved, and not in the least likely ever to trouble any of those who approached or used it; but directly violent winds blew upon and disturbed it, and forced it against its nature to become agitated, then indeed nothing could be more dreadful or formidable than the sea. This was just the case with the Aetolians. As long as they were left to themselves, no people in Greece were more loyal to you or more staunch in supporting your active measures. But when Thoas and Dicaearchus brought a storm from Asia, and Mnestas and Damocritus from Europe, and, disturbing the calm of the Aetolian masses, compelled them to become reckless of what they said or did,—then indeed their good disposition gave way to bad, and while intending to do mischief to you they really inflicted damage upon themselves. It is against these mischief-makers therefore that you should be implacable; while you should take pity on the masses and make peace with them: with the assurance that, if once more left to themselves, with the additional feeling of having owed their safety on the present occasion to you, their attachment to you will be the warmest in Greece.
21.32By these arguments the Athenian envoy persuaded the Senate to make peace with the Aetolians. The decree therefore having been passed and confirmed by a vote of the people, the treaty was formally ratified, of which the text was as follows: The people of the Aetolians shall in good faith maintain the empire and majesty of the people of Rome.
21.32They shall not allow hostile forces to pass through their territory or cities against the Romans, their allies or friends; nor grant them any supplies from the public fund.
21.32They shall have the same enemies as the people of Rome; and if the Roman people go to war with any, the Aetolian people shall do so also.
21.32The Aetolians shall surrender to the praefectus in Corcyra, within a hundred days from the completion of the treaty, runaway slaves, and prisoners of the Romans and their allies, except such as having been taken during the war have returned to their own land and been subsequently captured; and except such as were in arms against Rome during the time that the Aetolians were fighting on the side of the Romans.
21.32If there should be any not found within that time, they shall hand them over as soon as they are forthcoming, without deceit or fraud. And such persons, after the completion of the treaty, shall not be allowed to return to Aetolia.
Book 21, Part 5
21.32The Aetolians shall pay the consul in Greece at once two hundred Euboic talents of silver, of a standard not inferior to the Attic. In place of one third of this silver, they may, if they so choose, pay gold, at the rate of a mina of gold to ten minae of silver. They shall pay the money in the six years next following the completion of the treaty in yearly instalments of fifty talents; and shall deliver the money in Rome.
21.32The Aetolians shall give the Consul forty hostages, not less than ten or more than forty years old, to remain for the six years; they shall be selected by the Romans freely, excepting only the Strategus, Hipparch, public secretary, and such as have already been hostages at Rome.
21.32The Aetolians shall deliver such hostages in Rome; and if any one of them die, they shall give another in his place.
21.32Cephallenia shall not be included in this treaty.
21.32Of such territories, cities, and men as once belonged to the Aetolians, and, in the consulship of Titus Quinctius and Cnaeus Domitius, or subsequently, were either captured by the Roman or voluntarily embraced their friendship, the Aetolians shall not annex any, whether city or men therein.
21.32The city and territory of Oeniadae shall belong to the Acarnanians.
21.32The treaty having been solemnly sworn, peace was concluded, and the war in Aetolia, as is in the rest of Greece, thus came to an end. . . .
21.33While the negotiations for peace with Antiochus, and for the settlement of Asia generally were going on at Rome, and the Aetolian war was being fought in Greece, it happened that another war in Asia, that, namely, against the Gauls, was brought to a conclusion, the account of which I am now about to give. . . .
21.34Moagĕtes was Tyrant of Cibyra, a cruel and crafty man, whose career deserves somewhat more than a passing reference. . . .
21.34When Cnaeus Manlius was approaching Cibyra and had sent Helvius to find out the intentions of Moagĕtes, the latter begged him by ambassadors not to damage the country, because he was a friend of Rome, and ready to do anything that was required of him; and, at the same time, he offered Helvius a compliment of fifteen talents. In answer to this, Helvius said that he would refrain from damaging the territory; but that as to the general question Moagĕtes must communicate with the Consul, for he was close behind with his army. Moagĕtes accordingly sent ambassadors to Cnaeus, his own brother being one of them. When the Consul met them in the road, he addressed them in threatening and reproachful terms, asserting that Not only had Moagĕtes shown himself the most determined enemy of Rome, of all the princes in Asia, but had done his very best to overthrow their empire, and deserved punishment rather than friendship. Terrified by this display of anger, the ambassadors abstained from delivering the rest of the message with which they were charged, and merely begged him to have an interview with Moagĕtes: and when Cnaeus consented they returned to Cibyra. Next morning the Tyrant came out of the town accompanied by his friends, displaying his humility by a mean dress and absence of all pomp; and, in conducting his defence, descanted in melancholy terms on his own helplessness and the poverty of the towns under his rule (which consisted of Cibyra, Syleium, and the town in the Marsh), and entreated Cnaeus to accept the fifteen talents. Astonished at his assurance, Cnaeus made no answer, except that, If he did not pay five hundred talents, and be thankful that he was allowed to do so, he would not loot the country, but he would storm and sack the city. In abject terror Moagĕtes begged him not to do anything of the sort; and kept adding to his offer little by little, until at last he persuaded Cnaeus to take one hundred talents, and one thousand medimni of corn, and admit him to friendship. . . .
21.35When Cnaeus Manlius was crossing the River Colobatus, ambassadors came to him from the town of Sinda (in Pisidia) begging for help, because the people of Termessus had called in the aid of the people of Philomelus, and had depopulated their territory and sacked their town; and were at that very moment besieging its citadel, into which all the citizens, with wives and children, had retreated. On hearing this, Cnaeus immediately promised them aid with the greatest readiness; and thinking the affair was a stroke of luck for himself, directed his march towards Pamphylia. On his arrival in the neighbourhood of Termessus, he admitted the Termessians to friendship on the payment of fifty talents. He did the same with the Aspendians: and having received the ambassadors of the other towns in Pamphylia, he impressed on them in these interviews the conviction mentioned above, and having relieved the Sindians from their siege, he once more directed his march against the Gauls. . . .
Book 21, Part 6
21.36After taking the town of Cyrmasa (in Pisidia), and a very large booty, Cnaeus Manlius continued his advance. And as he was marching along the marsh, envoys came from Lysinoe, offering an unconditional surrender. After accepting this, Cnaeus entered the territory of Sagalassus, and having driven off a vast quantity of spoil waited to see what the Sagalassians were prepared to do. When their ambassadors arrived he received them; and accepting a compliment of fifty talents, twenty thousand medimni of barley, and twenty thousand of wheat, admitted them to friendship with Rome. . . .
21.37Cnaeus sent envoys to Eposognatus the Gaul, desiring him to send embassies to the kings of the Gauls. Eposognatus in his turn sent envoys to Cnaeus begging him not to move his quarters or attack the Tolistobogian Gauls; and assuring him that he would send embassies to the kings, and propose peace to them, and felt quite certain that he would be able to bring them to a proper view of affairs in all respects. . . .
21.37In the course of his march through the country Cnaeus made a bridge over the River Sangorius, which was extremely deep and difficult to cross. And having encamped on the bank of the river, he was visited by some Galli sent by Attis and Battacus, the priests of the mother of the gods at Pesinus, wearing figures and images on their breasts, and announcing that the goddess promised him victory and power; to whom Cnaeus gave a courteous reception. . . .
21.37When Cnaeus was at the small town of Gordieium, ambassadors came from Eposognatus, announcing that he had been round and talked with the kings of the Gauls, but that they would not consent to make any overtures of friendship whatever; on the contrary, they had collected their children and women on Mount Olympus, and were prepared to give battle. . . .
21.38It chanced that among the prisoners made when the Romans won the victory at Olympus over the Gauls of Asia, was Chiomara, wife of Ortiago. The centurion who had charge of her availed himself of his chance in soldierly fashion, and violated her.
21.38He was a slave indeed both to lust and money: but eventually his love of money got the upper hand; and, on a large sum of gold being agreed to be paid for the woman, he led her off to put her to ransom. There being a river between the two camps, when the Gauls had crossed it, paid the man the money, and received the woman, she ordered one of them by a nod to strike the Roman as he was in the act of taking a polite and affectionate farewell of her. The man obeyed, and cut off the centurion’s head, which she picked up and drove off with, wrapped in the folds of her dress: On reaching her husband she threw the head at his feet; and when he expressed astonishment and said: Wife to keep faith is a good thing, she replied: Yes; but it is a better thing that there should be only one man alive who has lain with me! [Polybius says that he conversed with the woman at Sardis, and was struck with her dignified demeanour and intelligence.] . . .
21.39After the victory over the Gauls at Olympus, when the Romans were encamped at Ancyra, and Cnaeus was on the point of continuing his advance, ambassadors came from the Tectosages asking that Cnaeus would leave his troops in their quarters, and advance himself in the course of the next day into the space between the two camps; and promising that their kings would come to meet him, and discuss the terms of a peace. But when Cnaeus consented, and duly arrived at the appointed place with five hundred horse, the kings did not appear. After his return to the camp, however, the ambassadors came again, and, offering some excuses for the kings, begged him to come once more, as they would send some of their chief men to discuss the whole question. Cnaeus consented; but, without leaving the camp himself, sent Attalus and some tribunes with three hundred horse. The envoys of the Gauls duly appeared and discussed the business: but finally said that it was impossible for them to conclude the matter or ratify anything they agreed upon; but they engaged that the kings would come next day to agree on the terms, and finally settle the treaty, if the Consul would also come to them. Attalus promised that Cnaeus would come, and they separated for that day. But the Gauls were deliberately contriving these postponements, and amusing the Romans, because they wanted to get some part of their families and property beyond the river Halys; and, first of all, to get the Roman Consul into their hands if they could, but if not, at any rate to kill him. With this purpose they watched next day for the coming of the Romans, with a thousand horse ready to fall upon him. When Cnaeus heard the result of Attalus’s interview, believing that the kings would come, he left the camp, attended as usual by five hundred horse. Now it happened that, on the days of the previous interviews, the foraging parties which went out from the Roman camp to fetch wood and hay had gone in the same direction, in order to have the protection of the squadron which went to the parley. A numerous foraging party acted in the same way on this third occasion, and the tribunes ordered them to proceed in the same direction, with the usual number of horsemen to protect them as they advanced. And their being out on this duty proved accidentally to be the salvation of their comrades in the danger which threatened them. . . .
21.40M. Fulvius took the quarter of the town in which was the citadel by a night surprise, and introduced the Romans into the town.
21.41The good and the expedient are seldom compatible, and rare indeed are those who can combine and reconcile them. For as a general rule we all know that the good shuns the principles of immediate profit, and profit those of the good. However, Philopoemen attempted this task, and succeeded in his aim. For it was a good thing to restore the captive exiles to Sparta; and it was an expedient thing to humble the Lacedaemonian state, and to punish those who had served as bodyguards to a tyrant. But seeing clearly that money is ever the support on which every dynasty rests, and having a clear head and the instincts of a ruler, he took measures to prevent the introduction into the town of money from outside. . . .
21.43Meanwhile in Asia the Roman consul Cnaeus Manlius wintered at Ephesus, in the last year of this Olympiad, and was there visited by embassies from the Greek cities in Asia and many others, bringing complimentary crowns to him for his victories over the Gauls. For the entire inhabitants of Asia this side Taurus were not so much rejoiced at the prospect given them by Antiochus’s defeat of being relieved from tribute, garrisons, or other royal exactions, as at the removal of all fear of the barbarians, and at their escape from their insolence and lawlessness. Among the rest Musaeus came from Antiochus, and some envoys from the Gauls, desiring to ascertain the terms upon which friendship would be granted them; and also from Ariarathes, the king of Cappadocia. For this latter prince, having attached himself to the fortunes of Antiochus, and having taken part in his battle with the Romans, had become alarmed and dismayed for his own fate, and therefore was endeavouring by frequent embassies to ascertain what he would have to pay or do to get pardon for his error. The Consul complimented the ambassadors from the cities, and dismissed them after a very favourable reception; but he replied to the Gauls that he would not make a treaty with them until king Eumenes, whom he expected, had arrived. To the envoys from Ariarathes he said that they might have peace on the payment of six hundred talents. With the ambassador of Antiochus he arranged that he would come with his army to the frontier of Pamphylia, to receive the two thousand five hundred talents, and the corn with which the king had undertaken to furnish the Roman soldiers before his treaty with Lucius Scipio. This business being thus settled, he solemnly purified his army; and, as the season for military operations was now beginning, he broke up his quarters, and, taking Attalus with him, arrived at Apameia in eight days’ march, and remained there three days. On the fourth he continued his advance; and, pushing on at great speed, arrived on the third day at the rendezvous with Antiochus, and there pitched his camp. Here he was visited by Musaeus, who begged him to wait, as the carts and cattle that were bringing the corn and money were late. He consented to wait: and, when the supply arrived, he distributed the corn among the soldiers, and handed over the money to one of his tribunes, with orders to convey it to Apameia.
21.44He himself started in full force for Perga, where he heard that a commander of a garrison placed in that town by Antiochus had neither left it himself nor withdrawn his garrison. When he came within a short distance of the place he was met by the captain of the garrison, who begged Cnaeus not to condemn him unheard. He had received the city from Antiochus in trust, and was holding it until he should be instructed what to do by the sovereign who had entrusted it to him. And he therefore begged for thirty days’ respite, to enable him to send and ask the king for instructions. Observing that Antiochus was behaving straightforwardly in other particulars, Cnaeus consented to allow him to send and ask the king the question. After some days the officer accordingly received an answer, and surrendered the city.
Book 21, Part 7
21.44About this time, just at the beginning of summer, the ten commissioners and king Eumenes arrived by sea at Ephesus; and, after giving themselves two days to recover from the voyage, proceeded up the country to Apameia. When their arrival was known to Cnaeus Manlius, he sent his brother Lucius with four thousand men to Oroanda (in Pisidia), as a forcible hint that they must pay the money owing, in accordance with the terms agreed on; while he himself marched his army at full speed to meet Eumenes and the commissioners. On his arrival he found the king and the ten commissioners, and immediately held a consultation with them on the measures to be taken. The first resolution come to was to confirm the sworn agreement and treaty with Antiochus, about which I need say no more, beyond giving the actual text of the treaty, which was as follows:—
21.45There shall be perpetual peace between Antiochus and the Romans if he fulfils the provisions of the treaty.
21.45Neither Antiochus nor any subject to him shall allow any to pass through their territories to attack the Romans or their allies, nor supply them with aught. Neither shall the Romans or their allies do the like for those attacking Antiochus or those subject to him.
21.45Antiochus shall not wage war upon the Islanders or the dwellers in Europe.
21.45He shall evacuate all cities and territory (this side Taurus). His soldiers shall take nothing out with them except the arms they are carrying. If they chance to have taken anything away they shall restore it to the same cities.
21.45He shall receive neither soldiers nor other men from the territory of king Eumenes.
21.45If there be any men in the army of Antiochus coming from any of the cities taken over by the Romans, he shall deliver them up at Apameia.
21.45If there be any from the kingdom of Antiochus with the Romans or their allies, they may remain or depart as they choose.
21.45Antiochus and those subject to him shall give back the slaves, captives, and deserters of the Romans or their allies and any captive received from any quarter. Antiochus shall give up, if it be within his power so to do, Hannibal, son of Hamilcar, the Carthaginian, Mnesilochus the Acarnanian, Thoas the Aetolian, Euboulidas and Philo the Chalcidians, and such of the Aetolians as have held national offices.
21.45Antiochus shall give up all his elephants, and shall have none henceforth.
21.45Anitiochus shall surrender his ships of war, their tackle, and fittings, and henceforth have only ten decked ships. He shall not have a vessel rowed by thirty oars, [or by less] for purposes of war begun by himself.
Book 21, Part 8
21.45He shall not sail west of the river Calycadnus and the promontory of Sarpedon, except to convey tribute or ambassadors or hostages.
21.45It shall not be lawful for Antiochus to enlist soldiers or receive exiles from the territory subject to Rome.
21.45Such houses as belonged to the Rhodians or their allies, in the territory subject to Antiochus, shall continue to belong to the Rhodians as before the war: any money owed to them shall still be recoverable: and any property left behind by them, if sought for, shall be restored.
21.45The Rhodians shall, as before the war, be free from tribute.
21.45If Antiochus has given any of the towns to others which he is bound to restore, he shall remove from them also his garrisons and men. And if any shall wish hereafter to desert to him, he shall not receive them.
21.45Antiochus shall pay to the Romans ten thousand talents, in ten yearly instalments, of the best Attic silver, each talent to weigh not less than eighty Roman pounds, and ninety thousand medemni of corn.
21.45Antiochus shall pay to king Eumenes three hundred and fifty talents in the five years next following, in yearly instalments of seventy talents; and in lieu of the corn, according to the valuation of Antiochus himself, one hundred and twenty-seven talents, two hundred and eight drachmae, which sum Eumenes has consented to accept as satisfying his claims.
21.45Antiochus shall give twenty hostages, not less than eighteen nor more than forty-five years old, and change them every three years.
21.45If there be in any year a deficit in the instalment paid, Antiochus shall make it good in the next year.
21.45If any of the cities or nations, against whom it has been hereby provided that Antiochus should not make war, should commence war against him, it shall be lawful for Antiochus to war with them; but of such nations and cities he shall not have sovereignty nor attach them as friends to himself.
21.45Such complaints as arise between the parties to this treaty shall be referred to arbitration.
Book 21, Part 9
21.45If both parties agree in wishing anything to be added to or taken from this treaty, it shall be lawful so to do.
21.46Immediately after this treaty had been solemnly sworn to, the proconsul Cnaeus sent Quintus Minucius Thermus and his brother Lucius, who had just brought the money from Oroanda to Syria, with orders to receive the oath from the king, and confirm the several clauses of the treaty. And to Quintus Fabius Labeo, who was in command of the fleet, he sent a despatch ordering him to sail back to Patara, and take over and burn the ships there. . . .
21.47The proconsul Cnaeus Manlius made Ariarathes a friend of Rome on receipt of three hundred talents. . . .
21.48At Apameia the Proconsul and the ten commissioners, after listening to all who appealed to them, assigned in the case of disputed claims to territory, money, or anything else, certain cities in which the parties might have their claims settled by arbitration. The general scheme which they drew out was as follows: Those of the autonomous cities which, having formerly paid tribute to Antiochus, had remained faithful to Rome, they relieved from tribute altogether. Those that had been tributary to Attalus they ordered to pay the same tribute to his successor Eumenes. Such as had abandoned the Roman friendship and joined Antiochus in the war, they ordered to pay Eumenes the amount of tribute imposed on them by Antiochus. The people of Colophon, Notium, Cymae, and Mylae, they freed from tribute. To the Clazomenians, besides this relief, they gave the Island Drymussa. To the Ephesians they restored the sacred district which they had been obliged by the enemy to evacuate. . . . To the people of Chios, Smyrna, and Erythrae, besides other marks of honour, they assigned the territory which they severally expressed a wish to have at the time, and alleged was their right, from regard for their loyalty and zeal which they had shown to Rome during the war. To the Phocaeans they restored their ancestral city and the territory which they possessed of old. They next transacted business with the Rhodians, giving them Lycia and Caria up to the river Maeander, except Telmissus. As to king Eumenes and his brothers, not content with the liberal provision made for them in their treaty with Antiochus, they now assigned him in addition the Chersonese, Lysimacheia, and the castles on the borders of these districts, and such country as had been subject to Antiochus in Europe; and in Asia, Phrygia on the Hellespont, Great Phrygia, so much of Mysia as he had before subjugated, Lycaonia, Milyas, Lydia, Tralles, Ephesus, and Telmissus: all these they gave to Eumenes. As to Pamphylia, Eumenes alleged that it was on this side Taurus, the ambassadors of Antiochus on the other; and the commissioners feeling unable to decide, referred the question to the Senate. Having thus decided the largest number and most important of the matters brought before them, they started on the road towards the Hellespont, intending on their journey to still further secure the settlement arrived at with the Gauls. . . .
Book 22, Part 1
22.3AFTER the execution of the men at Compasium, some of the, Lacedaemonians, incensed at what had been done, and believing that the power and authority of the Romans had been set at naught by Philopoemen, went to Rome and accused Philopoemen and his proceedings; and finally obtained a letter addressed to the Achaeans from Marcus Lepidus, the consul of the year, and afterwards Pontifex Maximus, in which he told the Achaeans that they had not acted equitably in the matters of the Lacedaemonians. At the same time as this mission from Sparta, Philopoemen also appointed Nicodemus of Elis and others to go on an embassy to Rome.
22.3Just at that time Demetrius of Athens came on a mission from Ptolemy, to renew the existing alliance between the king and the Achaean league. This was eagerly accepted, and my father, Lycortas, and Theodoridas, and Rositeles of Sicyon were appointed ambassadors to take the oaths on behalf of the Achaeans, and receive those of the king. And on that occasion a circumstance occurred, which, though not important perhaps, is still worth recording. After the completion of this renewal of alliance on behalf of the Achaeans, Philopoemen entertained the ambassador; and in the course of the banquet the ambassador introduced the king’s name, and said a great deal in his praise, quoting anecdotes of his skill and boldness in hunting, as well as his excellence in riding and the use of arms; and ended by quoting, as a proof of what he said, that the king on horseback once transfixed a bull with a javelin. . . .
22.4In Boeotia, after the formation of the treaty between Rome and Antiochus, the hopes of the whole revolutionary party were destroyed. Politics therefore began to assume a new aspect; and whereas the administration of justice among them had been postponed for nearly the last twenty years, voices began to make themselves heard in the cities to the effect that there ought to be an end and settlement of their mutual disputes. But after considerable controversy on this point, because the discontented were more numerous than the wealthy, the following circumstance occurred which helped accidently to support the party of order. Titus Flamininus had for some time past been zealously working in Rome to secure the restoration of Zeuxippus to Boeotia, because he had found him serviceable on many occasions during the wars with Antiochus and Philip. And just at this time he had induced the Senate to send a despatch to the Boeotians ordering them to recall Zeuxippus and his fellow exiles. When this despatch arrived, the Boeotians, fearing that, if these men were restored, they would become detached from their good understanding with Macedonia, determined that the legal sentence upon Zeuxippus and the rest should be publicly proclaimed, which they had formerly drawn up against them. Thus they condemned them on two charges, first, of sacrilege for having stripped off the silver from the plated table of Zeus, and, secondly, of murder for having killed Brachylles. Having made this arrangement, they assumed that they need pay no further attention to the despatch of the Senate, but contented themselves with sending Callicritus and others to Rome with the message that they were unable to rescind what had been settled by their laws. Zeuxippus having sent an embassy to the Senate at the same time, the Romans wrote to the Aetolians and Achaeans an account of the attitude assumed by the Boeotians, and ordered them to restore Zeuxippus to his country. The Achaeans refrained from invading the country with an army, but selected some ambassadors to go and persuade the Boeotians to obey the orders from Rome; and also to settle the legal disputes existing between them and the Achaeans, on the same principles as they conducted the administration of justice at home: for it happened that there were some controversies between the two nations that had been dragging on for a long time. On receiving this message the Boeotians, whose Strategus was then Hippias, promised at the moment that they would do what was demanded of them, but shortly afterwards neglected it at every point. Therefore, when Hippias had laid down his office and Alcetas had succeeded him, Philopoemen gave all who chose license to make reprisals on the territories of the Boeotians; which proved the beginning of a serious quarrel between the two nations. For on the cattle of Myrrichus and Simon being driven off, and a struggle arising over this transaction, the contest soon ceased to be political, and became the beginning and prelude of open war. If indeed the Senate had persisted in carrying out the restoration of Zeuxippus, war would quickly have been kindled; but as it maintained silence on the subject, the Megareans were induced by an embassy proposing terms to stop the reprisals. . . .
Book 22, Part 2
22.5A quarrel arose between the Lycians and Rhodians from the following causes. When the ten commissioners were employed in the settlement of Asia, they were visited by Theaetetus and Philophron on a mission from Rhodes, demanding that Lycia and Caria should be given to them in return for the goodwill and zeal displayed by them in the war with Antiochus. At the same time Hipparchus and Satyrus came from Ilium begging, on the ground of their kindred with the Lycians, that the latter should receive pardon for their transgressions. The commissioners listened to these pleadings, and tried to do what they could to satisfy both. For the sake of the people of Ilium, they inflicted no severity on the Lycians, but gratified the Rhodians by presenting them with the sovereignty over that people. This decision was the origin of a serious division and controversy between the Lycians and Rhodians. For the envoys of Ilium visited the Lycian cities, giving out that they had succeeded in pacifying the Roman anger, and that they owed their liberty to them; while Theaetetus and his colleague took back word to their countrymen that Lycia and all Caria south of the Maeander had been given as a free gift by the Romans to Rhodes. Presently an embassy came from Lycia to Rhodes desiring an alliance; while the Rhodians on their part had elected certain of their citizens to go to Lycia and give orders to the several cities as to what they were to do. They were thus entirely at cross purposes, and for some time the cause of the misunderstanding was not generally intelligible. But when the Lycian ambassadors appeared in the assembly and began talking about an alliance, and Pothion the Prytanis rose after them and explained the different ideas which the two people entertained on the subject, and moreover, sternly rebuked the Lycian envoys, the latter declared that they would endure anything rather than be subject to the Rhodians. . . .
22.6All men admire the magnanimity of Philip towards Athens; for though had been injured as well as abused by them, yet when he conquered them at Chaeroneia, so far from using this opportunity for injuring his opponents, he caused the corpses of the Athenians to be buried with the proper ceremonies; while those of them who had been taken prisoners he actually presented with clothes, and restored to their friends without ransom. But though men praise they do not imitate such conduct. They rather try to outdo those with whom they are at war, in bitterness of passion and severity of vengeance. Ptolemy, for instance, had men tied naked to carts and dragged at their tail, and then put to death with torture. . . .
22.7When this same Ptolemy was besieging Lycopolis, the Egyptian nobles surrendered to the king at discretion; and his cruel treatment of them involved him in manifold dangers. The same was the result at the time Polycrates suppressed the revolt. For Athinis, Pausiras, Chesuphus, and Irobastus, who still survived of the rebellious nobles, yielding to necessity, appeared at the city of Sais and surrendered at discretion to the king. But Ptolemy, regardless of all pledges, had them tied naked to the carts and dragged off, and then put to death with torture. He then went to Naucratis with his army, where he received the mercenaries enlisted for him by Aristonicus from Greece, and thence sailed to Alexandria, without having taken any part whatever in the actual operations of the war, thanks to the dishonest advice of Polycrates, though he was now twenty-five years old. . . .
Book 22, Part 3
22.8At this time were sowed the seeds of fatal evils to the royal house of Macedonia. I am aware that some historians of the war between Rome and Perseus, when they wish to set forth the causes of the quarrel for our information, assign as the primary one the expulsion of Abrupolis from his principality, on the ground of having made a raid upon the mines at Pangaeum after the death of Philip, which Perseus repulsed, finally expelling him entirely out of his own dominions. Next they mention the invasion of Dolopia, and the visit of Perseus to Delphi, the plot against Eumenes at Delphi, and the murder of the ambassadors in Boeotia; and from these they say sprang the war between Perseus and the Romans. But my contention is that it is of most decisive advantage, both to historians and their readers, to know the causes from which the several events are born and spring. Most historians confound these, because they do not keep a firm hold upon the distinction between a pretext and a cause, or again between a pretext and a beginning of a war. And since events at the present time recall this distinction I feel compelled to renew my discussion of this subject. For instance, of the events just referred to, the first three are pretexts; the last two—the plot against Eumenes, the murder of the ambassadors, and other similar things that happened during the same period—are clear beginnings of the war between Rome and Perseus, and of the final overthrow of the Macedonian kingdom; but not one of them is a cause of these things. I will illustrate by examples. Just as we say that Philip son of Amyntas contemplated and determined upon accomplishing the war with Persia, while Alexander put into execution what he had projected, so in the present instance we say that Philip son of Demetrius first projected the last war against Rome, and had all his preparations ready for the execution of his design, but that after his death Perseus became the agent in carrying out the undertaking itself. If this be true, the following also is clear: it is impossible that the causes of the war should have been subsequent to the death of him who resolved upon and projected it; which would be the case if we accepted the account of these historians; for the events alleged by them as its causes were subsequent to the death of Philip. . . .
22.9About the same time ambassadors came to Rome from king Eumenes, informing the Senate of the encroachment of Philip upon the cities in Thrace. There came also the exiles of the Maronitae denouncing Philip, and charging him with being the cause of their expulsion. These were followed by Athamanians, Perrhaebians, and Thessalians, demanding the restoration of their cities which Philip had taken from them during the war with Antiochus. Ambassadors also came from Philip to make answer to all accusers. After repeated debates between all these envoys and the ambassadors of Philip, the Senate decided to appoint a commission at once, to investigate the actions of Philip, and to protect all who chose to state their views and their complaints of the king to his face. The legates thus appointed were Quintus Caecilius, Marcus Baebius, and Tiberius Claudius. . . .
22.9There was again a war of parties among the Aenii, one side inclining to Eumenes, the other to Macedonia. . . .
Book 22, Part 4
22.10I have already stated that in the Peloponnese, while Philopoemen was still Strategus, the Achaean league sent an embassy to Rome on the subject of Sparta, and another to king Ptolemy to renew their ancient alliance.
22.10Immediately after Philopoemen had been succeeded by Aristaenus as Strategus, the ambassadors of king Ptolemy arrived, while the league meeting was assembled at Megalopolis. King Eumenes also had despatched an embassy offering to give the Achaeans one hundred and twenty talents, on condition that it was invested and the interest used to pay the council of the league at the time of the federal assemblies. Ambassadors came also from king Seleucus, to renew his friendship with them, and offering a present of a fleet of ten ships of war. But when the assembly got to business, the first to come forward to speak was Nicodemus of Elis, who recounted to the Achaeans what he and his colleagues had said in the Roman Senate about Sparta, and read the answer of the Senate; which was to the effect that the Senate disapproved of the destruction of the walls, and of the execution of the men put to death at Compasium, but that it did not rescind any arrangement made. No one saying a word for or against this, the subject was allowed to pass.
22.10Next came the ambassadors from Eumenes, who renewed the ancestral friendship of the king with the Achaeans, and stated to the assembly the offer made by him. They spoke at great length on these subjects, and retired after setting forth the greatness of the king’s kindness and affection to the nation.
Book 22, Part 5
22.11After they had finished their speech, Apollonidas of Sicyon rose and said that: As far as the amount of the money was concerned, it was a present worthy of the Achaeans. But if they looked to the intention of the donor, or the purpose to which the gift was to be applied, none could well be more insulting and more unconstitutional. The laws prohibited any one, whether a private individual or magistrate, from accepting presents from a king on any pretence whatever; but if they took this money they would every one of them be plainly accepting a present, which was at once the gravest possible breach of the law, and confessedly the deepest possible personal disgrace. For that the council should take a great wage from Eumenes, and meet to deliberate on the interests of the league after swallowing such a bait, was manifestly disgraceful and injurious. It was Eumenes that offered money now; presently it would be Prusias; and then Seleucus. But as the interests of democracies and of kings are quite opposite to each other, and as our most frequent and most important deliberations concern the points of controversy arising between us and the kings, one of two things must necessarily happen; either the interests of the king will have precedence over our own, or we must incur the reproach of ingratitude for opposing our paymasters. He therefore urged the Achaeans not only to decline the offer, but to hold Eumenes in detestation for thinking of making it.
22.11Next rose Cassander of Aegina and reminded the Achaeans of The misfortunes which the Aeginetans had met with through being members of the Achaean league; when Publius Sulpicius sailed against them with the Roman fleet, and sold all the unhappy Aeginetans into slavery. In regard to this subject I have already related how the Aetolians, having got possession of Aegina in virtue of their treaty with Rome, sold it to Attalus for thirty talents. Cassander therefore drew the attention of the Achaeans to these facts; and demanded that Eumenes should not seek to gain the affection of the Achaeans by offering them money, but that he should establish an incontestable claim to every sign of devotion by giving back Aegina. He urged the Achaeans not to accept presents which would place them in the position of being the destroyers of the hopes of Aeginetan restoration for all time.
22.11After these speeches had been delivered, the people showed such signs of enthusiastic approval that no one ventured to speak on the side of the king; but the whole assembly rejected the offer by acclamation, though its amount certainly made it exceedingly tempting.
Book 22, Part 6
22.12The next subject introduced for debate was that of king Ptolemy. The ambassadors who had been on the mission to Ptolemy were called forward, and Lycortas, acting as spokesman, began by stating how they had interchanged oaths of alliance with the king; and next announced that they brought a present from the king to the Achaean league of six thousand stands of arms for peltasts, and two thousand talents in bronze coinage. He added a panegyric on the king, and finished his speech by a brief reference to the goodwill and active benevolence of the king towards the Achaeans. Upon this the Strategus of the Achaeans, Aristaenus, stood up and asked Lycortas and his colleagues in the embassy to Ptolemy which alliance it was that he had thus renewed?
22.12No one answering the question, but all the assembly beginning to converse with each other, the Council chamber was filled with confusion. The cause of this absurd state of things was this. There had been several treaties of alliance formed between the Achaeans and Ptolemy’s kingdom, as widely different in their provision as in the circumstances which gave rise to them: but neither had Ptolemy’s envoy made any distinction when arranging for the renewal, merely speaking in general terms on the matter, nor had the ambassadors sent from Achaia; but they had interchanged the oaths on the assumption of there being but one treaty. The result was, that, on the Strategus quoting all the treaties, and pointing out in detail the differences between them, which turned out to be important, the assembly demanded to know which it was that it was renewing. And when no one was able to explain, not even Philopoemen himself, who had been in office when the renewal was made, nor Lycortas and his colleagues who had been on the mission to Alexandria, these men all began to be regarded as careless in conducting the business of the league; while Aristaenus acquired great reputation as being the only man who knew what he was talking about; and finally, the assembly refused to allow the ratification, voting on account of this blunder that the business should be postponed.
22.12Then the ambassadors from Seleucus entered with their proposal. The Achaeans, however, voted to renew the friendship with Seleucus, but to decline for the present the gift of the ships.
Book 22, Part 7
22.13Having thus finished their deliberations, the assembly broke up and the people separated to their several cities. But subsequently, while the (Nemean) games were in course of celebration, Quintus Caecilius arrived from Macedonia, on his way back from the embassy which he had been conducting to Philip. Aristaenus having called a meeting of the league magistrates in Argos, Quintus attended and upbraided them for having exceeded justice in the harshness and severity with which they had treated the Lacedaemonians, and urged them strongly to repair the error. Aristaenus said not a word, showing clearly by his silence that he disapproved of what had been done and agreed with the words of Caecilius. But Diophanes of Megalopolis, who was more of a soldier than a statesman, stood up to speak, and so far from offering any defence of the Achaeans, suggested to Caecilius, from hostility to Philopoemen, another charge that might be brought against them. For he said that the Lacedaemonians were not the only people who had been badly treated; the Messenians had been so also. There were as a fact some controversies going on among the Messenians, in regard to the decree of Flamininus concerning the exiles, and the execution of it by Philopoemen: and Caecilius, thinking that he now had a party among the Achaeans themselves of the same opinion as himself, expressed still greater anger at the hesitation on the part of the assembled magistrates in obeying his orders. However, when Philopoemen, Lycortas, and Archon argued long and elaborately to prove that what had been done at Sparta was right, and advantageous to the Lacedaemonians themselves more than to any one else, and that it was impossible to disturb any existing arrangements without violating justice to man and piety to the gods, they came to the decision that they would maintain them, and give an answer to that effect to the Roman legate. Seeing what the disposition of the magistrates was, Caecilius demanded that the public assembly should be summoned, to which the Achaean magistrates demanded to see the instructions which he had from the Senate on these points: and when he gave no answer to this demand, they said that they would not summon the assembly for him, as their laws forbade them to do so unless a man brought written instructions from the Senate, stating the subject on which they were to summon it. Caecilius was so angry at this uncompromising opposition to his orders, that he refused to receive his answer from the magistrates, and so departed without any answer at all. The Achaeans laid the blame both of the former visit of Marcus Fulvius and the present one of Caecilius on Aristaenus and Diophanes, on the ground that they had invited them on account of their political opposition to Philopoemen; and accordingly the general public felt a certain suspicion of these two men. Such was the state of the—Peloponnese. . . .
22.14Philopoemen had a sharp difference in debate with Archon the Strategus. In course of time, however, Philopoemen was convinced by Archon’s arguments, and, changing his mind, spoke in warm commendation of Archon as having managed his business with skill and address. But when I heard the speech at the time it did not seem to me right to praise a man and yet do him an injury, nor do I think so now in my maturer years. For I think that there is as wide a distinction in point of morality between practical ability and success secured by absence of scruples, as there is between skill and mere cunning. The former are in a manner the highest attainments possible, the latter the reverse. But owing to the lack of discernment so general in our day, these qualities, which have little in common, excite the same amount of commendation and emulation in the world. . . .
22.15When Caecilius returned from Greece and made his report to the Senate concerning Macedonia and the Peloponnese, the ambassadors who had come to Rome on these matters were introduced into the Senate. First came those from Philip and Eumenes, as well as the exiles from Aenus and Maroneia; and on their saying much the same as they had said before Caecilius and his colleagues at Thessalonica, the Senate voted to send another deputation to Philip, to see first of all whether he had evacuated the cities in Perrhaebia in conformity with the answer he gave to Caecilius: and secondly, to order him to remove his garrison from Aenus and Maroneia; and in a word, to abandon all fortresses, positions, and towns on the sea-board of Thrace.
Book 22, Part 8
22.15After these the ambassadors from the Peloponnese were introduced. For the Achaeans on their part had sent Apollonidas of Sicyon, and others, to justify themselves to Caecilius for his having received no answer, and generally to inform the Senate on the question of Sparta; and at the same time Areus and Alcibiades had come from Sparta as ambassadors,—two of the old exiles recently restored by Philopoemen and the Achaeans. And this was a circumstance that particularly roused the anger of the Achaeans; because they thought it the height of ingratitude on the part of the exiles, after receiving so important and recent a service at their hands, to be now sending a hostile embassy, and accusing to the sovereign people those who had been the authors of their unlooked—for preservation and restoration to their country.
22.16Both parties were heard in their defence in each other’s presence. Apollonidas of Sicyon and his colleagues tried to convince the Senate that the affairs of Sparta could not have been better managed than they were managed by Philopoemen. Areus and his colleagues attempted to establish the reverse: alleging, first of all, that the power of the city was entirely destroyed by the violent withdrawal of so large a number; and, in the second place, that even those that were left were so few that their position was insecure, now that the walls were pulled down; and that their freedom of speech was entirely destroyed by the fact that they were not only amenable to the general decrees of the Achaean league, but were also made specially subject to the magistrates set over them from time to time. After hearing these envoys also, the Senate decided to give, the same legates instructions regarding them as well as the others, and appointed Appius Claudius and his colleagues commissioners for Greece.
22.16But the ambassadors from the Achaeans offered an explanation also to Caecilius in the Senate, on behalf of the magistrates, asserting that They did not act wrongly or deserve blame for refusing to summon the assembly, unless it were requisite to decide on an alliance or a war, or unless some one brought a letter from the Senate. The magistrates had therefore impartially considered the subject of summoning the assembly, but were prevented from doing so by the laws, because he neither brought a despatch from the Senate nor would show them any written instructions. At the conclusion of this speech Caecilius rose and made an attack on Philopoemen and Lycortas, and the Achaeans generally, and on the policy they had pursued towards the city of Sparta. After listening to the arguments, the Senate answered the Achaeans by saying that they would send commissioners to investigate the matter of Sparta; and they accompanied this answer by an admonition to them to pay attention to the ambassadors sent by them from time to time, and show them proper respect, as the Romans did to ambassadors who came to them. . . .
Book 22, Part 9
22.17When Philip learnt, by a message from his own ambassadors at Rome, that he would he obliged to evacuate the cities in Thrace, he was extremely annoyed, because he regarded his kingdom as being now curtailed on every side; and he vented his wrath upon the unhappy people of Maroneia. He sent for Onomastus, his governor in Thrace, and communicated with him on the subject. And Onomastus on his return sent Cassander to Maroneia, who, from long residence there, was familiar with the inhabitants,—for Philip’s practice had long been to place members of his court in these cities, and accustom the people to their residence among them. Some few days after his arrival, the Thracians having been prepared for what they had to do, and having obtained entrance to the city by night through the instrumentality of Cassander, a great massacre took place, and many of the Maronites were killed. Having wreaked this vengeance on those who opposed him, and satisfied his own anger, Philip waited for the arrival of the Roman legates, persuaded that no one would venture for fear of him to denounce his crime. Nut when Appius and his colleagues presently arrived, they were promptly informed of what had happened at Maroneia, and expostulated in severe terms with Philip for it. The king attempted to defend himself by asserting that he had nothing to do with this act of violence; but that the Maronites, being divided into two hostile parties, one inclined to Eumenes and the other to himself, inflicted this misfortune upon themselves. He moreover bade them confront him with any one who wished to accuse him. He said this from a conviction that no one would venture to do so; because they would consider that Philip’s vengeance upon those who opposed him would be near at hand, while assistance from Rome would have a long way to come. But when Appius and his colleagues said that they required to hear no defence, for they were well aware of what had happened, and who was the cause of it, Philip became much confused.
22.18They went no further than this in the first interview: but during the next day Appius ordered Philip to send Onomastus and Cassander at once to Rome, that the Senate might inform itself on what had happened. The king was disturbed at this to the greatest possible degree, and for some time did not know what to say; but at last he said that he would send Cassander, who was the actual author of the business, that the Senate might learn the truth from him; but he tried to get Onomastus excused, both in this and subsequent interviews with the legates, alleging as a reason that not only had Onomastus not been in Maroneia at the time of the massacre, but not even in any part of the country in its neighbourhood. His real motive, however, was fear lest, if he got to Rome, having been engaged with him in many similar transactions, he would not only tell the Romans the story of Maroneia, but all the others also. Eventually he did get Onomastus excused; and having, after the departure of the legates, sent off Cassander, he sent some agents with him as far as Epirus, and there had him poisoned. But Appius and his colleagues left Philip with their minds fully made up both as to his guilt in the matter of Maroneia and his alienation from Rome.
22.18The king, thus relieved of the presence of the legates, after consulting with his friends Apelles and Philocles became clearly conscious that his quarrel with Rome had now become serious, and that it could no longer be concealed, but was become notorious to most people in the world. He was therefore now wholly bent on measures of self-defence and retaliation. But as he was as yet unprepared for some of the plans which he had in his mind, he cast about to find some means of putting matters off, and gaining time for making his preparations for war. He accordingly resolved to send his youngest son Demetrius to Rome: partly to make his defence on the charges brought against him, and partly also to beg pardon for any error which he might have committed. He felt certain that everything he wished would be obtained from the Senate by means of this young prince, because of the extraordinary attentions which had been shown him when he was acting as a hostage. He no sooner conceived this idea than he set about making preparations for sending the prince and those of his own friends destined to accompany him on his mission. At the same time he promised the Byzantines to give them help: not so much because he cared for them, as from a wish under cover of their name to strike terror into the princes of the Thracians living beyond the Propontis, as a step towards the fulfilment of his main purpose. . .
Book 22, Part 10
22.19In Crete, while Cydas son of Antalces was Cosmus, the Gortynians, who sought in every way to depress the Gnossians, deprived them of a portion of their territory called Lycastium, and assigned it to the Rhaucii, and another portion called Diatonium to the Lyctii. But when about this time Appius and his colleagues arrived in the island from Rome, with the view of settling the controversies which existed among them, and addressed remonstrances to the cities of Gnossus and Gortyn on these points, the Cretans gave in, and submitted the settlement of their disputes to Appius. He accordingly ordered the restoration of their territory to the Gnossians; and that the Cydoniates should receive back the hostages which they had formerly left in the hands of Charmion, and should surrender Phalasarna, without taking anything out of it. As to sharing in the legal jurisdiction of the whole island, he left it free to the several cities to do so or not as they pleased, on condition that in the latter case they abstained from entering the rest of Crete, they and the exiles from Phalasarna who murdered Menochius and his friends, their most illustrious citizens. . . .
22.20Apollonias, the wife of Attalus, father of king Eumenes, was a native of Cyzicus, and a woman who for many reasons deserves to be remembered, and with honour. Her claims upon a favourable recollection are that, though born of a private family, she became a queen, and retained that exalted rank to the end of her life, not by the use of meretricious fascinations, but by the virtue and integrity of her conduct in private and public life alike. Above all, she was the mother of four sons with whom she kept on terms of the most perfect affection and motherly love to the last day of her life. And so Attalus and his brother gained a high character, while staying at Cyzicus, by showing their mother proper respect and honour. For they took each of them one of her hands and led her between them on a visit to the temples and on a tour of the town, accompanied by their suite. At this sight all who saw it received the young princes with very warm marks of approval, and, recalling the story of Cleobis and Biton, compared their conduct with theirs; and remarked that the affectionate zeal shown by the young princes, though perhaps not going so far as theirs, was rendered quite as illustrious by the fact of their more exalted position. This took place in Cyzicus, after the peace made with king Prusias. . . .
22.21Ostiagon the Gaul, king of the Gauls of Asia, endeavoured to transfer to himself the sovereignty of all the Gauls; and he had many qualifications for such a post, both natural and acquired. For he was open-handed and generous, a man of popular manners and ready tact; and, what was most important in the eyes of the Gauls, he was a man of courage and skill in war. . . .
Book 22, Part 11
22.22Aristonicus was one of the eunuchs of Ptolemy, king of Egypt, and had been brought up from childhood with the king. As he grew up he displayed more manly courage and tastes than are generally found in an eunuch. For he had a natural predilection for a military life, and devoted himself almost exclusively to that and all that it involved. He was also skilful in dealing with men, and, what is very rare, took large and liberal views, and was naturally inclined to bestow favours and kindnesses. . . .
Book 23, Part 1
23.1IN the 149th Olympiad a greater number of embassies came to Rome from Greece than were almost ever seen before. For as Philip was compelled by treaty to submit disputes with his neighbours to arbitration, and as it was known that the Romans were willing to receive accusations against Philip, and would secure the safety of those who had controversies with him, all who lived near the frontier of Macedonia came to Rome, some in their private capacity, some from cities, others from whole tribes, with complaints against Philip. At the same time also came ambassadors from Eumenes, accompanied by his brother Athenaeus, to accuse Philip in regard to the Thracian cities and the aid sent to Prusias. Philip’s son, Demetrius, also came to make answer to all these various envoys, accompanied by Apelles and Philocles, who were at that time considered the king’s first friends. Ambassadors also came from Sparta, representatives of each faction of the citizens.
23.1The first summoned to the Senate was Athenaeus, from whom the Senate accepted the compliments of fifteen thousand gold pieces, and passed a decree highly extolling Eumenes and his brothers for their answer, and exhorting them to continue in the same mind. Next the praetors called upon all the accusers of Philip, and brought them forward by one embassy at a time. But as they were numerous, and their entry occupied three days, the Senate became embarrassed as to the settlement to be made in each case. For from Thessaly there were ambassadors from the whole nation, and also from each city separately; so also from the Perrhaebians, Athamanians, Epirotes, and Illyrians. And of these some brought cases of dispute as to territory, slaves, or cattle; and some about contracts or injuries sustained by themselves. Some alleged that they could not get their rights in accordance with the treaty, because Philip prevented the administration of justice; while others impeached the justice of the decisions given, on the ground that Philip had corrupted the arbitrators. And, in fact, there was an inextricable confusion and multiplicity of charges.
23.2In such a state of things the Senate felt unable to come to a clear decision itself, and did not think it fair that Demetrius should have to answer each of the several indictments; for it regarded him with great favour, and saw at the same time that his extreme youth unfitted him to cope with business of such intricacy and complexity. Besides, what it desired most was not to hear speeches of Demetrius, but to ascertain with certainty the disposition of Philip. Excusing him therefore from pleading his cause, the Senate asked the young man and his friends whether they were the bearers of any written memoir from the king; and upon Demetrius answering that he was, and holding out a paper of no great size, the Senate bade him give a summary of what the paper contained in answer to the accusations alleged. It amounted to this, that on each point Philip asserted that he had carried out the injunctions of the Senate, or, if he had not done so, laid the blame upon his accusers; while to the greater number of his declarations he had added the words, though the commissioners with Caecilius were unfair to me in this point, or again, though I am unjustly treated in this respect. Such being Philip’s mind, as expressed in the several clauses of the paper, the Senate, after hearing the ambassadors who were come to Rome, comprehended them all under one measure. By the mouth of the praetor it offered an honourable and cordial reception to Demetrius, expressed in ample and emphatic language, and answered his speech by saying that The Senate fully believe that on all the points mentioned by Demetrius, or read by him from his paper of instructions, full justice was already done or would be done. But, in order that Philip might be made aware that the Senate paid this honour to Demetrius, ambassadors. would be sent to see that everything was being done in accordance with the will of the Senate, and at the same time to inform the king that he owed this grace to his son Demetrius. Such was the arrangement come to on this part of the business.
Book 23, Part 2
23.3The next to enter the Senate were the ambassadors of king Eumenes, who denounced Philip on account of the assistance sent to Prusias, and concerning his actions in Thrace, alleging that even at that moment he had not withdrawn his garrisons from the cities. But upon Philocles showing his wish to offer a defence on these points, as having been formerly charged with a mission to Prusias, and being now sent to the Senate to represent Philip on this business, the Senate, without listening very long to his speech, answered that With regard to Thrace, unless the legates found everything there settled in accordance with its will, and all the cities restored to the entire control of Eumenes, the Senate would be unable any longer to allow it to pass, or to submit to being continually disobeyed.
23.3Though the ill-feeling between the Romans and Philip was becoming serious, a check was put to it for the time by the presence of Demetrius. And yet this young prince’s mission to Rome proved eventually no slight link in the chain of events which led to the final ruin of his house. For the Senate, by thus making much of Demetrius, somewhat turned the young man’s head, and at the same time gravely annoyed Perseus and the king, by making them feel that the kindness they received from the Romans was not for their own sakes, but for that of Demetrius. And T. Quintius Flamininus contributed not a little to the same result by taking the young prince aside and communicating with him in confidence. For he flattered him by suggesting that the Romans meant before long to invest him with the kingdom; while he irritated Philip and Perseus by sending a letter ordering the king to send Demetrius to Rome again, with as many friends of the highest character as possible. It was, in fact, by taking advantage of these circumstances that Perseus shortly afterwards induced his father to consent to the death of Demetrius. But I shall relate that event in detail later on.
23.4The next ambassadors called in were the Lacedaemonians. Of these there were four distinct factions. Lysis and his colleagues represented the old exiles, and their contention was that they ought to have back the possessions from which they had originally been driven. Areus and Alcibiades, on the contrary, contended that they should receive the value of a talent from their original property, and divide the rest among deserving citizens. pleaded that things should be left in exactly the state in which they were when they formerly belonged to the Achaean league. Lastly, Chaeron and his colleagues represented those who had been condemned to death or exile by the votes of the Achaean league, and demanded their own recall and the restoration of the constitution. These all delivered speeches against the Achaeans in conformity with their several objects. The Senate, finding itself unable to come to a clear decision on these particular controversies, appointed a committee of investigation, consisting of the three who had already been on a mission to the Peloponnese on these matters, namely Titus Flamininus, Q. Caecilius, and Appius Claudius Pulcher. After long discussions before this committee it was unanimously decided that the exiles and the condemned were to be recalled, and that the city should remain a member of the Achaean league. But as to the property, whether the exiles were each to select a talent’s worth from what had been theirs [or to receive it all back], on this point they continued to dispute. That they might not, however, have to begin the whole controversy afresh [the committee] caused the points agreed upon to be reduced to writing, to which all affixed their seals. But the committee, also wishing to include the Achaeans in the agreement, called in Xenarchus and his colleagues, who were at that time on a mission from the Achaeans, to renew their alliance with Rome, and at the same time to give an eye to their controversy with the Lacedaemonians. These men, being unexpectedly asked whether they consented to the terms contained in the written document, were somewhat at a loss what to answer. For they did not approve of the restoration of the exiles and the condemned persons, as being contrary to the decree of the league, and the contents of the tablet on which that decree was engraved; and yet they approved of the document as a whole, because it contained the clause providing that Sparta should remain a member of the league. Finally, however, partly from this difficulty, and partly from awe of the Roman commissioners, they affixed their seal. The Senate, therefore, selected Quintus Marcius to go as legate to settle the affairs of Macedonia and the Peloponnese. . . .
Book 23, Part 3
23.5When Deinocrates of Messene arrived on a mission at Rome, he was delighted to find that Titus Flamininus had been appointed by the Senate to go as ambassador to Prusias and Seleucus. For having been very intimate with Titus during the Lacedaemonian war, he thought that this friendship, combined with his disagreements with Philopoemen, would induce him on his arrival in Greece to settle the affairs of Messene in accordance with his own views. He therefore gave up everything else to attach himself exclusively to Titus, on whom he rested all his hopes. . . .
23.5This same Deinocrates was a courtier and a soldier by nature as well as habit, but he assumed the air of consummate statesmanship. His parts, however, were showy rather than solid. In war his fertility of resource and boldness were beyond the common run; and he shone in feats of personal bravery. Nor were these his only accomplishments: he was attractive and ready in conversation, versatile and courteous in society. But at the same time he was devoted to licentious intrigue, and in public affairs and questions of policy was quite incapable of sustained attention or far-sighted views, of fortifying himself with well-considered arguments, or putting them before the public. On this occasion, for instance, though he had really given the initiative to grave misfortunes, he did not think that he was doing anything of importance; but followed his usual manner of life, quite regardless of the future, indulging day after day in amours, wine, and song. Flamininus, however, did once force him to catch a glimpse of the seriousness of his position. For seeing him on a certain occasion in a party of revellers dancing in long robes, he said nothing at the time; but next morning, being visited by him with some request in behalf of his country, he said: I will do my best, Deinocrates; but it does astonish me that you can drink and dance after having given the start to such serious troubles for Greece. He appears, indeed, at that to have a little recovered his soberer senses, and to have understood what an improper display he had been making of his tastes and habits. However, he arrived at this period in Greece in company with Flamininus, fully persuaded that the affairs of Messene would be settled at a blow in accordance with his views. But Philopoemen and his party were fully aware that Flamininus had no commission from the Senate in regard to affairs in Greece; they therefore awaited his arrival without taking any step of any sort. Having landed at Naupactus, Flamininus addressed a despatch to the Strategus and Demiurgi bidding them summon the Achaeans to an assembly; to which they wrote back that they would do so, if he would write them word what the subjects were on which he wished to confer with the Achaeans; for the laws enjoined that limitation on the magistrates. As Flamininus did not venture to write this, the hopes of Deinocrates and the so-called old exiles, but who had at that time been recently banished from Sparta, came to nothing, as in fact did the visit of Flamininus and the plans which he had formed. . . .
23.6About the same period some ambassadors were sent by the exiled citizens of Sparta to Rome, among whom was Arcesilaus and Agesipolis who, when quite a boy, had been made king in Sparta. These two men were fallen upon and killed by pirates on the high seas; but their colleagues arrived safely at Rome. . . .
Book 23, Part 4
23.7On the return of Demetrius from Rome, bringing with him the formal reply, in which the Romans referred all the favour and confidence which they avowed to their regard for Demetrius, saying that all they had done or would do was for his sake,—the Macedonians gave Demetrius a cordial reception, believing that they were relieved from all fear and danger: for they had looked upon war with Rome as all but at their doors, owing to the provocations given by Philip. But Philip and Perseus were far from pleased, and were much offended at the idea of the Romans taking no account of them, and referring all their favour to Demetrius. Philip however concealed his displeasure; but Perseus, who was not only behind his brother in good feelings to Rome, but much his inferior in other respects, both in natural ability and acquired accomplishments, made no secret of his anger: and was beginning to be thoroughly alarmed as to his succession to the crown, and lest, in spite of being the elder, he should be excluded. Therefore he commenced by bribing the friends of Demetrius. . . .
23.8Upon Quintus Marcius arriving on his mission in Macedonia, Philip evacuated the Greek cities in Thrace entirely and withdrew his garrisons, though in deep anger and heaviness of spirit; and he put on a right footing everything else to which the Roman injunctions referred, wishing to give them no indication of his estrangement, but to secure time for making his preparations for war. In pursuance of this design he led out an army against the barbarians, and marching through the centre of Thrace he invaded the Odrysae, Bessi, and Dentheleti. Coming to Philippopolis, the inhabitants flying for safety to the heights, he took it without a blow. And thence, after traversing the plain, and sacking some of the villages, and exacting a pledge of submission from others, he returned home, leaving a garrison in Philippopolis, which was after a time expelled by the Odrysae in defiance of their pledge of fidelity to Philip. . . .
23.9In the second year of this Olympiad, on the arrival of ambassadors from Eumenes, Pharnaces, and the Achaean league, and also from the Lacedaemonians who had been banished from Sparta, and from those who were in actual possession of it, the Senate despatched their business. But there came after them a mission from Rhodes in regard to the disaster at Sinope; to whom the Senate replied that it would send legates to investigate the case of the Sinopeans and their grievances against those kings. And Quintus Marcius having recently arrived from Greece and made his report on the state of affairs in Macedonia and the Peloponnese, the Senate did not require to hear much more; but having called in the envoys from the Peloponnese and Macedonia they listened indeed to what they had to say, but founded its reply, without any reference to their speeches, wholly on the report of Marcius, in which he had stated, in reference to king Philip, that he had indeed done all that was enjoined on him, but with great reluctance; and that, if he got an opportunity, he would go all lengths against the Romans. The Senate accordingly composed a reply to the king’s envoys in which, while praising Philip for what he had done, they warned him for the future to be careful not to be found acting in opposition to the Romans. As to the Peloponnese, Marcius had reported that, as the Achaeans were unwilling to refer any matter whatever to the Senate, but were haughtily inclined and desirous of managing all their affairs themselves, if the Senate would only reject their present application and give ever so slight an indication of displeasure, Sparta would promptly come to an understanding with Messene; and then the Achaeans would be glad enough to appeal to the protection of Rome. In consequence of this report they answered the Lacedaemonian Serippus and his colleagues, wishing to leave this city in a state of suspense, that they had done their best for them, but that for the present they did not think this matter concerned them. But when the Achaeans besought for help against the Messenians in virtue of their alliance with Rome, or at least that they would take precautions to prevent any arms or corn from being brought from Italy into Messene, the Senate refused compliance with either request and answered that the Achaeans ought not to be surprised if Sparta or Corinth or Argos renounced their league, if they would not conduct their hegemony in accordance with the Senate’s views. This answer the Senate made public, as a kind of proclamation that any people who chose might break off from the Achaeans for all the Romans cared; and they further retained the ambassadors in Rome, waiting to see the issue of the quarrel between the Achaeans and Messenians. . . .
Book 23, Part 5
23.10In this period a certain dreadful foreshadowing of misfortune fell upon king Philip and the whole of Macedonia, of a kind well worthy of close attention and record. As though Fortune had resolved to exact from him at once the penalties for all the impieties and crimes which he had committed in the whole course of his life, she now visited him with furies, those deities of retribution, those powers that had listened to the prayers of the victims of his cruelties, who, haunting him day and night, so plagued him to the last day of his life, that all the world was forced to acknowledge the truth of the proverb, that Justice has an eye which mere men should never despise. The first idea suggested to him by this evil power was that, as he was about to go to war with Rome, he had better remove from the most important cities, and those along the sea-coast, the leading citizens, with their wives and children, and place them in Emathia, formerly called Paeonia, and fill up the cities with Thracians and other barbarians, as likely to be more securely loyal to him in the coming hour of danger. The actual carrying out of this measure, and the uprooting of these men and their families, caused such an outburst of grief, and so violent an outcry, that one might have supposed the whole district to have been taken by the sword. Curses and appeals to heaven were rained upon the head of the king without any further attempt at concealment. His next step, prompted by the wish to leave no element of hostility or disaffection in the kingdom, was to write to the governors of the several cities ordering them to search out the sons and daughters of such Macedonians as had been put to death by him, and place them in ward; in which he referred especially to Admetus, Pyrrhicus, and Samus, and those who had perished with them: but he also included all others whosoever that had been put to death by order of the king, quoting this verse, we are told:— Oh fool! to slay the sire and leave the sons. Most of these men being persons of distinguished families, their fate made a great noise and excited universal pity. But Fortune had a third act in this bloody drama in reserve for Philip, in which the young princes plotted against each other; and their quarrels being referred to him, he was forced to choose between becoming the murderer of his sons and living the rest of his life in dread of being murdered by them in his old age; and to decide which of the two he had the greater reason to fear. Tortured day and night by these anxieties, the miseries and perturbations of his spirit lead to the inevitable reflection that the wrath of heaven fell upon his old age for the sins of his previous life: which will be rendered still more evident by what remains to be told. . . . Just when his soul was stung to madness by these circumstances, the quarrel between his sons blazed out: Fortune, as it were of set purpose, bringing their misfortunes upon the scene all at one time. . . .
23.10The Macedonians make offerings to Xanthus as a hero, and perform a purification of the army with horses fully equipped. . . .
23.11One should not merely read tragedies, tales, and histories, but should understand and ponder over them. In all of them one may learn that whenever brothers fall out and allow their quarrel to go any great length, they invariably end not only by destroying themselves but in the utter ruin of their property, children, and cities; while those who keep their self-love within reasonable bounds, and put up with each other’s weaknesses, are the preservers of these, and live in the fairest reputation and fame. I have often directed your attention to the kings in Sparta, telling you that they preserved the hegemony in Greece for their country just so long as they obeyed the ephors, as though they were their parents, and were content to reign jointly. But directly they in their folly tried to change the government to a monarchy, they caused Sparta to experience every misery possible. Finally, I have pointed out to you as an example the case of Eumenes and Attalus; showing you that, though they succeeded to but a small and insignificant realm, they have raised it to a level with the best, simply by the harmony and unity of sentiment, and mutual respect which they maintained towards each other. But so far from taking my words to heart, you are, as it seems to me, whetting your angry passions against each other. . . .
Book 23, Part 6
23.12Philopoemen rose and proceeded on his way, though he was oppressed at once by illness and the weight of years, being now in the seventieth year of his age. Conquering his weakness, however, by the force of his previous habits he reached Megalopolis, from Argos, in one day’s journey. . . .
23.12He was captured, when Achaean Strategus, by the Messenians and poisoned. Thus, though second to none that ever lived before him in excellence, his fortune was less happy; yet in his previous life he seemed ever to have enjoyed her favour and assistance. But it was, I suppose, a case of the common proverb, a man may have a stroke of luck, but no man can be lucky always. We must, therefore, call our predecessors fortunate, without pretending that they were so invariably—for what need is there to flatter Fortune by a meaningless and false compliment? It is those who have enjoyed Fortune’s smiles in their life for the longest time, and who, when she changes her mind, meet with only moderate mishaps, that we must speak of as fortunate. . . .
23.12Philopoemen was succeeded by Lycortas, . . . and though he had spent forty years of an active career in a state at once democratic and composed of many various elements, he had entirely avoided giving rise to the jealousy of the citizens in any direction: and yet he had not flattered their inclinations, but for the most part had used great freedom of speech, which is a case of very rare occurrence. . . .
Book 23, Part 7
23.13An admirable feature in Hannibal’s character, and the strongest proof of his having been a born ruler of men, and having possessed statesmanlike qualities of an unusual kind, is that, though he was for seventeen years engaged in actual warfare, and though he had to make his way through numerous barbaric tribes, and to employ innumerable men of different nationalities in what appeared desperate and hazardous enterprises, he was never made the object of a conspiracy by any of them, nor deserted by any of those who had joined him and put themselves under his command. . . .
23.14Publius Scipio, in the course of an active career in an aristocratic state, secured such popularity with the multitude and such credit with the Senate, that when some one took upon himself to bring him to trial before the people in the manner usual at Rome, and produced many bitter accusations against him, he came forward and said nothing but that It ill-became the Roman people to listen to accusations against P. Cornelius Scipio, to whom his accusers owed it that they had the power of speech at all. At this the populace dispersed, and quitting the assembly, left the accuser alone. . . . Once when there was a sum of money required in the Senate for some pressing business, and the quaestor, on the ground of a legal difficulty, refused to open the treasury on that particular day, Scipio said that he would take the keys himself and open it; for he was the cause of the treasury being locked at all. And again, when some one in the Senate demanded an account of the money which he had received from Antiochus before the treaty for the pay of his army, he said that he had the ledger, but that he ought not to be called to account by any one. But on his questioner persisting, and urging him to produce it, he bade his brother bring it. When the schedule was brought, he held it out in front of him, and tearing it to pieces in the sight of everybody bade the man who asked for it seek it out of these fragments, and he demanded of the rest How they could ask for the items of the expenditure of these three thousand talents, and yet no longer ask for an account of how and by whose agency the fifteen thousand talents which they received from Antiochus came into the treasury, nor how it is that they have become masters of Asia, Libya, and Iberia? This speech not only made a strong impression on the rest, but also reduced the man who demanded the account to silence.
23.14These anecdotes have been related by me for the double purpose of enhancing the fame of the departed, and of encouraging future generations in the paths of honour. . . .
Book 23, Part 8
23.15For my part, I never concur with those who indulge their anger against men of their own blood to the length of not only depriving them of the year’s harvest when at war with them, but even of cutting down their trees and destroying their buildings, and of leaving them no opportunity for repentance. Such proceedings seem to me to be rank folly. For, while they imagine that they are dismaying the enemy by the devastation of their territory, and the deprivation of their future as well as their present means of getting the necessaries of life, they are all the while exasperating the men, and converting an isolated ebullition of anger into a lasting hatred. . . .
23.16Lycortas the Achaean Strategus crushed the spirits of the Messenians in the war. Up to this time the populace at Messene had been afraid of their magistrates; but now at length, relying on the protection of the enemy, some of them plucked up courage to break silence and to say that the time was come to send an embassy to negotiate a peace. Deinocrates and his colleagues, being no longer able to face the people under this storm of popular odium, yielded to circumstances and retired to their own houses. Thereupon the people, acting under the advice of the older men, and especially under that of Epaenetus and Apollodorus, the ambassadors from Boeotia,—who, having arrived some time before to negotiate a peace, happened fortunately to be at that time at Messene,—appointed and despatched envoys, begging forgiveness for their transgressions. The Achaean Strategus, having summoned his colleagues to council, and given the envoys a hearing, answered that There was but one way in which the Messenians could reconcile themselves to the league, and that was by at once surrendering to him the authors of the revolt and of the murder of Philopoemen, leave the rest to the authority of the league assembly, and at once receive a garrison into their citadel. When this message was announced to the Messenian populace, those who had long been bitterly opposed to the authors of the war were ready enough to surrender them and to arrest them; while the rest, being persuaded that they would not be severely dealt with by the Achaeans, readily consented to submit the general question to the decision of the assembly. But what chiefly induced them to unanimously accept the proposal was, that they in fact had no choice in the matter. The Strategus accordingly at once took over the citadel and marched his peltasts into it; and then, taking some picked troops with him, entered the city; and having summoned a meeting of the people, addressed them in terms befitting the occasion, promising that they would never have reason to repent having committed themselves to the honour of the Achaeans. The general question of what was to be done he thus referred to the league,—for it happened conveniently that the Achaeans were just then reassembling at Megalopolis for the second Congress,—but of those who were guilty of the disturbances, he ordered all such as were actually implicated in the summary execution of Philopoemen to put an end to their own lives. . . .
23.17The Messenians were reduced by their own folly to the brink of ruin, but were restored to their former position in the league by the magnanimity of Lycortas and the Achaeans. But the towns of Abia, Thuria, and Pharae during these transactions abandoned their connection with Messene, and, setting up a pillar engraved with a treaty of alliance between themselves, formed a separate league. When the Romans were informed that the Messenian war had turned out successfully for the Achaeans, without taking any account of their previous declaration they gave a different answer to the same ambassadors, asserting that they had taken measures to prevent any one from conveying arms or corn from Italy into Messene. By this they showed clearly that, so far from avoiding or disregarding the affairs of foreign nations not directly concerning themselves, they were, on the contrary, annoyed at everything not being referred to them and carried out in accordance with their opinion.
Book 23, Part 9
23.17When the ambassadors arrived in Sparta with their answer, the Achaean Strategus as soon as he had settled the Messenian business, summoned a congress at Sicyon, and on its assembling, proposed a resolution for the reception of Sparta into the league, alleging that The Romans had declined the arbitration which had previously been offered to them in regard to this city,—for they had answered that they had now no concern with any of the affairs of Sparta. Those, however, at present in power at Sparta were desirous of being admitted to the privileges of the league. Therefore he advised that they should admit the town; for this would be advantageous in two ways: first, because they would be thus admitting men who had remained unshaken in their loyalty to the league; and secondly, because they would not be admitting those of the old exiles, who had behaved with ingratitude and impiety towards them, to any share of their privileges; but by confirming the measures of those who had excluded them, would at the same time be showing, with God’s help, due gratitude to the latter. With these words Lycortas exhorted the Achaeans to receive the city of Sparta into the league. But Diophanes and some others attempted to put in a word for the exiles, and urged the Achaeans Not to join in pressing heavily upon these banished men; and not to be influenced by a mere handful of men to strengthen the hands of those who had impiously and lawlessly expelled them from their country.
23.18Such were the arguments employed on either side. The Achaeans, after listening to both, decided to admit the city, and accordingly the agreement was engraved on a tablet, and Sparta became a member of the Achaean league: the existing citizens having agreed to admit such of the old exiles as were not considered to have acted in a hostile spirit against the Achaeans. After confirming this arrangement the Achaeans sent Bippus of Argos and others as ambassadors to Rome, to explain to the Senate what had been done in the matter. The Lacedaemonians also sent Chaeron and others; while the exiles too sent a mission led by Cletis Diactorius to oppose the Achaean ambassadors in the Senate.
Book 24, Part 1
24.1THE ambassadors from the Spartan exiles and from the Achaeans arrived in Rome simultaneously with those of Eumenes, king Ariarathes, and Pharnaces; and the Senate attended to these latter first. A short time previously a report had been made to the Senate by Marcus, who had been despatched on a mission respecting the war that had broken out between Eumenes and Pharnaces, speaking highly of the moderation of Eumenes in every particular, and the grasping temper and insolence of Pharnaces. The Senate accordingly did not require any lengthened arguments; but, after listening to the ambassadors, answered that they would once more send legates to examine more minutely into the points in dispute between the kings. Then came in the ambassadors from the Lacedaemonian exiles, and with them the ambassadors from the citizens actually in the city; and after giving them a long hearing, the Senate expressed no disapproval of what had been done, but promised the exiles to write to the Achaeans on the subject of their restoration to their country. Some days afterwards, Bippus of Argos and his colleagues, sent by the Achaeans, entered the Senate with a statement as to the restoration of order in Messene; and the Senate, without showing displeasure at any part of the arrangement, gave the ambassadors a cordial reception. . . .
24.2When the ambassadors of the Spartan exiles arrived in the Peloponnese from Rome with a letter from the Senate to the Achaeans, desiring that measures should be taken for their recall and restoration to their country, the Achaeans resolved to postpone the consideration of the question until their own ambassadors should return. After making this answer, they caused the agreement between themselves and the Messenians to be engraved on a tablet: granting them, among other favours, a three years’ remission of taxes, in order that the damage done to their territory should fall upon the Achaeans equally with the Messenians. But when Bippus and his colleagues arrived from Rome, and reported that the letter in regard to the exiles was not due to any strong feeling on the part of the Senate, but to the importunity of the exiles themselves, the Achaeans voted to make no change.
24.3Mount Haemus is close to the Pontus, the most extensive and loftiest of the ranges in Thrace, which it divides into two nearly equal parts, from which a view of both seas may be obtained.
Book 24, Part 2
24.4In Crete there was the beginning of great troubles set in motion, if one should speak of a beginning of troubles in Crete: for owing to the persistency of civil wars and the acts of savagery practised against each other, beginning and end are much the same in Crete; and what appears to some people to be an incredible story is a spectacle of everyday occurrence there.
24.5Having come to terms with each other, Pharnaces, Attalus, and the rest returned home. While this was going on, Eumenes had recovered from his illness, and was staying at Pergamus; and when his brother arrived to announce the arrangements that had been made, he approved of what had been done, and resolved to send his brothers to Rome: partly because he hoped to put an end to the war with Pharnaces by means of their mission, and partly because he wished to introduce his brothers to his own private friends at Rome, and officially to the Senate. Attalus and his brother were eager for this tour; and when they arrived in Rome the young men met with a cordial reception from everybody in private society, owing to the intimacies which they had formed during the Roman wars in Asia, and a still more honourable welcome from the Senate, which made liberal provision for their entertainment and maintenance, and treated them with marked respect in such conferences as it had with them. Thus, when the young men came formally before the Senate, and, after speaking at considerable length of the renewal of their ancient ties of friendship with Rome and inveighing against Pharnaces, begged the Senate to adopt some active measures to inflict on him the punishment he deserved, the Senate gave them a favourable hearing, and promised in reply to send legates to use every possible means of putting an end to the war.
24.6About the same time king Ptolemy, wishing to make friends with the Achaean league, sent an ambassador to them with an offer of a fleet of ten penteconters fully equipped; and the Achaeans, thinking the present worthy of their thanks, for the cost could not be much less than ten talents, gladly accepted the offer. Having come to this resolution, they selected Lycortas, Polybius, and Aratus, son of Aratus of Sicyon, to go on a mission to the king, partly to thank him for the arms which he had sent on a former occasion, and partly to receive the ships and make arrangements for bringing them across. They appointed Lycortas, because, as Strategus at the time that Ptolemy renewed the alliance, he had worked energetically on the king’s side; and Polybius, though below the legal age for acting as ambassador, because, as his father has been ambassador at the renewal of the alliance with Ptolemy, and had brought the present of arms and of money to the Achaeans; and Aratus, similarly, on account of his former intercourse with the king. However, this mission never went after all, as Ptolemy died just at this time. . . .
Book 24, Part 3
24.7There was at this time in Sparta a man named Chaeron, who in the previous year had been on an embassy to Rome, a man of ready wit and great ability in affairs, but still young, in a humble position of life, and without the advantages of a liberal education. By flattering the mob, and starting questions which no one else had the assurance to move, he soon acquired a certain notoriety with the people. The first use he made of his power was to confiscate the land granted by the tyrants to the sisters, wives, mothers, and children of the exiles, and to distribute it on his own authority among the poor without any fixed rule or regard to equality. He next squandered the revenue, using the public money as though it were his own, without the authority of law, public decree, or magistrate. Annoyed at these proceedings, certain men managed to get themselves appointed auditors of the treasury in accordance with the laws. Seeing this, and conscious of his mal-administration of the government, Chaeron sent some men to attack Apollonides, the most illustrious of the auditors, and the most able to expose his embezzlements, who stabbed him to death in broad daylight as he was coming from the bath. Upon this being reported to the Achaeans, and the people expressing great indignation at what had been done, the Strategus at once started for Sparta; and when he arrived there he brought Chaeron to trial for the murder of Apollonides, and having condemned him, threw him into prison. He then incited the remaining auditors to make a real investigation into the public funds, and to see that the relations of the exiles got back the property of which Chaeron had shortly before deprived them.
24.8In Asia king Pharnaces, once more treating the reference to Rome with contempt, sent Leocritus in the course of the winter with ten thousand men to ravage Galatia, while he himself at the beginning of spring collected his forces and invaded Cappadocia. When Eumenes heard of it, he was much enraged at Pharnaces thus breaking through the terms of the agreement to which he was pledged, but was compelled to retaliate by acting in the same way. When he had already collected his forces, Attalus and his brother landed from their voyage from Rome, and the three brothers, after meeting and interchanging views, marched out at once with the army. But on reaching Galatia they found Leocritus no longer there; and when Carsignatus and Gaesotorius, who had before embraced the cause of Pharnaces, sent them a message desiring that their lives might be spared, and promising that they would do anything that might be required of them, they refused the request on the ground of the treachery of which they had been guilty, and advanced with their full force against Pharnaces; and having performed the distance from Calpitus to the river Halys in five days, they reached Parnassus in six more, and being there joined by Ariarathes, the king of the Cappadocians, with his own army, they entered the territory of the Mocissians. Just as they had pitched their camp, news came that the ambassadors from Rome had arrived to effect a pacification. When he heard this, Eumenes sent his brother Attalus to receive them; while he devoted himself to doubling the number of his troops, and improving them to the utmost: partly with a view to prepare them for actual service, and partly to impress the Romans with the belief that he was able to defend himself against Pharnaces, and beat him in war.
24.9When the Roman legates arrived and urged the putting an end to the war, Eumenes and Ariarathes professed to be ready to obey; but begged the Romans to bring them, if possible, to an interview with Pharnaces, that they might see fully from what was said in their own presence how faithless and cruel a man Pharnaces was; and, if this proved to be impossible, to take a fair and impartial view of the controversy and decide it themselves. The legates replied that they would do everything that was in their power and was consistent with honour; but they required the kings to remove their army from the country: for it was inconsistent that, when they were there with proposals for a peace, operations of war should be going on and mutual acts of hostility be committed. Eumenes and his ally yielded to this representation, and immediately marched off in the direction of Galatia. The Roman legates then visited Pharnaces, and first demanded that he should meet Eumenes and Ariarathes in a conference, as that would be the surest way of settling the affair; but when he expressed repugnance to that measure, and absolutely refused to do so, the Romans at once perceived that he plainly thought himself in the wrong, and distrusted his own cause; but, being anxious in any and every way to put an end to the war, they continued to press him until he consented to send plenipotentiaries to the coast, to conclude a peace on such terms as the legates might command. When these plenipotentiaries, the Roman legates, and Eumenes and Ariarathes met, the latter showed themselves ready to consent to any proposal for the sake of concluding a peace. But the envoys of Pharnaces disputed every point, and did not hold even to what they had once accepted, but continually brought forward some fresh demand, and altered their mind again and again. The Roman legates, therefore, quickly came to the conclusion that they were wasting their labour, as Pharnaces could not be induced to consent to the pacification. The conference accordingly having come to nothing, and the Roman legates having left Pergamum, and the envoys of Pharnaces having gone home, the war went on, Eumenes and his allies proceeding in their preparations for it. Meanwhile, however, the Rhodians earnestly requested Eumenes to help them; and he accordingly set out in great haste to carry on a war against the Lycians. . . .
Book 24, Part 4
24.10This year the Achaean Strategus Hyperbatus brought before the assembly the question of the letter from Rome as to the recall of the Lacedaemonian exiles. Lycortas and his party recommended that no change should be made, on the ground that The Romans had only acted as they were bound to do in listening to the petition of men who, on the face of it, were deprived of their rights, so far as that petition seemed reasonable; but when they were convinced that of a petition some points were impossible, and others such as to inflict great disgrace and damage upon their friends, it had never been their custom to insist upon them peremptorily, or force their adoption. So in this case also, if it were shown to them that the Achaeans by obeying their letter would be breaking their oaths, their laws, and the provisions engraved on the tablets, the very bonds of our league, they will retract their orders, and will admit that we are right to hesitate and to ask to be excused from carrying out its injunctions. Such was the speech of Lycortas. But Hyperbatus and Callicrates advised submission to the letter, and that they should hold its authority superior to law or tablet or anything else. Such being the division of opinion, the Achaeans voted to send ambassadors to the Senate, to put before it the points contained in the speech of Lycortas. Callicrates of Leontium, Lydiades of Megalopolis, and Aratus of Sicyon were forthwith nominated for this mission, and were despatched with instructions to this effect. But on their arrival at Rome Callicrates went before the Senate, and, so far from addressing it in accordance with his instructions, he on the contrary entered upon an elaborate denunciation of his political opponents; and, not contented with that, he undertook to rebuke the Senate itself.
24.11For he said that The Romans were themselves responsible for the Greeks neglecting their letters and orders instead of obeying them. For in all the democratic states of the day there were two parties,—one recommending obedience to the Roman rescripts, and holding neither law nor tablet nor anything else to be superior to the will of Rome; the other always quoting oaths and tablets, and exhorting the people to be careful about breaking them. Now the latter policy was by far the most popular in Achaia, and the most influential with the multitude; consequently the Romanisers were discredited and denounced among the populace—their opponents glorified. If then the Senate would give some sign of their interest in the matter, the leaders, in the first place, would quickly change to the Romanising party, and, in the next place, would be followed by the populace from fear. But if this were neglected by the Senate, the tendency towards the latter of the two parties would be universal, as the more creditable and honourable in the eyes of the populace. Thus it came about that at that very time certain statesmen, without any other claims whatever, had obtained the highest offices in their own cities, merely from coming forward to speak against the rescripts of the Senate, with the view of maintaining the validity of the laws and decrees made in the country. If then the Senate was indifferent about having their rescripts obeyed by the Greeks, by all means let it go on as it is now doing. But if the Senate wished that its orders should be carried out, and its rescripts be despised by no one, it must give serious attention to that subject. If it did not do so, he knew only too well that the exact opposite of the Senate’s wishes would come about, as in fact had already been the case. For but lately, in the Messenian disturbance, though Quintus Marcius had taken many precautions to prevent the Achaeans adopting any measures with regard to the Messenians without the consent of the Romans, they had disobeyed that order; had voted the war on their own authority; had not only wasted the whole county in defiance of justice, but had in some cases driven its noblest citizens into exile, and in others put them to death with every extremity of torture, though they had surrendered, and were guilty of no crime but that of appealing to Rome on the points in dispute. Again, too, though the Senate had repeatedly written to order the restoration of the Lacedaemonian exiles, the Achaeans were so far from obeying, that they had actually set up an engraved tablet, and made a sworn agreement with the men actually in possession of the city that these exiles should never return. With these instances before their eyes, the Romans should take measures of precaution for the future.
24.12After delivering a speech in these words, or to this effect, Callicrates left the Senate-house. He was followed by the envoys of the exiles, who retired after delivering a short address, stating their case, and containing some of the ordinary appeals to pity. The Senate was persuaded that much of what Callicrates had said touched the interests of Rome, and that it was incumbent upon it to exalt those who supported its own decrees, and to humble those who resisted them. It was with this conviction, therefore, and at this time that it first adopted the policy of depressing those who in their several states took the patriotic and honourable side, and promoting those who were for appealing to its authority on every occasion, right or wrong. The result of which was that gradually, as time went on, the Senate had abundance of flatterers, but a great scarcity of genuine friends. However, on this occasion the Senate did not write about the restoration of the exiles to the Achaeans only, but also to the Aetolians, Epirotes, Athenians, Boeotians, and Acarnanians, calling them all as it were to witness, in order to break down the power of the Achaeans. Moreover, they added to their answer, without saying a word to his colleagues, a remark confined entirely to Callicrates himself, that everybody in the various states should be as Callicrates. This man accordingly arrived in Greece with his answer, in a great state of exultation, little thinking that he had become the initiator of great miseries to all the Greeks, but especially to the Achaeans. This nation had still at that time the privilege of dealing on something like equal terms with Rome, because it had kept faith with her from the time that it had elected to maintain the Roman cause, in the hour of her greatest danger—I mean during the wars with Philip and Antiochus. . . . The league, too, had made progress in material strength and in every direction from the period from which my history commences; but the audacious proceeding of Callicrates proved the beginning of a change for the worse. . . .
Book 24, Part 5
24.12The Romans having the feelings of men, with a noble spirit and generous principles, commiserate all who have met with misfortunes, and show favour to all who fly to them for protection; but directly any one claims anything as of right, on the ground of having been faithful to their alliance, they at once draw in and correct their error to the best of their ability. Thus then Callicrates, who had been sent to Rome to plead for the rights of the Achaeans, acted in exactly the opposite spirit; and dragging in the subject of the Messenian war, on which the Romans themselves had made no complaint, returned to Achaia to overawe the people with the threat of the hostility of Rome. Having therefore by his official report frightened and dismayed the spirits of the populace, who were of course ignorant of what he had really said in the Senate, he was first of all elected Strategus, and, to make matters worse, proved to be open to bribery; and then, having got the office, carried out the restoration of the Lacedaemonian and Messenian exiles. . . .
24.13Philopoemen and Aristaenus, the Achaeans, were unlike both in character and policy. Philopoemen was formed by nature in body and mind for the life of a soldier, Aristaenus for a statesman and debater. In polities they differed in this, that whereas during the periods of the wars with Philip and Antiochus, Roman influence had become supreme in Greece, Aristaenus directed his policy with the idea of carrying out with alacrity every order from Rome, and sometimes even of anticipating it. Still he endeavoured to keep up the appearance of abiding by the laws, and did, in fact, maintain the reputation of doing so, only giving way when any one of them proved to plainly militate against the rescripts from Rome. But Philopoemen accepted, and loyally performed, all Roman orders which were in harmony with the laws and the terms of their alliance; but when such orders exceeded these limits, he could not make up his mind to yield a willing obedience, but was wont first to demand an arbitration, and to repeat the demand a second time; and if this proved unavailing, to give in at length under protest, and so finally carry out the order. . . .
24.14Aristaenus used to defend his policy before the Achaeans by some such arguments as these: It was impossible to maintain the Roman friendship by holding out the spear and the herald’s staff together. If we have the resolution to withstand them face to face, and can do so, well and good. But if Philopoemen himself does not venture to assert this, . . . why should we lose what is possible in striving for the impossible? There are but two marks that every policy must aim at—honour and expediency. Those to whom honour is a possible attainment should stick to that, if they have political wisdom; those to whom it is not must take refuge in expediency. To miss both is the surest proof of unwisdom: and the men to do that are clearly those who, while ostensibly consenting to obey orders, carry them out with reluctance and hesitation. Therefore we must either show that we are strong enough to refuse obedience, or, if we dare not venture even to suggest that, we must give a ready submission to orders.
Book 24, Part 6
24.15Philopoemen, however, said that People should not suppose him so stupid as not to be able to estimate the difference between the Achaean and Roman states, or the superiority of the power of the latter. But as it is the inevitable tendency of the stronger to oppress the weaker, can it be expedient to assist the designs of the superior power, and to put no obstacle in their way, so as to experience as soon as possible the utmost of their tyranny? Is it not, on the contrary, better to resist and struggle to the utmost of our power? . . . And if they persist in forcing their injunctions upon us, . . . and if, by reminding them of the facts we do something to soften their resolution, we shall at any rate mitigate the harshness of their rule to a certain extent; especially as up to this time the Romans, as you yourself say, Aristaenus, have always made a great point of fidelity to oaths, treaties, and promises to allies. But if we at once condemn the justice of our own cause, and, like captives of the spear, offer an unquestioning submission to every order, what will be the difference between the Achaeans and the Sicilians or Capuans, who have been notoriously slaves this long time past? Therefore it must either be admitted that the justice of a cause has no weight with the Romans, or, if we do not venture to say that, we must stand by our rights, and not abandon our own cause, especially as our position in regard to Rome is exceedingly strong and honourable. That the time will come when the Greeks will be forced to give unlimited obedience, I know full well. But would one wish to see this time as soon or as late as possible? Surely as late as possible! In this, then, my policy differs from that of Aristaenus. He wishes to see the inevitable arrive as quickly as possible, and even to help it to come: I wish to the best of my power to resist and ward it off.
24.15From these speeches it was made clear that while the policy of the one was honourable, of the other undignified, both were founded on considerations of safety. Wherefore while both Romans and Greeks were at that time threatened with serious dangers from Philip and Antiochus, yet both these statesmen maintained the rights of the Achaeans in regard to the Romans undiminished; though a report found its way about that Aristaenus was better affected to the Romans than Philopoemen. . . .
Book 25, Part 1
25.1TIBERIUS GRACCHUS destroyed three hundred cities of the Celtiberes. . . .
25.2The attack upon him being sudden and formidable, Pharnaces was reduced to submit to almost any terms; and on his sending an embassy, Eumenes and Ariarathes immediately accepted his proposals, and sent ambassadors to Pharnaces in return. When this had been repeated several times, the pacification was concluded on the following terms: Eumenes, Prusias, and Ariarathes, shall maintain perpetual peace with Pharnaces and Mithridates.
25.2Pharnaces shall not enter Galatia on any pretence.
Book 25, Part 2
25.2Such treaties as exist between Pharnaces and Gauls are hereby rescinded.
25.2Pharnaces shall likewise evacuate Paphlagonia, after restoring the inhabitants whom he had previously expelled, with their shields, javelins, and other equipment.
25.2Pharnaces shall restore to Ariarathes all territory of which he has deprived him, with the property thereon and the hostages.
Book 25, Part 3
25.2He shall restore Tium by the Pontus, which some time before was given freely and liberally by Eumenes to Prusias.
25.2Pharnaces shall restore, without ransom, all prisoners of war and all deserters.
25.2He shall repay to Morzius and Ariarathes, in lieu of all money and treasure taken from them, the sum of nine hundred talents, and shall add thereto three hundred talents for Eumenes towards the expenses of the war.
Book 25, Part 4
25.2Mithridates, the Satrap of Armenia, shall also pay three hundred talents, because he attacked Ariarathes in defiance of the treaty with Eumenes.
25.2The persons included under this treaty are, of the princes in Asia, Artaxias, lord of the greater part of Armenia, and Acusilochus: of those in Europe, Gatalus the Sarmatian: of the autonomous peoples, the Heracleotes, the Mesembrians in the Chersonese, and the Cyzicenes.
25.2The number and quality of hostages to be given by Pharnaces was also specified. The armies of the several parties then marched away, and thus was concluded the war of Eumenes and Ariarathes against Pharnaces.
Book 25, Part 5
25.3Having renewed the alliance with Rome, Perseus immediately began intriguing in Greece. He invited back into Macedonia absconding debtors, condemned exiles, and those who had been compelled to leave their country on charges of treason. He caused notices to be put up to that effect at Delos, Delphi, and the temple of Athena at Iton, offering not only indemnity to all who returned, but also the restoration of the property lost by their exile. Such also as still remained in Macedonia he released from their debts to the Royal exchequer, and set free those who had been confined in fortresses upon charges of treason. By these measures he raised expectations in the minds of many, and was considered to be holding out great hopes to all the Greeks. Nor were other parts of his life and habits wanting in a certain royal magnificence. His outward appearance was striking, and he was well endowed with all the physical advantages requisite for a statesman. His look and mien were alike dignified and such as became his age. He had moreover avoided his father’s weakness for wine and women, and not only drank moderately at dinner himself, but was imitated in this respect by his intimates and friends. Such was the commencement of the reign of Perseus. . . .
25.3When king Philip had become powerful and had obtained supremacy over the Greeks, he showed the most utter disregard of faith and principle; but when the breeze of fortune again set against him, his moderation was as conspicuous in its turn. But after his final and complete defeat, he tried by every possible expedient to consolidate the strength of his kingdom.
25.4After despatching the consuls Tiberius and Claudius against the Istri and Agrii, the Senate towards the end of summer transacted business with the ambassadors that had come from the Lycians. They had not arrived at Rome until the Lycians had been completely conquered, but they had been despatched a considerable time before. For the people of Xanthus in Lycia, when about to embark upon the war, had sent Nicostratus and others to Achaia and Rome as ambassadors: who coming to Rome at that time moved many of the Senators to pity them, by laying before them the oppressiveness of the Rhodians and their own danger; and at length induced the Senate to send envoys to Rhodes to declare that On inspecting the record of the arrangements made by the ten commissioners in Asia, when settling the dominions of Antiochus, it appeared that the Lycians had been given to the Rhodians, not as a gift, but rather as friends and allies. But many were still dissatisfied with this solution of the matter. For the Romans seemed to wish, by thus pitting Rhodes against Lycia, to exhaust the accumulations and treasures of the Rhodians, because they had heard of the recent conveyance of the bride of Perseus by the Rhodians, and of their grand naval review. For shortly before this the Rhodians had been holding, with great splendour and elaboration of equipment, a review of all vessels belonging to them; the fact being that a vast quantity of timber for ship-building had been presented to them by Perseus. Moreover he had presented a gold tiara to each of the rowers on the upper bench in the ship that had brought him his bride Laodice. . . .
Book 25, Part 6
25.5When the envoys from Rome reached Rhodes and announced the decrees of the Senate, there was a great excitement in the island, and much confused discussion among the leading politicians. They were much annoyed at the allegation that the Lycians had not been given them as a gift but as allies; for having just satisfied themselves that the Lycian war was successfully concluded, they saw the commencement of fresh trouble for themselves growing up. For no sooner had the Romans arrived and made this announcement to the Rhodians, than the Lycians began a fresh revolt, and showed a determination of fighting to the last extremity for autonomy and freedom. However, after hearing the Roman envoys, the Rhodians made up their minds that the Romans had been deceived by the Lycians, and forthwith appointed Lycophron to lead an embassy to offer an explanation to the Senate. And the state of affairs was such that there was momentary expectation of a fresh rising of the Lycians. . . .
25.6When the Rhodian envoys arrived in Rome the Senate, after listening to their address, deferred its answer. Meanwhile the Dardanian envoys came with reports as to the number of the Bastarnae, the size of their men, and their courage in the field. They gave information also of the treacherous practices of Perseus and the Gauls, and said that they were more afraid of him than of the Bastarnae, and therefore begged the help of the Romans. The report of the Dardani being supported by that of the Thessalian envoys who arrived at that time, and who also begged for help, the Senators determined to send some commissioners to see with their own eyes the truth of these reports; and they accordingly at once appointed and despatched Aulus Postumius, accompanied by some young men. . .
Book 26, Part 1
26SELEUCUS PHILOPATOR, whom we last heard of as king of Syria, was assassinated by one of his nobles—Heliodorus—in the twelfth year of his reign. Antiochus his younger brother had been a hostage at Rome, and being, according to agreement, exchanged in B. C. 175 for Philopator’s son Demetrius, he was returning to Syria. At Athens, on his journey home, he heard of the death of Seleucus, and the attempt of Heliodorus to usurp the kingdom. By the help of Eumenes Heliodorus was expelled and Antiochus installed, to the satisfaction of the people, who gave him at first the surname of Epiphanes. He is the Antiochus Epiphanes whose cruelties are recorded in the books of the Maccabees. He died mad at Tabae in Persia, B. C. 164. See 31, 11. For the following extract preserved by Athenaeus, see the translation of .
26.1ANTIOCHUS EPIPHANES, nicknamed from his actions Epimanes (the Madman), would sometimes steal from the court, avoiding his attendants, and appear roaming wildly about in any chance part of the city with one or two companions. His favourite place to be found was the shops of the silversmiths or goldsmiths, chatting and discussing questions of art with the workers in relief and other artists; at another time he would join groups of the people of the town and converse with any one he came across, and would drink with foreign visitors of the humblest description. Whenever he found any young men carousing together he would come to the place without giving notice, with fife and band, like a rout of revellers, and often by his unexpected appearance cause the guests to rise and run away. He would often also lay aside his royal robes, and, putting on a tebenna, go round the market-place as though a candidate for office, shaking hands and embracing various people whom he intreated to vote for him, sometime as aedile, and sometimes as tribune. And when he got the office and took his seat on an ivory curule chair, after the fashion of the Romans, he heard law cases which came on in the agora, and decided them with the utmost seriousness and attention. This conduct was very embarrassing to respectable people, some of whom regarded him as a good natured easy-going man, and others as a madman. In regard to making presents, too, his behaviour was on a par with this. Some he presented with dice made of gazelle horn, some with dates, others with gold. There were even instances of his making unexpected presents to men whom he met casually, and whom he had never seen before. In regard to public sacrifices and the honours paid to the gods, he surpassed all his predecessors on the throne; as witness the Olympieium at Athens and the statues placed round the altar at Delos. He used also to bathe in the public baths, when they were full of the townspeople, pots of the most expensive unguents being brought in for him; and on one occasion on some one saying, Lucky fellows you kings, to use such things and smell so sweet! without saying a word to the man, he waited till he was bathing the next day, and then coming into the bath caused a pot of the largest size and of the most costly kind of unguent called stacte to be poured over his head, so that there was a general rush of the bathers to roll themselves in it; and when they all tumbled down, the king himself among them, from its stickiness, there was loud laughter. . . .
Book 27, Part 1
27In B.C. 174 Perseus forced the Dolopes, who had appealed against him to Rome, to submit to his authority. After this successful expedition he marched through Central and Northern Greece, visiting Delphi, where he stayed three days, Phthiotid Achaia, and Thessaly. He carefully abstained from inflicting any damage in the districts through which he passed, and tried to gain the confidence of the various states. In the same year he made friendly advances to the Achaeans, who had forbidden any Lacedaemonian to enter their territory, by offering to restore their fugitive slaves. But in spite of the exertions of Xenarchus the Strategus, the Achaeans refuse to make any change (-24).
27The same year saw also commotions in Aetolia, which were settled by five Roman commissioners: and in Crete, on the old score of the status of the Lycians. Q. Minucius was sent to settle this also ().
27In B. C. 173 Perseus entered on still more active intrigues in Greece, and in spite of the wildest scandals that were afloat as to his tyranny, he gained a powerful hold in Aetolia, Thessaly, and Perrhaebia. The Senate accordingly sent Marcellus to Aetolia and Achaia, and App. Claudius to Thessaly, to inquire into the facts; and a commission of five into Macedonia, with directions to proceed afterwards to Alexandria ().
Book 27, Part 2
27In B. C. 172 king Eumenes visited Rome and urged the Senate to take measures in time to counteract the attempts of Perseus; warning them that he had already obtained strong hold upon the Boeotians and Aetolians, and had an inexhaustible recruiting ground in Thrace. That everywhere he had secured the death or exile of the partisans of Rome, and was overrunning in arms Thessaly and Perrhaebia (-13).
27The Senate, already inclined to listen to these representations, was still more inclined to do so by the defiant tone of Harpalus, the representative of king Perseus; by the attempted assassination of Eumenes by emissaries of Perseus at Delphi on his home journey; by receiving a report from Greece from C. Valerius confirming the speech of Eumenes; and lastly by the confession of one L. Rammius of Brundisium, that he had been requested to poison certain Roman envoys who were accustomed to stay at his house on their journeys to and from Macedonia and Greece ().
27War was now determined on for the next year, and the praetor ordered to enroll troops. And Eumenes also, now recovered from the wounds of the assassins, made preparations to join in the struggle (-27).
Book 27, Part 3
27In B. C. 171, fresh legions having been enrolled, and an army of sixteen thousand infantry and eight hundred cavalry ordered to Macedonia, envoys appeared from Perseus demanding the reason. The Senate would not allow them to enter the Pomoerium, but received them in the temple of Bellona: and after listening to a report from Sp. Cavilius that Perseus had, among other acts of hostility, taken cities in Thessaly and entered Perrhaebia in arms, the Senate answered the Macedonian envoys that any complaint they had to make must be made to the consul, P. Licinius, who would presently be in Macedonia, but that they must not come into Italy again ().
27A few days afterwards five commissioners were sent into Greece, who distributed the districts to be visited among themselves: Servius and Publius Lentulus and Lucius Decimius were to go to Cephallenia, the Peloponnese, and the west coast generally; Q. Marcius and Aulus Atilius to Epirus, Aetolia, Thessaly, and thence to Boeotia and Euboea, where they were to meet the Lentuli. Meanwhile a letter from Perseus, demanding the cause of their coming and of the presence of troops in Macedonia, was received and left unanswered. After visiting the districts assigned to them, in the course of doing which Marcius and Atilius had met Perseus on the river Peneus, and granted him a truce to enable him to send envoys to Rome (Marcius knowing well that the Romans were not yet fully prepared for war the commissioners reached their destination at Chalcis, where the earlier events narrated in the following extracts occurred (-43).
27.1AT this time Lases and Callias arrived at the head of an embassy from the Thespians, and Ismenias from Neon. Lases and his colleagues offered to put their city wholly into the hands of the Romans; Ismenias proposed to submit all the cities of Boeotia as one nation to the discretion of the commissioners. But this latter proposal was diametrically opposed to the policy of Marcius and his colleagues. What suited that policy best was to split up Boeotia into separate cities: and they therefore received Lases and his party, as well as the envoys from Chaeronea and Lebadea, and all who came from single cities, with great favour and lavish courtesy; but treated Ismenias with ostentatious neglect and coldness. Some of the exiles also attacked Ismenias and were very near stoning him to death, and would have done so if he had not saved himself by taking refuge through the door of the chamber where the commissioners were sitting. At the same period there were disturbances and party contests at Thebes. One party were for committing the town unconditionally to Rome; but the Coroneans and Haliartians flocked to Thebes and vehemently maintained that they ought to maintain the alliance with Perseus. For a time neither of the two parties showed any disposition to give in to each other; but when Olympichus of Coronea set the example of changing sides and asserting that they ought to cleave to the Romans, a great change and revolution came over the feelings of the populace. First, they compelled Dicetas to go on an embassy to Marcius and the other commissioners to excuse them for their alliance with Perseus. Next, they expelled Neon and Hippias, crowding to their houses, and bidding them go and make their own defence for the terms that they had made; for they were the men who had negotiated the alliance. When these men had left the town, the people immediately collected into the assembly and first voted honours and gifts to the Romans, and then ordered the magistrates to push on the alliance. Last of all they appointed ambassadors to hand over the city to the Romans and to restore their exiles.
Book 27, Part 4
27.2Whilst these things were being accomplished at Thebes, the exiles in Chalcis appointed Pompides to state their grievances against Ismenias, Neon, and Dicetas. The bad policy of these men being manifest, and the Romans lending their support to the exiles, Hippias and his party were rendered so odious that they were in danger of falling victims to the fury of the populace, until the Romans, by checking the assaults of the mob, secured them a certain degree of safety.
27.2When the Theban envoys arrived, bringing with them to the commissioners the decrees and honours I have mentioned, a rapid change passed over the face of things in each of the towns, for they were separated by a very narrow interval from each other. The commissioners with Marcius received the Theban envoys, complimented their town and counselled them to restore the exiles, and bade the several towns send embassies to Rome submitting themselves individually and unreservedly to the protection of the Romans. Their policy, therefore, of splitting up the league of the Boeotian towns, and of destroying the popularity of the Macedonian royal house with the Boeotian populace having thus completely succeeded, the commissioners sent for Servius Lentulus from Argos, and leaving him in charge at Chalcis went themselves to the Peloponnese; while Neon a few days afterwards retired to Macedonia; and Ismenias and Dicetas, being thrown at once into prison, shortly afterwards put an end to their lives. Thus it came about that the Boeotians, who had for a long period of years, and through many strange vicissitudes, maintained a national league, by now rashly and inconsiderately adopting the cause of Perseus, and giving way to an outburst of unreasoning excitement, were entirely disintegrated and split up into separate cities.
27.2When Aulus and Marcius arrived at Argos, after communication with the council of the Achaean league, they called upon Archon the Strategus to despatch a thousand men to Chalcis, to garrison the town until the arrival of the Romans; an order which Archon readily obeyed. Having thus settled affairs in Greece during the winter, and met Publius Lentulus and his two colleagues, the commissioners sailed back to Rome. . . .
Book 27, Part 5
27.3Meanwhile Tiberius Claudius and Aulus Postumius had been engaged on a visitation of the islands and Greek cities in Asia, and had spent the longest time in Rhodes; though the Rhodians at that time did not require any supervision, for the prytanis that year was Agesilochus, a man of high rank, who had once been on an embassy to Rome. Even before the legates came, as soon as it became clear that the Romans intended to go to war with Perseus he had urged his people to throw in their fortunes with those of Rome; and, among other things, had counselled them to repair forty ships, in order that, if any occasion for using them should arise, it should not find them still in the midst of preparations, but ready to answer to the call and to carry out their resolve at once. By stating these facts to the Roman envoys, and showing them the preparations visibly progressing, he let them return to Rome in a high state of satisfaction with Rhodes. . . .
27.4After the conferences had been held between the Roman envoys and the Greeks, Perseus drew up a despatch containing a statement of his case, and the arguments employed on either side; partly from an idea that he would thus be shown to have the superiority of right on his side, and partly because he wished to test the feelings of the several states. Copies of this despatch he sent to the other states by his ordinary letter-carriers; but to Rhodes he sent also Antenor and Philip as ambassadors, who, on their arrival in the island, handed over the document to the magistrates, and a few days afterwards entered the Council chamber and urged the Rhodians To remain neutral for the present and watch what happened; and, if the Romans attacked Perseus in violation of the treaty, to endeavour to mediate. For this was the interest of all, and pre-eminently of the Rhodians, who more than most peoples desired equality and freedom of speech, and were ever the protectors, not only of their own liberty, but of that of the rest of Greece also; and therefore ought to be proportionally careful to provide and guard against a policy of an opposite tendency. These and similar arguments of the envoys found favour with the Rhodian people. But, as they were already pledged to an attitude of friendship to Rome, the influence of the upper classes so far prevailed that, though a friendly reception was given to the Macedonian envoys, they demanded in their formal answer that Perseus should not ask them to take any measure which would involve the appearance of hostility to Rome. Antenor and his colleagues would not accept this reply, but with thanks for the kindness of their general reception, sailed back to Macedonia. . . .
27.5Being informed that some of the cities of Boeotia remained faithful to him, Perseus sent Alexander on a mission to them. On his arrival in Boeotia, Alexander was obliged to abstain from visiting any of the cities except Coronea, Thisbae, and Haliartus, finding that they offered him no facilities for securing close relations. But he entered those three towns and exhorted their inhabitants to cling to their loyalty to the Macedonians. They received his words with enthusiasm, and voted to send ambassadors to Macedonia. Alexander accordingly returned to the king and reported the state of things in Boeotia. A short time afterwards the ambassadors arrived, desiring the king to send aid to the cities which favoured the Macedonian cause; for the Thebans were oppressing them severely, because they would not agree with them and side with Rome, But Perseus replied that he was precluded by the truce from sending any aid to any one; but he begged them to resist the Thebans to the best of their power, and yet not to go to war with the Romans, but to remain neutral. . . .
Book 27, Part 6
27.6When the report of the commissioners from Asia concerning Rhodes and the other states had been at Rome, the Senate called in the ambassadors of Perseus, Solon and Hippias: who endeavoured to argue the whole case and to deprecate the anger of the Senate; and particularly to defend their master on the subject of the attempt upon the life of Eumenes. When they had finished all they had to urge, the Senate, which had all the while been resolved on war, bade them depart forthwith from Rome; and ordered all other Macedonians also that happened to be staying in the country to quit Italy within thirty days. The Senate then called upon the Consuls to act at once and see that they moved in good time. . . .
27.7Caius Lucretius being at anchor off Cephallenia, wrote a letter to the Rhodians, requesting them to despatch some ships, and entrusted the letter to a certain trainer named Socrates. This letter arrived at Rhodes in the second six months of the Prytany of Stratocles. When the question came on for discussion, Agathagetus, Rhodophon, Astymedes, and many others were for sending the ships and taking part in the war from the first, without any further pretence; but Deinon and Polyaratus, though really displeased at the favour already shown to Rome, now for the present used the case of Eumenes as their pretext, and began by that means to alienate the feelings of the populace. There had in fact been a long standing feeling of suspicion and dislike in the minds of the Rhodians against Eumenes, dating from the time of his war with Pharnaces; when, upon king Eumenes blockading the entrance of the Hellespont to prevent ships sailing into the Pontus, the Rhodians had interfered with his design and thwarted him. This ill-feeling had again been recently exasperated during the Lycian war on the question of certain forts, and a strip of territory on the frontier of the Rhodian Peraea, which was being damaged by some of Eumenes’s subjects. These incidents taken together made the Rhodians ready to listen to anything against the king. Seizing on this pretext, the party of Deinon tried to discredit the despatch, asserting that it did not come from the Romans but from Eumenes, who wished to involve them on any possible pretext in a war, and bring expense and perfectly unnecessary suffering upon the people. In support of their contention they put forward the fact that the man who brought the letter was some obscure trainer or another; and asserted that the Romans were not accustomed to employ such messengers, but were rather inclined to act with unnecessary care and dignity in the despatch of such missives. When they said this they were perfectly aware that the letter had really been written by Lucretius: their object was to persuade the Rhodian people to do nothing for the Romans readily, but rather to perpetually make difficulties, and thus give occasions for offence and displeasure to crop up between the two nations. For their deliberate purpose was to alienate Rhodes from the Roman friendship, and to join it to that of Perseus, by every means in their power. Their motives for thus clinging to Perseus were that Polyaratus, who was ostentatious and vain, had become heavily in debt; and that Deinon, who was avaricious and unscrupulous, had from the first relied on increasing his wealth by getting presents from princes and kings. These speeches having been delivered, the Prytanis Stratocles rose, and, after inveighing at some length against Perseus, and speaking with equal warmth in praise of the Romans, induced the people to confirm the decree for the despatch of the ships. Forthwith six quadriremes were prepared, five of which were sent to Chalcis under the command of Timagoras, and the other under the command of another Timagoras to Tenedos. This latter commander fell in at Tenedos with Diophanes, who had been despatched by Perseus to Antiochus, and captured both him and his crew. All such allies as arrived with offers of help by sea Lucretius thanked warmly, but excused from taking part in this service, observing that the Romans had no need of naval support. . . .
27.8After the Macedonian victory Perseus summoned his Council, when some of his friends expressed an opinion that he ought to send an embassy to the Roman general, to signify his readiness even now to pay the Romans the same amount of tribute as his father had formerly undertaken to pay when beaten in war, and to evacuate the same places. For if, they argued, the Romans accept the terms the war will be ended in a manner honourable to the king after his victory in the field; and the Romans, after this taste of Macedonian valour, will be much more careful in the future not to impose an unjust or harsh burden upon the Macedonians. And if, on the other hand, in spite of the past, they prove obstinate and refuse to accept them, the anger of heaven will with justice fall on them; while the king by his moderation will gain the support of Gods and men alike. The majority of his friends held this view, and Perseus expressing his assent to it, Pantauchus, son of Balacrus, and Midon of Beroea, were forthwith sent as ambassadors to Licinius. On their arrival, Licinius summoned his Council, and the ambassadors having stated their proposals in accordance with their instructions, Pantauchus and his colleague were requested to withdraw, and they deliberated on the proposition thus made to them. They decided unanimously to return as stern an answer as possible. For this is a peculiarity of the Romans, which they have inherited from their ancestors, and are continually displaying,—to show themselves most peremptory and imperious in the presence of defeat, and most moderate when successful: a very noble peculiarity, as every one will acknowledge; but whether it be feasible under certain circumstances may be doubted. However that may be, on the present occasion they made answer that Perseus must submit without reserve himself, and give the Senate full power to take whatever measures it might think good concerning Macedonia and all in it. On this being communicated to Pantauchus and Midon, they returned and informed Perseus and his friends; some of whom were roused to anger at this astonishing display of haughtiness, and advised Perseus to send no more embassies or messages about anything whatever. Perseus, however, was not the man to take such a line. He sent again and again to Licinius, with continually enhanced offers, and promising a larger and larger sum of money. But as nothing that he could do had any effect, and as his friends found fault with him, and told him that, though he had won a victory, he was acting like one who had been defeated and lost all, he was at length compelled to renounce the sending of embassies, and remove his camp back to Sicyrium. Such was the position of the campaign. . . .
Book 27, Part 7
27.9When the report of the favourable result for Perseus of the cavalry engagement, and of the victory of the Macedonians, spread through Greece, the inclination of the populace to the cause of Perseus blazed out like a fire, most of them having up to that time concealed their real feelings. Their conduct, to my mind, was like what one sees at gymnastic contests. When some obscure and far inferior combatant descends into the arena with a famous champion reputed to be invincible, the spectators immediately bestow their favour upon the weaker of the two, and try to keep up his spirits by applause, and eagerly second his efforts by their enthusiasm. And if he succeeds so far as even to touch the face of his opponent, and make a mark to prove the blow, the whole of the spectators again show themselves on his side. Sometimes they even jeer at his antagonist: not because they dislike or undervalue him, but because their sympathies are roused by the unexpected, and they are naturally inclined to take the weaker side. But if any one checks them at the right moment, they are quick to change and see their mistake. And this is what Cleitomachus is said to have done. He had the character of being an invincible athlete, and, as his reputation was spread all over the world, King Ptolemy is said to have been inspired with the ambition of putting an end to it. He therefore had Aristonicus the boxer, who was thought to have unusual physical capabilities for that kind of thing trained with extraordinary care, and sent to Greece. When he appeared on the arena at Olympia a great number of the spectators, it seems, immediately showed their favour for him, and cheered him on, being rejoiced that some one should have had the courage to make some sort of stand against Cleitomachus. But when, as the fight went on, he showed that he was a match for his antagonist, and even gave him a well-placed wound, there was a general clapping of hands, and the popular enthusiasm showed itself loudly on his side, the spectators calling out to Aristonicus to keep up his spirits. Thereupon they say that Cleitomachus stepped aside, and after waiting a short time to recover his breath, turned to the crowd and asked them Why, they cheered Aristonicus, and supported him all they could? Had they detected him in playing foul in the combat? Or were they not aware that Cleitomachus was at that moment fighting for the honour of Greece, Aristonicus for that of king Ptolemy? Would they prefer an Egyptian to carry off the crown by beating Greeks, or that a Theban and Boeotian should be proclaimed victor in boxing over all comers? Upon this speech of Cleitomachus, they say that such a revulsion of feeling came over the spectators, that Aristonicus in his turn was conquered more by the display of popular feeling than by Cleitomachus.
27.10What happened in the case of Perseus in regard to the feeling of the multitude was very similar to this. For if any one had pulled them up and asked them plainly, in so many words, whether they wished such great power to fall to one man, and were desirous of trying the effect of an utterly irresponsible despotism, I presume that they would have promptly bethought themselves, recanted all they had said, and gone to the other extreme of feeling. Or if some one had briefly recalled to their recollection all the tyrannical acts of the royal house of Macedonia from which the Greeks had suffered, and all the benefits they had received from the Romans, I imagine they would have at once and decisively changed their minds. However, for the present, at the first burst of thoughtless enthusiasm, the people showed unmistakable signs of joy at the news, being delighted at the unlooked-for appearance of a champion able to cope with Rome. I say this much to prevent any one, in ignorance of human nature, from bringing a rash charge of ingratitude against the Greeks for the feelings which they displayed at that time. . . .
27.11The cestros was a novel invention, made during the war with Perseus. This weapon consisted of an iron bolt two palms long, half of which was spike, and half a tube for the reception of the wooden shaft which was fixed into the tube, and measured a span in length and a finger-breadth in diameter. At the middle point of the shaft three wooden plumes were morticed in. The sling had thongs of unequal length, and on the leather between them the missile was loosely set. When the sling was being swung round, with the two thongs taut, the missile kept its place; but when the slinger let go one of the thongs, it flew from the leather like a leaden bullet, and was projected from the sling with such force as to inflict a very grievous wound upon any one whom it hit.
Book 27, Part 8
27.12Cotys was a man of distinguished appearance and of great ability in military affairs, and besides, quite unlike a Thracian in character. For he was of sober habits, and gave evidence of a gentleness of temper and a steadiness of disposition worthy of a man of gentle birth. . . .
27.13Ptolemy, the general serving in Cyprus, was by no means like an Egyptian, but was a man of sense and administrative ability. He received the governorship of the island when the king of Egypt was quite a child, and devoted himself with great zeal to the collection of money, refusing payments of any kind to any one, though he was often asked for them by the king’s agents, and subjected to bitter abuse for refusing to part with any. But when the king came of age he made up a large sum and sent it to Alexandria, so that both king Ptolemy himself and his courtiers expressed their approval of his previous parsimony and determination not to part with any money. . . .
27.14Just about the time when Perseus retired for the winter from the Roman war, Antenor arrived at Rhodes from him, to negotiate for the ransom of Diophanes and those who were on board with him. Thereupon there arose a great dispute among the statesmen as to what course they ought to take. Philophron, Theaetetus, and their party were against entering into such an arrangement on any terms; Deinon and Polyaratus and their party were for doing so. Finally they did enter upon an arrangement with Perseus for their redemption. . . .
Book 27, Part 9
27.15Cephalus came [to Pella] from Epirus. He had long been connected by friendship with the royal house of Macedonia, but was now compelled by the force of circumstances to embrace the side of Perseus, the cause of which was as follows: There was a certain Epirote named Charops, a man of high character, and well disposed to Rome, who, when Philip was holding the passes into Epirus, was the cause of his being driven from the country, and of Titus Flamininus conquering Epirus and Macedonia. Charops had a son named Machatus, who had a son also named Charops. Machatus having died when this son was quite a youth, the elder Charops sent his grandson with a suitable retinue to Rome to learn to speak and read Latin. In the course of time the young man returned home, having made many intimate friendships at Rome. The elder Charops then died, and the young man, being of a restless and designing character, began giving himself airs and attacking the distinguished men in the country. At first he was not much noticed, Antinous and Cephalus, his superiors in age and reputation, managing public affairs as they thought right. But when the war with Perseus broke out, the young man at once began laying information against these statesmen at Rome, grounding his accusations on their former intimacy with the Macedonian royal family; and by watching everything they said or did, and putting the worst construction on it, suppressing some facts and adding others, he succeeded in getting his accusations against them believed. Now Cephalus had always shown good sense and consistency, and at the present crisis had adhered to a course of the highest wisdom. He had begun by praying heaven that the war might not take place, or the question come to the arbitrament of arms; but when the war was actually begun, he was for performing all treaty obligations towards Rome, but for not going a step beyond this, or showing any unbecoming subservience or officiousness. When Charops then vehemently accused Cephalus at Rome, and represented everything that happened contrary to the wishes of the Romans as malice prepense on his part, at first he and others like him thought little of the matter, being not conscious of entertaining any designs hostile to Rome. But when they saw Hippolochus, Nicander, and Lochagus arrested without cause, and conveyed to Rome after the cavalry battle, and that the accusations made against them by Lyciscus were believed,—Lyciscus being a leader of the same party in Aetolia as Charops was in Epirus,—they at length began to be anxious about what would happen, and to consider their position. They resolved therefore to try every possible means to prevent themselves from being similarly arrested without trial and carried to Rome, owing to the slanders of Charops. It was thus that Cephalus and his friends were compelled, contrary to their original policy, to embrace the cause of Perseus. . . .
27.16Theodotus and Philostratus committed an act of flagrant impiety and treachery. They learnt that the Roman consul Aulus Hostilius was on his way to Thessaly to join the army; and thinking that, if they could deliver Aulus to Perseus, they would have given the latter the strongest possible proof of their devotion, and have done the greatest possible damage to the Romans at this crisis, they wrote urgently to Perseus to make haste. The king was desirous of advancing at once and joining them; but he was hindered by the fact that the Molossians had seized the bridge over the Aous, and was obliged to give them battle first. Now it chanced that Aulus had arrived at Phanota, and put up at the house of Nestor the Cropian, and thus gave his enemies an excellent opportunity; and had not fortune interfered on his behalf, I do not think that he would have escaped. But, in fact, Nestor providentially suspected what was brewing, and compelled him to change his quarters for the night to the house of a neighbour. Accordingly he gave up the idea of going by land through Epirus, and, having sailed to Anticyra, thence made his way into Thessaly. . . .
27.17Pharnaces was the worst of all his predecessors on the throne. . . .
Book 27, Part 10
27.18While Attalus was spending the winter in Elateia (in Phocis), knowing that his brother Eumenes was annoyed in the highest possible degree at the splendid honours which had been awarded to him having been annulled by a public decree of the Peloponnesians, though he concealed his annoyance from every one,—he took upon himself to send messages to certain of the Achaeans, urging that not only the statues of honour, but the complimentary inscriptions also, which had been placed in his brother’s honour, should be restored. His motive in acting thus was the belief that he could give his brother no greater gratification, and at the same time would display to the Greeks by this act his own brotherly affection and generosity. . . .
27.19When Antiochus saw that the government of Alexandria was openly making preparations for a war of annexation in Coele-Syria, he sent Meleager at the head of an embassy to Rome, with instructions to inform the Senate of the fact, and to protest that Ptolemy was attacking him without the least justification. . . .
27.20In all human affairs perhaps one ought to regulate every undertaking by considerations of time; but this is especially true in war, in which a moment makes all the difference between success and failure, and to miss this is the most fatal of errors. . . .
Book 27, Part 11
27.20Many men desire honour, but it is only the few who venture to attempt it; and of those who do so, it is rare to find any that have the resolution to persevere to the end. . . .
Book 28, Part 1
28.1WHEN the war between the kings Antiochus and Ptolemy for the possession of Coele-Syria had just begun, Meleager, Sosiphanes, and Heracleides came as ambassadors from Antiochus, and Timotheos and Damon from Ptolemy. The one actually in possession of Coele-Syria and Phoenicia was Antiochus; for ever since his father’s victory over the generals of Ptolemy at Panium all those districts had been subject to the Syrian kings. Antiochus, accordingly, regarding the right of conquest as the strongest and most honourable of all claims, was now eager to defend these places as unquestionably belonging to himself: while Ptolemy, conceiving that the late king Antiochus had unjustly taken advantage of his father’s orphan condition to wrest the cities in Coele-Syria from him, was resolved not to acquiesce in his possession of them. Therefore Meleager and his colleagues came to Rome with instructions to protest before the Senate that Ptolemy had, in breach of all equity, attacked him first; while Timotheos and Damon came to renew their master’s friendship with the Romans, and to offer their mediation for putting an end to the war with Perseus; but, above all, to watch the communications made by Meleager’s embassy. As to putting an end to the war, by the advice of Marcus Aemilius they did not venture to speak of it; but after formally renewing the friendly relations between Ptolemy and Rome, and receiving a favourable answer, they returned to Alexandria. To Meleager and his colleagues the Senate answered that Quintus Marcius should be commissioned to write to Ptolemy on the subject, as he should think it most to the interest of Rome and his own honour. Thus was the business settled for the time. . . .
28.2About this time there came also ambassadors from the Rhodians towards the end of summer, Agesilochus, Nicagoras, and Nicander. The objects of their mission were to renew the friendship of Rhodes and Rome; to obtain a license for importing corn from the Roman dominions; and to defend their state from certain charges that had been brought against it. For there were most violent party contests going on in Rhodes: Agathagetus, Philophron, Rhodophon, and Theaetetus resting all their hopes on the Romans, and Deinon and Polyaratus on Perseus and the Macedonians; and as these divisions gave rise to frequent debates in the course of their public business, and many contradictory expressions were used in their deliberations, plenty of opportunities were afforded to those who wished to make up stories against the state. On this occasion, however, the Senate affected to be ignorant of all this, though perfectly acquainted with what went on in the island, and granted them a license to import one hundred thousand medimini of corn from Sicily. This answer was given by the Senate to the Rhodians separately. Audience was then given collectively to all the envoys from the rest of Greece that were united in the same policy. . . .
28.3Aulus being thus Proconsul, and wintering in Thessaly with the army, sent Gaius Popilius and Gnaeus Octavius to visit certain places in Greece. They first came to Thebes, where, after speaking in complimentary terms of the Thebans, they exhorted them to maintain their good disposition towards Rome. They then went a round of the cities in the Peloponnese, and endeavoured to convince the people of the clemency and humanity of the Senate by producing the decree which I recently mentioned. At the same time they made it clearly understood that the Senate was aware who in the several states were hanging back and trying to evade their obligations, and who were forward and zealous; and they let it be seen that they were as much displeased with those who thus hung back as with those who openly took the opposite side. This brought hesitation and doubt to the minds of the people at large, as to how to frame their words and actions so as to exactly suit the necessities of the times. Gaius and Gnaeus were reported to have resolved, as soon as the Achaean congress was assembled, to accuse Lycortas, Archon, and Polybius, and to point out that they were opposed to the policy of Rome; and were at the present moment refraining from active measures, not because that was their genuine inclination, but because they were watching the turn of events, and waiting their opportunity. They did not, however, venture to do this, because they had no wellfounded pretext for attacking these men. Accordingly, when the council met at Aegium, after delivering a speech of mingled compliments and exhortation, they took ship for Aetolia.
Book 28, Part 2
28.4The Aetolian congress being summoned to meet them at Thermum, they came before the assembled people, and again delivered a speech in which expressions of benevolence were mixed with exhortations. But the real cause of summoning the congress was to announce that the Aetolians must give hostages. On their leaving the speakers’ platform, Proandrus stood forward and desired leave to mention certain services performed by himself to the Romans, and to denounce those who accused him. Gaius thereupon rose; and, though he well knew that Proandrus was opposed to Rome, he paid him some compliments, and acknowledged the truth of everything he had said. After this, Lyciscus stood forward, and, without accusing any one person by name, yet cast suspicion on a great many. For he said that The Romans had been quite right to arrest the ringleaders and take them to Rome (whereby he meant Eupolemus, Nicander, and the rest): but members of their party still remained in Aetolia, all of whom ought to meet with the same correction, unless they gave up their children as hostages to the Romans. In these words he meant to point especially to Archedamus and Pantaleon; and, accordingly, when he retired, Pantaleon stood up, and, after a brief denunciation of Lyciscus for his shameless and despicable flattery of the stronger side, turned to Thoas, conceiving him to be the man whose accusations of himself obtained the greater credit from the fact that he had never been supposed to be at enmity with him. He reminded Thoas first of the events in the time of Antiochus; and then reproached him for ingratitude to himself, because, when he had been surrendered to Rome, he obtained an unexpected release at the intercession of Nicander and himself. He ended by calling upon the Aetolians, not only to hoot Thoas down if he tried to speak, but to join with one accord in stoning him. This was done; and Gaius, after administering a brief reproof to the Aetolians for stoning Thoas, departed with his colleague to Acarnania, without any more being said about hostages. Aetolia, however, was filled with mutual suspicions and violent factions.
28.5In Acarnania the assembly was held at Thurium, at which Aeschrion, Glaucus, and Chremes, who were all partisans of Rome, begged Gaius and Gnaeus to place a garrison in Acarnania; for they had among them certain persons who were for putting the country in the hands of Perseus and the Macedonians. The advice of Diogenes was the opposite. A garrison, he said, ought not to be put into any of their cities, for that was what was done to those who had been at war with Rome and had been beaten; whereas the Acarnanians had done no wrong, and did not deserve in any respect to have a garrison thrust upon them. Chremes and Glaucus and their partisans were slandering their political opponents, and desired to bring in a garrison which would support their selfseeking policy, in order to establish their own tyrannical power. After these speeches, Gaius and his colleague, seeing that the populace disliked the idea of having garrisons, and wishing to follow the line of policy marked out by the Senate, expressed their adherence to the view of Diogenes; and departed to join the Proconsul at Larisa, after paying some compliments to the Acarnanians. . . .
28.6The Greeks made up their minds that this embassy required much consideration on their part. They therefore called to council such men as were of one mind in other political questions,— Arcesilaus and Ariston of Megalopolis, Stratius of Tritaea, Xenon of Patrae and Apollonides of Sicyon. But Lycortas stood firm to his original view: which was that they should send no help to either Perseus or Rome in any way, nor, on the other hand, take part against either. For he held that co-operation with either would be disadvantageous to the Greeks at large, because he foresaw the overwhelming power which the successful nation would possess; while active hostility, he thought, would be dangerous, because they had already in former times been in opposition to many of the most illustrious Romans in their state policy. Apollonides and Stratius did not recommend open and avowed hostility to Rome, but thought that Those who were for plunging headlong into the contest, and wished to use the action of the nation to secure their own personal favour at Rome, ought to be put down and boldly resisted. Archon said that They must yield to circumstances, and not give their personal enemies a handle for accusations; nor allow themselves to fall into the same misfortune as Nicander, who, before he had learnt what the power of Rome really was, had met with the gravest calamities. With this last view, Polyaenus, Arcesilaus, Ariston, and Xenon agreed. It was thereupon decided that Archon should go without delay to his duties as Strategus, and Polybius to those of Hipparch.
Book 28, Part 3
28.7Very soon after these events, and when Archon had made up his mind that the Achaeans must take active part with Rome and her allies, it happened most conveniently that Attalus made his proposal to him and found him ready to accept it. Archon at once eagerly promised his support to Attalus’s request: and when thereupon that prince’s envoys appeared at the next congress, and addressed the Achaeans about the restoration of king Eumenes’s honours, begging them to do this for the sake of Attalus, the people did not show clearly what their feeling was, but a good many rose to speak against the proposal from many various motives. Those who were originally the advisers of the honours being paid to the king were now desirous to confirm the wisdom of their own policy; while those who had private reasons for animosity against the king thought this a good opportunity for revenging themselves upon him; while others again, from spite against those who supported him, were determined that Attalus should not obtain his request. Archon, however, the Strategus, rose to support the envoys,—for it was a matter that called for an expression of opinion from the Strategus,— but after a few words he stood down, afraid of being thought to be giving his advice from interested motives and the hope of making money, because he had spent a large sum on his office. Amidst a general feeling of doubt and hesitation, Polybius rose and delivered a long speech. But that part of it which best fell in with the feelings of the populace was that in which he showed that The original decree of the Achaeans in regard to these honours enacted that such honours as were improper and contrary to law were to be abolished, but not all honours by any means. That Sosigenes and Diopeithes and their colleagues, however, who were at the time judges, and for private reasons personally hostile to Eumenes, seized the opportunity of overturning all the erections put up in honour of the king; and in doing so had gone beyond the meaning of the decree of the Achaeans, and beyond the powers entrusted to them, and, what was worst of all, beyond the demands of justice and right. For the Achaeans had not resolved upon doing away with the honours of Eumenes on the ground of having received any injury at his hands; but had taken offence at his making demands beyond what his services warranted, and had accordingly voted to remove everything that seemed excessive. As then these judges had overthrown these honours, because they had a greater regard for the gratification of their private enmity than for the honour of the Achaeans, so the Achaeans, from the conviction that duty and honour must be their highest consideration, were bound to correct the error of the judges, and the unjustifiable insult inflicted upon Eumenes: especially as, in doing so, they would not be bestowing this favour on Eumenes only, but on his brother Attalus also. The assembly having expressed their agreement with this speech, a decree was written out ordering the magistrates to restore all the honours of king Eumenes, except such as were dishonourable to the Achaean league or contrary to their law. It was thus, and at this time, that Attalus secured the reversal of the insult to his brother Eumenes in regard to the honours once given him in the Peloponnese. . . .
28.8Perseus sent Pleuratus the Illyrian, an exile living at his court, and Adaeus of Beroea on a mission to king Genthius, with instructions to inform him of what he had achieved in his war with the Romans, Dardani, Epirotes, and Illyrians up to the present time; and to urge him to make a friendship and alliance with him in Macedonia. These envoys journeyed beyond Mount Scardus, through Illyria Deserta, as it is called,—a region a short time back depopulated by the Macedonians, in order to make an invasion of Illyria and Macedonia difficult for the Dardani. Their journey through this region was accompanied by much suffering; but they reached Scodra, and being there informed that Genthius was at Lissus, they sent a message to him. He promptly responded: and having been admitted to an interview with him, they discussed the business to which their instructions referred. Genthius had no wish to forfeit the friendship of Perseus; but he alleged want of means as an excuse for not complying with the request at once, and his inability to undertake a war with Rome without money. With this answer, Adaeus and his colleagues returned home. Meanwhile Perseus arrived at Stubera, and sold the booty and gave his army a rest while waiting for the return of Pleuratus and Adaeus. On their arrival with the answer from Genthius, he immediately sent another mission, consisting again of Adaeus, Glaucias, one of his body-guards, and the Illyrian (Pleuratus) also, because he knew the Illyrian language, with the same instructions as before: on the ground that Genthius had not stated distinctly what he wanted, and what would enable him to consent to the proposals. When these envoys had started the king himself removed with his army to Hyscana. . . .
28.9The ambassador sent to Genthius returned without having accomplished anything more than the previous envoys, and without any fresh answer; for Genthius remained of the same mind,— willing to join with Perseus in his war, but professing to be in want of money. Perseus disregarded the hint, and sent another mission under Hippias to conclude the treaty, without taking any notice of the main point, while professing a wish to do whatever Genthius wished. It is not easy to decide whether to ascribe such conduct to mere folly, or to a spiritual delusion. For my part, I am inclined to regard it as a sheer spiritual delusion when men aim at bold enterprises, and risk their life, and yet neglect the most important point in their plans, though they see it all the time and have the power to execute it. For I do not think it will be denied by any man of reflection that, had Perseus at that time been willing to make grants of money either to states as such, or individually to kings and statesmen, I do not say on a great scale, but even to a moderate extent, they would all—Greeks and kings alike—have yielded to the temptation. As it was, he happily did not take that course, which would have given him, if successful, an overweening supremacy; or, if unsuccessful, would have involved many others in his disaster. But he took the opposite course: which resulted in confining the numbers of the Greeks who adopted the unwise policy at this crisis to very narrow limits. . . .
Book 28, Part 4
28.9[Perseus now returned from Stubera to Hyscana, and after a vain attempt upon Stratus in Aetolia, retired into Macedonia for the rest of the winter. In the early spring of B. C. 169 Q. Marcius Philippus began his advance upon Macedonia from his permanent camp in Perrhaebia. Perseus stationed Asclepiodotus and Hippias to defend two passes of the Cambunian mountains, while he himself held Dium, which commanded the coast road from Thessaly into Macedonia. Marcius however, after only a rather severe skirmish with the light-armed troops of Hippias, effected the passage of the mountains and descended upon Dium. The king was taken by surprise: he had not secured the pass of Tempe, which would have cut off the Romans from retreat; and he now hastily retired to Pydna. Q. Marcius occupied Dium, but after a short stay there retired upon Phila, to get provisions and secure the coast road. Whereupon Perseus reoccupied Dium, and contemplated staying there to the end of the summer. Q. Marcius took Heracleum, which was between Phila and Dium, and made preparations for a second advance on Dium. But the winter (B. C. 169-168) was now approaching, and he contented himself with seeing that the roads through Thessaly were put in a proper state for the conveyance of provisions. ; .]
28.10Having been completely worsted on the entrance of the Romans into Macedonia, Perseus found fault with Hippias. But in my opinion it is easy to find fault with others and to see their mistakes, but it is the hardest thing in the world to do everything that can be done one’s self, and to be thoroughly acquainted with one’s own affairs. And Perseus was now an instance in point. . . .
28.11The capture of Heracleum was effected in a very peculiar manner. The city wall at one part and for a short distance was low. The Romans attacked with three picked maniples: and the first made a protection for their heads by locking their shields together over them so closely, that they presented the appearance of a sloping tiled roof. . . .
Book 28, Part 5
28.11This manœuvre the Romans used also in mock fights. . . .
28.12Upon Perseus designing to come into Thessaly and there decide the war by a general engagement, as he probably would have done, Archon and his colleagues resolved to defend themselves against the suspicions and slanders that had been thrown upon them, by taking some practical steps. They therefore brought a decree before the Achaean congress, ordering an advance into Thessaly, with the full force of the league, to co-operate energetically with the Romans. The decree being confirmed, the Achaeans also voted that Archon should superintend the collection of the army and the necessary preparations for the expedition, and should also send envoys to the Consul in Thessaly, to communicate to him the decree of the Achaeans, and to ask when and where their army was to join him. Polybius and others were forthwith appointed, and strictly instructed that, if the Consul approved of the army joining him, they should at once send some messengers to communicate the fact, that they might not be too late on the field; and meanwhile, that Polybius himself should see that the whole army found provisions in the various cities through which it was to pass, and that the soldiers should have no lack of any necessaries. With these instructions the envoys started. The Achaeans also appointed Telocritus to conduct an embassy to Attalus, bearing the decree concerning the restoration of the honours of Eumenes. And as news arrived about the same time that king Ptolemy had just celebrated his anacleteria, the usual ceremony when the kings come of age, they voted to send some ambassadors to confirm the friendly relations existing between the league and the kingdom of Egypt, and thereupon appointed Alcithus and Pasiadas for this duty.
28.13Polybius and his colleagues found the Romans moved from Thessaly, and encamped in Perrhaebia, between Azorium and Doliche. They therefore postponed communication with the Consul, owing to the critical nature of the occasion, but shared in the dangers of the invasion of Macedonia. When the Roman army at length reached the district of Heracleum, it seemed the right moment for their interview with Q. Marcius, because he considered that the most serious part of his undertaking was accomplished. The Achaean envoys therefore took the opportunity of presenting the decree to Marcius, and declaring the intention of the Achaeans, to the effect that they wished with their full force to take part in his contests and dangers. In addition to this they demonstrated to him that every command of the Romans, whether sent by letter or messenger, had been during the present war accepted by the Achaeans without dispute. Marcius acknowledged with great warmth the good feeling of the Achaeans, but excused them from taking part in his labours and expenses, as there was no longer any need for the assistance of allies. The other ambassadors accordingly returned home; but Polybius stayed there and took part in the campaign, until Marcius, hearing that Appius Cento asked for five thousand Achaean soldiers to be sent to Epirus, despatched Polybius with orders to prevent the soldiers being granted, or such a heavy expense being causelessly imposed on the Achaeans; for Appius had no reason whatever for asking for these soldiers. Whether he did this from consideration for the Achaeans, or from a desire to prevent Appius from obtaining any success, it is difficult to say. Polybius, however, returned to the Peloponnese and found that the letter from Epirus had arrived, and that the Achaean congress had been soon afterwards assembled at Sicyon. He was therefore in a situation of great embarrassment. When Cento’s demand of soldiers was brought before the Congress he did not think it by any means proper to reveal the charge which Q. Marcius had given him privately: and on the other hand to oppose the demand, without some clear pretext, was exceedingly dangerous. In this difficult and delicate position he called to his aid the decree of the Roman Senate, forbidding compliance with the written demands of commanders unless made in accordance with its own decree, Now, no mention of such a decree occurred in the despatch from Appius. By this argument he prevailed with the people to refer the matter to the Consul, and by his means to get the nation relieved of an expense which would amount to over a hundred and twenty talents. Still he gave a great handle to those who wished to denounce him to Appius, as having thwarted his design of obtaining a reinforcement. . . .
Book 28, Part 6
28.14The people of Cydon at this time committed a shocking act of indisputable treachery. Though many such have occurred in Crete, yet this appeared to go beyond them all. For though they were bound to Apollonia, not only by the ties of friendship, but by those of common institutions also, and in fact by everything which mankind regard as sacred, and though these obligations were confirmed by a sworn treaty engraved and preserved in the temple of Idaean Zeus, yet they treacherously seized Apollonia, put the men to the sword, plundered the property, and divided among themselves the women, children, city, and territory. . . .
28.15Afraid of the Gortynians, because they had narrowly escaped losing their city in the previous year by an attack led by Nothocrates, the Cydonians sent envoys to Eumenes demanding his assistance in virtue of their alliance with him. The king selected Leon and some soldiers, and sent them in haste to Crete; and on their arrival the Cydonians delivered the keys of their city to Leon, and put the town entirely in his hands. . . .
28.16The factions in Rhodes kept continually becoming more and more violent. For when the decree of the Senate, directing that they should no longer conform to the demands of the military magistrates but only to those contained in the Senate’s decrees, was communicated to them, and the people at large expressed satisfaction at the care of the Senate for their interests; Philophron and Theaetetus seized the occasion to carry out their policy further, declaring that they ought to send envoys to the Senate, and to Q. Marcius Philippus the Consul, and Gaius Marcius Figulus, the commander of the fleet. For it was by that time known to everybody which of the magistrates designate in Rome were to come to Greece. The proposal was loudly applauded, though some dissent was expressed: and at the beginning of the summer Agesilochus, son of Hegesias, and Nicagoras, son of Nicander, were sent to Rome; Agepolis, Ariston, and Pancrates to the Consul and commander of the fleet, with instructions to renew the friendship of the Cretans with Rome, and to make their defence against the accusations that were being uttered against their state; while Agesilochus and his colleagues were at the same time to make a proposal about a license to export corn from the Roman dominions. The speech made by these envoys to the Senate, and the reply made by the Senate, and the successful termination of their mission, I have already mentioned in the section devoted to Italian affairs. But it is useful to repeat such points, as I am careful to do, because I am obliged frequently to record the actual negotiations of ambassadors before mentioning the circumstances attending their appointment and despatch. For since I am recording under each year the contemporary events in several countries, and endeavouring to take a summary review of them all together at the end, this must of necessity form a feature in my history.
Book 28, Part 7
28.17Agepolis and his colleagues found Q. Marcius himself encamped near Heracleum in Macedonia, and delivered their commission to him there. In answer, he said that He himself paid no attention to those calumnies, and advised them not to pay any to those who ventured to speak against Rome. He added many other expressions of kindness, and even wrote them in a despatch to the people of Rhodes. Agepolis was much charmed by his whole reception; and observing this, the Consul took him aside and said to him privately that He wondered at the Rhodians not trying to put an end to the war, which it would be eminently in their interests to do. Did the Consul act thus because he was suspicious of Antiochus, and was afraid, if he conquered Alexandria, that he would prove a formidable second enemy to themselves, seeing that the war with Perseus was becoming protracted, and the war for Coele-Syria had already broken out? Or was it because he saw that the war with Perseus was all but decided, now that the Roman legions had entered Macedonia, and because he had confident hopes of its result; and therefore wished, by instigating the Rhodians to interfere between the kings, to give the Romans a pretext for taking any measures they might think good concerning them? It would not be easy to say for certain; but I am inclined to believe that it was the latter, judging from what shortly afterwards happened to the Rhodians. However, Agepolis and his colleagues immediately afterwards proceeded to visit Gaius Marcius Figulus: and, having received from him still more extraordinary marks of favour than from Quintus Marcius, returned with all speed to Rhodes. When they received the report of the embassy, and knew that the two commanders had vied with each other in warmth, both by word of mouth and in their formal answers, the Rhodians were universally elated and filled with pleasing expectation. But not all in the same spirit: the sober-minded were delighted at the good feeling of the Romans towards them; but the restless and fractious calculated in their own minds that this excessive complaisance was a sign that the Romans were alarmed at the dangers in which they found themselves, and at their success not having answered to their expectations. But when Agepolis communicated to his friends that he had a private message from Q. Marcius to the Cretan Council about putting an end to the war (in Syria), then Deinon and his friends felt fully convinced that the Romans were in a great strait; and they accordingly sent envoys also to Alexandria to put an end to the war then existing between Antiochus and Ptolemy. . . .
28.18King Antiochus was a man of ability in the field and daring in design, and showed himself worthy of the royal name, except in regard to his manœuvres at Pelusium. . . .
28.19When Antiochus was actually in occupation of Egypt, Comanus and Cineas, after consultation with king Ptolemy Physcon, determined upon summoning a conference of the most distinguished Egyptian nobles to consult about the danger which threatened them. The first resolution the conference came to was to send the Greek envoys who were then at Alexandria as envoys to Antiochus to conclude a pacification. There were at that time in the country two embassies from the Achaean league, one which had been sent to renew the alliance between the league and Egypt, and which was composed of Alcithus of Aegium, son of Xenephon, and Pasiodes, and another sent to give notice of the festival of the Antigoneia. There was also an embassy from Athens led by Demaratus on the subject of some present, and two sacred embassies, one in connexion with the Panathenaea under the presidency of Callias the pancratiast, and the other on the subject of the mysteries, of which Cleostratus was the active member and spokesman. There were also there Eudemus and Hicesius from Miletus, and Apollonides and Apollonius from Clazomenae. The king also sent with them Tlepolemus and Ptolemy the rhetorician as envoys. These men accordingly sailed up the river to meet Antiochus. . . .
Book 28, Part 8
28.20While Antiochus was occupying Egypt, he was visited by the Greek envoys sent to conclude terms of peace. He received them courteously, devoted the first day to giving them a splendid entertainment, and on the next granted them an interview, and bade them deliver their instructions. The first to speak were the Achaeans, the next the Athenian Demaratus, and after him Eudemus of Miletus. And as the occasion and subject of their speeches were the same, the substance of them was also nearly identical. They all laid the blame of what had occurred on Eulaeus, and referring to Ptolemy’s youth and his relationship to himself, they intreated the king to lay aside his anger. Thereupon Antiochus, after acknowledging the general truth of their remarks, and even supporting them by additional arguments of his own, entered upon a defence of the justice of his original demands. He attempted to establish the claim of the king of Syria on Coele-Syria, Insisting upon the fact that Antigonus, the founder of the Syrian kingdom, exercised authority in that country; and referring to the formal cession of it to Seleucus, after the death of Antigonus, by the sovereigns of Macedonia. Next he dwelt on the last conquest of it by his father Antiochus; and finally he denied that any such agreement was made between the late king Ptolemy and his father as the Alexandrian ministers asserted, to the effect that Ptolemy was to take Coele-Syria as a dowry when he married Cleopatra, the mother of the present king. Having by these arguments not only persuaded himself, but the envoys also, of the justice of his claim, he sailed down the river to Naucratis. There he treated the inhabitants with humanity, and gave each of the Greeks living there a gold piece, and then advanced towards Alexandria. He told the envoys that he would give them an answer on the return of Aristeides and Thesis, whom he had sent on a mission to Ptolemy; and he wished, he said, that the Greek envoys should all be cognisant and witnesses of their report. . . .
28.21The eunuch Eulaeus persuaded Ptolemy to collect his money, give up his kingdom to his enemies, and retire to Samothrace. This will be to any one who reflects upon it a convincing proof of the supreme mischief done by evil companions of boyhood. That a monarch so entirely out of reach of personal danger and so far removed from his enemies, should not make one effort to save his honour, while in possession too of such abundant resources, and master over such wide territory and such numerous subjects, but should at once without a blow surrender a most splendid and wealthy kingdom,—is not this the sign of a spirit utterly effeminate and corrupted? And if this had been Ptolemy’s natural character, we must have laid the blame upon nature and not upon any external influence. But since by his subsequent achievements his natural character has vindicated itself, by proving Ptolemy to be sufficiently resolute and courageous in the hour of danger, we may clearly, without any improbability, attribute to this eunuch, and his companionship with the king in his boyhood, the ignoble spirit displayed by him on that occasion, and his idea of going to Samothrace. . . .
28.22After raising the siege of Alexandria, Antiochus sent envoys to Rome, whose names were Meleager, Sosiphanes, and Heracleides, agreeing to pay one hundred and fifty talents, fifty as a complimentary present to the Romans, and the rest as a gift to be divided among certain cities in Greece. . . .
Book 28, Part 9
28.23In the course of these same days envoys sailed in from Rhodes to Alexandria, headed by Pration, to negotiate a pacification; and a few days afterwards presented themselves at the camp of Antiochus. Admitted to an interview, they argued at considerable length, mentioning their own country’s friendly feelings to both kingdoms, and the ties of blood existing between the two kings themselves, and the advantage which a peace would be to both. But the king interrupted the envoy in the middle of his speech by saying that there was no need of much talking, for the kingdom belonged to the elder Ptolemy, and with him he had long ago made terms, and they were friends, and if the people wished now to recall him Antiochus would not prevent them. And he kept his word. . . .
Book 29, Part 1
29.1THEIR one idea, expressed at parties or conversations in the street, was, that they should manage the war in Macedonia while remaining quietly at home in Rome, sometimes by criticising what the generals were doing, at others what they were leaving undone. From this the public interests never got any good, and often a great deal of harm. The generals themselves were at times greatly hampered by this ill-timed loquacity. For as it is the invariable nature of slander to spread rapidly and stop at nothing, the people got thoroughly infected by this idle talk, and the generals were consequently rendered contemptible in the eyes of the enemy. . . .
29.2The Senate being informed that Antiochus had become master of Egypt, and all but taken Alexandria, and conceiving that the aggrandisement of that king was a matter affecting themselves, appointed Gaius Popilius and others to go as ambassadors to put an end to the war, and generally to inspect the state of affairs. . . .
29.3Hippias, and the other ambassadors sent by Perseus, to Genthius to make an alliance with him, returned before the winter, and reported that Genthius would undertake to join in the war with Rome if he was paid three hundred talents and received proper securities. Thereupon Perseus sent Pantauchus, one of his chief friends, with the following instructions: He was to agree to pay Genthius the money; to interchange oaths of alliance; to take from Genthius such hostages as he himself might select, and send them at once to Macedonia; and to allow Genthius to have such hostages from Perseus as he might name in the text of the treaty; further, he was to make arrangements for the transport of the three hundred talents. Pantauchus immediately started and met Genthius at Mebeōn, in the country of the Labeates, and quickly bought the young monarch over to join in the projects of Perseus. The treaty having been sworn to and reduced to writing, Genthius at once sent the hostages whose names Pantauchus had caused to be entered in the text of the treaty; and with them he despatched Olympion to receive the oaths and hostages from Perseus, with others who were to have charge of the money. Pantauchus persuaded him to send also some ambassadors to join in a mission to Rhodes with some sent by Perseus, in order to negotiate a mutual alliance between the three states. For if this were effected, and the Rodians consented to embark upon the war, he showed that they would be easily able to conquer the Romans. Genthius listened to the suggestion, and appointed Parmenio and Marcus to undertake the mission; with instructions that, as soon as they had received the oaths and hostages from Perseus, and the question of the money had been settled, they were to proceed on the embassy to Rhodes.
29.4So these various ambassadors started together for Macedonia. But Pantauchus stayed by the side of the young king, and kept reminding him of the necessity of making warlike preparations, and urging him not to be too late with them. He was especially urgent that he should prepare for a contest at sea; for, as the Romans were quite unprepared in that department on the coasts both of Epirus and Illyria, any purpose he might form would be easily accomplished by himself and the forces he might despatch. Genthius yielded to the advice and set about his preparations, naval and military alike: and Perseus, as soon as the ambassadors and hostages from Genthius entered Macedonia, set off from his camp on the River Elpeius, with his whole cavalry, to meet them at Dium. His first act on meeting them was to take the oaths to the alliance in the presence of the whole body of cavalry; for he was very anxious that the Macedonians should know of the adhesion of Genthius, hoping that this additional advantage would have the effect of raising their courage: and next he received the hostages and handed over his own to Olympion and his colleagues, the noblest of whom were Limnaeus, the son of Polemocrates, and Balacrus, son of Pantauchus. Lastly, he sent the agents who had come for the money to Pella, assuring them that they would receive it there: and appointed the ambassadors for Rhodes to join Metrodorus at Thessalonica, and hold themselves in readiness to embark.
Book 29, Part 2
29.4This embassy succeeded in persuading the Rhodians to join in the war. And, having accomplished this, Perseus next sent Herophon, who had been similarly employed before, on a mission to Eumenes; and Telemnastos of Crete to Antiochus to urge him Not to let the opportunity escape; nor to imagine that Perseus was the only person affected by the overbearing and oppressive conduct of Rome: but to be quite sure that, if he did not now assist Perseus, if possible by putting an end to the war, or, if not, by supporting him in it, he would quickly meet with the same fate himself. . . .
29.5In venturing upon a narrative of the intrigues of Perseus and Eumenes, I have felt myself in a position of great embarrassment. For to give full and accurate details of the negotiations, which these two kings conducted in secret between themselves, appeared to me to be an attempt open to many obvious criticisms and exceedingly liable to error: and yet to pass over in complete silence what seemed to have exercised the most decisive influence in the war, and which alone can explain many of the subsequent events, seemed to me to wear the appearance of a certain sluggishness and entire want of enterprise. On the whole, I decided to state briefly what I believed to be truth, and the probabilities and surmises on which I founded that opinion; for I was, in fact, during this period more struck than most people at what happened.
29.6I have already stated that Cydas of Crete, while, serving in the army of Eumenes and held in especial honour by him, had in the first place had interviews with Cheimarus, one of the Cretans in the army of Perseus, and again had approached the walls of Demetrias, and conversed first with Menecrates, and then with Antimachus. Again, that Herophon had been twice on a mission from Perseus to Eumenes, and that the Romans on that account began to have reasonable suspicions of king Eumenes, is rendered clear from what happened to Attalus. For they allowed this prince to come to Rome from Brundisium, and to transact the business he had on hand, and finally gave him a favourable answer and dismissed him with every mark of kindness, although he had done them no service of any importance in the war with Perseus; while Eumenes, who had rendered them the most important services, and had assisted them again and again in their wars with Antiochus and Perseus, they not only prevented from coming to Rome, but bade him leave Italy within a certain number of days, though it was mid-winter. Therefore it is quite plain that some intriguing had been taking place between Perseus and Eumenes to account for the alienation of the Romans from the latter. What this was, and how far it went, is our present subject of inquiry.
29.7We can easily satisfy ourselves that Eumenes cannot have wished Perseus to be the victor in the war and become supreme in Greece. For to say nothing of the traditional enmity and dislike existing between these two, the similarity of their respective powers was sufficient to breed distrust, jealousy, and, in fact, the bitterest animosity between them. It was always open to them to intrigue and scheme against each other secretly, and that they were both doing. For when Eumenes saw that Perseus was in a bad way, and was hemmed in on every side by his enemies, and would accept any terms for the sake of putting an end to the war, and was sending envoys to the Roman generals year after year with this view; while the Romans also were uneasy about the result, because they made no real progress in the war until Paulus took the command, and because Aetolia was in a dangerous state of excitement, he conceived that it would not be impossible that the Romans would consent to some means of ending the war and making terms: and he looked upon himself as the most proper person to act as mediator and effect the reconciliation. With these secret ideas in his mind, he began sounding Perseus by means of Cydas of Crete, the year before, to find out how much he would be inclined to pay for such a chance. This appears to me to be the origin of their connexion with each other.
Book 29, Part 3
29.8Two kings, one of whom was the most unprincipled and the other the most avaricious in the world, being now pitted against each other, their mutual struggles presented a spectacle truly ridiculous. Eumenes held out every kind of hope, and threw out every species of bait, believing that he would catch Perseus by such promises. Perseus, without waiting to be approached, rushed to the bait held out to him, and made for it greedily; yet he could not make up his mind to swallow it, to such an extent as to give up any money. The sort of huckstering contest that went on between them was as follows. Eumenes demanded five hundred talents as the price of his abstention from co-operating with the Romans by land and sea during the fourth year of the war, and fifteen hundred for putting an end to the war altogether, and promised to give hostages and securities for his promise at once. Perseus accepted the proposal of hostages, named the number, the time at which they were to be sent, and the manner of their safe custody at Cnosus. But as to the money, he said that it would be disgraceful to the one who paid, and still more to the one who received it, to be supposed to remain neutral for hire; but the fifteen hundred talents he would send in charge of Polemocrates and others to Samothrace, to be held as a deposit there. Now Perseus was master of Samothrace; but as Eumenes, like a poor physician, preferred a retaining-fee to a payment after work, he finally gave up the attempt, when he found that his own craftiness was no match for the meanness of Perseus. They thus parted on equal terms, leaving, like good athletes, the battle of avarice a drawn one. Some of these details leaked out at the time, and others were communicated subsequently to Perseus’s intimate friends; and he has taught us by them that every vice is clinched, so to speak, by avarice.
29.9I add the further question from my own reflexions, whether avarice is not also short-sighted? For who could fail to remark the folly of both the kings? How could Eumenes on the one hand expect to be trusted by a man with whom he was on such bad terms; and to get so large a sum of money, when he was able to give Perseus absolutely no security for recovering it, in case of his not carrying out his promises? And how could he expect not to be detected by the Romans in taking so large a sum? If he had concealed it at the time he certainly would not have done so long. Moreover, he would have been bound at any rate, in return for it, to have adopted the quarrel with Rome; in which he would have been certain to have lost the money and his kingdom together, and very probably his life also, by coming forward as an enemy of the Romans. For if, even as it was, when he accomplished nothing, but only imagined it, he fell into the gravest dangers, what would have happened to him if this design had been brought to perfection? And again, as to Perseus—who could fail to be surprised at his thinking anything of higher importance, or more to his advantage, than to give the money and allow Eumenes to swallow the bait? For if, on the one hand, Eumenes had performed any part of his promises, and had put an end to the war, the gift would have been well bestowed; and if, on the other hand, he had been deceived of that hope, he could at least have involved him in the certain enmity of Rome; for he would have had it entirely in his own power to make these transactions public. And one may easily calculate how valuable this would have been to Perseus, whether he succeeded or failed in the war: for he would have regarded Eumenes as the guilty cause of all his misfortunes, and could in no way have retaliated upon him more effectually than by making him an enemy of Rome. What then was the root of all this blind folly? Nothing but avarice. It could have been nothing else; for, to save himself from giving money, Perseus was content to suffer anything, and neglect every other consideration. On a par too with this was his conduct to the Gauls and Genthius. . . .
29.10The question being put to the vote at Rhodes, it was carried to send envoys to negotiate a peace; and this decree thus decided the relative strength of the opposite political parties at Rhodes [as has been stated in my essay on public speaking], showing that the party for siding with Perseus was stronger than that which was for preserving their country and its laws. The Prytanies immediately appointed ambassadors to negotiate the cessation of the war: Agepolis, Diocles, and Cleombrotus were sent to Rome; Damon, Nicostratus, Agesilochus, and Telephus to Perseus and the consul. The Rhodians went on in the same spirit to take further steps, so that they eventually committed themselves past all excuse. For they at once sent ambassadors to Crete, to renew their friendly relations with the entire Cretan people, and to urge that, in view of the dangers that threatened them, they should throw in their lot with the people of Rhodes, and hold the same people to be friends and enemies as they did, and also to address the separate cities to the same effect. . . .
29.11When the embassy led by Parmenio and Morcus from Genthius, accompanied by those led by Metrodorus, arrived in Rhodes, the assembly summoned to meet them proved very turbulent, the party of Deinon venturing openly to plead the cause of Perseus, whilst that of Theaetetus was quite overpowered and dismayed. For the presence of the Illyrian galleys, the number of the Roman cavalry that had been killed, and the fact of Genthius having changed sides, quite crushed them. Thus it was that the result of the meeting of the assembly was as I have described it. For the Rhodians voted to return a favourable answer to both kings, to state that they had resolved to put an end to the war, and to exhort the kings themselves to make no difficulty about the terms. They also received the ambassadors of Genthius at the common altar-hearth or Prytaneum of the city with every mark of friendship. . . .
Book 29, Part 4
29.12Other historians [have spoken in exaggerated terms] of the Syrian war. And the reason is one which I have often mentioned. Though their subjects are simple and without complications, they seek the name and reputation of historians not from the truth of their facts, but the number of their books; and accordingly they are obliged to give petty affairs an air of importance, and fill out and give rhetorical flourishes to what was originally expressed briefly; dress up actions and achievements which were originally quite secondary; expatiate on struggles; and describe pitched battles, in which sometimes ten or a few more infantry fell, and still fewer cavalry. As for sieges, local descriptions, and the like, one cannot say that their treatment is adequate, because they have no facts to give. But a writer of universal history must pursue a different plan; and therefore I ought not to be condemned for minimising the importance of events, if I sometimes pass over affairs that have met with wide fame and laboured description, or for mentioning them with brevity; but I ought to be trusted to give to each subject the amount of discussion which it deserves. Such historians as I refer to, when they are describing in the course of their work the siege, say of Phanoteia, or Coroneia, or [Haliartus], are forced to display all the contrivances, bold strokes, and other features of a siege; and when they come to the capture of Tarentum, the sieges of Corinth, Sardis, Gaza, Bactra, and, above all, of Carthage, they must draw on their own resources to prolong the agony and heighten the picture, and are not at all satisfied with me for giving a more truthful relation of such events as they really occurred. Let this statement hold good also as to my description of pitched battles and public harangues, as well as other departments of history; in all of which I might fairly claim considerable indulgence, as also in what is now about to be narrated, if I am detected in some inconsistency in the substance of my story, the treatment of my facts, or the style of language; and also if I make some mistakes in the names of mountains or rivers, or the special features of localities: for indeed the magnitude of my work is a sufficient excuse in all these points, unless, indeed, I am ever detected in deliberate or interested misstatements in my writings: for such I ask no indulgence, as I have repeatedly and explicitly remarked in the course of my history. . . .
29.13Genthius, king of the Illyrians, disgraced himself by many abominable actions in the course of his life from his addiction to drink, in which he indulged continually day and night. Among other things he killed his brother Plastor, who was about to marry the daughter of Monunius, and married the girl himself. He also behaved with great cruelty to his subjects. . . .
29.14The first man to volunteer to make the outflanking movement was Scipio Nasica, son-in-law of Scipio Africanus, who afterwards became the most influential man in the Senate, and who now undertook to lead the party. The second was Fabius Maximus, the eldest of the sons of the consul Aemilius Paulus, still quite a young man, who stood forward and offered to join with great enthusiasm. Aemilius was therefore delighted and assigned them a body of soldiers. . . .
29.15The Romans offered a gallant resistance by aid of their strong targets or Ligurian shields. . . .
Book 29, Part 5
29.15Perseus saw that Aemilius had not moved, and did not reckon on what was taking place, when suddenly a Cretan, who had deserted from the Roman army on its march, came to him with the information that the Romans were getting on his rear. Though thrown into the utmost panic he did not strike his camp, but despatched ten thousand mercenaries and two thousand Macedonians under Milo, with orders to advance with speed and seize the heights. The Romans fell upon these as they were lying asleep. . . .
29.16An eclipse of the moon occurring, the report went abroad, and was believed by many, that it signified an eclipse of the king. And this circumstance raised the spirits of the Romans and depressed those of the Macedonians. So true is the common saying that war has many a groundless scare. . . .
29.17The consul Lucius Aemilius had never seen a phalanx until he saw it in the army of Perseus on this occasion; and he often confessed to some of his friends at Rome subsequently, that he had never beheld anything more alarming and terrible than the Macedonian phalanx: and yet he had been, if any one ever had, not only a spectator but an actor in many battles. . . .
29.17Many plans which look plausible and feasible, when brought to the test of actual experience, like base coins when brought to the furnace, cease to answer in any way to their original conceptions. . . .
Book 29, Part 6
29.17When Perseus came to the hour of trial his courage all left him, like that of an athlete in bad training. For when the danger was approaching, and it became necessary to fight a decisive battle, his resolution gave way. . . .
29.17As soon as the battle began, the Macedonian king played the coward and rode off to the town, under the pretext of sacrificing to Hercules,—who certainly does not accept craven gifts from cravens, nor fulfil unworthy prayers. . . .
29.18He was then very young, and it was his first experience of actual service in the field, and having but recently begun to taste the sweets of promotion, he was keen, ambitious, and eager to be first. . . .
29.19Just when Perseus had been beaten and was trying to save himself by flight, the Senate determined to admit the ambassadors, who had come from Rhodes to negotiate a peace, to an audience: Fortune thus appearing designedly to parade the folly of the Rhodians on the stage,—if we may say of the Rhodians, and not rather of the individuals who were then in the ascendant at Rhodes. When Agesipolis and his colleagues entered the Senate, they said that They had come to arrange an end to the war; for the people of Rhodes,—seeing that the war was become protracted to a considerable length of time, and seeing that it was disadvantageous to all the Greeks, as well as to the Romans themselves, on account of its enormous expenses,—had come to that conclusion. But as the war was already ended, and the wish of the Rhodians was thus fulfilled, they had only to congratulate the Romans. Such was the brief speech of Agesipolis. But the Senate seized the opportunity of making an example of the Rhodians, and produced an answer of which the upshot was that They did not regard this embassy as having been sent by the Rhodians in the interests either of the Greeks or themselves, but in those of Perseus. For if they had meant to send an embassy in behalf of the Greeks, the proper time for doing so was when Perseus was plundering the territory and cities of Greece, while encamped for nearly two years in Thessaly. But to let that time pass without notice, and to come now desiring to put an end to the war, at a time when the Roman legions had entered Macedonia, and Perseus was closely beleagured and almost at the end of his hopes, was a clear proof to any one of observation that the Rhodians had sent their embassy, not with the desire of ending the war, but to rescue and save Perseus to the best of their ability. Therefore they deserved no indulgence at the hands of the Romans at this time, nor any favourable reply. Such was the Senate’s answer to the Rhodians. . . .
Book 29, Part 7
29.20Then Aemilius Paulus speaking once more in Latin bade the members of his council, With such a sight before their eyes,—pointing to Perseus,—not to be too boastful in the hour of success, nor to take any extreme or inhuman measures against any one, nor in fact ever to feel confidence in the permanence of their present good fortune. Rather it was precisely at the time of greatest success, either private or public, that a man should be most alive to the possibility of a reverse. Even so it was difficult for a man to exhibit moderation in good fortune. But the distinction between fools and wise was that the former only learnt by their own misfortunes, the latter by those of others. . . .
29.21One is often reminded of the words of Demetrius of Phalerum. In his treatise on Fortune, wishing to give the world a distinct view of her mutability, he fixed upon the period of Alexander, when that monarch destroyed the Persian dynasty, and thus expresses himself: If you will take, I don’t say unlimited time or many generations, but only these last fifty years immediately preceding our generation, you will be able to understand the cruelty of Fortune. For can you suppose, if some god had warned the Persians or their king, or the Macedonians or their king, that in fifty years the very name of the Persians, who once were masters of the world, would have been lost, and that the Macedonians, whose name was before scarcely known, would become masters of it all, that they would have believed it? Nevertheless it is true that Fortune, whose influence on our life is incalculable, who displays her power by surprises, is even now I think, showing all mankind, by her elevation of the Macedonians into the high prosperity once enjoyed by the Persians, that she has merely lent them these advantages until she may otherwise determine concerning them. And this has now come to pass in the person of Perseus; and indeed Demetrius has spoken prophetically of the future as though he were inspired. And as the course of my history brought me to the period which witnessed the ruin of the Macedonian kingdom, I judged it to be right not to pass it over without proper remark, especially as I was an eye-witness of the transaction. It was a case I thought both for enlarging on the theme myself, and for recalling the words of Demetrius, who appeared to me to have shown something more than mere human sagacity in his remarks; for he made a true forecast of the future almost a hundred and fifty years before the event. . . .
29.22After the conclusion of the battle between Perseus and the Romans, king Eumenes found himself in what people call an unexpected and extraordinary trouble, but what, if we regard the natural course of human concerns, was quite an everyday affair. For it is quite the way of Fortune to confound human calculations by surprises; and when she has helped a man for a time, and caused her balance to incline in his favour, to turn round upon him as though she repented, throw her weight into the opposite scale, and mar all his successes. And this was the case now with Eumenes. He imagined that at last his own kingdom was safe, and that he might look forward to a time of ease, now that Perseus and the whole kingdom of Macedonia were utterly destroyed; yet it was then that he was confronted with the gravest dangers, by the Gauls in Asia seizing the opportunity for an unexpected rising. . . .
29.23In the Peloponnesus a mission arrived before the end of the winter from the two kings, Ptolemy (Philometor) and Ptolemy (Physcon), asking for help. This gave rise to repeated and animated discussions. The party of Callicrates and Diophanes were against granting the help; while Archon, Lycortas, and Polybius were for sending it to the kings in accordance with the terms of their alliance. For by this time it had come to pass that the younger Ptolemy had been proclaimed king by the people (at Alexandria), owing to the danger which threatened them; and that the elder had subsequently returned from Memphis, and was reigning jointly with his sister. As they stood in need of every kind of assistance, they sent Eumenes and Dionysodorus to the Achaeans, asking a thousand foot and two hundred horse, with Lycortas to command the foot and Polybius the horse. They sent a message also to Theodoridas of Sicyon, urging him to hire them a thousand mercenaries. For the kings chanced to have become intimately acquainted with these particular men, owing to the transactions I have related before. The ambassadors arrived when the Achaean congress was in session in Corinth. They therefore came forward, and after recalling the many evidences of friendship shown by the Achaeans to the kingdom of Egypt, and describing to them the danger in which the kings then were, they entreated them to send help. The Achaeans generally were ready enough to go to the help of the kings (for both now wore the diadem and exercised regal functions), and not only with a detachment, but with their full levy. But Callicrates and his party spoke against it; alleging that they ought not to meddle in such affairs at all, and certainly not at that time, but should reserve their undivided forces for the service of Rome. For there was a general expectation just then of a decisive battle being fought, as Q. Philippus was wintering in Macedonia.
Book 29, Part 8
29.24The people were alarmed lest they should be thought to fail the Romans in any way: and accordingly Lycortas and Polybius rose in their turn, and, among other advice which they impressed upon them, argued that When in the previous year the Achaeans had voted to join the Roman army with their full levy, and sent Polybius to announce that resolution, Quintus Marcius, while accepting the kindness of their intention, had yet stated that the assistance was not needed, since he had won the pass into Macedonia. Their opponents therefore were manifestly using the need of helping the Romans merely as a pretext for preventing this aid being sent to Alexandria. They entreated the Achaeans, in view of the greatness of the danger surrounding the king of Egypt, not to neglect the right moment for acting; but keeping in mind their mutual agreement and good services, and above all their oaths, to fulfil the terms of their agreement.
29.24The people were once more inclined to grant the aid when they heard this: but Callicrates and his party managed to prevent the decree being passed, by staggering the magistrates with the assertion that it was unconstitutional to discuss the question of sending help abroad in public assembly. But a short time afterwards a meeting was summoned at Sicyon, which was attended not only by the members of the council, but by all citizens over thirty years of age; and after a lengthened debate, Polybius especially dwelling on the fact that the Romans did not require assistance,—in which he was believed not to be speaking without good reason, as he had spent the previous summer in Macedonia at the headquarters of Marcius Philippus,—and also alleging that, even supposing the Romans did turn out to require their active support, the Achaeans would not be rendered incapable of furnishing it by the two hundred horse and one thousand foot which were to be despatched to Alexandria,—for they could, without any inconvenience, put thirty or forty thousand men into the field,— the majority of the meeting were convinced, and were inclined to the idea of sending the aid. Accordingly, on the second of the two days on which, according to the laws, those who wished to do so were bound to bring forward their motions, Lycortas and Polybius proposed that the aid should be sent. Callicrates, on the other hand, proposed to send ambassadors to reconcile the two Egyptian kings with Antiochus. So once more, on these two motions being put, there was an animated contest; in which, however, Lycortas and Polybius got a considerable majority on their side. For there was a very wide distinction between the claims of the two kingdoms. There were very few instances to be found in past times of any act of friendship on the part of Syria to the Greeks,—though the liberality of the present king was well known in Greece,—but from Egypt the acts of kindness in past times to the Achaeans had been as numerous and important as any one could possibly expect. By dwelling on this point Lycortas made a great impression, because the distinction between the two kingdoms in this respect was shown to be immense. For it was as difficult to count up all the benefactions of the Alexandrine kings, as it was impossible to find a single act of friendship done by the dynasty of Antiochus to the Achaeans. . . .
29.25For a time Andronidas and Callicrates kept on arguing in support of the plan of putting an end to the war: but as no one was persuaded by them, they employed a stratagem. A lettercarrier came into the theatre (where the meeting was being held), who had just arrived with a despatch from Quintus Marcius, urging those Achaeans who were of the proRoman party to reconcile the kings; for it was a fact that the Senate had sent a mission under T. Numisius to do so. But this really made against their argument: for Titus Numisius and his colleagues had been unable to effect the pacification, and had returned to Rome completely unsuccessful in the object of their mission. However, as Polybius and his party did not wish to speak against the despatch, from consideration for Marcius, they retired from the discussion: and it was thus that the proposal to send an aid to the kings fell through. The Achaeans voted to send ambassadors to effect the pacification: and Archon of Aegeira, and Arcesilaus and Ariston of Megalopolis were appointed to the duty. Whereupon the envoys of Ptolemy, being disappointed of obtaining the help, handed over to the magistrate the despatch from the kings, in which they asked that they would send Lycortas and Polybius to take part in the war. . . .
29.26Forgetful of all he had written and said Antiochus began preparing for a renewal of the war against Ptolemy. So true are the words of Simonides,—’tis hard to be good. For to have certain impulses towards virtue, and even to hold to it up to a certain point, is easy; but to be uniformly consistent, and to allow no circumstances of danger to shake a resolute integrity, which regards honour and justice as the highest considerations, is indeed difficult. . . .
Book 29, Part 9
29.27When Antiochus had advanced to attack Ptolemy in order to possess himself of Pelusium, he was met by the Roman commander Gaius Popilius Laenas. Upon the king greeting him from some distance, and holding out his right hand to him, Popilius answered by holding out the tablets which contained the decree of the Senate, and bade Antiochus read that first: not thinking it right, I suppose, to give the usual sign of friendship until he knew the mind of the recipient, whether he were to be regarded as a friend or foe. On the king, after reading the despatch, saying that he desired to consult with his friends on the situation, Popilius did a thing which was looked upon as exceedingly overbearing and insolent. Happening to have a vine stick in his hand, he drew a circle round Antiochus with it, and ordered him to give his answer to the letter before he stepped out of that circumference. The king was taken aback by this haughty proceeding. After a brief interval of embarrassed silence, he replied that he would do whatever the Romans demanded. Then Popilius and his colleagues shook him by the hand, and one and all greeted him with warmth. The contents of the despatch was an order to put an end to the war with Ptolemy at once. Accordingly a stated number of days was allowed him, within which he withdrew his army into Syria, in high dudgeon indeed, and groaning in spirit, but yielding to the necessities of the time.
29.27Popilius and his colleagues then restored order in Alexandria; and after exhorting the two kings to maintain peaceful relations with each other, and charging them at the same time to send Polyaratus to Rome, they took ship and sailed towards Cyprus, with the intention of promptly ejecting from the island the forces that were also gathered there. When they arrived, they found that Ptolemy’s generals had already sustained a defeat, and that the whole island was in a state of excitement. They promptly caused the invading army to evacuate the country, and remained there to keep watch until the forces had sailed away for Syria. Thus did the Romans save the kingdom of Ptolemy, when it was all but sinking under its disasters. Fortune indeed so disposed of the fate of Perseus and the Macedonians, that the restoration of Alexandria and the whole of Egypt was decided by it; that is to say, by the fate of Perseus being decided previously: for if that had not taken place, or had not been certain, I do not think that Antiochus would have obeyed these orders.
Book 30, Part 1
30.1ATTALUS, brother of king Eumenes, came to Rome this year, pretending that, even if the disaster of the Gallic rising had not happened to the kingdom, he should have come to Rome, to congratulate the Senate, and to receive some mark of its approval for having been actively engaged on their side and loyally shared in all their dangers; but, as it happened, he had been forced to come at that time to Rome owing to the danger from the Gauls. Upon finding a general welcome from everybody, owing to the acquaintance formed with him on the campaign, and the belief that he was well disposed to them, and meeting with a reception that surpassed his expectation, the young man’s hopes were extraordinarily raised, because he did not know the true reason of this friendly warmth. The result was that he narrowly escaped ruining his own and his brother’s fortunes, and indeed the entire kingdom. The majority at Rome were thoroughly angry with king Eumenes, and believed that he had been playing a double game during the war, keeping up communications with Perseus, and watching his opportunity against them: and accordingly some men of high rank got Attalus under their influence, and urged him to lay aside the character of ambassador for his brother, and to speak in his own behalf; as the Senate was minded to secure a separate kingdom and royal government for him, because of their displeasure with his brother. This excited the ambition of Attalus still more, and in private conversation he signified his assent to those who advised this course. Finally, he arranged with some men of position that he would actually appear before the Senate and deliver a speech on the subject.
30.2While Attalus was engaged on this intrigue, Eumenes, fearing what would happen, sent his physician Stratius to Rome, putting him in possession of the facts, and charging him to employ every means to prevent Attalus from following the advice of those who wished to ruin their kingdom. On arriving at Rome and getting Attalus by himself, he used a great variety of arguments to him (and he was a man of great sense and powers of persuasion), and at length, with much trouble, succeeded in his object, and in recalling him from his mad project. He represented to him that he was already practically joint-king with his brother, and only differed from him in the fact that he wore no diadem, and was not called king, though in everything else he possessed an equal and identical authority: that in the future he was the acknowledged heir to the crown, and with no very distant prospect of possession; as the king, from the weak state of his health, was in constant expectation of his departure, and being childless could not, even if he wished it, leave the crown to any one else. (For in fact that natural son of his, who afterwards succeeded to the crown, had not as yet been acknowledged.) Above all, he was surprised at the hindrance Attalus was thus interposing to the measures necessary at that particular crisis. For they ought to thank heaven exceedingly if they proved able, even with hearty co-operation and unanimity, to repel the threatened attack of the Gauls; but if he should at such a time quarrel with and oppose his brother, it was quite clear that he would ruin the kingdom, and deprive himself both of his present power and his future expectations, and his other brothers also of the kingdom and the power they possessed in it. By these and similar arguments Stratius dissuaded Attalus from taking any revolutionary steps.
30.3Accordingly, when Attalus appeared before the Senate, he congratulated it on what had happened; expatiated on the loyalty and zeal shown by himself in the war with Perseus; and urged at some length that the Senate should send envoys to restrain the audacity of the Gauls, and compel them to confine themselves once more to their original boundaries. He also said something about the cities of Aeneus and Maronea, desiring that they might be given as a free gift to himself. But he said not a single word against the king, or about the partition of the kingdom. The senators, supposing that he would interview them privately on a future occasion upon these points, promised to send the envoys, and loaded him lavishly with the customary presents, and, moreover, promised him these cities. But when, after receiving these marks of favour, he at once left Rome without fulfilling any of its expectations, the Senate, though foiled in its hopes, had nothing else which it could do; but before he had got out of Italy it declared Aeneus and Maronea free cities,—thus rescinding its promise,—and sent Publius Licinius at the head of a mission to the Gauls. And what instructions these ambassadors had given to them it is not easy to say, but it may be guessed without difficulty from what subsequently happened. And this will be rendered clear from the transactions themselves.
30.4There also came embassies from Rhodes, the first headed by Philocrates, the second by Philophron and Astymedes. For when the Rhodians received the answer given to the embassy of Agesipolis immediately after the battle of Pydna, they understood the anger and threatening attitude of the Senate towards them, and promptly despatched these embassies. Astymedes and Philophron, observing in the course of public and private conversations the suspicions and anger entertained towards them at Rome, were reduced to a state of great discouragement and distress. But when one of the praetors mounted the Rostra and urged the people to declare war against Rhodes, then indeed they were beside themselves with terror at the danger that threatened their country. They assumed mourning garments, and in their various interviews with their friends dropped the tone of persuasion or demand, and pleaded instead, with tears and prayers, that they would not adopt any measure of supreme severity towards them. A few days afterwards Antony, one of the tribunes, introduced them to the Senate, and dragged the praetor who advised the war down from the Rostra. Philophron spoke first, and was followed by Astymedes; and, having thus uttered the proverbial swan’s song, they received an answer which, while freeing them from actual fear of war, conveyed a bitter and stern rebuke from the Senate for their conduct. Now Astymedes considered himself to have made a good speech on behalf of his country, but did not at all satisfy the Greeks visiting or residing at Rome. For he afterwards published the speech containing his argument in defence, which, to all those into whose hands it fell, appeared absurd and quite unconvincing. For he rested his plea not alone on the merits of his country, but still more on an accusation of others. Comparing the good services done and the co-operation undertaken by the others, he endeavoured to deny or minimise them; while he exaggerated those of Rhodes as far above their actual amount as he could. The errors of others, on the contrary, he inveighed against in bitter and hostile terms, while those of the Rhodians he attempted to cloak and conceal, in order that, by this comparison, those of his own country might appear insignificant and pardonable, those of others grave and beyond excuse, all of whom, he added, had already been pardoned before. But this sort of pleading can in no circumstances be considered becoming to a statesman. Take the case of the betrayal of secrets. It is not those who, for fear or gain, turn informers that we commend; but those who endure any torture and punishment rather than involve an accomplice in the same misfortune. These are the men whom we approve and consider noble. But a man who, from some undefined alarm, exposes to the view of the party in power all the errors of others, and who recalls what time had obliterated from the minds of the ruling people, cannot fail to be an object of dislike to all who hear of it.
Book 30, Part 2
30.5After receiving the above answer Philocrates and his colleagues immediately started home; but Astymedes and his fellows stayed where they were and kept on the watch, that no report or observation against their country might be made unknown to them. But when this answer of the Senate was reported at Rhodes, the people, considering themselves relieved of the worst fear—that, namely, of war— made light of the rest, though extremely unfavourable. So true it ever is that a dread of worse makes men forget lighter misfortunes. They immediately voted a complimentary crown worth ten thousand gold pieces to Rome, and appointed Theaetetus at once envoy and navarch to convey it at the beginning of summer, accompanied by an embassy under Rhodophon, to attempt in every possible way to make an alliance with the Romans. They acted thus because they wished that, if the embassy failed by an adverse answer at Rome, the failure might take place without the people having passed a formal decree, the attempt being made solely on the initiative of the navarch, and the navarch having by the law power to act in such a case. For the fact was that the republic of Rhodes had been administered with such consummate statesmanship, that, though it had for nearly a hundred and forty years been engaged in conjunction with Rome in actions of the greatest importance and glory, it had never yet made an alliance with her. Nor ought I to omit stating the reason of this policy of the Rhodians. They wished that no ruler or prince should be entirely without hope of gaining their support or alliance; and they therefore did not choose to bind or hamper themselves beforehand with oaths and treaties; but, by remaining uncommitted, to be able to avail themselves of all advantages as they arose. But on this occasion they were much bent upon securing this mark of honour from Rome, not because they were anxious for the alliance, or because they were afraid of any one else at the time except the Romans, but because they wished, by giving an air of special importance to their design, to remove the suspicions of such as were inclined to entertain unfavourable thoughts of their state. For immediately after the return of the ambassadors under Theaetetus, the Caunians revolted and the Mylassians seized on the cities in Euromus. And about the same time the Roman Senate published a decree declaring all Carians and Lycians free who had been assigned to the Rhodians after the war with Antiochus. The Caunian and Mylassian revolts were speedily put down by the Rhodians; for they compelled the Caunians, by sending Lycus with a body of soldiers, to return to their allegiance, though the people of Cibyra had come to their assistance; and in an expedition into Euromus they conquered the Mylassians and Alabandians in the field, these two peoples having combined their forces to attack Orthosia. But when the decree concerning the Lycians and Carians was announced they were once more in a state of dismay, fearing that their gift of the crown had proved in vain, as well as their hopes of an alliance. . . .
30.6I have already directed my readers’ attention to the policy of Deinon and Polyaratus. For Rhodes was not the only place which experienced grave danger and important changes. Nearly all the states suffered in the same way. It will therefore be instructive to take a review of the policy adopted by the statesmen in the several countries, and to ascertain which of them will be proved to have acted with wisdom, and which to have done otherwise: in order that posterity in similar circumstances of danger may, with these examples as models, so to speak, before their eyes, be able to choose the good and avoid the bad with a genuine insight; and may not in the last hour of their lives dishonour their previous character and achievements, from failing to perceive where the path of honour lies. There were, then, three different classes of persons who incurred blame for their conduct in the war with Perseus. One consisted of those who, while displeased at seeing the controversy brought to a decisive end, and the control of the world fall into the power of one government, nevertheless took absolutely no active steps for or against the Romans, but left the decision entirely to Fortune. A second consisted of those who were glad to see the question settled, and wished Perseus to win, but were unable to convert the citizens of their own states or the members of their race to their sentiments. And a third class consisted of those who actually succeeded in inducing their several states to change round and join the alliance of Perseus. Our present task is to examine how each of these conducted their respective policies.
30.7In the last class were Antinous, Theodotus, and Cephalus, who induced the Molossians to join Perseus. These men, when the results of the campaign went completely against them, and they found themselves in imminent danger of the worst consequences, put a bold face upon it and met an honourable death in the field. These men deserve our commendation for their self-respect, in refusing to allow themselves to lapse into a position unworthy of their previous life.
30.7Again, in Achaia and Thessaly and Perrhaebia several persons incurred blame by remaining neutral, on the ground that they were watching their opportunity, and were in heart on the side of Perseus; and yet they never let a word to that effect get abroad, nor were ever detected in sending letter or message to Perseus on any subject whatever, but conducted themselves with unexceptionable discretion. Such men as these therefore very properly determined to face judicial inquiry and stand their judgment, and to make every effort to save themselves. For it is quite as great a sign of cowardice to abandon life voluntarily when a man is conscious of no crime, from fear of the threats of political opponents or of the power of the conquerors, as it is to cling to life to the loss of honour.
Book 30, Part 3
30.7Again, in Rhodes and Cos, and several other cities, there were men who favoured the cause of Perseus, and who were bold enough to speak in behalf of the Macedonians in their own cities, and to inveigh against the Romans, and to actually advise active steps in alliance with Perseus, but who were not able to induce their states to transfer themselves to alliance with the king. The most conspicuous of such men were in Cos the two brothers Hippias and Diomedon, and in Rhodes Deinon and Polyaratus.
30.8And it is impossible not to view the policy of these men with disapproval. To begin with, all their fellow-citizens were aware of everything they had done or said; in the next place, the letters were intercepted and made public which were coming from Perseus to them, and from themselves to Perseus, as well as the messengers from both sides: yet they could not make up their minds to yield and put themselves out of the way, but still disputed the point. The result of this persistence and clinging to life, in the face of a desperate position, was that they quite ruined their character for courage and resolution, and left not the least ground for pity or sympathy in the minds of posterity. For being confronted with their own letters and agents, they were regarded as not merely unfortunate, but rather as shameless. One of those who went on these voyages was a man named Thoas. He had frequently sailed to Macedonia on a mission from these men, and when the decisive change in the state of affairs took place, conscious of what he had done, and fearing the consequences, he retired to Cnidos. But the Cnidians having thrown him into prison, he was demanded by the Rhodians, and on coming to Rhodes and being put to the torture, confessed his crime; and his story was found to agree with everything in the cipher of the intercepted letters, and with the despatches from Perseus to Deinon, and from Deinon and Polyaratus to him. Therefore it was a matter of surprise that Deinon persuaded himself to cling to life and submit to so signal an exposure.
30.9But in respect to folly and baseness of spirit, Polyaratus surpassed Deinon. For when Popilius Laenas charged king Ptolemy to send Polyaratus to Rome, the king, from a regard both to Polyaratus himself and his country, determined not to send him to Rome but to Rhodes, this being also what Polyaratus himself asked him to do. Having therefore caused a galley to be prepared, the king handed him over to Demetrius, one of his own friends, and despatched him, and wrote a despatch to the Rhodians notifying the fact. But touching at Phaselis in the course of the voyage, Polyaratus, from some notion or another which he had conceived, took suppliant branches in his hand, and fled for safety to the city altar. If any one had asked him his intention in thus acting, I am persuaded that he could not have told it. For if he wanted to go to his own country, where was the need of suppliant branches? For his conductors were charged to take him there. But if he wished to go to Rome, that was sure to take place whether he wished it or no. What other alternative was there? Other place that could receive him with safety to himself there was none. However, on the people of Phaselis sending to Rhodes to beg that they would receive Polyaratus, and take him away, the Rhodians came to the prudent resolution of sending an open vessel to convoy him; but forbade the captain of it to actually take him on board, on the ground that the officers from Alexandria had it in charge to deliver the man in Rhodes. When the vessel arrived at Phaselis, and its captain, Epichares, refused to take the man on board, and Demetrius, who had been deputed by the king for that business, urged him to leave the altar and resume his voyage; and when the people of Phaselis supported his command, because they were afraid they would incur some blame from Rome on that account, Polyaratus could no longer resist the pressure of circumstances, but once more went on board Demetrius’s galley. But in the course of the voyage he seized an opportunity of doing the same again at Caunus, flying for safety there in the same way, and begging the Caunians to save him. Upon the Caunians rejecting him, on the grounds of their being leagued with Rhodes, he sent messages to Cibyra, begging them to receive him in their city, and to send him an escort. He had some claim upon this city, because the sons of its tyrant, Pancrates, had been educated at his house; accordingly, they listened to his request, and did what he asked. But when he got to Cibyra, he placed himself and the Cibyratae into a still greater difficulty than that which he caused before when at Phaselis. For they neither dared to retain him in their town for fear of Rome, nor had the power of sending him to Rome, because of their ignorance of the sea, being an entirely inland folk. Eventually they were reduced to send envoys to Rhodes and the Roman proconsul in Macedonia, begging them to take over the man. Lucius Aemilius wrote to the Cibyratae, ordering them to keep Polyaratus in safe custody; and to the Rhodians to make provision for his conveyance by sea and his safe delivery upon Roman territory. Both peoples obeyed the despatch: and thus Polyaratus eventually came to Rome, after making a spectacle of his folly and cowardice to the best of his ability; and after having been, thanks to his own folly, four times surrendered—by king Ptolemy, the people of Phaselis, the Cibyratae, and the Rhodians.
30.9The reason of my having dwelt at some length on the story of Polyaratus and Deinon is not that I have any desire to trample upon their misfortunes, for that would be ungenerous in the last degree; but in order that, by clearly showing their folly, I might instruct those who fall into similar difficulties and dangers how to take a better and wiser course. . . .
Book 30, Part 4
30.10The most striking illustration of the mutability and capriciousness of Fortune is when a man, within a brief period, turns out to have been preparing for the use of his enemies the very things which he imagined that he was elaborating in his own honour. Thus Perseus was having some columns made, which Lucius Aemilius, finding unfinished, caused to be completed, and placed statues of himself on them. . . .
30.10He admired the situation of the city, and the excellent position of the acropolis for commanding the districts on both sides of the Isthmus.
30.10Having been long anxious to see Olympia, he set out thither.
30.10Aemilius entered the sacred enclosure at Olympia, and was struck with admiration at the statue of the god, remarking that, to his mind, Pheidias was the only artist who had represented the Zeus of Homer; and that, though he had had great expectations of Olympia, he found the reality far surpassed them.
Book 30, Part 5
30.11The Aetolians had been accustomed to get their livelihood from plundering and such like lawless occupations; and as long as they were permitted to plunder and loot the Greeks, they got all they required from them, regarding every country as that of an enemy. But subsequently, when the Romans obtained the supremacy, they were prevented from this means of support, and accordingly turned upon each other. Even before this, in their civil war, there was no horror which they did not commit; and a little earlier still they had had a taste of mutual slaughter in the massacres at Arsinoe; they were, therefore, ready for anything, and their minds were so infuriated that they would not allow their magistrates to have even a voice in their business. Aetolia, accordingly, was a scene of turbulence, lawlessness, and blood: nothing they undertook was done on any calculation or fixed plan; everything was conducted at haphazard and in confusion, as though a hurricane had burst upon them. . . .
30.12The state of Epirus was much the same. For in proportion as the majority of its people are more law-abiding than those of Aetolia, so their chief magistrate surpassed every one else in wickedness and contempt for law. For, I think, there never was and never will be a character more ferocious and brutal than that of Charops. . . .
30.13After the destruction of Perseus, immediately after the decisive battle, embassies were sent on all sides to congratulate the Roman commanders on the event. And as now all power tended towards Rome, in every city those who were regarded as of the Romanising party were in the ascendant, and were appointed to embassies and other services. Accordingly they flocked into Macedonia—from Achaia, Callicrates, Aristodamus, Agesias, and Philippus; from Boeotia, Mnasippos; from Acarnania, Chremas; from Epirus, Charops and Nicias; from Aetolia, Lyciscus and Tisippus. These all having met, and eagerly vieing with each other in attaining a common object; and there being no one to oppose them, since their political opponents had all yielded to the times and completely retired, they accomplished their purpose without trouble. So the ten commissioners issued orders to the other cities and leagues through the mouths of the strategi themselves as to what citizens were to go to Rome. And these turned out to be, for the most part, those whom the men I have named had made a list of on party grounds, except a very few of such as had done something conspicuous. But to the Achaean league they sent two men of the highest rank of their own number, Gaius Claudius and Gnaeus Domitius. They had two reasons for doing so: the first was that they were uneasy lest the Achaeans should refuse to obey the written order, and lest Callicrates and his colleagues should be in absolute danger from being reputed to be the authors of the accusations against all the Greeks,—which was about true; and in the second place, because in the intercepted despatches nothing distinct had been discovered against any Achaean. Accordingly, after a while, the proconsul sent the letter and envoys with reference to these men, although in his private opinion he did not agree with the charges brought by Lyciscus and Callicrates, as was afterwards made clear by what took place. . . .
30.14Lucius Anicius, who had been praetor, after his victory over the Illyrians, and on bringing Genthius prisoner to Rome with his children, while celebrating his triumph, did a very ridiculous thing. He sent for the most famous artists from Greece, and having constructed an immense theatre in the circus, he brought all the flute players on the stage together first. Their names were Theodorus the Boeotian, Theopompus and Hermippus of Lysimacheia, the most celebrated of the day. He placed them on the proscenium with the chorus, and bid them all play at once. But on their beginning to play the tune, accompanied by appropriate movements, he sent to them to say that they were not playing well, and must put more excitement into it. At first they did not know what to make of this, until one of the lictors showed them that they must form themselves into two companies, and facing round, advance against each other as though in a battle. The fluteplayers caught the idea at once, and, adopting a motion suitable to their own wild strains, produced a scene of great confusion. They made the middle group of the chorus face round upon the two extreme groups, and the fluteplayers, blowing with inconceivable violence and discordance, led these groups against each other. The members of the chorus meanwhile rushed, with a violent stamping which shook the stage, against those opposite them, and then faced round and retired. But when one of the chorus, whose dress was closely girt up, turned round on the spur of the moment and raised his hands, like a boxer, in the face of the fluteplayer who was approaching him, then the spectators clapped their hands and cheered loudly. Whilst this sort of sham fight was going on, two dancers were brought into the orchestra to the sound of music; and four boxers mounted upon the stage, accompanied by trumpeters and clarion players. The effect of these various contests all going on together was indescribable. But if I were to speak about their tragic actors, I should be thought by some to be jesting. . . .
Book 30, Part 6
30.15It requires the same sort of spirit to arrange public games well, and to set out great banquets and wine with fitting splendour, as it does to draw up an army in presence of the enemy with strategic skill. . . .
30.16Aemilius Paulus took seventy cities in Epirus after the conquest of the Macedonians and Perseus, most of which were in the country of the Molossi; and enslaved one hundred and fifty thousand men. . . .
30.17In Egypt the first thing the kings did after being relieved from the war with Antiochus was to send Numenius, one of their friends, as an envoy to Rome to return thanks for the favours received; and they next released the Lacedaemonian Menalcidas, who had made active use of the occasion against the kingdom for his own advantage; Gaius Popilius Laenas asked the king for his release as a favour to himself. . . .
30.18At this period Cotys, king of the Odrysae, sent ambassadors to Rome, asking for the restoration of his son, and pleading his defence for having acted on the side of Perseus. The Romans, considering that they had effected their purpose by the successful issue of the war against Perseus, and that they had no need to press their quarrel with Cotys any further, allowed him to take his son back—who, having been sent as a hostage to Macedonia, had been captured with the children of Perseus, —wishing to display their clemency and magnanimity, and with the idea at the same time of binding Cotys to themselves by so great a favour. . . .
Book 30, Part 7
30.19About the same time king Prusias also came to Rome to congratulate the Senate and the generals on their success. This Prusias was in no sense worthy of the royal title, as we may judge from the following facts: When the Roman envoys first appeared at his court, he met them with shorn head and wearing a cap, toga, and shoes, and in fact exactly in the garb worn by those recently manumitted at Rome, whom they call liberti: and greeting the envoys respectfully, he exclaimed, Behold your freedman, who is willing to obey you in all things and to imitate your fashions! than which a more contemptible speech it would be difficult to imagine. And now, again, when he reached the entrance of the Senate-house he stopped at the door facing the senators, and, dropping both his hands he paid reverence to the threshold and the seated Fathers, exclaiming, Hail, ye gods my preservers! seeming bent on surpassing all who might come after him in meanness of spirit, unmanliness, and servility. And his behaviour in the conference which he held when he had entered the Senatehouse was on a par with this; and was such as might make one blush even to write. However this contemptible display served in itself to secure him a favourable answer.
30.20Just as he had got his answer, news came that Eumenes was on his way. This caused the Senators much embarrassment. They were thoroughly incensed with him, and were entirely fixed in their sentiments towards him; and yet they did not wish to betray themselves. For having proclaimed to all the world that this king was their foremost and most esteemed friend, if they now admitted him to an interview and allowed him to plead his cause, they must either, by answering as they really thought and in harmony with their sentiments, signalise their own folly in having marked out such a man in past times for special honour; or if, in deference to appearances, they gave him a friendly answer, they must disregard truth and the interests of their country. Therefore, as both these methods of proceeding could have consequences of a disagreeable nature, they hit upon the following solution of the difficulty. On the ground of a general dislike of the visits of kings, they published a decree that no king was to visit Rome. Having been informed subsequently that Eumenes had landed at Brundisium in Italy, they sent the quaestor to convey the decree to him, and to bid him to communicate with himself if he wanted anything from the Senate; or, if he did not want anything, to bid him depart at the earliest possible opportunity from Italy. When the quaestor met the king and informed him of the decree, the latter, thoroughly understanding the intention of the Senate, said not a single word, except that he wanted nothing.
30.20This is the way in which Eumenes was prevented from coming to Rome. And it was not the only important result of this decree. For the Gauls were at that time threatening the kingdom of Eumenes; and it was soon made apparent that by this repulse the king’s allies were all greatly depressed, while the Gauls were doubly encouraged to press on the war. And it was in fact their desire to humiliate him in every possible way that induced the Senate to adopt this resolution. These things were going on at the beginning of the winter: but to all other ambassadors who arrived—and there was no city or prince or king who had not at that time sent an embassy of congratulation—the Senate returned a gracious and friendly answer, except to the Rhodians; and these they dismissed with displeasure, and with ambiguous declarations as to the future. As to the Athenians again the Senate hesitated. . . .
30.21The first object of the Athenian embassy was the restoration of Haliartus; but when they met with a refusal on that point, they changed the subject of their appeal and put forward their own claim to the possession of Delos, Lemnos, and the territory of Haliartus. No one could properly find fault with them for this, as far as Delos and Lemnos were concerned, for they had of old laid claim to them; but there is good reason for reproaching them in respect to the territory of Haliartus. Haliartus was nearly the most ancient city in Boeotia; had met with a heavy misfortune: instead of endeavouring in every possible way to restore it,—to contribute to its utter annihilation, and to deprive its dispossessed inhabitants of even their hopes for the future, was an act which would be thought worthy of no Greek nation, and least of all of the Athenians. They open their own territory to all comers; and to take away that of others can never appear consonant with the spirit of their State. However, the Senate granted them Delos and Lemnos. Such was the decision in the Athenian business. . . .
Book 30, Part 8
30.21As to Lemnos and Delos they had, according to the proverb, got the wolf by the ears: for they suffered much ill fortune from their quarrels with the Delians; and from the territory of Haliartus they reaped shame rather than profit. . . .
30.22At this time Theaetetus being admitted into the Senate spoke on the subject of the alliance. The Senate, however, postponed the consideration of the proposal, and in the meantime Theaetetus died in the course of nature, for he was more than eighty years old. But on the arrival in Rome of exiles from Caunus and Stratoniceia, and their admission to the Senate, a decree was passed ordering the Rhodians to withdraw their garrisons from Caunus and Stratoniceia. And the embassy of Philophron and Astymedes having received this answer sailed with all speed home, alarmed lest the Rhodians should disregard the order for withdrawing the garrisons, and so give a fresh ground for complaints. . . .
30.23In the Peloponnese, when the ambassadors arrived and announced the answers from Rome, there was no longer mere clamour, but downright rage and hatred against Callicrates and his party. . . .
30.23An instance of the hatred entertained for Callicrates and Adronidas, and the others who agreed with them, was this. The festival of the Antigoneia was being held at Sicyon,—the baths being all supplied with large public bathing tubs, and smaller ones placed by them used by bathers of the better sort,—if Adronidas or Callicrates entered one of these, not a single one of the bystanders would get into it any more, until the bathman had let every drop of water run out and filled it with fresh. They did this from the idea that they would be polluted by entering the same water as these men. Nor would it be easy to describe the hissing and hooting that took place at the public games in Greece when any one attempted to proclaim one of them victor. The very children in the streets as they returned from school ventured to call them traitors to their faces. To such height did the anger and hatred of these men go. . . .
Book 30, Part 9
30.24The inhabitants of Peraea were like slaves unexpectedly released from chains, who are scarcely able to believe their present good fortune, thinking it a change almost too great to be natural; and cannot believe that those they meet can understand or fully see that they are really released, unless they do something strange and out of the ordinary course. . . .
Book 31, Part 1
31.1AT this time the Cnosians, in alliance with the Gortynians, made war upon the Rhaucians, and swore a mutual oath that they would not end the war until they had taken Rhaucus.
31.1But when the Rhodians received the decree regarding Caunus, and saw that the anger of the Romans was not abating, after having scrupulously carried out the orders contained in the Senate’s replies, they forthwith sent Aristotle at the head of an embassy to Rome, with instructions to make another attempt to secure the alliance. They arrived in Rome at the height of summer, and, having been admitted to the Senate, at once declared how their people had obeyed the Senate’s orders, and pleaded for the alliance, using a great variety of arguments in a speech of considerable length. But the Senate returned them a reply in which, without a word about their friendship, they said that, as to the alliance, it was not proper for them to grant the Rhodians this favour at present. . . .
31.2To the ambassadors of the Gauls in Asia they granted autonomy, on condition that they remained within their dwellings, and went on no warlike expeditions beyond their own frontiers. . . .
31.3When this same king (Antiochus Epiphanes) heard of the games in Macedonia held by the Roman proconsul Aemilius Paulus, wishing to out do Paulus by the splendour of his liberality, he sent envoys to the several cities announcing games to be held by him at Daphne; and it became the rage in Greece to attend them. The public ceremonies began with a procession composed as follows: first came some men armed in the Roman fashion, with their coats made of chain armour, five thousand in the prime of life. Next came five thousand Mysians, who were followed by three thousand Cilicians armed like light infantry, and wearing gold crowns. Next to them came three thousand Thracians and five thousand Gauls. They were followed by twenty-thousand Macedonians, and five thousand armed with brass shields, and others with silver shields, who were followed by two hundred and forty pairs of gladiators. Behind these were a thousand Nisaean cavalry and three thousand native horsemen, most of whom had gold plumes and gold crowns, the rest having them of silver. Next to them came what are called companion cavalry, to the number of a thousand, closely followed by the corps of king’s friends of about the same number, who were again followed by a thousand picked men; next to whom came the Agema or guard, which was considered the flower of the cavalry, and numbered about a thousand. Next came the cataphract cavalry, both men and horses acquiring that name from the nature of their panoply; they numbered fifteen hundred. All the above men had purple surcoats, in many cases embroidered with gold and heraldic designs. And behind them came a hundred six-horsed, and forty four-horsed chariots; a chariot drawn by four elephants and another by two; and then thirty-six elephants in single file with all their furniture on.
Book 31, Part 2
31.3The rest of the procession was almost beyond description, but I must give a summary account of it. It consisted of eight hundred young men wearing gold crowns, about a thousand fine oxen, foreign delegates to the number of nearly three hundred, and eight hundred ivory tusks. The number of images of the gods it is impossible to tell completely: for representations of every god or demigod or hero accepted by mankind were carried there, some gilded and others adorned with gold-embroidered robes; and the myths, belonging to each, according to accepted tradition, were represented by the most costly symbols. Behind them were carried representations of Night and Day, Earth, Heaven, Morning and Noon. The best idea that I can give of the amount of gold and silver plate is this: One of the king’s friends, Dionysius his secretary, had a thousand boys in the procession carrying silver vessels, none of which weighed less than a thousand drachmae; and by their side walked six hundred young slaves of the king holding gold vessels. There were also two hundred women sprinkling unguents from gold boxes; and after them came eighty women sitting in litters with gold feet, and five hundred in litters with silver feet, all adorned with great costliness. These were the most remarkable features of the procession.
31.4The festival, including the gladiatorial shows and hunting, lasted thirty days, in the course of which there was continual round of spectacles. During the first five of these everybody in the gymnasium anointed himself with oil scented with saffron in gold vessels, of which there were fifteen, and the same number scented with cinnamon and nard. On the following days other vessels were brought in scented with fenugreek, marjoram, and lily, all of extraordinary fragrancy. Public banquets were also given, at which couches were prepared, sometimes for a thousand and sometimes for fifteen hundred, with the utmost splendour and costliness.
31.4The whole of the arrangements were made personally by the king. He rode on an inferior horse by the side of the procession, ordering one part to advance, and another to halt, as occasion required; so that, if his diadem had been removed, no one would have believed that he was the king and the master of all; for his appearance was not equal to that of a moderately good servant. At the feasts also he stood himself at the entrance, and admitted some and assigned others their places; he personally ushered in the servants bringing the dishes; and walking about among the company sometimes sat down and sometimes lay down on the couches. Sometimes he would jump up, lay down the morsel of food or the cup that he was raising to his lips, and go to another part of the hall; and walking among the guests acknowledge the compliment, as now one and now another pledged him in wine, or jest at any recitations that might be going on. And when the festivity had gone on for a long time, and a good many of the guests had departed, the king was carried in by the mummers, completely shrouded in a robe, and laid upon the ground, as though he were one of the actors; then, at the signal given by the music, he leapt up, stripped, and began to dance with the jesters; so that all the guests were scandalised and retired. In fact every one who attended the festival, when they saw the extraordinary wealth which was displayed at it, the arrangements made in the processions and games, and the scale of the splendour on which the whole was managed, were struck with amazement and wonder both at the king and the greatness of his kingdom: but when they fixed their eyes on the man himself, and the contemptible conduct to which he condescended, they could scarcely believe that so much excellence and baseness could exist in one and the same breast. . . .
31.5After the completion of the festival, the envoys with Tiberius Gracchus arrived, who had been sent from Rome to investigate the state of affairs in Syria. Antiochus received them with such tact and with so many expressions of kindness, that Tiberius not only had no suspicion that he was meditating any active step, or cherishing any sinister feeling on account of what had happened at Alexandria, but was even induced by the extraordinary kindness of his reception to discredit those who made any such suggestion. For, besides other courtesies, the king gave up his own hall for the use of the envoys, and almost his crown in appearance; although his true sentiments were not at all of this kind, and he was on the contrary profoundly incensed with the Romans. . . .
Book 31, Part 3
31.6A large number of ambassadors from various quarters having arrived at Rome, the most important of which were those with Astymedes from Rhodes, Eureus Anaxidamus and Satyrus from the Achaeans, and those with Pytho from Prusias,—the Senate gave audience to these last. The ambassadors from Prusias complained of king Eumenes, alleging that he had taken certain places belonging to their country, and had not in any sense evacuated Galatia, or obeyed the decrees of the Senate; but had been supporting all who favoured himself, and depressing in every possible way those who wished to shape their policy in accordance with the Senate’s decrees. There were also some ambassadors from certain towns in Asia, who accused the king on the grounds of his intimate association with Antiochus. The Senate listened to the accusers, and neither rejected their accusations nor openly expressed its own opinion; but acted with close reserve, thoroughly distrusting both Eumenes and Antiochus: and meanwhile contented itself by continually supporting Galatia and contriving some fresh security for its freedom. But the envoys under Tiberius Gracchus, on their return from their mission, had no clearer idea themselves in regard to Eumenes and Antiochus than before they left Rome, nor could they give the Senate one either. So completely had the kings hoodwinked them by the cordiality of their reception.
31.7The Senate next called in the Rhodians and heard what they had to say. When Astymedes entered, he adopted a more moderate and more effective line of argument than on his former embassy. He omitted the invectives against others, and took the humble tone of men who are being flogged, begging to be forgiven, and declaring that his country had suffered sufficient punishment, and a more severe one than its crime deserved. And then he went briefly through the list of the Rhodian losses. First, they have lost Lycia and Caria, which had already cost them a large sum of money, having been forced to support three wars against them; while at the present moment they have been deprived of a considerable revenue which they used to draw from those countries. But perhaps, he added, this is as it should be: you gave them to our people as a free gift, because you regarded us with favour; and in now recalling your gift, because you suspect and are at variance with us, you may seem only to be acting reasonably. But Caunus, at any rate, we purchased from Ptolemy’s officers for two hundred talents; and Stratoniceia we received as a great favour from Antiochus, son of Seleucus; and from those two towns our people had a revenue of a hundred and twenty talents a year. All these sources of revenue we have surrendered, in our submission to your injunctions. From which it appears that you have imposed a heavier penalty on the Rhodians for one act of folly, than on the Macedonians that have been continually at war with you. But the greatest disaster of all to our State is that the revenue from its harbour has been abolished by your making Delos a free port; and by your depriving our people of that independence by which the harbour, as well as other interests of the States, were maintained in suitable dignity. And it is easy to satisfy yourselves of the truth of my words. Our revenue from harbour dues amounted in past years to one million drachmae, from which you have now taken one hundred and fifty thousand; so that it is only too true, gentlemen of Rome, that your anger has affected the resources of the country. Now, if the mistake committed, and the alienation from Rome, had been shared in by the entire people, you might perhaps have seemed to be acting rightly in maintaining a lasting and irreconcilable anger against us; but if the fact is made clear to you that it was an exceedingly small number who shared in this foolish policy, and that these have all been put to death by this very people itself, why still be irreconcilable to those who are in no respect guilty? Especially when to every one else you are reputed to exhibit the highest possible clemency and magnanimity. Wherefore, gentlemen, our people having lost their revenues, their freedom of debate, and their position of independence, in defence of which in time past they have been ever willing to make any sacrifices, now beg and beseech you all, as having been smitten sufficiently, to relax your anger, and to be reconciled and make this alliance with them: that it may be made manifest to all the world that you have put away your anger against Rhodes, and have returned to your old feelings and friendship towards them. Such among others were the words of Astymedes. He was thought to have spoken much to the point in the circumstances; but what helped the Rhodians to the alliance more than anything else was the recent return of the embassy under Tiberius Gracchus. For he gave evidence, in the first place, that the Rhodians had obeyed all the decrees of the Senate; and in the next place, that the men who were the authors of their hostile policy had all been condemned to death; and by this testimony overcame all opposition, and secured the alliance between Rome and Rhodes. . . .
31.8After an interval the envoys of the Achaeans were admitted with instructions conformable to the last reply received, which was to the effect that The Senate were surprised that they should apply to them for a decision on matters which they had already decided for themselves. Accordingly another embassy under Eureas now appeared to explain that The league had neither heard the defence of the accused persons, nor given any decision whatever concerning them; but wished the Senate to take measures in regard to these men, that they might have a trial and not perish uncondemned. They begged that, if possible, the Senate should itself conduct the investigation, and declare who are the persons guilty of those charges; but, if its variety of business made it impossible to do this itself, that it should intrust the business to the Achaeans, who would show by their treatment of the guilty their detestation of their crime. The Senate recognised that the tone of the embassy was in conformity with its own injunctions, but still felt embarrassed how to act. Both courses were open to objection. To judge the case of the men was, it thought, not a task it ought to undertake; and to release them without any trial at all evidently involved ruin to the friends of Rome. In this strait the Senate, wishing to take all hope from the Achaean people of the restitution of the men who were detained, in order that they might obey without a murmur Callicrates in Achaia, and in the other states those who sided with Rome, wrote the following answer: We do not consider it advisable either for ourselves or for your nationalities that these men should return home. The publication of this answer not only reduced the men who had been summoned to Italy to complete despair and dejection, but was regarded by all Greeks as a common sorrow, for it seemed to take away all hope of restoration from these unfortunate men. When it was announced in Greece the people were quite crushed, and a kind of desperation invaded the minds of all; but Charops and Callicrates, and all who shared their policy, were once more in high spirits. . . .
31.9Tiberius Gracchus, partly by force and partly by persuasion, reduced the Cammani to obedience to Rome. . . .
Book 31, Part 4
31.9A large number of embassies having come to Rome, the Senate gave a reply to Attalus and Athenaeus. For Prusias, not content with earnestly pressing his accusations himself against Eumenes and Attalus, had also instigated the Gauls and Selgians (in Pisidia), and many others in Asia, to adopt the same policy; consequently king Eumenes had sent his brothers to defend him against the accusations thus brought. On their admission to the Senate they were thought to have made a satisfactory defence against all accusers; and finally returned to Asia, after not only rebutting the accusations, but with marks of special honour. The Senate, however, did not altogether cease to be suspicious of Eumenes and Antiochus. They sent Gaius Sulpicius and Manius Sergius as envoys to investigate the state of Greece; to decide the question of territory that had arisen between Megalopolis and the Lacedaemonians; but, above all, to give attention to the proceedings of Antiochus and Eumenes, and to discover whether any warlike preparations were being made by either of them, or any combination being formed between them against Rome. . . .
31.10Besides his other follies, Gaius Sulpicius Gallus, on arriving in Asia, put up notices in the most important cities, ordering any one who wished to bring any accusation against king Eumenes to meet him at Sardis within a specified time. He then went to Sardis, and, taking his seat in the Gymnasium, gave audience for ten days to those who had such accusations to make: admitting every kind of foul and abusive language against the king, and, generally, making the most of every fact and every accusation; for he was frantic and inveterate in his hatred of Eumenes. . . .
31.10But the harder the Romans appeared to bear upon Eumenes, the more popular did he become in Greece, from the natural tendency of mankind to feel for the side that is oppressed. . . .
31.11In Syria king Antiochus, wishing to enrich himself, determined on an armed attack upon the temple of Artemis, in Elymais. But having arrived in this country and failed in his purpose, because the native barbarians resisted his lawless attempt, he died in the course of his return at Tabae, in Persia, driven mad, as some say, by some manifestations of divine wrath in the course of his wicked attempt upon this temple. . . .
Book 31, Part 5
31.12Demetrius, son of Seleucus, who had been long detained at Rome as an hostage, had been for some time past of opinion that his detention was unjust. He had been given by his father Seleucus as a pledge of his good faith; but, when Antiochus (Epiphanes) succeeded to the throne, he considered that he ought not to be a hostage in behalf of that monarch’s children. However, up to this time he kept quiet, especially as he was unable, being still a mere boy, to do anything. But now, being in the very prime of youthful manhood, he entered the Senate and made a speech: demanding that the Romans should restore him to his kingdom, which belonged to him by a far better right than to the children of Antiochus. He entered at great length upon arguments to the same effect, affirming that Rome was his country and the nurse of his youth; that the sons of the Senators were all to him as brothers, and the Senators as fathers, because he had come to Rome a child, and was then twenty-three years old. All who heard him were disposed in their hearts to take his part: the Senate however, as a body voted to detain Demetrius, and to assist in securing the crown for the boy left by the late king. Their motive in thus acting was, it seems to me, a mistrust inspired by the vigorous time of life to which Demetrius had attained, and an opinion that the youth and weakness of the boy who had succeeded to the kingdom were more to their interest. And this was presently made manifest. For they appointed Gnaeus Octavius, Spurius Lucretius, and Lucius Aurelius as commissioners to arrange the affairs of the kingdom in accordance with the will of the Senate, on the ground that no one would resist their injunctions, the king being a mere child, and the nobles being quite satisfied at the government not being given to Demetrius, for that was what they had been most expecting. Gnaeus and his colleagues therefore started with instructions, first of all to burn the decked ships, next to hamstring the elephants, and generally to weaken the forces of the kingdom. They were also charged with the additional task of making an inspection of Macedonia; for the Macedonians, unaccustomed to democracy and a government by popular assembly, were splitting up into hostile factions. Gnaeus and his colleagues were also to inspect the state of Galatia and of the kingdom of Ariarathes. After a time the further task was imposed on them, by despatch from the Senate, of reconciling as well as they could the two kings in Alexandria. . . .
31.13While this was going on at Rome, envoys from the city, under Marcus Junius, had arrived to arbitrate on the disputes between the Gauls and king Ariarathes. For the Trocmi, having found themselves unable to annex any portion of Cappadocia by their unaided efforts, and having been promptly foiled in their audacious attempts, sought refuge with the Romans, and endeavoured to bring Ariarathes into discredit there. On this account an embassy under M. Junius was sent to Cappadocia. The king gave them a satisfactory account of the affair, treated them with great courtesy, and sent them away loud in his praises. And when subsequently Gnaeus Octavius and Spurius Lucretius arrived, and again addressed the king on the subject of his controversies with the Gauls, after a brief conversation on that subject, and saying that he would acquiesce in their decision without difficulty, he directed the rest of his remarks to the state of Syria, being aware that Octavius and his colleagues were going thither. He pointed out to them the unsettled state of the kingdom and the unprincipled character of the men at the head of affairs there; and added that he would escort them with an army, and remain on the watch for all emergencies, until they returned from Syria in safety. Gnaeus and his colleagues acknowleged the king’s kindness and zeal, but said that for the present they did not need the escort: on a future occasion, however, if need should arise, they would let him know without delay; for they considered him as one of the true friends of Rome. . . .
31.14About this time ambassadors arrived from Ariarathes, who had recently succeeded to the kingdom of Cappadocia, to renew the existing friendship and alliance with Rome, and in general to exhort the Senate to accept the king’s affection and goodwill, which he entertained, both in their private and public capacity, for all the Romans. The Senate, on hearing this, acceded to the request for the renewal of the friendship and alliance, and graciously acknowledged the general amity of the king. The chief reason for this warmth on the part of the Senate was the report of the envoys under Tiberius, who, when sent to inspect the state of Cappadocia, had returned full of the praises of the late king and of his kingdom generally. It was on the credit of this report that the Senate received the ambassadors of Ariarathes graciously, and acknowledged the goodwill of the king. . . .
31.15Having somewhat recovered from their previous disaster, the Rhodians sent Cleagoras with ambassadors to Rome to ask that Calynda should be ceded to them, and to petition the Senate that those of their citizens who had properties in Lycia and Caria might be allowed to retain them as before. They had also voted to raise a colossal statue of the Roman people, thirty cubits high, to be set up in the temple of Athene. . . .
Book 31, Part 6
31.16The Calyndians having broken off from Caunus, and the Caunians being about to besiege Calynda, the Calyndians first called in the aid of the Cnidians; and, on their sending the required support, they held out against their enemies for a time: but becoming alarmed as to what would happen, they sent an embassy to Rhodes, putting themselves and their city in its hands. Thereupon the Rhodians sent a naval and military force to their relief, forced the Caunians to raise the siege, and took over the city. . . .
31.17When Ariarathes, king of Cappadocia, had received his ambassadors on their return from Rome, judging from the answers they brought that his kingdom was secured, because he had gained the goodwill of Rome, he offered a thank-offering to the gods for what had happened, and entertained his nobles at a feast. He then sent ambassadors to Lysias in Antioch, desiring to be allowed to bring away the bones of his sister and mother. He determined not to say a word of blame as to the crime that had been committed, lest he should irritate Lysias, and so fail to effect his present object, though he was in fact greatly incensed at it. He gave his envoys therefore instructions couched in terms of courteous request. Lysias and his friends acceded to his wishes; and the bones having been conveyed to Cappadocia, the king received them in great state, and buried them next the tomb of his father with affectionate reverence. . . .
31.17Artaxias wished to kill a man, but on the remonstrances of Ariarathes did not do so, and held him on the contrary in higher respect than ever. So decisive is the influence of justice, and of the opinions and advice of good men, that they often prove the salvation of foes as well as of friends, and change their whole characters for the better. . . .
31.17Good looks are a better introduction than any letter. . . .
Book 31, Part 7
31.18After the Ptolemies had made their partition of the kingdom, the younger brother arrived in Rome desiring to set aside the division made between himself and his brother, on the ground that he had not acceded to the arrangement voluntarily, but under compulsion, and yielding to the force of circumstances. He therefore begged the Senate to assign Cyprus to his portion; for, even if that were done, he should still have a much poorer share than his brother. Canuleius and Quintus supported Menyllus, the ambassador of the elder Ptolemy, by protesting that the younger Ptolemy owed his possession of Cyrene and his very life to them, so deep was the anger and hatred of the common people to him; and that, accordingly, he had been only too glad to receive the government of Cyrene, which he had not hoped for or expected; and had exchanged oaths with his brother with the customary sacrifices. To this Ptolemy gave a positive denial: and the Senate, seeing that the division was clearly an unequal one, and at the same time wishing that, as the brothers themselves were the authors of the division being made at all, it should be effected in a manner advantageous to Rome, granted the petition of the younger Ptolemy with a view to their own interest. Measures of this class are very frequent among the Romans, by which they avail themselves with profound policy of the mistakes of others to augment and strengthen their own empire, under the guise of granting favours and benefiting those who commit the errors. On this principle they acted now. They saw how great the power of the Egyptian kingdom was; and fearing lest, if it ever chanced to obtain a competent head, he would grow too proud, they appointed Titus Torquatus and Gnaeus Merula to establish Ptolemy Physcon in Cyprus, and thus to carry out their own policy while satisfying his. These commissioners were accordingly at once despatched with instructions to reconcile the brothers to each other, and to secure Cyprus to the younger. . . .
31.19News having come to Rome of the disaster by which Gnaeus Octavius lost his life, ambassadors also arrived from king Antiochus, sent by Lysias, who vehemently protested that the king’s friends had had no part in the crime. But the Senate showed scant attention to the envoys, not wishing to make any open declaration on the subject or to allow their opinion to become public in any way.
31.19But Demetrius was much excited by the news, and immediately summoned Polybius to an interview, and consulted him as to whether he should once more bring his claims before the Senate. Polybius advised him not to stumble twice on the same stone, but to depend upon himself and venture something worthy of a king; and he pointed out to him that the present state of affairs offered him many opportunities. Demetrius understood the hint, but said nothing at the time; but a short while afterwards consulted Apollonius one of his intimate friends, on the same subject. This man, being simple minded and very young, advised him to make another trial of the Senate. He was convinced, he said, that, since it had deprived him of his kingdom without any just excuse, it would at least release him from his position of hostage; for it was absurd that, when the boy Antiochus had succeeded to the kingdom in Syria, Demetrius should be a hostage for him. Persuaded by these arguments he once more obtained a hearing of the Senate, and claimed to be relieved of his obligations as a hostage, since they had decided to secure the kingdom to Antiochus. But, though he pleaded his cause with many arguments, the Senate remained fixed in the same resolve as before. And that was only what was to be expected. For they had not, on the former occasion, adjudged the continuance of the kingdom to the child on the ground that the claim of Demetrius was not just, but because it was advantageous to Rome that it should be so; and as the circumstances remained precisely the same, it was only natural that the policy of the Senate should remain unchanged also.
31.20Demetrius having thus delivered himself in vain of his swan’s song, his last appeal, and becoming convinced that Polybius had given him good advice, repented of what he had done. But he was naturally of a lofty spirit, and possessed sufficient daring to carry out his resolutions. He promptly called Diodorus, who had recently arrived from Syria, to his aid, and confided his secret purpose to him. Diodorus had had the charge of Demetrius as a child, and was a man of considerable adroitness, who had besides made a careful inspection of the state of affairs in Syria. He now pointed out to Demetrius that The confusion caused by the murder of Octavius,—the people mistrusting Lysias, and Lysias mistrusting the people, while the Senate was convinced that the lawless murder of their envoy really originated with the king’s friends,—presented a most excellent opportunity for his appearing on the scene: for the people there would promptly transfer the crown to him, even though he were to arrive attended by but one slave; while the Senate would not venture to give any further assistance or support to Lysias after such an abominable crime. Finally, it was quite possible for them to leave Rome undetected, without any one having any idea of his intention. This course being resolved upon, Demetrius sent for Polybius, and telling him what he was going to do, begged him to lend his assistance, and to join him in contriving to manage his escape.
Book 31, Part 8
31.20There happened to be at Rome a certain Menyllus of Alabanda, on a mission from the elder Ptolemy to confront and answer the younger before the Senate. Between this man and Polybius there was a strong friendship and confidence, and Polybius therefore thought him just the man for the purpose in hand. He accordingly introduced him with all speed to Demetrius, and with warm expressions of regard. Being trusted with the secret, Menyllus undertook to have the necessary ship in readiness, and to see that everything required for the voyage was prepared. Having found a Carthaginian vessel anchored at the mouth of the Tiber, which had been on sacred service, he chartered it. (These vessels are carefully selected at Carthage, to convey the offerings sent by the Carthaginians to their ancestral gods at Tyre.) He made no secret about it, but chartered the vessel for his own return voyage; and therefore was able to make his arrangements for provisions also without exciting suspicion, talking openly with the sailors and making an appointment with them.
31.21When the shipmaster had everything ready, and nothing remained except for Demetrius to do his part, he sent Diodorus to Syria to gather information, and to watch the disposition of the people there. His foster-brother Apollonius took part in this expedition; and Demetrius also confided his secret to the two brothers of Apollonius, Meleager and Menestheus, but to no one else of all his suite, though that was numerous. These three brothers were the sons of the Apollonius who occupied so important a position at the court of Seleucus, but who had removed to Miletus at the accession of Antiochus Epiphanes. As the day agreed upon with the sailors approached, it was arranged that one of his friends should give an entertainment to serve as an excuse for Demetrius going out. For it was impossible that he should sup at home; as it was his constant habit, when he did so, to invite all his suite. Those who were in the secret were to leave the house after supper and go to the ship, taking one slave each with them; the rest they had sent on to Anagnia, saying that they would follow next day. It happened that at this time Polybius was ill and confined to his bed; but he was kept acquainted with all that was going on by constant communications from Menyllus. He was therefore exceedingly anxious, knowing Demetrius to be fond of conviviality and full of youthful wilfulness, lest, by the entertainment being unduly prolonged, some difficulty should arise from over-indulgence in wine to prevent his getting away. He therefore wrote and sealed a small tablet; and just as it was getting dusk sent a servant of his own, with orders to ask for Demetrius’s cupbearer and give him the tablet, without saying who he was or from whom he came, and to bid the cupbearer to give it to Demetrius to read at once. His orders were carried out, and Demetrius read the tablet, which contained the following apophthegms:— The ready hand bears off the sluggard’s prize. Night favours all, but more the daring heart. Be bold: front danger: strike! then lose or win, Care not, so you be true unto yourself. Cool head and wise distrust are wisdom’s sinews.
31.22As soon as Demetrius had read these lines, he understood their purport, and from whom they came; and at once pretending that he felt sick, he left the banquet escorted by his friends. Arrived at his lodging, he sent away those of his servants who were not suited to his purpose to Anagnia, ordering them to take the hunting nets and hounds and meet him at Cerceii, where it had been his constant custom to go boar hunting, which, in fact, was the origin of his intimacy with Polybius. He then imparted his plan to Nicanor and his immediate friends, and urged them to share his prospects. They all consented with enthusiasm; whereupon he bade them return to their own lodgings, and arrange with their servants to go before daybreak to Anagnia and meet them at Cerceii, while they got travelling clothes and returned to him, telling their domestics that they would join them, accompanied by Demetrius, in the course of the next day at Cerceii. Everything having been done in accordance with this order, he and his friends went to Ostia, at the mouth of the Tiber, by night. Menyllus preceded them and had a conversation with the sailors; telling them that orders had arrived from the king which made it necessary for him to remain at Rome for the present, and to send some of the most trustworthy of his young men to his Majesty, to inform him of what had been done about his brother. He should not, therefore, he said, go on board himself; but the young men who were to sail would come about midnight. The shipmasters made no difficulty about it, as the passage money for which they had originally bargained was in their hands; and they had long made all their preparations for sailing, when Demetrius and his friends arrived about the third watch. There were altogether eight of them, besides five slaves and three boys. Menyllus entered into conversation with them, showed them the provisions in store for the voyage, and commended them earnestly to the care of the shipmaster and crew. They then went on board, and the pilot weighed anchor and started just as day was breaking, having absolutely no idea of the real state of the case, but believing that he was conveying some soldiers from Menyllus to Ptolemy.
31.23At Rome, during the whole of the following day, no one was likely to make any inquiry for Demetrius or those who had gone with him. For those of his household who stayed in the city supposed him to have gone to Cerceii; and those at Anagnia were expecting him to come there too. The flight from Rome, therefore, was entirely unremarked; until one of his slaves, having been flogged at Anagnia, ran off to Cerceii, expecting to find Demetrius there; and not finding him, ran back again to Rome, hoping to meet him on the road. But as he failed to meet him anywhere, he went and informed his friends in Rome and the members of his household who had been left behind in his house. But it was not until the fourth day after his start that, Demetrius being looked for in vain, the truth was suspected. On the fifth the Senate was hastily summoned to consider the matter, when Demetrius had already cleared the Straits of Messina. The Senate gave up all idea of pursuit: both because they imagined that he had got a long start on the voyage (for the wind was in his favour), and because they foresaw that, though they might wish to hinder him, they would be unable to do so. But some few days afterwards they appointed Tiberius Gracchus, Lucius Lentulus, and Servilius Glaucia as commissioners: first to inspect the state of Greece; and, next, to cross to Asia and watch the result of Demetrius’s attempt, and examine the policy adopted by the other kings, and arbitrate on their controversies with the Gauls. Such were the events in Italy this year. . . .
Book 31, Part 9
31.23Demetrius expecting the arrival of the commissioner who was to be sent to him. . . .
31.24The dissoluteness of the young men in Rome had grown to such a height, and broke out in such extravagances, that there were many instances of men purchasing a jar of Pontic salt-fish for three hundred drachmae. In reference to which Marcus Porcius Cato once said to the people in indignation, that no better proof could be shown of the degeneracy of the state than that good-looking slaves should fetch more than a farm, and a jar of salt-fish more than a carter. . . .
31.25The Rhodians, though in other respects maintaining the dignity of their state, made in my opinion a slight lapse at this period. They had received two hundred and eighty thousand medimni of corn from Eumenes, that its value might be invested and the interest devoted to pay the fees of the tutors and schoolmasters of their sons. One might accept this from friends in a case of financial embarrassment, as one might in private life, rather than allow children to remain uneducated for want of means; but where means are abundant a man would rather do anything than allow the schoolmaster’s fee to be supplied by a joint contribution from his friends. And in proportion as a state should hold higher notions than an individual, so ought governments to be more jealous of their dignity than private men, and above all a Rhodian government, considering the wealth of the country and its high pretensions. . . .
31.26After this the younger Ptolemy arrived in Greece with the Roman commissioners, and began collecting a formidable army of mercenaries, among whom he enlisted Damasippus the Macedonian, who, after murdering the members of the council at Phacus, fled with his wife and children from Macedonia, and after reaching Peraea, opposite Rhodes, and being entertained by the people there, determined to sail to Cyprus. But when Torquatus and his colleagues saw that Ptolemy had collected a formidable corps of mercenaries, they reminded him of their commission, which was to restore him without a war, and at last persuaded him to go as far as Side (in Pamphylia), and there disband his mercenaries, give up his idea of invading Cyprus, and meet them on the frontiers of Cyrene. Meanwhile, they said that they would sail to Alexandria, and induce the king to consent to their demands, and would meet him on the frontiers, bringing the other king with them. The younger Ptolemy was persuaded by these arguments, gave up the attack upon Cyprus, dismissed the mercenaries, and first sailed to Crete, accompanied by Damasippus and Gnaeus Merula, one of the commissioners; and, after enlisting about a thousand soldiers in Crete, put to sea and crossed to Libya, landing at Apis.
Book 31, Part 10
31.27Meanwhile Torquatus had crossed to Alexandria and was trying to induce the elder Ptolemy to be reconciled to his brother, and yield Cyprus to him. But Ptolemy, by alternate promises and refusals and the like, managed to waste the time, while the younger king lay encamped with his thousand Cretans at Apis in Libya, according to his agreement. Becoming thoroughly irritated at receiving no intelligence, he first sent Gnaeus Merula to Alexandria, hoping by this means to bring Torquatus and those with him to the place of meeting. But Merula was like the others in protracting the business: forty days passed without a word of intelligence, and the king was in despair. The fact was that the elder king, by using every kind of flattery, had won the commissioners over, and was keeping them by him, rather against their will than with it. Moreover, at this time the younger Ptolemy was informed that the people of Cyrene had revolted, that the cities were conspiring with them, and that Ptolemy Sympetesis had also taken their side. This man was an Egyptian by birth, and had been left by the king in charge of his whole kingdom when he was going on his journey to Rome. When the king was informed of this, and learned presently that the Cyreneans were encamped in the open country, afraid lest, in his desire to add Cyprus to his dominions, he might lose Cyrene also, he threw everything else aside and marched towards Cyrene. When he came to what is called the Great Slope, he found the Libyans and Cyreneans occupying the pass. Ptolemy was alarmed at this: but, putting half his forces on board boats, he ordered them to sail beyond the difficult ground, and show themselves on the rear of the enemy; while with the other half he marched up in their front and tried to carry the pass. The Libyans being panic-stricken at this double attack on front and rear, and abandoning their position, Ptolemy not only got possession of the pass, but also of Tetrapyrgia, which lay immediately below it, in which there was an abundant supply of water. Thence he crossed the desert in seven days, the forces under Mochyrinus coasting along parallel to his line of march. The Cyreneans were encamped eight thousand five hundred strong, eight thousand infantry and five hundred cavalry: for having satisfied themselves as to the character of Ptolemy from his conduct at Alexandria, and seeing that his government and policy generally were those of a tyrant rather than a king, they could not endure the idea of becoming his subjects, but were determined to venture everything in their desire for freedom. And at last he was beaten. . . .
31.28At this time Gnaeus Merula also came from Alexandria, informing the king (Physcon) that his brother would consent to none of the proposals, but maintained that they ought to abide by the original agreements. On hearing this, Physcon selected the brothers Comanus and Ptolemy to go as ambassadors to Rome with Gnaeus, and inform the Senate of his brother’s selfish and haughty behaviour. At the same time the elder Ptolemy sent away Titus Torquatus also without having attained the object of his mission. Such was the state of things in Alexandria and Cyrene. . . .
Book 32, Part 1
32.1THIS year Comanus and his brother arrived at Rome on their mission from the younger Ptolemy, and Menyllus of Alabanda from the elder. Their interview with the Senate was the occasion of many mutual recriminations expressed with great bitterness; and when Titus Torquatus and Gnaeus Merula gave evidence in favour of the younger king, and supported him with great earnestness, the Senate voted that Menyllus and his colleagues should leave Rome within five days, and that the treaty of alliance with the elder Ptolemy should be annulled; but that they should send envoys to the younger to inform him of the decree of the Senate. Publius Apustius and Gaius Lentulus were appointed to this service, who immediately sailed to Cyrene, and with great despatch announced to Physcon the decree of the Senate. Greatly elated by this, Ptolemy began collecting mercenaries, and devoted his whole attention and energies to the acquisition of Cyprus. This was what was going on in Italy. . . .
32.2Not long before this period Massanissa resolved to try his strength with the Carthaginians. He saw how numerous the cities built along the lesser Syrtis were, and noticed the excellence of the district which they call Emporia, and he had long been casting an envious eye upon the revenues which those places produced. He quickly possessed himself of the open part of the country, because the Carthaginians were always averse from service in the field, and were at that time completely enervated by the long peace, But he was unable to get possession of the towns, because they were carefully guarded by the Carthaginians. Both parties then referring their case to the Roman Senate, and frequent embassies coming to Rome from both sides, it always happened that the Carthaginians got the worst of it in the judgment of the Romans, not on the merits of the case, but because the judges were convinced that such a decision was in their interests. For instance, not many years before this Massanissa was himself at the head of an army in pursuit of Aphther, who had revolted from him, and asked permission of the Carthaginians to go through this territory, which they refused on the ground that it had nothing to do with him. Owing, however, to the decisions given at Rome during this period, the Carthaginians were put into such difficulties that they not only lost the cities and territory, but had to pay besides five hundred talents as mesne profits from the district. And this was the origin of the present controversy. . . .
32.3Prusias sent envoys to Rome with some Gauls to accuse Eumenes; and Eumenes in his turn sent his brother Attalus to rebut the accusations. Ariarathes sent a present of ten thousand gold pieces, and envoys to inform the Senate of the reception given to Tiberius Gracchus; and generally to ask for their commands, and to assure them that he would do anything they told him. . . .
32.4When Menochares arrived in Antioch to visit Demetrius, and informed the king of the conversation he had had with the commission under Tiberius Gracchus in Cappadocia, the king, thinking it a matter of the most urgent necessity to get these men on his side as much as he could, devoted himself, to the exclusion of every other business, to sending messages to them, first to Pamphylia, and then to Rhodes, undertaking to do everything the Romans wished; till at last he extracted their acknowledgment of him as king. The fact was that Tiberius was very favourably disposed to him; and, accordingly, materially contributed to the success of his attempt, and to his acquisition of the royal power. Demetrius took advantage of this to send envoys to Rome, taking with them a complimentary crown, the murderer of Gnaeus Octavius, and with them Isocrates the critic. . . .
Book 32, Part 2
32.5At this time came ambassadors from Ariarathes, bringing a complimentary present of ten thousand gold pieces, and announcing the king’s faithful attachment to Rome; and of this they appealed to Tiberius and his colleagues as witnesses. Tiberius and his colleagues confirmed their statements: whereupon the Senate accepted the present with warm thanks, and sent back in return presents, which with them are the most honourable they can give—a sceptre and ivory chair. These ambassadors were dismissed at once by the Senate before the winter. But after them arrived Attalus when the new Consuls had already entered on their office; as well as the Gauls who had accusations against him, and whom Prusias had sent, with as many more from Asia. After giving all a hearing, the Senate not only acquitted Attalus of all blame, but dismissed him with additional marks of their favour and kindness: for their friendship for and active support of Attalus was in the same proportion as their hostility and opposition to king Eumenes. . . .
32.6The ambassadors with Menochares arrived in Rome from Demetrius, bringing the present of ten thousand gold pieces, as well as the man who had assassinated Gnaeus Octavius. The Senate was for a long time doubtful what to do about these matters. Finally they received the ambassadors and accepted the present, but declined to receive the men who were thus brought prisoners. Yet Demetrius had sent not only Leptines, the actual assassin of Octavius, but Isocrates as well. The latter was a grammarian and public lecturer; but being by nature garrulous, boastful, and conceited, he gave offence even to the Greeks, Alcaeus and his friends being accustomed to direct their wit against him and hold him up to ridicule in their scholastic discussions. When he arrived in Syria, he displayed contempt for the people of the country; and not content with lecturing on his own subjects, he took to speaking on politics, and maintained that Gnaeus Octavius had been rightly served: and that the other ambassadors ought to be put to death also, that there might be no one left to report the matter to the Romans; and so they might be taught to give up sending haughty injunctions and exercising unlimited power. By such random talk he got into this trouble.
32.7And there is a circumstance connected with both these men that is worth recording. After assassinating Gnaeus, Leptines immediately went openly about Laodicea, asserting that what he had done was just, and that it had been effected in accordance with the will of the gods. And when Demetrius took possession of the government, he went to the king exhorting him to have no fear about the murder of Gnaeus, nor to adopt any measures of severity against the Laodiceans: for that he would himself go to Rome and convince the Senate that he had done this deed in accordance with the will of the gods. And finally, thanks to his entire readiness and even eagerness to go, he was taken without chains or a guard. But directly Isocrates found himself included under this charge, he went entirely beside himself with terror: and, after the collar and chain were put on his neck, he would rarely touch food, and completely neglected all care of his body. He accordingly arrived at Rome a truly astonishing spectacle, sufficient to convince us that nothing can be more frightful than a man, in body and soul alike, when once divested of his humanity. His aspect was beyond all measure terrifying and savage, as might be expected in a man who had neither washed the dirt from his body, nor pared his nails, nor cut his hair, for a year. The wild glare and rolling of his eyes also showed such inward horror, that any one who saw him would have rather approached any animal in the world than him. Leptines, on the contrary, maintained his original view: was ready to appear before the Senate; owned plainly to all who conversed with him what he had done; and asserted that he would meet with no severity at the hands of the Romans. And eventually his expectation was fully justified. For the Senate, from the idea, I believe, that, if it received and punished the guilty men, the populace would consider that full satisfaction had been taken for the murder, refused almost outright to receive them; and thus kept the charge in reserve, that they might have the power of using the accusation whenever they chose. They therefore confined their answer to Demetrius to these words: He shall find all favour at our hands, if he satisfy the Senate in accordance with the obedience which he owed to it before. . . .
32.7There came also ambassadors from the Achaeans, headed by Xenon and Telecles, in behalf of their accused compatriots, and especially in behalf of Polybius and Stratius; for lapse of time had now brought an end to the majority, or at any rate to those of any note. The ambassadors came with instructions couched in a tone of simple entreaty, in order to avoid anything like a contest with the Senate. But when they had been admitted and delivered their commission in proper terms, even this humble tone failed to gain their end, and the Senate voted to abide by their resolve. . . .
Book 32, Part 3
32.8The strongest and most honourable proof of the integrity of Lucius Aemilius Paulus was made public after his death. For the character which he enjoyed while alive was found to be justified at his death, than which there can be no clearer proof of virtue. No one of his contemporaries brought home more gold from Iberia than he; no one captured such enormous treasures as he did in Macedonia; and yet, though in both these countries he had the most unlimited authority, he left so small a private fortune, that his sons could not pay his wife’s jointure wholly from the sale of his personalty, and were obliged to sell some of his real estate also to do so, a fact of which I have already spoken in some detail. This forces us to acknowledge that the fame of the men who have been admired in Greece in this respect suffers by a comparison. For if to abstain from appropriating money, entrusted to a man for the benefit of the depositor, deserves our admiration,—as is said to have happened in the case of the Athenian Aristeides and the Theban Epaminondas,—how much more admirable is it for a man to have been master of a whole kingdom, with absolute authority to do with it as he chose, and yet to have coveted nothing in it! And if what I say appears incredible to any of my readers, let them consider that the present writer was fully aware that Romans, more than any other people, would take his books into their hands,—because the most splendid and numerous achievements recorded therein belong to them; and that with them the truth about the facts could not possibly be unknown, nor the author of a falsehood expect any indulgence. No one then would voluntarily expose himself to certain disbelief and contempt. And let this be kept in mind throughout the whole course of my work, when I seem to be making a startling assertion about the Romans.
32.9As the course of my narrative and the events of the time have drawn our attention to this family, I wish to carry out fully, for the sake of students, what was left as a mere promise in my previous book. I promised then that I would relate the origin and manner of the rise and unusually early glory of Scipio’s reputation in Rome; and also how it came about that Polybius became so attached to and intimate with him, that the fame of their friendship and constant companionship was not merely confined to Italy and Greece, but became known to more remote nations also. We have already shown that the acquaintance began in a loan of some books and the conversation about them. But as the intimacy went on, and the Achaean detenus were being distributed among the various cities, Fabius and Scipio, the sons of Lucius Aemilius Paulus, exerted all their influence with the praetor that Polybius might be allowed to remain in Rome. This was granted: and the intimacy was becoming more and more close, when the following incident occurred. One day, when they were all three coming out of the house of Fabius, it happened that Fabius left them to go to the Forum, and that Polybius went in another direction with Scipio. As they were walking along, in a quiet and subdued voice, and with the blood mounting to his cheeks, Scipio said, Why is it, Polybius, that though I and my brother eat at the same table, you address all your conversation and all your questions and explanations to him, and pass me over altogether? Of course you too have the same opinion of me as I hear the rest of the city has. For I am considered by everybody, I hear, to be a mild effete person, and far removed from the true Roman character and ways, because I don’t care for pleading in the law courts. And they say that the family I come of requires a different kind of representative, and not the sort that I am. That is what annoys me most.
32.10Polybius was taken aback by the opening words of the young man’s speech (for he was only just eighteen), and said, In heaven’s name, Scipio, don’t say such things, or take into your head such an idea. It is not from any want of appreciation of you, or any intention of slighting you, that I have acted as I have done: far from it! It is merely that, your brother being the elder, I begin and end my remarks with him, and address my explanations and counsels to him, in the belief that you share the same opinions. However, I am delighted to hear you say now that you appear to yourself to be somewhat less spirited than is becoming to members of your family: for you show by this that you have a really high spirit, and I should gladly devote myself to helping you to speak or act in any way worthy of your ancestors. As for learning, to which I see you and your brother devoting yourselves at present with so much earnestness and zeal, you will find plenty of people to help you both; for I see that a large number of such learned men from Greece are finding their way into Rome at the present time. But as to the points which you say are just now vexing you, I think you will not find any one more fitted to support and assist you than myself. While Polybius was still speaking the young man seized his right hand with both of his, and pressing it warmly, said, Oh that I might see the day on which you would devote your first attention to me, and join your life with mine. From that moment I shall think myself worthy both of my family and my ancestors. Polybius was partly delighted at the sight of the young man’s enthusiasm and affection, and partly embarrassed by the thought of the high position of his family and the wealth of its members. However, from the hour of this mutual confidence the young man never left the side of Polybius, but regarded his society as his first and dearest object.
32.11From that time forward they continually gave each other practical proof of an affection which recalled the relationship of father and son, or of kinsmen of the same blood. The first impulse and ambition of a noble kind with which he was inspired was the desire to maintain a character for chastity, and to be superior to the standard observed in that respect among his contemporaries. This was a glory which, great and difficult as it generally is, was not hard to gain at that period in Rome, owing to the general deterioration of morals. Some had wasted their energies on favourite youths; others on mistresses; and a great many on banquets enlivened with poetry and wine, and all the extravagant expenditure which they entailed, having quickly caught during the war with Perseus the dissoluteness of Greek manners in this respect. And to such monstrous lengths had this debauchery gone among the young men, that many of them had given a talent for a young favourite. This dissoluteness had as it were burst into flame at this period: in the first place, from the prevalent idea that, owing to the destruction of the Macedonian monarchy, universal dominion was now secured to them beyond dispute; and in the second place, from the immense difference made, both in public and private wealth and splendour, by the importation of the riches of Macedonia into Rome. Scipio, however, set his heart on a different path in life; and by a steady resistance to his appetites, and by conforming his whole conduct to a consistent and undeviating standard, in about the first five years after this secured a general recognition of his character for goodness and purity.
Book 32, Part 4
32.12His next object was to cultivate lofty sentiments in regard to money, and to maintain a higher standard of disinterestedness than other people. In this respect he had an excellent start in his association with his natural father (L. Aemilius): but he also had good natural impulses towards the right; and chance contributed much to his success in this particular aim. For he first lost the mother of his adoptive father, who was the sister of his natural father Lucius, and wife of his adoptive grandfather, Scipio the Great. She left a large fortune, to which he was heir, and which gave him the first opportunity of giving a proof of his principles. Aemilia, for that was this lady’s name, was accustomed to attend the women’s processions in great state, as sharing the life and high fortune of Scipio. For besides the magnificence of her dress and carriage, the baskets, cups, and such implements for the sacrifice, which were carried in her train, were all of silver or gold on great occasions; and the number of maid-servants and other domestics that made up her train was in proportion to this splendour. All this establishment, immediately after Aemilia’s funeral, Scipio presented to his own mother, who had long before been divorced by his father Lucius, and was badly off considering the splendour of her birth. She had therefore in previous years refrained from taking part in grand public processions; but now; as there chanced to be an important state sacrifice, she appeared surrounded with all the splendour and wealth which had once been Aemilia’s using among other things the same muleteers, pair of mules, and carriage. The ladies, therefore, who saw it were much impressed by the kindness and liberality of Scipio, and all raised their hands to heaven and prayed for blessings upon him. This act, indeed, would be thought honourable anywhere, but at Rome it was quite astonishing: for there no one ever thinks of giving any of his private property to any one if he can help it. This was the beginning of Scipio’s reputation for nobility of character, and it spread very widely,—for women are talkative and prone to exaggeration whenever they feel warmly.
32.13The next instance was his conduct to the daughters of the Great Scipio, sisters to his adoptive father. When he took the inheritance he was bound to pay them their portion. For their father covenanted to give each of his two daughters a marriage portion of fifty talents. Half of this their mother paid down at once to their husbands, but left the other half undischarged when she died. Now, the Roman law enjoins the payment of money due to women as dowry in three annual instalments, the personal outfit having been first paid within ten months according to custom. But Scipio instructed his banker at once to pay the twenty-five talents to each within the ten months. When, therefore, Tiberius Gracchus and Scipio Nasica, for they were the husbands of these ladies, called on the banker at the expiration of the ten months, and asked whether Scipio had given him any instructions as to the money, he told them they might have it at once, and proceeded to enter the transfer of twenty-five talents to each. They then said that he had made a mistake, for they had no claim for the whole as yet, but only took a third according to the law; and upon the banker answering that such were his instructions from Scipio, they could not believe him, and went to call on the young man, supposing him to have made a mistake. And, indeed, their feelings were natural: for at Rome, so far from paying fifty talents three years in advance, no one will pay a single talent before the appointed day; so excessively particular are they about money, and so profitable do they consider time. However, when they reached Scipio and asked him what instructions he had given his banker, on his replying, To pay both sisters the whole sum due to them, they told him he had made a mistake; and with a show of friendly regard pointed out to him that, according to the laws, he had the use of the money for a considerable time longer. But Scipio replied that he was quite aware of all that; but that close reckoning and legal exactness were for strangers; with relations and friends he would do his best to behave straightforwardly and liberally. He therefore bade them draw on the banker for the whole sum. When Tiberius and Nasica heard this they returned home in silence, quite confounded at the magnanimity of Scipio, and condemning themselves for meanness, though they were men of as high a character as any at Rome.
32.13The following pedigree will show the various family connexions here alluded to:— Publius Cornelius Scipio P. Cornelius Scipio Africanus Aemilia Lucius Aemilius Paulus Papiria P. Scipio Nasica Cornelia Tib. Sempronius Gracchus Cornelia Publius Cornelius Scipio Africanus Quintus Fabius Maximus Scipio Aemilianus -->
32.14Two years afterwards, when his natural father, Lucius Aemilius, died, and left him and his brother Fabius joint heirs to his property, he did an act honourable to himself and worthy to be recorded. Lucius died without children in the eyes of the law, for the two elder had been adopted into other families, and the other sons, whom he was bringing up to be the successors to himself and to continue his family, all died; he therefore left his property to these two. But Scipio, perceiving that his brother was worse off than himself, renounced the whole of his share of the inheritance, though the property was valued altogether at over sixty talents, with a view of thus putting Fabius on an equality with himself in point of wealth. This was much talked about; but he afterwards gave a still clearer proof of his liberality. For when his brother wished to give some gladiatorial games in honour of his father, but was unable to support the expense, because of the enormous costliness of such things, Scipio contributed half of this also from his own pocket. Now the cost of such an exhibition, if it is done on a large scale, does not amount in all to less than thirty talents. While the fame of his liberality to his mother was still fresh, she died; and so far from taking back any part of the wealth he had recently bestowed on her, of which I have just spoken, Scipio gave it and the entire residue of his mother’s property to his sisters, though they had no legal claim at all upon it. Accordingly his sisters again adopted the splendour and retinue which Aemilia had employed in the public processions; and once more the liberality and family affection of Scipio were recalled to the minds of the people.
Book 32, Part 5
32.14With such recommendations dating from his earliest years, Publius Scipio sustained the reputation for high morality and good principles, which he had won by the expenditure of perhaps sixty talents, for that was the sum which he bestowed from his own property. And this reputation for goodness did not depend so much on the amount of the money, as on the seasonableness of the gift and the graciousness with which it was bestowed. By his strict chastity, also, he not only saved his purse, but by refraining from many irregular pleasures he gained sound bodily health and a vigorous constitution, which accompanied him through the whole of his life and repaid him with many pleasures, and noble compensations for the immediate pleasures from which he had formerly abstained.
32.15Courage, however, is the most important element of character for public life in every country, but especially in Rome: and he therefore was bound to give all his most serious attention to it. In this he was well seconded by Fortune also. For as the Macedonian kings were especially eager about hunting, and the Macedonians devoted the most suitable districts to the preservation of game, these places were carefully guarded during all the war time, as they had been before, and yet had not been hunted the whole of the four years owing to the public disturbances: the consequence was that they were full of every kind of animal. But when the war was decided, Lucius Aemilius, thinking that hunting was the best training for body and courage his young soldiers could have, put the royal huntsmen under the charge of Scipio, and gave him entire authority over all matters connected with the hunting. Scipio accepted the duty, and, looking upon himself as in a quasi-royal position, devoted his whole time to this business, as long as the army remained in Macedonia after the battle of Pydna. Having then ample opportunity for following this kind of pursuit, and being in the very prime of his youth and naturally disposed to it, the taste for hunting which he acquired became permanent. Accordingly when he returned to Rome, and found his taste supported by a corresponding enthusiasm on the part of Polybius, the time that other young men spent in law courts and formal visits, haunting the Forum and endeavouring thereby to ingratiate themselves with the people, Scipio devoted to hunting; and, by continually displaying brilliant and memorable acts of prowess, won a greater reputation than others, whose only chance of gaining credit was by inflicting some damage on one of their fellow-citizens,—for that was the usual result of these law proceedings. Scipio, on the other hand, without inflicting annoyance on any one, gained a popular reputation for manly courage, rivalling eloquence by action. The result was that in a short time he obtained a more decided superiority of position over his contemporaries, than any Roman is remembered to have done; although he struck out a path for his ambition which, with a view to Roman customs and ideas, was quite different from that of others.
32.16I have spoken somewhat at length on the character of Scipio, because I thought that such a story would be agreeable to the older, and useful to the younger among my readers. But especially because I wished to make what I have to tell in my following books appear credible; that no one may feel any difficulty because of the apparent strangeness of what happened to this man; nor deprive him of the credit of achievements which were the natural consequences of his prudence, and attribute them to Fortune and chance. I must now return from this digression to the regular course of my history. . . .
32.17Thearidas and Stephanus conducted a mission from Athens and the Achaeans on the matter of the reprisals. For when the Delians were ordered, in answer to an embassy to Rome after Delos had been granted to Athens, to depart from the island, but to take all their goods with them, they removed to Achaia; and having been enrolled as citizens of the league, wished to have their claims upon the Athenians decided, according to the convention existing between the Achaeans and Athens. But, on the Athenians denying that they had any right to plead under that agreement, the Delians demanded from the Achaeans license to make reprisals on the Athenians. The latter, therefore, sent an embassy to Rome on these points, and were answered that decisions made by the Achaeans according to their laws concerning the Delians were to be binding. . . .
Book 32, Part 6
32.18The people of Issa having often sent embassies to Rome, complaining that the Dalmatians damaged their territory and the cities subject to them,— meaning thereby Epetium and Tragyrium,—and the Daorsi also bringing similar complaints, the Senate sent a commission under Gaius Fannius to inspect the state of Illyria, with special reference to the Dalmatians. This people had been subject to Pleuratus as long as he was alive; but when he died, and was succeeded on the throne by Genthius, they revolted, overran the bordering territories, and reduced the neighbouring cities, some of which even paid them a tribute of cattle and corn. So Fannius and his colleague started on their mission. . . .
32.19Lyciscus the Aetolian was a factious turbulent agitator, and directly he was killed the Aetolians from that hour lived harmoniously and at peace with each other, simply from the removal of one man. Such decisive influence has character in human affairs, that we find not only armies and cities, but also national leagues and whole divisions of the world, experiencing the greatest miseries and the greatest blessings through the vice or virtue of one man. . . .
32.19Though he was a man of the worst character, Lyciscus ended his life by an honourable death; and accordingly, most people with some reason reproach Fortune for sometimes giving to the worst of men what is the prize of the good—an easy death. . . .
32.20There was a great change for the better in Aetolia when the civil war was stopped after the death of Lyciscus; and in Boeotia when Mnasippus of Coronea died; and similarly in Acarnania when Chremas was got out of the way. Greece was as though purified by the removal from life of those accursed pests of the country. For in the same year Charops of Epirus chanced to die at Brundisium. Affairs in Epirus had been still in disorder and confusion as before, owing to the cruelty and tyranny of Charops, ever since the end of the war with Perseus. For Lucius Anicius having condemned some of the leading men in the country to death, and transported all others to Rome against whom there was the slightest suspicion, Charops at once got complete power to do what he chose; and thereupon committed every possible act of cruelty, sometimes personally, at others by the agency of his friends: for he was quite a young man himself, and was quickly joined by a crowd of the worst and most unprincipled persons, who gathered round him for the sake of plunder from other people. But what protected him and inclined people to believe that he was acting on a fixed design, and in accordance with the will of the Romans, was his former intimacy with them, and the support of the old man Myrton and his son Nicanor. These two had the character of being men of moderation and on good terms with the Romans; but though up to that time they had been widely removed from all suspicion of injustice, they now gave themselves up wholly to support and share in the lawless acts of Charops. This man, after murdering some openly in the market-place, others in their own houses, others by sending secret assassins to waylay them in the fields or on the roads, and selling the property of all whom he had thus killed, thought of another device. He put up lists of such men and women as were rich, condemning them to exile; and having held out this threat, he extracted money out of them, making the bargain himself with the men, and by the agency of his mother Philotis with the women; for this lady was well suited to the task, and for any act of violence was even more helpful than could have been expected in a woman.
Book 32, Part 7
32.21When he and his mother had thus got all the money they could out of these persons, they none the less caused all the proscribed to be impeached before the people; and the majority in Phoenice, partly from fear and partly induced by the baits held out by Charops and his friends, condemned all thus impeached, for being ill-disposed to Rome, to death instead of banishment. These men, however, fled while Charops visited Rome, whither he went with money, and accompanied by Myrton and Nicanor, wishing to get a seal of approval put to his wickedness by means of the Senate. On that occasion a very honourable proof was given of Roman principles; and a spectacle was displayed exceedingly gratifying to the Greeks residing in Rome, especially the detenus. Marcus Aemilius Lepidus, who was Pontifex Maximus and Princeps Senatus, and Lucius Aemilius, the conqueror of Perseus, a man of the highest credit and influence, learning what had been done by Charops in Epirus, refused to admit him into their houses. This becoming much talked about, the foreign residents in Rome were exceedingly rejoiced, and observed with pleasure that the Romans discountenanced evil. And on Charops being afterwards admitted to the Senate-house, the Senate refused to consent to his demands, but answered that They would give instructions to commissioners to examine into what had taken place. But when Charops returned home he entirely suppressed this reply; and having written one to suit his own ideas, gave out that the Romans approved of what had been done by him. . . .
32.22King Eumenes was entirely broken in bodily strength, but still maintained his brilliancy of mind. He was a man who in most things was the equal of any king of his time; and in those which were the most important and honourable, was greater and more illustrious than them all. First, he succeeded his father in a kingdom reduced to a very few insignificant cities; and he raised it to the level of the largest dynasties of his day. And it was not chance which contributed to this, or a mere sudden catastrophe, it was his own acuteness, indefatigable industry, and personal labour. Again, he was exceedingly ambitious of establishing a good reputation, and showed it by doing good services to a very large number of cities, and enriching privately a great many men. And in the third place, he had three brothers grown up and active, and he kept all four of them loyal to himself, and acting as guards of his person and preservers of the kingdom: and that is a thing of which there are very rare instances in history. . . .
32.22On succeeding his brother Eumenes on the throne, Attalus at once gave a specimen of his principles and activity by restoring Ariarathes to his kingdom. . . .
32.23When the envoys under Fannius returned from Illyria, and reported that, so far from the Dalmatians making any restitution to those who asserted that they were being continually wronged by them, they refused even to listen to the commissioners at all, saying that they had nothing to do with the Romans. Besides, they reported that no lodging or entertainment of any sort had been supplied to them; but that the very horses, which they had procured from another city, the Dalmatians had forcibly taken from them; and would have laid violent hands upon themselves, if they had not yielded to necessity and retired as quietly as they could. The Senate listened attentively to the report; they were exceedingly angry at the disobedience and rudeness of the Dalmatians, but their prevailing feeling was that the present time was a suitable one for declaring war against this people for more reasons than one. For, in the first place, the coasts of Illyria towards Italy had been entirely neglected by them ever since they had expelled Demetrius of Pharos; and, in the next place, they did not wish their own citizens to become enervated by a long-continued peace; for it was now the twelfth year since the war with Perseus and the campaigns in Macedonia. They therefore planned that, by declaring war against the Dalmatians, they would at once renew as it were the warlike spirit and enterprise of their own people, and terrify the Illyrians into obedience to their injunctions. Such were the motives of the Romans for going to war with the Dalmatians. But to the world at large they gave out that they had determined on war owing to the insults offered to their legates. . . .
Book 32, Part 8
32.24King Ariarathes arrived in Rome in the course of the summer. And when Sextus Julius Caesar and his colleague had entered on their consulship, the king visited them privately, presenting in his personal appearance a striking picture of the dangers with which he was surrounded.
32.24Ambassadors also arrived from Demetrius, headed by Miltiades, prepared to act in two capacities—to defend the conduct of Demetrius in regard to Ariarathes, and to accuse that king with the utmost bitterness. Orophernes also had sent Timotheus and Diogenes to represent him, conveying a crown for Rome, and charged to renew the friendship and alliance of Cappadocia with the Romans; but, above all, to confront Ariarathes, and both to answer his accusations and bring their own against him. In these private interviews Diogenes and Miltiades and their colleagues made a better show, because they were many to one in the controversy; besides their personal appearance was better than that of Ariarathes, for they were at present on the winning side and he had failed. They had also the advantage of him, in making their statement of the case, that they were entirely unscrupulous, and cared nothing whatever about the truth of their words; and what they said could not be confuted, because there was no one to take the other side. So their lying statements easily prevailed, and they thought everything was going as they wished. . . .
32.25After reigning for a short time in Cappadocia in utter contempt of the customs of his country, Orophernes introduced the organised debaucheries of Ionia. . . .
32.25It has happened to not a few, from the desire for increasing their wealth, to lose their life along with their money. It was from being captivated by such passions that Orophernes, king of Cappadocia, perished and was expelled from his kingdom. But having briefly narrated the restoration of this king (Ariarathes), I will now bring back my narrative to its regular course; for at present I have, to the exclusion of Greek affairs, selected from those of Asia the events connected with Cappadocia out of their proper order, because it was impossible to separate the voyage of Ariarathes from Italy from his restoration to his kingdom. I will therefore now go back to the history of Greece during this period, in which a peculiar and extraordinary affair took place in regard to the city of Oropus, of which I will give the whole story from beginning to end, going both backward and forward in point of time, that I may not render the history of an episode which was made up of separate events, and was not on the whole important, still more insignificant and indistinct by relating it under different years. For when an event as a whole does not appear to readers to be worth attention, I cannot certainly expect a student to follow its details scattered at intervals through my history. . . .
Book 32, Part 9
32.25For the most part when things go well men generally get on together; but in times of failure, in their annoyance at events, they become sore and irritable with their friends. And this is what happened to Orophernes, when his affairs began to take a wrong turn in his relations with Theotimus,—both indulging in mutual recriminations. . . .
32.26Ambassadors having arrived from Epirus about this time, sent both from those who were in actual possession of Phoenice and from those who had been banished from it; and both parties having made their statement in presence of each other, the Senate answered that they would give instructions on this point to the commissioners that were about to be sent into Illyria with Gaius Marcius the Consul. . . .
32.27After defeating Attalus, and advancing to Pergamum, Prusias prepared a magnificent sacrifice and brought it to the sacred enclosure of Asclepius, and after offering the victims, and having obtained favourable omens, went back into his camp for that day; but on the next he directed his forces against the Nicephorium, and destroyed all the temples and sacred enclosures, and plundered all the statues of men and the marble images of the gods. Finally he carried off the statue of Asclepius also, an admirably executed work of Phyromachus, and transferred it to his own country,—the very image before which the day before he had poured libations and offered sacrifice; desiring, it would seem, that the god might in every way be propitious and favourable to him. I have spoken of such proceedings before, when discoursing on Philip, as sheer insanity. For at one time to offer sacrifice, and endeavour to propitiate heaven by their means, worshipping and uttering the most earnest prayers before holy tables and altars, as Prusias was wont to do, with bendings of the knee and effeminate prostrations, and at the same time to violate these sacred objects and to flout heaven by their destruction,—can we ascribe such conduct to anything but a mind disordered and a spirit lost to sober reason? I am sure this was the case with Prusias: for he led his army off to Elaea, without having performed a single act of manly courage in the course of his attempts on Pergamum, and after treating everything human and divine with petty and effeminate spite. He attempted to take Elaea, and made some assaults upon it; but being unable to effect anything, owing to Sosander, the king’s foster-brother, having thrown himself into the town with an army and repelling his assaults, he marched off towards Thyateira. In the course of his march, he plundered the temple of Artemis in the Holy village; and the sacred enclosure of Apollo Cynneius at Temnus likewise he not only plundered but destroyed by fire. After these achievements he returned home, having waged war against the gods as well as against men. But Prusias’s infantry also suffered severely from famine and dysentery on their return march, so that the wrath of heaven appears to have quickly visited him for these crimes. . . .
32.28After his defeat by Prusias Attalus appointed his brother Athenaeus to accompany Publius Lentulus to Rome to inform the Senate of what had happened. At Rome they had not paid much attention when a previous messenger named Andronicus had come from Attalus, with news of the original invasion; because they suspected that Attalus wished to attack Prusias himself, and was therefore getting up a case against him beforehand, and trying to prejudice him in their eyes by these accusations; and when Nicomedes and some ambassadors from Prusias, headed by Antiphilus, arrived and protested that there was not a word of truth in the statement, the Senate was still more incredulous of what had been said about Prusias. But when after a time the real truth was made known, the Senate still felt uncertain, and sent Lucius Apuleius and Gaius Petronius to investigate what was the state of the case in regard to these two kings.
Book 33, Part 1
33.1BEFORE spring this year the Senate, after hearing the report of Publius Lentulus and his colleagues, who had just reached Rome from Asia, in the business of king Prusias, called in Athenaeus also, brother of king Attalus. The matter, however, did not need many words: the Senate promptly appointed Gaius Claudius Cento, Lucius Hortensius, and Gaius Arunculeius, to accompany Athenaeus home, with instructions to prevent Prusias from waging war against Attalus.
33.1Also Xeno of Aegium and Telecles of Tegea arrived as ambassadors from the Achaeans in behalf of the Achaean detenus. After the delivery of their speech, on the question being put to the vote, the Senators only refused the release of the accused persons by a very narrow majority. The man who really prevented the release from being carried was Aulus Postumius, who was praetor, and as such presided in the Senate on that occasion. Three alternatives were proposed—one for an absolute release, another for an absolute refusal, and a third for a postponement of the release for the present. The largest numbers were for the first of these three; but Postumius left out the third, and put the two first to the vote together, release or no release; the result was that those who were originally for the postponement transferred their votes to the party that were against the release, and thus gave a majority against release. . . .
33.3When the ambassadors returned to Achaia with the news that the restoration of all the detenus had been only lost in the Senate by a narrow majority, the people becoming hopeful and elated sent Telecles of Megalopolis and Anaxidamus on a fresh mission at once. That was the state of things in the Peloponnese. . . .
Book 33, Part 2
33.4Aristocrates, the general of the Rhodians, was in appearance a man of mark and striking ability; and the Rhodians, judging from this, believed that they had in him a thoroughly adequate leader and guide in the war. But they were disappointed in their expectations: for when he came to the test of experience, like spurious coin when brought to the furnace, he was shown to be a man of quite a different sort. And this was proved by actual facts. . . .
33.5[Demetrius] offered him five hundred talents if he would surrender Cyprus to him, with other similar advantages and honours from himself if he would do him this service. . . .
33.5Archias, therefore, wishing to betray Cyprus to Demetrius, and being caught in the act and led off to stand his trial, hanged himself with one of the ropes of the awnings in the court. For it is a true proverb that led by their desires the reckonings of the vain are vain. This man, for instance, imagining that he was going to get five hundred talents, lost what he had already, and his life into the bargain. . . .
Book 33, Part 3
33.6About this time an unexpected misfortune befell the people of Priene. They had received a deposit of four hundred talents from Orophernes when he got possession of the kingdom; and subsequently when Ariarathes recovered his dominion he demanded the money of them. But they acted like honest men, in my opinion, in declaring that they would deliver it to no one as long as Orophernes was alive, except to the person who deposited it with them; while Ariarathes was thought by many to be committing a breach of equity in demanding a deposit made by another. However, up to this point, one might perhaps pardon his making the attempt, because he looked upon the money as belonging to his own kingdom; but to push his anger and imperious determination as much farther as he did seems utterly unjustifiable. At the period I refer to, then, he sent troops to pillage the territory of Priene, Attalus assisting and urging him on from the private grudge which he entertained towards the Prienians. After losing many slaves and cattle, some of them being slaughtered close to the city itself, the Prienians, unable to defend themselves, first sent an embassy to the Rhodians, and eventually appealed for protection to Rome. . . .
33.6But he would not listen to the proposal. So it came about that the Prienians, who had great hopes from the possession of so large a sum of money, found themselves entirely disappointed. For they repaid Orophernes his deposit, and, thanks to this same deposit, were unjustly exposed to severe damage at the hands of Ariarathes. . . .
33.7This year there came ambassadors also from the people of Marseilles, who had long been suffering from the Ligurians, and at that time were being closely invested by them, while their cities of Antipolis and Nicaea were also subjected to a siege. They, therefore, sent ambassadors to Rome to represent the state of things and beg for help. On their being admitted, the Senate decided to send legates to see personally what was going on, and to endeavour by persuasion to correct the injurious proceedings of the barbarians. . . .
Book 33, Part 4
33.8At the same time as the Senate despatched Opimius to the war with the Oxybii, Ptolemy the younger arrived at Rome; and being admitted to the Senate brought an accusation against his brother, laying on him the blame of the attack against his life. He showed the scars of his wounds, and speaking with all the bitterness which they seemed to suggest, moved his hearers to pity him; and when Neolaidas and Andromachus also came on behalf of the elder Ptolemy, to answer the charges brought by his brother, the Senate refused even to listen to their pleas, having been entirely prepossessed by the accusations of the younger. They commanded them to leave Rome at once; while they assigned five commissioners to the younger, headed by Gnaeus Merula and Lucius Thermus, with a quinquereme for each commissioner, and ordered them to restore Ptolemy (Physcon) to Cyprus; and at the same time sent a circular to their allies in Greece and Asia, granting permission to them to assist in the restoration of Ptolemy. . . .
33.9When the commissioners under Hortensius and Arunculeius returned from Pergamum, and reported Prusias’s disregard of the orders of the Senate; and how by an act of treachery he had besieged them and Attalus in Pergamum, and had given rein to every kind of violence and lawlessness: the Senate, enraged and offended at what had happened, immediately appointed ten commissioners, headed by Lucius Anicius, Gaius Fannius, and Quintus Fabius Maximus, and sent them out with instructions to put an end to the war, and compel Prusias to indemnify Attalus for the injuries received by him during the war. . . .
33.10On the complaint of the ambassadors of Marseilles as to their injuries sustained at the hands of the Ligurians, the Senate at once appointed a commission, consisting of Flaminius, Popilius Laenas, and Lucius Pupius, who sailed with the envoys of Marseilles, and landed in the territory of the Oxybii at the town of Aegitna. The Ligurians, hearing that they were come to bid them raise the siege, descended upon them as they lay at anchor, and prevented the rest from disembarking; but finding Flaminius already disembarked and his baggage landed, they began by ordering him to leave the country, and on his refusal they began to plunder his baggage. His slaves and freedmen resisting this, and trying to prevent them, they began to use violence and attacked them with their weapons. When Flaminius came to the rescue of his men they wounded him, and killed two of his servants, and chased the rest down to their ship, so that Flaminius only escaped with his life by cutting away the hawsers and anchors. He was conveyed to Marseilles and his wound attended to with all possible care; but when the Senate was informed of the transaction, it immediately ordered one of the consuls, Quintus Opimius, to lead an army against the Oxybii and Deciatae.
Book 33, Part 5
33.11Having collected his army at Placentia, Quintus Opimius marched over the Apennines and arrived in the territory of the Oxybii; and, pitching his camp on the river Apro, awaited the enemy, being informed that they were mustering their forces and were eager to give him battle. Meanwhile, he advanced to Aegitna, where the ambassadors had been outraged, took the city by assault, and sold its inhabitants as slaves, sending the ringleaders in the outrage to Rome in chains. Having done this, he went to meet the enemy. The Oxybii, convinced that their violence to the ambassadors admitted of no terms being granted them, with all the courage of desperation, and excited to the highest pitch of furious enthusiasm, did not wait to be joined by the Deciatae, but, having collected to the number of about four thousand, rushed to the attack upon their enemy. Quintus was somewhat dismayed at the boldness of their attack, and at the desperate fury of the barbarians; but was encouraged by observing that the enemy were advancing in complete disorder, for he was an experienced soldier and a man of great natural sagacity. He therefore drew out his men, and, after a suitable harangue, advanced at a slow pace towards the enemy. His charge was delivered with great vigour: he quickly repulsed the enemy, killed a great many of them, and forced the rest into headlong flight. Meanwhile, the Deciatae had mustered their forces, and appeared on the ground intending to fight side by side with the Oxybii; but finding themselves too late for the battle, they received the fugitives in their ranks, and after a short time charged the Romans with great fury and enthusiasm; but being worsted in the engagement, they immediately all surrendered themselves and their city at discretion to the Romans. Having thus become masters of these tribes, Opimius delivered over their territory on the spot to the people of Marseilles, and for the future forced the Ligurians to give hostages at certain fixed intervals to the Marsilians. He then deprived the tribes that had fought with them of their arms, and divided his army among the cities there for the winter, and himself took up his winter quarters in the country. Thus the war had a conclusion as rapid as its commencement. . . .
33.12All the previous winter Attalus had been busy collecting a large army, Ariarathes and Mithridates having sent him a force of cavalry and infantry, in accordance with the terms of their alliance with him. While he was still engaged in these preparations the ten commissioners arrived from Rome: who, after meeting and conferring with him at Cadi about the business, started to visit Prusias, to whom on meeting him they explained the orders of the Senate in terms of serious warning. Prusias at once yielded to some of the injunctions, but refused to submit to the greater part. The Romans grew angry, renounced his friendship and alliance, and one and all started to return to Attalus. Thereupon Prusias repented; followed them a certain distance with vehement entreaties; but, failing to gain any concession, left them in a state of great doubt and embarrassment. The Romans, on their return to Attalus, bade him station himself with his army on his own frontier, and not to begin the war himself, but to provide for the security of the towns and villages in his territory: while they divided themselves, one party sailing home with all speed to announce to the Senate the disobedience of Prusias; another departing for Ionia; and a third to the Hellespont and the ports about Byzantium, all with one and the same purpose, namely, to detach the inhabitants from friendship and alliance with Prusias, and to persuade them to adhere to Attalus and assist him to the best of their power. . . .
33.13At the same time Athenaeus set sail with eighty decked ships, of which five were quadriremes sent by the Rhodians for the Cretan war, twenty from Cyzicus, twenty-seven Attalus’s own, and the rest contributed by the other allies. Having sailed to the Hellespont, and reached the cities subject to Prusias, he made frequent descents upon the coast, and greatly harassed the country. But when the Senate heard the report of the commissioners who had returned from Prusias, they immediately despatched three new ones, Appius Claudius, Lucius Oppius, and Aulus Postumius: who, on arriving in Asia, put an end to the war by bringing the two kings to make peace, on condition of Prusias at once handing over to Attalus twenty decked ships, and paying him five hundred talents in twenty years, both retaining the territory which they had at the commencement of the war. Farther, that Prusias should make good the damage done to the inhabitants of Methymna, Aegae, Cymae, Heracleia, by a payment of a hundred talents to those towns. The treaty having been drawn out in writing on those terms, Attalus withdrew his army and navy to his own country. Such are the particulars of the events which took place in the quarrel between Attalus and Prusias. . . .
Book 33, Part 6
33.14An embassy again coming to Rome from Achaia in behalf of the detenus, the Senate voted to make no change. . . .
33.15Heracleides came to Rome in the middle of summer, bringing Laodice and Alexander, and stayed there a long time, employing all the arts of cunning and corruption to win the support of the Senate. . . .
33.15Astymedes of Rhodes being appointed ambassador and navarch at the same time, came forward immediately and addressed the Senate on the war with Crete. The Senate listened with attention, and immediately appointed Quintus at the head of a commission to put an end to the war. . . .
Book 33, Part 7
33.16This year the Cretans sent Antiphatas, son of Telamnestus of Gortyn, with envoys to the Achaeans asking for help, and the Rhodians sent Theophanes with a similar mission. The Congress of the Achaeans was that year at Corinth: and on each body of ambassadors pleading their respective causes, the assembled people were more inclined towards the Rhodians, from respect to the reputation of their state, and the general character of their policy and statesmen. When Antiphatas saw this, he wished to come forward to make another speech; and, having obtained permission from the Strategus to do so, he spoke in weightier and more exalted terms than might be expected from a Cretan; for, in fact, the young man was in no way of the ordinary Cretan type, but had shunned the characteristic principles of his countrymen. Accordingly the Achaeans received his plain speaking with favour; and still more for the sake of his father Telamnestus, who had taken a spirited part with them at the head of five hundred Cretans in their war against Nabis. However, none the less for that, after listening to him they were still inclined to aid the Rhodians, until Callicrates of Leontium stood up and said that they ought not to go to war in favour of either, or to send aid to either of the two peoples without the consent of the Romans. This argument decided them in favour of non-intervention. . . .
33.17Dispirited with the course things were taking, the Rhodians entered upon some measures and designs which were strange and unreasonable. In fact, they were much in the same state as men suffering from chronic diseases. It frequently happens that such men, when, in spite of following all the rules of medicine and obeying the prescriptions of the doctors, they are unable to make any advance towards improvement, give up all such efforts in despair, and either listen wholly to priests and seers, or try every sort of charm or amulet. So it was with the Rhodians. When their hopes were baffled in every direction, they were reduced to listen to every kind of suggestion, and to magnify and accept every kind of chance. Nor was this unnatural. For when nothing dictated by reason proves successful, and yet some action or another must necessarily be pushed on, there is no alternative but to try something which does not depend on reason. The Rhodians, having come to this dilemma, acted accordingly; and, among other things that were in defiance of reason, reelected as their archon a man of whom they disapproved. . . .
33.18Many different embassies having come to Rome, the Senate admitted Attalus, son of king Eumenes I. For he had arrived at Rome at this time, still quite a young boy, to be introduced to the Senate, and to renew in his person the ancestral friendship and connexion with the Romans. After a kindly reception by the Senate and his father’s friends, and after receiving the answer which he desired, and such honours as suited his time of life, he returned to his native land, meeting with a warm and liberal reception in all the Greek cities through which he passed on his return journey. Demetrius also came at this time, and, after receiving a fairly good reception for a boy, returned home.
Book 33, Part 8
33.18Then Heracleides entered the Senate, bringing Laodice and Alexander with him. The youthful Alexander first addressed the Senate, and begged the Romans to remember their friendship and alliance with his father Antiochus, and if possible to assist him to recover his kingdom; or if they could not do that, at least to give him leave to return home, and not to hinder those who wished to assist him in recovering his ancestral crown. Heracleides then took up the word, and, after delivering a lengthy encomium on Antiochus, came to the same point, namely, that they ought in justice to grant the young prince and Laodice leave to return and claim their own, as they were the true-born children of Antiochus. Soberminded people were not all attracted by any of these arguments. They understood the meaning of this theatrical exhibition, and made no secret of their distaste for Heracleides. But the majority had fallen under the spell of Heracleides’s cunning, and were induced to pass the following decree: Alexander and Laodice, children of a king, our friend and ally, appeared before the Senate and stated their case; and the Senate gave them authority to return to the kingdom of their forefathers; and help, in accordance with their request, is hereby decreed to them. Seizing on this pretext, Heracleides immediately began hiring mercenaries, and calling on some men of high position to assist him. He accordingly went to Ephesus and devoted himself to the preparations for his attempt. . . .
33.19Demetrius, who, when residing as a hostage at Rome, had fled and become king in Syria, was a man so much addicted to drunkenness that he spent the greater part of the day in drinking. . . .
33.20When once the multitude feel the impulse to violent love or hatred of any one, any pretext is good enough for indulging their feelings. . . .
Book 33, Part 9
33.20However, I am afraid I may fall under the common dilemma, Which is the greater fool, the man who milks a he-goat, or the man who holds a sieve to catch the milk? For I seem to be doing something of this sort in arguing and writing an essay on what every one acknowledges to be false. It is, then, waste time to speak of such things, unless one cares to write down dreams, or look at dreams with one’s eyes open. . . .
Book 34, Part 1
34.1IN their Greek histories Eudoxus gave a good, but Ephorus the best, account of the foundations, blood connexions, migrations, and founders of states; but I shall now give some information on the position of countries and their distances, which are the subjects most properly belonging to the science of Geography. . . .
34.2It is not Homer’s manner to indulge in mere mythological stories founded on no substratum of truth. For there is no surer way of giving an air of verisimilitude to fiction than to mix with it some particles of truth. And this is the case with the tale of the wanderings of Odysseus. . . .
34.2For instance, Aeolus, who taught the way of getting through the straits, where there are currents setting both ways, and the passage is rendered difficult by the indraught of the sea, came to be called and regarded as the dispenser and king of the winds; just as Danaus, again, who discovered the storages of water in Argos, and Atreus, who discovered the fact of the sun’s revolution being in the opposite direction to that of the heaven, were called seers and priest-kings. So the priests of the Egyptians, the Chaldeans, and the Magi, being superior to the rest of the world in wisdom, obtained rule and honour in former generations. And on this principle, too, each one of the gods is honoured as the inventor of something useful to man. I do not allow therefore that Aeolus is wholly mythical, nor the wanderings of Odysseus generally. Some mythical elements have been undoubtedly added, as they have in the War or Ilium; but the general account of Sicily given by the poet agrees with that of other historians who have given topographical details of Italy and Sicily. I cannot agree therefore with the remark of Eratosthenes that we shall discover where Odysseus wandered, when we find the cobbler who sewed up the leather bag of the winds. See for instance how Homer’s description of Scylla agrees with what really happens at the Scyllaean rock, and the taking of the sword fish: And there she fishes, roaming round the rock, For dog-fish and for dolphins, or what else Of huger she may take that swims the sea. For the fact is that tunnies swimming in great shoals along the Italian coast, if they are drifted from their course and are prevented from reaching Sicily, fall a prey to the larger fish, such as dolphins, dog-fish, or other marine monsters; and from hunting these the sword-fish (called also xiphiae, or sometimes sea-dogs) are fattened. The same thing happens at a rise of the Nile, and other rivers, as in the case of a fire or a burning forest; the animals crowd together, and, in their effort to escape the fire or the water, fall a prey to stronger animals.
34.3Fishing for sword-fish at the Scyllaean rock is carried on in this way. A number of men lie in wait, two each in small two-oared boats, and one man is set to look out for them all. In the boat one man rows, while the other stands on the prow holding a spear. When the look-out man signals the appearance of a sword-fish (for the animal swims with one-third of its body above water), the boat rows up to it, and the man with the spear strikes it at close quarters, and then pulls the spear-shaft away leaving the harpoon in the fish’s body; for it is barbed and loosely fastened to the shaft on purpose, and has a long rope attached to it. They then slacken the rope for the wounded fish, until it is wearied out with its convulsive struggles and attempts to escape, and then they haul it on to land, or, if its size is not too great, into the boat. And if the spear-shaft falls into the sea it is not lost; for being made of two pieces, one oak and the other pine, the oak end as the heavier dips under water, the other end rises above it and is easily got hold of. But sometimes it happens that the man rowing is wounded, right through the boat, by the immense size of the animal’s sword; for it charges like a boar, and hunting the one is very like hunting the other.
34.3This would lead us to conjecture that the wandering described by Homer was near Sicily, because he has assigned to Scylla the kind of fishing which is indigenous to the Scyllaean rock; and because what he says of Charybdis correctly describes what does happen in the Straits. But the Thrice sends she up the darksome tide, in stead of twice a day, is an error to be ascribed to the copyist or the geographer. So also Meninx answers to his description of the Lotophagi.
Book 34, Part 2
34.4Or if there are some points which do not answer, we must lay the blame on ignorance or poetic licence, which uses real history, picturesque detail, and mythological allusion. The object of history is truth, as when in the catalogue of ships the poet describes the features of the several localities, calling one city rocky, another frontier-placed, another with wealth of doves, or hard by the sea. But the object of picturesque detail is vividness, as when he introduces men fighting; and that of mythological allusion is to give pleasure or rouse wonder. But a narrative wholly fictitious creates no illusion and is not Homeric. For all look upon his poetry as a philosophical work; and Eratosthenes is wrong in bidding us not judge his poems with a view to having any serious meaning, or to seek for history in them.
34.4It is better, again, to take the line Thence for nine days the foul winds drave us on, to mean that he made but a short distance—for foul winds do not favour a straight course—than to imagine him to have got into the open ocean as running before favouring winds. The distance from Malea to the Pillars is twenty-two thousand five hundred stades. If we suppose this to have been accomplished at an even speed in the nine days, he would make two thousand five hundred stades a day. Now, who has ever asserted that any one made the voyage from Lycia or Rhodes to Alexandria in four days, a distance of four thousand stades?
34.4To those who ask how it was that Odysseus, though he came to Sicily three times, never once went through the straits, I answer that all subsequent sailors avoided that passage also. . . .
34.5In treating of the geography of Europe I shall say nothing of the ancient geographers, but shall confine my attention to their modern critics, Dicaearchus, Eratosthenes, who is the most recent writer on geography, and Pytheas, who has misled many readers by professing to have traversed on foot the whole of Britain, the coastline of which island, he says, is more than forty thousand stades. And again by his stories of Thule and the countries in its neighbourhood, in which, he says, there is neither unmixed land or sea or air, but a kind of compound of all three (like the jelly-fish or Pulmo Marinus), in which earth and sea and everything else are held in suspense, and which forms a kind of connecting link to the whole, through which one can neither walk nor sail. This substance, which he says is like the Pulmo Marinus, he saw with his own eyes, the rest he learnt by report. Such is Pytheas’s story, and he adds that, on his return thence, he traversed the whole of the coast of Europe from Gades to the Tanais. But we cannot believe that a private person, who was also a poor man, should have made such immense journeys by land and sea. Even Eratosthenes doubted this part of his story, though he believed what he said about Britain, and Gades, and Iberia. I would much rather believe the Messenian (Euhemerus) than him. The latter is content with saying that he sailed to one country which he calls Panchaia; while the former asserts that he has actually seen the whole northern coast of Europe up to the very verge of the world, which one would hardly believe of Hermes himself if he said it. Eratosthenes calls Euhemerus a Bergaean, yet believes Pytheas, though Dicaearchus himself did not. . . . Eratosthenes and Dicaearchus give mere popular guesses as to distances.
34.6For instance, Dicaearchus says that the distance from the Peloponnese to the Pillars is ten thousand stades and still further to the head of the Adriatic; and from the Peloponnesus to the Sicilian straits three thousand; and therefore the remainder, from the Straits to the Pillars, is seven thousand stades. I say nothing about the three thousand stades, whether they are right or wrong; but the seven thousand cannot be made out, whether you measure along the coast or straight across the sea. The coast route is a kind of obtuse angle, contained by two lines resting on the straits and the pillars respectively; so that we have a triangle, of which the apex is Narbo, and the base the straight line representing the course by the open sea; of the two sides of the triangle which contain the obtuse angle, that which extends from the straits to Narbo is more than eleven thousand two hundred stades, the other from Narbo to the Pillars is a little under eight thousand. The longest distance from Europe to Libya across the Tuscan sea is allowed to be not more than three thousand stades, that by the Sardinian sea is somewhat less; but let us call it three thousand stades. Now suppose a perpendicular let down through the gulf of Narbo to the base of the triangle, that is to the straight seacourse, measuring two thousand stades; it requires only a schoolboy’s geometry to prove that the coasting voyage is longer than the direct sea voyage by nearly five hundred stades. And when the three thousand stades from the Peloponnese to the straits are added, the whole number of the stades even of the straight sea course will be more than double Dicaearchus’s reckoning. And if we measure to the head of the Adriatic we must add still more by his own admission; that is to say, from the Peloponnese to Leucas is seven hundred stades, from Leucas to Corcyra seven hundred, from Corcyra to Ceraunia seven hundred, and from Ceraunia along the Illyrian coast six thousand one hundred and fifty. Strabo quotes this reckoning of the distance from the Peloponnese to the head of the Adriatic to prove that Polybius, on his own showing, is wrong in admitting that this distance (8250 stades) is greater than that from the Peloponnese to the Pillars, which Dicaearchus said was 10,000 stades, and which Polybius showed to be 18,765 stades by the shortest route.
Book 34, Part 3
34.6Polybius proves his point by the demonstration of the proposition The square of hypotenuse of a right-angled-triangle is equal to the squares of the sides containing the right angle.
34.6By applying this principle AD = 7745.9 . . and DC = 11019.9 . . . and the whole AC = 18765.8: whereas AB + BC (i.e. the coasting voyage) = 19200 stades (a difference of 434.2 stades, not 500). Add to this the 3000 from the Peloponnese to the Straits, the total coast voyage is 22,200 stades, as against Dicaearchus’s 10,000.
34.6In talking such nonsense he might well be regarded as having gone beyond even Antiphanes of Berga, and, in fact, to have left no folly for his successors to commit. . . .
34.7From Ithaca to Corcyra is more than nine hundred stades; from Epidamnus to Thessalonica more than two thousand. From Marseilles to the Pillars is more than nine thousand; from the Pyrenees, rather less than eight thousand. . . . The Pagus from source to mouth is eight thousand, not following its windings, but taking a direct line. . . . Eratosthenes is quite ignorant of the geography of Iberia, and sometimes makes statements about it entirely contradictory. He says, for instance, that its western coast as far as Gades is inhabited by Gauls, since the whole western side of Europe, as far south as Gades, is occupied by that people: and then, quite forgetting he has said this, when taking a survey of the whole of Spain, he nowhere mentions the Gauls. . . . The length of Europe is less than that of Libya and Asia put together by the distance between the sunrise in summer and at the point of the equinox; for the source of the Tanais is at the former, and the Pillars are at the western equinox, and between them lies Europe, while Asia occupies the northern semicircle between the Tanais and equinoctial sunrise. . . .
34.7Southern Europe is divided into five peninsulas—Iberia; Italy; a third ending in the Capes Malea and Sunium, in which are included Greece and Illyria, and a part of Thrace; a fourth called the Thracian Chersonese, bounded by the strait between Sestos and Abydos; and a fifth along the Cimmerian Bosphorus and the entrance to the Maeotis. . . .
Book 34, Part 4
34.8In the sea off Lusitania acorn-bearing oaks grow, upon which the tunnies feed and fatten themselves, which may, therefore, well be called sea-hogs, as they feed like hogs on acorns.
34.8These acorns are sometimes carried by the tide as far as the coast of Latium, unless they may be thought to be the produce of Sardinia or neighbouring islands. . . .
34.8In Lusitania both animals and man are extraordinarily productive, owing to the excellent temperature of the air; the fruits never wither; there is not more than three months in the year in which roses, white violets (or gilly-flowers), and asparagus do not grow; while the fish caught in its sea is far superior to what is found in our waters for quantity, quality, and beauty. There, too, a Sicilian medimnus of barley is sold for a drachma, and one of wheat for nine Alexandrine obols. A metreta of wine costs a drachma, and a good kid or hare an obol, and a lamb from three to four obols; a fat pig weighing a hundred minae costs five drachmae, and a sheep two. A talent of figs is sold for three obols, a calf for five drachmae, a draught-ox for ten. The flesh of wild animals is not thought worth fixing a price upon at all, but the people give it to each other for nothing and as a present. . . .
34.9The Turduli live on the immediate north Tribes in Boetica of the Turdetani. . . .
34.9The fertility of their country has had a civilising influence on the Turditani and on their Celtic kinsfolk, and taught them the art of social life. . . .
Book 34, Part 5
34.9The Pillars are at either side of the straits. . . .
34.9There is a fountain in the Heracleum at Gades, the water of which is sweet and is reached by steps. This fountain has a tide which rises and falls exactly in the reverse order of the sea tide. When it is high tide at sea it is low tide in the fountain, and high in the fountain when it is low at sea. The explanation of this is that the wind, which rises from the bowels of the earth to the surface, is prevented from finding its natural egress when the earth is covered with water at the rise of the tide, and being thus turned back into the interior of the earth, it stops up the underground channels of the fountain and produces a deficiency of water; but when the earth is again uncovered, the wind having once more found an easy egress, sets the veins of the fountain free again, and the water spurts up freely.
34.9There are very large silver mines about twenty stades from New Carthage, extending to a circuit of four hundred stades, in which forty thousand men are continually employed, who produce for the benefit of the Roman people twenty-five thousand drachmae a day. It would take too long to describe the whole process of working them, but I may mention that the alluvial soil containing the silver ore is first broken up, and sifted in sieves held in water; that then the deposit is again broken, and being again filtered with running water, is broken a third time. This is done five times; the fifth deposit is smelted, and, the lead having been run off, pure silver remains. . . .
34.9The Anas and Boetis both flow from Celtiberia, their streams being about nine hundred stades apart. . . .
34.9Among other cities of the Vaccaei and Celtiberians are Segesama and Intercatia. . . .
Book 34, Part 6
34.9One of the Iberian kings had such a magnificent and richly furnished palace, that he rivalled the luxury of the Phaeacians, except that the vessels standing in the interior of the house, though made of gold and silver, were full of barley-wine. . . .
34.10From the Pyrenees to the river Narbo the country is flat; and through it flow the Illeberis and Ruscinus, past some cities of the same name inhabited by Celts. In this plain there are found what are called underground fish. The soil is light, and produces a quantity of grass called agrostis; and below this soil the earth is sandy for a depth of two or three cubits, through which the overflow of the river percolates; and with this water, as it makes its way, the fish also get below the soil to feed, for they are exceedingly fond of the root of the agrostis, and have thus made the whole plain full of subterranean fish, which people dig up and take. . . .
34.10The Rhone has not five, but two mouths. . . .
34.10The Liger discharges itself between the Pictŏnes and Namnitae. There was in ancient times an emporium on this river called Corbilo, but none of its inhabitants, nor those of Massalia or Narbo, could give Scipio any information worth mentioning on the subject of Britain when questioned by him, though they were the most important cities in that part of the country; and yet Pytheas has ventured on all those stories about it. . . .
34.10An animal is produced on the Alps of a peculiar form; its shape is that of a stag except its neck and coat, which resemble that of a he-goat. Beneath its chin it has an excrescence about a span long, hairy at the end, about as thick as a colt’s tail. . . .
Book 34, Part 7
34.10Near Aquileia, in the territory of the Noric Taurisci, in my own time a gold mine was discovered, so easy to work, that by scraping away the surface soil for two feet, gold could be found immediately. The seam of gold was not more than fifteen feet; some of it was found unmixed with alloy in nuggets of the size of a bean or lupine, only an eighth of it disappearing in the furnace; and some wanted more elaborate smelting, but would still pay thoroughly well. Accordingly, on the Italians joining the barbarians in working this mine, in two months the price of gold went down a third throughout Italy: and when the Taurisci found out that, they expelled their Italian fellowworkers and kept the monopoly themselves. . . .
34.10If we compare the mountains in Greece—Taygetus, Lycaeus, Parnassus, Olympus, Pelion, Ossa, and those in Thrace—Haemus, Rhodope, Dunax, with the Alps, we may state the case thus. Each one of the former may be ascended or skirted by an active traveller in a single day; but no one could ascend the Alps even in five days, the distance from the plain being two thousand two hundred stades. There are but four passes, one through Liguria, nearest the Tyrrhenian Sea; the next through the Taurini, which was the one used by Hannibal; the third through the Salassi; and the last by the Rhaeti, all of them excessively precipitous. There are several lakes in the mountains, three of great size, the Benacus, five hundred by one hundred and thirty stades, out of which the Mincius flows; the Larius, four hundred stades long, and somewhat narrower than the Benacus, discharging the Addua; and thirdly, the Verbanus, about three hundred stades by thirty, from which comes a considerable river—the Ticinus. All these three rivers discharge themselves into the Padus. . . .
34.11There is an excellent wine made at Capua called Anadendrites, or the wine of the climbing vine, with which no other can compare. . . .
34.11The length of the coast from Iapygia to the straits is three thousand stades by land, and it is washed by the Sicilian sea. Sailing, however, the distance is less than five hundred stades. . . .
34.11The largest distance of the Etrurian coast is from Luna to Ostia, a distance of one thousand three hundred and thirty stades. . . .
Book 34, Part 8
34.11The island Lemnos is called Aethaleia. . . .
34.11The bay between the two promontories of Misenum and Minerva is called the Crater (the Bowl). Above this coast lies the whole of Campania, the most fertile plain in the country. Round the Bowl live the Opici and the Ausones. . . .
34.11The north road from Iapygia has been marked out with miles, five hundred and sixty to Sena, and one hundred and seventy thence to Aquileia. . . .
34.11Then comes Lacinium . . . from the straits to this place is a distance of one thousand three hundred stades, and thence to the Iapygian promontory seven hundred. . . .
34.11Of the three craters one has partly fallen in, the other two remain perfect. The largest has a circular orifice with a circumference of five stades, but it gradually contracts to a diameter of fifty feet; it runs right down to the sea for a stade, so that the sea is visible in clear weather. When a south wind is about to blow, a thick mist envelopes the little island, so that even Sicily is invisible from it: but if there is going to be a north wind, bright flames rise from the crater and shoot up high, and louder rumblings are emitted; but a west wind causes a medium display of both. The other two craters are of the same shape, but their eruptions are less violent. From the difference in the sound of the rumbling, and by observing from what point the eruptions and flames and smoke begin, the wind which is to blow on the third day from that time can be foretold. At least, some men in the Lipari Islands when weather-bound have foretold what wind was coming and have not been deceived. Therefore, it appears that Homer did not speak without meaning, but was stating a truth allegorically when he called Aeolus steward of the winds. . . .
Book 34, Part 9
34.12The road from Apollonia to Macedonia is called the Via Egnatia, which has been measured in miles and marked out with milestones as far as Cypselus and the River Hebrus, a distance of five hundred and thirty-five miles. Reckoning eight and one-third stades to a mile, the number of stades will be four thousand four hundred and fifty-eight. The distance is exactly the same whether you start from Apollonia or Epidamnus. The whole road is called the Egnatia, but its first part has got a name from Candavia, a mountain of Illyria, and leads through the town of Lycnidus, and through Pylon, which is the point on the road where Illyria and Macedonia join. Thence it leads over Mount Barnūs, through Heracleia, Lyncestia, and Eordea, to Edessa and Pella, and finally to Thessalonica; and the number of miles is altogether two hundred and sixty-seven. . . . And the whole distance from the Ionian Gulf at Apollonia to Byzantium is seven thousand five hundred stades. . . .
34.12The circumference of the Peloponnesus, if you do not follow the indentations, is four thousand stades. . . .
34.12The distance from Cape Malea to the Ister is ten thousand stades. . . .
34.13On matters concerning the country between the Euphrates and India, Eratosthenes is a better authority than Artemidorus. . . .
34.14A personal visit to Alexandria filled me with disgust at the state of the city. It is inhabited by three distinct races,—native Egyptians, an acute and civilised race; secondly, mercenary soldiers (for the custom of hiring and supporting men-at-arms is an ancient one), who have learnt to rule rather than obey owing to the feeble character of the kings; and a third class, consisting of native Alexandrians, who have never from the same cause become properly accustomed to civil life, but who are yet better than the second class; for though they are now a mongrel race, yet they were originally Greek, and have retained some recollection of Greek principles. But this last class has become almost extinct, thanks to Euergetes Physcon, in whose reign I visited Alexandria; for that king being troubled with seditions, frequently exposed the common people to the fury of the soldiery and caused their destruction. So that in this state of the city the poet’s words only expressed the truth— To Egypt ’tis a long and toilsome road.
Book 35, Part 1
35SPAIN, the eastern and southern parts of which were, since the 2d Punic war, governed by the Romans under a kind of military occupation without being reduced to the form of regular provinces, was always in a disturbed state, partly from sudden uprisings of various tribes against the Roman authority, and partly from numerous bodies of banditti, who seized strongholds or fortified towns and carried on their depredations from these centres. Hence it had been the policy of the Roman praetors and consuls to insist on the demolition of fortresses and city walls, as we learn from the accounts of Cato in B.C. 195 and others. In B.C. 177 Tiberius Sempronius Gracchus had inflicted a severe defeat upon the Celtiberians, and had made a settlement of the country, which for a few years produced comparative quiet and content. But in B.C. 154 an outbreak of the Lusitani led to a considerable disaster to the Roman army under Lucius Mummius; and when the consul Q. Fulvius Nobilior arrived in B.C. 153, he found that the war had accordingly spread to the Celtiberian tribes, the Belli and Titthi, who attempted to build the walls of Segeda. On Nobilior ordering them to desist, in accordance with Gracchan settlement, most of them obeyed after some resistance, but some of them fled to the Arevacae (near the sources of the Douro and Tagus); and this powerful tribe, after defeating the Roman army, entrenched themselves in Numantia, under the walls of which Nobilior sustained further losses. He was superseded in B.C. 152 by Marcus Claudius Marcellus, who, partly by strategy, and partly by administrative skill and conciliation, restored the Roman fortunes to a better position. The Belli and Titthi became allies of Rome, and the Arevacae at least thought it worth while to ask for a truce to enable them to send envoys to Rome to arrange peace.—Appian, .
35.1The war between the Romans and Celtiberians was called the fiery war; for it was of a peculiarly fierce kind and remarkable for the frequency of its battles. The wars in Greece and Asia were as a rule settled by one battle, or in rare cases by two; and the battles themselves were decided by the result of the first charge and shock of the two armies. But in this war things were quite different. As a rule the battles were only stopped by the fall of night; the men neither lost heart nor would yield to bodily fatigue; but returned again and again with fresh resolution to renew the combat. The whole war, and its series of pitched battles, was at length interrupted for a time by the winter. One therefore could hardly conceive a war more nearly answering to our notion of a fiery war than this. . . .
35.2The Celtiberians, after making a truce with the consul M. Claudius Marcellus, had sent ambassadors to Rome who remained there quietly waiting for the answer of the Senate. Meanwhile M. Claudius went on an expedition against the Lusitani, took Nercobrica by assault, and then went into winter quarters at Corduba. Of the ambassadors who came to Rome the Senate admitted those from the Belli and Titthi, who were on the side of Rome, to enter the city; but ordered those from the Arevacae to lodge on the other side of the Tiber, as being at war with Rome, until such time as the Senate should have decided the whole question. When the time for the interview was come, the praetor introduced the envoys from their allies first. Barbarians as they were, they made a set speech, and endeavoured to explain clearly the causes of all the dissension prevailing in their country: pointing out that Unless those who had broken out into war were reduced to tranquillity and punished as they deserved, the very moment the Roman legions left Iberia, they would inflict punishment upon the Belli and Titthi as traitors; and that if they escaped unpunished for their first act of hostility, they would make all the tribes in Iberia ripe for an outbreak from the belief that they were capable of coping with Rome. They begged, therefore, that the legions should remain in Iberia, and that each year a consul should come thither to protect the allies of Rome and punish the depredations of the Arevacae; or, if they wished to withdraw the legions, they should first take signal vengeance for the outbreak of this tribe, that no one might venture to do the like again. Such, or to this effect, was the speech of the envoys of the Belli and Titthi who were in alliance with Rome. The envoys of the hostile tribe were then introduced. On coming forward the Arevacae assumed a feigned tone of submission and humility in the language of their answer, without being, as was evident, at all yielding in their hearts or acknowledging themselves beaten. On the contrary, they continually hinted at the uncertainty of fortune; and speaking of the battles that had taken place as undecided, they conveyed the impression that they had had the best of the contest in them all. The upshot of their speech was this: If they must submit to some definite mulct for their error, they were ready to do so: but, when that was completed, they demanded that things should revert to the position fixed by their treaty made with the Senate in the time of Tiberius Gracchus.
Book 35, Part 2
35.3The Senators having thus heard both sides called in the legates from Marcellus; and when they saw that they also were inclined to a pacification, and that Marcellus was more inclined to favour the enemy than the allied tribes, they answered the Arevacae that Marcellus would declare in Iberia to both parties the decision of the Senate. However, they were convinced in their own minds that their true interests were such as the envoys of the allied tribes suggested, and that the Arevacae were still inclined to haughty independence, and that their own commander was afraid of them: they therefore gave secret instructions to the legates of Marcellus to carry on the war with spirit, and as the honour of the country demanded. But when they had thus determined on a continuance of the war, feeling no confidence in Marcellus, they determined first of all to send a commander to relieve him in Iberia, as the new consuls Aulus Postumius and Lucius Licinius Lucullus had just taken up their office. They then entered with spirit and vigour on their preparations, because they believed that the Iberian question would be decided by the result of this campaign: if these enemies were beaten, they assumed that all others would accept the orders of Rome; but that, if the Arevacae proved able to ward off the punishment that threatened them, not only would their spirits be again raised, but those of all the other Iberian tribes besides.
35.4The more determined however the Senate was to carry on the war, the greater became their embarrassment. For the report brought to Rome by Q. Fulvius Nobilior, the commander in Iberia in the previous year (B. C. 153), and those who had served under him, of the perpetual recurrence of the pitched battles, the number of the fallen, and the valour of the Celtiberians, combined with the notorious fact that Marcellus shrank in terror from the war, caused such a panic in the minds of the new levies as the old men declared had never happened before. To such an extent did the panic go, that sufficient men were not found to come forward for the office of military tribune, and these posts were consequently not entirely filled up; whereas heretofore a larger number than were wanted had been wont to volunteer for the duty: nor would the men nominated by the Consuls as legati to accompany the commanders consent to serve; and, worst of all, the young men tried to avoid the levies, and put forward such excuses as were disgraceful for them to allege, and beneath the investigation of the Consuls, and yet impossible to refute. But at length, in this embarrassment of the Senate and magistrates, when they were wondering what was to be the end of this shameless conduct of the young men, for they could call it nothing else, Publius Cornelius Scipio Africanus, who, though still a young man, had been one of those to advise the war, and who, though he had already acquired a reputation for high principle and pure morality, had not been known for his personal courage, seeing the Senate was in a difficulty, stood up and bade them send him to Iberia, either as military tribune or legatus, for he was ready to serve in either capacity. Though, as far as I am concerned, he said, my mission to Macedonia would be safer and more appropriate—for it happened that at that time Scipio was personally and by name invited by the Macedonians to come and settle the disputes which were raging among them—yet the needs of my own country are the more pressing of the two, and imperatively summon to Iberia all who have a genuine love of honour. This offer was unexpected by all, both from the youth of Scipio and his general character for caution, and consequently he became exceedingly popular on the spot, and still more so on subsequent days. For those who had before shrunk from the danger of the service, now, from dislike of the sorry figure they made in comparison with him, began volunteering to serve. Some offered to go as legati to the generals, and others in groups and clubs entered their names on the muster rolls. . . .
35.5In Scipio’s mind there rose a contest of feelings, and a hesitation as to whether he ought to meet the barbarian and fight him in single combat. . . .
Book 35, Part 3
35.5Scipio’s horse was much distressed by the blow, but did not come down entirely, and accordingly Scipio managed to light on his feet. . . .
35.6Cato was consulted by Scipio, at the request of Polybius, on behalf of the Achaeans; and when the debate in the Senate, between the party who wished to grant it and the party that opposed it, was protracted to a considerable length, Cato stood up and said: As though we had nothing else to do, we sit here the whole day debating whether some old Greek dotards should be buried by Italian or Achaean undertakers! Their restoration being voted, Polybius and his friends, after a few days’ interval, were for appearing before the Senate again, with a petition that the exiles should enjoy the same honours in Achaia as they had before. Cato, however, remarked with a smile that Polybius, like another Odysseus, wanted to go a second time into the cave of the Cyclops, because he had forgotten his cap and belt. . . .
Book 36, Part 1
36.1IT may occur to some to ask why I have not given a dramatic turn to my narrative, now that I have so striking a theme and a subject of such importance, by recording the actual speeches delivered; a thing which the majority of historians have done, by giving the appropriate arguments used on either side. That I do not reject this method altogether I have shown in several parts of my work, in which I have recorded popular harangues and expositions delivered by statesmen; but that I am not inclined to employ it on every occasion alike will now be made clear; for it would not be easy to find a subject more remarkable than this, nor material more ample for instituting a comparison of such a character. Nor indeed could any form of composition be more convenient to me. Still, as I do not think it becoming in statesmen to be ready with argument and exposition on every subject of debate without distinction, but rather to adapt their speeches to the nature of the particular occasion, so neither do I think it right for historians to practise their skill or show off their ability upon their readers: they ought on the contrary to devote their whole energies to discover and record what was really and truly said, and even of such words only those that are the most opportune and essential. . . .
36.2This idea having been firmly fixed in the minds of all, they looked out for a suitable opportunity and a decent pretext to justify them in the eyes of the world. For indeed the Romans were quite rightly very careful on this point. For instance, the general impression that they were justified in entering upon the war with Demetrius enhances the value of their victories, and diminishes the risks incurred by their defeats; but if the pretext for doing so is lame and poor the contrary effects are produced. Accordingly, as they differed as to the sentiments of the outer world on the subject, they were very nearly abandoning the war. . .
36.3When the Carthaginians had been some time deliberating how they should meet the message from Rome they were reduced to a state of the utmost embarrassment by the people of Utica anticipating their design by putting themselves under the protection of Rome. This seemed their only hope of safety left: and they imagined that such a step must win them favour at Rome: for to submit to put themselves and their country under control was a thing which they had never done even in their darkest hour of danger and defeat, with the enemy at their very walls. And now they had lost all the fruit of this resolve by being anticipated by the people of Utica; for it would appear nothing novel or strange to the Romans if they only did the same as that people. Accordingly, with a choice of two evils only left, to accept war with courage or to surrender their independence, after a long and anxious discussion held secretly in the Senate-house, they appointed two ambassadors with plenary powers, and instructed them, that, in view of the existing state of things, they should do what seemed for the advantage of their country. The names of these envoys were Gisco Strytanus, Hamilcar, Misdes, Gillimas, and Mago. When they reached Rome from Carthage, they found war already decreed and the generals actually started with their forces. Circumstances, therefore, no longer giving them any power of deliberating, they offered an unconditional surrender.
Book 36, Part 2
36.4I have spoken before about what this implies, but I must in this place also briefly remind my readers of its import. Those who thus surrender themselves to the Roman authority, surrender all territory and the cities in it, together with all men and women in all such territory or cities, likewise rivers, harbours, temples, and tombs, so that the Romans should become actual lords of all these, and those who surrender should remain lords of nothing whatever. On the Carthaginians making a surrender to this effect, they were summoned into the Senate-house and the Praetor delivered the Senate’s decision, which was to this effect: They had been well advised, and therefore the Senate granted them freedom and the enjoyment of their laws; and moreover, all their territory and the possession of their other property, public or private. The Carthaginian envoys were much relieved when they heard this; thinking that, where the alternatives were both miserable, the Senate had treated them well in conceding their most necessary and important requirements. But presently the Praetor went on to state that they would enjoy these concessions on condition of sending three hundred hostages to Lilybaeum within thirty days, sons of members of the Hundred or the Senate, and obeying such commands as should be imposed on them by the consuls. This dashed their satisfaction for a time, because they had no means of knowing what orders were to be given them through the consuls; however, they started at once, being anxious to report what had occurred to their countrymen with all speed. When they arrived in Carthage and stated the facts, the citizens considered that the envoys had in all respects acted with proper caution; but they were greatly alarmed and distressed by the fact that in the answer no mention was made of the city itself.
36.5At this juncture they say that Mago Brettius delivered a manly and statesmanlike speech. He said: The Carthaginians had two opportunities of taking counsel in regard to themselves and their country, one of which they had let pass; for in good truth it was no use now to question what was going to be enjoined on them by the consuls, and why it was that the Senate had made no mention of the city: they should have done that when they made the surrender. Having once made that, they must clearly make up their mind to the necessity of submitting to every possible injunction, unless it should prove to be something unbearably oppressive or beyond what they could possibly expect. If they would not do this, they must now consider whether they preferred to stand an invasion and all its possible consequences, or, in terror of the attack of the enemy, accept without resistance every order they might impose upon them. But as the imminence of war and the uncertainty of the future made every one inclined to submit to these injunctions, it was decided to send the hostages to Lilybaeum. Three hundred young men were forthwith selected and sent to Lilybaeum amidst loud expressions of sorrow and tears, each of them being escorted by his nearest friends and relations, the whole scene being made especially moving by the lamentations of the women. On landing at Lilybaeum the hostages were at once handed over by the consuls to Quintus Fabius Maximus, who had been appointed to the command in Sicily at that time. By him they were safely conveyed to Rome and confined in the dockyard of the six-benched ships.
36.6The hostages being thus disposed of, the consuls brought their fleet to the citadel of Utica. When news of this reached Carthage, the city was in the utmost excitement and panic, not knowing what to expect next. However, it was decided to send envoys to ask the consuls what they were to do, and to state that they were all prepared to obey orders. The envoys arrived at the Roman camp: the general’s council was summoned: and they delivered their commission. The senior Consul thereupon, after complimenting them on their policy and readiness to obey, bade them hand over all arms and missiles in their possession without subterfuge or concealment. The envoys answered that they would carry out the directions, but begged the Consul to consider what would happen if the Carthaginians surrendered all their arms, and the Romans took them and sailed away from the country. However, they gave them up. . . .
Book 36, Part 3
36.6It was clearly shown that the resources of the city were enormous, for they surrendered to the Romans more than two hundred thousand stands of arms and two thousand catapults. . . .
36.7The people had no idea what the announcement was going to be, but suspecting it from the expression of the envoys’ countenances, they immediately burst into a storm of cries and lamentations. . . .
36.7Then all the Senators, uttering a cry of horror, remained as though paralysed by the shock. But the report having quickly spread among the people, the general indignation at once found expression. Some made an attack on the envoys, as the guilty authors of their misfortunes, while others wreaked their wrath upon all Italians caught within the city, and others rushed to the town gates. . . .
Book 36, Part 4
36.8Hamilcar Phameas was the general of the Carthaginians, a man in the very prime of life and of great physical strength. What is of the utmost importance too for service in the field, he was an excellent and bold horseman. . . .
36.8When he saw the advanced guard, Phameas, though not at all deficient in courage, avoided coming to close quarters with Scipio: and on one occasion when he had come near his reserves, he got behind the cover of the brow of a hill and halted there a considerable time. . . .
36.8The Roman maniples fled to the top of a hill; and when all had given their opinions, Scipio said, When men are consulting what measures to take at first, their object should be to avoid disaster rather than to inflict it. . . .
Book 36, Part 5
36.8It ought not to excite surprise that I am more minute than usual in my account of Scipio and that I give in detail everything which he said. . . .
36.8When Marcius Porcius Cato heard in Rome of the glorious achievements of Scipio he uttered a palinode to his criticisms of him: What have you heard? He alone has the breath of wisdom in him: the rest are but flitting phantoms.
Book 37, Part 1
37.1THERE was a great deal of talk of all sorts in Greece, first as to the Carthaginians when the Romans conquered them, and subsequently as to the question of the pseudo-Philip. The opinions expressed in regard to the Carthaginians were widely divided, and indicated entirely opposite views. Some commended the Romans for their wise and statesmanlike policy in regard to that kingdom. For the removal of a perpetual menace, and the utter destruction of a city which had disputed the supremacy with them, and could even then if it got an opportunity have still been disputing it,—thus securing the supremacy for their own country,—were the actions of sensible and far-sighted men. Others contradicted this, and asserted that the Romans had no such policy in view when they obtained their supremacy; and that they had gradually and insensibly become perverted to the same ambition for power, which had once characterised the Athenians and Lacedaemonians; and though they had advanced more slowly than these last, that they would from all appearances yet arrive at the same consummation. For in old times they had only carried on war until their opponents were beaten, and induced to acknowledge the obligation of obedience and acceptance of their orders; but that nowadays they had given a foretaste of their policy by their conduct to Perseus, in utterly destroying the Macedonian dynasty root and branch, and had given the finishing stroke to that policy by the course adopted in regard to the Carthaginians; for though this latter people had committed no act of irretrievable outrage, they had taken measures of irretrievable severity against them, in spite of their offering to accept any terms, and submitting to any injunctions that might be placed upon them. Others again said that the Romans were generally a truly civilised people; and that they had this peculiarity, on which they prided themselves, that they conducted their wars openly and generously, not employing night surprises or ambuscades, but scorning every advantage to be gained by stratagem and deceit, and regarding open and face-to-face combats as alone becoming to their character: but that in the present instance their whole campaign against the Carthaginians had been conducted by means of stratagem and deceit. Little by little,—by holding out inducements here, and practising concealment there,—they had deprived them of all hopes of assistance from their allies. This was a line of conduct more appropriate by rights to the intriguing chicanery of a monarchy, than to a republican and Roman policy. Again, there were some who took the opposite line to these. They said that if it were really true that, before the Carthaginians had made the surrender, the Romans had behaved as alleged, holding out inducements here, and making half revelations there, they would be justly liable to such charges; but if, on the contrary, it was only after the Carthaginians had themselves made the surrender,—acknowledging the right of the Romans to take what measures they chose concerning them,—that the latter in the exercise of their undoubted right had imposed and enjoined what they determined upon, then this action must cease to be looked on as partaking of the nature of impiety or treachery. And some denied that it was an impiety at all: for there were three ways in which such a thing could be defined, none of which applied to the conduct of the Romans. An impiety was something done against the gods, or one’s parents, or the dead; treachery was something done in violation of oaths or written agreements; an injustice something done in violation of law and custom. But the Romans could not be charged on any one of these counts: they had offended neither the gods, their parents, nor the dead; nor had they broken oaths or treaties, but on the contrary charged the Carthaginians with breaking them. Nor again had they violated laws, customs, or their own good faith; for having received a voluntary surrender, with the full power of doing what they pleased in the event of the submitting party not obeying their injunctions, they had, in view of that eventuality having arisen, applied force to them.
37.2Such were the criticisms commonly made on the dealings of the Romans with the Carthaginians. But as to the Pseudo-Philip, the report at first appeared quite beneath consideration. A Philip suddenly appears in Macedonia, as though he had dropped from the skies, in contempt of Macedonians and Romans alike, without having the least reasonable pretext for his claim, as every one knew that the real Philip had died in Alba in Italy two years after Perseus himself. But when, three or four months afterwards, a report arrived that he had conquered the Macedonians in a battle in the territory of the Odomanti beyond the Strymon, some believed it, but the majority were still incredulous. But presently, when news came that he had conquered the Macedonians in a battle on this side of the Strymon, and was master of all Macedonia; and when letters and envoys came from the Thessalians to the Achaeans imploring help, as though the danger were now affecting Thessaly, it seemed an astonishing and inexplicable event; for there was nothing to give it the air of probability, or to supply a rational explanation of it.
37.2Such was the view taken of these things in Greece. . . .
Book 37, Part 2
37.3A despatch from Manius Manilius to the Achaeans having reached the Peloponnese, saying that they would oblige him by sending Polybius of Megalopolis with all speed to Lilybaeum, as he was wanted on account of certain public affairs, the Achaeans decided to send him in accordance with the letter of the consul. And as I felt bound to obey the Romans, I put everything else aside, and sailed at the beginning of summer. But when we arrived at Corcyra, we found another despatch from the consul to the Corcyreans had come, announcing that the Carthaginians had already surrendered all the hostages to them, and were prepared to obey them. Thinking, therefore, that the war was at an end, and that there was no more occasion for our services, we sailed back to the Peloponnese. . . .
37.4It should not excite surprise that I sometimes designate myself by my proper name, and at other times by the common forms of expression—for instance, when I had said this, or we had agreed to this. For as I was much personally involved in the transactions about to be related, it becomes necessary to vary the methods of indicating myself; that I may not weary by continual repetition of my own name, nor again by introducing the words of me, or through me, at every turn, fall insensibly into an appearance of egotism. I wished, on the contrary, by an interchangeable use of these terms, and by selecting from time to time the one which seemed most in place, to avoid, as far as could be, the offensiveness of talk about one’s self; for such talk, though naturally unacceptable, is frequently inevitable, when one cannot in any other way give a clear exposition of the subjects. I am somewhat assisted in this point by the accident that, as far as I know, no one up to our own time has ever had the same name as myself. . . .
37.5The statues of Callicrates were carried in under the cover of darkness, while those of Lycortas were brought out again by broad daylight, to occupy their original position: and this coincidence drew the remark from every one, that we ought never to use our opportunities against others in a spirit of presumption, knowing that it is extremely characteristic of Fortune to subject those who set a precedent to the operation of their own ideas and principles in their turn. . . .
Book 37, Part 3
37.5The mere love of novelty inherent in mankind is a sufficient incentive to any kind of change. . . .
37.6The Romans sent envoys to restrain the impetuosity of Nicomedes and to prevent Attalus from going to war with Prusias. The men appointed were Marcus Licinius, who was suffering from gout, and was quite lamed by it, and with him Aulus Mancinus, who, from a tile falling on his head, had so many and such great scars on it, that it was a matter of wonder that he escaped with his life, and Lucius Malleolus who was reputed the stupidest man in Rome. As the business required speed and boldness, these men seemed the least suitable possible for the purpose that could be conceived; and accordingly they say that Marcus. Porcius Cato remarked in the Senate that Not only would Prusias perish before they got there, but that Nicomedes would grow old in his kingdom. For how could a mission make haste, or if it did, how could it accomplish anything, when it had neither feet, head, nor intelligence? . . .
37.7King Prusias was exceedingly repulsive in personal appearance, though his reasoning powers were somewhat superior: but externally he seemed only half a man, and was cowardly and effeminate in all matters pertaining to war. For not only was he timid, but he was averse to all hardships, and in a word was utterly unmanned in mind and body throughout his whole life; qualities which all the world object to in kings, but the Bithynians above all people. Moreover, he was also exceedingly dissolute in regard to sensual pleasures; was completely without education or philosophy, or any of the knowledge which they embrace; and had not the remotest idea of what virtue is. He lived the barbaric life of a Sardanapallus day and night. Accordingly, directly his subjects got the least hope of being able to do so, they conceived an implacable resolution not only to throw off allegiance to the king, but to press for vengeance upon him. . . .
Book 37, Part 4
37.8Museium is a place near Olympus in Macedonia. . . .
37.9As I blame those who assign fortune and destiny as the moving causes in common events and catastrophes, I wish now to enter as minutely on the discussion of this subject as the nature of an historical work will admit. Those things of which it is impossible or difficult for a mere man to ascertain the causes, such as a continuous fall of rains and unseasonable wet, or, on the contrary, droughts and frosts, one may reasonably impute to God and Fortune, in default of any other explanation; and from them come destruction of fruits, as well as long-continued epidemics, and other similar things, of which it is not easy to find the cause. On such matters then, we, in default of a better, follow the prevailing opinions of the multitude, attempting by supplications and sacrifices to appease the wrath of heaven, and sending to ask the gods by what words or actions on our part a change for the better may be brought about, and a respite be obtained for the evils which are afflicting us. But those things, of which it is possible to find the origin and cause of their occurrence, I do not think we should refer to the gods. I mean such a thing as the following. In our time all Greece was visited by a dearth of children and generally a decay of population, owing to which the cities were denuded of inhabitants, and a failure of productiveness resulted, though there were no long-continued wars or serious pestilences among us. If, then, any one had advised our sending to ask the gods in regard to this, what we were to do or say in order to become more numerous and better fill our cities,—would he not have seemed a futile person, when the cause was manifest and the cure in our own hands? For this evil grew upon us rapidly, and without attracting attention, by our men becoming perverted to a passion for show and money and the pleasures of an idle life, and accordingly either not marrying at all, or, if they did marry, refusing to rear the children that were born, or at most one or two out of a great number, for the sake of leaving them well off or bringing them up in extravagant luxury. For when there are only one or two sons, it is evident that, if war or pestilence carries off one, the houses must be left heirless: and, like swarms of bees, little by little the cities become sparsely inhabited and weak. On this subject there is no need to ask the gods how we are to be relieved from such a curse: for any one in the world will tell you that it is by the men themselves if possible changing their objects of ambition; or, if that cannot be done, by passing laws for the preservation of infants. On this subject there is no need of seers or prodigies. And the same holds good of all similar things. But in regard to events of which the causes are impossible or difficult to discover, it is reasonable to feel a difficulty. And in this class may be reckoned the course of Macedonian history. For the Macedonians had enjoyed many important favours at the hands of the Romans, having been as a nation liberated from arbitrary government and imports, and having obtained undisputed freedom in the place of slavery; and having been individually relieved to a great extent from intestine factions and civil bloodshed. . . . They had been worsted by the Romans formerly when fighting on the side of Demetrius and again on that of Perseus; yet when engaged on the side of a man of odious character, and in support of his claims to the throne, they displayed great courage and conquered a Roman army. These facts may well seem a puzzle to us, for it is difficult to discover their cause. And accordingly one would be inclined to say in such matters that what had happened was a heaven-sent infatuation, and that the wrath of God had fallen upon the Macedonians. And this will be rendered evident from what remains to be told. . . .
37.10Massanissa, king of the Numidians in Africa, was the best man of all the kings of our time, and the most completely fortunate; for he reigned more than sixty years in the soundest health and to extreme old age,—for he was ninety when he died. He was, besides, the most powerful man physically of all his contemporaries: for instance, when it was necessary to stand, he would do so without moving a foot all day long; and again, when he had once sat down to business he remained there the whole day; nor did it distress him the least to remain in the saddle day and night continuously; and at ninety years old, at which age he died, he left a son only four years old, called Sthembanus, who was afterwards adopted by Micipses, and four sons besides. Owing, again, to the affection existing between these sons, he kept his whole life free from any treasonable plot and his kingdom unpolluted by any family tragedy. But his greatest and most divine achievement was this: Numidia had been before his time universally unproductive, and was looked upon as incapable of producing any cultivated fruits. He was the first and only man who showed that it could produce cultivated fruits just as well as any other country whatever, by cultivating farms to the extent of ten thousand plethra for each of his sons in different parts of it. On this man’s death, then, so much may reasonably and justly be said. Scipio arrived at Cirta on the third day after his departure, and settled everything properly and fairly. . . .
Book 37, Part 5
37.10A little while before his death he was seen, on the day following a great victory over the Carthaginians, sitting outside his tent eating a piece of dirty bread, and on those who saw it expressing surprise at his doing so, he said. . . .
Book 38, Part 1
38.1HASDRUBAL, the general of the Carthaginians, was a vain ostentatious person, very far from possessing real strategic ability. There are numerous proofs of his want of judgment. In the first place he appeared in full armour in his interview with Gulussa, king of the Numidians, with a purple dyed robe over his armour fastened by a brooch, and attended by ten bodyguards armed with swords; and in the next place, having advanced in front of these armed attendants to a distance of about twenty feet, he stood behind the trench and palisade and beckoned the king to come to him, whereas it ought to have been quite the other way. However, Gulussa, after the Numidian fashion, being not inclined to stand on ceremony, advanced towards him unattended, and when he got near him asked him Whom he was afraid of that he had come in full armour? And on his answering, The Romans, Gulussa remarked: Then you should not have trusted yourself to the city, when there was no necessity for your doing so. However, what do you want, and what do you ask me to do? To which Hasdrubal replied: I want you to go as our ambassador to the Roman commander, and to undertake for us that we will obey every injunction; only I beg of you both to abstain from harming this wretched city. Then said Gulussa: Your demand appears to me to be quite childish! Why, my good sir, what you failed to get by your embassies from the Romans, who were then quietly encamped at Utica, and before a blow had been struck,—how can you expect to have granted you now, when you have been completely invested by sea and land, and have almost given up every hope of safety? To which Hasdrubal replied that Gulussa was ill informed; for they still had good hopes of their outside allies,—for he had not yet heard about the Mauretani, and thought that the forces in the country were still unconquered, —nor were they in despair as to their own ultimate safety. And above all, they trusted in the support of the gods, and in what they might expect from them; for they believed that they would not disregard the flagrant violation of treaty from which they were suffering, but would give them many opportunities of securing their safety. Therefore he called on the Roman commander in the name of the gods and of Fortune to spare the city; with the distinct understanding that, if its inhabitants failed to obtain this grace, they would be cut to pieces to the last man sooner than evacuate it. After some more conversation of the same sort, these men separated for the present, having made an appointment to meet again on the third day from that time.
38.2On Gulussa communicating to him what had been said, Scipio remarked with a laugh: Oh, then, it was because you intended to make this demand that you displayed that abominable cruelty to our prisoners! And you trust in the gods, do you, after violating even the laws of men? The king went on to remind Scipio that above all things it was necessary to finish the business speedily; for, apart from unforeseen contingencies, the consular elections were now close at hand, and it was only right to have regard to that, lest, if the winter found them just where they were, another Consul would come to supersede him, and without any trouble get all the credit of his labours. These words induced Scipio to give directions to offer Hasdrubal safety for himself, his wife and children, and ten families of his friends and relations, and permission to take ten talents of his private property and to bring out with him whichever of his slaves he chose. With these concessions therefore Gulussa went to his meeting with Hasdrubal on the third day, who again came forward with great pomp and at a dignified step, clothed in his purple robe and full suit of armour, so as to cast the tyrants of tragedy far into the shade. He was naturally fat, but at that time he had grown extremely corpulent, and had become more than usually red from exposure to the sun, so that he seemed to be living like fat oxen at a fair; and not at all like a man to be in command at a time of such terrible miseries as cannot easily be described in words. When he met the king, and heard the offer of the Consul, he slapped his thigh again and again, and appealing to the gods and Fortune declared that The day would never come on which Hasdrubal would behold the sun and his native city in flames; for to the nobly-minded one’s country and its burning houses were a glorious funeral pile. These expressions force us to feel some admiration for the man and the nobility of his language; but when we come to view his administration of affairs, we cannot fail to be struck by his want of spirit and courage; for at a time when his fellow-citizens were absolutely perishing with famine, he gave banquets and had second courses put on of a costly kind, and by his own excellent physical condition made their misery more conspicuous. For the number of the dying surpassed belief, as well as the number who deserted every day from hunger. However, by fiercely rebuking some, and by executing as well as abusing others, he cowed the common people: and by this means retained, in a country reduced to the lowest depths of misfortune, an authority which a tyrant would scarcely enjoy in a prosperous city. Therefore I think I was justified in saying that two leaders more like each other than those who at that time directed the affairs of Greece and Carthage it would not be easy to find. And this will be rendered manifest when we come to a formal comparison of them. . . .
38.3My thirty-eighth book embraces the consummation of the misfortunes of Greece. For though Greece as a whole, as well as separate parts of it, has on several occasions sustained grave disasters, yet to none of her previous defeats could the word misfortune be more properly applied, than to those which have befallen her in our time. For it is not only that the sufferings of Greece excite compassion: stronger still is the conviction, which a knowledge of the truth of the several occurrences must bring, that in all she undertook she was supremely unfortunate. At any rate, though the disaster of Carthage is looked upon as of the severest kind, yet one cannot but regard that of Greece as not less, and in some respects even more so. For the Carthaginians at any rate left something for posterity to say on their behalf; but the mistakes of the Greeks were so glaring that they made it impossible for those who wished to support them to do so. Besides, the destruction of the Carthaginians was immediate and total, so that they had no feeling afterwards of their disasters: but the Greeks, with their misfortunes ever before their eyes, handed down to their children’s children the loss of all that once was theirs. And in proportion as we regard those who live in pain as more pitiable than those who lose their lives at the moment of their misfortunes, in that proportion must the disasters of the Greeks be regarded as more pitiable than those of the Carthaginians,—unless a man thinks nothing of dignity and honour, and gives his opinion from a regard only to material advantage. To prove the truth of what I say, one has only to remember and compare the misfortunes in Greece reputed to be the heaviest with what I have just now mentioned.
Book 38, Part 2
38.4Now, the greatest alarm that fortune ever brought upon the Greeks was when Xerxes invaded Europe: for at that time all were exposed to danger though an extremely small number actually suffered disaster. The greatest sufferers were the Athenians: for, with a prudent foresight of what was coming, they abandoned their country with their wives and children. That crisis then caused them damage; for the Barbarians took Athens and laid it waste with savage violence: but it brought them no shame or disgrace. On the contrary, they gained the highest glory in the eyes of all the world for having regarded everything as of less importance, in comparison with taking their share in the same fortune as the other Greeks. Accordingly, in consequence of their exalted conduct, they not only immediately recovered their own city and territory, but soon afterwards disputed the supremacy in Greece with the Lacedaemonians. Subsequently, indeed, they were beaten by the Spartans in war, and forced to submit to the destruction of their own city walls: but even this one might assert to be a reproach to the Lacedaemonians, for having used the power put into their hands with excessive severity, rather than to the Athenians. Then the Spartans once more, being beaten by the Thebans, lost the supremacy in Greece, and after that defeat were deprived of their outside rule and reduced to the frontiers of Laconia. But what disgrace was there in having retired, while disputing for the most honourable objects, to the limits of their ancestral dominion? Therefore, these events we may speak of as failures, but not as misfortunes in any sense. The Mantineans again were forced to leave their city, being divided out and scattered into separate villages by the Lacedaemonians; but for this all the world blamed the folly, not of the Mantineans, but of the Lacedaemonians. The Thebans, indeed, besides the loss of their army, saw their country depopulated at the time when Alexander, having resolved on the invasion of Asia, conceived that by making an example of Thebes he should establish a terror that would act as a check upon the Greeks, while his attention was distracted upon other affairs: but at that time all the world pitied the Thebans as having been treated with injustice and harshness, and no one was found to justify this proceeding of Alexander.
38.5Accordingly after a short time they obtained assistance, and once more inhabited their country in security. For the compassion of foreigners is no small benefit to those who are unjustly dispossessed; since we often see that, with the change of feeling among the many, Fortune also changes; and even the conquerors themselves repent, and make good the disasters of those who have fallen under undeserved misfortunes. Once more, at certain periods the Chalcidians and Corinthians and some other cities, owing to the advantages of their situation, were attacked by the kings of Macedonia, and had garrisons imposed on them: but when they were thus enslaved all the world were eager to do their best to liberate them, and loathed their enslavers and regarded them continually as their enemies. But above all, up to this time it was generally single states that were depopulated, and in single states that reverses were met with, in some cases while disputing for supremacy and empire, and in others from the treacherous attacks of despots and kings: so that, so far from their losses bringing them any reproach, they escaped even the name of misfortune. For we must look on all those who meet with incalculable disasters whether private or public as the victims of losses, and those only to be unfortunate, to whom events through their own folly bring dishonour. Instances of this last are the Peloponnesians, Boeotians, Phocians, . . . and Locrians, some of the dwellers on the Ionian gulf, and next to these the Macedonians, . . . who all as a rule did not merely suffer loss, but were unfortunate, with a misfortune of the gravest kind and for which they were themselves open to reproach: for they displayed at once want of good faith and want of courage, brought upon themselves a series of disgraces, lost all that could bring them honour, . . . and voluntarily admitted into their towns the Roman fasces and axes. They were in the utmost panic, in fact, owing to the extravagance of their own wrongful acts, if one ought to call them their own; for I should rather say that the peoples as such were entirely ignorant, and were beguiled from the path of right: but that the men who acted wrongly were the authors of this delusion.
38.6In regard to these men, it should not be a matter of surprise if we leave for a while the ordinary method and spirit of our narrative to give a clearer and more elaborate exposition of their character. I am aware that some may be found, regarding it as their first duty to cast a veil over the errors of the Greeks, to accuse us of writing in a spirit of malevolence. But for myself, I conceive that with right-minded persons a man will never be regarded as a true friend who shrinks from and is afraid of plain speech, nor indeed as a good citizen who abandons the truth because of the offence he will give to certain persons at the time. But a writer of public history above all deserves no indulgence whatever, who regards anything of superior importance to truth. For in proportion as written history reaches larger numbers, and survives for longer time, than words spoken to suit an occasion, both the writer ought to be still more particular about truth, and his readers ought to admit his authority only so far as he adheres to this principle. At the actual hour of danger it is only right that Greeks should help Greeks in every possible way, by protecting them, veiling their errors or deprecating the wrath of the sovereign people,—and this I genuinely did for my part at the actual time: but it is also right, in regard to the record of events to be transmitted to posterity, to leave them unmixed with any falsehood: so that readers should not be merely gratified for the moment by a pleasant tale, but should receive in their souls a lesson which will prevent a repetition of similar errors in the future. Enough, however, on this subject. . . .
Book 38, Part 3
38.7When the commissioners with L. Aurelius Orestes arrived in Rome from the Peloponnese, they reported what had taken place, and declared that they had a narrow escape of actually losing their lives. They made the most of the occurrence and put the worst interpretation upon it; for they represented the violence which had been offered them as not the result of a sudden outbreak, but of a deliberate intention on the part of the Achaeans to inflict a signal insult upon them. The Senate was therefore more angry than it had ever been, and at once appointed Sextus Julius Caesar and other envoys with instructions to rebuke and upbraid the Achaeans for what had occurred, yet in terms of moderation, but to exhort them not to listen to evil councillors, not to allow themselves to be betrayed into hostility with Rome, but even yet to make amends for their acts of folly by inflicting punishment on the authors of the crime. This was a clear proof that the Senate gave its instructions to Aurelius and his colleagues, not with the view of dismembering the league, but with the object of restraining the obstinacy and hostility of the Achaeans by terrifying and overawing them. Some people accordingly imagined that the Romans were acting hypocritically, because the Carthaginian war was still unfinished; but this was not the case. The fact is, that they had long regarded the Achaean league with favour, believing it to be the most trustworthy of all the Greek governments; and though now they were resolved to give it an alarm, because it had become too lofty in its pretensions, yet they were by no means minded to go to war or to have a serious quarrel with the Achaeans. . . .
38.8As Sextus Julius Caesar and his colleagues were on their way from Rome to the Peloponnese, they were met by Thearidas and the other envoys, sent by the Achaeans to make their excuse and give the Senate an explanation of the intemperate acts committed in regard to Aurelius Orestes. But Sextus Julius persuaded them to turn back to Achaia, on the ground that he and his colleagues were coming with full instructions to communicate with the Achaeans on all these points. When Sextus arrived in the Peloponnese, and in a conference with the Achaeans in Aegium spoke with great kindness, he made no mention of the injurious treatment of the legates, and scarcely demanded any defence at all, but took a more lenient view of what had happened than even the Achaeans themselves; and dwelt chiefly on the subject of exhorting them not to carry their error any further, in regard either to the Romans or the Lacedaemonians. Thereupon the more sober-minded party received the speech with satisfaction, and were strongly moved to obey the suggestions, because they were conscious of the gravity of what they had been doing, and had before their eyes what happened to opponents of Rome; but the majority, though they had not a word to say against the justice of the injunctions of Sextus Julius, and were quite silent, yet remained deeply tainted with disaffection. And Diaeus and Critolaus, and all who shared their sentiments,—and they consisted of all the greatest rascals in every city, men at war with the gods, and pests of the community, carefully selected,—took, as the proverb has it, with the left hand what the Romans gave with the right, and went utterly and entirely wrong in their calculations. For they supposed that the Romans, owing to the troubles in Libya and Iberia, feared a war with the Achaeans and would submit to anything and say anything. Thinking, therefore, that the hour was their own, they answered the Roman envoys politely that They would, nevertheless, send Thearidas and his colleagues to the Senate; while they would themselves accompany the legates to Tegea, and there in consultation with the Lacedaemonians would provide for some settlement of the war that would meet the views of both parties. With this answer they subsequently induced the unhappy nation to follow the senseless course to which they had long before made up their mind. And this result was only what might have been expected from the inexperience and corruption of the prevailing party.
38.9But the finishing stroke to this ruinous policy was given in the following manner. When Sextus and his colleagues arrived at Tegea, and invited the attendance of the Lacedaemonians, in order to arrange terms between them and the Achaeans, both as to the satisfaction to be given for previous complaints and for putting a stop to the war, until the Romans should send commissioners to review the whole question, Critolaus and his party, having held a conference, decided that all the rest should avoid the meeting, and that Critolaus should go alone to Tegea. When Sextus and his fellow-commissioners therefore had almost given them up, Critolaus arrived; and when the meeting with the Lacedaemonians took place, he would settle nothing,—alleging that he had no authority to make any arrangement without the consent of the people at large; but that he would bring the matter before the Achaeans at their next congress, which must be held six months from that time. Sextus and his fellow-commissioners, therefore, convinced of the ill disposition of Critolaus, and much annoyed at his conduct, dismissed the Lacedaemonians to their own country, and themselves returned to Italy with strong views as to the folly and infatuation of Critolaus.
Book 38, Part 4
38.9After their departure Critolaus spent the winter in visiting the cities and holding assemblies in them, on the pretext that he wished to inform them what he had said to the Lacedaemonians at Tegea, but in reality to denounce the Romans and to put an evil interpretation on everything they said; by which means he inspired the common people in the various cities with feelings of hostility and hatred for them. At the same time he sent round orders to the magistrates not to exact money from debtors, nor to receive prisoners arrested for debt, and to cause loans on pledge to be held over until the war was decided. By this kind of appeal to the interests of the vulgar everything he said was received with confidence; and the common people were ready to obey any order he gave, being incapable of taking thought for the future, but caught by the bait of immediate indulgence and relief.
38.10When Quintus Caecilius Metellus heard in Macedonia of the commotion and disturbance going on in the Peloponnese, he despatched thither his legates Gneaus Papirius and the younger Popilius Laenas, along with Aulus Gabinius and Gaius Fannius; who, happening to arrive when the congress was assembled at Corinth, were introduced to the assembly, and delivered a long and conciliatory speech, much in the spirit of that of Sextus Julius, exerting themselves with great zeal to prevent the Achaeans from proceeding to an open breach with Rome, either on the pretext of their grievance against the Lacedaemonians, or from any feeling of anger against the Romans themselves. But the assembled people would not hear them; insulting words were loudly uttered against the envoys, and in the midst of a storm of yells and tumult they were driven from the assembly. The fact was that such a crowd of workmen and artisans had been got together as had never been collected before; for all the cities were in a state of drivelling folly, and above all the Corinthians en masse; and there were only a very few who heartily approved of the words of the envoys.
38.10Critolaus, conceiving that he had attained his purpose, in the midst of an audience as excited and mad as himself began attacking the magistrates, abusing all who were opposed to him, and openly defying the Roman envoys, saying that he was desirous of being a friend of the Romans, but had no taste for them as his masters. And, finally, he tried to incite the people by saying that, if they quitted themselves like men, they would have no lack of allies; but, if they betrayed womanish fears, they would not want for masters. By many other such words to the same effect, conceived in the spirit of a charlatan and huckster, he roused and excited the populace. He attempted also to make it plan that he was not acting at random in these proceedings, but that some of the kings and republics were engaged in the same policy as himself.
Book 38, Part 5
38.11And when some of the Gerusia wished to check him, and restrain him from the use of such expressions, he ordered the soldiers surrounding him to retire, and stood up fronting his opponents, and bade any one of them come up to him, come near him, or venture to touch his chlamys. And, finally, he said that He had restrained himself now for a long time; but would endure it no longer, and must speak his mind. The people to fear were not Lacedaemonians or Romans, but the traitors among themselves who co-operated with their foes: for there were some who cared more for Romans and Lacedaemonians than for their own country. He added, as a confirmation of his words, that Evagoras of Aegium and Stratius of Tritaea betrayed to Gnaeus Papirius and his fellow-commissioners all the secret proceedings in the meetings of the magistrates. And when Stratius acknowledged that he had had interviews with those men, and should do so again, as they were friends and allies, but asserted that he had told them nothing of what was said in the meetings of the magistrates, some few believed him, but the majority accepted the accusation as true. And so Critolaus, having inflamed the people by his accusations against these men, induced the Achaeans once more to decree a war which was nominally against the Lacedaemonians, but in effect was against the Romans; and he got another decree added, which was a violation of the constitution, namely, that whomsoever they should elect as Strategi should have absolute power in carrying on the war. He thus got for himself something like a despotism.
38.11Having carried these measures, he began intriguing to bring on an outbreak and cause an attack upon the Roman envoys. He had no pretext for doing this; but adopted a course which, of all possible courses, offends most flagrantly against the laws of gods and man. The envoys, however, separated; Gnaeus Papirius went to Athens and thence to Sparta to watch the turn of events; Aulus Gabinius went to Naupactus; and the other two remained at Athens, waiting for the arrival of Caecilius Metellus. This was the state of things in the Peloponnese. . .
Book 39, Part 1
39.1I AM fully aware that some will be found to criticise my work, on the ground that my narrative of events is incomplete and disconnected; beginning, for instance, the story of the siege of Carthage, and then leaving it half told, and interrupting the stream of my history, I pass over to Greek affairs, and from them to Macedonian or Syrian, or some other history; whereas students require continuity, and desire to hear the end of a subject; for the combination of pleasure and profit is thus more completely secured. But I do not think this: I hold exactly the reverse. And as a witness to the correctness of my opinion I might appeal to nature herself, who is never satisfied with the same things continuously in any of the senses, but is ever inclined to change; and, even if she is satisfied with the same things, wishes to have them at intervals and in diversity of circumstance. This may be illustrated first by the sense of hearing, which is never gratified either in music or recitations by a continuance of the same strains or subjects; it is the varied style, and, in a word, whatever is broken up into intervals and has the most marked and frequent changes, that gives it pleasurable excitement. Similarly one may notice that the palate can never remain gratified by the same meats, however costly, but grows to feel a loathing for them, and delights in changes of diet, and often prefers plain to rich food merely for the sake of variety. The same may be noticed as to the sight: it is quite incapable of remaining fixed on the same object, but it is a variety and change of objects that excites it. And this is more than all the case with the mind; for changes in the objects of attention and study act as rests to laborious men.
39.2Accordingly the most learned of the ancient historians have, as it seems to me, taken intervals of rest in this way: some by digressions on myths and tales, and others by digressions on historical facts,—not confining themselves to Greek history, but introducing disquisitions on points of foreign history as well. As, for instance, when, in the course of a history of Thessaly and the campaigns of Alexander of Pherae, they introduce an account of the attempts of the Lacedaemonians in the Peloponnese; or those made by the Athenians; or actions which took place in Macedonia or Illyria: and then break off into an account of the expedition of Iphicrates into Egypt, and the iniquitous deeds of Clearchus in the Pontus. This will show you that these historians all employ this method; but, whereas they employ it without any system, I do so on a regular system. For these men, after mentioning, for instance, that Bardylis, king of the Illyrians, and Cersobleptes, king of the Thracians, established their dynasties, neither go on continuously with the stories nor return to them after an interval to take them up where they left off, but, treating them like an episode in a poem, they go back to their original subject. But I made a careful division of all the most important countries in the world and the course of their several histories; pursued exactly the same plan in regard to the order of taking the several divisions; and, moreover, arranged the history of each year in the respective countries, carefully keeping to the limits of the time: and the result is that I have made the transition backwards and forwards between my continuous narrative and the continually recurring interruptions easy and obvious to students, so that an attentive reader need never miss anything. . . .
39.3Having got within the walls, while the Carthaginians still held out on the citadel, Scipio found that the arm of the sea which intervened was not at all deep; and upon Polybius advising him to set it with iron spikes or drive sharp wooden stakes into it, to prevent the enemy crossing it and attacking the mole, he said that, having taken the walls and got inside the city, it would be ridiculous to take measures to avoid fighting the enemy. . . .
Book 39, Part 2
39.4The pompous Hasdrubal threw himself on his knees before the Roman commander, quite forgetful of his proud language. . . .
39.4When the Carthaginian commander thus threw himself as a suppliant at Scipio’s knees, the proconsul with a glance at those present said: See what Fortune is, gentlemen! What an example she makes of irrational men! This is the Hasdrubal who but the other day disdained the large favours which I offered him, and said that the most glorious funeral pyre was one’s country and its burning ruins. Now he comes with suppliant wreaths, beseeching us for bare life and resting all his hopes on us. Who would not learn from such a spectacle that a mere man should never say or do anything presumptuous? Then some of the deserters came to the edge of the roof and begged the front ranks of the assailants to hold their hands for a little; and, on Scipio ordering a halt, they began abusing Hasdrubal, some for his perjury, declaring that he had sworn again and again on the altars that he would never abandon them, and others for his cowardice and utter baseness: and they did this in the most unsparing language, and with the bitterest terms of abuse. And just at this moment Hasdrubal’s wife, seeing him seated in front of the enemy with Scipio, advanced in front of the deserters, dressed in noble and dignified attire herself, but holding in her hands, on either side, her two boys dressed only in short tunics and shielded under her own robes. First she addressed Hasdrubal by his name, and when he said nothing but remained with his head bowed to the ground, she began by calling on the name of the gods, and next thanked Scipio warmly because, as far as he could secure it, both she and her children were saved. And then, pausing for a short time, she asked Hasdrubal how he had had the heart to secure this favour from the Roman general for himself alone, . . . and, leaving his fellow-citizens who trusted in him in the most miserable plight, had gone over secretly to the enemy? And how he had the assurance to be sitting there holding suppliant boughs, in the face of the very men to whom he had frequently said that the day would never come in which the sun would see Hasdrubal alive and his native city in flames. . . .
39.4After an interview with [Scipio], in which he was kindly treated, Hasdrubal desired leave to go away from the town. . . .
Book 39, Part 3
39.5At the sight of the city utterly perishing amidst the flames Scipio burst into tears, and stood long reflecting on the inevitable change which awaits cities, nations, and dynasties, one and all, as it does every one of us men. This, he thought, had befallen Ilium, once a powerful city, and the once mighty empires of the Assyrians, Medes, Persians, and that of Macedonia lately so splendid. And unintentionally or purposely he quoted,—the words perhaps escaping him unconsciously,— The day shall be when holy Troy shall fall And Priam, lord of spears, and Priam’s folk. And on my asking him boldly (for I had been his tutor) what he meant by these words, he did not name Rome distinctly, but was evidently fearing for her, from this sight of the mutability of human affairs. . . .
39.5Another still more remarkable saying of his I may record. . . [When he had given the order for firing the town] he immediately turned round and grasped me by the hand and said: O Polybius, it is a grand thing, but, I know not how, I feel a terror and dread, lest some one should one day give the same order about my own native city. . . . Any observation more practical or sensible it is not easy to make. For in the midst of supreme success for one’s self and of disaster for the enemy, to take thought of one’s own position and of the possible reverse which may come, and in a word to keep well in mind in the midst of prosperity the mutability of Fortune, is the characteristic of a great man, a man free from weaknesses and worthy to be remembered. . . .
39.7Pytheas was a brother of Acatidas the runner, and son of Cleomenes. He had led an evil life, and was reported to have wasted the flower of his youth in unnatural debauchery. In political life also he was audacious and grasping, and had been supported by Eumenes and Philataerus for these very reasons. . . .
Book 39, Part 4
39.8Critolaus the Achaean Strategus being dead, and the law providing that, in case of such an event befalling the existing Strategus, the Strategus of the previous year should succeed to the office until the regular congress of the league should meet, it fell to Diaeus to conduct the business of the league and take the head of affairs. Accordingly, after sending forward some troops to Megara, he went himself to Argos; and from that place sent a circular letter to all the towns ordering them to set free their slaves who were of military age, and who had been born and brought up in their houses, and send them furnished with arms to Corinth. He assigned the numbers to be furnished by the several towns quite at random and without any regard to equality, just as he did everything else. Those who had not the requisite number of home-bred slaves were to fill up the quota imposed on each town from other slaves. But seeing that the public poverty was very great, owing to the war with the Lacedaemonians, he compelled the richer classes, men and women alike, to make promises of money and furnish separate contributions. At the same time he ordered a levy en masse at Corinth of all men of military age. The result of these measures was that every city was full of confusion, commotion, and despair: they deemed those fortunate who had already perished in the war, and pitied those who were now starting to take part in it; and everybody was in tears as though they foresaw only too well what was going to happen. They were especially annoyed at the insolent demeanour and neglect of their duties on the part of the slaves,—airs which they assumed as having been recently liberated, or, in the case of others, because they were excited by the prospect of freedom. Moreover the men were compelled to make their contribution contrary to their own views, according to the property they were reputed to possess; while the women had to do so, by taking the ornaments of their own persons or of their children, to what seemed deliberately meant for their destruction.
39.9As these measures came all at once, the dismay caused by the hardship of each individually prevented people from attending to or grasping the general question; or they must have foreseen that they were all being led on to secure the certain destruction of their wives and children. But, as though caught in the rush of some winter torrent and carried on by its irresistible violence, they followed the infatuation and madness of their leader. The Eleians and Messenians indeed did not stir, in terror of the Roman fleet; for nothing could have saved them if the storm had burst when it was originally intended. The people of Patrae, and of the towns which were leagued with it, had a short time before suffered disasters in Phocis; and their case was much the most pitiable one of all the Peloponnesian cities: for some of them sought a voluntary death; others fled from their towns through deserted parts of the country, with no definite aim in their wanderings, from the panic prevailing in the towns. Some arrested and delivered each other to the enemy, as having been hostile to Rome; others hurried to give information and bring accusations, although no one asked for any such service as yet; while others went to meet the Romans with suppliant branches, confessing their treason, and asking what penance they were to pay, although as yet no one was asking for any account of such things. The whole country seemed to be under an evil spell: everywhere people were throwing themselves down wells or over precipices; and so dreadful was the state of things, that as the proverb has it even an enemy would have pitied the disaster of Greece. For in times past the Greeks had met with reverses or indeed complete disaster, either from internal dissensions or from treacherous attacks of despots; but in the present instance it was from the folly of their leaders and their own unwisdom that they experienced the grievous misfortunes which befell them. The Thebans also, abandoning their city en masse, left it entirely empty; and among the rest Pytheas retired to the Peloponnese, with his wife and children, and there wandered about the country. . . .
39.9He came upon the enemy much to his surprise. But to my mind the proverb, the reckonings of the foolish are foolishness applies to him. And naturally to such men things clear as day come as a surprise. . . .
Book 39, Part 5
39.9He was even forming plans for getting back home, acting very like a man who, not having learnt to swim and being about to plunge into the sea, should not consider the question of taking the plunge; but, having taken it, should begin to consider how he is to swim to land. . . .
39.10Diaeus having recently come to Corinth after being appointed Strategus by the vote of the people, Andronidas and others came from Caecilius Metellus. Against these men he spread a report that they were in alliance with the enemy, and gave them up to the mob, who seized on them with great violence and threw them into chains. Philo of Thessaly also came bringing many liberal offers to the Achaeans. And on hearing them, certain of the men of the country attempted to secure their acceptance; among whom was Stratius, now a very old man, who clung to Diaeus’s knees and entreated him to yield to the offers of Metellus. But he and his party would not listen to Philo’s proposals. For the fact was that they did not believe that the amnesty would embrace them with the rest; and, as they regarded their own advantage and personal security as of the highest importance, they spoke as they did, and directed all their measures on the existing state of affairs to this end: although, as a matter of fact, they failed entirely to secure these objects. For as they understood quite clearly the gravity of what they had done, they could not believe they would obtain any mercy from Rome; and as to enduring nobly whatever should befall on behalf of their country and the safety of the people, that they never once took into consideration; yet that was the course becoming men who cared for glory, and professed to be the leaders of Greece. But indeed how or whence was it likely that such a lofty idea should occur to these men? The members of this conclave were Diaeus and Damocritus, who had but recently been recalled from exile owing to the disturbed state of the times, and with them Alcamenes, Theodectes and Archicrates; and of these last I have already stated at length who they were, and have described their character, policy, and manner of life.
39.11Such being the men with whom the decision rested, the determination arrived at was what was to be expected. They not only imprisoned Andronidas and Lagius and their friends, but even the sub-Strategus Sosicrates, on the charge of his having presided at a council and given his voting for sending an embassy to Caecilius Metellus, and in fact of having been the cause of all their misfortunes. Next day they empanelled judges to try them; condemned Sosicrates to death; and having bound him racked him till he died, without however inducing him to say anything that they expected: but they acquitted Lagius, Andronidas and Archippus, partly because the people were scared at the lawless proceeding against Sosicrates, and partly because Diaeus got a talent from Andronidas and forty minae from Archippus; for this man could not relax his usual shameless and abandoned principles in this particular even in the very pit, as the saying is. He had acted with similar cruelty a short time before also in regard to Philinus of Corinth. For on a charge of his holding communication with Menalcidas and favouring the Roman cause, he caused Philinus and his sons to be flogged and racked in each other’s sight, and did not desist until the boys and Philinus were all dead. When such madness and ferocity was infecting everybody, as it would not be easy to parallel even among barbarians, it would be clearly very natural to ask why the whole nation did not utterly perish. For my part, I think that Fortune displayed her resources and skill in resisting the folly and madness of the leaders; and, being determined at all hazards to save the Achaeans, like a good wrestler, she had recourse to the only trick left; and that was to bring down and conquer the Greeks quickly, as in fact she did. For it was owing to this that the wrath and fury of the Romans did not blaze out farther; that the army of Libya did not come to Greece; and that these leaders, being such men as I have described, did not have an opportunity, by gaining a victory, of displaying their wickedness upon their countrymen. For what it was likely that they would have done to their own people, if they had got any ground of vantage or obtained any success, may be reasonable inferred from what has already been said. And indeed everybody at the time had the proverb on his lips, had we not perished quickly we had not been saved. . . .
Book 39, Part 6
39.12Aulus Postumius deserves some special notice from us here. He was a member of a family and gens of the first rank, but in himself was garrulous and wordy, and exceedingly ostentatious. From his boyhood he had a great leaning to Greek studies and literature: but he was so immoderate and affected in this pursuit, that owing to him the Greek style became offensive to the elder and most respectable men at Rome. Finally he attempted to write a poem and a formal history in Greek, in the preface to which he desired his readers to excuse him if, being a Roman, he could not completely command the Greek idiom or method in the handling of the subject. To whom M. Porcius Cato made a very pertinent answer. I wonder, said he, on what grounds you make such a demand. If the Amphictyonic council had charged you to write the history, you might perhaps have been forced to allege this excuse and ask for this consideration. But to write it of your own accord, when there was no compulsion to do so, and then to demand consideration, if you should happen to write had Greek, is quite unreasonable. It is something like a man entering for the boxing match or pancratium in the public games, and, when he comes into the stadium, and it is his turn to fight, begging the spectators to pardon him if he is unable to stand the fatigue or the blows. Such a man of course would be laughed at and condemned at once. And this is what such historiographers should experience, to prevent them spoiling a good thing by their rash presumption. Similarly, in the rest of his life, he had imitated all the worst points in Greek fashions; for he was fond of pleasure and averse from toil. And this may be illustrated from his conduct in the present campaign: for being among the first to enter Greece at the time that the battle in Phocis took place, he retired to Thebes on the pretence of illness, in order to avoid taking part in the engagement; but, when the battle was ended, he was the first to write to the Senate announcing the victory, entering into every detail as though he had himself been present at the conflict. . . .
39.13The incidents of the capture of Corinth were melancholy. The soldiers cared nothing for the works of art and the consecrated statues. I saw with my own eyes pictures thrown on the ground and soldiers playing dice on them; among them was a picture of Dionysus by Aristeides—in reference to which they say that the proverbial saying arose, Nothing to the Dionysus,—and the Hercules tortured by the shirt of Deianeira. . . .
39.14Owing to the popular reverence for the memory of Philopoemen, they did not take down the statues of him in the various cities. So true is it, as it seems to me, that every genuine act of virtue produces in the mind of those who benefit by it an affection which it is difficult to efface. . . .
Book 39, Part 7
39.14One might fairly, therefore, use the common saying: He has been foiled not at the door, but in the road. . . .
39.14There were many statues of Philopoemen, and many erections in his honour, voted by the several cities; and a Roman at the time of the disaster which befell Greece at Corinth, wished to abolish them all and to formally indict him, laying an information against him, as though he were still alive, as an enemy and illwisher to Rome. But after a discussion, in which Polybius spoke against this sycophant, neither Mummius nor the commissioners would consent to abolish the honours of an illustrious man. . . .
39.14Polybius, in an elaborate speech, conceived in the spirit of what has just been said, maintained the cause of Philopoemen. His arguments were that This man had indeed been frequently at variance with the Romans on the matter of their injunctions, but he only maintained his opposition so far as to inform and persuade them on the points in dispute; and even that he did not do without serious cause. He gave a genuine proof of his loyal policy and gratitude, by a test as it were of fire, in the periods of the wars with Philip and Antiochus. For, possessing at those times the greatest influence of any one in Greece, from his personal power as well as that of the Achaeans, he preserved his friendship for Rome with the most absolute fidelity, having joined in the vote of the Achaeans in virtue of which, four months before the Romans crossed from Italy, they levied a war from their own territory upon Antiochus and the Aetolians, when nearly all the other Greeks had become estranged from the Roman friendship. Having listened to this speech and approved of the speaker’s view, the ten commissioners granted that the complimentary erections to Philopoemen in the several cities should be allowed to remain. Acting on this pretext, Polybius begged of the Consul the statues of Achaeus, Aratus, and Philopoemen, though they had already been transported to Acarnania from the Peloponnese: in gratitude for which action people set up a marble statue of Polybius himself. . . .
Book 39, Part 8
39.15After the settlement made by the ten commissioners in Achaia, they directed the Quaestor, who was to superintend the selling of Diaeus’s property, to allow Polybius to select anything he chose from the goods and present it to him as a free gift, and to sell the rest to the highest bidders. But, so far from accepting any such present, Polybius urged his friends not to covet anything whatever of the goods sold by the Quaestor anywhere:—for he was going a round of the cities and selling the property of all those who had been partisans of Diaeus, as well of such as had been condemned, except those who left children or parents. Some of these friends did not take his advice; but those who did follow it earned a most excellent reputation among their fellow-citizens.
39.16After completing these arrangements in six months, the ten commissioners sailed for Italy, at the beginning of spring, having left a noble monument of Roman policy for the contemplation of all Greece. They also charged Polybius, as they were departing, to visit all the cities and to decide all questions that might arise, until such time as they were grown accustomed to their constitution and laws. Which he did: and after a while caused the inhabitants to be contented with the constitution given them by the commissioners, and left no difficulty connected with the laws on any point, private or public, unsettled.
39.16[Wherefore the people, who always admired and honoured this man, being in every way satisfied with the conduct of his last years and his management of the business just described, honoured him with the most ample marks of their respect both during his life and after his death. And this universal verdict was fully justified. For if he had not elaborated and reduced to writing the laws relating to the administration of justice, everything would have been in a state of uncertainty and confusion. Therefore we must look upon this as the most glorious of the actions of Polybius.] . . .
Book 39, Part 9
39.17The Roman Proconsul, after the commissioners had left Achaia, having restored the holy places in the Isthmus and ornamented the temples in Olympia and Delphi, proceeded to make a tour of the cities, receiving marks of honour and proper gratitude in each. And indeed he deserved honour both public and private, for he conducted himself with self-restraint and disinterestedness, and administered his office with mildness, although he had great opportunities of enriching himself, and immense authority in Greece. And in fact in the points in which he was thought to have at all overlooked justice, he appears not to have done it for his own sake, but for that of his friends. And the most conspicuous instance of this was in the case of the Chalcidian horsemen whom he put to death. . . .
39.18Ptolemy, king of Syria, died from a wound received in the war: a man who, according to some, deserved great praise and abiding remembrance, and according to others the reverse. If any king before him ever was, he was mild and benevolent; a very strong proof of which is that he never put any of his own friends to death on any charge whatever; and I believe that not a single man at Alexandria either owed his death to him. Again, though he was notoriously ejected from his throne by his brother, in the first place, when he got a clear opportunity against him in Alexandria, he granted him a complete amnesty; and afterwards, when his brother once more made a plot against him to seize Cyprus, though he got him body and soul into his hands at Lapethus, he was so far from punishing him as an enemy, that he even made him grants in addition to those which formerly belonged to him in virtue of the treaty made between them, and moreover promised him his daughter. However, in the course of a series of successes and prosperity, his mind became corrupted; and he fell a prey to the dissoluteness and effeminacy characteristic of the Egyptians: and these vices brought him into serious disasters. . . .
39.19Having accomplished these objects, I returned home from Rome, having put, as it were, the finishing-stroke to my whole previous political actions, and obtained a worthy return for my constant loyalty to the Romans. Wherefore I make my prayers to all the gods that the rest of my life may continue in the same course and in the same prosperity; for I see only too well that Fortune is envious of mortals, and is most apt to show her power in those points in which a man fancies that he is most blest and most successful in life.
Book 39, Part 10
39.19Such was the result of my exertions. But having now arrived at the end of my whole work, I wish to recall to the minds of my readers the point from which I started, and the plan which I laid down at the commencement of my history, and then to give a summary of the entire subject. I announced then at starting that I should begin my narrative at the point where Timaeus left off, and that going cursorily over the events in Italy, Sicily, and Libya—since that writer has only composed a history of those places,—when I came to the time when Hannibal took over the command of the Carthaginian army; Philip son of Demetrius the kingdom of Macedonia; Cleomenes of Sparta was banished from Greece; Antiochus succeeded to the kingdom in Syria, and Ptolemy Philopator to that in Egypt,—I promised that starting once more from that period, namely the 139th Olympiad, I would give a general history of the world: marking out the periods of the Olympiads, separating the events of each year, and comparing the histories of the several countries by parallel narratives of each, up to the capture of Carthage, and the battle of the Achaeans and Romans in the Isthmus, and the consequent political settlement imposed on the Greeks. From all of which I said that students would learn a lesson of supreme interest and instructiveness. This was to ascertain how, and under what kind of polity, almost the whole inhabited world came under the single authority of Rome, a fact quite unparalleled in the past. These promises then having all been fulfilled, it only remains for me to state the periods embraced in my history, the number of my books, and how many go to make up my whole work. . . .
Contents — 210 sections
- Book 13, Part 1
- Book 13, Part 2
- Book 13, Part 3
- Book 13, Part 4
- Book 13, Part 5
- Book 13, Part 6
- Book 13, Part 7
- Book 13, Part 8
- Book 13, Part 9
- Book 14, Part 1
- Book 14, Part 2
- Book 14, Part 3
- Book 14, Part 4
- Book 14, Part 5
- Book 14, Part 6
- Book 14, Part 7
- Book 14, Part 8
- Book 15, Part 1
- Book 15, Part 2
- Book 15, Part 3
- Book 15, Part 4
- Book 15, Part 5
- Book 15, Part 6
- Book 15, Part 7
- Book 15, Part 8
- Book 15, Part 9
- Book 16, Part 1
- Book 16, Part 2
- Book 16, Part 3
- Book 16, Part 4
- Book 16, Part 5
- Book 16, Part 6
- Book 16, Part 7
- Book 16, Part 8
- Book 16, Part 9
- Book 18, Part 1
- Book 18, Part 2
- Book 18, Part 3
- Book 18, Part 4
- Book 18, Part 5
- Book 18, Part 6
- Book 18, Part 7
- Book 18, Part 8
- Book 18, Part 9
- Book 19, Part 1
- Book 20, Part 1
- Book 20, Part 2
- Book 20, Part 3
- Book 20, Part 4
- Book 20, Part 5
- Book 20, Part 6
- Book 20, Part 7
- Book 20, Part 8
- Book 20, Part 9
- Book 21, Part 1
- Book 21, Part 2
- Book 21, Part 3
- Book 21, Part 4
- Book 21, Part 5
- Book 21, Part 6
- Book 21, Part 7
- Book 21, Part 8
- Book 21, Part 9
- Book 22, Part 1
- Book 22, Part 2
- Book 22, Part 3
- Book 22, Part 4
- Book 22, Part 5
- Book 22, Part 6
- Book 22, Part 7
- Book 22, Part 8
- Book 22, Part 9
- Book 23, Part 1
- Book 23, Part 2
- Book 23, Part 3
- Book 23, Part 4
- Book 23, Part 5
- Book 23, Part 6
- Book 23, Part 7
- Book 23, Part 8
- Book 24, Part 1
- Book 24, Part 2
- Book 24, Part 3
- Book 24, Part 4
- Book 24, Part 5
- Book 24, Part 6
- Book 24, Part 7
- Book 24, Part 8
- Book 24, Part 9
- Book 25, Part 1
- Book 25, Part 2
- Book 25, Part 3
- Book 25, Part 4
- Book 25, Part 5
- Book 25, Part 6
- Book 25, Part 7
- Book 25, Part 8
- Book 25, Part 9
- Book 26, Part 1
- Book 26, Part 2
- Book 26, Part 3
- Book 26, Part 4
- Book 26, Part 5
- Book 26, Part 6
- Book 27, Part 1
- Book 27, Part 2
- Book 27, Part 3
- Book 27, Part 4
- Book 27, Part 5
- Book 27, Part 6
- Book 27, Part 7
- Book 27, Part 8
- Book 27, Part 9
- Book 28, Part 1
- Book 28, Part 2
- Book 28, Part 3
- Book 28, Part 4
- Book 28, Part 5
- Book 28, Part 6
- Book 28, Part 7
- Book 28, Part 8
- Book 29, Part 1
- Book 29, Part 2
- Book 29, Part 3
- Book 29, Part 4
- Book 29, Part 5
- Book 29, Part 6
- Book 29, Part 7
- Book 29, Part 8
- Book 29, Part 9
- Book 30, Part 1
- Book 30, Part 2
- Book 30, Part 3
- Book 30, Part 4
- Book 30, Part 5
- Book 30, Part 6
- Book 30, Part 7
- Book 30, Part 8
- Book 30, Part 9
- Book 31, Part 1
- Book 31, Part 2
- Book 31, Part 3
- Book 31, Part 4
- Book 31, Part 5
- Book 31, Part 6
- Book 31, Part 7
- Book 31, Part 8
- Book 32, Part 1
- Book 32, Part 2
- Book 32, Part 3
- Book 32, Part 4
- Book 32, Part 5
- Book 32, Part 6
- Book 32, Part 7
- Book 32, Part 8
- Book 32, Part 9
- Book 33, Part 1
- Book 33, Part 2
- Book 33, Part 3
- Book 33, Part 4
- Book 33, Part 5
- Book 33, Part 6
- Book 33, Part 7
- Book 33, Part 8
- Book 34, Part 1
- Book 34, Part 2
- Book 34, Part 3
- Book 34, Part 4
- Book 34, Part 5
- Book 34, Part 6
- Book 34, Part 7
- Book 34, Part 8
- Book 34, Part 9
- Book 35, Part 1
- Book 35, Part 2
- Book 35, Part 3
- Book 35, Part 4
- Book 35, Part 5
- Book 35, Part 6
- Book 35, Part 7
- Book 35, Part 8
- Book 35, Part 9
- Book 36, Part 1
- Book 36, Part 2
- Book 36, Part 3
- Book 36, Part 4
- Book 36, Part 5
- Book 36, Part 6
- Book 36, Part 7
- Book 36, Part 8
- Book 36, Part 9
- Book 37, Part 1
- Book 38, Part 1
- Book 38, Part 2
- Book 38, Part 3
- Book 38, Part 4
- Book 38, Part 5
- Book 38, Part 6
- Book 38, Part 7
- Book 38, Part 8
- Book 38, Part 9
- Book 39, Part 1
- Book 39, Part 2
- Book 39, Part 3
- Book 39, Part 4
- Book 39, Part 5
- Book 39, Part 6
- Book 39, Part 7
- Book 39, Part 8
- Book 39, Part 9
Book 13, Part 1
13.1.1ὅτι Αἰτωλοὶ διά τε τὴν συνέχειαν τῶν πολέμων καὶ διὰ τὴν πολυτέλειαν τῶν βίων ἔλαθον οὐ μόνον ἄλλους, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς κατάχρεοι γενηθέντες.
13.1.2διόπερ οἰκείως διακείμενοι πρὸς καινοτομίαν τῆς οἰκείας πολιτείας εἵλοντο νομογράφους Δωρίμαχον καὶ Σκόπαν,
13.1.3θεωροῦντες τούτους κατά τε τὰς προαιρέσεις κινητικοὺς ὑπάρχοντας καὶ κατὰ τὰς οὐσίας ἐνδεδεμένους εἰς πολλὰ τῶν βιωτικῶν συναλλαγμάτων. οἳ καὶ παραλαβόντες τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ἔγραψαν νόμους. —
13.1a.1ὅτι Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Αἰτωλὸς νομοθετοῦντος Δωριμάχου καὶ Σκόπα ἀντέλεγε τοῖς γραφομένοις, ἐκ πολλῶν ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὅτι παρʼ οἷς ἔφυ τοῦτο τὸ φυτόν, οὐδέποτε κατέληξε πρότερον ἢ μεγάλοις κακοῖς περιβαλεῖν τοὺς ἅπαξ αὐτῷ χρησαμένους· διόπερ ἠξίου μὴ μόνον πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἀποβλέπειν,
13.1a.2εἰ κουφισθήσονται τῶν ἐνεστώτων συναλλαγμάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον·
13.1a.3ἄτοπον γὰρ εἶναι πολεμοῦντας μὲν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα προΐεσθαι χάριν τῆς τῶν τέκνων ἀσφαλείας, βουλευομένους δὲ μηδένα ποιεῖσθαι λόγον τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνου. —
13.2.1ὅτι Σκόπας Αἰτωλῶν στρατηγὸς ἀποτυχὼν τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἧς χάριν ἐτόλμα γράφειν τοὺς νόμους, μετέωρος ἦν εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, ταῖς ἐκεῖθεν ἐλπίσι πεπεισμένος ἀναπληρώσειν τὰ λείποντα τοῦ βίου καὶ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ πλεῖον ἐπιθυμίαν, οὐκ εἰδὼς ὅτι,
13.2.2καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδρωπικῶν οὐδέποτε ποιεῖ παῦλαν οὐδὲ κόρον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἡ τῶν ἔξωθεν ὑγρῶν παράθεσις, ἐὰν μὴ τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ σώματι διάθεσιν ὑγιάσῃ τις, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οὐδὲ τὴν πρὸς τὸ πλεῖον ἐπιθυμίαν οἷόν τε κορέσαι μὴ οὐ τὴν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ κακίαν λόγῳ τινὶ διορθωσάμενον. ἐμφανέστατον δὲ τοῦτο συνέβη γενέσθαι περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, ὑπὲρ οὗ νῦν ὁ λόγος.
13.2.3τούτῳ γὰρ εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἀφικομένῳ πρὸς ταῖς ἐκ τῶν ὑπαίθρων ὠφελείαις, ὧν ἦν αὐτὸς κύριος διὰ τὸ πιστεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ὅλων, καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἑκάστης ὀψώνιον ἐξέθηκεν ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῷ μὲν δεκαμναιαῖον, τοῖς δʼ ἐπί τινος ἡγεμονίας μετʼ αὐτὸν τεταγμένοις μναιαῖον.
Book 13, Part 2
13.2.4ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐκ ἠρκεῖτο τούτοις, ὃς τὸ πρότερον προσκαρτερῶν τῷ πλείονι διετέλεσε,
13.2.5μέχρι διὰ τὴν ἀπληστίαν καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς διδοῦσι φθονηθεὶς τὸ πνεῦμα προσέθηκε τῷ χρυσίῳ. —
13.3.1ἐγένετο περὶ τὴν τοιαύτην κακοπραγμοσύνην, ἣν δὴ βασιλικὴν μὲν οὐδαμῶς οὐδεὶς ἂν εἶναι φήσειεν, ἀναγκαίαν δὲ βούλονται λέγειν ἔνιοι πρὸς τὸν πραγματικὸν τρόπον διὰ τὴν νῦν ἐπιπολάζουσαν κακοπραγμοσύνην.
13.3.2οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀρχαῖοι πολύ τι τοῦ τοιούτου μέρους ἐκτὸς ἦσαν· τοσοῦτο γὰρ ἀπηλλοτρίωντο τοῦ κακομηχανεῖν περὶ τοὺς φίλους χάριν τοῦ τῷ τοιούτῳ συναύξειν τὰς σφετέρας δυναστείας, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τοὺς πολεμίους ᾑροῦντο διʼ ἀπάτης νικᾶν,
13.3.3ὑπολαμβάνοντες οὐδὲν οὔτε λαμπρὸν οὐδὲ μὴν βέβαιον εἶναι τῶν κατορθωμάτων, ἐὰν μή τις ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς μαχόμενος ἡττήσῃ ταῖς ψυχαῖς τοὺς ἀντιταττομένους.
13.3.4διὸ καὶ συνετίθεντο πρὸς σφᾶς μήτʼ ἀδήλοις βέλεσι μήθʼ ἑκηβόλοις χρήσασθαι κατʼ ἀλλήλων, μόνην δὲ τὴν ἐκ χειρὸς καὶ συστάδην γινομένην μάχην ἀληθινὴν ὑπελάμβανον εἶναι κρίσιν πραγμάτων.
13.3.5ᾗ καὶ τοὺς πολέμους ἀλλήλοις προύλεγον καὶ τὰς μάχας, ὅτε πρόθοιντο διακινδυνεύειν, καὶ τοὺς τόπους, εἰς οὓς μέλλοιεν ἐξιέναι παραταξόμενοι.
13.3.6νῦν δὲ καὶ φαύλου φασὶν εἶναι στρατηγοῦ τὸ προφανῶς τι πράττειν τῶν πολεμικῶν.
13.3.7βραχὺ δέ τι λείπεται παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἴχνος ἔτι τῆς ἀρχαίας αἱρέσεως περὶ τὰ πολεμικά· καὶ γὰρ προλέγουσι τοὺς πολέμους καὶ ταῖς ἐνέδραις σπανίως χρῶνται καὶ τὴν μάχην ἐκ χειρὸς ποιοῦνται καὶ συστάδην.
Book 13, Part 3
13.3.8ταῦτα μὲν οὖν εἰρήσθω πρὸς τὸν ἐπιπολάζοντα νῦν ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον ἐν τῇ κακοπραγμοσύνῃ ζῆλον περὶ τοὺς ἡγουμένους ἔν τε ταῖς πολιτικαῖς καὶ πολεμικαῖς οἰκονομίαις.
13.4.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος Ἡρακλείδῃ μέν, καθάπερ ὑπόθεσιν δούς, ἐπέταξε φροντίζειν πῶς ἂν κακοποιήσαι καὶ διαφθείραι τὰς τῶν Ῥοδίων νῆας,
13.4.2εἰς δὲ τὴν Κρήτην πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαπέστειλε τοὺς ἐρεθιοῦντας καὶ παρορμήσοντας ἐπὶ τὸν κατὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων πόλεμον.
13.4.3ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης, ἄνθρωπος εὖ πεφυκὼς πρὸς τὸ κακόν, ἑρμαῖον ἡγησάμενος τὴν ἐπιταγήν, καὶ διανοηθεὶς ἅττα δήποτʼ οὖν παρʼ αὑτῷ, μετά τινα χρόνον ὥρμησε καὶ παρῆν καταπλέων εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον.
13.4.4συνέβαινε δὲ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην τοῦτον τὸ μὲν γένος ἀνέκαθεν εἶναι Ταραντῖνον, πεφυκέναι δʼ ἐκ βαναύσων καὶ χειροτεχνῶν ἀνθρώπων, μεγάλα δʼ ἐσχηκέναι προτερήματα πρὸς ἀπόνοιαν καὶ ῥᾳδιουργίαν·
13.4.5πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἀναφανδὸν τῷ σώματι παρεκέχρητο κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἡλικίαν, εἶτʼ ἀγχίνους ὑπῆρχε καὶ μνήμων, καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ταπεινοτέρους καταπληκτικώτατος καὶ τολμηρότατος, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας κολακικώτατος.
13.4.6οὗτος ἀρχῆθεν μὲν ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐξέπεσε δόξας τὸν Τάραντα πράττειν Ῥωμαίοις, οὐ πολιτικὴν ἔχων δύναμιν, ἀλλʼ ἀρχιτέκτων ὑπάρχων καὶ διά τινας ἐπισκευὰς τῶν τειχῶν κύριος γενόμενος τῶν κλειδῶν τῆς πύλης τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ μεσόγαιον φερούσης·
13.4.7καταφυγὼν δὲ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, καὶ πάλιν ἐκεῖθεν γράφων καὶ διαπεμπόμενος εἰς τὸν Τάραντα καὶ πρὸς Ἀννίβαν, ἐπεὶ καταφανὴς ἐγένετο, προαισθόμενος τὸ μέλλον αὖθις ἔφυγε πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον.
13.4.8παρʼ ᾧ τοιαύτην περιεποιήσατο πίστιν καὶ δύναμιν ὥστε τοῦ καταστραφῆναι τὴν τηλικαύτην βασιλείαν σχεδὸν αἰτιώτατος γεγονέναι. —
Book 13, Part 4
13.5.1Διαπιστοῦντες δʼ οἱ πρυτάνεις ἤδη τῷ Φιλίππῳ διὰ τὴν περὶ τὰ Κρητικὰ κακοπραγμοσύνην, καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην ὑπώπτευον ἐγκάθετον εἶναι. —
13.5.1ὁ δʼ εἰσελθὼν ἀπελογίζετο τὰς αἰτίας,
13.5.2διʼ ἃς πεφευγὼς εἴη τὸν Φίλιππον. —
13.5.3πᾶν γὰρ βουληθῆναι τὸν Φίλιππον ἀναδέξασθαι ἢ καταφανῆ γενέσθαι Ῥοδίοις τὴν ἐν τούτοις αὐτοῦ προαίρεσιν. ᾗ καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην ἀπέλυσε τῆς ὑποψίας. —
13.5.4καί μοι δοκεῖ μεγίστην θεὸν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἡ φύσις ἀποδεῖξαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ μεγίστην αὐτῇ προσθεῖναι δύναμιν.
13.5.5πάντων γοῦν αὐτὴν καταγωνιζομένων, ἐνίοτε καὶ πασῶν τῶν πιθανοτήτων μετὰ τοῦ ψεύδους ταττομένων, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως αὐτὴ διʼ αὑτῆς εἰς τὰς ψυχὰς εἰσδύεται τῶν ἀνθρώπων,
13.5.6καὶ ποτὲ μὲν παραχρῆμα δείκνυσι τὴν αὑτῆς δύναμιν, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἐπισκοτισθεῖσα, τέλος αὐτὴ διʼ ἑαυτῆς ἐπικρατεῖ καὶ καταγωνίζεται τὸ ψεῦδος, ὡς συνέβη γενέσθαι περὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην τὸν παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς Ῥόδον ἀφικόμενον. —
13.5.7ὅτι Δαμοκλῆς ὁ μετὰ Πυθίωνος πεμφθεὶς κατάσκοπος πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ὑπηρετικὸν ἦν σκεῦος εὐφυὲς καὶ πολλὰς ἔχον ἀφορμὰς εἰς πραγμάτων οἰκονομίαν. —
13.6.1ὁ δὲ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων τύραννος Νάβις, ἔτος ἤδη τρίτον ἔχων τὴν ἀρχήν, ὁλοσχερὲς μὲν οὐδὲν ἐπεβάλλετο πράττειν οὐδὲ τολμᾶν διὰ τὸ πρόσφατον εἶναι τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἧτταν τοῦ Μαχανίδου,
Book 13, Part 5
13.6.2καταβολὴν δʼ ἐποιεῖτο καὶ θεμέλιον ὑπεβάλλετο πολυχρονίου καὶ βαρείας τυραννίδος.
13.6.3διέφθειρε γὰρ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἄρδην ἐκ τῆς Σπάρτης, ἐφυγάδευσε δὲ τοὺς κατὰ πλέον πλούτῳ διαφέροντας ἢ δόξῃ προγονικῇ, τὰς δὲ τούτων οὐσίας καὶ γυναῖκας διεδίδου τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις καὶ τοῖς μισθοφόροις.
13.6.4οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν ἀνδροφόνοι καὶ παρασχίσται, λωποδύται, τοιχωρύχοι. καθόλου γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἡθροίζετο πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπιμελῶς ἐκ τῆς οἰκουμένης, οἷς ἄβατος ἦν ἡ θρέψασα διʼ ἀσέβειαν καὶ παρανομίαν.
13.6.5ὧν προστάτην [καὶ βασιλέα] αὑτὸν ἀναδείξας, καὶ χρώμενος δορυφόροις καὶ σωματοφύλαξι τούτοις, δῆλον ἔμελλε πολυχρόνιον ἔχειν τὴν ἐπʼ ἀσεβείᾳ φήμην καὶ δυναστείαν.
13.6.6ὅς γε χωρὶς τῶν προειρημένων οὐκ ἐξηρκεῖτο φυγαδεύειν τοὺς πολίτας, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῖς φεύγουσιν οὐδεὶς τόπος ἦν ἀσφαλὴς οὐδὲ καταφυγὴ βέβαιος.
13.6.7τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς ἐπαποστέλλων ἀνῄρει, τοὺς δʼ ἐκ τῶν τόπων ἐπανάγοντας ἐφόνευε.
13.6.8τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι τὰς σύνεγγυς οἰκίας, ὅπου τις τυγχάνοι κατοικῶν τῶν φυγάδων, μισθούμενος διʼ ἀνυπονοήτων ἀνθρώπων, εἰς ταύτας εἰσέπεμπε Κρῆτας, οἵτινες ῥήγματα ποιοῦντες ἐν τοῖς τοίχοις καὶ διὰ τῶν ὑπαρχουσῶν θυρίδων τοξεύοντες τοὺς μὲν ἑστῶτας τῶν φυγάδων, τοὺς δʼ ἀνακειμένους ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις οἰκίαις διέφθειρον,
13.6.9ὥστε μήτε τόπον εἶναι μηδένα φύξιμον μήτε καιρὸν ἀσφαλῆ τοῖς ταλαιπώροις Λακεδαιμονίοις.
13.7.1τρόπῳ τοὺς μὲν πλείστους αὐτῶν ἠφάνισε. κατεσκευάσατο δὲ καί τινα μηχανήν, εἰ μηχανὴν ταύτην χρὴ λέγειν.
Book 13, Part 6
13.7.2ἦν γὰρ εἴδωλον γυναικεῖον, πολυτελέσιν ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον, κατὰ δὲ τὴν μορφὴν εἰς ὁμοιότητα τῇ τοῦ Νάβιδος γυναικὶ διαφόρως ἀπειργασμένον.
13.7.3ὁπότε δέ τινας τῶν πολιτικῶν ἀνακαλέσαιτο, βουλόμενος εἰσπρᾶξαι χρήματα, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς διετίθετο λόγους πλείονας καὶ φιλανθρώπους,
13.7.4ὑποδεικνύων μὲν τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐπικρεμάμενον τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ τῇ πόλει φόβον, διασαφῶν δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μισθοφόρων τὸ τρεφόμενον τῆς ἐκείνων ἀσφαλείας χάριν, ἔτι δὲ τὰς εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τὰς κοινὰς τῆς πόλεως δαπάνας.
13.7.5εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐντρέποιντο διὰ τῶν τοιούτων λόγων, εἶχεν ἀποχρώντως αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον·
13.7.6εἰ δέ τινες ἐξαρνούμενοι διωθοῖντο τὴν ἐπιταγήν, ἐπεφθέγγετο λόγον τοιοῦτον "3ἴσως ἐγὼ μὲν οὐ δύναμαί σε πείθειν, Ἀπῆγαν μέντοι ταύτην δοκῶ σε πείσειν"3 τοῦτο δʼ ἦν ὄνομα τῇ γυναικὶ τοῦ Νάβιδος.
13.7.7καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔλεγε, καὶ παρῆν ὃ μικρῷ πρότερον ἔλεγον εἴδωλον.
13.7.8καὶ δεξιωσάμενος, ἐπειδὰν ἐκ τῆς καθέδρας ἀνέστησε τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ περιέπτυξε ταῖς χερσί, προσήγετο κατὰ βραχὺ πρὸς τὰ στέρνα.
13.7.9τοὺς δὲ πήχεις εἶχε καὶ τὰς χεῖρας πλήρεις σιδηρῶν γόμφων ὑπὸ τοῖς ἱματίοις, ὁμοίως καὶ κατὰ τοὺς μαστούς.
13.7.10ὅταν προσήρεισε ταῖς χερσὶ πρὸς τὰ νῶτα τῆς γυναικός, κἄπειτα διὰ τῶν ὀργάνων ἑλκόμενον ἐπέτεινε καὶ προσῆγε πρὸς τοὺς μαστοὺς κατʼ ἐλάχιστον, πᾶσαν ἠνάγκαζε φωνὴν προΐεσθαι τὸν πιεζόμενον.
Book 13, Part 7
13.7.11καὶ πολλοὺς δή τινας τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ διέφθειρε τῶν ἐξαρνουμένων.
13.8.1καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δʼ ἦν τούτοις ὅμοια καὶ σύστοιχα κατὰ τὴν ἀρχήν.
13.8.2ἐκοινώνει μὲν γὰρ τοῖς Κρησὶ τῶν κατὰ θάλατταν λῃστειῶν· εἶχε δὲ καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἱεροσύλους, ὁδοιδόκους, φονέας, οἷς μερίτης γινόμενος τῶν ἐκ τῆς ῥᾳδιουργίας λυσιτελῶν ὁρμητήριον καὶ καταφυγὴν παρείχετο τούτοις τὴν Σπάρτην.
13.8.3πλὴν κατά γε τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους ξένοι τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Βοιωτίας εἰς τὴν Λακεδαίμονα παρεπιδημήσαντες ἐψυχαγώγησάν τινα τῶν τοῦ Νάβιδος ἱπποκόμων ὥστε συναποχωρῆσαι μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντα λευκὸν ἵππον, ὃς ἐδόκει γενναιότατος εἶναι τῶν ἐκ τῆς τυραννικῆς ἱπποστάσεως.
13.8.4τοῦτο δὲ πεισθέντος καὶ πράξαντος τοῦ προειρημένου, καταδιώξαντες οἱ παρὰ τοῦ Νάβιδος εἰς τὴν Μεγάλην πόλιν καὶ καταλαβόντες τὸν μὲν ἵππον εὐθὺς ἀπῆγον καὶ τὸν ἱπποκόμον, οὐδενὸς ἀντιποιουμένου, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ τοῖς ξένοις ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας.
13.8.5οἱ δὲ Βοιωτοὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἠξίουν ἄγειν αὑτοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν· οὐδενὸς δὲ προσέχοντος ἀνεβόα τις τῶν ξένων "
13.8.63βοήθεια"3. συνδραμόντων δὲ τῶν ἐγχωρίων καὶ μαρτυρομένων τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπανάγειν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν, ἠναγκάσθησαν προιέμενοι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους οἱ παρὰ τοῦ Νάβιδος ἀπελθεῖν.
13.8.7ὁ δὲ πάλαι ζητῶν ἀφορμὰς ἐγκλημάτων καὶ πρόφασιν εὔλογον διαφορᾶς, τότε λαβόμενος ταύτης εὐθέως ἤλαυνε τὰ Προαγόρου θρέμματα καί τινων ἑτέρων. ἐξ ὧν ἐγένετο καταρχὴ τοῦ πολέμου.
13.9.1Λάβαι, ὡς Σάβαι, Χαττηνίας πόλις. Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Λαβαῖος ὡς Σαβαῖος. τῆς αὐτῆς χώρας ἀμφότεραι· ἡ γὰρ Χαττηνία τῶν Γερραίων ἐστὶ χώρα. —
Book 13, Part 8
13.9.1Χαττηνία, χώρα τρίτη Γερραίων.
13.9.2Πολύβιος ιγ# "3ἔστι δʼ ἡ Χαττηνία τἄλλα μὲν λυπρά, κώμαις δὲ καὶ πύργοις διεσκεύασται διὰ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν τῶν Γερραίων· οὗτοι γὰρ αὐτὴν νέμονται"
13.9.33. ἔστι δὲ τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης. οἱ πολῖται Χαττηνοί, ὡς αὐτός· "3τούτοις μὲν γὰρ παρήγγειλε φείδεσθαι τῆς τῶν Χαττηνῶν χώρασ"3. —
13.9.4οἱ δὲ Γερραῖοι ἀξιοῦσι τὸν βασιλέα μὴ καταλῦσαι τὰ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτοῖς δεδομένα, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἀΐδιον εἰρήνην καὶ ἐλευθερίαν. ὁ δὲ ἑρμηνευθείσης οἱ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ἔφη συγχωρεῖν τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις. —
13.9.5κυρωθείσης δὲ τῆς ἐλευθερίας τοῖς Γερραίοις ἐστεφάνωσαν παραχρῆμα τὸν Ἀντίοχον τὸν βασιλέα πεντακοσίοις ἀργυρίου ταλάντοις, χιλίοις δὲ λιβανωτοῦ καὶ διακοσίοις τῆς λεγομένης στακτῆς. καὶ ἐποίει τὸν πλοῦν ἐπὶ Τύλον τὴν νῆσον καὶ ἐποίει τὸν ἀπόπλουν ἐπὶ Σελευκείας. ἦσαν δὲ τὰ ἀρώματα ἐν τῇ Ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάττῃ.
13.10.1Βάδιζα, πόλις τῆς Βρεττίας, Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
13.10.2Λαμπέτεια, πόλις Βρεττίας, Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
13.10.3ἔστι γὰρ καὶ Ταμέση πόλις τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ ποταμός. Πολύβιος δʼ ἐν τῷ ιγ# Τεμέσειαν τὴν πόλιν καλεῖ.
13.10.4Ἀλλαρία, πόλις τῆς Κρήτης, Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῃ. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Ἀλλαριάτης, ὡς αὐτός φησιν.
Book 13, Part 9
13.10.d5Ἰλαττία, πόλις Κρήτης, Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
13.10.6Σίβυρτος, πόλις Κρήτης. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Σιβύρτιος, ὡς Πολύβιος ἐν τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
13.10.7Ἀδράνη, πόλις Θρᾴκης [...] Πολύβιος δὲ διὰ τοῦ 〈η〉 τὴν μέσην λέγει ἐν τρισκαιδεκάτῃ, Ἀδρήνη.
13.10.8Ἄρειον πεδίον [...] ἔστι καὶ Θρᾴκης ἔρημον πεδίον χαμαιπετῆ δένδρα ἔχον, ὡς Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῃ.
13.10.9Δίγηροι, ἔθνος Θρᾴκιον, Πολύβιος ιγ#.
13.10.10Καβύλη, πόλις Θρᾴκης οὐ πόρρω τῆς τῶν Ἀστῶν χώρας. Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῃ.
13.10.11Μελίτουσσα, πόλις Ἰλλυρίας. Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
Book 14, Part 1
14.1a.1ὅτι φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν βίβλων ὑποθετικῆς ἐξηγήσεως· ἴσως μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ πάσαις ταῖς ὀλυμπιάσιν αἱ προεκθέσεις τῶν πράξεων εἰς ἐπίστασιν ἄγουσι τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν γεγονότων, ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ μίαν σύνοψιν ἀγομένων τῶν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔργων·
14.1a.2οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τὰ κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ὀλυμπιάδα μάλιστα νομίζω συνεπιστήσειν τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας διὰ τὸ πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ Λιβύην πολέμους ἐν τούτοις τοῖς χρόνοις εἰληφέναι τὴν συντέλειαν· ὑπὲρ ὧν τίς οὐκ ἂν ἱστορῆσαι βουληθείη ποία τις ἡ καταστροφὴ καὶ τί τὸ τέλος αὐτῶν ἐγένετο;
14.1a.3φύσει γὰρ πάντες ἄνθρωποι, κἂν ὁλοσχερῶς παραδέχωνται τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἔργα καὶ λόγους, ὅμως ἑκάστων τὸ τέλος ἱμείρουσι μαθεῖν·
14.1a.4πρὸς δὲ τούτοις συμβαίνει καὶ τὰς προαιρέσεις τῶν βασιλέων ἐκφανεστάτας γεγονέναι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους· ἃ γὰρ πρότερον ἐλέγετο περὶ αὐτῶν, τότε σαφῶς ἐπεγνώσθη πάντα παρὰ πᾶσι καὶ τοῖς μηδʼ ὅλως ἐθέλουσι πολυπραγμονεῖν.
14.1a.5διὸ καὶ βουλόμενοι κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν ἔργων ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἐξήγησιν, οὐ τὰς ἐκ τῶν δυεῖν ἐτῶν πράξεις κατατετάχαμεν εἰς μίαν βύβλον, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων ἀποδεδώκαμεν.
14.1.1οἱ μὲν οὖν ὕπατοι περὶ ταύτας ἐγίνοντο τὰς πράξεις,
14.1.2ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ κατὰ τὴν παραχειμασίαν πυνθανόμενος ἐξαρτύειν στόλον τοὺς Καρχηδονίους, ἐγίνετο μὲν καὶ περὶ ταύτην τὴν παρασκευήν, οὐχ ἧττον δὲ καὶ περὶ τὴν τῆς Ἰτύκης πολιορκίαν.
14.1.3οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τῆς κατὰ τὸν Σόφακα τελέως ἐλπίδος ἀφίστατο, διεπέμπετο δὲ συνεχῶς διὰ τὸ μὴ πολὺ ἀφεστάναι τὰς δυνάμεις ἀλλήλων, πεπεισμένος μετακαλέσειν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν Καρχηδονίων συμμαχίας·
14.1.4οὐ γὰρ ἀπεγίνωσκε καὶ τῆς παιδίσκης αὐτὸν ἤδη κόρον ἔχειν, διʼ ἣν εἵλετο τὰ Καρχηδονίων, καὶ καθόλου τῆς πρὸς τοὺς Φοίνικας φιλίας διά τε τὴν φυσικὴν τῶν Νομάδων ἁψικορίαν καὶ διὰ τὴν πρός τε τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀθεσίαν.
14.1.5ὢν δὲ περὶ πολλὰ τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ ποικίλας ἔχων ἐλπίδας ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλοντος διὰ τὸ κατορρωδεῖν τὸν ἔξω κίνδυνον τῷ πολλαπλασίους εἶναι τοὺς ὑπεναντίους, ἐπελάβετό τινος ἀφορμῆς τοιαύτης.
14.1.6τῶν γὰρ διαπεμπομένων πρὸς τὸν Σόφακά τινες ἀνήγγειλαν αὐτῷ διότι συμβαίνει τοὺς μὲν Καρχηδονίους ἐκ παντοδαπῶν ξύλων καὶ φυλλάδος ἄνευ γῆς ἐν τῇ παραχειμασίᾳ κατεσκευακέναι τὰς σκηνάς,
14.1.7τῶν δὲ Νομάδων τοὺς μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐκ καλάμων, τοὺς δʼ ἐπισυναγομένους ἐκ τῶν πόλεων κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς φυλλάδος σκηνοποιεῖσθαι, τοὺς μὲν ἐντός, τοὺς δὲ πλείους αὐτῶν ἐκτὸς τῆς τάφρου καὶ τοῦ χάρακος.
14.1.8νομίσας οὖν ὁ Πόπλιος παραδοξοτάτην μὲν τοῖς πολεμίοις, πραγματικωτάτην δὲ σφίσιν εἶναι τὴν διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐπιβολήν, ἐγένετο περὶ ταύτην τὴν κατασκευήν.
14.1.9ὁ δὲ Σόφαξ ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὸν Πόπλιον διαποστολαῖς ἀεί πως ἐπὶ ταύτην κατήντα τὴν γνώμην ὅτι δέοι Καρχηδονίους μὲν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, Ῥωμαίους δὲ παραπλησίως ἐκ τῆς Λιβύης, τὰ δὲ μεταξὺ τούτων ἔχειν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς τότε κατεῖχον.
14.1.10ὧν ὁ Πόπλιος ἀκούων ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τοῦ χρόνοις οὐδαμῶς ἀνείχετο· τότε δὲ τῷ Νομάδι βραχεῖαν ἔμφασιν ἐποιήσατο διὰ τῶν ἀποστελλομένων ὡς οὐκ ἀδυνάτου τῆς ἐπιβολῆς οὔσης, ἧς ἐπιβάλλεται.
14.1.11διʼ οὗ συνέβη τὸν Σόφακα κουφισθέντα πολλαπλασίως ἐπιρρωσθῆναι πρὸς τὴν ἐπιπλοκήν.
14.1.12οὗ γινομένου πλείους ἦσαν οἱ διαπεμπόμενοι καὶ πλεονάκις· ἔστι δʼ ὅτε καί τινας ἡμέρας ἔμενον παρʼ ἀλλήλοις ἀπαρατηρήτως.
Book 14, Part 2
14.1.13ἐν αἷς ὁ Πόπλιος ἀεί τινας μὲν τῶν πραγματικῶν, οὓς δὲ καὶ στρατιωτικῶν, ῥυπῶντας καὶ ταπεινούς, εἰς δουλικὰς ἐσθῆτας διασκευάζων, μετὰ τῶν ἀποστελλομένων ἐξέπεμπε χάριν τοῦ τὰς προσόδους καὶ τὰς εἰσόδους τὰς εἰς ἑκατέραν τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἀσφαλῶς ἐξερευνῆσαι καὶ κατοπτεῦσαι.
14.1.14δύο γὰρ ἦσαν στρατοπεδεῖαι, μία μὲν ἣν Ἀσδρούβας εἶχε μετὰ πεζῶν τρισμυρίων καὶ τρισχιλίων ἱππέων, ἄλλη δὲ περὶ δέκα σταδίους ἀφεστῶσα ταύτης, ἡ τῶν Νομάδων, ἱππεῖς μὲν εἰς μυρίους ἔχουσα, πεζοὺς δὲ περὶ πεντακισμυρίους.
14.1.15ἣ δὴ καὶ μᾶλλον εὐέφοδος ἦν καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς εἶχε τελέως εὐφυεῖς πρὸς ἐμπυρισμὸν διὰ τὸ τοὺς Νομάδας, ὡς ἀρτίως εἶπον, μὴ διὰ ξύλων μηδὲ διὰ γῆς, ἁπλῶς δὲ κάνναις καὶ καλάμοις χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰς σκηνοποιίας.
14.2.1ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὰ μὲν τῆς ἐαρινῆς ὥρας ὑπέφαινεν ἤδη, τῷ δὲ Σκιπίωνι πάντα διηρεύνητο πρὸς τὴν προειρημένην ἐπιβολὴν τὰ κατὰ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους,
14.2.2τὰς μὲν νῆας καθεῖλκε καὶ μηχανὰς κατεσκεύαζε ταύταις ὡς πολιορκήσων ἐκ θαλάττης τὴν Ἰτύκην, τοῖς δὲ πεζοῖς,
14.2.3οὖσιν ὡς δισχιλίοις, κατελάβετο πάλιν τὸν ὑπὲρ τὴν πόλιν κείμενον λόφον, καὶ τοῦτον ὠχυροῦτο καὶ διετάφρευε πολυτελῶς,
14.2.4τοῖς μὲν ὑπεναντίοις ποιῶν φαντασίαν ὡς τοῦτο πράττων τῆς πολιορκίας ἕνεκα, τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ βουλόμενος ἐφεδρεύειν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν τῆς πράξεως καιρόν, ἵνα μὴ τῶν στρατοπέδων ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς χωρισθέντων οἱ τὴν Ἰτύκην παραφυλάττοντες στρατιῶται τολμήσαιεν ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐγχειρεῖν τῷ χάρακι διὰ τὸ σύνεγγυς εἶναι, καὶ πολιορκεῖν τοὺς φυλάττοντας.
14.2.5ταῦτα δὲ παρασκευαζόμενος ἅμα διεπέμπετο πρὸς τὸν Σόφακα, πυνθανόμενος, ἐὰν συγχωρῇ τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις, εἰ καὶ τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ἔσται ταῦτα κατὰ νοῦν καὶ μὴ πάλιν ἐκεῖνοι φήσουσι βουλεύσεσθαι περὶ τῶν συγχωρουμένων.
14.2.6ἅμα δὲ τούτοις προσενετείλατο τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς μὴ πρότερον ὡς αὑτὸν ἀπιέναι πρὶν ἢ λαβεῖν ἀπόκρισιν ὑπὲρ τούτων.
14.2.7ὧν ἀφικομένων διακούσας ὁ Νομὰς ἐπείσθη διότι πρὸς τὸ συντελεῖν ἐστι τὰς διαλύσεις ὁ Σκιπίων, ἔκ τε τοῦ φάναι τοὺς πρέσβεις μὴ πρότερον ἀπαλλαγήσεσθαι πρὶν ἢ λαβεῖν παρʼ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις, ἔκ τε τοῦ διευλαβεῖσθαι τὴν τῶν Καρχηδονίων συγκατάθεσιν.
14.2.8διὸ καὶ πρὸς μὲν τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔπεμπε, διασαφῶν τὰ γινόμενα καὶ παρακαλῶν δέχεσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην, αὐτὸς δὲ ῥᾳθύμως διῆγε, καὶ τοὺς ἐπισυναγομένους Νομάδας ἐκτὸς εἴα τῆς παρεμβολῆς αὐτοῦ κατασκηνοῦν.
14.2.9ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἐπίφασιν ἐποίει τὸ παραπλήσιον, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα περὶ τὰς παρασκευὰς ἦν.
14.2.10ἐπειδὴ δὲ παρὰ μὲν τῶν Καρχηδονίων τῷ Σόφακι διεσαφήθη συντελεῖν τὰ κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας, ὁ δὲ Νομὰς περιχαρὴς ὢν εἶπε τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς ὑπὲρ τούτων, εὐθέως οἱ πρέσβεις ἀπῄεσαν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν, μηνύσοντες τῷ Ποπλίῳ τὰ πραχθέντα παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.
14.2.11ὧν ἀκούσας ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς αὖθις ἐκ ποδὸς ἔπεμπε πρέσβεις, δηλώσοντας τῷ Σόφακι διότι συμβαίνει τὸν μὲν Πόπλιον εὐδοκεῖν καὶ σπουδάζειν ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης, τοὺς δʼ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ διαφέρεσθαι καὶ φάναι διαμένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων·
14.2.12οἳ καὶ παραγενόμενοι διεσάφησαν ταῦτα τῷ Νομάδι.
14.2.13τὴν δʼ ἀποστολὴν ταύτην ὁ Σκιπίων ἐποιήσατο χάριν τοῦ μὴ δόξαι παρασπονδεῖν, ἐὰν ἔτι μενούσης τῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν διαλύσεων ἐπικηρυκείας πρὸς ἀλλήλους πράξῃ τι τῶν πολεμικῶν ἔργων.
14.2.14γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἀπορρήσεως ταύτης ἅπαν τὸ γινόμενον ἀνεπίληπτον ἕξειν ὑπέλαβε τὴν προαίρεσιν.
Book 14, Part 3
14.3.1ὁ δὲ Σόφαξ ταῦτα διακούσας ἔφερε μὲν δυσχερῶς διὰ τὸ προκατηλπικέναι περὶ τῶν διαλύσεων, συνῄει δὲ πρὸς τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν εἰς λόγους, καὶ διεσάφει τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων αὐτῷ προσαγγελλόμενα.
14.3.2περὶ ὧν πολλὰ διαπορήσαντες ἐβουλεύοντο πῶς σφίσι καθήκει χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἑξῆς πράγμασι, πλεῖστον ἀπέχοντες ταῖς ἐννοίαις καὶ ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς τοῦ μέλλοντος·
14.3.3περὶ φυλακῆς μὲν γὰρ ἢ τοῦ πείσεσθαί τι δεινὸν οὐδʼ ἡντινοῦν εἶχον πρόληψιν, περὶ δὲ τοῦ δρᾶσαί τι καὶ προκαλέσασθαι τοὺς πολεμίους εἰς ὁμαλὸν τόπον πολλή τις ἦν αὐτῶν ὁρμὴ καὶ προθυμία.
14.3.4Πόπλιος δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς ὑπεδείκνυε διά τε τῆς παρασκευῆς καὶ τῶν παραγγελμάτων ὡς κατὰ τῆς Ἰτύκης ἔχων πρᾶξιν,
14.3.5τῶν δὲ χιλιάρχων τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους καὶ πιστοτάτους καλέσας περὶ μέσον ἡμέρας ἐξέθηκε τὴν ἐπιβολήν, καὶ παρήγγειλε δειπνοποιησαμένους καθʼ ὥραν ἐξάγειν τὰ στρατόπεδα πρὸ τοῦ χάρακος, ἐπειδὰν κατὰ τὸν ἐθισμὸν οἱ σαλπιγκταὶ σημαίνωσιν ἅμα πάντες·
14.3.6ἔστι γὰρ ἔθος Ῥωμαίοις κατὰ τὸν τοῦ δείπνου καιρὸν τοὺς βυκανητὰς καὶ σαλπιγκτὰς πάντας σημαίνειν παρὰ τὴν τοῦ στρατηγοῦ σκηνήν, χάριν τοῦ τὰς νυκτερινὰς φυλακὰς κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἵστασθαι κατὰ τοὺς ἰδίους τόπους.
14.3.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς κατασκόπους ἀνακαλεσάμενος, οὓς ἐτύγχανε διαπεμπόμενος εἰς τὰ τῶν πολεμίων στρατόπεδα, συνέκρινε καὶ διηρεύνα τὰ λεγόμενα περί τε τῶν προσβάσεων καὶ τῶν εἰσόδων τῶν εἰς τὰς παρεμβολάς, χρώμενος ἐπικριτῇ τῶν λεγομένων καὶ συμβούλῳ Μασαννάσᾳ διὰ τὴν τῶν τόπων ἐμπειρίαν.
14.4.1ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντʼ ἦν εὐτρεπῆ τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν αὐτῷ τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν, ἀπολιπὼν τοὺς ἱκανοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους ἐπὶ τῆς παρεμβολῆς, ἀναλαβὼν τὰς δυνάμεις προῆγεν ἄρτι ληγούσης τῆς πρώτης φυλακῆς· περὶ γὰρ ἑξήκοντα σταδίους ἀπεῖχον οἱ πολέμιοι.
14.4.2συνεγγίσας δὲ τοῖς πολεμίοις περὶ τρίτην φυλακὴν λήγουσαν, Γαίῳ μὲν Λαιλίῳ καὶ Μασαννάσᾳ τοὺς ἡμίσεις ἀπονείμας τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ πάντας τοὺς Νομάδας ἐπέταξε ποιεῖσθαι τὴν προσβολὴν πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Σόφακος χάρακα,
14.4.3παρακαλέσας ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς γενέσθαι καὶ μηδὲν εἰκῇ πράττειν, σαφῶς εἰδότας ὅτι, καθʼ ὅσον ἐμποδίζει καὶ κωλύει τὰ τῆς ὁράσεως τὸ σκότος, κατὰ τοσοῦτον δεῖ συνεκπληροῦν τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ τῇ τόλμῃ τὰς νυκτερινὰς ἐπιβολάς·
14.4.4αὐτὸς δὲ τὴν λοιπὴν στρατιὰν ἀναλαβὼν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ὁρμὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν. ἦν δʼ αὐτῷ συλλελογισμένον μὴ πρότερον ἐγχειρεῖν, ἕως ἂν οἱ περὶ τὸν Λαίλιον πρῶτοι τὸ πῦρ ἐμβάλωσι τοῖς πολεμίοις.
14.4.5οὗτος μὲν τοιαύτας ἔχων ἐπινοίας βάδην ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Λαίλιον εἰς δύο μέρη σφᾶς αὐτοὺς διελόντες ἅμα προσέβαλλον τοῖς πολεμίοις.
14.4.6τῆς δὲ τῶν σκηνῶν διαθέσεως οἷον ἐπίτηδες πρὸς ἐμπυρισμὸν κατεσκευασμένης, καθάπερ ἀνώτερον εἶπον, ὡς οἱ προηγούμενοι τὸ πῦρ ἐνέβαλλον, κατανεμηθὲν εἰς τὰς πρώτας σκηνὰς εὐθέως ἀβοήθητον ἐποίει τὸ κακὸν διά τε τὴν συνέχειαν τῶν σκηνῶν καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς ὑποκειμένης ὕλης.
14.4.7ὁ μὲν οὖν Λαίλιος ἔχων ἐφεδρείας τάξιν ἔμενεν· ὁ δὲ Μασαννάσας εἰδὼς τοὺς τόπους, καθʼ οὓς ἔμελλον οἱ φεύγοντες τὸ πῦρ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν, ἐν τούτοις ἐπέστησε τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτας.
14.4.8τῶν δὲ Νομάδων οὐδεὶς ἁπλῶς συνυπώπτευσε τὸ γινόμενον, οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ὁ Σόφαξ, ἀλλʼ ὡς αὐτομάτως ἐμπεπρησμένου τοῦ χάρακος, ταύτην ἔσχον τὴν διάληψιν.
14.4.9ὅθεν ἀνυπονοήτως οἱ μὲν ἐκ τῶν ὕπνων, οἱ δʼ ἀκμὴν ἔτι μεθυσκόμενοι καὶ πίνοντες ἐξεπήδων ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν.
14.4.10καὶ πολλοὶ μὲν ὑφʼ αὑτῶν περὶ τὰς τοῦ χάρακος ἐξόδους συνεπατήθησαν, πολλοὶ δὲ περικαταληφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς φλογὸς κατεπρήσθησαν· οἱ δὲ καὶ διαφυγόντες τὴν φλόγα, πάντες εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐμπίπτοντες, οὔθʼ ὃ πάσχουσιν οὔθʼ ὃ ποιοῦσι γινώσκοντες διεφθείροντο.
Book 14, Part 4
14.5.1κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι, θεωροῦντες τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐξαιρομένης φλογός, ὑπολαβόντες αὐτομάτως ἀνῆφθαι τὸν τῶν Νομάδων χάρακα, τινὲς μὲν ἐβοήθουν ἐξ αὐτῆς,
14.5.2οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ πάντες ἐκτρέχοντες ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς ἄνοπλοι συνίσταντο πρὸ τῆς ἰδίας στρατοπεδείας, ἐκπλαγεῖς ὄντες ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις.
14.5.3ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων, τῶν πραγμάτων ὡς ἂν εἰ κατʼ εὐχὴν αὐτῷ προχωρησάντων, ἐπιπεσὼν τοῖς ἐξεληλυθόσιν, οὓς μὲν ἐφόνευεν, οὓς δὲ καταδιώκων ἅμα τὸ πῦρ ἐνέβαλλε ταῖς σκηναῖς.
14.5.4οὗ γενομένου παραπλήσια συνέβαινε πάσχειν τοὺς Φοίνικας ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τῆς ὅλης περιστάσεως τοῖς ἄρτι ῥηθεῖσι περὶ τῶν Νομάδων.
14.5.5οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν τοῦ μὲν τῷ πυρὶ βοηθεῖν αὐτόθεν εὐθέως ἀπέστησαν, γνόντες ἐκ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος ὅτι καὶ περὶ τοὺς Νομάδας οὐκ αὐτομάτως, καθάπερ ὑπέλαβον, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς τῶν πολεμίων ἐπιβολῆς καὶ τόλμης ἐγεγόνει τὸ δεινόν·
14.5.6ἐγίνοντο δὲ περὶ τὸ σῴζειν ἑαυτούς, βραχείας σφίσι καὶ περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἐλπίδος ἔτι καταλειπομένης.
14.5.7τό τε γὰρ πῦρ ταχέως ἐπενέμετο καὶ περιελάμβανε πάντας τοὺς τόπους, αἵ τε δίοδοι πλήρεις ἦσαν ἵππων, ὑποζυγίων, ἀνδρῶν, τῶν μὲν ἡμιθνήτων καὶ διεφθαρμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρός, τῶν δʼ ἐξεπτοημένων καὶ παρεστώτων ταῖς διανοίαις,
14.5.8ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἀνδραγαθεῖν προαιρουμένοις ἐμπόδια ταῦτα γίνεσθαι, καὶ διὰ τὴν ταραχὴν καὶ σύγχυσιν ἀνέλπιστον εἶναι τὴν σωτηρίαν.
14.5.9παραπλήσια δὲ τούτοις ἦν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν Σόφακα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἡγεμόνας. πλὴν οὗτοι μὲν ἀμφότεροι μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων ἐξέσωσαν αὑτούς·
14.5.10αἱ δὲ λοιπαὶ μυριάδες ἀνδρῶν, ἵππων, ὑποζυγίων, ἀτυχῶς μὲν καὶ ἐλεεινῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀπώλλυντο·
14.5.11αἰσχρῶς δὲ καὶ ἐπονειδίστως ἔνιοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς βίαν φεύγοντες, ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων διεφθείροντο, χωρὶς οὐ μόνον τῶν ὅπλων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἱματίων, γυμνοὶ φονευόμενοι.
14.5.12καθόλου δὲ πᾶς ἦν ὁ τόπος οἰμωγῆς, βοῆς ἀτάκτου, φόβου, ψόφου παρηλλαγμένου, σὺν δὲ τούτοις πυρὸς ἐνεργοῦ καὶ φλογὸς ὑπερβαλλούσης πλήρης·
14.5.13ὧν ἓν ἱκανὸν [ὂν] ἐκπλῆξαι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, μηδʼ ὅτι καὶ πάνθʼ ὁμοῦ συγκυρήσαντα παραδόξως.
14.5.14διὸ καὶ τὸ γεγονὸς οὐδὲ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν εἰκάσαι δυνατὸν οὐδενὶ τῶν ὄντων ἐστίν· οὕτως ὑπερπεπαίκει τῇ δεινότητι πάσας τὰς προειρημένας πράξεις.
14.5.15ᾗ καὶ πολλῶν καὶ καλῶν διειργασμένων Σκιπίωνι κάλλιστον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ τοῦτο τοὔργον καὶ παραβολώτατον τῶν ἐκείνῳ πεπραγμένων
14.6.1οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπιγενομένης, καὶ τῶν πολεμίων τῶν μὲν ἀπολωλότων, τῶν δὲ προτροπάδην πεφευγότων, παρακαλέσας τοὺς χιλιάρχους ἐκ ποδὸς ἐπηκολούθει.
14.6.2τὰς μὲν οὖν ἀρχὰς ὁ Καρχηδόνιος ὑπέμενε, καίπερ αὐτῷ προσαγγελίας γενομένης· τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίει πιστεύων τῇ τῆς πόλεως ὀχυρότητι.
Book 14, Part 5
14.6.3μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συνθεωρήσας τοὺς ἐγχωρίους στασιάζοντας, καταπλαγεὶς τὴν ἔφοδον τοῦ Σκιπίωνος, ἔφευγε μετὰ τῶν διασεσωσμένων· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν ἱππεῖς μὲν οὐκ ἐλάττους πεντακοσίων, πεζοὶ δὲ περὶ δισχιλίους.
14.6.4οἱ δʼ ἐγχώριοι συμφρονήσαντες ἐπέτρεψαν περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις.
14.6.5ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος τούτων μὲν ἐφείσατο, δύο δὲ τὰς παρακειμένας πόλεις ἐφῆκε τοῖς στρατοπέδοις διαρπάζειν, καὶ ταῦτα διαπραξάμενος αὖθις ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπανῄει παρεμβολήν.
14.6.6οἱ δὲ Καρχηδόνιοι, παλιντρόπου τῆς ἐλπίδος αὐτοῖς ἀποβαινούσης πρὸς τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπιβολάς, βαρέως ἔφερον τὸ γεγονός·
14.6.7ἐλπίσαντες γὰρ πολιορκήσειν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους συγκλείσαντες εἰς τὴν ἄκραν τὴν προσοῦσαν τῆς Ἰτύκης, ἐν ᾗ τὴν παραχειμασίαν ἐποιοῦντο, κατὰ γῆν μὲν τοῖς πεζοῖς στρατεύμασι, κατὰ θάλατταν δὲ ταῖς ναυτικαῖς δυνάμεσι, καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο πάσας ἡτοιμακότες τὰς παρασκευάς,
14.6.8ἅμα τῷ μὴ μόνον τῶν ὑπαίθρων οὕτως ἀλόγως καὶ παραδόξως ἐκχωρῆσαι τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη προσδοκᾶν κίνδυνον, τελέως ἐκπλαγεῖς ἦσαν καὶ περίφοβοι ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
14.6.9οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀναγκαζόντων ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν καὶ βουλὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἦν τὸ συνέδριον ἀπορίας καὶ ποικίλων καὶ τεταραγμένων ἐπινοημάτων πλῆρες.
14.6.10οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἔφασαν δεῖν πέμπειν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀννίβαν καὶ καλεῖν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας, ὡς μιᾶς ἔτι καταλειπομένης ἐλπίδος τῆς ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ στρατηγῷ καὶ ταῖς μετʼ ἐκείνου δυνάμεσιν,
14.6.11οἱ δὲ διαπρεσβεύεσθαι πρὸς τὸν Πόπλιον ὑπὲρ ἀνοχῶν καὶ λαλεῖν ὑπὲρ διαλύσεων καὶ συνθηκῶν, ἕτεροι δὲ θαρρεῖν καὶ συνάγειν τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ διαπέμπεσθαι πρὸς τὸν Σόφακα·
14.6.12καὶ γὰρ πλησίον αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Ἄββαν ἀποκεχωρηκέναι, συναθροίζειν δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κινδύνου διαφυγόντας. καὶ δὴ καὶ τέλος αὕτη τῶν γνωμῶν ἐπεκράτησεν.
14.6.12οὗτοι μὲν οὖν τάς τε δυνάμεις ἥθροιζον,
14.6.13ἐκπέμψαντες τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν, καὶ διεπέμψαντο πρὸς τὸν Σόφακα, δεόμενοι σφίσι βοηθεῖν καὶ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πρόθεσιν, ὡς αὐτίκα μάλα τοῦ στρατηγοῦ μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων
14.7.1πρὸς αὐτὸν συνάψοντος· ὁ δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς ἐγίνετο μὲν καὶ περὶ τὴν τῆς Ἰτύκης πολιορκίαν, τὸ δὲ πλεῖον, ἀκούων ἐπιμένειν τὸν Σόφακα καὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους πάλιν ἁθροίζειν στρατιάν, ἐξῆγε τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ παρενέβαλλε πρὸ τῆς Ἰτύκης. ἅμα δὲ καὶ νείμας τῶν λαφύρων
14.7.2τοὺς μὲν ἐμπόρους ἐξαπέστειλε
14.7.3λυσιτελῶς· καλῆς γὰρ τῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων ἐλπίδος ὑπογραφομένης ἐκ τοῦ γεγονότος εὐτυχήματος, ἑτοίμως τὴν παροῦσαν ὠφέλειαν οἱ στρατιῶται παρʼ οὐδὲν ποιούμενοι διετίθεντο τοῖς ἐμπόροις.
14.7.4τῷ δὲ βασιλεῖ τῶν Νομάδων καὶ τοῖς φίλοις τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐδόκει κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀναχώρησιν·
14.7.5τῶν δὲ Κελτιβήρων αὐτοῖς ἀπαντησάντων περὶ τὴν Ἄββαν, οἵτινες ἐτύγχανον ὑπὸ τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἐξενολογημένοι, πλείους ὄντες τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, πιστεύοντες ταῖς χερσὶ ταύταις οὕτως ἐπέστησαν καὶ βραχύ τι ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐθάρρησαν.
Book 14, Part 6
14.7.6σὺν δὲ τούτοις ἅμα καὶ τῆς παιδίσκης, ἥτις ἦν θυγάτηρ μὲν Ἀσδρούβου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, γυνὴ δὲ τοῦ Σόφακος, καθάπερ ἐπάνω. προεῖπον, δεομένης καὶ λιπαρούσης μεῖναι καὶ μὴ καταλιπεῖν ἐν τοιούτοις καιροῖς τοὺς Καρχηδονίους, ἐπείσθη καὶ προσέσχε τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις ὁ Νομάς.
14.7.7οὐ μικρὰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους ἐλπίζειν παρεσκεύασαν οἱ Κελτίβηρες· ἀντὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν τετρακισχιλίων μυρίους αὑτοὺς ἀπήγγελλον εἶναι, κατὰ δὲ τοὺς κινδύνους ἀνυποστάτους ὑπάρχειν καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς καὶ τοῖς καθοπλισμοῖς.
14.7.8ἐκ δὲ ταύτης τῆς φήμης καὶ τῆς χυδαίου καὶ πανδήμου λαλιᾶς μετεωρισθέντες οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι διπλασίως ἐπερρώσθησαν πρὸς τὸ πάλιν ἀντιποιήσασθαι τῶν ὑπαίθρων.
14.7.9καὶ τέλος ἐν ἡμέραις τριάκοντα περὶ τὰ Μεγάλα πεδία καλούμενα βαλόμενοι χάρακα συνεστρατοπέδευον ὁμοῦ τοῖς Νομάσι καὶ τοῖς Κελτίβηρσιν, ὄντες οὐκ ἐλάττους οἱ πάντες τρισμυρίων.
14.8.1ὧν διασαφηθέντων εἰς τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατόπεδον εὐθέως ὁ Πόπλιος ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον, καὶ συντάξας τοῖς πολιορκοῦσι τὴν Ἰτύκην ἃ δέον ἦν πράττειν καὶ τοῖς κατὰ θάλατταν ἐξώρμησε, τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ἔχων εὔζωνον.
14.8.2ἀφικόμενος δὲ πεμπταῖος ἐπὶ τὰ Μεγάλα πεδία καὶ συνεγγίσας τοῖς πολεμίοις, τὴν μὲν πρώτην ἡμέραν ἐπί τινος λόφου κατεστρατοπέδευσε, περὶ τριάκοντα σταδίους ἀποσχὼν τῶν πολεμίων,
14.8.3τῇ δʼ ἑξῆς καταβὰς εἰς τὰ πεδία καὶ προθέμενος τοὺς ἱππέας ἐν ἑπτὰ σταδίοις παρενέβαλε.
14.8.4δύο δὲ τὰς κατὰ πόδας ἡμέρας μείναντες καὶ βραχέα διὰ τῶν ἀκροβολισμῶν καταπειράσαντες ἀλλήλων, τῇ τετάρτῃ κατὰ πρόθεσιν ἐξῆγον ἀμφότεροι καὶ παρενέβαλλον τὰς δυνάμεις.
14.8.5ὁ μὲν οὖν Πόπλιος ἁπλῶς κατὰ τὸ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἔθος ἔθηκε πρῶτον μὲν τὰς τῶν ἁστάτων σημαίας, ἐπὶ δὲ ταύταις τὰς τῶν πριγκίπων, τελευταίας δʼ ἐπέστησε κατόπιν τὰς τῶν τριαρίων·
14.8.6τῶν δʼ ἱππέων τοὺς μὲν Ἰταλικοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν ἔθηκε, τοὺς δὲ Νομάδας καὶ Μασαννάσαν ἐπὶ τὸ λαιόν.
14.8.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Σόφακα καὶ τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν τοὺς μὲν Κελτίβηρας μέσους ἔταξαν ἀντίους ταῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων σπείραις, τοὺς δὲ Νομάδας ἐξ εὐωνύμου, τοὺς δὲ Καρχηδονίους ἐκ τῶν δεξιῶν.
14.8.8ἅμα δὲ τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν πρώτην ἔφοδον εὐθέως οἱ Νομάδες ἐνέκλιναν τοὺς Ἰταλικοὺς ἱππεῖς, οἵ τε Καρχηδόνιοι τοὺς περὶ τὸν Μασαννάσαν, ἅτε πλεονάκις ἤδη προηττημένοι ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
14.8.9οἱ δὲ Κελτίβηρες ἐμάχοντο γενναίως, συστάντες τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις. οὔτε γὰρ φεύγοντες ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας εἶχον διὰ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τῶν τόπων οὔτε ζωγρίᾳ κρατηθέντες διὰ τὴν ἀθεσίαν τὴν εἰς τὸν Πόπλιον·
14.8.10οὐδὲν γὰρ πολέμιον πεπονθότες ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὰς ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ πράξεις ἀδίκως ἐφαίνοντο καὶ παρασπόνδως ἥκειν κατὰ Ῥωμαίων συμμαχήσοντες τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις.
14.8.11οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἅμα τῷ κλῖναι τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν κεράτων ταχέως κυκλωθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν πριγκίπων καὶ τριαρίων αὐτοῦ κατεκόπησαν πάντες πλὴν τελέως ὀλίγων.
14.8.12οἱ μὲν οὖν Κελτίβηρες τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἀπώλοντο, μεγάλην [παρʼ ὅλην] παρασχόμενοι χρείαν τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν μάχην, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν φυγήν.
14.8.13εἰ μὴ γὰρ τοῦτʼ ἐμπόδιον ἐγένετο τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ἀλλʼ εὐθέως ἐκ ποδὸς ἠκολούθησαν τοῖς φεύγουσι, παντελῶς ἂν ὀλίγοι διέφυγον τῶν ὑπεναντίων.
Book 14, Part 7
14.8.14νῦν δὲ περὶ τούτους γενομένης ἐπιστάσεως οἵ τε περὶ τὸν Σόφακα μετὰ τῶν ἱππέων ἀσφαλῶς ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἀποχώρησιν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, οἵ τε περὶ τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν μετὰ τῶν διασῳζομένων εἰς τὴν Καρχηδόνα.
14.9.1ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ἐπεὶ τὰ σκῦλα καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους εὐτρεπεῖς ἔθετο, συγκαλέσας τὸ συνέδριον ἐβουλεύετο περὶ τῶν ἑξῆς, τί δέον ἦν ποιεῖν.
14.9.2ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς τὸν μὲν στρατηγὸν Πόπλιον καὶ μέρος τι τῆς δυνάμεως μένειν ἐπιπορευόμενον τὰς πόλεις, τὸν δὲ Λαίλιον καὶ τὸν Μασαννάσαν, λαβόντας τούς τε Νομάδας καὶ μέρος τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν στρατοπέδων, ἕπεσθαι τοῖς περὶ τὸν Σόφακα καὶ μὴ δοῦναι χρόνον εἰς ἐπίστασιν καὶ παρασκευήν.
14.9.3οὗτοι μὲν ταῦτα βουλευσάμενοι διεχωρίσθησαν, οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν Σόφακα μετὰ τῶν προειρημένων στρατιωτῶν, ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς ἐπὶ τὰς πόλεις.
14.9.4ὧν αἱ μὲν ἐθελοντὴν προσετίθεντο τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις διὰ τὸν φόβον, ἃς δὲ πολιορκῶν ἐξ ἐφόδου κατὰ κράτος ᾕρει.
14.9.5πάντα δʼ ἦν οἰκεῖα μεταβολῆς τὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν, ἅτε συνεχῶς [τε] ἐκκείμενα ταῖς κακοπαθείαις καὶ ταῖς εἰσφοραῖς διὰ τὸ πολυχρονίους γεγονέναι τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν πολέμους.
14.9.6ἐν δὲ τῇ Καρχηδόνι μεγάλης καὶ πρότερον ὑπαρχούσης ἀκαταστασίας, ἔτι μείζω τότε συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν ταραχήν, ὡς ἂν ἐκ δευτέρου τηλικαύτῃ πληγῇ περιπεπτωκότων ἤδη καὶ ἀπειπόντων τὰς ἐν αὑτοῖς ἐλπίδας.
14.9.7οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἀνδρωδέστατοι δοκοῦντες εἶναι τῶν συμβούλων ταῖς μὲν ναυσὶν ἐκέλευον ἤδη πλεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς τὴν Ἰτύκην πολιορκοῦντας, καὶ τήν τε πολιορκίαν πειρᾶσθαι λύειν καὶ ναυμαχεῖν τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις, ἀπαρασκεύοις οὖσι πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος·
14.9.8ἐπί τε τὸν Ἀννίβαν πέμπειν ἠξίουν καὶ μηδεμίαν ὑπερβολὴν ποιησαμένους ἐξελέγχειν καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐλπίδα· μεγάλας γὰρ ἀμφοτέραις εἶναι ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον ἀφορμὰς πρὸς σωτηρίαν.
14.9.9τινὲς δὲ ταύτας μὲν ἔφασαν μηκέτι φέρειν τοὺς καιρούς, τὴν δὲ πόλιν ὀχυροῦν καὶ παρασκευάζεσθαι πρὸς πολιορκίαν· πολλὰς γὰρ δώσειν ἀφορμὰς ταὐτόματον, ἂν ὁμονοῶσιν.
14.9.10ἅμα δὲ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ διαλύσεως καὶ συνθηκῶν παρῄνουν, ἐπὶ τίσι καὶ πῶς ἂν λύσιν ποιήσαιντο τῶν ἐνεστώτων κακῶν.
14.9.11γενομένων δὲ καὶ πλειόνων λόγων περὶ ταῦτα, πάσας ἐκύρωσαν
14.10.1ἅμα τὰς γνώμας. κριθέντων δὲ τούτων οἱ μὲν εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν μέλλοντες πλεῖν εὐθέως ἐκ τοῦ βουλευτηρίου προῆγον ἐπὶ θάλατταν, ὁ δὲ ναύαρχος ἐπὶ τὰς ναῦς· οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ περί τε τῆς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἀσφαλείας προενοοῦντο καὶ περὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐβουλεύοντο συνεχῶς.
14.10.2καταγέμοντος ἤδη τοῦ στρατοπέδου τῆς λείας διὰ τὸ μηδένʼ ἀντιπράττειν, ἀλλὰ πάντας εἴκειν ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς, ἔκρινε τὸ μὲν τῶν λαφύρων πλεῖον εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς παραπέμψαι παρεμβολήν,
14.10.3αὐτὸς δὲ τὴν στρατείαν ἀναλαβὼν εὔζωνον καταλαβέσθαι τὸν ἐπὶ Τύνητι χάρακα καὶ στρατοπεδεῦσαι τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ἐν συνόψει· μάλιστα γὰρ οὕτως ἐκφοβήσειν ὑπελάμβανε καὶ καταπλήξειν αὐτούς.
14.10.4οἱ μὲν οὖν Καρχηδόνιοι μετʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας τά τε πληρώματα καὶ τὰς σιταρχίας ἑτοίμας ἔχοντες ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶν ἐγίνοντο πρὸς ἀναγωγῇ καὶ τοῖς προκειμένοις· ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ἧκε πρὸς τὸν Τύνητα, καὶ φυγόντων τὴν ἔφοδον αὐτοῦ τῶν παραφυλαττόντων κατέλαβε τὸν τόπον.
14.10.5ὁ δὲ Τύνης ἀπέχει μὲν τῆς Καρχηδόνος ὡς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι σταδίους, ἔστι δὲ σύνοπτος σχεδὸν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς πόλεως, διαφέρει δʼ ὀχυρότητι καὶ φυσικῇ καὶ χειροποιήτῳ, καθάπερ καὶ πρότερον ἡμῖν εἴρηται.
Book 14, Part 8
14.10.6τῶν δὲ Ῥωμαίων ἄρτι κατεστρατοπεδευκότων ἀνήγοντο ταῖς ναυσὶν οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι, ποιούμενοι τὸν πλοῦν εἰς τὴν Ἰτύκην.
14.10.7ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ὁρῶν τὸν ἀνάπλουν τῶν ὑπεναντίων, καὶ δεδιὼς μή τι περὶ τὸ σφέτερον αὐτῶν ναυτικὸν συμβῇ, διεταράττετο πάντων ἀνυπονοήτως διακειμένων καὶ ἀπαρασκεύως πρὸς τὸ μέλλον.
14.10.8αὖθις δʼ ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἀναστρατοπεδεύσας ἠπείγετο βοηθήσων τοῖς ἰδίοις πράγμασι.
14.10.9καταλαβὼν δὲ τὰς καταφράκτους ναῦς πρὸς μὲν τὰς ἐξαιρέσεις καὶ προσαγωγὰς τῶν ὀργάνων καὶ καθόλου πρὸς πολιορκίαν εὖ καὶ δεόντως ἐξηρτυμένας, πρὸς δὲ ναυμαχίαν ἥκιστα παρεσκευασμένας, τὸν δὲ τῶν ὑπεναντίων στόλον ἐξ ὅλου τοῦ χειμῶνος πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κατηρτισμένον,
14.10.10τὸ μὲν ἀντανάγεσθαι καὶ ναυμαχεῖν ἀπογνούς, συνορμίσας δὲ τὰς καταφράκτους νῆας περιέστησε ταύταις τὰς φορτηγοὺς ἐπὶ τρεῖς καὶ τέτταρας τὸ βάθος,
14.10.11κἄπειτα καθελόμενος τοὺς ἱστοὺς καὶ τὰς κεραίας ἔζευξε τούτοις βιαίως πρὸς ἀλλήλας,
14.10.12βραχὺ διάστημα ποιῶν, ὥσθʼ ὑπηρετικοῖς ἐκπλεῖν δύνασθαι καὶ διαπλεῖν.
14.11.1Πολύβιος ἐν τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ φησὶν Ἀγαθοκλέους τοῦ Οἰνάνθης υἱοῦ, ἑταίρου δὲ τοῦ Φιλοπάτορος βασιλέως, κόλακα γενέσθαι Φίλωνα. —
14.11.2Πολύβιος δὲ ἐν τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ τῶν ἱστοριῶν Κλεινοῦς φησι τῆς οἰνοχοούσης αὑτῷ Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ Φιλαδέλφῳ εἰκόνας πολλὰς ἀνακεῖσθαι κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν μονοχίτωνας καὶ ῥυτὸν ἐχούσας ἐν ταῖς χερσίν.
14.11.3αἱ δὲ κάλλισται τῶν οἰκιῶν, φησίν, οὐ Μυρτίου καὶ Μνησίδος καὶ Ποθεινῆς προσαγορεύονται;
14.11.4καίτοι Μνησὶς μὲν ἦν αὐλητρὶς καὶ Ποθεινή. Μύρτιον δὲ μία τῶν ἀποδεδειγμένων καὶ κοινῶν δεικτηριάδων.
14.11.5τοῦ δὲ Φιλοπάτορος βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου οὐκ Ἀγαθόκλεια ἡ ἑταίρα ἐκράτει ἡ καὶ πᾶσαν ἀνατρέψασα τὴν βασιλείαν; —
14.12.1ἴσως δέ τινες ἐπαπορήσουσι πῶς ἡμεῖς τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις ἁπάσας κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν γράφοντες τὰς καταλλήλους περὶ μόνων τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον ἐν καιρῷ τῷ νῦν ἐκ πλείονος χρόνου πεποιήμεθα τὴν ἐξήγησιν.
14.12.2ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦτο πεποιήκαμεν διά τινας τοιαύτας αἰτίας.
14.12.3Πτολεμαῖος ὁ βασιλεύς, περὶ οὗ νῦν ὁ λόγος, ὁ Φιλοπάτωρ, μετὰ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὸν περὶ Κοίλην Συρίαν πόλεμον ἀποστὰς πάντων τῶν καλῶν ἐτράπη πρὸς βίον ἄσωτον καὶ τοιοῦτον οἷον ἀρτίως διεληλύθαμεν.
14.12.4ὀψὲ δέ ποτε βιασθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐνέπεσεν εἰς τὸν νῦν δεδηλωμένον πόλεμον, ὃς χωρὶς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους ὠμότητος καὶ παρανομίας οὔτε παράταξιν οὔτε ναυμαχίαν οὔτε πολιορκίαν οὔθʼ ἕτερον οὐδὲν ἔσχε μνήμης ἄξιον.
14.12.5διόπερ ὑπέδραμεν οὕτω κἀμοὶ τῷ γράφοντι ῥᾳδίαν ἔσεσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἀναγινώσκουσιν εὐμαθεστέραν τὴν διήγησιν, εἰ μὴ κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐπιψαύων μικρῶν [καὶ] οὐκ ἀξίων ἐπιστάσεως πραγμάτων ἀποδιδοίην τὸν λόγον, ἀλλʼ εἰσάπαξ οἷον εἰ σωματοειδῆ ποιήσας τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως προαίρεσιν ἀπαγγείλαιμι περὶ αὐτῆς.
Book 15, Part 1
15.1.1ὅτι τῶν Καρχηδονίων λαβόντων αἰχμαλώτους τὰς φορτηγοὺς νῆας τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ χορηγίας πλῆθος ἐξαίσιον ὁ Πόπλιος βαρέως μὲν ἔφερεν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ μόνον σφίσι παρῃρῆσθαι τὴν χορηγίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς παρεσκευάσθαι δαψίλειαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων,
15.1.2ἔτι δὲ βαρύτερον ἐπὶ τῷ παραβεβηκέναι τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας τοὺς Καρχηδονίους καὶ πάλιν ἐξ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς ἐγείρεσθαι τὸν πόλεμον.
15.1.3διὸ καὶ παραυτίκα προχειρισάμενος πρεσβευτὰς Λεύκιον Σέργιον καὶ Λεύκιον Βαίβιον καὶ Λεύκιον Φάβιον ἐξαπέστειλε διαλεξομένους τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ὑπὲρ τῶν γεγονότων, ἅμα δὲ καὶ δηλώσοντας ὅτι κεκύρωκε τὰς συνθήκας ὁ δῆμος τῶν Ῥωμαίων·
15.1.4ἄρτι γὰρ ἧκε τῷ Ποπλίῳ γράμματα διασαφοῦντα περὶ τῶν προειρημένων.
15.1.5οἱ δὲ παραγενηθέντες εἰς τὴν Καρχηδόνα τὸ μὲν πρῶτον εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς παραχθέντες, ἔλεγον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνεστώτων μετὰ παρρησίας,
15.1.6πρῶτον μὲν ἀναμιμνήσκοντες ὡς οἱ παρʼ ἐκείνων πρεσβευταί, παραγενηθέντες εἰς Τύνητα πρὸς σφᾶς καὶ παρελθόντες εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, οὐ μόνον τοὺς θεοὺς ἀσπάσαιντο καὶ τὴν γῆν προσκυνήσαιεν, καθάπερ ἔστιν ἔθος τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις,
15.1.7ἀλλὰ καὶ πεσόντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἀγεννῶς τοὺς πόδας καταφιλοῖεν τῶν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἀναστάντες [ὡς] κατηγορήσαιεν σφῶν αὐτῶν, διότι καὶ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενομένας συνθήκας Ῥωμαίοις καὶ Καρχηδονίοις ἀθετήσαιεν αὐτοί.
15.1.8διόπερ ἔφασαν οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι πᾶν εἰκότως ἂν πάθοιεν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων, ἀλλὰ τῆς τύχης ἕνεκα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐδέοντο μηδὲν παθεῖν ἀνήκεστον· ἔσεσθαι γὰρ τὴν σφετέραν ἀβουλίαν ἀπόδειξιν τῆς Ῥωμαίων καλοκἀγαθίας.
15.1.9ὧν μνημονεύοντα τὸν στρατηγὸν ἔφασαν [τὸν] αὐτὸν οἱ πρέσβεις καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ τότε γεγονότας ἐκπλήττεσθαι, τίνι ποτὲ πιστεύοντες ἐπελανθάνοντο μὲν τῶν τότε ῥηθέντων, ἀθετεῖν δὲ τολμῶσι τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας.
15.1.10σχεδὸν δὲ τοῦτʼ εἶναι δῆλον ὡς Ἀννίβᾳ πεποιθότες καὶ ταῖς μετὰ τούτου παρούσαις δυνάμεσι ταῦτα τολμῶσι ποιεῖν, κακῶς φρονοῦντες·
15.1.11σαφῶς γὰρ εἰδέναι πάντας ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι δεύτερον ἔτος ἤδη φεύγοντες ἐκ πάσης Ἰταλίας εἰς τοὺς περὶ Λακίνιον τόπους, κἀκεῖ συγκεκλεισμένοι καὶ μόνον οὐ πολιορκούμενοι, μόλις ἑαυτοὺς ἐκσεσωκότες ἥκουσι νῦν.
15.1.12"οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ νενικηκότες τοὺς ἐκεῖ παρῆσαν, καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔμελλον διακινδυνεύειν τοὺς δυσὶ μάχαις ἑξῆς ὑμᾶς ἤδη νενικηκότας, ὅμως ἀμφιδόξους ἔχειν ἔδει τὰς ἐλπίδας ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλοντος, καὶ μὴ μόνον τοῦ νικᾶν ἔννοιαν λαμβάνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ σφαλῆναι πάλιν. οὗ συμβάντος ποίους ἐπικαλέσεσθε"
15.1.13ἔφη "θεούς; ποίοις δὲ χρώμενοι λόγοις τὸν ἐκ τῶν κρατούντων ἔλεον ἐπισπάσεσθε πρὸς τὰς ἑαυτῶν συμφοράς;
15.1.14πάσης εἰκὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλπίδος ἀποκλεισθήσεσθαι καὶ παρὰ θεῶν καὶ παρʼ ἀνθρώπων διὰ τὴν ἀθεσίαν καὶ τὴν ἀβουλίαν."
15.2.1οἱ μὲν οὖν πρέσβεις τοιαῦτα διαλεχθέντες ἀνεχώρησαν·
15.2.2τῶν δὲ Καρχηδονίων ὀλίγοι μὲν ἦσαν οἱ συναινοῦντες μὴ παραβαίνειν τὰς ὁμολογίας, οἱ δὲ πλείους καὶ τῶν πολιτευομένων καὶ τῶν βουλευομένων βαρέως μὲν ἔφερον τὰς ἐν ταῖς συνθήκαις ἐπιταγάς, δυσχερῶς δʼ ἀνείχοντο τὴν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν παρρησίαν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν προέσθαι τὰ κατηγμένα πλοῖα καὶ τὰς ἐκ τούτων χορηγίας.
15.2.3τὸ δὲ συνέχον, οὐ μικρὰς ἀλλὰ μεγάλας εἶχον ἐλπίδας νικήσειν διὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀννίβαν.
15.2.4τοῖς μὲν οὖν πολλοῖς ἔδοξε τοὺς πρέσβεις ἀναποκρίτους ἐξαποστέλλειν· τῶν δὲ πολιτευομένων οἷς ἦν προκείμενον ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου συγχέαι πάλιν τὸν πόλεμον, οὗτοι συνεδρεύσαντες μηχανῶνταί τι τοιοῦτον.
15.2.5ἔφασαν δεῖν πρόνοιαν ποιήσασθαι τῶν πρεσβευτῶν, ἵνα μετʼ ἀσφαλείας ἀνακομισθῶσιν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν.
15.2.6καὶ παραυτίκα τούτοις μὲν ἡτοίμαζον δύο τριήρεις παραπόμπους, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ναύαρχον Ἀσδρούβαν διεπέμψαντο παρακαλοῦντες ἑτοιμάσαι πλοῖα μὴ μακρὰν τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων παρεμβολῆς, ἵνʼ ἐπειδὰν αἱ παραπέμπουσαι νῆες ἀπολίπωσι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ἐπαναχθέντα ταῦτα καταποντίσῃ τοὺς πρεσβευτάς.
15.2.7ἐφώρμει γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὸ ναυτικὸν κατὰ τοὺς πρὸ τῆς Ἰτύκης ἐγκειμένους τόπους.
15.2.8οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ταῦτα διαταξάμενοι πρὸς τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν ἐξέπεμπον τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ἐντειλάμενοι τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν τριήρων, [ὡς] ἐὰν παραλλάξωσι τὸν Μακάραν ποταμόν, αὖθις ἀπολιπόντας ἀποπλεῖν ἐν τῷ πόρῳ τοὺς πρεσβευτάς·
15.2.9καὶ γὰρ ἦν ἐκ τούτων τῶν τόπων συνορᾶν ἤδη τὴν τῶν ὑπεναντίων παρεμβολήν·
15.2.10οἱ δὲ παραπέμποντες, ἐπεὶ κατὰ τὸ συνταχθὲν παρήλλαξαν τὸν ποταμόν, ἀσπασάμενοι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους αὖθις ἐπανέπλεον.
15.2.11οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ὑφεωρῶντο δεινόν, νομίσαντες δὲ τοὺς παραπέμποντας διʼ ὀλιγωρίαν αὐτοὺς προαπολιπεῖν ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἐδυσχέραινον.
15.2.12ἅμα δὲ τῷ μονωθέντας αὐτοὺς πλεῖν ἐπανάγονται τρισὶ τριήρεσιν ἐξ ὑποβολῆς οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι, καὶ παραβαλόντες τῇ Ῥωμαϊκῇ πεντήρει τρῶσαι μὲν οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν, ὑποχωρούσης τῆς νεώς, οὐδὲ τοῦ καταστρώματος ἐπιβῆναι διὰ τὸ γενναίως ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας·
15.2.13ἐκ παραβολῆς δὲ καὶ πέριξ προσμαχόμενοι κατετίτρωσκον τοὺς ἐπιβάτας καὶ διέφθειρον πολλοὺς αὐτῶν,
15.2.14ἕως οὗ κατιδόντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τοὺς προνομεύοντας τὴν παραλίαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας στρατοπεδείας παραβοηθοῦντας ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν ἐξέβαλον τὴν ναῦν εἰς τὴν γῆν.
15.2.15τῶν μὲν οὖν ἐπιβατῶν οἱ πλεῖστοι διεφθάρησαν, οἱ δὲ πρεσβευταὶ παραδόξως ἐξεσώθησαν.
15.3.1γενομένων δὲ τούτων αὖθις ὁ πόλεμος ἄλλην ἀρχὴν εἰλήφει βαρυτέραν τῆς πρόσθεν καὶ δυσμενικωτέραν.
15.3.2οἵ τε γὰρ Ῥωμαῖοι δοκοῦντες παρεσπονδῆσθαι φιλοτίμως διέκειντο πρὸς τὸ περιγενέσθαι τῶν Καρχηδονίων, οἵ τε Καρχηδόνιοι συνειδότες σφίσι τὰ πεπραγμένα πρὸς πᾶν ἑτοίμως εἶχον πρὸς τὸ μὴ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑποχείριοι γενηθῆναι.
15.3.3τοιαύτης δὲ τῆς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν παραστάσεως ὑπαρχούσης προφανὲς ἦν ὅτι δεήσει μάχῃ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
15.3.4ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε μὴ μόνον τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ Λιβύην πάντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν καὶ Σικελίαν καὶ Σαρδόνα μετεώρους εἶναι καὶ περισπᾶσθαι ταῖς διανοίαις, καραδοκοῦντας τὸ συμβησόμενον.
15.3.5κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Ἀννίβας, ἐλλείπων τοῖς ἱππικοῖς, διέπεμπε πρός τινα Νομάδα Τυχαῖον, ὃς ἦν μὲν οἰκεῖος Σόφακος, ἱππεῖς δὲ μαχιμωτάτους ἔχειν ἐδόκει τῶν κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην,
15.3.6παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν βοηθεῖν καὶ συνεπιλαμβάνεσθαι τοῦ καιροῦ, σαφῶς γινώσκοντα διότι Καρχηδονίων κρατησάντων δύναται διαφυλάττειν τὴν ἀρχήν, Ῥωμαίων δʼ ἐκνικησάντων καὶ τῷ βίῳ κινδυνεύσει διὰ τὴν Μασαννάσου φιλαρχίαν.
15.3.7οὗτος οὖν πεισθεὶς τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις ἧκε μετὰ δισχιλίων ἱππέων πρὸς τὸν Ἀννίβαν.
15.4.1Πόπλιος δὲ τὰ περὶ τὴν ναυτικὴν δύναμιν ἀσφαλισάμενος καὶ καταλιπὼν Βαίβιον ἀντιστράτηγον, αὐτὸς μὲν ἐπεπορεύετο τὰς πόλεις,
15.4.2οὐκέτι παραλαμβάνων εἰς τὴν πίστιν τοὺς ἐθελοντὴν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐγχειρίζοντας, ἀλλὰ μετὰ βίας ἀνδραποδιζόμενος καὶ φανερὰν ποιῶν τὴν ὀργήν, ἣν εἶχε πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους διὰ τὴν Καρχηδονίων παρασπόνδησιν·
15.4.3πρὸς δὲ Μασαννάσαν διεπέμπετο συνεχῶς, ἀποδηλῶν αὐτῷ τίνα τρόπον παραβεβηκότες εἶεν οἱ Φοίνικες τὰς σπονδάς, καὶ παρακαλῶν ἁθροίζειν δύναμιν ὡς πλείστην καὶ συνάπτειν αὐτῷ κατὰ σπουδήν.
15.4.4ὁ γὰρ Μασαννάσας ἅμα τῷ γενέσθαι τὰς συνθήκας, καθάπερ εἴρηται πρότερον, εὐθέως ἀφώρμησε μετὰ τῆς ἰδίας δυνάμεως, προσλαβὼν δέκα σημαίας Ῥωμαϊκὰς ἱππέων καὶ πεζῶν καὶ πρεσβευτὰς παρὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, χάριν τοῦ μὴ μόνον τὴν πατρῴαν ἀρχὴν ἀπολαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τοῦ Σόφακος προσκατακτήσασθαι διὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἐπικουρίας· ὃ καὶ συνέβη γενέσθαι.
15.4.5συνέτυχε δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐκ Ῥώμης πρεσβευτὰς περὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς εἰς τὸν ναυτικὸν χάρακα τὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων καταπλεῦσαι.
15.4.6τοὺς μὲν οὖν παρʼ αὑτῶν ὁ Βαίβιος παραχρῆμα πρὸς τὸν Πόπλιον ἐξέπεμψε, τοὺς δὲ τῶν Καρχηδονίων παρακατεῖχε, τά τε λοιπὰ δυσθύμως διακειμένους καὶ νομίζοντας ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις εἶναι κινδύνοις·
15.4.7πυθόμενοι γὰρ τὴν γεγενημένην ἐκ τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἀσέβειαν πρὸς τοὺς τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρέσβεις, πρόδηλον ἐδόκουν εἶναι σφίσι τὴν ἐκ τούτων τιμωρίαν.
15.4.8ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος, διακούσας τῶν παραγεγονότων ὅτι προθύμως ἥ τε σύγκλητος ὅ τε δῆμος ἀποδέξαιντο τὰς γενομένας διʼ αὑτοῦ συνθήκας πρὸς τοὺς Καρχηδονίους καὶ διότι πρὸς πᾶν τὸ παρακαλούμενον ἑτοίμως ἔχοιεν, ἐπὶ μὲν τούτοις ἔχαιρε μεγάλως,
15.4.9τοὺς δὲ τῶν Καρχηδονίων προσέταξε τῷ Βαιβίῳ μετὰ πάσης φιλανθρωπίας ἀποπέμπειν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, πάνυ καλῶς βουλευσάμενος, ὥς γʼ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, καὶ φρονίμως.
15.4.10θεωρῶν γὰρ τὴν σφετέραν πατρίδα περὶ πλείστου ποιουμένην τὴν περὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς πίστιν, ἐσκοπεῖτο παρʼ αὑτῷ συλλογιζόμενος οὐχ οὕτως τί δέον παθεῖν Καρχηδονίους, ὡς τί δέον ἦν πρᾶξαι Ῥωμαίους.
15.4.11διὸ παρακατασχὼν τὸν ἴδιον θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσι πικρίαν, ἐπειράθη διαφυλάξαι, κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν "πατέρων εὖ κείμενα ἔργα."
15.4.12τοιγαροῦν καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Καρχηδόνι πάντας ἥττησε ταῖς ψυχαῖς καὶ τὸν Ἀννίβαν αὐτόν, ὑπερθέμενος τῇ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ τὴν ἐκείνων ἄνοιαν.
Book 15, Part 2
15.5.1οἱ δὲ Καρχηδόνιοι θεωροῦντες τὰς πόλεις ἐκπορθουμένας, ἔπεμπον πρὸς τὸν Ἀννίβαν, δεόμενοι μὴ μέλλειν, ἀλλὰ προσπελάζειν τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ κρίνειν τὰ πράγματα διὰ μάχης.
15.5.2ὁ δὲ διακούσας τοῖς μὲν παροῦσιν ἀπεκρίθη τἄλλα σκοπεῖν, περὶ δὲ τούτου ῥᾳθυμεῖν· διαλήψεσθαι γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν αὐτός.
15.5.3μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας ἀναζεύξας ἐκ τῶν παρὰ τὸν Ἀδρύμητα τόπων προῆλθε καὶ κατεστρατοπέδευσε περὶ Ζάμαν· αὕτη δʼ ἐστὶ πόλις ἀπέχουσα Καρχηδόνος ὡς πρὸς τὰς δύσεις ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν πέντε. κἀκεῖθεν ἐξέπεμψε τρεῖς κατασκόπους,
15.5.4βουλόμενος ἐπιγνῶναι ποῦ στρατοπεδεύουσι καὶ πῶς χειρίζει τὰ κατὰ τὰς παρεμβολὰς ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγός. Πόπλιος δʼ,
15.5.5ἐπαναχθέντων ὡς αὐτὸν τῶν κατασκόπων, τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ κολάζειν τοὺς ἑαλωκότας, καθάπερ ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὡς τοὐναντίον συστήσας αὐτοῖς χιλίαρχον ἐπέταξε πάντα καθαρίως ὑποδεῖξαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν παρεμβολήν.
15.5.6γενομένου δὲ τούτου προσεπύθετο τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰ πάντα φιλοτίμως αὐτοῖς ὑποδέδειχεν ὁ συσταθείς· τῶν δὲ φησάντων,
15.5.7δοὺς ἐφόδια καὶ παραπομπὴν ἐξαπέστειλε προστάξας ἐπιμελῶς Ἀννίβᾳ διασαφεῖν περὶ τῶν ἀπηντημένων αὐτοῖς.
15.5.8ὧν παραγενηθέντων θαυμάσας ὁ Ἀννίβας τὴν μεγαλοψυχίαν καὶ τόλμαν τἀνδρὸς οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως εἰς ὁρμὴν ἔπεσε τοῦ βούλεσθαι συνελθεῖν εἰς λόγους τῷ Ποπλίῳ.
15.5.9κρίνας δὲ τοῦτο διεπέμψατο κήρυκα, φάσκων βούλεσθαι κοινολογηθῆναι πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων.
15.5.10ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ἀκούσας ταῦτα τοῦ κήρυκος συγκατετίθετο τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις, ἔφη δὲ πέμψειν πρὸς αὐτὸν διασαφῶν, ἐπειδὰν μέλλῃ συμπορεύεσθαι, τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸν καιρόν.
15.5.11ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀκούσας ὁ κῆρυξ ἐπανῆλθε πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν·
15.5.12τῇ δʼ ἐπαύριον ἧκε Μασαννάσας, ἔχων πεζοὺς μὲν εἰς ἑξακισχιλίους, ἱππεῖς δὲ περὶ τετρακισχιλίους.
15.5.13ὃν ἀποδεξάμενος ὁ Πόπλιος φιλανθρώπως καὶ συγχαρεὶς ἐπὶ τῷ πάντας ὑπηκόους πεποιῆσθαι τοὺς πρότερον Σόφακι πειθομένους,
15.5.14ἀνέζευξε, καὶ παραγενηθεὶς πρὸς πόλιν Ναράγαρα κατεστρατοπέδευσε, πρός τε τἄλλα τόπον εὐφυῆ καταλαβόμενος καὶ τὴν
15.6.1ὑδρείαν ἐντὸς βέλους ποιησάμενος. κἀντεῦθεν ἐξέπεμψε πρὸς τὸν τῶν Καρχηδονίων στρατηγόν, φάσκων ἕτοιμος εἶναι συμπορεύεσθαι πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς λόγους.
15.6.2ὧν ἀκούσας Ἀννίβας ἀνέζευξε, καὶ συνεγγίσας, ὥστε μὴ πλεῖον ἀπέχειν τριάκοντα σταδίων, κατεστρατοπέδευσε πρός τινα λόφον, ὃς τὰ μὲν λοιπὰ πρὸς τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν ὀρθῶς ἔχειν ἐδόκει, τὴν δʼ ὑδρείαν ἀπωτέρω μικρὸν εἶχε· καὶ πολλὴν ταλαιπωρίαν ὑπέμενον οἱ στρατιῶται περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος,
15.6.3κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἑξῆς ἡμέραν προῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας παρεμβολῆς ἀμφότεροι μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων, κἄπειτα χωρισθέντες ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτοὶ συνῆλθον εἰς τὸ μέσον ἔχοντες ἑρμηνέα μεθʼ αὑτῶν.
15.6.4δεξιωσάμενος δὲ πρῶτος Ἀννίβας ἤρξατο λέγειν ὡς ἐβούλετο μὲν ἂν μήτε Ῥωμαίους ἐπιθυμῆσαι μηδέποτε μηδενὸς τῶν ἐκτὸς Ἰταλίας μήτε Καρχηδονίους τῶν ἐκτὸς Λιβύης·
15.6.5ἀμφοτέροις γὰρ εἶναι ταύτας καὶ καλλίστας δυναστείας καὶ συλλήβδην ὡς ἂν εἰ περιωρισμένας ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως.
15.6.6"ἐπεὶ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Σικελίαν ἀμφισβητήσαντες ἐξεπολεμώσαμεν ἀλλήλους, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατʼ Ἰβηρίαν, τὸ δὲ τέλος ὑπὸ τῆς τύχης οὔπω νουθετούμενοι μέχρι τούτου προβεβήκαμεν ὥστε καὶ περὶ τοῦ τῆς πατρίδος ἐδάφους οὓς μὲν κεκινδυνευκέναι, τοὺς δʼ ἀκμὴν ἔτι καὶ νῦν κινδυνεύειν,
15.6.7λοιπόν ἐστιν, εἴ πως δυνάμεθα διʼ αὑτῶν παραιτησάμενοι τοὺς θεοὺς διαλύσασθαι τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν φιλοτιμίαν.
15.6.8ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἕτοιμός εἰμι τῷ πεῖραν εἰληφέναι διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ὡς εὐμετάθετός ἐστιν ἡ τύχη καὶ παρὰ μικρὸν εἰς ἑκάτερα ποιεῖ μεγάλας ῥοπάς, καθά
15.7.1περ εἰ νηπίοις παισὶ χρωμένη· σὲ δʼ ἀγωνιῶ, Πόπλιε, λίαν" ἔφη "καὶ διὰ τὸ νέον εἶναι κομιδῇ καὶ διὰ τὸ πάντα σοι κατὰ λόγον κεχωρηκέναι καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην καὶ μηδέπω μέχρι γε τοῦ νῦν εἰς τὴν τῆς τύχης ἐμπεπτωκέναι παλιρρύμην, μήποτʼ οὐ πεισθῇς διὰ ταῦτα τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, καίπερ οὖσι πιστοῖς.
15.7.2σκόπει δʼ ἀφʼ ἑνὸς τῶν λόγων τὰ πράγματα, μὴ τὰ τῶν προγεγονότων, ἀλλὰ τὰ καθʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτούς.
15.7.3εἰμὶ τοιγαροῦν Ἀννίβας ἐκεῖνος, ὃς μετὰ τὴν ἐν Κάνναις μάχην σχεδὸν ἁπάσης Ἰταλίας ἐγκρατὴς γενόμενος μετά τινα χρόνον ἧκον πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ στρατοπεδεύσας ἐν τετταράκοντα σταδίοις ἐβουλευόμην ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ τοῦ τῆς ὑμετέρας πατρίδος ἐδάφους πῶς ἐστί μοι χρηστέον,
15.7.4ὃς νῦν ἐν Λιβύῃ πάρειμι πρὸς σὲ Ῥωμαῖον ὄντα περὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν Καρχηδονίων σωτηρίας κοινολογησόμενος. εἰς ἃ βλέποντα παρακαλῶ σε μὴ μέγα φρονεῖν,
15.7.5ἀλλʼ ἀνθρωπίνως βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων· τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶ τῶν μὲν ἀγαθῶν ἀεὶ τὸ μέγιστον, τῶν κακῶν δὲ τοὐλάχιστον αἱρεῖσθαι.
15.7.6τίς οὖν ἂν ἕλοιτο νοῦν ἔχων πρὸς τοιοῦτον ὁρμᾶν κίνδυνον οἷος σοὶ νῦν ἐνέστηκεν; ἐν ᾧ νικήσας μὲν οὔτε τῇ σαυτοῦ δόξῃ μέγα τι προσθήσεις οὔτε τῇ τῆς πατρίδος, ἡττηθεὶς δὲ πάντα τὰ πρὸ τούτου σεμνὰ καὶ καλὰ διʼ αὑτὸν ἄρδην ἀναιρήσεις.
15.7.7τί οὖν ἐστιν ὃ προτίθεμαι τέλος τῶν νυνὶ λόγων;
15.7.8πάντα περὶ ὧν πρότερον ἠμφισβητήσαμεν, Ῥωμαίων ὑπάρχειν — ταῦτα δʼ ἦν Σικελία, Σαδρώ, τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν — καὶ μηδέποτε Καρχηδονίους Ῥωμαίοις ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀντᾶραι πόλεμον· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας νήσους, ὅσαι μεταξὺ κεῖνται τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ Λιβύης, Ῥωμαίων ὑπάρχειν.
15.7.9ταύτας γὰρ πέπεισμαι τὰς συνθήκας καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ἀσφαλεστάτας μὲν εἶναι Καρχηδονίοις, ἐνδοξοτάτας δὲ σοὶ καὶ πᾶσι Ῥωμαίοις."
15.8.1Ἀννίβας μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ εἶπεν. ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ὑπολαβὼν οὔτε τοῦ περὶ Σικελίας ἔφη πολέμου Ῥωμαίους οὔτε τοῦ περὶ τῆς Ἰβηρίας αἰτίους γεγονέναι, Καρχηδονίους δὲ προφανῶς·
15.8.2ὑπὲρ ὧν κάλλιστα γινώσκειν αὐτὸν τὸν Ἀννίβαν. μάρτυρας δὲ καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς γεγονέναι τούτων, περιθέντας τὸ κράτος οὐ τοῖς ἄρχουσι χειρῶν ἀδίκων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀμυνομένοις.
15.8.3βλέπειν δὲ καὶ τὰ τῆς τύχης οὐδενὸς ἧττον καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων στοχάζεσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν. "
15.8.4ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν πρὸ τοῦ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους διαβαίνειν εἰς Λιβύην αὐτὸς ἐξ Ἰταλίας ἐκχωρήσας προύτεινας τὰς διαλύσεις ταύτας, οὐκ ἂν οἴομαί σε διαψευσθῆναι τῆς ἐλπίδος.
15.8.5ἐπεὶ δὲ σὺ μὲν ἄκων ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπηλλάγης, ἡμεῖς δὲ διαβάντες εἰς τὴν Λιβύην τῶν ὑπαίθρων ἐκρατήσαμεν, δῆλον ὡς μεγάλην εἴληφε τὰ πράγματα παραλλαγήν.
15.8.6τὸ δὲ δὴ μέγιστον ἤλθομεν ἐπὶ τί πέρας;
15.8.7ἡττηθέντων καὶ δεηθέντων τῶν παρὰ σοῦ πολιτῶν ἐθέμεθα συνθήκας ἐγγράπτους, ἐν αἷς ἦν πρὸς τοῖς ὑπὸ σοῦ νῦν προτεινομένοις τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἀποδοῦναι χωρὶς λύτρων Καρχηδονίους, τῶν πλοίων παραχωρῆσαι τῶν καταφράκτων, πεντακισχίλια τάλαντα προσενεγκεῖν, ὅμηρα δοῦναι περὶ τούτων.
15.8.8ταῦτʼ ἦν ἃ συνεθέμεθα πρὸς ἀλλήλους· ὑπὲρ τούτων ἐπρεσβεύσαμεν ἀμφότεροι πρός τε τὴν σύγκλητον τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ πρὸς τὸν δῆμον, ἡμεῖς μὲν ὁμολογοῦντες εὐδοκεῖν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις, Καρχηδόνιοι δὲ δεόμενοι τούτων τυχεῖν. ἐπείσθη τὸ συνέδριον τούτοις,
15.8.9ὁ δὲ δῆμος συγκατῄνεσε. τυχόντες ὧν ἠξίουν ἠθέτησαν ταῦτα Καρχηδόνιοι, παρασπονδήσαντες ἡμᾶς.
15.8.11σὺ τὴν ἐμὴν χώραν μεταλαβὼν εἶπον. ἀφελεῖν τὰ βαρύτατα τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἐπιταγμάτων; ἵνα δὴ λαβόντες ἆθλα τῆς παρανομίας διδαχθῶσι τοὺς εὖ ποιοῦντας εἰς τὸ λοιπὸν παρασπονδεῖν· ἀλλʼ ἵνα τυχόντες ὧν ἀξιοῦσι χάριν ὀφείλωσιν ἡμῖν;
15.8.12ἀλλὰ νυνὶ μεθʼ ἱκετηρίας τυχόντες ὧν παρεκάλουν, ὅτι βραχείας ἐλπίδος ἐπελάβοντο τῆς κατὰ σέ, παρὰ πόδας ὡς ἐχθροῖς ἡμῖν κέχρηνται καὶ πολεμίοις.
15.8.13ἐν οἷς βαρυτέρου μέν τινος προσεπιταχθέντος δυνατὸν ἀνενεγκεῖν τῷ δήμῳ περὶ διαλύσεως, ὑφαίρεσιν δὲ ποιουμένοις τῶν ὑποκειμένων οὐδʼ ἀναφορὰν ἔχει τὸ διαβούλιον.
15.8.14τί πέρας οὖν πάλιν τῶν ἡμετέρων λόγων; ἢ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν ὑμᾶς διδόναι περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἢ μαχομένους νικᾶν".
15.9.1ταῦτα μὲν οὖν διαλεχθέντες αὑτοῖς Ἀννίβας καὶ Πόπλιος ἐχωρίσθησαν, ἀσύμβατον ποιησάμενοι τὴν κοινολογίαν.
15.9.2εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαύριον ἅμα τῷ φωτὶ τὰς δυνάμεις ἐξῆγον ἀμφότεροι καὶ συνίσταντο τὸν ἀγῶνα, Καρχηδόνιοι μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς σφετέρας σωτηρίας καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην πραγμάτων, Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ περὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς καὶ δυναστείας.
15.9.3ἐφʼ ἃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐπιστήσας συμπαθὴς γένοιτο κατὰ τὴν ἐξήγησιν;
15.9.4οὔτε γὰρ δυνάμεις πολεμικωτέρας οὔθʼ ἡγεμόνας ἐπιτυχεστέρους τούτων καὶ μᾶλλον ἀθλητὰς γεγονότας τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἔργων εὕροι τις ἂν ἑτέρους, οὐδὲ μὴν ἆθλα μείζω τὴν τύχην ἐκτεθεικυῖαν τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις τῶν τότε προκειμένων·
Book 15, Part 3
15.9.5οὐ γὰρ τῆς Λιβύης αὐτῆς οὐδὲ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἔμελλον κυριεύειν οἱ τῇ μάχῃ κρατήσαντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μερῶν τῆς οἰκουμένης, ὅσα νῦν πέπτωκεν ὑπὸ τὴν ἱστορίαν. ὃ καὶ συνέβη γενέσθαι μετʼ ὀλίγον.
15.9.6πλὴν ὁ μὲν Πόπλιος ἔθηκε τὰς τάξεις τῶν ἰδίων δυνάμεων τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.
15.9.7πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς ἁστάτους καὶ τὰς τούτων σημαίας ἐν διαστήμασιν, ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις τοὺς πρίγκιπας, τιθεὶς τὰς σπείρας οὐ κατὰ τὸ τῶν πρώτων σημαιῶν διάστημα, καθάπερ ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ἀλλὰ καταλλήλους ἐν ἀποστάσει διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐλεφάντων· τελευταίους δʼ ἐπέστησε τοὺς τριαρίους.
15.9.8ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν κεράτων ἔταξε κατὰ μὲν τὸ λαιὸν Γάιον Λαίλιον, ἔχοντα τοὺς Ἰταλικοὺς ἱππέας, κατὰ δὲ τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος Μασαννάσαν μετὰ πάντων τῶν ὑφʼ ἑαυτὸν ταττομένων Νομάδων.
15.9.9τὰ δὲ διαστήματα τῶν πρώτων σημαιῶν ἀνεπλήρωσε ταῖς τῶν γροσφομάχων σπείραις, παραγγείλας τούτοις προκινδυνεύειν,
15.9.10ἐὰν δʼ ἐκβιάζωνται κατὰ τὴν τῶν θηρίων ἔφοδον, ἀποχωρεῖν, τοὺς μὲν καταταχοῦντας διὰ τῶν ἐπʼ εὐθείας διαστημάτων εἰς τοὐπίσω τῆς ὅλης δυνάμεως, τοὺς δὲ περικαταλαμβανομένους εἰς τὰ πλάγια παρίστασθαι διαστήματα κατὰ τὰς σημαίας.
15.10.1ταῦτα δʼ ἑτοιμασάμενος ἐπεπορεύετο παρακαλῶν τὰς δυνάμεις βραχέως μέν, οἰκείως δὲ τῆς ὑποκειμένης περιστάσεως.
15.10.2ἠξίου γὰρ μνημονεύοντας τῶν προγεγονότων ἀγώνων ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς γίνεσθαι, σφῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἀξίους, καὶ λαμβάνειν πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ὅτι κρατήσαντες μὲν τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐν Λιβύῃ πραγμάτων ἔσονται κύριοι βεβαίως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἄλλης οἰκουμένης τὴν ἡγεμονίαν καὶ δυναστείαν ἀδήριτον αὑτοῖς τε καὶ τῇ πατρίδι περιποιήσουσιν·
15.10.3ἐὰν δʼ ὡς ἄλλως ἐκβῇ τὰ κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον, οἱ μὲν ἀποθανόντες εὐγενῶς ἐν τῇ μάχῃ κάλλιστον ἐντάφιον ἕξουσι τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος θάνατον, οἱ δὲ διαφυγόντες αἴσχιστον καὶ ἐλεεινότατον τὸν ἐπίλοιπον βίον.
15.10.4ἀσφάλειαν γὰρ τοῖς φυγοῦσιν οὐδεὶς ἱκανὸς περιποιῆσαι τόπος τῶν ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ· πεσοῦσι δʼ ὑπὸ τὰς τῶν Καρχηδονίων χεῖρας οὐκ ἄδηλα [εἶναι] τὰ συμβησόμενα τοῖς ὀρθῶς λογιζομένοις· "ὧν" ἔφη "μηδενὶ γένοιτο πεῖραν ὑμῶν λαβεῖν.
15.10.5τῆς δʼ οὖν τύχης ἡμῖν τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ἄθλων εἰς ἑκάτερον τὸ μέρος ἐκτεθεικυίας, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἴημεν ἀγεννέστατοι καὶ συλλήβδην ἀφρονέστατοι πάντων, εἰ παρέντες τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἑλοίμεθα τὰ μέγιστα τῶν κακῶν διὰ φιλοζωίαν;
15.10.6" διόπερ ἠξίου δύο προθεμένους, ταῦτα δʼ ἐστὶν ἢ νικᾶν ἢ θνήσκειν, ὁμόσε χωρεῖν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους.
15.10.7τοὺς γὰρ τοιαύτας ἔχοντας διαλήψεις κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἀεὶ κρατεῖν τῶν ἀντιταττομένων, ἐπειδὰν ἀπελπίσαντες τοῦ ζῆν ἴωσιν εἰς τὴν μάχην.
15.11.1ὁ μὲν οὖν Πόπλιος τοιαύτην ἐποιήσατο τὴν παραίνεσιν. ὁ δʼ Ἀννίβας τὰ μὲν θηρία πρὸ πάσης τῆς δυνάμεως, ὄντα πλείω τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς μισθοφόρους ἐπέστησε, περὶ μυρίους ὄντας καὶ δισχιλίους τὸν ἀριθμόν. οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Λιγυστῖνοι, Κελτοί, Βαλιαρεῖς, Μαυρούσιοι.
15.11.2τούτων δὲ κατόπιν παρενέβαλε τοὺς ἐγχωρίους Λίβυας καὶ Καρχηδονίους, ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι τοὺς ἐξ Ἰταλίας ἥκοντας μεθʼ αὑτοῦ, πλεῖον ἢ στάδιον ἀποστήσας τῶν προτεταγμένων.
15.11.3τὰ δὲ κέρατα διὰ τῶν ἱππέων ἠσφαλίσατο, θεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν τὸ λαιὸν τοὺς συμμάχους Νομάδας, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ δεξιὸν τοὺς τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἱππεῖς.
15.11.4παρήγγειλε δὲ τοὺς ἰδίους στρατιώτας ἕκαστον παρακαλεῖν, ἀναφέροντας τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς νίκης ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὰς μεθʼ αὑτοῦ παραγεγενημένας δυνάμεις·
15.11.5τοῖς δὲ Καρχηδονίοις ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἡγουμένους τὰ συμβησόμενα περὶ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν ἐξαριθμεῖσθαι καὶ τιθέναι πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν, ἐὰν ἄλλως πως ἐκβῇ τὰ τῆς μάχης. οὗτοι μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐποίουν τὸ παραγγελθέν.
15.11.6Ἀννίβας δὲ τοὺς μεθʼ αὑτοῦ παραγεγονότας ἐπιπορευόμενος ἠξίου καὶ παρεκάλει διὰ πλειόνων μνησθῆναι μὲν τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἑπτακαιδεκαέτους συνηθείας, μνησθῆναι δὲ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν προγεγονότων αὐτοῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀγώνων·
15.11.7ἐν οἷς ἀηττήτους γεγονότας οὐδʼ ἐλπίδα τοῦ νικᾶν οὐδέποτʼ ἔφη Ῥωμαίοις αὐτοὺς ἀπολελοιπέναι.
15.11.8τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, ἠξίου λαμβάνειν πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν χωρὶς τῶν κατὰ μέρος κινδύνων καὶ τῶν ἀναριθμήτων προτερημάτων τήν τε περὶ τὸν Τρεβίαν ποταμὸν μάχην πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τοῦ νῦν ἡγουμένου Ῥωμαίων, ὁμοίως τὴν ἐν Τυρρηνίᾳ πρὸς Φλαμίνιον μάχην, ἔτι δὲ τὴν περὶ Κάννας γενομένην πρὸς Αἰμίλιον,
15.11.9ἃς οὔτε κατὰ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὔτε κατὰ τὰς ἀρετὰς ἀξίας εἶναι συγκρίσεως πρὸς τὸν νῦν ἐπιφερόμενον κίνδυνον.
15.11.10καὶ ταῦτα λέγων ἀναβλέπειν αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευε καὶ τὴν τῶν ὑπεναντίων κατοπτεύειν τάξιν· οὐ γὰρ οἷον ἐλάττους, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ πολλοστὸν μέρος εἶναι τῶν τότε πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀγωνισαμένων, ταῖς γε μὴν ἀρεταῖς οὐδὲ σύγκρισιν ἔχειν.
15.11.11ἐκείνους μὲν γὰρ ἀηττήτους ὄντας ἐξ ἀκεραίου διηγωνίσθαι πρὸς σφᾶς, τούτων δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἐκγόνους εἶναι, τοὺς δὲ λείψανα τῶν ἡττημένων ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ πεφευγότων αὐτὸν πλεονάκις.
15.11.12διόπερ [ᾤετο] δεῖν μὴ καταλῦσαι μήτε τὴν σφῶν αὐτῶν μήτε τὴν τοῦ προεστῶτος δόξαν καὶ προσηγορίαν, ἀλλʼ ἀγωνισαμένους εὐψύχως βεβαιῶσαι τὴν διαδεδομένην περὶ αὐτῶν φήμην, ὡς ὄντων ἀηττήτων.
15.11.13ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τοιαῦτα παρεκάλεσαν ἀμφό
15.12.1τεροι. ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἑκατέροις ἦν εὐτρεπῆ τὰ πρὸς τὸν κίνδυνον, πάλαι τῶν Νομαδικῶν ἱππέων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀκροβολιζομένων, τότε παρήγγειλε τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν ἐλεφάντων Ἀννίβας ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἔφοδον ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους.
15.12.2ἅμα δὲ τῷ πανταχόθεν τὰς σάλπιγγας καὶ τὰς βυκάνας ἀναβοῆσαι τινὰ μὲν διαταραχθέντα τῶν θηρίων ἐξ αὐτῆς ὥρμησε παλίσσυτα κατὰ τῶν βεβοηθηκότων τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις Νομάδων· τῶν περὶ τὸν Μασαννάσαν ταχέως ἐψιλώθη τὸ λαιὸν κέρας τῶν Καρχηδονίων.
15.12.3τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ συμπεσόντα τοῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων γροσφομάχοις ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ χωρίῳ τῶν παρατάξεων πολλὰ μὲν ἔπασχε κακά, πολλὰ δʼ ἐποίει τοὺς ὑπεναντίους,
15.12.4ἕως ὅτου πεφοβημένα τὰ μὲν διὰ τῶν διαστημάτων ἐξέπεσε, δεξαμένων αὐτὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀσφαλῶς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πρόνοιαν, τὰ δʼ ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος παραφυγόντα διὰ τῶν ἱππέων συνακοντιζόμενα τέλος εἰς τὸν ἔξω τόπον τῶν στρατοπέδων ἐξέπεσεν,
15.12.5ὅτε δὴ καὶ Λαίλιος ἅμα τῇ περὶ τοὺς ἐλέφαντας ταραχῇ συμβαλὼν ἠνάγκασε φυγεῖν τοὺς τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἱππεῖς προτροπάδην.
15.12.6οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐπέκειτο τοῖς φεύγουσιν ἐκθύμως· τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον ἐποίει καὶ Μασαννάσας.
15.12.7κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον αἱ φάλαγγες ἀμφότεραι βάδην ἀλλήλαις καὶ σοβαρῶς ἐπῄεσαν, πλὴν τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας μετʼ Ἀννίβου παραγεγονότων· οὗτοι δʼ ἔμενον ἐπέχοντες τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τόπον.
15.12.8ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν ἀλλήλων, οἱ μὲν Ῥωμαῖοι κατὰ τὰ πάτρια συναλαλάξαντες καὶ συμψοφήσαντες τοῖς ξίφεσι τοὺς θυρεοὺς προσέβαλλον τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις,
15.12.9οἱ δὲ μισθοφόροι τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἀδιάκριτον ἐποίουν τὴν φωνὴν καὶ παρηλλαγμένην· οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἦν κατὰ τὸν ποιητὴν ὁ αὐτὸς θροῦς
15.12.9ἄλλη δʼ ἄλλων γλῶσσα, πολύκλητοι δʼ ἔσαν ἄνδρες, καθάπερ ἀρτίως ἐξηριθμησάμην.
15.13.1πάσης δʼ οὔσης ἐκ χειρὸς καὶ κατʼ ἄνδρα τῆς μάχης [διὰ τὸ μὴ δόρασι μηδὲ ξίφεσι χρῆσθαι τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους], τῇ μὲν εὐχερείᾳ καὶ τόλμῃ προεῖχον οἱ μισθοφόροι τὰς ἀρχάς, καὶ πολλοὺς κατετραυμάτιζον τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
15.13.2τῷ δὲ τῆς συντάξεως ἀκριβεῖ καὶ τῷ καθοπλισμῷ πιστεύοντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι μᾶλλον ἐπέβαινον εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν.
15.13.3ἅμα δὲ τοῖς μὲν Ῥωμαίοις ἑπομένων καὶ παρακαλούντων τῶν κατόπιν, τοῖς δὲ μισθοφόροις τῶν Καρχηδονίων οὐ συνεγγιζόντων οὐδὲ παραβοηθούντων, ἀλλʼ ἀποδειλιώντων ταῖς ψυχαῖς,
15.13.4πέρας ἐνέκλιναν οἱ βάρβαροι, καὶ δόξαντες ἐγκαταλείπεσθαι προφανῶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων, ἐπιπεσόντες κατὰ τὴν ἀποχώρησιν εἰς τοὺς ἐφεστῶτας ἔκτεινον τούτους.
15.13.5ὃ καὶ πολλοὺς ἠνάγκασε τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἀνδρωδῶς ἀποθανεῖν· φονευόμενοι γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν μισθοφόρων ἐμάχοντο παρὰ τὴν αὑτῶν προαίρεσιν ἅμα πρός τε τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους.
15.13.6ποιούμενοι δὲ τὸν κίνδυνον ἐκστατικῶς καὶ παρηλλαγμένως οὐκ ὀλίγους διέφθειραν καὶ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ τῶν ὑπεναντίων.
15.13.7καὶ δὴ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ συνέχεαν ἐπιπεσόντες τὰς τῶν ἁστάτων σημαίας· οἱ μέντοι τῶν πριγκίπων ἡγεμόνες συνθεασάμενοι τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπέστησαν τὰς αὑτῶν τάξεις.
15.13.8τῶν δὲ μισθοφόρων καὶ τῶν Καρχηδονίων τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος τὸ μὲν ὑφʼ αὑτῶν, τὸ δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ἁστάτων αὐτοῦ κατεκόπη.
15.13.9τοὺς δὲ διασῳζομένους καὶ φεύγοντας οὐκ εἴασε καταμιγῆναι ταῖς δυνάμεσιν Ἀννίβας, ἀλλὰ προβαλέσθαι παραγγείλας τοῖς ἐπιστάταις ἐκώλυσε μὴ παραδέξασθαι τοὺς ἐγγίζοντας.
15.13.10ὅθεν ἠναγκάσθησαν οὗτοι μὲν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν ἐπὶ τὰ κέρατα καὶ τὰς ἐκ τούτων
15.14.1εὐρυχωρίας, γενομένου δὲ τοῦ μεταξὺ τόπου τῶν καταλειπομένων στρατοπέδων πλήρους αἵματος, φόνου, νεκρῶν, πολλὴν ἀπορίαν παρεῖχε τῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγῷ τὸ τῆς τροπῆς ἐμπόδιον·
15.14.2ὅ τε γὰρ τῶν νεκρῶν ὄλισθος, ὡς ἂν αἱμοφύρτων καὶ σωρηδὸν πεπτωκότων, ἥ τε τῶν χύδην ἐρριμμένων ὅπλων ὁμοῦ τοῖς πτώμασιν ἀλογία δυσχερῆ τὴν δίοδον ἔμελλε ποιήσειν τοῖς ἐν τάξει διαπορευομένοις.
Book 15, Part 4
15.14.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν τραυματίας εἰς τοὐπίσω τῆς παρατάξεως κομισάμενος, τοὺς δʼ ἐπιδιώκοντας τῶν ἁστάτων ἀνακαλεσάμενος διὰ τῆς σάλπιγγος, τοὺς μὲν αὐτοῦ πρὸ τῆς μάχης κατὰ μέσους τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπέστησε,
15.14.4τοὺς δὲ πρίγκιπας καὶ τριαρίους πυκνώσας ἐφʼ ἑκάτερον τὸ κέρας προάγειν παρήγγειλε διὰ τῶν νεκρῶν.
15.14.5ἐπειδὴ δʼ ὑπερβάντες ἐξ ἴσου τοῖς ἁστάτοις ἐγένοντο, συνέβαλον αἱ φάλαγγες ἀλλήλαις μετὰ τῆς μεγίστης ὁρμῆς καὶ προθυμίας.
15.14.6ὄντων δὲ καὶ τῷ πλήθει καὶ τοῖς φρονήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς καὶ τοῖς καθοπλισμοῖς παραπλησίων ἀμφοτέρων, ἄκριτον ἐπὶ πολὺ συνέβαινε γενέσθαι τὴν μάχην, ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς χώραις ἐναποθνησκόντων τῶν ἀνδρῶν διὰ φιλοτιμίαν,
15.14.7ἕως οἱ περὶ τὸν Μασαννάσαν καὶ Λαίλιον ἀπὸ τοῦ διώγματος τῶν ἱππέων ἀνακάμπτοντες [καὶ] δαιμονίως εἰς δέοντα καιρὸν συνῆψαν.
15.14.8ὧν προσπεσόντων τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀννίβαν κατόπιν οἱ μὲν πλεῖστοι κατεκόπησαν ἐν τῇ τάξει, τῶν δὲ πρὸς φυγὴν ὁρμησάντων ὀλίγοι μὲν τελέως διέφυγον, ἅτε τῶν ἱππέων ἐν χερσὶν ὄντων καὶ τῶν τόπων ἐπιπέδων ὑπαρχόντων.
15.14.9ἔπεσον δὲ τῶν μὲν Ῥωμαίων ὑπὲρ τοὺς χιλίους πεντακοσίους, τῶν δὲ Καρχηδονίων ὑπὲρ δισμυρίους, αἰχμάλωτοι δʼ ἑάλωσαν οὐ πολὺ τούτων ἐλάττους.
15.15.1ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ πᾶσι γενομένη μάχη καὶ τὰ ὅλα κρίνασα Ῥωμαίοις διὰ τῶν προειρημένων ἡγεμόνων τοιοῦτον ἔσχε τὸ τέλος·
15.15.2μετὰ δὲ τὴν μάχην Πόπλιος μὲν ἐπακολουθήσας καὶ διαρπάσας τὸν χάρακα τῶν Καρχηδονίων αὖτις ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν.
15.15.3Ἀννίβας δὲ μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ποιούμενος τὴν ἀναχώρησιν εἰς Ἀδρύμητα διεσώθη, πάντα τὰ δυνατὰ ποιήσας κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον, ὅσα τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἔδει στρατηγὸν καὶ πολλῶν ἤδη πραγμάτων πεῖραν εἰληφότα.
15.15.4πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ εἰς λόγους συνελθὼν ἐπειράθη διʼ αὑτοῦ λύσιν ποιήσασθαι τῶν ἐνεστώτων·
15.15.5τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶ τοῦ προειδότος τὰ κατορθώματα, ἀλλʼ ἀπιστοῦντος τῇ τύχῃ καὶ προορωμένου τὰ περὶ τὰς μάχας ἐκβαίνοντα παράλογα.
15.15.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συγκαταστὰς εἰς τὸν κίνδυνον οὕτως ἐχρήσατο τοῖς πράγμασιν ὥστε μὴ δυνατὸν εἶναι βέλτιον πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀγῶνα συστήσασθαι, παραπλησίῳ καθοπλισμῷ χρώμενον, οὗ τότε συνεστήσατʼ Ἀννίβας.
15.15.7οὔσης γὰρ δυσδιασπάστου τῆς Ῥωμαίων τάξεως καὶ δυνάμεως, τὸν ἄνδρα συνέβη καὶ καθόλου καὶ κατὰ μέρη μάχεσθαι πρὸς πάσας τὰς ἐπιφανείας διὰ τῆς μιᾶς ἐκτάξεως, ἀεὶ τῶν ἔγγιστα τῷ δεινῷ σημαιῶν συνεπιστρεφουσῶν πρὸς τὸ δεόμενον.
15.15.8ἔτι δὲ τοῦ καθοπλισμοῦ σκέπην καὶ θράσος παρασκευάζοντος καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ θυρεοῦ καὶ τὴν τῆς μαχαίρας ὑπομονὴν τῶν πληγῶν, δύσμαχοι γίνονται καὶ δυσκαταγώνιστοι
15.16.1διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας. ἀλλʼ ὅμως πρὸς ἕκαστα τούτων οὕτως ἐνδεχομένως Ἀννίβας ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον ἡρμόσατο παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ὥσθʼ ὑπερβολὴν μὴ καταλιπεῖν.
15.16.2τὸ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἐλεφάντων πλῆθος ἐξ αὐτῆς παρεσκευάσατο καὶ τότε προεβάλετο χάριν τοῦ συνταράξαι καὶ διασπάσαι τὰς τάξεις τῶν ὑπεναντίων·
15.16.3τοὺς δὲ μισθοφόρους προέταξε καὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους ἔθηκε μετὰ τούτους ἕνεκα τοῦ προεκλῦσαι μὲν τῷ κόπῳ τὰ σώματα τῶν πολεμίων, ἀχρειῶσαι δὲ τὰς ἀκμὰς τῶν ὅπλων διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν φονευομένων, ἀναγκάσαι δὲ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους μέσους ὄντας μένειν καὶ μάχεσθαι κατὰ τὸν ποιητὴν
15.16.3ὄφρα καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλων τις ἀναγκαίῃ πολεμίζοι.
15.16.4τοὺς δὲ μαχιμωτάτους καὶ στασιμωτάτους τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐν ἀποστάσει παρενέβαλε χάριν τοῦ προορωμένους ἐκ πολλοῦ τὸ συμβαῖνον καὶ διαμένοντας ἀκεραίους τοῖς τε σώμασι καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς σὺν καιρῷ χρήσασθαι ταῖς σφετέραις ἀρεταῖς.
15.16.5εἰ δὲ πάντα τὰ δυνατὰ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ νικᾶν ἐσφάλη τὸν πρὸ τούτου χρόνον ἀήττητος ὤν, συγγνώμην δοτέον·
15.16.6ἔστι μὲν γὰρ ὅτε καὶ ταὐτόματον ἀντέπραξε ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἔστι δʼ ὅτε πάλιν κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν
15.16.6ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν ἄλλου κρείττονος ἀντέτυχεν· ὃ δὴ καὶ τότε γεγονέναι περὶ ἐκεῖνον φήσειεν ἄν τις. —
15.17.1τὰ γὰρ ὑπεραίροντα τὴν κοινὴν συνήθειαν τῶν παρʼ ἐνίοις ἐθισμῶν, ὅταν μὲν αὐτοπαθῶς δόξῃ γίνεσθαι διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν συμπτωμάτων, ἔλεον ἐκκαλεῖται παρὰ τοῖς ὁρῶσι καὶ τοῖς ἀκούουσι, καὶ συγκινεῖ πως ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ὁ ξενισμός·
15.17.2ἐπὰν δὲ φαίνηται γοητείας χάριν καὶ καθʼ ὑπόκρισιν γίνεσθαι τὸ τοιοῦτον, οὐκ ἔλεον, ἀλλʼ ὀργὴν ἐξεργάζεται καὶ μῖσος. ὃ καὶ τότε συνέβη γενέσθαι περὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς τῶν Καρχηδονίων. —
15.17.3ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος διὰ βραχέων ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς αὐτούς, ὡς ἐκείνων μὲν χάριν οὐδὲν ὀφείλουσι ποιεῖν φιλάνθρωπον, ὁμολογούντων αὐτῶν διότι καὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπενέγκαιεν Ῥωμαίοις, παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας ἐξανδραποδισάμενοι τὴν Ζακανθαίων πόλιν, καὶ πρῴην παρασπονδήσαιεν, ἀθετήσαντες τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς ἐγγράπτους ὁμολογίας·
15.17.4αὑτῶν δὲ χάριν ἔφησε καὶ τῆς τύχης καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων κεκρίσθαι σφίσι πρᾴως χρῆσθαι καὶ μεγαλοψύχως τοῖς πράγμασι.
15.17.5φανήσεσθαι δὲ τοῦτο κἀκείνοις ἔφησεν, ἐὰν ὀρθῶς διαλαμβάνωσι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων· οὐ γὰρ εἴ τι πάσχειν ἢ ποιεῖν ἢ διδόναι σφίσιν ἐπιταχθήσεται, τοῦτο δεῖν νομίζειν δεινόν, ἀλλʼ εἴ τι συγχωρηθήσεται φιλάνθρωπον, τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἡγεῖσθαι παράδοξον,
15.17.6ἐπείπερ ἡ τύχη παρελομένη τὸν ἔλεον αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν συγγνώμην διὰ τὴν σφετέραν ἀδικίαν ὑποχειρίους πεποίηκε τοῖς ἐχθροῖς.
15.17.7ταῦτα δʼ εἰπὼν ἔλεγε τὰ φιλάνθρωπα τὰ διδόμενα, καὶ πάλιν ἃ δέον ἦν ὑπομένειν αὐτούς.
15.18.1ἦν δὲ τὰ κεφάλαια τῶν προτεινομένων ταῦτα. πόλεις ἔχειν κατὰ Λιβύην ἃς καὶ πρότερον εἶχον ἢ τὸν τελευταῖον πόλεμον ἐξενεγκεῖν Ῥωμαίοις, καὶ χώραν ἣν καὶ τὸ παλαιὸν εἶχον, κτήνη καὶ σώματα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ὕπαρξιν,
15.18.2ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἀσινεῖς Καρχηδονίους ὑπάρχειν, ἔθεσι καὶ νόμοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις, ἀφρουρήτους ὄντας.
15.18.3ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἦν τὰ φιλάνθρωπα, τὰ δʼ ἐναντία τούτοις πάλιν τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἀνοχὰς ἀδικήματα γενόμενα πάντα Καρχηδονίους ἀποκαταστῆσαι Ῥωμαίοις, τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους καὶ δραπέτας ἐκ παντὸς ἀποδοῦναι τοῦ χρόνου, τὰ μακρὰ πλοῖα παραδοῦναι πάντα πλὴν δέκα τριήρων, ὁμοίως καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐλέφαντας.
15.18.4πόλεμον μηδενὶ τῶν ἔξω τῆς Λιβύης ἐπιφέρειν καθόλου μηδὲ τῶν ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ χωρὶς τῆς Ῥωμαίων γνώμης·
15.18.5οἰκίας καὶ χώραν καὶ πόλεις, καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερόν ἐστι Μασαννάσου τοῦ βασιλέως ἢ τῶν προγόνων ἐντὸς τῶν ἀποδειχθησομένων ὅρων αὐτοῖς πάντα ἀποδοῦναι Μασαννάσᾳ·
15.18.6σιτομετρῆσαί τε τὴν δύναμιν τριμήνου καὶ μισθοδοτῆσαι μέχρι ἂν ἐκ Ῥώμης ἀντιφωνηθῇ τι κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας·
15.18.7ἐξενεγκεῖν ἀργυρίου τάλαντα μύρια Καρχηδονίους ἐν ἔτεσι πεντήκοντα, φέροντας καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν Εὐβοϊκὰ τάλαντα διακόσια·
15.18.8ὁμήρους δοῦναι πίστεως χάριν ἑκατὸν οὓς ἂν προγράψῃ τῶν νέων ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων, μὴ νεωτέρους τετταρεσκαίδεκα ἐτῶν μηδὲ πρεσβυτέρους τριάκοντα.
15.19.1ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ στρατηγὸς εἶπε τῶν Ῥωμαίων τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς· οἱ δʼ ἀκούσαντες ἠπείγοντο καὶ διεσάφουν τοῖς ἐν τῇ πατρίδι.
15.19.2καθʼ ὃν δὴ καιρὸν λέγεται, μέλλοντός τινος τῶν ἐκ τῆς γερουσίας ἀντιλέγειν τοῖς προτεινομένοις καὶ καταρχομένου, προελθόντα τὸν Ἀννίβαν κατασπάσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος.
15.19.3τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν ἐξοργισθέντων διὰ τὸ παρὰ τὴν συνήθειαν αὐτὸν τοῦτο πρᾶξαι, πάλιν τὸν Ἀννίβαν ἀναστάντα φασὶν ἀγνοεῖν μὲν ὁμολογῆσαι, δεῖν δὲ συγγνώμην ἔχειν, εἴ τι παρὰ τοὺς ἐθισμοὺς πράττει, γινώσκοντας ὅτι τὴν μὲν ἔξοδον ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐνναέτης ὢν ποιήσαιτο, πλείω δὲ τῶν πέντε καὶ τετταράκοντʼ ἐτῶν ἔχων εἰς αὐτὴν ἐπανήκει.
15.19.4διόπερ ἠξίου μὴ τοῦτο σκοπεῖν, εἴ τι παραπέπαικε τῆς συνηθείας, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον, εἰ τοῖς τῆς πατρίδος πράγμασιν ἀληθινῶς συμπάσχει· διὰ γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ νῦν εἰς τὴν ἀλογίαν ἐμπεπτωκένει ταύτην.
15.19.5θαυμαστὸν γὰρ αὐτῷ φανῆναι καὶ τελέως ἐξηλλαγμένον, εἴ τις ὑπάρχων Καρχηδόνιος καὶ συνειδὼς τὰ βεβουλευμένα καὶ κοινῇ τῇ πατρίδι καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ἑκάστοις ἡμῶν κατὰ Ῥωμαίων οὐ προσκυνεῖ τὴν τύχην, εἰ γεγονὼς ὑποχείριος τοιούτων τυγχάνει φιλανθρώπων·
15.19.6οὓς εἴ τις ὀλίγαις πρότερον ἡμέραις ἤρετο πόσʼ ἐλπίζουσι πείσεσθαι τὴν πατρίδα κρατησάντων Ῥωμαίων, οὐδʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν διὰ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῶν προφαινομένων αὐτοῖς κακῶν.
15.19.7διόπερ ἠξίου καὶ νῦν μηδʼ ἐπὶ λόγον ἄγειν, ἀλλʼ ὁμοθυμαδὸν δεξαμένους τὰ προτεινόμενα θύειν τοῖς θεοῖς, καὶ πάντας εὔχεσθαι βεβαιῶσαι ταῦτα τὸν δῆμον τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
15.19.8φανέντος δὲ φρονίμως αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς οἰκείως συμβουλεύειν, ἔδοξε ποιεῖσθαι τὰς συνθήκας ἐπὶ τοῖς προειρημένοις.
15.19.9καὶ τὸ μὲν συνέδριον παραυτίκα πρεσβευτὰς ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς ἀνθομολογησομένους ὑπὲρ τούτων.
15.20.1τοῦτο δὲ τίς οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσειε, πῶς, ὅτε μὲν αὐτὸς ὁ Πτολεμαῖος ζῶν οὐ προσεδεῖτο τῆς τούτων ἐπικουρίας,
Book 15, Part 5
15.20.2ἕτοιμοι βοηθεῖν ἦσαν, ὅτε δʼ ἐκεῖνος μετήλλαξε καταλιπὼν παιδίον νήπιον, ᾧ κατὰ φύσιν ἀμφοῖν ἐπέβαλλε συσσῴζειν τὴν βασιλείαν, τότε παρακαλέσαντες ἀλλήλους ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὸ διελόμενοι τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἀρχὴν ἐπανελέσθαι τὸν ἀπολελειμμένον,
15.20.3οὐδʼ οὖν, καθάπερ οἱ τύραννοι, βραχεῖαν δή τινα προβαλλόμενοι τῆς αἰσχύνης πρόφασιν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀνέδην καὶ θηριωδῶς οὕτως ὥστε προσοφλεῖν τὸν λεγόμενον τῶν ἰχθύων βίον, ἐν οἷς φασιν ὁμοφύλοις οὖσι τὴν τοῦ μείονος ἀπώλειαν τῷ μείζονι τροφὴν γίνεσθαι καὶ βίον.
15.20.4ἐξ ὧν τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐμβλέψας οἷον εἰς κάτοπτρον εἰς τὴν συνθήκην ταύτην αὐτόπτης δόξειε γίνεσθαι τῆς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἀσεβείας καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὠμότητος, ἔτι δὲ τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης πλεονεξίας τῶν προειρημένων βασιλέων;
15.20.5οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τίς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως τῇ τύχῃ μεμψάμενος ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων ἐν τούτοις ἀντικαταλλαγείη, διότι ἐκείνοις μὲν ἐπέθηκε μετὰ ταῦτα τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν δίκην, τοῖς δʼ ἐπιγενομένοις ἐξέθηκε κάλλιστον ὑπόδειγμα πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν τὸν τῶν προειρημένων βασιλέων παραδειγματισμόν;
15.20.6ἔτι γὰρ αὐτῶν παρασπονδούντων μὲν ἀλλήλους, διασπωμένων δὲ τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἀρχήν, ἐπιστήσασα Ῥωμαίους, ἁκεῖνοι κατὰ τῶν πέλας ἐβουλεύσαντο παρανόμως, ταῦτα κατʼ ἐκείνων δικαίως ἐκύρωσε καὶ καθηκόντως.
15.20.7παραυτίκα γὰρ ἑκάτεροι διὰ τῶν ὅπλων ἡττηθέντες οὐ μόνον ἐκωλύθησαν τῆς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγκλεισθέντες εἰς φόρους ὑπέμειναν Ῥωμαίοις τὸ προσταττόμενον ποιεῖν.
15.20.8τὸ τελευταῖον ἐν πάνυ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ τὴν μὲν Πτολεμαίου βασιλείαν ἡ τύχη διώρθωσε, τὰς δὲ τούτων δυναστείας καὶ τοὺς διαδόχους τοὺς μὲν ἄρδην ἀναστάτους ἐποίησε καὶ πανωλέθρους, τοὺς δὲ μικροῦ δεῖν τοῖς αὐτοῖς περιέβαλε συμπτώμασι. —
15.21.1ὅτι Μολπαγόρας τις ἦν παρὰ τοῖς Κιανοῖς, ἀνὴρ καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν ἱκανός, κατὰ δὲ τὴν αἵρεσιν δημαγωγικὸς καὶ πλεονέκτης.
15.21.2ὃς πρὸς χάριν ὁμιλῶν τῷ πλήθει καὶ τοὺς εὐκαιροῦντας τοῖς βίοις ὑποβάλλων τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ τινὰς μὲν εἰς τέλος ἀναιρῶν, τινὰς δὲ φυγαδεύων καὶ τὰς οὐσίας τὰς τούτων δημεύων καὶ διαδιδοὺς τοῖς πολλοῖς, ταχέως τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ περιεποιήσατο μοναρχικὴν ἐξουσίαν. —
15.21.3Κιανοὶ μὲν οὖν περιέπεσον τηλικαύταις συμφοραῖς οὐχ οὕτως διὰ τὴν τύχην οὐδὲ διὰ τὴν τῶν πέλας ἀδικίαν, τὸ δὲ πλεῖον διὰ τὴν αὑτῶν ἀβουλίαν καὶ κακοπολιτείαν,
15.21.4προάγοντες ἀεὶ τοὺς χειρίστους καὶ κολάζοντες τοὺς ἐναντιουμένους τούτοις, ἵνα διαιρῶνται τὰς ἀλλήλων οὐσίας,
15.21.5εἰς ταύτας οἷον ἐθελοντὴν ἐνέπεσον τὰς ἀτυχίας, εἰς ἃς οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως πάντες ἄνθρωποι προφανῶς ἐμπίπτοντες οὐ δύνανται λῆξαι τῆς ἀνοίας, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ βραχὺ διαπιστῆσαι [ῥᾴδιον], καθάπερ ἔνια τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων.
15.21.6ἐκεῖνα γὰρ οὐ μόνον ἐὰν αὐτά που δυσχρηστήσῃ περὶ τὰ δελέατα καὶ τὰς ἄρκυς, ἀλλὰ κἂν ἕτερον ἴδῃ κινδυνεῦον, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι ῥᾳδίως αὐτὰ προσαγάγοις πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν τόπον ὑποπτεύει καὶ παντὶ τῷ φαινομένῳ διαπιστεῖ.
15.21.7οἱ δʼ ἄνθρωποι τὰς μὲν ἀκούοντες ἀπολλυμένας πόλεις ἄρδην τῷ προειρημένῳ τρόπῳ, τὰς δʼ ἀκμὴν ὁρῶντες, ὅμως, ὅταν τις χρησάμενος τῷ πρὸς χάριν λόγῳ προτείνῃ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς ἐξ ἀλλήλων ἐπανορθώσεως, προσίασι πρὸς τὸ δέλεαρ ἀνεπιστάτως,
15.21.8σαφῶς εἰδότες ὅτι τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα δελέατα καταπιόντων οὐδεὶς οὐδέποτε σέσωσται, πᾶσι δʼ ὁμολογουμένως ὄλεθρον ἐπήνεγκαν αἱ τοιαῦται πολιτεῖαι.
15.22.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος κύριος γενόμενος τῆς πόλεως περιχαρὴς ἦν, ὡς καλήν τινα καὶ σεμνὴν πρᾶξιν ἐπιτετελεσμένος καὶ βεβοηθηκὼς μὲν προθύμως τῷ κηδεστῇ, καταπεπληγμένος δὲ πάντας τοὺς ἀλλοτριάζοντας, σωμάτων δὲ καὶ χρημάτων εὐπορίαν ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου περιπεποιημένος.
15.22.2τὰ δʼ ἐναντία τούτοις οὐ καθεώρα, καίπερ ὄντα προφανῆ, πρῶτον μὲν ὡς οὐκ ἀδικουμένῳ, παρασπονδοῦντι δὲ τῷ κηδεστῇ τοὺς πέλας ἐβοήθει,
15.22.3δεύτερον ὅτι πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα περιβαλὼν τοῖς μεγίστοις ἀτυχήμασιν ἀδίκως ἔμελλε κυρώσειν τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ διαδεδομένην φήμην ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰς τοὺς φίλους ὠμότητος, ἐξ ἀμφοῖν δὲ δικαίως καὶ κληρονομήσειν παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν ἐπʼ ἀσεβείᾳ δόξαν,
15.22.4τρίτον ὡς ἐνυβρίκει τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν προειρημένων πόλεων πρεσβευταῖς, οἳ παρῆσαν ἐξελούμενοι τοὺς Κιανοὺς ἐκ τῶν περιεστώτων κακῶν, ὑπὸ δʼ ἐκείνου παρακαλούμενοι καὶ διαγελώμενοι καθʼ ἡμέραν ἠναγκάσθησαν αὐτόπται γενέσθαι τούτων,
15.22.5ὧν ἥκιστʼ ἂν ἐβουλήθησαν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὅτι τοὺς Ῥοδίους οὕτως ἀπετεθηριώκει τότε πρὸς αὑτὸν ὥστε μηδένα λόγον ἔτι προσίεσθαι
15.23.1περὶ Φιλίππου. καὶ γὰρ ἡ τύχη πρός γε τοῦτο τὸ μέρος αὐτῷ συνήργησε προφανῶς.
15.23.2ὅτε γὰρ ὁ πρεσβευτὴν ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ τὸν ἀπολογισμὸν ἐποιεῖτο πρὸς τοὺς Ῥοδίους, ἐμφανίζων τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου μεγαλοψυχίαν, καὶ διότι τρόπον τινὰ κρατῶν ἤδη τῆς πόλεως δίδωσι τῷ δήμῳ τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦτο βουλόμενος ἐλέγξαι μὲν τὰς τῶν ἀντιπραττόντων αὐτῷ διαβολάς, φανερὰν δὲ τῇ πόλει καταστῆσαι τὴν αὑτοῦ προαίρεσιν·
15.23.3καὶ παρῆν τις ἐκ κατάπλου πρὸς τὸ πρυτανεῖον ἀναγγέλλων τὸν ἐξανδραποδισμὸν τῶν Κιανῶν καὶ τὴν ὠμότητα τοῦ Φιλίππου τὴν ἐν τούτοις γεγενημένην,
15.23.4ὥστε τοὺς Ῥοδίους, ἔτι μεταξὺ τοῦ πρεσβευτοῦ τὰ προειρημένα λέγοντος, ἐπεὶ προελθὼν ὁ πρύτανις διεσάφει τὰ προσηγγελμένα, μὴ δύνασθαι πιστεῦσαι διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς ἀθεσίας.
15.23.5Φίλιππος μὲν οὖν, παρασπονδήσας οὐχ οὕτως Κιανοὺς ὡς ἑαυτόν, εἰς τοιαύτην ἄγνοιαν ἢ καὶ παράπτωσιν τοῦ καθήκοντος ἧκεν ὥστʼ ἐφʼ οἷς ἐχρῆν αἰσχύνεσθαι καθʼ ὑπερβολήν, ἐπὶ τούτοις ὡς καλοῖς σεμνύνεσθαι καὶ μεγαλαυχεῖν·
15.23.6ὁ δὲ τῶν Ῥοδίων δῆμος ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας ὡς περὶ πολεμίου διελάμβανε τοῦ Φιλίππου, καὶ πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν σκοπὸν ἐποιεῖτο τὰς παρασκευάς.
15.23.7παραπλήσιον δὲ καὶ τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς μῖσος ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πράξεως ἐνειργάσατο πρὸς αὑτόν·
15.23.8ἄρτι γὰρ διαλελυμένος καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ἐκτείνων πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος, οὐδεμιᾶς προφάσεως ἐγγινομένης, φίλων ὑπαρχόντων καὶ συμμάχων Αἰτωλῶν, Λυσιμαχέων,
15.23.9Καλχηδονίων, Κιανῶν, βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον, πρῶτον μὲν προσηγάγετο τὴν Λυσιμαχέων πόλιν, ἀποσπάσας ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν συμμαχίας, δευτέραν δὲ τὴν Καλχηδονίων, τρίτην δὲ τὴν Κιανῶν ἐξηνδραποδίσατο, στρατηγοῦ παρʼ Αἰτωλῶν ἐν αὐτῇ διατρίβοντος καὶ προεστῶτος τῶν κοινῶν. Προυσίας δέ,
15.23.10καθὸ μὲν ἡ πρόθεσις αὐτοῦ συντελείας ἔτυχε, περιχαρὴς ἦν, καθὸ δὲ τὰ μὲν ἆθλα τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἕτερος ἀπέφερεν, αὐτὸς δὲ πόλεως οἰκόπεδον ἔρημον ἐκληρονόμει, δυσχερῶς διέκειτο, ποιεῖν δʼ οὐδὲν οἷός τʼ ἦν. —
15.24.1ὅτι Φίλιππος κατὰ τὸν ἀνάπλουν ἕτερον ἐφʼ ἑτέρῳ παρασπόνδημα μεταχειριζόμενος προσέσχε περὶ μέσον ἡμέρας πρὸς τὴν τῶν Θασίων πόλιν, καὶ ταύτην φιλίαν οὖσαν ἐξηνδραποδίσατο. —
15.24.2Θάσιοι εἶπον πρὸς Μητρόδωρον τὸν Φιλίππου στρατηγὸν παραδοῦναι τὴν πόλιν εἰ διατηρήσοι αὐτοὺς ἀφρουρήτους, ἀφορολογήτους, ἀνεπισταθμεύτους, νόμοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις. —
15.24.2συγχωρεῖν τὸν βασιλέα Θασίους ἀφρουρήτους,
15.24.3ἀφορολογήτους, ἀνεπισταθμεύτους, νόμοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις. ἐπισημηναμένων δὲ μετὰ κραυγῆς πάντων τὰ ῥηθέντα παρήγαγον τὸν Φίλιππον εἰς τὴν πόλιν. —
15.24.4ἴσως μὲν γὰρ πάντες οἱ βασιλεῖς κατὰ τὰς πρώτας ἀρχὰς πᾶσι προτείνουσι τὸ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὄνομα καὶ φίλους προσαγορεύουσι καὶ συμμάχους τοὺς κοινωνήσαντας σφίσι τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων, καθικόμενοι δὲ τῶν πράξεων παρὰ πόδας οὐ συμμαχικῶς, ἀλλὰ δεσποτικῶς χρῶνται τοῖς πιστεύσασι·
15.24.5διὸ καὶ τοῦ μὲν καλοῦ διαψεύδονται, τοῦ δὲ παραυτὰ συμφέροντος ὡς ἐπίπαν οὐκ ἀποτυγχάνουσι·
15.24.6τὸ δʼ ἐπιβαλλόμενον τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ περιλαμβάνοντα ταῖς ἐλπίσι τὴν οἰκουμένην καὶ πάσας ἀκμὴν ἀκεραίους ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπιβολὰς εὐθέως ἐν τοῖς ἐλαχίστοις καὶ πρώτοις τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων ἐπικηρύττειν ἅπασι τὴν ἀθεσίαν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀβεβαιότητα πῶς οὐκ ἂν δόξειεν ἀλόγιστον εἶναι καὶ μανικόν;
15.24a.1ὅτι ἐπεὶ πάσας καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος τὰς κατάλληλα πράξεις γενομένας κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐξηγούμεθα, δῆλον ὡς ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι τὸ τέλος ἐπʼ ἐνίων πρότερον ἐκφέρειν τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἐπειδὰν πρότερος ὁ τόπος ὑποπέσῃ κατὰ τὸν τῆς ὅλης ὑποθέσεως μερισμὸν καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῆς διηγήσεως ἔφοδον ὁ τὴν συντέλειαν τῆς πράξεως ἔχων τοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν ἐπιβολὴν περιέχοντος. —
15.25.1ὅτι Σωσίβιος ὁ ψευδεπίτροπος Πτολεμαίου ἐδόκει γεγονέναι σκεῦος ἀγχίνουν καὶ πολυχρόνιον, ἔτι δὲ κακοποιὸν ἐν βασιλείᾳ,
15.25.2καὶ πρώτῳ μὲν ἀρτῦσαι φόνον Λυσιμάχῳ, ὃς ἦν υἱὸς Ἀρσινόης τῆς Λυσιμάχου καὶ Πτολεμαίου, δευτέρῳ δὲ Μάγᾳ τῷ Πτολεμαίου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς Μάγα, τρίτῃ δὲ Βερενίκῃ τῇ Πτολεμαίου μητρὶ τοῦ Φιλοπάτορος, τετάρτῳ Κλεομένει τῷ Σπαρτιάτῃ, πέμπτῃ θυγατρὶ Βερενίκης Ἀρσινόῃ. —
15.25.3μετὰ δʼ ἡμέρας τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρας ἐν τῷ μεγίστῳ περιστύλῳ τῆς αὐλῆς οἰκοδομήσαντες βῆμα συνεκάλεσαν τοὺς ὑπασπιστὰς καὶ τὴν θεραπείαν, ἅμα δὲ τούτοις τοὺς πεζῶν καὶ τοὺς ἱππέων ἡγεμόνας.
15.25.4ἁθροισθέντων δὲ τούτων ἀναβὰς Ἀγαθοκλῆς καὶ Σωσίβιος ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα πρῶτον μὲν τὸν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τὸν τῆς βασιλίσσης θάνατον ἀνθωμολογήσαντο καὶ τὸ πένθος ἀνέφηναν τοῖς πολλοῖς κατὰ τὸ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἔθος.
15.25.5μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα διάδημα τῷ παιδὶ περιθέντες ἀνέδειξαν βασιλέα, καὶ διαθήκην τινὰ παρανέγνωσαν πεπλασμένην, ἐν ᾗ γεγραμμένον ἦν ὅτι καταλείπει τοῦ παιδὸς ἐπιτρόπους ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ Σωσίβιον·
15.25.6καὶ παρεκάλουν τοὺς ἡγεμόνας εὐνοεῖν καὶ διαφυλάττειν τῷ παιδὶ τὴν ἀρχήν· ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις δύο κάλπιδας ἀργυρᾶς εἰσήνεγκαν, ὡς τῆς μὲν μιᾶς ἐχούσης τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ὀστᾶ, τῆς δʼ ἑτέρας τὰ τῆς Ἀρσινόης·
15.25.7εἶχε δʼ ἡ μὲν μία κατʼ ἀλήθειαν τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἡ δʼ ἑτέρα πλήρης ἦν ἀρωμάτων. ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσαντες εὐθέως ἐπετέλουν τὴν ἐκφοράν. ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ πᾶσι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀρσινόην συνέβη γενέσθαι δῆλα.
15.25.8τοῦ γὰρ θανάτου φωτισθέντος ὁ τρόπος ἐπεζητεῖτο τῆς ἀπωλείας· οὐκ οὔσης δὲ προφάσεως ἄλλης οὐδεμιᾶς, τῆς ἀληθινῆς φήμης προσπεπτωκυίας, ἀκμὴν δʼ ἀμφισβητουμένης, τὸ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν γεγονὸς ἐν ταῖς ἑκάστων γνώμαις ἐπεσφραγίσθη. διὸ καὶ συνέβη μεγάλην γενέσθαι τὴν σύγχυσιν τῶν ὄχλων.
15.25.9τοῦ μὲν γὰρ βασιλέως οὐθεὶς οὐθένα λόγον ἐποιεῖτο, περὶ δὲ τῆς Ἀρσινόης, ἀνανεούμενοι τινὲς μὲν τὴν ὀρφανίαν αὐτῆς, ἔνιοι δὲ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐν τῷ ζῆν ὕβριν, ἣν ὑπέμεινε, καὶ τὴν αἰκίαν, σὺν δὲ τούτοις τὸ περὶ τὴν τελευτὴν ἀτύχημα, εἰς τοσαύτην παράστασιν ἐνέπιπτον καὶ δυσθυμίαν ὥστε πλήρη γενέσθαι τὴν πόλιν στεναγμοῦ, δακρύων, οἰμωγῆς ἀκαταπαύστου.
15.25.10ταῦτα δʼ ἦν τοῖς ὀρθῶς λογιζομένοις οὐχ οὕτω τῆς πρὸς Ἀρσινόην εὐνοίας τεκμήρια, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα μίσους·
Book 15, Part 6
15.25.11ὁ δὲ προειρημένος, ἐπειδὴ τὰς ὑδρίας εἰς τοὺς βασιλικοὺς οἴκους ἔθηκε, παραγγείλας ἀποθέσθαι τὰ φαιά, πρῶτον μὲν διμήνου τὰς δυνάμεις ὠψωνίασε, πεπεισμένος τὸ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς μῖσος ἀμβλύνειν διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελὲς ὁρμῆς αὐτῶν, εἶτʼ ἐπεξώρκισε τὸν ὅρκον ὃν ἦσαν ὀμνύειν εἰθισμένοι κατὰ τὰς ἀναδείξεις τῶν βασιλέων.
15.25.12ἐξαπέστειλε δὲ καὶ Φιλάμμωνα τὸν ἐπιστάντα τῷ τῆς Ἀρσινόης φόνῳ, ποιήσας αὐτὸν Λιβυάρχην τῶν κατὰ Κυρήνην τόπων, τὸ δὲ παιδίον ἐνεχείρισε ταῖς περὶ τὴν Οἰνάνθην καὶ Ἀγαθόκλειαν.
15.25.13μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Πέλοπα μὲν ἐξέπεμψε τὸν Πέλοπος εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον τὸν βασιλέα, παρακαλέσοντα συντηρεῖν τὴν φιλίαν καὶ μὴ παραβαίνειν τὰς πρὸς τὸν τοῦ παιδὸς πατέρα συνθήκας, Πτολεμαῖον δὲ τὸν Σωσιβίου πρὸς Φίλιππον τά τε περὶ τῆς ἐπιγαμίας συνθησόμενον καὶ παρακαλέσοντα βοηθεῖν, ἐὰν ὁλοσχερέστερον αὐτοὺς Ἀντίοχος ἐπιβάληται παρασπονδεῖν.
15.25.14προεχειρίσατο δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Ἀγησάρχου πρεσβευτὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, οὐχ ὡς ἐπισπεύσοντα τὴν πρεσβείαν, ἀλλʼ ὡς, ἂν ἅψηται τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ συμμίξῃ τοῖς ἐκεῖ φίλοις καὶ συγγενέσιν, αὐτοῦ καταμενοῦντα.
15.25.15προέκειτο γὰρ αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς ἐπιφανεῖς ἄνδρας ἐκποδὼν ποιῆσαι.
15.25.16ἐξαπέστειλε δὲ καὶ Σκόπαν τὸν Αἰτωλὸν ἐπὶ ξενολογίαν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, πλῆθος χρυσίου συνθεὶς εἰς τὰ προδόματα.
15.25.17δύο γὰρ ἔσχε προθέσεις ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, μίαν μὲν ἀποχρῆσθαι τοῖς ξενολογηθεῖσιν εἰς τὸν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον πόλεμον, ἄλλην δὲ τοὺς ἀρχαίους καὶ προϋπάρχοντας ξένους ἐπὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν φρούρια καὶ τὰς κατοικίας ἀποστεῖλαι, τοῖς δὲ παραγενομένοις ἀναπληρῶσαι καὶ καινοποιῆσαι τὴν θεραπείαν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν φυλακεῖα, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην πόλιν,
15.25.18νομίζων τοὺς διʼ αὑτοῦ ξενολογηθέντας καὶ μισθοδοτουμένους τῶν μὲν προγεγονότων μηδενὶ συμπαθήσοντας διὰ τὸ μηδὲν γινώσκειν, ἐν αὐτῷ δὲ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχοντας καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας καὶ τῆς ἐπανορθώσεως, ἑτοίμους ἕξειν συναγωνιστὰς καὶ συνεργοὺς πρὸς τὸ παραγγελλόμενον.
15.25.19ταῦτα δʼ ἐγενήθη πρότερα τοῦ παρὰ Φιλίππῳ διαβουλίου , ὡς ἐδηλώσαμεν· ἀλλʼ ἐκείνων κατὰ τὴν τῆς διηγήσεως τάξιν προτέρων λαμβανομένων ἀναγκαῖον ἦν οὕτως ταῦτα χειρίζειν ὥστε πρότερον ἐξηγεῖσθαι τὰς ἐντεύξεις καὶ τοὺς χρηματισμοὺς τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καὶ τῆς καταστάσεως καὶ τῆς ἐξαποστολῆς.
15.25.20ὁ δʼ Ἀγαθοκλῆς ἐπεὶ τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκποδὼν ἐποίησε, καὶ τὸ πολὺ τῆς τοῦ πλήθους ὀργῆς παρακατέσχε τῇ τῶν ὀψωνίων ἀποδόσει, παρὰ πόδας εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς συνήθειαν ἐπανῆλθε. καὶ τὰς μὲν τῶν φίλων χώρας ἀνεπλήρωσε,
15.25.21παρεισαγαγὼν ἐκ τῆς διακονίας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ὑπηρεσίας τοὺς εἰκαιοτάτους καὶ θρασυτάτους·
15.25.22αὐτὸς δὲ τὸ πολὺ τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐν μέθῃ διέτριβε καὶ ταῖς τῇ μέθῃ παρεπομέναις ἀκρασίαις, οὐ φειδόμενος οὔτʼ ἀκμαζούσης γυναικὸς οὔτε νύμφης οὔτε παρθένου, καὶ πάντα ταῦτʼ ἔπραττε μετὰ τῆς ἐπαχθεστάτης φαντασίας.
15.25.23ὅθεν πολλῆς μὲν καὶ παντοδαπῆς γινομένης δυσαρεστήσεως, οὐδεμιᾶς δὲ θεραπείας οὐδὲ βοηθείας προσαγομένης, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἀεὶ προσεπαγομένης ὕβρεως, ὑπερηφανίας, ῥᾳθυμίας,
15.25.24ἀνεθυμιᾶτο πάλιν ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς τὸ προϋπάρχον μῖσος καὶ πάντες ἀνενεοῦντο τὰ προγεγενημένα περὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἀτυχήματα διὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τούτους.
15.25.25τῷ δὲ μηδὲν ἔχειν πρόσωπον ἀξιόχρεων τὸ προστησόμενον, καὶ διʼ οὗ τὴν ὀργὴν εἰς τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ τὴν Ἀγαθόκλειαν ἀπερείσονται, τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἦγον, ἔτι μίαν ἐλπίδα καραδοκοῦντες τὴν κατὰ τὸν Τληπόλεμον καὶ ταύτῃ προσανέχοντες.
15.25.26ὁ δὲ Τληπόλεμος, ἕως μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἔζη, τὰ καθʼ αὑτὸν ἔπραττεν· ἅμα δὲ τῷ μεταλλάξαι ʼκεῖνον ταχέως ἐξομαλίσας τὰ πλήθη στρατηγὸς πάλιν ἐγενήθη τῶν κατὰ Πηλούσιον τόπων.
15.25.27καὶ τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ἀναφορὰν τῶν πραττομένων ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως συμφέρον, πεπεισμένος ὑπάρξειν τι συνέδριον ὃ τήν τε τοῦ παιδὸς ἐπιτροπείαν ἕξει καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅλων προστασίαν.
15.25.28ὡς δʼ ἑώρα τοὺς μὲν ἀξίους ἐπιτροπῆς ἄνδρας ἐκποδὼν γεγονότας, τῆς δὲ τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς κατατολμῶντα τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα, ταχέως ἐφʼ ἑτέρας ἐγένετο γνώμης, ὑφορώμενος τὸν προεστῶτα κίνδυνον διὰ τὴν ὑποκειμένην αὐτοῖς ἔχθραν, καὶ τάς τε δυνάμεις περὶ αὑτὸν ἥθροιζε καὶ περὶ πόρον ἐγίνετο χρημάτων, ἵνα μηδενὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν εὐχείρωτος ᾖ.
15.25.29ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἐπιτροπείαν καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅλων προστασίαν εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἥξειν οὐκ ἀπήλπιζε, νομίζων καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν μὲν κρίσιν αὐτὸς ἀξιοχρεώτερος ὑπάρχειν Ἀγαθοκλέους πρὸς πᾶν, ἔτι μᾶλλον δὲ πυνθανόμενος καὶ τὰς ὑφʼ ἑαυτὸν ταττομένας δυνάμεις καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐπʼ ἐκείνῳ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχειν τοῦ καταλύειν τὴν Ἀγαθοκλέους ὕβριν.
15.25.30οὔσης δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν οἵας εἴρηκα διαλήψεως, ταχέως τὰ τῆς διαφορᾶς αὔξησιν ἔλαβε συνεργούντων ἀμφοτέρων πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην ὑπόθεσιν.
15.25.31ὁ μὲν γὰρ Τληπόλεμος, ἐξιδιάζεσθαι σπεύδων τοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ ταξιάρχους καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τούτων ταττομένους, συνῆγε πότους ἐπιμελῶς, καὶ παρὰ τὰς συνουσίας τὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν πρὸς χάριν λεγόντων αἰκαλλόμενος, τὰ δʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ὁρμῆς, ἅτε νέος ὢν καὶ παρὰ τὸν οἶνον γινομένης τῆς ὁμιλίας, ἐρρίπτει λόγους κατὰ τῆς συγγενείας τῆς τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς αἰνιγματώδεις, εἶτʼ ἀμφιβόλους, τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ἐκφανεῖς καὶ τὴν πικροτάτην ἔχοντας λοιδορίαν.
15.25.32ἐπεχεῖτο γὰρ τοῦ θρανογράφου καὶ τῆς σαμβυκιστρίας καὶ τῆς κουρίδος, ἔτι δὲ τοῦ παιδαρίου τοῦ πάντα πεποιηκότος καὶ πεπονθότος παρὰ τοὺς πότους, ὅτʼ ἐῳνοχόει τῷ βασιλεῖ παῖς ὤν.
15.25.33ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις ἀεὶ τῶν συμπαρόντων γελώντων καὶ συμβαλλομένων τι πρὸς τὸν χλευασμόν, ταχέως εἰς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα τὸ πρᾶγμα παρεγενήθη.
15.25.34γενομένης δʼ ἔχθρας ὁμολογουμένης εὐθέως ὁ Ἀγαθοκλῆς διαβολὴν εἰσῆγε κατὰ τοῦ Τληπολέμου, φάσκων αὐτὸν ἀλλοτριάζειν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ καλεῖν Ἀντίοχον ἐπὶ τὰ πράγματα.
15.25.35καὶ πολλὰς εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος εὐπόρει πιθανότητας, τὰς μὲν ἐκ τῶν συμβαινόντων παρεκδεχόμενος καὶ διαστρέφων, τὰς δʼ ἐκ καταβολῆς πλάττων καὶ διασκευάζων.
15.25.36ταῦτα δʼ ἐποίει βουλόμενος τὰ πλήθη παροξύνειν κατὰ τοῦ Τληπολέμου· συνέβαινε δὲ τοὐναντίον. πάλαι γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ προειρημένῳ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχοντες οἱ πολλοὶ καὶ λίαν ἡδέως ἑώρων ἐκκαιομένην τὴν διαφοράν.
15.25.37ἐγένετο δʼ ἡ καταρχὴ τοῦ περὶ τὰ πλήθη κινήματος διά τινας τοιαύτας αἰτίας. Νίκων ὁ συγγενὴς τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα ζῶντος ἔτι τοῦ βασιλέως καθεσταμένος ἦν ἐπὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ· τότε δὲ τῶν
15.26a.1ὅτι Δείνωνα τὸν Δείνωνος ἐπανείλετο Ἀγαθοκλῆς, καὶ τοῦτο ἔπραξε τῶν ἀδίκων ἔργων, ὡς ἡ παροιμία φησί, δικαιότατον· καθʼ ὃν μὲν γὰρ καιρόν, τῶν γραμμάτων αὐτῷ προσπεσόντων ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τῆς Ἀρσινόης, ἐξουσίαν ἔσχε μηνῦσαι τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ σῶσαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν, τότε δὴ συνεργήσας τοῖς περὶ τὸν Φιλάμμωνα, πάντων ἐγένετο τῶν ἐπιγενομένων κακῶν αἴτιος,
15.26a.2μετὰ δὲ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὸν φόνον ἀνανεούμενος καὶ πρὸς πολλοὺς οἰκτιζόμενος καὶ μεταμελόμενος ἐπὶ τῷ τοιοῦτον καιρὸν παραλιπεῖν δῆλος ἐγένετο τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα· διὸ καὶ παραυτίκα τυχὼν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης τιμωρίας μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον. —
15.26.1πρώτους δὲ συναθροίσας τοὺς Μακεδόνας, εἰς τούτους εἰσῆλθε μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῆς Ἀγαθοκλείας.
15.26.2καὶ τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ὑπεκρίνετο τὸν οὐ δυνάμενον εἰπεῖν ἃ βούλεται διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐπιφερομένων δακρύων·
15.26.3ἐπεὶ δὲ πλεονάκις ἀπομάττων τῇ χλαμύδι κατεκράτησε τῆς ἐπιφορᾶς, βαστάσας τὸ παιδίον "3Λάβετε"3 ἔφη "3τοῦτον, ὃν ὁ πατὴρ ἀποθνήσκων εἰς μὲν τὰς ἀγκάλας ἔδωκε ταύτῃ"3 δείξας τὴν ἀδελφὴν "3παρακατέθετο δʼ εἰς τὴν ὑμετέραν, ὦ ἄνδρες Μακεδόνες, πίστιν.
15.26.4ἡ μὲν οὖν [καὶ] ταύτης εὔνοια βραχεῖάν τινα ῥοπὴν ἔχει πρὸς τὴν τούτου σωτηρίαν, ἐν ὑμῖν δὲ κεῖται καὶ ταῖς ὑμετέραις χερσὶ τὰ τούτου νυνὶ πράγματα.
15.26.5Τληπόλεμος γὰρ πάλαι μὲν ἦν δῆλος τοῖς ὀρθῶς σκοπουμένοις μειζόνων ἐφιέμενος ἢ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν πραγμάτων, νῦν δὲ καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὸν καιρὸν ὥρικεν, ἐν ᾗ μέλλει τὸ διάδημʼ ἀναλαμβάνειν.
15.26.6"3 καὶ περὶ τούτων οὐχ αὑτῷ πιστεύειν ἐκέλευεν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς εἰδόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ παροῦσι νῦν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων.
15.26.7καὶ τοῦτʼ εἰπὼν εἰσῆγε τὸν Κριτόλαον, ὃς ἔφη καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς αὐτὸς ἑωρακέναι κατασκευαζομένους καὶ τὰ θύματα παρὰ τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἑτοιμαζόμενα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ διαδήματος ἀνάδειξιν.
15.26.8ὧν οἱ Μακεδόνες ἀκούοντες οὐχ οἷον ἠλέουν αὐτόν, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν προσεῖχον τῶν λεγομένων, μυχθίζοντες δὲ καὶ διαψιθυρίζοντες ἐξελήρησαν οὕτως ὥστε μηδʼ αὐτὸν εἰδέναι [μήτε] πῶς τὸ παράπαν ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀπελύθη.
15.26.9παραπλήσια δὲ τούτοις ἐγίνετο καὶ περὶ τὰ λοιπὰ συστήματα κατὰ τοὺς ἐκκλησιασμούς.
15.26.10ἐν δὲ τῷ μεταξὺ πολὺς ἦν ὁ καταπλέων ἐκ τῶν ἄνω στρατοπέδων, καὶ παρεκάλουν οἱ μὲν συγγενεῖς, οἱ δὲ φίλους, βοηθεῖν τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις, καὶ μὴ περιιδεῖν σφᾶς ἀνέδην ὑφʼ οὕτως ἀναξίων ὑβριζομένους.
15.26.11μάλιστα δὲ παρώξυνε τοὺς πολλοὺς πρὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν προεστώτων τιμωρίαν τὸ γινώσκειν ὅτι τὸ μέλλειν καθʼ αὑτῶν ἐστι διὰ τὸ πάντων τῶν παρακομιζομένων ἐπιτηδείων εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν κρατεῖν
15.27.1τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τληπόλεμον. ἐγένετο δέ τι καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα συνέργημα πρὸς τὸ τὴν ὀργὴν ἐπιτεῖναι τήν τε τῶν πολλῶν καὶ τὴν τοῦ Τληπολέμου·
15.27.2τὴν γὰρ Δανάην, ἥτις ἦν πενθερὰ τοῦ προειρημένου, λαβόντες ἐκ τοῦ τῆς Δήμητρος ἱεροῦ καὶ διὰ μέσου τῆς πόλεως ἑλκύσαντες ἀκατακάλυπτον εἰς φυλακὴν ἀπέθεντο, βουλόμενοι φανερὰν ποιεῖν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Τληπόλεμον διαφοράν.
15.27.3ἐφʼ οἷς τὸ πλῆθος ἀγανακτοῦν οὐκέτι κατʼ ἰδίαν οὐδὲ διʼ ἀπορρήτων ἐποιεῖτο τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν τὰς νύκτας εἰς πάντα τόπον ἐπέγραφον, οἱ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας συστρεφόμενοι κατὰ μέρη φανερῶς ἐξέφερον ἤδη τὸ μῖσος εἰς τοὺς προεστῶτας.
15.27.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα βλέποντες τὰ συμβαίνοντα, καὶ μοχθηρὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχοντες περὶ αὑτῶν, τοτὲ μὲν ἐγίνοντο περὶ δρασμόν, οὐδενὸς δʼ αὐτοῖς ἡτοιμασμένου πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος διὰ τὴν σφετέραν ἀβουλίαν ἀφίσταντο τῆς ἐπιβολῆς·
15.27.5τοτὲ δὲ συνωμότας κατέγραφον καὶ κοινωνοὺς τῆς τόλμης, ὡς αὐτίκα μάλα τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοὺς μὲν κατασφάξοντες, τοὺς δὲ συλληψόμενοι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τυραννικὴν ἐξουσίαν περιποιησόμενοι.
15.27.6ταῦτα δʼ αὐτῶν διανοουμένων προσέπεσε διαβολὴ κατά τινος Μοιραγένους, ἑνὸς τῶν σωματοφυλάκων, διότι μηνύοι πάντα τῷ Τληπολέμῳ καὶ συνεργοίη διὰ τὴν πρὸς Ἀδαῖον οἰκειότητα τὸν ἐπὶ τῆς Βουβαστοῦ τότε καθεσταμένον.
15.27.7ὁ δʼ Ἀγαθοκλῆς εὐθέως συνέταξε Νικοστράτῳ τῷ πρὸς τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένῳ συλλαβόντι τὸν Μοιραγένη φιλοτίμως ἐξετάσαι, πᾶσαν προτιθέντα βάσανον.
15.27.8οὗτος μὲν οὖν παραχρῆμα συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Νικοστράτου καὶ παραχθεὶς εἴς τινα μέρη τῆς αὐλῆς ἀποκεχωρηκότα, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐξ ὀρθῆς ἀνεκρίνετο περὶ τῶν προσπεπτωκότων,
Book 15, Part 7
15.27.9πρὸς οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν λεγομένων ἀνθομολογούμενος ἐξεδύθη· καὶ τινὲς μὲν τὰ πρὸς τὰς βασάνους ὄργανα διεσκεύαζον, οἱ δὲ τὰς μάστιγας ἔχοντες μετὰ χεῖρας ἀπεδύοντο τὰς χλαμύδας.
15.27.10κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον προστρέχει τις τῶν ὑπηρετῶν πρὸς τὸν Νικόστρατον, καὶ ψιθυρίσας πρὸς τὴν ἀκοὴν ἅττα δήποτʼ οὖν ἀπηλλάττετο μετὰ σπουδῆς. ὁ δὲ Νικόστρατος ἐκ ποδὸς ἐπηκολούθει τούτῳ,
15.27.11λέγων μὲν οὐδέν, τύπτων δὲ συνεχῶς τὸν μηρόν.
15.28.1περὶ δὲ τὸν Μοιραγένην ἄφατον ἦν καὶ παράλογον τὸ συμβαῖνον.
15.28.2οἱ μὲν γὰρ μόνον οὐ διατεταμένοι τὰς μάστιγας παρέστασαν, οἱ δὲ πρὸ ποδῶν αὐτοῦ τὰ πρὸς ἀνάγκας ὄργανα διεσκεύαζον·
15.28.3τοῦ δὲ Νικοστράτου παραχωρήσαντος ἕστασαν ἀχανεῖς πάντες, ἐμβλέποντες ἀλλήλοις, προσδοκῶντες ἀεί ποτε τὸν προειρημένον ἀνακάμψειν.
15.28.4χρόνου δὲ γινομένου κατὰ βραχὺ διέρρεον οἱ παρεστῶτες, τέλος δʼ ὁ Μοιραγένης ἀπελείφθη. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα διελθὼν τὴν αὐλὴν ἀνελπίστως παρέπεσε γυμνὸς εἴς τινα σκηνὴν τῶν Μακεδόνων, σύνεγγυς κειμένην τῆς αὐλῆς.
15.28.5καταλαβὼν δὲ κατὰ τύχην ἀριστῶντας καὶ συνηθροισμένους, ἔλεγε τὰ περὶ αὑτὸν συμβεβηκότα καὶ τὸ παράλογον τῆς σωτηρίας.
15.28.6οἱ δὲ τὰ μὲν ἠπίστουν, τὰ δὲ πάλιν ὁρῶντες αὐτὸν γυμνὸν ἠναγκάζοντο πιστεύειν.
15.28.7ἐκ δὲ ταύτης τῆς περιπετείας ὅ τε Μοιραγένης μετὰ δακρύων ἐδεῖτο τῶν Μακεδόνων μὴ μόνον τῆς αὑτοῦ συνεπιλαβέσθαι σωτηρίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ μάλιστα τῆς σφῶν αὐτῶν·
15.28.8πρόδηλον γὰρ εἶναι πᾶσι τὸν ὄλεθρον, ἐὰν μὴ συνάψωνται τοῦ καιροῦ, καθʼ ὃν ἀκμάζει τὸ τῶν πολλῶν μῖσος καὶ πᾶς ἕτοιμός ἐστι πρὸς τὴν κατʼ Ἀγαθοκλέους τιμωρίαν.
15.29.1λιστʼ ἔφη καὶ προσδεῖσθαι τῶν καταρξομένων. οἱ δὲ Μακεδόνες ἀκούσαντες τούτων παροξύνονται, καὶ πέρας ἐπείσθησαν τῷ Μοιραγένει, καὶ πρώτας μὲν εὐθέως ἐπῄεσαν τὰς τῶν Μακεδόνων σκηνάς, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὰς τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν·
15.29.2εἰσὶ δʼ αὗται συνεχεῖς, πρὸς ἓν μέρος ἀπονενευκυῖαι τῆς πόλεως.
15.29.3οὔσης δὲ τῆς μὲν ὁρμῆς πάλαι προχείρου τῆς τῶν πολλῶν, προσδεομένης δὲ τοῦ προκαλεσομένου μόνον καὶ τολμήσοντος, ἅμα τῷ λαβεῖν ἀρχὴν τὸ πρᾶγμα ταχέως οἷον εἰ πῦρ ἐξέλαμψεν.
15.29.4οὐ γὰρ ἐγενήθησαν ὧραι τέτταρες καὶ πάντα τὰ γένη συμπεφωνήκει καὶ τὰ στρατιωτικὰ καὶ τὰ πολιτικὰ πρὸς τὴν ἐπίθεσιν.
15.29.5συνήργησε γὰρ μεγάλα καὶ ταὐτόματον ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ πρὸς τὴν συντέλειαν.
15.29.6ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἀγαθοκλῆς, ἀνενεχθείσης πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπιστολῆς καὶ κατασκόπων ἐπαναχθέντων, καὶ τῆς μὲν ἐπιστολῆς γεγραμμένης πρὸς τὰς δυνάμεις παρὰ τοῦ Τληπολέμου καὶ δηλούσης ὅτι παρέσται ταχέως, τῶν δὲ κατασκόπων διασαφούντων ὅτι πάρεστιν,
15.29.7οὕτως ἐξέστη τῶν φρενῶν ὥστʼ ἀφέμενος τοῦ πράττειν τι καὶ διανοεῖσθαι περὶ τῶν προσπεπτωκότων ἀπῆλθε κατὰ τὸν εἰθισμένον καιρὸν εἰς τὸν πότον, κἀκεῖ κατὰ τὴν εἰθισμένην ἀγωγὴν ἐπετέλει τὴν συνουσίαν.
15.29.8ἡ δʼ Οἰνάνθη περικακοῦσα παρῆν εἰς τὸ Θεσμοφορεῖον, ἀνεῳγμένου τοῦ νεὼ διά τινα θυσίαν ἐπέτειον.
15.29.9καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐλιπάρει γονυπετοῦσα καὶ μαγγανεύουσα πρὸς τὰς θεάς, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καθίσασα πρὸς τὸν βωμὸν εἶχε τὴν ἡσυχίαν. αἱ μὲν οὖν πολλαὶ τῶν γυναικῶν,
15.29.10ἡδέως ὁρῶσαι τὴν δυσθυμίαν καὶ περικάκησιν αὐτῆς, ἀπεσιώπων· αἱ δὲ τοῦ Πολυκράτους συγγενεῖς καί τινες ἕτεραι τῶν ἐνδόξων, ἀδήλου τῆς περιστάσεως αὐταῖς ἀκμὴν ὑπαρχούσης, προσελθοῦσαι παρεμυθοῦντο τὴν Οἰνάνθην.
15.29.11ἡ δʼ ἀναβοήσασα μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ "μή μοι πρόσιτέ" φησι "θηρία· καλῶς γὰρ ὑμᾶς γινώσκω, διότι καὶ φρονεῖθʼ ἡμῖν ἐναντία καὶ ταῖς θεαῖς εὔχεσθε τὰ δυσχερέστατα καθʼ ἡμῶν.
15.29.12οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔτι πέποιθα τῶν θεῶν βουλομένων γεύσειν ὑμᾶς τῶν ἰδίων τέκνων"
15.29.13. καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰποῦσα ταῖς ῥαβδούχοις ἀνείργειν προσέταξε καὶ παίειν τὰς μὴ πειθαρχούσας.
15.29.14αἱ δʼ ἐπιλαβόμεναι τῆς προφάσεως ταύτης ἀπηλλάττοντο πᾶσαι, τοῖς θεοῖς ἀνίσχουσαι τὰς χεῖρας καὶ καταρώμεναι λαβεῖν αὐτὴν ἐκείνην πεῖραν τούτων, ἃ κατὰ τῶν πέλας ἐπανετείνετο πράξειν.
15.30.1ἤδη δὲ κεκριμένου τοῦ καινοτομεῖν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἐπιγενομένης καθʼ ἑκάστην οἰκίαν καὶ τῆς ἐκ τῶν γυναικῶν ὀργῆς διπλάσιον ἐξεκαύθη τὸ μῖσος.
15.30.2ἅμα δὲ τῷ μεταλαβεῖν τὸ τῆς νυκτὸς πᾶσα πλήρης ἦν ἡ πόλις θορύβου καὶ φώτων καὶ διαδρομῆς·
15.30.3οἱ μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὸ στάδιον ἡθροίζοντο μετὰ κραυγῆς, οἱ δὲ παρεκάλουν ἀλλήλους, οἱ δὲ κατεδύοντο διαδιδράσκοντες εἰς ἀνυπονοήτους οἰκίας καὶ τόπους·
15.30.4ἤδη δὲ τῶν περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν εὐρυχωριῶν καὶ τοῦ σταδίου καὶ τῆς πλατείας πλήρους ὑπαρχούσης ὄχλου παντοδαποῦ καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ Διονυσιακὸν θέατρον προστασίας,
15.30.5πυθόμενος τὸ συμβαῖνον Ἀγαθοκλῆς ἐξηγέρθη μεθύων, ἄρτι καταλελυκὼς τὸν πότον, καὶ παραλαβὼν τοὺς συγγενεῖς πάντας πλὴν Φίλωνος ἧκε πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα.
15.30.6καὶ βραχέα πρὸς τοῦτον οἰκτισάμενος καὶ λαβόμενος αὐτοῦ τῆς χειρός, ἀνέβαινεν εἰς τὴν σύριγγα τὴν μεταξὺ τοῦ Μαιάνδρου καὶ τῆς παλαίστρας κειμένην καὶ φέρουσαν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ θεάτρου πάροδον.
15.30.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, δύο θύρας ἀσφαλισάμενος τὰς πρώτας, εἰς τὴν τρίτην ἀνεχώρησε μετὰ δυεῖν ἢ τριῶν σωματοφυλάκων καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῆς αὑτοῦ συγγενείας.
15.30.8συνέβαινε δὲ τὰς θύρας εἶναι δικτυωτὰς διαφανεῖς, ἀποκλειομένας δὲ διττοῖς μοχλοῖς.
15.30.9κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἡθροισμένου τοῦ πλήθους ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς πόλεως, ὥστε μὴ μόνον τοὺς ἐπιπέδους τόπους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ βάθρα καὶ τὰ τέγη καταγέμειν ἀνθρώπων, ἐγίνετο βοὴ καὶ κραυγὴ σύμμικτος, ὡς ἂν γυναικῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ παίδων ἀνδράσιν ἀναμεμιγμένων·
15.30.10οὐ γὰρ ἐλάττω ποιεῖ τὰ παιδάρια τῶν ἀνδρῶν περὶ τὰς τοιαύτας ταραχὰς ἔν τε τῇ Καρχηδονίων πόλει καὶ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν.
15.31.1ἤδη δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ὑποφαινούσης ἦν μὲν ἄκριτος ἡ κραυγή, μάλιστα δʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐξέλαμψε τὸ καλεῖν τὸν βασιλέα.
15.31.2τὸ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον οἱ Μακεδόνες ἐξαναστάντες κατελάβοντο τὸν χρηματιστικὸν πυλῶνα τῶν βασιλείων·
15.31.3μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον ἐπιγνόντες ποῦ τῆς αὐλῆς ἦν ὁ βασιλεύς, περιελθόντες τὰς μὲν πρώτας τῆς [πρώτης] σύριγγος ἐξέβαλον θύρας, ἐγγίσαντες δὲ τῆς δευτέρας ᾐτοῦντο τὸν παῖδα μετὰ κραυγῆς.
15.31.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα, βλέποντες ἤδη τὰ καθʼ αὑτούς, ἐδέοντο τῶν σωματοφυλάκων πρεσβεῦσαι περὶ αὑτῶν πρὸς τοὺς Μακεδόνας, δηλοῦντας ὅτι τῆς ἐπιτροπείας ἐκχωροῦσι καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἐξουσίας καὶ τῶν τιμῶν, ἔτι δὲ τῶν χορηγίων ὧν ἔχουσι πάντων,
15.31.5αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ πνευμάτιον δέονται συγχωρηθῆναι σφίσι μετὰ τῆς ἀναγκαίας τροφῆς, ἵνα χωρήσαντες εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διάθεσιν μηδὲ βουληθέντες ἔτι δύνωνται λυπεῖν μηδένα.
15.31.6τῶν μὲν οὖν ἄλλων σωματοφυλάκων οὐδεὶς ὑπήκουσεν, Ἀριστομένης δὲ μόνος ὑπέστη τὴν χρείαν ταύτην ὁ μετά τινα χρόνον ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων γενόμενος. ὁ δʼ ἀνὴρ οὗτος τὸ μὲν γένος ἦν Ἀκαρνάν,
15.31.7καθʼ ὅσον δὲ προβαίνων κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν, γενόμενος κύριος τῶν ὅλων πραγμάτων, κάλλιστα καὶ σεμνότατα δοκεῖ προστῆναι τοῦ τε βασιλέως καὶ τῆς βασιλείας, κατὰ τοσοῦτον κεκολακευκέναι τὴν Ἀγαθοκλέους εὐκαιρίαν.
15.31.8πρῶτος μὲν γὰρ ὡς ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλέσας τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα χρυσοῦν στέφανον ἀνέδωκε μόνῳ τῶν παρόντων, ὃ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν αὐτοῖς ἔθος ἐστὶ μόνοις συγχωρεῖσθαι,
15.31.9πρῶτος δὲ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ προειρημένου φέρειν ἐτόλμησεν ἐν τῷ δακτυλίῳ· γενομένης δὲ θυγατρὸς αὐτῷ ταύτην Ἀγαθόκλειαν προσηγόρευσεν.
15.31.10ἀλλʼ ἴσως ὑπὲρ μὲν τούτων ἐξαρκεῖ καὶ τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα· λαβὼν δὲ τὰς προειρημένας ἐντολὰς καὶ διά τινος ῥινοπύλης ἐξελθών, ἧκε πρὸς τοὺς Μακεδόνας.
15.31.11βραχέα δʼ αὐτοῦ διαλεχθέντος καὶ δηλώσαντος τὴν προαίρεσιν, ἐπεβάλοντο μὲν οἱ Μακεδόνες παραχρῆμα συγκεντῆσαι, ταχὺ δέ τινων ὑπερεχόντων αὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ παραιτησαμένων τοὺς πολλούς, ἐπανῆλθε λαβὼν ἐντολὴν ἢ τὸν βασιλέα πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἄγονθʼ ἥκειν ἢ μηδʼ αὐτὸν ἐξιέναι.
15.31.12τὸν μὲν οὖν Ἀριστομένην ταῦτʼ εἰπόντες οἱ Μακεδόνες ἀπέπεμψαν, αὐτοὶ δὲ ταῖς δευτέραις θύραις ἐγγίσαντες ἐξέωσαν καὶ ταύτας.
15.31.13οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα θεωροῦντες τὴν τῶν Μακεδόνων βίαν διά τε τῶν ἐνεργουμένων καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐπεβάλοντο διὰ τῆς θύρας προτείναντες τὰς χεῖρας, ἡ δʼ Ἀγαθόκλεια καὶ τοὺς μασθούς, οἷς ἔφη θρέψαι τὸν βασιλέα, δεῖσθαι τῶν Μακεδόνων, πᾶσαν προϊέμενοι φωνὴν
Book 15, Part 8
15.32.1πρὸς τὸ περιποιήσασθαι τὸ ζῆν αὐτὸ μόνον· ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλὰ κατολοφυρόμενοι τὴν αὑτῶν τύχην οὐδὲν ἤνυον, τέλος ἐξέπεμψαν τὸν παῖδα μετὰ τῶν σωματοφυλάκων.
15.32.2οἱ δὲ Μακεδόνες, παραλαβόντες τὸν βασιλέα καὶ ταχέως ἐφʼ ἵππον ἀναβιβάσαντες, ἦγον εἰς τὸ στάδιον.
15.32.3ἅμα δὲ τῷ φανῆναι μεγάλης κραυγῆς καὶ κρότου γενηθέντος, ἐπιστήσαντες τὸν ἵππον καθεῖλον τὸν παῖδα, καὶ προαγαγόντες ἐκάθισαν εἰς τὴν βασιλικὴν θέαν.
15.32.4περὶ δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους ἐγένετό τις ἅμα χαρὰ καὶ λύπη· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἦσαν περιχαρεῖς ἐπὶ τῷ κεκομίσθαι τὸν παῖδα, τὰ δὲ πάλιν δυσηρέστουν τῷ μὴ συνειλῆφθαι τοὺς αἰτίους μηδὲ τυγχάνειν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης τιμωρίας.
15.32.5διὸ καὶ συνεχῶς ἐβόων, ἄγειν κελεύοντες καὶ παραδειγματίζειν τοὺς πάντων τῶν κακῶν αἰτίους.
15.32.6ἤδη δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας προβαινούσης, καὶ τοῦ πλήθους ἐπʼ οὐδένα δυναμένου πέρας ἀπερείσασθαι τὴν ὁρμήν, Σωσίβιος, ὃς ἦν μὲν υἱὸς Σωσιβίου, τότε δὲ σωματοφύλαξ ὑπάρχων μάλιστα τὸν νοῦν προσεῖχε τῷ τε βασιλεῖ καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι,
15.32.7θεωρῶν τήν τε τοῦ πλήθους ὁρμὴν ἀμετάθετον οὖσαν καὶ τὸ παιδίον δυσχρηστούμενον διά τε τὴν τῶν παρεστώτων ἀσυνήθειαν καὶ διὰ τὴν περὶ τὸν ὄχλον ταραχήν, ἐπύθετο τοῦ βασιλέως εἰ παραδώσει τοῖς πολλοῖς τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν ἢ τὴν μητέρα τι πεπλημμεληκότας.
15.32.8τοῦ δὲ κατανεύσαντος, τῶν μὲν σωματοφυλάκων τισὶν εἶπε δηλῶσαι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως γνώμην, τὸ δὲ παιδίον ἀναστήσας ἀπῆγε πρὸς τὴν θεραπείαν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν οἰκίαν, σύνεγγυς οὖσαν.
15.32.9τῶν δὲ διασαφούντων τὰ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, κατερρήγνυτο πᾶς ὁ τόπος ὑπὸ τοῦ κρότου καὶ τῆς κραυγῆς.
15.32.10οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ τὴν Ἀγαθόκλειαν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ διεχωρίσθησαν ἀλλήλων εἰς τὰς ἰδίας καταλύσεις. ταχὺ δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τινες,
15.32.11οἱ μὲν ἐθελοντήν, οἱ δʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ἐξωθούμενοι, παρώρμησαν ἐπὶ τὸ ζητεῖν τοὺς προειρημένους.
15.33.1τοῦ δὲ ποιεῖν αἷμα καὶ φόνους ἐγένετό τις ἐκ ταὐτομάτου καταρχὴ τοιαύτη.
15.33.2τῶν γὰρ Ἀγαθοκλέους ὑπηρετῶν καὶ κολάκων τις ὄνομα Φίλων ἐξῆλθε κραιπαλῶν εἰς τὸ στάδιον.
15.33.3οὗτος θεωρῶν τὴν ὁρμὴν τῶν ὄχλων εἶπε πρὸς τοὺς παρεστῶτας ὅτι πάλιν αὐτοῖς, καθάπερ καὶ πρῴην, ἐὰν Ἀγαθοκλῆς ἐξέλθῃ, μεταμελήσει.
15.33.4τῶν δʼ ἀκουσάντων οἱ μὲν ἀπελοιδόρουν αὐτόν, οἱ δὲ προώθουν. ἐπιβαλομένου δʼ ἀμύνεσθαι ταχέως οἱ μὲν τὴν χλαμύδα περιέρρηξαν, οἱ δὲ τὰς λόγχας προσερείσαντες ἐξεκέντησαν.
15.33.5ἅμα δὲ τῷ τοῦτον εἰς τὸ μέσον ἑλκυσθῆναι μεθʼ ὕβρεως ἔτι σπαίροντα, καὶ γεύσασθαι τὰ πλήθη φόνου, πάντες ἐκαραδόκουν τὴν τῶν ἄλλων παρουσίαν.
15.33.6μετʼ οὐ πολὺ δὲ παρῆν ἀγόμενος πρῶτος Ἀγαθοκλῆς δέσμιος· ὃν εὐθέως εἰσιόντα προσδραμόντες τινὲς ἄφνω συνεκέντησαν, ἔργον ποιοῦντες οὐκ ἐχθρῶν, ἀλλʼ εὐνοούντων· αἴτιοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο τοῦ μὴ τυχεῖν αὐτὸν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης καταστροφῆς· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἤχθη Νίκων,
15.33.7εἶτʼ Ἀγαθόκλεια γυμνὴ σὺν ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς, ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις πάντες οἱ συγγενεῖς.
15.33.8ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεσμοφορείου τὴν Οἰνάνθην ἀποσπάσαντες ἧκον εἰς τὸ στάδιον, ἄγοντες γυμνὴν ἐφʼ ἵππου.
15.33.9παραδοθέντων δὲ πάντων ὁμοῦ τοῖς ὄχλοις, οἱ μὲν ἔδακνον, οἱ δʼ ἐκέντουν, οἱ δὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐξέκοπτον· ἀεὶ δὲ τοῦ πεσόντος τὰ μέλη διέσπων, ἕως ὅτου κατελώβησαν πάντας αὐτούς·
15.33.10δεινὴ γάρ τις ἡ περὶ τοὺς θυμοὺς ὠμότης γίνεται τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀνθρώπων.
15.33.11κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον σύντροφοι τῆς Ἀρσινόης γεγενημέναι τινὲς παιδίσκαι, πυθόμεναι παραγεγονέναι τὸν Φιλάμμωνα τριταῖον ἀπὸ Κυρήνης τὸν ἐπιστάντα τῷ φόνῳ τῆς βασιλίσσης, ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ,
15.33.12καὶ βιασάμεναι τὸν μὲν Φιλάμμωνα τύπτουσαι τοῖς λίθοις καὶ τοῖς ξύλοις ἀπέκτειναν, τὸν δʼ υἱὸν ἀπέπνιξαν, ἀντίπαιδα τὴν ἡλικίαν ὄντα, σὺν δὲ τούτοις τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Φιλάμμωνος γυμνὴν εἰς τὴν πλατεῖαν ἐξέλκουσαι διέφθειραν.
15.33.13καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ τὴν Ἀγαθόκλειαν καὶ τοὺς τούτων συγγενεῖς τοιοῦτον ἔσχε
15.34.1τὸ τέλος. ἐγὼ δʼ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ μὲν τὰς τερατείας καὶ διασκευάς, αἷς κέχρηνται πρὸς ἔκπληξιν τῶν ἀκουόντων ἔνιοι τῶν γεγραφότων τὰς πράξεις ταύτας, πλείω τὸν ἐπιμετροῦντα λόγον διατιθέμενοι τοῦ συνέχοντος τὰ πράγματα καὶ κυρίου,
15.34.2τινὲς μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν τύχην ἀναφέροντες τὰ γεγονότα καὶ τιθέντες ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τὸ ταύτης ἀβέβαιον καὶ δυσφύλακτον, οἱ δὲ τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγοντες, πειρώμενοι τοῖς γεγονόσιν αἰτίας καὶ πιθανότητας ὑποτάττειν.
15.34.3οὐ μὴν ἔγωγε προεθέμην τούτῳ χρήσασθαι τῷ χειρισμῷ περὶ τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τὸ μήτε πολεμικὴν τόλμαν καὶ δύναμιν ἐπίσημον γεγονέναι περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα μήτε χει
15.34.4ρισμὸν πραγμάτων ἐπιτυχῆ καὶ ζηλωτὸν μήτε τὸ τελευταῖον τὴν αὐλικὴν ἀγχίνοιαν καὶ κακοπραγμοσύνην διαφέρουσαν, ἐν ᾗ Σωσίβιος καὶ πλείους ἕτεροι κατεβίωσαν, βασιλεῖς ἐκ βασιλέων μεταχειριζόμενοι, τὰ δʼ ἐναντία τούτοις συμβεβηκέναι περὶ τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα.
15.34.5προαγωγῆς μὲν γὰρ ἔτυχε παραδόξου διὰ τὴν τοῦ Φιλοπάτορος ἀδυναμίαν τοῦ βασιλεύειν·
15.34.6τυχὼν δὲ ταύτης καὶ παραλαβὼν εὐφυέστατον καιρὸν μετὰ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον πρὸς τὸ συντηρῆσαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἅμα τὰ πράγματα καὶ τὸ ζῆν ἀπέβαλε διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἀνανδρίαν καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαν, ἐν πάνυ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ καταγνωσθείς.
15.35.1διόπερ οὐ χρὴ τοῖς τοιούτοις προσάπτειν τὸν ἐπιμετροῦντα λόγον, καθάπερ εἶπα, τῷ δʼ Ἀγαθοκλεῖ καὶ Διονυσίῳ τοῖς Σικελιώταις καί τισιν ἑτέροις τῶν ἐν πράγμασιν ἐπʼ ὀνόματος γεγονότων.
15.35.2ἐκείνων γὰρ ὁ μὲν ἕτερος ἐκ δημοτικῆς καὶ ταπεινῆς ὑποθέσεως ὁρμηθείς, ὁ δʼ Ἀγαθοκλῆς, ὡς ὁ Τίμαιος ἐπισκώπτων φησί, κεραμεὺς ὑπάρχων καὶ καταλιπὼν τὸν τροχὸν καὶ τὸν πηλὸν καὶ τὸν καπνόν, ἧκε νέος ὢν εἰς τὰς Συρακούσας.
15.35.3καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐγενήθησαν ἀμφότεροι κατὰ τοὺς ἰδίους καιροὺς τύραννοι Συρακουσῶν, πόλεως τῆς μέγιστον ἀξίωμα τότε καὶ μέγιστον πλοῦτον περιποιησαμένης,
15.35.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα βασιλεῖς ἁπάσης Σικελίας νομισθέντες καί τινων καὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας μερῶν κυριεύσαντες.
15.35.5Ἀγαθοκλῆς δʼ οὐ μόνον καὶ τῶν τῆς Λιβύης ἀπεπείρασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τέλος ἐναπέθανε ταῖς ὑπεροχαῖς ταύταις.
15.35.6διὸ καὶ Πόπλιον Σκιπίωνά φασι τὸν πρῶτον καταπολεμήσαντα Καρχηδονίους ἐρωτηθέντα τίνας ὑπολαμβάνει πραγματικωτάτους ἄνδρας γεγονέναι καὶ σὺν νῷ τολμηροτάτους, εἰπεῖν τοὺς περὶ Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ Διονύσιον τοὺς Σικελιώτας.
15.35.7καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν τοιούτων ἀνδρῶν εἰς ἐπίστασιν ἄγειν τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας, καί που καὶ τῆς τύχης ποιήσασθαι μνήμην, ἔτι δὲ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων, καὶ καθόλου προστιθέναι τὸν ἐπεκδιδάσκοντα λόγον, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν προειρημένων ἀνδρῶν οὐδαμῶς ἁρμόζει.
15.36.1διὰ δὴ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας τὸν μετʼ αὐξήσεως λόγον ἀπεδοκιμάσαμεν ὑπὲρ Ἀγαθοκλέους,
15.36.2οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ καὶ διὰ τὸ πάσας τὰς ἐκπληκτικὰς περιπετείας μίαν ἔχειν φαντασίαν τὴν πρώτην ἀξίαν ἐπιστάσεως, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν οὐ μόνον ἀνωφελῆ γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀκρόασιν καὶ θέαν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετά τινος ὀχλήσεως ἐπιτελεῖσθαι τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῶν τοιούτων.
15.36.3δυεῖν γὰρ ὑπαρχόντων τελῶν, ὠφελείας καὶ τέρψεως, πρὸς ἃ δεῖ τὴν ἀναφορὰν ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς διὰ τῆς ἀκοῆς ἢ διὰ τῆς ὁράσεως βουλομένους τι πολυπραγμονεῖν, καὶ μάλιστα τῷ τῆς ἱστορίας γένει τούτου καθήκοντος, ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ὁ πλεονασμὸς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκπληκτικῶν συμπτωμάτων ἐκτὸς πίπτει.
15.36.4ζηλοῦν μὲν γὰρ τίς ἂν βουληθείη τὰς παραλόγους περιπετείας; οὐδὲ μὴν θεώμενος οὐδʼ ἀκούων ἥδεται συνεχῶς οὐδεὶς τῶν παρὰ φύσιν γενομένων πραγμάτων καὶ παρὰ τὴν κοινὴν ἔννοιαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
15.36.5ἀλλʼ εἰσάπαξ μὲν καὶ πρῶτον σπουδάζομεν ἃ μὲν ἰδεῖν, ἃ δʼ ἀκοῦσαι, χάριν τοῦ γνῶναι τὸ μὴ δοκοῦν δυνατὸν εἶναι διότι δυνατόν ἐστιν·
15.36.6ὅταν δὲ πιστεύωμεν, οὐδεὶς τοῖς παρὰ φύσιν ἐγχρονίζων εὐδοκεῖ· τῷ δʼ αὐτῷ πλεονάκις ἐγκυρεῖν οὐδʼ ὅλως ἂν βουληθείη.
15.36.7διόπερ ἢ ζηλωτὸν εἶναι δεῖ τὸ λεγόμενον ἢ τερπνόν· ὁ δὲ τῆς ἐκτὸς τούτων συμφορᾶς πλεονασμὸς οἰκειότερόν ἐστι τραγῳδίας ἤπερ ἱστορίας.
15.36.8ἀλλʼ ἴσως ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι συγγνώμην ἔχειν τοῖς μὴ συνεφιστάνουσι μήτʼ ἐπὶ τὰ τῆς φύσεως μήτʼ ἐπὶ τὰ καθόλου κατὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης πράγματα·
15.36.9δοκεῖ γὰρ αὐτοῖς ταῦτʼ εἶναι μέγιστα καὶ θαυμαστότατα τῶν προγεγονότων οἷς ἂν αὐτοὶ παρατυχόντες ἐγκυρήσωσιν ἢ πυθόμενοι παρά τινων πρὸς αὐτὰ ταῦτα προσέχωσι τὸν νοῦν.
15.36.10διὸ καὶ λανθάνουσι πλείω τοῦ καθήκοντος διατιθέμενοι λόγον ὑπὲρ τῶν μήτε καινῶν ὄντων διὰ τὸ καὶ ἑτέροις πρότερον εἰρῆσθαι μήτʼ ὠφελεῖν μήτε τέρπειν δυναμένων.
15.36.11περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω.
Book 15, Part 9
15.37.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐδόκει κατὰ μὲν τὰς ἀρχὰς γεγονέναι μεγαλεπίβολος καὶ τολμηρὸς καὶ τοῦ προτεθέντος ἐξεργαστικός,
15.37.2προβαίνων δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν ἐφάνη πολὺ καταδεέστερος αὑτοῦ καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς προσδοκίας.
Book 16, Part 1
16.1.1ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ βασιλεὺς παραγενόμενος εἰς τὸ Πέργαμον καὶ νομίζων οἷον αὐτόχειρ Ἀττάλου γενέσθαι πᾶσαν αἰκίαν ἐναπεδείκνυτο.
16.1.2χαριζόμενος γὰρ οἷον εἰ λυττῶντι τῷ θυμῷ, τὸ πλεῖον τῆς ὀργῆς οὐκ εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλʼ εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς διετίθετο.
16.1.3κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ἀκροβολισμοὺς εὐχερῶς αὐτὸν ἀπήρυκον διὰ τὰς τῶν τόπων ὀχυρότητας οἱ τὸ Πέργαμον παραφυλάττοντες· ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς χώρας οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖτο τῷ προνενοῆσθαι τὸν Ἄτταλον ὑπὲρ τούτων ἐπιμελῶς.
16.1.4λοιπὸν εἰς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἕδη καὶ τεμένη διετίθετο τὴν ὀργήν, ὑβρίζων οὐκ Ἄτταλον, ὥς γʼ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ἑαυτόν.
16.1.5οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἐνεπίμπρα καὶ κατασπῶν ἐρρίπτει τοὺς νεὼς καὶ τοὺς βωμούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς λίθους ἔθραυε πρὸς τὸ μηδὲ πάλιν ἀνασταθῆναι μηδὲν τῶν κατεφθαρμένων.
16.1.6ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ Νικηφόριον ἐλυμήνατο, τὸ μὲν ἄλσος ἐκτεμών, τὸν δὲ περίβολον διαρρίψας, τούς τε ναοὺς ἐκ θεμελίων ἀνέσκαψε, πολλοὺς καὶ πολυτελεῖς ὑπάρχοντας,
16.1.7ὥρμησε τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐπὶ Θυατείρων· ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ποιησάμενος τὴν ἀναζυγὴν εἰς τὸ Θήβης πεδίον εἰσέβαλε, νομίζων εὐπορήσειν λείας μάλιστα περὶ τούτους τοὺς τόπους.
16.1.8ἀποπεσὼν δὲ καὶ ταύτης τῆς ἐλπίδος, καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Ἱερὰν κώμην, διεπέμπετο πρὸς Ζεῦξιν, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν σῖτον χορηγῆσαι καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ συμπράττειν κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας.
16.1.9ὁ δὲ Ζεῦξις ὑπεκρίνετο μὲν ποιεῖν τὰ κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας, οὐκ ἐβούλετο δὲ σωματοποιεῖν ἀληθινῶς τὸν Φίλιππον. —
16.2.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος, τῶν μὲν κατὰ τὴν πολιορκίαν ἀντιπιπτόντων αὐτῷ, τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἐφορμούντων πλείοσι καταφράκτοις ναυσίν, ἠπορεῖτο καὶ δυσχρήστως διέκειτο περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος.
16.2.2οὐκ ἐπιδεχομένων δὲ τῶν παρόντων αἵρεσιν, ἀνήχθη παρὰ τὴν τῶν πολεμίων προσδοκίαν·
16.2.3ἔτι γὰρ αὐτὸν ἤλπιζον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον προσκαρτερήσειν τῇ τῶν μετάλλων κατασκευῇ.
16.2.4μάλιστα δʼ ἐσπούδαζε ποιήσασθαι τὸν ἀνάπλουν αἰφνίδιον, πεπεισμένος καταταχήσειν καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ἀσφαλῶς ἤδη κομισθήσεσθαι παρὰ τὴν γῆν εἰς τὴν Σάμον.
16.2.5διεψεύσθη δὲ παρὰ πολὺ τοῖς λογισμοῖς· οἱ γὰρ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον καὶ Θεοφιλίσκον, ἅμα τῷ συνιδεῖν αὐτὸν ἀναγόμενον, εἴχοντο τῶν προκειμένων εὐθέως.
16.2.6συνέβη δὲ τὸν ἀνάπλουν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι διαλελυμένον, ἅτε πεπεισμένων τὸν Φίλιππον, καθάπερ εἶπον, ἔτι μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων.
16.2.7οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ χρησάμενοι ταῖς εἰρεσίαις ἐνεργῶς προσέβαλλον, Ἄτταλος μὲν τῷ δεξιῷ καὶ καθηγουμένῳ τῶν πολεμίων, Θεοφιλίσκος δὲ τοῖς εὐωνύμοις.
16.2.8Φίλιππος δὲ περικαταλαμβανόμενος τοῖς καιροῖς, δοὺς τὸ σύνθημα τοῖς ἐπὶ τοῦ δεξιοῦ καὶ παραγγείλας ἀντιπρώρρους ποιεῖν τὰς ναῦς καὶ συμπλέκεσθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐρρωμένως, αὐτὸς ὑπὸ τὰς νησίδας ἀναχωρήσας μετά τινων λέμβων, τὰς μεταξὺ τοῦ πόρου κειμένας, ἀπεκαραδόκει τὸν κίνδυνον.
16.2.9ἦν δὲ τῶν μὲν τοῦ Φιλίππου νεῶν τὸ πλῆθος τὸ συγκαταστὰν εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα κατάφρακτοι τρεῖς καὶ πεντήκοντα, σὺν δὲ τούτοις ἄφρακτα λέμβοι δὲ σὺν ταῖς πρίστεσιν ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα· τὰς γὰρ ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ ναῦς οὐκ ἠδυνήθη καταρτίσαι πάσας.
16.2.10τὰ δὲ τῶν πολεμίων σκάφη κατάφρακτα μὲν ἦν ἑξήκοντα καὶ πέντε σὺν τοῖς τῶν Βυζαντίων, μετὰ δὲ τούτων ἐννέα τριημιολίαι καὶ τριήρεις τρεῖς ὑπῆρχον.
16.3.1λαβούσης δὲ τὴν καταρχὴν τῆς ναυμαχίας ἐκ τῆς Ἀττάλου νεώς, εὐθέως πάντες οἱ σύνεγγυς ἀπαραγγέλτως συνέβαλον ἀλλήλοις.
16.3.2Ἄτταλος μὲν οὖν συμπεσὼν ὀκτήρει, καὶ προεμβαλὼν ταύτῃ καιρίαν καὶ ὕφαλον πληγήν, ἐπὶ πολὺ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ καταστρώματος ἀγωνισαμένων τέλος ἐβύθισε τὴν ναῦν.
16.3.3ἡ δὲ τοῦ Φιλίππου δεκήρης, ναυαρχὶς οὖσα, παραλόγως ἐγένετο τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑποχείριος.
16.3.4ὑποπεσούσης γὰρ αὐτῇ τριημιολίας, ταύτῃ δοῦσα πληγὴν βιαίαν κατὰ μέσον τὸ κύτος ὑπὸ τὸν θρανίτην σκαλμὸν ἐδέθη, τοῦ κυβερνήτου τὴν ὁρμὴν τῆς νεὼς οὐκέτι δυνηθέντος ἀναλαβεῖν·
16.3.5διὸ καὶ προσκρεμαμένου τοῦ πλοίου τοῖς ὅλοις ἐδυσχρηστεῖτο καὶ δυσκίνητος ἦν πρὸς πᾶν. ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ δύο πεντήρεις προσπεσοῦσαι,
16.3.6καὶ τρώσασαι τὴν ναῦν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τοῖν μεροῖν, καὶ τὸ σκάφος καὶ τοὺς ἐπιβάτας τοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ διέφθειραν, ἐν οἷς ἦν καὶ Δημοκράτης ὁ τοῦ Φιλίππου ναύαρχος.
16.3.7κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν Διονυσόδωρος καὶ Δεινοκράτης, ὄντες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ ναυαρχοῦντες παρʼ Ἀττάλῳ, συμπεσόντες ὁ μὲν ἑπτήρει τῶν πολεμίων, ὁ δʼ ὀκτήρει, παραβόλως ἐχρήσαντο τῇ ναυμαχίᾳ.
16.3.8Δεινοκράτης μὲν πρὸς ὀκτήρη συμπεσὼν αὐτὸς μὲν ἔξαλον ἔλαβε τὴν πληγήν, ἀναστείρου τῆς νεὼς οὔσης, τὴν δὲ τῶν πολεμίων τρώσας ναῦν ὑπὸ τὰ βίαχα τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οὐκ ἐδύνατο χωρισθῆναι, καίπερ πολλάκις ἐπιβαλόμενος πρύμναν κρούειν·
16.3.9διὸ καὶ τῶν Μακεδόνων εὐψύχως ἀγωνιζομένων εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον παρεγένετο κίνδυνον.
16.3.10Ἀττάλου δʼ ἐπιβοηθήσαντος αὐτῷ, καὶ διὰ τῆς εἰς τὴν πολεμίαν ναῦν ἐμβολῆς λύσαντος τὴν συμπλοκὴν τῶν σκαφῶν, ὁ μὲν Δεινοκράτης ἀπελύθη παραδόξως,
16.3.11οἱ δὲ τῆς πολεμίας νεὼς ἐπιβάται πάντες εὐψύχως διαγωνισάμενοι διεφθάρησαν, τὸ δὲ σκάφος ἔρημον ἀπολειφθὲν ὑποχείριον ἐγένετο τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον.
16.3.12ὁ δὲ Διονυσόδωρος μετὰ βίας ἐπιφερόμενος εἰς ἐμβολὴν αὐτὸς μὲν ἥμαρτε τοῦ τρῶσαι, παραπεσὼν δὲ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἀπέβαλε τὸν δεξιὸν ταρσὸν τῆς νεώς, ὁμοῦ συρραγέντων καὶ τῶν πυργούχων·
16.3.13οὗ γενομένου περιέστησαν αὐτὸν πανταχόθεν οἱ πολέμιοι.
16.3.14κραυγῆς δὲ καὶ θορύβου γενομένου τὸ μὲν λοιπὸν πλῆθος τῶν ἐπιβατῶν ἅμα τῷ σκάφει διεφθάρη, τρίτος δʼ αὐτὸς ὁ Διονυσόδωρος ἀπενήξατο πρὸς τὴν ἐπιβοηθοῦσαν αὐτῷ τριημιολίαν.
16.4.1τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν νεῶν τοῦ πλήθους ὁ κίνδυνος ἐφάμιλλος ἦν·
16.4.2καθʼ ὅσον γὰρ ἐπλεόναζον οἱ παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου λέμβοι, κατὰ τοσοῦτον διέφερον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον τῷ τῶν καταφράκτων νεῶν πλήθει.
16.4.3καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας τοῦ Φιλίππου τοιαύτην εἶχε τὴν διάθεσιν ὥστʼ ἀκμὴν ἄκριτα μένειν τὰ ὅλα, πολὺ δὲ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐπικυδεστέρας ἔχειν τὰς ἐλπίδας.
16.4.4οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι κατὰ μὲν τὰς ἀρχὰς εὐθέως ἐκ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς ἀπεσπάσθησαν τῶν πολεμίων, καθάπερ ἀρτίως εἶπα, τῷ δὲ ταχυναυτεῖν παρὰ πολὺ διαφέροντες τῶν ἐναντίων συνῆψαν τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς οὐραγίας Μακεδόσι.
16.4.5καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑποχωροῦσι τοῖς σκάφεσι κατὰ πρύμναν ἐπιφερόμενοι τοὺς ταρσοὺς παρέλυον·
16.4.6ὡς δʼ οἱ μὲν παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου συνεπιστρέφειν ἤρξαντο παραβοηθοῦντες τοῖς κινδυνεύουσι, τῶν δὲ Ῥοδίων οἱ καθυστεροῦντες ἐκ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς συνῆψαν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Θεοφιλίσκον,
16.4.7τότε κατὰ πρόσωπον ἀντιπρώρρους τάξαντες τὰς ναῦς ἀμφότεροι συνέβαλον εὐψύχως, ὁμοῦ ταῖς σάλπιγξι καὶ τῇ κραυγῇ παρακαλοῦντες ἀλλήλους.
16.4.8εἰ μὲν οὖν μὴ μεταξὺ τῶν καταφράκτων νεῶν ἔταξαν οἱ Μακεδόνες τοὺς λέμβους, ῥᾳδίαν ἂν καὶ σύντομον ἔλαβε κρίσιν ἡ ναυμαχία· νῦν δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐμπόδια πρὸς τὴν χρείαν τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ἐγίνετο κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους.
16.4.9μετὰ γὰρ τὸ κινηθῆναι τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τάξιν ἐκ τῆς πρώτης συμβολῆς πάντες ἦσαν ἀναμὶξ ἀλλήλοις,
16.4.10ὅθεν οὔτε διεκπλεῖν εὐχερῶς οὔτε στρέφειν ἐδύναντο τὰς ναῦς οὔτε καθόλου χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις προτερήμασιν, ἐμπιπτόντων αὐτοῖς τῶν λέμβων ποτὲ μὲν εἰς τοὺς ταρσούς, ὥστε δυσχρηστεῖν ταῖς εἰρεσίαις, ποτὲ δὲ πάλιν εἰς τὰς πρώρρας, ἔστι δʼ ὅτε κατὰ πρύμναν, ὥστε παραποδίζεσθαι καὶ τὴν τῶν κυβερνητῶν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐρετῶν χρείαν.
16.4.11κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἀντιπρώρρους συμπτώσεις ἐποίουν τι τεχνικόν·
Book 16, Part 2
16.4.12αὐτοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἔμπρωρρα τὰ σκάφη ποιοῦντες ἐξάλους ἐλάμβανον τὰς πληγάς, τοῖς δὲ πολεμίοις ὕφαλα τὰ τραύματα διδόντες ἀβοηθήτους ἐσκεύαζον τὰς πληγάς.
16.4.13σπανίως δʼ εἰς τοῦτο συγκατέβαινον· καθόλου γὰρ ἐξέκλινον τὰς συμπλοκὰς διὰ τὸ γενναίως ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἀπὸ τῶν καταστρωμάτων ἐν ταῖς συστάδην γινομέναις μάχαις.
16.4.14τὸ δὲ πολὺ κατὰ μὲν τοὺς διέκπλους παρασύροντες τῶν πολεμίων νεῶν τοὺς ταρσοὺς ἠχρείουν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἐκπεριπλέοντες, καὶ τοῖς μὲν κατὰ πρύμναν ἐμβάλλοντες, τοῖς δὲ πλαγίοις καὶ στρεφομένοις ἀκμὴν προσπίπτοντες οὓς μὲν ἐτίτρωσκον, οἷς δὲ παρέλυον ἀεί τι τῶν πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ἀναγκαίων.
16.4.15καὶ δὴ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ μαχόμενοι παμπληθεῖς τῶν πολεμίων ναῦς διέφθειραν.
16.5.1ἐπιφανέστατα δʼ ἐκινδύνευσαν τρεῖς πεντήρεις τῶν Ῥοδίων, ἥ τε ναυαρχίς, ἐφʼ ἧς ἔπλει Θεοφιλίσκος, μετὰ δὲ ταύτην ἧς ἐτριηράρχει Φιλόστρατος, τρίτη δʼ ἣν ἐκυβέρνα μὲν Αὐτόλυκος, ἐπέπλει δὲ Νικόστρατος.
16.5.2ταύτης γὰρ ἐμβαλούσης εἰς πολεμίαν ναῦν καὶ καταλιπούσης ἐν τῷ σκάφει τὸν ἔμβολον, συνέβη δὴ τὴν μὲν πληγεῖσαν αὔτανδρον καταδῦναι, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τὸν Αὐτόλυκον, εἰσρεούσης εἰς τὴν ναῦν τῆς θαλάττης διὰ τῆς πρώρρας, κυκλωθέντας ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἀγωνίζεσθαι γενναίως,
16.5.3τέλος δὲ τὸν μὲν Αὐτόλυκον ἐκπεσεῖν τρωθέντα μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων εἰς τὴν θάλατταν, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἐπιβάτας ἀποθανεῖν μαχομένους γενναίως. ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ Θεοφιλίσκος,
16.5.4βοηθήσας μετὰ τριῶν πεντήρων, τὴν μὲν ναῦν οὐκ ἠδυνήθη σῶσαι διὰ τὸ πλήρη θαλάττης εἶναι, δύο δὲ ναῦς πολεμίας τρώσας τοὺς ἐπιβάτας ἐξέβαλε.
16.5.5ταχὺ δὲ περιχυθέντων αὐτῷ λέμβων πλειόνων καὶ καταφράκτων νεῶν, τοὺς μὲν πλείστους ἀπέβαλε τῶν ἐπιβατῶν ἐπιφανῶς ἀγωνισαμένους,
16.5.6αὐτὸς δὲ τρία τραύματα λαβὼν καὶ παραβόλως τῇ τόλμῃ κινδυνεύσας μόλις ἐξέσωσε τὴν ἰδίαν ναῦν ἐπιβοηθήσαντος αὐτῷ Φιλοστράτου καὶ συναναδεξαμένου τὸν ἐνεστῶτα κίνδυνον εὐψύχως.
16.5.7συνάψας δὲ τοῖς αὑτοῦ σκάφεσι πάλιν ἐξ ἄλλης ὁρμῆς συνεπλέκετο τοῖς πολεμίοις, τῇ μὲν σωματικῇ δυνάμει παραλυόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν τραυμάτων, τῇ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς γενναιότητι λαμπρότερος ὢν καὶ παραστατικώτερος ἢ πρόσθεν.
16.5.8συνέβη δὲ δύο γενέσθαι ναυμαχίας πολὺ διεστώσας ἀλλήλων· τὸ μὲν γὰρ δεξιὸν κέρας τοῦ Φιλίππου κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πρόθεσιν ἀεὶ τῆς γῆς ὀρεγόμενον οὐ μακρὰν ἀπεῖχε τῆς Ἀσίας,
16.5.9τὸ δʼ εὐώνυμον διὰ τὸ παραβοηθῆσαι τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς οὐραγίας ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς οὐ πολὺ τῆς Χίας ἀπέχον ἐναυμάχει τοῖς Ῥοδίοις.
16.6.1οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ παρὰ πολὺ τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρατος κατακρατούντων τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον, καὶ συνεγγιζόντων ἤδη πρὸς τὰς νησίδας ὑφʼ αἷς ὁ Φίλιππος ὥρμει καραδοκῶν τὸ συμβησόμενον,
16.6.2συνιδὼν Ἄτταλος μίαν πεντήρη τῶν ἰδίων ἐκτὸς τοῦ κινδύνου τετρωμένην καὶ βαπτιζομένην ὑπὸ νεὼς πολεμίας, ὥρμησε παραβοηθήσων ταύτῃ μετὰ δύο τετρήρων.
16.6.3τοῦ δὲ πολεμίου σκάφους ἐγκλίναντος καὶ ποιουμένου τὴν ἀποχώρησιν ὡς πρὸς τὴν γῆν, ἐπέκειτο φιλοτιμότερον, ἐγκρατὴς γενέσθαι σπουδάζων τῆς νεώς.
16.6.4ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος, συνθεασάμενος ἀπεσπασμένον πολὺ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων, παραλαβὼν τέτταρας πεντήρεις καὶ τρεῖς ἡμιολίας, ἔτι δὲ τῶν λέμβων τοὺς ἐγγὺς ὄντας, ὥρμησε, καὶ διακλείσας τὸν Ἄτταλον ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων νεῶν ἠνάγκασε μετὰ μεγάλης ἀγωνίας εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐκβαλεῖν τὰ σκάφη.
16.6.5τούτου δὲ συμβάντος αὐτὸς μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς μετὰ τῶν πληρωμάτων εἰς τὰς Ἐρυθρὰς ἀπεχώρησε, τῶν δὲ πλοίων καὶ τῆς βασιλικῆς κατασκευῆς ἐγκρατὴς ὁ Φίλιππος ἐγένετο.
16.6.6καὶ γὰρ ἐποίησάν τι τεχνικὸν ἐν τούτοις τοῖς καιροῖς οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον· τὰ γὰρ ἐπιφανέστατα τῆς βασιλικῆς κατασκευῆς ἐπὶ τὸ κατάστρωμα τῆς νεὼς ἐξέβαλον.
16.6.7ὅθεν οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Μακεδόνων, συνάψαντες ἐν τοῖς λέμβοις, συνθεασάμενοι ποτηρίων πλῆθος καὶ πορφυρῶν ἱματίων καὶ τῶν τούτοις παρεπομένων σκευῶν, ἀφέμενοι τοῦ διώκειν ἀπένευσαν ἐπὶ τὴν τούτων ἁρπαγήν.
16.6.8διὸ συνέβη τὸν Ἄτταλον ἀσφαλῆ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν εἰς τὰς Ἐρυθράς.
16.6.9Φίλιππος δὲ τοῖς μὲν ὅλοις ἠλαττωμένος παρὰ πολὺ τὴν ναυμαχίαν, τῇ δὲ περιπετείᾳ τῇ κατὰ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐπαρθείς, ἐπανέπλει, καὶ πολὺς ἦν συναθροίζων τὰς σφετέρας ναῦς καὶ παρακαλῶν τοὺς ἄνδρας εὐθαρσεῖς εἶναι, διότι νικῶσι τῇ ναυμαχίᾳ·
16.6.10καὶ γὰρ ὑπέδραμέ τις ἔννοια καὶ πιθανότης τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὡς ἀπολωλότος τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀττάλου διὰ τὸ κατάγειν τοὺς περὶ τὸν Φίλιππον ἀναδεδεμένους τὴν βασιλικὴν ναῦν.
16.6.11ὁ δὲ Διονυσόδωρος ὑπονοήσας τὸ περὶ τὸν αὑτοῦ βασιλέα γεγονός, ἥθροιζε τὰς οἰκείας ναῦς ἐξαίρων σύνθημα· ταχὺ δὲ συλλεχθεισῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέπλει μετʼ ἀσφαλείας εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν ὅρμους.
16.6.12κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν οἱ πρὸς τοὺς Ῥοδίους ἀγωνιζόμενοι τῶν Μακεδόνων, πάλαι κακῶς πάσχοντες, ἐξέλυον αὑτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ κινδύνου μετὰ προφάσεως κατὰ μέρη ποιούμενοι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν, ὡς ταῖς οἰκείαις σπεύδοντες ἐπικουρῆσαι ναυσίν.
16.6.13οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι, τὰς μὲν ἀναδησάμενοι τῶν νεῶν, τὰς δὲ προδιαφθείραντες ταῖς ἐμβολαῖς, ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Χίον.
16.7.1ἐφθάρησαν δὲ τοῦ μὲν Φιλίππου ναῦς ἐν μὲν τῇ πρὸς Ἄτταλον ναυμαχίᾳ δεκήρης, ἐννήρης, ἑπτήρης, ἑξήρης, τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν κατάφρακτοι μὲν δέκα καὶ τριημιολίαι τρεῖς, λέμβοι δὲ πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ τὰ τούτων πληρώματα·
16.7.2ἐν δὲ τῇ πρὸς Ῥοδίους διεφθάρησαν κατάφρακτοι μὲν δέκα, λέμβοι δὲ περὶ τετταράκοντα τὸν ἀριθμόν· ἥλωσαν δὲ δύο τετρήρεις καὶ λέμβοι σὺν τοῖς πληρώμασιν ἑπτά.
16.7.3τῶν δὲ παρʼ Ἀττάλου κατέδυσαν μὲν τριημιολία μία καὶ δύο πεντήρεις, ἥλωσαν δὲ δύο τετρήρεις καὶ τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως σκάφος.
16.7.4τῶν δὲ Ῥοδίων διεφθάρησαν μὲν δύο πεντήρεις καὶ τριήρης, ἥλω δʼ οὐδέν.
16.7.5ἄνδρες δὲ τῶν μὲν Ῥοδίων ἀπέθανον εἰς ἑξήκοντα, τῶν δὲ παρʼ Ἀττάλου πρὸς ἑβδομήκοντα, τῶν δὲ τοῦ Φιλίππου Μακεδόνες μὲν εἰς τρισχιλίους, τῶν δὲ πληρωμάτων εἰς ἑξακισχιλίους.
16.7.6ἑάλωσαν δὲ ζωγρίᾳ τῶν μὲν συμμάχων καὶ Μακεδόνων εἰς δισχιλίους, τῶν δʼ ὑπεναντίων εἰς ἑπτακοσίους.
16.8.1καὶ τὸ μὲν τέλος τῆς περὶ Χίον ναυμαχίας τοιοῦτον συνέβη γενέσθαι,
16.8.2τῆς δὲ νίκης ὁ Φίλιππος ἀντεποιεῖτο κατὰ δύο προφάσεις, κατὰ μίαν μέν, ᾗ τὸν Ἄτταλον εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐκβαλὼν ἐγκρατὴς τῆς νεὼς ἐγεγόνει, καθʼ ἑτέραν δʼ, ᾗ καθορμισθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸ καλούμενον Ἄργεννον ἐδόκει πεποιῆσθαι τὸν ὅρμον ἐπὶ τῶν ναυαγίων.
16.8.3ἀκόλουθα δὲ τούτοις ἔπραττε καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἑξῆς ἡμέραν συνάγων τὰ ναυάγια καὶ τῶν νεκρῶν ποιούμενος ἀναίρεσιν τῶν ἐπιγινωσκομένων, χάριν τοῦ συναύξειν τὴν προειρημένην φαντασίαν.
16.8.4ὅτι γὰρ οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἐπέπειστο νικᾶν, ἐξήλεγξαν αὐτὸν οἵ τε Ῥόδιοι καὶ Διονυσόδωρος μετʼ ὀλίγον·
16.8.5κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ἔτι περὶ ταῦτα γινομένου τοῦ βασιλέως διαπεμψάμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπέπλευσαν αὐτῷ, καὶ στήσαντες ἐν μετώπῳ τὰς ναῦς, οὐδενὸς ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἀνταναγομένου πάλιν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Χίον.
16.8.6ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος, οὐδέποτε τοσούτους ἄνδρας ἀπολωλεκὼς οὔτε κατὰ γῆν οὔτε κατὰ θάλατταν ἑνὶ καιρῷ, βαρέως μὲν ἔφερε τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ τὸ πολὺ τῆς ὁρμῆς αὐτοῦ παρῄρητο,
16.8.7πρὸς μέντοι γε τοὺς ἐκτὸς ἐπειρᾶτο κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐπικρύπτεσθαι τὴν αὑτοῦ διάληψιν, καίπερ οὐκ ἐώντων αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων.
16.8.8χωρὶς γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τὰ μετὰ τὴν μάχην συμβαίνοντα πάντας ἐξέπληττε τοὺς θεωμένους·
16.8.9γενομένης γὰρ τοσαύτης φθορᾶς ἀνθρώπων, παρʼ αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν καιρὸν πᾶς ὁ πόρος ἐπληρώθη νεκρῶν, αἵματος, ὅπλων, ναυαγίων, ταῖς δʼ ἑξῆς ἡμέραις τοὺς αἰγιαλοὺς ἦν ἰδεῖν φύρδην σεσωρευμένους ἀναμὶξ πάντων τῶν προειρημένων.
16.8.10ἐξ ὧν οὐ μόνον αὐτός, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντες οἱ Μακεδόνες εἰς διατροπὴν ἐνέπιπτον οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν.
16.9.1Θεοφιλίσκος δὲ μίαν ἡμέραν ἐπιβιώσας, καὶ τῇ πατρίδι γράψας ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ναυμαχίαν, καὶ Κλεωναῖον ἡγεμόνα συστήσας ἀνθʼ ἑαυτοῦ ταῖς δυνάμεσι, μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον ἐκ τῶν τραυμάτων,
16.9.2ἀνὴρ καὶ κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον ἀγαθὸς γενόμενος καὶ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν μνήμης ἄξιος.
Book 16, Part 3
16.9.3μὴ γὰρ ἐκείνου τολμήσαντος προεπιβαλεῖν τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὰς χεῖρας πάντες ἂν καταπροεῖντο τοὺς καιρούς, δεδιότες τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου τόλμαν.
16.9.4νῦν δʼ ἐκεῖνος ἀρχὴν πολέμου ποιήσας ἠνάγκασε μὲν τὴν αὑτοῦ πατρίδα συνεξαναστῆναι τοῖς καιροῖς, ἠνάγκασε δὲ τὸν Ἄτταλον μὴ μέλλειν καὶ παρασκευάζεσθαι τὰ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, ἀλλὰ πολεμεῖν ἐρρωμένως καὶ κινδυνεύειν.
16.9.5τοιγαροῦν εἰκότως αὐτὸν οἱ Ῥόδιοι καὶ μεταλλάξαντα τοιαύταις ἐτίμησαν τιμαῖς διʼ ὧν οὐ μόνον τοὺς ζῶντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐπιγενομένους ἐξεκαλέσαντο πρὸς τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος καιρούς. —
16.10.1ὅτι μετὰ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὴν περὶ τὴν Λάδην ναυμαχίαν καὶ τοὺς μὲν Ῥοδίους ἐκποδὼν γενέσθαι, τὸν δʼ Ἄτταλον μηδέπω συμμεμιχέναι, δῆλον ὡς ἐξῆν γε τελεῖν τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὸν εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν πλοῦν. ἐξ οὗ δὴ καὶ μάλιστʼ ἄν τις καταμάθοι τὸ μανιώδη γενόμενον Φίλιππον τοῦτο πρᾶξαι. —
16.10.1τί οὖν ἦν τὸ τῆς ὁρμῆς ἐπιλαβόμενον;
16.10.2οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀλλʼ ἡ φύσις τῶν πραγμάτων.
16.10.3ἐκ πολλοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἐνίοτε πολλοὶ τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἐφίενται διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν προφαινομένων ἐλπίδων, κρατούσης τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἑκάστου λογισμῶν·
16.10.4ὅταν δʼ ἐγγίσωσι τοῖς ἔργοις, οὐδενὶ λόγῳ πάλιν ἀφίστανται τῶν προθέσεων, ἐπισκοτούμενοι καὶ παραλογιζόμενοι τοῖς λογισμοῖς διὰ τὴν ἀμηχανίαν καὶ τὴν δυσχρηστίαν τῶν ἀπαντωμένων. —
16.11.1μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ποιησάμενος ὁ Φίλιππός τινας ἀπράκτους προσβολὰς διὰ τὴν ὀχυρότητα τοῦ πολίσματος αὖθις ἀπεχώρει, πορθῶν τὰ φρούρια καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὴν χώραν συνοικίας.
16.11.2ὅθεν ἀπαλλαττόμενος προσεστρατοπέδευσε τῇ Πρινασσῷ. ταχὺ δὲ γέρρα καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἑτοιμάσας παρασκευὴν ἤρξατο πολιορκεῖν διὰ τῶν μετάλλων.
16.11.3οὔσης δʼ ἀπράκτου τῆς ἐπιβολῆς αὐτῷ διὰ τὸ πετρώδη τὸν τόπον ὑπάρχειν ἐπινοεῖ τι τοιοῦτον.
16.11.4τὰς μὲν ἡμέρας ψόφον ἐποίει κατὰ γῆς, ὡς ἐνεργουμένων τῶν μετάλλων, τὰς δὲ νύκτας ἔξωθεν ἔφερε χοῦν καὶ παρέβαλλε παρὰ τὰ στόμια τῶν ὀρυγμάτων, ὥστε διὰ τοῦ πλήθους τῆς σωρευομένης γῆς στοχαζομένους καταπλαγεῖς γενέσθαι τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει.
16.11.5τὰς μὲν οὖν ἀρχὰς ὑπέμενον οἱ Πρινασσεῖς εὐγενῶς· ἐπεὶ δὲ προσπέμψας ὁ Φίλιππος ἐνεφάνιζε διότι πρὸς δύο πλέθρα τοῦ τείχους αὐτοῖς ἐξήρεισται, καὶ προσεπυνθάνετο πότερα βούλονται λαβόντες τὴν ἀσφάλειαν ἐκχωρεῖν ἢ μετὰ τῆς πόλεως συναπολέσθαι πανδημεί,
16.11.6τῶν ἐρεισμάτων ἐμπρησθέντων, τηνικάδε πιστεύσαντες τοῖς λεγομένοις παρέδοσαν τὴν πόλιν. —
16.12.1ἡ δὲ τῶν Ἰασέων πόλις κεῖται μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τῷ μεταξὺ κειμένῳ τοῦ τῆς Μιλησίας Ποσειδίου καὶ τῆς Μυνδίων πόλεως, προσαγορευομένῳ , παρὰ δὲ τοῖς πλείστοις Βαργυλιητικῷ συνωνύμως ταῖς περὶ τὸν μυχὸν αὐτοῦ πόλεσιν ἐκτισμέναις.
16.12.2εὔχονται δὲ τὸ μὲν ἀνέκαθεν Ἀργείων ἄποικοι γεγονέναι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Μιλησίων, ἐπαγαγομένων τῶν προγόνων τὸν Νηλέως υἱὸν τοῦ κτίσαντος Μίλητον διὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ Καρικῷ πολέμῳ γενομένην φθορὰν αὐτῶν. τὸ δὲ μέγεθος τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι δέκα στάδια.
16.12.3καταπεφήμισται δὲ καὶ πεπίστευται παρὰ μὲν τοῖς Βαργυλιήταις διότι τὸ τῆς Κινδυάδος Ἀρτέμιδος ἄγαλμα, καίπερ ὂν ὑπαίθριον, οὔτε νίφεται τὸ παράπαν οὔτε βρέχεται,
16.12.4παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰασεῦσι τὸ τῆς Ἀστιάδος· καὶ ταῦτά τινες εἰρήκασι καὶ τῶν συγγραφέων.
16.12.5ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ἀποφάσεις τῶν ἱστοριογράφων οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως παρʼ ὅλην τὴν πραγματείαν ἐναντιούμενος καὶ δυσανασχετῶν διατελῶ.
16.12.6δοκεῖ γάρ μοι τὰ τοιαῦτα παντάπασι παιδικῆς εὐηθείας ὅσα μὴ μόνον τῆς τῶν εὐλόγων ἐκτὸς πίπτει θεωρίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τοῦ δυνατοῦ.
16.12.7τὸ γὰρ φάσκειν ἔνια τῶν σωμάτων ἐν φωτὶ τιθέμενα μὴ ποιεῖν σκιὰν ἀπηλγηκυίας ἐστὶ ψυχῆς· ὃ πεποίηκε Θεόπομπος, φήσας τοὺς εἰς τὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἄβατον ἐμβάντας κατʼ Ἀρκαδίαν ἀσκίους γίνεσθαι.
16.12.8τούτῳ δὲ παραπλήσιόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ νυνὶ λεγόμενον.
16.12.9ὅσα μὲν οὖν συντείνει πρὸς τὸ διασῴζειν τὴν τοῦ πλήθους εὐσέβειαν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον, δοτέον ἐστὶ συγγνώμην ἐνίοις τῶν συγγραφέων τερατευομένοις καὶ λογοποιοῦσι περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· τὸ δʼ ὑπεραῖρον οὐ συγχωρητέον.
16.12.10τάχα μὲν οὖν ἐν παντὶ δυσπαράγραφός ἐστιν ἡ ποσότης, οὐ μὴν ἀπαράγραφός γε.
16.12.11διὸ καὶ παρὰ βραχὺ μὲν εἰ καὶ ἀγνοεῖται καὶ ψευδοδοξεῖται, δεδόσθω συγγνώμη, τὸ δʼ ὑπεραῖρον ἀθετείσθω κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν δόξαν.
16.13.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον τίνα μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς προαίρεσιν ἐνεστήσατο Νάβις ὁ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων τύραννος, καὶ πῶς ἐκβαλὼν τοὺς πολίτας ἠλευθέρωσε τοὺς δούλους καὶ συνῴκισε ταῖς τῶν δεσποτῶν γυναιξὶ καὶ θυγατράσιν,
16.13.2ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἀναδείξας τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν οἷον ἄσυλον ἱερὸν τοῖς ἢ διʼ ἀσέβειαν ἢ πονηρίαν φεύγουσι τὰς ἑαυτῶν πατρίδας ἥθροισε πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ἀνοσίων εἰς τὴν Σπάρτην, ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων δεδηλώκαμεν.
16.13.3πῶς δὲ καὶ τίνα τρόπον κατὰ τοὺς προειρημένους καιροὺς σύμμαχος ὑπάρχων Αἰτωλοῖς, Ἠλείοις, Μεσσηνίοις, καὶ πᾶσι τούτοις ὀφείλων καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας βοηθεῖν, εἴ τις ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἴοι, παρʼ οὐδὲν ποιησάμενος τὰς προειρημένας πίστεις ἐπεβάλετο παρασπονδῆσαι τὴν τῶν Μεσσηνίων πόλιν, νῦν ἐροῦμεν. —
16.14.1ὅτι φησὶ Πολύβιος ἐπεὶ δέ τινες τῶν τὰς κατὰ μέρος γραφόντων πράξεις γεγράφασι καὶ περὶ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν, ἐν οἷς τά τε κατὰ Μεσσηνίους καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὰς προειρημένας ναυμαχίας συνετελέσθη, βούλομαι βραχέα περὶ αὐτῶν διαλεχθῆναι.
16.14.2ποιήσομαι δʼ οὐ πρὸς ἅπαντας, ἀλλʼ ὅσους ὑπολαμβάνω μνήμης ἀξίους εἶναι καὶ διαστολῆς· εἰσὶ δʼ οὗτοι Ζήνων καὶ Ἀντισθένης οἱ Ῥόδιοι.
16.14.3τούτους δʼ ἀξίους εἶναι κρίνω διὰ πλείους αἰτίας. καὶ γὰρ κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς γεγόνασι καὶ προσέτι πεπολίτευνται καὶ καθόλου πεποίηνται τὴν πραγματείαν οὐκ ὠφελείας χάριν, ἀλλὰ δόξης καὶ τοῦ καθήκοντος ἀνδράσι πολιτικοῖς.
16.14.4τῷ δὲ τὰς αὐτὰς γράφειν ἡμῖν πράξεις ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι μὴ παρασιωπᾶν, ἵνα μὴ τῷ τῆς πατρίδος ὀνόματι καὶ τῷ δοκεῖν οἰκειοτάτας εἶναι Ῥοδίοις τὰς κατὰ θάλατταν πράξεις, ἡμῶν ἀντιδοξούντων πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐνίοτε, μᾶλλον ἐπακολουθήσωσιν ἐκείνοις ἤπερ ἡμῖν οἱ φιλομαθοῦντες.
16.14.5οὗτοι τοιγαροῦν ἀμφότεροι πρῶτον μὲν τὴν περὶ Λάδην ναυμαχίαν οὐχ ἥττω τῆς περὶ Χίον, ἀλλʼ ἐνεργεστέραν καὶ παραβολωτέραν ἀποφαίνουσι καὶ τῇ κατὰ μέρος τοῦ κινδύνου χρείᾳ καὶ συντελείᾳ καὶ καθόλου φασὶ τὸ νίκημα γεγονέναι κατὰ τοὺς Ῥοδίους.
16.14.6ἐγὼ δὲ διότι μὲν δεῖ ῥοπὰς διδόναι ταῖς αὑτῶν πατρίσι τοὺς συγγραφέας, συγχωρήσαιμʼ ἄν, οὐ μὴν τὰς ἐναντίας τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἀποφάσεις ποιεῖσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
16.14.7ἱκανὰ γὰρ τὰ κατʼ ἄγνοιαν γινόμενα τοῖς γράφουσιν, ἃ διαφυγεῖν ἄνθρωπον δυσχερές·
16.14.8ἐὰν δὲ κατὰ προαίρεσιν ψευδογραφῶμεν ἢ πατρίδος ἕνεκεν ἢ φίλων [ἢ] χάριτος, τί διοίσομεν τῶν ἀπὸ τούτου τὸν βίον ποριζομένων;
16.14.9ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι τῷ λυσιτελεῖ μετροῦντες ἀδοκίμους ποιοῦσι τὰς αὑτῶν συντάξεις, οὕτως οἱ πολιτικοὶ τῷ μισεῖν ἢ τῷ φιλεῖν ἑλκόμενοι πολλάκις εἰς ταὐτὸ τέλος ἐμπίπτουσι τοῖς προειρημένοις.
16.14.10διὸ δεῖ καὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἐπιμελῶς τοὺς μὲν ἀναγινώσκοντας παρατηρεῖν, τοὺς δὲ γράφοντας αὐτοὺς παραφυλάττεσθαι.
16.15.1δῆλον δʼ ἔστι τὸ λεγόμενον ἐκ τῶν ἐνεστώτων. ὁμολογοῦντες γὰρ οἱ προειρημένοι διὰ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐν τῇ περὶ Λάδην ναυμαχίᾳ δύο μὲν αὐτάνδρους πεντήρεις τῶν Ῥοδίων ὑποχειρίους γενέσθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις,
16.15.2ἐκ δὲ τοῦ κινδύνου μιᾶς νηὸς ἐπαραμένης τὸν δόλωνα διὰ τὸ τετρωμένην αὐτὴν θαλαττοῦσθαι, πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν ἐγγὺς τὸ παραπλήσιον ποιοῦντας ἀποχωρεῖν πρὸς τὸ πέλαγος,
16.15.3τέλος δὲ μετʼ ὀλίγων καταλειφθέντα τὸν ναύαρχον ἀναγκασθῆναι ταὐτὸ τοῖς προειρημένοις πράττειν,
16.15.4καὶ τότε μὲν εἰς τὴν Μυνδίαν ἀπουρώσαντας καθορμισθῆναι, τῇ δʼ ἐπαύριον ἀναχθέντας εἰς Κῶ διᾶραι,
16.15.5τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους τὰς πεντήρεις ἐνάψασθαι καὶ καθορμισθέντας ἐπὶ τὴν Λάδην ἐπὶ τῇ ʼκείνων στρατοπεδείᾳ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἔπαυλιν,
16.15.6ἔτι δὲ τοὺς Μιλησίους, καταπλαγέντας τὸ γεγονός, οὐ μόνον τὸν Φίλιππον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην στεφανῶσαι διὰ τὴν ἔφοδον,
Book 16, Part 4
16.15.7ταῦτα δʼ εἰρηκότες ἃ προφανῶς ἐστιν ἴδια τῶν ἡττημένων, ὅμως καὶ διὰ τῶν κατὰ μέρος καὶ διὰ τῆς καθολικῆς ἀποφάσεως νικῶντας ἀποφαίνουσι τοὺς Ῥοδίους,
16.15.8καὶ ταῦτα τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ἔτι μενούσης ἐν τῷ πρυτανείῳ τῆς ὑπʼ αὐτοὺς τοὺς καιροὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ ναυάρχου πεμφθείσης περὶ τούτων τῇ τε βουλῇ καὶ τοῖς πρυτάνεσιν, οὐ ταῖς Ἀντισθένους καὶ Ζήνωνος ἀποφάσεσι συμφωνούσης ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἡμετέραις.
16.16.1ἑξῆς δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις γράφουσι περὶ τοῦ κατὰ Μεσσηνίους παρασπονδήματος.
16.16.2ἐν ᾧ φησιν ὁ Ζήνων ὁρμήσαντα τὸν Νάβιν ἐκ τῆς. Λακεδαίμονος καὶ διαβάντα τὸν Εὐρώταν ποταμὸν παρὰ τὸν Ὁπλίτην προσαγορευόμενον πορεύεσθαι διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς στενῆς παρὰ τὸ Πολιάσιον, ἕως ἐπὶ τοὺς κατὰ Σελλασίαν ἀφίκετο τόπους·
16.16.3ἐντεῦθεν δʼ ἐπὶ Θαλάμας ἐπιβαλόντα κατὰ Φαρὰς παραγενέσθαι πρὸς τὸν Πάμισον ποταμόν.
16.16.4ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐκ οἶδα πῶς χρὴ λέγειν· τοιαύτην γὰρ φύσιν ἔχει τὰ προειρημένα πάντα συλλήβδην ὥστε μηδὲν διαφέρειν τοῦ λέγειν ὅτι ποιησάμενός τις ἐκ Κορίνθου τὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ διαπορευθεὶς τὸν Ἰσθμὸν καὶ συνάψας ταῖς Σκειρωνίσιν εὐθέως ἐπὶ τὴν Κοντοπορίαν ἐπέβαλε καὶ παρὰ τὰς Μυκήνας ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν εἰς Ἄργος. ταῦτα γὰρ οὐχ οἷον παρὰ μικρόν ἐστιν,
16.16.5ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν διάθεσιν ἔχει πρὸς ἄλληλα, καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὸν Ἰσθμόν ἐστι καὶ τὰς Σκιράδας πρὸς ἀνατολὰς τοῦ Κορίνθου, τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Κοντοπορίαν καὶ Μυκήνας ἔγγιστα πρὸς δύσεις χειμερινάς,
16.16.6ὥστʼ εἶναι τελέως ἀδύνατον ἀπὸ τῶν προηγουμένων ἐπιβαλεῖν τοῖς προειρημένοις τόποις.
16.16.7τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Λακεδαίμονα συμβέβηκεν·
16.16.8ὁ μὲν γὰρ Εὐρώτας καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν Σελλασίαν κεῖται τῆς Σπάρτης ὡς πρὸς τὰς θερινὰς ἀνατολάς, τὰ δὲ κατὰ Θαλάμας καὶ Φαρὰς καὶ Πάμισον ὡς πρὸς τὰς χειμερινὰς δύσεις,
16.16.9ὅθεν οὐχ οἷον ἐπὶ τὴν Σελλασίαν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸν Εὐρώταν δέον ἐστὶ διαβαίνειν τὸν προτιθέμενον παρὰ Θαλάμας ποιεῖσθαι τὴν πορείαν εἰς τὴν Μεσσηνίαν.
16.17.1πρὸς δὲ τούτοις φησὶ τὴν ἐπάνοδον ἐκ τῆς Μεσσήνης πεποιῆσθαι τὸν Νάβιν κατὰ τὴν πύλην τὴν φέρουσαν ἐπὶ Τεγέαν.
16.17.2τοῦτο δʼ ἔστιν ἄλογον· πρόκειται γὰρ τῆς Τεγέας ἡ Μεγάλη πόλις ὡς πρὸς τὴν Μεσσήνην, ὥστʼ ἀδύνατον εἶναι καλεῖσθαί τινα πύλην παρὰ τοῖς Μεσσηνίοις ἐπὶ Τεγέαν.
16.17.3ἀλλʼ ἔστι παρʼ αὐτοῖς πύλη Τεγεᾶτις προσαγορευομένη, καθʼ ἣν ἐποιήσατο τὴν ἐπάνοδον Νάβις· ᾧ πλανηθεὶς ἔγγιον ὑπέλαβε τὴν Τεγέαν εἶναι Μεσσηνίων.
16.17.4τὸ δʼ ἔστιν οὐ τοιοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ἡ Λακωνικὴ καὶ [ἡ] Μεγαλοπολῖτις χώρα μεταξὺ κεῖται τῆς Μεσσηνίας καὶ Τεγεάτιδος.
16.17.5τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον· φησὶ γὰρ τὸν Ἀλφειὸν ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς εὐθέως κρυφθέντα καὶ πολὺν ἐνεχθέντα τόπον ὑπὸ γῆς ἐκβάλλειν περὶ Λυκόαν τῆς Ἀρκαδίας.
16.17.6ὁ δὲ ποταμὸς οὐ πολὺν τόπον ἀποσχὼν τῆς πηγῆς, καὶ κρυφθεὶς ἐπὶ δέκα στάδια, πάλιν ἐκπίπτει,
16.17.7καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν φερόμενος διὰ τῆς Μεγαλοπολίτιδος τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐλαφρός, εἶτα λαμβάνων αὔξησιν καὶ διανύσας ἐπιφανῶς πᾶσαν τὴν προειρημένην χώραν ἐπὶ διακοσίους σταδίους γίνεται πρὸς Λυκόαν, ἤδη προσειληφὼς καὶ τὸ τοῦ Λουσίου ῥεῦμα καὶ παντελῶς ἄβατος ὢν καὶ βαρύς.
16.17.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα μοι δοκεῖ τὰ προειρημένα διαπτώματα μὲν εἶναι, πρόφασιν δʼ ἐπιδέχεσθαι καὶ παραίτησιν· τὰ μὲν γὰρ διʼ ἄγνοιαν γέγονε, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὴν ναυμαχίαν διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὴν πατρίδα φιλοστοργίαν.
16.17.9τί τις οὖν εἰκότως ἂν Ζήνωνι μέμψαιτο; διότι τὸ πλεῖον οὐ περὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ζήτησιν οὐδὲ περὶ τὸν χειρισμὸν τῆς ὑποθέσεως, ἀλλὰ περὶ τὴν τῆς λέξεως κατασκευὴν ἐσπούδακε, καὶ δῆλός ἐστι πολλάκις ἐπὶ τούτῳ σεμνυνόμενος, καθάπερ καὶ πλείους ἕτεροι τῶν ἐπιφανῶν συγγραφέων;
16.17.10ἐγὼ δὲ φημὶ μὲν δεῖν πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσθαι καὶ σπουδάζειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ δεόντως ἐξαγγέλλειν τὰς πράξεις — δῆλον γὰρ ὡς οὐ μικρά, μεγάλα δὲ συμβάλλεται τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν ἱστορίαν — οὐ μὴν ἡγεμονικώτατόν γε καὶ πρῶτον αὐτὸ παρὰ τοῖς μετρίοις ἀνδράσι τίθεσθαι·
16.17.11πολλοῦ γε δεῖν· ἄλλα γὰρ ἂν εἴη καλλίω μέρη τῆς ἱστορίας, ἐφʼ οἷς ἂν μᾶλλον σεμνυνθείη πολιτικὸς ἀνήρ.
16.18.1ὃ δὲ λέγειν βούλομαι, γένοιτʼ ἂν οὕτω μάλιστα καταφανές.
16.18.2ἐξηγούμενος γὰρ ὁ προειρημένος συγγραφεὺς τήν τε Γάζης πολιορκίαν καὶ τὴν γενομένην παράταξιν Ἀντιόχου πρὸς Σκόπαν ἐν Κοίλῃ Συρίᾳ περὶ τὸ Πάνιον, περὶ μὲν τὴν τῆς λέξεως κατασκευὴν δῆλός ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐσπουδακὼς ὡς ὑπερβολὴν τερατείας μὴ καταλιπεῖν τοῖς τὰς ἐπιδεικτικὰς καὶ πρὸς ἔκπληξιν τῶν πολλῶν συντάξεις ποιουμένοις,
16.18.3τῶν γε μὴν πραγμάτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὠλιγώρηκεν ὥστε πάλιν ἀνυπέρβλητον εἶναι τὴν εὐχέρειαν καὶ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τοῦ συγγραφέως.
16.18.4προθέμενος γὰρ πρώτην διασαφεῖν τὴν τῶν περὶ τὸν Σκόπαν ἔκταξιν, τῷ μὲν δεξιῷ κέρατί φησι τῆς ὑπωρείας ἔχεσθαι τὴν φάλαγγα μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων, τὸ δʼ εὐώνυμον αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς ἱππεῖς πάντας τοὺς ἐπὶ τούτου τεταγμένους ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις κεῖσθαι.
16.18.5τὸν δʼ Ἀντίοχον ἐπὶ μὲν τὴν ἑωθινὴν ἐκπέμψαι φησὶ τὸν πρεσβύτερον υἱὸν Ἀντίοχον ἔχοντα μέρος τι τῆς δυνάμεως, ἵνα προκαταλάβηται τῆς ὀρεινῆς τοὺς ὑπερκειμένους τῶν πολεμίων τόπους,
16.18.6τὴν δὲ λοιπὴν δύναμιν ἅμα τῷ φωτὶ διαβιβάσαντα τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν μεταξὺ τῶν στρατοπέδων ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις ἐκτάττειν, τιθέντα τοὺς μὲν φαλαγγίτας ἐπὶ μίαν εὐθεῖαν κατὰ μέσην τὴν τῶν πολεμίων τάξιν, τῶν δʼ ἱππέων τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ λαιὸν κέρας τῆς φάλαγγος, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιόν, ἐν οἷς εἶναι καὶ τὴν κατάφρακτον ἵππον, ἧς ἡγεῖτο πάσης ὁ νεώτερος Ἀντίοχος τῶν υἱῶν.
16.18.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτά φησι τὰ θηρία προτάξαι τῆς φάλαγγος ἐν διαστήματι καὶ τοὺς μετʼ Ἀντιπάτρου Ταραντίνους, τὰ δὲ μεταξὺ τῶν θηρίων πληρῶσαι τοῖς τοξόταις καὶ σφενδονήταις, αὐτὸν δὲ μετὰ τῆς ἑταιρικῆς ἵππου καὶ τῶν ὑπασπιστῶν κατόπιν ἐπιστῆναι τοῖς θηρίοις.
16.18.8ταῦτα δʼ ὑποθέμενος, τὸν μὲν νεώτερον Ἀντίοχόν φησιν, ὃν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις ἔθηκε κατὰ τὸ λαιὸν τῶν πολεμίων ἔχοντα τὴν κατάφρακτον ἵππον, τοῦτον ἐκ τῆς ὀρεινῆς ἐπενεχθέντα τρέψασθαι τοὺς ἱππέας τοὺς περὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Ἀερόπου καὶ καταδιώκειν, ὃς ἐτύγχανε τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ἐπιτεταγμένος ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις ἐπὶ τῶν εὐωνύμων,
16.18.9τὰς δὲ φάλαγγας, ἐπεὶ συνέβαλλον ἀλλήλαις, μάχην ποιεῖν ἰσχυράν.
16.18.10ὅτι δὲ συμβαλεῖν ἀδύνατον ἦν τῶν θηρίων καὶ τῶν ἱππέων καὶ τῶν εὐζώνων προτεταγμένων, τοῦτʼ οὐκέτι συνορᾷ.
16.19.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτά φησι καταπροτερουμένην τὴν φάλαγγα ταῖς εὐχειρίαις καὶ πιεζομένην ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀναχωρεῖν ἐπὶ πόδα, τὰ δὲ θηρία τοὺς ἐγκλίνοντας ἐκδεχόμενα καὶ συμπίπτοντα τοῖς πολεμίοις μεγάλην παρέχεσθαι χρείαν.
16.19.2πῶς δὲ ταῦτα γέγονεν ὀπίσω τῆς φάλαγγος οὐ ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν, ἢ πῶς γενόμενα παρείχετο χρείαν μεγάλην·
16.19.3ὅτε γὰρ ἅπαξ αἱ φάλαγγες συνέπεσον ἀλλήλαις, οὐκέτι δυνατὸν ἦν κρῖναι τὰ θηρία τίς τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων φίλιος ἢ πολέμιός ἐστι.
16.19.4πρὸς δὲ τούτοις φησὶ τοὺς Αἰτωλῶν ἱππέας δυσχρηστεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον διὰ τὴν ἀσυνήθειαν τῆς τῶν θηρίων φαντασίας.
16.19.5ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ δεξιοῦ ταχθέντες ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀκέραιοι διέμενον, ὡς αὐτός φησι· τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν πλῆθος τῶν ἱππέων τὸ μερισθὲν ἐπὶ τὸ λαιὸν ἐπεφεύγει πᾶν ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἡττημένον.
16.19.6ποῖον οὖν μέρος τῶν ἱππέων ἦν κατὰ μέσην τὴν φάλαγγα τὸ τοὺς ἐλέφαντας ἐκπληττόμενον;
16.19.7ποῦ δʼ ὁ βασιλεὺς γέγονεν, ἢ τίνα παρέσχηται χρείαν ἐν τῇ μάχῃ, τὸ κάλλιστον σύστημα περὶ αὑτὸν ἐσχηκὼς καὶ τῶν πεζῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων; ἁπλῶς γὰρ οὐδὲν εἴρηται περὶ τούτων.
16.19.8ποῦ δʼ ὁ πρεσβύτερος τῶν υἱῶν Ἀντίοχος ὁ μετὰ μέρους τινὸς τῆς δυνάμεως προκαταλαβόμενος τοὺς ὑπερδεξίους τόπους;
16.19.9οὗτος μὲν γὰρ οὐδʼ εἰς τὴν στρατοπεδείαν ἀνακεχώρηκεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὴν μάχην. εἰκότως· δύο γὰρ Ἀντιόχους ὑπέθετο τοῦ βασιλέως υἱούς, ὄντος ἑνὸς τοῦ τότε συνεστρατευμένου.
16.19.10πῶς δʼ ὁ Σκόπας ἅμα μὲν αὐτῷ πρῶτος, ἅμα δʼ ἔσχατος ἀναλέλυκεν ἐκ τοῦ κινδύνου; φησὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν ἰδόντα τοὺς περὶ τὸν νεώτερον Ἀντίοχον ἐκ τοῦ διώγματος ἐπιφαινομένους κατὰ νώτου τοῖς φαλαγγίταις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὰς τοῦ νικᾶν ἐλπίδας ἀπογνόντα, ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν·
16.19.11μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συστῆναι τὸν μέγιστον κίνδυνον, κυκλωθείσης τῆς φάλαγγος ὑπό τε τῶν θηρίων καὶ τῶν ἱππέων, καὶ τελευταῖον ἀποχωρῆσαι τὸν Σκόπαν ἀπὸ τοῦ κινδύνου.
16.20.1ταῦτα δέ μοι δοκεῖ, καὶ καθόλου τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν ἀλογημάτων, πολλὴν ἐπιφέρειν αἰσχύνην τοῖς συγγραφεῦσι.
Book 16, Part 5
16.20.2διὸ δεῖ μάλιστα μὲν πειρᾶσθαι πάντων κρατεῖν τῶν τῆς ἱστορίας μερῶν· καλὸν γάρ· εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο δυνατόν, τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων καὶ τῶν μεγίστων ἐν αὐτῇ πλείστην ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν.
16.20.2ταῦτα μὲν οὖν προήχθην εἰπεῖν,
16.20.3θεωρῶν νῦν, καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων, τὸ μὲν ἀληθινὸν καὶ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ἀνῆκον ἐν ἑκάστοις ἐπισεσυρμένον,
16.20.4τὸ δὲ πρὸς ἀλαζονείαν καὶ φαντασίαν ἐπαινούμενον καὶ ζηλούμενον, ὡς μέγα τι καὶ θαυμάσιον, ὃ καὶ τὴν κατασκευὴν ἔχει ῥᾳδιεστέραν καὶ τὴν εὐδόκησιν ὀλιγοδεεστέραν, καθάπερ αἱ λοιπαὶ τῶν γραφῶν.
16.20.5περὶ δὲ τῆς τῶν τόπων ἀγνοίας τῶν κατὰ τὴν Λακωνικὴν διὰ τὸ μεγάλην εἶναι τὴν παράπτωσιν οὐκ ὤκνησα γράψαι καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν Ζήνωνα,
16.20.6κρίνων καλὸν εἶναι τὸ μὴ τὰς τῶν πέλας ἁμαρτίας ἴδια προτερήματα νομίζειν, καθάπερ ἔνιοι ποιεῖν εἰώθασιν, ἀλλὰ μὴ μόνον τῶν ἰδίων ὑπομνημάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, καθʼ ὅσον οἷοί τʼ ἐσμέν, ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν καὶ διόρθωσιν χάριν τῆς κοινῆς ὠφελείας.
16.20.7ὁ δὲ λαβὼν τὴν ἐπιστολήν, καὶ γνοὺς ἀδύνατον οὖσαν τὴν μετάθεσιν διὰ τὸ προεκδεδωκέναι τὰς συντάξεις, ἐλυπήθη μὲν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα, ποιεῖν δʼ οὐδὲν εἶχε, τήν γε μὴν ἡμετέραν αἵρεσιν ἀπεδέξατο φιλοφρόνως.
16.20.8ὃ δὴ κἂν ἐγὼ παρακαλέσαιμι περὶ αὑτοῦ τοὺς καθʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ τοὺς ἐπιγινομένους, ἐὰν μὲν κατὰ πρόθεσιν εὑρισκώμεθά που κατὰ τὴν πραγματείαν διαψευδόμενοι καὶ παρορῶντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀπαραιτήτως ἐπιτιμᾶν,
16.20.9ἐὰν δὲ κατʼ ἄγνοιαν, συγγνώμην ἔχειν, καὶ μάλιστα πάντων ἡμῖν διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς συντάξεως καὶ διὰ τὴν καθόλου περιβολὴν τῶν πραγμάτων.
16.21.1ὅτι ὁ Τληπόλεμος ὁ τὰ τῆς βασιλείας τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πράγματα μεταχειριζόμενος ἦν μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν νέος καὶ κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐν στρατιωτικῷ βίῳ διεγεγόνει μετὰ φαντασίας,
16.21.2ἦν δὲ καὶ τῇ φύσει μετέωρος καὶ φιλόδοξος, καὶ καθόλου πολλὰ μὲν εἰς πραγμάτων λόγον ἀγαθὰ προσεφέρετο, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ κακά.
16.21.3στρατηγεῖν μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις καὶ χειρίζειν πολεμικὰς πράξεις δυνατὸς ἦν, καὶ ἀνδρώδης ὑπῆρχε τῇ φύσει, καὶ πρὸς τὰς στρατιωτικὰς ὁμιλίας εὐφυῶς διέκειτο·
16.21.4πρὸς δὲ ποικίλων πραγμάτων χειρισμόν, δεόμενον ἐπιστάσεως καὶ νήψεως, καὶ πρὸς φυλακὴν χρημάτων καὶ καθόλου τὴν περὶ τὸ λυσιτελὲς οἰκονομίαν, ἀφυέστατος ὑπῆρχε πάντων.
16.21.5ᾗ καὶ ταχέως οὐ μόνον ἔσφηλεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἠλάττωσε.
16.21.6παραλαβὼν γὰρ τὴν τῶν χρημάτων ἐξουσίαν, τὸ μὲν πλεῖστον μέρος τῆς ἡμέρας κατέτριβε σφαιρομαχῶν καὶ πρὸς τὰ μειράκια διαμιλλώμενος ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις,
16.21.7ἀπὸ δὲ τούτων γινόμενος εὐθέως πότους συνῆγε καὶ τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τοῦ βίου περὶ ταῦτα καὶ σὺν τούτοις εἶχε τὴν διατριβήν.
16.21.8ὃν δέ ποτε χρόνον τῆς ἡμέρας ἀπεμέριζε πρὸς ἐντεύξεις, ἐν τούτῳ διεδίδου, μᾶλλον δʼ, εἰ δεῖ τὸ φαινόμενον εἰπεῖν, διερρίπτει τὰ βασιλικὰ χρήματα τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος παραγεγονόσι πρεσβευταῖς καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Διόνυσον τεχνίταις, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν ἡγεμόσι καὶ στρατιώταις.
16.21.9καθόλου γὰρ ἀνανεύειν οὐκ ᾔδει, τῷ δὲ πρὸς χάριν ὁμιλήσαντι πᾶν ἐξ ἑτοίμου τὸ φανὲν ἐδίδου.
16.21.10τὸ λοιπὸν ηὐξάνετο τὸ κακόν, ἐξ αὑτοῦ λαμβάνον τὴν ἐπίδοσιν.
16.21.11πᾶς γὰρ ὁ παθὼν εὖ παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν καὶ τοῦ γεγονότος χάριν καὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ὑπερεβάλλετο ταῖς τῶν λόγων εὐχαριστίαις·
16.21.12ὁ δὲ πυνθανόμενος τὸν γινόμενον ἐκ πάντων ἔπαινον ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ καὶ τὰς ἐν τοῖς πότοις ἐπιχύσεις, ἔτι δὲ τὰς ἐπιγραφὰς καὶ τὰ διὰ τῶν ἀκροαμάτων εἰς αὑτὸν ᾀδόμενα παίγνια καθʼ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν, εἰς τέλος ἐχαυνοῦτο καὶ μᾶλλον ἀεὶ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐξετυφοῦτο, καὶ προχειρότερος ἐγίνετο πρὸς τὰς
16.22.1ξενικὰς καὶ στρατιωτικὰς χάριτας. ἐφʼ οἷς οἱ περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν ἀσχάλλοντες πάντα παρεσημαίνοντο καὶ βαρέως αὐτοῦ τὴν αὐθάδειαν ὑπέφερον, τὸν δὲ Σωσίβιον ἐκ παραθέσεως ἐθαύμαζον.
16.22.2ἐδόκει γὰρ οὗτος τοῦ τε βασιλέως προεστάναι φρονιμώτερον ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν, τήν τε πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτὸς ἀπάντησιν ἀξίαν ποιεῖσθαι τῆς ἐγκεχειρισμένης αὐτῷ πίστεως· αὕτη δʼ ἦν ἡ σφραγὶς καὶ τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως σῶμα.
16.22.3κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἀνακομιζόμενος ἥκει παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Σωσιβίου.
16.22.4καὶ πρὶν μὲν οὖν ἐκ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐκπλεῦσαι πλήρης ἦν τύφου διά τε τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν καὶ διὰ τὴν προσγεγενημένην ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς εὐκαιρίαν·
16.22.5ὡς δὲ καταπλεύσας εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν συνέμιξε τοῖς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν νεανίσκοις, ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι τὴν Μακεδόνων ἀνδρείαν ἐν τῇ τῆς ὑποδέσεως καὶ τῇ τῆς ἐσθῆτος διαφορᾷ, παρῆν ταῦτα πάντʼ ἐζηλωκὼς καὶ πεπεισμένος αὑτὸν μὲν ἄνδρα γεγονέναι διὰ τὴν ἐκδημίαν καὶ διὰ τὸ Μακεδόσιν ὡμιληκέναι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἀνδράποδα καὶ βλᾶκας διαμένειν.
16.22.6διόπερ εὐθέως ἐζηλοτύπει καὶ παρετρίβετο πρὸς τὸν Τληπόλεμον.
16.22.7πάντων δʼ αὐτῷ συγκατατιθεμένων τῶν περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν διὰ τὸ τὸν Τληπόλεμον καὶ τὰ πράγματα καὶ τὰ χρήματα μὴ ὡς ἐπίτροπον, ἀλλʼ ὡς κληρονόμον χειρίζειν, ταχέως ηὐξήθη τὰ τῆς διαφορᾶς.
16.22.8καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ὁ Τληπόλεμος, προσπιπτόντων αὐτῷ λόγων δυσμενικῶν ἐκ τῆς τῶν αὐλικῶν παρατηρήσεως καὶ κακοπραγμοσύνης, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς παρήκουε καὶ κατεφρόνει τῶν λεγομένων.
16.22.9ὡς δέ ποτε καὶ κοινῇ συνεδρεύσαντες ἐτόλμησαν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ καταμέμφεσθαι τὸν Τληπόλεμον, ὡς κακῶς χειρίζοντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν, οὐ παρόντος αὐτοῦ,
16.22.10τότε δὴ παροξυνθεὶς συνῆγε τὸ συνέδριον καὶ παρελθὼν ἐκείνους μὲν ἔφη λάθρᾳ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ποιεῖσθαι κατʼ αὐτοῦ τὰς διαβολάς, αὐτὸς δʼ ἔκρινε κοινῇ καὶ κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν ποιήσασθαι τὴν κατηγορίαν. —
16.22.11ὅτι μετὰ τὴν δημηγορίαν ἔλαβε καὶ τὴν σφραγῖδα παρὰ Σωσιβίου, καὶ ταύτην παρειληφὼς ὁ Τληπόλεμος λοιπὸν ἤδη πάντα τὰ πράγματα κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ προαίρεσιν ἔπραττεν.
16.22a.1ὅτι Ἀντιόχου τοῦ βασιλέως τὴν τῶν Γαζαίων πόλιν πορθήσαντος φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος·
16.22a.2ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ δίκαιον ἅμα καὶ πρέπον εἶναι δοκεῖ τὸ τοῖς Γαζαίοις ἀποδοῦναι τὴν καθήκουσαν μαρτυρίαν.
16.22a.3οὐδὲν γὰρ διαφέροντες ἀνδρείᾳ τῶν κατὰ Κοίλην Συρίαν πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς πράξεις, ἐν κοινωνίᾳ πραγμάτων καὶ τῷ τηρεῖν τὴν πίστιν πολὺ διαφέρουσι καὶ συλλήβδην ἀνυπόστατον ἔχουσι τὴν τόλμαν.
16.22a.4κατὰ γὰρ τὴν Περσῶν ἔφοδον ἐκπλαγέντων τῶν ἄλλων διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς δυναστείας, καὶ πάντων ἐγχειρισάντων σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰς πατρίδας Μήδοις, μόνοι τὸ δεινὸν ὑπέμειναν πάντες, τὴν πολιορκίαν ἀναδεξάμενοι.
16.22a.5κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου παρουσίαν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἄλλων παραδεδωκότων αὑτούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ Τυρίων ἐξηνδραποδισμένων μετὰ βίας, καὶ σχεδὸν ἀνελπίστου τῆς σωτηρίας ὑπαρχούσης τοῖς ἐναντιουμένοις πρὸς τὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ βίαν τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου, μόνοι τῶν κατὰ Συρίαν ὑπέστησαν καὶ πάσας ἐξήλεγξαν τὰς ἐλπίδας.
16.22a.6τὸ δὲ παραπλήσιον ἐποίησαν καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀπέλειπον τῶν ἐνδεχομένων, σπουδάζοντες διαφυλάξαι τὴν πρὸς τὸν Πτολεμαῖον πίστιν.
16.22a.7διὸ καθάπερ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐπισημαινόμεθα τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν τοῖς ὑπομνήμασι, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον χρὴ καὶ κοινῇ τῶν πόλεων τὴν ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ ποιήσασθαι μνήμην, ὅσαι τῶν καλῶν ἐκ παραδόσεώς τι καὶ προθέσεως πράττειν εἰώθασιν.
16.23.1Πόπλιος δὲ Σκιπίων ἧκεν ἐκ Λιβύης οὐ πολὺ κατόπιν τῶν προειρημένων καιρῶν.
16.23.2οὔσης δὲ τῆς προσδοκίας τῶν πολλῶν ἀκολούθου τῷ μεγέθει τῶν πράξεων, μεγάλην εἶναι συνέβαινε καὶ τὴν φαντασίαν περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὴν τοῦ πλήθους εὔνοιαν πρὸς αὐτόν.
16.23.3καὶ τοῦτʼ εἰκότως ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον ἐγίνετο καὶ καθηκόντως·
16.23.4οὐδέποτε γὰρ ἂν ἐλπίσαντες Ἀννίβαν ἐκβαλεῖν ἐξ Ἰταλίας οὐδʼ ἀποτρίψασθαι τὸν ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων κίνδυνον, τότε δοκοῦντες ἤδη βεβαίως οὐ μόνον ἐκτὸς γεγονέναι παντὸς φόβου καὶ πάσης περιστάσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ κρατεῖν τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ὑπερβολὴν οὐ κατέλιπον χαρᾶς. ὡς δὲ καὶ τὸν θρίαμβον εἰσῆγε,
16.23.5τότε καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι διὰ τῆς τῶν εἰσαγομένων ἐνεργείας μιμνησκόμενοι τῶν προγεγονότων κινδύνων ἐκπαθεῖς ἐγίνοντο κατά τε τὴν πρὸς θεοὺς εὐχαριστίαν καὶ κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν αἴτιον τῆς τηλικαύτης μεταβολῆς εὔνοιαν.
Book 16, Part 6
16.23.6καὶ γὰρ ὁ Σόφαξ ὁ τῶν Μασαισυλίων βασιλεὺς ἤχθη τότε διὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐν τῷ θριάμβῳ μετὰ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων· ὃς καὶ μετά τινα χρόνον ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ τὸν βίον μετήλλαξε.
16.23.7τούτων δὲ συντελεσθέντων οἱ μὲν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ἀγῶνας ἦγον καὶ πανηγύρεις ἐπιφανῶς, χορηγὸν ἔχοντες εἰς ταῦτα τὴν Σκιπίωνος μεγαλοψυχίαν.
16.24.1ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ χειμῶνος ἤδη καταρχομένου, καθʼ ὃν Πόπλιος Σολπίκιος ὕπατος κατεστάθη ἐν Ῥώμῃ, ποιούμενος τὴν διατριβὴν ἐν τοῖς Βαργυλίοις, θεωρῶν καὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους καὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον οὐχ οἷον διαλύοντας τὸ ναυτικόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσπληροῦντας ναῦς καὶ φιλοτιμότερον προσκειμένους ταῖς φυλακαῖς, δυσχρήστως διέκειτο καὶ πολλὰς καὶ ποικίλας εἶχε περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐπινοίας.
16.24.2ἅμα μὲν γὰρ ἠγωνία τὸν ἐκ τῶν Βαργυλίων ἔκπλουν καὶ προεωρᾶτο τὸν κατὰ θάλατταν κίνδυνον, ἅμα δὲ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Μακεδονίαν πράγμασι διαπιστῶν οὐδαμῶς ἐβούλετο παραχειμάζειν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, φοβούμενος [μὲν οὖν] καὶ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους·
16.24.3καὶ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἠγνόει τὰς ἐξαποστελλομένας κατʼ αὐτοῦ πρεσβείας εἰς Ῥώμην,
16.24.4διόπερ πέρας ἔχει τὰ κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην. ἐξ ὧν ἐδυσχρηστεῖτο μὲν ὑπερβαλλόντως, ἠναγκάζετο δὲ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐπιμένων αὐτοῦ, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, λύκου βίον ζῆν.
16.24.5παρʼ ὧν μὲν γὰρ ἁρπάζων καὶ κλέπτων, τοὺς δʼ ἀποβιαζόμενος, ἐνίους δὲ παρὰ φύσιν αἰκάλλων διὰ τὸ λιμώττειν αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα, ποτὲ μὲν ἐσιτεῖτο κρέα, ποτὲ δὲ σῦκα, ποτὲ δὲ σιτάρια βραχέα παντελῶς·
16.24.6ὧν τινὰ μὲν αὐτῷ Ζεῦξις ἐχορήγει, τὰ δὲ Μυλασεῖς καὶ Ἀλαβανδεῖς καὶ Μάγνητες, οὕς, ὁπότε μέν τι δοῖεν, ἔσαινεν, ὅτε δὲ μὴ δοῖεν, ὑλάκτει καὶ ἐπεβούλευεν αὐτοῖς.
16.24.7τέλος ἐπὶ τὴν Μυλασέων πόλιν πράξεις συνεστήσατο διὰ Φιλοκλέους, ἐσφάλη δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀλογίαν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς.
16.24.8τὴν δʼ Ἀλαβανδέων χώραν ὡς πολεμίαν κατέφθειρε, φήσας ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πορίζειν τῷ στρατεύματι τὰ πρὸς τὴν τροφήν. —
16.24.9Πολύβιος δʼ ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης ἐν τῇ ι#2# τῶν ἱστοριῶν "3Φίλιπποσ"3 φησὶν "3ὁ Περσέως πατήρ, ὅτε τὴν Ἀσίαν κατέτρεχεν, ἀπορῶν τροφῶν τοῖς στρατιώταις παρὰ Μαγνήτων, ἐπεὶ σῖτον οὐκ εἶχον, σῦκα ἔλαβε. διὸ καὶ Μυοῦντος κυριεύσας τοῖς Μάγνησιν ἐχαρίσατο τὸ χωρίον ἀντὶ τῶν σύκων"3. —
16.25.1ὅτι ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων δῆμος ἐξέπεμπε πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς Ἄτταλον τὸν βασιλέα τοὺς ἅμα μὲν εὐχαριστήσοντας ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν, ἅμα δὲ παρακαλέσοντας αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν Ἀθήναζε χάριν τοῦ συνδιαλαβεῖν περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
16.25.2ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς μετά τινας ἡμέρας πυθόμενος καταπεπλευκέναι Ῥωμαίων πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ, καὶ νομίζων ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὸ συμμῖξαι τούτοις, ἀνήχθη κατὰ σπουδήν.
16.25.3ὁ δὲ τῶν Ἀθηναίων δῆμος γνοὺς τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ μεγαλομερῶς ἐψηφίσατο περὶ τῆς ἀπαντήσεως καὶ τῆς ὅλης ἀποδοχῆς τοῦ βασιλέως.
16.25.4Ἄτταλος δὲ καταπλεύσας εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ τὴν μὲν πρώτην ἡμέραν ἐχρημάτισε τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευταῖς, θεωρῶν δʼ αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς προγεγενημένης κοινοπραγίας μνημονεύοντας καὶ πρὸς τὸν κατὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πόλεμον ἑτοίμους ὄντας περιχαρὴς ἦν.
16.25.5τῇ δʼ ἐπαύριον ἅμα τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῖς τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἄρχουσιν ἀνέβαινεν εἰς ἄστυ μετὰ μεγάλης προστασίας· οὐ γὰρ μόνον οἱ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχοντες μετὰ τῶν ἱππέων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντες οἱ πολῖται μετὰ τῶν τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν ἀπήντων αὐτοῖς.
16.25.6ὡς δὲ συνέμιξαν, τοιαύτη παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἐγένετο κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν φιλανθρωπία πρός τε Ῥωμαίους καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον πρὸς τὸν Ἄτταλον ὥσθʼ ὑπερβολὴν μὴ καταλιπεῖν. ἐπεὶ δʼ εἰσῄει κατὰ τὸ Δίπυλον,
16.25.7ἐξ ἑκατέρου τοῦ μέρους παρέστησαν τὰς ἱερείας καὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάντας μὲν τοὺς ναοὺς ἀνέῳξαν, ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι θύματα τοῖς βωμοῖς παραστήσαντες ἠξίωσαν αὐτὸν θῦσαι.
16.25.8τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ἐψηφίσαντο τιμὰς τηλικαύτας ἡλίκας οὐδενὶ ταχέως τῶν πρότερον εἰς αὐτοὺς εὐεργετῶν γεγονότων·
16.25.9πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ φυλὴν ἐπώνυμον ἐποίησαν Ἀττάλῳ, καὶ κατένειμαν αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς ἐπωνύμους τῶν ἀρχηγετῶν.
16.26.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συναγαγόντες ἐκκλησίαν ἐκάλουν τὸν προειρημένον.
16.26.2παραιτουμένου δὲ καὶ φάσκοντος εἶναι φορτικὸν τὸ κατὰ πρόσωπον εἰσελθόντα διαπορεύεσθαι τὰς εὐεργεσίας τὰς αὑτοῦ τοῖς εὖ πεπονθόσι,
16.26.3τῆς εἰσόδου παρῆκαν, γράψαντα δʼ αὐτὸν ἠξίουν ἐκδοῦναι περὶ ὧν ὑπολαμβάνει συμφέρειν πρὸς τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς.
16.26.4τοῦ δὲ πεισθέντος καὶ γράψαντος εἰσήνεγκαν τὴν ἐπιστολὴν οἱ προεστῶτες.
16.26.5ἦν δὲ τὰ κεφάλαια τῶν γεγραμμένων ἀνάμνησις τῶν πρότερον ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγονότων εὐεργετημάτων εἰς τὸν δῆμον, ἐξαρίθμησις τῶν πεπραγμένων αὐτῷ πρὸς Φίλιππον κατὰ τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς,
16.26.6τελευταία δὲ παράκλησις εἰς τὸν κατὰ Φιλίππου πόλεμον, καὶ διορκισμός, ὡς ἐὰν μὴ νῦν ἕλωνται συνεμβαίνειν εὐγενῶς εἰς τὴν ἀπέχθειαν ἅμα Ῥοδίοις καὶ Ῥωμαίοις καὶ αὐτῷ, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα παρέντες τοὺς καιροὺς κοινωνεῖν βούλωνται τῆς εἰρήνης, ἄλλων αὐτὴν κατεργασαμένων, ἀστοχήσειν αὐτοὺς τοῦ τῇ πατρίδι συμφέροντος.
16.26.7τῆς δʼ ἐπιστολῆς ταύτης ἀναγνωσθείσης ἕτοιμον ἦν τὸ πλῆθος ψηφίζεσθαι τὸν πόλεμον καὶ διὰ τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ διὰ τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἄτταλον.
16.26.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν Ῥοδίων ἐπεισελθόντων καὶ πολλοὺς πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαθεμένων λόγους, ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις ἐκφέρειν τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὸν πόλεμον.
16.26.9ἀπεδέξαντο δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους μεγαλομερῶς καὶ τόν τε δῆμον ἐστεφάνωσαν ἀριστείων στεφάνῳ καὶ πᾶσι Ῥοδίοις ἰσοπολιτείαν ἐψηφίσαντο διὰ τὸ κἀκείνους αὐτοῖς χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων τάς τε ναῦς ἀποκαταστῆσαι τὰς αἰχμαλώτους γενομένας καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας.
16.26.10οἱ μὲν οὖν πρέσβεις οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων ταῦτα διαπράξαντες ἀνήχθησαν εἰς τὴν Κέων ἐπὶ τὰς νήσους μετὰ τοῦ στόλου. —
16.27.1ὅτι καθʼ ὃν χρόνον οἱ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρέσβεις ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις ἐποιοῦντο τὴν διατριβήν, Νικάνορος τοῦ παρὰ Φιλίππου κατατρέχοντος τὴν Ἀττικὴν ἕως τῆς Ἀκαδημείας, προδιαπεμψάμενοι πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ
16.27.2Ῥωμαῖοι κήρυκα συνέμιξαν αὐτῷ καὶ παρεκάλεσαν ἀναγγεῖλαι τῷ Φιλίππῳ διότι Ῥωμαῖοι παρακαλοῦσι τὸν βασιλέα τῶν μὲν Ἑλλήνων μηδενὶ πολεμεῖν, τῶν δὲ γεγονότων εἰς Ἄτταλον ἀδικημάτων δίκας ὑπέχειν ἐν ἴσῳ κριτηρίῳ,
16.27.3καὶ διότι πράξαντι μὲν ταῦτα τὴν εἰρήνην ἄγειν ἔξεστι πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, μὴ βουλομένῳ δὲ πείθεσθαι τἀναντία συνεξακολουθήσειν ἔφασαν. ὁ μὲν οὖν Νικάνωρ ταῦτʼ ἀκούσας ἀπηλλάγη·
16.27.4τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ λόγον τοῦτον οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ πρὸς Ἠπειρώτας εἶπαν περὶ Φιλίππου παραπλέοντες ἐν Φοινίκῃ καὶ πρὸς Ἀμύνανδρον ἀναβάντες εἰς Ἀθαμανίαν· παραπλησίως καὶ πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς ἐν Ναυπάκτῳ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἐν Αἰγίῳ.
16.27.5τότε δὲ διὰ τοῦ Νικάνορος τῷ Φιλίππῳ ταῦτα δηλώσαντες αὐτοὶ μὲν ἀπέπλευσαν ὡς Ἀντίοχον καὶ Πτολεμαῖον ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις. —
16.28.1ἀλλʼ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ τὸ μὲν ἄρξασθαι καλῶς καὶ συνακμάσαι ταῖς ὁρμαῖς πρὸς τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων αὔξησιν ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἤδη γεγονέναι,
16.28.2τὸ δʼ ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν τὸ προτεθὲν καί που καὶ τῆς τύχης ἀντιπιπτούσης συνεκπληρῶσαι τῷ λογισμῷ τὸ τῆς προθυμίας ἐλλιπὲς ἐπʼ ὀλίγων γίνεσθαι.
16.28.3διὸ καὶ τότε δικαίως ἄν τις τὴν μὲν Ἀττάλου καὶ Ῥοδίων ὀλιγοπονίαν καταμέμψαιτο, τὸ δὲ Φιλίππου βασιλικὸν καὶ μεγαλόψυχον καὶ τὸ τῆς προθέσεως ἐπίμονον ἀποδέξαιτο, οὐχ ὡς καθόλου τὸν τρόπον ἐπαινῶν, ἀλλʼ ὡς τὴν πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ὁρμὴν ἐπισημαινόμενος. ποιοῦμαι δὲ τὴν τοιαύτην διαστολήν,
16.28.4ἵνα μή τις ἡμᾶς ὑπολάβῃ μαχόμενα λέγειν ἑαυτοῖς, ἄρτι μὲν ἐπαινοῦντας Ἄτταλον καὶ Ῥοδίους, Φίλιππον δὲ καταμεμφομένους, νῦν δὲ τοὐναντίον.
16.28.5τούτου γὰρ χάριν ἐν ἀρχαῖς τῆς πραγματείας διεστειλάμην, φήσας ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ποτὲ μὲν εὐλογεῖν, ποτὲ δὲ ψέγειν τοὺς αὐτούς,
16.28.6ἐπειδὴ πολλάκις μὲν αἱ πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον τῶν πραγμάτων ῥοπαὶ καὶ περιστάσεις ἀλλοιοῦσι τὰς προαιρέσεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πολλάκις δʼ αἱ πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον,
16.28.7ἔστι δʼ ὅτε κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν ἄνθρωποι ποτὲ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δέον ὁρμῶσι, ποτὲ δʼ ἐπὶ τοὐναντίον. ὧν ἕν τί μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τότε γεγονέναι περὶ τὸν Φίλιππον·
16.28.8ἀσχάλλων γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἐλαττώμασι, καὶ τὸ πλεῖον ὀργῇ καὶ θυμῷ χρώμενος, παραστατικῶς καὶ δαιμονίως ἐνήρμοσεν εἰς τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς, καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ κατανέστη τῶν Ῥοδίων καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀττάλου, καὶ καθίκετο τῶν ἑξῆς πράξεων.
16.28.9ταῦτα μὲν οὖν προήχθην εἰπεῖν διὰ τὸ τινὰς μὲν πρὸς τῷ τέρματι, καθάπερ οἱ κακοὶ τῶν σταδιέων, ἐγκαταλιπεῖν τὰς ἑαυτῶν προθέσεις, τινὰς δʼ ἐν τούτῳ μάλιστα νικᾶν τοὺς ἀντιπάλους. —
Book 16, Part 7
16.29.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐβούλετο παρελέσθαι Ῥωμαίων τὰς ἐν τούτοις τοῖς τόποις ἀφορμὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπιβάθρας. —
16.29.2ἐὰν πρόθηται διαβαίνειν αὖθις εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, ἐπιβάθραν ἔχοι τὴν Ἄβυδον. —
16.29.3τὴν δὲ τῆς Ἀβύδου καὶ Σηστοῦ θέσιν καὶ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν τῶν πόλεων τὸ μὲν διὰ πλειόνων ἐξαριθμεῖσθαι μάταιον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ διὰ τὸ πάντας, ὧν καὶ μικρὸν ὄφελος, ἱστορηκέναι διὰ τὴν ἰδιότητα τῶν τόπων·
16.29.4κεφαλαιωδῶς γε μὴν ὑπομνῆσαι τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας ἐπιστάσεως χάριν οὐκ ἄχρηστον εἶναι νομίζω πρὸς τὸ παρόν.
16.29.5γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις τὰ περὶ τὰς προειρημένας πόλεις οὐχ οὕτως ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ὑποκειμένων τόπων ὡς ἐκ τῆς παραθέσεως καὶ συγκρίσεως τῶν λέγεσθαι μελλόντων.
16.29.6καθάπερ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἐκ τοῦ παρὰ μέν τισιν Ὠκεανοῦ προσαγορευομένου, παρὰ δέ τισιν Ἀτλαντικοῦ πελάγους. δυνατὸν εἰς τὴν καθʼ ἡμᾶς θάλατταν εἰσπλεῦσαι μὴ οὐχὶ διὰ τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέους στήλας περαιωθέντα στόματος,
16.29.7οὕτως οὐδʼ ἐκ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν Προποντίδα καὶ τὸν Πόντον ἀφικέσθαι μὴ οὐχὶ διὰ τοῦ μεταξὺ Σηστοῦ καὶ Ἀβύδου διαστήματος ποιησάμενον τὸν εἴσπλουν.
16.29.8ὥσπερ δὲ πρός τινα λόγον τῆς τύχης ποιουμένης τὴν κατασκευὴν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν πορθμῶν, πολλαπλάσιον εἶναι συμβαίνει τὸν καθʼ Ἡρακλέους στήλας πόρον τοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον·
16.29.9ὁ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἑξήκοντα σταδίων, ὁ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἄβυδον δυεῖν, ὡς ἂν εἴ τινος τεκμαιρομένου διὰ τὸ πολλαπλασίαν εἶναι τὴν ἔξω θάλατταν τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς.
16.29.10εὐκαιρότερον μέντοι γε τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλείους στήλας στόματός ἐστι τὸ κατὰ τὴν Ἄβυδον.
16.29.11τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων οἰκούμενον πύλης ἔχει διάθεσιν διὰ τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπιμιξίαν, ποτὲ μὲν γεφυρούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν πεζεύειν ἐπʼ ἀμφοτέρας τὰς ἠπείρους προαιρουμένων, ποτὲ δὲ πλωτευόμενον συνεχῶς·
16.29.12τὸ δὲ καθʼ Ἡρακλείους στήλας σπάνιον ἔχει τὴν χρῆσιν καὶ σπανίοις διὰ τὴν ἀνεπιμιξίαν τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν πρὸς τοῖς πέρασι κατοικούντων τῆς Λιβύης καὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀγνωσίαν τῆς ἐκτὸς θαλάττης.
16.29.13αὐτὴ δʼ ἡ τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν πόλις περιέχεται μὲν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τοῖν μεροῖν ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς Εὐρώπης ἀκρωτηρίων, ἔχει δὲ λιμένα δυνάμενον σκέπειν ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀνέμου τοὺς ἐνορμοῦντας.
16.29.14ἐκτὸς δὲ τῆς εἰς τὸν λιμένα καταγωγῆς οὐδαμῶς οὐδαμῇ δυνατόν ἐστιν ὁρμῆσαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν διὰ τὴν ὀξύτητα καὶ βίαν τοῦ ῥοῦ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν πόρον.
16.30.1οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅ γε Φίλιππος τὰ μὲν ἀποσταυρώσας, τὰ δὲ περιχαρακώσας τοὺς Ἀβυδηνοὺς ἐπολιόρκει καὶ κατὰ γῆν ἅμα καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν.
16.30.2ἡ δὲ πρᾶξις αὕτη κατὰ μὲν τὸ μέγεθος τῆς παρασκευῆς καὶ τὴν ποικιλίαν τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπινοημάτων, διʼ ὧν οἵ τε πολιορκοῦντες καὶ πολιορκούμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἰώθασιν ἀντιμηχανᾶσθαι καὶ φιλοτεχνεῖν, οὐ γέγονε θαυμάσιος,
16.30.3κατὰ δὲ τὴν γενναιότητα τῶν πολιορκουμένων καὶ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς εὐψυχίας, εἰ καί τις ἄλλη, μνήμης ἀξία καὶ παραδόσεως.
16.30.4τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἀρχὰς πιστεύοντες αὑτοῖς οἱ τὴν Ἄβυδον κατοικοῦντες ὑπέμενον ἐρρωμένως τὰς τοῦ Φιλίππου παρασκευάς, καὶ τῶν τε κατὰ θάλατταν προσαχθέντων μηχανημάτων τὰ μὲν τοῖς πετροβόλοις τύπτοντες διεσάλευσαν, τὰ δὲ τῷ πυρὶ διέφθειραν, οὕτως ὥστε καὶ τὰς ναῦς μόλις ἀνασπάσαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἐκ τοῦ κινδύνου.
16.30.5τοῖς δὲ κατὰ γῆν ἔργοις ἕως μέν τινος προσαντεῖχον εὐψύχως, οὐκ ἀπελπίζοντες κατακρατήσειν τῶν πολεμίων.
16.30.6ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸ μὲν ἐκτὸς τοῦ τείχους ἔπεσε διὰ τῶν ὀρυγμάτων, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα διὰ τῶν μετάλλων ἤγγιζον οἱ Μακεδόνες τῷ κατὰ τὸ πεπτωκὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἔνδοθεν ἀντῳκοδομημένῳ τείχει,
16.30.7τὸ τηνικάδε πέμψαντες πρεσβευτὰς Ἰφιάδην καὶ Παντάγνωτον ἐκέλευον παραλαμβάνειν τὸν Φίλιππον τὴν πόλιν, τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας ὑποσπόνδους ἀφέντα τοὺς παρὰ Ῥοδίων καὶ παρʼ Ἀττάλου, τὰ δʼ ἐλεύθερα τῶν σωμάτων ἐάσαντα σῴζεσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν οὗ ποτʼ ἂν ἕκαστος προαιρῆται μετὰ τῆς ἐσθῆτος τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα.
16.30.8τοῦ δὲ Φιλίππου προστάττοντος περὶ πάντων ἐπιτρέπειν
16.31.1ἢ μάχεσθαι γενναίως, οὗτοι μὲν ἐπανῆλθον. οἱ δʼ Ἀβυδηνοὶ πυθόμενοι τὰ λεγόμενα, συνελθόντες εἰς ἐκκλησίαν ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων ἀπονοηθέντες ταῖς γνώμαις.
16.31.2ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς δούλους ἐλευθεροῦν, ἵνα συναγωνιστὰς ἔχοιεν ἀπροφασίστους, ἔπειτα συναθροῖσαι τὰς μὲν γυναῖκας εἰς τὸ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν ἁπάσας, τὰ δὲ τέκνα σὺν ταῖς τροφοῖς εἰς τὸ γυμνάσιον,
16.31.3ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις τὸν ἄργυρον καὶ τὸν χρυσὸν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν συναγαγεῖν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν τὸν ἀξιόλογον εἰς τὴν τετρήρη τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων καὶ τὴν τριήρη τὴν τῶν Κυζικηνῶν.
16.31.4ταῦτα δὲ προθέμενοι καὶ πράξαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν κατὰ τὸ δόγμα πάλιν συνηθροίσθησαν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ πεντήκοντα προεχειρίσαντο τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἀνδρῶν καὶ μάλιστα πιστευομένων, ἔτι δὲ τὴν σωματικὴν δύναμιν ἐχόντων πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι τὸ κριθὲν ἐπιτελεῖν,
16.31.5καὶ τούτους ἐξώρκισαν ἐναντίον ἁπάντων τῶν πολιτῶν ἦ μήν, ἐὰν ἴδωσι τὸ διατείχισμα καταλαμβανόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, κατασφάξειν μὲν τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, ἐμπρήσειν δὲ τὰς προειρημένας ναῦς, ῥίψειν δὲ κατὰ τὰς ἀρὰς τὸν ἄργυρον καὶ τὸν χρυσὸν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν.
16.31.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα παραστησάμενοι τοὺς ἱερέας ὤμνυον πάντες ἢ κρατήσειν τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἢ τελευτήσειν μαχόμενοι περὶ τῆς πατρίδος.
16.31.7ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι σφαγιασάμενοι κατάρας ἠνάγκασαν ἐπὶ τῶν ἐμπύρων ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς ἱερέας καὶ τὰς ἱερείας περὶ τῶν προειρημένων.
16.31.8ταῦτα δʼ ἐπικυρώσαντες τοῦ μὲν ἀντιμεταλλεύειν τοῖς πολεμίοις ἀπέστησαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τοιαύτην γνώμην κατέστησαν ὥστʼ ἐπειδὰν πέσῃ τὸ διατείχισμα, τότʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ πτώματος διαμάχεσθαι καὶ διαποθνήσκειν πρὸς τοὺς βιαζομένους.
16.32.1ἐξ ὧν εἴποι τις ἂν καὶ τὴν λεγομένην Φωκικὴν ἀπόνοιαν καὶ τὴν Ἀκαρνάνων εὐψυχίαν ὑπερηρκέναι τὴν τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν τόλμαν.
16.32.2Φωκεῖς τε γὰρ δοκοῦσι τὰ παραπλήσια βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων, οὐκ εἰς τέλος ἀπηλπισμένας ἔχοντες τὰς τοῦ νικᾶν ἐλπίδας διὰ τὸ μέλλειν ποιεῖσθαι τὸν κίνδυνον πρὸς τοὺς Θετταλοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις ἐκ παρατάξεως· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ τῶν Ἀκαρνάνων ἔθνος,
16.32.3ὅτε προιδόμενοι τὴν Αἰτωλῶν ἔφοδον, ἐβουλεύσαντο παραπλήσια περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων· ὑπὲρ ὧν τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων ἱστορήκαμεν.
16.32.4Ἀβυδηνοὶ δέ, συγκεκλεισμένοι καὶ σχεδὸν ἀπηλπικότες τὴν σωτηρίαν, πανδημεὶ προείλοντο τῆς εἱμαρμένης τυχεῖν μετὰ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν μᾶλλον ἢ ζῶντες ἔτι πρόληψιν ἔχειν τοῦ πεσεῖσθαι τὰ σφέτερα τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ὑπὸ τὴν τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἐξουσίαν.
16.32.5διὸ καὶ μάλιστʼ ἄν τις ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀβυδηνῶν περιπετείας μέμψαιτο τῇ τύχῃ, διότι τὰς μὲν τῶν προειρημένων συμφορὰς οἷον ἐλεήσασα παραυτίκα διωρθώσατο, περιθεῖσα τὴν νίκην ἅμα καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν τοῖς ἀπηλπισμένοις, περὶ δʼ Ἀβυδηνῶν τὴν ἐναντίαν εἶχε διάληψιν.
16.32.6οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄνδρες ἀπέθανον, ἡ δὲ πόλις ἑάλω, τὰ δὲ τέκνα σὺν αὐταῖς μητράσιν ἐγένετο τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑποχείρια.
16.33.1πεσόντος γὰρ τοῦ διατειχίσματος, ἐπιβάντες ἐπὶ τὸ πτῶμα κατὰ τοὺς ὅρκους διεμάχοντο τοῖς πολεμίοις οὕτω τετολμηκότως ὥστε τὸν Φίλιππον, καίπερ ἐκ διαδοχῆς προβαλόμενον τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἕως νυκτός, τέλος ἀποστῆναι τῆς μάχης, δυσελπιστήσαντα καὶ περὶ τῆς ὅλης ἐπιβολῆς.
16.33.2οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἐπὶ τοὺς θνήσκοντας τῶν πολεμίων ἐπιβαίνοντες ἠγωνίζοντο μετὰ παραστάσεως οἱ προκινδυνεύοντες τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν, οὐδὲ τοῖς ξίφεσι καὶ τοῖς δόρασιν αὐτοῖς ἐμάχοντο παραβόλως,
16.33.3ἀλλʼ ὅτε τι τούτων ἀχρειωθὲν ἀδυνατήσειεν ἢ μετὰ βίας προοῖντʼ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν, συμπλεκόμενοι τοῖς Μακεδόσιν οὓς μὲν ἀνέτρεπον ὁμοῦ τοῖς ὅπλοις, ὧν δὲ συντρίβοντες τὰς σαρίσας αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἐκείνων κλάσμασιν ἐκ διαλήψεως τύπτοντες αὐτῶν ταῖς ἐπιδορατίσι τὰ πρόσωπα καὶ τοὺς γυμνοὺς τόπους εἰς ὁλοσχερῆ διατροπὴν ἦγον.
16.33.4ἐπιγενομένης δὲ τῆς νυκτὸς καὶ διαλυθείσης τῆς μάχης, τῶν μὲν πλείστων τεθνεώτων ἐπὶ τοῦ πτώματος, τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ κόπου καὶ τῶν τραυμάτων ἀδυνατούντων, συναγαγόντες ὀλίγους τινὰς τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Γλαυκίδης καὶ Θεόγνητος κατέβαλον τὸ σεμνὸν καὶ θαυμάσιον τῆς τῶν πολιτῶν προαιρέσεως διὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐλπίδας·
16.33.5ἐβουλεύσαντο γὰρ τὰ μὲν τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ζωγρεῖν, ἅμα δὲ τῷ φωτὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς καὶ τὰς ἱερείας ἐκπέμπειν μετὰ στεμμάτων πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον, δεησομένους καὶ παραδιδόντας αὐτῷ τὴν πόλιν.
16.34.1κατὰ δὲ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους Ἄτταλος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας πολιορκεῖσθαι τοὺς Ἀβυδηνούς, διʼ Αἰγαίου ποιησάμενος τὸν πλοῦν εἰς Τένεδον, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων Μάρκος Αἰμίλιος ὁ νεώτατος ἧκε καταπλέων εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν Ἄβυδον.
16.34.2οἱ γὰρ Ῥωμαῖοι τὸ σαφὲς ἀκούσαντες ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν πολιορκίας καὶ βουλόμενοι πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν Φίλιππον ποιήσασθαι τοὺς λόγους κατὰ τὰς ἐντολάς, ἐπιστήσαντες τὴν πρὸς τοὺς βασιλέας ὁρμὴν ἐξέπεμψαν τὸν προειρημένον,
16.34.3ὃς καὶ συμμίξας περὶ τὴν Ἄβυδον διεσάφει τῷ βασιλεῖ διότι δέδοκται τῇ συγκλήτῳ παρακαλεῖν αὐτὸν μήτε τῶν Ἑλλήνων μηδενὶ πολεμεῖν μήτε τοῖς Πτολεμαίου πράγμασιν ἐπιβάλλειν τὰς χεῖρας, περὶ δὲ τῶν εἰς Ἄτταλον καὶ Ῥοδίους ἀδικημάτων δίκας ὑποσχεῖν,
Book 16, Part 8
16.34.4καὶ διότι ταῦτα μὲν οὕτω πράττοντι τὴν εἰρήνην ἄγειν ἐξέσται, μὴ βουλομένῳ δὲ πειθαρχεῖν ἑτοίμως ὑπάρξειν τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον.
16.34.5τοῦ δὲ Φιλίππου βουλομένου διδάσκειν ὅτι Ῥόδιοι τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβάλοιεν αὐτῷ, μεσολαβήσας ὁ Μάρκος ἤρετο "τί δαὶ Ἀθηναῖοι; τί δαὶ Κιανοί; τί δαὶ νῦν Ἀβυδηνοί; καὶ τούτων τίσ" ἔφη "σοὶ πρότερος ἐπέβαλε τὰς χεῖρας;"
16.34.6ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐξαπορήσας κατὰ τρεῖς τρόπους ἔφησεν αὐτῷ συγγνώμην ἔχειν ὑπερηφάνως ὁμιλοῦντι, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι νέος ἐστὶ καὶ πραγμάτων ἄπειρος, δεύτερον ὅτι κάλλιστος ὑπάρχει τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν — καὶ γὰρ ἦν τοῦτο κατʼ ἀλήθειαν — μάλιστα δʼ ὅτι Ῥωμαῖος.
16.34.7"ἐγὼ δὲ μάλιστα μὲν ἀξιῶ Ῥωμαίουσ" ἔφη "μὴ παραβαίνειν τὰς συνθήκας μηδὲ πολεμεῖν ἡμῖν· ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, ἀμυνούμεθα γενναίως, παρακαλέσαντες τοὺς θεούσ".
16.34.7οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ εἰπόντες διεχωρίσθησαν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων·
16.34.8ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος κυριεύσας τῆς πόλεως, τὴν ὕπαρξιν ἅπασαν καταλαβὼν συνηθροισμένην ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν ἐξ ἑτοίμου παρέλαβε.
16.34.9θεωρῶν δὲ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῶν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἀποσφαττόντων, κατακαόντων, ἀπαγχόντων, εἰς τὰ φρέατα ῥιπτούντων, κατακρημνιζόντων ἀπὸ τῶν τεγῶν,
16.34.10ἐκπλαγὴς ἦν, καὶ διαλγῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις παρήγγειλε διότι τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστροφὴν δίδωσι τοῖς βουλομένοις ἀπάγχεσθαι καὶ σφάττειν αὑτούς.
16.34.11οἱ δʼ Ἀβυδηνοί, προδιειληφότες ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς στάσιν, καὶ νομίζοντες οἷον εἰ προδόται γίνεσθαι τῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος ἠγωνισμένων καὶ τεθνεώτων, οὐδαμῶς ὑπέμενον τὸ ζῆν, ὅσοι μὴ δεσμοῖς ἢ τοιαύταις ἀνάγκαις προκατελήφθησαν·
16.34.12οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ πάντες ὥρμων ἀμελλήτως κατὰ συγγενείας ἐπὶ τὸν θάνατον. —
16.35.1ὅτι παρῆσαν μετὰ τὴν ἅλωσιν Ἀβύδου παρὰ τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνους εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον πρεσβευταί, παρακαλοῦντες τὸν δῆμον εἰς τὰς πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον διαλύσεις.
16.35.2οἷς ἐπελθόντων τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευτῶν καὶ διαλεγομένων ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ποιεῖσθαι διαλύσεις πρὸς Φίλιππον ἄνευ Ῥωμαίων, ἔδοξε προσέχειν τῷ δήμῳ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καὶ στοχάζεσθαι τῆς τούτων φιλίας. —
16.36.1ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην ἐξελογίσατο τὰ διαστήματα τῶν Ἀχαϊκῶν πόλεων ἁπασῶν καὶ ποῖαι δύνανται κατὰ τὰς αὐτὰς ὁδοὺς εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν παραγίνεσθαι. λοιπὸν ἐπιστολὰς ἔγραψε πρὸς πάσας τὰς πόλεις,
16.36.2καὶ ταύτας διέδωκε ταῖς πορρωτάτω πόλεσι, μερίσας οὕτως ὥστε καθʼ ἑκάστην ἔχειν μὴ μόνον τὰς ἑαυτῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων, ὅσαι κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἔπιπτον.
16.36.3ἐγέγραπτο δʼ ἐν ταῖς πρώταις τοῖς ἀποτελείοις τοιαῦτα. "ὅταν κομίσησθε τὴν ἐπιστολήν, παραχρῆμα ποιήσασθε τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἡλικίαις ἔχοντας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ πένθʼ ἡμερῶν ἐφόδια καὶ πέντʼ ἀργύριον, ἁθροίζεσθαι παραυτίκα πάντας εἰς τὴν ἀγοράν.
16.36.4ἐπειδὰν δὲ συλλεχθῶσιν οἱ παρόντες, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτοὺς ἄγετʼ εἰς τὴν ἑξῆς πόλιν· ὅταν δʼ ἐκεῖ παραγένησθε, τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀπόδοτε τὴν ἐπιγεγραμμένην τῷ παρʼ ἐκείνων ἀποτελείῳ καὶ πειθαρχεῖτε τοῖς ἐγγεγραμμένοισ"
16.36.5. ἐγγέγραπτο δʼ ἐν ταύτῃ ταὐτὰ τοῖς πρόσθεν, πλὴν διότι τὸ τῆς ἑξῆς κειμένης ὄνομα πόλεως οὐ ταὐτὸν εἶχεν, εἰς ἣν ἔδει προάγειν.
16.36.6τοιούτου δὲ τοῦ χειρισμοῦ γενομένου κατὰ τὸ συνεχές, πρῶτον μὲν οὐδεὶς ἐγίνωσκε πρὸς τίνα πρᾶξιν ἢ πρὸς ποίαν ἐπιβολήν ἐστιν ἡ παρασκευή, εἶτα ποῦ πορεύεται, πλὴν τῆς ἑξῆς πόλεως, οὐδεὶς ἁπλῶς ᾔδει,
16.36.7πάντες δὲ διαποροῦντες καὶ παραλαμβάνοντες ἀλλήλους προῆγον εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν.
16.36.8τῷ δὲ μὴ τὸ ἴσον ἀπέχειν τῆς Τεγέας τὰς πορρωτάτω κειμένας πόλεις οὐχ ἅμα πάσαις ἀπεδόθη τὰ γράμματα ταύταις, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λόγον ἑκάσταις.
16.36.9ἐξ ὧν συνέβη, μήτε τῶν Τεγεατῶν εἰδότων τὸ μέλλον μήτε τῶν παραγινομένων, ἅμα πάντας τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς καὶ κατὰ πάσας τὰς πύλας εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν εἰσπο
16.37.1ρεύεσθαι σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις. ταῦτα δὲ διεστρατήγει καὶ περιεβάλλετο τῇ διανοίᾳ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὠτακουστῶν καὶ κατασκόπων τοῦ τυράννου.
16.37.2ἐν ᾗ συναθροίζεσθαι τὸ πλῆθος ἔμελλε τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εἰς Τεγέαν, ἐξαπέστειλε τοὺς ἐπιλέκτους, ὥστε νυκτερεύσαντας περὶ Σελλασίαν ἅμα τῷ φωτὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ἐπιτρέχειν τὴν Λακωνικήν.
16.37.3ἐὰν δʼ οἱ μισθοφόροι βοηθήσαντες παρενοχλῶσιν αὐτούς, συνέταξε ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν ἐπὶ τὸν Σκοτίταν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πειθαρχεῖν Διδασκαλώνδᾳ τῷ Κρητί· τούτῳ γὰρ ἐπεπιστεύκει καὶ διετέτακτο περὶ τῆς ὅλης ἐπιβολῆς.
16.37.4οὗτοι μὲν οὖν προῆγον εὐθαρσῶς ἐπὶ τὸ συντεταγμένον· ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην ἐν ὥρᾳ παραγγείλας δειπνοποιεῖσθαι τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐξῆγε τὴν δύναμιν ἐκ τῆς Τεγέας, καὶ νυκτοπορήσας ἐνεργῶς περὶ τὴν ἑωθινὴν ἐνεκάθισε τὴν στρατιὰν ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Σκοτίταν προσαγορευομένοις τόποις, ὅς ἐστι μεταξὺ τῆς Τεγέας καὶ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος.
16.37.5οἱ δʼ ἐν τῇ Πελλήνῃ μισθοφόροι κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ἅμα τῷ σημῆναι τοὺς σκοποὺς τὴν καταδρομὴν τῶν πολεμίων ἐκ χειρὸς ἐβοήθουν, καθάπερ ἔθος ἦν αὐτοῖς, καὶ προσέκειντο τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις.
16.37.6τῶν δʼ Ἀχαιῶν κατὰ τὸ συνταχθὲν ὑποχωρούντων εἵποντο κατόπιν ἐπικείμενοι θρασέως καὶ τετολμηκότως.
16.37.7ἅμα δὲ τῷ παραβάλλειν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν ἐνέδραν τόπους, διαναστάντων τῶν Ἀχαιῶν οἱ μὲν κατεκόπησαν, οἱ δʼ ἑάλωσαν αὐτῶν. —
16.38.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ὁρῶν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εὐλαβῶς διακειμένους πρὸς τὸν κατὰ Ῥωμαίων πόλεμον, ἐσπούδαζε κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐμβιβάσαι αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀπέχθειαν.
16.39.1μαρτυρεῖ τούτοις ἡμῶν τοῖς λόγοις Πολύβιος ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης· ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἑξκαιδεκάτῃ τῶν ἱστοριῶν αὐτοῦ φησιν οὕτως· "ὁ δὲ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου στρατηγὸς Σκόπας ὁρμήσας εἰς τοὺς ἄνω τόπους κατεστρέψατο ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος." —
16.39.2τῆς δὲ πολιορκίας ῥεμβώδους γενομένης ὁ μὲν Σκόπας ἠδόξει καὶ διεβέβλητο νεανικῶς. —
16.39.2λέγει δὲ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ βίβλῳ ὡς "
16.39.3τοῦ Σκόπα νικηθέντος ὑπʼ Ἀντιόχου τὴν μὲν Βατανέαν καὶ Σαμάρειαν καὶ Ἄβιλα καὶ Γάδαρα παρέλαβεν Ἀντίοχος·
16.39.4μετʼ ὀλίγον δὲ προσεχώρησαν αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων οἱ περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τὸ προσαγορευόμενον Ἱεροσόλυμα κατοικοῦντες.
16.39.5ὑπὲρ οὗ καὶ πλείω λέγειν ἔχοντες, καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τῆς γενομένης περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπιφανείας, εἰς ἕτερον καιρὸν ὑπερθησόμεθα τὴν διήγησιν."
16.40.1Βαβράντιον, τόπος περὶ Χίον. Πολύβιος ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ.
16.40.1Γίττα, πόλις Παλαιστίνης.
16.40.2Πολύβιος ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ.
16.40.3χωρίον Ἀσίας, Ἀττάλου βασιλέως ἐμπόριον. Πολύβιος ι#2#.
16.40.3Ἴνσοβροι, ἔθνος Ἰταλικόν.
16.40.5[...] φρούριον Καρίας. Πολύβιος ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ.
16.40.5Κάρθαια, μία τῆς ἐν Κέῳ τετραπόλεως .
16.40.6[...] οἱ οἰκοῦντες Καρθαεῖς. Πολύβιος ι#2#.
16.40.6Μάντυα, πόλις Ῥωμαίων.
Book 16, Part 9
16.40.7τὸ ἐθνικὸν Μαντυανός. Πολύβιος ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ.
Book 18, Part 1
18.1.1ἐπελθόντος δὲ τοῦ τεταγμένου καιροῦ παρῆν ὁ μὲν Φίλιππος ἐκ Δημητριάδος ἀναχθεὶς εἰς τὸν Μηλιέα κόλπον, πέντε λέμβους ἔχων καὶ μίαν πρίστιν, ἐφʼ ἧς αὐτὸς ἐπέπλει.
18.1.2συνῆσαν δʼ αὐτῷ Μακεδόνες μὲν Ἀπολλόδωρος καὶ Δημοσθένης οἱ γραμματεῖς, ἐκ Βοιωτίας Βραχύλλης, Ἀχαιὸς δὲ Κυκλιάδας, ἐκπεπτωκὼς ἐκ Πελοποννήσου διὰ τὰς πρότερον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν εἰρημένας αἰτίας.
18.1.3μετὰ δὲ τοῦ Τίτου παρῆν ὅ τε βασιλεὺς Ἀμύνανδρος καὶ παρʼ Ἀττάλου Διονυσόδωρος,
18.1.4ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ πόλεων τῶν μὲν Ἀχαιῶν Ἀρίσταινος καὶ Ξενοφῶν, παρὰ δὲ Ῥοδίων Ἀκεσίμβροτος ὁ ναύαρχος, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν Φαινέας ὁ στρατηγός, καὶ πλείους δʼ ἕτεροι τῶν πολιτευομένων.
18.1.5συνεγγίσαντες δὲ κατὰ Νίκαιαν πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν, οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Τίτον ἐπέστησαν παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν αἰγιαλόν, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐγγίσας τῇ γῇ μετέωρος ἔμενε.
18.1.6τοῦ δὲ Τίτου κελεύοντος αὐτὸν ἀποβαίνειν, διαναστὰς ἐκ τῆς νεὼς οὐκ ἔφησεν ἀποβήσεσθαι.
18.1.7τοῦ δὲ πάλιν ἐρομένου τίνα φοβεῖται, φοβεῖσθαι μὲν ἔφησεν ὁ Φίλιππος οὐδένα πλὴν τοὺς θεούς, ἀπιστεῖν δὲ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν παρόντων, μάλιστα δʼ Αἰτωλοῖς.
18.1.8τοῦ δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγοῦ θαυμάσαντος καὶ φήσαντος ἴσον εἶναι πᾶσι τὸν κίνδυνον καὶ κοινὸν τὸν καιρόν, μεταλαβὼν ὁ Φίλιππος οὐκ ἔφησεν αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς λέγειν·
18.1.9Φαινέου μὲν γὰρ παθόντος τι πολλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς στρατηγήσοντας Αἰτωλῶν, Φιλίππου δʼ ἀπολομένου κατὰ τὸ παρὸν οὐκ εἶναι τὸν βασιλεύσοντα Μακεδόνων.
18.1.10ἐδόκει μὲν οὖν πᾶσι φορτικῶς κατάρχεσθαι τῆς ὁμιλίας. ὅμως δὲ λέγειν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευεν ὁ Τίτος ὑπὲρ ὧν πάρεστιν.
18.1.11ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος οὐκ ἔφη τὸν λόγον αὑτῷ καθήκειν, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνῳ· διόπερ ἠξίου διασαφεῖν τὸν Τίτον τί δεῖ ποιήσαντα τὴν εἰρήνην ἄγειν.
18.1.12ὁ δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς αὑτῷ μὲν ἁπλοῦν τινα λόγον ἔφη καθήκειν καὶ φαινόμενον.
18.1.13κελεύειν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐκ μὲν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἁπάσης ἐκχωρεῖν, ἀποδόντα τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους καὶ τοὺς αὐτομόλους ἑκάστοις οὓς ἔχει,
18.1.14τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα τόπους παραδοῦναι Ῥωμαίοις, ὧν γέγονε κύριος μετὰ τὰς ἐν Ἠπείρῳ διαλύσεις· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαίῳ τὰς πόλεις ἀποκαταστῆσαι πάσας, ἃς παρῄρηται μετὰ τὸν Πτολεμαίου τοῦ Φιλοπάτορος θάνατον.
18.2.1ταῦτα δʼ εἰπὼν ὁ Τίτος αὐτὸς μὲν ἐπέσχε, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπιστραφεὶς ἐκέλευε λέγειν ἅπερ ἑκάστοις αὐτῶν οἱ πέμψαντες εἴησαν ἐντεταλμένοι.
18.2.2πρῶτος δὲ Διονυσόδωρος ὁ παρʼ Ἀττάλου μεταλαβὼν τὸν λόγον τάς τε ναῦς ἔφη δεῖν αὐτὸν ἀποδοῦναι τὰς τοῦ βασιλέως τὰς γενομένας αἰχμαλώτους ἐν τῇ περὶ Χίον ναυμαχίᾳ καὶ τοὺς ἅμα ταύταις ἄνδρας, ἀποκαταστῆσαι δὲ καὶ τὸ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης ἱερὸν ἀκέραιον καὶ τὸ Νικηφόριον, ἃ κατέφθειρε.
18.2.3μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ὁ τῶν Ῥοδίων ναύαρχος Ἀκεσίμβροτος τῆς μὲν Περαίας ἐκέλευεν ἐκχωρεῖν τὸν Φίλιππον, ἧς αὐτῶν παρῄρηται, τὰς δὲ φρουρὰς ἐξάγειν ἐξ Ἰασοῦ καὶ Βαργυλίων καὶ τῆς Εὐρωμέων πόλεως,
18.2.4ἀποκαταστῆσαι δὲ καὶ Περινθίους εἰς τὴν Βυζαντίων συμπολιτείαν, παραχωρεῖν δὲ καὶ Σηστοῦ καὶ Ἀβύδου καὶ τῶν ἐμπορίων καὶ λιμένων τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν ἁπάντων.
18.2.5ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις Ἀχαιοὶ Κόρινθον ἀπῄτουν καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἀργείων πόλιν ἀβλαβῆ.
18.2.6μετὰ δὲ τούτους Αἰτωλοὶ πρῶτον μὲν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἁπάσης ἐκέλευον ἐξίστασθαι, καθάπερ καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι, δεύτερον αὑτοῖς ἀποκαθιστάναι τὰς πόλεις ἀβλαβεῖς τὰς πρότερον μετασχούσας τῆς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν συμπολιτείας.
18.3.1ταῦτα δʼ εἰπόντος τοῦ Φαινέου τοῦ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν στρατηγοῦ, μεταλαβὼν Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ προσαγορευόμενος Ἴσιος, ἀνὴρ δοκῶν πραγματικὸς εἶναι καὶ λέγειν ἱκανός,
18.3.2οὔτε διαλύεσθαι νῦν ἔφησε τὸν Φίλιππον ἀληθινῶς οὔτε πολεμεῖν γενναίως, ὅταν δέῃ τοῦτο πράττειν, ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν τοῖς συλλόγοις καὶ ταῖς ὁμιλίαις ἐνεδρεύειν καὶ παρατηρεῖν καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ τοῦ πολεμοῦντος ἔργα, κατʼ αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν πόλεμον ἀδίκως ἵστασθαι καὶ λίαν ἀγεννῶς·
18.3.3ἀφέντα γὰρ τοῦ κατὰ πρόσωπον ἀπαντᾶν τοῖς πολεμίοις, φεύγοντα τὰς πόλεις ἐμπιπράναι καὶ διαρπάζειν καὶ διὰ ταύτης τῆς προαιρέσεως ἡττώμενον τὰ τῶν νικώντων ἆθλα λυμαίνεσθαι.
18.3.4καίτοι γε τοὺς πρότερον Μακεδόνων βεβασιλευκότας οὐ ταύτην ἐσχηκέναι τὴν πρόθεσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν· μάχεσθαι μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ἀλλήλους συνεχῶς ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις, τὰς δὲ πόλεις σπανίως ἀναιρεῖν καὶ καταφθείρειν.
18.3.5τοῦτο δʼ εἶναι πᾶσι φανερὸν ἔκ τε τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, ὃν Ἀλέξανδρος ἐπολέμησε πρὸς Δαρεῖον, ἔκ τε τῆς τῶν διαδεξαμένων ἀμφισβητήσεως, καθʼ ἣν ἐπολέμησαν πάντες πρὸς Ἀντίγονον ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἀσίας.
18.3.6παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς τούτους διαδεξαμένους μέχρι Πύρρου κεχρῆσθαι τῇ προαιρέσει ταύτῃ·
18.3.7διακινδυνεύειν μὲν γὰρ πρὸς αὑτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις προχείρως καὶ πάντα ποιεῖν εἰς τὸ καταγωνίσασθαι διὰ τῶν ὅπλων ἀλλήλους, τῶν δὲ πόλεων φείδεσθαι χάριν τοῦ τοὺς νικήσαντας ἡγεῖσθαι τούτων καὶ τιμᾶσθαι παρὰ τοῖς ὑποταττομένοις.
18.3.8τὸ δʼ ἀναιροῦντα περὶ ὧν ὁ πόλεμός ἐστι τὸν πόλεμον αὐτὸν καταλιπεῖν μανίας ἔργον εἶναι, καὶ ταύτης ἐρρωμένης, ὃ νῦν ποιεῖν τὸν Φίλιππον·
18.3.9τοσαύτας γὰρ διεφθαρκέναι πόλεις ἐν Θετταλίᾳ, φίλον ὄντα καὶ σύμμαχον, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐκ τῶν ἐν Ἠπείρῳ στενῶν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν σπουδήν, ὅσας οὐδείς ποτε τῶν Θετταλοῖς πεπολεμηκότων διέφθειρε.
18.3.10πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἕτερα πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαλεχθεὶς τελευταίοις ἐχρήσατο τούτοις.
18.3.11ἤρετο γὰρ τὸν Φίλιππον διὰ τί Λυσιμάχειαν μετʼ Αἰτωλῶν ταττομένην καὶ στρατηγὸν ἔχουσαν παρʼ αὐτῶν ἐκβαλὼν τοῦτον κατάσχοι φρουρᾷ τὴν πόλιν·
18.3.12διὰ τί δὲ Κιανούς, παραπλησίως μετʼ Αἰτωλῶν συμπολιτευομένους ἐξανδραποδίσαιτο, φίλος ὑπάρχων Αἰτωλοῖς· τί δὲ λέγων κατέχει νῦν Ἐχῖνον καὶ Θήβας τὰς Φθίας καὶ Φάρσαλον καὶ Λάρισαν.
18.4.1ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀλέξανδρος ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἀπεσιώπησεν. ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐγγίσας τῇ γῇ μᾶλλον ἢ πρόσθεν καὶ διαναστὰς ἐπὶ τῆς νεὼς Αἰτωλικὸν ἔφη καὶ θεατρικὸν διατεθεῖσθαι τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον λόγον.
18.4.2σαφῶς γὰρ πάντας γινώσκειν ὅτι τοὺς ἰδίους συμμάχους ἑκὼν μὲν οὐδεὶς διαφθείρει, κατὰ δὲ τὰς τῶν καιρῶν περιστάσεις πολλὰ ποιεῖν ἀναγκάζεσθαι τοὺς ἡγουμένους παρὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσεις.
18.4.3ἔτι δὲ ταῦτα λέγοντος τοῦ βασιλέως ὁ Φαινέας, ἠλαττωμένος τοῖς ὄμμασιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον, ὑπέκρουε τὸν Φίλιππον, φάσκων αὐτὸν ληρεῖν· δεῖν γὰρ ἢ μαχόμενον νικᾶν ἢ ποιεῖν τοῖς κρείττοσι τὸ προσταττόμενον.
18.4.4ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος, καίπερ ἐν κακοῖς ὤν, ὅμως οὐκ ἀπέσχετο τοῦ καθʼ αὑτὸν ἰδιώματος, ἀλλʼ ἐπιστραφείς "τοῦτο μὲν" ἔφησεν "ὦ Φαινέα, καὶ τυφλῷ δῆλον". ἦν γὰρ εὔθικτος καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος εὖ πεφυκὼς πρὸς τὸ διαχλευάζειν ἀνθρώπους.
18.4.5αὖθις δὲ πρὸς τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον ἐπιστρέψας "ἐρωτᾷς με" φησὶν "Ἀλέξανδρε, διὰ τί Λυσιμάχειαν προσέλαβον;
18.4.6ἵνα μὴ διὰ τὴν ὑμετέραν ὀλιγωρίαν ἀνάστατος ὑπὸ Θρᾳκῶν γένηται, καθάπερ νῦν γέγονεν ἡμῶν ἀπαγαγόντων τοὺς στρατιώτας διὰ τοῦτον τὸν πόλεμον, οὐ τοὺς φρουροῦντας αὐτήν, ὡς σὺ φής, ἀλλὰ τοὺς παραφυλάττοντας.
18.4.7Κιανοῖς δʼ ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἐπολέμησα, Προυσίου δὲ πολεμοῦντος βοηθῶν ἐκείνῳ συνεξεῖλον αὐτούς, ὑμῶν αἰτίων γενομένων·
18.4.8πολλάκις γὰρ κἀμοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων διαπρεσβευομένων πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἵνα τὸν νόμον ἄρητε τὸν διδόντα τὴν ἐξουσίαν ὑμῖν ἄγειν λάφυρον ἀπὸ λαφύρου, πρότερον ἔφατε τὴν Αἰτωλίαν ἐκ τῆς Αἰτωλίας ἀρεῖν ἢ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον."
18.5.1τοῦ δὲ Τίτου θαυμάσαντος τί τοῦτʼ ἐστίν, ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπειρᾶτο διασαφεῖν αὐτῷ, λέγων ὅτι τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ἔθος ὑπάρχει μὴ μόνον πρὸς οὓς ἂν αὐτοὶ πολεμῶσι, τούτους αὐτοὺς ἄγειν καὶ τὴν τούτων χώραν,
18.5.2ἀλλὰ κἂν ἕτεροί τινες πολεμῶσι πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὄντες Αἰτωλῶν φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι, μηδὲν ἧττον ἐξεῖναι τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ἄνευ κοινοῦ δόγματος καὶ παραβοηθεῖν ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πολεμοῦσι καὶ τὴν χώραν ἄγειν τὴν ἀμφοτέρων,
18.5.3ὥστε παρὰ μὲν τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς μήτε φιλίας ὅρους ὑπάρχειν μήτʼ ἔχθρας, ἀλλὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἀμφισβητοῦσι περί τινος ἑτοίμους ἐχθροὺς εἶναι τούτους καὶ πολεμίους. "
18.5.4πόθεν οὖν ἔξεστι τούτοις ἐγκαλεῖν νῦν, εἰ φίλος ὑπάρχων Αἰτωλοῖς ἐγώ, Προυσίου δὲ σύμμαχος, ἔπραξά τι κατὰ Κιανῶν, βοηθῶν τοῖς αὑτοῦ συμμάχοις;
18.5.5τὸ δὲ δὴ πάντων δεινότατον, οἱ ποιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐφαμίλλους Ῥωμαίοις καὶ κελεύοντες ἐκχωρεῖν Μακεδόνας ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος·
18.5.6τοῦτο γὰρ ἀναφθέγξασθαι καὶ καθόλου μέν ἐστιν ὑπερήφανον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ Ῥωμαίων μὲν λεγόντων ἀνεκτόν, Αἰτωλῶν δʼ οὐκ ἀνεκτόν· ποίας δὲ κελεύετέ με"
18.5.8ἐκχωρεῖν Ἑλλάδος καὶ πῶς ἀφορίζετε ταύτην; αὐτῶν γὰρ Αἰτωλῶν οὐκ εἰσὶν Ἕλληνες οἱ πλείους· τὸ γὰρ τῶν Ἀγραῶν ἔθνος καὶ τὸ τῶν Ἀποδωτῶν, ἔτι δὲ τῶν Ἀμφιλόχων, οὐκ ἔστιν Ἑλλάς.
18.5.9ἢ τούτων μὲν παραχωρεῖτέ μοι;"
18.6.1τοῦ δὲ Τίτου γελάσαντος "ἀλλὰ δὴ πρὸς μὲν Αἰτωλοὺς ἀρκείτω μοι ταῦτʼ" ἔφη· "πρὸς δὲ Ῥοδίους καὶ πρὸς Ἄτταλον ἐν μὲν ἴσῳ κριτῇ δικαιότερον ἂν νομισθείη τούτους ἡμῖν ἀποδιδόναι τὰς αἰχμαλώτους ναῦς καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἤπερ ἡμᾶς τούτοις·
18.6.2οὐ γὰρ ἡμεῖς Ἀττάλῳ πρότεροι καὶ Ῥοδίοις τὰς χεῖρας ἐπεβάλομεν, οὗτοι δʼ ἡμῖν ὁμολογουμένως.
18.6.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ σοῦ κελεύοντος Ῥοδίοις μὲν ἀποδίδωμι τὴν Περαίαν, Ἀττάλῳ δὲ τὰς ναῦς καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς διασῳζομένους.
18.6.4τὴν δὲ τοῦ Νικηφορίου καταφθορὰν καὶ τοῦ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης τεμένους ἄλλως μὲν οὐκ εἰμὶ δυνατὸς ἀποκαταστῆσαι, φυτὰ δὲ καὶ κηπουροὺς πέμψω τοὺς φροντιοῦντας θεραπείας τοῦ τόπου καὶ τῆς αὐξήσεως τῶν ἐκκοπέντων δένδρων"
18.6.5. πάλιν δὲ τοῦ Τίτου γελάσαντος ἐπὶ τῷ χλευασμῷ, μεταβὰς ὁ Φίλιππος ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς πρῶτον μὲν τὰς εὐεργεσίας ἐξηριθμήσατο τὰς ἐξ Ἀντιγόνου γεγενημένας εἰς αὐτούς, εἶτα τὰς ἰδίας·
18.6.6ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις προηνέγκατο τὸ μέγεθος τῶν τιμῶν τῶν ἀπηντημένων αὐτοῖς παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
18.6.7τελευταῖον δʼ ἀνέγνω τὸ περὶ τῆς ἀποστάσεως ψήφισμα καὶ τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους μεταθέσεως, ᾗ χρησάμενος ἀφορμῇ πολλὰ κατὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εἰς ἀθεσίαν εἶπε καὶ ἀχαριστίαν.
18.6.8ὅμως δʼ ἔφη τὸ μὲν Ἄργος ἀποδώσειν, περὶ δὲ τοῦ Κορίνθου βουλεύσεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ Τίτου.
18.7.1ταῦτα δὲ διαλεχθεὶς πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἤρετο τὸν Τίτον, φήσας πρὸς ἐκεῖνον αὑτῷ τὸν λόγον εἶναι καὶ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, πότερον οἴεται δεῖν ἐκχωρεῖν ὧν ἐπέκτηται πόλεων καὶ τόπων ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἢ καὶ τούτων ὅσα παρὰ τῶν γονέων παρείληφε.
18.7.2τοῦ δʼ ἀποσιωπήσαντος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀπαντᾶν οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταινος ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, ὁ δὲ Φαινέας ὑπὲρ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
18.7.3ἤδη δὲ τῆς ὥρας συγκλειούσης ὁ μὲν τούτων λόγος ἐκωλύθη διὰ τὸν καιρόν, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἠξίου γράψαντας αὑτῷ δοῦναι πάντας ἐφʼ οἷς δεήσει γίνεσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην· μόνος γὰρ ὢν οὐκ ἔχειν μεθʼ ὧν βουλεύηται·
18.7.4διὸ θέλειν αὑτῷ λόγον δοῦναι περὶ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων.
18.7.5ὁ δὲ Τίτος οὐκ ἀηδῶς μὲν ἤκουε τοῦ Φιλίππου χλευάζοντος· μὴ βουλόμενος δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις [μὴ] δοκεῖν ἀντεπέσκωψε τὸν Φίλιππον εἰπὼν οὕτως· "
18.7.6εἰκότωσ" ἔφη "Φίλιππε, μόνος εἶ νῦν· τοὺς γὰρ φίλους τοὺς τὰ κράτιστά σοι συμβουλεύσοντας ἀπώλεσας ἅπαντασ". ὁ δὲ Μακεδὼν ὑπομειδιάσας σαρδάνιον ἀπεσιώπησε.
18.7.6καὶ τότε μὲν ἅπαντες,
18.7.7ἐγγράπτους δόντες τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὰς ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσεις ἀκολούθως τοῖς προειρημένοις, ἐχωρίσθησαν, ταξάμενοι κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν εἰς Νίκαιαν πάλιν ἀπαντήσειν·
18.7.8τῇ δʼ αὔριον οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Τίτον ἧκον ἐπὶ τὸν ταχθέντα τόπον ἐν ὥρᾳ πάντες [ἦσαν], ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος οὐ παρεγίνετο.
18.8.1τῆς δʼ ἡμέρας ἤδη προαγούσης ἐπὶ πολὺ καὶ σχεδὸν ἀπεγνωκότων τῶν περὶ τὸν Τίτον, παρῆν ὁ Φίλιππος δείλης ὀψίας ἐπιφαινόμενος μεθʼ ὧν καὶ πρότερον,
18.8.2κατατετριφὼς τὴν ἡμέραν, ὡς μὲν αὐτὸς ἔφη, διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν καὶ δυσχρηστίαν τῶν ἐπιταττομένων, ὡς δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδόκει, βουλόμενος ἐκκλεῖσαι τῷ καιρῷ τήν τε τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ τὴν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν κατηγορίαν·
18.8.3ἑώρα γὰρ τῇ πρόσθεν ἀπαλλαττόμενος ἀμφοτέρους τούτους ἑτοίμους ὄντας πρὸς τὸ συμπλέκεσθαι καὶ μεμψιμοιρεῖν αὐτῷ.
Book 18, Part 2
18.8.4διὸ καὶ τότε συνεγγίσας ἠξίου τὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸν ἰδίᾳ πρὸς αὐτὸν διαλεχθῆναι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων, ἵνα μὴ λόγοι γένωνται μόνον ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἁψιμαχούντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τέλος τι τοῖς ἀμφισβητουμένοις ἐπιτεθῇ.
18.8.5πλεονάκις δʼ αὐτοῦ παρακαλοῦντος καὶ προσαξιοῦντος, ἤρετο τοὺς συμπαρόντας ὁ Τίτος τί δέον εἴη ποιεῖν.
18.8.6τῶν δὲ κελευόντων συνελθεῖν καὶ διακοῦσαι τῶν λεγομένων, παραλαβὼν ὁ Τίτος Ἄππιον Κλαύδιον χιλίαρχον ὄντα τότε, τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις μικρὸν ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάττης ἀναχωρήσασιν εἶπεν αὐτόθι μένειν, αὐτὸς δὲ τὸν Φίλιππον ἐκέλευσεν ἐκβαίνειν.
18.8.7ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς παραλαβὼν Ἀπολλόδωρον καὶ Δημοσθένην ἀπέβη, συμμίξας δὲ τῷ Τίτῳ διελέγετο καὶ πλείω χρόνον.
18.8.8τίνα μὲν οὖν ἦν τὰ τότε ῥηθέντα παρʼ ἑκατέρου, δυσχερὲς εἰπεῖν· ἔφη δʼ οὖν ὁ Τίτος μετὰ τὸ χωρισθῆναι τὸν Φίλιππον, διασαφῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὰ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως,
18.8.9Αἰτωλοῖς μὲν ἀποδοῦναι Φάρσαλον καὶ Λάρισαν, Θήβας δʼ οὐκ ἀποδιδόναι, Ῥοδίοις δὲ τῆς μὲν Περαίας παραχωρεῖν, Ἰασοῦ δὲ καὶ Βαργυλίων οὐκ ἐκχωρεῖν· Ἀχαιοῖς δὲ παραδιδόναι τὸν Κόρινθον καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἀργείων πόλιν.
18.8.10Ῥωμαίοις δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα φάναι παραδώσειν καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους πάντας, Ἀττάλῳ δὲ τάς τε ναῦς ἀποκαταστήσειν καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἐν ταῖς ναυμαχίαις ἁλόντων ὅσοι περίεισι.
18.9.1πάντων δὲ τῶν παρόντων δυσαρεστουμένων τῇ διαλύσει καὶ φασκόντων δεῖν τὸ κοινὸν ἐπίταγμα πρῶτον ποιεῖν — τοῦτο δʼ ἦν ἁπάσης ἐκχωρεῖν τῆς Ἑλλάδος — εἰ δὲ μή, διότι τὰ κατὰ μέρος μάταια γίνεται καὶ πρὸς οὐδέν,
18.9.2θεωρῶν ὁ Φίλιππος τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀμφισβήτησιν καὶ δεδιὼς ἅμα τὰς κατηγορίας, ἠξίου τὸν Τίτον ὑπερθέσθαι τὴν σύνοδον εἰς τὴν αὔριον διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν ὥραν εἰς ὀψὲ συγκλείειν· ἢ γὰρ πείσειν ἢ πεισθήσεσθαι τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις.
18.9.3τοῦ δὲ συγχωρήσαντος, ταξάμενοι συμπορεύεσθαι πρὸς τὸν κατὰ Θρόνιον αἰγιαλόν, τότε μὲν ἐχωρίσθησαν, τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ πάντες ἧκον ἐπὶ τὸν ταχθέντα τόπον ἐν ὥρᾳ.
18.9.4καὶ βραχέα διαλεχθεὶς ὁ Φίλιππος ἠξίου πάντας, μάλιστα δὲ τὸν Τίτον, μὴ διακόψαι τὴν διάλυσιν, τῶν γε δὴ πλείστων εἰς συμβατικὴν διάθεσιν ἠγμένων,
18.9.5ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἐνδέχεται διʼ αὑτῶν συμφώνους γενέσθαι περὶ τῶν ἀντιλεγομένων· εἰ δὲ μή, πρεσβεύσειν ἔφη πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον, κἀκείνην πείσειν περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων, ἢ ποιήσειν ὅ, τι ποτʼ ἂν ἐπιτάττῃ.
18.9.6ταῦτα δʼ αὐτοῦ προτείνοντος, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες ἔφασαν δεῖν πράττειν τὰ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ μὴ προσέχειν τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις.
18.9.7ὁ δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν μὲν οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἔφη διότι τὸν Φίλιππον οὐκ εἰκός ἐστι ποιῆσαι τῶν παρακαλουμένων οὐδέν·
18.9.8τῷ δʼ ἁπλῶς μηδὲν ἐμποδίζειν τὰς σφετέρας πράξεις τὴν αἰτουμένην χάριν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκποιεῖν ἔφη χαρίζεσθαι.
18.9.9κυρωθῆναι μὲν γὰρ οὐδʼ ὣς εἶναι δυνατὸν οὐδὲν τῶν νῦν λεγομένων ἄνευ τῆς συγκλήτου, πρὸς δὲ τὸ λαβεῖν πεῖραν τῆς ἐκείνων γνώμης εὐφυῶς ἔχειν τὸν ἐπιφερόμενον καιρόν·
18.9.10τῶν γὰρ στρατοπέδων οὐδʼ ὣς δυναμένων οὐδὲν πράττειν διὰ τὸν χειμῶνα, τοῦτον ἀποθέσθαι τὸν χρόνον εἰς τὸ προσανενεγκεῖν τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τῶν προσπιπτόντων, οὐκ ἄθετον, ἀλλʼ οἰκεῖον εἶναι πᾶσι.
18.10.1ταχὺ δὲ συγκαταθεμένων ἁπάντων διὰ τὸ θεωρεῖν τὸν Τίτον οὐκ ἀλλότριον ὄντα τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον ἀναφορᾶς,
18.10.2ἔδοξε συγχωρεῖν τῷ Φιλίππῳ πρεσβεύειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρʼ αὑτῶν πέμπειν ἑκάστους πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διαλεχθησομένους τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ κατηγορήσοντας τοῦ Φιλίππου.
18.10.3τοῦ δὲ πράγματος τῷ Τίτῳ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν σύλλογον κατὰ νοῦν καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς διαλογισμοὺς προκεχωρηκότος, παραυτίκα τὸ συνεχὲς τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἐξύφαινε, τά τε καθʼ αὑτὸν ἀσφαλιζόμενος ἐπιμελῶς καὶ πρόλημμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ ποιῶν οὐδέν.
18.10.4δοὺς γὰρ ἀνοχὰς διμήνους αὐτῷ τὴν μὲν πρεσβείαν τὴν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ συντελεῖν ἐπέταξε, τὰς δὲ φρουρὰς ἐξάγειν παραχρῆμα τὰς ἐκ τῆς Φωκίδος καὶ Λοκρίδος ἐκέλευσε.
18.10.5διετάξατο δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμμάχων φιλοτίμως, ἵνα κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον μηδὲν εἰς αὐτοὺς ἀδίκημα γίνηται κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ὑπὸ Μακεδόνων.
18.10.6ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον ἔγγραπτα, λοιπὸν αὐτὸς ἤδη διʼ αὑτοῦ τὸ προκείμενον ἐπετέλει.
18.10.7καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἀμύνανδρον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐξέπεμπε παραχρῆμα, γινώσκων αὐτὸν εὐάγωγον μὲν ὄντα καὶ ῥᾳδίως ἐξακολουθήσοντα τοῖς ἐκεῖ φίλοις, ἐφʼ ὁπότερʼ ἂν ἄγωσιν αὐτόν, φαντασίαν δὲ ποιήσοντα καὶ προσδοκίαν διὰ τὸ τῆς βασιλείας ὄνομα.
18.10.8μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς παρʼ αὑτοῦ πρέσβεις, Κόιντόν τε τὸν Φάβιον, ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ τῆς γυναικὸς ἀδελφιδοῦς, καὶ Κόιντον Φολούιον, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἄππιον Κλαύδιον ἐπικαλούμενον Νέρωνα.
18.10.9παρὰ δὲ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἐπρέσβευον Ἀλέξανδρος Ἴσιος, Δαμόκριτος Καλυδώνιος, Δικαίαρχος Τριχωνιεύς, Πολέμαρχος Ἀρσινοεύς,
18.10.10Λάμιος Ἀμβρακιώτης, Νικόμαχος Ἀκαρνὰν τῶν ἐκ Θουρίου πεφευγότων κατοικούντων δʼ ἐν Ἀμβρακίᾳ, Θεόδοτος Φεραῖος, φυγὰς ἐκ Θετταλίας,
18.10.11κατοικῶν δʼ ἐν Στράτῳ, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν Ξενοφῶν Αἰγιεύς, παρὰ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀττάλου μόνος Ἀλέξανδρος, παρὰ δὲ τοῦ δήμου τῶν Ἀθηναίων οἱ περὶ Κηφισόδωρον.
18.11.1οὗτοι δὲ παρεγενήθησαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρὸ τοῦ τὴν σύγκλητον διαλαβεῖν ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰς τοῦτον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν καθεσταμένων ὑπάτων, πότερον ἀμφοτέρους εἰς τὴν Γαλατίαν ἢ τὸν ἕτερον αὐτῶν δεήσει πέμπειν ἐπὶ Φίλιππον.
18.11.2πεπεισμένων δὲ τῶν τοῦ Τίτου φίλων μένειν τοὺς ὑπάτους ἀμφοτέρους κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν διὰ τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν Κελτῶν φόβον, εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον πάντες κατηγόρουν ἀποτόμως τοῦ Φιλίππου.
18.11.3τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα παραπλήσια τοῖς καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα πρότερον εἰρημένοις ἦν·
18.11.4τοῦτο δʼ ἐπιμελῶς ἐντίκτειν ἐπειρῶντο τῇ συγκλήτῳ πάντες, διότι τῆς Χαλκίδος καὶ τοῦ Κορίνθου καὶ τῆς Δημητριάδος ὑπὸ τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων οὐχ οἷόν τε τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἔννοιαν λαβεῖν ἐλευθερίας.
18.11.5ὃ γὰρ αὐτὸς Φίλιππος εἶπε, τοῦτο καὶ λίαν ἀληθὲς ἔφασαν ὑπάρχειν· ὃς ἔφη τοὺς προειρημένους τόπους εἶναι πέδας Ἑλληνικάς, ὀρθῶς ἀποφαινόμενος.
18.11.6οὔτε γὰρ Πελοποννησίους ἀναπνεῦσαι δυνατὸν ἐν Κορίνθῳ βασιλικῆς φρουρᾶς ἐγκαθημένης, οὔτε Λοκροὺς καὶ Βοιωτοὺς καὶ Φωκέας θαρρῆσαι Φιλίππου Χαλκίδα κατέχοντος καὶ τὴν ἄλλην Εὔβοιαν,
18.11.7οὐδὲ μὴν Θετταλοὺς οὐδὲ Μάγνητας δυνατὸν ἐπαύρασθαι τῆς ἐλευθερίας οὐδέποτε, Δημητριάδα Φιλίππου κατέχοντος καὶ Μακεδόνων.
18.11.8διὸ καὶ τὸ παραχωρεῖν τῶν ἄλλων τόπων τὸν Φίλιππον φαντασίαν εἶναι χάριν τοῦ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν ἐκφυγεῖν· ᾗ δʼ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ βουληθῇ, ῥᾳδίως πάλιν ὑφʼ αὑτὸν ποιήσεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἐὰν κρατῇ τῶν προειρημένων τόπων.
18.11.9διόπερ ἠξίουν τὴν σύγκλητον ἢ τούτων τῶν πόλεων ἀναγκάσαι τὸν Φίλιππον ἐκχωρεῖν ἢ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ πολεμεῖν ἐρρωμένως πρὸς αὐτόν.
18.11.10καὶ γὰρ ἠνύσθαι τὰ μέγιστα τοῦ πολέμου, τῶν τε Μακεδόνων προηττημένων δὶς ἤδη καὶ κατὰ γῆν πλείστων αὐτοῖς χορηγιῶν ἐκδεδαπανημένων.
18.11.11ταῦτα δʼ εἰπόντες παρεκάλουν μήτε τοὺς Ἕλληνας ψεῦσαι τῶν περὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἐλπίδων μήθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστερῆσαι τῆς καλλίστης ἐπιγραφῆς.
18.11.12οἱ μὲν οὖν παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πρέσβεις ταῦτα καὶ τούτοις παραπλήσια διελέχθησαν, οἱ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου παρεσκευάσαντο μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖον ποιησόμενοι τοὺς λόγους, ἐν ἀρχαῖς δʼ εὐθέως ἐκωλύθησαν·
18.11.13ἐρωτηθέντες γὰρ εἰ παραχωροῦσι Χαλκίδος καὶ Κορίνθου καὶ Δημητριάδος, ἀπεῖπαν μηδεμίαν ἔχειν περὶ τούτων ἐντολήν.
18.11.14οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἐπιτμηθέντες οὕτως κατέπαυσαν
18.12.1τὸν λόγον. ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος τοὺς μὲν ὑπάτους ἀμφοτέρους εἰς Γαλατίαν ἐξαπέστειλε, καθάπερ ἐπάνω προεῖπα, τὸν δὲ πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον πόλεμον ἐψηφίσατο κατάμονον εἶναι, δοῦσα τῷ Τίτῳ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν.
18.12.2ταχὺ δὲ τούτων εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διασαφηθέντων ἐγεγόνει τῷ Τίτῳ πάντα κατὰ νοῦν, ἐπὶ βραχὺ μὲν καὶ ταὐτομάτου συνεργήσαντος, τὸ δὲ πολὺ διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ προνοίας ἁπάντων κεχειρισμένων.
18.12.3πάνυ γὰρ ἀγχίνους, εἰ καί τις ἕτερος Ῥωμαίων, [καὶ] ὁ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ γέγονεν·
18.12.4οὕτως γὰρ εὐστόχως ἐχείριζε καὶ νουνεχῶς οὐ μόνον τὰς κοινὰς ἐπιβολάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντεύξεις, ὥσθʼ ὑπερβολὴν μὴ καταλιπεῖν.
18.12.5καίτοι γε [καὶ] νέος ἦν κομιδῇ· πλείω γὰρ τῶν τριάκοντʼ ἐτῶν οὐκ εἶχε· καὶ πρῶτος εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διαβεβήκει μετὰ στρατοπέδων. —
18.13.1ἔμοιγε πολλάκις μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ πολλοῖς θαυμάζειν ἐπέρχεται τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἁμαρτημάτων, μάλιστα δʼ ἐπὶ τῷ κατὰ τοὺς προδότας.
18.13.2διὸ καὶ βούλομαι τὰ πρέποντα τοῖς καιροῖς διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν.
18.13.3καίτοι γʼ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ διότι δυσθεώρητον ὁ τόπος ἔχει τι καὶ δυσπαράγραφον· τίνα γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς προδότην δεῖ νομίζειν, οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἀποφήνασθαι.
18.13.4δῆλον γὰρ ὡς οὔτε τοὺς ἐξ ἀκεραίου συντιθεμένους τῶν ἀνδρῶν πρός τινας βασιλεῖς ἢ δυνάστας κοινωνίαν πραγμάτων εὐθέως προδότας νομιστέον,
18.13.5οὔτε τοὺς κατὰ τὰς περιστάσεις μετατιθέντας τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας ἀπό τινων ὑποκειμένων πρὸς ἑτέρας φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας, οὐδὲ τούτους.
18.13.6πολλοῦ γε δεῖν· ἐπείτοι γε πολλάκις οἱ τοιοῦτοι τῶν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν γεγόνασιν αἴτιοι ταῖς ἰδίαις πατρίσιν.
18.13.7ἵνα δὲ μὴ πόρρωθεν τὰ παραδείγματα φέρωμεν, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐνεστώτων ῥᾳδίως ἔσται τὸ λεγόμενον κατανοεῖν.
18.13.8εἰ γὰρ μὴ σὺν καιρῷ τότε μετέρριψε τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς Ἀρίσταινος ἀπὸ τῆς Φιλίππου συμμαχίας πρὸς τὴν Ῥωμαίων, φανερῶς ἄρδην ἀπολώλει τὸ ἔθνος.
18.13.9νῦν δὲ χωρὶς τῆς παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ἀσφαλείας ἑκάστοις περιγενομένης, αὐξήσεως τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ὁμολογουμένως ὁ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ κἀκεῖνο τὸ διαβούλιον αἴτιος ἐδόκει γεγονέναι·
18.13.10διὸ καὶ πάντες αὐτὸν οὐχ ὡς προδότην, ἀλλʼ ὡς εὐεργέτην καὶ σωτῆρα τῆς χώρας ἐτίμων.
18.13.11ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη λόγος καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὅσοι κατὰ τὰς τῶν καιρῶν περιστάσεις τὰ παραπλήσια τούτοις πολιτεύονται καὶ πράττουσιν.
18.14.1ἧι καὶ Δημοσθένην κατὰ πολλά τις ἂν ἐπαινέσας ἐν τούτῳ μέμψαιτο, διότι πικρότατον ὄνειδος τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰκῇ καὶ ἀκρίτως προσέρριψε,
18.14.2φήσας ἐν μὲν Ἀρκαδίᾳ τοὺς περὶ Κερκιδᾶν καὶ Ἱερώνυμον καὶ Εὐκαμπίδαν προδότας γενέσθαι τῆς Ἑλλάδος,
18.14.3ὅτι Φιλίππῳ συνεμάχουν, ἐν δὲ Μεσσήνῃ τοὺς Φιλιάδου παῖδας Νέωνα καὶ Θρασύλοχον, ἐν Ἄργει δὲ τοὺς περὶ Μύρτιν καὶ Τελέδαμον καὶ Μνασέαν,
18.14.4παραπλησίως ἐν Θετταλίᾳ μὲν τοὺς περὶ Δάοχον καὶ Κινέαν, παρὰ δὲ Βοιωτοῖς τοὺς περὶ Θεογείτονα καὶ Τιμόλαν·
18.14.5σὺν δὲ τούτοις καὶ πλείους ἑτέρους ἐξηρίθμηται, κατὰ πόλιν ὀνομάζων, καίτοι γε πάντων μὲν τῶν προειρημένων ἀνδρῶν πολὺν ἐχόντων λόγον καὶ φαινόμενον ὑπὲρ τῶν καθʼ αὑτοὺς δικαίων, πλεῖστον δὲ τῶν ἐξ Ἀρκαδίας καὶ Μεσσήνης.
18.14.6οὗτοι γὰρ ἐπισπασάμενοι Φίλιππον εἰς Πελοπόννησον καὶ ταπεινώσαντες Λακεδαιμονίους πρῶτον μὲν ἐποίησαν ἀναπνεῦσαι καὶ λαβεῖν ἐλευθερίας ἔννοιαν πάντας τοὺς τὴν Πελοπόννησον κατοικοῦντας,
18.14.7ἔπειτα δὲ τὴν χώραν ἀνακομισάμενοι καὶ τὰς πόλεις, ἃς παρῄρηντο Λακεδαιμόνιοι κατὰ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν Μεσσηνίων, Μεγαλοπολιτῶν, Τεγεατῶν, Ἀργείων, ηὔξησαν τὰς ἑαυτῶν πατρίδας ὁμολογουμένως·
18.14.8ἀνθʼ ὧν οὐ πολεμεῖν ὤφειλον Φιλίππῳ καὶ Μακεδόσιν, ἀλλὰ πάντα κατὰ δύναμιν ἐνεργεῖν ὅσα πρὸς δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν ἀνῆκεν.
18.14.9εἰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ ἔπραττον ἢ φρουρὰν παρὰ Φιλίππου δεχόμενοι ταῖς πατρίσιν ἢ καταλύοντες τοὺς νόμους ἀφῃροῦντο τὴν ἐλευθερίαν καὶ παρρησίαν τῶν πολιτῶν χάριν τῆς ἰδίας πλεονεξίας ἢ δυναστείας, ἄξιοι τῆς προσηγορίας ἦσαν ταύτης·
18.14.10εἰ δὲ τηροῦντες τὰ πρὸς τὰς πατρίδας δίκαια κρίσει πραγμάτων διεφέροντο, νομίζοντες οὐ ταὐτὸ συμφέρον Ἀθηναίοις εἶναι καὶ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν πόλεσιν, οὐ δήπου διὰ τοῦτο καλεῖσθαι προδότας ἐχρῆν αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ Δημοσθένους.
Book 18, Part 3
18.14.11ὁ δὲ πάντα μετρῶν πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἰδίας πατρίδος συμφέρον, καὶ πάντας ἡγούμενος δεῖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀποβλέπειν πρὸς Ἀθηναίους, εἰ δὲ μή, προδότας ἀποκαλῶν, ἀγνοεῖν μοι δοκεῖ καὶ πολὺ παραπαίειν τῆς ἀληθείας [ὃ πεποίηκε Δημοσθένης],
18.14.12ἄλλως τε δὴ καὶ τῶν συμβάντων τότε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οὐ Δημοσθένει μεμαρτυρηκότων ὅτι καλῶς προυνοήθη τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἀλλʼ Εὐκαμπίδᾳ καὶ Ἱερωνύμῳ καὶ Κερκιδᾷ καὶ τοῖς Φιλιάδου παισίν.
18.14.13Ἀθηναίοις μὲν γὰρ τῆς πρὸς Φίλιππον ἀντιπαραγωγῆς τὸ τέλος ἀπέβη τὸ πεῖραν λαβεῖν τῶν μεγίστων συμπτωμάτων πταίσασι τῇ μάχῃ τῇ περὶ Χαιρώνειαν·
18.14.14εἰ δὲ μὴ διὰ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως μεγαλοψυχίαν καὶ φιλοδοξίαν, καὶ πορρωτέρω τὰ τῆς ἀτυχίας ἂν αὐτοῖς προύβη διὰ τὴν Δημοσθένους πολιτείαν.
18.14.15διὰ δὲ τοὺς προειρημένους ἄνδρας κοινῇ μὲν Ἀρκάσι καὶ Μεσσηνίοις ἀπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων ἀσφάλεια καὶ ῥᾳστώνη παρεσκευάσθη, κατʼ ἰδίαν δὲ ταῖς αὐτῶν πατρίσι πολλὰ καὶ λυσιτελῆ συνεξηκολούθησε.
18.15.1τίσιν οὖν εἰκότως ἂν ἐπιφέροι τις τὴν ὀνομασίαν ταύτην, ἔστι μὲν δυσπαράγραφον·
18.15.2μάλιστα δʼ ἂν προστρέχοι πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς τοιούτους φέρων, ὅσοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν κατὰ τὰς ὁλοσχερεῖς περιστάσεις ἢ τῆς ἰδίας ἀσφαλείας καὶ λυσιτελείας χάριν ἢ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιπολιτευομένους διαφορᾶς ἐγχειρίζουσι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τὰς πόλεις,
18.15.3ἢ καὶ νὴ Δία πάλιν ὅσοι φρουρὰν εἰσδεχόμενοι καὶ συγχρώμενοι ταῖς ἔξωθεν ἐπικουρίαις πρὸς τὰς ἰδίας ὁρμὰς καὶ προθέσεις ὑποβάλλουσι τὰς πατρίδας ὑπὸ τὴν τῶν πλεῖον δυναμένων ἐξουσίαν.
18.15.4τοὺς τοιούτους ὑπὸ τὸ τῆς προδοσίας ὄνομα μετρίως ἄν τις ὑποτάττοι πάντας.
18.15.5οἷς λυσιτελὲς μὲν ἀληθῶς ἢ καλὸν οὐδὲν οὐδέποτε συνεξηκολούθησε, τὰ δʼ ἐναντία πᾶσιν ὁμολογουμένως.
18.15.6ᾗ καὶ θαυμάζειν ἔστι πρὸς τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς λόγον, πρὸς τί ποτε βλέποντες ἢ τίσι χρώμενοι διαλογισμοῖς ὁρμῶσι πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην ἀτυχίαν.
18.15.7οὔτε γὰρ ἔλαθε πώποτε προδοὺς οὐδεὶς πόλιν ἢ στρατόπεδον ἢ φρούριον, ἀλλὰ κἂν παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν τῆς πράξεως καιρὸν ἀγνοηθῇ τις, ὅ γʼ ἐπιγινόμενος χρόνος ἐποίησε φανεροὺς ἅπαντας·
18.15.8οὐδὲ μὴν γνωσθεὶς οὐδεὶς οὐδέποτε μακάριον ἔσχε βίον, ἀλλʼ ὡς μὲν ἐπίπαν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τούτων οἷς χαρίζονται τυγχάνουσι τῆς ἁρμοζούσης τιμωρίας.
18.15.9χρῶνται μὲν γὰρ τοῖς προδόταις οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ δυνάσται πολλάκις διὰ τὸ συμφέρον· ὅταν γε μὴν ἀποχρήσωνται, χρῶνται λοιπὸν ὡς προδόταις, κατὰ τὸν Δημοσθένην,
18.15.10μάλʼ εἰκότως ἡγούμενοι τὸν ἐγχειρίσαντα τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς φίλους μηδέποτʼ ἂν εὔνουν σφίσι γενέσθαι μηδὲ διαφυλάξαι τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πίστιν.
18.15.11οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐὰν καὶ τὰς τούτων διαφύγωσι χεῖρας, τάς γε δὴ τῶν παρασπονδηθέντων οὐ ῥᾳδίως ἐκφυγγάνουσιν.
18.15.12ἐὰν δέ ποτε καὶ τὰς ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ἐπιβουλὰς διολίσθωσιν, ἥ γε παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις φήμη τιμωρὸς αὐτοῖς ἕπεται παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον, πολλοὺς μὲν φόβους ψευδεῖς, πολλοὺς δʼ ἀληθεῖς παριστάνουσα καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν, πᾶσι δὲ συνεργοῦσα καὶ συνυποδεικνύουσα τοῖς κακόν τι κατʼ ἐκείνων βουλευομένοις,
18.15.13τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον οὐδὲ κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους ἐῶσα λήθην αὐτοὺς ἔχειν τῶν ἡμαρτημένων, ἀλλʼ ὀνειρώττειν ἀναγκάζουσα πᾶν γένος ἐπιβουλῆς καὶ περιπετείας, ἅτε συνειδότας ἑαυτοῖς τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἐκ πάντων ἀλλοτριότητα πρὸς σφᾶς καὶ τὸ κοινὸν μῖσος.
18.15.14ἀλλʼ ὅμως τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων οὐδεὶς οὐδέποτε δεηθεὶς ἠπόρησε προδότου πλὴν τελέως ὀλίγων τινῶν.
18.15.15ἐξ ὧν εἰκότως εἴποι τις ἂν ὅτι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, δοκοῦν πανουργότατον εἶναι τῶν ζῴων, πολὺν ἔχει λόγον τοῦ φαυλότατον ὑπάρχειν.
18.15.16τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα ζῷα, ταῖς τοῦ σώματος ἐπιθυμίαις αὐταῖς δουλεύοντα, διὰ μόνας ταύτας σφάλλεται· τὸ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, καίπερ δεδοξοποιημένον, οὐχ ἧττον διὰ τὴν ἀλογιστίαν ἢ διὰ τὴν φύσιν ἁμαρτάνει.
18.15.17καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον εἰρήσθω. —
18.16.1ὅτι ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἄτταλος ἐτιμᾶτο μὲν καὶ πρότερον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν Σικυωνίων πόλεως διαφερόντως, ἐξ οὗ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐλυτρώσατο χρημάτων αὐτοῖς οὐκ ὀλίγων,
18.16.2ἀνθʼ ὧν καὶ τὸν κολοσσὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν δεκάπηχυν ἔστησαν παρὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα τὸν κατὰ τὴν ἀγοράν.
18.16.3τότε δὲ πάλιν αὐτοῦ δέκα τάλαντα δόντος καὶ μυρίους μεδίμνους πυρῶν, πολλαπλασίως ἐπιταθέντες ταῖς εὐνοίαις εἰκόνα τε χρυσῆν ἐψηφίσαντο καὶ θυσίαν αὐτῷ συντελεῖν κατʼ ἔτος ἐνομοθέτησαν.
18.16.4Ἄτταλος μὲν οὖν τυχὼν τῶν τιμῶν τούτων ἀπῆρεν εἰς Κεγχρεάς. —
18.17.1ὅτι Νάβις ὁ τύραννος ἀπολιπὼν ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν Ἀργείων πόλεως Τιμοκράτην τὸν Πελληνέα διὰ τὸ μάλιστα τούτῳ πιστεύειν καὶ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας πράξεις, ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Σπάρτην, καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἐξέπεμψε τὴν γυναῖκα,
18.17.2δοὺς ἐντολὰς παραγενομένην εἰς Ἄργος περὶ πόρον γίνεσθαι χρημάτων.
18.17.3ἡ δʼ ἀφικομένη πολὺ κατὰ τὴν ὠμότητα Νάβιν ὑπερέθετο·
18.17.4ἀνακαλεσαμένη γὰρ τῶν γυναικῶν τινὰς μὲν κατʼ ἰδίαν, τινὰς δὲ κατὰ συγγένειαν, πᾶν γένος αἰκίας καὶ βίας προσέφερε,
18.17.5μέχρι σχεδὸν ἁπασῶν οὐ μόνον τὸν χρυσοῦν ἀφείλετο κόσμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν τὸν πολυτελέστατον. —
18.17.5ὁ δὲ Ἄτταλος περιβαλλόμενος πλείω λόγον,
18.17.6ὑπεμίμνησκεν αὐτοὺς τῆς ἀνέκαθεν τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς. —
18.18.1ὁ δὲ Τίτος οὐ δυνάμενος ἐπιγνῶναι τοὺς πολεμίους ᾗ στρατοπεδεύουσι, τοῦτο δὲ σαφῶς εἰδὼς ὅτι πάρεισιν εἰς Θετταλίαν, προσέταξε κόπτειν χάρακα πᾶσιν ἕνεκα τοῦ παρακομίζειν μεθʼ αὑτῶν πρὸς τὰς ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ χρείας.
18.18.2τοῦτο δὲ κατὰ μὲν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν ἀγωγὴν ἀδύνατον εἶναι δοκεῖ, κατὰ δὲ τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων εὔκοπον.
18.18.3οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἕλληνες μόλις αὐτῶν κρατοῦσι τῶν σαρισῶν ἐν ταῖς πορείαις καὶ μόλις ὑπομένουσι τὸν ἀπὸ τούτων κόπον,
18.18.4Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ τοὺς μὲν θυρεοὺς τοῖς ὀχεῦσι τοῖς σκυτίνοις ἐκ τῶν ὤμων ἐξηρτηκότες, ταῖς δὲ χερσὶν αὐτοὺς τοὺς γαίσους φέροντες, ἐπιδέχονται τὴν παρακομιδὴν τοῦ χάρακος.
18.18.5ἅμα δὲ καὶ μεγάλην εἶναι συμβαίνει τὴν διαφορὰν τούτων·
18.18.6οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἕλληνες τοῦτον ἡγοῦνται χάρακα βέλτιστον, ὃς ἂν ἔχῃ πλείστας ἐκφύσεις καὶ μεγίστας πέριξ τοῦ πρέμνου,
18.18.7παρὰ δὲ Ῥωμαίοις δύο κεραίας ἢ τρεῖς ἔχουσιν οἱ χάρακες, ὁ δὲ πλείστας τέτταρας· καὶ ταύτας ἔχοντες λαμβάνονται
18.18.8οὐκ ἐναλλάξ. ἐκ δὲ τούτου συμβαίνει τήν τε κομιδὴν εὐχερῆ γίνεσθαι τελέως — ὁ γὰρ εἷς ἀνὴρ φέρει τρεῖς καὶ τέτταρας συνθεὶς ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους —
18.18.9τήν τε χρείαν ἀσφαλῆ διαφερόντως. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὅταν τεθῇ πρὸ τῆς παρεμβολῆς, πρῶτον μέν ἐστιν εὐδιάσπαστος·
18.18.10ὅταν γὰρ τὸ μὲν κρατοῦν καὶ πιεζούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς γῆς ἓν ὑπάρχῃ μόνον, αἱ δʼ ἀποφύσεις ἐκ τούτου πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι, κἄπειτα δύο παραστάντες ἢ τρεῖς ἐκ τῶν ἀποφύσεων ἐπισπάσωνται τὸν αὐτὸν χάρακα, ῥᾳδίως ἐκσπᾶται.
18.18.11τούτου δὲ συμβάντος εὐθέως πύλη γίνεται διὰ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὰ παρακείμενα λέλυται, τῷ βραχείας τὰς εἰς ἀλλήλους ἐμπλοκὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπαλλάξεις γίνεσθαι τοῦ τοιούτου χάρακος.
18.18.12παρὰ δὲ Ῥωμαίοις συμβαίνει τοὐναντίον. τιθέασι γὰρ εὐθέως ἐμπλέκοντες εἰς ἀλλήλους οὕτως ὥστε μήτε τὰς κεραίας εὐχερῶς ἐπιγνῶναι, ποίας εἰσὶν ἐκφύσεως τῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ κατωρυγμένων, μήτε τὰς ἐκφύσεις, ποίων κεραιῶν.
18.18.13λοιπὸν οὔτʼ ἐπιλαβέσθαι παρείραντα τὴν χεῖρα δυνατόν, ἅτε πυκνῶν οὐσῶν καὶ προσπιπτουσῶν αὑταῖς, ἔτι δὲ φιλοπόνως ἀπωξυμμένων τῶν κεραιῶν,
18.18.14οὔτʼ ἐπιλαβόμενον ἐκσπάσαι ῥᾴδιον διὰ τὸ πρῶτον μὲν πάσας τὰς προσβολὰς σχεδὸν αὐτοκράτορα τὴν ἐκ τῆς γῆς δύναμιν ἔχειν,
18.18.15δεύτερον δὲ τῷ τὸν μίαν ἐπισπώμενον κεραίαν πολλοὺς ἀναγκάζεσθαι πειθομένους ἅμα βαστάζειν διὰ τὴν εἰς ἀλλήλους ἐμπλοκήν· δύο δὲ καὶ τρεῖς ἐπιλαβέσθαι ταὐτοῦ χάρακος οὐδʼ ὅλως εἰκός.
18.18.16ἐὰν δέ ποτε καὶ κατακρατήσας ἐκσπάσῃ τις ἕνα καὶ δεύτερον, ἀνεπιγνώστως γίνεται τὸ διάστημα.
18.18.17διὸ καὶ μεγάλης οὔσης διαφορᾶς τῷ καὶ τὴν εὕρεσιν ἑτοίμην εἶναι τοῦ τοιούτου χάρακος καὶ τὴν κομιδὴν εὐχερῆ καὶ τὴν χρείαν ἀσφαλῆ καὶ μόνιμον,
18.18.18φανερὸν ὡς εἰ καί τι τῶν ἄλλων πολεμικῶν ἔργων ἄξιον ζήλου καὶ μιμήσεως ὑπάρχει παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις, καὶ τοῦτο, κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην.
18.19.1πλὴν ὅ γε Τίτος ἑτοιμασάμενος ταῦτα πρὸς τὰς ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ χρείας, προῆγε παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι βάδην, ἀποσχὼν δὲ περὶ πεντήκοντα στάδια τῆς τῶν Φεραίων πόλεως αὐτοῦ παρενέβαλε.
18.19.2κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ὑπὸ τὴν ἑωθινὴν ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς κατοπτεύσοντας καὶ διερευνησομένους, εἴ τινα δυνηθεῖεν λαβεῖν ἀφορμὴν εἰς τὸ γνῶναι ποῦ ποτʼ εἰσὶ καὶ τί πράττουσιν οἱ πολέμιοι.
18.19.3Φίλιππος δὲ [καὶ] κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν πυνθανόμενος τοὺς Ῥωμαίους στρατοπεδεύειν περὶ τὰς Θήβας, ἐξάρας ἀπὸ τῆς Λαρίσης παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι προῆγε, ποιούμενος τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ τὰς Φεράς.
18.19.4ἀποσχὼν δὲ περὶ τριάκοντα στάδια, τότε μὲν αὐτοῦ καταστρατοπεδεύσας ἐν ὥρᾳ παρήγγειλε πᾶσι γίνεσθαι περὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος θεραπείαν,
18.19.5ὑπὸ δὲ τὴν ἑωθινὴν ἐξεγείρας τὴν δύναμιν τοὺς μὲν εἰθισμένους προπορεύεσθαι τῆς δυνάμεως προεξαπέστειλε, συντάξας ὑπερβάλλειν τὰς ὑπὲρ τὰς Φερὰς ἀκρολοφίας, αὐτὸς δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας διαφαινούσης ἐκίνει τὴν δύναμιν ἐκ τοῦ χάρακος.
18.19.6παρʼ ὀλίγον μὲν οὖν ἦλθον ἀμφοτέρων οἱ προεξαπεσταλμένοι τοῦ συμπεσεῖν ἀλλήλοις περὶ τὰς ὑπερβολάς·
18.19.7προϊδόμενοι γὰρ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄρφνην ἐκ πάνυ βραχέος διαστήματος ἐπέστησαν, καὶ ταχέως ἔπεμπον, ἀποδηλοῦντες ἀμφότεροι τοῖς ἡγεμόσι τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ πυνθανόμενοι τί δέον εἴη ποιεῖν.
18.19.8ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων στρατοπεδειῶν κἀκείνους ἀνακαλεῖσθαι.
18.19.9τῇ δʼ ἐπαύριον ἐξέπεμψαν ἀμφότεροι κατασκοπῆς ἕνεκα τῶν ἱππέων καὶ τῶν εὐζώνων περὶ τριακοσίους ἑκατέρων, ἐν οἷς ὁ Τίτος καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν δύʼ οὐλαμοὺς ἐξαπέστειλε διὰ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν τῶν τόπων·
18.19.10οἳ καὶ συμμίξαντες ἀλλήλοις ἐπὶ τάδε τῶν Φερῶν ὡς πρὸς Λάρισαν συνέβαλλον ἐκθύμως.
18.19.11τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Εὐπόλεμον τὸν Αἰτωλὸν εὐρώστως κινδυνευόντων καὶ συνεκκαλουμένων τοὺς Ἰταλικοὺς πρὸς τὴν χρείαν, θλίβεσθαι συνέβαινε τοὺς Μακεδόνας.
18.19.12καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἀκροβολισάμενοι διεχωρίσθησαν εἰς τὰς αὑτῶν παρεμβολάς·
18.20.1κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἀμφότεροι δυσαρεστούμενοι τοῖς περὶ τὰς Φερὰς τόποις διὰ τὸ καταφύτους εἶναι καὶ πλήρεις αἱμασιῶν καὶ κηπίων ἀνέζυξαν.
18.20.2ὁ μὲν οὖν Φίλιππος ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν Σκοτοῦσσαν, σπεύδων ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως ἐφοδιάσασθαι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα γενόμενος εὐτρεπὴς λαβεῖν τόπους ἁρμόζοντας ταῖς αὑτοῦ δυνάμεσιν·
18.20.3ὁ δὲ Τίτος ὑποπτεύσας τὸ μέλλον ἐκίνει τὴν δύναμιν ἅμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ, σπεύδων προκαταφθεῖραι τὸν ἐν τῇ Σκοτουσσαίᾳ σῖτον.
18.20.4τῆς δʼ ἑκατέρων πορείας μεταξὺ κειμένων ὄχθων ὑψηλῶν, οὔθʼ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι συνεώρων τοὺς Μακεδόνας, ποῖ ποιοῦνται τὴν πορείαν, οὔθʼ οἱ Μακεδόνες τοὺς Ῥωμαίους.
18.20.5ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι διανύσαντες, ὁ μὲν Τίτος ἐπὶ τὴν προσαγορευομένην Ἐρέτριαν τῆς Φθιώτιδος χώρας, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐπὶ τὸν Ὀγχηστὸν ποταμόν, αὐτοῦ κατέζευξαν, ἀγνοοῦντες ἀμφότεροι τὰς ἀλλήλων παρεμβολάς·
Book 18, Part 4
18.20.6τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ προελθόντες ἐστρατοπέδευσαν, Φίλιππος μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ Μελάμβιον προσαγορευόμενον τῆς Σκοτουσσαίας, Τίτος δὲ περὶ τὸ Θετίδειον τῆς Φαρσαλίας, ἀκμὴν ἀγνοοῦντες ἀλλήλους.
18.20.7ἐπιγενομένου δʼ ὄμβρου καὶ βροντῶν ἐξαισίων, πάντα συνέβη τὸν ἀέρα τὸν ἐκ τῶν νεφῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ὑπὸ τὴν ἑωθινὴν πεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ὥστε διὰ τὸν ἐφεστῶτα ζόφον μηδὲ τοὺς ἐν ποσὶ δύνασθαι βλέπειν.
18.20.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅ γε Φίλιππος κατανύσαι σπεύδων ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον, ἀναζεύξας προῄει μετὰ πάσης τῆς στρατιᾶς.
18.20.9δυσχρηστούμενος δὲ κατὰ τὴν πορείαν διὰ τὴν ὀμίχλην, βραχὺν τόπον διανύσας τὴν μὲν δύναμιν εἰς χάρακα παρενέβαλε, τὴν δʼ ἐφεδρείαν ἀπέστειλε, συντάξας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄκρους ἐπιβαλεῖν τῶν μεταξὺ κειμένων βουνῶν.
18.21.1ὁ δὲ Τίτος στρατοπεδεύων περὶ τὸ Θετίδειον, καὶ διαπορούμενος ὑπὲρ τῶν πολεμίων ποῦ ποτʼ εἰσί, δέκα προθέμενος οὐλαμοὺς καὶ τῶν εὐζώνων εἰς χιλίους ἐξαπέστειλε, παρακαλέσας εὐλαβῶς ἐξερευνωμένους ἐπιπορεύεσθαι τὴν χώραν·
18.21.2οἳ καὶ προάγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ τὰς ὑπερβολὰς ἔλαθον ἐμπεσόντες εἰς τὴν τῶν Μακεδόνων ἐφεδρείαν διὰ τὸ δύσοπτον τῆς ἡμέρας.
18.21.3οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἐπὶ βραχὺ διαταραχθέντες ἀμφότεροι μετʼ ὀλίγον ἤρξαντο καταπειράζειν ἀλλήλων, διεπέμψαντο δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἡγεμόνας ἑκάτεροι τοὺς διασαφήσοντας τὸ γεγονός·
18.21.4ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ τὴν συμπλοκὴν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι κατεβαροῦντο καὶ κακῶς ἔπασχον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν Μακεδόνων ἐφεδρείας, πέμποντες εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῶν παρεμβολὴν ἐδέοντο σφίσι βοηθεῖν.
18.21.5ὁ δὲ Τίτος, παρακαλέσας τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀρχέδαμον καὶ τὸν Εὐπόλεμον Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ δύο τῶν παρʼ αὑτοῦ χιλιάρχων, ἐξέπεμψε μετὰ πεντακοσίων ἱππέων καὶ δισχιλίων πεζῶν.
18.21.6ὧν προσγενομένων τοῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀκροβολιζομένοις, παραυτίκα τὴν ἐναντίαν ἔσχε διάθεσιν ὁ κίνδυνος·
18.21.7οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ῥωμαῖοι, προσλαβόντες τὴν ἐκ τῆς βοηθείας ἐλπίδα διπλασίως ἐπερρώσθησαν πρὸς τὴν χρείαν,
18.21.8οἱ δὲ Μακεδόνες ἠμύνοντο μὲν γενναίως, πιεζούμενοι δὲ πάλιν οὗτοι καὶ καταβαρούμενοι τοῖς ὅλοις προσέφυγον πρὸς τοὺς ἄκρους καὶ διεπέμποντο πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα περὶ βοηθείας.
18.22.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος οὐδέποτʼ ἂν ἐλπίσας κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ὁλοσχερῆ γενέσθαι κίνδυνον διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας, ἀφεικὼς ἔτυχε καὶ πλείους ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς ἐπὶ χορτολογίαν.
18.22.2τότε δὲ πυνθανόμενος τὰ συμβαίνοντα παρὰ τῶν διαποστελλομένων, καὶ τῆς ὀμίχλης ἤδη διαφαινούσης, παρακαλέσας Ἡρακλείδην τε τὸν Γυρτώνιον, ὃς ἡγεῖτο τῆς Θετταλικῆς ἵππου, καὶ Λέοντα τὸν τῶν Μακεδόνων ἱππάρχην ἐξέπεμπε, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀθηναγόραν ἔχοντα πάντας τοὺς μισθοφόρους πλὴν τῶν Θρᾳκῶν.
18.22.3συναψάντων δὲ τούτων τοῖς ἐν ταῖς ἐφεδρείαις, καὶ προσγενομένης τοῖς Μακεδόσι βαρείας χειρός, ἐνέκειντο τοῖς πολεμίοις· καὶ πάλιν οὗτοι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἤλαυνον ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ἄκρων.
18.22.4μέγιστον δʼ αὐτοῖς ἐμπόδιον ἦν τοῦ μὴ τρέψασθαι τοὺς πολεμίους ὁλοσχερῶς ἡ τῶν Αἰτωλικῶν ἱππέων φιλοτιμία· πάνυ γὰρ ἐκθύμως οὗτοι καὶ παραβόλως ἐκινδύνευον.
18.22.5Αἰτωλοὶ γάρ, καθʼ ὅσον ἐν τοῖς πεζικοῖς ἐλλιπεῖς εἰσι καὶ τῷ καθοπλισμῷ καὶ τῇ συντάξει πρὸς τοὺς ὁλοσχερεῖς ἀγῶνας, κατὰ τοσοῦτον τοῖς ἱππικοῖς διαφέρουσι πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἐν τοῖς κατὰ μέρος καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν κινδύνοις.
18.22.6διὸ καὶ τότε τούτων παρακατασχόντων τὴν ἐπιφορὰν τῶν πολεμίων, οὐκέτι συνηλάσθησαν ἕως εἰς τοὺς ἐπιπέδους τόπους, βραχὺ δʼ ἀποσχόντες ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἔστησαν.
18.22.7ὁ δὲ Τίτος, θεωρῶν οὐ μόνον τοὺς εὐζώνους καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας ἐγκεκλικότας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τούτους καὶ τὴν ὅλην δύναμιν ἐπτοημένην, ἐξῆγε τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν καὶ παρενέβαλε πρὸς τοῖς βουνοῖς.
18.22.8κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἕτερος ἐφʼ ἑτέρῳ τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἐφεδρείας Μακεδόνων ἔθει πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον, ἀναβοῶν "βασιλεῦ, φεύγουσιν οἱ πολέμιοι· μὴ παρῇς τὸν καιρόν· οὐ μένουσιν ἡμᾶς οἱ βάρβαροι· σὴ νῦν ἐστιν ἡμέρα, σὸς ὁ καιρός." ὥστε τὸν Φίλιππον,
18.22.9καίπερ οὐκ εὐδοκούμενον τοῖς τόποις, ὅμως ἐκκληθῆναι πρὸς τὸν κίνδυνον. οἱ γὰρ προειρημένοι λόφοι καλοῦνται μὲν Κυνὸς Κεφαλαί, τραχεῖς δʼ εἰσὶ καὶ περικεκλασμένοι καὶ πρὸς ὕψος ἱκανὸν ἀνατείνοντες.
18.22.10διὸ καὶ προορώμενος ὁ Φίλιππος τὴν δυσχρηστίαν τῶν τόπων, ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν οὐδαμῶς ἡρμόζετο πρὸς ἀγῶνα· τότε δὲ παρορμηθεὶς διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς εὐελπιστίας τῶν ἀγγελλόντων ἕλκειν παρήγγελλε τὴν δύναμιν ἐκ τοῦ χάρακος.
18.23.1ὁ δὲ Τίτος παρεμβαλὼν τὴν αὑτοῦ στρατιὰν ἑξῆς ἅπασαν, ἅμα μὲν ἐφήδρευε τοῖς προκινδυνεύουσιν, ἅμα δὲ παρεκάλει τὰς τάξεις ἐπιπορευόμενος. ἡ δὲ παράκλησις ἦν αὐτοῦ βραχεῖα μέν,
18.23.2ἐμφαντικὴ δὲ καὶ γνώριμος τοῖς ἀκούουσιν. ἐναργῶς γὰρ ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν ἐνδεικνύμενος ἔλεγε τοῖς αὑτοῦ στρατιώταις "
18.23.3οὐχ οὗτοι Μακεδόνες εἰσίν, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὓς ὑμεῖς προκατέχοντας ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ τὰς εἰς τὴν Ἐορδαίαν ὑπερβολὰς ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς μετὰ Σολπικίου βιασάμενοι πρὸς τόπους ὑπερδεξίους ἐξεβάλετε, πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἀποκτείναντες;
18.23.4οὐχ οὗτοι Μακεδόνες εἰσίν, οὓς ὑμεῖς προκατέχοντας τὰς ἀπηλπισμένας ἐν Ἠπείρῳ δυσχωρίας ἐκβιασάμενοι ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ἀρεταῖς φεύγειν ἠναγκάσατε ῥίψαντας τὰ ὅπλα, τέως εἰς Μακεδονίαν ἀνεκομίσθησαν;
18.23.5πῶς οὖν ὑμᾶς εὐλαβεῖσθαι καθήκει, μέλλοντας ἐξ ἴσου ποιεῖσθαι τὸν κίνδυνον πρὸς τοὺς αὐτούς; τί δὲ προορᾶσθαι τῶν προγεγονότων, ἀλλʼ οὐ τἀναντία διʼ ἐκεῖνα καὶ νῦν θαρρεῖν;
18.23.6διόπερ, ὦ ἄνδρες, παρακαλέσαντες σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὁρμᾶσθε πρὸς τὸν κίνδυνον ἐρρωμένως· θεῶν γὰρ βουλομένων ταχέως πέπεισμαι ταὐτὸ τέλος ἀποβήσεσθαι τῆς παρούσης μάχης τοῖς προγεγονόσι κινδύνοισ"
18.23.7. οὗτος μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν μέρος ἐκέλευε μένειν κατὰ χώραν καὶ τὰ θηρία πρὸ τούτων, τῷ δʼ εὐωνύμῳ μετὰ τῶν εὐζώνων ἐπῄει σοβαρῶς τοῖς πολεμίοις·
18.23.8οἱ δὲ προκινδυνεύοντες τῶν Ῥωμαίων, προσλαβόντες τὴν τῶν πεζῶν στρατοπέδων ἐφεδρείαν, ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἐνέκειντο τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις.
18.24.1Φίλιππος δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρόν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ πλέον μέρος ἤδη τῆς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεως ἑώρα παρεμβεβληκὸς πρὸ τοῦ χάρακος, αὐτὸς μὲν ἀναλαβὼν τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ τὸ δεξιὸν τῆς φάλαγγος προῆγε, σύντονον ποιούμενος τὴν πρὸς τοὺς λόφους ἀνάβασιν,
18.24.2τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Νικάνορα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον ἐλέφαντα συνέταξε φροντίζειν ἵνα τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος τῆς δυνάμεως ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπηται.
18.24.3ἅμα δὲ τῷ τοὺς πρώτους ἅψασθαι τῆς ὑπερβολῆς εὐθέως ἐξ ἀσπίδος παρενέβαλε καὶ προκατελάμβανε τοὺς ὑπερδεξίους· τῶν γὰρ προκινδυνευόντων Μακεδόνων ἐπὶ πολὺ τεθλιφότων τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐπὶ θάτερα μέρη τῶν λόφων, ἐρήμους κατέλαβε τοὺς ἄκρους.
18.24.4ἔτι δὲ παρεμβάλλοντος αὐτοῦ τὰ δεξιὰ μέρη τῆς στρατιᾶς, παρῆσαν οἱ μισθοφόροι, πιεζούμενοι κατὰ κράτος ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων·
18.24.5προσγενομένων γὰρ τοῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων εὐζώνοις τῶν ἐν τοῖς βαρέσιν ὅπλοις ἀνδρῶν, καθάπερ ἀρτίως εἶπα, καὶ συνεργούντων κατὰ τὴν μάχην, προσλαβόντες οἷον εἰ σήκωμα τὴν τούτων χρείαν, βαρέως ἐπέκειντο τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἔκτεινον.
18.24.6ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς, ὅτε παρεγίνετο, θεωρῶν οὐ μακρὰν τῆς τῶν πολεμίων παρεμβολῆς συνεστῶτα τὸν τῶν εὐζώνων κίνδυνον περιχαρὴς ἦν·
18.24.7ὡς δὲ πάλιν ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἑώρα κλίνοντας τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ προσδεομένους ἐπικουρίας, ἠναγκάζετο βοηθεῖν καὶ κρίνειν ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τὰ ὅλα, καίπερ ἔτι τῶν πλείστων μερῶν τῆς φάλαγγος κατὰ πορείαν ὄντων καὶ προσβαινόντων πρὸς τοὺς βουνούς.
18.24.8προσδεξάμενος δὲ τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους, τούτους μὲν ἥθροιζε πάντας ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας, καὶ τοὺς πεζοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας, τοῖς δὲ πελτασταῖς καὶ τοῖς φαλαγγίταις παρήγγελλε διπλασιάζειν τὸ βάθος καὶ πυκνοῦν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιόν. γενομένου δὲ τούτου,
18.24.9καὶ τῶν πολεμίων ἐν χερσὶν ὄντων, τοῖς μὲν φαλαγγίταις ἐδόθη παράγγελμα καταβαλοῦσι τὰς σαρίσας ἐπάγειν, τοῖς δʼ εὐζώνοις κερᾶν.
18.24.10κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ Τίτος, δεξάμενος εἰς τὰ διαστήματα τῶν σημαιῶν τοὺς προκινδυνεύοντας, προσέβαλε τοῖς πολεμίοις.
18.25.1γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν συμπτώσεως μετὰ βίας καὶ κραυγῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης, ὡς ἂν ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοῦ συναλαλαζόντων, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς τῆς μάχης ἐπιβοώντων τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις, ἦν τὸ γινόμενον ἐκπληκτικὸν καὶ παραστατικὸν ἀγωνίας.
18.25.2τὸ μὲν οὖν δεξιὸν τοῦ Φιλίππου λαμπρῶς ἀπήλλαττε κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον, ἅτε καὶ τὴν ἔφοδον ἐξ ὑπερδεξίου ποιούμενον καὶ τῷ βάρει τῆς συντάξεως ὑπερέχον καὶ τῇ διαφορᾷ τοῦ καθοπλισμοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν χρείαν πολὺ παραλλάττον·
18.25.3τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ μέρη τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῷ τὰ μὲν ἐχόμενα τῶν κινδυνευόντων ἐν ἀποστάσει τῶν πολεμίων ἦν, τὰ δʼ ἐπὶ τῶν εὐωνύμων ἄρτι διηνυκότα τὰς ὑπερβολὰς ἐπεφαίνετο τοῖς ἄκροις.
18.25.4ὁ δὲ Τίτος, θεωρῶν οὐ δυναμένους τοὺς παρʼ αὑτοῦ στέγειν τὴν τῆς φάλαγγος ἔφοδον, ἀλλʼ ἐκπιεζουμένους τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν εὐωνύμων, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀπολωλότας ἤδη, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ πόδα ποιουμένους τὴν ἀναχώρησιν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς δεξιοῖς μέρεσι καταλειπομένας τῆς σωτηρίας τὰς ἐλπίδας,
18.25.5ταχέως ἀφορμήσας πρὸς τούτους, καὶ συνθεασάμενος [τῆς] τῶν πολεμίων τὰ μὲν συνεχῆ τοῖς διαγωνιζομένοις , τὰ δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἄκρων ἀκμὴν ἐπικαταβαίνοντα, τὰ δʼ ἔτι τοῖς ἄκροις ἐφεστῶτα, προθέμενος τὰ θηρία προσῆγε τὰς σημαίας τοῖς πολεμίοις.
18.25.6οἱ δὲ Μακεδόνες, οὔτε τὸν παραγγελοῦντʼ ἔχοντες οὔτε συστῆναι δυνάμενοι καὶ λαβεῖν τὸ τῆς φάλαγγος ἴδιον σχῆμα διά τε τὰς τῶν τόπων δυσχερείας καὶ διὰ τὸ τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις ἑπόμενοι πορείας ἔχειν διάθεσιν καὶ μὴ παρατάξεως,
18.25.7οὐδὲ προσεδέξαντο τοὺς Ῥωμαίους εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ἔτι, διʼ αὐτῶν δὲ τῶν θηρίων πτοηθέντες καὶ διασπασθέντες ἐνέκλιναν.
18.26.1οἱ μὲν οὖν πλείους τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἑπόμενοι τούτους ἔκτεινον·
18.26.2εἷς δὲ τῶν χιλιάρχων τῶν ἅμα τούτοις, σημαίας ἔχων οὐ πλείους εἴκοσι, καὶ παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν τῆς χρείας καιρὸν συμφρονήσας ὃ δέον εἴη ποιεῖν, μεγάλα συνεβάλετο πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὅλων κατόρθωσιν.
18.26.3θεωρῶν γὰρ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Φίλιππον ἐπὶ πολὺ προπεπτωκότας τῶν ἄλλων καὶ πιεζοῦντας τῷ βάρει τὸ σφέτερον εὐώνυμον, ἀπολιπὼν τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ δεξιοῦ νικῶντας ἤδη καταφανῶς, ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους καὶ κατόπιν ἐπιγενόμενος προσέβαλλε κατὰ νώτου τοῖς Μακεδόσι.
18.26.4τῆς δὲ τῶν φαλαγγιτῶν χρείας ἀδυνάτου καθεστώσης ἐκ μεταβολῆς καὶ κατʼ ἄνδρα κινδυνεύειν, οὗτος μὲν ἐπέκειτο κτείνων τοὺς ἐν ποσίν, οὐ δυναμένους αὑτοῖς βοηθεῖν,
18.26.5ἕως οὗ ῥίψαντες τὰ ὅπλα φεύγειν ἠναγκάσθησαν οἱ Μακεδόνες, συνεπιθεμένων αὐτοῖς ἐκ μεταβολῆς καὶ τῶν κατὰ πρόσωπον ἐγκεκλικότων. ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς,
18.26.6καθάπερ εἶπα, τεκμαιρόμενος ἐκ τοῦ καθʼ αὑτὸν μέρους ἐπέπειστο τελέως νικᾶν·
18.26.7τότε δὲ συνθεασάμενος ἄφνω ῥιπτοῦντας τὰ ὅπλα τοὺς Μακεδόνας καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους κατὰ νώτου προσβεβληκότας, βραχὺ γενόμενος ἐκ τοῦ κινδύνου μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων καὶ πεζῶν συνεθεώρει τὰ ὅλα.
18.26.8κατανοήσας δὲ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους κατὰ τὸ δίωγμα τοῦ λαιοῦ κέρως τοῖς ἄκροις ἤδη προσπελάζοντας, ἐγίνετο πρὸς τὸ φεύγειν, ὅσους ἐδύνατο πλείστους ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ συναθροίσας τῶν Θρᾳκῶν καὶ Μακεδόνων.
18.26.9Τίτος δὲ τοῖς φεύγουσιν ἑπόμενος, καὶ καταλαβὼν ἐν ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς ἄρτι τοῖς ἄκροις ἐπιβαλλούσας τὰς εὐωνύμους τάξεις τῶν Μακεδόνων τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐπέστη, τῶν πολεμίων ὀρθὰς ἀνασχόντων τὰς σαρίσας,
18.26.10ὅπερ ἔθος ἐστὶ ποιεῖν τοῖς Μακεδόσιν, ὅταν ἢ παραδιδῶσιν αὑτοὺς ἢ μεταβάλλωνται πρὸς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους·
18.26.11μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πυθόμενος τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ συμβαίνοντος παρακατεῖχε τοὺς μεθʼ αὑτοῦ φείσασθαι κρίνων τῶν ἀποδεδειλιακότων.
18.26.12ἀκμὴν δὲ τοῦ Τίτου ταῦτα διανοουμένου τῶν προηγουμένων τινὲς ἐπιπεσόντες αὐτοῖς ἐξ ὑπερδεξίου προσέφερον τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν πλείους διέφθειρον, ὀλίγοι δέ τινες διέφυγον ῥίψαντες τὰ ὅπλα.
18.27.1πανταχόθεν δὲ τοῦ κινδύνου συντέλειαν εἰληφότος καὶ κρατούντων τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ὁ μὲν Φίλιππος ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ἀποχώρησιν ὡς ἐπὶ τὰ Τέμπη.
18.27.2καὶ τῇ μὲν πρώτῃ περὶ τὸν Ἀλεξάνδρου καλούμενον πύργον ηὐλίσθη, τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ προελθὼν εἰς Γόννους ἐπὶ τὴν εἰσβολὴν τῶν Τεμπῶν ἐπέμεινε, βουλόμενος ἀναδέξασθαι τοὺς ἐκ τῆς φυγῆς ἀνασῳζομένους.
18.27.3οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι, μέχρι μέν τινος ἐπακολουθήσαντες τοῖς φεύγουσιν, οἱ μὲν ἐσκύλευον τοὺς τεθνεῶτας, οἱ δὲ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἥθροιζον, οἱ δὲ πλείους ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὴν διαρπαγὴν τοῦ τῶν πολεμίων χάρακος·
18.27.4ἔνθα δὴ καταλαβόντες τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς προεμπεπτωκότας καὶ δόξαντες στέρεσθαι τῆς σφίσι καθηκούσης ὠφελείας, ἤρξαντο καταμέμφεσθαι τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ λέγειν πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν ὅτι τοὺς μὲν κινδύνους αὐτοῖς ἐπιτάττει, τῆς δʼ ὠφελείας ἄλλοις παρακεχώρηκε.
18.27.5καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπανελθόντες εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῶν στρατοπεδείαν ηὐλίσθησαν, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαύριον ἅμα μὲν ἥθροιζον τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους καὶ τὰ λειπόμενα τῶν σκύλων, ἅμα δὲ προῆγον ποιούμενοι τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ Λαρίσης.
18.27.6ἔπεσον δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρὸς τοὺς ἑπτακοσίους· τῶν δὲ Μακεδόνων ἀπέθανον μὲν οἱ πάντες εἰς ὀκτακισχιλίους, ζωγρίᾳ δʼ ἑάλωσαν οὐκ ἐλάττους πεντακισχιλίων.
18.27.7καὶ τῆς μὲν ἐν Θετταλίᾳ γενομένης περὶ Κυνὸς Κεφαλὰς Ῥωμαίων καὶ Φιλίππου μάχης τοιοῦτον
18.28.1ἀπέβη τὸ τέλος· ἐγὼ δὲ κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἕκτην βύβλον ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ καταλιπὼν ὅτι λαβὼν τὸν ἁρμόζοντα καιρὸν σύγκρισιν ποιήσομαι τοῦ καθοπλισμοῦ Ῥωμαίων καὶ Μακεδόνων, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῆς συντάξεως τῆς ἑκατέρων, τί διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τί πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον, νῦν ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πράξεων πειράσομαι τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν.
18.28.2ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡ μὲν Μακεδόνων σύνταξις ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τοῦ χρόνοις, διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων διδοῦσα τὴν πεῖραν, ἐκράτει τῶν τε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν συντάξεων, ἡ δὲ Ῥωμαίων τῶν τε κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην προσεσπερίων ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων,
Book 18, Part 5
18.28.3ἐν δὲ τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς καιροῖς οὐχ ἅπαξ, ἀλλὰ πλεονάκις γέγονε τούτων τῶν τάξεων καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους διάκρισις,
18.28.4χρήσιμον καὶ καλὸν ἂν εἴη τὸ τὴν διαφορὰν ἐρευνῆσαι, καὶ παρὰ τί συμβαίνει Ῥωμαίους ἐπικρατεῖν καὶ τὸ πρωτεῖον ἐκφέρεσθαι τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἀγώνων,
18.28.5ἵνα μὴ τύχην λέγοντες μόνον μακαρίζωμεν τοὺς κρατοῦντας ἀλόγως, καθάπερ οἱ μάταιοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλʼ εἰδότες τὰς ἀληθεῖς αἰτίας ἐπαινῶμεν καὶ θαυμάζωμεν κατὰ λόγον τοὺς ἡγουμένους.
18.28.6περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν πρὸς Ἀννίβαν ἀγώνων γεγονότων Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις ἐλαττωμάτων οὐδὲν ἂν δέοι πλείω λέγειν· οὐ γὰρ παρὰ τὸν καθοπλισμὸν οὐδὲ παρὰ τὴν σύνταξιν, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὴν ἐπιδεξιότητα τὴν Ἀννίβου καὶ τὴν ἀγχίνοιαν περιέπιπτον τοῖς ἐλαττώμασι.
18.28.7δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο πεποιήκαμεν ἡμεῖς ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ὑποδεικνύοντες τῶν ἀγώνων.
18.28.8μαρτυρεῖ δὲ τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις πρῶτον μὲν τὸ τέλος τοῦ πολέμου· προσγενομένου γὰρ στρατηγοῦ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις παραπλησίαν δύναμιν ἔχοντος Ἀννίβᾳ, ταχέως καὶ τὸ νικᾶν συνεξηκολούθησε τοῖς προειρημένοις·
18.28.9εἶτα καὶ αὐτὸς Ἀννίβας ἀποδοκιμάσας τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχοντα καθοπλισμόν, ἅμα τῷ νικῆσαι τῇ πρώτῃ μάχῃ παραχρῆμα τοῖς Ῥωμαίων ὅπλοις καθοπλίσας τὰς οἰκείας δυνάμεις, τούτοις διετέλεσε χρώμενος τὸν ἑξῆς χρόνον.
18.28.10Πύρρος γε μὴν οὐ μόνον ὅπλοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνάμεσιν Ἰταλικαῖς συγκέχρηται, τιθεὶς ἐναλλὰξ σημαίαν καὶ σπεῖραν φαλαγγιτικὴν ἐν τοῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀγῶσιν.
18.28.11ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδʼ οὕτως ἐδύνατο νικᾶν, ἀλλʼ ἀεί πως ἀμφίδοξα τὰ τέλη τῶν κινδύνων αὐτοῖς ἀπέβαινε.
18.28.12περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἀναγκαῖον ἦν προειπεῖν χάριν τοῦ μηδὲν ἀντεμφαίνειν ταῖς ἡμετέραις ἀποφάσεσιν· ἐπάνειμι δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν προκειμένην σύγκρισιν.
18.29.1ὅτι μὲν ἐχούσης τῆς φάλαγγος τὴν αὑτῆς ἰδιότητα καὶ δύναμιν οὐδὲν ἂν ὑποσταίη κατὰ πρόσωπον οὐδὲ μείναι τὴν ἔφοδον αὐτῆς, εὐχερὲς καταμαθεῖν ἐκ πολλῶν.
18.29.2ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ ἵσταται σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐν τρισὶ ποσὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐναγωνίους πυκνώσεις, τὸ δὲ τῶν σαρισῶν μέγεθός ἐστι κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπόθεσιν ἑκκαίδεκα πηχῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἁρμογὴν τὴν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν δεκατεττάρων,
18.29.3τούτων δὲ τοὺς τέτταρας ἀφαιρεῖ τὸ μεταξὺ τοῖν χεροῖν διάστημα καὶ τὸ κατόπιν σήκωμα τῆς προβολῆς,
18.29.4φανερὸν ὅτι τοὺς δέκα πήχεις προπίπτειν ἀνάγκη τὴν σάρισαν πρὸ τῶν σωμάτων ἑκάστου τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, ὅταν ἴῃ διʼ ἀμφοῖν τοῖν χεροῖν προβαλόμενος ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους.
18.29.5ἐκ δὲ τούτου συμβαίνει τὰς μὲν τοῦ δευτέρου καὶ τρίτου καὶ τετάρτου πλεῖον, τὰς δὲ τοῦ πέμπτου ζυγοῦ σαρίσας δύο προπίπτειν πήχεις πρὸ τῶν πρωτοστατῶν, ἐχούσης τῆς φάλαγγος τὴν αὑτῆς ἰδιότητα καὶ πύκνωσιν κατʼ ἐπιστάτην καὶ κατὰ παραστάτην,
18.29.6ὡς Ὅμηρος ὑποδείκνυσιν ἐν τούτοις·
18.29.6ἀσπὶς ἄρʼ ἀσπίδʼ ἔρειδε, κόρυς κόρυν, ἀνέρα δʼ ἀνήρ·
18.29.6ψαῦον δʼ ἱππόκομοι κόρυθες λαμπροῖσι φάλοισι
18.29.6νευόντων· ὣς πυκνοὶ ἐφέστασαν ἀλλήλοισι. τούτων δʼ ἀληθινῶς καὶ καλῶς λεγομένων,
18.29.7δῆλον ὡς ἀνάγκη καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν πρωτοστατῶν σαρίσας προπίπτειν πέντε, δυσὶ πήχεσι διαφερούσας ἀλλήλων κατὰ μῆκος.
18.30.1ἐκ δὲ τούτου ῥᾴδιον ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν λαβεῖν τὴν τῆς ὅλης φάλαγγος ἔφοδον καὶ προβολήν, ποίαν τινʼ εἰκὸς εἶναι καὶ τίνα δύναμιν ἔχειν, ἐφʼ ἑκκαίδεκα τὸ βάθος οὖσαν.
18.30.2ὧν ὅσοι τὸ πέμπτον ζυγὸν ὑπεραίρουσι, ταῖς μὲν σαρίσαις οὐδὲν οἷοί τʼ εἰσὶ συμβαλέσθαι πρὸς τὸν κίνδυνον· διόπερ οὐδὲ ποιοῦνται κατʼ ἄνδρα τὴν προβολήν,
18.30.3παρὰ δὲ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν προηγουμένων ἀνανενευκυίας φέρουσι χάριν τοῦ τὸν κατὰ κορυφὴν τόπον ἀσφαλίζειν τῆς ἐκτάξεως, εἰργουσῶν τῇ πυκνώσει τῶν σαρισῶν ὅσα τῶν βελῶν ὑπερπετῆ τῶν πρωτοστατῶν φερόμενα δύναται προσπίπτειν πρὸς τοὺς ἐφεστῶτας.
18.30.4αὐτῷ γε μὴν τῷ τοῦ σώματος βάρει κατὰ τὴν ἐπαγωγὴν πιεζοῦντες οὗτοι τοὺς προηγουμένους βιαίαν μὲν ποιοῦσι τὴν ἔφοδον, ἀδύνατον δὲ τοῖς πρωτοστάταις τὴν εἰς τοὔπισθεν μεταβολήν.
18.30.5τοιαύτης περὶ τὴν φάλαγγα διαθέσεως καὶ καθόλου καὶ κατὰ μέρος οὔσης, ῥητέον ἂν εἴη καὶ τοῦ Ῥωμαίων καθοπλισμοῦ καὶ τῆς ὅλης συντάξεως τὰς ἰδιότητας καὶ διαφορὰς ἐκ παραθέσεως.
18.30.6ἵστανται μὲν οὖν ἐν τρισὶ ποσὶ μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι·
18.30.7τῆς μάχης δʼ αὐτοῖς κατʼ ἄνδρα τὴν κίνησιν λαμβανούσης διὰ τὸ τῷ μὲν θυρεῷ σκέπειν τὸ σῶμα, συμμετατιθεμένους αἰεὶ πρὸς τὸν τῆς πληγῆς καιρόν, τῇ μαχαίρᾳ δʼ ἐκ καταφορᾶς καὶ διαιρέσεως ποιεῖσθαι τὴν μάχην,
18.30.8προφανὲς ὅτι χάλασμα καὶ διάστασιν ἀλλήλων ἔχειν δεήσει τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐλάχιστον τρεῖς πόδας κατʼ ἐπιστάτην καὶ κατὰ παραστάτην, εἰ μέλλουσιν εὐχρηστεῖν πρὸς τὸ δέον.
18.30.9ἐκ δὲ τούτου συμβήσεται τὸν ἕνα Ῥωμαῖον ἵστασθαι κατὰ δύο πρωτοστάτας τῶν φαλαγγιτῶν, ὥστε πρὸς δέκα σαρίσας αὐτῷ γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀπάντησιν καὶ τὴν μάχην,
18.30.10ἃς οὔτε κόπτοντα τὸν ἕνα καταταχῆσαι δυνατόν, ὅταν ἅπαξ συνάψωσιν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, οὔτε βιάσασθαι ῥᾴδιον, μηδέν γε τῶν ἐφεστώτων δυναμένων συμβάλλεσθαι τοῖς πρωτοστάταις μήτε πρὸς τὴν βίαν μήτε πρὸς τὴν τῶν μαχαιρῶν ἐνέργειαν.
18.30.11ἐξ ὧν εὐκατανόητον ὡς οὐχ οἷόν τε μεῖναι κατὰ πρόσωπον τὴν τῆς φάλαγγος ἔφοδον οὐδέν, διατηρούσης τὴν αὑτῆς ἰδιότητα καὶ δύναμιν, ὡς ἐν ἀρχαῖς εἶπα.
18.31.1τίς οὖν αἰτία τοῦ νικᾶν Ῥωμαίους καὶ τί τὸ σφάλλον ἐστὶ τοὺς ταῖς φάλαγξι χρωμένους;
18.31.2ὅτι συμβαίνει τὸν μὲν πόλεμον ἀορίστους ἔχειν καὶ τοὺς καιροὺς καὶ τοὺς τόπους τοὺς πρὸς τὴν χρείαν, τῆς δὲ φάλαγγος ἕνα καιρὸν εἶναι καὶ τόπων ἓν γένος, ἐν οἷς δύναται τὴν αὑτῆς χρείαν ἐπιτελεῖν.
18.31.3εἰ μὲν οὖν τις ἦν ἀνάγκη τοῖς ἀντιπάλοις εἰς τοὺς τῆς φάλαγγος καιροὺς καὶ τόπους συγκαταβαίνειν, ὅτε μέλλοιεν κρίνεσθαι περὶ τῶν ὅλων, εἰκὸς ἦν κατὰ τὸν ἄρτι λόγον ἀεὶ φέρεσθαι τὸ πρωτεῖον τοὺς ταῖς φάλαγξι χρωμένους·
18.31.4εἰ δὲ δυνατὸν ἐκκλίνειν καὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖν ῥᾳδίως, πῶς ἂν ἔτι φοβερὸν εἴη τὸ προειρημένον σύνταγμα;
18.31.5καὶ μὴν ὅτι χρείαν ἔχει τόπων ἐπιπέδων καὶ ψιλῶν ἡ φάλαγξ, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις μηδὲν ἐμπόδιον ἐχόντων, λέγω δʼ οἷον τάφρους, ἐκρήγματα, συναγκείας, ὀφρῦς, ῥεῖθρα ποταμῶν, ὁμολογούμενόν ἐστι.
18.31.6πάντα γὰρ τὰ προειρημένα παραποδίζειν καὶ λύειν τὴν τοιαύτην τάξιν ἱκανὰ γίνεται.
18.31.7διότι δʼ εὑρεῖν τόπους ποτὲ μὲν ἐπὶ σταδίους εἴκοσι, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ πλείους, ἐν οἷς μηδέν τι τοιοῦτον ὑπάρχει, σχεδόν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, εἰ δὲ μή γε, τελέως σπάνιον, καὶ τοῦτο πᾶς ἄν τις ὁμολογήσειεν.
18.31.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔστω τόπους εὑρῆσθαι τοιούτους. ἐὰν οὖν οἱ [μὲν] πολεμοῦντες εἰς μὲν τούτους μὴ συγκαταβαίνωσι, περιπορευόμενοι δὲ πορθῶσι τὰς πόλεις καὶ τὴν χώραν τὴν τῶν συμμάχων, τί τῆς τοιαύτης ὄφελος ἔσται συντάξεως;
18.31.9μένουσα μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις αὑτῇ τόποις οὐχ οἷον ὠφελεῖν δύναιτʼ ἂν τοὺς φίλους, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἑαυτὴν σῴζειν.
18.31.10αἱ γὰρ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων παρακομιδαὶ κωλυθήσονται ῥᾳδίως ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, ὅταν ἀκονιτὶ κρατῶσι τῶν ὑπαίθρων·
18.31.11ἐὰν δʼ ἀπολιποῦσα τοὺς οἰκείους τόπους βούληταί τι πράττειν, εὐχείρωτος ἔσται τοῖς πολεμίοις.
18.31.12οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰς τοὺς ἐπιπέδους συγκαταβάς τις τόπους μὴ πᾶν ἅμα τὸ σφέτερον στρατόπεδον ὑπὸ τὴν ἐπαγωγὴν τῆς φάλαγγος καὶ τὸν ἕνα καιρὸν ὑποβάλῃ, βραχέα δὲ φυγομαχήσῃ κατʼ αὐτὸν τὸν τοῦ κινδύνου καιρόν, εὐθεώρητον γίνεται τὸ συμβησόμενον ἐξ ὧν
18.32.1ποιοῦσι Ῥωμαῖοι νῦν. οὐκέτι γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι τὸ νυνὶ λεγόμενον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἤδη γεγονότων.
18.32.2οὐ γὰρ ἐξισώσαντες τὴν παράταξιν πᾶσιν ἅμα συμβάλλουσι τοῖς στρατοπέδοις μετωπηδὸν πρὸς τὰς φάλαγγας, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἐφεδρεύει τῶν μερῶν αὐτοῖς, τὰ δὲ συμμίσγει τοῖς πολεμίοις.
18.32.3λοιπόν, ἄν τʼ ἐκπιέσωσιν οἱ φαλαγγῖται τοὺς καθʼ αὑτοὺς προσβάλλοντες ἄν τʼ ἐκπιεσθῶσιν ὑπὸ τούτων, λέλυται τὸ τῆς φάλαγγος ἴδιον·
18.32.4ἢ γὰρ ἑπόμενοι τοῖς ὑποχωροῦσιν ἢ φεύγοντες τοὺς προσκειμένους ἀπολείπουσι τὰ λοιπὰ μέρη τῆς οἰκείας δυνάμεως,
18.32.5οὗ γενομένου δέδοται τοῖς ἐφεδρεύουσι τῶν πολεμίων διάστημα καὶ τόπος, ὃν οὗτοι κατεῖχον, πρὸς τὸ μηκέτι κατὰ πρόσωπον ὁρμᾶν, ἀλλὰ παρεισπεσόντας πλαγίους παρίστασθαι καὶ κατὰ νώτου τοῖς φαλαγγίταις.
18.32.6ὅταν δὲ τοὺς μὲν τῆς φάλαγγος καιροὺς καὶ τὰ προτερήματα ῥᾴδιον ᾖ φυλάξασθαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τῆς φάλαγγος ἀδύνατον, πῶς οὐ μεγάλην εἰκὸς εἶναι τὴν διαφορὰν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τῶν προειρημένων;
18.32.7καὶ μὴν πορευθῆναι διὰ τόπων παντοδαπῶν ἀναγκαῖον τοὺς χρωμένους φάλαγγι καὶ καταστρατοπεδεῦσαι, ἔτι δὲ τόπους εὐκαίρους προκαταλαβέσθαι καὶ πολιορκῆσαί τινας καὶ πολιορκηθῆναι καὶ παραδόξοις ἐπιφανείαις περιπεσεῖν·
18.32.8ἅπαντα γὰρ ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ πολέμου μέρη καὶ ῥοπὰς ποιεῖ πρὸς τὸ νικᾶν, ποτὲ μὲν ὁλοσχερεῖς, ποτὲ δὲ μεγάλας.
18.32.9ἐν οἷς πᾶσιν ἡ μὲν Μακεδόνων ἐστὶ σύνταξις δύσχρηστος, ποτὲ δʼ ἄχρηστος, διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τὸν φαλαγγίτην μήτε κατὰ τάγμα μήτε κατʼ ἄνδρα παρέχεσθαι χρείαν, ἡ δὲ Ῥωμαίων εὔχρηστος·
18.32.10πᾶς γὰρ Ῥωμαῖος, ὅταν ἅπαξ καθοπλισθεὶς ὁρμήσῃ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν, ὁμοίως ἥρμοσται πρὸς πάντα τόπον καὶ καιρὸν καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν ἐπιφάνειαν.
18.32.11καὶ μὴν ἕτοιμός ἐστι καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει διάθεσιν, ἄν τε μετὰ πάντων δέῃ κινδυνεύειν ἄν τε μετὰ μέρους ἄν τε κατὰ σημαίαν ἄν τε καὶ κατʼ ἄνδρα.
18.32.12διὸ καὶ παρὰ πολὺ τῆς κατὰ μέρος εὐχρηστίας διαφερούσης, παρὰ πολὺ καὶ τὰ τέλη συνεξακολουθεῖ ταῖς Ῥωμαίων προθέσεσι μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων.
18.32.13περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἀναγκαῖον ἡγησάμην εἶναι τὸ διὰ πλειόνων ποιήσασθαι μνήμην διὰ τὸ καὶ παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων διαλαμβάνειν, ὅτε Μακεδόνες ἡττήθησαν, ἀπίστῳ τὸ γεγονὸς ἐοικέναι, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολλοὺς διαπορήσειν διὰ τί καὶ πῶς λείπεται τὸ σύνταγμα τῆς φάλαγγος ὑπὸ τοῦ Ῥωμαίων καθοπλισμοῦ.
18.33.1Φίλιππος δέ, τὰ δυνατὰ πεποιηκὼς πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα, τοῖς δʼ ὅλοις πράγμασιν ἐσφαλμένος, ἀναδεξάμενος ὅσους ἐδύνατο πλείστους τῶν ἐκ τῆς μάχης ἀνασῳζομένων, αὐτὸς μὲν ὥρμησε διὰ τῶν Τεμπῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν.
18.33.2εἰς δὲ τὴν Λάρισαν ἔτι τῇ προτεραίᾳ νυκτὶ διεπέμψατό τινα τῶν ὑπασπιστῶν, ἐντειλάμενος ἀφανίσαι καὶ κατακαῦσαι τὰ βασιλικὰ γράμματα, ποιῶν πρᾶγμα βασιλικὸν τὸ μηδʼ ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς λήθην ποιεῖσθαι τοῦ καθήκοντος·
18.33.3σαφῶς γὰρ ᾔδει διότι πολλὰς ἀφορμὰς δώσει τοῖς ἐχθροῖς καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τῶν φίλων, ἐὰν κρατήσωσι Ῥωμαῖοι τῶν ὑπομνημάτων.
18.33.4ἴσως μὲν οὖν καὶ ἑτέροις ἤδη τοῦτο συμβέβηκε, τὸ τὰς μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἐπιτυχίαις ἐξουσίας μὴ δύνασθαι φέρειν ἀνθρωπίνως, ἐν δὲ ταῖς περιπετείαις εὐλαβῶς ἵστασθαι καὶ νουνεχῶς·
18.33.5ἐν τοῖς δὲ μάλιστα καὶ περὶ Φίλιππον τοῦτο γέγονε. δῆλον δʼ ἔσται τοῦτο διὰ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ῥηθησομένων·
18.33.6καθάπερ γὰρ καὶ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁρμὰς ἐπὶ τὸ δέον αὐτοῦ σαφῶς ἐδηλώσαμεν, καὶ πάλιν τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον μεταβολήν, καὶ πότε καὶ διὰ τί καὶ πῶς ἐγένετο, καὶ τὰς ἐν ταύτῃ πράξεις μετʼ ἀποδείξεως ἐξηγησάμεθα,
18.33.7τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον χρὴ καὶ τὴν μετάνοιαν αὐτοῦ δηλῶσαι καὶ τὴν εὐστοχίαν, καθʼ ἣν μεταθέμενος τοῖς ἐκ τῆς τύχης ἐλαττώμασιν εὐλογιστότατα δοκεῖ κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς καθʼ αὑτὸν καιροῖς.
18.33.8Τίτος δὲ μετὰ τὴν μάχην ποιησάμενος τὴν καθήκουσαν πρόνοιαν περί τε τῶν αἰχμαλώτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων λαφύρων, ᾔει πρὸς Λάρισαν. —
18.34.1καθόλου τῇ περὶ τὰ λάφυρα πλεονεξίᾳ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν εἴτʼ οὐκ ἐβούλετο Φίλιππον ἐκβαλὼν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς Αἰτωλοὺς καταλιπεῖν δεσπότας τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
18.34.2δυσχερῶς δʼ ἔφερε καὶ τὴν ἀλαζονείαν αὐτῶν, θεωρῶν ἀντεπιγραφομένους ἐπὶ τὸ νίκημα καὶ πληροῦντας τὴν Ἑλλάδα τῆς αὑτῶν ἀνδραγαθίας.
18.34.3διὸ καὶ κατά τε τὰς ἐντεύξεις ἀγερωχότερον αὐτοῖς ἀπήντα καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν ἀπεσιώπα, τὰ δὲ προκείμενα συνετέλει καὶ διʼ αὑτοῦ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἰδίων φίλων.
18.34.4τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης δυσχρηστίας ἐν ἀμφοτέροις, ἧκον πρεσβευταὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου Δημοσθένης καὶ Κυκλιάδας καὶ Λιμναῖος.
Book 18, Part 6
18.34.5πρὸς οὓς κοινολογηθεὶς ὁ Τίτος ἐπὶ πλεῖον μετὰ τῶν χιλιάρχων πεντεκαιδεχημέρους ἀνοχὰς ἐποιήσατο παραχρῆμα, συνετάξατο δὲ καὶ συμπορεύεσθαι τῷ Φιλίππῳ κοινολογησόμενος ὑπὲρ τῶν καθεστώτων ἐν ταύταις.
18.34.6γενομένης δὲ ταύτης τῆς ἐντεύξεως φιλανθρώπου, διπλασίως ἐξεκάετο τὰ τῆς ὑποψίας κατὰ τοῦ Τίτου·
18.34.7ἤδη γὰρ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τῆς δωροδοκίας ἐπιπολαζούσης καὶ τοῦ μηδένα μηδὲν δωρεὰν πράττειν, καὶ τοῦ χαρακτῆρος τούτου νομιστευομένου παρὰ τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς, οὐκ ἐδύναντο πιστεύειν διότι χωρὶς δώρων ἡ τηλικαύτη μεταβολὴ γέγονε τοῦ Τίτου πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον,
18.34.8οὐκ εἰδότες τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἔθη καὶ νόμιμα περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὑτῶν τεκμαιρόμενοι καὶ συλλογιζόμενοι διότι τὸν μὲν Φίλιππον εἰκὸς ἦν προτείνειν πλῆθος χρημάτων διὰ τὸν καιρόν, τὸν δὲ Τίτον μὴ δύνασθαι τούτοις ἀντοφθαλμεῖν.
18.35.1ἐγὼ δὲ κατὰ μὲν τοὺς ἀνωτέρω χρόνους καὶ κοινὴν ἂν ποιούμενος ἀπόφασιν ἐθάρρησα περὶ πάντων Ῥωμαίων εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐδὲν ἂν πράξαιεν τοιοῦτον, λέγω δὲ πρότερον ἢ τοῖς διαποντίοις αὐτοὺς ἐγχειρῆσαι πολέμοις, ἕως ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων ἐθῶν καὶ νομίμων ἔμενον.
18.35.2ἐν δὲ τοῖς νῦν καιροῖς περὶ πάντων μὲν οὐκ ἂν τολμήσαιμι τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν· κατʼ ἰδίαν μέντοι γε περὶ πλειόνων ἀνδρῶν ἐν Ῥώμῃ θαρρήσαιμʼ ἂν ἀποφήνασθαι διότι δύνανται τὴν πίστιν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει διαφυλάττειν.
18.35.3μαρτυρίας δὲ χάριν ὁμολογούμενα δύʼ ὀνόματα τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ἀδύνατα λέγειν.
18.35.4Λεύκιος μὲν γὰρ Αἰμίλιος ὁ Περσέα νικήσας, κύριος γενόμενος τῆς Μακεδόνων βασιλείας, ἐν ᾗ τῆς ἄλλης χωρὶς κατασκευῆς καὶ χορηγίας ἐν αὐτοῖς εὑρέθη τοῖς θησαυροῖς ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου πλείω τῶν ἑξακισχιλίων ταλάντων,
18.35.5οὐχ οἷον ἐπεθύμησε τούτων τινός, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ αὐτόπτης ἠβουλήθη γενέσθαι, διʼ ἑτέρων δὲ τὸν χειρισμὸν ἐποιήσατο τῶν προειρημένων, καίτοι κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον βίον οὐ περιττεύων τῇ χορηγίᾳ, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἐλλείπων μᾶλλον.
18.35.6μεταλλάξαντος γοῦν αὐτοῦ τὸν βίον οὐ πολὺ κατόπιν τοῦ πολέμου, βουληθέντες οἱ κατὰ φύσιν υἱοὶ Πόπλιος Σκιπίων καὶ Κόιντος Μάξιμος ἀποδοῦναι τῇ γυναικὶ τὴν φερνήν, εἴκοσι τάλαντα καὶ πέντε, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐδυσχρηστήθησαν ὡς οὐδʼ εἰς τέλος ἐδυνήθησαν, εἰ μὴ τὴν ἐνδουχίαν ἀπέδοντο καὶ τὰ σώματα καὶ σὺν τούτοις ἔτι τινὰς τῶν κτήσεων.
18.35.7εἰ δέ τισιν ἀπίστῳ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐοικέναι δόξει, ῥᾴδιον ὑπὲρ τούτου λαβεῖν πίστιν·
18.35.8πολλῶν γὰρ ἀμφισβητουμένων παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος διὰ τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀντιπαραγωγάς, ὅμως τὸ νῦν εἰρημένον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ὁμολογούμενον εὑρήσει παρὰ πᾶσιν ὁ ζητῶν.
18.35.9καὶ μὴν Πόπλιος Σκιπίων, ὁ τούτου μὲν κατὰ φύσιν υἱός, Ποπλίου δὲ τοῦ μεγάλου κληθέντος κατὰ θέσιν υἱωνός, κύριος γενόμενος τῆς Καρχηδόνος, ἥτις ἐδόκει πολυχρημονεστάτη τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην εἶναι πόλεων, ἁπλῶς τῶν ἐξ ἐκείνης οὐδὲν εἰς τὸν ἴδιον βίον μετήγαγεν, οὔτʼ ὠνησάμενος οὔτʼ ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ κτησάμενος οὐδέν,
18.35.10καίπερ οὐχ ὅλως εὐπορούμενος κατὰ τὸν βίον, ἀλλὰ μέτριος ὢν κατὰ τὴν ὕπαρξιν, ὡς Ῥωμαῖος.
18.35.11οὐχ οἷον δὲ τῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς Καρχηδόνος ἀπέσχετο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ καθόλου τῶν ἐκ τῆς Λιβύης οὐδὲν ἐπιμιχθῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον εἴασε βίον.
18.35.12περὶ δὲ τούτου πάλιν τἀνδρὸς ὁ ζητῶν ἀληθινῶς ἀναμφισβήτητον εὑρήσει παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις τὴν περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος δόξαν.
18.36.1ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὑπὲρ μὲν τούτων οἰκειότερον λαβόντες καιρὸν ποιησόμεθα τὴν ἐπὶ πλεῖον διαστολήν. ὁ δὲ Τίτος ταξάμενος ἡμέραν πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον τοῖς μὲν συμμάχοις ἔγραψε παραχρῆμα, διασαφῶν πότε δεήσει παρεῖναι πρὸς τὸν σύλλογον, αὐτὸς δὲ μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἧκε πρὸς τὴν εἰσβολὴν τῶν Τεμπῶν εἰς τὸν ταχθέντα χρόνον.
18.36.2ἁθροισθέντων δὲ τῶν συμμάχων καὶ τοῦ συνεδρίου συναχθέντος ἐξ αὐτῶν τούτων, ἀναστὰς ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς ἐκέλευε λέγειν ἕκαστον ἐφʼ οἷς δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὰς πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον διαλύσεις.
18.36.3Ἀμύνανδρος μὲν οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς βραχέα διαλεχθεὶς καὶ μέτρια κατέπαυσε τὸν λόγον·
18.36.4ἠξίου γὰρ πρόνοιαν αὑτοῦ ποιήσασθαι πάντας, ἵνα μὴ χωρισθέντων Ῥωμαίων ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἀπερείδηται τὴν ὀργὴν ὁ Φίλιππος· εἶναι γὰρ εὐχειρώτους Ἀθαμᾶνας αἰεὶ Μακεδόσι διά τε τὴν ἀσθένειαν καὶ γειτνίασιν τῆς χώρας.
18.36.5μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Αἰτωλὸς ἀναστάς, καθότι μὲν ἥθροικε τοὺς συμμάχους ἐπὶ τὸ περὶ τῶν διαλύσεων διαβούλιον καὶ καθόλου νῦν ἑκάστους ἀξιοῖ λέγειν τὸ φαινόμενον,
18.36.6ἐπῄνεσε τὸν Τίτον, τοῖς δʼ ὅλοις πράγμασιν ἀγνοεῖν ἔφη καὶ παραπίπτειν αὐτόν, εἰ πέπεισται διαλύσεις ποιησάμενος πρὸς Φίλιππον ἢ Ῥωμαίοις τὴν εἰρήνην ἢ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν βέβαιον ἀπολείψειν· οὐδέτερον γὰρ εἶναι τούτων δυνατόν,
18.36.7ἀλλʼ εἰ βούλεται καὶ τὴν τῆς πατρίδος πρόθεσιν ἐπιτελῆ ποιεῖν καὶ τὰς ἰδίας ὑποσχέσεις, ἃς ὑπέσχηται πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι, μίαν ὑπάρχειν ἔφη διάλυσιν πρὸς Μακεδόνας τὸ Φίλιππον ἐκβάλλειν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς.
18.36.8τοῦτο δʼ εἶναι καὶ λίαν εὐχερές, ἐὰν μὴ παρῇ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα καιρόν.
18.36.9πλείω δὲ πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαλεχθεὶς κατέπαυσε τὸν λόγον.
18.37.1ὁ δὲ Τίτος ἀναδεξάμενος ἀστοχεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφησεν οὐ μόνον τῆς Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς αὑτοῦ προθέσεως καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ τῶν Ἑλλήνων συμφέροντος.
18.37.2οὔτε γὰρ Ῥωμαίους οὐδενὶ τὸ πρῶτον πολεμήσαντας εὐθέως ἀναστάτους ποιεῖν τούτους·
18.37.3πίστιν δʼ ἔχειν τὸ λεγόμενον ἔκ [τε] τῶν κατʼ Ἀννίβαν καὶ Καρχηδονίους, ὑφʼ ὧν τὰ δεινότατα παθόντας Ῥωμαίους, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα γενομένους κυρίους ὃ βουληθεῖεν πρᾶξαι κατʼ αὐτῶν ἁπλῶς, οὐδὲν ἀνήκεστον βουλεύσασθαι περὶ Καρχηδονίων·
18.37.4καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ αὐτὸς οὐδέποτε ταύτην ἐσχηκέναι τὴν αἵρεσιν, ὅτι δεῖ πολεμεῖν πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον ἀδιαλύτως· ἀλλʼ εἴπερ ἐβουλήθη ποιεῖν τὰ παρακαλούμενα πρὸ τῆς μάχης, ἑτοίμως ἂν διαλελύσθαι πρὸς αὐτόν.
18.37.5διὸ καὶ θαυμάζειν ἔφη πῶς μετέχοντες τότε τῶν περὶ τῆς διαλύσεως συλλόγων ἅπαντες νῦν ἀκαταλλάκτως ἔχουσιν.
18.37.6"ἢ δῆλον ὅτι νενικήκαμεν; ἀλλὰ τοῦτό γʼ ἐστὶ πάντων ἀγνωμονέστατον·
18.37.7πολεμοῦντας γὰρ δεῖ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας βαρεῖς εἶναι καὶ θυμικούς, ἡττωμένους δὲ γενναίους καὶ μεγαλόφρονας, νικῶντάς γε μὴν μετρίους καὶ πραεῖς καὶ φιλανθρώπους. ὑμεῖς δὲ τἀναντία παρακαλεῖτε νῦν.
18.37.8ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι ταπεινωθῆναι μὲν ἐπὶ πολὺ συμφέρει τὴν Μακεδόνων ἀρχήν, ἀρθῆναί γε μὴν οὐδαμῶσ"
18.37.9. τάχα γὰρ αὐτοὺς πεῖραν λήψεσθαι τῆς Θρᾳκῶν καὶ Γαλατῶν παρανομίας· τοῦτο γὰρ ἤδη καὶ πλεονάκις γεγονέναι.
18.37.10καθόλου δʼ αὐτὸς μὲν ἔφη καὶ τοὺς παρόντας Ῥωμαίων κρίνειν, ἐὰν Φίλιππος ὑπομένῃ πάντα ποιεῖν τὰ πρότερον ὑπὸ τῶν συμμάχων ἐπιταττόμενα, διδόναι τὴν εἰρήνην αὐτῷ, προσλαβόντας καὶ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου γνώμην· Αἰτωλοὺς δὲ κυρίους εἶναι βουλευομένους ὑπὲρ σφῶν αὐτῶν.
18.37.11τοῦ δὲ Φαινέου μετὰ ταῦτα βουλομένου λέγειν ὅτι μάταια πάντα τὰ πρὸ τοῦ γέγονε· τὸν γὰρ Φίλιππον, ἐὰν διολίσθῃ τὸν παρόντα καιρόν, ἤδη πάλιν ἀρχὴν ἄλλην ποιήσεσθαι πραγμάτων·
18.37.12ὁ Τίτος αὐτόθεν ἐξ ἕδρας καὶ θυμικῶς "παῦσαι" φησὶ "Φαινέα, ληρῶν· ἐγὼ γὰρ οὕτως χειριῶ τὰς διαλύσεις ὥστε μηδὲ βουληθέντα τὸν Φίλιππον ἀδικεῖν δύνασθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας."
18.38.1καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐχωρίσθησαν. τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ παραγενομένου τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ πάντων εἰς τὸν σύλλογον ἁθροισθέντων, εἰσελθὼν ὁ Φίλιππος εὐστόχως καὶ συνετῶς ὑπετέμετο τὰς πάντων ὁρμάς·
18.38.2ἔφη γὰρ τὰ μὲν πρότερον ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ἐπιταττόμενα πάντα συγχωρεῖν καὶ ποιήσειν, περὶ δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν διδόναι τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν ἐπιτροπήν.
18.38.3τούτων δὲ ῥηθέντων οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες ἀπεσιώπησαν, ὁ δὲ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν Φαινέας "τί οὖν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἀποδίδως, Φίλιππε" ἔφη "Λάρισαν τὴν Κρεμαστήν, Φάρσαλον, Θήβας τὰς Φθίας, Ἐχῖνον"
18.38.4; ὁ μὲν οὖν Φίλιππος ἐκέλευε παραλαμβάνειν αὐτούς, ὁ δὲ Τίτος τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐκ ἔφη δεῖν οὐδεμίαν, Θήβας δὲ μόνον τὰς Φθίας·
18.38.5Θηβαίους γὰρ ἐγγίσαντος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ παρακαλοῦντος σφᾶς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν οὐ βουληθῆναι· διὸ νῦν, κατὰ πόλεμον ὑποχειρίων ὄντων, ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν ἔφη βουλεύεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ἂν προαιρῆται.
18.38.6τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Φαινέαν ἀγανακτούντων, καὶ λεγόντων ὅτι δέον αὐτοὺς εἴη, πρῶτον μέν, καθότι συνεπολέμησαν νῦν, κομίζεσθαι τὰς πόλεις τὰς πρότερον μεθʼ αὑτῶν συμπολιτευομένας,
18.38.7ἔπειτα κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς συμμαχίαν, καθʼ ἣν ἔδει τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἑλόντων τὰ μὲν ἔπιπλα Ῥωμαίων εἶναι, τὰς δὲ πόλεις Αἰτωλῶν, ὁ Τίτος ἀγνοεῖν αὐτοὺς ἔφη κατʼ ἀμφότερα.
18.38.8τήν τε γὰρ συμμαχίαν λελύσθαι, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν τὰς διαλύσεις ἐποιήσαντο πρὸς Φίλιππον ἐγκαταλείποντες Ῥωμαίους, εἴ τε καὶ μένειν ἔτι τὴν συμμαχίαν,
18.38.9δεῖν αὐτοὺς κομίζεσθαι καὶ παραλαμβάνειν, οὐκ εἴ τινες ἐθελοντὴν σφᾶς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν ἐνεχείρισαν, ὅπερ αἱ κατὰ Θετταλίαν πόλεις ἅπασαι πεποιήκασι νῦν, ἀλλʼ εἴ τινες κατὰ κράτος ἑάλωσαν.
18.39.1τοῖς μὲν οὖν ἄλλοις ὁ Τίτος ἤρεσκε ταῦτα λέγων, οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοὶ βαρέως ἤκουον καί τις οἷον ἀρχὴ κακῶν ἐγεννᾶτο μεγάλων·
18.39.2ἐκ γὰρ ταύτης τῆς διαφορᾶς καὶ τούτου τοῦ σπινθῆρος μετʼ ὀλίγον ὅ τε πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς ὅ τε πρὸς Ἀντίοχον ἐξεκαύθη πόλεμος.
18.39.3τὸ δὲ συνέχον ἦν τῆς ὁρμῆς τῆς τοῦ Τίτου πρὸς τὰς διαλύσεις, ἐπυνθάνετο τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἀπὸ Συρίας ἀνῆχθαι μετὰ δυνάμεως, ποιούμενον τὴν ὁρμὴν ἐπὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην.
18.39.4διόπερ ἠγωνία μὴ ταύτης ὁ Φίλιππος τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀντιλαμβανόμενος ἐπὶ τὸ πολιοφυλακεῖν ὁρμήσῃ καὶ τρίβειν τὸν πόλεμον, εἶθʼ ἑτέρου παραγενηθέντος ὑπάτου τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν πράξεων εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἀνακλασθῇ.
18.39.5διὸ συνεχωρήθη τῷ βασιλεῖ, καθάπερ ἠξίου, λαβόντα τετραμήνους ἀνοχὰς παραχρῆμα μὲν δοῦναι τῷ Τίτῳ τὰ διακόσια τάλαντα καὶ Δημήτριον τὸν υἱὸν εἰς ὁμηρείαν καί τινας ἑτέρους τῶν φίλων, περὶ δὲ τῶν ὅλων πέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ διδόναι τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν ἐπιτροπήν.
18.39.6καὶ τότε μὲν ἐχωρίσθησαν πιστωσάμενοι περὶ τῶν ὅλων πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἐφʼ ᾧ Τίτον, ἐὰν μὴ συντελῆται τὰ κατὰ τὰς διαλύσεις, ἀποδοῦναι Φιλίππῳ τὰ διακόσια τάλαντα καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους·
18.39.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάντες ἔπεμπον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, οἱ μὲν συνεργοῦντες, οἱ δʼ ἀντιπράττοντες τῇ διαλύσει. —
18.40.1τί δήποτʼ ἐστὶν ὅτι τοῖς αὐτοῖς καὶ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀπατώμενοι πάντες οὐ δυνάμεθα λῆξαι τῆς ἀνοίας;
18.40.2τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ γένος τῆς ῥᾳδιουργίας πολλάκις ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἤδη γέγονε·
18.40.3καὶ τὸ μὲν παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις διαχωρεῖν ἴσως οὐ θαυμαστόν, τὸ δέ, παρʼ οἷς ἡ πηγὴ τῆς τοιαύτης ὑπάρχει κακοπραγμοσύνης.
18.40.4ἀλλʼ ἔστιν αἴτιον τὸ μὴ πρόχειρον ὑπάρχειν τὸ παρʼ Ἐπιχάρμῳ καλῶς εἰρημένον
18.40.4νᾶφε καὶ μέμνασʼ ἀπιστεῖν· ἄρθρα ταῦτα τᾶν φρενῶν. —
18.40.4Μεδίων, πόλις πρὸς τῇ Αἰτωλίᾳ.
18.40.5Πολύβιος ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ.
18.41a.1[...] κωλύειν δὲ τὸν Ἀντίοχον παραπλεῖν, οὐκ ἀπεχθείας χάριν, ἀλλʼ ὑφορώμενοι μὴ Φιλίππῳ συνεπισχύσας ἐμπόδιον γένηται τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίᾳ. —
18.41a.2ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς πάνυ ὠρέγετο τῆς Ἐφέσου διὰ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν, τῷ δοκεῖν μὲν κατὰ τῆς Ἰωνίας καὶ τῶν ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου πόλεων καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν ἀκροπόλεως ἔχειν θέσιν, κατὰ δὲ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἀμυντήριον ὑπάρχειν ἀεὶ τοῖς Ἀσίας βασιλεῦσιν εὐκαιρότατον. —
18.41.1ὅτι φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος ἐν τῷ ιη# λόγῳ. ὅτι Ἄτταλος ἐτελεύτησε τὸν βίον· ὑπὲρ οὗ δίκαιόν ἐστι, καθάπερ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων εἰθίσμεθα ποιεῖν, καὶ περὶ τούτου νῦν ἐπιφθέγξασθαι τὸν ἁρμόζοντα λόγον.
18.41.2ἐκείνῳ γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ἐφόδιον ὑπῆρξε πρὸς βασιλείαν τῶν ἐκτός, πλοῦτος δὲ μόνον,
18.41.3ὃς μετὰ νοῦ μὲν καὶ τόλμης χειριζόμενος ὡς ἀληθῶς μεγάλην παρέχεται χρείαν πρὸς πᾶσαν ἐπιβολήν, ἄνευ δὲ τῶν προειρημένων τοῖς πλείστοις κακῶν παραίτιος πέφυκε γίνεσθαι καὶ συλλήβδην ἀπωλείας.
18.41.4καὶ γὰρ φθόνους γεννᾷ καὶ ἐπιβουλὰς καὶ πρὸς διαφθορὰν σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς μεγίστας ἔχει ῥοπάς. ὀλίγαι δέ τινές εἰσι ψυχαὶ παντάπασιν αἱ ταῦτα δυνάμεναι διωθεῖσθαι τῇ τοῦ πλούτου δυνάμει.
18.41.5διὸ καὶ τοῦ προειρημένου ἄξιον ἀγασθῆναι τὴν μεγαλοψυχίαν, ὅτι πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἐπεβάλετο χρήσασθαι τοῖς χορηγίοις ἀλλὰ πρὸς βασιλείας κατάκτησιν, οὗ μεῖζον ἢ κάλλιον οὐδὲν οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν οὐδʼ εἰπεῖν·
18.41.6ὃς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐνεστήσατο τῆς προειρημένης ἐπιβολῆς οὐ μόνον διὰ τῆς εἰς τοὺς φίλους εὐεργεσίας καὶ χάριτος, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἔργων.
Book 18, Part 7
18.41.7νικήσας γὰρ μάχῃ Γαλάτας, ὃ βαρύτατον καὶ μαχιμώτατον ἔθνος ἦν τότε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, ταύτην ἀρχὴν ἐποιήσατο καὶ τότε πρῶτον αὑτὸν ἔδειξε βασιλέα.
18.41.8τυχὼν δὲ τῆς τιμῆς ταύτης καὶ βιώσας ἔτη δύο πρὸς τοῖς ἑβδομήκοντα, τούτων δὲ βασιλεύσας τετταράκοντα καὶ τέτταρα, σωφρονέστατα μὲν ἐβίωσε καὶ σεμνότατα πρὸς γυναῖκα καὶ τέκνα,
18.41.9διεφύλαξε δὲ τὴν πρὸς πάντας τοὺς συμμάχους καὶ φίλους πίστιν, ἐναπέθανε δʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς καλλίστοις ἔργοις, ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας.
18.41.10τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, τέτταρας υἱοὺς ἐν ἡλικίᾳ καταλιπὼν οὕτως ἡρμόσατο τὰ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὥστε παισὶ παίδων ἀστασίαστον παραδοθῆναι τὴν βασιλείαν.
18.42.1ὅτι ἐπὶ Μαρκέλλου Κλαυδίου ὑπάτου παρειληφότος τὴν ὕπατον ἀρχὴν ἧκον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην οἵ τε παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρέσβεις οἵ τε παρὰ τοῦ Τίτου καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ὑπὲρ τῶν πρὸς Φίλιππον συνθηκῶν.
18.42.2λόγων δὲ πλειόνων γενομένων ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ, ταύτῃ μὲν ἐδόκει βεβαιοῦν τὰς ὁμολογίας·
18.42.3εἰς δὲ τὸν δῆμον εἰσενεχθέντος τοῦ διαβουλίου Μάρκος, αὐτὸς ἐπιθυμῶν τῆς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διαβάσεως, ἀντέλεγε καὶ πολλὴν ἐποιεῖτο σπουδὴν εἰς τὸ διακόψαι τὰς συνθήκας.
18.42.4οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅ γε δῆμος κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Τίτου προαίρεσιν ἐπεκύρωσε τὰς διαλύσεις.
18.42.5ὧν ἐπιτελεσθεισῶν εὐθέως ἡ σύγκλητος ἄνδρας δέκα καταστήσασα τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς χειριοῦντας τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μετὰ τοῦ Τίτου καὶ βεβαιώσοντας τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν.
18.42.6ἐποιήσαντο δὲ λόγους ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ περὶ τῆς συμμαχίας οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις, οἱ περὶ Δαμόξενον τὸν Αἰγιέα·
18.42.7γενομένης δʼ ἀντιρρήσεως κατὰ τὸ παρὸν διὰ τὸ κατὰ πρόσωπον Ἠλείους μὲν ἀμφισβητεῖν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς Τριφυλίας, Μεσσηνίους δʼ ὑπὲρ Ἀσίνης καὶ Πύλου, συμμάχους τότε Ῥωμαίων ὑπάρχοντας, Αἰτωλοὺς δὲ περὶ τῆς Ἡραιῶν πόλεως, ὑπέρθεσιν ἔλαβε τὸ διαβούλιον ἐπὶ τοὺς δέκα.
18.42.8καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν σύγκλητον ἐπὶ τούτοις ἦν.
18.43.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μετὰ τὴν μάχην Τίτου παραχειμάζοντος ἐν Ἐλατείᾳ Βοιωτοί, σπουδάζοντες ἀνακομίσασθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς παρʼ αὐτῶν στρατευσαμένους παρὰ τῷ Φιλίππῳ, διεπρεσβεύοντο περὶ τῆς ἀσφαλείας αὐτῶν πρὸς Τίτον.
18.43.2ὁ δὲ βουλόμενος ἐκκαλεῖσθαι τοὺς Βοιωτοὺς πρὸς τὴν σφετέραν εὔνοιαν διὰ τὸ προορᾶσθαι τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ἑτοίμως συνεχώρησεν.
18.43.3ταχὺ δὲ πάντων ἀνακομισθέντων ἐκ τῆς Μακεδονίας, ἐν οἷς ἦν καὶ Βραχύλλης, τοῦτον μὲν εὐθέως βοιωτάρχην κατέστησαν, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς δοκοῦντας εἶναι φίλους τῆς Μακεδόνων οἰκίας ἐτίμων καὶ προῆγον οὐχ ἧττον ἢ πρότερον.
18.43.4ἔπεμψαν δὲ καὶ πρεσβείαν πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον τὴν εὐχαριστήσουσαν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν νεανίσκων ἐπανόδῳ, λυμαινόμενοι τὴν τοῦ Τίτου χάριν.
18.43.5ἃ συνορῶντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Ζεύξιππον καὶ Πεισίστρατον, καὶ πάντες οἱ δοκοῦντες εἶναι Ῥωμαίοις φίλοι δυσχερῶς ἔφερον, προορώμενοι τὸ μέλλον καὶ δεδιότες περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων·
18.43.6σαφῶς γὰρ ᾔδεισαν ὡς, ἐὰν μὲν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι χωρισθῶσιν ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος μένῃ παρὰ πλευράν, συνεπισχύων αἰεὶ τοῖς πρὸς σφᾶς ἀντιπολιτευομένοις, οὐδαμῶς ἀσφαλῆ σφίσιν ἐσομένην τὴν ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ πολιτείαν.
18.43.7διὸ καὶ συμφρονήσαντες ἐπρέσβευον πρὸς Τίτον εἰς τὴν Ἐλάτειαν.
18.43.8συμμίξαντες δὲ τῷ προειρημένῳ πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος διετίθεντο λόγους, ὑποδεικνύντες τὴν ὁρμὴν τοῦ πλήθους τὴν οὖσαν ἤδη νῦν καθʼ αὑτῶν καὶ τὴν ἀχαριστίαν τῶν ὄχλων.
18.43.9καὶ τέλος ἐθάρρησαν εἰπεῖν ὡς, ἐὰν μὴ τὸν Βραχύλλην ἐπανελόμενοι καταπλήξωνται τοὺς πολλούς, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀσφάλεια τοῖς Ῥωμαίων φίλοις χωρισθέντων τῶν στρατοπέδων.
18.43.10ὁ δὲ Τίτος ταῦτα διακούσας αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἔφη κοινωνεῖν τῆς πράξεως ταύτης, τοὺς δὲ βουλομένους πράττειν οὐ κωλύειν·
18.43.11καθόλου δὲ λαλεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευε περὶ τούτων Ἀλεξαμενῷ τῷ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν στρατηγῷ.
18.43.12τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Ζεύξιππον πειθαρχησάντων καὶ διαλεγομένων, ταχέως ὁ προειρημένος πεισθεὶς καὶ συγκαταθέμενος τοῖς λεγομένοις τρεῖς μὲν τῶν Αἰτωλικῶν συνέστησε, τρεῖς δὲ τῶν Ἰταλικῶν νεανίσκων τοὺς προσοίσοντας τὰς χεῖρας τῷ Βραχύλλῃ. —
18.43.13οὐδεὶς γὰρ οὕτως οὔτε μάρτυς ἐστι φοβερὸς οὔτε κατήγορος δεινὸς ὡς ἡ σύνεσις ἡ κατοικοῦσʼ ἐν ταῖς ἑκάστων ψυχαῖς. —
18.44.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἧκον ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης οἱ δέκα, διʼ ὧν ἔμελλε χειρίζεσθαι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, κομίζοντες τὸ τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμα τὸ περὶ τῆς πρὸς Φίλιππον εἰρήνης.
18.44.2ἦν δὲ τὰ συνέχοντα τοῦ δόγματος ταῦτα, τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους Ἕλληνας πάντας, τούς τε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην, ἐλευθέρους ὑπάρχειν καὶ νόμοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις·
18.44.3τοὺς δὲ ταττομένους ὑπὸ Φίλιππον καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐμφρούρους παραδοῦναι Φίλιππον Ῥωμαίοις πρὸ τῆς τῶν Ἰσθμίων πανηγύρεως,
18.44.4Εὔρωμον δὲ καὶ Πήδασα καὶ Βαργύλια καὶ τὴν Ἰασέων πόλιν, ὁμοίως Ἄβυδον, Θάσον, Μύριναν, Πέρινθον, ἐλευθέρας ἀφεῖναι τὰς φρουρὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν μεταστησάμενον·
18.44.5περὶ δὲ τῆς τῶν Κιανῶν ἐλευθερώσεως Τίτον γράψαι πρὸς Προυσίαν κατὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς συγκλήτου·
18.44.6τὰ δʼ αἰχμάλωτα καὶ τοὺς αὐτομόλους ἅπαντας ἀποκαταστῆσαι Φίλιππον Ῥωμαίοις ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς χρόνοις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς καταφράκτους ναῦς πλὴν πέντε σκαφῶν καὶ τῆς ἑκκαιδεκήρους· δοῦναι δὲ καὶ χίλια τάλαντα,
18.44.7τούτων τὰ μὲν ἡμίση παραυτίκα, τὰ δʼ ἡμίση κατὰ φόρους ἐν ἔτεσι δέκα.
18.45.1τούτου δὲ τοῦ δόγματος διαδοθέντος εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες εὐθαρσεῖς ἦσαν καὶ περιχαρεῖς, μόνοι δʼ Αἰτωλοί, δυσχεραίνοντες ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ τυγχάνειν ὧν ἤλπιζον, κατελάλουν τὸ δόγμα, φάσκοντες οὐ πραγμάτων, ἀλλὰ γραμμάτων μόνον ἔχειν αὐτὸ διάθεσιν.
18.45.2καί τινας ἐλάμβανον πιθανότητας ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐγγράπτων πρὸς τὸ διασείειν τοὺς ἀκούοντας τοιαύτας.
18.45.3ἔφασκον γὰρ εἶναι δύο γνώμας ἐν τῷ δόγματι περὶ τῶν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου φρουρουμένων πόλεων, τὴν μὲν μίαν ἐπιτάττουσαν ἐξάγειν τὰς φρουρὰς τὸν Φίλιππον, τὰς δὲ πόλεις παραδιδόναι Ῥωμαίοις, τὴν δʼ ἑτέραν ἐξάγοντα τὰς φρουρὰς ἐλευθεροῦν τὰς πόλεις.
18.45.4τὰς μὲν οὖν ἐλευθερουμένας ἐπʼ ὀνόματος δηλοῦσθαι, ταύτας δʼ εἶναι τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, τὰς δὲ παραδιδομένας Ῥωμαίοις φανερὸν ὅτι τὰς κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην. εἶναι δὲ ταύτας Ὠρεόν,
18.45.5Ἐρέτριαν, Χαλκίδα, Δημητριάδα, Κόρινθον.
18.45.6ἐκ δὲ τούτων εὐθεώρητον ὑπάρχειν πᾶσιν ὅτι μεταλαμβάνουσι τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς πέδας παρὰ Φιλίππου Ῥωμαῖοι, καὶ γίνεται μεθάρμοσις δεσποτῶν, οὐκ ἐλευθέρωσις τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
18.45.6ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑπʼ Αἰτωλῶν ἐλέγετο κατακόρως.
18.45.7ὁ δὲ Τίτος ὁρμήσας ἐκ τῆς Ἐλατείας μετὰ τῶν δέκα καὶ κατάρας εἰς τὴν Ἀντίκυραν, παραυτίκα διέπλευσεν εἰς τὸν Κόρινθον, κἀκεῖ παραγενόμενος συνήδρευε μετὰ τούτων καὶ διελάμβανε περὶ τῶν ὅλων.
18.45.8πλεοναζούσης δὲ τῆς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν διαβολῆς καὶ πιστευομένης παρʼ ἐνίοις, πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους ἠναγκάζετο ποιεῖσθαι λόγους ὁ Τίτος ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ,
18.45.9διδάσκων ὡς εἴπερ βούλονται καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὔκλειαν ὁλόκληρον περιποιήσασθαι, καὶ καθόλου πιστευθῆναι παρὰ πᾶσι διότι καὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐποιήσαντο διάβασιν οὐ τοῦ συμφέροντος ἕνεκεν, ἀλλὰ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας, ἐκχωρητέον εἴη πάντων τῶν τόπων καὶ πάσας ἐλευθερωτέον τὰς πόλεις τὰς νῦν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου φρουρουμένας.
18.45.10ταύτην δὲ συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀπορίαν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ διὰ τὸ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ προδιειλῆφθαι καὶ ῥητὰς ἔχειν τοὺς δέκα παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τὰς ἐντολάς, περὶ δὲ Χαλκίδος καὶ Κορίνθου καὶ Δημητριάδος ἐπιτροπὴν αὐτοῖς δεδόσθαι διὰ τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ἵνα βλέποντες πρὸς τοὺς καιροὺς βουλεύωνται περὶ τῶν προειρημένων πόλεων κατὰ τὰς αὑτῶν προαιρέσεις·
18.45.11ὁ γὰρ προειρημένος βασιλεὺς δῆλος ἦν ἐπέχων πάλαι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην πράγμασιν.
18.45.12οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν Κόρινθον ὁ Τίτος ἔπεισε τὸ συνέδριον ἐλευθεροῦν παραχρῆμα καὶ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐγχειρίζειν διὰ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁμολογίας, τὸν δʼ Ἀκροκόρινθον καὶ Δημητριάδα καὶ Χαλκίδα παρακατέσχεν.
18.46.1δοξάντων δὲ τούτων, καὶ τῆς Ἰσθμίων πανηγύρεως ἐπελθούσης, καὶ σχεδὸν ἀπὸ πάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων ἀνδρῶν συνεληλυθότων διὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν τῶν ἀποβησομένων, πολλοὶ καὶ ποικίλοι καθʼ ὅλην τὴν πανήγυριν ἐνέπιπτον λόγοι,
18.46.2τῶν μὲν ἀδύνατον εἶναι φασκόντων Ῥωμαίους ἐνίων ἀποστῆναι τόπων καὶ πόλεων, τῶν δὲ διοριζομένων ὅτι τῶν μὲν ἐπιφανῶν εἶναι δοκούντων τόπων ἀποστήσονται, τοὺς δὲ φαντασίαν μὲν ἔχοντας ἐλάττω, χρείαν δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν παρέχεσθαι δυναμένους καθέξουσι.
18.46.3καὶ τούτους εὐθέως ἐπεδείκνυσαν αὐτοὶ καθʼ αὑτῶν διὰ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους εὑρεσιλογίας.
18.46.4τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τῆς ἀπορίας, ἁθροισθέντος τοῦ πλήθους εἰς τὸ στάδιον ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα, προελθὼν ὁ κῆρυξ καὶ κατασιωπησάμενος τὰ πλήθη διὰ τοῦ σαλπικτοῦ τόδε τὸ κήρυγμʼ ἀνηγόρευσεν· "
18.46.5ἡ σύγκλητος ἡ Ῥωμαίων καὶ Τίτος Κοΐντιος στρατηγὸς ὕπατος, καταπολεμήσαντες βασιλέα Φίλιππον καὶ Μακεδόνας, ἀφιᾶσιν ἐλευθέρους, ἀφρουρήτους, ἀφορολογήτους, νόμοις χρωμένους τοῖς πατρίοις, Κορινθίους, Φωκέας, Λοκρούς, Εὐβοεῖς, Ἀχαιοὺς τοὺς Φθιώτας, Μάγνητας, Θετταλούς, Περραιβούσ".
18.46.6κρότου δʼ ἐν ἀρχαῖς εὐθέως ἐξαισίου γενομένου τινὲς μὲν οὐδʼ ἤκουσαν τοῦ κηρύγματος, τινὲς δὲ πάλιν ἀκούειν ἐβούλοντο.
18.46.7τὸ δὲ πολὺ μέρος τῶν ἀνθρώπων διαπιστούμενον καὶ δοκοῦν ὡς ἂν εἰ καθʼ ὕπνον ἀκούειν τῶν λεγομένων διὰ τὸ παράδοξον τοῦ συμβαίνοντος,
18.46.8πᾶς τις ἐξ ἄλλης ὁρμῆς ἐβόα προάγειν τὸν κήρυκα καὶ τὸν σαλπικτὴν εἰς μέσον τὸ στάδιον καὶ λέγειν πάλιν ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτῶν, ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, βουλομένων τῶν ἀνθρώπων μὴ μόνον ἀκούειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ βλέπειν τὸν λέγοντα διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν τῶν ἀναγορευομένων.
18.46.9ὡς δὲ πάλιν ὁ κῆρυξ, προελθὼν εἰς τὸ μέσον καὶ κατασιωπησάμενος διὰ τοῦ σαλπικτοῦ τὸν θόρυβον, ἀνηγόρευσε ταὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως τοῖς πρόσθεν, τηλικοῦτον συνέβη καταρραγῆναι τὸν κρότον ὥστε καὶ μὴ ῥᾳδίως ἂν ὑπὸ τὴν ἔννοιαν ἀγαγεῖν τοῖς νῦν ἀκούουσι τὸ γεγονός.
18.46.10ὡς δέ ποτε κατέληξεν ὁ κρότος, τῶν μὲν ἀθλητῶν ἁπλῶς οὐδεὶς οὐδένα λόγον εἶχεν ἔτι, πάντες δὲ διαλαλοῦντες, οἱ μὲν ἀλλήλοις, οἱ δὲ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτούς, οἷον εἰ παραστατικοὶ τὰς διανοίας ἦσαν.
18.46.11ᾗ καὶ μετὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς χαρᾶς μικροῦ διέφθειραν τὸν Τίτον εὐχαριστοῦντες·
18.46.12οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀντοφθαλμῆσαι κατὰ πρόσωπον καὶ σωτῆρα προσφωνῆσαι βουλόμενοι, τινὲς δὲ τῆς δεξιᾶς ἅψασθαι σπουδάζοντες, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ στεφάνους ἐπιρριπτοῦντες καὶ λημνίσκους, παρʼ ὀλίγον διέλυσαν τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
18.46.13δοκούσης δὲ τῆς εὐχαριστίας ὑπερβολικῆς γενέσθαι, θαρρῶν ἄν τις εἶπε διότι πολὺ καταδεεστέραν εἶναι συνέβαινε τοῦ τῆς πράξεως μεγέθους.
18.46.14θαυμαστὸν γὰρ ἦν καὶ τὸ Ῥωμαίους ἐπὶ ταύτης γενέσθαι τῆς προαιρέσεως καὶ τὸν ἡγούμενον αὐτῶν Τίτον, ὥστε πᾶσαν ὑπομεῖναι δαπάνην καὶ πάντα κίνδυνον χάριν τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας· μέγα δὲ καὶ τὸ δύναμιν ἀκόλουθον τῇ προαιρέσει προσενέγκασθαι·
18.46.15τούτων δὲ μέγιστον ἔτι τὸ μηδὲν ἐκ τῆς τύχης ἀντιπαῖσαι πρὸς τὴν ἐπιβολήν, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς ἅπαντα πρὸς ἕνα καιρὸν ἐκδραμεῖν, ὥστε διὰ κηρύγματος ἑνὸς ἅπαντας καὶ τοὺς τὴν Ἀσίαν κατοικοῦντας Ἕλληνας καὶ τοὺς τὴν Εὐρώπην ἐλευθέρους, ἀφρουρήτους, ἀφορολογήτους γενέσθαι, νόμοις χρωμένους τοῖς ἰδίοις.
18.47.1διελθούσης δὲ τῆς πανηγύρεως πρώτοις μὲν ἐχρημάτισαν τοῖς παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευταῖς, διακελευόμενοι τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας πόλεων τῶν μὲν αὐτονόμων ἀπέχεσθαι καὶ μηδεμιᾷ πολεμεῖν, ὅσας δὲ νῦν παρείληφε τῶν ὑπὸ Πτολεμαῖον καὶ Φίλιππον ταττομένων, ἐκχωρεῖν.
18.47.2σὺν δὲ τούτοις προηγόρευον μὴ διαβαίνειν εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην μετὰ δυνάμεως· οὐδένα γὰρ ἔτι τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὔτε πολεμεῖσθαι νῦν ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς οὔτε δουλεύειν οὐδενί.
18.47.3καθόλου δὲ καὶ ἐξ αὑτῶν τινας ἔφασαν ἥξειν πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον.
18.47.4ταύτας μὲν οὖν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἡγησιάνακτα καὶ Λυσίαν λαβόντες τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἐπανῆλθον·
18.47.5μετὰ δὲ τούτους εἰσεκαλοῦντο πάντας τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ πόλεων παραγεγονότας, καὶ τὰ δόξαντα τῷ συνεδρίῳ διεσάφουν.
18.47.6Μακεδόνων μὲν οὖν τοὺς Ὀρέστας καλουμένους διὰ τὸ προσχωρῆσαι σφίσι κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον αὐτονόμους ἀφεῖσαν, ἠλευθέρωσαν δὲ Περραιβοὺς καὶ Δόλοπας καὶ Μάγνητας.
18.47.7Θετταλοῖς δὲ μετὰ τῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς τοὺς Φθιώτας προσένειμαν, ἀφελόμενοι Θήβας τὰς Φθίας καὶ Φάρσαλον·
18.47.8οἱ γὰρ Αἰτωλοὶ περί τε τῆς Φαρσάλου μεγάλην ἐποιοῦντο φιλοτιμίαν, φάσκοντες αὑτῶν δεῖν ὑπάρχειν κατὰ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς συνθήκας, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ Λευκάδος.
Book 18, Part 8
18.47.9οἱ δʼ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ περὶ μὲν τούτων τῶν πόλεων ὑπερέθεντο τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς τὸ διαβούλιον πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον, τοὺς δὲ Φωκέας καὶ τοὺς Λοκροὺς συνεχώρησαν αὐτοῖς ἔχειν, καθάπερ εἶχον καὶ πρότερον, ἐν τῇ συμπολιτείᾳ.
18.47.10Κόρινθον δὲ καὶ τὴν Τριφυλίαν καὶ τὴν Ἡραιῶν πόλιν Ἀχαιοῖς ἀπέδωκαν. Ὠρεὸν δʼ, ἔτι δὲ τὴν Ἐρετριέων πόλιν ἐδόκει μὲν τοῖς πλείοσιν Εὐμένει δοῦναι·
18.47.11Τίτου δὲ πρὸς τὸ συνέδριον διαστείλαντος οὐκ ἐκυρώθη τὸ διαβούλιον· διὸ καὶ μετά τινα χρόνον ἠλευθερώθησαν αἱ πόλεις αὗται διὰ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ σὺν ταύταις Κάρυστος.
18.47.12ἔδωκαν δὲ καὶ Πλευράτῳ Λυχνίδα καὶ Πάρθον, οὔσας μὲν Ἰλλυρίδας, ὑπὸ Φίλιππον δὲ ταττομένας.
18.47.13Ἀμυνάνδρῳ δὲ συνεχώρησαν, ὅσα παρεσπάσατο κατὰ πόλεμον ἐρύματα τοῦ Φιλίππου, κρατεῖν τούτων.
18.48.1ταῦτα δὲ διοικήσαντες ἐμέρισαν σφᾶς αὐτούς,
18.48.2καὶ Πόπλιος μὲν Λέντλος εἰς Βαργύλια πλεύσας ἠλευθέρωσε τούτους, Λεύκιος δὲ Στερτίνιος εἰς Ἡφαιστίαν καὶ Θάσον ἀφικόμενος καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεις ἐποίησε τὸ παραπλήσιον.
18.48.3πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὥρμησαν Πόπλιος Οὐίλλιος καὶ Λεύκιος Τερέντιος, οἱ δὲ περὶ Γνάιον τὸν Κορνήλιον πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Φίλιππον.
18.48.4ᾧ καὶ συμμίξαντες πρὸς τοῖς Τέμπεσι περί τε τῶν ἄλλων διελέχθησαν ὑπὲρ ὧν εἶχον τὰς ἐντολάς, καὶ συνεβούλευον αὐτῷ πρεσβευτὰς πέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ὑπὲρ συμμαχίας, ἵνα μὴ δοκῇ τοῖς καιροῖς ἐφεδρεύων ἀποκαραδοκεῖν τὴν Ἀντιόχου παρουσίαν.
18.48.5τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως συγκαταθεμένου τοῖς ὑποδεικνυμένοις, εὐθέως ἀπʼ ἐκείνου χωρισθέντες ἧκον ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν Θερμικῶν σύνοδον,
18.48.6καὶ παρελθόντες εἰς τὰ πλήθη παρεκάλουν τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς διὰ πλειόνων μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ διαφυλάττειν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὔνοιαν.
18.48.7πολλῶν δὲ παρισταμένων, καὶ τῶν μὲν πρᾴως καὶ πολιτικῶς μεμψιμοιρούντων αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ κοινωνικῶς χρῆσθαι τοῖς εὐτυχήμασι μηδὲ τηρεῖν τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς συνθήκας,
18.48.8τῶν δὲ λοιδορούντων καὶ φασκόντων οὔτʼ ἂν ἐπιβῆναι τῆς Ἑλλάδος οὐδέποτε Ῥωμαίους οὔτʼ ἂν νικῆσαι Φίλιππον, εἰ μὴ διʼ ἑαυτούς,
18.48.9τὸ μὲν ἀπολογεῖσθαι πρὸς ἕκαστα τούτων οἱ περὶ τὸν Γνάιον ἀπεδοκίμασαν, παρεκάλουν δʼ αὐτοὺς πρεσβεύειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, διότι πάντων παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τεύξονται τῶν δικαίων· ὃ καὶ πεισθέντες ἐποίησαν.
18.48.10καὶ τὸ μὲν τέλος τοῦ πρὸς Φίλιππον πολέμου τοιαύτην ἔσχε διάθεσιν.
18.49.1ἐάν, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, τρέχωσι τὴν ἐσχάτην, ἐπὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους καταφεύξονται καὶ τούτοις ἐγχειριοῦσι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν πόλιν. —
18.49.2ὅτι προχωρούσης τῷ Ἀντιόχῳ κατὰ νοῦν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς παρόντι ἐν Θρᾴκῃ τῷ Ἀντιόχῳ κατέπλευσαν εἰς Σηλυβρίαν οἱ περὶ Λεύκιον Κορνήλιον.
18.49.3οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου πρέσβεις ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις ἐξαπεσταλμένοι τὰς Ἀντιόχου καὶ
18.50.1Πτολεμαίου. κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἧκον καὶ τῶν δέκα Πόπλιος μὲν Λέντλος ἐκ Βαργυλίων, Λεύκιος δὲ Τερέντιος καὶ Πόπλιος Οὐίλλιος ἐκ Θάσου.
18.50.2ταχὺ δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ διασαφηθείσης τῆς τούτων παρουσίας, πάντες ἐν ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις ἡθροίσθησαν εἰς τὴν Λυσιμάχειαν.
18.50.3συνεκύρησαν δὲ καὶ οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἡγησιάνακτα καὶ Λυσίαν οἱ πρὸς τὸν Τίτον ἀποσταλέντες εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον.
18.50.4αἱ μὲν οὖν κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντεύξεις τοῦ τε βασιλέως καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων τελέως ἦσαν ἀφελεῖς καὶ φιλάνθρωποι· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα γενομένης συνεδρείας κοινῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων ἀλλοιοτέραν ἔλαβε τὰ πράγματα διάθεσιν.
18.50.5ὁ γὰρ Λεύκιος ὁ Κορνήλιος ἠξίου μὲν καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ Πτολεμαῖον ταττομένων πόλεων, ὅσας νῦν εἴληφε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, παραχωρεῖν τὸν Ἀντίοχον, τῶν δʼ ὑπὸ Φίλιππον διεμαρτύρετο φιλοτίμως ἐξίστασθαι·
18.50.6γελοῖον γὰρ εἶναι τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἆθλα τοῦ γεγονότος αὐτοῖς πολέμου πρὸς Φίλιππον Ἀντίοχον ἐπελθόντα παραλαμβάνειν.
18.50.7παρῄνει δὲ καὶ τῶν αὐτονόμων ἀπέχεσθαι πόλεων.
18.50.8καθόλου δʼ ἔφη θαυμάζειν τίνι λόγῳ τοσαύταις μὲν πεζικαῖς, τοσαύταις δὲ ναυτικαῖς δυνάμεσι πεποίηται τὴν εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην διάβασιν·
18.50.9πλὴν γὰρ τοῦ προτίθεσθαι Ῥωμαίοις ἐγχειρεῖν αὐτόν, οὐδʼ ἔννοιαν ἑτέραν καταλείπεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς ὀρθῶς λογιζομένοις. οἱ μὲν οὖν Ῥωμαῖοι ταῦτʼ εἰπόντες ἀπε
18.51.1σιώπησαν· ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς πρῶτον μὲν διαπορεῖν ἔφη κατὰ τίνα λόγον ἀμφισβητοῦσι πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας πόλεων· πᾶσι γὰρ μᾶλλον ἐπιβάλλειν τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἢ Ῥωμαίοις.
18.51.2δεύτερον δʼ ἠξίου μηδὲν αὐτοὺς πολυπραγμονεῖν καθόλου τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν· οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὸς περιεργάζεσθαι τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἁπλῶς οὐδέν.
18.51.3εἰς δὲ τὴν Εὐρώπην ἔφη διαβεβηκέναι μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων ἀνακτησόμενος τὰ κατὰ τὴν Χερρόνησον καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεις· τὴν γὰρ τῶν τόπων τούτων ἀρχὴν μάλιστα πάντων αὑτῷ καθήκειν.
18.51.4εἶναι μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὴν δυναστείαν ταύτην Λυσιμάχου, Σελεύκου δὲ πολεμήσαντος πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ κρατήσαντος τῷ πολέμῳ πᾶσαν τὴν Λυσιμάχου βασιλείαν δορίκτητον γενέσθαι Σελεύκου.
18.51.5κατὰ δὲ τοὺς τῶν αὑτοῦ προγόνων περισπασμοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς χρόνοις πρῶτον μὲν Πτολεμαῖον παρασπασάμενον σφετερίσασθαι τοὺς τόπους τούτους, δεύτερον δὲ Φίλιππον.
18.51.6αὐτὸς δὲ νῦν οὐ κτᾶσθαι τοῖς Φιλίππου καιροῖς συνεπιτιθέμενος, ἀλλʼ ἀνακτᾶσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις δικαίοις συγχρώμενος.
18.51.7Λυσιμαχεῖς δέ, παραλόγως ἀναστάτους γεγονότας ὑπὸ Θρᾳκῶν, οὐκ ἀδικεῖν Ῥωμαίους κατάγων καὶ συνοικίζων·
18.51.8ποιεῖν γὰρ τοῦτʼ ἔφη βουλόμενος οὐ Ῥωμαίοις τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβαλεῖν, Σελεύκῳ δʼ οἰκητήριον ἑτοιμάζειν.
18.51.9τὰς δʼ αὐτονόμους τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν πόλεων οὐ διὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἐπιταγῆς δέον εἶναι τυγχάνειν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς αὑτοῦ χάριτος.
18.51.10τὰ δὲ πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον αὐτὸς ἔφη διεξάξειν εὐδοκουμένως ἐκείνῳ· κρίνειν γὰρ οὐ φιλίαν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τῆς φιλίας ἀναγκαιότητα συντίθεσθαι πρὸς αὐτόν.
18.52.1τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον οἰομένων δεῖν καλεῖσθαι τοὺς Λαμψακηνοὺς καὶ τοὺς Σμυρναίους καὶ δοῦναι λόγον αὐτοῖς, ἐγένετο τοῦτο.
18.52.2παρῆσαν δὲ παρὰ μὲν Λαμψακηνῶν οἱ περὶ Παρμενίωνα καὶ Πυθόδωρον, παρὰ δὲ Σμυρναίων οἱ περὶ Κοίρανον. ὧν μετὰ παρρησίας διαλεγομένων,
18.52.3δυσχεράνας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν λόγον ὑπέχειν ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίων τοῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀμφισβητοῦσι, μεσολαβήσας τὸν Παρμενίωνα "
18.52.4παῦσαι" φησὶ "τῶν πολλῶν· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίων, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ Ῥοδίων ὑμῖν εὐδοκῶ διακριθῆναι περὶ τῶν ἀντιλεγομένων.
18.52.5" καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις διέλυσαν τὸν σύλλογον, οὐδαμῶς εὐδοκήσαντες ἀλλήλοις.
18.53.1τῶν γὰρ παραβόλων καὶ καλῶν ἔργων ἐφίενται μὲν πολλοί, τολμῶσι δʼ ὀλίγοι ψαύειν.
18.53.2καίτοι πολὺ καλλίους ἀφορμὰς εἶχε Σκόπας Κλεομένους πρὸς τὸ παραβάλλεσθαι καὶ τολμᾶν.
18.53.3ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ προκαταληφθεὶς εἰς αὐτὰς συνεκλείσθη τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις οἰκέταις καὶ φίλοις ἐλπίδας· ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδὲ ταύτας ἐγκατέλιπεν, ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ ὅσον ἦν δυνατὸς ἐξήλεγξε, τὸ καλῶς ἀποθανεῖν τοῦ ζῆν αἰσχρῶς περὶ πλείονος ποιησάμενος.
18.53.4Σκόπας δέ, καὶ χεῖρα βαρεῖαν ἔχων συνεργὸν καὶ καιρόν, ἅτε τοῦ βασιλέως ἔτι παιδὸς ὄντος, μέλλων καὶ βουλευόμενος προκατελήφθη.
18.53.5γνόντες γὰρ αὐτὸν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀριστομένην συναθροίζοντα τοὺς φίλους εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν οἰκίαν καὶ συνεδρεύοντα μετὰ τούτων, πέμψαντές τινας τῶν ὑπασπιστῶν ἐκάλουν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον.
18.53.6ὁ δʼ οὕτως παρειστήκει τῶν φρενῶν ὡς οὔτε πράττειν ἐτόλμα τῶν ἑξῆς οὐδὲν οὔτε καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως οἷός τʼ ἦν πειθαρχεῖν, ὃ πάντων ἐστὶν ἔσχατον,
18.53.7ἕως οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀριστομένην γνόντες αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀλογίαν τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας καὶ τὰ θηρία περιέστησαν περὶ τὴν οἰκίαν,
18.53.8Πτολεμαῖον δὲ τὸν Εὐμένους πέμψαντες μετὰ νεανίσκων ἄγειν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευον, ἐὰν μὲν ἑκὼν βούληται πειθαρχεῖν, εἰ δὲ μή, μετὰ βίας.
18.53.9τοῦ δὲ Πτολεμαίου παρεισελθόντος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν καὶ δηλοῦντος ὅτι καλεῖ Σκόπαν ὁ βασιλεύς, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς οὐ προσεῖχε τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὸν Πτολεμαῖον ἀτενὲς ἔμενε καὶ πλείω χρόνον ὡς ἂν εἰ προσανατεινόμενος αὐτῷ καὶ θαυμάζων τὴν τόλμαν.
18.53.10ὡς δʼ ἐπελθὼν ὁ Πτολεμαῖος θρασέως ἐπελάβετο τῆς χλαμύδος αὐτοῦ, τότε βοηθεῖν ἠξίου τοὺς παρόντας.
18.53.11ὄντων δὲ καὶ τῶν εἰσελθόντων νεανίσκων πλειόνων καὶ τὴν ἔξω περίστασιν διασαφήσαντός τινος, συνείξας τοῖς παροῦσιν ἠκολούθει μετὰ τῶν φίλων.
18.54.1ἅμα δὲ τῷ παρελθεῖν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον βραχέα μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς κατηγόρησε, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Πολυκράτης, ἄρτι παραγεγονὼς ἀπὸ Κύπρου, τελευταῖος δʼ Ἀριστομένης.
18.54.2ἦν δὲ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα παραπλήσιος ἡ κατηγορία πάντων τοῖς ἄρτι ῥηθεῖσι, προσετέθη δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις ἡ μετὰ τῶν φίλων συνεδρεία καὶ τὸ μὴ πειθαρχῆσαι καλούμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως.
18.54.3ἐφʼ οἷς οὐ μόνον οἱ τοῦ συνεδρίου κατεγίνωσκον αὐτοῦ πάντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν οἱ συμπαρόντες.
18.54.4ὁ δʼ Ἀριστομένης, ὅτε κατηγορεῖν ἔμελλε, πολλοὺς μὲν καὶ ἑτέρους παρέλαβε τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν δὲ πρεσβεύοντας ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις, ἐν οἷς ἦν καὶ Δωρίμαχος ὁ Νικοστράτου.
18.54.5ῥηθέντων δὲ τούτων μεταλαβὼν ὁ Σκόπας ἐπειρᾶτο μὲν φέρειν τινὰς ἀπολογισμούς, οὐδενὸς δὲ προσέχοντος αὐτῷ διὰ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀλογίαν, εὐθέως οὗτος μὲν εἰς φυλακὴν ἀπήγετο μετὰ τῶν φίλων·
18.54.6ὁ δʼ Ἀριστομένης ἐπιγενομένης τῆς νυκτὸς τὸν μὲν Σκόπαν καὶ τοὺς συγγενεῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ φίλους πάντας διέφθειρε φαρμάκῳ,
18.54.7Δικαιάρχῳ δὲ καὶ στρέβλας καὶ μάστιγας προσαγαγὼν οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐπανείλετο, λαβὼν παρʼ αὐτοῦ δίκην καθήκουσαν καὶ κοινὴν ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
18.54.8ὁ γὰρ Δικαίαρχος οὗτος ἦν, ὃν Φίλιππος, ὅτε προέθετο παρασπονδεῖν τὰς Κυκλάδας νήσους καὶ τὰς ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου πόλεις, ἀπέδειξε τοῦ στόλου παντὸς ἡγεμόνα καὶ τῆς ὅλης πράξεως προστάτην.
18.54.9ὃς ἐπὶ πρόδηλον ἀσέβειαν ἐκπεμπόμενος οὐχ οἷον ἄτοπόν τι πράττειν ἐνόμιζεν, ἀλλὰ τῇ τῆς ἀπονοίας ὑπερβολῇ καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ὑπέλαβε καταπλήξεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους·
18.54.10οὗ γὰρ ὁρμίσειε τὰς ναῦς, δύο κατεσκεύαζε βωμούς, τὸν μὲν Ἀσεβείας, τὸν δὲ Παρανομίας, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔθυε καὶ τούτους προσεκύνει καθάπερ ἂν εἰ δαίμονας.
18.54.11διὸ καὶ δοκεῖ μοι τυχεῖν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης δίκης καὶ παρὰ θεῶν καὶ παρʼ ἀνθρώπων· παρὰ φύσιν γὰρ ἐνστησάμενος τὸν αὑτοῦ βίον εἰκότως παρὰ φύσιν καὶ τῆς εἱμαρμένης ἔτυχε.
18.54.12τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν Αἰτωλῶν τοὺς βουλομένους εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀπαλλάττεσθαι πάντας
18.55.1ἀπέλυσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς μετὰ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων. Σκόπα δὲ καὶ ζῶντος μὲν ἐπίσημος ἦν ἡ φιλαργυρία — πολὺ γὰρ δή τι τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους ὑπερέθετο κατὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν — ἀποθανόντος δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐγενήθη διὰ τοῦ πλήθους τοῦ χρυσίου καὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς τῆς εὑρημένης παρʼ αὐτῷ.
18.55.2λαβὼν γὰρ συνεργὸν τὴν ἀγριότητα τὴν Χαριμόρτου καὶ τὴν μέθην, ἄρδην ἐξετοιχωρύχησε τὴν βασιλείαν.
18.55.3ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ἔθεντο καλῶς οἱ περὶ τὴν αὐλήν, εὐθέως ἐγίνοντο περὶ τὸ ποιεῖν Ἀνακλητήρια τοῦ βασιλέως, οὐδέπω μὲν τῆς ἡλικίας κατεπειγούσης, νομίζοντες δὲ λήψεσθαί τινα τὰ πράγματα κατάστασιν καὶ πάλιν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον προκοπῆς, δόξαντος αὐτοκράτορος ἤδη γεγονέναι τοῦ βασιλέως.
Book 18, Part 9
18.55.4χρησάμενοι δὲ ταῖς παρασκευαῖς μεγαλομερῶς, ἐπετέλουν τὴν πρᾶξιν ἀξίως τοῦ τῆς βασιλείας προσχήματος, πλεῖστα Πολυκράτους δοκοῦντος εἰς τὴν ἐπιβολὴν ταύτην αὐτοῖς συνηργηκέναι.
18.55.5ὁ γὰρ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ καὶ κατὰ τὸν πατέρα μὲν ἔτι νέος ὢν οὐδενὸς ἐδόκει τῶν περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν δευτερεύειν οὔτε κατὰ τὴν πίστιν οὔτε κατὰ τὰς πράξεις, ὁμοίως δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα βασιλέα.
18.55.6πιστευθεὶς γὰρ τῆς Κύπρου καὶ τῶν ἐν ταύτῃ προσόδων ἐν καιροῖς ἐπισφαλέσι καὶ ποικίλοις, οὐ μόνον διεφύλαξε τῷ παιδὶ τὴν νῆσον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλῆθος ἱκανὸν ἥθροισε χρημάτων, ἃ τότε παραγεγόνει κομίζων τῷ βασιλεῖ, παραδεδωκὼς τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Κύπρου Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ Μεγαλοπολίτῃ.
18.55.7τυχὼν δὲ διὰ ταῦτα μεγάλης ἀποδοχῆς καὶ περιουσίας ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς χρόνοις, μετὰ ταῦτα προβαινούσης τῆς ἡλικίας ὁλοσχερῶς εἰς ἀσέλγειαν ἐξώκειλε καὶ βίον ἀσυρῆ.
18.55.8παραπλησίαν δέ τινα τούτῳ φήμην ἐκληρονόμησεν ἐπὶ γήρως καὶ Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Ἀγησάρχου.
18.55.9περὶ ὧν, ὅταν ἐπὶ τοὺς καιροὺς ἔλθωμεν, οὐκ ὀκνήσομεν διασαφεῖν τὰ παρακολουθήσαντα ταῖς ἐξουσίαις αὐτῶν ἀπρεπῆ.
Book 19, Part 1
19.1.1Πολύβιος μέν γέ φησι τῶν ἐντὸς Βαίτιος ποταμοῦ πόλεων ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ τὰ τείχη κελεύσαντος αὐτοῦ περιαιρεθῆναι· πάμπολλαι δʼ ἦσαν αὗται καὶ γέμουσαι μαχίμων ἀνδρῶν.
19.2.1ινγενς νυμερυς ερατ βελλο πυνιξο ξαπτορυμ, θυος ηαννιβαλ, ξυμ αβ συις νον ρεδιμερεντυρ, ϝενυμ δεδερατ. μυλτιτυδινις εορυμ αργυμεντυμ εστ, θυοδ πολψβιυς σξριβιτ ξεντυμ ταλεντις εαμ ρεμ αξηαεις στετισσε, ξυμ θυινγενος δεναριος πρετιυμ ιν ξαπιτα, θυοδ ρεδδερετυρ δομινις, στατυισσεντ.
Book 20, Part 1
20.1.1καὶ αὖθις Πολύβιος· τριάκοντα τῶν ἀποκλήτων προεχειρίσαντο τοὺς συνεδρεύσοντας μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως. καὶ αὖθις· ὁ δὲ συνῆγε τοὺς ἀποκλήτους καὶ διαβούλιον ἀνεδίδου περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων. —
20.2.1ὅτι φιλίππου πρεσβεύσαντος πρὸς Βοιωτοὺς οἱ Βοιωτοὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς διότι παραγενομένου τοῦ βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτούς, τότε βουλεύσονται περὶ τῶν παρακαλουμένων. —
20.3.1ὅτι Ἀντιόχου διατρίβοντος ἐν τῇ Χαλκίδι καὶ τοῦ χειμῶνος καταρχομένου παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν πρεσβευταὶ παρὰ μὲν τοῦ τῶν Ἠπειρωτῶν ἔθνους οἱ περὶ Χάροπα, παρὰ δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἠλείων πόλεως οἱ περὶ Καλλίστρατον.
20.3.2οἱ μὲν οὖν Ἠπειρῶται παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν μὴ προεμβιβάζειν σφᾶς εἰς τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον, θεωροῦντα διότι πρόκεινται πάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος πρὸς τὴν Ἰταλίαν·
20.3.3ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν αὐτὸς δύναται προκαθίσας τῆς Ἠπείρου παρασκευάζειν σφίσι τὴν ἀσφάλειαν, ἔφασαν αὐτὸν δέξασθαι καὶ ταῖς πόλεσι καὶ τοῖς λιμέσιν·
20.3.4εἰ δὲ μὴ κρίνει τοῦτο πράττειν κατὰ τὸ παρόν, συγγνώμην ἔχειν ἠξίουν αὐτοῖς δεδιόσι τὸν ἀπὸ Ῥωμαίων πόλεμον.
20.3.5οἱ δʼ Ἠλεῖοι παρεκάλουν πέμπειν τῇ πόλει βοήθειαν· ἐψηφισμένων γὰρ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν τὸν πόλεμον εὐλαβεῖσθαι τὴν τούτων ἔφοδον.
20.3.6ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς τοῖς μὲν Ἠπειρώταις ἀπεκρίθη διότι πέμψει πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διαλεχθησομένους αὐτοῖς ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῇ συμφερόντων,
20.3.7τοῖς δʼ Ἠλείοις ἐξαπέστειλε χιλίους πεζούς, ἡγεμόνα συστήσας Εὐφάνη τὸν Κρῆτα. —
20.4.1ὅτι Βοιωτοὶ ἐκ πολλῶν ἤδη χρόνων καχεκτοῦντες ἦσαν καὶ μεγάλην εἶχον διαφορὰν πρὸς τὴν γεγενημένην εὐεξίαν καὶ δόξαν αὐτῶν τῆς πολιτείας.
20.4.2οὗτοι γὰρ μεγάλην περιποιησάμενοι καὶ δόξαν καὶ δύναμιν ἐν τοῖς Λευκτρικοῖς καιροῖς, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς χρόνοις ἀφῄρουν ἀμφοτέρων αἰεὶ τῶν προειρημένων, ἔχοντες στρατηγὸν Ἀβαιόκριτον.
20.4.3ἀπὸ δὲ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν οὐ μόνον ἀφῄρουν, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς εἰς τἀναντία τραπέντες καὶ τὴν πρὸ τοῦ δόξαν ἐφʼ ὅσον οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ἠμαύρωσαν.
Book 20, Part 2
20.4.4Ἀχαιῶν γὰρ αὐτοὺς πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς ἐκπολεμωσάντων, μετασχόντες τούτοις τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ ποιησάμενοι συμμαχίαν, μετὰ ταῦτα κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐπολέμουν πρὸς Αἰτωλούς.
20.4.5ἐμβαλόντων δὲ μετὰ δυνάμεως εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἐκστρατεύσαντες πανδημεί, καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἡθροισμένων καὶ μελλόντων παραβοηθεῖν οὐκ ἐκδεξάμενοι τὴν τούτων παρουσίαν συνέβαλον τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς,
20.4.6ἡττηθέντες δὲ κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον οὕτως ἀνέπεσον ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὥστʼ ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τῆς χρείας ἁπλῶς οὐδενὸς ἔτι τῶν καλῶν ἀμφισβητεῖν ἐτόλμησαν οὐδʼ ἐκοινώνησαν οὔτε πράξεως οὔτʼ ἀγῶνος οὐδενὸς ἔτι τοῖς Ἕλλησι μετὰ κοινοῦ δόγματος,
20.4.7ἀλλʼ ὁρμήσαντες πρὸς εὐωχίαν καὶ μέθας οὐ μόνον τοῖς σώμασιν ἐξελύθησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
20.5.1τὰ δὲ κεφάλαια τῆς κατὰ μέρος ἀγνοίας ἐχειρίσθη παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.
20.5.2μετὰ γὰρ τὴν προειρημένην ἧτταν εὐθέως ἐγκαταλιπόντες τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς προσένειμαν Αἰτωλοῖς τὸ ἔθνος.
20.5.3ἀνελομένων δὲ καὶ τούτων πόλεμον μετά τινα χρόνον πρὸς Δημήτριον τὸν Φιλίππου πατέρα, πάλιν ἐγκαταλιπόντες τούτους, καὶ παραγενομένου Δημητρίου μετὰ δυνάμεως εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν οὐδενὸς πεῖραν λαβόντες τῶν δεινῶν, ὑπέταξαν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὁλοσχερῶς Μακεδόσι.
20.5.4βραχέος δʼ αἰθύγματος ἐγκαταλειπομένου τῆς προγονικῆς δόξης, ἦσάν τινες οἳ δυσηρεστοῦντο τῇ παρούσῃ καταστάσει καὶ τῷ πάντα πείθεσθαι Μακεδόσι.
20.5.5διὸ καὶ μεγάλην ἀντιπολιτείαν εἶναι συνέβαινε τούτοις πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀσκώνδαν καὶ Νέωνα, τοὺς Βραχύλλου προγόνους· οὗτοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ μάλιστα τότε μακεδονίζοντες.
20.5.6οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τέλος κατίσχυσαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀσκώνδαν γενομένης τινὸς περιπετείας τοιαύτης.
20.5.7Ἀντίγονος μετὰ τὸν Δημητρίου θάνατον ἐπιτροπεύσας Φιλίππου, πλέων ἐπί τινας πράξεις πρὸς τὰς ἐσχατιὰς τῆς Βοιωτίας πρὸς Λάρυμναν, παραδόξου γενομένης ἀμπώτεως ἐκάθισαν εἰς τὸ ξηρὸν αἱ νῆες αὐτοῦ.
20.5.8κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον προσπεπτωκυίας φήμης ὅτι μέλλει κατατρέχειν τὴν χώραν Ἀντίγονος, Νέων, ἱππαρχῶν τότε καὶ πάντας τοὺς Βοιωτῶν ἱππεῖς μεθʼ αὑτοῦ περιαγόμενος χάριν τοῦ παραφυλάττειν τὴν χώραν, ἐπεγένετο τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίγονον ἀπορουμένοις καὶ δυσχρηστουμένοις διὰ τὸ συμβεβηκός,
Book 20, Part 3
20.5.9καὶ δυνάμενος μεγάλα βλάψαι τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἔδοξε φείσασθαι παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν αὐτῶν.
20.5.10τοῖς μὲν οὖν ἄλλοις Βοιωτοῖς ἤρεσκε τοῦτο πράξας, τοῖς δὲ Θηβαίοις οὐχ ὅλως εὐδόκει τὸ γεγονός. ὁ δʼ Ἀντίγονος,
20.5.11ἐπελθούσης μετʼ ὀλίγον τῆς πλήμης καὶ κουφισθεισῶν τῶν νεῶν, τῷ μὲν Νέωνι μεγάλην εἶχε χάριν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ συνεπιτεθεῖσθαι σφίσι κατὰ τὴν περιπέτειαν, αὐτὸς δὲ τὸν προκείμενον ἐτέλει πλοῦν εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν.
20.5.12διὸ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, νικήσας Κλεομένη τὸν Σπαρτιάτην καὶ κύριος γενόμενος τῆς Λακεδαίμονος, ἐπιστάτην ἀπέλειπε τῆς πόλεως Βραχύλλην, ταύτην αὐτῷ χάριν ἀποδιδοὺς τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς Νέωνος εὐεργεσίας· ἐξ ὧν οὐδὲ κατὰ μικρὸν συνέβη τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπανορθωθῆναι τὴν περὶ τὸν Βραχύλλην.
20.5.13οὐ μόνον δὲ ταύτην αὐτῶν ἔσχε τὴν πρόνοιαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸ συνεχές, ὁτὲ μὲν αὐτός, ὁτὲ δὲ Φιλίππος, χορηγοῦντες καὶ συνεπισχύοντες αἰεί, ταχέως κατηγωνίσαντο τοὺς ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις αὐτοῖς ἀντιπολιτευομένους καὶ πάντας ἠνάγκασαν μακεδονίζειν πλὴν τελέως ὀλίγων τινῶν.
20.5.14τὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν Νέωνος τοιαύτην ἔλαβε τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τῆς πρὸς Μακεδόνας συστάσεως
20.6.1καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν ἐπιδόσεως· τὰ δὲ κοινὰ τῶν Βοιωτῶν εἰς τοσαύτην παραγεγόνει καχεξίαν ὥστε σχεδὸν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντʼ ἐτῶν τὸ δίκαιον μὴ διεξῆχθαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς μήτε περὶ τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν συμβολαίων μήτε περὶ τῶν κοινῶν ἐγκλημάτων,
20.6.2ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν φρουρὰς παραγγέλλοντες τῶν ἀρχόντων, οἱ δὲ στρατείας κοινάς, ἐξέκοπτον ἀεὶ τὴν δικαιοδοσίαν· ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν στρατηγῶν καὶ μισθοδοσίας ἐποίουν ἐκ τῶν κοινῶν τοῖς ἀπόροις τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
20.6.3ἐξ ὧν ἐδιδάχθη τὰ πλήθη τούτοις προσέχειν καὶ τούτοις περιποιεῖν τὰς ἀρχάς, διʼ ὧν ἔμελλε τῶν μὲν ἀδικημάτων καὶ τῶν ὀφειλημάτων οὐχ ὑφέξειν δίκας, προσλήψεσθαι δὲ τῶν κοινῶν αἰεί τι διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀρχόντων χάριν. πλεῖστα δὲ συνεβάλετο πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην
20.6.4Ὀφέλτας, αἰεί τι προσεπινοῶν ὃ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐδόκει τοὺς πολλοὺς ὠφελεῖν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάντας ἀπολεῖν ἔμελλεν ὁμολογουμένως.
20.6.5τούτοις δʼ ἠκολούθησε καὶ ἕτερος ζῆλος οὐκ εὐτυχής. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄτεκνοι τὰς οὐσίας οὐ τοῖς κατὰ γένος ἐπιγενομένοις τελευτῶντες ἀπέλειπον, ὅπερ ἦν ἔθος παρʼ αὐτοῖς πρότερον, ἀλλʼ εἰς εὐωχίας καὶ μέθας διετίθεντο καὶ κοινὰς τοῖς φίλοις ἐποίουν·
20.6.6πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐχόντων γενεὰς ἀπεμέριζον τοῖς συσσιτίοις τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας, ὥστε πολλοὺς εἶναι Βοιωτῶν οἷς ὑπῆρχε δεῖπνα τοῦ μηνὸς πλείω τῶν εἰς τὸν μῆνα διατεταγμένων ἡμερῶν.
Book 20, Part 4
20.6.7διὸ καὶ Μεγαρεῖς, μισήσαντες μὲν τὴν τοιαύτην κατάστασιν, μνησθέντες δὲ τῆς προγεγενημένης αὐτοῖς μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν συμπολιτείας, αὖτις ἀπένευσαν πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων αἵρεσιν.
20.6.8Μεγαρεῖς γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν ἐπολιτεύοντο μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἀπὸ τῶν κατʼ Ἀντίγονον τὸν Γονατᾶν χρόνων· ὅτε δὲ Κλεομένης εἰς τὸν Ἰσθμὸν προεκάθισεν, διακλεισθέντες προσέθεντο τοῖς Βοιωτοῖς μετὰ τῆς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν γνώμης.
20.6.9βραχὺ δὲ πρὸ τῶν νῦν λεγομένων καιρῶν δυσαρεστήσαντες τῇ πολιτείᾳ τῶν Βοιωτῶν αὖτις ἀπένευσαν πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιούς.
20.6.10οἱ δὲ Βοιωτοὶ διοργισθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ καταφρονεῖσθαι δοκεῖν ἐξῆλθον ἐπὶ τοὺς Μεγαρεῖς πανδημεὶ σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις.
20.6.11οὐδένα δὲ ποιουμένων λόγον τῶν Μεγαρέων τῆς παρουσίας αὐτῶν, οὕτω θυμωθέντες πολιορκεῖν ἐπεβάλοντο καὶ προσβολὰς ποιεῖσθαι τῇ πόλει.
20.6.12πανικοῦ δʼ ἐμπεσόντος αὐτοῖς καὶ φήμης ὅτι πάρεστιν Φιλοποίμην τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἔχων, ἀπολιπόντες πρὸς τῷ τείχει τὰς κλίμακας ἔφυγον προτροπάδην εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
20.7.1τοιαύτην δʼ ἔχοντες οἱ Βοιωτοὶ τὴν διάθεσιν τῆς πολιτείας, εὐτυχῶς πως διώλισθον καὶ τοὺς κατὰ Φίλιππον καὶ τοὺς κατʼ Ἀντίοχον καιρούς.
20.7.2ἔν γε μὴν τοῖς ἑξῆς οὐ διέφυγον, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες ἀνταπόδοσιν ἡ τύχη ποιουμένη βαρέως ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς ἐπεμβαίνειν· ὑπὲρ ὧν ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ποιησόμεθα μνήμην. —
20.7.3ὅτι οἱ πολλοὶ πρόφασιν μὲν εἶχον τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀλλοτριότητος τὴν ἐπαναίρεσιν τὴν Βραχύλλου καὶ τὴν στρατείαν, ἣν ἐποιήσατο Τίτος ἐπὶ Κορώνειαν διὰ τοὺς ἐπιγινομένους φόνους ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
20.7.4τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ καχεκτοῦντες ἦσαν ταῖς ψυχαῖς διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας.
20.7.5καὶ γὰρ τοῦ βασιλέως συνεγγίζοντος ἐξῄεσαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀπάντησιν οἱ τῶν Βοιωτῶν ἄρξαντες· συμμίξαντες δὲ καὶ φιλανθρώπως ὁμιλήσαντες ἦγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὰς Θήβας. —
20.8.1Ἀντίοχος δὲ ὁ μέγας ἐπικαλούμενος, ὃν Ῥωμαῖοι καθεῖλον, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Πολύβιος ἐν τῇ εἰκοστῇ, παρελθὼν εἰς Χαλκίδα τῆς Εὐβοίας συνετέλει γάμους, πεντήκοντα μὲν ἔτη γεγονὼς καὶ δύο τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ἔργων ἀνειληφώς, τήν τε τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθέρωσιν, ὡς αὐτὸς ἐπηγγέλλετο, καὶ τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον.
Book 20, Part 5
20.8.2ἐρασθεὶς οὖν παρθένου Χαλκιδικῆς κατὰ τὸν τοῦ πολέμου καιρὸν ἐφιλοτιμήσατο γῆμαι αὐτήν, οἰνοπότης ὢν καὶ μέθαις χαίρων.
20.8.3ἦν δʼ αὕτη Κλεοπτολέμου μὲν θυγάτηρ, ἑνὸς τῶν ἐπιφανῶν, κάλλει δὲ πάσας ὑπερβάλλουσα.
20.8.4καὶ τοὺς γάμους συντελῶν ἐν τῇ Χαλκίδι αὐτόθι διέτριψε τὸν χειμῶνα, τῶν ἐνεστώτων οὐδʼ ἡντινοῦν ποιούμενος πρόνοιαν, ἔθετο δὲ καὶ τῇ παιδὶ ὄνομα Εὔβοιαν.
20.8.5ἡττηθεὶς οὖν τῷ πολέμῳ ἔφυγεν εἰς Ἔφεσον μετὰ τῆς νεογάμου.
20.8.6νεξ πραετερ θυινγεντος, θυι ξιρξα ρεγεμ φυερυντ, εχ τοτο εχερξιτυ θυισθυαμ εφφυγιτ, ετιαμ εχ δεξεμ μιλιβυς μιλιτυμ, θυος πολψβιο αυξτορε τραιεξισσε σεξυμ ρεγεμ ιν γραεξιαμ σξριπσιμυς, εχιγυυς νυμερυς.
20.9.1ὅτι οἱ περὶ τὸν Φαινέαν τὸν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν στρατηγὸν μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τὴν Ἡράκλειαν ὑποχείριον τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ὁρῶντες τὸν περιεστῶτα καιρὸν τὴν Αἰτωλίαν καὶ λαμβάνοντες πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τὰ συμβησόμενα ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν, ἔκριναν διαπέμπεσθαι πρὸς τὸν Μάνιον ὑπὲρ ἀνοχῶν καὶ διαλύσεως.
20.9.2ταῦτα δὲ διαλαβόντες ἐξαπέστειλαν Ἀρχέδαμον καὶ Πανταλέοντα καὶ Χάλεπον·
20.9.3οἳ συμμίξαντες τῷ στρατηγῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων προέθεντο μὲν καὶ πλείους ποιεῖσθαι λόγους, μεσολαβηθέντες δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἔντευξιν ἐκωλύθησαν.
20.9.4ὁ γὰρ Μάνιος κατὰ μὲν τὸ παρὸν οὐκ ἔφασκεν εὐκαιρεῖν, περισπώμενος ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἡρακλείας λαφύρων οἰκονομίας·
20.9.5δεχημέρους δὲ ποιησάμενος ἀνοχὰς ἐκπέμψειν ἔφη μετʼ αὐτῶν Λεύκιον, πρὸς ὃν ἐκέλευε λέγειν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἂν δέοιντο.
20.9.6γενομένων δὲ τῶν ἀνοχῶν, καὶ τοῦ Λευκίου συνελθόντος εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν, ἐγένοντο λόγοι καὶ πλείους ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
20.9.7οἱ μὲν οὖν Αἰτωλοὶ συνίσταντο τὴν δικαιολογίαν ἀνέκαθεν προφερόμενοι τὰ προγεγονότα σφίσι φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους·
Book 20, Part 6
20.9.8ὁ δὲ Λεύκιος ἐπιτεμὼν αὐτῶν τὴν ὁρμὴν οὐκ ἔφη τοῖς παροῦσι καιροῖς ἁρμόζειν τοῦτο τὸ γένος τῆς δικαιολογίας· λελυμένων γὰρ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς φιλανθρώπων διʼ ἐκείνους, καὶ τῆς ἐνεστώσης ἔχθρας διʼ Αἰτωλοὺς γεγενημένης, οὐδὲν ἔτι συμβάλλεσθαι τὰ τότε φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς τοὺς νῦν καιρούς.
20.9.9διόπερ ἀφεμένους τοῦ δικαιολογεῖσθαι συνεβούλευε τρέπεσθαι πρὸς τὸν ἀξιωματικὸν λόγον καὶ δεῖσθαι τοῦ στρατηγοῦ συγγνώμης τυχεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις.
20.9.10οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοὶ καὶ πλείω λόγον ποιησάμενοι περὶ τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων ἔκριναν ἐπιτρέπειν τὰ ὅλα Μανίῳ, δόντες αὑτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν,
20.9.11οὐκ εἰδότες τίνα δύναμιν ἔχει τοῦτο, τῷ δὲ τῆς πίστεως ὀνόματι πλανηθέντες, ὡς ἂν διὰ τοῦτο τελειοτέρου σφίσιν ἐλέους ὑπάρξοντος.
20.9.12παρὰ δὲ Ῥωμαίοις ἰσοδυναμεῖ τό τʼ εἰς τὴν πίστιν αὑτὸν ἐγχειρίσαι καὶ τὸ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν δοῦναι περὶ αὑτοῦ τῷ κρατοῦντι.
20.10.1πλὴν ταῦτα κρίναντες ἐξέπεμψαν ἅμα τῷ Λευκίῳ τοὺς περὶ Φαινέαν διασαφήσοντας τὰ δεδογμένα τῷ Μανίῳ κατὰ σπουδήν·
20.10.2οἳ καὶ συμμίξαντες τῷ στρατηγῷ καὶ πάλιν ὁμοίως δικαιολογηθέντες ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν, ἐπὶ καταστροφῆς εἶπαν διότι κέκριται τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐγχειρίζειν εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν.
20.10.3ὁ δὲ Μάνιος μεταλαβών "οὐκοῦν οὕτως ἔχει ταῦτα," φησίν, "
20.10.4ὦ ἄνδρες Αἰτωλοί;" τῶν δὲ κατανευσάντων, "τοιγαροῦν πρῶτον μὲν δεήσει μηδένα διαβαίνειν ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, μήτε κατʼ ἰδίαν μήτε μετὰ κοινοῦ δόγματος,
20.10.5δεύτερον Δικαίαρχον ἔκδοτον δοῦναι καὶ Μενέστρατον τὸν Ἠπειρώτην," ὃς ἐτύγχανε τότε παραβεβοηθηκὼς εἰς Ναύπακτον, "σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀμύνανδρον τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τῶν Ἀθαμάνων τοὺς ἅμα τούτῳ συναποχωρήσαντας πρὸς αὐτούς.
20.10.6" ὁ δὲ Φαινέας μεσολαβήσας "ἀλλʼ οὔτε δίκαιον," ἔφησεν, "οὔθʼ Ἑλληνικόν ἐστιν, ὦ στρατηγέ, τὸ παρακαλούμενον."
20.10.7ὁ δὲ Μάνιος οὐχ οὕτως ὀργισθεὶς ὡς βουλόμενος εἰς ἔννοιαν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγεῖν τῆς περιστάσεως καὶ καταπλήξασθαι τοῖς ὅλοις, "ἔτι γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἑλληνοκοπεῖτε" φησὶ "καὶ περὶ τοῦ πρέποντος καὶ καθήκοντος ποιεῖσθε λόγον, δεδωκότες ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὴν πίστιν; οὓς ἐγὼ δήσας εἰς τὴν ἅλυσιν ἀπάξω πάντας, ἂν τοῦτʼ ἐμοὶ δόξῃ.
Book 20, Part 7
20.10.8" ταῦτα λέγων φέρειν ἅλυσιν ἐκέλευσε καὶ σκύλακα σιδηροῦν ἑκάστῳ περιθεῖναι περὶ τὸν τράχηλον.
20.10.9οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Φαινέαν ἔκθαμβοι γεγονότες ἕστασαν ἄφωνοι πάντες, οἱονεὶ παραλελυμένοι καὶ τοῖς σώμασι καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς διὰ τὸ παράδοξον τῶν ἀπαντωμένων·
20.10.10ὁ δὲ Λεύκιος καί τινες ἕτεροι τῶν συμπαρόντων χιλιάρχων ἐδέοντο τοῦ Μανίου μηδὲν βουλεύσασθαι δυσχερὲς ὑπὲρ τῶν παρόντων ἀνδρῶν, ἐπεὶ τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες πρεσβευταί. τοῦ δὲ συγχωρήσαντος ἤρξατο λέγειν ὁ Φαινέας·
20.10.11ἔφη γὰρ αὑτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀποκλήτους ποιήσειν τὰ προσταττόμενα, προσδεῖσθαι δὲ καὶ τῶν πολλῶν, εἰ μέλλει κυρωθῆναι τὰ παραγγελλόμενα.
20.10.12τοῦ δὲ Μανίου φήσαντος αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς λέγειν, ἠξίου πάλιν ἀνοχὰς αὑτοῖς δοθῆναι δεχημέρους. συγχωρηθέντος δὲ καὶ τούτου, τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐχωρίσθησαν·
20.10.13παραγενόμενοι δʼ εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν διεσάφουν τοῖς ἀποκλήτοις τὰ γεγονότα καὶ τοὺς ῥηθέντας λόγους. ὧν ἀκούσαντες τότε πρῶτον ἔννοιαν ἔλαβον Αἰτωλοὶ τῆς αὑτῶν ἀγνοίας καὶ τῆς ἐπιφερομένης αὐτοῖς ἀνάγκης.
20.10.14διὸ γράφειν ἔδοξεν εἰς τὰς πόλεις καὶ συγκαλεῖν τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς χάριν τοῦ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν προσταττομένων.
20.10.15διαδοθείσης δὲ τῆς φήμης ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀπηντημένων τοῖς περὶ τὸν Φαινέαν, οὕτως ἀπεθηριώθη τὸ πλῆθος ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ἀπαντᾶν οὐδεὶς ἐπεβάλετο πρὸς τὸ διαβούλιον.
20.10.16τοῦ δʼ ἀδυνάτου κωλύσαντος βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τοῦ Νικάνδρου κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον καταπλεύσαντος ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς τὰ Φάλαρα τοῦ κόλπου τοῦ Μηλιέως, ὅθεν καὶ τὴν ὁρμὴν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ διασαφοῦντος τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς αὑτὸν προθυμίαν καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐπαγγελίας, ἔτι μᾶλλον ὠλιγώρησαν, τοῦ μηδὲν γενέσθαι πέρας ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης.
20.10.17ὅθεν ἅμα τῷ διελθεῖν τὰς ἐν ταῖς ἀνοχαῖς ἡμέρας κατάμονος αὖθις ὁ πόλεμος ἐγεγόνει τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς.
20.11.1περὶ δὲ τῆς συμβάσης τῷ Νικάνδρῳ περιπετείας οὐκ ἄξιον παρασιωπῆσαι.
20.11.2παρεγενήθη μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Ἐφέσου δωδεκαταῖος εἰς τὰ Φάλαρα πάλιν, ἀφʼ ἧς ὥρμηθʼ ἡμέρας·
Book 20, Part 8
20.11.3καταλαβὼν δὲ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἔτι περὶ τὴν Ἡράκλειαν, τοὺς δὲ Μακεδόνας ἀφεστῶτας μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς Λαμίας, οὐ μακρὰν δὲ στρατοπεδεύοντας τῆς πόλεως,
20.11.4τὰ μὲν χρήματʼ εἰς τὴν Λαμίαν διεκόμισε παραδόξως, αὐτὸς δὲ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπεβάλετο κατὰ τὸν μεταξὺ τόπον τῶν στρατοπέδων διαπεσεῖν εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν.
20.11.5ἐμπεσὼν δʼ εἰς τοὺς προκοίτους τῶν Μακεδόνων ἀνήγετο πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον ἔτι τῆς συνουσίας ἀκμαζούσης, προσδοκῶν πείσεσθαί τι δεινὸν πεσὼν ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου τὸν θυμὸν ἢ παραδοθήσεσθαι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις.
20.11.6τοῦ δὲ πράγματος ἀγγελθέντος τῷ βασιλεῖ, ταχέως ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἐπὶ τούτων ὄντας θεραπεῦσαι τὸν Νίκανδρον καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν ἐπιμέλειαν αὐτοῦ ποιήσασθαι φιλάνθρωπον.
20.11.7μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον αὐτὸς ἐξαναστὰς συνέμιξε τῷ Νικάνδρῳ καὶ πολλὰ καταμεμψάμενος τὴν κοινὴν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἄγνοιαν, ἐξ ἀρχῆς μέν, ὅτι Ῥωμαίους ἐπαγάγοιεν τοῖς Ἕλλησι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν Ἀντίοχον, ὅμως ἔτι καὶ νῦν παρεκάλει λήθην ποιησαμένους τῶν προγεγονότων ἀντέχεσθαι τῆς πρὸς αὑτὸν εὐνοίας καὶ μὴ θελῆσαι συνεπεμβαίνειν τοῖς κατʼ ἀλλήλων καιροῖς.
20.11.8ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παρῄνει τοῖς προεστῶσι τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀναγγέλλειν· αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Νίκανδρον παρακαλέσας μνημονεύειν τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν γεγενημένης εὐεργεσίας ἐξέπεμπε μετὰ προπομπῆς ἱκανῆς, παραγγείλας τοῖς ἐπὶ τούτῳ τεταγμένοις ἀσφαλῶς εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν αὐτὸν ἀποκαταστῆσαι.
20.11.9Νίκανδρος, τελέως ἀνελπίστου καὶ παραδόξου φανείσης αὐτῷ τῆς ἀπαντήσεως, τότε μὲν ἀνεκομίσθη πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους, κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἑξῆς χρόνον ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς συστάσεως εὔνους ὢν διετέλει τῇ Μακεδόνων οἰκίᾳ.
20.11.10διὸ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα κατὰ τοὺς Περσικοὺς καιροὺς ἐνδεδεμένος τῇ προειρημένῃ χάριτι καὶ δυσχερῶς ἀντιπράττων ταῖς τοῦ Περσέως ἐπιβολαῖς, εἰς ὑποψίας καὶ διαβολὰς ἐμπεσὼν καὶ τέλος ἀνακληθεὶς εἰς Ῥώμην ἐκεῖ μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον. —
20.11.11ὄρος μεταξὺ Καλλιπόλεως καὶ Ναυπάκτου. Πολύβιος εἰκοστῷ. —
20.11.11Ἀπεράντεια, πόλις Θεσσαλίας.
20.12.1ἐξ αὑτῶν τὸν ἐροῦντα περὶ τούτων πρὸς αὐτόν· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν πλείστων ἐργολαβοῦσι πολλοὶ προσφέρουσι τὰς τοιαύτας χάριτας καὶ ταύτην ἀρχὴν ποιοῦνται φιλίας καὶ συστάσεως, οὕτως ἐπὶ Φιλοποίμενος ὁ προσοίσων ταύτην τὴν χάριν ἑκὼν οὐχ εὑρίσκετο τὸ παράπαν,
20.12.2ἕως [ἂν] ἐξαπορήσαντες ψήφῳ προεχειρίσαντο Τιμόλαον, ὃς ὑπάρχων καὶ ξένος πατρικὸς καὶ συνήθης ἐπὶ πολὺ τῷ Φιλοποίμενι, δὶς εἰς τὴν Μεγάλην πόλιν ἐκδημήσας αὐτοῦ τούτου χάριν οὐκ ἐτόλμησε φθέγξασθαι περὶ τούτων οὐδέν, μέχρις ὅτε μυωπίσας ἑαυτὸν καὶ τρίτον ἐλθὼν ἐθάρρησε μνησθῆναι τῆς δωρεᾶς.
Book 20, Part 9
20.12.3τοῦ δὲ Φιλοποίμενος παραδόξως αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀποδεξαμένου καὶ φιλανθρώπως, ὁ μὲν Τιμόλαος περιχαρὴς ἦν,
20.12.4ὑπολαβὼν καθῖχθαι τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην ἥξειν ἔφη μετʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας εἰς τὴν Λακεδαίμονα· θέλειν γὰρ εὐχαριστῆσαι πᾶσι τοῖς ἄρχουσι περὶ τούτων.
20.12.5ἐλθὼν δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ κληθεὶς εἰς τὸ συνέδριον πάλαι μὲν ἔφη γινώσκειν τὴν τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πρὸς αὑτὸν εὔνοιαν, μάλιστα δʼ ἐκ τοῦ νῦν προτεινομένου στεφάνου καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης τιμῆς.
20.12.6τὴν μὲν οὖν προαίρεσιν αὐτῶν ἔφησεν ἀποδέχεσθαι, τῷ δὲ χειρισμῷ δυσωπεῖσθαι. δεῖν γὰρ οὐ τοῖς φίλοις δίδοσθαι τὰς τοιαύτας τιμὰς καὶ τοὺς στεφάνους, ἐξ ὧν ὁ περιθέμενος οὐδέποτε μὴ τὸν ἰὸν ἐκνίψηται, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἐχθροῖς,
20.12.7ἵνʼ οἱ μὲν φίλοι τηροῦντες τὴν παρρησίαν πιστεύωνται παρὰ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, ἐπὰν προθῶνται τῇ πόλει βοηθεῖν, οἱ δʼ ἐχθροὶ καταπιόντες τὸ δέλεαρ ἢ συνηγορεῖν αὐτοῖς ἀναγκάζωνται ἢ σιωπῶντες μηδὲν δύνωνται βλάπτειν.
20.12.8ὅτι οὐχ ὅμοιόν ἐστιν ἐξ ἀκοῆς περὶ πραγμάτων διαλαμβάνειν καὶ γενόμενον αὐτόπτην, ἀλλὰ καὶ μεγάλα διαφέρει, πολὺ δέ τι συμβάλλεσθαι πέφυκεν ἑκάστοις ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἐνάργειαν πίστις.
Book 21, Part 1
21.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον συνέβη καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβείαν, ἣν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, παραγενέσθαι διεψευσμένην τῶν ἐλπίδων.
21.1.2ἐπρέσβευον μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῶν ὁμήρων καὶ τῶν κωμῶν·
21.1.3ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος περὶ μὲν τῶν κωμῶν ἔφησεν ἐντολὰς δώσειν τοῖς παρʼ αὐτῶν ἀποστελλομένοις πρέσβεσιν, περὶ δὲ τῶν ὁμήρων ἔτι βουλεύσασθαι θέλειν.
21.1.4περὶ δὲ τῶν φυγάδων τῶν ἀρχαίων θαυμάζειν ἔφησαν, πῶς οὐ κατάγουσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, ἠλευθερωμένης τῆς Σπάρτης. —
21.2.1ὅτι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τῆς κατὰ τὴν ναυμαχίαν νίκης ἄρτι προσηγγελμένης, πρῶτον μὲν τῷ δήμῳ παρήγγειλαν ἐλινύας ἄγειν ἡμέρας ἐννέα —
21.2.2τοῦτο δʼ ἔστιν σχολάζειν πανδημεὶ καὶ θύειν τοῖς θεοῖς χαριστήρια τῶν εὐτυχημάτων —
21.2.3μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν πρέσβεις καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Μανίου προσῆγον τῇ συγκλήτῳ. γενομένων δὲ πλειόνων παρʼ ἀμφοῖν λόγων,
21.2.4ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ δύο προτείνειν γνώμας τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς, ἢ διδόναι τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν περὶ πάντων τῶν καθʼ αὑτοὺς ἢ χίλια τάλαντα παραχρῆμα δοῦναι καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐχθρὸν καὶ φίλον νομίζειν Ῥωμαίοις.
21.2.5τῶν δʼ Αἰτωλῶν ἀξιούντων διασαφῆσαι ῥητῶς ἐπὶ τίσι δεῖ διδόναι τὴν ἐπιτροπήν, οὐ προσδέχεται τὴν διαστολὴν ἡ σύγκλητος. διὸ καὶ τούτοις γέγονε κατάμονος ὁ πόλεμος.
21.3.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἡ σύγκλητος ἐχρημάτισε τοῖς παρὰ Φιλίππου πρεσβευταῖς·
21.3.2ἧκον γὰρ παρʼ αὐτοῦ πρέσβεις ἀπολογιζόμενοι τὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ προθυμίαν, ἣν παρέσχηται Ῥωμαίοις ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐν τῷ πρὸς Ἀντίοχον πολέμῳ.
21.3.3ὧν διακούσασα τὸν μὲν υἱὸν Δημήτριον ἀπέλυσε τῆς ὁμηρείας παραχρῆμα· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν φόρων ἐπηγγείλατο παραλύσειν, διαφυλάξαντος αὐτοῦ τὴν πίστιν ἐν τοῖς ἐνεστῶσι καιροῖς.
21.3.4παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων ὁμήρους ἀφῆκε πλὴν Ἀρμένα τοῦ Νάβιδος υἱοῦ· τοῦτον δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα συνέβη νόσῳ μεταλλάξαι τὸν βίον.
21.3b.1ὅτι καὶ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, πρεσβείας παραγενομένης εἰς Ἀχαΐαν παρʼ Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως ὑπὲρ συμμαχίας,
21.3b.2ἁθροισθέντες εἰς ἐκκλησίαν οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν τήν τε συμμαχίαν ἐπεκύρωσαν καὶ νεανίσκους ἐξαπέστειλαν, πεζοὺς μὲν χιλίους ἱππεῖς δʼ ἑκατόν, ὧν ἡγεῖτο Διοφάνης ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης. —
21.4.1ὅτι πολιορκουμένων τῶν Ἀμφισσέων ὑπὸ Μανίου τοῦ Ῥωμαίων στρατηγοῦ, κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων δῆμος, πυνθανόμενος τήν τε τῶν Ἀμφισσέων ταλαιπωρίαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ Ποπλίου παρουσίαν, ἐξαπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον,
21.4.2ἐντειλάμενος ἅμα μὲν ἀσπάσασθαι τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον καὶ Πόπλιον, ἅμα δὲ καταπειράζειν τῆς πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς διαλύσεως.
21.4.3ὧν παραγενομένων ἀσμένως ἀποδεξάμενος ὁ Πόπλιος ἐφιλανθρώπει τοὺς ἄνδρας, θεωρῶν ὅτι παρέξονται χρείαν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὰς προκειμένας ἐπιβολάς.
21.4.4ὁ γὰρ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ ἐβούλετο θέσθαι μὲν καλῶς τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Αἰτωλούς· εἰ δὲ μὴ συνυπακούοιεν, πάντως διειλήφει παραλιπὼν ταῦτα διαβαίνειν εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν,
21.4.5σαφῶς γινώσκων διότι τὸ τέλος ἐστὶ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ τῆς ὅλης ἐπιβολῆς οὐκ ἐν τῷ χειρώσασθαι τὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἔθνος, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ νικήσαντας τὸν Ἀντίοχον κρατῆσαι τῆς Ἀσίας.
21.4.6διόπερ ἅμα τῷ μνησθῆναι τοὺς Ἀθηναίους ὑπὲρ τῆς διαλύσεως, ἑτοίμως προσδεξάμενος τοὺς λόγους ἐκέλευσε παραπλησίως πειράζειν αὐτοὺς καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
21.4.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον, προδιαπεμψάμενοι καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πορευθέντες εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν αὐτοί, διελέγοντο περὶ τῆς διαλύσεως τοῖς ἄρχουσι τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
21.4.8ἑτοίμως δὲ κἀκείνων συνυπακουόντων κατεστάθησαν οἱ συμμίξοντες τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις·
21.4.9οἳ καὶ παραγενόμενοι πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον, καταλαβόντες αὐτοὺς στρατοπεδεύοντας ἐν ἑξήκοντα σταδίοις ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀμφίσσης, πολλοὺς διετίθεντο λόγους, ἀναμιμνήσκοντες τῶν γεγονότων σφίσι φιλανθρώπων πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
21.4.10ἔτι δὲ πρᾳότερον καὶ φιλανθρωπότερον ὁμιλήσαντος τοῦ Ποπλίου καὶ προφερομένου τάς τε κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν καὶ τὴν Λιβύην πράξεις καὶ διασαφοῦντος τίνα τρόπον κέχρηται τοῖς κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς τόπους αὐτῷ πιστεύσασιν καὶ τέλος οἰομένου δεῖν ἐγχειρίζειν σφᾶς αὑτῷ καὶ πιστεύειν,
21.4.11τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἅπαντες οἱ παρόντες εὐέλπιδες ἐγενήθησαν, ὡς αὐτίκα μάλα τελεσιουργηθησομένης τῆς διαλύσεως·
21.4.12ἐπεὶ δέ, πυθομένων τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἐπὶ τίσι δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην, ὁ Λεύκιος διεσάφησεν διότι δυεῖν προκειμένων αὐτοῖς αἵρεσις ὑπάρχει —
21.4.13δεῖν γὰρ ἢ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν διδόναι περὶ πάντων τῶν καθʼ αὑτοὺς ἢ χίλια τάλαντα παραχρῆμα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐχθρὸν αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ φίλον Ῥωμαίοις —
21.4.14ἐδυσχρήστησαν μὲν οἱ παρόντες τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα διὰ τὸ μὴ γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀπόφασιν ἀκόλουθον τῇ προγενομένῃ λαλιᾷ, πλὴν ἐπανοίσειν ἔφασαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς.
21.5.1οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἐπανῄεσαν βουλευσόμενοι περὶ τῶν προειρημένων·
21.5.2οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον συμμίξαντες τοῖς ἀποκλήτοις ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῶν προειρημένων.
21.5.3ἦν δὲ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων τὸ μὲν ἀδύνατον διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν χρημάτων, τὸ δὲ φοβερὸν διὰ τὸ πρότερον αὐτοὺς ἀπατηθῆναι, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐπινεύσαντες ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς παρὰ μικρὸν εἰς τὴν ἅλυσιν ἐνέπεσον.
21.5.4διόπερ ἀπορούμενοι καὶ δυσχρηστούμενοι περὶ ταῦτα πάλιν ἐξέπεμπον τοὺς αὐτοὺς δεησομένους ἢ τῶν χρημάτων ἀφελεῖν, ἵνα δύνωνται τελεῖν, ἢ τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς ἐκτὸς ποιῆσαι τοὺς πολιτικοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας.
21.5.5οἳ καὶ συμμίξαντες τοῖς περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον διεσάφουν τὰ δεδογμένα.
21.5.6τοῦ δὲ Λευκίου φήσαντος ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔχειν παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἐφʼ οἷς ἀρτίως εἶπεν, οὗτοι μὲν αὖθις ἐπανῆλθον,
21.5.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον ἐπακολουθήσαντες εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν συνεβούλευσαν τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς, ἐπεὶ τὰ τῆς διαλύσεως ἐμποδίζοιτο κατὰ τὸ παρόν, ἀνοχὰς αἰτησαμένους καὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων κακῶν ὑπέρθεσιν ποιησαμένους πρεσβεύειν πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον, κἂν μὲν ἐπιτυγχάνωσι περὶ τῶν ἀξιουμένων·
21.5.8εἰ δὲ μή, τοῖς καιροῖς ἐφεδρεύειν.
21.5.9χείρω μὲν γὰρ ἀδύνατον γενέσθαι τῶν ὑποκειμένων τὰ περὶ σφᾶς, βελτίω γε μὴν οὐκ ἀδύνατον διὰ πολλὰς αἰτίας.
21.5.10φανέντων δὲ καλῶς λέγειν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον, ἔδοξε πρεσβεύειν τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνοχῶν.
21.5.11ἀφικόμενοι δὲ πρὸς τὸν Λεύκιον ἐδέοντο συγχωρηθῆναι σφίσι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἑξαμήνους ἀνοχάς, ἵνα πρεσβεύσωσι πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον.
21.5.12ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος, πάλαι πρὸς τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν πράξεις παρωρμημένος, ταχέως ἔπεισε τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὑπακοῦσαι τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις.
21.5.13γραφεισῶν δὲ τῶν ὁμολογιῶν, ὁ μὲν Μάνιος, λύσας τὴν πολιορκίαν καὶ παραδοὺς ἅπαν τὸ στράτευμα καὶ τὰς χορηγίας τοῖς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον, εὐθέως ἀπηλλάττετο μετὰ τῶν χιλιάρχων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
21.6.1οἱ δὲ Φωκαιεῖς, τὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπολειφθέντων Ῥωμαίων ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶν ἐπισταθμευόμενοι, τὰ δὲ τὰς ἐπιταγὰς δυσχερῶς φέροντες, ἐστασίαζον. —
21.6.2ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους οἱ τῶν Φωκαιέων ἄρχοντες, δεδιότες τάς τε τῶν πολλῶν ὁρμὰς διὰ τὴν σιτοδείαν καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἀντιοχιστῶν φιλοτιμίαν, ἐξέπεμψαν πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς Σέλευκον, ὄντα πρὸς τοῖς ὅροις τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν,
21.6.3ἀξιοῦντες μὴ πελάζειν τῆς πόλεως, ὅτι πρόκειται σφίσι τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν καὶ καραδοκεῖν τὴν τῶν ὅλων κρίσιν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς εἰρημένοις.
21.6.4ἦσαν δὲ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἴδιοι μὲν τοῦ Σελεύκου καὶ ταύτης τῆς ὑποθέσεως Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Κάσσανδρος καὶ Ῥόδων, ἐναντίοι δὲ καὶ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀπονενευκότες Ἡγίας καὶ Γελίας.
21.6.5ὧν συμμιξάντων ὁ Σέλευκος εὐθέως τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀρίσταρχον ἀνὰ χεῖρας εἶχε, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἡγίαν παρεώρα.
21.6.6πυθόμενος δὲ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῶν πολλῶν καὶ τὴν σπάνιν τοῦ σίτου, παρεὶς τὸν χρηματισμὸν καὶ τὴν ἔντευξιν τῶν παραγεγονότων προῆγε πρὸς τὴν πόλιν. —
21.6.7ἐξελθόντες μὲν Γάλλοι δύο μετὰ τύπων καὶ προστηθιδίων ἐδέοντο μηδὲν ἀνήκεστον βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῆς πόλεως. —
21.7.1πυρφόρος, ᾧ ἐχρήσατο Παυσίστρατος ὁ τῶν Ῥοδίων ναύαρχος.
21.7.2ἦν δὲ κημός· ἐξ ἑκατέρου δὲ τοῦ μέρους τῆς πρώρρας ἀγκύλαι δύο παρέκειντο παρὰ τὴν ἐντὸς ἐπιφάνειαν τῶν τοίχων, εἰς ἃς ἐνηρμόζοντο κοντοὶ προτείνοντες τοῖς κέρασιν εἰς θάλατταν.
21.7.3ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ τούτων ἄκρον ὁ κημὸς ἁλύσει σιδηρᾷ προσήρτητο πλήρης πυρός,
21.7.4ὥστε κατὰ τὰς ἐμβολὰς καὶ παραβολὰς εἰς μὲν τὴν πολεμίαν ναῦν ἐκτινάττεσθαι πῦρ, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς οἰκείας πολὺν ἀφεστάναι τόπον διὰ τὴν ἔγκλισιν. —
21.7.5ὅτι Παμφιλίδας ὁ τῶν Ῥοδίων ναύαρχος ἐδόκει πρὸς πάντας τοὺς καιροὺς εὐαρμοστότερος εἶναι τοῦ Παυσιστράτου διὰ τὸ βαθύτερος τῇ φύσει καὶ στασιμώτερος μᾶλλον ἢ τολμηρότερος ὑπάρχειν.
21.7.6ἀγαθοὶ γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν συμβαινόντων ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διαλήψεις.
21.7.7ἄρτι γὰρ διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο προκεχειρισμένοι τὸν Παυσίστρατον, διὰ τὸ πρᾶξιν ἔχειν τινὰ καὶ τόλμαν, παραχρῆμα μετέπιπτον εἰς τἀναντία ταῖς γνώμαις διὰ τὴν περιπέτειαν. —
21.8.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον εἰς τὴν Σάμον προσέπεσε γράμματα τοῖς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον καὶ τὸν Εὐμένη παρά τε τοῦ Λευκίου τοῦ τὴν ὕπατον ἀρχὴν ἔχοντος καὶ παρὰ Ποπλίου Σκιπίωνος,
21.8.2δηλοῦντα τὰς πρὸς τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς γεγενημένας συνθήκας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνοχῶν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον πορείαν τῶν πεζικῶν στρατοπέδων.
21.8.3ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον καὶ Σέλευκον ταῦτα διεσαφεῖτο παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν. —
21.9.1ὅτι Διοφάνης ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης μεγάλην ἕξιν εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς διὰ τὸ πολυχρονίου γεγονότος τοῦ πρὸς Νάβιν πολέμου τοῖς Μεγαλοπολίταις ἀστυγείτονος πάντα συνεχῶς τὸν χρόνον ὑπὸ τὸν Φιλοποίμενα τεταγμένος τριβὴν ἐσχηκέναι τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἔργων ἀληθινήν.
Book 21, Part 2
21.9.2χωρίς τε τούτων κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ κατὰ τὴν σωματικὴν χρείαν ἦν ὁ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ δυνατὸς καὶ καταπληκτικός.
21.9.3τὸ δὲ κυριώτατον, πρὸς πόλεμον ὑπῆρχεν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐχρῆτο διαφερόντως. —
21.10.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὸν Πέργαμον ἐμβαλών, πυθόμενος δὲ τὴν παρουσίαν Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ θεωρῶν οὐ μόνον τὰς ναυτικάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς πεζικὰς δυνάμεις ἐπʼ αὐτὸν παραγινομένας, ἐβουλεύετο λόγους ποιήσασθαι περὶ διαλύσεως ὁμοῦ πρός τε Ῥωμαίους καὶ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους.
21.10.2ἐξάρας οὖν ἅπαντι τῷ στρατεύματι παρῆν πρὸς τὴν Ἐλαίαν καὶ λαβὼν λόφον τινὰ καταντικρὺ τῆς πόλεως τὸ μὲν πεζικὸν ἐπὶ τούτου κατέστησε, τοὺς δʼ ἱππεῖς παρʼ αὐτὴν τὴν πόλιν παρενέβαλε, πλείους ὄντας ἑξακισχιλίων.
21.10.3αὐτὸς δὲ μεταξὺ τούτων γενόμενος διεπέμπετο πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑπὲρ διαλύσεων.
21.10.4ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων συναγαγὼν τούς τε Ῥοδίους καὶ τὸν Εὐμένην ἠξίου λέγειν περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων τὸ φαινόμενον.
21.10.5οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Εὔδαμον καὶ Παμφιλίδαν οὐκ ἀλλότριοι τῆς διαλύσεως ἦσαν· ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς οὔτʼ εὐσχήμονα τὴν διάλυσιν οὔτε δυνατὴν ἔφησε κατὰ τὸ παρὸν εἶναι.
21.10.6"εὐσχήμονα γάρ" ἔφη "πῶς οἷόν τε γίνεσθαι τὴν ἔκβασιν, ἐὰν τειχήρεις ὄντες ποιώμεθα τὰς διαλύσεις;
21.10.7" καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ δυνατὴν ἔφησε κατὰ τὸ παρόν· "πῶς γὰρ ἐνδέχεται, μὴ προσδεξαμένους ὕπατον, ἄνευ τῆς ἐκείνου γνώμης βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ὁμολογηθείσας συνθήκας;
21.10.8χωρίς τε τούτων, ἐὰν ὅλως γένηταί τι σημεῖον ὁμολογίας πρὸς Ἀντίοχον, οὔτε τὰς ναυτικὰς δυνάμεις δυνατὸν ἐπανελθεῖν δήπουθεν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν οὔτε τὰς πεζικάς, ἐὰν μὴ πρότερον ὅ τε δῆμος ἥ τε σύγκλητος ἐπικυρώσῃ τὰ δοχθέντα.
21.10.9λείπεται δὴ καραδοκοῦντας τὴν ἐκείνων ἀπόφασιν παραχειμάζειν ἐνθάδε καὶ πράττειν μὲν μηδέν, ἐκδαπανᾶν δὲ τὰς τῶν ἰδίων συμμάχων χορηγίας καὶ παρασκευάς·
21.10.10ἔπειτʼ, ἂν μὴ σφίσι παρῇ τῇ συγκλήτῳ διαλύεσθαι, καινοποιεῖν πάλιν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τὸν πόλεμον, παρέντας τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς, ἐν οἷς δυνάμεθα θεῶν βουλομένων πέρας ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς ὅλοις.
21.10.11" ὁ μὲν οὖν Εὐμένης ταῦτʼ εἶπεν· ὁ δὲ Λεύκιος ἀποδεξάμενος τὴν συμβουλίαν, ἀπεκρίθη τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὅτι πρὸ τοῦ τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἐλθεῖν οὐκ ἐνδέχεται γενέσθαι τὰς διαλύσεις.
21.10.12ὧν ἀκούσαντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον παραυτίκα μὲν ἐδῄουν τὴν τῶν Ἐλαϊτῶν χώραν·
21.10.13ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις Σέλευκος μὲν ἐπὶ τούτων ἔμεινε τῶν τόπων, Ἀντίοχος δὲ κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐπιπορευόμενος ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὸ Θήβης καλούμενον πεδίον,
21.10.14καὶ παραβεβληκὼς εἰς χώραν εὐδαίμονα καὶ γέμουσαν ἀγαθῶν ἐπλήρου τὴν στρατιὰν παντοδαπῆς λείας. —
21.11.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς παραγενόμενος εἰς τὰς Σάρδεις ἀπὸ τῆς προρρηθείσης στρατείας διεπέμπετο συνεχῶς πρὸς Προυσίαν, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν σφετέραν συμμαχίαν.
21.11.2ὁ δὲ Προυσίας κατὰ μὲν τοὺς ἀνώτερον χρόνους οὐκ ἀλλότριος ἦν τοῦ κοινωνεῖν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον· πάνυ γὰρ ἐδεδίει τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, μὴ ποιῶνται τὴν εἰς Ἀσίαν διάβασιν ἐπὶ καταλύσει πάντων τῶν δυναστῶν.
21.11.3παραγενομένης δʼ ἐπιστολῆς αὐτῷ παρά τε Λευκίου καὶ Ποπλίου τῶν ἀδελφῶν, κομισάμενος ταύτην καὶ διαναγνοὺς ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἔστη τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ προείδετο τὸ μέλλον ἐνδεχομένως,
21.11.4ἅτε τῶν περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον ἐναργέσι κεχρημένων καὶ πολλοῖς μαρτυρίοις πρὸς πίστιν διὰ τῶν ἐγγράπτων.
21.11.5οὐ γὰρ μόνον ὑπὲρ τῆς ἰδίας προαιρέσεως ἔφερον ἀπολογισμούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἁπάντων Ῥωμαίων,
21.11.6διʼ ὧν παρεδείκνυον οὐχ οἷον ἀφῃρημένοι τινὸς τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς βασιλέων τὰς δυναστείας, ἀλλὰ τινὰς μὲν καὶ προσκατεσκευακότες αὐτοὶ δυνάστας, ἐνίους δʼ ηὐξηκότες καὶ πολλαπλασίους αὐτῶν τὰς ἀρχὰς πεποιηκότες.
21.11.7ὧν κατὰ μὲν τὴν Ἰβηρίαν Ἀνδοβάλην καὶ Κολίχαντα προεφέροντο, κατὰ δὲ τὴν Λιβύην Μασαννάσαν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα τόποις Πλευρᾶτον·
21.11.8οὓς ἅπαντας ἔφασαν ἐξ ἐλαφρῶν καὶ τῶν τυχόντων δυναστῶν πεποιηκέναι βασιλεῖς ὁμολογουμένως.
21.11.9ὁμοίως κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα Φίλιππον καὶ Νάβιν, ὧν Φίλιππον μὲν καταπολεμήσαντες καὶ συγκλείσαντες εἰς ὅμηρα καὶ φόρους, βραχεῖαν αὐτοῦ νῦν λαβόντες ἀπόδειξιν εὐνοίας ἀποκαθεστακέναι μὲν αὐτῷ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τοὺς ἅμα τούτῳ συνομηρεύοντας νεανίσκους, ἀπολελυκέναι δὲ τῶν φόρων, πολλὰς δὲ τῶν πόλεων ἀποδεδωκέναι τῶν ἁλουσῶν κατὰ πόλεμον·
21.11.10Νάβιν δὲ δυνηθέντες ἄρδην ἐπανελέσθαι, τοῦτο μὲν οὐ ποιῆσαι, φείσασθαι δʼ αὐτοῦ, καίπερ ὄντος τυράννου, λαβόντες πίστεις τὰς εἰθισμένας.
21.11.11εἰς ἃ βλέποντα παρεκάλουν τὸν Προυσίαν διὰ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς μὴ δεδιέναι περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, θαρροῦντα δʼ αἱρεῖσθαι τὰ Ῥωμαίων· ἔσεσθαι γὰρ ἀμεταμέλητον αὐτῷ τὴν τοιαύτην προαίρεσιν.
21.11.12ὧν ὁ Προυσίας διακούσας ἐπʼ ἄλλης ἐγένετο γνώμης. ὡς δὲ καὶ παρεγενήθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Γάιον Λίβιον, τελέως ἀπέστη τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐλπίδων, συμμίξας τοῖς προειρημένοις ἀνδράσιν.
21.11.13Ἀντίοχος δὲ ταύτης ἀποπεσὼν τῆς ἐλπίδος παρῆν εἰς Ἔφεσον καὶ συλλογιζόμενος ὅτι μόνως ἂν οὕτω δύναιτο κωλῦσαι τὴν τῶν πεζικῶν στρατοπέδων διά
21.11.13βασιν καὶ καθόλου τὸν πόλεμον ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ἀποτρίβεσθαι βεβαίως κρατοίη τῆς θαλάττης, προέθετο ναυμαχεῖν καὶ κρίνειν τὰ πράγματα διὰ τῶν κατὰ θάλατταν κινδύνων. —
21.12.1Πολύβιος· οἱ δὲ πειραταὶ θεασάμενοι τὸν ἐπίπλουν τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν πλοίων, ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἐποιοῦντο τὴν ἀναχώρησιν. —
21.13.1ὅτι ὁ Ἀντίοχος μετὰ τὴν κατὰ τὴν ναυμαχίαν γενομένην ἧτταν ἐν ταῖς Σάρδεσιν παριεὶς τοὺς καιροὺς καὶ καταμέλλων ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις,
21.13.2ἅμα τῷ πυθέσθαι τῶν πολεμίων τὴν διάβασιν συντριβεὶς τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ δυσελπιστήσας ἔκρινεν διαπέμπεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον καὶ Πόπλιον ὑπὲρ διαλύσεων.
21.13.3προχειρισάμενος οὖν Ἡρακλείδην τὸν Βυζάντιον ἐξέπεμψε, δοὺς ἐντολὰς ὅτι παραχωρεῖ τῆς τε τῶν Λαμψακηνῶν καὶ Σμυρναίων, ἔτι δὲ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων πόλεως, ἐξ ὧν ὁ πόλεμος ἔλαβε τὰς ἀρχάς·
21.13.4ὁμοίως δὲ κἄν τινας ἑτέρας ὑφαιρεῖσθαι βούλωνται τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἰολίδα καὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν, ὅσαι τἀκείνων ᾕρηνται κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον.
21.13.5πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὅτι τὴν ἡμίσειαν δώσει τῆς γεγενημένης σφίσι δαπάνης εἰς τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν διαφοράν.
21.13.6ταύτας μὲν οὖν ὁ πεμπόμενος εἶχε τὰς ἐντολὰς πρὸς τὴν κατὰ κοινὸν ἔντευξιν, ἰδίᾳ δὲ πρὸς τὸν Πόπλιον ἑτέρας, ὑπὲρ ὧν τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δηλώσομεν.
21.13.7ἀφικόμενος δʼ εἰς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὁ προειρημένος πρεσβευτὴς καὶ καταλαβὼν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους μένοντας ἐπὶ τῆς στρατοπεδείας, οὗ πρῶτον κατεσκήνωσαν ἀπὸ τῆς διαβάσεως,
21.13.8τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἥσθη, νομίζων αὑτῷ συνεργὸν εἶναι πρὸς τὴν ἔντευξιν τὸ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν ὡρμηκέναι τῶν ἑξῆς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους,
21.13.9πυθόμενος δὲ τὸν Πόπλιον ἔτι μένειν ἐν τῷ πέραν ἐδυσχρήστησε διὰ τὸ τὴν πλείστην ῥοπὴν κεῖσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων ἐν τῇ ʼκείνου προαιρέσει.
21.13.10αἴτιον δʼ ἦν καὶ τοῦ μένειν τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐπὶ τῆς πρώτης παρεμβολῆς καὶ τοῦ κεχωρίσθαι τὸν Πόπλιον ἀπὸ τῶν δυνάμεων τὸ σάλιον εἶναι τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα. τοῦτο δʼ ἔστιν,
21.13.11καθάπερ ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς περὶ τῆς πολιτείας εἴρηται, τῶν τριῶν ἓν σύστημα, διʼ ὧν συμβαίνει τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας θυσίας ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ συντελεῖσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς·
21.13.12τριακονθήμερον μὴ μεταβαίνειν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς θυσίας, ἐν ᾗ ποτʼ ἂν χώρᾳ καταληφθῶσιν [οἱ σάλιοι οὗτοι].
21.13.13ὃ καὶ τότε συνέβη γενέσθαι Ποπλίῳ· τῆς γὰρ δυνάμεως μελλούσης περαιοῦσθαι κατέλαβεν αὐτὸν οὗτος ὁ χρόνος, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι μεταβαλεῖν τὴν χώραν.
21.13.14διὸ συνέβη τόν τε Σκιπίωνα χωρισθῆναι τῶν στρατοπέδων καὶ μεῖναι κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην, τὰς δὲ δυνάμεις περαιωθείσας μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι πράττειν τῶν ἑξῆς μηθέν, προσαναδεχομένας τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα.
21.14.1ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης, μετά τινας ἡμέρας παραγενομένου τοῦ Ποπλίου, κληθεὶς πρὸς τὸ συνέδριον εἰς ἔντευξιν διελέγετο περὶ ὧν εἶχε τὰς ἐντολάς,
21.14.2φάσκων τῆς τε τῶν Λαμψακηνῶν καὶ Σμυρναίων, ἔτι δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων πόλεως ἐκχωρεῖν τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἰολίδα καὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν, ὅσαι τυγχάνουσιν ᾑρημέναι τὰ Ῥωμαίων·
21.14.3πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὴν ἡμίσειαν ἀναδέχεσθαι τῆς γεγενημένης αὐτοῖς δαπάνης εἰς τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον.
21.14.4πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἕτερα πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν διελέχθη, παρακαλῶν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους μήτε τὴν τύχην λίαν ἐξελέγχειν ἀνθρώπους ὑπάρχοντας, μήτε τὸ μέγεθος τῆς αὑτῶν ἐξουσίας ἀόριστον ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ περιγράφειν, μάλιστα μὲν τοῖς τῆς Εὐρώπης ὅροις·
21.14.5καὶ γὰρ ταύτην μεγάλην ὑπάρχειν καὶ παράδοξον διὰ τὸ μηδένα καθῖχθαι τῶν προγεγονότων αὐτῆς·
21.14.6εἰ δὲ πάντως καὶ τῆς Ἀσίας βούλονταί τινα προσεπιδράττεσθαι, διορίσαι ταῦτα· πρὸς πᾶν γὰρ τὸ δυνατὸν προσελεύσεσθαι τὸν βασιλέα.
21.14.7ῥηθέντων δὲ τούτων, ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀποκριθῆναι διότι τῆς μὲν δαπάνης οὐ τὴν ἡμίσειαν, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν δίκαιόν ἐστιν Ἀντίοχον ἀποδοῦναι· φῦναι γὰρ τὸν πόλεμον ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὐ διʼ αὑτούς, ἀλλὰ διʼ ἐκεῖνον·
21.14.8τῶν δὲ πόλεων μὴ τὰς κατὰ τὴν Αἰολίδα καὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν μόνον ἐλευθεροῦν, ἀλλὰ πάσης τῆς ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου δυναστείας ἐκχωρεῖν.
21.14.9ὁ μὲν οὖν πρεσβευτὴς ταῦτʼ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ συνεδρίου, διὰ τὸ πολὺ τῶν ἀξιουμένων τὰς ἐπιταγὰς ὑπεραίρειν οὐδένα λόγον ποιησάμενος, τῆς μὲν κοινῆς ἐντεύξεως ἀπέστη, τὸν δὲ Πόπλιον ἐθεράπευσε φιλοτίμως.
21.15.1λαβὼν δὲ καιρὸν ἁρμόζοντα διελέγετο περὶ ὧν εἶχε τὰς ἐντολάς.
21.15.2αὗται δʼ ἦσαν διότι πρῶτον μὲν χωρὶς λύτρων ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῷ τὸν υἱὸν ἀποδώσει
21.15.3συνέβαινε γὰρ ἐν ἀρχαῖς τοῦ πολέμου τὸν υἱὸν τὸν τοῦ Σκιπίωνος γεγονέναι τοῖς περὶ Ἀντίχον ὑποχείριον·
21.15.4δεύτερον δὲ διότι καὶ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἕτοιμός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὅσον ἂν ἀποδείξῃ διδόναι πλῆθος χρημάτων καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα κοινὴν ποιεῖν τὴν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας χορηγίαν, ἐὰν συνεργήσῃ ταῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως προτεινομέναις διαλύσεσιν.
21.15.5ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος τὴν μὲν κατὰ τὸν υἱὸν ἐπαγγελίαν ἔφη δέχεσθαι καὶ μεγάλην χάριν ἕξειν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἐὰν βεβαιώσῃ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν·
21.15.6περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφη καὶ παραπαίειν ὁλοσχερῶς τοῦ σφετέρου συμφέροντος οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν πρὸς αὑτὸν ἔντευξιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ συνέδριον.
Book 21, Part 3
21.15.7εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἔτι Λυσιμαχείας καὶ τῆς εἰς τὴν Χερρόνησον εἰσόδου κύριος ὑπάρχων ταῦτα προύτεινε, ταχέως ἂν αὐτὸν ἐπιτυχεῖν.
21.15.8ὁμοίως, εἰ καὶ τούτων ἐκχωρήσας παραγεγόνει πρὸς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ δῆλος ὢν ὅτι κωλύσει τὴν διάβασιν ἡμῶν ἐπρέσβευε περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων, ἦν ἂν οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐφικέσθαι τῶν ἀξιουμένων.
21.15.9ὅτε δʼ ἐάσας ἐπιβῆναι τῆς Ἀσίας τὰς ἡμετέρας δυνάμεις καὶ προσδεξάμενος οὐ μόνον τὸν χαλινόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ἀναβάτην παραγίνεται πρεσβεύων περὶ διαλύσεων ἴσων, εἰκότως αὐτὸν ἀποτυγχάνειν καὶ διεψεῦσθαι τῶν ἐλπίδων.
21.15.10διόπερ αὐτῷ παρῄνει βέλτιον βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων καὶ βλέπειν τοὺς καιροὺς ἀληθινῶς.
21.15.11ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς κατὰ τὸν υἱὸν ἐπαγγελίας ὑπισχνεῖτο δώσειν αὐτῷ συμβουλίαν ἀξίαν τῆς προτεινομένης χάριτος· παρεκάλει γὰρ αὐτὸν εἰς πᾶν συγκαταβαίνειν, μάχεσθαι δὲ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον Ῥωμαίοις.
21.15.12ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἡρακλείδης ταῦτʼ ἀκούσας ἐπανῆλθε καὶ συμμίξας διεσάφει τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ κατὰ μέρος·
21.15.13Ἀντίοχος δὲ νομίσας οὐδὲν ἂν βαρύτερον αὑτῷ γενέσθαι πρόσταγμα τῶν νῦν ἐπιταττομένων, εἰ λειφθείη μαχόμενος, τῆς μὲν περὶ τὰς διαλύσεις ἀσχολίας ἀπέστη, τὰ δὲ πρὸς ἀγῶνα πάντα καὶ πανταχόθεν ἡτοίμαζεν. —
21.16.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν νίκην οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὴν αὑτῶν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον παρειληφότες καὶ τὰς Σάρδεις καὶ τὰς ἀκροπόλεις ἄρτι ἧκε Μουσαῖος ἐπικηρυκευόμενος παρʼ Ἀντιόχου.
21.16.2τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον φιλανθρώπως προσδεξαμένων αὐτόν, ἔφη βούλεσθαι τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐξαποσταλῆναι πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διαλεχθησομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων.
21.16.3διόπερ ἀσφάλειαν ἠξίου δοθῆναι τοῖς παραγινομένοις. τῶν δὲ συγχωρησάντων οὗτος μὲν ἐπανῆλθεν,
21.16.4μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας ἧκον πρέσβεις παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀντιόχου Ζεῦξις ὁ πρότερον ὑπάρχων Λυδίας σατράπης καὶ Ἀντίπατρος ἀδελφιδοῦς.
21.16.5οὗτοι δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ἔσπευδον ἐντυχεῖν Εὐμένει τῷ βασιλεῖ, διευλαβούμενοι μὴ διὰ τὴν προγεγενημένην παρατριβὴν φιλοτιμότερος ᾖ πρὸς τὸ βλάπτειν αὐτούς.
21.16.6εὑρόντες δὲ παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν μέτριον αὐτὸν καὶ πρᾷον, εὐθέως ἐγίνοντο περὶ τὴν κοινὴν ἔντευξιν.
21.16.7κληθέντες δʼ εἰς τὸ συνέδριον πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἕτερα διελέχθησαν, παρακαλοῦντες πρᾴως χρήσασθαι καὶ μεγαλοψύχως τοῖς εὐτυχήμασι,
21.16.8φάσκοντες οὐχ οὕτως Ἀντιόχῳ τοῦτο συμφέρειν ὡς αὐτοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ἐπείπερ ἡ τύχη παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὴν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀρχὴν καὶ δυναστείαν·
21.16.9τὸ δὲ συνέχον ἠρώτων τί δεῖ ποιήσαντας τυχεῖν τῆς εἰρήνης καὶ τῆς φιλίας τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
21.16.10οἱ δʼ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ πρότερον ἤδη συνηδρευκότες καὶ βεβουλευμένοι περὶ τούτων, τότʼ ἐκέλευον διασαφεῖν τὰ δεδογμένα τὸν Πόπλιον.
21.17.1ὁ δὲ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ οὔτε νικήσαντας ἔφη Ῥωμαίους οὐδέποτε γενέσθαι βαρυτέρους,
21.17.2διὸ καὶ νῦν αὐτοῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπόκρισιν δοθήσεσθαι παρὰ Ῥωμαίων, ἣν καὶ πρότερον ἔλαβον, ὅτε πρὸ τῆς μάχης παρεγενήθησαν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον.
21.17.3δεῖν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἔκ τε τῆς Εὐρώπης ἐκχωρεῖν καὶ τῆς Ἀσίας τῆς ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου πάσης.
21.17.4πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Εὐβοϊκὰ τάλαντʼ ἐπιδοῦναι μύρια καὶ πεντακισχίλια Ῥωμαίοις ἀντὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον δαπάνης.
21.17.5τούτων δὲ πεντακόσια μὲν παραχρῆμα, δισχίλια δὲ καὶ πεντακόσια πάλιν, ἐπειδὰν ὁ δῆμος κυρώσῃ τὰς διαλύσεις, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τελεῖν ἐν ἔτεσι δώδεκα, διδόντα καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος χίλια τάλαντα.
21.17.6ἀποδοῦναι δὲ καὶ Εὐμένει τετρακόσια τάλαντα τὰ προσοφειλόμενα καὶ τὸν ἐλλείποντα σῖτον κατὰ τὰς πρὸς τὸν πατέρα συνθήκας.
21.17.7σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀννίβαν ἐκδοῦναι τὸν Καρχηδόνιον καὶ Θόαντα τὸν Αἰτωλὸν καὶ Μνασίλοχον Ἀκαρνᾶνα καὶ Φίλωνα καὶ Εὐβουλίδαν τοὺς Χαλκιδέας.
21.17.8πίστιν δὲ τούτων ὁμήρους εἴκοσι δοῦναι παραχρῆμα τὸν Ἀντίοχον τοὺς παραγραφέντας.
21.17.9ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ Πόπλιος ἀπεφήναθʼ ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ συνεδρίου. συγκαταθεμένων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίπατρον καὶ Ζεῦξιν, ἔδοξε πᾶσιν ἐξαποστεῖλαι πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς παρακαλέσοντας τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ τὸν δῆμον ἐπικυρῶσαι τὰς συνθήκας.
21.17.10καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐχωρίσθησαν, ταῖς δʼ ἑξῆς ἡμέραις οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι διεῖλον τὰς δυνάμεις
21.17.11μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας παραγενομένων τῶν ὁμήρων εἰς τὴν Ἔφεσον, εὐθέως ἐγίνοντο περὶ τὸ πλεῖν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ὅ τʼ Εὐμένης οἵ τε παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευταί,
21.17.12παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ παρὰ Ῥοδίων καὶ παρὰ Σμυρναίων καὶ σχεδὸν τῶν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων ἐθνῶν καὶ πολιτευμάτων ἐπρέσβευον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
21.18.1ὅτι ἤδη τῆς θερείας ἐνισταμένης μετὰ τὴν νίκην τῶν Ῥωμαίων τὴν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον παρῆν ὅ τε βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης οἵ τε παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρέσβεις οἵ τε παρὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων·
21.18.2σχεδὸν γὰρ ἅπαντες οἱ κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν εὐθέως μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τὴν μάχην ἔπεμπον πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, διὰ τὸ πᾶσιν τότε καὶ πάσας τὰς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐλπίδας ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ κεῖσθαι.
21.18.3ἅπαντας μὲν οὖν τοὺς παραγενομένους ἐπεδέχετο φιλανθρώπως ἡ σύγκλητος, μεγαλομερέστατα δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν καὶ τὰς τῶν ξενίων παροχὰς Εὐμένη τὸν βασιλέα, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον τοὺς Ῥοδίους.
21.18.4ἐπειδὴ δʼ ὁ τῆς ἐντεύξεως καιρὸς ἦλθεν, εἰσεκαλέσαντο πρῶτον τὸν βασιλέα καὶ λέγειν ἠξίουν μετὰ παρρησίας ὧν βούλεται τυχεῖν παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου.
21.18.5τοῦ δʼ Εὐμένους φήσαντος διότι εἰ καὶ παρʼ ἑτέρων τυχεῖν τινος ἐβούλετο φιλανθρώπου, Ῥωμαίοις ἂν ἐχρήσατο συμβούλοις πρὸς τὸ μήτʼ ἐπιθυμεῖν μηδενὸς παρὰ τὸ δέον μήτʼ ἀξιοῦν μηδʼ ἓν πέρα τοῦ καθήκοντος·
21.18.6ὁπότε δʼ αὐτῶν πάρεστι δεόμενος Ῥωμαίων, ἄριστον εἶναι νομίζει τὸ διδόναι τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν ἐκείνοις καὶ περὶ αὑτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν·
21.18.7τῶν δὲ πρεσβυτέρων τινὸς ἀναστάντος καὶ κελεύοντος μὴ κατορρωδεῖν, ἀλλὰ λέγειν τὸ φαινόμενον, διότι πρόκειται τῇ συγκλήτῳ πᾶν αὐτῷ χαρίζεσθαι τὸ δυνατόν, ἔμεινεν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης. χρόνου δʼ ἐγγινομένου ὁ μὲν βασιλεὺς ἐξεχώρησεν,
21.18.8ἡ δὲ ἐντὸς ἐβουλεύετο τί δεῖ ποιεῖν.
21.18.9ἔδοξεν οὖν τὸν Εὐμένη παρακαλεῖν αὐτὸν ὑποδεικνύναι θαρροῦντα περὶ ὧν πάρεστιν· καὶ γὰρ εἰδέναι τὰ διαφέροντα τοῖς ἰδίοις πράγμασιν ἐκεῖνον ἀκριβέστερον τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν.
21.18.10δοξάντων δὲ τούτων εἰσεκλήθη, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τινὸς ἀποδείξαντος τὰ δεδογμένα λέγειν
21.19.1ἠναγκάσθη περὶ τῶν προκειμένων. ἔφασκεν οὖν ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ἂν εἰπεῖν περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτόν, ἀλλὰ μεῖναι τελέως διδοὺς ἐκείνοις τὴν ἐξουσίαν· ἕνα δὲ τόπον ἀγωνιᾶν τὸν κατὰ τοὺς Ῥοδίους·
21.19.2διὸ καὶ προῆχθαι νῦν εἰς τὸ λέγειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
21.19.3ἐκείνους γὰρ παρεῖναι μὲν οὐδὲν ἧττον ὑπὲρ τῆς σφετέρας πατρίδος συμφερόντως σπουδάζοντας ἤπερ αὑτοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἰδίας ἀρχῆς φιλοτιμεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸ παρόν·
21.19.4τοὺς δὲ λόγους αὐτῶν τὴν ἐναντίαν ἔμφασιν ἔχειν τῇ προθέσει τῇ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν. τοῦτο δʼ εἶναι ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν.
21.19.5ἐρεῖν μὲν γὰρ αὐτούς, ἐπειδὰν εἰσπορευθῶσιν, διότι πάρεισιν οὔτε παρʼ ὑμῶν αἰτούμενοι τὸ παράπαν οὐδὲν οὔθʼ ἡμᾶς βλάπτειν θέλοντες κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον, πρεσβεύονται δὲ περὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν κατοικούντων Ἑλλήνων. "
21.19.6τοῦτο δʼ οὐχ οὕτως αὐτοῖς εἶναι κεχαρισμένον φήσουσιν ὡς ὑμῖν καθῆκον καὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἔργοις ἀκόλουθον.
21.19.7ἡ μὲν οὖν διὰ τῶν λόγων φαντασία τοιαύτη τις αὐτῶν ἔσται· τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τὴν ἐναντίαν ἔχοντα τούτοις εὑρεθήσεται διάθεσιν.
21.19.8τῶν γὰρ πόλεων ἐλευθερωθεισῶν, ὡς αὐτοὶ παρακαλοῦσιν, τὴν μὲν τούτων συμβήσεται δύναμιν αὐξηθῆναι πολλαπλασίως, τὴν δʼ ἡμετέραν τρόπον τινὰ καταλυθῆναι.
21.19.9τὸ γὰρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὄνομα καὶ τῆς αὐτονομίας ἡμῖν μὲν ἄρδην ἀποσπάσει πάντας οὐ μόνον τοὺς νῦν ἐλευθερωθησομένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πρότερον ἡμῖν ὑποταττομένους, ἐπειδὰν ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ ταύτης ὄντες φανεροὶ γένησθε τῆς προαιρέσεως, τούτοις δὲ προσθήσει πάντας.
21.19.10τὰ γὰρ πράγματα φύσιν ἔχει τοιαύτην· δόξαντες γὰρ ἠλευθερῶσθαι διὰ τούτους ὀνόματι μὲν ἔσονται σύμμαχοι τούτων, τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ πᾶν ποιήσουσι τὸ κελευόμενον ἑτοίμως, τῇ μεγίστῃ χάριτι γεγονότες ὑπόχρεοι.
21.19.11διόπερ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀξιοῦμεν ὑμᾶς τοῦτον τὸν τόπον ὑπιδέσθαι, μὴ λάθητε τοὺς μὲν παρὰ τὸ δέον αὔξοντες, τοὺς δʼ ἐλαττοῦντες τῶν φίλων ἀλόγως,
21.19.12ἅμα δὲ τούτοις τοὺς μὲν πολεμίους γεγονότας εὐεργετοῦντες, τοὺς δʼ ἀληθινοὺς φίλους παρορῶντες καὶ
21.20.1κατολιγωροῦντες τούτων. ἐγὼ δὲ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων, ὅτου δέοι, παντὸς ἂν παραχωρήσαιμι τοῖς πέλας ἀφιλονίκως, περὶ δὲ τῆς ὑμετέρας φιλίας καὶ τῆς εἰς ὑμᾶς εὐνοίας ἁπλῶς οὐδέποτʼ ἂν οὐδενὶ τῶν ὄντων ἐκχωρήσαιμι κατὰ δύναμιν.
21.20.2δοκῶ δὲ καὶ τὸν πατέρα τὸν ἡμέτερον, εἴπερ ἔζη, τὴν αὐτὴν ἂν προέσθαι φωνὴν ἐμοί.
21.20.3καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος, πρῶτος μετασχὼν τῆς ὑμετέρας φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας, σχεδὸν πάντων τῶν [κατὰ] τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα νεμομένων, εὐγενέστατα διεφύλαξε ταύτην ἕως τῆς τελευταίας ἡμέρας, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὰς πράξεις.
21.20.4πάντων γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐκοινώνησε τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολέμων καὶ πλείστας μὲν εἰς τούτους καὶ πεζικὰς καὶ ναυτικὰς δυνάμεις παρέσχετο τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων, πλείστην δὲ συνεβάλετο χορηγίαν καὶ μεγίστους ὑπέμεινε κινδύνους·
21.20.5τέλος δʼ εἰπεῖν, κατέστρεψε τὸν βίον ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἔργοις κατὰ τὸν Φιλιππικὸν πόλεμον, παρακαλῶν Βοιωτοὺς εἰς τὴν ὑμετέραν φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν.
21.20.6ἐγὼ δὲ διαδεξάμενος τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν μὲν προαίρεσιν τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς διεφύλαξα — ταύτην γὰρ οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἦν ὑπερθέσθαι — τοῖς δὲ πράγμασιν ὑπερεθέμην.
21.20.7οἱ γὰρ καιροὶ τὴν ἐκ πυρὸς βάσανον ἐμοὶ μᾶλλον ἢ ʼκείνῳ προσῆγον.
21.20.8Ἀντιόχου γὰρ σπουδάζοντος ἡμῖν θυγατέρα δοῦναι καὶ συνοικειωθῆναι τοῖς ὅλοις, διδόντος δὲ παραχρῆμα μὲν τὰς πρότερον ἀπηλλοτριωμένας ἀφʼ ἡμῶν πόλεις, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πᾶν ὑπισχνουμένου ποιήσειν, εἰ μετάσχοιμεν τοῦ πρὸς ὑμᾶς πολέμου,
21.20.9τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχομεν τοῦ προσδέξασθαί τι τούτων, ὡς πλείσταις μὲν καὶ πεζικαῖς καὶ ναυτικαῖς δυνάμεσιν τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων ἠγωνίσμεθα μεθʼ ὑμῶν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον, πλείστας δὲ χορηγίας συμβεβλήμεθα πρὸς τὰς ὑμετέρας χρείας ἐν τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτάτοις καιροῖς, εἰς πάντας δὲ τοὺς κινδύνους δεδώκαμεν αὑτοὺς ἀπροφασίστως μετά γε τῶν ὑμετέρων ἡγεμόνων.
Book 21, Part 4
21.20.10τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ὑπεμείναμεν συγκλεισθέντες εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν Πέργαμον πολιορκεῖσθαι καὶ κινδυνεύειν ἅμα περὶ τοῦ βίου καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ὑμέτερον δῆμον εὔνοιαν.
21.21.1ὥσθʼ ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες Ῥωμαῖοι, πολλοὺς μὲν γεγονότας αὐτόπτας, πάντας δὲ γινώσκοντας διότι λέγομεν ἀληθῆ, δίκαιόν ἐστι τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν πρόνοιαν ποιήσασθαι περὶ ἡμῶν.
21.21.2καὶ γὰρ ἂν πάντων γένοιτο δεινότατον, εἰ Μασαννάσαν μὲν τὸν οὐ μόνον ὑπάρξαντα πολέμιον ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον καταφυγόντα πρὸς ὑμᾶς μετά τινων ἱππέων, τοῦτον, ὅτι καθʼ ἕνα πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς Καρχηδονίους ἐτήρησε τὴν πίστιν, βασιλέα τῶν πλείστων μερῶν τῆς Λιβύης πεποιήκατε, Πλευρᾶτον δέ,
21.21.3πράξαντα μὲν ἁπλῶς οὐδέν, διαφυλάξαντα δὲ μόνον τὴν πίστιν, μέγιστον τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα δυναστῶν ἀναδεδείχατε,
21.21.4ἡμᾶς δὲ τοὺς διὰ προγόνων τὰ μέγιστα καὶ κάλλιστα τῶν ἔργων ὑμῖν συγκατειργασμένους παρʼ οὐδὲν ποιήσεσθε.
21.21.5τί οὖν ἐστιν ὃ παρακαλῶ, καὶ τίνος φημὶ δεῖν ἡμᾶς τυγχάνειν παρʼ ὑμῶν; ἐρῶ μετὰ παρρησίας,
21.21.6ἐπείπερ ἡμᾶς ἐξεκαλέσασθε πρὸς τὸ λέγειν ὑμῖν τὸ φαινόμενον.
21.21.7εἰ μὲν αὐτοὶ κρίνετέ τινας τόπους διακατέχειν τῆς Ἀσίας τῶν ὄντων μὲν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου, ταττομένων δὲ πρότερον ὑπʼ Ἀντίοχον, τοῦτο καὶ μάλιστα βουλοίμεθʼ ἂν ἰδεῖν γενόμενον·
21.21.8καὶ γὰρ ἀσφαλέστατα βασιλεύσειν ὑμῖν γειτνιῶντες ὑπολαμβάνομεν καὶ μάλιστα μετέχοντες τῆς ὑμετέρας ἐξουσίας.
21.21.9εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μὴ κρίνετε ποιεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐκχωρεῖν τῆς Ἀσίας ὁλοσχερῶς, οὐδενί φαμεν δικαιότερον εἶναι παραχωρεῖν ὑμᾶς τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου γεγονότων ἄθλων ἤπερ ἡμῖν.
21.21.10νὴ Δίʼ, ἀλλὰ κάλλιόν ἐστι τοὺς δουλεύοντας ἐλευθεροῦν. εἴγε μὴ μετʼ Ἀντιόχου πολεμεῖν ὑμῖν ἐτόλμησαν.
21.21.11ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦθʼ ὑπέμειναν, πολλῷ κάλλιον τὸ τοῖς ἀληθινοῖς φίλοις τὰς ἁρμοζούσας χάριτας ἀποδιδόναι μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς πολεμίους γεγονότας εὐεργετεῖν."
21.22.1ὁ μὲν οὖν Εὐμένης ἱκανῶς εἰπὼν ἀπηλλάγη, τὸ δὲ συνέδριον αὐτόν τε τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὰ ῥηθέντα φιλοφρόνως ἀπεδέχετο καὶ πᾶν τὸ δυνατὸν προθύμως εἶχεν αὐτῷ χαρίζεσθαι.
21.22.2μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἐβούλοντο μὲν εἰσάγειν Ῥοδίους. ἀφυστεροῦντος δέ τινος τῶν πρεσβευτῶν εἰσεκαλέσαντο τοὺς Σμυρναίους.
21.22.3οὗτοι δὲ πολλοὺς μὲν ἀπολογισμοὺς εἰσήνεγκαν περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν εὐνοίας καὶ προθυμίας, ἣν παρέσχηνται Ῥωμαίοις κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον·
21.22.4οὔσης δὲ τῆς περὶ αὐτῶν δόξης ὁμολογουμένης, διότι γεγόνασι πάντων ἐκτενέστατοι τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας αὐτονομουμένων, οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἡγούμεθʼ εἶναι τοὺς κατὰ μέρος ἐκτίθεσθαι λόγους.
21.22.5ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις εἰσῆλθον οἱ Ῥόδιοι καὶ βραχέα προενεγκάμενοι περὶ τῶν κατʼ ἰδίαν σφίσι πεπραγμένων εἰς Ῥωμαίους, ταχέως εἰς τὸν περὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐπανῆλθον λόγον.
21.22.6ἐν ᾧ μέγιστον αὑτοῖς ἔφασαν γεγονέναι σύμπτωμα κατὰ τὴν πρεσβείαν, πρὸς ὃν οἰκειότατα διάκεινται βασιλέα καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν, πρὸς τοῦτον αὐτοῖς ἀντιπεπτωκέναι τὴν φύσιν τῶν πραγμάτων.
21.22.7τῇ μὲν γὰρ αὑτῶν πατρίδι δοκεῖν τοῦτο κάλλιστον εἶναι καὶ μάλιστα πρέπον Ῥωμαίοις, τὸ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἕλληνας ἐλευθερωθῆναι καὶ τυχεῖν τῆς αὐτονομίας τῆς ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις προσφιλεστάτης, Εὐμένει δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἥκιστα τοῦτο συμφέρειν· φύσει γὰρ πᾶσαν μοναρχίαν τὸ μὲν ἴσον ἐχθαίρειν,
21.22.8ζητεῖν δὲ πάντας, εἰ δὲ μή γʼ ὡς πλείστους, ὑπηκόους εἶναι σφίσι καὶ πειθαρχεῖν.
21.22.9ἀλλὰ καίπερ τοιούτων ὄντων τῶν πραγμάτων, ὅμως ἔφασαν πεπεῖσθαι διότι καθίξονται τῆς προθέσεως, οὐ τῷ πλεῖον Εὐμένους δύνασθαι παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις, ἀλλὰ τῷ δικαιότερα φαίνεσθαι λέγοντες καὶ συμφορώτερα πᾶσιν ὁμολογουμένως.
21.22.10εἰ μὲν γὰρ μὴ δυνατὸν ἦν ἄλλως Εὐμένει χάριν ἀποδοῦναι Ῥωμαίους, εἰ μὴ παραδοῖεν αὐτῷ τὰς αὐτονομουμένας πόλεις, ἀπορεῖν εἰκὸς ἦν περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων· ἢ γὰρ φίλον ἀληθινὸν ἔδει παριδεῖν,
21.22.11ἢ τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ καθήκοντος αὑτοῖς ὀλιγωρῆσαι καὶ τὸ τέλος τῶν ἰδίων πράξεων ἀμαυρῶσαι καὶ καταβαλεῖν.
21.22.12"εἰ δʼ ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ἱκανῶς ἔξεστιν προνοηθῆναι, τίς ἂν ἔτι περὶ τούτου διαπορήσειεν;
21.22.13καὶ μὴν ὥσπερ ἐν δείπνῳ πολυτελεῖ, πάντʼ ἔνεστιν ἱκανὰ πᾶσιν καὶ πλείω τῶν ἱκανῶν.
21.22.14καὶ γὰρ Λυκαονίαν καὶ Φρυγίαν τὴν ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου καὶ τὴν Πισιδικήν, πρὸς δὲ ταύταις Χερρόνησον καὶ τὰ προσοροῦντα ταύτῃ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν οἷς ἂν βούλησθε
21.22.15προστεθέντα πρὸς τὴν Εὐμένους βασιλείαν δεκαπλασίαν αὐτὴν δύναται ποιεῖν τῆς νῦν ὑπαρχούσης· πάντων δὲ τούτων ἢ τῶν πλείστων αὐτῇ προσμερισθέντων, οὐδεμιᾶς ἂν γένοιτο
21.23.1τῶν ἄλλων δυναστειῶν καταδεεστέρα. ἔξεστιν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ῥωμαῖοι, καὶ τοὺς φίλους μεγαλομερῶς σωματοποιῆσαι καὶ τὸ τῆς ἰδίας ὑποθέσεως λαμπρὸν μὴ καταβαλεῖν.
21.23.2οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ταὐτὸν τέλος τῶν ἔργων, ἀλλʼ ἕτερον.
21.23.3οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι πάντες ὁρμῶσιν πρὸς τὰς πράξεις ὀρεγόμενοι τοῦ καταστρέψασθαι καὶ προσλαβεῖν πόλεις, χορηγίαν, ναῦς·
21.23.4ὑμᾶς δὲ πάντων τούτων ἀπροσδεήτους οἱ θεοὶ πεποιήκασι, πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην τεθεικότες [μὲν] ὑπὸ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἐξουσίαν.
21.23.5τίνος οὖν ἔτι προσδεῖσθε, καὶ τίνος ἂν ἔτι δέοι πρόνοιαν ὑμᾶς ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἰσχυροτάτην;
21.23.6δῆλον ὡς ἐπαίνου καὶ δόξης παρʼ ἀνθρώποις, ἃ καὶ κτήσασθαι μέν ἐστι δυσχερές, δυσχερέστερον δὲ κτησαμένους διαφυλάξαι.
21.23.7γνοίητε δʼ ἂν τὸ λεγόμενον οὕτως. ἐπολεμήσατε πρὸς Φίλιππον καὶ πᾶν ὑπεμείνατε χάριν τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας· τοῦτο γὰρ προέθεσθε, καὶ τοῦθʼ ὑμῖν ἆθλον ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ πολέμου περιγέγονεν, ἕτερον δʼ ἁπλῶς οὐδέν.
21.23.8ἀλλʼ ὅμως εὐδοκεῖτε τούτῳ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς παρὰ Καρχηδονίων φόροις· καὶ μάλα δικαίως·
21.23.9τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀργύριόν ἐστι κοινόν τι πάντων ἀνθρώπων κτῆμα, τὸ δὲ καλὸν καὶ πρὸς ἔπαινον καὶ τιμὴν ἀνῆκον θεῶν καὶ τῶν ἔγγιστα τούτοις πεφυκότων ἀνδρῶν ἐστιν.
21.23.10τοιγαροῦν σεμνότατον τῶν ὑμετέρων ἔργων ἡ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθέρωσις. τούτῳ νῦν ἐὰν μὲν προσθῆτε τἀκόλουθον, τελειωθήσεται τὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης. ἐὰν δὲ παρίδητε, καὶ τὰ πρὶν ἐλαττωθήσεται φανερῶς.
21.23.11ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ τῆς προαιρέσεως γεγονότες αἱρετισταὶ καὶ τῶν μεγίστων ἀγώνων καὶ κινδύνων ἀληθινῶς ὑμῖν μετεσχηκότες, καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἐγκαταλείπομεν τὴν τῶν φίλων τάξιν,
21.23.12ἀλλʼ ἅ γε νομίζομεν ὑμῖν καὶ πρέπειν καὶ συμφέρειν, οὐκ ὠκνήσαμεν ὑπομνῆσαι μετὰ παρρησίας, οὐδενὸς στοχασάμενοι τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲ περὶ πλείονος οὐδὲν ποιησάμενοι τοῦ καθήκοντος αὑτοῖς."
21.23.13οἱ μὲν οὖν Ῥόδιοι ταῦτʼ εἰπόντες πᾶσιν ἐδόκουν μετρίως καὶ καλῶς διειλέχθαι περὶ τῶν προκειμένων.
21.24.1ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις εἰσήγαγον τοὺς παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευτὰς Ἀντίπατρον καὶ Ζεῦξιν.
21.24.2ὧν μετʼ ἀξιώσεως καὶ παρακλήσεως ποιησαμένων τοὺς λόγους, εὐδόκησαν ταῖς γεγενημέναις ὁμολογίαις πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Σκιπίωνα κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν,
21.24.3καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας τοῦ δήμου συνεπικυρώσαντος ἔτεμον ὅρκια περὶ τούτων πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίπατρον.
21.24.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους εἰσῆγον, ὅσοι παρῆσαν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας πρεσβεύοντες· ὧν ἐπὶ βραχὺ μὲν διήκουσαν, ἅπασιν δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔδωκαν ἀπόκρισιν.
21.24.5αὕτη δʼ ἦν ὅτι δέκα πρεσβεύοντας ἐξαποστελοῦσι τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ταῖς πόλεσι διαγνωσομένους.
21.24.6δόντες δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἀποκρίσεις μετὰ ταῦτα κατέστησαν δέκα πρεσβευτάς, οἷς περὶ μὲν τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἔδωκαν τὴν ἐπιτροπήν,
21.24.7περὶ δὲ τῶν ὅλων αὐτοὶ διέλαβον ὅτι δεῖ τῶν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου κατοικούντων, ὅσοι μὲν ὑπʼ Ἀντίοχον ἐτάττοντο, τούτους Εὐμένει δοθῆναι πλὴν Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίας τὰ μέχρι τοῦ Μαιάνδρου ποταμοῦ, ταῦτα δὲ Ῥοδίων ὑπάρχειν,
21.24.8τῶν δὲ πόλεων τῶν Ἑλληνίδων ὅσαι μὲν Ἀττάλῳ φόρον ὑπετέλουν, ταύτας τὸν αὐτὸν Εὐμένει τελεῖν, ὅσαι δʼ Ἀντιόχῳ, μόνον ταύταις ἀφεῖσθαι τὸν φόρον.
21.24.9δόντες δὲ τοὺς τύπους τούτους ὑπὲρ τῆς ὅλης διοικήσεως, ἐξέπεμπον τοὺς δέκα πρὸς Γνάιον τὸν ὕπατον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν.
21.24.10ἤδη δὲ τούτων διῳκημένων, προσῆλθον αὖθις οἱ Ῥόδιοι πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἀξιοῦντες περὶ Σόλων τῶν Κιλικίων· διὰ γὰρ τὴν συγγένειαν ἔφασαν καθήκειν αὑτοῖς προνοεῖσθαι τῆς πόλεως ταύτης.
21.24.11εἶναι γὰρ Ἀργείων ἀποίκους Σολεῖς, καθάπερ καὶ Ῥοδίους· ἐξ ὧν ἀδελφικὴν οὖσαν ἀπεδείκνυον τὴν συγγένειαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
21.24.12ὧν ἕνεκα δίκαιον ἔφασαν εἶναι τυχεῖν αὐτοὺς τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων διὰ τῆς Ῥοδίων χάριτος.
21.24.13ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα περὶ τούτων εἰσεκαλέσατο τοὺς παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευτάς, καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐπέταττε πάσης Κιλικίας ἐκχωρεῖν τὸν Ἀντίοχον· οὐ προσδεχομένων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίπατρον διὰ τὸ παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας εἶναι, πάλιν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν Σόλων ἐποιοῦντο τὸν λόγον.
21.24.14φιλοτίμως δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο διερειδομένων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν, τούτους μὲν ἀπέλυσαν, τοὺς δὲ Ῥοδίους εἰσκαλεσάμενοι διεσάφουν τὰ συναντώμενα παρὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίπατρον καὶ προσεπέλεγον ὅτι πᾶν ὑπομενοῦσιν, εἰ πάντως τοῦτο κέκριται Ῥοδίοις.
21.24.15τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν εὐδοκουμένων τῇ φιλοτιμίᾳ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ φασκόντων οὐδὲν ἔτι πέρα ζητεῖν, ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἔμεινεν.
21.24.16ἤδη δὲ πρὸς ἀναζυγὴν τῶν δέκα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πρεσβευτῶν ὄντων, κατέπλευσαν τῆς Ἰταλίας εἰς Βρεντέσιον οἵ τε περὶ τὸν Σκιπίωνα καὶ Λεύκιον οἱ τῇ ναυμαχίᾳ νικήσαντες τὸν Ἀντίοχον·
21.24.17οἳ καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἦγον θριάμβους.
21.25.1ὅτι Ἀμύνανδρος ὁ τῶν Ἀθαμάνων βασιλεύς, δοκῶν ἤδη τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀνειληφέναι βεβαίως, εἰς Ῥώμην ἐξέπεμπε πρεσβευτὰς καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Σκιπίωνας εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν — ἔτι γὰρ ἦσαν περὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἔφεσον τόπους —
21.25.2τὰ μὲν ἀπολογούμενος τῷ δοκεῖν διʼ Αἰτωλῶν πεποιῆσθαι τὴν κάθοδον, τὰ δὲ κατηγορῶν τοῦ Φιλίππου, τὸ δὲ πολὺ παρακαλῶν προσδέξασθαι πάλιν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν συμμαχίαν.
21.25.3οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοὶ νομίσαντες ἔχειν εὐφυῆ καιρὸν πρὸς τὸ τὴν Ἀμφιλοχίαν καὶ τὴν Ἀπεραντίαν ἀνακτήσασθαι, προέθεντο στρατεύειν εἰς τοὺς προειρημένους τόπους.
Book 21, Part 5
21.25.4ἁθροίσαντος δὲ Νικάνδρου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πάνδημον στρατιάν, ἐνέβαλον εἰς τὴν Ἀμφιλοχίαν.
21.25.5τῶν δὲ πλείστων αὐτοῖς ἐθελοντὴν προσχωρησάντων μετῆλθον εἰς τὴν Ἀπεραντίαν. καὶ τούτων δὲ προσθεμένων ἑκουσίως ἐστράτευσαν εἰς τὴν Δολοπίαν.
21.25.6οὗτοι δὲ βραχὺν μέν τινα χρόνον ὑπέδειξαν ὡς ἀντιποιησόμενοι, τηρήσαντες τὴν πρὸς Φίλιππον πίστιν· λαβόντες δὲ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τὰ περὶ τοὺς Ἀθαμᾶνας καὶ τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου , ταχέως μετενόησαν καὶ προσέθεντο πρὸς τοὺς Αἰτωλούς.
21.25.7γενομένης δὲ τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων εὐροίας τοιαύτης, ἀπήγαγε τὴν στρατιὰν ὁ Νίκανδρος εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, δοκῶν ἠσφαλίσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν τοῖς προειρημένοις ἔθνεσι καὶ τόποις τοῦ μηδένα δύνασθαι κακοποιεῖν τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν.
21.25.8ἄρτι δὲ τούτων συμβεβηκότων καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσι φρονηματιζομένων, προσέπεσε φήμη περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν μάχης, ἐν ᾗ γνόντες ἡττημένον ὁλοσχερῶς τὸν Ἀντίοχον αὖθις ἀνετράπησαν ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
21.25.9ὡς δὲ παραγενηθεὶς ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης ὁ Δαμοτέλης τόν τε πόλεμον ἀνήγγειλε διότι μένει κατάμονος, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Μάρκου καὶ τῶν δυνάμεων διάβασιν ἐπʼ αὐτούς, τότε δὴ παντελῶς εἰς ἀμηχανίαν ἐνέπιπτον καὶ διηπόρουν πῶς δεῖ χρήσασθαι τοῖς ἐπιφερομένοις πράγμασιν.
21.25.10ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς πρός τε Ῥοδίους πέμπειν καὶ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους, ἀξιοῦντας καὶ παρακαλοῦντας πρεσβεῦσαι περὶ αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ παραιτησαμένους τὴν ὀργὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ποιήσασθαί τινα λύσιν τῶν περιεστώτων κακῶν τὴν Αἰτωλίαν.
21.25.11ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρʼ αὑτῶν ἐξέπεμψαν πάλιν πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, Ἀλέξανδρον τὸν Ἴσιον ἐπικαλούμενον καὶ Φαινέαν, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Χάλεπον. ἔτι δʼ Ἄλυπον τὸν Ἀμβρακιώτην καὶ Λύκωπον. —
21.26.1ὅτι παραγενομένων πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐξ ἠπείρου πρεσβευτῶν, ἐκοινολογεῖτο τούτοις περὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς στρατείας.
21.26.2τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν στρατεύειν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν συμβουλευόντων — συνέβαινε γὰρ τότε πολιτεύεσθαι τοὺς Ἀμβρακιώτας μετὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν —
21.26.3καὶ φερόντων ἀπολογισμοὺς διότι καὶ πρὸς τὸ μάχεσθαι τοῖς στρατοπέδοις, ἐὰν εἰς τοῦτο βούλωνται συγκαταβαίνειν Αἰτωλοί, καλλίστους εἶναι τόπους συμβαίνει περὶ τὴν προειρημένην πόλιν,
21.26.4κἂν ἀποδειλιῶσιν, εὐφυῶς αὐτὴν κεῖσθαι πρὸς πολιορκίαν· καὶ γὰρ ἀφθόνους ἔχειν τὴν χώραν τὰς χορηγίας πρὸς τὰς τῶν ἔργων παρασκευάς, καὶ τὸν Ἄρατθον ποταμὸν ῥέοντα παρὰ τὴν πόλιν συνεργήσειν πρός τε τὰς τοῦ στρατοπέδου χρείας, ἅτε θέρους ὄντος καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἔργων ἀσφάλειαν· δοξάντων δὲ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καλῶς συμβουλεύειν,
21.26.5ἀναζεύξας ὁ στρατηγὸς ἦγε διὰ τῆς Ἠπείρου τὸν στρατὸν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν.
21.26.6ἀφικόμενος δέ, καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν οὐ τολμώντων ἀπαντᾶν, περιῄει κατοπτεύων τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἐνήργει τὰ τῆς πολιορκίας φιλοτίμως.
21.26.7καὶ οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀποσταλέντες πρέσβεις, παρατηρηθέντες ὑπὸ Σιβύρτου τοῦ Πετραίου περὶ τὴν Κεφαλληνίαν, κατήχθησαν εἰς Χάραδρον.
21.26.8τοῖς δʼ Ἠπειρώταις ἔδοξεν τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς εἰς Βούχετον ἀποθέσθαι καὶ φυλάττειν ἐπιμελῶς τοὺς ἄνδρας· μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας ἀπῄτουν αὐτοὺς λύτρα διὰ τὸ πόλεμον ὑπάρχειν σφίσιν πρὸς τοὺς Αἰτωλούς.
21.26.9συνέβαινε δὲ τὸν μὲν Ἀλέξανδρον πλουσιώτατον εἶναι πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς οὐ καθυστερεῖν τοῖς βίοις, πολὺ δὲ λείπεσθαι τοῦ προειρημένου ταῖς οὐσίαις.
21.26.10καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐκέλευον ἕκαστον ἀποδοῦναι πέντε τάλαντα. τοῦτο δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις οὐδʼ ὅλως ἀπήρεσκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐβούλοντο, περὶ πλείστου ποιούμενοι τὴν σφῶν αὐτῶν σωτηρίαν·
21.26.11ὁ δʼ Ἀλέξανδρος οὐκ ἂν ἔφη συγχωρῆσαι, πολὺ γὰρ εἶναι τἀργύριον [φαίνεται], καὶ τὰς νύκτας διαγρυπνῶν διωλοφύρετο πρὸς αὑτόν, εἰ δεήσει πέντε τάλαντα καταβάλλειν.
21.26.12οἱ δʼ Ἠπειρῶται προορώμενοι τὸ μέλλον καὶ διαγωνιῶντες μὴ γνόντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι διότι πρεσβεύοντας πρὸς αὐτοὺς κατεσχήκασι, κἄπειτα γράψαντες παρακαλῶσι καὶ κελεύωσιν ἀπολύειν τοὺς ἄνδρας, συγκαταβάντες τρία τάλαντα πάλιν ἀπῄτουν ἕκαστον.
21.26.13ἀσμένως δὲ τῶν ἄλλων προσδεξαμένων, οὗτοι μὲν διεγγυηθέντες ἐπανῆλθον, ὁ δʼ Ἀλέξανδρος οὐκ ἂν ἔφη δοῦναι πλεῖον ταλάντου· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτʼ εἶναι πολύ.
21.26.14καὶ τέλος ἀπογνοὺς αὑτὸν ἔμεινεν ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ, πρεσβύτερος ἄνθρωπος, πλειόνων ἢ διακοσίων ταλάντων ἔχων οὐσίαν· καί μοι δοκεῖ κἂν ἐκλιπεῖν τὸν βίον ἐφʼ ᾧ μὴ δοῦναι τὰ τρία τάλαντα.
21.26.15τοσαύτη τις ἐνίοις πρὸς τὸ πλεῖον ὁρμὴ παρίσταται καὶ προθυμία.
21.26.16τότε δʼ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ταὐτόματον συνήργησεν πρὸς τὴν φιλαργυρίαν, ὥστε παρὰ πᾶσιν ἐπαίνου καὶ συγκαταθέσεως τυχεῖν τὴν ἀλογιστίαν αὐτοῦ διὰ τὴν περιπέτειαν·
21.26.17μετὰ γὰρ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας γραμμάτων παραγενηθέντων ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης περὶ τῆς ἀφέσεως, αὐτὸς μόνος ἀπελύθη χωρὶς λύτρων.
21.26.18οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοί, γνόντες τὴν αὐτοῦ περιπέτειαν, Δαμοτέλη προεχειρίσαντο πάλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρεσβευτήν.
21.26.19ὃς ἐκπλεύσας μέχρι τῆς Λευκάδος καὶ γνοὺς προάγοντα διὰ τῆς Ἠπείρου μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων Μάρκον ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν, ἀπογνοὺς τὴν πρεσβείαν αὖθις ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Αἰτωλίαν. —
21.27.1Αἰτωλοὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὑπάτου Μάρκου πολιορκούμενοι τῇ προσβολῇ τῶν μηχανημάτων καὶ τῶν κριῶν γενναίως ἀντιπαρετάξαντο.
21.27.2οὗτος γὰρ ἀσφαλισάμενος τὰ κατὰ τὰς στρατοπεδείας συνίστατο μεγαλομερῶς τὴν πολιορκίαν καὶ τρία μὲν ἔργα κατὰ τὸ Πύρρειον προσῆγεν διὰ τῶν ἐπιπέδων [τόπων], διεστῶτα μὲν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων, παράλληλα δέ, τέταρτον δὲ κατὰ τὸ Ἀσκληπιεῖον, πέμπτον δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν.
21.27.3γινομένης δὲ τῆς προσαγωγῆς ἐνεργοῦ κατὰ πάντας ἅμα τοὺς τόπους, ἐκπληκτικὴν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τοῖς ἔνδον τὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος προσδοκίαν.
21.27.4τῶν δὲ κριῶν τυπτόντων ἐνεργῶς τὰ τείχη, καὶ τῶν δορυδρεπάνων ἀποσυρόντων τὰς ἐπάλξεις, ἐπειρῶντο μὲν οἱ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἀντιμηχανᾶσθαι πρὸς ταῦτα, τοῖς μὲν κριοῖς διὰ κεραιῶν ἐνιέντες σηκώματα μολιβδᾶ καὶ λίθους καὶ στύπη δρύινα·
21.27.5τοῖς δὲ δρεπάνοις σιδηρᾶς περιτιθέντες ἀγκύρας καὶ κατασπῶντες ταῦτʼ ἔσω τοῦ τείχους, ὥστʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ἔπαλξιν συντριβέντος τοῦ δόρατος ἐγκρατεῖς γίνεσθαι τῶν δρεπάνων.
21.27.6τὸ δὲ πλεῖον ἐπεξιόντες ἐμάχοντο γενναίως, ποτὲ μὲν ἐπιτιθέμενοι νύκτωρ τοῖς ἐπικοιτοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων, ποτὲ δὲ τοῖς ἐφημερεύουσι μεθʼ ἡμέραν προφανῶς ἐγχειροῦντες, καὶ τριβὴν ἐνεποίουν τῇ πολιορκίᾳ. —
21.27.7τοῦ γὰρ Νικάνδρου ἐκτὸς ἀναστρεφομένου καὶ πέμψαντος πεντακοσίους ἱππεῖς εἰς τὴν πόλιν, οἳ καὶ παραβιασάμενοι τὸν μεταξὺ χάρακα τῶν πολεμίων εἰσέφρησαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν,
21.27.8παραγγείλας, καθʼ ἣν ἐτάξαντο ἡμέραν, αὐτοὺς μὲν ἐξελθόντας ποιήσασθαι, συνεπιλαβέσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν τούτοις τοῦ κινδύνου.
21.27.9αὐτῶν μὲν εὐψύχως τῆς πόλεως ἐξορμησάντων καὶ γενναίως ἀγωνισαμένων, τοῦ δὲ Νικάνδρου καθυστερήσαντος, εἴτε καταπλαγέντος τὸν κίνδυνον εἴτε καὶ ἀναγκαῖα νομίσαντος τὰ ἐν οἷς διέτριβε πράγμασιν, ἡττήθησαν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς. —
21.28.1οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι συνεχῶς ἐνεργοῦντες τοῖς κριοῖς ἀεί τι παρέλυον τῶν τειχῶν·
21.28.2οὐ μὴν εἴς γε τὴν πόλιν ἐδύναντο βιάσασθαι διὰ τῶν πτωμάτων, τῷ καὶ τὴν ἀντοικοδομίαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἔνδον ἐνεργὸν εἶναι καὶ μάχεσθαι γενναίως ἐπὶ τοῦ πίπτοντος μέρους τοὺς Αἰτωλούς.
21.28.3διόπερ ἀπορούμενοι κατήντησαν ἐπὶ τὸ μεταλλεύειν καὶ χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὀρύγμασιν ὑπὸ γῆς.
21.28.4ἀσφαλισάμενοι δὲ τὸ μέσον ἔργον τῶν τριῶν τῶν προϋπαρχόντων καὶ σκεπάσαντες ἐπιμελῶς [τὴν σύριγγα] τοῖς γέρροις, προεβάλοντο στοὰν παράλληλον τῷ τείχει σχεδὸν ἐπὶ δύο πλέθρα.
21.28.5καὶ λαβόντες ἀρχὴν ἐκ ταύτης ὤρυττον ἀδιαπαύστως καὶ τὴν νύκτα καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκ διαδοχῆς.
21.28.6ἐφʼ ἱκανὰς μὲν οὖν ἡμέρας ἐλάνθανον τοὺς ἔνδον φέροντες ἔξω τὸν χοῦν διὰ τῆς σύριγγος.
21.28.7ὡς δὲ μέγας ὁ σωρὸς ἐγένετο τῆς ἐκφερομένης γῆς καὶ σύνοπτος τοῖς ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οἱ προεστῶτες τῶν πολιορκουμένων ὤρυττον τάφρον ἔσωθεν ἐνεργῶς παράλληλον τῷ τείχει καὶ τῇ στοᾷ τῇ πρὸ τῶν πύργων. ἐπειδὴ δὲ βάθος ἔσχεν ἱκανόν,
21.28.8ἑξῆς ἔθηκαν παρὰ τὸν ἕνα τοῖχον τῆς τάφρου τὸν ἐγγὺς τῷ τείχει χαλκώματα συνεχῆ, λεπτότατα ταῖς κατασκευαῖς, καὶ παρὰ ταῦτα διὰ τῆς τάφρου παριόντες ἠκροῶντο τοῦ ψόφου τῶν ὀρυττόντων ἔξωθεν.
21.28.9ἐπεὶ δʼ ἐσημειώσαντο τὸν τόπον, καθʼ ὃν ἐδήλου τινὰ τῶν χαλκωμάτων διὰ τῆς συμπαθείας, ὤρυττον ἔσωθεν ἐπικαρσίαν πρὸς τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἄλλην κατὰ γῆς τάφρον ὑπὸ τὸ τεῖχος, στοχαζόμενοι τοῦ συμπεσεῖν ἐναντίοι τοῖς πολεμίοις.
21.28.10ταχὺ δὲ τούτου γενομένου, διὰ τὸ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους μὴ μόνον ἀφῖχθαι πρὸς τὸ τεῖχος ὑπὸ γῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ διεστυλωκέναι τόπον ἱκανὸν τοῦ τείχους ἐφʼ ἑκάτερον τὸ μέρος τοῦ μετάλλου, συνέπεσον ἀλλήλοις.
21.28.11καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐμάχοντο ταῖς σαρίσαις ὑπὸ γῆν· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδὲν ἠδύναντο μέγα ποιεῖν διὰ τὸ προβάλλεσθαι θυρεοὺς καὶ γέρρα πρὸ αὑτῶν ἀμφότεροι,
21.28.12τὸ τηνικάδʼ ὑπέθετό τις τοῖς πολιορκουμένοις πίθον προθεμένους ἁρμοστὸν κατὰ τὸ πλάτος τῷ μετάλλῳ τρυπῆσαι τὸν πυθμένα καὶ διώσαντας αὐλίσκον σιδηροῦν ἴσον τῷ τεύχει πλῆσαι τὸν πίθον ὅλον πτίλων λεπτῶν καὶ πυρὸς παντελῶς μικρὸν ἐμβαλεῖν ὑπʼ αὐτὸ τὸ τοῦ πίθου περιστόμιον·
21.28.13κἄπειτα σιδηροῦν πῶμα τρημάτων πλῆρες τῷ στόματι περιθέντας ἀσφαλῶς εἰσάγειν διὰ τοῦ μετάλλου, νεύοντι τῷ στόματι πρὸς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους·
21.28.14ὁπότε δʼ ἐγγίσαιεν τοῖς πολεμίοις, περισάξαντας τὰ χείλη τοῦ πίθου πανταχόθεν τρήματα δύο καταλιπεῖν ἐξ ἑκατέρου τοῦ μέρους, διʼ ὧν διωθοῦντες τὰς σαρίσας οὐκ ἐάσουσι προσιέναι τῷ πίθῳ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους·
21.28.15μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα λαβόντας ἀσκόν, ᾧπερ οἱ χαλκεῖς χρῶνται, καὶ προσαρμόσαντας πρὸς τὸν αὐλὸν τὸν σιδηροῦν φυσᾶν ἐνεργῶς τὸ πρὸς τῷ στόματι πῦρ ἐν τοῖς πτίλοις ἐγκείμενον, κατὰ τοσοῦτον ἐπαγομένους ἀεὶ τὸν αὐλὸν ἐκτός, καθʼ ὅσον ἂν ἐκκάηται τὰ πτίλα. γενομένων δὲ πάντων καθάπερ προείρηται,
21.28.16τό τε πλῆθος τοῦ καπνοῦ συνέβαινε πολὺ γίνεσθαι καὶ τῇ δριμύτητι διαφέρον διὰ τὴν φύσιν τῶν πτίλων, φέρεσθαί τε πᾶν εἰς τὸ τῶν πολεμίων μέταλλον.
21.28.17ὥστε καὶ λίαν κακοπαθεῖν καὶ δυσχρηστεῖσθαι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, οὔτε κωλύειν οὔθʼ ὑπομένειν δυναμένους ἐν τοῖς ὀρύγμασι τὸν καπνόν.
21.28.18τοιαύτην δὲ λαμβανούσης τριβὴν τῆς πολιορκίας ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν πρεσβεύειν ἔγνω πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων. —
21.29.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων καὶ τῶν Ῥοδίων πρέσβεις ἧκον ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον τῶν Ῥωμαίων, συνεπιληψόμενοι τῶν διαλύσεων.
21.29.2ὅ τε βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἀθαμάνων Ἀμύνανδρος παρεγένετο σπουδάζων ἐξελέσθαι τοὺς Ἀμβρακιώτας ἐκ τῶν περιεστώτων κακῶν, δοθείσης αὐτῷ τῆς ἀσφαλείας ὑπὸ τοῦ Μάρκου διὰ τὸν καιρόν·
21.29.3πάνυ γὰρ οἰκείως εἶχε πρὸς τοὺς Ἀμβρακιώτας διὰ τὸ καὶ πλείω χρόνον ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ διατετριφέναι κατὰ φυγήν.
21.29.4ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀκαρνάνων μετʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας ἄγοντές τινες τοὺς περὶ Δαμοτέλην· ὁ γὰρ Μάρκος πυθόμενος τὴν περιπέτειαν αὐτῶν ἔγραψε τοῖς Θυρρειεῦσιν ἀνακομίζειν τοὺς ἄνδρας ὡς αὑτόν.
21.29.5πάντων δὲ τούτων ἡθροισμένων ἐνηργεῖτο φιλοτίμως τὰ πρὸς τὰς διαλύσεις.
21.29.6ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀμύνανδρος κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ πρόθεσιν εἴχετο τῶν Ἀμβρακιωτῶν, παρακαλῶν σῴζειν σφᾶς αὐτούς εἶναι δὲ τοῦτον οὐ μακράν, ἐὰν μὴ βουλεύσωνται βέλτιον περὶ αὑτῶν.
Book 21, Part 6
21.29.7πλεονάκις δὲ προσπελάζοντος αὐτοῦ τῷ τείχει καὶ διαλεγομένου περὶ τούτων, ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀμβρακιώταις εἰσκαλέσασθαι τὸν Ἀμύνανδρον εἰς τὴν πόλιν.
21.29.8τοῦ δὲ στρατηγοῦ συγχωρήσαντος τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν εἴσοδον, οὗτος μὲν εἰσελθὼν διελέγετο τοῖς Ἀμβρακιώταις περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων,
21.29.9οἱ δὲ παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων καὶ τῶν Ῥοδίων πρέσβεις λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ ποικίλως ὁμιλοῦντες, πραΰνειν ἐπειρῶντο τὴν ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ.
21.29.10τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Δαμοτέλη καὶ Φαινέαν ὑπέθετό τις ἔχεσθαι καὶ θεραπεύειν τὸν Γάιον Οὐαλέριον·
21.29.11οὗτος δʼ ἦν Μάρκου μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ πρώτου συνθεμένου πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς τὴν συμμαχίαν, Μάρκου δὲ τοῦ τότε στρατηγοῦντος ἀδελφὸς ἐκ μητρός· ἄλλως δὲ πρᾶξιν ἔχων νεανικὴν ἦν μάλιστα παρὰ τῷ στρατηγῷ πιστευόμενος.
21.29.12ὃς παρακληθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Δαμοτέλη καὶ νομίσας ἴδιον εἶναι τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ καθήκειν αὑτῷ τὸ προστατῆσαι τῶν Αἰτωλῶν, πᾶσαν εἰσεφέρετο σπουδὴν καὶ φιλοτιμίαν, ἐξελέσθαι σπουδάζων τὸ ἔθνος ἐκ τῶν περιεστώτων κακῶν.
21.29.13ἐνεργῶς δὲ πανταχόθεν προσαγομένης τῆς φιλοτιμίας, ἔλαβε τὸ πρᾶγμα συντέλειαν.
21.29.14οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἀμβρακιῶται πεισθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπέτρεψαν τὰ καθʼ αὑτοὺς τῷ στρατηγῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ παρέδωκαν τὴν πόλιν ἐφʼ ᾧ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ὑποσπόνδους ἀπελθεῖν·
21.29.15τοῦτο γὰρ ὑφείλοντο πρῶτον, τη
21.30.1ροῦντες τὴν πρὸς τοὺς συμμάχους πίστιν. ὁ δὲ Μάρκος συγκατέθετο τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ἐπὶ τούτῳ ποιήσασθαι τὰς διαλύσεις,
21.30.2ὥστε διακόσια μὲν Εὐβοϊκὰ τάλαντα παραχρῆμα λαβεῖν, τριακόσια δʼ ἐν ἔτεσιν ἕξ, πεντήκοντα καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος·
21.30.3ἀποκατασταθῆναι δὲ καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους καὶ τοὺς αὐτομόλους Ῥωμαίοις ἅπαντας τοὺς παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὄντας ἐν ἓξ μησὶ χωρὶς λύτρων·
21.30.4πόλιν δὲ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἐν τῇ συμπολιτείᾳ μηδὲ μετὰ ταῦτα προσλαβέσθαι τούτων, ὅσαι μετὰ τὴν Λευκίου Κορνηλίου διάβασιν ἑάλωσαν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἢ φιλίαν ἐποιήσαντο πρὸς Ῥωμαίους·
21.30.5Κεφαλληνίους δὲ πάντας ἐκσπόνδους εἶναι τούτων τῶν συνθηκῶν.
21.30.6ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑπετυπώθη τότε κεφαλαιωδῶς περὶ τῶν διαλύσεων· ἔδει δὲ τούτοις πρῶτον μὲν εὐδοκῆσαι τοὺς Αἰτωλούς, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους.
21.30.7οἱ μὲν οὖν Ἀθηναῖοι καὶ Ῥόδιοι παρέμενον αὐτοῦ, καραδοκοῦντες τὴν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀπόφασιν· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Δαμοτέλην ἐπανελθόντες διεσάφουν τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς περὶ τῶν συγκεχωρημένων.
21.30.8τοῖς μὲν οὖν ὅλοις εὐδόκουν· καὶ γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν· περὶ δὲ τῶν πόλεων τῶν πρότερον συμπολιτευομένων αὐτοῖς διαπορήσαντες ἐπὶ ποσὸν τέλος συγκατέθεντο τοῖς προτεινομένοις.
21.30.9ὁ δὲ Μάρκος παραλαβὼν τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν τοὺς μὲν Αἰτωλοὺς ἀφῆκεν ὑποσπόνδους, τὰ δʼ ἀγάλματα καὶ τοὺς ἀνδριάντας καὶ τὰς γραφὰς ἀπήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, ὄντα καὶ πλείω διὰ τὸ γεγονέναι βασίλειον Πύρρου τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν.
21.30.10ἐδόθη δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ στέφανος ἀπὸ ταλάντων ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα.
21.30.11ταῦτα δὲ διοικησάμενος ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν εἰς τὴν μεσόγειον τῆς Αἰτωλίας, θαυμάζων ἐπὶ τῷ μηδὲν αὐτῷ παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀπαντᾶσθαι.
21.30.12παραγενόμενος δὲ πρὸς Ἄργος τὸ καλούμενον Ἀμφιλοχικὸν κατεστρατοπέδευσεν, ὅπερ ἀπέχει τῆς Ἀμβρακίας ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίους.
21.30.13ἐκεῖ δὲ συμμιξάντων αὐτῷ τῶν περὶ τὸν Δαμοτέλην καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι δέδοκται τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς βεβαιοῦν τὰς διʼ ἑαυτῶν γεγενημένας ὁμολογίας, διεχωρίσθησαν, Αἰτωλοὶ μὲν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, Μάρκος δʼ εἰς τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν.
21.30.14κἀκεῖσε παραγενόμενος οὗτος μὲν ἐγίνετο περὶ τὸ περαιοῦν τὴν δύναμιν εἰς τὴν Κεφαλληνίαν,
21.30.15οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοὶ προχειρισάμενοι Φαινέαν καὶ Νίκανδρον πρεσβευτὰς ἐξέπεμψαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης·
21.30.16ἁπλῶς γὰρ οὐδὲν ἦν κύριον τῶν προειρημένων, εἰ μὴ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ δόξαι τῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
21.31.1οὗτοι μὲν οὖν παραλαβόντες τούς τε Ῥοδίους καὶ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους ἔπλεον ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον·
21.31.2παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ Μάρκος ἐξαπέστειλε Γάιον τὸν Οὐαλέριον καί τινας ἑτέρους τῶν φίλων πράξοντας τὰ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης.
21.31.3ἀφικομένων δʼ εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, πάλιν ἐκαινοποιήθη τὰ τῆς ὀργῆς πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς διὰ Φιλίππου τοῦ βασιλέως·
21.31.4ἐκεῖνος γὰρ δοκῶν ἀδίκως ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀφῃρῆσθαι τὴν Ἀθαμανίαν καὶ τὴν Δολοπίαν διεπέμψατο πρὸς τοὺς φίλους, ἀξιῶν αὐτοὺς συνοργισθῆναι καὶ μὴ προσδέξασθαι τὰς διαλύσεις.
21.31.5διὸ καὶ τῶν μὲν Αἰτωλῶν εἰσπορευθέντων παρήκουεν ἡ σύγκλητος, τῶν δὲ Ῥοδίων καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἀξιούντων ἐνετράπη καὶ προσέσχε τὸν νοῦν.
21.31.6καὶ γὰρ ἐδόκει μετὰ Δάμωνʼ ὁ Κιχησίου λέων ἄλλα τε καλῶς εἰπεῖν καὶ παραδείγματι πρὸς τὸ παρὸν οἰκείῳ χρήσασθαι κατὰ τὸν λόγον.
21.31.7ἔφη γὰρ ὀργίζεσθαι μὲν εἰκότως τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς· πολλὰ γὰρ εὖ πεπονθότας τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων οὐ χάριν ἀποδεδωκέναι τούτων, ἀλλʼ εἰς μέγαν ἐνηνοχέναι κίνδυνον τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμονίαν ἐκκαύσαντας τὸν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον πόλεμον· ἐν τούτῳ δὲ διαμαρτάνειν τὴν σύγκλητον,
21.31.8ἐν ᾧ τὴν ὀργὴν φέρειν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολλούς.
21.31.9εἶναι γὰρ τὸ συμβαῖνον ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις περὶ τὰ πλήθη παραπλήσιον τῷ γινομένῳ περὶ τὴν θάλατταν.
21.31.10καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνην κατὰ μὲν τὴν αὑτῆς φύσιν ἀεί ποτʼ εἶναι γαληνὴν καὶ καθεστηκυῖαν καὶ συλλήβδην τοιαύτην ὥστε μηδέποτʼ ἂν ἐνοχλῆσαι μηδένα τῶν προσπελαζόντων αὐτῇ καὶ χρωμένων·
21.31.11ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἐμπεσόντες εἰς αὐτὴν ἄνεμοι βίαιοι ταράξωσι καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἀναγκάσωσι κινεῖσθαι, τότε μηθὲν ἔτι δεινότερον εἶναι μηδὲ φοβερώτερον θαλάττης· ὃ καὶ νῦν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν συμπεσεῖν.
21.31.12"ἕως μὲν γὰρ ἦσαν ἀκέραιοι, πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὑπῆρχον ὑμῖν εὐνούστατοι καὶ βεβαιότατοι συνεργοὶ πρὸς τὰς πράξεις·
21.31.13ἐπεὶ δʼ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Ἀσίας πνεύσαντες Θόας καὶ Δικαίαρχος, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Εὐρώπης Μενεστᾶς καὶ Δαμόκριτος συνετάραξαν τοὺς ὄχλους καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἠνάγκασαν πᾶν καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν,
21.31.14τότε δὴ κακῶς φρονοῦντες ἐβουλήθησαν μὲν ὑμῖν, ἐγένοντο δʼ αὑτοῖς αἴτιοι κακῶν.
21.31.15ἀνθʼ ὧν ὑμᾶς δεῖ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἔχειν ἀπαραιτήτως, ἐλεεῖν δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ διαλύεσθαι πρὸς αὐτούς, εἰδότας ὅτι γενόμενοι πάλιν ἀκέραιοι, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔτι νῦν ὑφʼ ὑμῶν σωθέντες, εὐνούστατοι πάλιν ἔσονται πάντων Ἑλλήνων.
21.31.16" ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀθηναῖος ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἔπεισε τὴν σύγκλητον διαλύεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς Αἰτωλούς.
21.32.1δόξαντος δὲ τῷ συνεδρίῳ, καὶ τοῦ δήμου συνεπιψηφίσαντος, ἐκυρώθη τὰ κατὰ τὰς διαλύσεις. τὰ δὲ κατὰ μέρος ἦν τῶν συνθηκῶν ταῦτα.
21.32.2"ὁ δῆμος ὁ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν δυναστείαν τοῦ δήμου τῶν Ῥωμαίων
21.32.3. πολεμίους μὴ διιέτω διὰ τῆς χώρας καὶ τῶν πόλεων ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους ἢ τοὺς συμμάχους καὶ φίλους αὐτῶν, μηδὲ χορηγείτω μηδὲν δημοσίᾳ βουλῇ.
21.32.4καὶ ἐὰν πολεμῶσιν πρός τινας Ῥωμαῖοι, πολεμείτω πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ δῆμος ὁ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
21.32.5τοὺς δὲ αὐτομόλους, τοὺς δραπέτας, τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους πάντας τοὺς Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ἀποδότωσαν Αἰτωλοί,
21.32.6χωρὶς τῶν ὅσοι κατὰ πόλεμον ἁλόντες εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν ἀπῆλθον καὶ πάλιν ἑάλωσαν, καὶ χωρὶς τῶν ὅσοι πολέμιοι Ῥωμαίων ἐγένοντο, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν Αἰτωλοὶ μετὰ Ῥωμαίων συνεπολέμουν, ἐν ἡμέραις ἑκατὸν ἀφʼ ἧς ἂν τὰ ὅρκια τελεσθῇ, τῷ ἄρχοντι τῷ ἐν Κερκύρᾳ·
21.32.7ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρεθῶσίν τινες ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ὅταν ἐμφανεῖς γένωνται, τότε ἀποδότωσαν χωρὶς δόλου· καὶ τούτοις μετὰ τὰ ὅρκια μὴ ἔστω ἐπάνοδος εἰς τὴν Αἰτωλίαν.
21.32.8δότωσαν δὲ Αἰτωλοὶ ἀργυρίου μὴ χείρονος Ἀττικοῦ παραχρῆμα μὲν τάλαντα Εὐβοϊκὰ διακόσια τῷ στρατηγῷ τῷ ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι, ἀντὶ τρίτου μέρους τοῦ ἀργυρίου χρυσίον, ἐὰν βούλωνται, διδόντες, τῶν δέκα μνῶν ἀργυρίου χρυσίου μνᾶν διδόντες,
21.32.9ἀφʼ ἧς δʼ ἂν ἡμέρας τὰ ὅρκια τμηθῇ ἐν ἔτεσι τοῖς πρώτοις ἓξ κατὰ ἔτος ἕκαστον τάλαντα πεντήκοντα· καὶ τὰ χρήματα καθιστάτωσαν ἐν Ῥώμῃ. δότωσαν Αἰτωλοὶ ὁμήρους τῷ στρατηγῷ τετταράκοντα,
21.32.10μὴ νεωτέρους ἐτῶν δώδεκα μηδὲ πρεσβυτέρους τετταράκοντα, εἰς ἔτη ἕξ, οὓς ἂν Ῥωμαῖοι προκρίνωσιν, χωρὶς στρατηγοῦ καὶ ἱππάρχου καὶ δημοσίου γραμματέως καὶ τῶν ὡμηρευκότων ἐν Ῥώμῃ. καὶ τὰ ὅμηρα καθιστάτωσαν εἰς Ῥώμην·
21.32.11ἐὰν δέ τις ἀποθάνῃ τῶν ὁμήρων, ἄλλον ἀντικαθιστάτωσαν.
21.32.12περὶ δὲ Κεφαλληνίας μὴ ἔστω ἐν ταῖς συνθήκαις.
21.32.13ὅσαι χῶραι καὶ πόλεις καὶ ἄνδρες, οἷς οὗτοι ἐχρῶντο, ἐπὶ Λευκίου Κοϊντίου καὶ Γναΐου Δομετίου στρατηγῶν ἢ ὕστερον ἑάλωσαν ἢ εἰς φιλίαν ἦλθον Ῥωμαίοις, τούτων τῶν πόλεων καὶ τῶν ἐν ταύταις μηδένα προσλαβέτωσαν Αἰτωλοί.
21.32.14ἡ δὲ πόλις καὶ ἡ χώρα ἡ τῶν Οἰνιαδῶν Ἀκαρνάνων ἔστω."
21.32.15τμηθέντων δὲ τῶν ὁρκίων ἐπὶ τούτοις συνετετέλεστο τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ καθόλου τοὺς Ἕλληνας τοιαύτην ἔσχε τὴν ἐπιγραφήν. —
21.32b.1ὁ δὲ Φολούιος πραξικοπήσας νυκτὸς κατέλαβε τὸ μέρος τῆς ἀκροπόλεως καὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους εἰσήγαγε. —
21.32c.1ὅτι τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ συμφέρον σπανίως εἴωθε συντρέχειν, καὶ σπάνιοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν εἰσιν οἱ δυνάμενοι ταῦτα συνάγειν καὶ συναρμόζειν πρὸς ἄλληλα.
21.32c.2κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ πολὺ πάντες ἴσμεν διότι τό τε καλὸν φεύγει τὴν τοῦ παραυτίκα λυσιτελοῦς φύσιν καὶ τὸ λυσιτελὲς τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ.
21.32c.3πλὴν ὁ Φιλοποίμην προέθετο ταῦτα καὶ καθίκετο τῆς ἐπιβολῆς· καλὸν μὲν γὰρ τὸ κατάγειν τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους φυγάδας εἰς τὴν Σπάρτην, συμφέρον δὲ τὸ ταπεινῶσαι τὴν τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πόλιν, καταφονεύσαντα τοὺς δεδορυφορηκότας τῇ τῶν τυράννων δυναστείᾳ.
Book 21, Part 7
21.32c.4θεωρῶν δʼ ὅτι πάσης βασιλείας ἐπανορθώσεως αἴτια τὰ χρήματα γέγονεν, ἅτε φύσει νουνεχὴς ὢν καὶ στρατηγικός, περιεβα [...] γένοιτο κομιδὴ τῶν ἔξω ποριζομένων χρημάτων.
21.33.1ὅτι καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τὰ περὶ τὰς συνθήκας τὰς πρὸς Ἀντίοχον καὶ καθόλου περὶ τῆς Ἀσίας αἱ πρεσβεῖαι διεπράττοντο, κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἔθνος ἐπολεμεῖτο, κατὰ τοῦτον συνέβη τὸν περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας πόλεμον ἐπιτελεσθῆναι, περὶ οὗ νῦν ἐνιστάμεθα τὴν διήγησιν. —
21.33.2ὁ δὲ κατευδοκήσας τῷ νεανίσκῳ κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν, τοῦτον ἀπέλυσε παραχρῆμʼ εἰς τὸ Πέργαμον. —
21.34.1ὅτι Μοαγέτης ἦν τύραννος Κιβύρας, ὠμὸς γεγονὼς καὶ δόλιος,
21.34.2καὶ οὐκ ἄξιός ἐστιν ἐκ παραδρομῆς, ἀλλὰ μετʼ ἐπιστάσεως τυχεῖν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης μνήμης. —
21.34.3πλὴν συνεγγίζοντος Γναΐου ὑπάτου Ῥωμαίων τῇ Κιβύρᾳ, καὶ τοῦ Ἑλουίου πεμφθέντος εἰς ἀπόπειραν ἐπὶ τίνος ἐστὶ γνώμης, πρεσβευτὰς ἐξέπεμψε, παρακαλῶν μὴ φθεῖραι τὴν χώραν, ὅτι φίλος ὑπάρχει Ῥωμαίων καὶ πᾶν ποιήσει τὸ παραγγελλόμενον.
21.34.4καὶ ταῦτα λέγων ἅμα προύτεινε στέφανον ἀπὸ πεντεκαίδεκα ταλάντων.
21.34.5ὧν ἀκούσας αὐτὸς μὲν ἀφέξεσθαι τῆς χώρας ἔφη, πρὸς δὲ τὸν στρατηγὸν ἐκέλευσε πρεσβεύειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων· ἕπεσθαι γὰρ αὐτὸν μετὰ τῆς στρατείας κατὰ πόδας.
21.34.6γενομένου δὲ τούτου, καὶ πέμψαντος τοῦ Μοαγέτου μετὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καὶ τὸν ἀδελφόν, ἀπαντήσας κατὰ πορείαν ὁ Γνάιος ἀνατατικῶς καὶ πικρῶς ὡμίλησε τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς,
21.34.7φάσκων οὐ μόνον ἀλλοτριώτατον γεγονέναι Ῥωμαίων τὸν Μοαγέτην πάντων τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν δυναστῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ῥώμην ὅλην εἰς καθαίρεσιν τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐπιστροφῆς εἶναι καὶ κολάσεως.
21.34.8οἱ δὲ πρεσβευταὶ καταπλαγέντες τὴν ἐπίφασιν τῆς ὀργῆς τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ἐντολῶν ἀπέστησαν, ἠξίουν δʼ αὐτὸν εἰς λόγους ἐλθεῖν.
21.34.9συγχωρήσαντος δὲ τότε μὲν ἐπανῆλθον εἰς τὴν Κιβύραν,
21.34.10εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαύριον ἐξῆλθεν μετὰ τῶν φίλων ὁ τύραννος κατά τε τὴν ἐσθῆτα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην προστασίαν λιτὸς καὶ ταπεινός, ἔν τε τοῖς ἀπολογισμοῖς κατολοφυρόμενος τὴν ἀδυναμίαν τὴν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν ὧν ἐπῆρχε πόλεων, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἠξίου προσδέξασθαι τὰ πεντεκαίδεκα τάλαντα τὸν Γνάιον·
21.34.11ἐκράτει δὲ τῆς Κιβύρας καὶ Συλείου καὶ τῆς ἐν Λίμνῃ πόλεως.
21.34.12ὁ δὲ Γνάιος καταπλαγεὶς τὴν ἀπόνοιαν ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν εἶπε πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ πεντακόσια τάλαντα μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος, οὐ τὴν χώραν ἔφη φθερεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πόλιν αὐτὴν πολιορκήσειν καὶ διαρπάσειν.
21.34.13ὅθεν ὁ Μοαγέτης κατορρωδήσας τὸ μέλλον ἐδεῖτο μηδὲν ποιῆσαι τοιοῦτον, καὶ προσετίθει κατὰ βραχὺ τῶν χρημάτων, καὶ τέλος ἔπεισε τὸν Γνάιον ἑκατὸν τάλαντα καὶ μυρίους μεδίμνους λαβόντα πυρῶν προσδέξασθαι πρὸς τὴν φιλίαν αὐτόν. —
21.35.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἡνίκα Γνάιος διῄει τὸν Κολοβάτον προσαγορευόμενον ποταμόν, ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν πρέσβεις ἐκ τῆς Ἰσίνδης προσαγορευομένης πόλεως, δεόμενοι σφίσι βοηθῆσαι·
21.35.2τοὺς γὰρ Τερμησσεῖς, ἐπισπασαμένους Φιλόμηλον, τήν τε χώραν ἔφασαν αὑτῶν ἀνάστατον πεποιηκέναι καὶ τὴν πόλιν διηρπακέναι, νῦν τε πολιορκεῖν τὴν ἄκραν, συμπεφευγότων εἰς αὐτὴν πάντων τῶν πολιτῶν ὁμοῦ γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις.
21.35.3ὧν διακούσας ὁ Γνάιος ἐκείνοις μὲν ὑπέσχετο βοηθήσειν μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος, αὐτὸς δὲ νομίσας ἑρμαῖον εἶναι τὸ προσπεπτωκὸς ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς Παμφυλίας.
21.35.3ὁ δὲ Γνάιος συνεγγίσας τῇ Τερμησσῷ,
21.35.4πρὸς μὲν τούτους συνέθετο φιλίαν, λαβὼν πεντήκοντα τάλαντα, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ πρὸς Ἀσπενδίους.
21.35.5ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων πρεσβευτὰς κατὰ τὴν Παμφυλίαν καὶ τὴν προειρημένην δόξαν ἐνεργασάμενος ἑκάστοις κατὰ τὰς ἐντεύξεις, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ἰσινδεῖς ἐξελόμενος ἐκ τῆς πολιορκίας, αὖθις ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ τοὺς Γαλάτας. —
21.36.1ὅτι Κύρμασα πόλιν λαβὼν ὁ Γνάιος καὶ λείαν ἄφθονον ἀνέζευξεν.
21.36.2προαγόντων δʼ αὐτῶν παρὰ τὴν λίμνην, παρεγένοντο πρέσβεις ἐκ Λυσινόης διδόντες αὑτοὺς εἰς τὴν πίστιν.
21.36.3οὓς προσδεξάμενος ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὴν τῶν Σαγαλασσέων γῆν καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἐξελασάμενος λείας ἀπεκαραδόκει τοὺς ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ τίνος ἔσονται γνώμης.
21.36.4παραγενομένων δὲ πρεσβευτῶν ὡς αὐτόν, ἀποδεξάμενος τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ λαβὼν πεντήκοντα ταλάντων στέφανον καὶ δισμυρίους κριθῶν μεδίμνους καὶ δισμυρίους πυρῶν, προσεδέξατο τούτους εἰς τὴν φιλίαν. —
21.37.1ὅτι Γνάιος ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρέσβεις ἐξαπέστειλε πρὸς τὸν Ἐποσόγνατον τὸν Γαλάτην, ὅπως πρεσβεύσῃ πρὸς τοὺς τῶν Γαλατῶν βασιλεῖς.
21.37.2καὶ [ὁ] Ἐποσόγνατος ἔπεμψε πρὸς Γνάιον πρέσβεις καὶ παρεκάλει [τὸν Γνάιον] τὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸν μὴ προεξαναστῆναι μηδʼ ἐπιβαλεῖν χεῖρας τοῖς Τολιστοβογίοις Γαλάταις,
21.37.3καὶ διότι πρεσβεύσει πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς αὐτῶν Ἐποσόγνατος καὶ ποιήσεται λόγους ὑπὲρ τῆς φιλίας, καὶ πεπεῖσθαι πρὸς πᾶν αὐτοὺς παραστήσεσθαι τὸ καλῶς ἔχον. —
21.37.4Γνάιος ὁ ὕπατος Ῥωμαίων διερχόμενος ἐγεφύρωσε τὸν Σαγγάριον ποταμόν, τελέως κοῖλον ὄντα καὶ δύσβατον.
21.37.5καὶ παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν ποταμὸν στρατοπεδευσαμένου παραγίνονται Γάλλοι παρʼ Ἄττιδος καὶ Βαττάκου τῶν ἐκ Πεσσινοῦντος ἱερέων τῆς Μητρὸς τῶν θεῶν,
21.37.6ἔχοντες προστηθίδια καὶ τύπους, φάσκοντες προσαγγέλλειν τὴν θεὸν νίκην καὶ κράτος.
21.37.7οὓς ὁ Γνάιος φιλανθρώπως ὑπεδέξατο. —
21.37.8ὄντος δὲ τοῦ Γναΐου πρὸς τὸ πολισμάτιον τὸ καλούμενον Γορδίειον, ἧκον παρʼ Ἐποσογνάτου πρέσβεις ἀποδηλοῦντες ὅτι πορευθεὶς διαλεχθείη τοῖς τῶν Γαλατῶν βασιλεῦσιν,
21.37.9οἱ δʼ ἁπλῶς εἰς οὐδὲν συγκαταβαίνοιεν φιλάνθρωπον, ἀλλʼ ἡθροικότες ὁμοῦ τέκνα καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ τὴν ἄλλην κτῆσιν ἅπασαν εἰς τὸ καλούμενον ὄρος Ὄλυμπον ἕτοιμοι πρὸς μάχην εἰσίν. —
21.38.1Χιομάραν δὲ συνέβη τὴν Ὀρτιάγοντος αἰχμάλωτον γενέσθαι μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων γυναικῶν, ὅτε Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ Γνάιος ἐνίκησαν μάχῃ τοὺς ἐν Ἀσίᾳ Γαλάτας.
21.38.2ὁ δὲ λαβὼν αὐτὴν ταξίαρχος ἐχρήσατο τῇ τύχῃ στρατιωτικῶς καὶ κατῄσχυνεν.
21.38.3ἦν δʼ ἄρα καὶ πρὸς ἡδονὴν καὶ ἀργύριον ἀμαθὴς καὶ ἀκρατὴς ἄνθρωπος, ἡττήθη δʼ ὅμως ὑπὸ τῆς φιλαργυρίας, καὶ χρυσίου συχνοῦ διομολογηθέντος ὑπὲρ τῆς γυναικὸς ἦγεν αὐτὴν ἀπολυτρώσων, ποταμοῦ τινος ἐν μέσῳ διείργοντος.
21.38.4ὡς δὲ διαβάντες οἱ Γαλάται τὸ χρυσίον ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ καὶ παρελάμβανον τὴν Χιομάραν, ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ νεύματος προσέταξεν ἑνὶ παῖσαι τὸν Ῥωμαῖον ἀσπαζόμενον αὐτὴν καὶ φιλοφρονούμενον,
21.38.5ἐκείνου δὲ πεισθέντος καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποκόψαντος, ἀραμένη καὶ περιστείλασα τοῖς κόλποις ἀπήλαυνεν.
21.38.6ὡς δʼ ἦλθε πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῷ προύβαλεν, ἐκείνου θαυμάσαντος καὶ εἰπόντος "ὦ γύναι, καλὸν ἡ πίστισ" "ναί", εἶπεν "ἀλλὰ κάλλιον ἕνα μόνον ζῆν ἐμοὶ συγγεγενημένον".
21.38.7ταύτῃ μὲν ὁ Πολύβιός φησι διὰ λόγων ἐν Σάρδεσι γενόμενος θαυμάσαι τό τε φρόνημα καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν. —
21.39.1ὅτι τῶν Ῥωμαίων μετὰ τὴν τῶν Γαλατῶν νίκην αὐτῶν πραχθεῖσαν στρατοπεδευόντων περὶ τὴν Ἄγκυραν πόλιν, καὶ τοῦ Γναΐου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ προάγειν εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν μέλλοντος,
21.39.2παραγίνονται πρέσβεις παρὰ τῶν Τεκτοσάγων, ἀξιοῦντες τὸν Γνάιον τὰς μὲν δυνάμεις ἐᾶσαι κατὰ χώραν, αὐτὸν δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν προελθεῖν εἰς τὸν μεταξὺ τόπον τῶν στρατοπέδων· ἥξειν δὲ καὶ τοὺς παρʼ αὑτῶν βασιλεῖς κοινολογησομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν διαλύσεων.
21.39.3τοῦ δὲ Γναΐου συγκαταθεμένου καὶ παραγενηθέντος κατὰ τὸ συνταχθὲν μετὰ πεντακοσίων ἱππέων, τότε μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον οἱ βασιλεῖς·
21.39.4ἀνακεχωρηκότος δʼ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν, αὖθις ἧκον οἱ πρέσβεις ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν βασιλέων σκήψεις τινὰς λέγοντες, ἀξιοῦντες δὲ πάλιν ἐλθεῖν αὐτόν, ἐπειδὴ τοὺς πρώτους ἄνδρας ἐκπέμψουσιν κοινολογησομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων.
21.39.5ὁ δὲ Γνάιος κατανεύσας ἥξειν αὐτὸς μὲν ἔμεινεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας στρατοπεδείας, Ἄτταλον δὲ καὶ τῶν χιλιάρχων τινὰς ἐξαπέστειλεν μετὰ τριακοσίων ἱππέων.
21.39.6οἱ δὲ τῶν Γαλατῶν πρέσβεις ἦλθον μὲν κατὰ τὸ συνταχθὲν καὶ λόγους ἐποιήσαντο περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, τέλος δʼ ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς προειρημένοις ἢ κυρῶσαί τι τῶν δοξάντων οὐκ ἔφασαν εἶναι δυνατόν·
21.39.7τοὺς δὲ βασιλεῖς τῇ κατὰ πόδας ἥξειν διωρίζοντο, συνθησομένους καὶ πέρας ἐπιθήσοντας, εἰ καὶ Γνάιος ὁ στρατηγὸς ἔλθοι πρὸς αὐτούς.
21.39.8τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐπαγγειλαμένων ἥξειν τὸν Γνάιον, τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις διελύθησαν.
21.39.9ἐποιοῦντο δὲ τὰς ὑπερθέσεις ταύτας οἱ Γαλάται καὶ διεστρατήγουν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους βουλόμενοι τῶν τε σωμάτων τινὰ τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ὑπερθέσθαι πέραν Ἅλυος ποταμοῦ, μάλιστα δὲ τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων, εἰ δυνηθεῖεν, λαβεῖν ὑποχείριον· εἰ δὲ μή γε, πάντως ἀποκτεῖναι.
21.39.10ταῦτα δὲ προθέμενοι κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἐκαραδόκουν τὴν παρουσίαν τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ἑτοίμους ἔχοντες ἱππεῖς εἰς χιλίους.
21.39.11ὁ δὲ Γνάιος διακούσας τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον καὶ πεισθεὶς ἥξειν τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ἐξῆλθεν, καθάπερ εἰώθει, μετὰ πεντακοσίων ἱππέων.
21.39.12συνέβη δὲ ταῖς πρότερον ἡμέραις τοὺς ἐπὶ τὰς ξυλείας καὶ χορτολογίας ἐκπορευομένους ἐκ τοῦ τῶν Ῥωμαίων χάρακος ἐπὶ ταῦτα τὰ μέρη πεποιῆσθαι τὴν ἔξοδον, ἐφεδρείᾳ χρωμένους τοῖς ἐπὶ τὸν σύλλογον πορευομένοις ἱππεῦσιν.
21.39.13οὗ καὶ τότε γενομένου καὶ πολλῶν ἐξεληλυθότων, συνέταξαν οἱ χιλίαρχοι καὶ τοὺς εἰθισμένους ἐφεδρεύειν τοῖς προνομεύουσιν ἱππεῖς ἐπὶ ταῦτα τὰ μέρη ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἔξοδον.
21.39.14ὧν ἐκπορευθέντων, αὐτομάτως τὸ δέον ἐγενήθη πρὸς τὴν ἐπιφερομένην χρείαν. —
21.40.1ἐν [...] η [...] τῆς πράξεως τῆς περὶ τὸν Ἀριαράθην εἰς τὴν παροιμίαν· ἔχοντες γὰρ π [...] διετε [...] οι τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐγένοντο.
21.41.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Γναΐου τοῦ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγοῦ παραχειμάζοντος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ, κατὰ τὸν τελευταῖον ἐνιαυτὸν τῆς ὑποκειμένης ὀλυμπιάδος, παρεγένοντο πρεσβεῖαι παρά τε τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας καὶ παρʼ ἑτέρων πλειόνων, συμφοροῦσαι στεφάνους τῷ Γναΐῳ διὰ τὸ νενικηκέναι τοὺς Γαλάτας.
21.41.2ἅπαντες γὰρ οἱ τὴν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου κατοικοῦντες οὐχ οὕτως ἐχάρησαν Ἀντιόχου λειφθέντος ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν ἀπολελύσθαι τινὲς μὲν φόρων, οἱ δὲ φρουρᾶς, καθόλου δὲ πάντες βασιλικῶν προσταγμάτων, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων αὐτοῖς φόβον ἀφῃρῆσθαι καὶ δοκεῖν ἀπηλλάχθαι τῆς τούτων ὕβρεως καὶ παρανομίας.
21.41.3ἦλθε δὲ καὶ παρʼ Ἀντιόχου Μουσαῖος καὶ παρὰ τῶν Γαλατῶν πρεσβευταί, βουλόμενοι μαθεῖν ἐπὶ τίσιν αὐτοὺς δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν φιλίαν.
Book 21, Part 8
21.41.4ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρʼ Ἀριαράθου τοῦ τῶν Καππαδοκῶν βασιλέως· καὶ γὰρ οὗτος, μετασχὼν Ἀντιόχῳ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων καὶ κοινωνήσας τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους μάχης, ἐδεδίει καὶ διηπορεῖτο περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτόν.
21.41.5διὸ καὶ πλεονάκις πέμπων πρεσβευτὰς ἐβούλετο μαθεῖν τί δοὺς ἢ τί πράξας δύναιτʼ ἂν παραιτήσασθαι τὴν σφετέραν ἄγνοιαν.
21.41.6ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς τὰς μὲν παρὰ τῶν πόλεων πρεσβείας πάσας ἐπαινέσας καὶ φιλανθρώπως ἀποδεξάμενος ἐξαπέστειλε,
21.41.7τοῖς δὲ Γαλάταις ἀπεκρίθη διότι προσδεξάμενος Εὐμένη τὸν βασιλέα, τότε ποιήσεται τὰς πρὸς αὐτοὺς συνθήκας. τοῖς δὲ περὶ Ἀριαράθην εἶπεν ἑξακόσια τάλαντα δόντας τὴν εἰρήνην ἔχειν.
21.41.8πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευτὴν συνετάξατο μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ἥξειν ἐπὶ τοὺς τῆς Παμφυλίας ὅρους, τά τε δισχίλια τάλαντα καὶ πεντακόσια κομιούμενος καὶ τὸν σῖτον ὃν ἔδει δοῦναι τοῖς στρατιώταις αὐτοῦ πρὸ τῶν συνθηκῶν κατὰ τὰς πρὸς Λεύκιον ὁμολογίας.
21.41.9μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καθαρμὸν ποιησάμενος τῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ τῆς ὥρας παραδιδούσης, παραλαβὼν Ἄτταλον ἀνέζευξεν καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Ἀπάμειαν ὀγδοαῖος ἐπέμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας, κατὰ δὲ τὴν τετάρτην ἀναζεύξας προῆγε, χρώμενος ἐνεργοῖς ταῖς πορείαις.
21.41.10ἀφικόμενος δὲ τριταῖος εἰς τὸν συνταχθέντα τόπον τοῖς περὶ Ἀντίοχον, αὐτοῦ κατεστρατοπέδευσε.
21.41.11συμμιξάντων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Μουσαῖον καὶ παρακαλούντων αὐτὸν ἐπιμεῖναι, διότι καθυστεροῦσιν αἵ θʼ ἅμαξαι καὶ τὰ κτήνη τὰ παρακομίζοντα τὸν
21.41.11σῖτον καὶ τὰ χρήματα, πεισθεὶς τούτοις ἐπέμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας.
21.41.12τῆς δὲ χορηγίας ἐλθούσης τὸν μὲν σῖτον ἐμέτρησε ταῖς δυνάμεσι, τὰ δὲ χρήματα παραδούς τινι τῶν χιλιάρχων συνέταξεν παρακομίζειν εἰς Ἀπάμειαν.
21.42.1αὐτὸς δὲ πυνθανόμενος τὸν ἐπὶ τῆς Πέργης καθεσταμένον ὑπʼ Ἀντιόχου φρούραρχον οὔτε τὴν φρουρὰν ἐξάγειν οὔτʼ αὐτὸν ἐκχωρεῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, ὥρμησε μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ἐπὶ τὴν Πέργην.
21.42.2ἐγγίζοντος δʼ αὐτοῦ τῇ πόλει, παρῆν ἀπαντῶν ὁ τεταγμένος ἐπὶ τῆς φρουρᾶς, ἀξιῶν καὶ δεόμενος μὴ προκαταγινώσκειν αὑτοῦ·
21.42.3ποιεῖν γὰρ ἕν τι τῶν καθηκόντων· παραλαβὼν γὰρ ἐν πίστει παρʼ Ἀντιόχου τὴν πόλιν τηρεῖν ἔφη ταύτην, ἕως ἂν διασαφηθῇ πάλιν παρὰ τοῦ πιστεύσαντος τί δεῖ ποιεῖν· μέχρι δὲ τοῦ νῦν ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν αὐτῷ παρʼ οὐδενὸς ἀποδεδηλῶσθαι.
21.42.4διόπερ ἠξίου τριάκονθʼ ἡμέρας χάριν τοῦ διαπεμψάμενος ἐρέσθαι τὸν βασιλέα τί δεῖ πράττειν.
21.42.5ὁ δὲ Γνάιος, θεωρῶν τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐσυνθετοῦντα, συνεχώρησε πέμπειν καὶ πυνθάνεσθαι τοῦ βασιλέως· καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας πυθόμενος παρέδωκε τὴν πόλιν.
21.42.6κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον οἱ δέκα πρεσβευταὶ καὶ [ὁ] βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης εἰς Ἔφεσον κατέπλευσαν, ἤδη τῆς θερείας ἐναρχομένης· καὶ δύʼ ἡμέρας ἐκ τοῦ πλοῦ προσαναλαβόντες αὑτοὺς ἀνέβαινον εἰς τὴν Ἀπάμειαν.
21.42.7ὁ δὲ Γνάιος, προσπεσούσης αὐτῷ τῆς τούτων παρουσίας, Λεύκιον μὲν τὸν ἀδελφὸν μετὰ τετρακισχιλίων ἐξαπέστειλε πρὸς τοὺς Ὀροανδεῖς, πειθανάγκης ἔχοντας διάθεσιν χάριν τοῦ κομίσασθαι τὰ προσοφειλόμενα τῶν ὁμολογηθέντων χρημάτων,
21.42.8αὐτὸς δὲ μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ἀναζεύξας ἠπείγετο, σπεύδων συνάψαι τοῖς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη.
21.42.9παραγενόμενος δʼ εἰς τὴν Ἀπάμειαν καὶ καταλαβὼν τόν τε βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς δέκα, συνήδρευεν περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων.
21.42.10ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς κυρῶσαι πρῶτον τὰ πρὸς Ἀντίοχον ὅρκια καὶ τὰς συνθήκας, ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδὲν ἂν δέοι πλείω διατίθεσθαι λόγον, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐγγράπτων ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διαλήψεις.
21.43.1ἦν δὲ τοιαύτη τις ἡ τῶν κατὰ μέρος διάταξις· φιλίαν ὑπάρχειν Ἀντιόχῳ καὶ Ῥωμαίοις εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον ποιοῦντι τὰ κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας.
21.43.2μὴ διιέναι βασιλέα Ἀντίοχον καὶ τοὺς ὑποταττομένους διὰ τῆς αὑτῶν χώρας ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους πολεμίους μηδὲ χορηγεῖν αὐτοῖς μηδέν·
21.43.3ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥωμαίους καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους ἐπʼ Ἀντίοχον καὶ τοὺς ὑπʼ ἐκεῖνον ταττομένους.
21.43.4μὴ πολεμῆσαι δὲ Ἀντίοχον τοῖς ἐπὶ ταῖς νήσοις μηδὲ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην.
21.43.5ἐκχωρείτω δὲ πόλεων καὶ χώρας
21.43.6. μὴ ἐξαγέτω μηδὲν πλὴν τῶν ὅπλων ὧν φέρουσιν οἱ στρατιῶται· εἰ δέ τι τυγχάνουσιν ἀπενηνεγμένοι, καθιστάτωσαν πάλιν εἰς τὰς αὐτὰς πόλεις.
21.43.7μηδʼ ὑποδεχέσθωσαν τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως μήτε στρατιώτας μήτʼ ἄλλον μηδένα.
21.43.8εἰ δέ τινες ἐξ ὧν ἀπολαμβάνουσιν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι πόλεων μετὰ δυνάμεώς εἰσιν Ἀντιόχου, τούτους εἰς Ἀπάμειαν ἀποκαταστησάτωσαν.
21.43.9τοῖς δὲ Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις εἴ τινες εἶεν ἐκ τῆς Ἀντιόχου βασιλείας, εἶναι τὴν ἐξουσίαν καὶ μένειν, εἰ βούλονται, καὶ ἀποτρέχειν.
21.43.10τοὺς δὲ δούλους Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ἀποδότω Ἀντίοχος καὶ οἱ ὑπʼ αὐτὸν ταττόμενοι, καὶ τοὺς ἁλόντας καὶ τοὺς αὐτομολήσαντας, καὶ εἴ τινα αἰχμάλωτόν ποθεν εἰλήφασιν.
21.43.11ἀποδότω δὲ Ἀντίοχος, ἐὰν ᾖ δυνατὸν αὐτῷ, καὶ Ἀννίβαν Ἀμίλκου Καρχηδόνιον καὶ Μνασίλοχον Ἀκαρνᾶνα καὶ Θόαντα Αἰτωλόν, καὶ Εὐβουλίδαν καὶ Φίλωνα Χαλκιδεῖς, καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ὅσοι κοινὰς εἰλήφασιν ἀρχάς,
21.43.12καὶ τοὺς ἐλέφαντας τοὺς ἐν Ἀπαμείᾳ πάντας, καὶ μηκέτι ἄλλους ἐχέτω.
21.43.13ἀποδότω δὲ καὶ τὰς ναῦς τὰς μακρὰς καὶ τὰ ἐκ τούτων ἄρμενα καὶ τὰ σκεύη, καὶ μηκέτι ἐχέτω πλὴν δέκα καταφράκτων· μηδὲ λέμβον πλείοσι τριάκοντα κωπῶν ἐχέτω ἐλαυνόμενον, μηδὲ μονήρη πολέμου ἕνεκεν,
21.43.14οὗ αὐτὸς κατάρχει. μηδὲ πλείτωσαν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Καλυκάδνου καὶ Σαρπηδονίου ἀκρωτηρίου, εἰ μὴ φόρους ἢ πρέσβεις ἢ ὁμήρους ἄγοιεν.
21.43.15μὴ ἐξέστω δὲ Ἀντιόχῳ μηδὲ ξενολογεῖν ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίους ταττομένης μηδʼ ὑποδέχεσθαι τοὺς φεύγοντας.
21.43.16ὅσαι δὲ οἰκίαι Ῥοδίων ἢ τῶν συμμάχων ἦσαν ἐν τῇ ὑπὸ βασιλέα Ἀντίοχον ταττομένῃ ταύτας εἶναι Ῥοδίων, ὡς καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὸν πόλεμον ἐξενεγκεῖν.
21.43.17καὶ εἴ τι χρῆμα ὀφείλετʼ αὐτοῖς, ὁμοίως ἔστω πράξιμον· καὶ εἴ τι ἀπελήφθη ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, ἀναζητηθὲν ἀποδοθήτω. ἀτελῆ δὲ ὁμοίως ὡς καὶ πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου τὰ πρὸς τοὺς Ῥοδίους ὑπαρχέτω. εἰ δέ τινας τῶν πόλεων,
21.43.18ἃς ἀποδοῦναι δεῖ Ἀντίοχον, ἑτέροις δέδωκεν Ἀντίοχος, ἐξαγέτω καὶ ἐκ τούτων τὰς φρουρὰς καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας. ἐὰν δέ τινες ὕστερον ἀποτρέχειν βούλωνται, μὴ προσδεχέσθω.
21.43.19ἀργυρίου δὲ δότω Ἀντίοχος Ἀττικοῦ Ῥωμαίοις ἀρίστου τάλαντα μύρια δισχίλια ἐν ἔτεσι δώδεκα, διδοὺς καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος χίλια· μὴ ἔλαττον δʼ ἑλκέτω τὸ τάλαντον λιτρῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν ὀγδοήκοντα· καὶ μοδίους σίτου πεντηκοντακισμυρίους καὶ τετρακισμυρίους.
21.43.20δότω δὲ Εὐμένει τῷ βασιλεῖ τάλαντα τριακόσια πεντήκοντα ἐν ἔτεσι τοῖς πρώτοις πέντε, ἑβδομήκοντα κατὰ τὸ ἔτος, τῷ ἐπιβαλλομένῳ καιρῷ, ᾧ καὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀποδίδωσι, καὶ τοῦ σίτου,
21.43.21καθὼς ἐτίμησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀντίοχος, τάλαντα ἑκατὸν εἴκοσιν ἑπτὰ καὶ δραχμὰς χιλίας διακοσίας ὀκτώ· ἃ συνεχώρησεν Εὐμένης λαβεῖν, γάζαν εὐαρεστουμένην ἑαυτῷ.
21.43.22ὁμήρους δὲ εἴκοσι διδότω Ἀντίοχος, διʼ ἐτῶν τριῶν ἄλλους ἀνταποστέλλων, μὴ νεωτέρους ἐτῶν ὀκτωκαίδεκα μηδὲ πρεσβυτέρους τετταράκοντα πέντε.
21.43.23ἐὰν δέ τι διαφωνήσῃ τῶν ἀποδιδομένων χρημάτων, τῷ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει ἀποδότωσαν.
21.43.24ἂν δέ τινες τῶν πόλεων ἢ τῶν ἐθνῶν, πρὸς ἃ γέγραπται μὴ πολεμεῖν Ἀντίοχον, πρότεροι ἐκφέρωσι πόλεμον, ἐξέστω πολεμεῖν Ἀντιόχῳ.
21.43.25τῶν δὲ ἐθνῶν καὶ πόλεων τούτων μὴ ἐχέτω τὴν κυρίαν αὐτὸς μηδʼ εἰς φιλίαν προσαγέσθω.
21.43.26περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀδικημάτων τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους γινομένων εἰς κρίσιν προκαλείσθωσαν.
21.43.27ἐὰν δέ τι θέλωσι πρὸς τὰς συνθήκας ἀμφότεροι κοινῷ δόγματι προστεθῆναι ἢ ἀφαιρεθῆναι ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, ἐξέστω.
21.44.1τμηθέντων δὲ τῶν ὁρκίων ἐπὶ τούτοις, εὐθέως ὁ στρατηγὸς Κόιντον Μινύκιον Θέρμον καὶ Λεύκιον τὸν ἀδελφόν, ἄρτι κεκομικότα τὰ χρήματα παρὰ τῶν Ὀροανδέων,
21.44.2εἰς Συρίαν ἐξαπέστειλε, συντάξας κομίζεσθαι τοὺς ὅρκους παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ διαβεβαιώσασθαι τὰ κατὰ μέρος ὑπὲρ τῶν συνθηκῶν.
21.44.3πρὸς δὲ Κόιντον Φάβιον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ στρατηγὸν ἐξέπεμψε γραμματοφόρους, κελεύων πάλιν πλεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς Πάταρα καὶ παραλαβόντα τὰς ὑπαρχούσας αὐτόθι ναῦς διαπρῆσαι. —
21.45.1Μάλιος ὁ ἀνθύπατος τριακόσια τάλαντα πραξάμενος παρʼ Ἀριαράθου φίλον αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατο Ῥωμαίων. —
21.46.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἀπάμειαν οἵ τε δέκα καὶ Γνάιος ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων, διακούσαντες πάντων τῶν ἀπηντηκότων, τοῖς μὲν περὶ χώρας ἢ χρημάτων ἤ τινος ἑτέρου διαφερομένοις πόλεις ἀπέδωκαν ὁμολογουμένας ἀμφοτέροις, ἐν αἷς διακριθήσονται περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων· τὴν δὲ περὶ τῶν ὅλων ἐποιήσαντο διάληψιν τοιαύτην.
21.46.2ὅσαι μὲν τῶν αὐτονόμων πόλεων πρότερον ὑπετέλουν Ἀντιόχῳ φόρον, τότε δὲ διεφύλαξαν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πίστιν, ταύτας μὲν ἀπέλυσαν τῶν φόρων· ὅσαι δʼ Ἀττάλῳ σύνταξιν ἐτέλουν, ταύταις ἐπέταξαν τὸν αὐτὸν Εὐμένει διδόναι φόρον.
21.46.3εἰ δέ τινες ἀποστᾶσαι τῆς Ῥωμαίων φιλίας Ἀντιόχῳ συνεπολέμουν, ταύτας ἐκέλευσαν Εὐμένει διδόναι τοὺς Ἀντιόχῳ διατεταγμένους φόρους.
21.46.4Κολοφωνίους δὲ τοὺς τὸ Νότιον οἰκοῦντας καὶ Κυμαίους καὶ Μυλασεῖς ἀφορολογήτους ἀφῆκαν,
21.46.5Κλαζομενίοις δὲ καὶ δωρεὰν προσέθηκαν τὴν Δρυμοῦσσαν καλουμένην νῆσον, Μιλησίοις δὲ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν ἀποκατέστησαν, ἧς διὰ τοὺς πολέμους πρότερον ἐξεχώρησαν.
21.46.6Χίους δὲ καὶ Σμυρναίους, ἔτι δʼ Ἐρυθραίους, ἔν τε τοῖς ἄλλοις προῆγον καὶ χώραν προσένειμαν, ἧς ἕκαστοι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐπεθύμουν καὶ σφίσι καθήκειν ὑπελάμβανον, ἐντρεπόμενοι τὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ σπουδήν, ἣν παρέσχηντο κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον αὐτοῖς.
21.46.7ἀπέδωκαν δὲ καὶ Φωκαιεῦσι τὸ πάτριον πολίτευμα καὶ τὴν χώραν, ἣν καὶ πρότερον εἶχον.
21.46.8μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Ῥοδίοις ἐχρημάτισαν, διδόντες Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίας τὰ μέχρι Μαιάνδρου ποταμοῦ πλὴν Τελμεσσοῦ.
21.46.9περὶ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἔν τε ταῖς πρὸς Ἀντίοχον συνθήκαις τὴν ἐνδεχομένην πρόνοιαν ἐποιήσαντο καὶ τότε τῆς μὲν Εὐρώπης αὐτῷ προσέθηκαν Χερρόνησον καὶ Λυσιμάχειαν καὶ τὰ προσοροῦντα τούτοις ἐρύματα καὶ χώραν, ἧς Ἀντίοχος ἐπῆρχεν·
Book 21, Part 9
21.46.10τῆς δʼ Ἀσίας Φρυγίαν τὴν ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου, Φρυγίαν τὴν μεγάλην, Μυσούς, οὓς Προυσίας πρότερον αὐτοῦ παρεσπάσατο, Λυκαονίαν, Μιλυάδα, Λυδίαν, Τράλλεις, Ἔφεσον, Τελμεσσόν.
21.46.11ταύτας μὲν οὖν ἔδωκαν Εὐμένει τὰς δωρεάς· περὶ δὲ τῆς Παμφυλίας, Εὐμένους μὲν εἶναι φάσκοντος αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου, τῶν δὲ παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευτῶν ἐπέκεινα, διαπορήσαντες ἀνέθεντο περὶ τούτων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον.
21.46.12σχεδὸν δὲ τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων καὶ πλείστων αὐτοῖς διῳκημένων, ἀναζεύξαντες προῆγον ἐφʼ Ἑλλήσποντον, βουλόμενοι κατὰ τὴν πάροδον ἔτι τὰ πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας ἀσφαλίσασθαι. —
21.47.1ὅτι τῶν Ῥωμαίων κατὰ τὴν ἐπάνοδον παρὰ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν πολλὰ δεινὰ [...] ναρ [...] Ῥωμαίων στρατιω [...] [...] οὐκ ἂν φήσειε κα [...] [...] εὐμαρὲς φυ?λα [...] δι [...] [...] ἂν περὶ τὰς ἰδίας [...] βαιν [...] [...] εστιν [...] ν [...] ησα?μενου?ς [...] [...] ν [...] !εναιρομ [...] ν [...] ς πράξεις [...] [...]
Book 22, Part 1
22.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὀγδόην καὶ μ# ὀλυμπιάδα πρὸς ταῖς ρ# πρεσβειῶν παρουσίαι ἐγένοντο πρὸς Ῥωμαίους παρὰ Φιλίππου καὶ παρὰ τῶν· προσορούντων τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ. τὰ δόξαντα τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τῶν πρέσβεων.
22.1.2ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα Φιλίππου διαφορὰ πρὸς Θετταλοὺς καὶ Περραιβοὺς περὶ τῶν πόλεων ὧν κατεῖχε Φίλιππος ἐκ τῶν Ἀντιοχικῶν καιρῶν τῆς Θετταλίας καὶ Περραιβίας.
22.1.3ἡ γενομένη δικαιολογία περὶ τούτων ἐπὶ Κοΐντου Καικιλίου περὶ τὰ Τέμπη. τὰ κριθέντα διὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον.
22.1.4κρίσις ἄλλη περὶ τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεων Φιλίππῳ πρὸς τοὺς παρʼ Εὐμένους πρεσβευτὰς καὶ τοὺς ἐκ Μαρωνείας φυγάδας, καὶ τὰ ῥηθέντα περὶ τούτων ἐν Θετταλονίκῃ καὶ τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον.
22.1.5ἡ γενομένη σφαγὴ διὰ Φιλίππου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐν Μαρωνείᾳ. παρουσία πρεσβευτῶν ἐκ Ῥώμης καὶ τὰ προσταχθέντα διὰ τούτων. αἰτίαι διʼ ἃς ἐγένετο Ῥωμαίοις πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμος.
22.1.6κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον πρεσβευτῶν παρουσία παρά τε Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ παρὰ Εὐμένους καὶ παρὰ Σελεύκου.
22.1.7καὶ τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπέρ τε τῆς πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον συμμαχίας καὶ τῶν δωρεῶν τῶν προτεινομένων αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν προειρημένων βασιλέων.
22.1.8παρουσία Κοίντου Καικιλίου καὶ μέμψις ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα διῳκημένων.
22.1.9ὡς Ἀρεὺς καὶ Ἀλκιβιάδης ὄντες τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος ἐπρέσβευσαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ κατηγορίαν ἐποιήσαντο Φιλοποίμενος καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
22.1.9θυαε εχ πολψβιι λιβρο χχιι. εχξερπενδα ετ τιτυλο ξονσταντινιανο περὶ πρέσβεων Ῥωμαίων πρὸς ἐθνικούς σιντ ινσερενδα.
22.2.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὀγδόην καὶ μ# ὀλυμπιάδα πρὸς ταῖς ρ# παρουσία ἐγένετο πρεσβευτῶν Ῥωμαίων εἰς Κλείτορα καὶ σύνοδος τῶν Ἀχαιῶν. καὶ οἱ ῥηθέντες ὑπὸ ἀμφοτέρων λόγοι περὶ τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα πραγμάτων καὶ τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς. ταῦτα κεφαλαιωδῶς.
22.3.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ Κομπασίῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπαναίρεσιν δυσαρεστήσαντές τινες τῶν ἐν τῇ Λακεδαίμονι τοῖς γεγονόσι καὶ νομίσαντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος ἅμα τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν προστασίαν καταλελύσθαι τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων, ἐλθόντες εἰς Ῥώμην κατηγορίαν ἐποιήσαντο τῶν διῳκημένων καὶ τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος.
22.3.2καὶ τέλος ἐξεπορίσαντο γράμματα πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς παρὰ Μάρκου Λεπέδου τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα γενηθέντος ἀρχιερέως, τότε δὲ τὴν ὕπατον ἀρχὴν εἰληφότος·
22.3.3ὃς ἔγραφε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, φάσκων οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὐτοὺς κεχειρικέναι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους. ὧν πρεσβευόντων,
22.3.4εὐθέως ὁ Φιλοποίμην πρεσβευτὰς καταστήσας τοὺς περὶ Νικόδημον τὸν Ἠλεῖον ἐξέπεμψεν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
22.3.5κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἧκε καὶ παρὰ Πτολεμαίου πρεσβευτὴς Δημήτριος Ἀθηναῖος, ἀνανεωσόμενος τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν συμμαχίαν τῷ βασιλεῖ πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
22.3.6ὧν προθύμως ἀναδεξαμένων τὴν ἀνανέωσιν, κατεστάθησαν πρεσβευταὶ πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον Λυκόρτας ὁ παρʼ ἡμῶν πατὴρ καὶ Θεοδωρίδας καὶ Ῥωσιτέλης Σικυώνιοι χάριν τοῦ δοῦναι τοὺς ὅρκους ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ λαβεῖν παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.
22.3.7ἐγενήθη δέ τι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον πάρεργον μὲν ἴσως, ἄξιον δὲ μνήμης. μετὰ γὰρ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὴν ἀνανέωσιν τῆς συμμαχίας, ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ὑπεδέξατο τὸν πρεσβευτὴν ὁ Φιλοποίμην·
22.3.8γενομένης δὲ παρὰ τὴν συνουσίαν μνήμης τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐπιβαλὼν ὁ πρεσβευτὴς πολλούς τινας διετίθετο λόγους ἐγκωμιάζων τὸν Πτολεμαῖον καί τινας ἀποδείξεις προεφέρετο τῆς τε περὶ τὰς κυνηγίας εὐχερείας καὶ τόλμης, ἑξῆς τε τῆς περὶ τοὺς ἵππους καὶ τὰ ὅπλα δυνάμεως καὶ τῆς ἐν τούτοις ἀσκήσεως.
22.3.9τελευταίῳ δʼ ἐχρήσατο μαρτυρίῳ πρὸς πίστιν τῶν εἰρημένων· ἔφη γὰρ αὐτὸν κυνηγετοῦντα ταῦρον βαλεῖν ἀφʼ ἵππου μεσαγκύλῳ. —
22.4.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Βοιωτίαν μετὰ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὰς πρὸς Ἀντίοχον Ῥωμαίοις συνθήκας ἀποκοπεισῶν τῶν ἐλπίδων πᾶσι τοῖς καινοτομεῖν ἐπιβαλλομένοις, ἄλλην ἀρχὴν καὶ διάθεσιν ἐλάμβανον αἱ πολιτεῖαι.
22.4.2διὸ καὶ τῆς δικαιοδοσίας ἑλκομένης παρʼ αὐτοῖς σχεδὸν ἐξ εἴκοσι καὶ πέντʼ ἐτῶν, τότε λόγοι διεδίδοντο κατὰ τὰς πόλεις, φασκόντων τινῶν διότι δεῖ γίνεσθαι διέξοδον καὶ συντέλειαν τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
22.4.3πολλῆς δὲ περὶ τούτων ἀμφισβητήσεως ὑπαρχούσης διὰ τὸ πλείους εἶναι τοὺς καχέκτας τῶν εὐπόρων, ἐγίνετό τι συνέργημα τοῖς τὰ βέλτισθʼ αἱρουμένοις ἐκ ταὐτομάτου τοιοῦτον.
22.4.4ὁ γὰρ Τίτος ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ πάλαι μὲν ἐσπούδαζε περὶ τοῦ καταπορευθῆναι τὸν Ζεύξιππον εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν, ἅτε κεχρημένος αὐτῷ συνεργῷ πρὸς πολλὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἀντιοχικοὺς καὶ Φιλιππικοὺς καιρούς.
22.4.5κατὰ δὲ τοὺς τότε χρόνους ἐξείργαστο γράψαι τὴν σύγκλητον τοῖς Βοιωτοῖς διότι δεῖ κατάγειν Ζεύξιππον καὶ τοὺς ἅμʼ αὐτῷ φυγόντας εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
Book 22, Part 2
22.4.6ὧν προσπεσόντων, δείσαντες οἱ Βοιωτοὶ μὴ κατελθόντων τῶν προειρημένων ἀποσπασθῶσιν ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδόνων εὐνοίας, βουλόμενοι κατακηρυχθῆναι τὰς κρίσεις τὰς κατὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ζεύξιππον, ἃς ἦσαν πρότερον αὐτοῖς ἐπιγεγραμμένοι,
22.4.7καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ τῶν δικῶν μίαν μὲν αὐτῶν κατεδίκασαν ἱεροσυλίας, διότι λεπίσαιεν τὴν τοῦ Διὸς τράπεζαν ἀργυρᾶν οὖσαν, μίαν δὲ θανάτου διὰ τὸν Βραχύλλου φόνον.
22.4.8ταῦτα δὲ διοικήσαντες οὐκέτι προσεῖχον τοῖς γραφομένοις, ἀλλʼ ἔπεμπον πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς περὶ Καλλίκριτον, φάσκοντες οὐ δύνασθαι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ᾠκονομημένα παρʼ αὑτοῖς ἄκυρα ποιεῖν.
22.4.9ἐν δὲ τοῖς καιροῖς τούτοις πρεσβεύσαντος αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ζευξίππου πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον, οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὴν τῶν Βοιωτῶν προαίρεσιν ἔγραψαν πρός τε τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ πρὸς Ἀχαιούς, κελεύοντες κατάγειν Ζεύξιππον εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
22.4.10οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ τοῦ μὲν διὰ στρατοπέδων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἔφοδον ἀπέσχον, πρεσβευτὰς δὲ προεχειρίσαντο πέμπειν τοὺς παρακαλέσοντας τοὺς Βοιωτοὺς τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πειθαρχεῖν καὶ τὴν δικαιοδοσίαν, καθάπερ καὶ τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὕτω καὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν.
22.4.11συνέβαινε γὰρ καὶ τὰ πρὸς τούτους συναλλάγματα παρέλκεσθαι πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον.
22.4.11ὧν διακούσαντες οἱ Βοιωτοί,
22.4.12στρατηγοῦντος Ἱππίου παρʼ αὐτοῖς, παραχρῆμα μὲν ὑπέσχοντο ποιήσειν τὰ παρακαλούμενα, μετʼ ὀλίγον δὲ πάντων ὠλιγώρησαν. διόπερ ὁ Φιλοποίμην,
22.4.13Ἱππίου μὲν ἀποτεθειμένου τὴν ἀρχήν, Ἀλκέτου δὲ παρειληφότος, ἀπέδωκε τοῖς αἰτουμένοις τὰ ῥύσια κατὰ τῶν Βοιωτῶν.
22.4.14ἐξ ὧν ἐγίνετο καταρχὴ διαφορᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητος. παραυτίκα γὰρ ἔλαχε
22.4.15τῶν Μυρρίχου θρεμμάτων καὶ τοῦ Σίμωνος· καὶ περὶ ταῦτα γενομένης συμπλοκῆς, οὐκέτι πολιτικῆς διαφορᾶς, ἀλλὰ πολεμικῆς ἔχθρας ἐγένετο καταρχὴ καὶ προοίμιον.
22.4.16εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡ σύγκλητος προσέθηκε τἀκόλουθον περὶ τῆς καθόδου τῶν περὶ τὸν Ζεύξιππον, ταχέως ἂν ἐξεκαύθη πόλεμος· νῦν δʼ ἐκείνη τε παρεσιώπησεν,
22.4.17οἵ τε Μεγαρεῖς ἐπέσχον τὰ ῥύσια, διαπρεσβευσαμένων τοῖς συναλλάγμασιν. —
22.5.1ὅτι ἐγένετο Λυκίοις διαφορὰ πρὸς Ῥοδίους διὰ τοιαύτας αἰτίας.
22.5.2καθʼ οὓς καιροὺς οἱ δέκα διῴκουν τὰ περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, τότε παρεγενήθησαν πρέσβεις, παρὰ μὲν Ῥοδίων Θεαίδητος καὶ Φιλόφρων, ἀξιοῦντες αὑτοῖς δοθῆναι τὰ κατὰ Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίαν χάριν τῆς εὐνοίας καὶ προθυμίας, ἣν παρέσχηνται σφίσι κατὰ τὸν Ἀντιοχικὸν πόλεμον·
22.5.3παρὰ δὲ τῶν Ἰλιέων ἧκον Ἵππαρχος καὶ Σάτυρος, ἀξιοῦντες διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς οἰκειότητα συγγνώμην δοθῆναι Λυκίοις τῶν ἡμαρτημένων.
22.5.4ὧν οἱ δέκα διακούσαντες ἐπειράθησαν ἑκατέρων στοχάσασθαι κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν. διὰ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς Ἰλιεῖς οὐθὲν ἐβουλεύσαντο περὶ αὐτῶν ἀνήκεστον, τοῖς δὲ Ῥοδίοις χαριζόμενοι προσένειμαν ἐν δωρεᾷ τοὺς Λυκίους.
22.5.5ἐκ ταύτης τῆς διαλήψεως ἐγενήθη στάσις καὶ διαφορὰ τοῖς Λυκίοις πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοὺς Ῥοδίους οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητος.
22.5.6οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἰλιεῖς ἐπιπορευόμενοι τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν ἀπήγγελλον ὅτι παρῄτηνται τὴν ὀργὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ παραίτιοι γεγόνασιν αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐλευθερίας·
22.5.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Θεαίδητον ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἀγγελίαν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι, φάσκοντες Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίας τὰ μέχρι τοῦ Μαιάνδρου δεδόσθαι Ῥοδίοις ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἐν δωρεᾷ.
22.5.8λοιπὸν οἱ μὲν Λύκιοι πρεσβεύοντες ἧκον εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον ὑπὲρ συμμαχίας, οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι προχειρισάμενοί τινας τῶν πολιτῶν ἐξαπέστελλον τοὺς διατάξοντας ταῖς κατὰ Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίαν πόλεσιν ὡς ἕκαστα δεῖ γενέσθαι.
22.5.9μεγάλης δʼ οὔσης τῆς παραλλαγῆς περὶ τὰς ἑκατέρων ὑπολήψεις, ἕως μέν τινος οὐ πᾶσιν ἔκδηλος ἦν ἡ διαφορὰ τῶν προειρημένων·
22.5.10ὡς δʼ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οἱ Λύκιοι διελέγοντο περὶ συμμαχίας, καὶ μετὰ τούτους Ποθίων ὁ πρύτανις τῶν Ῥοδίων ἀναστὰς ἐφώτισε τὴν ἑκατέρων αἵρεσιν καὶ προσεπετίμησε τοῖς Λυκίοις πᾶν γὰρ ὑπομένειν ἔφασαν μᾶλλον ἢ ποιήσειν Ῥοδίοις τὸ προσταττόμενον.
22.6.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἧκον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην παρά τε τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους πρεσβευταὶ διασαφοῦντες τὸν ἐξιδιασμὸν τοῦ Φιλίππου τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεων,
22.6.2καὶ παρὰ Μαρωνειτῶν οἱ φυγάδες κατηγοροῦντες καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναφέροντες τῆς αὑτῶν ἐκπτώσεως ἐπὶ τὸν Φίλιππον,
Book 22, Part 3
22.6.3ἅμα δὲ τούτοις Ἀθαμᾶνες, Περραιβοί, Θετταλοί, φάσκοντες κομίζεσθαι δεῖν αὑτοὺς τὰς πόλεις, ἃς παρείλετο Φίλιππος αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἀντιοχικὸν πόλεμον.
22.6.4ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρέσβεις πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς κατηγορήσαντας ἀπολογησόμενοι.
22.6.5γενομένων δὲ πλειόνων λόγων πᾶσι τοῖς προειρημένοις πρὸς τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρεσβευτάς, ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ παραυτίκα καταστῆσαι πρεσβείαν τὴν ἐπισκεψομένην τὰ κατὰ τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ παρέξουσαν ἀσφάλειαν τοῖς βουλομένοις κατὰ πρόσωπον λέγειν τὸ φαινόμενον καὶ κατηγορεῖν τοῦ βασιλέως.
22.6.6καὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Κόιντον Καικίλιον καὶ Μάρκον Βαίβιον καὶ Τεβέριον Κλαύδιον. —
22.6.6συνέβαινε τοὺς Αἰνίους πάλαι μὲν στασιάζειν,
22.6.7προσφάτως δʼ ἀπονεύειν τοὺς μὲν πρὸς Εὐμένη, τοὺς δὲ πρὸς Μακεδονίαν.
22.7.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον ὡς μέν, ἔτι Φιλοποίμενος στρατηγοῦντος, εἴς τε τὴν Ῥώμην ἐξαπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνος ὑπὲρ τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων πόλεως πρός τε τὸν βασιλέα Πτολεμαῖον τοὺς ἀνανεωσομένους τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ συμμαχίαν, ἐδηλώσαμεν, φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος.
22.7.2κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα χρόνον, Ἀρισταίνου στρατηγοῦντος, οἵ τε παρὰ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως πρέσβεις ἧκον, ἐν Μεγάλῃ πόλει τῆς συνόδου τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ὑπαρχούσης·
22.7.3ἐξαπεστάλκει δὲ καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὁ βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης πρεσβευτάς, ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι τάλαντα δώσειν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, ἐφʼ ᾧ, δανειζομένων τούτων, ἐκ τῶν τόκων μισθοδοτεῖσθαι τὴν βουλὴν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐπὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς συνόδοις.
22.7.4ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ Σελεύκου τοῦ βασιλέως πρεσβευταί, τήν τε φιλίαν ἀνανεωσόμενοι καὶ δεκαναΐαν μακρῶν πλοίων ἐπαγγελλόμενοι δώσειν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς.
22.7.5ἐχούσης δὲ τῆς συνόδου πραγματικῶς, πρῶτοι παρῆλθον οἱ περὶ Νικόδημον τὸν Ἠλεῖον καὶ τούς τε ῥηθέντας ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ λόγους ὑφʼ αὑτῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πόλεως διῆλθον τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς καὶ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἀνέγνωσαν,
22.7.6ἐξ ὧν ἦν λαμβάνειν ἐκδοχὴν ὅτι δυσαρεστοῦνται μὲν καὶ τῇ τῶν τειχῶν συντελέσει καὶ τῇ καταλύσει τῶν ἐν τῷ Κομπασίῳ διαφθαρέντων, οὐ μὴν ἄκυρόν τι ποιεῖν. οὐθενὸς δʼ οὔτʼ ἀντειπόντος οὔτε συνηγορήσαντος,
22.7.8μετὰ δὲ τούτους εἰσῆλθον οἱ παρʼ Εὐμένους πρέσβεις καὶ τήν τε συμμαχίαν τὴν πατρικὴν ἀνενεώσαντο καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν χρημάτων ἐπαγγελίαν διεσάφησαν τοῖς πολλοῖς.
22.7.9καὶ πλείω δὲ πρὸς ταύτας τὰς ὑποθέσεις διαλεχθέντες καὶ μεγάλην εὔνοιαν καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐμφήναντες πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος,
22.8.1κατέπαυσαν τὸν λόγον. μεθʼ οὓς Ἀπολλωνίδας ὁ Σικυώνιος ἀναστὰς κατὰ μὲν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν διδομένων χρημάτων ἀξίαν ἔφη τὴν δωρεὰν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ διδόντος καὶ τὴν χρείαν,
22.8.2εἰς ἣν δίδοται, πασῶν αἰσχίστην καὶ παρανομωτάτην.
22.8.3τῶν γὰρ νόμων κωλυόντων μηθένα μήτε τῶν ἰδιωτῶν μήτε τῶν ἀρχόντων παρὰ βασιλέως δῶρα λαμβάνειν κατὰ μηδʼ ὁποίαν πρόφασιν, πάντας ἅμα δωροδοκεῖσθαι προφανῶς, προσδεξαμένους τὰ χρήματα, πάντων εἶναι παρανομώτατον, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις αἴσχιστον ὁμολογουμένως.
22.8.4τὸ γὰρ ὀψωνιάζεσθαι τὴν βουλὴν ὑπʼ Εὐμένους καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος καὶ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν κοινῶν καταπεπωκότας οἱονεὶ δέλεαρ, πρόδηλον ἔχειν τὴν αἰσχύνην καὶ τὴν βλάβην.
22.8.5νῦν μὲν γὰρ Εὐμένη διδόναι χρήματα, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Προυσίαν δώσειν, καὶ πάλιν Σέλευκον.
22.8.6τῶν δὲ πραγμάτων ἐναντίαν φύσιν ἐχόντων τοῖς βασιλεῦσι καὶ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις, καὶ τῶν πλείστων καὶ μεγίστων διαβουλίων αἰεὶ γινομένων περὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς ἡμῖν διαφερόντων,
22.8.7φανερῶς ἀνάγκη δυεῖν θάτερον ἢ τὸ τῶν βασιλέων λυσιτελὲς ἐπίπροσθεν γίνεσθαι τοῦ κατʼ ἰδίαν συμφέροντος ἢ τούτου μὴ συμβαίνοντος ἀχαρίστους φαίνεσθαι πᾶσιν, ἀντιπράττοντας τοῖς αὑτῶν μισθοδόταις.
22.8.8διὸ μὴ μόνον ἀπείπασθαι παρεκάλει τοὺς Ἀχαιούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ μισεῖν τὸν Εὐμένη διὰ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν τῆς δόσεως.
22.8.9μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἀναστὰς Κάσσανδρος Αἰγινήτης ἀνέμνησε τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς τῆς Αἰγινητῶν ἀκληρίας, ᾗ περιέπεσον διὰ τὸ μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν συμπολιτεύεσθαι, ὅτε Πόπλιος Σολπίκιος ἐπιπλεύσας τῷ στόλῳ πάντας ἐξηνδραποδίσατο τοὺς ταλαιπώρους Αἰγινήτας·
22.8.10ὑπὲρ ὧν διεσαφήσαμεν, τίνα τρόπον Αἰτωλοί, κύριοι γενόμενοι τῆς πόλεως κατὰ τὰς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους συνθήκας, Ἀττάλῳ παραδοῖεν, τριάκοντα τάλαντα παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβόντες.
22.8.11ταῦτʼ οὖν τιθεὶς τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἠξίου τὸν Εὐμένη μὴ διάφορα προτείνοντα θηρεύειν τὴν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εὔνοιαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πόλιν ἀποδιδόντα τυγχάνειν πάντων τῶν φιλανθρώπων ἀναντιρρήτως.
Book 22, Part 4
22.8.12τοὺς δʼ Ἀχαιοὺς παρεκάλει μὴ δέχεσθαι τοιαύτας δωρεάς, διʼ ὧν φανήσονται καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐλπίδας ἀφαιρούμενοι τῆς Αἰγινητῶν σωτηρίας.
22.8.12τοιούτων δὲ γενομένων λόγων,
22.8.13ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον παρέστη τὸ πλῆθος ὥστε μὴ τολμῆσαι μηθένα συνειπεῖν τῷ βασιλεῖ, πάντας δὲ μετὰ κραυγῆς ἐκβαλεῖν τὴν προτεινομένην δωρεάν, καίτοι δοκούσης αὐτῆς ἔχειν τι δυσαντοφθάλμητον διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν προτεινομένων χρημάτων.
22.9.1ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις εἰσήχθη τὸ περὶ Πτολεμαίου διαβούλιον·
22.9.2ἐν ᾧ προκληθέντων τῶν ἀποσταλέντων πρεσβευτῶν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον, προελθὼν Λυκόρτας μετὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἀπελογίσατο πρῶτον μὲν τίνα τρόπον καὶ δοῖεν καὶ λάβοιεν τοὺς ὅρκους ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας,
22.9.3εἶτα διότι κομίζοιεν δωρεὰν κοινῇ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἑξακισχίλια μὲν ὅπλα χαλκᾶ πελταστικά, διακόσια δὲ τάλαντα νομίσματος ἐπισήμου χαλκοῦ·
22.9.4πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐπῄνεσε τὸν βασιλέα καὶ βραχέα περὶ τῆς εὐνοίας αὐτοῦ καὶ προθυμίας τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔθνος εἰπὼν κατέστρεψε τὸν λόγον.
22.9.5ἐφʼ οἷς ἀναστὰς ὁ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν στρατηγὸς Ἀρίσταινος ἤρετο τόν τε παρὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου πρεσβευτὴν καὶ τοὺς ἐξαπεσταλμένους ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνανέωσιν, ποίαν ἧκε συμμαχίαν ἀνανεωσάμενος.
22.9.6οὐδενὸς δʼ ἀποκρινομένου, πάντων δὲ διαλαλούντων πρὸς ἀλλήλους, πλῆρες ἦν τὸ βουλευτήριον ἀπορίας.
22.9.7ἦν δὲ τὸ ποιοῦν τὴν ἀλογίαν τοιοῦτον. οὐσῶν καὶ πλειόνων συμμαχιῶν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς πρὸς τὴν Πτολεμαίου βασιλείαν, καὶ τούτων ἐχουσῶν μεγάλας διαφορὰς κατὰ τὰς τῶν καιρῶν περιστάσεις,
22.9.8οὔθʼ ὁ παρὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου πρεσβευτὴς οὐδεμίαν ἐποιήσατο διαστολήν, ὅτʼ ἀνενεοῦτο, καθολικῶς δὲ περὶ τοῦ πράγματος ἐλάλησεν, οὔθʼ οἱ πεμφθέντες πρέσβεις,
22.9.9ἀλλʼ ὡς μιᾶς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτοί τε τοὺς ὅρκους ἔδοσαν καὶ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ἔλαβον.
22.9.10ὅθεν προφερομένου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πάσας τὰς συμμαχίας καὶ κατὰ μέρος ἐν ἑκάστῃ διαστελλομένου, μεγάλης οὔσης διαφορᾶς, ἐζήτει τὸ πλῆθος εἰδέναι ποίαν ἀνανεοῖτο συμμαχίαν.
22.9.11οὐ δυναμένου δὲ λόγον ὑποσχεῖν οὔτε τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος, ὃς ἐποιήσατο στρατηγῶν τὴν ἀνανέωσιν, οὔτε τῶν περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν τῶν πρεσβευσάντων εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν,
22.9.12οὗτοι μὲν ἐσχεδιακότες ἐφαίνοντο τοῖς κοινοῖς πράγμασιν, ὁ δʼ Ἀρίσταινος μεγάλην ἐφείλκετο φαντασίαν ὡς μόνος εἰδὼς τί λέγει, καὶ τέλος οὐκ εἴασε κυρωθῆναι τὸ διαβούλιον, ἀλλʼ εἰς ὑπέρθεσιν ἤγαγε διὰ τὴν προειρημένην ἀλογίαν.
22.9.13τῶν δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Σελεύκου πρέσβεων εἰσελθόντων, ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς τὴν μὲν φιλίαν ἀνανεώσασθαι πρὸς τὸν Σέλευκον, τὴν δὲ τῶν πλοίων δωρεὰν κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἀπείπασθαι.
22.9.14καὶ τότε μὲν περὶ τούτων βουλευσάμενοι διέλυσαν εἰς τὰς ἰδίας ἕκαστοι πόλεις.
22.10.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, τῆς πανηγύρεως ἀκμαζούσης, ἦλθε Κόιντος Καικίλιος ἐκ Μακεδονίας, ἀνακάμπτων ἀπὸ τῆς πρεσβείας ἧς ἐπρέσβευσε πρὸς Φίλιππον.
22.10.2καὶ συναγαγόντος Ἀρισταίνου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἀργείων πόλιν, εἰσελθὼν ὁ Κόιντος ἐμέμφετο, φάσκων αὐτοὺς βαρύτερον καὶ πικρότερον τοῦ δέοντος κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις, καὶ παρεκάλει διὰ πλειόνων διορθώσασθαι τὴν προγεγενημένην ἄγνοιαν.
22.10.3ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀρίσταινος εἶχε τὴν ἡσυχίαν, δῆλος ὢν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σιωπᾶν ὅτι δυσαρεστεῖται τοῖς ᾠκονομημένοις καὶ συνευδοκεῖ τοῖς ὑπὸ Καικιλίου λεγομένοις·
22.10.4ὁ δὲ Διοφάνης ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης, ἄνθρωπος στρατιωτικώτερος ἢ πολιτικώτερος, ἀναστὰς οὐχ οἷον ἀπελογήθη τι περὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσυπέδειξε τῷ Καικιλίῳ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Φιλοποίμενα παρατριβὴν ἕτερον ἔγκλημα κατὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
22.10.5ἔφη γὰρ οὐ μόνον τὰ κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα κεχειρίσθαι κακῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κατὰ Μεσσήνην·
22.10.6ἦσαν δὲ περὶ τῶν φυγαδικῶν τοῖς Μεσσηνίοις ἀντιρρήσεις τινὲς πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ τὸ τοῦ Τίτου διάγραμμα καὶ τὴν τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος διόρθωσιν.
22.10.7ὅθεν ὁ Καικίλιος, δοκῶν ἔχειν καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν αὐτῶν τινας ὁμογνώμονας, μᾶλλον ἠγανάκτει τῷ μὴ κατακολουθεῖν ἑτοίμως τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ παρακαλουμένοις τοὺς συνεληλυθότας.
22.10.8τοῦ δὲ Φιλοποίμενος καὶ Λυκόρτα, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἄρχωνος, πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους διαθεμένων λόγους ὑπὲρ τοῦ καλῶς μὲν διῳκῆσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Σπάρτην καὶ συμφερόντως αὐτοῖς μάλιστα τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις, ἀδύνατον δʼ εἶναι τὸ κινῆσαί τι τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἄνευ τοῦ παραβῆναι καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δίκαια καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ὅσια,
Book 22, Part 5
22.10.9μένειν ἔδοξε τοῖς παροῦσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ ταύτην δοῦναι τῷ πρεσβευτῇ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν.
22.10.10ὁ δὲ Καικίλιος ὁρῶν τὴν τούτων προαίρεσιν, ἠξίου τοὺς πολλοὺς αὑτῷ συναγαγεῖν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν.
22.10.11οἱ δὲ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἄρχοντες ἐκέλευον αὐτὸν δεῖξαι τὰς ἐντολάς, ἃς εἶχε παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου περὶ τούτων. τοῦ δὲ παρασιωπῶντος, οὐκ ἔφασαν αὐτῷ συνάξειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν·
22.10.12τοὺς γὰρ νόμους οὐκ ἐᾶν, ἐὰν μὴ φέρῃ τις ἔγγραπτα παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου, περὶ ὧν οἴεται δεῖν συνάγειν.
22.10.13ὁ δὲ Καικίλιος ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὠργίσθη διὰ τὸ μηθὲν αὐτῷ συγχωρεῖσθαι τῶν ἀξιουμένων, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἠβουλήθη δέξασθαι παρὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων, ἀλλʼ ἀναπόκριτος ἀπῆλθεν.
22.10.14οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀνέφερον καὶ τῆς πρότερον παρουσίας ἅμα τῆς Μάρκου τοῦ Φολουίου καὶ τῆς τότε τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀρίσταινον καὶ τὸν Διοφάνην, ὡς τούτους ἀντισπασαμένους διὰ τὴν ἀντιπολιτείαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Φιλοποίμενα·
22.10.15καί τις ἦν ὑποψία τῶν πολλῶν πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους ἄνδρας. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
22.11.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον ἀνακεχωρηκότων ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ διασεσαφηκότων τῇ συγκλήτῳ περί τε τῶν κατὰ Μακεδονίαν καὶ τῶν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον, εἰσῆγον εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον τοὺς περὶ τούτων παραγεγονότας πρεσβευτάς.
22.11.2εἰσελθόντων δὲ πρῶτον τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου καὶ παρʼ Εὐμένους, ἔτι δὲ τῶν ἐξ Αἴνου καὶ Μαρωνείας φυγάδων, καὶ ποιησαμένων τοὺς λόγους ἀκολούθως τοῖς ἐν Θετταλονίκῃ ῥηθεῖσιν ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον,
22.11.3ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ πέμπειν πάλιν ἄλλους πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον τοὺς ἐπισκεψομένους πρῶτον μὲν εἰ παρακεχώρηκε τῶν ἐν Θετταλίᾳ καὶ Περραιβίᾳ πόλεων κατὰ τὴν τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον ἀπόκρισιν,
22.11.4εἶτα τοὺς ἐπιτάξοντας αὐτῷ τὰς φρουρὰς ἐξάγειν ἐξ Αἴνου καὶ Μαρωνείας, καὶ συλλήβδην ἀποβαίνειν ἀπὸ τῶν παραθαλαττίων τῆς Θρᾴκης ἐρυμάτων καὶ τόπων καὶ πόλεων.
22.11.5μετὰ δὲ τούτους εἰσῆγον τοὺς ἀπὸ Πελοποννήσου παραγεγονότας.
22.11.6οἵ τε γὰρ Ἀχαιοὶ πρεσβευτὰς ἀπεστάλκεισαν τοὺς περὶ Ἀπολλωνίδαν τὸν Σικυώνιον δικαιολογησομένους πρὸς τὸν Καικίλιον ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπόκρισιν καὶ καθόλου διδάξοντας ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα πραγμάτων,
22.11.7ἔκ τε τῆς Σπάρτης Ἀρεὺς καὶ Ἀλκιβιάδης ἐπρέσβευσαν· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν νεωστὶ κατηγμένων εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
22.11.8ὃ καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς ὀργὴν ἦγε τῷ δοκεῖν, μεγάλης οὔσης καὶ προσφάτου τῆς εἰς τοὺς φυγάδας εὐεργεσίας, ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἀχαριστεῖσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὥστε καὶ καταπρεσβεύειν καὶ κατηγορίαν ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς τοὺς κρατοῦντας τῶν ἀνελπίστως αὐτοὺς σωσάντων καὶ καταγαγόντων εἰς τὴν πατρίδα.
22.12.1ποιησαμένων δὲ καὶ τούτων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐκ συγκαταθέσεως τὴν δικαιολογίαν, καὶ διδασκόντων τὴν σύγκλητον τῶν μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀπολλωνίδαν τὸν Σικυώνιον ὡς ἀδύνατον εἴη τὸ παράπαν ἄμεινον χειρισθῆναι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Σπάρτην ἢ νῦν κεχείρισται διὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ διὰ Φιλοποίμενος,
22.12.2τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀρέα τἀναντία πειρωμένων λέγειν καὶ φασκόντων πρῶτον μὲν καταλελύσθαι τὴν τῆς πόλεως δύναμιν ἐξηγμένου τοῦ πλήθους μετὰ βίας, εἶτʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπισφαλῆ καὶ ἀπαρρησίαστον καταλείπεσθαι τὴν πολιτείαν,
22.12.3ἐπισφαλῆ μὲν ὀλίγοις οὖσιν καὶ τούτοις τῶν τειχῶν περιῃρημένων, ἀπαρρησίαστον δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ μόνον τοῖς κοινοῖς δόγμασιν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πειθαρχεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ὑπηρετεῖν τοῖς ἀεὶ καθισταμένοις ἄρχουσιν,
22.12.4διακούσασα καὶ τούτων ἡ σύγκλητος ἔκρινε τοῖς αὐτοῖς πρεσβευταῖς δοῦναι καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐντολάς, καὶ κατέστησεν πρεσβευτὰς ἐπὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τοὺς περὶ Ἄππιον Κλαύδιον.
22.12.5Ἀπελογήθησαν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Καικίλιον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀρχόντων οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ, φάσκοντες οὐθὲν ἀδικεῖν αὐτοὺς οὐδʼ ἀξίους ἐγκλήματος ὑπάρχειν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ συνάγειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν·
22.12.6νόμον γὰρ εἶναι παρὰ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς μὴ συγκαλεῖν τοὺς πολλούς, ἐὰν μὴ περὶ συμμαχίας ἢ πολέμου δέῃ γίνεσθαι διαβούλιον ἢ παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τις ἐνέγκῃ γράμματα.
22.12.7διὸ καὶ δικαίως τότε βουλεύσασθαι μὲν τοὺς ἄρχοντας συγκαλεῖν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς ἐκκλησίαν, κωλύεσθαι δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων διὰ τὸ μήτε γράμματα φέρειν αὐτὸν παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου μήτε τὰς ἐντολὰς ἐγγράπτους ἐθέλειν δοῦναι τοῖς ἄρχουσιν.
22.12.8ὧν ῥηθέντων ἀναστὰς Καικίλιος τῶν τε περὶ τὸν Φιλοποίμενα καὶ Λυκόρταν κατηγόρησεν καὶ καθόλου τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας, ᾗ περὶ τῆς τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων ἐκέχρηντο πόλεως.
22.12.9ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν λεγομένων ἔδωκε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἀπόκρισιν ὅτι περὶ μὲν τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα πέμψει τοὺς ἐπισκεψομένους·
22.12.10τοῖς δὲ πρεσβευταῖς τοῖς αἰεὶ παρʼ ἑαυτῶν ἐκπεμπομένοις παρῄνει προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν καὶ καταδοχὴν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν, καθάπερ καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι ποιοῦνται τῶν παραγινομένων πρὸς αὐτοὺς πρεσβευτῶν.
Book 22, Part 6
22.13.1ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ βασιλεύς, διαπεμψαμένων πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης τῶν ἰδίων πρεσβευτῶν καὶ δηλούντων ὅτι δεήσει κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἀποβαίνειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεων,
22.13.2πυθόμενος ταῦτα καὶ βαρέως φέρων ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν πανταχόθεν αὐτοῦ περιτέμνεσθαι τὴν ἀρχήν, ἐναπηρείσατο τὴν ὀργὴν εἰς τοὺς ταλαιπώρους Μαρωνείτας.
22.13.3μεταπεμψάμενος γὰρ Ὀνόμαστον τὸν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης τεταγμένον ἐκοινολογήθη τούτῳ περὶ τῆς πράξεως.
22.13.4ὁ δʼ Ὀνόμαστος ἀναχωρήσας ἐξαπέστειλε Κάσσανδρον εἰς Μαρώνειαν, συνήθη τοῖς πολλοῖς ὑπάρχοντα διὰ τὸ ποιεῖσθαι τὸν πλείονα χρόνον ἐκεῖ τὴν διατριβήν,
22.13.5ἅτε τοῦ Φιλίππου πάλαι τοὺς αὐλικοὺς ἐγκαθεικότος εἰς τὰς πόλεις ταύτας καὶ συνήθεις πεποιηκότος τοὺς ἐγχωρίους ταῖς τούτων παρεπιδημίαις.
22.13.6μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας ἑτοιμασθέντων τῶν Θρᾳκῶν, καὶ τούτων ἐπεισελθόντων διὰ τοῦ Κασσάνδρου νυκτός, ἐγένετο μεγάλη σφαγὴ καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν Μαρωνειτῶν ἀπέθανον.
22.13.7κολασάμενος δὲ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ τοὺς ἀντιπράττοντας ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ πληρώσας τὸν ἴδιον θυμόν, ἐκαραδόκει τὴν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν παρουσίαν [πεπεισμένος μηδένα τολμήσειν κατηγορήσειν αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸν φόβον].
22.13.8μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον παραγενομένων τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον καὶ ταχέως πυθομένων τὰ γεγονότα κατὰ τὴν Μαρώνειαν καὶ πικρῶς τῷ Φιλίππῳ μεμψιμοιρούντων ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἐβούλετο μὲν ἀπολογεῖσθαι,
22.13.9φάσκων μὴ κεκοινωνηκέναι τῆς παρανομίας, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς ἐν αὑτοῖς στασιάζοντας Μαρωνείτας, [καὶ] τοὺς μὲν ἀποκλίνοντας πρὸς Εὐμένη κατὰ τὴν εὔνοιαν, τοὺς δὲ πρὸς ἑαυτόν, εἰς ταύτην ἐμπεπτωκέναι τὴν ἀτυχίαν.
22.13.10καλεῖν δʼ ἐκέλευε κατὰ πρόσωπον, εἴ τις αὐτοῦ κατηγορεῖ.
22.13.11τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίει πεπεισμένος μηδένα τολμήσειν διὰ τὸν φόβον, τῷ δοκεῖν τὴν μὲν ἐκ Φιλίππου τιμωρίαν ἐκ χειρὸς ἔσεσθαι τοῖς ἀντιπράξασιν, τὴν δὲ Ῥωμαίων ἐπικουρίαν μακρὰν ἀφεστάναι.
22.13.12τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον οὐ φασκόντων προσδεῖσθαι δικαιολογίας, σαφῶς γὰρ εἰδέναι τὰ γεγονότα καὶ τὸν αἴτιον τούτων, εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέπιπτεν ὁ Φίλιππος.
22.13.13καὶ τὴν μὲν πρώτην ἔντευξιν ἄχρι τού
22.14.1του προβάντες ἔλυσαν· κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον πέμπειν ἐπέταττον τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὸν Ὀνόμαστον καὶ τὸν Κάσσανδρον ἐξ αὐτῆς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην [ἵνα πύθηται περὶ τῶν γεγονότων].
22.14.2ὁ δὲ βασιλεύς, διατραπεὶς ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα καὶ ἀπορήσας ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον, τὸν μὲν Κάσσανδρον ἔφη πέμψειν, τὸν αὐθέντην γεγονότα τῆς πράξεως, ὡς ἐκεῖνοί φασιν, ἵνα πύθηται παρὰ τούτου τὰς ἀληθείας ἡ σύγκλητος.
22.14.3τὸν δʼ Ὀνόμαστον ἐξῃρεῖτο καὶ παρʼ αὐτὰ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς ἐντυγχάνων, ἀφορμῇ μὲν χρώμενος τῷ μὴ οἷον ἐν τῇ Μαρωνείᾳ παραγεγονέναι τὸν Ὀνόμαστον κατὰ τὸν τῆς σφαγῆς καιρόν, ἀλλὰ μηδʼ ἐπὶ τῶν σύνεγγυς τόπων γεγονέναι,
22.14.4τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ δεδιὼς μὴ παραγενηθεὶς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ πολλῶν ἔργων αὐτῷ κεκοινωνηκὼς τοιούτων, οὐ μόνον τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Μαρωνείτας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τἄλλα πάντα διασαφήσῃ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις.
22.14.5καὶ τέλος τὸν μὲν Ὀνόμαστον ἐξείλετο, τὸν δὲ Κάσσανδρον μετὰ τὸ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἀπελθεῖν ἀποστείλας καὶ παραπέμψας ἕως Ἠπείρου φαρμάκῳ διέφθειρεν.
22.14.6οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον, κατεγνωκότες τοῦ Φιλίππου καὶ περὶ τῆς εἰς τοὺς Μαρωνείτας παρανομίας καὶ περὶ τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀλλοτριότητος, τοιαύτας ἔχοντες διαλήψεις ἐχωρίσθησαν.
22.14.7ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς γενόμενος καθʼ ἑαυτὸν καὶ συμμεταδοὺς τῶν φίλων Ἀπελλῇ καὶ Φιλοκλεῖ περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων, ἔγνω σαφῶς ἐπὶ πολὺ προβεβηκυῖαν αὑτοῦ τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους διαφοράν, καὶ ταύτην οὐκέτι λαν
22.14.7θάνουσαν, ἀλλὰ καταφανῆ τοῖς πλείστοις οὖσαν.
22.14.8καθόλου μὲν οὖν πρόθυμος ἦν εἰς τὸ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀμύνασθαι καὶ μετελθεῖν αὐτούς· πρὸς ἔνια δὲ τῶν ἐπινοουμένων ἀπόχειρος ὢν ἐπεβάλετο πῶς ἂν ἔτι γένοιτό τις ἀναστροφὴ καὶ λάβοι χρόνον πρὸς τὰς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον παρασκευάς.
22.14.9ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτῷ τὸν νεώτατον υἱὸν Δημήτριον πέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, τὰ μὲν ἀπολογησόμενον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐγκαλουμένων, τὰ δὲ καὶ παραιτησόμενον, εἰ καί τις ἄγνοιά ποτʼ ἐγεγόνει περὶ αὐτόν.
22.14.10πάνυ γὰρ ἐπέπειστο διὰ τούτου πᾶν τὸ προτεθὲν ἀνύεσθαι παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου διὰ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τὴν γεγενημένην τοῦ νεανίσκου κατὰ τὴν ὁμηρείαν.
22.14.11ταῦτα δὲ διανοηθεὶς ἅμα μὲν ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν ἐκπομπὴν τούτου καὶ τῶν ἅμα τούτῳ συνεξαποσταλησομένων φίλων,
Book 22, Part 7
22.14.12ἅμα δὲ τοῖς Βυζαντίοις ὑπέσχετο βοηθήσειν, οὐχ οὕτως ἐκείνων στοχαζόμενος ὡς ἐπὶ τῇ ʼκείνων προφάσει βουλόμενος καταπλήξασθαι τοὺς τῶν Θρᾳκῶν δυνάστας τῶν ὑπὲρ τὴν Προποντίδα κατοικούντων χάριν τῆς προκειμένης ἐπιβολῆς.
22.15.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Κρήτην, κοσμοῦντος ἐν Γορτύνῃ Κύδα τοῦ Ἀντάλκους, κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐλαττούμενοι Γορτύνιοι τοὺς Κνωσίους, ἀποτεμόμενοι τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν τὸ μὲν καλούμενον Λυκάστιον προσένειμαν Ῥαυκίοις, τὸ δὲ Διατόνιον Λυττίοις.
22.15.2κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον παραγενομένων πρεσβευτῶν ἐκ τῆς
22.15.2Ῥώμης εἰς τὴν Κρήτην τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον χάριν τοῦ διαλῦσαι τὰς ἐνεστώσας αὐτοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφοράς, καὶ ποιησαμένων λόγους ὑπὲρ τούτων ἐν τῇ Κνωσίων καὶ Γορτυνίων, πεισθέντες οἱ Κρηταιεῖς ἐπέτρεψαν τὰ καθʼ αὑτοὺς τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον.
22.15.3οἱ δὲ [πεισθέντες] Κνωσίοις μὲν ἀποκατέστησαν τὴν χώραν, Κυδωνιάταις δὲ προσέταξαν τοὺς μὲν ὁμήρους ἀπολαβεῖν, οὓς ἐγκατέλειπον δόντες τοῖς περὶ Χαρμίωνα πρότερον, τὴν δὲ Φαλάσαρναν ἀφεῖναι μηδὲν ἐξ αὐτῆς νοσφισαμένους.
22.15.4περὶ δὲ τῶν κατὰ κοινοδίκιον συνεχώρησαν αὐτοῖς βουλομένοις μὲν [αὐτοῖς] ἐξεῖναι μετέχειν,
22.15.5μὴ βουλομένοις δὲ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐξεῖναι,
22.15.6πάσης ἀπεχομένοις τῆς ἄλλης Κρήτης αὐτοῖς τε καὶ τοῖς ἐκ Φαλασάρνης φυγάσιν. ἀπέκτειναν τοὺς περὶ Μενοίτιον, ἐπιφανεστάτους ὄντας τῶν πολιτῶν.
22.16.1βασιλέα καὶ θ?ε?ω?ν? α?ι?μ?α? τοῦτον λέγοντες καταχρώμενοι τ?ε?υ?ξ?ε?σ?θ?α?ι? τινος ἐλέους καὶ συγγνώμης ἐπὶ τῳ [...] σασθαι τ?ο?ν? β?α?σ?ι?λεα [...] ων γε μὴν καὶ βασιλικώτερος. [...] ονων ων ἀθετηθῆναι γὰρ υ?φ? ε?τ?ε?ρων κ?ρ?ε?ι?τ?τ?ον ἦν ἢ πρότερον αὐτὸν ἀθετεῖν τὰς πίστεις καὶ μὴν ἀδικεῖσθαι μᾶλλον η [...] και 〈ανου〉ς φασιν συμπάσχειν τοις αδικοις π [...] ἔγγιστα τῆς θείας φυσεως εἶναι [...] , [...] νους τυγχάνειν τιμῶν η υ?π? [...] θεὸς γὰρ οὐδεὶς πρότερος κακῶς ποιεῖ τοὺς ανους [...] τα? του προς [...] ς θαυμάζουσι μὲν πάντες Φίλιππον διὰ τὴν ορ
22.16.2[...] ς μεγαλοψυχίαν ὅτι κακῶς οὐ μόνον ἀκούων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσχων ὑπʼ Ἀθηναίων, νικήσας αὐτοὺς τὴν περὶ Χαιρώνειαν μάχην τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ χρήσασθαι τῷ καιρῷ πρὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν βλάβην ὥστε τοὺς μὲν τεθνεῶτας τῶν Ἀθηναίων κηδεύσας ἔθαψε, τοὺς δʼ αἰχμαλώτους χωρὶς λύτρων προσαμφιέσας ἐξαπέστειλε τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις·
22.16.3μιμοῦνται δʼ ἥκιστα τὴν τοιαύτην προαίρεσιν, ἁμιλλῶνται δὲ τοῖς θυμοῖς καὶ ταῖς τιμωρίαις πρὸς τούτους, οἷς πολεμοῦσι τούτων αὐτῶν ἕνεκα.
22.16.4πλὴν ὅγε Πτολεμαῖος δήσας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους γυμνοὺς ταῖς ἁμάξαις εἷλκε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τιμωρησάμενος ἀπέκτεινεν. —
22.17.1ὅτι Πτολεμαῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου ὅτε τὴν Λύκων πόλιν ἐπολιόρκησε, καταπλαγέντες τὸ γεγονὸς οἱ δυνάσται τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἔδωκαν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως πίστιν.
22.17.2οἷς κακῶς ἐχρή- σατο καὶ εἰς κινδύνους πολλοὺς ἐνέπεσεν.
22.17.3παραπλήσιον δέ τι συνέβη καὶ κατὰ τοὺς καιρούς, ἡνίκα Πολυκράτης τοὺς ἀποστάτας ἐχειρώσατο.
22.17.4οἱ γὰρ περὶ τὸν Ἀθίνιν καὶ Παυσίραν καὶ Χέσουφον καὶ τὸν Ἰρόβαστον, οἵπερ ἦσαν ἔτι διασῳζόμενοι τῶν δυναστῶν, εἴξαντες τοῖς πράγμασι παρῆσαν εἰς τὴν Σάιν, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐγχειρίζοντες πίστιν·
22.17.5ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος ἀθετήσας τὰς πίστεις καὶ δήσας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους γυμνοὺς ταῖς ἁμάξαις εἷλκε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τιμωρησάμενος ἀπέκτεινεν.
22.17.6καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ναύκρατιν μετὰ τῆς στρατιᾶς, καὶ παραστήσαντος αὐτῷ τοὺς ἐξενολογημένους ἄνδρας ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος Ἀριστονίκου, προσδεξάμενος τούτους ἀπέπλευσεν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν,
22.17.7τῶν μὲν τοῦ πολέμου πράξεων οὐδεμιᾶς κεκοινωνηκὼς διὰ τὴν Πολυκράτους ἀδικοδοξίαν, καίπερ ἔχων ἔτη πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν.
22.18.1ὅτι φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος ἐν τῷ εἰκοστῷ δευτέρῳ· περὶ δὲ τὴν τῶν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλέων οἰκίαν ἤδη τις ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν ἐφύετο κακῶν ἀνηκέστων ἀρχή.
22.18.2καίτοι γʼ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ διότι τινὲς τῶν συγγραφόντων περὶ τοῦ συστάντος Ῥωμαίοις πολέμου πρὸς Περσέα, βουλόμενοι τὰς αἰτίας ἡμῖν ἐπιδεικνύναι τῆς διαφορᾶς, πρῶτον μὲν ἀποφαίνουσι τὴν Ἀβρουπόλιος ἔκπτωσιν ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας δυναστείας, ὡς καταδραμόντος αὐτοῦ τὰ περὶ τὸ Πάγγαιον μέταλλα μετὰ τὸν τοῦ Φιλίππου θάνατον·
22.18.3Περσεὺς δὲ παραβοηθήσας καὶ τρεψάμενος ὁλοσχερῶς ἐξέβαλε τὸν προειρημένον ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας ἀρχῆς·
22.18.4ἑξῆς δὲ ταύτῃ τὴν εἰς Δολοπίαν εἰσβολὴν καὶ τὴν εἰς Δελφοὺς παρουσίαν Περσέως,
22.18.5ἔτι δὲ τὴν κατʼ Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιβουλὴν γενομένην ἐν Δελφοῖς καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐκ Βοιωτίας πρεσβευτῶν ἐπαναίρεσιν, ἐξ ὧν ἔνιοί φασι φῦναι Περσεῖ τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον.
22.18.6ἐγὼ δέ φημι κυριώτατον μὲν εἶναι καὶ τοῖς συγγράφουσι καὶ τοῖς φιλομαθοῦσι τὸ γινώσκειν τὰς αἰτίας, ἐξ ὧν ἕκαστα γεννᾶται καὶ φύεται τῶν πραγμάτων· συγκέχυται δὲ ταῦτα παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν συγγραφέων διὰ τὸ μὴ κρατεῖσθαι τίνι διαφέρει πρόφασις αἰτίας καὶ πάλιν προφάσεως ἀρχὴ πολέμου.
Book 22, Part 8
22.18.7καὶ νῦν δὲ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῶν προσυπομιμνησκόντων ἠνάγκασμαι πάλιν ἀνανεώσασθαι τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον.
22.18.8τῶν γὰρ ἄρτι ῥηθέντων πραγμάτων τὰ μὲν πρῶτα προφάσεις εἰσί, τὰ δὲ τελευταῖα τὰ περὶ τὴν κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους ἐπιβουλὴν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἀναίρεσιν καὶ τούτοις ἕτερα παραπλήσια τῶν κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς γεγονότων ἀρχαὶ πρόδηλοι τοῦ συστάντος Ῥωμαίοις καὶ Περσεῖ πολέμου καὶ τοῦ καταλυθῆναι τὴν Μακεδόνων ἀρχήν·
22.18.9αἰτία δὲ τούτων ἁπλῶς ἐστιν οὐδεμία. δῆλον δὲ τοῦτʼ ἔσται διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς ῥηθησομένων.
22.18.10καθάπερ γὰρ εἴπομεν Φίλιππον τὸν Ἀμύντου διανοηθῆναι καὶ προθέσθαι συντελεῖν τὸν πρὸς τοὺς Πέρσας πόλεμον, Ἀλέξανδρον δὲ τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐκείνου κεκριμένοις ἐπιγενέσθαι χειριστὴν τῶν πράξεων, οὕτω καὶ νῦν Φίλιππον μὲν τὸν Δημητρίου φαμὲν διανοηθῆναι πρότερον πολεμεῖν Ῥωμαίοις τὸν τελευταῖον πόλεμον καὶ τὰς παρασκευὰς ἑτοίμας πάσας πρὸς ταύτην ἔχειν τὴν ἐπιβολήν, ἐκείνου δʼ ἐκχωρήσαντος Περσέα γενέσθαι χειριστὴν τῶν πράξεων·
22.18.11εἰ δὲ τοῦτʼ ἀληθές, κἀκεῖνο σαφές· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε τὰς αἰτίας ὕστερον γενέσθαι τῆς τελευτῆς τοῦ κρίναντος καὶ προθεμένου πολεμεῖν· ὃ συμβαίνει τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων συγγραφέων εἰρημένοις· πάντα γάρ ἐστι τὰ λεγόμενα παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὕστερα τῆς Φιλίππου τελευτῆς. —
22.19.1ὅτι Φιλοποίμην πρὸς Ἄρχωνα τὸν στρατηγὸν λόγοις τισὶ διεφέρετο. ὁ μὲν οὖν Φιλοποίμην εὐδοκήσας ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ μεταγνοὺς ἐπῄνει τὸν Ἄρχωνα φιλοφρόνως, ὡς ἐντρεχῶς καὶ πανούργως τῷ καιρῷ κεχρημένον.
22.19.2ἔμοιγε μήν, φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος, οὔτε τότε παρόντι τὸ ῥηθὲν εὐηρέστησεν, ὥστʼ ἐπαινοῦντά τινα κακῶς ἅμα ποιεῖν, οὔτε μετὰ ταῦτα τῆς ἡλικίας προβαινούσης·
22.19.3πολὺ γὰρ δή τι μοι δοκεῖ κεχωρίσθαι κατὰ τὴν αἵρεσιν ὁ πραγματικὸς ἀνὴρ τοῦ κακοπράγμονος καὶ παραπλησίαν ἔχειν διαφορὰν τῷ κακεντρεχεῖ πρὸς τὸν ἐντρεχῆ· ἃ μὲν γάρ ἐστι κάλλιστα τῶν ὄντων ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἃ δὲ τοὐναντίον·
22.19.4ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν νῦν ἐπιπολάζουσαν ἀκρισίαν βραχείας ἔχοντα κοινότητας τὰ προειρημένα τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπισημασίας καὶ ζήλου τυγχάνει παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.
22.20.1ὅτι Ἀπολλωνίς, ἡ Ἀττάλου τοῦ πατρὸς Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως γαμετή, Κυζικηνὴ ἦν, γυνὴ διὰ πλείους αἰτίας ἀξία μνήμης καὶ παρασημασίας.
22.20.2καὶ γὰρ ὅτι δημότις ὑπάρχουσα βασίλισσα ἐγεγόνει καὶ ταύτην διεφύλαξε τὴν ὑπεροχὴν μέχρι τῆς τελευταίας, οὐχ ἑταιρικὴν προσφερομένη πιθανότητα, σωφρονικὴν δὲ καὶ πολιτικὴν σεμνότητα καὶ καλοκαγαθίαν, δικαία τυγχάνειν τῆς ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ μνήμης ἐστίν,
22.20.3καὶ καθότι τέτταρας υἱοὺς γεννήσασα πρὸς πάντας τούτους ἀνυπέρβλητον διεφύλαξε τὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ φιλοστοργίαν μέχρι τῆς τοῦ βίου καταστροφῆς, καίτοι χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον ὑπερβιώσασα τἀνδρός.
22.20.4πλὴν οἵγε περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐν τῇ παρεπιδημίᾳ καλὴν περιεποιήσαντο φήμην, ἀποδιδόντες τῇ μητρὶ τὴν καθήκουσαν χάριτα καὶ τιμήν.
22.20.5ἄγοντες γὰρ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τοῖν χεροῖν μέσην αὑτῶν τὴν μητέρα περιῄεσαν τά θʼ ἱερὰ καὶ τὴν πόλιν μετὰ τῆς θεραπείας.
22.20.6ἐφʼ οἷς οἱ θεώμενοι μεγάλως
22.20.7τοὺς νεανίσκους ἀπεδέχοντο καὶ κατηξίουν καὶ μνημονεύοντες τῶν περὶ τὸν Κλέοβιν καὶ Βίτωνα συνέκρινον τὰς αἱρέσεις αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ τῆς προθυμίας τῆς ἐκείνων λαμπρὸν τῷ τῆς ὑπεροχῆς τῶν βασιλέων ἀξιώματι συναναπληροῦντες.
22.20.8ταῦτα δʼ ἐτελέσθη ἐν Κυζίκῳ μετὰ τὴν διάλυσιν τὴν πρὸς Προυσίαν τὸν βασιλέα. —
22.21.1ὅτι Ὀρτιάγων ὁ Γαλάτης, τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ βασιλεύων, ἐπεβάλετο τὴν ἁπάντων τῶν Γαλατῶν δυναστείαν εἰς αὑτὸν μεταστῆσαι,
22.21.2καὶ πολλὰ πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἐφόδια προσεφέρετο καὶ φύσει καὶ τριβῇ.
22.21.3καὶ γὰρ εὐεργετικὸς ἦν καὶ μεγαλόψυχος καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐντεύξεις εὔχαρις καὶ συνετός,
22.21.4τὸ δὲ συνέχον παρὰ Γαλάταις, ἀνδρώδης ἦν καὶ δυναμικὸς πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας.
22.22.1ὅτι Ἀριστόνικος ὁ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου εὐνοῦχος μὲν ἦν, ἐκ παιδίου δʼ ἐγεγόνει σύντροφος τῷ βασιλεῖ.
22.22.2τῆς δʼ ἡλικίας προβαινούσης ἀνδρωδεστέραν εἶχεν ἢ κατʼ εὐνοῦχον τόλμαν καὶ προαίρεσιν.
22.22.3καὶ γὰρ φύσει στρατιωτικὸς ἦν καὶ τὴν πλείστην ἐποιεῖτο διατριβὴν ἐν τούτοις καὶ περὶ ταῦτα.
22.22.4παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐντεύξεις ἱκανὸς ὑπῆρχε καὶ τὸν κοινὸν νοῦν εἶχεν, ὃ σπάνιόν ἐστι.
Book 22, Part 9
22.22.5πρὸς δὲ τούτοις πρὸς εὐεργεσίαν ἀνθρώπων πεφύκει καλῶς.
Book 23, Part 1
23.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἐνάτην καὶ τετταρακοστὴν ὀλυμπιάδα πρὸς ταῖς ἑκατὸν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἡθροίσθησαν πρεσβειῶν πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ὅσον οὐ ταχέως πρότερον.
23.1.2τοῦ γὰρ Φιλίππου συγκλεισθέντος εἰς τὴν κατὰ τὸ σύμβολον δικαιοδοσίαν πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας, καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων γνωσθέντων ὅτι προσδέχονται τὰς κατὰ Φιλίππου κατηγορίας καὶ πρόνοιαν ποιοῦνται τῆς ἀσφαλείας τῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀμφισβητούντων,
23.1.3ἅπαντες οἱ παρακείμενοι τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ παρῆσαν, οἱ μὲν κατʼ ἰδίαν, οἱ δὲ κατὰ πόλιν, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὰς ἐθνικὰς συστάσεις, ἐγκαλοῦντες τῷ Φιλίππῳ.
23.1.4σὺν δὲ τούτοις οἱ παρʼ Εὐμένους ἧκον ἅμʼ Ἀθηναίῳ τῷ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀδελφῷ, κατηγορήσοντες αὐτοῦ περί τε τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεων καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀποσταλείσης Προυσίᾳ βοηθείας.
23.1.5ἧκε δὲ καὶ Δημήτριος ὁ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρὸς πάντας τούτους ἀπολογησόμενος, ἔχων Ἀπελλῆν καὶ Φιλοκλῆ μεθʼ αὑτοῦ, τοὺς τότε δοκοῦντας εἶναι πρώτους φίλους τοῦ βασιλέως.
23.1.6παρῆσαν δὲ καὶ παρὰ Λακεδαιμονίων πρέσβεις, ἀφʼ ἑκάστου γένους τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει.
23.1.7πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἡ σύγκλητος εἰσεκαλέσατο τὸν Ἀθήναιον καὶ δεξαμένη τὸν στέφανον, ὃν ἐκόμιζεν ἀπὸ μυρίων καὶ πεντακισχιλίων χρυσῶν, ἐπῄνεσέ τε μεγαλομερῶς τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς διὰ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως καὶ παρεκάλεσε μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως.
23.1.8ἐπὶ δὲ τούτῳ τὸν Δημήτριον εἰσαγαγόντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ παρεκαλέσαντο τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας τοῦ Φιλίππου πάντας καὶ παρῆγον κατὰ μίαν πρεσβείαν.
23.1.9οὐσῶν δὲ τῶν πρεσβειῶν πολλῶν, καὶ τῆς εἰσόδου τούτων γενομένης ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας, εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέπιπτεν ἡ σύγκλητος περὶ τοῦ πῶς δεῖ χειρισθῆναι τὰ κατὰ μέρος.
23.1.10παρά τε γὰρ Θετταλῶν καὶ κατὰ κοινὸν ἧκον καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ἀφʼ ἑκάστης πόλεως πρεσβευταί, παρά τε Περραιβῶν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρʼ Ἀθαμάνων καὶ παρʼ Ἠπειρωτῶν καὶ παρʼ Ἰλλυριῶν·
23.1.11ὧν οἱ μὲν περὶ χώρας, οἱ δὲ περὶ σωμάτων, οἱ δὲ περὶ θρεμμάτων ἧκον ἀμφισβητοῦντες, ἔνιοι δὲ περὶ συμβολαίων καὶ τῶν εἰς αὑτοὺς ἀδικημάτων,
23.1.12τινὲς μὲν οὐ φάσκοντες δύνασθαι τυχεῖν τοῦ δικαίου κατὰ τὸ σύμβολον διὰ τὸ τὸν Φίλιππον ἐκκόπτειν τὴν δικαιοδοσίαν, τινὲς δʼ ἐγκαλοῦντες τοῖς κρίμασιν ὡς παραβεβραβευμένοι, διαφθείραντος τοῦ Φιλίππου τοὺς δικαστάς.
23.1.13καθόλου δὲ ποικίλη τις ἦν ἀκρισία καὶ δυσχώρητος ἐκ τῶν κατηγορουμένων.
23.2.1ὅθεν ἡ σύγκλητος, οὔτʼ αὐτὴ δυναμένη διευκρινεῖν οὔτε τὸν Δημήτριον κρίνουσα δεῖν ἑκάστοις τούτων λόγον ὑπέχειν,
23.2.2ἅτε καὶ φιλανθρώπως πρὸς αὐτὸν διακειμένη καὶ θεωροῦσα νέον ὄντα κομιδῇ καὶ πολὺ τῆς τοιαύτης συστροφῆς καὶ ποικιλίας ἀπολειπόμενον,
23.2.3μάλιστα δὲ βουλομένη μὴ τῶν Δημητρίου λόγων ἀκούειν, ἀλλὰ τῆς Φιλίππου γνώμης ἀληθινὴν λαβεῖν πεῖραν,
23.2.4αὐτὸν Δημήτριον παρέλυσε τῆς δικαιολογίας, ἤρετο δὲ τὸν νεανίσκον καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ φίλους εἴ τινα περὶ τούτων ὑπομνηματισμὸν ἔχουσι παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.
23.2.5τοῦ δὲ Δημητρίου φήσαντος ἔχειν καὶ προτείναντός τι βυβλίδιον οὐ μέγα, λέγειν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσεν ἥνπερ τὰ ὑπομνήματα περιεῖχε πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν κατηγορουμένων ἀπόφασιν κεφαλαιώδη.
23.2.6ὁ δὲ τὸ μὲν πεποιηκέναι τὸ προσταχθὲν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἔφασκεν, ἢ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ μὴ πεπρᾶχθαι τοῖς ἐγκαλοῦσιν ἀνετίθει.
23.2.7προσέκειτο δὲ πρὸς ταῖς πλείσταις ἀποφάσεσι "καίτοι οὐκ ἴσως χρησαμένων ἡμῖν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν τῶν περὶ Καικίλιον ἐν τούτοισ" καὶ πάλιν "καίτοι γε οὐ δικαίως ἡμῶν ταῦτα πασχόντων".
23.2.8τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης τῆς Φιλίππου γνώμης ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἀποφάσεσι, διακούσασα τῶν παραγεγονότων ἡ σύγκλητος μίαν ἐποιήσατο περὶ πάντων διάληψιν.
23.2.9ἀποδεξαμένη γὰρ τὸν Δημήτριον μεγαλομερῶς καὶ φιλανθρώπως διὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, πολλοὺς καὶ παρακλητικοὺς πρὸς αὐτὸν διαθεμένη λόγους, ἀπόκρισιν ἔδωκε διότι περὶ πάντων καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀνεγνωσμένων Δημητρίῳ πιστεύει διότι τὰ μὲν γέγονε, τὰ δʼ ἔσται, καθάπερ δίκαιόν ἐστι γίνεσθαι.
23.2.10ἵνα δὲ καὶ Φίλιππος εἰδῇ διότι τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἡ σύγκλητος Δημητρίῳ δίδωσιν, ἐξαποστελεῖν ἔφη πρεσβευτὰς ἐποψομένους εἰ γίνεται πάντα κατὰ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου βούλησιν, ἅμα δὲ διασαφήσοντας τῷ βασιλεῖ διότι τῆς συμπεριφορᾶς τυγχάνει ταύτης διὰ Δημήτριον.
Book 23, Part 2
23.2.11καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τοιαύτης ἔτυχε διεξαγωγῆς.
23.3.1μετὰ δὲ τούτους εἰσῆλθον οἱ παρʼ Εὐμένους πρέσβεις καὶ περί τε τῆς βοηθείας τῆς ἀποσταλείσης ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου τῷ Προυσίᾳ κατηγόρησαν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης τόπων, φάσκοντες οὐδʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν αὐτὸν ἐξαγηοχέναι τὰς φρουρὰς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων.
23.3.2τοῦ δὲ Φιλοκλέους ὑπὲρ τούτων βουληθέντος ἀπολογεῖσθαι διὰ τὸ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Προυσίαν πεπρεσβευκέναι καὶ τότε περὶ τούτων ἐξαπεστάλθαι πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου,
23.3.3βραχύν τινα χρόνον ἡ σύγκλητος ἐπιδεξαμένη τοὺς λόγους ἔδωκεν ἀπόκρισιν διότι, τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης τόπων ἐὰν μὴ καταλάβωσιν οἱ πρεσβευταὶ πάντα διῳκημένα κατὰ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου γνώμην καὶ πάσας τὰς πόλεις εἰς τὴν Εὐμένους πίστιν ἐγκεχειρισμένας, οὐκέτι δυνήσεται φέρειν οὐδὲ καρτερεῖν παρακουομένη περὶ τούτων.
23.3.4καὶ τῆς μὲν Φιλίππου καὶ Ῥωμαίων παρατριβῆς ἐπὶ πολὺ προβαινούσης ἐπίστασις ἐγενήθη κατὰ τὸ παρὸν διὰ τὴν τοῦ Δημητρίου παρουσίαν·
23.3.5πρὸς μέντοι γε τὴν καθόλου τῆς οἰκίας ἀτυχίαν οὐ μικρὰ συνέβη τὴν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοῦ νεανίσκου πρεσβείαν συμβαλέσθαι.
23.3.6ἥ τε γὰρ σύγκλητος ἀπερεισαμένη τὴν χάριν ἐπὶ τὸν Δημήτριον ἐμετεώρισε μὲν τὸ μειράκιον, ἐλύπησε δὲ καὶ τὸν Περσέα καὶ τὸν Φίλιππον ἰσχυρῶς τῷ δοκεῖν μὴ διʼ αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ διὰ Δημήτριον τυγχάνειν τῆς παρὰ Ῥωμαίων φιλανθρωπίας.
23.3.7ὅ τε Τίτος ἐκκαλεσάμενος τὸ μειράκιον καὶ προβιβάσας εἰς λόγους ἀπορρήτους, οὐκ ὀλίγα συνεβάλετο πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν.
23.3.8τόν τε γὰρ νεανίσκον ἐψυχαγώγησεν, ὡς αὐτίκα μάλα συγκατασκευασόντων αὐτῷ Ῥωμαίων τὴν βασιλείαν, τούς τε περὶ τὸν Φίλιππον ἠρέθισε, γράψας ἐξ αὐτῆς τὸν Δημήτριον ἀποστέλλειν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην μετὰ τῶν φίλων ὡς πλείστων καὶ χρησιμωτάτων.
23.3.9ταύταις γὰρ ταῖς ἀφορμαῖς χρησάμενος ὁ Περσεὺς μετʼ ὀλίγον ἔπεισε τὸν πατέρα συγκαταθέσθαι τῷ Δημητρίου θανάτῳ.
23.3.10περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ὡς ἐχειρίσθη τὰ κατὰ
23.4.1μέρος ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δηλώσομεν. ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις εἰσεκλήθησαν οἱ παρὰ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πρέσβεις. τούτων δʼ ἦσαν διαφοραὶ τέτταρες.
23.4.2οἱ μὲν γὰρ περὶ Λῦσιν ἥκοντες ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων ἐπρέσβευον, φάσκοντες δεῖν ἔχειν αὐτοὺς πάσας τὰς κτήσεις, ἀφʼ ὧν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἔφυγον·
23.4.3οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀρέα καὶ τὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην, ἐφʼ ᾧ ταλαντιαίαν λαβόντες κτῆσιν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων τὰ λοιπὰ διαδοῦναι τοῖς ἀξίοις τῆς πολιτείας.
23.4.4Σήριππος δʼ ἐπρέσβευε περὶ τοῦ μένειν τὴν ὑποκειμένην κατάστασιν, ἣν ἔχοντές ποτε συνεπολιτεύοντο μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
23.4.5ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν τεθανατωμένων καὶ τῶν ἐκπεπτωκότων κατὰ τὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν δόγματα παρῆσαν οἱ περὶ Χαίρωνα, κάθοδον αὑτοῖς ἀξιοῦντες συγχωρηθῆναι καὶ τὴν πολιτείαν ἀποκατασταθῆναι τοιαύτην,
23.4.6ἐποιοῦντο πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς οἰκείους ταῖς ἰδίαις ὑποθέσεσι λόγους.
23.4.7οὐ δυναμένη δὲ διευκρινεῖν ἡ σύγκλητος τὰς κατὰ μέρος διαφοράς, προεχειρίσατο τρεῖς ἄνδρας τοὺς καὶ πρότερον ἤδη πεπρεσβευκότας περὶ τούτων εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Τίτος, Κόιντος Καικίλιος, Ἄππιος Κλαύδιος
23.4.8. ἐφʼ οἷς γενομένων λόγων πλειόνων, ὑπὲρ μὲν τοῦ καταπορεύεσθαι τοὺς πεφευγότας καὶ τεθανατωμένους καὶ περὶ τοῦ μένειν τὴν πόλιν μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐγένετο πᾶσι σύμφωνον,
23.4.9περὶ δὲ τῶν κτήσεων, πότερον δεῖ τὸ τάλαντον εἰς ἑκάστους τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἐκλέξασθαι , περὶ τούτων διημφισβήτουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
23.4.10ἵνα δὲ μὴ πάλιν ἐξ ἀκεραίου περὶ πάντων ἀντιλέγοιεν, ἔγγραπτον ὑπὲρ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων , ἐφʼ ὃ πάντες ἐπεβάλοντο τὰς ἰδίας σφραγῖδας.
23.4.11οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τίτον βουλόμενοι καὶ τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἐμπλέξαι, προσεκαλέσαντο τοὺς περὶ Ξέναρχον.
23.4.12οὗτοι γὰρ ἐπρέσβευον τότε παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, ἅμα μὲν ἀνανεούμενοι τὴν συμμαχίαν, ἅμα δὲ τῇ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων διαφορᾷ προσεδρεύοντες.
Book 23, Part 3
23.4.13καὶ παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν ἐρωτώμενοι περὶ τῶν γραφομένων, εἰ συνευδοκοῦσιν, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέπεσον.
23.4.14δυσηρεστοῦντο μὲν γὰρ τῇ καθόδῳ τῶν φυγάδων καὶ τῶν τεθανατωμένων διὰ τὸ γίνεσθαι παρὰ τὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν δόγματα καὶ παρὰ τὴν στήλην, εὐδοκοῦντο δὲ τοῖς ὅλοις τῷ γράφεσθαι διότι δεῖ τὴν πόλιν τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πολιτεύειν μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
23.4.15καὶ πέρας τὰ μὲν ἀπορούμενοι, τὰ δὲ καταπληττόμενοι τοὺς ἄνδρας, ἐπεβάλοντο τὴν σφραγῖδα.
23.4.16ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος προχειρισαμένη Κόιντον Μάρκιον πρεσβευτὴν ἐξαπέστελλεν ἐπί τε τὰ κατὰ Μακεδονίαν καὶ τὰ κατὰ Πελοπόννησον. —
23.5.1ὅτι Δεινοκράτης ὁ Μεσσήνιος παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρεσβευτὴς καὶ καταλαβὼν τὸν Τίτον πρεσβευτὴν καθεσταμένον ὑπὸ τῆς συγκλήτου πρός τε Προυσίαν καὶ τὸν Σέλευκον, περιχαρὴς ἐγενήθη, νομίζων τὸν Τίτον διά τε τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλίαν —
23.5.2ἐγεγόνει γὰρ αὐτῷ συνήθης κατὰ τὸν Λακωνικὸν πόλεμον — καὶ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Φιλοποίμενα διαφοράν, παραγενόμενον εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, χειριεῖν τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην πάντα κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ προαίρεσιν.
23.5.3διὸ καὶ παρεὶς τἄλλα προσεκαρτέρει τῷ Τίτῳ καὶ πάσας εἰς τοῦτον ἀπηρείσατο τὰς ἐλπίδας. —
23.5.4ὅτι Δεινοκράτης ὁ Μεσσήνιος ἦν οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν τριβήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν φύσιν αὐλικὸς καὶ στρατιωτικὸς ἄνθρωπος.
23.5.5τὸν δὲ πραγματικὸν τρόπον ἐπέφαινε μὲν τέλειον, ἦν δὲ ψευδεπίγραφος καὶ ῥωπικός.
23.5.6ἔν τε γὰρ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς κατὰ μὲν τὴν εὐχέρειαν καὶ τὴν τόλμαν πολὺ διέφερε τῶν ἄλλων καὶ λαμπρὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖς κατʼ ἰδίαν κινδύνοις.
23.5.7ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην διάθεσιν ἐν μὲν ταῖς ὁμιλίαις εὔχαρις καὶ πρόχειρος ἦν, παρά τε τὰς συνουσίας εὐτράπελος καὶ πολιτικός, ἅμα δὲ τούτοις φιλέραστος,
23.5.8περὶ δὲ κοινῶν ἢ πολιτικῶν πραγμάτων ἀτενίσαι καὶ προϊδέσθαι τὸ μέλλον ἀσφαλῶς, ἔτι δὲ παρασκευάσασθαι καὶ διαλεχθῆναι πρὸς πλῆθος, εἰς τέλος ἀδύνατος.
23.5.9καὶ τότε κεκινηκὼς ἀρχὴν μεγάλων κακῶν τῇ πατρίδι, τελείως οὐδὲν ᾤετο ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγωγὴν ἦγε τοῦ βίου, προορώμενος οὐδὲν τῶν μελλόντων, ἐρῶν δὲ καὶ κωθωνιζόμενος ἀφʼ ἡμέρας καὶ τοῖς ἀκροάμασι τὰς ἀκοὰς ἀνατεθεικώς.
23.5.10βραχεῖαν δέ τινα τῆς περιστάσεως ἔμφασιν ὁ Τίτος αὐτὸν ἠνάγκασε λαβεῖν.
23.5.11ἰδὼν γὰρ αὐτὸν παρὰ πότον ἐν μακροῖς ἱματίοις ὀρχούμενον, παρʼ αὐτὰ μὲν ἐσιώπησε, τῇ δʼ αὔριον ἐντυγχάνοντος αὐτοῦ καί τι περὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἀξιοῦντος "
23.5.12ἐγὼ μέν, ὦ Δεινοκράτη, πᾶν" ἔφη "ποιήσω τὸ δυνατόν· ἐπὶ δὲ σοῦ θαυμάζω πῶς δύνῃ παρὰ πότον ὀρχεῖσθαι, τηλικούτων πραγμάτων ἀρχὴν κεκινηκὼς ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
23.5.13" ἐδόκει δὲ τότε βραχύ τι συσταλῆναι καὶ μαθεῖν ὡς ἀνοίκειον ὑπόθεσιν τῆς ἰδίας αἱρέσεως καὶ φύσεως ἀποδέδωκε.
23.5.14πλὴν τότε παρῆν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα μετὰ τοῦ Τίτου πεπεισμένος ἐξ ἐφόδου τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην χειρισθήσεσθαι κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ βούλησιν.
23.5.15οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Φιλοποίμενα, σαφῶς ἐπεγνωκότες ὅτι περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ὁ Τίτος οὐδεμίαν ἐντολὴν ἔχει παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου, τὴν ἡσυχίαν εἶχον, καραδοκοῦντες αὐτοῦ τὴν παρουσίαν.
23.5.16ἐπεὶ δὲ καταπλεύσας εἰς Ναύπακτον ἔγραψε τῷ στρατηγῷ καὶ τοῖς δαμιουργοῖς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, κελεύων συνάγειν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς ἐκκλησίαν,
23.5.17ἀντέγραψαν αὐτῷ διότι ποιήσουσιν, ἂν γράψῃ περὶ τίνων βούλεται διαλεχθῆναι τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς· τοὺς γὰρ νόμους ταῦτα τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἐπιτάττειν.
23.5.18τοῦ δὲ μὴ τολμῶντος γράφειν, αἱ μὲν τοῦ Δεινοκράτους ἐλπίδες καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων λεγομένων φυγάδων, τότε δὲ προσφάτως ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος ἐκπεπτωκότων, καὶ συλλήβδην ἡ τοῦ Τίτου παρουσία καὶ προσδοκία τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον διέπεσεν.
23.6.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἐξαπεστάλησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων πρέσβεις εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἐν οἷς ἦν Ἀρκεσίλαος καὶ Ἀγησίπολις, ὃς ἔτι παῖς ὢν ἐγενήθη βασιλεὺς ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῃ.
Book 23, Part 4
23.6.2τούτους μὲν οὖν λῃσταί τινες περιπεσόντες ἐν τῷ πελάγει διέφθειραν,
23.6.3οἱ δὲ μετὰ τούτων κατασταθέντες διεκομίσθησαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
23.7.1ὅτι τοῦ Δημητρίου παραγενηθέντος ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ κομίζοντος τὰς ἀποκρίσεις, ἐν αἷς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι πᾶσαν τὴν ἐξ αὑτῶν χάριν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Δημήτριον ἀπηρείδοντο καὶ διὰ τοῦτον ἔφασαν πάντα πεποιηκέναι καὶ ποιήσειν,
23.7.2οἱ μὲν Μακεδόνες ἀπεδέχοντο τὸν Δημήτριον, μεγάλων ὑπολαμβάνοντες ἀπολελύσθαι φόβων καὶ κινδύνων —
23.7.3προσεδόκων γὰρ ὅσον οὔπω τὸν ἀπὸ Ῥωμαίων πόλεμον ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἥξειν διὰ τὰς τοῦ Φιλίππου παρατριβάς —
23.7.4ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος καὶ Περσεὺς οὐχ ἡδέως ἑώρων τὸ γινόμενον, οὐδʼ ἤρεσεν αὐτοῖς τὸ δοκεῖν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους αὐτῶν μὲν μηθένα λόγον ποιεῖσθαι, τῷ δὲ Δημητρίῳ πᾶσαν ἀνατιθέναι τὴν ἐξ αὑτῶν χάριν.
23.7.5οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν Φίλιππος ἐπεκρύπτετο τὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις δυσαρέστησιν, ὁ δὲ Περσεύς, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐνοίᾳ παρὰ πολὺ τἀδελφοῦ λειπόμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τἄλλα πάντα καθυστερῶν καὶ τῇ φύσει καὶ τῇ κατασκευῇ, δυσχερῶς ἔφερε·
23.7.6τὸ δὲ συνέχον, ἐδεδίει περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, μὴ πρεσβύτερος ὢν ἐξωσθῇ διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας.
23.7.7διὸ τούς τε φίλους ἔφθειρε τοὺς τοῦ Δημητρίου . —
23.8.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Κόιντον τὸν Μάρκιον πρεσβευσάντων εἰς Μακεδονίαν, ἀπέβη μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων ὁλοσχερῶς ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ τὰς φρουρὰς ἐξήγαγεν, ἀπέβη δὲ βαρυνόμενος καὶ στένων.
23.8.2διωρθώσατο δὲ καὶ τἄλλα πάντα, περὶ ὧν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι προσεπέταττον, βουλόμενος ἐκείνοις μὲν μηδεμίαν ἔμφασιν ποιεῖν ἀλλοτριότητος, λαμβάνειν δʼ ἀναστροφὴν πρὸς τὰς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον παρασκευάς.
23.8.3τηρῶν δὲ τὴν προκειμένην ὑπόθεσιν, ἐξῆγε στρατιὰν ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους.
23.8.4διελθὼν δὲ διὰ μέσης τῆς Θρᾴκης ἐνέβαλεν εἰς Ὀδρύσας καὶ Βέσσους καὶ Δενθηλήτους.
23.8.5παραγενόμενος δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν προσαγορευομένην Φιλίππου πόλιν, φυγόντων τῶν ἐνοικούντων εἰς τὰς ἀκρωρείας, ἐξ ἐφόδου κατέσχε τὴν πόλιν.
23.8.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πᾶν τὸ πεδίον ἐπιδραμὼν καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐκπορθήσας, παρʼ ὧν δὲ πίστεις λαβών, ἐπανῆλθε, φρουρὰν καταλιπὼν ἐν τῇ Φιλίππου πόλει.
23.8.7ταύτην δὲ συνέβη μετά τινα χρόνον ἐκπεσεῖν ὑπὸ τῶν Ὀδρυσῶν, ἀθετησάντων τὰς πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα πίστεις.
23.9.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον ἔτος ἡ σύγκλητος, παραγενομένων πρέσβεων παρʼ Εὐμένους καὶ Φαρνάκου καὶ Φιλίππου καὶ παρὰ τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνους, ἔτι δὲ παρὰ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος ἐκπεπτωκότων καὶ παρὰ τῶν κατεχόντων τὴν πόλιν, ἐχρημάτισε τούτοις.
23.9.2ἧκον δὲ καὶ Ῥόδιοι πρεσβεύοντες ὑπὲρ τῆς Σινωπέων ἀτυχίας.
23.9.3τούτοις μὲν οὖν καὶ τοῖς παρʼ Εὐμένους καὶ Φαρνάκου πρεσβεύουσιν ἡ σύγκλητος ἀπεκρίθη διότι πέμψει πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς ἐπισκεψομένους περί τε Σινωπέων καὶ περὶ τῶν τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀμφισβητουμένων.
23.9.4τοῦ δὲ Κοΐντου Μαρκίου προσφάτως ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος παραγεγονότος καὶ περί τε τῶν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ διασεσαφηκότος, οὐκέτι πολλῶν προσεδεήθη λόγων ἡ σύγκλητος,
23.9.5ἀλλʼ εἰσκαλεσαμένη καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ Πελοποννήσου καὶ Μακεδονίας πρεσβεύοντας διήκουσε μὲν τῶν λόγων, τάς γε μὴν ἀποκρίσεις ἔδωκε καὶ τὴν διάληψιν ἐποιήσατο τῶν πραγμάτων οὐ πρὸς τοὺς τῶν πρεσβευτῶν λόγους, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀποπρεσβείαν ἁρμοσαμένη τοῦ Μαρκίου.
23.9.6ὃς ὑπὲρ μὲν τοῦ Φιλίππου τοῦ βασιλέως ἀπηγγέλκει διότι πεποίηκε μὲν τὰ προσταττόμενα, πεποίηκε δὲ τὰ πάντα βαρυνόμενος, καὶ καθότι λαβὼν καιρὸν πᾶν τι ποιήσει κατὰ Ῥωμαίων.
23.9.7διὸ καὶ τοῖς μὲν παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρεσβευταῖς τοιαύτην ἔδωκε τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, διʼ ἧς ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἐπῄνει τὸν Φίλιππον, εἰς δὲ τὸ λοιπὸν ᾤετο δεῖν προσέχειν αὐτὸν ἵνα μηδὲν ὑπεναντίον φαίνηται πράττων Ῥωμαίοις.
Book 23, Part 5
23.9.8περὶ δὲ τῶν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον ὁ Μάρκιος τοιαύτην ἐπεποίητο τὴν ἀπαγγελίαν διότι, τῶν Ἀχαιῶν οὐ βουλομένων ἀναφέρειν οὐδὲν ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον, ἀλλὰ φρονηματιζομένων καὶ πάντα διʼ ἑαυτῶν πράττειν ἐπιβαλλομένων,
23.9.9ἐὰν παρακούσωσι μόνον αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸ παρὸν καὶ βραχεῖαν ἔμφασιν ποιήσωσιν δυσαρεστήσεως, ταχέως ἡ Λακεδαίμων τῇ Μεσσήνῃ συμφρονήσει.
23.9.10τούτου δὲ γενομένου μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος ἥξειν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἔφη καταπεφευγότας ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους.
23.9.11διότι τοῖς μὲν ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος ἀπεκρίθησαν τοῖς περὶ Σήριππον, βουλόμενοι μετέωρον ἐᾶσαι τὴν πόλιν, διότι πάντα πεποιήκασιν αὐτοῖς τὰ δυνατά, κατὰ δὲ τὸ παρὸν οὐ νομίζουσιν εἶναι τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα πρὸς αὑτούς.
23.9.12τῶν δʼ Ἀχαιῶν παρακαλούντων, εἰ μὲν δυνατόν ἐστιν, βοήθειαν αὐτοῖς πέμψαι κατὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἐπὶ τοὺς Μεσσηνίους, εἰ δὲ μή, προνοηθῆναι γʼ ἵνα μηθεὶς τῶν ἐξ Ἰταλίας μήθʼ ὅπλα μήτε σῖτον εἰς τὴν Μεσσήνην εἰσαγάγῃ, τούτων μὲν οὐδενὶ προσεῖχον,
23.9.13ἀπεκρίθησαν δὲ διότι οὐδʼ ἂν ὁ Λακεδαιμονίων ἢ Κορινθίων ἢ τῶν Ἀργείων ἀφίστηται δῆμος, οὐ δεήσει τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς θαυμάζειν ἐὰν μὴ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἡγῶνται.
23.9.14ταύτην δὲ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἐκθέμενοι, κηρύγματος ἔχουσαν διάθεσιν τοῖς βουλομένοις ἕνεκεν Ῥωμαίων ἀφίστασθαι τῆς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πολιτείας, λοιπὸν τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς παρακατεῖχον, καραδοκοῦντες τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην, πῶς προχωρήσει τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς.
23.9.15καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
23.10.1ὅτι τῷ βασιλεῖ Φιλίππῳ καὶ τῇ συμπάσῃ Μακεδονίᾳ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν δεινή τις ἀρχὴ κακῶν ἐνέπεσε καὶ πολλῆς ἐπιστάσεως καὶ μνήμης ἀξία.
23.10.2καθάπερ γὰρ ἂν εἰ δίκην ἡ τύχη βουλομένη λαβεῖν ἐν καιρῷ παρʼ αὐτοῦ πάντων τῶν ἀσεβημάτων καὶ παρανομημάτων ὧν εἰργάσατο κατὰ τὸν βίον, τότε παρέστησέ τινας ἐρινῦς καὶ ποινὰς καὶ προστροπαίους τῶν διʼ ἐκεῖνον ἠτυχηκότων·
23.10.3οἳ συνόντες αὐτῷ καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν τοιαύτας ἔλαβον παρʼ αὐτοῦ τιμωρίας, ἕως οὗ τὸ ζῆν ἐξέλιπεν, ὡς καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁμολογῆσαι διότι κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν ἔστι Δίκης ὀφθαλμός, ἧς μηδέποτε δεῖ καταφρονεῖν ἀνθρώπους ὑπάρχοντας.
23.10.4πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ ταύτην παρεστήσαντο τὴν ἔννοιαν ὅτι δεῖ μέλλοντα πολεμεῖν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐκ τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων καὶ παραθαλαττίων πόλεων τοὺς μὲν πολιτικοὺς ἄνδρας μετὰ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν ἀναστάτους ποιήσαντα μεταγαγεῖν εἰς τὴν νῦν μὲν Ἠμαθίαν, τὸ δὲ παλαιὸν Παιονίαν προσαγορευομένην,
23.10.5πληρῶσαι δὲ καὶ Θρᾳκῶν καὶ βαρβάρων τὰς πόλεις, ὡς βεβαιοτέρας αὐτῷ τῆς ἐκ τούτων πίστεως ὑπαρξούσης κατὰ τὰς περιστάσεις. οὗ συντελουμένου,
23.10.6καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀνασπάστων γινομένων, τηλικοῦτο συνέβη γενέσθαι πένθος καὶ τηλικοῦτον θόρυβον ὥστε δοριάλωτον δοκεῖν ἅπασαν γίνεσθαι.
23.10.7ἐξ ὧν κατάραι καὶ θεοκλυτήσεις ἐγίνοντο κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, οὐκέτι λάθρᾳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ φανερῶς.
23.10.8μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα βουληθεὶς μηδὲν ἀλλότριον ὑποκαθέσθαι μηδὲ δυσμενὲς μηδὲν ἀπολιπεῖν πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν, ἔγραψε τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν πόλεων διατεταγμένοις ἀναζητήσασι τοὺς υἱοὺς καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ Μακεδόνων ἀνῃρημένων, εἰς φυλακὴν ἀποθέσθαι,
23.10.9μάλιστα μὲν φέρων ἐπὶ τοὺς περὶ Ἄδμητον καὶ Πύρριχον καὶ Σάμον καὶ τοὺς μετὰ τούτων ἀπολομένους·
23.10.10ἅμα δὲ τούτοις συμπεριέλαβε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας, ὅσοι κατὰ βασιλικὸν πρόσταγμα τοῦ ζῆν ἐστερήθησαν, ἐπιφθεγξάμενος, ὥς φασι, τὸν στίχον τοῦτον·
23.10.10νήπιος ὃς πατέρα κτείνας υἱοὺς καταλείπει.
23.10.11ὄντων δὲ τῶν πλείστων ἐπιφανῶν διὰ τὰς τῶν πατέρων προαγωγάς, ἐπιφανῆ καὶ τὴν τούτων ἀτυχίαν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἐλεεινήν.
23.10.12τρίτον δʼ ἡ τύχη δρᾶμα κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἐπεισήγαγεν τὸ κατὰ τοὺς υἱούς,
23.10.13ἐν ᾧ τῶν μὲν νεανίσκων ἀλλήλοις ἐπιβουλευόντων, τῆς δʼ ἀναφορᾶς περὶ τούτων ἐπʼ αὐτὸν γινομένης, καὶ δέον διαλαμβάνειν ποτέρου δεῖ γίνεσθαι τῶν υἱῶν φονέα καὶ πότερον αὐτῶν δεδιέναι μᾶλλον κατὰ τὸν ἑξῆς βίον, μὴ γηράσκων αὐτὸς πάθῃ τὸ παραπλήσιον, ἐστροβεῖτο νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν περὶ τούτων διανοούμενος.
23.10.14ἐν τοιαύταις δʼ οὔσης ἀτυχίαις καὶ ταραχαῖς τῆς αὐτοῦ ψυχῆς, τίς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ὑπολάβοι θεῶν τινων αὐτῷ μῆνιν εἰς τὸ γῆρας κατασκῆψαι διὰ τὰς ἐν τῷ προγεγονότι βίῳ παρανομίας;
Book 23, Part 6
23.10.15τοῦτο δʼ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἔσται δῆλον ἐκ τῶν ἑξῆς ῥηθησομένων. —
23.10.15ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ Μακεδόνων βασιλεὺς πολλοὺς τῶν Μακεδόνων ἀνελὼν καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῶν ἐπανεῖλεν, ὥς φασι, τὸν στίχον τοῦτον εἰπών·
23.10.15νήπιος ὃς πατέρα κτείνας υἱοὺς καταλείπει.
23.10.16καὶ διὰ ταῦτα τῆς ψυχῆς οἱονεὶ λυττώσης αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ κατὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς νεῖκος ἅμα τοῖς προειρημένοις ἐξεκαύθη, τῆς τύχης ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες ἀναβιβαζούσης ἐπὶ σκηνὴν ἐν ἑνὶ καιρῷ τὰς τούτων συμφοράς. —
23.10.17ἐναγίζουσιν οὖν τῷ Ξανθῷ Μακεδόνες καὶ καθαρμὸν ποιοῦσι σὺν ἵπποις ὡπλισμένοις. —
23.11.1ὅτι "δεῖ μὴ μόνον ἀναγινώσκειν τὰς τραγῳδίας καὶ τοὺς μύθους καὶ τὰς ἱστορίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ γινώσκειν καὶ συνεφιστάνειν ἐπὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος.
23.11.2ἐν οἷς ἅπασιν ἔστιν ὁρᾶν, ὅσοι μὲν τῶν ἀδελφῶν εἰς τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὀργὴν καὶ φιλονικίαν ἐμπεσόντες ἐπὶ πολὺ προύβησαν, ἅπαντας τοὺς τοιούτους οὐ μόνον σφᾶς ἀπολωλεκότας, ἀλλὰ καὶ βίον καὶ τέκνα καὶ πόλεις ἄρδην κατεστραφότας,
23.11.3ὅσοι δὲ μετρίως ἐζήλωσαν τὸ στέργειν αὑτοὺς καὶ φέρειν τὰς ἀλλήλων ἀγνοίας, τούτους ἅπαντας σωτῆρας γεγονότας ὧν ἀρτίως εἶπον καὶ μετὰ τῆς καλλίστης φήμης καὶ δόξης βεβιωκότας.
23.11.4καὶ μὴν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Λακεδαίμονι βασιλεῖς πολλάκις ὑμᾶς ἐπέστησα, λέγων ὅτι τοσοῦτον χρόνον διετήρησαν σφῶν τῇ πατρίδι τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἡγεμονίαν ὅσον πειθαρχοῦντες ὥσπερ γονεῦσι τοῖς ἐφόροις ἠνείχοντο συμβασιλεύοντες ἀλλήλοις·
23.11.5ὅτε δὲ διαφωνήσαντες εἰς μοναρχίαν τὰ πράγματα μετέστησαν, τότε πάντων ἅμα τῶν κακῶν πεῖραν ἐποίησαν λαβεῖν τὴν Σπάρτην·
23.11.6τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ὡσανεὶ κατʼ ἔνδειξιν ὑμῖν λέγων καὶ τιθεὶς ἐναργῶς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν διετέλουν τούτους τοὺς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον,
23.11.7ὅτι παραλαβόντες οὗτοι μικρὰν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ηὐξήκασι ταύτην, ὥστε μηδεμιᾶς εἶναι καταδεεστέραν, διʼ οὐθὲν ἕτερον ἢ διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς ὁμόνοιαν καὶ συμφωνίαν καὶ τὸ δύνασθαι καταξίωσιν ἀλλήλοις διαφυλάττειν· ὧν ὑμεῖς ἀκούοντες οὐχ οἷον εἰς νοῦν ἐλαμβάνετε,
23.11.8τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἠκονᾶτʼ, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, τοὺς κατʼ ἀλλήλων θυμούς."
23.12.1Πολύβιος. ὁ δʼ ἐξαναστὰς προῆγε, τὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀρρωστίας, τὰ δʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἡλικίας βαρυνόμενος· εἶχε γὰρ ἑβδομηκοστὸν ἔτος.
23.12.2Πολύβιος· διαβιασάμενος δὲ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῇ συνηθείᾳ τῇ πρὸ τοῦ παρῆν ἐξ Ἄργους εἰς Μεγάλην πόλιν αὐθημερόν. —
23.12.3ὅτι Φιλοποίμην ὁ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν στρατηγὸς συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ Μεσσηνίων ἀνῃρέθη φαρμάκῳ, ἀνὴρ γενόμενος οὐδενὸς τῶν πρὸ τοῦ κατʼ ἀρετὴν δεύτερος, τῆς τύχης μέντοι γʼ ἥττων, καίτοι δόξας ἐν παντὶ τῷ πρὸ τοῦ βίῳ συνεργὸν ἐσχηκέναι ταύτην·
23.12.4ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ κατὰ τὴν κοινὴν παροιμίαν εὐτυχῆσαι μὲν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα δυνατόν, διευτυχῆσαί γε μὴν ἀδύνατον·
23.12.5διὸ καὶ μακαριστέον τῶν προγεγονότων οὐχ ὡς διευτυχηκότας τινάς· τίς γὰρ ἀνάγκη ψευδεῖ λόγῳ χρωμένοις ματαίως προσκυνεῖν τὴν τύχην;
23.12.6ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὡς πλεῖστον χρόνον ἐν τῷ ζῆν ἵλεων ἔχοντας ταύτην, κἄν ποτε μετανοῇ, μετρίαις περιπεσόντας συμφοραῖς. —
23.12.7[...] Λυκόρταν, ὃς ἦν οὐδὲν ἥττων τούτου. —
23.12.8ὅτι Φιλοποίμην τετταράκοντʼ ἔτη συνεχῶς φιλοδοξήσας ἐν δημοκρατικῷ καὶ πολυειδεῖ πολιτεύματι, πάντῃ πάντως διέφυγε τὸν τῶν πολλῶν φθόνον,
23.12.9τὸ πλεῖον οὐ πρὸς χάριν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ παρρησίας πολιτευόμενος· ὃ σπανίως ἂν εὕροι τις γεγονός. —
23.13.1ὅτι θαυμαστόν ἐστι καὶ μέγιστον σημεῖον γεγονέναι τῇ φύσει τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἡγεμονικὸν καὶ πολύ τι διαφέροντα τῶν ἄλλων πρὸς τὸν πραγματικὸν τρόπον·
Book 23, Part 7
23.13.2ἑπτακαίδεκα γὰρ ἔτη μείνας ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις πλεῖστά τʼ ἔθνη καὶ βάρβαρα διεξελθὼν καὶ πλείστοις ἀνδράσιν ἀλλοφύλοις καὶ ἑτερογλώττοις χρησάμενος συνεργοῖς πρὸς ἀπηλπισμένας καὶ παραδόξους ἐπιβολάς, ὑπʼ οὐθενὸς οὔτʼ ἐπεβουλεύθη τὸ παράπαν οὔτʼ ἐγκατελείφθη τῶν ἅπαξ αὐτῷ κοινωνησάντων καὶ δόντων ἑαυτοὺς εἰς χεῖρας. —
23.14.1ὅτι Πόπλιος φιλοδοξήσας ἐν ἀριστοκρατικῷ πολιτεύματι τηλικαύτην περιεποιήσατο παρὰ μὲν τοῖς ὄχλοις εὔνοιαν παρὰ δὲ τῷ συνεδρίῳ πίστιν ὥστʼ,
23.14.2ἐν μὲν τῷ δήμῳ κρίνειν τινὸς ἐπιβαλομένου κατὰ τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἔθη καὶ πολλὰ κατηγορήσαντος καὶ πικρῶς, ἄλλο μὲν οὐθὲν εἶπε προελθών,
23.14.3οὐκ ἔφη δὲ πρέπον εἶναι τῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων οὐθενὸς ἀκούειν κατηγοροῦντος Ποπλίου Κορνηλίου Σκιπίωνος, διʼ ὃν αὐτὴν τὴν τοῦ λέγειν ἐξουσίαν ἔχουσιν οἱ κατηγοροῦντες.
23.14.4ὧν ἀκούσαντες οἱ πολλοὶ παραχρῆμα διελύθησαν πάντες ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἀπολιπόντες τὸν κατηγοροῦντα μόνον. —
23.14.5ὅτι Πόπλιος ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ χρείας ποτὲ χρημάτων οὔσης εἴς τινα κατεπείγουσαν οἰκονομίαν, τοῦ δὲ ταμίου διά τινα νόμον οὐ φάσκοντος ἀνοίξειν τὸ ταμιεῖον κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν, αὐτὸς ἔφη λαβὼν τὰς κλεῖς ἀνοίξειν·
23.14.6αὐτὸς γὰρ αἴτιος γεγονέναι καὶ τοῦ κλείεσθαι τὸ ταμιεῖον.
23.14.7πάλιν δέ ποτε λόγον ἀπαιτοῦντός τινος ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ τῶν χρημάτων ὧν ἔλαβε παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρὸ τῶν συνθηκῶν εἰς τὴν τοῦ στρατοπέδου μισθοδοσίαν, ἔχειν μὲν ἔφη τὸν λογισμόν, οὐ δεῖν δʼ αὐτὸν ὑποσχεῖν οὐδενὶ λόγον·
23.14.8τοῦ δʼ ἐπικειμένου καὶ κελεύοντος φέρειν ἠξίωσε τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐνεγκεῖν· κομισθέντος δὲ τοῦ βυβλίου, προτείνας αὐτὸ καὶ κατασπαράξας πάντων ὁρώντων τὸν μὲν ἀπαιτοῦντα τὸν λόγον ἐκ τούτων ζητεῖν ἐκέλευσε,
23.14.9τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ἤρετο πῶς τῶν μὲν τρισχιλίων ταλάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπιζητοῦσι πῶς ἐδαπανήθη καὶ διὰ τίνων, τῶν δὲ μυρίων καθόλου καὶ πεντακισχιλίων ὧν παρʼ Ἀντιόχου λαμβάνουσιν, οὐκέτι ζητοῦσι πῶς εἰσπορεύεται καὶ διὰ τίνων,
23.14.10οὐδὲ πῶς τῆς Ἀσίας καὶ τῆς Λιβύης, ἔτι δὲ τῆς Ἰβηρίας κεκυριεύκασιν.
23.14.11ὥστε μὴ μόνον καταπλαγῆναι πάντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ζητήσαντα τὸν λόγον ἀποσιωπῆσαι.
23.14.12ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω τῆς τε τῶν μετηλλαχότων ἀνδρῶν εὐκλείας ἕνεκεν καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐπιγινομένων παρορμήσεως πρὸς τὰ καλὰ τῶν ἔργων. —
23.15.1ὅτι οὐ καλὸν τὸ φθείρειν τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν ὑπεναντίων· φησὶ γὰρ ὁ Πολύβιος οὐδέποτε δʼ ἐγὼ συντίθεμαι τὴν γνώμην τοῖς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον διατιθεμένοις τὴν ὀργὴν εἰς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους ὥστε μὴ μόνον τοὺς ἐπετείους καρποὺς παραιρεῖσθαι τῶν πολεμίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ δένδρα καὶ τὰ κατασκευάσματα διαφθείρειν, μηδὲ μεταμελείας καταλείποντας τόπον.
23.15.2ἀλλά μοι δοκοῦσι μεγαλείως ἀγνοεῖν οἱ ταῦτα πράττοντες·
23.15.3καθʼ ὅσον γὰρ ὑπολαμβάνουσι καταπλήττεσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους λυμαινόμενοι τὴν χώραν καὶ παραιρούμενοι πάσας, οὐ μόνον τὰς κατὰ τὸ παρόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐλπίδας τῶν πρὸς τὸν βίον ἀναγκαίων, κατὰ τοσοῦτον ἀποθηριοῦντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀμετάθετον ποιοῦσι τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς ὀργὴν τῶν ἅπαξ ἐξαμαρτόντων. —
23.16.1ὅτι ὁ Λυκόρτας ὁ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν στρατηγὸς τοὺς Μεσσηνίους καταπληξάμενος τῷ πολέμῳ
23.16.2πάλαι μὲν οἱ Μεσσήνιοι καταπεπληγμένοι τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον τοὺς προεστῶτας, τότε μόλις ἐθάρρησάν τινες αὐτῶν φωνὴν ἀφιέναι, πιστεύσαντες τῇ τῶν πολεμίων ἐφεδρείᾳ, καὶ λέγειν ὅτι δεῖ πρεσβεύειν ὑπὲρ διαλύσεως.
23.16.3οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Δεινοκράτην οὐκέτι δυνάμενοι πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος ἀντοφθαλμεῖν διὰ τὸ περιέχεσθαι τοῖς πράγμασιν εἴξαντες ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὰς ἰδίας οἰκήσεις.
23.16.4οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ παρακληθέντες ὑπό τε τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ μάλιστα τῶν ἐκ Βοιωτίας πρεσβευτῶν,
23.16.5οἳ πρότερον ἤδη παραγεγονότες ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις, Ἐπαίνετος καὶ Ἀπολλόδωρος, εὐκαίρως τότε παρέτυχον ἐν τῇ Μεσσήνῃ, ταχέως ἐπακολουθήσαντες ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις οἱ Μεσσήνιοι κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς καὶ τούτους ἐξέπεμψαν, δεόμενοι τυχεῖν συγγνώμης ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις.
23.16.6ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν παραλαβὼν τοὺς συνάρχοντας καὶ διακούσας τῶν παραγεγονότων μίαν ἔφη Μεσσηνίοις πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος εἶναι διάλυσιν,
23.16.7ἐὰν μὲν τοὺς αἰτίους τῆς ἀποστάσεως καὶ τῆς Φιλοποίμενος ἀναιρέσεως ἤδη παραδῶσιν αὐτῷ, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἐπιτροπὴν δῶσιν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἄκραν εἰσδέξωνται παραχρῆμα φυλακήν.
Book 23, Part 8
23.16.8ἀναγγελθέντων δὲ τούτων εἰς τοὺς ὄχλους, οἱ μὲν πάλαι πικρῶς διακείμενοι πρὸς τοὺς αἰτίους τοῦ πολέμου πρόθυμοι τούτους ἦσαν ἐκδιδόναι καὶ συλλαμβάνειν, οἱ δὲ πεπεισμένοι μηδὲν πείσεσθαι δεινὸν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἑτοίμως συγκατέβαινον εἰς τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων ἐπιτροπήν.
23.16.9τὸ δὲ συνέχον, οὐκ ἔχοντες αἵρεσιν περὶ τῶν παρόντων ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐδέξαντο τὰ προτεινόμενα.
23.16.10τὴν μὲν οὖν ἄκραν εὐθέως παραλαβὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς τοὺς πελταστὰς εἰς αὐτὴν παρήγαγεν,
23.16.11μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα προσλαβὼν τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου παρῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ συναγαγὼν τοὺς ὄχλους παρεκάλεσε τὰ πρέποντα τοῖς ἐνεστῶσι καιροῖς, ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀμεταμέλητον αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι τὴν πίστιν.
23.16.12τῆς μὲν οὖν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων διαλήψεως τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐπὶ τὸ ἔθνος ἐποιήσατο — καὶ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες συνέβαινε τότε πάλιν συνάγεσθαι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς Μεγάλην πόλιν ἐπὶ τὴν δευτέραν σύνοδον —
23.16.13τῶν δʼ ἐν ταῖς αἰτίαις ὅσοι μὲν μετέσχον τοῦ παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ἐπανελέσθαι τὸν Φιλοποίμενα, τούτοις ἐπέταξε παραχρῆμα πάντας αὐτοὺς ἐξάγειν ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν —
23.17.1ὅτι οἱ Μεσσήνιοι διὰ τὴν αὑτῶν ἄγνοιαν εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην παραγενόμενοι διάθεσιν ἀποκατέστησαν εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατάστασιν τῆς συμπολιτείας διὰ τὴν Λυκόρτα καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν μεγαλοψυχίαν.
23.17.2ἡ δʼ Ἀβία καὶ Θουρία καὶ Φαραὶ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Μεσσήνης ἐχωρίσθησαν, ἰδίᾳ δὲ θέμεναι στήλην ἑκάστη μετεῖχεν τῆς κοινῆς συμπολιτείας.
23.17.3Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ πυθόμενοι κατὰ λόγον κεχωρηκέναι τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην, οὐδένα λόγον ποιησάμενοι τῆς πρότερον ἀποφάσεως ἄλλην ἔδωκαν τοῖς αὐτοῖς πρεσβευταῖς ἀπόκρισιν, διασαφοῦντες ὅτι πρόνοιαν πεποίηνται τοῦ μηθένα τῶν ἐξ Ἰταλίας μήθʼ ὅπλα μήτε σῖτον εἰσάγειν εἰς τὴν Μεσσήνην.
23.17.4ἐξ οὗ καταφανεῖς ἅπασιν ἐγενήθησαν ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἀπέχουσιν τοῦ τὰ μὴ λίαν ἀναγκαῖα τῶν ἐκτὸς πραγμάτων ἀποτρίβεσθαι καὶ παρορᾶν, ὡς τοὐναντίον καὶ δυσχεραίνουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ πάντων τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς γίνεσθαι καὶ πάντα πράττεσθαι μετὰ τῆς αὑτῶν γνώμης.
23.17.5εἰς δὲ τὴν Λακεδαίμονα παραγενομένων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης καὶ κομιζόντων τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, εὐθέως ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν μετὰ τὸ συντελέσαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην συνῆγε τοὺς πολλοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν Σικυωνίων πόλιν.
23.17.6ἁθροισθέντων δὲ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἀνεδίδου διαβούλιον ὑπὲρ τοῦ προσλαβέσθαι τὴν Σπάρτην εἰς τὴν συμπολιτείαν,
23.17.7φάσκων Ῥωμαίους μὲν ἀποτρίβεσθαι τὴν πρότερον αὐτοῖς δοθεῖσαν ἐπιτροπὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ταύτης· ἀποκεκρίσθαι γὰρ αὐτοὺς νῦν μηθὲν εἶναι τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα πραγμάτων πρὸς αὑτούς·
23.17.8τοὺς δὲ κυριεύοντας τῆς Σπάρτης κατὰ τὸ παρὸν βούλεσθαι σφίσιν μετέχειν τῆς συμπολιτείας.
23.17.9διὸ παρεκάλει προσδέχεσθαι τὴν πόλιν· εἶναι γὰρ τοῦτο κατὰ δύο τρόπους συμφέρον, καθʼ ἕνα μέν, ὅτι τούτους μέλλουσι προσλήψεσθαι τοὺς διατετηρηκότας τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος πίστιν,
23.17.10καθʼ ἕτερον δέ, διότι τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων τοὺς ἀχαρίστως καὶ ἀσεβῶς ἀνεστραμμένους εἰς αὐτοὺς οὐχ ἕξουσι κοινωνοὺς τῆς πολιτείας, ἀλλʼ ἑτέρων αὐτοὺς ἐκκεκλεικότων τῆς πόλεως, βεβαιώσαντες τὰς ἐκείνων προαιρέσεις ἅμα τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν αὐτοῖς χάριν ἀποδώσουσι μετὰ τῆς τῶν θεῶν προνοίας.
23.17.11ὁ μὲν οὖν Λυκόρτας ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγων παρεκάλει τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς προσδέξασθαι τὴν πόλιν·
23.17.12ὁ δὲ Διοφάνης καί τινες ἕτεροι βοηθεῖν ἐπειρῶντο τοῖς φυγάσι καὶ παρεκάλουν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς μὴ συνεπιθέσθαι τοῖς ἐκπεπτωκόσιν μηδὲ διʼ ὀλίγους ἀνθρώπους συνεπισχῦσαι τοῖς ἀσεβῶς καὶ παρανόμως αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος
23.18.1ἐκβεβληκόσιν. τοιαῦτα μὲν ἦν τὰ ῥηθέντα παρʼ ἑκατέρων. οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ διακούσαντες ἀμφοτέρων ἔκριναν προσλαβέσθαι τὴν πόλιν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα στήλης προγραφείσης συνεπολιτεύετο μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἡ Σπάρτη,
23.18.2προσδεξαμένων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει τούτους τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων, ὅσοι μηδὲν ἐδόκουν ἄγνωμον πεποιηκέναι κατὰ τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνους.
23.18.3οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ ταῦτα κυρώσαντες πρεσβευτὰς ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς περὶ Βίππον τὸν Ἀργεῖον, διασαφήσοντας τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ πάντων.
23.18.4ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τοὺς περὶ Χαίρωνα κατέστησαν.
23.18.5ἐξαπέστειλαν δʼ οἱ φυγάδες τοὺς περὶ Κλῆτιν καὶ Διακτόριον τοὺς συγκαταστησομένους ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ πρὸς τοὺς παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρεσβευτάς.
Book 24, Part 1
24.1.1εἰς δὲ τὴν Ῥώμην παραγεγονότων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν παρά τε τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ τῶν ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων, ἔτι δὲ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶν παρʼ Εὐμένους καὶ παρʼ Ἀριαράθου τοῦ βασιλέως ἡκόντων καὶ τῶν παρὰ Φαρνάκου, τούτοις πρῶτον ἐχρημάτισεν ἡ σύγκλητος.
24.1.2βραχεῖ δὲ χρόνῳ πρότερον ἀνηγγελκότων τῶν περὶ τὸν Μάρκον πρεσβευτῶν, οὓς ἀπεστάλκεισαν ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐμένει καὶ Φαρνάκῃ συνεστηκότα πόλεμον, καὶ διασεσαφηκότων περί τε τῆς Εὐμένους μετριότητος ἐν πᾶσιν καὶ περὶ τῆς Φαρνάκου πλεονεξίας καὶ καθόλου τῆς ὑπερηφανίας,
24.1.3οὐκέτι πολλῶν προσεδεήθη λόγων ἡ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν παραγεγονότων, ἀπεκρίθη δὲ διότι πάλιν πέμψει πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς φιλοτιμότερον ἐπισκεψομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν διαφερόντων τοῖς προειρημένοις.
24.1.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῶν ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων εἰσπορευθέντων καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἅμα τούτοις, ἐπὶ πολὺ διακούσασα τοῖς μὲν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως οὐδὲν ἐπετίμησε περὶ τῶν γεγονότων,
24.1.5τοῖς δὲ φυγάσιν ἐπηγγείλατο γράψειν πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς περὶ τοῦ κατελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
24.1.6μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἰσπορευθέντων τῶν περὶ Βίππον τὸν Ἀργεῖον, οὓς ἀπεστάλκει τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνος, καὶ διασαφούντων περὶ τῆς Μεσσηνίων ἀποκαταστάσεως,
24.1.7οὐθενὶ δυσαρεστήσασα περὶ τῶν οἰκονουμένων ἡ σύγκλητος ἀπεδέξατο φιλανθρώπως τοὺς πρεσβευτάς.
24.2.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον παραγενομένων ἐκ Ῥώμης τῶν ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων καὶ κομιζόντων παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου γράμματα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ προνοηθῆναι περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν καθόδου καὶ σωτηρίας εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν,
24.2.2ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπερθέσθαι τὸ διαβούλιον, ἕως ἂν οἱ παρʼ αὐτῶν ἔλθωσι πρεσβευταί.
24.2.3ταῦτα δὲ τοῖς φυγάσιν ἀποκριθέντες συνέθεντο τὴν πρὸς Μεσσηνίους στήλην, συγχωρήσαντες αὐτοῖς πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις φιλανθρώποις καὶ τριῶν ἐτῶν ἀτέλειαν, ὥστε τὴν τῆς χώρας καταφθορὰν μηδὲν ἧττον βλάψαι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἢ Μεσσηνίους.
24.2.4τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Βίππον παραγενομένων ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης καὶ διασαφούντων γραφῆναι τὰ γράμματα περὶ τῶν φυγάδων οὐ διὰ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου σπουδήν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν τῶν φυγάδων φιλοτιμίαν,
24.2.5ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων. —
24.3.1κατὰ δὲ τὴν Κρήτην ἀρχὴ πραγμάτων ἐκινεῖτο μεγάλων, εἰ χρὴ λέγειν ἀρχὴν πραγμάτων ἐν Κρήτῃ· διὰ γὰρ τὴν συνέχειαν τῶν ἐμφυλίων πολέμων καὶ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους ὠμότητος ταὐτὸν ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος ἐστὶν ἐν Κρήτῃ, καὶ τὸ δοκοῦν παραδόξως τισὶν εἰρῆσθαι τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖ θεωρεῖται συνεχῶς [τὸ] γινόμενον.
24.4.1πρὸς μὲν οὖν τῷ Πόντῳ τὸ Αἷμόν ἐστιν ὄρος, μέγιστον τῶν ταύτῃ καὶ ὑψηλότατον, μέσην πως διαιροῦν τὴν Θρᾴκην· ἀφʼ οὗ φησι Πολύβιος ἀμφοτέρας καθορᾶσθαι τὰς θαλάττας, οὐκ ἀληθῆ λέγων· καὶ γὰρ τὸ διάστημα μέγα τὸ πρὸς τὸν Ἀδρίαν καὶ τὰ ἐπισκοτοῦντα πολλά.
24.5.1ὅτι γενομένων συνθηκῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους Φαρνάκου καὶ Ἀττάλου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ἅπαντες μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων δυνάμεων ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
Book 24, Part 2
24.5.2Εὐμένης δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἀπολελυμένος τῆς ἀρρωστίας καὶ διατρίβων ἐν Περγάμῳ, παραγενομένου τἀδελφοῦ καὶ διασαφοῦντος περὶ τῶν ᾠκονομημένων, εὐδοκήσας τοῖς γεγονόσιν προέθετο πέμπειν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἅπαντας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην,
24.5.3ἅμα μὲν ἐλπίζων πέρας ἐπιθήσειν τῷ πρὸς τὸν Φαρνάκην πολέμῳ διὰ τῆς τούτων πρεσβείας, ἅμα δὲ συστῆσαι σπουδάζων τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τοῖς τʼ ἰδίᾳ φίλοις καὶ ξένοις ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ καὶ τῇ συγκλήτῳ κατὰ κοινόν.
24.5.4προθύμων δὲ καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον ὑπαρχόντων, ἐγένοντο περὶ τὴν ἐκδημίαν.
24.5.5καὶ τούτων παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν μὲν πάντες ἀπεδέχοντο τοὺς νεανίσκους φιλανθρώπως, ἅτε συνήθειαν ἐσχηκότες ἐν ταῖς περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν στρατείαις, ἔτι δὲ μεγαλομερέστερον ἡ σύγκλητος ἀπεδέξατο τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῶν·
24.5.6καὶ γὰρ ξένια καὶ παροχὰς τὰς μεγίστας ἐξέθηκεν αὐτοῖς καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἔντευξιν καλῶς ἀπήντησεν.
24.5.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον τά τε προϋπάρχοντα φιλάνθρωπα διὰ πλειόνων λόγων ἀνενεώσαντο καὶ τοῦ Φαρνάκου κατηγορήσαντες παρεκάλουν ἐπιστροφήν τινα ποιήσασθαι, διʼ ἧς τεύξεται τῆς ἁρμοζούσης δίκης.
24.5.8ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα φιλανθρώπως ἀπεκρίθη διότι πέμψει πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς κατὰ πάντα τρόπον λύσοντας τὸν πόλεμον. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν οὕτως εἶχεν.
24.6.1ὅτι περὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς Πτολεμαῖος ὁ βασιλεύς, βουλόμενος ἐμπλέκεσθαι τῷ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνει, διεπέμψατο πρεσβευτήν, ἐπαγγελλόμενος δεκαναΐαν δώσειν ἐντελῆ πεντηκοντηρικῶν πλοίων.
24.6.2οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ καὶ διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν τὴν δωρεὰν ἀξίαν εἶναι χάριτος ἀσμένως ἀπεδέξαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν. [δοκεῖ γὰρ ἡ δαπάνη οὐ πολὺ λείπειν τῶν δέκα ταλάντων].
24.6.3ταῦτα δὲ βουλευσάμενοι προεχειρίσαντο πρεσβευτὰς Λυκόρταν καὶ Πολύβιον καὶ σὺν τούτοις Ἄρατον, υἱὸν Ἀράτου τοῦ Σικυωνίου, τοὺς ἅμα μὲν εὐχαριστήσοντας τῷ βασιλεῖ περί τε τῶν ὅπλων ὧν πρότερον ἀπέστειλε καὶ τοῦ νομίσματος, ἅμα δὲ παραληψομένους τὰ πλοῖα καὶ πρόνοιαν ποιησομένους περὶ τῆς ἀποκομιδῆς αὐτῶν.
24.6.4κατέστησαν δὲ τὸν μὲν Λυκόρταν διὰ τὸ κατὰ τὸν καιρόν, καθʼ ὃν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ἀνανέωσιν τῆς συμμαχίας ὁ Πτολεμαῖος, στρατηγοῦντα τότε συνεργῆσαι φιλοτίμως αὐτῷ,
24.6.5τὸν δὲ Πολύβιον, νεώτερον ὄντα τῆς κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἡλικίας, διὰ τὸ τήν τε συμμαχίαν αὐτοῦ τὸν πατέρα πρεσβεύσαντα πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον ἀνανεώσασθαι καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν τῶν ὅπλων καὶ τοῦ νομίσματος ἀγαγεῖν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς,
24.6.6παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἄρατον διὰ τὰς προγονικὰς συστάσεις πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν.
24.6.7οὐ μὴν συνέβη γε τὴν πρεσβείαν ταύτην ἐξελθεῖν διὰ τὸ μεταλλάξαι τὸν Πτολεμαῖον περὶ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους. —
24.7.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἦν τις ἐν τῇ Λακεδαίμονι Χαίρων, ὃς ἐτύγχανε τῷ πρότερον ἔτει πεπρεσβευκὼς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἄνθρωπος ἀγχίνους μὲν καὶ πρακτικός, νέος δὲ καὶ ταπεινὸς καὶ δημοτικῆς ἀγωγῆς τετευχώς.
Book 24, Part 3
24.7.2οὗτος ὀχλαγωγῶν καὶ κινήσας ὃ μηθεὶς ἕτερος ἐθάρρει, ταχέως περιεποιήσατο φαντασίαν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς.
24.7.3καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀφελόμενος τὴν χώραν, ἣν οἱ τύραννοι συνεχώρησαν ταῖς ὑπολειφθείσαις τῶν φυγάδων ἀδελφαῖς καὶ γυναιξὶ καὶ μητράσι καὶ τέκνοις, ταύτην διέδωκε τοῖς λεπτοῖς εἰκῇ καὶ ἀνίσως κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐξουσίαν·
24.7.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῖς κοινοῖς ὡς ἰδίοις χρώμενος ἐξεδαπάνα τὰς προσόδους, οὐ νόμου στοχαζόμενος, οὐ κοινοῦ δόγματος, οὐκ ἄρχοντος.
24.7.5ἐφʼ οἷς τινες ἀγανακτήσαντες ἐσπούδαζον κατασταθῆναι δοκιμαστῆρες τῶν κοινῶν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους.
24.7.6ὁ δὲ Χαίρων θεωρῶν τὸ γινόμενον καὶ συνειδὼς αὑτῷ κακῶς κεχειρικότι τὰ τῆς πόλεως, τὸν ἐπιφανέστατον τῶν δοκιμαστήρων Ἀπολλωνίδαν καὶ μάλιστα δυνάμενον ἐρευνῆσαι τὴν πλεονεξίαν αὐτοῦ, τοῦτον ἀποπορευόμενον ἡμέρας ἐκ βαλανείου προσπέμψας τινὰς ἐξεκέντησεν.
24.7.7ὧν προσπεσόντων τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, καὶ τοῦ πλήθους ἀγανακτήσαντος ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν, ἐξ αὐτῆς ὁ στρατηγὸς ὁρμήσας καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Λακεδαίμονα τόν τε Χαίρωνα παρήγαγεν εἰς κρίσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἀπολλωνίδαν καὶ κατακρίνας ἐποίησε δέσμιον,
24.7.8τούς τε λοιποὺς δοκιμαστῆρας παρώξυνε πρὸς τὸ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ζήτησιν τῶν δημοσίων ἀληθινήν, φροντίσαι δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ κομίσασθαι τὰς οὐσίας τοὺς τῶν φυγάδων ἀναγκαίους πάλιν, ἃς ὁ Χαίρων αὐτῶν ἀφείλετο βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον. —
24.8.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἀναδόντος Ὑπερβάτου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ διαβούλιον ὑπὲρ τῶν γραφομένων παρὰ Ῥωμαίων ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων καθόδου τί δεῖ ποιεῖν,
24.8.2οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν παρεκάλουν μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων, διότι Ῥωμαῖοι ποιοῦσι μὲν τὸ καθῆκον αὐτοῖς, συνυπακούοντες τοῖς ἀκληρεῖν δοκοῦσιν εἰς τὰ μέτρια τῶν ἀξιουμένων·
24.8.3ὅταν μέντοι γε διδάξῃ τις αὐτοὺς ὅτι τῶν παρακαλουμένων τὰ μέν ἐστιν ἀδύνατα, τὰ δὲ μεγάλην αἰσχύνην ἐπιφέροντα καὶ βλάβην τοῖς φίλοις, οὔτε φιλονικεῖν εἰώθασιν οὔτε παραβιάζεσθαι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων.
24.8.4διὸ καὶ νῦν, ἐάν τις αὐτοὺς διδάξῃ διότι συμβήσεται τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, ἂν πειθαρχήσωσι τοῖς γραφομένοις, παραβῆναι τοὺς ὅρκους, τοὺς νόμους, τὰς στήλας, ἃ συνέχει τὴν κοινὴν συμπολιτείαν ἡμῶν,
24.8.5ἀναχωρήσουσιν καὶ συγκαταθήσονται διότι καλῶς ἐπέχομεν καὶ παραιτούμεθα περὶ τῶν γραφομένων. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οἱ περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν ἔλεγον·
24.8.6οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ὑπέρβατον καὶ Καλλικράτην πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς γραφομένοις παρῄνουν καὶ μήτε νόμον μήτε στήλην μήτʼ ἄλλο μηθὲν τούτου νομίζειν ἀναγκαιότερον.
24.8.7τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης τῆς ἀντιλογίας ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαποστεῖλαι πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον τοὺς διδάξοντας ἃ Λυκόρτας λέγει.
24.8.8καὶ παραυτίκα κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς Καλλικράτην Λεοντήσιον, Λυδιάδαν Μεγαλοπολίτην, Ἄρατον Σικυώνιον· καὶ δόντες ἐντολὰς ἀκολούθους τοῖς προειρημένοις ἐξαπέστειλαν.
Book 24, Part 4
24.8.9ὧν παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, εἰσελθὼν ὁ Καλλικράτης εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ἀκολούθως διδάσκειν τὸ συνέδριον ὥστε τοὐναντίον ἐκ καταβολῆς ἐπεχείρησεν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀντιπολιτευομένων κατηγορεῖν θρασέως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν σύγκλητον
24.9.1νουθετεῖν. ἔφη γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους αἰτίους εἶναι τοῦ μὴ πειθαρχεῖν αὐτοῖς τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἀλλὰ παρακούειν καὶ τῶν γραφομένων καὶ τῶν παραγγελλομένων.
24.9.2δυεῖν γὰρ οὐσῶν αἱρέσεων κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς δημοκρατικαῖς πολιτείαις, καὶ τῶν μὲν φασκόντων δεῖν ἀκολουθεῖν τοῖς γραφομένοις ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων καὶ μήτε νόμον μήτε στήλην μήτʼ ἄλλο μηθὲν προυργιαίτερον νομίζειν τῆς Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσεως,
24.9.3τῶν δὲ τοὺς νόμους προφερομένων καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ στήλας καὶ παρακαλούντων τὰ πλήθη μὴ ῥᾳδίως ταῦτα παραβαίνειν,
24.9.4ἀχαϊκωτέραν εἶναι παρὰ πολὺ ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν καὶ νικητικωτέραν ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς.
24.9.5ἐξ οὗ τοῖς μὲν αἱρουμένοις τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἀδοξίαν συνεξακολουθεῖν παρὰ τοῖς ὄχλοις καὶ διαβολήν, τοῖς δʼ ἀντιπράττουσιν τἀναντία.
24.9.6ἐὰν μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ τῆς συγκλήτου γίνηταί τις ἐπισημασία, ταχέως καὶ τοὺς πολιτευομένους μεταθέσθαι πρὸς τὴν Ῥωμαίων αἵρεσιν, καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς τούτοις ἐπακολουθήσειν διὰ τὸν φόβον.
24.9.7ἐὰν δὲ παρορᾶται τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ἅπαντας ἀπονεύσειν ἐπʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν· ἐνδοξοτέραν γὰρ εἶναι καὶ καλλίω παρὰ τοῖς ὄχλοις.
24.9.8διὸ καὶ νῦν ἤδη τινὰς οὐθὲν ἕτερον προσφερομένους δίκαιον πρὸς φιλοδοξίαν, διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τῶν μεγίστων τυγχάνειν τιμῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἰδίοις πολιτεύμασιν διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν ἀντιλέγειν τοῖς ὑφʼ ὑμῶν γραφομένοις, χάριν τοῦ διαμένειν τοὺς νόμους ἰσχυροὺς καὶ τὰ δόγματα τὰ γινόμενα παρʼ αὐτοῖς.
24.9.9εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀδιαφόρως ἔχουσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ πειθαρχεῖν αὐτοῖς τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ συνυπακούειν τοῖς γραφομένοις, ἄγειν αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευε τὴν ἀγωγήν, ἣν καὶ νῦν ἄγουσιν·
24.9.10εἰ δὲ βούλονται γίνεσθαι σφίσι τὰ παραγγελλόμενα καὶ μηθένα καταφρονεῖν τῶν γραφομένων, ἐπιστροφὴν ποιήσασθαι παρεκάλει τοῦ μέρους τούτου τὴν ἐνδεχομένην.
24.9.11εἰ δὲ μή, σαφῶς εἰδέναι δεῖν ὅτι τἀναντία συμβήσεται ταῖς ἐπινοίαις αὐτῶν· ὃ καὶ νῦν ἤδη γεγονέναι.
24.9.12πρῴην μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς Μεσσηνιακοῖς πολλὰ ποιήσαντος Κοΐντου Μαρκίου πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς βουλεύσασθαι περὶ Μεσσηνίων ἄνευ τῆς Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσεως,
24.9.13παρακούσαντας καὶ ψηφισαμένους αὐτοὺς τὸν πόλεμον οὐ μόνον τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν καταφθεῖραι πᾶσαν ἀδίκως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους τῶν πολιτῶν οὓς μὲν φυγαδεῦσαι, τινὰς δʼ αὐτῶν ἐκδότους λαβόντας αἰκισαμένους πᾶσαν αἰκίαν ἀποκτεῖναι, διότι προεκαλοῦντο περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους.
24.9.14νῦν δὲ πάλιν ἐκ πλείονος χρόνου γραφόντων αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς καθόδου τῶν ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων, τοσοῦτον ἀπέχειν τοῦ πειθαρχεῖν ὡς καὶ στήλην τεθεῖσθαι καὶ πεποιῆσθαι πρὸς τοὺς κατέχοντας τὴν πόλιν ὅρκους ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδέποτε κατελεύσεσθαι τοὺς φυγάδας.
Book 24, Part 5
24.9.15εἰς ἃ βλέποντας αὐτοὺς ἠξίου πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσθαι τοῦ μέλλοντος.
24.10.1ὁ μὲν οὖν Καλλικράτης ταῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἀπῆλθεν.
24.10.2οἱ φυγάδες δʼ ἐπεισελθόντες καὶ βραχέα περὶ αὑτῶν διδάξαντες καί τινα τῶν πρὸς τὸν κοινὸν ἔλεον εἰπόντες ἀνεχώρησαν.
24.10.3ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος δόξασα τὸν Καλλικράτην λέγειν τι τῶν αὐτῇ συμφερόντων καὶ διδαχθεῖσα διότι δεῖ τοὺς μὲν τοῖς αὐτῆς δόγμασιν συνηγοροῦντας αὔξειν, τοὺς δʼ ἀντιλέγοντας ταπεινοῦν,
24.10.4οὕτως καὶ τότε πρῶτον ἐπεβάλετο τοὺς μὲν κατὰ τὸ βέλτιστον ἱσταμένους ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις πολιτεύμασιν ἐλαττοῦν, τοὺς δὲ καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀδίκως
24.10.5προστρέχοντας αὐτῇ σωματοποιεῖν. ἐξ ὧν αὐτῇ συνέβη κατὰ βραχύ, τοῦ χρόνου προβαίνοντος, κολάκων μὲν εὐπορεῖν, φίλων δὲ σπανίζειν ἀληθινῶν.
24.10.6οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τότε περὶ μὲν τῆς καθόδου τῶν φυγάδων οὐ μόνον τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἔγραψε, παρακαλοῦσα συνεπισχύειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς καὶ τοῖς Ἠπειρώταις, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀθηναίοις, Βοιωτοῖς, Ἀκαρνᾶσιν, πάντας ὡσανεὶ προσδιαμαρτυρομένη χάριν τοῦ συντρῖψαι τοὺς Ἀχαιούς.
24.10.7περὶ δὲ τοῦ Καλλικράτους αὐτοῦ κατʼ ἰδίαν παρασιωπήσασα τοὺς συμπρεσβευτὰς κατέταξεν εἰς τὴν ἀπόκρισιν διότι δεῖ τοιούτους ὑπάρχειν ἐν τοῖς πολιτεύμασιν ἄνδρας οἷός ἐστι Καλλικράτης.
24.10.8ὁ δὲ προειρημένος ἔχων τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ταύτας παρῆν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα περιχαρής, οὐκ εἰδὼς ὅτι μεγάλων κακῶν ἀρχηγὸς γέγονε πᾶσι μὲν τοῖς Ἕλλησι, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς.
24.10.9ἔτι γὰρ τούτοις ἐξῆν καὶ κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους κατὰ ποσὸν ἰσολογίαν ἔχειν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους διὰ τὸ τετηρηκέναι τὴν πίστιν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις καιροῖς, ἐξ οὗ τὰ Ῥωμαίων εἵλοντο, λέγω δὲ τοῖς κατὰ Φίλιππον καὶ Ἀντίοχον,
24.10.10οὕτω δὲ τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνους ηὐξημένου καὶ προκοπὴν εἰληφότος κατὰ τὸ βέλτιστον ἀφʼ ὧν ἡμεῖς ἱστοροῦμεν χρόνων, αὕτη πάλιν ἀρχὴ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἐγένετο μεταβολῆς, τὸ Καλλικράτους θράσος
24.10.11Ῥωμαῖοι ὄντες ἄνθρωποι καὶ ψυχῇ χρώμενοι λαμπρᾷ καὶ προαιρέσει καλῇ πάντας μὲν ἐλεοῦσι τοὺς ἐπταικότας καὶ πᾶσι πειρῶνται χαρίζεσθαι τοῖς καταφεύγουσιν ὡς αὐτούς·
24.10.12ὅταν μέντοι γέ τις ὑπέμνησε τῶν δικαίων, τετηρηκὼς τὴν πίστιν, ἀνατρέχουσι καὶ διορθοῦνται σφᾶς αὐτοὺς κατὰ δύναμιν ἐν τοῖς πλείστοις.
24.10.13ὁ δὲ Καλλικράτης πρεσβεύσας κατὰ τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιροὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην χάριν τοῦ λέγειν τὰ δίκαια περὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, χρησάμενος κατὰ τοὐναντίον τοῖς πράγμασιν καὶ συνεπισπασάμενος τὰ κατὰ Μεσσηνίους, ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδʼ ἐνεκάλουν Ῥωμαῖοι, παρῆν εἰς Ἀχαΐαν προσανατεινόμενος τὸν ἀπὸ Ῥωμαίων φόβον·
24.10.14καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀποπρεσβείαν καταπληξάμενος καὶ συντρίψας τοὺς ὄχλους διὰ τὸ μηδὲν εἰδέναι τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν εἰρημένων ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ τοὺς πολλούς, πρῶτον μὲν ᾑρέθη στρατηγός, πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς καὶ δωροδοκηθείς,
Book 24, Part 6
24.10.15ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις παραλαβὼν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατῆγε τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Μεσσήνης φυγάδας. —
24.11.1ὅτι Φιλοποίμενα καὶ Ἀρίσταινον τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς συνέβη οὔτε τὴν φύσιν ὁμοίαν σχεῖν οὔτε τὴν αἵρεσιν τῆς πολιτείας.
24.11.2ἦν γὰρ ὁ μὲν Φιλοποίμην εὖ πεφυκὼς πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας καὶ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα καὶ κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, ὁ δʼ ἕτερος πρὸς τὰ πολιτικὰ τῶν διαβουλίων.
24.11.3τῇ δʼ αἱρέσει κατὰ τὴν πολιτείαν τοῦτο διέφερον ἀλλήλων. τῆς γὰρ Ῥωμαίων ὑπεροχῆς ἤδη τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς πράγμασιν ἐμπλεκομένης ὁλοσχερῶς κατά τε τοὺς Φιλιππικοὺς καὶ τοὺς Ἀντιοχικοὺς καιρούς,
24.11.4ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταινος ἦγε τὴν ἀγωγὴν τῆς πολιτείας οὕτως ὥστε πᾶν τὸ πρόσφορον Ῥωμαίοις ἐξ ἑτοίμου ποιεῖν, ἔνια δὲ καὶ πρὶν ἢ προστάξαι ʼκείνους.
24.11.5ἐπειρᾶτο μέντοι γε τῶν νόμων ἔχεσθαι δοκεῖν καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἐφείλκετο φαντασίαν, εἴκων, ὁπότε τούτων ἀντιπίπτοι τις προδήλως τοῖς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων γραφομένοις.
24.11.6ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην, ὅσα μὲν εἴη τῶν παρακαλουμένων ἀκόλουθα τοῖς νόμοις καὶ τῇ συμμαχίᾳ, πάντα συγκατῄνει καὶ συνέπραττεν ἀπροφασίστως,
24.11.7ὅσα δὲ τούτων ἐκτὸς ἐπιτάττοιεν, οὐχ οἷός τʼ ἦν ἐθελοντὴν συνυπακούειν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἔφη δεῖν δικαιολογεῖσθαι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἀξιοῦν·
24.11.8εἰ δὲ μηδʼ οὕτως πείθοιεν, τέλος οἷον ἐπιμαρτυρομένους εἴκειν καὶ τότε ποιεῖν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον. —
24.12.1ὅτι τοιούτοις ἀπολογισμοῖς Ἀρίσταινος ἐχρῆτο πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς περὶ τῆς ἰδίας αἱρέσεως· ἔφη γὰρ οὐκ εἶναι δυνατὸν καὶ τὸ δόρυ καὶ τὸ κηρύκειον ἅμα προτεινομένους συνέχειν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους φιλίαν· "ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν οἷοί τʼ ἐσμὲν ἀντοφθαλμεῖν καὶ δυνάμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν [...] εἰ δὲ μηδʼ ὁ Φιλοποίμην εἰπεῖν τοῦτο τολμᾷ [...] καιροῖς ἕνα Ῥωμαίοις,
24.12.2διὰ τί ἀδυνάτων ὀρεγόμενοι τὰ δυνατὰ παρίεμεν;" δύο γὰρ ἔφη σκοποὺς εἶναι πάσης πολιτείας, τό τε καλὸν καὶ τὸ συμφέρον. οἷς μὲν οὖν ἐφικτός ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ καλοῦ κτῆσις, ταύτης ἀντέχεσθαι δεῖν τοὺς ὀρθῶς πολιτευομένους· οἷς δʼ ἀδύνατος, ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ συμφέροντος μερίδα καταφεύγειν·
24.12.3τὸ δʼ ἑκατέρων ἀποτυγχάνειν μέγιστον εἶναι τεκμήριον ἀβουλίας. πάσχειν δὲ τοῦτο προφανῶς τοὺς ἀπροφασίστως ὁμολογοῦντας μὲν πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον, ἀκουσίως δὲ τοῦτο πράττοντας καὶ μετὰ προσκοπῆς·
24.12.4διόπερ ἢ τοῦτʼ εἶναι δεικτέον ὡς ἐσμὲν ἱκανοὶ πρὸς τὸ μὴ πειθαρχεῖν ἢ μηδὲ λέγειν τοῦτο τολμῶντας ὑπακουστέον ἑτοίμως εἶναι πᾶσι τοῖς παραγγελλομένοις.
24.13.1ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην οὐκ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἔφη δεῖν ἀμαθίαν αὑτοῦ καταγινώσκειν ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι μετρεῖν μήτε τὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ πολιτεύματος τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν μήτε τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς δυνάμεως "
24.13.2ἀλλὰ πάσης ὑπεροχῆς φύσιν ἐχούσης ἀεὶ βαρύτερον χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑποταττομένοις, πότερον" ἔφη "συμφέρει συνεργεῖν ταῖς ὁρμαῖς ταῖς τῶν κρατούντων καὶ μηθὲν ἐμποδὼν ποιεῖν, ἵνʼ ὡς τάχιστα πεῖραν λάβωμεν τῶν βαρυτάτων ἐπιταγμάτων ἢ τοὐναντίον, καθʼ ὅσον οἷοί τʼ ἐσμέν, συμπαλαίοντας προσαντέχειν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ἐφʼ ὅσον μέλλομεν τελέως [...]
Book 24, Part 7
24.13.3[...] κἂν ἐπιτάττωσιν [...] καὶ τούτων ὑπομιμνήσκοντες αὐτοὺς ἐπιλαμβανώμεθα τῆς ὁρμῆς, παρακαθέξομεν ἐπὶ ποσὸν τὸ πικρὸν αὐτῶν τῆς ἐξουσίας, ἄλλως τε δὴ καὶ περὶ πλείονος ποιουμένων Ῥωμαίων ἕως γε τοῦ νῦν, ὡς αὐτὸς φής, Ἀρίσταινε, τὸ τηρεῖν τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας καὶ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς συμμάχους πίστιν.
24.13.4ἐὰν δʼ αὐτοὶ καταγνόντες τῶν ἰδίων δικαίων αὐτόθεν εὐθέως καθάπερ οἱ δοριάλωτοι πρὸς πᾶν τὸ κελευόμενον ἑτοίμους ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς παρασκευ
24.13.4άζωμεν, τί διοίσει τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνος Σικελιωτῶν καὶ Καπυανῶν τῶν ὁμολογουμένως καὶ πάλαι δουλευόντων;
24.13.5" διόπερ ἔφη δεῖν ἢ τοῦτο συγχωρεῖν ὡς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει δίκαιον παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἢ μηδὲ τολμῶντας τοῦτο λέγειν χρῆσθαι τοῖς δικαίοις καὶ μὴ προΐεσθαι σφᾶς, ἔχοντάς γε δὴ μεγίστας καὶ καλλίστας ἀφορμὰς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
24.13.6ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἥξει ποτὲ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὁ καιρὸς οὗτος, ἐν ᾧ δεήσει ποιεῖν κατʼ ἀνάγκην πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον, σαφῶς ἔφη γινώσκειν· "ἀλλὰ πότερα τοῦτον ὡς τάχιστά τις ἂν ἰδεῖν βουληθείη γενόμενον ἢ τοὐναντίον ὡς βραδύτατα; δοκῶ μὲν γὰρ ὡς βραδύτατα.
24.13.7" διὸ καὶ τούτῳ διαφέρειν ἔφη τὴν Ἀρισταίνου πολιτείαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ· ἐκεῖνον μὲν γὰρ σπουδάζειν ὡς τάχιστα τὸ χρεὼν ἰδεῖν γενόμενον καὶ συνεργεῖν τούτῳ κατὰ δύναμιν· αὐτὸς δὲ πρὸς τοῦτʼ ἀντερείδειν καὶ διωθεῖσθαι, καθʼ ὅσον ἐστὶ δυνατός.
24.13.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων δῆλον ὡς συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τοῦ μὲν καλήν, τοῦ δʼ εὐσχήμονα τὴν πολιτείαν, ἀμφοτέρας γε μὴν ἀσφαλεῖς·
24.13.9τοιγαροῦν μεγίστων καιρῶν τότε περιστάντων καὶ Ῥωμαίους καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας τῶν τε κατὰ Φίλιππον καὶ κατʼ Ἀντίοχον, ὅμως ἀμφότεροι διετήρησαν ἀκέραια τὰ δίκαια τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους·
24.13.10φήμη δέ τις ἐνέτρεχεν ὡς Ἀρισταίνου Ῥωμαίοις εὐνουστέρου μᾶλλον ἢ Φιλοποίμενος ὑπάρχοντος.
24.14.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Φαρνάκης ὁ βασιλεύς, πάλιν ὀλιγωρήσας τῆς γεγενημένης ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους ἀναφορᾶς, Λεώκριτον μὲν ἔτι κατὰ χειμῶνα μετὰ μυρίων στρατιωτῶν ἐξαπέστειλε πορθήσοντα τὴν Γαλατίαν,
24.14.2αὐτὸς δὲ τῆς ἐαρινῆς ὥρας ὑποφαινούσης ἥθροιζε τὰς δυνάμεις, ὡς ἐμβαλῶν εἰς τὴν Καππαδοκίαν.
24.14.3ἃ πυνθανόμενος Εὐμένης δυσχερῶς μὲν ἔφερε τὸ συμβαῖνον διὰ τὸ πάντας τοὺς τῆς πίστεως ὅρους ὑπερβαίνειν τὸν Φαρνάκην, ἠναγκάζετο δὲ τὸ παραπλήσιον ποιεῖν.
24.14.4ἤδη δʼ αὐτοῦ συνηθροικότος τὰς δυνάμεις, κατέπλευσαν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον.
24.14.5ὁμοῦ δὲ γενόμενοι καὶ κοινολογηθέντες ἀλλήλοις ἀνέζευξαν παραχρῆμα μετὰ τῆς στρατιᾶς.
24.14.6ἀφικόμενοι δʼ εἰς τὴν Γαλατίαν τὸν μὲν Λεώκριτον οὐκέτι κατέλαβον· τοῦ δὲ Κασσιγνάτου καὶ τοῦ Γαιζατόριγος διαπεμπομένων πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ἀσφαλείας, οἵτινες ἐτύγχανον ἔτει πρότερον ᾑρημένοι τὰ Φαρνάκου, καὶ πᾶν ὑπισχνουμένων ποιήσειν τὸ προσταττόμενον,
Book 24, Part 8
24.14.7ἀπειπάμενοι τούτους διὰ τὴν προγεγενημένην ἀθεσίαν, ἐξάραντες παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι προῆγον ἐπὶ τὸν Φαρνάκην.
24.14.8παραγενόμενοι δʼ ἐκ Καλπίτου πεμπταῖοι πρὸς τὸν Ἅλυν ποταμὸν ἑκταῖοι πάλιν ἀνέζευξαν εἰς Παρνασσόν.
24.14.9ἔνθα καὶ Ἀριαράθης ὁ τῶν Καππαδοκῶν βασιλεὺς συνέμιξεν αὐτοῖς μετὰ τῆς οἰκείας δυνάμεως, καὶ παρεισῆλθον εἰς τὴν Μωκισσέων χώραν.
24.14.10ἄρτι δὲ κατεστρατοπεδευκότων αὐτῶν προσέπεσε παραγενέσθαι τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευτὰς ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις.
24.14.11ὧν ἀκούσας ὁ βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης Ἄτταλον μὲν ἐξαπέστειλε τούτους ἐκδεξόμενον, αὐτὸς δὲ τὰς δυνάμεις ἐδιπλασίαζε καὶ διεκόσμει φιλοτίμως, ἅμα μὲν ἁρμοζόμενος πρὸς τὰς ἀληθινὰς χρείας, ἅμα δὲ βουλόμενος ἐνδείκνυσθαι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ὅτι διʼ αὑτοῦ δυνατός ἐστι τὸν Φαρνάκην ἀμύνασθαι καὶ
24.15.1καταπολεμεῖν. παραγενομένων δὲ τῶν πρέσβεων καὶ παρακαλούντων λύειν τὸν πόλεμον, ἔφασαν μὲν οἱ περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἀριαράθην ἕτοιμοι πρὸς πᾶν εἶναι τὸ παρακαλούμενον,
24.15.2ἠξίουν δὲ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, εἰ μέν ἐστι δυνατόν, εἰς σύλλογον αὐτοὺς συναγαγεῖν πρὸς τὸν Φαρνάκην, ἵνα κατὰ πρόσωπον λεγομένων τῶν λόγων ἴδωσι τὴν ἀθεσίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ὠμότητα διὰ πλειόνων·
24.15.3εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτʼ εἴη δυνατόν, αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι κριτὰς τῶν πραγμάτων ἴσους καὶ δικαίους.
24.15.4τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν ἀναδεχομένων πάντα τὰ δυνατὰ καὶ καλῶς ἔχοντα ποιήσειν, ἀξιούντων δὲ τὴν στρατιὰν ἀπάγειν ἐκ τῆς χώρας·
24.15.5ἄτοπον γὰρ εἶναι παρόντων πρέσβεων καὶ λόγους ποιουμένων ὑπὲρ διαλύσεων, ἅμα παρεῖναι τὰ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ κακοποιεῖν ἀλλήλους·
24.15.6συνεχώρησαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη, καὶ τῇ κατὰ πόδας εὐθέως ἀναζεύξαντες οὗτοι προῆγον ὡς ἐπὶ Γαλατίας.
24.15.7οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι πρὸς τὸν Φαρνάκην συμμίξαντες πρῶτον μὲν ἠξίουν αὐτὸν εἰς λόγους ἐλθεῖν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη· μάλιστα γὰρ ἂν οὕτω τυχεῖν τὰ πράγματα διεξαγωγῆς.
24.15.8τοῦ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἀντιβαίνοντος καὶ τέλος ἀπειπαμένου, δῆλον μὲν εὐθέως ἦν τοῦτο καὶ Ῥωμαίοις ὅτι καταγινώσκει προφανῶς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ διαπιστεῖ τοῖς σφετέροις πράγμασι·
24.15.9πάντῃ δὲ πάντως βουλόμενοι λῦσαι τὸν πόλεμον προσεκαρτέρουν, ἕως οὗ συνεχώρησε πέμψειν αὐτοκράτορας ἐπὶ τὸν Πέργαμον κατὰ θάλατταν τοὺς συνθησομένους τὴν εἰρήνην, ἐφʼ οἷς ἂν οἱ πρεσβευταὶ κελεύσωσιν.
24.15.10ἀφικομένων δὲ τῶν πρέσβεων, καὶ συνελθόντων ὁμοῦ τῶν τε Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν περὶ Εὐμένη, καὶ τούτων μὲν εἰς ἅπαν ἑτοίμως συγκαταβαινόντων χάριν τοῦ συντελεσθῆναι τὴν εἰρήνην,
Book 24, Part 9
24.15.11τῶν δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Φαρνάκου πρὸς πᾶν διαφερομένων καὶ τοῖς ὁμολογηθεῖσιν οὐκ ἐμμενόντων, ἀλλʼ αἰεί τι προσεπιζητούντων καὶ μεταμελομένων, ταχέως τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐγένετο δῆλον ὅτι ματαιοπονοῦσιν. οὐ γὰρ οἷος τʼ ἦν συγκαταβαίνειν ὁ Φαρνάκης εἰς τὰς διαλύσεις.
24.15.12ὅθεν ἀπράκτου γενομένης τῆς κοινολογίας, καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀπαλλαγέντων ἐκ τοῦ Περγάμου, καὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Φαρνάκου πρέσβεων ἀπολυθέντων εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, ὁ μὲν πόλεμος ἐγεγένητο κατάμονος, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη πάλιν ἐγίνοντο περὶ τὰς εἰς τοῦτον παρασκευάς.
24.15.13ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ τῶν Ῥοδίων ἐπισπασαμένων τὸν Εὐμένη [καὶ] φιλοτίμως, οὗτος μὲν ἐξώρμησε μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς, πράξων τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Λυκίους
Book 25, Part 1
25.1.1Πολυβίου δʼ εἰπόντος τριακοσίας αὐτῶν καταλῦσαι πόλεις Τεβέριον Γράκχον, κωμῳδῶν φησι τοῦτο τῷ Γράκχῳ χαρίσασθαι τὸν ἄνδρα, τοὺς πύργους καλοῦντα πόλεις, ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς θριαμβικαῖς πομπαῖς.
25.1.2καὶ ἴσως οὐκ ἄπιστον τοῦτο λέγει· καὶ γὰρ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ συγγραφεῖς ῥᾳδίως ἐπὶ τοῦτο φέρονται τὸ ψεῦσμα, καλλωπίζοντες τὰς πράξεις.
25.2.1ὅτι ὁ Φαρνάκης, ἐξαπιναίου καὶ βαρείας αὐτῷ τῆς ἐφόδου γενομένης, ἕτοιμος ἦν πρὸς πᾶν τὸ προτεινόμενον· πρέσβεις γὰρ ἐξαπέστειλε πρὸς Εὐμένη καὶ Ἀριαράθην.
25.2.2τῶν δὲ περὶ Εὐμένη καὶ Ἀριαράθην προσδεξαμένων τοὺς λόγους καὶ παραχρῆμα συνεξαποστειλάντων πρεσβευτὰς παρʼ αὑτῶν πρὸς τὸν Φαρνάκην, καὶ τούτου γενομένου πλεονάκις παρʼ ἑκατέρων, ἐκυρώθησαν αἱ διαλύσεις ἐπὶ τούτοις·
25.2.3εἰρήνην ὑπάρχειν Εὐμένει καὶ Προυσίᾳ καὶ Ἀριαράθῃ πρὸς Φαρνάκην καὶ Μιθριδάτην εἰς τὸν πάντα χρόνον.
25.2.4Γαλατίας μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν Φαρνάκην κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον. ὅσαι γεγόνασιν πρότερον συνθῆκαι Φαρνάκῃ πρὸς Γαλάτας, ἀκύρους ὑπάρχειν.
Book 25, Part 2
25.2.5ὁμοίως Παφλαγονίας ἐκχωρεῖν, ἀποκαταστήσαντα τοὺς οἰκήτορας, οὓς πρότερον ἐξαγηόχει, σὺν δὲ τούτοις ὅπλα καὶ βέλη καὶ τὰς ἄλλας παρασκευάς.
25.2.6ἀποδοῦναι δὲ καὶ Ἀριαράθῃ τῶν τε χωρίων ὅσα παρῄρητο μετὰ τῆς προϋπαρχούσης κατασκευῆς καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους.
25.2.7ἀποδοῦναι δὲ καὶ Τίον παρὰ τὸν Πόντον, ὃν μετά τινα χρόνον Εὐμένης ἔδωκε Προυσίᾳ πεισθεὶς μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος.
25.2.8ἐγράφη δὲ καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἀποκαταστῆσαι Φαρνάκην χωρὶς λύτρων καὶ τοὺς αὐτομόλους ἅπαντας·
25.2.9πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τῆς γάζης, ἧς ἀπήνεγκε παρὰ Μορζίου καὶ Ἀριαράθου, ἀποδοῦναι τοῖς προειρημένοις βασιλεῦσιν ἐνακόσια τάλαντα,
25.2.10καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη τριακόσια προσθεῖναι τῆς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον δαπάνης.
Book 25, Part 3
25.2.11ἐπεγράφη δὲ καὶ Μιθριδάτῃ τῷ τῆς Ἀρμενίας σατράπῃ τριακόσια τάλαντα, διότι παραβὰς τὰς πρὸς Εὐμένη συνθήκας ἐπολέμησεν Ἀριαράθῃ.
25.2.12περιελήφθησαν δὲ ταῖς συνθήκαις τῶν μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν δυναστῶν Ἀρταξίας ὁ τῆς πλείστης Ἀρμενίας ἄρχων καὶ Ἀκουσίλοχος,
25.2.13τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην Γάταλος ὁ Σαρμάτης, τῶν δʼ αὐτονομουμένων Ἡρακλεῶται, Μεσημβριανοί, Χερρονησῖται, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Κυζικηνοί.
25.2.14περὶ δὲ τῶν ὁμήρων τελευταῖον ἐγράφη πόσους δεήσει καὶ τίνας δοῦναι τὸν Φαρνάκην· ὧν καὶ παραγενηθέντων ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀνέζευξαν αἱ δυνάμεις.
25.2.15καὶ τοῦ μὲν Εὐμένει καὶ Ἀριαράθῃ πρὸς Φαρνάκην συστάντος πολέμου τοιοῦτον ἀπέβη τὸ τέλος.
25.3.1ὅτι Περσεὺς ἀνανεωσάμενος τὴν φιλίαν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐθέως ἑλληνοκοπεῖν ἐπεβάλετο, κατακαλῶν εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ τοὺς τὰ χρέα φεύγοντας καὶ τοὺς πρὸς καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ βασιλικοῖς ἐγκλήμασι παρακεχωρηκότας.
Book 25, Part 4
25.3.2καὶ τούτων ἐξετίθει προγραφὰς εἴς τε Δῆλον καὶ Δελφοὺς καὶ τὸ τῆς Ἰτωνίας Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερόν, διδοὺς οὐ μόνον τὴν ἀσφάλειαν τοῖς καταπορευομένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων κομιδήν, ἀφʼ ὧν ἕκαστος ἔφυγε.
25.3.3παρέλυσε δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ τῶν βασιλικῶν ὀφειλημάτων, ἀφῆκε δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς φυλακαῖς ἐγκεκλεισμένους ἐπὶ βασιλικαῖς αἰτίαις.
25.3.4ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσας πολλοὺς ἐμετεώρισε, δοκῶν καλὰς ἐλπίδας ὑποδεικνύναι πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐν αὑτῷ.
25.3.5ἐπέφαινε δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ λοιπῷ βίῳ προστασίαν τὸ τῆς βασιλείας ἀξίωμα.
25.3.6κατά τε γὰρ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν ἦν ἱκανὸς καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν σωματικὴν χρείαν τὴν διατείνουσαν εἰς τὸν πραγματικὸν τρόπον εὔθετος, κατά τε τὴν ἐπίφασιν εἶχεν ἐπισκύνιον καὶ τάξιν οὐκ ἀνοίκειον τῆς ἡλικίας.
25.3.7ἐπεφεύγει δὲ καὶ τὴν πατρικὴν ἀσέλγειαν τήν τε περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὴν περὶ τοὺς πότους, καὶ οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς μέτριον ἔπινε δειπνῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ συνόντες αὐτῷ φίλοι.
Book 25, Part 5
25.3.8καὶ τὰ μὲν προοίμια τῆς Περσέως ἀρχῆς τοιαύτην εἶχε διάθεσιν. —
25.3.8ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ βασιλεύς,
25.3.9ὅτε μὲν ηὐξήθη καὶ τὴν κατὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐξουσίαν ἔλαβε, πάντων ἦν ἀπιστότατος καὶ παρανομώτατος, ὅτε δὲ πάλιν τὰ τῆς τύχης ἀντέπνευσε, πάντων μετριώτατος.
25.3.10ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῖς ὅλοις πράγμασιν ἔπταισε, πρὸς πᾶν τὸ μέλλον ἁρμοζόμενος ἐπειρᾶτο κατὰ πάντα τρόπον σωματοποιεῖν τὴν αὑτοῦ βασιλείαν.
25.4.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἀποστολὴν τῶν ὑπάτων Τεβερίου καὶ Κλαυδίου τὴν πρὸς Ἴστρους καὶ Ἀγρίους ἡ σύγκλητος ἐχρημάτισε τοῖς παρὰ τῶν Λυκίων ἥκουσι πρεσβευταῖς,
25.4.2ἤδη τῆς θερείας ληγούσης, οἵτινες παρεγένοντο μὲν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤδη καταπεπολεμημένων τῶν Λυκίων, ἐξαπεστάλησαν δὲ χρόνοις ἱκανοῖς ἀνώτερον.
Book 25, Part 6
25.4.3οἱ γὰρ Ξάνθιοι, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἔμελλον εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἐμβαίνειν, ἐξέπεμψαν πρεσβευτὰς εἴς τε τὴν Ἀχαΐαν καὶ τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς περὶ Νικόστρατον.
25.4.4οἳ τότε παραγενηθέντες εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πολλοὺς εἰς ἔλεον ἐξεκαλέσαντο τῶν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, τιθέντες ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τήν τε Ῥοδίων βαρύτητα καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν περίστασιν.
25.4.5καὶ τέλος εἰς τοῦτʼ ἤγαγον τὴν σύγκλητον, ὥστε πέμψαι πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον τοὺς διασαφήσοντας ὅτι, τῶν ὑπομνηματισμῶν ἀναληφθέντων ὧν οἱ δέκα πρέσβεις ἐποιήσαντο κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, ὅτε τὰ πρὸς Ἀντίοχον ἐχείριζον, εὕρηνται Λύκιοι δεδομένοι Ῥοδίοις οὐκ ἐν δωρεᾷ, τὸ δὲ πλεῖον ὡς φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι.
25.4.6τοιαύτης δὲ γενομένης διαλύσεως, οὐδʼ ὅλως ἤρεσκε πολλοῖς τὸ γεγονός.
25.4.7ἐδόκουν γὰρ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ῥοδίους καὶ Λυκίους διαγωνοθετεῖν, θέλοντες ἐκδαπανᾶσθαι τὰς παραθέσεις τῶν Ῥοδίων καὶ τοὺς θησαυρούς,
25.4.8ἀκηκοότες τήν τε νυμφαγωγίαν τὴν νεωστὶ τῷ Περσεῖ γεγενημένην ὑπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἀνάπειραν τῶν πλοίων.
Book 25, Part 7
25.4.9συνέβαινε γὰρ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον ἐπιφανῶς καὶ μεγαλομερῶς ταῖς παρασκευαῖς ἀναπεπειρᾶσθαι τοὺς Ῥοδίους ἅπασι τοῖς σκάφεσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῖς.
25.4.10καὶ γὰρ ξύλων πλῆθος εἰς ναυπηγίαν ἐδίδοτο παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως τοῖς Ῥοδίοις, καὶ στελγίδα χρυσῆν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἀφρακτιτῶν ἐδεδώρητο τῶν νεωστὶ νενυμφαγωγηκότων αὐτῷ τὴν Λαοδίκην.
25.5.1ὅτι εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον παραγενομένων τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευτῶν καὶ διασαφούντων τὰ δεδογμένα τῇ συγκλήτῳ, θόρυβος ἦν ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ καὶ πολλὴ ταραχὴ περὶ τοὺς πολιτευομένους, ἀγανακτούντων ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ φάσκειν ἐν δωρεᾷ δεδόσθαι τοὺς Λυκίους αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ συμμαχίαν.
25.5.2ἄρτι γὰρ δοκοῦντες καλῶς τεθεῖσθαι τὰ κατὰ Λυκίους, αὖθις ἄλλην ἀρχὴν ἑώρων φυομένην πραγμάτων·
25.5.3εὐθέως γὰρ οἱ Λύκιοι, τῶν Ῥωμαίων παραγενομένων καὶ διασαφούντων ταῦτα τοῖς Ῥοδίοις, πάλιν ἐστασίαζον καὶ πᾶν ὑπομένειν οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὐτονομίας καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας.
25.5.4οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ οἵ γε Ῥόδιοι διακούσαντες τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καὶ νομίσαντες ἐξηπατῆσθαι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ὑπὸ τῶν Λυκίων, παραχρῆμα κατέστησαν τοὺς περὶ Λυκόφρονα πρεσβευτάς, διδάξοντας τὴν σύγκλητον περὶ τῶν προειρημένων.
Book 25, Part 8
25.5.5καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν, ὅσον οὔπω δοκούντων πάλιν ἐπαναστήσεσθαι τῶν Λυκίων.
25.6.1ὅτι ἡ σύγκλητος, παραγενομένων τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥόδου πρεσβευτῶν, διακούσασα τῶν λόγων ὑπερέθετο τὴν ἀπόκρισιν.
25.6.2ἡκόντων δὲ τῶν Δαρδανίων καὶ περὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν Βασταρνῶν καὶ περὶ τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις τόλμης ἐξηγουμένων,
25.6.3καὶ διασαφούντων περὶ τῆς Περσέως κοινοπραγίας καὶ τῶν Γαλατῶν καὶ φασκόντων τοῦτον ἀγωνιᾶν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς Βαστάρνας καὶ διὰ ταῦτα δεομένων σφίσι βοηθεῖν,
25.6.4παρόντων δὲ καὶ Θετταλῶν καὶ συνεπιμαρτυρούντων τοῖς Δαρδανίοις καὶ παρακαλούντων καὶ τούτων ἐπὶ τὴν βοήθειαν,
25.6.5ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ πέμψαι τινὰς τοὺς αὐτόπτας ἐσομένους τῶν προσαγγελλομένων.
Book 25, Part 9
25.6.6καὶ παραυτίκα καταστήσαντες Αὖλον Ποστόμιον ἐξαπέστειλαν καὶ σὺν τούτῳ τινὰς τῶν νέων.
Book 26, Part 1
26.1a.1Πολύβιος δʼ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ καὶ εἰκοστῇ τῶν Ἱστοριῶν καλεῖ αὐτὸν Ἐπιμανῆ καὶ οὐκ Ἐπιφανῆ διὰ τὰς πράξεις. οὐ μόνον γὰρ μετὰ δημοτῶν ἀνθρώπων κατέβαινεν εἰς ὁμιλίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τῶν παρεπιδημούντων ξένων καὶ τῶν εὐτελεστάτων συνέπινεν.
26.1a.2εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν νεωτέρων, φησίν, αἴσθοιτο τινας συνευωχουμένους ὁπουδήποτε, παρῆν μετὰ κερατίου καὶ συμφωνίας, ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς διὰ τὸ παράδοξον ἀνισταμένους φεύγειν. πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τὴν βασιλικὴν ἐσθῆτα ἀποβαλὼν τήβενναν ἀναλαβὼν περιῄει τὴν ἀγοράν. —
26.1.1Ἀντίοχος ὁ Ἐπιφανὴς μὲν κληθείς, Ἐπιμανὴς δʼ ἐκ τῶν πράξεων ὀνομασθείς [...] περὶ οὗ φησι Πολύβιος τάδε, ὡς ἀποδιδράσκων ἐκ τῆς αὐλῆς ἐνίοτε τοὺς θεραπεύοντας, οὗ τύχοι τῆς πόλεως, ἀλύων ἐφαίνετο δεύτερος καὶ τρίτος.
Book 26, Part 2
26.1.2μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοῖς ἀργυροκοπείοις εὑρίσκετο καὶ χρυσοχοείοις, εὑρησιλογῶν καὶ φιλοτεχνῶν πρὸς τοὺς τορευτὰς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τεχνίτας.
26.1.3ἔπειτα καὶ μετὰ δημοτῶν ἀνθρώπων συγκαταβαίνων ὡμίλει, ᾧ τύχοι, καὶ μετὰ τῶν παρεπιδημούντων συνέπινε τῶν εὐτελεστάτων.
26.1.4ὅτε δὲ τῶν νεωτέρων αἴσθοιτό τινας συνευωχουμένους, οὐδεμίαν ἔμφασιν ποιήσας παρῆν ἐπικωμάζων μετὰ κερατίου καὶ συμφωνίας, ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς διὰ τὸ παράδοξον ἀφισταμένους φεύγειν.
Book 26, Part 3
26.1.5πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τὴν βασιλικὴν ἀποθέμενος ἐσθῆτα τήβενναν ἀναλαβὼν περιῄει κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀρχαιρεσιάζων καὶ τοὺς μὲν δεξιούμενος, τοὺς δὲ καὶ περιπτύσσων παρεκάλει φέρειν αὑτῷ τὴν ψῆφον, ποτὲ μὲν ὡς ἀγορανόμος γένηται, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ ὡς δήμαρχος.
26.1.6τυχὼν δὲ τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τὸν ἐλεφάντινον δίφρον κατὰ τὸ παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἔθος διήκουε τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν γινομένων συναλλαγμάτων καὶ διέκρινε μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς καὶ προθυμίας. ἐξ ὧν εἰς ἀπορίαν ἦγε τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς·
26.1.7οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀφελῆ τινα αὐτὸν εἶναι ὑπελάμβανον, οἱ δὲ μαινόμενον. καὶ γὰρ περὶ τὰς δωρεὰς ἦν παραπλήσιος· ἐδίδου γὰρ τοῖς μὲν ἀστραγάλους δορκαδείους,
Book 26, Part 4
26.1.8τοῖς δὲ φοινικοβαλάνους, ἄλλοις δὲ χρυσίον.
26.1.9καὶ ἐξ ἀπαντήσεως δέ τισιν ἐντυγχάνων, οὓς μὴ ἑωράκει ποτέ, ἐδίδου δωρεὰς ἀπροσδοκήτους.
26.1.10ἐν δὲ ταῖς πρὸς τὰς πόλεις θυσίαις καὶ ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς τιμαῖς πάντας ὑπερέβαλλε τοὺς βεβασιλευκότας.
Book 26, Part 5
26.1.11τοῦτο δʼ ἄν τις τεκμήραιτο ἔκ τε τοῦ παρʼ Ἀθηναίοις Ὀλυμπιείου καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν ἐν Δήλῳ βωμὸν ἀνδριάντων.
26.1.12ἐλούετο δὲ κἀν τοῖς δημοσίοις βαλανείοις, ὅτε δημοτῶν ἦν τὰ βαλανεῖα πεπληρωμένα, κεραμίων εἰσφερομένων αὐτῷ μύρων τῶν πολυτελεστάτων.
26.1.13ὅτε καί τινος εἰπόντος "3Μακάριοί ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ βασιλεῖς οἱ καὶ τούτοις χρώμενοι καὶ ὀδωδότες ἡδύ"3 [καὶ] μηδὲν τὸν ἄνθρωπον προσειπών, ὅπου ʼκεῖνος τῇ ἑξῆς ἐλοῦτο, ἐπεισελθὼν ἐποίησεν αὐτοῦ καταχυθῆναι τῆς κεφαλῆς μέγιστον κεράμιον πολυτελεστάτου μύρου, τῆς στακτῆς καλουμένης,
Book 26, Part 6
26.1.14ὡς πάντας ἀναστάντας κυλίεσθαι τοὺς λουομένους τῷ μύρῳ καὶ διὰ τὴν γλισχρότητα καταπίπτοντας γέλωτα παρέχειν, καθάπερ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα.
Book 27, Part 1
27.1.1ὅτι ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ παρεγένοντο πρέσβεις παρὰ μὲν Θεσπιέων οἱ περὶ Λασῆν καὶ Καλλέαν, παρὰ δὲ Νέωνος Ἰσμηνίας,
27.1.2οἱ μὲν περὶ Λασῆν ἐγχειρίζοντες τὴν ἑαυτῶν πατρίδα Ῥωμαίοις, ὁ δʼ Ἰσμηνίας κατὰ κοινὸν πάσας τὰς ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ πόλεις διδοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν πίστιν.
27.1.3ἦν δὲ τοῦτο μὲν ἐναντιώτατον τοῖς περὶ τὸν Μάρκιον, τὸ δὲ κατὰ πόλιν διελεῖν τοὺς Βοιωτοὺς οἰκειότατον.
27.1.4διὸ τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὸν Λασῆν καὶ τοὺς Χαιρωνεῖς καὶ τοὺς Λεβαδεῖς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ὅσοι παρῆσαν ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων, ἀσμένως ἀπεδέχοντο καὶ κατέψων,
27.1.5τὸν δʼ Ἰσμηνίαν παρεδειγμάτιζον, ἀποτριβόμενοι καὶ παρορῶντες.
27.1.6ὅτε καὶ συνεπιθέμενοί τινες τῶν φυγάδων μικροῦ κατέλευσαν τὸν Ἰσμηνίαν, εἰ μὴ κατέφυγεν ὑπὸ τὰ δίθυρα τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
27.1.7κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις συνέβαινε ταραχὰς εἶναι καὶ στάσεις.
27.1.8οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἔφασαν δεῖν διδόναι τὴν πόλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν, οἱ δὲ Κορωνεῖς καὶ Ἁλιάρτιοι συνδεδραμηκότες εἰς τὰς Θήβας ἀκμὴν ἀντεποιοῦντο τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ μένειν ἔφασαν δεῖν ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸν Περσέα συμμαχίᾳ.
27.1.9καὶ μέχρι μέν τινος ἐφάμιλλος ἦν ἡ διάθεσις τῶν στασιαζόντων. Ὀλυμπίχου δὲ τοῦ Κορωνέως πρώτου μεταθεμένου καὶ φάσκοντος δεῖν ἀντέχεσθαι Ῥωμαίων, ἐγένετό τις ὁλοσχερὴς ῥοπὴ καὶ μετάπτωσις τοῦ πλήθους,
27.1.10καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Δικέταν ἠνάγκασαν πρεσβεύειν πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Μάρκιον, ἀπολογησόμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Περσέα συμμαχίας.
27.1.11μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς περὶ τὸν Νέωνα καὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν ἐξέβαλον, συντρέχοντες ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας αὐτῶν καὶ κελεύοντες αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἀπολογεῖσθαι περὶ τῶν διῳκονομημένων· οὗτοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ τὰ περὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν οἰκονομήσαντες. τούτων δὲ παραχωρησάντων,
27.1.12ἐξ αὐτῆς ἁθροισθέντες εἰς ἐκκλησίαν πρῶτον μὲν τιμὰς ἐψηφίσαντο καὶ δωρεὰς τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, εἶτʼ ἐνεργεῖν ἐπέταξαν τοῖς ἄρχουσι τὴν συμμαχίαν,
27.1.13ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν πρεσβευτὰς κατέστησαν τοὺς ἐγχειριοῦντας τὴν πόλιν Ῥωμαίοις καὶ κατάξοντας τοὺς παρʼ αὑτῶν φυγάδας.
27.2.1τούτων δὲ συντελουμένων ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις, οἱ φυγάδες ἐν τῇ Χαλκίδι προστησάμενοι Πομπίδην κατηγορίαν ἐποιοῦντο τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἰσμηνίαν καὶ Νέωνα καὶ Δικέταν.
27.2.2προδήλου δὲ τῆς ἀγνοίας οὔσης τῶν προειρημένων, καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων συνεπισχυόντων τοῖς φυγάσιν,
27.2.3εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην διάθεσιν ἧκον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν, ὥστε καὶ τῷ βίῳ κινδυνεῦσαι παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ὁρμῆς τοῦ πλήθους, ἕως οὗ βραχύ τι τῆς ἀσφαλείας αὐτῶν προυνοήθησαν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι, παρακατασχόντες τὴν ἐπιφορὰν τῶν ὄχλων.
27.2.4τῶν δὲ Θηβαίων παραγενομένων καὶ κομιζόντων τὰ προειρημένα δόγματα καὶ τὰς τιμάς, ταχεῖαν ἕκαστα τῶν πραγμάτων ἐλάμβανε τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν, ἅτε τῶν πόλεων παρακειμένων ἀλλήλαις ἐν πάνυ βραχεῖ διαστήματι.
27.2.5πλὴν ἀποδεξάμενοι τοὺς Θηβαίους οἱ περὶ τὸν Μάρκιον τήν τε πόλιν ἐπῄνεσαν καὶ τοὺς φυγάδας συνεβούλευσαν καταγαγεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
Book 27, Part 2
27.2.6εὐθύς τε παρήγγειλαν πρεσβεύειν πᾶσι τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, διδόντας αὑτοὺς εἰς τὴν πίστιν κατʼ ἰδίαν ἑκάστους.
27.2.7πάντων δὲ κατὰ τὴν πρόθεσιν αὐτοῖς χωρούντων — ταῦτα δʼ ἦν τὸ διαλῦσαι τῶν Βοιωτῶν τὸ ἔθνος καὶ λυμήνασθαι τὴν τῶν πολλῶν εὔνοιαν πρὸς τὴν Μακεδόνων οἰκίαν —
27.2.8οὗτοι μὲν μεταπεμψάμενοι Σέρουιον ἐξ Ἄργους καὶ καταλιπόντες ἐπὶ τῆς Χαλκίδος προῆγον ἐπὶ Πελοπόννησον, Νέων δὲ μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς Μακεδονίαν.
27.2.9οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἰσμηνίαν καὶ Δικέταν τότε μὲν ἀπήχθησαν εἰς φυλακήν, μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον ἀπήλλαξαν αὑτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν.
27.2.10τὸ δὲ τῶν Βοιωτῶν ἔθνος ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον συντετηρηκὸς τὴν κοινὴν συμπολιτείαν καὶ πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους καιροὺς διαπεφευγὸς παραδόξως τότε προπετῶς καὶ ἀλογίστως ἑλόμενον τὰ παρὰ Περσέως, εἰκῇ καὶ παιδαριωδῶς πτοηθὲν κατελύθη καὶ διεσκορπίσθη κατὰ πόλεις.
27.2.11οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Αὖλον καὶ Μάρκιον παραγενηθέντες εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἀργείων πόλιν ἐχρημάτισαν ταῖς συναρχίαις ταῖς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ παρεκάλεσαν Ἄρχωνα τὸν στρατηγὸν χιλίους ἐκπέμψαι στρατιώτας εἰς Χαλκίδα, παραφυλάξοντας τὴν πόλιν μέχρι τῆς Ῥωμαίων διαβάσεως.
27.2.12τοῦ δʼ Ἄρχωνος ἑτοίμως συνυπακούσαντος, οὗτοι μὲν ταῦτα διαπράξαντες ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατὰ χειμῶνα καὶ τῷ Ποπλίῳ συμμίξαντες ἀπέπλεον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην. —
27.3.1ὅτι οἱ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον καὶ Ποστόμιον καὶ Ἰούνιον κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἐπιπορευόμενοι τὰς νήσους καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν πόλεις πλεῖστον δʼ ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ,
27.3.2καίπερ οὐ προσδεομένων τῶν Ῥοδίων κατὰ τοὺς τότε χρόνους.
27.3.3Ἁγησίλοχος γάρ, τότε πρυτανεύων, ἀνὴρ τῶν εὐδοκιμούντων, ὁ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πρεσβεύσας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἔτι πρότερον ἅμα τῷ φανερὸν γενέσθαι διότι μέλλουσι πολεμεῖν Ῥωμαῖοι τῷ Περσεῖ, τἄλλα τε παρακεκλήκει τοὺς πολλοὺς ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινωνεῖν τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων καὶ τετταράκοντα ναῦς συμβουλεύσας τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ὑποζωννύειν,
27.3.4ἵνʼ, ἐάν τις ἐκ τῶν καιρῶν γένηται χρεία, μὴ τότε παρασκευάζωνται πρὸς τὸ παρακαλούμενον, ἀλλʼ ἑτοίμως διακείμενοι πράττωσι τὸ κριθὲν ἐξ αὐτῆς.
27.3.5ἃ τότε προφερόμενος τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καὶ δεικνὺς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τὰς παρασκευάς, εὐδοκουμένους τῇ πόλει τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαπέστειλεν. οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ἀποδεδεγμένοι τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων εὔνοιαν ἐκομίζοντο εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην. —
27.4.1ὅτι Περσεὺς μετὰ τὸν σύλλογον τὸν πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, τῶν Ἑλλήνων, πάντα τὰ δίκαια κατέταττεν εἰς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν καὶ τοὺς ὑφʼ ἑκατέρων ῥηθέντας λόγους,
27.4.2ἅμα μὲν ὑπολαμβάνων ὑπερδέξιος φανήσεσθαι τοῖς δικαίοις, ἅμα δὲ βουλόμενος ἀπόπειραν λαμβάνειν τῆς ἑκάστων προαιρέσεως.
27.4.3πρὸς μὲν οὖν τοὺς ἄλλους διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν γραμματοφόρων ἔπεμπε τὰς ἐπιστολάς, εἰς δὲ τὴν Ῥόδον καὶ πρεσβευτὰς συναπέστειλεν Ἀντήνορα καὶ Φίλιππον.
27.4.4οἳ καὶ παραγενηθέντες τὰ γεγραμμένα τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἀπέδωκαν· καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἐπελθόντες ἐπὶ τὴν βουλὴν παρεκάλουν τοὺς Ῥοδίους κατὰ μὲν τὸ παρὸν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, ἀποθεωροῦντας τὸ γινόμενον·
27.4.5ἐὰν δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας ἐγχειρῶσι τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλειν τῷ Περσεῖ καὶ Μακεδόσιν, πειρᾶσθαι διαλύειν.
27.4.6τοῦτο γὰρ πᾶσι μὲν συμφέρειν, πρέπειν δὲ μάλιστα Ῥοδίοις.
Book 27, Part 3
27.4.7ὅσῳ γὰρ πλεῖον ὀρέγονται τῆς ἰσηγορίας καὶ παρρησίας καὶ διατελοῦσι προστατοῦντες οὐ μόνον τῆς αὑτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήμων ἐλευθερίας, τοσούτῳ καὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν προαίρεσιν μάλιστα δεῖν αὐτοὺς προορᾶσθαι καὶ φυλάττεσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν.
27.4.8ταῦτα καὶ τούτοις παραπλήσια διαλεχθέντων τῶν πρέσβεων, ἤρεσκε μὲν ἅπασι τὰ λεγόμενα·
27.4.9προκατεχόμενοι δὲ τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐνοίᾳ, καὶ νικῶντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ βελτίονος, τἄλλα μὲν ἀπεδέξαντο φιλανθρώπως τοὺς πρεσβευτάς, ἠξίουν δὲ τὸν Περσέα διὰ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως εἰς μηδὲν αὑτοὺς παρακαλεῖν τοιοῦτον ἐξ οὗ φανήσονται πρὸς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀντιπράττοντες βούλησιν.
27.4.10οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀντήνορα τὴν μὲν ἀπόκρισιν οὐκ ἔλαβον , τὴν δὲ λοιπὴν φιλανθρωπίαν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὴν Ῥοδίων ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν. —
27.5.1ὅτι Περσεὺς πυνθανόμενος ἔτι τινὰς τῶν ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ πόλεις ἀντέχεσθαι τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐνοίας, Ἀντίγονον ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν Ἀλεξάνδρου πρεσβευτήν.
27.5.2ὃς καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Βοιωτοὺς τὰς μὲν ἄλλας πόλεις παρῆκε διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν λαμβάνειν ἐπιπλοκῆς,
27.5.3εἰς δὲ Κορώνειαν καὶ Θίσβας, ἔτι δʼ Ἁλίαρτον εἰσελθὼν παρεκάλεσε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀντέχεσθαι τῆς πρὸς Μακεδόνας εὐνοίας.
27.5.4τῶν δὲ προθύμως ἀποδεχομένων τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ πρεσβευτὰς ψηφισαμένων πέμπειν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, οὗτος μὲν ἀπέπλευσε καὶ συμμίξας τῷ βασιλεῖ διεσάφει τὰ κατὰ τὴν Βοιωτίαν.
27.5.5παραγενομένων δὲ καὶ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν μετʼ ὀλίγον καὶ παρακαλούντων βοήθειαν ἐκπέμψαι ταῖς πόλεσι ταῖς αἱρουμέναις τὰ Μακεδόνων·
27.5.6τοὺς γὰρ Θηβαίους βαρεῖς ὄντας ἐπικεῖσθαι καὶ παρενοχλεῖν αὐτοὺς διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι συμφρονεῖν σφίσιν μηδʼ αἱρεῖσθαι τὰ Ῥωμαίων·
27.5.7ἅπερ ὁ Περσεὺς διακούσας βοήθειαν μὲν οὐδαμῶς ἔφη δύνασθαι πέμπειν οὐδενὶ διὰ τὰς ἀνοχάς,
27.5.8καθόλου δʼ αὐτοὺς παρεκάλει Θηβαίους μὲν ἀμύνασθαι κατὰ δύναμιν, Ῥωμαίοις δὲ μὴ πολεμεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν. —
27.6.1ὅτι οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας παραγεγονότων πρεσβευτῶν διακούσαντες τά τε κατὰ τὴν Ῥόδον καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις προσεκαλέσαντο τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως πρεσβευτάς.
27.6.2οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Σόλωνα καὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν ἐπειρῶντο μὲν καὶ περὶ τῶν ὅλων λέγειν τι καὶ παραιτεῖσθαι τὴν σύγκλητον· τὸ δὲ πλέον ἀπελογοῦντο περὶ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς τῆς κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη. ληξάντων δὲ τῆς δικαιολογίας αὐτῶν,
27.6.3πάλαι προδιειληφότες ὑπὲρ τοῦ πολεμεῖν προσέταξαν αὐτοῖς ἐκ μὲν τῆς Ῥώμης εὐθέως ἀπαλλάττεσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν Μακεδόσιν, ὅσοι παρεπιδημοῦντες ἔτυχον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐν τριάκονθʼ ἡμέραις ἐκχωρεῖν.
27.6.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς ὑπάτους ἀνακαλεσάμενοι παρώρμων ἔχεσθαι τοῦ καιροῦ καὶ μὴ καθυστερεῖν. —
27.7.1ὅτι Γάιος ἔτι περὶ τὴν Κεφαλληνίαν ὁρμῶν ἐξέπεμψε τοῖς Ῥοδίοις γράμματα περὶ πλοίων ἐξαποστολῆς, συνθεὶς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀλείπτῃ τινὶ Σωκράτει.
27.7.2παραγενομένων δὲ τῶν γραμμάτων εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, Στρατοκλέους πρυτανεύοντος τὴν δευτέραν ἕκμηνον,
Book 27, Part 4
27.7.3καὶ τοῦ διαβουλίου προτεθέντος, τοῖς μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθάγητον καὶ Ῥοδοφῶντα καὶ Ἀστυμήδην καὶ ἑτέροις πλείοσιν ἐδόκει πέμπειν τὰς ναῦς καὶ συνάπτεσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς εὐθέως τοῦ πολέμου, μηδεμίαν πρόφασιν ποιουμένους.
27.7.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον δυσαρεστοῦντες μὲν καὶ τοῖς ἤδη γεγονόσι φιλανθρώποις πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, τότε δὲ προθέμενοι τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους πρόσωπον ἤρξαντο λυμαίνεσθαι τὴν τῶν πολλῶν προαίρεσιν.
27.7.5ὑπαρχούσης γὰρ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ὑποψίας καὶ διαφορᾶς πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, πάλαι μὲν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς Φαρνάκην, ὅτε, τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους ἐφορμοῦντος ἐπὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον στόματος χάριν τοῦ κωλύειν τοὺς πλέοντας εἰς τὸν Πόντον, ἐπελάβοντο τῆς ὁρμῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ διεκώλυσαν Ῥόδιοι,
27.7.6μικροῖς δʼ ἀνώτερον χρόνοις ἐκ τῶν Λυκιακῶν ἀναξαινομένης τῆς διαφορᾶς ἔκ τινων ἐρυμάτων καὶ χώρας, ἣν συνέβαινε κεῖσθαι μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐσχατιᾶς τῆς τῶν Ῥοδίων Περαίας, κακοποιεῖσθαι δὲ συνεχῶς διὰ τῶν ὑπʼ Εὐμένει ταττομένων·
27.7.7ἐκ πάντων δὴ τούτων εὐηκόως διέκειντο πρὸς πᾶν τὸ λεγόμενον κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.
27.7.8διὸ ταύτης ἐπιλαβόμενοι τῆς ἀφορμῆς οἱ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα διέσυρον τὴν ἐπιστολήν, φάσκοντες οὐ παρὰ Ῥωμαίων αὐτὴν ἥκειν, ἀλλὰ παρʼ Εὐμένους, θέλοντος αὐτοὺς ἐκείνου κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐμβιβάζειν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον καὶ προσάπτειν τῷ δήμῳ δαπάνας καὶ κακοπαθείας οὐκ ἀναγκαίας.
27.7.9καὶ μαρτύριον ἐποίουν τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀποφάσεως τὸ παραγεγονέναι φέροντα τὴν ἐπιστολὴν [ἀλείπτην τινὰ καὶ] τοιοῦτον ἄνθρωπον, οὐκ εἰωθότων τοῦτο ποιεῖν Ῥωμαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς καὶ προστασίας διαπεμπομένων ὑπὲρ τῶν τοιούτων. ἔλεγον δὲ ταῦτα,
27.7.10καλῶς μὲν εἰδότες ὅτι συμβαίνει γεγράφθαι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ Λοκρητίου, βουλόμενοι δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς διδάσκειν μηδὲν ἐξ ἑτοίμου ποιεῖν Ῥωμαίοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν πᾶσι δυσχρηστεῖν καὶ διδόναι προσκοπῆς καὶ δυσαρεστήσεως ἀφορμάς.
27.7.11ἦν γὰρ τὸ προκείμενον αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐνοίας ἀλλοτριοῦν τὸν δῆμον, εἰς δὲ τὴν τοῦ Περσέως φιλίαν ἐμπλέκειν, καθʼ ὅσον οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν.
27.7.12συνέβαινε δὲ τοὺς προειρημένους οἰκείους ὑπάρχειν διὰ τὸ τὸν μὲν Πολυάρατον, ἀλαζονικώτερον ὄντα καὶ κενόδοξον, ὑπόχρεων πεποιηκέναι τὴν οὐσίαν, τὸν δὲ Δείνωνα, φιλάργυρον ὄντα καὶ θρασύν, ἐξ ἀρχῆς οἰκεῖον εἶναι τῆς ἐκ τῶν δυναστῶν καὶ βασιλέων ἐπανορθώσεως.
27.7.13ἐφʼ οἷς Στρατοκλῆς ὁ πρύτανις ἐπαναστὰς καὶ πολλὰ μὲν κατὰ τοῦ Περσέως εἰπών, πολλὰ δὲ περὶ Ῥωμαίων ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ, παρώρμησε τοὺς πολλοὺς εἰς τὸ κυρῶσαι τὸ ψήφισμα τὸ περὶ τῆς ἐξαποστολῆς τῶν πλοίων.
27.7.14καὶ παραυτίκα καταρτίσαντες τετρήρεις ἕξ, πέντε μὲν ἐξαπέστειλαν ἐπὶ Χαλκίδος, ἡγεμόνα συστήσαντες ἐπʼ αὐτῶν Τιμαγόραν, τὴν δὲ μίαν εἰς Τένεδον, ἐφʼ ἧς ἄρχων ἐπέπλει
27.7.15Τιμαγόρας. ὃς καὶ καταλαβὼν ἐν Τενέδῳ Διοφάνην, ἀπεσταλμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Περσέως πρὸς Ἀντίοχον, αὐτοῦ μὲν οὐκ ἐγενήθη κύριος, τοῦ δὲ πληρώματος.
27.7.16ὁ δὲ Λοκρήτιος πάντας ἀποδεξάμενος φιλανθρώπως τοὺς κατὰ θάλατταν παραγεγονότας συμμάχους ἀπέλυσε τῆς χρείας, φήσας οὐ προσδεῖσθαι τὰ πράγματα τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν βοηθείας. —
27.8.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν νίκην τῶν Μακεδόνων, συνεδρίου παρὰ τῷ Περσεῖ συναχθέντος, ὑπέδειξάν τινες τῶν φίλων διότι δεῖ πρεσβείαν πέμψαι τὸν βασιλέα πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
27.8.2ἐπιδεχόμενον ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὅτι φόρους δώσει Ῥωμαίοις, ὅσους πρότερον ὑπέσχετο [ὁ] πατὴρ καταπολεμηθείς, καὶ τόπων ἐκχωρήσει τῶν αὐτῶν.
27.8.3ἐάν τε γὰρ δέξωνται τὰς διαλύσεις, καλὴν ἔφασαν ἔσεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν ἐξαγωγὴν τοῦ πολέμου, πεπροτερηκότι διὰ τῶν ὑπαίθρων, καὶ καθόλου πρὸς τὸ μέλλον εὐλαβεστέρους ὑπάρξειν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, πεῖραν εἰληφότας τῆς Μακεδόνων ἀνδρείας εἰς τὸ μηδὲν ἄδικον μηδὲ βαρὺ προστάττειν Μακεδόσιν.
27.8.4ἐάν τε μὴ δέξωνται θυμομαχοῦντες ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν, ἐκείνοις μὲν δικαίως νεμεσήσειν τὸ δαιμόνιον, αὐτῷ δὲ διὰ τὴν μετριότητα συναγωνιστὰς ὑπάρξειν τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
Book 27, Part 5
27.8.5ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐδόκει τοῖς πλείοσι τῶν φίλων. συγκαταθεμένου δὲ τοῦ Περσέως ἐπέμποντο παραχρῆμα πρεσβευταὶ Πάνταυχος Βαλάκρου καὶ Μίδων Βεροιεύς.
27.8.6ὧν παραγενομένων πρὸς τὸν Λικίννιον εὐθέως ὁ στρατηγὸς συνῆγε συνέδριον. τῶν δὲ πρέσβεων διασαφησάντων τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἐντολάς, μεταστησάμενοι τοὺς περὶ τὸν Πάνταυχον ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῶν προσπεπτωκότων.
27.8.7ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁμοθυμαδὸν ὡς βαρυτάτην δοῦναι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν.
27.8.8ἴδιον γὰρ τοῦτο πάντῃ παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἔθος καὶ πάτριόν ἐστι τὸ κατὰ μὲν τὰς ἐλαττώσεις αὐθαδεστάτους καὶ βαρυτάτους φαίνεσθαι, κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἐπιτυχίας ὡς μετριωτάτους.
27.8.9τοῦτο δʼ ὅτι καλὸν πᾶς ἄν τις ὁμολογήσειεν· εἰ δὲ καὶ δυνατὸν ἐν ἐνίοις καιροῖς, εἰκότως ἄν τις ἐπαπορήσειεν.
27.8.10πλὴν τότε γε τοιαύτην ἔδωκαν τὴν ἀπόκρισιν· ἐκέλευον γὰρ ἐπιτρέπειν τὸν Περσέα τὰ καθʼ αὑτόν, καὶ καθόλου διδόναι τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ὡς ἂν αὐτῇ δοκῇ, βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Μακεδονίαν.
27.8.11οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Πάνταυχον ταῦτʼ ἀκούσαντες ἐπανῆλθον καὶ διεσάφουν τῷ Περσεῖ καὶ τοῖς φίλοις.
27.8.12ὧν τινες ἐκπληττόμενοι τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν παρωξύνοντο καὶ συνεβούλευον τῷ Περσεῖ μήτε διαπρεσβεύεσθαι μηκέτι μήτε διαπέμπεσθαι περὶ μηδενός.
27.8.13οὐ μὴν ὁ Περσεὺς τοιοῦτος ἦν, ἀλλὰ προστιθεὶς καὶ τὸ πλῆθος αὔξων τῶν χρημάτων διεπέμπετο πλεονάκις πρὸς τὸν Λικίννιον. προκόπτων δʼ οὐδέν,
27.8.14ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πλείστων φίλων ἐπιτιμώντων αὐτῷ καὶ φασκόντων ὅτι νικῶν ποιεῖ τὰ τοῦ λειπομένου καὶ τοῖς ὅλοις ἐπταικότος,
27.8.15οὕτως ἠναγκάσθη τὰς διαπρεσβείας ἀπογνοὺς μεταστρατοπεδεῦσαι πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ Συκύριον. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν. —
27.9.1ὅτι τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἱππομαχίαν φήμης μετὰ τὴν νίκην τῶν Μακεδόνων εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διαγγελθείσης ἐξέλαμψε καθαπερεὶ πῦρ ἡ τῶν πολλῶν πρὸς τὸν Περσέα διάθεσις, τὸν πρὸ τούτου χρόνον ἐπικρυπτομένων τῶν πλείστων.
27.9.2ἦν δὲ περὶ αὐτοὺς τοιαύτη τις, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, διάθεσις· παραπλήσιον ἦν τὸ γινόμενον τῷ συμβαίνοντι περὶ τοὺς γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας.
27.9.3καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἐκείνοις ὅταν πρὸς ἐπιφανῆ καὶ ἀήττητον ἀθλητὴν εἶναι δοκοῦντα συγκαταστῇ ταπεινὸς καὶ πολὺ καταδεέστερος ἀνταγωνιστής, εὐθέως ἀπομερίζει τὰ πλήθη τὴν εὔνοιαν τῷ καταδεεστέρῳ καὶ θαρρεῖν παρακαλεῖ καὶ συνεξανίσταται τούτῳ ταῖς ὁρμαῖς·
27.9.4ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ψαύσῃ τοῦ προσώπου καὶ ποιήσῃ τι σημεῖον τῆς πληγῆς, παραυτίκα πάλιν ἁπάντων ἀγὼν μικρὸς γίνεται·
27.9.5ποτὲ δὲ καὶ χλευάζειν ἐγχειροῦσι τὸν ἕτερον, οὐ μισοῦντες οὐδὲ καταγινώσκοντες, ἀλλὰ παραδόξως τε συμπαθεῖς γινόμενοι καὶ τῷ καταδεεστέρῳ φύσει προσμερίζοντες τὴν ἑαυτῶν εὔνοιαν·
27.9.6οὓς ἐὰν ἐπιστήσῃ τις ἐν καιρῷ, ταχέως μετατίθενται καὶ παρὰ πόδας ἐπιλαμβάνονται τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀγνοίας.
27.9.6ὅ φασι ποιῆσαι Κλειτόμαχον·
Book 27, Part 6
27.9.7ἐκείνου γὰρ ἀνυποστάτου δοκοῦντος εἶναι κατὰ τὴν ἄθλησιν, καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ δόξης ἐπιπολαζούσης κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, Πτολεμαῖόν φασι τὸν βασιλέα φιλοδοξήσαντα πρὸς τὸ καταλῦσαι τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, παρασκευάσαντα μετὰ πολλῆς φιλοτιμίας Ἀριστόνικον τὸν πύκτην ἐξαποστεῖλαι, δοκοῦντα φύσιν ἔχειν ὑπερέχουσαν ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν χρείαν·
27.9.8παραγενομένου δʼ εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα τοῦ προειρημένου καὶ συγκαταστάντος Ὀλυμπίασι πρὸς τὸν Κλειτόμαχον, ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀπένευσαν οἱ πολλοὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἀριστόνικον καὶ παρεκάλουν, χαίροντες ἐπὶ τῷ βραχύ τι τετολμηκέναι τινὰ συγκαταστῆναι πρὸς τὸν Κλειτόμαχον·
27.9.9ὡς δέ γε προβαίνων ἐφάμιλλος ἐφαίνετο κατὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα καί που καὶ τραῦμα καίριον ἐποίησε, κρότος ἐγίνετο καὶ συνεξέπιπτον οἱ πολλοὶ ταῖς ὁρμαῖς, θαρρεῖν παρακαλοῦντες τὸν Ἀριστόνικον.
27.9.10ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ φασι τὸν Κλειτόμαχον ἀποστάντα καὶ διαπνεύσαντα βραχὺν χρόνον, ἐπιστρέψαντα πρὸς τὰ πλήθη πυνθάνεσθαι τί βουλόμενοι παρακαλοῦσι τὸν Ἀριστόνικον καὶ συναγωνίζονται ʼκείνῳ καθʼ ὅσον εἰσὶ δυνατοί,
27.9.11πότερον οὐ συνοίδασιν αὐτῷ ποιοῦντι τὰ δίκαια κατὰ τὴν ἄθλησιν ἢ τοῦτʼ ἀγνοοῦσι διότι Κλειτόμαχος μὲν ἀγωνίζεται νῦν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων δόξης, Ἀριστόνικος δὲ περὶ τῆς Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως.
27.9.12πότερον ἂν οὖν βουληθεῖεν τὸν Ὀλυμπίασι στέφανον Αἰγύπτιον ἀποφέρειν ἄνθρωπον νικήσαντα τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἢ Θηβαῖον καὶ Βοιώτιον κηρύττεσθαι νικῶντα τῇ πυγμῇ τοὺς ἄνδρας.
27.9.13ταῦτα δʼ εἰπόντος τοῦ Κλειτομάχου τηλικαύτην φασὶ γενέσθαι τὴν μετάπτωσιν τῶν πολλῶν ὥστε πάλιν ἐκ μεταβολῆς μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ἢ τοῦ Κλειτομάχου καταγωνισθῆναι τὸν Ἀριστόνικον.
27.10.1τούτῳ δὲ παραπλήσιον ἦν καὶ τὸ κατὰ τὸν Περσέα συμβαῖνον περὶ τοὺς ὄχλους·
27.10.2εἰ γάρ τις ἐπιστήσας αὐτοὺς ἤρετο μετὰ παρρησίας εἰ βούλοιντʼ ἂν εἰς ἕνα πεσεῖν τὴν τηλικαύτην ὑπεροχὴν καὶ λαβεῖν μοναρχικῆς πεῖραν ἐξουσίας, ἀνυπευθύνου κατὰ πάντα τρόπον, ταχέως ἂν αὐτοὺς ὑπολαμβάνω συννοήσαντας παλινῳδίαν ποιῆσαι καὶ μεταπεσεῖν εἰς τοὐναντίον·
27.10.3εἰ δὲ καὶ βραχέα τις ὑπέμνησε τῶν γεγονότων ἐκ μὲν τῆς Μακεδόνων οἰκίας δυσκόλων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς συμφερόντων, καὶ λίαν ἂν παρὰ πόδας αὐτοὺς ὑπολαμβάνω μεταμεληθῆναι.
27.10.4πλὴν τότε γε κατὰ τὴν ἀνεπίστατον καὶ πρώτην ὁρμὴν ἐκφανὴς ἦν ἡ τῶν πολλῶν εὐδόκησις τοῖς προσαγγελλομένοις, ἀσμενιζόντων διὰ τὸ παράδοξον, εἰ καθόλου πέφηνέ τις ἱκανὸς ἀνταγωνιστὴς Ῥωμαίοις.
27.10.5περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον προήχθην εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μή τις ἀκρίτως εἰς ἀχαριστίαν ὀνειδίζῃ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν τότε διάθεσιν, ἀγνοῶν τὰ φύσει παρεπόμενα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. —
27.11.1Κέστρος. ξένον ἦν τοῦτο τὸ εὕρημα κατὰ τὸν Περσικὸν πόλεμον.
27.11.2τὸ δὲ βέλος τοιοῦτον· διπάλαιστον ἦν, ἴσον ἔχον τὸν αὐλίσκον τῇ προβολῇ. τούτῳ ξύλον ἐνήρμοστο τῷ μὲν μήκει σπιθαμιαῖον,
27.11.3τῷ δὲ πάχει δακτυλιαίαν ἔχον τὴν διάμετρον.
27.11.4εἰς δὲ τούτου τὸ μέσον ἐσφήνωτο πτερύγια τρία ξύλινα, βραχέα παντελῶς.
27.11.5τοῦτο, δυεῖν κώλων ἀνίσων ὑπαρχόντων τῆς σφενδόνης, εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐνηγκυλίζετο τῶν κώλων εὐλύτως.
27.11.6λοιπὸν ἐν μὲν τῇ περιαγωγῇ τεταμένων τούτων ἔμενεν· ὅτε δὲ παραλυθείη θάτερον τῶν κώλων κατὰ τὴν ἄφεσιν, ἐκπῖπτον ἐκ τῆς ἀγκύλης καθαπερεὶ
Book 27, Part 7
27.11.7μολυβδὶς ἐκ τῆς σφενδόνης ἐφέρετο καὶ προσπῖπτον μετὰ βιαίας πληγῆς κακῶς διετίθει τοὺς συγκυρήσαντας. —
27.12.1ὅτι ὁ Κότυς ἦν ἀνὴρ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν ἀξιόλογος καὶ πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας διαφέρων, ἔτι δὲ κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ Θρᾷξ· καὶ γὰρ νήπτης ὑπῆρχε καὶ πρᾳότητα καὶ βάθος ὑπέφαινεν ἐλευθέριον.
27.13.1ὅτι Πτολεμαῖος ὁ στρατηγὸς ὁ κατὰ Κύπρον οὐδαμῶς Αἰγυπτιακὸς γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ νουνεχὴς καὶ πρακτικός.
27.13.2παραλαβὼν γὰρ τὴν νῆσον ἔτι νηπίου τοῦ βασιλέως ὄντος ἐγίνετο μὲν ἐπιμελῶς περὶ συναγωγὴν χρημάτων, ἐδίδου δʼ ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν οὐδενί, καίπερ αἰτούμενος πολλάκις ὑπὸ τῶν βασιλικῶν διοικητῶν καὶ καταλαλούμενος πικρῶς ἐπὶ τῷ μηδὲν προΐεσθαι. τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως εἰς ἡλικίαν παραγεγονότος,
27.13.3συνθεὶς πλῆθος ἱκανὸν χρημάτων ἐξαπέστειλεν,
27.13.4ὥστε καὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν εὐδοκῆσαι τῇ πρότερον αὐτοῦ συστολῇ καὶ τῷ μηδὲν προΐεσθαι.
27.14.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἡνίκα Περσεὺς ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀπελύθη, Ἀντήνορος παραγενομένου παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως περὶ τῆς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων διαλυτρώσεως τῶν μετὰ Διοφάνους πλεόντων, ἐνέπεσε μεγάλη τοῖς πολιτευομένοις ἀπορία περὶ τοῦ τί δέον εἴη ποιεῖν.
27.14.2τοῖς μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὸν Φιλόφρονα καὶ Θεαίδητον οὐδαμῶς ἤρεσκε προσδέχεσθαι τὴν τοιαύτην ἐπιπλοκήν, τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον ἤρεσκε.
27.14.3καὶ τέλος ἐποιήσαντο διάταξιν πρὸς τὸν Περσέα περὶ τῆς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων διαλυτρώσεως. —
27.15.1ὅτι Κέφαλος ἧκεν ἐξ Ἠπείρου, ἔχων μὲν καὶ πρότερον ἤδη σύστασιν πρὸς τὴν Μακεδόνων οἰκίαν, τότε δὲ διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἠναγκασμένος αἱρεῖσθαι τὰ τοῦ Περσέως. ἡ δʼ αἰτία τοῦ συμβαίνοντος ἐγένετο τοιαύτη.
27.15.2Χάροψ ἦν Ἠπειρώτης, ἀνὴρ τἄλλα μὲν καλὸς κἀγαθὸς καὶ φίλος Ῥωμαίων, ὃς Φιλίππου τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἤπειρον στενὰ κατασχόντος αἴτιος ἐγένετο τοῦ Φίλιππον μὲν ἐκπεσεῖν ἐκ τῆς Ἠπείρου, Τίτον δὲ καὶ τῆς Ἠπείρου κρατῆσαι καὶ τῶν Μακεδόνων.
27.15.3οὗτος υἱὸν ἔσχε Μαχατᾶν, οὗ Χάροψ ἐγένετο.
27.15.4τοῦτον ἀντίπαιδα κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν ὄντα τοῦ πατρὸς μεταλλάξαντος ὁ Χάροψ μετὰ τῆς καθηκούσης προστασίας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀπέστειλε χάριν τοῦ καὶ τὴν διάλεκτον καὶ τὰ γράμματα τὰ Ῥωμαϊκὰ μαθεῖν.
27.15.5τοῦτο τὸ μειράκιον πολλοῖς σύνηθες γεγονὸς ἐπανῆλθε μετά τινα χρόνον εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
27.15.6ὁ μὲν οὖν πρεσβύτερος Χάροψ μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον. τὸ δὲ μειράκιον μετέωρον ὂν τῇ φύσει καὶ πάσης πονηρίας ἔμπλεων ἐκορωνία καὶ παρετρίβετο πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιφανεῖς ἄνδρας.
27.15.7τὰς μὲν οὖν ἀρχὰς οὐδεὶς ἦν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀλλʼ οἱ προκατέχοντες καὶ ταῖς ἡλικίαις καὶ ταῖς δόξαις, οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀντίνουν, ἐχείριζον τὰ κοινὰ κατὰ τὰς αὑτῶν γνώμας. τοῦ δὲ πολέμου τοῦ Περσικοῦ συστάντος,
27.15.8εὐθέως διέβαλλε τὸ μειράκιον τοὺς προειρημένους ἄνδρας πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, ἀφορμῇ μὲν χρώμενον τῇ προγεγενημένῃ συστάσει τῶν ἀνδρῶν πρὸς τὴν Μακεδόνων οἰκίαν,
27.15.9κατὰ δὲ τὸ παρὸν πάντα παρατηροῦν καὶ πᾶν τὸ λεγόμενον ἢ πραττόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἐκδεχόμενον καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀφαιροῦν τὰ δὲ προστιθὲν ἐλάμβανε πιθανότητας κατὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
Book 27, Part 8
27.15.10ὁ δὲ Κέφαλος, τἄλλα τε φρόνιμος καὶ στάσιμος ἄνθρωπος, καὶ κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρίστης ὑπῆρχε γνώμης.
27.15.11ἀρχόμενος γὰρ ηὔξατο τοῖς θεοῖς μὴ συστῆναι τὸν πόλεμον μηδὲ κριθῆναι τὰ πράγματα·
27.15.12πραττομένου δὲ τοῦ πολέμου τὰ κατὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἐβούλετο δίκαια ποιεῖν Ῥωμαίοις, πέρα δὲ τούτου μήτε προστρέχειν ἀγεννῶς μήθʼ ὑπηρετεῖν μηδὲν παρὰ τὸ δέον.
27.15.13τοῦ δὲ Χάροπος ἐνεργῶς χρωμένου ταῖς κατʼ αὐτοῦ διαβολαῖς καὶ πᾶν τὸ παρὰ τὴν Ῥωμαίων βούλησιν γινόμενον εἰς ἐθελοκάκησιν ἄγοντος, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οἱ προειρημένοι κατεφρόνουν, οὐδὲν αὑτοῖς συνειδότες ἀλλότριον βουλευομένοις Ῥωμαίων.
27.15.14ὡς δὲ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἱππόλοχον καὶ Νίκανδρον καὶ Λόχαγον εἶδον τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ἀναγομένους εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀπὸ τῆς ἱππομαχίας ἀλόγως, καὶ τὰς διαβολὰς τὰς ἐκ τῶν περὶ Λυκίσκον πεπιστευμένας κατʼ αὐτῶν, οἵτινες κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν τὴν αὐτὴν αἵρεσιν ἦγον τῷ Χάροπι, τὸ τηνικάδε προϊδόμενοι τὸ μέλλον ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ αὑτῶν.
27.15.15ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς παντὸς πεῖραν λαμβάνειν ἐφʼ ᾧ μὴ προέσθαι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀκρίτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐπανάγεσθαι διὰ τὰς Χάροπος διαβολάς.
27.15.16οὕτω μὲν οὖν οἱ περὶ τὸν Κέφαλον ἠναγκάσθησαν παρὰ τὰς αὑτῶν προαιρέσεις ἑλέσθαι τὰ τοῦ Περσέως. —
27.16.1ὅτι οἱ περὶ Θεόδοτον καὶ Φιλόστρατον ἐποίησαν ἀσεβὲς πρᾶγμα καὶ παράσπονδον ὁμολογουμένως.
27.16.2πυθόμενοι γὰρ τὸν ὕπατον τῶν Ῥωμαίων Αὖλον Ὁστίλιον παραγίνεσθαι κομιζόμενον εἰς Θετταλίαν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον καὶ νομίζοντες, εἰ παραδοῖεν τὸν Αὖλον τῷ Περσεῖ, μεγίστην μὲν ἂν πίστιν προσενέγκασθαι, μέγιστα δʼ ἂν βλάψαι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν Ῥωμαίους, ἔγραφον τῷ Περσεῖ συνεχῶς ἐπισπεύδειν.
27.16.3ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐβούλετο μὲν ἐξ αὐτῆς προάγειν καὶ συνάπτειν, τῶν δὲ Μολοττῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἀῷον ποταμὸν τὴν γέφυραν κατειληφότων ἐκωλύετο τῆς ὁρμῆς καὶ πρῶτον ἠναγκάζετο διαμάχεσθαι πρὸς τούτους.
27.16.4συνέβη δὲ τὸν Αὖλον εἰς τοὺς Φανοτεῖς παραγενόμενον καταλῦσαι παρὰ Νέστορι τῷ Κρωπίῳ καὶ παραδοῦναι καθʼ αὑτοῦ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς καιρὸν ὁμολογούμενον· ὃν εἰ μὴ τύχη τις ἐβράβευσε πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον, οὐκ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ διαφυγεῖν.
27.16.5νῦν δὲ δαιμονίως πως ὁ Νέστωρ τὸ μέλλον ὀττευσάμενος ἐξ αὐτῆς ἠνάγκασε μετελθεῖν εἰς Γίτανα τῆς νυκτός.
27.16.6καὶ ἀπογνοὺς τὴν διὰ τῆς Ἠπείρου πορείαν ἀνήχθη καὶ πλεύσας εἰς Ἀντίκυραν ἐκεῖθεν ἐποιήσατο τὴν ὁρμὴν εἰς Θετταλίαν.
27.17.1ὅτι Φαρνάκης πάντων τῶν πρὸ τοῦ βασιλέων ἐγένετο παρανομώτατος. —
27.18.1ὅτι Ἄτταλος χειμάζων ἐν Ἐλατείᾳ καὶ σαφῶς εἰδὼς τὸν ἀδελφὸν Εὐμένη λυπούμενον ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα καὶ βαρυνόμενον ἐπὶ τῷ τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας αὐτοῦ τιμὰς ἠθετῆσθαι παρὰ τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ διὰ κοινοῦ δόγματος, ἐπικρυπτόμενον δὲ πρὸς πάντας τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν ὑπάρχουσαν διάθεσιν,
27.18.2ἐπεβάλετο διαπέμπεσθαι πρός τινας τῶν ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ, σπουδάζων ἀποκατασταθῆναι τἀδελφῷ διʼ αὑτοῦ μὴ μόνον τὰς ἀναθηματικάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἐγγράπτους τιμάς.
27.18.3τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίει πεπεισμένος μεγίστην μὲν ἂν ἐκείνῳ ταύτην τὴν χάριν προσενέγκασθαι, μάλιστα δʼ ἂν τὸ φιλάδελφον καὶ γενναῖον τῆς αὑτοῦ προαιρέσεως ἐναποδείξασθαι τοῖς Ἕλλησι διὰ ταύτης τῆς πράξεως. —
27.19.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁρῶν ἐκφανῶς ἤδη τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν παρασκευαζομένους εἰς τὸν περὶ Κοίλης Συρίας πόλεμον, εἰς μὲν τὴν Ῥώμην ἔπεμψε πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Μελέαγρον,
Book 27, Part 9
27.19.2ἐντειλάμενος λέγειν τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ διαμαρτύρασθαι διότι παρὰ πάντα τὰ δίκαια Πτολεμαῖος αὐτῷ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλει πρότερος —
27.20.1ἴσως μὲν οὖν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἀνθρωπείοις τῷ καιρῷ δεῖ μετρεῖν ἕκαστα τῶν ἐνεργουμένων· μεγίστην γὰρ οὗτος ἔχει δύναμιν· μάλιστα δʼ ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς·
27.20.2ὀξύταται γὰρ περὶ τούτων εἰς ἑκάτερα τὰ μέρη γίνονται ῥοπαί· τὸ δʼ ἀστοχεῖν τούτων μέγιστόν ἐστι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. —
27.20.3ὅτι δοκοῦσι πολλοὶ μὲν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμεῖν τῶν καλῶν, ὀλίγοι δὲ τολμᾶν ἐγχειρεῖν αὐτοῖς, σπάνιοι δὲ τῶν ἐγχειρησάντων ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν τὰ πρὸς τὸ καθῆκον ἐν ἑκάστοις ποιούμενα.
Book 28, Part 1
28.1.1ὅτι τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ περὶ Κοίλης Συρίας ἤδη καταρχὴν λαβόντος Ἀντιόχῳ καὶ Πτολεμαίῳ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν, ἧκον πρέσβεις εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην παρὰ μὲν Ἀντιόχου Μελέαγρος καὶ Σωσιφάνης καὶ Ἡρακλείδης, παρὰ δὲ Πτολεμαίου Τιμόθεος καὶ Δάμων.
28.1.2συνέβαινε δὲ κρατεῖν τὸν Ἀντίοχον τῶν κατὰ Κοίλην Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην πραγμάτων.
28.1.3ἐξ οὗ γὰρ Ἀντίοχος ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ νῦν λεγομένου βασιλέως ἐνίκησε τῇ περὶ τὸ Πάνιον μάχῃ τοὺς Πτολεμαίου στρατηγούς, ἀπʼ ἐκείνων τῶν χρόνων ἐπείθοντο πάντες οἱ προειρημένοι τόποι τοῖς ἐν Συρίᾳ βασιλεῦσιν.
28.1.4διόπερ ὁ μὲν Ἀντίοχος ἡγούμενος τὴν κατὰ πόλεμον ἰσχυροτάτην καὶ καλλίστην εἶναι κτῆσιν, ὡς ὑπὲρ ἰδίων ἐποιεῖτο τὴν σπουδήν·
28.1.5ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος ἀδίκως ὑπολαμβάνων τὸν πρότερον Ἀντίοχον συνεπιθέμενον τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς ὀρφανίᾳ παρῃρῆσθαι τὰς κατὰ Κοίλην Συρίαν πόλεις αὐτῶν, οὐχ οἷός τʼ ἦν ἐκείνῳ παραχωρεῖν τῶν τόπων τούτων. διόπερ οἱ περὶ τὸν Μελέαγρον ἧκον,
28.1.6ἐντολὰς ἔχοντες μαρτύρεσθαι τὴν σύγκλητον διότι Πτολεμαῖος αὐτῷ παρὰ πάντα τὰ δίκαια τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλει πρότερος,
28.1.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον περί τε τῆς τῶν φιλανθρώπων ἀνανεώσεως καὶ τοῦ διαλύειν τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον, μάλιστα δὲ παρατηρεῖν τὰς τῶν περὶ τὸν Μελέαγρον ἐντεύξεις.
28.1.8περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς διαλύσεως οὐκ ἐθάρρησαν εἰπεῖν, Μάρκου συμβουλεύσαντος αὐτοῖς Αἰμιλίου· περὶ δὲ τῶν φιλανθρώπων ἀνανεωσάμενοι καὶ λαβόντες ἀποκρίσεις ἀκολούθους τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις ἐπανῆλθον εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν.
28.1.9τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Μελέαγρον ἡ σύγκλητος ἀπεκρίθη διότι Κοΐντῳ Μαρκίῳ δώσει τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν γράψαι περὶ τούτων πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον, ὡς αὐτῷ δοκεῖ συμφέρειν ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας πίστεως. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ἐχειρίσθη κατὰ τὸ παρόν. —
28.2.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους ἦλθον καὶ παρὰ Ῥοδίων πρέσβεις, ἤδη τῆς θερείας ληγούσης, Ἁγησίλοχος καὶ Νικαγόρας καὶ Νίκανδρος,
28.2.2τήν τε φιλίαν ἀνανεωσόμενοι καὶ σίτου θέλοντες ἐξαγωγὴν λαβεῖν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν διαβολῶν ἀπολογησόμενοι τῶν λεγομένων κατὰ τῆς πόλεως.
28.2.3ἐκφανέστατα γὰρ ἐδόκουν στασιάζειν [ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ] οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθάγητον καὶ Φιλόφρονα καὶ Ῥοδοφῶντα καὶ Θεαίδητον, ἀπερειδόμενοι πάσας τὰς ἐλπίδας ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον ἐπὶ Περσέα καὶ Μακεδόνας.
28.2.4ἐξ ὧν πλεονάκις ἐν τοῖς ἐκείνων πράγμασιν ἀντιρρήσεως γινομένης, καὶ διελκομένων τῶν διαβουλίων, ἐλάμβανον ἀφορμὰς οἱ βουλόμενοι λογοποιεῖν κατὰ τῆς πόλεως.
28.2.5οὐ μὴν ἥ γε σύγκλητος τότε προσεποιήθη τούτων οὐδέν, καίπερ σαφῶς εἰδυῖα τὰ γενόμενα παρʼ αὐτοῖς· σίτου δʼ ἔδωκε δέκα μυριάδας μεδίμνων ἐξάγειν ἐκ Σικελίας.
28.2.6ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡ σύγκλητος ἐχρημάτισεν ἰδίᾳ τοῖς Ῥοδίων πρεσβευταῖς,
28.2.7ἀκολούθως δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν ἀπήντησε τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος παραγεγονόσι, τηροῦσιν τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν.
28.2.8καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
28.3.1ὅτι Αὖλος κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἀντιστράτηγος ὢν καὶ παραχειμάζων ἐν Θετταλίᾳ μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων ἐξέπεμψε πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τόπους Γάιον Ποπίλιον καὶ Γνάιον Ὀκτάουιον·
28.3.2οἳ πρῶτον μὲν εἰς Θήβας ἐλθόντες ἐπῄνεσαν καὶ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς Θηβαίους διαφυλάττειν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὔνοιαν.
28.3.3ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις ἐπιπορευόμενοι τὰς ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ πόλεις ἐπιδεικνύειν ἐπειρῶντο τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου πρᾳότητα καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν, προφερόμενοι τὰ δόγματα τὰ μικρῷ πρότερον ῥηθέντα,
28.3.4ἅμα δὲ διὰ τῶν λόγων παρενέφαινον ὡς εἰδότες τοὺς ἐν ἑκάσταις τῶν πόλεων παρὰ τὸ δέον ἀναχωροῦντας, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τοὺς προπίπτοντας.
28.3.5καὶ δῆλοι πᾶσιν ἦσαν δυσαρεστούμενοι τοῖς ἀναχωροῦσιν οὐχ ἧττον ἢ τοῖς ἐκφανῶς ἀντιπράττουσιν.
28.3.6ἐξ ὧν τοὺς πολλοὺς εἰς ἐπίστασιν καὶ διαπόρησιν ἦγον ὑπὲρ τοῦ τί ποτʼ ἂν ἢ λέγοντες ἢ πράττοντες εὐστοχοῖεν τῶν παρεστώτων καιρῶν.
Book 28, Part 2
28.3.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Γάιον, συναχθείσης τῆς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐκκλησίας, ἐλέγοντο μὲν βεβουλεῦσθαι κατηγορήσειν τῶν περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν καὶ τὸν Ἄρχωνα καὶ Πολύβιον,
28.3.8καὶ παραδείξειν ἀλλοτρίους ὑπάρχοντας τῆς. τῶν Ῥωμαίων αἱρέσεως καὶ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγοντας κατὰ τὸ παρόν, οὐ φύσει τοιούτους ὄντας, ἀλλὰ παρατηροῦντας τὰ συμβαίνοντα καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς ἐφεδρεύοντας.
28.3.9οὐ μὴν ἐθάρρησαν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν εὔλογον ἀφορμὴν ἔχειν κατὰ τῶν προειρημένων ἀνδρῶν.
28.3.10διὸ συναχθείσης αὐτοῖς τῆς βουλῆς εἰς Αἴγιον, ἀσπαστικήν τε καὶ παρακλητικὴν ποιησάμενοι τὴν πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἔντευξιν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Αἰτωλίαν.
28.4.1καὶ πάλιν ἐκεῖ συναχθείσης αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἰς Θέρμον, παρελθόντες εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς παρακλητικοὺς καὶ φιλανθρώπους διετίθεντο λόγους.
28.4.2τὸ δὲ συνέχον αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὁμήρους ἔφασαν δεῖν δοθῆναι σφίσι παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
28.4.3τούτων δὲ καταβάντων, Πρόανδρος ἐπαναστὰς ἐβούλετό τινας εὐχρηστίας πρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγενημένας εἰς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους προφέρεσθαι καὶ κατηγορεῖν τῶν διαβαλλόντων αὐτόν· ἐφʼ ὃν Γάιος πάλιν ἐπαναστάς,
28.4.4καὶ καλῶς εἰδὼς ἀλλότριον αὐτὸν ὄντα Ῥωμαίων, ὅμως ἐπῄνεσε καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀνθωμολογήσατο.
28.4.5μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον προελθὼν Λυκίσκος ἐπʼ ὀνόματος μὲν οὐδενὸς ἐποιήσατο κατηγορίαν, καθʼ ὑπόνοιαν δὲ πολλῶν.
28.4.6ἔφη γὰρ περὶ μὲν τῶν κορυφαίων καλῶς βεβουλεῦσθαι Ῥωμαίους, ἀπαγαγόντας αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, λέγων τοὺς περὶ τὸν Εὐπόλεμον καὶ Νίκανδρον,
28.4.7τοὺς δὲ συναγωνιστὰς καὶ τοὺς παραστάτας τοὺς ἐκείνων ἔτι μένειν κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν, οὓς δεῖν ἅπαντας τῆς αὐτῆς τυχεῖν ἐκείνοις ἐπιστροφῆς, ἂν μὴ προῶνται τὰ τέκνα Ῥωμαίοις εἰς ὁμηρείαν.
28.4.8μάλιστα δὲ κατʼ Ἀρχεδάμου καὶ Πανταλέοντος ἐποίει τὰς ἐμφάσεις.
28.4.9τούτου δὲ παραχωρήσαντος, Πανταλέων ἀναστὰς τὸν μὲν Λυκίσκον διὰ βραχέων ἐλοιδόρησε, φήσας αὐτὸν ἀναισχύντως καὶ ἀνελευθέρως κολακεύειν τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας,
28.4.10ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν Θόαντα μετέβη, τοῦτον ὑπολαμβάνων εἶναι τὸν ἀξιοπίστως ἐνιέντα τὰς κατʼ αὐτῶν διαβολὰς τῷ δοκεῖν μηδεμίαν ὑπάρχειν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τοῦτον διαφοράν.
28.4.11καὶ τὰ μὲν ὑπομνήσας τῶν κατʼ Ἀντίοχον καιρῶν, τὰ δʼ ὀνειδίσας εἰς ἀχαριστίαν αὐτῷ, διότι δοθεὶς ἔκδοτος Ῥωμαίοις, πρεσβεύσαντος αὐτοῦ καὶ Νικάνδρου, τύχοι τῆς σωτηρίας ἀνελπίστως,
28.4.12ταχέως ἐξεκαλέσατο τοὺς ὄχλους εἰς τὸ μὴ μόνον θορυβεῖν τὸν Θόανθʼ, ὅτε βουληθείη τι λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ βάλλειν ὁμοθυμαδόν.
28.4.13γενομένων δὲ τούτων βραχέα καταμεμψάμενος ὁ Γάιος τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ βάλλειν τὸν Θόανθʼ, οὗτος μὲν εὐθέως μετὰ τοῦ συμπρεσβευτοῦ συναπῆρεν εἰς Ἀκαρνανίαν, ἐκσιωπηθεὶς περὶ τῶν ὁμήρων· τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν ἐν ὑποψίαις ἦν πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ ταραχαῖς ὁλοσχερέσιν.
28.5.1κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἀκαρνανίαν συναχθείσης τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἰς Θύρρειον, Αἰσχρίων μὲν καὶ Γλαῦκος καὶ Χρέμας ὄντες Ῥωμαίων παρεκάλουν τοὺς περὶ τὸν Γάιον ἔμφρουρον ποιῆσαι τὴν Ἀκαρνανίαν·
28.5.2εἶναι γὰρ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοὺς ἀποφέροντας τὰ πράγματα πρὸς Περσέα καὶ Μακεδόνας.
28.5.3Διογένης δὲ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἐποιήσατο τούτοις συμβουλίαν. οὐ γὰρ ἔφη δεῖν φρουρὰν εἰσάγειν εἰς οὐδεμίαν πόλιν· ταῦτα γὰρ ὑπάρχειν τοῖς πολεμίοις γενομένοις καὶ καταπολεμηθεῖσιν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων·
28.5.4οὐδὲν δὲ πεποιηκότας Ἀκαρνᾶνας οὐκ ἀξίους εἶναι φρουρὰν εἰσδέχεσθαι κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον.
28.5.5τοὺς δὲ περὶ Χρέμαν καὶ Γλαῦκον ἰδίαν ἐθέλοντας κατασκευάζεσθαι δυναστείαν διαβάλλειν τοὺς ἀντιπολιτευομένους καὶ θέλειν ἐπισπᾶσθαι φρουρὰν τὴν συνεπισχύουσαν ταῖς αὐτῶν πλεονεξίαις.
28.5.6ῥηθέντων δὲ τούτων οἱ περὶ τὸν Γάιον θεωροῦντες τοὺς ὄχλους δυσαρεστουμένους ταῖς φρουραῖς καὶ βουλόμενοι στοιχεῖν τῇ τῆς συγκλήτου προθέσει, συγκαταθέμενοι τῇ τοῦ Διογένους γνώμῃ καὶ συνεπαινέσαντες ἀπῆραν ἐπὶ Λαρίσης πρὸς τὸν ἀνθύπατον. —
Book 28, Part 3
28.6.1ὅτι ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἕλλησι περὶ τῆς πρεσβείας ἐπιστάσεως χρείαν ἔχειν τὸ γινόμενον.
28.6.2παραλαβόντες οὖν τοὺς κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην πολιτείαν ὁμογνωμονοῦντας· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Ἀρκεσίλαος, Ἀρίστων Μεγαλοπολῖται, Στρατίος Τριταιεύς, Ξένων Πατρεύς, Ἀπολλωνίδας Σικυώνιος· ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
28.6.3ὁ μὲν οὖν Λυκόρτας ἔμεινεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς προθέσεως, κρίνων μήτε Περσεῖ μήτε Ῥωμαίοις συνεργεῖν μηδέν, ὁμοίως μηδʼ ἀντιπράττειν μηδετέροις.
28.6.4τὸ μὲν γὰρ συνεργεῖν ἀλυσιτελὲς ἐνόμιζε πᾶσιν εἶναι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, προορώμενος τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐσομένης ἐξουσίας περὶ τοὺς κρατήσαντας,
28.6.5τὸ δʼ ἀντιπράττειν Ῥωμαίοις ἐπισφαλὲς διὰ τὸ πολλοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις Ῥωμαίων ἀντωφθαλμηκέναι περὶ τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων κατὰ τοὺς ἀνώτερον καιρούς.
28.6.6ὁ δʼ Ἀπολλωνίδας καὶ Στρατίος ἀντιπράττειν μὲν ἐπίτηδες Ῥωμαίοις οὐκ ᾤοντο δεῖν· τοὺς δʼ ὑπερκυβιστῶντας καὶ διὰ τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων ἰδίαν χάριν ἀποτιθεμένους παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῦτο πράττοντας παρὰ τοὺς νόμους καὶ παρὰ τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον, τούτους ἔφασαν δεῖν κωλύειν καὶ πρὸς τούτους ἀντοφθαλμεῖν εὐγενῶς.
28.6.7ὁ δʼ Ἄρχων ἀκολουθεῖν ἔφη δεῖν τοῖς καιροῖς καὶ μὴ διδόναι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἀφορμὴν εἰς διαβολὴν μηδὲ προέσθαι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ἐλθεῖν διάθεσιν τοῖς περὶ Νίκανδρον, οἵτινες, πρὶν ἢ λαβεῖν πεῖραν τῆς τούτων ἐξουσίας, ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις εἰσὶ συνταλαιπωρίαις.
28.6.8ταύτης δὲ τῆς γνώμης μετέσχον Πολύβιος, Ἀρκεσίλαος, Ἀρίστων, Ξένων.
28.6.9διὸ καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἄρχωνα πρὸς τὴν στρατηγίαν ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς εὐθέως προπορεύεσθαι, τὸν δὲ Πολύβιον πρὸς τὴν ἱππαρχίαν.
28.7.1τούτων δὴ νεωστὶ γεγονότων καὶ προδιειληφότων τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄρχωνα διότι δεῖ συμπράττειν Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῖς τούτων φίλοις, τυχικῶς πως συνέβη τὸν Ἄτταλον πρὸς ἑτοίμους ὄντας ποιήσασθαι τοὺς λόγους.
28.7.2διὸ καὶ προθύμως αὐτῷ κατανεύσαντες ὑπέσχοντο συμπράξειν ὑπὲρ τῶν παρακαλουμένων.
28.7.3τοῦ δʼ Ἀττάλου πέμψαντος πρεσβευτάς, καὶ παραγενομένων τούτων εἰς τὴν πρώτην ἀγορὰν καὶ διαλεγομένων τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς περὶ τοῦ τὰς τιμὰς ἀποκατασταθῆναι τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ παρακαλούντων ποιῆσαι τοῦτο διὰ τῆς Ἀττάλου χάριτος,
28.7.4ὁ μὲν ὄχλος ἄδηλος ἦν ἐπὶ τίνος ὑπάρχει γνώμης, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἀντιλογίαν ἀνίσταντο πολλοὶ καὶ διὰ πολλὰς αἰτίας.
28.7.5οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς αἴτιοι γενόμενοι τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τῶν τιμῶν βεβαιοῦν ἐβούλοντο τὴν αὑτῶν γνώμην· οἱ δʼ ἐκ τῶν κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐγκλημάτων ὑπέλαβον καιρὸν ἔχειν ἀμύνεσθαι τὸν βασιλέα· τινὲς δὲ διὰ τὸν πρὸς τοὺς συμπράττοντας φθόνον ἐφιλοτιμοῦντο μὴ κρατῆσαι τὸν Ἄτταλον τῆς ἐπιβολῆς. ὁ δʼ Ἄρχων ἀνέστη μὲν βοηθήσων τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς·
28.7.6ἐκάλει γὰρ τὰ πράγματα τὴν τοῦ στρατηγοῦ γνώμην. βραχέα δʼ εἰπὼν ἀνεχώρησε,
28.7.7διευλαβηθεὶς μὴ δόξῃ κέρδους τινὸς ἕνεκεν συμβουλεύειν διὰ τὸ πλῆθος ἱκανὸν χρημάτων εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν δεδαπανηκέναι.
28.7.8πολλῆς δʼ οὔσης ἀπορίας ὁ Πολύβιος ἀναστὰς ἐποιήσατο μὲν καὶ πλείονας λόγους, μάλιστα δὲ προσέδραμε πρὸς τὴν τῶν πολλῶν γνώμην, ὑποδείξας τὸ γεγονὸς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ψήφισμα τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν τιμῶν, ἐν ᾧ γεγραμμένον ἦν ὅτι δεῖ τὰς ἀπρεπεῖς ἀρθῆναι τιμὰς καὶ τὰς παρανόμους, οὐ μὰ Δίʼ ἁπάσας.
28.7.9τοὺς δὲ περὶ Σωσιγένη καὶ Διοπείθη, δικαστὰς [Ῥοδίους] ὑπάρχοντας κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν καὶ διαφερομένους ἔκ τινων ἰδίων πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, λαβομένους ἔφη τῆς ἀφορμῆς ταύτης πάσας ἀνατετροφέναι τὰς τιμὰς τοῦ βασιλέως·
28.7.10καὶ τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι παρὰ τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν δόγμα καὶ παρὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον.
28.7.11οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἠδικημένους τι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς βουλεύσασθαι τὰς τιμὰς αἴρειν τὰς Εὐμένους, ἀλλὰ μείζους αὐτοῦ ζητοῦντος τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, τούτῳ προσκόψαντας ψηφίσασθαι τὸ πλεονάζον παρελεῖν.
28.7.12διόπερ ἔφη δεῖν, καθάπερ οἱ δικασταὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ἔχθραν ἐπίπροσθεν ποιήσαντες τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εὐσχήμονος ἀνέτρεψαν πάσας τὰς τιμάς, οὕτω τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς κυριώτατον ἡγησαμένους τὸ σφίσι καθῆκον καὶ πρέπον διορθώσασθαι τὴν τῶν δικαστῶν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη γεγενημένην ἀλογίαν,
28.7.13ἄλλως τε καὶ μέλλοντας μὴ μόνον ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα τὴν χάριν ἀπερείδεσθαι ταύτην, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἄτταλον.
28.7.14τοῦ δὲ πλήθους εὐδοκήσαντος τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἐγράφη δόγμα προστάττον τοῖς ἄρχουσι πάσας ἀποκαταστῆσαι τὰς Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως τιμάς, πλὴν εἴ τινες ἀπρεπές τι περιέχουσι τῷ κοινῷ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἢ παράνομον.
Book 28, Part 4
28.7.15τοῦτον μὲν δὴ τὸν τρόπον καὶ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν Ἄτταλος διωρθώσατο τὴν γενομένην ἀλογίαν περὶ τὰς ὑπαρχούσας Εὐμένει τἀδελφῷ τιμὰς κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον. —
28.8.1ὅτι Περσεὺς πρὸς Γένθιον τὸν βασιλέα ἀπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς Πλευρᾶτόν τε τὸν Ἰλλυριόν, ὄντα φυγάδα παρʼ αὐτῷ,
28.8.2καὶ τὸν Βεροιαῖον Ἀδαῖον, δοὺς ἐντολὰς διασαφεῖν τὰ πεπραγμένα κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον πρός τε Ῥωμαίους αὐτῷ καὶ πρὸς Δαρδανίους, ἔτι δὲ καὶ πρὸς Ἠπειρώτας καὶ πρὸς Ἰλλυριοὺς κατὰ τὸ παρόν, καὶ παρακαλεῖν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὴν τούτου καὶ Μακεδόνων φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν.
28.8.3οἳ καὶ ποιησάμενοι τὴν πορείαν ὑπὲρ τὸ Σκάρδον ὄρος διὰ τῆς Ἐρήμου καλουμένης Ἰλλυρίδος, ἣν οὐ πολλοῖς χρόνοις ἀνώτερον ἀνάστατον ἐποίησαν Μακεδόνες εἰς τὸ δυσέργους ποιῆσαι τοῖς Δαρδανεῦσι τὰς εἰς τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα καὶ Μακεδονίαν
28.8.4εἰσβολάς· πλὴν οἵ γε περὶ τὸν Ἀδαῖον διὰ τούτων τῶν τόπων μετὰ πολλῆς κακοπαθείας ἦλθον εἰς Σκόδραν καὶ πυθόμενοι τὸν Γένθιον ἐν Λίσσῳ διατρίβειν διεπέμψαντο πρὸς αὐτόν.
28.8.5τοῦ δὲ ταχέως αὐτοὺς μεταπεμψαμένου, συμμίξαντες διελέγοντο περὶ ὧν εἶχον τὰς ἐντολάς.
28.8.6ὁ δὲ Γένθιος οὐκ ἐδόκει μὲν ἀλλότριος εἶναι τῆς πρὸς τὸν Περσέα φιλίας, ἐσκήπτετο δὲ τοῦ μὴ παραχρῆμα συγκατατίθεσθαι τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις τὴν ἀχορηγησίαν καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι χωρὶς χρημάτων ἀναδέξασθαι τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον.
28.8.7οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Ἀδαῖον ταύτας λαβόντες τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἐπανῆγον.
28.8.8ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς παραγενόμενος εἰς Στύβερραν τήν τε λείαν ἐλαφυροπώλησεν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἀνέπαυσε, προσδεχόμενος τοὺς περὶ τὸν Πλευρᾶτον.
28.8.9παραγενομένων δʼ αὐτῶν, ἀκούσας τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Γενθίου πάλιν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔπεμπε τὸν Ἀδαῖον καὶ σὺν τούτῳ τὸν Γλαυκίαν, ἕνα τῶν σωματοφυλάκων, καὶ τρίτον τὸν Ἰλλυριὸν διὰ τὸ τὴν διάλεκτον εἰδέναι τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα,
28.8.10δοὺς ἐντολὰς τὰς αὐτάς, ὥσπερ οὐ κυρίως τοῦ Γενθίου διασεσαφηκότος τίνος προσδεῖται καὶ τίνος γενομένου δύναται συγκαταβαίνειν εἰς τὰ παρακαλούμενα.
28.8.11τούτων δʼ ἀφορμησάντων, ἀναζεύξας αὐτὸς μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν ἐφʼ Ὕσκανα. —
28.9.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἧκον οἱ πρὸς τὸν Γένθιον ἀποσταλέντες πρέσβεις οὔτʼ ᾠκονομηκότες πλεῖον οὐδὲν τῶν πρότερον οὔτʼ ἀναγγέλλοντες,
28.9.2διὰ τὸ τὸν Γένθιον μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως, ὄντα μὲν ἕτοιμον τῷ Περσεῖ κοινωνεῖν τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων, χρημάτων δὲ φάσκοντα χρείαν ἔχειν.
28.9.3ὧν ὁ Περσεὺς παρακούσας πάλιν ἔπεμπε τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν βεβαιωσομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ὁμολογιῶν, τὸ συνέχον παραλιπών, φάσκων ἐξιγμένον εὐνοοῦντα ποιήσειν τὸν Γένθιον·
28.9.4ὥστε διαπορεῖν πότερα δεῖ λέγειν ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀλογιστίαν ἢ δαιμονοβλάβειαν. δοκῶ μὲν ὅτι δαιμονοβλάβειαν, οἵτινες ἐφίενται μὲν τοῦ μεγάλα τολμᾶν καὶ παραβάλλονται τῇ ψυχῇ, παριᾶσιν δὲ τὸ συνέχον ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς, βλέποντες αὐτὸ καὶ δυνάμενοι πράττειν
28.9.5ὅτι γάρ, εἰ Περσεὺς κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ἠβουλήθη προέσθαι χρήματα καὶ κοινῇ τοῖς πολιτεύμασι καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν τοῖς βασιλεῦσι καὶ τοῖς πολιτευομένοις, οὐ λέγω μεγαλομερῶς, καθάπερ ἐξῆν αὐτῷ χορηγιῶν ἕνεκεν, ἀλλὰ μετρίως μόνον, πάντας ἂν συνέβη καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς,
28.9.6εἰ δὲ μή γε, τοὺς πλείστους ἐξελεγχθῆναι, δοκῶ μηδένα τῶν νοῦν ἐχόντων πρός με διαμφισβητῆσαι περὶ τούτων.
28.9.7νῦν δὲ καλῶς ποιῶν οὐκ ἦλθε ταύτην τὴν ὁδόν, διʼ ἧς ἢ κρατήσας τῶν ὅλων ἐξουσίαν ἂν ὑπερήφανον ἔσχεν ἢ σφαλεὶς πολλοὺς ἂν ἐποίησε τῆς αὐτῆς τύχης πεῖραν αὑτῷ λαβεῖν,
28.9.8ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν, διʼ ἧς ὀλίγοι τελέως ἠλογήθησαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὑπὸ τὸν τῆς πράξεως καιρόν. —
28.10.1ὅτι ὁ Περσεὺς ἐπταικὼς τοῖς ὅλοις ἐπὶ τῷ εἰσελθεῖν Ῥωμαίους εἰς Μακεδονίαν τῷ Ἱππίᾳ ἐπετίμα.
28.10.2ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ τὸ μὲν ἐπιτιμῆσαι τοῖς ἄλλοις εἶναι ῥᾴδιον καὶ συνιδεῖν τὰς τῶν πέλας ἁμαρτίας, τὸ δʼ αὐτὸν πράττειν τὰ δυνατὰ καὶ γνῶναι τὰ καθʼ αὑτὸν πάντων δυσχερέστατον. ὃ καὶ περὶ τὸν Περσέα συνέβη γενέσθαι. —
28.11.1τὸ Ἡράκλειον ἥλω ἰδίαν τινὰ ἅλωσιν. ἐχούσης τῆς πόλεως ἐφʼ ἑνὸς μέρους ἐπʼ ὀλίγον τόπον ταπεινὸν τεῖχος, οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τρεῖς σημείας προεχειρίσαντο.
Book 28, Part 5
28.11.2καὶ τῇ μὲν πρώτῃ τοὺς θυρεοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς κεφαλῆς ποιήσαντες συνέφραξαν, ὥστε τῇ τῶν ὅπλων πυκνότητι κεραμωτῷ καταρρύτῳ γίνεσθαι παραπλήσιον. ἐφεξῆς δʼ ἕτεραι δύο —
28.11.2Κεραμωτόν, τακτικὴ διάταξις·
28.11.3ὅπερ ἐποίουν Ῥωμαῖοι ἐν παιδιᾶς μέρει.
28.12.1ὅτι τοῦ Περσέως βουλομένου ἥξειν μετὰ δυνάμεως εἰς τὴν Θετταλίαν καὶ λήψεσθαι τὰ ὅλα κρίσιν ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον, ἔδοξε τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἄρχωνα διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπολογεῖσθαι πάλιν πρὸς τὰς ὑπονοίας καὶ διαβολάς.
28.12.2εἰσήνεγκαν οὖν εἰς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς δόγμα διότι δεῖ πανδημεὶ ποιησαμένους τὴν ἔξοδον εἰς Θετταλίαν κοινωνῆσαι τῶν πραγμάτων ὁλοσχερῶς τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις.
28.12.3καὶ τούτου κυρωθέντος ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς τὸν Ἄρχωνα γίνεσθαι περὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν τοῦ στρατεύματος καὶ περὶ τὰς εἰς τὴν ἔξοδον παρασκευάς, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ὕπατον πρεσβευτὰς πέμπειν εἰς Θετταλίαν τοὺς τὰ δεδογμένα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς διασαφήσοντας καὶ πευσομένους πότε καὶ ποῦ δεῖ συμμιγνύειν αὐτῷ τὸ στρατόπεδον.
28.12.4καὶ κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς παραχρῆμα Πολύβιον καὶ ἄλλους καὶ ἐνετείλαντο τῷ Πολυβίῳ φιλοτίμως, ἐὰν ὁ στρατηγὸς εὐδοκῇ τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ στρατοπέδου, τοὺς μὲν συμπρεσβευτὰς ἐξ αὐτῆς πέμπειν διασαφήσοντας, ἵνα μὴ καθυστερῶσι τῶν καιρῶν,
28.12.5αὐτὸν δὲ φροντίζειν ἵνα τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἀγορὰς ἔχῃ, διʼ ὧν ἂν πορεύηται, καὶ μηδὲν ἐλλείπῃ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων τοὺς στρατιώτας.
28.12.6ταύτας μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες οἱ προειρημένοι τὰς ἐντολὰς ἐξώρμησαν·
28.12.7κατέστησαν δὲ καὶ πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς Ἄτταλον τοὺς περὶ Τηλόκριτον, ἀποκομίζοντας τὸ δόγμα τὸ περὶ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως τῶν Εὐμένους τιμῶν.
28.12.8καὶ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου προσπεσόντος τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς διότι γέγονεν αὐτῷ τὰ νομιζόμενα γίνεσθαι τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν, ὅταν εἰς ἡλικίαν ἔλθωσιν,
28.12.9ἀνακλητήρια, νομίσαντες σφίσι καθήκειν ἐπισημήνασθαι τὸ γεγονός, ἐψηφίσαντο πέμπειν πρεσβευτὰς ἀνανεωσομένους τὰ προϋπάρχοντα τῷ ἔθνει φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν, καὶ παραυτίκα κατέστησαν Ἀλκίθον καὶ Πασιάδαν.
28.13.1οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Πολύβιον καταλαβόντες τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐκ μὲν τῆς Θετταλίας κεκινηκότας, τῆς δὲ Περραιβίας στρατοπεδεύοντας Ἀζωρίου μεταξὺ καὶ Δολίχης,
28.13.2τὴν μὲν ἔντευξιν ὑπερέθεντο διὰ τοὺς περιεστῶτας καιρούς, τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὴν εἴσοδον τὴν εἰς Μακεδονίαν κινδύνων μετεῖχον.
28.13.3ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦ στρατεύματος κατάραντος ἐπὶ τοὺς καθʼ Ἡράκλειον τόπους ἔδοξε καιρὸς εἶναι πρὸς ἔντευξιν, ἅτε τοῦ στρατηγοῦ δοκοῦντος ἠνύσθαι τὸ μέγιστον τῶν προκειμένων,
28.13.4τότε λαβόντες καιρὸν τὸ ψήφισμα τῷ Μαρκίῳ προσήνεγκαν καὶ διεσάφουν τὴν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν προαίρεσιν διότι βουληθεῖεν αὐτῷ πανδημεὶ τῶν αὐτῶν μετασχεῖν ἀγώνων καὶ κινδύνων. καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὑπέδειξαν διότι πᾶν τὸ γραφὲν ἢ παραγγελθὲν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον ἀναντίρρητον γέγονεν.
28.13.5τοῦ δὲ Μαρκίου τὴν μὲν προαίρεσιν ἀποδεχομένου τὴν Ἀχαιῶν μεγαλωστί, τῆς δὲ κακοπαθείας αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς δαπάνης παραλύοντος διὰ τὸ μηκέτι χρείαν ἔχειν τοὺς καιροὺς τῆς τῶν συμμάχων βοηθείας, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πρέσβεις ἐπανῆλθον εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν,
28.13.6ὁ δὲ Πολύβιος αὐτοῦ μείνας μετεῖχε τῶν ἐνεστώτων πραγμάτων,
28.13.7ἕως ὁ Μάρκιος ἀκούσας Ἄππιον τὸν Κέντωνα πεντακισχιλίους στρατιώτας αἰτεῖσθαι παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εἰς Ἤπειρον, ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν προειρημένον, παρακαλέσας φροντίζειν ἵνα μὴ δοθῶσιν οἱ στρατιῶται μηδὲ τηλικοῦτο δαπάνημα μάταιον γένηται τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς· πρὸς οὐδένα γὰρ λόγον αἰτεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας τὸν Ἄππιον.
28.13.8πότερα δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐποίει κηδόμενος τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἢ τὸν Ἄππιον ἀπραγεῖν βουλόμενος χαλεπὸν εἰπεῖν.
28.13.9πλὴν ὅ γε Πολύβιος ἀναχωρήσας εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον, ἤδη τῶν γραμμάτων ἐκ τῆς Ἠπείρου προσπεπτωκότων καὶ μετʼ οὐ πολὺ συναχθέντων εἰς Σικυῶνα τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, εἰς πρόβλημα παμμέγεθες ἐνέπεσε.
28.13.10τοῦ γὰρ διαβουλίου προτεθέντος ὑπὲρ ὧν ὁ Κέντων ᾐτεῖτο στρατιωτῶν, ἃ μὲν ὁ Μάρκιος αὐτῷ φροντίζειν κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐνετείλατο, ταῦτα φωτίζειν οὐδαμῶς ἔκρινεν· τὸ δὲ μηδεμιᾶς αἰτίας ὑπαρχούσης φανερῶς ἀντιλέγειν τῇ βοηθείᾳ τελείως ἦν ἐπισφαλές. δυσχρήστου δὲ καὶ ποικίλης οὔσης τῆς ὑποθέσεως,
28.13.11ἐχρήσατο βοηθήματι πρὸς τὸ παρὸν τῷ τῆς συγκλήτου δόγματι τῷ κελεύοντι μηδένα προσέχειν τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν γραφομένοις, ἐὰν μὴ τοῦτο ποιῶσιν κατὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς συγκλήτου.
Book 28, Part 6
28.13.12τοῦτο δʼ οὐκ ἦν προσκείμενον τοῖς γράμμασι.
28.13.13διὸ καὶ κατεκράτησε τοῦ τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπατον γενέσθαι καὶ διʼ ἐκείνου παραλυθῆναι τῆς δαπάνης τὸ ἔθνος, οὔσης ὑπὲρ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι τάλαντα μεγάλα.
28.13.14τοῖς γε μὴν βουλομένοις διαβάλλειν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἄππιον ἀφορμὰς ἔδωκεν, ὅτι διακόψαι τὴν ἐπιβολὴν αὐτοῦ τὴν περὶ τῆς βοηθείας. —
28.14.1ὅτι οἱ Κυδωνιᾶται κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐποίησαν πρᾶγμα δεινὸν καὶ παράσπονδον ὁμολογουμένως.
28.14.2καίπερ γὰρ πολλῶν τοιούτων γενομένων κατὰ τὴν Κρήτην, ὅμως ἔδοξεν ὑπεραίρειν τὴν συνήθειαν τὸ τότε γενόμενον.
28.14.3ὑπαρχούσης γὰρ αὐτοῖς οὐ μόνον φιλίας, ἀλλὰ συμπολιτείας πρὸς Ἀπολλωνιάτας καὶ καθόλου κοινωνίας πάντων τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις νομιζομένων δικαίων, καὶ περὶ τούτων κειμένης ἐνόρκου συνθήκης παρὰ τὸν Δία τὸν Ἰδαῖον,
28.14.4παρασπονδήσαντες τοὺς Ἀπολλωνιάτας κατελάβοντο τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄνδρας κατέσφαξαν, τὰ δʼ ὑπάρχοντα διήρπασαν, τὰς δὲ γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν διανειμάμενοι κατεῖχον. —
28.15.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Κρήτην δεδιότες Κυδωνιᾶται τοὺς Γορτυνίους διὰ τὸ καὶ τῷ πρότερον ἔτει παρʼ ὀλίγον κεκινδυνευκέναι τῇ πόλει τῶν περὶ Νοθοκράτην ἐπιβαλομένων αὐτὴν κατασχεῖν, ἐξέπεμψαν πρέσβεις πρὸς Εὐμένη, βοήθειαν αἰτούμενοι κατὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν.
28.15.2ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς προχειρισάμενος Λέοντα καὶ στρατιώτας σὺν τούτῳ τριακοσίους ἐξαπέστειλε κατὰ σπουδήν.
28.15.3ὧν παραγενομένων οἱ Κυδωνιᾶται τάς τε κλεῖς τῶν πυλῶν τῷ Λέοντι παρέδωκαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν πόλιν ἐνεχείρισαν. —
28.16.1ὅτι ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ τὰ τῆς ἀντιπολιτείας αἰεὶ μᾶλλον ἐπέτεινεν.
28.16.2προσπεσόντος γὰρ αὐτοῖς τοῦ τῆς συγκλήτου δόγματος, ἐν ᾧ διεσάφει μηκέτι προσέχειν τοῖς τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐπιτάγμασιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς αὑτῆς δόγμασι, καὶ τῶν πολλῶν ἀποδεχομένων τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου πρόνοιαν,
28.16.3οἱ περὶ τὸν Φιλόφρονα καὶ Θεαίδητον ἐπιλαβόμενοι τῆς ἀφορμῆς ταύτης ἐξειργάζοντο τἀκόλουθα, φάσκοντες δεῖν ἐκπέμπειν πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ τὸν Κόιντον Μάρκιον τὸν ὕπατον καὶ πρὸς Γάιον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ.
28.16.4τότε γὰρ ἤδη γνώριμον ἦν ἅπασιν οἵτινες τῶν καθεσταμένων ἀρχόντων ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ παραγίνεσθαι μέλλουσιν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τόπους.
28.16.5κροτηθείσης δὲ τῆς ὑποθέσεως, καίπερ ἀντιρρήσεως γενομένης, ἀπεστάλησαν εἰς μὲν τὴν Ῥώμην ἀρχομένης θερείας Ἁγησίλοχος Ἁγησίου,
28.16.6Νικαγόρας, Νίκανδρος, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ὕπατον καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ στρατηγὸν Ἁγέπολις,
28.16.7ἀρίστων, Πασικράτης, ἐντολὰς ἔχοντες ἀνανεοῦσθαι τὰ φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς Ῥωμαίους καὶ πρὸς τὰς διαβολὰς ἀπολογεῖσθαι τὰς λεγομένας ὑπό τινων κατὰ τῆς πόλεως,
28.16.8οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἁγησίλοχον ἅμα τοῖς προειρημένοις καὶ περὶ σιτικῆς ἐξαγωγῆς ποιησόμενοι λόγους.
28.16.9τὰ μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ τούτων ῥηθέντα πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ τὰς δοθείσας αὐτοῖς ἀποκρίσεις ὑπὸ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ διότι πάντων τῶν φιλανθρώπων τυχόντες ἐπανῆλθον, ἐν τοῖς Ἰταλικοῖς εἴπομεν.
28.16.10περὶ δὲ τούτου τοῦ μέρους χρήσιμόν ἐστι πλεονάκις ὑπομιμνήσκειν, ὃ δὴ καὶ πειρώμεθα ποιεῖν, διότι πολλάκις ἀναγκαζόμεθα τὰς ἐντεύξεις τῶν πρεσβειῶν καὶ τοὺς χρηματισμοὺς προτέρους ἐξαγγέλλειν τῆς καταστάσεως καὶ τῆς ἐξαποστολῆς.
28.16.11ἐπεὶ γὰρ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος τὰς καταλλήλους πράξεις γράφοντες πειρώμεθʼ ἐν ἑνὶ καιρῷ συγκεφαλαιοῦσθαι τὰς παρʼ ἑκάστοις πράξεις, δῆλον ὡς ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν τοῦτο συμβαίνειν περὶ τὴν γραφήν.
28.17.1οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν ἀφικόμενοι πρὸς τὸν Κόιντον, καταλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ πρὸς Ἡράκλειον στρατοπεδεύοντα διελέγοντο περὶ ὧν εἶχον τὰς ἐντολάς.
28.17.2ὁ δὲ διακούσας οὐχ οἷον αὐτὸς ἔφη προσέχειν ταῖς διαβολαῖς, ἀλλὰ κἀκείνους παρεκάλει μηδενὸς ἀνέχεσθαι τῶν λέγειν τι τολμώντων κατὰ Ῥωμαίων, καὶ πολλὰ καθόλου τῶν εἰς φιλανθρωπίαν ἡκόντων ἐπεμέτρησεν.
Book 28, Part 7
28.17.3ἔγραψε δὲ ταῦτα καὶ πρὸς τὸν δῆμον τῶν Ῥοδίων.
28.17.4τοῦ δʼ Ἁγεπόλιδος ἐψυχαγωγημένου κατὰ τὴν ὅλην ἀπάντησιν ἰσχυρῶς, λαβὼν αὐτὸν κατʼ ἰδίαν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ὁ Κόιντος θαυμάζειν ἔφη πῶς οὐ πειρῶνται διαλύειν οἱ Ῥόδιοι τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον, μάλιστα τοῦ πράγματος ἐκείνοις καθήκοντος.
28.17.5πότερα δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐποίει τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὑποπτεύων μή ποτε κρατήσας τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας βαρὺς ἔφεδρος αὐτοῖς γένηται, τοῦ πρὸς τὸν Περσέα πολέμου χρόνον λαμβάνοντος·
28.17.6ἤδη γὰρ τότε συνέβαινε συγκεχύσθαι τὸν περὶ Κοίλης Συρίας πόλεμον·
28.17.7ἢ θεωρῶν ὅσον οὔπω κριθησόμενα τὰ κατὰ τὸν Περσέα, τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν στρατοπέδων ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ παραβεβληκότων, καὶ
28.17.8καλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχων ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀποβησομένων ἐβούλετο τοὺς Ῥοδίους προνύξας μεσίτας ἀποδεῖξαι, καὶ τοῦτο πράξαντας δοῦναι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀφορμὰς εὐλόγους εἰς τὸ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ἂν αὐτοῖς φαίνηται, τὸ μὲν ἀκριβὲς οὐ ῥᾴδιον εἰπεῖν,
28.17.9δοκῶ δὲ μᾶλλον τὸ τελευταῖον εἰρημένον, ἐξ ὧν ἐμαρτύρησε τὰ μετʼ ὀλίγον συμβάντα τοῖς Ῥοδίοις.
28.17.10οἵ γε μὴν περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν ἐξ αὐτῆς βαδίσαντες πρὸς τὸν Γάιον καὶ πάντων τυχόντες τῶν φιλανθρώπων ὑπερβολικώτερον ἢ παρὰ τῷ Μαρκίῳ ταχέως εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον ἀνεχώρησαν.
28.17.11γινομένης δὲ τῆς ἀποπρεσβείας, καὶ τῆς τε διὰ τῶν λόγων φιλανθρωπίας καὶ τῆς διὰ τῶν ἀποκρίσεων εὐνοίας ἑκατέρων τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐφαμίλλου γενομένης, ὀρθοὶ καὶ μετέωροι ταῖς διανοίαις ἐγενήθησαν οἱ Ῥόδιοι πάντες, οὐ μὴν ὡσαύτως.
28.17.12οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑγιαίνοντες περιχαρεῖς ἦσαν ἐπὶ τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων, οἱ δὲ κινηταὶ καὶ καχέκται συνελογίζοντο παρʼ αὑτοῖς σημεῖον εἶναι τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας τοῦ δεδιέναι τὴν περίστασιν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους καὶ μὴ χωρεῖν αὐτοῖς τὰ πράγματα κατὰ λόγον.
28.17.13ὅτε δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν συνέβη παραφθέγξασθαι πρός τινας τῶν φίλων, ὅτι παρὰ τοῦ Μαρκίου κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντολὰς εἴληφε μνημονεύειν πρὸς τὴν βουλὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ διαλύειν τὸν πόλεμον,
28.17.14τότε δὴ τελέως οἱ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα συνέθεσαν ἐν κακοῖς μεγάλοις εἶναι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους.
28.17.15ἀπέστειλαν δὲ καὶ πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν τοὺς διαλύσοντας τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον Ἀντιόχῳ καὶ Πτολεμαίῳ.
28.18.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἦν καὶ πρακτικὸς καὶ μεγαλεπίβολος καὶ τοῦ τῆς βασιλείας προσχήματος ἄξιος, πλὴν τῶν κατὰ τὸ Πηλούσιον στρατηγημάτων. —
28.19.1ὅτι μετὰ τὸ παραλαβεῖν Ἀντίοχον τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἔδοξε τοῖς περὶ τὸν Κομανὸν καὶ Κινέαν συνεδρεύσασιν μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως κοινοβούλιον καταγράφειν ἐκ τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων ἡγεμόνων τὸ βουλευσόμενον περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
28.19.2πρῶτον οὖν ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος παρεπιδημήσαντας πέμπειν πρεσβευτὰς ὡς τὸν Ἀντίοχον κοινολογησομένους ὑπὲρ διαλύσεως.
28.19.3ἦσαν δὲ τότε παρὰ μὲν τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρεσβεῖαι διτταί, μία μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν φιλανθρώπων ἀνανεώσεως, ἣν ἐπρέσβευον Ἀλκίθος Ξενοφῶντος Αἰγιεὺς καὶ Πασιάδας, ἄλλη δὲ περὶ τοῦ τῶν Ἀντιγονείων ἀγῶνος.
28.19.4ἦν δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων πρεσβεία περὶ δωρεᾶς, ἧς ἡγεῖτο Δημάρατος, καὶ θεωρίαι διτταί, μία μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν Παναθηναίων, ἧς προειστήκει Καλλίας ὁ παγκρατιαστής, ἡ δʼ ἄλλη περὶ μυστηρίων, ὑπὲρ ἧς Κλεόστρατος ἐποιεῖτο τὸν χρηματισμὸν καὶ τοὺς λόγους.
28.19.5ἐκ δὲ Μιλήτου παρῆσαν Εὔδημος καὶ Ἱκέσιος, ἐκ δὲ Κλαζομενῶν Ἀπολλωνίδης καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος.
28.19.6ἐξαπέστειλε δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς Τληπόλεμον καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τὸν ῥήτορα πρεσβευτάς.
28.19.7οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἔπλεον ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμὸν εἰς τὴν ἀπάντησιν. —
28.20.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρόν, ὅτε Ἀντίοχος τὴν Αἴγυπτον παρέλαβε, συνῆψαν τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος πρεσβευτῶν οἱ πεμφθέντες ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις. ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ τοὺς ἄνδρας φιλανθρώπως τὴν μὲν πρώτην ὑποδοχὴν αὐτῶν ἐποιήσατο μεγαλομερῆ,
28.20.2κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἑξῆς ἔδωκεν ἔντευξιν καὶ λέγειν ἐκέλευσεν περὶ ὧν ἔχουσι τὰς ἐντολάς.
Book 28, Part 8
28.20.3πρῶτοι μὲν οὖν οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐποιήσαντο λόγους, τούτοις δʼ ἑξῆς Δημάρατος ὁ παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Εὔδημος ὁ Μιλήσιος.
28.20.4πάντων δὲ πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαλεγομένων, παραπλησίους εἶναι συνέβαινε καὶ τοὺς κατὰ μέρος αὐτῶν λόγους.
28.20.5τὴν μὲν γὰρ αἰτίαν τῶν συμβεβηκότων πάντες ἀνέφερον ἐπὶ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Εὐλαῖον, τὴν δὲ συγγένειαν καὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν τὴν τοῦ Πτολεμαίου προφερόμενοι παρῃτοῦντο τὴν ὀργὴν τοῦ βασιλέως.
28.20.6Ἀντίοχος δὲ πᾶσι τούτοις ἀνθομολογησάμενος καὶ προσαυξήσας τὴν ἐκείνων ὑπόθεσιν ἤρξατο λέγειν [τὴν] ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς δικαίων, διʼ ὧν ἐπειρᾶτο συνιστάνειν τῶν ἐν Συρίᾳ βασιλέων ὑπάρχουσαν τὴν κτῆσιν τῶν κατὰ Κοίλην Συρίαν τόπων,
28.20.7ἰσχυροποιῶν μὲν τὰς ἐπικρατείας τὰς Ἀντιγόνου τοῦ πρώτου κατασχόντος τὴν ἐν Συρίᾳ βασιλείαν, προφερόμενος δὲ τὰ συγχωρήματα τὰ γενόμενα Σελεύκῳ διὰ τῶν ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας βασιλέων μετὰ τὸν Ἀντιγόνου θάνατον·
28.20.8ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις ἀπερειδόμενος ἐπὶ τὴν τελευταίαν κατὰ πόλεμον Ἀντιόχου τοῦ πατρὸς ἔγκτησιν,
28.20.9ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν ἐξαρνούμενος τὴν ὁμολογίαν, ἣν ἔφασαν οἱ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν γενέσθαι Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ νεωστὶ μετηλλαχότι πρὸς Ἀντίοχον τὸν ἐκείνου πατέρα, διότι δεῖ λαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἐν φερνῇ Κοίλην Συρίαν, ὅτʼ ἐλάμβανε Κλεοπάτραν τὴν τοῦ νῦν βασιλεύοντος μητέρα.
28.20.10πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαλεχθεὶς καὶ πείσας οὐ μόνον αὑτόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἀπηντηκότας ὡς δίκαια λέγει, τότε μὲν διέπλευσεν εἰς τὴν Ναύκρατιν.
28.20.11χρησάμενος δὲ καὶ τούτοις φιλανθρώπως καὶ δοὺς ἑκάστῳ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τῶν κατοικούντων χρυσοῦν προῆγεν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας.
28.20.12τοῖς δὲ πρεσβευταῖς τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ὑπέσχετο δώσειν, ὅταν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀριστείδην καὶ Θῆριν ἀνακάμψωσιν ὡς αὐτόν.
28.20.13ἐξαπεσταλκέναι γὰρ ἐκείνους ἔφη πρὸς τὸν Πτολεμαῖον, βούλεσθαι δὲ πάντων συνίστορας εἶναι καὶ μάρτυρας τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος πρεσβευτάς. —
28.21.1ὅτι Εὐλαῖος ὁ εὐνοῦχος ἔπεισε Πτολεμαῖον ἀναλαβόντα τὰ χρήματα, τὴν βασιλείαν προιέμενον τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, ὑποχωρεῖν εἰς Σαμοθρᾴκην·
28.21.2ἐφʼ ἃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐπιστήσας ὁμολογήσειεν ὅτι μέγιστα κακὰ ποιοῦσιν αἱ κακαὶ συντροφίαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους;
28.21.3τὸ γὰρ μηδʼ, ἐκτὸς γενόμενον τῶν δεινῶν καὶ τοσοῦτον τόπον ἀποστάντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ὁρμῆσαι πρός τι τῶν καθηκόντων, ἄλλως τε καὶ τηλικαύτας ἀφορμὰς ἔχοντα καὶ τοιούτων τόπων κυριεύοντα καὶ τοσούτων πληθῶν, ἀλλʼ εὐθέως αὐτόθεν ἀκονιτὶ παραχωρῆσαι βασιλείας τῆς ἐπιφανεστάτης καὶ μακαριωτάτης, πῶς οὐκ ἄν τις εἶναι φήσειε ψυχῆς ἐκτεθηλυμμένης καὶ διεφθαρμένης ὁλοσχερῶς; ἣν εἰ μὲν συνέβαινε φύσει περὶ Πτολεμαῖον ὑπάρχειν,
28.21.4τὴν φύσιν ἔδει καταμέμψασθαι καὶ μηδενὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς αἰτίαν ἐπιφέρειν·
28.21.5ἐπειδὴ δὲ διὰ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα πράξεων ἡ φύσις ὑπὲρ αὑτῆς ἀπελογήθη, δείξασα τὸν Πτολεμαῖον καὶ στάσιμον ἱκανῶς καὶ γενναῖον ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις ὑπάρχοντα, δῆλον ὡς εἰκότως ἄν τις τῆς τότε περὶ αὐτὸν γενομένης ἀγεννίας καὶ τῆς ὁρμῆς τῆς εἰς τὴν Σαμοθρᾴκην τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπὶ τὸν σπάδωνα καὶ τὴν τούτου συντροφίαν ἀναφέροι. —
28.22.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος μετὰ τὸ καταλιπεῖν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν πολιορκεῖν πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐξέπεμπεν·
28.22.2οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Μελέαγρος, Σωσιφάνης, Ἡρακλείδης·
28.22.3συνθεὶς ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα τάλαντα, πεντήκοντα μὲν στέφανον Ῥωμαίοις, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τῶν χρημάτων εἰς δωρεάν τισιν τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πόλεων. —
28.23.1ὅτι κατὰ τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας κατέπλευσαν ἐκ Ῥόδου πρέσβεις εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις οἱ περὶ Πράξωνα καὶ μετʼ οὐ πολὺ παρῆσαν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον.
28.23.2γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἐντεύξεως, πολλοὺς διετίθεντο λόγους, τήν τε τῆς ἰδίας πατρίδος εὔνοιαν προφερόμενοι πρὸς ἀμφοτέρας τὰς βασιλείας καὶ τὴν αὐτῶν τῶν βασιλέων ἀναγκαιότητα πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸ συμφέρον ἑκατέροις ἐκ τῆς διαλύσεως.
28.23.3ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἔτι λέγοντα τὸν πρεσβευτὴν ἐπιτεμὼν οὐκ ἔφη προσδεῖσθαι πολλῶν λόγων.
28.23.4τὴν μὲν γὰρ βασιλείαν εἶναι Πτολεμαίου τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου, πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον καὶ διαλελύσθαι πάλαι καὶ φίλους ὑπάρχειν, καὶ νῦν βουλομένων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει κατάγειν τοῦτον μὴ κωλύειν Ἀντίοχον.
Book 29, Part 1
29.1.1ἔφη γὰρ αὐτοὺς μίαν ἔχειν διατριβὴν καὶ παρὰ τὰς συνουσίας καὶ παρὰ τὰς ἐν τοῖς περιπάτοις ὁμιλίας διοικεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐν Ῥώμῃ καθημένους τὸν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ πόλεμον, ποτὲ μὲν ἐπιτιμῶντας τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν πραττομένοις, ποτὲ δὲ τὰ παραλειπόμενα διεξιόντας·
29.1.2ἐξ ὧν ὄνησιν μὲν οὐδέποτε γίνεσθαι τοῖς κοινοῖς πράγμασι, βλάβην δὲ πολλάκις καὶ ἐπὶ πολλῶν γεγονέναι· καὶ ποτὲ δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας μεγάλα βλάπτεσθαι διὰ τὰς ἀκαίρους εὑρησιλογίας·
29.1.3πάσης γὰρ διαβολῆς ἐχούσης ὀξύ τι καὶ κινητικόν, ὅταν προκαταληφθῇ τὸ πλῆθος ἐκ τῆς συνεχοῦς λαλιᾶς, εὐκαταφρονήτους γίνεσθαι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. —
29.2.1ὅτι ἡ σύγκλητος πυνθανομένη τὸν Ἀντίοχον τῆς μὲν Αἰγύπτου κύριον γεγονέναι, τῆς δʼ Ἀλεξανδρείας παρʼ ὀλίγον,
29.2.2νομίζουσα πρὸς αὑτήν τι διατείνειν τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ προειρημένου βασιλέως, κατέστησε πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Γάιον Ποπίλιον,
29.2.3τόν τε πόλεμον λύσοντας καὶ καθόλου θεασομένους τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων διάθεσιν ποία τις ἐστίν.
29.2.4καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
29.3.1ὅτι παραγενομένων πρὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν, οὓς ἀπεστάλκει πρεσβευτὰς ὁ Περσεὺς πρὸς Γένθιον ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας,
29.3.2καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι πρόθυμος ὁ βασιλεύς ἐστιν ἀναδέχεσθαι τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον, ἐὰν αὐτῷ δοθῇ τριακόσια τάλαντα καὶ πίστεις αἱ προσήκουσαι περὶ τῶν ὅλων,
29.3.3πυθόμενος ταῦτα καὶ κρίνων ἀναγκαίαν εἶναι τὴν Γενθίου κοινοπραγίαν προεχειρίσατο Πάνταυχον, ἕνα τῶν πρώτων φίλων,
29.3.4καὶ τοῦτον ἐξαπέστειλε, δοὺς ἐντολὰς πρῶτον μὲν ὁμολογήσαντα περὶ τῶν χρημάτων ὅρκους καὶ δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας, εἶτα τοὺς ὁμήρους ἐξ αὐτῆς κἀκεῖνον πέμπειν, οὓς ἂν δοκῇ Πανταύχῳ, καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαμβάνειν οὓς ἂν ἀποφήνῃ Γένθιος διὰ τῶν ἐγγράπτων, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις διατάξασθαι περὶ τῆς κομιδῆς τῶν τριακοσίων ταλάντων.
29.3.5ὁ δὲ Πάνταυχος ἐξ αὐτῆς ποιησάμενος τὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Μετέωνα τῆς Λαβεάτιδος κἀνταῦθα συμμίξας τῷ Γενθίῳ ταχέως παρεστήσατο τὸν νεανίσκον πρὸς τὸ κοινωνεῖν τῷ Περσεῖ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων.
29.3.6τμηθέντων δὲ τῶν ὁρκίων ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας καὶ καταγραφέντων, εὐθέως ὁ Γένθιος ἅμα τοὺς ὁμήρους ἔπεμπε τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πανταύχου καταγραφέντας καὶ σὺν τούτοις Ὀλυμπίωνα παραληψόμενον τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως, ἑτέρους δὲ τοὺς περὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἕξοντας τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν.
29.3.7σὺν δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις ἔπεισεν ὁ Πάνταυχος τὸν Γένθιον καὶ πρεσβευτὰς συνεξαποστέλλειν, οἵτινες ἅμα τοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως πεμπομένοις εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον πρεσβεύσουσιν ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς συμμαχίας.
29.3.8τούτου γὰρ γενομένου, καὶ συνεμβάντων τῶν Ῥοδίων εἰς τὸν πόλεμον, τελέως εὐκαταγωνίστους ἐσομένους ἀπέφαινε τοὺς Ῥωμαίους.
29.3.9ὁ δὲ πεισθεὶς τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις καὶ προχειρισάμενος Παρμενίωνα καὶ Μόρκον ἐξαπέστειλε, δοὺς ἐντολάς, ὅταν λάβωσιν τοὺς ὅρκους παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους, καὶ περὶ τῶν χρημάτων γένηται σύμφωνον, πρεσβεύειν εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον.
29.4.1οὗτοι μὲν οὖν πάντες προῆγον εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν· ὁ δὲ Πάνταυχος μένων παρὰ πλευρὰν ὑπεμίμνησκεν καὶ παρώξυνε τὸν νεανίσκον πρὸς τὸ μὴ καθυστερεῖν ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, ἀλλʼ ἕτοιμον ὄντα προκαταλαμβάνειν καὶ τόπους καὶ πόλεις καὶ συμμάχους· μάλιστα δʼ αὐτὸν ἠξίου παρασκευάζεσθαι πρὸς τὴν κατὰ θάλατταν μάχην·
29.4.2τῶν γὰρ Ῥωμαίων εἰς τέλος ἀπαρασκεύων ὄντων πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος κατά τε τοὺς περὶ τὴν Ἤπειρον καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα τόπους, ἀκονιτὶ πᾶν τὸ προτεθὲν ἐπιτελεσθήσεσθαι διʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένων.
29.4.3ὁ μὲν οὖν Γένθιος τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις ἀναπειθόμενος ἐγίνετο περί τε τὰς κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν παρασκευάς.
29.4.4ὁ δὲ Περσεύς, παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν παρὰ τοῦ Γενθίου καὶ τῶν ὁμηρευόντων, ὁρμήσας ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ τὸν Ἐλπειὸν ποταμὸν παρεμβολῆς μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἱππέων ἀπήντα τοῖς προειρημένοις εἰς τὸ Δῖον,
29.4.5καὶ συμμίξας πρῶτον μὲν ἀπέδωκε τοὺς ὅρκους ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας ἐναντίον πάντων τῶν ἱππέων· πάνυ γὰρ ἐβούλετο σαφῶς εἰδέναι τοὺς Μακεδόνας τὴν τοῦ Γενθίου κοινοπραγίαν, ἐλπίζων εὐθαρσεστέρους αὐτοὺς ὑπάρξειν, προσγενομένης ταύτης τῆς ῥοπῆς.
29.4.6ἔπειτα δὲ τοὺς ὁμήρους παρελάμβανε καὶ παρεδίδου τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ τοῖς περὶ Ὀλυμπίωνα. ὧν ἦσαν ἐπιφανέστατοι Λιμναῖος ὁ Πολεμοκράτους καὶ Βάλακρος ὁ Πανταύχου.
29.4.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ χρήματα παρόντας εἰς Πέλλαν ἐξέπεμπεν, ὡς ἐκεῖ παραληψομένους, τοὺς δὲ πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον εἰς Θετταλονίκην πρὸς Μητρόδωρον, συντάξας ἑτοίμους εἶναι πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν. ἔπεισε δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους συνεμβαίνειν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον.
Book 29, Part 2
29.4.8ταῦτα δὲ διοικήσας Ἡροφῶντα μὲν ἐξέπεμψε πρεσβευτὴν πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, καὶ πρότερον ἤδη διαπεσταλμένον, Τηλέμναστον δὲ τὸν Κρῆτα πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον,
29.4.9μὴ παρορᾶν τὸν καιρὸν μηδʼ ὑπολαμβάνειν πρὸς αὐτὸν μόνον ἀνήκειν τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν καὶ τὴν βαρύτητα τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
29.4.10σαφῶς δὲ γινώσκειν ὡς ἐὰν μὴ καὶ νῦν αὐτὸς συνεπιλαμβάνηται, μάλιστα μὲν διαλύων τὸν πόλεμον, εἰ δὲ μή, βοηθῶν, ταχέως πεῖραν λήψεται τῆς αὐτῆς ἑαυτῷ τύχης. —
29.5.1ὑπὲρ ὧν ἔγωγε διηπόρηκα τί δεῖ ποιεῖν· τό τε γὰρ γράφειν κατὰ μέρος ὑπὲρ τοιούτων ἀκριβολογούμενον ἃ διʼ ἀπορρήτων πρὸς αὑτοὺς οἱ βασιλεῖς ἔπραττον εὐεπίληπτον ἐφαίνετο καὶ τελέως ἐπισφαλές,
29.5.2τό τε παρασιωπῆσαι πάλιν ὁλοσχερῶς τὸ δοκοῦν πραγματικώτατον ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τούτῳ γεγονέναι, καὶ διʼ οὗ πολλὰ τῶν ὕστερον ἀπορουμένων γνωρίμους ἔσχε τὰς αἰτίας, τελέως τινὸς ἀργίας ἐδόκει μοι σημεῖον εἶναι καὶ τῆς πάσης ἀτολμίας·
29.5.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κατηνέχθην ἐπὶ τὸ γράφειν κεφαλαιωδῶς τὸ δοκοῦν, καὶ διʼ ὧν εἰκότων καὶ σημείων ἐπὶ ταύτης ἐγενόμην τῆς γνώμης, ὑπάρχων κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς καὶ μᾶλλον ἑτέρων ἐκπληττόμενος ἕκαστα τῶν γενομένων.
29.6.1ὅτι μὲν οὖν Κύδας ὁ Κρὴς στρατευόμενος παρʼ Εὐμένει καὶ τιμώμενος ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα, πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς Ἀμφίπολιν παραγενόμενος Χειμάρῳ, τινὶ τῶν σὺν Περσεῖ στρατευομένων Κρητῶν, καὶ πάλιν πρὸς Δημητριάδι συνεγγίσας τῷ τείχει ἐκοινολογεῖτο τὸ μὲν πρῶτον Μενεκράτει, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον Ἀντιμάχῳ,
29.6.2εἴρηται· καὶ μὴν ὅτι δὶς Ἡροφῶν ἐπρέσβευσε πρὸς Εὐμένη παρὰ Περσέως, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Ῥωμαίων οἱ πλείους ὑποψίαν ἔσχον οὐκ ἀπίθανον περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν περὶ Ἄτταλον συμβάντων·
29.6.3τῷ μὲν γὰρ συνεχώρησαν καὶ παραγενέσθαι πρὸς σφᾶς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐκ τοῦ Βρεντεσίου καὶ χρηματίσαι περὶ ὧν προῃρεῖτο, καὶ τέλος ἀποκρίσεις δόντες αὐτῷ φιλανθρώπους ἀπέστειλαν, οὐδὲν οὔτε πρότερον οὔτε κατὰ τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον ἀξιόλογον αὐτοῖς συνηργηκότα·
29.6.4τὸν Εὐμένη δὲ τὰς μεγίστας χρείας σφίσι παρεσχημένον καὶ πλεῖστα συνηργηκότʼ ἔν τε τοῖς πρὸς Ἀντίοχον καὶ κατὰ τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον οὐ μόνον τῆς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀναβάσεως ἐκώλυσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσέταξαν μέσου χειμῶνος ὄντος ἐν ἡμέραις τακταῖς ἐκχωρεῖν ἐξ Ἰταλίας.
29.6.5ἐξ ὧν ὅτι μὲν γέγονέ τις ἐπιπλοκὴ τῷ Περσεῖ πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, διʼ ἣν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἠλλοτριώθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν Ῥωμαῖοι, προφανὲς ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων·
29.7.1αὕτη καὶ μέχρι τίνος προύβη πάρεστι σκοπεῖν. ὅτι μὲν οὖν Εὐμένης οὐκ ἂν ἠβουλήθη Περσέα κρατῆσαι τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ γενέσθαι κύριον τῶν ὅλων, εὐχερὲς καταμαθεῖν·
29.7.2χωρὶς γὰρ τῆς πατρικῆς ἀλλοτριότητος καὶ δυσμενείας, ἣν εἶχον πρὸς ἀλλήλους, καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὁμογενὲς ἱκανὸν ἦν ἀπιστίαν καὶ ζηλοτυπίαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν μεγίστην ἀλλοτριότητα παρασκευάζειν ἐν αὐτοῖς·
29.7.3λοιπὸν ἦν ἐξαπατᾶν καὶ στρατηγεῖν ἀλλήλους διʼ ἀπορρήτων· ὅπερ ἐποίουν ἀμφότεροι.
29.7.4θεωρῶν γὰρ Εὐμένης δυσπαθοῦντα καὶ συγκλειόμενον τὸν Περσέα πανταχόθεν καὶ πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον ἐπιδεχόμενον χάριν τοῦ τὸν πόλεμον διαλύσασθαι καὶ διαπεμπόμενον ὑπὲρ τούτων πρὸς τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος,
29.7.5τοὺς δὲ Ῥωμαίους ὡσαύτως δυσχρηστουμένους τοῖς ὅλοις διά τε τὸ μηδὲν προκόπτειν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ μέχρι τῆς Παύλου στρατηγίας καὶ διὰ τὸ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν μετεώρους ὑπάρχειν,
29.7.6ὑπέλαβεν οὐκ ἀδύνατον εἶναι τὸ συγκαταβῆναι Ῥωμαίους εἰς ἐξαγωγὴν τοῦ πολέμου καὶ διάλυσιν·
29.7.7πρὸς δὲ τὸ μεσιτεῦσαι ταῦτα καὶ συναγαγεῖν ἐνόμισεν αὑτὸν ἐπιτηδειότατον εἶναι.
29.7.8ταῦτα δὲ συλλογισάμενος ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ κατεπείραζε τοῦ Περσέως διὰ Κύδα τοῦ Κρητὸς τῷ πρότερον ἔτει πόσου βούλοιτʼ ἂν ὠνήσασθαι τὴν ἐλ
29.8.1πίδα ταύτην. ἡ μὲν οὖν καταρχὴ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπιπλοκῆς δοκεῖ μοι διὰ ταῦτα γεγονέναι·
29.8.2δυεῖν δὲ συγκρινομένων, τοῦ μὲν πανουργοτάτου δοκοῦντος εἶναι, τοῦ δὲ φιλαργυρωτάτου, γελοίαν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν διαμάχην αὐτῶν.
29.8.3ὁ μὲν γὰρ Εὐμένης πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα προύτεινε καὶ πᾶν γένος δελέατος ὑπερρίπτει, πεπεισμένος θηρεύσειν τὸν Περσέα ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις·
29.8.4ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς μακρόθεν ὥρμα πρὸς τὰ προτεινόμενα καὶ συνετίθετο, καταπιεῖν δὲ τῶν λεγομένων οὐδὲν οἷός τʼ ἦν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὥστε καὶ προέσθαι τι τῶν αὑτοῦ.
Book 29, Part 3
29.8.5τὸ δὲ γένος τῶν παλαισμάτων ἦν τοιοῦτον. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Εὐμένης ᾔτει τοῦ μὲν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν κατὰ τὸ τέταρτον ἔτος καὶ μὴ συστρατεῦσαι Ῥωμαίοις μήτε κατὰ γῆν μήτε κατὰ θάλατταν πεντακόσια τάλαντα, τοῦ δὲ διαλῦσαι τὸν πόλεμον χίλια πεντακόσια, καὶ τούτων ὁμήρους δώσειν κατὰ τάχος ὑπισχνεῖτο καὶ πίστεις.
29.8.6ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς ἐδέχετο περὶ τῶν ὁμήρων καὶ πόσα καὶ πότε πέμπεσθαι καὶ πῶς δεήσει ταῦτα τηρεῖσθαι παρὰ τοῖς Κνωσίοις·
29.8.7περὶ δὲ τῶν χρημάτων ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν πεντακοσίων ταλάντων αἰσχρὸν ἔφησεν εἶναι καὶ τῷ διδόντι καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι τῷ λαμβάνοντι τὸ δοκεῖν μισθοῦ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, τὰ δὲ χίλια καὶ πεντακόσια πέμψειν φέροντας ἔφη τοὺς περὶ Πολεμοκράτην εἰς Σαμοθρᾴκην κἀκεῖ μεσιτεύσειν. τῆς δὲ Σαμοθρᾴκης αὐτὸς ἦν κύριος· ὁ δʼ Εὐμένης σπουδάζων,
29.8.8καθάπερ οἱ μοχθηροὶ τῶν ἰατρῶν, περὶ τὸ πρόδομα μᾶλλον ἢ περὶ τὸν μισθὸν τέλος ἀπέστη τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, ἀδυνατήσας καταγωνίσασθαι τῇ σφετέρᾳ πανουργίᾳ τὴν τοῦ Περσέως μικρολογίαν.
29.8.9καὶ δὴ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ ποιήσαντες ἱερὸν τὸν στέφανον τῆς φιλαργυρίας διελύθησαν ἐπʼ ἴσης, καθάπερ ἀγαθοὶ παλαισταί.
29.8.10τούτων δʼ ἔνια μὲν ἐξερρύη παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν, ἔνια δὲ μετʼ ὀλίγον εἰς τοὺς παρακειμένους τῷ Περσεῖ φίλους, παρʼ ὧν ἡμῖν ἐξεποίησε πυθέσθαι διότι πάσης κακίας ὡσανεὶ πατταλεῖόν ἐστιν ἡ φιλαργυρία.
29.9.1προστίθημι δʼ ἔτι παρʼ ἐμαυτοῦ τοσοῦτον, μὴ καὶ μωροποιεῖσθαι συμβαίνει τὴν φιλαργυρίαν.
29.9.2τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἐπισημήναιτο τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν βασιλέων, Εὐμένους μέν, κατὰ τίνα λόγον ἤλπισε τηλικαύτης ἀλλοτριότητος ὑπαρχούσης πιστευθήσεσθαι καὶ προσλήψεσθαι τοσοῦτο πλῆθος χρημάτων, μηδεμίαν δυνάμενος ἱκανὴν πίστιν παρασχέσθαι τῷ Περσεῖ τῆς κομιδῆς τούτων, ἐὰν μὴ βεβαιοῖ τὰς ὑποσχέσεις;
29.9.3πῶς δὲ λαβὼν τοσοῦτο πλῆθος χρημάτων ὑπέλαβε λήσειν Ῥωμαίους;
29.9.4εἰ γὰρ καὶ κατὰ τὸ παρόν, οὐκ ἂν ἔν γε τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνῳ διέλαθε.
29.9.5λοιπὸν ἔδει πάντως ἀντὶ τῶν διδομένων χρημάτων ἀλλάξασθαι τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους διαφοράν, διʼ ἣν ἔμελλε καὶ τῶν ληφθέντων χρημάτων ἅμα καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦ βίου στερήσεσθαι, πολέμιος φανεὶς Ῥωμαίοις.
29.9.6εἰ γὰρ καὶ νῦν μηδὲν πράξας, ἐπινοήσας δὲ μόνον εἰς τοὺς μεγίστους ἦλθε κινδύνους, τί ποτε παθεῖν αὐτῷ προσῆκεν ἐπὶ τέλος ἀχθείσης τῆς προειρημένης πράξεως;
29.9.7τοῦ δὲ Περσέως πάλιν τίς οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσειε πῶς ἄλλο τι συμφορώτερον ἢ προυργιαίτερον ἐνόμισε τοῦ δοῦναι τὰ χρήματα καὶ καταπιεῖν ἐᾶσαι τὸν Εὐμένη τὸ δέλεαρ;
29.9.8εἰ μὲν γὰρ συνήργησέ τι τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἐπαγγελίας καὶ διέλυσε τὸν πόλεμον, εἰς καλὸν ἡ δόσις.
29.9.9εἰ δὲ ταύτης διεψεύσθη τῆς ἐλπίδος, εἴς γε τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἔχθραν ὁμολογουμένως ἂν αὐτὸν ἐμβεβλήκει· τοῦ γὰρ εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐνεγκεῖν ταῦτα κύριος ὑπῆρχεν αὐτός.
29.9.10πόσου δὲ τοῦτʼ ἄξιον Περσεῖ καὶ κατορθοῦντι τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ πταίοντι, ῥᾴδιον συλλογίσασθαι·
29.9.11πάντων γὰρ τῶν συμβάντων κακῶν αἴτιον ἐνόμιζεν Εὐμένη γεγονέναι, ὃν οὐκ ἂν ἠδυνήθη κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον ἀμύνασθαι βέλτιον ἢ πολέμιον ποιήσας Ῥωμαίοις.
29.9.12τίς οὖν αἰτία τῆς οὕτως ἐκφανοῦς ἀλογιστίας; φιλαργυρία· τί γὰρ ἂν ἄλλο τις εἴπειεν; ὁ μὲν γὰρ χάριν τοῦ λαβεῖν τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα πάντα παρεώρα τἄλλα καὶ πάντʼ ἀνεδέχετο ποιήσειν, ὁ δὲ τοῦ μὴ
29.9.12δοῦναι πάντα παθεῖν καὶ πᾶν ὑπεριδεῖν ὑπέμενεν.
29.9.13ἀκολούθως δὲ τούτοις Περσεὺς καὶ τὰ πρὸς Γαλάτας καὶ τὰ πρὸς Γένθιον —
29.10.1ὅτι προτεθείσης χειροτονίας τοῖς Ῥοδίοις, ἐνίκων οἷς ἤρεσκε πέμπειν τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν διαλύσεων.
29.10.2καὶ τὴν μὲν Ῥοδίων ἀντιπολιτείαν τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον [ὡς ἐν τῷ περὶ δημηγορίας τέθειται] διέκρινε τὸ διαβούλιον,
29.10.3ἐν ᾧ πλεῖον ἐφάνησαν ἰσχύοντες οἱ τὰ τοῦ Περσέως αἱρούμενοι τῶν σῴζειν σπουδαζόντων τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τοὺς νόμους.
Book 29, Part 4
29.10.4οἱ δὲ πρυτάνεις παραχρῆμα πρεσβευτὰς κατέστησαν τοὺς διαλύσοντας τὸν πόλεμον, εἰς μὲν τὴν Ῥώμην Ἁγέπολιν, Διοκλῆ, Κλινόμβροτον, πρὸς δὲ τὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ Περσέα Δάμωνα, Νικόστρατον, Ἁγησίλοχον, Τήλεφον.
29.10.5τούτῳ δʼ ἑξῆς τὸ συνεχὲς ἐξειργάζοντο καὶ προσετίθεσαν, ποιοῦντες ἀναπολόγητον τὴν ἁμαρτίαν·
29.10.6εὐθέως γὰρ εἰς τὴν Κρήτην ἔπεμπον πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς ἀνανεωσομένους πρὸς πάντας Κρηταιεῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα φιλάνθρωπα καὶ παρακαλέσοντας βλέπειν τοὺς καιροὺς καὶ τὴν περίστασιν καὶ συμφρονεῖν τῷ δήμῳ καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐχθρὸν αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ φίλον,
29.10.7ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν πρὸς τὰς πόλεις ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτῶν διαλεχθησομένους. —
29.11.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Παρμενίωνα καὶ Μόρκον, τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Γενθίου, καὶ σὺν τούτοις τοῦ Μητροδώρου παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, καὶ συναχθείσης τῆς βουλῆς,
29.11.2παντάπασιν θορυβώδης ἦν ἐκκλησία, τῶν μὲν περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον φανερῶς ἤδη τολμώντων λέγειν τὰ τοῦ Περσέως, τῶν δὲ περὶ Θεαίδητον καταπεπληγμένων τὰ συμβαίνοντα·
29.11.3καὶ γὰρ ἡ τῶν λέμβων παρουσία καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀπολωλότων ἱππέων καὶ ἡ τοῦ Γενθίου μετάθεσις συνέτριβεν αὐτούς.
29.11.4διὸ καὶ τὸ πέρας τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀκόλουθον ἐγενήθη τοῖς προειρημένοις·
29.11.5ἔδοξε γὰρ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ἀποκριθῆναι φιλανθρώπως ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς βασιλεῦσι καὶ διασαφεῖν ὅτι δέδοκται διαλύειν αὐτοῖς τὸν πόλεμον καὶ παρακαλεῖν κἀκείνους εὐδιαλύτους ὑπάρχειν.
29.11.6ἐδέξαντο δὲ καὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἐπὶ τὴν κοινὴν ἑστίαν τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Γενθίου μετὰ πολλῆς φιλανθρωπίας. —
29.12.1πάλιν ἕτεροι περὶ τοῦ Συριακοῦ πολέμου· τούτου δʼ αἴτιόν ἐστιν ὅπερ ἡμῖν εἴρηται διὰ πλειόνων.
29.12.2ὅταν γὰρ ἁπλᾶς καὶ μονοειδεῖς λαβόντες ὑποθέσεις βούλωνται μὴ τοῖς πράγμασιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ πλήθει τῶν βύβλων ἱστοριογράφοι νομίζεσθαι καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἐφέλκεσθαι φαντασίαν, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι τὰ μὲν μικρὰ μεγάλα ποιεῖν,
29.12.3τὰ δὲ βραχέως εἰρημένα διασκευάζειν καὶ λογοποιεῖν, ἔνια δὲ τῶν ἐν παρέργῳ πεπραγμένων ἔργα καὶ πράγματα κατασκευάζειν, ἀγῶνας διατιθεμένους καὶ παρατάξεις ἐξαγγέλλοντας, ἐν αἷς ἐνίοτε πεζοὶ μὲν ἔπεσον δέκα, ποτὲ δὲ μικρῷ πλείους, ἱππεῖς δʼ ἔτι τούτων ἐλάττους.
29.12.4πολιορκίας μὲν γὰρ καὶ τοπογραφίας καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια τούτοις οὐκ ἂν εἴποι τις ἀξίως ἐφʼ ὅσον ἐξεργάζονται διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν τῶν πραγμάτων.
29.12.5περὶ δὲ τοὺς τὰ καθόλου γράφοντας ἐναντίος ἐστὶν ὁ τρόπος·
29.12.6διόπερ οὐ χρὴ καταγινώσκειν ὡς ἡμῶν ἐπισυρόντων τὰς πράξεις, ὅταν τὰ παρʼ ἐνίοις πολλοῦ τετευχότα λόγου καὶ διασκευῆς ἡ?μ?ε?ῖ?σ? ποτὲ μὲν παραλείπωμεν, ποτὲ δὲ βραχέως ἐξαγγέλλωμεν, ἀλλὰ πιστεύειν ὅτι τὸν καθήκοντα λόγον ἑκάστοις ἀποδίδομεν.
29.12.7ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ὅταν ἐν τῇ συμπάσῃ πραγματείᾳ λόγου χάριν Φανοτείας καὶ Κορωνείας καὶ [...] ε [...] οῦ πολιορκίαν γράφωσιν, ἀναγκάζονται πάσας τὰς τῆς πολιορκίας ἐπινοίας καὶ τόλμας καὶ διαθέσεις ἐκτίθεσθαι,
29.12.8πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Τάραντος κατάληψιν, Κορίνθου [πολιορκίαν], Σάρδεων, Γάζης, Βάκτρων, ἐπὶ πᾶσι Καρχηδόνος πολιορκίαν διατρίβειν καὶ προστιθέναι παρʼ αὑτῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐ παντάπασιν εὐδοκεῖν ἐὰν ψιλῶς περὶ τῶν τοιούτων αὐτὸν τὸν ἀληθῆ καὶ κύριον ἀποδιδῶμεν λόγον.
29.12.9ἡ δʼ αὐτὴ καὶ περὶ παρατάξεων ἡμῖν ἔστω καὶ δημηγοριῶν ἀπόφασις, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μερῶν τῆς ἱστορίας·
29.12.10ἐν οἷς ἅπασι πολλῆς ἂν δικαίως τυγχάνοιμεν συγγνώμης, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν λέγεσθαι μελλόντων, . οι?ον ει τ? [...] φανείημεν ἢ λήμμασι χρώμενοι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἢ χειρισμῷ πραγμάτων ἢ τοῖς τῆς λέξεως ῥήμασι·
29.12.11πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐάν που παραπίπτωμεν ἐν ὀνομασίαις ὀρῶν ἢ ποταμῶν ἢ τόπων ἰδιότησι· τὸ γὰρ μέγεθος τῆς πραγματείας ἱκανόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ἐν ἅπασι τούτοις παραιτεῖσθαι·
29.12.12πλὴν ἐάν που κατὰ πρόθεσιν ἢ κέρδους τινὸς ἕνεκεν εὑρισκώμεθα ψευδογραφοῦντες· τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ παραιτούμεθα, καθάπερ ἤδη καὶ πλεονάκις ἐν τῇ πραγματείᾳ περὶ τούτου τοῦ μέρους διεστάλμεθα. —
29.13.1ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐνάτῃ καὶ εἰκοστῇ ὁ αὐτὸς Γένθιόν φησι τὸν τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν βασιλέα διὰ τὴν πολυποσίαν πολλὰ ποιεῖν ἀσελγῆ κατὰ τὸν βίον, νύκτωρ τε αἰεὶ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν μεθύοντα·
Book 29, Part 5
29.13.2ἀποκτείναντα δὲ καὶ Πλάτορα τὸν ἀδελφόν, γαμεῖν μέλλοντα τὴν Μονουνίου θυγατέρα, αὐτὸν γῆμαι τὴν παῖδα καὶ ὠμῶς χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἀρχομένοις. —
29.14.1πρῶτος δὲ τῶν παρόντων ὁ Νασικᾶς ἐπι
29.14.1καλούμενος Σκιπίων, γαμβρὸς Ἀφρικανοῦ Σκιπίωνος, ὕστερον δὲ μέγιστον ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ δυνηθείς, ὑπεδέξατο τῆς κυκλώσεως ἡγεμὼν γενέσθαι.
29.14.2δεύτερος δὲ Φάβιος Μάξιμος ὁ πρεσβύτατος τῶν Αἰμιλίου παίδων, ἔτι μειράκιον ὤν, ἀνέστη προθυμούμενος.
29.14.3ἡσθεὶς οὖν ὁ Αἰμίλιος δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς οὐχ ὅσους Πολύβιος εἴρηκεν, ἀλλʼ ὅσους αὐτὸς ὁ Νασικᾶς λαβεῖν φησι, γεγραφὼς περὶ τῶν πράξεων τούτων ἐπιστόλιον πρός τινα τῶν βασιλέων. —
29.14.4τῇ δυνάμει τῆς πάρμης καὶ τῶν Λιγυστικῶν θυρεῶν ἀντεῖχον ἐρρωμένως οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι. —
29.15.1τῷ δὲ Περσεῖ τὸν Αἰμίλιον ἀτρεμοῦντα κατὰ χώραν ὁρῶντι καὶ μὴ λογιζομένῳ τὸ γινόμενον, ἀποδρὰς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ Κρὴς αὐτόμολος ἧκε μηνύων τὴν περίοδον τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
29.15.2ὁ δὲ συνταραχθεὶς τὸ μὲν στρατόπεδον οὐκ ἐκίνησε, μυρίους δὲ μισθοφόρους ξένους καὶ δισχιλίους Μακεδόνας Μίλωνι παραδοὺς ἐξαπέστειλε, παρακελευσάμενος ταχῦναι καὶ καταλαβεῖν τὰς ὑπερβολάς.
29.15.3τούτοις ὁ μὲν Πολύβιος φησιν ἔτι κοιμωμένοις ἐπιπεσεῖν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ὁ δὲ Νασικᾶς ὀξὺν ἀγῶνα περὶ τοῖς ἄκροις γενέσθαι καὶ κίνδυνον. —
29.16.1Πολύβιος· ὅτι τῆς σελήνης ἐκλειπούσης ἐπὶ Περσέως τοῦ Μακεδόνος ἐκράτησεν ἡ φήμη παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ὅτι βασιλέως ἔκλειψιν σημαίνει.
29.16.2καὶ τοῦτο τοὺς μὲν Ῥωμαίους εὐθαρσεστέρους ἐποίησε, τοὺς δὲ Μακεδόνας ἐταπείνωσε ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
29.16.3οὕτως ἀληθές ἐστι τὸ περιφερόμενον ὅτι πολλὰ κενὰ τοῦ πολέμου. —
29.17.1Λεύκιος δὲ ὁ ὕπατος οὐχ ἑωρακὼς φάλαγγα τὸ παράπαν ἀλλὰ τότε πρῶτον ἐπὶ τοῦ Περσέως πρός τινας πολλάκις ἀνθωμολογεῖτο τῶν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ μετὰ ταῦτα μηδὲν ἑωρακέναι φοβερώτερον καὶ δεινότερον φάλαγγος Μακεδονικῆς, καίτοι γε πολλοὺς οὐ μόνον θεασάμενος ἀλλὰ καὶ χειρισάμενος ἀγῶνας, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος. —
29.17.2ὅτι πολλὰ τῶν ἐπινοημάτων κατὰ μὲν τὸν λόγον φαίνεται πιθανὰ καὶ δυνατά, παραγενόμενα δʼ εἰς τὴν χρείαν, καθάπερ τὰ κίβδηλα τῶν νομισμάτων εἰς τὸ πῦρ, οὐκέτι ποιεῖ τἀκόλουθον ταῖς πρώταις ἐπινοίαις. —
29.17.3ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς μίαν ἔχων πρόληψιν ἢ νικᾶν ἢ θνήσκειν, τότε οὐχ ὑπέμεινε τῇ ψυχῇ ἀλλʼ ἀπεδειλία, καθάπερ οἱ προόπται τῶν ἱππέων. —
29.17.4ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς προσαγόμενος τὸν χρόνον καὶ τὸν πόνον ἐξελύετο τῇ ψυχῇ, καθάπερ οἱ καχεκτοῦντες τῶν ἀθλητῶν· ὅτε γὰρ τὸ δεινὸν ἐγγίζοι καὶ δέοι κρίνεσθαι περὶ τῶν ὅλων, οὐχ ὑπέμεινε τῇ ψυχῇ. —
29.18.1ὁ δὲ τῶν Μακεδόνων βασιλεύς, ὥς φησι Πολύβιος, τῆς μάχης ἀρχὴν λαμβανούσης ἀποδειλιάσας εἰς πόλιν ἀφιππάσατο, σκηψάμενος Ἡρακλεῖ θύειν, δειλὰ παρὰ δειλῶν ἱερὰ μὴ δεχομένῳ μηδʼ εὐχὰς ἀθεμίτους ἐπιτελοῦντι. —
29.19.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρόν, ἐν ᾧ Περσεὺς ἡττηθεὶς ἀνεδίδρασκεν, ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων πρεσβευτὰς παραγεγονότας ὑπὲρ τοῦ διαλύειν τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον προσκαλέσασθαι,
29.19.2τῆς τύχης ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες ἀναβιβαζούσης ἐπὶ σκηνὴν τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων ἄγνοιαν, εἰ χρὴ Ῥοδίων λέγειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῶν ἐπιπολασάντων ἀνθρώπων τότε κατὰ τὴν Ῥόδον.
29.19.3οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν εἰσπορευθέντες ἐλθεῖν μὲν ἔφασαν διαλύσοντες τὸν πόλεμον· τὸν γὰρ δῆμον τῶν Ῥοδίων, ἑλκομένου τοῦ πολέμου καὶ πλείω χρόνον, θεωροῦντα διότι πᾶσιν μὲν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀλυσιτελὴς καὶ αὐτοῖς δὲ Ῥωμαίοις διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν δαπανημάτων, ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν γνώμην·
29.19.4νῦν δὲ λελυμένου τοῦ πολέμου κατὰ τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων βούλησιν συγχαίρειν αὐτοῖς. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν εἰπόντες βραχέως ἐπανῆλθον.
29.19.5ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος χρωμένη τῷ καιρῷ καὶ βουλομένη παραδειγματίσαι τοὺς Ῥοδίους ἀπόκρισιν ἐξέβαλεν, ἧς ἦν τὰ συνέχοντα ταῦτα,
29.19.6διότι τὴν πρεσβείαν ταύτην οὔτε τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἕνεκεν ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ἐσταλκέναι τοὺς Ῥοδίους οὔθʼ ἑαυτῶν, ἀλλὰ Περσέως.
Book 29, Part 6
29.19.7εἰ μὲν γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων χάριν ἐπρέσβευον, ἐκεῖνον οἰκειότερον εἶναι τὸν καιρόν, ὅτε Περσεὺς τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων χώραν ἐπόρθει καὶ τὰς πόλεις, στρατοπεδεύων μὲν ἐν Θετταλίᾳ σχεδὸν ἐπὶ δύʼ ἐνιαυτοὺς
29.19.8τὸ δὲ παρέντας ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν νῦν παρεῖναι σπουδάζοντας διαλύειν τὸν πόλεμον, ὅτε παρεμβεβληκότων τῶν ἡμετέρων στρατοπέδων εἰς Μακεδονίαν συγκεκλεισμένος ὁ Περσεὺς ὀλίγας παντάπασιν ἐλπίδας εἶχε τῆς σωτηρίας,
29.19.9προφανὲς εἶναι τοῖς ὀρθῶς σκοπουμένοις διότι τὰς πρεσβείας ἐξέπεμψαν οὐ διαλύειν ἐθέλοντες τὸν πόλεμον, ἀλλʼ ἐξελέσθαι τὸν Περσέα καὶ σῶσαι, καθʼ ὅσον εἰσὶν δυνατοί.
29.19.10διʼ ἃς αἰτίας οὔτʼ εὐεργετεῖν οὔτε φιλανθρώπως αὐτοῖς ἀποκρίνεσθαι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ὀφείλειν ἔφασαν.
29.19.11ταῦτα μὲν ἡ σύγκλητος ἐχρημάτισε τοῖς παρὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων πρεσβευταῖς. —
29.20.1ὁ δὲ μεταλαβὼν τὴν Ῥωμαϊκὴν διάλεκτον παρεκάλει τοὺς ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ βλέποντας εἰς τὰ παρόντα, δεικνὺς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τὸν Περσέα, μήτε μεγαλαυχεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς κατορθώμασι παρὰ τὸ δέον μήτε βουλεύεσθαι μηδὲν ὑπερήφανον μηδʼ ἀνήκεστον περὶ μηδενός, μήτε καθόλου πιστεύειν μηδέποτε ταῖς παρούσαις εὐτυχίαις·
29.20.2ἀλλʼ ὅτε μάλιστά τις κατορθοίη κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον βίον καὶ κατὰ τὰς κοινὰς πράξεις, τότε μάλιστα παρεκάλει τῆς ἐναντίας τύχης ἔννοιαν λαμβάνειν.
29.20.3καὶ γὰρ οὕτω μόλις ἂν ἐν ταῖς εὐκαιρίαις ἄνθρωπον μέτριον ὄντα φανῆναι.
29.20.4τοῦτο γὰρ διαφέρειν ἔφη τοὺς ἀνοήτους τῶν νοῦν ἐχόντων, διότι συμβαίνει τοὺς μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις ἀτυχίαις παιδεύεσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἐν ταῖς τῶν πέλας. —
29.21.1ὥστε πολλάκις καὶ λίαν μνημονεύειν τῆς Δημητρίου τοῦ Φαληρέως φωνῆς.
29.21.2ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς τύχης ὑπομνήματι βουλόμενος ἐναργῶς ὑποδεικνύναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸ ταύτης εὐμετάβολον, ἐπιστὰς ἐπὶ τοὺς κατʼ Ἀλέξανδρον καιρούς, ὅτε κατέλυσε τὴν Περσῶν ἀρχήν, λέγει ταῦτα· "
29.21.3εἰ γὰρ λάβοιτʼ ἐν νῷ μὴ χρόνον ἄπειρον μηδὲ γενεὰς πολλάς, ἀλλὰ πεντήκοντα μόνον ἔτη ταυτὶ τὰ πρὸ ἡμῶν, γνοίητʼ ἂν ὡς τὸ τῆς τύχης χαλεπὸν ἐνταῦθα.
29.21.4πεντηκοστῷ γὰρ ἔτει πρότερον οἴεσθʼ ἂν ἢ Πέρσας ἢ βασιλέα τῶν Περσῶν ἢ Μακεδόνας ἢ βασιλέα τῶν Μακεδόνων, εἴ τις θεῶν αὐτοῖς προύλεγε τὸ μέλλον, πιστεῦσαί ποτʼ ἂν ὡς εἰς τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν Περσῶν μὲν οὐδʼ ὄνομα λειφθήσεται τὸ παράπαν, οἳ πάσης σχεδὸν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐδέσποζον, Μακεδόνες δὲ καὶ πάσης κρατήσουσιν, ὧν οὐδʼ ὄνομα πρότερον ἦν γνώριμον
29.21.5. ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἡ πρὸς τὸν βίον ἡμῶν ἀσύνθετος τύχη καὶ πάντα παρὰ τὸν λογισμὸν τὸν ἡμέτερον καινοποιοῦσα καὶ τὴν αὑτῆς δύναμιν ἐν τοῖς παραδόξοις ἐνδεικυμένη καὶ νῦν, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, δείκνυσι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις,
29.21.6Μακεδόνας εἰς τὴν Περσῶν εὐδαιμονίαν εἰσοικίσασα, διότι καὶ τούτοις ταῦτα τἀγαθὰ κέχρηκεν, ἕως ἂν ἄλλο τι βουλεύσηται περὶ αὐτῶν.
29.21.7" ὃ νῦν γέγονε κατὰ Περσέα. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν Δημήτριος ὡσανεὶ θείῳ τινὶ στόματι περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀποπεφοίβακεν.
29.21.8ἐγὼ δὲ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ἐπιστὰς τοῖς καιροῖς καθʼ οὓς συνέβη καταλυθῆναι τὴν Μακεδόνων βασιλείαν, οὐκ ἔκρινον ἀνεπιστάτως παραδραμεῖν, ἅτε γεγονὼς αὐτόπτης τῆς πράξεως, ἀλλʼ αὐτός τε τὸν πρέποντα λόγον ἐπιφθέγξασθαι καὶ Δημητρίου μνησθῆναι·
29.21.9δοκεῖ γάρ μοι θειοτέραν ἢ κατʼ ἄνθρωπον τὴν ἀπόφασιν ποιήσασθαι σχεδὸν γὰρ ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα πρότερον ἔτεσι τἀληθὲς ἀπεφήνατο περὶ τῶν ἔπειτα συμβησομένων.
29.22.1ὅτι Εὐμένης ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς Περσέως καὶ Ῥωμαίων μάχης συντετελεσμένης εἰς παράλογον ἐνέπεσε διάθεσιν, ὡς οἱ πολλοί φασιν, ὡς δὲ τἀνθρώπινα πράγματα φύσιν ἔχει γίνεσθαι κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον, εἴς τι τῶν εἰωθότων συμβαίνειν·
29.22.2ἱκανὴ γὰρ ἡ τύχη τοῖς παρὰ λόγον τὰ κατὰ λόγον ἐπιτρῖψαι, κἄν τινι συνεργήσῃ καὶ προσθῆται τὴν αὑτῆς ῥοπήν, αὖθις οἷον ἐκ μεταμελείας ἀντισηκοῦν καὶ λυμαίνεσθαι τὰ κατορθώματα παρὰ πόδας.
29.22.3ὃ καὶ τότε περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη γενέσθαι συνέπεσε·
29.22.4δόξας γὰρ μάλιστα τότε τὴν ἰδίαν ἀρχὴν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ βεβηκέναι καὶ πολλὴν ἐπιφέρειν ῥᾳστώνην τὸν ἑξῆς χρόνον, ἅτε τοῦ Περσέως καὶ καθόλου τῆς ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλείας ἄρδην ἀνῃρημένης, τότε μεγίστοις ἐνεκύρησε κινδύνοις τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Γαλατῶν ἀνυπονοήτως συνεξαναστάντων τοῖς καιροῖς.
29.23.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἔτι κατὰ χειμῶνα πρεσβείας παραγενομένης παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων ἀμφοτέρων [Πτολεμαίου καὶ Πτολεμαίου] περὶ βοηθείας, ἐγενήθη διαβούλια καὶ πλείω, πολλὴν ἔχοντα φιλοτιμίαν.
Book 29, Part 7
29.23.2τοῖς μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην καὶ Διοφάνην καὶ σὺν τούτοις Ὑπέρβατον οὐκ ἤρεσκε διδόναι βοήθειαν,
29.23.3τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄρχωνα καὶ Λυκόρταν καὶ Πολύβιον ἤρεσκε τὸ διδόναι τοῖς βασιλεῦσι κατὰ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν συμμαχίαν.
29.23.4ἤδη γὰρ συνέβαινε τότε τὸν νεώτερον Πτολεμαῖον ὑπὸ τῶν ὄχλων ἀναδεδεῖχθαι βασιλέα διὰ τὴν περίστασιν, τὸν δὲ πρεσβύτερον ἐκ τῆς Μέμφεως καταπεπορεῦσθαι καὶ συμβασιλεύειν τἀδελφῷ.
29.23.5καὶ δεόμενοι παντοδαπῆς ἐπικουρίας ἐξαπέστειλαν πρεσβευτὰς Εὐμένη καὶ Διονυσόδωρον πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιούς, αἰτοῦντες πεζοὺς μὲν χιλίους ἱππεῖς δὲ διακοσίους, ἡγεμόνα δὲ τῆς ὅλης συμμαχίας Λυκόρταν, τῶν δʼ ἱππέων Πολύβιον.
29.23.6πρὸς δὲ Θεοδωρίδαν τὸν Σικυώνιον διεπέμψαντο, παρακαλοῦντες αὐτὸν συστήσασθαι ξενολόγιον χιλίων ἀνδρῶν.
29.23.7συνέβαινε δὲ τοὺς μὲν βασιλεῖς τὴν ἐπὶ πλεῖον σύστασιν ἔχειν πρὸς τοὺς εἰρημένους ἄνδρας ἐκ τῶν πράξεων ὧν εἰρήκαμεν.
29.23.8τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν παραγενομένων, τῆς συνόδου τῶν Ἀχαιῶν οὔσης ἐν Κορίνθῳ, καὶ τά τε φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν ἀνανεωσαμένων ὄντα μεγάλα καὶ τὴν περίστασιν τῶν βασιλέων ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν ἀγόντων καὶ δεομένων σφίσι βοηθεῖν, τὸ μὲν πλῆθος τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἕτοιμον ἦν οὐ μέρει τινί,
29.23.9πανδημεὶ δὲ συγκινδυνεύειν, εἰ δέοι, τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ εἶχον τό τε διάδημα καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν. οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην ἀντέλεγον,
29.23.10φάσκοντες δεῖν καθόλου μὲν μὴ πραγματοκοπεῖν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς παροῦσι καιροῖς μηδʼ ὅλως, ἀλλʼ ἀπερισπάστους ὑπάρχοντας Ῥωμαίοις παρέχεσθαι χρείας·
29.23.11μάλιστα γὰρ ἦν τότε προσδόκιμος ὁ περὶ τῶν ὅλων κίνδυνος, ἅτε τοῦ Κοΐντου τοῦ Φιλίππου τὴν παραχειμασίαν ἐν τῇ
29.24.1Μακεδονίᾳ ποιουμένου. τῶν δὲ πολλῶν εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐμπιπτόντων, μὴ δόξωσι Ῥωμαίων ἀστοχεῖν, μεταλαβόντες τοὺς λόγους οἱ περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν καὶ Πολύβιον ἐδίδασκον,
29.24.2ἄλλα τε καὶ πλείω προφερόμενοι καὶ διότι, τῷ πρότερον ἔτει ψηφισαμένων τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πανδημεὶ συστρατεύειν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καὶ πεμψάντων πρεσβευτὴν τὸν Πολύβιον, ὁ Κόιντος ἀποδεξάμενος τὴν προθυμίαν ἀπείπατο μὴ χρείαν ἔχειν τῆς βοηθείας, ἐπεὶ κεκράτηκε τῆς εἰς Μακεδονίαν εἰσβολῆς.
29.24.3ἐξ ὧν ἀπεδείκνυσαν σκῆψιν οὖσαν τὴν Ῥωμαίων χρείαν πρὸς τὸ διακωλῦσαι βοηθεῖν. διὸ παρεκάλουν τοὺς Ἀχαιούς,
29.24.4ὑποδεικνύοντες τὸ μέγεθος τῆς περιστάσεως, ἐν ᾗ συνέβαινε τότε τὴν βασιλείαν ὑπάρχειν, μὴ παριδεῖν τὸν καιρόν, ἀλλὰ μνημονεύοντας τῶν ὁμολογιῶν καὶ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, μάλιστα δὲ τῶν ὅρκων, ἐμπεδοῦν τὰς συνθήκας.
29.24.5τῶν δὲ πολλῶν ἐπιφερομένων πάλιν βοηθεῖν, τότε μὲν οἱ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην ἐξέβαλον τὸ διαβούλιον, διασείσαντες τοὺς ἄρχοντας, ὡς οὐκ οὔσης ἐξουσίας κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἐν ἀγορᾷ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ βοηθείας.
29.24.6μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον συγκλήτου συναχθείσης εἰς τὴν τῶν Σικυωνίων πόλιν, ἐν ᾗ συνέβαινε μὴ μόνον συμπορεύεσθαι τὴν βουλὴν ἀλλὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀπὸ τριάκοντʼ ἐτῶν, καὶ λόγων γινομένων πλειόνων,
29.24.7καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ Πολυβίου διοριζομένου πρῶτον μὲν περὶ τοῦ μὴ χρείαν ἔχειν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους τῆς βοηθείας καὶ δοκοῦντος οὐκ εἰκῇ ταῦτα λέγειν διὰ τὸ γεγονέναι τὴν παρελθοῦσαν θερείαν ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ παρὰ τῷ Φιλίππῳ,
29.24.8δεύτερον δὲ φάσκοντος, ἐὰν καὶ δέωνται Ῥωμαῖοι τῆς συμμαχίας, οὐ διὰ τοὺς διακοσίους ἱππεῖς καὶ χιλίους πεζοὺς τοὺς ἀποσταλησομένους εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἀδυνατήσειν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς βοηθεῖν Ῥωμαίοις· καλῶς γὰρ ποιοῦντας αὐτοὺς καὶ τρεῖς ἄγειν καὶ τέτταρας μυριάδας ἀνδρῶν μαχίμων·
29.24.9εὐδοκοῦντες τοῖς λεγομένοις ἔρρεπον οἱ πολλοὶ πρὸς τὸ πέμπειν τὴν συμμαχίαν.
29.24.10τῇ δὲ δευτέρᾳ τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἐν ᾗ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἔδει τὰ ψηφίσματα προσφέρειν τοὺς βουλομένους, οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν προσήνεγκαν διότι δεῖ πέμπειν τὴν βοήθειαν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην διότι δεῖ πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαποστέλλειν τοὺς διαλύσοντας τοὺς βασιλεῖς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον.
29.24.11πάλιν δὲ τῶν διαβουλίων προτεθέντων ἀγὼν ἐγίνετο νεανικός· πολύ γε μὴν ὑπερεῖχον οἱ περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν.
29.24.12αἵ τε γὰρ βασιλεῖαι συγκρινόμεναι μεγάλην εἶχον διαφοράν·
29.24.13ὑπὸ μὲν γὰρ τῆς Ἀντιόχου σπάνιον ἦν εὑρεῖν οἰκεῖόν τι γεγονὸς καθόλου πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἔν γε τοῖς ἀνώτερον χρόνοις· καὶ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος μεγαλοψυχία διάδηλος ἐγένετο τοῖς Ἕλλησιν·
Book 29, Part 8
29.24.14ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς Πτολεμαίου τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐγεγόνει φιλάνθρωπα κατὰ τοὺς ἀνώτερον χρόνους ὥστʼ ἂν μηδένα πλεῖον ἀξιοῦν.
29.24.15ἃ διατιθέμενος ὁ Λυκόρτας μεγάλην ἐποιεῖτο φαντασίαν, ἅτε τῆς παραθέσεως ὁλοσχερῆ τὴν διαφορὰν ἐχούσης·
29.24.16καθʼ ὅσον γὰρ οὐκ ἐξαριθμήσασθαι ῥᾴδιον ἦν τὰς τῶν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ βασιλέων εὐεργεσίας, κατὰ τοσοῦτον ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν ἦν εὑρεῖν φιλάνθρωπον ἐκ τῆς Ἀντιόχου βασιλείας ἀπηντημένον εἰς πραγμάτων λόγον τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς. —
29.25.1ὅτι ἕως μέν τινος οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ Καλλικράτην ἐχρῶντο τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς διαλύσεως λόγοις, οὐδενὸς δὲ προσέχοντος αὐτοῖς ἐπεισήγαγον μηχανήν.
29.25.2παρῆν γὰρ ἐκ πορείας εἰς τὸ θέατρον γραμματηφόρος φέρων ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ Κοΐντου Μαρκίου, διʼ ἧς παρεκάλει τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας τῇ Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσει πειρᾶσθαι διαλύειν τοὺς βασιλεῖς·
29.25.3συνέβαινε γὰρ καὶ τὴν σύγκλητον ἀπεσταλκέναι πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Νεμέσιον διαλύσοντας τοὺς βασιλεῖς.
29.25.4ἦν δὲ τοῦτο κατὰ τῆς ὑποθέσεως· οἱ γὰρ περὶ τὸν Τίτον ἀδυνατήσαντες τοῦ διαλύειν ἀνακεχωρήκεισαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἄπρακτοι τελείως.
29.25.5ἀλλʼ οἱ περὶ τὸν Πολύβιον οὐ βουλόμενοι διὰ τὸν Μάρκιον πρὸς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀντιλέγειν ἀνεχώρησαν ἐκ τῶν πραγμάτων. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν βοήθειαν οὕτω διέπεσε τοῖς βασιλεῦσι,
29.25.6τοῖς δʼ Ἀχαιοῖς ἔδοξε πρεσβευτὰς ἀποστέλλειν τοὺς διαλύσοντας· καὶ κατεστάθησαν Ἄρχων Αἰγειράτης, Ἀρκεσίλαος Ἀρίστων Μεγαλοπολῖται.
29.25.7οἱ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου πρεσβευταὶ διαψευσθέντες τῆς συμμαχίας ἀνέδωκαν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ἑτοίμας ἔχοντες, ἐπιστολὰς παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων, διʼ ὧν ἠξίουν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἐκπέμπειν Λυκόρταν καὶ Πολύβιον ἐπὶ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον. —
29.26.1ἐπιλαθόμενος δὲ τῶν γεγραμμένων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ Ἀντίοχος καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐξήρτυε πόλεμον κατὰ Πτολεμαίου, ὥστε καὶ λίαν ἀληθὲς φαίνεσθαι τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Σιμωνίδου "χαλεπὸν ἐσθλὸν ἔμμεναι.
29.26.2" ἔχειν μὲν γὰρ ὁρμὰς ἐπὶ τὰ καλὰ καὶ μέχρι τινὸς ἀντιποιήσασθαι τούτων εὐμαρές, ὁμαλίσαι δὲ καὶ κατὰ πᾶσαν περίστασιν ἐπίμονον γενέσθαι τῇ γνώμῃ, μηδὲν τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου προυργιαίτερον τιθέμενον, δυσχερές. —
29.27.1ὅτι τοῦ Ἀντιόχου πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον ἕνεκεν τοῦ Πηλούσιον κατασχεῖν ἀφικομένου,
29.27.2ὁ Ποπίλιος ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγός, τοῦ βασιλέως πόρρωθεν ἀσπαζομένου διὰ τῆς φωνῆς καὶ τὴν δεξιὰν προτείνοντος, πρόχειρον ἔχων τὸ δελτάριον, ἐν ᾧ τὸ τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμα κατετέτακτο, προύτεινεν αὐτῷ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐκέλευσε πρῶτον ἀναγνῶναι τὸν Ἀντίοχον,
29.27.3ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, μὴ πρότερον ἀξιώσας τὸ τῆς φιλίας σύνθημα ποιεῖν πρὶν ἢ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦ δεξιουμένου, πότερα φίλιος ἢ πολέμιός ἐστιν.
29.27.4ἐπεὶ δʼ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀναγνοὺς ἔφη βούλεσθαι μεταδοῦναι τοῖς φίλοις ὑπὲρ τῶν προσπεπτωκότων, ἀκούσας ὁ Ποπίλιος ἐποίησε πρᾶγμα βαρὺ μὲν δοκοῦν εἶναι καὶ τελέως ὑπερήφανον·
29.27.5ἔχων γὰρ πρόχειρον ἀμπελίνην βακτηρίαν περιέγραφε τῷ κλήματι τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐν τούτῳ τε τῷ γύρῳ τὴν ἀπόφασιν ἐκέλευσε δοῦναι περὶ τῶν γεγραμμένων·
29.27.6ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ξενισθεὶς τὸ γινόμενον καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχήν, βραχὺν χρόνον ἐναπορήσας ἔφη ποιήσειν πᾶν τὸ παρακαλούμενον ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων. οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ποπίλιον τότε τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ λαμβάνοντες ἅμα πάντες ἠσπάζοντο φιλοφρόνως.
29.27.7ἦν δὲ τὰ γεγραμμένα λύειν ἐξ αὐτῆς τὸν πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον πόλεμον.
29.27.8διὸ καὶ δοθεισῶν αὐτῷ τακτῶν ἡμερῶν, οὗτος μὲν ἀπῆγε τὰς δυνάμεις εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, βαρυνόμενος καὶ στένων, εἴκων δὲ τοῖς καιροῖς κατὰ τὸ παρόν·
29.27.9οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ποπίλιον καταστησάμενοι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν καὶ παρακαλέσαντες τοὺς βασιλεῖς ὁμονοεῖν, ἅμα δὲ προστάξαντες αὐτοῖς Πολυάρατον ἀναπέμπειν εἰς Ῥώμην, ἀνέπλευσαν ἐπὶ τῆς Κύπρου, βουλόμενοι καὶ τὰς ἐκεῖ καθυπαρχούσας δυνάμεις ἐκβαλεῖν ἐκ τῆς νήσου κατὰ σπουδήν.
29.27.10ἀφικόμενοι δὲ καὶ καταλαβόντες ἡττημένους μάχῃ τοὺς τοῦ Πτολεμαίου στρατηγοὺς καὶ καθόλου φερόμενα τὰ κατὰ τὴν Κύπρον ἄνω καὶ κάτω ταχέως ἀνέστησαν τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐκ τῆς χώρας καὶ παρήδρευσαν, ἕως ἀπέπλευσαν αἱ δυνάμεις ἐπὶ Συρίας.
29.27.11καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι μὲν ὅσον οὔπω καταπεπονημένην τὴν Πτολεμαίου βασιλείαν τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ διέσωσαν,
Book 29, Part 9
29.27.12τῆς τύχης οὕτω βραβευούσης τὰ κατὰ τὸν Περσέα πράγματα καὶ τοὺς Μακεδόνας ὥστε καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἔσχατον καιρὸν ἐλθόντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν καὶ τὴν ὅλην Αἴγυπτον παρὰ τοῦτο πάλιν ὀρθωθῆναι, παρὰ τὸ φθάσαι κριθέντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν Περσέα πράγματα·
29.27.13μὴ γὰρ γενομένου τούτου καὶ πιστευθέντος, οὐκ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ πειθαρχῆσαι τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις Ἀντίοχος.
Book 30, Part 1
30.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἦλθε παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους ἀδελφὸς Ἄτταλος,
30.1.2ἔχων μὲν πρόφασιν, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὸ κατὰ τοὺς Γαλάτας ἐγεγόνει σύμπτωμα περὶ τὴν βασιλείαν, ὅμως ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἕνεκεν τοῦ συγχαρῆναι τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ τυχεῖν τινος ἐπισημασίας διὰ τὸ συμπεπολεμηκέναι καὶ πάντων εὐμενῶς σφίσι μετεσχηκέναι τῶν κινδύνων·
30.1.3τότε δὲ καὶ διὰ τὴν Γαλατικὴν περίστασιν ἠναγκασμένος ἧκεν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
30.1.4πάντων δὲ φιλοφρόνως αὐτὸν ἀποδεχομένων διά τε τὴν ἐν τῇ στρατείᾳ γεγενημένην συνήθειαν καὶ διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν εὔνουν αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχειν, καὶ γινομένης τῆς ἀπαντήσεως ὑπὲρ τὴν προσδοκίαν, μετέωρος ἐγενήθη ταῖς ἐλπίσιν, οὐκ εἰδὼς τὴν ἀληθινὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἀποδοχῆς.
30.1.5διὸ καὶ παρʼ ὀλίγον ἦλθε τοῦ λυμήνασθαι τὰ σφέτερα πράγματα καὶ τὴν ὅλην βασιλείαν.
30.1.6τῶν γὰρ πλείστων Ῥωμαίων ἀπηλλοτριωμένων τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους εὐνοίας καὶ πεπεισμένων αὐτὸν πλάγιον ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ γεγονέναι, λαλοῦντα τῷ Περσεῖ καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς ἐφεδρεύοντα τοῖς κατʼ αὐτῶν,
30.1.7ἔνιοι τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἀνδρῶν λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὸν Ἄτταλον παρεκάλουν τὴν μὲν ὑπὲρ τἀδελφοῦ πρεσβείαν ἀποθέσθαι, περὶ δʼ ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους·
30.1.8βούλεσθαι γὰρ αὐτῷ τὴν σύγκλητον συγκατασκευάζειν ἰδίαν ἀρχὴν καὶ δυναστείαν διὰ τὴν ἀλλοτριότητα τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν.
30.1.9ἐφʼ οἷς συνέβαινε τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐπὶ πολὺ μετεωρίζεσθαι καὶ συγκατανεύειν ἐν ταῖς κατʼ ἰδίαν ὁμιλίαις τοῖς εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος αὐτὸν παρορμῶσι.
30.1.10τέλος δὲ πρὸς ἐνίους τῶν ἀξιολόγων ἀνδρῶν συνέθετο καὶ παρελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ποιήσεσθαι τοὺς περὶ τούτων λόγους.
30.2.1τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης τῆς διαθέσεως περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον, ὀττευσάμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸ μέλλον ἐπιπέμπει Στρατίον τὸν ἰατρὸν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ὃς μεγίστην παρʼ αὐτῷ πίστιν εἶχε,
30.2.2τὰ μὲν ὑποδείξας, τὰ δʼ ἐντειλάμενος πᾶσαν εἰσενέγκασθαι μηχανὴν πρὸς τὸ μὴ κατακολουθῆσαι τὸν Ἄτταλον τοῖς βουλομένοις λυμήνασθαι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν.
30.2.3ὁ δὲ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ λαβὼν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὸν Ἄτταλον πολλοὺς μὲν καὶ ποικίλους διέθετο λόγους· καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔχων τι νουνεχὲς καὶ πειστικόν·
30.2.4μόγις δὲ καθίκετο τῆς προθέσεως καὶ μετεκάλεσε τὸν Ἄτταλον ἀπὸ τῆς ἀλόγου φορᾶς, θεὶς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν ὅτι κατὰ μὲν τὸ παρὸν συμβασιλεύει τἀδελφῷ, τούτῳ διαφέρων ἐκείνου τῷ μὴ διάδημα περιτίθεσθαι μηδὲ χρηματίζειν βασιλεύς, τὴν δὲ λοιπὴν ἴσην καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχων ἐξουσίαν,
30.2.5εἰς δὲ τὸ μέλλον ὁμολογουμένως καταλείπεται διάδοχος τῆς ἀρχῆς, οὐ μακρὰν ταύτης τῆς ἐλπίδος ὑπαρχούσης, ἅτε τοῦ βασιλέως διὰ μὲν τὴν σωματικὴν ἀσθένειαν αἰεὶ προσδοκῶντος τὴν ἐκ τοῦ βίου μετάστασιν, διὰ δὲ τὴν ἀπαιδίαν οὐδʼ εἰ βουληθείη δυναμένου τὴν ἀρχὴν ἄλλῳ καταλιπεῖν·
30.2.6οὐδέπω γὰρ ἀναδεδειγμένος ἐτύγχανεν κατὰ φύσιν υἱὸς ὢν αὐτῷ τις ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα διαδεξάμενος τὴν ἀρχήν.
30.2.7τὸ δὲ συνέχον, θαυμάζειν ἔφη πόσα βλάπτει τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς. μεγάλην γὰρ δεῖν ἔχειν πᾶσι τοῖς θεοῖς χάριν,
30.2.8εἰ συμπνεύσαντες καὶ μιᾷ γνώμῃ χρώμενοι δύναιντο τὸν ἀπὸ Γαλατῶν φόβον ἀπώσασθαι καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τούτων ἐφεστῶτα κίνδυνον.
30.2.9εἰ δὲ νῦν εἰς στάσιν καὶ
30.2.9διαφορὰν ἥξει πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν, πρόδηλον εἶναι διότι καταστρέψει τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ στερήσει μὲν αὑτὸν καὶ τῆς παρούσης ἐξουσίας καὶ τῆς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐλπίδος, στερήσει δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ δυναστείας.
30.2.10ταῦτα δὴ καὶ τούτοις ἕτερα παραπλήσια διατιθέμενος ὁ Στρατίος ἔπεισε τὸν Ἄτταλον μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων.
30.3.1διόπερ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ὁ προειρημένος συνεχάρη μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν καὶ περὶ τῆς καθʼ αὑτὸν εὐνοίας καὶ προθυμίας, ἣν παρέσχετο κατὰ τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον, ἀπελογίσατο·
30.3.2παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ πέμψαι πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς παρακαθέξοντας τὴν τῶν Γαλατῶν ἀπόνοιαν καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοὺς ἀποκαταστήσοντας διάθεσιν παρεκάλεσε διὰ πλειόνων.
30.3.3ἐποιήσατο δὲ λόγους καὶ περὶ τῆς Αἰνίων καὶ τῆς Μαρωνειτῶν πόλεως, ἀξιῶν αὑτῷ δοθῆναι ταύτας ἐν δωρεᾷ.
30.3.4τὸν δὲ κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως λόγον καὶ τὸν περὶ τοῦ μερισμοῦ τῆς ἀρχῆς εἰς τέλος παρεσιώπησεν.
30.3.5ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος ὑπολαμβάνουσα πάλιν αὐτὸν ἰδίᾳ περὶ τούτων εἰσπορεύσεσθαι, τούς τε πρεσβευτὰς συμπέμψειν ὑπέσχετο καὶ τοῖς εἰθισμένοις δώροις ἐτίμησεν αὐτὸν μεγαλομερῶς· ἐπηγγείλατο δὲ καὶ τὰς προειρημένας πόλεις δώσειν.
30.3.6ἐπειδὴ δὲ παραυτὰ τυχὼν τῶν φιλανθρώπων ὥρμησεν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης οὐδὲν ποιήσας τῶν προσδοκωμένων, διαψευσθεῖσα τῶν ἐλπίδων ἡ σύγκλητος ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν εἶχε ποιεῖν,
30.3.7ἔτι δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ὄντος αὐτοῦ τὴν μὲν Αἶνον καὶ τὴν Μαρώνειαν ἠλευθέρωσεν, ἀθετήσασα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον Λικίννιον ἔπεμψε πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας.
30.3.8οἷς ποίας μὲν ἔδωκεν ἐντολὰς εἰπεῖν οὐ ῥᾴδιον, στοχάζεσθαι δʼ ἐκ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα συμβάντων οὐ δυσχερές.
30.3.9τοῦτο δʼ ἔσται δῆλον ἐκ τῶν πράξεων αὐτῶν.
30.4.1ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ Ῥοδίων πρέσβεις, πρῶτον μὲν οἱ περὶ Φιλοκράτην, μετὰ δὲ τούτους οἱ περὶ Φιλόφρονα καὶ Ἀστυμήδην.
30.4.2οἱ γὰρ Ῥόδιοι κομισάμενοι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, ἣν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν ἔλαβον εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν παράταξιν, καὶ θεωροῦντες ἐκ ταύτης τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς ὀργὴν καὶ τὴν ἀνάτασιν τῆς συγκλήτου παραυτίκα τὰς προειρημένας πρεσβείας ἐξέπεμψαν.
30.4.3οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀστυμήδην καὶ Φιλόφρονα κατανοοῦντες ἐκ τῶν ἐντεύξεων καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν τὴν ὑφόρασιν καὶ τὴν ἀλλοτριότητα τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς εἰς ἀθυμίαν ὁλοσχερῆ καὶ δυσχρηστίαν ἐνέπιπτον.
30.4.4ὡς δὲ καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν τις ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐμβόλους παρεκάλει τοὺς ὄχλους ἐπὶ τὸν κατὰ Ῥοδίων πόλεμον,
Book 30, Part 2
30.4.5τότε δὴ παντάπασιν ἔξω τοῦ φρονεῖν γενόμενοι διὰ τὸν περὶ τῆς πατρίδος κίνδυνον εἰς τοιαύτην ἦλθον διάθεσιν ὥστε καὶ φαιὰ λαβεῖν ἱμάτια καὶ κατὰ τὰς παρακλήσεις μηκέτι παρακαλεῖν μηδʼ ἀξιοῦν τοὺς φίλους, ἀλλὰ δεῖσθαι μετὰ δακρύων μηδὲν ἀνήκεστον βουλεύσασθαι περὶ αὑτῶν.
30.4.6μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἰσαγαγόντος αὐτοὺς Ἀντωνίου τοῦ δημάρχου, τοῦ καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν παρακαλοῦντα πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον κατασπάσαντος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐμβόλων, ἐποιεῖτο τοὺς λόγους πρῶτον μὲν Φιλόφρων, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀστυμήδης.
30.4.7ὅτε δὴ κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν τὸ κύκνειον ἐξηχήσαντες ἔλαβον ἀποκρίσεις τοιαύτας, διʼ ὧν τοῦ μὲν ὁλοσχεροῦς φόβου τοῦ κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἐδόκουν παραλελύσθαι,
30.4.8περὶ δὲ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐγκλημάτων αὐτοῖς ἡ σύγκλητος πικρῶς καὶ βαρέως ὠνείδισεν.
30.4.9ἦν δʼ ὁ νοῦς τῆς ἀποκρίσεως τοιοῦτος, ὅτι εἰ μὴ διʼ ὀλίγους ἀνθρώπους τοὺς αὑτῶν φίλους, καὶ μάλιστα διʼ αὐτούς, ᾔδεισαν καλῶς καὶ δικαίως ὡς δέον ἦν αὐτοῖς χρήσασθαι.
30.4.10ὁ δʼ Ἀστυμήδης αὑτῷ μὲν ἐδόκει καλῶς εἰρηκέναι περὶ τῆς πατρίδος, οὐ μὴν τοῖς γε παρεπιδημοῦσιν οὐδὲ τοῖς οἴκοι μένουσιν τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὐδαμῶς ἤρεσκεν.
30.4.11ἐξέβαλε γὰρ ἔγγραπτον μετὰ ταῦτα ποιήσας τὴν σύνταξιν τῆς δικαιολογίας, ἣ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν ἀναλαμβανόντων εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ἄτοπος ἐφαίνετο καὶ τελέως ἀπίθανος.
30.4.12συνεστήσατο γὰρ τὴν δικαιολογίαν οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν τῆς πατρίδος δικαίων, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων κατηγορίας.
30.4.13τὰ μὲν γὰρ εὐεργετήματα καὶ συνεργήματα παραβάλλων καὶ συγκρίνων τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἐπειρᾶτο ψευδοποιεῖν καὶ ταπεινοῦν, τὰ δὲ τῶν Ῥοδίων ηὔξανε, πολλαπλασιάζων καθʼ ὅσον οἷός τʼ ἦν·
30.4.14τὰ δʼ ἁμαρτήματα κατὰ τοὐναντίον τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἐξωνείδιζε πικρῶς καὶ δυσμενικῶς, τὰ δὲ τῶν Ῥοδίων ἐπειρᾶτο περιστέλλειν, ἵνα κατὰ τὴν παράθεσιν τὰ μὲν οἰκεῖα μικρὰ καὶ συγγνώμης ἄξια φανῇ, τὰ δὲ τῶν πέλας μεγάλα καὶ ἀπαραίτητα τελέως, ἐφʼ οἷς ἔφη συγγνώμης τετευχέναι τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας ἅπαντας.
30.4.15τὸ δὲ γένος τοῦτο τῆς δικαιολογίας οὐδαμῶς ἂν πρέπειν ἀνδρὶ πολιτικῷ δόξειεν,
30.4.16ἐπείτοι καὶ τῶν κοινοπραγησάντων περί τινων ἀπορρήτων οὐ τοὺς διὰ φόβον ἢ πόρον μηνυτὰς γενομένους τῶν συνειδότων ἐπαινοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς πᾶσαν ἐπιδεξαμένους βάσανον καὶ τιμωρίαν καὶ μηδενὶ τῶν συνειδότων παραιτίους γενομένους τῆς αὐτῆς συμφορᾶς, τούτους ἀποδεχόμεθα καὶ τούτους ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς νομίζομεν.
30.4.17ὁ δὲ διὰ τὸν ἄδηλον φόβον πάντα τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἁμαρτήματα τιθεὶς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τοῖς κρατοῦσιν καὶ καινοποιήσας, ὑπὲρ ὧν ὁ χρόνος εἰς λήθην ἀγηόχει τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας, πῶς οὐκ ἔμελλε δυσαρεστήσειν τοῖς ἱστορήσασιν;
30.5.1τὴν δὲ προειρημένην ἀπόκρισιν οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Φιλοκράτην λαβόντες ἐξ αὐτῆς ὥρμησαν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Φιλόφρονα καὶ Ἀστυμήδην αὐτόθι μένοντες παρήδρευον χάριν τοῦ μηδὲν αὐτοὺς λανθάνειν τῶν προσπιπτόντων ἢ λεγομένων κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος.
30.5.2προσπεσούσης δὲ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ταύτης εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, δόξαντες ἀπολελύσθαι τοῦ μεγίστου φόβου τοῦ κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον, τἄλλα καίπερ ἀκμὴν ὄντα δυσχερῆ ῥᾳδίως ἔφερον.
30.5.3οὕτως αἰεὶ τὰ μείζω τῶν προσδοκωμένων κακῶν λήθην ποιεῖ τῶν ἐλαττόνων συμπτωμάτων.
30.5.4διὸ καὶ παραχρῆμα ψηφισάμενοι τῇ Ῥώμῃ στέφανον ἀπὸ μυρίων χρυσῶν καὶ καταστήσαντες πρεσβευτὴν ἅμα καὶ ναύαρχον Θεαίδητον ἐξέπεμπον θερείας ἀρχομένης ἄγοντα τὸν στέφανον καὶ μετὰ τούτου τοὺς περὶ Ῥοδοφῶντα, πειρασομένους κατὰ πάντα τρόπον συμμαχίαν συνθέσθαι πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
30.5.5τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίησαν οὐ βουλόμενοι διὰ τοῦ ψηφίσματος καὶ πρεσβείας ἀποτυχεῖν, ἐὰν ἄλλως δόξῃ Ῥωμαίοις, διʼ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς τοῦ ναυάρχου προαιρέσεως τὴν κατάπειραν ποιήσασθαι· τὴν γὰρ ἐξουσίαν εἶχε ταύτην ὁ ναύαρχος ἐκ τῶν νόμων.
30.5.6οὕτως γὰρ ἦν πραγματικὸν τὸ πολίτευμα τῶν Ῥοδίων ὡς σχεδὸν ἔτη τετταράκοντα πρὸς τοῖς ἑκατὸν κεκοινωνηκὼς ὁ δῆμος Ῥωμαίοις τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων καὶ καλλίστων ἔργων οὐκ ἐπεποίητο πρὸς αὐτοὺς συμμαχίαν.
30.5.7τίνος δὲ χάριν οὕτως ἐχείριζον οἱ Ῥόδιοι τὰ καθʼ αὑτοὺς οὐκ ἄξιον παραλιπεῖν.
30.5.8βουλόμενοι γὰρ μηδένα τῶν ἐν ταῖς ὑπεροχαῖς καὶ δυναστείαις ἀπελπίζειν τὴν ἐξ αὑτῶν ἐπικουρίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν, οὐκ ἐβούλοντο συνδυάζειν οὐδὲ προκαταλαμβάνειν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὅρκοις καὶ συνθήκαις, ἀλλʼ ἀκέραιοι διαμένοντες κερδαίνειν τὰς ἐξ ἑκάστων ἐλπίδας.
30.5.9τότε δὲ μεγάλην ἐποιοῦντο φιλοτιμίαν, βουλόμενοι ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς τυχεῖν παρὰ Ῥωμαίων, οὐ κατεπειγόμενοι συμμαχίας οὐδʼ ἀγωνιῶντες ἁπλῶς οὐδένα κατὰ τὸ παρὸν πλὴν αὐτῶν τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
30.5.10ἀλλὰ βουλόμενοι κατὰ τὴν ὑπέρθεσιν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὰς ὑπονοίας τῶν δυσχερές τι διανοουμένων περὶ τῆς πόλεως. ἄρτι δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Θεαίδητον καταπεπλευκότων,
30.5.11ἀπέστησαν Καύνιοι, κατελάβοντο δὲ καὶ Μυλασεῖς τὰς ἐν Εὐρώμῳ πόλεις.
30.5.12κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἡ σύγκλητος ἐξέβαλε δόγμα διότι δεῖ Κᾶρας καὶ Λυκίους ἐλευθέρους εἶναι πάντας, ὅσους προσένειμε Ῥοδίοις μετὰ τὸν Ἀντιοχικὸν πόλεμον.
30.5.13τὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τοὺς Καυνίους καὶ τοὺς Εὐρωμεῖς ταχέως οἱ Ῥόδιοι διωρθώσαντο·
30.5.14τοὺς μὲν γὰρ Καυνίους Λύκωνα πέμψαντες μετὰ στρατιωτῶν ἠνάγκασαν πάλιν ὑφʼ αὑτοὺς τάττεσθαι,
30.5.15καίπερ Κιβυρατῶν αὐτοῖς παραβοηθησάντων, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰς ἐν Εὐρώμῳ πόλεις στρατεύσαντες ἐνίκησαν μάχῃ Μυλασεῖς καὶ Ἀλαβανδεῖς, ἀμφοτέρων παραγενομένων μετὰ στρατιᾶς ἐπʼ Ὀρθωσίαν.
30.5.16τοῦ δὲ περὶ τῶν Λυκίων καὶ Καρῶν δόγματος αὐτοῖς προσπεσόντος, πάλιν ἀπεσοβήθησαν ταῖς διανοίαις, δείσαντες μή ποτε μάταιος μὲν αὐτοῖς ἡ τοῦ στεφάνου δόσις γέγονε, μάταιοι δʼ αἱ περὶ τῆς συμμαχίας ἐλπίδες.
30.6.1ὅτι φησὶ Πολύβιος· πρότερον ἐπιστήσαντες τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας ἐπὶ τὴν περὶ Δείνωνος καὶ Πολυαράτου διάληψιν·
30.6.2μεγάλης γὰρ οὔσης τῆς περιστάσεως καὶ τῆς μεταβολῆς οὐ μόνον παρὰ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν ἁπάσαις ταῖς πολιτείαις,
30.6.3χρήσιμον ἂν εἴη τὸ τὰς προαιρέσεις τῶν παρʼ ἑκάστοις πολιτευομένων ἐπισκέψασθαι καὶ γνῶναι τίνες φανήσονται τὸ κατὰ λόγον πεποιηκότες καὶ τίνες παραπεπαικότες τοῦ καθήκοντος, ἵνα οἱ ἐπιγινόμενοι,
30.6.4ὡσανεὶ τύπων ἐκτιθεμένων, δύνωνται κατὰ τὰς ὁμοίας περιστάσεις τὰ μὲν αἱρετὰ διώκειν, τὰ δὲ φευκτὰ φεύγειν ἀληθινῶς, καὶ μὴ περὶ τὸν ἔσχατον καιρὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀβλεπτοῦντες τὸ πρέπον καὶ τὰς ἐν τῷ προγεγονότι βίῳ πράξεις ταὐτὸν πάθωσιν.
30.6.5συνέβαινε τοιγαροῦν τρεῖς διαφορὰς γενέσθαι τῶν ἐμπεσόντων εἰς τὰς αἰτίας κατὰ τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον.
Book 30, Part 3
30.6.6ὧν μία μὲν ἦν τῶν οὐχ ἡδέως μὲν ὁρώντων κρινόμενα τὰ ὅλα καὶ τὴν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐξουσίαν ὑπὸ μίαν ἀρχὴν πίπτουσαν, οὔτε δὲ συνεργούντων οὔτʼ ἀντιπραττόντων ἁπλῶς Ῥωμαίοις οὐδέν, ἀλλʼ οἷον ἐπιτετραφότων τῇ τύχῃ περὶ τῶν ἀποβησομένων·
30.6.7ἑτέρα δὲ τῶν ἡδέως ὁρώντων κρινόμενα τὰ πράγματα καὶ βουλομένων νικᾶν τὸν Περσέα, μὴ δυναμένων δὲ συνεπισπᾶσθαι τοὺς ἰδίους πολίτας καὶ τοὺς ὁμοεθνεῖς πρὸς τὴν αὑτῶν γνώμην·
30.6.8τρίτη δὲ καὶ τῶν συνεπισπασαμένων καὶ μεταρριψάντων τὰ πολιτεύματα πρὸς
30.7.1τὴν Περσέως συμμαχίαν. πῶς οὖν ἕκαστοι τούτων ἐχείρισαν τὰ καθʼ αὑτοὺς σκοπεῖν πάρεστιν.
30.7.2μετέρριψαν πρὸς Περσέα τὸ τῶν Μολοττῶν ἔθνος Ἀντίνους καὶ Θεόδοτος καὶ Κέφαλος μετʼ αὐτῶν·
30.7.3οἳ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀντιπεσόντων ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς αὐτῶν ὁλοσχερῶς, καὶ περιστάντος τοῦ κινδύνου, καὶ συνεγγίζοντος τοῦ δεινοῦ, πάντες ὁμόσε χωρήσαντες τοῖς παροῦσιν ἀπέθανον γενναίως.
30.7.4διόπερ ἄξιον ἐπαινεῖν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ προέσθαι μηδὲ περιιδεῖν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀναξίαν διάθεσιν ἐμπεσόντας τοῦ προγεγονότος βίου.
30.7.5καὶ μὴν ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ καὶ παρὰ Θετταλοῖς καὶ Περραιβοῖς ἔσχον αἰτίαν καὶ πλείους διὰ τὴν ἡσυχίαν, ὡς ἐφεδρεύοντες τοῖς καιροῖς καὶ φρονοῦντες τὰ Περσέως.
30.7.6ἀλλʼ οὔτε λόγον ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τοιοῦτον ἐξέβαλον οὔτε γράφοντες οὔτε διαπεμπόμενοι πρὸς τὸν Περσέα περί τινος ἐφωράθησαν, ἀλλὰ διεφύλαξαν ἀνεπιλήπτους ἑαυτούς.
30.7.7τοιγαροῦν εἰκότως οὗτοι καὶ δικαιολογίαν καὶ κρίσιν ὑπέμενον καὶ πάσας ἐξήλεγχον τὰς ἐλπίδας·
30.7.8οὐ γὰρ ἔλαττόν ἐστιν ἀγεννίας σημεῖον τὸ μηδὲν αὑτῷ συνειδότα μοχθηρὸν προεξάγειν ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν αὑτόν, ποτὲ μὲν τὰς τῶν ἀντιπολιτευομένων ἀνατάσεις καταπλαγέντα, ποτὲ δὲ τὴν τῶν κρατούντων ἐξουσίαν, τοῦ παρὰ τὸ καθῆκον φιλοζωεῖν.
30.7.9καὶ μὴν ἐν Ῥόδῳ καὶ Κῷ καὶ πλείοσιν ἑτέραις πόλεσιν ἐγένοντό τινες οἱ φρονοῦντες τὰ Περσέως, οἳ καὶ λέγειν ἐθάρρουν περὶ Μακεδόνων ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις πολιτεύμασι καὶ κατηγορεῖν μὲν Ῥωμαίων καὶ καθόλου συνίστασθαι πρὸς τὸν Περσέα κοινοπραγίαν, οὐ δυνηθέντες δὲ μεταρρῖψαι τὰ πολιτεύματα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως συμμαχίαν.
30.7.10τούτων δʼ ἦσαν ἐπιφανέστατοι παρὰ μὲν τοῖς Κῴοις Ἱππόκριτος καὶ Διομέδων ἀδελ
30.8.1φοί, παρὰ δὲ Ῥοδίοις Δείνων καὶ Πολυάρατος. ὧν τίς οὐκ ἂν καταμέμψαιτο τὴν προαίρεσιν; οἳ πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς πολίτας συνίστορας ἔχοντες πάντων τῶν σφίσι πεπραγμένων καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων, ἔπειτα δὲ τῶν γραμμάτων ἑαλωκότων καὶ πεφωτισμένων καὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως πρὸς ἐκείνους διαπεμπομένων καὶ τῶν πρὸς τὸν Περσέα παρʼ ἐκείνων,
30.8.2ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑποχειρίων γεγονότων τῶν διαπεμπομένων παρʼ ἑκατέρων καὶ πρὸς ἑκατέρους, οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν εἴκειν οὐδʼ ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖν ἑαυτούς, ἀλλʼ ἀκμὴν ἠμφισβήτουν.
30.8.3τοιγαροῦν προσκαρτεροῦντες καὶ φιλοζωοῦντες πρὸς ἀπεγνωσμένας ἐλπίδας καὶ τὸ δοκοῦν εἶναι περὶ αὐτοὺς τολμηρὸν καὶ παράβολον ἀνέτρεψαν, ὥστε παρὰ τοῖς ἐπιγινομένοις μηδʼ ἔσχατον ἐλέῳ καὶ συγγνώμῃ τόπον καταλιπεῖν.
30.8.4ἐλεγχόμενοι γὰρ κατὰ πρόσωπον ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων χειρογράφων καὶ τῶν ὑπουργῶν οὐ μόνον ἀτυχεῖν, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον ἀναισχυντεῖν ἔδοξαν.
30.8.5Θόας γάρ τις ἦν τῶν πλοϊζομένων, ὃς καὶ πολλάκις εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐπεπλεύκει, διαπεσταλμένος ὑπὸ τῶν προειρημένων.
30.8.6οὗτος ἐν τῇ μεταβολῇ τῶν πραγμάτων συνειδὼς αὑτῷ τὰ πεπραγμένα, δείσας ἀπεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Κνίδον. τῶν δὲ Κνιδίων αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν ἀποθεμένων, ἐξαιτηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥοδίων ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον.
30.8.7κἀκεῖ διὰ τῶν βασάνων ἐλεγχόμενος ἀνθωμολογεῖτο καὶ σύμφωνος ἦν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐκ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γραμμάτων συνθήμασιν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς ταῖς παρά τε τοῦ Περσέως ἀποστελλομέναις πρὸς τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον καὶ παρὰ τούτων πρὸς ἐκεῖνον.
30.8.8ἐξ ὧν θαυμάζειν ἦν τίνι ποτὲ λογισμῷ χρώμενος ὁ Δείνων προσανεῖχε τῷ ζῆν καὶ τὸν παραδειγματισμὸν ὑπέμενε τοῦτον.
30.9.1πολὺ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀβουλίαν καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀγεννίαν ὁ Πολυάρατος ὑπερέθετο τὸν Δείνωνα.
30.9.2τοῦ γὰρ Ποπιλίου προστάξαντος Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸν Πολυάρατον ἀναπέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς μὲν τὴν Ῥώμην οὐκ ἔκρινε πέμπειν, ἐντρεπόμενος τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὸν Πολυάρατον, εἰς δὲ τὴν Ῥόδον ἀποστέλλειν διέλαβε, κἀκείνου τοῦτο παρακαλοῦντος.
30.9.3παραστήσας οὖν λέμβον καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτὸν Δημητρίῳ τινὶ τῶν φίλων ἐξαπέστειλεν. ἔγραφε δὲ καὶ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκπομπῆς.
30.9.4ὁ δὲ Πολυάρατος προσσχὼν Φασηλίδι κατὰ πλοῦν καὶ διανοηθεὶς ἅττα δή ποτʼ οὖν, λαβὼν θαλλοὺς κατέφυγεν ἐπὶ τὴν κοινὴν ἑστίαν.
30.9.5ὃν εἴ τις ἤρετο τί βούλεται, πέπεισμαι μηδʼ ἂν αὐτὸν ἔχειν εἰπεῖν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὴν πατρίδα μολεῖν ἐπεθύμει, τί θαλλῶν ἔδει; τοῦτο γὰρ προύκειτό που τοῖς ἄγουσιν αὐτόν.
30.9.6εἰ δʼ εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ μὴ βουλομένου ʼκείνου τοῦτʼ ἔδει γενέσθαι κατʼ ἀνάγκην. τί οὖν κατελείπεθʼ ἕτερον; ἄλλος γὰρ τόπος ὁ δεξόμενος αὐτὸν μετʼ ἀσφαλείας οὐκ ἦν.
30.9.7οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τῶν Φασηλιτῶν πεμψάντων εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον καὶ παρακαλούντων κομίζεσθαι καὶ παραλαμβάνειν τὸν Πολυάρατον, νουνεχῶς οἱ Ῥόδιοι διαλαβόντες ἄφρακτον μὲν ἐξαπέστειλαν τὸ παραπέμψον,
30.9.8ἀναλαβεῖν δʼ εἰς τὴν ναῦν ἐκώλυσαν τὸν ἄρχοντα διὰ τὸ προστετάχθαι τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας εἰς Ῥώμην ἀποκαταστῆσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
30.9.9παραγενομένης δὲ τῆς νεὼς εἰς τὴν Φασηλίδα, καὶ τοῦ μὲν Ἐπιχάρους, ὃς ἦν ἄρχων τῆς νεώς, οὐ βουλομένου δέχεσθαι τῷ πλοίῳ τὸν ἄνθρωπον,
30.9.10τοῦ δὲ Δημητρίου τοῦ προχειρισθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως διὰ τὴν ἀναπομπὴν κελεύοντος ἀνίστασθαι καὶ πλεῖν αὐτόν, καὶ τῶν Φασηλιτῶν συνεπισχυόντων αὐτῷ διὰ τὸ δεδιέναι μή τις ἐκ Ῥωμαίων σφίσι διὰ ταῦτα μέμψις ἐπακολουθήσῃ,
30.9.11καταπλαγεὶς τὴν περίστασιν ἐνέβη πάλιν τὸν λέμβον πρὸς τὸν Δημήτριον. κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἀπόπλουν ἐπιλαβόμενος ἀφορμῆς εὐκαίρου,
30.9.12προσδραμὼν κατέφυγε πάλιν εἰς Καῦνον κἀκεῖ παραπλησίως ἐδεῖτο τῶν Καυνίων βοηθεῖν.
30.9.13τούτων δὲ πάλιν ἀποτριβομένων αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ τάττεσθαι μετὰ Ῥοδίων, διεπέμπετο πρὸς Κιβυράτας, δεόμενος αὐτὸν δέξασθαι τῇ πόλει καὶ πέμψαι παραπομπήν.
Book 30, Part 4
30.9.14ἔσχε γὰρ ἀφορμὴν πρὸς τὴν πόλιν διὰ τὸ τεθράφθαι παρʼ αὐτῷ τοὺς παῖδας Παγκράτους τοῦ τυράννου.
30.9.15τῶν δὲ πεισθέντων καὶ ποιησάντων τὰ παρακαλούμενα, παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Κιβύραν εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέβαλεν αὑτόν τε καὶ τοὺς Κιβυράτας μείζω τῆς πρότερον, ὅτε παρὰ τοῖς Φασηλίταις ἦν.
30.9.16οὔτε γὰρ ἔχειν παρʼ αὑτοῖς ἐθάρρουν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ δεδιέναι τὸν ἀπὸ Ῥωμαίων κίνδυνον, οὔτʼ ἀναπέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐδύναντο διὰ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τῶν κατὰ θάλατταν ἔργων, ἅτε μεσόγαιοι τελέως ὑπάρχοντες.
30.9.17λοιπὸν ἠναγκάζοντο πρεσβεύειν εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον καὶ πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, ἀξιοῦντες παραλαβεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
30.9.18τοῦ δὲ Λευκίου γράψαντος τοῖς μὲν Κιβυράταις τηρεῖν ἐπιμελῶς τὸν Πολυάρατον καὶ κομίζειν εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, τοῖς δὲ Ῥοδίοις φροντίζειν τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν παραπομπῆς, ἵνα μετʼ ἀσφαλείας εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀνακομισθῇ, πειθαρχησάντων δʼ ἀμφοτέρων τοῖς γραφομένοις,
30.9.19τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ συνέβη τὸν Πολυάρατον ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἐκθεατρίσαντα μὲν τὴν ἀβουλίαν τὴν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀγεννίαν ἐφʼ ὅσον οἷός τʼ ἦν, ἔκδοτον δὲ γενόμενον οὐ μόνον παρὰ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ Φασηλιτῶν καὶ παρὰ Κιβυρατῶν καὶ παρὰ Ῥοδίων διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἄνοιαν.
30.9.20τίνος οὖν χάριν τὸν πλείω λόγον πεποίημαι περὶ Πολυαράτου καὶ Δείνωνος;
30.9.21οὐχ ἵνα συνεπεμβαίνειν δόξω ταῖς ἐκείνων ἀτυχίαις. καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπόν γε τοῦτο τελέως· ἀλλʼ ἵνα φανερὰν ποιήσας τὴν ἐκείνων ἀβουλίαν βέλτιον παρασκευάσω καὶ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ φρονεῖν τοὺς κατὰ τὰς περιστάσεις εἰς παραπλησίους ἐμπίπτοντας καιρούς. —
30.10.1ἐξ ὧν μάλιστα κατίδοι τις ἂν ἅμα τὴν ὀξύτητα καὶ τὴν ἀβεβαιότητα τῆς τύχης, ὅταν ἃ μάλιστʼ ἄν τις αὑτοῦ χάριν οἴηται διαπονεῖν, ταῦτα παρὰ πόδας εὑρίσκηται τοῖς ἐχθροῖς κατασκευάζων·
30.10.2κίονας γὰρ κατεσκεύαζε Περσεύς, καὶ ταύτας καταλαβὼν ἀτελεῖς Λεύκιος Αἰμίλιος ἐτελείωσε καὶ τὰς ἰδίας εἰκόνας ἐπέστησεν. —
30.10.3ὁ δὲ θαυμάσας τὴν τῆς πόλεως θέσιν καὶ τὴν τῆς ἀκροπόλεως εὐκαιρίαν πρός τε τοὺς ἐντὸς Ἰσθμοῦ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτὸς ἀπολαμβανομένους τόπους. —
30.10.4Ἐπισημηνάμενος δὲ τοῦ Σικυῶνος τὴν ὀχυρότητα καὶ τὸ βάρος τῆς τῶν Ἀργείων πόλεως ἦλθεν εἰς Ἐπίδαυρον. —
30.10.5πάλαι μετέωρος ὢν πρὸς τὴν τῆς Ὀλυμπίας θέαν ὥρμησε. —
30.10.6Λεύκιος Αἰμίλιος παρῆν εἰς τὸ τέμενος τὸ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ, καὶ τὸ ἄγαλμα θεασάμενος ἐξεπλάγη καὶ τοσοῦτον εἶπεν ὅτι μόνος αὐτῷ δοκεῖ Φειδίας τὸν παρʼ Ὁμήρῳ Δία μεμιμῆσθαι, διότι μεγάλην ἔχων προσδοκίαν τῆς Ὀλυμπίας μείζω τῆς προσδοκίας εὑρηκὼς εἴη τὴν ἀλήθειαν. —
30.11.1ὅτι Αἰτωλοὶ τὸν βίον ἀπὸ λῃστείας καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης παρανομίας εἰώθεισαν ἔχειν.
30.11.2καὶ ἕως μὲν ἐξῆν τοὺς Ἕλληνας φέρειν καὶ λεηλατεῖν, ἐκ τούτων ἐπορίζοντο τοὺς βίους, πᾶσαν γῆν ἡγούμενοι πολεμίαν·
30.11.3μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Ῥωμαίων ἐπιστάντων τοῖς πράγμασι κωλυθέντες τῆς ἔξωθεν ἐπικουρίας εἰς ἑαυτοὺς κατήντησαν.
30.11.4καὶ πρότερον μὲν κατὰ τὸν ἐμφύλιον πόλεμον οὐκ ἔστιν ὃ τῶν δεινῶν οὐκ ἔπραξαν·
30.11.5βραχεῖ δʼ ἀνώτερον χρόνῳ γεγευμένοι τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατʼ ἀλλήλων ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀρσινοΐαν σφαγαῖς ἕτοιμοι πρὸς πᾶν ἦσαν, ἀποτεθηριωμένοι τὰς ψυχάς, ὥστε μηδὲ βουλὴν διδόναι τοῖς προεστῶσι.
30.11.6διόπερ ἦν ἀκρισίας καὶ παρανομίας καὶ φόνου πλήρη τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν, καὶ τῶν πραττομένων παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐκ λογισμοῦ μὲν καὶ προθέσεως οὐδὲν ἐπετελεῖτο, πάντα δʼ εἰκῇ καὶ φύρδην ἐπράττετο, καθαπερεὶ λαίλαπός τινος ἐκπεπτωκυίας εἰς αὐτούς. —
30.12.1ὅτι οἱ κατὰ τὴν Ἤπειρον παραπλήσια τούτοις ἔπραττον.
30.12.2ἐφʼ ὅσον γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων μετριώτεροι τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν ἦσαν, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὁ προεστὼς αὐτῶν ἀσεβέστερος καὶ παρανομώτερος ὑπῆρχε τῶν ἄλλων.
30.12.3δοκῶ γὰρ μὴ γεγονέναι μηδʼ ἔσεσθαι θηριωδέστερον ἄνθρωπον μηδʼ εἰκαιότερον Χάροπος. —
30.13.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Περσέως κατάλυσιν ἅμα τῷ κριθῆναι τὰ ὅλα πανταχόθεν ἐξέπεμπον πρέσβεις συγχαρησομένους τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν.
30.13.2τῶν δὲ πραγμάτων ὁλοσχερῶς ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους κεκλικότων, ἐπιπολάζοντες διὰ τὸν καιρὸν οἱ δοκοῦντες εἶναι φίλοι Ῥωμαίων ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς πολιτεύμασιν, εἴς τε τὰς πρεσβείας οὗτοι καθίσταντο καὶ τὰς ἄλλας χρείας.
30.13.3διὸ συνέδραμον εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐκ μὲν Ἀχαΐας Καλλικράτης, Ἀριστόδαμος, Ἀγησίας, Φίλιππος,
30.13.4ἐκ δὲ Βοιωτίας οἱ περὶ Μνάσιππον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀκαρνανίας οἱ περὶ Χρέμαν, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Ἠπειρωτῶν οἱ περὶ τὸν Χάροπα καὶ Νικίαν, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν οἱ περὶ τὸν Λυκίσκον καὶ Τίσιππον.
30.13.5ἁπάντων δὲ τούτων ὁμοῦ γενομένων καὶ πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἁμιλλωμένων προθύμως, καὶ μηδενὸς ὑπάρχοντος ἀνταγωνιστοῦ διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀντιπολιτευομένους ἅπαντας εἴκοντας τοῖς καιροῖς ἀνακεχωρηκέναι τελέως, ἀκονιτὶ κατεκράτησαν τῆς ὑποθέσεως οἱ προειρημένοι.
30.13.6πρὸς μὲν οὖν τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις καὶ τὰς ἐθνικὰς συστάσεις οἱ δέκα διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἐπιταγήν, οὓς δεήσει πορεύεσθαι τῶν ἀνδρῶν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
30.13.7οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν ὡς ἐπίπαν οὓς ἀπέγραψαν οἱ προειρημένοι κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἀντιπαραγωγάς, πλὴν ὀλίγων τελέως τῶν ἔκδηλόν τι πεποιηκότων.
30.13.8πρὸς δὲ τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνος πρεσβευτὰς ἐξέπεμψαν τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους ἄνδρας τῶν δέκα, Γάιον Κλαύδιον καὶ Γνάιον Δομέτιον,
30.13.9διὰ δύʼ αἰτίας, πρῶτον μὲν εὐλαβούμενοι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς μή ποτʼ οὐ πειθαρχήσωσι τοῖς γραφομένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ κινδυνεύσωσιν οἱ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην, δόξαντες ἐξειργάσθαι τὰς κατὰ πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων διαβολάς,
30.13.10ὃ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ἦν, δεύτερον δὲ διὰ τὸ μηθὲν ἐν τοῖς αἰχμαλώτοις γράμμασιν ἀκριβὲς εὑρῆσθαι κατὰ μηδενὸς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
30.13.11περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων μετά τινα χρόνον ἐξέπεμπεν ὁ στρατηγὸς τὰς ἐπιστολὰς καὶ τοὺς πρέσβεις, καίπερ οὐκ εὐδοκούμενος κατά γε τὴν αὑτοῦ γνώμην ταῖς τῶν περὶ τὸν Λυκίσκον καὶ Καλλικράτην διαβολαῖς, ὡς ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ὕστερον ἐγένετο καταφανές. —
Book 30, Part 5
30.14.1ὅτι τῆς αὐτῆς ψυχῆς ἐστιν ἀγῶνάς τε διατίθεσθαι καλῶς καὶ παρασκευὴν καὶ πότον μεγαλομερῆ χειρίσαι δεόντως καὶ παρατάξασθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις στρατηγικῶς. —
30.15.1τῶν γοῦν Ἠπειρωτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα πόλεις Πολύβιός φησιν ἀνατρέψαι Παῦλον μετὰ τὴν Μακεδόνων καὶ Περσέως κατάλυσιν· Μολοττῶν δʼ ὑπάρξαι τὰς πλείστας· πέντε δὲ καὶ δέκα μυριάδας ἀνθρώπων ἐξανδραποδίσασθαι.
30.16.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον οἱ βασιλεῖς ἀπολελυμένοι τοῦ πρὸς Ἀντίοχον πολέμου πρῶτον μὲν εἰς Ῥώμην πρεσβευτὴν ἐξέπεμψαν Νουμήνιον, ἕνα τῶν φίλων, εὐχαριστήσοντα περὶ τῶν εἰς αὐτοὺς γεγονότων εὐεργετημάτων·
30.16.2ἀπέλυσαν δὲ καὶ τὸν Λακεδαιμόνιον Μεναλκίδαν, ἐνεργῶς κεχρημένον τοῖς κατὰ τῆς βασιλείας καιροῖς πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπανόρθωσιν, Γαΐου Ποπιλίου τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀπολύσεως χάριν αἰτησαμένου παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων.
30.17.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Κότυς ὁ τῶν Ὀδρυσῶν βασιλεὺς ἀπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἀξιῶν ἀποδοθῆναι τὸν υἱὸν αὑτῷ καὶ περὶ τῆς γενομένης πρὸς Περσέα κοινοπραγίας δικαιολογούμενος.
30.17.2οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι νομίσαντες ἠνύσθαι σφίσι τὸ προκείμενον, τοῦ πρὸς τὸν Περσέα πολέμου κατὰ νοῦν προκεχωρηκότος, τὴν δὲ πρὸς Κότυν διαφορὰν πρὸς οὐδὲν ἔτι διατείνειν,
30.17.3συνεχώρησαν αὐτῷ κομίζεσθαι τὸν υἱόν, ὃς ὁμηρείας χάριν δοθεὶς εἰς Μακεδονίαν ἑαλώκει μετὰ τῶν Περσέως τέκνων,
30.17.4βουλόμενοι τὴν αὑτῶν πρᾳότητα καὶ μεγαλοψυχίαν ἐμφαίνειν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὸν Κότυν ἀναδούμενοι διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης χάριτος. —
30.18.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἦλθε καὶ Προυσίας ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, συγχαρησόμενος τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν.
30.18.2ὁ δὲ Προυσίας οὗτος οὐδαμῶς γέγονεν ἄξιος τοῦ τῆς βασιλείας προσχήματος. τεκμήραιτο δʼ ἄν τις ἐκ τούτων.
30.18.3ὅς γε πρῶτον μέν, πρεσβευτῶν παραγεγονότων Ῥωμαϊκῶν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐξυρημένος τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ πιλίον ἔχων λευκὸν καὶ τήβενναν καὶ καλικίους ἀπήντα τούτοις, καὶ καθόλου τοιαύτῃ διασκευῇ κεχρημένος οἵαν ἔχουσιν οἱ προσφάτως ἠλευθερωμένοι παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις, οὓς καλοῦσι λιβέρτους·
30.18.4καὶ δεξιωσάμενος τοὺς πρεσβευτάς "ὁρᾶτʼ" ἔφη "τὸν ὑμέτερον λίβερτον ἐμέ, πάντα βουλόμενον χαρίζεσθαι καὶ μιμεῖσθαι τὰ παρʼ ὑμῖν." ἧς ἀγεννεστέραν φωνὴν οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὑρεῖν.
30.18.5τότε δὲ κατὰ τὴν εἴσοδον γενόμενος τὴν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, στὰς κατὰ τὸ θύρετρον ἀντίος τοῦ συνεδρίου καὶ καθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας ἀμφοτέρας προσεκύνησε τὸν οὐδὸν καὶ τοὺς καθημένους, ἐπιφθεγξάμενος "χαίρετε, θεοὶ σωτῆρεσ", ὑπερβολὴν οὐ καταλιπὼν ἀνανδρίας, ἅμα δὲ καὶ γυναικισμοῦ καὶ κολακείας οὐδενὶ τῶν ἐπιγινομένων.
30.18.6ἀκόλουθα δὲ τούτοις καὶ κατὰ τὴν κοινολογίαν εἰσελθὼν ἐπετελέσατο, περὶ ὧν καὶ τὸ γράφειν ἀπρεπὲς ἦν.
30.18.7φανεὶς δὲ τελέως εὐκαταφρόνητος ἀπόκρισιν ἔλαβε διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο φιλάνθρωπον.
30.19.1ἤδη δὲ τούτου τὰς ἀποκρίσεις εἰληφότος, προσέπεσε παραγίνεσθαι τὸν Εὐμένη.
30.19.2τοῦτο δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα πολλὴν ἀπορίαν παρέσχε τοῖς ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ· διαβεβλημένοι γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ διαλήψεις ἀμεταθέτους ἔχοντες οὐκ ἐβούλοντο κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον ἐμφανίζειν αὑτούς.
30.19.3πᾶσι γὰρ ἀναδεδειχότες πρῶτον καὶ μέγιστον φίλον τὸν βασιλέα τοῦτον ἔμελλον εἰς ὄψιν ἐλθόντες καὶ προσδεξάμενοι δικαιολογίαν, εἰ μὲν τὸ δοκοῦν ἀποκριθεῖεν ἀκολουθοῦντες ταῖς ἰδίαις διαλήψεσιν, ἐκθεατριεῖν αὑτούς, εἰ τοιοῦτον ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐξετίμησαν ἐν τοῖς ἀνώτερον χρόνοις,
30.19.4εἰ δὲ δουλεύοντες τῇ τῶν ἐκτὸς φαντασίᾳ φιλανθρώπως ἀποκριθεῖεν, παρόψεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὸ τῇ πατρίδι συμφέρον.
30.19.5διόπερ ἐξ ἑκατέρας τῆς ἀποφάσεως μέλλοντος ἀπιθάνου τινὸς αὐτοῖς ἐξακολουθήσειν, εὕροντο λύσιν τοῦ προβλήματος τοιαύτην.
30.19.6ὡς γὰρ καθόλου δυσαρεστούμενοι ταῖς τῶν βασιλέων ἐπιδημίαις δόγμα τι τοιοῦτον ἐξέβαλον, μηδένα βασιλέα παραγίνεσθαι πρὸς αὑτούς.
30.19.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πυθόμενοι τὸν Εὐμένη καταπεπλευκέναι τῆς Ἰταλίας εἰς Βρεντέσιον ἐπαπέστειλαν τὸν ταμίαν φέροντα τὸ δόγμα καὶ κελεύσοντα λέγειν πρὸς αὑτόν, εἴ τι τυγχάνει τῆς συγκλήτου χρείαν ἔχων·
30.19.8εἰ δὲ μηδενὸς δεῖται, παραγγελοῦντα τὴν ταχίστην αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπαλλάττεσθαι.
30.19.9ὁ δὲ βασιλεύς, συμμίξαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ταμίου, γνοὺς τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου προαίρεσιν εἰς τέλος ἀπεσιώπησεν, οὐδενὸς φήσας προσδεῖσθαι.
30.19.10καὶ δὴ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ συνέβη τὸν Εὐμένη κωλυθῆναι τῆς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀναβάσεως.
30.19.11συνηκολουθήκει δὲ καὶ ἕτερόν τι πραγματικὸν τούτῳ τῷ διαβουλίῳ.
30.19.12μεγάλου γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν Γαλατῶν ἐπικρεμαμένου κινδύνου τῇ βασιλείᾳ, προφανὲς ἦν ὅτι διὰ τὸν σκυβαλισμὸν τοῦτον οἱ μὲν τοῦ βασιλέως σύμμαχοι ταπεινωθήσονται πάντες, οἱ δὲ Γαλάται διπλασίως ἐπιρρωσθήσονται πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον.
30.19.13διὸ πάντῃ πάντως βουλόμενοι ταπεινοῦν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ ταύτην κατηνέχθησαν τὴν γνώμην.
30.19.14τούτων δὲ γινομένων ἔτι κατʼ ἀρχὰς τοῦ χειμῶνος, λοιπὸν ἡ σύγκλητος ἅπασιν τοῖς παραγεγονόσι κατὰ πρεσβείαν·
30.19.15οὐ γὰρ ἦν οὔτε πόλις οὔτε δυνάστης οὔτε βασιλεὺς ὃς οὐκ ἀπεστάλκει πρεσβείαν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν τὴν συγχαρησομένην ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν·
30.19.16οἷς ἅπασιν οἰκείως ἀπήντησε καὶ φιλανθρώπως πλὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων.
30.19.17τούτους δὲ παρέπεμπε ποικίλας ἐμφάσεις ποιοῦσα περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος. ἐπείχετο δὲ καὶ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους. —
30.20.1ὅτι οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι παρεγένοντο πρεσβεύοντες τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἁλιαρτίων σωτηρίας,
30.20.2παρακουόμενοι δὲ περὶ τούτου τοῦ μέρους ἐκ μεταθέσεως διελέγοντο περὶ Δήλου καὶ Λήμνου καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἁλιαρτίων χώρας, εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἐξαιτούμενοι τὴν κτῆσιν· εἶχον γὰρ διττὰς ἐντολάς.
Book 30, Part 6
30.20.3οἷς περὶ μὲν τῶν κατὰ Δῆλον καὶ Λῆμνον οὐκ ἄν τις ἐπιτιμήσειε διὰ τὸ καὶ πρότερον ἀντιπεποιῆσθαι τῶν νήσων τούτων, περὶ δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἁλιαρτίων χώρας εἰκότως ἄν τις καταμέμψαιτο.
30.20.4τὸ γὰρ πόλιν σχεδὸν ἀρχαιοτάτην τῶν κατὰ τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἐπταικυῖαν μὴ συνεπανορθοῦν κατὰ πάντα τρόπον, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἐξαλείφειν, ἀφαιρουμένους καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐλπίδας τῶν ἠκληρηκότων,
30.20.5δῆλον ὡς οὐδενὶ μὲν ἂν δόξαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων καθήκειν, ἥκιστα δὲ τῶν ἄλλων Ἀθηναίοις.
30.20.6τὸ γὰρ τὴν μὲν ἰδίαν πατρίδα κοινὴν ποιεῖν ἅπασιν, τὰς δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἀναιρεῖν, οὐδαμῶς οἰκεῖον ἂν φανείη τοῦ τῆς πόλεως ἤθους.
30.20.7πλὴν ἥ γε σύγκλητος καὶ τὴν Δῆλον αὐτοῖς ἔδωκε καὶ τὴν Λῆμνον καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἁλιαρτίων χώραν. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους τοιαύτην ἔσχε διάθεσιν. —
30.20.8καὶ τὴν μὲν Λῆμνον καὶ τὴν Δῆλον κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν τὸν λύκον τῶν ὤτων ἔλαβον·
30.20.9πολλὰ γὰρ ὑπέμειναν δυσκληρήματα συμπλεκόμενοι τοῖς Δηλίοις· ἐκ δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἁλιαρτίων χώρας ὄνειδος αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ καρπός τις συνεξηκολούθησεν. —
30.21.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Θεαίδητος εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον λόγους μὲν ἐποιήσατο περὶ τῆς συμμαχίας·
30.21.2ὑπερθεμένης δὲ τῆς συγκλήτου τὸ διαβούλιον, οὗτος μὲν μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον κατὰ φύσιν· ἔτη γὰρ εἶχε πλείω τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα· παρα
30.21.3γενομένων δὲ φυγάδων ἔκ τε Καύνου καὶ Στρατονικείας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ παρελθόντων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἐγένετο δόγμα Ῥοδίους ἐξάγειν τὰς φρουρὰς ἔκ τε Καύνου καὶ Στρατονικείας.
30.21.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Φιλόφρονα καὶ Ἀστυμήδην λαβόντες ταύτην τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἀπέπλευσαν κατὰ σπουδὴν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν,
30.21.5δεδιότες μὴ παρακούσαντες οἱ Ῥόδιοι περὶ τοῦ τὰς φρουρὰς ἐξαγαγεῖν αὖθις ἄλλην ἀρχὴν ἐγκλημάτων ποιήσωσιν. —
30.22.1Λεύκιος δὲ Ἀνίκιος, καὶ αὐτὸς Ῥωμαίων στρατηγήσας, Ἰλλυριοὺς καταπολεμήσας καὶ αἰχμάλωτον ἀγαγὼν Γένθιον τὸν τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν βασιλέα σὺν τοῖς τέκνοις, ἀγῶνας ἐπιτελῶν τοὺς ἐπινικίους ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ παντὸς γέλωτος ἄξια πράγματα ἐποίησεν, ὡς Πολύβιος ἱστορεῖ ἐν τῇ τριακοστῇ.
30.22.2μεταπεμψάμενος γὰρ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπιφανεστάτους τεχνίτας καὶ σκηνὴν κατασκευάσας μεγίστην ἐν τῷ κίρκῳ πρώτους εἰσῆγεν αὐλητὰς ἅμα πάντας.
30.22.3οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Θεόδωρος ὁ Βοιώτιος, Θεόπομπος, Ἕρμιππος, [ὁ] Λυσίμαχος, οἵτινες ἐπιφανέστατοι ἦσαν.
30.22.4τούτους οὖν στήσας ἐπὶ τὸ προσκήνιον μετὰ τοῦ χοροῦ αὐλεῖν ἐκέλευσεν ἅμα πάντας.
30.22.5τῶν δὲ διαπορευομένων τὰς κρούσεις μετὰ τῆς ἁρμοζούσης κινήσεως προσπέμψας οὐκ ἔφη καλῶς αὐτοὺς αὐλεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἀγωνίζεσθαι μᾶλλον ἐκέλευσεν.
30.22.6τῶν δὲ διαπορούντων ὑπέδειξέν τις τῶν ῥαβδούχων ἐπιστρέψαντας ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφʼ αὑτοὺς καὶ ποιεῖν ὡσανεὶ μάχην.
30.22.7ταχὺ δὲ συννοήσαντες οἱ αὐληταὶ καὶ λαβόντες οἰκείαν ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ἀσελγείαις μεγάλην ἐποίησαν σύγχυσιν.
30.22.8συνεπιστρέψαντες δὲ τοὺς μέσους χοροὺς πρὸς τοὺς ἄκρους οἱ μὲν αὐληταὶ φυσῶντες ἀδιανόητα καὶ διαφέροντες τοὺς αὐλοὺς ἐπῆγον ἀνὰ μέρος ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους.
30.22.9ἅμα δὲ τούτοις ἐπικτυποῦντες οἱ χοροὶ καὶ συνεπεισιόντες τὴν σκηνὴν ἐπεφέροντο τοῖς ἐναντίοις καὶ πάλιν ἀνεχώρουν ἐκ μεταβολῆς.
30.22.10ὡς δὲ καὶ περιζωσάμενός τις τῶν χορευτῶν ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ στραφεὶς ἦρε τὰς χεῖρας ἀπὸ πυγμῆς πρὸς τὸν ἐπιφερόμενον αὐλητήν, τότʼ ἤδη κρότος ἐξαίσιος ἐγένετο καὶ κραυγὴ τῶν θεωμένων.
30.22.11ἔτι δὲ τούτων ἐκ παρατάξεως ἀγωνιζομένων ὀρχησταὶ δύο εἰσήγοντο μετὰ συμφωνίας εἰς τὴν ὀρχήστραν, καὶ πύκται τέτταρες ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν μετὰ σαλπιγκτῶν καὶ βυκανιστῶν.
30.22.12ὁμοῦ δὲ τούτων πάντων ἀγωνιζομένων ἄλεκτον ἦν τὸ συμβαῖνον. περὶ δὲ τῶν τραγῳδῶν, φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος, ὅ,τι ἂν ἐπιβάλωμαι λέγειν, δόξω τισὶ διαχλευάζειν.
30.23.1ὅτι ἐξεπολέμησαν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Κνώσιοι μετὰ Γορτυνίων πρὸς τοὺς Ῥαυκίους καὶ συνθήκας ἐποιήσαντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐνόρκους μὴ πρότερον λύσειν τὸν πόλεμον πρὶν ἢ κατὰ κράτος ἑλεῖν τὴν Ῥαῦκον.
30.23.2οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι κομισάμενοι τὰ περὶ τῶν Καυνίων καὶ θεωροῦντες οὐ καταλήγουσαν τὴν ὀργὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ἐπειδὴ περὶ πάντων ἀκολούθως ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν ἐπειθάρχησαν, εὐθέως τοὺς περὶ Ἀριστοτέλην πρεσβευτὰς καταστήσαντες ἐξέπεμπον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, δόντες ἐντολὰς πειράζειν πάλιν περὶ τῆς συμμαχίας.
30.23.3οἳ καὶ παραγενηθέντες εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην θερείας ἀκμαζούσης εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ παραυτίκα περὶ τοῦ πεπειθαρχηκέναι τὸν δῆμον τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις διεσάφουν καὶ παρεκάλουν ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας, πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους διατιθέμενοι λόγους. ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος ἔδωκεν ἀπόκρισιν,
30.23.4ἐν ᾗ τὴν μὲν φιλίαν παρεσιώπησε, περὶ δὲ τῆς συμμαχίας οὐκ ἔφη καθήκειν αὑτῇ τοῦτο συγχωρεῖν Ῥοδίοις κατὰ τὸ παρόν. —
30.24.1ὅμοιοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ τὴν Περαίαν κατοικοῦντες τοῖς οἰκέταις τοῖς ἐκ τῶν δεσμῶν ἀνελπίστως λελυμένοις,
30.24.2οἵτινες ἀπιστοῦντες τοῖς παροῦσι μείζω μὲν διαβαίνουσι τῆς κατὰ φύσιν κινήσεως, οὐ δοκοῦσι δὲ γινώσκεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς ἀπαντῶσιν οὐδὲ συνορᾶσθαι διότι λέλυνται σαφῶς, ἐὰν μή τι παράλογον ποιῶσι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξηλλαγμένον.
30.25.1ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς οὗτος βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας τοὺς ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ συντετελεσμένους ἀγῶνας ὑπὸ Αἰμιλίου Παύλου τοῦ Ῥωμαίων στρατηγοῦ, βουλόμενος τῇ μεγαλοδωρίᾳ ὑπερᾶραι τὸν Παῦλον ἐξέπεμψε πρέσβεις καὶ θεωροὺς εἰς τὰς πόλεις καταγγελοῦντας τοὺς ἐσομένους ἀγῶνας ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Δάφνης, ὡς πολλὴν γενέσθαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων σπουδὴν εἰς τὴν ὡς αὐτὸν ἄφιξιν.
30.25.2ἀρχὴν δʼ ἐποιήσατο τῆς πανηγύρεως τὴν πομπείαν οὕτως ἐπιτελεσθεῖσαν.
30.25.3καθηγοῦντό τινες Ῥωμαϊκὸν ἔχοντες καθοπλισμὸν ἐν θώραξιν ἁλυσιδωτοῖς, ἄνδρες ἀκμάζοντες ταῖς ἡλικίαις πεντακισχίλιοι· μεθʼ οὓς Μυσοὶ πεντακισχίλιοι.
30.25.4συνεχεῖς δʼ ἦσαν Κίλικες εἰς τὸν τῶν εὐζώνων τρόπον καθωπλισμένοι τρισχίλιοι, χρυσοῦς ἔχοντες στεφάνους.
Book 30, Part 7
30.25.5ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις Θρᾷκες τρισχίλιοι καὶ Γαλάται πεντακισχίλιοι. τούτοις ἐπέβαλλον Μακεδόνες δισμύριοι καὶ χαλκάσπιδες πεντακισχίλιοι, ἄλλοι δὲ ἀργυράσπιδες, οἷς ἐπηκολούθει μονομάχων ζεύγη διακόσια τετταράκοντα.
30.25.6τούτων κατόπιν ἦσαν ἱππεῖς Νισαῖοι μὲν χίλιοι πολιτικοὶ δὲ τρισχίλιοι, ὧν οἱ μὲν πλείους ἦσαν χρυσοφάλαροι καὶ χρυσοστέφανοι, οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι ἀργυροφάλαροι.
30.25.7μετὰ δὲ τούτους ἦσαν οἱ λεγόμενοι Ἑταῖροι ἱππεῖς· οὗτοι δὲ ἦσαν εἰς χιλίους, πάντες χρυσοφάλαροι. τούτοις συνεχὲς ἦν τὸ τῶν φίλων σύνταγμα,
30.25.8ἴσον καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον. ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις ἐπίλεκτοι χίλιοι, οἷς ἐπηκολούθει τὸ καλούμενον ἄγημα, κράτιστον εἶναι δοκοῦν σύστημα τῶν ἱππέων,
30.25.9περὶ χιλίους. τελευταία δʼ ἦν ἡ κατάφρακτος ἵππος, οἰκείως τῇ προσηγορίᾳ τῶν ἵππων καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐσκεπασμένων τοῖς ὅπλοις· ἦσαν δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ χίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
30.25.10πάντες δʼ οἱ προειρημένοι εἶχον πορφυρᾶς ἐφαπτίδας, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ διαχρύσους καὶ ζῳωτάς.
30.25.11ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις ἕξιππα μὲν ἦν ἑκατόν, τέθριππα δὲ τετταράκοντα, ἔπειτα ἐλεφάντων ἅρμα καὶ συνωρίς. καθʼ ἕνα δὲ εἵποντο ἐλέφαντες διεσκευασμένοι τριάκοντα καὶ ἕξ.
30.25.11τὴν δʼ ἄλλην πομπὴν λέγειν ἐστὶ δυσέφικτον,
30.25.12ὡς ἐν κεφαλαίῳ δὲ λεκτέον. ἔφηβοι μὲν γὰρ ἐπόμπευσαν εἰς ὀκτακοσίους, χρυσοῦς ἔχοντες στεφάνους, βόες δʼ εὐτραφεῖς περὶ χιλίους, θεωρίδες δὲ βραχὺ λείπουσαι τριακοσίων, ἐλεφάντων δὲ ὀδόντες ὀκτακόσιοι.
30.25.13τὸ δὲ τῶν ἀγαλμάτων πλῆθος οὐ δυνατὸν ἐξηγήσασθαι· πάντων γὰρ τῶν παρʼ ἀνθρώποις λεγομένων ἢ νομιζομένων θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων, προσέτι δὲ ἡρώων εἴδωλα διήγετο, τὰ μὲν κεχρυσωμένα, τὰ δʼ ἠμφιεσμένα στολαῖς διαχρύσοις.
30.25.14καὶ πᾶσι τούτοις οἱ προσήκοντες μῦθοι κατὰ τὰς παραδεδομένας ἱστορίας ἐν διασκευαῖς πολυτελέσι παρέκειντο.
30.25.15εἵπετο δʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ Νυκτὸς εἴδωλον καὶ Ἡμέρας, Γῆς τε καὶ Οὐρανοῦ, καὶ Ἠοῦς καὶ Μεσημβρίας.
30.25.16τὸ δὲ τῶν χρυσωμάτων καὶ ἀργυρωμάτων πλῆθος οὕτως ἄν τις ὑπονοήσειεν ὅσον ἦν· ἑνὸς γὰρ τῶν φίλων, Διονυσίου τοῦ ἐπιστολιαγράφου, χίλιοι παῖδες ἐπόμπευσαν ἀργυρώματα ἔχοντες, ὧν οὐδὲν ἐλάττονʼ ὁλκὴν εἶχεν δραχμῶν χιλίων.
30.25.17βασιλικοὶ δὲ παῖδες παρῆλθον ἑξακόσιοι χρυσώματα ἔχοντες. ἔπειτα γυναῖκες ἐκ χρυσῶν καλπίδων μύροις ἔρραινον, εἰς διακοσίας.
30.25.18ταύταις δʼ ἑξῆς ἐπόμπευον ἐν χρυσόποσι μὲν φορείοις ὀγδοήκοντα γυναῖκες, ἐν ἀργυρόποσι δὲ πεντακόσιαι καθήμεναι, πολυτελῶς διεσκευασμέναι.
30.25.19καὶ τῆς μὲν πομπῆς τὰ ἐπιφανέστατα ταῦτα ἦν.
30.26.1ἐπιτελεσθέντων δὲ τῶν ἀγώνων καὶ μονομαχιῶν καὶ κυνηγεσίων κατὰ τριάκονθʼ ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς τὰς θέας συνετέλει, πέντε μὲν τὰς πρώτας ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ πάντες ἐκ χρυσῶν ὁλκείων ἠλείφοντο κροκίνῳ μύρῳ.
30.26.2ἦν δὲ ταῦτα πεντεκαίδεκα, καὶ κινναμωμίνου τὰ ἴσα καὶ ναρδίνου. παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἑξῆς εἰσεφέρετο τήλινον, ἀμαράκινον, ἴρινον, πάντα διαφέροντα ταῖς εὐωδίαις.
30.26.3ἔστρωτο δὲ εἰς εὐωχίαν ποτὲ μὲν χίλια τρίκλινα, ποτὲ δὲ χίλια πεντακόσια μετὰ τῆς πολυτελεστάτης διασκευῆς.
30.27.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν συντέλειαν τῶν ἀγώνων, ἄρτι τούτων γεγονότων, ἧκον οἱ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον πρεσβευταί, κατασκόπων ἔχοντες τάξιν.
30.27.2οἷς οὕτως ἐπιδεξίως ἀπήντησεν Ἀντίοχος καὶ φιλοφρόνως ὥστε μὴ οἷον τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ὑποπτεῦσαί τι περὶ αὐτοῦ πραγματικὸν ἢ παρατριβῆς ἔμφασιν ἔχον ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν λεγόντων τι τοιοῦτον καταγινώσκειν διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν φιλανθρωπίας·
30.27.3ὅς γε πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ τῆς αὐλῆς παρεχώρησε τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς, μικροῦ δὲ καὶ τοῦ διαδήματος κατὰ τὴν ἐπίφασιν, καίπερ οὐκ ὢν τῇ προαιρέσει τοιοῦτος,
30.27.4ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἀλλοτριώτατα διακείμενος πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
30.28.1ὅτι τοῖς παρὰ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας Γαλατῶν πρεσβευταῖς συνεχώρησαν τὴν αὐτονομίαν μένουσιν ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις κατοικίαις καὶ μὴ στρατευομένοις ἐκτὸς τῶν ἰδίων ὅρων.
30.29.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον, παραγενομένων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καὶ διασαφούντων τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις, οὐκέτι θόρυβος ἦν, ἀλλʼ ὀργὴ καὶ μῖσος ἐκφανὲς πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην. —
30.29.2ὅτι τοῦ περὶ Καλλικράτην μίσους καὶ Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς τοὺς ὁμογνώμονας τούτων οὕτως ἄν τις τεκμήραιτο.
30.29.3τῆς γὰρ τῶν Ἀντιγονείων πανηγύρεως ἐν τῷ Σικυῶνι συντελουμένης, καὶ τῶν βαλανείων ἁπάντων ἐχόντων τάς τε κοινὰς μάκτρας καὶ πυέλους ταύταις παρακειμένας, εἰς ἃς οἱ κομψότεροι τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰώθασι κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐμβαίνειν,
30.29.4εἰς ταύτας ὅτε τις καθείη τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ Καλλικράτην, οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα τῶν ἐφεστώτων ἔτι καθιέναι, πρὶν ἢ τὸν βαλανείτην τὸ μὲν ὑπάρχον ὕδωρ ἀφεῖναι πᾶν, ἕτερον δὲ καθαρὸν ἐγχέαι.
30.29.5τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίουν, ὑπολαμβάνοντες ὡσανεὶ μιαίνεσθαι καθιέντες εἰς ταὐτὸ τοῖς προειρημένοις ὕδωρ.
30.29.6τοὺς δὲ συριγμοὺς τοὺς ἐν ταῖς κοιναῖς πανηγύρεσι τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τοὺς χλευασμούς, ὅτε τις ἐπιβάλοιτο κηρύττειν τινὰ τῶν προειρημένων, οὐδʼ ἂν ἐξηγήσαιτο ῥᾳδίως οὐδείς.
30.29.7ἐθάρρει δὲ καὶ τὰ παιδάρια κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐκ τῶν διδασκαλείων ἐπανάγοντα κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοὺς προδότας ἀποκαλεῖν. τοιαύτη τις ὑπέδραμε προσκοπὴ καὶ μῖσος κατὰ τῶν προειρημένων.
30.30.1ὅτι εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην παραγεγονότων πρεσβευτῶν πλειόνων καὶ ἑτέρων, ἐπιφανεστάτων δὲ παρὰ μὲν Ῥοδίων τῶν περὶ Ἀστυμήδην, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν τῶν περὶ Εὐρέαν καὶ Ἀναξίδαμον καὶ Σάτυρον, παρὰ δὲ Προυσίου τῶν περὶ Πύθωνα, τούτοις ἐχρημάτισεν ἡ σύγκλητος.
30.30.2οἱ μὲν οὖν παρὰ τοῦ Προυσίου κατηγορίαν ἐποιοῦντʼ Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως, φάσκοντες αὑτῶν τέ τινα χωρία παραιρεῖσθαι τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τῆς Γαλατίας οὐκ ἀφίστασθαι τὸ παράπαν οὐδὲ πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμασιν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τὰ σφέτερα μὲν φρονοῦντας σωματοποιεῖν,
30.30.3τοὺς δὲ τὰ Ῥωμαίων αἱρουμένους καὶ βουλομένους πολιτεύεσθαι τοῖς τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμασιν ἀκολούθως κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐλαττοῦν.
Book 30, Part 8
30.30.4ἦσαν δέ τινες πρεσβευταὶ καὶ παρὰ τῶν τῆς Ἀσίας πόλεων, οἳ κατηγόρουν τοῦ βασιλέως, ἔμφασιν ποιοῦντες τῆς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον κοινοπραγίας.
30.30.5ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν κατηγορούντων οὔτʼ ἀπέρριπτε τὰς διαβολὰς οὔτʼ ἐξέφαινε τὴν ἑαυτῆς γνώμην, ἀλλὰ συνετήρει παρʼ ἑαυτῇ, διαπιστοῦσα καθόλου τοῖς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον·
30.30.6τοῖς γε μὴν Γαλάταις ἀεί τι προσετίθει καὶ συνεπίσχυε περὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας.
30.30.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ἥκοντες ἀπὸ τῆς πρεσβείας οὐδὲν περιττότερον ἠδυνήθησαν οὔτʼ αὐτοὶ διαλαβεῖν οὔτε τῇ συγκλήτῳ διασαφῆσαι περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ἤπερ ἃ καὶ πρότερον ὄντες ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ διελάμβανον.
30.30.8οὕτως αὐτοὺς οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐξετέμοντο τῇ κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν φιλανθρωπίᾳ.
30.31.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα προσκαλεσαμένη τοὺς Ῥοδίους διήκουε τούτων.
30.31.2ὁ δʼ Ἀστυμήδης εἰσελθὼν μετρίως ἔστη καὶ βέλτιον ἢ κατὰ τὴν πρὸ ταύτης πρεσβείαν·
30.31.3ἀφέμενος γὰρ τοῦ κατηγορεῖν τῶν ἄλλων ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὸ παραιτεῖσθαι, καθάπερ οἱ μαστιγούμενοι τὰς πληγάς, φάσκων ἱκανοῖς προστίμοις περιπεπτωκέναι τὴν πατρίδα καὶ μείζοσι τῆς ἁμαρτίας. καὶ προσθέμενος ἐξηγεῖτο τὰς ἐλαττώσεις,
30.31.4κεφαλαιωδῶς διεξιών, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίαν ἀπολωλέκασιν, εἰς ἣν ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν ἐδαπάνησαν χρημάτων ἱκανὸν πλῆθος, τριττοὺς πολέμους ἀναγκασθέντες πολεμεῖν αὐτοῖς, νυνὶ δὲ προσόδων ἐστέρηνται πολλῶν ὧν ἐλάμβανον παρὰ τῶν προειρημένων.
30.31.5"ἀλλʼ ἴσωσ" ἔφη "ταῦτα μὲν ἔχει λόγον· καὶ γὰρ ἐδώκαθʼ ὑμεῖς αὐτὰ τῷ δήμῳ, μετὰ χάριτος διὰ τὴν εὔνοιαν, καὶ ἀφανίζοντες αὐτὰ κατὰ λόγον ἐδοκεῖτε τοῦτο πράττειν, ἐμπεσούσης τινὸς ὑποψίας καὶ διαφορᾶς ὑμῖν.
30.31.6ἀλλὰ Καῦνον δήπου διακοσίων ταλάντων ἐξηγοράσαμεν παρὰ τῶν Πτολεμαίου στρατηγῶν καὶ Στρατονίκειαν ἐλάβομεν ἐν μεγάλῃ χάριτι παρʼ Ἀντιόχου τοῦ Σελεύκου·
30.31.7καὶ παρὰ τούτων τῶν πόλεων ἀμφοτέρων ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι τάλαντα τῷ δήμῳ πρόσοδος ἔπιπτε καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος. τούτων ἁπασῶν ἐστερήμεθα τῶν προσόδων,
30.31.8θέλοντες πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς ὑμετέροις προστάγμασιν.
30.31.9ἐξ ὧν μείζονα φόρον ἐπιτεθείκατε τοῖς Ῥοδίοις τῆς ἀγνοίας ἢ Μακεδόσι τοῖς διὰ παντὸς πολεμίοις ὑμῖν ὑπάρξασι. τὸ δὲ μέγιστον σύμπτωμα τῆς πόλεως·
30.31.10καταλέλυται γὰρ ἡ τοῦ λιμένος πρόσοδος ὑμῶν, Δῆλον μὲν ἀτελῆ πεποιηκότων, ἀφῃρημένων δὲ τὴν τοῦ δήμου παρρησίαν, διʼ ἧς καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν λιμένα καὶ τἄλλα πάντα τῆς πόλεως ἐτύγχανε τῆς ἁρμοζούσης προστασίας.
30.31.11ὅτι δὲ τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἀληθὲς οὐ δυσχερὲς καταμαθεῖν·
30.31.12τοῦ γὰρ ἐλλιμενίου κατὰ τοὺς ἀνώτερον χρόνους εὑρίσκοντος ἑκατὸν μυριάδας δραχμῶν, νῦν ἀφῃρήκατε πεντεκαίδεκα μυριάδας, ὥστε καὶ λίαν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ῥωμαῖοι, τὴν ὑμετέραν ὀργὴν ἧφθαι τῶν κυρίων πόρων τῆς πόλεως.
30.31.13εἰ μὲν οὖν συμβεβήκει πάνδημον γεγονέναι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀλλοτριότητα τοῦ δήμου, τάχʼ ἴσως ἐδοκεῖτε κἂν ὑμεῖς εὐλόγως ἐπίμονον καὶ δυσπαραίτητον ἔχειν τὴν ὀργήν·
30.31.14εἰ δὲ σαφῶς ἴστε παντάπασιν ὀλίγους γεγονότας αἰτίους τῆς τοιαύτης ἀλογίας, καὶ τούτους ἅπαντας ἀπολωλότας ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ δήμου, τί πρὸς τοὺς μηδὲν αἰτίους ἀκαταλλάκτως ἔχετε,
30.31.15καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας εἶναι δοκοῦντες πρᾳότατοι καὶ μεγαλοψυχότατοι;
30.31.16διόπερ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀπολωλεκὼς ὁ δῆμος τὰς προσόδους, τὴν παρρησίαν, τὴν ἰσολογίαν, ὑπὲρ ὧν τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον πᾶν ἀναδεχόμενος διατετέλεκεν,
30.31.17ἀξιοῖ καὶ δεῖται πάντων ὑμῶν, ἱκανὰς ἔχων πληγάς, λήξαντας τῆς ὀργῆς διαλυθῆναι καὶ συνθέσθαι τὴν συμμαχίαν, ἵνα γένηται τοῦτο συμφανὲς ἅπασιν ὅτι τὴν μὲν ὀργὴν ἀποτέθεισθε τὴν πρὸς Ῥοδίους, ἀνακεχωρήκατε δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς αἵρεσιν καὶ φιλίαν. τούτου γὰρ χρείαν ἔχει νῦν ὁ δῆμος,
30.31.18οὐ τῆς διὰ τῶν ὅπλων καὶ στρατιωτῶν συμμαχίας." ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τούτοις παραπλήσια διαλεχθεὶς Ἀστυμήδης ἐδόκει πρεπόντως τοῖς καιροῖς πεποιῆσθαι τοὺς λόγους·
30.31.19πλεῖστά γε μὴν συνήργησαν τοῖς Ῥοδίοις πρὸς τὸ τυχεῖν τῆς συμμαχίας οἱ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ἄρτι παραγεγονότες.
30.31.20οὗτοι γὰρ ἀπομαρτυρήσαντες πρῶτον μὲν πᾶσιν τοῖς τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμασι πεπειθαρχηκέναι τοὺς Ῥοδίους, ἔπειτα πάντας τοὺς αἰτίους τῆς ἀλλοτριότητος κατακεκρίσθαι θανάτου παρʼ αὐτοῖς, ἥττησαν τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας καὶ ἐποιήσαντο τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους συμμαχίαν. —
30.32.1ὅτι μετά τινα χρόνον εἰσῆλθον οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις, ἔχοντες ἐντολὰς ἀκολούθως ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν, αἷς πρότερον ἔλαβον·
30.32.2αὗται δʼ ἦσαν διότι θαυμάζουσιν πῶς, ὑπὲρ ὧν αὐτοὶ κεκρίκασι, περὶ τούτων αὐτοὺς παρακαλοῦσιν κρίνειν.
30.32.3διὸ τότε παρῆσαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Εὐρέαν, πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐμφανίζοντες διότι τὸ μὲν ἔθνος οὔτε δικαιολογουμένων ἀκήκοε τῶν κατῃτιαμένων οὔτε κρίσιν οὐδεμίαν πεποίηται περὶ αὐτῶν,
30.32.4τὴν δὲ σύγκλητον ἀξιοῖ πρόνοιαν ποιήσασθαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἵνα κρίσεως τύχωσι καὶ μὴ καταφθαρῶσιν ἄκριτοι,
30.32.5καὶ μάλιστα μὲν αὐτὴν ἐξετάσασαν διασαφῆσαι τοὺς ἐνόχους ὄντας τοῖς ἐγκλήμασιν· εἰ δὲ διὰ τοὺς περισπασμοὺς αὐτὴ μὴ δύναται τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐπιτρέψαι περὶ τοῦ πράγματος. οἳ πειράσονται μισοπονήρως χρήσασθαι τοῖς αἰτίοις.
30.32.6ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν πρεσβευτῶν, ἀκολούθως ταῖς ἐντολαῖς διαλεγομένων, καὶ δυσχρηστοῦσα διὰ τὸ πανταχόθεν ἐξελέγχεσθαι·
30.32.7τό τε γὰρ κρίνειν οὐκ ἐνόμιζεν αὑτῇ καθήκειν, τό τε χωρὶς κρίσεως ἀπολύειν τοὺς ἄνδρας πρόδηλον ἔχειν ἐδόκει τὸν ὄλεθρον τοῖς φίλοις αὐτῶν·
30.32.8διόπερ ἀναγκαζομένη καὶ βουλομένη παρελέσθαι καθόλου τὴν ἐλπίδα τῶν πολλῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν κατεχομένων σωτηρίας, ἵνα συμμύσαντες πειθαρχῶσιν ἐν μὲν Ἀχαΐᾳ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις πολιτεύμασι τοῖς δοκοῦσιν εἶναι Ῥωμαίων, ἔγραψαν ἀπόκρισιν τοιαύτην,
30.32.9ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐχ ὑπολαμβάνομεν συμφέρειν οὔτε τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις οὔτε τοῖς ὑμετέροις δήμοις τούτους τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς οἶκον.
Book 30, Part 9
30.32.10ταύτης δὲ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ἐκπεσούσης, οὐ μόνον περὶ τοὺς ἀνακεκλημένους ἐγένετό τις ὁλοσχερὴς ἀθυμία καὶ παράλυσις τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὡσανεὶ κοινόν τι πένθος, ἅτε δοκούσης τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ὁλοσχερῶς ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς σωτηρίας τῶν ἀκληρούντων.
30.32.11κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἑλλάδα διαγγελθείσης τῆς ἀποκρίσεως τῆς τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς δεδομένης ὑπὲρ τῶν καταιτιαθέντων, τὰ μὲν πλήθη συνετρίβη ταῖς διανοίαις, καί τις οἷον ἀπελπισμὸς ὑπέδραμεν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους,
30.32.12οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Χάροπα καὶ Καλλικράτην καὶ πάντες οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑποθέσεως προεστῶτες μετέωροι πάλιν ἐγενήθησαν.
Book 31, Part 1
31.1.1ὅτι Τεβέριος τοὺς Καμμανοὺς τὰ μὲν βιασάμενος, τὰ δὲ παραλογισάμενος ὑπηκόους ἐποίησε Ῥωμαίοις. —
31.1.2εἰς δὲ τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ πλειόνων παραγεγονότων πρεσβευτῶν ἐχρημάτισεν ἡ σύγκλητος τοῖς περὶ Ἄτταλον καὶ τὸν Ἀθήναιον.
31.1.3συνέβαινε γὰρ τὸν Προυσίαν οὐ μόνον αὐτὸν ἐνεργῶς κεχρῆσθαι ταῖς διαβολαῖς ταῖς κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς Γαλάτας παρωξυκέναι καὶ τοὺς Σελγεῖς καὶ πλείους ἑτέρους κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν.
31.1.4ὧν χάριν ὁ βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης ἐξαπεστάλκει τοὺς ἀδελφούς, ἀπολογησομένους πρὸς τὰς ἐπιφερομένας διαβολάς.
31.1.5οἳ καὶ παρελθόντες εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ἐνδεχομένως ἔδοξαν πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀπολογίαν, καὶ τέλος οὐ μόνον ἀποτριψάμενοι τὰς ἐπιφερομένας αἰτίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμηθέντες ἐπανῆλθον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν.
31.1.6οὐ μὴν τῆς γε κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ κατὰ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὑποψίας ἔληγεν ἡ σύγκλητος, ἀλλὰ Γάιον Σολπίκιον καὶ Μάνιον Σέργιον καταστήσασα πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαπέστελλεν,
31.1.7ἅμα μὲν ἐποπτεύσοντας τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἅμα δὲ τοῖς Μεγαλοπολίταις καὶ τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις διευκρινήσοντας περὶ τῆς ἀντιλεγομένης χώρας,
31.1.8μάλιστα δὲ πολυπραγμονήσοντας τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἀντίοχον καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη, μή τις ἐξ αὐτῶν παρασκευὴ γίνεται καὶ κοινοπραγία κατὰ Ῥωμαίων. —
31.2.1ὅτι Δημήτριος ὁ τοῦ Σελεύκου πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον κατεχόμενος ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ κατὰ τὴν ὁμηρείαν πάλαι μὲν ἐδόκει παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον κατέχεσθαι·
31.2.2δοθῆναι γὰρ ὑπὸ Σελεύκου τοῦ πατρὸς τῆς ἐκείνου πίστεως ἕνεκεν, Ἀντιόχου δὲ μετειληφότος τὴν βασιλείαν οὐκ ὀφείλειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκείνου τέκνων ὁμηρεύειν.
31.2.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ἦγε τὴν ἡσυχίαν, καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὴν ἀδυναμίαν· ἦν γὰρ ἔτι παῖς·
31.2.4τότε δὲ τὴν ἀκμαιοτάτην ἔχων ἡλικίαν ἐποιήσατο λόγους, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἀξιῶν καὶ παρακαλῶν κατάγειν αὑτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν· καθήκειν γὰρ αὑτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς Ἀντιόχου τέκνοις τὴν ἀρχήν.
31.2.5διαθεμένου δὲ καὶ πλείονας λόγους αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν προειρημένην ὑπόθεσιν καὶ μάλιστα προσδραμόντος ἐν τῷ λέγειν, διότι συμβαίνει καὶ πατρίδα καὶ τροφὸν τὴν Ῥώμην ὑπάρχειν αὐτῷ, καὶ τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς τῶν ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου σύμπαντας ἀδελφῶν ἔχειν διάθεσιν, τοὺς δὲ βουλευτὰς πατέρων διὰ τὸ παραγενέσθαι μὲν ἔτι νήπιος, τότε δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν ὑπάρχειν ἐτῶν εἴκοσι καὶ τριῶν,
31.2.6ἐνετρέποντο μὲν ἅπαντες ἀκούοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, κοινῇ γε μὴν ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὸν μὲν Δημήτριον κατασχεῖν, τῷ δὲ καταλελειμμένῳ παιδὶ συγκατασκευάζειν τὴν ἀρχήν. τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίησεν,
31.2.7ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ὑπιδομένη τὴν ἀκμὴν τοῦ Δημητρίου, μᾶλλον δὲ κρίνασα συμφέρειν τοῖς σφετέροις πράγμασι τὴν νεότητα καὶ τὴν ἀδυναμίαν τοῦ παιδὸς τοῦ διαδεδεγμένου τὴν βασιλείαν.
31.2.8ἐγένετο δὲ τοῦτο δῆλον ἐκ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα συμβάντων.
31.2.9εὐθέως γὰρ καταστήσαντες πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Γνάιον Ὀκτάουιον καὶ Σπόριον Λοκρήτιον καὶ Λεύκιον Αὐρήλιον ἐξέπεμψαν, τοὺς διοικήσοντας τὰ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν,
31.2.10ὡς αὐτὴ προῃρεῖτο διὰ τὸ μηδένα τὸν ἐμποδὼν στησόμενον εἶναι τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις, τοῦ μὲν βασιλέως παιδὸς ὄντος, τῶν δὲ προεστώτων ἀσμενιζόντων ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ παραδεδόσθαι τὰ πράγματα τῷ Δημητρίῳ· μάλιστα γὰρ τοῦτο προσεδόκων.
31.2.11οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Γνάιον ἐξώρμησαν, ἔχοντες ἐντολὰς πρῶτον μὲν τὰς ναῦς τὰς καταφράκτους διαπρῆσαι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς ἐλέφαντας νευροκοπῆσαι καὶ καθόλου λυμήνασθαι τὴν βασίλειον δύναμιν.
31.2.12προσενετείλαντο δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐπισκέψασθαι· συνέβαινε γὰρ τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἀήθεις ὄντας δημοκρατικῆς καὶ συνεδριακῆς πολιτείας στασιάζειν πρὸς αὑτούς.
31.2.13ἔδει δὲ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Γνάιον καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς Γαλάτας καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀριαράθου βασιλείαν ἐποπτεῦσαι.
31.2.14μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον αὐτοῖς ἐπαπεστάλη γράμματα παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ τοὺς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ βασιλεῖς διαλῦσαι κατὰ δύναμιν. —
31.3.1ὅτι παρεγένοντο κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν παρʼ Ἀριαράθου τοῦ νεωστὶ διαδεδεγμένου τὴν Καππαδοκῶν βασιλείαν πρέσβεις, ἀνανεωσόμενοι τήν τε φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν,
31.3.2καὶ καθόλου παρακαλέσοντες τὴν σύγκλητον ἀποδέξασθαι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως εὔνοιαν καὶ προθυμίαν, ἣν ἔχει καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν πρὸς ἅπαντας Ῥωμαίους.
31.3.3ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν λόγων τήν τε φιλίαν ἀνενεώσατο καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν ὅλην αἵρεσιν ἀποδεξαμένη τοῦ βασιλέως φιλανθρώπως ἐγενήθη.
31.3.4τοῦτο δʼ ἐγένετο μάλιστα διὰ τὸ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐξαπεστάλησαν ἐπισκεψόμενοι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ἐπανελθόντας εὐφήμους λόγους ποιήσασθαι περί τε τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ καθόλου τῆς βασιλείας αὐτῶν.
31.3.5οἷς πιστεύσαντες οἱ τοῦ συνεδρίου τούς τε πρεσβευτὰς φιλανθρώπως ἀπεδέξαντο καὶ τὴν ὅλην αἵρεσιν τοῦ βασιλέως.
31.4.1ὅτι Ῥόδιοι διαπεπνευκότες ἐκ τῆς περὶ αὐτοὺς γενομένης δυσχερείας ἔπεμπον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Κλεαγόραν,
31.4.2Κάλυνδα μὲν ἀξιώσοντας σφίσι παραχωρηθῆναι,
31.4.3περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐχόντων ἐν τῇ Λυκίᾳ καὶ Καρίᾳ κτήσεις αἰτησομένους τὴν σύγκλητον, ἵνʼ αὐτοῖς ἔχειν ἐξῇ, καθὰ καὶ πρότερον.
31.4.4ἐψηφίσαντο δὲ καὶ κολοσσὸν στῆσαι τοῦ δήμου τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐν τῷ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερῷ τριακοντάπηχυν. —
31.5.1ὅτι τῶν Καλυνδέων ἀποστάντων Καυνίων, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολιορκεῖν ἐπιβαλομένων αὐτοὺς τῶν Καυνίων, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐπεκαλέσαντο Κνιδίους οἱ Καλυνδεῖς·
31.5.2ὧν καὶ παραπεσόντων κατὰ βοήθειαν, ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἀντεῖχον τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις,
31.5.3ἀγωνιῶντες δὲ τὸ μέλλον πρεσβεύειν μὲν , ἐγχειρίζοντες σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν πόλιν.
31.5.4οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι πέμψαντες βοήθειαν καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν τήν τε πολιορκίαν ἔλυσαν καὶ παρέλαβον τὴν πόλιν.
31.5.5συνέβη δὲ καὶ τὴν σύγκλητον αὐτοῖς βεβαιῶσαι τὴν τῶν Καλυνδέων κτῆσιν.
31.6.1ὅτι Γάιος ὁ Γάλλος, χωρὶς τῶν ἄρτι ῥηθέντων ἀλογημάτων, παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν ἐκθέματα κατὰ τὰς πόλεις ἐξέθηκε τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας,
Book 31, Part 2
31.6.2κελεύων, εἴ τις βούλεται κατηγορεῖν Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀπαντᾶν εἰς Σάρδεις ἐπίτινα χρόνον ὡρισμένον.
31.6.3μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα παραγενηθεὶς αὐτὸς εἰς τὰς Σάρδεις, ἀποκαθίσας ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ περὶ δέχʼ ἡμέρας διήκουε τῶν κατηγορούντων,
31.6.4πᾶσαν ἐπιδεχόμενος αἰσχρολογίαν καὶ λοιδορίαν κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ καθόλου πᾶν ἕλκων πρᾶγμα καὶ κατηγορίαν,
31.6.5ἅτε παρεστηκὼς ἄνθρωπος τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ φιλοδοξῶν ἐν τῇ πρὸς Εὐμένην διαφορᾷ. —
31.6.6ὅτι καθʼ ὅσον ἐδόκουν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι βαρύτερον τῷ Εὐμένει προσφέρεσθαι, κατὰ τοσοῦτο συνέβαινε τοὺς Ἕλληνας προσοικειοῦσθαι, φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀεὶ τῷ θλιβομένῳ τὴν εὔνοιαν προσνεμόντων. —
31.7.1ὁ δὲ Ἀριαράθης ὁ βασιλεὺς Καππαδοκίας προσδεδεγμένος τοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀποσταλέντας πρεσβευτάς, νομίσας ἐκ τῶν ἀποκρίσεων ἐν ὀρθῷ κεῖσθαι τὴν βασιλείαν αὑτῷ νῦν, ἐπειδὴ καθῖκται τῆς Ῥωμαίων εὐνοίας, ἔθυε τοῖς θεοῖς χαριστήρια τῶν γεγονότων καὶ τοὺς ἡγεμόνας εἱστία.
31.7.2μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πρεσβευτὰς ἀπέστειλε πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν εἰς τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, σπουδάζων ἀνακομίσασθαι τὰ τῆς ἀδελφῆς καὶ μητρὸς ὀστᾶ.
31.7.3τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐγκαλεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ γεγονότος ἀσεβήματος ἀπεδοκίμαζεν, οὐ βουλόμενος ἐρεθίζειν τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν, ἵνα μὴ διαψευσθῇ τῆς προθέσεως, καίπερ βαρέως φέρων τὸ γεγονός· ἀξιωματικὰς δὲ δοὺς ἐντολὰς ἐξαπέστειλε τοὺς πρέσβεις.
31.7.4τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν συγχωρησάντων, καὶ τῶν ὀστῶν ἀνακομισθέντων ὡς αὐτόν, ἀποδεξάμενος μεγαλομερῶς τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῶν ἔθαψε παρὰ τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς τάφον κηδεμονικῶς. —
31.8.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους παρεγένοντο πρέσβεις ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρῶτον μὲν οἱ περὶ τὸν Μάρκον Ἰούνιον, διευκρινήσοντες τὰ πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας διαφέροντα τῷ βασιλεῖ.
31.8.2ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν οἱ Τρόκμοι διʼ αὑτῶν ἀποτεμέσθαι τῆς Καππαδοκίας οὐδέν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ χειρὸς ᾨκοδομήσαντο τὴν δίκην ἐπιβαλόμενοι τόλμαν, καταφυγόντες ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους διαβάλλειν ἐπειρῶντο τὸν Ἀριαράθην.
31.8.3ὧν χάριν ἀπεστάλησαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἰούνιον. πρὸς οὓς
31.8.3ὁ βασιλεὺς ποιησάμενος τοὺς ἁρμόζοντας λόγους καὶ τἄλλα φιλανθρώπως ὁμιλήσας ἐκείνους μὲν εὐλογοῦντας ἀπέστειλε.
31.8.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, παραγενομένων πρεσβευτῶν τῶν περὶ Γνάιον Ὀκτάουιον καὶ Σπόριον Λοκρήτιον καὶ διαλεγομένων τῷ βασιλεῖ πάλιν περὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας αὐτῷ διαφερόντων,
31.8.5βραχέα περὶ τούτων κοινολογησάμενος καὶ φήσας εὐεπάγωγος εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κριθέν, λοιπὸν ἤδη τὸν πλείω λόγον ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Συρίαν ἐποιεῖτο πραγμάτων, εἰδὼς ἐκεῖσε προάγοντας τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ὀκτάουιον,
31.8.6ὑποδεικνύων αὐτοῖς τὴν ἀκαταστασίαν τῆς βασιλείας καὶ τὴν εἰκαιότητα τῶν προεστώτων αὐτῆς καὶ προσεπαγγελλόμενος ἀκολουθήσειν μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ συνεφεδρεύειν τοῖς καιροῖς, ἕως ἂν ἐπανέλθωσι πάλιν ἐκ τῆς Συρίας ἀσφαλῶς.
31.8.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Γνάιον ἐν πᾶσιν ἀποδεχόμενοι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως εὔνοιαν καὶ προθυμίαν κατὰ μὲν τὸ παρὸν οὐκ ἔφασαν προσδεῖσθαι τῆς παραπομπῆς,
31.8.8εἰς δὲ τὸ μέλλον, ἐάν τις ὑποπίπτῃ χρεία, διασαφήσειν ἀόκνως· κρίνειν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἕνα τῶν ἀληθινῶν Ῥωμαίοις φίλων. —
31.9.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Συρίαν Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς βουλόμενος εὐπορῆσαι χρημάτων προέθετο στρατεύειν ἐπὶ τὸ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν εἰς τὴν Ἐλυμαΐδα.
31.9.2παραγενόμενος δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους καὶ διαψευσθεὶς τῆς ἐλπίδος διὰ τὸ μὴ συγχωρεῖν τῇ παρανομίᾳ τοὺς βαρβάρους τοὺς οἰκοῦντας περὶ τὸν τόπον,
31.9.3ἀναχωρῶν ἐν Τάβαις τῆς Περσίδος ἐξέλιπε τὸν βίον,
31.9.4δαιμονήσας, ὡς ἔνιοί φασι, διὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τινὰς ἐπισημασίας τοῦ δαιμονίου κατὰ τὴν περὶ τὸ προειρημένον ἱερὸν παρανομίαν.
31.10.1ὅτι μετὰ τὸ μερίσαι τοὺς Πτολεμαίους τὴν βασιλείαν παρεγένετο Πτολεμαῖος ὁ νεώτερος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἀθετεῖν βουλόμενος τὸν γεγονότα μερισμὸν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν,
31.10.2φάσκων οὐχ ἑκών, ἀλλὰ κατʼ ἀνάγκην τῷ καιρῷ περιληφθεὶς πεποιηκέναι τὸ προσταττόμενον.
31.10.3καὶ παρεκάλει τὴν σύγκλητον μερίσαι τὴν Κύπρον αὑτῷ· καὶ γὰρ τούτου γενομένου καταδεεστέραν ἕξειν μερίδα τἀδελφοῦ παρὰ πολύ.
31.10.4τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Κανολήιον καὶ Κόιντον ἀπομαρτυρούντων τοῖς περὶ τὸν Μένυλλον, τοῖς παρὰ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου παραγεγονόσι πρεσβευταῖς, διότι καὶ τὴν Κυρήνην ὁ νεώτερος καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα διʼ αὐτοὺς ἔχοι· τοιαύτην γενέσθαι τὴν τῶν ὄχλων πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀλλοτριότητα καὶ προσκοπήν·
31.10.5διὸ καὶ παρʼ ἐλπίδα καὶ παραδόξως δεδομένων αὐτῷ τῶν κατὰ Κυρήνην πραγμάτων ἀσμένως δέξαιτο, καὶ σφαγίων τμηθέντων καὶ λάβοι τοὺς ὅρκους παρὰ τἀδελφοῦ καὶ δοίη περὶ τούτου·
31.10.6τοῦ δὲ Πτολεμαίου πᾶσι τούτοις ἀντιλέγοντος, ἡ σύγκλητος, ἅμα μὲν ὁρῶσα τὸν μερισμὸν γεγονότα τελέως, ἅμα δὲ βουλομένη διελεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν πραγματικῶς, αὐτῶν αἰτίων γενομένων τῆς διαιρέσεως, συγκατέθετο τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ νεωτέρου παρακαλουμένοις ἐπὶ τῷ σφετέρῳ συμφέροντι.
31.10.7πολὺ γὰρ ἤδη τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐστὶ τῶν διαβουλίων παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις, ἐν οἷς διὰ τῆς τῶν πέλας ἀγνοίας αὔξουσι καὶ κατασκευάζονται τὴν ἰδίαν ἀρχὴν πραγματικῶς, ἅμα χαριζόμενοι καὶ δοκοῦντες εὐεργετεῖν τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας.
31.10.8διὸ καὶ καθορῶντες τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δυναστείας καὶ δεδιότες, ἄν ποτε τύχῃ προστάτου, μὴ μεῖζον φρονήσῃ τοῦ καθήκοντος,
31.10.9κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς Τίτον Τορκουᾶτον καὶ Γνάιον Μερόλαν τοὺς κατάξοντας ἐπὶ τὴν Κύπρον τὸν Πτολεμαῖον καὶ τελειώσοντας ἅμα τὴν ἐκείνων καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν πρόθεσιν.
31.10.10καὶ παραχρῆμα τούτους ἐξαπέστειλαν, δόντες ἐντολὰς διαλῦσαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ κατασκευάσαι τῷ νεωτέρῳ τὴν Κύπρον χωρὶς πολέμου. —
31.11.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον προσπεσούσης τῆς περὶ τὸν Γνάιον περιπετείας,
31.11.2ὡς ἀνῃρέθη, καὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευόντων, ὧν ὁ Λυσίας ἔπεμψε, παραγεγονότων καὶ πολλοὺς διαθεμένων λόγους ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ κεκοινωνηκέναι τῆς πράξεως τοὺς τοῦ βασιλέως φίλους,
31.11.3ἡ μὲν σύγκλητος παρέπεμπε τοὺς πρεσβευτάς, οὐ βουλομένη διδόναι περὶ τούτων ἀπόφασιν οὐδεμίαν οὐδʼ ἐκτίθεσθαι καθόλου τὴν αὑτῆς γνώμην,
31.11.4ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος πτοηθεὶς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἠγγελμένοις ἐξ αὐτῆς προσεκάλει τὸν Πολύβιον καὶ προσανέφερεν διαπορῶν εἰ δεῖ πάλιν ἐντυχεῖν τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτόν.
31.11.5ὁ δὲ παρεκάλει μὴ δὶς πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν λίθον πταίειν, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχειν καὶ τολμᾶν τι βασιλείας ἄξιον· πολλὰς γὰρ ὑποδεικνύειν ἀφορμὰς τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς.
Book 31, Part 3
31.11.6ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος συννοήσας τὸ λεγόμενον τότε μὲν ἀπεσιώπησεν, μετʼ ὀλίγον δέ τινι τῶν συνήθων Ἀπολλωνίῳ μετέδωκε περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν.
31.11.7ὁ δὲ προειρημένος, ἄκακος ὢν καὶ κομιδῇ νέος, συνεβούλευε πεῖραν ἔτι λαβεῖν τῆς συγκλήτου· πεπεῖσθαι γάρ, ἐπεὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἀλόγως αὐτὸν ἐστέρησεν, τῆς γʼ ὁμηρείας αὐτὸν ἀπολύσειν·
31.11.8ἄτοπον γὰρ εἶναι τελέως, Ἀντιόχου τοῦ παιδὸς διαδεδεγμένου τὴν ἐν Συρίᾳ βασιλείαν, Δημήτριον ὁμηρεύειν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ.
31.11.9τούτοις μὲν οὖν τοῖς λόγοις πεισθεὶς πάλιν εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ὁ προειρημένος καὶ παρεκάλει τῆς γε κατὰ τὴν ὁμηρείαν ἀνάγκης αὑτὸν ἀπολύειν, ἐπεὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔκριναν Ἀντιόχῳ συγκατασκευάζειν.
31.11.10καὶ πλείω δὲ πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν αὐτοῦ διαλεχθέντος, ἔμεινεν ἡ σύγκλητος ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως ὅπερ εἰκὸς ἦν.
31.11.11καὶ γὰρ πρότερον οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ λέγειν τὰ δίκαια τὸν Δημήτριον ἔκρινεν τὴν ἀρχὴν τῷ παιδὶ συνδιαφυλάττειν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ συμφέρειν τοῖς σφετέροις πράγμασιν,
31.11.12μενόντων δὲ τῶν ὅλων ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς διαθέσεως μένειν εἰκὸς ἦν καὶ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου διάληψιν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς προαιρέσεως.
31.12.1πλὴν ὅ γε Δημήτριος μάτην ἐξᾴσας τὸ κύκνειον καὶ γνοὺς ὅτι καλῶς αὐτῷ συνεβούλευεν ὁ Πολύβιος μὴ δὶς πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν λίθον πταίειν,
31.12.2μεταμεληθεὶς ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ φύσει μεγαλόφρων ὑπάρχων καὶ τόλμαν ἱκανὴν ἔχων πρὸς τὸ κριθέν, εὐθέως ἐκάλει Διόδωρον προσφάτως ἐκ τῆς Συρίας παραγεγονότα καὶ μετεδίδου περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτόν.
31.12.3ὁ δὲ Διόδωρος τροφεὺς μὲν ἐγεγόνει τοῦ Δημητρίου, πανοῦργος δʼ ὢν καὶ κατωπτευκὼς ἐπιμελῶς τὰ κατὰ τὴν Συρίαν ὑπεδείκνυεν αὐτῷ,
31.12.4διότι τῶν μὲν ἐκεῖ τεταραγμένων διὰ τὸν Γναΐου φόνον, καὶ διαπιστούντων τῶν μὲν πολλῶν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν, τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν τοῖς πολλοῖς, τῆς δὲ συγκλήτου πεπεισμένης ἐκ τῶν τοῦ βασιλέως φίλων γεγονέναι τὴν εἰς τοὺς σφετέρους πρεσβευτὰς παρανομίαν, κάλλιστον εἶναι καιρὸν ἐπιφανῆναι τοῖς πράγμασιν·
31.12.5ταχέως γὰρ τοὺς μὲν ἐκεῖ μεταρρίψειν τὴν βασιλείαν εἰς αὐτόν, κἂν ὅλως μετὰ παιδὸς ἑνὸς ποιήσηται τὴν παρουσίαν, τὴν δὲ σύγκλητον οὐ τολμήσειν ἔτι βοηθεῖν οὐδὲ συνεπισχύειν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν τοιαῦτα διεργασαμένοις.
31.12.6λοιπὸν εἶναι τὸ λαθεῖν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης ἀπελθόντας, καὶ μηδένα λαβεῖν ἔννοιαν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς αὐτοῦ.
31.12.7δοξάντων δὲ τούτων μετεπέμπετο τὸν Πολύβιον καὶ δηλώσας τὰ δεδογμένα παρεκάλει συνεπιλαβέσθαι τῆς ἐπιβολῆς καὶ συνδιανοηθῆναι πῶς ἂν χειρισθείη τὰ κατὰ τὸν δρασμόν.
31.12.8συνέβαινε δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Μένυλλον μὲν τὸν Ἀλαβανδέα παρεῖναι πρεσβεύοντα παρὰ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου χάριν τοῦ συγκαταστῆναι καὶ δικαιολογηθῆναι πρὸς τὸν νεώτερον Πτολεμαῖον· ἐτύγχανε δὲ προϋπάρχουσα τῷ Πολυβίῳ πρὸς τὸν Μένυλλον ἰσχυρὰ συνήθεια καὶ πίστις.
31.12.9διὸ καὶ νομίσας αὐτὸν ἐπιτήδειον εἶναι πρὸς τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν χρείαν συνέστησε τῷ Δημητρίῳ μετὰ μεγάλης σπουδῆς καὶ φιλοτιμίας.
31.12.10ὁ δὲ κοινωνήσας τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀνεδέξατο τήν τε ναῦν ἑτοιμάσαι καὶ τἄλλα πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν ἀπαρτιεῖν.
31.12.11οὗτος μὲν οὖν εὑρὼν ἐν τῷ στόματι τοῦ Τιβέριος ὁρμοῦσαν Καρχηδονίαν ναῦν ἱεραγωγόν, ταύτην ἐναυλώσατο·
31.12.12συμβαίνει δὲ τὰ πλοῖα ταῦτα λαμβάνεσθαι κατʼ ἐκλογὴν ἐκ τῆς Καρχηδόνος, ἐφʼ οἷς εἰς τὴν Τύρον ἐκπέμπουσιν οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι τὰς πατρίους ἀπαρχὰς τοῖς θεοῖς· ἐναυλοῦτο δὲ φανερῶς εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν ἀνακομιδήν.
31.12.13διὸ καὶ τήν τε τῶν ἐπιμηνίων παρασκευὴν ἀνυπόπτως ἐποιεῖτο καὶ φανερῶς ἐλάλει καὶ συνέταττε τοῖς ναυτικοῖς.
31.13.1ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντʼ ἦν ἕτοιμα τῷ ναυκλήρῳ λοιπόν τʼ ἔδει τὸν Δημήτριον ἀπαρτίζειν τὰ καθʼ αὑτόν, τὸν τροφέα προαπέστειλεν εἰς τὴν Συρίαν ὠτακουστήσοντα καὶ κατοπτεύσοντα τἀκεῖ συμβαίνοντα περὶ τοὺς ὄχλους.
31.13.2ὁ δὲ σύντροφος Ἀπολλώνιος ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτῷ μετεῖχε τῆς ἐπιβολῆς· δυεῖν δʼ ὑπαρχόντων ἀδελφῶν, Μελεάγρου καὶ Μενεσθέως, τούτοις ἐκοινώσατο τὴν πρᾶξιν, ἄλλῳ δʼ οὐδενὶ τῶν μετʼ αὐτοῦ, καίτοι πλειόνων ὄντων.
31.13.3οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Ἀπολλωνίου κατὰ φύσιν υἱοί, τοῦ μεγάλην μὲν εὐκαιρίαν ἔχοντος παρὰ Σελεύκῳ, μεταστάντος δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχου μετάληψιν τῆς ἀρχῆς εἰς Μίλητον.
31.13.4τῆς δὲ συνταχθείσης ἡμέρας πρὸς τοὺς ναυτικοὺς συνεγγιζούσης, ἔδει γενέ
31.13.4σθαι παρά τινι τῶν φίλων ὑποδοχὴν πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον.
31.13.5παρὰ γὰρ αὐτῷ ποιεῖν τὸ δεῖπνον οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἦν· εἴθιστο γὰρ ἐπιμελῶς καλεῖν ἅπαντας τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν ὄντας.
31.13.6οἱ δὲ συνειδότες τὴν πρᾶξιν ἔμελλον ἐξ οἴκου δειπνήσαντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἥξειν, ἔχοντες ἕνα παῖδα μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστος· τοὺς γὰρ λοιποὺς ἀπεστάλκεισαν εἰς Ἀναγνείας, κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν αὐτοὶ παρεψόμενοι.
31.13.7τὸν δὲ Πολύβιον συνέβαινεν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἠσθενηκότα μένειν κατὰ κλίνην, εἰδέναι δὲ πάντα τὰ πραττόμενα, τοῦ Μενύλλου συνεχῶς αὐτῷ μεταδιδόντος αἰεὶ περὶ τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων.
31.13.8διόπερ ἀγωνιάσας ὁ προειρημένος μὴ τῆς συνηθείας ἑλκυσθείσης, ἅτε τοῦ Δημητρίου συμποτικοῦ φυσικῶς καὶ νεωτέρου τελέως ὑπάρχοντος, ἀπόρημά τι γένηται περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον διὰ τὴν μέθην,
31.13.9γράψας βραχὺ πιττάκιον καὶ σφραγισάμενος πέμπει παρʼ αὑτοῦ παῖδα συσκοτάζοντος ἄρτι τοῦ θεοῦ, συντάξας ἐκκαλεσάμενον τὸν οἰνοχόον τοῦ Δημητρίου δοῦναι τὸ πιττάκιον, μηδὲν εἰπόντα τίς ἢ παρὰ τίνος, καὶ κελεύειν ἀποδιδόναι τῷ Δημητρίῳ παραχρῆμα διαναγνῶναι.
31.13.10γενομένων δὲ πάντων κατὰ τὸ συνταχθέν, λαβὼν ὁ Δημήτριος ἐπανέγνω.
31.13.11τὸ δὲ πιττάκιον περιεῖχε τὰς γνώμας ταύτας.
31.13.11ὁ δρῶν τὰ τοῦ μέλλοντος οἴχεται φέρων.
31.13.12ἴσον φέρει νύξ, τοῖς δὲ τολμῶσιν πλέον.
31.13.13κινδύνευε, πρᾶττʼ, ἀποτύγχανε,
31.13.13ἐπίτυχε, πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ σαυτὸν προοῦ.
31.13.14νᾶφε καὶ μέμνασʼ ἀπιστεῖν· ἄρθρα ταῦτα τᾶν φρενῶν.
Book 31, Part 4
31.14.1ταῦτα διαναγνοὺς ὁ Δημήτριος καὶ συννοήσας τὰς ὑποθέσεις, καὶ τίνες καὶ παρὰ τίνος εἰσίν, παραυτίκα προσποιηθεὶς ὡς ἐπιναύσιος γεγονὼς ἀπηλλάττετο, συμπροπεμπόντων αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν φίλων.
31.14.2παραγενόμενος δʼ ἐπὶ σκηνὴν τοὺς μὲν ἀνεπιτηδείους τῶν οἰκετῶν ἐξέπεμψεν εἰς τὰς Ἀναγνείας, συντάξας λαβόντας τὰ λίνα καὶ τοὺς κύνας ἀπαντᾶν ἐπὶ τὸ Κίρκαιον·
31.14.3ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἐπιμελῶς εἰώθει κυνηγετεῖν τὸν ὗν· ἐξ οὗ καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Πολύβιον αὐτῷ συνηθείας τὴν καταρχὴν γενέσθαι συνέπεσεν.
31.14.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῖς περὶ τὸν Νικάνορα διεσάφει τὴν ἐπιβολὴν καὶ κοινωνεῖν παρεκάλει τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων.
31.14.5πάντων δὲ προθύμως δεξαμένων τὸν λόγον, παρήγγειλε κατὰ σπουδὴν ἐπανελθόντας ἐπὶ τὰς ἰδίας καταλύσεις τοῖς μὲν παισὶν συντάξαι προάγειν ὑπὸ τὴν ἑωθινὴν εἰς τὰς Ἀναγνείας καὶ μετὰ τῶν κυνηγῶν ἀπαντᾶν εἰς τὸ Κίρκαιον,
31.14.6αὐτοὺς δὲ λαβόντας ἐσθῆτας τὰς ὁδοιπορικὰς ἀνακάμπτειν ὡς αὐτόν, εἰπόντας τοῖς οἰκέταις ὅτι μετὰ Δημητρίου συμμίξουσιν αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἐπὶ τὸν προειρημένον τόπον.
31.14.7γενομένων δὲ πάντων καθὼς προείρηται, προῆγον εἰς τὴν Ὠστίαν νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὸ στόμα τοῦ Τιβέριος.
31.14.8ὁ δὲ Μένυλλος προπορευόμενος ἐκοινολογεῖτο τοῖς ναυτικοῖς, φάσκων αὑτῷ προσπεπτωκέναι παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως διʼ ὃ δέον ἐστὶν αὐτὸν μὲν μένειν κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, τῶν δὲ νεανίσκων τοὺς πιστοτάτους ἐκπέμψαι πρὸς αὐτόν, παρʼ ὧν ἐπιγνώσεται πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἀδελφόν.
31.14.9διόπερ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἔφησεν ἐμβαίνειν, τοὺς δὲ νεανίσκους ἥξειν περὶ μέσας νύκτας τοὺς μέλλοντας πλεῖν.
31.14.10τῶν δὲ ναυκλήρων ἀδιαφορούντων διὰ τὸ μένειν αὐτοῖς τὸ ταχθὲν ναῦλον ἐξ ἀρχῆς καὶ πάντα κατηρτικότων
31.14.10ἐκ πολλοῦ τὰ πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν,
31.14.11παρῆσαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Δημήτριον κατὰ τρίτην φυλακὴν λήγουσαν, ὄντες ὀκτὼ καὶ παῖδες πέντε καὶ παιδάρια τρία.
31.14.12τοῦ δὲ Μενύλλου κοινολογηθέντος αὐτοῖς καὶ παραδείξαντος τὴν τῶν ἐπιμηνίων παρασκευήν, ἔτι δὲ συστήσαντος τῷ ναυκλήρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἐπιβάταις ἐκτενῶς, οὗτοι μὲν ἐπέβησαν,
31.14.13ὁ δὲ κυβερνήτης ἄρτι διαφαύσκοντος ἄρας τὰς ἀγκύρας ἐτέλει τὸν πλοῦν, ἁπλῶς οὐδεμίαν ἔννοιαν ἔχων τοῦ πράγματος, ἀλλʼ ὡς στρατιώτας τινὰς ἄγων παρὰ τοῦ Μενύλλου πρὸς τὸν Πτολεμαῖον.
31.15.1ἐν δὲ τῇ Ῥώμῃ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν οὐδεὶς ἐπιζητήσειν ἔμελλε τὸν Δημήτριον οὐδὲ τοὺς μετʼ ἐκείνου προάγοντας·
31.15.2οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ μένοντες ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ Κίρκαιον ὡρμηκότα διελάμβανον, οἱ δʼ ἐν ταῖς Ἀναγνείαις ἀπήντων ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον, ὡς ἐκεῖ παρεσόμενον.
31.15.3διὸ συνέβαινε τελέως ἄσημον εἶναι τὸν δρασμόν, ἕως οὗ τῶν παίδων τις μεμαστιγωμένος ἐν ταῖς Ἀναγνείαις ἔδραμεν ἐπὶ τὸ Κίρκαιον, ὡς ἐκεῖ τῷ Δημητρίῳ συμμίξων·
31.15.4οὐχ εὑρὼν δὲ πάλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἔτρεχεν, ὡς κατὰ πορείαν ἀπαντήσων.
31.15.5οὐδαμῇ δὲ συντυχὼν αὐτῷ τοῦτο διεσάφησεν τοῖς ἐν Ῥώμῃ φίλοις καὶ τοῖς καταλελειμμένοις ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας.
31.15.6ἐπιζητουμένου δὲ τοῦ Δημητρίου κατὰ τὴν τετάρτην ἡμέραν ἀφʼ ἧς ὥρμησεν, ὑπενοήθη τὸ γεγονός.
31.15.7τῇ δὲ πέμπτῃ σύγκλητος εὐθέως συνήγετο περὶ τούτων, ἐν ᾗ συνέβαινε τὸν Δημήτριον ἐκτὸς ἤδη τοῦ πορθμοῦ τοῦ κατὰ Σικελίαν ὑπάρχειν.
31.15.8τὸ μὲν οὖν διώκειν ἀπέγνωσαν, ἅμα μὲν ὑπολαμβάνοντες αὐτὸν πολὺ προειληφέναι κατὰ τὸν πλοῦν, καὶ γὰρ ἔσχε φορὸν ἄνεμον, ἅμα δὲ προορώμενοι τὸ βουληθέντες κωλύειν ἀδυνατῆσαι·
31.15.9πρεσβευτὰς δὲ κατέστησαν μετά τινας ἡμέρας τοὺς περὶ Τεβέριον Γράκχον καὶ Λεύκιον Λέντλον καὶ Σερουίλιον Γλαυκίαν,
31.15.10οἵτινες ἔμελλον πρῶτον μὲν ἐποπτεύσειν τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, εἶτʼ ἐπιβαλόντες ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν τά τε κατὰ τὸν Δημήτριον καραδοκήσειν καὶ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων βασιλέων προαιρέσεις ἐξετάσειν καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας ἀντιλεγόμενα τοῖς προειρημένοις διευκρινήσειν.
31.15.11διὸ τὸν Τεβέριον κατεστήσαντο πάντων αὐτόπτην γεγονέναι.
31.15.12καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν. —
31.15.13ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος προσανέχων τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ διαποσταλησομένου πρὸς αὐτόν.
31.16.1ὅτι Ἀρταξίας ἐβούλετο ἐπανελέσθαι παραινέσεσι δὲ Ἀριαράθου τοῦτʼ οὐκ ἔπραξεν ἀλλʼ ἐντιμότερον εἶχεν αὐτὸν ἢ πρότερον. οὕτως ἥ τε τοῦ δικαίου φύσις ἔχει μεγάλην δύναμιν,
31.16.2αἵ τε τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν γνῶμαι καὶ παραινέσεις, ὥστε μὴ μόνον τοὺς φίλους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς πολλάκις σῴζειν καὶ μετατιθέναι τὰς φύσεις αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον. —
31.16.3ὅτι παντὸς ἐπιστολίου τὸ κάλλος ἐστὶ συστατικώτερον.
31.17.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Πτολεμαῖοις ὁ νεώτερος παραγεγονὼς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα μετὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν συνήθροιζε ξενολόγιον ἐμβριθές. ἐν οἷς προσελάβετο καὶ τὸν Μακεδόνα Δαμάσιππον,
31.17.2ὃς κατασφάξας ἐν τῷ Φάκῳ τοὺς συνέδρους ἔφυγεν μετὰ γυναικὸς καὶ τέκνων ἐκ τῆς Μακεδονίας.
31.17.3ἀφικόμενος δʼ εἰς τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων Περαίαν καὶ ξενισθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου προετίθετο πλεῖν εἰς τὴν Κύπρον.
31.17.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τορκουᾶτον θεωροῦντες αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον ξενικὴν χεῖρα βαρεῖαν ὑπεμίμνησκον τῶν ἐντολῶν, διότι δεῖ χωρὶς πολέμου ποιεῖσθαι τὴν κάθοδον·
31.17.5καὶ τέλος ἔπεισαν αὐτὸν ἕως Σίδης προαγαγόντα τὸ ξενολόγιον διαλύσασθαι καὶ τῆς εἰς Κύπρον ἐπιβολῆς ἀποστῆναι καὶ συμμίσγειν αὑτοῖς ἐπὶ τοὺς τῶν Κυρηναίων ὅρους.
31.17.6αὐτοὶ δὲ πλεύσαντες εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἔφασαν παραστήσεσθαι τὸν βασιλέα πρὸς τὰ παρακαλούμενα καὶ συναντήσειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὅρους, ἔχοντες κἀκεῖνον μεθʼ αὑτῶν.
31.17.7τούτοις μὲν οὖν τοῖς λόγοις πεισθεὶς ὁ νεώτερος Πτολεμαῖος, ἀπογνοὺς τὰ κατὰ τὴν Κύπρον τὸ μὲν ξενολόγιον διέλυσεν,
Book 31, Part 5
31.17.8αὐτὸς δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον εἰς Κρήτην ἀπέπλευσεν, τόν τε Δαμάσιππον ἔχων μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἕνα Γνάιον Μερόλαν· ξενολογήσας δʼ ἐκ τῆς Κρήτης περὶ χιλίους στρατιώτας ἀνήχθη καὶ διάρας εἰς τὴν Λιβύην κατέσχεν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἆπιν.
31.18.1οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τορκουᾶτον διακομισθέντες εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐπειρῶντο μὲν παρακαλεῖν τὸν πρεσβύτερον Πτολεμαῖον διαλύεσθαι πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ συγχωρεῖν αὐτῷ τὴν Κύπρον·
31.18.2τοῦ δὲ Πτολεμαίου τὰ μὲν ἐπαγγελλομένου, τὰ δὲ παρακούοντος, καὶ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ κατατρίβοντος τὸν χρόνον,
31.18.3στρατοπεδεύων ὁ νεώτερος μετὰ τῶν Κρητῶν ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ περὶ τὸν Ἆπιν κατὰ τὸ συντεταγμένον καὶ τελέως ἀσχάλλων ἐπὶ τῷ μηδὲν διασαφήσασθαι, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν Γνάιον εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, ὡς διὰ τούτου κἂν τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τορκουᾶτον ἐπιγενομένους.
31.18.4συνεξομοιωθέντος δὲ τούτου τοῖς πρότερον, καὶ τοῦ χρόνου διελκομένου, καὶ τετταράκοντα διελθουσῶν ἡμερῶν, καὶ μηδενὸς προσπίπτοντος, εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέπιπτε περὶ τῶν ὅλων.
31.18.5ὁ γὰρ πρεσβύτερος βασιλεὺς πᾶν γένος ἀρεσκείας προσφερόμενος πάντας ἐξιδιάσατο τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς καὶ παρακατέσχε τὸ πλεῖον οὐχ ἑκόντας, ἀλλʼ ἄκοντας.
31.18.6κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον προσέπεσε τῷ νεωτέρῳ Πτολεμαίῳ τούς τε Κυρηναίους ἀφεστάναι καὶ τὰς πόλεις συμφρονεῖν τούτοις, κεκοινωνηκέναι δὲ περὶ τῆς ἀποστάσεως καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Συμπετῆσιν,
31.18.7ὃς ἦν τὸ γένος Αἰγύπτιος, ἐπιστεύθη δὲ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν ὅλων ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐποιεῖτο τὸν πλοῦν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
31.18.8τούτων δὲ προσπιπτόντων τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγον διότι στρατοπεδεύουσιν ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις οἱ Κυρηναῖοι, δείσας μὴ βουλόμενος προσλαβεῖν τὴν Κύπρον καὶ τὴν Κυρήνην ἀπολέσῃ, πάντα τἄλλα πάρεργα θέμενος ἀνέζευξεν ἐπὶ Κυρήνης.
31.18.9παραγενόμενος δʼ εἰς τὸν μέγαν καλούμενον Καταβαθμὸν κατέλαβε τοὺς Λίβυας μετὰ τῶν Κυρηναίων κατέχοντας τὰς δυσχωρίας.
31.18.10ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος ἀπορούμενος ἐπὶ τῷ συμβαίνοντι τοὺς μὲν ἡμίσεις τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐμβιβάσας εἰς τὰ πλοῖα περιπλεῖν τὰς δυσχωρίας ἐπέταξε καὶ κατὰ νώτου τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐπιφαίνεσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἡμίσεις ἔχων αὐτὸς ἐβιάζετο κατὰ στόμα πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν.
31.18.11τῶν δὲ Λιβύων καταπλαγέντων τὴν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἔφοδον καὶ λειπόντων τοὺς τόπους, ἅμα τῆς ἀναβάσεως ἐγένετο κύριος καὶ τῆς ὑποκειμένης Τετραπυργίας, ἐν ᾗ συνέβαινε πλῆθος ἄφθονον ὕδατος ὑπάρχειν.
31.18.12ὅθεν ἀφορμήσας ἑβδομαῖος ἧκε διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου.
31.18.13παραπλεόντων δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ Μοχυρίνου, συνέβαινε τοὺς Κυρηναίους στρατοπεδεύειν πεζοὺς μὲν ὄντας εἰς ὀκτακισχιλίους, ἱππεῖς δὲ περὶ πεντακοσίους.
31.18.14οἱ γὰρ Κυρηναῖοι πεῖραν εἰληφότες τῆς τοῦ Πτολεμαίου προαιρέσεως ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν πεπραγμένων καὶ θεωροῦντες οὐ βασιλικήν, ἀλλὰ τυραννικὴν οὖσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ὅλην αἵρεσιν,
31.18.15οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ἐθελοντὴν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὑποτάττειν, ἀλλὰ πᾶν ὑπομένειν ἐτόλμων, ἀντεχόμενοι τῆς πρὸς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἐλπίδος.
31.18.16διὸ καὶ τότε συνεγγίσαντος αὐτοῦ ἐξ αὐτῆς παρετάξαντο· καὶ τέλος ἡττήθη. —
31.19.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἦλθε καὶ Γνάιος ὁ Μερόλας ἐκ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας, διασαφῶν τῷ βασιλεῖ διότι πρὸς οὐθὲν τῶν ἀξιουμένων προσελήλυθεν ὁ ἀδελφός, ἀλλά φησι δεῖν μένειν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς διομολογουμένοις.
31.19.2ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ταῦτα διακούσας, εὐθέως προχειρισάμενος Κομανὸν καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐξαπέστελλε πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην μετὰ τοῦ Γναΐου, διασαφήσοντας τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τῆς τἀδελφοῦ πλεονεξίας καὶ καταφρονήσεως.
31.19.3ἀπέλυσε δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ τοὺς περὶ Τίτον ἀπράκτους ὁ πρεσβύτερος Πτολεμαῖος.
31.19.4καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν καὶ Κυρήνην ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν.
31.20.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς ὑποκειμένους καιροὺς ἧκον παρὰ τοῦ νεωτέρου Πτολεμαίου πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Κομανὸν καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου παραπλησίως οἱ περὶ τὸν Μένυλλον τὸν Ἀλαβανδέα.
31.20.2ὧν εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, καὶ πολλῶν λόγων γινομένων καὶ φιλαπεχθῶν κατὰ πρόσωπον εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ τῶν περὶ Τίτον καὶ Γνάιον ἀπομαρτυρούντων καὶ συνεπισχυόντων τῷ νεωτέρῳ μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς,
31.20.3ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ τοὺς περὶ Μένυλλον ἐν πένθʼ ἡμέραις ἀποτρέχειν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης, καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἀναιρεῖν τὴν πρὸς τὸν πρεσβύτερον, πρὸς δὲ τὸν νεώτερον πέμψαι πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διασαφήσοντας τὰ δεδογμένα τῇ συγκλήτῳ.
31.20.4καὶ κατεστάθησαν Πόπλιος Ἀπούστιος καὶ Γάιος Λέντλος, οἳ καὶ πλεύσαντες ἐξ αὐτῆς εἰς τὴν Κυρήνην ἀνήγγειλαν τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ τὰ δεδογμένα μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς.
31.20.5ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος ἐπαρθεὶς εὐθέως ἐξενολόγει καὶ ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς ὅλος καὶ πᾶς ἦν περὶ τὴν Κύπρον.
31.20.6καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
31.21.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην Μασαννάσας θεωρῶν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πόλεων τῶν περὶ τὴν μικρὰν Σύρτιν ἐκτισμένων καὶ τὸ κάλλος τῆς χώρας, ἣν καλοῦσιν Ἐμπόρια, καὶ πάλαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν προσόδων τῶν γινομένων ἐν τούτοις τοῖς τόποις ὀφθαλμιῶν,
31.21.2ἐπεβάλετο καταπειράζειν τῶν Καρχηδονίων οὐ πολλοῖς ἀνώτερον χρόνοις τῶν νῦν λεγομένων καιρῶν. τῆς μὲν οὖν χώρας ταχέως ἐγενήθη κύριος,
31.21.3ἅτε τῶν ὑπαίθρων κρατῶν διὰ τὸ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους αἰεὶ μὲν ἀλλοτρίους ὑπάρχειν τῆς ἐν τῇ γῇ χρείας, τότε δὲ καὶ τελέως ἐκτεθηλύνθαι διὰ τὴν πολυχρόνιον εἰρήνην·
31.21.4τῶν δὲ πόλεων οὐκ ἠδυνήθη γενέσθαι κύριος διὰ τὸ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους ἐπιμελῶς τηρεῖν αὐτάς.
31.21.5ἀμφοτέρων δὲ ποιουμένων τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων, καὶ πρεσβευτῶν πολλάκις ἐληλυθότων διὰ ταῦτα παρʼ ἑκατέρων,
31.21.6αἰεὶ συνέβαινε τοὺς Καρχηδονίους ἐλαττοῦσθαι παρὰ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, οὐ τοῖς δικαίοις, ἀλλὰ τῷ πεπεῖσθαι τοὺς κρίνοντας συμφέρειν σφίσι τὴν τοιαύτην γνώμην,
31.21.7ἐπείτοι χρόνοις οὐ πολλοῖς ἀνώτερον αὐτὸς ὁ Μασαννάσας διώκων τὸν Ἀφθῆρα τὸν ἀποστάτην μετὰ στρατοπέδου δίοδον ᾐτήσατο τοὺς Καρχηδονίους διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας, οἱ δʼ οὐχ ὑπήκουσαν, ὡς οὐδὲν αὐτῷ προσηκούσης. οὐ
31.21.8μὴν ἀλλὰ τέλος εἰς τοῦτο συνεκλείσθησαν οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι διὰ τῶν ἀποφάσεων κατὰ τοὺς νῦν λεγομένους καιροὺς ὥστε μὴ μόνον τὰς πόλεις καὶ τὴν χώραν ἀποβαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πεντακόσια τάλαντα προσθεῖναι τῆς καρπείας τῶν χρόνων, ἐξ οὗ συνέβη γενέσθαι τὴν ἀμφισβήτησιν.
31.22.1ὅτι τὸ μέγιστον καὶ κάλλιστον σημεῖον τῆς Λευκίου Αἰμιλίου προαιρέσεως μεταλλάξαντος τὸν βίον ἐγένετο πᾶσιν ἔκδηλον·
31.22.2οἷος γὰρ ὁ τρόπος ζῶντος [αὐτοῦ] ἐδοξάζετο, τοιοῦτος εὑρέθη τὸν βίον μεταλλάξαντος, ὃ μέγιστον εἴποι τις ἂν ὑπάρχειν τεκμήριον ἀρετῆς.
Book 31, Part 6
31.22.3ὁ γὰρ πλεῖστον μὲν τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν ἐξ Ἰβηρίας χρυσὸν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην μετενηνοχώς, μεγίστων δὲ θησαυρῶν κύριος γενόμενος ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ, πλείστης δὲ περὶ τὰ προειρημένα τετευχὼς ἐξουσίας τοσοῦτον ἀπέλειπε τὸν ἴδιον βίον ὥστε
31.22.4μὴ δύνασθαι τὴν φερνὴν τῇ γυναικὶ διαλῦσαι πᾶσαν ἐκ τῶν ἐπίπλων, εἰ μὴ τῶν ἐγγείων τινὰς προσαπέδοντο κτήσεων. ὑπὲρ ὧν ἡμεῖς τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων εἰρήκαμεν.
31.22.5ἐξ ὧν εἴποι τις ἂν καταλελύσθαι τὴν δόξαν τῶν θαυμαζομένων παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἀνδρῶν·
31.22.6εἰ γὰρ τὸ διδομένων χρημάτων ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ διδόντος συμφέροντι, τούτων ἀπέχεσθαι θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὃ λέγεται γεγονέναι περί τε τὸν Ἀθηναῖον Ἀριστείδην καὶ περὶ τὸν Θηβαῖον Ἐπαμινώνδαν,
31.22.7τὸ κύριον γενόμενον αὐτὸν ἁπάσης τῆς βασιλείας καὶ λαβόντα τὴν ἐξουσίαν ὡς βούλεται χρήσασθαι, μηδενὸς ἐπιθυμῆσαι πόσῳ θαυμαστότερόν ἐστιν;
31.22.8εἰ δʼ ἀπίστῳ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐοικέναι δόξει τισίν, ἐκεῖνο δεῖ λαμβάνειν ἐν νῷ, διότι σαφῶς ὁ γράφων ᾔδει μάλιστα Ῥωμαίους ἀναληψομένους εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὰ βυβλία ταῦτα διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας καὶ τὰς πλείστας αὐτῶν πράξεις ἐν τούτοις περιέχεσθαι·
31.22.9παρʼ οἷς οὔτʼ ἀγνοεῖσθαι ταῦτα δυνατὸν οὔτε συγγνώμης τεύξεσθαι τὸν ψευδολόγον εἰκός,
31.22.10διόπερ οὐδεὶς ἂν ἑκὼν εἰς πρόδηλον ἀπιστίαν καὶ καταφρόνησιν ἔδωκεν αὑτόν.
31.22.11καὶ τοῦτο μνημονευέσθω παρʼ ὅλην τὴν πραγματείαν ἡμῖν, ὅταν τι παράδοξον δοκῶμεν λέγειν περὶ Ῥωμαίων.
31.23.1τῆς δὲ κατὰ τὴν διήγησιν ἐφόδου καὶ τῶν καιρῶν ἐφεστακότων ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ταύτην, βούλομαι τὸ κατὰ τὴν προτέραν βύβλον ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ καταλειφθὲν συνεκπληρῶσαι τῶν φιληκόων ἕνεκα.
31.23.2προϋπεσχόμην γὰρ διηγήσασθαι διὰ τί καὶ πῶς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτο προέκοψε καὶ θᾶττον ἢ καθῆκεν ἐξέλαμψεν ἡ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ δόξα,
31.23.3σὺν δὲ τούτῳ πῶς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον αὐξηθῆναι συνέβη τῷ Πολυβίῳ τὴν πρὸς τὸν προειρημένον φιλίαν καὶ συνήθειαν ὥστε μὴ μόνον ἕως τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπιδιατεῖναι τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν φήμην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς πορρωτέρω γνώριμον γενέσθαι τὴν αἵρεσιν καὶ συμπεριφορὰν αὐτῶν.
31.23.4διότι μὲν οὖν ἡ καταρχὴ τῆς συστάσεως ἐγενήθη τοῖς προειρημένοις ἔκ τινος χρήσεως βυβλίων καὶ τῆς περὶ τούτων λαλιᾶς δεδηλώκαμεν·
31.23.5προβαινούσης δὲ τῆς συνηθείας καὶ τῶν ἀνακεκλημένων ἐκπεμπομένων ἐπὶ τὰς πόλεις, διέσπευσαν ὅ τε Φάβιος καὶ ὁ Σκιπίων οἱ τοῦ Λευκίου νεανίσκοι πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν μεῖναι τὸν Πολύβιον ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ.
31.23.6γενομένου δὲ τούτου, καὶ τῆς συμπεριφορᾶς ἐπὶ πολὺ προκοπτούσης, ἐγένετο συγκύρημά τι τοιοῦτον.
31.23.7ἐκπορευομένων γάρ ποτε κατʼ αὐτὸ πάντων ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας τῆς τοῦ Φαβίου, συνέβη τὸν μὲν Φάβιον ἐπὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀπονεῦσαι, τὸν δὲ Πολύβιον ἐπὶ θάτερα μετὰ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος.
31.23.8προαγόντων δʼ αὐτῶν ὁ Πόπλιος ἡσυχῇ καὶ πρᾴως τῇ φωνῇ φθεγξάμενος καὶ τῷ χρώματι γενόμενος ἐνερευθής, "
31.23.9τί δαί" φησίν "ὦ Πολύβιε, δύο τρώγομεν ἀδελφοί, καὶ διαλέγει συνεχῶς καὶ πάσας τὰς ἐρωτήσεις καὶ τὰς ἀποφάσεις ποιεῖ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον, ἐμὲ δὲ παραπέμπεις;
31.23.10ἢ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ σὺ περὶ ἐμοῦ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχεις διάληψιν, ἣν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πολίτας ἔχειν πυνθάνομαι;
31.23.11δοκῶ γὰρ εἶναι πᾶσιν ἡσύχιός τις καὶ νωθρός, ὡς ἀκούω, καὶ πολὺ κεχωρισμένος τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ πράξεως, ὅτι κρίσεις οὐχ αἱροῦμαι λέγειν.
31.23.12τὴν δʼ οἰκίαν οὔ φασι τοιοῦτον ζητεῖν προστάτην ἐξ ἧς ὁρμῶμαι, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον· ὃ καὶ μάλιστά με λυπεῖ."
31.24.1ὁ δὲ Πολύβιος ξενισθεὶς τῇ τοῦ μειρακίου καταρχῇ τῶν λόγων· οὐ γὰρ εἶχε πλέον ἐτῶν ὀκτωκαίδεκα τότε· "
31.24.2μὴ πρὸς θεῶν, Σκιπίων," ἔφη, "μηδὲ λέγε ταῦτα μηδʼ ἐν νῷ λάμβανε ταῦτα τὸ παράπαν.
31.24.3οὐδὲ γὰρ καταγινώσκων οὔτε παραπέμπων ἐγώ σε ποιῶ τοῦτο, πολλοῦ γε δεῖν, ἀλλὰ τῷ πρεσβύτερον εἶναι τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἔν τε ταῖς ὁμιλίαις ἄρχομαί τʼ ἀπʼ ἐκείνου καὶ λήγω πάλιν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἔν τε ταῖς ἀποφάσεσι καὶ συμβουλίαις πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἀπερείδομαι, δοκῶν καὶ σὲ τῆς αὐτῆς μετέχειν γνώμης ἐκείνῳ.
31.24.4σοῦ γε μὴν ἄγαμαι νῦν ἀκούων, ὅτι δοκεῖ σοι λυπηρὸν τὸ πραΰτερον εἶναι τοῦ καθήκοντος τοῖς ἐκ ταύτης τῆς οἰκίας ὁρμωμένοις· δῆλος γὰρ εἶ διὰ τούτων μέγα φρονῶν.
31.24.5ἐγὼ δὲ κἂν αὐτὸς ἡδέως σοι συνεπιδοίην ἐμαυτὸν καὶ συνεργὸς γενοίμην εἰς τὸ καὶ λέγειν τι καὶ πράττειν ἄξιον τῶν προγόνων.
31.24.6περὶ μὲν γὰρ τὰ μαθήματα, περὶ ἃ νῦν ὁρῶ σπουδάζοντας ὑμᾶς καὶ φιλοτιμουμένους, οὐκ ἀπορήσετε τῶν συνεργησόντων ὑμῖν ἑτοίμως, καὶ σοὶ κἀκείνῳ·
31.24.7πολὺ γὰρ δή τι φῦλον ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπιρρέον ὁρῶ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν τῶν τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων.
31.24.8εἰς δὲ τὰ λυποῦντά σε νῦν καὶ μάλιστα, καθὼς φής, δοκῶ μηδένα συναγωνιστὴν καὶ συνεργὸν ἄλλον εὑρεῖν ἂν ἡμῶν ἐπιτηδειότερον.
31.24.9" ἔτι δὲ ταῦτα λέγοντος τοῦ Πολυβίου, λαβόμενος ἀμφοτέραις χερσὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ καὶ πιέσας ἐμπαθῶς "εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ ταύτην," φησίν, "ἴδοιμι τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐν ᾗ σὺ πάντα τἄλλα δεύτερα θέμενος ἐμοὶ προσέξεις τὸν νοῦν καὶ μετʼ ἐμοῦ συμβιώσεις·
31.24.10δόξω γὰρ αὐτόθεν εὐθέως ἐμαυτῷ καὶ τῆς οἰκίας ἄξιος εἶναι καὶ τῶν προγόνων.
31.24.11" ὁ δὲ Πολύβιος τὰ μὲν ἔχαιρε, θεωρῶν τὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ τὴν ἀποδοχὴν τοῦ μειρακίου, τὰ δὲ διηπορεῖτο, λαμβάνων ἐν νῷ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς οἰκίας καὶ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν τῶν ἀνδρῶν.
31.24.12πλὴν ἀπό γε ταύτης τῆς ἀνθομολογήσεως οὐκέτι τὸ μειράκιον ἐχωρίσθη τοῦ Πολυβίου, πάντα δʼ ἦν αὐτῷ δεύτερα τῆς ἐκείνου συμπεριφορᾶς.
31.25.1ἀπὸ δὲ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν λοιπὸν ἤδη κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων πεῖραν αὑτῶν διδόντες ἀλλήλοις εἰς πατρικὴν καὶ συγγενικὴν ἦλθον αἵρεσιν καὶ φιλοστοργίαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
31.25.2πρώτη δέ τις ἐνέπεσεν ὁρμὴ καὶ ζῆλος τῶν καλῶν τὸ τὴν ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ δόξαν ἀναλαβεῖν καὶ παραδραμεῖν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει τοὺς κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡλικίαν ὑπάρχοντας.
31.25.3ὢν δὲ μέγας οὗτος καὶ δυσέφικτος ὁ στέφανος εὐθήρατος ἦν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ διὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ὁρμὴν τῶν πλείστων.
31.25.4οἱ μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἐρωμένους τῶν νέων, οἱ δʼ εἰς ἑταίρας ἐξεκέχυντο, πολλοὶ δʼ εἰς ἀκροάματα καὶ πότους καὶ τὴν ἐν τούτοις πολυτέλειαν, ταχέως ἡρπακότες ἐν τῷ Περσικῷ πολέμῳ τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος εὐχέρειαν.
Book 31, Part 7
31.25.5καὶ τηλικαύτη τις ἐνεπεπτώκει περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν ἔργων ἀκρασία τοῖς νέοις ὥστε πολλοὺς μὲν ἐρώμενον ἠγορακέναι ταλάντου, πολλοὺς δὲ ταρίχου Ποντικοῦ κεράμιον τριακοσίων δραχμῶν.
31.25.5aἐφʼ οἷς καὶ Μάρκος ἀγανακτῶν εἶπέ ποτε πρὸς τὸν δῆμον ὅτι μάλιστʼ ἂν κατίδοιεν τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον προκοπὴν τῆς πολιτείας ἐκ τούτων, ὅταν πωλούμενοι πλεῖον εὑρίσκωσιν οἱ μὲν εὐπρεπεῖς παῖδες τῶν ἀγρῶν, τὰ δὲ κεράμια τοῦ ταρίχου τῶν ζευγηλατῶν.
31.25.6συνέβη δὲ τὴν παροῦσαν αἵρεσιν οἷον ἐκλάμψαι κατὰ τοὺς νῦν λεγομένους καιροὺς πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τὸ καταλυθείσης τῆς ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλείας δοκεῖν ἀδήριτον αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχειν τὴν περὶ τῶν ὅλων ἐξουσίαν,
31.25.7ἔπειτα διὰ τὸ πολλὴν ἐπίφασιν γενέσθαι τῆς εὐδαιμονίας περί τε τοὺς κατʼ ἰδίαν βίους καὶ περὶ τὰ κοινά, τῶν ἐκ Μακεδονίας μετακομισθέντων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην χορηγίων.
31.25.8πλὴν ὅ γε Σκιπίων ὁρμήσας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἀγωγὴν τοῦ βίου καὶ πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις ἀντιταξάμενος καὶ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ὁμολογούμενον καὶ σύμφωνον ἑαυτὸν κατασκευάσας κατὰ τὸν βίον ἐν ἴσως πέντε τοῖς πρώτοις ἔτεσι πάνδημον ἐποιήσατο τὴν ἐπʼ εὐταξίᾳ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ δόξαν.
31.25.9μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὸ περὶ τὰ χρήματα μεγαλοψυχίᾳ καὶ καθαρότητι διενεγκεῖν τῶν ἄλλων.
31.25.10πρὸς δὲ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος καλὴν μὲν ὑποδοχὴν εἶχε τὴν μετὰ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν πατρὸς συμβίωσιν, καλὰς δʼ ἐκ φύσεως ὁρμὰς αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τὸ δέον· πολλὰ δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ ταὐτόματον συνήργησε πρὸς τὴν ἐπιβολὴν ταύτην.
31.26.1πρώτη μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον ἡ τοῦ κατὰ θέσιν πατρὸς μήτηρ, ἥτις ἦν ἀδελφὴ μὲν τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Λευκίου, γυνὴ δὲ τοῦ κατὰ θέσιν πάππου Σκιπίωνος τοῦ μεγάλου προσαγορευθέντος.
31.26.2ταύτης ἀπολιπούσης οὐσίαν μεγάλην κληρονόμος ὢν πρῶτον ἐν τούτοις ἔμελλε πεῖραν δώσειν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προαιρέσεως.
31.26.3συνέβαινε δὲ τὴν Αἰμιλίαν, τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν ὄνομα τῇ προειρημένῃ γυναικί, μεγαλομερῆ τὴν περίστασιν ἔχειν ἐν ταῖς γυναικείαις ἐξόδοις, ἅτε συνηκμακυῖαν τῷ βίῳ καὶ τῇ τύχῃ τῇ Σκιπίωνος·
31.26.4χωρὶς γὰρ τοῦ περὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ἀπήνην κόσμου καὶ τὰ κανᾶ καὶ τὰ ποτήρια καὶ τἄλλα τὰ πρὸς τὴν θυσίαν, ποτὲ μὲν ἀργυρᾶ, ποτὲ δὲ χρυσᾶ, πάντα συνεξηκολούθει κατὰ τὰς ἐπιφανεῖς ἐξόδους αὐτῇ,
31.26.5τό τε τῶν παιδισκῶν καὶ τὸ τῶν οἰκετῶν τῶν παρεπομένων πλῆθος ἀκόλουθον ἦν τούτοις.
31.26.6ταύτην δὴ τὴν περικοπὴν ἅπασαν εὐθέως μετὰ τὸν τῆς Αἰμιλίας τάφον ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί, ᾗ συνέβαινε κεχωρίσθαι μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ Λευκίου πρότερον ἤδη χρόνοις πολλοῖς, τὴν δὲ τοῦ βίου χορηγίαν ἐλλιπεστέραν ἔχειν τῆς κατὰ τὴν εὐγένειαν φαντασίας.
31.26.7διὸ τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ἀνακεχωρηκυίας αὐτῆς ἐκ τῶν ἐπισήμων ἐξόδων, τότε κατὰ τύχην οὔσης ἐπιφανοῦς καὶ πανδήμου θυσίας, ἐκπορευομένης αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ τῆς Αἰμιλίας περικοπῇ καὶ χορηγίᾳ, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ τῶν ὀρεοκόμων καὶ τοῦ ζεύγους καὶ τῆς ἀπήνης τῆς αὐτῆς ὑπαρχούσης,
31.26.8συνέβη τὰς γυναῖκας θεωμένας τὸ γεγονὸς ἐκπλήττεσθαι τὴν τοῦ Σκιπίωνος χρηστότητα καὶ μεγαλοψυχίαν καὶ πάσας προτεινούσας τὰς χεῖρας εὔχεσθαι τῷ προειρημένῳ πολλὰ κἀγαθά.
31.26.9τοῦτο δὲ πανταχῇ μὲν ἂν εἰκότως φαίνοιτο καλόν, ἐν δὲ Ῥώμῃ καὶ θαυμαστόν· ἁπλῶς γὰρ οὐδεὶς οὐδενὶ δίδωσι τῶν ἰδίων ὑπαρχόντων ἑκὼν οὐδέν.
31.26.10πρώτη μὲν οὖν αὕτη καταρχὴ τῆς ἐπὶ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ φήμης αὐτῷ συνεκύρησε καὶ μεγάλην ἐποίησε προκοπήν, ἅτε τοῦ τῶν γυναικῶν γένους καὶ λάλου καὶ κατακοροῦς ὄντος, ἐφʼ ὅ,τι ἂν ὁρμήσῃ.
31.27.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ταῖς Σκιπίωνος μὲν τοῦ μεγάλου θυγατράσιν, ἀδελφαῖς δὲ τοῦ κατὰ θέσιν πατρός, λαβόντος, αὐτὸν ἔδει τὴν ἡμίσειαν ἀποδοῦναι τῆς φερνῆς.
31.27.2ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ συνέθετο μὲν ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν θυγατέρων πεντήκοντα τάλαντα δώσειν,
31.27.3τούτων δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ παραχρῆμα τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἔδωκεν ἡ μήτηρ, τὸ δʼ ἥμισυ κατέλειπεν ἀποθνήσκουσα προσοφειλόμενον,
31.27.4ὅθεν ἔδει τὸν Σκιπίωνα διαλύειν τοῦτο τὸ χρέος ταῖς τοῦ πατρὸς ἀδελφαῖς.
31.27.5κατὰ δὲ τοὺς Ῥωμαίων νόμους δέον ἐν τρισὶν ἔτεσιν ἀποδοῦναι τὰ προσοφειλόμενα χρήματα τῆς φερνῆς ταῖς γυναιξί, προδοθέντων πρώτων τῶν ἐπίπλων εἰς δέκα μῆνας κατὰ τὸ παρʼ ἐκείνοις ἔθος,
31.27.6εὐθέως ὁ Σκιπίων συνέταξε τῷ τραπεζίτῃ τῶν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ταλάντων ἑκατέρᾳ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν ἐν τοῖς δέκα μησί.
31.27.7τοῦ δὲ Τεβερίου καὶ τοῦ Νασικᾶ Σκιπίωνος, οὗτοι γὰρ ἦσαν ἄνδρες τῶν προειρημένων γυναικῶν, ἅμα τῷ διελθεῖν τοὺς δέκα μῆνας προσπορευομένων πρὸς τὸν τραπεζίτην καὶ πυνθανομένων, εἴ τι συνετέτακτο Σκιπίων αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν χρημάτων, κἀκείνου κελεύοντος αὐτοὺς κομίζεσθαι καὶ ποιοῦντος τὴν διαγραφὴν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ταλάντων, ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν·
31.27.8δεῖν γὰρ αὑτοὺς οὐ πᾶν κατὰ τὸ παρόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τρίτον μέρος κομίζεσθαι κατὰ τοὺς νόμους.
31.27.9τοῦ δὲ φάσκοντος οὕτως αὐτῷ συντεταχέναι τὸν Σκιπίωνα, διαπιστήσαντες προῆγον ἐπὶ τὸν νεανίσκον, διειληφότες ἐκεῖνον ἀγνοεῖν. καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔπασχον οὐκ ἀλόγως·
31.27.10οὐ γὰρ οἷον πεντήκοντα τάλαντα δοίη τις ἂν ἐν Ῥώμῃ πρὸ τριῶν ἐτῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τάλαντον ἓν πρὸ τῆς τεταγμένης ἡμέρας·
31.27.11τοιαύτη τίς ἐστι καὶ τηλικαύτη παρὰ πάντας ἅμα μὲν ἀκρίβεια. περὶ τὸ διάφορον, ἅμα δὲ λυσιτέλεια περὶ τὸν χρόνον.
31.27.12οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ προσπορευθέντων αὐτῶν καὶ πυνθανομένων πῶς τῷ τραπεζίτῃ συντέταχε, τοῦ δʼ εἰπόντος ἀποδοῦναι πᾶν τὸ χρῆμα ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς, ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν, ἅμα τὸ κηδεμονικὸν ἐμφανίζοντες·
31.27.13ἐξεῖναι γὰρ αὐτὸν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους χρῆσθαι τοῖς διαφόροις ἱκανὸν ἔτι χρόνον.
31.27.14ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων ἔφησεν ἀγνοεῖν τούτων οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους τὴν ἐκ τῶν νόμων ἀκρίβειαν τηρεῖν, τοῖς δὲ συγγενέσι καὶ φίλοις ἁπλῶς χρῆσθαι καὶ γενναίως κατὰ δύναμιν.
31.27.15διὸ παραλαμβάνειν αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευε πᾶν τὸ χρῆμα παρὰ τοῦ τραπεζίτου.
31.27.16οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ταῦτʼ ἀκούσαντες ἐπανῆγον σιωπῶντες, καταπεπληγμένοι μὲν τὴν τοῦ Σκιπίωνος μεγαλοψυχίαν, κατεγνωκότες δὲ τῆς αὑτῶν μικρολογίας, καίπερ ὄντες οὐδενὸς δεύτεροι Ῥωμαίων.
31.28.1μετὰ δʼ ἔτη δύο μεταλλάξαντος τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Λευκίου καὶ καταλιπόντος κληρονόμους τῆς οὐσίας αὐτόν τε καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν Φάβιον, καλόν τι καὶ μνήμης ἄξιον ἐποίησεν.
31.28.2ὁ γὰρ Λεύκιος ὑπάρχων ἄτεκνος διὰ τὸ τοὺς μὲν εἰς ἑτέρας οἰκίας ἐκδεδόσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους υἱούς, οὓς ἔτρεφε διαδόχους [καὶ] τοῦ γένους, πάντας μετηλλαχέναι, τούτοις ἀπέλιπε τὴν οὐσίαν.
31.28.3ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων θεωρῶν αὑτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφὸν καταδεέστερον ὄντα τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν ἐξεχώρησε πάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων, οὔσης τῆς ὅλης τιμήσεως ὑπὲρ ἑξήκοντα τάλαντα, διὰ τὸ μέλλειν οὕτως ἴσον ὑπάρχειν αὐτῷ κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν τὸν Φάβιον.
31.28.4γενομένου δὲ τούτου περιβοήτου, προσέθηκεν ἕτερον τούτῳ δεῖγμα τῆς αὑτοῦ προαιρέσεως ἐμφανέστερον·
Book 31, Part 8
31.28.5βουλομένου γὰρ τἀδελφοῦ μονομαχίας ἐπὶ τῷ πατρὶ ποιεῖν, οὐ δυναμένου δὲ δέξασθαι τὴν δαπάνην διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀναλισκομένων χρημάτων, καὶ ταύτης τὴν ἡμίσειαν εἰσήνεγκεν ὁ Σκιπίων ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας.
31.28.6ἔστι δʼ οὐκ ἐλάττων ἡ σύμπασα τριάκοντα ταλάντων, ἐάν τις μεγαλομερῶς ποιῇ.
31.28.7φήμης περὶ αὐτοῦ διαδιδομένης, μετήλλαξεν ἡ μήτηρ.
31.28.8ὁ δὲ τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ κομίσασθαί τι ὧν πρότερον ἐδωρήσατο, περὶ ὧν ἀρτίως εἶπον, ὥστε καὶ ταῦτα καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν οὐσίαν τὴν τῆς μητρὸς ἅπασαν ἀπέδωκε ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς, ἧς οὐδὲν αὐταῖς προσῆκε κατὰ τοὺς νόμους.
31.28.9διὸ πάλιν τῶν ἀδελφῶν παραλαβουσῶν τὸν ἐν ταῖς ἐξόδοις κόσμον καὶ τὴν περίστασιν τὴν τῆς Αἰμιλίας, πάλιν ἐκαινοποιήθη τὸ μεγαλόψυχον καὶ φιλοίκειον τῆς τοῦ Σκιπίωνος προαιρέσεως.
31.28.10ταῦτα μὲν οὖν προκατεσκευασμένος ἐκ τῆς πρώτης ἡλικίας Πόπλιος Σκιπίων προῆλθε πρὸς τὸ φιλοδοξεῖν σωφροσύνῃ καὶ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ.
31.28.11εἰς ἣν ἴσως ἑξήκοντα τάλαντα δαπανήσας, τοσαῦτα γὰρ ἦν προειμένος τῶν ἰδίων, ὁμολογουμένην ἔσχε τὴν ἐπὶ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ φήμην, οὐχ οὕτω τῷ πλήθει τῶν χρημάτων τὸ προκείμενον κατεργασάμενος ὡς τῷ καιρῷ τῆς δόσεως καὶ τῷ χειρισμῷ τῆς χάριτος.
31.28.12τὴν δὲ σωφροσύνην περιεποιήσατο δαπανήσας μὲν οὐδέν, πολλῶν δὲ καὶ ποικίλων ἡδονῶν ἀποσχόμενος προσεκέρδανε τὴν σωματικὴν ὑγίειαν καὶ τὴν εὐεξίαν,
31.28.13ἥτις αὐτῷ παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον παρεπομένη πολλὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ καλὰς ἀμοιβὰς ἀπέδωκεν ἀνθʼ ὧν πρότερον ἀπέσχετο τῶν προχείρων ἡδονῶν.
31.29.1λοιποῦ δʼ ὄντος τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἀνδρείαν μέρους καὶ κυριωτάτου σχεδὸν ἐν πάσῃ μὲν πολιτείᾳ μάλιστα δʼ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, μεγίστην ἔδει καὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ποιήσασθαι.
31.29.2καλὸν μὲν οὖν τι πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἐπιβολὴν αὐτῷ καὶ διὰ τῆς τύχης ἐγένετο συνέργημα.
31.29.3τῶν γὰρ ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλικῶν μεγίστην ποιουμένων σπουδὴν περὶ τὰς κυνηγεσίας καὶ Μακεδόνων ἀνεικότων τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους τόπους πρὸς τὴν τῶν θηρίων συναγωγήν,
31.29.4ταῦτα συνέβη τὰ χωρία τετηρῆσθαι μὲν ἐπιμελῶς, καθάπερ καὶ πρότερον, πάντα τὸν τοῦ πολέμου χρόνον, κεκυνηγῆσθαι δὲ μηδέποτε τῶν τεττάρων ἐτῶν διὰ τοὺς περισπασμούς· ᾗ καὶ θηρίων ὑπῆρχε πλήρη παντοδαπῶν.
31.29.5τοῦ δὲ πολέμου λαβόντος κρίσιν, ὁ Λεύκιος καλλίστην ὑπολαμβάνων καὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν καὶ τὴν ψυχαγωγίαν ὑπάρχειν τοῖς νέοις τὴν περὶ τὰ κυνηγέσια, τούς τε κυνηγοὺς συνέστησε τοὺς βασιλικοὺς τῷ Σκιπίωνι καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὴν περὶ τὰ κυνηγέσια παρέδωκε τούτῳ πᾶσαν·
31.29.6ἧς ἐπιλαβόμενος ὁ προειρημένος καὶ νομίσας οἱονεὶ βασιλεύειν, ἐν τούτῳ κατεγίνετο πάντα τὸν χρόνον, ὅσον ἐπέμεινε τὸ στρατόπεδον μετὰ τὴν μάχην ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ.
31.29.7γενομένης δὲ μεγάλης ἐνθουσιάσεως περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ὡς κατά τε τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀκμαίως ἔχοντος αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ φύσιν οἰκείως διακειμένου, καθάπερ εὐγενοῦς σκύλακος, ἐπίμονον αὐτοῦ συνέβη γενέσθαι τὴν περὶ τὰς κυνηγεσίας ὁρμήν.
31.29.8διὸ καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ προσλαβὼν τὸν τοῦ Πολυβίου πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἐνθουσιασμόν, ἐφʼ ὅσον οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νέων περὶ τὰς κρίσεις καὶ τοὺς χαιρετισμοὺς ἐσπούδαζον, κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ποιούμενοι τὴν διατριβήν, καὶ διὰ τούτων
31.29.8συνιστάνειν ἑαυτοὺς ἐπειρῶντο τοῖς πολλοῖς,
31.29.9ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὁ Σκιπίων ἐν ταῖς κυνηγεσίαις ἀναστρεφόμενος καὶ λαμπρὸν ἀεί τι ποιῶν καὶ μνήμης ἄξιον καλλίω δόξαν ἐξεφέρετο τῶν ἄλλων.
31.29.10οἷς μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἦν ἐπαίνου τυχεῖν, εἰ μὴ βλάψαιέν τινα τῶν πολιτῶν· ὁ γὰρ τῶν κρίσεων τρόπος τοῦτʼ ἐπιφέρειν εἴωθεν·
31.29.11ὁ δʼ ἁπλῶς οὐδένα λυπῶν ἐξεφέρετο τὴν ἐπʼ ἀνδρείᾳ δόξαν πάνδημον, ἔργῳ πρὸς λόγον ἁμιλλώμενος.
31.29.12τοιγαροῦν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ τοσοῦτον παρέδραμε τοὺς καθʼ αὑτὸν ὅσον οὐδείς πω μνημονεύεται Ῥωμαίων, καίπερ τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν πορευθεὶς ἐν φιλοδοξίᾳ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι πρὸς τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἔθη καὶ νόμιμα.
31.30.1ἐγὼ δὲ πλείω πεποίημαι λόγον ὑπὲρ τῆς Σκιπίωνος αἱρέσεως ἐκ τῆς πρώτης ἡλικίας, ἡδεῖαν μὲν ὑπολαμβάνων εἶναι τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις, ὠφέλιμον δὲ τοῖς νέοις τὴν τοιαύτην ἱστορίαν,
31.30.2μάλιστα δὲ βουλόμενος πίστιν παρασκευάζειν τοῖς λέγεσθαι μέλλουσιν ἐν ταῖς ἑξῆς βύβλοις περὶ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ μήτε διαπορεῖν τοὺς ἀκούοντας διὰ τὸ παράδοξά τινα φανήσεσθαι τῶν συμβαινόντων μετὰ ταῦτα περὶ αὐτόν,
31.30.3μήτʼ ἀφαιρουμένους τἀνδρὸς τὰ κατὰ λόγον γεγονότα κατορθώματα τῇ τύχῃ προσάπτειν, ἀγνοοῦντας τὰς αἰτίας, ἐξ ὧν ἕκαστα συνέβη γενέσθαι, πλὴν τελέως ὀλίγων, ἃ δεῖ μόνα προσάπτειν τῇ τύχῃ καὶ ταὐτομάτῳ.
31.30.4ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἡμεῖς διεληλυθότες κατὰ τὴν παρέκβασιν αὖθις ἐπάνιμεν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκτροπὴν τῆς ὑποκειμένης διηγήσεως.
31.31.1ὅτι Ῥόδιοι τἄλλα σῴζοντες τὴν τοῦ πολιτεύματος προστασίαν βραχὺ παρώλισθον ἐν τούτοις τοῖς καιροῖς, ὡς ἐμὴ δόξα· ἐπεδέξαντο γὰρ σίτου μυριάδας ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι παρʼ Εὐμένους χάριν τοῦ τὸ λογευθὲν ἐκ τούτων δανείζεσθαι, τὸν δὲ τόκον εἰς τοὺς μισθοὺς ὑπάρχειν τοῖς παιδευταῖς καὶ διδασκάλοις τῶν υἱῶν.
31.31.2τοῦτο δέ, στενοχωρίας μὲν ὑπαρχούσης καθάπαξ ἐπὶ τῶν κατʼ ἰδίαν βίων, ἴσως ἂν ἐπιδέξαιτό τις παρὰ τῶν φίλων ἕνεκα τοῦ μὴ περιιδεῖν ἀπαίδευτα γενόμενα τὰ τέκνα διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν· εὐκαιρῶν δὲ τῷ βίῳ πᾶν ἄν τις ὑπομείναι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν διδόμενον τοῖς διδασκάλοις μισθὸν ἐρανίζεσθαι παρὰ τῶν φίλων·
31.31.3ὅσῳ δὲ μεῖζον δεῖ πολιτείαν ἰδιώτου φρονεῖν, τοσῷδε καὶ τὸ πρέπον ἐπὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἰδίων τηρητέον, Ῥοδίοις δὲ καὶ τελέως διά τε τὴν εὐκαιρίαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς καὶ τὴν ἐπίφασιν τῆς σεμνότητος.
31.32.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Προυσίας μὲν ἐξέπεμψεν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρεσβευτὰς μετὰ Γαλατῶν τοὺς κατηγορήσοντας Εὐμένους,
31.32.2οὗτος δὲ πάλιν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἄτταλον ἐξαπέστειλεν ἀπολογησόμενον πρὸς τὰς διαβολάς.
31.32.3Ἀριαράθης δὲ τῇ τε Ῥώμῃ στέφανον ἀπὸ χρυσῶν μυρίων ἔπεμψε καὶ πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διασαφήσοντας τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Τεβέριον ἀπάντησιν αὐτοῦ καὶ καθόλου παρακαλέσοντας διασαφεῖν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἂν δέωνται, διότι πᾶν ποιήσειν ἕτοιμός ἐστι Ῥωμαίοις τὸ παραγγελλόμενον. —
31.33.1ὅτι τοῦ Μηνοχάρους παραγενηθέντος εἰς τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν πρὸς Δημήτριον καὶ διασαφήσαντος τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν γεγενημένην ἔντευξιν αὐτῷ πρὸς τοὺς περὶ Τεβέριον ἐν τῇ Καππαδοκίᾳ,
31.33.2νομίσας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀναγκαιότατον εἶναι τῶν παρόντων τὸ τοὺς προειρημένους ἄνδρας ἐξομιλῆσαι καθʼ ὅσον οἷός τʼ ἦν,
31.33.3πάντα τἄλλα πάρεργα ποιησάμενος διεπέμπετο πρὸς τούτους, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον εἰς Παμφυλίαν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν εἰς Ῥόδον, πάντα ποιήσειν Ῥωμαίοις ἀναδεχόμενος, ἕως ἐξειργάσατο βασιλεὺς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν προσαγορευθῆναι.
31.33.4καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὁ Τεβέριος εὔνους αὐτῷ διαφερόντως· διὸ καὶ μεγάλα συνεβάλετο πρὸς τὸ καθικέσθαι καὶ κτήσασθαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτόν.
31.33.5ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος τυχὼν τῆς προειρημένης ἀφορμῆς εὐθέως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἔπεμπε πρεσβευτὰς στέφανόν τε κομίζοντας καὶ τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ Γναΐου γεγονότα καὶ σὺν τούτοις τὸν κριτικὸν Ἰσοκράτην.
Book 32, Part 1
32.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἧκον παρʼ Ἀριαράθου πρέσβεις στέφανόν τε κομίζοντες ἀπὸ μυρίων χρυσῶν καὶ διασαφοῦντες τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως προαίρεσιν, ἣν ἔχει πρὸς τὰ Ῥωμαίων πράγματα,
32.1.2καὶ τούτων μάρτυρας ἐπήγοντο τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον.
32.1.3ὧν ἀνθομολογησαμένων ἡ σύγκλητος τόν τε στέφανον ἀπεδέξατο μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος καὶ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν παρʼ αὐτῇ νομιζομένων δώρων ἀνταπέστειλε, τόν τε σκίπωνα καὶ τὸν ἐλεφάντινον δίφρον.
32.1.4τούτους μὲν οὖν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔτι πρὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος ἀπέλυσεν ἡ σύγκλητος.
32.1.5μετὰ δὲ τούτους Ἀττάλου παραγενηθέντος, ἤδη τῶν ὑπάτων τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰληφότων, καὶ τῶν Γαλατῶν αὐτοῦ κατηγορησάντων, οὓς ἀπεστάλκει Προυσίας,
32.1.6καὶ πλειόνων ἑτέρων ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας, διακούσασα πάντων ἡ σύγκλητος οὐ μόνον ἀπέλυσε τῶν διαβολῶν τὸν Ἄτταλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσαυξήσασα τοῖς φιλανθρώποις ἐξαπέστειλε·
32.1.7καθʼ ὅσον γὰρ ἀπηλλοτρίωτο τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ διεφέρετο πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, κατὰ τοσοῦτον ἐφιλοποιεῖτο καὶ συνηῦξε τὸν Ἄτταλον. —
32.2.1ὅτι ἧκον καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου τοῦ βασιλέως πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Μηνοχάρην, στέφανον ἀπὸ μυρίων χρυσῶν τῇ Ῥώμῃ κομίζοντες, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὸν προσενέγκαντα τῷ Γναΐῳ τὰς χεῖρας ἄγοντες.
32.2.2ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος ἐπὶ πολὺν μὲν χρόνον διηπόρησε περὶ τούτων πῶς δεῖ χρήσασθαι τοῖς πράγμασιν,
32.2.3ὅμως δὲ προσεδέξατο καὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς καὶ τὸν στέφανον· τούς γε μὴν ἀγομένους ἀνθρώπους οὐ προσεδέξατο.
32.2.4καίτοι γε Δημήτριος οὐ μόνον τὸν Λεπτίνην ἀπέστειλε τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ Γναΐου γενόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἰσοκράτην.
32.2.5οὗτος δʼ ἦν μὲν γραμματικὸς τῶν τὰς ἀκροάσεις ποιουμένων, φύσει δʼ ὢν λάλος καὶ πέρπερος καὶ κατακορὴς προσέκοπτε μὲν καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἅτε καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀλκαῖον ἐν ταῖς Συγκρίσεσιν ἐπιδεξίως σκωπτόντων αὐτὸν καὶ διαχλευαζόντων,
32.2.6παραγενόμενος δʼ εἰς τὴν Συρίαν καὶ καταφρονήσας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἠρκεῖτο περὶ τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ποιούμενος τοὺς λόγους,
32.2.7ἀλλὰ καὶ πραγματικὰς ἀποφάσεις ἐξέβαλε, φάσκων δίκαια πεπονθέναι τὸν Γνάιον, δεῖν δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πρεσβευτὰς ἀπολωλέναι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲ τὸν ἀγγελοῦντα καταλειφθῆναι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τὸ γεγονός, ἵνα παύσωνται τῶν ὑπερηφάνων ἐπιταγμάτων καὶ τῆς ἀνέδην ἐξουσίας.
32.2.8τοιαῦτα μὲν οὖν ῥιψολογῶν ἐνέπεσεν εἰς τὴν προειρημένην ἀτυχίαν.
Book 32, Part 2
32.3.1ἐγένετο δέ τι περὶ τοὺς προειρημένους ἄξιον μνήμης.
32.3.2ὁ μὲν γὰρ Λεπτίνης μετὰ τὸ προσενεγκεῖν Γναΐῳ τὰς χεῖρας εὐθέως ἐν τῇ Λαοδικείᾳ περιῄει φανερῶς, φάσκων δίκαια πεποιηκέναι καὶ μετὰ τῆς τῶν θεῶν γνώμης ταῦτα πεπραχέναι.
32.3.3τοῦ δὲ Δημητρίου παραλαβόντος τὰ πράγματα, προσεπορεύετο τῷ βασιλεῖ, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν μὴ δεδιέναι διὰ τὸν Γναΐου φόνον μηδὲ βουλεύεσθαι μηδὲν δυσχερὲς κατὰ τῶν Λαοδικέων·
32.3.4αὐτὸς γὰρ εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πορεύσεσθαι καὶ διδάξειν τὴν σύγκλητον ὅτι μετὰ τῆς τῶν θεῶν γνώμης ταῦτα πεποίηκεν.
32.3.5καὶ πέρας διὰ τὴν ἑτοιμότητα καὶ προθυμίαν οὗτος μὲν ἄνευ δεσμῶν ἤχθη καὶ φυλακῆς,
32.3.6ὁ δʼ Ἰσοκράτης ἐμπεσὼν εἰς τὴν αἰτίαν ὁλοσχερῶς παρεξέστη τῇ διανοίᾳ. τοῦ κλοιοῦ δʼ αὐτῷ περὶ τὸν τράχηλον περιτεθέντος καὶ τῆς ἁλύσεως, σπανίως μὲν καὶ τὴν τροφὴν προσίετο, τῆς δὲ τοῦ σώματος θεραπείας εἰς τέλος ἀπέστη.
32.3.7διὸ καὶ παρεγένετʼ εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην θέαμα θαυμάσιον, εἰς ὃν ἀποβλέψας ἄν τις ὁμολογήσειεν διότι καὶ κατὰ σῶμα καὶ κατὰ ψυχὴν οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου φοβερώτερον, ὅταν ἅπαξ ἀποθηριωθῇ.
32.3.8ἥ τε γὰρ ὄψις ἐκτόπως ἦν αὐτοῦ φοβερὰ καὶ θηριώδης, ὡς ἂν πλεῖον ἐνιαυτοῦ μὴ τὸν ῥύπον, μὴ τοὺς ὄνυχας, μὴ τὰς τρίχας ἀφῃρημένου,
32.3.9τά τε κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὀμμάτων ἐμφάσεως καὶ κινήσεως τοιαύτην ἐποιεῖτο τὴν φαντασίαν ὥστε τὸν θεασάμενον πρὸς πᾶν ζῷον ἑτοιμότερον ἂν προσελθεῖν ἢ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον.
32.3.10ὁ δὲ Λεπτίνης μένων ἐπὶ τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς προαιρέσεως εἴς τε τὴν σύγκλητον ἕτοιμος ἦν εἰσπορεύεσθαι πρός τε τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας ἁπλῶς ἀνθωμολογεῖτο περὶ τῆς πράξεως, καὶ προσδιωρίζετο μηδὲν αὑτῷ δυσχερὲς ἀπαντήσειν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων. καὶ τέλος εὐστόχησε τῆς ἐλπίδος·
32.3.11ἡ γὰρ σύγκλητος, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ὑπολαβοῦσα διότι δόξει τοῖς πολλοῖς ἔχειν τοῦ φόνου δίκην, ἐὰν τοὺς αἰτίους παραλαβοῦσα τιμωρήσηται, τούτους μὲν οὐ προσεδέξατο μικροῦ δεῖν, ἐτήρει δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀκέραιον,
32.3.12ὥστʼ ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν, ὅτε βουληθείη, χρήσασθαι τοῖς ἐγκλήμασι.
32.3.13διὸ καὶ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἔδωκε τοιαύτην τῷ Δημητρίῳ, διότι τεύξεται τῶν φιλανθρώπων, ἐὰν τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῇ τῇ συγκλήτῳ κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐξουσίαν. —
32.3.14ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ Ξένωνα καὶ Τηλεκλῆν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατῃτιαμένων, καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ Πολυβίου καὶ τοῦ Στρατίου χάριν·
32.3.15τοὺς μὲν γὰρ λοιποὺς σχεδὸν ἅπαντας ὁ χρόνος ἤδη καταναλώκει, τούς γε δὴ καὶ μνήμης ἀξίους.
Book 32, Part 3
32.3.16παρῆσαν δʼ οἱ πρέσβεις ἐντολὰς ἔχοντες ἁπλῶς ἀξιωματικὰς χάριν τοῦ πρὸς μηδὲν ἀντιφιλονικεῖν τῇ συγκλήτῳ.
32.3.17εἰσπορευθέντων δὲ καὶ ποιησαμένων τοὺς ἁρμόζοντας λόγους, οὐδʼ ὣς οὐδὲν ἠνύσθη, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων.
32.4.1ὅτι Λυκίσκου τοῦ Αἰτωλοῦ ταρα
32.4.1χώδους ὄντος καὶ θορυβώδους, ἀναιρεθέντος δὲ τούτου, τὸ ἑξῆς οἱ Αἰτωλοὶ ὡμοφρόνησαν καὶ ὡμονόησαν ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου παραχωρήσαντος·
32.4.2τηλικαύτη τίς ἐστιν, ὡς ἔοικε, δύναμις ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσεσιν, ὥστε μὴ μόνον στρατόπεδα καὶ πόλεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἐθνικὰς συστάσεις καὶ τὰς ὁλοσχερεῖς διαφορὰς τῆς οἰκουμένης διʼ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ κακίαν ποτὲ μὲν τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν, ποτὲ δὲ τῶν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν πεῖραν λαμβάνειν. —
32.4.3ὅτι Λυκίσκος κάκιστος ὢν καλῶς κατέστρεψε τὸν βίον, ὥστε τοὺς πλείστους εἰκότως ὀνειδίζειν τῇ τύχῃ διότι τὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν ἆθλον τὴν εὐθανασίαν τοῖς χειρίστοις ἐνίοτε περιτίθησιν. —
32.5.1ὅτι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν καλῶς διετέθη, κατεσβεσμένης ἐν αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐμφυλίου στάσεως μετὰ τὸν Λυκίσκου θάνατον,
32.5.2καὶ Μνασίππου τοῦ Κορωναίου μεταλλάξαντος τὸν βίον βελτίων ἦν ἡ διάθεσις κατὰ τὴν Βοιωτίαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν Ἀκαρνανίαν Χρέμα γεγονότος ἐκποδών.
32.5.3σχεδὸν γὰρ ὡσανεὶ καθαρμόν τινα συνέβη γενέσθαι τῆς Ἑλλάδος, τῶν ἀλιτηρίων αὐτῆς ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν μεθισταμένων.
32.5.4καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸν Ἠπειρώτην Χάροπα συνεκύρησε κατὰ τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν τοῦτον ἐν Βρεντεσίῳ μεταλλάξαι τὸν βίον.
32.5.5τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἤπειρον ἔτʼ ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις ἦν καὶ ταραχαῖς, ὡς κατὰ τοὺς ἐπάνω χρόνους, διὰ τὴν Χάροπος ὠμότητα καὶ παρανομίαν, ἐξ οὗ συνέβη τελεσθῆναι τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον.
32.5.6μετὰ γὰρ τὸ κατακρῖναι Λεύκιον Ἀνίκιον καὶ Λεύκιον Αἰμίλιον ἀνελεῖν τοὺς μὲν τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἀνδρῶν, τοὺς δʼ ἀπαγαγεῖν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ὅσοι καὶ βραχεῖαν ὑποψίαν εἶχον,
32.5.7τότε λαβὼν ὁ Χάροψ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ὃ βούλοιτο πράττειν, οὐκ ἔστι τῶν δεινῶν ὁποῖον οὐκ ἐποίει,
32.5.8τὰ μὲν διʼ αὑτοῦ, τὰ δὲ διὰ τῶν φίλων, ἅτε νέος μὲν ὢν αὐτὸς κομιδῇ, συνδεδραμηκότων δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν τῶν χειρίστων καὶ τῶν εἰκαιοτάτων ἀνθρώπων διὰ τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων νοσφισμόν.
32.5.9εἶχε δʼ οἷον ἐφεδρείαν καὶ ῥοπὴν πρὸς τὸ πιστεύεσθαι διότι πράττει κατά τινα λόγον ἃ ποιεῖ καὶ μετὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων γνώμης τήν τε προϋπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ σύστασιν πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους καὶ πρὸς ταύτῃ Μύρτωνα πρεσβύτην ἄνθρωπον καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ Νικάνορα,
Book 32, Part 4
32.5.10τἄλλα τε μετρίους ἀνθρώπους καὶ δοκοῦντας εἶναι Ῥωμαίων φίλους, οἳ πολύ τι κεχωρισμένοι τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ἁπάσης ἀδικίας οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως τότε συνεπέδωκαν αὑτοὺς εἰς τὸ συνεπισχύειν καὶ κοινωνεῖν ταῖς τοῦ Χάροπος ἀνομίαις.
32.5.11ἐπειδὴ δʼ ὁ προειρημένος τοὺς μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀναφανδὸν ἐφόνευσε, τοὺς δʼ ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις οἰκίαις, ἐνίους δʼ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγρῶν καὶ κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐπαποστέλλων ἐδολοφόνησε καὶ πάντων τῶν τεθνεώτων ἐξηνδραποδίσατο τοὺς βίους, ἄλλην ἐπεισῆγε μηχανήν.
32.5.12προέγραφε γὰρ τοὺς εὐκαιροῦντας τοῖς βίοις φυγάδας, οὐ μόνον ἄνδρας ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκας·
32.5.13ἀναταθεὶς δὲ τὸν φόβον τοῦτον ἐχρηματίζετʼ ἀεὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄνδρας διʼ ἑαυτοῦ, τὰς δὲ γυναῖκας διὰ τῆς μητρὸς Φιλώτιδος·
32.5.14πάνυ γὰρ εὐφυὲς ἐγένετο καὶ τοῦτο τὸ πρόσωπον, πρὸς δὲ βίαν καὶ πλεῖόν τι δυνάμενον συνεργεῖν ἢ κατὰ γυναῖκα.
32.6.1ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντας καὶ πάσας ἐξηργυρίσαντο κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν, εἰσῆγον εἰς τὸν δῆμον οὐδὲν ἧττον ἅπαντας τοὺς προγεγραμμένους.
32.6.2οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ Φοινίκῃ τὰ μὲν διὰ τὸν φόβον, τὰ δὲ καὶ δελεαζόμενοι διὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Χάροπα κατέκριναν οὐ φυγῆς ἀλλὰ θανάτου πάντας τοὺς προσαγγελθέντας ὡς ἀλλότρια φρονοῦντας Ῥωμαίων.
32.6.3οὗτοι μὲν οὖν πάντες ἔφυγον, ὁ δὲ Χάροψ ὥρμησεν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἔχων χρήματα καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Μύρτωνα μεθʼ αὑτοῦ, βουλόμενος ἐπισφραγίσασθαι διὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τὴν αὑτοῦ παρανομίαν.
32.6.4ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ κάλλιστον μὲν ἐγένετο δεῖγμα τῆς Ῥωμαίων αἱρέσεως, κάλλιστον δὲ θέαμα πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι τοῖς παρεπιδήμοις, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς ἀνακεκλημένοις·
32.6.5ὅ τε γὰρ Μάρκος, ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν καὶ πρῶτος τῆς συγκλήτου γραφόμενος, ὅ τε Λεύκιος ὁ τὸν Περσέα νικήσας, μεγίστην ἔχων πίστιν καὶ δύναμιν, πυνθανόμενοι τὰ πεπραγμένα τῷ Χάροπι κατὰ τὴν Ἤπειρον ἐκώλυσαν εἰς τὰς οἰκίας αὑτῶν εἰσιέναι τὸν Χάροπα.
32.6.6οὗ γενομένου περιβοήτου πάντες ἐγενήθησαν οἱ παρεπιδημοῦντες περιχαρεῖς, ἀποδεχόμενοι τὸ μισοπόνηρον τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
32.6.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ Χάροπος εἰσελθόντος εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, οὐ συγκατέθετο τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις οὐδʼ ἐβουλήθη δοῦναι ῥητὴν ἀπόκρισιν,
32.6.8ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀποστελλομένοις πρεσβευταῖς ἔφη δώσειν ἐντολὰς ἐπισκέψασθαι περὶ τῶν γεγονότων.
32.6.9ὁ δὲ Χάροψ ἀναχωρήσας ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἀπεσιώπησε, γράψας δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν ὑπόθεσιν ἁρμόζουσαν ἀπήγγειλεν ὡς συνευδοκούντων Ῥωμαίων τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πραττομένοις.
32.7.1ὅτι παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἧκον πρέσβεις καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν οἱ περὶ Θεαρίδαν καὶ Στέφανον ὑπὲρ τῶν Δηλίων.
Book 32, Part 5
32.7.2τοῖς γὰρ Δηλίοις δοθείσης ἀποκρίσεως παρὰ Ῥωμαίων, μετὰ τὸ συγχωρηθῆναι τὴν Δῆλον τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις, αὐτοῖς μὲν ἐκχωρεῖν ἐκ τῆς νήσου,
32.7.3τὰ δʼ ὑπάρχοντα κομίζεσθαι, μεταστάντες εἰς Ἀχαΐαν οἱ Δήλιοι καὶ πολιτογραφηθέντες ἐβούλοντο τὸ δίκαιον ἐκλαβεῖν παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων κατὰ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς σύμβολον.
32.7.4τῶν δʼ Ἀθηναίων φασκόντων μηδὲν εἶναι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τῆς δικαιοδοσίας ταύτης, ᾐτοῦντο ῥύσια τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς οἱ Δήλιοι κατὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων.
32.7.5ὑπὲρ ὧν τότε πρεσβεύσαντες ἔλαβον ἀπόκρισιν κυρίας εἶναι τὰς κατὰ τοὺς νόμους γεγενημένας παρὰ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς οἰκονομίας περὶ τῶν Δηλίων.
32.8.1ὅτι Εὐμένης ὁ βασιλεὺς τῇ μὲν σωματικῇ δυνάμει παραλελυμένος ἦν, τῇ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς λαμπρότητι προσανεῖχεν,
32.8.2ἀνὴρ ἐν μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις οὐδενὸς δεύτερος τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν βασιλέων γενόμενος, περὶ δὲ τὰ σπουδαιότατα καὶ κάλλιστα μείζων καὶ λαμπρότερος·
32.8.3ὅς γε πρῶτον μὲν παραλαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν συνεσταλμένην τελέως εἰς ὀλίγα καὶ λιτὰ πολισμάτια ταῖς μεγίσταις τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν δυναστειῶν ἐφάμιλλον ἐποίησε τὴν ἰδίαν ἀρχήν,
32.8.4οὐ τύχῃ τὸ πλεῖον συνεργῷ χρώμενος, οὐδʼ ἐκ περιπετείας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἀγχινοίας καὶ φιλοπονίας, ἔτι δὲ πράξεως τῆς αὑτοῦ.
32.8.5δεύτερον φιλοδοξότατος ἐγενήθη καὶ πλείστας μὲν τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν βασιλέων πόλεις Ἑλληνίδας εὐεργέτησε, πλείστους δὲ κατʼ ἰδίαν ἀνθρώπους ἐσωματοποίησε.
32.8.6τρίτον ἀδελφοὺς ἔχων τρεῖς καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν καὶ πρᾶξιν , πάντας τούτους συνέσχε πειθαρχοῦντας αὑτῷ καὶ δορυφοροῦντας καὶ σῴζοντας τὸ τῆς βασιλείας ἀξίωμα.
32.8.7τοῦτο δὲ σπανίως εὕροι τις ἂν γεγονός.
32.9.1ὅτι τῶν Ἰσσίων πλεονάκις πεπρεσβευκότων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι Δελματεῖς τὴν χώραν ἀδικοῦσι καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς μετʼ αὐτῶν ταττομένας·
32.9.2αὗται δʼ εἰσὶν Ἐπέτιον καὶ Τραγύριον· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν Δαορσῶν ἐγκαλούντων,
32.9.3ἐξαπέστειλεν ἡ σύγκλητος πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Γάιον Φάννιον ἐποπτεύσοντας τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα, καὶ μάλιστα τούτων τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Δελματεῖς.
32.9.4οὗτοι δέ, μέχρι μὲν ἔζη Πλευρᾶτος, ὑπήκουον ἐκείνῳ· μεταλλάξαντος δὲ τούτου τὸν βίον, καὶ διαδεξαμένου Γενθίου τὴν βασιλείαν, ἀποστάντες ἀπὸ τούτου τοῖς ὁμόροις προσεπολέμουν καὶ κατεστρέφοντο τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας, ὧν ἔνιοι καὶ φόρους αὐτοῖς ἔφερον· ὁ δὲ φόρος ἦν θρέμματα καὶ σῖτος.
Book 32, Part 6
32.9.5καὶ οἱ μὲν περὶ Φάννιον ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐξώρμησαν. —
32.10.1ὅτι ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀριαράθης παρεγένετο εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἔτι θερείας οὔσης· τότε δέ,
32.10.2παρειληφότων ὑπάτων τὰς ἀρχὰς τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον Ἰούλιον καὶ Λεύκιον Αὐρήλιον, ἐγίνετο περὶ τὰς κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντεύξεις, οἰκείαν ποιούμενος περικοπὴν καὶ φαντασίαν τῆς ὑποκειμένης περιστάσεως.
32.10.3παρῆσαν δὲ καὶ παρὰ Δημητρίου πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Μιλτιάδην πρὸς ἑκατέραν τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἡρμοσμένοι· καὶ γὰρ πρὸς Ἀριαράθην ἀπολογεῖσθαι καὶ κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ παρεσκευάζοντο φιλαπεχθῶς.
32.10.4ἀπεστάλκει δὲ καὶ Ὀροφέρνης πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Τιμόθεον καὶ Διογένην, στέφανόν τε κομίζοντας τῇ Ῥώμῃ καὶ τὴν φιλίαν καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἀνανεωσομένους, τὸ δὲ πλεῖον συγκαταστησομένους πρὸς τὸν Ἀριαράθην καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀπολογησομένους, τὰ δὲ κατηγορήσοντας.
32.10.5ἐν μὲν οὖν ταῖς κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντεύξεσιν μείζω φαντασίαν εἷλκον οἱ περὶ τὸν Διογένην καὶ Μιλτιάδην, ἅτε καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος πρὸς ἕνα συγκρινόμενοι καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην περικοπὴν εὐτυχοῦντες πρὸς ἐπταικότα θεωρούμενοι·
32.10.6παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξήγησιν πολὺ περιῆσαν·
32.10.7πᾶν μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρὸς παντοῖα λέγειν ἐθάρρουν, οὐδένα λόγον ποιούμενοι τῆς ἀληθείας, τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον ἀνυπεύθυνον ἦν, οὐκ ἔχον τὸν ἀπολογησόμενον.
32.10.8λοιπὸν ἀκονιτὶ τοῦ ψεύδους ἐπικρατοῦντος, ἐδόκει σφίσι τὰ πράγματα κατὰ γνώμην χωρεῖν.
32.11.1ὅτι οὐκ ὀλίγοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ πλεῖον ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα προσέθηκαν τοῖς χρήμασιν, οἷς Ὀροφέρνης ὁ τῆς Καππαδοκίας βασιλεὺς κατάληπτος γενόμενος ἀπώλετο καὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐξέπεσεν.
32.11.2ἡμεῖς δὲ συγκεφαλαιωσάμενοι τὴν τούτου κάθοδον ἐπανάξομεν τὴν διήγησιν ἐπὶ τὴν εἰθισμένην τάξιν, ᾗ χρώμεθα παρʼ ὅλην τὴν πραγματείαν·
32.11.3καὶ γὰρ νῦν ὑπερβάντες τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα προελάβομεν τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν τὰ κατὰ τὴν Καππαδοκίαν διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν εὔλογον ἔχειν διαίρεσιν τὸν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπόπλουν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ πράγματα κάθοδον [τοῦ] Ἀριαράθου.
32.11.4διόπερ ἐπάνειμι δηλώσων τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα γενόμενα περὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιρούς.
32.11.5ἐν οἷς ἴδιον καὶ παράλογον πρᾶγμα συνέβη γενέσθαι περὶ τὴν τῶν Ὠρωπίων πόλιν·
32.11.6ὑπὲρ οὗ τὰ μὲν ἀναδραμόντες, τὰ δὲ προλαβόντες τοῖς χρόνοις συγκεφαλαιωσόμεθα τὴν ὅλην πρᾶξιν, ἵνα μὴ κατὰ μέρος αὐτῆς οὔσης οὐδʼ ὅλως ἐπιφανοῦς ἐν διῃρημένοις χρόνοις ἀπαγγέλλοντες εὐτελῆ καὶ ἀσαφῆ ποιῶμεν τὴν διήγησιν.
Book 32, Part 7
32.11.7ὅταν γὰρ μόλις τὸ ὅλον ἄξιον ἐπιστάσεως φαίνηται τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ἦ πού γε τοῖς κατὰ μέρος ἐκ διαστήματος λεγομένοις τὸν νοῦν προσέξει τις τῶν φιλομαθούντων; —
32.11.8ὅτι κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐν ταῖς ἐπιτυχίαις ὡς ἐπίπαν ἄνθρωποι συμφρονοῦσι, κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἀποτυχίας ἀσχάλλοντες τοῖς πράγμασιν ἑλκώδεις καὶ δύσκολοι γίνονται πρὸς τοὺς φίλους·
32.11.9ὃ καὶ περὶ τὸν Ὀροφέρνην συνέβη γενέσθαι, τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῷ ἀντιπιπτόντων καὶ τῷ Θεοτίμῳ καὶ μεμφομένων ἀλλήλοις . —
32.11.10[...] ὀλίγον χρόνον Καππαδοκίας βασιλεύσαντα καὶ παριδόντα τὰς πατρίους ἀγωγάς φησιν ἐν τῇ τριακοστῇ δευτέρᾳ εἰσαγαγεῖν τὴν Ἰακὴν καὶ τεχνιτικὴν ἀσωτίαν. —
32.12.1ὅτι Ἄτταλος ὁ ἀδελφὸς Εὐμένους παραλαβὼν τὴν ἐξουσίαν πρῶτον ἐξήνεγκε δεῖγμα τῆς αὑτοῦ προαιρέσεως καὶ πράξεως τὴν Ἀριαράθου καταγωγὴν ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν.
32.13.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Γάιον Φάννιον παραγεγονότων ἐκ τῆς Ἰλλυρίδος καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἀπέχοιεν οἱ Δελματεῖς τοῦ διορθοῦσθαί τι τῶν ἐγκαλουμένων πρὸς τοὺς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν φάσκοντας ἀδικεῖσθαι συνεχῶς, ὡς οὐδὲ λόγον ἐπιδέχοιντο καθόλου παρʼ αὐτῶν, λέγοντες οὐδὲν αὑτοῖς εἶναι καὶ Ῥωμαίοις κοινόν· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις διεσάφουν μήτε κατάλυμα δοθῆναι σφίσι μήτε παροχήν,
32.13.2ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἵππους, οὓς εἶχον παρʼ ἑτέρας πόλεως, ἀφελέσθαι τοὺς Δελματεῖς μετὰ βίας αὑτῶν·
32.13.3ἑτοίμους δʼ εἶναι καὶ τὰς χεῖρας προσάγειν, εἰ μὴ συνείξαντες τῷ καιρῷ μετὰ πολλῆς ἡσυχίας ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἀπόλυσιν.
32.13.4ὧν ἡ σύγκλητος ἀκούσασα μετʼ ἐπιστάσεως ἠγανάκτει μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν Δελματέων ἀπειθείᾳ καὶ σκαιότητι, τὸ δὲ πλεῖστον ὑπέλαβε τὸν καιρὸν ἐπιτήδειον εἶναι πρὸς τὸ πολεμῆσαι τοῖς προειρημένοις διὰ πλείους αἰτίας.
32.13.5τά τε γὰρ μέρη ταῦτα τῆς Ἰλλυρίδος τὰ νεύοντα πρὸς τὸν Ἀδρίαν ἀνεπίσκεπτα τελέως ἦν αὐτοῖς,
32.13.6ἐξ οὗ Δημήτριον τὸν Φάριον ἐξέβαλον, τούς τε κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀνθρώπους οὐκ ἐβούλοντο κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον ἀποθηλύνεσθαι διὰ τὴν πολυχρόνιον εἰρήνην·
32.13.7ἔτος γὰρ ἦν τότε δωδέκατον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρὸς Περσέα πολέμου καὶ τῶν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ πράξεων. διόπερ ἐβουλεύοντο,
32.13.8πόλεμον ἐνστησάμενοι πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους ἅμα μὲν ὡσανεὶ καινοποιῆσαι τὰς ὁρμὰς καὶ προθυμίας τῶν ἰδίων ὄχλων, ἅμα δὲ καταπληξάμενοι τοὺς Ἰλλυριοὺς ἀναγκάσαι πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν παραγγελλομένοις.
32.13.9αὗται μὲν οὖν ἦσαν αἰτίαι διʼ ἃς ἐπολέμησαν Ῥωμαῖοι Δελματεῦσι· τοῖς γε μὴν ἐκτὸς τὸν πόλεμον ἀνεδείκνυον, ὡς διὰ τὴν εἰς τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ὕβριν κεκρικότες πολεμεῖν. —
32.14.1κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον παραγεγονότων πρεσβευτῶν ἐξ Ἠπείρου παρά τε τῶν τὴν Φοινίκην κατεχόντων καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐκπεπτωκότων καὶ ποιησαμένων λόγους κατὰ πρόσωπον,
Book 32, Part 8
32.14.2ἔδωκεν ἀπόκρισιν αὐτοῖς ἡ σύγκλητος ὅτι δώσει περὶ τούτων ἐντολὰς τοῖς ἀποστελλομένοις πρεσβευταῖς εἰς τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα μετὰ Γαΐου Μαρκίου.
32.15.1ὅτι Προυσίας μετὰ τὸ νικῆσαι τὸν Ἄτταλον μετὰ τὸ παρελθεῖν πρὸς τὸ Πέργαμον παρασκευασάμενος θυσίαν πολυτελῆ προσήγαγε πρὸς τὸ τέμενος τἈσκληπιοῦ,
32.15.2καὶ βουθυτήσας καὶ καλλιερήσας τότε μὲν ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν,
32.15.3κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν καταστήσας τὴν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τὸ Νικηφόριον τούς τε νεὼς ἅπαντας διέφθειρε καὶ τὰ τεμένη τῶν θεῶν, ἐσύλησε δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀνδριάντας καὶ τὰ λίθινα τῶν ἀγαλμάτων.
32.15.4τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον καὶ τὸ τἈσκληπιοῦ βαστάσας ἄγαλμα, περιττῶς ὑπὸ Φυρομάχου κατεσκευασμένον,
32.15.5ἀπήνεγκεν ὡς αὑτόν, ᾧ τῇ πρότερον ἡμέρᾳ κατασπένδων ἐβουθύτει καὶ κατηύχετο, δεόμενος, ὅπερ εἰκός, ἵλεων αὑτῷ γενέσθαι καὶ εὐμενῆ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον.
32.15.6ἐγὼ δὲ τὰς τοιαύτας διαθέσεις καὶ πρότερον εἴρηκά που, περὶ Φιλίππου ποιούμενος τὸν λόγον, μανικάς.
32.15.7τὸ γὰρ ἅμα μὲν θύειν καὶ διὰ τούτων ἐξιλάσκεσθαι τὸ θεῖον, προσκυνοῦντα καὶ λιπαροῦντα τὰς τραπέζας καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς ἐξάλλως, ὅπερ ὁ Προυσίας εἴθιστο ποιεῖν γονυπετῶν καὶ γυναικιζόμενος,
32.15.8ἅμα δὲ ταῦτα καὶ λυμαίνεσθαι καὶ διὰ τῆς τούτων καταφθορᾶς τὴν εἰς τὸ θεῖον ὕβριν διατίθεσθαι, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἴποι τις εἶναι θυμοῦ λυττῶντος ἔργα καὶ ψυχῆς ἐξεστηκυίας τῶν λογισμῶν;
32.15.9ὃ καὶ τότε συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι περὶ τὸν Προυσίαν. ἀνδρὸς μὲν γὰρ ἔργον οὐδὲν ἐπιτελεσάμενος κατὰ τὰς προσβολάς, ἀγεννῶς δὲ καὶ γυναικοθύμως χειρίσας καὶ τὰ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ τὰ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους μετήγαγε τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς Ἐλαίαν·
32.15.10καὶ καταπειράσας τῆς Ἐλαίας καί τινας προσβολὰς ποιησάμενος, οὐδὲν δὲ πράττειν δυνάμενος διὰ τὸ Σώσανδρον τὸν τοῦ βασιλέως σύντροφον εἰσεληλυθότα μετὰ στρατιωτῶν εἴργειν αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐπιβολάς, ἀπῆρεν ἐπὶ Θυατείρων.
32.15.11κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπάνοδον τὸ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν τῆς ἐν Ἱερᾷ κώμῃ μετὰ βίας ἐσύλησεν.
32.15.12ὁμοίως καὶ τὸ τοῦ Κυννείου Ἀπόλλωνος τέμενος τὸ περὶ Τῆμνον οὐ μόνον ἐσύλησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ πυρὶ διέφθειρεν.
32.15.13καὶ ταῦτα διαπραξάμενος ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς πεπολεμηκώς.
32.15.14ἐταλαιπώρησε δὲ καὶ τὸ πεζικὸν στράτευμα τῷ Προυσίᾳ κατὰ τὴν ἐπάνοδον ὑπό τε τοῦ λιμοῦ καὶ τῆς δυσεντερίας, ὥστε παρὰ πόδας ἐκ θεοπέμπτου δοκεῖν ἀπηντῆσθαι μῆνιν αὐτῷ διὰ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας . —
Book 32, Part 9
32.16.1ὅτι Ἄτταλος ἡττηθεὶς παρὰ Προυσίου, προχειρισάμενος Ἀθήναιον τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐξαπέστειλε μετὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον, διασαφήσοντα τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὸ γεγονός.
32.16.2οἱ γὰρ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, τοῦ μὲν Ἀνδρονίκου παραγενομένου καὶ διασαφοῦντος τὰ περὶ τὴν πρώτην ἔφοδον τῶν πολεμίων,
32.16.3οὐ προσεῖχον, ἀλλʼ ὑπενόουν τὸν Ἄτταλον βουλόμενον αὐτὸν ἐπιβαλεῖν τῷ Προυσίᾳ τὰς χεῖρας προφάσεις προκατασκευάζεσθαι καὶ προκαταλαμβάνειν διαβολαῖς·
32.16.4ἅμα δὲ τοῦ τε Νικομήδους καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίφιλον, τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Προυσίου πρεσβευτῶν, διαμαρτυρομένων μηδὲν εἶναι τούτων, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἠπιστεῖτο τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ τοῦ Προυσίου.
32.16.5μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον ἐπιδιασαφουμένης τῆς πραγματείας, ἀμφιδοξήσασα περὶ τῶν προσπιπτόντων ἡ σύγκλητος ἐξαπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς Λεύκιον Ἀπολήιον καὶ Γάιον Πετρώνιον τοὺς ἐπισκεψομένους πῶς ἔχει τὰ κατὰ τοὺς προειρημένους βασιλεῖς.
Book 33, Part 1
33.1.1ὅτι ἡ σύγκλητος ἔτι κατὰ χειμῶνα διακούσασα τῶν περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον Λέντλον ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Προυσίαν διὰ τὸ νεωστὶ παραγεγονέναι τούτους ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας, εἰσεκαλέσατο καὶ τὸν Ἀθήναιον τὸν Ἀττάλου τοῦ βασιλέως ἀδελφόν.
33.1.2οὐ μέντοι πολλῶν προσεδεήθη λόγων, ἀλλʼ εὐθέως καταστήσασα πρεσβευτὰς συνεξαπέστελλε τῷ προειρημένῳ τοὺς περὶ Γάιον Κλαύδιον Κέντωνα καὶ Λεύκιον Ὁρτήσιον καὶ Γάιον Αὐρογκολήιον, ἐντολὰς δοῦσα κωλύειν τὸν Προυσίαν Ἀττάλῳ πολεμεῖν.
33.1.3παρεγένοντο δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις εἰς Ῥώμην ὑπὲρ τῶν κατεχομένων οἱ περὶ Ξένωνα τὸν Αἰγιέα καὶ Τηλεκλέα τὸν Αἰγειράτην.
33.1.4ὧν ποιησαμένων λόγους ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ, καὶ τοῦ διαβουλίου προτεθέντος, παρʼ ὀλίγον ἦλθον ἀπολῦσαι τοὺς κατῃτιαμένους οἱ τοῦ συνεδρίου.
33.1.5τὴν δʼ αἰτίαν ἔσχε τοῦ μὴ συντελεσθῆναι τὴν ἀπόλυσιν Αὖλος Ποστόμιος, στρατηγὸς ὢν ἑξαπέλεκυς καὶ βραβεύων τὸ διαβούλιον.
33.1.6τριῶν γὰρ οὐσῶν γνωμῶν, μιᾶς μὲν τῆς ἀφιέναι κελευούσης, ἑτέρας δὲ τῆς ἐναντίας ταύτης, τρίτης δὲ τῆς ἀπολύειν μέν, ἐπισχεῖν δὲ κατὰ τὸ παρόν, καὶ πλείστων δʼ ὄντων τῶν ἀφιέντων,
33.1.7παρελθὼν τὴν μίαν γνώμην διηρώτα τὰς δύο καθολικῶς, οἷς δοκεῖ τοὺς ἀνακεκλημένους ἀφιέναι καὶ τοὐναντίον.
33.1.8λοιπὸν οἱ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐπέχειν κελεύοντες προσέβησαν πρὸς τοὺς μὴ φάσκοντας δεῖν ἀπολύειν, καὶ πλείους ἐγενήθησαν τῶν ἀφιέντων. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν. —
33.3.1ὅτι τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευτῶν ἀνακαμψάντων εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι παρʼ ὀλίγον ἔλθοι τὰ πράγματα τοῦ πάντας ἐπανελθεῖν τοὺς κατεχομένους,
33.3.2εὐέλπιδες γενόμενοι καὶ μετεωρισθέντες οἱ πολλοὶ πάλιν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔπεμπον Τηλεκλέα καὶ τὸν Μεγαλοπολίτην Ἀναξίδαμον. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν.
33.4.1ὅτι Ἀριστοκράτης ὁ τῶν Ῥοδίων στρατηγὸς ἦν μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν ἀξιωματικὸς καὶ καταπληκτικός.
33.4.2διόπερ ἐκ πάντων τοῦτον ὑπέλαβον οἱ Ῥόδιοι τελέως ἀξιόχρεων ἡγεμόνα καὶ προστάτην ἔχειν τοῦ πολέμου.
33.4.3διεψεύσθησαν μέντοι γε τῶν ἐλπίδων· ἐλθὼν γὰρ εἰς τὰς πράξεις ὥσπερ εἰς πῦρ, καθάπερ τὰ κίβδηλα τῶν νομισμάτων, ἀλλοῖος ἐφάνη.
33.4.4τοῦτο δʼ ἐγένετο δῆλον ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων.
33.5.1προτείνειν αὐτῷ πεντακόσια τάλαντα παραχωρήσαντι τῆς Κύπρου, καὶ τἄλλα συνακολουθήσοντα λυσιτελῆ καὶ τίμια παρʼ αὐτῷ συνεπιδεικνύειν, προσενεγκαμένῳ τὴν χρείαν ταύτην.
Book 33, Part 2
33.5.2aτῷ δὲ Πτολεμαίῳ γενομένης προσαγγελίας παρεῖναι τὸν Ἀρχίαν. —
33.5.2ὅτι Ἀρχίας βουλόμενος τὴν Κύπρον προδοῦναι τῷ Δημητρίῳ καὶ φωραθεὶς καὶ εἰς κρίσιν ἀχθεὶς καλῳδίῳ τῶν ἐκ τῆς αὐλαίας παραπεπετασμένων ἑαυτὸν ἀπεκρέμασεν.
33.5.3τῷ γὰρ ὄντι διὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας κενοὶ κενὰ λογίζονται κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν.
33.5.4καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος δόξας πεντακόσια τάλαντα προσλήψεσθαι καὶ τὰ προϋπάρχοντα χρήματα καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα προσαπέβαλεν.
33.6.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους καὶ Πριηνεῖς ἐνέπεσον παραλόγῳ συμφορᾷ.
33.6.2δεξάμενοι γὰρ παρʼ Ὀροφέρνους, ὅτʼ ἐκράτησε τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἐν παραθήκῃ τετρακόσια τάλαντα ἀπῃτοῦντο κατὰ τοὺς ἑξῆς χρόνους ὑπʼ Ἀριαράθου
33.6.3, ὅτε μετέλαβε τὴν ἀρχήν. οἱ μὲν οὖν Πριηνεῖς, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ὀρθῶς ἵσταντο, φάσκοντες μηδενὶ προήσεσθαι τὰ χρήματα ζῶντος Ὀροφέρνους πλὴν αὐτῷ τῷ παραθεμένῳ·
33.6.4ὁ δʼ Ἀριαράθης πολλοῖς ἐδόκει παραπίπτειν τοῦ καθήκοντος, ἀπαιτῶν τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν παραθήκην.
33.6.5οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἕως μὲν τούτου τάχʼ ἄν τις ἔχοι συγγνώμην αὐτῷ καταπειράζοντι τῷ δοκεῖν τῆς ἐκείνου βασιλείας εἶναι τὰ χρήματα· τὸ δὲ καὶ πορρωτέρω προβαίνειν ὀργῆς καὶ φιλοτιμίας οὐδαμῶς ἐδόκει γενέσθαι κατὰ λόγον.
33.6.6κατὰ δὲ τοὺς νῦν λεγομένους καιροὺς ἐπαποστείλας ἐλεηλάτει τὴν χώραν τῶν Πριηνέων, συνεργοῦντος Ἀττάλου καὶ παροξύνοντος αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν διαφοράν, ἣν εἶχε πρὸς τοὺς Πριηνεῖς.
33.6.7πολλῶν δὲ καὶ σωμάτων καὶ θρεμμάτων ἀπολομένων καὶ πρὸς τῇ πόλει πτωμάτων γενομένων, ἀμύνασθαι μὲν οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν οἱ Πριηνεῖς, ἐπρέσβευον δὲ καὶ πρὸς Ῥοδίους, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους κατέφυγον.
33.6.8οἱ δʼ οὐ προσεῖχον τοῖς λεγομένοις. καὶ Πριηνεῖς μὲν μεγάλας ἔχοντες ἐλπίδας ἐπὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν χρημάτων τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐνεκύρησαν·
33.6.9τῷ μὲν γὰρ Ὀροφέρνει τὴν παραθήκην ἀπέδωκαν, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀριαράθου ἱκαναῖς τισι βλάβαις περιέπεσον ἀδίκως διὰ τὴν παραθήκην.
33.7.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὁρτήσιον καὶ Αὐρογκολήιον παραγεγονότων ἐκ τοῦ Περγάμου καὶ διασαφούντων τήν τε τοῦ Προυσίου καταφρόνησιν τῶν τῆς συγκλήτου παραγγελμάτων,
33.7.2καὶ διότι παρασπονδήσας καὶ συγκλείσας εἰς τὸ Πέργαμον αὐτούς τε καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον πᾶσαν βίαν ἐνεδείξατο καὶ παρανομίαν,
Book 33, Part 3
33.7.3ἡ σύγκλητος ὀργισθεῖσα καὶ βαρέως φέρουσα τὸ γεγονὸς ἐξ αὐτῆς δέκα πρεσβευτὰς κατέστησε τοὺς περὶ Λεύκιον Ἀνίκιον καὶ Γάιον Φάννιον καὶ Κόιντον Φάβιον Μάξιμον,
33.7.4καὶ παραχρῆμʼ ἐξαπέστειλεν, ἐντολὰς αὐτοῖς δοῦσα διαλῦσαι τὸν πόλεμον καὶ τὸν Προυσίαν ἀναγκάσαι δίκας ὑποσχεῖν Ἀττάλῳ τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἀδικημάτων. —
33.8.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἧκον πρεσβευταὶ καὶ παρὰ Μασσαλιητῶν,
33.8.2οἳ πάλαι μὲν κακῶς πάσχοντες ὑπὸ τῶν Λιγυστίνων, τότε δὲ συγκλειόμενοι τελέως, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις καὶ πολιορκουμένων τῶν πόλεων Ἀντιπόλεως καὶ Νικαίας, ἐξαπέστειλαν πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς τά τε γινόμενα διασαφήσοντας καὶ δεησομένους σφίσι βοηθεῖν.
33.8.3ὧν καὶ παρελθόντων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ πρεσβευτὰς πέμψαι τοὺς ἅμα μὲν αὐτόπτας ἐσομένους τῶν γινομένων, ἅμα δὲ πειρασομένους λόγῳ διορθώσασθαι τῶν βαρβάρων τὴν ἄγνοιαν. —
33.9.1ὅτι τῶν Μασσαλιητῶν διαπρεσβευσαμένων πρὸς Ῥωμαίους κακῶς πάσχειν αὑτοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν Λιγυστίνων, παραχρῆμα κατέστησαν Φλαμίνιον καὶ Ποπίλιον Λαινᾶτον καὶ Λεύκιον Πόπιον πρεσβευτάς.
33.9.2οἳ καὶ πλέοντες μετὰ τῶν Μασσαλιητῶν προσέσχον τῆς Ὀξυβίων χώρας κατὰ πόλιν Αἴγιτναν.
33.9.3οἱ δὲ Λιγυστῖνοι προακηκοότες ὅτι πάρεισιν ἐπιτάξοντες αὐτοῖς λύειν τὴν πολιορκίαν, τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἔτι καθορμιζομένους ἐπελθόντες ἐκώλυσαν τῆς ἀποβάσεως,
33.9.4τὸν δὲ Φλαμίνιον καταλαβόντες ἀποβεβηκότα καὶ τὰς ἀποσκευὰς ἀποτεθειμένον, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐκέλευον αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἀπολύεσθαι, τοῦ δὲ παρακούοντος ἤρξαντο τὰ σκεύη διαρπάζειν.
33.9.5τῶν δὲ παίδων καὶ τῶν ἀπελευθέρων ἀντιποιουμένων καὶ κωλυόντων, ἀπεβιάζοντο καὶ προσέφερον τούτοις τὰς χεῖρας.
33.9.6ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ καὶ τοῦ Φλαμινίου βοηθοῦντος τοῖς ἰδίοις, τοῦτον μὲν κατέτρωσαν, δύο δὲ τῶν οἰκετῶν κατέβαλον, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς κατεδίωξαν εἰς τὴν ναῦν, ὡς τὸν Φλαμίνιον μόγις ἀποκόψαντα τἀπίγυα καὶ τὰς ἀγκύρας διαφυγεῖν τὸν κίνδυνον.
33.9.7οὗτος μὲν ἀποκομισθεὶς εἰς Μασσαλίαν ἐθεραπεύετο μετὰ πάσης ἐπιμελείας·
33.9.8ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος πυθομένη τὰ γεγονότα παραχρῆμα τὸν ἕνα τῶν ὑπάτων Κόιντον Ὀπίμιον ἐξαπέστελλε μετὰ δυνάμεως πολεμήσοντα τοῖς Ὀξυβίοις καὶ Δεκιήταις.
33.10.1ὁ δὲ Κόιντος συναθροίσας τὰς δυνάμεις εἰς τὴν τῶν Πλακεντίνων πόλιν καὶ ποιησάμενος τὴν πορείαν διὰ τῶν Ἀπεννίνων ὀρῶν ἧκεν εἰς τοὺς Ὀξυβίους.
33.10.2στρατοπεδεύσας δὲ παρὰ τὸν Ἄπρωνα ποταμὸν ἀνεδέχετο τοὺς πολεμίους, πυνθανόμενος αὐτοὺς ἁθροίζεσθαι καὶ προθύμους εἶναι πρὸς τὸ διακινδυνεύειν.
Book 33, Part 4
33.10.3καὶ προσαγαγὼν τὴν στρατιὰν ὁ Κόιντος πρὸς τὴν Αἴγιτναν, ἐν ᾗ συνέβη τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς παρασπονδηθῆναι, τὴν πόλιν κατὰ κράτος ἑλὼν ἐξηνδραποδίσατο καὶ τοὺς ἀρχηγοὺς τῆς ὕβρεως ἀπέστειλε δεσμίους εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
33.10.4καὶ ταῦτα διαπραξάμενος ἀπήντα τοῖς πολεμίοις.
33.10.5οἱ δʼ Ὀξύβιοι νομίζοντες ἀπαραίτητον αὑτοῖς εἶναι τὴν εἰς τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἁμαρτίαν, παραλόγῳ τινὶ χρησάμενοι θυμῷ καὶ λαβόντες ὁρμὴν παραστατικήν, πρὶν ἢ τοὺς Δεκιήτας αὐτοῖς συμμῖξαι, περὶ τετρακισχιλίους ἁθροισθέντες ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους.
33.10.6ὁ δὲ Κόιντος ἰδὼν τὴν ἔφοδον καὶ τὸ θράσος τῶν βαρβάρων τὴν μὲν ἀπόνοιαν αὐτῶν κατεπλάγη, θεωρῶν δὲ μηδενὶ λόγῳ ταύτῃ χρωμένους τοὺς ἐχθροὺς εὐθαρσὴς ἦν, ἅτε τριβὴν ἐν πράγμασιν ἔχων καὶ τῇ φύσει διαφερόντως ἀγχίνους ὑπάρχων.
33.10.7διόπερ ἐξαγαγὼν τὴν αὑτοῦ στρατιὰν καὶ παρακαλέσας τὰ πρέποντα τοῖς καιροῖς ᾔει βάδην ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους.
33.10.8χρησάμενος δὲ συντόνῳ προσβολῇ ταχέως ἐνίκησε τοὺς ἀντιταξαμένους καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπέκτεινεν, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἠνάγκασε φυγεῖν προτροπάδην.
33.10.9οἱ δὲ Δεκιῆται συνηθροισμένοι παρῆσαν, ὡς μεθέξοντες τοῖς Ὀξυβίοις τῶν αὐτῶν κινδύνων·
33.10.10ὑστερήσαντες δὲ τῆς μάχης τούς τε φεύγοντας ἐξεδέξαντο καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγον συνέβαλον τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις μετὰ μεγάλης ὁρμῆς καὶ προθυμίας.
33.10.11ἡττηθέντες δὲ τῇ μάχῃ παραυτίκα πάντες παρέδωκαν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν πόλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν.
33.10.12ὁ δὲ Κόιντος κύριος γενόμενος τούτων τῶν ἐθνῶν παραυτίκα μὲν τῆς χώρας ὅσην ἐνεδέχετο προσέθηκε τοῖς Μασσαλιήταις, εἰς δὲ τὸ μέλλον ὅμηρα τοὺς Λιγυστίνους ἠνάγκασε διδόναι κατά τινας τακτοὺς χρόνους τοῖς Μασσαλιήταις·
33.10.13αὐτὸς δὲ παροπλίσας τοὺς ἀντιταξαμένους καὶ διελὼν τὴν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτοῦ τὴν παραχειμασίαν ἐποιήσατο.
33.10.14καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὀξεῖαν ἔλαβε καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν συντέλειαν. —
33.11.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιρούς, καθʼ οὓς ἐξέπεμψεν ἡ σύγκλητος τὸν Ὀπίμιον ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν Ὀξυβίων πόλεμον, ἧκε Πτολεμαῖος ὁ νεώτερος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην,
33.11.2καὶ παρελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ἐποιεῖτο κατηγορίαν τἀδελφοῦ, φέρων τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον.
33.11.3ἅμα δὲ τὰς ἐκ τῶν τραυμάτων οὐλὰς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν δεικνὺς καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν δεινολογίαν ἀκόλουθον τούτοις διατιθέμενος ἐξεκαλεῖτο τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πρὸς ἔλεον.
Book 33, Part 5
33.11.4ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Νεολαΐδαν καὶ Ἀνδρόμαχον, ἀπολογούμενοι πρὸς τὰς ὑπὸ τἀδελφοῦ γενομένας κατηγορίας.
33.11.5ὧν ἡ σύγκλητος οὐδʼ ἀνέχεσθαι δικαιολογουμένων ἠβουλήθη, προκατειλημμένη ταῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ νεωτέρου διαβολαῖς· ἀλλὰ τούτοις μὲν ἐπανάγειν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης προσέταξεν ἐξ αὐτῆς,
33.11.6τῷ δὲ νεωτέρῳ πέντε πρεσβευτὰς καταστήσασα τοὺς περὶ Γνάιον Μερόλαν καὶ Λεύκιον Θέρμον καὶ πεντήρη δοῦσα τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἑκάστῳ, τούτοις μὲν παρήγγειλε κατάγειν Πτολεμαῖον εἰς Κύπρον,
33.11.7τοῖς δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν συμμάχοις ἔγραψαν ἐξεῖναι συμπράττειν τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ τὰ κατὰ τὴν κάθοδον.
33.12.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Ἄτταλος ἔτι κατὰ χειμῶνα συνήθροιζε μεγάλας δυνάμεις, ἅτε καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀριαράθην καὶ τὸν Μιθριδάτην ἐξαπεσταλκότων αὐτῷ στρατιὰν ἱππέων καὶ πεζῶν κατὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν, ὧν ἡγεῖτο Δημήτριος Ἀριαράθου. ὄντος δὲ περὶ ταύτας αὐτοῦ τὰς κατασκευάς,
33.12.2ἧκον ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης οἱ δέκα πρέσβεις, οἳ καὶ συμμίξαντες αὐτῷ περὶ Κάδους καὶ κοινολογηθέντες περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ὥρμησαν πρὸς τὸν Προυσίαν.
33.12.3ἐπειδὴ δὲ συνέμιξαν, διεσάφουν αὐτῷ τὰ παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου μετὰ πολλῆς ἀνατάσεως.
33.12.4ὁ δὲ Προυσίας ἔνια μὲν τῶν προσταττομένων προσεδέχετο, τοῖς δὲ πλείστοις ἀντέλεγε.
33.12.5διόπερ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι προσκόψαντες αὐτῷ τήν τε φιλίαν ἀπείπαντο καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν, καὶ πάντες ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀπηλλάττοντο πάλιν ὡς τὸν Ἄτταλον.
33.12.6ὁ δὲ Προυσίας μετανοήσας μέχρι μέν τινος ἐπηκολούθει λιπαρῶν, ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδὲν ἤνυεν, ἀπαλλαγεὶς ἐν ἀμηχανίαις ἦν.
33.12.7οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι τὸν μὲν Ἄτταλον ἐκέλευον προκαθίσαντα τῆς αὑτοῦ χώρας μετὰ δυνάμεως αὐτὸν μὲν μὴ κατάρχειν τοῦ πολέμου, ταῖς δὲ πόλεσι ταῖς αὑτοῦ καὶ ταῖς κώμαις τὴν ἀσφάλειαν παρασκευάζειν·
33.12.8αὐτοὶ δὲ μερίσαντες σφᾶς αὐτούς, οἱ μὲν ἔπλεον κατὰ σπουδὴν ἀπαγγελοῦντες τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν ἀπείθειαν τοῦ Προυσίου, τινὲς δʼ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰωνίας ἐχωρίσθησαν, ἕτεροι δʼ ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸ Βυζάντιον τόπων, μίαν ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν πρόθεσιν ἅπαντες,
33.12.9ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Προυσίου φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας ἀποκαλεῖν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, Ἀττάλῳ δὲ προσνέμειν τὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ συμμαχεῖν κατὰ δύναμιν. —
33.13.1κατὰ δὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς Ἀθήναιος κατέπλευσε ναυσὶ καταφράκτοις ὀγδοήκοντα·
33.13.2ὧν αἱ πέντε μὲν τετρήρεις ἦσαν Ῥοδίων τῶν ἀποσταλεισῶν εἰς τὸν Κρητικὸν πόλεμον, εἴκοσι δὲ Κυζικηνῶν, ἑπτὰ δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς εἴκοσι τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον, αἱ δὲ λοιπαὶ τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων.
Book 33, Part 6
33.13.3ποιησάμενος δὲ τὸν πλοῦν ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου καὶ συνάψας ταῖς πόλεσι ταῖς ὑπὸ Προυσίαν ταττομέναις ἀποβάσεις τε συνεχεῖς ἐποιεῖτο καὶ κακῶς διετίθει τὴν χώραν.
33.13.4ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Προυσίου πρεσβευτῶν ἀνακεχωρηκότων ἐξ αὐτῆς τρεῖς ἄλλους ἀπέστειλεν, Ἄππιόν τε τὸν Κλαύδιον καὶ Λεύκιον Ὄππιον καὶ Αὖλον Ποστόμιον.
33.13.5οἳ καὶ παραγενόμενοι πρὸς τὴν Ἀσίαν διέλυσαν τὸν πόλεμον, εἰς τὰς τοιαύτας συνθήκας ἐπαγαγόμενοι τοὺς βασιλέας ἀμφοτέρους,
33.13.6ὥστε παραχρῆμα μὲν εἴκοσι καταφράκτους νῆας ἀποδοῦναι Προυσίαν Ἀττάλῳ, πεντακόσια δὲ τάλαντα κατενεγκεῖν ἐν ἔτεσιν εἴκοσι·
33.13.7τὴν δὲ χώραν ἀμφοτέρους ἔχειν ἣν καὶ πρότερον εἶχον, ὅτʼ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἐνέβαινον.
33.13.8διορθώσασθαι δὲ Προυσίαν καὶ τὴν καταφθορὰν τῆς χώρας τῆς τε Μηθυμναίων καὶ τῶν Αἰγαιέων καὶ τῆς Κυμαίων καὶ Ἡρακλειωτῶν, ἑκατὸν τάλαντα δόντα τοῖς προειρημένοις.
33.13.9γραφεισῶν δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις τῶν συνθηκῶν, ἀπῆγον τὰς δυνάμεις εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον, τὰς ναυτικὰς καὶ τὰς πεζικάς.
33.13.10καὶ τῆς μὲν Ἀττάλου καὶ Προυσίου διαφορᾶς τοιοῦτος ὅ τε κατὰ μέρος χειρισμὸς ἐγενήθη τῶν πράξεων
33.14.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἀχαΐας πρεσβευτῶν εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον περὶ τῶν ἀνακεκλημένων, ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων. —
33.15.1ὅτι ὁ Ἡρακλείδης ἔτι τῆς θερείας ἀκμαζούσης παρῆν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἄγων τὴν Λαοδίκην καὶ τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον.
33.15.2ποιούμενος δὲ τὴν παρεπιδημίαν μετὰ τερατείας ἅμα καὶ κακουργίας ἐνεχρόνιζε, κατασκευαζόμενος τὰ περὶ τὴν σύγκλητον. —
33.15.2καὶ Ἀστυμήδης ὁ Ῥόδιος,
33.15.3πρεσβευτὴς ἅμα καὶ ναύαρχος καθεσταμένος, παρελθὼν ἐξ αὐτῆς εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον διελέγετο περὶ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς Κρηταιεῖς.
33.15.4ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος προσέχουσα τὸν νοῦν ἐπιμελῶς παραχρῆμα πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαπέστειλε τοὺς περὶ Κόιντον λύσοντας τὸν πόλεμον.
33.16.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον οἱ Κρηταιεῖς πρεσβευτὰς ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς Ἀχαιοὺς ὑπὲρ βοηθείας τοὺς περὶ Ἀντιφάταν Τηλεμνάστου Γορτύνιον, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ Ῥόδιοι τοὺς περὶ Θευφάνην.
Book 33, Part 7
33.16.2οὔσης δὲ τῆς συνόδου τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐν Κορίνθῳ, καὶ διαλεγομένων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἑκατέρων ὑπὲρ τῆς βοηθείας, ἔρρεπον ταῖς γνώμαις οἱ πολλοὶ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους,
33.16.3ἐντρεπόμενοι καὶ τὸ τῆς πόλεως ἀξίωμα καὶ τὴν ὅλην αἵρεσιν τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν.
33.16.4εἰς ἃ βλέπων Ἀντιφάτας ἐβουλήθη πάλιν ἐπεισελθεῖν, τοῦ δὲ στρατηγοῦ συγχωρήσαντος ἐχρήσατο λόγοις βαρυτέροις ἢ κατὰ Κρῆτα καὶ σπουδαιοτέροις·
33.16.5καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὁ νεανίσκος οὐδαμῶς Κρητικός, ἀλλὰ πεφευγὼς τὴν Κρητικὴν ἀναγωγίαν.
33.16.6διὸ καὶ συνέβαινε τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἐπιδέχεσθαι τὴν παρρησίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι διὰ τὸ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ προειρημένου Τηλέμναστον μετὰ πεντακοσίων Κρητῶν ἐλθόντα συμπεπολεμηκέναι τὸν πρὸς Νάβιν πόλεμον εὐγενῶς αὐτοῖς.
33.16.7πλὴν διακούσαντες οὐδὲν ἧττον ὁρμὴν εἶχον οἱ πολλοὶ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις βοηθεῖν, ἕως Καλλικράτης ὁ Λεοντήσιος ἀναστὰς οὐκ ἔφη δεῖν οὔτε πολεμεῖν οὐδενὶ χωρὶς τῆς Ῥωμαίων γνώμης οὔτε βοήθειαν πέμπειν οὐδενὶ κατʼ οὐδενός.
33.16.8καὶ διὰ ταῦτα κατίσχυσε μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων. —
33.17.1ὅτι οἱ Ῥόδιοι δυσθετούμενοι τοῖς συμβαίνουσιν εἰς παραλόγους τινὰς ἐνέπεσαν ὁρμὰς καὶ παρασκευὰς καὶ πρὸς παραπλησίαν διάθεσιν ἦλθον τοῖς ἐν ταῖς πολυχρονίοις ἀρρωστίαις δυσποτμοῦσι.
33.17.2καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι πολλάκις, ἐπειδὰν πάντα ποιοῦντες κατὰ λόγον τῆς θεραπείας καὶ πειθαρχοῦντες τοῖς ἰατροῖς μὴ δύνωνται τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον προκοπῆς ἅψασθαι, δυσθετούμενοι τοῖς συμβαίνουσιν ἀποδυσπετεῖν ἀναγκάζονται, καὶ τινὲς μὲν θύταις καὶ μάντεσι προσέχειν, ἔνιοι δὲ πάσης ἐπῳδῆς καὶ παντὸς περιάμματος πεῖραν λαμβάνειν.
33.17.3ὃ καὶ περὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους συνέβαινε· πάντων γὰρ αὐτοῖς παρὰ δόξαν ἀπαντωμένων, ἠναγκάζοντο παντὶ τῷ λεγομένῳ προσέχειν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα σωματοποιεῖν καὶ προσδέχεσθαι.
33.17.4καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐδόκουν πάσχειν εἰκότως· ὅταν γὰρ μηδὲν ἀνύηται τῶν κατὰ λόγον, δέῃ δὲ κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἐνεργεῖσθαι τὸ συνεχές, ἀπάγκη πεῖραν λαμβάνειν καὶ τῶν παρὰ λόγον.
33.17.5διὸ καὶ Ῥόδιοι ἐμπεσόντες εἰς τοιαύτην διάθεσιν ἐποίησάν τι τῶν γινομένων καὶ ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν ἄρχοντα, τοῦτον πάλιν εἵλοντο ἄρχοντα, καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ παράλογα.
33.18.1ὅτι πρέσβεων διαφόρων παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἡ σύγκλητος πρῶτον μὲν εἰσεκαλέσατο τὸν Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως υἱὸν Ἄτταλον·
33.18.2παραγεγόνει γὰρ ἔτι παῖς ὢν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον εἰς Ῥώμην χάριν τοῦ τῇ τε συγκλήτῳ συσταθῆναι καὶ τὰς πατρικὰς ἀνανεώσασθαι φιλίας καὶ ξενίας.
33.18.3οὗτος μὲν οὖν φιλανθρώπως ὑπό τε τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ τῶν πατρικῶν φίλων ἀποδεχθεὶς καὶ λαβὼν ἀποκρίσεις ἃς ἐβούλετο καὶ τιμὰς ἁρμοζούσας τῇ καθʼ αὑτὸν ἡλικίᾳ, μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν,
Book 33, Part 8
33.18.4πασῶν αὐτὸν τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πόλεων ἐκτενῶς καὶ μεγαλοψύχως ἀποδεξαμένων κατὰ τὴν δίοδον.
33.18.5ἧκε δὲ καὶ Δημήτριος κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρόν, τυχὼν δὲ μετρίας ἀποδοχῆς ὡς παῖς αὖθις ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
33.18.6ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης κεχρονικὼς ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ παρῆλθεν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἔχων μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν Λαοδίκην καὶ τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον.
33.18.7πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ὁ νεανίσκος ἐποιήσατό τινας μετρίους λόγους, ἠξίου δὲ Ῥωμαίους μνησθῆναι τῆς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας, μάλιστα δὲ συγκατασκευάζειν αὑτῷ τὴν βασιλείαν·
33.18.8εἰ δὲ μή, συγχωρῆσαι τὴν κάθοδον καὶ μὴ κωλῦσαι τοὺς βουλομένους συμπράττειν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ καθικέσθαι τῆς πατρῴας ἀρχῆς.
33.18.9ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης παραλαβὼν τὸν λόγον καὶ πολλήν τινα ποιησάμενος Ἀντιόχου μὲν μνείαν ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ, Δημητρίου δὲ κατηγορίαν, εἰς τοῦτο κατήντησεν ὅτι δεῖ συγχωρεῖν τὴν κάθοδον τῷ τε νεανίσκῳ καὶ τῇ Λαοδίκῃ κατὰ τὸ δίκαιον, οὖσιν Ἀντιόχου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκγόνοις κατὰ φύσιν.
33.18.10τοῖς μὲν οὖν μετρίοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲν ἤρεσκε τούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν κατασκευὴν τοῦ δράματος ἐνενόουν καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην ἐβδελύττοντο προφανῶς.
33.18.11οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ τεθεραπευμένοι ταῖς Ἡρακλείδου γοητείαις συγκατηνέχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ γράφειν δόγμα τοιοῦτον· "
33.18.12Ἀλέξανδρος καὶ Λαοδίκη, βασιλέως υἱοί, φίλου καὶ συμμάχου ἡμετέρου γεγενημένου, ἐπελθόντες ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον λόγους ἐποιήσαντο·
33.18.13ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν ἐπὶ τὴν πατρῴαν ἀρχὴν καταπορεύεσθαι, καὶ βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἠξίουν, ἔδοξεν.
33.18.14" ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης ἐπιλαβόμενος τῆς ἀφορμῆς ταύτης εὐθέως ἐξενολόγει καὶ προσεκαλεῖτο τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀφικόμενος δʼ εἰς τὴν Ἔφεσον ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῆς προκειμένης ἐπιβολῆς.
33.19.1καὶ Δημήτριον δέ φησι, τὸν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμη ὁμηρείαν διαφυγόντα, ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ καὶ τριακοστῇ βασιλεύσαντα Σύρων πολυπότην ὄντα τὸ πλεῖστον τῆς ἡμέρας μεθύσκεσθαι.
33.20.1ὅτι ὅταν ἅπαξ οἱ πολλοὶ σχῶσιν ὁρμὴν πρὸς τὸ φιλεῖν ἢ μισεῖν τινας ὑπερβαλλόντως, πᾶσα πρόφασις ἱκανὴ γίνεται πρὸς τὸ συντελεῖν τὰς αὑτῶν προθέσεις. —
33.21.1ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὀκνῶ μή ποτʼ εἰς τὸ περιφερόμενον ἐμπεσὼν λάθω, πότερον ὁ τὸν τράγον ἀμέλγων ἀφρονέστερος ἢ ὁ τὸ κόσκινον ὑπέχων· δοκῶ γὰρ δὴ κἀγὼ πρὸς ὁμολογουμένην ψευδολογίαν ἀκριβολογούμενος καὶ τὸν ἐπιμετροῦντα λόγον εἰσφέρων παραπλήσιόν τι ποιεῖν.
33.21.2διὸ καὶ μάτην τελέως περὶ τούτων λέγειν, εἰ μή τις καὶ γράφειν ἐνύπνια βούλεται καὶ θεωρεῖν ἐγρηγορότος ἐνύπνια.
Book 34, Part 1
34.1.1οἱ δʼ ἐν τῇ κοινῇ τῆς ἱστορίας γραφῇ χωρὶς ἀποδείξαντες τὴν τῶν ἠπείρων τοπογραφίαν,
34.1.2καθάπερ Ἔφορός τε ἐποίησε καὶ Πολύβιος. —
34.1.3Πολύβιος [...] φήσας περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καλῶς μὲν Εὔδοξον, κάλλιστα δʼ Ἔφορον ἐξηγεῖσθαι περὶ κτίσεων,
34.1.4συγγενειῶν, μεταναστάσεων, ἀρχηγετῶν, ἡμεῖς δέ, φησί, τὰ νῦν ὄντα δηλώσομεν καὶ περὶ θέσεως τόπων καὶ διαστημάτων·
34.1.5τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν οἰκειότατον χωρογραφίᾳ.
34.1.6ἀλλὰ μὴν σύγε, ὦ Πολύβιε, ὁ τὰς λαοδογματικὰς ἀποφάσεις περὶ τῶν διαστημάτων εἰσάγων οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ἔξω τῆς Ἑλλάδος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς καὶ διδοῖς εὐθύνας τὰς μὲν Ποσειδωνίῳ, τὰς δʼ Ἀρτεμιδώρῳ, τὰς δʼ ἄλλοις πλείοσι. —
34.1.7Πολύβιος οὖν ὁ ἱστοριογράφος πεπραγμάτευται βιβλίον, ὃ ἐπιγραφὴν ἔχει "περὶ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν ἰσημερινὸν οἰκήσεωσ". αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἐν μέσῃ τῇ διακεκαυμένῃ ζώνῃ.
34.1.8καί φησιν οἰκεῖσθαι τοὺς τόπους καὶ εὐκρατοτέραν ἔχειν τὴν οἴκησιν τῶν περὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς διακεκαυμένης ζώνης κατοικούντων. καὶ ἃ μὲν ἱστορίας φέρει τῶν κατωπτευκότων τὰς οἰκήσεις καὶ ἐπιμαρτυρούντων τοῖς φαινομένοις, ἃ δὲ ἐπιλογίζεται ἐπὶ τῆς φυσικῆς περὶ τὸν ἥλιον ὑπαρχούσης κινήσεως.
34.1.9ὁ γὰρ ἥλιος περὶ μὲν τοὺς τροπικοὺς κύκλους πολὺν ἐπιμένει χρόνον κατά τε τὴν πρόσοδον τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν ἀποχώρησιν, ὥστε σχεδὸν ἐφʼ ἡμέρας τετταράκοντα μένει πρὸς αἴσθησιν ἐπὶ τῶν τροπικῶν κύκλων.
34.1.10[διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ τὰ μεγέθη τῶν ἡμερῶν σχεδὸν ἐφʼ ἡμέρας μ# τὰ αὐτὰ διαμένει.] ὅθεν ἐπιμονῆς γινομένης πρὸς τὰς οἰκήσεις τὰς κειμένας ὑπὸ τοὺς τροπικοὺς ἀνάγκη ἐκπυροῦσθαι τὴν οἴκησιν καὶ ἀοίκητον γίνεσθαι διὰ τὴν τοῦ καύματος ὑπερβολήν.
34.1.11ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἰσημερινοῦ κύκλου ταχείας συμβαίνει τὰς ἀποχωρήσεις γίνεσθαι. [ὅθεν καὶ τὰ μεγέθη τῶν ἡμερῶν περὶ τὰς ἰσημερίας μεγάλας λαμβάνει τὰς παραυξήσεις.] εὔλογον οὖν καὶ τὰς ὑπὸ τὸν ἰσημερινὸν κειμένας οἰκήσεις εὐκρατοτέρας ὑπάρχειν, ἐπιμονῆς μὲν οὐ γινομένης ἐπὶ τοῦ κατὰ κορυφὴν σημείου, ταχέως δὲ ἀποχωροῦντος τοῦ ἡλίου.
34.1.12πάντες γὰρ οἱ μεταξὺ τῶν τροπικῶν κύκλων οἰκοῦντες παρὰ τὴν πάροδον ὁμοίως κεῖνται τοῦ ἡλίου· πλείονας δὲ χρόνους ἐπιμένει τοῖς περὶ τοὺς τροπικοὺς οἰκοῦσι.
34.1.13διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν εὐκρατοτέρας εἶναι συμβέβηκε τὰς ὑπὸ τὸν ἰσημερινὸν οἰκήσεις, αἵτινες κεῖνται ἐν μέσῃ τῇ διακεκαυμένῃ ζώνῃ, τῶν περὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς διακεκαυμένης οἰκήσεων, αἵτινες ὑπὸ τοὺς τροπικοὺς κύκλους κεῖνται. —
34.1.13Πολύβιος δὲ ποιεῖ ζώνας ἕξ,
34.1.14δύο μὲν τὰς τοῖς ἀρκτικοῖς ὑποπιπτούσας, δύο δὲ τὰς μεταξὺ τούτων τε καὶ τῶν τροπικῶν καὶ δύο τὰς μεταξὺ τούτων καὶ τοῦ ἰσημερινοῦ. —
34.1.14ὁ δὲ Πολύβιος τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ εὖ,
34.1.15τὸ ποιεῖν τινας ζώνας τοῖς ἀρκτικοῖς διοριζομένας, δύο μὲν τὰς ὑποπιπτούσας αὐτοῖς, δύο δὲ τὰς μεταξὺ τούτων καὶ τῶν τροπικῶν. —
34.1.16ὥσπερ Ἐρατοσθένης φησίν, ἡ ὑποπίπτουσα τῷ ἰσημερινῷ ἐστιν εὔκρατος, καθάπερ καὶ Πολύβιος ὁμοδοξεῖ — προστίθησι δʼ οὗτος καὶ διότι ὑψηλοτάτη ἐστί· διόπερ καὶ κατομβρεῖται, τῶν βορείων νεφῶν κατὰ τοὺς ἐτησίας ἐκεῖ τοῖς ἀναστήμασι προσπιπτόντων πλείστων — πολὺ κρεῖττον τρίτην εὔκρατον ταύτην ποιεῖν στενήν τινα, ἢ τὰς ὑπὸ τοῖς τροπικοῖς εἰσάγειν. —
34.1.16ἐνίσταται δʼ ὁ Ποσειδώνιος τῷ Πολυβίῳ,
34.1.17διότι φησὶ τὴν ὑπὸ τῷ ἰσημερινῷ οἴκησιν ὑψηλοτάτην. —
34.1.18περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ αὐτῶν πολλὴ διαφωνία τοῖς μετʼ αὐτὸν γέγονεν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἓξ αὐτὰς εἶπον, ὡς Πολύβιος καὶ Ποσειδώνιος, τὴν διακεκαυμένην εἰς δύο διαιροῦντες.
34.2.1ἐκ μηδενὸς δὲ ἀληθοῦς ἀνάπτειν κενὴν τερατολογίαν οὐχ Ὁμηρικόν.
34.2.2προσπίπτει γάρ, ὡς εἰκός, ὡς πιθανώτερον ἂν οὕτω τις ψεύδοιτο, εἰ καταμίσγοι τι καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀληθινῶν·
34.2.3ὅπερ καὶ Πολύβιός φησι περὶ τῆς Ὀδυσσέως πλάνης ἐπιχειρῶν. —
Book 34, Part 2
34.2.4καὶ Πολύβιος δʼ ὀρθῶς ὑπονοεῖ τὰ περὶ τῆς πλάνης.
34.2.5τὸν γὰρ Αἴολον τὸν προσημαίνοντα τοὺς ἔκπλους ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν πορθμὸν τόποις ἀμφιδρόμοις οὖσι καὶ δυσέκπλοις διὰ τὰς παλιρροίας ταμίαν τε εἰρῆσθαι τῶν ἀνέμων καὶ βασιλέα νενομίσθαι φησί,
34.2.6καθάπερ Δαναὸν μὲν τὰ ὑδρεῖα τὰ ἐν Ἄργει παραδείξαντα, Ἀτρέα δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου τὸν ὑπεναντίον τῷ οὐρανῷ δρόμον, μάντεις τε καὶ ἱεροσκοπουμένους ἀποδείκνυσθαι βασιλέας·
34.2.7τούς θʼ ἱερέας τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Χαλδαίους καὶ Μάγους σοφίᾳ τινὶ διαφέροντας τῶν ἄλλων ἡγεμονίας καὶ τιμῆς τυγχάνειν παρὰ τοῖς πρὸ ἡμῶν.
34.2.8οὕτω δὲ καὶ τῶν θεῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν χρησίμων τινὸς εὑρετὴν γενόμενον τιμᾶσθαι.
34.2.9ταῦτα δὲ προοικονομησάμενος οὐκ ἐᾷ τὸν Αἴολον ἐν μύθου σχήματι ἀκούεσθαι, οὐδʼ ὅλην τὴν Ὀδυσσέως πλάνην, ἀλλὰ μικρὰ μὲν προσμεμυθεῦσθαι, καθάπερ καὶ τῷ Ἰλιακῷ πολέμῳ,
34.2.10τὸ δʼ ὅλον περὶ Σικελίαν καὶ τῷ ποιητῇ πεποιῆσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις συγγραφεῦσιν, ὅσοι τἀπιχώρια λέγουσι τὰ περὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ Σικελίαν.
34.2.11οὐκ ἐπαινεῖ δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν τοιαύτην τοῦ Ἐρατοσθένους ἀπόφασιν, διότι φησὶ τότʼ ἂν εὑρεῖν τινα ποῦ Ὀδυσσεὺς πεπλάνηται, ὅταν εὕρῃ τὸν σκυτέα τὸν συρράψαντα τὸν τῶν ἀνέμων ἀσκόν.
34.2.12καὶ τοῦτο δʼ οἰκείως εἰρῆσθαι τοῖς συμβαίνουσι περὶ τὸ Σκύλλαιον καὶ τὴν θήραν τῶν γαλεωτῶν, τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς Σκύλλης,
34.2.13σκόπελον περιμαιμώωσα,
34.2.13δελφῖνάς τε κύνας τε καὶ εἴ ποθι μεῖζον ἕλῃσι
34.2.14τοὺς γὰρ θύννους ἀγεληδὸν φερομένους παρὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν, ἐπειδὰν ἐκπέσωσι καὶ κωλυθῶσι τῆς Σικελίας ἅψασθαι, περιπίπτειν τοῖς μείζοσι τῶν ζῴων, οἷον δελφίνων καὶ κυνῶν καὶ ἄλλων κητωδῶν,
34.2.15ἐκ δὲ τῆς θήρας αὐτῶν πιαίνεσθαι τοὺς γαλεώτας, οὓς καὶ ξιφίας λέγεσθαι καὶ κύνας φησί.
34.2.16συμβαίνειν γὰρ ταὐτὸν ἐνθάδε καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἀναβάσεις τοῦ Νείλου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὑδάτων, ὅπερ ἐπὶ πυρὸς καὶ ὕλης ἐμπιπραμένης· ἁθροιζόμενα γὰρ τὰ θηρία φεύγειν τὸ πῦρ ἢ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ βορὰν γίνεσθαι τοῖς κρείττοσι.
34.3.1ταῦτα δʼ εἰπὼν διηγεῖται τῶν γαλεωτῶν θήραν, ἣ συνίσταται περὶ τὸ Σκύλλαιον.
34.3.2σκοπὸς γὰρ ἐφέστηκε κοινὸς ὑφορμοῦσιν ἐν δικώποις σκαφιδίοις πολλοῖς, δύο καθʼ ἕκαστον σκαφίδιον.
34.3.3καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐλαύνει, ὁ δʼ ἐπὶ τῆς πρῴρας ἕστηκε δόρυ ἔχων, σημήναντος τοῦ σκοποῦ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ γαλεώτου· φέρεται δὲ τὸ τρίτον μέρος ἔξαλον τὸ ζῷον.
34.3.4συνάψαντος δὲ τοῦ σκάφους ὁ μὲν ἔπληξεν ἐκ χειρός, εἶτʼ ἐξέσπασεν ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τὸ δόρυ χωρὶς τῆς ἐπιδορατίδος·
34.3.5ἀγκιστρώδης τε γάρ ἐστι καὶ χαλαρῶς ἐνήρμοσται τῷ δόρατι ἐπίτηδες, καλῴδιον δʼ ἔχει μακρὸν ἐξημμένον. τοῦτʼ ἐπιχαλῶσι τῷ τρωθέντι, τέως ἂν κάμῃ σφαδᾷζον καὶ ὑποφεῦγον·
34.3.6τότε δʼ ἕλκουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἢ εἰς τὸ σκάφος ἀναλαμβάνουσιν, ἐὰν μὴ μέγα ᾖ τελέως τὸ σῶμα.
34.3.7κἂν ἐκπέσῃ δὲ εἰς τὴν θάλατταν τὸ δόρυ, οὐκ ἀπόλωλεν· ἔστι γὰρ πηκτὸν ἔκ τε δρυὸς καὶ ἐλάτης, ὥστε βαπτιζομένου τοῦ δρυΐνου βάρει μετέωρον εἶναι τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ εὐανάληπτον.
34.3.8συμβαίνειν δέ ποτε καὶ τιτρώσκεσθαι διὰ τοῦ σκαφιδίου τὸν κωπηλάτην διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ ξίφους τῶν γαλεωτῶν καὶ τὸ τὴν ἀκμὴν τοῦ ζῴου συαγρώδη εἶναι καὶ τὴν θήραν.
34.3.8ἔκ τε δὴ τῶν τοιούτων εἰκάζοι τις ἄν,
34.3.9φησί, περὶ Σικελίαν γενέσθαι τὴν πλάνην κατὰ τὸν Ὅμηρον, ὅτι τῇ Σκύλλῃ προσῆψε τὴν τοιαύτην θήραν, ἣ μάλιστʼ ἐπιχώριός ἐστι τῷ Σκυλλαίῳ,
Book 34, Part 3
34.3.10καὶ ἐκ τῶν περὶ τῆς Χαρύβδεως λεγομένων ὁμοίων τοῖς τοῦ πορθμοῦ πάθεσι.
34.3.11τρὶς μὲν γάρ τʼ ἀνίησιν ἀντὶ τοῦ δὶς γραφικὸν εἶναι ἁμάρτημα ἢ ἱστορικόν.
34.3.12καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Μήνιγγι δὲ τοῖς περὶ τῶν Λωτοφάγων εἰρημένοις συμφωνεῖν.
34.4.1εἰ δέ τινα μὴ συμφωνεῖ, μεταβολὰς αἰτιᾶσθαι δεῖν ἢ ἄγνοιαν ἢ καὶ ποιητικὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἣ συνέστηκεν ἐξ ἱστορίας καὶ διαθέσεως καὶ μύθου.
34.4.2τῆς μὲν οὖν ἱστορίας ἀλήθειαν εἶναι τέλος, ὡς ἐν Νεῶν καταλόγῳ τὰ ἑκάστοις τόποις συμβεβηκότα λέγοντος τοῦ ποιητοῦ, τὴν μὲν πετρήεσσαν, τὴν δὲ ἐσχατόωσαν πόλιν, ἄλλην δὲ πολυτρήρωνα, τὴν δʼ ἀγχίαλον·
34.4.3τῆς δὲ διαθέσεως ἐνέργειαν εἶναι τὸ τέλος, ὡς ὅταν μαχομένους εἰσάγῃ, μύθου δὲ ἡδονὴν καὶ ἔκπληξιν.
34.4.4τὸ δὲ πάντα πλάττειν οὐ πιθανὸν οὐδʼ Ὁμηρικόν· τὴν γὰρ ἐκείνου ποίησιν φιλοσόφημα πάντας νομίζειν, οὐχ ὡς Ἐρατοσθένης φησί, κελεύων μὴ κρίνειν πρὸς τὴν διάνοιαν τὰ ποιήματα μηδʼ ἱστορίαν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ζητεῖν.
34.4.5ἔνθεν δʼ ἐννῆμαρ φερόμην ὀλοοῖς ἀνέμοισιν ἐν βραχεῖ διαστήματι δέχεσθαι — οἱ γὰρ ὀλοοὶ οὐκ εὐθύδρομοι — ἢ ἐξωκεανίζειν, ὡς ἂν οὐρίων πνεόντων συνεχῶς.
34.4.6συνθεὶς δὲ τὸ διάστημα τὸ ἐκ Μαλεῶν ἐπὶ στήλας σταδίων δισμυρίων καὶ δισχιλίων πεντακοσίων, εἰ, φησί, τοῦτο θείημεν ἐν ταῖς ἐννέα ἡμέραις διηνύσθαι ἰσοταχῶς, ἑκάστης ἂν ἡμέρας ὁ πλοῦς συμβαίνοι σταδίων δισχιλίων πεντακοσίων.
34.4.7τίς οὖν ἱστόρηκεν ἐκ Λυκίας ἢ Ῥόδου δευτεραῖόν τινα ἀφιγμένον εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, ὄντος τοῦ διαστήματος σταδίων τετρακισχιλίων;
34.4.8πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἐπιζητοῦντας πῶς τρὶς εἰς Σικελίαν ἐλθὼν οὐδʼ ἅπαξ διὰ τοῦ πορθμοῦ πέπλευκεν Ὀδυσσεύς, ἀπολογεῖται διότι καὶ οἱ ὕστερον ἔφευγον ἅπαντες τὸν πλοῦν τοῦτον. τοιαῦτα μὲν εἴρηκεν.
34.5.1Πολύβιος δὲ τὴν Εὐρώπην χωρογραφῶν τοὺς μὲν ἀρχαίους ἐᾶν φησι, τοὺς δʼ ἐκείνους ἐλέγχοντας ἐξετάζειν Δικαίαρχόν τε καὶ Ἐρατοσθένη τὸν τελευταῖον πραγματευσάμενον περὶ γεωγραφίας καὶ Πυθέαν,
34.5.2ὑφʼ οὗ παρακρουσθῆναι πολλούς, ὅλην μὲν τὴν Βρεττανικὴν ἐμβαδὸν ἐπελθεῖν φάσκοντος, τὴν δὲ περίμετρον πλειόνων ἢ τεττάρων μυριάδων ἀποδόντος τῆς νήσου,
34.5.3προσιστορήσαντος δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς Θούλης καὶ τῶν τόπων ἐκείνων, ἐν οἷς οὔτε γῆ καθʼ αὑτὴν ὑπῆρχεν ἔτι οὔτε θάλαττα οὔτʼ ἀήρ, ἀλλὰ σύγκριμά τι ἐκ τούτων πλεύμονι θαλαττίῳ ἐοικός,
34.5.4ἐν ᾧ φησι τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλατταν αἰωρεῖσθαι καὶ τὰ σύμπαντα, καὶ τοῦτον ὡς ἂν δεσμὸν εἶναι τῶν ὅλων, μήτε πορευτὸν μήτε πλωτὸν ὑπάρχοντα.
34.5.5τὸ μὲν οὖν τῷ πλεύμονι ἐοικὸς αὐτὸς ἑωρακέναι, τἄλλα δὲ λέγειν ἐξ ἀκοῆς. ταῦτα μὲν τὰ τοῦ Πυθέου,
34.5.6καὶ διότι ἐπανελθὼν ἐνθένδε πᾶσαν ἐπέλθοι τὴν παρωκεανῖτιν τῆς Εὐρώπης ἀπὸ Γαδείρων ἕως Τανάιδος·
34.5.7φησὶ δʼ οὖν ὁ Πολύβιος ἄπιστον καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πῶς ἰδιώτῃ ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ πένητι τὰ τοσαῦτα διαστήματα πλωτὰ καὶ πορευτὰ γένοιτο.
34.5.8τὸν δʼ Ἐρατοσθένη διαπορήσαντα εἰ χρὴ πιστεύειν τούτοις, ὅμως περί τε τῆς Βρεττανικῆς πεπιστευκέναι καὶ τῶν κατὰ Γάδειρα καὶ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν.
34.5.9πολὺ δέ φησι βέλτιον τῷ Μεσσηνίῳ πιστεύειν ἢ τούτῳ· ὁ μέντοι γε εἰς μίαν χώραν τὴν Παγχαίαν λέγει πλεῦσαι· ὁ δὲ καὶ μέχρι τῶν τοῦ κόσμου περάτων κατωπτευκέναι τὴν προσάρκτιον τῆς Εὐρώπης πᾶσαν, ἣν οὐδʼ ἂν τῷ Ἑρμῇ πιστεύσαι τις λέγοντι.
34.5.10Ἐρατοσθένη δὲ τὸν μὲν Εὐήμερον Βεργαῖον καλεῖν, Πυθέᾳ δὲ πιστεύειν, καὶ ταῦτα μηδὲ Δικαιάρχου πιστεύσαντος.
34.5.11τὸ μὲν οὖν "μηδὲ Δικαιάρχου πιστεύσαντοσ" γελοῖον, ὥσπερ ἐκείνῳ κανόνι χρήσασθαι προσῆκον, καθʼ οὗ τοσούτους ἐλέγχους αὐτὸς προφέρεται·
34.5.12Ἐρατοσθένους δὲ εἴρηται ἡ περὶ τὰ ἑσπέρια καὶ τὰ ἀρκτικὰ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἄγνοια.
34.5.13ἀλλʼ ἐκείνῳ μὲν καὶ Δικαιάρχῳ συγγνώμη τοῖς μὴ κατιδοῦσι τοὺς τόπους ἐκείνους· Πολυβίῳ δὲ καὶ Ποσειδωνίῳ τίς ἂν συγγνοίη;
Book 34, Part 4
34.5.14ἀλλὰ μὴν Πολύβιός γέ ἐστιν ὁ λαοδογματικὰς καλῶν ἀποφάσεις, ἃς ποιοῦνται περὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις τοῖς τόποις διαστημάτων καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις πολλοῖς, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐν
34.6.1οἷς ἐκείνους ἐλέγχει καθαρεύων. τοῦ γοῦν Δικαιάρχου μυρίους μὲν εἰπόντος τοὺς ἐπὶ στήλας ἀπὸ τῆς Πελοποννήσου σταδίους, πλείους δὲ τούτων τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀδρίαν μέχρι τοῦ μυχοῦ, τοῦ δʼ ἐπὶ στήλας τὸ μέχρι τοῦ πορθμοῦ τρισχιλίους ἀποδόντος, ὡς γίνεσθαι τὸ λοιπὸν ἑπτακισχιλίους τὸ ἀπὸ πορθμοῦ μέχρι στηλῶν,
34.6.2τοὺς μὲν τρισχιλίους ἐᾶν φησιν εἴτʼ εὖ λαμβάνονται εἴτε μή, τοὺς δʼ ἑπτακισχιλίους οὐδετέρως, οὔτε τὴν παραλίαν ἐκμετροῦντι οὔτε τὴν διὰ μέσου τοῦ πελάγους.
34.6.3τὴν μὲν γὰρ παραλίαν ἐοικέναι μάλιστʼ ἀμβλείᾳ γωνίᾳ, βεβηκυίᾳ ἐπί τε τοῦ πορθμοῦ καὶ τῶν στηλῶν,
34.6.4κορυφὴν δʼ ἐχούσῃ Νάρβωνα, ὥστε συνίστασθαι τρίγωνον, βάσιν ἔχον τὴν διὰ τοῦ πελάγους εὐθεῖαν, πλευρὰς δὲ τὰς τὴν γωνίαν ποιούσας τὴν λεχθεῖσαν·
34.6.5ὧν ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ πορθμοῦ μέχρι Νάρβωνος μυρίων ἐστὶ καὶ πλειόνων ἢ διακοσίων ἐπὶ τοῖς χιλίοις, ἡ δὲ λοιπὴ μικρῷ λεῖπον [ἐλαττόνων ἢ] ὀκτακισχιλίων.
34.6.6καὶ μὴν πλεῖστον μὲν διάστημα ἀπὸ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἐπὶ τὴν Λιβύην ὁμολογεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸ Τυρρηνικὸν πέλαγος σταδίων οὐ πλειόνων ἢ τρισχιλίων, κατὰ τὸ Σαρδόνιον δὲ λαμβάνειν συναγωγήν.
34.6.7ἀλλʼ ἔστω, φησί, καὶ ἐκεῖνο τρισχιλίων, προειλήφθω δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις δισχιλίων σταδίων τὸ τοῦ κόλπου βάθος τοῦ κατὰ Νάρβωνα, ὡς ἂν κάθετος ἀπὸ τῆς κορυφῆς ἐπὶ τὴν βάσιν τοῦ ἀμβλυγωνίου.
34.6.8δῆλον οὖν, φησίν, ἐκ τῆς παιδικῆς μετρήσεως ὅτι ἡ σύμπασα παραλία ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ πορθμοῦ ἐπὶ στήλας ἔγγιστα ὑπερέχει τῆς διὰ τοῦ πελάγους εὐθείας πεντακοσίοις σταδίοις.
34.6.9προστεθέντων δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Πελοποννήσου ἐπὶ τὸν πορθμὸν τρισχιλίων, οἱ σύμπαντες ἔσονται στάδιοι, αὐτοὶ οἱ ἐπʼ εὐθείας, πλείους ἢ διπλάσιοι ὧν Δικαίαρχος εἶπε.
34.6.10πλείους δὲ τούτων τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν μυχὸν τὸν Ἀδριατικὸν δεήσει, φησί, τιθέναι κατʼ ἐκεῖνον.
34.6.11ὦ φίλε Πολύβιε, φαίη τις ἄν, ὥσπερ τούτου τοῦ ψεύσματος ἐναργῆ παρίστησι τὸν ἔλεγχον ἡ πεῖρα ἐξ αὐτῶν ὧν εἴρηκας αὐτός,
34.6.12εἰς μὲν Λευκάδα ἐκ Πελοποννήσου ἑπτακοσίους, ἐντεῦθεν δὲ τοὺς ἴσους εἰς Κόρκυραν, καὶ πάλιν ἐντεῦθεν εἰς τὰ Κεραύνια τοὺς ἴσους καὶ ἐν δεξιᾷ εἰς τὴν Ἰαπυδίαν ἀπὸ τῶν Κεραυνίων τὴν Ἰλλυρικὴν παραλίαν σταδίων ἑξακισχιλίων ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα,
34.6.13οὕτως κἀκεῖνα ψεύσματά ἐστιν ἀμφότερα, καὶ ὃ Δικαίαρχος εἶπε, τὸ ἀπὸ πορθμοῦ ἐπὶ στήλας εἶναι σταδίων ἑπτακισχιλίων, καὶ ὃ σὺ δοκεῖς ἀποδεῖξαι·
34.6.14ὁμολογοῦσι γὰρ οἱ πλεῖστοι λέγοντες τὸ διὰ πελάγους μυρίων εἶναι καὶ δισχιλίων. —
34.6.15πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως δόξειεν ὑπερβεβηκέναι καὶ ἀπολεληρηκέναι τὸν Βεργαῖον Ἀντιφάνην καὶ καθόλου μηδενὶ καταλιπεῖν ὑπερβολὴν ἀνοίας τῶν ἐπιγινομένων; —
34.7.1ἑξῆς δὲ τὰ τοῦ Ἐρατοσθένους ἐπανορθοῖ, τὰ μὲν εὖ, τὰ δὲ χεῖρον λέγων ἢ ἐκεῖνος.
34.7.2ἐξ Ἰθάκης μὲν γὰρ εἰς Κόρκυραν τριακοσίους εἰπόντος, πλείους φησὶν εἶναι τῶν ἐνακοσίων, ἐξ Ἐπιδάμνου δὲ εἰς Θεσσαλονίκειαν ἐνακοσίους ἀποδόντος, πλείους τῶν δισχιλίων φησί. ταῦτα μὲν εὖ,
34.7.3ἀπὸ δὲ Μασσαλίας ἐπὶ στήλας λέγοντος ἑπτακισχιλίους, ἀπὸ δὲ Πυρήνης ἑξακισχιλίους, αὐτὸς λέγει χεῖρον πλείους ἢ ἐνακισχιλίους τοὺς ἀπὸ Μασσαλίας, ἀπὸ δὲ Πυρήνης μικρὸν ἐλάττους ἢ ὀκτακισχιλίους· ἐγγυτέρω γὰρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐκεῖνος εἴρηκεν.
34.7.4οἱ γὰρ νῦν ὁμολογοῦσιν, εἴ τις τὰς τῶν ὁδῶν ἀνωμαλίας ὑποτέμνοιτο, μὴ μείζω τῶν ἑξακισχιλίων σταδίων εἶναι τὸ μῆκος τὴν σύμπασαν Ἰβηρίαν ἀπὸ Πυρήνης ἕως τῆς ἑσπερίου πλευρᾶς.
34.7.5ὁ δʼ αὐτὸν τὸν Τάγον ποταμὸν ὀκτακισχιλίων τίθησι τὸ μῆκος ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς μέχρι τῶν ἐκβολῶν, οὐ δήπου τὸ σὺν τοῖς σκολιώμασιν — οὐ γὰρ γεωγραφικὸν τοῦτο — ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ εὐθείας λέγων· καίτοι γε ἀπὸ Πυρήνης αἱ τοῦ Τάγου πηγαὶ πλέον διέχουσιν ἢ χιλίους σταδίους.
34.7.6πάλιν δὲ τοῦτο μὲν ὀρθῶς ἀποφαίνεται ὅτι ἀγνοεῖ τὰ Ἰβηρικὰ ὁ Ἐρατοσθένης καὶ διότι περὶ αὐτῆς ἔσθʼ ὅπου τὰ μαχόμενα ἀποφαίνεται,
34.7.7ὅς γε μέχρι Γαδείρων ὑπὸ Γαλατῶν περιοικεῖσθαι φήσας τὰ ἔξωθεν αὐτῆς, εἴ γε τὰ πρὸς δύσιν τῆς Εὐρώπης μέχρι Γαδείρων ἔχουσιν ἐκεῖνοι, τούτων ἐκλαθόμενος κατὰ τὴν τῆς Ἰβηρίας περίοδον τῶν Γαλατῶν οὐδαμοῦ μέμνηται.
34.7.8τὸ δὲ μῆκος τῆς Εὐρώπης ὅτι ἔλαττόν ἐστι τοῦ συνάμφω τῆς τε Λιβύης καὶ τῆς Ἀσίας ἐκθείς, οὐκ ὀρθῶς τὴν σύγκρισιν ποιεῖται.
Book 34, Part 5
34.7.9τὸ μὲν γὰρ στόμα τὸ κατὰ στήλας φησὶν ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἰσημερινὴν δύσιν ἐστίν, ὁ δὲ Τάναϊς ῥεῖ ἀπὸ θερινῆς ἀνατολῆς·
34.7.10ἐλαττοῦται δὴ τοῦ συνάμφω μήκους τῷ μεταξὺ τῆς θερινῆς ἀνατολῆς καὶ τῆς ἰσημερινῆς· τοῦτο γὰρ ἡ Ἀσία προλαμβάνει πρὸς τὴν ἰσημερινὴν ἀνατολὴν τοῦ πρὸς τὰς ἄρκτους ἡμικυκλίου. —
34.7.10προπεπτωκυίας δὲ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἄκραις πλείοσι,
34.7.11βέλτιον μὲν οὗτος εἴρηκε περὶ αὐτῶν Ἐρατοσθένους, οὔπω δὲ ἱκανῶς.
34.7.12ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ τρεῖς ἔφη, τὴν ἐπὶ τὰς στήλας καθήκουσαν, ἐφʼ ἧς ἡ Ἰβηρία, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν πορθμόν, ἐφʼ ἧς ἡ Ἰταλία, καὶ τρίτην τὴν κατὰ Μαλέας, ἐφʼ ἧς τὰ μεταξὺ τοῦ Ἀδρίου καὶ τοῦ Εὐξείνου πάντʼ ἔθνη καὶ τοῦ Τανάιδος·
34.7.13οὗτος δὲ τὰς μὲν δύο τὰς πρώτας ὁμοίως ἐκτίθεται, τρίτην δὲ τὴν κατὰ Μαλέας καὶ Σούνιον, ἐφʼ ἧς ἡ Ἑλλὰς πᾶσα καὶ ἡ Ἰλλυρὶς καὶ τῆς Θρᾴκης τινά,
34.7.14τετάρτην δὲ τὴν κατὰ τὴν Θρᾳκίαν χερρόνησον, ἐφʼ ἧς τὰ κατὰ Σηστὸν καὶ Ἄβυδον στενά — ἔχουσι δʼ αὐτὴν Θρᾷκες — πέμπτην δὲ τὴν κατὰ τὸν Κιμμερικὸν Βόσπορον καὶ τὸ στόμα τῆς Μαιώτιδος.
34.8.1Πολύβιος δʼ ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης ἐν τετάρτῃ καὶ τριακοστῇ τῶν Ἱστοριῶν περὶ τῆς ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ Λυσιτανίας χώρας διαλεγόμενός φησιν ὅτι βάλανοί εἰσι κατὰ βάθος ἐν τῇ αὐτόθι θαλάττῃ πεφυτευμέναι, ὧν τὸν καρπὸν σιτουμένους τοὺς θύννους πιαίνεσθαι.
34.8.2διόπερ οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι τις λέγων ὗς εἶναι θαλαττίους τοὺς θύννους. —
34.8.3λέγει δʼ ὁ Πολύβιος καὶ μέχρι τῆς Λατίνης ἐκπίπτειν τὴν βάλανον ταύτην, εἰ μὴ ἄρα, φησί, καὶ ἡ Σαρδὼ φέρει καὶ ἡ πλησιόχωρος ταύτῃ. —
34.8.3τὴν κατὰ Λυσιτανίαν —
34.8.4χώρα δʼ ἐστὶν αὕτη τῆς Ἰβηρίας, ἣν νῦν Ῥωμαῖοι Σπανίαν ὀνομάζουσι — διηγούμενος εὐδαιμονίαν Πολύβιος ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης [...] ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ καὶ τριακοστῇ τῶν Ἱστοριῶν φησιν ὡς αὐτόθι διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀέρος εὐκρασίαν καὶ τὰ ζῷα πολύγονα καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ καρποὶ οὐδέποτε φθείρονται·
34.8.5ῥόδα μὲν γὰρ αὐτόθι καὶ λευκόια καὶ ἀσπάραγοι καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια τούτοις οὐ πλεῖον διαλείπει μηνῶν τριῶν,
34.8.6τὸ δὲ θαλάττιον ὄψον καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ κατὰ τὴν χρηστότητα καὶ κατὰ τὸ κάλλος μεγάλην ἔχει διαφορὰν πρὸς τὸ γινόμενον ἐν τῇ καθʼ ἡμᾶς θαλάττῃ.
34.8.7καὶ ὁ μὲν τῶν κριθῶν Σικελικὸς μέδιμνός ἐστι δραχμῆς, ὁ δὲ τῶν πυρῶν ἐννέα ὀβολῶν Ἀλεξανδρεινῶν·
34.8.8τοῦ δʼ οἴνου δραχμῆς ὁ μετρητὴς καὶ ἔριφος ὁ μέτριος ὀβολοῦ καὶ λαγώς. τῶν δʼ ἀρνῶν τριώβολον καὶ τετρώβολον ἡ τιμή. ὗς δὲ πίων ἑκατὸν μνᾶς ἄγων πέντε δραχμῶν καὶ πρόβατον δυεῖν. τάλαντον δὲ σύκων τριῶν ὀβολῶν,
34.8.9μόσχος δραχμῶν πέντε καὶ βοῦς ζύγιμος δέκα.
34.8.10τὰ δὲ τῶν ἀγρίων ζῴων κρέα σχεδὸν οὐδὲ κατηξιοῦτο τιμῆς, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἐπιδόσει καὶ χάριτι τὴν ἀλλαγὴν ποιοῦνται τούτων.
34.9.1τοὺς δʼ ἐνοικοῦντας Τουρδητανούς τε καὶ Τουρδούλους προσαγορεύουσιν, οἱ μὲν τοὺς αὐτοὺς νομίζοντες, οἱ δʼ ἑτέρους·
34.9.2ὧν ἐστι καὶ Πολύβιος, συνοίκους φήσας τοῖς Τουρδητανοῖς πρὸς ἄρκτον τοὺς Τουρδούλους. —
34.9.3τῇ δὲ τῆς χώρας εὐδαιμονίᾳ καὶ τὸ ἥμερον καὶ τὸ πολιτικὸν συνηκολούθησε τοῖς Τουρδητανοῖς, καὶ τοῖς Κελτικοῖς δὲ διὰ τὴν γειτνίασιν, ὡς δʼ εἴρηκε Πολύβιος, διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. —
34.9.4καὶ Δικαίαρχος δὲ καὶ Ἐρατοσθένης καὶ Πολύβιος καὶ οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων περὶ τὸν πορθμὸν ἀποφαίνουσι τὰς στήλας. —
34.9.5φησὶ δὲ ὁ Πολύβιος κρήνην ἐν τῷ Ἡρακλείῳ τῷ ἐν Γαδείροις εἶναι, βαθμῶν ὀλίγων κατάβασιν ἔχουσαν εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, πότιμον, ἣν ταῖς παλιρροίαις τῆς θαλάττης ἀντιπαθεῖν, κατὰ μὲν τὰς πλήμας ἐκλείπουσαν, κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἀμπώτεις πληρουμένην.
34.9.6αἰτιᾶται δʼ ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ τοῦ βάθους εἰς τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς γῆς ἐκπῖπτον, καλυφθείσης μὲν αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ κύματος κατὰ τὰς ἐπιβάσεις τῆς θαλάττης, εἴργεται τῶν οἰκείων τοιούτων ἐξόδων, ἀναστρέψαν δὲ εἰς τὸ ἐντὸς ἐμφράττει τοὺς τῆς πηγῆς πόρους καὶ ποιεῖ λειψυδρίαν·
Book 34, Part 6
34.9.7γυμνωθείσης δὲ πάλιν εὐθυπορῆσαν ἐλευθεροῖ τὰς φλέβας τῆς πηγῆς, ὥστʼ ἀναβλύειν εὐπόρως. —
34.9.8Πολύβιος δὲ τῶν περὶ Καρχηδόνα Νέαν ἀργυρείων μνησθεὶς μέγιστα μὲν εἶναί φησι, διέχειν δὲ τῆς πόλεως ὅσον εἴκοσι σταδίους, περιειληφότα κύκλον τετρακοσίων σταδίων,
34.9.9ὅπου τέτταρας μυριάδας ἀνθρώπων μένειν τῶν ἐργαζομένων, ἀναφέροντας τότε τῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν δισμυρίας καὶ πεντακισχιλίας δραχμάς.
34.9.10τὴν δὲ κατεργασίαν τὴν μὲν ἄλλην ἐῶ — μακρὰ γάρ ἐστι — , τὴν δὲ συρτὴν βῶλον τὴν ἀργυρῖτίν φησι κόπτεσθαι καὶ κοσκίνοις εἰς ὕδωρ διαττᾶσθαι· κόπτεσθαι δὲ πάλιν τὰς ὑποστάσεις καὶ πάλιν διηθουμένας ἀποχεομένων τῶν ὑδάτων κόπτεσθαι·
34.9.11τὴν δὲ πέμπτην ὑπόστασιν χωνευθεῖσαν, ἀποχυθέντος τοῦ μολίβδου, καθαρὸν τὸν ἄργυρον ἐξάγειν. —
34.9.12Πολύβιος δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἄναν καὶ τοῦτον ἐκ τῆς Κελτιβηρίας ῥεῖν φησι, διέχοντας ἀλλήλων ὅσον ἐνακοσίους σταδίους. —
34.9.13Πολύβιος δὲ τὰ τῶν Οὐακκαίων καὶ τῶν Κελτιβήρων ἔθνη καὶ χωρία διεξιὼν συλλέγει ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι καὶ Σεγεσάμαν καὶ Ἰντερκατίαν. —
34.9.14τοιοῦτον δέ τινα ὑφίσταται τῇ κατασκευῇ καὶ λαμπρότητι οἵανπερ Πολύβιος Ἴβηρός τινος βασιλέως οἰκίαν.
34.9.15ὃν καὶ ἐζηλωκέναι λέγει τὴν τῶν Φαιάκων τρυφὴν πλὴν τοῦ τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκίας ἑστάναι πλήρεις οἴνου κριθίνου, ἀργυροῦς ὄντας καὶ χρυσοῦς.
34.10.1Πολύβιος δʼ ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ καὶ τριακοστῇ τῶν Ἱστοριῶν μετὰ τὴν Πυρήνην φησὶν ἕως τοῦ Νάρβωνος ποταμοῦ πεδίον εἶναι, διʼ οὗ φέρεσθαι ποταμοὺς Ἰλλέβεριν καὶ Ῥόσκυνον, ῥέοντας παρὰ πόλεις ὁμωνύμους, κατοικουμένας ὑπὸ Κελτῶν.
34.10.2ἐν οὖν τῷ πεδίῳ τούτῳ εἶναι τοὺς λεγομένους ἰχθῦς ὀρυκτούς.
34.10.3εἶναι δὲ τὸ πεδίον λεπτόγειον καὶ πολλὴν ἄγρωστιν ἔχον πεφυκυῖαν· ὑπὸ δὲ ταύτην διάμμου τῆς γῆς οὔσης ἐπὶ δύο καὶ τρεῖς πήχεις, ὑπορρεῖν τὸ πλαζόμενον ἀπὸ τῶν ποταμῶν ὕδωρ,
34.10.4μεθʼ οὗ ἰχθύες κατὰ τὰς παρεκχύσεις ὑποτρέχοντες ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν χάριν τῆς τροφῆς — φιληδοῦσι γὰρ τῇ τῆς ἀγρώστεως ῥίζῃ — πεποιήκασι πᾶν τὸ πεδίον πλῆρες ἰχθύων ὑπογείων, οὓς ἀνορύττοντες λαμβάνουσιν. —
34.10.5περὶ δὲ τῶν τοῦ Ῥοδανοῦ στομάτων Πολύβιος [...] ἐπιτιμᾷ Τιμαίῳ, φήσας εἶναι μὴ πεντάστομον, ἀλλὰ δίστομον. —
34.10.6ὁ δὲ Λίγηρ μεταξὺ Πικτόνων τε καὶ Ναμνιτῶν ἐκβάλλει. πρότερον δὲ Κορβιλὼν ὑπῆρχεν ἐμπόριον ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ ποταμῷ, περὶ ἧς εἴρηκε Πολύβιος, μνησθεὶς τῶν ὑπὸ Πυθέου μυθολογηθέντων,
34.10.7ὅτι Μασσαλιωτῶν μὲν τῶν συμμιξάντων Σκιπίωνι οὐδεὶς εἶχε λέγειν οὐδὲν μνήμης ἄξιον, ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος περὶ τῆς Βρετταννικῆς, οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκ Νάρβωνος οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκ Κορβιλῶνος, αἵπερ ἦσαν ἄρισται πόλεις τῶν ταύτῃ, Πυθέας δʼ ἐθάρρησε τοσαῦτα ψεύσασθαι. —
34.10.8φησὶ δὲ Πολύβιος καὶ ἰδιόμορφόν τι γεννᾶσθαι ζῷον ἐν αὐταῖς, ἐλαφοειδὲς τὸ σχῆμα πλὴν αὐχένος καὶ τριχώματος, ταῦτα δʼ ἐοικέναι κάπρῳ·
34.10.9ὑπὸ δὲ τῷ γενείῳ πυρῆνα ἴσχειν ὅσον σπιθαμιαῖον ἀκρόκομον, πωλικῆς κέρκου τὸ πάχος. —
34.10.10ἔτι φησὶ Πολύβιος ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ κατʼ Ἀκυληίαν μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς Ταυρίσκοις τοῖς Νωρικοῖς εὑρεθῆναι χρυσεῖον οὕτως εὐφυὲς ὥστʼ ἐπὶ δύο πόδας ἀποσύραντι τὴν ἐπιπολῆς γῆν εὐθὺς ὀρυκτὸν εὑρίσκεσθαι χρυσόν.
34.10.11τὸ δʼ ὄρυγμα μὴ πλειόνων ὑπάρχειν ἢ πεντεκαίδεκα ποδῶν.
34.10.12εἶναι δὲ τοῦ χρυσοῦ τὸν μὲν αὐτόθεν καθαρόν, κυάμου μέγεθος ἢ θέρμου, τοῦ ὀγδόου μέρους μόνον ἀφεψηθέντος, τὸν δὲ δεῖσθαι μὲν χωνείας πλείονος, σφόδρα δὲ λυσιτελοῦς.
34.10.13συνεργασαμένων δὲ τοῖς βαρβαροῖς τῶν Ἰταλιωτῶν ἐν διμήνῳ, παραχρῆμα τὸ χρυσίον εὐωνότερον γενέσθαι τῷ τρίτῳ μέρει καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἰταλίαν.
34.10.14αἰσθομένους δὲ τοὺς Ταυρίσκους μονοπωλεῖν ἐκβαλόντας τοὺς συνεργαζομένους. —
34.10.15ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἀνὴρ περὶ τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν Ἄλπεων καὶ τοῦ ὕψους λέγων παραβάλλει τὰ ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὄρη τὰ μέγιστα, τὸ Ταΰγετον, τὸ Λύκαιον, Παρνασσόν, Ὄλυμπον, Πήλιον, Ὄσσαν, ἐν δὲ Θρᾴκῃ Αἷμον, Ῥοδόπην, Δούνακα.
Book 34, Part 7
34.10.16καί φησιν ὅτι τούτων μὲν ἕκαστον μικροῦ δεῖν αὐθημερὸν εὐζώνοις ἀναβῆναι δυνατόν, αὐθημερὸν δὲ καὶ περιελθεῖν,
34.10.17τὰς δʼ Ἄλπεις οὐδʼ ἂν πεμπταῖος ἀναβαίη τις· τὸ δὲ μῆκός ἐστι δισχιλίων καὶ διακοσίων σταδίων τὸ παρῆκον παρὰ τὰ πεδία.
34.10.18τέτταρας δʼ ὑπερβάσεις ὀνομάζει μόνον, διὰ Λιγύων μὲν τὴν ἔγγιστα τῷ Τυρρηνικῷ πελάγει, εἶτα τὴν διὰ Ταυρίνων, ἣν Ἀννίβας διῆλθεν, εἶτα τὴν διὰ Σαλασσῶν, τετάρτην δὲ τὴν διὰ Ῥαιτῶν, ἁπάσας κρημνώδεις.
34.10.19λίμνας δὲ εἶναί φησιν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι πλείους μέν, τρεῖς δὲ μεγάλας, ὧν ἡ μὲν Βήνακος ἔχει μῆκος πεντακοσίων σταδίων, πλάτος δὲ ἑκατὸν τριάκοντα, ἐκρεῖ δὲ ποταμὸς Μίγκιος·
34.10.20ἡ δʼ ἑξῆς Λάριος τετρακοσίων, πλάτος δὲ στενωτέρα τῆς πρότερον, ἐξίησι δὲ ποταμὸν τὸν Ἀδούαν·
34.10.21τρίτη δὲ Οὐερβανὸς μῆκος ἐγγὺς τριακοσίων σταδίων, πλάτος δὲ τριάκοντα, ποταμὸν δὲ ἐξίησι μέγαν Τίκινον. πάντες δʼ εἰς τὸν Πάδον συρρέουσι.
34.11.1Πολύβιος δὲ διάφορον οἶνον ἐν Καπύῃ φησὶ γίνεσθαι τὸν ἀναδενδρίτην καλούμενον, ᾧ μηδένα συγκρίνεσθαι. —
34.11.2φησὶ δὲ Πολύβιος πεζῇ μὲν εἶναι τὴν παραλίαν τὴν ἀπὸ Ἰαπυγίας μέχρι πορθμοῦ καὶ τρισχιλίων σταδίων, κλύζεσθαι δʼ αὐτὴν τῷ Σικελικῷ πελάγει, πλέοντι δὲ καὶ πεντακοσίων δέουσαν. —
34.11.3τῆς δὲ Τυρρηνίας μῆκος μὲν τὸ μέγιστον εἶναί φασι τὴν παραλίαν ἀπὸ Λούνης μέχρι Ὠστίων δισχιλίων που καὶ πεντακοσίων σταδίων· πλάτος δὲ τοῦ ἡμίσους ἔλαττον τὸ πρὸς τοῖς ὄρεσιν. εἰς μὲν οὖν Πίσας ἀπὸ Λούνης πλείους τῶν τετρακοσίων σταδίων εἰσίν, ἐντεῦθεν δʼ εἰς Οὐολατέρρας διακόσιοι ὀγδοήκοντα, πάλιν δʼ ἐνθένδε εἰς Ποπλώνιον διακόσιοι ἑβδομήκοντα, ἐκ δὲ Ποπλωνίου εἰς Κόσαν ἐγγὺς ὀκτακόσιοι, οἱ δὲ ἑξακόσιοί φασι. Πολύβιος δʼ οὐκ εὖ καὶ τοὺς πάντας χιλίους τριακοσίους τριάκοντα λέγει. —
34.11.3Αἰθάλη, νῆσος Τυρσηνῶν .
34.11.4[...] Πολύβιος δʼ ἐν τριακοστῇ τετάρτῃ λέγει Αἰθάλειαν τὴν Λῆμνον καλεῖσθαι. —
34.11.4καλοῦσι δʼ αὐτὸν Κρατῆρα,
34.11.5ἀπὸ τοῦ Μισηνοῦ μέχρι τοῦ Ἀθηναίου, δυεῖν ἀκρωτηρίων, κολπούμενον. ὑπὲρ δὲ τούτων τῶν ᾐόνων Καμπανία πᾶσα ἵδρυται, πεδίον εὐδαιμονέστατον τῶν ἁπάντων .
34.11.6[...] Ἀντίοχος μὲν οὖν φησι τὴν χώραν ταύτην Ὀπικοὺς οἰκῆσαι, τούτους δὲ καὶ Αὔσονας καλεῖσθαι.
34.11.7Πολύβιος δʼ ἐμφαίνει δύο ἔθνη νομίζων ταῦτα· Ὀπικοὺς γάρ φησι καὶ Αὔσονας οἰκεῖν τὴν χώραν ταύτην περὶ τὸν Κρατῆρα. —
34.11.7Πολύβιος δʼ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰαπυγίας μεμιλιάσθαι φησί,
34.11.8καὶ εἶναι μίλια πεντακόσια ἑξήκοντα δύο εἰς Σίλαν πόλιν, ἐντεῦθεν δʼ εἰς Ἀκυληίαν ἑκατὸν ἑβδομήκοντα ὀκτώ. —
34.11.8μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὸ Λακίνιον,
34.11.9Ἥρας ἱερόν, πλούσιόν ποτε ὑπάρξαν καὶ πολλῶν ἀναθημάτων μεστόν.
34.11.10τὰ διάρματα δʼ οὐκ εὐκρινῶς λέγεται· πλὴν ὥς γε ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ σταδίους ἀπὸ πορθμοῦ μέχρι Λακινίου Πολύβιος ἀποδίδωσι χιλίους καὶ τριακοσίους,
34.11.11ἐντεῦθεν δὲ καὶ δίαρμα εἰς ἄκραν Ἰαπυγίαν ἑπτακοσίους. —
34.11.12Πολύβιος δὲ τῶν τριῶν κρατήρων τὸν μὲν κατερρυηκέναι φησὶν ἐκ μέρους, τοὺς δὲ συμμένειν·
34.11.13τὸν δὲ μέγιστον τὸ χεῖλος ἔχειν περιφερὲς ὂν πέντε σταδίων, κατʼ ὀλίγον δὲ συνάγεσθαι εἰς πεντήκοντα ποδῶν διάμετρον·
34.11.14καθʼ οὗ βάθος εἶναι τὸ μέχρι θαλάττης σταδιαῖον, ὥστε καθορᾶν ταῖς νηνεμίαις. [εἰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ πιστά, οὐκ ἀπιστητέον ἴσως οὐδὲ τοῖς περὶ Ἐμπεδοκλέους μυθολογηθεῖσιν.
Book 34, Part 8
34.11.15] ἐὰν μὲν οὖν νότος μέλλῃ πνεῖν, ἀχλὺν ὁμιχλώδη καταχεῖσθαι κύκλῳ φησὶ τῆς νησῖδος, ὥστε μηδὲ τὴν Σικελίαν ἄπωθεν φαίνεσθαι· ὅταν δὲ βορέας,
34.11.16φλόγας καθαρὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ λεχθέντος κρατῆρος εἰς ὕψος ἐξαίρεσθαι καὶ βρόμους ἐκπέμπεσθαι μείζους· τὸν δὲ ζέφυρον μέσην τινὰ ἔχειν τάξιν.
34.11.17τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους κρατῆρας ὁμοειδεῖς μὲν εἶναι, τῇ δὲ βίᾳ λείπεσθαι τῶν ἀναφυσημάτων·
34.11.18ἔκ τε δὴ τῆς διαφορᾶς τῶν βρόμων καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πόθεν ἄρχεται τὰ ἀναφυσήματα καὶ αἱ φλόγες καὶ αἱ λιγνύες προσημαίνεσθαι καὶ τὸν εἰς ἡμέραν τρίτην πάλιν μέλλοντα ἄνεμον πνεῖν.
34.11.19τῶν γοῦν ἐν Λιπάραις γενομένης ἀπλοίας προειπεῖν τινάς φησι τὸν ἐσόμενον ἄνεμον καὶ μὴ διαψεύσασθαι.
34.11.20ἀφʼ οὗ δὴ τὸ μυθωδέστατον δοκοῦν εἰρῆσθαι τῷ ποιητῇ οὐ μάτην φαίνεσθαι λεχθέν, ἀλλʼ αἰνιξαμένου τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὅταν φῇ ταμίαν τῶν ἀνέμων τὸν Αἴολον.
34.12.1καὶ ἄλλα δʼ οὐ πιστὰ λέγει, τό τε συντετρῆσθαι τὰ πελάγη ἀπὸ τοῦ εὑρίσκεσθαι κέραμόν τε Χῖον καὶ Θάσιον ἐν τῷ Νάρωνι, καὶ τὸ ἄμφω κατοπτεύεσθαι τὰ πελάγη ἀπό τινος ὄρους, καὶ τῶν νήσων τῶν Λιβυρνίδων Τιθείς, ὥστε κύκλον ἔχειν σταδίων καὶ πεντακοσίων, καὶ τὸ τὸν Ἴστρον ἑνὶ τῶν στομάτων εἰς τὸν Ἀδρίαν ἐμβάλλειν.
34.12.2τοιαῦτα δὲ καὶ τοῦ Ἐρατοσθένους ἔνια παρακούσματά ἐστι λαοδογματικά, καθάπερ Πολύβιός φησι καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων λέγων συγγραφέων. —
34.12.2aἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀπολλωνίας εἰς Μακεδονίαν ἡ Ἐγνατία ἐστὶν ὁδὸς πρὸς ἕω, βεβηματισμένη κατὰ μίλιον καὶ κατεστηλωμένη μέχρι Κυψέλων καὶ Ἕβρου ποταμοῦ· μιλίων δʼ ἐστὶ πεντακοσίων τριάκοντα πέντε.
34.12.3λογιζομένῳ δέ, ὡς μὲν οἱ πολλοί, τὸ μίλιον ὀκταστάδιον τετρακισχίλιοι ἂν εἶεν στάδιοι καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς διακόσιοι ὀγδοήκοντα,
34.12.4ὡς δὲ Πολύβιος, προστιθεὶς τῷ ὀκτασταδίῳ δίπλεθρον, ὅ ἐστι τρίτον σταδίου, προσθετέον ἄλλους σταδίους ἑκατὸν ἑβδομήκοντα ὀκτώ, τὸ τρίτον τοῦ τῶν μιλίων ἀριθμοῦ.
34.12.5συμβαίνει δʼ ἀπὸ ἴσου διαστήματος συμπίπτειν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν τούς τʼ ἐκ τῆς Ἀπολλωνίας ὁρμηθέντας καὶ τοὺς ἐξ Ἐπιδάμνου.
34.12.6ἡ μὲν οὖν πᾶσα Ἐγνατία καλεῖται, ἡ δὲ πρώτη ἐπὶ Κανδαουίας λέγεται, ὄρους Ἰλλυρικοῦ, διὰ Λυχνιδοῦ πόλεως καὶ Πυλῶνος, τόπου ὁρίζοντος ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τήν τε Ἰλλυρίδα καὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν.
34.12.7ἐκεῖθεν δʼ ἐστὶ παρὰ Βαρνοῦντα διὰ Ἡρακλείας καὶ Λυγκηστῶν καὶ Ἐορδῶν εἰς Ἔδεσσαν καὶ Πέλλαν μέχρι Θεσσαλονικείας·
34.12.8μίλια δʼ ἐστί, φησὶ Πολύβιος, ταῦτα διακόσια ἑξήκοντα ἑπτά. —
34.12.9ὅτι ἐκ Περίνθου εἰς Βυζάντιόν εἰσιν ἑξακόσιοι τριάκοντα, ἀπὸ δὲ Ἕβρου καὶ Κυψέλων εἰς Βυζάντιον μέχρι Κυανέων τρισχίλιοι ἑκατόν, ὥς φησιν Ἀρτεμίδωρος, τὸ δὲ σύμπαν μῆκος ἀπὸ Ἰονίου κόλπου τοῦ κατὰ Ἀπολλωνίαν μέχρι Βυζαντίου ἑπτακισχίλιοι τριακόσιοι εἴκοσι· προστίθησι δʼ ὁ Πολύβιος καὶ ἄλλους ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα,
34.12.10τὸ τρίτον τοῦ σταδίου προσλαμβάνων ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀκτὼ τοῦ μιλίου σταδίοις.
34.12.11ἡ δὲ περίμετρος μὴ κατακολπίζοντι τετρακισχιλίων σταδίων, ὡς Πολύβιος. —
34.12.12Πολυβίου δʼ εἰρηκότος τὸ ἀπὸ Μαλεῶν ἐπὶ τὰς ἄρκτους μέχρι τοῦ Ἴστρου διάστημα περὶ μυρίους σταδίους, εὐθύνει τοῦτο ὁ Ἀρτεμίδωρος οὐκ ἀτόπως [...] κατʼ ἐκεῖνον δὴ συμβαίνει τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Ἴστρου ἐπὶ Μαλέας ἑξακισχιλίων πεντακοσίων. αἴτιον δὲ τούτου τὸ μὴ τὴν σύντομον καταμετρεῖν ἀλλὰ τὴν τυχοῦσαν, ἣν ἐπορεύθη τῶν στρατηγῶν τις.
34.13.1τὰ δʼ ἐπʼ εὐθείας τούτοις μέχρι τῆς Ἰνδικῆς τὰ αὐτὰ κεῖται καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἀρτεμιδώρῳ, ἅπερ καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἐρατοσθένει. λέγει δὲ καὶ Πολύβιος περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ μάλιστα δεῖν πιστεύειν ἐκείνῳ.
34.14.1ὁ γοῦν Πολύβιος γεγονὼς ἐν τῇ πόλει βδελύττεται
34.14.2τὴν τότε κατάστασιν καί φησι τρία γένη τὴν πόλιν οἰκεῖν, τό τε Αἰγύπτιον καὶ ἐπιχώριον φῦλον, ὀξὺ καὶ πολιτικόν,
34.14.3καὶ τὸ μισθοφορικόν, βαρὺ καὶ πολὺ καὶ ἀνάγωγον· ἐξ ἔθους γὰρ παλαιοῦ ξένους ἔτρεφον τοὺς τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντας, ἄρχειν μᾶλλον ἢ ἄρχεσθαι δεδιδαγμένους διὰ τὴν τῶν βασιλέων οὐδένειαν.
34.14.4τρίτον δʼ ἦν γένος τὸ τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων, οὐδʼ αὐτὸ εὐκρινῶς πολιτικὸν διὰ τὰς αὐτὰς αἰτίας, κρεῖττον δʼ ἐκείνων ὅμως·
Book 34, Part 9
34.14.5καὶ γὰρ εἰ μιγάδες, Ἕλληνες ὅμως ἀνέκαθεν ἦσαν καὶ ἐμέμνηντο τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔθους. ἠφανισμένου δὲ καὶ τούτου τοῦ πλήθους,
34.14.6μάλιστα ὑπὸ τοῦ Εὐεργέτου τοῦ Φύσκωνος, καθʼ ὃν ἧκεν εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὁ Πολύβιος —
34.14.7καταστασιαζόμενος γὰρ ὁ Φύσκων πλεονάκις τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐφίει τὰ πλήθη καὶ διέφθειρε —
34.14.8, τοιούτων δή, φησίν, ὄντων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει, λοιπὸν ἦν τῷ ὄντι τὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ
34.14.8Αἴγυπτόνδʼ ἰέναι δολιχὴν ὁδὸν ἀργαλέην τε.
Book 35, Part 1
35.1.1πύρινος πόλεμος, ὁ Ῥωμαίων πρὸς τοὺς Κελτίβηρας συσταθείς. θαυμαστὴν γὰρ ἔσχε τὴν ἰδιότητα τήν τε συνέχειαν τῶν ἀγώνων.
35.1.2τοὺς γὰρ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολέμους καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν ὡς ἐπίπαν μία μάχη κρίνει, σπανίως δὲ δευτέρα, καὶ τὰς μάχας αὐτὰς εἷς καιρὸς ὁ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἔφοδον καὶ σύμπτωσιν τῆς δυνάμεως·
35.1.3κατὰ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν πόλεμον τἀναντία συνέβαινε τοῖς προειρημένοις.
35.1.4τοὺς μὲν γὰρ κινδύνους ὡς ἐπίπαν ἡ νὺξ διέλυε, τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὔτʼ εἴκειν ταῖς ψυχαῖς οὔτε παρακαθιέναι τοῖς σώμασι βουλομένων διὰ τὸν κόπον, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς καὶ μεταμελείας αὖθις ἄλλας ἀρχὰς ποιουμένων.
35.1.5τόν γε μὴν ὅλον πόλεμον καὶ τὴν συνέχειαν τῶν ἐκ παρατάξεως διακρίσεων ὁ χειμὼν ἐπὶ ποσὸν διεῖργε.
35.1.6καθόλου γάρ, εἴ τις διανοηθείη πύρινον πόλεμον, οὐκ ἂν ἕτερον ἢ τοῦτον νοήσειε. —
Book 35, Part 2
35.2.1ὅτι ἐπειδὴ οἱ Κελτίβηρες ἀνοχὰς ποιησάμενοι πρὸς Μάρκον Κλαύδιον τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐξαπέστειλαν τὰς πρεσβείας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, οὗτοι μὲν τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἦγον, καραδοκοῦντες τὴν ἀπόφασιν τῆς συγκλήτου,
35.2.2Μάρκος δὲ στρατεύσας εἰς τοὺς Λυσιτανοὺς καὶ τὴν Νερκόβρικα πόλιν κατὰ κράτος ἑλὼν ἐν Κορδύβᾳ τὴν παραχειμασίαν ἐποιεῖτο.
35.2.3τῶν δὲ πρέσβεων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην παραγενομένων, τοὺς μὲν παρὰ τῶν Βελλῶν καὶ Τίττων, ὅσοι τὰ Ῥωμαίων ᾑροῦντο, παρεδέξαντο πάντας εἰς τὴν πόλιν,
35.2.4τοὺς δὲ παρὰ τῶν Ἀραυακῶν πέραν τοῦ Τιβέρεως ἐκέλευσαν κατασκηνοῦν διὰ τὸ πολεμίους ὑπάρχειν, ἕως βουλεύσωνται περὶ τῶν ὅλων.
35.2.5γενομένου δὲ καιροῦ πρὸς ἔντευξιν, κατὰ πόλιν ὁ στρατηγὸς εἰσῆγε τοὺς συμμάχους.
35.2.6οἱ δὲ καίπερ ὄντες βάρβαροι διετίθεντο λόγους καὶ πάσας ἐξευκρινεῖν ἐπειρῶντο τὰς διαφοράς,
Book 35, Part 3
35.2.7ὑποδεικνύντες ὡς, εἰ μὴ συσταλήσονται καὶ τεύξονται τῆς ἁρμοζούσης κολάσεως οἱ πεπολεμηκότες, παραυτίκα μέν, ἐπανελθόντων τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν στρατοπέδων ἐκ τῆς Ἰβηρίας, ἐκ χειρὸς προσεπιθήσουσι τὴν δίκην αὐτοῖς.
35.2.8ὡς προδόταις γεγονόσι, ταχὺ δὲ πάλιν αὐτοὶ κινήσουσι πραγμάτων ἀρχήν, ἐὰν ἀνεπιτίμητοι διαφύγωσιν ἐκ τῆς πρώτης ἁμαρτίας, ἑτοίμους δὲ πάντας πρὸς καινοτομίαν ποιήσουσι τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν, ὡς ἱκανοὶ γεγονότες ἀντίπαλοι Ῥωμαίοις.
35.2.9διόπερ ἠξίουν ἢ μένειν τὰ στρατόπεδα κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν καὶ διαβαίνειν καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος ὕπατον ἐφεδρεύσοντα τοῖς συμμάχοις καὶ κολάσοντα τὰς Ἀραυακῶν ἀδικίας,
35.2.10ἢ βουλομένους ἀπάγειν τὰς δυνάμεις παραδειγματιστέον εἶναι τὴν τῶν προειρημένων ἐπανάστασιν, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἔτι ποιεῖν θαρρῇ τὸ παραπλήσιον τούτοις.
35.2.11οἱ μὲν οὖν Βελλῶν καὶ Τίττων συμμαχοῦντες Ῥωμαίοις ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια διελέχθησαν.
35.2.12ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις εἰσῆγον τοὺς παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων.
Book 35, Part 4
35.2.13οἱ δʼ Ἀραυάκαι παρελθόντες κατὰ μὲν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν ἐχρῶντο τοῖς λόγοις ὑποπεπτωκότως καὶ ταπεινῶς, τῇ γε μὴν προαιρέσει [ὡς] διέφαινον οὐκ εἰκούσῃ τοῖς ὅλοις οὐδʼ ἡττωμένῃ.
35.2.14καὶ γὰρ τὰ τῆς τύχης ἄδηλα πολλάκις ὑπεδείκνυον καὶ τὰς προγεγενημένας μάχας ἀμφιδηρίτους ποιοῦντες ἐν πάσαις ἔμφασιν ἀπέλειπον ὡς ἐπικυδεστέρων αὐτῶν γεγονότων.
35.2.15τέλος δʼ ἦν τῶν λόγων· εἰ μέν τι δεῖ ῥητὸν πρόστιμον ὑπομένειν τῆς ἀγνοίας, ἀναδέχεσθαι τοῦτʼ ἔφασαν, τελεσθέντος δὲ τοῦ προστάγματος ἐπανάγειν ἠξίουν ἐπὶ τὰς κατὰ Τεβέριον ὁμολογίας αὐτοῖς γενομένας πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον.
35.3.1οἱ δʼ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ διακούσαντες ἀμφοτέρων εἰσήγαγον τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Μαρκέλλου πρέσβεις.
35.3.2θεωροῦντες δὲ καὶ τούτους ῥέποντας ἐπὶ τὴν διάλυσιν καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν προσνέμοντα τὴν αὑτοῦ γνώμην τοῖς πολεμίοις μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς συμμάχοις,
35.3.3τοῖς μὲν Ἀραυάκαις ἔδωκαν καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις ἀπόκρισιν ὅτι Μάρκελλος ἀμφοτέροις ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ διασαφήσει τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου γνώμην,
Book 35, Part 5
35.3.4αὐτοὶ δὲ νομίσαντες τοὺς συμμάχους ἀληθῆ καὶ συμφέροντα σφίσι λέγειν, τοὺς δʼ Ἀραυάκας ἀκμὴν μεγαλοφρονεῖν, τὸν δὲ στρατηγὸν ἀποδειλιᾶν τὸν πόλεμον,
35.3.5ἐντολὰς ἔδωκαν διʼ ἀπορρήτων τοῖς παρʼ ἐκείνου πρεσβευταῖς πολεμεῖν γενναίως καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἀξίως.
35.3.6ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸν πόλεμον ἐποίησαν κατάμονον, πρῶτον μὲν τῷ Μαρκέλλῳ διαπιστήσαντες ἕτερον στρατηγὸν ἔμελλον διαπέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν·
35.3.7ἤδη γὰρ ἔτυχον ὕπατοι τότε καθεσταμένοι καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς παρειληφότες Αὖλος Ποστόμιος καὶ Λεύκιος Λικίννιος Λεύκολλος.
35.3.8ἔπειτα περὶ τὰς παρασκευὰς ἐγίνοντο φιλοτίμως καὶ μεγαλομερῶς, νομίζοντες διὰ ταύτης τῆς πράξεως κριθήσεσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν·
35.3.9κρατηθέντων μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πάντας ὑπέλαβον σφίσι ποιήσειν τὸ προσταττόμενον, ἀποστρεψαμένων δὲ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα φόβον οὐ μόνον Ἀραυάκας καταθαρρήσειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας.
Book 35, Part 6
35.4.1ὅσῳ δὲ φιλοτιμότερον ἡ σύγκλητος διέκειτο πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, τοσούτῳ σφίσι τὰ πράγματʼ ἀπέβαινε παραδοξότερα.
35.4.2τοῦ μὲν γὰρ Κοΐντου τοῦ τὸν πρότερον ἐνιαυτὸν στρατηγήσαντος ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ καὶ τῶν μετʼ αὐτοῦ στρατευσαμένων ἠγγελκότων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τήν τε συνέχειαν τῶν ἐκ παρατάξεως κινδύνων καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀπολωλότων καὶ τὴν ἀνδρείαν τῶν Κελτιβήρων,
35.4.3τοῦ δὲ Μαρκέλλου προφανῶς ἀποδειλιῶντος τὸν πόλεμον, ἐνέπεσέ τις πτοία τοῖς νέοις παράλογος, οἵαν οὐκ ἔφασαν οἱ πρεσβῦται γεγενημένην πρότερον.
35.4.4εἰς γὰρ τοῦτο προύβη τὰ τῆς ἀποδειλιάσεως ὥστε μήτε χιλιάρχους προπορεύεσθαι πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοὺς ἱκανούς, ἀλλʼ ἐλλείπειν τὰς χώρας, τὸ πρότερον εἰθισμένων πολλαπλασιόνων προπορεύεσθαι τῶν καθηκόντων,
35.4.5μήτε τοὺς εἰσφερομένους ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπάτων πρεσβευτὰς ὑπακούειν, οὓς ἔδει πορεύεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ,
35.4.6τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, τοὺς νέους διακλίνειν τὰς καταγραφὰς καὶ τοιαύτας πορίζεσθαι προφάσεις ἃς λέγειν μὲν αἰσχρὸν ἦν, ἐξετάζειν δʼ ἀπρεπές, ἐπιτέμνειν δʼ ἀδύνατον.
Book 35, Part 7
35.4.7τέλος δὲ καὶ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐν ἀμηχανίαις ὄντων τί τὸ πέρας ἔσται τῆς τῶν νέων ἀναισχυντίας — τούτῳ γὰρ ἠναγκάζοντο χρῆσθαι τῷ ῥήματι διὰ τὰ συμβαίνοντα — Πόπλιος Κορνήλιος [Ἀφρικανός],
35.4.8νέος μὲν ὤν, δοκῶν δὲ σύμβουλος γεγονέναι τοῦ πολέμου, τὴν ἐπὶ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ δόξαν ὁμολογουμένην πεποιημένος,
35.4.9τῆς δʼ ἐπʼ ἀνδρείᾳ φήμης προσδεόμενος, θεωρῶν τὴν σύγκλητον ἀπορουμένην, ἀναστὰς εἶπεν εἴτε χιλίαρχον εἴτε πρεσβευτὴν πέμπειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν μετὰ τῶν ὑπάτων ἐξεῖναι· πρὸς ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἑτοίμως ἔχειν.
35.4.10καίτοι γʼ ἔφη κατʼ ἰδίαν μὲν αὑτῷ τὴν εἰς Μακεδονίαν ἔξοδον ἅμα μὲν ἀσφαλεστέραν ἅμα δʼ οἰκειοτέραν
35.4.11εἶναι· συνέβαινε γὰρ τότε τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἐπʼ ὀνόματος καλεῖν τὸν Σκιπίωνα διαλύσοντα τὰς ἐν αὐτοῖς στάσεις·
35.4.12ἀλλὰ τοὺς τῆς πατρίδος καιροὺς ἔφη κατεπείγειν μᾶλλον καὶ καλεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν τοὺς ἀληθινῶς φιλοδοξοῦντας.
Book 35, Part 8
35.4.13πᾶσιν δὲ παραδόξου φανείσης τῆς ἐπαγγελίας καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν καὶ διὰ τὴν ἄλλην εὐλάβειαν, παραυτίκα μὲν εὐθέως συνέβη μεγάλην ἀποδοχὴν γενέσθαι τοῦ Σκιπίωνος, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον ταῖς ἑξῆς ἡμέραις·
35.4.14οἱ γὰρ πρότερον ἀποδειλιῶντες, ἐκτρεπόμενοι τὸν ἐκ παραθέσεως ἔλεγχον, οἱ μὲν πρεσβεύσειν ἐθελοντὴν ἐπηγγέλλοντο τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὰς στρατιωτικὰς καταγραφὰς προσεπορεύοντο κατὰ συστρέμματα καὶ συνηθείας. —
35.5.1Πολύβιος· ἐνέπεσε δέ τις ὁρμὴ τῷ Σκιπίωνι καὶ διαπόρησις, εἰ δεῖ συμβαλεῖν καὶ μονομαχῆσαι πρὸς τὸν βάρβαρον. —
35.5.2Πολύβιος [...] καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· ὁ δʼ ἵππος ὁ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος ἐδυσχρήστησε μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς πληγῆς, οὐ μὴν ὁλοσχερῶς ἐσφάλμησε. διόπερ ὀρθὸς ἀπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὁ Σκιπίων· Πολύβιος.
35.6.1ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν ἐξ Ἀχαΐας φυγάδων ἐντευχθεὶς διὰ Πολύβιον ὑπὸ Σκιπίωνος, ὡς πολὺς ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ λόγος ἐγίνετο, τῶν μὲν διδόντων κάθοδον αὐτοῖς, τῶν δʼ ἐνισταμένων, ἀναστὰς ὁ Κάτων "
35.6.2ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔχοντεσ" εἶπεν "ὃ πράττωμεν, καθήμεθα τὴν ἡμέραν ὅλην περὶ γεροντίων Γραικῶν ζητοῦντες, πότερον ὑπὸ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἢ τῶν ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ νεκροφόρων ἐκκομισθῶσι.
Book 35, Part 9
35.6.3" ψηφισθείσης δὲ τῆς καθόδου τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἡμέρας ὀλίγας οἱ περὶ τὸν Πολύβιον διαλιπόντες αὖθις ἐπεχείρουν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον εἰσελθεῖν, ὅπως ἃς πρότερον εἶχον ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ τιμὰς οἱ φυγάδες ἀναλάβοιεν, καὶ τοῦ Κάτωνος ἀπεπειρῶντο τῆς γνώμης.
35.6.4ὁ δὲ μειδιάσας ἔφη τὸν Πολύβιον, ὥσπερ τὸν Ὀδυσσέα, βούλεσθαι πάλιν εἰς τὸ τοῦ Κύκλωπος σπήλαιον εἰσελθεῖν, τὸ πιλίον ἐκεῖ καὶ τὴν ζώνην ἐπιλελησμένον
Book 36, Part 1
36.1.1ἴσως δέ τινες ἐπιζητοῦσι πῶς ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἐν ἀγωνίσματι κεχρήμεθα προφερόμενοι τοὺς κατὰ μέρος λόγους, τοιαύτης ὑποθέσεως ἐπειλημμένοι καὶ τηλικαύτης πράξεως·
36.1.2ὅπερ οἱ πλεῖστοι ποιοῦσι τῶν συγγραφέων, εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη διατιθέμενοι τοὺς ἐνόντας λόγους.
36.1.3ἐγὼ δὲ διότι μὲν οὐκ ἀποδοκιμάζω τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ἐν πλείοσι τόποις τῆς ἱστορίας δῆλον πεποίημαι, πολλάκις ἀπηγγελκὼς δημηγορίας καὶ συντάξεις ἀνδρῶν πολιτικῶν·
36.1.4ὅτι δʼ οὐκ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου τοῦτο προαιροῦμαι πράττειν, νῦν ἔσται συμφανές· οὔτε γὰρ ὑπόθεσιν ἐπιφανεστέραν ταύτης εὑρεῖν ῥᾴδιον οὔθʼ ὕλην πλείω καὶ παράθεσιν.
36.1.5καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ προχειρότερον ἕτερον ἐμοὶ τῆς τοιαύτης παρασκευῆς.
36.1.6ἀλλʼ οὔτε τοῖς πολιτικοῖς ἀνδράσιν οἶμαι πρέπειν πρὸς πᾶν τὸ προτεθὲν διαβούλιον εὑρησιλογεῖν καὶ διεξοδικοῖς χρῆσθαι λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ τοῖς ἁρμόζουσι πρὸς τὸν ὑποκείμενον καιρόν,
36.1.7οὔτε τοῖς ἱστοριογράφοις ἐμμελετᾶν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν οὐδʼ ἐναποδείκνυσθαι τὴν αὑτῶν δύναμιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ῥηθέντα καθʼ ὅσον οἷόν τε πολυπραγμονήσαντας διασαφεῖν, καὶ τούτων τὰ καιριώτατα καὶ πραγματικώτατα. —
36.2.1πάλαι δὲ τούτου κεκυρωμένου βεβαίως ἐν ταῖς ἑκάστων γνώμαις καιρὸν ἐζήτουν ἐπιτήδειον καὶ πρόφασιν εὐσχήμονα πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτός.
36.2.2πολὺ γὰρ δὴ τούτου τοῦ μέρους ἐφρόντιζον Ῥωμαῖοι, καλῶς φρονοῦντες·
36.2.3ἔνστασις γὰρ πολέμου κατὰ τὸν Δημήτριον δικαία μὲν εἶναι δοκοῦσα καὶ τὰ νικήματα ποιεῖ μείζω καὶ τὰς ἀποτεύξεις ἀσφαλεστέρας, ἀσχήμων δὲ καὶ φαύλη τοὐναντίον ἀπεργάζεται·
36.2.4διὸ καὶ τότε περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς διαλήψεως πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφερόμενοι παρʼ ὀλίγον ἀπέστησαν τοῦ πολέμου. —
36.3.1ὅτι τῶν Καρχηδονίων πάλαι βουλευομένων περὶ τοῦ πῶς ἀπαντῆσαι δεῖ πρὸς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀπόκρισιν, καὶ τῶν Ἰτυκαίων ὑποτεμομένων τὴν ἐπίνοιαν αὐτῶν, τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τὴν ἑαυτῶν παραδόντων πόλιν, ὁλοσχερὴς ἀμηχανία περιέστη τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
36.3.2μιᾶς γὰρ ἐλπίδος ἔτι φαινομένης αὐτοῖς, εἰ συγκαταβαῖεν εἰς τὸ δοῦναι τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν περὶ αὑτῶν, διότι πάντως εὐδοκεῖν ποιήσουσι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους,
36.3.3διὰ τὸ μηδʼ ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις περιστάσεσιν καταπολεμηθέντες, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς τείχεσι τῶν πολεμίων ὑπαρχόντων, μηδέποτε τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν δεδωκέναι τῆς πατρίδος,
36.3.4καὶ ταύτης τῆς ἐπινοίας τὸν καρπὸν ἀπέβαλον, προκαταληφθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰτυκαίων·
36.3.5οὐδὲν γὰρ ξένον οὐδὲ παράδοξον ἔμελλε φανήσεσθαι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, εἰ ταὐτὸν ποιήσαιεν τοῖς προειρημένοις.
Book 36, Part 2
36.3.6οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κακῶν αἱρέσεως καταλειπομένης, ἢ τὸν πόλεμον ἀναδέχεσθαι γενναίως ἢ διδόναι τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτούς,
36.3.7πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ διʼ ἀπορρήτων ποιησάμενοι λόγους κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς αὐτοκράτορας, καὶ τούτους ἐξαπέστελλον, δόντες ἐντολὴν βλέποντας πρὸς τὰ παρόντα πράττειν τὸ δοκοῦν συμφέρειν τῇ πατρίδι,
36.3.8ἦσαν δʼ οἱ πρεσβεύοντες Γίσκων Στρυτάνος ἐπικαλούμενος, Ἀμίλκας, Μίσδης, Γιλλίμας, Μάγων.
36.3.9ἥκοντες δʼ οἱ πρέσβεις παρὰ τῶν Καρχηδονίων εἰς Ῥώμην καὶ καταλαβόντες πόλεμον δεδογμένον καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ὡρμηκότας μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων, οὐκέτι διδόντων βουλὴν αὐτοῖς τῶν πραγμάτων, ἔδωκαν τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν περὶ αὑτῶν.
36.4.1περὶ δὲ τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς εἴρηται μὲν ἡμῖν καὶ πρότερον, ἀναγκαῖον δʼ ἔστιν καὶ νῦν ὑπομνῆσαι κεφαλαιωδῶς.
36.4.2οἱ γὰρ διδόντες αὑτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἐπιτροπὴν διδόασι πρῶτον μὲν χώραν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν αὐτοῖς καὶ πόλεις τὰς ἐν ταύτῃ, σὺν δὲ τούτοις ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας τοὺς ὑπάρχοντας ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ ταῖς πόλεσιν ἅπαντας,
36.4.3ὁμοίως ποταμούς, λιμένας, ἱερά, τάφους, συλλήβδην ὥστε πάντων εἶναι κυρίους Ῥωμαίους, αὐτοὺς δὲ τοὺς διδόντας ἁπλῶς μηκέτι μηδενός.
36.4.4γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἀνθομολογήσεως τοιαύτης ὑπὸ τῶν Καρχηδονίων, καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγον εἰσκληθέντων αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, ἔλεγεν ὁ στρατηγὸς τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου γνώμην ὅτι καλῶς αὐτῶν βεβουλευμένων δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς ἡ σύγκλητος τήν τʼ ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τοὺς νόμους, ἔτι δὲ τὴν χώραν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ὑπαρχόντων κτῆσιν καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν.
36.4.5οἱ δὲ Καρχηδόνιοι ταῦτʼ ἀκούσαντες ἔχαιρον, δόξαντες ὡς ἐν κακῶν αἱρέσει καλῶς σφίσιν κεχρῆσθαι τὴν σύγκλητον, ἅτε τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων καὶ μεγίστων αὐτοῖς συγκεχωρημένων.
36.4.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ στρατηγοῦ διασαφοῦντος διότι τεύξονται τούτων, ἐὰν τριακοσίους ὁμήρους εἰς τὸ Λιλύβαιον ἐκπέμψωσιν ἐν τριάκονθʼ ἡμέραις τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἐκ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ τῆς γερουσίας καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπάτων παραγγελλομένοις πειθαρχήσωσιν,
36.4.7ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἠπόρησαν ποῖα τὰ διὰ τῶν ὑπάτων αὐτοῖς ἔσται παραγγελλόμενα· πλὴν τότε γʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς ὥρμησαν, σπεύδοντες ἀναγγεῖλαι τῇ πατρίδι περὶ τούτων.
36.4.8παραγενόμενοι δʼ εἰς τὴν Καρχηδόνα διεσάφουν τοῖς πολίταις τὰ κατὰ μέρος.
36.4.9οἱ δὲ διακούσαντες τἄλλα μὲν ἐνδεχομένως ἐνόμιζον βεβουλεῦσθαι τοὺς πρεσβευτάς, περὶ δὲ πόλεως μὴ γεγονέναι μνείαν εἰς μεγάλην ἐπίστασιν αὐτοὺς ἦγε καὶ πολλὴν ἀμηχανίαν.
36.5.1ἐν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ φασὶ Μάγωνα τὸν Βρέττιον χρήσασθαι λόγοις ἀνδρώδεσι καὶ πραγματικοῖς.
36.5.2δύο γάρ, ὡς ἔοικε, καιροὺς ἔφασκεν εἶναι τοῦ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ σφῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος, ὧν τὸν μὲν ἕνα παρεῖσθαι.
36.5.3δεῖν γὰρ οὐ μὰ Δία νῦν διαπορεῖν τί διὰ τῶν ὑπάτων αὐτοῖς παραγγελθήσεται, καὶ διὰ τί περὶ πόλεως οὐδεμίαν ἐποιήσατο μνείαν ἡ σύγκλητος, ἀλλὰ καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐδίδοσαν τὴν ἐπιτροπήν·
Book 36, Part 3
36.5.4δόντας δὲ σαφῶς γινώσκειν διότι πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον ἐπιδεκτέον ἐστίν, ἐὰν μὴ τελέως ὑπερήφανον ᾖ καὶ παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν·
36.5.5εἰ δὲ μή, τότε πάλιν βουλεύεσθαι πότερα δεῖ προσδέχεσθαι τὸν πόλεμον εἰς τὴν χώραν καὶ πάσχειν ὅ, τι ποτʼ ἂν οὗτος ἐπιφέρῃ τῶν δεινῶν, ἢ κατορρωδήσαντας τὴν τῶν πολεμίων ἔφοδον ἐθελοντὴν ἀναδέχεσθαι πᾶν τὸ προσταττόμενον.
36.5.6πάντων δὲ διὰ τὸν ἐφεστῶτα πόλεμον καὶ διὰ τὸ τῆς προσδοκίας ἄδηλον φερομένων ἐπὶ τὸ πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς παραγγελλομένοις, ἔδοξεν πέμπειν τοὺς ὁμήρους εἰς τὸ Λιλύβαιον.
36.5.7καὶ παραυτίκα καταλέξαντες τριακοσίους τῶν νέων ἐξέπεμπον μετὰ μεγάλης οἰμωγῆς καὶ δακρύων, ἅτε προπεμπόντων ἕκαστον τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν γυναικῶν ἐκκαουσῶν τὴν τοιαύτην διάθεσιν.
36.5.8ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέπλευσαν εἰς τὸ Λιλύβαιον, οἱ μὲν ἐξ αὐτῆς παρεδόθησαν διὰ τῶν ὑπάτων Κοΐντῳ Φαβίῳ Μαξίμῳ — συνέβαινε γὰρ τοῦτον ἐπὶ τῆς Σικελίας τετάχθαι στρατηγὸν τότε —
36.5.9διʼ οὗ παρακομισθέντες ἀσφαλῶς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην συνεκλείσθησαν ὁμοῦ πάντες εἰς τὸ τῆς ἑκκαιδεκήρους νεώριον
36.6.1καὶ τῶν μὲν ὁμήρων ἐκεῖσε παραχθέντων, οἱ στρατηγοὶ κατήχθησαν εἰς τὴν τῆς Ἰτύκης ἄκραν.
36.6.2τούτων δὲ προσπεπτωκότων τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ὀρθὴ καὶ περίφοβος ἦν ἡ πόλις διὰ τὴν ἀδηλότητα τῶν προσδοκωμένων.
36.6.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς πρεσβευτὰς πέμπειν τοὺς πευσομένους τῶν ὑπάτων τί δεῖ ποιεῖν καὶ διασαφήσοντας ὅτι πρὸς πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον ἕτοιμοι πάντες εἰσίν.
36.6.4τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν ἀφικομένων εἰς τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων παρεμβολήν, καὶ τοῦ συνεδρίου συναχθέντος, εἰσελθόντες οἱ πρέσβεις διελέγοντο κατὰ τὰς ἐντολάς.
36.6.5ὁ δὲ πρεσβύτερος τῶν ὑπάτων ἐπαινέσας αὐτῶν τὴν πρόθεσιν καὶ προαίρεσιν ἐκέλευε παραδιδόναι τά θʼ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ βέλη πάντα χωρὶς δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης.
36.6.6οἱ δὲ πρέσβεις ποιήσειν μὲν ἔφασαν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον, σκοπεῖσθαι δʼ αὐτοὺς ἠξίουν τὸ συμβησόμενον, ἐὰν αὐτοὶ μὲν παραχωρήσωσι τῶν ὅπλων, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ λαβόντες ἀποπλεύσωσιν. ὅμως ταῦτα ἔδωκαν. —
36.6.7δῆλον ἐγένετο διότι μέγα τὸ βάσταγμα τῆς πόλεως ἦν· πλείονα γὰρ εἴκοσι μυριάδων ὅπλα παρέδωκαν Ῥωμαίοις καὶ καταπέλτας δισχιλίους. —
36.7.1ἁπλῶς δʼ οὐδὲν εἶδος τῶν μελλόντων ἔγνωσαν,
36.7.2ἐξ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς ἐμφάσεως ὀττευόμενοι τῶν πρέσβεων εἰς παντοδαπὰς οἰμωγὰς καὶ θρήνους ἐνέπιπτον. —
36.7.3οἱ δὲ πάντες ἅμʼ ἀνακεκραγότες ἐξ αὐτῆς οἱονεὶ παρελύθησαν.
Book 36, Part 4
36.7.4ταχὺ δὲ τοῦ λόγου διαδοθέντος εἰς τὸ πλῆθος, οὐκέτι συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀλογίαν, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ὥρμων, ὡς αἰτίους σφίσι τῶν κακῶν ὄντας τούτων,
36.7.5οἱ δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς κατειλημμένους τῶν Ἰταλικῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτους ἀπηρείσαντο τὸν θυμόν, οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὰς πύλας τῆς πόλεως —
36.8.1Ἀμίλκας, ὁ καὶ Φαμέας, Καρχηδονίων στρατηγός, ὃς ὑπῆρχε κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀκμάζων καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἕξιν ἐρρωμένος, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον ἐφόδιον πρὸς πολεμικὴν χρείαν, ἱππεὺς ἄγαν ἀγαθὸς καὶ τολμηρός. —
36.8.2οἱ δὲ διαζηλοτυπούμενοι πρὸς τὸν Σκιπίωνα ἐπεβάλοντο διασύρειν τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ. —
36.8.2τὰς προφυλακὰς βλέπων ὁ Φαμέας,
36.8.3ὢν οὐκ ἄψυχος, ἐξέκλινε τὰς πρὸς τὸν Σκιπίωνα συμπλοκάς. καί ποτε συνεγγίσας ταῖς ἐφεδρείαις, προβαλόμενος ὀφρὺν ἀπότομον ἐπέστη καὶ πλείω χρόνον. —
36.8.4αἱ δὲ σημεῖαι τῶν Ῥωμαίων συνεπεφεύγεσαν εἰς βουνόν· καὶ πάντων δόντων γνώμας ὁ Σκιπίων ἔφη,
36.8.5ὅταν ἐξ ἀκεραίου βουλεύωνται, καὶ πλείω ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν τοῦ μηδὲν παθεῖν ἢ τοῦ δρᾶσαι κακῶς τοὺς ἐχθρούς. —
36.8.6οὐ χρὴ θαυμάζειν εἰ φιλοτιμότερον ἐξηγούμεθα τὰ κατὰ τὸν Σκιπίωνα καὶ πᾶν τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ μετὰ διαστολῆς ἐξαγγέλλομεν. —
36.8.7ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ῥώμῃ Μάρκον Πόρκιον ἀκούσαντα τὰς ἀριστείας Σκιπίωνος εἰπεῖν [πάλιν ἄλλον πρὸς ἐκεῖνον· τί ἀκήκοας]
36.8.7οἶος πέπνυται· τοὶ δὲ σκιαὶ ἀΐσσουσιν. —
36.8.8οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι ὑπερευδοκούμενοι κατὰ πάντα τρόπον τῇ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος ὁμολογίᾳ καὶ τῷ χειρισμῷ τῶν πραγμάτων
36.9.1ὅτι περὶ Καρχηδονίων, ὅτε κατεπολέμησαν αὐτοὺς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι, καὶ περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ψευδοφίλιππον κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολλοὶ καὶ παντοῖοι διεφέροντο λόγοι, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Καρχηδονίους, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ψευδοφίλιππον.
36.9.2τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ Καρχηδονίους ἀμφιδοξουμένας εἶχε τὰς ἀποφάσεις καὶ τὰς διαλήψεις·
36.9.3ἔνιοι μὲν γὰρ συγκατῄνουν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, φάσκοντες αὐτοὺς φρονίμως καὶ πραγματικῶς βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῆς δυναστείας·
36.9.4τὸ γὰρ τὸν ἐπικρεμάμενον φόβον καὶ τὴν πολλάκις μὲν ἠμφισβητηκυῖαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πόλιν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡγεμονίας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ νῦν δυναμένην ἀμφισβητῆσαι σὺν καιρῷ, ταύτην ἐπανελομένους βεβαιῶσαι τῇ σφετέρᾳ πατρίδι τὴν ἀρχὴν νοῦν ἐχόντων εἶναι καὶ μακρὰν βλεπόντων ἀνθρώπων.
Book 36, Part 5
36.9.5ἔνιοι δὲ τούτοις ἀντέλεγον, φάσκοντες οὐ ταύτην ἔχοντας αὐτοὺς τὴν προαίρεσιν κατεκτῆσθαι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν εἰς τὴν Ἀθηναίων καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐκτρέπεσθαι φιλαρχίαν καὶ βραδύτερον μὲν ἐκείνων ὁρμᾶν, ἥξειν δʼ ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ τέλος ἐκ τῶν προφαινομένων.
36.9.6πρότερον μὲν γὰρ πᾶσι πεπολεμηκέναι μέχρι τοῦ κρατῆσαι καὶ συγχωρῆσαι τοὺς ἀντιταξαμένους ὅτι δεῖ πείθεσθαι σφίσι καὶ ποιεῖν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον·
36.9.7νῦν δὲ προοίμιον μὲν ἐκτεθεῖσθαι τῆς ἰδίας προαιρέσεως τὰ κατὰ Περσέα, βαστάσαντας ἐκ ῥιζῶν τὴν Μακεδόνων βασιλείαν, τετελειωκέναι δὲ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν διὰ τῆς περὶ Καρχηδονίων διαλήψεως·
36.9.8μηδενὸς γὰρ ἀνηκέστου γεγονότος ἐξ ἐκείνων, ἀνηκέστως καὶ βαρέως βεβουλεῦσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, πᾶν ἀναδεχομένων καὶ πᾶν ὑπομενόντων ποιήσειν τὸ προσταττόμενον.
36.9.9ἕτεροι δὲ καθόλου μὲν πολιτικὸν εἶναι τὸ Ῥωμαϊκὸν ἔθνος ἔφασαν καὶ τοῦτʼ ἴδιον εἶναι καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ σεμνύνεσθαι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ἐπὶ τῷ καὶ τοὺς πολέμους ἁπλῶς καὶ γενναίως πολεμεῖν, μὴ νυκτεριναῖς ἐπιθέσεσι χρωμένους μηδʼ ἐνέδραις, πᾶν δὲ τὸ διʼ ἀπάτης καὶ δόλου γινόμενον ἀποδοκιμάζοντας, μόνους δὲ τοὺς ἐκ προδήλου καὶ κατὰ πρόσωπον κινδύνους ὑπολαμβάνοντας αὑτοῖς καθήκειν.
36.9.10νῦν δὲ πάντα περὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους διʼ ἀπάτης καὶ δόλου κεχειρικέναι, κατὰ βραχὺ τὸ μὲν προτείνοντας, τὸ δʼ ἐπικρυπτομένους, ἕως οὗ παρείλαντο πάσας τὰς ἐλπίδας τοῦ βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς τοὺς συμμάχους.
36.9.11τοῦτο δὲ μοναρχικῆς πραγματοποιίας οἰκεῖον εἶναι μᾶλλον ἢ πολιτικῆς καὶ Ῥωμαϊκῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ προσεοικὸς ἀσεβήματι καὶ παρασπονδήματι κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον. ἦσαν δέ τινες οἱ καὶ τούτοις ἀντιλέγοντες.
36.9.12εἰ μὲν γὰρ πρὶν ἢ δοῦναι τοὺς Καρχηδονίους τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν αὑτῶν οὕτως ἐχείριζον τὰ πράγματα, κατὰ βραχὺ τὰ μὲν προτείνοντες, τὰ δὲ παραγυμνοῦντες, εἰκότως ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐνόχους
36.9.13φαίνεσθαι τοῖς ἐγκαλουμένοις εἰ δὲ δόντων αὐτῶν τῶν Καρχηδονίων τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν ὥστε βουλεύεσθαι Ῥωμαίους ὅ, τι ποτὲ φαίνοιτο περὶ αὐτῶν, οὕτω κατὰ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ὥς ποτε δοκοῖ σφίσι, τὸ κριθὲν ἐπέταττον καὶ παρήγγελλον, οὐκέτι τὸ γινόμενον ἀσεβήματι παραπλήσιον εἶναι καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ παρασπονδήματι μικροῦ δεῖν· ἔνιοι δʼ ἔφασαν οὐκ ἀδικήματι τὸ παράπαν·
36.9.14τριῶν γὰρ οὐσῶν διαφορῶν, εἰς ἃς τὸ πᾶν ἔγκλημα φύσει καταντᾶν, εἰς οὐδεμίαν ἐμπίπτειν τούτων τὸ γινόμενον ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων·
36.9.15ἀσέβημα μὲν γὰρ εἶναι τὸ περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς γονεῖς καὶ τοὺς τεθνεῶτας ἁμαρτάνειν, παρασπόνδημα δὲ τὸ παρὰ τὰς ἐνόρκους καὶ τὰς ἐγγράπτους ὁμολογίας πραττόμενον, ἀδίκημα δὲ τὸ παρὰ τοὺς νόμους καὶ τοὺς ἐθισμοὺς ἐπιτελούμενον·
36.9.16ὧν οὐδὲν κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐνόχους εἶναι Ῥωμαίους· οὐ γὰρ εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς οὐδʼ εἰς τοὺς γονεῖς οὐδʼ εἰς τοὺς τεθνεῶτας ἐξαμαρτάνειν, οὐδὲ μὴν ὅρκους οὐδὲ συνθήκας παραβαίνειν, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον αὐτοὺς ἐγκαλεῖν τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ὅτι παραβεβήκασι.
36.9.17καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ νόμους οὐδʼ ἐθισμοὺς οὐδὲ τὴν κατʼ ἰδίαν πίστιν ἀθετεῖν· λαβόντας γὰρ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν παρʼ ἑκόντων ὃ βούλοιντο πράττειν, οὐ πειθαρχούντων τοῖς παραγγελλομένοις, οὕτως αὐτοῖς προσάγειν τὴν ἀνάγκην.
36.10.1περὶ μὲν οὖν Ῥωμαίων καὶ Καρχηδονίων ταῦτʼ ἐλέγετο·
36.10.2περὶ δὲ τοῦ Ψευδοφιλίππου τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οὐδʼ ἀνεκτὸς ὁ λόγος ἐφαίνετο· πάρεστί τις ἐπὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἀεροπετὴς Φίλιππος, καταφρονήσας οὐ μόνον Μακεδόνων ἀλλὰ καὶ Ῥωμαίων, οὐδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν εὔλογον ἔχων πρὸς τὴν ἐπιβολήν,
36.10.3ἅτε γινωσκομένου τοῦ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν Φιλίππου διότι σχεδὸν ὀκτωκαίδεκα γεγονὼς ἐτῶν μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον ἐν Ἄλβᾳ τῆς Ἰταλίας δυσὶν ὕστερον ἔτεσιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ Περσέως.
Book 36, Part 6
36.10.4μετὰ δὲ μῆνας τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρας προσπεσούσης φήμης διότι νενίκηκε μάχῃ τοὺς Μακεδόνας πέραν τοῦ Στρυμόνος κατὰ τὴν Ὀδομαντικήν, τινὲς μὲν ἀπεδέχοντο τὸν λόγον, οἱ δὲ πλείους ἀκμὴν ἠπίστουν.
36.10.5μετʼ οὐ πολὺ δὲ πάλιν ἅμα τοῦ λόγου προσπίπτοντος ὅτι νικᾷ μάχῃ τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Στρυμόνος καὶ πάσης Μακεδονίας κρατεῖ, καὶ Θετταλῶν γράμματα καὶ πρεσβευτὰς πεμψάντων πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς καὶ παρακαλούντων βοηθεῖν, ὡς καὶ περὶ αὐτοὺς ὑπάρχοντος κινδύνου, θαυμαστὸν ἐφάνη καὶ παράδοξον τὸ γεγονός·
36.10.6οὐδεμία γὰρ οὔτε πιθανότης οὔτʼ εὐλογία προυφαίνετο περὶ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος. τοιαῦται μὲν οὖν περὶ τούτων ἦσαν διαθέσεις.
36.11.1ὅτι προσπεσόντων εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον γραμμάτων τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Μανιλίου διότι καλῶς ποιήσουσι Πολύβιον τὸν Μεγαλοπολίτην ἐκπέμψαντες μετὰ σπουδῆς εἰς Λιλύβαιον, ὡς χρείας οὔσης αὐτοῦ δημοσίων ἕνεκεν πραγμάτων, ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐκπέμπειν ἀκολούθως τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑπάτου γεγραμμένοις.
36.11.2ἡμεῖς δὲ νομίζοντες ἑαυτοῖς καθήκειν κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους τὸ πειθαρχεῖν Ῥωμαίοις, πάντα τἄλλα πάρεργα θέμενοι θερείας ἀρχομένης ἐξεπλεύσαμεν.
36.11.3ἀφικόμενοι δʼ εἰς Κέρκυραν καὶ καταλαβόντες αὐτοῦ γράμματα παρὰ τῶν ὑπάτων προσπεπτωκότα τοῖς Κερκυραίοις, ἐν οἷς διεσάφουν ὅτι τοὺς μὲν ὁμήρους ἤδη παραδεδώκασιν αὐτοῖς οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι, πάντως ἕτοιμοι δʼ εἰσὶν αὐτοῖς πειθαρχεῖν,
36.11.4νομίσαντες διαλελύσθαι τὸν πόλεμον καὶ μηκέτι χρείαν ἡμῶν εἶναι μηδεμίαν, αὖθις ἀπεπλεύσαμεν εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον. —
36.12.1οὐ χρὴ δὲ θαυμάζειν ἐὰν ποτὲ μὲν τῷ κυρίῳ σημαίνωμεν αὑτοὺς ὀνόματι, ποτὲ δὲ ταῖς κοιναῖς ἐμφάσεσιν, οἷον οὕτως "ἐμοῦ δὲ ταῦτʼ εἰπόντοσ"
36.12.2καὶ πάλιν "ἡμῶν δὲ συγκαταθεμένων." ἐπὶ πολὺ γὰρ ἐμπεπλεγμένων ἡμῶν εἰς τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα μελλούσας ἱστορεῖσθαι πράξεις, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι μεταλαμβάνειν τὰς περὶ αὑτῶν σημασίας, ἵνα μήτε τοὔνομα συνεχῶς προφερόμενοι προσκόπτωμεν ταυτολογοῦντες μήτε πάλιν "ἐμοῦ" καὶ "διʼ ἐμέ" παρʼ ἕκαστον λέγοντες λάθωμεν εἰς φορτικὴν διάθεσιν ἐμπίπτοντες,
36.12.3ἀλλὰ συγχρώμενοι πᾶσι τούτοις καὶ μεταλαμβάνοντες ἀεὶ τὸ τῷ καιρῷ πρέπον ἐφʼ ὅσον οἷόν τε διαφεύγωμεν τὸ λίαν ἐπαχθὲς τῆς περὶ αὑτῶν λαλιᾶς,
36.12.4ἐπειδὴ φύσει μὲν ἀπρόσδεκτός ἐστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος λόγος, ἀναγκαῖος δʼ ὑπάρχει πολλάκις, ὅταν μὴ δυνατὸν ἄλλως ᾖ δηλῶσαι τὸ προκείμενον.
36.12.5γέγονε δέ τι πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἡμῖν οἷον ἐκ ταὐτομάτου συνέργημα τὸ μηδένα μέχρι γε τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς καιρῶν ταὐτὸν ἡμῖν ὄνομα κεκληρονομηκέναι κυρίως, ὅσον γε καὶ ἡμᾶς εἰδέναι. —
36.13.1ὅτι κατά τι σύμπτωμα τῶν μὲν τοῦ Καλλικράτους εἰκόνων εἰσφερομένων κατὰ τὸ σκότος, τῶν δὲ τοῦ Λυκόρτα κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν ἐκφερομένων εἰς τὸ φῶς κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διάθεσιν,
36.13.2πάντας ἠνάγκαζε τὸ γινόμενον ἐπιφθέγγεσθαι διότι δεῖ μηδέποτε τοῖς καιροῖς ὑπερηφάνως χρῆσθαι κατὰ τῶν πέλας, εἰδότα διότι καὶ λίαν τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἴδιον ἐπιτήδευμα τῆς τύχης, τὸ τοῖς αὑτῶν ἐπινοήμασι καὶ νομοθετήμασιν ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς αὐτοὺς ὑποβάλλειν τοὺς νομοθετήσαντας. —
36.13.3ὅτι αὐτὸ τὸ φύσει φιλόκαινον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἱκανόν ἐστι πρὸς πᾶσαν μεταβολήν.
36.14.1ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοι ἔπεμψαν πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς ἐπιληψομένους τῆς ὁρμῆς τῆς τοῦ Νικομήδους καὶ κωλύσοντας τὸν Ἄτταλον πολεμεῖν τῷ Προυσίᾳ, καὶ κατεστάθησαν Μάρκος Λικίννιος,
Book 36, Part 7
36.14.2ἄνθρωπος ποδαγρικὸς καὶ τελείως ἀδύνατος τοῖς ποσί, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Αὖλος Μαγκῖνος, ὃς κεραμίδος εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐμπεσούσης αὐτῷ τηλικαύτας καὶ τοσαύτας οὐλὰς εἶχε διὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὥστε θαυμαστὸν εἶναι πῶς ἐσώθη, καὶ Λεύκιος Μαλλέολος, ὃς πάντων ἐδόκει Ῥωμαίων ἀναισθητότατος ὑπάρχειν.
36.14.3τῆς δὲ πράξεως προσδεομένης τάχους καὶ τόλμης ἐδόκουν ἀφυέστατοι πρὸς τὴν χρείαν εἶναι ταύτην οἱ καθεσταμένοι.
36.14.4διὸ καί φασι Μάρκον Πόρκιον τὸν Κάτωνα προσαγορευόμενον εἰπεῖν ἐν συγκλήτῳ διότι συμβήσεται μὴ μόνον ἀπολόμενον φθάσαι τὸν Προυσίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Νικομήδην γηράσαντʼ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ·
36.14.5πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε καταταχῆσαι, πῶς δὲ καταταχήσασαν ἀνύσασθαί τι τὴν πρεσβείαν, μήτε πόδας μήτε κεφαλὴν μήτε καρδίαν ἔχουσαν. —
36.15.1ὅτι Προυσίας ὁ βασιλεύς, εἰδεχθὴς ὢν κατὰ τὴν ἔμφασιν, καίπερ ἐκ συλλογισμοῦ βελτίων ὑπάρχων, ἥμισυς ἀνὴρ ἦν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας ἀγεννὴς καὶ γυναικώδης.
36.15.2οὐ γὰρ μόνον δειλὸς ἦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὰς κακοπαθείας ἀλλότριος καὶ συλλήβδην ἐκτεθηλυμμένος καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ τῷ σώματι παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον·
36.15.3ὅπερ ἥκιστα βούλονται περὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς ὑπάρχειν ἅπαντες μέν, μάλιστα δὲ τὸ τῶν Βιθυνῶν γένος.
36.15.4πολλὴ δέ τις ἀσέλγεια καὶ περὶ τὰς σωματικὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῷ συνεξηκολούθει.
36.15.5παιδείας δὲ καὶ φιλοσοφίας καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις θεωρημάτων ἄπειρος εἰς τέλος ἦν
36.15.6καὶ συλλήβδην τοῦ καλοῦ τί ποτʼ ἔστιν οὐδʼ ἔννοιαν εἶχε, Σαρδαναπάλλου δὲ βάρβαρον βίον ἔζη καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ.
36.15.7τοιγαροῦν ἅμα τῷ δράξασθαι βραχείας ἐλπίδος τὸ τῶν βασιλευομένων πλῆθος ἀμετάκλητον ὁρμὴν ἔσχεν εἰς τὸ μὴ μόνον ἀλλότρια φρονεῖν τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμωρίαν βούλεσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαμβάνειν.
36.16.1ὅτι Μασανάσσης ὁ ἐν Λιβύῃ τῶν Νομάδων βασιλεὺς ἀνὴρ ἦν τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς βασιλέων ἄριστος καὶ μακαριώτατος,
36.16.2ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη πλείω τῶν ἑξήκονθʼ, ὑγιεινότατος ὢν καὶ πολυχρονιώτατος· ἐνενήκοντα γὰρ ἐτῶν ἐγεγόνει.
36.16.3ἐγένετο δὲ καὶ δυναμικώτατος τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν κατὰ τὴν σωματικὴν ἕξιν, ὅς, ὅτε μὲν στῆναι δέοι, στὰς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσι διʼ ἡμέρας ἔμενε, καθεζόμενος δὲ πάλιν οὐκ ἠγείρετο.
36.16.4καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν ἱππικῶν κακοπάθειαν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα συνεχῶς διακαρτερῶν οὐδὲν ἔπασχεν. σημεῖον δὲ τῆς σωματικῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως·
36.16.5ἔχων ἐνενήκοντʼ ἔτη, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον, υἱὸν ἀπέλειπε τεττάρων ἐτῶν, ὄνομα Σθέμβανον, ὃν μετὰ ταῦτα Μικίψης υἱοποιήσατο, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις υἱοὺς ἐννέα.
Book 36, Part 8
36.16.6διὰ δὲ τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους τούτων εὔνοιαν διετήρησε τὸν ὅλον βίον πάσης ἐπιβουλῆς καὶ παντὸς οἰκείου μιάσματος ἄμοιρον αὑτοῦ γενέσθαι τὴν βασιλείαν.
36.16.7τὸ δὲ μέγιστον καὶ θειότατον τούτου· τῆς γὰρ Νομαδίας ἁπάσης ἀχρήστου τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ὑπαρχούσης καὶ νομιζομένης ἀδυνάτου τῇ φύσει πρὸς ἡμέρους καρποὺς ὑπάρχειν,
36.16.8πρῶτος καὶ μόνος ὑπέδειξε διότι δύναται πάντας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς ἡμέρους καρποὺς οὐδʼ ὁποίας ἧττον, ἑκάστῳ τῶν υἱῶν ἐν διαστάσει μυριοπλέθρους ἀγροὺς κατασκευάσας παμφόρους.
36.16.9τῇ μὲν οὖν ἐκείνου μεταστάσει ταῦτʼ ἄν τις εὐλόγως ἐπιφθέγξαιτο καὶ δικαίως.
36.16.10ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Κίρταν ἡμέρᾳ τρίτῃ μετὰ τὸν τοῦ βασιλέως θάνατον διῴκησε καλῶς πάντα. —
36.16.11Μασανάσσην δʼ ἱστορεῖ Πολύβιος ἐνενήκοντα μὲν ἐτῶν ἀποθανεῖν, τετράετες καταλιπόντα παιδάριον ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένον·
36.16.12ὀλίγῳ δʼ ἔμπροσθεν τῆς τελευτῆς μάχῃ νικήσαντα μεγάλῃ Καρχηδονίους ὀφθῆναι τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ πρὸ τῆς σκηνῆς ῥυπαρὸν ἄρτον ἐσθίοντα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς θαυμάζοντας εἰπεῖν ὅτι τοῦτο ποιεῖ
36.17.1ἐγὼ δέ, φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος ἐπιτιμῶν τοῖς τὴν τύχην καὶ τὴν εἱμαρμένην ἐπιγράφουσιν ἐπί τε τὰς κοινὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς κατʼ ἰδίαν περιπετείας, νῦν βούλομαι περὶ τούτου τοῦ μέρους διαστείλασθαι καθʼ ὅσον ὁ τῆς πραγματικῆς ἱστορίας ἐπιδέχεται τρόπος.
36.17.2ὧν μὲν νὴ Δίʼ ἀδύνατον ἢ δυσχερὲς τὰς αἰτίας καταλαβεῖν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα, περὶ τούτων ἴσως ἄν τις ἀπορῶν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν τὴν ἀναφορὰν ποιοῖτο καὶ τὴν τύχην, οἶον ὄμβρων καὶ νιφετῶν ἐξαισίων ἐπιφορὰ συνεχής, ἢ τἀναντία πάλιν αὐχμῶν καὶ πάγων καὶ διὰ ταῦτα φθορὰ καρπῶν, ὁμοίως λοιμικαὶ διαθέσεις συνεχεῖς, ἄλλα παραπλήσια τούτοις, ὧν οὐκ εὐμαρὲς τὴν αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν.
36.17.3διόπερ εἰκότως περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀκολουθοῦντες ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν δόξαις διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν, ἱκετεύοντες καὶ θύοντες ἐξιλασκόμενοι τὸ θεῖον, πέμπομεν ἐρησόμενοι τοὺς θεοὺς τί ποτʼ ἂν ἢ λέγουσιν ἢ πράττουσιν ἡμῖν ἄμεινον εἴη καὶ γένοιτο παῦλα τῶν ἐνεστώτων κακῶν.
36.17.4ὧν δὲ δυνατόν ἐστι τὴν αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν, ἐξ ἧς καὶ διʼ ἣν ἐγένετο τὸ συμβαῖνον, οὐχί μοι δοκεῖ τῶν τοιούτων δεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ θεῖον ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀναφοράν.
36.17.5λέγω δʼ οἷον οὕτως. ἐπέσχεν ἐν τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς καιροῖς τὴν Ἑλλάδα πᾶσαν ἀπαιδία καὶ συλλήβδην ὀλιγανθρωπία, διʼ ἣν αἵ τε πόλεις ἐξηρημώθησαν καὶ ἀφορίαν εἶναι συνέβαινε, καίπερ οὔτε πολέμων συνεχῶν ἐσχηκότων ἡμᾶς οὔτε λοιμικῶν περιστάσεων.
36.17.6εἴ τις οὖν περὶ τούτου συνεβούλευσεν εἰς θεοὺς πέμπειν ἐρησομένους τί ποτʼ ἂν ἢ λέγοντες ἢ πράττοντες πλείονες γινοίμεθα καὶ κάλλιον οἰκοίημεν τὰς πόλεις, ἆρʼ οὐ μάταιος ἂν ἐφαίνετο, τῆς αἰτίας προφανοῦς ὑπαρχούσης καὶ τῆς διορθώσεως ἐν ἡμῖν κειμένης;
36.17.7τῶν γὰρ ἀνθρώπων εἰς ἀλαζονείαν καὶ φιλοχρημοσύνην, ἔτι δὲ ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐκτετραμμένων καὶ μὴ βουλομένων μήτε γαμεῖν μήτʼ, ἐὰν γήμωσι, τὰ γινόμενα τέκνα τρέφειν, ἀλλὰ μόλις ἓν τῶν πλείστων ἢ δύο χάριν τοῦ πλουσίους τούτους καταλιπεῖν καὶ σπαταλῶντας θρέψαι, ταχέως ἔλαθε τὸ κακὸν αὐξηθέν.
36.17.8ὅτε γὰρ ἑνὸς ὄντος ἢ δυεῖν, τούτων τὸν μὲν πόλεμος, τὸν δὲ νόσος ἐνστᾶσα παρείλετο, δῆλον ὡς ἀνάγκη καταλείπεσθαι τὰς οἰκήσεις ἐρήμους, καὶ καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν μελιττῶν τὰ σμήνη, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον κατὰ βραχὺ καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἀπορουμένας ἀδυνατεῖν.
36.17.9ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδὲ χρεία παρὰ τῶν θεῶν πυνθάνεσθαι πῶς ἂν ἀπολυθείημεν τῆς τοιαύτης βλάβης·
Book 36, Part 9
36.17.10ὁ γὰρ τυχὼν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐρεῖ διότι μάλιστα μὲν αὐτοὶ διʼ αὑτῶν, μεταθέμενοι τὸν ζῆλον, εἰ δὲ μή, νόμους γράψαντες, ἵνα τρέφηται τὰ γινόμενα. περὶ τούτων οὔτε μάντεων οὔτε τερατειῶν χρεία.
36.17.11ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς λόγος καὶ περὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος.
36.17.12ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἐκείνων ἐφʼ ὧν ἀλήπτους ἢ δυσλήπτους εἶναι τὰς αἰτίας συμβαίνει, διαπορητέον· ὧν ἓν ἦν καὶ τὸ περὶ Μακεδόνας γεγενημένον.
36.17.13Μακεδόνες μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἐτετεύχεισαν φιλανθρωπιῶν, κοινῇ μὲν πάντες ἀπολυθέντες μοναρχικῶν ἐπιταγμάτων καὶ φόρων καὶ μεταλαβόντες ἀπὸ δουλείας ὁμολογουμένως ἐλευθερίαν, ἰδίᾳ δὲ πάλιν κατὰ πόλεις ἐκλυθέντες ἐκ μεγάλων στάσεων καὶ φόνων ἐμφυλίων διὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων [...] φιλοτ?ιμίας· [...] ἅ?μ?α? δυσμενείας μ?ὲ?ν? ἢ βλάβης τῆς ἐν τοῖς πρότερον καιροῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἔτι γεύ [...] φιλ [...] πόλεως· ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ Ψευδοφιλίππου πρῶτον μὲν πρ [...] ε?ξ?ε?τ?ο?ι? διῄτ [...] πολλοὺς μὲν ἀν [...] φρ [...] πλείστους ἐπεῖδον αὐτῶν ἐν πάνυ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ φυγαδευθέντας καὶ στρεβλωθέντας καὶ φονευθέντας ἢ τῶν ἐν τοῖς π?ρ?ό?τ?ε?ρ?ο?ν? καιροῖς ὑπὸ τῶν κατʼ ἀλήθειαν β?α?σι [...] ἤδη τοῦτο γε ε?χ? [...] ῶς απαντ?ε?σ?ι? ἐπὶ το [...] εἴ [...] αι τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς βασιλέων, ὡς [...] ὑβρίζ [...] καὶ [...] πλείστο?ι?σ? ε?μ?ο?σ? τῶν βρ [...] καὶ [...] Ῥωμαίων στρατοπεδεύματος ἐξ αὐτῆς μεταμέλοι· ἐν ἀδικ [...] τῶν πρὸ τοῦ Ψευδοφιλίππου μὲν εἰς αὐτοὺς παρανομημάτων· ο?ἱ? δ?ὲ? τ?ὸ? [...]
36.17.14[...] π?ο?λ?λ?ῶ?ν? τ?ε? μ?ε?τ?ὰ? μὲν τοῦ Δημητρίου καὶ πάλιν μετὰ Περσέως μαχόμενοι πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἡττήθησαν, ἀνδρὶ δὲ στυγνῷ συναγωνιζόμενοι καὶ περὶ τῆς τούτου βασιλείας ἀνδραγαθήσαντες ἐνίκησαν Ῥωμαίους.
36.17.15ἐξ ὧν τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐπαπορήσειεν ἐπὶ τῷ συμβάντι; τὴν γὰρ αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν τούτων δυσχερές.
36.17.16διόπερ ἄν τις ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων διαθέσεων δαιμονοβλάβειαν εἴπειε τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ μῆνιν ἐκ θεῶν ἅπασι Μακεδόσιν ἀπηντῆσθαι. δῆλον δʼ ἔστιν ἐκ τῶν λέγεσθαι μελλόντων.
Book 37, Part 1
37.1.1Μούσειον, τόπος περὶ τὸν Ὄλυμπον τὸν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ· Πολύβιος τριακοστῷ ἑβδόμῳ.
Book 38, Part 1
38.1.1ὅτι ἡ λη# βίβλος περιέχει τὴν συντέλειαν τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀτυχίας.
38.1.2καίπερ γὰρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ καθόλου καὶ κατὰ μέρος πλεονάκις ἐπταικυίας, ὅμως οὐδʼ ὁποίοις ἄν τις τῶν πρότερον ἐλαττωμάτων οἰκειότερον ἐφαρμόσαι τὸ τῆς ἀτυχίας ὄνομα καὶ τὴν ἔννοιαν ταύτην ὡς τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς γεγονόσιν.
38.1.3οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἀφʼ ὧν ἔπαθον ἐλεήσαι τις ἂν τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον ἐφʼ οἷς ἔπραξαν ἠτυχηκέναι νομίσειε, πυθόμενος περὶ ἑκάστων τὰς ἀληθείας.
38.1.4δοκοῦντος γοῦν μεγίστου πάθους γεγονέναι τοῦ περὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους οὐκ ἔλαττον ἄν τις ἡγήσαιτο, κατὰ δέ τι μεῖζον τὸ περὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τότε συμβάν.
38.1.5οἱ μὲν γὰρ τόπον ἔσχατον ἀπολογίας γε πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιγινομένους περὶ σφῶν ἀπέλειπον, οὗτοι δʼ οὐδʼ ἀφορμὴν εὔλογον ἔδοσαν τοῖς βουλομένοις σφίσι βοηθεῖν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμαρτημένων.
38.1.6καὶ Καρχηδόνιοι μὲν ἅμα ταῖς περιπετείαις ἄρδην ἀφανισθέντες ἀνεπαίσθητοι τῶν σφετέρων εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐγένοντο συμπτωμάτων, οἱ δʼ Ἕλληνες ἐφορῶντες τὰς αὑτῶν ἀτυχίας παισὶ παίδων παραδόσιμον ἐποίησαν τὴν ἀκληρίαν.
38.1.7ὥστε καθʼ ὅσον τοὺς ζῶντας μετὰ τιμωρίας ἐλεεινοτέρους νομίζομεν τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς δεινοῖς ἐκλειπόντων τὸν βίον, κατὰ τοσοῦτο καὶ τὰς τότε περιπετείας τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλεεινοτέρας νομιστέον τῶν συμβάντων Καρχηδονίοις,
38.1.8ἐὰν μή τις ἀφροντιστῶν τοῦ καθήκοντος καὶ τοῦ καλοῦ, πρὸς αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ συμφέρον ἀποβλέπων ποιῆται τὴν ἀπόφασιν.
38.1.9ὅτι δʼ ἔστι τὸ νῦν εἰρημένον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἀληθές, εἴποι τις ἂν ὑπομνησθεὶς καὶ παραθεὶς τὰς δοκούσας μεγίστας συμφορὰς γεγονέναι κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πρὸς τὰ νῦν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν λεγόμενα.
38.2.1μέγιστον ἡ τύχη δοκεῖ φόβον ἐπιστῆσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατὰ τὴν Ξέρξου διάβασιν εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην· τότε γὰρ ἐκινδύνευσαν μὲν πάντες,
38.2.2ἔπταισαν δὲ τελέως ὀλίγιστοι, μάλιστα δὲ τούτων Ἀθηναῖοι·
38.2.3προϊδόμενοι γὰρ ἐμφρόνως τὸ μέλλον ἐξέλιπον τὴν πατρίδα μετὰ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν.
38.2.4βλάβην μὲν οὖν ὁ καιρὸς αὐτοῖς ἐπήνεγκε· κύριοι γὰρ γενηθέντες οἱ βάρβαροι πικρῶς διέφθειραν τὰς Ἀθήνας· οὐ μὴν ὄνειδος οὐδʼ αἰσχύνην, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον εὔκλειαν παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν μεγίστην ἀπηνέγκαντο διότι πάντʼ ἐν ἐλάττονι θέμενοι τῆς αὐτῆς τύχης εἵλαντο κοινωνεῖν τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι.
38.2.5τοιγαροῦν καλῇ χρησάμενοι προαιρέσει, παρὰ πόδας οὐ μόνον ἀνεκτήσαντο τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν χώραν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἡγεμονίας μετʼ ὀλίγον ἠμφισβήτουν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους.
38.2.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ὑπὸ Σπαρτιατῶν καταπολεμηθέντες εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀνάγκης ἦλθον ὥστε καθελεῖν τὰ τείχη τῆς αὑτῶν πατρίδος.
38.2.7ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο Λακεδαιμονίων, οὐκ Ἀθηναίων ἄν τις εἶναι φήσειε τοὔγκλημα, διότι βαρύτερον ἐχρήσαντο τῇ δοθείσῃ σφίσι παρὰ τῆς τύχης ἐξουσίᾳ.
38.2.8Σπαρτιᾶται δʼ ἡττηθέντες ὑπὸ Θηβαίων πάλιν ἀπέβαλον τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἡγεμονίαν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀρχῆς ἀποστάντες συνεκλείσθησαν εἰς τοὺς τῆς Λακωνικῆς ὅρους.
38.2.9καὶ τί δὴ τοῦτʼ αἰσχρόν, εἰ περὶ τῶν καλλίστων ἀμφισβητοῦντες ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἔπταισαν ὥστε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν πάτριον ἀναχωρῆσαι δυναστείαν;
38.2.10διὸ τὰ γεγονότα ταῦτα συμπτώματα μὲν εἶναι φατέον, ἀτυχήματα δʼ οὐδαμῶς ῥητέον.
38.2.11Μαντινεῖς ἠναγκάσθησαν ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν πατρίδα διοικισθέντες ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ διασπασθέντες οἰκῆσαι κατὰ κώμας·
38.2.12ἀλλὰ πάντες ἐπὶ τούτοις οὐ τὴν τῶν Μαντινέων ἀβουλίαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ὠνείδιζον.
38.2.13Θηβαῖοι μετά τινα χρόνον ἄρδην ἐπεῖδον τὴν αὑτῶν πατρίδα γενομένην ἀνάστατον, ὅτε προθέμενος Ἀλέξανδρος εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν διαβαίνειν ὑπέλαβε διὰ τῆς εἰς Θηβαίους τιμωρίας τῷ φόβῳ φρουρήσειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας κατὰ τοὺς ἰδίους περισπασμούς·
38.2.14ἀλλὰ τότε πάντες ἠλέουν μὲν τοὺς Θηβαίους ὡς ἄδικα καὶ δεινὰ πεπονθότας, διεδικαίου δὲ τὴν πρᾶξιν ταύτην οὐδεὶς
38.3.1Ἀλεξάνδρου. τοιγαροῦν βραχεῖ χρόνῳ τυχόντες ἐπικουρίας τινὸς αὖθις ᾤκουν τὴν πατρίδα μετʼ ἀσφαλείας.
38.3.2ὁ γὰρ παρὰ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἔλεος οὐ μικρὸν ἐπίχειρόν ἐστι τοῖς ἀδίκως ἀκληροῦσιν, εἴ γε πολλάκις ἰδεῖν ἔστιν ἅμα ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν ὁρμαῖς καὶ τὴν τύχην μεταβαλλομένην καὶ τοὺς κρατοῦντας αὐτοὺς μεταμελομένους καὶ διορθουμένους τὰς τῶν παραλόγως ἠτυχηκότων περιπετείας.
38.3.3πάλιν ἐπείθοντο κατά τινας καιροὺς Χαλκιδεῖς καὶ Κορίνθιοι καί τινες ἕτεραι πόλεις διὰ τὴν τῶν τόπων εὐφυΐαν τοῖς ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλεῦσι καὶ φρουρὰς εἶχον·
Book 38, Part 2
38.3.4ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν δουλεύοντας πάντες ἐσπούδαζον κατὰ δύναμιν ἐλευθεροῦν, τοὺς δὲ καταδουλωσαμένους ἐμίσουν καὶ πολεμίους ἡγοῦντο διὰ τέλους.
38.3.5καθόλου δὲ κατὰ πόλεις ἔπταιον καὶ κατὰ πόλιν ἐσφάλλοντο τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ὡς ἐπίπαν, οἱ μὲν ὑπὲρ ἡγεμονίας καὶ πραγμάτων ἀμφισβητοῦντες, οἱ δʼ ὑπὸ μονάρχων καὶ βασιλέων παρασπονδούμενοι·
38.3.6διὸ καὶ σπανίους ἂν εὕροις οἷς ὄνειδος ἠκολούθει τῶν ἀκληρούντων ἢ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀτυχίας ὄνομα διέμενεν·
38.3.7ἀκληρεῖν μὲν γὰρ ἅπαντας ἡγητέον καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν τοὺς παραλόγοις συμφοραῖς περιπίπτοντας, ἀτυχεῖν δὲ μόνους τούτους οἷς διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἀβουλίαν ὄνειδος αἱ πράξεις ἐπιφέρουσι.
38.3.8κατὰ δὲ τοὺς ὑποκειμένους καιροὺς ἠτύχησαν ἅμα Πελοποννήσιοι, Βοιωτοί, Φωκεῖς, [...] εῖς, Λοκροί, τινὲς τῶν τὸν Ἰόνιον κατοικούντων κόλπον, μετὰ δὲ τούτους ἔτι Μακεδόνες·
38.3.9[...] μὴ μόνον κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος [...] τῶν πρότερον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ [...] ἐπίπαν οὐκ ἠκλήρησαν, ἀλλʼ ἠτύχησαν ἀτυχίαν αἰσχρὰν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα καὶ ἐπονείδιστον·
38.3.10ἅμα μὲν γὰρ ἀπιστίαν, ἅμα δʼ ἀνανδρίαν ἔδειξαν, καὶ πράξεις αὐτοῖς ἐπήνεγκαν διὰ τὴν ἀτ.
38.3.11[...] ἅμα. τοιγαροῦν στερηθέντες πάντων τῶν καλῶν οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ στέ [...] , ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ δ [...] ντες εἰς τὰς πόλεις τότε παρεδέξαντο ῥάβδους καὶ πελέκεις ἐθελο [...] ·
38.3.12ἐν μεγάλῳ γὰρ φόβῳ διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτημάτων ἦσαν, εἰ χρ
38.3.13ὴ λέγειν ἰδίων· ἐγὼ γὰρ ἠγνοηκέναι μὲν φαίην ἂν τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ παραπεπαικέναι τοῦ καθήκοντος, ἡμαρτηκέναι δὲ τοὺς αἰτίους γεγονότας τῆς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἀγνοίας.
38.4.1ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐ δεήσει θαυμάζειν ἐὰν παρεκβαίνοντες τὸ τῆς ἱστορικῆς διηγήσεως ἦθος ἐπιδεικτικωτέραν καὶ φιλοτιμοτέραν φαινώμεθα ποιούμενοι περὶ αὐτῶν τὴν ἀπαγγελίαν.
38.4.2καίτοι τινὲς ἴσως ἐπιτιμήσουσιν ἡμῖν ὡς φιλαπεχθῶς ποιουμένοις τὴν γραφήν, οἷς καθῆκον ἦν μάλιστα πάντων περιστέλλειν τὰς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἁμαρτίας.
38.4.3ἐγὼ δʼ οὔτε φίλον οὐδέποτʼ ἂν ὑπολαμβάνω γνήσιον νομισθῆναι παρὰ τοῖς ὀρθῶς φρονοῦσι τὸν δεδιότα καὶ φοβούμενον τοὺς μετὰ παρρησίας λόγους,
38.4.4καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ πολίτην ἀγαθὸν τὸν ἐγκαταλείποντα τὴν ἀλήθειαν διὰ τὴν ἐσομένην ὑπʼ ἐνίων προσκοπὴν παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν·
38.4.5συγγραφέα δὲ κοινῶν πράξεων οὐδʼ ὅλως ἀποδεκτέον τὸν ἄλλο τι περὶ πλείονος ποιούμενον τῆς ἀληθείας.
38.4.6ὅσῳ γὰρ εἰς πλείους διατείνει καὶ ἐπὶ πλείω χρόνον ἡ διὰ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων παράδοσις τῶν πρὸς καιρὸν λεγομένων, τοσούτῳ χρὴ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸν γράφοντα περὶ πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἀποδέχεσθαι τὴν τοιαύτην αἵρεσιν.
38.4.7κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς τῶν περιστάσεων καιροὺς καθήκει βοηθεῖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὄντας τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατὰ πάντα τρόπον, τὰ μὲν ἀμύνοντας, τὰ δὲ περιστέλλοντας, τὰ δὲ παραιτουμένους τὴν τῶν κρατούντων ὀργήν· ὅπερ ἡμεῖς ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐποιήσαμεν ἀληθινῶς·
38.4.8τὴν δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν γεγονότων τοῖς ἐπιγινομένοις διὰ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων παράδοσιν ἀμιγῆ παντὸς ψεύδους ἀπολείπεσθαι χάριν τοῦ μὴ ταῖς ἀκοαῖς τέρπεσθαι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας, ἀλλὰ ταῖς ψυχαῖς διορθοῦσθαι πρὸς τὸ μὴ πλεονάκις ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς διασφάλλεσθαι.
38.4.9καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω.
38.5.1οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοῶ διότι τινὲς ἐπιλήψονται τῆς πραγματείας, φάσκοντες ἀτελῆ καὶ διερριμμένην ἡμᾶς πεποιῆσθαι τὴν ἐξήγησιν τῶν πραγμάτων,
38.5.2εἴγʼ ἐπιβαλλόμενοι λόγου χάριν διεξιέναι τὴν Καρχηδόνος πολιορκίαν, κἄπειτα μεταξὺ ταύτην ἀπολιπόντες καὶ μεσολαβήσαντες σφᾶς αὐτοὺς μεταβαίνομεν ἐπὶ τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς κἀντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὰς Μακεδονικὰς ἢ Συριακὰς ἤ τινας ἑτέρας πράξεις·
38.5.3ζητεῖν δὲ τοὺς φιλομαθοῦντας τὸ συνεχὲς καὶ τὸ τέλος ἱμείρειν ἀκοῦσαι τῆς προθέσεως· καὶ γὰρ τὴν ψυχαγωγίαν καὶ τὴν ὠφέλειαν οὕτω μᾶλλον συνεκτρέχειν τοῖς προσέχουσιν.
38.5.4ἐμοὶ δʼ οὐχ οὕτως δοκεῖ, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον. μάρτυρα δὲ τούτων ἐπικαλεσαίμην ἂν αὐτὴν τὴν φύσιν, ἥτις κατʼ οὐδʼ ὁποίαν τῶν αἰσθήσεων εὐδοκεῖ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιμένειν κατὰ τὸ συνεχές, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ μεταβολῆς ἐστιν οἰκεία, τοῖς δʼ αὐτοῖς ἐγκυρεῖν ἐκ διαστήματος βούλεται καὶ διαφορᾶς.
38.5.5εἴη δʼ ἂν τὸ λεγόμενον ἐναργὲς πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ τῆς ἀκοῆς, ἥτις οὔτε κατὰ τὰς μελῳδίας οὔτε κατὰ τὰς λεκτικὰς ὑποκρίσεις εὐδοκεῖ συνεχῶς ταῖς αὐταῖς ἐπιμένειν στάσεσιν,
38.5.6ὁ δὲ μεταβολικὸς τρόπος καὶ καθόλου πᾶν τὸ διερριμμένον καὶ μεγίστας ἔχον ἀλλαγὰς καὶ πυκνοτάτας αὐτὴν κινεῖ.
38.5.7παραπλησίως καὶ τὴν γεῦσιν εὕροι τις ἂν οὐδὲ τοῖς πολυτελεστάτοις βρώμασιν ἐπιμένειν δυναμένην, ἀλλὰ σικχαίνουσαν καὶ χαίρουσαν ταῖς μεταβολαῖς καὶ προσηνεστέρως ἀποδεχομένην πολλάκις καὶ τὰ λιτὰ τῶν ἐδεσμάτων ἢ τὰ πολυτελῆ διὰ τὸν ξενισμόν. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τὴν ὅρασιν ἴδοι τις ἂν γινόμενον·
Book 38, Part 3
38.5.8ἥκιστα γὰρ δύναται πρὸς ἓν μένειν ἀτενίζουσα, κινεῖ δʼ αὐτὴν ἡ ποικιλία καὶ μεταβολὴ τῶν ὁρωμένων.
38.5.9μάλιστα δὲ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦτό τις ἂν ἴδοι συμβαῖνον· αἱ γὰρ μεταλήψεις τῶν ἀτενισμῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπιστάσεων οἷον ἀναπαύσεις εἰσὶ τοῖς φιλοπόνοις τῶν
38.6.1ἀνδρῶν. διὸ καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων συγγραφέων οἱ λογιώτατοι δοκοῦσί μοι προσαναπεπαῦσθαι τῷ τρόπῳ τούτῳ, τινὲς μὲν μυθικαῖς καὶ διηγηματικαῖς κεχρημένοι παρεκβάσεσι, τινὲς δὲ καὶ πραγματικαῖς, ὥστε μὴ μόνον ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τόποις ποιεῖσθαι τὰς μεταβάσεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς περιλαμβάνειν.
38.6.2λέγω δʼ οἷον ἐπειδὰν τὰ κατὰ τὴν Θετταλίαν ἐξηγούμενοι καὶ τὰς Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Φεραίου πράξεις μεταξὺ τὰς κατὰ Πελοπόννησον Λακεδαιμονίων ἐπιβολὰς διηγῶνται, καὶ πάλιν τὰς παρὰ Θηβαίων, ἔτι δὲ τὰς κατὰ Μακεδονίαν ἢ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα, κἄπειτα διατρίψαντες λέγωσι τὴν Ἰφικράτους εἰς Αἴγυπτον στρατείαν καὶ τὰ Κλεάρχῳ πραχθέντα παρανομήματα κατὰ τὸν Πόντον.
38.6.3ἐξ ὧν κεχρημένους μὲν ἅπαντας εὕροι τις ἂν τῷ τοιούτῳ χειρισμῷ, κεχρημένους γε μὴν ἀτάκτως, ἡμᾶς δὲ τεταγμένως.
38.6.4ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ μνησθέντες πῶς Βάρδυλλις ὁ τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν βασιλεὺς καὶ Κερσοβλέπτης ὁ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν κατεκτήσαντο τὰς δυναστείας, οὐκέτι προστιθέασι τὸ συνεχές, οὐδʼ ἀνατρέχουσιν ἐπὶ τἀκόλουθον ἐκ διαστήματος, ἀλλὰ καθάπερ ἐν ποιήματι χρησάμενοι πάλιν ἐπανάγουσιν ἐπὶ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑποθέσεις.
38.6.5ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντας διῃρημένοι τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους τόπους τῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ τὰς ἐν τούτοις πράξεις καὶ μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔφοδον ἀεὶ ποιούμενοι κατὰ τὴν τάξιν τῆς διαλήψεως, ἔτι δὲ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος ὡρισμένως ἐξηγούμενοι τὰς καταλλήλους πράξεις ἐνεστηκυίας,
38.6.6ἀπολείπομεν πρόδηλον τοῖς φιλομαθοῦσι τὴν ἐπαναγωγὴν ἐπὶ τὸν συνεχῆ λόγον καὶ τὰς μεσολαβηθείσας ἀεὶ τῶν πράξεων, ὥστε μηδὲν ἀτελὲς μηδʼ ἐλλιπὲς γίνεσθαι τοῖς φιληκόοις τῶν προειρημένων.
38.6.7καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον.
38.7.1ὅτι Ἀσδρούβας ὁ στρατηγὸς Καρχηδονίων κενόδοξος ἦν ἀλαζὼν καὶ πολὺ κεχωρισμένος τῆς πραγματικῆς καὶ στρατηγικῆς δυνάμεως.
38.7.2πολλὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῆς ἀκρισίας αὐτοῦ. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ παρῆν ἐν πανοπλίᾳ, πορφυρίδα θαλαττίαν ἐπιπεπορπημένος, ἡνίκα Γολόσσῃ συνεγίνετο τῷ τῶν Νομάδων βασιλεῖ, μετὰ μαχαιροφόρων δέκα.
38.7.3ἔπειτα προβὰς ἀπὸ τῶν δέχʼ ὅσον εἴκοσι πόδας ἀπέστη, προβεβλημένος τάφρον καὶ χάρακα, καὶ κατένευε τῷ βασιλεῖ προσιέναι πρὸς αὑτόν, καθῆκον γίνεσθαι τοὐναντίον.
38.7.4οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὁ Γολόσσης ἀφελῶς ἔχων Νομαδικῷ τινι τρόπῳ μόνος προσῄει πρὸς αὐτόν· καὶ προσεγγίσας ἤρετο τίνα φοβούμενος τὴν πανοπλίαν ἔχων ἧκε.
38.7.5τοῦ δʼ εἰπόντος ὅτι Ῥωμαίους, "οὐκ ἂν ἄρʼ" ἔφησεν ὁ Γολόσσης "ἔδωκας σαυτὸν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μηδεμίαν ἔχων ἀνάγκην. πλὴν τί βούλει καὶ τί παρακαλεῖς;" φησίν. ὁ δʼ Ἀσδρούβας "
38.7.6ἐγώ" φησὶ "πρεσβευτήν σε παρακαλῶ γενέσθαι πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ πᾶν ἀναδέχεσθαι διότι ποιήσομεν τὸ προσταττόμενον· μόνον ἀπόσχεσθε τῆς ταλαιπώρου πόλεως ταύτης.
38.7.7" καὶ [ὁ] Γολόσσης "παιδικὴν δοκεῖς μοι" φησὶν "ἀξίωσιν ἀξιοῦν, ὦ βέλτιστε·
38.7.8ὑπὲρ ὧν γὰρ ἐξ ἀκεραίου πρεσβεύοντες, ἔτι καθημένων ἐν Ἰτύκῃ Ῥωμαίων, οὐκ ἐδύνασθε πείθειν, τίνι λόγῳ νῦν ἀξιοῖς ταῦτά σοι συγχωρεῖσθαι, περιτετειχισμένος καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν καὶ σχεδὸν ἁπάσας ἀπεγνωκὼς τὰς τῆς σωτηρίας ἐλπίδας;
38.7.9" ὁ δʼ Ἀσδρούβας ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφη· καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν συμμάχοις ἀκμὴν καλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχειν· οὐ γάρ πω τὰ περὶ τοὺς Μαυρουσίους ἠκηκόει καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν ὑπαίθρων δυνάμεων [ὅτι σώζονται]· καὶ μὴν οὐκ ἀπελπίζειν τὰ καθʼ αὑτούς· μάλιστα δὲ πεποιθέναι τῇ τῶν θεῶν συμμαχίᾳ καὶ ταῖς ἐν ἐκείνοις ἐλπίσιν·
38.7.10οὐ γὰρ περιόψεσθαι σφᾶς προφανῶς παρασπονδουμένους, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς δώσειν ἀφορμὰς πρὸς σωτηρίαν.
38.7.11διὸ παρακαλεῖν ἠξίου τὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ τῶν θεῶν ἕνεκεν καὶ τῆς τύχης φείσασθαι τῆς πόλεως, εἰδότα σαφῶς διότι μὴ δυνάμενοι τυχεῖν τούτου κατασφαγήσονται πρότερον ἢ παραχωρήσουσι ταύτης.
38.7.12τότε μὲν οὖν ταῦτα καὶ παραπλήσια διαλεχθέντες ἐχωρίσθησαν, ταξάμενοι μετὰ τρίτην ἡμέραν πάλιν συμπορεύεσθαι·
38.8.1τοῦ δὲ Γολόσσου μεταδόντος τῷ στρατηγῷ περὶ τῶν εἰρημένων, γελάσας ὁ Πόπλιος "ταῦτα μέλλων ἀξιοῦν" ἔφη "τοιαύτην καὶ τηλικαύτην ἀσέβειαν εἰς τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἡμῶν ἐναπεδείξω καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ τοῖς θεοῖς τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχεις, παραβεβηκὼς καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων νόμους;
38.8.2" τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως βουλομένου τι προσυπομιμνήσκειν τὸν Σκιπίωνα, καὶ μάλιστα διότι δεῖ συντέλειαν ἐπιτίθεσθαι τοῖς πράγμασι·
38.8.3χωρὶς γὰρ τῶν ἀδήλων καὶ τὴν κατάστασιν τῶν ὑπάτων ἤδη συνεγγίζειν, ἧς δεῖν ἔφη στοχάζεσθαι, μὴ τοῦ χειμῶνος προκαταλαβόντος ἐπελθὼν ἕτερος ἀκονιτὶ λάβῃ τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν τῶν ἐκείνου πόνων·
38.8.4καὶ δὴ τούτων λεγομένων ἐπιστήσας ὁ στρατηγὸς ἐκέλευσεν ἀναγγέλλειν διότι δίδωσι τὴν ἀσφάλειαν αὐτῷ καὶ γυναικὶ καὶ τέκνοις καὶ δέκα τῶν συγγενῶν καὶ φίλων οἰκίαις, σὺν δὲ τούτοις δέκα τάλαντα λαβεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ὑπαρχόντων καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν ἑκατὸν οὓς ἂν αἱρῆται.
38.8.5ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ Γολόσσης ἔχων τὰ φιλάνθρωπα συνῄει πρὸς τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν ἡμερῶν·
Book 38, Part 4
38.8.6ὁ δὲ πάλιν ἐξεπορεύετο μετὰ μεγάλης ἀξίας ἐν τῇ πορφυρίδι καὶ τῇ πανοπλίᾳ βάδην, ὥστε τοὺς ἐν ταῖς τραγῳδίαις τυράννους πολύ τι προσοφείλειν.
38.8.7ἦν μὲν οὖν καὶ φύσει σάρκινος, τότε δὲ καὶ κοιλίαν εἰλήφει καὶ τῷ χρώματι παρὰ φύσιν ἐπικεκαυμένος ἦν, ὥστε δοκεῖν ἐν πανηγύρει που διαιτᾶσθαι παραπλησίως τοῖς σιτευτοῖς βουσίν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τηλικούτων καὶ τοιούτων κακῶν προστατεῖν, ὧν οὐδʼ ἂν ἐφίκοιτο τῷ λόγῳ διεξιὼν οὐδείς.
38.8.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ συνῆλθε τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ διήκουσε τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ προτεινομένων, πολλάκις τὸν μηρὸν πατάξας, τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τὴν τύχην ἐπικαλεσάμενος, οὐδέποτε ταύτην ἔσεσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν ἔφασκεν ἐν ᾗ συμβήσεται τὸν ἥλιον Ἀσδρούβαν βλέπειν ἅμα καὶ τὴν πατρίδα πυρπολουμένην·
38.8.9καλὸν γὰρ ἐντάφιον εἶναι τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὸ ταύτης πῦρ.
38.8.10ὥσθʼ ὅτε μὲν εἰς τὰς ἀποφάσεις αὐτοῦ τις βλέψειε, θαυμάζειν τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὸ μεγαλόψυχον τῶν λόγων, ὅτε δʼ εἰς τὸν χειρισμὸν τῶν πραγμάτων, τὴν ἀγεννίαν καταπλήττεσθαι καὶ τὴν ἀνανδρίαν·
38.8.11ὃς πρῶτον μέν, τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν διαφθειρομένων ὁλοσχερῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ λιμοῦ, πότους αὐτὸς συνῆγε καὶ δευτέρας τραπέζας παρετίθετο πολυτελεῖς καὶ διὰ τῆς ἰδίας εὐεξίας παρεδειγμάτιζε τὴν ἐκείνων ἀτυχίαν· ἄπιστον μὲν γὰρ ἦν τὸ τῶν ἀποθνησκόντων πλῆθος,
38.8.12ἄπιστον δὲ τὸ τῶν αὐτομολούντων καθʼ ἡμέραν διὰ τὸν λιμόν·
38.8.13ἔπειτα τοὺς μὲν διαχλευάζων, οἷς δʼ ἐνυβρίζων καὶ φονεύων κατεπλήττετο τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ συνεῖχε τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ᾗ μόλις ἂν χρήσαιτο τύραννος ἐν εὐτυχούσῃ πόλει, καὶ ἐν δεδυστυχηκυίᾳ πατρίδι.
38.8.14διὸ καὶ λίαν δοκῶ καλῶς ἡμῖν εἰρῆσθαι διότι προστάτας πραγμάτων ὁμοιοτέρους τῶν παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τότε καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ὑπαρξάντων οὐκ ἂν εὕροι τις ῥᾳδίως.
38.8.15τοῦτο δʼ ἔσται δῆλον, ὅταν ἐκ παραθέσεως τὸν ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων ποιησώμεθα λόγον.
38.9.1ὅτι παραγενομένων ἐκ Πελοποννήσου τῶν περὶ τὸν Αὐρήλιον πρεσβευτῶν καὶ διασαφούντων τὰ συμβεβηκότα περὶ αὐτούς,
38.9.2ὅτι παρʼ ὀλίγον τοῖς ὅλοις ἐκινδύνευσαν, καὶ λεγόντων μετʼ αὐξήσεως καὶ καινολογίας· οὐ γὰρ ὡς κατὰ περιπέτειαν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἥκοντος τοῦ δεινοῦ διεσάφουν, ἀλλʼ ὡς κατὰ πρόθεσιν ὡρμηκότων τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐπὶ τὸ παραδειγματίζειν αὐτούς·
38.9.3ἡ σύγκλητος ἠγανάκτησεν μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν ὡς οὐδέποτε καὶ παραχρῆμα πρεσβευτὰς κατεστήσατο τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἰούλιον, καὶ τούτους ἔπεμπε δοῦσα τοιαύτας ἐντολάς,
38.9.4διότι δεῖ μετρίως ἐπιτιμήσαντας καὶ μεμψαμένους ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσι τὸ πλεῖον παρακαλεῖν καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς μήτε τοῖς ἐπὶ τὰ χείριστα παρακαλοῦσι προσέχειν μήτʼ αὐτοὺς λαθεῖν εἰς τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀλλοτριότητα διεμπεσόντας,
38.9.5ἀλλʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ποιήσασθαί τινα διόρθωσιν τῶν ἠγνοημένων, ἀπερεισαμένους τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἐπὶ τοὺς αἰτίους τῆς ἁμαρτίας.
38.9.6ἐξ ὧν καὶ λίαν δῆλον ἐγένετο διότι καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Αὐρήλιον ἔδωκε τὰς ἐντολὰς οὐ διασπάσαι βουλομένη τὸ ἔθνος, ἀλλὰ πτοῆσαι καὶ καταπλήξασθαι [βουλομένη] τὴν αὐθάδειαν καὶ τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
38.9.7τινὲς μὲν οὖν ὑπελάμβανον καθʼ ὑπόκρισιν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους διὰ τὸ μένειν ἀτελῆ τὰ κατὰ Καρχηδόνα· τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς οὐχ οὕτως εἶχεν,
38.9.8ἀλλʼ ἀποδεδεγμένοι τὸ ἔθνος ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου καὶ νομίζοντες ἔχειν αὐτὸ πιστὸν μάλιστα τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν, ἀνασοβῆσαι μὲν ἔκριναν διὰ τὸ φρονηματίζεσθαι πέρα τοῦ δέοντος, πόλεμον δʼ ἀναλαβεῖν ἢ διαφορὰν ὁλοσχερῆ πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς οὐδαμῶς ἐβούλοντο. —
38.10.1ὅτι οἱ περὶ τὸν Σέξτον προάγοντες ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἀπήντησαν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Θεαρίδαν,
38.10.2οἵπερ ἦσαν πρεσβευταὶ πεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν παραιτησόμενοι καὶ διδάξοντες τὴν σύγκλητον ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Αὐρήλιον γενομένων ἀλογημάτων.
38.10.3οἷς καὶ συμμίξαντες οἱ προειρημένοι παρεκάλεσαν αὐτοὺς ἀνακάμπτειν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν, ὅτι περὶ πάντων τούτων ἔχουσιν ἐντολὰς αὐτοὶ διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς.
38.10.4παραγενομένων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον καὶ διαλεγομένων τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐν τῇ τῶν Αἰγιέων πόλει καὶ προφερομένων πολλοὺς καὶ φιλανθρώπους λόγους,
38.10.5καὶ τὸ περὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἔγκλημα παραπεμπόντων καὶ σχεδὸν οὐδὲν προσδεόμενον δικαιολογίας, ἀλλὰ βέλτιον ἐκδεχομένων τὸ γεγονὸς αὐτῶν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, καθόλου δὲ παρακαλούντων μὴ πορρωτέρω προβῆναι τῆς ἁμαρτίας μήτε τῆς εἰς αὑτοὺς μήτε τῆς εἰς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους,
38.10.6τὸ μὲν σωφρονοῦν μέρος ἀσμένως ἀπεδέχετο τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ λίαν ἐνετρέπετο, συνειδὸς αὑτῷ τὰ πεπραγμένα καὶ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν λαμβάνον τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀντιταττομένοις,
38.10.7τὸ δὲ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀντιλέγειν μὲν οὐδὲν εἶχε τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον λεγομένοις δικαίοις, ἀλλʼ ἦγε τὴν ἡσυχίαν, ἔμενε δὲ νοσοῦν καὶ διεφθαρμένον.
38.10.8οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Δίαιον καὶ Κριτόλαον καὶ πάντες οἱ μετέχοντες αὐτοῖς τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες ἐξ ἑκάστης πόλεως κατʼ ἐκλογὴν οἱ χείριστοι καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς ἐχθροὶ καὶ λυμαινόμενοι τὸ ἔθνος·
Book 38, Part 5
38.10.9καθάπερ ἡ παροιμία φησίν, οὐ μόνον τὰ διδόμενα τῇ δεξιᾷ παρὰ Ῥωμαίων ἐδέχοντο τῇ λαιᾷ χειρί, καθόλου δὲ καὶ συλλήβδην παρέπαιον τοῖς λογισμοῖς.
38.10.10ὑπέλαβον γὰρ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους διά τε τὰς ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν πράξεις δεδιότας τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πόλεμον πᾶν ὑπομένειν καὶ πᾶσαν προΐεσθαι φωνήν.
38.10.11διὸ νομίσαντες ἴδιον τὸ παρὸν ἀπεκρίθησαν φιλανθρώπως τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὸν Θεαρίδαν ὅμως ἀποστέλλειν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, αὐτοὶ δὲ παρακολουθήσαντες εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν καὶ κοινολογηθέντες τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις , ἵνα γένηταί τις ὡμολογημένη λύσις περὶ τοῦ πολέμου.
38.10.12ταῦτα δʼ ἀποκριθέντες ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ἦγον ἐπὶ τὴν πάλαι προκειμένην αὐτοῖς ἄγνοιαν τὸ ταλαίπωρον ἔθνος.
38.10.13καὶ τοῦτʼ εἰκότως συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι διʼ ἀπειρίαν καὶ κακίαν τῶν κρατούντων.
38.11.1τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς ἀπωλείας ἠνύσθη τοιῷδέ τινι τρόπῳ.
38.11.2παραγενομένων γὰρ εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον καὶ τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους ἐπισπασαμένων χάριν τοῦ σύμφωνον αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς τήν τε περὶ τῶν προγεγονότων ἐγκλημάτων δικαιοδοσίαν καὶ τὴν κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἐποχήν, ἕως ἂν πέμψωσι Ῥωμαῖοι τοὺς περὶ τῶν ὅλων ἐπισκεψομένους,
38.11.3συνεδρεύσαντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Κριτόλαον ἔκριναν τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους διακλῖναι τὴν ἀπάντησιν, τὸν δὲ Κριτόλαον προάγειν εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν.
38.11.4ὁ μὲν οὖν προειρημένος ἤδη σχεδὸν ἀπηλπικότων τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον ἦλθε,
38.11.5γενομένης δὲ συγκαταστάσεως πρὸς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους εἰς οὐδὲν συγκατέβαινεν, φήσας οὐκ ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν οὐδὲν οἰκονομεῖν ἄνευ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν γνώμης· ἐπανοίσειν δὲ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς εἰς τὴν ἑξῆς ἔφη σύνοδον, ἣν ἔδει γενέσθαι μετὰ μῆνας ἕξ.
38.11.6διὸ σαφῶς ἐπιγνόντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Σέξτον ἐθελοκακοῦντα τὸν Κριτόλαον καὶ δυσχεραίνοντες ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπαντωμένοις τοὺς μὲν Λακεδαιμονίους ἀπέλυσαν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, αὐτοὶ δʼ ἐπανῆγον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, κατεγνωκότες ἄγνοιαν καὶ μανίαν τοῦ Κριτολάου.
38.11.7ὁ δὲ Κριτόλαος χωρισθέντων τούτων ἐπιπορευόμενος κατὰ τὸν χειμῶνα τὰς πόλεις ἐκκλησίας συνῆγε, προφάσει μὲν χρώμενος ὅτι βούλεται τὰ ῥηθέντα πρὸς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ Τεγέᾳ διασαφεῖν αὐτοῖς,
38.11.8τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ κατηγορίαν ποιούμενος Ῥωμαίων καὶ πᾶν τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπʼ ἐκείνων ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἐκδεχόμενος,
38.11.9ἐξ ὧν δυσμένειαν καὶ μῖσος ἐνειργάζετο τοῖς ὄχλοις.
38.11.10ἅμα δὲ τούτοις παρήγγειλε τοῖς ἄρχουσι μὴ πράττειν τοὺς ὀφειλέτας μηδὲ παραδέχεσθαι τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν πρὸς τὰ χρέα, τοὺς δʼ ἐράνους ἐπιμόνους ποιεῖν, ἕως ἂν λάβῃ τὰ τοῦ πολέμου κρίσιν.
38.11.11λοιπὸν ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης δημαγωγίας πᾶν τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πιστὸν ἐγίνετο, καὶ πρὸς πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον ἕτοιμον ἦν τὸ πλῆθος, περὶ μὲν τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀδυνατοῦν προνοεῖσθαι. τῇ δὲ παρʼ αὐτὰ χάριτι καὶ ῥᾳστώνῃ δελεαζόμενον.
38.12.1ὁ δὲ Κόιντος ὁ Καικίλιος ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ τάδε πυνθανόμενος καὶ τὴν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ γενομένην ἀκρισίαν καὶ ταραχὴν ἐξέπεμψε πρεσβευτὰς Γνάιον Παπείριον καὶ τὸν νεώτερον Ποπίλιον Λαινᾶτον, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Αὖλον Γαβίνιον καὶ Γάιον Φάννιον·
38.12.2οἳ καὶ συνηγμένων τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εἰς Κόρινθον, κατὰ τύχην ἐλθόντες εἰς τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν καὶ παραχθέντες εἰς τὰ πλήθη διετίθεντο πολλοὺς οὗτοι καὶ φιλανθρώπους λόγους παραπλησίους τοῖς περὶ τὸν Σέξτον,
38.12.3πᾶσαν ἐνδεικνύμενοι φιλοτιμίαν χάριν τοῦ μὴ προβῆναι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς ὁλοσχερεστέραν ἀπέχθειαν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους μήτʼ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους προφάσεως μήτε διὰ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ἀλλοτριότητος.
38.12.4ὧν οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ διακούοντες οὐδαμῶς ἀνείχοντο, χλευάζοντες δὲ τοὺς πρέσβεις μετὰ θορύβου καὶ κραυγῆς ἐξέβαλον.
38.12.5καὶ γὰρ συνηθροίσθη πλῆθος ἐργαστηριακῶν καὶ βαναύσων ἀνθρώπων ὅσον οὐδέποτε· πᾶσαι μὲν γὰρ ἐκορύζων αἱ πόλεις, πανδημεὶ δὲ καὶ μάλιστά πως ἡ τῶν Κορινθίων.
38.12.6ὀλίγοις δέ τισι καὶ λίαν ἤρεσκε τὰ λεγόμενα διὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν.
38.12.7ὁ δὲ Κριτόλαος, ὥσπερ κατʼ εὐχὴν ὑποθέσεως ἐπειλημμένος καὶ θεάτρου συνενθουσιῶντος καὶ παρεστηκότος ταῖς διανοίαις, κατανίστατο μὲν τῶν ἀρχόντων, διέσυρε δὲ τοὺς ἀντιπολιτευομένους, ἐνεπαρρησιάζετο δὲ τοῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρεσβευταῖς,
38.12.8φάσκων βούλεσθαι μὲν Ῥωμαίων φίλος ὑπάρχειν, δεσπότας δʼ οὐκ ἂν εὐδοκῆσαι κτησάμενος. καθόλου δὲ παρῄνει,
38.12.9λέγων ὡς, ἐὰν μὲν ἄνδρες ὦσιν, οὐκ ἀπορήσουσι συμμάχων, ἐὰν δʼ ἀνδρόγυνοι, κυρίων.
38.12.10καὶ πολλὰ δή τινα πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἐμπορεύων καὶ μεθοδευόμενος ἐκίνει καὶ παρώξυνε τοὺς ὄχλους.
Book 38, Part 6
38.12.11ἐποίει δʼ ἐμφάσεις καὶ περὶ τοῦ μὴ τυχόντως χρῆσθαι ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν βασιλέων τινὰς καὶ τῶν πολιτευμάτων ἔνια κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ τῆς
38.13.1προθέσεως. τῶν δὲ τῆς γερουσίας βουλομένων ἐπιλαμβάνεσθαι καὶ κωλύειν αὐτὸν τῶν τοιούτων λόγων, περισπασάμενος τοὺς στρατιώτας κατανίστατο, κελεύων προσελθεῖν, ἐγγίσαι, τολμῆσαί τινα μόνον ἅψασθαι τῆς χλαμύδος.
38.13.2καθόλου δʼ ἔφη πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον παρακατεσχηκὼς αὑτὸν οὐκέτι δύνασθαι καρτερεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖν τὸ φαινόμενον.
38.13.3δεῖν γὰρ οὐ Λακεδαιμονίους οὐδὲ Ῥωμαίους ἀγωνιᾶν οὕτως ὡς τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν συνεργοῦντας τοῖς ἐχθροῖς· εἶναι γάρ τινας τοὺς πλεῖον Ῥωμαίοις εὐνοοῦντας καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις ἢ τοῖς σφετέροις πράγμασιν.
38.13.4καὶ τούτων πίστιν ἔφερεν· ἔφη γὰρ Εὐαγόραν τὸν Αἰγιέα καὶ τὸν Τριταιέα Στρατίον πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα διʼ ἀπορρήτων ἐν ταῖς συναρχίαις διασαφεῖν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Γνάιον.
38.13.5τοῦ δὲ Στρατίου συμμεμιχέναι μὲν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὁμολογοῦντος καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα συμμίξειν φάσκοντος φίλοις οὖσι καὶ συμμάχοις, ἀνηγγελκέναι δʼ ὁρκιζομένου μηδὲν τῶν ἐν ταῖς συναρχίαις εἰρημένων, ὀλίγοι μέν τινες ἐπίστευον, οἱ δὲ πλείους προσεδέχοντο τὰς διαβολάς.
38.13.6ὁ δὲ Κριτόλαος παροξύνας τοὺς ὄχλους διὰ τῆς τούτων κατηγορίας ἔπεισε τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς πάλιν ψηφίσασθαι λόγῳ μὲν τὸν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους πόλεμον, ἔργῳ δὲ τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους·
38.13.7καὶ προσεπεμέτρησεν ἕτερον ψήφισμα παράνομον, ὥστε κυρίους εἶναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους οὓς [ἂν] ἐπὶ στρατηγίαν αἱρήσονται· διʼ οὗ τρόπου τινὰ μοναρχικὴν ἀνέλαβεν ἐξουσίαν.
38.13.8οὗτος μὲν οὖν ταῦτα διοικησάμενος ἐγίνετο περὶ τὸ πραγματοκοπεῖν καὶ Ῥωμαίοις ἐπιβάλλειν τὰς χεῖρας, οὐδενὶ λόγῳ τοῦτο πράττων, ἀλλὰ πάντων ἀσεβεστάτοις καὶ παρανομωτάτοις ἐπιβαλλόμενος·
38.13.9τῶν δὲ πρέσβεων ὁ μὲν Γνάιος εἰς Ἀθήνας ἀπῆρεν κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Λακεδαίμονα προσεδρεύσων τοῖς καιροῖς, ὁ δʼ Αὖλος εἰς Ναύπακτον, οἱ δὲ δύο μέχρι τῆς τοῦ Καικιλίου παρουσίας ἔμειναν ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἐν τούτοις ἦν. —
38.14.1ὅτι Πυθέας ἦν μὲν ἀδελφὸς Ἀκαστίδου τοῦ σταδιέως, υἱὸς δὲ Κλεομνάστου, κακῶς δὲ βεβιωκὼς καὶ δοκῶν ἑαυτῷ παρακεχρῆσθαι τὴν πρώτην ἡλικίαν,
38.14.2ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν πολιτείαν θρασὺς καὶ πλεονέκτης καὶ διʼ Εὐμένους καὶ Φιλεταίρου σεσωματοποιημένος διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας. —
38.14.3πολψβιυς αξηιϝυς θυαμϝις τυνξ ιν αφριξα ξυμ σξιπιονε φυεριτ, ταμεν θυια δομεστιξαμ ξλαδεμ ιγνοραρε νον ποτυιτ, σεμελ ιν αξηαια πυγνατυμ ξριτολαο δυξε ασσεριτ. διαευμ ϝερο αδδυξεντεμ εχ αρξαδια μιλιτεμ αβ εοδεμ μετελλο πραετορε οππρεσσυμ ξυμ εχερξιτυ δοξετ. —
38.15.1ὅτι τοῦ Κριτολάου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν μετηλλαχότος, καὶ τοῦ νόμου κελεύοντος, ἐπὰν συμβῇ τι περὶ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα στρατηγόν, τὸν προγεγονότα διαδέχεσθαι τὴν ἀρχήν, ἕως ἂν ἡ καθήκουσα σύνοδος γένηται τῶν Ἀχαιῶν,
38.15.2ἐπέβαλε τῷ Διαίῳ χειρίζειν καὶ προεστάναι τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων.
38.15.3διόπερ ἐκπέμψας εἰς τὰ Μέγαρα καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Ἄργος ἔγραψε ταῖς πόλεσι πάσαις τῶν οἰκογενῶν καὶ παρατρόφων τοὺς ἀκμάζοντας ταῖς ἡλικίαις εἰς μυρίους καὶ δισχιλίους ἐλευθεροῦν καὶ καθοπλίσαντας πέμπειν εἰς τὴν Κόρινθον.
38.15.4ἐμέρισε δὲ ταῖς πόλεσι τὴν ἐπιβολὴν τῶν σωμάτων εἰκῇ καὶ ἀνίσως, καθάπερ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔπραττεν.
38.15.5οἷς δʼ ἂν ἐλλείπῃ τὸ τῶν παρατρόφων πλῆθος, ἀναπληροῦν ἔδει τὴν ἑκάστοις καθήκουσαν μοῖραν ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων οἰκετῶν.
38.15.6θεωρῶν δὲ τὴν ἀπορίαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς ἰσχυρὰν οὖσαν διὰ τὸν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους γεγονότα πόλεμον, ἐπαγγελίας ποιεῖσθαι συνηνάγκαζε καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν εἰσφέρειν τοὺς εὐπόρους, οὐ μόνον τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας.
38.15.7ἅμα δὲ τούτοις παρήγγειλεν πανδημεὶ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἡλικίαις ἁθροίζεσθαι μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων εἰς τὴν Κόρινθον.
38.15.8ἐξ ὧν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὰς πόλεις πλήρεις ἀκρισίας, ταραχῆς, δυσθυμίας.
38.15.9καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀπολωλότας ἐπῄνουν, τοὺς δʼ ἐκπορευομένους ἠλέουν, καὶ προσκατεκλαίοντο πάντες ὡσανεὶ προορώμενοι τὸ μέλλον·
38.15.10τὴν δὲ τῶν οἰκετῶν ἀνάτασιν καὶ τὸν ἐπισυρμὸν βαρέως ἔφερον, ὡς ἂν τῶν μὲν ἠλευθερωμένων ἄρτι, τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν πρὸς τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην μεμετεωρισμένων.
38.15.11ἅμα δὲ τούτοις οἱ μὲν ἄνδρες εἰσφέρειν ἠναγκάζοντο παρὰ τὴν αὑτῶν προαίρεσιν ὅ,τι τις ἔχειν δόξειεν, αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες ἀφαιρούμεναι σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἰδίων τέκνων τὸν κόσμον ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες
38.16.1εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν ὄλεθρον εἰσέφερον. ἁπάντων δὲ τούτων ἐν ἑνὶ καιρῷ συμβαινόντων, ἡ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἀεὶ προσπιπτόντων κατάπληξις ἀφῃρεῖτο τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων ἐπίστασιν καὶ διάληψιν, διʼ ἧς ἔμελλον προνοεῖσθαι διότι πάντες εἰς πρόδηλον ὄλεθρον ἄγονται μετὰ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν.
38.16.2λοιπόν, οἷον ὑπὸ χειμάρρου τινὸς λάβρου προωθούμενοι καὶ φερόμενοι μετὰ βίας, ἐπηκολούθουν τῇ τοῦ προεστῶτος ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ παρακοπῇ.
Book 38, Part 7
38.16.3Ἠλεῖοι μὲν γὰρ καὶ Μεσσήνιοι κατὰ χώραν ἔμειναν, προσδοκῶντες τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόλου κίνδυνον· οὓς οὐδὲν ἂν τῶν παρόντων ὤνησεν, εἴπερ ἐφάνη τὸ νέφος ἐκεῖνο κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πρόθεσιν.
38.16.4Πατρεῖς δὲ καὶ τὸ μετὰ τούτων συντελικὸν βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον ἐπταίκει κατὰ τὴν Φωκίδα, καὶ τὸ συμβαῖνον ἦν πολλῷ τῶν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον ἐλεεινότερον.
38.16.5οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν παραλόγως αὑτοὺς ἐξῆγον, οἱ δʼ ἔφευγον ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ἀνοδίαις, πρὸς οὐδὲν ὡρισμένον ποιούμενοι τὴν ἀναχώρησιν διὰ τὴν ἔκπληξιν τῶν γινομένων ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν.
38.16.6καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦγον ἐκδώσοντες ἀλλήλους τοῖς πολεμίοις ὡς ἀλλοτρίους γεγονότας Ῥωμαίων, οἱ δʼ ἐμήνυον καὶ κατηγόρουν τῶν πέλας, οὐδενὸς ἐπιζητοῦντος κατὰ τὸ παρὸν τὴν τοιαύτην χρείαν· οἱ δὲ μεθʼ ἱκετηρίας ἀπήντων, ὁμολογοῦντες παρεσπονδηκέναι καὶ πυνθανόμενοι τί δεῖ πάσχειν, μηδέπω μηδενὸς ἐπιζητοῦντος λόγον ὑπὲρ τούτων.
38.16.7πάντα δʼ ἦν πλήρη παρηλλαγμένης φαρμακείας τῶν ῥιπτούντων ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰ φρέατα καὶ κατὰ κρημνῶν, ὥστε κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν κἂν ἐχθρὸν ἐλεῆσαι θεασάμενον τὴν τότε περιπέτειαν τῆς Ἑλλάδος.
38.16.8τὸν μὲν γὰρ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ἐσφάλλοντο καὶ τοῖς ὅλοις ἔπταιον ἐνίοτε, ποτὲ μὲν ὑπὲρ πραγμάτων διαφερόμενοι, ποτὲ δὲ παρασπονδούμενοι διὰ τῶν μονάρχων·
38.16.9κατὰ δὲ τοὺς νῦν λεγομένους καιροὺς ἠτύχησαν ἀτυχίαν ὁμολογουμένην διὰ τὴν τῶν προεστώτων ἀβουλίαν καὶ διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἄγνοιαν.
38.16.10οἱ δὲ Θηβαῖοι ἐκλιπόντες πανδημεὶ τὴν πόλιν ἔρημον τελέως κατέλειπον· ἐν οἷς καὶ Πυθέας εἰς Πελοπόννησον ἀποχωρήσας μετὰ γυναικὸς καὶ τῶν τέκνων ἠλᾶτο κατὰ τῆς χώρας. —
38.16.10παράδοξος αὐτῷ ἐφάνη ἡ ἀπάντησις τῶν πολεμίων.
38.16.11ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν κενὰ κενοὶ λογίζονται. λοιπὸν εἰκότως τοῖς τοιούτοις τὰ πρόδηλα παράδοξα φαίνεται. —
38.16.11καὶ ἐβουλεύετο περὶ τῆς εἰς οἶκον ἀνακομιδῆς,
38.16.12ὅμοιον ποιῶν ὡς εἴ τις ἄπειρος ὑπάρχων τοῦ νεῖν καὶ μέλλων αὑτὸν ῥίπτειν εἰς τὸ πέλαγος περὶ μὲν τοῦ ῥῖψαι μὴ βουλεύοιτο, ῥίψας δὲ διανοοῖτο περὶ τοῦ πῶς ἂν ἐκνήξαιτο πρὸς τὴν γῆν. —
38.17.1ὅτι ἄρτι τοῦ Διαίου παρόντος εἰς τὴν Κόρινθον, καθεσταμένου στρατηγοῦ διὰ τῶν πολλῶν, ἧκον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν παρὰ τοῦ Καικιλίου·
38.17.2καθʼ ὧν προδιαδοὺς φήμην ὡς συμφρονούντων τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, παρέβαλε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοῖς ὄχλοις, ὥστε μετὰ πάσης ὕβρεως συλληφθέντας ἀπαχθῆναι δεδεμένους.
38.17.3ἧκε δὲ καὶ Φίλων ὁ Θετταλὸς πολλὰ φιλάνθρωπα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς προτείνων·
38.17.4ὧν ἀκούοντες συνέπραξάν τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας, ἐν οἷς ἦν καὶ Στρατίος ἤδη γηραιὸς ὤν, ὃς ἐμπλεκόμενος καὶ λιπαρῶν ἐδεῖτο τοῦ Διαίου πεισθῆναι τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Καικιλίου προτεινομένοις.
38.17.5οἱ δὲ συνεδρεύσαντες τοῖς μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Φίλωνος λεγομένοις οὐ προσεῖχον·
38.17.6οὐκ ἐνόμισαν γὰρ κοινὴν εἶναι τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς κατʼ ἰδίαν τὸ σφέτερον συμφέρον καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν ἀσφάλειαν ἐν πλείστῳ τιθεμένους ταῦτα λέγειν. διὸ πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν σκοπὸν ἐβουλεύσαντο περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων, εἰ καὶ πάντων ἅμα διήμαρτον.
38.17.7σαφῶς γὰρ σφίσι τὰ πεπραγμένα συνειδότες οὐδαμῶς ἐδύναντο πιστεῦσαι διότι τύχοιεν ἄν τινος ἐλέου παρὰ Ῥωμαίων.
38.17.8τὸ δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν σωτηρίας παθεῖν ὅ,τι δέοι γενναίως οὐδʼ ἐν νῷ καθάπαξ ἐλάμβανον· ὅπερ ἦν ἀνδρῶν φιλοδόξων καὶ προστατεῖν φασκόντων τῆς Ἑλλάδος.
38.17.9ἀλλὰ γὰρ πῶς ἔμελλε καὶ πόθεν παραστήσεσθαι τοῦτο τὸ φρόνημα τοῖς προειρημένοις; ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ βουλευόμενοι Δίαιος καὶ Δαμόκριτος, ἄρτι τῆς καθόδου τετευχὼς διὰ τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἀκρισίαν, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀλκαμένης, Θεοδέκτης, Ἀρχικράτης.
38.17.10ὑπὲρ ὧν, τίνες ἦσαν καὶ τίνα φύσιν ἕκαστος εἶχε καὶ τίνα προαίρεσιν καὶ βίον, εἴρηται διὰ πλειόνων.
38.18.1ὅθεν ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντος τοῦ διαβουλίου καὶ τὸ τέλος ἀκόλουθον ἐξέβη τῶν δοξάντων.
38.18.2παραυτίκα μὲν οὖν συνέκλεισαν οὐ μόνον τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ Λάγιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ὑποστράτηγον Σωσικράτην, ἐπενέγκαντες αἰτίαν ὅτι προστατήσαι τοῦ διαβουλίου καὶ συναποφήναιτο πέμπειν πρὸς τὸν Καικίλιον καὶ συλλήβδην πάντων εἴη τῶν κακῶν αἴτιος·
38.18.3εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαύριον καθίσαντες δικαστὰς τοῦ μὲν Σωσικράτους κατεδίκασαν θάνατον καὶ δήσαντες καὶ στρεβλοῦντες προσεκαρτέρουν, ἕως διέφθειραν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐδὲν εἰπόντα τῶν ἐκείνοις προσδοκωμένων.
38.18.4τὸν δὲ Λάγιον καὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ τὸν Ἄρχιππον ἀφῆκαν, ἅμα μὲν τοῦ πλήθους εἰς ἐπίστασιν παραγενομένου διὰ τὴν εἰς τὸν Σωσικράτη παρανομίαν, ἅμα δὲ τοῦ Διαίου λαβόντος παρὰ μὲν Ἀνδρωνίδου τάλαντον, παρὰ δʼ Ἀρχίππου τετταράκοντα μνᾶς.
Book 38, Part 8
38.18.5οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ σκάμματος ὤν, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, ἐδύνατο λῆξαι τῆς περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἀναισχυντίας καὶ παρανομίας ὁ προειρημένος.
38.18.6παραπλήσια δὲ τούτοις ἔπραξε καὶ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον εἰς Φιλῖνον τὸν Κορίνθιον· προθεὶς γὰρ αἰτίαν ὅτι διαπέμπεται πρὸς Μεναλκίδαν καὶ τὰ Ῥωμαίων φρονεῖ, τόν τε Φιλῖνον καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ μαστιγῶν καὶ στρεβλῶν ἐν συνόψει πάντας ἀλλήλων οὐ πρότερον ἔληξε πρὶν ἢ διέφθειρε τὰ μειράκια καὶ τὸν Φιλῖνον.
38.18.7τοιαύτης δὲ τῆς ἀνοίας καὶ τῆς ἀκρισίας συμβαινούσης περὶ πάντας οἵαν οὐδʼ ἂν ἐν βαρβάροις εὕροι τις ῥᾳδίως, δῆλον ὡς εἰκότως ἄν τις ἐπιζητήσειε πῶς οὐκ ἄρδην ἀπώλοντο πάντες.
38.18.8ἐγὼ γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμι διότι δοκεῖ μοι καθαπερανεὶ τύχη τις ἀντερεῖσαι πανοῦργος καὶ τεχνικὴ πρὸς τὴν ἄνοιαν καὶ μανίαν τῶν ἡγουμένων, ἥτις ἐξωθουμένη πάντῃ καὶ πάντως ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγνοίας τῶν προεστώτων, βουλομένη δὲ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον σῴζειν τοὺς Ἀχαιούς, ἐπὶ τὸ καταλειπόμενον ἦλθεν ὥσπερ ἀγαθὸς παλαιστής.
38.18.9τοῦτο δʼ ἦν τὸ ταχέως σφῆλαι καὶ ῥᾳδίως ἡττῆσαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας· ὅπερ ἐποίησε.
38.18.10διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο συνέβη μήτε τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὀργὴν καὶ θυμὸν ἐκκαυθῆναι πορρωτέρω, μηδʼ ἐλθεῖν τὰς ἐκ τῆς Λιβύης δυνάμεις, μήτε τοὺς προεστῶτας, ὄντας οἵους εἶπον, ἐπιλαβομένους δὲ προτερήματος, ἀποδείξασθαι τὴν αὑτῶν ἀσέβειαν εἰς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους.
38.18.11τί γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν πρᾶξαι τούτους κατὰ τῶν ἰδίων, ἐπιλαβομένους ἀφορμῆς τινος ἢ προτερήματος, δῆλόν ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τὸ κατὰ λόγον.
38.18.12ἅπαντες δὲ τότε τὴν παροιμίαν ταύτην διὰ στόματος ἔσχον, ὡς "εἰ μὴ ταχέως ἀπωλόμεθα, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθημεν."
38.19.1ἐπεὶ δὲ παρελθὼν εἰς τὸ τεῖχος, τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας ἀμυνομένων, εὗρε τὴν διὰ μέσου θάλασσαν οὐ πάνυ βαθεῖαν οὖσαν, τοῦ Πολυβίου συμβουλεύοντος αὐτῷ κατασπεῖραι τριβόλους σιδηροῦς ἢ σανίδας ἐμβαλεῖν κεντρωτάς, ὅπως μὴ διαβαίνοντες οἱ πολέμιοι προσμάχωνται τοῖς χώμασιν, ἔφη γελοῖον εἶναι, κατειληφότας τὰ τείχη καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἐντὸς ὄντας, εἶτα πράττειν ὅπως οὐ μαχοῦνται τοῖς πολεμίοις. —
38.20.1ὅτι τοῦ Ἀσδρούβου τοῦ τῶν Καρχηδονίων στρατηγοῦ ἱκέτου παραγενομένου τοῖς τοῦ Σκιπίωνος γόνασιν, ὁ στρατηγὸς ἐμβλέψας εἰς τοὺς συνόντας "ὁρᾶτʼ" ἔφη "τὴν τύχην, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὡς ἀγαθὴ παραδειγματίζειν ἐστὶ τοὺς ἀλογίστους τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
38.20.2οὗτός ἐστιν Ἀσδρούβας ὁ νεωστὶ πολλῶν αὐτῷ καὶ φιλανθρώπων προτεινομένων ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἀπαξιῶν, φάσκων δὲ κάλλιστον ἐντάφιον εἶναι τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὸ ταύτης πῦρ, νῦν πάρεστι μετὰ στεμμάτων δεόμενος ἡμῶν τυχεῖν τῆς ζωῆς καὶ πάσας τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχων ἐν ἡμῖν.
38.20.3ἃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν θεασάμενος ἐν νῷ λάβοι διότι δεῖ μηδέποτε λέγειν μηδὲ πράττειν μηδὲν ὑπερήφανον ἄνθρωπον ὄντα;
38.20.4" καὶ προελθόντες τινὲς τῶν αὐτομόλων ἐπὶ τὸ πέρας τοῦ τέγους παρῃτοῦντο τοὺς προμαχομένους ἀνασχεῖν μικρόν·
38.20.5τοῦ δὲ στρατηγοῦ κελεύσαντος ἐπισχεῖν, ἤρξαντο τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν λοιδορεῖν οἱ μὲν εἰς ἐπιορκίαν, φάσκοντες αὐτὸν πολλάκις ἐπὶ τῶν ἱερῶν ὀμωμοκέναι μὴ προλείψειν αὐτούς, οἱ δʼ εἰς ἀνανδρίαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγεννίαν·
38.20.6καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐποίουν μετὰ χλευασμοῦ καὶ λοιδορίας ἀσυροῦς καὶ δυσμενικῆς.
38.20.7κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἡ γυνὴ θεωροῦσα τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν προκαθήμενον μετὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ προῆλθεν ἐκ τῶν αὐτομόλων, αὐτὴ μὲν ἐλευθερίως καὶ σεμνῶς ἠμφιεσμένη, τοὺς δὲ παῖδας ἐν χιτωνίσκοις ἐξ ἑκατέρου τοῦ μέρους προσειληφυῖα ταῖς χερσὶ μετὰ τῶν ἰδίων ἐνδυμάτων.
38.20.8καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὀνομαστὶ προσεφώνει τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν, τοῦ δʼ ἀποσιωπῶντος καὶ νεύοντος εἰς τὴν γῆν, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς τοὺς θεοὺς ἐπεκαλεῖτο καὶ τῷ στρατηγῷ μεγάλας ἀπένεμε τὰς χάριτας, διότι τὸ μὲν ἐκείνου μέρος οὐκ αὐτὴ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τέκνα σῴζεται·
38.20.9βραχὺ δʼ ἐπισχοῦσα τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν ἤρετο πῶς αὐτῇ μὲν φάσκων οὐδὲν κατʼ ἰδίαν παρὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πορίζοιτο τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτομολήσας, πῶς δʼ οὕτως ἀναισχύντως ἐγκαταλιπὼν τὰ πράγματα καὶ τοὺς ἀστοὺς αὐτῷ πιστεύοντας ὑπέλθοι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους,
38.20.10πῶς δὲ παρὰ τούτοις τολμᾷ καθῆσθαι νῦν θαλλοὺς ἔχων πρὸς οὓς [...] πολλάκις οὐδέποτε ταύτην ἔσεσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐν ᾗ συμβήσεται τὸν ἥλιον ἅμα καθορᾶν Ἀσδρούβαν ζῶντα καὶ τὴν πατρίδα πυρπολουμένην· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ [...]
38.20.11[...] γε το!εινε [...] δ [...] φυλα [...] ο?ι? ουσ?α?ν? συ πεποιηκας αισχρως δεγεπονειδιστως ηδε [...] ρω [...] και [...] τα τεκνα πράξομεν [...] κα [...] τ?α?υ?τ?α? π?α?λ?ι?ν? [...] εις αυτην [...] επω λενων το [...] σ? ν [...] ον [...] υ [...] πο [...] ου [...] τει λασα του?ς α?υ? [...] τοισα [...] τε παντας [...] συμπαθεις γενομενους τηι περπ?ε?τ?εια και [...] η [...] ας της τυχης [...] ν [...] δοξαι διαμ?
38.21.1κα?ι? [...] χ [...] ς επεισαγαγο [...] δε [...] σδ [...] αυ [...] της [...] επειμιαν [...] τι [...] παρ [...] καὶ δι [...] νι [...] τὸ δικ?αιον ευ [...] ρων φησιν ὁ πολυβιος εγων οτι και τιν〈ο〉 [...] ραν επι [...] α?ν [...] τούτου καλλιον [...] ουτ [...] και τοῦτʼ εἴρηται παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ· καὶ ἐπιστρέψας ἐξ αὐτῆς καὶ λαβόμενός μου τῆς δεξιᾶς "ὦ Πολύβιε," ἔφη "καλὸν μέν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἐγὼ δέδια καὶ προορῶμαι μή ποτέ τις ἄλλος τοῦτο τὸ παράγγελμα δώσει περὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας πατρίδος·"
38.21.2ταύτης δὲ δύναμιν πραγματικωτέραν καὶ νουνεχεστέραν οὐ ῥᾴδιον εἰπεῖν·
38.21.3τὸ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις κατορθώμασι καὶ ταῖς τῶν ἐχθρῶν συμφοραῖς ἔννοιαν λαμβάνειν τῶν οἰκείων πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς ἐναντίας περιστάσεως καὶ καθόλου πρόχειρον ἔχειν ἐν ταῖς ἐπιτυχίαις τὴν τῆς τύχης ἐπισφάλειαν ἀνδρός ἐστι μεγάλου καὶ τελείου καὶ συλλήβδην ἀξίου μνήμης. —
38.22.1ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων πόλιν ὁρῶν [...] τότε ἄρδην τελευτῶσαν ἐς πανωλεθρίαν ἐσχάτην, λέγεται μὲν δακρῦσαι καὶ φανερὸς γενέσθαι κλαίων ὑπὲρ πολεμίων·
38.22.2ἐπὶ πολὺ δʼ ἔννους ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ γενόμενός τε καὶ συνιδὼν ὅτι καὶ πόλεις καὶ ἔθνη καὶ ἀρχὰς ἁπάσας δεῖ μεταβαλεῖν ὥσπερ ἀνθρώπους δαίμονα, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔπαθε μὲν Ἴλιον, εὐτυχής ποτε πόλις, ἔπαθε δὲ ἡ Ἀσσυρίων καὶ Μήδων καὶ Περσῶν ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις ἀρχὴ μεγίστη γενομένη καὶ ἡ μάλιστα ἔναγχος ἐκλάμψασα ἡ Μακεδόνων, εἴτε ἑκών, εἴτε προφυγόντος αὐτὸν τοῦδε τοῦ ἔπους εἰπεῖν,
38.22.2ἔσσεται ἦμαρ ὅταν ποτʼ ὀλώλῃ Ἴλιος ἱρὴ
Book 38, Part 9
38.22.2καὶ Πρίαμος καὶ λαὸς ἐυμμελίω Πριάμοιο. Πολυβίου δʼ αὐτὸν ἐρομένου σὺν παρρησίᾳ·
38.22.3καὶ γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῦ καὶ διδάσκαλος· ὅ τι βούλοιτο ὁ λόγος, φασὶν οὐ φυλαξάμενον ὀνομάσαι τὴν πατρίδα σαφῶς, ὑπὲρ ἧς ἄρα ἐς τἀνθρώπεια ἀφορῶν ἐδεδίει. καὶ τάδε μὲν Πολύβιος αὐτὸς ἀκούσας συγγράφει.
Book 39, Part 1
39.1.1ὅτι Αὖλος Ποστόμιος ἄξιος γέγονεν ἐπισημασίας ἀπεντεῦθεν.
39.1.2οἰκίας μὲν γὰρ ἦν καὶ γένους πρώτου, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν στωμύλος καὶ λάλος καὶ πέρπερος διαφερόντως.
39.1.3ἐπιθυμήσας δʼ εὐθέως ἐκ παίδων τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἀγωγῆς καὶ διαλέκτου πολὺς μὲν ἦν ἐν τούτοις καὶ κατακορής, ὥστε διʼ ἐκεῖνον καὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν προσκόψαι τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις καὶ τοῖς ἀξιολογωτάτοις τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
39.1.4τέλος δὲ καὶ ποίημα γράφειν καὶ πραγματικὴν ἱστορίαν ἐνεχείρησεν, ἐν ᾗ διὰ τοῦ προοιμίου παρεκάλει τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἐὰν Ῥωμαῖος ὢν μὴ δύνηται κατακρατεῖν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς διαλέκτου καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν χειρισμὸν οἰκονομίας.
39.1.5πρὸς ὃν οἰκείως ἀπηντηκέναι δοκεῖ Μάρκος Πόρκιος Κάτων· θαυμάζειν γὰρ ἔφη πρὸς τίνα λόγον ποιεῖται τοιαύτην παραίτησιν.
39.1.6εἰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ τὸ τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων συνέδριον συνέταττε γράφειν ἱστορίαν, ἴσως ἔδει προφέρεσθαι ταῦτα καὶ παραιτεῖσθαι·
39.1.7μηδεμιᾶς δʼ ἀνάγκης οὔσης ἐθελοντὴν ἀπογράψασθαι κἄπειτα παραιτεῖσθαι συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἐὰν βαρβαρίζῃ,
Book 39, Part 2
39.1.8τῆς ἁπάσης ἀτοπίας εἶναι σημεῖον, καὶ παραπλησίως ἄχρηστον ὡσανεί τις εἰς τοὺς γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας ἀπογραψάμενος πυγμὴν ἢ παγκράτιον, παρελθὼν εἰς τὸ στάδιον, ὅτε δέοι μάχεσθαι, παραιτοῖτο τοὺς θεωμένους συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἐὰν μὴ δύνηται μήτε τὸν πόνον ὑπομένειν μήτε τὰς πληγάς.
39.1.9δῆλον γὰρ ὡς εἰκὸς γέλωτα τὸν τοιοῦτον ὀφλεῖν καὶ τὴν δίκην ἐκ χειρὸς λαμβάνειν· ὅπερ ἔδει καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους ἱστοριογράφους, ἵνα μὴ κατετόλμων τοῦ καλῶς ἔχοντος.
39.1.10παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸν λοιπὸν βίον ἐζηλώκει τὰ χείριστα τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν· καὶ γὰρ φιλήδονος ἦν καὶ φυγόπονος.
39.1.11τοῦτο δʼ ἔσται δῆλον ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐνεστώτων· ὃς πρῶτος παρὼν ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τόποις, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν ἐν Φωκίδι μάχην, σκηψάμενος ἀσθένειαν εἰς Θήβας ἀνεχώρησεν χάριν τοῦ μὴ μετασχεῖν τοῦ κινδύνου·
39.1.12συντελεσθείσης δὲ τῆς μάχης πρῶτος ἔγραψε τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τοῦ κατορθώματος, προσδιασαφῶν τὰ κατὰ μέρος, ὡς μετεσχηκὼς αὐτὸς τῶν ἀγώνων. —
39.2.1Πολύβιος δὲ τὰ συμβάντα περὶ τὴν ἅλωσιν ἐν οἴκτου μέρει λέγων προστίθησι καὶ τὴν στρατιωτικὴν ὀλιγωρίαν τὴν περὶ τὰ τῶν τεχνῶν ἔργα καὶ τὰ ἀναθήματα·
39.2.2φησὶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν παρὼν ἐρριμμένους πίνακας ἐπʼ ἐδάφους, πεττεύοντας δὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐπὶ τούτων.
Book 39, Part 3
39.2.3ὀνομάζει δʼ αὐτῶν Ἀριστείδου γραφὴν τοῦ Διονύσου, ἐφʼ οὗ τινες εἰρῆσθαί φασι τὸ "3Οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸν Διόνυσον"3, καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα τὸν καταπονούμενον τῷ τῆς Δηιανείρας χιτῶνι. —
39.3.1ὅτι διὰ τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν τοῦ πλήθους πρὸς Φιλοποίμενα εὔνοιαν οὐ καθεῖλον τὰς εἰκόνας αὐτοῦ ἐν πόλεσί τισιν οὔσας· οὕτως μοι δοκεῖ πᾶν τὸ γινόμενον ἀληθινῶς ἐνεργάζεσθαί τινα δυσεξάλειπτον εὔνοιαν τοῖς εὖ παθοῦσι. —
39.3.1διὸ καὶ δικαίως ἂν εἴποι τις τὸ περιφερόμενον,
39.3.2οὐ θύρᾳ, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, ἀλλʼ ἀμφόδῳ διέψευσται. —
39.3.3οὐσῶν δὲ πολλῶν μὲν εἰκόνων αὐτοῦ μεγάλων δὲ τιμῶν, ἃς αἱ πόλεις ἐψηφίσαντο, Ῥωμαῖος ἀνὴρ ἐν τοῖς περὶ Κόρινθον ἀτυχήμασι τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπεχείρησεν ἀνελεῖν ἁπάσας καὶ διώκειν αὐτόν, ἐνδεικνύμενος ὥσπερ ἔτι ζῶντα Ῥωμαίοις πολέμιον καὶ κακόνουν γενέσθαι. λόγων δὲ λεχθέντων καὶ Πολυβίου πρὸς τὸν συκοφάντην ἀντειπόντος, οὔθʼ ὁ Μόμμιος οὔτε οἱ πρέσβεις ὑπέμειναν ἀνδρὸς ἐνδόξου τιμὰς ἀφανίσαι. —
39.3.4ἐπεβάλετο διδάσκειν διὰ πλειόνων ἀκολούθως τοῖς ἐν ἀρχαῖς ἡμῖν εἰρημένοις περὶ τἀνδρός.
39.3.5ταῦτα δʼ ἦν ὅτι διαφέροιτο μὲν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πολλάκις ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων, διαφέροιτο δʼ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐφʼ ὅσον διδάσκειν καὶ πείθειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ποιεῖν εἰκῇ.
Book 39, Part 4
39.3.6πεῖραν δὲ τῆς προαιρέσεως αὐτὸν ἀληθινὴν ἔφη καὶ τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον ἐκ πυρὸς παρεσχῆσθαι χάριν κατὰ τοὺς Φιλιππικοὺς καὶ κατὰ τοὺς Ἀντιοχικοὺς καιρούς·
39.3.7πλείστην γὰρ ἔχοντα ῥοπὴν τότε τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ διὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἀληθινώτατα διατετηρηκέναι τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους φιλίαν,
39.3.8μετασχόντα τοῦ δόγματος τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, ἐν ᾧ τετραμήνῳ πρότερον τῆς Ῥωμαίων διαβάσεως Ἀντιόχῳ καὶ τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας πόλεμον ἐξήνεγκαν, τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων σχεδὸν ἁπάντων ἀπηλλοτριωμένων τῆς Ῥωμαίων φιλίας.
39.3.9ὧν οἱ δέκα διακούσαντες καὶ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἀποδεξάμενοι τοῦ λέγοντος συνεχώρησαν καταμόνους αὐτῷ τὰς τιμὰς ὑπάρχειν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς πόλεσι.
39.3.10λαβόμενος δὲ τῆς ἀφορμῆς ταύτης Πολύβιος τὰς εἰκόνας ᾐτήσατο τὸν στρατηγόν, καίπερ ἤδη μετακεκομισμένας εἰς Ἀκαρνανίαν ἐκ Πελοποννήσου, λέγω δὲ τὴν Ἀχαιοῦ καὶ τὴν Ἀράτου καὶ Φιλοποίμενος.
39.3.11ἐν οἷς ἀγασθὲν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτοῦ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἔστησεν αὐτοῦ λιθίνην εἰκόνα. —
39.4.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν κατάστασιν τῶν δέκα, ἣν ἐποιήσαντο ἐν τῇ Ἀχαΐᾳ, οὗτοι οἱ δέκα τῷ ταμίᾳ τῷ μέλλοντι πωλεῖν τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ Διαίου συνέταξαν, ὅ,τι ποτʼ ἂν ἐκλέξασθαι βουληθῇ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ὁ Πολύβιος, ὑφελόντα καὶ δόντα δωρεάν, τἄλλα πωλεῖν τοῖς ὠνουμένοις.
Book 39, Part 5
39.4.2ὁ δὲ προειρημένος τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ προσδέξασθαί τι τῶν τοιούτων ὡς καὶ τοὺς φίλους παρεκάλεσε καθόλου μηθενὸς ἐπιθυμῆσαι τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ταμίου πωλουμένων.
39.4.3συνέβαινε γὰρ τοῦτον ἐπιπορευόμενον τὰς πόλεις πάντων τῶν τῷ Διαίῳ κοινωνησάντων πωλεῖν τὰς οὐσίας, τῶν καὶ κατακριθέντων, ὅσοι μὴ παῖδας ἢ γονέας εἶχον.
39.4.4ὧν τινὲς μὲν οὐ προσέσχον, οἱ δὲ κατακολουθήσαντες τῇ συμβουλίᾳ καλλίστην δόξαν ἐξηνέγκαντο παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις.
39.5.1ταῦτα δὲ διοικήσαντες ἐν ἓξ μησὶν οἱ δέκα [καὶ] τῆς ἐαρινῆς ὥρας ἐνισταμένης ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, καλὸν δεῖγμα τῆς Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσεως ἀπολελοιπότες πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
39.5.2ἐνετείλαντο δὲ τῷ Πολυβίῳ χωριζόμενοι τὰς πόλεις ἐπιπορευθῆναι καὶ περὶ ὧν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀμφιβάλλουσι διευκρινῆσαι, μέχρις οὗ συνήθειαν ἔχωσι τῇ πολιτείᾳ καὶ τοῖς νόμοις.
39.5.3ὃ δὴ καὶ μετά τινα χρόνον ἐποίησε πρὸς λόγον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους στέρξαι τὴν δεδομένην πολιτείαν καὶ μηδὲν ἀπόρημα μήτε κατʼ ἰδίαν μήτε κατὰ κοινὸν ἐκ τῶν νόμων γενέσθαι περὶ μηδενός.
39.5.4διὸ καὶ καθόλου μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀποδεχόμενοι καὶ τιμῶντες τὸν ἄνδρα, περὶ τοὺς ἐσχάτους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς προειρημένας πράξεις εὐδοκούμενοι κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν αὐτὸν κατὰ πόλεις καὶ ζῶντα καὶ μεταλλάξαντα.
Book 39, Part 6
39.5.5πάντες δʼ ἔκριναν κατὰ λόγον τοῦτο ποιεῖν· μὴ γὰρ ἐξεργασαμένου τούτου καὶ γράψαντος τοὺς περὶ τῆς κοινῆς δικαιοδοσίας νόμους ἄκριτα πάντα ἦν καὶ πολλῆς γέμοντα ταραχῆς.
39.5.6διὸ καὶ τοῦτο κάλλιστον Πολυβίῳ πεπρᾶχθαι νομιστέον πάντων τῶν προειρημένων. —
39.6.1ὅτι ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων μετὰ τὸ χωρισθῆναι ἐξ Ἀχαΐας τὸ συνέδριον, ἐπισκευάσας τὸν ἐν Ἰσθμῷ τόπον καὶ κοσμήσας τὸν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ καὶ Δελφοῖς νεὼν ταῖς ἑξῆς ἡμέραις ἐπεπορεύετο τὰς πόλεις, τιμώμενος ἐν ἑκάστῃ καὶ τυγχάνων τῆς ἁρμοζούσης χάριτος.
39.6.2εἰκότως δὲ τιμᾶσθαι συνέβαινεν αὐτὸν καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν·
39.6.3καὶ γὰρ ἐγκρατῶς καὶ καθαρῶς ἀνεστράφη καὶ πρᾴως ἐχρήσατο τοῖς ὅλοις πράγμασι, μέγαν καιρὸν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἔχων καὶ μεγάλην ἐξουσίαν.
39.6.4καὶ γὰρ ἐν οἷς ἐδόκει παρεωρακέναι τι τῶν καθηκόντων, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ἐφαίνετο διʼ ἑαυτὸν τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι, διὰ δὲ τοὺς παρακειμένους φίλους.
39.6.5τοῦτο δʼ ἦν ἐκφανέστατον ἐν τοῖς τῶν Χαλκιδέων ἱππεῦσιν, οὓς ἀνεῖλεν.
Book 39, Part 7
39.7.1ὅτι Πτολεμαῖος ὁ τῆς Συρίας βασιλεὺς κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον πληγεὶς ἐτελεύτησε τὸν βίον, κατὰ μέν τινας μεγάλων ἐπαίνων καὶ μνήμης ὢν ἄξιος,
39.7.2κατὰ δέ τινας τοὐναντίον.
39.7.3πρᾷος μὲν γὰρ ἦν καὶ χρηστός, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος τῶν προγεγονότων βασιλέων.
39.7.4σημεῖον δὲ τούτου μέγιστον· ὃς πρῶτον μὲν οὐδένα τῶν ἑαυτοῦ φίλων ἐπʼ οὐδενὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἐπανείλετο· δοκῶ δὲ μηδὲ τῶν ἄλλων Ἀλεξανδρέων μηδένα διʼ ἐκεῖνον ἀποθανεῖν·
39.7.5ἔπειτα δόξας ἐκπεσεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὑπὸ τἀδελφοῦ, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ λαβὼν κατʼ αὐτοῦ καιρὸν ὁμολογούμενον ἀμνησικάκητον ἐποιήσατο τὴν ἁμαρτίαν·
39.7.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἐπιβουλεύσαντος τῇ Κύπρῳ, κύριος γενόμενος ἐν Λαπήθῳ τοῦ σώματος ἅμα καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ κολάζειν ὡς ἐχθρὸν ὥστε καὶ δωρεὰς προσέθηκε παρὰ τὰς πρότερον ὑπαρχούσας αὐτῷ κατὰ συνθήκας καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα δώσειν ὑπέσχετο.
39.7.7κατὰ μέντοι γε τὰς ἐπιτυχίας καὶ κατορθώσεις ἐξελύετο τῇ ψυχῇ, καί τις οἷον ἀσωτία καὶ ῥᾳθυμία περὶ αὐτὸν Αἰγυπτιακὴ συνέβαινεν· καὶ κατὰ τὰς τοιαύτας διαθέσεις εἰς περιπετείας ἐνέπιπτεν.
Book 39, Part 8
39.8.1ὅτι ὁ Πολύβιός φησι κατὰ τὸ τέλος τῆς συγγραφῆς· ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς καταπράξαντες ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπανήλθομεν, ὡσανεὶ κεφάλαιά τινα τῶν προπεπολιτευμένων κατειργασμένοι, χάριν ἀξίαν τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐνοίας.
39.8.2διὸ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς θεοῖς εὐχὰς ποιούμεθα τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν τούτοις καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων διαμεῖναι, θεωροῦντες τὴν τύχην ὡς ἔστιν ἀγαθὴ φθονῆσαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἰσχύει καθʼ ὅ τις ἂν δοκῇ μάλιστα μακαρίζεσθαι καὶ κατορθοῦν ἐν τῷ βίῳ.
39.8.2καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτω γενέσθαι συνέπεσεν·
39.8.3ἡμεῖς δὲ παραγεγονότες ἐπὶ τὸ τέρμα τῆς ὅλης πραγματείας βουλόμεθα, προσαναμνήσαντες τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς προεκθέσεως ἧς ἐποιησάμεθα καταβαλόμενοι τὴν ἱστορίαν, συγκεφαλαιώσασθαι τὴν ὅλην ὑπόθεσιν, οἰκειώσαντες τὴν ἀρχὴν τῷ τέλει καὶ καθόλου καὶ κατὰ μέρος.
39.8.4ἐξεθέμεθα τοιγαροῦν ἐν ἀρχαῖς ὅτι τῆς μὲν προκατασκευῆς ποιησόμεθα τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀφʼ ὧν Τίμαιος ἀπέλιπεν·
39.8.5ἐπιδραμόντες δὲ κεφαλαιωδῶς τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ Σικελίαν καὶ Λιβύην πράξεις, ἐπειδὴ περὶ μόνων τῶν τόπων τούτων κἀκεῖνος πεποίηται τὴν ἱστορίαν, ὅτʼ ἀνήλθομεν ἐπὶ τοὺς χρόνους, ἐν οἷς Ἀννίβας μὲν παρέλαβε τὰς Καρχηδόνος δυνάμεις, ὁ δὲ Δημητρίου Φίλιππος τὴν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλείαν, Κλεομένης δʼ ὁ Σπαρτιάτης ἔφυγεν ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ἅμα δὲ τούτοις Ἀντίοχος μὲν τὴν ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ βασιλείαν διεδέδεκτο, Πτολεμαῖος δὲ τὴν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον ὁ κληθεὶς Φιλοπάτωρ,
39.8.6ἐπηγγειλάμεθα διότι πάλιν ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν ἀρξάμενοι καθʼ οὓς ἦν ὀλυμπιὰς ἐνάτη καὶ τριακοστὴ πρὸς ταῖς ἑκατόν, διέξιμεν τὰς κοινὰς τῆς οἰκουμένης πράξεις, περιγράφοντες κατʼ ὀλυμπιάδας καὶ διαιροῦντες κατʼ ἔτος καὶ συγκρίνοντες ἐκ παραβολῆς τὰς καταλλήλους ἕως τῆς Καρχηδόνος ἁλώσεως καὶ τῆς Ἀχαιῶν καὶ Ῥωμαίων περὶ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν μάχης, ἔτι δὲ τῆς ἐπιγενομένης ἐκ τούτων ἀποκαταστάσεως περὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας.
Book 39, Part 9
39.8.7ἐξ ὧν τὸ κάλλιστον ἔφαμεν, ἅμα δʼ ὠφελιμώτατον περιγενέσθαι τοῖς φιλομαθοῦσι· τοῦτο δʼ ἦν τὸ γνῶναι πῶς καὶ τίνι γένει πολιτείας ἐπικρατηθέντα σχεδὸν ἅπαντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὑπὸ μίαν ἀρχὴν ἔπεσε τὴν Ῥωμαίων, ὃ πρότερον οὐχ εὑρίσκεται γεγονός.
39.8.8τούτων δὴ πάντων ἡμῖν ἐπιτετελεσμένων λείπεται διασαφῆσαι τοὺς χρόνους τοὺς περιειλημμένους ὑπὸ τῆς ἱστορίας καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν βύβλων καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῆς ὅλης πραγματείας.
Book 13, Part 1
13.1.1ὅτι Αἰτωλοὶ διά τε τὴν συνέχειαν τῶν πολέμων καὶ διὰ τὴν πολυτέλειαν τῶν βίων ἔλαθον οὐ μόνον ἄλλους, ἀλλὰ καὶ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς κατάχρεοι γενηθέντες.
13.1.2διόπερ οἰκείως διακείμενοι πρὸς καινοτομίαν τῆς οἰκείας πολιτείας εἵλοντο νομογράφους Δωρίμαχον καὶ Σκόπαν,
13.1.3θεωροῦντες τούτους κατά τε τὰς προαιρέσεις κινητικοὺς ὑπάρχοντας καὶ κατὰ τὰς οὐσίας ἐνδεδεμένους εἰς πολλὰ τῶν βιωτικῶν συναλλαγμάτων. οἳ καὶ παραλαβόντες τὴν ἐξουσίαν ταύτην ἔγραψαν νόμους. —
13.1a.1ὅτι Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Αἰτωλὸς νομοθετοῦντος Δωριμάχου καὶ Σκόπα ἀντέλεγε τοῖς γραφομένοις, ἐκ πολλῶν ἐπιδεικνύμενος ὅτι παρʼ οἷς ἔφυ τοῦτο τὸ φυτόν, οὐδέποτε κατέληξε πρότερον ἢ μεγάλοις κακοῖς περιβαλεῖν τοὺς ἅπαξ αὐτῷ χρησαμένους· διόπερ ἠξίου μὴ μόνον πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἀποβλέπειν,
13.1a.2εἰ κουφισθήσονται τῶν ἐνεστώτων συναλλαγμάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον·
13.1a.3ἄτοπον γὰρ εἶναι πολεμοῦντας μὲν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα προΐεσθαι χάριν τῆς τῶν τέκνων ἀσφαλείας, βουλευομένους δὲ μηδένα ποιεῖσθαι λόγον τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνου. —
13.2.1ὅτι Σκόπας Αἰτωλῶν στρατηγὸς ἀποτυχὼν τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἧς χάριν ἐτόλμα γράφειν τοὺς νόμους, μετέωρος ἦν εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, ταῖς ἐκεῖθεν ἐλπίσι πεπεισμένος ἀναπληρώσειν τὰ λείποντα τοῦ βίου καὶ τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς πρὸς τὸ πλεῖον ἐπιθυμίαν, οὐκ εἰδὼς ὅτι,
13.2.2καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν ὑδρωπικῶν οὐδέποτε ποιεῖ παῦλαν οὐδὲ κόρον τῆς ἐπιθυμίας ἡ τῶν ἔξωθεν ὑγρῶν παράθεσις, ἐὰν μὴ τὴν ἐν αὐτῷ τῷ σώματι διάθεσιν ὑγιάσῃ τις, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον οὐδὲ τὴν πρὸς τὸ πλεῖον ἐπιθυμίαν οἷόν τε κορέσαι μὴ οὐ τὴν ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ κακίαν λόγῳ τινὶ διορθωσάμενον. ἐμφανέστατον δὲ τοῦτο συνέβη γενέσθαι περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, ὑπὲρ οὗ νῦν ὁ λόγος.
13.2.3τούτῳ γὰρ εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἀφικομένῳ πρὸς ταῖς ἐκ τῶν ὑπαίθρων ὠφελείαις, ὧν ἦν αὐτὸς κύριος διὰ τὸ πιστεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ὅλων, καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἑκάστης ὀψώνιον ἐξέθηκεν ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῷ μὲν δεκαμναιαῖον, τοῖς δʼ ἐπί τινος ἡγεμονίας μετʼ αὐτὸν τεταγμένοις μναιαῖον.
Book 13, Part 1
13.1FROM the unbroken continuity of their wars, and the extravagance of their daily lives, the Aetolians became involved in debt, not only without others noticing it, but without being sensible of it themselves. therefore naturally disposed to a change in their constitution, they elected Dorimachus and Scopas to draw out a code of laws, because they saw that they were not only innovators by disposition, but were themselves deeply involved in private debt. These men accordingly were admitted to the office and drew up the laws.
13.1When they produced them they were opposed by Alexander of Aetolia, who tried to show by many instances that innovation was a dangerous growth which could not be checked, and invariably ended by inflicting grave evils upon those who fostered it. He urged them therefore not to look solely to the exigencies of the hour, and the relief from their existing contracts, but to the future also. For it was a strange inconsistency to be ready to forfeit their very lives in war to preserve their children, and yet in their deliberations to be entirely careless of the future.
13.2Having failed to obtain the office, for the sake of which he had had the boldness to draw up these laws, Scopas turned his hopes to Alexandria, in the expectation of finding means there of restoring his broken fortunes, and satisfying to a fuller extent his grasping spirit. He little knew that it is impossible to assuage the ever-rising desires of the soul without correcting this passion by reason, any more than it is to stay or quench the thirst of the dropsical body by supplying it with drink, without radically restoring its healthy condition. Scopas, indeed, is a conspicuous example of this truth; for though on his arrival at Alexandria, in addition to his military pay, which he possessed independently as commander-in-chief, the king assigned him ten minae a day, and one mina a day to those next him in rank, still he was not satisfied; but continued to demand more, until he disgusted his paymasters by his cupidity, and lost his life and his gold together.
Book 13, Part 2
13.2.4ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐκ ἠρκεῖτο τούτοις, ὃς τὸ πρότερον προσκαρτερῶν τῷ πλείονι διετέλεσε,
13.2.5μέχρι διὰ τὴν ἀπληστίαν καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοῖς διδοῦσι φθονηθεὶς τὸ πνεῦμα προσέθηκε τῷ χρυσίῳ. —
13.3.1ἐγένετο περὶ τὴν τοιαύτην κακοπραγμοσύνην, ἣν δὴ βασιλικὴν μὲν οὐδαμῶς οὐδεὶς ἂν εἶναι φήσειεν, ἀναγκαίαν δὲ βούλονται λέγειν ἔνιοι πρὸς τὸν πραγματικὸν τρόπον διὰ τὴν νῦν ἐπιπολάζουσαν κακοπραγμοσύνην.
13.3.2οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀρχαῖοι πολύ τι τοῦ τοιούτου μέρους ἐκτὸς ἦσαν· τοσοῦτο γὰρ ἀπηλλοτρίωντο τοῦ κακομηχανεῖν περὶ τοὺς φίλους χάριν τοῦ τῷ τοιούτῳ συναύξειν τὰς σφετέρας δυναστείας, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τοὺς πολεμίους ᾑροῦντο διʼ ἀπάτης νικᾶν,
13.3.3ὑπολαμβάνοντες οὐδὲν οὔτε λαμπρὸν οὐδὲ μὴν βέβαιον εἶναι τῶν κατορθωμάτων, ἐὰν μή τις ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς μαχόμενος ἡττήσῃ ταῖς ψυχαῖς τοὺς ἀντιταττομένους.
13.3.4διὸ καὶ συνετίθεντο πρὸς σφᾶς μήτʼ ἀδήλοις βέλεσι μήθʼ ἑκηβόλοις χρήσασθαι κατʼ ἀλλήλων, μόνην δὲ τὴν ἐκ χειρὸς καὶ συστάδην γινομένην μάχην ἀληθινὴν ὑπελάμβανον εἶναι κρίσιν πραγμάτων.
13.3.5ᾗ καὶ τοὺς πολέμους ἀλλήλοις προύλεγον καὶ τὰς μάχας, ὅτε πρόθοιντο διακινδυνεύειν, καὶ τοὺς τόπους, εἰς οὓς μέλλοιεν ἐξιέναι παραταξόμενοι.
13.3.6νῦν δὲ καὶ φαύλου φασὶν εἶναι στρατηγοῦ τὸ προφανῶς τι πράττειν τῶν πολεμικῶν.
13.3.7βραχὺ δέ τι λείπεται παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἴχνος ἔτι τῆς ἀρχαίας αἱρέσεως περὶ τὰ πολεμικά· καὶ γὰρ προλέγουσι τοὺς πολέμους καὶ ταῖς ἐνέδραις σπανίως χρῶνται καὶ τὴν μάχην ἐκ χειρὸς ποιοῦνται καὶ συστάδην.
Book 13, Part 2
13.3Philip now entered upon a course of treachery which no one would venture to say was worthy of a king; but which some would defend on the ground of its necessity in the conduct of public affairs, owing to the prevailing bad faith of the time. For the ancients, so far from using a fraudulent policy towards their friends, were scrupulous even as to using it to conquer their enemies; because they did not regard a success as either glorious or secure, which was not obtained by such a victory in the open field as served to break the confidence of their enemies. They therefore came to a mutual understanding not to use hidden weapons against each other, nor such as could be projected from a distance; and held the opinion that the only genuine decision was that arrived at by a battle fought at close quarters, foot to foot with the enemy. It was for this reason also that it was their custom mutually to proclaim their wars, and give notice of battles, naming time and place at which they meant to be in order of battle. But nowadays people say that it is the mark of an inferior general to perform any operation of war openly. Some slight trace, indeed, of the old-fashioned morality still lingers among the Romans; for they do proclaim their wars, and make sparing use of ambuscades, and fight their battles hand to hand and foot to foot. So much for the unnecessary amount of artifice which it is the fashion for commanders in our days to employ both in politics and war.
13.4Philip gave Heracleides a kind of problem to work out, —how to circumvent and destroy the Rhodian fleet. At the same time he sent envoys to Crete to excite and provoke them to go to war with the Rhodians. Heracleides, who was a born traitor, looked upon the commission as the very thing to suit his plans; and after revolving various methods in his mind, presently started and sailed to Rhodes. He was by origin a Tarentine, of a low family of mechanics, and he had many qualities which fitted him for bold and unscrupulous undertakings. His boyhood had been stained by notorious immorality; he had great acuteness and a retentive memory; in the presence of the vulgar no one could be more bullying and audacious; to those in high position no one more insinuating and servile. He had been originally banished from his native city from a suspicion of being engaged in an intrigue to hand over Tarentum to the Romans: not that he had any political influence, but being an architect, and employed in some repairs of the walls, he got possession of the keys of the gate on the landward side of the town. He thereupon fled for his life to the Romans. From them, being detected in making communications by letters and messages with Tarentum and Hannibal, he again fled for fear of consequences to Philip. With him he obtained so much credit and influence that he eventually was the most powerful element in the overthrow of that great monarchy.
13.5The Prytanies of Rhodes were now distrustful of Philip, owing to his treacherous policy in Crete, and they began to Suspect that Heracleides was his agent.
Book 13, Part 3
13.3.8ταῦτα μὲν οὖν εἰρήσθω πρὸς τὸν ἐπιπολάζοντα νῦν ὑπὲρ τὸ δέον ἐν τῇ κακοπραγμοσύνῃ ζῆλον περὶ τοὺς ἡγουμένους ἔν τε ταῖς πολιτικαῖς καὶ πολεμικαῖς οἰκονομίαις.
13.4.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος Ἡρακλείδῃ μέν, καθάπερ ὑπόθεσιν δούς, ἐπέταξε φροντίζειν πῶς ἂν κακοποιήσαι καὶ διαφθείραι τὰς τῶν Ῥοδίων νῆας,
13.4.2εἰς δὲ τὴν Κρήτην πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαπέστειλε τοὺς ἐρεθιοῦντας καὶ παρορμήσοντας ἐπὶ τὸν κατὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων πόλεμον.
13.4.3ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης, ἄνθρωπος εὖ πεφυκὼς πρὸς τὸ κακόν, ἑρμαῖον ἡγησάμενος τὴν ἐπιταγήν, καὶ διανοηθεὶς ἅττα δήποτʼ οὖν παρʼ αὑτῷ, μετά τινα χρόνον ὥρμησε καὶ παρῆν καταπλέων εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον.
13.4.4συνέβαινε δὲ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην τοῦτον τὸ μὲν γένος ἀνέκαθεν εἶναι Ταραντῖνον, πεφυκέναι δʼ ἐκ βαναύσων καὶ χειροτεχνῶν ἀνθρώπων, μεγάλα δʼ ἐσχηκέναι προτερήματα πρὸς ἀπόνοιαν καὶ ῥᾳδιουργίαν·
13.4.5πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ ἀναφανδὸν τῷ σώματι παρεκέχρητο κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἡλικίαν, εἶτʼ ἀγχίνους ὑπῆρχε καὶ μνήμων, καὶ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ταπεινοτέρους καταπληκτικώτατος καὶ τολμηρότατος, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας κολακικώτατος.
13.4.6οὗτος ἀρχῆθεν μὲν ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐξέπεσε δόξας τὸν Τάραντα πράττειν Ῥωμαίοις, οὐ πολιτικὴν ἔχων δύναμιν, ἀλλʼ ἀρχιτέκτων ὑπάρχων καὶ διά τινας ἐπισκευὰς τῶν τειχῶν κύριος γενόμενος τῶν κλειδῶν τῆς πύλης τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ μεσόγαιον φερούσης·
13.4.7καταφυγὼν δὲ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, καὶ πάλιν ἐκεῖθεν γράφων καὶ διαπεμπόμενος εἰς τὸν Τάραντα καὶ πρὸς Ἀννίβαν, ἐπεὶ καταφανὴς ἐγένετο, προαισθόμενος τὸ μέλλον αὖθις ἔφυγε πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον.
13.4.8παρʼ ᾧ τοιαύτην περιεποιήσατο πίστιν καὶ δύναμιν ὥστε τοῦ καταστραφῆναι τὴν τηλικαύτην βασιλείαν σχεδὸν αἰτιώτατος γεγονέναι. —
Book 13, Part 3
13.5But Heracleides came before them and explained the reasons which had caused him to fly from Philip. . . .
13.5Philip was anxious above everything that the Rhodians should not discover his purpose in these transactions; whereby he succeeded in freeing Heracleides from suspicion.
13.5Nature, as it seems to me, has ordained that Truth should be a most mighty goddess among men, and has endowed her with extraordinary power. At least, I notice that though at times everything combines to crush her, and every kind of specious argument is on the side of falsehood, she somehow or another insinuates herself by her own intrinsic virtue into the souls of men. Sometimes she displays her power at once; and sometimes, though obscured for a length of time, she at last prevails and overpowers falsehood. Such was the case with Heracleides when he came from king Philip to Rhodes. . . .
Book 13, Part 4
13.5.1Διαπιστοῦντες δʼ οἱ πρυτάνεις ἤδη τῷ Φιλίππῳ διὰ τὴν περὶ τὰ Κρητικὰ κακοπραγμοσύνην, καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην ὑπώπτευον ἐγκάθετον εἶναι. —
13.5.1ὁ δʼ εἰσελθὼν ἀπελογίζετο τὰς αἰτίας,
13.5.2διʼ ἃς πεφευγὼς εἴη τὸν Φίλιππον. —
13.5.3πᾶν γὰρ βουληθῆναι τὸν Φίλιππον ἀναδέξασθαι ἢ καταφανῆ γενέσθαι Ῥοδίοις τὴν ἐν τούτοις αὐτοῦ προαίρεσιν. ᾗ καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην ἀπέλυσε τῆς ὑποψίας. —
13.5.4καί μοι δοκεῖ μεγίστην θεὸν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἡ φύσις ἀποδεῖξαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ μεγίστην αὐτῇ προσθεῖναι δύναμιν.
13.5.5πάντων γοῦν αὐτὴν καταγωνιζομένων, ἐνίοτε καὶ πασῶν τῶν πιθανοτήτων μετὰ τοῦ ψεύδους ταττομένων, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως αὐτὴ διʼ αὑτῆς εἰς τὰς ψυχὰς εἰσδύεται τῶν ἀνθρώπων,
13.5.6καὶ ποτὲ μὲν παραχρῆμα δείκνυσι τὴν αὑτῆς δύναμιν, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἐπισκοτισθεῖσα, τέλος αὐτὴ διʼ ἑαυτῆς ἐπικρατεῖ καὶ καταγωνίζεται τὸ ψεῦδος, ὡς συνέβη γενέσθαι περὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην τὸν παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς Ῥόδον ἀφικόμενον. —
13.5.7ὅτι Δαμοκλῆς ὁ μετὰ Πυθίωνος πεμφθεὶς κατάσκοπος πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ὑπηρετικὸν ἦν σκεῦος εὐφυὲς καὶ πολλὰς ἔχον ἀφορμὰς εἰς πραγμάτων οἰκονομίαν. —
13.6.1ὁ δὲ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων τύραννος Νάβις, ἔτος ἤδη τρίτον ἔχων τὴν ἀρχήν, ὁλοσχερὲς μὲν οὐδὲν ἐπεβάλλετο πράττειν οὐδὲ τολμᾶν διὰ τὸ πρόσφατον εἶναι τὴν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἧτταν τοῦ Μαχανίδου,
Book 13, Part 4
13.5Damocles, who was sent with Pythio as a spy upon the Romans, was a person of ability, and possessed of many endowments fitting him for the conduct of affairs. . . .
13.6Nabis, tyrant of Sparta, being now in the third year of his reign, ventured upon no undertaking of importance, owing to the recent defeat of Machanidas by the Achaeans; but employed himself in laying the foundations of a long and grinding tyranny. He destroyed the last remains of the old Spartan nobles; drove into banishment all men eminent for wealth or ancestral glory; and distributed their property and wives among the chief men of those who remained, or among his own mercenary soldiers. These last were composed of murderers, housebreakers, footpads, and burglars. For this was, generally speaking, the class of men which he collected out of all parts of the world, whose own country was closed to them owing to their crimes and felonies. As he put himself forward as the patron and king of such wretches, and employed them as attendants and bodyguards, there is evidently no cause for surprise that his impious character and reign should have been long remembered. For, besides this, he was not content with driving the citizens into banishment, but took care no place should be secure, and no refuge safe for the exiles. Some he caused to be pursued and killed on the road, while others he dragged from their place of retreat and murdered. Finally, in the cities where they were living, he hired the houses next door to these banished men, wherever they might be, by means of agents who were not suspected; and then sent Cretans into these houses, who made breaches in the party walls, and through them, or through such windows as already existed, shot down the exiles as they stood or lay down in their own houses; so that there was no place of retreat, and no moment of security for the unfortunate Lacedaemonians.
13.7When he had by these means put the greater number of them out of the way, he next had constructed a kind of machine, if machine it may be called, which was the figure of a woman, clothed in costly garments, and made to resemble with extraordinary fidelity the wife of Nabis. Whenever then he summoned one of the citizens with a view of getting some money from him, he used first to employ a number of arguments politely expressed, pointing out the danger in which the city stood from the threatening attitude of the Achaeans, and explaining what a number of mercenaries he had to support for their security, and the expenses which fell upon him for the maintenance of the national religion and the needs of the State. If the listeners gave in he was satisfied; but if they ever refused to comply with his demand, he would say, Perhaps I cannot persuade you, but I think this lady Apéga will succeed in doing so. Apéga was the name of his wife. Immediately on his saying these words, the figure I have described was brought in. As soon as the man offered his hand to the supposed lady to raise her from her seat, the figure threw its arms round him and began drawing him by degrees towards its breasts. Now its arms, hands, and breasts were full of iron spikes under its clothes. When the tyrant pressed his hands on the back of the figure, and then by means of the works dragged the man by degrees closer and closer to its breasts, he forced him under this torture to say anything. A good number of men who refused his demands he destroyed in this way.
Book 13, Part 5
13.6.2καταβολὴν δʼ ἐποιεῖτο καὶ θεμέλιον ὑπεβάλλετο πολυχρονίου καὶ βαρείας τυραννίδος.
13.6.3διέφθειρε γὰρ τοὺς λοιποὺς ἄρδην ἐκ τῆς Σπάρτης, ἐφυγάδευσε δὲ τοὺς κατὰ πλέον πλούτῳ διαφέροντας ἢ δόξῃ προγονικῇ, τὰς δὲ τούτων οὐσίας καὶ γυναῖκας διεδίδου τῶν ἄλλων τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις καὶ τοῖς μισθοφόροις.
13.6.4οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν ἀνδροφόνοι καὶ παρασχίσται, λωποδύται, τοιχωρύχοι. καθόλου γὰρ τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἡθροίζετο πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπιμελῶς ἐκ τῆς οἰκουμένης, οἷς ἄβατος ἦν ἡ θρέψασα διʼ ἀσέβειαν καὶ παρανομίαν.
13.6.5ὧν προστάτην [καὶ βασιλέα] αὑτὸν ἀναδείξας, καὶ χρώμενος δορυφόροις καὶ σωματοφύλαξι τούτοις, δῆλον ἔμελλε πολυχρόνιον ἔχειν τὴν ἐπʼ ἀσεβείᾳ φήμην καὶ δυναστείαν.
13.6.6ὅς γε χωρὶς τῶν προειρημένων οὐκ ἐξηρκεῖτο φυγαδεύειν τοὺς πολίτας, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τοῖς φεύγουσιν οὐδεὶς τόπος ἦν ἀσφαλὴς οὐδὲ καταφυγὴ βέβαιος.
13.6.7τοὺς μὲν γὰρ ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς ἐπαποστέλλων ἀνῄρει, τοὺς δʼ ἐκ τῶν τόπων ἐπανάγοντας ἐφόνευε.
13.6.8τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ἐν ταῖς πόλεσι τὰς σύνεγγυς οἰκίας, ὅπου τις τυγχάνοι κατοικῶν τῶν φυγάδων, μισθούμενος διʼ ἀνυπονοήτων ἀνθρώπων, εἰς ταύτας εἰσέπεμπε Κρῆτας, οἵτινες ῥήγματα ποιοῦντες ἐν τοῖς τοίχοις καὶ διὰ τῶν ὑπαρχουσῶν θυρίδων τοξεύοντες τοὺς μὲν ἑστῶτας τῶν φυγάδων, τοὺς δʼ ἀνακειμένους ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις οἰκίαις διέφθειρον,
13.6.9ὥστε μήτε τόπον εἶναι μηδένα φύξιμον μήτε καιρὸν ἀσφαλῆ τοῖς ταλαιπώροις Λακεδαιμονίοις.
13.7.1τρόπῳ τοὺς μὲν πλείστους αὐτῶν ἠφάνισε. κατεσκευάσατο δὲ καί τινα μηχανήν, εἰ μηχανὴν ταύτην χρὴ λέγειν.
Book 13, Part 5
13.8The rest of his conduct was on a par with this beginning. He made common cause with the Cretan pirates, and kept temple-breakers, highway-robbers, and murderers all over the Peloponnese; and as he shared in the profits of their nefarious trades, he allowed them to use Sparta as their base of operations. Moreover, about this time some visitors from Boeotia, who happened to be staying at Lacedaemon, enticed one of his grooms to make off with them, taking a certain white horse which was considered the finest in the royal stud. They were pursued by a party sent by Nabis as far as Megalopolis, where the tyrants found the horse and groom, and took them off without any one interfering. But they then laid hands on the Boeotians, who at first demanded to be taken before the magistrate; but as no attention was paid to the demand, one of them shouted out Help! Upon a crowd of the people of the place collecting and protesting that the men should be taken before the magistrate, Nabis’s party were obliged to let them go and retire. Nabis, however, had been long looking out for a ground of complaint and a reasonable pretext for a quarrel, and having seized on this one, he harried the cattle belonging to Proagoras and some others; which was a commencement of the war. . . .
13.9Labae, like Sabae, is a city of Chattenia, which is a territory of the Gerraei. . . . In other respects, Chattenia is a rugged country, but the wealth of the Gerraei who inhabit it has adorned it with villages and towers. It lies along the Arabian Sea, and Antiochus gave orders to spare it. . . .
13.9In a letter to Antiochus the Gerraei demanded that he should not destroy what the gods had given them—perpetual peace and freedom; and this letter having been interpreted to him he granted the request. . . .
Book 13, Part 6
13.7.2ἦν γὰρ εἴδωλον γυναικεῖον, πολυτελέσιν ἱματίοις ἠμφιεσμένον, κατὰ δὲ τὴν μορφὴν εἰς ὁμοιότητα τῇ τοῦ Νάβιδος γυναικὶ διαφόρως ἀπειργασμένον.
13.7.3ὁπότε δέ τινας τῶν πολιτικῶν ἀνακαλέσαιτο, βουλόμενος εἰσπρᾶξαι χρήματα, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς διετίθετο λόγους πλείονας καὶ φιλανθρώπους,
13.7.4ὑποδεικνύων μὲν τὸν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐπικρεμάμενον τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ τῇ πόλει φόβον, διασαφῶν δὲ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν μισθοφόρων τὸ τρεφόμενον τῆς ἐκείνων ἀσφαλείας χάριν, ἔτι δὲ τὰς εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τὰς κοινὰς τῆς πόλεως δαπάνας.
13.7.5εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐντρέποιντο διὰ τῶν τοιούτων λόγων, εἶχεν ἀποχρώντως αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ προκείμενον·
13.7.6εἰ δέ τινες ἐξαρνούμενοι διωθοῖντο τὴν ἐπιταγήν, ἐπεφθέγγετο λόγον τοιοῦτον "3ἴσως ἐγὼ μὲν οὐ δύναμαί σε πείθειν, Ἀπῆγαν μέντοι ταύτην δοκῶ σε πείσειν"3 τοῦτο δʼ ἦν ὄνομα τῇ γυναικὶ τοῦ Νάβιδος.
13.7.7καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔλεγε, καὶ παρῆν ὃ μικρῷ πρότερον ἔλεγον εἴδωλον.
13.7.8καὶ δεξιωσάμενος, ἐπειδὰν ἐκ τῆς καθέδρας ἀνέστησε τὴν γυναῖκα καὶ περιέπτυξε ταῖς χερσί, προσήγετο κατὰ βραχὺ πρὸς τὰ στέρνα.
13.7.9τοὺς δὲ πήχεις εἶχε καὶ τὰς χεῖρας πλήρεις σιδηρῶν γόμφων ὑπὸ τοῖς ἱματίοις, ὁμοίως καὶ κατὰ τοὺς μαστούς.
13.7.10ὅταν προσήρεισε ταῖς χερσὶ πρὸς τὰ νῶτα τῆς γυναικός, κἄπειτα διὰ τῶν ὀργάνων ἑλκόμενον ἐπέτεινε καὶ προσῆγε πρὸς τοὺς μαστοὺς κατʼ ἐλάχιστον, πᾶσαν ἠνάγκαζε φωνὴν προΐεσθαι τὸν πιεζόμενον.
Book 13, Part 6
13.9Their freedom having been confirmed to the Gerraei, they presented King Antiochus at once with five hundred talents of silver, one thousand of frankincense, and two hundred of oil of cinnamon, called stacte, all of them spices of the country on the Arabian Sea. He then sailed to the island of Tylos, and thence to Seleucia. . . .
Book 13, Part 7
13.7.11καὶ πολλοὺς δή τινας τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ διέφθειρε τῶν ἐξαρνουμένων.
13.8.1καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ δʼ ἦν τούτοις ὅμοια καὶ σύστοιχα κατὰ τὴν ἀρχήν.
13.8.2ἐκοινώνει μὲν γὰρ τοῖς Κρησὶ τῶν κατὰ θάλατταν λῃστειῶν· εἶχε δὲ καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἱεροσύλους, ὁδοιδόκους, φονέας, οἷς μερίτης γινόμενος τῶν ἐκ τῆς ῥᾳδιουργίας λυσιτελῶν ὁρμητήριον καὶ καταφυγὴν παρείχετο τούτοις τὴν Σπάρτην.
13.8.3πλὴν κατά γε τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους ξένοι τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Βοιωτίας εἰς τὴν Λακεδαίμονα παρεπιδημήσαντες ἐψυχαγώγησάν τινα τῶν τοῦ Νάβιδος ἱπποκόμων ὥστε συναποχωρῆσαι μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν ἔχοντα λευκὸν ἵππον, ὃς ἐδόκει γενναιότατος εἶναι τῶν ἐκ τῆς τυραννικῆς ἱπποστάσεως.
13.8.4τοῦτο δὲ πεισθέντος καὶ πράξαντος τοῦ προειρημένου, καταδιώξαντες οἱ παρὰ τοῦ Νάβιδος εἰς τὴν Μεγάλην πόλιν καὶ καταλαβόντες τὸν μὲν ἵππον εὐθὺς ἀπῆγον καὶ τὸν ἱπποκόμον, οὐδενὸς ἀντιποιουμένου, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ τοῖς ξένοις ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας.
13.8.5οἱ δὲ Βοιωτοὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἠξίουν ἄγειν αὑτοὺς ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν· οὐδενὸς δὲ προσέχοντος ἀνεβόα τις τῶν ξένων "
13.8.63βοήθεια"3. συνδραμόντων δὲ τῶν ἐγχωρίων καὶ μαρτυρομένων τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπανάγειν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀρχήν, ἠναγκάσθησαν προιέμενοι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους οἱ παρὰ τοῦ Νάβιδος ἀπελθεῖν.
13.8.7ὁ δὲ πάλαι ζητῶν ἀφορμὰς ἐγκλημάτων καὶ πρόφασιν εὔλογον διαφορᾶς, τότε λαβόμενος ταύτης εὐθέως ἤλαυνε τὰ Προαγόρου θρέμματα καί τινων ἑτέρων. ἐξ ὧν ἐγένετο καταρχὴ τοῦ πολέμου.
13.9.1Λάβαι, ὡς Σάβαι, Χαττηνίας πόλις. Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Λαβαῖος ὡς Σαβαῖος. τῆς αὐτῆς χώρας ἀμφότεραι· ἡ γὰρ Χαττηνία τῶν Γερραίων ἐστὶ χώρα. —
Book 14, Part 1
14.1aPERHAPS a resumé of events in each Olympiad may arrest the attention of my readers both by their number and importance, the transactions in every part of the world being brought under one view. However, I think the events of this Olympiad especially will do so; because in it the wars in Italy and Libya came to an end; and I cannot imagine any one not caring to inquire what sort of catastrophe and conclusion they had. For everybody, though extremely interested in details and particulars, naturally longs to be told the end of a story. I may add that it was in this period also that the kings gave the clearest indication of their character and policy. For what was only rumour in regard to them before was now become a matter of clear and universal knowledge, even to those who did not care to take part in public business. Therefore, as I wished to make my narrative worthy of its subject, I have not, as in former instances, included the history of two years in one book. . . .
14.1While the Consuls were thus engaged, Scipio in Libya learnt during the winter that the Carthaginians were fitting out a fleet; he therefore devoted himself to similar preparations as well as to pressing on the siege of Utica. He did not, however, give up all hopes of Syphax; but as their forces were not far apart he kept sending messages to him, convinced that he would be able to detach him from the Carthaginians. He still cherished the belief that Syphax was getting tired of the girl for whose sake he had joined the Carthaginians, and of his alliance with the Punic people generally; for the Numidians, he knew, were naturally quick to feel satiety, and constant neither to gods nor men. Scipio’s mind, however, was distracted with various anxieties, and his prospects were far from seeming secure to him; for he shrank from an engagement in the open field on account of the enemy’s great superiority in numbers. He therefore seized an opportunity which now presented itself. Some of his messengers to Syphax reported to him that the Carthaginians had constructed their huts in their winter camp of various kinds of wood and boughs without any earth; while the old army of the Numidians made theirs of reeds, and the reinforcements which were now coming in from the neighbouring townships constructed theirs of boughs only, some of them inside the trench and palisade, but the greater number outside. Scipio therefore made up his mind that the manner of attacking them, which would be most unexpected by the enemy and most successful for himself, would be by fire. He therefore turned his attention to organising such an attack. Now, in his communications with Scipio, Syphax was continually harping upon his proposal that the Carthaginians should evacuate Italy and the Romans Libya; and that the possessions held by either between these two countries should remain in statu quo. Hitherto Scipio had refused to listen to this suggestion, but he now gave Syphax a hint by the mouth of his messengers that the course he wished to see followed was not impossible. Greatly elated at this, Syphax became much bolder than before in his communications with Scipio; the numbers of the messengers sent backwards and forwards, and the frequency of their visits, were redoubled; and they sometimes even stayed several days in each other’s camps without any thought of precaution. On these occasions Scipio always took care to send, with the envoys, some men of tried experience or of military knowledge, dressed up as slaves in rough and common clothes, that they might examine and investigate in security the approaches and entrances to both the entrenchments. For there were two camps, one that of Hasdrubal, containing thirty thousand infantry and three thousand cavalry; and another about ten stades distant from it of the Numidians, containing ten thousand cavalry and about fifty thousand infantry. The latter was the easier of approach, and its huts were well calculated for being set on fire, because, as I said before, the Numidians had not made theirs of timber and earth, but used simply reeds and thatch in their construction.
14.2By the beginning of spring Scipio had completed the reconnaissances necessary for this attempt upon the enemy; and he began launching his ships, and getting the engines on them into working order, as though with the purpose of assaulting Utica by sea. With his land forces he once more occupied the high ground overlooking the town, and carefully fortified it and secured it by trenches. He wished the enemy to believe that he was doing this for the sake of carrying on the siege; but he really meant it as a cover for his men, who were to be engaged in the undertaking described above, to prevent the garrison sallying out, when the legions were separated from their lines, assaulting the palisade which was so near to them, and attacking the division left in charge of it. Whilst in the midst of these preparations, he sent to Syphax inquiring whether, in case he agreed to his proposals, the Carthaginians would assent, and not say again that they would deliberate on the terms? He ordered these legates at the same time not to return to him, until they had received an answer on these points. When the envoys arrived, the Numidian king was convinced that Scipio was on the point of concluding the agreement, partly from the fact that the ambassadors said that they would not go away until they got his answer, and partly because of the anxiety expressed as to the disposition of the Carthaginians. He therefore sent immediately to Hasdrubal, stating the facts and urging him to accept the peace. Meanwhile he neglected all precautions himself, and allowed the Numidians, who were now joining, to pitch their tents where they were, outside the lines. Scipio in appearance acted in the same way, while in reality he was pushing on his preparations with the utmost care. When a message was returned from the Carthaginians bidding Syphax complete the treaty of peace, the Numidian king, in a state of great exaltation, communicated the news to the envoys; who immediately departed to their own camp to inform Scipio from the king of what had been done. As soon as he heard it, the Roman general at once sent fresh envoys to inform Syphax that Scipio was quite satisfied and was anxious for the peace; but that the members of his council differed from him, and held that they should remain as they were. The ambassadors duly arrived and informed the Numidians of this. Scipio sent this mission to avoid the appearance of a breach of truce, if he should perform any act of hostility while negotiations for peace were still going on between the parties. He considered that, by making this statement, he would be free to act in whatever way he chose without laying himself open to blame.
Book 13, Part 8
13.9.1Χαττηνία, χώρα τρίτη Γερραίων.
13.9.2Πολύβιος ιγ# "3ἔστι δʼ ἡ Χαττηνία τἄλλα μὲν λυπρά, κώμαις δὲ καὶ πύργοις διεσκεύασται διὰ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν τῶν Γερραίων· οὗτοι γὰρ αὐτὴν νέμονται"
13.9.33. ἔστι δὲ τῆς Ἐρυθρᾶς θαλάσσης. οἱ πολῖται Χαττηνοί, ὡς αὐτός· "3τούτοις μὲν γὰρ παρήγγειλε φείδεσθαι τῆς τῶν Χαττηνῶν χώρασ"3. —
13.9.4οἱ δὲ Γερραῖοι ἀξιοῦσι τὸν βασιλέα μὴ καταλῦσαι τὰ παρὰ τῶν θεῶν αὐτοῖς δεδομένα, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἀΐδιον εἰρήνην καὶ ἐλευθερίαν. ὁ δὲ ἑρμηνευθείσης οἱ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ἔφη συγχωρεῖν τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις. —
13.9.5κυρωθείσης δὲ τῆς ἐλευθερίας τοῖς Γερραίοις ἐστεφάνωσαν παραχρῆμα τὸν Ἀντίοχον τὸν βασιλέα πεντακοσίοις ἀργυρίου ταλάντοις, χιλίοις δὲ λιβανωτοῦ καὶ διακοσίοις τῆς λεγομένης στακτῆς. καὶ ἐποίει τὸν πλοῦν ἐπὶ Τύλον τὴν νῆσον καὶ ἐποίει τὸν ἀπόπλουν ἐπὶ Σελευκείας. ἦσαν δὲ τὰ ἀρώματα ἐν τῇ Ἐρυθρᾷ θαλάττῃ.
13.10.1Βάδιζα, πόλις τῆς Βρεττίας, Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
13.10.2Λαμπέτεια, πόλις Βρεττίας, Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
13.10.3ἔστι γὰρ καὶ Ταμέση πόλις τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ ποταμός. Πολύβιος δʼ ἐν τῷ ιγ# Τεμέσειαν τὴν πόλιν καλεῖ.
13.10.4Ἀλλαρία, πόλις τῆς Κρήτης, Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῃ. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Ἀλλαριάτης, ὡς αὐτός φησιν.
Book 14, Part 2
14.3Syphax’s annoyance at this message was great, in proportion to the hopes he had previously entertained of making the peace. He had an interview with Hasdrubal, and told him of the message he had received from the Romans; but though they deliberated long and earnestly as to what they ought to do, they neither had any idea or conjecture as to what was really going to happen. For they had no anticipation whatever as to the need of taking precautions, or of any danger threatening them, but were all eagerness and excitement to strike some blow, and thus provoke the enemy to descend into the level ground. Meanwhile Scipio allowed his army generally, by the preparations he was making and the orders he was issuing, to imagine that his aim was the capture of Utica; but summoning the most able and trusty Tribunes at noon, he imparted to them his design, and ordered them to cause their men to get their supper early, and then to lead the legions outside the camp as soon as the buglers gave the usual signal by a simultaneous blast of their bugles. For it is a custom in the Roman army for the trumpeters and buglers to sound a call near the commander’s tent at supper time, that the night pickets may then take up their proper positions. Scipio next summoned the spies whom he had sent at different times to reconnoitre the enemy’s quarters, and carefully compared and studied the accounts they gave about the roads leading to the hostile camps and the entrances to them, employing Massanissa to criticise their words and assist him with his advice, because he was acquainted with the locality.
14.4Everything being prepared for his expedition, Scipio left a sufficiently strong guard in the camp, and got the rest of the men on the march towards the end of the first watch, the enemy being about sixty stades distant. Arrived in the neighbourhood of the enemy, about the end of the third watch, he assigned to Gaius Laelius and Massanissa half his Roman soldiers and all his Numidians, with orders to attack the camp of Syphax, urging them to quit themselves like brave men and do nothing carelessly; with the clear understanding that, as the darkness hindered and prevented the use of the eyes, a night attack required all the more the assistance of a cool head and a firm heart. The rest of the army he took the command of in person, and led against Hasdrubal. He had calculated on not beginning his assault until Laelius’s division had set fire to the enemy’s huts; he therefore proceeded slowly. The latter meanwhile advanced in two divisions, which attacked the enemy simultaneously. The construction of the huts being as though purposely contrived to be susceptible of a conflagration, as I have already explained, as soon as the front rank men began to set light to them, the fire caught all the first row of huts fiercely, and soon got beyond all control, from the closeness of the huts to each other, and the amount of combustible material which they contained. Laelius remained in the rear as a reserve; but Massanissa, knowing the localities through which those who fled from the fire would be sure to retreat, stationed his own soldiers at those spots. Not a single Numidian had any suspicion of the true state of the case, not even Syphax himself; but thinking that it was a mere accidental conflagration of the rampart, some of them started unsuspiciously out of bed, others sprang out of their tents in the midst of a carouse and with the cup actually at their lips. The result was that numbers of them got trampled to death by their own friends at the exits from the camp; many were caught by the flames and burnt to death; while all those who escaped the flame fell into the hands of the enemy, and were killed, without knowing what was happening to them or what they were doing.
14.5At the same time the Carthaginians, observing the proportions of the conflagration and the hugeness of the flame that was rising, imagined that the Numidian camp had been accidentally set on fire. Some of them therefore started at once to render assistance, and all the rest hurried outside their own camp unarmed, and stood there gazing in astonishment at the spectacle. Everything having thus succeeded to his best wishes, Scipio fell upon these men outside their camp, and either put them to the sword, or, driving them back into the camp, set fire to their huts. The disaster of the Punic army was thus very like that which had just befallen the Numidians, fire and sword in both cases combining to destroy them. Hasdrubal immediately gave up all idea of combating the fire, for he knew from the coincidence of the two that the fire in the Numidian camp was not accidental, as he had supposed, but had originated from some desperate design of the enemy. He therefore turned his attention to saving his own life, although there was now little hope left of doing so. For the fire was spreading rapidly and was catching everywhere; while the camp gangways were full of horses, beasts of burden, and men, some of them half dead and devoured by the fire, and others in a state of such frantic terror and mad excitement that they prevented any attempts at making a defence, and by the utter tumult and confusion which they created rendered all chance of escape hopeless. The case of Syphax was the same as that of Hasdrubal, as it was also that of the other officers. The two former, however, did manage to escape, accompanied by a few horsemen: but all those myriads of men, horses, and beasts of burden, either met a miserable and pitiable death from the fire, or, if they escaped the violence of that, some of the men perished ignominiously at the hands of the enemy, cut down naked and defenceless, not only without their arms, but without so much as their clothes to cover them. The whole place was filled with yells of pain, confused cries, terror, and unspeakable din, mingled with a conflagration which spread rapidly and blazed with the utmost fierceness. It was the combination and suddenness of these horrors that made them so awful, any one of which by itself would have been sufficient to strike terror into the hearts of men. It is accordingly impossible for the imagination to exaggerate the dreadful scene, so completely did it surpass in horror everything hitherto recorded. Of all the brilliant achievements of Scipio this appears to me to have been the most brilliant and the most daring. . . .
Book 13, Part 9
13.10.d5Ἰλαττία, πόλις Κρήτης, Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
13.10.6Σίβυρτος, πόλις Κρήτης. τὸ ἐθνικὸν Σιβύρτιος, ὡς Πολύβιος ἐν τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
13.10.7Ἀδράνη, πόλις Θρᾴκης [...] Πολύβιος δὲ διὰ τοῦ 〈η〉 τὴν μέσην λέγει ἐν τρισκαιδεκάτῃ, Ἀδρήνη.
13.10.8Ἄρειον πεδίον [...] ἔστι καὶ Θρᾴκης ἔρημον πεδίον χαμαιπετῆ δένδρα ἔχον, ὡς Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῃ.
13.10.9Δίγηροι, ἔθνος Θρᾴκιον, Πολύβιος ιγ#.
13.10.10Καβύλη, πόλις Θρᾴκης οὐ πόρρω τῆς τῶν Ἀστῶν χώρας. Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῃ.
13.10.11Μελίτουσσα, πόλις Ἰλλυρίας. Πολύβιος τρισκαιδεκάτῳ.
Book 14, Part 3
14.6When day broke, and he found the enemy either killed or in headlong flight, Scipio exhorted his Tribunes to activity, and at once started in pursuit. At first the Carthaginian general seemed inclined to stand his ground, though told of Scipio’s approach, trusting in the strength of the town [of Anda]; but when he saw that the inhabitants were in a mutinous state, he shrank from meeting the attack of Scipio, and fled with the relics of his army, which consisted of as many as five hundred cavalry and about two thousand infantry. The inhabitants of the town thereupon submitted unconditionally to the Romans, and were spared by Scipio, who, however, gave up two neighbouring towns to the legions to plunder. This being done he returned to his original entrenchment. Baffled in the hopes which they had entertained of the course which the campaign would take, the Carthaginians were deeply depressed. They had expected to shut up the Romans on the promontory near Utica, which had been the site of their winter quarters, and besiege them there with their army and fleet both by sea and land. With this view all their preparations had been made; and when they saw, quite contrary to their calculations, that they were not only driven from the open country by the enemy, but were in hourly expectation of an attack upon themselves and their city, they became completely disheartened and panic-stricken. Their circumstances, however, admitted of no delay. They were compelled at once to take precautions and adopt some measures for the future. But the senate was filled with doubt and varied and confused suggestions. Some said that they ought to send for Hannibal and recall him from Italy, their one hope of safety being now centred in that general and his forces. Others were for an embassy to Scipio to obtain a truce and discuss with him the terms of a pacification and treaty. Others again were for keeping up their courage and collecting their forces, and sending a message to Syphax; who, they said, was at the neighbouring town of Abba, engaged in collecting the remnants of his army. This last suggestion was the one which ultimately prevailed. The Government of Carthage accordingly set about collecting troops, and sent a despatch to Syphax begging him to support them and abide by his original policy, as a general with an army would presently join him.
14.7Meanwhile the Roman commander was pressing on the seige of Utica. But when he heard that Syphax was still in position, and that the Carthaginians were once more collecting an army, he led out his forces and pitched his camp close under the walls of Utica. At the same time he divided the booty among the soldiers. . . . The merchants who purchased them from the soldiers went away with very profitable bargains; for the recent victory inspired the soldiers with high hopes of a successful conclusion of the campaign, and they therefore thought little of the spoils already obtained, and made no difficulties in selling them to the merchants.
14.7The Numidian king and his friends were at first minded to continue their retreat to their own land. But while deliberating on this, certain Celtiberes, over four thousand in number, who had been hired as soldiers by the Carthaginians, arrived in the vicinity of Abba. Encouraged by this additional strength the Numidians stopped on their retreat. And when the young lady, who was daughter of Hasdrubal and wife of Syphax, added her earnest entreaties that he would remain and not abandon the Carthaginians at such a crisis, the Numidian king gave way and consented to her prayer. The approach of these Celtiberes did a great deal also to encourage the hopes of the Carthaginians: for instead of four thousand, it was reported at Carthage that they were ten thousand, and that their bravery and the excellency of their arms made them irresistible in the field. Excited by this rumour, and by the boastful talk which was current among the common people, the Carthaginians felt their resolution to once more take the field redoubled. And finally, within thirty days, they pitched a camp in conjunction with the Numidians and Celtiberes on what are called the Great Plains, with an army amounting to no less than thirty thousand.
Book 14, Part 1
14.1a.1ὅτι φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος περὶ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν βίβλων ὑποθετικῆς ἐξηγήσεως· ἴσως μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ πάσαις ταῖς ὀλυμπιάσιν αἱ προεκθέσεις τῶν πράξεων εἰς ἐπίστασιν ἄγουσι τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν γεγονότων, ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ μίαν σύνοψιν ἀγομένων τῶν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς οἰκουμένης ἔργων·
14.1a.2οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τὰ κατὰ ταύτην τὴν ὀλυμπιάδα μάλιστα νομίζω συνεπιστήσειν τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας διὰ τὸ πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ Λιβύην πολέμους ἐν τούτοις τοῖς χρόνοις εἰληφέναι τὴν συντέλειαν· ὑπὲρ ὧν τίς οὐκ ἂν ἱστορῆσαι βουληθείη ποία τις ἡ καταστροφὴ καὶ τί τὸ τέλος αὐτῶν ἐγένετο;
14.1a.3φύσει γὰρ πάντες ἄνθρωποι, κἂν ὁλοσχερῶς παραδέχωνται τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἔργα καὶ λόγους, ὅμως ἑκάστων τὸ τέλος ἱμείρουσι μαθεῖν·
14.1a.4πρὸς δὲ τούτοις συμβαίνει καὶ τὰς προαιρέσεις τῶν βασιλέων ἐκφανεστάτας γεγονέναι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους· ἃ γὰρ πρότερον ἐλέγετο περὶ αὐτῶν, τότε σαφῶς ἐπεγνώσθη πάντα παρὰ πᾶσι καὶ τοῖς μηδʼ ὅλως ἐθέλουσι πολυπραγμονεῖν.
14.1a.5διὸ καὶ βουλόμενοι κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν ἔργων ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἐξήγησιν, οὐ τὰς ἐκ τῶν δυεῖν ἐτῶν πράξεις κατατετάχαμεν εἰς μίαν βύβλον, καθάπερ ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων ἀποδεδώκαμεν.
14.1.1οἱ μὲν οὖν ὕπατοι περὶ ταύτας ἐγίνοντο τὰς πράξεις,
14.1.2ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ κατὰ τὴν παραχειμασίαν πυνθανόμενος ἐξαρτύειν στόλον τοὺς Καρχηδονίους, ἐγίνετο μὲν καὶ περὶ ταύτην τὴν παρασκευήν, οὐχ ἧττον δὲ καὶ περὶ τὴν τῆς Ἰτύκης πολιορκίαν.
14.1.3οὐ μὴν οὐδὲ τῆς κατὰ τὸν Σόφακα τελέως ἐλπίδος ἀφίστατο, διεπέμπετο δὲ συνεχῶς διὰ τὸ μὴ πολὺ ἀφεστάναι τὰς δυνάμεις ἀλλήλων, πεπεισμένος μετακαλέσειν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν Καρχηδονίων συμμαχίας·
14.1.4οὐ γὰρ ἀπεγίνωσκε καὶ τῆς παιδίσκης αὐτὸν ἤδη κόρον ἔχειν, διʼ ἣν εἵλετο τὰ Καρχηδονίων, καὶ καθόλου τῆς πρὸς τοὺς Φοίνικας φιλίας διά τε τὴν φυσικὴν τῶν Νομάδων ἁψικορίαν καὶ διὰ τὴν πρός τε τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀθεσίαν.
14.1.5ὢν δὲ περὶ πολλὰ τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ ποικίλας ἔχων ἐλπίδας ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλοντος διὰ τὸ κατορρωδεῖν τὸν ἔξω κίνδυνον τῷ πολλαπλασίους εἶναι τοὺς ὑπεναντίους, ἐπελάβετό τινος ἀφορμῆς τοιαύτης.
14.1.6τῶν γὰρ διαπεμπομένων πρὸς τὸν Σόφακά τινες ἀνήγγειλαν αὐτῷ διότι συμβαίνει τοὺς μὲν Καρχηδονίους ἐκ παντοδαπῶν ξύλων καὶ φυλλάδος ἄνευ γῆς ἐν τῇ παραχειμασίᾳ κατεσκευακέναι τὰς σκηνάς,
14.1.7τῶν δὲ Νομάδων τοὺς μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐκ καλάμων, τοὺς δʼ ἐπισυναγομένους ἐκ τῶν πόλεων κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς φυλλάδος σκηνοποιεῖσθαι, τοὺς μὲν ἐντός, τοὺς δὲ πλείους αὐτῶν ἐκτὸς τῆς τάφρου καὶ τοῦ χάρακος.
14.1.8νομίσας οὖν ὁ Πόπλιος παραδοξοτάτην μὲν τοῖς πολεμίοις, πραγματικωτάτην δὲ σφίσιν εἶναι τὴν διὰ τοῦ πυρὸς ἐπιβολήν, ἐγένετο περὶ ταύτην τὴν κατασκευήν.
14.1.9ὁ δὲ Σόφαξ ἐν ταῖς πρὸς τὸν Πόπλιον διαποστολαῖς ἀεί πως ἐπὶ ταύτην κατήντα τὴν γνώμην ὅτι δέοι Καρχηδονίους μὲν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, Ῥωμαίους δὲ παραπλησίως ἐκ τῆς Λιβύης, τὰ δὲ μεταξὺ τούτων ἔχειν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς τότε κατεῖχον.
14.1.10ὧν ὁ Πόπλιος ἀκούων ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τοῦ χρόνοις οὐδαμῶς ἀνείχετο· τότε δὲ τῷ Νομάδι βραχεῖαν ἔμφασιν ἐποιήσατο διὰ τῶν ἀποστελλομένων ὡς οὐκ ἀδυνάτου τῆς ἐπιβολῆς οὔσης, ἧς ἐπιβάλλεται.
14.1.11διʼ οὗ συνέβη τὸν Σόφακα κουφισθέντα πολλαπλασίως ἐπιρρωσθῆναι πρὸς τὴν ἐπιπλοκήν.
14.1.12οὗ γινομένου πλείους ἦσαν οἱ διαπεμπόμενοι καὶ πλεονάκις· ἔστι δʼ ὅτε καί τινας ἡμέρας ἔμενον παρʼ ἀλλήλοις ἀπαρατηρήτως.
Book 14, Part 4
14.8When news of these proceedings reached the Roman camp Scipio immediately determined to attack. Leaving orders, therefore, to the army and navy, which were besieging Utica, as to what they were to do, he started with all his army in light marching order. On the fifth day he reached the Great Plains, and during the first day after his arrival encamped on a piece of rising ground about thirty stades from the enemy. Next day he descended into the plain and drew up his army at a distance of seven stades from the enemy, with his cavalry forming an advanced guard. After skirmishing attacks carried on by both sides during the next two days, on the fourth both armies were deliberately brought out into position and drawn up in order of battle. Scipio followed exactly the Roman system, stationing the maniples of hastati in the front, behind them the principes, and lastly the triarii in the rear. Of his cavalry he stationed the Italians on the right wing, the Numidians and Massanissa on the left. Syphax and Hasdrubal stationed the Celtiberes in the centre opposite the Roman cohorts, the Numidians on the left, and the Carthaginians on the right. At the very first charge the Numidians reeled before the Italian cavalry, and the Carthaginians before those under Massanissa; for their many previous defeats had completely demoralised them. But the Celtiberes fought gallantly, for they had no hope of saving themselves by flight, being entirely unacquainted with the country; nor any expectation of being spared if they were taken prisoners on account of their perfidy to Scipio: for they were regarded as having acted in defiance of justice and of their treaty in coming to aid the Carthaginians against the Romans, though they had never suffered any act of hostility at Scipio’s hands during the campaigns in Iberia. When, however, the two wings gave way these men were surrounded by the principes and triarii, and cut to pieces on the field almost to a man. Thus perished the Celtiberes, who yet did very effective service to the Carthaginians, not only during the whole battle, but during the retreat also; for, if it had not been for the hindrance caused by them, the Romans would have pressed the fugitives closely, and very few of the enemy would have escaped. As it was, owing to the delay caused by these men, Syphax and his cavalry effected their retreat to his own kingdom in safety; while Hasdrubal with the survivors of his army did the same to Carthage.
14.9After making the necessary arrangements as to the booty and prisoners, Scipio summoned a council of war to consult as to what to do next. It was resolved that Scipio himself and one part of the army should stay in the country and visit the various towns; while Laelius and Massanissa, with the Numidians and the rest of the Roman legions, should pursue Syphax and give him no time to deliberate or make any preparations. This being settled the commanders separated; the two latter going with their division in pursuit of Syphax, Scipio on a round of the townships. Some of these were terrified into a voluntary submission to the Romans, others he promptly took by assault. The whole country was ripe for a change, owing to the constant series of miseries and contributions, under which it had been groaning from the protracted wars in Iberia.
14.9In Carthage meanwhile, where the panic had been great enough before, a still wilder state of excitement prevailed, after this second disaster, and the disappointment of the hopes of success which they had entertained. However, those of the counsellors who claimed the highest character for courage urged that they should go on board their ships and attack the besiegers of Utica, try to raise the blockade, and engage the enemy at sea, who were not in a forward state of preparation in that department; that they should recall Hannibal, and without delay test to the utmost this one more chance: for both these measures offered great and reasonable opportunities of securing their safety. Others declared that their circumstances no longer admitted of these measures: what they had to do was to fortify their town and prepare to stand a siege; for chance would give them many occasions of striking a successful blow if they only held together. At the same time they advised that they should deliberate on coming to terms and making a treaty, and see on what conditions and by what means they might extricate themselves from the danger. After a long debate, all these proposals were adopted together.
Book 14, Part 2
14.1.13ἐν αἷς ὁ Πόπλιος ἀεί τινας μὲν τῶν πραγματικῶν, οὓς δὲ καὶ στρατιωτικῶν, ῥυπῶντας καὶ ταπεινούς, εἰς δουλικὰς ἐσθῆτας διασκευάζων, μετὰ τῶν ἀποστελλομένων ἐξέπεμπε χάριν τοῦ τὰς προσόδους καὶ τὰς εἰσόδους τὰς εἰς ἑκατέραν τὴν παρεμβολὴν ἀσφαλῶς ἐξερευνῆσαι καὶ κατοπτεῦσαι.
14.1.14δύο γὰρ ἦσαν στρατοπεδεῖαι, μία μὲν ἣν Ἀσδρούβας εἶχε μετὰ πεζῶν τρισμυρίων καὶ τρισχιλίων ἱππέων, ἄλλη δὲ περὶ δέκα σταδίους ἀφεστῶσα ταύτης, ἡ τῶν Νομάδων, ἱππεῖς μὲν εἰς μυρίους ἔχουσα, πεζοὺς δὲ περὶ πεντακισμυρίους.
14.1.15ἣ δὴ καὶ μᾶλλον εὐέφοδος ἦν καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς εἶχε τελέως εὐφυεῖς πρὸς ἐμπυρισμὸν διὰ τὸ τοὺς Νομάδας, ὡς ἀρτίως εἶπον, μὴ διὰ ξύλων μηδὲ διὰ γῆς, ἁπλῶς δὲ κάνναις καὶ καλάμοις χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰς σκηνοποιίας.
14.2.1ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὰ μὲν τῆς ἐαρινῆς ὥρας ὑπέφαινεν ἤδη, τῷ δὲ Σκιπίωνι πάντα διηρεύνητο πρὸς τὴν προειρημένην ἐπιβολὴν τὰ κατὰ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους,
14.2.2τὰς μὲν νῆας καθεῖλκε καὶ μηχανὰς κατεσκεύαζε ταύταις ὡς πολιορκήσων ἐκ θαλάττης τὴν Ἰτύκην, τοῖς δὲ πεζοῖς,
14.2.3οὖσιν ὡς δισχιλίοις, κατελάβετο πάλιν τὸν ὑπὲρ τὴν πόλιν κείμενον λόφον, καὶ τοῦτον ὠχυροῦτο καὶ διετάφρευε πολυτελῶς,
14.2.4τοῖς μὲν ὑπεναντίοις ποιῶν φαντασίαν ὡς τοῦτο πράττων τῆς πολιορκίας ἕνεκα, τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ βουλόμενος ἐφεδρεύειν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν τῆς πράξεως καιρόν, ἵνα μὴ τῶν στρατοπέδων ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς χωρισθέντων οἱ τὴν Ἰτύκην παραφυλάττοντες στρατιῶται τολμήσαιεν ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐγχειρεῖν τῷ χάρακι διὰ τὸ σύνεγγυς εἶναι, καὶ πολιορκεῖν τοὺς φυλάττοντας.
14.2.5ταῦτα δὲ παρασκευαζόμενος ἅμα διεπέμπετο πρὸς τὸν Σόφακα, πυνθανόμενος, ἐὰν συγχωρῇ τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις, εἰ καὶ τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ἔσται ταῦτα κατὰ νοῦν καὶ μὴ πάλιν ἐκεῖνοι φήσουσι βουλεύσεσθαι περὶ τῶν συγχωρουμένων.
14.2.6ἅμα δὲ τούτοις προσενετείλατο τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς μὴ πρότερον ὡς αὑτὸν ἀπιέναι πρὶν ἢ λαβεῖν ἀπόκρισιν ὑπὲρ τούτων.
14.2.7ὧν ἀφικομένων διακούσας ὁ Νομὰς ἐπείσθη διότι πρὸς τὸ συντελεῖν ἐστι τὰς διαλύσεις ὁ Σκιπίων, ἔκ τε τοῦ φάναι τοὺς πρέσβεις μὴ πρότερον ἀπαλλαγήσεσθαι πρὶν ἢ λαβεῖν παρʼ αὐτοῦ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις, ἔκ τε τοῦ διευλαβεῖσθαι τὴν τῶν Καρχηδονίων συγκατάθεσιν.
14.2.8διὸ καὶ πρὸς μὲν τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔπεμπε, διασαφῶν τὰ γινόμενα καὶ παρακαλῶν δέχεσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην, αὐτὸς δὲ ῥᾳθύμως διῆγε, καὶ τοὺς ἐπισυναγομένους Νομάδας ἐκτὸς εἴα τῆς παρεμβολῆς αὐτοῦ κατασκηνοῦν.
14.2.9ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἐπίφασιν ἐποίει τὸ παραπλήσιον, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα περὶ τὰς παρασκευὰς ἦν.
14.2.10ἐπειδὴ δὲ παρὰ μὲν τῶν Καρχηδονίων τῷ Σόφακι διεσαφήθη συντελεῖν τὰ κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας, ὁ δὲ Νομὰς περιχαρὴς ὢν εἶπε τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς ὑπὲρ τούτων, εὐθέως οἱ πρέσβεις ἀπῄεσαν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν, μηνύσοντες τῷ Ποπλίῳ τὰ πραχθέντα παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.
14.2.11ὧν ἀκούσας ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς αὖθις ἐκ ποδὸς ἔπεμπε πρέσβεις, δηλώσοντας τῷ Σόφακι διότι συμβαίνει τὸν μὲν Πόπλιον εὐδοκεῖν καὶ σπουδάζειν ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης, τοὺς δʼ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ διαφέρεσθαι καὶ φάναι διαμένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων·
14.2.12οἳ καὶ παραγενόμενοι διεσάφησαν ταῦτα τῷ Νομάδι.
14.2.13τὴν δʼ ἀποστολὴν ταύτην ὁ Σκιπίων ἐποιήσατο χάριν τοῦ μὴ δόξαι παρασπονδεῖν, ἐὰν ἔτι μενούσης τῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν διαλύσεων ἐπικηρυκείας πρὸς ἀλλήλους πράξῃ τι τῶν πολεμικῶν ἔργων.
14.2.14γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἀπορρήσεως ταύτης ἅπαν τὸ γινόμενον ἀνεπίληπτον ἕξειν ὑπέλαβε τὴν προαίρεσιν.
Book 14, Part 5
14.10Upon this decision being come to, those who were to sail to Italy went straight from the council chamber to the sea, while the Navarch went to prepare the ships. The rest began to take measures for securing the city, and remained in constant consultation on the measures necessary for the purpose.
14.10Meanwhile Scipio’s camp was getting gorged with booty; for he found no one to resist him, and everybody yielded to his attacks. He therefore determined to despatch the greater part of the booty to his original camp; while he advanced with his army in light marching order to seize the entrenchment near Tunes, and pitched his camp within the view of the inhabitants of Carthage, thinking that this would do more than anything else to strike terror into their hearts and lower their courage.
14.10The Carthaginians had in a few days manned and provisioned their ships, and were engaged in getting under sail and carrying out their plan of operations, when Scipio arrived at Tunes, and, the garrison flying at his approach, occupied the town, which is about a hundred stades from Carthage, of remarkable strength both natural and artificial, and visible from nearly every point of Carthage.
Book 14, Part 3
14.3.1ὁ δὲ Σόφαξ ταῦτα διακούσας ἔφερε μὲν δυσχερῶς διὰ τὸ προκατηλπικέναι περὶ τῶν διαλύσεων, συνῄει δὲ πρὸς τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν εἰς λόγους, καὶ διεσάφει τὰ παρὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων αὐτῷ προσαγγελλόμενα.
14.3.2περὶ ὧν πολλὰ διαπορήσαντες ἐβουλεύοντο πῶς σφίσι καθήκει χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἑξῆς πράγμασι, πλεῖστον ἀπέχοντες ταῖς ἐννοίαις καὶ ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς τοῦ μέλλοντος·
14.3.3περὶ φυλακῆς μὲν γὰρ ἢ τοῦ πείσεσθαί τι δεινὸν οὐδʼ ἡντινοῦν εἶχον πρόληψιν, περὶ δὲ τοῦ δρᾶσαί τι καὶ προκαλέσασθαι τοὺς πολεμίους εἰς ὁμαλὸν τόπον πολλή τις ἦν αὐτῶν ὁρμὴ καὶ προθυμία.
14.3.4Πόπλιος δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον τοῖς μὲν πολλοῖς ὑπεδείκνυε διά τε τῆς παρασκευῆς καὶ τῶν παραγγελμάτων ὡς κατὰ τῆς Ἰτύκης ἔχων πρᾶξιν,
14.3.5τῶν δὲ χιλιάρχων τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους καὶ πιστοτάτους καλέσας περὶ μέσον ἡμέρας ἐξέθηκε τὴν ἐπιβολήν, καὶ παρήγγειλε δειπνοποιησαμένους καθʼ ὥραν ἐξάγειν τὰ στρατόπεδα πρὸ τοῦ χάρακος, ἐπειδὰν κατὰ τὸν ἐθισμὸν οἱ σαλπιγκταὶ σημαίνωσιν ἅμα πάντες·
14.3.6ἔστι γὰρ ἔθος Ῥωμαίοις κατὰ τὸν τοῦ δείπνου καιρὸν τοὺς βυκανητὰς καὶ σαλπιγκτὰς πάντας σημαίνειν παρὰ τὴν τοῦ στρατηγοῦ σκηνήν, χάριν τοῦ τὰς νυκτερινὰς φυλακὰς κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἵστασθαι κατὰ τοὺς ἰδίους τόπους.
14.3.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς κατασκόπους ἀνακαλεσάμενος, οὓς ἐτύγχανε διαπεμπόμενος εἰς τὰ τῶν πολεμίων στρατόπεδα, συνέκρινε καὶ διηρεύνα τὰ λεγόμενα περί τε τῶν προσβάσεων καὶ τῶν εἰσόδων τῶν εἰς τὰς παρεμβολάς, χρώμενος ἐπικριτῇ τῶν λεγομένων καὶ συμβούλῳ Μασαννάσᾳ διὰ τὴν τῶν τόπων ἐμπειρίαν.
14.4.1ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντʼ ἦν εὐτρεπῆ τὰ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν αὐτῷ τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν, ἀπολιπὼν τοὺς ἱκανοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους ἐπὶ τῆς παρεμβολῆς, ἀναλαβὼν τὰς δυνάμεις προῆγεν ἄρτι ληγούσης τῆς πρώτης φυλακῆς· περὶ γὰρ ἑξήκοντα σταδίους ἀπεῖχον οἱ πολέμιοι.
14.4.2συνεγγίσας δὲ τοῖς πολεμίοις περὶ τρίτην φυλακὴν λήγουσαν, Γαίῳ μὲν Λαιλίῳ καὶ Μασαννάσᾳ τοὺς ἡμίσεις ἀπονείμας τῶν στρατιωτῶν καὶ πάντας τοὺς Νομάδας ἐπέταξε ποιεῖσθαι τὴν προσβολὴν πρὸς τὸν τοῦ Σόφακος χάρακα,
14.4.3παρακαλέσας ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς γενέσθαι καὶ μηδὲν εἰκῇ πράττειν, σαφῶς εἰδότας ὅτι, καθʼ ὅσον ἐμποδίζει καὶ κωλύει τὰ τῆς ὁράσεως τὸ σκότος, κατὰ τοσοῦτον δεῖ συνεκπληροῦν τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ τῇ τόλμῃ τὰς νυκτερινὰς ἐπιβολάς·
14.4.4αὐτὸς δὲ τὴν λοιπὴν στρατιὰν ἀναλαβὼν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ὁρμὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν. ἦν δʼ αὐτῷ συλλελογισμένον μὴ πρότερον ἐγχειρεῖν, ἕως ἂν οἱ περὶ τὸν Λαίλιον πρῶτοι τὸ πῦρ ἐμβάλωσι τοῖς πολεμίοις.
14.4.5οὗτος μὲν τοιαύτας ἔχων ἐπινοίας βάδην ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Λαίλιον εἰς δύο μέρη σφᾶς αὐτοὺς διελόντες ἅμα προσέβαλλον τοῖς πολεμίοις.
14.4.6τῆς δὲ τῶν σκηνῶν διαθέσεως οἷον ἐπίτηδες πρὸς ἐμπυρισμὸν κατεσκευασμένης, καθάπερ ἀνώτερον εἶπον, ὡς οἱ προηγούμενοι τὸ πῦρ ἐνέβαλλον, κατανεμηθὲν εἰς τὰς πρώτας σκηνὰς εὐθέως ἀβοήθητον ἐποίει τὸ κακὸν διά τε τὴν συνέχειαν τῶν σκηνῶν καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῆς ὑποκειμένης ὕλης.
14.4.7ὁ μὲν οὖν Λαίλιος ἔχων ἐφεδρείας τάξιν ἔμενεν· ὁ δὲ Μασαννάσας εἰδὼς τοὺς τόπους, καθʼ οὓς ἔμελλον οἱ φεύγοντες τὸ πῦρ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν, ἐν τούτοις ἐπέστησε τοὺς αὑτοῦ στρατιώτας.
14.4.8τῶν δὲ Νομάδων οὐδεὶς ἁπλῶς συνυπώπτευσε τὸ γινόμενον, οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ὁ Σόφαξ, ἀλλʼ ὡς αὐτομάτως ἐμπεπρησμένου τοῦ χάρακος, ταύτην ἔσχον τὴν διάληψιν.
14.4.9ὅθεν ἀνυπονοήτως οἱ μὲν ἐκ τῶν ὕπνων, οἱ δʼ ἀκμὴν ἔτι μεθυσκόμενοι καὶ πίνοντες ἐξεπήδων ἐκ τῶν σκηνῶν.
14.4.10καὶ πολλοὶ μὲν ὑφʼ αὑτῶν περὶ τὰς τοῦ χάρακος ἐξόδους συνεπατήθησαν, πολλοὶ δὲ περικαταληφθέντες ὑπὸ τῆς φλογὸς κατεπρήσθησαν· οἱ δὲ καὶ διαφυγόντες τὴν φλόγα, πάντες εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους ἐμπίπτοντες, οὔθʼ ὃ πάσχουσιν οὔθʼ ὃ ποιοῦσι γινώσκοντες διεφθείροντο.
Book 14, Part 6
14.10Just as the Romans pitched their camp there, the Carthaginians were putting out to sea on board their ships to sail to Utica. Seeing the enemy thus putting out, and fearing some misfortune to his own fleet, Scipio was rendered exceedingly anxious, because no one there was prepared for such an attack, or had anything in readiness to meet the danger. He therefore broke up his camp and marched back in haste to support his men. There he found his decked ships thoroughly well fitted out for raising siege-engines and applying them to walls, and generally for all purposes of an assault upon a town, but not in the least in the trim for a sea-fight; while the enemy’s fleet had been under process of rigging for this purpose the whole winter. He therefore gave up all idea of putting to sea to meet the enemy and accepting battle there; but anchoring his decked ships side by side he moored the transports round them, three or four deep; and then, taking down the masts and yard-arms, he lashed the vessels together firmly by means of these, keeping a space between each sufficient to enable the light craft to sail in and out. . . .
14.11Philo was a parasite of Agathocles, the son of Oenanthe, and the friend of king Philopator. Many statues of Cleino, the girl who acted as cupbearer to Ptolemy Philadelphus, were set up at Alexandria, draped in a single tunic and holding a cup in the hands. And are not the most splendid houses there those which go by the names of Murtium, Mnesis, and Pothine? And yet Mnesis was a flute-girl, as was Pothine, and Murtium was a public prostitute. And was not Agathocleia, the mistress of king Ptolemy Philopator, an influential personage,—she who was the ruin of the whole kingdom? . . .
14.12The question may be asked, perhaps, why I have chosen to give a sketch of Egyptian history here, going back a considerable period; whereas, in the case of the rest of my history, I have recorded the events of each year in the several countries side by side? I have done so for the following reasons: Ptolemy Philopator, of whom I am now speaking, after the conclusion of the war for the possession of Coele-Syria, abandoned all noble pursuits and gave himself up to the life of debauchery which I have just described. But late in life he was compelled by circumstances to engage in the war I have mentioned, which, over and above the mutual cruelty and lawlessness with which it was conducted, witnessed neither pitched battle, sea fight, siege, or anything else worth recording. I thought, therefore, that it would be easier for me as a writer, and more intelligible to my readers, if I did not touch upon everything year by year as it occurred, or give a full account of transactions which were insignificant and undeserving of serious attention; but should once for all sum up and describe the character and policy of this king.
Book 14, Part 4
14.5.1κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι, θεωροῦντες τὸ πλῆθος τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐξαιρομένης φλογός, ὑπολαβόντες αὐτομάτως ἀνῆφθαι τὸν τῶν Νομάδων χάρακα, τινὲς μὲν ἐβοήθουν ἐξ αὐτῆς,
14.5.2οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ πάντες ἐκτρέχοντες ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς ἄνοπλοι συνίσταντο πρὸ τῆς ἰδίας στρατοπεδείας, ἐκπλαγεῖς ὄντες ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις.
14.5.3ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων, τῶν πραγμάτων ὡς ἂν εἰ κατʼ εὐχὴν αὐτῷ προχωρησάντων, ἐπιπεσὼν τοῖς ἐξεληλυθόσιν, οὓς μὲν ἐφόνευεν, οὓς δὲ καταδιώκων ἅμα τὸ πῦρ ἐνέβαλλε ταῖς σκηναῖς.
14.5.4οὗ γενομένου παραπλήσια συνέβαινε πάσχειν τοὺς Φοίνικας ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ τῆς ὅλης περιστάσεως τοῖς ἄρτι ῥηθεῖσι περὶ τῶν Νομάδων.
14.5.5οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν τοῦ μὲν τῷ πυρὶ βοηθεῖν αὐτόθεν εὐθέως ἀπέστησαν, γνόντες ἐκ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος ὅτι καὶ περὶ τοὺς Νομάδας οὐκ αὐτομάτως, καθάπερ ὑπέλαβον, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῆς τῶν πολεμίων ἐπιβολῆς καὶ τόλμης ἐγεγόνει τὸ δεινόν·
14.5.6ἐγίνοντο δὲ περὶ τὸ σῴζειν ἑαυτούς, βραχείας σφίσι καὶ περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἐλπίδος ἔτι καταλειπομένης.
14.5.7τό τε γὰρ πῦρ ταχέως ἐπενέμετο καὶ περιελάμβανε πάντας τοὺς τόπους, αἵ τε δίοδοι πλήρεις ἦσαν ἵππων, ὑποζυγίων, ἀνδρῶν, τῶν μὲν ἡμιθνήτων καὶ διεφθαρμένων ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρός, τῶν δʼ ἐξεπτοημένων καὶ παρεστώτων ταῖς διανοίαις,
14.5.8ὥστε καὶ τοῖς ἀνδραγαθεῖν προαιρουμένοις ἐμπόδια ταῦτα γίνεσθαι, καὶ διὰ τὴν ταραχὴν καὶ σύγχυσιν ἀνέλπιστον εἶναι τὴν σωτηρίαν.
14.5.9παραπλήσια δὲ τούτοις ἦν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὸν Σόφακα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἡγεμόνας. πλὴν οὗτοι μὲν ἀμφότεροι μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων ἐξέσωσαν αὑτούς·
14.5.10αἱ δὲ λοιπαὶ μυριάδες ἀνδρῶν, ἵππων, ὑποζυγίων, ἀτυχῶς μὲν καὶ ἐλεεινῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς ἀπώλλυντο·
14.5.11αἰσχρῶς δὲ καὶ ἐπονειδίστως ἔνιοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν, τὴν τοῦ πυρὸς βίαν φεύγοντες, ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων διεφθείροντο, χωρὶς οὐ μόνον τῶν ὅπλων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἱματίων, γυμνοὶ φονευόμενοι.
14.5.12καθόλου δὲ πᾶς ἦν ὁ τόπος οἰμωγῆς, βοῆς ἀτάκτου, φόβου, ψόφου παρηλλαγμένου, σὺν δὲ τούτοις πυρὸς ἐνεργοῦ καὶ φλογὸς ὑπερβαλλούσης πλήρης·
14.5.13ὧν ἓν ἱκανὸν [ὂν] ἐκπλῆξαι τὴν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν, μηδʼ ὅτι καὶ πάνθʼ ὁμοῦ συγκυρήσαντα παραδόξως.
14.5.14διὸ καὶ τὸ γεγονὸς οὐδὲ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν εἰκάσαι δυνατὸν οὐδενὶ τῶν ὄντων ἐστίν· οὕτως ὑπερπεπαίκει τῇ δεινότητι πάσας τὰς προειρημένας πράξεις.
14.5.15ᾗ καὶ πολλῶν καὶ καλῶν διειργασμένων Σκιπίωνι κάλλιστον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ τοῦτο τοὔργον καὶ παραβολώτατον τῶν ἐκείνῳ πεπραγμένων
14.6.1οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπιγενομένης, καὶ τῶν πολεμίων τῶν μὲν ἀπολωλότων, τῶν δὲ προτροπάδην πεφευγότων, παρακαλέσας τοὺς χιλιάρχους ἐκ ποδὸς ἐπηκολούθει.
14.6.2τὰς μὲν οὖν ἀρχὰς ὁ Καρχηδόνιος ὑπέμενε, καίπερ αὐτῷ προσαγγελίας γενομένης· τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίει πιστεύων τῇ τῆς πόλεως ὀχυρότητι.
Book 15, Part 1
15.1THE Carthaginians having seized the transports as prizes of war, and with them an extraordinary quantity of provisions, Scipio was extremely enraged, not so much at the loss of the provisions, as by the fact that the enemy had thereby obtained vast supply of necessaries; and still more at the Carthaginians having violated the sworn articles of truce, and commenced the war He therefore at once selected Lucius Sergius, Lucius Baebius, and Lucius Fabius to go to Carthage, to remonstrate on what had taken place, and at the same time to announce that the Roman people had ratified the treaty; for he had lately received a despatch from home to that effect. Upon their arrival in Carthage these envoys first had an audience of the Senate, and then were introduced to a meeting of the people. On both occasions they spoke with great freedom on the situation of affairs, reminding their hearers that Their ambassadors who had come to the Roman camp at Tunes, on being admitted to the council of officers, had not been content with appealing to the gods and kissing the ground, as other people do, but had thrown themselves upon the earth, and in abject humiliation had kissed the feet of the assembled officers; and then, rising from the ground, had reproached themselves for breaking the existing treaty between the Romans and Carthaginians, and acknowledged that they deserved every severity at the hands of the Romans; but intreated to be spared the last severities, from a regard to the vicissitudes of human fortune, for their folly would be the means of displaying the generosity of the Romans. Remembering all this, the general and the officers then present in the council were at a loss to understand what had encouraged them to forget what they then said, and to venture to break their sworn articles of agreement. Plainly it was this—they trusted in Hannibal and the forces that had arrived with him. But they were very ill advised. All the world knew that he and his army had been driven these two years past from every port of Italy, and had retreated into the neighbourhood of the Lacinian promontory, where they had been so closely shut up and almost besieged, that they had barely been able to get safe away home. Not that, even if they had come back, he added, as conquerors, and were minded to engage us who have already defeated you in two consecutive battles, ought you to entertain any doubt as to the result, or to speculate on the chance of victory. The certainty of defeat were a better subject for your reflections: and when that takes place, what are the gods that you will summon to your aid? And what arguments will you use to move the pity of the victors for your misfortunes? You must needs expect to be debarred from all hope of mercy from gods and men alike by your perfidy and folly.
15.2After delivering this’ speech the envoys retired. Some few of the citizens were against breaking the treaty; but the majority, both of the politicians and the Senate, were much annoyed by its terms, and irritated by the plain speaking of the envoys; and, moreover, could not make up their minds to surrender the captured transports and the provisions which were on board them. But their main motive was a confident hope that they might yet conquer by means of Hannibal. The people therefore voted to dismiss the envoys without an answer. Moreover, the political party, whose aim it was to bring on the war at all hazards, held a meeting and arranged the following act of treachery. They gave out that it was necessary to make provision for conducting the envoys back to their camp in safety. They therefore at once caused two triremes to be got ready to convoy them; but at the same time sent a message to the Navarch Hasdrubal to have some vessels ready at no great distance from the Roman camp, in order that, as soon as the convoys had taken leave of the Roman envoys, he might bear down upon their ships and sink them; for the Carthaginian fleet was stationed at the time close under Utica. Having made this arrangement with Hasdrubal, they despatched the envoys, with instructions to the officers of the convoys to leave them and return, as soon as they had passed the mouth of the River Macara; for it was from this point that the enemy’s camp came into sight. Therefore, according to their instructions, as soon as they had passed this point, the officers of the convoys made signs of farewell to the Roman envoys and returned. Lucius and his colleagues suspected no danger, and felt no other annoyance at this proceeding than as regarding it as a mark of disrespect. But no sooner were they left thus alone, than three Carthaginian vessels suddenly started out to attack them, and came up with the Roman quinquereme. They failed, indeed, to stave her in, because she evaded them; nor did they succeed in boarding her, because the men resisted them with great spirit. But they ran up alongside of the vessel, and kept attacking her at various points, and managed to wound the marines with their darts and kill a considerable number of them; until at last the Romans, observing that their forage parties along the shore were rushing down to the beach to their assistance, ran their ships upon land. Most of the marines were killed, but the envoys had the unexpected good fortune to escape with their lives.
15.3This was the signal for the recommencement of the war in a fiercer and more angry spirit than before. The Romans on their part, looking upon themselves as having been treated with perfidy, were possessed with a furious determination to conquer the Carthaginians; while the latter, conscious of the consequences of what they had done, were ready to go all lengths to avoid falling under the power of the enemy. With such feelings animating both sides, it was quite evident that the result would have to be decided on the field of battle. Consequently everybody, not only in Italy and Libya, but in Iberia, Sicily, and Sardinia, was in a state of excited expectation, watching with conflicting feelings to see what would happen. But meanwhile Hannibal, finding himself too weak in cavalry, sent to a certain Numidian named Tychaeus, who was a friend of Syphax, and was reputed to possess the most warlike cavalry in Libya, urging him to lend his aid, and not let the present opportunity slip; as he must be well aware that, if the Carthaginians won the day, he would be able to maintain his rule; but if the Romans proved victorious, his very life would be in danger, owing to the ambition of Massanissa. This prince was convinced by these arguments, and joined Hannibal with two thousand horsemen.
15.4Having secured his fleet, Scipio left Baebius in command of it in his place, while he himself went a round of the cities. This time he did not admit to mercy those who voluntarily surrendered, but carried all the towns by force, and enslaved the inhabitants, to show his anger at the treachery of the Carthaginians. To Massanissa he sent message after message, explaining to him how the Punic government had broken the terms, and urging him to collect the largest army he was able and join him with all speed. For as soon as the treaty had been made, Massanissa, as I have said, had immediately departed with his own army and ten Roman cohorts, infantry and cavalry, accompanied by some commissioners from Scipio, that he might not only recover his own kingdom, but secure the addition of that of Syphax also, by the assistance of the Romans. And this purpose was eventually effected.
15.4It happened that just at this time the envoys from Rome arrived at the naval camp. Those of them who had been sent by the Roman government, Baebius at once caused to be escorted to Scipio, while he retained those who were Carthaginians. The latter were much cast down, and regarded their position as one of great danger; for when they were informed of the impious outrage committed by their countrymen on the persons of the Roman envoys, they thought there could be no doubt that the vengeance for it would be wreaked upon themselves. But when Scipio learnt from the recently-arrived commissioners that the senate and people accepted with enthusiasm the treaty which he had made with the Carthaginians, and were ready to grant everything he asked, he was highly delighted, and ordered Baebius to send the envoys home with all imaginable courtesy. And he was very well advised to do so, in my opinion. For as he knew that his countrymen made a great point of respecting the rights of ambassadors, he considered in his own mind, not what the Carthaginians deserved to have done to them, but what it was becoming in Romans to inflict. Therefore, though he did not relax his own indignation and anger at what they had done, he yet endeavoured, in the words of the proverb, to maintain the good traditions of his sires. The result was that, by this superiority in his conduct, a very decided impression was made upon the spirits of the Carthaginians and of Hannibal himself.
15.5When the people of Carthage saw the cities in their territory being sacked, they sent a message to Hannibal begging him to act without delay, to come to close quarters with the enemy, and bring the matter to the decision of battle. He bade the messengers in answer to confine their attention to other matters, and to leave such things to him, for he would choose the time for fighting himself. Some days afterwards he broke up his quarters at Adrumetum, and pitched his camp near ZAMA, a town about five days’ march to the west of Carthage. From that place he sent spies to ascertain the place, nature, and strength of the Roman general’s encampment. These spies were caught and brought to Scipio, who, so far from inflicting upon them the usual punishment of spies, appointed a tribune to show them everything in the camp thoroughly and without reserve; and when this had been done, he asked the men whether the appointed officer had been careful to point out everything to them. Upon their replying that he had, he gave them provisions and an escort, and despatched them with injunctions to be careful to tell Hannibal everything they had seen. On their return to his camp, Hannibal was so much struck with the magnanimity and high courage of Scipio, that he conceived a lively desire for a personal interview with him. With this purpose he sent a herald to say that he was desirous of a parley to discuss the matters at issue. When the herald had delivered his message, Scipio at once expressed his consent, and said that he would himself send him a message when it suited him to meet, naming the time and place. The herald returned to Hannibal with this answer. Next day Massanissa arrived with six thousand infantry and about four thousand cavalry. Scipio received him with cordiality, and congratulated him on having added to his sway all those who had previously been subject to Syphax. Thus reinforced, he removed his camp to Naragara: selecting it as a place which, among other advantages, enabled him to get water within a javelin’s throw.
15.6From this place he sent to the Carthaginian general, informing him that he was ready to meet him, and discuss matters with him. On hearing this, Hannibal moved his quarters to within thirty stades of Scipio, and pitched his camp on a hill, which seemed a favourable position for his present purpose, except that water had to be fetched from a considerable distance, which caused his soldiers great fatigue.
Book 14, Part 5
14.6.3μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συνθεωρήσας τοὺς ἐγχωρίους στασιάζοντας, καταπλαγεὶς τὴν ἔφοδον τοῦ Σκιπίωνος, ἔφευγε μετὰ τῶν διασεσωσμένων· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν ἱππεῖς μὲν οὐκ ἐλάττους πεντακοσίων, πεζοὶ δὲ περὶ δισχιλίους.
14.6.4οἱ δʼ ἐγχώριοι συμφρονήσαντες ἐπέτρεψαν περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις.
14.6.5ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος τούτων μὲν ἐφείσατο, δύο δὲ τὰς παρακειμένας πόλεις ἐφῆκε τοῖς στρατοπέδοις διαρπάζειν, καὶ ταῦτα διαπραξάμενος αὖθις ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπανῄει παρεμβολήν.
14.6.6οἱ δὲ Καρχηδόνιοι, παλιντρόπου τῆς ἐλπίδος αὐτοῖς ἀποβαινούσης πρὸς τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπιβολάς, βαρέως ἔφερον τὸ γεγονός·
14.6.7ἐλπίσαντες γὰρ πολιορκήσειν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους συγκλείσαντες εἰς τὴν ἄκραν τὴν προσοῦσαν τῆς Ἰτύκης, ἐν ᾗ τὴν παραχειμασίαν ἐποιοῦντο, κατὰ γῆν μὲν τοῖς πεζοῖς στρατεύμασι, κατὰ θάλατταν δὲ ταῖς ναυτικαῖς δυνάμεσι, καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο πάσας ἡτοιμακότες τὰς παρασκευάς,
14.6.8ἅμα τῷ μὴ μόνον τῶν ὑπαίθρων οὕτως ἀλόγως καὶ παραδόξως ἐκχωρῆσαι τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη προσδοκᾶν κίνδυνον, τελέως ἐκπλαγεῖς ἦσαν καὶ περίφοβοι ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
14.6.9οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀναγκαζόντων ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν καὶ βουλὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἦν τὸ συνέδριον ἀπορίας καὶ ποικίλων καὶ τεταραγμένων ἐπινοημάτων πλῆρες.
14.6.10οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἔφασαν δεῖν πέμπειν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀννίβαν καὶ καλεῖν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας, ὡς μιᾶς ἔτι καταλειπομένης ἐλπίδος τῆς ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ στρατηγῷ καὶ ταῖς μετʼ ἐκείνου δυνάμεσιν,
14.6.11οἱ δὲ διαπρεσβεύεσθαι πρὸς τὸν Πόπλιον ὑπὲρ ἀνοχῶν καὶ λαλεῖν ὑπὲρ διαλύσεων καὶ συνθηκῶν, ἕτεροι δὲ θαρρεῖν καὶ συνάγειν τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ διαπέμπεσθαι πρὸς τὸν Σόφακα·
14.6.12καὶ γὰρ πλησίον αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Ἄββαν ἀποκεχωρηκέναι, συναθροίζειν δὲ τοὺς ἀπὸ τοῦ κινδύνου διαφυγόντας. καὶ δὴ καὶ τέλος αὕτη τῶν γνωμῶν ἐπεκράτησεν.
14.6.12οὗτοι μὲν οὖν τάς τε δυνάμεις ἥθροιζον,
14.6.13ἐκπέμψαντες τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν, καὶ διεπέμψαντο πρὸς τὸν Σόφακα, δεόμενοι σφίσι βοηθεῖν καὶ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πρόθεσιν, ὡς αὐτίκα μάλα τοῦ στρατηγοῦ μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων
14.7.1πρὸς αὐτὸν συνάψοντος· ὁ δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς ἐγίνετο μὲν καὶ περὶ τὴν τῆς Ἰτύκης πολιορκίαν, τὸ δὲ πλεῖον, ἀκούων ἐπιμένειν τὸν Σόφακα καὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους πάλιν ἁθροίζειν στρατιάν, ἐξῆγε τὰς δυνάμεις καὶ παρενέβαλλε πρὸ τῆς Ἰτύκης. ἅμα δὲ καὶ νείμας τῶν λαφύρων
14.7.2τοὺς μὲν ἐμπόρους ἐξαπέστειλε
14.7.3λυσιτελῶς· καλῆς γὰρ τῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων ἐλπίδος ὑπογραφομένης ἐκ τοῦ γεγονότος εὐτυχήματος, ἑτοίμως τὴν παροῦσαν ὠφέλειαν οἱ στρατιῶται παρʼ οὐδὲν ποιούμενοι διετίθεντο τοῖς ἐμπόροις.
14.7.4τῷ δὲ βασιλεῖ τῶν Νομάδων καὶ τοῖς φίλοις τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐδόκει κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀναχώρησιν·
14.7.5τῶν δὲ Κελτιβήρων αὐτοῖς ἀπαντησάντων περὶ τὴν Ἄββαν, οἵτινες ἐτύγχανον ὑπὸ τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἐξενολογημένοι, πλείους ὄντες τῶν τετρακισχιλίων, πιστεύοντες ταῖς χερσὶ ταύταις οὕτως ἐπέστησαν καὶ βραχύ τι ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐθάρρησαν.
Book 15, Part 2
15.6Next day both commanders advanced from their camps attended by a few horsemen. Presently they left these escorts and met in the intervening space by themselves, each accompanied by an interpreter. Hannibal was the first to speak, after the usual salutation. He said that He wished that the Romans had never coveted any possession outside Italy, nor the Carthaginians outside Libya; for these were both noble empires, and were, so to speak, marked out by nature. But since, he continued, our rival claims to Sicily first made us enemies, and then those for Iberia; and since, finally, unwarned by the lessons of misfortune, we have gone so far that the one nation has endangered the very soil of its native land, and the other is now actually doing so, all that there remains for us to do is to try our best to deprecate the wrath of the gods, and to put an end, as far as in us lies, to these feelings of obstinate hostility. I personally am ready to do this, because I have learnt by actual experience that Fortune is the most fickle thing in the world, and inclines with decisive favour now to one side and now to the other on the slightest pretext, treating mankind like young children.
15.7But it is about you that I am anxious, Scipio. For you are still a young man, and everything has succeeded to your wishes both in Iberia and Libya, and you have as yet never experienced the ebb tide of Fortune; I fear, therefore, that my words, true as they are, will not influence you. But do look at the facts in the light of one story, and that not connected with a former generation, but our own. Look at me! I am that Hannibal who, after the battle of Cannae, became master of nearly all Italy; and presently advancing to Rome itself, and pitching my camp within forty stades of it, deliberated as to what I should do with you and your country; but now I am in Libya debating with you, a Roman, as to the bare existence of myself and my countrymen. With such a reverse as that before your eyes, I beg you not to entertain high thoughts, but to deliberate with a due sense of human weakness on the situation; and the way to do that is among good things to choose the greatest, among evils the least. What man of sense, then, would deliberately choose to incur the risk which is now before you. If you conquer, you will add nothing of importance to your glory or to that of your country; while, if you are worsted, you will have been yourself the means of entirely cancelling all the honours and glories you have already won. What then is the point that I am seeking to establish by these arguments? It is that the Romans should retain all the countries for which we have hitherto contended—I mean Sicily, Sardinia, and Iberia; and that the Carthaginians should engage never to go to war with Rome for these; and also that all the islands lying between Italy and Libya should belong to Rome. For I am persuaded that such a treaty will be at once safest for the Carthaginians, and most glorious for you and the entire people of Rome.
15.8In reply to this speech of Hannibal, Scipio said That neither in the Sicilian nor Iberian war were the Romans the aggressors, but notoriously the Carthaginians, which no one knew better than Hannibal himself. That the gods themselves had confirmed this by giving the victory, not to those who struck the first and unprovoked blow, but to those who only acted in self-defence. That he was as ready as any one to keep before his eyes the uncertainty of Fortune, and tried his best to confine his efforts within the range of human infirmity. But if, he continued, you had yourself quitted Italy before the Romans crossed to Libya with the offer of these terms in your hands, I do not think that you would have been disappointed in your expectation. But now that your departure from Italy has been involuntary, and we have crossed into Libya and conquered the country, it is clear that matters stand on a very different footing. But above all, consider the point which affairs have reached now. Your countrymen have been beaten, and at their earnest prayer we arranged a written treaty, in which, besides the offer now made by you, it was provided that the Carthaginians should restore prisoners without ransom, should surrender all their decked vessels, pay five thousand talents, and give hostages for their performance of these articles. These were the terms which I and they mutually agreed upon; we both despatched envoys to our respective Senates and people,—we consenting to grant these terms, the Carthaginians begging to have them granted. The Senate agreed: the people ratified the treaty. But though they had got what they asked, the Carthaginians annulled the compact by an act of perfidy towards us. What course is left to me? Put yourself in my place and say. To withdraw the severest clauses of the treaty? Are we to do this, say you, not in order that by reaping the reward of treachery they may learn in future to outrage their benefactors, but in order that by getting what they ask for they may be grateful to us? Why, only the other day, after obtaining what they begged for as suppliants, because your presence gave them a slender hope of success, they at once treated us as hated foes and public enemies. In these circumstances, if a still severer clause were added to the conditions imposed, it might be possible to refer the treaty back to the people; but, if I were to withdraw any of these conditions, such a reference does not admit even of discussion. What then is the conclusion of my discourse? It is, that you must submit yourselves and your country to us unconditionally, or conquer us in the field.
15.9After these speeches Hannibal and Scipio parted without coming to any terms; and next morning by daybreak both generals drew out their forces and engaged. To the Carthaginians it was a struggle for their own lives and the sovereignty of Libya; to the Romans for universal dominion and supremacy. And could any one who grasped the situation fail to be moved at the story? Armies more fitted for war than these, or generals who had been more successful or more thoroughly trained in all the operations of war, it would be impossible to find, or any other occasion on which the prizes proposed by destiny to the combatants were more momentous. For it was not merely of Libya or Europe that the victors in this battle were destined to become masters, but of all other parts of the world known to history,—a destiny which had not to wait long for its fulfilment.
15.9Scipio placed his men on the field in the following order: the hastati first, with an interval between their maniples; behind them the principes, their maniples not arranged to cover the intervals between those of the hastati as the Roman custom is, but immediately behind them at some distance, because the enemy was so strong in elephants. In the rear of these he stationed the triarii. On his left wing he stationed Gaius Laelius with the Italian cavalry, on the right Massanissa with all his Numidians. The intervals between the front maniples he filled up with maniples of velites, who were ordered to begin the battle; but if they found themselves unable to stand the charge of the elephants, to retire quickly either to the rear of the whole army by the intervals between the maniples, which went straight through the ranks, or, if they got entangled with the elephants, to step aside into the lateral spaces between the maniples.
15.10These dispositions made, he went along the ranks delivering an exhortation to the men, which, though short, was much to the point in the circumstances in which they were placed. He called upon them, Remembering their former victories, to show themselves to be men of mettle and worthy their reputation and their country. To put before their eyes that the effect of their victory would be not only to make them complete masters of Libya, but to give them and their country the supremacy and undisputed lordship of the world. But if the result of the battle were unfavourable, those who fell fighting gallantly would have the record of having died for their country, while those that saved themselves by flight would spend the rest of their days as objects of pitying contempt and scorn. For there was no place in Libya which could secure their safety if they fled; while, if they fell into the hands of the Carthaginians, no one who looked facts in the face could doubt what would happen to them. May none of you, he added, learn that by experience! Since, then, Fortune puts before us the most glorious of rewards, in whichever way the battle is decided, should we not be at once the most mean-spirited and foolish of mankind if we abandon the most glorious alternative, and from a paltry clinging to life deliberately choose the worst of misfortunes? Charge the enemy then with the steady resolve to do one of two things, to conquer or to die! For it is men thus minded who invariably conquer their opponents, since they enter the field with no other hope of life.
15.11Such was Scipio’s address to his men. Meanwhile Hannibal had put his men also into position. His elephants, which numbered more than eighty, he placed in the van of the whole army. Next his mercenaries, amounting to twelve thousand, and consisting of Ligurians, Celts, Baliarians, and Mauretani; behind them the native Libyans and Carthaginians; and on the rear of the whole the men whom he had brought from Italy, at a distance of somewhat more than a stade. His wings he strengthened with cavalry, stationing the Numidian allies on the left wing, and the Carthaginian horsemen on the right. He ordered each officer to address his own men, bidding them rest their hopes of victory on him and the army he had brought with him; while he bade their officers remind the Carthaginians in plain terms what would happen to their wives and children if the battle should be lost. While these orders were carried out by the officers, Hannibal himself went along the lines of his Italian army and urged them to remember the seventeen years during which they had been brothers-inarms, and the number of battles they had fought with the Romans, in which they had never been beaten or given the Romans even a hope of victory. Above all, putting aside minor engagements and their countless successes, let them place before their eyes the battle of the River Trebia against the father of the present Roman commander; and again the battle in Etruria against Flaminius; and lastly that at Cannae against Aemilius, with none of which was the present struggle to be compared, whether in regard to the number or excellence of the enemy’s men. Let them only raise their eyes and look at the ranks of the enemy; they would see that they were not merely fewer, but many times fewer than those with whom they had fought before, while, as to their soldierly qualities, there was no comparison. The former Roman armies had come to the struggle with them untainted by memories of past defeats: while these men were the sons or the remnants of those who had been beaten in Italy, and fled before him again and again. They ought not therefore, he said, to undo the glory and fame of their previous achievements, but to struggle with a firm and brave resolve to maintain their reputation of invincibility.
Book 14, Part 6
14.7.6σὺν δὲ τούτοις ἅμα καὶ τῆς παιδίσκης, ἥτις ἦν θυγάτηρ μὲν Ἀσδρούβου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, γυνὴ δὲ τοῦ Σόφακος, καθάπερ ἐπάνω. προεῖπον, δεομένης καὶ λιπαρούσης μεῖναι καὶ μὴ καταλιπεῖν ἐν τοιούτοις καιροῖς τοὺς Καρχηδονίους, ἐπείσθη καὶ προσέσχε τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις ὁ Νομάς.
14.7.7οὐ μικρὰ δὲ καὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους ἐλπίζειν παρεσκεύασαν οἱ Κελτίβηρες· ἀντὶ μὲν γὰρ τῶν τετρακισχιλίων μυρίους αὑτοὺς ἀπήγγελλον εἶναι, κατὰ δὲ τοὺς κινδύνους ἀνυποστάτους ὑπάρχειν καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς καὶ τοῖς καθοπλισμοῖς.
14.7.8ἐκ δὲ ταύτης τῆς φήμης καὶ τῆς χυδαίου καὶ πανδήμου λαλιᾶς μετεωρισθέντες οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι διπλασίως ἐπερρώσθησαν πρὸς τὸ πάλιν ἀντιποιήσασθαι τῶν ὑπαίθρων.
14.7.9καὶ τέλος ἐν ἡμέραις τριάκοντα περὶ τὰ Μεγάλα πεδία καλούμενα βαλόμενοι χάρακα συνεστρατοπέδευον ὁμοῦ τοῖς Νομάσι καὶ τοῖς Κελτίβηρσιν, ὄντες οὐκ ἐλάττους οἱ πάντες τρισμυρίων.
14.8.1ὧν διασαφηθέντων εἰς τὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατόπεδον εὐθέως ὁ Πόπλιος ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον, καὶ συντάξας τοῖς πολιορκοῦσι τὴν Ἰτύκην ἃ δέον ἦν πράττειν καὶ τοῖς κατὰ θάλατταν ἐξώρμησε, τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ἔχων εὔζωνον.
14.8.2ἀφικόμενος δὲ πεμπταῖος ἐπὶ τὰ Μεγάλα πεδία καὶ συνεγγίσας τοῖς πολεμίοις, τὴν μὲν πρώτην ἡμέραν ἐπί τινος λόφου κατεστρατοπέδευσε, περὶ τριάκοντα σταδίους ἀποσχὼν τῶν πολεμίων,
14.8.3τῇ δʼ ἑξῆς καταβὰς εἰς τὰ πεδία καὶ προθέμενος τοὺς ἱππέας ἐν ἑπτὰ σταδίοις παρενέβαλε.
14.8.4δύο δὲ τὰς κατὰ πόδας ἡμέρας μείναντες καὶ βραχέα διὰ τῶν ἀκροβολισμῶν καταπειράσαντες ἀλλήλων, τῇ τετάρτῃ κατὰ πρόθεσιν ἐξῆγον ἀμφότεροι καὶ παρενέβαλλον τὰς δυνάμεις.
14.8.5ὁ μὲν οὖν Πόπλιος ἁπλῶς κατὰ τὸ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἔθος ἔθηκε πρῶτον μὲν τὰς τῶν ἁστάτων σημαίας, ἐπὶ δὲ ταύταις τὰς τῶν πριγκίπων, τελευταίας δʼ ἐπέστησε κατόπιν τὰς τῶν τριαρίων·
14.8.6τῶν δʼ ἱππέων τοὺς μὲν Ἰταλικοὺς ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν ἔθηκε, τοὺς δὲ Νομάδας καὶ Μασαννάσαν ἐπὶ τὸ λαιόν.
14.8.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Σόφακα καὶ τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν τοὺς μὲν Κελτίβηρας μέσους ἔταξαν ἀντίους ταῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων σπείραις, τοὺς δὲ Νομάδας ἐξ εὐωνύμου, τοὺς δὲ Καρχηδονίους ἐκ τῶν δεξιῶν.
14.8.8ἅμα δὲ τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν πρώτην ἔφοδον εὐθέως οἱ Νομάδες ἐνέκλιναν τοὺς Ἰταλικοὺς ἱππεῖς, οἵ τε Καρχηδόνιοι τοὺς περὶ τὸν Μασαννάσαν, ἅτε πλεονάκις ἤδη προηττημένοι ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
14.8.9οἱ δὲ Κελτίβηρες ἐμάχοντο γενναίως, συστάντες τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις. οὔτε γὰρ φεύγοντες ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας εἶχον διὰ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τῶν τόπων οὔτε ζωγρίᾳ κρατηθέντες διὰ τὴν ἀθεσίαν τὴν εἰς τὸν Πόπλιον·
14.8.10οὐδὲν γὰρ πολέμιον πεπονθότες ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὰς ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ πράξεις ἀδίκως ἐφαίνοντο καὶ παρασπόνδως ἥκειν κατὰ Ῥωμαίων συμμαχήσοντες τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις.
14.8.11οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἅμα τῷ κλῖναι τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν κεράτων ταχέως κυκλωθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν πριγκίπων καὶ τριαρίων αὐτοῦ κατεκόπησαν πάντες πλὴν τελέως ὀλίγων.
14.8.12οἱ μὲν οὖν Κελτίβηρες τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἀπώλοντο, μεγάλην [παρʼ ὅλην] παρασχόμενοι χρείαν τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν μάχην, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν φυγήν.
14.8.13εἰ μὴ γὰρ τοῦτʼ ἐμπόδιον ἐγένετο τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ἀλλʼ εὐθέως ἐκ ποδὸς ἠκολούθησαν τοῖς φεύγουσι, παντελῶς ἂν ὀλίγοι διέφυγον τῶν ὑπεναντίων.
Book 15, Part 3
15.11Such were the addresses of the two commanders.
15.12All arrangements for the battle being complete, and the two opposing forces of Numidian cavalry having been for some time engaged in skirmishing attacks upon each other, Hannibal gave the word to the men on the elephants to charge the enemy. But as they heard the horns and trumpets braying all round them, some of the elephants became unmanageable and rushed back upon the Numidian contingents of the Carthaginian army; and this enabled Massanissa with great speed to deprive the Carthaginian left wing of its cavalry support. The rest of the elephants charged the Roman velites in the spaces between the maniples of the line, and while inflicting much damage on the enemy suffered severely themselves; until, becoming frightened, some of them ran away down the vacant spaces, the Romans letting them pass harmlessly along, according to Scipio’s orders, while others ran away to the right under a shower of darts from the cavalry, until they were finally driven clear off the field. It was just at the moment of this stampede of the elephants, that Laelius forced the Carthaginian cavalry into headlong flight, and along with Massanissa pressed them with a vigorous pursuit. While this was going on, the opposing lines of heavy infantry were advancing to meet others with deliberate step and proud confidence, except Hannibal’s army of Italy, which remained in its original position. When they came within distance the Roman soldiers charged the enemy, shouting as usual their war-cry, and clashing their swords against their shields: while the Carthaginian mercenaries uttered a strange confusion of cries, the effect of which was indescribable, for, in the words of the poet, the voice of all was not one — nor one their cry: But manifold their speech as was their race.
15.13The whole affair being now a trial of strength between man and man at close quarters, as the combatants used their swords and not their spears, the superiority was at first on the side of the dexterity and daring of the mercenaries, which enabled them to wound a considerable number of the Romans. The latter, however, trusting to the steadiness of their ranks and the excellence of their arms, still kept gaining ground, their rear ranks keeping close up with them and encouraging them to advance; while the Carthaginians did not keep up with their mercenaries nor support them, but showed a thoroughly cowardly spirit. The result was that the foreign soldiers gave way: and, believing that they had been shamelessly abandoned by their own side, fell upon the men on their rear as they were retreating, and began killing them; whereby many of the Carthaginians were compelled to meet a gallant death in spite of themselves. For as they were being cut down by their mercenaries they had, much against their inclination, to fight with their own men and the Romans at the same time; and as they now fought with desperation and fury they killed a good many both of their own men and of the enemy also. Thus it came about that their charge threw the maniples of the hastati into confusion; whereupon the officers of the principes caused their lines to advance to oppose them. However, the greater part of the mercenaries and Carthaginians had fallen either by mutual slaughter or by the sword of the hastati. Those who survived and fled Hannibal would not allow to enter the ranks of his army, but ordered his men to lower their spears and keep them back as they approached; and they were therefore compelled to take refuge on the wings or make for the open country.
15.14The space between the two armies that still remained in position was full of blood, wounded men, and dead corpses; and thus the rout of the enemy proved an impediment of a perplexing nature to the Roman general. Everything was calculated to make an advance in order difficult,—the ground slippery with gore, the corpses lying piled up in bloody heaps, and with the corpses arms flung about in every direction. However Scipio caused the wounded to be carried to the rear, and the hastati to be recalled from the pursuit by the sound of a bugle, and drew them up where they were in advance of the ground on which the fighting had taken place, opposite the enemy’s centre. He then ordered the principes and triarii to take close order, and, threading their way through the corpses, to deploy into line with the hastati on either flank. When they had surmounted the obstacles and got into line with the hastati, the two lines charged each other with the greatest fire and fury. Being nearly equal in numbers, spirit, courage, and arms, the battle was for a long time undecided, the men in their obstinate valour falling dead without giving way a step; until at last the divisions of Massanissa and Laelius, returning from the pursuit, arrived providentially in the very nick of time. Upon their charging Hannibal’s rear, the greater part of his men were cut down in their ranks; while of those who attempted to fly very few escaped with their life, because the horsemen were close at their heels and the ground was quite level. On the Roman side there fell over fifteen hundred, on the Carthaginian over twenty thousand, while the prisoners taken were almost as numerous.
15.15Such was the end of this battle, fought under these famous commanders: a battle on which everything depended, and which assigned universal dominion to Rome. After it had come to an end, Scipio pushed on in pursuit as far as the Carthaginian camp, and, after plundering that, returned to his own. Hannibal, escaping with a few horsemen, did not draw rein until he arrived safely at Adrumetum. He had done in the battle all that was to be expected of a good and experienced general. First, he had tried by an interview with his opponent to see what he could do to procure a pacification; and that was the right course for a man, who, while fully conscious of his former victories, yet mistrusts Fortune, and has an eye to all the possible and unexpected contingencies of war. Next, having accepted battle, the excellence of his dispositions for a contest with the Romans, considering the identity of the arms on each side, could not have been surpassed. For though the Roman line is hard to break, yet each individual soldier and each company, owing to the uniform tactic employed, can fight in any direction, those companies, which happen to be in nearest contact with the danger, wheeling round to the point required. Again, the nature of their arms gives at once protection and confidence, for their shield is large and their sword will not bend: the Romans therefore are formidable on the field and hard to conquer.
15.16Still Hannibal took his measures against each of these difficulties in a manner that could not be surpassed. He provided himself with those numerous elephants, and put them in the van, for the express purpose of throwing the enemy’s ranks into confusion and breaking their order. Again he stationed the mercenaries in front and the Carthaginians behind them, in order to wear out the bodies of the enemy with fatigue beforehand, and to blunt the edge of their swords by the numbers that would be killed by them; and moreover to compel the Carthaginians, by being in the middle of the army, to stay where they were and fight, as the poet says— That howsoe'er unwilling fight he must. But the most warlike and steady part of his army he held in reserve at some distance, in order that they might not see what was happening too closely, but, with strength and spirit unimpaired, might use their courage to the best advantage when the moment arrived. And, if in spite of having done everything that could be done, he who had never been beaten before failed to secure the victory now, we must excuse him. For there are times when chance thwarts the plans of the brave; and there are others again, when a man Though great and brave has met a greater still. And this we might say was the case with Hannibal on this occasion. . . .
15.17Manifestations of emotion which go beyond what is customary among a particular people, if they are thought to be the result of genuine feeling evoked by extraordinary disasters, excite pity in the minds of those who see or hear them; and we are all in a manner moved by the novelty of the spectacle. But when such things appear to be assumed for the purpose of taking in the spectators and producing a dramatic effect, they do not provoke pity, but anger and dislike. And this was the case in regard to the Carthaginian envoys. Scipio deigned to give a very brief answer to their prayers, saying that They, at any rate, deserved no kindness at the hands of the Romans, since they had themselves confessed that they were the aggressors in the war, by having, contrary to their treaty obligations, taken Saguntum and enslaved its inhabitants, and had recently been guilty of treachery and breaking the terms of a treaty to which they had subscribed and sworn. It was from a regard to their own dignity, to the vicissitudes of Fortune, and to the dictates of humanity that the Romans had determined to treat them with lenity and behave with magnanimity. And of this they would be convinced if they would take a right view of the case. For they ought not to consider it a hardship if they found themselves charged to submit to any punishment, to follow a particular line of conduct, or to give up this or that; they ought rather to regard it as an unexpected favour that any kindness was conceded to them at all; since Fortune, after depriving them of all right to pity and consideration, owing to their own unrighteous conduct, had put them in the power of their enemies. After this preamble he mentioned the concessions to be made to them, and the penalties to which they were to submit.
Book 14, Part 7
14.8.14νῦν δὲ περὶ τούτους γενομένης ἐπιστάσεως οἵ τε περὶ τὸν Σόφακα μετὰ τῶν ἱππέων ἀσφαλῶς ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἀποχώρησιν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, οἵ τε περὶ τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν μετὰ τῶν διασῳζομένων εἰς τὴν Καρχηδόνα.
14.9.1ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ἐπεὶ τὰ σκῦλα καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους εὐτρεπεῖς ἔθετο, συγκαλέσας τὸ συνέδριον ἐβουλεύετο περὶ τῶν ἑξῆς, τί δέον ἦν ποιεῖν.
14.9.2ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς τὸν μὲν στρατηγὸν Πόπλιον καὶ μέρος τι τῆς δυνάμεως μένειν ἐπιπορευόμενον τὰς πόλεις, τὸν δὲ Λαίλιον καὶ τὸν Μασαννάσαν, λαβόντας τούς τε Νομάδας καὶ μέρος τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν στρατοπέδων, ἕπεσθαι τοῖς περὶ τὸν Σόφακα καὶ μὴ δοῦναι χρόνον εἰς ἐπίστασιν καὶ παρασκευήν.
14.9.3οὗτοι μὲν ταῦτα βουλευσάμενοι διεχωρίσθησαν, οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸν Σόφακα μετὰ τῶν προειρημένων στρατιωτῶν, ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς ἐπὶ τὰς πόλεις.
14.9.4ὧν αἱ μὲν ἐθελοντὴν προσετίθεντο τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις διὰ τὸν φόβον, ἃς δὲ πολιορκῶν ἐξ ἐφόδου κατὰ κράτος ᾕρει.
14.9.5πάντα δʼ ἦν οἰκεῖα μεταβολῆς τὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν, ἅτε συνεχῶς [τε] ἐκκείμενα ταῖς κακοπαθείαις καὶ ταῖς εἰσφοραῖς διὰ τὸ πολυχρονίους γεγονέναι τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν πολέμους.
14.9.6ἐν δὲ τῇ Καρχηδόνι μεγάλης καὶ πρότερον ὑπαρχούσης ἀκαταστασίας, ἔτι μείζω τότε συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν ταραχήν, ὡς ἂν ἐκ δευτέρου τηλικαύτῃ πληγῇ περιπεπτωκότων ἤδη καὶ ἀπειπόντων τὰς ἐν αὑτοῖς ἐλπίδας.
14.9.7οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἀνδρωδέστατοι δοκοῦντες εἶναι τῶν συμβούλων ταῖς μὲν ναυσὶν ἐκέλευον ἤδη πλεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς τὴν Ἰτύκην πολιορκοῦντας, καὶ τήν τε πολιορκίαν πειρᾶσθαι λύειν καὶ ναυμαχεῖν τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις, ἀπαρασκεύοις οὖσι πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος·
14.9.8ἐπί τε τὸν Ἀννίβαν πέμπειν ἠξίουν καὶ μηδεμίαν ὑπερβολὴν ποιησαμένους ἐξελέγχειν καὶ ταύτην τὴν ἐλπίδα· μεγάλας γὰρ ἀμφοτέραις εἶναι ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον ἀφορμὰς πρὸς σωτηρίαν.
14.9.9τινὲς δὲ ταύτας μὲν ἔφασαν μηκέτι φέρειν τοὺς καιρούς, τὴν δὲ πόλιν ὀχυροῦν καὶ παρασκευάζεσθαι πρὸς πολιορκίαν· πολλὰς γὰρ δώσειν ἀφορμὰς ταὐτόματον, ἂν ὁμονοῶσιν.
14.9.10ἅμα δὲ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ διαλύσεως καὶ συνθηκῶν παρῄνουν, ἐπὶ τίσι καὶ πῶς ἂν λύσιν ποιήσαιντο τῶν ἐνεστώτων κακῶν.
14.9.11γενομένων δὲ καὶ πλειόνων λόγων περὶ ταῦτα, πάσας ἐκύρωσαν
14.10.1ἅμα τὰς γνώμας. κριθέντων δὲ τούτων οἱ μὲν εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν μέλλοντες πλεῖν εὐθέως ἐκ τοῦ βουλευτηρίου προῆγον ἐπὶ θάλατταν, ὁ δὲ ναύαρχος ἐπὶ τὰς ναῦς· οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ περί τε τῆς κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἀσφαλείας προενοοῦντο καὶ περὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐβουλεύοντο συνεχῶς.
14.10.2καταγέμοντος ἤδη τοῦ στρατοπέδου τῆς λείας διὰ τὸ μηδένʼ ἀντιπράττειν, ἀλλὰ πάντας εἴκειν ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς, ἔκρινε τὸ μὲν τῶν λαφύρων πλεῖον εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς παραπέμψαι παρεμβολήν,
14.10.3αὐτὸς δὲ τὴν στρατείαν ἀναλαβὼν εὔζωνον καταλαβέσθαι τὸν ἐπὶ Τύνητι χάρακα καὶ στρατοπεδεῦσαι τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ἐν συνόψει· μάλιστα γὰρ οὕτως ἐκφοβήσειν ὑπελάμβανε καὶ καταπλήξειν αὐτούς.
14.10.4οἱ μὲν οὖν Καρχηδόνιοι μετʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας τά τε πληρώματα καὶ τὰς σιταρχίας ἑτοίμας ἔχοντες ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶν ἐγίνοντο πρὸς ἀναγωγῇ καὶ τοῖς προκειμένοις· ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ἧκε πρὸς τὸν Τύνητα, καὶ φυγόντων τὴν ἔφοδον αὐτοῦ τῶν παραφυλαττόντων κατέλαβε τὸν τόπον.
14.10.5ὁ δὲ Τύνης ἀπέχει μὲν τῆς Καρχηδόνος ὡς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι σταδίους, ἔστι δὲ σύνοπτος σχεδὸν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς πόλεως, διαφέρει δʼ ὀχυρότητι καὶ φυσικῇ καὶ χειροποιήτῳ, καθάπερ καὶ πρότερον ἡμῖν εἴρηται.
Book 15, Part 4
15.18The following are the heads of the terms offered them:—The Carthaginians to retain the towns in Libya, of which they were possessed before they commenced the last war against Rome, and the territory which they also heretofore held, with its cattle, slaves, and other stock: and from that day should not be subject to acts of hostility, should enjoy their own laws and customs, and not have a Roman garrison in their city. These were the concessions favourable to them. The clauses of an opposite character were as follows:—The Carthaginians to pay an indemnity to the Romans for all wrongs committed during the truce; to restore all captives and runaway slaves without limit of time; to hand over all their ships of war except ten triremes, and all elephants; to go to war with no people outside Libya at all, and with none in Libya without consent from Rome; to restore to Massanissa all houses, territory, and cities belonging to him or his ancestors within the frontiers assigned to that king; to supply the Roman army with provisions for three months, and with pay, until such time as an answer shall be returned from Rome on the subject of the treaty; to pay ten thousand talents of silver in fifty years, two hundred Euboic talents every year; to give a hundred hostages of their good faith, —such hostages to be selected from the young men of the country by the Roman general, and to be not younger than fourteen or older than thirty years.
15.19This was the nature of Scipio’s answer to the envoys, who hastened home and communicated its terms to their countrymen. It was then that the story goes that, upon a certain Senator intending to speak against accepting the terms and actually beginning to do so, Hannibal came forward and pulled the man down from the tribune; and when the other senators showed anger at this breach of custom, Hannibal rose again and owned that he was ignorant of such things; but said that they must pardon him if he acted in any way contrary to their customs, remembering that he had left the country when he was but fourteen, and had only returned when now past forty-five. Therefore he begged them not to consider whether he had committed a breach of custom, but much rather whether he were genuinely feeling for his country’s misfortunes; for that was the real reason for his having been guilty of this breach of manners. For it appeared to him to be astonishing, and, indeed, quite unaccountable, that any one calling himself a Carthaginian, and being fully aware of the policy which they had individually and collectively adopted against the Romans, should do otherwise than adore the kindness of Fortune for obtaining such favourable terms, when in their power, as a few days ago no one—considering the extraordinary provocation they had given—would have ventured to mention, if they had been asked what they expected would happen to their country, in case of the Romans proving victorious. Therefore he called upon them now not to debate, but unanimously to accept the terms offered, and with sacrifices to the gods to pray with one accord that the Roman people might confirm the treaty. His advice being regarded as both sensible and timely, they resolved to sign the treaty on the conditions specified; and the senate at once despatched envoys to notify their consent. . . .
15.20Is it not astonishing that while Ptolemy Philopator was alive and did not need such assistance, these two kings were ready with offers of aid, but that as soon as he was dead, leaving his heir a mere child, whose kingdom they were bound by the ties of nature to have defended, they then egged each other on to adopt the policy of partitioning the boy’s kingdom between themselves, and getting rid entirely of the heir; and that too without putting forward any decent pretext to cover their iniquity, but acting so shamelessly, and so like beasts of prey, that one can only compare their habits to those ascribed to fishes, among which, though they may be of the same species, the destruction of the smaller is the food and sustenance of the larger. This treaty of theirs shows, as though in a mirror, the impiety to heaven and cruelty to man of these two kings, as well as their unbounded ambition. However, if a man were disposed to find fault with Fortune for her administration of human affairs, he might fairly become reconciled to her in this case; for she brought upon those monarchs the punishment they so well deserved, and by the signal example she made of them taught posterity a lesson in righteousness. For while they were engaged in acts of treachery against each other, and in dismembering the child’s kingdom in their own interests, she brought the Romans upon them, and the very measures which they had lawlessly designed against another, she justly and properly carried out against them. For both of them, being promptly beaten in the field, were not only prevented from gratifying their desire for the dominions of another, but were themselves made tributary and forced to obey orders from Rome. Finally, within a very short time Fortune restored the kingdom of Ptolemy to prosperity; while as to the dynasties and successors of these two monarchs, she either utterly abolished and destroyed them, or involved them in misfortunes which were little short of that. . . .
15.21There was a certain man at Cius named Molpagoras, a ready speaker and of considerable ability in affairs, but at heart a mere demagogue and selfish intriguer. By flattering the mob, and putting the richer citizens into its power, he either got them put to death right out, or drove them into exile and distributed their confiscated goods among the common people, and thus rapidly secured for himself a position of despotic power. . . .
15.21The miseries which befell the Cians were not so much owing to Fortune or the aggressions of their neighbours, as to their own folly and perverse policy. For by steadily promoting their worst men, and punishing all who were opposed to these, that they might divide their property among themselves, they seemed as it were to court the disasters into which they fell. These are disasters into which, somehow or another, though all men fall, they yet not only cannot learn wisdom, but seem not even to acquire the cautious distrust of brute beasts. The latter, if they have once been hurt by bait or trap, or even if they have seen another in danger of being caught, you would find it difficult to induce to approach anything of the sort again: they are shy of the place, and suspicious of everything they see. But as for men, though they have been told of cities utterly ruined by their policy, and see others actually doing so before their eyes, yet directly any one flatters their wishes by holding out to them the prospect of recruiting their fortunes at the cost of others, they rush thoughtlessly to the bait: although they know quite well that no one, who has ever swallowed such baits, has ever survived; and that such political conduct has notoriously been the ruin of all who have adopted it.
15.22Philip was delighted at taking the city, as though he had performed a glorious and honourable achievement; for while displaying great zeal in behalf of his brother-in-law (Prusias), and overawing all who opposed his policy, he had secured for himself in fair warfare a large supply of slaves and money. But the reverse of this picture he did not see in the least, although it was quite plain. In the first place, that he was assisting his brother-inlaw, who, without receiving any provocation, was treacherously assailing his neighbours. In the second place, that by involving a Greek city without just cause in the most dreadful misfortunes, he was sure to confirm the report, which had been widely spread, of his severity to his friends; and by both of these actions would justly gain throughout Greece the reputation of a man reckless of the dictates of piety. In the third place, that he had outraged the envoys from the above-mentioned states, who had come with the hope of saving the Cians from the danger which threatened them, and who, after being day after day mocked by his professions, had been at length compelled to witness what they most abhorred. And lastly, that he had so infuriated the Rhodians, that they would never henceforth listen to a word in his favour: a circumstance for which Philip had to thank Fortune as well as himself.
15.23For it happened that just when his ambassador was defending his master before the Rhodians in the theatre,—enlarging on the magnanimity of Philip, and announcing that though already in a manner master of Cius, he conceded its safety to the wishes of the Rhodian people; and did so because he desired to refute the calumnies of his enemies, and to establish the honesty of his intentions in the eyes of Rhodes,—just then a man entered the Prytaneum who had newly arrived in the island, and brought the news of the enslavement of the Cians and the cruelty which Philip had exercised upon them. The Prytanis coming into the theatre to announce this news, while the ambassador was absolutely in the middle of his speech, the Rhodians could scarcely make up their minds to believe a report which involved such monstrous treachery.
Book 14, Part 8
14.10.6τῶν δὲ Ῥωμαίων ἄρτι κατεστρατοπεδευκότων ἀνήγοντο ταῖς ναυσὶν οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι, ποιούμενοι τὸν πλοῦν εἰς τὴν Ἰτύκην.
14.10.7ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ὁρῶν τὸν ἀνάπλουν τῶν ὑπεναντίων, καὶ δεδιὼς μή τι περὶ τὸ σφέτερον αὐτῶν ναυτικὸν συμβῇ, διεταράττετο πάντων ἀνυπονοήτως διακειμένων καὶ ἀπαρασκεύως πρὸς τὸ μέλλον.
14.10.8αὖθις δʼ ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἀναστρατοπεδεύσας ἠπείγετο βοηθήσων τοῖς ἰδίοις πράγμασι.
14.10.9καταλαβὼν δὲ τὰς καταφράκτους ναῦς πρὸς μὲν τὰς ἐξαιρέσεις καὶ προσαγωγὰς τῶν ὀργάνων καὶ καθόλου πρὸς πολιορκίαν εὖ καὶ δεόντως ἐξηρτυμένας, πρὸς δὲ ναυμαχίαν ἥκιστα παρεσκευασμένας, τὸν δὲ τῶν ὑπεναντίων στόλον ἐξ ὅλου τοῦ χειμῶνος πρὸς αὐτὸ τοῦτο κατηρτισμένον,
14.10.10τὸ μὲν ἀντανάγεσθαι καὶ ναυμαχεῖν ἀπογνούς, συνορμίσας δὲ τὰς καταφράκτους νῆας περιέστησε ταύταις τὰς φορτηγοὺς ἐπὶ τρεῖς καὶ τέτταρας τὸ βάθος,
14.10.11κἄπειτα καθελόμενος τοὺς ἱστοὺς καὶ τὰς κεραίας ἔζευξε τούτοις βιαίως πρὸς ἀλλήλας,
14.10.12βραχὺ διάστημα ποιῶν, ὥσθʼ ὑπηρετικοῖς ἐκπλεῖν δύνασθαι καὶ διαπλεῖν.
14.11.1Πολύβιος ἐν τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ φησὶν Ἀγαθοκλέους τοῦ Οἰνάνθης υἱοῦ, ἑταίρου δὲ τοῦ Φιλοπάτορος βασιλέως, κόλακα γενέσθαι Φίλωνα. —
14.11.2Πολύβιος δὲ ἐν τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ τῶν ἱστοριῶν Κλεινοῦς φησι τῆς οἰνοχοούσης αὑτῷ Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ Φιλαδέλφῳ εἰκόνας πολλὰς ἀνακεῖσθαι κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν μονοχίτωνας καὶ ῥυτὸν ἐχούσας ἐν ταῖς χερσίν.
14.11.3αἱ δὲ κάλλισται τῶν οἰκιῶν, φησίν, οὐ Μυρτίου καὶ Μνησίδος καὶ Ποθεινῆς προσαγορεύονται;
14.11.4καίτοι Μνησὶς μὲν ἦν αὐλητρὶς καὶ Ποθεινή. Μύρτιον δὲ μία τῶν ἀποδεδειγμένων καὶ κοινῶν δεικτηριάδων.
14.11.5τοῦ δὲ Φιλοπάτορος βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου οὐκ Ἀγαθόκλεια ἡ ἑταίρα ἐκράτει ἡ καὶ πᾶσαν ἀνατρέψασα τὴν βασιλείαν; —
14.12.1ἴσως δέ τινες ἐπαπορήσουσι πῶς ἡμεῖς τὰς ἄλλας πράξεις ἁπάσας κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν γράφοντες τὰς καταλλήλους περὶ μόνων τῶν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον ἐν καιρῷ τῷ νῦν ἐκ πλείονος χρόνου πεποιήμεθα τὴν ἐξήγησιν.
14.12.2ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦτο πεποιήκαμεν διά τινας τοιαύτας αἰτίας.
14.12.3Πτολεμαῖος ὁ βασιλεύς, περὶ οὗ νῦν ὁ λόγος, ὁ Φιλοπάτωρ, μετὰ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὸν περὶ Κοίλην Συρίαν πόλεμον ἀποστὰς πάντων τῶν καλῶν ἐτράπη πρὸς βίον ἄσωτον καὶ τοιοῦτον οἷον ἀρτίως διεληλύθαμεν.
14.12.4ὀψὲ δέ ποτε βιασθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν πραγμάτων ἐνέπεσεν εἰς τὸν νῦν δεδηλωμένον πόλεμον, ὃς χωρὶς τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους ὠμότητος καὶ παρανομίας οὔτε παράταξιν οὔτε ναυμαχίαν οὔτε πολιορκίαν οὔθʼ ἕτερον οὐδὲν ἔσχε μνήμης ἄξιον.
14.12.5διόπερ ὑπέδραμεν οὕτω κἀμοὶ τῷ γράφοντι ῥᾳδίαν ἔσεσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἀναγινώσκουσιν εὐμαθεστέραν τὴν διήγησιν, εἰ μὴ κατʼ ἐνιαυτὸν ἐπιψαύων μικρῶν [καὶ] οὐκ ἀξίων ἐπιστάσεως πραγμάτων ἀποδιδοίην τὸν λόγον, ἀλλʼ εἰσάπαξ οἷον εἰ σωματοειδῆ ποιήσας τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως προαίρεσιν ἀπαγγείλαιμι περὶ αὐτῆς.
Book 15, Part 5
15.23He had then betrayed himself quite as grossly as the Cians; and so blind or misguided had he become as to the principles of right and wrong, that he boasted of actions of which he ought to have been most heartily ashamed, and plumed himself upon them as though they were to his credit. But the people of Rhodes from that day forth regarded Philip as their enemy, and made their preparations with that view. And no less by this course had he gained the hatred of the Aetolians. He had but lately made terms with, and held out the hand of friendship to that nation: no excuse for a breach had arisen; and the Lysimachians, Calchedonians, and Cianians were friends and allies of the Aetolians. Nevertheless only a short time before he had separated Lysimachia from the Aetolian alliance, and induced it to submit to him: then he had done the same to Calchedon: and lastly he had enslaved the Cians, though there was an Aetolian officer actually in Cius and conducting the government. Prusias, however, in so far as his policy was accomplished, was delighted; but inasmuch as another was in possession of the prizes of the operations, while he himself got as his share nothing but the bare site of a city, was extremely annoyed, but was yet unable to do anything. . . .
15.24During his return voyage Philip engaged in one act of treachery after another, and among others put in about mid-day at the town of Thasos, and though it was on good terms with him, took it and enslaved its inhabitants. . . .
15.24The Thasians answered Philip’s general Metrodorus, that they would surrender their city, on condition that he would guarantee them freedom from a garrison, tribute, or billeting of soldiers, and the enjoyment of their own laws. Metrodorus having declared the king’s consent to this, the whole assembly signified their approval of the words by a loud shout, whereupon they admitted Philip into the town. . . .
15.24All kings perhaps at the beginning of their reign dangle the name of liberty before their subjects’ eyes, and address as friends and allies those who combine in pursuing the same objects as themselves; but when they come to actual administration of affairs they at once cease to treat these as allies, and assume the airs of a master. Such persons accordingly find themselves deceived as to the honourable position they expected to occupy, though as a rule not as to the immediate advantage which they sought. But if a king is meditating undertakings of the greatest importance, and only bounding his hopes by the limits of the world, and has as yet had nothing to cast a damp upon his projects, would it not seem the height of folly and madness to proclaim his own fickleness and untrustworthiness in matters which are of the smallest consequence, and lie at the very threshold of his enterprise? . . .
15.24aMy plan being to narrate under each year all the events in the several parts of the world which were contemporary, it is clear that in some cases it will be necessary to mention the end before the beginning; when, that is to say, that particular part of the subject calls for mention, first as being in place in the general course of my narrative, and the events which embrace the end of an episode fit in sooner than those which belong to its beginning and first conception. . . .
15.25Sosibius, the unfaithful guardian of Ptolemy Epiphanes, was a creature of extraordinary cunning, who long retained his power, and was the instrument of many crimes at court: he contrived first the murder of Lysimachus, son of Arsinoe, daughter of Ptolemy and Berenice; secondly, that of Maga, son of Ptolemy and Berenice the daughter of Maga; thirdly, that of Berenice the mother of Ptolemy Philopator; fourthly, that of Cleomenes of Sparta; and fifthly, that of Arsinoe the daughter of Berenice. . . .
15.25Three or four days after the death of Ptolemy Philopator, having caused a platform to be erected in the largest court of the palace Agathocles and Sosibius summoned a meeting of the footguards and the household, as well as the officers of the infantry and cavalry. The assembly being formed, they mounted the platform, and first of all announced the deaths of the king and queen, and proclaimed the customary period of mourning for the people. After that they placed a diadem upon the head of the child, Ptolemy Epiphanes, proclaimed him king, and read a forged will, in which the late king nominated Agathocles and Sosibius guardians of his son. They ended by an exhortation to the officers to be loyal to the boy and maintain his sovereignty. They next brought in two silver urns, one of which they declared contained the ashes of the king, the other those of Arsinoe. And in fact one of them did really contain the king’s ashes, the other was filled with spices. Having done this they proceeded to complete the funeral ceremonies. It was then that all the world at last learnt the truth about the death of Arsinoe. For now that her death was clearly established, the manner of it began to be a matter of speculation. Though rumours which turned out to be true had found their way among the people, they had up to this time been disputed; now there was no possibility of hiding the truth, and it became deeply impressed in the minds of all. Indeed there was great excitement among the populace: no one thought about the king; it was the fate of Arsinoe that moved them. Some recalled her orphanhood; others the tyranny and insult she had endured from her earliest days; and when her miserable death was added to these misfortunes, it excited such a passion of pity and sorrow that the city was filled with sighs, tears, and irrepressible lamentation. Yet it was clear to the thoughtful observer that these were not so much signs of affection for Arsinoe as of hatred towards Agathocles.
Book 15, Part 1
15.1.1ὅτι τῶν Καρχηδονίων λαβόντων αἰχμαλώτους τὰς φορτηγοὺς νῆας τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ χορηγίας πλῆθος ἐξαίσιον ὁ Πόπλιος βαρέως μὲν ἔφερεν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ μόνον σφίσι παρῃρῆσθαι τὴν χορηγίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς παρεσκευάσθαι δαψίλειαν τῶν ἀναγκαίων,
15.1.2ἔτι δὲ βαρύτερον ἐπὶ τῷ παραβεβηκέναι τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας τοὺς Καρχηδονίους καὶ πάλιν ἐξ ἄλλης ἀρχῆς ἐγείρεσθαι τὸν πόλεμον.
15.1.3διὸ καὶ παραυτίκα προχειρισάμενος πρεσβευτὰς Λεύκιον Σέργιον καὶ Λεύκιον Βαίβιον καὶ Λεύκιον Φάβιον ἐξαπέστειλε διαλεξομένους τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ὑπὲρ τῶν γεγονότων, ἅμα δὲ καὶ δηλώσοντας ὅτι κεκύρωκε τὰς συνθήκας ὁ δῆμος τῶν Ῥωμαίων·
15.1.4ἄρτι γὰρ ἧκε τῷ Ποπλίῳ γράμματα διασαφοῦντα περὶ τῶν προειρημένων.
15.1.5οἱ δὲ παραγενηθέντες εἰς τὴν Καρχηδόνα τὸ μὲν πρῶτον εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς παραχθέντες, ἔλεγον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνεστώτων μετὰ παρρησίας,
15.1.6πρῶτον μὲν ἀναμιμνήσκοντες ὡς οἱ παρʼ ἐκείνων πρεσβευταί, παραγενηθέντες εἰς Τύνητα πρὸς σφᾶς καὶ παρελθόντες εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, οὐ μόνον τοὺς θεοὺς ἀσπάσαιντο καὶ τὴν γῆν προσκυνήσαιεν, καθάπερ ἔστιν ἔθος τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις,
15.1.7ἀλλὰ καὶ πεσόντες ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἀγεννῶς τοὺς πόδας καταφιλοῖεν τῶν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἀναστάντες [ὡς] κατηγορήσαιεν σφῶν αὐτῶν, διότι καὶ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς γενομένας συνθήκας Ῥωμαίοις καὶ Καρχηδονίοις ἀθετήσαιεν αὐτοί.
15.1.8διόπερ ἔφασαν οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν ὅτι πᾶν εἰκότως ἂν πάθοιεν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων, ἀλλὰ τῆς τύχης ἕνεκα τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐδέοντο μηδὲν παθεῖν ἀνήκεστον· ἔσεσθαι γὰρ τὴν σφετέραν ἀβουλίαν ἀπόδειξιν τῆς Ῥωμαίων καλοκἀγαθίας.
15.1.9ὧν μνημονεύοντα τὸν στρατηγὸν ἔφασαν [τὸν] αὐτὸν οἱ πρέσβεις καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ τότε γεγονότας ἐκπλήττεσθαι, τίνι ποτὲ πιστεύοντες ἐπελανθάνοντο μὲν τῶν τότε ῥηθέντων, ἀθετεῖν δὲ τολμῶσι τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας.
15.1.10σχεδὸν δὲ τοῦτʼ εἶναι δῆλον ὡς Ἀννίβᾳ πεποιθότες καὶ ταῖς μετὰ τούτου παρούσαις δυνάμεσι ταῦτα τολμῶσι ποιεῖν, κακῶς φρονοῦντες·
15.1.11σαφῶς γὰρ εἰδέναι πάντας ὅτι ἐκεῖνοι δεύτερον ἔτος ἤδη φεύγοντες ἐκ πάσης Ἰταλίας εἰς τοὺς περὶ Λακίνιον τόπους, κἀκεῖ συγκεκλεισμένοι καὶ μόνον οὐ πολιορκούμενοι, μόλις ἑαυτοὺς ἐκσεσωκότες ἥκουσι νῦν.
15.1.12"οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ εἰ καὶ νενικηκότες τοὺς ἐκεῖ παρῆσαν, καὶ πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἔμελλον διακινδυνεύειν τοὺς δυσὶ μάχαις ἑξῆς ὑμᾶς ἤδη νενικηκότας, ὅμως ἀμφιδόξους ἔχειν ἔδει τὰς ἐλπίδας ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλοντος, καὶ μὴ μόνον τοῦ νικᾶν ἔννοιαν λαμβάνειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ σφαλῆναι πάλιν. οὗ συμβάντος ποίους ἐπικαλέσεσθε"
15.1.13ἔφη "θεούς; ποίοις δὲ χρώμενοι λόγοις τὸν ἐκ τῶν κρατούντων ἔλεον ἐπισπάσεσθε πρὸς τὰς ἑαυτῶν συμφοράς;
15.1.14πάσης εἰκὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλπίδος ἀποκλεισθήσεσθαι καὶ παρὰ θεῶν καὶ παρʼ ἀνθρώπων διὰ τὴν ἀθεσίαν καὶ τὴν ἀβουλίαν."
15.2.1οἱ μὲν οὖν πρέσβεις τοιαῦτα διαλεχθέντες ἀνεχώρησαν·
15.2.2τῶν δὲ Καρχηδονίων ὀλίγοι μὲν ἦσαν οἱ συναινοῦντες μὴ παραβαίνειν τὰς ὁμολογίας, οἱ δὲ πλείους καὶ τῶν πολιτευομένων καὶ τῶν βουλευομένων βαρέως μὲν ἔφερον τὰς ἐν ταῖς συνθήκαις ἐπιταγάς, δυσχερῶς δʼ ἀνείχοντο τὴν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν παρρησίαν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν προέσθαι τὰ κατηγμένα πλοῖα καὶ τὰς ἐκ τούτων χορηγίας.
15.2.3τὸ δὲ συνέχον, οὐ μικρὰς ἀλλὰ μεγάλας εἶχον ἐλπίδας νικήσειν διὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀννίβαν.
15.2.4τοῖς μὲν οὖν πολλοῖς ἔδοξε τοὺς πρέσβεις ἀναποκρίτους ἐξαποστέλλειν· τῶν δὲ πολιτευομένων οἷς ἦν προκείμενον ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου συγχέαι πάλιν τὸν πόλεμον, οὗτοι συνεδρεύσαντες μηχανῶνταί τι τοιοῦτον.
15.2.5ἔφασαν δεῖν πρόνοιαν ποιήσασθαι τῶν πρεσβευτῶν, ἵνα μετʼ ἀσφαλείας ἀνακομισθῶσιν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν.
15.2.6καὶ παραυτίκα τούτοις μὲν ἡτοίμαζον δύο τριήρεις παραπόμπους, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ναύαρχον Ἀσδρούβαν διεπέμψαντο παρακαλοῦντες ἑτοιμάσαι πλοῖα μὴ μακρὰν τῆς τῶν Ῥωμαίων παρεμβολῆς, ἵνʼ ἐπειδὰν αἱ παραπέμπουσαι νῆες ἀπολίπωσι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ἐπαναχθέντα ταῦτα καταποντίσῃ τοὺς πρεσβευτάς.
15.2.7ἐφώρμει γὰρ αὐτοῖς τὸ ναυτικὸν κατὰ τοὺς πρὸ τῆς Ἰτύκης ἐγκειμένους τόπους.
15.2.8οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ταῦτα διαταξάμενοι πρὸς τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν ἐξέπεμπον τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ἐντειλάμενοι τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν τριήρων, [ὡς] ἐὰν παραλλάξωσι τὸν Μακάραν ποταμόν, αὖθις ἀπολιπόντας ἀποπλεῖν ἐν τῷ πόρῳ τοὺς πρεσβευτάς·
15.2.9καὶ γὰρ ἦν ἐκ τούτων τῶν τόπων συνορᾶν ἤδη τὴν τῶν ὑπεναντίων παρεμβολήν·
15.2.10οἱ δὲ παραπέμποντες, ἐπεὶ κατὰ τὸ συνταχθὲν παρήλλαξαν τὸν ποταμόν, ἀσπασάμενοι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους αὖθις ἐπανέπλεον.
15.2.11οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ὑφεωρῶντο δεινόν, νομίσαντες δὲ τοὺς παραπέμποντας διʼ ὀλιγωρίαν αὐτοὺς προαπολιπεῖν ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἐδυσχέραινον.
15.2.12ἅμα δὲ τῷ μονωθέντας αὐτοὺς πλεῖν ἐπανάγονται τρισὶ τριήρεσιν ἐξ ὑποβολῆς οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι, καὶ παραβαλόντες τῇ Ῥωμαϊκῇ πεντήρει τρῶσαι μὲν οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν, ὑποχωρούσης τῆς νεώς, οὐδὲ τοῦ καταστρώματος ἐπιβῆναι διὰ τὸ γενναίως ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας·
15.2.13ἐκ παραβολῆς δὲ καὶ πέριξ προσμαχόμενοι κατετίτρωσκον τοὺς ἐπιβάτας καὶ διέφθειρον πολλοὺς αὐτῶν,
15.2.14ἕως οὗ κατιδόντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τοὺς προνομεύοντας τὴν παραλίαν ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας στρατοπεδείας παραβοηθοῦντας ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν ἐξέβαλον τὴν ναῦν εἰς τὴν γῆν.
15.2.15τῶν μὲν οὖν ἐπιβατῶν οἱ πλεῖστοι διεφθάρησαν, οἱ δὲ πρεσβευταὶ παραδόξως ἐξεσώθησαν.
15.3.1γενομένων δὲ τούτων αὖθις ὁ πόλεμος ἄλλην ἀρχὴν εἰλήφει βαρυτέραν τῆς πρόσθεν καὶ δυσμενικωτέραν.
15.3.2οἵ τε γὰρ Ῥωμαῖοι δοκοῦντες παρεσπονδῆσθαι φιλοτίμως διέκειντο πρὸς τὸ περιγενέσθαι τῶν Καρχηδονίων, οἵ τε Καρχηδόνιοι συνειδότες σφίσι τὰ πεπραγμένα πρὸς πᾶν ἑτοίμως εἶχον πρὸς τὸ μὴ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑποχείριοι γενηθῆναι.
15.3.3τοιαύτης δὲ τῆς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν παραστάσεως ὑπαρχούσης προφανὲς ἦν ὅτι δεήσει μάχῃ κρίνεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
15.3.4ἐξ οὗ συνέβαινε μὴ μόνον τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ Λιβύην πάντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν καὶ Σικελίαν καὶ Σαρδόνα μετεώρους εἶναι καὶ περισπᾶσθαι ταῖς διανοίαις, καραδοκοῦντας τὸ συμβησόμενον.
15.3.5κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Ἀννίβας, ἐλλείπων τοῖς ἱππικοῖς, διέπεμπε πρός τινα Νομάδα Τυχαῖον, ὃς ἦν μὲν οἰκεῖος Σόφακος, ἱππεῖς δὲ μαχιμωτάτους ἔχειν ἐδόκει τῶν κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην,
15.3.6παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν βοηθεῖν καὶ συνεπιλαμβάνεσθαι τοῦ καιροῦ, σαφῶς γινώσκοντα διότι Καρχηδονίων κρατησάντων δύναται διαφυλάττειν τὴν ἀρχήν, Ῥωμαίων δʼ ἐκνικησάντων καὶ τῷ βίῳ κινδυνεύσει διὰ τὴν Μασαννάσου φιλαρχίαν.
15.3.7οὗτος οὖν πεισθεὶς τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις ἧκε μετὰ δισχιλίων ἱππέων πρὸς τὸν Ἀννίβαν.
15.4.1Πόπλιος δὲ τὰ περὶ τὴν ναυτικὴν δύναμιν ἀσφαλισάμενος καὶ καταλιπὼν Βαίβιον ἀντιστράτηγον, αὐτὸς μὲν ἐπεπορεύετο τὰς πόλεις,
15.4.2οὐκέτι παραλαμβάνων εἰς τὴν πίστιν τοὺς ἐθελοντὴν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐγχειρίζοντας, ἀλλὰ μετὰ βίας ἀνδραποδιζόμενος καὶ φανερὰν ποιῶν τὴν ὀργήν, ἣν εἶχε πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους διὰ τὴν Καρχηδονίων παρασπόνδησιν·
15.4.3πρὸς δὲ Μασαννάσαν διεπέμπετο συνεχῶς, ἀποδηλῶν αὐτῷ τίνα τρόπον παραβεβηκότες εἶεν οἱ Φοίνικες τὰς σπονδάς, καὶ παρακαλῶν ἁθροίζειν δύναμιν ὡς πλείστην καὶ συνάπτειν αὐτῷ κατὰ σπουδήν.
15.4.4ὁ γὰρ Μασαννάσας ἅμα τῷ γενέσθαι τὰς συνθήκας, καθάπερ εἴρηται πρότερον, εὐθέως ἀφώρμησε μετὰ τῆς ἰδίας δυνάμεως, προσλαβὼν δέκα σημαίας Ῥωμαϊκὰς ἱππέων καὶ πεζῶν καὶ πρεσβευτὰς παρὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, χάριν τοῦ μὴ μόνον τὴν πατρῴαν ἀρχὴν ἀπολαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν τοῦ Σόφακος προσκατακτήσασθαι διὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἐπικουρίας· ὃ καὶ συνέβη γενέσθαι.
15.4.5συνέτυχε δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐκ Ῥώμης πρεσβευτὰς περὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς εἰς τὸν ναυτικὸν χάρακα τὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων καταπλεῦσαι.
15.4.6τοὺς μὲν οὖν παρʼ αὑτῶν ὁ Βαίβιος παραχρῆμα πρὸς τὸν Πόπλιον ἐξέπεμψε, τοὺς δὲ τῶν Καρχηδονίων παρακατεῖχε, τά τε λοιπὰ δυσθύμως διακειμένους καὶ νομίζοντας ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις εἶναι κινδύνοις·
15.4.7πυθόμενοι γὰρ τὴν γεγενημένην ἐκ τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἀσέβειαν πρὸς τοὺς τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρέσβεις, πρόδηλον ἐδόκουν εἶναι σφίσι τὴν ἐκ τούτων τιμωρίαν.
15.4.8ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος, διακούσας τῶν παραγεγονότων ὅτι προθύμως ἥ τε σύγκλητος ὅ τε δῆμος ἀποδέξαιντο τὰς γενομένας διʼ αὑτοῦ συνθήκας πρὸς τοὺς Καρχηδονίους καὶ διότι πρὸς πᾶν τὸ παρακαλούμενον ἑτοίμως ἔχοιεν, ἐπὶ μὲν τούτοις ἔχαιρε μεγάλως,
15.4.9τοὺς δὲ τῶν Καρχηδονίων προσέταξε τῷ Βαιβίῳ μετὰ πάσης φιλανθρωπίας ἀποπέμπειν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, πάνυ καλῶς βουλευσάμενος, ὥς γʼ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, καὶ φρονίμως.
15.4.10θεωρῶν γὰρ τὴν σφετέραν πατρίδα περὶ πλείστου ποιουμένην τὴν περὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς πίστιν, ἐσκοπεῖτο παρʼ αὑτῷ συλλογιζόμενος οὐχ οὕτως τί δέον παθεῖν Καρχηδονίους, ὡς τί δέον ἦν πρᾶξαι Ῥωμαίους.
15.4.11διὸ παρακατασχὼν τὸν ἴδιον θυμὸν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσι πικρίαν, ἐπειράθη διαφυλάξαι, κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν "πατέρων εὖ κείμενα ἔργα."
15.4.12τοιγαροῦν καὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Καρχηδόνι πάντας ἥττησε ταῖς ψυχαῖς καὶ τὸν Ἀννίβαν αὐτόν, ὑπερθέμενος τῇ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ τὴν ἐκείνων ἄνοιαν.
Book 15, Part 6
15.25The first measure of this minister, after depositing the urns in the royal mortuary, and giving orders for the laying aside of mourning, was to gratify the army with two months’ pay; for he was convinced that the way to deaden the resentment of the common soldiers was to appeal to their interests. He then caused them to take the oath customary at the proclamation of a new king; and next took measures to get all who were likely to be formidable out of the country. Philammon, who had been employed in the murder of Arsinoe, he sent out as governor of Cyrene, while he committed the young king to the charge of Oenanthe and Agathocleia. Next, Pelops the son of Pelops he despatched to the court of Antiochus in Asia, to urge him to maintain his friendly relations with the court of Alexandria, and not to violate the treaty he had made with the young king’s father. Ptolemy, son of Sosibius, he sent to Philip to arrange for a treaty of intermarriage between the two countries, and to ask for assistance in case Antiochus should make a serious attempt to play them false in any matter of importance.
15.25He also selected Ptolemy, son of Agesarchus, as ambassador to Rome: not with a view of his seriously prosecuting the embassy, but because he thought that, if he once entered Greece, he would find himself among friends and kinsfolk, and would stay there; which would suit his policy of getting rid of eminent men. Scopas the Aetolian also he sent to Greece to recruit foreign mercenaries, giving him a large sum in gold for bounties. He had two objects in view in this measure: one was to use the soldiers so recruited in the war with Antiochus; another was to get rid of the mercenary troops already existing, by sending them on garrison duty in the various forts and settlements about the country; while he used the new recruits to fill up the numbers of the household regiments with new men, as well as the pickets immediately round the palace, and in other parts of the city. For he believed that men who had been hired by himself, and were taking his pay, would have no feelings in common with the old soldiers, with whom they would be totally unacquainted; but that, having all their hopes of safety and profit in him, he would find them ready to co-operate with him and carry out his orders.
15.25Now all this took place before the intrigue of Philip, though it was necessary for the sake of clearness to speak of that first, and to describe the transactions which took place, both at the audience and the dispatch of the ambassadors.
15.25To return to Agathocles: when he had thus got rid of the most eminent men, and had to a great degree quieted the wrath of the common soldiers by his present of pay, he returned quickly to his old way of life. Drawing round him a body of friends, whom he selected from the most frivolous and shameless of his personal attendants or servants, he devoted the chief part of the day and night to drunkenness and all the excesses which accompany drunkenness, sparing neither matron, nor bride, nor virgin, and doing all this with the most offensive ostentation. The result was a widespread outburst of discontent; and when there appeared no prospect of reforming this state of things, or of obtaining protection against the violence, insolence and debauchery of the court, which on the contrary grew daily more outrageous, their old hatred blazed up once more in the hearts of the common people, and all began again to recall the misfortunes which the kingdom already owed to these very men. But the absence of any one fit to take the lead, and by whose means they could vent their wrath upon Agathocles and Agathocleia, kept them quiet. Their one remaining hope rested upon Tlepolemus, and on this they fixed their confidence.
15.25As long as the late king was alive Tlepolemus remained in retirement; but upon his death he quickly propitiated the common soldiers, and became once more governor of Pelusium. At first he directed all his actions with a view to the interest of the king, believing that there would be some council of regency to take charge of the boy and administer the government. But when he saw that all those who were fit for this charge were got out of the way, and that Agathocles was boldly monopolising the supreme power, he quickly changed his purpose; because he suspected the danger that threatened him from the hatred which they mutually entertained. He therefore began to draw his troops together, and bestir himself to collect money, that he might not be an easy prey to any one of his enemies. At the same time he was not without hope that the guardianship of the young king, and the chief power in the state might devolve upon him; both because, in his own private opinion, he was much more fit for it in every respect than Agathocles, and because he was informed that his own troops and those in Alexandria were looking to him to put an end to the minister’s outrageous conduct. When such ideas were entertained by Tlepolemus, it did not take long to make the quarrel grow, especially as the partisans of both helped to inflame it. Being eager to secure the adhesion of the generals of divisions and the captains of companies, he frequently invited them to banquets; and at these assemblies, instigated partly by the flattery of his guests and partly by his own impulse (for he was a young man and the conversation was over the wine), he used to throw out sarcastic remarks against the family of Agathocles. At first they were covert and enigmatic, then merely ambiguous, and finally undisguised, and containing the bitterest reflections. He proposed the health of the scribbler of pasquinades, the sackbut-girl and waiting-woman; and spoke of his shameful boyhood, when as cupbearer of the king he had submitted to the foulest treatment. His guests were always ready to laugh at his words and add their quota to the sum of vituperation. It was not long before this reached the ears of Agathocles: and the breach between the two thus becoming an open one, Agathocles immediately began bringing charges against Tlepolemus, declaring that he was a traitor to the king, and was inviting Antiochus to come and seize the government. And he brought many plausible proofs of this forward, some of which he got by distorting facts that actually occurred, while others were pure invention. His object in so doing was to excite the wrath of the common people against Tlepolemus. But the result was the reverse; for the populace had long fixed their hopes on Tlepolemus, and were only too delighted to see the quarrel growing hot between them. The actual popular outbreak which did occur began from the following circumstances. Nicon, a relation of Agathocles, was in the lifetime of the late king commander of the navy. . . .
15.26aAnother murder committed by Agathocles was that of Deinon, son of Deinon. But this, as the proverb has it, was the fairest of his foul deeds. For the letter ordering the murder of Arsinoe had fallen into this man’s hands, and he might have given information about the plot and saved the Queen; but at the time he chose rather to help Philammon, and so became the cause of all the misfortunes which followed; while, after the murder was committed, he was always recalling the circumstances, commiserating the unhappy woman, and expressing repentance at having let such an opportunity slip: and this he repeated in the hearing of many, so that Agathocles heard of it, and he met with his just punishment in losing his life. . . .
15.26bThe first step of Agathocles was to summon a meeting of the Macedonian guards. He entered the assembly accompanied by the young king and his own sister Agathocleia. At first he feigned not to be able to say what he wished for tears; but after again and again wiping his eyes with his chlamys he at length mastered his emotion, and, taking the young king in his arms, spoke as follows: Take this boy, whom his father on his death-bed placed in this lady’s arms (pointing to his sister) and confided to your loyalty, men of Macedonia! That lady’s affection has but little influence in securing the child’s safety: it is on you that that safety now depends; his fortunes are in your hands. It has long been evident to those who had eyes to see, that Tlepolemus was aiming at something higher than his natural rank; but now he has named the day and hour on which he intends to assume the crown. Do not let your belief of this depend upon my words; refer to those who know the real truth and have but just come from the very scene of his treason. With these words he brought forward Critolaus, who deposed that he had seen with his own eyes the altars being decked, and the victims being got ready by the common soldiers for the ceremony of a coronation.
Book 15, Part 2
15.5.1οἱ δὲ Καρχηδόνιοι θεωροῦντες τὰς πόλεις ἐκπορθουμένας, ἔπεμπον πρὸς τὸν Ἀννίβαν, δεόμενοι μὴ μέλλειν, ἀλλὰ προσπελάζειν τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ κρίνειν τὰ πράγματα διὰ μάχης.
15.5.2ὁ δὲ διακούσας τοῖς μὲν παροῦσιν ἀπεκρίθη τἄλλα σκοπεῖν, περὶ δὲ τούτου ῥᾳθυμεῖν· διαλήψεσθαι γὰρ τὸν καιρὸν αὐτός.
15.5.3μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας ἀναζεύξας ἐκ τῶν παρὰ τὸν Ἀδρύμητα τόπων προῆλθε καὶ κατεστρατοπέδευσε περὶ Ζάμαν· αὕτη δʼ ἐστὶ πόλις ἀπέχουσα Καρχηδόνος ὡς πρὸς τὰς δύσεις ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν πέντε. κἀκεῖθεν ἐξέπεμψε τρεῖς κατασκόπους,
15.5.4βουλόμενος ἐπιγνῶναι ποῦ στρατοπεδεύουσι καὶ πῶς χειρίζει τὰ κατὰ τὰς παρεμβολὰς ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγός. Πόπλιος δʼ,
15.5.5ἐπαναχθέντων ὡς αὐτὸν τῶν κατασκόπων, τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ κολάζειν τοὺς ἑαλωκότας, καθάπερ ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις, ὡς τοὐναντίον συστήσας αὐτοῖς χιλίαρχον ἐπέταξε πάντα καθαρίως ὑποδεῖξαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν παρεμβολήν.
15.5.6γενομένου δὲ τούτου προσεπύθετο τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰ πάντα φιλοτίμως αὐτοῖς ὑποδέδειχεν ὁ συσταθείς· τῶν δὲ φησάντων,
15.5.7δοὺς ἐφόδια καὶ παραπομπὴν ἐξαπέστειλε προστάξας ἐπιμελῶς Ἀννίβᾳ διασαφεῖν περὶ τῶν ἀπηντημένων αὐτοῖς.
15.5.8ὧν παραγενηθέντων θαυμάσας ὁ Ἀννίβας τὴν μεγαλοψυχίαν καὶ τόλμαν τἀνδρὸς οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως εἰς ὁρμὴν ἔπεσε τοῦ βούλεσθαι συνελθεῖν εἰς λόγους τῷ Ποπλίῳ.
15.5.9κρίνας δὲ τοῦτο διεπέμψατο κήρυκα, φάσκων βούλεσθαι κοινολογηθῆναι πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων.
15.5.10ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ἀκούσας ταῦτα τοῦ κήρυκος συγκατετίθετο τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις, ἔφη δὲ πέμψειν πρὸς αὐτὸν διασαφῶν, ἐπειδὰν μέλλῃ συμπορεύεσθαι, τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸν καιρόν.
15.5.11ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἀκούσας ὁ κῆρυξ ἐπανῆλθε πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν·
15.5.12τῇ δʼ ἐπαύριον ἧκε Μασαννάσας, ἔχων πεζοὺς μὲν εἰς ἑξακισχιλίους, ἱππεῖς δὲ περὶ τετρακισχιλίους.
15.5.13ὃν ἀποδεξάμενος ὁ Πόπλιος φιλανθρώπως καὶ συγχαρεὶς ἐπὶ τῷ πάντας ὑπηκόους πεποιῆσθαι τοὺς πρότερον Σόφακι πειθομένους,
15.5.14ἀνέζευξε, καὶ παραγενηθεὶς πρὸς πόλιν Ναράγαρα κατεστρατοπέδευσε, πρός τε τἄλλα τόπον εὐφυῆ καταλαβόμενος καὶ τὴν
15.6.1ὑδρείαν ἐντὸς βέλους ποιησάμενος. κἀντεῦθεν ἐξέπεμψε πρὸς τὸν τῶν Καρχηδονίων στρατηγόν, φάσκων ἕτοιμος εἶναι συμπορεύεσθαι πρὸς αὐτὸν εἰς λόγους.
15.6.2ὧν ἀκούσας Ἀννίβας ἀνέζευξε, καὶ συνεγγίσας, ὥστε μὴ πλεῖον ἀπέχειν τριάκοντα σταδίων, κατεστρατοπέδευσε πρός τινα λόφον, ὃς τὰ μὲν λοιπὰ πρὸς τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν ὀρθῶς ἔχειν ἐδόκει, τὴν δʼ ὑδρείαν ἀπωτέρω μικρὸν εἶχε· καὶ πολλὴν ταλαιπωρίαν ὑπέμενον οἱ στρατιῶται περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος,
15.6.3κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἑξῆς ἡμέραν προῆλθον ἀπὸ τῆς ἰδίας παρεμβολῆς ἀμφότεροι μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων, κἄπειτα χωρισθέντες ἀπὸ τούτων αὐτοὶ συνῆλθον εἰς τὸ μέσον ἔχοντες ἑρμηνέα μεθʼ αὑτῶν.
15.6.4δεξιωσάμενος δὲ πρῶτος Ἀννίβας ἤρξατο λέγειν ὡς ἐβούλετο μὲν ἂν μήτε Ῥωμαίους ἐπιθυμῆσαι μηδέποτε μηδενὸς τῶν ἐκτὸς Ἰταλίας μήτε Καρχηδονίους τῶν ἐκτὸς Λιβύης·
15.6.5ἀμφοτέροις γὰρ εἶναι ταύτας καὶ καλλίστας δυναστείας καὶ συλλήβδην ὡς ἂν εἰ περιωρισμένας ὑπὸ τῆς φύσεως.
15.6.6"ἐπεὶ δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Σικελίαν ἀμφισβητήσαντες ἐξεπολεμώσαμεν ἀλλήλους, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατʼ Ἰβηρίαν, τὸ δὲ τέλος ὑπὸ τῆς τύχης οὔπω νουθετούμενοι μέχρι τούτου προβεβήκαμεν ὥστε καὶ περὶ τοῦ τῆς πατρίδος ἐδάφους οὓς μὲν κεκινδυνευκέναι, τοὺς δʼ ἀκμὴν ἔτι καὶ νῦν κινδυνεύειν,
15.6.7λοιπόν ἐστιν, εἴ πως δυνάμεθα διʼ αὑτῶν παραιτησάμενοι τοὺς θεοὺς διαλύσασθαι τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν φιλοτιμίαν.
15.6.8ἐγὼ μὲν οὖν ἕτοιμός εἰμι τῷ πεῖραν εἰληφέναι διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ὡς εὐμετάθετός ἐστιν ἡ τύχη καὶ παρὰ μικρὸν εἰς ἑκάτερα ποιεῖ μεγάλας ῥοπάς, καθά
15.7.1περ εἰ νηπίοις παισὶ χρωμένη· σὲ δʼ ἀγωνιῶ, Πόπλιε, λίαν" ἔφη "καὶ διὰ τὸ νέον εἶναι κομιδῇ καὶ διὰ τὸ πάντα σοι κατὰ λόγον κεχωρηκέναι καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην καὶ μηδέπω μέχρι γε τοῦ νῦν εἰς τὴν τῆς τύχης ἐμπεπτωκέναι παλιρρύμην, μήποτʼ οὐ πεισθῇς διὰ ταῦτα τοῖς ἐμοῖς λόγοις, καίπερ οὖσι πιστοῖς.
15.7.2σκόπει δʼ ἀφʼ ἑνὸς τῶν λόγων τὰ πράγματα, μὴ τὰ τῶν προγεγονότων, ἀλλὰ τὰ καθʼ ἡμᾶς αὐτούς.
15.7.3εἰμὶ τοιγαροῦν Ἀννίβας ἐκεῖνος, ὃς μετὰ τὴν ἐν Κάνναις μάχην σχεδὸν ἁπάσης Ἰταλίας ἐγκρατὴς γενόμενος μετά τινα χρόνον ἧκον πρὸς αὐτὴν τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ στρατοπεδεύσας ἐν τετταράκοντα σταδίοις ἐβουλευόμην ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν καὶ τοῦ τῆς ὑμετέρας πατρίδος ἐδάφους πῶς ἐστί μοι χρηστέον,
15.7.4ὃς νῦν ἐν Λιβύῃ πάρειμι πρὸς σὲ Ῥωμαῖον ὄντα περὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν Καρχηδονίων σωτηρίας κοινολογησόμενος. εἰς ἃ βλέποντα παρακαλῶ σε μὴ μέγα φρονεῖν,
15.7.5ἀλλʼ ἀνθρωπίνως βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων· τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶ τῶν μὲν ἀγαθῶν ἀεὶ τὸ μέγιστον, τῶν κακῶν δὲ τοὐλάχιστον αἱρεῖσθαι.
15.7.6τίς οὖν ἂν ἕλοιτο νοῦν ἔχων πρὸς τοιοῦτον ὁρμᾶν κίνδυνον οἷος σοὶ νῦν ἐνέστηκεν; ἐν ᾧ νικήσας μὲν οὔτε τῇ σαυτοῦ δόξῃ μέγα τι προσθήσεις οὔτε τῇ τῆς πατρίδος, ἡττηθεὶς δὲ πάντα τὰ πρὸ τούτου σεμνὰ καὶ καλὰ διʼ αὑτὸν ἄρδην ἀναιρήσεις.
15.7.7τί οὖν ἐστιν ὃ προτίθεμαι τέλος τῶν νυνὶ λόγων;
15.7.8πάντα περὶ ὧν πρότερον ἠμφισβητήσαμεν, Ῥωμαίων ὑπάρχειν — ταῦτα δʼ ἦν Σικελία, Σαδρώ, τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν — καὶ μηδέποτε Καρχηδονίους Ῥωμαίοις ὑπὲρ τούτων ἀντᾶραι πόλεμον· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς ἄλλας νήσους, ὅσαι μεταξὺ κεῖνται τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ Λιβύης, Ῥωμαίων ὑπάρχειν.
15.7.9ταύτας γὰρ πέπεισμαι τὰς συνθήκας καὶ πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ἀσφαλεστάτας μὲν εἶναι Καρχηδονίοις, ἐνδοξοτάτας δὲ σοὶ καὶ πᾶσι Ῥωμαίοις."
15.8.1Ἀννίβας μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ εἶπεν. ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος ὑπολαβὼν οὔτε τοῦ περὶ Σικελίας ἔφη πολέμου Ῥωμαίους οὔτε τοῦ περὶ τῆς Ἰβηρίας αἰτίους γεγονέναι, Καρχηδονίους δὲ προφανῶς·
15.8.2ὑπὲρ ὧν κάλλιστα γινώσκειν αὐτὸν τὸν Ἀννίβαν. μάρτυρας δὲ καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς γεγονέναι τούτων, περιθέντας τὸ κράτος οὐ τοῖς ἄρχουσι χειρῶν ἀδίκων, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀμυνομένοις.
15.8.3βλέπειν δὲ καὶ τὰ τῆς τύχης οὐδενὸς ἧττον καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων στοχάζεσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν. "
15.8.4ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν πρὸ τοῦ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους διαβαίνειν εἰς Λιβύην αὐτὸς ἐξ Ἰταλίας ἐκχωρήσας προύτεινας τὰς διαλύσεις ταύτας, οὐκ ἂν οἴομαί σε διαψευσθῆναι τῆς ἐλπίδος.
15.8.5ἐπεὶ δὲ σὺ μὲν ἄκων ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπηλλάγης, ἡμεῖς δὲ διαβάντες εἰς τὴν Λιβύην τῶν ὑπαίθρων ἐκρατήσαμεν, δῆλον ὡς μεγάλην εἴληφε τὰ πράγματα παραλλαγήν.
15.8.6τὸ δὲ δὴ μέγιστον ἤλθομεν ἐπὶ τί πέρας;
15.8.7ἡττηθέντων καὶ δεηθέντων τῶν παρὰ σοῦ πολιτῶν ἐθέμεθα συνθήκας ἐγγράπτους, ἐν αἷς ἦν πρὸς τοῖς ὑπὸ σοῦ νῦν προτεινομένοις τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἀποδοῦναι χωρὶς λύτρων Καρχηδονίους, τῶν πλοίων παραχωρῆσαι τῶν καταφράκτων, πεντακισχίλια τάλαντα προσενεγκεῖν, ὅμηρα δοῦναι περὶ τούτων.
15.8.8ταῦτʼ ἦν ἃ συνεθέμεθα πρὸς ἀλλήλους· ὑπὲρ τούτων ἐπρεσβεύσαμεν ἀμφότεροι πρός τε τὴν σύγκλητον τὴν ἡμετέραν καὶ πρὸς τὸν δῆμον, ἡμεῖς μὲν ὁμολογοῦντες εὐδοκεῖν τοῖς γεγραμμένοις, Καρχηδόνιοι δὲ δεόμενοι τούτων τυχεῖν. ἐπείσθη τὸ συνέδριον τούτοις,
15.8.9ὁ δὲ δῆμος συγκατῄνεσε. τυχόντες ὧν ἠξίουν ἠθέτησαν ταῦτα Καρχηδόνιοι, παρασπονδήσαντες ἡμᾶς.
15.8.11σὺ τὴν ἐμὴν χώραν μεταλαβὼν εἶπον. ἀφελεῖν τὰ βαρύτατα τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἐπιταγμάτων; ἵνα δὴ λαβόντες ἆθλα τῆς παρανομίας διδαχθῶσι τοὺς εὖ ποιοῦντας εἰς τὸ λοιπὸν παρασπονδεῖν· ἀλλʼ ἵνα τυχόντες ὧν ἀξιοῦσι χάριν ὀφείλωσιν ἡμῖν;
15.8.12ἀλλὰ νυνὶ μεθʼ ἱκετηρίας τυχόντες ὧν παρεκάλουν, ὅτι βραχείας ἐλπίδος ἐπελάβοντο τῆς κατὰ σέ, παρὰ πόδας ὡς ἐχθροῖς ἡμῖν κέχρηνται καὶ πολεμίοις.
15.8.13ἐν οἷς βαρυτέρου μέν τινος προσεπιταχθέντος δυνατὸν ἀνενεγκεῖν τῷ δήμῳ περὶ διαλύσεως, ὑφαίρεσιν δὲ ποιουμένοις τῶν ὑποκειμένων οὐδʼ ἀναφορὰν ἔχει τὸ διαβούλιον.
15.8.14τί πέρας οὖν πάλιν τῶν ἡμετέρων λόγων; ἢ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν ὑμᾶς διδόναι περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἢ μαχομένους νικᾶν".
15.9.1ταῦτα μὲν οὖν διαλεχθέντες αὑτοῖς Ἀννίβας καὶ Πόπλιος ἐχωρίσθησαν, ἀσύμβατον ποιησάμενοι τὴν κοινολογίαν.
15.9.2εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαύριον ἅμα τῷ φωτὶ τὰς δυνάμεις ἐξῆγον ἀμφότεροι καὶ συνίσταντο τὸν ἀγῶνα, Καρχηδόνιοι μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς σφετέρας σωτηρίας καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην πραγμάτων, Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ περὶ τῆς τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς καὶ δυναστείας.
15.9.3ἐφʼ ἃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐπιστήσας συμπαθὴς γένοιτο κατὰ τὴν ἐξήγησιν;
15.9.4οὔτε γὰρ δυνάμεις πολεμικωτέρας οὔθʼ ἡγεμόνας ἐπιτυχεστέρους τούτων καὶ μᾶλλον ἀθλητὰς γεγονότας τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἔργων εὕροι τις ἂν ἑτέρους, οὐδὲ μὴν ἆθλα μείζω τὴν τύχην ἐκτεθεικυῖαν τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις τῶν τότε προκειμένων·
Book 15, Part 7
15.26bWhen the Macedonian guards had heard all this, far from being moved by his appeal, they showed their contempt by hooting and loud murmurs, and drove him away under such a fire of derision that he got out of the assembly without being conscious how he did it. And similar scenes occurred among other corps of the army at their meetings. Meanwhile great crowds kept pouring into Alexandria from the up-country stations, calling upon kinsmen or friends to help the movement, and not to submit to the unbridled tyranny of such unworthy men. But what inflamed the populace against the government more than anything else was the knowledge that, as Tlepolemus had the absolute command of all the imports into Alexandria, delay would be a cause of suffering to themselves.
15.27Moreover, an action of Agathocles himself served to heighten the anger of the multitude and of Tlepolemus. For he took Danae, the latter’s mother-in-law, from the temple of Demeter, dragged her through the middle of the city unveiled, and cast her into prison. His object in doing this was to manifest his hostility to Tlepolemus; but its effect was to loosen the tongues of the people. In their anger they no longer confined themselves to secret murmurs: but some of them in the night covered the walls in every part of the city with pasquinades; while others in the day time collected in groups and openly expressed their loathing for the government.
15.27Seeing what was taking place, and beginning to fear the worst, Agathocles at one time meditated making his escape by secret flight; but as he had nothing ready for such a measure, thanks to his own imprudence, he had to give up that idea. At another time he set himself to drawing out lists of men likely to assist him in a bold coup d'état, by which he should put to death or arrest his enemies, and then possess himself of absolute power. While still meditating these plans he received information that Moeragenes, one of the body-guard, was betraying all the secrets of the palace to Tlepolemus, and was co-operating with him on account of his relationship with Adaeus, at that time the commander of Bubastus. Agathocles immediately ordered his secretary Nicostratus to arrest Moeragenes, and extract the truth from him by every possible kind of torture. Being promptly arrested by Nicostratus, and taken to a retired part of the place, he was at first examined directly as to the facts alleged; but, refusing to confess anything, he was stripped. And now some of the torturers were preparing their instruments, and others with scourges in their hands were just taking off their outer garments, when just at that very moment a servant ran in, and, whispering something in the ear of Nicostratus, hurried out again. Nicostratus followed close behind him, without a word, frequently slapping his thigh with his hand.
15.28The predicament of Moeragenes was now indescribably strange. There stood the executioners by his side on the point of raising their scourges, while others close to him were getting ready their instruments of torture: but when Nicostratus withdrew they all stood silently staring at each other’s faces, expecting him every moment to return; but as time went on they one by one slipped away, until Moeragenes was left alone. Having made his way through the palace, after this unhoped-for escape, he rushed in his half-clothed state into a tent of the Macedonian guards which was situated close to the palace. They chanced to be at breakfast, and therefore a good many were collected together; and to them he narrated the story of his wonderful escape. At first they would not believe it, but ultimately were convinced by his appearing without his clothes. Taking advantage of this extraordinary occurrence, Moeragenes besought the Macedonian guards with tears not only to help him to secure his own safety, but the king’s also, and above all their own. For certain destruction stared them in the face, he said, unless they seized the moment when the hatred of the populace was at its height, and every one was ready to wreak vengeance on Agathocles. That moment was now, and all that was wanted was some one to begin.
15.29The passions of the Macedonians were roused by these words, and they finally agreed to do as Moeragenes advised. They at once went round to the tents, first those of their own corps, and then those of the other soldiers; which were all close together, facing the same quarter of the city. The wish was one which had for a long time been formed in the minds of the soldiery, wanting nothing but some one to call it forth, and with courage to begin. No sooner, therefore, had a commencement been made than it blazed out like a fire: and before four hours had elapsed every class, whether military or civil, had agreed to make the attempt.
15.29At this crisis, too, chance contributed a great deal to the final catastrophe. For a letter addressed by Tlepolemus to the army as well as some of his spies, had fallen into the hands of Agathocles. The letter announced that he would be at Alexandria shortly, and the spies informed Agathocles that he was already there. This news so distracted Agathocles that he gave up taking any measures at all or even thinking about the dangers which surrounded him, but departed at his usual hour to his wine, and kept up the carouse to the end in his usual licentious fashion. But his mother Oenanthe went in great distress to the temple of Demeter and Persephone, which was open on account of a certain annual sacrifice; and there first of all she besought the aid of those goddesses with bendings of the knee and strange incantations, and then sat down close to the altar and remained motionless. Most of the women present, delighted to witness her dejection and distress, kept silence: but the ladies of the family of Polycrates, and certain others of the nobility, being as yet unaware of what was going on around them, approached Oenanthe and tried to comfort her. But she cried out in a loud voice: Do not come near me, you monsters! I know you well! Your hearts are always against us; and you pray the goddess for all imaginable evil upon us. Still I trust and believe that, God willing, you shall one day taste the flesh of your own children. With these words she ordered her female attendants to drive them away, and strike them with their staves if they refused to go. The ladies availed themselves of this excuse for quitting the temple in a body, raising their hands and praying that she might herself have experience of those very miseries with which she had threatened her neighbours.
15.30The men having by this time decided upon a revolution, now that in every house the anger of the women was added to the general resentment, the popular hatred blazed out with redoubled violence. As soon as night fell the whole city was filled with tumult, torches, and hurrying feet. Some were assembling with shouts in the stadium; some were calling upon others to join them; some were running backwards and forwards seeking to conceal themselves in houses and places least likely to be suspected. And now the open spaces round the palace, the stadium, and the street were filled with a motley crowd, as well as the area in front of the Dionysian Theatre. Being informed of this, Agathocles roused himself from a drunken lethargy,—for he had just dismissed his drinking party,—and, accompanied by all his family, with the exception of Philo, went to the king. After a few words of lamentation over his misfortunes addressed to the child, he took him by the hand, and proceeded to the covered walk which runs between the Maeander garden and the Palaestra, and leads to the entrance of the theatre. Having securely fastened the two first doors through which he passed, he entered the third with two or three bodyguards, his own family, and the king. The doors, however, which were secured by double bars, were only of lattice work and could therefore be seen through.
Book 15, Part 3
15.9.5οὐ γὰρ τῆς Λιβύης αὐτῆς οὐδὲ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἔμελλον κυριεύειν οἱ τῇ μάχῃ κρατήσαντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μερῶν τῆς οἰκουμένης, ὅσα νῦν πέπτωκεν ὑπὸ τὴν ἱστορίαν. ὃ καὶ συνέβη γενέσθαι μετʼ ὀλίγον.
15.9.6πλὴν ὁ μὲν Πόπλιος ἔθηκε τὰς τάξεις τῶν ἰδίων δυνάμεων τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.
15.9.7πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς ἁστάτους καὶ τὰς τούτων σημαίας ἐν διαστήμασιν, ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις τοὺς πρίγκιπας, τιθεὶς τὰς σπείρας οὐ κατὰ τὸ τῶν πρώτων σημαιῶν διάστημα, καθάπερ ἔθος ἐστὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ἀλλὰ καταλλήλους ἐν ἀποστάσει διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐλεφάντων· τελευταίους δʼ ἐπέστησε τοὺς τριαρίους.
15.9.8ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν κεράτων ἔταξε κατὰ μὲν τὸ λαιὸν Γάιον Λαίλιον, ἔχοντα τοὺς Ἰταλικοὺς ἱππέας, κατὰ δὲ τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος Μασαννάσαν μετὰ πάντων τῶν ὑφʼ ἑαυτὸν ταττομένων Νομάδων.
15.9.9τὰ δὲ διαστήματα τῶν πρώτων σημαιῶν ἀνεπλήρωσε ταῖς τῶν γροσφομάχων σπείραις, παραγγείλας τούτοις προκινδυνεύειν,
15.9.10ἐὰν δʼ ἐκβιάζωνται κατὰ τὴν τῶν θηρίων ἔφοδον, ἀποχωρεῖν, τοὺς μὲν καταταχοῦντας διὰ τῶν ἐπʼ εὐθείας διαστημάτων εἰς τοὐπίσω τῆς ὅλης δυνάμεως, τοὺς δὲ περικαταλαμβανομένους εἰς τὰ πλάγια παρίστασθαι διαστήματα κατὰ τὰς σημαίας.
15.10.1ταῦτα δʼ ἑτοιμασάμενος ἐπεπορεύετο παρακαλῶν τὰς δυνάμεις βραχέως μέν, οἰκείως δὲ τῆς ὑποκειμένης περιστάσεως.
15.10.2ἠξίου γὰρ μνημονεύοντας τῶν προγεγονότων ἀγώνων ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς γίνεσθαι, σφῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἀξίους, καὶ λαμβάνειν πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ὅτι κρατήσαντες μὲν τῶν ἐχθρῶν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐν Λιβύῃ πραγμάτων ἔσονται κύριοι βεβαίως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς ἄλλης οἰκουμένης τὴν ἡγεμονίαν καὶ δυναστείαν ἀδήριτον αὑτοῖς τε καὶ τῇ πατρίδι περιποιήσουσιν·
15.10.3ἐὰν δʼ ὡς ἄλλως ἐκβῇ τὰ κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον, οἱ μὲν ἀποθανόντες εὐγενῶς ἐν τῇ μάχῃ κάλλιστον ἐντάφιον ἕξουσι τὸν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος θάνατον, οἱ δὲ διαφυγόντες αἴσχιστον καὶ ἐλεεινότατον τὸν ἐπίλοιπον βίον.
15.10.4ἀσφάλειαν γὰρ τοῖς φυγοῦσιν οὐδεὶς ἱκανὸς περιποιῆσαι τόπος τῶν ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ· πεσοῦσι δʼ ὑπὸ τὰς τῶν Καρχηδονίων χεῖρας οὐκ ἄδηλα [εἶναι] τὰ συμβησόμενα τοῖς ὀρθῶς λογιζομένοις· "ὧν" ἔφη "μηδενὶ γένοιτο πεῖραν ὑμῶν λαβεῖν.
15.10.5τῆς δʼ οὖν τύχης ἡμῖν τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ἄθλων εἰς ἑκάτερον τὸ μέρος ἐκτεθεικυίας, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἴημεν ἀγεννέστατοι καὶ συλλήβδην ἀφρονέστατοι πάντων, εἰ παρέντες τὰ κάλλιστα τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἑλοίμεθα τὰ μέγιστα τῶν κακῶν διὰ φιλοζωίαν;
15.10.6" διόπερ ἠξίου δύο προθεμένους, ταῦτα δʼ ἐστὶν ἢ νικᾶν ἢ θνήσκειν, ὁμόσε χωρεῖν εἰς τοὺς πολεμίους.
15.10.7τοὺς γὰρ τοιαύτας ἔχοντας διαλήψεις κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἀεὶ κρατεῖν τῶν ἀντιταττομένων, ἐπειδὰν ἀπελπίσαντες τοῦ ζῆν ἴωσιν εἰς τὴν μάχην.
15.11.1ὁ μὲν οὖν Πόπλιος τοιαύτην ἐποιήσατο τὴν παραίνεσιν. ὁ δʼ Ἀννίβας τὰ μὲν θηρία πρὸ πάσης τῆς δυνάμεως, ὄντα πλείω τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς μισθοφόρους ἐπέστησε, περὶ μυρίους ὄντας καὶ δισχιλίους τὸν ἀριθμόν. οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Λιγυστῖνοι, Κελτοί, Βαλιαρεῖς, Μαυρούσιοι.
15.11.2τούτων δὲ κατόπιν παρενέβαλε τοὺς ἐγχωρίους Λίβυας καὶ Καρχηδονίους, ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι τοὺς ἐξ Ἰταλίας ἥκοντας μεθʼ αὑτοῦ, πλεῖον ἢ στάδιον ἀποστήσας τῶν προτεταγμένων.
15.11.3τὰ δὲ κέρατα διὰ τῶν ἱππέων ἠσφαλίσατο, θεὶς ἐπὶ μὲν τὸ λαιὸν τοὺς συμμάχους Νομάδας, ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ δεξιὸν τοὺς τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἱππεῖς.
15.11.4παρήγγειλε δὲ τοὺς ἰδίους στρατιώτας ἕκαστον παρακαλεῖν, ἀναφέροντας τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς νίκης ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὰς μεθʼ αὑτοῦ παραγεγενημένας δυνάμεις·
15.11.5τοῖς δὲ Καρχηδονίοις ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἡγουμένους τὰ συμβησόμενα περὶ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν ἐξαριθμεῖσθαι καὶ τιθέναι πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν, ἐὰν ἄλλως πως ἐκβῇ τὰ τῆς μάχης. οὗτοι μὲν οὖν οὕτως ἐποίουν τὸ παραγγελθέν.
15.11.6Ἀννίβας δὲ τοὺς μεθʼ αὑτοῦ παραγεγονότας ἐπιπορευόμενος ἠξίου καὶ παρεκάλει διὰ πλειόνων μνησθῆναι μὲν τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἑπτακαιδεκαέτους συνηθείας, μνησθῆναι δὲ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν προγεγονότων αὐτοῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀγώνων·
15.11.7ἐν οἷς ἀηττήτους γεγονότας οὐδʼ ἐλπίδα τοῦ νικᾶν οὐδέποτʼ ἔφη Ῥωμαίοις αὐτοὺς ἀπολελοιπέναι.
15.11.8τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, ἠξίου λαμβάνειν πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν χωρὶς τῶν κατὰ μέρος κινδύνων καὶ τῶν ἀναριθμήτων προτερημάτων τήν τε περὶ τὸν Τρεβίαν ποταμὸν μάχην πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τοῦ νῦν ἡγουμένου Ῥωμαίων, ὁμοίως τὴν ἐν Τυρρηνίᾳ πρὸς Φλαμίνιον μάχην, ἔτι δὲ τὴν περὶ Κάννας γενομένην πρὸς Αἰμίλιον,
15.11.9ἃς οὔτε κατὰ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὔτε κατὰ τὰς ἀρετὰς ἀξίας εἶναι συγκρίσεως πρὸς τὸν νῦν ἐπιφερόμενον κίνδυνον.
15.11.10καὶ ταῦτα λέγων ἀναβλέπειν αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευε καὶ τὴν τῶν ὑπεναντίων κατοπτεύειν τάξιν· οὐ γὰρ οἷον ἐλάττους, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ πολλοστὸν μέρος εἶναι τῶν τότε πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἀγωνισαμένων, ταῖς γε μὴν ἀρεταῖς οὐδὲ σύγκρισιν ἔχειν.
15.11.11ἐκείνους μὲν γὰρ ἀηττήτους ὄντας ἐξ ἀκεραίου διηγωνίσθαι πρὸς σφᾶς, τούτων δὲ τοὺς μὲν ἐκγόνους εἶναι, τοὺς δὲ λείψανα τῶν ἡττημένων ἐν Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ πεφευγότων αὐτὸν πλεονάκις.
15.11.12διόπερ [ᾤετο] δεῖν μὴ καταλῦσαι μήτε τὴν σφῶν αὐτῶν μήτε τὴν τοῦ προεστῶτος δόξαν καὶ προσηγορίαν, ἀλλʼ ἀγωνισαμένους εὐψύχως βεβαιῶσαι τὴν διαδεδομένην περὶ αὐτῶν φήμην, ὡς ὄντων ἀηττήτων.
15.11.13ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τοιαῦτα παρεκάλεσαν ἀμφό
15.12.1τεροι. ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἑκατέροις ἦν εὐτρεπῆ τὰ πρὸς τὸν κίνδυνον, πάλαι τῶν Νομαδικῶν ἱππέων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀκροβολιζομένων, τότε παρήγγειλε τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν ἐλεφάντων Ἀννίβας ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἔφοδον ἐπὶ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους.
15.12.2ἅμα δὲ τῷ πανταχόθεν τὰς σάλπιγγας καὶ τὰς βυκάνας ἀναβοῆσαι τινὰ μὲν διαταραχθέντα τῶν θηρίων ἐξ αὐτῆς ὥρμησε παλίσσυτα κατὰ τῶν βεβοηθηκότων τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις Νομάδων· τῶν περὶ τὸν Μασαννάσαν ταχέως ἐψιλώθη τὸ λαιὸν κέρας τῶν Καρχηδονίων.
15.12.3τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ συμπεσόντα τοῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων γροσφομάχοις ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ χωρίῳ τῶν παρατάξεων πολλὰ μὲν ἔπασχε κακά, πολλὰ δʼ ἐποίει τοὺς ὑπεναντίους,
15.12.4ἕως ὅτου πεφοβημένα τὰ μὲν διὰ τῶν διαστημάτων ἐξέπεσε, δεξαμένων αὐτὰ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀσφαλῶς κατὰ τὴν τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πρόνοιαν, τὰ δʼ ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν μέρος παραφυγόντα διὰ τῶν ἱππέων συνακοντιζόμενα τέλος εἰς τὸν ἔξω τόπον τῶν στρατοπέδων ἐξέπεσεν,
15.12.5ὅτε δὴ καὶ Λαίλιος ἅμα τῇ περὶ τοὺς ἐλέφαντας ταραχῇ συμβαλὼν ἠνάγκασε φυγεῖν τοὺς τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἱππεῖς προτροπάδην.
15.12.6οὗτος μὲν οὖν ἐπέκειτο τοῖς φεύγουσιν ἐκθύμως· τὸ δʼ ὅμοιον ἐποίει καὶ Μασαννάσας.
15.12.7κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον αἱ φάλαγγες ἀμφότεραι βάδην ἀλλήλαις καὶ σοβαρῶς ἐπῄεσαν, πλὴν τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας μετʼ Ἀννίβου παραγεγονότων· οὗτοι δʼ ἔμενον ἐπέχοντες τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τόπον.
15.12.8ἐπειδὴ δʼ ἐγγὺς ἦσαν ἀλλήλων, οἱ μὲν Ῥωμαῖοι κατὰ τὰ πάτρια συναλαλάξαντες καὶ συμψοφήσαντες τοῖς ξίφεσι τοὺς θυρεοὺς προσέβαλλον τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις,
15.12.9οἱ δὲ μισθοφόροι τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἀδιάκριτον ἐποίουν τὴν φωνὴν καὶ παρηλλαγμένην· οὐ γὰρ πάντων ἦν κατὰ τὸν ποιητὴν ὁ αὐτὸς θροῦς
15.12.9ἄλλη δʼ ἄλλων γλῶσσα, πολύκλητοι δʼ ἔσαν ἄνδρες, καθάπερ ἀρτίως ἐξηριθμησάμην.
15.13.1πάσης δʼ οὔσης ἐκ χειρὸς καὶ κατʼ ἄνδρα τῆς μάχης [διὰ τὸ μὴ δόρασι μηδὲ ξίφεσι χρῆσθαι τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους], τῇ μὲν εὐχερείᾳ καὶ τόλμῃ προεῖχον οἱ μισθοφόροι τὰς ἀρχάς, καὶ πολλοὺς κατετραυμάτιζον τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
15.13.2τῷ δὲ τῆς συντάξεως ἀκριβεῖ καὶ τῷ καθοπλισμῷ πιστεύοντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι μᾶλλον ἐπέβαινον εἰς τὸ πρόσθεν.
15.13.3ἅμα δὲ τοῖς μὲν Ῥωμαίοις ἑπομένων καὶ παρακαλούντων τῶν κατόπιν, τοῖς δὲ μισθοφόροις τῶν Καρχηδονίων οὐ συνεγγιζόντων οὐδὲ παραβοηθούντων, ἀλλʼ ἀποδειλιώντων ταῖς ψυχαῖς,
15.13.4πέρας ἐνέκλιναν οἱ βάρβαροι, καὶ δόξαντες ἐγκαταλείπεσθαι προφανῶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων, ἐπιπεσόντες κατὰ τὴν ἀποχώρησιν εἰς τοὺς ἐφεστῶτας ἔκτεινον τούτους.
15.13.5ὃ καὶ πολλοὺς ἠνάγκασε τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἀνδρωδῶς ἀποθανεῖν· φονευόμενοι γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν μισθοφόρων ἐμάχοντο παρὰ τὴν αὑτῶν προαίρεσιν ἅμα πρός τε τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους.
15.13.6ποιούμενοι δὲ τὸν κίνδυνον ἐκστατικῶς καὶ παρηλλαγμένως οὐκ ὀλίγους διέφθειραν καὶ τῶν ἰδίων καὶ τῶν ὑπεναντίων.
15.13.7καὶ δὴ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ συνέχεαν ἐπιπεσόντες τὰς τῶν ἁστάτων σημαίας· οἱ μέντοι τῶν πριγκίπων ἡγεμόνες συνθεασάμενοι τὸ γεγονὸς ἐπέστησαν τὰς αὑτῶν τάξεις.
15.13.8τῶν δὲ μισθοφόρων καὶ τῶν Καρχηδονίων τὸ πλεῖστον μέρος τὸ μὲν ὑφʼ αὑτῶν, τὸ δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν ἁστάτων αὐτοῦ κατεκόπη.
15.13.9τοὺς δὲ διασῳζομένους καὶ φεύγοντας οὐκ εἴασε καταμιγῆναι ταῖς δυνάμεσιν Ἀννίβας, ἀλλὰ προβαλέσθαι παραγγείλας τοῖς ἐπιστάταις ἐκώλυσε μὴ παραδέξασθαι τοὺς ἐγγίζοντας.
15.13.10ὅθεν ἠναγκάσθησαν οὗτοι μὲν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν ἐπὶ τὰ κέρατα καὶ τὰς ἐκ τούτων
15.14.1εὐρυχωρίας, γενομένου δὲ τοῦ μεταξὺ τόπου τῶν καταλειπομένων στρατοπέδων πλήρους αἵματος, φόνου, νεκρῶν, πολλὴν ἀπορίαν παρεῖχε τῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγῷ τὸ τῆς τροπῆς ἐμπόδιον·
15.14.2ὅ τε γὰρ τῶν νεκρῶν ὄλισθος, ὡς ἂν αἱμοφύρτων καὶ σωρηδὸν πεπτωκότων, ἥ τε τῶν χύδην ἐρριμμένων ὅπλων ὁμοῦ τοῖς πτώμασιν ἀλογία δυσχερῆ τὴν δίοδον ἔμελλε ποιήσειν τοῖς ἐν τάξει διαπορευομένοις.
Book 15, Part 8
15.30By this time the mob had collected from every part of the city in such numbers, that, not only was every foot of ground occupied, but the doorsteps and roofs also were crammed with human beings; and such a mingled storm of shouts and cries arose, as might be expected from a crowd in which women and children were mixed with men: for in Alexandria, as in Carthage, the children perform as conspicuous a part in such commotions as the men.
15.31Day now began to break and the uproar was still a confused babel of voices; but one cry made itself heard conspicuously above the rest, it was a call for THE KING. The first thing actually done was by the Macedonian guard: they left their quarters and seized the vestibule which served as the audience hall of the palace; then, after a brief pause, having ascertained whereabouts in the palace the king was, they went round to the covered walk, burst open the first doors, and, when they came to the next, demanded with loud shouts that the young king should be surrendered to them. Agathocles, recognising his danger, begged his bodyguards to go in his name to the Macedonians, to inform them that he resigned the guardianship of the king, and all offices, honours, or emoluments which he possessed, and only asked that his life should be granted him with a bare maintenance; that by sinking to his original situation in life he would be rendered incapable, even if he wished it, of being henceforth oppressive to any one. All the bodyguards refused except Aristomenes, who afterwards obtained the chief power in the state.
15.31This man was an Acarnanian, and, though far advanced in life when he obtained supreme power, he is thought to have made a most excellent and blameless guardian of the king and kingdom. And as he was distinguished in that capacity, so had he been remarkable before for his adulation of Agathocles in the time of his prosperity. He was the first, when entertaining Agathocles at his house, to distinguish him among his guests by the present of a gold diadem, an honour reserved by custom to the kings alone; he was the first too who ventured to wear his likeness on his ring; and when a daughter was born to him he named her Agathocleia.
15.31But to return to my story. Aristomenes undertook the mission, received his message, and made his way through a certain wicket-gate to the Macedonians. He stated his business in few words: the first impulse of the Macedonians was to stab him to death on the spot; but some of them held up their hands to protect him, and successfully begged his life. He accordingly returned with orders to bring the king or to come no more himself. Having dismissed Aristomenes with these words, the Macedonians proceeded to burst open the second door also. When convinced by their proceedings, no less than by the answers they had returned, of the fierce purpose of the Macedonians, the first idea of Agathocles was to thrust his hand through the latticed door,—while Agathocleia did the same with her breasts which she said had suckled the king,—and by every kind of entreaty to beg that the Macedonians would grant him bare life.
15.32But finding that his long and piteous appeals produced no effect, at last he sent out the young king with the bodyguards. As soon as they had got the king, the Macedonians placed him on a horse and conducted him to the stadium. His appearance being greeted with loud shouts and clapping of hands, they stopped the horse, and dismounting the child, ushered him to the royal stall and seated him there. But the feelings of the crowd were divided: they were delighted that the young king had been brought, but they were dissatisfied that the guilty persons had not been arrested and met with the punishment they deserved. Accordingly, they continued with loud cries to demand that the authors of all the mischief should be brought out and made an example. The day was wearing away, and yet the crowd had found no one on whom to wreak their vengeance, when Sosibius, who, though a son of the elder Sosibius, was at that time a member of the bodyguard, and as such had a special eye to the safety of the king and the State,—seeing that the furious desire of the multitude was implacable, and that the child was frightened at the unaccustomed faces that surrounded him and the uproar of the crowd, asked the king whether he would surrender to the populace those who had injured him or his mother. The boy having nodded assent, Sosibius bade some of the bodyguard announce the king’s decision, while he raised the young child from his seat and took him to his own house which was close by to receive proper attention and refreshment. When the message from the king was declared, the whole place broke out into a storm of cheering and clapping of hands. But meanwhile Agathocles and Agathocleia had separated and gone each to their own lodgings. Without loss of time soldiers, some voluntarily and others under pressure from the crowd, started in search of them.
15.33The beginning of actual bloodshed, however, was this. One of the servants and flatterers of Agathocles, whose name was Philo, came out to the stadium still flustered with wine. Seeing the fury of the multitude, he said to some bystanders that they would have cause to repent it again, as they had only the other day, if Agathocles were to come there. Of those who heard him some began to abuse him, while others pushed him about; and on his attempting to defend himself, some tore his cloak off his back, while others thrust their spears into him and wounded him mortally. He was dragged into the middle of the crowd breathing his last gasp; and, having thus tasted blood, the multitude began to look impatiently for the coming of the other victims. They had not to wait long. First appeared Agathocles dragged along bound hand and foot. No sooner had he entered than some soldiers rushed at him and struck him dead. And in doing so they were his friends rather than enemies, for they saved him from the horrible death which he deserved. Nicon was brought next, and after him Agathocleia stripped naked, with her two sisters; and following them the whole family. Last of all some men came bringing Oenanthe, whom they had torn from the temple of Demeter and Persephone, riding stripped naked upon a horse. They were all given up to the populace, who bit, and stabbed them, and knocked out their eyes, and, as soon as any one of them fell, tore him limb from limb, until they had utterly annihilated them all: for the savagery of the Egyptians when their passions are roused is indeed terrible. At the same time some young girls who had been brought up with Arsinoe, having learnt that Philammon, the chief agent in the murder of that Queen, had arrived three days before from Cyrene, rushed to his house; forced their way in; killed Philammon with stones and sticks; strangled his infant son; and, not content with this, dragged his wife naked into the street and put her to death.
15.33Such was the end of Agathocles and Agathocleia and their kinsfolk.
Book 15, Part 4
15.14.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν τραυματίας εἰς τοὐπίσω τῆς παρατάξεως κομισάμενος, τοὺς δʼ ἐπιδιώκοντας τῶν ἁστάτων ἀνακαλεσάμενος διὰ τῆς σάλπιγγος, τοὺς μὲν αὐτοῦ πρὸ τῆς μάχης κατὰ μέσους τοὺς πολεμίους ἐπέστησε,
15.14.4τοὺς δὲ πρίγκιπας καὶ τριαρίους πυκνώσας ἐφʼ ἑκάτερον τὸ κέρας προάγειν παρήγγειλε διὰ τῶν νεκρῶν.
15.14.5ἐπειδὴ δʼ ὑπερβάντες ἐξ ἴσου τοῖς ἁστάτοις ἐγένοντο, συνέβαλον αἱ φάλαγγες ἀλλήλαις μετὰ τῆς μεγίστης ὁρμῆς καὶ προθυμίας.
15.14.6ὄντων δὲ καὶ τῷ πλήθει καὶ τοῖς φρονήμασι καὶ ταῖς ἀρεταῖς καὶ τοῖς καθοπλισμοῖς παραπλησίων ἀμφοτέρων, ἄκριτον ἐπὶ πολὺ συνέβαινε γενέσθαι τὴν μάχην, ἐν αὐταῖς ταῖς χώραις ἐναποθνησκόντων τῶν ἀνδρῶν διὰ φιλοτιμίαν,
15.14.7ἕως οἱ περὶ τὸν Μασαννάσαν καὶ Λαίλιον ἀπὸ τοῦ διώγματος τῶν ἱππέων ἀνακάμπτοντες [καὶ] δαιμονίως εἰς δέοντα καιρὸν συνῆψαν.
15.14.8ὧν προσπεσόντων τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀννίβαν κατόπιν οἱ μὲν πλεῖστοι κατεκόπησαν ἐν τῇ τάξει, τῶν δὲ πρὸς φυγὴν ὁρμησάντων ὀλίγοι μὲν τελέως διέφυγον, ἅτε τῶν ἱππέων ἐν χερσὶν ὄντων καὶ τῶν τόπων ἐπιπέδων ὑπαρχόντων.
15.14.9ἔπεσον δὲ τῶν μὲν Ῥωμαίων ὑπὲρ τοὺς χιλίους πεντακοσίους, τῶν δὲ Καρχηδονίων ὑπὲρ δισμυρίους, αἰχμάλωτοι δʼ ἑάλωσαν οὐ πολὺ τούτων ἐλάττους.
15.15.1ἡ μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ πᾶσι γενομένη μάχη καὶ τὰ ὅλα κρίνασα Ῥωμαίοις διὰ τῶν προειρημένων ἡγεμόνων τοιοῦτον ἔσχε τὸ τέλος·
15.15.2μετὰ δὲ τὴν μάχην Πόπλιος μὲν ἐπακολουθήσας καὶ διαρπάσας τὸν χάρακα τῶν Καρχηδονίων αὖτις ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν.
15.15.3Ἀννίβας δὲ μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ποιούμενος τὴν ἀναχώρησιν εἰς Ἀδρύμητα διεσώθη, πάντα τὰ δυνατὰ ποιήσας κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον, ὅσα τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἔδει στρατηγὸν καὶ πολλῶν ἤδη πραγμάτων πεῖραν εἰληφότα.
15.15.4πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ εἰς λόγους συνελθὼν ἐπειράθη διʼ αὑτοῦ λύσιν ποιήσασθαι τῶν ἐνεστώτων·
15.15.5τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶ τοῦ προειδότος τὰ κατορθώματα, ἀλλʼ ἀπιστοῦντος τῇ τύχῃ καὶ προορωμένου τὰ περὶ τὰς μάχας ἐκβαίνοντα παράλογα.
15.15.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συγκαταστὰς εἰς τὸν κίνδυνον οὕτως ἐχρήσατο τοῖς πράγμασιν ὥστε μὴ δυνατὸν εἶναι βέλτιον πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀγῶνα συστήσασθαι, παραπλησίῳ καθοπλισμῷ χρώμενον, οὗ τότε συνεστήσατʼ Ἀννίβας.
15.15.7οὔσης γὰρ δυσδιασπάστου τῆς Ῥωμαίων τάξεως καὶ δυνάμεως, τὸν ἄνδρα συνέβη καὶ καθόλου καὶ κατὰ μέρη μάχεσθαι πρὸς πάσας τὰς ἐπιφανείας διὰ τῆς μιᾶς ἐκτάξεως, ἀεὶ τῶν ἔγγιστα τῷ δεινῷ σημαιῶν συνεπιστρεφουσῶν πρὸς τὸ δεόμενον.
15.15.8ἔτι δὲ τοῦ καθοπλισμοῦ σκέπην καὶ θράσος παρασκευάζοντος καὶ διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ θυρεοῦ καὶ τὴν τῆς μαχαίρας ὑπομονὴν τῶν πληγῶν, δύσμαχοι γίνονται καὶ δυσκαταγώνιστοι
15.16.1διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας. ἀλλʼ ὅμως πρὸς ἕκαστα τούτων οὕτως ἐνδεχομένως Ἀννίβας ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον ἡρμόσατο παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ὥσθʼ ὑπερβολὴν μὴ καταλιπεῖν.
15.16.2τὸ μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἐλεφάντων πλῆθος ἐξ αὐτῆς παρεσκευάσατο καὶ τότε προεβάλετο χάριν τοῦ συνταράξαι καὶ διασπάσαι τὰς τάξεις τῶν ὑπεναντίων·
15.16.3τοὺς δὲ μισθοφόρους προέταξε καὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους ἔθηκε μετὰ τούτους ἕνεκα τοῦ προεκλῦσαι μὲν τῷ κόπῳ τὰ σώματα τῶν πολεμίων, ἀχρειῶσαι δὲ τὰς ἀκμὰς τῶν ὅπλων διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν φονευομένων, ἀναγκάσαι δὲ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους μέσους ὄντας μένειν καὶ μάχεσθαι κατὰ τὸν ποιητὴν
15.16.3ὄφρα καὶ οὐκ ἐθέλων τις ἀναγκαίῃ πολεμίζοι.
15.16.4τοὺς δὲ μαχιμωτάτους καὶ στασιμωτάτους τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐν ἀποστάσει παρενέβαλε χάριν τοῦ προορωμένους ἐκ πολλοῦ τὸ συμβαῖνον καὶ διαμένοντας ἀκεραίους τοῖς τε σώμασι καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς σὺν καιρῷ χρήσασθαι ταῖς σφετέραις ἀρεταῖς.
15.16.5εἰ δὲ πάντα τὰ δυνατὰ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸ νικᾶν ἐσφάλη τὸν πρὸ τούτου χρόνον ἀήττητος ὤν, συγγνώμην δοτέον·
15.16.6ἔστι μὲν γὰρ ὅτε καὶ ταὐτόματον ἀντέπραξε ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν, ἔστι δʼ ὅτε πάλιν κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν
15.16.6ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν ἄλλου κρείττονος ἀντέτυχεν· ὃ δὴ καὶ τότε γεγονέναι περὶ ἐκεῖνον φήσειεν ἄν τις. —
15.17.1τὰ γὰρ ὑπεραίροντα τὴν κοινὴν συνήθειαν τῶν παρʼ ἐνίοις ἐθισμῶν, ὅταν μὲν αὐτοπαθῶς δόξῃ γίνεσθαι διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν συμπτωμάτων, ἔλεον ἐκκαλεῖται παρὰ τοῖς ὁρῶσι καὶ τοῖς ἀκούουσι, καὶ συγκινεῖ πως ἕκαστον ἡμῶν ὁ ξενισμός·
15.17.2ἐπὰν δὲ φαίνηται γοητείας χάριν καὶ καθʼ ὑπόκρισιν γίνεσθαι τὸ τοιοῦτον, οὐκ ἔλεον, ἀλλʼ ὀργὴν ἐξεργάζεται καὶ μῖσος. ὃ καὶ τότε συνέβη γενέσθαι περὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς τῶν Καρχηδονίων. —
15.17.3ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος διὰ βραχέων ἤρξατο λέγειν πρὸς αὐτούς, ὡς ἐκείνων μὲν χάριν οὐδὲν ὀφείλουσι ποιεῖν φιλάνθρωπον, ὁμολογούντων αὐτῶν διότι καὶ τὸν πόλεμον ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπενέγκαιεν Ῥωμαίοις, παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας ἐξανδραποδισάμενοι τὴν Ζακανθαίων πόλιν, καὶ πρῴην παρασπονδήσαιεν, ἀθετήσαντες τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς ἐγγράπτους ὁμολογίας·
15.17.4αὑτῶν δὲ χάριν ἔφησε καὶ τῆς τύχης καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων κεκρίσθαι σφίσι πρᾴως χρῆσθαι καὶ μεγαλοψύχως τοῖς πράγμασι.
15.17.5φανήσεσθαι δὲ τοῦτο κἀκείνοις ἔφησεν, ἐὰν ὀρθῶς διαλαμβάνωσι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων· οὐ γὰρ εἴ τι πάσχειν ἢ ποιεῖν ἢ διδόναι σφίσιν ἐπιταχθήσεται, τοῦτο δεῖν νομίζειν δεινόν, ἀλλʼ εἴ τι συγχωρηθήσεται φιλάνθρωπον, τοῦτο μᾶλλον ἡγεῖσθαι παράδοξον,
15.17.6ἐπείπερ ἡ τύχη παρελομένη τὸν ἔλεον αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν συγγνώμην διὰ τὴν σφετέραν ἀδικίαν ὑποχειρίους πεποίηκε τοῖς ἐχθροῖς.
15.17.7ταῦτα δʼ εἰπὼν ἔλεγε τὰ φιλάνθρωπα τὰ διδόμενα, καὶ πάλιν ἃ δέον ἦν ὑπομένειν αὐτούς.
15.18.1ἦν δὲ τὰ κεφάλαια τῶν προτεινομένων ταῦτα. πόλεις ἔχειν κατὰ Λιβύην ἃς καὶ πρότερον εἶχον ἢ τὸν τελευταῖον πόλεμον ἐξενεγκεῖν Ῥωμαίοις, καὶ χώραν ἣν καὶ τὸ παλαιὸν εἶχον, κτήνη καὶ σώματα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην ὕπαρξιν,
15.18.2ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης ἀσινεῖς Καρχηδονίους ὑπάρχειν, ἔθεσι καὶ νόμοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις, ἀφρουρήτους ὄντας.
15.18.3ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἦν τὰ φιλάνθρωπα, τὰ δʼ ἐναντία τούτοις πάλιν τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἀνοχὰς ἀδικήματα γενόμενα πάντα Καρχηδονίους ἀποκαταστῆσαι Ῥωμαίοις, τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους καὶ δραπέτας ἐκ παντὸς ἀποδοῦναι τοῦ χρόνου, τὰ μακρὰ πλοῖα παραδοῦναι πάντα πλὴν δέκα τριήρων, ὁμοίως καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἐλέφαντας.
15.18.4πόλεμον μηδενὶ τῶν ἔξω τῆς Λιβύης ἐπιφέρειν καθόλου μηδὲ τῶν ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ χωρὶς τῆς Ῥωμαίων γνώμης·
15.18.5οἰκίας καὶ χώραν καὶ πόλεις, καὶ εἴ τι ἕτερόν ἐστι Μασαννάσου τοῦ βασιλέως ἢ τῶν προγόνων ἐντὸς τῶν ἀποδειχθησομένων ὅρων αὐτοῖς πάντα ἀποδοῦναι Μασαννάσᾳ·
15.18.6σιτομετρῆσαί τε τὴν δύναμιν τριμήνου καὶ μισθοδοτῆσαι μέχρι ἂν ἐκ Ῥώμης ἀντιφωνηθῇ τι κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας·
15.18.7ἐξενεγκεῖν ἀργυρίου τάλαντα μύρια Καρχηδονίους ἐν ἔτεσι πεντήκοντα, φέροντας καθʼ ἕκαστον ἐνιαυτὸν Εὐβοϊκὰ τάλαντα διακόσια·
15.18.8ὁμήρους δοῦναι πίστεως χάριν ἑκατὸν οὓς ἂν προγράψῃ τῶν νέων ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων, μὴ νεωτέρους τετταρεσκαίδεκα ἐτῶν μηδὲ πρεσβυτέρους τριάκοντα.
15.19.1ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ στρατηγὸς εἶπε τῶν Ῥωμαίων τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς· οἱ δʼ ἀκούσαντες ἠπείγοντο καὶ διεσάφουν τοῖς ἐν τῇ πατρίδι.
15.19.2καθʼ ὃν δὴ καιρὸν λέγεται, μέλλοντός τινος τῶν ἐκ τῆς γερουσίας ἀντιλέγειν τοῖς προτεινομένοις καὶ καταρχομένου, προελθόντα τὸν Ἀννίβαν κατασπάσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἀπὸ τοῦ βήματος.
15.19.3τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν ἐξοργισθέντων διὰ τὸ παρὰ τὴν συνήθειαν αὐτὸν τοῦτο πρᾶξαι, πάλιν τὸν Ἀννίβαν ἀναστάντα φασὶν ἀγνοεῖν μὲν ὁμολογῆσαι, δεῖν δὲ συγγνώμην ἔχειν, εἴ τι παρὰ τοὺς ἐθισμοὺς πράττει, γινώσκοντας ὅτι τὴν μὲν ἔξοδον ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος ἐνναέτης ὢν ποιήσαιτο, πλείω δὲ τῶν πέντε καὶ τετταράκοντʼ ἐτῶν ἔχων εἰς αὐτὴν ἐπανήκει.
15.19.4διόπερ ἠξίου μὴ τοῦτο σκοπεῖν, εἴ τι παραπέπαικε τῆς συνηθείας, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον, εἰ τοῖς τῆς πατρίδος πράγμασιν ἀληθινῶς συμπάσχει· διὰ γὰρ ταῦτα καὶ νῦν εἰς τὴν ἀλογίαν ἐμπεπτωκένει ταύτην.
15.19.5θαυμαστὸν γὰρ αὐτῷ φανῆναι καὶ τελέως ἐξηλλαγμένον, εἴ τις ὑπάρχων Καρχηδόνιος καὶ συνειδὼς τὰ βεβουλευμένα καὶ κοινῇ τῇ πατρίδι καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ἑκάστοις ἡμῶν κατὰ Ῥωμαίων οὐ προσκυνεῖ τὴν τύχην, εἰ γεγονὼς ὑποχείριος τοιούτων τυγχάνει φιλανθρώπων·
15.19.6οὓς εἴ τις ὀλίγαις πρότερον ἡμέραις ἤρετο πόσʼ ἐλπίζουσι πείσεσθαι τὴν πατρίδα κρατησάντων Ῥωμαίων, οὐδʼ ἂν εἰπεῖν οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν διὰ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῶν προφαινομένων αὐτοῖς κακῶν.
15.19.7διόπερ ἠξίου καὶ νῦν μηδʼ ἐπὶ λόγον ἄγειν, ἀλλʼ ὁμοθυμαδὸν δεξαμένους τὰ προτεινόμενα θύειν τοῖς θεοῖς, καὶ πάντας εὔχεσθαι βεβαιῶσαι ταῦτα τὸν δῆμον τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
15.19.8φανέντος δὲ φρονίμως αὐτοῦ καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς οἰκείως συμβουλεύειν, ἔδοξε ποιεῖσθαι τὰς συνθήκας ἐπὶ τοῖς προειρημένοις.
15.19.9καὶ τὸ μὲν συνέδριον παραυτίκα πρεσβευτὰς ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς ἀνθομολογησομένους ὑπὲρ τούτων.
15.20.1τοῦτο δὲ τίς οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσειε, πῶς, ὅτε μὲν αὐτὸς ὁ Πτολεμαῖος ζῶν οὐ προσεδεῖτο τῆς τούτων ἐπικουρίας,
Book 15, Part 9
15.34I am quite aware of the miraculous occurrences and embellishments which the chroniclers of this event have added to their narrative with a view of producing a striking effect upon their hearers, making more of their comments on the story than of the story itself and the main incidents. Some ascribe it entirely to Fortune, and take the opportunity of expatiating on her fickleness and the difficulty of being on one’s guard against her. Others dwell upon the unexpectedness of the event, and try to assign its causes and probabilities. It was not my purpose, however, to treat this episode in this way, because Agathocles was not a man of conspicuous courage or ability as a soldier; nor particularly successful or worth imitating as a statesman; nor, lastly, eminent for his acuteness as a courtier or cunning as an intriguer, by which latter accomplishments Sosibius and many others have managed to keep one king after another under their influence to the last day of their lives. The very opposite of all this may be said of this man. For though he obtained high promotion owing to Philopator’s feebleness as a king; and though after his death he had the most favourable opportunity of consolidating his power, he yet soon fell into contempt, and lost his position and his life at once, thanks to his own want of courage and vigour.
15.35To such a story then no such dissertation is required, as was in place, for instance, in the case of the Sicilian monarchs, Agathocles and Dionysius, and certain others who have administered governments with reputation. For the former of these, starting from a plebeian and humble position—having been, as Timaeus sneeringly remarks, a potter—came from the wheel, clay, and smoke, quite a young man to Syracuse. And, to begin with, both these men in their respective generations became tyrants of Syracuse, a city that had obtained at that time the greatest reputation and the greatest wealth of any in the world; and afterwards were regarded as suzerains of all Sicily, and lords of certain districts in Italy. While, for his part, Agathocles not only made an attempt upon Africa, but eventually died in possession of the greatness he had acquired. It is on this account that the story is told of Publius Scipio, the first conqueror of the Carthaginians, that being asked whom he considered to have been the most skilful administrators and most distinguished for boldness combined with prudence, he replied, the Sicilians Agathocles and Dionysius. Now, in the case of such men as these, it is certainly right to try to arrest the attention of our readers, and, I suppose, to speak of Fortune and the mutability of human affairs, and in fact to point a moral: but in the case of such men as we have been speaking of, it is quite out of place to do so.
15.36For these reasons I have rejected all idea of making too much of the story of Agathocles. But another and the strongest reason was that all such wonderful and striking catastrophes are only worth listening to once; not only are subsequent exhibitions of them unprofitable to ear and eye, but elaborate harping upon soon becomes simply troublesome. For those who are engaged on representing anything either to eye or ear can have only two objects to aim at,—pleasure and profit; and in history, more than in anything else, excessive prolixity on events of tragic interest fails of both these objects. For, in the first place, who would wish to emulate extraordinary catastrophes? And next, no one likes to be continually seeing and hearing things that are unnatural and beyond the ordinary conceptions of mankind. We are, indeed, eager to see and hear such things once and for the first time, because we want to know that a thing is possible which was supposed to be impossible: but when once convinced on that point no one is pleased at lingering on the Unnatural; but in fact would rather not come across it at all oftener than need be. In fact, the dwelling upon misfortunes which exceed the ordinary limits is more suitable to tragedy than to history. But perhaps we ought to make allowances for men who have studied neither nature nor universal history. They think, I presume, that the most important and astonishing events in all history are those which they happen to have come across themselves or to have heard from others, and they therefore give their attention exclusively to those. They accordingly do not perceive that they are making a mistake in expatiating on events which are neither novel,—for they have been narrated by others before,— nor capable of giving instruction or pleasure. So much on this point. . . .
15.37King Antiochus, at the beginning of his reign, was thought to be a man of great enterprise and courage, and great vigour in the execution of his purposes; but as he grew older his character evidently deteriorated in itself, and disappointed the expectation of the world. . . .
Book 15, Part 5
15.20.2ἕτοιμοι βοηθεῖν ἦσαν, ὅτε δʼ ἐκεῖνος μετήλλαξε καταλιπὼν παιδίον νήπιον, ᾧ κατὰ φύσιν ἀμφοῖν ἐπέβαλλε συσσῴζειν τὴν βασιλείαν, τότε παρακαλέσαντες ἀλλήλους ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὸ διελόμενοι τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἀρχὴν ἐπανελέσθαι τὸν ἀπολελειμμένον,
15.20.3οὐδʼ οὖν, καθάπερ οἱ τύραννοι, βραχεῖαν δή τινα προβαλλόμενοι τῆς αἰσχύνης πρόφασιν, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀνέδην καὶ θηριωδῶς οὕτως ὥστε προσοφλεῖν τὸν λεγόμενον τῶν ἰχθύων βίον, ἐν οἷς φασιν ὁμοφύλοις οὖσι τὴν τοῦ μείονος ἀπώλειαν τῷ μείζονι τροφὴν γίνεσθαι καὶ βίον.
15.20.4ἐξ ὧν τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐμβλέψας οἷον εἰς κάτοπτρον εἰς τὴν συνθήκην ταύτην αὐτόπτης δόξειε γίνεσθαι τῆς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἀσεβείας καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ὠμότητος, ἔτι δὲ τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης πλεονεξίας τῶν προειρημένων βασιλέων;
15.20.5οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τίς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως τῇ τύχῃ μεμψάμενος ἐπὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων ἐν τούτοις ἀντικαταλλαγείη, διότι ἐκείνοις μὲν ἐπέθηκε μετὰ ταῦτα τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν δίκην, τοῖς δʼ ἐπιγενομένοις ἐξέθηκε κάλλιστον ὑπόδειγμα πρὸς ἐπανόρθωσιν τὸν τῶν προειρημένων βασιλέων παραδειγματισμόν;
15.20.6ἔτι γὰρ αὐτῶν παρασπονδούντων μὲν ἀλλήλους, διασπωμένων δὲ τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἀρχήν, ἐπιστήσασα Ῥωμαίους, ἁκεῖνοι κατὰ τῶν πέλας ἐβουλεύσαντο παρανόμως, ταῦτα κατʼ ἐκείνων δικαίως ἐκύρωσε καὶ καθηκόντως.
15.20.7παραυτίκα γὰρ ἑκάτεροι διὰ τῶν ὅπλων ἡττηθέντες οὐ μόνον ἐκωλύθησαν τῆς τῶν ἀλλοτρίων ἐπιθυμίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγκλεισθέντες εἰς φόρους ὑπέμειναν Ῥωμαίοις τὸ προσταττόμενον ποιεῖν.
15.20.8τὸ τελευταῖον ἐν πάνυ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ τὴν μὲν Πτολεμαίου βασιλείαν ἡ τύχη διώρθωσε, τὰς δὲ τούτων δυναστείας καὶ τοὺς διαδόχους τοὺς μὲν ἄρδην ἀναστάτους ἐποίησε καὶ πανωλέθρους, τοὺς δὲ μικροῦ δεῖν τοῖς αὐτοῖς περιέβαλε συμπτώμασι. —
15.21.1ὅτι Μολπαγόρας τις ἦν παρὰ τοῖς Κιανοῖς, ἀνὴρ καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν ἱκανός, κατὰ δὲ τὴν αἵρεσιν δημαγωγικὸς καὶ πλεονέκτης.
15.21.2ὃς πρὸς χάριν ὁμιλῶν τῷ πλήθει καὶ τοὺς εὐκαιροῦντας τοῖς βίοις ὑποβάλλων τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ τινὰς μὲν εἰς τέλος ἀναιρῶν, τινὰς δὲ φυγαδεύων καὶ τὰς οὐσίας τὰς τούτων δημεύων καὶ διαδιδοὺς τοῖς πολλοῖς, ταχέως τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ περιεποιήσατο μοναρχικὴν ἐξουσίαν. —
15.21.3Κιανοὶ μὲν οὖν περιέπεσον τηλικαύταις συμφοραῖς οὐχ οὕτως διὰ τὴν τύχην οὐδὲ διὰ τὴν τῶν πέλας ἀδικίαν, τὸ δὲ πλεῖον διὰ τὴν αὑτῶν ἀβουλίαν καὶ κακοπολιτείαν,
15.21.4προάγοντες ἀεὶ τοὺς χειρίστους καὶ κολάζοντες τοὺς ἐναντιουμένους τούτοις, ἵνα διαιρῶνται τὰς ἀλλήλων οὐσίας,
15.21.5εἰς ταύτας οἷον ἐθελοντὴν ἐνέπεσον τὰς ἀτυχίας, εἰς ἃς οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως πάντες ἄνθρωποι προφανῶς ἐμπίπτοντες οὐ δύνανται λῆξαι τῆς ἀνοίας, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ βραχὺ διαπιστῆσαι [ῥᾴδιον], καθάπερ ἔνια τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων.
15.21.6ἐκεῖνα γὰρ οὐ μόνον ἐὰν αὐτά που δυσχρηστήσῃ περὶ τὰ δελέατα καὶ τὰς ἄρκυς, ἀλλὰ κἂν ἕτερον ἴδῃ κινδυνεῦον, οὐκ ἂν ἔτι ῥᾳδίως αὐτὰ προσαγάγοις πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν τοιούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν τόπον ὑποπτεύει καὶ παντὶ τῷ φαινομένῳ διαπιστεῖ.
15.21.7οἱ δʼ ἄνθρωποι τὰς μὲν ἀκούοντες ἀπολλυμένας πόλεις ἄρδην τῷ προειρημένῳ τρόπῳ, τὰς δʼ ἀκμὴν ὁρῶντες, ὅμως, ὅταν τις χρησάμενος τῷ πρὸς χάριν λόγῳ προτείνῃ τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς ἐξ ἀλλήλων ἐπανορθώσεως, προσίασι πρὸς τὸ δέλεαρ ἀνεπιστάτως,
15.21.8σαφῶς εἰδότες ὅτι τῶν τὰ τοιαῦτα δελέατα καταπιόντων οὐδεὶς οὐδέποτε σέσωσται, πᾶσι δʼ ὁμολογουμένως ὄλεθρον ἐπήνεγκαν αἱ τοιαῦται πολιτεῖαι.
15.22.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος κύριος γενόμενος τῆς πόλεως περιχαρὴς ἦν, ὡς καλήν τινα καὶ σεμνὴν πρᾶξιν ἐπιτετελεσμένος καὶ βεβοηθηκὼς μὲν προθύμως τῷ κηδεστῇ, καταπεπληγμένος δὲ πάντας τοὺς ἀλλοτριάζοντας, σωμάτων δὲ καὶ χρημάτων εὐπορίαν ἐκ τοῦ δικαίου περιπεποιημένος.
15.22.2τὰ δʼ ἐναντία τούτοις οὐ καθεώρα, καίπερ ὄντα προφανῆ, πρῶτον μὲν ὡς οὐκ ἀδικουμένῳ, παρασπονδοῦντι δὲ τῷ κηδεστῇ τοὺς πέλας ἐβοήθει,
15.22.3δεύτερον ὅτι πόλιν Ἑλληνίδα περιβαλὼν τοῖς μεγίστοις ἀτυχήμασιν ἀδίκως ἔμελλε κυρώσειν τὴν περὶ αὐτοῦ διαδεδομένην φήμην ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰς τοὺς φίλους ὠμότητος, ἐξ ἀμφοῖν δὲ δικαίως καὶ κληρονομήσειν παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν ἐπʼ ἀσεβείᾳ δόξαν,
15.22.4τρίτον ὡς ἐνυβρίκει τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν προειρημένων πόλεων πρεσβευταῖς, οἳ παρῆσαν ἐξελούμενοι τοὺς Κιανοὺς ἐκ τῶν περιεστώτων κακῶν, ὑπὸ δʼ ἐκείνου παρακαλούμενοι καὶ διαγελώμενοι καθʼ ἡμέραν ἠναγκάσθησαν αὐτόπται γενέσθαι τούτων,
15.22.5ὧν ἥκιστʼ ἂν ἐβουλήθησαν, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὅτι τοὺς Ῥοδίους οὕτως ἀπετεθηριώκει τότε πρὸς αὑτὸν ὥστε μηδένα λόγον ἔτι προσίεσθαι
15.23.1περὶ Φιλίππου. καὶ γὰρ ἡ τύχη πρός γε τοῦτο τὸ μέρος αὐτῷ συνήργησε προφανῶς.
15.23.2ὅτε γὰρ ὁ πρεσβευτὴν ἐν τῷ θεάτρῳ τὸν ἀπολογισμὸν ἐποιεῖτο πρὸς τοὺς Ῥοδίους, ἐμφανίζων τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου μεγαλοψυχίαν, καὶ διότι τρόπον τινὰ κρατῶν ἤδη τῆς πόλεως δίδωσι τῷ δήμῳ τὴν χάριν ταύτην, ποιεῖ δὲ τοῦτο βουλόμενος ἐλέγξαι μὲν τὰς τῶν ἀντιπραττόντων αὐτῷ διαβολάς, φανερὰν δὲ τῇ πόλει καταστῆσαι τὴν αὑτοῦ προαίρεσιν·
15.23.3καὶ παρῆν τις ἐκ κατάπλου πρὸς τὸ πρυτανεῖον ἀναγγέλλων τὸν ἐξανδραποδισμὸν τῶν Κιανῶν καὶ τὴν ὠμότητα τοῦ Φιλίππου τὴν ἐν τούτοις γεγενημένην,
15.23.4ὥστε τοὺς Ῥοδίους, ἔτι μεταξὺ τοῦ πρεσβευτοῦ τὰ προειρημένα λέγοντος, ἐπεὶ προελθὼν ὁ πρύτανις διεσάφει τὰ προσηγγελμένα, μὴ δύνασθαι πιστεῦσαι διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς ἀθεσίας.
15.23.5Φίλιππος μὲν οὖν, παρασπονδήσας οὐχ οὕτως Κιανοὺς ὡς ἑαυτόν, εἰς τοιαύτην ἄγνοιαν ἢ καὶ παράπτωσιν τοῦ καθήκοντος ἧκεν ὥστʼ ἐφʼ οἷς ἐχρῆν αἰσχύνεσθαι καθʼ ὑπερβολήν, ἐπὶ τούτοις ὡς καλοῖς σεμνύνεσθαι καὶ μεγαλαυχεῖν·
15.23.6ὁ δὲ τῶν Ῥοδίων δῆμος ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς ἡμέρας ὡς περὶ πολεμίου διελάμβανε τοῦ Φιλίππου, καὶ πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν σκοπὸν ἐποιεῖτο τὰς παρασκευάς.
15.23.7παραπλήσιον δὲ καὶ τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς μῖσος ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πράξεως ἐνειργάσατο πρὸς αὑτόν·
15.23.8ἄρτι γὰρ διαλελυμένος καὶ τὰς χεῖρας ἐκτείνων πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος, οὐδεμιᾶς προφάσεως ἐγγινομένης, φίλων ὑπαρχόντων καὶ συμμάχων Αἰτωλῶν, Λυσιμαχέων,
15.23.9Καλχηδονίων, Κιανῶν, βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον, πρῶτον μὲν προσηγάγετο τὴν Λυσιμαχέων πόλιν, ἀποσπάσας ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν συμμαχίας, δευτέραν δὲ τὴν Καλχηδονίων, τρίτην δὲ τὴν Κιανῶν ἐξηνδραποδίσατο, στρατηγοῦ παρʼ Αἰτωλῶν ἐν αὐτῇ διατρίβοντος καὶ προεστῶτος τῶν κοινῶν. Προυσίας δέ,
15.23.10καθὸ μὲν ἡ πρόθεσις αὐτοῦ συντελείας ἔτυχε, περιχαρὴς ἦν, καθὸ δὲ τὰ μὲν ἆθλα τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἕτερος ἀπέφερεν, αὐτὸς δὲ πόλεως οἰκόπεδον ἔρημον ἐκληρονόμει, δυσχερῶς διέκειτο, ποιεῖν δʼ οὐδὲν οἷός τʼ ἦν. —
15.24.1ὅτι Φίλιππος κατὰ τὸν ἀνάπλουν ἕτερον ἐφʼ ἑτέρῳ παρασπόνδημα μεταχειριζόμενος προσέσχε περὶ μέσον ἡμέρας πρὸς τὴν τῶν Θασίων πόλιν, καὶ ταύτην φιλίαν οὖσαν ἐξηνδραποδίσατο. —
15.24.2Θάσιοι εἶπον πρὸς Μητρόδωρον τὸν Φιλίππου στρατηγὸν παραδοῦναι τὴν πόλιν εἰ διατηρήσοι αὐτοὺς ἀφρουρήτους, ἀφορολογήτους, ἀνεπισταθμεύτους, νόμοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις. —
15.24.2συγχωρεῖν τὸν βασιλέα Θασίους ἀφρουρήτους,
15.24.3ἀφορολογήτους, ἀνεπισταθμεύτους, νόμοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις. ἐπισημηναμένων δὲ μετὰ κραυγῆς πάντων τὰ ῥηθέντα παρήγαγον τὸν Φίλιππον εἰς τὴν πόλιν. —
15.24.4ἴσως μὲν γὰρ πάντες οἱ βασιλεῖς κατὰ τὰς πρώτας ἀρχὰς πᾶσι προτείνουσι τὸ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὄνομα καὶ φίλους προσαγορεύουσι καὶ συμμάχους τοὺς κοινωνήσαντας σφίσι τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων, καθικόμενοι δὲ τῶν πράξεων παρὰ πόδας οὐ συμμαχικῶς, ἀλλὰ δεσποτικῶς χρῶνται τοῖς πιστεύσασι·
15.24.5διὸ καὶ τοῦ μὲν καλοῦ διαψεύδονται, τοῦ δὲ παραυτὰ συμφέροντος ὡς ἐπίπαν οὐκ ἀποτυγχάνουσι·
15.24.6τὸ δʼ ἐπιβαλλόμενον τοῖς μεγίστοις καὶ περιλαμβάνοντα ταῖς ἐλπίσι τὴν οἰκουμένην καὶ πάσας ἀκμὴν ἀκεραίους ἔχοντα τὰς ἐπιβολὰς εὐθέως ἐν τοῖς ἐλαχίστοις καὶ πρώτοις τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων ἐπικηρύττειν ἅπασι τὴν ἀθεσίαν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀβεβαιότητα πῶς οὐκ ἂν δόξειεν ἀλόγιστον εἶναι καὶ μανικόν;
15.24a.1ὅτι ἐπεὶ πάσας καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος τὰς κατάλληλα πράξεις γενομένας κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ἐξηγούμεθα, δῆλον ὡς ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι τὸ τέλος ἐπʼ ἐνίων πρότερον ἐκφέρειν τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἐπειδὰν πρότερος ὁ τόπος ὑποπέσῃ κατὰ τὸν τῆς ὅλης ὑποθέσεως μερισμὸν καὶ κατὰ τὴν τῆς διηγήσεως ἔφοδον ὁ τὴν συντέλειαν τῆς πράξεως ἔχων τοῦ τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν ἐπιβολὴν περιέχοντος. —
15.25.1ὅτι Σωσίβιος ὁ ψευδεπίτροπος Πτολεμαίου ἐδόκει γεγονέναι σκεῦος ἀγχίνουν καὶ πολυχρόνιον, ἔτι δὲ κακοποιὸν ἐν βασιλείᾳ,
15.25.2καὶ πρώτῳ μὲν ἀρτῦσαι φόνον Λυσιμάχῳ, ὃς ἦν υἱὸς Ἀρσινόης τῆς Λυσιμάχου καὶ Πτολεμαίου, δευτέρῳ δὲ Μάγᾳ τῷ Πτολεμαίου καὶ Βερενίκης τῆς Μάγα, τρίτῃ δὲ Βερενίκῃ τῇ Πτολεμαίου μητρὶ τοῦ Φιλοπάτορος, τετάρτῳ Κλεομένει τῷ Σπαρτιάτῃ, πέμπτῃ θυγατρὶ Βερενίκης Ἀρσινόῃ. —
15.25.3μετὰ δʼ ἡμέρας τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρας ἐν τῷ μεγίστῳ περιστύλῳ τῆς αὐλῆς οἰκοδομήσαντες βῆμα συνεκάλεσαν τοὺς ὑπασπιστὰς καὶ τὴν θεραπείαν, ἅμα δὲ τούτοις τοὺς πεζῶν καὶ τοὺς ἱππέων ἡγεμόνας.
15.25.4ἁθροισθέντων δὲ τούτων ἀναβὰς Ἀγαθοκλῆς καὶ Σωσίβιος ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα πρῶτον μὲν τὸν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τὸν τῆς βασιλίσσης θάνατον ἀνθωμολογήσαντο καὶ τὸ πένθος ἀνέφηναν τοῖς πολλοῖς κατὰ τὸ παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἔθος.
15.25.5μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα διάδημα τῷ παιδὶ περιθέντες ἀνέδειξαν βασιλέα, καὶ διαθήκην τινὰ παρανέγνωσαν πεπλασμένην, ἐν ᾗ γεγραμμένον ἦν ὅτι καταλείπει τοῦ παιδὸς ἐπιτρόπους ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ Σωσίβιον·
15.25.6καὶ παρεκάλουν τοὺς ἡγεμόνας εὐνοεῖν καὶ διαφυλάττειν τῷ παιδὶ τὴν ἀρχήν· ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις δύο κάλπιδας ἀργυρᾶς εἰσήνεγκαν, ὡς τῆς μὲν μιᾶς ἐχούσης τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ὀστᾶ, τῆς δʼ ἑτέρας τὰ τῆς Ἀρσινόης·
15.25.7εἶχε δʼ ἡ μὲν μία κατʼ ἀλήθειαν τὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, ἡ δʼ ἑτέρα πλήρης ἦν ἀρωμάτων. ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσαντες εὐθέως ἐπετέλουν τὴν ἐκφοράν. ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ πᾶσι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀρσινόην συνέβη γενέσθαι δῆλα.
15.25.8τοῦ γὰρ θανάτου φωτισθέντος ὁ τρόπος ἐπεζητεῖτο τῆς ἀπωλείας· οὐκ οὔσης δὲ προφάσεως ἄλλης οὐδεμιᾶς, τῆς ἀληθινῆς φήμης προσπεπτωκυίας, ἀκμὴν δʼ ἀμφισβητουμένης, τὸ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν γεγονὸς ἐν ταῖς ἑκάστων γνώμαις ἐπεσφραγίσθη. διὸ καὶ συνέβη μεγάλην γενέσθαι τὴν σύγχυσιν τῶν ὄχλων.
15.25.9τοῦ μὲν γὰρ βασιλέως οὐθεὶς οὐθένα λόγον ἐποιεῖτο, περὶ δὲ τῆς Ἀρσινόης, ἀνανεούμενοι τινὲς μὲν τὴν ὀρφανίαν αὐτῆς, ἔνιοι δὲ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐν τῷ ζῆν ὕβριν, ἣν ὑπέμεινε, καὶ τὴν αἰκίαν, σὺν δὲ τούτοις τὸ περὶ τὴν τελευτὴν ἀτύχημα, εἰς τοσαύτην παράστασιν ἐνέπιπτον καὶ δυσθυμίαν ὥστε πλήρη γενέσθαι τὴν πόλιν στεναγμοῦ, δακρύων, οἰμωγῆς ἀκαταπαύστου.
15.25.10ταῦτα δʼ ἦν τοῖς ὀρθῶς λογιζομένοις οὐχ οὕτω τῆς πρὸς Ἀρσινόην εὐνοίας τεκμήρια, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῦ πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα μίσους·
Book 16, Part 1
16.1See supra 15, 20-24; , sqq.
16.1KING PHILIP having arrived at Pergamum, and believing that he had as good as made an end of Attalus, gave the rein to every kind of outrage; and by way of gratifying his almost insane fury he vented his wrath even more against the gods than against man. For his skirmishing attacks being easily repelled by the garrison of Pergamum, owing to the strength of the place, and being prevented by the precautions taken by Attalus from getting booty from the country, he directed his anger against the seats of the gods and the sacred enclosures; in which, as it appears to me, he did not wrong Attalus so much as himself. He threw down the temples and the altars, and even had their stones broken to pieces that none of the buildings he had destroyed might be rebuilt. After spoiling the Nicephorium, cutting down its grove, and demolishing its ring wall, and levelling with the ground many costly fanes, he first directed his attack upon Thyatira, and thence marched into the plain of Thebe, thinking that this district would supply him with the richest spoil. But finding himself again disappointed in this respect, on arriving at the Holy Village he sent a message to Zeuxis, demanding that he would furnish him with corn, and render the other services stipulated for in the treaty. Zeuxis, however, though feigning to fulfil the obligations of the treaty, was not minded to give Philip real and substantial help. . . .
16.2As the siege was not going on favourably for him, and the enemy were blockading him with an increasing number of decked vessels, he felt uncertain and uneasy as to the result. But as the state of affairs left him no choice, he suddenly put to sea quite unexpectedly to the enemy; for Attalus expected that he would persist in pushing on the mines he had commenced. But Philip was especially keen to make his putting to sea a surprise, because he thought that he would thus be able to outstrip the enemy, and complete the rest of his passage along the coast to Samos in security. But he was much disappointed in his calculations; for Attalus and Theophiliscus (of Rhodes), directly they saw him putting to sea, lost no time in taking action. And although, from their previous conviction that Philip meant to stay where he was, they were not in a position to put to sea quite simultaneously, still by a vigorous use of their oars they managed to overtake him, and attacked,—Attalus the enemy’s right wing, which was his leading squadron, and Theophiliscus his left. Thus intercepted and surrounded, Philip gave the signal to the ships of his right wing, ordering them to turn their prows towards the enemy and engage them boldly; while he himself retreated under cover of the smaller islands, which lay in the way, with some light galleys, and thence watched the result of the battle. The whole number of ships engaged were, on Philip’s side, fiftythree decked, accompanied by some undecked vessels, and galleys and beaked ships to the number of one hundred and fifty; for he had not been able to fit out all his ships in Samos. On the side of the enemy there were sixty-five decked vessels, besides those which came from Byzantium, and along with them nine triemioliae (light-decked vessels), and three triremes.
16.3The fight having been begun on the ship on which King Attalus was sailing, all the others near began charging each other without waiting for orders. Attalus ran into an eight-banked ship, and having struck it a well-directed blow below the water-line, after a prolonged struggle between the combatants on the decks, at length succeeded in sinking it. Philip’s tenbanked ship, which, moreover, was the admiral’s, was captured by the enemy in an extraordinary manner. For one of the triemioliae, having run close under her, she struck against her violently amidships, just beneath the thole of the topmost bank of oars, and got fast jammed on to her, the steersman being unable to check the way of his ship. The result was that, by this craft hanging suspended to her, she became unmanageable and unable to turn one way or another. While in this plight, two quinqueremes charged her on both sides at once, and destroyed the vessel itself and the fighting men on her deck, among whom fell Democrates, Philip’s admiral. At the same time Dionysodorus and Deinocrates, who were brothers and joint-admirals of the fleet of Attalus, charged, the one upon a seven-banked, the other upon an eight-banked ship of the enemy, and had a most extraordinary adventure in the battle. Deinocrates, in the first place, came into collision with an eightbanked ship, and had his ship struck above the water-line; for the enemy’s ship had its prow built high; but he struck the enemy’s ship below the water-line, and at first could not get himself clear, though he tried again and again to back water; and, accordingly, when the Macedonian boarded him and fought with great gallantry, he was brought into the most imminent danger. Presently, upon Attalus coming to his aid, and by a vigorous charge separating the two ships, Deinocrates unexpectedly found himself free, and the enemy’s boarders were all killed after a gallant resistance, while their own vessel being left without men was captured by Attalus. In the next place, Dionysodorus, making a furious charge, missed his blow; but running up alongside of the enemy lost all the oars on his right side, and had the timbers supporting his towers smashed to pieces, and was thereupon immediately surrounded by the enemy. In the midst of loud shouts and great confusion, all the rest of his marines perished along with the ship, but he himself with two others managed to escape by swimming to the triemiolia which was coming up to the rescue.
16.4The fight between the rest of the fleet, however, was an undecided one; for the superiority in the numbers of Philip’s galleys was compensated for by Attalus’s superiority in the number of his decked ships. Thus on the right wing of Philip’s fleet the state of things was that the ultimate result was doubtful, but that, of the two, Attalus had the better hope of victory. As for the Rhodians, they were, at first starting, as I have said, far behind the enemy, but being much their superiors in speed they managed to come up with the rear of the Macedonians. At first they charged the vessels on the stern as they were retiring, and broke off their oars; but upon Philip’s ships swinging round and beginning to bring help to those in danger, while those of the Rhodians who had started later than the rest reached the squadron of Theophiliscus, both parties turned their ships in line prow to prow and charged gallantly, inciting each other to fresh exertions by the sound of trumpets and loud cheers. Had not the Macedonians placed their galleys between the opposing lines of decked ships, the battle would have been quickly decided; but, as it was, these proved a hindrance to the Rhodians in various ways. For as soon as the first charge had disturbed the original order of the ships, they became all mixed up with each other in complete confusion, which made it difficult to sail through the enemy’s line or to avail themselves of the points in which they were superior, because the galleys kept running sometimes against the blades of their oars so as to hinder the rowing, and sometimes upon their prows, or again upon their sterns, thus hampering the service of steerers and rowers alike. In the direct charges, however, the Rhodians employed a particular manœuvre. By depressing their bows they received the blows of the enemy above the water-line, while by staving in the enemy’s ships below the water-line they rendered the blows fatal. Still it was rarely that they succeeded in doing this, for, as a rule, they avoided collisions, because the Macedonians fought gallantly from their decks when they came to close quarters. Their most frequent manœuvre was to row through the Macedonian line, and disable the enemy’s ships by breaking off their oars, and then, rowing round into position, again charge the enemy on the stern, or catch them broadside as they were in the act of turning; and thus they either stove them in or broke away some necessary part of their rigging. By this manner of fighting they destroyed a great number of the enemy’s ships.
16.5But the most brilliant and hazardous exploits were those of three quinqueremes: the flagship on which Theophiliscus sailed, then that commanded by Philostratus, and lastly the one steered by Autolycus, and on board of which was Nicostratus. This last charged an enemy’s ship, and left its beak sticking in it. The ship thus struck sank with all hands; but Autolycus and his comrades, as the sea poured into his vessel through the prow, was surrounded by the enemy. For a time they defended themselves gallantly, but at last Autolycus himself was wounded, and fell overboard in his armour, while the rest of the marines were killed fighting bravely. While this was going on, Theophiliscus came to the rescue with three quinqueremes, and though he could not save the ship, because it was now full of water, he yet stove in three hostile vessels, and forced their marines overboard. Being quickly surrounded by a number of galleys and decked ships, he lost the greater number of his marines after a gallant struggle on their part; and after receiving three wounds himself, and performing prodigies of valour, just managed to get his own ship safely off with the assistance of Philostratus, who came to his aid and bravely took his share of the danger. Having thus rejoined his own squadron, he darted out once more and ran in upon the enemy, utterly prostrated in body by his wounds, but more dashing and vehement in spirit than before.
Book 15, Part 6
15.25.11ὁ δὲ προειρημένος, ἐπειδὴ τὰς ὑδρίας εἰς τοὺς βασιλικοὺς οἴκους ἔθηκε, παραγγείλας ἀποθέσθαι τὰ φαιά, πρῶτον μὲν διμήνου τὰς δυνάμεις ὠψωνίασε, πεπεισμένος τὸ παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς μῖσος ἀμβλύνειν διὰ τῆς πρὸς τὸ λυσιτελὲς ὁρμῆς αὐτῶν, εἶτʼ ἐπεξώρκισε τὸν ὅρκον ὃν ἦσαν ὀμνύειν εἰθισμένοι κατὰ τὰς ἀναδείξεις τῶν βασιλέων.
15.25.12ἐξαπέστειλε δὲ καὶ Φιλάμμωνα τὸν ἐπιστάντα τῷ τῆς Ἀρσινόης φόνῳ, ποιήσας αὐτὸν Λιβυάρχην τῶν κατὰ Κυρήνην τόπων, τὸ δὲ παιδίον ἐνεχείρισε ταῖς περὶ τὴν Οἰνάνθην καὶ Ἀγαθόκλειαν.
15.25.13μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Πέλοπα μὲν ἐξέπεμψε τὸν Πέλοπος εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον τὸν βασιλέα, παρακαλέσοντα συντηρεῖν τὴν φιλίαν καὶ μὴ παραβαίνειν τὰς πρὸς τὸν τοῦ παιδὸς πατέρα συνθήκας, Πτολεμαῖον δὲ τὸν Σωσιβίου πρὸς Φίλιππον τά τε περὶ τῆς ἐπιγαμίας συνθησόμενον καὶ παρακαλέσοντα βοηθεῖν, ἐὰν ὁλοσχερέστερον αὐτοὺς Ἀντίοχος ἐπιβάληται παρασπονδεῖν.
15.25.14προεχειρίσατο δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Ἀγησάρχου πρεσβευτὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, οὐχ ὡς ἐπισπεύσοντα τὴν πρεσβείαν, ἀλλʼ ὡς, ἂν ἅψηται τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ συμμίξῃ τοῖς ἐκεῖ φίλοις καὶ συγγενέσιν, αὐτοῦ καταμενοῦντα.
15.25.15προέκειτο γὰρ αὐτῷ πάντας τοὺς ἐπιφανεῖς ἄνδρας ἐκποδὼν ποιῆσαι.
15.25.16ἐξαπέστειλε δὲ καὶ Σκόπαν τὸν Αἰτωλὸν ἐπὶ ξενολογίαν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, πλῆθος χρυσίου συνθεὶς εἰς τὰ προδόματα.
15.25.17δύο γὰρ ἔσχε προθέσεις ὑπὲρ ταύτης τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, μίαν μὲν ἀποχρῆσθαι τοῖς ξενολογηθεῖσιν εἰς τὸν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον πόλεμον, ἄλλην δὲ τοὺς ἀρχαίους καὶ προϋπάρχοντας ξένους ἐπὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν χώραν φρούρια καὶ τὰς κατοικίας ἀποστεῖλαι, τοῖς δὲ παραγενομένοις ἀναπληρῶσαι καὶ καινοποιῆσαι τὴν θεραπείαν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν φυλακεῖα, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην πόλιν,
15.25.18νομίζων τοὺς διʼ αὑτοῦ ξενολογηθέντας καὶ μισθοδοτουμένους τῶν μὲν προγεγονότων μηδενὶ συμπαθήσοντας διὰ τὸ μηδὲν γινώσκειν, ἐν αὐτῷ δὲ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχοντας καὶ τῆς σωτηρίας καὶ τῆς ἐπανορθώσεως, ἑτοίμους ἕξειν συναγωνιστὰς καὶ συνεργοὺς πρὸς τὸ παραγγελλόμενον.
15.25.19ταῦτα δʼ ἐγενήθη πρότερα τοῦ παρὰ Φιλίππῳ διαβουλίου , ὡς ἐδηλώσαμεν· ἀλλʼ ἐκείνων κατὰ τὴν τῆς διηγήσεως τάξιν προτέρων λαμβανομένων ἀναγκαῖον ἦν οὕτως ταῦτα χειρίζειν ὥστε πρότερον ἐξηγεῖσθαι τὰς ἐντεύξεις καὶ τοὺς χρηματισμοὺς τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καὶ τῆς καταστάσεως καὶ τῆς ἐξαποστολῆς.
15.25.20ὁ δʼ Ἀγαθοκλῆς ἐπεὶ τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐκποδὼν ἐποίησε, καὶ τὸ πολὺ τῆς τοῦ πλήθους ὀργῆς παρακατέσχε τῇ τῶν ὀψωνίων ἀποδόσει, παρὰ πόδας εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς συνήθειαν ἐπανῆλθε. καὶ τὰς μὲν τῶν φίλων χώρας ἀνεπλήρωσε,
15.25.21παρεισαγαγὼν ἐκ τῆς διακονίας καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ὑπηρεσίας τοὺς εἰκαιοτάτους καὶ θρασυτάτους·
15.25.22αὐτὸς δὲ τὸ πολὺ τῆς ἡμέρας καὶ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐν μέθῃ διέτριβε καὶ ταῖς τῇ μέθῃ παρεπομέναις ἀκρασίαις, οὐ φειδόμενος οὔτʼ ἀκμαζούσης γυναικὸς οὔτε νύμφης οὔτε παρθένου, καὶ πάντα ταῦτʼ ἔπραττε μετὰ τῆς ἐπαχθεστάτης φαντασίας.
15.25.23ὅθεν πολλῆς μὲν καὶ παντοδαπῆς γινομένης δυσαρεστήσεως, οὐδεμιᾶς δὲ θεραπείας οὐδὲ βοηθείας προσαγομένης, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἀεὶ προσεπαγομένης ὕβρεως, ὑπερηφανίας, ῥᾳθυμίας,
15.25.24ἀνεθυμιᾶτο πάλιν ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς τὸ προϋπάρχον μῖσος καὶ πάντες ἀνενεοῦντο τὰ προγεγενημένα περὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἀτυχήματα διὰ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τούτους.
15.25.25τῷ δὲ μηδὲν ἔχειν πρόσωπον ἀξιόχρεων τὸ προστησόμενον, καὶ διʼ οὗ τὴν ὀργὴν εἰς τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ τὴν Ἀγαθόκλειαν ἀπερείσονται, τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἦγον, ἔτι μίαν ἐλπίδα καραδοκοῦντες τὴν κατὰ τὸν Τληπόλεμον καὶ ταύτῃ προσανέχοντες.
15.25.26ὁ δὲ Τληπόλεμος, ἕως μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς ἔζη, τὰ καθʼ αὑτὸν ἔπραττεν· ἅμα δὲ τῷ μεταλλάξαι ʼκεῖνον ταχέως ἐξομαλίσας τὰ πλήθη στρατηγὸς πάλιν ἐγενήθη τῶν κατὰ Πηλούσιον τόπων.
15.25.27καὶ τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ἀναφορὰν τῶν πραττομένων ἐπὶ τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως συμφέρον, πεπεισμένος ὑπάρξειν τι συνέδριον ὃ τήν τε τοῦ παιδὸς ἐπιτροπείαν ἕξει καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅλων προστασίαν.
15.25.28ὡς δʼ ἑώρα τοὺς μὲν ἀξίους ἐπιτροπῆς ἄνδρας ἐκποδὼν γεγονότας, τῆς δὲ τῶν ὅλων ἀρχῆς κατατολμῶντα τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα, ταχέως ἐφʼ ἑτέρας ἐγένετο γνώμης, ὑφορώμενος τὸν προεστῶτα κίνδυνον διὰ τὴν ὑποκειμένην αὐτοῖς ἔχθραν, καὶ τάς τε δυνάμεις περὶ αὑτὸν ἥθροιζε καὶ περὶ πόρον ἐγίνετο χρημάτων, ἵνα μηδενὶ τῶν ἐχθρῶν εὐχείρωτος ᾖ.
15.25.29ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὴν τοῦ παιδὸς ἐπιτροπείαν καὶ τὴν τῶν ὅλων προστασίαν εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἥξειν οὐκ ἀπήλπιζε, νομίζων καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν μὲν κρίσιν αὐτὸς ἀξιοχρεώτερος ὑπάρχειν Ἀγαθοκλέους πρὸς πᾶν, ἔτι μᾶλλον δὲ πυνθανόμενος καὶ τὰς ὑφʼ ἑαυτὸν ταττομένας δυνάμεις καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐπʼ ἐκείνῳ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχειν τοῦ καταλύειν τὴν Ἀγαθοκλέους ὕβριν.
15.25.30οὔσης δὲ περὶ αὐτὸν οἵας εἴρηκα διαλήψεως, ταχέως τὰ τῆς διαφορᾶς αὔξησιν ἔλαβε συνεργούντων ἀμφοτέρων πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην ὑπόθεσιν.
15.25.31ὁ μὲν γὰρ Τληπόλεμος, ἐξιδιάζεσθαι σπεύδων τοὺς ἡγεμόνας καὶ ταξιάρχους καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ τούτων ταττομένους, συνῆγε πότους ἐπιμελῶς, καὶ παρὰ τὰς συνουσίας τὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν πρὸς χάριν λεγόντων αἰκαλλόμενος, τὰ δʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἰδίας ὁρμῆς, ἅτε νέος ὢν καὶ παρὰ τὸν οἶνον γινομένης τῆς ὁμιλίας, ἐρρίπτει λόγους κατὰ τῆς συγγενείας τῆς τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς αἰνιγματώδεις, εἶτʼ ἀμφιβόλους, τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ἐκφανεῖς καὶ τὴν πικροτάτην ἔχοντας λοιδορίαν.
15.25.32ἐπεχεῖτο γὰρ τοῦ θρανογράφου καὶ τῆς σαμβυκιστρίας καὶ τῆς κουρίδος, ἔτι δὲ τοῦ παιδαρίου τοῦ πάντα πεποιηκότος καὶ πεπονθότος παρὰ τοὺς πότους, ὅτʼ ἐῳνοχόει τῷ βασιλεῖ παῖς ὤν.
15.25.33ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις ἀεὶ τῶν συμπαρόντων γελώντων καὶ συμβαλλομένων τι πρὸς τὸν χλευασμόν, ταχέως εἰς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα τὸ πρᾶγμα παρεγενήθη.
15.25.34γενομένης δʼ ἔχθρας ὁμολογουμένης εὐθέως ὁ Ἀγαθοκλῆς διαβολὴν εἰσῆγε κατὰ τοῦ Τληπολέμου, φάσκων αὐτὸν ἀλλοτριάζειν τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ καλεῖν Ἀντίοχον ἐπὶ τὰ πράγματα.
15.25.35καὶ πολλὰς εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος εὐπόρει πιθανότητας, τὰς μὲν ἐκ τῶν συμβαινόντων παρεκδεχόμενος καὶ διαστρέφων, τὰς δʼ ἐκ καταβολῆς πλάττων καὶ διασκευάζων.
15.25.36ταῦτα δʼ ἐποίει βουλόμενος τὰ πλήθη παροξύνειν κατὰ τοῦ Τληπολέμου· συνέβαινε δὲ τοὐναντίον. πάλαι γὰρ ἐπὶ τῷ προειρημένῳ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχοντες οἱ πολλοὶ καὶ λίαν ἡδέως ἑώρων ἐκκαιομένην τὴν διαφοράν.
15.25.37ἐγένετο δʼ ἡ καταρχὴ τοῦ περὶ τὰ πλήθη κινήματος διά τινας τοιαύτας αἰτίας. Νίκων ὁ συγγενὴς τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα ζῶντος ἔτι τοῦ βασιλέως καθεσταμένος ἦν ἐπὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ· τότε δὲ τῶν
15.26a.1ὅτι Δείνωνα τὸν Δείνωνος ἐπανείλετο Ἀγαθοκλῆς, καὶ τοῦτο ἔπραξε τῶν ἀδίκων ἔργων, ὡς ἡ παροιμία φησί, δικαιότατον· καθʼ ὃν μὲν γὰρ καιρόν, τῶν γραμμάτων αὐτῷ προσπεσόντων ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τῆς Ἀρσινόης, ἐξουσίαν ἔσχε μηνῦσαι τὴν πρᾶξιν καὶ σῶσαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν, τότε δὴ συνεργήσας τοῖς περὶ τὸν Φιλάμμωνα, πάντων ἐγένετο τῶν ἐπιγενομένων κακῶν αἴτιος,
15.26a.2μετὰ δὲ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὸν φόνον ἀνανεούμενος καὶ πρὸς πολλοὺς οἰκτιζόμενος καὶ μεταμελόμενος ἐπὶ τῷ τοιοῦτον καιρὸν παραλιπεῖν δῆλος ἐγένετο τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα· διὸ καὶ παραυτίκα τυχὼν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης τιμωρίας μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον. —
15.26.1πρώτους δὲ συναθροίσας τοὺς Μακεδόνας, εἰς τούτους εἰσῆλθε μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῆς Ἀγαθοκλείας.
15.26.2καὶ τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ὑπεκρίνετο τὸν οὐ δυνάμενον εἰπεῖν ἃ βούλεται διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἐπιφερομένων δακρύων·
15.26.3ἐπεὶ δὲ πλεονάκις ἀπομάττων τῇ χλαμύδι κατεκράτησε τῆς ἐπιφορᾶς, βαστάσας τὸ παιδίον "3Λάβετε"3 ἔφη "3τοῦτον, ὃν ὁ πατὴρ ἀποθνήσκων εἰς μὲν τὰς ἀγκάλας ἔδωκε ταύτῃ"3 δείξας τὴν ἀδελφὴν "3παρακατέθετο δʼ εἰς τὴν ὑμετέραν, ὦ ἄνδρες Μακεδόνες, πίστιν.
15.26.4ἡ μὲν οὖν [καὶ] ταύτης εὔνοια βραχεῖάν τινα ῥοπὴν ἔχει πρὸς τὴν τούτου σωτηρίαν, ἐν ὑμῖν δὲ κεῖται καὶ ταῖς ὑμετέραις χερσὶ τὰ τούτου νυνὶ πράγματα.
15.26.5Τληπόλεμος γὰρ πάλαι μὲν ἦν δῆλος τοῖς ὀρθῶς σκοπουμένοις μειζόνων ἐφιέμενος ἢ καθʼ ἑαυτὸν πραγμάτων, νῦν δὲ καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ τὸν καιρὸν ὥρικεν, ἐν ᾗ μέλλει τὸ διάδημʼ ἀναλαμβάνειν.
15.26.6"3 καὶ περὶ τούτων οὐχ αὑτῷ πιστεύειν ἐκέλευεν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς εἰδόσι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ παροῦσι νῦν ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων.
15.26.7καὶ τοῦτʼ εἰπὼν εἰσῆγε τὸν Κριτόλαον, ὃς ἔφη καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς αὐτὸς ἑωρακέναι κατασκευαζομένους καὶ τὰ θύματα παρὰ τοῖς πλήθεσιν ἑτοιμαζόμενα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ διαδήματος ἀνάδειξιν.
15.26.8ὧν οἱ Μακεδόνες ἀκούοντες οὐχ οἷον ἠλέουν αὐτόν, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν προσεῖχον τῶν λεγομένων, μυχθίζοντες δὲ καὶ διαψιθυρίζοντες ἐξελήρησαν οὕτως ὥστε μηδʼ αὐτὸν εἰδέναι [μήτε] πῶς τὸ παράπαν ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀπελύθη.
15.26.9παραπλήσια δὲ τούτοις ἐγίνετο καὶ περὶ τὰ λοιπὰ συστήματα κατὰ τοὺς ἐκκλησιασμούς.
15.26.10ἐν δὲ τῷ μεταξὺ πολὺς ἦν ὁ καταπλέων ἐκ τῶν ἄνω στρατοπέδων, καὶ παρεκάλουν οἱ μὲν συγγενεῖς, οἱ δὲ φίλους, βοηθεῖν τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις, καὶ μὴ περιιδεῖν σφᾶς ἀνέδην ὑφʼ οὕτως ἀναξίων ὑβριζομένους.
15.26.11μάλιστα δὲ παρώξυνε τοὺς πολλοὺς πρὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν προεστώτων τιμωρίαν τὸ γινώσκειν ὅτι τὸ μέλλειν καθʼ αὑτῶν ἐστι διὰ τὸ πάντων τῶν παρακομιζομένων ἐπιτηδείων εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν κρατεῖν
15.27.1τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τληπόλεμον. ἐγένετο δέ τι καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα συνέργημα πρὸς τὸ τὴν ὀργὴν ἐπιτεῖναι τήν τε τῶν πολλῶν καὶ τὴν τοῦ Τληπολέμου·
15.27.2τὴν γὰρ Δανάην, ἥτις ἦν πενθερὰ τοῦ προειρημένου, λαβόντες ἐκ τοῦ τῆς Δήμητρος ἱεροῦ καὶ διὰ μέσου τῆς πόλεως ἑλκύσαντες ἀκατακάλυπτον εἰς φυλακὴν ἀπέθεντο, βουλόμενοι φανερὰν ποιεῖν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Τληπόλεμον διαφοράν.
15.27.3ἐφʼ οἷς τὸ πλῆθος ἀγανακτοῦν οὐκέτι κατʼ ἰδίαν οὐδὲ διʼ ἀπορρήτων ἐποιεῖτο τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν τὰς νύκτας εἰς πάντα τόπον ἐπέγραφον, οἱ δὲ τὰς ἡμέρας συστρεφόμενοι κατὰ μέρη φανερῶς ἐξέφερον ἤδη τὸ μῖσος εἰς τοὺς προεστῶτας.
15.27.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα βλέποντες τὰ συμβαίνοντα, καὶ μοχθηρὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχοντες περὶ αὑτῶν, τοτὲ μὲν ἐγίνοντο περὶ δρασμόν, οὐδενὸς δʼ αὐτοῖς ἡτοιμασμένου πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος διὰ τὴν σφετέραν ἀβουλίαν ἀφίσταντο τῆς ἐπιβολῆς·
15.27.5τοτὲ δὲ συνωμότας κατέγραφον καὶ κοινωνοὺς τῆς τόλμης, ὡς αὐτίκα μάλα τῶν ἐχθρῶν τοὺς μὲν κατασφάξοντες, τοὺς δὲ συλληψόμενοι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τυραννικὴν ἐξουσίαν περιποιησόμενοι.
15.27.6ταῦτα δʼ αὐτῶν διανοουμένων προσέπεσε διαβολὴ κατά τινος Μοιραγένους, ἑνὸς τῶν σωματοφυλάκων, διότι μηνύοι πάντα τῷ Τληπολέμῳ καὶ συνεργοίη διὰ τὴν πρὸς Ἀδαῖον οἰκειότητα τὸν ἐπὶ τῆς Βουβαστοῦ τότε καθεσταμένον.
15.27.7ὁ δʼ Ἀγαθοκλῆς εὐθέως συνέταξε Νικοστράτῳ τῷ πρὸς τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένῳ συλλαβόντι τὸν Μοιραγένη φιλοτίμως ἐξετάσαι, πᾶσαν προτιθέντα βάσανον.
15.27.8οὗτος μὲν οὖν παραχρῆμα συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Νικοστράτου καὶ παραχθεὶς εἴς τινα μέρη τῆς αὐλῆς ἀποκεχωρηκότα, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐξ ὀρθῆς ἀνεκρίνετο περὶ τῶν προσπεπτωκότων,
Book 16, Part 2
16.5So that there were really two sea-fights going on at a considerable distance from each other. For the right wing of Philip’s fleet, continually making for land in accordance with his original plan, was not far from the Asiatic coast; while the left wing, having to veer round to support the ships on the rear, were engaged with the Rhodians at no great distance from Chios.
16.6As the fleet of Attalus, however, was rapidly overpowering the right wing of Philip, and was now approaching the small islands, under cover of which Philip was moored watching the result of the battle, Attalus saw one of his quinqueremes staved in and in the act of being sunk by an enemy’s ship. He therefore hurried to its assistance with two quadriremes. The enemy’s ship turning to flight, and making for the shore, he pursued it somewhat too eagerly in his ardent desire to effect its capture. Thereupon Philip, observing that Attalus had become detached a considerable distance from his own fleet, took four quinqueremes and three hemioliae, as well as all the galleys within reach, and darting out got between Attalus and his ships, and forced him in the utmost terror to run his three ships ashore. After this mishap the king himself and his crew made their way to Erythrae, while Philip captured his vessels and the royal equipage on board them. For in this emergency Attalus had employed an artifice. He caused the most splendid articles of the royal equipage to be spread out on the deck of his ship; the consequence of which was that the first Macedonians who arrived on the galleys, seeing a quantity of flagons and purple robes and such like things, abandoned the pursuit, and turned their attention to plundering these. Thus it came about that Attalus got safe away to Erythrae; while Philip, though he had distinctly got the worst of it in the general engagement, was so elated at the unexpected reverse which had befallen Attalus, that he put to sea again and exerted himself strenuously in collecting his ships and restoring the spirits of his men by assuring them that they were the victors. For when they saw Philip put to sea towing off the royal ship, they very naturally thought that Attalus had perished. But Dionysodorus, conjecturing what had really happened to the king, set about collecting his own ships by raising a signal; and this being speedily done, he sailed away unmolested to their station in Asia. Meanwhile those Macedonians who were engaged with the Rhodians, having been for some time past in evil case, were gradually extricating themselves from the battle, one after the other retiring on the pretence of being anxious to support their comrades. So the Rhodians, taking in tow some of their vessels, and having destroyed others by charging them, sailed away to Chios.
16.7In the battle with Attalus Philip had had destroyed a ten-banked, a nine-banked, a seven-banked, and a six-banked ship, ten other decked vessels, three triemioliae, twenty-five galleys and their crews. In the battle with the Rhodians ten decked vessels and about forty galleys. While two quadriremes and seven galleys with their crews were captured. In the fleet of Attalus one triemiolia and two quinqueremes were sunk, while two quadriremes besides that of the king were captured. Of the Rhodian fleet two quinqueremes and a trireme were destroyed, but no ship was taken. Of men the Rhodians lost sixty, Attalus seventy; while Philip lost three thousand Macedonians and six thousand rowers. And of the Macedonians and their allies two thousand were taken prisoners, and of their opponents six hundred.
16.8Such was the end of the battle of Chios; in which Philip claimed the victory on two pretexts. First, because he had driven Attalus ashore and had captured his ship; and secondly, because, as he had anchored at the promontory of Argennum, he had the credit of having taken up his anchorage where the wrecks were floating. He acted in accordance with this assertion next day by collecting the wrecks, and causing the corpses which could be recognised to be picked up for burial, all for the sake of strengthening this pretence. For that he did not himself believe that he had won was shortly afterwards proved by the Rhodians and Dionysodorus. For on that very next day, while he was actually engaged on these operations, after communication with each other they sailed out to attack him, but, on nobody putting out to meet them, they returned to Chios. Philip indeed had never before lost so many men either by land or sea at one time, and was extremely mortified at what had happened and had lost much of his spirit for the enterprise. To the outside world, however, he tried to conceal his real sentiments: though this was forbidden by facts. Besides everything else, what happened after the battle impressed all who saw it too strongly. For the slaughter and destruction was so great that, on the day of battle itself the whole strait was filled with corpses, blood, arms, and wrecks; while on the subsequent days the strands might be seen piled up with all these together in wild confusion. Hence the extreme consternation of the king could not be confined to himself, but was shared by all his Macedonians.
16.9Theophiliscus survived for one day; and then having written a despatch home with an account of the battle, and appointed Cleonaeus to succeed him in his command, died from his wounds. He had shown great valour in the engagement, and his far-sighted policy deserves to be remembered. If it had not been for his boldness in attacking Philip in time, all the allies would have let the opportunity pass, in terror at Philip’s audacity. But by beginning the war as he did he forced his countrymen to seize the opportunity, and compelled Attalus not to lose time in mere preparatory measures for war, but to go to war energetically and grapple with the danger. The Rhodians, therefore, were quite right to pay him, even after his death, such honours as were incentives, not only to men living at the time, but to future generations also, to prompt service in their country’s cause.
16.10After the battle of Lade, the Rhodians being out of his way, and Attalus not having yet appeared on the scene, it is clear that Philip might have accomplished his voyage to Alexandria. And here we have evidence stronger than any other of Philip’s infatuation in acting as he did. What, then, prevented his design? Nothing in the world but what always occurs in the natural course of affairs. For at a distance many men at times desire the impossible from the extravagant prospects it holds out, their ambition over-mastering their reason; but when they approach the moment of action they quite as irrationally abandon their purpose, because their calculations are obscured and confused by the embarrassments and difficulties which meet them.
Book 15, Part 7
15.27.9πρὸς οὐδὲν δὲ τῶν λεγομένων ἀνθομολογούμενος ἐξεδύθη· καὶ τινὲς μὲν τὰ πρὸς τὰς βασάνους ὄργανα διεσκεύαζον, οἱ δὲ τὰς μάστιγας ἔχοντες μετὰ χεῖρας ἀπεδύοντο τὰς χλαμύδας.
15.27.10κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον προστρέχει τις τῶν ὑπηρετῶν πρὸς τὸν Νικόστρατον, καὶ ψιθυρίσας πρὸς τὴν ἀκοὴν ἅττα δήποτʼ οὖν ἀπηλλάττετο μετὰ σπουδῆς. ὁ δὲ Νικόστρατος ἐκ ποδὸς ἐπηκολούθει τούτῳ,
15.27.11λέγων μὲν οὐδέν, τύπτων δὲ συνεχῶς τὸν μηρόν.
15.28.1περὶ δὲ τὸν Μοιραγένην ἄφατον ἦν καὶ παράλογον τὸ συμβαῖνον.
15.28.2οἱ μὲν γὰρ μόνον οὐ διατεταμένοι τὰς μάστιγας παρέστασαν, οἱ δὲ πρὸ ποδῶν αὐτοῦ τὰ πρὸς ἀνάγκας ὄργανα διεσκεύαζον·
15.28.3τοῦ δὲ Νικοστράτου παραχωρήσαντος ἕστασαν ἀχανεῖς πάντες, ἐμβλέποντες ἀλλήλοις, προσδοκῶντες ἀεί ποτε τὸν προειρημένον ἀνακάμψειν.
15.28.4χρόνου δὲ γινομένου κατὰ βραχὺ διέρρεον οἱ παρεστῶτες, τέλος δʼ ὁ Μοιραγένης ἀπελείφθη. καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα διελθὼν τὴν αὐλὴν ἀνελπίστως παρέπεσε γυμνὸς εἴς τινα σκηνὴν τῶν Μακεδόνων, σύνεγγυς κειμένην τῆς αὐλῆς.
15.28.5καταλαβὼν δὲ κατὰ τύχην ἀριστῶντας καὶ συνηθροισμένους, ἔλεγε τὰ περὶ αὑτὸν συμβεβηκότα καὶ τὸ παράλογον τῆς σωτηρίας.
15.28.6οἱ δὲ τὰ μὲν ἠπίστουν, τὰ δὲ πάλιν ὁρῶντες αὐτὸν γυμνὸν ἠναγκάζοντο πιστεύειν.
15.28.7ἐκ δὲ ταύτης τῆς περιπετείας ὅ τε Μοιραγένης μετὰ δακρύων ἐδεῖτο τῶν Μακεδόνων μὴ μόνον τῆς αὑτοῦ συνεπιλαβέσθαι σωτηρίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ μάλιστα τῆς σφῶν αὐτῶν·
15.28.8πρόδηλον γὰρ εἶναι πᾶσι τὸν ὄλεθρον, ἐὰν μὴ συνάψωνται τοῦ καιροῦ, καθʼ ὃν ἀκμάζει τὸ τῶν πολλῶν μῖσος καὶ πᾶς ἕτοιμός ἐστι πρὸς τὴν κατʼ Ἀγαθοκλέους τιμωρίαν.
15.29.1λιστʼ ἔφη καὶ προσδεῖσθαι τῶν καταρξομένων. οἱ δὲ Μακεδόνες ἀκούσαντες τούτων παροξύνονται, καὶ πέρας ἐπείσθησαν τῷ Μοιραγένει, καὶ πρώτας μὲν εὐθέως ἐπῄεσαν τὰς τῶν Μακεδόνων σκηνάς, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τὰς τῶν ἄλλων στρατιωτῶν·
15.29.2εἰσὶ δʼ αὗται συνεχεῖς, πρὸς ἓν μέρος ἀπονενευκυῖαι τῆς πόλεως.
15.29.3οὔσης δὲ τῆς μὲν ὁρμῆς πάλαι προχείρου τῆς τῶν πολλῶν, προσδεομένης δὲ τοῦ προκαλεσομένου μόνον καὶ τολμήσοντος, ἅμα τῷ λαβεῖν ἀρχὴν τὸ πρᾶγμα ταχέως οἷον εἰ πῦρ ἐξέλαμψεν.
15.29.4οὐ γὰρ ἐγενήθησαν ὧραι τέτταρες καὶ πάντα τὰ γένη συμπεφωνήκει καὶ τὰ στρατιωτικὰ καὶ τὰ πολιτικὰ πρὸς τὴν ἐπίθεσιν.
15.29.5συνήργησε γὰρ μεγάλα καὶ ταὐτόματον ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ πρὸς τὴν συντέλειαν.
15.29.6ὁ μὲν γὰρ Ἀγαθοκλῆς, ἀνενεχθείσης πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπιστολῆς καὶ κατασκόπων ἐπαναχθέντων, καὶ τῆς μὲν ἐπιστολῆς γεγραμμένης πρὸς τὰς δυνάμεις παρὰ τοῦ Τληπολέμου καὶ δηλούσης ὅτι παρέσται ταχέως, τῶν δὲ κατασκόπων διασαφούντων ὅτι πάρεστιν,
15.29.7οὕτως ἐξέστη τῶν φρενῶν ὥστʼ ἀφέμενος τοῦ πράττειν τι καὶ διανοεῖσθαι περὶ τῶν προσπεπτωκότων ἀπῆλθε κατὰ τὸν εἰθισμένον καιρὸν εἰς τὸν πότον, κἀκεῖ κατὰ τὴν εἰθισμένην ἀγωγὴν ἐπετέλει τὴν συνουσίαν.
15.29.8ἡ δʼ Οἰνάνθη περικακοῦσα παρῆν εἰς τὸ Θεσμοφορεῖον, ἀνεῳγμένου τοῦ νεὼ διά τινα θυσίαν ἐπέτειον.
15.29.9καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐλιπάρει γονυπετοῦσα καὶ μαγγανεύουσα πρὸς τὰς θεάς, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καθίσασα πρὸς τὸν βωμὸν εἶχε τὴν ἡσυχίαν. αἱ μὲν οὖν πολλαὶ τῶν γυναικῶν,
15.29.10ἡδέως ὁρῶσαι τὴν δυσθυμίαν καὶ περικάκησιν αὐτῆς, ἀπεσιώπων· αἱ δὲ τοῦ Πολυκράτους συγγενεῖς καί τινες ἕτεραι τῶν ἐνδόξων, ἀδήλου τῆς περιστάσεως αὐταῖς ἀκμὴν ὑπαρχούσης, προσελθοῦσαι παρεμυθοῦντο τὴν Οἰνάνθην.
15.29.11ἡ δʼ ἀναβοήσασα μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ "μή μοι πρόσιτέ" φησι "θηρία· καλῶς γὰρ ὑμᾶς γινώσκω, διότι καὶ φρονεῖθʼ ἡμῖν ἐναντία καὶ ταῖς θεαῖς εὔχεσθε τὰ δυσχερέστατα καθʼ ἡμῶν.
15.29.12οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔτι πέποιθα τῶν θεῶν βουλομένων γεύσειν ὑμᾶς τῶν ἰδίων τέκνων"
15.29.13. καὶ ταῦτʼ εἰποῦσα ταῖς ῥαβδούχοις ἀνείργειν προσέταξε καὶ παίειν τὰς μὴ πειθαρχούσας.
15.29.14αἱ δʼ ἐπιλαβόμεναι τῆς προφάσεως ταύτης ἀπηλλάττοντο πᾶσαι, τοῖς θεοῖς ἀνίσχουσαι τὰς χεῖρας καὶ καταρώμεναι λαβεῖν αὐτὴν ἐκείνην πεῖραν τούτων, ἃ κατὰ τῶν πέλας ἐπανετείνετο πράξειν.
15.30.1ἤδη δὲ κεκριμένου τοῦ καινοτομεῖν τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἐπιγενομένης καθʼ ἑκάστην οἰκίαν καὶ τῆς ἐκ τῶν γυναικῶν ὀργῆς διπλάσιον ἐξεκαύθη τὸ μῖσος.
15.30.2ἅμα δὲ τῷ μεταλαβεῖν τὸ τῆς νυκτὸς πᾶσα πλήρης ἦν ἡ πόλις θορύβου καὶ φώτων καὶ διαδρομῆς·
15.30.3οἱ μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὸ στάδιον ἡθροίζοντο μετὰ κραυγῆς, οἱ δὲ παρεκάλουν ἀλλήλους, οἱ δὲ κατεδύοντο διαδιδράσκοντες εἰς ἀνυπονοήτους οἰκίας καὶ τόπους·
15.30.4ἤδη δὲ τῶν περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν εὐρυχωριῶν καὶ τοῦ σταδίου καὶ τῆς πλατείας πλήρους ὑπαρχούσης ὄχλου παντοδαποῦ καὶ τῆς περὶ τὸ Διονυσιακὸν θέατρον προστασίας,
15.30.5πυθόμενος τὸ συμβαῖνον Ἀγαθοκλῆς ἐξηγέρθη μεθύων, ἄρτι καταλελυκὼς τὸν πότον, καὶ παραλαβὼν τοὺς συγγενεῖς πάντας πλὴν Φίλωνος ἧκε πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα.
15.30.6καὶ βραχέα πρὸς τοῦτον οἰκτισάμενος καὶ λαβόμενος αὐτοῦ τῆς χειρός, ἀνέβαινεν εἰς τὴν σύριγγα τὴν μεταξὺ τοῦ Μαιάνδρου καὶ τῆς παλαίστρας κειμένην καὶ φέρουσαν ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ θεάτρου πάροδον.
15.30.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, δύο θύρας ἀσφαλισάμενος τὰς πρώτας, εἰς τὴν τρίτην ἀνεχώρησε μετὰ δυεῖν ἢ τριῶν σωματοφυλάκων καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ τῆς αὑτοῦ συγγενείας.
15.30.8συνέβαινε δὲ τὰς θύρας εἶναι δικτυωτὰς διαφανεῖς, ἀποκλειομένας δὲ διττοῖς μοχλοῖς.
15.30.9κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἡθροισμένου τοῦ πλήθους ἐξ ἁπάσης τῆς πόλεως, ὥστε μὴ μόνον τοὺς ἐπιπέδους τόπους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ βάθρα καὶ τὰ τέγη καταγέμειν ἀνθρώπων, ἐγίνετο βοὴ καὶ κραυγὴ σύμμικτος, ὡς ἂν γυναικῶν ὁμοῦ καὶ παίδων ἀνδράσιν ἀναμεμιγμένων·
15.30.10οὐ γὰρ ἐλάττω ποιεῖ τὰ παιδάρια τῶν ἀνδρῶν περὶ τὰς τοιαύτας ταραχὰς ἔν τε τῇ Καρχηδονίων πόλει καὶ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν.
15.31.1ἤδη δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας ὑποφαινούσης ἦν μὲν ἄκριτος ἡ κραυγή, μάλιστα δʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐξέλαμψε τὸ καλεῖν τὸν βασιλέα.
15.31.2τὸ μὲν οὖν πρῶτον οἱ Μακεδόνες ἐξαναστάντες κατελάβοντο τὸν χρηματιστικὸν πυλῶνα τῶν βασιλείων·
15.31.3μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον ἐπιγνόντες ποῦ τῆς αὐλῆς ἦν ὁ βασιλεύς, περιελθόντες τὰς μὲν πρώτας τῆς [πρώτης] σύριγγος ἐξέβαλον θύρας, ἐγγίσαντες δὲ τῆς δευτέρας ᾐτοῦντο τὸν παῖδα μετὰ κραυγῆς.
15.31.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα, βλέποντες ἤδη τὰ καθʼ αὑτούς, ἐδέοντο τῶν σωματοφυλάκων πρεσβεῦσαι περὶ αὑτῶν πρὸς τοὺς Μακεδόνας, δηλοῦντας ὅτι τῆς ἐπιτροπείας ἐκχωροῦσι καὶ τῆς ἄλλης ἐξουσίας καὶ τῶν τιμῶν, ἔτι δὲ τῶν χορηγίων ὧν ἔχουσι πάντων,
15.31.5αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ πνευμάτιον δέονται συγχωρηθῆναι σφίσι μετὰ τῆς ἀναγκαίας τροφῆς, ἵνα χωρήσαντες εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διάθεσιν μηδὲ βουληθέντες ἔτι δύνωνται λυπεῖν μηδένα.
15.31.6τῶν μὲν οὖν ἄλλων σωματοφυλάκων οὐδεὶς ὑπήκουσεν, Ἀριστομένης δὲ μόνος ὑπέστη τὴν χρείαν ταύτην ὁ μετά τινα χρόνον ἐπὶ τῶν πραγμάτων γενόμενος. ὁ δʼ ἀνὴρ οὗτος τὸ μὲν γένος ἦν Ἀκαρνάν,
15.31.7καθʼ ὅσον δὲ προβαίνων κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν, γενόμενος κύριος τῶν ὅλων πραγμάτων, κάλλιστα καὶ σεμνότατα δοκεῖ προστῆναι τοῦ τε βασιλέως καὶ τῆς βασιλείας, κατὰ τοσοῦτον κεκολακευκέναι τὴν Ἀγαθοκλέους εὐκαιρίαν.
15.31.8πρῶτος μὲν γὰρ ὡς ἑαυτὸν ἐπὶ δεῖπνον καλέσας τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα χρυσοῦν στέφανον ἀνέδωκε μόνῳ τῶν παρόντων, ὃ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν αὐτοῖς ἔθος ἐστὶ μόνοις συγχωρεῖσθαι,
15.31.9πρῶτος δὲ τὴν εἰκόνα τοῦ προειρημένου φέρειν ἐτόλμησεν ἐν τῷ δακτυλίῳ· γενομένης δὲ θυγατρὸς αὐτῷ ταύτην Ἀγαθόκλειαν προσηγόρευσεν.
15.31.10ἀλλʼ ἴσως ὑπὲρ μὲν τούτων ἐξαρκεῖ καὶ τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα· λαβὼν δὲ τὰς προειρημένας ἐντολὰς καὶ διά τινος ῥινοπύλης ἐξελθών, ἧκε πρὸς τοὺς Μακεδόνας.
15.31.11βραχέα δʼ αὐτοῦ διαλεχθέντος καὶ δηλώσαντος τὴν προαίρεσιν, ἐπεβάλοντο μὲν οἱ Μακεδόνες παραχρῆμα συγκεντῆσαι, ταχὺ δέ τινων ὑπερεχόντων αὐτοῦ τὰς χεῖρας καὶ παραιτησαμένων τοὺς πολλούς, ἐπανῆλθε λαβὼν ἐντολὴν ἢ τὸν βασιλέα πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἄγονθʼ ἥκειν ἢ μηδʼ αὐτὸν ἐξιέναι.
15.31.12τὸν μὲν οὖν Ἀριστομένην ταῦτʼ εἰπόντες οἱ Μακεδόνες ἀπέπεμψαν, αὐτοὶ δὲ ταῖς δευτέραις θύραις ἐγγίσαντες ἐξέωσαν καὶ ταύτας.
15.31.13οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα θεωροῦντες τὴν τῶν Μακεδόνων βίαν διά τε τῶν ἐνεργουμένων καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐπεβάλοντο διὰ τῆς θύρας προτείναντες τὰς χεῖρας, ἡ δʼ Ἀγαθόκλεια καὶ τοὺς μασθούς, οἷς ἔφη θρέψαι τὸν βασιλέα, δεῖσθαι τῶν Μακεδόνων, πᾶσαν προϊέμενοι φωνὴν
Book 16, Part 3
16.11Having made some assaults which proved abortive owing to the strength of the place, Philip went away again, plundering the forts and villages in the country. Thence he marched to Prinassus and pitched his camp under its wall. Having promptly got ready his pent-houses and other siege artillery, he began to attempt the town by mines. This plan proving impracticable, owing to the rocky nature of the soil, he contrived the following stratagem. During the day he caused a noise to be made under ground, as though the mines were being worked at; while during the night he caused earth to be brought and piled up at the mouth of the mine, in order that the men in the city, by calculating the quantity of earth thrown up, might become alarmed. At first the Prinassians held out bravely: but when Philip sent them a message informing them that he had underpinned two plethra of their walls, and asking them whether they preferred to march out with their lives, or one and all to perish with their town when he set fire to the props, then at last, believing that what he said was true, they surrendered the city.
16.12The town of Iassus is situated in Asia on the gulf between the temple of Poseidmen, the territory of Miletus, and the city of Myndus, called the gulf [of Iassus by some]. but by most the gulf of Bargylia from the names of the cities built upon its inner coast. The Iassians boast of being originally colonists from Argos, and more recently from Miletus, their ancestors having invited to their town the son of Neleus, the founder of Miletus, owing to their losses in the war with the Carians. The size of the town is ten stades. Among the people of Bargylia it is a common report widely believed that the statue of the Kindyan Artemis, though in the open air, is never touched by snow or rain; and the same belief is held among the Iassians as to the Artemis Astias. All these stories have been repeated by certain historians. But, for my part, I have in the whole course of my work set myself against such statements of our historiographers and have had no toleration for them. For it appears to me that such tales are only fit to amuse children, when they transgress not only the limits of probability but even those of possibility. For instance, to say that certain bodies when placed in full light cast no shadow argues a state of quite deplorable folly. But Theopompus has done this; for he says that those who enter the holy precinct of Zeus in Arcadia cast no shadow, which is on a par with the statements to which I have just referred. Now, in so far as such tales tend to preserve the reverence of the vulgar for religion, a certain allowance may be made for some historians when they record these miraculous legends. But they must not be allowed to go too far. Perhaps it is difficult to assign a limit in such a matter; still it is not impossible. Therefore, in my judgment, such displays of ignorance and delusion should be pardoned if they do not go very far, but anything like extravagance in them should be rejected.
16.13I have already described the deliberate policy of Nabis, tyrant of the Lacedaemonians; how he drove the citizens into exile, freed the slaves, and gave them the wives and daughters of their masters. How also, by opening his kingdom as a kind of inviolable sanctuary for all who fled from their own countries, he collected a number of bad characters in Sparta. I will now proceed to tell how in the same period, being in alliance with Aetolians, Eleans, and Messenians, and being bound by oaths and treaties to support one and all of those peoples in case of any one attacking them, he yet in utter contempt of these obligations determined to make a treacherous attack on Messene.
16.14As some episodical historians have written on the period which embraces the affair at Messene and the sea-fights already described, it is my intention to discuss them briefly. I will not however speak of them all, but only those whom I suppose to be worthy of commemoration and full discussion. These are the Rhodian writers Zeno and Antisthenes, whom I judge to deserve this distinction, for more than one reason. They were contemporary with the events, and were engaged in practical politics; and, lastly, they composed their histories with no view to gain, but for the sake of fame, and as part of the business of politicians. Since then they write of the same events as myself, I cannot omit mentioning them; lest, from the reputation of their country, and the idea that naval affairs are peculiarly the province of Rhodians, some students may prefer their authority to mine where I differ from them.
16.14Now both these writers, to begin with, describe the battle of Lade as not less severe than that of Chios, but more fiercely and daringly contested, both in detail and as a whole, and finally assert that the victory was with the Rhodians. For my part I should be inclined to allow that historians must show some partiality to their own countries; not however that they should state what is exactly opposite to the facts regarding them. There are quite enough mistakes which writers make from ignorance, and which it is difficult for poor human nature to avoid: but if we deliberately write what is false for the sake of country, friends, or favour, how do we differ from those who do the same to get a living? For as the latter, by measuring everything by the standard of private gain, ruin the credit of their works, so your politicians often fall into the same discredit by yielding to the influence of hatred or affection. Therefore readers ought to be jealously watchful on this head; while writers ought to be on their guard for their own sakes.
16.15The present matter is an example. When coming to details of the battle of Lade, these writers confess that in it two quinqueremes of Rhodes were captured by the enemy; and that upon one ship raising its studding-sail to escape from the conflict, owing to its having being staved in and shipping sea, many of the vessels near it did the same and made for the open sea; and that at last the admiral, being left with only a few vessels, was forced to follow their example. That for the present they were forced by unfavourable winds to drop anchor on the territory of Myndus, but next day put to sea and crossed to Cos; while the enemy, having secured the quinqueremes, landed at Lade and took up their quarters in the Rhodian camp: that, moreover, the Milesians, deeply impressed by what had taken place, presented not only Philip, but Heracleides also, with a garland of victory on his entrance to their territory. And yet, though they give all these particulars, which all evidently indicate the losing side, they still declare the Rhodians to have been victorious both in particular combats and in the whole battle; and that too in spite of the fact that the original despatch from the admiral concerning the battle, sent to the Senate and Prytanies, still exists in their Prytaneium, which testifies to the truth, not of the statements of Antisthenes and Zeno, but of mine.
Book 15, Part 8
15.32.1πρὸς τὸ περιποιήσασθαι τὸ ζῆν αὐτὸ μόνον· ἐπεὶ δὲ πολλὰ κατολοφυρόμενοι τὴν αὑτῶν τύχην οὐδὲν ἤνυον, τέλος ἐξέπεμψαν τὸν παῖδα μετὰ τῶν σωματοφυλάκων.
15.32.2οἱ δὲ Μακεδόνες, παραλαβόντες τὸν βασιλέα καὶ ταχέως ἐφʼ ἵππον ἀναβιβάσαντες, ἦγον εἰς τὸ στάδιον.
15.32.3ἅμα δὲ τῷ φανῆναι μεγάλης κραυγῆς καὶ κρότου γενηθέντος, ἐπιστήσαντες τὸν ἵππον καθεῖλον τὸν παῖδα, καὶ προαγαγόντες ἐκάθισαν εἰς τὴν βασιλικὴν θέαν.
15.32.4περὶ δὲ τοὺς ὄχλους ἐγένετό τις ἅμα χαρὰ καὶ λύπη· τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἦσαν περιχαρεῖς ἐπὶ τῷ κεκομίσθαι τὸν παῖδα, τὰ δὲ πάλιν δυσηρέστουν τῷ μὴ συνειλῆφθαι τοὺς αἰτίους μηδὲ τυγχάνειν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης τιμωρίας.
15.32.5διὸ καὶ συνεχῶς ἐβόων, ἄγειν κελεύοντες καὶ παραδειγματίζειν τοὺς πάντων τῶν κακῶν αἰτίους.
15.32.6ἤδη δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας προβαινούσης, καὶ τοῦ πλήθους ἐπʼ οὐδένα δυναμένου πέρας ἀπερείσασθαι τὴν ὁρμήν, Σωσίβιος, ὃς ἦν μὲν υἱὸς Σωσιβίου, τότε δὲ σωματοφύλαξ ὑπάρχων μάλιστα τὸν νοῦν προσεῖχε τῷ τε βασιλεῖ καὶ τοῖς πράγμασι,
15.32.7θεωρῶν τήν τε τοῦ πλήθους ὁρμὴν ἀμετάθετον οὖσαν καὶ τὸ παιδίον δυσχρηστούμενον διά τε τὴν τῶν παρεστώτων ἀσυνήθειαν καὶ διὰ τὴν περὶ τὸν ὄχλον ταραχήν, ἐπύθετο τοῦ βασιλέως εἰ παραδώσει τοῖς πολλοῖς τοὺς εἰς αὐτὸν ἢ τὴν μητέρα τι πεπλημμεληκότας.
15.32.8τοῦ δὲ κατανεύσαντος, τῶν μὲν σωματοφυλάκων τισὶν εἶπε δηλῶσαι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως γνώμην, τὸ δὲ παιδίον ἀναστήσας ἀπῆγε πρὸς τὴν θεραπείαν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν οἰκίαν, σύνεγγυς οὖσαν.
15.32.9τῶν δὲ διασαφούντων τὰ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, κατερρήγνυτο πᾶς ὁ τόπος ὑπὸ τοῦ κρότου καὶ τῆς κραυγῆς.
15.32.10οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ τὴν Ἀγαθόκλειαν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ καιρῷ διεχωρίσθησαν ἀλλήλων εἰς τὰς ἰδίας καταλύσεις. ταχὺ δὲ τῶν στρατιωτῶν τινες,
15.32.11οἱ μὲν ἐθελοντήν, οἱ δʼ ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ἐξωθούμενοι, παρώρμησαν ἐπὶ τὸ ζητεῖν τοὺς προειρημένους.
15.33.1τοῦ δὲ ποιεῖν αἷμα καὶ φόνους ἐγένετό τις ἐκ ταὐτομάτου καταρχὴ τοιαύτη.
15.33.2τῶν γὰρ Ἀγαθοκλέους ὑπηρετῶν καὶ κολάκων τις ὄνομα Φίλων ἐξῆλθε κραιπαλῶν εἰς τὸ στάδιον.
15.33.3οὗτος θεωρῶν τὴν ὁρμὴν τῶν ὄχλων εἶπε πρὸς τοὺς παρεστῶτας ὅτι πάλιν αὐτοῖς, καθάπερ καὶ πρῴην, ἐὰν Ἀγαθοκλῆς ἐξέλθῃ, μεταμελήσει.
15.33.4τῶν δʼ ἀκουσάντων οἱ μὲν ἀπελοιδόρουν αὐτόν, οἱ δὲ προώθουν. ἐπιβαλομένου δʼ ἀμύνεσθαι ταχέως οἱ μὲν τὴν χλαμύδα περιέρρηξαν, οἱ δὲ τὰς λόγχας προσερείσαντες ἐξεκέντησαν.
15.33.5ἅμα δὲ τῷ τοῦτον εἰς τὸ μέσον ἑλκυσθῆναι μεθʼ ὕβρεως ἔτι σπαίροντα, καὶ γεύσασθαι τὰ πλήθη φόνου, πάντες ἐκαραδόκουν τὴν τῶν ἄλλων παρουσίαν.
15.33.6μετʼ οὐ πολὺ δὲ παρῆν ἀγόμενος πρῶτος Ἀγαθοκλῆς δέσμιος· ὃν εὐθέως εἰσιόντα προσδραμόντες τινὲς ἄφνω συνεκέντησαν, ἔργον ποιοῦντες οὐκ ἐχθρῶν, ἀλλʼ εὐνοούντων· αἴτιοι γὰρ ἐγένοντο τοῦ μὴ τυχεῖν αὐτὸν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης καταστροφῆς· μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἤχθη Νίκων,
15.33.7εἶτʼ Ἀγαθόκλεια γυμνὴ σὺν ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς, ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις πάντες οἱ συγγενεῖς.
15.33.8ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν ἐκ τοῦ Θεσμοφορείου τὴν Οἰνάνθην ἀποσπάσαντες ἧκον εἰς τὸ στάδιον, ἄγοντες γυμνὴν ἐφʼ ἵππου.
15.33.9παραδοθέντων δὲ πάντων ὁμοῦ τοῖς ὄχλοις, οἱ μὲν ἔδακνον, οἱ δʼ ἐκέντουν, οἱ δὲ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἐξέκοπτον· ἀεὶ δὲ τοῦ πεσόντος τὰ μέλη διέσπων, ἕως ὅτου κατελώβησαν πάντας αὐτούς·
15.33.10δεινὴ γάρ τις ἡ περὶ τοὺς θυμοὺς ὠμότης γίνεται τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἀνθρώπων.
15.33.11κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον σύντροφοι τῆς Ἀρσινόης γεγενημέναι τινὲς παιδίσκαι, πυθόμεναι παραγεγονέναι τὸν Φιλάμμωνα τριταῖον ἀπὸ Κυρήνης τὸν ἐπιστάντα τῷ φόνῳ τῆς βασιλίσσης, ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ,
15.33.12καὶ βιασάμεναι τὸν μὲν Φιλάμμωνα τύπτουσαι τοῖς λίθοις καὶ τοῖς ξύλοις ἀπέκτειναν, τὸν δʼ υἱὸν ἀπέπνιξαν, ἀντίπαιδα τὴν ἡλικίαν ὄντα, σὺν δὲ τούτοις τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Φιλάμμωνος γυμνὴν εἰς τὴν πλατεῖαν ἐξέλκουσαι διέφθειραν.
15.33.13καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ τὴν Ἀγαθόκλειαν καὶ τοὺς τούτων συγγενεῖς τοιοῦτον ἔσχε
15.34.1τὸ τέλος. ἐγὼ δʼ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ μὲν τὰς τερατείας καὶ διασκευάς, αἷς κέχρηνται πρὸς ἔκπληξιν τῶν ἀκουόντων ἔνιοι τῶν γεγραφότων τὰς πράξεις ταύτας, πλείω τὸν ἐπιμετροῦντα λόγον διατιθέμενοι τοῦ συνέχοντος τὰ πράγματα καὶ κυρίου,
15.34.2τινὲς μὲν ἐπὶ τὴν τύχην ἀναφέροντες τὰ γεγονότα καὶ τιθέντες ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τὸ ταύτης ἀβέβαιον καὶ δυσφύλακτον, οἱ δὲ τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγοντες, πειρώμενοι τοῖς γεγονόσιν αἰτίας καὶ πιθανότητας ὑποτάττειν.
15.34.3οὐ μὴν ἔγωγε προεθέμην τούτῳ χρήσασθαι τῷ χειρισμῷ περὶ τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τὸ μήτε πολεμικὴν τόλμαν καὶ δύναμιν ἐπίσημον γεγονέναι περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθοκλέα μήτε χει
15.34.4ρισμὸν πραγμάτων ἐπιτυχῆ καὶ ζηλωτὸν μήτε τὸ τελευταῖον τὴν αὐλικὴν ἀγχίνοιαν καὶ κακοπραγμοσύνην διαφέρουσαν, ἐν ᾗ Σωσίβιος καὶ πλείους ἕτεροι κατεβίωσαν, βασιλεῖς ἐκ βασιλέων μεταχειριζόμενοι, τὰ δʼ ἐναντία τούτοις συμβεβηκέναι περὶ τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα.
15.34.5προαγωγῆς μὲν γὰρ ἔτυχε παραδόξου διὰ τὴν τοῦ Φιλοπάτορος ἀδυναμίαν τοῦ βασιλεύειν·
15.34.6τυχὼν δὲ ταύτης καὶ παραλαβὼν εὐφυέστατον καιρὸν μετὰ τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον πρὸς τὸ συντηρῆσαι τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἅμα τὰ πράγματα καὶ τὸ ζῆν ἀπέβαλε διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἀνανδρίαν καὶ ῥᾳθυμίαν, ἐν πάνυ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ καταγνωσθείς.
15.35.1διόπερ οὐ χρὴ τοῖς τοιούτοις προσάπτειν τὸν ἐπιμετροῦντα λόγον, καθάπερ εἶπα, τῷ δʼ Ἀγαθοκλεῖ καὶ Διονυσίῳ τοῖς Σικελιώταις καί τισιν ἑτέροις τῶν ἐν πράγμασιν ἐπʼ ὀνόματος γεγονότων.
15.35.2ἐκείνων γὰρ ὁ μὲν ἕτερος ἐκ δημοτικῆς καὶ ταπεινῆς ὑποθέσεως ὁρμηθείς, ὁ δʼ Ἀγαθοκλῆς, ὡς ὁ Τίμαιος ἐπισκώπτων φησί, κεραμεὺς ὑπάρχων καὶ καταλιπὼν τὸν τροχὸν καὶ τὸν πηλὸν καὶ τὸν καπνόν, ἧκε νέος ὢν εἰς τὰς Συρακούσας.
15.35.3καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐγενήθησαν ἀμφότεροι κατὰ τοὺς ἰδίους καιροὺς τύραννοι Συρακουσῶν, πόλεως τῆς μέγιστον ἀξίωμα τότε καὶ μέγιστον πλοῦτον περιποιησαμένης,
15.35.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα βασιλεῖς ἁπάσης Σικελίας νομισθέντες καί τινων καὶ τῆς Ἰταλίας μερῶν κυριεύσαντες.
15.35.5Ἀγαθοκλῆς δʼ οὐ μόνον καὶ τῶν τῆς Λιβύης ἀπεπείρασεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τέλος ἐναπέθανε ταῖς ὑπεροχαῖς ταύταις.
15.35.6διὸ καὶ Πόπλιον Σκιπίωνά φασι τὸν πρῶτον καταπολεμήσαντα Καρχηδονίους ἐρωτηθέντα τίνας ὑπολαμβάνει πραγματικωτάτους ἄνδρας γεγονέναι καὶ σὺν νῷ τολμηροτάτους, εἰπεῖν τοὺς περὶ Ἀγαθοκλέα καὶ Διονύσιον τοὺς Σικελιώτας.
15.35.7καὶ περὶ μὲν τῶν τοιούτων ἀνδρῶν εἰς ἐπίστασιν ἄγειν τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας, καί που καὶ τῆς τύχης ποιήσασθαι μνήμην, ἔτι δὲ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων πραγμάτων, καὶ καθόλου προστιθέναι τὸν ἐπεκδιδάσκοντα λόγον, ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν προειρημένων ἀνδρῶν οὐδαμῶς ἁρμόζει.
15.36.1διὰ δὴ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας τὸν μετʼ αὐξήσεως λόγον ἀπεδοκιμάσαμεν ὑπὲρ Ἀγαθοκλέους,
15.36.2οὐχ ἥκιστα δὲ καὶ διὰ τὸ πάσας τὰς ἐκπληκτικὰς περιπετείας μίαν ἔχειν φαντασίαν τὴν πρώτην ἀξίαν ἐπιστάσεως, τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν οὐ μόνον ἀνωφελῆ γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀκρόασιν καὶ θέαν αὐτῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετά τινος ὀχλήσεως ἐπιτελεῖσθαι τὴν ἐνέργειαν τῶν τοιούτων.
15.36.3δυεῖν γὰρ ὑπαρχόντων τελῶν, ὠφελείας καὶ τέρψεως, πρὸς ἃ δεῖ τὴν ἀναφορὰν ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς διὰ τῆς ἀκοῆς ἢ διὰ τῆς ὁράσεως βουλομένους τι πολυπραγμονεῖν, καὶ μάλιστα τῷ τῆς ἱστορίας γένει τούτου καθήκοντος, ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ὁ πλεονασμὸς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκπληκτικῶν συμπτωμάτων ἐκτὸς πίπτει.
15.36.4ζηλοῦν μὲν γὰρ τίς ἂν βουληθείη τὰς παραλόγους περιπετείας; οὐδὲ μὴν θεώμενος οὐδʼ ἀκούων ἥδεται συνεχῶς οὐδεὶς τῶν παρὰ φύσιν γενομένων πραγμάτων καὶ παρὰ τὴν κοινὴν ἔννοιαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
15.36.5ἀλλʼ εἰσάπαξ μὲν καὶ πρῶτον σπουδάζομεν ἃ μὲν ἰδεῖν, ἃ δʼ ἀκοῦσαι, χάριν τοῦ γνῶναι τὸ μὴ δοκοῦν δυνατὸν εἶναι διότι δυνατόν ἐστιν·
15.36.6ὅταν δὲ πιστεύωμεν, οὐδεὶς τοῖς παρὰ φύσιν ἐγχρονίζων εὐδοκεῖ· τῷ δʼ αὐτῷ πλεονάκις ἐγκυρεῖν οὐδʼ ὅλως ἂν βουληθείη.
15.36.7διόπερ ἢ ζηλωτὸν εἶναι δεῖ τὸ λεγόμενον ἢ τερπνόν· ὁ δὲ τῆς ἐκτὸς τούτων συμφορᾶς πλεονασμὸς οἰκειότερόν ἐστι τραγῳδίας ἤπερ ἱστορίας.
15.36.8ἀλλʼ ἴσως ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι συγγνώμην ἔχειν τοῖς μὴ συνεφιστάνουσι μήτʼ ἐπὶ τὰ τῆς φύσεως μήτʼ ἐπὶ τὰ καθόλου κατὰ τῆς οἰκουμένης πράγματα·
15.36.9δοκεῖ γὰρ αὐτοῖς ταῦτʼ εἶναι μέγιστα καὶ θαυμαστότατα τῶν προγεγονότων οἷς ἂν αὐτοὶ παρατυχόντες ἐγκυρήσωσιν ἢ πυθόμενοι παρά τινων πρὸς αὐτὰ ταῦτα προσέχωσι τὸν νοῦν.
15.36.10διὸ καὶ λανθάνουσι πλείω τοῦ καθήκοντος διατιθέμενοι λόγον ὑπὲρ τῶν μήτε καινῶν ὄντων διὰ τὸ καὶ ἑτέροις πρότερον εἰρῆσθαι μήτʼ ὠφελεῖν μήτε τέρπειν δυναμένων.
15.36.11περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω.
Book 16, Part 4
16.16Next as to their account of the treacherous attempt upon Messene. Zeno says that Nabis started from Sparta, crossed the Eurotas near the tributary called the Hoplites, and advanced along the narrow road past Poliasium until he arrived at Sallasia, thence past Pharae to Thalamae, and so to the river Pamisus. About which I do not know what to say. It is just as if one were to say that a man started from Corinth and marched through the Isthmus and arrived at the Scironean way, and then came straight to the Contoporian road, and journeyed past Mycenae to Argos. For such a statement would not be merely slightly wrong but wholly contradictory. For the Isthmus and the Scironian rocks are east of Corinth, while the Contoporian road and Mycenae are nearly due south-west; so that it is completely impossible to go by way of the former to the latter. The same may be said about Lacedaemon; for the Eurotas and Sallasia are to the northeast of Sparta, while Thalamae, Pharae, and the Pamisus are to the south-west. Therefore it is not possible to go to Sallasia, nor necessary to cross the Eurotas, if a man means to go to Messenia by way of Thalamae.
16.17Besides these mistakes, he says that Nabis started on his return from Messenia by the gate on the road to Tegea. This is another absurdity; for Megalopolis is between Tegea and Messene, so that it is impossible that a gate at Messene should be called the Gate to Tegea. The fact is that there is a gate there called the Tegean Gate, by which Nabis commenced his return; and this led Zeno into the mistake of supposing that Tegea was near Messene, which is not the fact: for the Laconian territory, as well as that of Megalopolis, lies between that of Messene and Tegea. Lastly, he says that the Alpheus flows underground from its source for a considerable distance, and comes up near Lycoa, in Arcadia. The truth is that this river does go down underground not far from its source, and, after remaining hidden for about ten stades, comes up again, and then flows through the territory of Megalopolis, at first with a gentle stream, and then gaining volume, and watering that whole district in a splendid manner for two hundred stades, at length reaches Lycoa, swollen by the tributary stream of the Lusius, and become unfordable and deep. . . .
16.17However, I think that the points I have mentioned, though all of them blunders, admit of some palliation and excuse; for the latter arose from mere ignorance, those connected with the sea-fight from patriotic affection. But is it not then a fault in Zeno, that he does not bestow as much pains on investigating the truth and thoroughly mastering his subject, as upon the ornaments of style; and shows on many occasions that he particularly plumes himself on this, as many other famous writers do? To my mind it is quite right to take great care and pay great attention to the presentation of one’s facts in correct and adequate language, for this contributes in no small degree to the effectiveness of history; still I do not think that serious writers should regard it as their primary and most important object. Far from it. Quite other are the parts of his history on which a practical politician should rather pride himself.
16.18The best illustration of what I mean will be the following. This same writer, in his account of the siege of Gaza and Antiochus’s pitched battle with Scopas in Coele-Syria, at Mount Panium, showed such extreme anxiety about ornaments of style, that he made it quite impossible even for professional rhetoricians or mob-orators to outstrip him in theatrical effect; while he showed such a contempt of facts, as once more amounted to unsurpassable carelessness and inaccuracy. For, intending to describe the first position in the field taken up by Scopas, he says that the right extremity of his line, together with a few cavalry, rested on the slope of the mountain; while its left with all the cavalry belonging to this wing, was in the plains below. That Antiochus, just before the morning watch, despatched his elder son Antiochus with a division of his army to occupy the high ground which commanded the enemy; and that at daybreak he led the rest of his army across the river which flowed between the two camps, and drew them up on the plain: arranging his heavy-armed infantry in one line, facing the enemy’s centre, and his cavalry, some on the right and the rest on the left wing of the phalanx, among which were the heavy-armed horsemen, under the sole command of the younger of the king’s sons Antiochus. That in advance of this line he stationed the elephants at certain intervals, and the Tarentines commanded by Antipater; while he filled up the spaces between the elephants with archers and slingers. And finally, that he took up his own station on the rear of the elephants with a squadron of household cavalry and bodyguards. After this preliminary description he continues: The younger Antiochus—whom he had described as being on the level ground with the heavy-armed cavalry—charged down from the high ground and put to flight and pursued the cavalry under Ptolemy, son of Aeropus, who was in command of the Aetolians in the plain on the left wing; but the two lines, when they met, maintained a stubborn fight. But he fails to observe that, as the elephants, cavalry, and light-armed infantry were in front, the two lines could not possibly meet at all.
16.19Next he says that the phalanx, outmatched in agility and forced backwards by the Aetolians, retired step by step, while the elephants received the retreating line, and did great service in charging the enemy. But how the elephants got on the rear of the phalanx it is not easy to understand, or how, if they had got there, they could have done good service. For as soon as the two lines were once at close quarters, the animals would no longer have been able to distinguish friend from foe among those that came in their way. Again, he says that the Aetolian cavalry were thrown into a panic during the engagement, because they were unaccustomed to the look of the elephants. But, by his own account, the cavalry which was originally stationed on the right wing remained unbroken; while the other division of the cavalry, that on the right wing, had all fled before the successful attack of Antiochus. What portion of the cavalry was it, then, that was on the centre of the phalanx, and was terrified by the elephants? And where was the king, or what part did he take in the battle, seeing that he had with him the very flower of the infantry and cavalry? For not a word has been told us about these. And where was the elder of the young Antiochi, who, with a division of the troops, occupied the high ground? For this prince is not represented even as returning to his quarters after the battle. And very naturally so. For Zeno started by assuming two sons of the king named Antiochus, whereas there was only one in the army on that occasion. How comes it, again, that according to him, Scopas returned first and also last from the field? For he says: when he saw the younger Antiochus, after returning from the pursuit, on the rear of his phalanx, and accordingly gave up all hopes of victory, he retired. But afterwards he says that he sustained the most imminent peril when his phalanx got surrounded by the elephants and cavalry, and was the last man to retire from the field.
16.20These and similar blunders appear to me to reflect very great discredit upon writers. It is necessary, therefore, to endeavour to make one’s self master of all departments of history alike. That is the ideal; but if that is impossible, one ought at least to be excessively careful on the most essential and important points in it. I have been induced to say this because I have observed that in history, as in other arts and sciences, there is a tendency to neglect the true and essential, while the ostentatious and the showy secure praise and emulation as something great and admirable. The fact being that in history, as in other departments of literature, these latter qualities require less trouble and gain a cheaper reputation. As to his ignorance of the topography of Laconia, considering that his error was an important one, I did not hesitate to write to Zeno personally. For I thought it a point of honour not to look upon the mistakes of others as personal triumphs, as is the way with some writers; but to do the best I could to secure correctness, not only of my own historical writings, but of those of others also, for the benefit of the world at large. When Zeno received my letter and found that it was impossible to make the correction, because his history was already published, he was much vexed, but could do nothing. He, however, put the most friendly interpretation on my proceeding; and, in regard to this point, I would beg my own readers, whether of my own or future generations, if I am ever detected in making a deliberate misstatement, and disregarding truth in any part of my history, to criticise me unmercifully; but if I do so from lack of information, to make allowances: and I ask it for myself more than others, owing to the size of my history and the extent of ground covered by its transactions. . . .
Book 15, Part 9
15.37.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐδόκει κατὰ μὲν τὰς ἀρχὰς γεγονέναι μεγαλεπίβολος καὶ τολμηρὸς καὶ τοῦ προτεθέντος ἐξεργαστικός,
15.37.2προβαίνων δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν ἐφάνη πολὺ καταδεέστερος αὑτοῦ καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς προσδοκίας.
Book 16, Part 5
16.21Tlepolemus, the chief minister in the kingdom of Egypt, was a young man, but one who had spent all his life in the camp, and with reputation. By nature aspiring and ambitious, he had done much that was glorious in the service of his country, but much that was evil also. As a general in a campaign, and as an administrator of military expeditions, he was a man of great ability, high natural courage, and extremely well fitted to deal personally with soldiers. But on the other hand, for the management of complicated affairs, he was deficient in diligence and sobriety, and had the least faculty in the world for the keeping of money or the economical administration of finance. And it was this that before long not only caused his own fall, but seriously damaged the kingdom as well. For though he had complete control of the exchequer, he spent the greater part of the day in playing ball and in matches in martial exercises with the young men; and directly he left these sports he collected drinking parties, and spent the greater part of his life in these amusements and with these associates. But that part of his day which he devoted to business, he employed in distributing, or, I might rather say, in throwing away the royal treasures among the envoys from Greece and the Dionysian actors, and, more than all, among the officers and soldiers of the palace guard. He was utterly incapable of saying no, and bestowed anything there was at hand on any one who said anything to please him. The evil which he himself thus began continually increased. For every one who had received a favour expressed his gratitude in extravagant language, both for the sake of what he had got and of what he hoped to get in the future. And thus being informed of the universal praise which was bestowed on him, of the toasts proposed in his honour at banquets, of complimentary inscriptions, and songs sung in his praise by the public singers all through the town, he became entirely befooled, and grew daily more and more puffed up with conceit, and more reckless in squandering favours upon foreigners and soldiers.
16.22These proceedings were very offensive to the other members of the court; and, therefore, they watched everything he did with a jealous eye, and conceived a detestation for his insolence, which they began to compare unfavourably with the character of Sosibius. For the latter was considered to show more wisdom in his guardianship of the king than his age gave reason to expect; and, in his dealings with other persons, to maintain the dignity proper to his high trust, which was the royal seal and person. Just at this time, Ptolemy, the son of Sosibius, returned from his mission to Philip. Before he left Alexandria on his voyage, he had been full of foolish pride, partly from his own natural disposition and partly from his father’s success. But upon landing in Macedonia, and mixing with the young men at court, he conceived the notion that the virtue of the Macedonians consisted in the better fashion of their boots and clothes; he therefore came home got up in imitation of all these peculiarities, and fully persuaded that his foreign tour and association with Macedonians had made a man of him. He therefore immediately began showing jealousy of Tlepolemus, and inveighing against him; and as all the courtiers joined him, on the ground that Tlepolemus was treating the business and revenue of the state as though he were its heir and not its guardian, the quarrel quickly grew. Meanwhile Tlepolemus, being informed of certain unfriendly speeches, originating in the jealous observation and malignity of the courtiers, at first turned a deaf ear to them and affected to despise them; but when at length they ventured to hold a meeting and openly express their disapproval of him in his absence, on the ground of his maladministration of the government of the kingdom, he grew angry; and, summoning the council, came forward and said that they brought their accusations against him secretly and in private, but he judged it right to accuse them in public and face to face. . . .
16.22After making his public speech, Tlepolemus deprived Sosibius of the custody of the seal also, and having got that into his hands, thenceforth conducted the administration exactly as he chose. . . .
16.22aIt seems to me to be at once just and proper to give the people of Gaza the praise which they deserve. For though they do not differ as to bravery in war from the rest of the inhabitants of Coele-Syria, yet as parties to an international agreement, and in their fidelity to their promises, they far surpass them, and show altogether a courage in such matters that is irresistible. In the first place, when all the other people were terrified at the invasion of the Persians, in view of the greatness of their power, and one and all submitted themselves and their countries to the Medes, they alone faced the danger and stood a siege. Again, on the invasion of Alexander, when not only did the other cities surrender, but even Tyre was stormed and its inhabitants sold into slavery; and when it seemed all but hopeless for any to escape destruction, who resisted the fierce and violent attack of Alexander, they alone of all the Syrians withstood him, and tested their powers of defence to the uttermost. Following the same line of conduct on the present occasion, they omitted nothing within their power in their determination to keep faith with Ptolemy. Therefore, just as we distinguish by special mention in our history individuals of eminent virtue, so ought we, in regard to states as such, to mention with commendation those which act nobly in any point from traditional principles and deliberate policy. . . .
16.23Publius Scipio returned from Libya soon after the events I have narrated. The expectation of the people concerning him was proportionable to the magnitude of his achievements: and the splendour of his reception, and the signs of popular favour which greeted him were extraordinary. Nor was this otherwise than reasonable and proper. For after despairing of ever driving Hannibal from Italy, or of averting that danger from themselves and their kinsfolk, they now looked on themselves as not only securely removed from every fear and every menace of attack, but as having conquered their enemies. Their joy therefore knew no bounds; and when Scipio came into the city in triumph, and the actual sight of the prisoners who formed the procession brought still more clearly to their memories the dangers of the past, they became almost wild in the expression of their thanks to the gods, and their affection for the author of such a signal change. For among the prisoners who were led in the triumphal procession was Syphax, the king of the Masaesylii, who shortly afterwards died in prison. The triumph concluded, the citizens celebrated games and festivals for several days running with great splendour, Scipio, in his magnificent liberality, supplying the cost. . . .
16.24At the beginning of the winter in which Publius Sulpicius was elected consul at Rome, king Philip, who was staying at Bargylia, was rendered exceedingly uneasy and filled with many conflicting anxieties for the future, when he observed that the Rhodians and Attalus, far from dismissing their navy, were actually manning additional ships and paying more earnest attention than ever to guarding the coasts. He had a double cause, indeed, for uneasiness: he was afraid of sailing from Bargylia, and foresaw that he would have to encounter danger at sea; and at the same time he was not satisfied with the state of things in Macedonia, and therefore was unwilling on any consideration to spend the winter in Asia, being afraid both of the Aetolians and the Romans; for he was fully aware of the embassies sent to Rome to denounce him [as soon as it was known] that the war in Libya was ended. These considerations caused him overwhelming perplexity; but he was compelled for the present to remain where he was, leading the life of a wolf, to use the common expression: for he robbed and stole from some, and used force to others, while he did violence to his nature by fawning on others, because his army was suffering from famine; and by these means managed sometimes to get meat to eat, sometimes figs, and sometimes nothing but a very short allowance of corn. Some of these provisions were supplied to him by Zeuxis, and some by the people of Mylae, Alabanda, and Magnesia, whom he flattered whenever they gave him anything, and barked at and plotted against when they did not. Finally, he made a plot to seize Mylae by the agency of Philocles, but failed from the clumsiness with which the scheme was contrived. The territory of Alabanda he harried as though it were an enemy’s, alleging that it was imperatively necessary to get food for his troops. . . .
Book 16, Part 1
16.1.1ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ βασιλεὺς παραγενόμενος εἰς τὸ Πέργαμον καὶ νομίζων οἷον αὐτόχειρ Ἀττάλου γενέσθαι πᾶσαν αἰκίαν ἐναπεδείκνυτο.
16.1.2χαριζόμενος γὰρ οἷον εἰ λυττῶντι τῷ θυμῷ, τὸ πλεῖον τῆς ὀργῆς οὐκ εἰς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, ἀλλʼ εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς διετίθετο.
16.1.3κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς ἀκροβολισμοὺς εὐχερῶς αὐτὸν ἀπήρυκον διὰ τὰς τῶν τόπων ὀχυρότητας οἱ τὸ Πέργαμον παραφυλάττοντες· ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς χώρας οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖτο τῷ προνενοῆσθαι τὸν Ἄτταλον ὑπὲρ τούτων ἐπιμελῶς.
16.1.4λοιπὸν εἰς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ἕδη καὶ τεμένη διετίθετο τὴν ὀργήν, ὑβρίζων οὐκ Ἄτταλον, ὥς γʼ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον ἑαυτόν.
16.1.5οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἐνεπίμπρα καὶ κατασπῶν ἐρρίπτει τοὺς νεὼς καὶ τοὺς βωμούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς λίθους ἔθραυε πρὸς τὸ μηδὲ πάλιν ἀνασταθῆναι μηδὲν τῶν κατεφθαρμένων.
16.1.6ἐπεὶ δὲ τὸ Νικηφόριον ἐλυμήνατο, τὸ μὲν ἄλσος ἐκτεμών, τὸν δὲ περίβολον διαρρίψας, τούς τε ναοὺς ἐκ θεμελίων ἀνέσκαψε, πολλοὺς καὶ πολυτελεῖς ὑπάρχοντας,
16.1.7ὥρμησε τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐπὶ Θυατείρων· ἐκεῖθεν δὲ ποιησάμενος τὴν ἀναζυγὴν εἰς τὸ Θήβης πεδίον εἰσέβαλε, νομίζων εὐπορήσειν λείας μάλιστα περὶ τούτους τοὺς τόπους.
16.1.8ἀποπεσὼν δὲ καὶ ταύτης τῆς ἐλπίδος, καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Ἱερὰν κώμην, διεπέμπετο πρὸς Ζεῦξιν, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν σῖτον χορηγῆσαι καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ συμπράττειν κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας.
16.1.9ὁ δὲ Ζεῦξις ὑπεκρίνετο μὲν ποιεῖν τὰ κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας, οὐκ ἐβούλετο δὲ σωματοποιεῖν ἀληθινῶς τὸν Φίλιππον. —
16.2.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος, τῶν μὲν κατὰ τὴν πολιορκίαν ἀντιπιπτόντων αὐτῷ, τῶν δὲ πολεμίων ἐφορμούντων πλείοσι καταφράκτοις ναυσίν, ἠπορεῖτο καὶ δυσχρήστως διέκειτο περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος.
16.2.2οὐκ ἐπιδεχομένων δὲ τῶν παρόντων αἵρεσιν, ἀνήχθη παρὰ τὴν τῶν πολεμίων προσδοκίαν·
16.2.3ἔτι γὰρ αὐτὸν ἤλπιζον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον προσκαρτερήσειν τῇ τῶν μετάλλων κατασκευῇ.
16.2.4μάλιστα δʼ ἐσπούδαζε ποιήσασθαι τὸν ἀνάπλουν αἰφνίδιον, πεπεισμένος καταταχήσειν καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν ἀσφαλῶς ἤδη κομισθήσεσθαι παρὰ τὴν γῆν εἰς τὴν Σάμον.
16.2.5διεψεύσθη δὲ παρὰ πολὺ τοῖς λογισμοῖς· οἱ γὰρ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον καὶ Θεοφιλίσκον, ἅμα τῷ συνιδεῖν αὐτὸν ἀναγόμενον, εἴχοντο τῶν προκειμένων εὐθέως.
16.2.6συνέβη δὲ τὸν ἀνάπλουν αὐτῶν γενέσθαι διαλελυμένον, ἅτε πεπεισμένων τὸν Φίλιππον, καθάπερ εἶπον, ἔτι μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων.
16.2.7οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ χρησάμενοι ταῖς εἰρεσίαις ἐνεργῶς προσέβαλλον, Ἄτταλος μὲν τῷ δεξιῷ καὶ καθηγουμένῳ τῶν πολεμίων, Θεοφιλίσκος δὲ τοῖς εὐωνύμοις.
16.2.8Φίλιππος δὲ περικαταλαμβανόμενος τοῖς καιροῖς, δοὺς τὸ σύνθημα τοῖς ἐπὶ τοῦ δεξιοῦ καὶ παραγγείλας ἀντιπρώρρους ποιεῖν τὰς ναῦς καὶ συμπλέκεσθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐρρωμένως, αὐτὸς ὑπὸ τὰς νησίδας ἀναχωρήσας μετά τινων λέμβων, τὰς μεταξὺ τοῦ πόρου κειμένας, ἀπεκαραδόκει τὸν κίνδυνον.
16.2.9ἦν δὲ τῶν μὲν τοῦ Φιλίππου νεῶν τὸ πλῆθος τὸ συγκαταστὰν εἰς τὸν ἀγῶνα κατάφρακτοι τρεῖς καὶ πεντήκοντα, σὺν δὲ τούτοις ἄφρακτα λέμβοι δὲ σὺν ταῖς πρίστεσιν ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα· τὰς γὰρ ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ ναῦς οὐκ ἠδυνήθη καταρτίσαι πάσας.
16.2.10τὰ δὲ τῶν πολεμίων σκάφη κατάφρακτα μὲν ἦν ἑξήκοντα καὶ πέντε σὺν τοῖς τῶν Βυζαντίων, μετὰ δὲ τούτων ἐννέα τριημιολίαι καὶ τριήρεις τρεῖς ὑπῆρχον.
16.3.1λαβούσης δὲ τὴν καταρχὴν τῆς ναυμαχίας ἐκ τῆς Ἀττάλου νεώς, εὐθέως πάντες οἱ σύνεγγυς ἀπαραγγέλτως συνέβαλον ἀλλήλοις.
16.3.2Ἄτταλος μὲν οὖν συμπεσὼν ὀκτήρει, καὶ προεμβαλὼν ταύτῃ καιρίαν καὶ ὕφαλον πληγήν, ἐπὶ πολὺ τῶν ἐπὶ τοῦ καταστρώματος ἀγωνισαμένων τέλος ἐβύθισε τὴν ναῦν.
16.3.3ἡ δὲ τοῦ Φιλίππου δεκήρης, ναυαρχὶς οὖσα, παραλόγως ἐγένετο τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑποχείριος.
16.3.4ὑποπεσούσης γὰρ αὐτῇ τριημιολίας, ταύτῃ δοῦσα πληγὴν βιαίαν κατὰ μέσον τὸ κύτος ὑπὸ τὸν θρανίτην σκαλμὸν ἐδέθη, τοῦ κυβερνήτου τὴν ὁρμὴν τῆς νεὼς οὐκέτι δυνηθέντος ἀναλαβεῖν·
16.3.5διὸ καὶ προσκρεμαμένου τοῦ πλοίου τοῖς ὅλοις ἐδυσχρηστεῖτο καὶ δυσκίνητος ἦν πρὸς πᾶν. ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ δύο πεντήρεις προσπεσοῦσαι,
16.3.6καὶ τρώσασαι τὴν ναῦν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τοῖν μεροῖν, καὶ τὸ σκάφος καὶ τοὺς ἐπιβάτας τοὺς ἐν αὐτῷ διέφθειραν, ἐν οἷς ἦν καὶ Δημοκράτης ὁ τοῦ Φιλίππου ναύαρχος.
16.3.7κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν Διονυσόδωρος καὶ Δεινοκράτης, ὄντες ἀδελφοὶ καὶ ναυαρχοῦντες παρʼ Ἀττάλῳ, συμπεσόντες ὁ μὲν ἑπτήρει τῶν πολεμίων, ὁ δʼ ὀκτήρει, παραβόλως ἐχρήσαντο τῇ ναυμαχίᾳ.
16.3.8Δεινοκράτης μὲν πρὸς ὀκτήρη συμπεσὼν αὐτὸς μὲν ἔξαλον ἔλαβε τὴν πληγήν, ἀναστείρου τῆς νεὼς οὔσης, τὴν δὲ τῶν πολεμίων τρώσας ναῦν ὑπὸ τὰ βίαχα τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οὐκ ἐδύνατο χωρισθῆναι, καίπερ πολλάκις ἐπιβαλόμενος πρύμναν κρούειν·
16.3.9διὸ καὶ τῶν Μακεδόνων εὐψύχως ἀγωνιζομένων εἰς τὸν ἔσχατον παρεγένετο κίνδυνον.
16.3.10Ἀττάλου δʼ ἐπιβοηθήσαντος αὐτῷ, καὶ διὰ τῆς εἰς τὴν πολεμίαν ναῦν ἐμβολῆς λύσαντος τὴν συμπλοκὴν τῶν σκαφῶν, ὁ μὲν Δεινοκράτης ἀπελύθη παραδόξως,
16.3.11οἱ δὲ τῆς πολεμίας νεὼς ἐπιβάται πάντες εὐψύχως διαγωνισάμενοι διεφθάρησαν, τὸ δὲ σκάφος ἔρημον ἀπολειφθὲν ὑποχείριον ἐγένετο τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον.
16.3.12ὁ δὲ Διονυσόδωρος μετὰ βίας ἐπιφερόμενος εἰς ἐμβολὴν αὐτὸς μὲν ἥμαρτε τοῦ τρῶσαι, παραπεσὼν δὲ τοῖς πολεμίοις ἀπέβαλε τὸν δεξιὸν ταρσὸν τῆς νεώς, ὁμοῦ συρραγέντων καὶ τῶν πυργούχων·
16.3.13οὗ γενομένου περιέστησαν αὐτὸν πανταχόθεν οἱ πολέμιοι.
16.3.14κραυγῆς δὲ καὶ θορύβου γενομένου τὸ μὲν λοιπὸν πλῆθος τῶν ἐπιβατῶν ἅμα τῷ σκάφει διεφθάρη, τρίτος δʼ αὐτὸς ὁ Διονυσόδωρος ἀπενήξατο πρὸς τὴν ἐπιβοηθοῦσαν αὐτῷ τριημιολίαν.
16.4.1τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν νεῶν τοῦ πλήθους ὁ κίνδυνος ἐφάμιλλος ἦν·
16.4.2καθʼ ὅσον γὰρ ἐπλεόναζον οἱ παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου λέμβοι, κατὰ τοσοῦτον διέφερον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον τῷ τῶν καταφράκτων νεῶν πλήθει.
16.4.3καὶ τὰ μὲν περὶ τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας τοῦ Φιλίππου τοιαύτην εἶχε τὴν διάθεσιν ὥστʼ ἀκμὴν ἄκριτα μένειν τὰ ὅλα, πολὺ δὲ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐπικυδεστέρας ἔχειν τὰς ἐλπίδας.
16.4.4οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι κατὰ μὲν τὰς ἀρχὰς εὐθέως ἐκ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς ἀπεσπάσθησαν τῶν πολεμίων, καθάπερ ἀρτίως εἶπα, τῷ δὲ ταχυναυτεῖν παρὰ πολὺ διαφέροντες τῶν ἐναντίων συνῆψαν τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς οὐραγίας Μακεδόσι.
16.4.5καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑποχωροῦσι τοῖς σκάφεσι κατὰ πρύμναν ἐπιφερόμενοι τοὺς ταρσοὺς παρέλυον·
16.4.6ὡς δʼ οἱ μὲν παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου συνεπιστρέφειν ἤρξαντο παραβοηθοῦντες τοῖς κινδυνεύουσι, τῶν δὲ Ῥοδίων οἱ καθυστεροῦντες ἐκ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς συνῆψαν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Θεοφιλίσκον,
16.4.7τότε κατὰ πρόσωπον ἀντιπρώρρους τάξαντες τὰς ναῦς ἀμφότεροι συνέβαλον εὐψύχως, ὁμοῦ ταῖς σάλπιγξι καὶ τῇ κραυγῇ παρακαλοῦντες ἀλλήλους.
16.4.8εἰ μὲν οὖν μὴ μεταξὺ τῶν καταφράκτων νεῶν ἔταξαν οἱ Μακεδόνες τοὺς λέμβους, ῥᾳδίαν ἂν καὶ σύντομον ἔλαβε κρίσιν ἡ ναυμαχία· νῦν δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐμπόδια πρὸς τὴν χρείαν τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ἐγίνετο κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους.
16.4.9μετὰ γὰρ τὸ κινηθῆναι τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς τάξιν ἐκ τῆς πρώτης συμβολῆς πάντες ἦσαν ἀναμὶξ ἀλλήλοις,
16.4.10ὅθεν οὔτε διεκπλεῖν εὐχερῶς οὔτε στρέφειν ἐδύναντο τὰς ναῦς οὔτε καθόλου χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις προτερήμασιν, ἐμπιπτόντων αὐτοῖς τῶν λέμβων ποτὲ μὲν εἰς τοὺς ταρσούς, ὥστε δυσχρηστεῖν ταῖς εἰρεσίαις, ποτὲ δὲ πάλιν εἰς τὰς πρώρρας, ἔστι δʼ ὅτε κατὰ πρύμναν, ὥστε παραποδίζεσθαι καὶ τὴν τῶν κυβερνητῶν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐρετῶν χρείαν.
16.4.11κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἀντιπρώρρους συμπτώσεις ἐποίουν τι τεχνικόν·
Book 16, Part 6
16.24When this Philip, father of Perseus, was thus overrunning Asia, being unable to get provisions for his army, he accepted a present of figs from the Magnesians, as they had no corn. For which reason, when he conquered Myus, he granted its territory to the Magnesians in return for their figs. . . .
16.25The Athenian people sent envoys to king Attalus, both to thank him for the past, and to urge him to come to Athens to consult with them on the dangers that still threatened them. The king was informed a few days afterwards that Roman ambassadors had arrived at the Peiraeus; and, believing that it was necessary to have an interview with them, he put to sea in haste. The Athenian people, being informed of his coming, passed very liberal votes as to the reception and general entertainment of the king. Arrived at the Peiraeus, Attalus spent the first day in transacting business with the Roman ambassadors, and was extremely delighted to find that they were fully mindful of their ancient alliance with him, and quite prepared for the war with Philip. Next morning, in company with the Romans and the Athenian magistrates, he began his progress to the city in great state. For he was met, not only by all the magistrates and the knights, but by all the citizens with their children and wives. And when the two processions met, the warmth of the welcome given by the populace to the Romans, and still more to Attalus, could not have been exceeded. At his entrance into the city by the gate Dipylum the priests and priestesses lined the street on both sides: all the temples were then thrown open; victims were placed ready at all the altars; and the king was requested to offer sacrifice. Finally they voted him such high honours as they had never without great hesitation voted to any of their former benefactors: for, in addition to other compliments, they named a tribe after Attalus, and classed him among their eponymous heroes.
16.26They next summoned an ecclesia and invited the king to address them. But upon his excusing himself, on the plea that it would be ill-bred for him to appear before the people and recount his own good services in the presence of those on whom they had been bestowed, they gave up asking for his personal appearance; but begged him to give them a written statement as to what he thought was the best thing to do in view of the existing circumstances. On his consenting to do this, and writing the document, the magistrates produced the despatch to the ecclesia. The contents of this written communication were briefly these: he recalled the good services he had done the people in the past; enumerated the things he had accomplished in the existing war against Philip; and lastly exhorted them to activity in this war, and protested that, if they did not determine resolutely to adopt this policy of hostility to Philip in common with the Rhodians, Romans, and himself, and yet afterwards wished to share in the benefits which had been secured by others, they would miss securing the true interests of their country. As soon as this despatch had been read, the people, influenced both by its contents and by their warm feeling towards Attalus, were prepared to vote the war: and when the Rhodians also entered and argued at great length to the same effect, the Athenians at once decreed the war against Philip. They gave the Rhodians also a magnificent reception, honoured their state with a crown of valour, and voted all Rhodians equal rights of citizenship at Athens, on the ground of their having, besides other things, restored the Athenian ships which had been captured with the men on board them. After concluding this arrangement, the Rhodian ambassadors sailed to Ceos with their fleet to visit the islands. . . .
16.27While the Roman ambassadors were still at Athens, Nicanor, by the command of Philip, made a raid upon Attica, and came as far as the Academy. Thereupon the Romans sent a herald to him, and bade him announce to his master Philip that The Romans admonished him to make no war upon any Greek State, and to submit to an arbitration before a fair tribunal as to the injuries he had inflicted upon Attalus: that, if he did this, he might have peace with Rome, but, if he refused to obey, the opposite would immediately follow. On the receipt of this message Nicanor retired. Then the Romans sailed along the coast of Epirus and delivered a similar announcement in regard to Philip in the town of Phoenice; also to Amynandrus in the district of Athamania; also to the Aetolians in Naupactus, and the Achaeans in Aegium. And having thus by the mouth of Nicanor given Philip this clear warning, the Roman envoys themselves sailed away to visit Antiochus and Ptolemy with a view to settle their controversies. . . .
16.28It appears to me that to make a good beginning, and even to maintain enthusiasm long enough to secure a considerable measure of success, is an achievement of which many have been found capable; but to carry a purpose through to its end, and, even though fortune be adverse, to make up by cool reason for the deficiency of enthusiasm is within the power of few. From this point of view one cannot but disparage the inactivity of Attalus and the Rhodians, while regarding with admiration the royal and lofty spirit displayed by Philip, and his constancy to his purpose,—not meaning to speak in praise of his character as a whole, but simply commending the vigour with which he acted on this occasion. I make this distinction to prevent any one supposing that I contradict myself, because I recently praised Attalus and the Rhodians and found fault with Philip, whereas I am now doing the reverse. This is just such a case as I referred to at the beginning of my history, when I said that it was necessary sometimes to praise, and sometimes to blame the same persons, since it frequently happens that changes of circumstances for the worse and calamities alter men’s original dispositions, and frequently also changes for the better; and sometimes too it is the case that from natural temperament men are at one time inclined to what is right, at another to the reverse. And it is a variation of this sort that I think occurred to Philip in this instance. For, irritated by his defeats, and influenced in a great degree by anger and passion, he addressed himself with a kind of insane or inspired eagerness to meet the dangers of the hour; and it was in this spirit that he rose to the attack upon the Rhodians and king Attalus, and gained the successes which followed. I was induced to make these remarks, because I observe that some men, like bad runners in the stadium, abandon their purposes when close to the goal; while it is at that particular point, more than at any other, that others secure the victory over their rivals. . . .
16.29Philip was anxious to anticipate the Romans in seizing bases of operation and landing-places in this country (Asia). . . .
Book 16, Part 2
16.4.12αὐτοὶ μὲν γὰρ ἔμπρωρρα τὰ σκάφη ποιοῦντες ἐξάλους ἐλάμβανον τὰς πληγάς, τοῖς δὲ πολεμίοις ὕφαλα τὰ τραύματα διδόντες ἀβοηθήτους ἐσκεύαζον τὰς πληγάς.
16.4.13σπανίως δʼ εἰς τοῦτο συγκατέβαινον· καθόλου γὰρ ἐξέκλινον τὰς συμπλοκὰς διὰ τὸ γενναίως ἀμύνεσθαι τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἀπὸ τῶν καταστρωμάτων ἐν ταῖς συστάδην γινομέναις μάχαις.
16.4.14τὸ δὲ πολὺ κατὰ μὲν τοὺς διέκπλους παρασύροντες τῶν πολεμίων νεῶν τοὺς ταρσοὺς ἠχρείουν· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἐκπεριπλέοντες, καὶ τοῖς μὲν κατὰ πρύμναν ἐμβάλλοντες, τοῖς δὲ πλαγίοις καὶ στρεφομένοις ἀκμὴν προσπίπτοντες οὓς μὲν ἐτίτρωσκον, οἷς δὲ παρέλυον ἀεί τι τῶν πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ἀναγκαίων.
16.4.15καὶ δὴ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ μαχόμενοι παμπληθεῖς τῶν πολεμίων ναῦς διέφθειραν.
16.5.1ἐπιφανέστατα δʼ ἐκινδύνευσαν τρεῖς πεντήρεις τῶν Ῥοδίων, ἥ τε ναυαρχίς, ἐφʼ ἧς ἔπλει Θεοφιλίσκος, μετὰ δὲ ταύτην ἧς ἐτριηράρχει Φιλόστρατος, τρίτη δʼ ἣν ἐκυβέρνα μὲν Αὐτόλυκος, ἐπέπλει δὲ Νικόστρατος.
16.5.2ταύτης γὰρ ἐμβαλούσης εἰς πολεμίαν ναῦν καὶ καταλιπούσης ἐν τῷ σκάφει τὸν ἔμβολον, συνέβη δὴ τὴν μὲν πληγεῖσαν αὔτανδρον καταδῦναι, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τὸν Αὐτόλυκον, εἰσρεούσης εἰς τὴν ναῦν τῆς θαλάττης διὰ τῆς πρώρρας, κυκλωθέντας ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἀγωνίζεσθαι γενναίως,
16.5.3τέλος δὲ τὸν μὲν Αὐτόλυκον ἐκπεσεῖν τρωθέντα μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων εἰς τὴν θάλατταν, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἐπιβάτας ἀποθανεῖν μαχομένους γενναίως. ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ Θεοφιλίσκος,
16.5.4βοηθήσας μετὰ τριῶν πεντήρων, τὴν μὲν ναῦν οὐκ ἠδυνήθη σῶσαι διὰ τὸ πλήρη θαλάττης εἶναι, δύο δὲ ναῦς πολεμίας τρώσας τοὺς ἐπιβάτας ἐξέβαλε.
16.5.5ταχὺ δὲ περιχυθέντων αὐτῷ λέμβων πλειόνων καὶ καταφράκτων νεῶν, τοὺς μὲν πλείστους ἀπέβαλε τῶν ἐπιβατῶν ἐπιφανῶς ἀγωνισαμένους,
16.5.6αὐτὸς δὲ τρία τραύματα λαβὼν καὶ παραβόλως τῇ τόλμῃ κινδυνεύσας μόλις ἐξέσωσε τὴν ἰδίαν ναῦν ἐπιβοηθήσαντος αὐτῷ Φιλοστράτου καὶ συναναδεξαμένου τὸν ἐνεστῶτα κίνδυνον εὐψύχως.
16.5.7συνάψας δὲ τοῖς αὑτοῦ σκάφεσι πάλιν ἐξ ἄλλης ὁρμῆς συνεπλέκετο τοῖς πολεμίοις, τῇ μὲν σωματικῇ δυνάμει παραλυόμενος ὑπὸ τῶν τραυμάτων, τῇ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς γενναιότητι λαμπρότερος ὢν καὶ παραστατικώτερος ἢ πρόσθεν.
16.5.8συνέβη δὲ δύο γενέσθαι ναυμαχίας πολὺ διεστώσας ἀλλήλων· τὸ μὲν γὰρ δεξιὸν κέρας τοῦ Φιλίππου κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πρόθεσιν ἀεὶ τῆς γῆς ὀρεγόμενον οὐ μακρὰν ἀπεῖχε τῆς Ἀσίας,
16.5.9τὸ δʼ εὐώνυμον διὰ τὸ παραβοηθῆσαι τοῖς ἐπὶ τῆς οὐραγίας ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς οὐ πολὺ τῆς Χίας ἀπέχον ἐναυμάχει τοῖς Ῥοδίοις.
16.6.1οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ παρὰ πολὺ τοῦ δεξιοῦ κέρατος κατακρατούντων τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον, καὶ συνεγγιζόντων ἤδη πρὸς τὰς νησίδας ὑφʼ αἷς ὁ Φίλιππος ὥρμει καραδοκῶν τὸ συμβησόμενον,
16.6.2συνιδὼν Ἄτταλος μίαν πεντήρη τῶν ἰδίων ἐκτὸς τοῦ κινδύνου τετρωμένην καὶ βαπτιζομένην ὑπὸ νεὼς πολεμίας, ὥρμησε παραβοηθήσων ταύτῃ μετὰ δύο τετρήρων.
16.6.3τοῦ δὲ πολεμίου σκάφους ἐγκλίναντος καὶ ποιουμένου τὴν ἀποχώρησιν ὡς πρὸς τὴν γῆν, ἐπέκειτο φιλοτιμότερον, ἐγκρατὴς γενέσθαι σπουδάζων τῆς νεώς.
16.6.4ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος, συνθεασάμενος ἀπεσπασμένον πολὺ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων, παραλαβὼν τέτταρας πεντήρεις καὶ τρεῖς ἡμιολίας, ἔτι δὲ τῶν λέμβων τοὺς ἐγγὺς ὄντας, ὥρμησε, καὶ διακλείσας τὸν Ἄτταλον ἀπὸ τῶν οἰκείων νεῶν ἠνάγκασε μετὰ μεγάλης ἀγωνίας εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐκβαλεῖν τὰ σκάφη.
16.6.5τούτου δὲ συμβάντος αὐτὸς μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς μετὰ τῶν πληρωμάτων εἰς τὰς Ἐρυθρὰς ἀπεχώρησε, τῶν δὲ πλοίων καὶ τῆς βασιλικῆς κατασκευῆς ἐγκρατὴς ὁ Φίλιππος ἐγένετο.
16.6.6καὶ γὰρ ἐποίησάν τι τεχνικὸν ἐν τούτοις τοῖς καιροῖς οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον· τὰ γὰρ ἐπιφανέστατα τῆς βασιλικῆς κατασκευῆς ἐπὶ τὸ κατάστρωμα τῆς νεὼς ἐξέβαλον.
16.6.7ὅθεν οἱ πρῶτοι τῶν Μακεδόνων, συνάψαντες ἐν τοῖς λέμβοις, συνθεασάμενοι ποτηρίων πλῆθος καὶ πορφυρῶν ἱματίων καὶ τῶν τούτοις παρεπομένων σκευῶν, ἀφέμενοι τοῦ διώκειν ἀπένευσαν ἐπὶ τὴν τούτων ἁρπαγήν.
16.6.8διὸ συνέβη τὸν Ἄτταλον ἀσφαλῆ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν εἰς τὰς Ἐρυθράς.
16.6.9Φίλιππος δὲ τοῖς μὲν ὅλοις ἠλαττωμένος παρὰ πολὺ τὴν ναυμαχίαν, τῇ δὲ περιπετείᾳ τῇ κατὰ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐπαρθείς, ἐπανέπλει, καὶ πολὺς ἦν συναθροίζων τὰς σφετέρας ναῦς καὶ παρακαλῶν τοὺς ἄνδρας εὐθαρσεῖς εἶναι, διότι νικῶσι τῇ ναυμαχίᾳ·
16.6.10καὶ γὰρ ὑπέδραμέ τις ἔννοια καὶ πιθανότης τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὡς ἀπολωλότος τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀττάλου διὰ τὸ κατάγειν τοὺς περὶ τὸν Φίλιππον ἀναδεδεμένους τὴν βασιλικὴν ναῦν.
16.6.11ὁ δὲ Διονυσόδωρος ὑπονοήσας τὸ περὶ τὸν αὑτοῦ βασιλέα γεγονός, ἥθροιζε τὰς οἰκείας ναῦς ἐξαίρων σύνθημα· ταχὺ δὲ συλλεχθεισῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀπέπλει μετʼ ἀσφαλείας εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν ὅρμους.
16.6.12κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν οἱ πρὸς τοὺς Ῥοδίους ἀγωνιζόμενοι τῶν Μακεδόνων, πάλαι κακῶς πάσχοντες, ἐξέλυον αὑτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ κινδύνου μετὰ προφάσεως κατὰ μέρη ποιούμενοι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν, ὡς ταῖς οἰκείαις σπεύδοντες ἐπικουρῆσαι ναυσίν.
16.6.13οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι, τὰς μὲν ἀναδησάμενοι τῶν νεῶν, τὰς δὲ προδιαφθείραντες ταῖς ἐμβολαῖς, ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Χίον.
16.7.1ἐφθάρησαν δὲ τοῦ μὲν Φιλίππου ναῦς ἐν μὲν τῇ πρὸς Ἄτταλον ναυμαχίᾳ δεκήρης, ἐννήρης, ἑπτήρης, ἑξήρης, τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν κατάφρακτοι μὲν δέκα καὶ τριημιολίαι τρεῖς, λέμβοι δὲ πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ τὰ τούτων πληρώματα·
16.7.2ἐν δὲ τῇ πρὸς Ῥοδίους διεφθάρησαν κατάφρακτοι μὲν δέκα, λέμβοι δὲ περὶ τετταράκοντα τὸν ἀριθμόν· ἥλωσαν δὲ δύο τετρήρεις καὶ λέμβοι σὺν τοῖς πληρώμασιν ἑπτά.
16.7.3τῶν δὲ παρʼ Ἀττάλου κατέδυσαν μὲν τριημιολία μία καὶ δύο πεντήρεις, ἥλωσαν δὲ δύο τετρήρεις καὶ τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως σκάφος.
16.7.4τῶν δὲ Ῥοδίων διεφθάρησαν μὲν δύο πεντήρεις καὶ τριήρης, ἥλω δʼ οὐδέν.
16.7.5ἄνδρες δὲ τῶν μὲν Ῥοδίων ἀπέθανον εἰς ἑξήκοντα, τῶν δὲ παρʼ Ἀττάλου πρὸς ἑβδομήκοντα, τῶν δὲ τοῦ Φιλίππου Μακεδόνες μὲν εἰς τρισχιλίους, τῶν δὲ πληρωμάτων εἰς ἑξακισχιλίους.
16.7.6ἑάλωσαν δὲ ζωγρίᾳ τῶν μὲν συμμάχων καὶ Μακεδόνων εἰς δισχιλίους, τῶν δʼ ὑπεναντίων εἰς ἑπτακοσίους.
16.8.1καὶ τὸ μὲν τέλος τῆς περὶ Χίον ναυμαχίας τοιοῦτον συνέβη γενέσθαι,
16.8.2τῆς δὲ νίκης ὁ Φίλιππος ἀντεποιεῖτο κατὰ δύο προφάσεις, κατὰ μίαν μέν, ᾗ τὸν Ἄτταλον εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐκβαλὼν ἐγκρατὴς τῆς νεὼς ἐγεγόνει, καθʼ ἑτέραν δʼ, ᾗ καθορμισθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸ καλούμενον Ἄργεννον ἐδόκει πεποιῆσθαι τὸν ὅρμον ἐπὶ τῶν ναυαγίων.
16.8.3ἀκόλουθα δὲ τούτοις ἔπραττε καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἑξῆς ἡμέραν συνάγων τὰ ναυάγια καὶ τῶν νεκρῶν ποιούμενος ἀναίρεσιν τῶν ἐπιγινωσκομένων, χάριν τοῦ συναύξειν τὴν προειρημένην φαντασίαν.
16.8.4ὅτι γὰρ οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἐπέπειστο νικᾶν, ἐξήλεγξαν αὐτὸν οἵ τε Ῥόδιοι καὶ Διονυσόδωρος μετʼ ὀλίγον·
16.8.5κατὰ γὰρ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ἔτι περὶ ταῦτα γινομένου τοῦ βασιλέως διαπεμψάμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπέπλευσαν αὐτῷ, καὶ στήσαντες ἐν μετώπῳ τὰς ναῦς, οὐδενὸς ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἀνταναγομένου πάλιν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Χίον.
16.8.6ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος, οὐδέποτε τοσούτους ἄνδρας ἀπολωλεκὼς οὔτε κατὰ γῆν οὔτε κατὰ θάλατταν ἑνὶ καιρῷ, βαρέως μὲν ἔφερε τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ τὸ πολὺ τῆς ὁρμῆς αὐτοῦ παρῄρητο,
16.8.7πρὸς μέντοι γε τοὺς ἐκτὸς ἐπειρᾶτο κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐπικρύπτεσθαι τὴν αὑτοῦ διάληψιν, καίπερ οὐκ ἐώντων αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων.
16.8.8χωρὶς γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων καὶ τὰ μετὰ τὴν μάχην συμβαίνοντα πάντας ἐξέπληττε τοὺς θεωμένους·
16.8.9γενομένης γὰρ τοσαύτης φθορᾶς ἀνθρώπων, παρʼ αὐτὸν μὲν τὸν καιρὸν πᾶς ὁ πόρος ἐπληρώθη νεκρῶν, αἵματος, ὅπλων, ναυαγίων, ταῖς δʼ ἑξῆς ἡμέραις τοὺς αἰγιαλοὺς ἦν ἰδεῖν φύρδην σεσωρευμένους ἀναμὶξ πάντων τῶν προειρημένων.
16.8.10ἐξ ὧν οὐ μόνον αὐτός, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντες οἱ Μακεδόνες εἰς διατροπὴν ἐνέπιπτον οὐ τὴν τυχοῦσαν.
16.9.1Θεοφιλίσκος δὲ μίαν ἡμέραν ἐπιβιώσας, καὶ τῇ πατρίδι γράψας ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ τὴν ναυμαχίαν, καὶ Κλεωναῖον ἡγεμόνα συστήσας ἀνθʼ ἑαυτοῦ ταῖς δυνάμεσι, μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον ἐκ τῶν τραυμάτων,
16.9.2ἀνὴρ καὶ κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον ἀγαθὸς γενόμενος καὶ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν μνήμης ἄξιος.
Book 16, Part 7
16.29In order that, if it should be his purpose again to cross to Asia, he might have a landing-place at Abydos.
16.29The position of Abydos and Sestos, and the advantages of the situation of those towns it would, I think, be waste of time for me to state in great detail, because the singularity of those sites has made them familiar to all persons of intelligence. Still I imagine that it will not be otherwise than useful to remind my readers briefly of the facts, by way of attracting their attention. A man would best realise the advantages of these cities, not by regarding their sites by themselves, but by comparing and contrasting them with those about to be mentioned. For just as it is impossible to sail from the Ocean,—or as some call it the Atlantic,—into our sea, except by passing between the Pillars of Heracles, so is it impossible to sail from our sea into the Propontis and the Pontus except through the channel separating Sestos and Abydos. But as though Fortune had designed these two straits to counterbalance each other, the passage between the Pillars of Heracles is many times as broad as that of the Hellespont,—the former being sixty, the latter two stades; the reason being, as far as one may conjecture, the great superiority in size of the external Ocean to our sea: while the channel at Abydos is more convenient than that at the Pillars of Heracles. For the former being lined on both sides by human habitations is of the nature of a gate admitting mutual intercourse, sometimes being bridged over by those who determine to cross on foot, and at all times admitting a passage by sea. But the channel at the Pillars of Heracles is seldom used, and by very few persons, owing to the lack of intercourse between the tribes inhabiting those remote parts of Libya and Europe, and owing to the scantiness of our knowledge of the external Ocean. The city of Abydos itself is enclosed on both sides by two European promontories, and possesses a harbour capable of sheltering ships anchoring in it from every wind; while there is no possibility of anchoring at any point near the city outside the harbour mouth, owing to the rapidity and violence of the current setting through the strait.
16.30Having then invested Abydos partly by a palisade and partly by an earthwork, Philip began blockading it by land and sea together. This siege was not at all remarkable for the extent of the machinery employed, or the ingenuity displayed in those works on which besiegers and besieged are wont to exhaust all their invention and skill against each other; but still it deserves, if any ever did, to be remembered and recorded for the noble spirit and extraordinary gallantry exhibited by the besieged. At first, feeling full confidence in themselves, the inhabitants of Abydos maintained a courageous resistance to the attempts of Philip; struck and dislodged some of his engines, which he brought against their walls by sea, with stones from their catapults, and destroyed others by fire, and with such fierceness, that the enemy were barely able to drag their ships out of danger. Against the siege operations on land, too, up to a certain point they offered an undaunted resistance, not at all despairing of ultimately overpowering the enemy. But when their outer wall was undermined and fell, and when moreover the Macedonians by means of these same mines were approaching the inner wall, which had been erected by the besieged to cover the breach: then at length they send Iphiades and Pantacnotus as ambassadors, with an offer to Philip that he should take over the city, on condition of letting the soldiers from Rhodes and Attalus depart under a truce; and of permitting all free persons to depart as they could, and wherever each might choose, with the clothes that each was wearing. But on Philip bidding them surrender at discretion or fight like men, the ambassadors returned to the town.
16.31On being informed of the message the people of Abydos met in public assembly, and with feelings of utter despair deliberated upon their position. They thereupon resolved, first to liberate the slaves, that they might secure their sincere interest and loyalty; next, to collect all the women into the temple of Artemis, and the children with their nurses into the gymnasium; and finally to bring together their silver and gold into the market-place, as well as collect their clothes which were of any value into the quadrireme of the Rhodians and the trireme of the Cyzicenes. Having formed these resolutions and acted on the decree with unanimity, they again assembled in public meeting, and elected fifty of the older and most trusted men, who at the same time were possessed of sufficient bodily vigour to enable them to carry out what had been determined upon; and these they bound on oath in the presence of the whole of the citizens, that whenever they saw the inner wall being captured by the enemy, they would kill the children and women, and would burn the abovementioned ships, and, in accordance with the curses that had been invoked, would throw the silver and gold into the sea. After this they brought the priests forward, and all the citizens swore that they would conquer the enemy or die fighting for their country. To crown all, they slew victims and compelled the priests and priestesses to dictate the words of this imprecation over the burnt offerings. Having bound themselves by this solemn agreement, they left off attempting to countermine the enemy, and resolved that, directly the interior wall fell, they would fight to the last in the breach with the enemy’s storming party and there die.
16.32This would justify us in saying that the gallantry of the Abydenians outdid the proverbial Phocian recklessness and Acarnanian courage. For the Phocians have the reputation of having adopted a similar resolution as to their families, but not because they despaired of victory, for they were about to fight a pitched battle with the Thessalians in the open field. So too the Acarnanians, upon the mere prospect of an Aetolian invasion, adopted a like resolution; the details of which I have already narrated. But the Abydenians, at a time when they were closely invested and in all but complete despair of being saved, elected by a unanimous resolution to meet their fate along with their children and wives, rather than to live any longer with the knowledge that their children and wives would fall into the power of the enemy. Therefore one might justly complain of Fortune for having, in the former cases, given victory and safety to those who despaired of them, while she adopted the opposite decision in regard to the Abydenians. For the men were killed, and the city was taken, but the children with their mothers fell into the hands of the enemy.
16.33As soon as the interior wall had fallen, the men, according to their oaths, sprang upon the ruins and fought the enemy with such desperate courage, that Philip, though he had kept sending the Macedonians to the front in relays till nightfall, at last abandoned the contest in despair of accomplishing the capture at all. For not only did the Abydenian forlorn hope take their stand upon the dead bodies of the fallen enemies, and maintain the battle with fury; nor was it only that they fought gallantly with mere swords and spears; but when any of these weapons had been rendered useless, or had been knocked out of their hands, they grappled with the Macedonians, and either hurled them to the ground arms and all, or broke their sarissae, and stabbing their faces and exposed parts of their bodies with the broken ends, threw them into a complete panic. But the fight being interrupted by nightfall, most of the citizens having now fallen in the breach, and the rest being utterly exhausted by fatigue and wounds, Glaucides and Theognetus collected a few of the older men together, and, instigated by hopes of personal safety, lowered the special eminence and unique glory which their fellow-citizens had acquired. For they resolved to save the children and women alive, and at daybreak to send the priests and priestesses with garlands to Philip, to entreat his mercy and surrender the city to him.
Book 16, Part 3
16.9.3μὴ γὰρ ἐκείνου τολμήσαντος προεπιβαλεῖν τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὰς χεῖρας πάντες ἂν καταπροεῖντο τοὺς καιρούς, δεδιότες τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου τόλμαν.
16.9.4νῦν δʼ ἐκεῖνος ἀρχὴν πολέμου ποιήσας ἠνάγκασε μὲν τὴν αὑτοῦ πατρίδα συνεξαναστῆναι τοῖς καιροῖς, ἠνάγκασε δὲ τὸν Ἄτταλον μὴ μέλλειν καὶ παρασκευάζεσθαι τὰ πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, ἀλλὰ πολεμεῖν ἐρρωμένως καὶ κινδυνεύειν.
16.9.5τοιγαροῦν εἰκότως αὐτὸν οἱ Ῥόδιοι καὶ μεταλλάξαντα τοιαύταις ἐτίμησαν τιμαῖς διʼ ὧν οὐ μόνον τοὺς ζῶντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐπιγενομένους ἐξεκαλέσαντο πρὸς τοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος καιρούς. —
16.10.1ὅτι μετὰ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὴν περὶ τὴν Λάδην ναυμαχίαν καὶ τοὺς μὲν Ῥοδίους ἐκποδὼν γενέσθαι, τὸν δʼ Ἄτταλον μηδέπω συμμεμιχέναι, δῆλον ὡς ἐξῆν γε τελεῖν τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὸν εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν πλοῦν. ἐξ οὗ δὴ καὶ μάλιστʼ ἄν τις καταμάθοι τὸ μανιώδη γενόμενον Φίλιππον τοῦτο πρᾶξαι. —
16.10.1τί οὖν ἦν τὸ τῆς ὁρμῆς ἐπιλαβόμενον;
16.10.2οὐδὲν ἕτερον ἀλλʼ ἡ φύσις τῶν πραγμάτων.
16.10.3ἐκ πολλοῦ μὲν γὰρ ἐνίοτε πολλοὶ τῶν ἀδυνάτων ἐφίενται διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν προφαινομένων ἐλπίδων, κρατούσης τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῶν ἑκάστου λογισμῶν·
16.10.4ὅταν δʼ ἐγγίσωσι τοῖς ἔργοις, οὐδενὶ λόγῳ πάλιν ἀφίστανται τῶν προθέσεων, ἐπισκοτούμενοι καὶ παραλογιζόμενοι τοῖς λογισμοῖς διὰ τὴν ἀμηχανίαν καὶ τὴν δυσχρηστίαν τῶν ἀπαντωμένων. —
16.11.1μετὰ ταῦτα δὲ ποιησάμενος ὁ Φίλιππός τινας ἀπράκτους προσβολὰς διὰ τὴν ὀχυρότητα τοῦ πολίσματος αὖθις ἀπεχώρει, πορθῶν τὰ φρούρια καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὴν χώραν συνοικίας.
16.11.2ὅθεν ἀπαλλαττόμενος προσεστρατοπέδευσε τῇ Πρινασσῷ. ταχὺ δὲ γέρρα καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἑτοιμάσας παρασκευὴν ἤρξατο πολιορκεῖν διὰ τῶν μετάλλων.
16.11.3οὔσης δʼ ἀπράκτου τῆς ἐπιβολῆς αὐτῷ διὰ τὸ πετρώδη τὸν τόπον ὑπάρχειν ἐπινοεῖ τι τοιοῦτον.
16.11.4τὰς μὲν ἡμέρας ψόφον ἐποίει κατὰ γῆς, ὡς ἐνεργουμένων τῶν μετάλλων, τὰς δὲ νύκτας ἔξωθεν ἔφερε χοῦν καὶ παρέβαλλε παρὰ τὰ στόμια τῶν ὀρυγμάτων, ὥστε διὰ τοῦ πλήθους τῆς σωρευομένης γῆς στοχαζομένους καταπλαγεῖς γενέσθαι τοὺς ἐν τῇ πόλει.
16.11.5τὰς μὲν οὖν ἀρχὰς ὑπέμενον οἱ Πρινασσεῖς εὐγενῶς· ἐπεὶ δὲ προσπέμψας ὁ Φίλιππος ἐνεφάνιζε διότι πρὸς δύο πλέθρα τοῦ τείχους αὐτοῖς ἐξήρεισται, καὶ προσεπυνθάνετο πότερα βούλονται λαβόντες τὴν ἀσφάλειαν ἐκχωρεῖν ἢ μετὰ τῆς πόλεως συναπολέσθαι πανδημεί,
16.11.6τῶν ἐρεισμάτων ἐμπρησθέντων, τηνικάδε πιστεύσαντες τοῖς λεγομένοις παρέδοσαν τὴν πόλιν. —
16.12.1ἡ δὲ τῶν Ἰασέων πόλις κεῖται μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τῷ μεταξὺ κειμένῳ τοῦ τῆς Μιλησίας Ποσειδίου καὶ τῆς Μυνδίων πόλεως, προσαγορευομένῳ , παρὰ δὲ τοῖς πλείστοις Βαργυλιητικῷ συνωνύμως ταῖς περὶ τὸν μυχὸν αὐτοῦ πόλεσιν ἐκτισμέναις.
16.12.2εὔχονται δὲ τὸ μὲν ἀνέκαθεν Ἀργείων ἄποικοι γεγονέναι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Μιλησίων, ἐπαγαγομένων τῶν προγόνων τὸν Νηλέως υἱὸν τοῦ κτίσαντος Μίλητον διὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ Καρικῷ πολέμῳ γενομένην φθορὰν αὐτῶν. τὸ δὲ μέγεθος τῆς πόλεώς ἐστι δέκα στάδια.
16.12.3καταπεφήμισται δὲ καὶ πεπίστευται παρὰ μὲν τοῖς Βαργυλιήταις διότι τὸ τῆς Κινδυάδος Ἀρτέμιδος ἄγαλμα, καίπερ ὂν ὑπαίθριον, οὔτε νίφεται τὸ παράπαν οὔτε βρέχεται,
16.12.4παρὰ δὲ τοῖς Ἰασεῦσι τὸ τῆς Ἀστιάδος· καὶ ταῦτά τινες εἰρήκασι καὶ τῶν συγγραφέων.
16.12.5ἐγὼ δὲ πρὸς τὰς τοιαύτας ἀποφάσεις τῶν ἱστοριογράφων οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως παρʼ ὅλην τὴν πραγματείαν ἐναντιούμενος καὶ δυσανασχετῶν διατελῶ.
16.12.6δοκεῖ γάρ μοι τὰ τοιαῦτα παντάπασι παιδικῆς εὐηθείας ὅσα μὴ μόνον τῆς τῶν εὐλόγων ἐκτὸς πίπτει θεωρίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τοῦ δυνατοῦ.
16.12.7τὸ γὰρ φάσκειν ἔνια τῶν σωμάτων ἐν φωτὶ τιθέμενα μὴ ποιεῖν σκιὰν ἀπηλγηκυίας ἐστὶ ψυχῆς· ὃ πεποίηκε Θεόπομπος, φήσας τοὺς εἰς τὸ τοῦ Διὸς ἄβατον ἐμβάντας κατʼ Ἀρκαδίαν ἀσκίους γίνεσθαι.
16.12.8τούτῳ δὲ παραπλήσιόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ νυνὶ λεγόμενον.
16.12.9ὅσα μὲν οὖν συντείνει πρὸς τὸ διασῴζειν τὴν τοῦ πλήθους εὐσέβειαν πρὸς τὸ θεῖον, δοτέον ἐστὶ συγγνώμην ἐνίοις τῶν συγγραφέων τερατευομένοις καὶ λογοποιοῦσι περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα· τὸ δʼ ὑπεραῖρον οὐ συγχωρητέον.
16.12.10τάχα μὲν οὖν ἐν παντὶ δυσπαράγραφός ἐστιν ἡ ποσότης, οὐ μὴν ἀπαράγραφός γε.
16.12.11διὸ καὶ παρὰ βραχὺ μὲν εἰ καὶ ἀγνοεῖται καὶ ψευδοδοξεῖται, δεδόσθω συγγνώμη, τὸ δʼ ὑπεραῖρον ἀθετείσθω κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν δόξαν.
16.13.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον τίνα μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς προαίρεσιν ἐνεστήσατο Νάβις ὁ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων τύραννος, καὶ πῶς ἐκβαλὼν τοὺς πολίτας ἠλευθέρωσε τοὺς δούλους καὶ συνῴκισε ταῖς τῶν δεσποτῶν γυναιξὶ καὶ θυγατράσιν,
16.13.2ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τίνα τρόπον ἀναδείξας τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν οἷον ἄσυλον ἱερὸν τοῖς ἢ διʼ ἀσέβειαν ἢ πονηρίαν φεύγουσι τὰς ἑαυτῶν πατρίδας ἥθροισε πλῆθος ἀνθρώπων ἀνοσίων εἰς τὴν Σπάρτην, ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων δεδηλώκαμεν.
16.13.3πῶς δὲ καὶ τίνα τρόπον κατὰ τοὺς προειρημένους καιροὺς σύμμαχος ὑπάρχων Αἰτωλοῖς, Ἠλείοις, Μεσσηνίοις, καὶ πᾶσι τούτοις ὀφείλων καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας βοηθεῖν, εἴ τις ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἴοι, παρʼ οὐδὲν ποιησάμενος τὰς προειρημένας πίστεις ἐπεβάλετο παρασπονδῆσαι τὴν τῶν Μεσσηνίων πόλιν, νῦν ἐροῦμεν. —
16.14.1ὅτι φησὶ Πολύβιος ἐπεὶ δέ τινες τῶν τὰς κατὰ μέρος γραφόντων πράξεις γεγράφασι καὶ περὶ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν, ἐν οἷς τά τε κατὰ Μεσσηνίους καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὰς προειρημένας ναυμαχίας συνετελέσθη, βούλομαι βραχέα περὶ αὐτῶν διαλεχθῆναι.
16.14.2ποιήσομαι δʼ οὐ πρὸς ἅπαντας, ἀλλʼ ὅσους ὑπολαμβάνω μνήμης ἀξίους εἶναι καὶ διαστολῆς· εἰσὶ δʼ οὗτοι Ζήνων καὶ Ἀντισθένης οἱ Ῥόδιοι.
16.14.3τούτους δʼ ἀξίους εἶναι κρίνω διὰ πλείους αἰτίας. καὶ γὰρ κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς γεγόνασι καὶ προσέτι πεπολίτευνται καὶ καθόλου πεποίηνται τὴν πραγματείαν οὐκ ὠφελείας χάριν, ἀλλὰ δόξης καὶ τοῦ καθήκοντος ἀνδράσι πολιτικοῖς.
16.14.4τῷ δὲ τὰς αὐτὰς γράφειν ἡμῖν πράξεις ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι μὴ παρασιωπᾶν, ἵνα μὴ τῷ τῆς πατρίδος ὀνόματι καὶ τῷ δοκεῖν οἰκειοτάτας εἶναι Ῥοδίοις τὰς κατὰ θάλατταν πράξεις, ἡμῶν ἀντιδοξούντων πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐνίοτε, μᾶλλον ἐπακολουθήσωσιν ἐκείνοις ἤπερ ἡμῖν οἱ φιλομαθοῦντες.
16.14.5οὗτοι τοιγαροῦν ἀμφότεροι πρῶτον μὲν τὴν περὶ Λάδην ναυμαχίαν οὐχ ἥττω τῆς περὶ Χίον, ἀλλʼ ἐνεργεστέραν καὶ παραβολωτέραν ἀποφαίνουσι καὶ τῇ κατὰ μέρος τοῦ κινδύνου χρείᾳ καὶ συντελείᾳ καὶ καθόλου φασὶ τὸ νίκημα γεγονέναι κατὰ τοὺς Ῥοδίους.
16.14.6ἐγὼ δὲ διότι μὲν δεῖ ῥοπὰς διδόναι ταῖς αὑτῶν πατρίσι τοὺς συγγραφέας, συγχωρήσαιμʼ ἄν, οὐ μὴν τὰς ἐναντίας τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἀποφάσεις ποιεῖσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
16.14.7ἱκανὰ γὰρ τὰ κατʼ ἄγνοιαν γινόμενα τοῖς γράφουσιν, ἃ διαφυγεῖν ἄνθρωπον δυσχερές·
16.14.8ἐὰν δὲ κατὰ προαίρεσιν ψευδογραφῶμεν ἢ πατρίδος ἕνεκεν ἢ φίλων [ἢ] χάριτος, τί διοίσομεν τῶν ἀπὸ τούτου τὸν βίον ποριζομένων;
16.14.9ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι τῷ λυσιτελεῖ μετροῦντες ἀδοκίμους ποιοῦσι τὰς αὑτῶν συντάξεις, οὕτως οἱ πολιτικοὶ τῷ μισεῖν ἢ τῷ φιλεῖν ἑλκόμενοι πολλάκις εἰς ταὐτὸ τέλος ἐμπίπτουσι τοῖς προειρημένοις.
16.14.10διὸ δεῖ καὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἐπιμελῶς τοὺς μὲν ἀναγινώσκοντας παρατηρεῖν, τοὺς δὲ γράφοντας αὐτοὺς παραφυλάττεσθαι.
16.15.1δῆλον δʼ ἔστι τὸ λεγόμενον ἐκ τῶν ἐνεστώτων. ὁμολογοῦντες γὰρ οἱ προειρημένοι διὰ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐν τῇ περὶ Λάδην ναυμαχίᾳ δύο μὲν αὐτάνδρους πεντήρεις τῶν Ῥοδίων ὑποχειρίους γενέσθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις,
16.15.2ἐκ δὲ τοῦ κινδύνου μιᾶς νηὸς ἐπαραμένης τὸν δόλωνα διὰ τὸ τετρωμένην αὐτὴν θαλαττοῦσθαι, πολλοὺς καὶ τῶν ἐγγὺς τὸ παραπλήσιον ποιοῦντας ἀποχωρεῖν πρὸς τὸ πέλαγος,
16.15.3τέλος δὲ μετʼ ὀλίγων καταλειφθέντα τὸν ναύαρχον ἀναγκασθῆναι ταὐτὸ τοῖς προειρημένοις πράττειν,
16.15.4καὶ τότε μὲν εἰς τὴν Μυνδίαν ἀπουρώσαντας καθορμισθῆναι, τῇ δʼ ἐπαύριον ἀναχθέντας εἰς Κῶ διᾶραι,
16.15.5τοὺς δὲ πολεμίους τὰς πεντήρεις ἐνάψασθαι καὶ καθορμισθέντας ἐπὶ τὴν Λάδην ἐπὶ τῇ ʼκείνων στρατοπεδείᾳ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἔπαυλιν,
16.15.6ἔτι δὲ τοὺς Μιλησίους, καταπλαγέντας τὸ γεγονός, οὐ μόνον τὸν Φίλιππον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην στεφανῶσαι διὰ τὴν ἔφοδον,
Book 16, Part 8
16.34While this was going on, king Attalus, having heard that Abydos was being besieged, sailed through the Aegean to Tenedos; and similarly the youngest of the Roman ambassadors, Marcus Aemilius, arrived on board ship at Abydos itself. For the Roman ambassadors, having learnt at Rhodes the fact of the siege of Abydos, and wishing in accordance with their commission to deliver their message to Philip personally, put off their purpose of visiting the two kings, and despatched this man to him. Having found the king outside Abydos, he explained to him that The Senate had resolved to order him not to wage war with any Greek state; nor to interfere in the dominions of Ptolemy; and to submit the injuries inflicted on Attalus and the Rhodians to arbitration; and that if he did so he might have peace, but if he refused to obey he would promptly have war with Rome. Upon Philip endeavouring to show that the Rhodians had been the first to lay hands on him, Marcus interrupted him by saying: But what about the Athenians? And what about the Cianians? And what about the Abydenians at this moment? Did any one of them also lay hands on you first? The king, at a loss for a reply, said: I pardon the offensive haughtiness of your manners for three reasons: first, because you are a young man and inexperienced in affairs; secondly, because you are the handsomest man of your time (this was true); and thirdly, because you are a Roman. But for my part, my first demand to the Romans is that they should not break their treaties or go to war with me; but if they do, I shall defend myself as courageously as I can, appealing to the gods to defend my cause. With these words they separated. On becoming master of Abydos, Philip found all the property of the citizens collected by themselves ready to his hand. But when he saw the numbers and fury of those who were stabbing, burning, hanging, throwing into wells, or precipitating themselves from housetops, and their children and wives, he was overpowered with surprise; and resenting these proceedings he published a proclamation, announcing, that he gave three days’ grace to those who wished to hang or stab themselves. The Abydenians, already bent on executing their original decree, and looking upon themselves as traitors to those who had fought and died for their country, could not endure remaining alive on any terms; and, accordingly, with the exception of those who had previously been put in chains or some similar restraint, they all without delay hastened to their death, each family by itself.
16.35After the capture of Abydos, envoys came from the Achaean nation to Rhodes urging the Rhodians to make terms with Philip. But upon these being followed by the arrival of the ambassadors from Rome, who argued that they should make no terms with Philip without consulting the Romans, the Rhodian people voted to listen to the latter and to hold to their friendship with them. . . .
16.36Philopoemen calculated the distances of all the cities of the Achaean league, and from which of them men could arrive at Tegea along the same roads. He then wrote despatches to each of them, and sent them to the most distant cities, so dividing them that each city that was farthest on a particular road should get, not only the one addressed to itself, but those also of the other cities on the same road. The contents of these first despatches addressed to the chief magistrate were as follows: As soon as ye receive this despatch, forthwith cause all the men of military age, with arms, and provisions, and money for five days, to assemble immediately in the market-place. And as soon as they are thus collected, march them out and lead them to the next city. As soon as ye have arrived there, deliver the despatch addressed to its chief magistrate and follow the instructions therein contained. Now, this second despatch contained exactly the same words as the former, except of course that the name of the next town was changed to which they were to march. By this arrangement being repeated right along the road, in the first place no one knew for what purpose or undertaking the expedition was directed; and in the next place, every one was absolutely ignorant where he was going, beyond the name of the next town, but all marched forward in a state of complete mystification, taking on the successive contingents as they went. But as of course the most remote towns were not equally distant from Tegea, the letters were not delivered to them all at the same time, but to each in proportion to its distance. By which arrangement, without either the Tegeans or the new arrivals knowing what was going to happen, all the Achaeans marched into Tegea under arms by all the gates simultaneously.
16.37What suggested to Philopoemen this stratagem was the great number of the tyrant’s eavesdroppers and spies. On the day then on which the main body of the Achaeans were to arrive at Tegea, he despatched a band of picked men, so timing their start, that they might pass the night near Sellasia and at daybreak begin a raid on Laconia. They had orders that, in case the mercenaries of Nabis left their quarters and attacked them, they were to retire on Scotita, and in other respects follow the directions of Didascalondas of Crete; for Philopoemen had given his confidence to this officer, and full directions as to the whole expedition. These men therefore set out in good spirits to the task assigned to them. Philopoemen himself having issued orders to the Achaeans to sup early, led out his army from Tegea, and after a rapid night’s march halted it about the time of the morning watch in the neighbourhood of Scotita, which is between Tegea and Lacedaemon. When day broke the mercenaries in Pellene, being informed by their scouts of the raid which the enemy were making, started at once to the rescue, as was their custom, and bore down upon them; and when the Achaeans, in accordance with their instructions, retired, they followed, harassing them with bold and daring assaults. But as soon as they came to the place where Philopoemen lay in ambush, the Achaeans sprang up and cut some of them to pieces, and took others prisoners.
16.38Philip seeing that the Achaeans were disposed to hesitate about undertaking the war with Rome, tried earnestly by every means to rouse their feeling of hostility.
16.39Ptolemy’s general Scopas marched into the upper region during the winter and subdued the Jewish nation.
Book 16, Part 4
16.15.7ταῦτα δʼ εἰρηκότες ἃ προφανῶς ἐστιν ἴδια τῶν ἡττημένων, ὅμως καὶ διὰ τῶν κατὰ μέρος καὶ διὰ τῆς καθολικῆς ἀποφάσεως νικῶντας ἀποφαίνουσι τοὺς Ῥοδίους,
16.15.8καὶ ταῦτα τῆς ἐπιστολῆς ἔτι μενούσης ἐν τῷ πρυτανείῳ τῆς ὑπʼ αὐτοὺς τοὺς καιροὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ ναυάρχου πεμφθείσης περὶ τούτων τῇ τε βουλῇ καὶ τοῖς πρυτάνεσιν, οὐ ταῖς Ἀντισθένους καὶ Ζήνωνος ἀποφάσεσι συμφωνούσης ἀλλὰ ταῖς ἡμετέραις.
16.16.1ἑξῆς δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις γράφουσι περὶ τοῦ κατὰ Μεσσηνίους παρασπονδήματος.
16.16.2ἐν ᾧ φησιν ὁ Ζήνων ὁρμήσαντα τὸν Νάβιν ἐκ τῆς. Λακεδαίμονος καὶ διαβάντα τὸν Εὐρώταν ποταμὸν παρὰ τὸν Ὁπλίτην προσαγορευόμενον πορεύεσθαι διὰ τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς στενῆς παρὰ τὸ Πολιάσιον, ἕως ἐπὶ τοὺς κατὰ Σελλασίαν ἀφίκετο τόπους·
16.16.3ἐντεῦθεν δʼ ἐπὶ Θαλάμας ἐπιβαλόντα κατὰ Φαρὰς παραγενέσθαι πρὸς τὸν Πάμισον ποταμόν.
16.16.4ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐκ οἶδα πῶς χρὴ λέγειν· τοιαύτην γὰρ φύσιν ἔχει τὰ προειρημένα πάντα συλλήβδην ὥστε μηδὲν διαφέρειν τοῦ λέγειν ὅτι ποιησάμενός τις ἐκ Κορίνθου τὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ διαπορευθεὶς τὸν Ἰσθμὸν καὶ συνάψας ταῖς Σκειρωνίσιν εὐθέως ἐπὶ τὴν Κοντοπορίαν ἐπέβαλε καὶ παρὰ τὰς Μυκήνας ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν εἰς Ἄργος. ταῦτα γὰρ οὐχ οἷον παρὰ μικρόν ἐστιν,
16.16.5ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν διάθεσιν ἔχει πρὸς ἄλληλα, καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὸν Ἰσθμόν ἐστι καὶ τὰς Σκιράδας πρὸς ἀνατολὰς τοῦ Κορίνθου, τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Κοντοπορίαν καὶ Μυκήνας ἔγγιστα πρὸς δύσεις χειμερινάς,
16.16.6ὥστʼ εἶναι τελέως ἀδύνατον ἀπὸ τῶν προηγουμένων ἐπιβαλεῖν τοῖς προειρημένοις τόποις.
16.16.7τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Λακεδαίμονα συμβέβηκεν·
16.16.8ὁ μὲν γὰρ Εὐρώτας καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν Σελλασίαν κεῖται τῆς Σπάρτης ὡς πρὸς τὰς θερινὰς ἀνατολάς, τὰ δὲ κατὰ Θαλάμας καὶ Φαρὰς καὶ Πάμισον ὡς πρὸς τὰς χειμερινὰς δύσεις,
16.16.9ὅθεν οὐχ οἷον ἐπὶ τὴν Σελλασίαν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τὸν Εὐρώταν δέον ἐστὶ διαβαίνειν τὸν προτιθέμενον παρὰ Θαλάμας ποιεῖσθαι τὴν πορείαν εἰς τὴν Μεσσηνίαν.
16.17.1πρὸς δὲ τούτοις φησὶ τὴν ἐπάνοδον ἐκ τῆς Μεσσήνης πεποιῆσθαι τὸν Νάβιν κατὰ τὴν πύλην τὴν φέρουσαν ἐπὶ Τεγέαν.
16.17.2τοῦτο δʼ ἔστιν ἄλογον· πρόκειται γὰρ τῆς Τεγέας ἡ Μεγάλη πόλις ὡς πρὸς τὴν Μεσσήνην, ὥστʼ ἀδύνατον εἶναι καλεῖσθαί τινα πύλην παρὰ τοῖς Μεσσηνίοις ἐπὶ Τεγέαν.
16.17.3ἀλλʼ ἔστι παρʼ αὐτοῖς πύλη Τεγεᾶτις προσαγορευομένη, καθʼ ἣν ἐποιήσατο τὴν ἐπάνοδον Νάβις· ᾧ πλανηθεὶς ἔγγιον ὑπέλαβε τὴν Τεγέαν εἶναι Μεσσηνίων.
16.17.4τὸ δʼ ἔστιν οὐ τοιοῦτον, ἀλλʼ ἡ Λακωνικὴ καὶ [ἡ] Μεγαλοπολῖτις χώρα μεταξὺ κεῖται τῆς Μεσσηνίας καὶ Τεγεάτιδος.
16.17.5τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον· φησὶ γὰρ τὸν Ἀλφειὸν ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς εὐθέως κρυφθέντα καὶ πολὺν ἐνεχθέντα τόπον ὑπὸ γῆς ἐκβάλλειν περὶ Λυκόαν τῆς Ἀρκαδίας.
16.17.6ὁ δὲ ποταμὸς οὐ πολὺν τόπον ἀποσχὼν τῆς πηγῆς, καὶ κρυφθεὶς ἐπὶ δέκα στάδια, πάλιν ἐκπίπτει,
16.17.7καὶ τὸ λοιπὸν φερόμενος διὰ τῆς Μεγαλοπολίτιδος τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐλαφρός, εἶτα λαμβάνων αὔξησιν καὶ διανύσας ἐπιφανῶς πᾶσαν τὴν προειρημένην χώραν ἐπὶ διακοσίους σταδίους γίνεται πρὸς Λυκόαν, ἤδη προσειληφὼς καὶ τὸ τοῦ Λουσίου ῥεῦμα καὶ παντελῶς ἄβατος ὢν καὶ βαρύς.
16.17.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντα μοι δοκεῖ τὰ προειρημένα διαπτώματα μὲν εἶναι, πρόφασιν δʼ ἐπιδέχεσθαι καὶ παραίτησιν· τὰ μὲν γὰρ διʼ ἄγνοιαν γέγονε, τὸ δὲ περὶ τὴν ναυμαχίαν διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὴν πατρίδα φιλοστοργίαν.
16.17.9τί τις οὖν εἰκότως ἂν Ζήνωνι μέμψαιτο; διότι τὸ πλεῖον οὐ περὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ζήτησιν οὐδὲ περὶ τὸν χειρισμὸν τῆς ὑποθέσεως, ἀλλὰ περὶ τὴν τῆς λέξεως κατασκευὴν ἐσπούδακε, καὶ δῆλός ἐστι πολλάκις ἐπὶ τούτῳ σεμνυνόμενος, καθάπερ καὶ πλείους ἕτεροι τῶν ἐπιφανῶν συγγραφέων;
16.17.10ἐγὼ δὲ φημὶ μὲν δεῖν πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσθαι καὶ σπουδάζειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ δεόντως ἐξαγγέλλειν τὰς πράξεις — δῆλον γὰρ ὡς οὐ μικρά, μεγάλα δὲ συμβάλλεται τοῦτο πρὸς τὴν ἱστορίαν — οὐ μὴν ἡγεμονικώτατόν γε καὶ πρῶτον αὐτὸ παρὰ τοῖς μετρίοις ἀνδράσι τίθεσθαι·
16.17.11πολλοῦ γε δεῖν· ἄλλα γὰρ ἂν εἴη καλλίω μέρη τῆς ἱστορίας, ἐφʼ οἷς ἂν μᾶλλον σεμνυνθείη πολιτικὸς ἀνήρ.
16.18.1ὃ δὲ λέγειν βούλομαι, γένοιτʼ ἂν οὕτω μάλιστα καταφανές.
16.18.2ἐξηγούμενος γὰρ ὁ προειρημένος συγγραφεὺς τήν τε Γάζης πολιορκίαν καὶ τὴν γενομένην παράταξιν Ἀντιόχου πρὸς Σκόπαν ἐν Κοίλῃ Συρίᾳ περὶ τὸ Πάνιον, περὶ μὲν τὴν τῆς λέξεως κατασκευὴν δῆλός ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐσπουδακὼς ὡς ὑπερβολὴν τερατείας μὴ καταλιπεῖν τοῖς τὰς ἐπιδεικτικὰς καὶ πρὸς ἔκπληξιν τῶν πολλῶν συντάξεις ποιουμένοις,
16.18.3τῶν γε μὴν πραγμάτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὠλιγώρηκεν ὥστε πάλιν ἀνυπέρβλητον εἶναι τὴν εὐχέρειαν καὶ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τοῦ συγγραφέως.
16.18.4προθέμενος γὰρ πρώτην διασαφεῖν τὴν τῶν περὶ τὸν Σκόπαν ἔκταξιν, τῷ μὲν δεξιῷ κέρατί φησι τῆς ὑπωρείας ἔχεσθαι τὴν φάλαγγα μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων, τὸ δʼ εὐώνυμον αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς ἱππεῖς πάντας τοὺς ἐπὶ τούτου τεταγμένους ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις κεῖσθαι.
16.18.5τὸν δʼ Ἀντίοχον ἐπὶ μὲν τὴν ἑωθινὴν ἐκπέμψαι φησὶ τὸν πρεσβύτερον υἱὸν Ἀντίοχον ἔχοντα μέρος τι τῆς δυνάμεως, ἵνα προκαταλάβηται τῆς ὀρεινῆς τοὺς ὑπερκειμένους τῶν πολεμίων τόπους,
16.18.6τὴν δὲ λοιπὴν δύναμιν ἅμα τῷ φωτὶ διαβιβάσαντα τὸν ποταμὸν τὸν μεταξὺ τῶν στρατοπέδων ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις ἐκτάττειν, τιθέντα τοὺς μὲν φαλαγγίτας ἐπὶ μίαν εὐθεῖαν κατὰ μέσην τὴν τῶν πολεμίων τάξιν, τῶν δʼ ἱππέων τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ λαιὸν κέρας τῆς φάλαγγος, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιόν, ἐν οἷς εἶναι καὶ τὴν κατάφρακτον ἵππον, ἧς ἡγεῖτο πάσης ὁ νεώτερος Ἀντίοχος τῶν υἱῶν.
16.18.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτά φησι τὰ θηρία προτάξαι τῆς φάλαγγος ἐν διαστήματι καὶ τοὺς μετʼ Ἀντιπάτρου Ταραντίνους, τὰ δὲ μεταξὺ τῶν θηρίων πληρῶσαι τοῖς τοξόταις καὶ σφενδονήταις, αὐτὸν δὲ μετὰ τῆς ἑταιρικῆς ἵππου καὶ τῶν ὑπασπιστῶν κατόπιν ἐπιστῆναι τοῖς θηρίοις.
16.18.8ταῦτα δʼ ὑποθέμενος, τὸν μὲν νεώτερον Ἀντίοχόν φησιν, ὃν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις ἔθηκε κατὰ τὸ λαιὸν τῶν πολεμίων ἔχοντα τὴν κατάφρακτον ἵππον, τοῦτον ἐκ τῆς ὀρεινῆς ἐπενεχθέντα τρέψασθαι τοὺς ἱππέας τοὺς περὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Ἀερόπου καὶ καταδιώκειν, ὃς ἐτύγχανε τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ἐπιτεταγμένος ἐν τοῖς ἐπιπέδοις ἐπὶ τῶν εὐωνύμων,
16.18.9τὰς δὲ φάλαγγας, ἐπεὶ συνέβαλλον ἀλλήλαις, μάχην ποιεῖν ἰσχυράν.
16.18.10ὅτι δὲ συμβαλεῖν ἀδύνατον ἦν τῶν θηρίων καὶ τῶν ἱππέων καὶ τῶν εὐζώνων προτεταγμένων, τοῦτʼ οὐκέτι συνορᾷ.
16.19.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτά φησι καταπροτερουμένην τὴν φάλαγγα ταῖς εὐχειρίαις καὶ πιεζομένην ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀναχωρεῖν ἐπὶ πόδα, τὰ δὲ θηρία τοὺς ἐγκλίνοντας ἐκδεχόμενα καὶ συμπίπτοντα τοῖς πολεμίοις μεγάλην παρέχεσθαι χρείαν.
16.19.2πῶς δὲ ταῦτα γέγονεν ὀπίσω τῆς φάλαγγος οὐ ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν, ἢ πῶς γενόμενα παρείχετο χρείαν μεγάλην·
16.19.3ὅτε γὰρ ἅπαξ αἱ φάλαγγες συνέπεσον ἀλλήλαις, οὐκέτι δυνατὸν ἦν κρῖναι τὰ θηρία τίς τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων φίλιος ἢ πολέμιός ἐστι.
16.19.4πρὸς δὲ τούτοις φησὶ τοὺς Αἰτωλῶν ἱππέας δυσχρηστεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον διὰ τὴν ἀσυνήθειαν τῆς τῶν θηρίων φαντασίας.
16.19.5ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ δεξιοῦ ταχθέντες ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀκέραιοι διέμενον, ὡς αὐτός φησι· τὸ δὲ λοιπὸν πλῆθος τῶν ἱππέων τὸ μερισθὲν ἐπὶ τὸ λαιὸν ἐπεφεύγει πᾶν ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἡττημένον.
16.19.6ποῖον οὖν μέρος τῶν ἱππέων ἦν κατὰ μέσην τὴν φάλαγγα τὸ τοὺς ἐλέφαντας ἐκπληττόμενον;
16.19.7ποῦ δʼ ὁ βασιλεὺς γέγονεν, ἢ τίνα παρέσχηται χρείαν ἐν τῇ μάχῃ, τὸ κάλλιστον σύστημα περὶ αὑτὸν ἐσχηκὼς καὶ τῶν πεζῶν καὶ τῶν ἱππέων; ἁπλῶς γὰρ οὐδὲν εἴρηται περὶ τούτων.
16.19.8ποῦ δʼ ὁ πρεσβύτερος τῶν υἱῶν Ἀντίοχος ὁ μετὰ μέρους τινὸς τῆς δυνάμεως προκαταλαβόμενος τοὺς ὑπερδεξίους τόπους;
16.19.9οὗτος μὲν γὰρ οὐδʼ εἰς τὴν στρατοπεδείαν ἀνακεχώρηκεν αὐτῷ μετὰ τὴν μάχην. εἰκότως· δύο γὰρ Ἀντιόχους ὑπέθετο τοῦ βασιλέως υἱούς, ὄντος ἑνὸς τοῦ τότε συνεστρατευμένου.
16.19.10πῶς δʼ ὁ Σκόπας ἅμα μὲν αὐτῷ πρῶτος, ἅμα δʼ ἔσχατος ἀναλέλυκεν ἐκ τοῦ κινδύνου; φησὶ γὰρ αὐτὸν ἰδόντα τοὺς περὶ τὸν νεώτερον Ἀντίοχον ἐκ τοῦ διώγματος ἐπιφαινομένους κατὰ νώτου τοῖς φαλαγγίταις, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο τὰς τοῦ νικᾶν ἐλπίδας ἀπογνόντα, ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν·
16.19.11μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συστῆναι τὸν μέγιστον κίνδυνον, κυκλωθείσης τῆς φάλαγγος ὑπό τε τῶν θηρίων καὶ τῶν ἱππέων, καὶ τελευταῖον ἀποχωρῆσαι τὸν Σκόπαν ἀπὸ τοῦ κινδύνου.
16.20.1ταῦτα δέ μοι δοκεῖ, καὶ καθόλου τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν ἀλογημάτων, πολλὴν ἐπιφέρειν αἰσχύνην τοῖς συγγραφεῦσι.
Book 16, Part 9
16.39The siege having been conducted in a desultory manner, Scopas fell into bad repute and was attacked with all the petulance of youth. . . .
16.39Having conquered Scopas, Antiochus took Batanaea, Samaria, Abila, and Gadara; and after a while those of the Jews who inhabit the sacred town called Jerusalem submitted to him also. On the subject of this town I have a good deal more to say, and especially on account of the splendour of its temple, but I shall put it off to another opportunity.
Book 16, Part 5
16.20.2διὸ δεῖ μάλιστα μὲν πειρᾶσθαι πάντων κρατεῖν τῶν τῆς ἱστορίας μερῶν· καλὸν γάρ· εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτο δυνατόν, τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων καὶ τῶν μεγίστων ἐν αὐτῇ πλείστην ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν.
16.20.2ταῦτα μὲν οὖν προήχθην εἰπεῖν,
16.20.3θεωρῶν νῦν, καθάπερ καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν καὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων, τὸ μὲν ἀληθινὸν καὶ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν ἀνῆκον ἐν ἑκάστοις ἐπισεσυρμένον,
16.20.4τὸ δὲ πρὸς ἀλαζονείαν καὶ φαντασίαν ἐπαινούμενον καὶ ζηλούμενον, ὡς μέγα τι καὶ θαυμάσιον, ὃ καὶ τὴν κατασκευὴν ἔχει ῥᾳδιεστέραν καὶ τὴν εὐδόκησιν ὀλιγοδεεστέραν, καθάπερ αἱ λοιπαὶ τῶν γραφῶν.
16.20.5περὶ δὲ τῆς τῶν τόπων ἀγνοίας τῶν κατὰ τὴν Λακωνικὴν διὰ τὸ μεγάλην εἶναι τὴν παράπτωσιν οὐκ ὤκνησα γράψαι καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν Ζήνωνα,
16.20.6κρίνων καλὸν εἶναι τὸ μὴ τὰς τῶν πέλας ἁμαρτίας ἴδια προτερήματα νομίζειν, καθάπερ ἔνιοι ποιεῖν εἰώθασιν, ἀλλὰ μὴ μόνον τῶν ἰδίων ὑπομνημάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων, καθʼ ὅσον οἷοί τʼ ἐσμέν, ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν καὶ διόρθωσιν χάριν τῆς κοινῆς ὠφελείας.
16.20.7ὁ δὲ λαβὼν τὴν ἐπιστολήν, καὶ γνοὺς ἀδύνατον οὖσαν τὴν μετάθεσιν διὰ τὸ προεκδεδωκέναι τὰς συντάξεις, ἐλυπήθη μὲν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα, ποιεῖν δʼ οὐδὲν εἶχε, τήν γε μὴν ἡμετέραν αἵρεσιν ἀπεδέξατο φιλοφρόνως.
16.20.8ὃ δὴ κἂν ἐγὼ παρακαλέσαιμι περὶ αὑτοῦ τοὺς καθʼ ἡμᾶς καὶ τοὺς ἐπιγινομένους, ἐὰν μὲν κατὰ πρόθεσιν εὑρισκώμεθά που κατὰ τὴν πραγματείαν διαψευδόμενοι καὶ παρορῶντες τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ἀπαραιτήτως ἐπιτιμᾶν,
16.20.9ἐὰν δὲ κατʼ ἄγνοιαν, συγγνώμην ἔχειν, καὶ μάλιστα πάντων ἡμῖν διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς συντάξεως καὶ διὰ τὴν καθόλου περιβολὴν τῶν πραγμάτων.
16.21.1ὅτι ὁ Τληπόλεμος ὁ τὰ τῆς βασιλείας τῶν Αἰγυπτίων πράγματα μεταχειριζόμενος ἦν μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν νέος καὶ κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐν στρατιωτικῷ βίῳ διεγεγόνει μετὰ φαντασίας,
16.21.2ἦν δὲ καὶ τῇ φύσει μετέωρος καὶ φιλόδοξος, καὶ καθόλου πολλὰ μὲν εἰς πραγμάτων λόγον ἀγαθὰ προσεφέρετο, πολλὰ δὲ καὶ κακά.
16.21.3στρατηγεῖν μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις καὶ χειρίζειν πολεμικὰς πράξεις δυνατὸς ἦν, καὶ ἀνδρώδης ὑπῆρχε τῇ φύσει, καὶ πρὸς τὰς στρατιωτικὰς ὁμιλίας εὐφυῶς διέκειτο·
16.21.4πρὸς δὲ ποικίλων πραγμάτων χειρισμόν, δεόμενον ἐπιστάσεως καὶ νήψεως, καὶ πρὸς φυλακὴν χρημάτων καὶ καθόλου τὴν περὶ τὸ λυσιτελὲς οἰκονομίαν, ἀφυέστατος ὑπῆρχε πάντων.
16.21.5ᾗ καὶ ταχέως οὐ μόνον ἔσφηλεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἠλάττωσε.
16.21.6παραλαβὼν γὰρ τὴν τῶν χρημάτων ἐξουσίαν, τὸ μὲν πλεῖστον μέρος τῆς ἡμέρας κατέτριβε σφαιρομαχῶν καὶ πρὸς τὰ μειράκια διαμιλλώμενος ἐν τοῖς ὅπλοις,
16.21.7ἀπὸ δὲ τούτων γινόμενος εὐθέως πότους συνῆγε καὶ τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τοῦ βίου περὶ ταῦτα καὶ σὺν τούτοις εἶχε τὴν διατριβήν.
16.21.8ὃν δέ ποτε χρόνον τῆς ἡμέρας ἀπεμέριζε πρὸς ἐντεύξεις, ἐν τούτῳ διεδίδου, μᾶλλον δʼ, εἰ δεῖ τὸ φαινόμενον εἰπεῖν, διερρίπτει τὰ βασιλικὰ χρήματα τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος παραγεγονόσι πρεσβευταῖς καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Διόνυσον τεχνίταις, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν ἡγεμόσι καὶ στρατιώταις.
16.21.9καθόλου γὰρ ἀνανεύειν οὐκ ᾔδει, τῷ δὲ πρὸς χάριν ὁμιλήσαντι πᾶν ἐξ ἑτοίμου τὸ φανὲν ἐδίδου.
16.21.10τὸ λοιπὸν ηὐξάνετο τὸ κακόν, ἐξ αὑτοῦ λαμβάνον τὴν ἐπίδοσιν.
16.21.11πᾶς γὰρ ὁ παθὼν εὖ παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν καὶ τοῦ γεγονότος χάριν καὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ὑπερεβάλλετο ταῖς τῶν λόγων εὐχαριστίαις·
16.21.12ὁ δὲ πυνθανόμενος τὸν γινόμενον ἐκ πάντων ἔπαινον ὑπὲρ αὑτοῦ καὶ τὰς ἐν τοῖς πότοις ἐπιχύσεις, ἔτι δὲ τὰς ἐπιγραφὰς καὶ τὰ διὰ τῶν ἀκροαμάτων εἰς αὑτὸν ᾀδόμενα παίγνια καθʼ ὅλην τὴν πόλιν, εἰς τέλος ἐχαυνοῦτο καὶ μᾶλλον ἀεὶ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐξετυφοῦτο, καὶ προχειρότερος ἐγίνετο πρὸς τὰς
16.22.1ξενικὰς καὶ στρατιωτικὰς χάριτας. ἐφʼ οἷς οἱ περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν ἀσχάλλοντες πάντα παρεσημαίνοντο καὶ βαρέως αὐτοῦ τὴν αὐθάδειαν ὑπέφερον, τὸν δὲ Σωσίβιον ἐκ παραθέσεως ἐθαύμαζον.
16.22.2ἐδόκει γὰρ οὗτος τοῦ τε βασιλέως προεστάναι φρονιμώτερον ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν, τήν τε πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτὸς ἀπάντησιν ἀξίαν ποιεῖσθαι τῆς ἐγκεχειρισμένης αὐτῷ πίστεως· αὕτη δʼ ἦν ἡ σφραγὶς καὶ τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως σῶμα.
16.22.3κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἀνακομιζόμενος ἥκει παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Σωσιβίου.
16.22.4καὶ πρὶν μὲν οὖν ἐκ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐκπλεῦσαι πλήρης ἦν τύφου διά τε τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν καὶ διὰ τὴν προσγεγενημένην ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς εὐκαιρίαν·
16.22.5ὡς δὲ καταπλεύσας εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν συνέμιξε τοῖς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν νεανίσκοις, ὑπολαβὼν εἶναι τὴν Μακεδόνων ἀνδρείαν ἐν τῇ τῆς ὑποδέσεως καὶ τῇ τῆς ἐσθῆτος διαφορᾷ, παρῆν ταῦτα πάντʼ ἐζηλωκὼς καὶ πεπεισμένος αὑτὸν μὲν ἄνδρα γεγονέναι διὰ τὴν ἐκδημίαν καὶ διὰ τὸ Μακεδόσιν ὡμιληκέναι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἀνδράποδα καὶ βλᾶκας διαμένειν.
16.22.6διόπερ εὐθέως ἐζηλοτύπει καὶ παρετρίβετο πρὸς τὸν Τληπόλεμον.
16.22.7πάντων δʼ αὐτῷ συγκατατιθεμένων τῶν περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν διὰ τὸ τὸν Τληπόλεμον καὶ τὰ πράγματα καὶ τὰ χρήματα μὴ ὡς ἐπίτροπον, ἀλλʼ ὡς κληρονόμον χειρίζειν, ταχέως ηὐξήθη τὰ τῆς διαφορᾶς.
16.22.8καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ὁ Τληπόλεμος, προσπιπτόντων αὐτῷ λόγων δυσμενικῶν ἐκ τῆς τῶν αὐλικῶν παρατηρήσεως καὶ κακοπραγμοσύνης, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς παρήκουε καὶ κατεφρόνει τῶν λεγομένων.
16.22.9ὡς δέ ποτε καὶ κοινῇ συνεδρεύσαντες ἐτόλμησαν ἐν τῷ μέσῳ καταμέμφεσθαι τὸν Τληπόλεμον, ὡς κακῶς χειρίζοντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν, οὐ παρόντος αὐτοῦ,
16.22.10τότε δὴ παροξυνθεὶς συνῆγε τὸ συνέδριον καὶ παρελθὼν ἐκείνους μὲν ἔφη λάθρᾳ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ποιεῖσθαι κατʼ αὐτοῦ τὰς διαβολάς, αὐτὸς δʼ ἔκρινε κοινῇ καὶ κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν ποιήσασθαι τὴν κατηγορίαν. —
16.22.11ὅτι μετὰ τὴν δημηγορίαν ἔλαβε καὶ τὴν σφραγῖδα παρὰ Σωσιβίου, καὶ ταύτην παρειληφὼς ὁ Τληπόλεμος λοιπὸν ἤδη πάντα τὰ πράγματα κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ προαίρεσιν ἔπραττεν.
16.22a.1ὅτι Ἀντιόχου τοῦ βασιλέως τὴν τῶν Γαζαίων πόλιν πορθήσαντος φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος·
16.22a.2ἐμοὶ δὲ καὶ δίκαιον ἅμα καὶ πρέπον εἶναι δοκεῖ τὸ τοῖς Γαζαίοις ἀποδοῦναι τὴν καθήκουσαν μαρτυρίαν.
16.22a.3οὐδὲν γὰρ διαφέροντες ἀνδρείᾳ τῶν κατὰ Κοίλην Συρίαν πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς πράξεις, ἐν κοινωνίᾳ πραγμάτων καὶ τῷ τηρεῖν τὴν πίστιν πολὺ διαφέρουσι καὶ συλλήβδην ἀνυπόστατον ἔχουσι τὴν τόλμαν.
16.22a.4κατὰ γὰρ τὴν Περσῶν ἔφοδον ἐκπλαγέντων τῶν ἄλλων διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς δυναστείας, καὶ πάντων ἐγχειρισάντων σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰς πατρίδας Μήδοις, μόνοι τὸ δεινὸν ὑπέμειναν πάντες, τὴν πολιορκίαν ἀναδεξάμενοι.
16.22a.5κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου παρουσίαν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἄλλων παραδεδωκότων αὑτούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ Τυρίων ἐξηνδραποδισμένων μετὰ βίας, καὶ σχεδὸν ἀνελπίστου τῆς σωτηρίας ὑπαρχούσης τοῖς ἐναντιουμένοις πρὸς τὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ βίαν τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρου, μόνοι τῶν κατὰ Συρίαν ὑπέστησαν καὶ πάσας ἐξήλεγξαν τὰς ἐλπίδας.
16.22a.6τὸ δὲ παραπλήσιον ἐποίησαν καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀπέλειπον τῶν ἐνδεχομένων, σπουδάζοντες διαφυλάξαι τὴν πρὸς τὸν Πτολεμαῖον πίστιν.
16.22a.7διὸ καθάπερ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐπισημαινόμεθα τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας ἐν τοῖς ὑπομνήμασι, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον χρὴ καὶ κοινῇ τῶν πόλεων τὴν ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ ποιήσασθαι μνήμην, ὅσαι τῶν καλῶν ἐκ παραδόσεώς τι καὶ προθέσεως πράττειν εἰώθασιν.
16.23.1Πόπλιος δὲ Σκιπίων ἧκεν ἐκ Λιβύης οὐ πολὺ κατόπιν τῶν προειρημένων καιρῶν.
16.23.2οὔσης δὲ τῆς προσδοκίας τῶν πολλῶν ἀκολούθου τῷ μεγέθει τῶν πράξεων, μεγάλην εἶναι συνέβαινε καὶ τὴν φαντασίαν περὶ τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὴν τοῦ πλήθους εὔνοιαν πρὸς αὐτόν.
16.23.3καὶ τοῦτʼ εἰκότως ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον ἐγίνετο καὶ καθηκόντως·
16.23.4οὐδέποτε γὰρ ἂν ἐλπίσαντες Ἀννίβαν ἐκβαλεῖν ἐξ Ἰταλίας οὐδʼ ἀποτρίψασθαι τὸν ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων κίνδυνον, τότε δοκοῦντες ἤδη βεβαίως οὐ μόνον ἐκτὸς γεγονέναι παντὸς φόβου καὶ πάσης περιστάσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ κρατεῖν τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ὑπερβολὴν οὐ κατέλιπον χαρᾶς. ὡς δὲ καὶ τὸν θρίαμβον εἰσῆγε,
16.23.5τότε καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι διὰ τῆς τῶν εἰσαγομένων ἐνεργείας μιμνησκόμενοι τῶν προγεγονότων κινδύνων ἐκπαθεῖς ἐγίνοντο κατά τε τὴν πρὸς θεοὺς εὐχαριστίαν καὶ κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν αἴτιον τῆς τηλικαύτης μεταβολῆς εὔνοιαν.
Book 17, Part 1
According to Hultsch no fragments or extracts of book 17 are preserved. In it would have been contained the campaign of B. C. 199, in the war between Rome and Philip, for which see -43. And the operations of Flamininus in the season of B. C. 198, -18. The first seventeen chapters of this book are generally classed in book 17.
Book 16, Part 6
16.23.6καὶ γὰρ ὁ Σόφαξ ὁ τῶν Μασαισυλίων βασιλεὺς ἤχθη τότε διὰ τῆς πόλεως ἐν τῷ θριάμβῳ μετὰ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων· ὃς καὶ μετά τινα χρόνον ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ τὸν βίον μετήλλαξε.
16.23.7τούτων δὲ συντελεσθέντων οἱ μὲν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμέρας ἀγῶνας ἦγον καὶ πανηγύρεις ἐπιφανῶς, χορηγὸν ἔχοντες εἰς ταῦτα τὴν Σκιπίωνος μεγαλοψυχίαν.
16.24.1ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ βασιλεὺς τοῦ χειμῶνος ἤδη καταρχομένου, καθʼ ὃν Πόπλιος Σολπίκιος ὕπατος κατεστάθη ἐν Ῥώμῃ, ποιούμενος τὴν διατριβὴν ἐν τοῖς Βαργυλίοις, θεωρῶν καὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους καὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον οὐχ οἷον διαλύοντας τὸ ναυτικόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσπληροῦντας ναῦς καὶ φιλοτιμότερον προσκειμένους ταῖς φυλακαῖς, δυσχρήστως διέκειτο καὶ πολλὰς καὶ ποικίλας εἶχε περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐπινοίας.
16.24.2ἅμα μὲν γὰρ ἠγωνία τὸν ἐκ τῶν Βαργυλίων ἔκπλουν καὶ προεωρᾶτο τὸν κατὰ θάλατταν κίνδυνον, ἅμα δὲ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Μακεδονίαν πράγμασι διαπιστῶν οὐδαμῶς ἐβούλετο παραχειμάζειν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, φοβούμενος [μὲν οὖν] καὶ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους·
16.24.3καὶ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἠγνόει τὰς ἐξαποστελλομένας κατʼ αὐτοῦ πρεσβείας εἰς Ῥώμην,
16.24.4διόπερ πέρας ἔχει τὰ κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην. ἐξ ὧν ἐδυσχρηστεῖτο μὲν ὑπερβαλλόντως, ἠναγκάζετο δὲ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐπιμένων αὐτοῦ, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, λύκου βίον ζῆν.
16.24.5παρʼ ὧν μὲν γὰρ ἁρπάζων καὶ κλέπτων, τοὺς δʼ ἀποβιαζόμενος, ἐνίους δὲ παρὰ φύσιν αἰκάλλων διὰ τὸ λιμώττειν αὐτῷ τὸ στράτευμα, ποτὲ μὲν ἐσιτεῖτο κρέα, ποτὲ δὲ σῦκα, ποτὲ δὲ σιτάρια βραχέα παντελῶς·
16.24.6ὧν τινὰ μὲν αὐτῷ Ζεῦξις ἐχορήγει, τὰ δὲ Μυλασεῖς καὶ Ἀλαβανδεῖς καὶ Μάγνητες, οὕς, ὁπότε μέν τι δοῖεν, ἔσαινεν, ὅτε δὲ μὴ δοῖεν, ὑλάκτει καὶ ἐπεβούλευεν αὐτοῖς.
16.24.7τέλος ἐπὶ τὴν Μυλασέων πόλιν πράξεις συνεστήσατο διὰ Φιλοκλέους, ἐσφάλη δὲ διὰ τὴν ἀλογίαν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς.
16.24.8τὴν δʼ Ἀλαβανδέων χώραν ὡς πολεμίαν κατέφθειρε, φήσας ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πορίζειν τῷ στρατεύματι τὰ πρὸς τὴν τροφήν. —
16.24.9Πολύβιος δʼ ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης ἐν τῇ ι#2# τῶν ἱστοριῶν "3Φίλιπποσ"3 φησὶν "3ὁ Περσέως πατήρ, ὅτε τὴν Ἀσίαν κατέτρεχεν, ἀπορῶν τροφῶν τοῖς στρατιώταις παρὰ Μαγνήτων, ἐπεὶ σῖτον οὐκ εἶχον, σῦκα ἔλαβε. διὸ καὶ Μυοῦντος κυριεύσας τοῖς Μάγνησιν ἐχαρίσατο τὸ χωρίον ἀντὶ τῶν σύκων"3. —
16.25.1ὅτι ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων δῆμος ἐξέπεμπε πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς Ἄτταλον τὸν βασιλέα τοὺς ἅμα μὲν εὐχαριστήσοντας ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν, ἅμα δὲ παρακαλέσοντας αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν Ἀθήναζε χάριν τοῦ συνδιαλαβεῖν περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
16.25.2ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς μετά τινας ἡμέρας πυθόμενος καταπεπλευκέναι Ῥωμαίων πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ, καὶ νομίζων ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι τὸ συμμῖξαι τούτοις, ἀνήχθη κατὰ σπουδήν.
16.25.3ὁ δὲ τῶν Ἀθηναίων δῆμος γνοὺς τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ μεγαλομερῶς ἐψηφίσατο περὶ τῆς ἀπαντήσεως καὶ τῆς ὅλης ἀποδοχῆς τοῦ βασιλέως.
16.25.4Ἄτταλος δὲ καταπλεύσας εἰς τὸν Πειραιᾶ τὴν μὲν πρώτην ἡμέραν ἐχρημάτισε τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευταῖς, θεωρῶν δʼ αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς προγεγενημένης κοινοπραγίας μνημονεύοντας καὶ πρὸς τὸν κατὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πόλεμον ἑτοίμους ὄντας περιχαρὴς ἦν.
16.25.5τῇ δʼ ἐπαύριον ἅμα τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῖς τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἄρχουσιν ἀνέβαινεν εἰς ἄστυ μετὰ μεγάλης προστασίας· οὐ γὰρ μόνον οἱ τὰς ἀρχὰς ἔχοντες μετὰ τῶν ἱππέων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντες οἱ πολῖται μετὰ τῶν τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν ἀπήντων αὐτοῖς.
16.25.6ὡς δὲ συνέμιξαν, τοιαύτη παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἐγένετο κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν φιλανθρωπία πρός τε Ῥωμαίους καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον πρὸς τὸν Ἄτταλον ὥσθʼ ὑπερβολὴν μὴ καταλιπεῖν. ἐπεὶ δʼ εἰσῄει κατὰ τὸ Δίπυλον,
16.25.7ἐξ ἑκατέρου τοῦ μέρους παρέστησαν τὰς ἱερείας καὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς. μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάντας μὲν τοὺς ναοὺς ἀνέῳξαν, ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι θύματα τοῖς βωμοῖς παραστήσαντες ἠξίωσαν αὐτὸν θῦσαι.
16.25.8τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ἐψηφίσαντο τιμὰς τηλικαύτας ἡλίκας οὐδενὶ ταχέως τῶν πρότερον εἰς αὐτοὺς εὐεργετῶν γεγονότων·
16.25.9πρὸς γὰρ τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ φυλὴν ἐπώνυμον ἐποίησαν Ἀττάλῳ, καὶ κατένειμαν αὐτὸν εἰς τοὺς ἐπωνύμους τῶν ἀρχηγετῶν.
16.26.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα συναγαγόντες ἐκκλησίαν ἐκάλουν τὸν προειρημένον.
16.26.2παραιτουμένου δὲ καὶ φάσκοντος εἶναι φορτικὸν τὸ κατὰ πρόσωπον εἰσελθόντα διαπορεύεσθαι τὰς εὐεργεσίας τὰς αὑτοῦ τοῖς εὖ πεπονθόσι,
16.26.3τῆς εἰσόδου παρῆκαν, γράψαντα δʼ αὐτὸν ἠξίουν ἐκδοῦναι περὶ ὧν ὑπολαμβάνει συμφέρειν πρὸς τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς.
16.26.4τοῦ δὲ πεισθέντος καὶ γράψαντος εἰσήνεγκαν τὴν ἐπιστολὴν οἱ προεστῶτες.
16.26.5ἦν δὲ τὰ κεφάλαια τῶν γεγραμμένων ἀνάμνησις τῶν πρότερον ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγονότων εὐεργετημάτων εἰς τὸν δῆμον, ἐξαρίθμησις τῶν πεπραγμένων αὐτῷ πρὸς Φίλιππον κατὰ τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς,
16.26.6τελευταία δὲ παράκλησις εἰς τὸν κατὰ Φιλίππου πόλεμον, καὶ διορκισμός, ὡς ἐὰν μὴ νῦν ἕλωνται συνεμβαίνειν εὐγενῶς εἰς τὴν ἀπέχθειαν ἅμα Ῥοδίοις καὶ Ῥωμαίοις καὶ αὐτῷ, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα παρέντες τοὺς καιροὺς κοινωνεῖν βούλωνται τῆς εἰρήνης, ἄλλων αὐτὴν κατεργασαμένων, ἀστοχήσειν αὐτοὺς τοῦ τῇ πατρίδι συμφέροντος.
16.26.7τῆς δʼ ἐπιστολῆς ταύτης ἀναγνωσθείσης ἕτοιμον ἦν τὸ πλῆθος ψηφίζεσθαι τὸν πόλεμον καὶ διὰ τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ διὰ τὴν εὔνοιαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Ἄτταλον.
16.26.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν Ῥοδίων ἐπεισελθόντων καὶ πολλοὺς πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαθεμένων λόγους, ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις ἐκφέρειν τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὸν πόλεμον.
16.26.9ἀπεδέξαντο δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους μεγαλομερῶς καὶ τόν τε δῆμον ἐστεφάνωσαν ἀριστείων στεφάνῳ καὶ πᾶσι Ῥοδίοις ἰσοπολιτείαν ἐψηφίσαντο διὰ τὸ κἀκείνους αὐτοῖς χωρὶς τῶν ἄλλων τάς τε ναῦς ἀποκαταστῆσαι τὰς αἰχμαλώτους γενομένας καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας.
16.26.10οἱ μὲν οὖν πρέσβεις οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων ταῦτα διαπράξαντες ἀνήχθησαν εἰς τὴν Κέων ἐπὶ τὰς νήσους μετὰ τοῦ στόλου. —
16.27.1ὅτι καθʼ ὃν χρόνον οἱ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρέσβεις ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις ἐποιοῦντο τὴν διατριβήν, Νικάνορος τοῦ παρὰ Φιλίππου κατατρέχοντος τὴν Ἀττικὴν ἕως τῆς Ἀκαδημείας, προδιαπεμψάμενοι πρὸς αὐτὸν οἱ
16.27.2Ῥωμαῖοι κήρυκα συνέμιξαν αὐτῷ καὶ παρεκάλεσαν ἀναγγεῖλαι τῷ Φιλίππῳ διότι Ῥωμαῖοι παρακαλοῦσι τὸν βασιλέα τῶν μὲν Ἑλλήνων μηδενὶ πολεμεῖν, τῶν δὲ γεγονότων εἰς Ἄτταλον ἀδικημάτων δίκας ὑπέχειν ἐν ἴσῳ κριτηρίῳ,
16.27.3καὶ διότι πράξαντι μὲν ταῦτα τὴν εἰρήνην ἄγειν ἔξεστι πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, μὴ βουλομένῳ δὲ πείθεσθαι τἀναντία συνεξακολουθήσειν ἔφασαν. ὁ μὲν οὖν Νικάνωρ ταῦτʼ ἀκούσας ἀπηλλάγη·
16.27.4τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ λόγον τοῦτον οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ πρὸς Ἠπειρώτας εἶπαν περὶ Φιλίππου παραπλέοντες ἐν Φοινίκῃ καὶ πρὸς Ἀμύνανδρον ἀναβάντες εἰς Ἀθαμανίαν· παραπλησίως καὶ πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς ἐν Ναυπάκτῳ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἐν Αἰγίῳ.
16.27.5τότε δὲ διὰ τοῦ Νικάνορος τῷ Φιλίππῳ ταῦτα δηλώσαντες αὐτοὶ μὲν ἀπέπλευσαν ὡς Ἀντίοχον καὶ Πτολεμαῖον ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις. —
16.28.1ἀλλʼ ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ τὸ μὲν ἄρξασθαι καλῶς καὶ συνακμάσαι ταῖς ὁρμαῖς πρὸς τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων αὔξησιν ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἤδη γεγονέναι,
16.28.2τὸ δʼ ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν τὸ προτεθὲν καί που καὶ τῆς τύχης ἀντιπιπτούσης συνεκπληρῶσαι τῷ λογισμῷ τὸ τῆς προθυμίας ἐλλιπὲς ἐπʼ ὀλίγων γίνεσθαι.
16.28.3διὸ καὶ τότε δικαίως ἄν τις τὴν μὲν Ἀττάλου καὶ Ῥοδίων ὀλιγοπονίαν καταμέμψαιτο, τὸ δὲ Φιλίππου βασιλικὸν καὶ μεγαλόψυχον καὶ τὸ τῆς προθέσεως ἐπίμονον ἀποδέξαιτο, οὐχ ὡς καθόλου τὸν τρόπον ἐπαινῶν, ἀλλʼ ὡς τὴν πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ὁρμὴν ἐπισημαινόμενος. ποιοῦμαι δὲ τὴν τοιαύτην διαστολήν,
16.28.4ἵνα μή τις ἡμᾶς ὑπολάβῃ μαχόμενα λέγειν ἑαυτοῖς, ἄρτι μὲν ἐπαινοῦντας Ἄτταλον καὶ Ῥοδίους, Φίλιππον δὲ καταμεμφομένους, νῦν δὲ τοὐναντίον.
16.28.5τούτου γὰρ χάριν ἐν ἀρχαῖς τῆς πραγματείας διεστειλάμην, φήσας ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι ποτὲ μὲν εὐλογεῖν, ποτὲ δὲ ψέγειν τοὺς αὐτούς,
16.28.6ἐπειδὴ πολλάκις μὲν αἱ πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον τῶν πραγμάτων ῥοπαὶ καὶ περιστάσεις ἀλλοιοῦσι τὰς προαιρέσεις τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πολλάκις δʼ αἱ πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον,
16.28.7ἔστι δʼ ὅτε κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν ἄνθρωποι ποτὲ μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ δέον ὁρμῶσι, ποτὲ δʼ ἐπὶ τοὐναντίον. ὧν ἕν τί μοι δοκεῖ καὶ τότε γεγονέναι περὶ τὸν Φίλιππον·
16.28.8ἀσχάλλων γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἐλαττώμασι, καὶ τὸ πλεῖον ὀργῇ καὶ θυμῷ χρώμενος, παραστατικῶς καὶ δαιμονίως ἐνήρμοσεν εἰς τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς, καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ κατανέστη τῶν Ῥοδίων καὶ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀττάλου, καὶ καθίκετο τῶν ἑξῆς πράξεων.
16.28.9ταῦτα μὲν οὖν προήχθην εἰπεῖν διὰ τὸ τινὰς μὲν πρὸς τῷ τέρματι, καθάπερ οἱ κακοὶ τῶν σταδιέων, ἐγκαταλιπεῖν τὰς ἑαυτῶν προθέσεις, τινὰς δʼ ἐν τούτῳ μάλιστα νικᾶν τοὺς ἀντιπάλους. —
Book 18, Part 1
18.1WHEN the time appointed arrived, Philip put to sea from Demetrias and came into the Melian Gulf, with five galleys and one beaked war-ship (pristis), on the latter of which he himself was sailing. There met him the Macedonian secretaries Apollodorus and Demosthenes, Brachylles from Boeotia, and the Achaean Cycliadas, who had been driven from the Peloponnese for the reasons I have already described. With Flamininus came king Amynandras, and Dionysodorus, legate of king Attalus. The commissioners from cities and nations were Aristaenus and Xenophon from the Achaeans; Acesimbrotus the navarch from the Rhodians; Phaeneas their Strategus from the Aetolians, and several others of their statesmen with him. Approaching the sea near Nicaea, Flamininus and those with him took their stand upon the very edge of the beach, while Philip, bringing his ship close to shore, remained afloat. Upon Flamininus bidding him disembark, he stood up on board and refused to leave his ship. Flamininus again asked him what he feared, he said that he feared no one but the gods, but he distrusted most of those who were there, especially the Aetolians. Upon the Roman expressing his surprise, and remarking that the danger was the same to all and the risk common, Philip retorted that He was mistaken in saying that: for that, if anything happened to Phaeneas, there were many who would act as Strategi for the Aetolians; but if Philip were to perish at the present juncture, there was no one to be king of the Macedonians. Though all thought this an unconciliatory way of opening the discussion, Flamininus nevertheless bade him speak on the matters he had come to consider. Philip however said that The word was not with himself but with Flamininus; and therefore begged that he would state clearly what he was to do in order to have peace. The Roman consul replied that What he had to say was simple and obvious: it was to bid him evacuate Greece entirely; restore the prisoners and deserters in his hands to their several states; hand over to the Romans those parts of Illyricum of which he had become possessed since the peace of Epirus; and, similarly, to restore to Ptolemy all the cities which he had taken from him since the death of Ptolemy Philopator.
18.2Having said this Flamininus refrained from any further speech of his own; but turning to the others he bade them deliver what they had been severally charged to say by those who sent them. And first Dionysodorus, the envoy of Attalus, took up the discourse by declaring that Philip ought to restore the king’s ships which had been captured in the battle at Chios and their crews with them; and to restore also the temple of Aphrodite to its original state, as well as the Nicephorium, both of which he had destroyed. He was followed by the Rhodian navarch Acesimbrotus, who demanded That Philip should evacuate Peraea, which he had taken from them; withdraw his garrisons from Iasus, Bargylia, and Euromus; restore the Perinthians to their political union with Byzantium; and evacuate Sestos, Abydos, and all commercial ports and harbours in Asia. Following the Rhodians the Achaeans demanded The restoration of Corinth and Argos uninjuired. Then came the Aetolians, who first demanded, like the Romans, that Philip should entirely evacuate Greece; and, secondly, that he should restore to them uninjured all cities formerly members of the Aetolian league.
18.3When Phaeneas the Aetolian strategus had delivered this demand, a man called Alexander Isius, who had the reputation of being an able politician and good speaker, said that Philip was neither sincere at the present moment in proposing terms, nor bold in his manner of making war, when he had to do that. In conferences and colloquies he was always setting ambushes and lying in wait, and using all the practices of war, but in actual war itself took up a position at once unjust and ignoble: for he avoided meeting his enemies face to face, and, as he fled before them, employed himself in burning and plundering the cities; and by this policy, though himself beaten, he spoilt the value of the victor’s reward. Yet former kings of Macedonia had not adopted this plan, but one exactly the reverse: for they were continually fighting with each other in the open field, but rarely destroyed and ruined cities. This was shown clearly by Alexander’s war in Asia against king Darius; and again in the contentions between his successors, when they combined to fight Antigonus for the possession of Asia. So too had the successors of these kings followed the same policy down to the time of Pyrrhus: they had been prompt to war against each other in the open field, and to do everything they could to conquer each other in arms, but had spared the cities, that they might rule them if they conquered, and be honoured by their subjects. But that a man should abandon war, and yet destroy that for which the war was undertaken, seemed an act of madness, and madness of a very violent sort. And this was just what Philip was doing at that moment; for he had destroyed more cities in Thessaly, on his rapid march from the pass of Epirus, though he was a friend and ally of that country, than any one who had ever been at war with the Thessalians.
18.3After a good deal more to the same effect he ended by asking Philip, On what grounds he was holding the town of Lysimacheia with a garrison, having expelled the strategus sent by the Aetolian league, of which it was a member? Also on what grounds he had enslaved the Ciani who were also in alliance with the Aetolians? Lastly, on what plea he was in actual occupation of Echinus, Phthiotid Thebes, Pharsalus, and Larisa?
18.4When Alexander had concluded his speech, Philip came somewhat nearer to the shore than he was before, and, rising on board his ship, said that Alexander had composed and delivered a speech in the true Aetolian and theatrical style. For every one knew quite well that nobody willingly destroys his own allies, but that, at times of special danger, military commanders are compelled to do many things contrary to their natural feelings. While the king was still speaking, Phaeneas, who was very short-sighted, interrupted him by saying, You are trifling with us; you must either fight and conquer, or obey the commands of the stronger. Philip, in spite of the unfortunate position of his affairs, could not refrain from his habitual humour: turning towards Phaeneas he said, Even a blind man could see that. Such a knack had he of cutting repartee. Then he turned to Alexander again and said, You ask me, Alexander, why I took possession of Lysimacheia. I reply, in order that it might not by your neglect be devastated by Thracians, as it has now actually been; because I was compelled by this war to remove my soldiers, who indeed were no hostile garrison, as you say, but were there for its protection. As for the Ciani, I did not go to war with them, but only assisted Prusias to take them who was at war with them. And of this you yourselves were the cause. For though I sent envoy after envoy to you desiring that you would repeal the law which allows you the privilege of taking spoil from spoil, you replied that rather than abolish this law you would remove Aetolia from Aetolia.
18.5When Flamininus expressed some wonder at what he meant by this, the king tried to explain it to him by saying that The Aetolian custom was this. They not only plundered those with whom they were at war, and harried their country; but, if certain other nations were at war with each other, even though both were friends and allies of the Aetolians, none the less the Aetolians might, without a formal decree of the people, take part with both combatants and plunder the territory of both. The result was that in the eyes of the Aetolians there were no defined limits of friendship or enmity, but they were ready to be the enemies and assailers of all who had a dispute on anything. How then, he added, have they any right to blame me if, while on terms of friendship with the Aetolians, I did anything against the Ciani in support of my own allies? But the most outrageous part of their conduct is that they try to rival Rome, and bid me entirely evacuate Greece! The demand in itself is sufficiently haughty and dictatorial: still, in the mouths of Romans, it is tolerable, but in that of Aetolians quite intolerable. What is this Greece, pray, from which ye bid me depart? How do you define it? Why, most of the Aetolians themselves are not Greeks; for neither the Agrai, nor the Apodoti, nor the Amphilochi are counted as Greek. Do you then give up those tribes to me?
18.6Upon Flamininus laughing at these words, Philip proceeded: Well, enough said to the Aetolians! But to the Rhodians and Attalus I have to say that, in the eyes of a fair judge, it would be held more just that they should restore to me the ships captured, than I to them. For I did not begin the attack upon Attalus and the Rhodians, but they upon me, as everybody acknowledges. However, at your instance, Titus, I restore Peraea to the Rhodians, and to Attalus his ships and as many of the men as are still alive. As for the destruction of the Nicephorium and the grove of Aphrodite, I am not able to do anything else towards their restoration, but I will send plants and gardeners to attend to the place and the growth of the trees that have been cut down. Flamininus once more laughing at the king’s sarcastic tone, Philip turned to the Achaeans, and first went through the list of benefactions received by them from Antigonus and himself; then quoted the extraordinary honours Antigonus and he had received from them; and concluded by reading their decree for abandoning him and joining Rome. Taking this for his text, he expatiated at great length on the fickleness and ingratitude of the Achaeans. Still he said he would restore Argos to them, and as to Corinth would consult with Flamininus.
18.7Having thus concluded his conversation with the other envoys, he asked Flamininus, observing that the discussion was really confined to himself and the Romans, Whether he considered that he was bound to evacuate only those places in Greece which he had himself acquired, or those also which he had inherited from his ancestors? On Flamininus making no answer, Aristaenus for the Achaeans, and Phaeneas for the Aetolians, were on the point of replying. But as the day was closing in, time prevented them from doing so; and Philip demanded that they should all hand into him a written statement of the terms on which peace was to be granted: for being there alone he had no one with whom to consult; and therefore wished to turn their demands over in his own mind. Now Flamininus was much amused at Philip’s sarcastic banter; but not wishing the others to think so, he retaliated on him by a sarcasm also, saying: Of course you are alone, Philip: for you have killed all the friends likely to give you the best advice! The king smiled sardonically, but said nothing. And for the present, all having handed in the written statements of their demands as aforesaid, the conference broke up, after appointing to meet again next day at Nicaea. But next morning, though Flamininus came to the appointed place and found the others there, Philip did not arrive.
18.8When the day, however, had nearly come to an end, and Titus and the others had almost given him up, Philip appeared accompanied as before, and excused himself by saying that he had spent the whole day in perplexity and doubt, caused by the severity of the demands made upon him. But every one else thought that he had acted thus from a wish to prevent, by the lateness of the hour, the delivery of invectives by the Achaeans and Aetolians: for he saw, as he was going away on the previous evening, that both were ready to attack him and state grievances. Therefore, as soon as he approached the meeting this time, he demanded that The Roman Consul should discuss the matter with him in private; that they might not have a mere war of words on both sides, but that a definite settlement should be come to on the points in dispute. On his several times repeating this request and pressing it strongly, Flamininus asked those present what he ought to do. On their bidding him meet the king and hear what he had to say, he took with him Appius Claudius, at that time a military Tribune, and telling the others to retire a short way from the sea and remain there, he himself bade Philip disembark. Accordingly the king, attended by Apollodorus and Demosthenes, left his ship, and, joining Flamininus, conversed with him for a considerable time. What was said by the one and the other on that occasion it is not easy to state. However, when Philip and he had parted, Flamininus, in explaining the king’s views to the others, said that he consented to restore Pharsalus and Larisa to the Aetolians, but not Thebes: and that to the Rhodians he surrendered Peraea, but not Iasus and Bargylia: to the Achaeans he gave up Corinth and Argos: to the Romans he promised that he would surrender Illyricum and all prisoners: and to Attalus the ships, and as many of the men captured in the sea-fights as survived.
Book 16, Part 7
16.29.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐβούλετο παρελέσθαι Ῥωμαίων τὰς ἐν τούτοις τοῖς τόποις ἀφορμὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπιβάθρας. —
16.29.2ἐὰν πρόθηται διαβαίνειν αὖθις εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, ἐπιβάθραν ἔχοι τὴν Ἄβυδον. —
16.29.3τὴν δὲ τῆς Ἀβύδου καὶ Σηστοῦ θέσιν καὶ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν τῶν πόλεων τὸ μὲν διὰ πλειόνων ἐξαριθμεῖσθαι μάταιον εἶναί μοι δοκεῖ διὰ τὸ πάντας, ὧν καὶ μικρὸν ὄφελος, ἱστορηκέναι διὰ τὴν ἰδιότητα τῶν τόπων·
16.29.4κεφαλαιωδῶς γε μὴν ὑπομνῆσαι τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας ἐπιστάσεως χάριν οὐκ ἄχρηστον εἶναι νομίζω πρὸς τὸ παρόν.
16.29.5γνοίη δʼ ἄν τις τὰ περὶ τὰς προειρημένας πόλεις οὐχ οὕτως ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ὑποκειμένων τόπων ὡς ἐκ τῆς παραθέσεως καὶ συγκρίσεως τῶν λέγεσθαι μελλόντων.
16.29.6καθάπερ γὰρ οὐδʼ ἐκ τοῦ παρὰ μέν τισιν Ὠκεανοῦ προσαγορευομένου, παρὰ δέ τισιν Ἀτλαντικοῦ πελάγους. δυνατὸν εἰς τὴν καθʼ ἡμᾶς θάλατταν εἰσπλεῦσαι μὴ οὐχὶ διὰ τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλέους στήλας περαιωθέντα στόματος,
16.29.7οὕτως οὐδʼ ἐκ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν Προποντίδα καὶ τὸν Πόντον ἀφικέσθαι μὴ οὐχὶ διὰ τοῦ μεταξὺ Σηστοῦ καὶ Ἀβύδου διαστήματος ποιησάμενον τὸν εἴσπλουν.
16.29.8ὥσπερ δὲ πρός τινα λόγον τῆς τύχης ποιουμένης τὴν κατασκευὴν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν πορθμῶν, πολλαπλάσιον εἶναι συμβαίνει τὸν καθʼ Ἡρακλέους στήλας πόρον τοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον·
16.29.9ὁ μὲν γάρ ἐστιν ἑξήκοντα σταδίων, ὁ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἄβυδον δυεῖν, ὡς ἂν εἴ τινος τεκμαιρομένου διὰ τὸ πολλαπλασίαν εἶναι τὴν ἔξω θάλατταν τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς.
16.29.10εὐκαιρότερον μέντοι γε τοῦ καθʼ Ἡρακλείους στήλας στόματός ἐστι τὸ κατὰ τὴν Ἄβυδον.
16.29.11τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ὑπʼ ἀνθρώπων οἰκούμενον πύλης ἔχει διάθεσιν διὰ τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπιμιξίαν, ποτὲ μὲν γεφυρούμενον ὑπὸ τῶν πεζεύειν ἐπʼ ἀμφοτέρας τὰς ἠπείρους προαιρουμένων, ποτὲ δὲ πλωτευόμενον συνεχῶς·
16.29.12τὸ δὲ καθʼ Ἡρακλείους στήλας σπάνιον ἔχει τὴν χρῆσιν καὶ σπανίοις διὰ τὴν ἀνεπιμιξίαν τῶν ἐθνῶν τῶν πρὸς τοῖς πέρασι κατοικούντων τῆς Λιβύης καὶ τῆς Εὐρώπης καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀγνωσίαν τῆς ἐκτὸς θαλάττης.
16.29.13αὐτὴ δʼ ἡ τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν πόλις περιέχεται μὲν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τοῖν μεροῖν ὑπὸ τῶν τῆς Εὐρώπης ἀκρωτηρίων, ἔχει δὲ λιμένα δυνάμενον σκέπειν ἀπὸ παντὸς ἀνέμου τοὺς ἐνορμοῦντας.
16.29.14ἐκτὸς δὲ τῆς εἰς τὸν λιμένα καταγωγῆς οὐδαμῶς οὐδαμῇ δυνατόν ἐστιν ὁρμῆσαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν διὰ τὴν ὀξύτητα καὶ βίαν τοῦ ῥοῦ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν πόρον.
16.30.1οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅ γε Φίλιππος τὰ μὲν ἀποσταυρώσας, τὰ δὲ περιχαρακώσας τοὺς Ἀβυδηνοὺς ἐπολιόρκει καὶ κατὰ γῆν ἅμα καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν.
16.30.2ἡ δὲ πρᾶξις αὕτη κατὰ μὲν τὸ μέγεθος τῆς παρασκευῆς καὶ τὴν ποικιλίαν τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ἐπινοημάτων, διʼ ὧν οἵ τε πολιορκοῦντες καὶ πολιορκούμενοι πρὸς ἀλλήλους εἰώθασιν ἀντιμηχανᾶσθαι καὶ φιλοτεχνεῖν, οὐ γέγονε θαυμάσιος,
16.30.3κατὰ δὲ τὴν γενναιότητα τῶν πολιορκουμένων καὶ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς εὐψυχίας, εἰ καί τις ἄλλη, μνήμης ἀξία καὶ παραδόσεως.
16.30.4τὰς μὲν γὰρ ἀρχὰς πιστεύοντες αὑτοῖς οἱ τὴν Ἄβυδον κατοικοῦντες ὑπέμενον ἐρρωμένως τὰς τοῦ Φιλίππου παρασκευάς, καὶ τῶν τε κατὰ θάλατταν προσαχθέντων μηχανημάτων τὰ μὲν τοῖς πετροβόλοις τύπτοντες διεσάλευσαν, τὰ δὲ τῷ πυρὶ διέφθειραν, οὕτως ὥστε καὶ τὰς ναῦς μόλις ἀνασπάσαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἐκ τοῦ κινδύνου.
16.30.5τοῖς δὲ κατὰ γῆν ἔργοις ἕως μέν τινος προσαντεῖχον εὐψύχως, οὐκ ἀπελπίζοντες κατακρατήσειν τῶν πολεμίων.
16.30.6ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸ μὲν ἐκτὸς τοῦ τείχους ἔπεσε διὰ τῶν ὀρυγμάτων, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα διὰ τῶν μετάλλων ἤγγιζον οἱ Μακεδόνες τῷ κατὰ τὸ πεπτωκὸς ὑπὸ τῶν ἔνδοθεν ἀντῳκοδομημένῳ τείχει,
16.30.7τὸ τηνικάδε πέμψαντες πρεσβευτὰς Ἰφιάδην καὶ Παντάγνωτον ἐκέλευον παραλαμβάνειν τὸν Φίλιππον τὴν πόλιν, τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας ὑποσπόνδους ἀφέντα τοὺς παρὰ Ῥοδίων καὶ παρʼ Ἀττάλου, τὰ δʼ ἐλεύθερα τῶν σωμάτων ἐάσαντα σῴζεσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν οὗ ποτʼ ἂν ἕκαστος προαιρῆται μετὰ τῆς ἐσθῆτος τῆς περὶ τὸ σῶμα.
16.30.8τοῦ δὲ Φιλίππου προστάττοντος περὶ πάντων ἐπιτρέπειν
16.31.1ἢ μάχεσθαι γενναίως, οὗτοι μὲν ἐπανῆλθον. οἱ δʼ Ἀβυδηνοὶ πυθόμενοι τὰ λεγόμενα, συνελθόντες εἰς ἐκκλησίαν ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων ἀπονοηθέντες ταῖς γνώμαις.
16.31.2ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς δούλους ἐλευθεροῦν, ἵνα συναγωνιστὰς ἔχοιεν ἀπροφασίστους, ἔπειτα συναθροῖσαι τὰς μὲν γυναῖκας εἰς τὸ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν ἁπάσας, τὰ δὲ τέκνα σὺν ταῖς τροφοῖς εἰς τὸ γυμνάσιον,
16.31.3ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις τὸν ἄργυρον καὶ τὸν χρυσὸν εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν συναγαγεῖν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν τὸν ἀξιόλογον εἰς τὴν τετρήρη τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων καὶ τὴν τριήρη τὴν τῶν Κυζικηνῶν.
16.31.4ταῦτα δὲ προθέμενοι καὶ πράξαντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν κατὰ τὸ δόγμα πάλιν συνηθροίσθησαν εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ πεντήκοντα προεχειρίσαντο τῶν πρεσβυτέρων ἀνδρῶν καὶ μάλιστα πιστευομένων, ἔτι δὲ τὴν σωματικὴν δύναμιν ἐχόντων πρὸς τὸ δύνασθαι τὸ κριθὲν ἐπιτελεῖν,
16.31.5καὶ τούτους ἐξώρκισαν ἐναντίον ἁπάντων τῶν πολιτῶν ἦ μήν, ἐὰν ἴδωσι τὸ διατείχισμα καταλαμβανόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν, κατασφάξειν μὲν τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας, ἐμπρήσειν δὲ τὰς προειρημένας ναῦς, ῥίψειν δὲ κατὰ τὰς ἀρὰς τὸν ἄργυρον καὶ τὸν χρυσὸν εἰς τὴν θάλατταν.
16.31.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα παραστησάμενοι τοὺς ἱερέας ὤμνυον πάντες ἢ κρατήσειν τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἢ τελευτήσειν μαχόμενοι περὶ τῆς πατρίδος.
16.31.7ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσι σφαγιασάμενοι κατάρας ἠνάγκασαν ἐπὶ τῶν ἐμπύρων ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς ἱερέας καὶ τὰς ἱερείας περὶ τῶν προειρημένων.
16.31.8ταῦτα δʼ ἐπικυρώσαντες τοῦ μὲν ἀντιμεταλλεύειν τοῖς πολεμίοις ἀπέστησαν, ἐπὶ δὲ τοιαύτην γνώμην κατέστησαν ὥστʼ ἐπειδὰν πέσῃ τὸ διατείχισμα, τότʼ ἐπὶ τοῦ πτώματος διαμάχεσθαι καὶ διαποθνήσκειν πρὸς τοὺς βιαζομένους.
16.32.1ἐξ ὧν εἴποι τις ἂν καὶ τὴν λεγομένην Φωκικὴν ἀπόνοιαν καὶ τὴν Ἀκαρνάνων εὐψυχίαν ὑπερηρκέναι τὴν τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν τόλμαν.
16.32.2Φωκεῖς τε γὰρ δοκοῦσι τὰ παραπλήσια βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων, οὐκ εἰς τέλος ἀπηλπισμένας ἔχοντες τὰς τοῦ νικᾶν ἐλπίδας διὰ τὸ μέλλειν ποιεῖσθαι τὸν κίνδυνον πρὸς τοὺς Θετταλοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις ἐκ παρατάξεως· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὸ τῶν Ἀκαρνάνων ἔθνος,
16.32.3ὅτε προιδόμενοι τὴν Αἰτωλῶν ἔφοδον, ἐβουλεύσαντο παραπλήσια περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων· ὑπὲρ ὧν τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων ἱστορήκαμεν.
16.32.4Ἀβυδηνοὶ δέ, συγκεκλεισμένοι καὶ σχεδὸν ἀπηλπικότες τὴν σωτηρίαν, πανδημεὶ προείλοντο τῆς εἱμαρμένης τυχεῖν μετὰ τῶν τέκνων καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν μᾶλλον ἢ ζῶντες ἔτι πρόληψιν ἔχειν τοῦ πεσεῖσθαι τὰ σφέτερα τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ὑπὸ τὴν τῶν ἐχθρῶν ἐξουσίαν.
16.32.5διὸ καὶ μάλιστʼ ἄν τις ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀβυδηνῶν περιπετείας μέμψαιτο τῇ τύχῃ, διότι τὰς μὲν τῶν προειρημένων συμφορὰς οἷον ἐλεήσασα παραυτίκα διωρθώσατο, περιθεῖσα τὴν νίκην ἅμα καὶ τὴν σωτηρίαν τοῖς ἀπηλπισμένοις, περὶ δʼ Ἀβυδηνῶν τὴν ἐναντίαν εἶχε διάληψιν.
16.32.6οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄνδρες ἀπέθανον, ἡ δὲ πόλις ἑάλω, τὰ δὲ τέκνα σὺν αὐταῖς μητράσιν ἐγένετο τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑποχείρια.
16.33.1πεσόντος γὰρ τοῦ διατειχίσματος, ἐπιβάντες ἐπὶ τὸ πτῶμα κατὰ τοὺς ὅρκους διεμάχοντο τοῖς πολεμίοις οὕτω τετολμηκότως ὥστε τὸν Φίλιππον, καίπερ ἐκ διαδοχῆς προβαλόμενον τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἕως νυκτός, τέλος ἀποστῆναι τῆς μάχης, δυσελπιστήσαντα καὶ περὶ τῆς ὅλης ἐπιβολῆς.
16.33.2οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἐπὶ τοὺς θνήσκοντας τῶν πολεμίων ἐπιβαίνοντες ἠγωνίζοντο μετὰ παραστάσεως οἱ προκινδυνεύοντες τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν, οὐδὲ τοῖς ξίφεσι καὶ τοῖς δόρασιν αὐτοῖς ἐμάχοντο παραβόλως,
16.33.3ἀλλʼ ὅτε τι τούτων ἀχρειωθὲν ἀδυνατήσειεν ἢ μετὰ βίας προοῖντʼ ἐκ τῶν χειρῶν, συμπλεκόμενοι τοῖς Μακεδόσιν οὓς μὲν ἀνέτρεπον ὁμοῦ τοῖς ὅπλοις, ὧν δὲ συντρίβοντες τὰς σαρίσας αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἐκείνων κλάσμασιν ἐκ διαλήψεως τύπτοντες αὐτῶν ταῖς ἐπιδορατίσι τὰ πρόσωπα καὶ τοὺς γυμνοὺς τόπους εἰς ὁλοσχερῆ διατροπὴν ἦγον.
16.33.4ἐπιγενομένης δὲ τῆς νυκτὸς καὶ διαλυθείσης τῆς μάχης, τῶν μὲν πλείστων τεθνεώτων ἐπὶ τοῦ πτώματος, τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ κόπου καὶ τῶν τραυμάτων ἀδυνατούντων, συναγαγόντες ὀλίγους τινὰς τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Γλαυκίδης καὶ Θεόγνητος κατέβαλον τὸ σεμνὸν καὶ θαυμάσιον τῆς τῶν πολιτῶν προαιρέσεως διὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἐλπίδας·
16.33.5ἐβουλεύσαντο γὰρ τὰ μὲν τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ζωγρεῖν, ἅμα δὲ τῷ φωτὶ τοὺς ἱερεῖς καὶ τὰς ἱερείας ἐκπέμπειν μετὰ στεμμάτων πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον, δεησομένους καὶ παραδιδόντας αὐτῷ τὴν πόλιν.
16.34.1κατὰ δὲ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους Ἄτταλος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας πολιορκεῖσθαι τοὺς Ἀβυδηνούς, διʼ Αἰγαίου ποιησάμενος τὸν πλοῦν εἰς Τένεδον, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων Μάρκος Αἰμίλιος ὁ νεώτατος ἧκε καταπλέων εἰς αὐτὴν τὴν Ἄβυδον.
16.34.2οἱ γὰρ Ῥωμαῖοι τὸ σαφὲς ἀκούσαντες ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ περὶ τῆς τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν πολιορκίας καὶ βουλόμενοι πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν Φίλιππον ποιήσασθαι τοὺς λόγους κατὰ τὰς ἐντολάς, ἐπιστήσαντες τὴν πρὸς τοὺς βασιλέας ὁρμὴν ἐξέπεμψαν τὸν προειρημένον,
16.34.3ὃς καὶ συμμίξας περὶ τὴν Ἄβυδον διεσάφει τῷ βασιλεῖ διότι δέδοκται τῇ συγκλήτῳ παρακαλεῖν αὐτὸν μήτε τῶν Ἑλλήνων μηδενὶ πολεμεῖν μήτε τοῖς Πτολεμαίου πράγμασιν ἐπιβάλλειν τὰς χεῖρας, περὶ δὲ τῶν εἰς Ἄτταλον καὶ Ῥοδίους ἀδικημάτων δίκας ὑποσχεῖν,
Book 18, Part 2
18.9All present expressed their dissatisfaction at these terms, and alleged that it was necessary before all that he should perform the general injunction, that, namely, of evacuating all Greece: otherwise these particular concessions were vain and useless. Observing that there was an animated discussion going on among them, and fearing at the same time that they would indulge in accusations against himself, Philip requested Flamininus to adjourn the conference till next day, as the evening was closing in; and promised that he would then either persuade them to accept his terms or submit to theirs. Flamininus consenting, they separated, after appointing to meet next day on the beach near Thronium.
18.9Next day all came to the appointed place in good time. Philip in a short speech called on all, and especially on Flamininus, Not to break off the negotiation for peace now that by far the greater number were inclined to come to some arrangement; but, if possible, to come to an understanding by themselves on the points in dispute; or, if that could not be, to send envoys to the Senate, and either convince it as to this controversy, or submit to whatever it enjoined.
18.9On this proposition of the king, all the others declared that they preferred war to such a demand. But the Roman Consul said that He was quite aware that it was improbable that Philip would submit to any of their demands, yet, as it did not in the least stand in the way of such action as they chose to take to grant the favour demanded by the king, he would concede it. For not one of the proposals actually made at present could be confirmed without the authority of the Senate; and besides the season now coming on was a favourable one for ascertaining its opinion; for, even as things were, the armies could do nothing owing to the winter: it was therefore against no one’s interests, but, on the contrary, very convenient for them all, to devote this time to a reference to the Senate on the present state of affairs.
18.10Seeing that Flamininus was not averse to referring the matter to the Senate, all the others presently consented, and voted to allow Philip to send envoys to Rome, and that they too should severally send envoys of their own to plead their cause before the Senate, and state their grievances against Philip.
18.10The business of the conference having thus been concluded in accordance with his views and the opinions he had originally expressed, Flamininus at once set about carefully securing his own position, and preventing Philip from taking any undue advantage. For though he granted him three months’ suspension of hostilities, he stipulated that he should complete his embassy to Rome within that time, and insisted on his immediately removing his garrisons from Phocis and Locris. He was also very careful to insist on behalf of the Roman allies, that no act of hostility should be committed against them during this period by the Macedonians. Having made these terms in writing with Philip, he immediately took the necessary steps himself to carry out his own policy. First, he sent Amynandrus to Rome at once, knowing that he was a man of pliable character, and would be easily persuaded by his own friends in the city to take any course they might propose; and at the same time would carry with him a certain prestige, and rouse men’s curiosity and interest by his title of royalty. Next to him he sent as personal envoys his wife’s nephew Quintus Fabius, Quintus Fulvius, and Appius Claudius Nero. From the Aetolians went Alexander Isius, Damocritus of Calydon, Dicaearchus of Trichonium, Polemarchus of Arsinoe, Lamius of Ambracia, Nicomachus of Acarnania,— one of those who had fled from Thurium and settled in Ambracia,—and Theodotus of Pherae, an exile from Thessaly who settled in Stratus: from the Achaeans Xenophon of Aegium: from King Attalus only Alexander: and from the Athenian people Cephisodorus and his colleagues.
18.11Now these envoys arrived in Rome before the Senate had settled the provinces of the Consuls appointed for this year, and whether it would be necessary to send both to Gaul, or one of them against Philip. But the friends of Flamininus having assured themselves that both Consuls would remain in Italy owing to the threat of an attack from the Celts, all the ambassadors appeared and bluntly stated their grievances against Philip. The bulk of their accusations was to the same effect as what they had before stated to the king himself; but they also endeavoured carefully to instil this idea in the minds of the Senators, That so long as Chalcis, Corinth, and Demetrias were subject to Macedonia, it was impossible for the Greeks to think of liberty; for Philip himself had spoken the exact truth when he called these places the fetters of Greece. For neither could the Peloponnese breathe while a royal garrison was stationed in Cornith, nor the Locrians, Boeotians, and Phocians feel any confidence while Philip was in occupation of Chalcis and the rest of Euboea; nor indeed could the Thessalians or Magnesians raise a spark of liberty while Philip and the Macedonians held Demetrias. That, therefore, Philip’s offer to evacuate the other places was a mere pretence in order to escape the immediate danger; and that on the very first day he chose he would with ease reduce the Greeks again under his power, if he were in possession of these places. They accordingly urged the Senate either to force Philip to evacuate the cities they had named, or to stand by the policy they had begun, and vigorously prosecute the war against him. For in truth the most difficult part of the war was already accomplished, the Macedonians having already been twice defeated, and most of their resources on land already expended.
18.11They concluded by beseeching the Senate not to beguile the Greeks of their hopes of liberty, nor deprive themselves of the most glorious renown. Such, or nearly so, were the arguments advanced by the Greek envoys. Philip’s envoys were prepared to make a long speech in reply: but they were stopped at the threshold. For being asked whether they were prepared to evacuate Chalcis, Corinth, and Demetrias, they declared that they had not any instructions as to those towns. They were accordingly rebuked by the Senate and obliged to discontinue their speech.
18.12The Senate then, as I have said before, assigned Gaul to both the consuls as their province, and ordered that the war against Philip should go on, assigning to Titus Flamininus the entire control of Greek affairs. These decrees having been quickly made known in Greece, Flamininus found everything settled to his mind, partly no doubt by the assistance of chance, but for the most part by his own foresight in the management of the whole business. For he was exceedingly acute, if ever Roman was. The skill and good sense with which he conducted public business and private negotiations could not be surpassed, and yet he was quite a young man, not yet more than thirty, and the first Roman who had crossed to Greece with an army.
18.13It has often and in many cases occurred to me to wonder at the mistakes men make; but none seems to me so surprising as that of traitors. I wish, therefore, to say a word in season on the subject. I know very well that it is one which does not admit of easy treatment or definition. For it is not at all easy to say whom we ought to regard as a real traitor. Plainly all those, who at a time of tranquillity make compacts with kings or princes, cannot be reckoned such off hand; nor, again, those who in the midst of dangers transfer their country from existing friendships and alliances to others. Far from it. For such men have again and again been the authors of manifold advantages to their own countries. But not to go any further for example, my meaning can be made clear by the circumstances of the present case. For, if Aristaenus had not at this time opportunely caused the Achaeans to leave their alliance with Philip and join that of Rome, it is clear that the whole league would have been utterly ruined. But as it was, this man and this policy were confessedly the sources, not only of security to individual Achaeans at the time, but of the aggrandisement of the whole league. Therefore he was not looked upon as a traitor, but universally honoured as a benefactor and saviour of the country. The same principle will hold good in the case of all others who regulate their policy and measures by the necessities of the hour.
Book 16, Part 8
16.34.4καὶ διότι ταῦτα μὲν οὕτω πράττοντι τὴν εἰρήνην ἄγειν ἐξέσται, μὴ βουλομένῳ δὲ πειθαρχεῖν ἑτοίμως ὑπάρξειν τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον.
16.34.5τοῦ δὲ Φιλίππου βουλομένου διδάσκειν ὅτι Ῥόδιοι τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβάλοιεν αὐτῷ, μεσολαβήσας ὁ Μάρκος ἤρετο "τί δαὶ Ἀθηναῖοι; τί δαὶ Κιανοί; τί δαὶ νῦν Ἀβυδηνοί; καὶ τούτων τίσ" ἔφη "σοὶ πρότερος ἐπέβαλε τὰς χεῖρας;"
16.34.6ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐξαπορήσας κατὰ τρεῖς τρόπους ἔφησεν αὐτῷ συγγνώμην ἔχειν ὑπερηφάνως ὁμιλοῦντι, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι νέος ἐστὶ καὶ πραγμάτων ἄπειρος, δεύτερον ὅτι κάλλιστος ὑπάρχει τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν — καὶ γὰρ ἦν τοῦτο κατʼ ἀλήθειαν — μάλιστα δʼ ὅτι Ῥωμαῖος.
16.34.7"ἐγὼ δὲ μάλιστα μὲν ἀξιῶ Ῥωμαίουσ" ἔφη "μὴ παραβαίνειν τὰς συνθήκας μηδὲ πολεμεῖν ἡμῖν· ἐὰν δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ποιῶσιν, ἀμυνούμεθα γενναίως, παρακαλέσαντες τοὺς θεούσ".
16.34.7οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ εἰπόντες διεχωρίσθησαν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων·
16.34.8ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος κυριεύσας τῆς πόλεως, τὴν ὕπαρξιν ἅπασαν καταλαβὼν συνηθροισμένην ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀβυδηνῶν ἐξ ἑτοίμου παρέλαβε.
16.34.9θεωρῶν δὲ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῶν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας ἀποσφαττόντων, κατακαόντων, ἀπαγχόντων, εἰς τὰ φρέατα ῥιπτούντων, κατακρημνιζόντων ἀπὸ τῶν τεγῶν,
16.34.10ἐκπλαγὴς ἦν, καὶ διαλγῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς γινομένοις παρήγγειλε διότι τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἀναστροφὴν δίδωσι τοῖς βουλομένοις ἀπάγχεσθαι καὶ σφάττειν αὑτούς.
16.34.11οἱ δʼ Ἀβυδηνοί, προδιειληφότες ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς στάσιν, καὶ νομίζοντες οἷον εἰ προδόται γίνεσθαι τῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς πατρίδος ἠγωνισμένων καὶ τεθνεώτων, οὐδαμῶς ὑπέμενον τὸ ζῆν, ὅσοι μὴ δεσμοῖς ἢ τοιαύταις ἀνάγκαις προκατελήφθησαν·
16.34.12οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ πάντες ὥρμων ἀμελλήτως κατὰ συγγενείας ἐπὶ τὸν θάνατον. —
16.35.1ὅτι παρῆσαν μετὰ τὴν ἅλωσιν Ἀβύδου παρὰ τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνους εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον πρεσβευταί, παρακαλοῦντες τὸν δῆμον εἰς τὰς πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον διαλύσεις.
16.35.2οἷς ἐπελθόντων τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευτῶν καὶ διαλεγομένων ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ ποιεῖσθαι διαλύσεις πρὸς Φίλιππον ἄνευ Ῥωμαίων, ἔδοξε προσέχειν τῷ δήμῳ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καὶ στοχάζεσθαι τῆς τούτων φιλίας. —
16.36.1ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην ἐξελογίσατο τὰ διαστήματα τῶν Ἀχαϊκῶν πόλεων ἁπασῶν καὶ ποῖαι δύνανται κατὰ τὰς αὐτὰς ὁδοὺς εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν παραγίνεσθαι. λοιπὸν ἐπιστολὰς ἔγραψε πρὸς πάσας τὰς πόλεις,
16.36.2καὶ ταύτας διέδωκε ταῖς πορρωτάτω πόλεσι, μερίσας οὕτως ὥστε καθʼ ἑκάστην ἔχειν μὴ μόνον τὰς ἑαυτῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων, ὅσαι κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν ἔπιπτον.
16.36.3ἐγέγραπτο δʼ ἐν ταῖς πρώταις τοῖς ἀποτελείοις τοιαῦτα. "ὅταν κομίσησθε τὴν ἐπιστολήν, παραχρῆμα ποιήσασθε τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἡλικίαις ἔχοντας τὰ ὅπλα καὶ πένθʼ ἡμερῶν ἐφόδια καὶ πέντʼ ἀργύριον, ἁθροίζεσθαι παραυτίκα πάντας εἰς τὴν ἀγοράν.
16.36.4ἐπειδὰν δὲ συλλεχθῶσιν οἱ παρόντες, ἀναλαβόντες αὐτοὺς ἄγετʼ εἰς τὴν ἑξῆς πόλιν· ὅταν δʼ ἐκεῖ παραγένησθε, τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀπόδοτε τὴν ἐπιγεγραμμένην τῷ παρʼ ἐκείνων ἀποτελείῳ καὶ πειθαρχεῖτε τοῖς ἐγγεγραμμένοισ"
16.36.5. ἐγγέγραπτο δʼ ἐν ταύτῃ ταὐτὰ τοῖς πρόσθεν, πλὴν διότι τὸ τῆς ἑξῆς κειμένης ὄνομα πόλεως οὐ ταὐτὸν εἶχεν, εἰς ἣν ἔδει προάγειν.
16.36.6τοιούτου δὲ τοῦ χειρισμοῦ γενομένου κατὰ τὸ συνεχές, πρῶτον μὲν οὐδεὶς ἐγίνωσκε πρὸς τίνα πρᾶξιν ἢ πρὸς ποίαν ἐπιβολήν ἐστιν ἡ παρασκευή, εἶτα ποῦ πορεύεται, πλὴν τῆς ἑξῆς πόλεως, οὐδεὶς ἁπλῶς ᾔδει,
16.36.7πάντες δὲ διαποροῦντες καὶ παραλαμβάνοντες ἀλλήλους προῆγον εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν.
16.36.8τῷ δὲ μὴ τὸ ἴσον ἀπέχειν τῆς Τεγέας τὰς πορρωτάτω κειμένας πόλεις οὐχ ἅμα πάσαις ἀπεδόθη τὰ γράμματα ταύταις, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λόγον ἑκάσταις.
16.36.9ἐξ ὧν συνέβη, μήτε τῶν Τεγεατῶν εἰδότων τὸ μέλλον μήτε τῶν παραγινομένων, ἅμα πάντας τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς καὶ κατὰ πάσας τὰς πύλας εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν εἰσπο
16.37.1ρεύεσθαι σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις. ταῦτα δὲ διεστρατήγει καὶ περιεβάλλετο τῇ διανοίᾳ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ὠτακουστῶν καὶ κατασκόπων τοῦ τυράννου.
16.37.2ἐν ᾗ συναθροίζεσθαι τὸ πλῆθος ἔμελλε τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εἰς Τεγέαν, ἐξαπέστειλε τοὺς ἐπιλέκτους, ὥστε νυκτερεύσαντας περὶ Σελλασίαν ἅμα τῷ φωτὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ἐπιτρέχειν τὴν Λακωνικήν.
16.37.3ἐὰν δʼ οἱ μισθοφόροι βοηθήσαντες παρενοχλῶσιν αὐτούς, συνέταξε ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀποχώρησιν ἐπὶ τὸν Σκοτίταν καὶ τὰ λοιπὰ πειθαρχεῖν Διδασκαλώνδᾳ τῷ Κρητί· τούτῳ γὰρ ἐπεπιστεύκει καὶ διετέτακτο περὶ τῆς ὅλης ἐπιβολῆς.
16.37.4οὗτοι μὲν οὖν προῆγον εὐθαρσῶς ἐπὶ τὸ συντεταγμένον· ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην ἐν ὥρᾳ παραγγείλας δειπνοποιεῖσθαι τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐξῆγε τὴν δύναμιν ἐκ τῆς Τεγέας, καὶ νυκτοπορήσας ἐνεργῶς περὶ τὴν ἑωθινὴν ἐνεκάθισε τὴν στρατιὰν ἐν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Σκοτίταν προσαγορευομένοις τόποις, ὅς ἐστι μεταξὺ τῆς Τεγέας καὶ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος.
16.37.5οἱ δʼ ἐν τῇ Πελλήνῃ μισθοφόροι κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ἅμα τῷ σημῆναι τοὺς σκοποὺς τὴν καταδρομὴν τῶν πολεμίων ἐκ χειρὸς ἐβοήθουν, καθάπερ ἔθος ἦν αὐτοῖς, καὶ προσέκειντο τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις.
16.37.6τῶν δʼ Ἀχαιῶν κατὰ τὸ συνταχθὲν ὑποχωρούντων εἵποντο κατόπιν ἐπικείμενοι θρασέως καὶ τετολμηκότως.
16.37.7ἅμα δὲ τῷ παραβάλλειν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν ἐνέδραν τόπους, διαναστάντων τῶν Ἀχαιῶν οἱ μὲν κατεκόπησαν, οἱ δʼ ἑάλωσαν αὐτῶν. —
16.38.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ὁρῶν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εὐλαβῶς διακειμένους πρὸς τὸν κατὰ Ῥωμαίων πόλεμον, ἐσπούδαζε κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐμβιβάσαι αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀπέχθειαν.
16.39.1μαρτυρεῖ τούτοις ἡμῶν τοῖς λόγοις Πολύβιος ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης· ἐν γὰρ τῇ ἑξκαιδεκάτῃ τῶν ἱστοριῶν αὐτοῦ φησιν οὕτως· "ὁ δὲ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου στρατηγὸς Σκόπας ὁρμήσας εἰς τοὺς ἄνω τόπους κατεστρέψατο ἐν τῷ χειμῶνι τὸ Ἰουδαίων ἔθνος." —
16.39.2τῆς δὲ πολιορκίας ῥεμβώδους γενομένης ὁ μὲν Σκόπας ἠδόξει καὶ διεβέβλητο νεανικῶς. —
16.39.2λέγει δὲ ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ βίβλῳ ὡς "
16.39.3τοῦ Σκόπα νικηθέντος ὑπʼ Ἀντιόχου τὴν μὲν Βατανέαν καὶ Σαμάρειαν καὶ Ἄβιλα καὶ Γάδαρα παρέλαβεν Ἀντίοχος·
16.39.4μετʼ ὀλίγον δὲ προσεχώρησαν αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν Ἰουδαίων οἱ περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν τὸ προσαγορευόμενον Ἱεροσόλυμα κατοικοῦντες.
16.39.5ὑπὲρ οὗ καὶ πλείω λέγειν ἔχοντες, καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τῆς γενομένης περὶ τὸ ἱερὸν ἐπιφανείας, εἰς ἕτερον καιρὸν ὑπερθησόμεθα τὴν διήγησιν."
16.40.1Βαβράντιον, τόπος περὶ Χίον. Πολύβιος ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ.
16.40.1Γίττα, πόλις Παλαιστίνης.
16.40.2Πολύβιος ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ.
16.40.3χωρίον Ἀσίας, Ἀττάλου βασιλέως ἐμπόριον. Πολύβιος ι#2#.
16.40.3Ἴνσοβροι, ἔθνος Ἰταλικόν.
16.40.5[...] φρούριον Καρίας. Πολύβιος ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ.
16.40.5Κάρθαια, μία τῆς ἐν Κέῳ τετραπόλεως .
16.40.6[...] οἱ οἰκοῦντες Καρθαεῖς. Πολύβιος ι#2#.
16.40.6Μάντυα, πόλις Ῥωμαίων.
Book 18, Part 3
18.14From this point of view fault might be found with Demosthenes, admirable as he is in many respects, for having rashly and indiscriminately launched an exceedingly bitter charge at the most illustrious Greeks. For he asserted that in Arcadia, Cercidas, Hieronymus, and Eucampidas were traitors to Greece for making an alliance with Philip; in Messene the sons of Philiades, Neon and Thraylochus; in Argos, Mystis, Teledamus, one Mnaseas; in Thessaly, Daochus and Cineas; in Boeotia, Theogeiton and Timolas: and many more besides he has included in the same category, naming them city by city; and yet all these men have a weighty and obvious plea to urge in defence of their conduct, and above all those of Arcadia and Messene. For it was by their bringing Philip into the Peloponnese, and humbling the Lacedaemonians, that these men in the first place enabled all its inhabitants to breathe again, and conceive the idea of liberty; and in the next place, by recovering the territory and cities which the Lacedaemonians in the hour of prosperity had taken from the Messenians, Megalopolitans, Tegeans, and Argives, notoriously raised the fortunes of their own countries. In return for this they were bound not to make war on Philip and the Macedonians, but to do all they could to promote his reputation and honour. Now, if they had been doing all this, or if they had admitted a garrison from Philip into their native cities, or had abolished their constitutions and deprived their fellow-citizens of liberty and freedom of speech, for the sake of their own private advantage or power, they would have deserved this name of traitor. But if, while carefully maintaining their duty to their countries, they yet differed in their judgment of politics, and did not consider that their interests were the same as those of the Athenians, it is not, I think, fair that they should have been called traitors on that account by Demosthenes. The man who measures everything by the interests of his own particular state, and imagines that all the Greeks ought to have their eyes fixed upon Athens, on the pain of being styled traitors, seems to me to be ill-informed and to be labouring under a strange delusion, especially as the course which events in Greece took at that time has borne witness to the wisdom, not of Demosthenes, but of Eucampidas, Hieronymus, Cercidas, and the sons of Philiades. For what did the Athenians eventually get by their opposition to Philip? Why, the crowning disaster of the defeat at Chaeronea. And had it not been for the king’s magnanimity and regard for his own reputation, their misfortunes would have gone even further, thanks to the policy of Demosthenes. Whereas, owing to the men I have mentioned, security and relief from attacks of the Lacedaemonians were obtained for Arcadia and Messenia generally, and many advantages accrued to their states separately.
18.15It is not easy then to define to whom one may properly apply this name. The nearest approach to truth would be to assign it to those who in times of public danger, either for the sake of personal security or advantage, or to retaliate upon political opponents, put their cities into the hands of the enemy: or indeed to those who, by admitting a foreign garrison, and employing external assistance to carry out private aims and views, bring their country under the direction of a superior power. All such men as these one might include in the category of traitors with perfect reasonableness. Such men, indeed, gain neither profit nor honour, but the reverse, as every one acknowledges. And this brings me back to my original observation, that it is difficult to understand with what object, and supported by what reasoning, men rush upon such a disastrous position. For no one ever yet betrayed his city or camp or fort without being detected; but even if a man here and there managed to conceal it at the moment of his crime, yet all have been detected in the course of time. Nor when known has any such ever had a happy life; but, as a rule, they meet with the punishment they deserve from the very persons in whose favour they act. For, indeed, though generals and princes constantly employ traitors for their own purposes; yet when they have got all they can out of them, they treat them thenceforth as traitors, as Demosthenes says; very naturally considering that those, who have put their country and original friends into the hands of their enemies, are never likely to be really loyal or to keep faith with themselves. Nay, even though they escape violence at the hands of these, yet they do not easily avoid the vengeance of those whom they betrayed. Or if, finally, they manage to evade the designs of both the one and the other, yet all over the world fame dogs their footsteps with vengeance to their lives’ end, suggesting to their imaginations night and day numberless terrors, false and true; helping and hounding on all who design any evil against them; and, finally, refusing to allow them even in sleep to forget their crimes, but forcing them to dream of every kind of plot and disaster, because they are aware of the universal loathing and hatred which attend them. Yet, though all this is true, nobody who wanted one was ever at a loss for a traitor, except in the rarest cases. From which one might say with some plausibility that man, reputed the most cunning of animals, gives considerable grounds for being regarded as the stupidest. For the other animals, which obey their bodily appetites alone, can be deceived by these alone; while man, though he has reason to guide him, is led into error by the failure of that reason no less than by his physical appetites. . . .
18.16King Attalus had for some time past been held in extraordinary honour by the Sicyonians, ever since the time that he ransomed the sacred land of Apollo for them at the cost of a large sum of money; in return for which they set up the colossal statue of him, ten cubits high, near the temple of Apollo in the market-place. But on this occasion, on his presenting them with ten talents and ten thousand medimni of wheat, their devotion to him was immensely increased; and they accordingly voted him a statue of gold, and passed a law to offer sacrifice in his honour every year. With these honours, then, Attalus departed to Cenchreae. . . .
18.17The tyrant Nabis, leaving Timocrates of Pellene at Argos,—because he trusted him more than any one else and employed him in his most important undertakings,—returned to Sparta: and thence, after some few days, despatched his wife with instructions to go to Argos and raise money. On her arrival she far surpassed Nabis himself in cruelty. For she summoned women to her presence either privately or in families, and inflicted every kind of torture and violence upon them, until she had extorted from almost all of them, not only their gold ornaments, but also the most valuable parts of their clothing. . . .
18.17In a speech of considerable length Attalus reminded them of the ancient valour of their ancestors. . . .
18.18Flamininus being unable to ascertain where the enemy were encamped, but yet being clearly informed that they had entered Thessaly, gave orders to all his men to cut stakes to carry with them, ready for use at any moment. This seems impossible to Greek habits, but to those of Rome it is easy. For the Greeks find it difficult to hold even their sarissae on the march, and can scarcely bear the fatigue of them; but the Romans strap their shields to their shoulders with leathern thongs, and, having nothing but their javelins in their hands, can stand the additional burden of a stake. There is also a great difference between the stakes employed by the two peoples. The Greeks hold that the best stake is that which has the largest and most numerous shoots growing round the stem; but the Roman stakes have only two or three side shoots, or at most four; and those are selected which have these shoots on one side only. The result is that their porterage is very easy (for each man carries three or four packed together), and they make an exceedingly secure palisade when put into use. For the Greek palisading, when set in the front of the camp, in the first place can easily be pulled down; for since the part that is firm and tightly fixed in the ground is single, while the projecting arms of it are many and large, two or three men can get hold of the same stake by its projecting arms, and easily pull it up; and directly that is done, its breadth is so great that a regular gateway is made: and because in such a palisade the stakes are not closely interlaced or interwoven with each other, when one is pulled up the part next to it is made insecure. With the Romans it is quite different. For as soon as they fix their stakes, they interlace them in such a manner that it is not easy to know to which of the stems fixed in the ground the branches belong, nor on which of these branches the smaller shoots are growing. Moreover, it is impossible to insert the hand and grasp them, owing to the closeness of the interlacing of the branches and the way they lie one upon another, and because the main branches are also carefully cut so as to have sharp ends. Nor, if one is got hold of, is it easy to pull up: because, in the first place, all the stakes are sufficiently tightly secured in the ground to be self-supporting; and, in the second place, because the man who pulls away one branch must, owing to the close interlacing, be able to move several others in its train; and it is quite unlikely that two or three men should happen to get hold of the same stake. But even if, by the exertion of enormous force, a man has succeeded in pulling one or another up, the gap is scarcely perceptible. Considering, therefore, the vast superiority of this method, both in the readiness with which such stakes are found, the ease with which they are carried, and the security and durability of the palisade made with them, it is plain, in my opinion, that if any military operation of the Romans deserves to be admired and imitated, it is this.
18.19After providing for contingencies by these preparations, Flamininus advanced with his whole force at a moderate pace, and, having arrived at about fifty stades from Pherae, pitched a camp there; and next morning, just before the morning watch, sent out some reconnoitring parties to see whether they could get any opportunity of discovering the position and movements of the enemy. Philip, at the same time, being informed that the Romans were encamped near Thebes, started with his whole force from Larisa in the direction of Pherae. When about thirty stades from that town, he pitched his camp there, and gave orders for all his men to make their preparations early next morning, and about the morning watch got his troops on the march. The division whose usual duty it was to form the advance guard he sent forward first, with instructions to cross the heights above Pherae, while he personally superintended the main army’s advance from the camp as the day was breaking. The advanced guards of the two armies were within a very little of coming into collision in the pass; for the darkness prevented their seeing each other until they were quite a short distance apart. Both sides halted, and sent speedy intelligence to their respective leaders of what had happened, and asking for instructions. . . .
18.19[The generals decided] to remain in their intrenchments, and recall these advanced guards. Next morning both sent out about three hundred cavalry and light infantry to reconnoitre, among which Flamininus also sent two squadrons of Aetolians, because they were acquainted with the country. These opposing reconnoitring parties fell in with each other on the road between Pherae and Larisa, and joined battle with great fury. The men under Eupolemus the Aetolian fighting gallantly, and urging the Italian troops to do the same, the Macedonians were repulsed; and, after skirmishing for a long while, both parties retired to their respective camps.
18.20Dissatisfied with the country near Pherae, as being thickly wooded and full of walls and gardens, both parties broke up their camps next day. Philip directed his march towards Scotusa, because he desired to supply himself with provisions from that town, and thus, with all his preparations complete, to find a district more suitable to his army: while Flamininus, divining his intention, got his army on the march at the same time as Philip, in great haste to anticipate him in securing the corn in the territory of Scotusa. A range of hills intervening between their two lines of march, the Romans could not see in what direction the Macedonians were marching, nor the Macedonians the Romans. Both armies, however, continued their march during this day, Flamininus to Eretria in Phthiotis, and Philip to the river Onchestus; and there they respectively pitched their camps. Next day they advanced again, and again encamped: Philip at Melambium in the territory of Scotusa, and Flamininus at the temple of Thetis in that of Pharsalus, being still ignorant of each other’s whereabouts. A violent storm of rain and thunder coming on next day, the whole atmosphere descended from the clouds to the earth about the time of the morning watch, so that the darkness was too dense to see even those who were quite close. In spite of this, Philip was so eager to accomplish his object, that he started with his whole army; but finding himself much embarrassed on the march by the mist, after accomplishing a very small distance he again encamped; but he sent his reserve back, with instructions to halt upon the summit of the intervening hills.
Book 16, Part 9
16.40.7τὸ ἐθνικὸν Μαντυανός. Πολύβιος ἑκκαιδεκάτῳ.
Book 18, Part 4
18.21Flamininus, in his camp near the temple of Thetis, being uncertain as to the position of the enemy, sent out ten troops of cavalry and a thousand light infantry in advance, with instructions to keep a careful look-out as they traversed the country. As these men were approaching the ridge of the hills they came upon the Macedonian reserve without expecting it, owing to the dimness of the light. After a short interval of mutual alarm, both sides began irregular attacks on each other, and both despatched messengers to their respective chiefs to give information of what had occurred; and when the Roman began to get the worst of it in the encounter, and to suffer heavily at the hands of the Macedonian reserve, they sent to their camp begging for supports. Flamininus accordingly despatched the Aetolians under Archedamus and Eupolemus, as well as two of his own tribunes, with a force altogether of five hundred cavalry and two thousand infantry, after properly exhorting them to do their duty. On their arrival to the support of the skirmishing party already engaged, the aspect of affairs was promptly changed. For the Romans, inspired by the hope which this reinforcement gave, renewed the contest with redoubled spirit; while the Macedonians, though offering a gallant defence, were now in their turn hard pressed, and being forced to make a general retreat, retired to the highest points in the hills, and despatched messengers to the king for help.
18.22But Philip, who had not expected, for reasons indicated above, that a general engagement would take place on that day, happened to have sent a considerable part of his troops out of camp foraging. But when informed of what was taking place by these messengers, the mist at the same time beginning to lift, he despatched, with due exhortation, Heracleides of Gyrton, the commander of his Thessalian cavalry; Leon, the general of his Macedonian horse; and Athenagoras, with all the mercenaries except those from Thrace. The reserve being joined by these troops, and the Macedonian force having thus become a formidable one, they advanced against the enemy, and in their turn drove the Romans back from the heights. But what prevented them, more than anything else, from entirely routing the enemy was the gallantry of the Aetolian cavalry, which fought with desperate fury and reckless valour. For the Aetolians are as superior to the rest of the Greeks in cavalry for fighting in skirmishing order, troop to troop, or man to man, as they are inferior to them both in the arms and tactics of their infantry for the purpose of a general engagement. The enemy being held in check therefore by these troops, the Roman were not forced back again quite on to the level ground, but, after retiring to a short distance, faced round and halted. But when Flamininus saw that not only had the cavalry and light infantry retired, but that, owing to them, his whole force was rendered uneasy, he drew out his entire army and got them into order of battle close to the hills. Meanwhile one man after another of the Macedonian reserve ran towards Philip shouting out, King, the enemy are flying: do not let slip the opportunity. The barbarians cannot stand before us: now is the day for you to strike: now is your opportunity! The result was that he was induced to fight in spite of his dissatisfaction with the ground. For these hills, which are called Cynoscephalae, are rough, precipitous, and of considerable height; and it was because he foresaw the disadvantages of such a ground, that he was originally disinclined to accept battle there; but, being excited now by the extravagantly sanguine reports of these messengers, he gave the order for his army to be drawn out of camp.
18.23Having got his main body into order, Flamininus gave his attention at the same time to relieving his advanced guard, and to going along the ranks to encourage his men. His exhortation was short, but clear and intelligible to the hearers: for, pointing to the enemy with his hand, he said to his soldiers: Are not these the Macedonians, my men, whom, when occupying in their own country the pass to Eordaea, you routed in open battle, under the command of Sulpicius, and drove to take refuge on the hills with the loss of many of their comrades? Are not these the Macedonians whom, when defended by what seemed an impassable country in Epirus, you dislodged by sheer valour, and forced to throw away their shields and fly right into Macedonia? Why then should you feel any hesitation when you are to fight the same men on equal ground? Why look anxiously to the past, rather than let that past minister courage to you for the present? Therefore, my men, rouse each other by mutual exhortations, and hasten in your might to the struggle! For, with God’s will, I am persuaded that this battle will quickly have the same issue as the contests in the past. With these words he ordered his right wing to remain where they were, and the elephants in front of them; while with his left, supported by the light infantry, he advanced in gallant style to attack the enemy. And the Roman troops already on the field, finding themselves thus reinforced by the legions on their rear, once more faced round and charged their opponents.
18.24Meanwhile, when he had seen the main part of his army in position outside the camp, Philip himself advanced with his peltasts and the right wing of his phalanx, commencing the ascent of the hills with great rapidity, and having left instructions with Nicanor, surnamed the Elephant, to see that the rest of the army followed at once. As soon as his first files reached the summit, he deployed his men into line by the left, and occupied the range of high ground: for the Macedonians who had been sent in advance had forced the Romans a considerable distance down the other side of the hills, and therefore he found the ridges unoccupied by the enemy. But while he was still engaged in getting the right wing of his army into line, his mercenaries came on the ground, having been decisively repulsed by the enemy. For when the Roman light infantry found themselves supported by the heavy, as I said just now, with their assistance, which they regarded as turning the scale in their favour, they made a furious charge on the enemy, and killed a large number of them. When the king first came on the ground, and saw that the fighting between the light armed was going on near the enemy’s camp, he was delighted: but when, on the other hand, he saw his own men giving ground and requiring support, he was compelled to give it, and allow the necessities of the moment to decide the fortunes of the whole day, in spite of the fact that the greater part of his phalanx was still on the march and engaged in mounting the hills. Receiving therefore the men who had been already engaged, he massed them all upon his right wing, both infantry and cavalry; while he ordered the peltasts and heavy armed to double their depth and close up to the right. By the time this was effected the enemy were close at hand; and, accordingly, the word was given to the phalanx to lower spears and charge; to the light infantry to cover their flank. At the same time Flamininus also, having received his advanced party into the intervals between his maniples, charged the enemy.
18.25The charge was made with great violence and loud shouting on both sides: for both advancing parties raised their war cry, while those who were not actually engaged shouted encouragement to those that were; and the result was a scene of the wildest excitement, terrible in the last degree. Philip’s right wing came off brilliantly in the encounter, for they were charging down hill and were superior in weight, and their arms were far more suited for the actual conditions of the struggle: but as for the rest of the army, that part of it which was in the rear of the actual fighters did not get into contact with the enemy; while the left wing, which had but just made the ascent, was only beginning to show on the ridge. Seeing that his men were unable to stand the charge of the phalanx, and that his left wing was losing ground, some having already fallen and the rest slowly retiring, but that hopes of saving himself still remained on the right, Flamininus hastily transferred himself to the latter wing; and when he perceived that the enemy’s force was not well together—part being in contact with the actual fighters, part just in the act of mounting the ridge, and part halting on it and not yet beginning to descend,— keeping the elephants in front he led the maniples of his right against the enemy. The Macedonians having no one to give them orders, and unable to form a proper phalanx, owing to the inequalities of the ground and to the fact that, being engaged in trying to come up with the actual combatants, they were still in column of march, did not even wait for the Romans to come to close quarters: but, thrown into confusion by the mere charge of the elephants, their ranks were disordered and they broke into flight.
18.26The main body of the Roman right followed and slaughtered the flying Macedonians. But one of the tribunes, with about twenty maniples, having made up his mind on his own account what ought to be done next, contributed by his action very greatly to the general victory. He saw that the division which was personally commanded by Philip was much farther forward than the rest of the enemy, and was pressing hard upon the Roman left by its superior weight; he therefore left the right, which was by this time clearly victorious, and directing his march towards the part of the field where a struggle was still going on, he managed to get behind the Macedonians and charge them on the rear. The nature of the phalanx is such that the men cannot face round singly and defend themselves: this tribune, therefore, charged them and killed all he could get at; until, being unable to defend themselves, they were forced to throw down their shields and fly; whereupon the Romans in their front, who had begun to yield, faced round again and charged them too. At first, as I have said, Philip, judging from the success of his own division, felt certain of a complete victory; but when he saw his Macedonians all on a sudden throwing away their shields, and the enemy close upon their rear, he withdrew with a small body of foot and horse a short distance from the field and took a general survey of the whole battle: and when he observed that the Romans in their pursuit of his left wing were already approaching the tops of the hills, he rallied as many Thracians and Macedonians as he could at the moment, and fled. As Flamininus was pursuing the fugitives he came upon the lines of the Macedonian left, just as they were scaling the ridge in their attempt to cross the hills, and at first halted in some surprise because the enemy held their spears straight up, as is the custom of the Macedonians when surrendering themselves or intending to pass over to the enemy. Presently, having had the reason of this movement explained to him, he held his men back, thinking it best to spare the lives of those whom fear had induced to surrender. But whilst he was still reflecting on this matter, some of the advanced guard rushed upon these men from some higher ground and put most of them to the sword, while the few survivors threw away their shields and escaped by flight.
18.27The battle was now at an end in every part of the field; the Romans everywhere victorious; and Philip in full retreat towards Tempe. The first night he passed at what is called Alexander’s tower; the next day he got as far as Gonni, on the pass into Tempe, and there remained, with a view of collecting the survivors of the battle.
18.27But the Romans, after following the fugitives for a certain distance, returned; and some employed themselves in stripping the dead; others in collecting the captives; while the majority hurried to the plunder of the enemy’s camp. But there they found that the Aetolians had been beforehand with them; and thinking, therefore, that they were deprived of their fair share of the booty, they began grumbling at the Aetolians and protesting to their general that he imposed the dangers upon them, but yielded the spoil to others. For the present, however, they returned to their own camp, and passed the night in their old quarters: but next morning they employed themselves in collecting the prisoners and the remainder of the spoils, and then started on the march towards Larisa. In the battle the Romans lost seven hundred men; the Macedonians eight thousand killed, and not less than five thousand taken prisoners.
18.27Such was the result of the battle at Cynoscephalae in Thessaly between the Romans and Philip.
Book 18, Part 1
18.1.1ἐπελθόντος δὲ τοῦ τεταγμένου καιροῦ παρῆν ὁ μὲν Φίλιππος ἐκ Δημητριάδος ἀναχθεὶς εἰς τὸν Μηλιέα κόλπον, πέντε λέμβους ἔχων καὶ μίαν πρίστιν, ἐφʼ ἧς αὐτὸς ἐπέπλει.
18.1.2συνῆσαν δʼ αὐτῷ Μακεδόνες μὲν Ἀπολλόδωρος καὶ Δημοσθένης οἱ γραμματεῖς, ἐκ Βοιωτίας Βραχύλλης, Ἀχαιὸς δὲ Κυκλιάδας, ἐκπεπτωκὼς ἐκ Πελοποννήσου διὰ τὰς πρότερον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν εἰρημένας αἰτίας.
18.1.3μετὰ δὲ τοῦ Τίτου παρῆν ὅ τε βασιλεὺς Ἀμύνανδρος καὶ παρʼ Ἀττάλου Διονυσόδωρος,
18.1.4ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ πόλεων τῶν μὲν Ἀχαιῶν Ἀρίσταινος καὶ Ξενοφῶν, παρὰ δὲ Ῥοδίων Ἀκεσίμβροτος ὁ ναύαρχος, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν Φαινέας ὁ στρατηγός, καὶ πλείους δʼ ἕτεροι τῶν πολιτευομένων.
18.1.5συνεγγίσαντες δὲ κατὰ Νίκαιαν πρὸς τὴν θάλατταν, οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Τίτον ἐπέστησαν παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν αἰγιαλόν, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐγγίσας τῇ γῇ μετέωρος ἔμενε.
18.1.6τοῦ δὲ Τίτου κελεύοντος αὐτὸν ἀποβαίνειν, διαναστὰς ἐκ τῆς νεὼς οὐκ ἔφησεν ἀποβήσεσθαι.
18.1.7τοῦ δὲ πάλιν ἐρομένου τίνα φοβεῖται, φοβεῖσθαι μὲν ἔφησεν ὁ Φίλιππος οὐδένα πλὴν τοὺς θεούς, ἀπιστεῖν δὲ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν παρόντων, μάλιστα δʼ Αἰτωλοῖς.
18.1.8τοῦ δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγοῦ θαυμάσαντος καὶ φήσαντος ἴσον εἶναι πᾶσι τὸν κίνδυνον καὶ κοινὸν τὸν καιρόν, μεταλαβὼν ὁ Φίλιππος οὐκ ἔφησεν αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς λέγειν·
18.1.9Φαινέου μὲν γὰρ παθόντος τι πολλοὺς εἶναι τοὺς στρατηγήσοντας Αἰτωλῶν, Φιλίππου δʼ ἀπολομένου κατὰ τὸ παρὸν οὐκ εἶναι τὸν βασιλεύσοντα Μακεδόνων.
18.1.10ἐδόκει μὲν οὖν πᾶσι φορτικῶς κατάρχεσθαι τῆς ὁμιλίας. ὅμως δὲ λέγειν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευεν ὁ Τίτος ὑπὲρ ὧν πάρεστιν.
18.1.11ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος οὐκ ἔφη τὸν λόγον αὑτῷ καθήκειν, ἀλλʼ ἐκείνῳ· διόπερ ἠξίου διασαφεῖν τὸν Τίτον τί δεῖ ποιήσαντα τὴν εἰρήνην ἄγειν.
18.1.12ὁ δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς αὑτῷ μὲν ἁπλοῦν τινα λόγον ἔφη καθήκειν καὶ φαινόμενον.
18.1.13κελεύειν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἐκ μὲν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἁπάσης ἐκχωρεῖν, ἀποδόντα τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους καὶ τοὺς αὐτομόλους ἑκάστοις οὓς ἔχει,
18.1.14τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα τόπους παραδοῦναι Ῥωμαίοις, ὧν γέγονε κύριος μετὰ τὰς ἐν Ἠπείρῳ διαλύσεις· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαίῳ τὰς πόλεις ἀποκαταστῆσαι πάσας, ἃς παρῄρηται μετὰ τὸν Πτολεμαίου τοῦ Φιλοπάτορος θάνατον.
18.2.1ταῦτα δʼ εἰπὼν ὁ Τίτος αὐτὸς μὲν ἐπέσχε, πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἄλλους ἐπιστραφεὶς ἐκέλευε λέγειν ἅπερ ἑκάστοις αὐτῶν οἱ πέμψαντες εἴησαν ἐντεταλμένοι.
18.2.2πρῶτος δὲ Διονυσόδωρος ὁ παρʼ Ἀττάλου μεταλαβὼν τὸν λόγον τάς τε ναῦς ἔφη δεῖν αὐτὸν ἀποδοῦναι τὰς τοῦ βασιλέως τὰς γενομένας αἰχμαλώτους ἐν τῇ περὶ Χίον ναυμαχίᾳ καὶ τοὺς ἅμα ταύταις ἄνδρας, ἀποκαταστῆσαι δὲ καὶ τὸ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης ἱερὸν ἀκέραιον καὶ τὸ Νικηφόριον, ἃ κατέφθειρε.
18.2.3μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ὁ τῶν Ῥοδίων ναύαρχος Ἀκεσίμβροτος τῆς μὲν Περαίας ἐκέλευεν ἐκχωρεῖν τὸν Φίλιππον, ἧς αὐτῶν παρῄρηται, τὰς δὲ φρουρὰς ἐξάγειν ἐξ Ἰασοῦ καὶ Βαργυλίων καὶ τῆς Εὐρωμέων πόλεως,
18.2.4ἀποκαταστῆσαι δὲ καὶ Περινθίους εἰς τὴν Βυζαντίων συμπολιτείαν, παραχωρεῖν δὲ καὶ Σηστοῦ καὶ Ἀβύδου καὶ τῶν ἐμπορίων καὶ λιμένων τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν ἁπάντων.
18.2.5ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις Ἀχαιοὶ Κόρινθον ἀπῄτουν καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἀργείων πόλιν ἀβλαβῆ.
18.2.6μετὰ δὲ τούτους Αἰτωλοὶ πρῶτον μὲν τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἁπάσης ἐκέλευον ἐξίστασθαι, καθάπερ καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι, δεύτερον αὑτοῖς ἀποκαθιστάναι τὰς πόλεις ἀβλαβεῖς τὰς πρότερον μετασχούσας τῆς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν συμπολιτείας.
18.3.1ταῦτα δʼ εἰπόντος τοῦ Φαινέου τοῦ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν στρατηγοῦ, μεταλαβὼν Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ προσαγορευόμενος Ἴσιος, ἀνὴρ δοκῶν πραγματικὸς εἶναι καὶ λέγειν ἱκανός,
18.3.2οὔτε διαλύεσθαι νῦν ἔφησε τὸν Φίλιππον ἀληθινῶς οὔτε πολεμεῖν γενναίως, ὅταν δέῃ τοῦτο πράττειν, ἀλλʼ ἐν μὲν τοῖς συλλόγοις καὶ ταῖς ὁμιλίαις ἐνεδρεύειν καὶ παρατηρεῖν καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ τοῦ πολεμοῦντος ἔργα, κατʼ αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν πόλεμον ἀδίκως ἵστασθαι καὶ λίαν ἀγεννῶς·
18.3.3ἀφέντα γὰρ τοῦ κατὰ πρόσωπον ἀπαντᾶν τοῖς πολεμίοις, φεύγοντα τὰς πόλεις ἐμπιπράναι καὶ διαρπάζειν καὶ διὰ ταύτης τῆς προαιρέσεως ἡττώμενον τὰ τῶν νικώντων ἆθλα λυμαίνεσθαι.
18.3.4καίτοι γε τοὺς πρότερον Μακεδόνων βεβασιλευκότας οὐ ταύτην ἐσχηκέναι τὴν πρόθεσιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν· μάχεσθαι μὲν γὰρ πρὸς ἀλλήλους συνεχῶς ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις, τὰς δὲ πόλεις σπανίως ἀναιρεῖν καὶ καταφθείρειν.
18.3.5τοῦτο δʼ εἶναι πᾶσι φανερὸν ἔκ τε τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, ὃν Ἀλέξανδρος ἐπολέμησε πρὸς Δαρεῖον, ἔκ τε τῆς τῶν διαδεξαμένων ἀμφισβητήσεως, καθʼ ἣν ἐπολέμησαν πάντες πρὸς Ἀντίγονον ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἀσίας.
18.3.6παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς τούτους διαδεξαμένους μέχρι Πύρρου κεχρῆσθαι τῇ προαιρέσει ταύτῃ·
18.3.7διακινδυνεύειν μὲν γὰρ πρὸς αὑτοὺς ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις προχείρως καὶ πάντα ποιεῖν εἰς τὸ καταγωνίσασθαι διὰ τῶν ὅπλων ἀλλήλους, τῶν δὲ πόλεων φείδεσθαι χάριν τοῦ τοὺς νικήσαντας ἡγεῖσθαι τούτων καὶ τιμᾶσθαι παρὰ τοῖς ὑποταττομένοις.
18.3.8τὸ δʼ ἀναιροῦντα περὶ ὧν ὁ πόλεμός ἐστι τὸν πόλεμον αὐτὸν καταλιπεῖν μανίας ἔργον εἶναι, καὶ ταύτης ἐρρωμένης, ὃ νῦν ποιεῖν τὸν Φίλιππον·
18.3.9τοσαύτας γὰρ διεφθαρκέναι πόλεις ἐν Θετταλίᾳ, φίλον ὄντα καὶ σύμμαχον, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐκ τῶν ἐν Ἠπείρῳ στενῶν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν σπουδήν, ὅσας οὐδείς ποτε τῶν Θετταλοῖς πεπολεμηκότων διέφθειρε.
18.3.10πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἕτερα πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαλεχθεὶς τελευταίοις ἐχρήσατο τούτοις.
18.3.11ἤρετο γὰρ τὸν Φίλιππον διὰ τί Λυσιμάχειαν μετʼ Αἰτωλῶν ταττομένην καὶ στρατηγὸν ἔχουσαν παρʼ αὐτῶν ἐκβαλὼν τοῦτον κατάσχοι φρουρᾷ τὴν πόλιν·
18.3.12διὰ τί δὲ Κιανούς, παραπλησίως μετʼ Αἰτωλῶν συμπολιτευομένους ἐξανδραποδίσαιτο, φίλος ὑπάρχων Αἰτωλοῖς· τί δὲ λέγων κατέχει νῦν Ἐχῖνον καὶ Θήβας τὰς Φθίας καὶ Φάρσαλον καὶ Λάρισαν.
18.4.1ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀλέξανδρος ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἀπεσιώπησεν. ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐγγίσας τῇ γῇ μᾶλλον ἢ πρόσθεν καὶ διαναστὰς ἐπὶ τῆς νεὼς Αἰτωλικὸν ἔφη καὶ θεατρικὸν διατεθεῖσθαι τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον λόγον.
18.4.2σαφῶς γὰρ πάντας γινώσκειν ὅτι τοὺς ἰδίους συμμάχους ἑκὼν μὲν οὐδεὶς διαφθείρει, κατὰ δὲ τὰς τῶν καιρῶν περιστάσεις πολλὰ ποιεῖν ἀναγκάζεσθαι τοὺς ἡγουμένους παρὰ τὰς ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσεις.
18.4.3ἔτι δὲ ταῦτα λέγοντος τοῦ βασιλέως ὁ Φαινέας, ἠλαττωμένος τοῖς ὄμμασιν ἐπὶ πλεῖον, ὑπέκρουε τὸν Φίλιππον, φάσκων αὐτὸν ληρεῖν· δεῖν γὰρ ἢ μαχόμενον νικᾶν ἢ ποιεῖν τοῖς κρείττοσι τὸ προσταττόμενον.
18.4.4ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος, καίπερ ἐν κακοῖς ὤν, ὅμως οὐκ ἀπέσχετο τοῦ καθʼ αὑτὸν ἰδιώματος, ἀλλʼ ἐπιστραφείς "τοῦτο μὲν" ἔφησεν "ὦ Φαινέα, καὶ τυφλῷ δῆλον". ἦν γὰρ εὔθικτος καὶ πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος εὖ πεφυκὼς πρὸς τὸ διαχλευάζειν ἀνθρώπους.
18.4.5αὖθις δὲ πρὸς τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον ἐπιστρέψας "ἐρωτᾷς με" φησὶν "Ἀλέξανδρε, διὰ τί Λυσιμάχειαν προσέλαβον;
18.4.6ἵνα μὴ διὰ τὴν ὑμετέραν ὀλιγωρίαν ἀνάστατος ὑπὸ Θρᾳκῶν γένηται, καθάπερ νῦν γέγονεν ἡμῶν ἀπαγαγόντων τοὺς στρατιώτας διὰ τοῦτον τὸν πόλεμον, οὐ τοὺς φρουροῦντας αὐτήν, ὡς σὺ φής, ἀλλὰ τοὺς παραφυλάττοντας.
18.4.7Κιανοῖς δʼ ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἐπολέμησα, Προυσίου δὲ πολεμοῦντος βοηθῶν ἐκείνῳ συνεξεῖλον αὐτούς, ὑμῶν αἰτίων γενομένων·
18.4.8πολλάκις γὰρ κἀμοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων διαπρεσβευομένων πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ἵνα τὸν νόμον ἄρητε τὸν διδόντα τὴν ἐξουσίαν ὑμῖν ἄγειν λάφυρον ἀπὸ λαφύρου, πρότερον ἔφατε τὴν Αἰτωλίαν ἐκ τῆς Αἰτωλίας ἀρεῖν ἢ τοῦτον τὸν νόμον."
18.5.1τοῦ δὲ Τίτου θαυμάσαντος τί τοῦτʼ ἐστίν, ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπειρᾶτο διασαφεῖν αὐτῷ, λέγων ὅτι τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ἔθος ὑπάρχει μὴ μόνον πρὸς οὓς ἂν αὐτοὶ πολεμῶσι, τούτους αὐτοὺς ἄγειν καὶ τὴν τούτων χώραν,
18.5.2ἀλλὰ κἂν ἕτεροί τινες πολεμῶσι πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ὄντες Αἰτωλῶν φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι, μηδὲν ἧττον ἐξεῖναι τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ἄνευ κοινοῦ δόγματος καὶ παραβοηθεῖν ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς πολεμοῦσι καὶ τὴν χώραν ἄγειν τὴν ἀμφοτέρων,
18.5.3ὥστε παρὰ μὲν τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς μήτε φιλίας ὅρους ὑπάρχειν μήτʼ ἔχθρας, ἀλλὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἀμφισβητοῦσι περί τινος ἑτοίμους ἐχθροὺς εἶναι τούτους καὶ πολεμίους. "
18.5.4πόθεν οὖν ἔξεστι τούτοις ἐγκαλεῖν νῦν, εἰ φίλος ὑπάρχων Αἰτωλοῖς ἐγώ, Προυσίου δὲ σύμμαχος, ἔπραξά τι κατὰ Κιανῶν, βοηθῶν τοῖς αὑτοῦ συμμάχοις;
18.5.5τὸ δὲ δὴ πάντων δεινότατον, οἱ ποιοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς ἐφαμίλλους Ῥωμαίοις καὶ κελεύοντες ἐκχωρεῖν Μακεδόνας ἁπάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος·
18.5.6τοῦτο γὰρ ἀναφθέγξασθαι καὶ καθόλου μέν ἐστιν ὑπερήφανον, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ Ῥωμαίων μὲν λεγόντων ἀνεκτόν, Αἰτωλῶν δʼ οὐκ ἀνεκτόν· ποίας δὲ κελεύετέ με"
18.5.8ἐκχωρεῖν Ἑλλάδος καὶ πῶς ἀφορίζετε ταύτην; αὐτῶν γὰρ Αἰτωλῶν οὐκ εἰσὶν Ἕλληνες οἱ πλείους· τὸ γὰρ τῶν Ἀγραῶν ἔθνος καὶ τὸ τῶν Ἀποδωτῶν, ἔτι δὲ τῶν Ἀμφιλόχων, οὐκ ἔστιν Ἑλλάς.
18.5.9ἢ τούτων μὲν παραχωρεῖτέ μοι;"
18.6.1τοῦ δὲ Τίτου γελάσαντος "ἀλλὰ δὴ πρὸς μὲν Αἰτωλοὺς ἀρκείτω μοι ταῦτʼ" ἔφη· "πρὸς δὲ Ῥοδίους καὶ πρὸς Ἄτταλον ἐν μὲν ἴσῳ κριτῇ δικαιότερον ἂν νομισθείη τούτους ἡμῖν ἀποδιδόναι τὰς αἰχμαλώτους ναῦς καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας ἤπερ ἡμᾶς τούτοις·
18.6.2οὐ γὰρ ἡμεῖς Ἀττάλῳ πρότεροι καὶ Ῥοδίοις τὰς χεῖρας ἐπεβάλομεν, οὗτοι δʼ ἡμῖν ὁμολογουμένως.
18.6.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ σοῦ κελεύοντος Ῥοδίοις μὲν ἀποδίδωμι τὴν Περαίαν, Ἀττάλῳ δὲ τὰς ναῦς καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς διασῳζομένους.
18.6.4τὴν δὲ τοῦ Νικηφορίου καταφθορὰν καὶ τοῦ τῆς Ἀφροδίτης τεμένους ἄλλως μὲν οὐκ εἰμὶ δυνατὸς ἀποκαταστῆσαι, φυτὰ δὲ καὶ κηπουροὺς πέμψω τοὺς φροντιοῦντας θεραπείας τοῦ τόπου καὶ τῆς αὐξήσεως τῶν ἐκκοπέντων δένδρων"
18.6.5. πάλιν δὲ τοῦ Τίτου γελάσαντος ἐπὶ τῷ χλευασμῷ, μεταβὰς ὁ Φίλιππος ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς πρῶτον μὲν τὰς εὐεργεσίας ἐξηριθμήσατο τὰς ἐξ Ἀντιγόνου γεγενημένας εἰς αὐτούς, εἶτα τὰς ἰδίας·
18.6.6ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις προηνέγκατο τὸ μέγεθος τῶν τιμῶν τῶν ἀπηντημένων αὐτοῖς παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
18.6.7τελευταῖον δʼ ἀνέγνω τὸ περὶ τῆς ἀποστάσεως ψήφισμα καὶ τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους μεταθέσεως, ᾗ χρησάμενος ἀφορμῇ πολλὰ κατὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εἰς ἀθεσίαν εἶπε καὶ ἀχαριστίαν.
18.6.8ὅμως δʼ ἔφη τὸ μὲν Ἄργος ἀποδώσειν, περὶ δὲ τοῦ Κορίνθου βουλεύσεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ Τίτου.
18.7.1ταῦτα δὲ διαλεχθεὶς πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἤρετο τὸν Τίτον, φήσας πρὸς ἐκεῖνον αὑτῷ τὸν λόγον εἶναι καὶ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, πότερον οἴεται δεῖν ἐκχωρεῖν ὧν ἐπέκτηται πόλεων καὶ τόπων ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἢ καὶ τούτων ὅσα παρὰ τῶν γονέων παρείληφε.
18.7.2τοῦ δʼ ἀποσιωπήσαντος ἐκ χειρὸς ἀπαντᾶν οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταινος ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, ὁ δὲ Φαινέας ὑπὲρ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
18.7.3ἤδη δὲ τῆς ὥρας συγκλειούσης ὁ μὲν τούτων λόγος ἐκωλύθη διὰ τὸν καιρόν, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἠξίου γράψαντας αὑτῷ δοῦναι πάντας ἐφʼ οἷς δεήσει γίνεσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην· μόνος γὰρ ὢν οὐκ ἔχειν μεθʼ ὧν βουλεύηται·
18.7.4διὸ θέλειν αὑτῷ λόγον δοῦναι περὶ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων.
18.7.5ὁ δὲ Τίτος οὐκ ἀηδῶς μὲν ἤκουε τοῦ Φιλίππου χλευάζοντος· μὴ βουλόμενος δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις [μὴ] δοκεῖν ἀντεπέσκωψε τὸν Φίλιππον εἰπὼν οὕτως· "
18.7.6εἰκότωσ" ἔφη "Φίλιππε, μόνος εἶ νῦν· τοὺς γὰρ φίλους τοὺς τὰ κράτιστά σοι συμβουλεύσοντας ἀπώλεσας ἅπαντασ". ὁ δὲ Μακεδὼν ὑπομειδιάσας σαρδάνιον ἀπεσιώπησε.
18.7.6καὶ τότε μὲν ἅπαντες,
18.7.7ἐγγράπτους δόντες τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὰς ἑαυτῶν προαιρέσεις ἀκολούθως τοῖς προειρημένοις, ἐχωρίσθησαν, ταξάμενοι κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν εἰς Νίκαιαν πάλιν ἀπαντήσειν·
18.7.8τῇ δʼ αὔριον οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Τίτον ἧκον ἐπὶ τὸν ταχθέντα τόπον ἐν ὥρᾳ πάντες [ἦσαν], ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος οὐ παρεγίνετο.
18.8.1τῆς δʼ ἡμέρας ἤδη προαγούσης ἐπὶ πολὺ καὶ σχεδὸν ἀπεγνωκότων τῶν περὶ τὸν Τίτον, παρῆν ὁ Φίλιππος δείλης ὀψίας ἐπιφαινόμενος μεθʼ ὧν καὶ πρότερον,
18.8.2κατατετριφὼς τὴν ἡμέραν, ὡς μὲν αὐτὸς ἔφη, διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν καὶ δυσχρηστίαν τῶν ἐπιταττομένων, ὡς δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐδόκει, βουλόμενος ἐκκλεῖσαι τῷ καιρῷ τήν τε τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ τὴν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν κατηγορίαν·
18.8.3ἑώρα γὰρ τῇ πρόσθεν ἀπαλλαττόμενος ἀμφοτέρους τούτους ἑτοίμους ὄντας πρὸς τὸ συμπλέκεσθαι καὶ μεμψιμοιρεῖν αὐτῷ.
Book 18, Part 5
18.28In my sixth book I made a promise, still unfulfilled, of taking a fitting opportunity of drawing a comparison between the arms of the Romans and Macedonians, and their respective system of tactics, and pointing out how they differ for better or worse from each other. I will now endeavour by a reference to actual facts to fulfil that promise. For since in former times the Macedonian tactics proved themselves by experience capable of conquering those of Asia and Greece; while the Roman tactics sufficed to conquer the nations of Africa and all those of Western Europe; and since in our own day there have been numerous opportunities of comparing the men as well as their tactics,—it will be, I think, a useful and worthy task to investigate their differences, and discover why it is that the Romans conquer and carry off the palm from their enemies in the operations of war: that we may not put it all down to Fortune, and congratulate them on their good luck, as the thoughtless of mankind do; but, from a knowledge of the true causes, may give their leaders the tribute of praise and admiration which they deserve.
18.28Now as to the battles which the Romans fought with Hannibal, and the defeats which they sustained in them, I need say no more. It was not owing to their arms or their but to the skill and genius of Hannibal that they met with those defeats: and that I made quite clear in my account of the battles themAnd my contention is supported by two facts. First, by the conclusion of the war: for as soon as the Romans got a general of ability comparable with that of Hannibal, victory was not long in following their banners. Secondly, Hannibal himself, being dissatisfied with the original arms of his men, and having immediately after his first victory furnished his troops with the arms of the Romans, continued to employ them thenceforth to the end. Pyrrhus, again, availed himself not only of the arms, but also of the troops of Italy, placing a maniple of Italians and a company of his own phalanx alternately, in his battles against the Romans. Yet even this did not enable him to win; the battles were somehow or another always indecisive.
18.28It was necessary to speak first on these points, to anticipate any instances which might seem to make against my theory. I will now return to my comparison.
18.29Many considerations may easily convince us that, if only the phalanx has its proper formation and strength, nothing can resist it face to face or withstand its charge. For as a man in close order of battle occupies a space of three feet; and as the length of the sarissae is sixteen cubits according to the original design, which has been reduced in practice to fourteen; and as of these fourteen four must be deducted, to allow for the distance between the two hands holding it, and to balance the weight in front; it follows clearly that each hoplite will have ten cubits of his sarissae projecting beyond his body, when he lowers it with both hands, as he advances against the enemy: hence, too, though the men of the second, third, and fourth rank will have their sarissae projecting farther beyond the front rank than the men of the fifth, yet even these last will have two cubits of their sarissae beyond the front rank; if only the phalanx is properly formed and the men close up properly both flank and rear, like the description in Homer— So buckler pressed on buckler; helm on helm; And man on man: and waving horse-hair plumes In polished head-piece mingled, as they swayed In order: in such serried rank they stood. And if my description is true and exact, it is clear that in front of each man of the front rank there will be five sarissae projecting to distances varying by a descending scale of two cubits.
18.30With this point in our minds, it will not be difficult to imagine what the appearance and strength of the whole phalanx is likely to be, when, with lowered sarissae, it advances to the charge sixteen deep. Of these sixteen ranks, all above the fifth are unable to reach with their sarissae far enough to take actual part in the fighting. They, therefore, do not lower them, but hold them with the points inclined upwards over the shoulders of the ranks in front of them, to shield the heads of the whole phalanx; for the sarissae are so closely serried, that they repel missiles which have carried over the front ranks and might fall upon the heads of those in the rear. These rear ranks, however, during an advance, press forward those in front by the weight of their bodies; and thus make the charge very forcible, and at the same time render it impossible for the front ranks to face about.
18.30Such is the arrangement, general and detailed, of the phalanx. It remains now to compare with it the peculiarities and distinctive features of the Roman arms and tactics. Now, a Roman soldier in full armour also requires a space of three square feet. But as their method of fighting admits of individual motion for each man—because he defends his body with a shield, which he moves about to any point from which a blow is coming, and because he uses his sword both for cutting and stabbing,—it is evident that each man must have a clear space, and an interval of at least three feet both on flank and rear, if he is to do his duty with any effect. The result of this will be that each Roman soldier will face two of the front rank of a phalanx, so that he has to encounter and fight against ten spears, which one man cannot find time even to cut away, when once the two lines are engaged, nor force his way through easily—seeing that the Roman front ranks are not supported by the rear ranks, either by way of adding weight to their charge, or vigour to the use of their swords. Therefore it may readily be understood that, as I said before, it is impossible to confront a charge of the phalanx, so long as it retains its proper formation and strength.
18.31Why is it then that the Romans conquer? And what is it that brings disaster on those who employ the phalanx? Why, just because war is full of uncertainties both as to time and place; whereas there is but one time and one kind of ground in which a phalanx can fully work. If, then, there were anything to compel the enemy to accommodate himself to the time and place of the phalanx, when about to fight a general engagement, it would be but natural to expect that those who employed the phalanx would always carry off the victory. But if the enemy finds it possible, and even easy, to avoid its attack, what becomes of its formidable character? Again, no one denies that for its employment it is indispensable to have a country flat, bare, and without such impediments as ditches, cavities, depressions, steep banks, or beds of rivers: for all such obstacles are sufficient to hinder and dislocate this particular formation. And that it is, I may say, impossible, or at any rate exceedingly rare to find a piece of country of twenty stades, or sometimes of even greater extent, without any such obstacles, every one will also admit. However, let us suppose that such a district has been found. If the enemy decline to come down into it, but traverse the country sacking the towns and territories of the allies, what use will the phalanx be? For if it remains on the ground suited to itself, it will not only fail to benefit its friends, but will be incapable even of preserving itself; for the carriage of provisions will be easily stopped by the enemy, seeing that they are in undisputed possession of the country: while if it quits its proper ground, from the wish to strike a blow, it will be an easy prey to the enemy. Nay, if a general does descend into the plain, and yet does not risk his whole army upon one charge of the phalanx or upon one chance, but manœuvres for a time to avoid coming to close quarters in the engagement, it is easy to learn what will be the result from what the Romans are now actually doing.
18.32For no speculation is any longer required to test the accuracy of what I am now saying: that can be done by referring to accomplished facts.
18.32The Romans do not, then, attempt to extend their front to equal that of a phalanx, and then charge directly upon it with their whole force: but some of their divisions are kept in reserve, while others join battle with the enemy at close quarters. Now, whether the phalanx in its charge drives its opponents from their ground, or is itself driven back, in either case its peculiar order is dislocated; for whether in following the retiring, or flying from the advancing enemy, they quit the rest of their forces: and when this takes place, the enemy’s reserves can occupy the space thus left, and the ground which the phalanx had just before been holding, and so no longer charge them face to face, but fall upon them on their flank and rear. If, then, it is easy to take precautions against the opportunities and peculiar advantages of the phalanx, but impossible to do so in the case of its disadvantages, must it not follow that in practice the difference between these two systems is enormous? Of course those generals who employ the phalanx must march over ground of every description, must pitch camps, occupy points of advantage, besiege, and be besieged, and meet with unexpected appearances of the enemy: for all these are part and parcel of war, and have an important and sometimes decisive influence on the ultimate victory. And in all these cases the Macedonian phalanx is difficult, and sometimes impossible to handle, because the men cannot act either in squads or separately. The Roman order on the other hand is flexible: for every Roman, once armed and on the field, is equally well equipped for every place, time, or appearance of the enemy. He is, moreover, quite ready and needs to make no change, whether he is required to fight in the main body, or in a detachment, or in a single maniple, or even by himself. Therefore, as the individual members of the Roman force are so much more serviceable, their plans are also much more often attended by success than those of others.
Book 18, Part 2
18.8.4διὸ καὶ τότε συνεγγίσας ἠξίου τὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸν ἰδίᾳ πρὸς αὐτὸν διαλεχθῆναι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων, ἵνα μὴ λόγοι γένωνται μόνον ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων ἁψιμαχούντων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τέλος τι τοῖς ἀμφισβητουμένοις ἐπιτεθῇ.
18.8.5πλεονάκις δʼ αὐτοῦ παρακαλοῦντος καὶ προσαξιοῦντος, ἤρετο τοὺς συμπαρόντας ὁ Τίτος τί δέον εἴη ποιεῖν.
18.8.6τῶν δὲ κελευόντων συνελθεῖν καὶ διακοῦσαι τῶν λεγομένων, παραλαβὼν ὁ Τίτος Ἄππιον Κλαύδιον χιλίαρχον ὄντα τότε, τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις μικρὸν ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάττης ἀναχωρήσασιν εἶπεν αὐτόθι μένειν, αὐτὸς δὲ τὸν Φίλιππον ἐκέλευσεν ἐκβαίνειν.
18.8.7ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς παραλαβὼν Ἀπολλόδωρον καὶ Δημοσθένην ἀπέβη, συμμίξας δὲ τῷ Τίτῳ διελέγετο καὶ πλείω χρόνον.
18.8.8τίνα μὲν οὖν ἦν τὰ τότε ῥηθέντα παρʼ ἑκατέρου, δυσχερὲς εἰπεῖν· ἔφη δʼ οὖν ὁ Τίτος μετὰ τὸ χωρισθῆναι τὸν Φίλιππον, διασαφῶν τοῖς ἄλλοις τὰ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως,
18.8.9Αἰτωλοῖς μὲν ἀποδοῦναι Φάρσαλον καὶ Λάρισαν, Θήβας δʼ οὐκ ἀποδιδόναι, Ῥοδίοις δὲ τῆς μὲν Περαίας παραχωρεῖν, Ἰασοῦ δὲ καὶ Βαργυλίων οὐκ ἐκχωρεῖν· Ἀχαιοῖς δὲ παραδιδόναι τὸν Κόρινθον καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἀργείων πόλιν.
18.8.10Ῥωμαίοις δὲ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα φάναι παραδώσειν καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους πάντας, Ἀττάλῳ δὲ τάς τε ναῦς ἀποκαταστήσειν καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν ἐν ταῖς ναυμαχίαις ἁλόντων ὅσοι περίεισι.
18.9.1πάντων δὲ τῶν παρόντων δυσαρεστουμένων τῇ διαλύσει καὶ φασκόντων δεῖν τὸ κοινὸν ἐπίταγμα πρῶτον ποιεῖν — τοῦτο δʼ ἦν ἁπάσης ἐκχωρεῖν τῆς Ἑλλάδος — εἰ δὲ μή, διότι τὰ κατὰ μέρος μάταια γίνεται καὶ πρὸς οὐδέν,
18.9.2θεωρῶν ὁ Φίλιππος τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀμφισβήτησιν καὶ δεδιὼς ἅμα τὰς κατηγορίας, ἠξίου τὸν Τίτον ὑπερθέσθαι τὴν σύνοδον εἰς τὴν αὔριον διὰ τὸ καὶ τὴν ὥραν εἰς ὀψὲ συγκλείειν· ἢ γὰρ πείσειν ἢ πεισθήσεσθαι τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις.
18.9.3τοῦ δὲ συγχωρήσαντος, ταξάμενοι συμπορεύεσθαι πρὸς τὸν κατὰ Θρόνιον αἰγιαλόν, τότε μὲν ἐχωρίσθησαν, τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ πάντες ἧκον ἐπὶ τὸν ταχθέντα τόπον ἐν ὥρᾳ.
18.9.4καὶ βραχέα διαλεχθεὶς ὁ Φίλιππος ἠξίου πάντας, μάλιστα δὲ τὸν Τίτον, μὴ διακόψαι τὴν διάλυσιν, τῶν γε δὴ πλείστων εἰς συμβατικὴν διάθεσιν ἠγμένων,
18.9.5ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν ἐνδέχεται διʼ αὑτῶν συμφώνους γενέσθαι περὶ τῶν ἀντιλεγομένων· εἰ δὲ μή, πρεσβεύσειν ἔφη πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον, κἀκείνην πείσειν περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων, ἢ ποιήσειν ὅ, τι ποτʼ ἂν ἐπιτάττῃ.
18.9.6ταῦτα δʼ αὐτοῦ προτείνοντος, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες ἔφασαν δεῖν πράττειν τὰ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ μὴ προσέχειν τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις.
18.9.7ὁ δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς οὐκ ἀγνοεῖν μὲν οὐδʼ αὐτὸς ἔφη διότι τὸν Φίλιππον οὐκ εἰκός ἐστι ποιῆσαι τῶν παρακαλουμένων οὐδέν·
18.9.8τῷ δʼ ἁπλῶς μηδὲν ἐμποδίζειν τὰς σφετέρας πράξεις τὴν αἰτουμένην χάριν ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκποιεῖν ἔφη χαρίζεσθαι.
18.9.9κυρωθῆναι μὲν γὰρ οὐδʼ ὣς εἶναι δυνατὸν οὐδὲν τῶν νῦν λεγομένων ἄνευ τῆς συγκλήτου, πρὸς δὲ τὸ λαβεῖν πεῖραν τῆς ἐκείνων γνώμης εὐφυῶς ἔχειν τὸν ἐπιφερόμενον καιρόν·
18.9.10τῶν γὰρ στρατοπέδων οὐδʼ ὣς δυναμένων οὐδὲν πράττειν διὰ τὸν χειμῶνα, τοῦτον ἀποθέσθαι τὸν χρόνον εἰς τὸ προσανενεγκεῖν τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τῶν προσπιπτόντων, οὐκ ἄθετον, ἀλλʼ οἰκεῖον εἶναι πᾶσι.
18.10.1ταχὺ δὲ συγκαταθεμένων ἁπάντων διὰ τὸ θεωρεῖν τὸν Τίτον οὐκ ἀλλότριον ὄντα τῆς ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον ἀναφορᾶς,
18.10.2ἔδοξε συγχωρεῖν τῷ Φιλίππῳ πρεσβεύειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρʼ αὑτῶν πέμπειν ἑκάστους πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διαλεχθησομένους τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ κατηγορήσοντας τοῦ Φιλίππου.
18.10.3τοῦ δὲ πράγματος τῷ Τίτῳ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν σύλλογον κατὰ νοῦν καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς διαλογισμοὺς προκεχωρηκότος, παραυτίκα τὸ συνεχὲς τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἐξύφαινε, τά τε καθʼ αὑτὸν ἀσφαλιζόμενος ἐπιμελῶς καὶ πρόλημμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ ποιῶν οὐδέν.
18.10.4δοὺς γὰρ ἀνοχὰς διμήνους αὐτῷ τὴν μὲν πρεσβείαν τὴν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐν τούτῳ τῷ χρόνῳ συντελεῖν ἐπέταξε, τὰς δὲ φρουρὰς ἐξάγειν παραχρῆμα τὰς ἐκ τῆς Φωκίδος καὶ Λοκρίδος ἐκέλευσε.
18.10.5διετάξατο δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἰδίων συμμάχων φιλοτίμως, ἵνα κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον μηδὲν εἰς αὐτοὺς ἀδίκημα γίνηται κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ὑπὸ Μακεδόνων.
18.10.6ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσας πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον ἔγγραπτα, λοιπὸν αὐτὸς ἤδη διʼ αὑτοῦ τὸ προκείμενον ἐπετέλει.
18.10.7καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἀμύνανδρον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐξέπεμπε παραχρῆμα, γινώσκων αὐτὸν εὐάγωγον μὲν ὄντα καὶ ῥᾳδίως ἐξακολουθήσοντα τοῖς ἐκεῖ φίλοις, ἐφʼ ὁπότερʼ ἂν ἄγωσιν αὐτόν, φαντασίαν δὲ ποιήσοντα καὶ προσδοκίαν διὰ τὸ τῆς βασιλείας ὄνομα.
18.10.8μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς παρʼ αὑτοῦ πρέσβεις, Κόιντόν τε τὸν Φάβιον, ὃς ἦν αὐτῷ τῆς γυναικὸς ἀδελφιδοῦς, καὶ Κόιντον Φολούιον, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἄππιον Κλαύδιον ἐπικαλούμενον Νέρωνα.
18.10.9παρὰ δὲ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἐπρέσβευον Ἀλέξανδρος Ἴσιος, Δαμόκριτος Καλυδώνιος, Δικαίαρχος Τριχωνιεύς, Πολέμαρχος Ἀρσινοεύς,
18.10.10Λάμιος Ἀμβρακιώτης, Νικόμαχος Ἀκαρνὰν τῶν ἐκ Θουρίου πεφευγότων κατοικούντων δʼ ἐν Ἀμβρακίᾳ, Θεόδοτος Φεραῖος, φυγὰς ἐκ Θετταλίας,
18.10.11κατοικῶν δʼ ἐν Στράτῳ, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν Ξενοφῶν Αἰγιεύς, παρὰ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀττάλου μόνος Ἀλέξανδρος, παρὰ δὲ τοῦ δήμου τῶν Ἀθηναίων οἱ περὶ Κηφισόδωρον.
18.11.1οὗτοι δὲ παρεγενήθησαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρὸ τοῦ τὴν σύγκλητον διαλαβεῖν ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰς τοῦτον τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν καθεσταμένων ὑπάτων, πότερον ἀμφοτέρους εἰς τὴν Γαλατίαν ἢ τὸν ἕτερον αὐτῶν δεήσει πέμπειν ἐπὶ Φίλιππον.
18.11.2πεπεισμένων δὲ τῶν τοῦ Τίτου φίλων μένειν τοὺς ὑπάτους ἀμφοτέρους κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν διὰ τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν Κελτῶν φόβον, εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον πάντες κατηγόρουν ἀποτόμως τοῦ Φιλίππου.
18.11.3τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα παραπλήσια τοῖς καὶ πρὸς αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα πρότερον εἰρημένοις ἦν·
18.11.4τοῦτο δʼ ἐπιμελῶς ἐντίκτειν ἐπειρῶντο τῇ συγκλήτῳ πάντες, διότι τῆς Χαλκίδος καὶ τοῦ Κορίνθου καὶ τῆς Δημητριάδος ὑπὸ τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων οὐχ οἷόν τε τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἔννοιαν λαβεῖν ἐλευθερίας.
18.11.5ὃ γὰρ αὐτὸς Φίλιππος εἶπε, τοῦτο καὶ λίαν ἀληθὲς ἔφασαν ὑπάρχειν· ὃς ἔφη τοὺς προειρημένους τόπους εἶναι πέδας Ἑλληνικάς, ὀρθῶς ἀποφαινόμενος.
18.11.6οὔτε γὰρ Πελοποννησίους ἀναπνεῦσαι δυνατὸν ἐν Κορίνθῳ βασιλικῆς φρουρᾶς ἐγκαθημένης, οὔτε Λοκροὺς καὶ Βοιωτοὺς καὶ Φωκέας θαρρῆσαι Φιλίππου Χαλκίδα κατέχοντος καὶ τὴν ἄλλην Εὔβοιαν,
18.11.7οὐδὲ μὴν Θετταλοὺς οὐδὲ Μάγνητας δυνατὸν ἐπαύρασθαι τῆς ἐλευθερίας οὐδέποτε, Δημητριάδα Φιλίππου κατέχοντος καὶ Μακεδόνων.
18.11.8διὸ καὶ τὸ παραχωρεῖν τῶν ἄλλων τόπων τὸν Φίλιππον φαντασίαν εἶναι χάριν τοῦ τὸν παρόντα καιρὸν ἐκφυγεῖν· ᾗ δʼ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ βουληθῇ, ῥᾳδίως πάλιν ὑφʼ αὑτὸν ποιήσεσθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἐὰν κρατῇ τῶν προειρημένων τόπων.
18.11.9διόπερ ἠξίουν τὴν σύγκλητον ἢ τούτων τῶν πόλεων ἀναγκάσαι τὸν Φίλιππον ἐκχωρεῖν ἢ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ πολεμεῖν ἐρρωμένως πρὸς αὐτόν.
18.11.10καὶ γὰρ ἠνύσθαι τὰ μέγιστα τοῦ πολέμου, τῶν τε Μακεδόνων προηττημένων δὶς ἤδη καὶ κατὰ γῆν πλείστων αὐτοῖς χορηγιῶν ἐκδεδαπανημένων.
18.11.11ταῦτα δʼ εἰπόντες παρεκάλουν μήτε τοὺς Ἕλληνας ψεῦσαι τῶν περὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ἐλπίδων μήθʼ ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστερῆσαι τῆς καλλίστης ἐπιγραφῆς.
18.11.12οἱ μὲν οὖν παρὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων πρέσβεις ταῦτα καὶ τούτοις παραπλήσια διελέχθησαν, οἱ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου παρεσκευάσαντο μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖον ποιησόμενοι τοὺς λόγους, ἐν ἀρχαῖς δʼ εὐθέως ἐκωλύθησαν·
18.11.13ἐρωτηθέντες γὰρ εἰ παραχωροῦσι Χαλκίδος καὶ Κορίνθου καὶ Δημητριάδος, ἀπεῖπαν μηδεμίαν ἔχειν περὶ τούτων ἐντολήν.
18.11.14οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἐπιτμηθέντες οὕτως κατέπαυσαν
18.12.1τὸν λόγον. ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος τοὺς μὲν ὑπάτους ἀμφοτέρους εἰς Γαλατίαν ἐξαπέστειλε, καθάπερ ἐπάνω προεῖπα, τὸν δὲ πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον πόλεμον ἐψηφίσατο κατάμονον εἶναι, δοῦσα τῷ Τίτῳ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν.
18.12.2ταχὺ δὲ τούτων εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διασαφηθέντων ἐγεγόνει τῷ Τίτῳ πάντα κατὰ νοῦν, ἐπὶ βραχὺ μὲν καὶ ταὐτομάτου συνεργήσαντος, τὸ δὲ πολὺ διὰ τῆς αὐτοῦ προνοίας ἁπάντων κεχειρισμένων.
18.12.3πάνυ γὰρ ἀγχίνους, εἰ καί τις ἕτερος Ῥωμαίων, [καὶ] ὁ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ γέγονεν·
18.12.4οὕτως γὰρ εὐστόχως ἐχείριζε καὶ νουνεχῶς οὐ μόνον τὰς κοινὰς ἐπιβολάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντεύξεις, ὥσθʼ ὑπερβολὴν μὴ καταλιπεῖν.
18.12.5καίτοι γε [καὶ] νέος ἦν κομιδῇ· πλείω γὰρ τῶν τριάκοντʼ ἐτῶν οὐκ εἶχε· καὶ πρῶτος εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διαβεβήκει μετὰ στρατοπέδων. —
18.13.1ἔμοιγε πολλάκις μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ πολλοῖς θαυμάζειν ἐπέρχεται τῶν ἀνθρωπείων ἁμαρτημάτων, μάλιστα δʼ ἐπὶ τῷ κατὰ τοὺς προδότας.
18.13.2διὸ καὶ βούλομαι τὰ πρέποντα τοῖς καιροῖς διαλεχθῆναι περὶ αὐτῶν.
18.13.3καίτοι γʼ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ διότι δυσθεώρητον ὁ τόπος ἔχει τι καὶ δυσπαράγραφον· τίνα γὰρ ὡς ἀληθῶς προδότην δεῖ νομίζειν, οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἀποφήνασθαι.
18.13.4δῆλον γὰρ ὡς οὔτε τοὺς ἐξ ἀκεραίου συντιθεμένους τῶν ἀνδρῶν πρός τινας βασιλεῖς ἢ δυνάστας κοινωνίαν πραγμάτων εὐθέως προδότας νομιστέον,
18.13.5οὔτε τοὺς κατὰ τὰς περιστάσεις μετατιθέντας τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας ἀπό τινων ὑποκειμένων πρὸς ἑτέρας φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας, οὐδὲ τούτους.
18.13.6πολλοῦ γε δεῖν· ἐπείτοι γε πολλάκις οἱ τοιοῦτοι τῶν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν γεγόνασιν αἴτιοι ταῖς ἰδίαις πατρίσιν.
18.13.7ἵνα δὲ μὴ πόρρωθεν τὰ παραδείγματα φέρωμεν, ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐνεστώτων ῥᾳδίως ἔσται τὸ λεγόμενον κατανοεῖν.
18.13.8εἰ γὰρ μὴ σὺν καιρῷ τότε μετέρριψε τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς Ἀρίσταινος ἀπὸ τῆς Φιλίππου συμμαχίας πρὸς τὴν Ῥωμαίων, φανερῶς ἄρδην ἀπολώλει τὸ ἔθνος.
18.13.9νῦν δὲ χωρὶς τῆς παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ἀσφαλείας ἑκάστοις περιγενομένης, αὐξήσεως τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ὁμολογουμένως ὁ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ κἀκεῖνο τὸ διαβούλιον αἴτιος ἐδόκει γεγονέναι·
18.13.10διὸ καὶ πάντες αὐτὸν οὐχ ὡς προδότην, ἀλλʼ ὡς εὐεργέτην καὶ σωτῆρα τῆς χώρας ἐτίμων.
18.13.11ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἂν εἴη λόγος καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ὅσοι κατὰ τὰς τῶν καιρῶν περιστάσεις τὰ παραπλήσια τούτοις πολιτεύονται καὶ πράττουσιν.
18.14.1ἧι καὶ Δημοσθένην κατὰ πολλά τις ἂν ἐπαινέσας ἐν τούτῳ μέμψαιτο, διότι πικρότατον ὄνειδος τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰκῇ καὶ ἀκρίτως προσέρριψε,
18.14.2φήσας ἐν μὲν Ἀρκαδίᾳ τοὺς περὶ Κερκιδᾶν καὶ Ἱερώνυμον καὶ Εὐκαμπίδαν προδότας γενέσθαι τῆς Ἑλλάδος,
18.14.3ὅτι Φιλίππῳ συνεμάχουν, ἐν δὲ Μεσσήνῃ τοὺς Φιλιάδου παῖδας Νέωνα καὶ Θρασύλοχον, ἐν Ἄργει δὲ τοὺς περὶ Μύρτιν καὶ Τελέδαμον καὶ Μνασέαν,
18.14.4παραπλησίως ἐν Θετταλίᾳ μὲν τοὺς περὶ Δάοχον καὶ Κινέαν, παρὰ δὲ Βοιωτοῖς τοὺς περὶ Θεογείτονα καὶ Τιμόλαν·
18.14.5σὺν δὲ τούτοις καὶ πλείους ἑτέρους ἐξηρίθμηται, κατὰ πόλιν ὀνομάζων, καίτοι γε πάντων μὲν τῶν προειρημένων ἀνδρῶν πολὺν ἐχόντων λόγον καὶ φαινόμενον ὑπὲρ τῶν καθʼ αὑτοὺς δικαίων, πλεῖστον δὲ τῶν ἐξ Ἀρκαδίας καὶ Μεσσήνης.
18.14.6οὗτοι γὰρ ἐπισπασάμενοι Φίλιππον εἰς Πελοπόννησον καὶ ταπεινώσαντες Λακεδαιμονίους πρῶτον μὲν ἐποίησαν ἀναπνεῦσαι καὶ λαβεῖν ἐλευθερίας ἔννοιαν πάντας τοὺς τὴν Πελοπόννησον κατοικοῦντας,
18.14.7ἔπειτα δὲ τὴν χώραν ἀνακομισάμενοι καὶ τὰς πόλεις, ἃς παρῄρηντο Λακεδαιμόνιοι κατὰ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν Μεσσηνίων, Μεγαλοπολιτῶν, Τεγεατῶν, Ἀργείων, ηὔξησαν τὰς ἑαυτῶν πατρίδας ὁμολογουμένως·
18.14.8ἀνθʼ ὧν οὐ πολεμεῖν ὤφειλον Φιλίππῳ καὶ Μακεδόσιν, ἀλλὰ πάντα κατὰ δύναμιν ἐνεργεῖν ὅσα πρὸς δόξαν καὶ τιμὴν ἀνῆκεν.
18.14.9εἰ μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ ἔπραττον ἢ φρουρὰν παρὰ Φιλίππου δεχόμενοι ταῖς πατρίσιν ἢ καταλύοντες τοὺς νόμους ἀφῃροῦντο τὴν ἐλευθερίαν καὶ παρρησίαν τῶν πολιτῶν χάριν τῆς ἰδίας πλεονεξίας ἢ δυναστείας, ἄξιοι τῆς προσηγορίας ἦσαν ταύτης·
18.14.10εἰ δὲ τηροῦντες τὰ πρὸς τὰς πατρίδας δίκαια κρίσει πραγμάτων διεφέροντο, νομίζοντες οὐ ταὐτὸ συμφέρον Ἀθηναίοις εἶναι καὶ ταῖς ἑαυτῶν πόλεσιν, οὐ δήπου διὰ τοῦτο καλεῖσθαι προδότας ἐχρῆν αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ Δημοσθένους.
Book 18, Part 6
18.32I thought it necessary to discuss this subject at some length, because at the actual time of the occurrence many Greeks supposed when the Macedonians were beaten that it was incredible; and many will afterwards be at a loss to account for the inferiority of the phalanx to the Roman system of arming.
18.33Philip having thus done all he could in the battle, but having been decisively beaten, after taking up as many of the survivors as he could, proceeded through Tempe into Macedonia. On the night previous to his start he sent one of his guard to Larisa, with orders to destroy and burn the king’s correspondence. And it was an act worthy of a king to retain, even in the midst of disaster, a recollection of a necessary duty. For he knew well enough that, if these papers came into the possession of the Romans, they would give many handles to the enemy both against himself and his friends. It has, perhaps, been the case with others that in prosperity they could not use power with the moderation which becomes mortal men, while in disaster they displayed caution and good sense; but certainly this was the case with Philip. And this will be made manifest by what I shall subsequently relate. For as I showed without reserve the justice of his measures at the beginning of his reign, and the change for the worse which they subsequently underwent; and showed when and why and how this took place, with a detailed description of the actions in this part of his career; in the same way am I bound to set forth his repentance, and the dexterity with which he changed with his change of fortune, and may be said to have shown the highest prudence in meeting this crisis in his affairs.
18.33As for Flamininus, having after the battle taken the necessary measures as to the captives and the rest of the spoils, he proceeded to Larisa. . . .
18.34Flamininus was much annoyed at the selfishness displayed by the Aetolians in regard to the spoils; and had no idea of leaving them to be masters of Greece after he had deprived Philip of his supremacy there. He was irritated also by their braggadocio, when he saw that they claimed all the credit of the victory, and were filling Greece with the report of their valour. Wherefore, wherever he met them he behaved with hauteur, and never said a word on public business, but carried out all his measures independently or by the agency of his own friends. While the relations between these two were in this strained state, some few days after the battle Demosthenes, Cycliadas, and Limnaeus came on a mission from Philip; and, after considerable discussion with them, Flamininus granted an immediate armistice of fifteen days, and agreed to have a personal interview also with Philip in the course of them to discuss the state of affairs. And this interview being conducted in a courteous and friendly manner, the suspicions entertained of Flamininus by the Aetolians blazed forth with double fury. For as corruption, and the habit of never doing anything without a bribe, had long been a common feature in Greek politics, and as this was the acknowledged characteristic of the Aetolians, they could not believe that Flamininus could so change in his relations with Philip without a bribe. They did not know the habits and principles of the Romans on this subject; but judging from themselves they concluded that there was every probability of Philip in his present position offering a large sum of money, and of Flamininus being unable to resist the temptation.
18.35If I had been speaking of an earlier period, and expressing what was generally true, I should have had no hesitation in asserting of the Romans as a nation that they would not be likely to do such a thing,—I mean in the period before they engaged in wars beyond the sea, and while they retained their own habits and principles uncontaminated. But in the present times I should not venture to say this of them all; still, as individuals, I should be bold to say of the majority of the men of Rome that they are capable of preserving their honesty in this particular: and as evidence that I am making no impossible assertion, I would quote two names which will command general assent,—I mean first, Lucius Aemilius who conquered Perseus, and won the kingdom of Macedonia. In that kingdom, besides all the other splendour and wealth, there was found in the treasury more than six thousand talents of gold and silver: yet he was so far from coveting any of this, that he even refused to see it, and administered it by the hands of others; though he was far from being superfluously wealthy himself, but, on the contrary, was very badly off. At least, I know that on his death, which occurred shortly after the war, when his own sons Publius Scipio and Quintus Maximus wished to pay his wife her dowry, amounting to twenty-five talents, they were reduced to such straits that they would have been quite unable to do so if they had not sold the household furniture and slaves, and some of the landed property besides. And if what I say shall appear incredible to any one, he may easily convince himself on the subject: for though there are many controversies at Rome, and especially on this particular point, arising from the antagonistic parties among them, yet he will find that what I have just said about Aemilius is acknowledged by every one. Again, Publius Scipio, son by blood of this Aemilius, and son by adoption of Publius called the Great, when he got possession of Carthage, reckoned the wealthiest city in the world, took absolutely nothing from it for his own private use, either by purchase or by any other manner of acquisition whatever, although he was by no means a very rich man, but very moderately so for a Roman. But he not only abstained from the wealth of Carthage itself, but refused to allow anything from Africa at all to be mixed up with his private property. Therefore, in regard to this man once more, any one who chooses to inquire will find that his reputation in this particular is absolutely undisputed at Rome. I shall, however, take a more suitable opportunity of treating this subject at greater length.
18.36Titus then having appointed Philip a day for the congress, immediately wrote to the allies announcing when they were to appear; and a few days afterwards came himself to the pass of Tempe at the appointed time. When the allies had assembled, and the congress met, the Roman imperator rose and bade each say on what terms they ought to make peace with Philip. King Amynandros then delivered a short and moderate speech, merely asking that they would all have some consideration for him, to prevent Philip, as soon as the Romans left Greece, from turning the whole weight of his anger upon him; for the Athamanes were always an easy prey to the Macedonians, because of their weakness and the close contiguity of their territory. When he had finished, Alexander the Aetolian rose and complimented Flamininus for having assembled the allies in that congress to discuss the terms of peace; and, above all, for having on the present occasion called on each to express his opinion. But he was deluded and mistaken, he added, if he believed that by making terms with Philip he would secure the Romans peace or the Greeks freedom. For neither of these was possible. But if he desired to accomplish both the design of his own government and his own promises, which he had given to all the Greeks, there was one way, and one only, of making terms with Macedonia, and that was to eject Philip from his throne; and this could easily be done if he did not let slip the present opportunity.
18.36After some further arguments in support of this view he sat down.
18.37Flamininus here took up the argument, and said that Alexander was mistaken not only as to the policy of Rome, but also as to the object which he proposed to himself, and above all as to the true interests of Greece. For it was not the Roman way to utterly destroy those with whom they had been at open war. A proof of his assertion might be found in the war with Hannibal and the Carthaginians; for though the Romans had received the severest provocation at their hands, and afterwards had it in their power to do absolutely what they pleased to them, yet they had adopted no extreme measures against the Carthaginians. For his part, moreover, he had never entertained the idea that it was necessary to wage an inexpiable war with Philip; but on the contrary had been prepared before the battle to come to terms with him, if he would have submitted to the Roman demands. He was surprised, therefore, that those who had taken part in the former peace conference should now adopt a tone of such irreconcilable hostility. Have we not conquered? (say they). Yes, but this is the most senseless of arguments. For brave men, when actually at war, should be terrible and full of fire; when beaten, undaunted and courageous; when victorious, on the other hand, moderate, placable, and humane. But your present advice is the reverse of all this. Yet, in truth, to the Greeks themselves it is greatly to their interest that Macedonia should be humbled, but not at all so that she should be destroyed. For it might chance thereby that they would experience the barbarity of Thracians and Gauls, as has been the case more than once already. He then added that the final decision of himself and Roman colleagues was, that, if Philip would consent to fulfil all the conditions formerly enjoined by the allies, they would grant him peace, subject, of course, to the approval of the Senate: and that the Aetolians were free to take what measures they chose for themselves. Upon Phaeneas attempting to reply that Everything done hitherto went for nothing; for if Philip managed to extricate himself from his present difficulties, he would at once find some other occasion for hostilities,—Flamininus sprang at once from his seat, and said, with some heat, Cease this trifling, Phaeneas! For I will so settle the terms of the peace that Philip will be unable, even if he wished it, to molest the Greeks.
18.38After this they separated for that day. On the next the king arrived: and on the third, when all the delegates were met for discussion, Philip entered, and with great skill and tact diverted the anger which they all entertained against him. For he said that He conceded the demands made on the former occasion by the Romans and the allies, and remitted the decision on the remaining points to the Senate. But Phaeneas, one of the Aetolians present, said: Why then, Philip, do not you restore to us Larisa Cremaste, Pharsalus, Phthiotid Thebes, and Echinus? Whereupon Philip bade them take them over. But Flamininus here interposed, and forbade the Aetolians to take over any of the towns except Phthiotid Thebes; for upon his approaching this town with his army, and summoning it to submit to the Roman protection, the Thebans had refused; and, as it had now come into his hands in the course of war, he had the right of taking any measures he chose regarding it. Phaeneas and his colleagues indignantly protested at this, and asserted that it was their clear right to recover the towns previously members of their league, first on the ground that they had taken part in the recent war; and secondly in virtue of their original treaty of alliance, according to which the movable property of the conquered belonged to the Romans, the towns to the Aetolians. To which Flamininus answered that they were mistaken in both points; for their treaty with Rome had been annulled when they abandoned the Romans, and made terms with Philip: and, even supposing that treaty to be still in force, they had no right to recover or take over such cities as had voluntarily put themselves under the protection of Rome, as the whole of the cities in Thessaly had done, but only such as were taken by force.
Book 18, Part 3
18.14.11ὁ δὲ πάντα μετρῶν πρὸς τὸ τῆς ἰδίας πατρίδος συμφέρον, καὶ πάντας ἡγούμενος δεῖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἀποβλέπειν πρὸς Ἀθηναίους, εἰ δὲ μή, προδότας ἀποκαλῶν, ἀγνοεῖν μοι δοκεῖ καὶ πολὺ παραπαίειν τῆς ἀληθείας [ὃ πεποίηκε Δημοσθένης],
18.14.12ἄλλως τε δὴ καὶ τῶν συμβάντων τότε τοῖς Ἕλλησιν οὐ Δημοσθένει μεμαρτυρηκότων ὅτι καλῶς προυνοήθη τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἀλλʼ Εὐκαμπίδᾳ καὶ Ἱερωνύμῳ καὶ Κερκιδᾷ καὶ τοῖς Φιλιάδου παισίν.
18.14.13Ἀθηναίοις μὲν γὰρ τῆς πρὸς Φίλιππον ἀντιπαραγωγῆς τὸ τέλος ἀπέβη τὸ πεῖραν λαβεῖν τῶν μεγίστων συμπτωμάτων πταίσασι τῇ μάχῃ τῇ περὶ Χαιρώνειαν·
18.14.14εἰ δὲ μὴ διὰ τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως μεγαλοψυχίαν καὶ φιλοδοξίαν, καὶ πορρωτέρω τὰ τῆς ἀτυχίας ἂν αὐτοῖς προύβη διὰ τὴν Δημοσθένους πολιτείαν.
18.14.15διὰ δὲ τοὺς προειρημένους ἄνδρας κοινῇ μὲν Ἀρκάσι καὶ Μεσσηνίοις ἀπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων ἀσφάλεια καὶ ῥᾳστώνη παρεσκευάσθη, κατʼ ἰδίαν δὲ ταῖς αὐτῶν πατρίσι πολλὰ καὶ λυσιτελῆ συνεξηκολούθησε.
18.15.1τίσιν οὖν εἰκότως ἂν ἐπιφέροι τις τὴν ὀνομασίαν ταύτην, ἔστι μὲν δυσπαράγραφον·
18.15.2μάλιστα δʼ ἂν προστρέχοι πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπὶ τοὺς τοιούτους φέρων, ὅσοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν κατὰ τὰς ὁλοσχερεῖς περιστάσεις ἢ τῆς ἰδίας ἀσφαλείας καὶ λυσιτελείας χάριν ἢ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἀντιπολιτευομένους διαφορᾶς ἐγχειρίζουσι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τὰς πόλεις,
18.15.3ἢ καὶ νὴ Δία πάλιν ὅσοι φρουρὰν εἰσδεχόμενοι καὶ συγχρώμενοι ταῖς ἔξωθεν ἐπικουρίαις πρὸς τὰς ἰδίας ὁρμὰς καὶ προθέσεις ὑποβάλλουσι τὰς πατρίδας ὑπὸ τὴν τῶν πλεῖον δυναμένων ἐξουσίαν.
18.15.4τοὺς τοιούτους ὑπὸ τὸ τῆς προδοσίας ὄνομα μετρίως ἄν τις ὑποτάττοι πάντας.
18.15.5οἷς λυσιτελὲς μὲν ἀληθῶς ἢ καλὸν οὐδὲν οὐδέποτε συνεξηκολούθησε, τὰ δʼ ἐναντία πᾶσιν ὁμολογουμένως.
18.15.6ᾗ καὶ θαυμάζειν ἔστι πρὸς τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς λόγον, πρὸς τί ποτε βλέποντες ἢ τίσι χρώμενοι διαλογισμοῖς ὁρμῶσι πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην ἀτυχίαν.
18.15.7οὔτε γὰρ ἔλαθε πώποτε προδοὺς οὐδεὶς πόλιν ἢ στρατόπεδον ἢ φρούριον, ἀλλὰ κἂν παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν τῆς πράξεως καιρὸν ἀγνοηθῇ τις, ὅ γʼ ἐπιγινόμενος χρόνος ἐποίησε φανεροὺς ἅπαντας·
18.15.8οὐδὲ μὴν γνωσθεὶς οὐδεὶς οὐδέποτε μακάριον ἔσχε βίον, ἀλλʼ ὡς μὲν ἐπίπαν ὑπʼ αὐτῶν τούτων οἷς χαρίζονται τυγχάνουσι τῆς ἁρμοζούσης τιμωρίας.
18.15.9χρῶνται μὲν γὰρ τοῖς προδόταις οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ δυνάσται πολλάκις διὰ τὸ συμφέρον· ὅταν γε μὴν ἀποχρήσωνται, χρῶνται λοιπὸν ὡς προδόταις, κατὰ τὸν Δημοσθένην,
18.15.10μάλʼ εἰκότως ἡγούμενοι τὸν ἐγχειρίσαντα τοῖς ἐχθροῖς τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τοὺς ἐξ ἀρχῆς φίλους μηδέποτʼ ἂν εὔνουν σφίσι γενέσθαι μηδὲ διαφυλάξαι τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πίστιν.
18.15.11οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐὰν καὶ τὰς τούτων διαφύγωσι χεῖρας, τάς γε δὴ τῶν παρασπονδηθέντων οὐ ῥᾳδίως ἐκφυγγάνουσιν.
18.15.12ἐὰν δέ ποτε καὶ τὰς ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ἐπιβουλὰς διολίσθωσιν, ἥ γε παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις φήμη τιμωρὸς αὐτοῖς ἕπεται παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον, πολλοὺς μὲν φόβους ψευδεῖς, πολλοὺς δʼ ἀληθεῖς παριστάνουσα καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν, πᾶσι δὲ συνεργοῦσα καὶ συνυποδεικνύουσα τοῖς κακόν τι κατʼ ἐκείνων βουλευομένοις,
18.15.13τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον οὐδὲ κατὰ τοὺς ὕπνους ἐῶσα λήθην αὐτοὺς ἔχειν τῶν ἡμαρτημένων, ἀλλʼ ὀνειρώττειν ἀναγκάζουσα πᾶν γένος ἐπιβουλῆς καὶ περιπετείας, ἅτε συνειδότας ἑαυτοῖς τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἐκ πάντων ἀλλοτριότητα πρὸς σφᾶς καὶ τὸ κοινὸν μῖσος.
18.15.14ἀλλʼ ὅμως τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων οὐδεὶς οὐδέποτε δεηθεὶς ἠπόρησε προδότου πλὴν τελέως ὀλίγων τινῶν.
18.15.15ἐξ ὧν εἰκότως εἴποι τις ἂν ὅτι τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, δοκοῦν πανουργότατον εἶναι τῶν ζῴων, πολὺν ἔχει λόγον τοῦ φαυλότατον ὑπάρχειν.
18.15.16τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλα ζῷα, ταῖς τοῦ σώματος ἐπιθυμίαις αὐταῖς δουλεύοντα, διὰ μόνας ταύτας σφάλλεται· τὸ δὲ τῶν ἀνθρώπων γένος, καίπερ δεδοξοποιημένον, οὐχ ἧττον διὰ τὴν ἀλογιστίαν ἢ διὰ τὴν φύσιν ἁμαρτάνει.
18.15.17καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἡμῖν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον εἰρήσθω. —
18.16.1ὅτι ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἄτταλος ἐτιμᾶτο μὲν καὶ πρότερον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν Σικυωνίων πόλεως διαφερόντως, ἐξ οὗ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος ἐλυτρώσατο χρημάτων αὐτοῖς οὐκ ὀλίγων,
18.16.2ἀνθʼ ὧν καὶ τὸν κολοσσὸν αὐτοῦ τὸν δεκάπηχυν ἔστησαν παρὰ τὸν Ἀπόλλωνα τὸν κατὰ τὴν ἀγοράν.
18.16.3τότε δὲ πάλιν αὐτοῦ δέκα τάλαντα δόντος καὶ μυρίους μεδίμνους πυρῶν, πολλαπλασίως ἐπιταθέντες ταῖς εὐνοίαις εἰκόνα τε χρυσῆν ἐψηφίσαντο καὶ θυσίαν αὐτῷ συντελεῖν κατʼ ἔτος ἐνομοθέτησαν.
18.16.4Ἄτταλος μὲν οὖν τυχὼν τῶν τιμῶν τούτων ἀπῆρεν εἰς Κεγχρεάς. —
18.17.1ὅτι Νάβις ὁ τύραννος ἀπολιπὼν ἐπὶ τῆς τῶν Ἀργείων πόλεως Τιμοκράτην τὸν Πελληνέα διὰ τὸ μάλιστα τούτῳ πιστεύειν καὶ χρῆσθαι πρὸς τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας πράξεις, ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν Σπάρτην, καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἐξέπεμψε τὴν γυναῖκα,
18.17.2δοὺς ἐντολὰς παραγενομένην εἰς Ἄργος περὶ πόρον γίνεσθαι χρημάτων.
18.17.3ἡ δʼ ἀφικομένη πολὺ κατὰ τὴν ὠμότητα Νάβιν ὑπερέθετο·
18.17.4ἀνακαλεσαμένη γὰρ τῶν γυναικῶν τινὰς μὲν κατʼ ἰδίαν, τινὰς δὲ κατὰ συγγένειαν, πᾶν γένος αἰκίας καὶ βίας προσέφερε,
18.17.5μέχρι σχεδὸν ἁπασῶν οὐ μόνον τὸν χρυσοῦν ἀφείλετο κόσμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ἱματισμὸν τὸν πολυτελέστατον. —
18.17.5ὁ δὲ Ἄτταλος περιβαλλόμενος πλείω λόγον,
18.17.6ὑπεμίμνησκεν αὐτοὺς τῆς ἀνέκαθεν τῶν προγόνων ἀρετῆς. —
18.18.1ὁ δὲ Τίτος οὐ δυνάμενος ἐπιγνῶναι τοὺς πολεμίους ᾗ στρατοπεδεύουσι, τοῦτο δὲ σαφῶς εἰδὼς ὅτι πάρεισιν εἰς Θετταλίαν, προσέταξε κόπτειν χάρακα πᾶσιν ἕνεκα τοῦ παρακομίζειν μεθʼ αὑτῶν πρὸς τὰς ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ χρείας.
18.18.2τοῦτο δὲ κατὰ μὲν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν ἀγωγὴν ἀδύνατον εἶναι δοκεῖ, κατὰ δὲ τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων εὔκοπον.
18.18.3οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἕλληνες μόλις αὐτῶν κρατοῦσι τῶν σαρισῶν ἐν ταῖς πορείαις καὶ μόλις ὑπομένουσι τὸν ἀπὸ τούτων κόπον,
18.18.4Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ τοὺς μὲν θυρεοὺς τοῖς ὀχεῦσι τοῖς σκυτίνοις ἐκ τῶν ὤμων ἐξηρτηκότες, ταῖς δὲ χερσὶν αὐτοὺς τοὺς γαίσους φέροντες, ἐπιδέχονται τὴν παρακομιδὴν τοῦ χάρακος.
18.18.5ἅμα δὲ καὶ μεγάλην εἶναι συμβαίνει τὴν διαφορὰν τούτων·
18.18.6οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἕλληνες τοῦτον ἡγοῦνται χάρακα βέλτιστον, ὃς ἂν ἔχῃ πλείστας ἐκφύσεις καὶ μεγίστας πέριξ τοῦ πρέμνου,
18.18.7παρὰ δὲ Ῥωμαίοις δύο κεραίας ἢ τρεῖς ἔχουσιν οἱ χάρακες, ὁ δὲ πλείστας τέτταρας· καὶ ταύτας ἔχοντες λαμβάνονται
18.18.8οὐκ ἐναλλάξ. ἐκ δὲ τούτου συμβαίνει τήν τε κομιδὴν εὐχερῆ γίνεσθαι τελέως — ὁ γὰρ εἷς ἀνὴρ φέρει τρεῖς καὶ τέτταρας συνθεὶς ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους —
18.18.9τήν τε χρείαν ἀσφαλῆ διαφερόντως. ὁ μὲν γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὅταν τεθῇ πρὸ τῆς παρεμβολῆς, πρῶτον μέν ἐστιν εὐδιάσπαστος·
18.18.10ὅταν γὰρ τὸ μὲν κρατοῦν καὶ πιεζούμενον ὑπὸ τῆς γῆς ἓν ὑπάρχῃ μόνον, αἱ δʼ ἀποφύσεις ἐκ τούτου πολλαὶ καὶ μεγάλαι, κἄπειτα δύο παραστάντες ἢ τρεῖς ἐκ τῶν ἀποφύσεων ἐπισπάσωνται τὸν αὐτὸν χάρακα, ῥᾳδίως ἐκσπᾶται.
18.18.11τούτου δὲ συμβάντος εὐθέως πύλη γίνεται διὰ τὸ μέγεθος καὶ τὰ παρακείμενα λέλυται, τῷ βραχείας τὰς εἰς ἀλλήλους ἐμπλοκὰς καὶ τὰς ἐπαλλάξεις γίνεσθαι τοῦ τοιούτου χάρακος.
18.18.12παρὰ δὲ Ῥωμαίοις συμβαίνει τοὐναντίον. τιθέασι γὰρ εὐθέως ἐμπλέκοντες εἰς ἀλλήλους οὕτως ὥστε μήτε τὰς κεραίας εὐχερῶς ἐπιγνῶναι, ποίας εἰσὶν ἐκφύσεως τῶν ἐν τῇ γῇ κατωρυγμένων, μήτε τὰς ἐκφύσεις, ποίων κεραιῶν.
18.18.13λοιπὸν οὔτʼ ἐπιλαβέσθαι παρείραντα τὴν χεῖρα δυνατόν, ἅτε πυκνῶν οὐσῶν καὶ προσπιπτουσῶν αὑταῖς, ἔτι δὲ φιλοπόνως ἀπωξυμμένων τῶν κεραιῶν,
18.18.14οὔτʼ ἐπιλαβόμενον ἐκσπάσαι ῥᾴδιον διὰ τὸ πρῶτον μὲν πάσας τὰς προσβολὰς σχεδὸν αὐτοκράτορα τὴν ἐκ τῆς γῆς δύναμιν ἔχειν,
18.18.15δεύτερον δὲ τῷ τὸν μίαν ἐπισπώμενον κεραίαν πολλοὺς ἀναγκάζεσθαι πειθομένους ἅμα βαστάζειν διὰ τὴν εἰς ἀλλήλους ἐμπλοκήν· δύο δὲ καὶ τρεῖς ἐπιλαβέσθαι ταὐτοῦ χάρακος οὐδʼ ὅλως εἰκός.
18.18.16ἐὰν δέ ποτε καὶ κατακρατήσας ἐκσπάσῃ τις ἕνα καὶ δεύτερον, ἀνεπιγνώστως γίνεται τὸ διάστημα.
18.18.17διὸ καὶ μεγάλης οὔσης διαφορᾶς τῷ καὶ τὴν εὕρεσιν ἑτοίμην εἶναι τοῦ τοιούτου χάρακος καὶ τὴν κομιδὴν εὐχερῆ καὶ τὴν χρείαν ἀσφαλῆ καὶ μόνιμον,
18.18.18φανερὸν ὡς εἰ καί τι τῶν ἄλλων πολεμικῶν ἔργων ἄξιον ζήλου καὶ μιμήσεως ὑπάρχει παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις, καὶ τοῦτο, κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν γνώμην.
18.19.1πλὴν ὅ γε Τίτος ἑτοιμασάμενος ταῦτα πρὸς τὰς ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ χρείας, προῆγε παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι βάδην, ἀποσχὼν δὲ περὶ πεντήκοντα στάδια τῆς τῶν Φεραίων πόλεως αὐτοῦ παρενέβαλε.
18.19.2κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ὑπὸ τὴν ἑωθινὴν ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς κατοπτεύσοντας καὶ διερευνησομένους, εἴ τινα δυνηθεῖεν λαβεῖν ἀφορμὴν εἰς τὸ γνῶναι ποῦ ποτʼ εἰσὶ καὶ τί πράττουσιν οἱ πολέμιοι.
18.19.3Φίλιππος δὲ [καὶ] κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν πυνθανόμενος τοὺς Ῥωμαίους στρατοπεδεύειν περὶ τὰς Θήβας, ἐξάρας ἀπὸ τῆς Λαρίσης παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι προῆγε, ποιούμενος τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ τὰς Φεράς.
18.19.4ἀποσχὼν δὲ περὶ τριάκοντα στάδια, τότε μὲν αὐτοῦ καταστρατοπεδεύσας ἐν ὥρᾳ παρήγγειλε πᾶσι γίνεσθαι περὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος θεραπείαν,
18.19.5ὑπὸ δὲ τὴν ἑωθινὴν ἐξεγείρας τὴν δύναμιν τοὺς μὲν εἰθισμένους προπορεύεσθαι τῆς δυνάμεως προεξαπέστειλε, συντάξας ὑπερβάλλειν τὰς ὑπὲρ τὰς Φερὰς ἀκρολοφίας, αὐτὸς δὲ τῆς ἡμέρας διαφαινούσης ἐκίνει τὴν δύναμιν ἐκ τοῦ χάρακος.
18.19.6παρʼ ὀλίγον μὲν οὖν ἦλθον ἀμφοτέρων οἱ προεξαπεσταλμένοι τοῦ συμπεσεῖν ἀλλήλοις περὶ τὰς ὑπερβολάς·
18.19.7προϊδόμενοι γὰρ σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄρφνην ἐκ πάνυ βραχέος διαστήματος ἐπέστησαν, καὶ ταχέως ἔπεμπον, ἀποδηλοῦντες ἀμφότεροι τοῖς ἡγεμόσι τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ πυνθανόμενοι τί δέον εἴη ποιεῖν.
18.19.8ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων στρατοπεδειῶν κἀκείνους ἀνακαλεῖσθαι.
18.19.9τῇ δʼ ἐπαύριον ἐξέπεμψαν ἀμφότεροι κατασκοπῆς ἕνεκα τῶν ἱππέων καὶ τῶν εὐζώνων περὶ τριακοσίους ἑκατέρων, ἐν οἷς ὁ Τίτος καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν δύʼ οὐλαμοὺς ἐξαπέστειλε διὰ τὴν ἐμπειρίαν τῶν τόπων·
18.19.10οἳ καὶ συμμίξαντες ἀλλήλοις ἐπὶ τάδε τῶν Φερῶν ὡς πρὸς Λάρισαν συνέβαλλον ἐκθύμως.
18.19.11τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Εὐπόλεμον τὸν Αἰτωλὸν εὐρώστως κινδυνευόντων καὶ συνεκκαλουμένων τοὺς Ἰταλικοὺς πρὸς τὴν χρείαν, θλίβεσθαι συνέβαινε τοὺς Μακεδόνας.
18.19.12καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον ἀκροβολισάμενοι διεχωρίσθησαν εἰς τὰς αὑτῶν παρεμβολάς·
18.20.1κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἀμφότεροι δυσαρεστούμενοι τοῖς περὶ τὰς Φερὰς τόποις διὰ τὸ καταφύτους εἶναι καὶ πλήρεις αἱμασιῶν καὶ κηπίων ἀνέζυξαν.
18.20.2ὁ μὲν οὖν Φίλιππος ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν Σκοτοῦσσαν, σπεύδων ἐκ ταύτης τῆς πόλεως ἐφοδιάσασθαι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα γενόμενος εὐτρεπὴς λαβεῖν τόπους ἁρμόζοντας ταῖς αὑτοῦ δυνάμεσιν·
18.20.3ὁ δὲ Τίτος ὑποπτεύσας τὸ μέλλον ἐκίνει τὴν δύναμιν ἅμα τῷ Φιλίππῳ, σπεύδων προκαταφθεῖραι τὸν ἐν τῇ Σκοτουσσαίᾳ σῖτον.
18.20.4τῆς δʼ ἑκατέρων πορείας μεταξὺ κειμένων ὄχθων ὑψηλῶν, οὔθʼ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι συνεώρων τοὺς Μακεδόνας, ποῖ ποιοῦνται τὴν πορείαν, οὔθʼ οἱ Μακεδόνες τοὺς Ῥωμαίους.
18.20.5ταύτην μὲν οὖν τὴν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι διανύσαντες, ὁ μὲν Τίτος ἐπὶ τὴν προσαγορευομένην Ἐρέτριαν τῆς Φθιώτιδος χώρας, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐπὶ τὸν Ὀγχηστὸν ποταμόν, αὐτοῦ κατέζευξαν, ἀγνοοῦντες ἀμφότεροι τὰς ἀλλήλων παρεμβολάς·
Book 18, Part 7
18.39The other members of the congress were delighted at this speech of Flamininus. But the Aetolians listened with indignation; and what proved to be the beginning of serious evils was engendered. For this quarrel was the spark from which, not long afterwards, both the war with the Aetolians and that with Antiochus flamed out. The principal motive of Flamininus in being thus forward in coming to terms was the information he had received that Anticchus had started from Syria with an army, with the intention of crossing over into Europe. Therefore he was anxious lest Philip, catching at this chance, should determine to defend the towns and protract the war; and lest meanwhile he should himself be superseded by another commander from home, on whom the honour of all that he had achieved would be diverted. Therefore the terms which the king asked were granted: namely, that he should have four months’ suspension of hostilities, paying Flamininus at once the two hundred talents; delivering his son Demetrius and some others of his friends as hostages; and sending to Rome to submit the decision on the whole pacification to the Senate. Flamininus and Philip then separated, after interchanging mutual pledges of fidelity, on the understanding that, if the treaty were not confirmed, Flamininus was to restore to Philip the two hundred talents and the hostages. All the parties then sent ambassadors to Rome, some to support and others to oppose the settlement. . . .
18.40Why is it that, though deceived again and again by the same things and persons, we are unable to abandon our blind folly? For this particular kind of fraud has often been committed before now, and by many. That other men should allow themselves to be taken in is perhaps not astonishing; but it is wonderful that those should do so who are the authors and origin of the same kind of malpractice. But I suppose the cause is the absence of that rule so happily expressed by Epicharmus: Cool head and wise mistrust are wisdom’s sinews. . . .
18.41[They endeavoured] to prevent Antiochus from sailing along their coast, not from enmity to him, but from a suspicion that by giving support to Philip he would become an obstacle in the way of Greek liberty. . . .
18.41King Antiochus was very desirous of possessing Ephesus, owing to its extremely convenient position; for it appeared to occupy the position of an Acropolis for expeditions by land and sea against Ionia and the cities of the Hellespont, and to be always a most convenient base of operations for the kings of Asia against Europe. . . .
18.41Of King Attalus, who now died, I think I ought to speak a suitable word, as I have done in the case of others. Originally he had no other external qualification for royalty except money alone, which, indeed, if handled with good sense and boldness, is of very great assistance in every undertaking, but without these qualities is in its nature the origin of evil, and, in fact, of utter ruin to very many. For in the first place it engenders envy and malicious plots, and contributes largely to the destruction of body and soul. For few indeed are the souls that are able by the aid of wealth to repel dangers of this description. This king’s greatness of mind therefore deserves our admiration, because he never attempted to use his wealth for anything else but the acquisition of royal power,—an object than which none greater can be mentioned. Moreover he made the first step in this design, not only by doing services to his friends and gaining their affection, but also by achievements in war. For it was after conquering the Gauls, the most formidable and warlike nation at that time in Asia, that he assumed this rank and first puts himself forward as king. And though he obtained this honour, and lived seventy-two years, of which he reigned forty-four, he passed a life of the utmost virtue and goodness towards his wife and children; kept faith with all allies and friends; and died in the midst of a most glorious campaign, fighting for the liberty of the Greeks; and what is more remarkable than all, though he left four grown-up sons, he so well settled the question of succession, that the crown was handed down to his children’s children without a single dispute. . . .
18.42After Marcus Marcellus had entered upon the consulship the ambassadors from Philip, and from Flamininus and the allies, arrived at Rome to discuss the treaty with Philip; and after a lengthened hearing the confirmation of the terms was decreed in the Senate. But on the matter being brought before the people, Marcus Claudius, who was ambitious of being himself sent to Greece, spoke against the treaty, and did his best to get it rejected. The people however ratified the terms, in accordance with the wish of Flamininus; and, upon this being settled, the Senate immediately despatched a commission of ten men of high rank to arrange the settlement of Greece in conjunction with Flamininus, and to confirm the freedom of the Greeks. Among others Damoxenus of Aegium and his colleagues, envoys from the Achaean league, made a proposal in the Senate for an alliance with Rome; but as some opposition was raised to this at the time, on account of a counter-claim of the Eleians upon Triphylia, and of the Messenians, who were at the time actually in alliance with Rome, upon Asine and Pylus, and of the Aetolians upon Heraea,—the decision was referred to the commission of ten. Such were the proceedings in the Senate. . . .
18.43After the battle of Cynoscephalae, as Flamininus was wintering at Elateia, the Boeotians, being anxious to recover their citizens who had served in Philip’s army, sent an embassy to Flamininus to try and secure their safety. Wishing to encourage the loyalty of the Boeotians to himself, because he was already anxious as to the action of Antiochus, he readily assented to their petition. These men were promptly restored from Macedonia, and one of them named Brachylles the Boeotians at once elected Boeotarch; and in a similar spirit honoured and promoted, as much as before, such of the others as were thought to be well disposed to the royal house of Macedonia. They also sent an embassy to Philip to thank him for the return of the young men, thus derogating from the favour done them by Flamininus,—a measure highly disquieting to Zeuxippus and Peisistratus, and all who were regarded as partisans of Rome; because they foresaw what would happen to themselves and their families, knowing quite well that if the Romans quitted Greece, and Philip remained closely supporting the political party opposed to themselves, it would be unsafe for them to remain citizens of Boeotia. They therefore agreed among themselves to send an embassy to Flamininus in Elateia: and having obtained an interview with him, they made a lengthy and elaborate statement on this subject, describing the state of popular feeling which was now adverse to themselves, and discanting on the untrustworthiness of democratic assemblies. And finally, they ventured to say that Unless they could overawe the common people by getting rid of Brachylles, there could be no security for the party in favour of Rome as soon as the legions departed. After listening to these arguments Flamininus replied that He would not personally take any part in such a measure, but he would not hinder those who wished to do so. Finally, he bade them speak to Alexamenus the Strategus of the Aetolians. Zeuxippus and his colleagues accepted the suggestion, and communicated with Alexamenus, who at once consented; and agreeing to carry out their proposal sent three Aetolians and three Italians, all young men, to assassinate Brachylles. . . .
18.43There is no more terrible witness, or more formidable accuser, than the conscience which resides in each man’s breast. . . .
18.44About this same time the ten commissioners arrived from Rome who were to effect the settlement of Greece, bringing with them the decree of the Senate on the peace with Philip. The main points of the decree were these: All other Greeks, whether in Asia or Europe, to be free and enjoy their own laws; but that Philip should hand over to the Romans those at present under his authority, and all towns in which he had a garrison, before the Isthmian games; and restore Eurōmus, Pedasa, Bargylia, Iasus, Abydos, Thasus, Marinus, and Perinthus to freedom, and remove his garrisons from them. That Flamininus should write to Prusias commanding him to liberate Cius, in accordance with the decree of the Senate. That Philip should restore to the Romans within the same period all captives and deserters; and likewise all decked ships, except three and his one sixteen-banked vessel; and should pay a thousand talents, half at once, and half by instalments spread over ten years.
Book 18, Part 4
18.20.6τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ προελθόντες ἐστρατοπέδευσαν, Φίλιππος μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ Μελάμβιον προσαγορευόμενον τῆς Σκοτουσσαίας, Τίτος δὲ περὶ τὸ Θετίδειον τῆς Φαρσαλίας, ἀκμὴν ἀγνοοῦντες ἀλλήλους.
18.20.7ἐπιγενομένου δʼ ὄμβρου καὶ βροντῶν ἐξαισίων, πάντα συνέβη τὸν ἀέρα τὸν ἐκ τῶν νεφῶν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν ὑπὸ τὴν ἑωθινὴν πεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν, ὥστε διὰ τὸν ἐφεστῶτα ζόφον μηδὲ τοὺς ἐν ποσὶ δύνασθαι βλέπειν.
18.20.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅ γε Φίλιππος κατανύσαι σπεύδων ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον, ἀναζεύξας προῄει μετὰ πάσης τῆς στρατιᾶς.
18.20.9δυσχρηστούμενος δὲ κατὰ τὴν πορείαν διὰ τὴν ὀμίχλην, βραχὺν τόπον διανύσας τὴν μὲν δύναμιν εἰς χάρακα παρενέβαλε, τὴν δʼ ἐφεδρείαν ἀπέστειλε, συντάξας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἄκρους ἐπιβαλεῖν τῶν μεταξὺ κειμένων βουνῶν.
18.21.1ὁ δὲ Τίτος στρατοπεδεύων περὶ τὸ Θετίδειον, καὶ διαπορούμενος ὑπὲρ τῶν πολεμίων ποῦ ποτʼ εἰσί, δέκα προθέμενος οὐλαμοὺς καὶ τῶν εὐζώνων εἰς χιλίους ἐξαπέστειλε, παρακαλέσας εὐλαβῶς ἐξερευνωμένους ἐπιπορεύεσθαι τὴν χώραν·
18.21.2οἳ καὶ προάγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ τὰς ὑπερβολὰς ἔλαθον ἐμπεσόντες εἰς τὴν τῶν Μακεδόνων ἐφεδρείαν διὰ τὸ δύσοπτον τῆς ἡμέρας.
18.21.3οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἐν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς ἐπὶ βραχὺ διαταραχθέντες ἀμφότεροι μετʼ ὀλίγον ἤρξαντο καταπειράζειν ἀλλήλων, διεπέμψαντο δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἑαυτῶν ἡγεμόνας ἑκάτεροι τοὺς διασαφήσοντας τὸ γεγονός·
18.21.4ἐπειδὴ δὲ κατὰ τὴν συμπλοκὴν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι κατεβαροῦντο καὶ κακῶς ἔπασχον ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν Μακεδόνων ἐφεδρείας, πέμποντες εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῶν παρεμβολὴν ἐδέοντο σφίσι βοηθεῖν.
18.21.5ὁ δὲ Τίτος, παρακαλέσας τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀρχέδαμον καὶ τὸν Εὐπόλεμον Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ δύο τῶν παρʼ αὑτοῦ χιλιάρχων, ἐξέπεμψε μετὰ πεντακοσίων ἱππέων καὶ δισχιλίων πεζῶν.
18.21.6ὧν προσγενομένων τοῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀκροβολιζομένοις, παραυτίκα τὴν ἐναντίαν ἔσχε διάθεσιν ὁ κίνδυνος·
18.21.7οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ῥωμαῖοι, προσλαβόντες τὴν ἐκ τῆς βοηθείας ἐλπίδα διπλασίως ἐπερρώσθησαν πρὸς τὴν χρείαν,
18.21.8οἱ δὲ Μακεδόνες ἠμύνοντο μὲν γενναίως, πιεζούμενοι δὲ πάλιν οὗτοι καὶ καταβαρούμενοι τοῖς ὅλοις προσέφυγον πρὸς τοὺς ἄκρους καὶ διεπέμποντο πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα περὶ βοηθείας.
18.22.1ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος οὐδέποτʼ ἂν ἐλπίσας κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ὁλοσχερῆ γενέσθαι κίνδυνον διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας, ἀφεικὼς ἔτυχε καὶ πλείους ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς ἐπὶ χορτολογίαν.
18.22.2τότε δὲ πυνθανόμενος τὰ συμβαίνοντα παρὰ τῶν διαποστελλομένων, καὶ τῆς ὀμίχλης ἤδη διαφαινούσης, παρακαλέσας Ἡρακλείδην τε τὸν Γυρτώνιον, ὃς ἡγεῖτο τῆς Θετταλικῆς ἵππου, καὶ Λέοντα τὸν τῶν Μακεδόνων ἱππάρχην ἐξέπεμπε, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀθηναγόραν ἔχοντα πάντας τοὺς μισθοφόρους πλὴν τῶν Θρᾳκῶν.
18.22.3συναψάντων δὲ τούτων τοῖς ἐν ταῖς ἐφεδρείαις, καὶ προσγενομένης τοῖς Μακεδόσι βαρείας χειρός, ἐνέκειντο τοῖς πολεμίοις· καὶ πάλιν οὗτοι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἤλαυνον ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ἄκρων.
18.22.4μέγιστον δʼ αὐτοῖς ἐμπόδιον ἦν τοῦ μὴ τρέψασθαι τοὺς πολεμίους ὁλοσχερῶς ἡ τῶν Αἰτωλικῶν ἱππέων φιλοτιμία· πάνυ γὰρ ἐκθύμως οὗτοι καὶ παραβόλως ἐκινδύνευον.
18.22.5Αἰτωλοὶ γάρ, καθʼ ὅσον ἐν τοῖς πεζικοῖς ἐλλιπεῖς εἰσι καὶ τῷ καθοπλισμῷ καὶ τῇ συντάξει πρὸς τοὺς ὁλοσχερεῖς ἀγῶνας, κατὰ τοσοῦτον τοῖς ἱππικοῖς διαφέρουσι πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἐν τοῖς κατὰ μέρος καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν κινδύνοις.
18.22.6διὸ καὶ τότε τούτων παρακατασχόντων τὴν ἐπιφορὰν τῶν πολεμίων, οὐκέτι συνηλάσθησαν ἕως εἰς τοὺς ἐπιπέδους τόπους, βραχὺ δʼ ἀποσχόντες ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἔστησαν.
18.22.7ὁ δὲ Τίτος, θεωρῶν οὐ μόνον τοὺς εὐζώνους καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας ἐγκεκλικότας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τούτους καὶ τὴν ὅλην δύναμιν ἐπτοημένην, ἐξῆγε τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν καὶ παρενέβαλε πρὸς τοῖς βουνοῖς.
18.22.8κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἕτερος ἐφʼ ἑτέρῳ τῶν ἐκ τῆς ἐφεδρείας Μακεδόνων ἔθει πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον, ἀναβοῶν "βασιλεῦ, φεύγουσιν οἱ πολέμιοι· μὴ παρῇς τὸν καιρόν· οὐ μένουσιν ἡμᾶς οἱ βάρβαροι· σὴ νῦν ἐστιν ἡμέρα, σὸς ὁ καιρός." ὥστε τὸν Φίλιππον,
18.22.9καίπερ οὐκ εὐδοκούμενον τοῖς τόποις, ὅμως ἐκκληθῆναι πρὸς τὸν κίνδυνον. οἱ γὰρ προειρημένοι λόφοι καλοῦνται μὲν Κυνὸς Κεφαλαί, τραχεῖς δʼ εἰσὶ καὶ περικεκλασμένοι καὶ πρὸς ὕψος ἱκανὸν ἀνατείνοντες.
18.22.10διὸ καὶ προορώμενος ὁ Φίλιππος τὴν δυσχρηστίαν τῶν τόπων, ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν οὐδαμῶς ἡρμόζετο πρὸς ἀγῶνα· τότε δὲ παρορμηθεὶς διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς εὐελπιστίας τῶν ἀγγελλόντων ἕλκειν παρήγγελλε τὴν δύναμιν ἐκ τοῦ χάρακος.
18.23.1ὁ δὲ Τίτος παρεμβαλὼν τὴν αὑτοῦ στρατιὰν ἑξῆς ἅπασαν, ἅμα μὲν ἐφήδρευε τοῖς προκινδυνεύουσιν, ἅμα δὲ παρεκάλει τὰς τάξεις ἐπιπορευόμενος. ἡ δὲ παράκλησις ἦν αὐτοῦ βραχεῖα μέν,
18.23.2ἐμφαντικὴ δὲ καὶ γνώριμος τοῖς ἀκούουσιν. ἐναργῶς γὰρ ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν ἐνδεικνύμενος ἔλεγε τοῖς αὑτοῦ στρατιώταις "
18.23.3οὐχ οὗτοι Μακεδόνες εἰσίν, ὦ ἄνδρες, οὓς ὑμεῖς προκατέχοντας ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ τὰς εἰς τὴν Ἐορδαίαν ὑπερβολὰς ἐκ τοῦ προφανοῦς μετὰ Σολπικίου βιασάμενοι πρὸς τόπους ὑπερδεξίους ἐξεβάλετε, πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἀποκτείναντες;
18.23.4οὐχ οὗτοι Μακεδόνες εἰσίν, οὓς ὑμεῖς προκατέχοντας τὰς ἀπηλπισμένας ἐν Ἠπείρῳ δυσχωρίας ἐκβιασάμενοι ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ἀρεταῖς φεύγειν ἠναγκάσατε ῥίψαντας τὰ ὅπλα, τέως εἰς Μακεδονίαν ἀνεκομίσθησαν;
18.23.5πῶς οὖν ὑμᾶς εὐλαβεῖσθαι καθήκει, μέλλοντας ἐξ ἴσου ποιεῖσθαι τὸν κίνδυνον πρὸς τοὺς αὐτούς; τί δὲ προορᾶσθαι τῶν προγεγονότων, ἀλλʼ οὐ τἀναντία διʼ ἐκεῖνα καὶ νῦν θαρρεῖν;
18.23.6διόπερ, ὦ ἄνδρες, παρακαλέσαντες σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὁρμᾶσθε πρὸς τὸν κίνδυνον ἐρρωμένως· θεῶν γὰρ βουλομένων ταχέως πέπεισμαι ταὐτὸ τέλος ἀποβήσεσθαι τῆς παρούσης μάχης τοῖς προγεγονόσι κινδύνοισ"
18.23.7. οὗτος μὲν οὖν ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν τὸ μὲν δεξιὸν μέρος ἐκέλευε μένειν κατὰ χώραν καὶ τὰ θηρία πρὸ τούτων, τῷ δʼ εὐωνύμῳ μετὰ τῶν εὐζώνων ἐπῄει σοβαρῶς τοῖς πολεμίοις·
18.23.8οἱ δὲ προκινδυνεύοντες τῶν Ῥωμαίων, προσλαβόντες τὴν τῶν πεζῶν στρατοπέδων ἐφεδρείαν, ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἐνέκειντο τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις.
18.24.1Φίλιππος δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρόν, ἐπειδὴ τὸ πλέον μέρος ἤδη τῆς ἑαυτοῦ δυνάμεως ἑώρα παρεμβεβληκὸς πρὸ τοῦ χάρακος, αὐτὸς μὲν ἀναλαβὼν τοὺς πελταστὰς καὶ τὸ δεξιὸν τῆς φάλαγγος προῆγε, σύντονον ποιούμενος τὴν πρὸς τοὺς λόφους ἀνάβασιν,
18.24.2τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Νικάνορα τὸν ἐπικαλούμενον ἐλέφαντα συνέταξε φροντίζειν ἵνα τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος τῆς δυνάμεως ἐκ ποδὸς ἕπηται.
18.24.3ἅμα δὲ τῷ τοὺς πρώτους ἅψασθαι τῆς ὑπερβολῆς εὐθέως ἐξ ἀσπίδος παρενέβαλε καὶ προκατελάμβανε τοὺς ὑπερδεξίους· τῶν γὰρ προκινδυνευόντων Μακεδόνων ἐπὶ πολὺ τεθλιφότων τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐπὶ θάτερα μέρη τῶν λόφων, ἐρήμους κατέλαβε τοὺς ἄκρους.
18.24.4ἔτι δὲ παρεμβάλλοντος αὐτοῦ τὰ δεξιὰ μέρη τῆς στρατιᾶς, παρῆσαν οἱ μισθοφόροι, πιεζούμενοι κατὰ κράτος ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων·
18.24.5προσγενομένων γὰρ τοῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων εὐζώνοις τῶν ἐν τοῖς βαρέσιν ὅπλοις ἀνδρῶν, καθάπερ ἀρτίως εἶπα, καὶ συνεργούντων κατὰ τὴν μάχην, προσλαβόντες οἷον εἰ σήκωμα τὴν τούτων χρείαν, βαρέως ἐπέκειντο τοῖς πολεμίοις καὶ πολλοὺς αὐτῶν ἔκτεινον.
18.24.6ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς, ὅτε παρεγίνετο, θεωρῶν οὐ μακρὰν τῆς τῶν πολεμίων παρεμβολῆς συνεστῶτα τὸν τῶν εὐζώνων κίνδυνον περιχαρὴς ἦν·
18.24.7ὡς δὲ πάλιν ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἑώρα κλίνοντας τοὺς ἰδίους καὶ προσδεομένους ἐπικουρίας, ἠναγκάζετο βοηθεῖν καὶ κρίνειν ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τὰ ὅλα, καίπερ ἔτι τῶν πλείστων μερῶν τῆς φάλαγγος κατὰ πορείαν ὄντων καὶ προσβαινόντων πρὸς τοὺς βουνούς.
18.24.8προσδεξάμενος δὲ τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους, τούτους μὲν ἥθροιζε πάντας ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιὸν κέρας, καὶ τοὺς πεζοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἱππέας, τοῖς δὲ πελτασταῖς καὶ τοῖς φαλαγγίταις παρήγγελλε διπλασιάζειν τὸ βάθος καὶ πυκνοῦν ἐπὶ τὸ δεξιόν. γενομένου δὲ τούτου,
18.24.9καὶ τῶν πολεμίων ἐν χερσὶν ὄντων, τοῖς μὲν φαλαγγίταις ἐδόθη παράγγελμα καταβαλοῦσι τὰς σαρίσας ἐπάγειν, τοῖς δʼ εὐζώνοις κερᾶν.
18.24.10κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ Τίτος, δεξάμενος εἰς τὰ διαστήματα τῶν σημαιῶν τοὺς προκινδυνεύοντας, προσέβαλε τοῖς πολεμίοις.
18.25.1γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἐξ ἀμφοῖν συμπτώσεως μετὰ βίας καὶ κραυγῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης, ὡς ἂν ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοῦ συναλαλαζόντων, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς τῆς μάχης ἐπιβοώντων τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις, ἦν τὸ γινόμενον ἐκπληκτικὸν καὶ παραστατικὸν ἀγωνίας.
18.25.2τὸ μὲν οὖν δεξιὸν τοῦ Φιλίππου λαμπρῶς ἀπήλλαττε κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον, ἅτε καὶ τὴν ἔφοδον ἐξ ὑπερδεξίου ποιούμενον καὶ τῷ βάρει τῆς συντάξεως ὑπερέχον καὶ τῇ διαφορᾷ τοῦ καθοπλισμοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν χρείαν πολὺ παραλλάττον·
18.25.3τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ μέρη τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῷ τὰ μὲν ἐχόμενα τῶν κινδυνευόντων ἐν ἀποστάσει τῶν πολεμίων ἦν, τὰ δʼ ἐπὶ τῶν εὐωνύμων ἄρτι διηνυκότα τὰς ὑπερβολὰς ἐπεφαίνετο τοῖς ἄκροις.
18.25.4ὁ δὲ Τίτος, θεωρῶν οὐ δυναμένους τοὺς παρʼ αὑτοῦ στέγειν τὴν τῆς φάλαγγος ἔφοδον, ἀλλʼ ἐκπιεζουμένους τοὺς ἐπὶ τῶν εὐωνύμων, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀπολωλότας ἤδη, τοὺς δʼ ἐπὶ πόδα ποιουμένους τὴν ἀναχώρησιν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς δεξιοῖς μέρεσι καταλειπομένας τῆς σωτηρίας τὰς ἐλπίδας,
18.25.5ταχέως ἀφορμήσας πρὸς τούτους, καὶ συνθεασάμενος [τῆς] τῶν πολεμίων τὰ μὲν συνεχῆ τοῖς διαγωνιζομένοις , τὰ δʼ ἐκ τῶν ἄκρων ἀκμὴν ἐπικαταβαίνοντα, τὰ δʼ ἔτι τοῖς ἄκροις ἐφεστῶτα, προθέμενος τὰ θηρία προσῆγε τὰς σημαίας τοῖς πολεμίοις.
18.25.6οἱ δὲ Μακεδόνες, οὔτε τὸν παραγγελοῦντʼ ἔχοντες οὔτε συστῆναι δυνάμενοι καὶ λαβεῖν τὸ τῆς φάλαγγος ἴδιον σχῆμα διά τε τὰς τῶν τόπων δυσχερείας καὶ διὰ τὸ τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις ἑπόμενοι πορείας ἔχειν διάθεσιν καὶ μὴ παρατάξεως,
18.25.7οὐδὲ προσεδέξαντο τοὺς Ῥωμαίους εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ἔτι, διʼ αὐτῶν δὲ τῶν θηρίων πτοηθέντες καὶ διασπασθέντες ἐνέκλιναν.
18.26.1οἱ μὲν οὖν πλείους τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἑπόμενοι τούτους ἔκτεινον·
18.26.2εἷς δὲ τῶν χιλιάρχων τῶν ἅμα τούτοις, σημαίας ἔχων οὐ πλείους εἴκοσι, καὶ παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν τῆς χρείας καιρὸν συμφρονήσας ὃ δέον εἴη ποιεῖν, μεγάλα συνεβάλετο πρὸς τὴν τῶν ὅλων κατόρθωσιν.
18.26.3θεωρῶν γὰρ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Φίλιππον ἐπὶ πολὺ προπεπτωκότας τῶν ἄλλων καὶ πιεζοῦντας τῷ βάρει τὸ σφέτερον εὐώνυμον, ἀπολιπὼν τοὺς ἐπὶ τοῦ δεξιοῦ νικῶντας ἤδη καταφανῶς, ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀγωνιζομένους καὶ κατόπιν ἐπιγενόμενος προσέβαλλε κατὰ νώτου τοῖς Μακεδόσι.
18.26.4τῆς δὲ τῶν φαλαγγιτῶν χρείας ἀδυνάτου καθεστώσης ἐκ μεταβολῆς καὶ κατʼ ἄνδρα κινδυνεύειν, οὗτος μὲν ἐπέκειτο κτείνων τοὺς ἐν ποσίν, οὐ δυναμένους αὑτοῖς βοηθεῖν,
18.26.5ἕως οὗ ῥίψαντες τὰ ὅπλα φεύγειν ἠναγκάσθησαν οἱ Μακεδόνες, συνεπιθεμένων αὐτοῖς ἐκ μεταβολῆς καὶ τῶν κατὰ πρόσωπον ἐγκεκλικότων. ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος ἐν μὲν ταῖς ἀρχαῖς,
18.26.6καθάπερ εἶπα, τεκμαιρόμενος ἐκ τοῦ καθʼ αὑτὸν μέρους ἐπέπειστο τελέως νικᾶν·
18.26.7τότε δὲ συνθεασάμενος ἄφνω ῥιπτοῦντας τὰ ὅπλα τοὺς Μακεδόνας καὶ τοὺς πολεμίους κατὰ νώτου προσβεβληκότας, βραχὺ γενόμενος ἐκ τοῦ κινδύνου μετʼ ὀλίγων ἱππέων καὶ πεζῶν συνεθεώρει τὰ ὅλα.
18.26.8κατανοήσας δὲ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους κατὰ τὸ δίωγμα τοῦ λαιοῦ κέρως τοῖς ἄκροις ἤδη προσπελάζοντας, ἐγίνετο πρὸς τὸ φεύγειν, ὅσους ἐδύνατο πλείστους ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ συναθροίσας τῶν Θρᾳκῶν καὶ Μακεδόνων.
18.26.9Τίτος δὲ τοῖς φεύγουσιν ἑπόμενος, καὶ καταλαβὼν ἐν ταῖς ὑπερβολαῖς ἄρτι τοῖς ἄκροις ἐπιβαλλούσας τὰς εὐωνύμους τάξεις τῶν Μακεδόνων τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐπέστη, τῶν πολεμίων ὀρθὰς ἀνασχόντων τὰς σαρίσας,
18.26.10ὅπερ ἔθος ἐστὶ ποιεῖν τοῖς Μακεδόσιν, ὅταν ἢ παραδιδῶσιν αὑτοὺς ἢ μεταβάλλωνται πρὸς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους·
18.26.11μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πυθόμενος τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ συμβαίνοντος παρακατεῖχε τοὺς μεθʼ αὑτοῦ φείσασθαι κρίνων τῶν ἀποδεδειλιακότων.
18.26.12ἀκμὴν δὲ τοῦ Τίτου ταῦτα διανοουμένου τῶν προηγουμένων τινὲς ἐπιπεσόντες αὐτοῖς ἐξ ὑπερδεξίου προσέφερον τὰς χεῖρας, καὶ τοὺς μὲν πλείους διέφθειρον, ὀλίγοι δέ τινες διέφυγον ῥίψαντες τὰ ὅπλα.
18.27.1πανταχόθεν δὲ τοῦ κινδύνου συντέλειαν εἰληφότος καὶ κρατούντων τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ὁ μὲν Φίλιππος ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ἀποχώρησιν ὡς ἐπὶ τὰ Τέμπη.
18.27.2καὶ τῇ μὲν πρώτῃ περὶ τὸν Ἀλεξάνδρου καλούμενον πύργον ηὐλίσθη, τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ προελθὼν εἰς Γόννους ἐπὶ τὴν εἰσβολὴν τῶν Τεμπῶν ἐπέμεινε, βουλόμενος ἀναδέξασθαι τοὺς ἐκ τῆς φυγῆς ἀνασῳζομένους.
18.27.3οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι, μέχρι μέν τινος ἐπακολουθήσαντες τοῖς φεύγουσιν, οἱ μὲν ἐσκύλευον τοὺς τεθνεῶτας, οἱ δὲ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἥθροιζον, οἱ δὲ πλείους ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὴν διαρπαγὴν τοῦ τῶν πολεμίων χάρακος·
18.27.4ἔνθα δὴ καταλαβόντες τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς προεμπεπτωκότας καὶ δόξαντες στέρεσθαι τῆς σφίσι καθηκούσης ὠφελείας, ἤρξαντο καταμέμφεσθαι τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ λέγειν πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν ὅτι τοὺς μὲν κινδύνους αὐτοῖς ἐπιτάττει, τῆς δʼ ὠφελείας ἄλλοις παρακεχώρηκε.
18.27.5καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπανελθόντες εἰς τὴν ἑαυτῶν στρατοπεδείαν ηὐλίσθησαν, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαύριον ἅμα μὲν ἥθροιζον τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους καὶ τὰ λειπόμενα τῶν σκύλων, ἅμα δὲ προῆγον ποιούμενοι τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ Λαρίσης.
18.27.6ἔπεσον δὲ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρὸς τοὺς ἑπτακοσίους· τῶν δὲ Μακεδόνων ἀπέθανον μὲν οἱ πάντες εἰς ὀκτακισχιλίους, ζωγρίᾳ δʼ ἑάλωσαν οὐκ ἐλάττους πεντακισχιλίων.
18.27.7καὶ τῆς μὲν ἐν Θετταλίᾳ γενομένης περὶ Κυνὸς Κεφαλὰς Ῥωμαίων καὶ Φιλίππου μάχης τοιοῦτον
18.28.1ἀπέβη τὸ τέλος· ἐγὼ δὲ κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἕκτην βύβλον ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ καταλιπὼν ὅτι λαβὼν τὸν ἁρμόζοντα καιρὸν σύγκρισιν ποιήσομαι τοῦ καθοπλισμοῦ Ῥωμαίων καὶ Μακεδόνων, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῆς συντάξεως τῆς ἑκατέρων, τί διαφέρουσιν ἀλλήλων πρὸς τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τί πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον, νῦν ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πράξεων πειράσομαι τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν.
18.28.2ἐπεὶ γὰρ ἡ μὲν Μακεδόνων σύνταξις ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τοῦ χρόνοις, διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων διδοῦσα τὴν πεῖραν, ἐκράτει τῶν τε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν συντάξεων, ἡ δὲ Ῥωμαίων τῶν τε κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην προσεσπερίων ἐθνῶν ἁπάντων,
Book 18, Part 8
18.45Upon this decree being published in Greece, it created a feeling of confidence and gratification in all the communities except the Aetolians. These last were annoyed at not getting all they expected, and attempted to run down the decree by saying that it was mere words, without anything practical in it; and they based upon the clauses of the decree itself some such arguments as follow, by way of disquieting those who would listen to them. They said That there were two distinct clauses in the decree relating to the cities garrisoned by Philip: one ordering him to remove those garrisons and to hand over the cities to the Romans; the other bidding him withdraw his garrisons and set the cities free. Those that were to be set free were definitely named, and they were towns in Asia; and it was plain, therefore, that those which were to be handed over to the Romans were those in Europe, namely, Oreus, Eretria, Chalcis, Demetrias, and Corinth. Hence it was plain that the Romans were receiving the fetters of Greece from the hands of Philip, and that the Greeks were getting, not freedom, but a change of masters.
18.45These arguments of the Aetolians were repeated ad nauseam. But, meanwhile, Flamininus left Elateia with the ten commissioners, and having crossed to Anticyra, sailed straight to Corinth, and there sat in council with the commissioners, and considered the whole settlement to be made. But as the adverse comments of the Aetolians obtained wide currency, and were accepted by some, Flamininus was forced to enter upon many elaborate arguments in the meetings of the commission, trying to convince the commissioners that if they wished to acquire unalloyed praise from the Greeks, and to establish firmly in the minds of all that they had originally come into the country not to gain any advantage for Rome, but simply to secure the freedom of Greece, they must abandon every district and free all the cities now garrisoned by Philip. But this was just the point in dispute among the commissioners; for, as to all other cities, a decision had been definitely arrived at in Rome, and the ten commissioners had express instructions; but about Chalcis, Corinth, and Demetrias they had been allowed a discretion on account of Antiochus, in order that they might take such measures as they thought best from a view of actual events. For it was notorious that this king had for some time past been meditating an interference in Europe. However, as far as Corinth was concerned, Flamininus prevailed on the commissioners to free it at once and restore it to the Achaean league, from respect to the terms of the original agreement; but he retained the Acrocorinthus, Demetrias, and Chalcis.
18.46When these decisions had been come to, the time for the celebration of the Isthmian games arrived. The expectation of what would happen there drew the men of highest rank from nearly every quarter of the world; and there was a great deal of talk on the subject from one end of the assembled multitude to the other, and expressed in varied language. Some said that from certain of the places and towns it was impossible that the Romans could withdraw; while others asserted that they would withdraw from those considered most important, but would retain others that were less prominent, though capable of being quite as serviceable. And such persons even took upon themselves in their ingenuity to designate the precise places which would be thus treated. While people were still in this state of uncertainty, all the world being assembled on the stadium to watch the games, the herald came forward, and having proclaimed silence by the sound of a trumpet, delivered the following proclamation: The senate of Rome and Titus Quintus, proconsul and imperator, having conquered King Philip and the Macedonians in war, declare the following peoples free, without garrison, or tribute, in full enjoyment of the laws of their respective countries: namely, Corinthians, Phocians, Locrians, Euboeans, Achaeans of Phiotis, Magnesians, Thessalians, Perrhaebians.
18.46Now as the first words of the proclamation were the signal for a tremendous outburst of clapping, some of the people could not hear it at all, and some wanted to hear it again; but the majority feeling incredulous, and thinking that they heard the words in a kind of dream, so utterly unexpected was it, another impulse induced every one to shout to the herald and trumpeter to come into the middle of the stadium and repeat the words: I suppose because the people wished not only to hear but to see the speaker, in their inability to credit the announcement. But when the herald, having advanced into the middle of the crowd, once more, by his trumpeter, hushed the clamour, and repeated exactly the same proclamation as before, there was such an outbreak of clapping as is difficult to convey to the imagination of my readers at this time. When at length the clapping ceased, no one paid any attention whatever to the athletes, but all were talking to themselves or each other, and seemed like people bereft of their senses. Nay, after the games were over, in the extravagance of their joy, they nearly killed Flamininus by the exhibition of their gratitude. Some wanted to look him in the face and call him their preserver; others were eager to touch his hand; most threw garlands and fillets upon him; until between them they nearly crushed him to death. But though this expression of popular gratitude was thought to have been extravagant, one might say with confidence that it fell short of the importance of the actual event. For that the Romans and their leader Flamininus should have deliberately incurred unlimited expense and danger, for the sole purpose of freeing Greece, deserved their admiration; and it was also a great thing that their power was equal to their intention. But the greatest thing of all is that Fortune foiled their attempt by none of her usual caprices, but that every single thing came to a successful issue at the same time: so that all Greeks, Asiatic and European alike, were by a single proclamation become free, without garrison or tribute, and enjoying their own laws.
18.47The Isthmian festival having come to an end, the first persons with whom the commissioners dealt were the ambassadors from Antiochus. They instructed them that Their master must abstain from attacking those cities in Asia which were autonomous, and go to war with none of them; and must evacuate those that had been subject to Ptolemy or Philip. In addition to this they forbade him to cross over into Europe with an army; for no Greek henceforth was to be attacked in war or to be enslaved to any one. Finally, they said that some of their own number would go to visit Antiochus. With this answer Hegesianax and Lysias returned to Antiochus. They next summoned the representatives of all the nations and cities, and declared to them the decisions of the commissioners. The Macedonian tribe of the Orestae, on the ground of their having joined Rome during the war, they declared autonomous; the Perrhaebians, Dolopes, and Magnesians they declared to be free. To the Thessalians, in addition to their freedom, they assigned the Phiotid Achaeans, with the exception, however, of Phthiotid Thebes and Pharsalus: for the Aetolians made such a point of their claim to Pharsalus, as also to Leucas, on the ground of the rights secured them by the original treaty, that the commissioners referred the consideration of their demand in regard to these places back again to the Senate, but allowed them to retain Phocis and Locris as members of their league, as they had been before. Corinth, Triphylia, and Heraea they handed over to the Achaeans. Oreus and Eretria the majority wished to give to King Eumenes, but on the instance of Flamininus this design was not confirmed; and, accordingly, a short time afterwards these towns, with Carystus, were declared free by the Senate. To Pleuratus they assigned Lychnis and Parthus in Illyria, towns which had been subject to Philip; and Amynandros they allowed to retain all such strongholds as he had taken from Philip during the war.
18.48This business completed, the commissioners separated in various directions: Publius Lentulus sailed to Bargylia and announced its freedom; Leucius Stertinius did the same to Hephaestia, Thasus, and the cities in Thrace; while Publius Ventilius and Lucius Terentius started to visit Antiochus; and Gnaeus Cornelius with his colleagues went to king Philip. They met him near Tempe, and after speaking with him on the other matters about which they had instructions, they advised him to send an embassy to Rome, to ask for an alliance, in order to obviate all suspicion of being on the watch for an opportunity in expectation of the arrival of Antiochus. The king agreeing to follow this advice, Cornelius left him and went to the league congress at Thermus; and coming into the public assembly urged the Aetolians in a lengthy speech to abide by the policy they had adopted, from the first, and maintain their good disposition towards the Romans. Many rose to answer: of whom some expressed dissatisfaction with the Romans in moderate and decorous language, for not having used their good fortune with sufficient regard to their joint interests, and for not observing the original compact; while others delivered violent invectives, asserting that the Romans would never have set foot on Greece or conquered Philip if it had not been for them. Cornelius disdained to answer these speeches in detail, but he advised them to send ambassadors to Rome, for they would get full justice in the Senate: which they accordingly did. Such was the conclusion of the war with Philip. . . .
18.49Whenever they are reduced to the last extremity, as the phrase goes, they will fly to the Romans for protection and commit themselves and their city to them.. . .
18.50Just when the designs of Antiochus in Thrace were succeeding to his heart’s desire, Lucius Cornelius and his party sailed into Selybria. These were the envoys sent by the Senate to conclude a peace between Antiochus and Ptolemy. And at the same time there arrived Publius Lentulus from Bargylia, Lucius Terentius and Publius Villius from Thasus, three of the ten commissioners for Greece. Their arrival having been promptly announced to Antiochus, they all assembled within the next few days at Lysimacheia; and it so happened that Hegesianax and Lysias, who had been on the mission to Flamininus, arrived about the same time. The private intercourse between the king and the Romans was informal and friendly; but when presently they met in conference to discuss public affairs, things took quite another aspect. Lucius Cornelius demanded that Antiochus should evacuate all the cities subject to Ptolemy which he had taken in Asia; while he warned him in solemn and emphatic language that he must do so also to the cities subject to Philip, for it was ridiculous that Antiochus should come in and take the prizes of the war which Rome had waged with Philip. He also admonished him to abstain from attacking autonomous cities, and added that He was at a loss to conjecture with what view Antiochus had crossed over to Europe with such a powerful army and fleet; for if it were not with the intention of attacking the Romans, there was no explanation left that any reasonable person could accept. With these words the Romans ceased speaking.
18.51The king began his reply by saying that He did not understand by what right the Romans raised a controversy with him in regard to the cities in Asia. They were the last people in the world who had any claim to do so. Next he claimed that They should refrain entirely from interfering in the affairs of Asia, seeing that he never in the least degree interposed in those of Italy. He had crossed into Europe with his army to recover his possessions in the Chersonese and the cities in Thrace; his right to the government of these places being superior to that of any one in the world. For this was originally the principality of Lysimachus; and as Seleucus waged war with and conquered that prince, the whole domain of Lysimachus passed to Seleucus: then owing to the multifarious interests which distracted the attention of his predecessors, first Ptolemy and then Philip had managed to wrest this country from them and secure it for themselves. He had not then availed himself of Philip’s difficulties to take it, but had recovered possession of it in the exercise of his undoubted rights. It was no injury to the Romans that he should now be restoring to their homes, and settling again in their city, the people of Lysimacheia who had been expelled by an unexpected raid of the Thracians. He was doing this, not from any intention of attacking the Romans, but to prepare a place of residence for his son Seleucus. As for the autonomous cities of Asia, they must acquire their freedom by his free grace, not by an injunction from Rome. As for Ptolemy, he was about to settle matters amicably with him: for it was his intention to confirm their friendship by a matrimonial alliance.
Book 18, Part 5
18.28.3ἐν δὲ τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς καιροῖς οὐχ ἅπαξ, ἀλλὰ πλεονάκις γέγονε τούτων τῶν τάξεων καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους διάκρισις,
18.28.4χρήσιμον καὶ καλὸν ἂν εἴη τὸ τὴν διαφορὰν ἐρευνῆσαι, καὶ παρὰ τί συμβαίνει Ῥωμαίους ἐπικρατεῖν καὶ τὸ πρωτεῖον ἐκφέρεσθαι τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἀγώνων,
18.28.5ἵνα μὴ τύχην λέγοντες μόνον μακαρίζωμεν τοὺς κρατοῦντας ἀλόγως, καθάπερ οἱ μάταιοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλʼ εἰδότες τὰς ἀληθεῖς αἰτίας ἐπαινῶμεν καὶ θαυμάζωμεν κατὰ λόγον τοὺς ἡγουμένους.
18.28.6περὶ μὲν οὖν τῶν πρὸς Ἀννίβαν ἀγώνων γεγονότων Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις ἐλαττωμάτων οὐδὲν ἂν δέοι πλείω λέγειν· οὐ γὰρ παρὰ τὸν καθοπλισμὸν οὐδὲ παρὰ τὴν σύνταξιν, ἀλλὰ παρὰ τὴν ἐπιδεξιότητα τὴν Ἀννίβου καὶ τὴν ἀγχίνοιαν περιέπιπτον τοῖς ἐλαττώμασι.
18.28.7δῆλον δὲ τοῦτο πεποιήκαμεν ἡμεῖς ἐπʼ αὐτῶν ὑποδεικνύοντες τῶν ἀγώνων.
18.28.8μαρτυρεῖ δὲ τοῖς ἡμετέροις λόγοις πρῶτον μὲν τὸ τέλος τοῦ πολέμου· προσγενομένου γὰρ στρατηγοῦ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις παραπλησίαν δύναμιν ἔχοντος Ἀννίβᾳ, ταχέως καὶ τὸ νικᾶν συνεξηκολούθησε τοῖς προειρημένοις·
18.28.9εἶτα καὶ αὐτὸς Ἀννίβας ἀποδοκιμάσας τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχοντα καθοπλισμόν, ἅμα τῷ νικῆσαι τῇ πρώτῃ μάχῃ παραχρῆμα τοῖς Ῥωμαίων ὅπλοις καθοπλίσας τὰς οἰκείας δυνάμεις, τούτοις διετέλεσε χρώμενος τὸν ἑξῆς χρόνον.
18.28.10Πύρρος γε μὴν οὐ μόνον ὅπλοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ δυνάμεσιν Ἰταλικαῖς συγκέχρηται, τιθεὶς ἐναλλὰξ σημαίαν καὶ σπεῖραν φαλαγγιτικὴν ἐν τοῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀγῶσιν.
18.28.11ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδʼ οὕτως ἐδύνατο νικᾶν, ἀλλʼ ἀεί πως ἀμφίδοξα τὰ τέλη τῶν κινδύνων αὐτοῖς ἀπέβαινε.
18.28.12περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἀναγκαῖον ἦν προειπεῖν χάριν τοῦ μηδὲν ἀντεμφαίνειν ταῖς ἡμετέραις ἀποφάσεσιν· ἐπάνειμι δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν προκειμένην σύγκρισιν.
18.29.1ὅτι μὲν ἐχούσης τῆς φάλαγγος τὴν αὑτῆς ἰδιότητα καὶ δύναμιν οὐδὲν ἂν ὑποσταίη κατὰ πρόσωπον οὐδὲ μείναι τὴν ἔφοδον αὐτῆς, εὐχερὲς καταμαθεῖν ἐκ πολλῶν.
18.29.2ἐπεὶ γὰρ ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ ἵσταται σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐν τρισὶ ποσὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐναγωνίους πυκνώσεις, τὸ δὲ τῶν σαρισῶν μέγεθός ἐστι κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπόθεσιν ἑκκαίδεκα πηχῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἁρμογὴν τὴν πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν δεκατεττάρων,
18.29.3τούτων δὲ τοὺς τέτταρας ἀφαιρεῖ τὸ μεταξὺ τοῖν χεροῖν διάστημα καὶ τὸ κατόπιν σήκωμα τῆς προβολῆς,
18.29.4φανερὸν ὅτι τοὺς δέκα πήχεις προπίπτειν ἀνάγκη τὴν σάρισαν πρὸ τῶν σωμάτων ἑκάστου τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, ὅταν ἴῃ διʼ ἀμφοῖν τοῖν χεροῖν προβαλόμενος ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους.
18.29.5ἐκ δὲ τούτου συμβαίνει τὰς μὲν τοῦ δευτέρου καὶ τρίτου καὶ τετάρτου πλεῖον, τὰς δὲ τοῦ πέμπτου ζυγοῦ σαρίσας δύο προπίπτειν πήχεις πρὸ τῶν πρωτοστατῶν, ἐχούσης τῆς φάλαγγος τὴν αὑτῆς ἰδιότητα καὶ πύκνωσιν κατʼ ἐπιστάτην καὶ κατὰ παραστάτην,
18.29.6ὡς Ὅμηρος ὑποδείκνυσιν ἐν τούτοις·
18.29.6ἀσπὶς ἄρʼ ἀσπίδʼ ἔρειδε, κόρυς κόρυν, ἀνέρα δʼ ἀνήρ·
18.29.6ψαῦον δʼ ἱππόκομοι κόρυθες λαμπροῖσι φάλοισι
18.29.6νευόντων· ὣς πυκνοὶ ἐφέστασαν ἀλλήλοισι. τούτων δʼ ἀληθινῶς καὶ καλῶς λεγομένων,
18.29.7δῆλον ὡς ἀνάγκη καθʼ ἕκαστον τῶν πρωτοστατῶν σαρίσας προπίπτειν πέντε, δυσὶ πήχεσι διαφερούσας ἀλλήλων κατὰ μῆκος.
18.30.1ἐκ δὲ τούτου ῥᾴδιον ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν λαβεῖν τὴν τῆς ὅλης φάλαγγος ἔφοδον καὶ προβολήν, ποίαν τινʼ εἰκὸς εἶναι καὶ τίνα δύναμιν ἔχειν, ἐφʼ ἑκκαίδεκα τὸ βάθος οὖσαν.
18.30.2ὧν ὅσοι τὸ πέμπτον ζυγὸν ὑπεραίρουσι, ταῖς μὲν σαρίσαις οὐδὲν οἷοί τʼ εἰσὶ συμβαλέσθαι πρὸς τὸν κίνδυνον· διόπερ οὐδὲ ποιοῦνται κατʼ ἄνδρα τὴν προβολήν,
18.30.3παρὰ δὲ τοὺς ὤμους τῶν προηγουμένων ἀνανενευκυίας φέρουσι χάριν τοῦ τὸν κατὰ κορυφὴν τόπον ἀσφαλίζειν τῆς ἐκτάξεως, εἰργουσῶν τῇ πυκνώσει τῶν σαρισῶν ὅσα τῶν βελῶν ὑπερπετῆ τῶν πρωτοστατῶν φερόμενα δύναται προσπίπτειν πρὸς τοὺς ἐφεστῶτας.
18.30.4αὐτῷ γε μὴν τῷ τοῦ σώματος βάρει κατὰ τὴν ἐπαγωγὴν πιεζοῦντες οὗτοι τοὺς προηγουμένους βιαίαν μὲν ποιοῦσι τὴν ἔφοδον, ἀδύνατον δὲ τοῖς πρωτοστάταις τὴν εἰς τοὔπισθεν μεταβολήν.
18.30.5τοιαύτης περὶ τὴν φάλαγγα διαθέσεως καὶ καθόλου καὶ κατὰ μέρος οὔσης, ῥητέον ἂν εἴη καὶ τοῦ Ῥωμαίων καθοπλισμοῦ καὶ τῆς ὅλης συντάξεως τὰς ἰδιότητας καὶ διαφορὰς ἐκ παραθέσεως.
18.30.6ἵστανται μὲν οὖν ἐν τρισὶ ποσὶ μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι·
18.30.7τῆς μάχης δʼ αὐτοῖς κατʼ ἄνδρα τὴν κίνησιν λαμβανούσης διὰ τὸ τῷ μὲν θυρεῷ σκέπειν τὸ σῶμα, συμμετατιθεμένους αἰεὶ πρὸς τὸν τῆς πληγῆς καιρόν, τῇ μαχαίρᾳ δʼ ἐκ καταφορᾶς καὶ διαιρέσεως ποιεῖσθαι τὴν μάχην,
18.30.8προφανὲς ὅτι χάλασμα καὶ διάστασιν ἀλλήλων ἔχειν δεήσει τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐλάχιστον τρεῖς πόδας κατʼ ἐπιστάτην καὶ κατὰ παραστάτην, εἰ μέλλουσιν εὐχρηστεῖν πρὸς τὸ δέον.
18.30.9ἐκ δὲ τούτου συμβήσεται τὸν ἕνα Ῥωμαῖον ἵστασθαι κατὰ δύο πρωτοστάτας τῶν φαλαγγιτῶν, ὥστε πρὸς δέκα σαρίσας αὐτῷ γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀπάντησιν καὶ τὴν μάχην,
18.30.10ἃς οὔτε κόπτοντα τὸν ἕνα καταταχῆσαι δυνατόν, ὅταν ἅπαξ συνάψωσιν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας, οὔτε βιάσασθαι ῥᾴδιον, μηδέν γε τῶν ἐφεστώτων δυναμένων συμβάλλεσθαι τοῖς πρωτοστάταις μήτε πρὸς τὴν βίαν μήτε πρὸς τὴν τῶν μαχαιρῶν ἐνέργειαν.
18.30.11ἐξ ὧν εὐκατανόητον ὡς οὐχ οἷόν τε μεῖναι κατὰ πρόσωπον τὴν τῆς φάλαγγος ἔφοδον οὐδέν, διατηρούσης τὴν αὑτῆς ἰδιότητα καὶ δύναμιν, ὡς ἐν ἀρχαῖς εἶπα.
18.31.1τίς οὖν αἰτία τοῦ νικᾶν Ῥωμαίους καὶ τί τὸ σφάλλον ἐστὶ τοὺς ταῖς φάλαγξι χρωμένους;
18.31.2ὅτι συμβαίνει τὸν μὲν πόλεμον ἀορίστους ἔχειν καὶ τοὺς καιροὺς καὶ τοὺς τόπους τοὺς πρὸς τὴν χρείαν, τῆς δὲ φάλαγγος ἕνα καιρὸν εἶναι καὶ τόπων ἓν γένος, ἐν οἷς δύναται τὴν αὑτῆς χρείαν ἐπιτελεῖν.
18.31.3εἰ μὲν οὖν τις ἦν ἀνάγκη τοῖς ἀντιπάλοις εἰς τοὺς τῆς φάλαγγος καιροὺς καὶ τόπους συγκαταβαίνειν, ὅτε μέλλοιεν κρίνεσθαι περὶ τῶν ὅλων, εἰκὸς ἦν κατὰ τὸν ἄρτι λόγον ἀεὶ φέρεσθαι τὸ πρωτεῖον τοὺς ταῖς φάλαγξι χρωμένους·
18.31.4εἰ δὲ δυνατὸν ἐκκλίνειν καὶ τοῦτο ποιεῖν ῥᾳδίως, πῶς ἂν ἔτι φοβερὸν εἴη τὸ προειρημένον σύνταγμα;
18.31.5καὶ μὴν ὅτι χρείαν ἔχει τόπων ἐπιπέδων καὶ ψιλῶν ἡ φάλαγξ, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις μηδὲν ἐμπόδιον ἐχόντων, λέγω δʼ οἷον τάφρους, ἐκρήγματα, συναγκείας, ὀφρῦς, ῥεῖθρα ποταμῶν, ὁμολογούμενόν ἐστι.
18.31.6πάντα γὰρ τὰ προειρημένα παραποδίζειν καὶ λύειν τὴν τοιαύτην τάξιν ἱκανὰ γίνεται.
18.31.7διότι δʼ εὑρεῖν τόπους ποτὲ μὲν ἐπὶ σταδίους εἴκοσι, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ πλείους, ἐν οἷς μηδέν τι τοιοῦτον ὑπάρχει, σχεδόν, ὡς εἰπεῖν, ἀδύνατόν ἐστιν, εἰ δὲ μή γε, τελέως σπάνιον, καὶ τοῦτο πᾶς ἄν τις ὁμολογήσειεν.
18.31.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔστω τόπους εὑρῆσθαι τοιούτους. ἐὰν οὖν οἱ [μὲν] πολεμοῦντες εἰς μὲν τούτους μὴ συγκαταβαίνωσι, περιπορευόμενοι δὲ πορθῶσι τὰς πόλεις καὶ τὴν χώραν τὴν τῶν συμμάχων, τί τῆς τοιαύτης ὄφελος ἔσται συντάξεως;
18.31.9μένουσα μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς ἐπιτηδείοις αὑτῇ τόποις οὐχ οἷον ὠφελεῖν δύναιτʼ ἂν τοὺς φίλους, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἑαυτὴν σῴζειν.
18.31.10αἱ γὰρ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων παρακομιδαὶ κωλυθήσονται ῥᾳδίως ὑπὸ τῶν πολεμίων, ὅταν ἀκονιτὶ κρατῶσι τῶν ὑπαίθρων·
18.31.11ἐὰν δʼ ἀπολιποῦσα τοὺς οἰκείους τόπους βούληταί τι πράττειν, εὐχείρωτος ἔσται τοῖς πολεμίοις.
18.31.12οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰς τοὺς ἐπιπέδους συγκαταβάς τις τόπους μὴ πᾶν ἅμα τὸ σφέτερον στρατόπεδον ὑπὸ τὴν ἐπαγωγὴν τῆς φάλαγγος καὶ τὸν ἕνα καιρὸν ὑποβάλῃ, βραχέα δὲ φυγομαχήσῃ κατʼ αὐτὸν τὸν τοῦ κινδύνου καιρόν, εὐθεώρητον γίνεται τὸ συμβησόμενον ἐξ ὧν
18.32.1ποιοῦσι Ῥωμαῖοι νῦν. οὐκέτι γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ λόγου δεῖ τεκμαίρεσθαι τὸ νυνὶ λεγόμενον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν ἤδη γεγονότων.
18.32.2οὐ γὰρ ἐξισώσαντες τὴν παράταξιν πᾶσιν ἅμα συμβάλλουσι τοῖς στρατοπέδοις μετωπηδὸν πρὸς τὰς φάλαγγας, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἐφεδρεύει τῶν μερῶν αὐτοῖς, τὰ δὲ συμμίσγει τοῖς πολεμίοις.
18.32.3λοιπόν, ἄν τʼ ἐκπιέσωσιν οἱ φαλαγγῖται τοὺς καθʼ αὑτοὺς προσβάλλοντες ἄν τʼ ἐκπιεσθῶσιν ὑπὸ τούτων, λέλυται τὸ τῆς φάλαγγος ἴδιον·
18.32.4ἢ γὰρ ἑπόμενοι τοῖς ὑποχωροῦσιν ἢ φεύγοντες τοὺς προσκειμένους ἀπολείπουσι τὰ λοιπὰ μέρη τῆς οἰκείας δυνάμεως,
18.32.5οὗ γενομένου δέδοται τοῖς ἐφεδρεύουσι τῶν πολεμίων διάστημα καὶ τόπος, ὃν οὗτοι κατεῖχον, πρὸς τὸ μηκέτι κατὰ πρόσωπον ὁρμᾶν, ἀλλὰ παρεισπεσόντας πλαγίους παρίστασθαι καὶ κατὰ νώτου τοῖς φαλαγγίταις.
18.32.6ὅταν δὲ τοὺς μὲν τῆς φάλαγγος καιροὺς καὶ τὰ προτερήματα ῥᾴδιον ᾖ φυλάξασθαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ τῆς φάλαγγος ἀδύνατον, πῶς οὐ μεγάλην εἰκὸς εἶναι τὴν διαφορὰν ἐπὶ τῆς ἀληθείας τῶν προειρημένων;
18.32.7καὶ μὴν πορευθῆναι διὰ τόπων παντοδαπῶν ἀναγκαῖον τοὺς χρωμένους φάλαγγι καὶ καταστρατοπεδεῦσαι, ἔτι δὲ τόπους εὐκαίρους προκαταλαβέσθαι καὶ πολιορκῆσαί τινας καὶ πολιορκηθῆναι καὶ παραδόξοις ἐπιφανείαις περιπεσεῖν·
18.32.8ἅπαντα γὰρ ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ πολέμου μέρη καὶ ῥοπὰς ποιεῖ πρὸς τὸ νικᾶν, ποτὲ μὲν ὁλοσχερεῖς, ποτὲ δὲ μεγάλας.
18.32.9ἐν οἷς πᾶσιν ἡ μὲν Μακεδόνων ἐστὶ σύνταξις δύσχρηστος, ποτὲ δʼ ἄχρηστος, διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τὸν φαλαγγίτην μήτε κατὰ τάγμα μήτε κατʼ ἄνδρα παρέχεσθαι χρείαν, ἡ δὲ Ῥωμαίων εὔχρηστος·
18.32.10πᾶς γὰρ Ῥωμαῖος, ὅταν ἅπαξ καθοπλισθεὶς ὁρμήσῃ πρὸς τὴν χρείαν, ὁμοίως ἥρμοσται πρὸς πάντα τόπον καὶ καιρὸν καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν ἐπιφάνειαν.
18.32.11καὶ μὴν ἕτοιμός ἐστι καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχει διάθεσιν, ἄν τε μετὰ πάντων δέῃ κινδυνεύειν ἄν τε μετὰ μέρους ἄν τε κατὰ σημαίαν ἄν τε καὶ κατʼ ἄνδρα.
18.32.12διὸ καὶ παρὰ πολὺ τῆς κατὰ μέρος εὐχρηστίας διαφερούσης, παρὰ πολὺ καὶ τὰ τέλη συνεξακολουθεῖ ταῖς Ῥωμαίων προθέσεσι μᾶλλον ἢ ταῖς τῶν ἄλλων.
18.32.13περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἀναγκαῖον ἡγησάμην εἶναι τὸ διὰ πλειόνων ποιήσασθαι μνήμην διὰ τὸ καὶ παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν πολλοὺς τῶν Ἑλλήνων διαλαμβάνειν, ὅτε Μακεδόνες ἡττήθησαν, ἀπίστῳ τὸ γεγονὸς ἐοικέναι, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολλοὺς διαπορήσειν διὰ τί καὶ πῶς λείπεται τὸ σύνταγμα τῆς φάλαγγος ὑπὸ τοῦ Ῥωμαίων καθοπλισμοῦ.
18.33.1Φίλιππος δέ, τὰ δυνατὰ πεποιηκὼς πρὸς τὸν ἀγῶνα, τοῖς δʼ ὅλοις πράγμασιν ἐσφαλμένος, ἀναδεξάμενος ὅσους ἐδύνατο πλείστους τῶν ἐκ τῆς μάχης ἀνασῳζομένων, αὐτὸς μὲν ὥρμησε διὰ τῶν Τεμπῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν.
18.33.2εἰς δὲ τὴν Λάρισαν ἔτι τῇ προτεραίᾳ νυκτὶ διεπέμψατό τινα τῶν ὑπασπιστῶν, ἐντειλάμενος ἀφανίσαι καὶ κατακαῦσαι τὰ βασιλικὰ γράμματα, ποιῶν πρᾶγμα βασιλικὸν τὸ μηδʼ ἐν τοῖς δεινοῖς λήθην ποιεῖσθαι τοῦ καθήκοντος·
18.33.3σαφῶς γὰρ ᾔδει διότι πολλὰς ἀφορμὰς δώσει τοῖς ἐχθροῖς καὶ καθʼ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τῶν φίλων, ἐὰν κρατήσωσι Ῥωμαῖοι τῶν ὑπομνημάτων.
18.33.4ἴσως μὲν οὖν καὶ ἑτέροις ἤδη τοῦτο συμβέβηκε, τὸ τὰς μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἐπιτυχίαις ἐξουσίας μὴ δύνασθαι φέρειν ἀνθρωπίνως, ἐν δὲ ταῖς περιπετείαις εὐλαβῶς ἵστασθαι καὶ νουνεχῶς·
18.33.5ἐν τοῖς δὲ μάλιστα καὶ περὶ Φίλιππον τοῦτο γέγονε. δῆλον δʼ ἔσται τοῦτο διὰ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ῥηθησομένων·
18.33.6καθάπερ γὰρ καὶ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁρμὰς ἐπὶ τὸ δέον αὐτοῦ σαφῶς ἐδηλώσαμεν, καὶ πάλιν τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον μεταβολήν, καὶ πότε καὶ διὰ τί καὶ πῶς ἐγένετο, καὶ τὰς ἐν ταύτῃ πράξεις μετʼ ἀποδείξεως ἐξηγησάμεθα,
18.33.7τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον χρὴ καὶ τὴν μετάνοιαν αὐτοῦ δηλῶσαι καὶ τὴν εὐστοχίαν, καθʼ ἣν μεταθέμενος τοῖς ἐκ τῆς τύχης ἐλαττώμασιν εὐλογιστότατα δοκεῖ κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς καθʼ αὑτὸν καιροῖς.
18.33.8Τίτος δὲ μετὰ τὴν μάχην ποιησάμενος τὴν καθήκουσαν πρόνοιαν περί τε τῶν αἰχμαλώτων καὶ τῶν ἄλλων λαφύρων, ᾔει πρὸς Λάρισαν. —
18.34.1καθόλου τῇ περὶ τὰ λάφυρα πλεονεξίᾳ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν εἴτʼ οὐκ ἐβούλετο Φίλιππον ἐκβαλὼν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς Αἰτωλοὺς καταλιπεῖν δεσπότας τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
18.34.2δυσχερῶς δʼ ἔφερε καὶ τὴν ἀλαζονείαν αὐτῶν, θεωρῶν ἀντεπιγραφομένους ἐπὶ τὸ νίκημα καὶ πληροῦντας τὴν Ἑλλάδα τῆς αὑτῶν ἀνδραγαθίας.
18.34.3διὸ καὶ κατά τε τὰς ἐντεύξεις ἀγερωχότερον αὐτοῖς ἀπήντα καὶ περὶ τῶν κοινῶν ἀπεσιώπα, τὰ δὲ προκείμενα συνετέλει καὶ διʼ αὑτοῦ καὶ διὰ τῶν ἰδίων φίλων.
18.34.4τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης δυσχρηστίας ἐν ἀμφοτέροις, ἧκον πρεσβευταὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου Δημοσθένης καὶ Κυκλιάδας καὶ Λιμναῖος.
Book 18, Part 9
18.52But upon Lucius expressing an opinion that they ought to call in the representatives of Lampsacus and Smyrna and give them a hearing, this was done. The envoys from Lampsacus were Parmenio and Pythodorus, and from Smyrna Coeranus. These men expressing themselves with much openness, Philip was irritated at the idea of defending himself against accusers before a tribunal of Romans, and interrupting Parmenio, said: A truce to your long speeches: I do not choose to have my controversies with you decided before a Roman but before a Rhodian court. Thereupon they broke up the conference very far from pleased with each other. . . .
18.53Many people have a yearning for bold and glorious undertakings, but few dare actually attempt them. Yet Scopas had much fairer opportunities for a hazardous and bold career than Cleomenes. For the latter, though circumvented by his enemies, and reduced to depend upon such forces as his servants and friends could supply, yet left no chance untried, and tested every one to the best of his ability, valuing an honourable death more highly than a life of disgrace. But Scopas, with all the advantages of a formidable body of soldiers and of the excellent opportunity afforded by the youth of the king, by his own delays and halting counsels allowed himself to be circumvented. For having ascertained that he was holding a meeting of his partisans at his own house, and was consulting with them, Aristomenes sent some of the royal bodyguards and summoned him to the king’s council. Whereupon Scopas was so infatuated that he was neither bold enough to carry out his designs, nor able to make up his mind to obey the king’s summons,—which is in itself the most extreme step,—until Aristomenes, understanding the blunder he had made, caused soldiers and elephants to surround his house, and sent Ptolemy son of Eumenes in with some young men, with orders to bring him quietly if he would come, but, if not, by force. When Ptolemy entered the house and informed Scopas that the king summoned him, he refused at first to obey, but remained looking fixedly at Ptolemy, and for a long while preserved a threatening attitude as though he wondered at his audacity; and when Ptolemy came boldly up to him and took hold of his chlamys, he called on the bystanders to help him. But seeing that the number of young men who had accompanied Ptolemy into the house was large, and being informed by some one of the military array surrounding it outside, he yielded to circumstances, and went, accompanied by his friends, in obedience to the summons.
18.54On his entering the council chamber the king was the first to state the accusation against him, which he did briefly. He was followed by Polycrates lately arrived from Cyprus; and he again by Aristomenes. The charges made by them all were much to the same effect as what I have just stated; but there was now added to them the seditious meeting with his friends, and his refusal to obey the summons of the king. On these charges he was unanimously condemned, not only by the members of the council, but also by the envoys of foreign nations who were present. And when Aristomenes was about to commence his accusation he brought in a large number of other Greeks of rank also to support him, as well as the Aetolian ambassadors who had come to negotiate a peace, among whom was Dorimachus son of Nicostratus. When these speeches had been delivered, Scopas endeavoured to put forward certain pleas in his defence: but gaining no attention from any one, owing to the senseless nature of his proceedings, he was taken along with his friends to prison. There after nightfall Aristomenes caused Scopas and his family to be put to death by poison; but did not allow Dicaearchus to die until he had had him racked and scourged, thus inflicting on him a punishment which he thoroughly deserved in the name of all Greece. For this was the Dicaearchus whom Philip, when he resolved upon his treacherous attack on the Cyclades and the cities of the Hellespont, appointed leader of the whole fleet and the entire enterprise: who being thus sent out to perform an act of flagrant wickedness, not only thought that he was doing nothing wrong, but in the extravagance of his infatuation imagined that he would strike terror into the gods as well as man. For wherever he anchored he used to build two altars, to Impiety and Lawlessness, and, offering sacrifice upon these altars, worshipped them as his gods. Therefore in my opinion he met with a just retribution both from gods and men: for as his life had been spent in defiance to the laws of nature, his end was properly also one of unnatural horror. All the other Aetolians who wished to depart were allowed by the king to go in possession of their property.
18.55As in the lifetime of Scopas his love of money had been notorious, for his avarice did in fact surpass that of any man in the world, so after his death was it made still more conspicuous by the enormous amount of gold and other property found in his house; for by the assistance of the coarse manners and drunken habits of Charimortus he had absolutely pillaged the kingdom.
18.55Having thus settled the Aetolian business to their liking, the courtiers turned their attention to the ceremony of instituting the king into the management of his office, called the Anacleteria. His age was not indeed yet so far advanced as to make this necessary; but they thought that the kingdom would gain a certain degree of firmness and a fresh impulse towards prosperity, if it were known that the king had assumed the independent direction of the government. They then made the preparations for the ceremony with great splendour, and carried it out in a manner worthy of the greatness of the kingdom, Polycrates being considered to have contributed very largely to the accomplishment of their efforts. For this man had enjoyed even during his youth, in the reign of the late king, a reputation second to no one in the court for fidelity and practical ability; and this reputation he had maintained during the present reign also. For having been entrusted with the management of Cyprus and its revenues, when its affairs were in a critical and complicate state, he not only preserved the island for the young king, but collected a very considerable sum of money, with which he had just arrived and had paid to the king, after handing over the government of Cyprus to Ptolemy of Megalopolis. But though he obtained great applause by this, and a large fortune immediately afterwards, yet, as he grew older, he drifted into extravagant debauchery and scandalous indulgence. Nor was the reputation of Ptolemy, son of Agesarchus very different in the later part of his life. But in regard to these men, when we come to the proper time, I shall not shrink from stating the circumstances which disgraced their official life. . . .
Book 18, Part 6
18.34.5πρὸς οὓς κοινολογηθεὶς ὁ Τίτος ἐπὶ πλεῖον μετὰ τῶν χιλιάρχων πεντεκαιδεχημέρους ἀνοχὰς ἐποιήσατο παραχρῆμα, συνετάξατο δὲ καὶ συμπορεύεσθαι τῷ Φιλίππῳ κοινολογησόμενος ὑπὲρ τῶν καθεστώτων ἐν ταύταις.
18.34.6γενομένης δὲ ταύτης τῆς ἐντεύξεως φιλανθρώπου, διπλασίως ἐξεκάετο τὰ τῆς ὑποψίας κατὰ τοῦ Τίτου·
18.34.7ἤδη γὰρ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τῆς δωροδοκίας ἐπιπολαζούσης καὶ τοῦ μηδένα μηδὲν δωρεὰν πράττειν, καὶ τοῦ χαρακτῆρος τούτου νομιστευομένου παρὰ τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς, οὐκ ἐδύναντο πιστεύειν διότι χωρὶς δώρων ἡ τηλικαύτη μεταβολὴ γέγονε τοῦ Τίτου πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον,
18.34.8οὐκ εἰδότες τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἔθη καὶ νόμιμα περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὑτῶν τεκμαιρόμενοι καὶ συλλογιζόμενοι διότι τὸν μὲν Φίλιππον εἰκὸς ἦν προτείνειν πλῆθος χρημάτων διὰ τὸν καιρόν, τὸν δὲ Τίτον μὴ δύνασθαι τούτοις ἀντοφθαλμεῖν.
18.35.1ἐγὼ δὲ κατὰ μὲν τοὺς ἀνωτέρω χρόνους καὶ κοινὴν ἂν ποιούμενος ἀπόφασιν ἐθάρρησα περὶ πάντων Ῥωμαίων εἰπεῖν ὡς οὐδὲν ἂν πράξαιεν τοιοῦτον, λέγω δὲ πρότερον ἢ τοῖς διαποντίοις αὐτοὺς ἐγχειρῆσαι πολέμοις, ἕως ἐπὶ τῶν ἰδίων ἐθῶν καὶ νομίμων ἔμενον.
18.35.2ἐν δὲ τοῖς νῦν καιροῖς περὶ πάντων μὲν οὐκ ἂν τολμήσαιμι τοῦτʼ εἰπεῖν· κατʼ ἰδίαν μέντοι γε περὶ πλειόνων ἀνδρῶν ἐν Ῥώμῃ θαρρήσαιμʼ ἂν ἀποφήνασθαι διότι δύνανται τὴν πίστιν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει διαφυλάττειν.
18.35.3μαρτυρίας δὲ χάριν ὁμολογούμενα δύʼ ὀνόματα τοῦ μὴ δοκεῖν ἀδύνατα λέγειν.
18.35.4Λεύκιος μὲν γὰρ Αἰμίλιος ὁ Περσέα νικήσας, κύριος γενόμενος τῆς Μακεδόνων βασιλείας, ἐν ᾗ τῆς ἄλλης χωρὶς κατασκευῆς καὶ χορηγίας ἐν αὐτοῖς εὑρέθη τοῖς θησαυροῖς ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου πλείω τῶν ἑξακισχιλίων ταλάντων,
18.35.5οὐχ οἷον ἐπεθύμησε τούτων τινός, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ αὐτόπτης ἠβουλήθη γενέσθαι, διʼ ἑτέρων δὲ τὸν χειρισμὸν ἐποιήσατο τῶν προειρημένων, καίτοι κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον βίον οὐ περιττεύων τῇ χορηγίᾳ, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἐλλείπων μᾶλλον.
18.35.6μεταλλάξαντος γοῦν αὐτοῦ τὸν βίον οὐ πολὺ κατόπιν τοῦ πολέμου, βουληθέντες οἱ κατὰ φύσιν υἱοὶ Πόπλιος Σκιπίων καὶ Κόιντος Μάξιμος ἀποδοῦναι τῇ γυναικὶ τὴν φερνήν, εἴκοσι τάλαντα καὶ πέντε, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐδυσχρηστήθησαν ὡς οὐδʼ εἰς τέλος ἐδυνήθησαν, εἰ μὴ τὴν ἐνδουχίαν ἀπέδοντο καὶ τὰ σώματα καὶ σὺν τούτοις ἔτι τινὰς τῶν κτήσεων.
18.35.7εἰ δέ τισιν ἀπίστῳ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐοικέναι δόξει, ῥᾴδιον ὑπὲρ τούτου λαβεῖν πίστιν·
18.35.8πολλῶν γὰρ ἀμφισβητουμένων παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις καὶ μάλιστα περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος διὰ τὰς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἀντιπαραγωγάς, ὅμως τὸ νῦν εἰρημένον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ὁμολογούμενον εὑρήσει παρὰ πᾶσιν ὁ ζητῶν.
18.35.9καὶ μὴν Πόπλιος Σκιπίων, ὁ τούτου μὲν κατὰ φύσιν υἱός, Ποπλίου δὲ τοῦ μεγάλου κληθέντος κατὰ θέσιν υἱωνός, κύριος γενόμενος τῆς Καρχηδόνος, ἥτις ἐδόκει πολυχρημονεστάτη τῶν κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην εἶναι πόλεων, ἁπλῶς τῶν ἐξ ἐκείνης οὐδὲν εἰς τὸν ἴδιον βίον μετήγαγεν, οὔτʼ ὠνησάμενος οὔτʼ ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ κτησάμενος οὐδέν,
18.35.10καίπερ οὐχ ὅλως εὐπορούμενος κατὰ τὸν βίον, ἀλλὰ μέτριος ὢν κατὰ τὴν ὕπαρξιν, ὡς Ῥωμαῖος.
18.35.11οὐχ οἷον δὲ τῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς Καρχηδόνος ἀπέσχετο μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ καθόλου τῶν ἐκ τῆς Λιβύης οὐδὲν ἐπιμιχθῆναι πρὸς τὸν ἴδιον εἴασε βίον.
18.35.12περὶ δὲ τούτου πάλιν τἀνδρὸς ὁ ζητῶν ἀληθινῶς ἀναμφισβήτητον εὑρήσει παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις τὴν περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος δόξαν.
18.36.1ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὑπὲρ μὲν τούτων οἰκειότερον λαβόντες καιρὸν ποιησόμεθα τὴν ἐπὶ πλεῖον διαστολήν. ὁ δὲ Τίτος ταξάμενος ἡμέραν πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον τοῖς μὲν συμμάχοις ἔγραψε παραχρῆμα, διασαφῶν πότε δεήσει παρεῖναι πρὸς τὸν σύλλογον, αὐτὸς δὲ μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἧκε πρὸς τὴν εἰσβολὴν τῶν Τεμπῶν εἰς τὸν ταχθέντα χρόνον.
18.36.2ἁθροισθέντων δὲ τῶν συμμάχων καὶ τοῦ συνεδρίου συναχθέντος ἐξ αὐτῶν τούτων, ἀναστὰς ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸς ἐκέλευε λέγειν ἕκαστον ἐφʼ οἷς δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὰς πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον διαλύσεις.
18.36.3Ἀμύνανδρος μὲν οὖν ὁ βασιλεὺς βραχέα διαλεχθεὶς καὶ μέτρια κατέπαυσε τὸν λόγον·
18.36.4ἠξίου γὰρ πρόνοιαν αὑτοῦ ποιήσασθαι πάντας, ἵνα μὴ χωρισθέντων Ῥωμαίων ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἀπερείδηται τὴν ὀργὴν ὁ Φίλιππος· εἶναι γὰρ εὐχειρώτους Ἀθαμᾶνας αἰεὶ Μακεδόσι διά τε τὴν ἀσθένειαν καὶ γειτνίασιν τῆς χώρας.
18.36.5μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Αἰτωλὸς ἀναστάς, καθότι μὲν ἥθροικε τοὺς συμμάχους ἐπὶ τὸ περὶ τῶν διαλύσεων διαβούλιον καὶ καθόλου νῦν ἑκάστους ἀξιοῖ λέγειν τὸ φαινόμενον,
18.36.6ἐπῄνεσε τὸν Τίτον, τοῖς δʼ ὅλοις πράγμασιν ἀγνοεῖν ἔφη καὶ παραπίπτειν αὐτόν, εἰ πέπεισται διαλύσεις ποιησάμενος πρὸς Φίλιππον ἢ Ῥωμαίοις τὴν εἰρήνην ἢ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν βέβαιον ἀπολείψειν· οὐδέτερον γὰρ εἶναι τούτων δυνατόν,
18.36.7ἀλλʼ εἰ βούλεται καὶ τὴν τῆς πατρίδος πρόθεσιν ἐπιτελῆ ποιεῖν καὶ τὰς ἰδίας ὑποσχέσεις, ἃς ὑπέσχηται πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι, μίαν ὑπάρχειν ἔφη διάλυσιν πρὸς Μακεδόνας τὸ Φίλιππον ἐκβάλλειν ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς.
18.36.8τοῦτο δʼ εἶναι καὶ λίαν εὐχερές, ἐὰν μὴ παρῇ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα καιρόν.
18.36.9πλείω δὲ πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαλεχθεὶς κατέπαυσε τὸν λόγον.
18.37.1ὁ δὲ Τίτος ἀναδεξάμενος ἀστοχεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφησεν οὐ μόνον τῆς Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς αὑτοῦ προθέσεως καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ τῶν Ἑλλήνων συμφέροντος.
18.37.2οὔτε γὰρ Ῥωμαίους οὐδενὶ τὸ πρῶτον πολεμήσαντας εὐθέως ἀναστάτους ποιεῖν τούτους·
18.37.3πίστιν δʼ ἔχειν τὸ λεγόμενον ἔκ [τε] τῶν κατʼ Ἀννίβαν καὶ Καρχηδονίους, ὑφʼ ὧν τὰ δεινότατα παθόντας Ῥωμαίους, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα γενομένους κυρίους ὃ βουληθεῖεν πρᾶξαι κατʼ αὐτῶν ἁπλῶς, οὐδὲν ἀνήκεστον βουλεύσασθαι περὶ Καρχηδονίων·
18.37.4καὶ μὴν οὐδʼ αὐτὸς οὐδέποτε ταύτην ἐσχηκέναι τὴν αἵρεσιν, ὅτι δεῖ πολεμεῖν πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον ἀδιαλύτως· ἀλλʼ εἴπερ ἐβουλήθη ποιεῖν τὰ παρακαλούμενα πρὸ τῆς μάχης, ἑτοίμως ἂν διαλελύσθαι πρὸς αὐτόν.
18.37.5διὸ καὶ θαυμάζειν ἔφη πῶς μετέχοντες τότε τῶν περὶ τῆς διαλύσεως συλλόγων ἅπαντες νῦν ἀκαταλλάκτως ἔχουσιν.
18.37.6"ἢ δῆλον ὅτι νενικήκαμεν; ἀλλὰ τοῦτό γʼ ἐστὶ πάντων ἀγνωμονέστατον·
18.37.7πολεμοῦντας γὰρ δεῖ τοὺς ἀγαθοὺς ἄνδρας βαρεῖς εἶναι καὶ θυμικούς, ἡττωμένους δὲ γενναίους καὶ μεγαλόφρονας, νικῶντάς γε μὴν μετρίους καὶ πραεῖς καὶ φιλανθρώπους. ὑμεῖς δὲ τἀναντία παρακαλεῖτε νῦν.
18.37.8ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησι ταπεινωθῆναι μὲν ἐπὶ πολὺ συμφέρει τὴν Μακεδόνων ἀρχήν, ἀρθῆναί γε μὴν οὐδαμῶσ"
18.37.9. τάχα γὰρ αὐτοὺς πεῖραν λήψεσθαι τῆς Θρᾳκῶν καὶ Γαλατῶν παρανομίας· τοῦτο γὰρ ἤδη καὶ πλεονάκις γεγονέναι.
18.37.10καθόλου δʼ αὐτὸς μὲν ἔφη καὶ τοὺς παρόντας Ῥωμαίων κρίνειν, ἐὰν Φίλιππος ὑπομένῃ πάντα ποιεῖν τὰ πρότερον ὑπὸ τῶν συμμάχων ἐπιταττόμενα, διδόναι τὴν εἰρήνην αὐτῷ, προσλαβόντας καὶ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου γνώμην· Αἰτωλοὺς δὲ κυρίους εἶναι βουλευομένους ὑπὲρ σφῶν αὐτῶν.
18.37.11τοῦ δὲ Φαινέου μετὰ ταῦτα βουλομένου λέγειν ὅτι μάταια πάντα τὰ πρὸ τοῦ γέγονε· τὸν γὰρ Φίλιππον, ἐὰν διολίσθῃ τὸν παρόντα καιρόν, ἤδη πάλιν ἀρχὴν ἄλλην ποιήσεσθαι πραγμάτων·
18.37.12ὁ Τίτος αὐτόθεν ἐξ ἕδρας καὶ θυμικῶς "παῦσαι" φησὶ "Φαινέα, ληρῶν· ἐγὼ γὰρ οὕτως χειριῶ τὰς διαλύσεις ὥστε μηδὲ βουληθέντα τὸν Φίλιππον ἀδικεῖν δύνασθαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας."
18.38.1καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐχωρίσθησαν. τῇ δʼ ὑστεραίᾳ παραγενομένου τοῦ βασιλέως, καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ πάντων εἰς τὸν σύλλογον ἁθροισθέντων, εἰσελθὼν ὁ Φίλιππος εὐστόχως καὶ συνετῶς ὑπετέμετο τὰς πάντων ὁρμάς·
18.38.2ἔφη γὰρ τὰ μὲν πρότερον ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ἐπιταττόμενα πάντα συγχωρεῖν καὶ ποιήσειν, περὶ δὲ τῶν λοιπῶν διδόναι τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν ἐπιτροπήν.
18.38.3τούτων δὲ ῥηθέντων οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες ἀπεσιώπησαν, ὁ δὲ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν Φαινέας "τί οὖν ἡμῖν οὐκ ἀποδίδως, Φίλιππε" ἔφη "Λάρισαν τὴν Κρεμαστήν, Φάρσαλον, Θήβας τὰς Φθίας, Ἐχῖνον"
18.38.4; ὁ μὲν οὖν Φίλιππος ἐκέλευε παραλαμβάνειν αὐτούς, ὁ δὲ Τίτος τῶν μὲν ἄλλων οὐκ ἔφη δεῖν οὐδεμίαν, Θήβας δὲ μόνον τὰς Φθίας·
18.38.5Θηβαίους γὰρ ἐγγίσαντος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ παρακαλοῦντος σφᾶς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν οὐ βουληθῆναι· διὸ νῦν, κατὰ πόλεμον ὑποχειρίων ὄντων, ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν ἔφη βουλεύεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ἂν προαιρῆται.
18.38.6τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Φαινέαν ἀγανακτούντων, καὶ λεγόντων ὅτι δέον αὐτοὺς εἴη, πρῶτον μέν, καθότι συνεπολέμησαν νῦν, κομίζεσθαι τὰς πόλεις τὰς πρότερον μεθʼ αὑτῶν συμπολιτευομένας,
18.38.7ἔπειτα κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς συμμαχίαν, καθʼ ἣν ἔδει τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἑλόντων τὰ μὲν ἔπιπλα Ῥωμαίων εἶναι, τὰς δὲ πόλεις Αἰτωλῶν, ὁ Τίτος ἀγνοεῖν αὐτοὺς ἔφη κατʼ ἀμφότερα.
18.38.8τήν τε γὰρ συμμαχίαν λελύσθαι, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν τὰς διαλύσεις ἐποιήσαντο πρὸς Φίλιππον ἐγκαταλείποντες Ῥωμαίους, εἴ τε καὶ μένειν ἔτι τὴν συμμαχίαν,
18.38.9δεῖν αὐτοὺς κομίζεσθαι καὶ παραλαμβάνειν, οὐκ εἴ τινες ἐθελοντὴν σφᾶς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν ἐνεχείρισαν, ὅπερ αἱ κατὰ Θετταλίαν πόλεις ἅπασαι πεποιήκασι νῦν, ἀλλʼ εἴ τινες κατὰ κράτος ἑάλωσαν.
18.39.1τοῖς μὲν οὖν ἄλλοις ὁ Τίτος ἤρεσκε ταῦτα λέγων, οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοὶ βαρέως ἤκουον καί τις οἷον ἀρχὴ κακῶν ἐγεννᾶτο μεγάλων·
18.39.2ἐκ γὰρ ταύτης τῆς διαφορᾶς καὶ τούτου τοῦ σπινθῆρος μετʼ ὀλίγον ὅ τε πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς ὅ τε πρὸς Ἀντίοχον ἐξεκαύθη πόλεμος.
18.39.3τὸ δὲ συνέχον ἦν τῆς ὁρμῆς τῆς τοῦ Τίτου πρὸς τὰς διαλύσεις, ἐπυνθάνετο τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἀπὸ Συρίας ἀνῆχθαι μετὰ δυνάμεως, ποιούμενον τὴν ὁρμὴν ἐπὶ τὴν Εὐρώπην.
18.39.4διόπερ ἠγωνία μὴ ταύτης ὁ Φίλιππος τῆς ἐλπίδος ἀντιλαμβανόμενος ἐπὶ τὸ πολιοφυλακεῖν ὁρμήσῃ καὶ τρίβειν τὸν πόλεμον, εἶθʼ ἑτέρου παραγενηθέντος ὑπάτου τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν πράξεων εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἀνακλασθῇ.
18.39.5διὸ συνεχωρήθη τῷ βασιλεῖ, καθάπερ ἠξίου, λαβόντα τετραμήνους ἀνοχὰς παραχρῆμα μὲν δοῦναι τῷ Τίτῳ τὰ διακόσια τάλαντα καὶ Δημήτριον τὸν υἱὸν εἰς ὁμηρείαν καί τινας ἑτέρους τῶν φίλων, περὶ δὲ τῶν ὅλων πέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ διδόναι τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν ἐπιτροπήν.
18.39.6καὶ τότε μὲν ἐχωρίσθησαν πιστωσάμενοι περὶ τῶν ὅλων πρὸς ἀλλήλους, ἐφʼ ᾧ Τίτον, ἐὰν μὴ συντελῆται τὰ κατὰ τὰς διαλύσεις, ἀποδοῦναι Φιλίππῳ τὰ διακόσια τάλαντα καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους·
18.39.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάντες ἔπεμπον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, οἱ μὲν συνεργοῦντες, οἱ δʼ ἀντιπράττοντες τῇ διαλύσει. —
18.40.1τί δήποτʼ ἐστὶν ὅτι τοῖς αὐτοῖς καὶ διὰ τῶν αὐτῶν ἀπατώμενοι πάντες οὐ δυνάμεθα λῆξαι τῆς ἀνοίας;
18.40.2τοῦτο γὰρ τὸ γένος τῆς ῥᾳδιουργίας πολλάκις ὑπὸ πολλῶν ἤδη γέγονε·
18.40.3καὶ τὸ μὲν παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις διαχωρεῖν ἴσως οὐ θαυμαστόν, τὸ δέ, παρʼ οἷς ἡ πηγὴ τῆς τοιαύτης ὑπάρχει κακοπραγμοσύνης.
18.40.4ἀλλʼ ἔστιν αἴτιον τὸ μὴ πρόχειρον ὑπάρχειν τὸ παρʼ Ἐπιχάρμῳ καλῶς εἰρημένον
18.40.4νᾶφε καὶ μέμνασʼ ἀπιστεῖν· ἄρθρα ταῦτα τᾶν φρενῶν. —
18.40.4Μεδίων, πόλις πρὸς τῇ Αἰτωλίᾳ.
18.40.5Πολύβιος ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳ.
18.41a.1[...] κωλύειν δὲ τὸν Ἀντίοχον παραπλεῖν, οὐκ ἀπεχθείας χάριν, ἀλλʼ ὑφορώμενοι μὴ Φιλίππῳ συνεπισχύσας ἐμπόδιον γένηται τῇ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίᾳ. —
18.41a.2ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς πάνυ ὠρέγετο τῆς Ἐφέσου διὰ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν, τῷ δοκεῖν μὲν κατὰ τῆς Ἰωνίας καὶ τῶν ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου πόλεων καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν ἀκροπόλεως ἔχειν θέσιν, κατὰ δὲ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἀμυντήριον ὑπάρχειν ἀεὶ τοῖς Ἀσίας βασιλεῦσιν εὐκαιρότατον. —
18.41.1ὅτι φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος ἐν τῷ ιη# λόγῳ. ὅτι Ἄτταλος ἐτελεύτησε τὸν βίον· ὑπὲρ οὗ δίκαιόν ἐστι, καθάπερ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων εἰθίσμεθα ποιεῖν, καὶ περὶ τούτου νῦν ἐπιφθέγξασθαι τὸν ἁρμόζοντα λόγον.
18.41.2ἐκείνῳ γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ἐφόδιον ὑπῆρξε πρὸς βασιλείαν τῶν ἐκτός, πλοῦτος δὲ μόνον,
18.41.3ὃς μετὰ νοῦ μὲν καὶ τόλμης χειριζόμενος ὡς ἀληθῶς μεγάλην παρέχεται χρείαν πρὸς πᾶσαν ἐπιβολήν, ἄνευ δὲ τῶν προειρημένων τοῖς πλείστοις κακῶν παραίτιος πέφυκε γίνεσθαι καὶ συλλήβδην ἀπωλείας.
18.41.4καὶ γὰρ φθόνους γεννᾷ καὶ ἐπιβουλὰς καὶ πρὸς διαφθορὰν σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς μεγίστας ἔχει ῥοπάς. ὀλίγαι δέ τινές εἰσι ψυχαὶ παντάπασιν αἱ ταῦτα δυνάμεναι διωθεῖσθαι τῇ τοῦ πλούτου δυνάμει.
18.41.5διὸ καὶ τοῦ προειρημένου ἄξιον ἀγασθῆναι τὴν μεγαλοψυχίαν, ὅτι πρὸς οὐδὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἐπεβάλετο χρήσασθαι τοῖς χορηγίοις ἀλλὰ πρὸς βασιλείας κατάκτησιν, οὗ μεῖζον ἢ κάλλιον οὐδὲν οἷόν τʼ ἐστὶν οὐδʼ εἰπεῖν·
18.41.6ὃς τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐνεστήσατο τῆς προειρημένης ἐπιβολῆς οὐ μόνον διὰ τῆς εἰς τοὺς φίλους εὐεργεσίας καὶ χάριτος, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἔργων.
Book 19, Part 1
19.0THE only fragment we possess of the nineteenth book of Polybius is a statement quoted by Plutarch as to M. Porcius Cato, to the effect that by his orders the walls of all the numerous Spanish cities north of the Baetis were dismantled on the same day. Cato was in Spain B. C. 195. The means taken by him to secure this simultaneous destruction of fortifications are told by Frontinus, .
19.0We thus lose the history of the years B. C. 195, 194, 193; as well as the greater part of that of B. C. 192, 191, contained in the early part of book 20, of which only a few fragments remain. Livy, however, has evidently translated from Polybius in his history of these years, and a brief abstract of events in Greece may help the reader in following the fragmentary book which follows with more interest.
19.0B. C. 195: Lucius Valerius Flaccus, M. Porcius Cato, Coss. Flamininus’s imperium is extended for this year, because of the danger from Antiochus and Nabis. The Aetolians, still discontented, push their demand for Pharsalus and Leucas, and are referred by the Senate back to Flamininus. The latter summons a conference of Greek states at Corinth, and a war is decreed against Nabis, the Aetolians still expressing their dislike of Roman interference. The levies are collected; Argos is freed from Nabis; Sparta all but taken; and Nabis forced to submit to most humiliating terms: the Aetolians again objecting to his being allowed to remain at Sparta on any terms at all. In this year also legates from Antiochus visit Flamininus, but are referred to the Senate.
Book 18, Part 7
18.41.7νικήσας γὰρ μάχῃ Γαλάτας, ὃ βαρύτατον καὶ μαχιμώτατον ἔθνος ἦν τότε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, ταύτην ἀρχὴν ἐποιήσατο καὶ τότε πρῶτον αὑτὸν ἔδειξε βασιλέα.
18.41.8τυχὼν δὲ τῆς τιμῆς ταύτης καὶ βιώσας ἔτη δύο πρὸς τοῖς ἑβδομήκοντα, τούτων δὲ βασιλεύσας τετταράκοντα καὶ τέτταρα, σωφρονέστατα μὲν ἐβίωσε καὶ σεμνότατα πρὸς γυναῖκα καὶ τέκνα,
18.41.9διεφύλαξε δὲ τὴν πρὸς πάντας τοὺς συμμάχους καὶ φίλους πίστιν, ἐναπέθανε δʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς καλλίστοις ἔργοις, ἀγωνιζόμενος ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας.
18.41.10τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, τέτταρας υἱοὺς ἐν ἡλικίᾳ καταλιπὼν οὕτως ἡρμόσατο τὰ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν ὥστε παισὶ παίδων ἀστασίαστον παραδοθῆναι τὴν βασιλείαν.
18.42.1ὅτι ἐπὶ Μαρκέλλου Κλαυδίου ὑπάτου παρειληφότος τὴν ὕπατον ἀρχὴν ἧκον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην οἵ τε παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρέσβεις οἵ τε παρὰ τοῦ Τίτου καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ὑπὲρ τῶν πρὸς Φίλιππον συνθηκῶν.
18.42.2λόγων δὲ πλειόνων γενομένων ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ, ταύτῃ μὲν ἐδόκει βεβαιοῦν τὰς ὁμολογίας·
18.42.3εἰς δὲ τὸν δῆμον εἰσενεχθέντος τοῦ διαβουλίου Μάρκος, αὐτὸς ἐπιθυμῶν τῆς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διαβάσεως, ἀντέλεγε καὶ πολλὴν ἐποιεῖτο σπουδὴν εἰς τὸ διακόψαι τὰς συνθήκας.
18.42.4οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὅ γε δῆμος κατὰ τὴν τοῦ Τίτου προαίρεσιν ἐπεκύρωσε τὰς διαλύσεις.
18.42.5ὧν ἐπιτελεσθεισῶν εὐθέως ἡ σύγκλητος ἄνδρας δέκα καταστήσασα τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἐξέπεμπε τοὺς χειριοῦντας τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μετὰ τοῦ Τίτου καὶ βεβαιώσοντας τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν ἐλευθερίαν.
18.42.6ἐποιήσαντο δὲ λόγους ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ περὶ τῆς συμμαχίας οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις, οἱ περὶ Δαμόξενον τὸν Αἰγιέα·
18.42.7γενομένης δʼ ἀντιρρήσεως κατὰ τὸ παρὸν διὰ τὸ κατὰ πρόσωπον Ἠλείους μὲν ἀμφισβητεῖν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς Τριφυλίας, Μεσσηνίους δʼ ὑπὲρ Ἀσίνης καὶ Πύλου, συμμάχους τότε Ῥωμαίων ὑπάρχοντας, Αἰτωλοὺς δὲ περὶ τῆς Ἡραιῶν πόλεως, ὑπέρθεσιν ἔλαβε τὸ διαβούλιον ἐπὶ τοὺς δέκα.
18.42.8καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν σύγκλητον ἐπὶ τούτοις ἦν.
18.43.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα μετὰ τὴν μάχην Τίτου παραχειμάζοντος ἐν Ἐλατείᾳ Βοιωτοί, σπουδάζοντες ἀνακομίσασθαι τοὺς ἄνδρας τοὺς παρʼ αὐτῶν στρατευσαμένους παρὰ τῷ Φιλίππῳ, διεπρεσβεύοντο περὶ τῆς ἀσφαλείας αὐτῶν πρὸς Τίτον.
18.43.2ὁ δὲ βουλόμενος ἐκκαλεῖσθαι τοὺς Βοιωτοὺς πρὸς τὴν σφετέραν εὔνοιαν διὰ τὸ προορᾶσθαι τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ἑτοίμως συνεχώρησεν.
18.43.3ταχὺ δὲ πάντων ἀνακομισθέντων ἐκ τῆς Μακεδονίας, ἐν οἷς ἦν καὶ Βραχύλλης, τοῦτον μὲν εὐθέως βοιωτάρχην κατέστησαν, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τοὺς δοκοῦντας εἶναι φίλους τῆς Μακεδόνων οἰκίας ἐτίμων καὶ προῆγον οὐχ ἧττον ἢ πρότερον.
18.43.4ἔπεμψαν δὲ καὶ πρεσβείαν πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον τὴν εὐχαριστήσουσαν ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν νεανίσκων ἐπανόδῳ, λυμαινόμενοι τὴν τοῦ Τίτου χάριν.
18.43.5ἃ συνορῶντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Ζεύξιππον καὶ Πεισίστρατον, καὶ πάντες οἱ δοκοῦντες εἶναι Ῥωμαίοις φίλοι δυσχερῶς ἔφερον, προορώμενοι τὸ μέλλον καὶ δεδιότες περὶ σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων·
18.43.6σαφῶς γὰρ ᾔδεισαν ὡς, ἐὰν μὲν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι χωρισθῶσιν ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος μένῃ παρὰ πλευράν, συνεπισχύων αἰεὶ τοῖς πρὸς σφᾶς ἀντιπολιτευομένοις, οὐδαμῶς ἀσφαλῆ σφίσιν ἐσομένην τὴν ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ πολιτείαν.
18.43.7διὸ καὶ συμφρονήσαντες ἐπρέσβευον πρὸς Τίτον εἰς τὴν Ἐλάτειαν.
18.43.8συμμίξαντες δὲ τῷ προειρημένῳ πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος διετίθεντο λόγους, ὑποδεικνύντες τὴν ὁρμὴν τοῦ πλήθους τὴν οὖσαν ἤδη νῦν καθʼ αὑτῶν καὶ τὴν ἀχαριστίαν τῶν ὄχλων.
18.43.9καὶ τέλος ἐθάρρησαν εἰπεῖν ὡς, ἐὰν μὴ τὸν Βραχύλλην ἐπανελόμενοι καταπλήξωνται τοὺς πολλούς, οὐκ ἔστιν ἀσφάλεια τοῖς Ῥωμαίων φίλοις χωρισθέντων τῶν στρατοπέδων.
18.43.10ὁ δὲ Τίτος ταῦτα διακούσας αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἔφη κοινωνεῖν τῆς πράξεως ταύτης, τοὺς δὲ βουλομένους πράττειν οὐ κωλύειν·
18.43.11καθόλου δὲ λαλεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευε περὶ τούτων Ἀλεξαμενῷ τῷ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν στρατηγῷ.
18.43.12τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Ζεύξιππον πειθαρχησάντων καὶ διαλεγομένων, ταχέως ὁ προειρημένος πεισθεὶς καὶ συγκαταθέμενος τοῖς λεγομένοις τρεῖς μὲν τῶν Αἰτωλικῶν συνέστησε, τρεῖς δὲ τῶν Ἰταλικῶν νεανίσκων τοὺς προσοίσοντας τὰς χεῖρας τῷ Βραχύλλῃ. —
18.43.13οὐδεὶς γὰρ οὕτως οὔτε μάρτυς ἐστι φοβερὸς οὔτε κατήγορος δεινὸς ὡς ἡ σύνεσις ἡ κατοικοῦσʼ ἐν ταῖς ἑκάστων ψυχαῖς. —
18.44.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἧκον ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης οἱ δέκα, διʼ ὧν ἔμελλε χειρίζεσθαι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, κομίζοντες τὸ τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμα τὸ περὶ τῆς πρὸς Φίλιππον εἰρήνης.
18.44.2ἦν δὲ τὰ συνέχοντα τοῦ δόγματος ταῦτα, τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους Ἕλληνας πάντας, τούς τε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην, ἐλευθέρους ὑπάρχειν καὶ νόμοις χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις·
18.44.3τοὺς δὲ ταττομένους ὑπὸ Φίλιππον καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς ἐμφρούρους παραδοῦναι Φίλιππον Ῥωμαίοις πρὸ τῆς τῶν Ἰσθμίων πανηγύρεως,
18.44.4Εὔρωμον δὲ καὶ Πήδασα καὶ Βαργύλια καὶ τὴν Ἰασέων πόλιν, ὁμοίως Ἄβυδον, Θάσον, Μύριναν, Πέρινθον, ἐλευθέρας ἀφεῖναι τὰς φρουρὰς ἐξ αὐτῶν μεταστησάμενον·
18.44.5περὶ δὲ τῆς τῶν Κιανῶν ἐλευθερώσεως Τίτον γράψαι πρὸς Προυσίαν κατὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς συγκλήτου·
18.44.6τὰ δʼ αἰχμάλωτα καὶ τοὺς αὐτομόλους ἅπαντας ἀποκαταστῆσαι Φίλιππον Ῥωμαίοις ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς χρόνοις, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τὰς καταφράκτους ναῦς πλὴν πέντε σκαφῶν καὶ τῆς ἑκκαιδεκήρους· δοῦναι δὲ καὶ χίλια τάλαντα,
18.44.7τούτων τὰ μὲν ἡμίση παραυτίκα, τὰ δʼ ἡμίση κατὰ φόρους ἐν ἔτεσι δέκα.
18.45.1τούτου δὲ τοῦ δόγματος διαδοθέντος εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πάντες εὐθαρσεῖς ἦσαν καὶ περιχαρεῖς, μόνοι δʼ Αἰτωλοί, δυσχεραίνοντες ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ τυγχάνειν ὧν ἤλπιζον, κατελάλουν τὸ δόγμα, φάσκοντες οὐ πραγμάτων, ἀλλὰ γραμμάτων μόνον ἔχειν αὐτὸ διάθεσιν.
18.45.2καί τινας ἐλάμβανον πιθανότητας ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐγγράπτων πρὸς τὸ διασείειν τοὺς ἀκούοντας τοιαύτας.
18.45.3ἔφασκον γὰρ εἶναι δύο γνώμας ἐν τῷ δόγματι περὶ τῶν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου φρουρουμένων πόλεων, τὴν μὲν μίαν ἐπιτάττουσαν ἐξάγειν τὰς φρουρὰς τὸν Φίλιππον, τὰς δὲ πόλεις παραδιδόναι Ῥωμαίοις, τὴν δʼ ἑτέραν ἐξάγοντα τὰς φρουρὰς ἐλευθεροῦν τὰς πόλεις.
18.45.4τὰς μὲν οὖν ἐλευθερουμένας ἐπʼ ὀνόματος δηλοῦσθαι, ταύτας δʼ εἶναι τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, τὰς δὲ παραδιδομένας Ῥωμαίοις φανερὸν ὅτι τὰς κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην. εἶναι δὲ ταύτας Ὠρεόν,
18.45.5Ἐρέτριαν, Χαλκίδα, Δημητριάδα, Κόρινθον.
18.45.6ἐκ δὲ τούτων εὐθεώρητον ὑπάρχειν πᾶσιν ὅτι μεταλαμβάνουσι τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς πέδας παρὰ Φιλίππου Ῥωμαῖοι, καὶ γίνεται μεθάρμοσις δεσποτῶν, οὐκ ἐλευθέρωσις τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
18.45.6ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑπʼ Αἰτωλῶν ἐλέγετο κατακόρως.
18.45.7ὁ δὲ Τίτος ὁρμήσας ἐκ τῆς Ἐλατείας μετὰ τῶν δέκα καὶ κατάρας εἰς τὴν Ἀντίκυραν, παραυτίκα διέπλευσεν εἰς τὸν Κόρινθον, κἀκεῖ παραγενόμενος συνήδρευε μετὰ τούτων καὶ διελάμβανε περὶ τῶν ὅλων.
18.45.8πλεοναζούσης δὲ τῆς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν διαβολῆς καὶ πιστευομένης παρʼ ἐνίοις, πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους ἠναγκάζετο ποιεῖσθαι λόγους ὁ Τίτος ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ,
18.45.9διδάσκων ὡς εἴπερ βούλονται καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων εὔκλειαν ὁλόκληρον περιποιήσασθαι, καὶ καθόλου πιστευθῆναι παρὰ πᾶσι διότι καὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐποιήσαντο διάβασιν οὐ τοῦ συμφέροντος ἕνεκεν, ἀλλὰ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας, ἐκχωρητέον εἴη πάντων τῶν τόπων καὶ πάσας ἐλευθερωτέον τὰς πόλεις τὰς νῦν ὑπὸ Φιλίππου φρουρουμένας.
18.45.10ταύτην δὲ συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀπορίαν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ διὰ τὸ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ προδιειλῆφθαι καὶ ῥητὰς ἔχειν τοὺς δέκα παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τὰς ἐντολάς, περὶ δὲ Χαλκίδος καὶ Κορίνθου καὶ Δημητριάδος ἐπιτροπὴν αὐτοῖς δεδόσθαι διὰ τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ἵνα βλέποντες πρὸς τοὺς καιροὺς βουλεύωνται περὶ τῶν προειρημένων πόλεων κατὰ τὰς αὑτῶν προαιρέσεις·
18.45.11ὁ γὰρ προειρημένος βασιλεὺς δῆλος ἦν ἐπέχων πάλαι τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην πράγμασιν.
18.45.12οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν Κόρινθον ὁ Τίτος ἔπεισε τὸ συνέδριον ἐλευθεροῦν παραχρῆμα καὶ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐγχειρίζειν διὰ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁμολογίας, τὸν δʼ Ἀκροκόρινθον καὶ Δημητριάδα καὶ Χαλκίδα παρακατέσχεν.
18.46.1δοξάντων δὲ τούτων, καὶ τῆς Ἰσθμίων πανηγύρεως ἐπελθούσης, καὶ σχεδὸν ἀπὸ πάσης τῆς οἰκουμένης τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων ἀνδρῶν συνεληλυθότων διὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν τῶν ἀποβησομένων, πολλοὶ καὶ ποικίλοι καθʼ ὅλην τὴν πανήγυριν ἐνέπιπτον λόγοι,
18.46.2τῶν μὲν ἀδύνατον εἶναι φασκόντων Ῥωμαίους ἐνίων ἀποστῆναι τόπων καὶ πόλεων, τῶν δὲ διοριζομένων ὅτι τῶν μὲν ἐπιφανῶν εἶναι δοκούντων τόπων ἀποστήσονται, τοὺς δὲ φαντασίαν μὲν ἔχοντας ἐλάττω, χρείαν δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν παρέχεσθαι δυναμένους καθέξουσι.
18.46.3καὶ τούτους εὐθέως ἐπεδείκνυσαν αὐτοὶ καθʼ αὑτῶν διὰ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους εὑρεσιλογίας.
18.46.4τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τῆς ἀπορίας, ἁθροισθέντος τοῦ πλήθους εἰς τὸ στάδιον ἐπὶ τὸν ἀγῶνα, προελθὼν ὁ κῆρυξ καὶ κατασιωπησάμενος τὰ πλήθη διὰ τοῦ σαλπικτοῦ τόδε τὸ κήρυγμʼ ἀνηγόρευσεν· "
18.46.5ἡ σύγκλητος ἡ Ῥωμαίων καὶ Τίτος Κοΐντιος στρατηγὸς ὕπατος, καταπολεμήσαντες βασιλέα Φίλιππον καὶ Μακεδόνας, ἀφιᾶσιν ἐλευθέρους, ἀφρουρήτους, ἀφορολογήτους, νόμοις χρωμένους τοῖς πατρίοις, Κορινθίους, Φωκέας, Λοκρούς, Εὐβοεῖς, Ἀχαιοὺς τοὺς Φθιώτας, Μάγνητας, Θετταλούς, Περραιβούσ".
18.46.6κρότου δʼ ἐν ἀρχαῖς εὐθέως ἐξαισίου γενομένου τινὲς μὲν οὐδʼ ἤκουσαν τοῦ κηρύγματος, τινὲς δὲ πάλιν ἀκούειν ἐβούλοντο.
18.46.7τὸ δὲ πολὺ μέρος τῶν ἀνθρώπων διαπιστούμενον καὶ δοκοῦν ὡς ἂν εἰ καθʼ ὕπνον ἀκούειν τῶν λεγομένων διὰ τὸ παράδοξον τοῦ συμβαίνοντος,
18.46.8πᾶς τις ἐξ ἄλλης ὁρμῆς ἐβόα προάγειν τὸν κήρυκα καὶ τὸν σαλπικτὴν εἰς μέσον τὸ στάδιον καὶ λέγειν πάλιν ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτῶν, ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, βουλομένων τῶν ἀνθρώπων μὴ μόνον ἀκούειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ βλέπειν τὸν λέγοντα διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν τῶν ἀναγορευομένων.
18.46.9ὡς δὲ πάλιν ὁ κῆρυξ, προελθὼν εἰς τὸ μέσον καὶ κατασιωπησάμενος διὰ τοῦ σαλπικτοῦ τὸν θόρυβον, ἀνηγόρευσε ταὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως τοῖς πρόσθεν, τηλικοῦτον συνέβη καταρραγῆναι τὸν κρότον ὥστε καὶ μὴ ῥᾳδίως ἂν ὑπὸ τὴν ἔννοιαν ἀγαγεῖν τοῖς νῦν ἀκούουσι τὸ γεγονός.
18.46.10ὡς δέ ποτε κατέληξεν ὁ κρότος, τῶν μὲν ἀθλητῶν ἁπλῶς οὐδεὶς οὐδένα λόγον εἶχεν ἔτι, πάντες δὲ διαλαλοῦντες, οἱ μὲν ἀλλήλοις, οἱ δὲ πρὸς σφᾶς αὐτούς, οἷον εἰ παραστατικοὶ τὰς διανοίας ἦσαν.
18.46.11ᾗ καὶ μετὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς χαρᾶς μικροῦ διέφθειραν τὸν Τίτον εὐχαριστοῦντες·
18.46.12οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀντοφθαλμῆσαι κατὰ πρόσωπον καὶ σωτῆρα προσφωνῆσαι βουλόμενοι, τινὲς δὲ τῆς δεξιᾶς ἅψασθαι σπουδάζοντες, οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ στεφάνους ἐπιρριπτοῦντες καὶ λημνίσκους, παρʼ ὀλίγον διέλυσαν τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
18.46.13δοκούσης δὲ τῆς εὐχαριστίας ὑπερβολικῆς γενέσθαι, θαρρῶν ἄν τις εἶπε διότι πολὺ καταδεεστέραν εἶναι συνέβαινε τοῦ τῆς πράξεως μεγέθους.
18.46.14θαυμαστὸν γὰρ ἦν καὶ τὸ Ῥωμαίους ἐπὶ ταύτης γενέσθαι τῆς προαιρέσεως καὶ τὸν ἡγούμενον αὐτῶν Τίτον, ὥστε πᾶσαν ὑπομεῖναι δαπάνην καὶ πάντα κίνδυνον χάριν τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας· μέγα δὲ καὶ τὸ δύναμιν ἀκόλουθον τῇ προαιρέσει προσενέγκασθαι·
18.46.15τούτων δὲ μέγιστον ἔτι τὸ μηδὲν ἐκ τῆς τύχης ἀντιπαῖσαι πρὸς τὴν ἐπιβολήν, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς ἅπαντα πρὸς ἕνα καιρὸν ἐκδραμεῖν, ὥστε διὰ κηρύγματος ἑνὸς ἅπαντας καὶ τοὺς τὴν Ἀσίαν κατοικοῦντας Ἕλληνας καὶ τοὺς τὴν Εὐρώπην ἐλευθέρους, ἀφρουρήτους, ἀφορολογήτους γενέσθαι, νόμοις χρωμένους τοῖς ἰδίοις.
18.47.1διελθούσης δὲ τῆς πανηγύρεως πρώτοις μὲν ἐχρημάτισαν τοῖς παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευταῖς, διακελευόμενοι τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας πόλεων τῶν μὲν αὐτονόμων ἀπέχεσθαι καὶ μηδεμιᾷ πολεμεῖν, ὅσας δὲ νῦν παρείληφε τῶν ὑπὸ Πτολεμαῖον καὶ Φίλιππον ταττομένων, ἐκχωρεῖν.
18.47.2σὺν δὲ τούτοις προηγόρευον μὴ διαβαίνειν εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην μετὰ δυνάμεως· οὐδένα γὰρ ἔτι τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὔτε πολεμεῖσθαι νῦν ὑπʼ οὐδενὸς οὔτε δουλεύειν οὐδενί.
18.47.3καθόλου δὲ καὶ ἐξ αὑτῶν τινας ἔφασαν ἥξειν πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον.
18.47.4ταύτας μὲν οὖν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἡγησιάνακτα καὶ Λυσίαν λαβόντες τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἐπανῆλθον·
18.47.5μετὰ δὲ τούτους εἰσεκαλοῦντο πάντας τοὺς ἀπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν καὶ πόλεων παραγεγονότας, καὶ τὰ δόξαντα τῷ συνεδρίῳ διεσάφουν.
18.47.6Μακεδόνων μὲν οὖν τοὺς Ὀρέστας καλουμένους διὰ τὸ προσχωρῆσαι σφίσι κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον αὐτονόμους ἀφεῖσαν, ἠλευθέρωσαν δὲ Περραιβοὺς καὶ Δόλοπας καὶ Μάγνητας.
18.47.7Θετταλοῖς δὲ μετὰ τῆς ἐλευθερίας καὶ τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς τοὺς Φθιώτας προσένειμαν, ἀφελόμενοι Θήβας τὰς Φθίας καὶ Φάρσαλον·
18.47.8οἱ γὰρ Αἰτωλοὶ περί τε τῆς Φαρσάλου μεγάλην ἐποιοῦντο φιλοτιμίαν, φάσκοντες αὑτῶν δεῖν ὑπάρχειν κατὰ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς συνθήκας, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ Λευκάδος.
Book 19, Part 2
19.0B. C. 194: Publius Cornelius Scipio II., Tiberius Sempronius Longus, Coss. Flamininus leaves Greece after a speech at Corinth to the assembled league advising internal peace and loyalty to Rome, and enters Rome in triumph. There is a time of comparative tranquillity in Greece.
19.0B. C. 193: L. Cornelius Merula, Q. Minucius Thermus, Coss. The legates from Antiochus are sent back with the final answer that, unless the king abstains from entering Europe in arms, the Romans will free the Asiatic Greek cities from him. Roman legates, P. Sulpicius, P. Villius, P. Aelius, are sent to him. Hannibal arrives at the court of Antiochus, and urges him to resist; and the Aetolians urge the same course, trying also to stir up Nabis and Philip of Macedon. Antiochus accordingly will give the Roman envoys no satisfactory answer.
19.0B. C. 192: L. Quintius Flamininus, Cn. Domitius Ahenobarbus, Coss. The Romans therefore prepare for war. A fleet under the praetor Atilius is sent against Nabis: commissioners are sent into Greece—T. Quintius Flamininius, C. Octavius, Cn. Servilius, P. Villius—early in the year: M. Baebius is ordered to hold his army in readiness at Brundisium. Then news is brought to Rome by Attalus of Pergamum (brother of king Eumenes) that Antiochus has crossed the Hellespont, and the Aetolians on the point of joining him. Therefore Baebius is ordered to transport his army to Apollonia.
Book 18, Part 8
18.47.9οἱ δʼ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ περὶ μὲν τούτων τῶν πόλεων ὑπερέθεντο τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς τὸ διαβούλιον πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον, τοὺς δὲ Φωκέας καὶ τοὺς Λοκροὺς συνεχώρησαν αὐτοῖς ἔχειν, καθάπερ εἶχον καὶ πρότερον, ἐν τῇ συμπολιτείᾳ.
18.47.10Κόρινθον δὲ καὶ τὴν Τριφυλίαν καὶ τὴν Ἡραιῶν πόλιν Ἀχαιοῖς ἀπέδωκαν. Ὠρεὸν δʼ, ἔτι δὲ τὴν Ἐρετριέων πόλιν ἐδόκει μὲν τοῖς πλείοσιν Εὐμένει δοῦναι·
18.47.11Τίτου δὲ πρὸς τὸ συνέδριον διαστείλαντος οὐκ ἐκυρώθη τὸ διαβούλιον· διὸ καὶ μετά τινα χρόνον ἠλευθερώθησαν αἱ πόλεις αὗται διὰ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ σὺν ταύταις Κάρυστος.
18.47.12ἔδωκαν δὲ καὶ Πλευράτῳ Λυχνίδα καὶ Πάρθον, οὔσας μὲν Ἰλλυρίδας, ὑπὸ Φίλιππον δὲ ταττομένας.
18.47.13Ἀμυνάνδρῳ δὲ συνεχώρησαν, ὅσα παρεσπάσατο κατὰ πόλεμον ἐρύματα τοῦ Φιλίππου, κρατεῖν τούτων.
18.48.1ταῦτα δὲ διοικήσαντες ἐμέρισαν σφᾶς αὐτούς,
18.48.2καὶ Πόπλιος μὲν Λέντλος εἰς Βαργύλια πλεύσας ἠλευθέρωσε τούτους, Λεύκιος δὲ Στερτίνιος εἰς Ἡφαιστίαν καὶ Θάσον ἀφικόμενος καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεις ἐποίησε τὸ παραπλήσιον.
18.48.3πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὥρμησαν Πόπλιος Οὐίλλιος καὶ Λεύκιος Τερέντιος, οἱ δὲ περὶ Γνάιον τὸν Κορνήλιον πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα Φίλιππον.
18.48.4ᾧ καὶ συμμίξαντες πρὸς τοῖς Τέμπεσι περί τε τῶν ἄλλων διελέχθησαν ὑπὲρ ὧν εἶχον τὰς ἐντολάς, καὶ συνεβούλευον αὐτῷ πρεσβευτὰς πέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ὑπὲρ συμμαχίας, ἵνα μὴ δοκῇ τοῖς καιροῖς ἐφεδρεύων ἀποκαραδοκεῖν τὴν Ἀντιόχου παρουσίαν.
18.48.5τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως συγκαταθεμένου τοῖς ὑποδεικνυμένοις, εὐθέως ἀπʼ ἐκείνου χωρισθέντες ἧκον ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν Θερμικῶν σύνοδον,
18.48.6καὶ παρελθόντες εἰς τὰ πλήθη παρεκάλουν τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς διὰ πλειόνων μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ διαφυλάττειν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὔνοιαν.
18.48.7πολλῶν δὲ παρισταμένων, καὶ τῶν μὲν πρᾴως καὶ πολιτικῶς μεμψιμοιρούντων αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ κοινωνικῶς χρῆσθαι τοῖς εὐτυχήμασι μηδὲ τηρεῖν τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς συνθήκας,
18.48.8τῶν δὲ λοιδορούντων καὶ φασκόντων οὔτʼ ἂν ἐπιβῆναι τῆς Ἑλλάδος οὐδέποτε Ῥωμαίους οὔτʼ ἂν νικῆσαι Φίλιππον, εἰ μὴ διʼ ἑαυτούς,
18.48.9τὸ μὲν ἀπολογεῖσθαι πρὸς ἕκαστα τούτων οἱ περὶ τὸν Γνάιον ἀπεδοκίμασαν, παρεκάλουν δʼ αὐτοὺς πρεσβεύειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, διότι πάντων παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τεύξονται τῶν δικαίων· ὃ καὶ πεισθέντες ἐποίησαν.
18.48.10καὶ τὸ μὲν τέλος τοῦ πρὸς Φίλιππον πολέμου τοιαύτην ἔσχε διάθεσιν.
18.49.1ἐάν, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, τρέχωσι τὴν ἐσχάτην, ἐπὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους καταφεύξονται καὶ τούτοις ἐγχειριοῦσι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν πόλιν. —
18.49.2ὅτι προχωρούσης τῷ Ἀντιόχῳ κατὰ νοῦν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς παρόντι ἐν Θρᾴκῃ τῷ Ἀντιόχῳ κατέπλευσαν εἰς Σηλυβρίαν οἱ περὶ Λεύκιον Κορνήλιον.
18.49.3οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου πρέσβεις ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις ἐξαπεσταλμένοι τὰς Ἀντιόχου καὶ
18.50.1Πτολεμαίου. κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἧκον καὶ τῶν δέκα Πόπλιος μὲν Λέντλος ἐκ Βαργυλίων, Λεύκιος δὲ Τερέντιος καὶ Πόπλιος Οὐίλλιος ἐκ Θάσου.
18.50.2ταχὺ δὲ τῷ βασιλεῖ διασαφηθείσης τῆς τούτων παρουσίας, πάντες ἐν ὀλίγαις ἡμέραις ἡθροίσθησαν εἰς τὴν Λυσιμάχειαν.
18.50.3συνεκύρησαν δὲ καὶ οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἡγησιάνακτα καὶ Λυσίαν οἱ πρὸς τὸν Τίτον ἀποσταλέντες εἰς τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον.
18.50.4αἱ μὲν οὖν κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντεύξεις τοῦ τε βασιλέως καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων τελέως ἦσαν ἀφελεῖς καὶ φιλάνθρωποι· μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα γενομένης συνεδρείας κοινῆς ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων ἀλλοιοτέραν ἔλαβε τὰ πράγματα διάθεσιν.
18.50.5ὁ γὰρ Λεύκιος ὁ Κορνήλιος ἠξίου μὲν καὶ τῶν ὑπὸ Πτολεμαῖον ταττομένων πόλεων, ὅσας νῦν εἴληφε κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, παραχωρεῖν τὸν Ἀντίοχον, τῶν δʼ ὑπὸ Φίλιππον διεμαρτύρετο φιλοτίμως ἐξίστασθαι·
18.50.6γελοῖον γὰρ εἶναι τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἆθλα τοῦ γεγονότος αὐτοῖς πολέμου πρὸς Φίλιππον Ἀντίοχον ἐπελθόντα παραλαμβάνειν.
18.50.7παρῄνει δὲ καὶ τῶν αὐτονόμων ἀπέχεσθαι πόλεων.
18.50.8καθόλου δʼ ἔφη θαυμάζειν τίνι λόγῳ τοσαύταις μὲν πεζικαῖς, τοσαύταις δὲ ναυτικαῖς δυνάμεσι πεποίηται τὴν εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην διάβασιν·
18.50.9πλὴν γὰρ τοῦ προτίθεσθαι Ῥωμαίοις ἐγχειρεῖν αὐτόν, οὐδʼ ἔννοιαν ἑτέραν καταλείπεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς ὀρθῶς λογιζομένοις. οἱ μὲν οὖν Ῥωμαῖοι ταῦτʼ εἰπόντες ἀπε
18.51.1σιώπησαν· ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς πρῶτον μὲν διαπορεῖν ἔφη κατὰ τίνα λόγον ἀμφισβητοῦσι πρὸς αὐτὸν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας πόλεων· πᾶσι γὰρ μᾶλλον ἐπιβάλλειν τοῦτο ποιεῖν ἢ Ῥωμαίοις.
18.51.2δεύτερον δʼ ἠξίου μηδὲν αὐτοὺς πολυπραγμονεῖν καθόλου τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν· οὐδὲ γὰρ αὐτὸς περιεργάζεσθαι τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἁπλῶς οὐδέν.
18.51.3εἰς δὲ τὴν Εὐρώπην ἔφη διαβεβηκέναι μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων ἀνακτησόμενος τὰ κατὰ τὴν Χερρόνησον καὶ τὰς ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεις· τὴν γὰρ τῶν τόπων τούτων ἀρχὴν μάλιστα πάντων αὑτῷ καθήκειν.
18.51.4εἶναι μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς τὴν δυναστείαν ταύτην Λυσιμάχου, Σελεύκου δὲ πολεμήσαντος πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ κρατήσαντος τῷ πολέμῳ πᾶσαν τὴν Λυσιμάχου βασιλείαν δορίκτητον γενέσθαι Σελεύκου.
18.51.5κατὰ δὲ τοὺς τῶν αὑτοῦ προγόνων περισπασμοὺς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς χρόνοις πρῶτον μὲν Πτολεμαῖον παρασπασάμενον σφετερίσασθαι τοὺς τόπους τούτους, δεύτερον δὲ Φίλιππον.
18.51.6αὐτὸς δὲ νῦν οὐ κτᾶσθαι τοῖς Φιλίππου καιροῖς συνεπιτιθέμενος, ἀλλʼ ἀνακτᾶσθαι τοῖς ἰδίοις δικαίοις συγχρώμενος.
18.51.7Λυσιμαχεῖς δέ, παραλόγως ἀναστάτους γεγονότας ὑπὸ Θρᾳκῶν, οὐκ ἀδικεῖν Ῥωμαίους κατάγων καὶ συνοικίζων·
18.51.8ποιεῖν γὰρ τοῦτʼ ἔφη βουλόμενος οὐ Ῥωμαίοις τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβαλεῖν, Σελεύκῳ δʼ οἰκητήριον ἑτοιμάζειν.
18.51.9τὰς δʼ αὐτονόμους τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν πόλεων οὐ διὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἐπιταγῆς δέον εἶναι τυγχάνειν τῆς ἐλευθερίας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς αὑτοῦ χάριτος.
18.51.10τὰ δὲ πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον αὐτὸς ἔφη διεξάξειν εὐδοκουμένως ἐκείνῳ· κρίνειν γὰρ οὐ φιλίαν μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τῆς φιλίας ἀναγκαιότητα συντίθεσθαι πρὸς αὐτόν.
18.52.1τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον οἰομένων δεῖν καλεῖσθαι τοὺς Λαμψακηνοὺς καὶ τοὺς Σμυρναίους καὶ δοῦναι λόγον αὐτοῖς, ἐγένετο τοῦτο.
18.52.2παρῆσαν δὲ παρὰ μὲν Λαμψακηνῶν οἱ περὶ Παρμενίωνα καὶ Πυθόδωρον, παρὰ δὲ Σμυρναίων οἱ περὶ Κοίρανον. ὧν μετὰ παρρησίας διαλεγομένων,
18.52.3δυσχεράνας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν λόγον ὑπέχειν ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίων τοῖς πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀμφισβητοῦσι, μεσολαβήσας τὸν Παρμενίωνα "
18.52.4παῦσαι" φησὶ "τῶν πολλῶν· οὐ γὰρ ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίων, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ Ῥοδίων ὑμῖν εὐδοκῶ διακριθῆναι περὶ τῶν ἀντιλεγομένων.
18.52.5" καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις διέλυσαν τὸν σύλλογον, οὐδαμῶς εὐδοκήσαντες ἀλλήλοις.
18.53.1τῶν γὰρ παραβόλων καὶ καλῶν ἔργων ἐφίενται μὲν πολλοί, τολμῶσι δʼ ὀλίγοι ψαύειν.
18.53.2καίτοι πολὺ καλλίους ἀφορμὰς εἶχε Σκόπας Κλεομένους πρὸς τὸ παραβάλλεσθαι καὶ τολμᾶν.
18.53.3ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ προκαταληφθεὶς εἰς αὐτὰς συνεκλείσθη τὰς ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις οἰκέταις καὶ φίλοις ἐλπίδας· ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὐδὲ ταύτας ἐγκατέλιπεν, ἀλλʼ ἐφʼ ὅσον ἦν δυνατὸς ἐξήλεγξε, τὸ καλῶς ἀποθανεῖν τοῦ ζῆν αἰσχρῶς περὶ πλείονος ποιησάμενος.
18.53.4Σκόπας δέ, καὶ χεῖρα βαρεῖαν ἔχων συνεργὸν καὶ καιρόν, ἅτε τοῦ βασιλέως ἔτι παιδὸς ὄντος, μέλλων καὶ βουλευόμενος προκατελήφθη.
18.53.5γνόντες γὰρ αὐτὸν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀριστομένην συναθροίζοντα τοὺς φίλους εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν οἰκίαν καὶ συνεδρεύοντα μετὰ τούτων, πέμψαντές τινας τῶν ὑπασπιστῶν ἐκάλουν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον.
18.53.6ὁ δʼ οὕτως παρειστήκει τῶν φρενῶν ὡς οὔτε πράττειν ἐτόλμα τῶν ἑξῆς οὐδὲν οὔτε καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως οἷός τʼ ἦν πειθαρχεῖν, ὃ πάντων ἐστὶν ἔσχατον,
18.53.7ἕως οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀριστομένην γνόντες αὐτοῦ τὴν ἀλογίαν τοὺς μὲν στρατιώτας καὶ τὰ θηρία περιέστησαν περὶ τὴν οἰκίαν,
18.53.8Πτολεμαῖον δὲ τὸν Εὐμένους πέμψαντες μετὰ νεανίσκων ἄγειν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευον, ἐὰν μὲν ἑκὼν βούληται πειθαρχεῖν, εἰ δὲ μή, μετὰ βίας.
18.53.9τοῦ δὲ Πτολεμαίου παρεισελθόντος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν καὶ δηλοῦντος ὅτι καλεῖ Σκόπαν ὁ βασιλεύς, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς οὐ προσεῖχε τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ βλέπων εἰς τὸν Πτολεμαῖον ἀτενὲς ἔμενε καὶ πλείω χρόνον ὡς ἂν εἰ προσανατεινόμενος αὐτῷ καὶ θαυμάζων τὴν τόλμαν.
18.53.10ὡς δʼ ἐπελθὼν ὁ Πτολεμαῖος θρασέως ἐπελάβετο τῆς χλαμύδος αὐτοῦ, τότε βοηθεῖν ἠξίου τοὺς παρόντας.
18.53.11ὄντων δὲ καὶ τῶν εἰσελθόντων νεανίσκων πλειόνων καὶ τὴν ἔξω περίστασιν διασαφήσαντός τινος, συνείξας τοῖς παροῦσιν ἠκολούθει μετὰ τῶν φίλων.
18.54.1ἅμα δὲ τῷ παρελθεῖν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον βραχέα μὲν ὁ βασιλεὺς κατηγόρησε, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Πολυκράτης, ἄρτι παραγεγονὼς ἀπὸ Κύπρου, τελευταῖος δʼ Ἀριστομένης.
18.54.2ἦν δὲ τὰ μὲν ἄλλα παραπλήσιος ἡ κατηγορία πάντων τοῖς ἄρτι ῥηθεῖσι, προσετέθη δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις ἡ μετὰ τῶν φίλων συνεδρεία καὶ τὸ μὴ πειθαρχῆσαι καλούμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως.
18.54.3ἐφʼ οἷς οὐ μόνον οἱ τοῦ συνεδρίου κατεγίνωσκον αὐτοῦ πάντες, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἔξωθεν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν οἱ συμπαρόντες.
18.54.4ὁ δʼ Ἀριστομένης, ὅτε κατηγορεῖν ἔμελλε, πολλοὺς μὲν καὶ ἑτέρους παρέλαβε τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν δὲ πρεσβεύοντας ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις, ἐν οἷς ἦν καὶ Δωρίμαχος ὁ Νικοστράτου.
18.54.5ῥηθέντων δὲ τούτων μεταλαβὼν ὁ Σκόπας ἐπειρᾶτο μὲν φέρειν τινὰς ἀπολογισμούς, οὐδενὸς δὲ προσέχοντος αὐτῷ διὰ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀλογίαν, εὐθέως οὗτος μὲν εἰς φυλακὴν ἀπήγετο μετὰ τῶν φίλων·
18.54.6ὁ δʼ Ἀριστομένης ἐπιγενομένης τῆς νυκτὸς τὸν μὲν Σκόπαν καὶ τοὺς συγγενεῖς αὐτοῦ καὶ φίλους πάντας διέφθειρε φαρμάκῳ,
18.54.7Δικαιάρχῳ δὲ καὶ στρέβλας καὶ μάστιγας προσαγαγὼν οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐπανείλετο, λαβὼν παρʼ αὐτοῦ δίκην καθήκουσαν καὶ κοινὴν ὑπὲρ πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων.
18.54.8ὁ γὰρ Δικαίαρχος οὗτος ἦν, ὃν Φίλιππος, ὅτε προέθετο παρασπονδεῖν τὰς Κυκλάδας νήσους καὶ τὰς ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου πόλεις, ἀπέδειξε τοῦ στόλου παντὸς ἡγεμόνα καὶ τῆς ὅλης πράξεως προστάτην.
18.54.9ὃς ἐπὶ πρόδηλον ἀσέβειαν ἐκπεμπόμενος οὐχ οἷον ἄτοπόν τι πράττειν ἐνόμιζεν, ἀλλὰ τῇ τῆς ἀπονοίας ὑπερβολῇ καὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ὑπέλαβε καταπλήξεσθαι καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους·
18.54.10οὗ γὰρ ὁρμίσειε τὰς ναῦς, δύο κατεσκεύαζε βωμούς, τὸν μὲν Ἀσεβείας, τὸν δὲ Παρανομίας, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔθυε καὶ τούτους προσεκύνει καθάπερ ἂν εἰ δαίμονας.
18.54.11διὸ καὶ δοκεῖ μοι τυχεῖν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης δίκης καὶ παρὰ θεῶν καὶ παρʼ ἀνθρώπων· παρὰ φύσιν γὰρ ἐνστησάμενος τὸν αὑτοῦ βίον εἰκότως παρὰ φύσιν καὶ τῆς εἱμαρμένης ἔτυχε.
18.54.12τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν Αἰτωλῶν τοὺς βουλομένους εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν ἀπαλλάττεσθαι πάντας
18.55.1ἀπέλυσεν ὁ βασιλεὺς μετὰ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων. Σκόπα δὲ καὶ ζῶντος μὲν ἐπίσημος ἦν ἡ φιλαργυρία — πολὺ γὰρ δή τι τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους ὑπερέθετο κατὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν — ἀποθανόντος δὲ καὶ μᾶλλον ἐγενήθη διὰ τοῦ πλήθους τοῦ χρυσίου καὶ τῆς κατασκευῆς τῆς εὑρημένης παρʼ αὐτῷ.
18.55.2λαβὼν γὰρ συνεργὸν τὴν ἀγριότητα τὴν Χαριμόρτου καὶ τὴν μέθην, ἄρδην ἐξετοιχωρύχησε τὴν βασιλείαν.
18.55.3ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ἔθεντο καλῶς οἱ περὶ τὴν αὐλήν, εὐθέως ἐγίνοντο περὶ τὸ ποιεῖν Ἀνακλητήρια τοῦ βασιλέως, οὐδέπω μὲν τῆς ἡλικίας κατεπειγούσης, νομίζοντες δὲ λήψεσθαί τινα τὰ πράγματα κατάστασιν καὶ πάλιν ἀρχὴν τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον προκοπῆς, δόξαντος αὐτοκράτορος ἤδη γεγονέναι τοῦ βασιλέως.
Book 19, Part 3
19.0Meanwhile Nabis takes advantage of the alarm caused by Antiochus to move. He besieges Gythium, and ravages the Achaean territory. The league, under Philopoemen, proclaim war against him, and, after losing an unimportant naval battle, decisively defeat him on land and shut him up in Sparta.
19.0The Aetolians now formally vote to call in Antiochus, to liberate Greece and arbitrate between them and Rome. They occupy Demetrias; and kill Nabis by a stratagem. Whereupon Philopoemen annexes Sparta to the Achaean league. Later in the year Antiochus meets the assembly of the Aetolians at Lamia in Thessaly, is proclaimed Strategus; and after a vain attempt to conciliate the Achaeans seizes Chalcis, where he winters, and marries a young wife.
19.0B. C. 191: P. Cornelius Scipio Nasica, M. Acilius Glabrio, Coss. The Romans declare war with Antiochus. Manius Acilius is selected to go to Greece, where he takes over the army of Baebius, and after taking many towns in Thessaly meets and defeats Antiochus at Thermopylae; where the Aetolian league did after all little service to the king, who retires to Ephesus.
Book 18, Part 9
18.55.4χρησάμενοι δὲ ταῖς παρασκευαῖς μεγαλομερῶς, ἐπετέλουν τὴν πρᾶξιν ἀξίως τοῦ τῆς βασιλείας προσχήματος, πλεῖστα Πολυκράτους δοκοῦντος εἰς τὴν ἐπιβολὴν ταύτην αὐτοῖς συνηργηκέναι.
18.55.5ὁ γὰρ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ καὶ κατὰ τὸν πατέρα μὲν ἔτι νέος ὢν οὐδενὸς ἐδόκει τῶν περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν δευτερεύειν οὔτε κατὰ τὴν πίστιν οὔτε κατὰ τὰς πράξεις, ὁμοίως δὲ κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα βασιλέα.
18.55.6πιστευθεὶς γὰρ τῆς Κύπρου καὶ τῶν ἐν ταύτῃ προσόδων ἐν καιροῖς ἐπισφαλέσι καὶ ποικίλοις, οὐ μόνον διεφύλαξε τῷ παιδὶ τὴν νῆσον, ἀλλὰ καὶ πλῆθος ἱκανὸν ἥθροισε χρημάτων, ἃ τότε παραγεγόνει κομίζων τῷ βασιλεῖ, παραδεδωκὼς τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς Κύπρου Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ Μεγαλοπολίτῃ.
18.55.7τυχὼν δὲ διὰ ταῦτα μεγάλης ἀποδοχῆς καὶ περιουσίας ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς χρόνοις, μετὰ ταῦτα προβαινούσης τῆς ἡλικίας ὁλοσχερῶς εἰς ἀσέλγειαν ἐξώκειλε καὶ βίον ἀσυρῆ.
18.55.8παραπλησίαν δέ τινα τούτῳ φήμην ἐκληρονόμησεν ἐπὶ γήρως καὶ Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Ἀγησάρχου.
18.55.9περὶ ὧν, ὅταν ἐπὶ τοὺς καιροὺς ἔλθωμεν, οὐκ ὀκνήσομεν διασαφεῖν τὰ παρακολουθήσαντα ταῖς ἐξουσίαις αὐτῶν ἀπρεπῆ.
Book 19, Part 4
19.0See —. See also Plutarch, Philopoemen, and Flamininus; Appian,
Book 19, Part 1
19.1.1Πολύβιος μέν γέ φησι τῶν ἐντὸς Βαίτιος ποταμοῦ πόλεων ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ τὰ τείχη κελεύσαντος αὐτοῦ περιαιρεθῆναι· πάμπολλαι δʼ ἦσαν αὗται καὶ γέμουσαι μαχίμων ἀνδρῶν.
19.2.1ινγενς νυμερυς ερατ βελλο πυνιξο ξαπτορυμ, θυος ηαννιβαλ, ξυμ αβ συις νον ρεδιμερεντυρ, ϝενυμ δεδερατ. μυλτιτυδινις εορυμ αργυμεντυμ εστ, θυοδ πολψβιυς σξριβιτ ξεντυμ ταλεντις εαμ ρεμ αξηαεις στετισσε, ξυμ θυινγενος δεναριος πρετιυμ ιν ξαπιτα, θυοδ ρεδδερετυρ δομινις, στατυισσεντ.
Book 20, Part 1
20.1THE Aetolians chose thirty of the Apocleti to confer with King Antiochus. . . .
20.1He accordingly summoned a meeting of the Apocleti and consulted them on the state of affairs. . . .
20.2When Antiochus sent an embassy to the Boeotians, they answered that they would not consider his proposals until the king came in person. . . .
Book 20, Part 1
20.1.1καὶ αὖθις Πολύβιος· τριάκοντα τῶν ἀποκλήτων προεχειρίσαντο τοὺς συνεδρεύσοντας μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως. καὶ αὖθις· ὁ δὲ συνῆγε τοὺς ἀποκλήτους καὶ διαβούλιον ἀνεδίδου περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων. —
20.2.1ὅτι φιλίππου πρεσβεύσαντος πρὸς Βοιωτοὺς οἱ Βοιωτοὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς διότι παραγενομένου τοῦ βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτούς, τότε βουλεύσονται περὶ τῶν παρακαλουμένων. —
20.3.1ὅτι Ἀντιόχου διατρίβοντος ἐν τῇ Χαλκίδι καὶ τοῦ χειμῶνος καταρχομένου παρεγένοντο πρὸς αὐτὸν πρεσβευταὶ παρὰ μὲν τοῦ τῶν Ἠπειρωτῶν ἔθνους οἱ περὶ Χάροπα, παρὰ δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἠλείων πόλεως οἱ περὶ Καλλίστρατον.
20.3.2οἱ μὲν οὖν Ἠπειρῶται παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν μὴ προεμβιβάζειν σφᾶς εἰς τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον, θεωροῦντα διότι πρόκεινται πάσης τῆς Ἑλλάδος πρὸς τὴν Ἰταλίαν·
20.3.3ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν αὐτὸς δύναται προκαθίσας τῆς Ἠπείρου παρασκευάζειν σφίσι τὴν ἀσφάλειαν, ἔφασαν αὐτὸν δέξασθαι καὶ ταῖς πόλεσι καὶ τοῖς λιμέσιν·
20.3.4εἰ δὲ μὴ κρίνει τοῦτο πράττειν κατὰ τὸ παρόν, συγγνώμην ἔχειν ἠξίουν αὐτοῖς δεδιόσι τὸν ἀπὸ Ῥωμαίων πόλεμον.
20.3.5οἱ δʼ Ἠλεῖοι παρεκάλουν πέμπειν τῇ πόλει βοήθειαν· ἐψηφισμένων γὰρ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν τὸν πόλεμον εὐλαβεῖσθαι τὴν τούτων ἔφοδον.
20.3.6ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς τοῖς μὲν Ἠπειρώταις ἀπεκρίθη διότι πέμψει πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διαλεχθησομένους αὐτοῖς ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῇ συμφερόντων,
20.3.7τοῖς δʼ Ἠλείοις ἐξαπέστειλε χιλίους πεζούς, ἡγεμόνα συστήσας Εὐφάνη τὸν Κρῆτα. —
20.4.1ὅτι Βοιωτοὶ ἐκ πολλῶν ἤδη χρόνων καχεκτοῦντες ἦσαν καὶ μεγάλην εἶχον διαφορὰν πρὸς τὴν γεγενημένην εὐεξίαν καὶ δόξαν αὐτῶν τῆς πολιτείας.
20.4.2οὗτοι γὰρ μεγάλην περιποιησάμενοι καὶ δόξαν καὶ δύναμιν ἐν τοῖς Λευκτρικοῖς καιροῖς, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς χρόνοις ἀφῄρουν ἀμφοτέρων αἰεὶ τῶν προειρημένων, ἔχοντες στρατηγὸν Ἀβαιόκριτον.
20.4.3ἀπὸ δὲ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν οὐ μόνον ἀφῄρουν, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς εἰς τἀναντία τραπέντες καὶ τὴν πρὸ τοῦ δόξαν ἐφʼ ὅσον οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ἠμαύρωσαν.
Book 20, Part 2
20.3As Antiochus was staying at Chalcis, just as the winter was beginning, two ambassadors came to visit him, Charops from Epirus, and Callistratus from Elis. The prayer of the Epirotes was that The king would not involve them in the war with Rome, for they dwelt on the side of Greece immediately opposite Italy; but that, if he could, he would secure their safety by defending the frontier of Epirus: in that case he should be admitted into all their towns and harbours: but if he decided not to do so at present, they asked his indulgence if they shrank from a war with Rome. The Eleans, in their turn, begged him To send a reinforcement to their town; for as the Achaeans had voted war against them, they were in terror of an attack from the troops of the league. The king answered the Epirotes by saying that he would send envoys to confer with them on their mutual interests; but to Elis he despatched a thousand foot soldiers under the command of Euphanes of Crete. . . .
20.4The Boeotians had long been in a very depressed state, which offered a strong contrast to the former prosperity and reputation of their country. They had acquired great glory as well as great material prosperity at the time of the battle of Leuctra; but by some means or another from that time forward they steadily diminished both the one and the other under the leadership of Amaeocritus; and subsequently not only diminished them, but underwent a complete change of character, and did all that was possible to wipe out their previous reputation. For having been incited by the Achaeans to go to war with the Aetolians, they adopted the policy of the former and made an alliance with them, and thenceforth maintained a steady war with the Aetolians. But on the Aetolians invading Boeotia, they marched out with their full available force, and without waiting for the arrival of the Achaeans, who had mustered their men and were on the point of marching to their assistance, they attacked the Aetolians; and being worsted in the battle were so completely demoralised, that, from the time of that campaign, they never plucked up spirit to claim any position of honour whatever, and never shared in any enterprise or contest undertaken by the common consent of the Greeks. They devoted themselves entirely to eating and drinking, and thus became effeminate in their souls as well as in their bodies.
20.5Such were, briefly, the steps in the degeneracy of Boeotia. Immediately after the battle just mentioned they abandoned the Achaeans and joined the Aetolians. But on the latter presently going to war with Philip’s father Demetrius, they once more abandoned the Aetolians; and upon Demetrius entering Boeotia with an army, without attempting resistance they submitted completely to the Macedonians. But as a spark of their ancestral glory still survived, there were found some who disliked the existing settlement and the complete subservience to Macedonia: and they accordingly maintained a violent opposition to the policy of Ascondas and Neon, the ancestors of Brachylles, who were the most prominent in the party which favoured Macedonia. However, the party of Ascondas eventually prevailed, owing to the following circumstance. Antigonus (Doson), who, after the death of Demetrius, was Philip’s guardian, happened to be sailing on some business along the coast of Boeotia; when off Larymna he was surprised by a sudden ebb of the tide, and his ships were left high and dry. Now just at that time a rumour had been spread that Antigonus meant to make a raid upon the country; and therefore Neon, who was Hipparch at the time, was patrolling the country at the head of all the Boeotian cavalry to protect it, and came upon Antigonus in this helpless and embarrassed position: and having it thus in his power to inflict a serious blow upon the Macedonians, much to their surprise he resolved to spare them. His conduct in so doing was approved by the other Boeotians, but was not at all pleasing to the Thebans. Antigonus, however, when the tide flowed again and his ships floated, proceeded to complete the voyage to Asia on which he was bound, with deep gratitude to Neon for having abstained from attacking him in his awkward position. Accordingly, when at a subsequent period he conquered the Spartan Cleomenes and became master of Lacedaemon, he left Brachylles in charge of the town, by way of paying him for the kindness done him by his father Neon. This proved to be the beginning of a great rise in importance of the family of Brachylles. But this was not all that Antigonus did for him: from that time forward either he personally, or king Philip, continually supported him with money and influence; so that before long this family entirely overpowered the political party opposed to them in Thebes, and forced all the citizens, with very few exceptions, to join the party of Macedonia. Such was the origin of the political adherence to Macedonia of the family of Neon, and of its rise to prosperity.
Book 20, Part 2
20.4.4Ἀχαιῶν γὰρ αὐτοὺς πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς ἐκπολεμωσάντων, μετασχόντες τούτοις τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ ποιησάμενοι συμμαχίαν, μετὰ ταῦτα κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐπολέμουν πρὸς Αἰτωλούς.
20.4.5ἐμβαλόντων δὲ μετὰ δυνάμεως εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἐκστρατεύσαντες πανδημεί, καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἡθροισμένων καὶ μελλόντων παραβοηθεῖν οὐκ ἐκδεξάμενοι τὴν τούτων παρουσίαν συνέβαλον τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς,
20.4.6ἡττηθέντες δὲ κατὰ τὸν κίνδυνον οὕτως ἀνέπεσον ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὥστʼ ἀπʼ ἐκείνης τῆς χρείας ἁπλῶς οὐδενὸς ἔτι τῶν καλῶν ἀμφισβητεῖν ἐτόλμησαν οὐδʼ ἐκοινώνησαν οὔτε πράξεως οὔτʼ ἀγῶνος οὐδενὸς ἔτι τοῖς Ἕλλησι μετὰ κοινοῦ δόγματος,
20.4.7ἀλλʼ ὁρμήσαντες πρὸς εὐωχίαν καὶ μέθας οὐ μόνον τοῖς σώμασιν ἐξελύθησαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
20.5.1τὰ δὲ κεφάλαια τῆς κατὰ μέρος ἀγνοίας ἐχειρίσθη παρʼ αὐτοῖς τὸν τρόπον τοῦτον.
20.5.2μετὰ γὰρ τὴν προειρημένην ἧτταν εὐθέως ἐγκαταλιπόντες τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς προσένειμαν Αἰτωλοῖς τὸ ἔθνος.
20.5.3ἀνελομένων δὲ καὶ τούτων πόλεμον μετά τινα χρόνον πρὸς Δημήτριον τὸν Φιλίππου πατέρα, πάλιν ἐγκαταλιπόντες τούτους, καὶ παραγενομένου Δημητρίου μετὰ δυνάμεως εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν οὐδενὸς πεῖραν λαβόντες τῶν δεινῶν, ὑπέταξαν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὁλοσχερῶς Μακεδόσι.
20.5.4βραχέος δʼ αἰθύγματος ἐγκαταλειπομένου τῆς προγονικῆς δόξης, ἦσάν τινες οἳ δυσηρεστοῦντο τῇ παρούσῃ καταστάσει καὶ τῷ πάντα πείθεσθαι Μακεδόσι.
20.5.5διὸ καὶ μεγάλην ἀντιπολιτείαν εἶναι συνέβαινε τούτοις πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀσκώνδαν καὶ Νέωνα, τοὺς Βραχύλλου προγόνους· οὗτοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ μάλιστα τότε μακεδονίζοντες.
20.5.6οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τέλος κατίσχυσαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀσκώνδαν γενομένης τινὸς περιπετείας τοιαύτης.
20.5.7Ἀντίγονος μετὰ τὸν Δημητρίου θάνατον ἐπιτροπεύσας Φιλίππου, πλέων ἐπί τινας πράξεις πρὸς τὰς ἐσχατιὰς τῆς Βοιωτίας πρὸς Λάρυμναν, παραδόξου γενομένης ἀμπώτεως ἐκάθισαν εἰς τὸ ξηρὸν αἱ νῆες αὐτοῦ.
20.5.8κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον προσπεπτωκυίας φήμης ὅτι μέλλει κατατρέχειν τὴν χώραν Ἀντίγονος, Νέων, ἱππαρχῶν τότε καὶ πάντας τοὺς Βοιωτῶν ἱππεῖς μεθʼ αὑτοῦ περιαγόμενος χάριν τοῦ παραφυλάττειν τὴν χώραν, ἐπεγένετο τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίγονον ἀπορουμένοις καὶ δυσχρηστουμένοις διὰ τὸ συμβεβηκός,
Book 20, Part 3
20.6But Boeotia as a nation had come to such a low pitch, that for nearly twenty-five years the administration of justice had been suspended in private and public suits alike. Their magistrates were engaged in despatching bodies of men to guard the country or in proclaiming national expeditions, and thus continually postponed their attendance at courts of law. Some of the Strategi also dispensed allowances to the needy from the public treasury; whereby the common people learnt to support and invest with office those who would help them to escape the penalties of their crimes and undischarged liabilities, and to be enriched from time to time with some portion of the public property obtained by official favour. No one contributed to this lamentable state of things more than Opheltas, who was always inventing some plan calculated to benefit the masses for the moment, while perfectly certain to ruin them in the future. To these evils was added another unfortunate fashion. It became the practice for those who died childless not to leave their property to the members of their family, as had been the custom of the country formerly, but to assign it for the maintenance of feasts and convivial entertainments to be shared in by the testator’s friends in common; and even many who did possess children left the larger part of their property to the members of their own club. The result was that there were many Boeotians who had more feasts to attend in the month than there were days in it. The people of Megara therefore, disliking this habit, and remembering their old connexion with the Achaean league, were inclined once more to renew their political alliance with it. For the Megarians had been members of the Achaean league since the time of Antigonus Gonatas; but upon Cleomenes blockading the Isthmus, finding themselves cut off from the Achaeans they joined the Boeotians, with the consent of the former. But a little before the time of which we are now speaking, becoming dissatisfied with the Boeotian constitution, they again joined the Achaeans. The Boeotians, incensed at what they considered acts of contempt, sallied out in full force to attack Megara; and on the Megarians declining to listen to them, they determined in their anger to besiege and assault their city. But being attacked by a panic, on a report spreading that Philopoemen was at hand at the head of a force of Achaeans, they left their scaling ladders against the walls and fled back precipitately to their own country.
20.7Such being the state of Boeotian politics, it was only by extraordinary good fortune that they evaded destruction in the dangerous periods of the wars of Philip and Antiochus. But in the succeeding period they did not escape in the same way. Fortune, on the contrary, seemed determined to make them pay for their former good luck by a specially severe retribution, as I shall relate hereafter. . . .
20.7Many of the Boeotians defended their alienation from the Romans by alleging the assassination of Brachylles, and the expedition made by Flamininus upon Coronea owing to the murders of Romans on the roads. But the real reason was their moral degeneracy, brought about by the causes I have mentioned. For as soon as the king approached, the Boeotian magistrates went out to meet him, and after holding a friendly conversation with him conducted him into Thebes. . . .
Book 20, Part 3
20.5.9καὶ δυνάμενος μεγάλα βλάψαι τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἔδοξε φείσασθαι παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν αὐτῶν.
20.5.10τοῖς μὲν οὖν ἄλλοις Βοιωτοῖς ἤρεσκε τοῦτο πράξας, τοῖς δὲ Θηβαίοις οὐχ ὅλως εὐδόκει τὸ γεγονός. ὁ δʼ Ἀντίγονος,
20.5.11ἐπελθούσης μετʼ ὀλίγον τῆς πλήμης καὶ κουφισθεισῶν τῶν νεῶν, τῷ μὲν Νέωνι μεγάλην εἶχε χάριν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ συνεπιτεθεῖσθαι σφίσι κατὰ τὴν περιπέτειαν, αὐτὸς δὲ τὸν προκείμενον ἐτέλει πλοῦν εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν.
20.5.12διὸ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα, νικήσας Κλεομένη τὸν Σπαρτιάτην καὶ κύριος γενόμενος τῆς Λακεδαίμονος, ἐπιστάτην ἀπέλειπε τῆς πόλεως Βραχύλλην, ταύτην αὐτῷ χάριν ἀποδιδοὺς τῆς τοῦ πατρὸς Νέωνος εὐεργεσίας· ἐξ ὧν οὐδὲ κατὰ μικρὸν συνέβη τὴν οἰκίαν ἐπανορθωθῆναι τὴν περὶ τὸν Βραχύλλην.
20.5.13οὐ μόνον δὲ ταύτην αὐτῶν ἔσχε τὴν πρόνοιαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὸ συνεχές, ὁτὲ μὲν αὐτός, ὁτὲ δὲ Φιλίππος, χορηγοῦντες καὶ συνεπισχύοντες αἰεί, ταχέως κατηγωνίσαντο τοὺς ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις αὐτοῖς ἀντιπολιτευομένους καὶ πάντας ἠνάγκασαν μακεδονίζειν πλὴν τελέως ὀλίγων τινῶν.
20.5.14τὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τὴν οἰκίαν τὴν Νέωνος τοιαύτην ἔλαβε τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τῆς πρὸς Μακεδόνας συστάσεως
20.6.1καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν ἐπιδόσεως· τὰ δὲ κοινὰ τῶν Βοιωτῶν εἰς τοσαύτην παραγεγόνει καχεξίαν ὥστε σχεδὸν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντʼ ἐτῶν τὸ δίκαιον μὴ διεξῆχθαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς μήτε περὶ τῶν ἰδιωτικῶν συμβολαίων μήτε περὶ τῶν κοινῶν ἐγκλημάτων,
20.6.2ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν φρουρὰς παραγγέλλοντες τῶν ἀρχόντων, οἱ δὲ στρατείας κοινάς, ἐξέκοπτον ἀεὶ τὴν δικαιοδοσίαν· ἔνιοι δὲ τῶν στρατηγῶν καὶ μισθοδοσίας ἐποίουν ἐκ τῶν κοινῶν τοῖς ἀπόροις τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
20.6.3ἐξ ὧν ἐδιδάχθη τὰ πλήθη τούτοις προσέχειν καὶ τούτοις περιποιεῖν τὰς ἀρχάς, διʼ ὧν ἔμελλε τῶν μὲν ἀδικημάτων καὶ τῶν ὀφειλημάτων οὐχ ὑφέξειν δίκας, προσλήψεσθαι δὲ τῶν κοινῶν αἰεί τι διὰ τὴν τῶν ἀρχόντων χάριν. πλεῖστα δὲ συνεβάλετο πρὸς τὴν τοιαύτην
20.6.4Ὀφέλτας, αἰεί τι προσεπινοῶν ὃ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐδόκει τοὺς πολλοὺς ὠφελεῖν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάντας ἀπολεῖν ἔμελλεν ὁμολογουμένως.
20.6.5τούτοις δʼ ἠκολούθησε καὶ ἕτερος ζῆλος οὐκ εὐτυχής. οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄτεκνοι τὰς οὐσίας οὐ τοῖς κατὰ γένος ἐπιγενομένοις τελευτῶντες ἀπέλειπον, ὅπερ ἦν ἔθος παρʼ αὐτοῖς πρότερον, ἀλλʼ εἰς εὐωχίας καὶ μέθας διετίθεντο καὶ κοινὰς τοῖς φίλοις ἐποίουν·
20.6.6πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐχόντων γενεὰς ἀπεμέριζον τοῖς συσσιτίοις τὸ πλεῖον μέρος τῆς οὐσίας, ὥστε πολλοὺς εἶναι Βοιωτῶν οἷς ὑπῆρχε δεῖπνα τοῦ μηνὸς πλείω τῶν εἰς τὸν μῆνα διατεταγμένων ἡμερῶν.
Book 20, Part 4
20.8Antiochus the Great came to Chalcis in Euboea, and there completed his marriage, when he was fifty years old, and had already undertaken his two most important labours, the liberation of Greece—as he called it—and the war with Rome. However, having fallen in love with a young lady of Chalcis, he was bent on marrying her, though the war was still going on; for he was much addicted to wine and delighted in excesses. The lady was a daughter of Cleoptolemus, a man of rank, and was possessed of extraordinary beauty. He remained in Chalcis all the winter occupied in marriage festivities, utterly regardless of the pressing business of the time. He gave the girl the name of Euboea, and after his defeat fled with his bride to Ephesus. . . .
20.9When the Romans took Heracleia, Phaeneas the Aetolian Strategus, in view of the danger threatening Aetolia, and seeing what would happen to the other towns, determined to send an embassy to Manius Acilius to demand a truce and treaty of peace. With this purpose he despatched Archidamus, Pantaleon and Chalesus, who on meeting the Roman consul were intending to enter upon a long argument, but were interrupted in the middle of their speech and prevented from finishing it. For Acilius remarked that For the present he had no leisure to attend to them, being much engaged with the distribution of the spoils of Heracleia: he would, however, grant a ten days’ truce and send Lucius Valerius Flaccus with them, with instructions as to what he was to say. The truce being thus made, and Valerius having come to Hypata, a lengthened discussion took place on the state of affairs. The Aetolians sought to establish their case by referring to their previous services to Rome. But Valerius cut this line of argument short by saying that Such justification did not apply to the present circumstances; for as these old friendly relations had been broken off by them, and the existing hostility was owing entirely to the Aetolians themselves, the services of the past could be of no assistance to them in the present. They must therefore abandon all idea of justification, and adopt a tone of supplication, and beseech the consul’s pardon for their transgressions. After a long discussion on various details, the Aetolians eventually decided to leave the whole matter to Acilius, and commit themselves without reserve to the good faith of the Romans. They had no comprehension of what this really involved; but they were misled by the word faith into supposing that the Romans would thereby be more inclined to grant them terms. But with the Romans for a man to commit himself to their good faith is held to be equivalent to surrendering unconditionally.
20.10Having come to this resolution, Phaeneas despatched legates with Valerius to announce the decision of the Aetolians to Acilius. On being admitted to the presence of the Consul, these legates, after once more entering upon a plea of self-justification, ended by announcing that the Aetolians had decided to commit themselves to the good faith of the Romans. Hereupon Acilius interrupted them by saying, Is this really the case, men of Aetolia? And upon their answering in the affirmative, he said: Well then, the first condition is that none of you, individually or collectively, must cross to Asia; the second is that you must surrender Menestratus the Epirote (who happened at that time to be at Naupactus, where he had come to the assistance of the Aetolians), and also King Amynander, with such of the Athamanians as accompanied him in his desertion to your side. Here Phaeneas interrupted him by saying: But it is neither just nor consonant with Greek customs, O Consul, to do what you order. To which Acilius replied,—not so much because he was angry, as because he wished to show him the dangerous position in which he stood, and to thoroughly frighten him,— Do you still presume to talk to me about Greek customs, and about honour and duty, after having committed yourselves to my good faith? Why, I might if I chose put you all in chains and commit you to prison! With these words he ordered his men to bring a chain and an iron collar and put it on the neck of each of them. Thereupon Phaeneas and his companions stood in speechless amazement, as though bereft of all power of thought or motion, at this unexpected turn of affairs. But Valerius and some others who were present besought Acilius not to inflict any severity upon the Aetolians then before him, as they were in the position of ambassadors. And on his yielding to these representations, Phaeneas broke silence by saying that He and the Apocleti were ready to obey the injunctions, but they must consult the general assembly if they were to be confirmed. Upon Acilius agreeing to this, he demanded a truce of ten days to be granted. This also having been conceded, they departed with these terms, and on arrival at Hypata told the Apocleti what had been done and the speeches that had been made. This report was the first thing which made their error, and the compulsion under which they were placed, clear to the Aetolians. It was therefore decided to write round to the various cities and call the Aetolians together, to consult on the injunctions imposed upon them. When the news of the reception Phaeneas had met with was noised abroad, the Aetolian people were so infuriated that no one would even attend the meeting to discuss the matter at all. It was thus impossible to hold the discussion. They were further encouraged by the arrival of Nicander, who just at that time sailed into Phalara, on the Malian gulf, from Asia, bringing news of the warm reception given him by Antiochus, and the promises for the future which the king had made; they therefore became quite indifferent as to the noncompletion of the peace. Thus when the days of the truce had elapsed the Aetolians found themselves still at war with Rome.
Book 20, Part 4
20.6.7διὸ καὶ Μεγαρεῖς, μισήσαντες μὲν τὴν τοιαύτην κατάστασιν, μνησθέντες δὲ τῆς προγεγενημένης αὐτοῖς μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν συμπολιτείας, αὖτις ἀπένευσαν πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς καὶ τὴν ἐκείνων αἵρεσιν.
20.6.8Μεγαρεῖς γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν ἐπολιτεύοντο μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἀπὸ τῶν κατʼ Ἀντίγονον τὸν Γονατᾶν χρόνων· ὅτε δὲ Κλεομένης εἰς τὸν Ἰσθμὸν προεκάθισεν, διακλεισθέντες προσέθεντο τοῖς Βοιωτοῖς μετὰ τῆς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν γνώμης.
20.6.9βραχὺ δὲ πρὸ τῶν νῦν λεγομένων καιρῶν δυσαρεστήσαντες τῇ πολιτείᾳ τῶν Βοιωτῶν αὖτις ἀπένευσαν πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιούς.
20.6.10οἱ δὲ Βοιωτοὶ διοργισθέντες ἐπὶ τῷ καταφρονεῖσθαι δοκεῖν ἐξῆλθον ἐπὶ τοὺς Μεγαρεῖς πανδημεὶ σὺν τοῖς ὅπλοις.
20.6.11οὐδένα δὲ ποιουμένων λόγον τῶν Μεγαρέων τῆς παρουσίας αὐτῶν, οὕτω θυμωθέντες πολιορκεῖν ἐπεβάλοντο καὶ προσβολὰς ποιεῖσθαι τῇ πόλει.
20.6.12πανικοῦ δʼ ἐμπεσόντος αὐτοῖς καὶ φήμης ὅτι πάρεστιν Φιλοποίμην τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἔχων, ἀπολιπόντες πρὸς τῷ τείχει τὰς κλίμακας ἔφυγον προτροπάδην εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
20.7.1τοιαύτην δʼ ἔχοντες οἱ Βοιωτοὶ τὴν διάθεσιν τῆς πολιτείας, εὐτυχῶς πως διώλισθον καὶ τοὺς κατὰ Φίλιππον καὶ τοὺς κατʼ Ἀντίοχον καιρούς.
20.7.2ἔν γε μὴν τοῖς ἑξῆς οὐ διέφυγον, ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες ἀνταπόδοσιν ἡ τύχη ποιουμένη βαρέως ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς ἐπεμβαίνειν· ὑπὲρ ὧν ἡμεῖς ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ποιησόμεθα μνήμην. —
20.7.3ὅτι οἱ πολλοὶ πρόφασιν μὲν εἶχον τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀλλοτριότητος τὴν ἐπαναίρεσιν τὴν Βραχύλλου καὶ τὴν στρατείαν, ἣν ἐποιήσατο Τίτος ἐπὶ Κορώνειαν διὰ τοὺς ἐπιγινομένους φόνους ἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
20.7.4τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ καχεκτοῦντες ἦσαν ταῖς ψυχαῖς διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας.
20.7.5καὶ γὰρ τοῦ βασιλέως συνεγγίζοντος ἐξῄεσαν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀπάντησιν οἱ τῶν Βοιωτῶν ἄρξαντες· συμμίξαντες δὲ καὶ φιλανθρώπως ὁμιλήσαντες ἦγον αὐτὸν εἰς τὰς Θήβας. —
20.8.1Ἀντίοχος δὲ ὁ μέγας ἐπικαλούμενος, ὃν Ῥωμαῖοι καθεῖλον, ὡς ἱστορεῖ Πολύβιος ἐν τῇ εἰκοστῇ, παρελθὼν εἰς Χαλκίδα τῆς Εὐβοίας συνετέλει γάμους, πεντήκοντα μὲν ἔτη γεγονὼς καὶ δύο τὰ μέγιστα τῶν ἔργων ἀνειληφώς, τήν τε τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθέρωσιν, ὡς αὐτὸς ἐπηγγέλλετο, καὶ τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον.
Book 20, Part 5
20.11But I ought not to omit to describe the subsequent career and fate of Nicander. He arrived back at Phalara on the twelfth day after leaving Ephesus, and found the Romans still engaged in Heracleia, and the Macedonians having already evacuated Lamia, but encamped at no great distance from the town: he thereupon conveyed his money unexpectedly into Lamia, and attempted himself to make his way between the two camps into Hypata. But, falling into the hands of the Macedonian pickets, he was taken to Philip, while his evening party was still at the midst of their entertainment, greatly alarmed lest he should meet with rough treatment from having incurred Philip’s resentment, or should be handed over to the Romans. But when the matter was reported to the king, he at once gave orders that the proper officers should offer Nicander refreshments, and show him every politeness and attention. After a time he got up from table and went personally to visit him; and after enlarging at great length on the folly of the Aetolians, for having first brought the Romans into Greece, and afterwards Antiochus, he still, even at this hour, urged that they should forget their past, adhere to their loyalty to himself, and not show a disposition to take advantage of each other’s difficulties. He bade Nicander convey this message to the leaders of the Aetolians, and exhorting him personally to remember the favours which he had received at his hands, he despatched him with a sufficient escort, which he ordered to see him safe into Hypata. This result was far beyond Nicander’s hopes or expectations. He was restored in due course to his friends, and from the moment of this adventure remained devoted to the royal family of Macedonia. Thus, in the subsequent period of the war with Perseus, the obligations which this favour had imposed upon him caused him to offer such an unwilling and lukewarm opposition to the designs of Perseus, that he exposed himself to suspicion and denunciation, and at last was summoned to Rome and died there. . . .
20.12The Spartans could not find one of their own citizens willing to address Philopoemen on this subject. To men who for the most part undertake work for what they can get by it there are plenty of people to offer such rewards, and to regard them as the means of founding and consolidating friendship: but in the case of Philipoemen no one could be found willing to convey this offer to him at all. Finally, being completely at a loss, they elected Timolaus to do it, as being his ancestral guest-friend and very intimate with him. Timolaus twice journeyed to Megalopolis for this express purpose, without daring to say a word to Philopoemen about it. But having goaded himself to making a third attempt, he at length plucked up courage to mention the proposed gifts. Much to his surprise Philopoemen received the suggestion with courtesy; and Timolaus was overjoyed by the belief that he had attained his object. Philopoemen, however, remarked that he would come to Sparta himself in the course of the next few days; for he wished to offer all the magistrates his thanks for this favour. He accordingly came, and, being invited to attend the Senate, he said: He had long been aware of the kindness with which the Lacedaemonians regarded him; but was more convinced than ever by the compliments and extraordinary mark of honour they now offered him. But while gratefully accepting their intention, he disliked the particular manner of its exhibition. They should not bestow such honour and rewards on their friends, the poison of which would indelibly infect the receiver, but rather upon their enemies; that the former might retain their freedom of speech and the confidence of the Achaeans when proposing to offer assistance to Sparta; while the latter, by swallowing the bait, might be compelled either to support their cause, or at any rate to keep silence and do them no harm. . . .
20.12To see an operation with one’s own eyes is not like merely hearing a description of it. It is, indeed, quite another thing; and the confidence which such vivid experience gives is always greatly advantageous. . . .
Book 20, Part 5
20.8.2ἐρασθεὶς οὖν παρθένου Χαλκιδικῆς κατὰ τὸν τοῦ πολέμου καιρὸν ἐφιλοτιμήσατο γῆμαι αὐτήν, οἰνοπότης ὢν καὶ μέθαις χαίρων.
20.8.3ἦν δʼ αὕτη Κλεοπτολέμου μὲν θυγάτηρ, ἑνὸς τῶν ἐπιφανῶν, κάλλει δὲ πάσας ὑπερβάλλουσα.
20.8.4καὶ τοὺς γάμους συντελῶν ἐν τῇ Χαλκίδι αὐτόθι διέτριψε τὸν χειμῶνα, τῶν ἐνεστώτων οὐδʼ ἡντινοῦν ποιούμενος πρόνοιαν, ἔθετο δὲ καὶ τῇ παιδὶ ὄνομα Εὔβοιαν.
20.8.5ἡττηθεὶς οὖν τῷ πολέμῳ ἔφυγεν εἰς Ἔφεσον μετὰ τῆς νεογάμου.
20.8.6νεξ πραετερ θυινγεντος, θυι ξιρξα ρεγεμ φυερυντ, εχ τοτο εχερξιτυ θυισθυαμ εφφυγιτ, ετιαμ εχ δεξεμ μιλιβυς μιλιτυμ, θυος πολψβιο αυξτορε τραιεξισσε σεξυμ ρεγεμ ιν γραεξιαμ σξριπσιμυς, εχιγυυς νυμερυς.
20.9.1ὅτι οἱ περὶ τὸν Φαινέαν τὸν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν στρατηγὸν μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τὴν Ἡράκλειαν ὑποχείριον τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ὁρῶντες τὸν περιεστῶτα καιρὸν τὴν Αἰτωλίαν καὶ λαμβάνοντες πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τὰ συμβησόμενα ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσιν, ἔκριναν διαπέμπεσθαι πρὸς τὸν Μάνιον ὑπὲρ ἀνοχῶν καὶ διαλύσεως.
20.9.2ταῦτα δὲ διαλαβόντες ἐξαπέστειλαν Ἀρχέδαμον καὶ Πανταλέοντα καὶ Χάλεπον·
20.9.3οἳ συμμίξαντες τῷ στρατηγῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων προέθεντο μὲν καὶ πλείους ποιεῖσθαι λόγους, μεσολαβηθέντες δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἔντευξιν ἐκωλύθησαν.
20.9.4ὁ γὰρ Μάνιος κατὰ μὲν τὸ παρὸν οὐκ ἔφασκεν εὐκαιρεῖν, περισπώμενος ὑπὸ τῆς τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἡρακλείας λαφύρων οἰκονομίας·
20.9.5δεχημέρους δὲ ποιησάμενος ἀνοχὰς ἐκπέμψειν ἔφη μετʼ αὐτῶν Λεύκιον, πρὸς ὃν ἐκέλευε λέγειν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἂν δέοιντο.
20.9.6γενομένων δὲ τῶν ἀνοχῶν, καὶ τοῦ Λευκίου συνελθόντος εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν, ἐγένοντο λόγοι καὶ πλείους ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
20.9.7οἱ μὲν οὖν Αἰτωλοὶ συνίσταντο τὴν δικαιολογίαν ἀνέκαθεν προφερόμενοι τὰ προγεγονότα σφίσι φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους·
Book 21, Part 1
21.1AT this time also it happened that the embassy, which the Lacedaemonians had sent to Rome, returned disappointed. The subject of their mission was the hostages and the villages. As to the villages the Senate answered that they would give instructions to envoys sent by themselves; and as to the hostages they desired to consider further. But as to the exiles of past times, they said that they wondered why they were not recalled, now that Sparta had been freed from her tyrants. . . .
21.2At the same period the Senate dealt with the ambassadors from Philip. They had come to set forth the loyalty and zeal of the king, which he had shown to the Romans in the war against Antiochus. On hearing what the envoys had to say, the Senate released the king’s son Demetrius from his position as hostage at once, and promised that they would also remit part of the yearly indemnity, if he kept faith with Rome in future. The Senate likewise released the Lacedaemonian hostages, except Armenas, son of Nabis; who subsequently fell ill and died. . . .
21.3Directly the news of the victory at sea reached Rome, the Senate first decreed a public supplicatio for nine days,—which means a public and universal holiday, accompanied by the sacrifice of thank offerings to the gods for the happy success,—and next gave audience to the envoys from Aetolia and Manius Acilius. When both parties had pleaded their cause at some length, the Senate decreed to offer the Aetolians the alternative of committing their when cause unconditionally to the arbitration of the Senate, or of paying a thousand talents down and making an offensive and defensive alliance with Rome. But on the Aetolians desiring the Senate to state definitely on what points they were to submit to such arbitration, the Senate refused to define them. Accordingly the war with the Aetolians went on. . . .
21.4While Amphissa was still being besieged by Manius Acilius, the Athenians, hearing at that time both of the distress of the Amphissians and of the arrival of Publius Scipio, despatched Echedemus and others on an embassy to him, with instructions to pay their respects to both Lucius and Publius Scipio, and at the same time to try what could be done to get peace for the Aetolians. On their arrival, Publius welcomed them gladly and treated them with great courtesy; because he saw that they would be of assistance to him in carrying out his plans. For he was very desirous of effecting a settlement in Aetolia on good terms; but had resolved that, if the Aetolians refused to comply, he would at all hazards relinquish that business for the present, and cross to Asia: for he was well aware that the ultimate object of the war and of the entire expedition was not to reduce the Aetolian nation to obedience, but to conquer Antiochus and take possession of Asia. Therefore, directly the Athenians mentioned the pacification, he accepted their suggestion with eagerness, and bade them sound the Aetolians also. Accordingly, Echedemus and his colleagues, having sent a preliminary deputation to Hypata, presently followed in person, and entered into a discussion with the Aetolian magistrates on the subject of a pacification. They, too, readily acquiesced in the suggestion, and certain envoys were appointed to meet the Romans. They found Publius and the army encamped sixty stades from Amphissa, and there discoursed at great length on their previous services to Rome. Publius Scipio adopted in reply a still milder and more conciliatory style, quoting his own conduct in Iberia and Libya, and explaining how he had treated all who in those countries had confided to his honour: and finally expressing an opinion that they had better put themselves in his hands. At first, all who were present felt very sanguine that the pacification was about to be accomplished. But when, in answer to the Aetolian demand to know on what terms they were to make the peace, Lucius Scipio explained that they had two alternatives—to submit their entire case unconditionally to the arbitrament of Rome, or to pay a thousand talents down and to make an offensive and defensive alliance with her—the Aetolians present were thrown into the state of the most painful perplexity at the inconsistency of this announcement with the previous talk: but finally they said that they would consult the Aetolians on the terms imposed.
21.5On the return of the Aetolian envoys for the purpose of consulting their countrymen, Echedemus and his colleagues joined the council of the apocleti in their deliberations on this subject. One of the alternatives was impossible owing to the amount of money demanded, and the other was rendered alarming in their eyes by the deception they had experienced before, when, after submitting to the surrender, they had narrowly escaped being thrown into chains. Being then much perplexed and quite unable to decide, they sent the same envoys back to beg the Scipios that they would either abate part of the money, so as to be within their power to pay, or except from the surrender the persons of citizens, men and women. But upon their arrival in the Roman camp and delivering their message, Lucius Scipio merely replied that The only terms on which he was commissioned by the Senate to treat were those which he had recently stated. They therefore returned once more, and were followed by Echedemus and his colleagues to Hypata, who advised the Aetolians that Since there was at present a hitch in the negotiations for peace, they should ask for a truce; and, having thus at least delayed the evils threatening them, should send an embassy to the Senate. If they obtained their request, all would be well; but, if they did not, they must trust to the chapter of accidents: for their position could not be worse than it was now, but for many reasons might not impossibly be better. The advice of Echedemus was thought sound, and the Aetolians accordingly voted to send envoys to obtain a truce; who, upon reaching Lucius Scipio, begged that for the present a truce of six months might be granted them, that they might send an embassy to the Senate. Publius Scipio, who had for some time past been anxious to begin the campaign in Asia, quickly persuaded his brother to grant their request. The agreement therefore was reduced to writing, and thereupon Manius Acilius handed over his army to Lucius Scipio, and returned with his military tribunes to Rome. . . .
21.6Factions became rife at Phocaea, partly because they suffered from the Romans left with the ships being quartered on them, and partly because they were annoyed at the tribute imposed on them. . . .
21.6Then the Phocaean magistrates, alarmed at the state of popular excitement caused by the dearth of corn, and the agitation kept up by the partisans of Antiochus, sent envoys to Seleucus, who was on their frontiers, ordering him not to approach the town, as they were resolved to remain neutral and await the final decision of the quarrel, and then obey orders. Of these ambassadors the partisans of Seleucus and his faction were Aristarchus, Cassander, and Rhodon; those, on the contrary, who inclined to Rome were Hegias and Gelias. On their arrival Seleucus at once showed every attention to Aristarchus and his partisans, but treated Hegias and Gelias with complete neglect. But when he was informed of the state of popular feeling, and the shortness of provisions in Phocaea, he threw aside all negotiation or discussion with the envoys, and marched towards the town. . . .
21.6Two Galli, with sacred images and figures on their breasts, advanced from the town, and besought them not to adopt any extreme measures against the city. . . .
21.7The fire-carrier used by Pausistratus, the navarch of the Rhodians, was a scoop or basket. On either side of the prow two staples were fixed into the inner part of the two sides of the ship, into which poles were fitted with their extremities extending out to sea. To the end of these the scoop filled with fire was attached by an iron chain, in such a way that in charging the enemy’s ship, whether on the prow or the broadside, fire was thrown upon it, while it was kept a long way off from his own ship by the slope of the poles. . . .
21.7The Rhodian admiral Pamphilidas was thought to be better capable than Pausistratus of adapting himself to all possible contingencies, because his character was more remarkable for its depth and solidity than for its boldness. For most men judge not from any fixed principle but by results. Thus, though they had recently elected Pausistratus to the command, on the ground of his possessing these very qualities of energy and boldness, their opinions at once underwent a complete revolution when he met with his disaster. . . .
21.8At this time a letter arrived at Samos for Lucius Aemilius and Eumenes from the consul Lucius Scipio, announcing the agreement made with the Aetolians for the truce, and the approaching advance of the land forces to the Hellespont. Another to the same effect was sent to Antiochus and Seleucus from the Aetolians. . . .
Book 20, Part 6
20.9.8ὁ δὲ Λεύκιος ἐπιτεμὼν αὐτῶν τὴν ὁρμὴν οὐκ ἔφη τοῖς παροῦσι καιροῖς ἁρμόζειν τοῦτο τὸ γένος τῆς δικαιολογίας· λελυμένων γὰρ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς φιλανθρώπων διʼ ἐκείνους, καὶ τῆς ἐνεστώσης ἔχθρας διʼ Αἰτωλοὺς γεγενημένης, οὐδὲν ἔτι συμβάλλεσθαι τὰ τότε φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς τοὺς νῦν καιρούς.
20.9.9διόπερ ἀφεμένους τοῦ δικαιολογεῖσθαι συνεβούλευε τρέπεσθαι πρὸς τὸν ἀξιωματικὸν λόγον καὶ δεῖσθαι τοῦ στρατηγοῦ συγγνώμης τυχεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις.
20.9.10οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοὶ καὶ πλείω λόγον ποιησάμενοι περὶ τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων ἔκριναν ἐπιτρέπειν τὰ ὅλα Μανίῳ, δόντες αὑτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν,
20.9.11οὐκ εἰδότες τίνα δύναμιν ἔχει τοῦτο, τῷ δὲ τῆς πίστεως ὀνόματι πλανηθέντες, ὡς ἂν διὰ τοῦτο τελειοτέρου σφίσιν ἐλέους ὑπάρξοντος.
20.9.12παρὰ δὲ Ῥωμαίοις ἰσοδυναμεῖ τό τʼ εἰς τὴν πίστιν αὑτὸν ἐγχειρίσαι καὶ τὸ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν δοῦναι περὶ αὑτοῦ τῷ κρατοῦντι.
20.10.1πλὴν ταῦτα κρίναντες ἐξέπεμψαν ἅμα τῷ Λευκίῳ τοὺς περὶ Φαινέαν διασαφήσοντας τὰ δεδογμένα τῷ Μανίῳ κατὰ σπουδήν·
20.10.2οἳ καὶ συμμίξαντες τῷ στρατηγῷ καὶ πάλιν ὁμοίως δικαιολογηθέντες ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν, ἐπὶ καταστροφῆς εἶπαν διότι κέκριται τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐγχειρίζειν εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν.
20.10.3ὁ δὲ Μάνιος μεταλαβών "οὐκοῦν οὕτως ἔχει ταῦτα," φησίν, "
20.10.4ὦ ἄνδρες Αἰτωλοί;" τῶν δὲ κατανευσάντων, "τοιγαροῦν πρῶτον μὲν δεήσει μηδένα διαβαίνειν ὑμῶν εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν, μήτε κατʼ ἰδίαν μήτε μετὰ κοινοῦ δόγματος,
20.10.5δεύτερον Δικαίαρχον ἔκδοτον δοῦναι καὶ Μενέστρατον τὸν Ἠπειρώτην," ὃς ἐτύγχανε τότε παραβεβοηθηκὼς εἰς Ναύπακτον, "σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀμύνανδρον τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τῶν Ἀθαμάνων τοὺς ἅμα τούτῳ συναποχωρήσαντας πρὸς αὐτούς.
20.10.6" ὁ δὲ Φαινέας μεσολαβήσας "ἀλλʼ οὔτε δίκαιον," ἔφησεν, "οὔθʼ Ἑλληνικόν ἐστιν, ὦ στρατηγέ, τὸ παρακαλούμενον."
20.10.7ὁ δὲ Μάνιος οὐχ οὕτως ὀργισθεὶς ὡς βουλόμενος εἰς ἔννοιαν αὐτοὺς ἀγαγεῖν τῆς περιστάσεως καὶ καταπλήξασθαι τοῖς ὅλοις, "ἔτι γὰρ ὑμεῖς ἑλληνοκοπεῖτε" φησὶ "καὶ περὶ τοῦ πρέποντος καὶ καθήκοντος ποιεῖσθε λόγον, δεδωκότες ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὴν πίστιν; οὓς ἐγὼ δήσας εἰς τὴν ἅλυσιν ἀπάξω πάντας, ἂν τοῦτʼ ἐμοὶ δόξῃ.
Book 21, Part 2
21.9An embassy from King Eumenes having arrived in Achaia proposing an alliance, the Achaeans met in public assembly and ratified it, and sent out some soldiers, a thousand foot and a hundred horse, under the command of Diophanes of Megalopolis. . . .
21.9Diophanes was a man of great experience in war; for during the protracted hostilities with Nabis in the neighbourhood of Megalopolis, he had served throughout under Philopoemen, and accordingly had gained a real familiarity with the operations of actual warfare. And besides this advantage, his appearance and physical prowess were impressive; and, most important of all, he was a man of personal courage and exceedingly expert in the use of arms. . . .
21.10King Antiochus had already penetrated into the territory of Pergamum; but when he heard that king Eumenes was close at hand, and saw that the land forces as well as the fleet were ready to attack him, he began to consider the propriety of proposing a pacification with the Romans, Eumenes, and the Rhodians at once. He therefore removed with his whole army to Elaea, and having seized a hill facing that town, he encamped his infantry upon it, while he entrenched his cavalry, amounting to over six thousand, close under the walls of the town. He took up his own position between these two, and proceeded to send messengers to Lucius Aemilius in the town, proposing a peace. The Roman imperator thereupon called Eumenes and the Rhodians to a meeting, and desired them to give their opinions on the proposal. Eudemus and Pamphilidas were not averse to making terms; but the king said that To make peace at the present moment was neither honourable nor possible. How could it be an honourable conclusion of the war that they should make terms while confined within the walls of a town? And how was it possible to give validity to those terms without waiting for the Consul and obtaining his consent? Besides, even if they did give any indication of coming to an agreement with Antiochus, neither the naval nor military forces could of course return home until the Senate and people had ratified the terms of it. All that would be left for them to do would be to spend the winter where they were, waiting idly for the decision from home, doing nothing, and exhausting the wealth and resources of their allies. And then, if the Senate withheld its approval of the terms, they would have to begin the war all over again, having let the opportunity pass, which, with God’s help, would have enabled them to put a period to the whole war. Such was the speech of king Eumenes. Lucius Aemilius accepted the advice, and answered the envoys of Antiochus that the peace could not possibly be made until the Proconsul arrived. On hearing this Antiochus immediately began devastating the territory of Elaea; and subsequently, while Seleucus remained in occupation of that district, Antiochus continued his march through the country as far as the plain of Thebe, and having there entered upon an exceedingly fertile and wealthy district, he gorged his army with spoil of every description. . . .
21.11On his arrival at Sardis after this expedition, Antiochus at once sent to Prusias to urge him to an alliance. Now in former times Prusias had by no means been disinclined to join Antiochus, because he was much alarmed lest the Romans should cross over to Asia for the purpose of putting down all crowned heads. But the perusal of a letter received from Lucius and Publius Scipio had served to a great extent to relieve his anxiety, and give him a tolerably correct forecast of the result of the war. For the Scipios had put the case with great clearness in their letter, and had supported their assertions by numerous proofs. They entered not only upon a defence of the policy adopted by themselves, but of that also of the Roman people generally; by which they showed that, so far from depriving any of the existing kings of their sovereignties, they had themselves been the authors in some cases of their establishment, in others of the extension of their powers and the large increase of their dominions. To prove this they quoted the instances of Andobales and Colichas in Iberia, of Massanissa in Libya, and of Pleuratus in Illyria, all of whom they said they had raised from petty and insignificant princes to the position of undisputed royalty. They further mentioned the cases of Philip and Nabis in Greece. As to Philip, they had conquered him in war and reduced him to the necessity of giving hostages and paying tribute: yet, after receiving a slight proof of his good disposition, they had restored his son and the young men who were hostages with him, had remitted the tribute, and given him back several of the towns that had been taken in the course of war. While as for Nabis, though they might have utterly destroyed him, they had not done so, but had spared him, tyrant as he was, on receiving the usual security for his good faith. With these facts before his eyes they urged Prusias in their letter not to be in any fear for his kingdom, but to adopt the Roman alliance without misgiving, for he would never have reason to regret his choice. This letter worked an entire change in the feelings of Prusias; and when, besides, Caius Livius and the other legates arrived at his court, after conversation with them, he entirely relinquished all ideas of looking for support from Antiochus. Foiled, therefore, of hope in this quarter, Antiochus retired to Ephesus: and being convinced on reflection that the only way of preventing the transport of the enemy’s army, and in fact of repelling an invasion of Asia at all, was to keep a firm mastery of the sea, he determined to fight a naval battle and leave the issue of the struggle to be decided by his success in that. . . .
21.12When the pirates saw that the Roman fleet was coming they turned and fled. . . .
21.13After sustaining this defeat at sea, Antiochus remained in Sardis, neglecting to avail himself of such opportunities as he had left, and taking no steps whatever to prosecute the war; and when he learnt that the enemy had crossed into Asia he lost all heart, and determined in despair to send an envoy to Lucius and Publius Scipio to treat of peace. He selected Heracleides of Byzantium for this purpose, and despatched him with instructions to offer to surrender the territories of Lampsacus and Smyrna as well as Alexandria (Troas), which were the original cause of the war, and any other cities in Aeolis and Ionia of which they might wish to deprive him, as having embraced their side in the war; and in addition to this to promise an indemnity of half the expenses they had incurred in their quarrel with him. Such were the offers which the envoy was instructed to make in his public audience; but, besides these, there were others to be committed to Publius Scipio’s private ear, of which I will speak in detail later on. On his arrival at the Hellespont the envoy found the Romans still occupying the camp which they had constructed immediately after crossing. At first he was much cheered by this fact, for he thought it would materially aid his negotiation that the enemy were exactly where they were at first, and had not as yet taken any further action. But when he learnt that Publius Scipio was still on the other side of the water he was much disturbed, because the turn which his negotiations were to take depended principally on Scipio’s view of the matter. The reason of the army being still in their first camp, and of Publius Scipio’s absence from the army, was that he was one of the Salii. These are, as I have before stated, one of the three colleges of priests by whom the most important sacrifices to the gods are offered at Rome. And it is the law that, at the time of these sacrifices, they must not quit the spot for thirty days in which it happens to find them. This was the case at the present time with Publius Scipio; for just as the army was on the point of crossing this season arrived, and prevented him from changing his place of abode. Thus it came about that he was separated from the legions and remained in Europe, while, though the army crossed, it remained encamped, and could take no further step, because they were waiting for him.
21.14However, Publius arrived a few days afterwards, and Heracleides being summoned to attend the Council, delivered the message with which he was charged, announcing that Antiochus abandoned Lampsacus, Smyrna, and Alexandria; and also all such towns in Aeolis and Ionia as had sided with Rome; and that he offered, further, an indemnity of half their expenses in the present war. He added many arguments besides, urging the Romans Not to tempt fortune too far, as they were but men; nor to extend their empire indefinitely, but rather to keep it within limits, if possible those of Europe,—for even then they would have an enormous and unprecedented dominion, such as no nation before them had attained;—but if they were determined at all hazards to grasp parts of Asia also, let them say definitely what parts those were, for the king would go to the utmost stretch of his power to meet their wishes. After the delivery of this speech the council decided that the Consul should answer that It was only fair that Antiochus should pay, not the half, but the whole expense of the war, seeing that he, and not they, had originally begun it; and as to the cities, he must not only liberate those in Aeolis and Ionia, but must surrender his whole dominion on this side of Mount Taurus. On receiving this answer from the council, conveying demands which went far beyond his instructions, the envoy, without answering a word, abstained from a public audience thenceforth, but exerted himself to conciliate Publius Scipio.
21.15Having at length got a suitable opportunity, he disclosed to him the offers with which he was charged. These were that the king would first restore his son without ransom, who had been taken prisoner in the early part of the war; and was prepared, secondly, to pay him any sum of money he might name, and thenceforth share with him the wealth of his kingdom, if he would only support the acceptance of the terms offered by the king. Publius replied that the promise as to his son he accepted, and would feel under an obligation to the king if he fulfilled it; but as to the rest he assured him that the king, among his other delusions, was under a complete mistake as to the course demanded by his own interests. For if he had made these offers while still master of Lysimacheia and the entrance into the Chersonese, he would at once have got what he asked: and so too, even after evacuating these places, if he had appeared with his army at the Hellespont and shown that he meant to prevent our crossing, and then had sent his envoys, he might even thus have obtained his demands. But when he comes with his proposals of equitable terms, after allowing our troops to set foot in Asia, and having so not only submitted to the bridle, but allowed the rider to mount, he must expect to fail and be disappointed of his hopes. Therefore, I advise him to adopt wiser measures, and look at the facts in their true light. In return for his promise in regard to my son, I will give him a hint which is well worth the favour he offers me: make any concession, do anything, rather than fight with the Romans. With this answer Heracleides returned and told the king everything. And Antiochus, considering that no severer terms could be imposed on him if he were beaten in the field, abandoned all idea of negotiation, and began making preparations of all sorts and in every direction for the battle. . . .
21.16After the victory the Romans took Sardis and its Acropolis, and there they were visited by Musaeus bringing a message from Antiochus. Being politely received by the Scipios, he announced that Antiochus wished to send envoys to treat on the terms of peace, and therefore desired that a safe conduct should be given them. This was granted and the herald returned; and some days after, Zeuxis, formerly Satrap of Lydia, and Antipater, his nephew, came as ambassadors from king Antiochus. Their first anxiety was to meet king Eumenes, because they feared that his old quarrel would cause him to be only too ready to do them a bad turn. But when they found him, contrary to their expectation, disposed to moderate and gentle methods, they at once addressed themselves to meeting the council. Being summoned to attend it they made a lengthy speech, among other things exhorting the Romans to use their victory with mildness and generosity; and alleging that such a course was still more to the interest of the Romans than of Antiochus, since Fortune had committed to them the empire and lordship of the world. Finally, they asked What they were to do to obtain peace and the friendship of Rome? The members of the council had already in a previous sitting discussed and agreed upon this point, and now bade Publius Scipio deliver their decision.
21.17Scipio began by saying that victory never made the Romans more severe than before, and accordingly the envoys would receive the same answer as they had previously received when they came to the Hellespont before the battle. They must evacuate Europe and all Asia this side Taurus: must pay the Romans fifteen thousand Euboic talents as an indemnity for the expenses of the war, five hundred at once, two thousand five hundred on the ratification of the treaty by the people, and the rest in twelve yearly instalments of a thousand talents. Further, Antiochus must pay Eumenes the four hundred talents owing to him, and the balance of the corn due in accordance with the treaty made with his father Attalus. He must at the same time deliver Hannibal the Carthaginian, Thoas the Aetolian, Mnasilochus the Acarnanian, and Philo and Eubulides the Chalcidians. As security for the fulfilment of these terms, Antiochus must at once give twenty hostages named in the treaty. Such was the decision announced by Publius Scipio in the name of the whole Council. Antipater and Zeuxis having expressed their consent to them, it was agreed by all to send envoys to Rome to appeal to the Senate and people to confirm the treaty. The ambassadors of Antiochus departed with this understanding: and during the following days the Roman commanders divided their forces into their winter quarters; and when some few days later the hostages arrived, both Eumenes and the envoys of Antiochus started on their voyage to Rome. Nor were they alone in their mission; for Rhodes also, and Smyrna, and nearly all the nations and states on this side Taurus sent ambassadors to Rome. . . .
21.18At the beginning of the summer following the victory of the Romans over Antiochus, the ambassadors of that king, and those from Rhodes, as well as from the other states arrived in Rome. For, as I said, nearly all the states in Asia began sending envoys to Rome immediately after the battle, because the hopes of all as to their future position rested at that time on the Senate. All who arrived were graciously received by the Senate; but the most imposing reception was that accorded to king Eumenes, both in the complimentary processions sent out to meet him and the arrangements made for his entertainment; and next in cordiality to his reception was that given to the Rhodians. When the time for the audiences came, they first called in the king and bade him say freely what he wished to obtain at the hands of the Senate. But Eumenes at first evaded the task by saying: If I had been desirous of obtaining any favour from others, I should have looked to the Romans for advice, that I might neither desire anything that was wrong nor ask anything unfair; but seeing that I am here to prefer my request to the Romans themselves, I think it better to leave the interests of myself and my brothers unreservedly in their hands. And though one of the Senators rose and begged him to have no apprehension, but to speak his mind, he still adhered to this view. And so after a certain time had elapsed the king withdrew; and the Senate, remaining in the curia, debated what was to be done. Eventually it was decreed to call upon Eumenes to declare with his own mouth the objects of his visit without reserve, on the ground that he knew best what his own kingdom required, and what was the state of things in Asia. He was then called in; and, one of the Senators having informed him of the vote, he was compelled to speak on the business.
Book 20, Part 7
20.10.8" ταῦτα λέγων φέρειν ἅλυσιν ἐκέλευσε καὶ σκύλακα σιδηροῦν ἑκάστῳ περιθεῖναι περὶ τὸν τράχηλον.
20.10.9οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Φαινέαν ἔκθαμβοι γεγονότες ἕστασαν ἄφωνοι πάντες, οἱονεὶ παραλελυμένοι καὶ τοῖς σώμασι καὶ ταῖς ψυχαῖς διὰ τὸ παράδοξον τῶν ἀπαντωμένων·
20.10.10ὁ δὲ Λεύκιος καί τινες ἕτεροι τῶν συμπαρόντων χιλιάρχων ἐδέοντο τοῦ Μανίου μηδὲν βουλεύσασθαι δυσχερὲς ὑπὲρ τῶν παρόντων ἀνδρῶν, ἐπεὶ τυγχάνουσιν ὄντες πρεσβευταί. τοῦ δὲ συγχωρήσαντος ἤρξατο λέγειν ὁ Φαινέας·
20.10.11ἔφη γὰρ αὑτὸν καὶ τοὺς ἀποκλήτους ποιήσειν τὰ προσταττόμενα, προσδεῖσθαι δὲ καὶ τῶν πολλῶν, εἰ μέλλει κυρωθῆναι τὰ παραγγελλόμενα.
20.10.12τοῦ δὲ Μανίου φήσαντος αὐτὸν ὀρθῶς λέγειν, ἠξίου πάλιν ἀνοχὰς αὑτοῖς δοθῆναι δεχημέρους. συγχωρηθέντος δὲ καὶ τούτου, τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐχωρίσθησαν·
20.10.13παραγενόμενοι δʼ εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν διεσάφουν τοῖς ἀποκλήτοις τὰ γεγονότα καὶ τοὺς ῥηθέντας λόγους. ὧν ἀκούσαντες τότε πρῶτον ἔννοιαν ἔλαβον Αἰτωλοὶ τῆς αὑτῶν ἀγνοίας καὶ τῆς ἐπιφερομένης αὐτοῖς ἀνάγκης.
20.10.14διὸ γράφειν ἔδοξεν εἰς τὰς πόλεις καὶ συγκαλεῖν τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς χάριν τοῦ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν προσταττομένων.
20.10.15διαδοθείσης δὲ τῆς φήμης ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀπηντημένων τοῖς περὶ τὸν Φαινέαν, οὕτως ἀπεθηριώθη τὸ πλῆθος ὥστʼ οὐδʼ ἀπαντᾶν οὐδεὶς ἐπεβάλετο πρὸς τὸ διαβούλιον.
20.10.16τοῦ δʼ ἀδυνάτου κωλύσαντος βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τοῦ Νικάνδρου κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον καταπλεύσαντος ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας εἰς τὰ Φάλαρα τοῦ κόλπου τοῦ Μηλιέως, ὅθεν καὶ τὴν ὁρμὴν ἐποιήσατο, καὶ διασαφοῦντος τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως εἰς αὑτὸν προθυμίαν καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐπαγγελίας, ἔτι μᾶλλον ὠλιγώρησαν, τοῦ μηδὲν γενέσθαι πέρας ὑπὲρ τῆς εἰρήνης.
20.10.17ὅθεν ἅμα τῷ διελθεῖν τὰς ἐν ταῖς ἀνοχαῖς ἡμέρας κατάμονος αὖθις ὁ πόλεμος ἐγεγόνει τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς.
20.11.1περὶ δὲ τῆς συμβάσης τῷ Νικάνδρῳ περιπετείας οὐκ ἄξιον παρασιωπῆσαι.
20.11.2παρεγενήθη μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τῆς Ἐφέσου δωδεκαταῖος εἰς τὰ Φάλαρα πάλιν, ἀφʼ ἧς ὥρμηθʼ ἡμέρας·
Book 21, Part 3
21.19He said therefore that He would not say another word on his own concerns, but would adhere strictly to his resolution of leaving the decision as to them entirely in the hands of the Romans. But there was one subject on which he felt anxiety, namely, the policy of Rhodes; and it was this that induced him to address the Senate on the present occasion. These Rhodians had come to Rome to further the interests of their own country, and their own prosperity, quite as much as he had come to promote those of his own kingdom at that moment; but their professions were entirely at variance with their real purpose. And it was easy to satisfy one’s self of this: for, when they enter the Senate house, they will say that they come neither to ask anything for themselves nor to thwart Eumenes in any way whatever; but are ambassadors for the liberty of the Greek inhabitants of Asia. to secure this, they will say, is not so much a favour to themselves as an act incumbent on the Romans, and in consonance with their former achievements. Such will be their specious professions; but the real truth of the case will be wholly different. For if these cities are once set free, the result will be that their dominion will be many times increased, while his own would be in a manner entirely broken up. For the attractive name of liberty and autonomy would draw from his rule not only the cities to be freed at present, but those also which had been under his rule from of old, directly it is made apparent that the Senate has adopted that policy, and would add them to the dominion of Rhodes. That was the natural course for things to take. Imagining that they owed their freedom to Rhodes, those cities would become in name its allies, but in reality entirely subservient, owing to the heavy obligation under which they will find themselves. He begged the Senators, therefore, to be on their guard on that point: lest they should find that they had unwittingly aggrandised one friendly nation too much, and disproportionately weakened another; or even that they were benefiting men who had once been their foes, to the neglect and contempt of their genuine friends.
21.20For myself, he continued, though in every other point I would yield, if it were necessary, to my neighbours, yet in the matter of your friendship and of my goodwill towards you I will never, if I can help it, yield to any one alive. And I think that my father, if he had been living, would have said the same: for as he was the first to become your friend and ally, so of all the inhabitants of Asia and Greece he was the most nobly loyal to you to the last day of his life, not only in heart but in deed. For he took his part in all your wars in Greece, and furnished the largest contingents of men and ships of all your allies; contributed the largest share of supplies; and faced the most serious dangers: and to sum up all, ended his life actually engaged in the war with Philip, while employed in urging the Boeotians to join your alliance. I, too, when I succeeded to his kingdom, while fully maintaining my father’s views, for it was impossible to do more, have yet gone even beyond him in actual achievements: for the state of the times brought me to a more fiery test than they did him. Antiochus offered me his daughter and a share in his whole kingdom: offered me immediate restoration of all the cities that had been before wrested from me: and finally promised me any price I chose if I would join him in his war with you. But so far from accepting any one of these offers, I joined you in your struggle against Antiochus with the largest military and naval contingents of any of your allies; contributed the largest share of supplies at the time of your utmost need; and exposed myself unreservedly to every danger along with your generals. Finally, I submitted to being invested in Pergamos itself, and risked my life as well as my crown in my loyalty to your people.
21.21Therefore, men of Rome, as many of you have been eye-witnesses of the truth of my words, and all of you know it, it is but just that you should have a corresponding regard for my interests. You have made Massanissa king of the greater part of Libya, though he had once been your enemy and at last deserted to your side accompanied only by a few horsemen, only because he kept faith with you in one war: you have raised Pleuratus to the first position among the princes of Illyria, though he had done absolutely nothing for you beyond keeping loyal; it would be the height of inconsistency if you should neglect me and my family, who from generation to generation have co-operated in your most important and glorious undertakings. What is it, then, that I am asking you to do, and what do I claim at your hands? I will tell you openly, since you have called upon me to speak my mind to you. If you decide, then, to continue holding certain parts of Asia which are on this side Taurus, and were formerly subject to Antiochus, that is what I should wish to see best of all: for I consider that the security of my realm would best be secured by having you for neighbours, and especially by my sharing in your prestige. But if you decide not to do this, but to evacuate Asia entirely, there is no one to whom you may with greater justice surrender the prizes you have won in the field than to me. But it may be said, it is a more honourable thing still to set the enslaved free. Yes! if they had not ventured to join Antiochus in the war against you. But since they had the hardihood to do so, it is a much more honourable course to make a proper return to your sincere friends, than to benefit those who have shown themselves your enemies.
21.22After the delivery of this effective speech Eumenes retired. The Senate received both the king himself and the speech with every mark of favour, and were enthusiastic for doing everything in their power to gratify him. They wished to call in the Rhodians next after him; but one of the Rhodian ambassadors not being there in time, they called in those from Smyrna, who delivered a long disquisition on the goodwill and zeal which they had displayed towards Rome during the late war. But as there are no two opinions about the fact of their having been, of all the autonomous states in Asia, the most strenuous in the cause, I do not think it necessary to set forth their speech in detail.
21.22But next to them came in the Rhodians: who, after a short preamble as to their services to the Romans, quickly came to the discussion of the position of their own country. They said that It was a very great embarrassment to them, in the discharge of their ambassadorial duties, to find themselves placed by the necessities of the case in opposition to a sovereign with whom their public and private relations were of the most friendly description. It was the opinion of their countrymen that the most honourable course, and the one which above all others would redound to the credit of Rome, was, that the Greeks in Asia should be set free, and should recover that possession dearest to all mankind—autonomy: but this was the last thing to suit Eumenes and his brothers. It was the nature of monarchy to hate equality, and to endeavour to have everybody, or at least as many as possible, subject and obedient. But though that was the case now, still they felt convinced that they should gain their object, not because they had greater influence with the Romans than Eumenes, but because they would be shown to be suggesting a course more just in itself and more indisputably advantageous to all concerned. If, indeed, the only way the Romans could requite Eumenes was by handing over to him the autonomous towns, they might reasonably be at a loss to determine what to do; for they would have had to decide between neglecting a sincere friend and disregarding their own honour and duty, and thus entirely obscuring and degrading the glory of their great achievements. But if, on the other hand, it were possible adequately to consult for both these objects at the same time, who could doubt about the matter any longer? Yet the fact was that, as in a costly banquet, there was enough and to spare for all. Lycaonia, Phrygia on the Hellespont, and Pisidia, the Chersonese also and the districts bordering on it, were at the disposal of the Romans to give to whom they chose; only a few of which added to the kingdom of Eumenes would double its present extent, while if all, or even the great part were assigned to him, it would become second to that of no other prince in Asia.
21.23It was therefore in the power of the Romans to strengthen their friends very materially without destroying the glory of their own policy. For the end which they proposed to themselves in their war was not the same as that of other nations, but widely different. The rest of the world all entered upon war with the view of conquering and seizing cities, wealth, or ships: but heaven had ordained that they should want none of these things, by having put everything in the whole world under their rule. What was it, then, that they had still occasion to wish for, and to take the securest means to obtain? Plainly praise and glory among mankind; which it was difficult indeed to gain, but most difficult of all to preserve when gained. Their war with Philip might show them their meaning. That war they had, as they professed, undertaken with the sole object of liberating Greece; and that was in fact the only prize they gained in it, and no other whatever: yet the glory they got by it was greater than that which the tribute of the Carthaginians had brought them. And justly so: for money is a possession common to all mankind, but honour and praise and glory are attributes of the gods and of those men who approach nearest to them. Therefore, the most glorious of all their achievements was the liberation of Greece; and if they now completed that work their fame would receive its consummation: but if they neglected to do so, even what they had already accomplished would lose its lustre. They finally wound up by saying, As for us, gentlemen, having once deliberately adopted this policy and joined with you in the severest battles and in genuine dangers, we do not now propose to abandon the part of friends; but have not hesitated to say openly what we believe to be for your honour and your interests alike, with no ulterior design whatever, and with a single eye to our duty as the highest earthly object.
21.24This speech of the Rhodians was universally regarded as temperate and fair. The Senate next caused Antipater and Zeuxis, the ambassadors of Antiochus, to be introduced: and on their speaking in a tone of entreaty and supplication, an approval of the agreement made by him with Scipio in Asia was voted. A few days later the people also ratified it, and oaths were accordingly interchanged with Antipater and his colleague. This done, the other ambassadors from Asia were introduced into the Senate: but a very brief hearing was given to each, and the same answer was returned to all; namely, that ten commissioners would be sent to decide on all points of dispute between the cities.The Senate then appointed ten commissioners, to whom they gave the entire settlement of particulars; while as a general principle they decided that of Asia this side Taurus such inhabitants as had been subject to Antiochus were to be assigned to Eumenes, except Lycia and Caria up to the Maeander, which were to belong to the Rhodians; while of the Greek cities, such of them as had been accustomed to pay tribute to Attalus were to pay the same to Eumenes; and only those who had done so to Antiochus were to be relieved of tribute altogether. Having given the ten commissioners these outlines of the general settlement, they sent them out to join the consul, Cnaeus Manlius Vulso, in Asia.
21.24After these arrangements had been completed, the Rhodian envoys came to the Senate again with a request in regard to Soli in Cilicia, alleging that they were called upon by ties of kindred to think of the interests of that city; for the people of Soli were, like the Rhodians, colonists from Argos. Having listened to what they had to say, the Senate invited the attendance of the ambassadors from Antiochus, and at first were inclined to order Antiochus to evacuate the whole of Cilicia; but upon these ambassadors resisting this order, on the ground of its being contrary to the treaty, they once more discussed the case of Soli by itself. The king’s ambassadors still vehemently maintaining their rights, the Senate dismissed them and called in the Rhodians. Having informed them of the opposition raised by Antipater, they added that they were ready to go any length in the matter, if the Rhodians, on a review of the whole case, determined to push their claim. The Rhodian envoys, however, were much gratified by the spirit shown by the Senate, and said that they would ask nothing more.This question, therefore, was left as it was; and just as the ten commissioners and the other ambassadors were on the point of starting, the two Scipios, and Lucius Aemilius, the victor in the sea fight with Antiochus, arrived at Brundisium; and after certain days all three entered Rome in triumph.
21.25Amynandrus, king of the Athamanes, thinking that he had now permanently recovered his kingdom, sent envoys to Rome and to the Scipios in Asia, for they were still in the neighbourhood of Ephesus, partly to excuse himself for having, as it appeared, secured his recall by the help of the Aetolians, but chiefly to entreat that he might be received again into the Roman alliance. But the Aetolians, imagining that they had now a good opportunity of once more annexing Amphilochia and Aperantia, determined on an expedition against those countries; and when Nicander their Strategus had mustered the league army, they invaded Amphilochia. Finding most of the people willing to join them, they advanced into Aperantia; and the Aperantians also willingly yielding to them, they continued their expedition into Dolopia. The Dolopians for a time made a show of resistance, and of keeping loyal to, Philip; but on considering what had happened to the Athamanes, and the check which Philip had received there, they quickly changed their minds and gave in their adhesion to the Aetolians. After this successful issue of his expedition Nicander led his army home, believing that Aetolia was secured by the subjection of these tribes and places, against the possibility of any one injuring its territory. But immediately after these events, and when the Aetolians were still in the full elation of their successes, a report reached them of the battle in Asia, in which they learnt that Antiochus had been utterly defeated. This caused a great revulsion of feeling; and when presently Damoteles came from Rome and announced that a continuation of the war was decreed against them, and that Marcus Fulvius and an army had crossed to attack them, they were reduced to a state of complete despair; and not knowing how to meet the danger which was impending over them, they resolved to send to Rhodes and Athens, begging them to despatch envoys to Rome to intercede in their behalf, and, by softening the anger of the Romans, to find some means of averting the evils that threatened Aetolia. They also sent ambassadors of their own to Rome once more, Alexander, Isius, and Phaeneas, accompanied by Callippus of Ambracia and Lycopus.
21.26Some envoys from Epirus having visited the Roman Consul, he consulted with them as to the best way of attacking the Aetolians. They advised that he should begin by attacking Ambracia, which was at that time a member of the Aetolian league. They gave as their reasons that, if the Aetolians ventured to give battle, the neighbourhood of Ambracia was very favourable for the legions to fight in; and that if, on the other hand, the Aetolians avoided an engagement, the town was an excellent one to besiege; for the district round it would supply abundant timber for the construction of siege artillery; and the river Arachthus, which flowed right under the walls, would be of great use in conveying supplies to the army in the summer season, and serve as a protection to their works. Fulvius thought the advice good, and accordingly marched through Epirus to attack Ambracia. On his arrival there, as the Aetolians did not venture to meet him, he reconnoitred the city, and set vigorously to work on the siege. Meanwhile the Aetolian envoys that had been sent to Rome were caught off Cephallenia by Sibyrtus, son of Petraeus, and brought into Charadrus. The Epirotes first resolved to place these men at Buchetus and keep them under strict guard. But a few days afterwards they demanded a ransom of them on the ground that they were at war with the Aetolians. It happened that one of them, Alexander, was the richest man in Greece, while the others were badly off, and far inferior to Alexander in the amount of their property. At first the Epirotes demanded five talents from each. The others did not absolutely refuse this, but were willing to pay if they could, because they cared above everything to secure their own safety. But Alexander refused to consent, for it seemed a large sum of money, and he lay awake at night bewailing himself at the idea of being obliged to pay five talents. The Epirotes, however, foresaw what would happen, and were extremely alarmed lest the Romans should hear that they had detained men who were on a mission to themselves, and should send a despatch ordering their release; they, therefore, lowered their demand to three talents a-piece. The others gladly accepted the offer, gave security, and departed: but Alexander said that he would not pay more than a talent, and that was too much; and at last, giving up all thought of saving himself, remained in custody, though he was an old man, and possessed property worth more than two hundred talents; and I think he would have died rather than pay the three talents. So extraordinarily strong in some men is the passion for accumulating money. But on this occasion Fortune so favoured his greed, that the result secured all men’s praise and approval for his infatuation. For, a few days afterwards, a despatch arrived from Rome ordering the release of the ambassadors; and, accordingly, he was the only one of them that was set free without ransom. When the Aetolians learnt what had happened to him, they elected Damoteles as their ambassador to Rome; who, however, when as far as Leucas on his voyage, was informed that Marcus Fulvius was marching through Epirus upon Ambracia, and, therefore, gave up the mission as useless, and returned back to Aetolia. . . .
21.27The Aetolians being besieged by the consul Marcus Fulvius, offered a gallant resistance to the assault of the siege artillery and battering rams. Marcus having first strongly secured his camp began the siege on an extensive scale; he opened three separate parallel works across the plain against the Pyrrheium, and a fourth opposite the temple of Asclepius, and a fifth directed against the Acropolis. And the attack being pushed on energetically at all these points at once, the besieged became terribly alarmed at the prospect before them. Still, as the rams vigorously battered the walls, and the long poles with their iron sickles tore off the battlements, they tried to invent machines to baffle them, letting down huge masses of lead and stones and oak logs by means of levers upon the battering rams; and putting iron hooks upon the sickles and hauling them inside the walls, so that the poles to which they were fastened broke against the battlements, and the sickles fell into their hands. Moreover they made frequent sallies, in which they fought with great courage: sometimes making a descent by night upon the pickets quartered at the works, and at others attacking in broad daylight the day-parties of the besiegers: and by these means they managed to protract the siege. . . .
Book 20, Part 8
20.11.3καταλαβὼν δὲ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἔτι περὶ τὴν Ἡράκλειαν, τοὺς δὲ Μακεδόνας ἀφεστῶτας μὲν ἀπὸ τῆς Λαμίας, οὐ μακρὰν δὲ στρατοπεδεύοντας τῆς πόλεως,
20.11.4τὰ μὲν χρήματʼ εἰς τὴν Λαμίαν διεκόμισε παραδόξως, αὐτὸς δὲ τῆς νυκτὸς ἐπεβάλετο κατὰ τὸν μεταξὺ τόπον τῶν στρατοπέδων διαπεσεῖν εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν.
20.11.5ἐμπεσὼν δʼ εἰς τοὺς προκοίτους τῶν Μακεδόνων ἀνήγετο πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον ἔτι τῆς συνουσίας ἀκμαζούσης, προσδοκῶν πείσεσθαί τι δεινὸν πεσὼν ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου τὸν θυμὸν ἢ παραδοθήσεσθαι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις.
20.11.6τοῦ δὲ πράγματος ἀγγελθέντος τῷ βασιλεῖ, ταχέως ἐκέλευσε τοὺς ἐπὶ τούτων ὄντας θεραπεῦσαι τὸν Νίκανδρον καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν ἐπιμέλειαν αὐτοῦ ποιήσασθαι φιλάνθρωπον.
20.11.7μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον αὐτὸς ἐξαναστὰς συνέμιξε τῷ Νικάνδρῳ καὶ πολλὰ καταμεμψάμενος τὴν κοινὴν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἄγνοιαν, ἐξ ἀρχῆς μέν, ὅτι Ῥωμαίους ἐπαγάγοιεν τοῖς Ἕλλησι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν Ἀντίοχον, ὅμως ἔτι καὶ νῦν παρεκάλει λήθην ποιησαμένους τῶν προγεγονότων ἀντέχεσθαι τῆς πρὸς αὑτὸν εὐνοίας καὶ μὴ θελῆσαι συνεπεμβαίνειν τοῖς κατʼ ἀλλήλων καιροῖς.
20.11.8ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παρῄνει τοῖς προεστῶσι τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀναγγέλλειν· αὐτὸν δὲ τὸν Νίκανδρον παρακαλέσας μνημονεύειν τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν γεγενημένης εὐεργεσίας ἐξέπεμπε μετὰ προπομπῆς ἱκανῆς, παραγγείλας τοῖς ἐπὶ τούτῳ τεταγμένοις ἀσφαλῶς εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν αὐτὸν ἀποκαταστῆσαι.
20.11.9Νίκανδρος, τελέως ἀνελπίστου καὶ παραδόξου φανείσης αὐτῷ τῆς ἀπαντήσεως, τότε μὲν ἀνεκομίσθη πρὸς τοὺς οἰκείους, κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἑξῆς χρόνον ἀπὸ ταύτης τῆς συστάσεως εὔνους ὢν διετέλει τῇ Μακεδόνων οἰκίᾳ.
20.11.10διὸ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα κατὰ τοὺς Περσικοὺς καιροὺς ἐνδεδεμένος τῇ προειρημένῃ χάριτι καὶ δυσχερῶς ἀντιπράττων ταῖς τοῦ Περσέως ἐπιβολαῖς, εἰς ὑποψίας καὶ διαβολὰς ἐμπεσὼν καὶ τέλος ἀνακληθεὶς εἰς Ῥώμην ἐκεῖ μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον. —
20.11.11ὄρος μεταξὺ Καλλιπόλεως καὶ Ναυπάκτου. Πολύβιος εἰκοστῷ. —
20.11.11Ἀπεράντεια, πόλις Θεσσαλίας.
20.12.1ἐξ αὑτῶν τὸν ἐροῦντα περὶ τούτων πρὸς αὐτόν· ἀλλʼ ὥσπερ τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν πλείστων ἐργολαβοῦσι πολλοὶ προσφέρουσι τὰς τοιαύτας χάριτας καὶ ταύτην ἀρχὴν ποιοῦνται φιλίας καὶ συστάσεως, οὕτως ἐπὶ Φιλοποίμενος ὁ προσοίσων ταύτην τὴν χάριν ἑκὼν οὐχ εὑρίσκετο τὸ παράπαν,
20.12.2ἕως [ἂν] ἐξαπορήσαντες ψήφῳ προεχειρίσαντο Τιμόλαον, ὃς ὑπάρχων καὶ ξένος πατρικὸς καὶ συνήθης ἐπὶ πολὺ τῷ Φιλοποίμενι, δὶς εἰς τὴν Μεγάλην πόλιν ἐκδημήσας αὐτοῦ τούτου χάριν οὐκ ἐτόλμησε φθέγξασθαι περὶ τούτων οὐδέν, μέχρις ὅτε μυωπίσας ἑαυτὸν καὶ τρίτον ἐλθὼν ἐθάρρησε μνησθῆναι τῆς δωρεᾶς.
Book 21, Part 4
21.27Nicander was outside the city, and sent five hundred horse into it. They carried the intervening entrenchment of the enemy and forced their way into the town. With these he had fixed on a day on which they were to sally out, and he was to be ready to support them. They accordingly made the sally with great courage and fought gallantly; but either from fear of the danger, or because he conceived that what he was engaged upon at the time could not be neglected, Nicander failed to come up to time, and accordingly the attempt failed. . . .
21.28By assiduously working the battering rams the Romans were always breaking down this or that part of the wall. But yet they could not succeed in storming any of these breaches, because the besieged were energetic in raising counter walls, and the Aetolians fought with determined gallantry on the debris. They, therefore, in despair had recourse to mines and underground tunnels. Having safely secured the central one of their three works, and carefully concealed the shaft with wattle screens, they erected in front of it a covered walk or stoa about two hundred feet long, parallel with the wall; and beginning their digging from that, they carried it on unceasingly day and night, working in relays. For a considerable number of days the besieged did not discover them carrying the earth away through the shaft; but when the heap of earth thus brought out became too high to be concealed from those inside the city, the commanders of the besieged garrison set to work vigorously digging a trench inside, parallel to the wall and to the stoa which faced the towers. When the trench was made to the required depth, they next placed in a row along the side of the trench nearest the wall a number of brazen vessels made very thin; and, as they walked along the bottom of the trench past these, they listened for the noise of the digging outside. Having marked the spot indicated by any of these brazen vessels, which were extraordinarily sensitive and vibrated to the sound outside, they began digging from within, at right angles to the trench, another underground tunnel leading under the wall, so calculated as to exactly hit the enemy’s tunnel. This was soon accomplished, for the Romans had not only brought their mine up to the wall, but had under-pinned a considerable length of it on either side of their mine; and thus the two parties found themselves face to face. At first they conducted this underground fighting with their spears: but as neither side could do much good, because both parties protected themselves with shields and wattles, some one suggested another plan to the defenders. Putting in front of them an earthenware jar, made to the width of the mine, they bored a hole in its bottom, and, inserting an iron funnel of the same length as the depth of the vessel, they filled the jar itself with fine feathers, and putting a little fire in it close to the mouth of the jar, they clapped on an iron lid pierced full of holes. They carried this without accident through the mine with its mouth towards the enemy. When they got near the besiegers they stopped up the space all round the rim of the jar, leaving only two holes on each side through which they thrust spears to prevent the enemy coming near the jar. They then took a pair of bellows such as blacksmiths use, and, having attached them to the orifice of the funnel, they vigorously blew up the fire placed on the feathers near the mouth of the jar, continually withdrawing the funnel in proportion as the feathers became ignited lower down. The plan was successfully executed; the volume of smoke created was very great, and, from the peculiar nature of feathers, exceedingly pungent, and was all carried into the faces of the enemy. The Romans, therefore, found themselves in a very distressing and embarrassing position, as they could neither stop nor endure the smoke in the mines. The siege being thus still further protracted the Aetolian commander determined to send an envoy to the Consul. . . .
21.29About this time the ambassadors from Athens and Rhodes came to the Roman camp for the purpose of furthering, if they could, the conclusion of a peace. The Athamanian king, Amynandrus, also arrived, very eager to relieve the Ambraciots from their miserable position, and having received a safe conduct from Marcus Fulvius in consideration of the urgent nature of the business: For he had a very friendly feeling towards the Ambraciots, from having passed most of the time of his exile in that town. A few days afterwards also some Acarnanians arrived, bringing Damoteles and his fellow envoys. For Marcus Fulvius, having been informed of their misfortunes, had written to the people of Thyreum to bring the men to him. All these various persons, therefore, having assembled, the negotiations for peace were pushed on energetically. For his part, Amynandrus was urgent in his advice to the Ambraciots to save themselves from the destruction which would not be long in coming to them unless they adopted wiser counsels. On his coming again and again up to the wall and conversing with them on this subject, the Ambraciots decided to invite him inside the town. The consul having given the king leave to enter the walls, he went in and discussed the situation with the inhabitants. Meanwhile the Athenian and Rhodian envoys got hold oof the consul and tried by ingenious arguments to mollify his anger. Some one also suggested to Damoteles and Phaeneas to apply to Caius Valerius and endeavour to win him over. He was the son of that Marcus Valerius Laevinus who made the first alliance with the Aetolians; and half brother, by the mother’s side, of the consul Marcus Fulvius, and being a young man of vigorous character enjoyed the greatest confidence of the consul. Being appealed to by Damoteles, and thinking that in a way he had a family interest in the matter, and was bound to undertake the patronage of the Aetolians, he exerted himself with the greatest zeal and enthusiasm to rescue that people from their perilous position. The matter then being vigorously pushed forward on all sides at once was at length accomplished. For the Ambraciots, by the persuasion of the king, surrendered to the consul unreservedly as far as they themselves were concerned, and gave up the town, on the one condition that the Aetolian garrison should march out under truce. This primary exception they made that they might keep faith with their allies.
21.30So the consul agreed to grant the Aetolians peace on condition of receiving two hundred Euboic talents down, and three hundred in six yearly instalments of fifty: of the restoration to the Romans of all prisoners and deserters within six months without ransom: of their retaining no city in their league, nor thenceforth admitting any fresh one, of such as had been captured by the Romans, or had voluntarily embraced their friendship since Titus Quinctius crossed into Greece: the Cephallenians not to be included in these terms.
21.30Such was the sketch in outline of the main points of the treaty. But it required first the consent of the Aetolians, and then to be referred to Rome: and meanwhile the Athenian and Rhodian envoys remained where they were, waiting for the decision of the Aetolians. On being informed by Damoteles and his colleagues on their return of the nature of the terms that had been granted them, the Aetolians consented to the general principle—for they were in fact much better than they had expected,—but in regard to the towns formerly included in their league they hesitated for some time; finally, however, they acquiesced. Marcus Fulvius accordingly took over Ambracia, and allowed the Aetolian garrison to depart under terms; but removed from the town the statues and pictures, of which there was a great number, owing to the fact of Ambracia having been a royal residence of Pyrrhus. He was also presented with a crown weighing one hundred and fifty talents. After this settlement of affairs he directed his march into the interior of Aetolia, feeling surprised at meeting with no communication from the Aetolians. But on arriving at Amphilochian Argos, a hundred and eighty stades from Ambracia, he pitched his camp; and being there met by Damoteles and his colleagues with the information that the Aetolians had resolved to ratify the treaty which they had concluded, they went their several ways, the Aetolians back to their own country, and Marcus to Ambracia, where he busied himself about getting his army across to Cephallenia; while the Aetolians appointed Phaeneas and Nicander ambassadors to go to Rome about the peace: for not a single line of the above treaty held good until ratified by the Roman people.
21.31While these envoys, accompanied by those from Rhodes and Athens, were on their voyage with this object, Marcus Fulvius sent Caius Valerius also, and some others of his friends to Rome to secure the ratification of the treaty. But when they arrived at Rome they found that a fresh cause of anger with the Aetolians had arisen by the instrumentality of king Philip; who, looking upon himself as wronged by the Aetolians having taken Athamania and Dolopia from him, had sent to some of his friends at Rome, urging them to share his displeasure and secure the rejection of the pacification. Accordingly, on the first arrival of the Aetolians, the Senate would not listen to them; but afterwards, at the intercession of the Rhodians and Athenians, changed its mind and consented to their request: for Damis, besides other excellences displayed in his speech, was thought to have introduced a very apt simile, extremely applicable to the case in hand. He said The Romans had good cause for anger with the Aetolians; for, instead of being grateful for the many kindnesses received at their hands, they had brought the Roman Empire into great danger by causing the war with Antiochus to break out. But the Senate were wrong in one point, namely in directing their anger against the masses. For in states the common people were like the sea, which left to its own nature was ever calm and unmoved, and not in the least likely ever to trouble any of those who approached or used it; but directly violent winds blew upon and disturbed it, and forced it against its nature to become agitated, then indeed nothing could be more dreadful or formidable than the sea. This was just the case with the Aetolians. As long as they were left to themselves, no people in Greece were more loyal to you or more staunch in supporting your active measures. But when Thoas and Dicaearchus brought a storm from Asia, and Mnestas and Damocritus from Europe, and, disturbing the calm of the Aetolian masses, compelled them to become reckless of what they said or did,—then indeed their good disposition gave way to bad, and while intending to do mischief to you they really inflicted damage upon themselves. It is against these mischief-makers therefore that you should be implacable; while you should take pity on the masses and make peace with them: with the assurance that, if once more left to themselves, with the additional feeling of having owed their safety on the present occasion to you, their attachment to you will be the warmest in Greece.
21.32By these arguments the Athenian envoy persuaded the Senate to make peace with the Aetolians. The decree therefore having been passed and confirmed by a vote of the people, the treaty was formally ratified, of which the text was as follows: The people of the Aetolians shall in good faith maintain the empire and majesty of the people of Rome.
21.32They shall not allow hostile forces to pass through their territory or cities against the Romans, their allies or friends; nor grant them any supplies from the public fund.
21.32They shall have the same enemies as the people of Rome; and if the Roman people go to war with any, the Aetolian people shall do so also.
21.32The Aetolians shall surrender to the praefectus in Corcyra, within a hundred days from the completion of the treaty, runaway slaves, and prisoners of the Romans and their allies, except such as having been taken during the war have returned to their own land and been subsequently captured; and except such as were in arms against Rome during the time that the Aetolians were fighting on the side of the Romans.
21.32If there should be any not found within that time, they shall hand them over as soon as they are forthcoming, without deceit or fraud. And such persons, after the completion of the treaty, shall not be allowed to return to Aetolia.
Book 20, Part 9
20.12.3τοῦ δὲ Φιλοποίμενος παραδόξως αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἀποδεξαμένου καὶ φιλανθρώπως, ὁ μὲν Τιμόλαος περιχαρὴς ἦν,
20.12.4ὑπολαβὼν καθῖχθαι τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην ἥξειν ἔφη μετʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας εἰς τὴν Λακεδαίμονα· θέλειν γὰρ εὐχαριστῆσαι πᾶσι τοῖς ἄρχουσι περὶ τούτων.
20.12.5ἐλθὼν δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα καὶ κληθεὶς εἰς τὸ συνέδριον πάλαι μὲν ἔφη γινώσκειν τὴν τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πρὸς αὑτὸν εὔνοιαν, μάλιστα δʼ ἐκ τοῦ νῦν προτεινομένου στεφάνου καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης τιμῆς.
20.12.6τὴν μὲν οὖν προαίρεσιν αὐτῶν ἔφησεν ἀποδέχεσθαι, τῷ δὲ χειρισμῷ δυσωπεῖσθαι. δεῖν γὰρ οὐ τοῖς φίλοις δίδοσθαι τὰς τοιαύτας τιμὰς καὶ τοὺς στεφάνους, ἐξ ὧν ὁ περιθέμενος οὐδέποτε μὴ τὸν ἰὸν ἐκνίψηται, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον τοῖς ἐχθροῖς,
20.12.7ἵνʼ οἱ μὲν φίλοι τηροῦντες τὴν παρρησίαν πιστεύωνται παρὰ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, ἐπὰν προθῶνται τῇ πόλει βοηθεῖν, οἱ δʼ ἐχθροὶ καταπιόντες τὸ δέλεαρ ἢ συνηγορεῖν αὐτοῖς ἀναγκάζωνται ἢ σιωπῶντες μηδὲν δύνωνται βλάπτειν.
20.12.8ὅτι οὐχ ὅμοιόν ἐστιν ἐξ ἀκοῆς περὶ πραγμάτων διαλαμβάνειν καὶ γενόμενον αὐτόπτην, ἀλλὰ καὶ μεγάλα διαφέρει, πολὺ δέ τι συμβάλλεσθαι πέφυκεν ἑκάστοις ἡ κατὰ τὴν ἐνάργειαν πίστις.
Book 21, Part 5
21.32The Aetolians shall pay the consul in Greece at once two hundred Euboic talents of silver, of a standard not inferior to the Attic. In place of one third of this silver, they may, if they so choose, pay gold, at the rate of a mina of gold to ten minae of silver. They shall pay the money in the six years next following the completion of the treaty in yearly instalments of fifty talents; and shall deliver the money in Rome.
21.32The Aetolians shall give the Consul forty hostages, not less than ten or more than forty years old, to remain for the six years; they shall be selected by the Romans freely, excepting only the Strategus, Hipparch, public secretary, and such as have already been hostages at Rome.
21.32The Aetolians shall deliver such hostages in Rome; and if any one of them die, they shall give another in his place.
21.32Cephallenia shall not be included in this treaty.
21.32Of such territories, cities, and men as once belonged to the Aetolians, and, in the consulship of Titus Quinctius and Cnaeus Domitius, or subsequently, were either captured by the Roman or voluntarily embraced their friendship, the Aetolians shall not annex any, whether city or men therein.
21.32The city and territory of Oeniadae shall belong to the Acarnanians.
21.32The treaty having been solemnly sworn, peace was concluded, and the war in Aetolia, as is in the rest of Greece, thus came to an end. . . .
21.33While the negotiations for peace with Antiochus, and for the settlement of Asia generally were going on at Rome, and the Aetolian war was being fought in Greece, it happened that another war in Asia, that, namely, against the Gauls, was brought to a conclusion, the account of which I am now about to give. . . .
21.34Moagĕtes was Tyrant of Cibyra, a cruel and crafty man, whose career deserves somewhat more than a passing reference. . . .
21.34When Cnaeus Manlius was approaching Cibyra and had sent Helvius to find out the intentions of Moagĕtes, the latter begged him by ambassadors not to damage the country, because he was a friend of Rome, and ready to do anything that was required of him; and, at the same time, he offered Helvius a compliment of fifteen talents. In answer to this, Helvius said that he would refrain from damaging the territory; but that as to the general question Moagĕtes must communicate with the Consul, for he was close behind with his army. Moagĕtes accordingly sent ambassadors to Cnaeus, his own brother being one of them. When the Consul met them in the road, he addressed them in threatening and reproachful terms, asserting that Not only had Moagĕtes shown himself the most determined enemy of Rome, of all the princes in Asia, but had done his very best to overthrow their empire, and deserved punishment rather than friendship. Terrified by this display of anger, the ambassadors abstained from delivering the rest of the message with which they were charged, and merely begged him to have an interview with Moagĕtes: and when Cnaeus consented they returned to Cibyra. Next morning the Tyrant came out of the town accompanied by his friends, displaying his humility by a mean dress and absence of all pomp; and, in conducting his defence, descanted in melancholy terms on his own helplessness and the poverty of the towns under his rule (which consisted of Cibyra, Syleium, and the town in the Marsh), and entreated Cnaeus to accept the fifteen talents. Astonished at his assurance, Cnaeus made no answer, except that, If he did not pay five hundred talents, and be thankful that he was allowed to do so, he would not loot the country, but he would storm and sack the city. In abject terror Moagĕtes begged him not to do anything of the sort; and kept adding to his offer little by little, until at last he persuaded Cnaeus to take one hundred talents, and one thousand medimni of corn, and admit him to friendship. . . .
21.35When Cnaeus Manlius was crossing the River Colobatus, ambassadors came to him from the town of Sinda (in Pisidia) begging for help, because the people of Termessus had called in the aid of the people of Philomelus, and had depopulated their territory and sacked their town; and were at that very moment besieging its citadel, into which all the citizens, with wives and children, had retreated. On hearing this, Cnaeus immediately promised them aid with the greatest readiness; and thinking the affair was a stroke of luck for himself, directed his march towards Pamphylia. On his arrival in the neighbourhood of Termessus, he admitted the Termessians to friendship on the payment of fifty talents. He did the same with the Aspendians: and having received the ambassadors of the other towns in Pamphylia, he impressed on them in these interviews the conviction mentioned above, and having relieved the Sindians from their siege, he once more directed his march against the Gauls. . . .
Book 21, Part 1
21.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον συνέβη καὶ τὴν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβείαν, ἣν ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, παραγενέσθαι διεψευσμένην τῶν ἐλπίδων.
21.1.2ἐπρέσβευον μὲν γὰρ περὶ τῶν ὁμήρων καὶ τῶν κωμῶν·
21.1.3ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος περὶ μὲν τῶν κωμῶν ἔφησεν ἐντολὰς δώσειν τοῖς παρʼ αὐτῶν ἀποστελλομένοις πρέσβεσιν, περὶ δὲ τῶν ὁμήρων ἔτι βουλεύσασθαι θέλειν.
21.1.4περὶ δὲ τῶν φυγάδων τῶν ἀρχαίων θαυμάζειν ἔφησαν, πῶς οὐ κατάγουσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, ἠλευθερωμένης τῆς Σπάρτης. —
21.2.1ὅτι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τῆς κατὰ τὴν ναυμαχίαν νίκης ἄρτι προσηγγελμένης, πρῶτον μὲν τῷ δήμῳ παρήγγειλαν ἐλινύας ἄγειν ἡμέρας ἐννέα —
21.2.2τοῦτο δʼ ἔστιν σχολάζειν πανδημεὶ καὶ θύειν τοῖς θεοῖς χαριστήρια τῶν εὐτυχημάτων —
21.2.3μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν πρέσβεις καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Μανίου προσῆγον τῇ συγκλήτῳ. γενομένων δὲ πλειόνων παρʼ ἀμφοῖν λόγων,
21.2.4ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ δύο προτείνειν γνώμας τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς, ἢ διδόναι τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν περὶ πάντων τῶν καθʼ αὑτοὺς ἢ χίλια τάλαντα παραχρῆμα δοῦναι καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐχθρὸν καὶ φίλον νομίζειν Ῥωμαίοις.
21.2.5τῶν δʼ Αἰτωλῶν ἀξιούντων διασαφῆσαι ῥητῶς ἐπὶ τίσι δεῖ διδόναι τὴν ἐπιτροπήν, οὐ προσδέχεται τὴν διαστολὴν ἡ σύγκλητος. διὸ καὶ τούτοις γέγονε κατάμονος ὁ πόλεμος.
21.3.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἡ σύγκλητος ἐχρημάτισε τοῖς παρὰ Φιλίππου πρεσβευταῖς·
21.3.2ἧκον γὰρ παρʼ αὐτοῦ πρέσβεις ἀπολογιζόμενοι τὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ προθυμίαν, ἣν παρέσχηται Ῥωμαίοις ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐν τῷ πρὸς Ἀντίοχον πολέμῳ.
21.3.3ὧν διακούσασα τὸν μὲν υἱὸν Δημήτριον ἀπέλυσε τῆς ὁμηρείας παραχρῆμα· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν φόρων ἐπηγγείλατο παραλύσειν, διαφυλάξαντος αὐτοῦ τὴν πίστιν ἐν τοῖς ἐνεστῶσι καιροῖς.
21.3.4παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τοὺς τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων ὁμήρους ἀφῆκε πλὴν Ἀρμένα τοῦ Νάβιδος υἱοῦ· τοῦτον δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα συνέβη νόσῳ μεταλλάξαι τὸν βίον.
21.3b.1ὅτι καὶ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα, πρεσβείας παραγενομένης εἰς Ἀχαΐαν παρʼ Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως ὑπὲρ συμμαχίας,
21.3b.2ἁθροισθέντες εἰς ἐκκλησίαν οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν τήν τε συμμαχίαν ἐπεκύρωσαν καὶ νεανίσκους ἐξαπέστειλαν, πεζοὺς μὲν χιλίους ἱππεῖς δʼ ἑκατόν, ὧν ἡγεῖτο Διοφάνης ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης. —
21.4.1ὅτι πολιορκουμένων τῶν Ἀμφισσέων ὑπὸ Μανίου τοῦ Ῥωμαίων στρατηγοῦ, κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ὁ τῶν Ἀθηναίων δῆμος, πυνθανόμενος τήν τε τῶν Ἀμφισσέων ταλαιπωρίαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ Ποπλίου παρουσίαν, ἐξαπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον,
21.4.2ἐντειλάμενος ἅμα μὲν ἀσπάσασθαι τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον καὶ Πόπλιον, ἅμα δὲ καταπειράζειν τῆς πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς διαλύσεως.
21.4.3ὧν παραγενομένων ἀσμένως ἀποδεξάμενος ὁ Πόπλιος ἐφιλανθρώπει τοὺς ἄνδρας, θεωρῶν ὅτι παρέξονται χρείαν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὰς προκειμένας ἐπιβολάς.
21.4.4ὁ γὰρ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ ἐβούλετο θέσθαι μὲν καλῶς τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Αἰτωλούς· εἰ δὲ μὴ συνυπακούοιεν, πάντως διειλήφει παραλιπὼν ταῦτα διαβαίνειν εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν,
21.4.5σαφῶς γινώσκων διότι τὸ τέλος ἐστὶ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ τῆς ὅλης ἐπιβολῆς οὐκ ἐν τῷ χειρώσασθαι τὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἔθνος, ἀλλʼ ἐν τῷ νικήσαντας τὸν Ἀντίοχον κρατῆσαι τῆς Ἀσίας.
21.4.6διόπερ ἅμα τῷ μνησθῆναι τοὺς Ἀθηναίους ὑπὲρ τῆς διαλύσεως, ἑτοίμως προσδεξάμενος τοὺς λόγους ἐκέλευσε παραπλησίως πειράζειν αὐτοὺς καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
21.4.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον, προδιαπεμψάμενοι καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πορευθέντες εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν αὐτοί, διελέγοντο περὶ τῆς διαλύσεως τοῖς ἄρχουσι τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
21.4.8ἑτοίμως δὲ κἀκείνων συνυπακουόντων κατεστάθησαν οἱ συμμίξοντες τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις·
21.4.9οἳ καὶ παραγενόμενοι πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον, καταλαβόντες αὐτοὺς στρατοπεδεύοντας ἐν ἑξήκοντα σταδίοις ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀμφίσσης, πολλοὺς διετίθεντο λόγους, ἀναμιμνήσκοντες τῶν γεγονότων σφίσι φιλανθρώπων πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
21.4.10ἔτι δὲ πρᾳότερον καὶ φιλανθρωπότερον ὁμιλήσαντος τοῦ Ποπλίου καὶ προφερομένου τάς τε κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν καὶ τὴν Λιβύην πράξεις καὶ διασαφοῦντος τίνα τρόπον κέχρηται τοῖς κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς τόπους αὐτῷ πιστεύσασιν καὶ τέλος οἰομένου δεῖν ἐγχειρίζειν σφᾶς αὑτῷ καὶ πιστεύειν,
21.4.11τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἅπαντες οἱ παρόντες εὐέλπιδες ἐγενήθησαν, ὡς αὐτίκα μάλα τελεσιουργηθησομένης τῆς διαλύσεως·
21.4.12ἐπεὶ δέ, πυθομένων τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἐπὶ τίσι δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν εἰρήνην, ὁ Λεύκιος διεσάφησεν διότι δυεῖν προκειμένων αὐτοῖς αἵρεσις ὑπάρχει —
21.4.13δεῖν γὰρ ἢ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν διδόναι περὶ πάντων τῶν καθʼ αὑτοὺς ἢ χίλια τάλαντα παραχρῆμα καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐχθρὸν αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ φίλον Ῥωμαίοις —
21.4.14ἐδυσχρήστησαν μὲν οἱ παρόντες τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα διὰ τὸ μὴ γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀπόφασιν ἀκόλουθον τῇ προγενομένῃ λαλιᾷ, πλὴν ἐπανοίσειν ἔφασαν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς.
21.5.1οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἐπανῄεσαν βουλευσόμενοι περὶ τῶν προειρημένων·
21.5.2οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον συμμίξαντες τοῖς ἀποκλήτοις ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῶν προειρημένων.
21.5.3ἦν δὲ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων τὸ μὲν ἀδύνατον διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν χρημάτων, τὸ δὲ φοβερὸν διὰ τὸ πρότερον αὐτοὺς ἀπατηθῆναι, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐπινεύσαντες ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς παρὰ μικρὸν εἰς τὴν ἅλυσιν ἐνέπεσον.
21.5.4διόπερ ἀπορούμενοι καὶ δυσχρηστούμενοι περὶ ταῦτα πάλιν ἐξέπεμπον τοὺς αὐτοὺς δεησομένους ἢ τῶν χρημάτων ἀφελεῖν, ἵνα δύνωνται τελεῖν, ἢ τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς ἐκτὸς ποιῆσαι τοὺς πολιτικοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας.
21.5.5οἳ καὶ συμμίξαντες τοῖς περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον διεσάφουν τὰ δεδογμένα.
21.5.6τοῦ δὲ Λευκίου φήσαντος ἐπὶ τούτοις ἔχειν παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἐφʼ οἷς ἀρτίως εἶπεν, οὗτοι μὲν αὖθις ἐπανῆλθον,
21.5.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον ἐπακολουθήσαντες εἰς τὴν Ὑπάταν συνεβούλευσαν τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς, ἐπεὶ τὰ τῆς διαλύσεως ἐμποδίζοιτο κατὰ τὸ παρόν, ἀνοχὰς αἰτησαμένους καὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων κακῶν ὑπέρθεσιν ποιησαμένους πρεσβεύειν πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον, κἂν μὲν ἐπιτυγχάνωσι περὶ τῶν ἀξιουμένων·
21.5.8εἰ δὲ μή, τοῖς καιροῖς ἐφεδρεύειν.
21.5.9χείρω μὲν γὰρ ἀδύνατον γενέσθαι τῶν ὑποκειμένων τὰ περὶ σφᾶς, βελτίω γε μὴν οὐκ ἀδύνατον διὰ πολλὰς αἰτίας.
21.5.10φανέντων δὲ καλῶς λέγειν τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἐχέδημον, ἔδοξε πρεσβεύειν τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνοχῶν.
21.5.11ἀφικόμενοι δὲ πρὸς τὸν Λεύκιον ἐδέοντο συγχωρηθῆναι σφίσι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἑξαμήνους ἀνοχάς, ἵνα πρεσβεύσωσι πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον.
21.5.12ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος, πάλαι πρὸς τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν πράξεις παρωρμημένος, ταχέως ἔπεισε τὸν ἀδελφὸν ὑπακοῦσαι τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις.
21.5.13γραφεισῶν δὲ τῶν ὁμολογιῶν, ὁ μὲν Μάνιος, λύσας τὴν πολιορκίαν καὶ παραδοὺς ἅπαν τὸ στράτευμα καὶ τὰς χορηγίας τοῖς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον, εὐθέως ἀπηλλάττετο μετὰ τῶν χιλιάρχων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
21.6.1οἱ δὲ Φωκαιεῖς, τὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀπολειφθέντων Ῥωμαίων ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶν ἐπισταθμευόμενοι, τὰ δὲ τὰς ἐπιταγὰς δυσχερῶς φέροντες, ἐστασίαζον. —
21.6.2ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους οἱ τῶν Φωκαιέων ἄρχοντες, δεδιότες τάς τε τῶν πολλῶν ὁρμὰς διὰ τὴν σιτοδείαν καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἀντιοχιστῶν φιλοτιμίαν, ἐξέπεμψαν πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς Σέλευκον, ὄντα πρὸς τοῖς ὅροις τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν,
21.6.3ἀξιοῦντες μὴ πελάζειν τῆς πόλεως, ὅτι πρόκειται σφίσι τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν καὶ καραδοκεῖν τὴν τῶν ὅλων κρίσιν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς εἰρημένοις.
21.6.4ἦσαν δὲ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἴδιοι μὲν τοῦ Σελεύκου καὶ ταύτης τῆς ὑποθέσεως Ἀρίσταρχος καὶ Κάσσανδρος καὶ Ῥόδων, ἐναντίοι δὲ καὶ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀπονενευκότες Ἡγίας καὶ Γελίας.
21.6.5ὧν συμμιξάντων ὁ Σέλευκος εὐθέως τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀρίσταρχον ἀνὰ χεῖρας εἶχε, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἡγίαν παρεώρα.
21.6.6πυθόμενος δὲ τὴν ὁρμὴν τῶν πολλῶν καὶ τὴν σπάνιν τοῦ σίτου, παρεὶς τὸν χρηματισμὸν καὶ τὴν ἔντευξιν τῶν παραγεγονότων προῆγε πρὸς τὴν πόλιν. —
21.6.7ἐξελθόντες μὲν Γάλλοι δύο μετὰ τύπων καὶ προστηθιδίων ἐδέοντο μηδὲν ἀνήκεστον βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῆς πόλεως. —
21.7.1πυρφόρος, ᾧ ἐχρήσατο Παυσίστρατος ὁ τῶν Ῥοδίων ναύαρχος.
21.7.2ἦν δὲ κημός· ἐξ ἑκατέρου δὲ τοῦ μέρους τῆς πρώρρας ἀγκύλαι δύο παρέκειντο παρὰ τὴν ἐντὸς ἐπιφάνειαν τῶν τοίχων, εἰς ἃς ἐνηρμόζοντο κοντοὶ προτείνοντες τοῖς κέρασιν εἰς θάλατταν.
21.7.3ἐπὶ δὲ τὸ τούτων ἄκρον ὁ κημὸς ἁλύσει σιδηρᾷ προσήρτητο πλήρης πυρός,
21.7.4ὥστε κατὰ τὰς ἐμβολὰς καὶ παραβολὰς εἰς μὲν τὴν πολεμίαν ναῦν ἐκτινάττεσθαι πῦρ, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς οἰκείας πολὺν ἀφεστάναι τόπον διὰ τὴν ἔγκλισιν. —
21.7.5ὅτι Παμφιλίδας ὁ τῶν Ῥοδίων ναύαρχος ἐδόκει πρὸς πάντας τοὺς καιροὺς εὐαρμοστότερος εἶναι τοῦ Παυσιστράτου διὰ τὸ βαθύτερος τῇ φύσει καὶ στασιμώτερος μᾶλλον ἢ τολμηρότερος ὑπάρχειν.
21.7.6ἀγαθοὶ γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον, ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν συμβαινόντων ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διαλήψεις.
21.7.7ἄρτι γὰρ διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο προκεχειρισμένοι τὸν Παυσίστρατον, διὰ τὸ πρᾶξιν ἔχειν τινὰ καὶ τόλμαν, παραχρῆμα μετέπιπτον εἰς τἀναντία ταῖς γνώμαις διὰ τὴν περιπέτειαν. —
21.8.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον εἰς τὴν Σάμον προσέπεσε γράμματα τοῖς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον καὶ τὸν Εὐμένη παρά τε τοῦ Λευκίου τοῦ τὴν ὕπατον ἀρχὴν ἔχοντος καὶ παρὰ Ποπλίου Σκιπίωνος,
21.8.2δηλοῦντα τὰς πρὸς τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς γεγενημένας συνθήκας ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀνοχῶν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον πορείαν τῶν πεζικῶν στρατοπέδων.
21.8.3ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον καὶ Σέλευκον ταῦτα διεσαφεῖτο παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν. —
21.9.1ὅτι Διοφάνης ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης μεγάλην ἕξιν εἶχεν ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς διὰ τὸ πολυχρονίου γεγονότος τοῦ πρὸς Νάβιν πολέμου τοῖς Μεγαλοπολίταις ἀστυγείτονος πάντα συνεχῶς τὸν χρόνον ὑπὸ τὸν Φιλοποίμενα τεταγμένος τριβὴν ἐσχηκέναι τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἔργων ἀληθινήν.
Book 21, Part 6
21.36After taking the town of Cyrmasa (in Pisidia), and a very large booty, Cnaeus Manlius continued his advance. And as he was marching along the marsh, envoys came from Lysinoe, offering an unconditional surrender. After accepting this, Cnaeus entered the territory of Sagalassus, and having driven off a vast quantity of spoil waited to see what the Sagalassians were prepared to do. When their ambassadors arrived he received them; and accepting a compliment of fifty talents, twenty thousand medimni of barley, and twenty thousand of wheat, admitted them to friendship with Rome. . . .
21.37Cnaeus sent envoys to Eposognatus the Gaul, desiring him to send embassies to the kings of the Gauls. Eposognatus in his turn sent envoys to Cnaeus begging him not to move his quarters or attack the Tolistobogian Gauls; and assuring him that he would send embassies to the kings, and propose peace to them, and felt quite certain that he would be able to bring them to a proper view of affairs in all respects. . . .
21.37In the course of his march through the country Cnaeus made a bridge over the River Sangorius, which was extremely deep and difficult to cross. And having encamped on the bank of the river, he was visited by some Galli sent by Attis and Battacus, the priests of the mother of the gods at Pesinus, wearing figures and images on their breasts, and announcing that the goddess promised him victory and power; to whom Cnaeus gave a courteous reception. . . .
21.37When Cnaeus was at the small town of Gordieium, ambassadors came from Eposognatus, announcing that he had been round and talked with the kings of the Gauls, but that they would not consent to make any overtures of friendship whatever; on the contrary, they had collected their children and women on Mount Olympus, and were prepared to give battle. . . .
21.38It chanced that among the prisoners made when the Romans won the victory at Olympus over the Gauls of Asia, was Chiomara, wife of Ortiago. The centurion who had charge of her availed himself of his chance in soldierly fashion, and violated her.
21.38He was a slave indeed both to lust and money: but eventually his love of money got the upper hand; and, on a large sum of gold being agreed to be paid for the woman, he led her off to put her to ransom. There being a river between the two camps, when the Gauls had crossed it, paid the man the money, and received the woman, she ordered one of them by a nod to strike the Roman as he was in the act of taking a polite and affectionate farewell of her. The man obeyed, and cut off the centurion’s head, which she picked up and drove off with, wrapped in the folds of her dress: On reaching her husband she threw the head at his feet; and when he expressed astonishment and said: Wife to keep faith is a good thing, she replied: Yes; but it is a better thing that there should be only one man alive who has lain with me! [Polybius says that he conversed with the woman at Sardis, and was struck with her dignified demeanour and intelligence.] . . .
21.39After the victory over the Gauls at Olympus, when the Romans were encamped at Ancyra, and Cnaeus was on the point of continuing his advance, ambassadors came from the Tectosages asking that Cnaeus would leave his troops in their quarters, and advance himself in the course of the next day into the space between the two camps; and promising that their kings would come to meet him, and discuss the terms of a peace. But when Cnaeus consented, and duly arrived at the appointed place with five hundred horse, the kings did not appear. After his return to the camp, however, the ambassadors came again, and, offering some excuses for the kings, begged him to come once more, as they would send some of their chief men to discuss the whole question. Cnaeus consented; but, without leaving the camp himself, sent Attalus and some tribunes with three hundred horse. The envoys of the Gauls duly appeared and discussed the business: but finally said that it was impossible for them to conclude the matter or ratify anything they agreed upon; but they engaged that the kings would come next day to agree on the terms, and finally settle the treaty, if the Consul would also come to them. Attalus promised that Cnaeus would come, and they separated for that day. But the Gauls were deliberately contriving these postponements, and amusing the Romans, because they wanted to get some part of their families and property beyond the river Halys; and, first of all, to get the Roman Consul into their hands if they could, but if not, at any rate to kill him. With this purpose they watched next day for the coming of the Romans, with a thousand horse ready to fall upon him. When Cnaeus heard the result of Attalus’s interview, believing that the kings would come, he left the camp, attended as usual by five hundred horse. Now it happened that, on the days of the previous interviews, the foraging parties which went out from the Roman camp to fetch wood and hay had gone in the same direction, in order to have the protection of the squadron which went to the parley. A numerous foraging party acted in the same way on this third occasion, and the tribunes ordered them to proceed in the same direction, with the usual number of horsemen to protect them as they advanced. And their being out on this duty proved accidentally to be the salvation of their comrades in the danger which threatened them. . . .
21.40M. Fulvius took the quarter of the town in which was the citadel by a night surprise, and introduced the Romans into the town.
21.41The good and the expedient are seldom compatible, and rare indeed are those who can combine and reconcile them. For as a general rule we all know that the good shuns the principles of immediate profit, and profit those of the good. However, Philopoemen attempted this task, and succeeded in his aim. For it was a good thing to restore the captive exiles to Sparta; and it was an expedient thing to humble the Lacedaemonian state, and to punish those who had served as bodyguards to a tyrant. But seeing clearly that money is ever the support on which every dynasty rests, and having a clear head and the instincts of a ruler, he took measures to prevent the introduction into the town of money from outside. . . .
21.43Meanwhile in Asia the Roman consul Cnaeus Manlius wintered at Ephesus, in the last year of this Olympiad, and was there visited by embassies from the Greek cities in Asia and many others, bringing complimentary crowns to him for his victories over the Gauls. For the entire inhabitants of Asia this side Taurus were not so much rejoiced at the prospect given them by Antiochus’s defeat of being relieved from tribute, garrisons, or other royal exactions, as at the removal of all fear of the barbarians, and at their escape from their insolence and lawlessness. Among the rest Musaeus came from Antiochus, and some envoys from the Gauls, desiring to ascertain the terms upon which friendship would be granted them; and also from Ariarathes, the king of Cappadocia. For this latter prince, having attached himself to the fortunes of Antiochus, and having taken part in his battle with the Romans, had become alarmed and dismayed for his own fate, and therefore was endeavouring by frequent embassies to ascertain what he would have to pay or do to get pardon for his error. The Consul complimented the ambassadors from the cities, and dismissed them after a very favourable reception; but he replied to the Gauls that he would not make a treaty with them until king Eumenes, whom he expected, had arrived. To the envoys from Ariarathes he said that they might have peace on the payment of six hundred talents. With the ambassador of Antiochus he arranged that he would come with his army to the frontier of Pamphylia, to receive the two thousand five hundred talents, and the corn with which the king had undertaken to furnish the Roman soldiers before his treaty with Lucius Scipio. This business being thus settled, he solemnly purified his army; and, as the season for military operations was now beginning, he broke up his quarters, and, taking Attalus with him, arrived at Apameia in eight days’ march, and remained there three days. On the fourth he continued his advance; and, pushing on at great speed, arrived on the third day at the rendezvous with Antiochus, and there pitched his camp. Here he was visited by Musaeus, who begged him to wait, as the carts and cattle that were bringing the corn and money were late. He consented to wait: and, when the supply arrived, he distributed the corn among the soldiers, and handed over the money to one of his tribunes, with orders to convey it to Apameia.
21.44He himself started in full force for Perga, where he heard that a commander of a garrison placed in that town by Antiochus had neither left it himself nor withdrawn his garrison. When he came within a short distance of the place he was met by the captain of the garrison, who begged Cnaeus not to condemn him unheard. He had received the city from Antiochus in trust, and was holding it until he should be instructed what to do by the sovereign who had entrusted it to him. And he therefore begged for thirty days’ respite, to enable him to send and ask the king for instructions. Observing that Antiochus was behaving straightforwardly in other particulars, Cnaeus consented to allow him to send and ask the king the question. After some days the officer accordingly received an answer, and surrendered the city.
Book 21, Part 2
21.9.2χωρίς τε τούτων κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ κατὰ τὴν σωματικὴν χρείαν ἦν ὁ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ δυνατὸς καὶ καταπληκτικός.
21.9.3τὸ δὲ κυριώτατον, πρὸς πόλεμον ὑπῆρχεν ἀνὴρ ἀγαθὸς καὶ τοῖς ὅπλοις ἐχρῆτο διαφερόντως. —
21.10.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὸν Πέργαμον ἐμβαλών, πυθόμενος δὲ τὴν παρουσίαν Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ θεωρῶν οὐ μόνον τὰς ναυτικάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς πεζικὰς δυνάμεις ἐπʼ αὐτὸν παραγινομένας, ἐβουλεύετο λόγους ποιήσασθαι περὶ διαλύσεως ὁμοῦ πρός τε Ῥωμαίους καὶ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους.
21.10.2ἐξάρας οὖν ἅπαντι τῷ στρατεύματι παρῆν πρὸς τὴν Ἐλαίαν καὶ λαβὼν λόφον τινὰ καταντικρὺ τῆς πόλεως τὸ μὲν πεζικὸν ἐπὶ τούτου κατέστησε, τοὺς δʼ ἱππεῖς παρʼ αὐτὴν τὴν πόλιν παρενέβαλε, πλείους ὄντας ἑξακισχιλίων.
21.10.3αὐτὸς δὲ μεταξὺ τούτων γενόμενος διεπέμπετο πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑπὲρ διαλύσεων.
21.10.4ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων συναγαγὼν τούς τε Ῥοδίους καὶ τὸν Εὐμένην ἠξίου λέγειν περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων τὸ φαινόμενον.
21.10.5οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Εὔδαμον καὶ Παμφιλίδαν οὐκ ἀλλότριοι τῆς διαλύσεως ἦσαν· ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς οὔτʼ εὐσχήμονα τὴν διάλυσιν οὔτε δυνατὴν ἔφησε κατὰ τὸ παρὸν εἶναι.
21.10.6"εὐσχήμονα γάρ" ἔφη "πῶς οἷόν τε γίνεσθαι τὴν ἔκβασιν, ἐὰν τειχήρεις ὄντες ποιώμεθα τὰς διαλύσεις;
21.10.7" καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ δυνατὴν ἔφησε κατὰ τὸ παρόν· "πῶς γὰρ ἐνδέχεται, μὴ προσδεξαμένους ὕπατον, ἄνευ τῆς ἐκείνου γνώμης βεβαιῶσαι τὰς ὁμολογηθείσας συνθήκας;
21.10.8χωρίς τε τούτων, ἐὰν ὅλως γένηταί τι σημεῖον ὁμολογίας πρὸς Ἀντίοχον, οὔτε τὰς ναυτικὰς δυνάμεις δυνατὸν ἐπανελθεῖν δήπουθεν εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν οὔτε τὰς πεζικάς, ἐὰν μὴ πρότερον ὅ τε δῆμος ἥ τε σύγκλητος ἐπικυρώσῃ τὰ δοχθέντα.
21.10.9λείπεται δὴ καραδοκοῦντας τὴν ἐκείνων ἀπόφασιν παραχειμάζειν ἐνθάδε καὶ πράττειν μὲν μηδέν, ἐκδαπανᾶν δὲ τὰς τῶν ἰδίων συμμάχων χορηγίας καὶ παρασκευάς·
21.10.10ἔπειτʼ, ἂν μὴ σφίσι παρῇ τῇ συγκλήτῳ διαλύεσθαι, καινοποιεῖν πάλιν ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς τὸν πόλεμον, παρέντας τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς, ἐν οἷς δυνάμεθα θεῶν βουλομένων πέρας ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς ὅλοις.
21.10.11" ὁ μὲν οὖν Εὐμένης ταῦτʼ εἶπεν· ὁ δὲ Λεύκιος ἀποδεξάμενος τὴν συμβουλίαν, ἀπεκρίθη τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὅτι πρὸ τοῦ τὸν ἀνθύπατον ἐλθεῖν οὐκ ἐνδέχεται γενέσθαι τὰς διαλύσεις.
21.10.12ὧν ἀκούσαντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον παραυτίκα μὲν ἐδῄουν τὴν τῶν Ἐλαϊτῶν χώραν·
21.10.13ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις Σέλευκος μὲν ἐπὶ τούτων ἔμεινε τῶν τόπων, Ἀντίοχος δὲ κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐπιπορευόμενος ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὸ Θήβης καλούμενον πεδίον,
21.10.14καὶ παραβεβληκὼς εἰς χώραν εὐδαίμονα καὶ γέμουσαν ἀγαθῶν ἐπλήρου τὴν στρατιὰν παντοδαπῆς λείας. —
21.11.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς παραγενόμενος εἰς τὰς Σάρδεις ἀπὸ τῆς προρρηθείσης στρατείας διεπέμπετο συνεχῶς πρὸς Προυσίαν, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν σφετέραν συμμαχίαν.
21.11.2ὁ δὲ Προυσίας κατὰ μὲν τοὺς ἀνώτερον χρόνους οὐκ ἀλλότριος ἦν τοῦ κοινωνεῖν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον· πάνυ γὰρ ἐδεδίει τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, μὴ ποιῶνται τὴν εἰς Ἀσίαν διάβασιν ἐπὶ καταλύσει πάντων τῶν δυναστῶν.
21.11.3παραγενομένης δʼ ἐπιστολῆς αὐτῷ παρά τε Λευκίου καὶ Ποπλίου τῶν ἀδελφῶν, κομισάμενος ταύτην καὶ διαναγνοὺς ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἔστη τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ προείδετο τὸ μέλλον ἐνδεχομένως,
21.11.4ἅτε τῶν περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον ἐναργέσι κεχρημένων καὶ πολλοῖς μαρτυρίοις πρὸς πίστιν διὰ τῶν ἐγγράπτων.
21.11.5οὐ γὰρ μόνον ὑπὲρ τῆς ἰδίας προαιρέσεως ἔφερον ἀπολογισμούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς κοινῆς ἁπάντων Ῥωμαίων,
21.11.6διʼ ὧν παρεδείκνυον οὐχ οἷον ἀφῃρημένοι τινὸς τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς βασιλέων τὰς δυναστείας, ἀλλὰ τινὰς μὲν καὶ προσκατεσκευακότες αὐτοὶ δυνάστας, ἐνίους δʼ ηὐξηκότες καὶ πολλαπλασίους αὐτῶν τὰς ἀρχὰς πεποιηκότες.
21.11.7ὧν κατὰ μὲν τὴν Ἰβηρίαν Ἀνδοβάλην καὶ Κολίχαντα προεφέροντο, κατὰ δὲ τὴν Λιβύην Μασαννάσαν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα τόποις Πλευρᾶτον·
21.11.8οὓς ἅπαντας ἔφασαν ἐξ ἐλαφρῶν καὶ τῶν τυχόντων δυναστῶν πεποιηκέναι βασιλεῖς ὁμολογουμένως.
21.11.9ὁμοίως κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα Φίλιππον καὶ Νάβιν, ὧν Φίλιππον μὲν καταπολεμήσαντες καὶ συγκλείσαντες εἰς ὅμηρα καὶ φόρους, βραχεῖαν αὐτοῦ νῦν λαβόντες ἀπόδειξιν εὐνοίας ἀποκαθεστακέναι μὲν αὐτῷ τὸν υἱὸν καὶ τοὺς ἅμα τούτῳ συνομηρεύοντας νεανίσκους, ἀπολελυκέναι δὲ τῶν φόρων, πολλὰς δὲ τῶν πόλεων ἀποδεδωκέναι τῶν ἁλουσῶν κατὰ πόλεμον·
21.11.10Νάβιν δὲ δυνηθέντες ἄρδην ἐπανελέσθαι, τοῦτο μὲν οὐ ποιῆσαι, φείσασθαι δʼ αὐτοῦ, καίπερ ὄντος τυράννου, λαβόντες πίστεις τὰς εἰθισμένας.
21.11.11εἰς ἃ βλέποντα παρεκάλουν τὸν Προυσίαν διὰ τῆς ἐπιστολῆς μὴ δεδιέναι περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, θαρροῦντα δʼ αἱρεῖσθαι τὰ Ῥωμαίων· ἔσεσθαι γὰρ ἀμεταμέλητον αὐτῷ τὴν τοιαύτην προαίρεσιν.
21.11.12ὧν ὁ Προυσίας διακούσας ἐπʼ ἄλλης ἐγένετο γνώμης. ὡς δὲ καὶ παρεγενήθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Γάιον Λίβιον, τελέως ἀπέστη τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐλπίδων, συμμίξας τοῖς προειρημένοις ἀνδράσιν.
21.11.13Ἀντίοχος δὲ ταύτης ἀποπεσὼν τῆς ἐλπίδος παρῆν εἰς Ἔφεσον καὶ συλλογιζόμενος ὅτι μόνως ἂν οὕτω δύναιτο κωλῦσαι τὴν τῶν πεζικῶν στρατοπέδων διά
21.11.13βασιν καὶ καθόλου τὸν πόλεμον ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας ἀποτρίβεσθαι βεβαίως κρατοίη τῆς θαλάττης, προέθετο ναυμαχεῖν καὶ κρίνειν τὰ πράγματα διὰ τῶν κατὰ θάλατταν κινδύνων. —
21.12.1Πολύβιος· οἱ δὲ πειραταὶ θεασάμενοι τὸν ἐπίπλουν τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν πλοίων, ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἐποιοῦντο τὴν ἀναχώρησιν. —
21.13.1ὅτι ὁ Ἀντίοχος μετὰ τὴν κατὰ τὴν ναυμαχίαν γενομένην ἧτταν ἐν ταῖς Σάρδεσιν παριεὶς τοὺς καιροὺς καὶ καταμέλλων ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις,
21.13.2ἅμα τῷ πυθέσθαι τῶν πολεμίων τὴν διάβασιν συντριβεὶς τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ δυσελπιστήσας ἔκρινεν διαπέμπεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λεύκιον καὶ Πόπλιον ὑπὲρ διαλύσεων.
21.13.3προχειρισάμενος οὖν Ἡρακλείδην τὸν Βυζάντιον ἐξέπεμψε, δοὺς ἐντολὰς ὅτι παραχωρεῖ τῆς τε τῶν Λαμψακηνῶν καὶ Σμυρναίων, ἔτι δὲ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρέων πόλεως, ἐξ ὧν ὁ πόλεμος ἔλαβε τὰς ἀρχάς·
21.13.4ὁμοίως δὲ κἄν τινας ἑτέρας ὑφαιρεῖσθαι βούλωνται τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἰολίδα καὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν, ὅσαι τἀκείνων ᾕρηνται κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον.
21.13.5πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ὅτι τὴν ἡμίσειαν δώσει τῆς γεγενημένης σφίσι δαπάνης εἰς τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν διαφοράν.
21.13.6ταύτας μὲν οὖν ὁ πεμπόμενος εἶχε τὰς ἐντολὰς πρὸς τὴν κατὰ κοινὸν ἔντευξιν, ἰδίᾳ δὲ πρὸς τὸν Πόπλιον ἑτέρας, ὑπὲρ ὧν τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δηλώσομεν.
21.13.7ἀφικόμενος δʼ εἰς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὁ προειρημένος πρεσβευτὴς καὶ καταλαβὼν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους μένοντας ἐπὶ τῆς στρατοπεδείας, οὗ πρῶτον κατεσκήνωσαν ἀπὸ τῆς διαβάσεως,
21.13.8τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἥσθη, νομίζων αὑτῷ συνεργὸν εἶναι πρὸς τὴν ἔντευξιν τὸ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν ὡρμηκέναι τῶν ἑξῆς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους,
21.13.9πυθόμενος δὲ τὸν Πόπλιον ἔτι μένειν ἐν τῷ πέραν ἐδυσχρήστησε διὰ τὸ τὴν πλείστην ῥοπὴν κεῖσθαι τῶν πραγμάτων ἐν τῇ ʼκείνου προαιρέσει.
21.13.10αἴτιον δʼ ἦν καὶ τοῦ μένειν τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐπὶ τῆς πρώτης παρεμβολῆς καὶ τοῦ κεχωρίσθαι τὸν Πόπλιον ἀπὸ τῶν δυνάμεων τὸ σάλιον εἶναι τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα. τοῦτο δʼ ἔστιν,
21.13.11καθάπερ ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς περὶ τῆς πολιτείας εἴρηται, τῶν τριῶν ἓν σύστημα, διʼ ὧν συμβαίνει τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας θυσίας ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ συντελεῖσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς·
21.13.12τριακονθήμερον μὴ μεταβαίνειν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τῆς θυσίας, ἐν ᾗ ποτʼ ἂν χώρᾳ καταληφθῶσιν [οἱ σάλιοι οὗτοι].
21.13.13ὃ καὶ τότε συνέβη γενέσθαι Ποπλίῳ· τῆς γὰρ δυνάμεως μελλούσης περαιοῦσθαι κατέλαβεν αὐτὸν οὗτος ὁ χρόνος, ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι μεταβαλεῖν τὴν χώραν.
21.13.14διὸ συνέβη τόν τε Σκιπίωνα χωρισθῆναι τῶν στρατοπέδων καὶ μεῖναι κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην, τὰς δὲ δυνάμεις περαιωθείσας μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι πράττειν τῶν ἑξῆς μηθέν, προσαναδεχομένας τὸν προειρημένον ἄνδρα.
21.14.1ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης, μετά τινας ἡμέρας παραγενομένου τοῦ Ποπλίου, κληθεὶς πρὸς τὸ συνέδριον εἰς ἔντευξιν διελέγετο περὶ ὧν εἶχε τὰς ἐντολάς,
21.14.2φάσκων τῆς τε τῶν Λαμψακηνῶν καὶ Σμυρναίων, ἔτι δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων πόλεως ἐκχωρεῖν τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἰολίδα καὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν, ὅσαι τυγχάνουσιν ᾑρημέναι τὰ Ῥωμαίων·
21.14.3πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τὴν ἡμίσειαν ἀναδέχεσθαι τῆς γεγενημένης αὐτοῖς δαπάνης εἰς τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον.
21.14.4πολλὰ δὲ καὶ ἕτερα πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν διελέχθη, παρακαλῶν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους μήτε τὴν τύχην λίαν ἐξελέγχειν ἀνθρώπους ὑπάρχοντας, μήτε τὸ μέγεθος τῆς αὑτῶν ἐξουσίας ἀόριστον ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ περιγράφειν, μάλιστα μὲν τοῖς τῆς Εὐρώπης ὅροις·
21.14.5καὶ γὰρ ταύτην μεγάλην ὑπάρχειν καὶ παράδοξον διὰ τὸ μηδένα καθῖχθαι τῶν προγεγονότων αὐτῆς·
21.14.6εἰ δὲ πάντως καὶ τῆς Ἀσίας βούλονταί τινα προσεπιδράττεσθαι, διορίσαι ταῦτα· πρὸς πᾶν γὰρ τὸ δυνατὸν προσελεύσεσθαι τὸν βασιλέα.
21.14.7ῥηθέντων δὲ τούτων, ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ τὸν στρατηγὸν ἀποκριθῆναι διότι τῆς μὲν δαπάνης οὐ τὴν ἡμίσειαν, ἀλλὰ πᾶσαν δίκαιόν ἐστιν Ἀντίοχον ἀποδοῦναι· φῦναι γὰρ τὸν πόλεμον ἐξ ἀρχῆς οὐ διʼ αὑτούς, ἀλλὰ διʼ ἐκεῖνον·
21.14.8τῶν δὲ πόλεων μὴ τὰς κατὰ τὴν Αἰολίδα καὶ τὴν Ἰωνίαν μόνον ἐλευθεροῦν, ἀλλὰ πάσης τῆς ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου δυναστείας ἐκχωρεῖν.
21.14.9ὁ μὲν οὖν πρεσβευτὴς ταῦτʼ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ συνεδρίου, διὰ τὸ πολὺ τῶν ἀξιουμένων τὰς ἐπιταγὰς ὑπεραίρειν οὐδένα λόγον ποιησάμενος, τῆς μὲν κοινῆς ἐντεύξεως ἀπέστη, τὸν δὲ Πόπλιον ἐθεράπευσε φιλοτίμως.
21.15.1λαβὼν δὲ καιρὸν ἁρμόζοντα διελέγετο περὶ ὧν εἶχε τὰς ἐντολάς.
21.15.2αὗται δʼ ἦσαν διότι πρῶτον μὲν χωρὶς λύτρων ὁ βασιλεὺς αὐτῷ τὸν υἱὸν ἀποδώσει
21.15.3συνέβαινε γὰρ ἐν ἀρχαῖς τοῦ πολέμου τὸν υἱὸν τὸν τοῦ Σκιπίωνος γεγονέναι τοῖς περὶ Ἀντίχον ὑποχείριον·
21.15.4δεύτερον δὲ διότι καὶ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἕτοιμός ἐστιν ὁ βασιλεὺς ὅσον ἂν ἀποδείξῃ διδόναι πλῆθος χρημάτων καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα κοινὴν ποιεῖν τὴν ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας χορηγίαν, ἐὰν συνεργήσῃ ταῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως προτεινομέναις διαλύσεσιν.
21.15.5ὁ δὲ Πόπλιος τὴν μὲν κατὰ τὸν υἱὸν ἐπαγγελίαν ἔφη δέχεσθαι καὶ μεγάλην χάριν ἕξειν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἐὰν βεβαιώσῃ τὴν ὑπόσχεσιν·
21.15.6περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφη καὶ παραπαίειν ὁλοσχερῶς τοῦ σφετέρου συμφέροντος οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν πρὸς αὑτὸν ἔντευξιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ συνέδριον.
Book 21, Part 7
21.44About this time, just at the beginning of summer, the ten commissioners and king Eumenes arrived by sea at Ephesus; and, after giving themselves two days to recover from the voyage, proceeded up the country to Apameia. When their arrival was known to Cnaeus Manlius, he sent his brother Lucius with four thousand men to Oroanda (in Pisidia), as a forcible hint that they must pay the money owing, in accordance with the terms agreed on; while he himself marched his army at full speed to meet Eumenes and the commissioners. On his arrival he found the king and the ten commissioners, and immediately held a consultation with them on the measures to be taken. The first resolution come to was to confirm the sworn agreement and treaty with Antiochus, about which I need say no more, beyond giving the actual text of the treaty, which was as follows:—
21.45There shall be perpetual peace between Antiochus and the Romans if he fulfils the provisions of the treaty.
21.45Neither Antiochus nor any subject to him shall allow any to pass through their territories to attack the Romans or their allies, nor supply them with aught. Neither shall the Romans or their allies do the like for those attacking Antiochus or those subject to him.
21.45Antiochus shall not wage war upon the Islanders or the dwellers in Europe.
21.45He shall evacuate all cities and territory (this side Taurus). His soldiers shall take nothing out with them except the arms they are carrying. If they chance to have taken anything away they shall restore it to the same cities.
21.45He shall receive neither soldiers nor other men from the territory of king Eumenes.
21.45If there be any men in the army of Antiochus coming from any of the cities taken over by the Romans, he shall deliver them up at Apameia.
21.45If there be any from the kingdom of Antiochus with the Romans or their allies, they may remain or depart as they choose.
21.45Antiochus and those subject to him shall give back the slaves, captives, and deserters of the Romans or their allies and any captive received from any quarter. Antiochus shall give up, if it be within his power so to do, Hannibal, son of Hamilcar, the Carthaginian, Mnesilochus the Acarnanian, Thoas the Aetolian, Euboulidas and Philo the Chalcidians, and such of the Aetolians as have held national offices.
21.45Antiochus shall give up all his elephants, and shall have none henceforth.
21.45Anitiochus shall surrender his ships of war, their tackle, and fittings, and henceforth have only ten decked ships. He shall not have a vessel rowed by thirty oars, [or by less] for purposes of war begun by himself.
Book 21, Part 3
21.15.7εἰ μὲν γὰρ ἔτι Λυσιμαχείας καὶ τῆς εἰς τὴν Χερρόνησον εἰσόδου κύριος ὑπάρχων ταῦτα προύτεινε, ταχέως ἂν αὐτὸν ἐπιτυχεῖν.
21.15.8ὁμοίως, εἰ καὶ τούτων ἐκχωρήσας παραγεγόνει πρὸς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως καὶ δῆλος ὢν ὅτι κωλύσει τὴν διάβασιν ἡμῶν ἐπρέσβευε περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τούτων, ἦν ἂν οὕτως αὐτὸν ἐφικέσθαι τῶν ἀξιουμένων.
21.15.9ὅτε δʼ ἐάσας ἐπιβῆναι τῆς Ἀσίας τὰς ἡμετέρας δυνάμεις καὶ προσδεξάμενος οὐ μόνον τὸν χαλινόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ἀναβάτην παραγίνεται πρεσβεύων περὶ διαλύσεων ἴσων, εἰκότως αὐτὸν ἀποτυγχάνειν καὶ διεψεῦσθαι τῶν ἐλπίδων.
21.15.10διόπερ αὐτῷ παρῄνει βέλτιον βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων καὶ βλέπειν τοὺς καιροὺς ἀληθινῶς.
21.15.11ἀντὶ δὲ τῆς κατὰ τὸν υἱὸν ἐπαγγελίας ὑπισχνεῖτο δώσειν αὐτῷ συμβουλίαν ἀξίαν τῆς προτεινομένης χάριτος· παρεκάλει γὰρ αὐτὸν εἰς πᾶν συγκαταβαίνειν, μάχεσθαι δὲ κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον Ῥωμαίοις.
21.15.12ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἡρακλείδης ταῦτʼ ἀκούσας ἐπανῆλθε καὶ συμμίξας διεσάφει τῷ βασιλεῖ τὰ κατὰ μέρος·
21.15.13Ἀντίοχος δὲ νομίσας οὐδὲν ἂν βαρύτερον αὑτῷ γενέσθαι πρόσταγμα τῶν νῦν ἐπιταττομένων, εἰ λειφθείη μαχόμενος, τῆς μὲν περὶ τὰς διαλύσεις ἀσχολίας ἀπέστη, τὰ δὲ πρὸς ἀγῶνα πάντα καὶ πανταχόθεν ἡτοίμαζεν. —
21.16.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν νίκην οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὴν αὑτῶν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον παρειληφότες καὶ τὰς Σάρδεις καὶ τὰς ἀκροπόλεις ἄρτι ἧκε Μουσαῖος ἐπικηρυκευόμενος παρʼ Ἀντιόχου.
21.16.2τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον φιλανθρώπως προσδεξαμένων αὐτόν, ἔφη βούλεσθαι τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐξαποσταλῆναι πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διαλεχθησομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων.
21.16.3διόπερ ἀσφάλειαν ἠξίου δοθῆναι τοῖς παραγινομένοις. τῶν δὲ συγχωρησάντων οὗτος μὲν ἐπανῆλθεν,
21.16.4μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας ἧκον πρέσβεις παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀντιόχου Ζεῦξις ὁ πρότερον ὑπάρχων Λυδίας σατράπης καὶ Ἀντίπατρος ἀδελφιδοῦς.
21.16.5οὗτοι δὲ πρῶτον μὲν ἔσπευδον ἐντυχεῖν Εὐμένει τῷ βασιλεῖ, διευλαβούμενοι μὴ διὰ τὴν προγεγενημένην παρατριβὴν φιλοτιμότερος ᾖ πρὸς τὸ βλάπτειν αὐτούς.
21.16.6εὑρόντες δὲ παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν μέτριον αὐτὸν καὶ πρᾷον, εὐθέως ἐγίνοντο περὶ τὴν κοινὴν ἔντευξιν.
21.16.7κληθέντες δʼ εἰς τὸ συνέδριον πολλὰ μὲν καὶ ἕτερα διελέχθησαν, παρακαλοῦντες πρᾴως χρήσασθαι καὶ μεγαλοψύχως τοῖς εὐτυχήμασι,
21.16.8φάσκοντες οὐχ οὕτως Ἀντιόχῳ τοῦτο συμφέρειν ὡς αὐτοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, ἐπείπερ ἡ τύχη παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὴν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀρχὴν καὶ δυναστείαν·
21.16.9τὸ δὲ συνέχον ἠρώτων τί δεῖ ποιήσαντας τυχεῖν τῆς εἰρήνης καὶ τῆς φιλίας τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
21.16.10οἱ δʼ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ πρότερον ἤδη συνηδρευκότες καὶ βεβουλευμένοι περὶ τούτων, τότʼ ἐκέλευον διασαφεῖν τὰ δεδογμένα τὸν Πόπλιον.
21.17.1ὁ δὲ προειρημένος ἀνὴρ οὔτε νικήσαντας ἔφη Ῥωμαίους οὐδέποτε γενέσθαι βαρυτέρους,
21.17.2διὸ καὶ νῦν αὐτοῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἀπόκρισιν δοθήσεσθαι παρὰ Ῥωμαίων, ἣν καὶ πρότερον ἔλαβον, ὅτε πρὸ τῆς μάχης παρεγενήθησαν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον.
21.17.3δεῖν γὰρ αὐτοὺς ἔκ τε τῆς Εὐρώπης ἐκχωρεῖν καὶ τῆς Ἀσίας τῆς ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου πάσης.
21.17.4πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Εὐβοϊκὰ τάλαντʼ ἐπιδοῦναι μύρια καὶ πεντακισχίλια Ῥωμαίοις ἀντὶ τῆς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον δαπάνης.
21.17.5τούτων δὲ πεντακόσια μὲν παραχρῆμα, δισχίλια δὲ καὶ πεντακόσια πάλιν, ἐπειδὰν ὁ δῆμος κυρώσῃ τὰς διαλύσεις, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τελεῖν ἐν ἔτεσι δώδεκα, διδόντα καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος χίλια τάλαντα.
21.17.6ἀποδοῦναι δὲ καὶ Εὐμένει τετρακόσια τάλαντα τὰ προσοφειλόμενα καὶ τὸν ἐλλείποντα σῖτον κατὰ τὰς πρὸς τὸν πατέρα συνθήκας.
21.17.7σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀννίβαν ἐκδοῦναι τὸν Καρχηδόνιον καὶ Θόαντα τὸν Αἰτωλὸν καὶ Μνασίλοχον Ἀκαρνᾶνα καὶ Φίλωνα καὶ Εὐβουλίδαν τοὺς Χαλκιδέας.
21.17.8πίστιν δὲ τούτων ὁμήρους εἴκοσι δοῦναι παραχρῆμα τὸν Ἀντίοχον τοὺς παραγραφέντας.
21.17.9ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ Πόπλιος ἀπεφήναθʼ ὑπὲρ παντὸς τοῦ συνεδρίου. συγκαταθεμένων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίπατρον καὶ Ζεῦξιν, ἔδοξε πᾶσιν ἐξαποστεῖλαι πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς παρακαλέσοντας τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ τὸν δῆμον ἐπικυρῶσαι τὰς συνθήκας.
21.17.10καὶ τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐχωρίσθησαν, ταῖς δʼ ἑξῆς ἡμέραις οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι διεῖλον τὰς δυνάμεις
21.17.11μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας παραγενομένων τῶν ὁμήρων εἰς τὴν Ἔφεσον, εὐθέως ἐγίνοντο περὶ τὸ πλεῖν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ὅ τʼ Εὐμένης οἵ τε παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευταί,
21.17.12παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ παρὰ Ῥοδίων καὶ παρὰ Σμυρναίων καὶ σχεδὸν τῶν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου πάντων τῶν κατοικούντων ἐθνῶν καὶ πολιτευμάτων ἐπρέσβευον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
21.18.1ὅτι ἤδη τῆς θερείας ἐνισταμένης μετὰ τὴν νίκην τῶν Ῥωμαίων τὴν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον παρῆν ὅ τε βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης οἵ τε παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρέσβεις οἵ τε παρὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων·
21.18.2σχεδὸν γὰρ ἅπαντες οἱ κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν εὐθέως μετὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τὴν μάχην ἔπεμπον πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, διὰ τὸ πᾶσιν τότε καὶ πάσας τὰς ὑπὲρ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἐλπίδας ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ κεῖσθαι.
21.18.3ἅπαντας μὲν οὖν τοὺς παραγενομένους ἐπεδέχετο φιλανθρώπως ἡ σύγκλητος, μεγαλομερέστατα δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν καὶ τὰς τῶν ξενίων παροχὰς Εὐμένη τὸν βασιλέα, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον τοὺς Ῥοδίους.
21.18.4ἐπειδὴ δʼ ὁ τῆς ἐντεύξεως καιρὸς ἦλθεν, εἰσεκαλέσαντο πρῶτον τὸν βασιλέα καὶ λέγειν ἠξίουν μετὰ παρρησίας ὧν βούλεται τυχεῖν παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου.
21.18.5τοῦ δʼ Εὐμένους φήσαντος διότι εἰ καὶ παρʼ ἑτέρων τυχεῖν τινος ἐβούλετο φιλανθρώπου, Ῥωμαίοις ἂν ἐχρήσατο συμβούλοις πρὸς τὸ μήτʼ ἐπιθυμεῖν μηδενὸς παρὰ τὸ δέον μήτʼ ἀξιοῦν μηδʼ ἓν πέρα τοῦ καθήκοντος·
21.18.6ὁπότε δʼ αὐτῶν πάρεστι δεόμενος Ῥωμαίων, ἄριστον εἶναι νομίζει τὸ διδόναι τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν ἐκείνοις καὶ περὶ αὑτοῦ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν·
21.18.7τῶν δὲ πρεσβυτέρων τινὸς ἀναστάντος καὶ κελεύοντος μὴ κατορρωδεῖν, ἀλλὰ λέγειν τὸ φαινόμενον, διότι πρόκειται τῇ συγκλήτῳ πᾶν αὐτῷ χαρίζεσθαι τὸ δυνατόν, ἔμεινεν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης. χρόνου δʼ ἐγγινομένου ὁ μὲν βασιλεὺς ἐξεχώρησεν,
21.18.8ἡ δὲ ἐντὸς ἐβουλεύετο τί δεῖ ποιεῖν.
21.18.9ἔδοξεν οὖν τὸν Εὐμένη παρακαλεῖν αὐτὸν ὑποδεικνύναι θαρροῦντα περὶ ὧν πάρεστιν· καὶ γὰρ εἰδέναι τὰ διαφέροντα τοῖς ἰδίοις πράγμασιν ἐκεῖνον ἀκριβέστερον τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν.
21.18.10δοξάντων δὲ τούτων εἰσεκλήθη, καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τινὸς ἀποδείξαντος τὰ δεδογμένα λέγειν
21.19.1ἠναγκάσθη περὶ τῶν προκειμένων. ἔφασκεν οὖν ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν ἂν εἰπεῖν περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτόν, ἀλλὰ μεῖναι τελέως διδοὺς ἐκείνοις τὴν ἐξουσίαν· ἕνα δὲ τόπον ἀγωνιᾶν τὸν κατὰ τοὺς Ῥοδίους·
21.19.2διὸ καὶ προῆχθαι νῦν εἰς τὸ λέγειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
21.19.3ἐκείνους γὰρ παρεῖναι μὲν οὐδὲν ἧττον ὑπὲρ τῆς σφετέρας πατρίδος συμφερόντως σπουδάζοντας ἤπερ αὑτοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς ἰδίας ἀρχῆς φιλοτιμεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸ παρόν·
21.19.4τοὺς δὲ λόγους αὐτῶν τὴν ἐναντίαν ἔμφασιν ἔχειν τῇ προθέσει τῇ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν. τοῦτο δʼ εἶναι ῥᾴδιον καταμαθεῖν.
21.19.5ἐρεῖν μὲν γὰρ αὐτούς, ἐπειδὰν εἰσπορευθῶσιν, διότι πάρεισιν οὔτε παρʼ ὑμῶν αἰτούμενοι τὸ παράπαν οὐδὲν οὔθʼ ἡμᾶς βλάπτειν θέλοντες κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον, πρεσβεύονται δὲ περὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν κατοικούντων Ἑλλήνων. "
21.19.6τοῦτο δʼ οὐχ οὕτως αὐτοῖς εἶναι κεχαρισμένον φήσουσιν ὡς ὑμῖν καθῆκον καὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἔργοις ἀκόλουθον.
21.19.7ἡ μὲν οὖν διὰ τῶν λόγων φαντασία τοιαύτη τις αὐτῶν ἔσται· τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀλήθειαν τὴν ἐναντίαν ἔχοντα τούτοις εὑρεθήσεται διάθεσιν.
21.19.8τῶν γὰρ πόλεων ἐλευθερωθεισῶν, ὡς αὐτοὶ παρακαλοῦσιν, τὴν μὲν τούτων συμβήσεται δύναμιν αὐξηθῆναι πολλαπλασίως, τὴν δʼ ἡμετέραν τρόπον τινὰ καταλυθῆναι.
21.19.9τὸ γὰρ τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὄνομα καὶ τῆς αὐτονομίας ἡμῖν μὲν ἄρδην ἀποσπάσει πάντας οὐ μόνον τοὺς νῦν ἐλευθερωθησομένους, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς πρότερον ἡμῖν ὑποταττομένους, ἐπειδὰν ὑμεῖς ἐπὶ ταύτης ὄντες φανεροὶ γένησθε τῆς προαιρέσεως, τούτοις δὲ προσθήσει πάντας.
21.19.10τὰ γὰρ πράγματα φύσιν ἔχει τοιαύτην· δόξαντες γὰρ ἠλευθερῶσθαι διὰ τούτους ὀνόματι μὲν ἔσονται σύμμαχοι τούτων, τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ πᾶν ποιήσουσι τὸ κελευόμενον ἑτοίμως, τῇ μεγίστῃ χάριτι γεγονότες ὑπόχρεοι.
21.19.11διόπερ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀξιοῦμεν ὑμᾶς τοῦτον τὸν τόπον ὑπιδέσθαι, μὴ λάθητε τοὺς μὲν παρὰ τὸ δέον αὔξοντες, τοὺς δʼ ἐλαττοῦντες τῶν φίλων ἀλόγως,
21.19.12ἅμα δὲ τούτοις τοὺς μὲν πολεμίους γεγονότας εὐεργετοῦντες, τοὺς δʼ ἀληθινοὺς φίλους παρορῶντες καὶ
21.20.1κατολιγωροῦντες τούτων. ἐγὼ δὲ περὶ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων, ὅτου δέοι, παντὸς ἂν παραχωρήσαιμι τοῖς πέλας ἀφιλονίκως, περὶ δὲ τῆς ὑμετέρας φιλίας καὶ τῆς εἰς ὑμᾶς εὐνοίας ἁπλῶς οὐδέποτʼ ἂν οὐδενὶ τῶν ὄντων ἐκχωρήσαιμι κατὰ δύναμιν.
21.20.2δοκῶ δὲ καὶ τὸν πατέρα τὸν ἡμέτερον, εἴπερ ἔζη, τὴν αὐτὴν ἂν προέσθαι φωνὴν ἐμοί.
21.20.3καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος, πρῶτος μετασχὼν τῆς ὑμετέρας φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας, σχεδὸν πάντων τῶν [κατὰ] τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα νεμομένων, εὐγενέστατα διεφύλαξε ταύτην ἕως τῆς τελευταίας ἡμέρας, οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὰς πράξεις.
21.20.4πάντων γὰρ ὑμῖν ἐκοινώνησε τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολέμων καὶ πλείστας μὲν εἰς τούτους καὶ πεζικὰς καὶ ναυτικὰς δυνάμεις παρέσχετο τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων, πλείστην δὲ συνεβάλετο χορηγίαν καὶ μεγίστους ὑπέμεινε κινδύνους·
21.20.5τέλος δʼ εἰπεῖν, κατέστρεψε τὸν βίον ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἔργοις κατὰ τὸν Φιλιππικὸν πόλεμον, παρακαλῶν Βοιωτοὺς εἰς τὴν ὑμετέραν φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν.
21.20.6ἐγὼ δὲ διαδεξάμενος τὴν ἀρχὴν τὴν μὲν προαίρεσιν τὴν τοῦ πατρὸς διεφύλαξα — ταύτην γὰρ οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἦν ὑπερθέσθαι — τοῖς δὲ πράγμασιν ὑπερεθέμην.
21.20.7οἱ γὰρ καιροὶ τὴν ἐκ πυρὸς βάσανον ἐμοὶ μᾶλλον ἢ ʼκείνῳ προσῆγον.
21.20.8Ἀντιόχου γὰρ σπουδάζοντος ἡμῖν θυγατέρα δοῦναι καὶ συνοικειωθῆναι τοῖς ὅλοις, διδόντος δὲ παραχρῆμα μὲν τὰς πρότερον ἀπηλλοτριωμένας ἀφʼ ἡμῶν πόλεις, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πᾶν ὑπισχνουμένου ποιήσειν, εἰ μετάσχοιμεν τοῦ πρὸς ὑμᾶς πολέμου,
21.20.9τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχομεν τοῦ προσδέξασθαί τι τούτων, ὡς πλείσταις μὲν καὶ πεζικαῖς καὶ ναυτικαῖς δυνάμεσιν τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων ἠγωνίσμεθα μεθʼ ὑμῶν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον, πλείστας δὲ χορηγίας συμβεβλήμεθα πρὸς τὰς ὑμετέρας χρείας ἐν τοῖς ἀναγκαιοτάτοις καιροῖς, εἰς πάντας δὲ τοὺς κινδύνους δεδώκαμεν αὑτοὺς ἀπροφασίστως μετά γε τῶν ὑμετέρων ἡγεμόνων.
Book 21, Part 8
21.45He shall not sail west of the river Calycadnus and the promontory of Sarpedon, except to convey tribute or ambassadors or hostages.
21.45It shall not be lawful for Antiochus to enlist soldiers or receive exiles from the territory subject to Rome.
21.45Such houses as belonged to the Rhodians or their allies, in the territory subject to Antiochus, shall continue to belong to the Rhodians as before the war: any money owed to them shall still be recoverable: and any property left behind by them, if sought for, shall be restored.
21.45The Rhodians shall, as before the war, be free from tribute.
21.45If Antiochus has given any of the towns to others which he is bound to restore, he shall remove from them also his garrisons and men. And if any shall wish hereafter to desert to him, he shall not receive them.
21.45Antiochus shall pay to the Romans ten thousand talents, in ten yearly instalments, of the best Attic silver, each talent to weigh not less than eighty Roman pounds, and ninety thousand medemni of corn.
21.45Antiochus shall pay to king Eumenes three hundred and fifty talents in the five years next following, in yearly instalments of seventy talents; and in lieu of the corn, according to the valuation of Antiochus himself, one hundred and twenty-seven talents, two hundred and eight drachmae, which sum Eumenes has consented to accept as satisfying his claims.
21.45Antiochus shall give twenty hostages, not less than eighteen nor more than forty-five years old, and change them every three years.
21.45If there be in any year a deficit in the instalment paid, Antiochus shall make it good in the next year.
21.45If any of the cities or nations, against whom it has been hereby provided that Antiochus should not make war, should commence war against him, it shall be lawful for Antiochus to war with them; but of such nations and cities he shall not have sovereignty nor attach them as friends to himself.
21.45Such complaints as arise between the parties to this treaty shall be referred to arbitration.
Book 21, Part 4
21.20.10τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ὑπεμείναμεν συγκλεισθέντες εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν Πέργαμον πολιορκεῖσθαι καὶ κινδυνεύειν ἅμα περὶ τοῦ βίου καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν ὑμέτερον δῆμον εὔνοιαν.
21.21.1ὥσθʼ ὑμᾶς, ἄνδρες Ῥωμαῖοι, πολλοὺς μὲν γεγονότας αὐτόπτας, πάντας δὲ γινώσκοντας διότι λέγομεν ἀληθῆ, δίκαιόν ἐστι τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν πρόνοιαν ποιήσασθαι περὶ ἡμῶν.
21.21.2καὶ γὰρ ἂν πάντων γένοιτο δεινότατον, εἰ Μασαννάσαν μὲν τὸν οὐ μόνον ὑπάρξαντα πολέμιον ὑμῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τελευταῖον καταφυγόντα πρὸς ὑμᾶς μετά τινων ἱππέων, τοῦτον, ὅτι καθʼ ἕνα πόλεμον τὸν πρὸς Καρχηδονίους ἐτήρησε τὴν πίστιν, βασιλέα τῶν πλείστων μερῶν τῆς Λιβύης πεποιήκατε, Πλευρᾶτον δέ,
21.21.3πράξαντα μὲν ἁπλῶς οὐδέν, διαφυλάξαντα δὲ μόνον τὴν πίστιν, μέγιστον τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα δυναστῶν ἀναδεδείχατε,
21.21.4ἡμᾶς δὲ τοὺς διὰ προγόνων τὰ μέγιστα καὶ κάλλιστα τῶν ἔργων ὑμῖν συγκατειργασμένους παρʼ οὐδὲν ποιήσεσθε.
21.21.5τί οὖν ἐστιν ὃ παρακαλῶ, καὶ τίνος φημὶ δεῖν ἡμᾶς τυγχάνειν παρʼ ὑμῶν; ἐρῶ μετὰ παρρησίας,
21.21.6ἐπείπερ ἡμᾶς ἐξεκαλέσασθε πρὸς τὸ λέγειν ὑμῖν τὸ φαινόμενον.
21.21.7εἰ μὲν αὐτοὶ κρίνετέ τινας τόπους διακατέχειν τῆς Ἀσίας τῶν ὄντων μὲν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου, ταττομένων δὲ πρότερον ὑπʼ Ἀντίοχον, τοῦτο καὶ μάλιστα βουλοίμεθʼ ἂν ἰδεῖν γενόμενον·
21.21.8καὶ γὰρ ἀσφαλέστατα βασιλεύσειν ὑμῖν γειτνιῶντες ὑπολαμβάνομεν καὶ μάλιστα μετέχοντες τῆς ὑμετέρας ἐξουσίας.
21.21.9εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μὴ κρίνετε ποιεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐκχωρεῖν τῆς Ἀσίας ὁλοσχερῶς, οὐδενί φαμεν δικαιότερον εἶναι παραχωρεῖν ὑμᾶς τῶν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου γεγονότων ἄθλων ἤπερ ἡμῖν.
21.21.10νὴ Δίʼ, ἀλλὰ κάλλιόν ἐστι τοὺς δουλεύοντας ἐλευθεροῦν. εἴγε μὴ μετʼ Ἀντιόχου πολεμεῖν ὑμῖν ἐτόλμησαν.
21.21.11ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦθʼ ὑπέμειναν, πολλῷ κάλλιον τὸ τοῖς ἀληθινοῖς φίλοις τὰς ἁρμοζούσας χάριτας ἀποδιδόναι μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς πολεμίους γεγονότας εὐεργετεῖν."
21.22.1ὁ μὲν οὖν Εὐμένης ἱκανῶς εἰπὼν ἀπηλλάγη, τὸ δὲ συνέδριον αὐτόν τε τὸν βασιλέα καὶ τὰ ῥηθέντα φιλοφρόνως ἀπεδέχετο καὶ πᾶν τὸ δυνατὸν προθύμως εἶχεν αὐτῷ χαρίζεσθαι.
21.22.2μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἐβούλοντο μὲν εἰσάγειν Ῥοδίους. ἀφυστεροῦντος δέ τινος τῶν πρεσβευτῶν εἰσεκαλέσαντο τοὺς Σμυρναίους.
21.22.3οὗτοι δὲ πολλοὺς μὲν ἀπολογισμοὺς εἰσήνεγκαν περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν εὐνοίας καὶ προθυμίας, ἣν παρέσχηνται Ῥωμαίοις κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον·
21.22.4οὔσης δὲ τῆς περὶ αὐτῶν δόξης ὁμολογουμένης, διότι γεγόνασι πάντων ἐκτενέστατοι τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας αὐτονομουμένων, οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον ἡγούμεθʼ εἶναι τοὺς κατὰ μέρος ἐκτίθεσθαι λόγους.
21.22.5ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις εἰσῆλθον οἱ Ῥόδιοι καὶ βραχέα προενεγκάμενοι περὶ τῶν κατʼ ἰδίαν σφίσι πεπραγμένων εἰς Ῥωμαίους, ταχέως εἰς τὸν περὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἐπανῆλθον λόγον.
21.22.6ἐν ᾧ μέγιστον αὑτοῖς ἔφασαν γεγονέναι σύμπτωμα κατὰ τὴν πρεσβείαν, πρὸς ὃν οἰκειότατα διάκεινται βασιλέα καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν, πρὸς τοῦτον αὐτοῖς ἀντιπεπτωκέναι τὴν φύσιν τῶν πραγμάτων.
21.22.7τῇ μὲν γὰρ αὑτῶν πατρίδι δοκεῖν τοῦτο κάλλιστον εἶναι καὶ μάλιστα πρέπον Ῥωμαίοις, τὸ τοὺς ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας Ἕλληνας ἐλευθερωθῆναι καὶ τυχεῖν τῆς αὐτονομίας τῆς ἅπασιν ἀνθρώποις προσφιλεστάτης, Εὐμένει δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς ἥκιστα τοῦτο συμφέρειν· φύσει γὰρ πᾶσαν μοναρχίαν τὸ μὲν ἴσον ἐχθαίρειν,
21.22.8ζητεῖν δὲ πάντας, εἰ δὲ μή γʼ ὡς πλείστους, ὑπηκόους εἶναι σφίσι καὶ πειθαρχεῖν.
21.22.9ἀλλὰ καίπερ τοιούτων ὄντων τῶν πραγμάτων, ὅμως ἔφασαν πεπεῖσθαι διότι καθίξονται τῆς προθέσεως, οὐ τῷ πλεῖον Εὐμένους δύνασθαι παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις, ἀλλὰ τῷ δικαιότερα φαίνεσθαι λέγοντες καὶ συμφορώτερα πᾶσιν ὁμολογουμένως.
21.22.10εἰ μὲν γὰρ μὴ δυνατὸν ἦν ἄλλως Εὐμένει χάριν ἀποδοῦναι Ῥωμαίους, εἰ μὴ παραδοῖεν αὐτῷ τὰς αὐτονομουμένας πόλεις, ἀπορεῖν εἰκὸς ἦν περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων· ἢ γὰρ φίλον ἀληθινὸν ἔδει παριδεῖν,
21.22.11ἢ τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ καθήκοντος αὑτοῖς ὀλιγωρῆσαι καὶ τὸ τέλος τῶν ἰδίων πράξεων ἀμαυρῶσαι καὶ καταβαλεῖν.
21.22.12"εἰ δʼ ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ἱκανῶς ἔξεστιν προνοηθῆναι, τίς ἂν ἔτι περὶ τούτου διαπορήσειεν;
21.22.13καὶ μὴν ὥσπερ ἐν δείπνῳ πολυτελεῖ, πάντʼ ἔνεστιν ἱκανὰ πᾶσιν καὶ πλείω τῶν ἱκανῶν.
21.22.14καὶ γὰρ Λυκαονίαν καὶ Φρυγίαν τὴν ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου καὶ τὴν Πισιδικήν, πρὸς δὲ ταύταις Χερρόνησον καὶ τὰ προσοροῦντα ταύτῃ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἔξεστιν ὑμῖν οἷς ἂν βούλησθε
21.22.15προστεθέντα πρὸς τὴν Εὐμένους βασιλείαν δεκαπλασίαν αὐτὴν δύναται ποιεῖν τῆς νῦν ὑπαρχούσης· πάντων δὲ τούτων ἢ τῶν πλείστων αὐτῇ προσμερισθέντων, οὐδεμιᾶς ἂν γένοιτο
21.23.1τῶν ἄλλων δυναστειῶν καταδεεστέρα. ἔξεστιν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ῥωμαῖοι, καὶ τοὺς φίλους μεγαλομερῶς σωματοποιῆσαι καὶ τὸ τῆς ἰδίας ὑποθέσεως λαμπρὸν μὴ καταβαλεῖν.
21.23.2οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις ταὐτὸν τέλος τῶν ἔργων, ἀλλʼ ἕτερον.
21.23.3οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἄλλοι πάντες ὁρμῶσιν πρὸς τὰς πράξεις ὀρεγόμενοι τοῦ καταστρέψασθαι καὶ προσλαβεῖν πόλεις, χορηγίαν, ναῦς·
21.23.4ὑμᾶς δὲ πάντων τούτων ἀπροσδεήτους οἱ θεοὶ πεποιήκασι, πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην τεθεικότες [μὲν] ὑπὸ τὴν ὑμετέραν ἐξουσίαν.
21.23.5τίνος οὖν ἔτι προσδεῖσθε, καὶ τίνος ἂν ἔτι δέοι πρόνοιαν ὑμᾶς ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἰσχυροτάτην;
21.23.6δῆλον ὡς ἐπαίνου καὶ δόξης παρʼ ἀνθρώποις, ἃ καὶ κτήσασθαι μέν ἐστι δυσχερές, δυσχερέστερον δὲ κτησαμένους διαφυλάξαι.
21.23.7γνοίητε δʼ ἂν τὸ λεγόμενον οὕτως. ἐπολεμήσατε πρὸς Φίλιππον καὶ πᾶν ὑπεμείνατε χάριν τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθερίας· τοῦτο γὰρ προέθεσθε, καὶ τοῦθʼ ὑμῖν ἆθλον ἐξ ἐκείνου τοῦ πολέμου περιγέγονεν, ἕτερον δʼ ἁπλῶς οὐδέν.
21.23.8ἀλλʼ ὅμως εὐδοκεῖτε τούτῳ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς παρὰ Καρχηδονίων φόροις· καὶ μάλα δικαίως·
21.23.9τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἀργύριόν ἐστι κοινόν τι πάντων ἀνθρώπων κτῆμα, τὸ δὲ καλὸν καὶ πρὸς ἔπαινον καὶ τιμὴν ἀνῆκον θεῶν καὶ τῶν ἔγγιστα τούτοις πεφυκότων ἀνδρῶν ἐστιν.
21.23.10τοιγαροῦν σεμνότατον τῶν ὑμετέρων ἔργων ἡ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλευθέρωσις. τούτῳ νῦν ἐὰν μὲν προσθῆτε τἀκόλουθον, τελειωθήσεται τὰ τῆς ὑμετέρας δόξης. ἐὰν δὲ παρίδητε, καὶ τὰ πρὶν ἐλαττωθήσεται φανερῶς.
21.23.11ἡμεῖς μὲν οὖν, ὦ ἄνδρες, καὶ τῆς προαιρέσεως γεγονότες αἱρετισταὶ καὶ τῶν μεγίστων ἀγώνων καὶ κινδύνων ἀληθινῶς ὑμῖν μετεσχηκότες, καὶ νῦν οὐκ ἐγκαταλείπομεν τὴν τῶν φίλων τάξιν,
21.23.12ἀλλʼ ἅ γε νομίζομεν ὑμῖν καὶ πρέπειν καὶ συμφέρειν, οὐκ ὠκνήσαμεν ὑπομνῆσαι μετὰ παρρησίας, οὐδενὸς στοχασάμενοι τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲ περὶ πλείονος οὐδὲν ποιησάμενοι τοῦ καθήκοντος αὑτοῖς."
21.23.13οἱ μὲν οὖν Ῥόδιοι ταῦτʼ εἰπόντες πᾶσιν ἐδόκουν μετρίως καὶ καλῶς διειλέχθαι περὶ τῶν προκειμένων.
21.24.1ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις εἰσήγαγον τοὺς παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευτὰς Ἀντίπατρον καὶ Ζεῦξιν.
21.24.2ὧν μετʼ ἀξιώσεως καὶ παρακλήσεως ποιησαμένων τοὺς λόγους, εὐδόκησαν ταῖς γεγενημέναις ὁμολογίαις πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Σκιπίωνα κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν,
21.24.3καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας τοῦ δήμου συνεπικυρώσαντος ἔτεμον ὅρκια περὶ τούτων πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀντίπατρον.
21.24.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους εἰσῆγον, ὅσοι παρῆσαν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας πρεσβεύοντες· ὧν ἐπὶ βραχὺ μὲν διήκουσαν, ἅπασιν δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔδωκαν ἀπόκρισιν.
21.24.5αὕτη δʼ ἦν ὅτι δέκα πρεσβεύοντας ἐξαποστελοῦσι τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἁπάντων τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ταῖς πόλεσι διαγνωσομένους.
21.24.6δόντες δὲ ταύτας τὰς ἀποκρίσεις μετὰ ταῦτα κατέστησαν δέκα πρεσβευτάς, οἷς περὶ μὲν τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἔδωκαν τὴν ἐπιτροπήν,
21.24.7περὶ δὲ τῶν ὅλων αὐτοὶ διέλαβον ὅτι δεῖ τῶν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου κατοικούντων, ὅσοι μὲν ὑπʼ Ἀντίοχον ἐτάττοντο, τούτους Εὐμένει δοθῆναι πλὴν Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίας τὰ μέχρι τοῦ Μαιάνδρου ποταμοῦ, ταῦτα δὲ Ῥοδίων ὑπάρχειν,
21.24.8τῶν δὲ πόλεων τῶν Ἑλληνίδων ὅσαι μὲν Ἀττάλῳ φόρον ὑπετέλουν, ταύτας τὸν αὐτὸν Εὐμένει τελεῖν, ὅσαι δʼ Ἀντιόχῳ, μόνον ταύταις ἀφεῖσθαι τὸν φόρον.
21.24.9δόντες δὲ τοὺς τύπους τούτους ὑπὲρ τῆς ὅλης διοικήσεως, ἐξέπεμπον τοὺς δέκα πρὸς Γνάιον τὸν ὕπατον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν.
21.24.10ἤδη δὲ τούτων διῳκημένων, προσῆλθον αὖθις οἱ Ῥόδιοι πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἀξιοῦντες περὶ Σόλων τῶν Κιλικίων· διὰ γὰρ τὴν συγγένειαν ἔφασαν καθήκειν αὑτοῖς προνοεῖσθαι τῆς πόλεως ταύτης.
21.24.11εἶναι γὰρ Ἀργείων ἀποίκους Σολεῖς, καθάπερ καὶ Ῥοδίους· ἐξ ὧν ἀδελφικὴν οὖσαν ἀπεδείκνυον τὴν συγγένειαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
21.24.12ὧν ἕνεκα δίκαιον ἔφασαν εἶναι τυχεῖν αὐτοὺς τῆς ἐλευθερίας ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων διὰ τῆς Ῥοδίων χάριτος.
21.24.13ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα περὶ τούτων εἰσεκαλέσατο τοὺς παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευτάς, καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐπέταττε πάσης Κιλικίας ἐκχωρεῖν τὸν Ἀντίοχον· οὐ προσδεχομένων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίπατρον διὰ τὸ παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας εἶναι, πάλιν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν Σόλων ἐποιοῦντο τὸν λόγον.
21.24.14φιλοτίμως δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο διερειδομένων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν, τούτους μὲν ἀπέλυσαν, τοὺς δὲ Ῥοδίους εἰσκαλεσάμενοι διεσάφουν τὰ συναντώμενα παρὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίπατρον καὶ προσεπέλεγον ὅτι πᾶν ὑπομενοῦσιν, εἰ πάντως τοῦτο κέκριται Ῥοδίοις.
21.24.15τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν εὐδοκουμένων τῇ φιλοτιμίᾳ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ φασκόντων οὐδὲν ἔτι πέρα ζητεῖν, ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἔμεινεν.
21.24.16ἤδη δὲ πρὸς ἀναζυγὴν τῶν δέκα καὶ τῶν ἄλλων πρεσβευτῶν ὄντων, κατέπλευσαν τῆς Ἰταλίας εἰς Βρεντέσιον οἵ τε περὶ τὸν Σκιπίωνα καὶ Λεύκιον οἱ τῇ ναυμαχίᾳ νικήσαντες τὸν Ἀντίοχον·
21.24.17οἳ καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἦγον θριάμβους.
21.25.1ὅτι Ἀμύνανδρος ὁ τῶν Ἀθαμάνων βασιλεύς, δοκῶν ἤδη τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀνειληφέναι βεβαίως, εἰς Ῥώμην ἐξέπεμπε πρεσβευτὰς καὶ πρὸς τοὺς Σκιπίωνας εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν — ἔτι γὰρ ἦσαν περὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἔφεσον τόπους —
21.25.2τὰ μὲν ἀπολογούμενος τῷ δοκεῖν διʼ Αἰτωλῶν πεποιῆσθαι τὴν κάθοδον, τὰ δὲ κατηγορῶν τοῦ Φιλίππου, τὸ δὲ πολὺ παρακαλῶν προσδέξασθαι πάλιν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν συμμαχίαν.
21.25.3οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοὶ νομίσαντες ἔχειν εὐφυῆ καιρὸν πρὸς τὸ τὴν Ἀμφιλοχίαν καὶ τὴν Ἀπεραντίαν ἀνακτήσασθαι, προέθεντο στρατεύειν εἰς τοὺς προειρημένους τόπους.
Book 21, Part 9
21.45If both parties agree in wishing anything to be added to or taken from this treaty, it shall be lawful so to do.
21.46Immediately after this treaty had been solemnly sworn to, the proconsul Cnaeus sent Quintus Minucius Thermus and his brother Lucius, who had just brought the money from Oroanda to Syria, with orders to receive the oath from the king, and confirm the several clauses of the treaty. And to Quintus Fabius Labeo, who was in command of the fleet, he sent a despatch ordering him to sail back to Patara, and take over and burn the ships there. . . .
21.47The proconsul Cnaeus Manlius made Ariarathes a friend of Rome on receipt of three hundred talents. . . .
21.48At Apameia the Proconsul and the ten commissioners, after listening to all who appealed to them, assigned in the case of disputed claims to territory, money, or anything else, certain cities in which the parties might have their claims settled by arbitration. The general scheme which they drew out was as follows: Those of the autonomous cities which, having formerly paid tribute to Antiochus, had remained faithful to Rome, they relieved from tribute altogether. Those that had been tributary to Attalus they ordered to pay the same tribute to his successor Eumenes. Such as had abandoned the Roman friendship and joined Antiochus in the war, they ordered to pay Eumenes the amount of tribute imposed on them by Antiochus. The people of Colophon, Notium, Cymae, and Mylae, they freed from tribute. To the Clazomenians, besides this relief, they gave the Island Drymussa. To the Ephesians they restored the sacred district which they had been obliged by the enemy to evacuate. . . . To the people of Chios, Smyrna, and Erythrae, besides other marks of honour, they assigned the territory which they severally expressed a wish to have at the time, and alleged was their right, from regard for their loyalty and zeal which they had shown to Rome during the war. To the Phocaeans they restored their ancestral city and the territory which they possessed of old. They next transacted business with the Rhodians, giving them Lycia and Caria up to the river Maeander, except Telmissus. As to king Eumenes and his brothers, not content with the liberal provision made for them in their treaty with Antiochus, they now assigned him in addition the Chersonese, Lysimacheia, and the castles on the borders of these districts, and such country as had been subject to Antiochus in Europe; and in Asia, Phrygia on the Hellespont, Great Phrygia, so much of Mysia as he had before subjugated, Lycaonia, Milyas, Lydia, Tralles, Ephesus, and Telmissus: all these they gave to Eumenes. As to Pamphylia, Eumenes alleged that it was on this side Taurus, the ambassadors of Antiochus on the other; and the commissioners feeling unable to decide, referred the question to the Senate. Having thus decided the largest number and most important of the matters brought before them, they started on the road towards the Hellespont, intending on their journey to still further secure the settlement arrived at with the Gauls. . . .
Book 21, Part 5
21.25.4ἁθροίσαντος δὲ Νικάνδρου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πάνδημον στρατιάν, ἐνέβαλον εἰς τὴν Ἀμφιλοχίαν.
21.25.5τῶν δὲ πλείστων αὐτοῖς ἐθελοντὴν προσχωρησάντων μετῆλθον εἰς τὴν Ἀπεραντίαν. καὶ τούτων δὲ προσθεμένων ἑκουσίως ἐστράτευσαν εἰς τὴν Δολοπίαν.
21.25.6οὗτοι δὲ βραχὺν μέν τινα χρόνον ὑπέδειξαν ὡς ἀντιποιησόμενοι, τηρήσαντες τὴν πρὸς Φίλιππον πίστιν· λαβόντες δὲ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τὰ περὶ τοὺς Ἀθαμᾶνας καὶ τὴν τοῦ Φιλίππου , ταχέως μετενόησαν καὶ προσέθεντο πρὸς τοὺς Αἰτωλούς.
21.25.7γενομένης δὲ τῆς τῶν πραγμάτων εὐροίας τοιαύτης, ἀπήγαγε τὴν στρατιὰν ὁ Νίκανδρος εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, δοκῶν ἠσφαλίσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν τοῖς προειρημένοις ἔθνεσι καὶ τόποις τοῦ μηδένα δύνασθαι κακοποιεῖν τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν.
21.25.8ἄρτι δὲ τούτων συμβεβηκότων καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσι φρονηματιζομένων, προσέπεσε φήμη περὶ τῆς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν μάχης, ἐν ᾗ γνόντες ἡττημένον ὁλοσχερῶς τὸν Ἀντίοχον αὖθις ἀνετράπησαν ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
21.25.9ὡς δὲ παραγενηθεὶς ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης ὁ Δαμοτέλης τόν τε πόλεμον ἀνήγγειλε διότι μένει κατάμονος, καὶ τὴν τοῦ Μάρκου καὶ τῶν δυνάμεων διάβασιν ἐπʼ αὐτούς, τότε δὴ παντελῶς εἰς ἀμηχανίαν ἐνέπιπτον καὶ διηπόρουν πῶς δεῖ χρήσασθαι τοῖς ἐπιφερομένοις πράγμασιν.
21.25.10ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς πρός τε Ῥοδίους πέμπειν καὶ πρὸς Ἀθηναίους, ἀξιοῦντας καὶ παρακαλοῦντας πρεσβεῦσαι περὶ αὐτῶν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ παραιτησαμένους τὴν ὀργὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ποιήσασθαί τινα λύσιν τῶν περιεστώτων κακῶν τὴν Αἰτωλίαν.
21.25.11ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρʼ αὑτῶν ἐξέπεμψαν πάλιν πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, Ἀλέξανδρον τὸν Ἴσιον ἐπικαλούμενον καὶ Φαινέαν, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Χάλεπον. ἔτι δʼ Ἄλυπον τὸν Ἀμβρακιώτην καὶ Λύκωπον. —
21.26.1ὅτι παραγενομένων πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐξ ἠπείρου πρεσβευτῶν, ἐκοινολογεῖτο τούτοις περὶ τῆς ἐπὶ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς στρατείας.
21.26.2τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν στρατεύειν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν συμβουλευόντων — συνέβαινε γὰρ τότε πολιτεύεσθαι τοὺς Ἀμβρακιώτας μετὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν —
21.26.3καὶ φερόντων ἀπολογισμοὺς διότι καὶ πρὸς τὸ μάχεσθαι τοῖς στρατοπέδοις, ἐὰν εἰς τοῦτο βούλωνται συγκαταβαίνειν Αἰτωλοί, καλλίστους εἶναι τόπους συμβαίνει περὶ τὴν προειρημένην πόλιν,
21.26.4κἂν ἀποδειλιῶσιν, εὐφυῶς αὐτὴν κεῖσθαι πρὸς πολιορκίαν· καὶ γὰρ ἀφθόνους ἔχειν τὴν χώραν τὰς χορηγίας πρὸς τὰς τῶν ἔργων παρασκευάς, καὶ τὸν Ἄρατθον ποταμὸν ῥέοντα παρὰ τὴν πόλιν συνεργήσειν πρός τε τὰς τοῦ στρατοπέδου χρείας, ἅτε θέρους ὄντος καὶ πρὸς τὴν τῶν ἔργων ἀσφάλειαν· δοξάντων δὲ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καλῶς συμβουλεύειν,
21.26.5ἀναζεύξας ὁ στρατηγὸς ἦγε διὰ τῆς Ἠπείρου τὸν στρατὸν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν.
21.26.6ἀφικόμενος δέ, καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν οὐ τολμώντων ἀπαντᾶν, περιῄει κατοπτεύων τὴν πόλιν καὶ ἐνήργει τὰ τῆς πολιορκίας φιλοτίμως.
21.26.7καὶ οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀποσταλέντες πρέσβεις, παρατηρηθέντες ὑπὸ Σιβύρτου τοῦ Πετραίου περὶ τὴν Κεφαλληνίαν, κατήχθησαν εἰς Χάραδρον.
21.26.8τοῖς δʼ Ἠπειρώταις ἔδοξεν τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς εἰς Βούχετον ἀποθέσθαι καὶ φυλάττειν ἐπιμελῶς τοὺς ἄνδρας· μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας ἀπῄτουν αὐτοὺς λύτρα διὰ τὸ πόλεμον ὑπάρχειν σφίσιν πρὸς τοὺς Αἰτωλούς.
21.26.9συνέβαινε δὲ τὸν μὲν Ἀλέξανδρον πλουσιώτατον εἶναι πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς οὐ καθυστερεῖν τοῖς βίοις, πολὺ δὲ λείπεσθαι τοῦ προειρημένου ταῖς οὐσίαις.
21.26.10καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐκέλευον ἕκαστον ἀποδοῦναι πέντε τάλαντα. τοῦτο δὲ τοῖς μὲν ἄλλοις οὐδʼ ὅλως ἀπήρεσκεν, ἀλλʼ ἐβούλοντο, περὶ πλείστου ποιούμενοι τὴν σφῶν αὐτῶν σωτηρίαν·
21.26.11ὁ δʼ Ἀλέξανδρος οὐκ ἂν ἔφη συγχωρῆσαι, πολὺ γὰρ εἶναι τἀργύριον [φαίνεται], καὶ τὰς νύκτας διαγρυπνῶν διωλοφύρετο πρὸς αὑτόν, εἰ δεήσει πέντε τάλαντα καταβάλλειν.
21.26.12οἱ δʼ Ἠπειρῶται προορώμενοι τὸ μέλλον καὶ διαγωνιῶντες μὴ γνόντες οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι διότι πρεσβεύοντας πρὸς αὐτοὺς κατεσχήκασι, κἄπειτα γράψαντες παρακαλῶσι καὶ κελεύωσιν ἀπολύειν τοὺς ἄνδρας, συγκαταβάντες τρία τάλαντα πάλιν ἀπῄτουν ἕκαστον.
21.26.13ἀσμένως δὲ τῶν ἄλλων προσδεξαμένων, οὗτοι μὲν διεγγυηθέντες ἐπανῆλθον, ὁ δʼ Ἀλέξανδρος οὐκ ἂν ἔφη δοῦναι πλεῖον ταλάντου· καὶ γὰρ τοῦτʼ εἶναι πολύ.
21.26.14καὶ τέλος ἀπογνοὺς αὑτὸν ἔμεινεν ἐν τῇ φυλακῇ, πρεσβύτερος ἄνθρωπος, πλειόνων ἢ διακοσίων ταλάντων ἔχων οὐσίαν· καί μοι δοκεῖ κἂν ἐκλιπεῖν τὸν βίον ἐφʼ ᾧ μὴ δοῦναι τὰ τρία τάλαντα.
21.26.15τοσαύτη τις ἐνίοις πρὸς τὸ πλεῖον ὁρμὴ παρίσταται καὶ προθυμία.
21.26.16τότε δʼ ἐκείνῳ καὶ ταὐτόματον συνήργησεν πρὸς τὴν φιλαργυρίαν, ὥστε παρὰ πᾶσιν ἐπαίνου καὶ συγκαταθέσεως τυχεῖν τὴν ἀλογιστίαν αὐτοῦ διὰ τὴν περιπέτειαν·
21.26.17μετὰ γὰρ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας γραμμάτων παραγενηθέντων ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης περὶ τῆς ἀφέσεως, αὐτὸς μόνος ἀπελύθη χωρὶς λύτρων.
21.26.18οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοί, γνόντες τὴν αὐτοῦ περιπέτειαν, Δαμοτέλη προεχειρίσαντο πάλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρεσβευτήν.
21.26.19ὃς ἐκπλεύσας μέχρι τῆς Λευκάδος καὶ γνοὺς προάγοντα διὰ τῆς Ἠπείρου μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων Μάρκον ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν, ἀπογνοὺς τὴν πρεσβείαν αὖθις ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Αἰτωλίαν. —
21.27.1Αἰτωλοὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὑπάτου Μάρκου πολιορκούμενοι τῇ προσβολῇ τῶν μηχανημάτων καὶ τῶν κριῶν γενναίως ἀντιπαρετάξαντο.
21.27.2οὗτος γὰρ ἀσφαλισάμενος τὰ κατὰ τὰς στρατοπεδείας συνίστατο μεγαλομερῶς τὴν πολιορκίαν καὶ τρία μὲν ἔργα κατὰ τὸ Πύρρειον προσῆγεν διὰ τῶν ἐπιπέδων [τόπων], διεστῶτα μὲν ἀπʼ ἀλλήλων, παράλληλα δέ, τέταρτον δὲ κατὰ τὸ Ἀσκληπιεῖον, πέμπτον δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀκρόπολιν.
21.27.3γινομένης δὲ τῆς προσαγωγῆς ἐνεργοῦ κατὰ πάντας ἅμα τοὺς τόπους, ἐκπληκτικὴν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τοῖς ἔνδον τὴν τοῦ μέλλοντος προσδοκίαν.
21.27.4τῶν δὲ κριῶν τυπτόντων ἐνεργῶς τὰ τείχη, καὶ τῶν δορυδρεπάνων ἀποσυρόντων τὰς ἐπάλξεις, ἐπειρῶντο μὲν οἱ κατὰ τὴν πόλιν ἀντιμηχανᾶσθαι πρὸς ταῦτα, τοῖς μὲν κριοῖς διὰ κεραιῶν ἐνιέντες σηκώματα μολιβδᾶ καὶ λίθους καὶ στύπη δρύινα·
21.27.5τοῖς δὲ δρεπάνοις σιδηρᾶς περιτιθέντες ἀγκύρας καὶ κατασπῶντες ταῦτʼ ἔσω τοῦ τείχους, ὥστʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ἔπαλξιν συντριβέντος τοῦ δόρατος ἐγκρατεῖς γίνεσθαι τῶν δρεπάνων.
21.27.6τὸ δὲ πλεῖον ἐπεξιόντες ἐμάχοντο γενναίως, ποτὲ μὲν ἐπιτιθέμενοι νύκτωρ τοῖς ἐπικοιτοῦσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων, ποτὲ δὲ τοῖς ἐφημερεύουσι μεθʼ ἡμέραν προφανῶς ἐγχειροῦντες, καὶ τριβὴν ἐνεποίουν τῇ πολιορκίᾳ. —
21.27.7τοῦ γὰρ Νικάνδρου ἐκτὸς ἀναστρεφομένου καὶ πέμψαντος πεντακοσίους ἱππεῖς εἰς τὴν πόλιν, οἳ καὶ παραβιασάμενοι τὸν μεταξὺ χάρακα τῶν πολεμίων εἰσέφρησαν εἰς τὴν πόλιν,
21.27.8παραγγείλας, καθʼ ἣν ἐτάξαντο ἡμέραν, αὐτοὺς μὲν ἐξελθόντας ποιήσασθαι, συνεπιλαβέσθαι δὲ αὐτὸν τούτοις τοῦ κινδύνου.
21.27.9αὐτῶν μὲν εὐψύχως τῆς πόλεως ἐξορμησάντων καὶ γενναίως ἀγωνισαμένων, τοῦ δὲ Νικάνδρου καθυστερήσαντος, εἴτε καταπλαγέντος τὸν κίνδυνον εἴτε καὶ ἀναγκαῖα νομίσαντος τὰ ἐν οἷς διέτριβε πράγμασιν, ἡττήθησαν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς. —
21.28.1οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι συνεχῶς ἐνεργοῦντες τοῖς κριοῖς ἀεί τι παρέλυον τῶν τειχῶν·
21.28.2οὐ μὴν εἴς γε τὴν πόλιν ἐδύναντο βιάσασθαι διὰ τῶν πτωμάτων, τῷ καὶ τὴν ἀντοικοδομίαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἔνδον ἐνεργὸν εἶναι καὶ μάχεσθαι γενναίως ἐπὶ τοῦ πίπτοντος μέρους τοὺς Αἰτωλούς.
21.28.3διόπερ ἀπορούμενοι κατήντησαν ἐπὶ τὸ μεταλλεύειν καὶ χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὀρύγμασιν ὑπὸ γῆς.
21.28.4ἀσφαλισάμενοι δὲ τὸ μέσον ἔργον τῶν τριῶν τῶν προϋπαρχόντων καὶ σκεπάσαντες ἐπιμελῶς [τὴν σύριγγα] τοῖς γέρροις, προεβάλοντο στοὰν παράλληλον τῷ τείχει σχεδὸν ἐπὶ δύο πλέθρα.
21.28.5καὶ λαβόντες ἀρχὴν ἐκ ταύτης ὤρυττον ἀδιαπαύστως καὶ τὴν νύκτα καὶ τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκ διαδοχῆς.
21.28.6ἐφʼ ἱκανὰς μὲν οὖν ἡμέρας ἐλάνθανον τοὺς ἔνδον φέροντες ἔξω τὸν χοῦν διὰ τῆς σύριγγος.
21.28.7ὡς δὲ μέγας ὁ σωρὸς ἐγένετο τῆς ἐκφερομένης γῆς καὶ σύνοπτος τοῖς ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οἱ προεστῶτες τῶν πολιορκουμένων ὤρυττον τάφρον ἔσωθεν ἐνεργῶς παράλληλον τῷ τείχει καὶ τῇ στοᾷ τῇ πρὸ τῶν πύργων. ἐπειδὴ δὲ βάθος ἔσχεν ἱκανόν,
21.28.8ἑξῆς ἔθηκαν παρὰ τὸν ἕνα τοῖχον τῆς τάφρου τὸν ἐγγὺς τῷ τείχει χαλκώματα συνεχῆ, λεπτότατα ταῖς κατασκευαῖς, καὶ παρὰ ταῦτα διὰ τῆς τάφρου παριόντες ἠκροῶντο τοῦ ψόφου τῶν ὀρυττόντων ἔξωθεν.
21.28.9ἐπεὶ δʼ ἐσημειώσαντο τὸν τόπον, καθʼ ὃν ἐδήλου τινὰ τῶν χαλκωμάτων διὰ τῆς συμπαθείας, ὤρυττον ἔσωθεν ἐπικαρσίαν πρὸς τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἄλλην κατὰ γῆς τάφρον ὑπὸ τὸ τεῖχος, στοχαζόμενοι τοῦ συμπεσεῖν ἐναντίοι τοῖς πολεμίοις.
21.28.10ταχὺ δὲ τούτου γενομένου, διὰ τὸ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους μὴ μόνον ἀφῖχθαι πρὸς τὸ τεῖχος ὑπὸ γῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ διεστυλωκέναι τόπον ἱκανὸν τοῦ τείχους ἐφʼ ἑκάτερον τὸ μέρος τοῦ μετάλλου, συνέπεσον ἀλλήλοις.
21.28.11καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐμάχοντο ταῖς σαρίσαις ὑπὸ γῆν· ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδὲν ἠδύναντο μέγα ποιεῖν διὰ τὸ προβάλλεσθαι θυρεοὺς καὶ γέρρα πρὸ αὑτῶν ἀμφότεροι,
21.28.12τὸ τηνικάδʼ ὑπέθετό τις τοῖς πολιορκουμένοις πίθον προθεμένους ἁρμοστὸν κατὰ τὸ πλάτος τῷ μετάλλῳ τρυπῆσαι τὸν πυθμένα καὶ διώσαντας αὐλίσκον σιδηροῦν ἴσον τῷ τεύχει πλῆσαι τὸν πίθον ὅλον πτίλων λεπτῶν καὶ πυρὸς παντελῶς μικρὸν ἐμβαλεῖν ὑπʼ αὐτὸ τὸ τοῦ πίθου περιστόμιον·
21.28.13κἄπειτα σιδηροῦν πῶμα τρημάτων πλῆρες τῷ στόματι περιθέντας ἀσφαλῶς εἰσάγειν διὰ τοῦ μετάλλου, νεύοντι τῷ στόματι πρὸς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους·
21.28.14ὁπότε δʼ ἐγγίσαιεν τοῖς πολεμίοις, περισάξαντας τὰ χείλη τοῦ πίθου πανταχόθεν τρήματα δύο καταλιπεῖν ἐξ ἑκατέρου τοῦ μέρους, διʼ ὧν διωθοῦντες τὰς σαρίσας οὐκ ἐάσουσι προσιέναι τῷ πίθῳ τοὺς ὑπεναντίους·
21.28.15μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα λαβόντας ἀσκόν, ᾧπερ οἱ χαλκεῖς χρῶνται, καὶ προσαρμόσαντας πρὸς τὸν αὐλὸν τὸν σιδηροῦν φυσᾶν ἐνεργῶς τὸ πρὸς τῷ στόματι πῦρ ἐν τοῖς πτίλοις ἐγκείμενον, κατὰ τοσοῦτον ἐπαγομένους ἀεὶ τὸν αὐλὸν ἐκτός, καθʼ ὅσον ἂν ἐκκάηται τὰ πτίλα. γενομένων δὲ πάντων καθάπερ προείρηται,
21.28.16τό τε πλῆθος τοῦ καπνοῦ συνέβαινε πολὺ γίνεσθαι καὶ τῇ δριμύτητι διαφέρον διὰ τὴν φύσιν τῶν πτίλων, φέρεσθαί τε πᾶν εἰς τὸ τῶν πολεμίων μέταλλον.
21.28.17ὥστε καὶ λίαν κακοπαθεῖν καὶ δυσχρηστεῖσθαι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, οὔτε κωλύειν οὔθʼ ὑπομένειν δυναμένους ἐν τοῖς ὀρύγμασι τὸν καπνόν.
21.28.18τοιαύτην δὲ λαμβανούσης τριβὴν τῆς πολιορκίας ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Αἰτωλῶν πρεσβεύειν ἔγνω πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων. —
21.29.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων καὶ τῶν Ῥοδίων πρέσβεις ἧκον ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον τῶν Ῥωμαίων, συνεπιληψόμενοι τῶν διαλύσεων.
21.29.2ὅ τε βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἀθαμάνων Ἀμύνανδρος παρεγένετο σπουδάζων ἐξελέσθαι τοὺς Ἀμβρακιώτας ἐκ τῶν περιεστώτων κακῶν, δοθείσης αὐτῷ τῆς ἀσφαλείας ὑπὸ τοῦ Μάρκου διὰ τὸν καιρόν·
21.29.3πάνυ γὰρ οἰκείως εἶχε πρὸς τοὺς Ἀμβρακιώτας διὰ τὸ καὶ πλείω χρόνον ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ διατετριφέναι κατὰ φυγήν.
21.29.4ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀκαρνάνων μετʼ ὀλίγας ἡμέρας ἄγοντές τινες τοὺς περὶ Δαμοτέλην· ὁ γὰρ Μάρκος πυθόμενος τὴν περιπέτειαν αὐτῶν ἔγραψε τοῖς Θυρρειεῦσιν ἀνακομίζειν τοὺς ἄνδρας ὡς αὑτόν.
21.29.5πάντων δὲ τούτων ἡθροισμένων ἐνηργεῖτο φιλοτίμως τὰ πρὸς τὰς διαλύσεις.
21.29.6ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀμύνανδρος κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ πρόθεσιν εἴχετο τῶν Ἀμβρακιωτῶν, παρακαλῶν σῴζειν σφᾶς αὐτούς εἶναι δὲ τοῦτον οὐ μακράν, ἐὰν μὴ βουλεύσωνται βέλτιον περὶ αὑτῶν.
Book 22, Part 1
22.3AFTER the execution of the men at Compasium, some of the, Lacedaemonians, incensed at what had been done, and believing that the power and authority of the Romans had been set at naught by Philopoemen, went to Rome and accused Philopoemen and his proceedings; and finally obtained a letter addressed to the Achaeans from Marcus Lepidus, the consul of the year, and afterwards Pontifex Maximus, in which he told the Achaeans that they had not acted equitably in the matters of the Lacedaemonians. At the same time as this mission from Sparta, Philopoemen also appointed Nicodemus of Elis and others to go on an embassy to Rome.
22.3Just at that time Demetrius of Athens came on a mission from Ptolemy, to renew the existing alliance between the king and the Achaean league. This was eagerly accepted, and my father, Lycortas, and Theodoridas, and Rositeles of Sicyon were appointed ambassadors to take the oaths on behalf of the Achaeans, and receive those of the king. And on that occasion a circumstance occurred, which, though not important perhaps, is still worth recording. After the completion of this renewal of alliance on behalf of the Achaeans, Philopoemen entertained the ambassador; and in the course of the banquet the ambassador introduced the king’s name, and said a great deal in his praise, quoting anecdotes of his skill and boldness in hunting, as well as his excellence in riding and the use of arms; and ended by quoting, as a proof of what he said, that the king on horseback once transfixed a bull with a javelin. . . .
22.4In Boeotia, after the formation of the treaty between Rome and Antiochus, the hopes of the whole revolutionary party were destroyed. Politics therefore began to assume a new aspect; and whereas the administration of justice among them had been postponed for nearly the last twenty years, voices began to make themselves heard in the cities to the effect that there ought to be an end and settlement of their mutual disputes. But after considerable controversy on this point, because the discontented were more numerous than the wealthy, the following circumstance occurred which helped accidently to support the party of order. Titus Flamininus had for some time past been zealously working in Rome to secure the restoration of Zeuxippus to Boeotia, because he had found him serviceable on many occasions during the wars with Antiochus and Philip. And just at this time he had induced the Senate to send a despatch to the Boeotians ordering them to recall Zeuxippus and his fellow exiles. When this despatch arrived, the Boeotians, fearing that, if these men were restored, they would become detached from their good understanding with Macedonia, determined that the legal sentence upon Zeuxippus and the rest should be publicly proclaimed, which they had formerly drawn up against them. Thus they condemned them on two charges, first, of sacrilege for having stripped off the silver from the plated table of Zeus, and, secondly, of murder for having killed Brachylles. Having made this arrangement, they assumed that they need pay no further attention to the despatch of the Senate, but contented themselves with sending Callicritus and others to Rome with the message that they were unable to rescind what had been settled by their laws. Zeuxippus having sent an embassy to the Senate at the same time, the Romans wrote to the Aetolians and Achaeans an account of the attitude assumed by the Boeotians, and ordered them to restore Zeuxippus to his country. The Achaeans refrained from invading the country with an army, but selected some ambassadors to go and persuade the Boeotians to obey the orders from Rome; and also to settle the legal disputes existing between them and the Achaeans, on the same principles as they conducted the administration of justice at home: for it happened that there were some controversies between the two nations that had been dragging on for a long time. On receiving this message the Boeotians, whose Strategus was then Hippias, promised at the moment that they would do what was demanded of them, but shortly afterwards neglected it at every point. Therefore, when Hippias had laid down his office and Alcetas had succeeded him, Philopoemen gave all who chose license to make reprisals on the territories of the Boeotians; which proved the beginning of a serious quarrel between the two nations. For on the cattle of Myrrichus and Simon being driven off, and a struggle arising over this transaction, the contest soon ceased to be political, and became the beginning and prelude of open war. If indeed the Senate had persisted in carrying out the restoration of Zeuxippus, war would quickly have been kindled; but as it maintained silence on the subject, the Megareans were induced by an embassy proposing terms to stop the reprisals. . . .
Book 21, Part 6
21.29.7πλεονάκις δὲ προσπελάζοντος αὐτοῦ τῷ τείχει καὶ διαλεγομένου περὶ τούτων, ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀμβρακιώταις εἰσκαλέσασθαι τὸν Ἀμύνανδρον εἰς τὴν πόλιν.
21.29.8τοῦ δὲ στρατηγοῦ συγχωρήσαντος τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν εἴσοδον, οὗτος μὲν εἰσελθὼν διελέγετο τοῖς Ἀμβρακιώταις περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων,
21.29.9οἱ δὲ παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων καὶ τῶν Ῥοδίων πρέσβεις λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ ποικίλως ὁμιλοῦντες, πραΰνειν ἐπειρῶντο τὴν ὀργὴν αὐτοῦ.
21.29.10τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Δαμοτέλη καὶ Φαινέαν ὑπέθετό τις ἔχεσθαι καὶ θεραπεύειν τὸν Γάιον Οὐαλέριον·
21.29.11οὗτος δʼ ἦν Μάρκου μὲν υἱὸς τοῦ πρώτου συνθεμένου πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς τὴν συμμαχίαν, Μάρκου δὲ τοῦ τότε στρατηγοῦντος ἀδελφὸς ἐκ μητρός· ἄλλως δὲ πρᾶξιν ἔχων νεανικὴν ἦν μάλιστα παρὰ τῷ στρατηγῷ πιστευόμενος.
21.29.12ὃς παρακληθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Δαμοτέλη καὶ νομίσας ἴδιον εἶναι τὸ πρᾶγμα καὶ καθήκειν αὑτῷ τὸ προστατῆσαι τῶν Αἰτωλῶν, πᾶσαν εἰσεφέρετο σπουδὴν καὶ φιλοτιμίαν, ἐξελέσθαι σπουδάζων τὸ ἔθνος ἐκ τῶν περιεστώτων κακῶν.
21.29.13ἐνεργῶς δὲ πανταχόθεν προσαγομένης τῆς φιλοτιμίας, ἔλαβε τὸ πρᾶγμα συντέλειαν.
21.29.14οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἀμβρακιῶται πεισθέντες ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπέτρεψαν τὰ καθʼ αὑτοὺς τῷ στρατηγῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ παρέδωκαν τὴν πόλιν ἐφʼ ᾧ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ὑποσπόνδους ἀπελθεῖν·
21.29.15τοῦτο γὰρ ὑφείλοντο πρῶτον, τη
21.30.1ροῦντες τὴν πρὸς τοὺς συμμάχους πίστιν. ὁ δὲ Μάρκος συγκατέθετο τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς ἐπὶ τούτῳ ποιήσασθαι τὰς διαλύσεις,
21.30.2ὥστε διακόσια μὲν Εὐβοϊκὰ τάλαντα παραχρῆμα λαβεῖν, τριακόσια δʼ ἐν ἔτεσιν ἕξ, πεντήκοντα καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος·
21.30.3ἀποκατασταθῆναι δὲ καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους καὶ τοὺς αὐτομόλους Ῥωμαίοις ἅπαντας τοὺς παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὄντας ἐν ἓξ μησὶ χωρὶς λύτρων·
21.30.4πόλιν δὲ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἐν τῇ συμπολιτείᾳ μηδὲ μετὰ ταῦτα προσλαβέσθαι τούτων, ὅσαι μετὰ τὴν Λευκίου Κορνηλίου διάβασιν ἑάλωσαν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἢ φιλίαν ἐποιήσαντο πρὸς Ῥωμαίους·
21.30.5Κεφαλληνίους δὲ πάντας ἐκσπόνδους εἶναι τούτων τῶν συνθηκῶν.
21.30.6ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὑπετυπώθη τότε κεφαλαιωδῶς περὶ τῶν διαλύσεων· ἔδει δὲ τούτοις πρῶτον μὲν εὐδοκῆσαι τοὺς Αἰτωλούς, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους.
21.30.7οἱ μὲν οὖν Ἀθηναῖοι καὶ Ῥόδιοι παρέμενον αὐτοῦ, καραδοκοῦντες τὴν τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀπόφασιν· οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Δαμοτέλην ἐπανελθόντες διεσάφουν τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς περὶ τῶν συγκεχωρημένων.
21.30.8τοῖς μὲν οὖν ὅλοις εὐδόκουν· καὶ γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῖς ἅπαντα παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν· περὶ δὲ τῶν πόλεων τῶν πρότερον συμπολιτευομένων αὐτοῖς διαπορήσαντες ἐπὶ ποσὸν τέλος συγκατέθεντο τοῖς προτεινομένοις.
21.30.9ὁ δὲ Μάρκος παραλαβὼν τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν τοὺς μὲν Αἰτωλοὺς ἀφῆκεν ὑποσπόνδους, τὰ δʼ ἀγάλματα καὶ τοὺς ἀνδριάντας καὶ τὰς γραφὰς ἀπήγαγεν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, ὄντα καὶ πλείω διὰ τὸ γεγονέναι βασίλειον Πύρρου τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν.
21.30.10ἐδόθη δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ στέφανος ἀπὸ ταλάντων ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα.
21.30.11ταῦτα δὲ διοικησάμενος ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν εἰς τὴν μεσόγειον τῆς Αἰτωλίας, θαυμάζων ἐπὶ τῷ μηδὲν αὐτῷ παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀπαντᾶσθαι.
21.30.12παραγενόμενος δὲ πρὸς Ἄργος τὸ καλούμενον Ἀμφιλοχικὸν κατεστρατοπέδευσεν, ὅπερ ἀπέχει τῆς Ἀμβρακίας ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα σταδίους.
21.30.13ἐκεῖ δὲ συμμιξάντων αὐτῷ τῶν περὶ τὸν Δαμοτέλην καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι δέδοκται τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς βεβαιοῦν τὰς διʼ ἑαυτῶν γεγενημένας ὁμολογίας, διεχωρίσθησαν, Αἰτωλοὶ μὲν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, Μάρκος δʼ εἰς τὴν Ἀμβρακίαν.
21.30.14κἀκεῖσε παραγενόμενος οὗτος μὲν ἐγίνετο περὶ τὸ περαιοῦν τὴν δύναμιν εἰς τὴν Κεφαλληνίαν,
21.30.15οἱ δʼ Αἰτωλοὶ προχειρισάμενοι Φαινέαν καὶ Νίκανδρον πρεσβευτὰς ἐξέπεμψαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης·
21.30.16ἁπλῶς γὰρ οὐδὲν ἦν κύριον τῶν προειρημένων, εἰ μὴ καὶ τῷ δήμῳ δόξαι τῷ τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
21.31.1οὗτοι μὲν οὖν παραλαβόντες τούς τε Ῥοδίους καὶ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους ἔπλεον ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον·
21.31.2παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ Μάρκος ἐξαπέστειλε Γάιον τὸν Οὐαλέριον καί τινας ἑτέρους τῶν φίλων πράξοντας τὰ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης.
21.31.3ἀφικομένων δʼ εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, πάλιν ἐκαινοποιήθη τὰ τῆς ὀργῆς πρὸς Αἰτωλοὺς διὰ Φιλίππου τοῦ βασιλέως·
21.31.4ἐκεῖνος γὰρ δοκῶν ἀδίκως ὑπὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἀφῃρῆσθαι τὴν Ἀθαμανίαν καὶ τὴν Δολοπίαν διεπέμψατο πρὸς τοὺς φίλους, ἀξιῶν αὐτοὺς συνοργισθῆναι καὶ μὴ προσδέξασθαι τὰς διαλύσεις.
21.31.5διὸ καὶ τῶν μὲν Αἰτωλῶν εἰσπορευθέντων παρήκουεν ἡ σύγκλητος, τῶν δὲ Ῥοδίων καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἀξιούντων ἐνετράπη καὶ προσέσχε τὸν νοῦν.
21.31.6καὶ γὰρ ἐδόκει μετὰ Δάμωνʼ ὁ Κιχησίου λέων ἄλλα τε καλῶς εἰπεῖν καὶ παραδείγματι πρὸς τὸ παρὸν οἰκείῳ χρήσασθαι κατὰ τὸν λόγον.
21.31.7ἔφη γὰρ ὀργίζεσθαι μὲν εἰκότως τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς· πολλὰ γὰρ εὖ πεπονθότας τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων οὐ χάριν ἀποδεδωκέναι τούτων, ἀλλʼ εἰς μέγαν ἐνηνοχέναι κίνδυνον τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἡγεμονίαν ἐκκαύσαντας τὸν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον πόλεμον· ἐν τούτῳ δὲ διαμαρτάνειν τὴν σύγκλητον,
21.31.8ἐν ᾧ τὴν ὀργὴν φέρειν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολλούς.
21.31.9εἶναι γὰρ τὸ συμβαῖνον ἐν ταῖς πολιτείαις περὶ τὰ πλήθη παραπλήσιον τῷ γινομένῳ περὶ τὴν θάλατταν.
21.31.10καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνην κατὰ μὲν τὴν αὑτῆς φύσιν ἀεί ποτʼ εἶναι γαληνὴν καὶ καθεστηκυῖαν καὶ συλλήβδην τοιαύτην ὥστε μηδέποτʼ ἂν ἐνοχλῆσαι μηδένα τῶν προσπελαζόντων αὐτῇ καὶ χρωμένων·
21.31.11ἐπειδὰν δʼ ἐμπεσόντες εἰς αὐτὴν ἄνεμοι βίαιοι ταράξωσι καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἀναγκάσωσι κινεῖσθαι, τότε μηθὲν ἔτι δεινότερον εἶναι μηδὲ φοβερώτερον θαλάττης· ὃ καὶ νῦν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν συμπεσεῖν.
21.31.12"ἕως μὲν γὰρ ἦσαν ἀκέραιοι, πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὑπῆρχον ὑμῖν εὐνούστατοι καὶ βεβαιότατοι συνεργοὶ πρὸς τὰς πράξεις·
21.31.13ἐπεὶ δʼ ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Ἀσίας πνεύσαντες Θόας καὶ Δικαίαρχος, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς Εὐρώπης Μενεστᾶς καὶ Δαμόκριτος συνετάραξαν τοὺς ὄχλους καὶ παρὰ φύσιν ἠνάγκασαν πᾶν καὶ λέγειν καὶ πράττειν,
21.31.14τότε δὴ κακῶς φρονοῦντες ἐβουλήθησαν μὲν ὑμῖν, ἐγένοντο δʼ αὑτοῖς αἴτιοι κακῶν.
21.31.15ἀνθʼ ὧν ὑμᾶς δεῖ πρὸς ἐκείνους ἔχειν ἀπαραιτήτως, ἐλεεῖν δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ διαλύεσθαι πρὸς αὐτούς, εἰδότας ὅτι γενόμενοι πάλιν ἀκέραιοι, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις ἔτι νῦν ὑφʼ ὑμῶν σωθέντες, εὐνούστατοι πάλιν ἔσονται πάντων Ἑλλήνων.
21.31.16" ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀθηναῖος ταῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἔπεισε τὴν σύγκλητον διαλύεσθαι πρὸς τοὺς Αἰτωλούς.
21.32.1δόξαντος δὲ τῷ συνεδρίῳ, καὶ τοῦ δήμου συνεπιψηφίσαντος, ἐκυρώθη τὰ κατὰ τὰς διαλύσεις. τὰ δὲ κατὰ μέρος ἦν τῶν συνθηκῶν ταῦτα.
21.32.2"ὁ δῆμος ὁ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν δυναστείαν τοῦ δήμου τῶν Ῥωμαίων
21.32.3. πολεμίους μὴ διιέτω διὰ τῆς χώρας καὶ τῶν πόλεων ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους ἢ τοὺς συμμάχους καὶ φίλους αὐτῶν, μηδὲ χορηγείτω μηδὲν δημοσίᾳ βουλῇ.
21.32.4καὶ ἐὰν πολεμῶσιν πρός τινας Ῥωμαῖοι, πολεμείτω πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ δῆμος ὁ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
21.32.5τοὺς δὲ αὐτομόλους, τοὺς δραπέτας, τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους πάντας τοὺς Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ἀποδότωσαν Αἰτωλοί,
21.32.6χωρὶς τῶν ὅσοι κατὰ πόλεμον ἁλόντες εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν ἀπῆλθον καὶ πάλιν ἑάλωσαν, καὶ χωρὶς τῶν ὅσοι πολέμιοι Ῥωμαίων ἐγένοντο, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν Αἰτωλοὶ μετὰ Ῥωμαίων συνεπολέμουν, ἐν ἡμέραις ἑκατὸν ἀφʼ ἧς ἂν τὰ ὅρκια τελεσθῇ, τῷ ἄρχοντι τῷ ἐν Κερκύρᾳ·
21.32.7ἐὰν δὲ μὴ εὑρεθῶσίν τινες ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ὅταν ἐμφανεῖς γένωνται, τότε ἀποδότωσαν χωρὶς δόλου· καὶ τούτοις μετὰ τὰ ὅρκια μὴ ἔστω ἐπάνοδος εἰς τὴν Αἰτωλίαν.
21.32.8δότωσαν δὲ Αἰτωλοὶ ἀργυρίου μὴ χείρονος Ἀττικοῦ παραχρῆμα μὲν τάλαντα Εὐβοϊκὰ διακόσια τῷ στρατηγῷ τῷ ἐν τῇ Ἑλλάδι, ἀντὶ τρίτου μέρους τοῦ ἀργυρίου χρυσίον, ἐὰν βούλωνται, διδόντες, τῶν δέκα μνῶν ἀργυρίου χρυσίου μνᾶν διδόντες,
21.32.9ἀφʼ ἧς δʼ ἂν ἡμέρας τὰ ὅρκια τμηθῇ ἐν ἔτεσι τοῖς πρώτοις ἓξ κατὰ ἔτος ἕκαστον τάλαντα πεντήκοντα· καὶ τὰ χρήματα καθιστάτωσαν ἐν Ῥώμῃ. δότωσαν Αἰτωλοὶ ὁμήρους τῷ στρατηγῷ τετταράκοντα,
21.32.10μὴ νεωτέρους ἐτῶν δώδεκα μηδὲ πρεσβυτέρους τετταράκοντα, εἰς ἔτη ἕξ, οὓς ἂν Ῥωμαῖοι προκρίνωσιν, χωρὶς στρατηγοῦ καὶ ἱππάρχου καὶ δημοσίου γραμματέως καὶ τῶν ὡμηρευκότων ἐν Ῥώμῃ. καὶ τὰ ὅμηρα καθιστάτωσαν εἰς Ῥώμην·
21.32.11ἐὰν δέ τις ἀποθάνῃ τῶν ὁμήρων, ἄλλον ἀντικαθιστάτωσαν.
21.32.12περὶ δὲ Κεφαλληνίας μὴ ἔστω ἐν ταῖς συνθήκαις.
21.32.13ὅσαι χῶραι καὶ πόλεις καὶ ἄνδρες, οἷς οὗτοι ἐχρῶντο, ἐπὶ Λευκίου Κοϊντίου καὶ Γναΐου Δομετίου στρατηγῶν ἢ ὕστερον ἑάλωσαν ἢ εἰς φιλίαν ἦλθον Ῥωμαίοις, τούτων τῶν πόλεων καὶ τῶν ἐν ταύταις μηδένα προσλαβέτωσαν Αἰτωλοί.
21.32.14ἡ δὲ πόλις καὶ ἡ χώρα ἡ τῶν Οἰνιαδῶν Ἀκαρνάνων ἔστω."
21.32.15τμηθέντων δὲ τῶν ὁρκίων ἐπὶ τούτοις συνετετέλεστο τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ καθόλου τοὺς Ἕλληνας τοιαύτην ἔσχε τὴν ἐπιγραφήν. —
21.32b.1ὁ δὲ Φολούιος πραξικοπήσας νυκτὸς κατέλαβε τὸ μέρος τῆς ἀκροπόλεως καὶ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους εἰσήγαγε. —
21.32c.1ὅτι τὸ καλὸν καὶ τὸ συμφέρον σπανίως εἴωθε συντρέχειν, καὶ σπάνιοι τῶν ἀνδρῶν εἰσιν οἱ δυνάμενοι ταῦτα συνάγειν καὶ συναρμόζειν πρὸς ἄλληλα.
21.32c.2κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τὸ πολὺ πάντες ἴσμεν διότι τό τε καλὸν φεύγει τὴν τοῦ παραυτίκα λυσιτελοῦς φύσιν καὶ τὸ λυσιτελὲς τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ.
21.32c.3πλὴν ὁ Φιλοποίμην προέθετο ταῦτα καὶ καθίκετο τῆς ἐπιβολῆς· καλὸν μὲν γὰρ τὸ κατάγειν τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους φυγάδας εἰς τὴν Σπάρτην, συμφέρον δὲ τὸ ταπεινῶσαι τὴν τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πόλιν, καταφονεύσαντα τοὺς δεδορυφορηκότας τῇ τῶν τυράννων δυναστείᾳ.
Book 22, Part 2
22.5A quarrel arose between the Lycians and Rhodians from the following causes. When the ten commissioners were employed in the settlement of Asia, they were visited by Theaetetus and Philophron on a mission from Rhodes, demanding that Lycia and Caria should be given to them in return for the goodwill and zeal displayed by them in the war with Antiochus. At the same time Hipparchus and Satyrus came from Ilium begging, on the ground of their kindred with the Lycians, that the latter should receive pardon for their transgressions. The commissioners listened to these pleadings, and tried to do what they could to satisfy both. For the sake of the people of Ilium, they inflicted no severity on the Lycians, but gratified the Rhodians by presenting them with the sovereignty over that people. This decision was the origin of a serious division and controversy between the Lycians and Rhodians. For the envoys of Ilium visited the Lycian cities, giving out that they had succeeded in pacifying the Roman anger, and that they owed their liberty to them; while Theaetetus and his colleague took back word to their countrymen that Lycia and all Caria south of the Maeander had been given as a free gift by the Romans to Rhodes. Presently an embassy came from Lycia to Rhodes desiring an alliance; while the Rhodians on their part had elected certain of their citizens to go to Lycia and give orders to the several cities as to what they were to do. They were thus entirely at cross purposes, and for some time the cause of the misunderstanding was not generally intelligible. But when the Lycian ambassadors appeared in the assembly and began talking about an alliance, and Pothion the Prytanis rose after them and explained the different ideas which the two people entertained on the subject, and moreover, sternly rebuked the Lycian envoys, the latter declared that they would endure anything rather than be subject to the Rhodians. . . .
22.6All men admire the magnanimity of Philip towards Athens; for though had been injured as well as abused by them, yet when he conquered them at Chaeroneia, so far from using this opportunity for injuring his opponents, he caused the corpses of the Athenians to be buried with the proper ceremonies; while those of them who had been taken prisoners he actually presented with clothes, and restored to their friends without ransom. But though men praise they do not imitate such conduct. They rather try to outdo those with whom they are at war, in bitterness of passion and severity of vengeance. Ptolemy, for instance, had men tied naked to carts and dragged at their tail, and then put to death with torture. . . .
22.7When this same Ptolemy was besieging Lycopolis, the Egyptian nobles surrendered to the king at discretion; and his cruel treatment of them involved him in manifold dangers. The same was the result at the time Polycrates suppressed the revolt. For Athinis, Pausiras, Chesuphus, and Irobastus, who still survived of the rebellious nobles, yielding to necessity, appeared at the city of Sais and surrendered at discretion to the king. But Ptolemy, regardless of all pledges, had them tied naked to the carts and dragged off, and then put to death with torture. He then went to Naucratis with his army, where he received the mercenaries enlisted for him by Aristonicus from Greece, and thence sailed to Alexandria, without having taken any part whatever in the actual operations of the war, thanks to the dishonest advice of Polycrates, though he was now twenty-five years old. . . .
Book 21, Part 7
21.32c.4θεωρῶν δʼ ὅτι πάσης βασιλείας ἐπανορθώσεως αἴτια τὰ χρήματα γέγονεν, ἅτε φύσει νουνεχὴς ὢν καὶ στρατηγικός, περιεβα [...] γένοιτο κομιδὴ τῶν ἔξω ποριζομένων χρημάτων.
21.33.1ὅτι καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τὰ περὶ τὰς συνθήκας τὰς πρὸς Ἀντίοχον καὶ καθόλου περὶ τῆς Ἀσίας αἱ πρεσβεῖαι διεπράττοντο, κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τὸ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ἔθνος ἐπολεμεῖτο, κατὰ τοῦτον συνέβη τὸν περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας πόλεμον ἐπιτελεσθῆναι, περὶ οὗ νῦν ἐνιστάμεθα τὴν διήγησιν. —
21.33.2ὁ δὲ κατευδοκήσας τῷ νεανίσκῳ κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν, τοῦτον ἀπέλυσε παραχρῆμʼ εἰς τὸ Πέργαμον. —
21.34.1ὅτι Μοαγέτης ἦν τύραννος Κιβύρας, ὠμὸς γεγονὼς καὶ δόλιος,
21.34.2καὶ οὐκ ἄξιός ἐστιν ἐκ παραδρομῆς, ἀλλὰ μετʼ ἐπιστάσεως τυχεῖν τῆς ἁρμοζούσης μνήμης. —
21.34.3πλὴν συνεγγίζοντος Γναΐου ὑπάτου Ῥωμαίων τῇ Κιβύρᾳ, καὶ τοῦ Ἑλουίου πεμφθέντος εἰς ἀπόπειραν ἐπὶ τίνος ἐστὶ γνώμης, πρεσβευτὰς ἐξέπεμψε, παρακαλῶν μὴ φθεῖραι τὴν χώραν, ὅτι φίλος ὑπάρχει Ῥωμαίων καὶ πᾶν ποιήσει τὸ παραγγελλόμενον.
21.34.4καὶ ταῦτα λέγων ἅμα προύτεινε στέφανον ἀπὸ πεντεκαίδεκα ταλάντων.
21.34.5ὧν ἀκούσας αὐτὸς μὲν ἀφέξεσθαι τῆς χώρας ἔφη, πρὸς δὲ τὸν στρατηγὸν ἐκέλευσε πρεσβεύειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων· ἕπεσθαι γὰρ αὐτὸν μετὰ τῆς στρατείας κατὰ πόδας.
21.34.6γενομένου δὲ τούτου, καὶ πέμψαντος τοῦ Μοαγέτου μετὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καὶ τὸν ἀδελφόν, ἀπαντήσας κατὰ πορείαν ὁ Γνάιος ἀνατατικῶς καὶ πικρῶς ὡμίλησε τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς,
21.34.7φάσκων οὐ μόνον ἀλλοτριώτατον γεγονέναι Ῥωμαίων τὸν Μοαγέτην πάντων τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν δυναστῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ῥώμην ὅλην εἰς καθαίρεσιν τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ ἐπιστροφῆς εἶναι καὶ κολάσεως.
21.34.8οἱ δὲ πρεσβευταὶ καταπλαγέντες τὴν ἐπίφασιν τῆς ὀργῆς τῶν μὲν ἄλλων ἐντολῶν ἀπέστησαν, ἠξίουν δʼ αὐτὸν εἰς λόγους ἐλθεῖν.
21.34.9συγχωρήσαντος δὲ τότε μὲν ἐπανῆλθον εἰς τὴν Κιβύραν,
21.34.10εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαύριον ἐξῆλθεν μετὰ τῶν φίλων ὁ τύραννος κατά τε τὴν ἐσθῆτα καὶ τὴν ἄλλην προστασίαν λιτὸς καὶ ταπεινός, ἔν τε τοῖς ἀπολογισμοῖς κατολοφυρόμενος τὴν ἀδυναμίαν τὴν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀσθένειαν ὧν ἐπῆρχε πόλεων, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ἠξίου προσδέξασθαι τὰ πεντεκαίδεκα τάλαντα τὸν Γνάιον·
21.34.11ἐκράτει δὲ τῆς Κιβύρας καὶ Συλείου καὶ τῆς ἐν Λίμνῃ πόλεως.
21.34.12ὁ δὲ Γνάιος καταπλαγεὶς τὴν ἀπόνοιαν ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν εἶπε πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διδῷ πεντακόσια τάλαντα μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος, οὐ τὴν χώραν ἔφη φθερεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πόλιν αὐτὴν πολιορκήσειν καὶ διαρπάσειν.
21.34.13ὅθεν ὁ Μοαγέτης κατορρωδήσας τὸ μέλλον ἐδεῖτο μηδὲν ποιῆσαι τοιοῦτον, καὶ προσετίθει κατὰ βραχὺ τῶν χρημάτων, καὶ τέλος ἔπεισε τὸν Γνάιον ἑκατὸν τάλαντα καὶ μυρίους μεδίμνους λαβόντα πυρῶν προσδέξασθαι πρὸς τὴν φιλίαν αὐτόν. —
21.35.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἡνίκα Γνάιος διῄει τὸν Κολοβάτον προσαγορευόμενον ποταμόν, ἦλθον πρὸς αὐτὸν πρέσβεις ἐκ τῆς Ἰσίνδης προσαγορευομένης πόλεως, δεόμενοι σφίσι βοηθῆσαι·
21.35.2τοὺς γὰρ Τερμησσεῖς, ἐπισπασαμένους Φιλόμηλον, τήν τε χώραν ἔφασαν αὑτῶν ἀνάστατον πεποιηκέναι καὶ τὴν πόλιν διηρπακέναι, νῦν τε πολιορκεῖν τὴν ἄκραν, συμπεφευγότων εἰς αὐτὴν πάντων τῶν πολιτῶν ὁμοῦ γυναιξὶ καὶ τέκνοις.
21.35.3ὧν διακούσας ὁ Γνάιος ἐκείνοις μὲν ὑπέσχετο βοηθήσειν μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος, αὐτὸς δὲ νομίσας ἑρμαῖον εἶναι τὸ προσπεπτωκὸς ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ τῆς Παμφυλίας.
21.35.3ὁ δὲ Γνάιος συνεγγίσας τῇ Τερμησσῷ,
21.35.4πρὸς μὲν τούτους συνέθετο φιλίαν, λαβὼν πεντήκοντα τάλαντα, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ πρὸς Ἀσπενδίους.
21.35.5ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ καὶ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν ἄλλων πόλεων πρεσβευτὰς κατὰ τὴν Παμφυλίαν καὶ τὴν προειρημένην δόξαν ἐνεργασάμενος ἑκάστοις κατὰ τὰς ἐντεύξεις, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ἰσινδεῖς ἐξελόμενος ἐκ τῆς πολιορκίας, αὖθις ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν ὡς ἐπὶ τοὺς Γαλάτας. —
21.36.1ὅτι Κύρμασα πόλιν λαβὼν ὁ Γνάιος καὶ λείαν ἄφθονον ἀνέζευξεν.
21.36.2προαγόντων δʼ αὐτῶν παρὰ τὴν λίμνην, παρεγένοντο πρέσβεις ἐκ Λυσινόης διδόντες αὑτοὺς εἰς τὴν πίστιν.
21.36.3οὓς προσδεξάμενος ἐνέβαλεν εἰς τὴν τῶν Σαγαλασσέων γῆν καὶ πολὺ πλῆθος ἐξελασάμενος λείας ἀπεκαραδόκει τοὺς ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἐπὶ τίνος ἔσονται γνώμης.
21.36.4παραγενομένων δὲ πρεσβευτῶν ὡς αὐτόν, ἀποδεξάμενος τοὺς ἄνδρας καὶ λαβὼν πεντήκοντα ταλάντων στέφανον καὶ δισμυρίους κριθῶν μεδίμνους καὶ δισμυρίους πυρῶν, προσεδέξατο τούτους εἰς τὴν φιλίαν. —
21.37.1ὅτι Γνάιος ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρέσβεις ἐξαπέστειλε πρὸς τὸν Ἐποσόγνατον τὸν Γαλάτην, ὅπως πρεσβεύσῃ πρὸς τοὺς τῶν Γαλατῶν βασιλεῖς.
21.37.2καὶ [ὁ] Ἐποσόγνατος ἔπεμψε πρὸς Γνάιον πρέσβεις καὶ παρεκάλει [τὸν Γνάιον] τὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγὸν μὴ προεξαναστῆναι μηδʼ ἐπιβαλεῖν χεῖρας τοῖς Τολιστοβογίοις Γαλάταις,
21.37.3καὶ διότι πρεσβεύσει πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς αὐτῶν Ἐποσόγνατος καὶ ποιήσεται λόγους ὑπὲρ τῆς φιλίας, καὶ πεπεῖσθαι πρὸς πᾶν αὐτοὺς παραστήσεσθαι τὸ καλῶς ἔχον. —
21.37.4Γνάιος ὁ ὕπατος Ῥωμαίων διερχόμενος ἐγεφύρωσε τὸν Σαγγάριον ποταμόν, τελέως κοῖλον ὄντα καὶ δύσβατον.
21.37.5καὶ παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν ποταμὸν στρατοπεδευσαμένου παραγίνονται Γάλλοι παρʼ Ἄττιδος καὶ Βαττάκου τῶν ἐκ Πεσσινοῦντος ἱερέων τῆς Μητρὸς τῶν θεῶν,
21.37.6ἔχοντες προστηθίδια καὶ τύπους, φάσκοντες προσαγγέλλειν τὴν θεὸν νίκην καὶ κράτος.
21.37.7οὓς ὁ Γνάιος φιλανθρώπως ὑπεδέξατο. —
21.37.8ὄντος δὲ τοῦ Γναΐου πρὸς τὸ πολισμάτιον τὸ καλούμενον Γορδίειον, ἧκον παρʼ Ἐποσογνάτου πρέσβεις ἀποδηλοῦντες ὅτι πορευθεὶς διαλεχθείη τοῖς τῶν Γαλατῶν βασιλεῦσιν,
21.37.9οἱ δʼ ἁπλῶς εἰς οὐδὲν συγκαταβαίνοιεν φιλάνθρωπον, ἀλλʼ ἡθροικότες ὁμοῦ τέκνα καὶ γυναῖκας καὶ τὴν ἄλλην κτῆσιν ἅπασαν εἰς τὸ καλούμενον ὄρος Ὄλυμπον ἕτοιμοι πρὸς μάχην εἰσίν. —
21.38.1Χιομάραν δὲ συνέβη τὴν Ὀρτιάγοντος αἰχμάλωτον γενέσθαι μετὰ τῶν ἄλλων γυναικῶν, ὅτε Ῥωμαῖοι καὶ Γνάιος ἐνίκησαν μάχῃ τοὺς ἐν Ἀσίᾳ Γαλάτας.
21.38.2ὁ δὲ λαβὼν αὐτὴν ταξίαρχος ἐχρήσατο τῇ τύχῃ στρατιωτικῶς καὶ κατῄσχυνεν.
21.38.3ἦν δʼ ἄρα καὶ πρὸς ἡδονὴν καὶ ἀργύριον ἀμαθὴς καὶ ἀκρατὴς ἄνθρωπος, ἡττήθη δʼ ὅμως ὑπὸ τῆς φιλαργυρίας, καὶ χρυσίου συχνοῦ διομολογηθέντος ὑπὲρ τῆς γυναικὸς ἦγεν αὐτὴν ἀπολυτρώσων, ποταμοῦ τινος ἐν μέσῳ διείργοντος.
21.38.4ὡς δὲ διαβάντες οἱ Γαλάται τὸ χρυσίον ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ καὶ παρελάμβανον τὴν Χιομάραν, ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ νεύματος προσέταξεν ἑνὶ παῖσαι τὸν Ῥωμαῖον ἀσπαζόμενον αὐτὴν καὶ φιλοφρονούμενον,
21.38.5ἐκείνου δὲ πεισθέντος καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποκόψαντος, ἀραμένη καὶ περιστείλασα τοῖς κόλποις ἀπήλαυνεν.
21.38.6ὡς δʼ ἦλθε πρὸς τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτῷ προύβαλεν, ἐκείνου θαυμάσαντος καὶ εἰπόντος "ὦ γύναι, καλὸν ἡ πίστισ" "ναί", εἶπεν "ἀλλὰ κάλλιον ἕνα μόνον ζῆν ἐμοὶ συγγεγενημένον".
21.38.7ταύτῃ μὲν ὁ Πολύβιός φησι διὰ λόγων ἐν Σάρδεσι γενόμενος θαυμάσαι τό τε φρόνημα καὶ τὴν σύνεσιν. —
21.39.1ὅτι τῶν Ῥωμαίων μετὰ τὴν τῶν Γαλατῶν νίκην αὐτῶν πραχθεῖσαν στρατοπεδευόντων περὶ τὴν Ἄγκυραν πόλιν, καὶ τοῦ Γναΐου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ προάγειν εἰς τοὔμπροσθεν μέλλοντος,
21.39.2παραγίνονται πρέσβεις παρὰ τῶν Τεκτοσάγων, ἀξιοῦντες τὸν Γνάιον τὰς μὲν δυνάμεις ἐᾶσαι κατὰ χώραν, αὐτὸν δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν προελθεῖν εἰς τὸν μεταξὺ τόπον τῶν στρατοπέδων· ἥξειν δὲ καὶ τοὺς παρʼ αὑτῶν βασιλεῖς κοινολογησομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν διαλύσεων.
21.39.3τοῦ δὲ Γναΐου συγκαταθεμένου καὶ παραγενηθέντος κατὰ τὸ συνταχθὲν μετὰ πεντακοσίων ἱππέων, τότε μὲν οὐκ ἦλθον οἱ βασιλεῖς·
21.39.4ἀνακεχωρηκότος δʼ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν παρεμβολήν, αὖθις ἧκον οἱ πρέσβεις ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν βασιλέων σκήψεις τινὰς λέγοντες, ἀξιοῦντες δὲ πάλιν ἐλθεῖν αὐτόν, ἐπειδὴ τοὺς πρώτους ἄνδρας ἐκπέμψουσιν κοινολογησομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων.
21.39.5ὁ δὲ Γνάιος κατανεύσας ἥξειν αὐτὸς μὲν ἔμεινεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἰδίας στρατοπεδείας, Ἄτταλον δὲ καὶ τῶν χιλιάρχων τινὰς ἐξαπέστειλεν μετὰ τριακοσίων ἱππέων.
21.39.6οἱ δὲ τῶν Γαλατῶν πρέσβεις ἦλθον μὲν κατὰ τὸ συνταχθὲν καὶ λόγους ἐποιήσαντο περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων, τέλος δʼ ἐπιθεῖναι τοῖς προειρημένοις ἢ κυρῶσαί τι τῶν δοξάντων οὐκ ἔφασαν εἶναι δυνατόν·
21.39.7τοὺς δὲ βασιλεῖς τῇ κατὰ πόδας ἥξειν διωρίζοντο, συνθησομένους καὶ πέρας ἐπιθήσοντας, εἰ καὶ Γνάιος ὁ στρατηγὸς ἔλθοι πρὸς αὐτούς.
21.39.8τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐπαγγειλαμένων ἥξειν τὸν Γνάιον, τότε μὲν ἐπὶ τούτοις διελύθησαν.
21.39.9ἐποιοῦντο δὲ τὰς ὑπερθέσεις ταύτας οἱ Γαλάται καὶ διεστρατήγουν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους βουλόμενοι τῶν τε σωμάτων τινὰ τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ὑπερθέσθαι πέραν Ἅλυος ποταμοῦ, μάλιστα δὲ τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων, εἰ δυνηθεῖεν, λαβεῖν ὑποχείριον· εἰ δὲ μή γε, πάντως ἀποκτεῖναι.
21.39.10ταῦτα δὲ προθέμενοι κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἐκαραδόκουν τὴν παρουσίαν τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ἑτοίμους ἔχοντες ἱππεῖς εἰς χιλίους.
21.39.11ὁ δὲ Γνάιος διακούσας τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον καὶ πεισθεὶς ἥξειν τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ἐξῆλθεν, καθάπερ εἰώθει, μετὰ πεντακοσίων ἱππέων.
21.39.12συνέβη δὲ ταῖς πρότερον ἡμέραις τοὺς ἐπὶ τὰς ξυλείας καὶ χορτολογίας ἐκπορευομένους ἐκ τοῦ τῶν Ῥωμαίων χάρακος ἐπὶ ταῦτα τὰ μέρη πεποιῆσθαι τὴν ἔξοδον, ἐφεδρείᾳ χρωμένους τοῖς ἐπὶ τὸν σύλλογον πορευομένοις ἱππεῦσιν.
21.39.13οὗ καὶ τότε γενομένου καὶ πολλῶν ἐξεληλυθότων, συνέταξαν οἱ χιλίαρχοι καὶ τοὺς εἰθισμένους ἐφεδρεύειν τοῖς προνομεύουσιν ἱππεῖς ἐπὶ ταῦτα τὰ μέρη ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἔξοδον.
21.39.14ὧν ἐκπορευθέντων, αὐτομάτως τὸ δέον ἐγενήθη πρὸς τὴν ἐπιφερομένην χρείαν. —
21.40.1ἐν [...] η [...] τῆς πράξεως τῆς περὶ τὸν Ἀριαράθην εἰς τὴν παροιμίαν· ἔχοντες γὰρ π [...] διετε [...] οι τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐγένοντο.
21.41.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Γναΐου τοῦ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγοῦ παραχειμάζοντος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ, κατὰ τὸν τελευταῖον ἐνιαυτὸν τῆς ὑποκειμένης ὀλυμπιάδος, παρεγένοντο πρεσβεῖαι παρά τε τῶν Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας καὶ παρʼ ἑτέρων πλειόνων, συμφοροῦσαι στεφάνους τῷ Γναΐῳ διὰ τὸ νενικηκέναι τοὺς Γαλάτας.
21.41.2ἅπαντες γὰρ οἱ τὴν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου κατοικοῦντες οὐχ οὕτως ἐχάρησαν Ἀντιόχου λειφθέντος ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν ἀπολελύσθαι τινὲς μὲν φόρων, οἱ δὲ φρουρᾶς, καθόλου δὲ πάντες βασιλικῶν προσταγμάτων, ὡς ἐπὶ τῷ τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν βαρβάρων αὐτοῖς φόβον ἀφῃρῆσθαι καὶ δοκεῖν ἀπηλλάχθαι τῆς τούτων ὕβρεως καὶ παρανομίας.
21.41.3ἦλθε δὲ καὶ παρʼ Ἀντιόχου Μουσαῖος καὶ παρὰ τῶν Γαλατῶν πρεσβευταί, βουλόμενοι μαθεῖν ἐπὶ τίσιν αὐτοὺς δεῖ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν φιλίαν.
Book 22, Part 3
22.8At this time were sowed the seeds of fatal evils to the royal house of Macedonia. I am aware that some historians of the war between Rome and Perseus, when they wish to set forth the causes of the quarrel for our information, assign as the primary one the expulsion of Abrupolis from his principality, on the ground of having made a raid upon the mines at Pangaeum after the death of Philip, which Perseus repulsed, finally expelling him entirely out of his own dominions. Next they mention the invasion of Dolopia, and the visit of Perseus to Delphi, the plot against Eumenes at Delphi, and the murder of the ambassadors in Boeotia; and from these they say sprang the war between Perseus and the Romans. But my contention is that it is of most decisive advantage, both to historians and their readers, to know the causes from which the several events are born and spring. Most historians confound these, because they do not keep a firm hold upon the distinction between a pretext and a cause, or again between a pretext and a beginning of a war. And since events at the present time recall this distinction I feel compelled to renew my discussion of this subject. For instance, of the events just referred to, the first three are pretexts; the last two—the plot against Eumenes, the murder of the ambassadors, and other similar things that happened during the same period—are clear beginnings of the war between Rome and Perseus, and of the final overthrow of the Macedonian kingdom; but not one of them is a cause of these things. I will illustrate by examples. Just as we say that Philip son of Amyntas contemplated and determined upon accomplishing the war with Persia, while Alexander put into execution what he had projected, so in the present instance we say that Philip son of Demetrius first projected the last war against Rome, and had all his preparations ready for the execution of his design, but that after his death Perseus became the agent in carrying out the undertaking itself. If this be true, the following also is clear: it is impossible that the causes of the war should have been subsequent to the death of him who resolved upon and projected it; which would be the case if we accepted the account of these historians; for the events alleged by them as its causes were subsequent to the death of Philip. . . .
22.9About the same time ambassadors came to Rome from king Eumenes, informing the Senate of the encroachment of Philip upon the cities in Thrace. There came also the exiles of the Maronitae denouncing Philip, and charging him with being the cause of their expulsion. These were followed by Athamanians, Perrhaebians, and Thessalians, demanding the restoration of their cities which Philip had taken from them during the war with Antiochus. Ambassadors also came from Philip to make answer to all accusers. After repeated debates between all these envoys and the ambassadors of Philip, the Senate decided to appoint a commission at once, to investigate the actions of Philip, and to protect all who chose to state their views and their complaints of the king to his face. The legates thus appointed were Quintus Caecilius, Marcus Baebius, and Tiberius Claudius. . . .
22.9There was again a war of parties among the Aenii, one side inclining to Eumenes, the other to Macedonia. . . .
Book 21, Part 8
21.41.4ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρʼ Ἀριαράθου τοῦ τῶν Καππαδοκῶν βασιλέως· καὶ γὰρ οὗτος, μετασχὼν Ἀντιόχῳ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων καὶ κοινωνήσας τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους μάχης, ἐδεδίει καὶ διηπορεῖτο περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτόν.
21.41.5διὸ καὶ πλεονάκις πέμπων πρεσβευτὰς ἐβούλετο μαθεῖν τί δοὺς ἢ τί πράξας δύναιτʼ ἂν παραιτήσασθαι τὴν σφετέραν ἄγνοιαν.
21.41.6ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς τὰς μὲν παρὰ τῶν πόλεων πρεσβείας πάσας ἐπαινέσας καὶ φιλανθρώπως ἀποδεξάμενος ἐξαπέστειλε,
21.41.7τοῖς δὲ Γαλάταις ἀπεκρίθη διότι προσδεξάμενος Εὐμένη τὸν βασιλέα, τότε ποιήσεται τὰς πρὸς αὐτοὺς συνθήκας. τοῖς δὲ περὶ Ἀριαράθην εἶπεν ἑξακόσια τάλαντα δόντας τὴν εἰρήνην ἔχειν.
21.41.8πρὸς δὲ τὸν Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευτὴν συνετάξατο μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ἥξειν ἐπὶ τοὺς τῆς Παμφυλίας ὅρους, τά τε δισχίλια τάλαντα καὶ πεντακόσια κομιούμενος καὶ τὸν σῖτον ὃν ἔδει δοῦναι τοῖς στρατιώταις αὐτοῦ πρὸ τῶν συνθηκῶν κατὰ τὰς πρὸς Λεύκιον ὁμολογίας.
21.41.9μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα καθαρμὸν ποιησάμενος τῆς δυνάμεως, καὶ τῆς ὥρας παραδιδούσης, παραλαβὼν Ἄτταλον ἀνέζευξεν καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Ἀπάμειαν ὀγδοαῖος ἐπέμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας, κατὰ δὲ τὴν τετάρτην ἀναζεύξας προῆγε, χρώμενος ἐνεργοῖς ταῖς πορείαις.
21.41.10ἀφικόμενος δὲ τριταῖος εἰς τὸν συνταχθέντα τόπον τοῖς περὶ Ἀντίοχον, αὐτοῦ κατεστρατοπέδευσε.
21.41.11συμμιξάντων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Μουσαῖον καὶ παρακαλούντων αὐτὸν ἐπιμεῖναι, διότι καθυστεροῦσιν αἵ θʼ ἅμαξαι καὶ τὰ κτήνη τὰ παρακομίζοντα τὸν
21.41.11σῖτον καὶ τὰ χρήματα, πεισθεὶς τούτοις ἐπέμεινε τρεῖς ἡμέρας.
21.41.12τῆς δὲ χορηγίας ἐλθούσης τὸν μὲν σῖτον ἐμέτρησε ταῖς δυνάμεσι, τὰ δὲ χρήματα παραδούς τινι τῶν χιλιάρχων συνέταξεν παρακομίζειν εἰς Ἀπάμειαν.
21.42.1αὐτὸς δὲ πυνθανόμενος τὸν ἐπὶ τῆς Πέργης καθεσταμένον ὑπʼ Ἀντιόχου φρούραρχον οὔτε τὴν φρουρὰν ἐξάγειν οὔτʼ αὐτὸν ἐκχωρεῖν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, ὥρμησε μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ἐπὶ τὴν Πέργην.
21.42.2ἐγγίζοντος δʼ αὐτοῦ τῇ πόλει, παρῆν ἀπαντῶν ὁ τεταγμένος ἐπὶ τῆς φρουρᾶς, ἀξιῶν καὶ δεόμενος μὴ προκαταγινώσκειν αὑτοῦ·
21.42.3ποιεῖν γὰρ ἕν τι τῶν καθηκόντων· παραλαβὼν γὰρ ἐν πίστει παρʼ Ἀντιόχου τὴν πόλιν τηρεῖν ἔφη ταύτην, ἕως ἂν διασαφηθῇ πάλιν παρὰ τοῦ πιστεύσαντος τί δεῖ ποιεῖν· μέχρι δὲ τοῦ νῦν ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν αὐτῷ παρʼ οὐδενὸς ἀποδεδηλῶσθαι.
21.42.4διόπερ ἠξίου τριάκονθʼ ἡμέρας χάριν τοῦ διαπεμψάμενος ἐρέσθαι τὸν βασιλέα τί δεῖ πράττειν.
21.42.5ὁ δὲ Γνάιος, θεωρῶν τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἄλλοις εὐσυνθετοῦντα, συνεχώρησε πέμπειν καὶ πυνθάνεσθαι τοῦ βασιλέως· καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας πυθόμενος παρέδωκε τὴν πόλιν.
21.42.6κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον οἱ δέκα πρεσβευταὶ καὶ [ὁ] βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης εἰς Ἔφεσον κατέπλευσαν, ἤδη τῆς θερείας ἐναρχομένης· καὶ δύʼ ἡμέρας ἐκ τοῦ πλοῦ προσαναλαβόντες αὑτοὺς ἀνέβαινον εἰς τὴν Ἀπάμειαν.
21.42.7ὁ δὲ Γνάιος, προσπεσούσης αὐτῷ τῆς τούτων παρουσίας, Λεύκιον μὲν τὸν ἀδελφὸν μετὰ τετρακισχιλίων ἐξαπέστειλε πρὸς τοὺς Ὀροανδεῖς, πειθανάγκης ἔχοντας διάθεσιν χάριν τοῦ κομίσασθαι τὰ προσοφειλόμενα τῶν ὁμολογηθέντων χρημάτων,
21.42.8αὐτὸς δὲ μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ἀναζεύξας ἠπείγετο, σπεύδων συνάψαι τοῖς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη.
21.42.9παραγενόμενος δʼ εἰς τὴν Ἀπάμειαν καὶ καταλαβὼν τόν τε βασιλέα καὶ τοὺς δέκα, συνήδρευεν περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων.
21.42.10ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς κυρῶσαι πρῶτον τὰ πρὸς Ἀντίοχον ὅρκια καὶ τὰς συνθήκας, ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδὲν ἂν δέοι πλείω διατίθεσθαι λόγον, ἀλλʼ ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐγγράπτων ποιεῖσθαι τὰς διαλήψεις.
21.43.1ἦν δὲ τοιαύτη τις ἡ τῶν κατὰ μέρος διάταξις· φιλίαν ὑπάρχειν Ἀντιόχῳ καὶ Ῥωμαίοις εἰς ἅπαντα τὸν χρόνον ποιοῦντι τὰ κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας.
21.43.2μὴ διιέναι βασιλέα Ἀντίοχον καὶ τοὺς ὑποταττομένους διὰ τῆς αὑτῶν χώρας ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους πολεμίους μηδὲ χορηγεῖν αὐτοῖς μηδέν·
21.43.3ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥωμαίους καὶ τοὺς συμμάχους ἐπʼ Ἀντίοχον καὶ τοὺς ὑπʼ ἐκεῖνον ταττομένους.
21.43.4μὴ πολεμῆσαι δὲ Ἀντίοχον τοῖς ἐπὶ ταῖς νήσοις μηδὲ τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην.
21.43.5ἐκχωρείτω δὲ πόλεων καὶ χώρας
21.43.6. μὴ ἐξαγέτω μηδὲν πλὴν τῶν ὅπλων ὧν φέρουσιν οἱ στρατιῶται· εἰ δέ τι τυγχάνουσιν ἀπενηνεγμένοι, καθιστάτωσαν πάλιν εἰς τὰς αὐτὰς πόλεις.
21.43.7μηδʼ ὑποδεχέσθωσαν τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως μήτε στρατιώτας μήτʼ ἄλλον μηδένα.
21.43.8εἰ δέ τινες ἐξ ὧν ἀπολαμβάνουσιν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι πόλεων μετὰ δυνάμεώς εἰσιν Ἀντιόχου, τούτους εἰς Ἀπάμειαν ἀποκαταστησάτωσαν.
21.43.9τοῖς δὲ Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις εἴ τινες εἶεν ἐκ τῆς Ἀντιόχου βασιλείας, εἶναι τὴν ἐξουσίαν καὶ μένειν, εἰ βούλονται, καὶ ἀποτρέχειν.
21.43.10τοὺς δὲ δούλους Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν συμμάχων ἀποδότω Ἀντίοχος καὶ οἱ ὑπʼ αὐτὸν ταττόμενοι, καὶ τοὺς ἁλόντας καὶ τοὺς αὐτομολήσαντας, καὶ εἴ τινα αἰχμάλωτόν ποθεν εἰλήφασιν.
21.43.11ἀποδότω δὲ Ἀντίοχος, ἐὰν ᾖ δυνατὸν αὐτῷ, καὶ Ἀννίβαν Ἀμίλκου Καρχηδόνιον καὶ Μνασίλοχον Ἀκαρνᾶνα καὶ Θόαντα Αἰτωλόν, καὶ Εὐβουλίδαν καὶ Φίλωνα Χαλκιδεῖς, καὶ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν ὅσοι κοινὰς εἰλήφασιν ἀρχάς,
21.43.12καὶ τοὺς ἐλέφαντας τοὺς ἐν Ἀπαμείᾳ πάντας, καὶ μηκέτι ἄλλους ἐχέτω.
21.43.13ἀποδότω δὲ καὶ τὰς ναῦς τὰς μακρὰς καὶ τὰ ἐκ τούτων ἄρμενα καὶ τὰ σκεύη, καὶ μηκέτι ἐχέτω πλὴν δέκα καταφράκτων· μηδὲ λέμβον πλείοσι τριάκοντα κωπῶν ἐχέτω ἐλαυνόμενον, μηδὲ μονήρη πολέμου ἕνεκεν,
21.43.14οὗ αὐτὸς κατάρχει. μηδὲ πλείτωσαν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Καλυκάδνου καὶ Σαρπηδονίου ἀκρωτηρίου, εἰ μὴ φόρους ἢ πρέσβεις ἢ ὁμήρους ἄγοιεν.
21.43.15μὴ ἐξέστω δὲ Ἀντιόχῳ μηδὲ ξενολογεῖν ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίους ταττομένης μηδʼ ὑποδέχεσθαι τοὺς φεύγοντας.
21.43.16ὅσαι δὲ οἰκίαι Ῥοδίων ἢ τῶν συμμάχων ἦσαν ἐν τῇ ὑπὸ βασιλέα Ἀντίοχον ταττομένῃ ταύτας εἶναι Ῥοδίων, ὡς καὶ πρὸ τοῦ τὸν πόλεμον ἐξενεγκεῖν.
21.43.17καὶ εἴ τι χρῆμα ὀφείλετʼ αὐτοῖς, ὁμοίως ἔστω πράξιμον· καὶ εἴ τι ἀπελήφθη ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, ἀναζητηθὲν ἀποδοθήτω. ἀτελῆ δὲ ὁμοίως ὡς καὶ πρὸ τοῦ πολέμου τὰ πρὸς τοὺς Ῥοδίους ὑπαρχέτω. εἰ δέ τινας τῶν πόλεων,
21.43.18ἃς ἀποδοῦναι δεῖ Ἀντίοχον, ἑτέροις δέδωκεν Ἀντίοχος, ἐξαγέτω καὶ ἐκ τούτων τὰς φρουρὰς καὶ τοὺς ἄνδρας. ἐὰν δέ τινες ὕστερον ἀποτρέχειν βούλωνται, μὴ προσδεχέσθω.
21.43.19ἀργυρίου δὲ δότω Ἀντίοχος Ἀττικοῦ Ῥωμαίοις ἀρίστου τάλαντα μύρια δισχίλια ἐν ἔτεσι δώδεκα, διδοὺς καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος χίλια· μὴ ἔλαττον δʼ ἑλκέτω τὸ τάλαντον λιτρῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν ὀγδοήκοντα· καὶ μοδίους σίτου πεντηκοντακισμυρίους καὶ τετρακισμυρίους.
21.43.20δότω δὲ Εὐμένει τῷ βασιλεῖ τάλαντα τριακόσια πεντήκοντα ἐν ἔτεσι τοῖς πρώτοις πέντε, ἑβδομήκοντα κατὰ τὸ ἔτος, τῷ ἐπιβαλλομένῳ καιρῷ, ᾧ καὶ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀποδίδωσι, καὶ τοῦ σίτου,
21.43.21καθὼς ἐτίμησεν ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀντίοχος, τάλαντα ἑκατὸν εἴκοσιν ἑπτὰ καὶ δραχμὰς χιλίας διακοσίας ὀκτώ· ἃ συνεχώρησεν Εὐμένης λαβεῖν, γάζαν εὐαρεστουμένην ἑαυτῷ.
21.43.22ὁμήρους δὲ εἴκοσι διδότω Ἀντίοχος, διʼ ἐτῶν τριῶν ἄλλους ἀνταποστέλλων, μὴ νεωτέρους ἐτῶν ὀκτωκαίδεκα μηδὲ πρεσβυτέρους τετταράκοντα πέντε.
21.43.23ἐὰν δέ τι διαφωνήσῃ τῶν ἀποδιδομένων χρημάτων, τῷ ἐχομένῳ ἔτει ἀποδότωσαν.
21.43.24ἂν δέ τινες τῶν πόλεων ἢ τῶν ἐθνῶν, πρὸς ἃ γέγραπται μὴ πολεμεῖν Ἀντίοχον, πρότεροι ἐκφέρωσι πόλεμον, ἐξέστω πολεμεῖν Ἀντιόχῳ.
21.43.25τῶν δὲ ἐθνῶν καὶ πόλεων τούτων μὴ ἐχέτω τὴν κυρίαν αὐτὸς μηδʼ εἰς φιλίαν προσαγέσθω.
21.43.26περὶ δὲ τῶν ἀδικημάτων τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους γινομένων εἰς κρίσιν προκαλείσθωσαν.
21.43.27ἐὰν δέ τι θέλωσι πρὸς τὰς συνθήκας ἀμφότεροι κοινῷ δόγματι προστεθῆναι ἢ ἀφαιρεθῆναι ἀπʼ αὐτῶν, ἐξέστω.
21.44.1τμηθέντων δὲ τῶν ὁρκίων ἐπὶ τούτοις, εὐθέως ὁ στρατηγὸς Κόιντον Μινύκιον Θέρμον καὶ Λεύκιον τὸν ἀδελφόν, ἄρτι κεκομικότα τὰ χρήματα παρὰ τῶν Ὀροανδέων,
21.44.2εἰς Συρίαν ἐξαπέστειλε, συντάξας κομίζεσθαι τοὺς ὅρκους παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ διαβεβαιώσασθαι τὰ κατὰ μέρος ὑπὲρ τῶν συνθηκῶν.
21.44.3πρὸς δὲ Κόιντον Φάβιον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ στρατηγὸν ἐξέπεμψε γραμματοφόρους, κελεύων πάλιν πλεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς Πάταρα καὶ παραλαβόντα τὰς ὑπαρχούσας αὐτόθι ναῦς διαπρῆσαι. —
21.45.1Μάλιος ὁ ἀνθύπατος τριακόσια τάλαντα πραξάμενος παρʼ Ἀριαράθου φίλον αὐτὸν ἐποιήσατο Ῥωμαίων. —
21.46.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἀπάμειαν οἵ τε δέκα καὶ Γνάιος ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων, διακούσαντες πάντων τῶν ἀπηντηκότων, τοῖς μὲν περὶ χώρας ἢ χρημάτων ἤ τινος ἑτέρου διαφερομένοις πόλεις ἀπέδωκαν ὁμολογουμένας ἀμφοτέροις, ἐν αἷς διακριθήσονται περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων· τὴν δὲ περὶ τῶν ὅλων ἐποιήσαντο διάληψιν τοιαύτην.
21.46.2ὅσαι μὲν τῶν αὐτονόμων πόλεων πρότερον ὑπετέλουν Ἀντιόχῳ φόρον, τότε δὲ διεφύλαξαν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πίστιν, ταύτας μὲν ἀπέλυσαν τῶν φόρων· ὅσαι δʼ Ἀττάλῳ σύνταξιν ἐτέλουν, ταύταις ἐπέταξαν τὸν αὐτὸν Εὐμένει διδόναι φόρον.
21.46.3εἰ δέ τινες ἀποστᾶσαι τῆς Ῥωμαίων φιλίας Ἀντιόχῳ συνεπολέμουν, ταύτας ἐκέλευσαν Εὐμένει διδόναι τοὺς Ἀντιόχῳ διατεταγμένους φόρους.
21.46.4Κολοφωνίους δὲ τοὺς τὸ Νότιον οἰκοῦντας καὶ Κυμαίους καὶ Μυλασεῖς ἀφορολογήτους ἀφῆκαν,
21.46.5Κλαζομενίοις δὲ καὶ δωρεὰν προσέθηκαν τὴν Δρυμοῦσσαν καλουμένην νῆσον, Μιλησίοις δὲ τὴν ἱερὰν χώραν ἀποκατέστησαν, ἧς διὰ τοὺς πολέμους πρότερον ἐξεχώρησαν.
21.46.6Χίους δὲ καὶ Σμυρναίους, ἔτι δʼ Ἐρυθραίους, ἔν τε τοῖς ἄλλοις προῆγον καὶ χώραν προσένειμαν, ἧς ἕκαστοι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐπεθύμουν καὶ σφίσι καθήκειν ὑπελάμβανον, ἐντρεπόμενοι τὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ σπουδήν, ἣν παρέσχηντο κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον αὐτοῖς.
21.46.7ἀπέδωκαν δὲ καὶ Φωκαιεῦσι τὸ πάτριον πολίτευμα καὶ τὴν χώραν, ἣν καὶ πρότερον εἶχον.
21.46.8μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Ῥοδίοις ἐχρημάτισαν, διδόντες Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίας τὰ μέχρι Μαιάνδρου ποταμοῦ πλὴν Τελμεσσοῦ.
21.46.9περὶ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους καὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἔν τε ταῖς πρὸς Ἀντίοχον συνθήκαις τὴν ἐνδεχομένην πρόνοιαν ἐποιήσαντο καὶ τότε τῆς μὲν Εὐρώπης αὐτῷ προσέθηκαν Χερρόνησον καὶ Λυσιμάχειαν καὶ τὰ προσοροῦντα τούτοις ἐρύματα καὶ χώραν, ἧς Ἀντίοχος ἐπῆρχεν·
Book 22, Part 4
22.10I have already stated that in the Peloponnese, while Philopoemen was still Strategus, the Achaean league sent an embassy to Rome on the subject of Sparta, and another to king Ptolemy to renew their ancient alliance.
22.10Immediately after Philopoemen had been succeeded by Aristaenus as Strategus, the ambassadors of king Ptolemy arrived, while the league meeting was assembled at Megalopolis. King Eumenes also had despatched an embassy offering to give the Achaeans one hundred and twenty talents, on condition that it was invested and the interest used to pay the council of the league at the time of the federal assemblies. Ambassadors came also from king Seleucus, to renew his friendship with them, and offering a present of a fleet of ten ships of war. But when the assembly got to business, the first to come forward to speak was Nicodemus of Elis, who recounted to the Achaeans what he and his colleagues had said in the Roman Senate about Sparta, and read the answer of the Senate; which was to the effect that the Senate disapproved of the destruction of the walls, and of the execution of the men put to death at Compasium, but that it did not rescind any arrangement made. No one saying a word for or against this, the subject was allowed to pass.
22.10Next came the ambassadors from Eumenes, who renewed the ancestral friendship of the king with the Achaeans, and stated to the assembly the offer made by him. They spoke at great length on these subjects, and retired after setting forth the greatness of the king’s kindness and affection to the nation.
Book 21, Part 9
21.46.10τῆς δʼ Ἀσίας Φρυγίαν τὴν ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου, Φρυγίαν τὴν μεγάλην, Μυσούς, οὓς Προυσίας πρότερον αὐτοῦ παρεσπάσατο, Λυκαονίαν, Μιλυάδα, Λυδίαν, Τράλλεις, Ἔφεσον, Τελμεσσόν.
21.46.11ταύτας μὲν οὖν ἔδωκαν Εὐμένει τὰς δωρεάς· περὶ δὲ τῆς Παμφυλίας, Εὐμένους μὲν εἶναι φάσκοντος αὐτὴν ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Ταύρου, τῶν δὲ παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευτῶν ἐπέκεινα, διαπορήσαντες ἀνέθεντο περὶ τούτων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον.
21.46.12σχεδὸν δὲ τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων καὶ πλείστων αὐτοῖς διῳκημένων, ἀναζεύξαντες προῆγον ἐφʼ Ἑλλήσποντον, βουλόμενοι κατὰ τὴν πάροδον ἔτι τὰ πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας ἀσφαλίσασθαι. —
21.47.1ὅτι τῶν Ῥωμαίων κατὰ τὴν ἐπάνοδον παρὰ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν πολλὰ δεινὰ [...] ναρ [...] Ῥωμαίων στρατιω [...] [...] οὐκ ἂν φήσειε κα [...] [...] εὐμαρὲς φυ?λα [...] δι [...] [...] ἂν περὶ τὰς ἰδίας [...] βαιν [...] [...] εστιν [...] ν [...] ησα?μενου?ς [...] [...] ν [...] !εναιρομ [...] ν [...] ς πράξεις [...] [...]
Book 22, Part 5
22.11After they had finished their speech, Apollonidas of Sicyon rose and said that: As far as the amount of the money was concerned, it was a present worthy of the Achaeans. But if they looked to the intention of the donor, or the purpose to which the gift was to be applied, none could well be more insulting and more unconstitutional. The laws prohibited any one, whether a private individual or magistrate, from accepting presents from a king on any pretence whatever; but if they took this money they would every one of them be plainly accepting a present, which was at once the gravest possible breach of the law, and confessedly the deepest possible personal disgrace. For that the council should take a great wage from Eumenes, and meet to deliberate on the interests of the league after swallowing such a bait, was manifestly disgraceful and injurious. It was Eumenes that offered money now; presently it would be Prusias; and then Seleucus. But as the interests of democracies and of kings are quite opposite to each other, and as our most frequent and most important deliberations concern the points of controversy arising between us and the kings, one of two things must necessarily happen; either the interests of the king will have precedence over our own, or we must incur the reproach of ingratitude for opposing our paymasters. He therefore urged the Achaeans not only to decline the offer, but to hold Eumenes in detestation for thinking of making it.
22.11Next rose Cassander of Aegina and reminded the Achaeans of The misfortunes which the Aeginetans had met with through being members of the Achaean league; when Publius Sulpicius sailed against them with the Roman fleet, and sold all the unhappy Aeginetans into slavery. In regard to this subject I have already related how the Aetolians, having got possession of Aegina in virtue of their treaty with Rome, sold it to Attalus for thirty talents. Cassander therefore drew the attention of the Achaeans to these facts; and demanded that Eumenes should not seek to gain the affection of the Achaeans by offering them money, but that he should establish an incontestable claim to every sign of devotion by giving back Aegina. He urged the Achaeans not to accept presents which would place them in the position of being the destroyers of the hopes of Aeginetan restoration for all time.
22.11After these speeches had been delivered, the people showed such signs of enthusiastic approval that no one ventured to speak on the side of the king; but the whole assembly rejected the offer by acclamation, though its amount certainly made it exceedingly tempting.
Book 22, Part 1
22.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὀγδόην καὶ μ# ὀλυμπιάδα πρὸς ταῖς ρ# πρεσβειῶν παρουσίαι ἐγένοντο πρὸς Ῥωμαίους παρὰ Φιλίππου καὶ παρὰ τῶν· προσορούντων τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ. τὰ δόξαντα τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τῶν πρέσβεων.
22.1.2ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα Φιλίππου διαφορὰ πρὸς Θετταλοὺς καὶ Περραιβοὺς περὶ τῶν πόλεων ὧν κατεῖχε Φίλιππος ἐκ τῶν Ἀντιοχικῶν καιρῶν τῆς Θετταλίας καὶ Περραιβίας.
22.1.3ἡ γενομένη δικαιολογία περὶ τούτων ἐπὶ Κοΐντου Καικιλίου περὶ τὰ Τέμπη. τὰ κριθέντα διὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον.
22.1.4κρίσις ἄλλη περὶ τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεων Φιλίππῳ πρὸς τοὺς παρʼ Εὐμένους πρεσβευτὰς καὶ τοὺς ἐκ Μαρωνείας φυγάδας, καὶ τὰ ῥηθέντα περὶ τούτων ἐν Θετταλονίκῃ καὶ τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον.
22.1.5ἡ γενομένη σφαγὴ διὰ Φιλίππου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐν Μαρωνείᾳ. παρουσία πρεσβευτῶν ἐκ Ῥώμης καὶ τὰ προσταχθέντα διὰ τούτων. αἰτίαι διʼ ἃς ἐγένετο Ῥωμαίοις πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμος.
22.1.6κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον πρεσβευτῶν παρουσία παρά τε Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ παρὰ Εὐμένους καὶ παρὰ Σελεύκου.
22.1.7καὶ τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπέρ τε τῆς πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον συμμαχίας καὶ τῶν δωρεῶν τῶν προτεινομένων αὐτοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν προειρημένων βασιλέων.
22.1.8παρουσία Κοίντου Καικιλίου καὶ μέμψις ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα διῳκημένων.
22.1.9ὡς Ἀρεὺς καὶ Ἀλκιβιάδης ὄντες τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος ἐπρέσβευσαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ κατηγορίαν ἐποιήσαντο Φιλοποίμενος καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
22.1.9θυαε εχ πολψβιι λιβρο χχιι. εχξερπενδα ετ τιτυλο ξονσταντινιανο περὶ πρέσβεων Ῥωμαίων πρὸς ἐθνικούς σιντ ινσερενδα.
22.2.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ὀγδόην καὶ μ# ὀλυμπιάδα πρὸς ταῖς ρ# παρουσία ἐγένετο πρεσβευτῶν Ῥωμαίων εἰς Κλείτορα καὶ σύνοδος τῶν Ἀχαιῶν. καὶ οἱ ῥηθέντες ὑπὸ ἀμφοτέρων λόγοι περὶ τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα πραγμάτων καὶ τὰ δόξαντα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς. ταῦτα κεφαλαιωδῶς.
22.3.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ Κομπασίῳ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπαναίρεσιν δυσαρεστήσαντές τινες τῶν ἐν τῇ Λακεδαίμονι τοῖς γεγονόσι καὶ νομίσαντες ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος ἅμα τὴν δύναμιν καὶ τὴν προστασίαν καταλελύσθαι τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων, ἐλθόντες εἰς Ῥώμην κατηγορίαν ἐποιήσαντο τῶν διῳκημένων καὶ τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος.
22.3.2καὶ τέλος ἐξεπορίσαντο γράμματα πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς παρὰ Μάρκου Λεπέδου τοῦ μετὰ ταῦτα γενηθέντος ἀρχιερέως, τότε δὲ τὴν ὕπατον ἀρχὴν εἰληφότος·
22.3.3ὃς ἔγραφε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, φάσκων οὐκ ὀρθῶς αὐτοὺς κεχειρικέναι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους. ὧν πρεσβευόντων,
22.3.4εὐθέως ὁ Φιλοποίμην πρεσβευτὰς καταστήσας τοὺς περὶ Νικόδημον τὸν Ἠλεῖον ἐξέπεμψεν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
22.3.5κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἧκε καὶ παρὰ Πτολεμαίου πρεσβευτὴς Δημήτριος Ἀθηναῖος, ἀνανεωσόμενος τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν συμμαχίαν τῷ βασιλεῖ πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
22.3.6ὧν προθύμως ἀναδεξαμένων τὴν ἀνανέωσιν, κατεστάθησαν πρεσβευταὶ πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον Λυκόρτας ὁ παρʼ ἡμῶν πατὴρ καὶ Θεοδωρίδας καὶ Ῥωσιτέλης Σικυώνιοι χάριν τοῦ δοῦναι τοὺς ὅρκους ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ λαβεῖν παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.
22.3.7ἐγενήθη δέ τι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον πάρεργον μὲν ἴσως, ἄξιον δὲ μνήμης. μετὰ γὰρ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὴν ἀνανέωσιν τῆς συμμαχίας, ὑπὲρ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ὑπεδέξατο τὸν πρεσβευτὴν ὁ Φιλοποίμην·
22.3.8γενομένης δὲ παρὰ τὴν συνουσίαν μνήμης τοῦ βασιλέως, ἐπιβαλὼν ὁ πρεσβευτὴς πολλούς τινας διετίθετο λόγους ἐγκωμιάζων τὸν Πτολεμαῖον καί τινας ἀποδείξεις προεφέρετο τῆς τε περὶ τὰς κυνηγίας εὐχερείας καὶ τόλμης, ἑξῆς τε τῆς περὶ τοὺς ἵππους καὶ τὰ ὅπλα δυνάμεως καὶ τῆς ἐν τούτοις ἀσκήσεως.
22.3.9τελευταίῳ δʼ ἐχρήσατο μαρτυρίῳ πρὸς πίστιν τῶν εἰρημένων· ἔφη γὰρ αὐτὸν κυνηγετοῦντα ταῦρον βαλεῖν ἀφʼ ἵππου μεσαγκύλῳ. —
22.4.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Βοιωτίαν μετὰ τὸ συντελεσθῆναι τὰς πρὸς Ἀντίοχον Ῥωμαίοις συνθήκας ἀποκοπεισῶν τῶν ἐλπίδων πᾶσι τοῖς καινοτομεῖν ἐπιβαλλομένοις, ἄλλην ἀρχὴν καὶ διάθεσιν ἐλάμβανον αἱ πολιτεῖαι.
22.4.2διὸ καὶ τῆς δικαιοδοσίας ἑλκομένης παρʼ αὐτοῖς σχεδὸν ἐξ εἴκοσι καὶ πέντʼ ἐτῶν, τότε λόγοι διεδίδοντο κατὰ τὰς πόλεις, φασκόντων τινῶν διότι δεῖ γίνεσθαι διέξοδον καὶ συντέλειαν τῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
22.4.3πολλῆς δὲ περὶ τούτων ἀμφισβητήσεως ὑπαρχούσης διὰ τὸ πλείους εἶναι τοὺς καχέκτας τῶν εὐπόρων, ἐγίνετό τι συνέργημα τοῖς τὰ βέλτισθʼ αἱρουμένοις ἐκ ταὐτομάτου τοιοῦτον.
22.4.4ὁ γὰρ Τίτος ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ πάλαι μὲν ἐσπούδαζε περὶ τοῦ καταπορευθῆναι τὸν Ζεύξιππον εἰς τὴν Βοιωτίαν, ἅτε κεχρημένος αὐτῷ συνεργῷ πρὸς πολλὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἀντιοχικοὺς καὶ Φιλιππικοὺς καιρούς.
22.4.5κατὰ δὲ τοὺς τότε χρόνους ἐξείργαστο γράψαι τὴν σύγκλητον τοῖς Βοιωτοῖς διότι δεῖ κατάγειν Ζεύξιππον καὶ τοὺς ἅμʼ αὐτῷ φυγόντας εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
Book 22, Part 6
22.12The next subject introduced for debate was that of king Ptolemy. The ambassadors who had been on the mission to Ptolemy were called forward, and Lycortas, acting as spokesman, began by stating how they had interchanged oaths of alliance with the king; and next announced that they brought a present from the king to the Achaean league of six thousand stands of arms for peltasts, and two thousand talents in bronze coinage. He added a panegyric on the king, and finished his speech by a brief reference to the goodwill and active benevolence of the king towards the Achaeans. Upon this the Strategus of the Achaeans, Aristaenus, stood up and asked Lycortas and his colleagues in the embassy to Ptolemy which alliance it was that he had thus renewed?
22.12No one answering the question, but all the assembly beginning to converse with each other, the Council chamber was filled with confusion. The cause of this absurd state of things was this. There had been several treaties of alliance formed between the Achaeans and Ptolemy’s kingdom, as widely different in their provision as in the circumstances which gave rise to them: but neither had Ptolemy’s envoy made any distinction when arranging for the renewal, merely speaking in general terms on the matter, nor had the ambassadors sent from Achaia; but they had interchanged the oaths on the assumption of there being but one treaty. The result was, that, on the Strategus quoting all the treaties, and pointing out in detail the differences between them, which turned out to be important, the assembly demanded to know which it was that it was renewing. And when no one was able to explain, not even Philopoemen himself, who had been in office when the renewal was made, nor Lycortas and his colleagues who had been on the mission to Alexandria, these men all began to be regarded as careless in conducting the business of the league; while Aristaenus acquired great reputation as being the only man who knew what he was talking about; and finally, the assembly refused to allow the ratification, voting on account of this blunder that the business should be postponed.
22.12Then the ambassadors from Seleucus entered with their proposal. The Achaeans, however, voted to renew the friendship with Seleucus, but to decline for the present the gift of the ships.
Book 22, Part 2
22.4.6ὧν προσπεσόντων, δείσαντες οἱ Βοιωτοὶ μὴ κατελθόντων τῶν προειρημένων ἀποσπασθῶσιν ἀπὸ τῆς Μακεδόνων εὐνοίας, βουλόμενοι κατακηρυχθῆναι τὰς κρίσεις τὰς κατὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ζεύξιππον, ἃς ἦσαν πρότερον αὐτοῖς ἐπιγεγραμμένοι,
22.4.7καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ τῶν δικῶν μίαν μὲν αὐτῶν κατεδίκασαν ἱεροσυλίας, διότι λεπίσαιεν τὴν τοῦ Διὸς τράπεζαν ἀργυρᾶν οὖσαν, μίαν δὲ θανάτου διὰ τὸν Βραχύλλου φόνον.
22.4.8ταῦτα δὲ διοικήσαντες οὐκέτι προσεῖχον τοῖς γραφομένοις, ἀλλʼ ἔπεμπον πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς περὶ Καλλίκριτον, φάσκοντες οὐ δύνασθαι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ᾠκονομημένα παρʼ αὑτοῖς ἄκυρα ποιεῖν.
22.4.9ἐν δὲ τοῖς καιροῖς τούτοις πρεσβεύσαντος αὐτοῦ τοῦ Ζευξίππου πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον, οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὴν τῶν Βοιωτῶν προαίρεσιν ἔγραψαν πρός τε τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς καὶ πρὸς Ἀχαιούς, κελεύοντες κατάγειν Ζεύξιππον εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
22.4.10οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ τοῦ μὲν διὰ στρατοπέδων ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἔφοδον ἀπέσχον, πρεσβευτὰς δὲ προεχειρίσαντο πέμπειν τοὺς παρακαλέσοντας τοὺς Βοιωτοὺς τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥωμαίων πειθαρχεῖν καὶ τὴν δικαιοδοσίαν, καθάπερ καὶ τὴν ἐν αὐτοῖς, οὕτω καὶ τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν.
22.4.11συνέβαινε γὰρ καὶ τὰ πρὸς τούτους συναλλάγματα παρέλκεσθαι πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον.
22.4.11ὧν διακούσαντες οἱ Βοιωτοί,
22.4.12στρατηγοῦντος Ἱππίου παρʼ αὐτοῖς, παραχρῆμα μὲν ὑπέσχοντο ποιήσειν τὰ παρακαλούμενα, μετʼ ὀλίγον δὲ πάντων ὠλιγώρησαν. διόπερ ὁ Φιλοποίμην,
22.4.13Ἱππίου μὲν ἀποτεθειμένου τὴν ἀρχήν, Ἀλκέτου δὲ παρειληφότος, ἀπέδωκε τοῖς αἰτουμένοις τὰ ῥύσια κατὰ τῶν Βοιωτῶν.
22.4.14ἐξ ὧν ἐγίνετο καταρχὴ διαφορᾶς τοῖς ἔθνεσιν οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητος. παραυτίκα γὰρ ἔλαχε
22.4.15τῶν Μυρρίχου θρεμμάτων καὶ τοῦ Σίμωνος· καὶ περὶ ταῦτα γενομένης συμπλοκῆς, οὐκέτι πολιτικῆς διαφορᾶς, ἀλλὰ πολεμικῆς ἔχθρας ἐγένετο καταρχὴ καὶ προοίμιον.
22.4.16εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡ σύγκλητος προσέθηκε τἀκόλουθον περὶ τῆς καθόδου τῶν περὶ τὸν Ζεύξιππον, ταχέως ἂν ἐξεκαύθη πόλεμος· νῦν δʼ ἐκείνη τε παρεσιώπησεν,
22.4.17οἵ τε Μεγαρεῖς ἐπέσχον τὰ ῥύσια, διαπρεσβευσαμένων τοῖς συναλλάγμασιν. —
22.5.1ὅτι ἐγένετο Λυκίοις διαφορὰ πρὸς Ῥοδίους διὰ τοιαύτας αἰτίας.
22.5.2καθʼ οὓς καιροὺς οἱ δέκα διῴκουν τὰ περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν, τότε παρεγενήθησαν πρέσβεις, παρὰ μὲν Ῥοδίων Θεαίδητος καὶ Φιλόφρων, ἀξιοῦντες αὑτοῖς δοθῆναι τὰ κατὰ Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίαν χάριν τῆς εὐνοίας καὶ προθυμίας, ἣν παρέσχηνται σφίσι κατὰ τὸν Ἀντιοχικὸν πόλεμον·
22.5.3παρὰ δὲ τῶν Ἰλιέων ἧκον Ἵππαρχος καὶ Σάτυρος, ἀξιοῦντες διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς οἰκειότητα συγγνώμην δοθῆναι Λυκίοις τῶν ἡμαρτημένων.
22.5.4ὧν οἱ δέκα διακούσαντες ἐπειράθησαν ἑκατέρων στοχάσασθαι κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν. διὰ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς Ἰλιεῖς οὐθὲν ἐβουλεύσαντο περὶ αὐτῶν ἀνήκεστον, τοῖς δὲ Ῥοδίοις χαριζόμενοι προσένειμαν ἐν δωρεᾷ τοὺς Λυκίους.
22.5.5ἐκ ταύτης τῆς διαλήψεως ἐγενήθη στάσις καὶ διαφορὰ τοῖς Λυκίοις πρὸς αὐτοὺς τοὺς Ῥοδίους οὐκ εὐκαταφρόνητος.
22.5.6οἱ μὲν γὰρ Ἰλιεῖς ἐπιπορευόμενοι τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν ἀπήγγελλον ὅτι παρῄτηνται τὴν ὀργὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ παραίτιοι γεγόνασιν αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐλευθερίας·
22.5.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Θεαίδητον ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἀγγελίαν ἐν τῇ πατρίδι, φάσκοντες Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίας τὰ μέχρι τοῦ Μαιάνδρου δεδόσθαι Ῥοδίοις ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἐν δωρεᾷ.
22.5.8λοιπὸν οἱ μὲν Λύκιοι πρεσβεύοντες ἧκον εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον ὑπὲρ συμμαχίας, οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι προχειρισάμενοί τινας τῶν πολιτῶν ἐξαπέστελλον τοὺς διατάξοντας ταῖς κατὰ Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίαν πόλεσιν ὡς ἕκαστα δεῖ γενέσθαι.
22.5.9μεγάλης δʼ οὔσης τῆς παραλλαγῆς περὶ τὰς ἑκατέρων ὑπολήψεις, ἕως μέν τινος οὐ πᾶσιν ἔκδηλος ἦν ἡ διαφορὰ τῶν προειρημένων·
22.5.10ὡς δʼ εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν οἱ Λύκιοι διελέγοντο περὶ συμμαχίας, καὶ μετὰ τούτους Ποθίων ὁ πρύτανις τῶν Ῥοδίων ἀναστὰς ἐφώτισε τὴν ἑκατέρων αἵρεσιν καὶ προσεπετίμησε τοῖς Λυκίοις πᾶν γὰρ ὑπομένειν ἔφασαν μᾶλλον ἢ ποιήσειν Ῥοδίοις τὸ προσταττόμενον.
22.6.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἧκον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην παρά τε τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους πρεσβευταὶ διασαφοῦντες τὸν ἐξιδιασμὸν τοῦ Φιλίππου τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεων,
22.6.2καὶ παρὰ Μαρωνειτῶν οἱ φυγάδες κατηγοροῦντες καὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀναφέροντες τῆς αὑτῶν ἐκπτώσεως ἐπὶ τὸν Φίλιππον,
Book 22, Part 7
22.13Having thus finished their deliberations, the assembly broke up and the people separated to their several cities. But subsequently, while the (Nemean) games were in course of celebration, Quintus Caecilius arrived from Macedonia, on his way back from the embassy which he had been conducting to Philip. Aristaenus having called a meeting of the league magistrates in Argos, Quintus attended and upbraided them for having exceeded justice in the harshness and severity with which they had treated the Lacedaemonians, and urged them strongly to repair the error. Aristaenus said not a word, showing clearly by his silence that he disapproved of what had been done and agreed with the words of Caecilius. But Diophanes of Megalopolis, who was more of a soldier than a statesman, stood up to speak, and so far from offering any defence of the Achaeans, suggested to Caecilius, from hostility to Philopoemen, another charge that might be brought against them. For he said that the Lacedaemonians were not the only people who had been badly treated; the Messenians had been so also. There were as a fact some controversies going on among the Messenians, in regard to the decree of Flamininus concerning the exiles, and the execution of it by Philopoemen: and Caecilius, thinking that he now had a party among the Achaeans themselves of the same opinion as himself, expressed still greater anger at the hesitation on the part of the assembled magistrates in obeying his orders. However, when Philopoemen, Lycortas, and Archon argued long and elaborately to prove that what had been done at Sparta was right, and advantageous to the Lacedaemonians themselves more than to any one else, and that it was impossible to disturb any existing arrangements without violating justice to man and piety to the gods, they came to the decision that they would maintain them, and give an answer to that effect to the Roman legate. Seeing what the disposition of the magistrates was, Caecilius demanded that the public assembly should be summoned, to which the Achaean magistrates demanded to see the instructions which he had from the Senate on these points: and when he gave no answer to this demand, they said that they would not summon the assembly for him, as their laws forbade them to do so unless a man brought written instructions from the Senate, stating the subject on which they were to summon it. Caecilius was so angry at this uncompromising opposition to his orders, that he refused to receive his answer from the magistrates, and so departed without any answer at all. The Achaeans laid the blame both of the former visit of Marcus Fulvius and the present one of Caecilius on Aristaenus and Diophanes, on the ground that they had invited them on account of their political opposition to Philopoemen; and accordingly the general public felt a certain suspicion of these two men. Such was the state of the—Peloponnese. . . .
22.14Philopoemen had a sharp difference in debate with Archon the Strategus. In course of time, however, Philopoemen was convinced by Archon’s arguments, and, changing his mind, spoke in warm commendation of Archon as having managed his business with skill and address. But when I heard the speech at the time it did not seem to me right to praise a man and yet do him an injury, nor do I think so now in my maturer years. For I think that there is as wide a distinction in point of morality between practical ability and success secured by absence of scruples, as there is between skill and mere cunning. The former are in a manner the highest attainments possible, the latter the reverse. But owing to the lack of discernment so general in our day, these qualities, which have little in common, excite the same amount of commendation and emulation in the world. . . .
22.15When Caecilius returned from Greece and made his report to the Senate concerning Macedonia and the Peloponnese, the ambassadors who had come to Rome on these matters were introduced into the Senate. First came those from Philip and Eumenes, as well as the exiles from Aenus and Maroneia; and on their saying much the same as they had said before Caecilius and his colleagues at Thessalonica, the Senate voted to send another deputation to Philip, to see first of all whether he had evacuated the cities in Perrhaebia in conformity with the answer he gave to Caecilius: and secondly, to order him to remove his garrison from Aenus and Maroneia; and in a word, to abandon all fortresses, positions, and towns on the sea-board of Thrace.
Book 22, Part 3
22.6.3ἅμα δὲ τούτοις Ἀθαμᾶνες, Περραιβοί, Θετταλοί, φάσκοντες κομίζεσθαι δεῖν αὑτοὺς τὰς πόλεις, ἃς παρείλετο Φίλιππος αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἀντιοχικὸν πόλεμον.
22.6.4ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρέσβεις πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς κατηγορήσαντας ἀπολογησόμενοι.
22.6.5γενομένων δὲ πλειόνων λόγων πᾶσι τοῖς προειρημένοις πρὸς τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρεσβευτάς, ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ παραυτίκα καταστῆσαι πρεσβείαν τὴν ἐπισκεψομένην τὰ κατὰ τὸν Φίλιππον καὶ παρέξουσαν ἀσφάλειαν τοῖς βουλομένοις κατὰ πρόσωπον λέγειν τὸ φαινόμενον καὶ κατηγορεῖν τοῦ βασιλέως.
22.6.6καὶ κατεστάθησαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Κόιντον Καικίλιον καὶ Μάρκον Βαίβιον καὶ Τεβέριον Κλαύδιον. —
22.6.6συνέβαινε τοὺς Αἰνίους πάλαι μὲν στασιάζειν,
22.6.7προσφάτως δʼ ἀπονεύειν τοὺς μὲν πρὸς Εὐμένη, τοὺς δὲ πρὸς Μακεδονίαν.
22.7.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον ὡς μέν, ἔτι Φιλοποίμενος στρατηγοῦντος, εἴς τε τὴν Ῥώμην ἐξαπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνος ὑπὲρ τῆς Λακεδαιμονίων πόλεως πρός τε τὸν βασιλέα Πτολεμαῖον τοὺς ἀνανεωσομένους τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ συμμαχίαν, ἐδηλώσαμεν, φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος.
22.7.2κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα χρόνον, Ἀρισταίνου στρατηγοῦντος, οἵ τε παρὰ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως πρέσβεις ἧκον, ἐν Μεγάλῃ πόλει τῆς συνόδου τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ὑπαρχούσης·
22.7.3ἐξαπεστάλκει δὲ καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὁ βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης πρεσβευτάς, ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι τάλαντα δώσειν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, ἐφʼ ᾧ, δανειζομένων τούτων, ἐκ τῶν τόκων μισθοδοτεῖσθαι τὴν βουλὴν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐπὶ ταῖς κοιναῖς συνόδοις.
22.7.4ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ Σελεύκου τοῦ βασιλέως πρεσβευταί, τήν τε φιλίαν ἀνανεωσόμενοι καὶ δεκαναΐαν μακρῶν πλοίων ἐπαγγελλόμενοι δώσειν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς.
22.7.5ἐχούσης δὲ τῆς συνόδου πραγματικῶς, πρῶτοι παρῆλθον οἱ περὶ Νικόδημον τὸν Ἠλεῖον καὶ τούς τε ῥηθέντας ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ λόγους ὑφʼ αὑτῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πόλεως διῆλθον τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς καὶ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἀνέγνωσαν,
22.7.6ἐξ ὧν ἦν λαμβάνειν ἐκδοχὴν ὅτι δυσαρεστοῦνται μὲν καὶ τῇ τῶν τειχῶν συντελέσει καὶ τῇ καταλύσει τῶν ἐν τῷ Κομπασίῳ διαφθαρέντων, οὐ μὴν ἄκυρόν τι ποιεῖν. οὐθενὸς δʼ οὔτʼ ἀντειπόντος οὔτε συνηγορήσαντος,
22.7.8μετὰ δὲ τούτους εἰσῆλθον οἱ παρʼ Εὐμένους πρέσβεις καὶ τήν τε συμμαχίαν τὴν πατρικὴν ἀνενεώσαντο καὶ τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν χρημάτων ἐπαγγελίαν διεσάφησαν τοῖς πολλοῖς.
22.7.9καὶ πλείω δὲ πρὸς ταύτας τὰς ὑποθέσεις διαλεχθέντες καὶ μεγάλην εὔνοιαν καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐμφήναντες πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος,
22.8.1κατέπαυσαν τὸν λόγον. μεθʼ οὓς Ἀπολλωνίδας ὁ Σικυώνιος ἀναστὰς κατὰ μὲν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν διδομένων χρημάτων ἀξίαν ἔφη τὴν δωρεὰν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, κατὰ δὲ τὴν προαίρεσιν τοῦ διδόντος καὶ τὴν χρείαν,
22.8.2εἰς ἣν δίδοται, πασῶν αἰσχίστην καὶ παρανομωτάτην.
22.8.3τῶν γὰρ νόμων κωλυόντων μηθένα μήτε τῶν ἰδιωτῶν μήτε τῶν ἀρχόντων παρὰ βασιλέως δῶρα λαμβάνειν κατὰ μηδʼ ὁποίαν πρόφασιν, πάντας ἅμα δωροδοκεῖσθαι προφανῶς, προσδεξαμένους τὰ χρήματα, πάντων εἶναι παρανομώτατον, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις αἴσχιστον ὁμολογουμένως.
22.8.4τὸ γὰρ ὀψωνιάζεσθαι τὴν βουλὴν ὑπʼ Εὐμένους καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος καὶ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν κοινῶν καταπεπωκότας οἱονεὶ δέλεαρ, πρόδηλον ἔχειν τὴν αἰσχύνην καὶ τὴν βλάβην.
22.8.5νῦν μὲν γὰρ Εὐμένη διδόναι χρήματα, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Προυσίαν δώσειν, καὶ πάλιν Σέλευκον.
22.8.6τῶν δὲ πραγμάτων ἐναντίαν φύσιν ἐχόντων τοῖς βασιλεῦσι καὶ ταῖς δημοκρατίαις, καὶ τῶν πλείστων καὶ μεγίστων διαβουλίων αἰεὶ γινομένων περὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς βασιλεῖς ἡμῖν διαφερόντων,
22.8.7φανερῶς ἀνάγκη δυεῖν θάτερον ἢ τὸ τῶν βασιλέων λυσιτελὲς ἐπίπροσθεν γίνεσθαι τοῦ κατʼ ἰδίαν συμφέροντος ἢ τούτου μὴ συμβαίνοντος ἀχαρίστους φαίνεσθαι πᾶσιν, ἀντιπράττοντας τοῖς αὑτῶν μισθοδόταις.
22.8.8διὸ μὴ μόνον ἀπείπασθαι παρεκάλει τοὺς Ἀχαιούς, ἀλλὰ καὶ μισεῖν τὸν Εὐμένη διὰ τὴν ἐπίνοιαν τῆς δόσεως.
22.8.9μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον ἀναστὰς Κάσσανδρος Αἰγινήτης ἀνέμνησε τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς τῆς Αἰγινητῶν ἀκληρίας, ᾗ περιέπεσον διὰ τὸ μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν συμπολιτεύεσθαι, ὅτε Πόπλιος Σολπίκιος ἐπιπλεύσας τῷ στόλῳ πάντας ἐξηνδραποδίσατο τοὺς ταλαιπώρους Αἰγινήτας·
22.8.10ὑπὲρ ὧν διεσαφήσαμεν, τίνα τρόπον Αἰτωλοί, κύριοι γενόμενοι τῆς πόλεως κατὰ τὰς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους συνθήκας, Ἀττάλῳ παραδοῖεν, τριάκοντα τάλαντα παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαβόντες.
22.8.11ταῦτʼ οὖν τιθεὶς τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἠξίου τὸν Εὐμένη μὴ διάφορα προτείνοντα θηρεύειν τὴν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εὔνοιαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν πόλιν ἀποδιδόντα τυγχάνειν πάντων τῶν φιλανθρώπων ἀναντιρρήτως.
Book 22, Part 8
22.15After these the ambassadors from the Peloponnese were introduced. For the Achaeans on their part had sent Apollonidas of Sicyon, and others, to justify themselves to Caecilius for his having received no answer, and generally to inform the Senate on the question of Sparta; and at the same time Areus and Alcibiades had come from Sparta as ambassadors,—two of the old exiles recently restored by Philopoemen and the Achaeans. And this was a circumstance that particularly roused the anger of the Achaeans; because they thought it the height of ingratitude on the part of the exiles, after receiving so important and recent a service at their hands, to be now sending a hostile embassy, and accusing to the sovereign people those who had been the authors of their unlooked—for preservation and restoration to their country.
22.16Both parties were heard in their defence in each other’s presence. Apollonidas of Sicyon and his colleagues tried to convince the Senate that the affairs of Sparta could not have been better managed than they were managed by Philopoemen. Areus and his colleagues attempted to establish the reverse: alleging, first of all, that the power of the city was entirely destroyed by the violent withdrawal of so large a number; and, in the second place, that even those that were left were so few that their position was insecure, now that the walls were pulled down; and that their freedom of speech was entirely destroyed by the fact that they were not only amenable to the general decrees of the Achaean league, but were also made specially subject to the magistrates set over them from time to time. After hearing these envoys also, the Senate decided to give, the same legates instructions regarding them as well as the others, and appointed Appius Claudius and his colleagues commissioners for Greece.
22.16But the ambassadors from the Achaeans offered an explanation also to Caecilius in the Senate, on behalf of the magistrates, asserting that They did not act wrongly or deserve blame for refusing to summon the assembly, unless it were requisite to decide on an alliance or a war, or unless some one brought a letter from the Senate. The magistrates had therefore impartially considered the subject of summoning the assembly, but were prevented from doing so by the laws, because he neither brought a despatch from the Senate nor would show them any written instructions. At the conclusion of this speech Caecilius rose and made an attack on Philopoemen and Lycortas, and the Achaeans generally, and on the policy they had pursued towards the city of Sparta. After listening to the arguments, the Senate answered the Achaeans by saying that they would send commissioners to investigate the matter of Sparta; and they accompanied this answer by an admonition to them to pay attention to the ambassadors sent by them from time to time, and show them proper respect, as the Romans did to ambassadors who came to them. . . .
Book 22, Part 4
22.8.12τοὺς δʼ Ἀχαιοὺς παρεκάλει μὴ δέχεσθαι τοιαύτας δωρεάς, διʼ ὧν φανήσονται καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐλπίδας ἀφαιρούμενοι τῆς Αἰγινητῶν σωτηρίας.
22.8.12τοιούτων δὲ γενομένων λόγων,
22.8.13ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον παρέστη τὸ πλῆθος ὥστε μὴ τολμῆσαι μηθένα συνειπεῖν τῷ βασιλεῖ, πάντας δὲ μετὰ κραυγῆς ἐκβαλεῖν τὴν προτεινομένην δωρεάν, καίτοι δοκούσης αὐτῆς ἔχειν τι δυσαντοφθάλμητον διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν προτεινομένων χρημάτων.
22.9.1ἐπὶ δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις εἰσήχθη τὸ περὶ Πτολεμαίου διαβούλιον·
22.9.2ἐν ᾧ προκληθέντων τῶν ἀποσταλέντων πρεσβευτῶν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον, προελθὼν Λυκόρτας μετὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἀπελογίσατο πρῶτον μὲν τίνα τρόπον καὶ δοῖεν καὶ λάβοιεν τοὺς ὅρκους ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας,
22.9.3εἶτα διότι κομίζοιεν δωρεὰν κοινῇ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἑξακισχίλια μὲν ὅπλα χαλκᾶ πελταστικά, διακόσια δὲ τάλαντα νομίσματος ἐπισήμου χαλκοῦ·
22.9.4πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐπῄνεσε τὸν βασιλέα καὶ βραχέα περὶ τῆς εὐνοίας αὐτοῦ καὶ προθυμίας τῆς εἰς τὸ ἔθνος εἰπὼν κατέστρεψε τὸν λόγον.
22.9.5ἐφʼ οἷς ἀναστὰς ὁ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν στρατηγὸς Ἀρίσταινος ἤρετο τόν τε παρὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου πρεσβευτὴν καὶ τοὺς ἐξαπεσταλμένους ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐπὶ τὴν ἀνανέωσιν, ποίαν ἧκε συμμαχίαν ἀνανεωσάμενος.
22.9.6οὐδενὸς δʼ ἀποκρινομένου, πάντων δὲ διαλαλούντων πρὸς ἀλλήλους, πλῆρες ἦν τὸ βουλευτήριον ἀπορίας.
22.9.7ἦν δὲ τὸ ποιοῦν τὴν ἀλογίαν τοιοῦτον. οὐσῶν καὶ πλειόνων συμμαχιῶν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς πρὸς τὴν Πτολεμαίου βασιλείαν, καὶ τούτων ἐχουσῶν μεγάλας διαφορὰς κατὰ τὰς τῶν καιρῶν περιστάσεις,
22.9.8οὔθʼ ὁ παρὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου πρεσβευτὴς οὐδεμίαν ἐποιήσατο διαστολήν, ὅτʼ ἀνενεοῦτο, καθολικῶς δὲ περὶ τοῦ πράγματος ἐλάλησεν, οὔθʼ οἱ πεμφθέντες πρέσβεις,
22.9.9ἀλλʼ ὡς μιᾶς ὑπαρχούσης αὐτοί τε τοὺς ὅρκους ἔδοσαν καὶ παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως ἔλαβον.
22.9.10ὅθεν προφερομένου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πάσας τὰς συμμαχίας καὶ κατὰ μέρος ἐν ἑκάστῃ διαστελλομένου, μεγάλης οὔσης διαφορᾶς, ἐζήτει τὸ πλῆθος εἰδέναι ποίαν ἀνανεοῖτο συμμαχίαν.
22.9.11οὐ δυναμένου δὲ λόγον ὑποσχεῖν οὔτε τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος, ὃς ἐποιήσατο στρατηγῶν τὴν ἀνανέωσιν, οὔτε τῶν περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν τῶν πρεσβευσάντων εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν,
22.9.12οὗτοι μὲν ἐσχεδιακότες ἐφαίνοντο τοῖς κοινοῖς πράγμασιν, ὁ δʼ Ἀρίσταινος μεγάλην ἐφείλκετο φαντασίαν ὡς μόνος εἰδὼς τί λέγει, καὶ τέλος οὐκ εἴασε κυρωθῆναι τὸ διαβούλιον, ἀλλʼ εἰς ὑπέρθεσιν ἤγαγε διὰ τὴν προειρημένην ἀλογίαν.
22.9.13τῶν δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Σελεύκου πρέσβεων εἰσελθόντων, ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς τὴν μὲν φιλίαν ἀνανεώσασθαι πρὸς τὸν Σέλευκον, τὴν δὲ τῶν πλοίων δωρεὰν κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἀπείπασθαι.
22.9.14καὶ τότε μὲν περὶ τούτων βουλευσάμενοι διέλυσαν εἰς τὰς ἰδίας ἕκαστοι πόλεις.
22.10.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, τῆς πανηγύρεως ἀκμαζούσης, ἦλθε Κόιντος Καικίλιος ἐκ Μακεδονίας, ἀνακάμπτων ἀπὸ τῆς πρεσβείας ἧς ἐπρέσβευσε πρὸς Φίλιππον.
22.10.2καὶ συναγαγόντος Ἀρισταίνου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἀργείων πόλιν, εἰσελθὼν ὁ Κόιντος ἐμέμφετο, φάσκων αὐτοὺς βαρύτερον καὶ πικρότερον τοῦ δέοντος κεχρῆσθαι τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις, καὶ παρεκάλει διὰ πλειόνων διορθώσασθαι τὴν προγεγενημένην ἄγνοιαν.
22.10.3ὁ μὲν οὖν Ἀρίσταινος εἶχε τὴν ἡσυχίαν, δῆλος ὢν ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοῦ σιωπᾶν ὅτι δυσαρεστεῖται τοῖς ᾠκονομημένοις καὶ συνευδοκεῖ τοῖς ὑπὸ Καικιλίου λεγομένοις·
22.10.4ὁ δὲ Διοφάνης ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης, ἄνθρωπος στρατιωτικώτερος ἢ πολιτικώτερος, ἀναστὰς οὐχ οἷον ἀπελογήθη τι περὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσυπέδειξε τῷ Καικιλίῳ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Φιλοποίμενα παρατριβὴν ἕτερον ἔγκλημα κατὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
22.10.5ἔφη γὰρ οὐ μόνον τὰ κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα κεχειρίσθαι κακῶς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ κατὰ Μεσσήνην·
22.10.6ἦσαν δὲ περὶ τῶν φυγαδικῶν τοῖς Μεσσηνίοις ἀντιρρήσεις τινὲς πρὸς ἀλλήλους περὶ τὸ τοῦ Τίτου διάγραμμα καὶ τὴν τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος διόρθωσιν.
22.10.7ὅθεν ὁ Καικίλιος, δοκῶν ἔχειν καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν αὐτῶν τινας ὁμογνώμονας, μᾶλλον ἠγανάκτει τῷ μὴ κατακολουθεῖν ἑτοίμως τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ παρακαλουμένοις τοὺς συνεληλυθότας.
22.10.8τοῦ δὲ Φιλοποίμενος καὶ Λυκόρτα, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἄρχωνος, πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους διαθεμένων λόγους ὑπὲρ τοῦ καλῶς μὲν διῳκῆσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Σπάρτην καὶ συμφερόντως αὐτοῖς μάλιστα τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις, ἀδύνατον δʼ εἶναι τὸ κινῆσαί τι τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἄνευ τοῦ παραβῆναι καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους δίκαια καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ὅσια,
Book 22, Part 9
22.17When Philip learnt, by a message from his own ambassadors at Rome, that he would he obliged to evacuate the cities in Thrace, he was extremely annoyed, because he regarded his kingdom as being now curtailed on every side; and he vented his wrath upon the unhappy people of Maroneia. He sent for Onomastus, his governor in Thrace, and communicated with him on the subject. And Onomastus on his return sent Cassander to Maroneia, who, from long residence there, was familiar with the inhabitants,—for Philip’s practice had long been to place members of his court in these cities, and accustom the people to their residence among them. Some few days after his arrival, the Thracians having been prepared for what they had to do, and having obtained entrance to the city by night through the instrumentality of Cassander, a great massacre took place, and many of the Maronites were killed. Having wreaked this vengeance on those who opposed him, and satisfied his own anger, Philip waited for the arrival of the Roman legates, persuaded that no one would venture for fear of him to denounce his crime. Nut when Appius and his colleagues presently arrived, they were promptly informed of what had happened at Maroneia, and expostulated in severe terms with Philip for it. The king attempted to defend himself by asserting that he had nothing to do with this act of violence; but that the Maronites, being divided into two hostile parties, one inclined to Eumenes and the other to himself, inflicted this misfortune upon themselves. He moreover bade them confront him with any one who wished to accuse him. He said this from a conviction that no one would venture to do so; because they would consider that Philip’s vengeance upon those who opposed him would be near at hand, while assistance from Rome would have a long way to come. But when Appius and his colleagues said that they required to hear no defence, for they were well aware of what had happened, and who was the cause of it, Philip became much confused.
22.18They went no further than this in the first interview: but during the next day Appius ordered Philip to send Onomastus and Cassander at once to Rome, that the Senate might inform itself on what had happened. The king was disturbed at this to the greatest possible degree, and for some time did not know what to say; but at last he said that he would send Cassander, who was the actual author of the business, that the Senate might learn the truth from him; but he tried to get Onomastus excused, both in this and subsequent interviews with the legates, alleging as a reason that not only had Onomastus not been in Maroneia at the time of the massacre, but not even in any part of the country in its neighbourhood. His real motive, however, was fear lest, if he got to Rome, having been engaged with him in many similar transactions, he would not only tell the Romans the story of Maroneia, but all the others also. Eventually he did get Onomastus excused; and having, after the departure of the legates, sent off Cassander, he sent some agents with him as far as Epirus, and there had him poisoned. But Appius and his colleagues left Philip with their minds fully made up both as to his guilt in the matter of Maroneia and his alienation from Rome.
22.18The king, thus relieved of the presence of the legates, after consulting with his friends Apelles and Philocles became clearly conscious that his quarrel with Rome had now become serious, and that it could no longer be concealed, but was become notorious to most people in the world. He was therefore now wholly bent on measures of self-defence and retaliation. But as he was as yet unprepared for some of the plans which he had in his mind, he cast about to find some means of putting matters off, and gaining time for making his preparations for war. He accordingly resolved to send his youngest son Demetrius to Rome: partly to make his defence on the charges brought against him, and partly also to beg pardon for any error which he might have committed. He felt certain that everything he wished would be obtained from the Senate by means of this young prince, because of the extraordinary attentions which had been shown him when he was acting as a hostage. He no sooner conceived this idea than he set about making preparations for sending the prince and those of his own friends destined to accompany him on his mission. At the same time he promised the Byzantines to give them help: not so much because he cared for them, as from a wish under cover of their name to strike terror into the princes of the Thracians living beyond the Propontis, as a step towards the fulfilment of his main purpose. . .
Book 22, Part 5
22.10.9μένειν ἔδοξε τοῖς παροῦσιν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων καὶ ταύτην δοῦναι τῷ πρεσβευτῇ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν.
22.10.10ὁ δὲ Καικίλιος ὁρῶν τὴν τούτων προαίρεσιν, ἠξίου τοὺς πολλοὺς αὑτῷ συναγαγεῖν εἰς ἐκκλησίαν.
22.10.11οἱ δὲ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἄρχοντες ἐκέλευον αὐτὸν δεῖξαι τὰς ἐντολάς, ἃς εἶχε παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου περὶ τούτων. τοῦ δὲ παρασιωπῶντος, οὐκ ἔφασαν αὐτῷ συνάξειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν·
22.10.12τοὺς γὰρ νόμους οὐκ ἐᾶν, ἐὰν μὴ φέρῃ τις ἔγγραπτα παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου, περὶ ὧν οἴεται δεῖν συνάγειν.
22.10.13ὁ δὲ Καικίλιος ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὠργίσθη διὰ τὸ μηθὲν αὐτῷ συγχωρεῖσθαι τῶν ἀξιουμένων, ὥστʼ οὐδὲ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἠβουλήθη δέξασθαι παρὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων, ἀλλʼ ἀναπόκριτος ἀπῆλθεν.
22.10.14οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀνέφερον καὶ τῆς πρότερον παρουσίας ἅμα τῆς Μάρκου τοῦ Φολουίου καὶ τῆς τότε τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀρίσταινον καὶ τὸν Διοφάνην, ὡς τούτους ἀντισπασαμένους διὰ τὴν ἀντιπολιτείαν τὴν πρὸς τὸν Φιλοποίμενα·
22.10.15καί τις ἦν ὑποψία τῶν πολλῶν πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους ἄνδρας. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
22.11.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον ἀνακεχωρηκότων ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ διασεσαφηκότων τῇ συγκλήτῳ περί τε τῶν κατὰ Μακεδονίαν καὶ τῶν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον, εἰσῆγον εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον τοὺς περὶ τούτων παραγεγονότας πρεσβευτάς.
22.11.2εἰσελθόντων δὲ πρῶτον τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου καὶ παρʼ Εὐμένους, ἔτι δὲ τῶν ἐξ Αἴνου καὶ Μαρωνείας φυγάδων, καὶ ποιησαμένων τοὺς λόγους ἀκολούθως τοῖς ἐν Θετταλονίκῃ ῥηθεῖσιν ἐπὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον,
22.11.3ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ πέμπειν πάλιν ἄλλους πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς τὸν Φίλιππον τοὺς ἐπισκεψομένους πρῶτον μὲν εἰ παρακεχώρηκε τῶν ἐν Θετταλίᾳ καὶ Περραιβίᾳ πόλεων κατὰ τὴν τῶν περὶ τὸν Καικίλιον ἀπόκρισιν,
22.11.4εἶτα τοὺς ἐπιτάξοντας αὐτῷ τὰς φρουρὰς ἐξάγειν ἐξ Αἴνου καὶ Μαρωνείας, καὶ συλλήβδην ἀποβαίνειν ἀπὸ τῶν παραθαλαττίων τῆς Θρᾴκης ἐρυμάτων καὶ τόπων καὶ πόλεων.
22.11.5μετὰ δὲ τούτους εἰσῆγον τοὺς ἀπὸ Πελοποννήσου παραγεγονότας.
22.11.6οἵ τε γὰρ Ἀχαιοὶ πρεσβευτὰς ἀπεστάλκεισαν τοὺς περὶ Ἀπολλωνίδαν τὸν Σικυώνιον δικαιολογησομένους πρὸς τὸν Καικίλιον ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ λαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἀπόκρισιν καὶ καθόλου διδάξοντας ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα πραγμάτων,
22.11.7ἔκ τε τῆς Σπάρτης Ἀρεὺς καὶ Ἀλκιβιάδης ἐπρέσβευσαν· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλοποίμενος καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν νεωστὶ κατηγμένων εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
22.11.8ὃ καὶ μάλιστα τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς ὀργὴν ἦγε τῷ δοκεῖν, μεγάλης οὔσης καὶ προσφάτου τῆς εἰς τοὺς φυγάδας εὐεργεσίας, ἐξ αὐτῆς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἀχαριστεῖσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὥστε καὶ καταπρεσβεύειν καὶ κατηγορίαν ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς τοὺς κρατοῦντας τῶν ἀνελπίστως αὐτοὺς σωσάντων καὶ καταγαγόντων εἰς τὴν πατρίδα.
22.12.1ποιησαμένων δὲ καὶ τούτων πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐκ συγκαταθέσεως τὴν δικαιολογίαν, καὶ διδασκόντων τὴν σύγκλητον τῶν μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀπολλωνίδαν τὸν Σικυώνιον ὡς ἀδύνατον εἴη τὸ παράπαν ἄμεινον χειρισθῆναι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Σπάρτην ἢ νῦν κεχείρισται διὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ διὰ Φιλοποίμενος,
22.12.2τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀρέα τἀναντία πειρωμένων λέγειν καὶ φασκόντων πρῶτον μὲν καταλελύσθαι τὴν τῆς πόλεως δύναμιν ἐξηγμένου τοῦ πλήθους μετὰ βίας, εἶτʼ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπισφαλῆ καὶ ἀπαρρησίαστον καταλείπεσθαι τὴν πολιτείαν,
22.12.3ἐπισφαλῆ μὲν ὀλίγοις οὖσιν καὶ τούτοις τῶν τειχῶν περιῃρημένων, ἀπαρρησίαστον δὲ διὰ τὸ μὴ μόνον τοῖς κοινοῖς δόγμασιν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πειθαρχεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ὑπηρετεῖν τοῖς ἀεὶ καθισταμένοις ἄρχουσιν,
22.12.4διακούσασα καὶ τούτων ἡ σύγκλητος ἔκρινε τοῖς αὐτοῖς πρεσβευταῖς δοῦναι καὶ περὶ τούτων ἐντολάς, καὶ κατέστησεν πρεσβευτὰς ἐπὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τοὺς περὶ Ἄππιον Κλαύδιον.
22.12.5Ἀπελογήθησαν δὲ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Καικίλιον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀρχόντων οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ, φάσκοντες οὐθὲν ἀδικεῖν αὐτοὺς οὐδʼ ἀξίους ἐγκλήματος ὑπάρχειν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ συνάγειν τὴν ἐκκλησίαν·
22.12.6νόμον γὰρ εἶναι παρὰ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς μὴ συγκαλεῖν τοὺς πολλούς, ἐὰν μὴ περὶ συμμαχίας ἢ πολέμου δέῃ γίνεσθαι διαβούλιον ἢ παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τις ἐνέγκῃ γράμματα.
22.12.7διὸ καὶ δικαίως τότε βουλεύσασθαι μὲν τοὺς ἄρχοντας συγκαλεῖν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς ἐκκλησίαν, κωλύεσθαι δʼ ὑπὸ τῶν νόμων διὰ τὸ μήτε γράμματα φέρειν αὐτὸν παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου μήτε τὰς ἐντολὰς ἐγγράπτους ἐθέλειν δοῦναι τοῖς ἄρχουσιν.
22.12.8ὧν ῥηθέντων ἀναστὰς Καικίλιος τῶν τε περὶ τὸν Φιλοποίμενα καὶ Λυκόρταν κατηγόρησεν καὶ καθόλου τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ τῆς οἰκονομίας, ᾗ περὶ τῆς τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων ἐκέχρηντο πόλεως.
22.12.9ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν λεγομένων ἔδωκε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἀπόκρισιν ὅτι περὶ μὲν τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα πέμψει τοὺς ἐπισκεψομένους·
22.12.10τοῖς δὲ πρεσβευταῖς τοῖς αἰεὶ παρʼ ἑαυτῶν ἐκπεμπομένοις παρῄνει προσέχειν τὸν νοῦν καὶ καταδοχὴν ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν, καθάπερ καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι ποιοῦνται τῶν παραγινομένων πρὸς αὐτοὺς πρεσβευτῶν.
Book 22, Part 10
22.19In Crete, while Cydas son of Antalces was Cosmus, the Gortynians, who sought in every way to depress the Gnossians, deprived them of a portion of their territory called Lycastium, and assigned it to the Rhaucii, and another portion called Diatonium to the Lyctii. But when about this time Appius and his colleagues arrived in the island from Rome, with the view of settling the controversies which existed among them, and addressed remonstrances to the cities of Gnossus and Gortyn on these points, the Cretans gave in, and submitted the settlement of their disputes to Appius. He accordingly ordered the restoration of their territory to the Gnossians; and that the Cydoniates should receive back the hostages which they had formerly left in the hands of Charmion, and should surrender Phalasarna, without taking anything out of it. As to sharing in the legal jurisdiction of the whole island, he left it free to the several cities to do so or not as they pleased, on condition that in the latter case they abstained from entering the rest of Crete, they and the exiles from Phalasarna who murdered Menochius and his friends, their most illustrious citizens. . . .
22.20Apollonias, the wife of Attalus, father of king Eumenes, was a native of Cyzicus, and a woman who for many reasons deserves to be remembered, and with honour. Her claims upon a favourable recollection are that, though born of a private family, she became a queen, and retained that exalted rank to the end of her life, not by the use of meretricious fascinations, but by the virtue and integrity of her conduct in private and public life alike. Above all, she was the mother of four sons with whom she kept on terms of the most perfect affection and motherly love to the last day of her life. And so Attalus and his brother gained a high character, while staying at Cyzicus, by showing their mother proper respect and honour. For they took each of them one of her hands and led her between them on a visit to the temples and on a tour of the town, accompanied by their suite. At this sight all who saw it received the young princes with very warm marks of approval, and, recalling the story of Cleobis and Biton, compared their conduct with theirs; and remarked that the affectionate zeal shown by the young princes, though perhaps not going so far as theirs, was rendered quite as illustrious by the fact of their more exalted position. This took place in Cyzicus, after the peace made with king Prusias. . . .
22.21Ostiagon the Gaul, king of the Gauls of Asia, endeavoured to transfer to himself the sovereignty of all the Gauls; and he had many qualifications for such a post, both natural and acquired. For he was open-handed and generous, a man of popular manners and ready tact; and, what was most important in the eyes of the Gauls, he was a man of courage and skill in war. . . .
Book 22, Part 6
22.13.1ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ βασιλεύς, διαπεμψαμένων πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης τῶν ἰδίων πρεσβευτῶν καὶ δηλούντων ὅτι δεήσει κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἀποβαίνειν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεων,
22.13.2πυθόμενος ταῦτα καὶ βαρέως φέρων ἐπὶ τῷ δοκεῖν πανταχόθεν αὐτοῦ περιτέμνεσθαι τὴν ἀρχήν, ἐναπηρείσατο τὴν ὀργὴν εἰς τοὺς ταλαιπώρους Μαρωνείτας.
22.13.3μεταπεμψάμενος γὰρ Ὀνόμαστον τὸν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης τεταγμένον ἐκοινολογήθη τούτῳ περὶ τῆς πράξεως.
22.13.4ὁ δʼ Ὀνόμαστος ἀναχωρήσας ἐξαπέστειλε Κάσσανδρον εἰς Μαρώνειαν, συνήθη τοῖς πολλοῖς ὑπάρχοντα διὰ τὸ ποιεῖσθαι τὸν πλείονα χρόνον ἐκεῖ τὴν διατριβήν,
22.13.5ἅτε τοῦ Φιλίππου πάλαι τοὺς αὐλικοὺς ἐγκαθεικότος εἰς τὰς πόλεις ταύτας καὶ συνήθεις πεποιηκότος τοὺς ἐγχωρίους ταῖς τούτων παρεπιδημίαις.
22.13.6μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας ἑτοιμασθέντων τῶν Θρᾳκῶν, καὶ τούτων ἐπεισελθόντων διὰ τοῦ Κασσάνδρου νυκτός, ἐγένετο μεγάλη σφαγὴ καὶ πολλοὶ τῶν Μαρωνειτῶν ἀπέθανον.
22.13.7κολασάμενος δὲ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ τοὺς ἀντιπράττοντας ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ πληρώσας τὸν ἴδιον θυμόν, ἐκαραδόκει τὴν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν παρουσίαν [πεπεισμένος μηδένα τολμήσειν κατηγορήσειν αὐτοῦ διὰ τὸν φόβον].
22.13.8μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον παραγενομένων τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον καὶ ταχέως πυθομένων τὰ γεγονότα κατὰ τὴν Μαρώνειαν καὶ πικρῶς τῷ Φιλίππῳ μεμψιμοιρούντων ἐπὶ τούτοις, ἐβούλετο μὲν ἀπολογεῖσθαι,
22.13.9φάσκων μὴ κεκοινωνηκέναι τῆς παρανομίας, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς ἐν αὑτοῖς στασιάζοντας Μαρωνείτας, [καὶ] τοὺς μὲν ἀποκλίνοντας πρὸς Εὐμένη κατὰ τὴν εὔνοιαν, τοὺς δὲ πρὸς ἑαυτόν, εἰς ταύτην ἐμπεπτωκέναι τὴν ἀτυχίαν.
22.13.10καλεῖν δʼ ἐκέλευε κατὰ πρόσωπον, εἴ τις αὐτοῦ κατηγορεῖ.
22.13.11τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίει πεπεισμένος μηδένα τολμήσειν διὰ τὸν φόβον, τῷ δοκεῖν τὴν μὲν ἐκ Φιλίππου τιμωρίαν ἐκ χειρὸς ἔσεσθαι τοῖς ἀντιπράξασιν, τὴν δὲ Ῥωμαίων ἐπικουρίαν μακρὰν ἀφεστάναι.
22.13.12τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον οὐ φασκόντων προσδεῖσθαι δικαιολογίας, σαφῶς γὰρ εἰδέναι τὰ γεγονότα καὶ τὸν αἴτιον τούτων, εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέπιπτεν ὁ Φίλιππος.
22.13.13καὶ τὴν μὲν πρώτην ἔντευξιν ἄχρι τού
22.14.1του προβάντες ἔλυσαν· κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἡμέραν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον πέμπειν ἐπέταττον τῷ Φιλίππῳ τὸν Ὀνόμαστον καὶ τὸν Κάσσανδρον ἐξ αὐτῆς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην [ἵνα πύθηται περὶ τῶν γεγονότων].
22.14.2ὁ δὲ βασιλεύς, διατραπεὶς ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα καὶ ἀπορήσας ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον, τὸν μὲν Κάσσανδρον ἔφη πέμψειν, τὸν αὐθέντην γεγονότα τῆς πράξεως, ὡς ἐκεῖνοί φασιν, ἵνα πύθηται παρὰ τούτου τὰς ἀληθείας ἡ σύγκλητος.
22.14.3τὸν δʼ Ὀνόμαστον ἐξῃρεῖτο καὶ παρʼ αὐτὰ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς ἐντυγχάνων, ἀφορμῇ μὲν χρώμενος τῷ μὴ οἷον ἐν τῇ Μαρωνείᾳ παραγεγονέναι τὸν Ὀνόμαστον κατὰ τὸν τῆς σφαγῆς καιρόν, ἀλλὰ μηδʼ ἐπὶ τῶν σύνεγγυς τόπων γεγονέναι,
22.14.4τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ δεδιὼς μὴ παραγενηθεὶς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ πολλῶν ἔργων αὐτῷ κεκοινωνηκὼς τοιούτων, οὐ μόνον τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Μαρωνείτας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τἄλλα πάντα διασαφήσῃ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις.
22.14.5καὶ τέλος τὸν μὲν Ὀνόμαστον ἐξείλετο, τὸν δὲ Κάσσανδρον μετὰ τὸ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἀπελθεῖν ἀποστείλας καὶ παραπέμψας ἕως Ἠπείρου φαρμάκῳ διέφθειρεν.
22.14.6οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον, κατεγνωκότες τοῦ Φιλίππου καὶ περὶ τῆς εἰς τοὺς Μαρωνείτας παρανομίας καὶ περὶ τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀλλοτριότητος, τοιαύτας ἔχοντες διαλήψεις ἐχωρίσθησαν.
22.14.7ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς γενόμενος καθʼ ἑαυτὸν καὶ συμμεταδοὺς τῶν φίλων Ἀπελλῇ καὶ Φιλοκλεῖ περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων, ἔγνω σαφῶς ἐπὶ πολὺ προβεβηκυῖαν αὑτοῦ τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους διαφοράν, καὶ ταύτην οὐκέτι λαν
22.14.7θάνουσαν, ἀλλὰ καταφανῆ τοῖς πλείστοις οὖσαν.
22.14.8καθόλου μὲν οὖν πρόθυμος ἦν εἰς τὸ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἀμύνασθαι καὶ μετελθεῖν αὐτούς· πρὸς ἔνια δὲ τῶν ἐπινοουμένων ἀπόχειρος ὢν ἐπεβάλετο πῶς ἂν ἔτι γένοιτό τις ἀναστροφὴ καὶ λάβοι χρόνον πρὸς τὰς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον παρασκευάς.
22.14.9ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτῷ τὸν νεώτατον υἱὸν Δημήτριον πέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, τὰ μὲν ἀπολογησόμενον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐγκαλουμένων, τὰ δὲ καὶ παραιτησόμενον, εἰ καί τις ἄγνοιά ποτʼ ἐγεγόνει περὶ αὐτόν.
22.14.10πάνυ γὰρ ἐπέπειστο διὰ τούτου πᾶν τὸ προτεθὲν ἀνύεσθαι παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου διὰ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τὴν γεγενημένην τοῦ νεανίσκου κατὰ τὴν ὁμηρείαν.
22.14.11ταῦτα δὲ διανοηθεὶς ἅμα μὲν ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν ἐκπομπὴν τούτου καὶ τῶν ἅμα τούτῳ συνεξαποσταλησομένων φίλων,
Book 22, Part 11
22.22Aristonicus was one of the eunuchs of Ptolemy, king of Egypt, and had been brought up from childhood with the king. As he grew up he displayed more manly courage and tastes than are generally found in an eunuch. For he had a natural predilection for a military life, and devoted himself almost exclusively to that and all that it involved. He was also skilful in dealing with men, and, what is very rare, took large and liberal views, and was naturally inclined to bestow favours and kindnesses. . . .
Book 22, Part 7
22.14.12ἅμα δὲ τοῖς Βυζαντίοις ὑπέσχετο βοηθήσειν, οὐχ οὕτως ἐκείνων στοχαζόμενος ὡς ἐπὶ τῇ ʼκείνων προφάσει βουλόμενος καταπλήξασθαι τοὺς τῶν Θρᾳκῶν δυνάστας τῶν ὑπὲρ τὴν Προποντίδα κατοικούντων χάριν τῆς προκειμένης ἐπιβολῆς.
22.15.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Κρήτην, κοσμοῦντος ἐν Γορτύνῃ Κύδα τοῦ Ἀντάλκους, κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐλαττούμενοι Γορτύνιοι τοὺς Κνωσίους, ἀποτεμόμενοι τῆς χώρας αὐτῶν τὸ μὲν καλούμενον Λυκάστιον προσένειμαν Ῥαυκίοις, τὸ δὲ Διατόνιον Λυττίοις.
22.15.2κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον παραγενομένων πρεσβευτῶν ἐκ τῆς
22.15.2Ῥώμης εἰς τὴν Κρήτην τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον χάριν τοῦ διαλῦσαι τὰς ἐνεστώσας αὐτοῖς πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφοράς, καὶ ποιησαμένων λόγους ὑπὲρ τούτων ἐν τῇ Κνωσίων καὶ Γορτυνίων, πεισθέντες οἱ Κρηταιεῖς ἐπέτρεψαν τὰ καθʼ αὑτοὺς τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἄππιον.
22.15.3οἱ δὲ [πεισθέντες] Κνωσίοις μὲν ἀποκατέστησαν τὴν χώραν, Κυδωνιάταις δὲ προσέταξαν τοὺς μὲν ὁμήρους ἀπολαβεῖν, οὓς ἐγκατέλειπον δόντες τοῖς περὶ Χαρμίωνα πρότερον, τὴν δὲ Φαλάσαρναν ἀφεῖναι μηδὲν ἐξ αὐτῆς νοσφισαμένους.
22.15.4περὶ δὲ τῶν κατὰ κοινοδίκιον συνεχώρησαν αὐτοῖς βουλομένοις μὲν [αὐτοῖς] ἐξεῖναι μετέχειν,
22.15.5μὴ βουλομένοις δὲ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐξεῖναι,
22.15.6πάσης ἀπεχομένοις τῆς ἄλλης Κρήτης αὐτοῖς τε καὶ τοῖς ἐκ Φαλασάρνης φυγάσιν. ἀπέκτειναν τοὺς περὶ Μενοίτιον, ἐπιφανεστάτους ὄντας τῶν πολιτῶν.
22.16.1βασιλέα καὶ θ?ε?ω?ν? α?ι?μ?α? τοῦτον λέγοντες καταχρώμενοι τ?ε?υ?ξ?ε?σ?θ?α?ι? τινος ἐλέους καὶ συγγνώμης ἐπὶ τῳ [...] σασθαι τ?ο?ν? β?α?σ?ι?λεα [...] ων γε μὴν καὶ βασιλικώτερος. [...] ονων ων ἀθετηθῆναι γὰρ υ?φ? ε?τ?ε?ρων κ?ρ?ε?ι?τ?τ?ον ἦν ἢ πρότερον αὐτὸν ἀθετεῖν τὰς πίστεις καὶ μὴν ἀδικεῖσθαι μᾶλλον η [...] και 〈ανου〉ς φασιν συμπάσχειν τοις αδικοις π [...] ἔγγιστα τῆς θείας φυσεως εἶναι [...] , [...] νους τυγχάνειν τιμῶν η υ?π? [...] θεὸς γὰρ οὐδεὶς πρότερος κακῶς ποιεῖ τοὺς ανους [...] τα? του προς [...] ς θαυμάζουσι μὲν πάντες Φίλιππον διὰ τὴν ορ
22.16.2[...] ς μεγαλοψυχίαν ὅτι κακῶς οὐ μόνον ἀκούων, ἀλλὰ καὶ πάσχων ὑπʼ Ἀθηναίων, νικήσας αὐτοὺς τὴν περὶ Χαιρώνειαν μάχην τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ χρήσασθαι τῷ καιρῷ πρὸς τὴν κατὰ τῶν ἐχθρῶν βλάβην ὥστε τοὺς μὲν τεθνεῶτας τῶν Ἀθηναίων κηδεύσας ἔθαψε, τοὺς δʼ αἰχμαλώτους χωρὶς λύτρων προσαμφιέσας ἐξαπέστειλε τοῖς ἀναγκαίοις·
22.16.3μιμοῦνται δʼ ἥκιστα τὴν τοιαύτην προαίρεσιν, ἁμιλλῶνται δὲ τοῖς θυμοῖς καὶ ταῖς τιμωρίαις πρὸς τούτους, οἷς πολεμοῦσι τούτων αὐτῶν ἕνεκα.
22.16.4πλὴν ὅγε Πτολεμαῖος δήσας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους γυμνοὺς ταῖς ἁμάξαις εἷλκε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τιμωρησάμενος ἀπέκτεινεν. —
22.17.1ὅτι Πτολεμαῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς Αἰγύπτου ὅτε τὴν Λύκων πόλιν ἐπολιόρκησε, καταπλαγέντες τὸ γεγονὸς οἱ δυνάσται τῶν Αἰγυπτίων ἔδωκαν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως πίστιν.
22.17.2οἷς κακῶς ἐχρή- σατο καὶ εἰς κινδύνους πολλοὺς ἐνέπεσεν.
22.17.3παραπλήσιον δέ τι συνέβη καὶ κατὰ τοὺς καιρούς, ἡνίκα Πολυκράτης τοὺς ἀποστάτας ἐχειρώσατο.
22.17.4οἱ γὰρ περὶ τὸν Ἀθίνιν καὶ Παυσίραν καὶ Χέσουφον καὶ τὸν Ἰρόβαστον, οἵπερ ἦσαν ἔτι διασῳζόμενοι τῶν δυναστῶν, εἴξαντες τοῖς πράγμασι παρῆσαν εἰς τὴν Σάιν, σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως ἐγχειρίζοντες πίστιν·
22.17.5ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος ἀθετήσας τὰς πίστεις καὶ δήσας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους γυμνοὺς ταῖς ἁμάξαις εἷλκε καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τιμωρησάμενος ἀπέκτεινεν.
22.17.6καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ναύκρατιν μετὰ τῆς στρατιᾶς, καὶ παραστήσαντος αὐτῷ τοὺς ἐξενολογημένους ἄνδρας ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος Ἀριστονίκου, προσδεξάμενος τούτους ἀπέπλευσεν εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν,
22.17.7τῶν μὲν τοῦ πολέμου πράξεων οὐδεμιᾶς κεκοινωνηκὼς διὰ τὴν Πολυκράτους ἀδικοδοξίαν, καίπερ ἔχων ἔτη πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν.
22.18.1ὅτι φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος ἐν τῷ εἰκοστῷ δευτέρῳ· περὶ δὲ τὴν τῶν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλέων οἰκίαν ἤδη τις ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν ἐφύετο κακῶν ἀνηκέστων ἀρχή.
22.18.2καίτοι γʼ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ διότι τινὲς τῶν συγγραφόντων περὶ τοῦ συστάντος Ῥωμαίοις πολέμου πρὸς Περσέα, βουλόμενοι τὰς αἰτίας ἡμῖν ἐπιδεικνύναι τῆς διαφορᾶς, πρῶτον μὲν ἀποφαίνουσι τὴν Ἀβρουπόλιος ἔκπτωσιν ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας δυναστείας, ὡς καταδραμόντος αὐτοῦ τὰ περὶ τὸ Πάγγαιον μέταλλα μετὰ τὸν τοῦ Φιλίππου θάνατον·
22.18.3Περσεὺς δὲ παραβοηθήσας καὶ τρεψάμενος ὁλοσχερῶς ἐξέβαλε τὸν προειρημένον ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας ἀρχῆς·
22.18.4ἑξῆς δὲ ταύτῃ τὴν εἰς Δολοπίαν εἰσβολὴν καὶ τὴν εἰς Δελφοὺς παρουσίαν Περσέως,
22.18.5ἔτι δὲ τὴν κατʼ Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως ἐπιβουλὴν γενομένην ἐν Δελφοῖς καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐκ Βοιωτίας πρεσβευτῶν ἐπαναίρεσιν, ἐξ ὧν ἔνιοί φασι φῦναι Περσεῖ τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον.
22.18.6ἐγὼ δέ φημι κυριώτατον μὲν εἶναι καὶ τοῖς συγγράφουσι καὶ τοῖς φιλομαθοῦσι τὸ γινώσκειν τὰς αἰτίας, ἐξ ὧν ἕκαστα γεννᾶται καὶ φύεται τῶν πραγμάτων· συγκέχυται δὲ ταῦτα παρὰ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν συγγραφέων διὰ τὸ μὴ κρατεῖσθαι τίνι διαφέρει πρόφασις αἰτίας καὶ πάλιν προφάσεως ἀρχὴ πολέμου.
Book 23, Part 1
23.1IN the 149th Olympiad a greater number of embassies came to Rome from Greece than were almost ever seen before. For as Philip was compelled by treaty to submit disputes with his neighbours to arbitration, and as it was known that the Romans were willing to receive accusations against Philip, and would secure the safety of those who had controversies with him, all who lived near the frontier of Macedonia came to Rome, some in their private capacity, some from cities, others from whole tribes, with complaints against Philip. At the same time also came ambassadors from Eumenes, accompanied by his brother Athenaeus, to accuse Philip in regard to the Thracian cities and the aid sent to Prusias. Philip’s son, Demetrius, also came to make answer to all these various envoys, accompanied by Apelles and Philocles, who were at that time considered the king’s first friends. Ambassadors also came from Sparta, representatives of each faction of the citizens.
23.1The first summoned to the Senate was Athenaeus, from whom the Senate accepted the compliments of fifteen thousand gold pieces, and passed a decree highly extolling Eumenes and his brothers for their answer, and exhorting them to continue in the same mind. Next the praetors called upon all the accusers of Philip, and brought them forward by one embassy at a time. But as they were numerous, and their entry occupied three days, the Senate became embarrassed as to the settlement to be made in each case. For from Thessaly there were ambassadors from the whole nation, and also from each city separately; so also from the Perrhaebians, Athamanians, Epirotes, and Illyrians. And of these some brought cases of dispute as to territory, slaves, or cattle; and some about contracts or injuries sustained by themselves. Some alleged that they could not get their rights in accordance with the treaty, because Philip prevented the administration of justice; while others impeached the justice of the decisions given, on the ground that Philip had corrupted the arbitrators. And, in fact, there was an inextricable confusion and multiplicity of charges.
23.2In such a state of things the Senate felt unable to come to a clear decision itself, and did not think it fair that Demetrius should have to answer each of the several indictments; for it regarded him with great favour, and saw at the same time that his extreme youth unfitted him to cope with business of such intricacy and complexity. Besides, what it desired most was not to hear speeches of Demetrius, but to ascertain with certainty the disposition of Philip. Excusing him therefore from pleading his cause, the Senate asked the young man and his friends whether they were the bearers of any written memoir from the king; and upon Demetrius answering that he was, and holding out a paper of no great size, the Senate bade him give a summary of what the paper contained in answer to the accusations alleged. It amounted to this, that on each point Philip asserted that he had carried out the injunctions of the Senate, or, if he had not done so, laid the blame upon his accusers; while to the greater number of his declarations he had added the words, though the commissioners with Caecilius were unfair to me in this point, or again, though I am unjustly treated in this respect. Such being Philip’s mind, as expressed in the several clauses of the paper, the Senate, after hearing the ambassadors who were come to Rome, comprehended them all under one measure. By the mouth of the praetor it offered an honourable and cordial reception to Demetrius, expressed in ample and emphatic language, and answered his speech by saying that The Senate fully believe that on all the points mentioned by Demetrius, or read by him from his paper of instructions, full justice was already done or would be done. But, in order that Philip might be made aware that the Senate paid this honour to Demetrius, ambassadors. would be sent to see that everything was being done in accordance with the will of the Senate, and at the same time to inform the king that he owed this grace to his son Demetrius. Such was the arrangement come to on this part of the business.
Book 22, Part 8
22.18.7καὶ νῦν δὲ τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῶν προσυπομιμνησκόντων ἠνάγκασμαι πάλιν ἀνανεώσασθαι τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον.
22.18.8τῶν γὰρ ἄρτι ῥηθέντων πραγμάτων τὰ μὲν πρῶτα προφάσεις εἰσί, τὰ δὲ τελευταῖα τὰ περὶ τὴν κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους ἐπιβουλὴν καὶ τὰ περὶ τὴν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἀναίρεσιν καὶ τούτοις ἕτερα παραπλήσια τῶν κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς γεγονότων ἀρχαὶ πρόδηλοι τοῦ συστάντος Ῥωμαίοις καὶ Περσεῖ πολέμου καὶ τοῦ καταλυθῆναι τὴν Μακεδόνων ἀρχήν·
22.18.9αἰτία δὲ τούτων ἁπλῶς ἐστιν οὐδεμία. δῆλον δὲ τοῦτʼ ἔσται διὰ τῶν ἑξῆς ῥηθησομένων.
22.18.10καθάπερ γὰρ εἴπομεν Φίλιππον τὸν Ἀμύντου διανοηθῆναι καὶ προθέσθαι συντελεῖν τὸν πρὸς τοὺς Πέρσας πόλεμον, Ἀλέξανδρον δὲ τοῖς ὑπʼ ἐκείνου κεκριμένοις ἐπιγενέσθαι χειριστὴν τῶν πράξεων, οὕτω καὶ νῦν Φίλιππον μὲν τὸν Δημητρίου φαμὲν διανοηθῆναι πρότερον πολεμεῖν Ῥωμαίοις τὸν τελευταῖον πόλεμον καὶ τὰς παρασκευὰς ἑτοίμας πάσας πρὸς ταύτην ἔχειν τὴν ἐπιβολήν, ἐκείνου δʼ ἐκχωρήσαντος Περσέα γενέσθαι χειριστὴν τῶν πράξεων·
22.18.11εἰ δὲ τοῦτʼ ἀληθές, κἀκεῖνο σαφές· οὐ γὰρ οἷόν τε τὰς αἰτίας ὕστερον γενέσθαι τῆς τελευτῆς τοῦ κρίναντος καὶ προθεμένου πολεμεῖν· ὃ συμβαίνει τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων συγγραφέων εἰρημένοις· πάντα γάρ ἐστι τὰ λεγόμενα παρʼ αὐτοῖς ὕστερα τῆς Φιλίππου τελευτῆς. —
22.19.1ὅτι Φιλοποίμην πρὸς Ἄρχωνα τὸν στρατηγὸν λόγοις τισὶ διεφέρετο. ὁ μὲν οὖν Φιλοποίμην εὐδοκήσας ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ τοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ μεταγνοὺς ἐπῄνει τὸν Ἄρχωνα φιλοφρόνως, ὡς ἐντρεχῶς καὶ πανούργως τῷ καιρῷ κεχρημένον.
22.19.2ἔμοιγε μήν, φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος, οὔτε τότε παρόντι τὸ ῥηθὲν εὐηρέστησεν, ὥστʼ ἐπαινοῦντά τινα κακῶς ἅμα ποιεῖν, οὔτε μετὰ ταῦτα τῆς ἡλικίας προβαινούσης·
22.19.3πολὺ γὰρ δή τι μοι δοκεῖ κεχωρίσθαι κατὰ τὴν αἵρεσιν ὁ πραγματικὸς ἀνὴρ τοῦ κακοπράγμονος καὶ παραπλησίαν ἔχειν διαφορὰν τῷ κακεντρεχεῖ πρὸς τὸν ἐντρεχῆ· ἃ μὲν γάρ ἐστι κάλλιστα τῶν ὄντων ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, ἃ δὲ τοὐναντίον·
22.19.4ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν νῦν ἐπιπολάζουσαν ἀκρισίαν βραχείας ἔχοντα κοινότητας τὰ προειρημένα τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπισημασίας καὶ ζήλου τυγχάνει παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις.
22.20.1ὅτι Ἀπολλωνίς, ἡ Ἀττάλου τοῦ πατρὸς Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως γαμετή, Κυζικηνὴ ἦν, γυνὴ διὰ πλείους αἰτίας ἀξία μνήμης καὶ παρασημασίας.
22.20.2καὶ γὰρ ὅτι δημότις ὑπάρχουσα βασίλισσα ἐγεγόνει καὶ ταύτην διεφύλαξε τὴν ὑπεροχὴν μέχρι τῆς τελευταίας, οὐχ ἑταιρικὴν προσφερομένη πιθανότητα, σωφρονικὴν δὲ καὶ πολιτικὴν σεμνότητα καὶ καλοκαγαθίαν, δικαία τυγχάνειν τῆς ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ μνήμης ἐστίν,
22.20.3καὶ καθότι τέτταρας υἱοὺς γεννήσασα πρὸς πάντας τούτους ἀνυπέρβλητον διεφύλαξε τὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ φιλοστοργίαν μέχρι τῆς τοῦ βίου καταστροφῆς, καίτοι χρόνον οὐκ ὀλίγον ὑπερβιώσασα τἀνδρός.
22.20.4πλὴν οἵγε περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐν τῇ παρεπιδημίᾳ καλὴν περιεποιήσαντο φήμην, ἀποδιδόντες τῇ μητρὶ τὴν καθήκουσαν χάριτα καὶ τιμήν.
22.20.5ἄγοντες γὰρ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τοῖν χεροῖν μέσην αὑτῶν τὴν μητέρα περιῄεσαν τά θʼ ἱερὰ καὶ τὴν πόλιν μετὰ τῆς θεραπείας.
22.20.6ἐφʼ οἷς οἱ θεώμενοι μεγάλως
22.20.7τοὺς νεανίσκους ἀπεδέχοντο καὶ κατηξίουν καὶ μνημονεύοντες τῶν περὶ τὸν Κλέοβιν καὶ Βίτωνα συνέκρινον τὰς αἱρέσεις αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ τῆς προθυμίας τῆς ἐκείνων λαμπρὸν τῷ τῆς ὑπεροχῆς τῶν βασιλέων ἀξιώματι συναναπληροῦντες.
22.20.8ταῦτα δʼ ἐτελέσθη ἐν Κυζίκῳ μετὰ τὴν διάλυσιν τὴν πρὸς Προυσίαν τὸν βασιλέα. —
22.21.1ὅτι Ὀρτιάγων ὁ Γαλάτης, τῶν ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ βασιλεύων, ἐπεβάλετο τὴν ἁπάντων τῶν Γαλατῶν δυναστείαν εἰς αὑτὸν μεταστῆσαι,
22.21.2καὶ πολλὰ πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἐφόδια προσεφέρετο καὶ φύσει καὶ τριβῇ.
22.21.3καὶ γὰρ εὐεργετικὸς ἦν καὶ μεγαλόψυχος καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐντεύξεις εὔχαρις καὶ συνετός,
22.21.4τὸ δὲ συνέχον παρὰ Γαλάταις, ἀνδρώδης ἦν καὶ δυναμικὸς πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας.
22.22.1ὅτι Ἀριστόνικος ὁ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως Αἰγύπτου εὐνοῦχος μὲν ἦν, ἐκ παιδίου δʼ ἐγεγόνει σύντροφος τῷ βασιλεῖ.
22.22.2τῆς δʼ ἡλικίας προβαινούσης ἀνδρωδεστέραν εἶχεν ἢ κατʼ εὐνοῦχον τόλμαν καὶ προαίρεσιν.
22.22.3καὶ γὰρ φύσει στρατιωτικὸς ἦν καὶ τὴν πλείστην ἐποιεῖτο διατριβὴν ἐν τούτοις καὶ περὶ ταῦτα.
22.22.4παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἐντεύξεις ἱκανὸς ὑπῆρχε καὶ τὸν κοινὸν νοῦν εἶχεν, ὃ σπάνιόν ἐστι.
Book 23, Part 2
23.3The next to enter the Senate were the ambassadors of king Eumenes, who denounced Philip on account of the assistance sent to Prusias, and concerning his actions in Thrace, alleging that even at that moment he had not withdrawn his garrisons from the cities. But upon Philocles showing his wish to offer a defence on these points, as having been formerly charged with a mission to Prusias, and being now sent to the Senate to represent Philip on this business, the Senate, without listening very long to his speech, answered that With regard to Thrace, unless the legates found everything there settled in accordance with its will, and all the cities restored to the entire control of Eumenes, the Senate would be unable any longer to allow it to pass, or to submit to being continually disobeyed.
23.3Though the ill-feeling between the Romans and Philip was becoming serious, a check was put to it for the time by the presence of Demetrius. And yet this young prince’s mission to Rome proved eventually no slight link in the chain of events which led to the final ruin of his house. For the Senate, by thus making much of Demetrius, somewhat turned the young man’s head, and at the same time gravely annoyed Perseus and the king, by making them feel that the kindness they received from the Romans was not for their own sakes, but for that of Demetrius. And T. Quintius Flamininus contributed not a little to the same result by taking the young prince aside and communicating with him in confidence. For he flattered him by suggesting that the Romans meant before long to invest him with the kingdom; while he irritated Philip and Perseus by sending a letter ordering the king to send Demetrius to Rome again, with as many friends of the highest character as possible. It was, in fact, by taking advantage of these circumstances that Perseus shortly afterwards induced his father to consent to the death of Demetrius. But I shall relate that event in detail later on.
23.4The next ambassadors called in were the Lacedaemonians. Of these there were four distinct factions. Lysis and his colleagues represented the old exiles, and their contention was that they ought to have back the possessions from which they had originally been driven. Areus and Alcibiades, on the contrary, contended that they should receive the value of a talent from their original property, and divide the rest among deserving citizens. pleaded that things should be left in exactly the state in which they were when they formerly belonged to the Achaean league. Lastly, Chaeron and his colleagues represented those who had been condemned to death or exile by the votes of the Achaean league, and demanded their own recall and the restoration of the constitution. These all delivered speeches against the Achaeans in conformity with their several objects. The Senate, finding itself unable to come to a clear decision on these particular controversies, appointed a committee of investigation, consisting of the three who had already been on a mission to the Peloponnese on these matters, namely Titus Flamininus, Q. Caecilius, and Appius Claudius Pulcher. After long discussions before this committee it was unanimously decided that the exiles and the condemned were to be recalled, and that the city should remain a member of the Achaean league. But as to the property, whether the exiles were each to select a talent’s worth from what had been theirs [or to receive it all back], on this point they continued to dispute. That they might not, however, have to begin the whole controversy afresh [the committee] caused the points agreed upon to be reduced to writing, to which all affixed their seals. But the committee, also wishing to include the Achaeans in the agreement, called in Xenarchus and his colleagues, who were at that time on a mission from the Achaeans, to renew their alliance with Rome, and at the same time to give an eye to their controversy with the Lacedaemonians. These men, being unexpectedly asked whether they consented to the terms contained in the written document, were somewhat at a loss what to answer. For they did not approve of the restoration of the exiles and the condemned persons, as being contrary to the decree of the league, and the contents of the tablet on which that decree was engraved; and yet they approved of the document as a whole, because it contained the clause providing that Sparta should remain a member of the league. Finally, however, partly from this difficulty, and partly from awe of the Roman commissioners, they affixed their seal. The Senate, therefore, selected Quintus Marcius to go as legate to settle the affairs of Macedonia and the Peloponnese. . . .
Book 22, Part 9
22.22.5πρὸς δὲ τούτοις πρὸς εὐεργεσίαν ἀνθρώπων πεφύκει καλῶς.
Book 23, Part 3
23.5When Deinocrates of Messene arrived on a mission at Rome, he was delighted to find that Titus Flamininus had been appointed by the Senate to go as ambassador to Prusias and Seleucus. For having been very intimate with Titus during the Lacedaemonian war, he thought that this friendship, combined with his disagreements with Philopoemen, would induce him on his arrival in Greece to settle the affairs of Messene in accordance with his own views. He therefore gave up everything else to attach himself exclusively to Titus, on whom he rested all his hopes. . . .
23.5This same Deinocrates was a courtier and a soldier by nature as well as habit, but he assumed the air of consummate statesmanship. His parts, however, were showy rather than solid. In war his fertility of resource and boldness were beyond the common run; and he shone in feats of personal bravery. Nor were these his only accomplishments: he was attractive and ready in conversation, versatile and courteous in society. But at the same time he was devoted to licentious intrigue, and in public affairs and questions of policy was quite incapable of sustained attention or far-sighted views, of fortifying himself with well-considered arguments, or putting them before the public. On this occasion, for instance, though he had really given the initiative to grave misfortunes, he did not think that he was doing anything of importance; but followed his usual manner of life, quite regardless of the future, indulging day after day in amours, wine, and song. Flamininus, however, did once force him to catch a glimpse of the seriousness of his position. For seeing him on a certain occasion in a party of revellers dancing in long robes, he said nothing at the time; but next morning, being visited by him with some request in behalf of his country, he said: I will do my best, Deinocrates; but it does astonish me that you can drink and dance after having given the start to such serious troubles for Greece. He appears, indeed, at that to have a little recovered his soberer senses, and to have understood what an improper display he had been making of his tastes and habits. However, he arrived at this period in Greece in company with Flamininus, fully persuaded that the affairs of Messene would be settled at a blow in accordance with his views. But Philopoemen and his party were fully aware that Flamininus had no commission from the Senate in regard to affairs in Greece; they therefore awaited his arrival without taking any step of any sort. Having landed at Naupactus, Flamininus addressed a despatch to the Strategus and Demiurgi bidding them summon the Achaeans to an assembly; to which they wrote back that they would do so, if he would write them word what the subjects were on which he wished to confer with the Achaeans; for the laws enjoined that limitation on the magistrates. As Flamininus did not venture to write this, the hopes of Deinocrates and the so-called old exiles, but who had at that time been recently banished from Sparta, came to nothing, as in fact did the visit of Flamininus and the plans which he had formed. . . .
23.6About the same period some ambassadors were sent by the exiled citizens of Sparta to Rome, among whom was Arcesilaus and Agesipolis who, when quite a boy, had been made king in Sparta. These two men were fallen upon and killed by pirates on the high seas; but their colleagues arrived safely at Rome. . . .
Book 23, Part 1
23.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἐνάτην καὶ τετταρακοστὴν ὀλυμπιάδα πρὸς ταῖς ἑκατὸν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἡθροίσθησαν πρεσβειῶν πλῆθος ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ὅσον οὐ ταχέως πρότερον.
23.1.2τοῦ γὰρ Φιλίππου συγκλεισθέντος εἰς τὴν κατὰ τὸ σύμβολον δικαιοδοσίαν πρὸς τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας, καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων γνωσθέντων ὅτι προσδέχονται τὰς κατὰ Φιλίππου κατηγορίας καὶ πρόνοιαν ποιοῦνται τῆς ἀσφαλείας τῶν πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀμφισβητούντων,
23.1.3ἅπαντες οἱ παρακείμενοι τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ παρῆσαν, οἱ μὲν κατʼ ἰδίαν, οἱ δὲ κατὰ πόλιν, οἱ δὲ κατὰ τὰς ἐθνικὰς συστάσεις, ἐγκαλοῦντες τῷ Φιλίππῳ.
23.1.4σὺν δὲ τούτοις οἱ παρʼ Εὐμένους ἧκον ἅμʼ Ἀθηναίῳ τῷ τοῦ βασιλέως ἀδελφῷ, κατηγορήσοντες αὐτοῦ περί τε τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης πόλεων καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀποσταλείσης Προυσίᾳ βοηθείας.
23.1.5ἧκε δὲ καὶ Δημήτριος ὁ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρὸς πάντας τούτους ἀπολογησόμενος, ἔχων Ἀπελλῆν καὶ Φιλοκλῆ μεθʼ αὑτοῦ, τοὺς τότε δοκοῦντας εἶναι πρώτους φίλους τοῦ βασιλέως.
23.1.6παρῆσαν δὲ καὶ παρὰ Λακεδαιμονίων πρέσβεις, ἀφʼ ἑκάστου γένους τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει.
23.1.7πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ἡ σύγκλητος εἰσεκαλέσατο τὸν Ἀθήναιον καὶ δεξαμένη τὸν στέφανον, ὃν ἐκόμιζεν ἀπὸ μυρίων καὶ πεντακισχιλίων χρυσῶν, ἐπῄνεσέ τε μεγαλομερῶς τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς διὰ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως καὶ παρεκάλεσε μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως.
23.1.8ἐπὶ δὲ τούτῳ τὸν Δημήτριον εἰσαγαγόντες οἱ στρατηγοὶ παρεκαλέσαντο τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας τοῦ Φιλίππου πάντας καὶ παρῆγον κατὰ μίαν πρεσβείαν.
23.1.9οὐσῶν δὲ τῶν πρεσβειῶν πολλῶν, καὶ τῆς εἰσόδου τούτων γενομένης ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας, εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέπιπτεν ἡ σύγκλητος περὶ τοῦ πῶς δεῖ χειρισθῆναι τὰ κατὰ μέρος.
23.1.10παρά τε γὰρ Θετταλῶν καὶ κατὰ κοινὸν ἧκον καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν ἀφʼ ἑκάστης πόλεως πρεσβευταί, παρά τε Περραιβῶν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ παρʼ Ἀθαμάνων καὶ παρʼ Ἠπειρωτῶν καὶ παρʼ Ἰλλυριῶν·
23.1.11ὧν οἱ μὲν περὶ χώρας, οἱ δὲ περὶ σωμάτων, οἱ δὲ περὶ θρεμμάτων ἧκον ἀμφισβητοῦντες, ἔνιοι δὲ περὶ συμβολαίων καὶ τῶν εἰς αὑτοὺς ἀδικημάτων,
23.1.12τινὲς μὲν οὐ φάσκοντες δύνασθαι τυχεῖν τοῦ δικαίου κατὰ τὸ σύμβολον διὰ τὸ τὸν Φίλιππον ἐκκόπτειν τὴν δικαιοδοσίαν, τινὲς δʼ ἐγκαλοῦντες τοῖς κρίμασιν ὡς παραβεβραβευμένοι, διαφθείραντος τοῦ Φιλίππου τοὺς δικαστάς.
23.1.13καθόλου δὲ ποικίλη τις ἦν ἀκρισία καὶ δυσχώρητος ἐκ τῶν κατηγορουμένων.
23.2.1ὅθεν ἡ σύγκλητος, οὔτʼ αὐτὴ δυναμένη διευκρινεῖν οὔτε τὸν Δημήτριον κρίνουσα δεῖν ἑκάστοις τούτων λόγον ὑπέχειν,
23.2.2ἅτε καὶ φιλανθρώπως πρὸς αὐτὸν διακειμένη καὶ θεωροῦσα νέον ὄντα κομιδῇ καὶ πολὺ τῆς τοιαύτης συστροφῆς καὶ ποικιλίας ἀπολειπόμενον,
23.2.3μάλιστα δὲ βουλομένη μὴ τῶν Δημητρίου λόγων ἀκούειν, ἀλλὰ τῆς Φιλίππου γνώμης ἀληθινὴν λαβεῖν πεῖραν,
23.2.4αὐτὸν Δημήτριον παρέλυσε τῆς δικαιολογίας, ἤρετο δὲ τὸν νεανίσκον καὶ τοὺς σὺν αὐτῷ φίλους εἴ τινα περὶ τούτων ὑπομνηματισμὸν ἔχουσι παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.
23.2.5τοῦ δὲ Δημητρίου φήσαντος ἔχειν καὶ προτείναντός τι βυβλίδιον οὐ μέγα, λέγειν αὐτὸν ἐκέλευσεν ἥνπερ τὰ ὑπομνήματα περιεῖχε πρὸς ἕκαστον τῶν κατηγορουμένων ἀπόφασιν κεφαλαιώδη.
23.2.6ὁ δὲ τὸ μὲν πεποιηκέναι τὸ προσταχθὲν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων ἔφασκεν, ἢ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ μὴ πεπρᾶχθαι τοῖς ἐγκαλοῦσιν ἀνετίθει.
23.2.7προσέκειτο δὲ πρὸς ταῖς πλείσταις ἀποφάσεσι "καίτοι οὐκ ἴσως χρησαμένων ἡμῖν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν τῶν περὶ Καικίλιον ἐν τούτοισ" καὶ πάλιν "καίτοι γε οὐ δικαίως ἡμῶν ταῦτα πασχόντων".
23.2.8τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης τῆς Φιλίππου γνώμης ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἀποφάσεσι, διακούσασα τῶν παραγεγονότων ἡ σύγκλητος μίαν ἐποιήσατο περὶ πάντων διάληψιν.
23.2.9ἀποδεξαμένη γὰρ τὸν Δημήτριον μεγαλομερῶς καὶ φιλανθρώπως διὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ, πολλοὺς καὶ παρακλητικοὺς πρὸς αὐτὸν διαθεμένη λόγους, ἀπόκρισιν ἔδωκε διότι περὶ πάντων καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἀνεγνωσμένων Δημητρίῳ πιστεύει διότι τὰ μὲν γέγονε, τὰ δʼ ἔσται, καθάπερ δίκαιόν ἐστι γίνεσθαι.
23.2.10ἵνα δὲ καὶ Φίλιππος εἰδῇ διότι τὴν χάριν ταύτην ἡ σύγκλητος Δημητρίῳ δίδωσιν, ἐξαποστελεῖν ἔφη πρεσβευτὰς ἐποψομένους εἰ γίνεται πάντα κατὰ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου βούλησιν, ἅμα δὲ διασαφήσοντας τῷ βασιλεῖ διότι τῆς συμπεριφορᾶς τυγχάνει ταύτης διὰ Δημήτριον.
Book 23, Part 4
23.7On the return of Demetrius from Rome, bringing with him the formal reply, in which the Romans referred all the favour and confidence which they avowed to their regard for Demetrius, saying that all they had done or would do was for his sake,—the Macedonians gave Demetrius a cordial reception, believing that they were relieved from all fear and danger: for they had looked upon war with Rome as all but at their doors, owing to the provocations given by Philip. But Philip and Perseus were far from pleased, and were much offended at the idea of the Romans taking no account of them, and referring all their favour to Demetrius. Philip however concealed his displeasure; but Perseus, who was not only behind his brother in good feelings to Rome, but much his inferior in other respects, both in natural ability and acquired accomplishments, made no secret of his anger: and was beginning to be thoroughly alarmed as to his succession to the crown, and lest, in spite of being the elder, he should be excluded. Therefore he commenced by bribing the friends of Demetrius. . . .
23.8Upon Quintus Marcius arriving on his mission in Macedonia, Philip evacuated the Greek cities in Thrace entirely and withdrew his garrisons, though in deep anger and heaviness of spirit; and he put on a right footing everything else to which the Roman injunctions referred, wishing to give them no indication of his estrangement, but to secure time for making his preparations for war. In pursuance of this design he led out an army against the barbarians, and marching through the centre of Thrace he invaded the Odrysae, Bessi, and Dentheleti. Coming to Philippopolis, the inhabitants flying for safety to the heights, he took it without a blow. And thence, after traversing the plain, and sacking some of the villages, and exacting a pledge of submission from others, he returned home, leaving a garrison in Philippopolis, which was after a time expelled by the Odrysae in defiance of their pledge of fidelity to Philip. . . .
23.9In the second year of this Olympiad, on the arrival of ambassadors from Eumenes, Pharnaces, and the Achaean league, and also from the Lacedaemonians who had been banished from Sparta, and from those who were in actual possession of it, the Senate despatched their business. But there came after them a mission from Rhodes in regard to the disaster at Sinope; to whom the Senate replied that it would send legates to investigate the case of the Sinopeans and their grievances against those kings. And Quintus Marcius having recently arrived from Greece and made his report on the state of affairs in Macedonia and the Peloponnese, the Senate did not require to hear much more; but having called in the envoys from the Peloponnese and Macedonia they listened indeed to what they had to say, but founded its reply, without any reference to their speeches, wholly on the report of Marcius, in which he had stated, in reference to king Philip, that he had indeed done all that was enjoined on him, but with great reluctance; and that, if he got an opportunity, he would go all lengths against the Romans. The Senate accordingly composed a reply to the king’s envoys in which, while praising Philip for what he had done, they warned him for the future to be careful not to be found acting in opposition to the Romans. As to the Peloponnese, Marcius had reported that, as the Achaeans were unwilling to refer any matter whatever to the Senate, but were haughtily inclined and desirous of managing all their affairs themselves, if the Senate would only reject their present application and give ever so slight an indication of displeasure, Sparta would promptly come to an understanding with Messene; and then the Achaeans would be glad enough to appeal to the protection of Rome. In consequence of this report they answered the Lacedaemonian Serippus and his colleagues, wishing to leave this city in a state of suspense, that they had done their best for them, but that for the present they did not think this matter concerned them. But when the Achaeans besought for help against the Messenians in virtue of their alliance with Rome, or at least that they would take precautions to prevent any arms or corn from being brought from Italy into Messene, the Senate refused compliance with either request and answered that the Achaeans ought not to be surprised if Sparta or Corinth or Argos renounced their league, if they would not conduct their hegemony in accordance with the Senate’s views. This answer the Senate made public, as a kind of proclamation that any people who chose might break off from the Achaeans for all the Romans cared; and they further retained the ambassadors in Rome, waiting to see the issue of the quarrel between the Achaeans and Messenians. . . .
Book 23, Part 2
23.2.11καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τοιαύτης ἔτυχε διεξαγωγῆς.
23.3.1μετὰ δὲ τούτους εἰσῆλθον οἱ παρʼ Εὐμένους πρέσβεις καὶ περί τε τῆς βοηθείας τῆς ἀποσταλείσης ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου τῷ Προυσίᾳ κατηγόρησαν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης τόπων, φάσκοντες οὐδʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν αὐτὸν ἐξαγηοχέναι τὰς φρουρὰς ἐκ τῶν πόλεων.
23.3.2τοῦ δὲ Φιλοκλέους ὑπὲρ τούτων βουληθέντος ἀπολογεῖσθαι διὰ τὸ καὶ πρὸς τὸν Προυσίαν πεπρεσβευκέναι καὶ τότε περὶ τούτων ἐξαπεστάλθαι πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον ὑπὸ τοῦ Φιλίππου,
23.3.3βραχύν τινα χρόνον ἡ σύγκλητος ἐπιδεξαμένη τοὺς λόγους ἔδωκεν ἀπόκρισιν διότι, τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης τόπων ἐὰν μὴ καταλάβωσιν οἱ πρεσβευταὶ πάντα διῳκημένα κατὰ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου γνώμην καὶ πάσας τὰς πόλεις εἰς τὴν Εὐμένους πίστιν ἐγκεχειρισμένας, οὐκέτι δυνήσεται φέρειν οὐδὲ καρτερεῖν παρακουομένη περὶ τούτων.
23.3.4καὶ τῆς μὲν Φιλίππου καὶ Ῥωμαίων παρατριβῆς ἐπὶ πολὺ προβαινούσης ἐπίστασις ἐγενήθη κατὰ τὸ παρὸν διὰ τὴν τοῦ Δημητρίου παρουσίαν·
23.3.5πρὸς μέντοι γε τὴν καθόλου τῆς οἰκίας ἀτυχίαν οὐ μικρὰ συνέβη τὴν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοῦ νεανίσκου πρεσβείαν συμβαλέσθαι.
23.3.6ἥ τε γὰρ σύγκλητος ἀπερεισαμένη τὴν χάριν ἐπὶ τὸν Δημήτριον ἐμετεώρισε μὲν τὸ μειράκιον, ἐλύπησε δὲ καὶ τὸν Περσέα καὶ τὸν Φίλιππον ἰσχυρῶς τῷ δοκεῖν μὴ διʼ αὐτούς, ἀλλὰ διὰ Δημήτριον τυγχάνειν τῆς παρὰ Ῥωμαίων φιλανθρωπίας.
23.3.7ὅ τε Τίτος ἐκκαλεσάμενος τὸ μειράκιον καὶ προβιβάσας εἰς λόγους ἀπορρήτους, οὐκ ὀλίγα συνεβάλετο πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν.
23.3.8τόν τε γὰρ νεανίσκον ἐψυχαγώγησεν, ὡς αὐτίκα μάλα συγκατασκευασόντων αὐτῷ Ῥωμαίων τὴν βασιλείαν, τούς τε περὶ τὸν Φίλιππον ἠρέθισε, γράψας ἐξ αὐτῆς τὸν Δημήτριον ἀποστέλλειν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην μετὰ τῶν φίλων ὡς πλείστων καὶ χρησιμωτάτων.
23.3.9ταύταις γὰρ ταῖς ἀφορμαῖς χρησάμενος ὁ Περσεὺς μετʼ ὀλίγον ἔπεισε τὸν πατέρα συγκαταθέσθαι τῷ Δημητρίου θανάτῳ.
23.3.10περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ὡς ἐχειρίσθη τὰ κατὰ
23.4.1μέρος ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς δηλώσομεν. ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις εἰσεκλήθησαν οἱ παρὰ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πρέσβεις. τούτων δʼ ἦσαν διαφοραὶ τέτταρες.
23.4.2οἱ μὲν γὰρ περὶ Λῦσιν ἥκοντες ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων ἐπρέσβευον, φάσκοντες δεῖν ἔχειν αὐτοὺς πάσας τὰς κτήσεις, ἀφʼ ὧν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἔφυγον·
23.4.3οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀρέα καὶ τὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην, ἐφʼ ᾧ ταλαντιαίαν λαβόντες κτῆσιν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων τὰ λοιπὰ διαδοῦναι τοῖς ἀξίοις τῆς πολιτείας.
23.4.4Σήριππος δʼ ἐπρέσβευε περὶ τοῦ μένειν τὴν ὑποκειμένην κατάστασιν, ἣν ἔχοντές ποτε συνεπολιτεύοντο μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
23.4.5ἀπὸ δὲ τῶν τεθανατωμένων καὶ τῶν ἐκπεπτωκότων κατὰ τὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν δόγματα παρῆσαν οἱ περὶ Χαίρωνα, κάθοδον αὑτοῖς ἀξιοῦντες συγχωρηθῆναι καὶ τὴν πολιτείαν ἀποκατασταθῆναι τοιαύτην,
23.4.6ἐποιοῦντο πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς οἰκείους ταῖς ἰδίαις ὑποθέσεσι λόγους.
23.4.7οὐ δυναμένη δὲ διευκρινεῖν ἡ σύγκλητος τὰς κατὰ μέρος διαφοράς, προεχειρίσατο τρεῖς ἄνδρας τοὺς καὶ πρότερον ἤδη πεπρεσβευκότας περὶ τούτων εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Τίτος, Κόιντος Καικίλιος, Ἄππιος Κλαύδιος
23.4.8. ἐφʼ οἷς γενομένων λόγων πλειόνων, ὑπὲρ μὲν τοῦ καταπορεύεσθαι τοὺς πεφευγότας καὶ τεθανατωμένους καὶ περὶ τοῦ μένειν τὴν πόλιν μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐγένετο πᾶσι σύμφωνον,
23.4.9περὶ δὲ τῶν κτήσεων, πότερον δεῖ τὸ τάλαντον εἰς ἑκάστους τοὺς φυγάδας ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ἐκλέξασθαι , περὶ τούτων διημφισβήτουν πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
23.4.10ἵνα δὲ μὴ πάλιν ἐξ ἀκεραίου περὶ πάντων ἀντιλέγοιεν, ἔγγραπτον ὑπὲρ τῶν ὁμολογουμένων , ἐφʼ ὃ πάντες ἐπεβάλοντο τὰς ἰδίας σφραγῖδας.
23.4.11οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τίτον βουλόμενοι καὶ τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς τὴν ὁμολογίαν ἐμπλέξαι, προσεκαλέσαντο τοὺς περὶ Ξέναρχον.
23.4.12οὗτοι γὰρ ἐπρέσβευον τότε παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, ἅμα μὲν ἀνανεούμενοι τὴν συμμαχίαν, ἅμα δὲ τῇ τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων διαφορᾷ προσεδρεύοντες.
Book 23, Part 5
23.10In this period a certain dreadful foreshadowing of misfortune fell upon king Philip and the whole of Macedonia, of a kind well worthy of close attention and record. As though Fortune had resolved to exact from him at once the penalties for all the impieties and crimes which he had committed in the whole course of his life, she now visited him with furies, those deities of retribution, those powers that had listened to the prayers of the victims of his cruelties, who, haunting him day and night, so plagued him to the last day of his life, that all the world was forced to acknowledge the truth of the proverb, that Justice has an eye which mere men should never despise. The first idea suggested to him by this evil power was that, as he was about to go to war with Rome, he had better remove from the most important cities, and those along the sea-coast, the leading citizens, with their wives and children, and place them in Emathia, formerly called Paeonia, and fill up the cities with Thracians and other barbarians, as likely to be more securely loyal to him in the coming hour of danger. The actual carrying out of this measure, and the uprooting of these men and their families, caused such an outburst of grief, and so violent an outcry, that one might have supposed the whole district to have been taken by the sword. Curses and appeals to heaven were rained upon the head of the king without any further attempt at concealment. His next step, prompted by the wish to leave no element of hostility or disaffection in the kingdom, was to write to the governors of the several cities ordering them to search out the sons and daughters of such Macedonians as had been put to death by him, and place them in ward; in which he referred especially to Admetus, Pyrrhicus, and Samus, and those who had perished with them: but he also included all others whosoever that had been put to death by order of the king, quoting this verse, we are told:— Oh fool! to slay the sire and leave the sons. Most of these men being persons of distinguished families, their fate made a great noise and excited universal pity. But Fortune had a third act in this bloody drama in reserve for Philip, in which the young princes plotted against each other; and their quarrels being referred to him, he was forced to choose between becoming the murderer of his sons and living the rest of his life in dread of being murdered by them in his old age; and to decide which of the two he had the greater reason to fear. Tortured day and night by these anxieties, the miseries and perturbations of his spirit lead to the inevitable reflection that the wrath of heaven fell upon his old age for the sins of his previous life: which will be rendered still more evident by what remains to be told. . . . Just when his soul was stung to madness by these circumstances, the quarrel between his sons blazed out: Fortune, as it were of set purpose, bringing their misfortunes upon the scene all at one time. . . .
23.10The Macedonians make offerings to Xanthus as a hero, and perform a purification of the army with horses fully equipped. . . .
23.11One should not merely read tragedies, tales, and histories, but should understand and ponder over them. In all of them one may learn that whenever brothers fall out and allow their quarrel to go any great length, they invariably end not only by destroying themselves but in the utter ruin of their property, children, and cities; while those who keep their self-love within reasonable bounds, and put up with each other’s weaknesses, are the preservers of these, and live in the fairest reputation and fame. I have often directed your attention to the kings in Sparta, telling you that they preserved the hegemony in Greece for their country just so long as they obeyed the ephors, as though they were their parents, and were content to reign jointly. But directly they in their folly tried to change the government to a monarchy, they caused Sparta to experience every misery possible. Finally, I have pointed out to you as an example the case of Eumenes and Attalus; showing you that, though they succeeded to but a small and insignificant realm, they have raised it to a level with the best, simply by the harmony and unity of sentiment, and mutual respect which they maintained towards each other. But so far from taking my words to heart, you are, as it seems to me, whetting your angry passions against each other. . . .
Book 23, Part 3
23.4.13καὶ παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν ἐρωτώμενοι περὶ τῶν γραφομένων, εἰ συνευδοκοῦσιν, οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέπεσον.
23.4.14δυσηρεστοῦντο μὲν γὰρ τῇ καθόδῳ τῶν φυγάδων καὶ τῶν τεθανατωμένων διὰ τὸ γίνεσθαι παρὰ τὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν δόγματα καὶ παρὰ τὴν στήλην, εὐδοκοῦντο δὲ τοῖς ὅλοις τῷ γράφεσθαι διότι δεῖ τὴν πόλιν τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων πολιτεύειν μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
23.4.15καὶ πέρας τὰ μὲν ἀπορούμενοι, τὰ δὲ καταπληττόμενοι τοὺς ἄνδρας, ἐπεβάλοντο τὴν σφραγῖδα.
23.4.16ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος προχειρισαμένη Κόιντον Μάρκιον πρεσβευτὴν ἐξαπέστελλεν ἐπί τε τὰ κατὰ Μακεδονίαν καὶ τὰ κατὰ Πελοπόννησον. —
23.5.1ὅτι Δεινοκράτης ὁ Μεσσήνιος παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρεσβευτὴς καὶ καταλαβὼν τὸν Τίτον πρεσβευτὴν καθεσταμένον ὑπὸ τῆς συγκλήτου πρός τε Προυσίαν καὶ τὸν Σέλευκον, περιχαρὴς ἐγενήθη, νομίζων τὸν Τίτον διά τε τὴν πρὸς αὐτὸν φιλίαν —
23.5.2ἐγεγόνει γὰρ αὐτῷ συνήθης κατὰ τὸν Λακωνικὸν πόλεμον — καὶ διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Φιλοποίμενα διαφοράν, παραγενόμενον εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα, χειριεῖν τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην πάντα κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ προαίρεσιν.
23.5.3διὸ καὶ παρεὶς τἄλλα προσεκαρτέρει τῷ Τίτῳ καὶ πάσας εἰς τοῦτον ἀπηρείσατο τὰς ἐλπίδας. —
23.5.4ὅτι Δεινοκράτης ὁ Μεσσήνιος ἦν οὐ μόνον κατὰ τὴν τριβήν, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ τὴν φύσιν αὐλικὸς καὶ στρατιωτικὸς ἄνθρωπος.
23.5.5τὸν δὲ πραγματικὸν τρόπον ἐπέφαινε μὲν τέλειον, ἦν δὲ ψευδεπίγραφος καὶ ῥωπικός.
23.5.6ἔν τε γὰρ τοῖς πολεμικοῖς κατὰ μὲν τὴν εὐχέρειαν καὶ τὴν τόλμαν πολὺ διέφερε τῶν ἄλλων καὶ λαμπρὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖς κατʼ ἰδίαν κινδύνοις.
23.5.7ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην διάθεσιν ἐν μὲν ταῖς ὁμιλίαις εὔχαρις καὶ πρόχειρος ἦν, παρά τε τὰς συνουσίας εὐτράπελος καὶ πολιτικός, ἅμα δὲ τούτοις φιλέραστος,
23.5.8περὶ δὲ κοινῶν ἢ πολιτικῶν πραγμάτων ἀτενίσαι καὶ προϊδέσθαι τὸ μέλλον ἀσφαλῶς, ἔτι δὲ παρασκευάσασθαι καὶ διαλεχθῆναι πρὸς πλῆθος, εἰς τέλος ἀδύνατος.
23.5.9καὶ τότε κεκινηκὼς ἀρχὴν μεγάλων κακῶν τῇ πατρίδι, τελείως οὐδὲν ᾤετο ποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἀγωγὴν ἦγε τοῦ βίου, προορώμενος οὐδὲν τῶν μελλόντων, ἐρῶν δὲ καὶ κωθωνιζόμενος ἀφʼ ἡμέρας καὶ τοῖς ἀκροάμασι τὰς ἀκοὰς ἀνατεθεικώς.
23.5.10βραχεῖαν δέ τινα τῆς περιστάσεως ἔμφασιν ὁ Τίτος αὐτὸν ἠνάγκασε λαβεῖν.
23.5.11ἰδὼν γὰρ αὐτὸν παρὰ πότον ἐν μακροῖς ἱματίοις ὀρχούμενον, παρʼ αὐτὰ μὲν ἐσιώπησε, τῇ δʼ αὔριον ἐντυγχάνοντος αὐτοῦ καί τι περὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἀξιοῦντος "
23.5.12ἐγὼ μέν, ὦ Δεινοκράτη, πᾶν" ἔφη "ποιήσω τὸ δυνατόν· ἐπὶ δὲ σοῦ θαυμάζω πῶς δύνῃ παρὰ πότον ὀρχεῖσθαι, τηλικούτων πραγμάτων ἀρχὴν κεκινηκὼς ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
23.5.13" ἐδόκει δὲ τότε βραχύ τι συσταλῆναι καὶ μαθεῖν ὡς ἀνοίκειον ὑπόθεσιν τῆς ἰδίας αἱρέσεως καὶ φύσεως ἀποδέδωκε.
23.5.14πλὴν τότε παρῆν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα μετὰ τοῦ Τίτου πεπεισμένος ἐξ ἐφόδου τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην χειρισθήσεσθαι κατὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ βούλησιν.
23.5.15οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Φιλοποίμενα, σαφῶς ἐπεγνωκότες ὅτι περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν ὁ Τίτος οὐδεμίαν ἐντολὴν ἔχει παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου, τὴν ἡσυχίαν εἶχον, καραδοκοῦντες αὐτοῦ τὴν παρουσίαν.
23.5.16ἐπεὶ δὲ καταπλεύσας εἰς Ναύπακτον ἔγραψε τῷ στρατηγῷ καὶ τοῖς δαμιουργοῖς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, κελεύων συνάγειν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς ἐκκλησίαν,
23.5.17ἀντέγραψαν αὐτῷ διότι ποιήσουσιν, ἂν γράψῃ περὶ τίνων βούλεται διαλεχθῆναι τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς· τοὺς γὰρ νόμους ταῦτα τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἐπιτάττειν.
23.5.18τοῦ δὲ μὴ τολμῶντος γράφειν, αἱ μὲν τοῦ Δεινοκράτους ἐλπίδες καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων λεγομένων φυγάδων, τότε δὲ προσφάτως ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος ἐκπεπτωκότων, καὶ συλλήβδην ἡ τοῦ Τίτου παρουσία καὶ προσδοκία τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον διέπεσεν.
23.6.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἐξαπεστάλησαν ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων πρέσβεις εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἐν οἷς ἦν Ἀρκεσίλαος καὶ Ἀγησίπολις, ὃς ἔτι παῖς ὢν ἐγενήθη βασιλεὺς ἐν τῇ Σπάρτῃ.
Book 23, Part 6
23.12Philopoemen rose and proceeded on his way, though he was oppressed at once by illness and the weight of years, being now in the seventieth year of his age. Conquering his weakness, however, by the force of his previous habits he reached Megalopolis, from Argos, in one day’s journey. . . .
23.12He was captured, when Achaean Strategus, by the Messenians and poisoned. Thus, though second to none that ever lived before him in excellence, his fortune was less happy; yet in his previous life he seemed ever to have enjoyed her favour and assistance. But it was, I suppose, a case of the common proverb, a man may have a stroke of luck, but no man can be lucky always. We must, therefore, call our predecessors fortunate, without pretending that they were so invariably—for what need is there to flatter Fortune by a meaningless and false compliment? It is those who have enjoyed Fortune’s smiles in their life for the longest time, and who, when she changes her mind, meet with only moderate mishaps, that we must speak of as fortunate. . . .
23.12Philopoemen was succeeded by Lycortas, . . . and though he had spent forty years of an active career in a state at once democratic and composed of many various elements, he had entirely avoided giving rise to the jealousy of the citizens in any direction: and yet he had not flattered their inclinations, but for the most part had used great freedom of speech, which is a case of very rare occurrence. . . .
Book 23, Part 4
23.6.2τούτους μὲν οὖν λῃσταί τινες περιπεσόντες ἐν τῷ πελάγει διέφθειραν,
23.6.3οἱ δὲ μετὰ τούτων κατασταθέντες διεκομίσθησαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
23.7.1ὅτι τοῦ Δημητρίου παραγενηθέντος ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ κομίζοντος τὰς ἀποκρίσεις, ἐν αἷς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι πᾶσαν τὴν ἐξ αὑτῶν χάριν καὶ πίστιν εἰς τὸν Δημήτριον ἀπηρείδοντο καὶ διὰ τοῦτον ἔφασαν πάντα πεποιηκέναι καὶ ποιήσειν,
23.7.2οἱ μὲν Μακεδόνες ἀπεδέχοντο τὸν Δημήτριον, μεγάλων ὑπολαμβάνοντες ἀπολελύσθαι φόβων καὶ κινδύνων —
23.7.3προσεδόκων γὰρ ὅσον οὔπω τὸν ἀπὸ Ῥωμαίων πόλεμον ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἥξειν διὰ τὰς τοῦ Φιλίππου παρατριβάς —
23.7.4ὁ δὲ Φίλιππος καὶ Περσεὺς οὐχ ἡδέως ἑώρων τὸ γινόμενον, οὐδʼ ἤρεσεν αὐτοῖς τὸ δοκεῖν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους αὐτῶν μὲν μηθένα λόγον ποιεῖσθαι, τῷ δὲ Δημητρίῳ πᾶσαν ἀνατιθέναι τὴν ἐξ αὑτῶν χάριν.
23.7.5οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν Φίλιππος ἐπεκρύπτετο τὴν ἐπὶ τούτοις δυσαρέστησιν, ὁ δὲ Περσεύς, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐνοίᾳ παρὰ πολὺ τἀδελφοῦ λειπόμενος, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τἄλλα πάντα καθυστερῶν καὶ τῇ φύσει καὶ τῇ κατασκευῇ, δυσχερῶς ἔφερε·
23.7.6τὸ δὲ συνέχον, ἐδεδίει περὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, μὴ πρεσβύτερος ὢν ἐξωσθῇ διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας.
23.7.7διὸ τούς τε φίλους ἔφθειρε τοὺς τοῦ Δημητρίου . —
23.8.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Κόιντον τὸν Μάρκιον πρεσβευσάντων εἰς Μακεδονίαν, ἀπέβη μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης Ἑλληνίδων πόλεων ὁλοσχερῶς ὁ Φίλιππος καὶ τὰς φρουρὰς ἐξήγαγεν, ἀπέβη δὲ βαρυνόμενος καὶ στένων.
23.8.2διωρθώσατο δὲ καὶ τἄλλα πάντα, περὶ ὧν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι προσεπέταττον, βουλόμενος ἐκείνοις μὲν μηδεμίαν ἔμφασιν ποιεῖν ἀλλοτριότητος, λαμβάνειν δʼ ἀναστροφὴν πρὸς τὰς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον παρασκευάς.
23.8.3τηρῶν δὲ τὴν προκειμένην ὑπόθεσιν, ἐξῆγε στρατιὰν ἐπὶ τοὺς βαρβάρους.
23.8.4διελθὼν δὲ διὰ μέσης τῆς Θρᾴκης ἐνέβαλεν εἰς Ὀδρύσας καὶ Βέσσους καὶ Δενθηλήτους.
23.8.5παραγενόμενος δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν προσαγορευομένην Φιλίππου πόλιν, φυγόντων τῶν ἐνοικούντων εἰς τὰς ἀκρωρείας, ἐξ ἐφόδου κατέσχε τὴν πόλιν.
23.8.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πᾶν τὸ πεδίον ἐπιδραμὼν καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἐκπορθήσας, παρʼ ὧν δὲ πίστεις λαβών, ἐπανῆλθε, φρουρὰν καταλιπὼν ἐν τῇ Φιλίππου πόλει.
23.8.7ταύτην δὲ συνέβη μετά τινα χρόνον ἐκπεσεῖν ὑπὸ τῶν Ὀδρυσῶν, ἀθετησάντων τὰς πρὸς τὸν βασιλέα πίστεις.
23.9.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸ δεύτερον ἔτος ἡ σύγκλητος, παραγενομένων πρέσβεων παρʼ Εὐμένους καὶ Φαρνάκου καὶ Φιλίππου καὶ παρὰ τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνους, ἔτι δὲ παρὰ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος ἐκπεπτωκότων καὶ παρὰ τῶν κατεχόντων τὴν πόλιν, ἐχρημάτισε τούτοις.
23.9.2ἧκον δὲ καὶ Ῥόδιοι πρεσβεύοντες ὑπὲρ τῆς Σινωπέων ἀτυχίας.
23.9.3τούτοις μὲν οὖν καὶ τοῖς παρʼ Εὐμένους καὶ Φαρνάκου πρεσβεύουσιν ἡ σύγκλητος ἀπεκρίθη διότι πέμψει πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς ἐπισκεψομένους περί τε Σινωπέων καὶ περὶ τῶν τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν ἀμφισβητουμένων.
23.9.4τοῦ δὲ Κοΐντου Μαρκίου προσφάτως ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος παραγεγονότος καὶ περί τε τῶν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ διασεσαφηκότος, οὐκέτι πολλῶν προσεδεήθη λόγων ἡ σύγκλητος,
23.9.5ἀλλʼ εἰσκαλεσαμένη καὶ τοὺς ἀπὸ Πελοποννήσου καὶ Μακεδονίας πρεσβεύοντας διήκουσε μὲν τῶν λόγων, τάς γε μὴν ἀποκρίσεις ἔδωκε καὶ τὴν διάληψιν ἐποιήσατο τῶν πραγμάτων οὐ πρὸς τοὺς τῶν πρεσβευτῶν λόγους, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὴν ἀποπρεσβείαν ἁρμοσαμένη τοῦ Μαρκίου.
23.9.6ὃς ὑπὲρ μὲν τοῦ Φιλίππου τοῦ βασιλέως ἀπηγγέλκει διότι πεποίηκε μὲν τὰ προσταττόμενα, πεποίηκε δὲ τὰ πάντα βαρυνόμενος, καὶ καθότι λαβὼν καιρὸν πᾶν τι ποιήσει κατὰ Ῥωμαίων.
23.9.7διὸ καὶ τοῖς μὲν παρὰ τοῦ Φιλίππου πρεσβευταῖς τοιαύτην ἔδωκε τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, διʼ ἧς ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἐπῄνει τὸν Φίλιππον, εἰς δὲ τὸ λοιπὸν ᾤετο δεῖν προσέχειν αὐτὸν ἵνα μηδὲν ὑπεναντίον φαίνηται πράττων Ῥωμαίοις.
Book 23, Part 7
23.13An admirable feature in Hannibal’s character, and the strongest proof of his having been a born ruler of men, and having possessed statesmanlike qualities of an unusual kind, is that, though he was for seventeen years engaged in actual warfare, and though he had to make his way through numerous barbaric tribes, and to employ innumerable men of different nationalities in what appeared desperate and hazardous enterprises, he was never made the object of a conspiracy by any of them, nor deserted by any of those who had joined him and put themselves under his command. . . .
23.14Publius Scipio, in the course of an active career in an aristocratic state, secured such popularity with the multitude and such credit with the Senate, that when some one took upon himself to bring him to trial before the people in the manner usual at Rome, and produced many bitter accusations against him, he came forward and said nothing but that It ill-became the Roman people to listen to accusations against P. Cornelius Scipio, to whom his accusers owed it that they had the power of speech at all. At this the populace dispersed, and quitting the assembly, left the accuser alone. . . . Once when there was a sum of money required in the Senate for some pressing business, and the quaestor, on the ground of a legal difficulty, refused to open the treasury on that particular day, Scipio said that he would take the keys himself and open it; for he was the cause of the treasury being locked at all. And again, when some one in the Senate demanded an account of the money which he had received from Antiochus before the treaty for the pay of his army, he said that he had the ledger, but that he ought not to be called to account by any one. But on his questioner persisting, and urging him to produce it, he bade his brother bring it. When the schedule was brought, he held it out in front of him, and tearing it to pieces in the sight of everybody bade the man who asked for it seek it out of these fragments, and he demanded of the rest How they could ask for the items of the expenditure of these three thousand talents, and yet no longer ask for an account of how and by whose agency the fifteen thousand talents which they received from Antiochus came into the treasury, nor how it is that they have become masters of Asia, Libya, and Iberia? This speech not only made a strong impression on the rest, but also reduced the man who demanded the account to silence.
23.14These anecdotes have been related by me for the double purpose of enhancing the fame of the departed, and of encouraging future generations in the paths of honour. . . .
Book 23, Part 5
23.9.8περὶ δὲ τῶν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον ὁ Μάρκιος τοιαύτην ἐπεποίητο τὴν ἀπαγγελίαν διότι, τῶν Ἀχαιῶν οὐ βουλομένων ἀναφέρειν οὐδὲν ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον, ἀλλὰ φρονηματιζομένων καὶ πάντα διʼ ἑαυτῶν πράττειν ἐπιβαλλομένων,
23.9.9ἐὰν παρακούσωσι μόνον αὐτῶν κατὰ τὸ παρὸν καὶ βραχεῖαν ἔμφασιν ποιήσωσιν δυσαρεστήσεως, ταχέως ἡ Λακεδαίμων τῇ Μεσσήνῃ συμφρονήσει.
23.9.10τούτου δὲ γενομένου μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος ἥξειν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἔφη καταπεφευγότας ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους.
23.9.11διότι τοῖς μὲν ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος ἀπεκρίθησαν τοῖς περὶ Σήριππον, βουλόμενοι μετέωρον ἐᾶσαι τὴν πόλιν, διότι πάντα πεποιήκασιν αὐτοῖς τὰ δυνατά, κατὰ δὲ τὸ παρὸν οὐ νομίζουσιν εἶναι τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα πρὸς αὑτούς.
23.9.12τῶν δʼ Ἀχαιῶν παρακαλούντων, εἰ μὲν δυνατόν ἐστιν, βοήθειαν αὐτοῖς πέμψαι κατὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἐπὶ τοὺς Μεσσηνίους, εἰ δὲ μή, προνοηθῆναι γʼ ἵνα μηθεὶς τῶν ἐξ Ἰταλίας μήθʼ ὅπλα μήτε σῖτον εἰς τὴν Μεσσήνην εἰσαγάγῃ, τούτων μὲν οὐδενὶ προσεῖχον,
23.9.13ἀπεκρίθησαν δὲ διότι οὐδʼ ἂν ὁ Λακεδαιμονίων ἢ Κορινθίων ἢ τῶν Ἀργείων ἀφίστηται δῆμος, οὐ δεήσει τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς θαυμάζειν ἐὰν μὴ πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἡγῶνται.
23.9.14ταύτην δὲ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἐκθέμενοι, κηρύγματος ἔχουσαν διάθεσιν τοῖς βουλομένοις ἕνεκεν Ῥωμαίων ἀφίστασθαι τῆς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πολιτείας, λοιπὸν τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς παρακατεῖχον, καραδοκοῦντες τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην, πῶς προχωρήσει τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς.
23.9.15καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
23.10.1ὅτι τῷ βασιλεῖ Φιλίππῳ καὶ τῇ συμπάσῃ Μακεδονίᾳ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν δεινή τις ἀρχὴ κακῶν ἐνέπεσε καὶ πολλῆς ἐπιστάσεως καὶ μνήμης ἀξία.
23.10.2καθάπερ γὰρ ἂν εἰ δίκην ἡ τύχη βουλομένη λαβεῖν ἐν καιρῷ παρʼ αὐτοῦ πάντων τῶν ἀσεβημάτων καὶ παρανομημάτων ὧν εἰργάσατο κατὰ τὸν βίον, τότε παρέστησέ τινας ἐρινῦς καὶ ποινὰς καὶ προστροπαίους τῶν διʼ ἐκεῖνον ἠτυχηκότων·
23.10.3οἳ συνόντες αὐτῷ καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν τοιαύτας ἔλαβον παρʼ αὐτοῦ τιμωρίας, ἕως οὗ τὸ ζῆν ἐξέλιπεν, ὡς καὶ πάντας ἀνθρώπους ὁμολογῆσαι διότι κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν ἔστι Δίκης ὀφθαλμός, ἧς μηδέποτε δεῖ καταφρονεῖν ἀνθρώπους ὑπάρχοντας.
23.10.4πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ ταύτην παρεστήσαντο τὴν ἔννοιαν ὅτι δεῖ μέλλοντα πολεμεῖν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἐκ τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων καὶ παραθαλαττίων πόλεων τοὺς μὲν πολιτικοὺς ἄνδρας μετὰ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν ἀναστάτους ποιήσαντα μεταγαγεῖν εἰς τὴν νῦν μὲν Ἠμαθίαν, τὸ δὲ παλαιὸν Παιονίαν προσαγορευομένην,
23.10.5πληρῶσαι δὲ καὶ Θρᾳκῶν καὶ βαρβάρων τὰς πόλεις, ὡς βεβαιοτέρας αὐτῷ τῆς ἐκ τούτων πίστεως ὑπαρξούσης κατὰ τὰς περιστάσεις. οὗ συντελουμένου,
23.10.6καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀνασπάστων γινομένων, τηλικοῦτο συνέβη γενέσθαι πένθος καὶ τηλικοῦτον θόρυβον ὥστε δοριάλωτον δοκεῖν ἅπασαν γίνεσθαι.
23.10.7ἐξ ὧν κατάραι καὶ θεοκλυτήσεις ἐγίνοντο κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως, οὐκέτι λάθρᾳ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ φανερῶς.
23.10.8μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα βουληθεὶς μηδὲν ἀλλότριον ὑποκαθέσθαι μηδὲ δυσμενὲς μηδὲν ἀπολιπεῖν πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν, ἔγραψε τοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν πόλεων διατεταγμένοις ἀναζητήσασι τοὺς υἱοὺς καὶ τὰς θυγατέρας τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ Μακεδόνων ἀνῃρημένων, εἰς φυλακὴν ἀποθέσθαι,
23.10.9μάλιστα μὲν φέρων ἐπὶ τοὺς περὶ Ἄδμητον καὶ Πύρριχον καὶ Σάμον καὶ τοὺς μετὰ τούτων ἀπολομένους·
23.10.10ἅμα δὲ τούτοις συμπεριέλαβε καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας, ὅσοι κατὰ βασιλικὸν πρόσταγμα τοῦ ζῆν ἐστερήθησαν, ἐπιφθεγξάμενος, ὥς φασι, τὸν στίχον τοῦτον·
23.10.10νήπιος ὃς πατέρα κτείνας υἱοὺς καταλείπει.
23.10.11ὄντων δὲ τῶν πλείστων ἐπιφανῶν διὰ τὰς τῶν πατέρων προαγωγάς, ἐπιφανῆ καὶ τὴν τούτων ἀτυχίαν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι καὶ παρὰ πᾶσιν ἐλεεινήν.
23.10.12τρίτον δʼ ἡ τύχη δρᾶμα κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἐπεισήγαγεν τὸ κατὰ τοὺς υἱούς,
23.10.13ἐν ᾧ τῶν μὲν νεανίσκων ἀλλήλοις ἐπιβουλευόντων, τῆς δʼ ἀναφορᾶς περὶ τούτων ἐπʼ αὐτὸν γινομένης, καὶ δέον διαλαμβάνειν ποτέρου δεῖ γίνεσθαι τῶν υἱῶν φονέα καὶ πότερον αὐτῶν δεδιέναι μᾶλλον κατὰ τὸν ἑξῆς βίον, μὴ γηράσκων αὐτὸς πάθῃ τὸ παραπλήσιον, ἐστροβεῖτο νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν περὶ τούτων διανοούμενος.
23.10.14ἐν τοιαύταις δʼ οὔσης ἀτυχίαις καὶ ταραχαῖς τῆς αὐτοῦ ψυχῆς, τίς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως ὑπολάβοι θεῶν τινων αὐτῷ μῆνιν εἰς τὸ γῆρας κατασκῆψαι διὰ τὰς ἐν τῷ προγεγονότι βίῳ παρανομίας;
Book 23, Part 8
23.15For my part, I never concur with those who indulge their anger against men of their own blood to the length of not only depriving them of the year’s harvest when at war with them, but even of cutting down their trees and destroying their buildings, and of leaving them no opportunity for repentance. Such proceedings seem to me to be rank folly. For, while they imagine that they are dismaying the enemy by the devastation of their territory, and the deprivation of their future as well as their present means of getting the necessaries of life, they are all the while exasperating the men, and converting an isolated ebullition of anger into a lasting hatred. . . .
23.16Lycortas the Achaean Strategus crushed the spirits of the Messenians in the war. Up to this time the populace at Messene had been afraid of their magistrates; but now at length, relying on the protection of the enemy, some of them plucked up courage to break silence and to say that the time was come to send an embassy to negotiate a peace. Deinocrates and his colleagues, being no longer able to face the people under this storm of popular odium, yielded to circumstances and retired to their own houses. Thereupon the people, acting under the advice of the older men, and especially under that of Epaenetus and Apollodorus, the ambassadors from Boeotia,—who, having arrived some time before to negotiate a peace, happened fortunately to be at that time at Messene,—appointed and despatched envoys, begging forgiveness for their transgressions. The Achaean Strategus, having summoned his colleagues to council, and given the envoys a hearing, answered that There was but one way in which the Messenians could reconcile themselves to the league, and that was by at once surrendering to him the authors of the revolt and of the murder of Philopoemen, leave the rest to the authority of the league assembly, and at once receive a garrison into their citadel. When this message was announced to the Messenian populace, those who had long been bitterly opposed to the authors of the war were ready enough to surrender them and to arrest them; while the rest, being persuaded that they would not be severely dealt with by the Achaeans, readily consented to submit the general question to the decision of the assembly. But what chiefly induced them to unanimously accept the proposal was, that they in fact had no choice in the matter. The Strategus accordingly at once took over the citadel and marched his peltasts into it; and then, taking some picked troops with him, entered the city; and having summoned a meeting of the people, addressed them in terms befitting the occasion, promising that they would never have reason to repent having committed themselves to the honour of the Achaeans. The general question of what was to be done he thus referred to the league,—for it happened conveniently that the Achaeans were just then reassembling at Megalopolis for the second Congress,—but of those who were guilty of the disturbances, he ordered all such as were actually implicated in the summary execution of Philopoemen to put an end to their own lives. . . .
23.17The Messenians were reduced by their own folly to the brink of ruin, but were restored to their former position in the league by the magnanimity of Lycortas and the Achaeans. But the towns of Abia, Thuria, and Pharae during these transactions abandoned their connection with Messene, and, setting up a pillar engraved with a treaty of alliance between themselves, formed a separate league. When the Romans were informed that the Messenian war had turned out successfully for the Achaeans, without taking any account of their previous declaration they gave a different answer to the same ambassadors, asserting that they had taken measures to prevent any one from conveying arms or corn from Italy into Messene. By this they showed clearly that, so far from avoiding or disregarding the affairs of foreign nations not directly concerning themselves, they were, on the contrary, annoyed at everything not being referred to them and carried out in accordance with their opinion.
Book 23, Part 6
23.10.15τοῦτο δʼ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἔσται δῆλον ἐκ τῶν ἑξῆς ῥηθησομένων. —
23.10.15ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ Μακεδόνων βασιλεὺς πολλοὺς τῶν Μακεδόνων ἀνελὼν καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτῶν ἐπανεῖλεν, ὥς φασι, τὸν στίχον τοῦτον εἰπών·
23.10.15νήπιος ὃς πατέρα κτείνας υἱοὺς καταλείπει.
23.10.16καὶ διὰ ταῦτα τῆς ψυχῆς οἱονεὶ λυττώσης αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ κατὰ τοὺς υἱοὺς νεῖκος ἅμα τοῖς προειρημένοις ἐξεκαύθη, τῆς τύχης ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες ἀναβιβαζούσης ἐπὶ σκηνὴν ἐν ἑνὶ καιρῷ τὰς τούτων συμφοράς. —
23.10.17ἐναγίζουσιν οὖν τῷ Ξανθῷ Μακεδόνες καὶ καθαρμὸν ποιοῦσι σὺν ἵπποις ὡπλισμένοις. —
23.11.1ὅτι "δεῖ μὴ μόνον ἀναγινώσκειν τὰς τραγῳδίας καὶ τοὺς μύθους καὶ τὰς ἱστορίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ γινώσκειν καὶ συνεφιστάνειν ἐπὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος.
23.11.2ἐν οἷς ἅπασιν ἔστιν ὁρᾶν, ὅσοι μὲν τῶν ἀδελφῶν εἰς τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους ὀργὴν καὶ φιλονικίαν ἐμπεσόντες ἐπὶ πολὺ προύβησαν, ἅπαντας τοὺς τοιούτους οὐ μόνον σφᾶς ἀπολωλεκότας, ἀλλὰ καὶ βίον καὶ τέκνα καὶ πόλεις ἄρδην κατεστραφότας,
23.11.3ὅσοι δὲ μετρίως ἐζήλωσαν τὸ στέργειν αὑτοὺς καὶ φέρειν τὰς ἀλλήλων ἀγνοίας, τούτους ἅπαντας σωτῆρας γεγονότας ὧν ἀρτίως εἶπον καὶ μετὰ τῆς καλλίστης φήμης καὶ δόξης βεβιωκότας.
23.11.4καὶ μὴν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐν τῇ Λακεδαίμονι βασιλεῖς πολλάκις ὑμᾶς ἐπέστησα, λέγων ὅτι τοσοῦτον χρόνον διετήρησαν σφῶν τῇ πατρίδι τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἡγεμονίαν ὅσον πειθαρχοῦντες ὥσπερ γονεῦσι τοῖς ἐφόροις ἠνείχοντο συμβασιλεύοντες ἀλλήλοις·
23.11.5ὅτε δὲ διαφωνήσαντες εἰς μοναρχίαν τὰ πράγματα μετέστησαν, τότε πάντων ἅμα τῶν κακῶν πεῖραν ἐποίησαν λαβεῖν τὴν Σπάρτην·
23.11.6τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον ὡσανεὶ κατʼ ἔνδειξιν ὑμῖν λέγων καὶ τιθεὶς ἐναργῶς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν διετέλουν τούτους τοὺς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον,
23.11.7ὅτι παραλαβόντες οὗτοι μικρὰν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν τυχοῦσαν ηὐξήκασι ταύτην, ὥστε μηδεμιᾶς εἶναι καταδεεστέραν, διʼ οὐθὲν ἕτερον ἢ διὰ τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς ὁμόνοιαν καὶ συμφωνίαν καὶ τὸ δύνασθαι καταξίωσιν ἀλλήλοις διαφυλάττειν· ὧν ὑμεῖς ἀκούοντες οὐχ οἷον εἰς νοῦν ἐλαμβάνετε,
23.11.8τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἠκονᾶτʼ, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, τοὺς κατʼ ἀλλήλων θυμούς."
23.12.1Πολύβιος. ὁ δʼ ἐξαναστὰς προῆγε, τὰ μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς ἀρρωστίας, τὰ δʼ ὑπὸ τῆς ἡλικίας βαρυνόμενος· εἶχε γὰρ ἑβδομηκοστὸν ἔτος.
23.12.2Πολύβιος· διαβιασάμενος δὲ τὴν ἀσθένειαν τῇ συνηθείᾳ τῇ πρὸ τοῦ παρῆν ἐξ Ἄργους εἰς Μεγάλην πόλιν αὐθημερόν. —
23.12.3ὅτι Φιλοποίμην ὁ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν στρατηγὸς συλληφθεὶς ὑπὸ Μεσσηνίων ἀνῃρέθη φαρμάκῳ, ἀνὴρ γενόμενος οὐδενὸς τῶν πρὸ τοῦ κατʼ ἀρετὴν δεύτερος, τῆς τύχης μέντοι γʼ ἥττων, καίτοι δόξας ἐν παντὶ τῷ πρὸ τοῦ βίῳ συνεργὸν ἐσχηκέναι ταύτην·
23.12.4ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ κατὰ τὴν κοινὴν παροιμίαν εὐτυχῆσαι μὲν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα δυνατόν, διευτυχῆσαί γε μὴν ἀδύνατον·
23.12.5διὸ καὶ μακαριστέον τῶν προγεγονότων οὐχ ὡς διευτυχηκότας τινάς· τίς γὰρ ἀνάγκη ψευδεῖ λόγῳ χρωμένοις ματαίως προσκυνεῖν τὴν τύχην;
23.12.6ἀλλὰ τοὺς ὡς πλεῖστον χρόνον ἐν τῷ ζῆν ἵλεων ἔχοντας ταύτην, κἄν ποτε μετανοῇ, μετρίαις περιπεσόντας συμφοραῖς. —
23.12.7[...] Λυκόρταν, ὃς ἦν οὐδὲν ἥττων τούτου. —
23.12.8ὅτι Φιλοποίμην τετταράκοντʼ ἔτη συνεχῶς φιλοδοξήσας ἐν δημοκρατικῷ καὶ πολυειδεῖ πολιτεύματι, πάντῃ πάντως διέφυγε τὸν τῶν πολλῶν φθόνον,
23.12.9τὸ πλεῖον οὐ πρὸς χάριν, ἀλλὰ μετὰ παρρησίας πολιτευόμενος· ὃ σπανίως ἂν εὕροι τις γεγονός. —
23.13.1ὅτι θαυμαστόν ἐστι καὶ μέγιστον σημεῖον γεγονέναι τῇ φύσει τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον ἡγεμονικὸν καὶ πολύ τι διαφέροντα τῶν ἄλλων πρὸς τὸν πραγματικὸν τρόπον·
Book 23, Part 9
23.17When the ambassadors arrived in Sparta with their answer, the Achaean Strategus as soon as he had settled the Messenian business, summoned a congress at Sicyon, and on its assembling, proposed a resolution for the reception of Sparta into the league, alleging that The Romans had declined the arbitration which had previously been offered to them in regard to this city,—for they had answered that they had now no concern with any of the affairs of Sparta. Those, however, at present in power at Sparta were desirous of being admitted to the privileges of the league. Therefore he advised that they should admit the town; for this would be advantageous in two ways: first, because they would be thus admitting men who had remained unshaken in their loyalty to the league; and secondly, because they would not be admitting those of the old exiles, who had behaved with ingratitude and impiety towards them, to any share of their privileges; but by confirming the measures of those who had excluded them, would at the same time be showing, with God’s help, due gratitude to the latter. With these words Lycortas exhorted the Achaeans to receive the city of Sparta into the league. But Diophanes and some others attempted to put in a word for the exiles, and urged the Achaeans Not to join in pressing heavily upon these banished men; and not to be influenced by a mere handful of men to strengthen the hands of those who had impiously and lawlessly expelled them from their country.
23.18Such were the arguments employed on either side. The Achaeans, after listening to both, decided to admit the city, and accordingly the agreement was engraved on a tablet, and Sparta became a member of the Achaean league: the existing citizens having agreed to admit such of the old exiles as were not considered to have acted in a hostile spirit against the Achaeans. After confirming this arrangement the Achaeans sent Bippus of Argos and others as ambassadors to Rome, to explain to the Senate what had been done in the matter. The Lacedaemonians also sent Chaeron and others; while the exiles too sent a mission led by Cletis Diactorius to oppose the Achaean ambassadors in the Senate.
Book 23, Part 7
23.13.2ἑπτακαίδεκα γὰρ ἔτη μείνας ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις πλεῖστά τʼ ἔθνη καὶ βάρβαρα διεξελθὼν καὶ πλείστοις ἀνδράσιν ἀλλοφύλοις καὶ ἑτερογλώττοις χρησάμενος συνεργοῖς πρὸς ἀπηλπισμένας καὶ παραδόξους ἐπιβολάς, ὑπʼ οὐθενὸς οὔτʼ ἐπεβουλεύθη τὸ παράπαν οὔτʼ ἐγκατελείφθη τῶν ἅπαξ αὐτῷ κοινωνησάντων καὶ δόντων ἑαυτοὺς εἰς χεῖρας. —
23.14.1ὅτι Πόπλιος φιλοδοξήσας ἐν ἀριστοκρατικῷ πολιτεύματι τηλικαύτην περιεποιήσατο παρὰ μὲν τοῖς ὄχλοις εὔνοιαν παρὰ δὲ τῷ συνεδρίῳ πίστιν ὥστʼ,
23.14.2ἐν μὲν τῷ δήμῳ κρίνειν τινὸς ἐπιβαλομένου κατὰ τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἔθη καὶ πολλὰ κατηγορήσαντος καὶ πικρῶς, ἄλλο μὲν οὐθὲν εἶπε προελθών,
23.14.3οὐκ ἔφη δὲ πρέπον εἶναι τῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων οὐθενὸς ἀκούειν κατηγοροῦντος Ποπλίου Κορνηλίου Σκιπίωνος, διʼ ὃν αὐτὴν τὴν τοῦ λέγειν ἐξουσίαν ἔχουσιν οἱ κατηγοροῦντες.
23.14.4ὧν ἀκούσαντες οἱ πολλοὶ παραχρῆμα διελύθησαν πάντες ἐκ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἀπολιπόντες τὸν κατηγοροῦντα μόνον. —
23.14.5ὅτι Πόπλιος ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ χρείας ποτὲ χρημάτων οὔσης εἴς τινα κατεπείγουσαν οἰκονομίαν, τοῦ δὲ ταμίου διά τινα νόμον οὐ φάσκοντος ἀνοίξειν τὸ ταμιεῖον κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν, αὐτὸς ἔφη λαβὼν τὰς κλεῖς ἀνοίξειν·
23.14.6αὐτὸς γὰρ αἴτιος γεγονέναι καὶ τοῦ κλείεσθαι τὸ ταμιεῖον.
23.14.7πάλιν δέ ποτε λόγον ἀπαιτοῦντός τινος ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ τῶν χρημάτων ὧν ἔλαβε παρʼ Ἀντιόχου πρὸ τῶν συνθηκῶν εἰς τὴν τοῦ στρατοπέδου μισθοδοσίαν, ἔχειν μὲν ἔφη τὸν λογισμόν, οὐ δεῖν δʼ αὐτὸν ὑποσχεῖν οὐδενὶ λόγον·
23.14.8τοῦ δʼ ἐπικειμένου καὶ κελεύοντος φέρειν ἠξίωσε τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐνεγκεῖν· κομισθέντος δὲ τοῦ βυβλίου, προτείνας αὐτὸ καὶ κατασπαράξας πάντων ὁρώντων τὸν μὲν ἀπαιτοῦντα τὸν λόγον ἐκ τούτων ζητεῖν ἐκέλευσε,
23.14.9τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους ἤρετο πῶς τῶν μὲν τρισχιλίων ταλάντων τὸν λόγον ἐπιζητοῦσι πῶς ἐδαπανήθη καὶ διὰ τίνων, τῶν δὲ μυρίων καθόλου καὶ πεντακισχιλίων ὧν παρʼ Ἀντιόχου λαμβάνουσιν, οὐκέτι ζητοῦσι πῶς εἰσπορεύεται καὶ διὰ τίνων,
23.14.10οὐδὲ πῶς τῆς Ἀσίας καὶ τῆς Λιβύης, ἔτι δὲ τῆς Ἰβηρίας κεκυριεύκασιν.
23.14.11ὥστε μὴ μόνον καταπλαγῆναι πάντας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ζητήσαντα τὸν λόγον ἀποσιωπῆσαι.
23.14.12ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω τῆς τε τῶν μετηλλαχότων ἀνδρῶν εὐκλείας ἕνεκεν καὶ τῆς τῶν ἐπιγινομένων παρορμήσεως πρὸς τὰ καλὰ τῶν ἔργων. —
23.15.1ὅτι οὐ καλὸν τὸ φθείρειν τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν ὑπεναντίων· φησὶ γὰρ ὁ Πολύβιος οὐδέποτε δʼ ἐγὼ συντίθεμαι τὴν γνώμην τοῖς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον διατιθεμένοις τὴν ὀργὴν εἰς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους ὥστε μὴ μόνον τοὺς ἐπετείους καρποὺς παραιρεῖσθαι τῶν πολεμίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ δένδρα καὶ τὰ κατασκευάσματα διαφθείρειν, μηδὲ μεταμελείας καταλείποντας τόπον.
23.15.2ἀλλά μοι δοκοῦσι μεγαλείως ἀγνοεῖν οἱ ταῦτα πράττοντες·
23.15.3καθʼ ὅσον γὰρ ὑπολαμβάνουσι καταπλήττεσθαι τοὺς πολεμίους λυμαινόμενοι τὴν χώραν καὶ παραιρούμενοι πάσας, οὐ μόνον τὰς κατὰ τὸ παρόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐλπίδας τῶν πρὸς τὸν βίον ἀναγκαίων, κατὰ τοσοῦτον ἀποθηριοῦντες τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀμετάθετον ποιοῦσι τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς ὀργὴν τῶν ἅπαξ ἐξαμαρτόντων. —
23.16.1ὅτι ὁ Λυκόρτας ὁ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν στρατηγὸς τοὺς Μεσσηνίους καταπληξάμενος τῷ πολέμῳ
23.16.2πάλαι μὲν οἱ Μεσσήνιοι καταπεπληγμένοι τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον τοὺς προεστῶτας, τότε μόλις ἐθάρρησάν τινες αὐτῶν φωνὴν ἀφιέναι, πιστεύσαντες τῇ τῶν πολεμίων ἐφεδρείᾳ, καὶ λέγειν ὅτι δεῖ πρεσβεύειν ὑπὲρ διαλύσεως.
23.16.3οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Δεινοκράτην οὐκέτι δυνάμενοι πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος ἀντοφθαλμεῖν διὰ τὸ περιέχεσθαι τοῖς πράγμασιν εἴξαντες ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὰς ἰδίας οἰκήσεις.
23.16.4οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ παρακληθέντες ὑπό τε τῶν πρεσβυτέρων καὶ μάλιστα τῶν ἐκ Βοιωτίας πρεσβευτῶν,
23.16.5οἳ πρότερον ἤδη παραγεγονότες ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις, Ἐπαίνετος καὶ Ἀπολλόδωρος, εὐκαίρως τότε παρέτυχον ἐν τῇ Μεσσήνῃ, ταχέως ἐπακολουθήσαντες ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις οἱ Μεσσήνιοι κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς καὶ τούτους ἐξέπεμψαν, δεόμενοι τυχεῖν συγγνώμης ἐπὶ τοῖς ἡμαρτημένοις.
23.16.6ὁ δὲ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν παραλαβὼν τοὺς συνάρχοντας καὶ διακούσας τῶν παραγεγονότων μίαν ἔφη Μεσσηνίοις πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος εἶναι διάλυσιν,
23.16.7ἐὰν μὲν τοὺς αἰτίους τῆς ἀποστάσεως καὶ τῆς Φιλοποίμενος ἀναιρέσεως ἤδη παραδῶσιν αὐτῷ, περὶ δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων ἐπιτροπὴν δῶσιν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, εἰς δὲ τὴν ἄκραν εἰσδέξωνται παραχρῆμα φυλακήν.
Book 24, Part 1
24.1THE ambassadors from the Spartan exiles and from the Achaeans arrived in Rome simultaneously with those of Eumenes, king Ariarathes, and Pharnaces; and the Senate attended to these latter first. A short time previously a report had been made to the Senate by Marcus, who had been despatched on a mission respecting the war that had broken out between Eumenes and Pharnaces, speaking highly of the moderation of Eumenes in every particular, and the grasping temper and insolence of Pharnaces. The Senate accordingly did not require any lengthened arguments; but, after listening to the ambassadors, answered that they would once more send legates to examine more minutely into the points in dispute between the kings. Then came in the ambassadors from the Lacedaemonian exiles, and with them the ambassadors from the citizens actually in the city; and after giving them a long hearing, the Senate expressed no disapproval of what had been done, but promised the exiles to write to the Achaeans on the subject of their restoration to their country. Some days afterwards, Bippus of Argos and his colleagues, sent by the Achaeans, entered the Senate with a statement as to the restoration of order in Messene; and the Senate, without showing displeasure at any part of the arrangement, gave the ambassadors a cordial reception. . . .
24.2When the ambassadors of the Spartan exiles arrived in the Peloponnese from Rome with a letter from the Senate to the Achaeans, desiring that measures should be taken for their recall and restoration to their country, the Achaeans resolved to postpone the consideration of the question until their own ambassadors should return. After making this answer, they caused the agreement between themselves and the Messenians to be engraved on a tablet: granting them, among other favours, a three years’ remission of taxes, in order that the damage done to their territory should fall upon the Achaeans equally with the Messenians. But when Bippus and his colleagues arrived from Rome, and reported that the letter in regard to the exiles was not due to any strong feeling on the part of the Senate, but to the importunity of the exiles themselves, the Achaeans voted to make no change.
24.3Mount Haemus is close to the Pontus, the most extensive and loftiest of the ranges in Thrace, which it divides into two nearly equal parts, from which a view of both seas may be obtained.
Book 23, Part 8
23.16.8ἀναγγελθέντων δὲ τούτων εἰς τοὺς ὄχλους, οἱ μὲν πάλαι πικρῶς διακείμενοι πρὸς τοὺς αἰτίους τοῦ πολέμου πρόθυμοι τούτους ἦσαν ἐκδιδόναι καὶ συλλαμβάνειν, οἱ δὲ πεπεισμένοι μηδὲν πείσεσθαι δεινὸν ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἑτοίμως συγκατέβαινον εἰς τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων ἐπιτροπήν.
23.16.9τὸ δὲ συνέχον, οὐκ ἔχοντες αἵρεσιν περὶ τῶν παρόντων ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἐδέξαντο τὰ προτεινόμενα.
23.16.10τὴν μὲν οὖν ἄκραν εὐθέως παραλαβὼν ὁ στρατηγὸς τοὺς πελταστὰς εἰς αὐτὴν παρήγαγεν,
23.16.11μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα προσλαβὼν τοὺς ἐπιτηδείους ἐκ τοῦ στρατοπέδου παρῆλθεν εἰς τὴν πόλιν καὶ συναγαγὼν τοὺς ὄχλους παρεκάλεσε τὰ πρέποντα τοῖς ἐνεστῶσι καιροῖς, ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀμεταμέλητον αὐτοῖς ἔσεσθαι τὴν πίστιν.
23.16.12τῆς μὲν οὖν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων διαλήψεως τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐπὶ τὸ ἔθνος ἐποιήσατο — καὶ γὰρ ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες συνέβαινε τότε πάλιν συνάγεσθαι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς Μεγάλην πόλιν ἐπὶ τὴν δευτέραν σύνοδον —
23.16.13τῶν δʼ ἐν ταῖς αἰτίαις ὅσοι μὲν μετέσχον τοῦ παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ἐπανελέσθαι τὸν Φιλοποίμενα, τούτοις ἐπέταξε παραχρῆμα πάντας αὐτοὺς ἐξάγειν ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν —
23.17.1ὅτι οἱ Μεσσήνιοι διὰ τὴν αὑτῶν ἄγνοιαν εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην παραγενόμενοι διάθεσιν ἀποκατέστησαν εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς κατάστασιν τῆς συμπολιτείας διὰ τὴν Λυκόρτα καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν μεγαλοψυχίαν.
23.17.2ἡ δʼ Ἀβία καὶ Θουρία καὶ Φαραὶ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Μεσσήνης ἐχωρίσθησαν, ἰδίᾳ δὲ θέμεναι στήλην ἑκάστη μετεῖχεν τῆς κοινῆς συμπολιτείας.
23.17.3Ῥωμαῖοι δὲ πυθόμενοι κατὰ λόγον κεχωρηκέναι τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην, οὐδένα λόγον ποιησάμενοι τῆς πρότερον ἀποφάσεως ἄλλην ἔδωκαν τοῖς αὐτοῖς πρεσβευταῖς ἀπόκρισιν, διασαφοῦντες ὅτι πρόνοιαν πεποίηνται τοῦ μηθένα τῶν ἐξ Ἰταλίας μήθʼ ὅπλα μήτε σῖτον εἰσάγειν εἰς τὴν Μεσσήνην.
23.17.4ἐξ οὗ καταφανεῖς ἅπασιν ἐγενήθησαν ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἀπέχουσιν τοῦ τὰ μὴ λίαν ἀναγκαῖα τῶν ἐκτὸς πραγμάτων ἀποτρίβεσθαι καὶ παρορᾶν, ὡς τοὐναντίον καὶ δυσχεραίνουσιν ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ πάντων τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐφʼ ἑαυτοὺς γίνεσθαι καὶ πάντα πράττεσθαι μετὰ τῆς αὑτῶν γνώμης.
23.17.5εἰς δὲ τὴν Λακεδαίμονα παραγενομένων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης καὶ κομιζόντων τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, εὐθέως ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν μετὰ τὸ συντελέσαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μεσσήνην συνῆγε τοὺς πολλοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν Σικυωνίων πόλιν.
23.17.6ἁθροισθέντων δὲ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἀνεδίδου διαβούλιον ὑπὲρ τοῦ προσλαβέσθαι τὴν Σπάρτην εἰς τὴν συμπολιτείαν,
23.17.7φάσκων Ῥωμαίους μὲν ἀποτρίβεσθαι τὴν πρότερον αὐτοῖς δοθεῖσαν ἐπιτροπὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς πόλεως ταύτης· ἀποκεκρίσθαι γὰρ αὐτοὺς νῦν μηθὲν εἶναι τῶν κατὰ Λακεδαίμονα πραγμάτων πρὸς αὑτούς·
23.17.8τοὺς δὲ κυριεύοντας τῆς Σπάρτης κατὰ τὸ παρὸν βούλεσθαι σφίσιν μετέχειν τῆς συμπολιτείας.
23.17.9διὸ παρεκάλει προσδέχεσθαι τὴν πόλιν· εἶναι γὰρ τοῦτο κατὰ δύο τρόπους συμφέρον, καθʼ ἕνα μέν, ὅτι τούτους μέλλουσι προσλήψεσθαι τοὺς διατετηρηκότας τὴν πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος πίστιν,
23.17.10καθʼ ἕτερον δέ, διότι τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων τοὺς ἀχαρίστως καὶ ἀσεβῶς ἀνεστραμμένους εἰς αὐτοὺς οὐχ ἕξουσι κοινωνοὺς τῆς πολιτείας, ἀλλʼ ἑτέρων αὐτοὺς ἐκκεκλεικότων τῆς πόλεως, βεβαιώσαντες τὰς ἐκείνων προαιρέσεις ἅμα τὴν ἁρμόζουσαν αὐτοῖς χάριν ἀποδώσουσι μετὰ τῆς τῶν θεῶν προνοίας.
23.17.11ὁ μὲν οὖν Λυκόρτας ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα λέγων παρεκάλει τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς προσδέξασθαι τὴν πόλιν·
23.17.12ὁ δὲ Διοφάνης καί τινες ἕτεροι βοηθεῖν ἐπειρῶντο τοῖς φυγάσι καὶ παρεκάλουν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς μὴ συνεπιθέσθαι τοῖς ἐκπεπτωκόσιν μηδὲ διʼ ὀλίγους ἀνθρώπους συνεπισχῦσαι τοῖς ἀσεβῶς καὶ παρανόμως αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς πατρίδος
23.18.1ἐκβεβληκόσιν. τοιαῦτα μὲν ἦν τὰ ῥηθέντα παρʼ ἑκατέρων. οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ διακούσαντες ἀμφοτέρων ἔκριναν προσλαβέσθαι τὴν πόλιν, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα στήλης προγραφείσης συνεπολιτεύετο μετὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἡ Σπάρτη,
23.18.2προσδεξαμένων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει τούτους τῶν ἀρχαίων φυγάδων, ὅσοι μηδὲν ἐδόκουν ἄγνωμον πεποιηκέναι κατὰ τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνους.
23.18.3οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ ταῦτα κυρώσαντες πρεσβευτὰς ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς περὶ Βίππον τὸν Ἀργεῖον, διασαφήσοντας τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ πάντων.
23.18.4ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Λακεδαιμόνιοι τοὺς περὶ Χαίρωνα κατέστησαν.
23.18.5ἐξαπέστειλαν δʼ οἱ φυγάδες τοὺς περὶ Κλῆτιν καὶ Διακτόριον τοὺς συγκαταστησομένους ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ πρὸς τοὺς παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρεσβευτάς.
Book 24, Part 2
24.4In Crete there was the beginning of great troubles set in motion, if one should speak of a beginning of troubles in Crete: for owing to the persistency of civil wars and the acts of savagery practised against each other, beginning and end are much the same in Crete; and what appears to some people to be an incredible story is a spectacle of everyday occurrence there.
24.5Having come to terms with each other, Pharnaces, Attalus, and the rest returned home. While this was going on, Eumenes had recovered from his illness, and was staying at Pergamus; and when his brother arrived to announce the arrangements that had been made, he approved of what had been done, and resolved to send his brothers to Rome: partly because he hoped to put an end to the war with Pharnaces by means of their mission, and partly because he wished to introduce his brothers to his own private friends at Rome, and officially to the Senate. Attalus and his brother were eager for this tour; and when they arrived in Rome the young men met with a cordial reception from everybody in private society, owing to the intimacies which they had formed during the Roman wars in Asia, and a still more honourable welcome from the Senate, which made liberal provision for their entertainment and maintenance, and treated them with marked respect in such conferences as it had with them. Thus, when the young men came formally before the Senate, and, after speaking at considerable length of the renewal of their ancient ties of friendship with Rome and inveighing against Pharnaces, begged the Senate to adopt some active measures to inflict on him the punishment he deserved, the Senate gave them a favourable hearing, and promised in reply to send legates to use every possible means of putting an end to the war.
24.6About the same time king Ptolemy, wishing to make friends with the Achaean league, sent an ambassador to them with an offer of a fleet of ten penteconters fully equipped; and the Achaeans, thinking the present worthy of their thanks, for the cost could not be much less than ten talents, gladly accepted the offer. Having come to this resolution, they selected Lycortas, Polybius, and Aratus, son of Aratus of Sicyon, to go on a mission to the king, partly to thank him for the arms which he had sent on a former occasion, and partly to receive the ships and make arrangements for bringing them across. They appointed Lycortas, because, as Strategus at the time that Ptolemy renewed the alliance, he had worked energetically on the king’s side; and Polybius, though below the legal age for acting as ambassador, because, as his father has been ambassador at the renewal of the alliance with Ptolemy, and had brought the present of arms and of money to the Achaeans; and Aratus, similarly, on account of his former intercourse with the king. However, this mission never went after all, as Ptolemy died just at this time. . . .
Book 24, Part 1
24.1.1εἰς δὲ τὴν Ῥώμην παραγεγονότων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν παρά τε τῶν Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ τῶν ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων, ἔτι δὲ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶν παρʼ Εὐμένους καὶ παρʼ Ἀριαράθου τοῦ βασιλέως ἡκόντων καὶ τῶν παρὰ Φαρνάκου, τούτοις πρῶτον ἐχρημάτισεν ἡ σύγκλητος.
24.1.2βραχεῖ δὲ χρόνῳ πρότερον ἀνηγγελκότων τῶν περὶ τὸν Μάρκον πρεσβευτῶν, οὓς ἀπεστάλκεισαν ἐπὶ τὸν Εὐμένει καὶ Φαρνάκῃ συνεστηκότα πόλεμον, καὶ διασεσαφηκότων περί τε τῆς Εὐμένους μετριότητος ἐν πᾶσιν καὶ περὶ τῆς Φαρνάκου πλεονεξίας καὶ καθόλου τῆς ὑπερηφανίας,
24.1.3οὐκέτι πολλῶν προσεδεήθη λόγων ἡ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν παραγεγονότων, ἀπεκρίθη δὲ διότι πάλιν πέμψει πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς φιλοτιμότερον ἐπισκεψομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν διαφερόντων τοῖς προειρημένοις.
24.1.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τῶν ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων εἰσπορευθέντων καὶ τῶν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως ἅμα τούτοις, ἐπὶ πολὺ διακούσασα τοῖς μὲν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως οὐδὲν ἐπετίμησε περὶ τῶν γεγονότων,
24.1.5τοῖς δὲ φυγάσιν ἐπηγγείλατο γράψειν πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς περὶ τοῦ κατελθεῖν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
24.1.6μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἰσπορευθέντων τῶν περὶ Βίππον τὸν Ἀργεῖον, οὓς ἀπεστάλκει τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνος, καὶ διασαφούντων περὶ τῆς Μεσσηνίων ἀποκαταστάσεως,
24.1.7οὐθενὶ δυσαρεστήσασα περὶ τῶν οἰκονουμένων ἡ σύγκλητος ἀπεδέξατο φιλανθρώπως τοὺς πρεσβευτάς.
24.2.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον παραγενομένων ἐκ Ῥώμης τῶν ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων καὶ κομιζόντων παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου γράμματα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ προνοηθῆναι περὶ τῆς αὑτῶν καθόδου καὶ σωτηρίας εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν,
24.2.2ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπερθέσθαι τὸ διαβούλιον, ἕως ἂν οἱ παρʼ αὐτῶν ἔλθωσι πρεσβευταί.
24.2.3ταῦτα δὲ τοῖς φυγάσιν ἀποκριθέντες συνέθεντο τὴν πρὸς Μεσσηνίους στήλην, συγχωρήσαντες αὐτοῖς πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις φιλανθρώποις καὶ τριῶν ἐτῶν ἀτέλειαν, ὥστε τὴν τῆς χώρας καταφθορὰν μηδὲν ἧττον βλάψαι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἢ Μεσσηνίους.
24.2.4τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Βίππον παραγενομένων ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης καὶ διασαφούντων γραφῆναι τὰ γράμματα περὶ τῶν φυγάδων οὐ διὰ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου σπουδήν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὴν τῶν φυγάδων φιλοτιμίαν,
24.2.5ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων. —
24.3.1κατὰ δὲ τὴν Κρήτην ἀρχὴ πραγμάτων ἐκινεῖτο μεγάλων, εἰ χρὴ λέγειν ἀρχὴν πραγμάτων ἐν Κρήτῃ· διὰ γὰρ τὴν συνέχειαν τῶν ἐμφυλίων πολέμων καὶ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους ὠμότητος ταὐτὸν ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος ἐστὶν ἐν Κρήτῃ, καὶ τὸ δοκοῦν παραδόξως τισὶν εἰρῆσθαι τοῦτʼ ἐκεῖ θεωρεῖται συνεχῶς [τὸ] γινόμενον.
24.4.1πρὸς μὲν οὖν τῷ Πόντῳ τὸ Αἷμόν ἐστιν ὄρος, μέγιστον τῶν ταύτῃ καὶ ὑψηλότατον, μέσην πως διαιροῦν τὴν Θρᾴκην· ἀφʼ οὗ φησι Πολύβιος ἀμφοτέρας καθορᾶσθαι τὰς θαλάττας, οὐκ ἀληθῆ λέγων· καὶ γὰρ τὸ διάστημα μέγα τὸ πρὸς τὸν Ἀδρίαν καὶ τὰ ἐπισκοτοῦντα πολλά.
24.5.1ὅτι γενομένων συνθηκῶν πρὸς ἀλλήλους Φαρνάκου καὶ Ἀττάλου καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν, ἅπαντες μετὰ τῶν οἰκείων δυνάμεων ἀνεχώρησαν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
Book 24, Part 3
24.7There was at this time in Sparta a man named Chaeron, who in the previous year had been on an embassy to Rome, a man of ready wit and great ability in affairs, but still young, in a humble position of life, and without the advantages of a liberal education. By flattering the mob, and starting questions which no one else had the assurance to move, he soon acquired a certain notoriety with the people. The first use he made of his power was to confiscate the land granted by the tyrants to the sisters, wives, mothers, and children of the exiles, and to distribute it on his own authority among the poor without any fixed rule or regard to equality. He next squandered the revenue, using the public money as though it were his own, without the authority of law, public decree, or magistrate. Annoyed at these proceedings, certain men managed to get themselves appointed auditors of the treasury in accordance with the laws. Seeing this, and conscious of his mal-administration of the government, Chaeron sent some men to attack Apollonides, the most illustrious of the auditors, and the most able to expose his embezzlements, who stabbed him to death in broad daylight as he was coming from the bath. Upon this being reported to the Achaeans, and the people expressing great indignation at what had been done, the Strategus at once started for Sparta; and when he arrived there he brought Chaeron to trial for the murder of Apollonides, and having condemned him, threw him into prison. He then incited the remaining auditors to make a real investigation into the public funds, and to see that the relations of the exiles got back the property of which Chaeron had shortly before deprived them.
24.8In Asia king Pharnaces, once more treating the reference to Rome with contempt, sent Leocritus in the course of the winter with ten thousand men to ravage Galatia, while he himself at the beginning of spring collected his forces and invaded Cappadocia. When Eumenes heard of it, he was much enraged at Pharnaces thus breaking through the terms of the agreement to which he was pledged, but was compelled to retaliate by acting in the same way. When he had already collected his forces, Attalus and his brother landed from their voyage from Rome, and the three brothers, after meeting and interchanging views, marched out at once with the army. But on reaching Galatia they found Leocritus no longer there; and when Carsignatus and Gaesotorius, who had before embraced the cause of Pharnaces, sent them a message desiring that their lives might be spared, and promising that they would do anything that might be required of them, they refused the request on the ground of the treachery of which they had been guilty, and advanced with their full force against Pharnaces; and having performed the distance from Calpitus to the river Halys in five days, they reached Parnassus in six more, and being there joined by Ariarathes, the king of the Cappadocians, with his own army, they entered the territory of the Mocissians. Just as they had pitched their camp, news came that the ambassadors from Rome had arrived to effect a pacification. When he heard this, Eumenes sent his brother Attalus to receive them; while he devoted himself to doubling the number of his troops, and improving them to the utmost: partly with a view to prepare them for actual service, and partly to impress the Romans with the belief that he was able to defend himself against Pharnaces, and beat him in war.
24.9When the Roman legates arrived and urged the putting an end to the war, Eumenes and Ariarathes professed to be ready to obey; but begged the Romans to bring them, if possible, to an interview with Pharnaces, that they might see fully from what was said in their own presence how faithless and cruel a man Pharnaces was; and, if this proved to be impossible, to take a fair and impartial view of the controversy and decide it themselves. The legates replied that they would do everything that was in their power and was consistent with honour; but they required the kings to remove their army from the country: for it was inconsistent that, when they were there with proposals for a peace, operations of war should be going on and mutual acts of hostility be committed. Eumenes and his ally yielded to this representation, and immediately marched off in the direction of Galatia. The Roman legates then visited Pharnaces, and first demanded that he should meet Eumenes and Ariarathes in a conference, as that would be the surest way of settling the affair; but when he expressed repugnance to that measure, and absolutely refused to do so, the Romans at once perceived that he plainly thought himself in the wrong, and distrusted his own cause; but, being anxious in any and every way to put an end to the war, they continued to press him until he consented to send plenipotentiaries to the coast, to conclude a peace on such terms as the legates might command. When these plenipotentiaries, the Roman legates, and Eumenes and Ariarathes met, the latter showed themselves ready to consent to any proposal for the sake of concluding a peace. But the envoys of Pharnaces disputed every point, and did not hold even to what they had once accepted, but continually brought forward some fresh demand, and altered their mind again and again. The Roman legates, therefore, quickly came to the conclusion that they were wasting their labour, as Pharnaces could not be induced to consent to the pacification. The conference accordingly having come to nothing, and the Roman legates having left Pergamum, and the envoys of Pharnaces having gone home, the war went on, Eumenes and his allies proceeding in their preparations for it. Meanwhile, however, the Rhodians earnestly requested Eumenes to help them; and he accordingly set out in great haste to carry on a war against the Lycians. . . .
Book 24, Part 2
24.5.2Εὐμένης δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἀπολελυμένος τῆς ἀρρωστίας καὶ διατρίβων ἐν Περγάμῳ, παραγενομένου τἀδελφοῦ καὶ διασαφοῦντος περὶ τῶν ᾠκονομημένων, εὐδοκήσας τοῖς γεγονόσιν προέθετο πέμπειν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἅπαντας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην,
24.5.3ἅμα μὲν ἐλπίζων πέρας ἐπιθήσειν τῷ πρὸς τὸν Φαρνάκην πολέμῳ διὰ τῆς τούτων πρεσβείας, ἅμα δὲ συστῆσαι σπουδάζων τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τοῖς τʼ ἰδίᾳ φίλοις καὶ ξένοις ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ καὶ τῇ συγκλήτῳ κατὰ κοινόν.
24.5.4προθύμων δὲ καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον ὑπαρχόντων, ἐγένοντο περὶ τὴν ἐκδημίαν.
24.5.5καὶ τούτων παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν μὲν πάντες ἀπεδέχοντο τοὺς νεανίσκους φιλανθρώπως, ἅτε συνήθειαν ἐσχηκότες ἐν ταῖς περὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν στρατείαις, ἔτι δὲ μεγαλομερέστερον ἡ σύγκλητος ἀπεδέξατο τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῶν·
24.5.6καὶ γὰρ ξένια καὶ παροχὰς τὰς μεγίστας ἐξέθηκεν αὐτοῖς καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἔντευξιν καλῶς ἀπήντησεν.
24.5.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον εἰσελθόντες εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον τά τε προϋπάρχοντα φιλάνθρωπα διὰ πλειόνων λόγων ἀνενεώσαντο καὶ τοῦ Φαρνάκου κατηγορήσαντες παρεκάλουν ἐπιστροφήν τινα ποιήσασθαι, διʼ ἧς τεύξεται τῆς ἁρμοζούσης δίκης.
24.5.8ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα φιλανθρώπως ἀπεκρίθη διότι πέμψει πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς κατὰ πάντα τρόπον λύσοντας τὸν πόλεμον. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν οὕτως εἶχεν.
24.6.1ὅτι περὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς Πτολεμαῖος ὁ βασιλεύς, βουλόμενος ἐμπλέκεσθαι τῷ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνει, διεπέμψατο πρεσβευτήν, ἐπαγγελλόμενος δεκαναΐαν δώσειν ἐντελῆ πεντηκοντηρικῶν πλοίων.
24.6.2οἱ δʼ Ἀχαιοὶ καὶ διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν τὴν δωρεὰν ἀξίαν εἶναι χάριτος ἀσμένως ἀπεδέξαντο τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν. [δοκεῖ γὰρ ἡ δαπάνη οὐ πολὺ λείπειν τῶν δέκα ταλάντων].
24.6.3ταῦτα δὲ βουλευσάμενοι προεχειρίσαντο πρεσβευτὰς Λυκόρταν καὶ Πολύβιον καὶ σὺν τούτοις Ἄρατον, υἱὸν Ἀράτου τοῦ Σικυωνίου, τοὺς ἅμα μὲν εὐχαριστήσοντας τῷ βασιλεῖ περί τε τῶν ὅπλων ὧν πρότερον ἀπέστειλε καὶ τοῦ νομίσματος, ἅμα δὲ παραληψομένους τὰ πλοῖα καὶ πρόνοιαν ποιησομένους περὶ τῆς ἀποκομιδῆς αὐτῶν.
24.6.4κατέστησαν δὲ τὸν μὲν Λυκόρταν διὰ τὸ κατὰ τὸν καιρόν, καθʼ ὃν ἐποιεῖτο τὴν ἀνανέωσιν τῆς συμμαχίας ὁ Πτολεμαῖος, στρατηγοῦντα τότε συνεργῆσαι φιλοτίμως αὐτῷ,
24.6.5τὸν δὲ Πολύβιον, νεώτερον ὄντα τῆς κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἡλικίας, διὰ τὸ τήν τε συμμαχίαν αὐτοῦ τὸν πατέρα πρεσβεύσαντα πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον ἀνανεώσασθαι καὶ τὴν δωρεὰν τῶν ὅπλων καὶ τοῦ νομίσματος ἀγαγεῖν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς,
24.6.6παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἄρατον διὰ τὰς προγονικὰς συστάσεις πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν.
24.6.7οὐ μὴν συνέβη γε τὴν πρεσβείαν ταύτην ἐξελθεῖν διὰ τὸ μεταλλάξαι τὸν Πτολεμαῖον περὶ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους. —
24.7.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἦν τις ἐν τῇ Λακεδαίμονι Χαίρων, ὃς ἐτύγχανε τῷ πρότερον ἔτει πεπρεσβευκὼς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἄνθρωπος ἀγχίνους μὲν καὶ πρακτικός, νέος δὲ καὶ ταπεινὸς καὶ δημοτικῆς ἀγωγῆς τετευχώς.
Book 24, Part 4
24.10This year the Achaean Strategus Hyperbatus brought before the assembly the question of the letter from Rome as to the recall of the Lacedaemonian exiles. Lycortas and his party recommended that no change should be made, on the ground that The Romans had only acted as they were bound to do in listening to the petition of men who, on the face of it, were deprived of their rights, so far as that petition seemed reasonable; but when they were convinced that of a petition some points were impossible, and others such as to inflict great disgrace and damage upon their friends, it had never been their custom to insist upon them peremptorily, or force their adoption. So in this case also, if it were shown to them that the Achaeans by obeying their letter would be breaking their oaths, their laws, and the provisions engraved on the tablets, the very bonds of our league, they will retract their orders, and will admit that we are right to hesitate and to ask to be excused from carrying out its injunctions. Such was the speech of Lycortas. But Hyperbatus and Callicrates advised submission to the letter, and that they should hold its authority superior to law or tablet or anything else. Such being the division of opinion, the Achaeans voted to send ambassadors to the Senate, to put before it the points contained in the speech of Lycortas. Callicrates of Leontium, Lydiades of Megalopolis, and Aratus of Sicyon were forthwith nominated for this mission, and were despatched with instructions to this effect. But on their arrival at Rome Callicrates went before the Senate, and, so far from addressing it in accordance with his instructions, he on the contrary entered upon an elaborate denunciation of his political opponents; and, not contented with that, he undertook to rebuke the Senate itself.
24.11For he said that The Romans were themselves responsible for the Greeks neglecting their letters and orders instead of obeying them. For in all the democratic states of the day there were two parties,—one recommending obedience to the Roman rescripts, and holding neither law nor tablet nor anything else to be superior to the will of Rome; the other always quoting oaths and tablets, and exhorting the people to be careful about breaking them. Now the latter policy was by far the most popular in Achaia, and the most influential with the multitude; consequently the Romanisers were discredited and denounced among the populace—their opponents glorified. If then the Senate would give some sign of their interest in the matter, the leaders, in the first place, would quickly change to the Romanising party, and, in the next place, would be followed by the populace from fear. But if this were neglected by the Senate, the tendency towards the latter of the two parties would be universal, as the more creditable and honourable in the eyes of the populace. Thus it came about that at that very time certain statesmen, without any other claims whatever, had obtained the highest offices in their own cities, merely from coming forward to speak against the rescripts of the Senate, with the view of maintaining the validity of the laws and decrees made in the country. If then the Senate was indifferent about having their rescripts obeyed by the Greeks, by all means let it go on as it is now doing. But if the Senate wished that its orders should be carried out, and its rescripts be despised by no one, it must give serious attention to that subject. If it did not do so, he knew only too well that the exact opposite of the Senate’s wishes would come about, as in fact had already been the case. For but lately, in the Messenian disturbance, though Quintus Marcius had taken many precautions to prevent the Achaeans adopting any measures with regard to the Messenians without the consent of the Romans, they had disobeyed that order; had voted the war on their own authority; had not only wasted the whole county in defiance of justice, but had in some cases driven its noblest citizens into exile, and in others put them to death with every extremity of torture, though they had surrendered, and were guilty of no crime but that of appealing to Rome on the points in dispute. Again, too, though the Senate had repeatedly written to order the restoration of the Lacedaemonian exiles, the Achaeans were so far from obeying, that they had actually set up an engraved tablet, and made a sworn agreement with the men actually in possession of the city that these exiles should never return. With these instances before their eyes, the Romans should take measures of precaution for the future.
24.12After delivering a speech in these words, or to this effect, Callicrates left the Senate-house. He was followed by the envoys of the exiles, who retired after delivering a short address, stating their case, and containing some of the ordinary appeals to pity. The Senate was persuaded that much of what Callicrates had said touched the interests of Rome, and that it was incumbent upon it to exalt those who supported its own decrees, and to humble those who resisted them. It was with this conviction, therefore, and at this time that it first adopted the policy of depressing those who in their several states took the patriotic and honourable side, and promoting those who were for appealing to its authority on every occasion, right or wrong. The result of which was that gradually, as time went on, the Senate had abundance of flatterers, but a great scarcity of genuine friends. However, on this occasion the Senate did not write about the restoration of the exiles to the Achaeans only, but also to the Aetolians, Epirotes, Athenians, Boeotians, and Acarnanians, calling them all as it were to witness, in order to break down the power of the Achaeans. Moreover, they added to their answer, without saying a word to his colleagues, a remark confined entirely to Callicrates himself, that everybody in the various states should be as Callicrates. This man accordingly arrived in Greece with his answer, in a great state of exultation, little thinking that he had become the initiator of great miseries to all the Greeks, but especially to the Achaeans. This nation had still at that time the privilege of dealing on something like equal terms with Rome, because it had kept faith with her from the time that it had elected to maintain the Roman cause, in the hour of her greatest danger—I mean during the wars with Philip and Antiochus. . . . The league, too, had made progress in material strength and in every direction from the period from which my history commences; but the audacious proceeding of Callicrates proved the beginning of a change for the worse. . . .
Book 24, Part 3
24.7.2οὗτος ὀχλαγωγῶν καὶ κινήσας ὃ μηθεὶς ἕτερος ἐθάρρει, ταχέως περιεποιήσατο φαντασίαν παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς.
24.7.3καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἀφελόμενος τὴν χώραν, ἣν οἱ τύραννοι συνεχώρησαν ταῖς ὑπολειφθείσαις τῶν φυγάδων ἀδελφαῖς καὶ γυναιξὶ καὶ μητράσι καὶ τέκνοις, ταύτην διέδωκε τοῖς λεπτοῖς εἰκῇ καὶ ἀνίσως κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐξουσίαν·
24.7.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῖς κοινοῖς ὡς ἰδίοις χρώμενος ἐξεδαπάνα τὰς προσόδους, οὐ νόμου στοχαζόμενος, οὐ κοινοῦ δόγματος, οὐκ ἄρχοντος.
24.7.5ἐφʼ οἷς τινες ἀγανακτήσαντες ἐσπούδαζον κατασταθῆναι δοκιμαστῆρες τῶν κοινῶν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους.
24.7.6ὁ δὲ Χαίρων θεωρῶν τὸ γινόμενον καὶ συνειδὼς αὑτῷ κακῶς κεχειρικότι τὰ τῆς πόλεως, τὸν ἐπιφανέστατον τῶν δοκιμαστήρων Ἀπολλωνίδαν καὶ μάλιστα δυνάμενον ἐρευνῆσαι τὴν πλεονεξίαν αὐτοῦ, τοῦτον ἀποπορευόμενον ἡμέρας ἐκ βαλανείου προσπέμψας τινὰς ἐξεκέντησεν.
24.7.7ὧν προσπεσόντων τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, καὶ τοῦ πλήθους ἀγανακτήσαντος ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν, ἐξ αὐτῆς ὁ στρατηγὸς ὁρμήσας καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Λακεδαίμονα τόν τε Χαίρωνα παρήγαγεν εἰς κρίσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἀπολλωνίδαν καὶ κατακρίνας ἐποίησε δέσμιον,
24.7.8τούς τε λοιποὺς δοκιμαστῆρας παρώξυνε πρὸς τὸ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ζήτησιν τῶν δημοσίων ἀληθινήν, φροντίσαι δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ κομίσασθαι τὰς οὐσίας τοὺς τῶν φυγάδων ἀναγκαίους πάλιν, ἃς ὁ Χαίρων αὐτῶν ἀφείλετο βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον. —
24.8.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἀναδόντος Ὑπερβάτου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ διαβούλιον ὑπὲρ τῶν γραφομένων παρὰ Ῥωμαίων ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων καθόδου τί δεῖ ποιεῖν,
24.8.2οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν παρεκάλουν μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων, διότι Ῥωμαῖοι ποιοῦσι μὲν τὸ καθῆκον αὐτοῖς, συνυπακούοντες τοῖς ἀκληρεῖν δοκοῦσιν εἰς τὰ μέτρια τῶν ἀξιουμένων·
24.8.3ὅταν μέντοι γε διδάξῃ τις αὐτοὺς ὅτι τῶν παρακαλουμένων τὰ μέν ἐστιν ἀδύνατα, τὰ δὲ μεγάλην αἰσχύνην ἐπιφέροντα καὶ βλάβην τοῖς φίλοις, οὔτε φιλονικεῖν εἰώθασιν οὔτε παραβιάζεσθαι περὶ τῶν τοιούτων.
24.8.4διὸ καὶ νῦν, ἐάν τις αὐτοὺς διδάξῃ διότι συμβήσεται τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, ἂν πειθαρχήσωσι τοῖς γραφομένοις, παραβῆναι τοὺς ὅρκους, τοὺς νόμους, τὰς στήλας, ἃ συνέχει τὴν κοινὴν συμπολιτείαν ἡμῶν,
24.8.5ἀναχωρήσουσιν καὶ συγκαταθήσονται διότι καλῶς ἐπέχομεν καὶ παραιτούμεθα περὶ τῶν γραφομένων. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οἱ περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν ἔλεγον·
24.8.6οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ὑπέρβατον καὶ Καλλικράτην πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς γραφομένοις παρῄνουν καὶ μήτε νόμον μήτε στήλην μήτʼ ἄλλο μηθὲν τούτου νομίζειν ἀναγκαιότερον.
24.8.7τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης τῆς ἀντιλογίας ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαποστεῖλαι πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον τοὺς διδάξοντας ἃ Λυκόρτας λέγει.
24.8.8καὶ παραυτίκα κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς Καλλικράτην Λεοντήσιον, Λυδιάδαν Μεγαλοπολίτην, Ἄρατον Σικυώνιον· καὶ δόντες ἐντολὰς ἀκολούθους τοῖς προειρημένοις ἐξαπέστειλαν.
Book 24, Part 5
24.12The Romans having the feelings of men, with a noble spirit and generous principles, commiserate all who have met with misfortunes, and show favour to all who fly to them for protection; but directly any one claims anything as of right, on the ground of having been faithful to their alliance, they at once draw in and correct their error to the best of their ability. Thus then Callicrates, who had been sent to Rome to plead for the rights of the Achaeans, acted in exactly the opposite spirit; and dragging in the subject of the Messenian war, on which the Romans themselves had made no complaint, returned to Achaia to overawe the people with the threat of the hostility of Rome. Having therefore by his official report frightened and dismayed the spirits of the populace, who were of course ignorant of what he had really said in the Senate, he was first of all elected Strategus, and, to make matters worse, proved to be open to bribery; and then, having got the office, carried out the restoration of the Lacedaemonian and Messenian exiles. . . .
24.13Philopoemen and Aristaenus, the Achaeans, were unlike both in character and policy. Philopoemen was formed by nature in body and mind for the life of a soldier, Aristaenus for a statesman and debater. In polities they differed in this, that whereas during the periods of the wars with Philip and Antiochus, Roman influence had become supreme in Greece, Aristaenus directed his policy with the idea of carrying out with alacrity every order from Rome, and sometimes even of anticipating it. Still he endeavoured to keep up the appearance of abiding by the laws, and did, in fact, maintain the reputation of doing so, only giving way when any one of them proved to plainly militate against the rescripts from Rome. But Philopoemen accepted, and loyally performed, all Roman orders which were in harmony with the laws and the terms of their alliance; but when such orders exceeded these limits, he could not make up his mind to yield a willing obedience, but was wont first to demand an arbitration, and to repeat the demand a second time; and if this proved unavailing, to give in at length under protest, and so finally carry out the order. . . .
24.14Aristaenus used to defend his policy before the Achaeans by some such arguments as these: It was impossible to maintain the Roman friendship by holding out the spear and the herald’s staff together. If we have the resolution to withstand them face to face, and can do so, well and good. But if Philopoemen himself does not venture to assert this, . . . why should we lose what is possible in striving for the impossible? There are but two marks that every policy must aim at—honour and expediency. Those to whom honour is a possible attainment should stick to that, if they have political wisdom; those to whom it is not must take refuge in expediency. To miss both is the surest proof of unwisdom: and the men to do that are clearly those who, while ostensibly consenting to obey orders, carry them out with reluctance and hesitation. Therefore we must either show that we are strong enough to refuse obedience, or, if we dare not venture even to suggest that, we must give a ready submission to orders.
Book 24, Part 4
24.8.9ὧν παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, εἰσελθὼν ὁ Καλλικράτης εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ἀκολούθως διδάσκειν τὸ συνέδριον ὥστε τοὐναντίον ἐκ καταβολῆς ἐπεχείρησεν οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀντιπολιτευομένων κατηγορεῖν θρασέως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν σύγκλητον
24.9.1νουθετεῖν. ἔφη γὰρ αὐτοὺς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους αἰτίους εἶναι τοῦ μὴ πειθαρχεῖν αὐτοῖς τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἀλλὰ παρακούειν καὶ τῶν γραφομένων καὶ τῶν παραγγελλομένων.
24.9.2δυεῖν γὰρ οὐσῶν αἱρέσεων κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς δημοκρατικαῖς πολιτείαις, καὶ τῶν μὲν φασκόντων δεῖν ἀκολουθεῖν τοῖς γραφομένοις ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων καὶ μήτε νόμον μήτε στήλην μήτʼ ἄλλο μηθὲν προυργιαίτερον νομίζειν τῆς Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσεως,
24.9.3τῶν δὲ τοὺς νόμους προφερομένων καὶ τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ στήλας καὶ παρακαλούντων τὰ πλήθη μὴ ῥᾳδίως ταῦτα παραβαίνειν,
24.9.4ἀχαϊκωτέραν εἶναι παρὰ πολὺ ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν καὶ νικητικωτέραν ἐν τοῖς πολλοῖς.
24.9.5ἐξ οὗ τοῖς μὲν αἱρουμένοις τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἀδοξίαν συνεξακολουθεῖν παρὰ τοῖς ὄχλοις καὶ διαβολήν, τοῖς δʼ ἀντιπράττουσιν τἀναντία.
24.9.6ἐὰν μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ τῆς συγκλήτου γίνηταί τις ἐπισημασία, ταχέως καὶ τοὺς πολιτευομένους μεταθέσθαι πρὸς τὴν Ῥωμαίων αἵρεσιν, καὶ τοὺς πολλοὺς τούτοις ἐπακολουθήσειν διὰ τὸν φόβον.
24.9.7ἐὰν δὲ παρορᾶται τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ἅπαντας ἀπονεύσειν ἐπʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν· ἐνδοξοτέραν γὰρ εἶναι καὶ καλλίω παρὰ τοῖς ὄχλοις.
24.9.8διὸ καὶ νῦν ἤδη τινὰς οὐθὲν ἕτερον προσφερομένους δίκαιον πρὸς φιλοδοξίαν, διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τῶν μεγίστων τυγχάνειν τιμῶν παρὰ τοῖς ἰδίοις πολιτεύμασιν διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν ἀντιλέγειν τοῖς ὑφʼ ὑμῶν γραφομένοις, χάριν τοῦ διαμένειν τοὺς νόμους ἰσχυροὺς καὶ τὰ δόγματα τὰ γινόμενα παρʼ αὐτοῖς.
24.9.9εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀδιαφόρως ἔχουσιν ὑπὲρ τοῦ πειθαρχεῖν αὐτοῖς τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ συνυπακούειν τοῖς γραφομένοις, ἄγειν αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευε τὴν ἀγωγήν, ἣν καὶ νῦν ἄγουσιν·
24.9.10εἰ δὲ βούλονται γίνεσθαι σφίσι τὰ παραγγελλόμενα καὶ μηθένα καταφρονεῖν τῶν γραφομένων, ἐπιστροφὴν ποιήσασθαι παρεκάλει τοῦ μέρους τούτου τὴν ἐνδεχομένην.
24.9.11εἰ δὲ μή, σαφῶς εἰδέναι δεῖν ὅτι τἀναντία συμβήσεται ταῖς ἐπινοίαις αὐτῶν· ὃ καὶ νῦν ἤδη γεγονέναι.
24.9.12πρῴην μὲν γὰρ ἐν τοῖς Μεσσηνιακοῖς πολλὰ ποιήσαντος Κοΐντου Μαρκίου πρὸς τὸ μηδὲν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς βουλεύσασθαι περὶ Μεσσηνίων ἄνευ τῆς Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσεως,
24.9.13παρακούσαντας καὶ ψηφισαμένους αὐτοὺς τὸν πόλεμον οὐ μόνον τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν καταφθεῖραι πᾶσαν ἀδίκως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους τῶν πολιτῶν οὓς μὲν φυγαδεῦσαι, τινὰς δʼ αὐτῶν ἐκδότους λαβόντας αἰκισαμένους πᾶσαν αἰκίαν ἀποκτεῖναι, διότι προεκαλοῦντο περὶ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους.
24.9.14νῦν δὲ πάλιν ἐκ πλείονος χρόνου γραφόντων αὐτῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς καθόδου τῶν ἐκ Λακεδαίμονος φυγάδων, τοσοῦτον ἀπέχειν τοῦ πειθαρχεῖν ὡς καὶ στήλην τεθεῖσθαι καὶ πεποιῆσθαι πρὸς τοὺς κατέχοντας τὴν πόλιν ὅρκους ὑπὲρ τοῦ μηδέποτε κατελεύσεσθαι τοὺς φυγάδας.
Book 24, Part 6
24.15Philopoemen, however, said that People should not suppose him so stupid as not to be able to estimate the difference between the Achaean and Roman states, or the superiority of the power of the latter. But as it is the inevitable tendency of the stronger to oppress the weaker, can it be expedient to assist the designs of the superior power, and to put no obstacle in their way, so as to experience as soon as possible the utmost of their tyranny? Is it not, on the contrary, better to resist and struggle to the utmost of our power? . . . And if they persist in forcing their injunctions upon us, . . . and if, by reminding them of the facts we do something to soften their resolution, we shall at any rate mitigate the harshness of their rule to a certain extent; especially as up to this time the Romans, as you yourself say, Aristaenus, have always made a great point of fidelity to oaths, treaties, and promises to allies. But if we at once condemn the justice of our own cause, and, like captives of the spear, offer an unquestioning submission to every order, what will be the difference between the Achaeans and the Sicilians or Capuans, who have been notoriously slaves this long time past? Therefore it must either be admitted that the justice of a cause has no weight with the Romans, or, if we do not venture to say that, we must stand by our rights, and not abandon our own cause, especially as our position in regard to Rome is exceedingly strong and honourable. That the time will come when the Greeks will be forced to give unlimited obedience, I know full well. But would one wish to see this time as soon or as late as possible? Surely as late as possible! In this, then, my policy differs from that of Aristaenus. He wishes to see the inevitable arrive as quickly as possible, and even to help it to come: I wish to the best of my power to resist and ward it off.
24.15From these speeches it was made clear that while the policy of the one was honourable, of the other undignified, both were founded on considerations of safety. Wherefore while both Romans and Greeks were at that time threatened with serious dangers from Philip and Antiochus, yet both these statesmen maintained the rights of the Achaeans in regard to the Romans undiminished; though a report found its way about that Aristaenus was better affected to the Romans than Philopoemen. . . .
Book 24, Part 5
24.9.15εἰς ἃ βλέποντας αὐτοὺς ἠξίου πρόνοιαν ποιεῖσθαι τοῦ μέλλοντος.
24.10.1ὁ μὲν οὖν Καλλικράτης ταῦτα καὶ τοιαῦτʼ εἰπὼν ἀπῆλθεν.
24.10.2οἱ φυγάδες δʼ ἐπεισελθόντες καὶ βραχέα περὶ αὑτῶν διδάξαντες καί τινα τῶν πρὸς τὸν κοινὸν ἔλεον εἰπόντες ἀνεχώρησαν.
24.10.3ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος δόξασα τὸν Καλλικράτην λέγειν τι τῶν αὐτῇ συμφερόντων καὶ διδαχθεῖσα διότι δεῖ τοὺς μὲν τοῖς αὐτῆς δόγμασιν συνηγοροῦντας αὔξειν, τοὺς δʼ ἀντιλέγοντας ταπεινοῦν,
24.10.4οὕτως καὶ τότε πρῶτον ἐπεβάλετο τοὺς μὲν κατὰ τὸ βέλτιστον ἱσταμένους ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις πολιτεύμασιν ἐλαττοῦν, τοὺς δὲ καὶ δικαίως καὶ ἀδίκως
24.10.5προστρέχοντας αὐτῇ σωματοποιεῖν. ἐξ ὧν αὐτῇ συνέβη κατὰ βραχύ, τοῦ χρόνου προβαίνοντος, κολάκων μὲν εὐπορεῖν, φίλων δὲ σπανίζειν ἀληθινῶν.
24.10.6οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τότε περὶ μὲν τῆς καθόδου τῶν φυγάδων οὐ μόνον τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἔγραψε, παρακαλοῦσα συνεπισχύειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς καὶ τοῖς Ἠπειρώταις, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀθηναίοις, Βοιωτοῖς, Ἀκαρνᾶσιν, πάντας ὡσανεὶ προσδιαμαρτυρομένη χάριν τοῦ συντρῖψαι τοὺς Ἀχαιούς.
24.10.7περὶ δὲ τοῦ Καλλικράτους αὐτοῦ κατʼ ἰδίαν παρασιωπήσασα τοὺς συμπρεσβευτὰς κατέταξεν εἰς τὴν ἀπόκρισιν διότι δεῖ τοιούτους ὑπάρχειν ἐν τοῖς πολιτεύμασιν ἄνδρας οἷός ἐστι Καλλικράτης.
24.10.8ὁ δὲ προειρημένος ἔχων τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ταύτας παρῆν εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα περιχαρής, οὐκ εἰδὼς ὅτι μεγάλων κακῶν ἀρχηγὸς γέγονε πᾶσι μὲν τοῖς Ἕλλησι, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς.
24.10.9ἔτι γὰρ τούτοις ἐξῆν καὶ κατʼ ἐκείνους τοὺς χρόνους κατὰ ποσὸν ἰσολογίαν ἔχειν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους διὰ τὸ τετηρηκέναι τὴν πίστιν ἐν τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις καιροῖς, ἐξ οὗ τὰ Ῥωμαίων εἵλοντο, λέγω δὲ τοῖς κατὰ Φίλιππον καὶ Ἀντίοχον,
24.10.10οὕτω δὲ τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνους ηὐξημένου καὶ προκοπὴν εἰληφότος κατὰ τὸ βέλτιστον ἀφʼ ὧν ἡμεῖς ἱστοροῦμεν χρόνων, αὕτη πάλιν ἀρχὴ τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἐγένετο μεταβολῆς, τὸ Καλλικράτους θράσος
24.10.11Ῥωμαῖοι ὄντες ἄνθρωποι καὶ ψυχῇ χρώμενοι λαμπρᾷ καὶ προαιρέσει καλῇ πάντας μὲν ἐλεοῦσι τοὺς ἐπταικότας καὶ πᾶσι πειρῶνται χαρίζεσθαι τοῖς καταφεύγουσιν ὡς αὐτούς·
24.10.12ὅταν μέντοι γέ τις ὑπέμνησε τῶν δικαίων, τετηρηκὼς τὴν πίστιν, ἀνατρέχουσι καὶ διορθοῦνται σφᾶς αὐτοὺς κατὰ δύναμιν ἐν τοῖς πλείστοις.
24.10.13ὁ δὲ Καλλικράτης πρεσβεύσας κατὰ τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιροὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην χάριν τοῦ λέγειν τὰ δίκαια περὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, χρησάμενος κατὰ τοὐναντίον τοῖς πράγμασιν καὶ συνεπισπασάμενος τὰ κατὰ Μεσσηνίους, ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδʼ ἐνεκάλουν Ῥωμαῖοι, παρῆν εἰς Ἀχαΐαν προσανατεινόμενος τὸν ἀπὸ Ῥωμαίων φόβον·
24.10.14καὶ διὰ τὴν ἀποπρεσβείαν καταπληξάμενος καὶ συντρίψας τοὺς ὄχλους διὰ τὸ μηδὲν εἰδέναι τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν εἰρημένων ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ τοὺς πολλούς, πρῶτον μὲν ᾑρέθη στρατηγός, πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις κακοῖς καὶ δωροδοκηθείς,
Book 25, Part 1
25.1TIBERIUS GRACCHUS destroyed three hundred cities of the Celtiberes. . . .
25.2The attack upon him being sudden and formidable, Pharnaces was reduced to submit to almost any terms; and on his sending an embassy, Eumenes and Ariarathes immediately accepted his proposals, and sent ambassadors to Pharnaces in return. When this had been repeated several times, the pacification was concluded on the following terms: Eumenes, Prusias, and Ariarathes, shall maintain perpetual peace with Pharnaces and Mithridates.
25.2Pharnaces shall not enter Galatia on any pretence.
Book 24, Part 6
24.10.15ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις παραλαβὼν τὴν ἀρχὴν κατῆγε τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Λακεδαίμονος καὶ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Μεσσήνης φυγάδας. —
24.11.1ὅτι Φιλοποίμενα καὶ Ἀρίσταινον τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς συνέβη οὔτε τὴν φύσιν ὁμοίαν σχεῖν οὔτε τὴν αἵρεσιν τῆς πολιτείας.
24.11.2ἦν γὰρ ὁ μὲν Φιλοποίμην εὖ πεφυκὼς πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας καὶ κατὰ τὸ σῶμα καὶ κατὰ τὴν ψυχήν, ὁ δʼ ἕτερος πρὸς τὰ πολιτικὰ τῶν διαβουλίων.
24.11.3τῇ δʼ αἱρέσει κατὰ τὴν πολιτείαν τοῦτο διέφερον ἀλλήλων. τῆς γὰρ Ῥωμαίων ὑπεροχῆς ἤδη τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς πράγμασιν ἐμπλεκομένης ὁλοσχερῶς κατά τε τοὺς Φιλιππικοὺς καὶ τοὺς Ἀντιοχικοὺς καιρούς,
24.11.4ὁ μὲν Ἀρίσταινος ἦγε τὴν ἀγωγὴν τῆς πολιτείας οὕτως ὥστε πᾶν τὸ πρόσφορον Ῥωμαίοις ἐξ ἑτοίμου ποιεῖν, ἔνια δὲ καὶ πρὶν ἢ προστάξαι ʼκείνους.
24.11.5ἐπειρᾶτο μέντοι γε τῶν νόμων ἔχεσθαι δοκεῖν καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἐφείλκετο φαντασίαν, εἴκων, ὁπότε τούτων ἀντιπίπτοι τις προδήλως τοῖς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων γραφομένοις.
24.11.6ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην, ὅσα μὲν εἴη τῶν παρακαλουμένων ἀκόλουθα τοῖς νόμοις καὶ τῇ συμμαχίᾳ, πάντα συγκατῄνει καὶ συνέπραττεν ἀπροφασίστως,
24.11.7ὅσα δὲ τούτων ἐκτὸς ἐπιτάττοιεν, οὐχ οἷός τʼ ἦν ἐθελοντὴν συνυπακούειν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἔφη δεῖν δικαιολογεῖσθαι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἀξιοῦν·
24.11.8εἰ δὲ μηδʼ οὕτως πείθοιεν, τέλος οἷον ἐπιμαρτυρομένους εἴκειν καὶ τότε ποιεῖν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον. —
24.12.1ὅτι τοιούτοις ἀπολογισμοῖς Ἀρίσταινος ἐχρῆτο πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς περὶ τῆς ἰδίας αἱρέσεως· ἔφη γὰρ οὐκ εἶναι δυνατὸν καὶ τὸ δόρυ καὶ τὸ κηρύκειον ἅμα προτεινομένους συνέχειν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους φιλίαν· "ἀλλʼ εἰ μὲν οἷοί τʼ ἐσμὲν ἀντοφθαλμεῖν καὶ δυνάμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν [...] εἰ δὲ μηδʼ ὁ Φιλοποίμην εἰπεῖν τοῦτο τολμᾷ [...] καιροῖς ἕνα Ῥωμαίοις,
24.12.2διὰ τί ἀδυνάτων ὀρεγόμενοι τὰ δυνατὰ παρίεμεν;" δύο γὰρ ἔφη σκοποὺς εἶναι πάσης πολιτείας, τό τε καλὸν καὶ τὸ συμφέρον. οἷς μὲν οὖν ἐφικτός ἐστιν ἡ τοῦ καλοῦ κτῆσις, ταύτης ἀντέχεσθαι δεῖν τοὺς ὀρθῶς πολιτευομένους· οἷς δʼ ἀδύνατος, ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ συμφέροντος μερίδα καταφεύγειν·
24.12.3τὸ δʼ ἑκατέρων ἀποτυγχάνειν μέγιστον εἶναι τεκμήριον ἀβουλίας. πάσχειν δὲ τοῦτο προφανῶς τοὺς ἀπροφασίστως ὁμολογοῦντας μὲν πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον, ἀκουσίως δὲ τοῦτο πράττοντας καὶ μετὰ προσκοπῆς·
24.12.4διόπερ ἢ τοῦτʼ εἶναι δεικτέον ὡς ἐσμὲν ἱκανοὶ πρὸς τὸ μὴ πειθαρχεῖν ἢ μηδὲ λέγειν τοῦτο τολμῶντας ὑπακουστέον ἑτοίμως εἶναι πᾶσι τοῖς παραγγελλομένοις.
24.13.1ὁ δὲ Φιλοποίμην οὐκ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἔφη δεῖν ἀμαθίαν αὑτοῦ καταγινώσκειν ὥστε μὴ δύνασθαι μετρεῖν μήτε τὴν διαφορὰν τοῦ πολιτεύματος τῶν Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν μήτε τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς δυνάμεως "
24.13.2ἀλλὰ πάσης ὑπεροχῆς φύσιν ἐχούσης ἀεὶ βαρύτερον χρῆσθαι τοῖς ὑποταττομένοις, πότερον" ἔφη "συμφέρει συνεργεῖν ταῖς ὁρμαῖς ταῖς τῶν κρατούντων καὶ μηθὲν ἐμποδὼν ποιεῖν, ἵνʼ ὡς τάχιστα πεῖραν λάβωμεν τῶν βαρυτάτων ἐπιταγμάτων ἢ τοὐναντίον, καθʼ ὅσον οἷοί τʼ ἐσμέν, συμπαλαίοντας προσαντέχειν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον, ἐφʼ ὅσον μέλλομεν τελέως [...]
Book 25, Part 2
25.2Such treaties as exist between Pharnaces and Gauls are hereby rescinded.
25.2Pharnaces shall likewise evacuate Paphlagonia, after restoring the inhabitants whom he had previously expelled, with their shields, javelins, and other equipment.
25.2Pharnaces shall restore to Ariarathes all territory of which he has deprived him, with the property thereon and the hostages.
Book 24, Part 7
24.13.3[...] κἂν ἐπιτάττωσιν [...] καὶ τούτων ὑπομιμνήσκοντες αὐτοὺς ἐπιλαμβανώμεθα τῆς ὁρμῆς, παρακαθέξομεν ἐπὶ ποσὸν τὸ πικρὸν αὐτῶν τῆς ἐξουσίας, ἄλλως τε δὴ καὶ περὶ πλείονος ποιουμένων Ῥωμαίων ἕως γε τοῦ νῦν, ὡς αὐτὸς φής, Ἀρίσταινε, τὸ τηρεῖν τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τὰς συνθήκας καὶ τὴν πρὸς τοὺς συμμάχους πίστιν.
24.13.4ἐὰν δʼ αὐτοὶ καταγνόντες τῶν ἰδίων δικαίων αὐτόθεν εὐθέως καθάπερ οἱ δοριάλωτοι πρὸς πᾶν τὸ κελευόμενον ἑτοίμους ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς παρασκευ
24.13.4άζωμεν, τί διοίσει τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνος Σικελιωτῶν καὶ Καπυανῶν τῶν ὁμολογουμένως καὶ πάλαι δουλευόντων;
24.13.5" διόπερ ἔφη δεῖν ἢ τοῦτο συγχωρεῖν ὡς οὐδὲν ἰσχύει δίκαιον παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἢ μηδὲ τολμῶντας τοῦτο λέγειν χρῆσθαι τοῖς δικαίοις καὶ μὴ προΐεσθαι σφᾶς, ἔχοντάς γε δὴ μεγίστας καὶ καλλίστας ἀφορμὰς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
24.13.6ὅτι μὲν γὰρ ἥξει ποτὲ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὁ καιρὸς οὗτος, ἐν ᾧ δεήσει ποιεῖν κατʼ ἀνάγκην πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον, σαφῶς ἔφη γινώσκειν· "ἀλλὰ πότερα τοῦτον ὡς τάχιστά τις ἂν ἰδεῖν βουληθείη γενόμενον ἢ τοὐναντίον ὡς βραδύτατα; δοκῶ μὲν γὰρ ὡς βραδύτατα.
24.13.7" διὸ καὶ τούτῳ διαφέρειν ἔφη τὴν Ἀρισταίνου πολιτείαν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ· ἐκεῖνον μὲν γὰρ σπουδάζειν ὡς τάχιστα τὸ χρεὼν ἰδεῖν γενόμενον καὶ συνεργεῖν τούτῳ κατὰ δύναμιν· αὐτὸς δὲ πρὸς τοῦτʼ ἀντερείδειν καὶ διωθεῖσθαι, καθʼ ὅσον ἐστὶ δυνατός.
24.13.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων δῆλον ὡς συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τοῦ μὲν καλήν, τοῦ δʼ εὐσχήμονα τὴν πολιτείαν, ἀμφοτέρας γε μὴν ἀσφαλεῖς·
24.13.9τοιγαροῦν μεγίστων καιρῶν τότε περιστάντων καὶ Ῥωμαίους καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας τῶν τε κατὰ Φίλιππον καὶ κατʼ Ἀντίοχον, ὅμως ἀμφότεροι διετήρησαν ἀκέραια τὰ δίκαια τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους·
24.13.10φήμη δέ τις ἐνέτρεχεν ὡς Ἀρισταίνου Ῥωμαίοις εὐνουστέρου μᾶλλον ἢ Φιλοποίμενος ὑπάρχοντος.
24.14.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Φαρνάκης ὁ βασιλεύς, πάλιν ὀλιγωρήσας τῆς γεγενημένης ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους ἀναφορᾶς, Λεώκριτον μὲν ἔτι κατὰ χειμῶνα μετὰ μυρίων στρατιωτῶν ἐξαπέστειλε πορθήσοντα τὴν Γαλατίαν,
24.14.2αὐτὸς δὲ τῆς ἐαρινῆς ὥρας ὑποφαινούσης ἥθροιζε τὰς δυνάμεις, ὡς ἐμβαλῶν εἰς τὴν Καππαδοκίαν.
24.14.3ἃ πυνθανόμενος Εὐμένης δυσχερῶς μὲν ἔφερε τὸ συμβαῖνον διὰ τὸ πάντας τοὺς τῆς πίστεως ὅρους ὑπερβαίνειν τὸν Φαρνάκην, ἠναγκάζετο δὲ τὸ παραπλήσιον ποιεῖν.
24.14.4ἤδη δʼ αὐτοῦ συνηθροικότος τὰς δυνάμεις, κατέπλευσαν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον.
24.14.5ὁμοῦ δὲ γενόμενοι καὶ κοινολογηθέντες ἀλλήλοις ἀνέζευξαν παραχρῆμα μετὰ τῆς στρατιᾶς.
24.14.6ἀφικόμενοι δʼ εἰς τὴν Γαλατίαν τὸν μὲν Λεώκριτον οὐκέτι κατέλαβον· τοῦ δὲ Κασσιγνάτου καὶ τοῦ Γαιζατόριγος διαπεμπομένων πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ ἀσφαλείας, οἵτινες ἐτύγχανον ἔτει πρότερον ᾑρημένοι τὰ Φαρνάκου, καὶ πᾶν ὑπισχνουμένων ποιήσειν τὸ προσταττόμενον,
Book 25, Part 3
25.2He shall restore Tium by the Pontus, which some time before was given freely and liberally by Eumenes to Prusias.
25.2Pharnaces shall restore, without ransom, all prisoners of war and all deserters.
25.2He shall repay to Morzius and Ariarathes, in lieu of all money and treasure taken from them, the sum of nine hundred talents, and shall add thereto three hundred talents for Eumenes towards the expenses of the war.
Book 24, Part 8
24.14.7ἀπειπάμενοι τούτους διὰ τὴν προγεγενημένην ἀθεσίαν, ἐξάραντες παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι προῆγον ἐπὶ τὸν Φαρνάκην.
24.14.8παραγενόμενοι δʼ ἐκ Καλπίτου πεμπταῖοι πρὸς τὸν Ἅλυν ποταμὸν ἑκταῖοι πάλιν ἀνέζευξαν εἰς Παρνασσόν.
24.14.9ἔνθα καὶ Ἀριαράθης ὁ τῶν Καππαδοκῶν βασιλεὺς συνέμιξεν αὐτοῖς μετὰ τῆς οἰκείας δυνάμεως, καὶ παρεισῆλθον εἰς τὴν Μωκισσέων χώραν.
24.14.10ἄρτι δὲ κατεστρατοπεδευκότων αὐτῶν προσέπεσε παραγενέσθαι τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευτὰς ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις.
24.14.11ὧν ἀκούσας ὁ βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης Ἄτταλον μὲν ἐξαπέστειλε τούτους ἐκδεξόμενον, αὐτὸς δὲ τὰς δυνάμεις ἐδιπλασίαζε καὶ διεκόσμει φιλοτίμως, ἅμα μὲν ἁρμοζόμενος πρὸς τὰς ἀληθινὰς χρείας, ἅμα δὲ βουλόμενος ἐνδείκνυσθαι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ὅτι διʼ αὑτοῦ δυνατός ἐστι τὸν Φαρνάκην ἀμύνασθαι καὶ
24.15.1καταπολεμεῖν. παραγενομένων δὲ τῶν πρέσβεων καὶ παρακαλούντων λύειν τὸν πόλεμον, ἔφασαν μὲν οἱ περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἀριαράθην ἕτοιμοι πρὸς πᾶν εἶναι τὸ παρακαλούμενον,
24.15.2ἠξίουν δὲ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, εἰ μέν ἐστι δυνατόν, εἰς σύλλογον αὐτοὺς συναγαγεῖν πρὸς τὸν Φαρνάκην, ἵνα κατὰ πρόσωπον λεγομένων τῶν λόγων ἴδωσι τὴν ἀθεσίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ὠμότητα διὰ πλειόνων·
24.15.3εἰ δὲ μὴ τοῦτʼ εἴη δυνατόν, αὐτοὺς γενέσθαι κριτὰς τῶν πραγμάτων ἴσους καὶ δικαίους.
24.15.4τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν ἀναδεχομένων πάντα τὰ δυνατὰ καὶ καλῶς ἔχοντα ποιήσειν, ἀξιούντων δὲ τὴν στρατιὰν ἀπάγειν ἐκ τῆς χώρας·
24.15.5ἄτοπον γὰρ εἶναι παρόντων πρέσβεων καὶ λόγους ποιουμένων ὑπὲρ διαλύσεων, ἅμα παρεῖναι τὰ τοῦ πολέμου καὶ κακοποιεῖν ἀλλήλους·
24.15.6συνεχώρησαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη, καὶ τῇ κατὰ πόδας εὐθέως ἀναζεύξαντες οὗτοι προῆγον ὡς ἐπὶ Γαλατίας.
24.15.7οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι πρὸς τὸν Φαρνάκην συμμίξαντες πρῶτον μὲν ἠξίουν αὐτὸν εἰς λόγους ἐλθεῖν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη· μάλιστα γὰρ ἂν οὕτω τυχεῖν τὰ πράγματα διεξαγωγῆς.
24.15.8τοῦ δὲ πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἀντιβαίνοντος καὶ τέλος ἀπειπαμένου, δῆλον μὲν εὐθέως ἦν τοῦτο καὶ Ῥωμαίοις ὅτι καταγινώσκει προφανῶς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ διαπιστεῖ τοῖς σφετέροις πράγμασι·
24.15.9πάντῃ δὲ πάντως βουλόμενοι λῦσαι τὸν πόλεμον προσεκαρτέρουν, ἕως οὗ συνεχώρησε πέμψειν αὐτοκράτορας ἐπὶ τὸν Πέργαμον κατὰ θάλατταν τοὺς συνθησομένους τὴν εἰρήνην, ἐφʼ οἷς ἂν οἱ πρεσβευταὶ κελεύσωσιν.
24.15.10ἀφικομένων δὲ τῶν πρέσβεων, καὶ συνελθόντων ὁμοῦ τῶν τε Ῥωμαίων καὶ τῶν περὶ Εὐμένη, καὶ τούτων μὲν εἰς ἅπαν ἑτοίμως συγκαταβαινόντων χάριν τοῦ συντελεσθῆναι τὴν εἰρήνην,
Book 25, Part 4
25.2Mithridates, the Satrap of Armenia, shall also pay three hundred talents, because he attacked Ariarathes in defiance of the treaty with Eumenes.
25.2The persons included under this treaty are, of the princes in Asia, Artaxias, lord of the greater part of Armenia, and Acusilochus: of those in Europe, Gatalus the Sarmatian: of the autonomous peoples, the Heracleotes, the Mesembrians in the Chersonese, and the Cyzicenes.
25.2The number and quality of hostages to be given by Pharnaces was also specified. The armies of the several parties then marched away, and thus was concluded the war of Eumenes and Ariarathes against Pharnaces.
Book 24, Part 9
24.15.11τῶν δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Φαρνάκου πρὸς πᾶν διαφερομένων καὶ τοῖς ὁμολογηθεῖσιν οὐκ ἐμμενόντων, ἀλλʼ αἰεί τι προσεπιζητούντων καὶ μεταμελομένων, ταχέως τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἐγένετο δῆλον ὅτι ματαιοπονοῦσιν. οὐ γὰρ οἷος τʼ ἦν συγκαταβαίνειν ὁ Φαρνάκης εἰς τὰς διαλύσεις.
24.15.12ὅθεν ἀπράκτου γενομένης τῆς κοινολογίας, καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἀπαλλαγέντων ἐκ τοῦ Περγάμου, καὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Φαρνάκου πρέσβεων ἀπολυθέντων εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, ὁ μὲν πόλεμος ἐγεγένητο κατάμονος, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη πάλιν ἐγίνοντο περὶ τὰς εἰς τοῦτον παρασκευάς.
24.15.13ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ τῶν Ῥοδίων ἐπισπασαμένων τὸν Εὐμένη [καὶ] φιλοτίμως, οὗτος μὲν ἐξώρμησε μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς, πράξων τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Λυκίους
Book 25, Part 5
25.3Having renewed the alliance with Rome, Perseus immediately began intriguing in Greece. He invited back into Macedonia absconding debtors, condemned exiles, and those who had been compelled to leave their country on charges of treason. He caused notices to be put up to that effect at Delos, Delphi, and the temple of Athena at Iton, offering not only indemnity to all who returned, but also the restoration of the property lost by their exile. Such also as still remained in Macedonia he released from their debts to the Royal exchequer, and set free those who had been confined in fortresses upon charges of treason. By these measures he raised expectations in the minds of many, and was considered to be holding out great hopes to all the Greeks. Nor were other parts of his life and habits wanting in a certain royal magnificence. His outward appearance was striking, and he was well endowed with all the physical advantages requisite for a statesman. His look and mien were alike dignified and such as became his age. He had moreover avoided his father’s weakness for wine and women, and not only drank moderately at dinner himself, but was imitated in this respect by his intimates and friends. Such was the commencement of the reign of Perseus. . . .
25.3When king Philip had become powerful and had obtained supremacy over the Greeks, he showed the most utter disregard of faith and principle; but when the breeze of fortune again set against him, his moderation was as conspicuous in its turn. But after his final and complete defeat, he tried by every possible expedient to consolidate the strength of his kingdom.
25.4After despatching the consuls Tiberius and Claudius against the Istri and Agrii, the Senate towards the end of summer transacted business with the ambassadors that had come from the Lycians. They had not arrived at Rome until the Lycians had been completely conquered, but they had been despatched a considerable time before. For the people of Xanthus in Lycia, when about to embark upon the war, had sent Nicostratus and others to Achaia and Rome as ambassadors: who coming to Rome at that time moved many of the Senators to pity them, by laying before them the oppressiveness of the Rhodians and their own danger; and at length induced the Senate to send envoys to Rhodes to declare that On inspecting the record of the arrangements made by the ten commissioners in Asia, when settling the dominions of Antiochus, it appeared that the Lycians had been given to the Rhodians, not as a gift, but rather as friends and allies. But many were still dissatisfied with this solution of the matter. For the Romans seemed to wish, by thus pitting Rhodes against Lycia, to exhaust the accumulations and treasures of the Rhodians, because they had heard of the recent conveyance of the bride of Perseus by the Rhodians, and of their grand naval review. For shortly before this the Rhodians had been holding, with great splendour and elaboration of equipment, a review of all vessels belonging to them; the fact being that a vast quantity of timber for ship-building had been presented to them by Perseus. Moreover he had presented a gold tiara to each of the rowers on the upper bench in the ship that had brought him his bride Laodice. . . .
Book 25, Part 1
25.1.1Πολυβίου δʼ εἰπόντος τριακοσίας αὐτῶν καταλῦσαι πόλεις Τεβέριον Γράκχον, κωμῳδῶν φησι τοῦτο τῷ Γράκχῳ χαρίσασθαι τὸν ἄνδρα, τοὺς πύργους καλοῦντα πόλεις, ὥσπερ ἐν ταῖς θριαμβικαῖς πομπαῖς.
25.1.2καὶ ἴσως οὐκ ἄπιστον τοῦτο λέγει· καὶ γὰρ οἱ στρατηγοὶ καὶ οἱ συγγραφεῖς ῥᾳδίως ἐπὶ τοῦτο φέρονται τὸ ψεῦσμα, καλλωπίζοντες τὰς πράξεις.
25.2.1ὅτι ὁ Φαρνάκης, ἐξαπιναίου καὶ βαρείας αὐτῷ τῆς ἐφόδου γενομένης, ἕτοιμος ἦν πρὸς πᾶν τὸ προτεινόμενον· πρέσβεις γὰρ ἐξαπέστειλε πρὸς Εὐμένη καὶ Ἀριαράθην.
25.2.2τῶν δὲ περὶ Εὐμένη καὶ Ἀριαράθην προσδεξαμένων τοὺς λόγους καὶ παραχρῆμα συνεξαποστειλάντων πρεσβευτὰς παρʼ αὑτῶν πρὸς τὸν Φαρνάκην, καὶ τούτου γενομένου πλεονάκις παρʼ ἑκατέρων, ἐκυρώθησαν αἱ διαλύσεις ἐπὶ τούτοις·
25.2.3εἰρήνην ὑπάρχειν Εὐμένει καὶ Προυσίᾳ καὶ Ἀριαράθῃ πρὸς Φαρνάκην καὶ Μιθριδάτην εἰς τὸν πάντα χρόνον.
25.2.4Γαλατίας μὴ ἐπιβαίνειν Φαρνάκην κατὰ μηδένα τρόπον. ὅσαι γεγόνασιν πρότερον συνθῆκαι Φαρνάκῃ πρὸς Γαλάτας, ἀκύρους ὑπάρχειν.
Book 25, Part 6
25.5When the envoys from Rome reached Rhodes and announced the decrees of the Senate, there was a great excitement in the island, and much confused discussion among the leading politicians. They were much annoyed at the allegation that the Lycians had not been given them as a gift but as allies; for having just satisfied themselves that the Lycian war was successfully concluded, they saw the commencement of fresh trouble for themselves growing up. For no sooner had the Romans arrived and made this announcement to the Rhodians, than the Lycians began a fresh revolt, and showed a determination of fighting to the last extremity for autonomy and freedom. However, after hearing the Roman envoys, the Rhodians made up their minds that the Romans had been deceived by the Lycians, and forthwith appointed Lycophron to lead an embassy to offer an explanation to the Senate. And the state of affairs was such that there was momentary expectation of a fresh rising of the Lycians. . . .
25.6When the Rhodian envoys arrived in Rome the Senate, after listening to their address, deferred its answer. Meanwhile the Dardanian envoys came with reports as to the number of the Bastarnae, the size of their men, and their courage in the field. They gave information also of the treacherous practices of Perseus and the Gauls, and said that they were more afraid of him than of the Bastarnae, and therefore begged the help of the Romans. The report of the Dardani being supported by that of the Thessalian envoys who arrived at that time, and who also begged for help, the Senators determined to send some commissioners to see with their own eyes the truth of these reports; and they accordingly at once appointed and despatched Aulus Postumius, accompanied by some young men. . .
Book 25, Part 2
25.2.5ὁμοίως Παφλαγονίας ἐκχωρεῖν, ἀποκαταστήσαντα τοὺς οἰκήτορας, οὓς πρότερον ἐξαγηόχει, σὺν δὲ τούτοις ὅπλα καὶ βέλη καὶ τὰς ἄλλας παρασκευάς.
25.2.6ἀποδοῦναι δὲ καὶ Ἀριαράθῃ τῶν τε χωρίων ὅσα παρῄρητο μετὰ τῆς προϋπαρχούσης κατασκευῆς καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους.
25.2.7ἀποδοῦναι δὲ καὶ Τίον παρὰ τὸν Πόντον, ὃν μετά τινα χρόνον Εὐμένης ἔδωκε Προυσίᾳ πεισθεὶς μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος.
25.2.8ἐγράφη δὲ καὶ τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἀποκαταστῆσαι Φαρνάκην χωρὶς λύτρων καὶ τοὺς αὐτομόλους ἅπαντας·
25.2.9πρὸς δὲ τούτοις τῶν χρημάτων καὶ τῆς γάζης, ἧς ἀπήνεγκε παρὰ Μορζίου καὶ Ἀριαράθου, ἀποδοῦναι τοῖς προειρημένοις βασιλεῦσιν ἐνακόσια τάλαντα,
25.2.10καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη τριακόσια προσθεῖναι τῆς εἰς τὸν πόλεμον δαπάνης.
Book 26, Part 1
26SELEUCUS PHILOPATOR, whom we last heard of as king of Syria, was assassinated by one of his nobles—Heliodorus—in the twelfth year of his reign. Antiochus his younger brother had been a hostage at Rome, and being, according to agreement, exchanged in B. C. 175 for Philopator’s son Demetrius, he was returning to Syria. At Athens, on his journey home, he heard of the death of Seleucus, and the attempt of Heliodorus to usurp the kingdom. By the help of Eumenes Heliodorus was expelled and Antiochus installed, to the satisfaction of the people, who gave him at first the surname of Epiphanes. He is the Antiochus Epiphanes whose cruelties are recorded in the books of the Maccabees. He died mad at Tabae in Persia, B. C. 164. See 31, 11. For the following extract preserved by Athenaeus, see the translation of .
26.1ANTIOCHUS EPIPHANES, nicknamed from his actions Epimanes (the Madman), would sometimes steal from the court, avoiding his attendants, and appear roaming wildly about in any chance part of the city with one or two companions. His favourite place to be found was the shops of the silversmiths or goldsmiths, chatting and discussing questions of art with the workers in relief and other artists; at another time he would join groups of the people of the town and converse with any one he came across, and would drink with foreign visitors of the humblest description. Whenever he found any young men carousing together he would come to the place without giving notice, with fife and band, like a rout of revellers, and often by his unexpected appearance cause the guests to rise and run away. He would often also lay aside his royal robes, and, putting on a tebenna, go round the market-place as though a candidate for office, shaking hands and embracing various people whom he intreated to vote for him, sometime as aedile, and sometimes as tribune. And when he got the office and took his seat on an ivory curule chair, after the fashion of the Romans, he heard law cases which came on in the agora, and decided them with the utmost seriousness and attention. This conduct was very embarrassing to respectable people, some of whom regarded him as a good natured easy-going man, and others as a madman. In regard to making presents, too, his behaviour was on a par with this. Some he presented with dice made of gazelle horn, some with dates, others with gold. There were even instances of his making unexpected presents to men whom he met casually, and whom he had never seen before. In regard to public sacrifices and the honours paid to the gods, he surpassed all his predecessors on the throne; as witness the Olympieium at Athens and the statues placed round the altar at Delos. He used also to bathe in the public baths, when they were full of the townspeople, pots of the most expensive unguents being brought in for him; and on one occasion on some one saying, Lucky fellows you kings, to use such things and smell so sweet! without saying a word to the man, he waited till he was bathing the next day, and then coming into the bath caused a pot of the largest size and of the most costly kind of unguent called stacte to be poured over his head, so that there was a general rush of the bathers to roll themselves in it; and when they all tumbled down, the king himself among them, from its stickiness, there was loud laughter. . . .
Book 25, Part 3
25.2.11ἐπεγράφη δὲ καὶ Μιθριδάτῃ τῷ τῆς Ἀρμενίας σατράπῃ τριακόσια τάλαντα, διότι παραβὰς τὰς πρὸς Εὐμένη συνθήκας ἐπολέμησεν Ἀριαράθῃ.
25.2.12περιελήφθησαν δὲ ταῖς συνθήκαις τῶν μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν δυναστῶν Ἀρταξίας ὁ τῆς πλείστης Ἀρμενίας ἄρχων καὶ Ἀκουσίλοχος,
25.2.13τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὴν Εὐρώπην Γάταλος ὁ Σαρμάτης, τῶν δʼ αὐτονομουμένων Ἡρακλεῶται, Μεσημβριανοί, Χερρονησῖται, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Κυζικηνοί.
25.2.14περὶ δὲ τῶν ὁμήρων τελευταῖον ἐγράφη πόσους δεήσει καὶ τίνας δοῦναι τὸν Φαρνάκην· ὧν καὶ παραγενηθέντων ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀνέζευξαν αἱ δυνάμεις.
25.2.15καὶ τοῦ μὲν Εὐμένει καὶ Ἀριαράθῃ πρὸς Φαρνάκην συστάντος πολέμου τοιοῦτον ἀπέβη τὸ τέλος.
25.3.1ὅτι Περσεὺς ἀνανεωσάμενος τὴν φιλίαν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐθέως ἑλληνοκοπεῖν ἐπεβάλετο, κατακαλῶν εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν καὶ τοὺς τὰ χρέα φεύγοντας καὶ τοὺς πρὸς καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας καὶ τοὺς ἐπὶ βασιλικοῖς ἐγκλήμασι παρακεχωρηκότας.
Book 27, Part 1
27In B.C. 174 Perseus forced the Dolopes, who had appealed against him to Rome, to submit to his authority. After this successful expedition he marched through Central and Northern Greece, visiting Delphi, where he stayed three days, Phthiotid Achaia, and Thessaly. He carefully abstained from inflicting any damage in the districts through which he passed, and tried to gain the confidence of the various states. In the same year he made friendly advances to the Achaeans, who had forbidden any Lacedaemonian to enter their territory, by offering to restore their fugitive slaves. But in spite of the exertions of Xenarchus the Strategus, the Achaeans refuse to make any change (-24).
27The same year saw also commotions in Aetolia, which were settled by five Roman commissioners: and in Crete, on the old score of the status of the Lycians. Q. Minucius was sent to settle this also ().
27In B. C. 173 Perseus entered on still more active intrigues in Greece, and in spite of the wildest scandals that were afloat as to his tyranny, he gained a powerful hold in Aetolia, Thessaly, and Perrhaebia. The Senate accordingly sent Marcellus to Aetolia and Achaia, and App. Claudius to Thessaly, to inquire into the facts; and a commission of five into Macedonia, with directions to proceed afterwards to Alexandria ().
Book 25, Part 4
25.3.2καὶ τούτων ἐξετίθει προγραφὰς εἴς τε Δῆλον καὶ Δελφοὺς καὶ τὸ τῆς Ἰτωνίας Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερόν, διδοὺς οὐ μόνον τὴν ἀσφάλειαν τοῖς καταπορευομένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων κομιδήν, ἀφʼ ὧν ἕκαστος ἔφυγε.
25.3.3παρέλυσε δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ τῶν βασιλικῶν ὀφειλημάτων, ἀφῆκε δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς φυλακαῖς ἐγκεκλεισμένους ἐπὶ βασιλικαῖς αἰτίαις.
25.3.4ταῦτα δὲ ποιήσας πολλοὺς ἐμετεώρισε, δοκῶν καλὰς ἐλπίδας ὑποδεικνύναι πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἐν αὑτῷ.
25.3.5ἐπέφαινε δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ λοιπῷ βίῳ προστασίαν τὸ τῆς βασιλείας ἀξίωμα.
25.3.6κατά τε γὰρ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν ἦν ἱκανὸς καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν σωματικὴν χρείαν τὴν διατείνουσαν εἰς τὸν πραγματικὸν τρόπον εὔθετος, κατά τε τὴν ἐπίφασιν εἶχεν ἐπισκύνιον καὶ τάξιν οὐκ ἀνοίκειον τῆς ἡλικίας.
25.3.7ἐπεφεύγει δὲ καὶ τὴν πατρικὴν ἀσέλγειαν τήν τε περὶ τὰς γυναῖκας καὶ τὴν περὶ τοὺς πότους, καὶ οὐ μόνον αὐτὸς μέτριον ἔπινε δειπνῶν, ἀλλὰ καὶ οἱ συνόντες αὐτῷ φίλοι.
Book 27, Part 2
27In B. C. 172 king Eumenes visited Rome and urged the Senate to take measures in time to counteract the attempts of Perseus; warning them that he had already obtained strong hold upon the Boeotians and Aetolians, and had an inexhaustible recruiting ground in Thrace. That everywhere he had secured the death or exile of the partisans of Rome, and was overrunning in arms Thessaly and Perrhaebia (-13).
27The Senate, already inclined to listen to these representations, was still more inclined to do so by the defiant tone of Harpalus, the representative of king Perseus; by the attempted assassination of Eumenes by emissaries of Perseus at Delphi on his home journey; by receiving a report from Greece from C. Valerius confirming the speech of Eumenes; and lastly by the confession of one L. Rammius of Brundisium, that he had been requested to poison certain Roman envoys who were accustomed to stay at his house on their journeys to and from Macedonia and Greece ().
27War was now determined on for the next year, and the praetor ordered to enroll troops. And Eumenes also, now recovered from the wounds of the assassins, made preparations to join in the struggle (-27).
Book 25, Part 5
25.3.8καὶ τὰ μὲν προοίμια τῆς Περσέως ἀρχῆς τοιαύτην εἶχε διάθεσιν. —
25.3.8ὅτι Φίλιππος ὁ βασιλεύς,
25.3.9ὅτε μὲν ηὐξήθη καὶ τὴν κατὰ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐξουσίαν ἔλαβε, πάντων ἦν ἀπιστότατος καὶ παρανομώτατος, ὅτε δὲ πάλιν τὰ τῆς τύχης ἀντέπνευσε, πάντων μετριώτατος.
25.3.10ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῖς ὅλοις πράγμασιν ἔπταισε, πρὸς πᾶν τὸ μέλλον ἁρμοζόμενος ἐπειρᾶτο κατὰ πάντα τρόπον σωματοποιεῖν τὴν αὑτοῦ βασιλείαν.
25.4.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν ἀποστολὴν τῶν ὑπάτων Τεβερίου καὶ Κλαυδίου τὴν πρὸς Ἴστρους καὶ Ἀγρίους ἡ σύγκλητος ἐχρημάτισε τοῖς παρὰ τῶν Λυκίων ἥκουσι πρεσβευταῖς,
25.4.2ἤδη τῆς θερείας ληγούσης, οἵτινες παρεγένοντο μὲν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἤδη καταπεπολεμημένων τῶν Λυκίων, ἐξαπεστάλησαν δὲ χρόνοις ἱκανοῖς ἀνώτερον.
Book 27, Part 3
27In B. C. 171, fresh legions having been enrolled, and an army of sixteen thousand infantry and eight hundred cavalry ordered to Macedonia, envoys appeared from Perseus demanding the reason. The Senate would not allow them to enter the Pomoerium, but received them in the temple of Bellona: and after listening to a report from Sp. Cavilius that Perseus had, among other acts of hostility, taken cities in Thessaly and entered Perrhaebia in arms, the Senate answered the Macedonian envoys that any complaint they had to make must be made to the consul, P. Licinius, who would presently be in Macedonia, but that they must not come into Italy again ().
27A few days afterwards five commissioners were sent into Greece, who distributed the districts to be visited among themselves: Servius and Publius Lentulus and Lucius Decimius were to go to Cephallenia, the Peloponnese, and the west coast generally; Q. Marcius and Aulus Atilius to Epirus, Aetolia, Thessaly, and thence to Boeotia and Euboea, where they were to meet the Lentuli. Meanwhile a letter from Perseus, demanding the cause of their coming and of the presence of troops in Macedonia, was received and left unanswered. After visiting the districts assigned to them, in the course of doing which Marcius and Atilius had met Perseus on the river Peneus, and granted him a truce to enable him to send envoys to Rome (Marcius knowing well that the Romans were not yet fully prepared for war the commissioners reached their destination at Chalcis, where the earlier events narrated in the following extracts occurred (-43).
27.1AT this time Lases and Callias arrived at the head of an embassy from the Thespians, and Ismenias from Neon. Lases and his colleagues offered to put their city wholly into the hands of the Romans; Ismenias proposed to submit all the cities of Boeotia as one nation to the discretion of the commissioners. But this latter proposal was diametrically opposed to the policy of Marcius and his colleagues. What suited that policy best was to split up Boeotia into separate cities: and they therefore received Lases and his party, as well as the envoys from Chaeronea and Lebadea, and all who came from single cities, with great favour and lavish courtesy; but treated Ismenias with ostentatious neglect and coldness. Some of the exiles also attacked Ismenias and were very near stoning him to death, and would have done so if he had not saved himself by taking refuge through the door of the chamber where the commissioners were sitting. At the same period there were disturbances and party contests at Thebes. One party were for committing the town unconditionally to Rome; but the Coroneans and Haliartians flocked to Thebes and vehemently maintained that they ought to maintain the alliance with Perseus. For a time neither of the two parties showed any disposition to give in to each other; but when Olympichus of Coronea set the example of changing sides and asserting that they ought to cleave to the Romans, a great change and revolution came over the feelings of the populace. First, they compelled Dicetas to go on an embassy to Marcius and the other commissioners to excuse them for their alliance with Perseus. Next, they expelled Neon and Hippias, crowding to their houses, and bidding them go and make their own defence for the terms that they had made; for they were the men who had negotiated the alliance. When these men had left the town, the people immediately collected into the assembly and first voted honours and gifts to the Romans, and then ordered the magistrates to push on the alliance. Last of all they appointed ambassadors to hand over the city to the Romans and to restore their exiles.
Book 25, Part 6
25.4.3οἱ γὰρ Ξάνθιοι, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἔμελλον εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἐμβαίνειν, ἐξέπεμψαν πρεσβευτὰς εἴς τε τὴν Ἀχαΐαν καὶ τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς περὶ Νικόστρατον.
25.4.4οἳ τότε παραγενηθέντες εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πολλοὺς εἰς ἔλεον ἐξεκαλέσαντο τῶν ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ, τιθέντες ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τήν τε Ῥοδίων βαρύτητα καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν περίστασιν.
25.4.5καὶ τέλος εἰς τοῦτʼ ἤγαγον τὴν σύγκλητον, ὥστε πέμψαι πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον τοὺς διασαφήσοντας ὅτι, τῶν ὑπομνηματισμῶν ἀναληφθέντων ὧν οἱ δέκα πρέσβεις ἐποιήσαντο κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν, ὅτε τὰ πρὸς Ἀντίοχον ἐχείριζον, εὕρηνται Λύκιοι δεδομένοι Ῥοδίοις οὐκ ἐν δωρεᾷ, τὸ δὲ πλεῖον ὡς φίλοι καὶ σύμμαχοι.
25.4.6τοιαύτης δὲ γενομένης διαλύσεως, οὐδʼ ὅλως ἤρεσκε πολλοῖς τὸ γεγονός.
25.4.7ἐδόκουν γὰρ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ῥοδίους καὶ Λυκίους διαγωνοθετεῖν, θέλοντες ἐκδαπανᾶσθαι τὰς παραθέσεις τῶν Ῥοδίων καὶ τοὺς θησαυρούς,
25.4.8ἀκηκοότες τήν τε νυμφαγωγίαν τὴν νεωστὶ τῷ Περσεῖ γεγενημένην ὑπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν ἀνάπειραν τῶν πλοίων.
Book 27, Part 4
27.2Whilst these things were being accomplished at Thebes, the exiles in Chalcis appointed Pompides to state their grievances against Ismenias, Neon, and Dicetas. The bad policy of these men being manifest, and the Romans lending their support to the exiles, Hippias and his party were rendered so odious that they were in danger of falling victims to the fury of the populace, until the Romans, by checking the assaults of the mob, secured them a certain degree of safety.
27.2When the Theban envoys arrived, bringing with them to the commissioners the decrees and honours I have mentioned, a rapid change passed over the face of things in each of the towns, for they were separated by a very narrow interval from each other. The commissioners with Marcius received the Theban envoys, complimented their town and counselled them to restore the exiles, and bade the several towns send embassies to Rome submitting themselves individually and unreservedly to the protection of the Romans. Their policy, therefore, of splitting up the league of the Boeotian towns, and of destroying the popularity of the Macedonian royal house with the Boeotian populace having thus completely succeeded, the commissioners sent for Servius Lentulus from Argos, and leaving him in charge at Chalcis went themselves to the Peloponnese; while Neon a few days afterwards retired to Macedonia; and Ismenias and Dicetas, being thrown at once into prison, shortly afterwards put an end to their lives. Thus it came about that the Boeotians, who had for a long period of years, and through many strange vicissitudes, maintained a national league, by now rashly and inconsiderately adopting the cause of Perseus, and giving way to an outburst of unreasoning excitement, were entirely disintegrated and split up into separate cities.
27.2When Aulus and Marcius arrived at Argos, after communication with the council of the Achaean league, they called upon Archon the Strategus to despatch a thousand men to Chalcis, to garrison the town until the arrival of the Romans; an order which Archon readily obeyed. Having thus settled affairs in Greece during the winter, and met Publius Lentulus and his two colleagues, the commissioners sailed back to Rome. . . .
Book 25, Part 7
25.4.9συνέβαινε γὰρ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον ἐπιφανῶς καὶ μεγαλομερῶς ταῖς παρασκευαῖς ἀναπεπειρᾶσθαι τοὺς Ῥοδίους ἅπασι τοῖς σκάφεσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν αὐτοῖς.
25.4.10καὶ γὰρ ξύλων πλῆθος εἰς ναυπηγίαν ἐδίδοτο παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως τοῖς Ῥοδίοις, καὶ στελγίδα χρυσῆν ἑκάστῳ τῶν ἀφρακτιτῶν ἐδεδώρητο τῶν νεωστὶ νενυμφαγωγηκότων αὐτῷ τὴν Λαοδίκην.
25.5.1ὅτι εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον παραγενομένων τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευτῶν καὶ διασαφούντων τὰ δεδογμένα τῇ συγκλήτῳ, θόρυβος ἦν ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ καὶ πολλὴ ταραχὴ περὶ τοὺς πολιτευομένους, ἀγανακτούντων ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ φάσκειν ἐν δωρεᾷ δεδόσθαι τοὺς Λυκίους αὐτοῖς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ συμμαχίαν.
25.5.2ἄρτι γὰρ δοκοῦντες καλῶς τεθεῖσθαι τὰ κατὰ Λυκίους, αὖθις ἄλλην ἀρχὴν ἑώρων φυομένην πραγμάτων·
25.5.3εὐθέως γὰρ οἱ Λύκιοι, τῶν Ῥωμαίων παραγενομένων καὶ διασαφούντων ταῦτα τοῖς Ῥοδίοις, πάλιν ἐστασίαζον καὶ πᾶν ὑπομένειν οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ὑπὲρ τῆς αὐτονομίας καὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας.
25.5.4οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ οἵ γε Ῥόδιοι διακούσαντες τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καὶ νομίσαντες ἐξηπατῆσθαι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ὑπὸ τῶν Λυκίων, παραχρῆμα κατέστησαν τοὺς περὶ Λυκόφρονα πρεσβευτάς, διδάξοντας τὴν σύγκλητον περὶ τῶν προειρημένων.
Book 27, Part 5
27.3Meanwhile Tiberius Claudius and Aulus Postumius had been engaged on a visitation of the islands and Greek cities in Asia, and had spent the longest time in Rhodes; though the Rhodians at that time did not require any supervision, for the prytanis that year was Agesilochus, a man of high rank, who had once been on an embassy to Rome. Even before the legates came, as soon as it became clear that the Romans intended to go to war with Perseus he had urged his people to throw in their fortunes with those of Rome; and, among other things, had counselled them to repair forty ships, in order that, if any occasion for using them should arise, it should not find them still in the midst of preparations, but ready to answer to the call and to carry out their resolve at once. By stating these facts to the Roman envoys, and showing them the preparations visibly progressing, he let them return to Rome in a high state of satisfaction with Rhodes. . . .
27.4After the conferences had been held between the Roman envoys and the Greeks, Perseus drew up a despatch containing a statement of his case, and the arguments employed on either side; partly from an idea that he would thus be shown to have the superiority of right on his side, and partly because he wished to test the feelings of the several states. Copies of this despatch he sent to the other states by his ordinary letter-carriers; but to Rhodes he sent also Antenor and Philip as ambassadors, who, on their arrival in the island, handed over the document to the magistrates, and a few days afterwards entered the Council chamber and urged the Rhodians To remain neutral for the present and watch what happened; and, if the Romans attacked Perseus in violation of the treaty, to endeavour to mediate. For this was the interest of all, and pre-eminently of the Rhodians, who more than most peoples desired equality and freedom of speech, and were ever the protectors, not only of their own liberty, but of that of the rest of Greece also; and therefore ought to be proportionally careful to provide and guard against a policy of an opposite tendency. These and similar arguments of the envoys found favour with the Rhodian people. But, as they were already pledged to an attitude of friendship to Rome, the influence of the upper classes so far prevailed that, though a friendly reception was given to the Macedonian envoys, they demanded in their formal answer that Perseus should not ask them to take any measure which would involve the appearance of hostility to Rome. Antenor and his colleagues would not accept this reply, but with thanks for the kindness of their general reception, sailed back to Macedonia. . . .
27.5Being informed that some of the cities of Boeotia remained faithful to him, Perseus sent Alexander on a mission to them. On his arrival in Boeotia, Alexander was obliged to abstain from visiting any of the cities except Coronea, Thisbae, and Haliartus, finding that they offered him no facilities for securing close relations. But he entered those three towns and exhorted their inhabitants to cling to their loyalty to the Macedonians. They received his words with enthusiasm, and voted to send ambassadors to Macedonia. Alexander accordingly returned to the king and reported the state of things in Boeotia. A short time afterwards the ambassadors arrived, desiring the king to send aid to the cities which favoured the Macedonian cause; for the Thebans were oppressing them severely, because they would not agree with them and side with Rome, But Perseus replied that he was precluded by the truce from sending any aid to any one; but he begged them to resist the Thebans to the best of their power, and yet not to go to war with the Romans, but to remain neutral. . . .
Book 25, Part 8
25.5.5καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν, ὅσον οὔπω δοκούντων πάλιν ἐπαναστήσεσθαι τῶν Λυκίων.
25.6.1ὅτι ἡ σύγκλητος, παραγενομένων τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥόδου πρεσβευτῶν, διακούσασα τῶν λόγων ὑπερέθετο τὴν ἀπόκρισιν.
25.6.2ἡκόντων δὲ τῶν Δαρδανίων καὶ περὶ τοῦ πλήθους τῶν Βασταρνῶν καὶ περὶ τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν ἀνδρῶν καὶ τῆς ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις τόλμης ἐξηγουμένων,
25.6.3καὶ διασαφούντων περὶ τῆς Περσέως κοινοπραγίας καὶ τῶν Γαλατῶν καὶ φασκόντων τοῦτον ἀγωνιᾶν μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς Βαστάρνας καὶ διὰ ταῦτα δεομένων σφίσι βοηθεῖν,
25.6.4παρόντων δὲ καὶ Θετταλῶν καὶ συνεπιμαρτυρούντων τοῖς Δαρδανίοις καὶ παρακαλούντων καὶ τούτων ἐπὶ τὴν βοήθειαν,
25.6.5ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ πέμψαι τινὰς τοὺς αὐτόπτας ἐσομένους τῶν προσαγγελλομένων.
Book 27, Part 6
27.6When the report of the commissioners from Asia concerning Rhodes and the other states had been at Rome, the Senate called in the ambassadors of Perseus, Solon and Hippias: who endeavoured to argue the whole case and to deprecate the anger of the Senate; and particularly to defend their master on the subject of the attempt upon the life of Eumenes. When they had finished all they had to urge, the Senate, which had all the while been resolved on war, bade them depart forthwith from Rome; and ordered all other Macedonians also that happened to be staying in the country to quit Italy within thirty days. The Senate then called upon the Consuls to act at once and see that they moved in good time. . . .
27.7Caius Lucretius being at anchor off Cephallenia, wrote a letter to the Rhodians, requesting them to despatch some ships, and entrusted the letter to a certain trainer named Socrates. This letter arrived at Rhodes in the second six months of the Prytany of Stratocles. When the question came on for discussion, Agathagetus, Rhodophon, Astymedes, and many others were for sending the ships and taking part in the war from the first, without any further pretence; but Deinon and Polyaratus, though really displeased at the favour already shown to Rome, now for the present used the case of Eumenes as their pretext, and began by that means to alienate the feelings of the populace. There had in fact been a long standing feeling of suspicion and dislike in the minds of the Rhodians against Eumenes, dating from the time of his war with Pharnaces; when, upon king Eumenes blockading the entrance of the Hellespont to prevent ships sailing into the Pontus, the Rhodians had interfered with his design and thwarted him. This ill-feeling had again been recently exasperated during the Lycian war on the question of certain forts, and a strip of territory on the frontier of the Rhodian Peraea, which was being damaged by some of Eumenes’s subjects. These incidents taken together made the Rhodians ready to listen to anything against the king. Seizing on this pretext, the party of Deinon tried to discredit the despatch, asserting that it did not come from the Romans but from Eumenes, who wished to involve them on any possible pretext in a war, and bring expense and perfectly unnecessary suffering upon the people. In support of their contention they put forward the fact that the man who brought the letter was some obscure trainer or another; and asserted that the Romans were not accustomed to employ such messengers, but were rather inclined to act with unnecessary care and dignity in the despatch of such missives. When they said this they were perfectly aware that the letter had really been written by Lucretius: their object was to persuade the Rhodian people to do nothing for the Romans readily, but rather to perpetually make difficulties, and thus give occasions for offence and displeasure to crop up between the two nations. For their deliberate purpose was to alienate Rhodes from the Roman friendship, and to join it to that of Perseus, by every means in their power. Their motives for thus clinging to Perseus were that Polyaratus, who was ostentatious and vain, had become heavily in debt; and that Deinon, who was avaricious and unscrupulous, had from the first relied on increasing his wealth by getting presents from princes and kings. These speeches having been delivered, the Prytanis Stratocles rose, and, after inveighing at some length against Perseus, and speaking with equal warmth in praise of the Romans, induced the people to confirm the decree for the despatch of the ships. Forthwith six quadriremes were prepared, five of which were sent to Chalcis under the command of Timagoras, and the other under the command of another Timagoras to Tenedos. This latter commander fell in at Tenedos with Diophanes, who had been despatched by Perseus to Antiochus, and captured both him and his crew. All such allies as arrived with offers of help by sea Lucretius thanked warmly, but excused from taking part in this service, observing that the Romans had no need of naval support. . . .
27.8After the Macedonian victory Perseus summoned his Council, when some of his friends expressed an opinion that he ought to send an embassy to the Roman general, to signify his readiness even now to pay the Romans the same amount of tribute as his father had formerly undertaken to pay when beaten in war, and to evacuate the same places. For if, they argued, the Romans accept the terms the war will be ended in a manner honourable to the king after his victory in the field; and the Romans, after this taste of Macedonian valour, will be much more careful in the future not to impose an unjust or harsh burden upon the Macedonians. And if, on the other hand, in spite of the past, they prove obstinate and refuse to accept them, the anger of heaven will with justice fall on them; while the king by his moderation will gain the support of Gods and men alike. The majority of his friends held this view, and Perseus expressing his assent to it, Pantauchus, son of Balacrus, and Midon of Beroea, were forthwith sent as ambassadors to Licinius. On their arrival, Licinius summoned his Council, and the ambassadors having stated their proposals in accordance with their instructions, Pantauchus and his colleague were requested to withdraw, and they deliberated on the proposition thus made to them. They decided unanimously to return as stern an answer as possible. For this is a peculiarity of the Romans, which they have inherited from their ancestors, and are continually displaying,—to show themselves most peremptory and imperious in the presence of defeat, and most moderate when successful: a very noble peculiarity, as every one will acknowledge; but whether it be feasible under certain circumstances may be doubted. However that may be, on the present occasion they made answer that Perseus must submit without reserve himself, and give the Senate full power to take whatever measures it might think good concerning Macedonia and all in it. On this being communicated to Pantauchus and Midon, they returned and informed Perseus and his friends; some of whom were roused to anger at this astonishing display of haughtiness, and advised Perseus to send no more embassies or messages about anything whatever. Perseus, however, was not the man to take such a line. He sent again and again to Licinius, with continually enhanced offers, and promising a larger and larger sum of money. But as nothing that he could do had any effect, and as his friends found fault with him, and told him that, though he had won a victory, he was acting like one who had been defeated and lost all, he was at length compelled to renounce the sending of embassies, and remove his camp back to Sicyrium. Such was the position of the campaign. . . .
Book 25, Part 9
25.6.6καὶ παραυτίκα καταστήσαντες Αὖλον Ποστόμιον ἐξαπέστειλαν καὶ σὺν τούτῳ τινὰς τῶν νέων.
Book 27, Part 7
27.9When the report of the favourable result for Perseus of the cavalry engagement, and of the victory of the Macedonians, spread through Greece, the inclination of the populace to the cause of Perseus blazed out like a fire, most of them having up to that time concealed their real feelings. Their conduct, to my mind, was like what one sees at gymnastic contests. When some obscure and far inferior combatant descends into the arena with a famous champion reputed to be invincible, the spectators immediately bestow their favour upon the weaker of the two, and try to keep up his spirits by applause, and eagerly second his efforts by their enthusiasm. And if he succeeds so far as even to touch the face of his opponent, and make a mark to prove the blow, the whole of the spectators again show themselves on his side. Sometimes they even jeer at his antagonist: not because they dislike or undervalue him, but because their sympathies are roused by the unexpected, and they are naturally inclined to take the weaker side. But if any one checks them at the right moment, they are quick to change and see their mistake. And this is what Cleitomachus is said to have done. He had the character of being an invincible athlete, and, as his reputation was spread all over the world, King Ptolemy is said to have been inspired with the ambition of putting an end to it. He therefore had Aristonicus the boxer, who was thought to have unusual physical capabilities for that kind of thing trained with extraordinary care, and sent to Greece. When he appeared on the arena at Olympia a great number of the spectators, it seems, immediately showed their favour for him, and cheered him on, being rejoiced that some one should have had the courage to make some sort of stand against Cleitomachus. But when, as the fight went on, he showed that he was a match for his antagonist, and even gave him a well-placed wound, there was a general clapping of hands, and the popular enthusiasm showed itself loudly on his side, the spectators calling out to Aristonicus to keep up his spirits. Thereupon they say that Cleitomachus stepped aside, and after waiting a short time to recover his breath, turned to the crowd and asked them Why, they cheered Aristonicus, and supported him all they could? Had they detected him in playing foul in the combat? Or were they not aware that Cleitomachus was at that moment fighting for the honour of Greece, Aristonicus for that of king Ptolemy? Would they prefer an Egyptian to carry off the crown by beating Greeks, or that a Theban and Boeotian should be proclaimed victor in boxing over all comers? Upon this speech of Cleitomachus, they say that such a revulsion of feeling came over the spectators, that Aristonicus in his turn was conquered more by the display of popular feeling than by Cleitomachus.
27.10What happened in the case of Perseus in regard to the feeling of the multitude was very similar to this. For if any one had pulled them up and asked them plainly, in so many words, whether they wished such great power to fall to one man, and were desirous of trying the effect of an utterly irresponsible despotism, I presume that they would have promptly bethought themselves, recanted all they had said, and gone to the other extreme of feeling. Or if some one had briefly recalled to their recollection all the tyrannical acts of the royal house of Macedonia from which the Greeks had suffered, and all the benefits they had received from the Romans, I imagine they would have at once and decisively changed their minds. However, for the present, at the first burst of thoughtless enthusiasm, the people showed unmistakable signs of joy at the news, being delighted at the unlooked-for appearance of a champion able to cope with Rome. I say this much to prevent any one, in ignorance of human nature, from bringing a rash charge of ingratitude against the Greeks for the feelings which they displayed at that time. . . .
27.11The cestros was a novel invention, made during the war with Perseus. This weapon consisted of an iron bolt two palms long, half of which was spike, and half a tube for the reception of the wooden shaft which was fixed into the tube, and measured a span in length and a finger-breadth in diameter. At the middle point of the shaft three wooden plumes were morticed in. The sling had thongs of unequal length, and on the leather between them the missile was loosely set. When the sling was being swung round, with the two thongs taut, the missile kept its place; but when the slinger let go one of the thongs, it flew from the leather like a leaden bullet, and was projected from the sling with such force as to inflict a very grievous wound upon any one whom it hit.
Book 26, Part 1
26.1a.1Πολύβιος δʼ ἐν τῇ ἕκτῃ καὶ εἰκοστῇ τῶν Ἱστοριῶν καλεῖ αὐτὸν Ἐπιμανῆ καὶ οὐκ Ἐπιφανῆ διὰ τὰς πράξεις. οὐ μόνον γὰρ μετὰ δημοτῶν ἀνθρώπων κατέβαινεν εἰς ὁμιλίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ μετὰ τῶν παρεπιδημούντων ξένων καὶ τῶν εὐτελεστάτων συνέπινεν.
26.1a.2εἰ δὲ καὶ τῶν νεωτέρων, φησίν, αἴσθοιτο τινας συνευωχουμένους ὁπουδήποτε, παρῆν μετὰ κερατίου καὶ συμφωνίας, ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς διὰ τὸ παράδοξον ἀνισταμένους φεύγειν. πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τὴν βασιλικὴν ἐσθῆτα ἀποβαλὼν τήβενναν ἀναλαβὼν περιῄει τὴν ἀγοράν. —
26.1.1Ἀντίοχος ὁ Ἐπιφανὴς μὲν κληθείς, Ἐπιμανὴς δʼ ἐκ τῶν πράξεων ὀνομασθείς [...] περὶ οὗ φησι Πολύβιος τάδε, ὡς ἀποδιδράσκων ἐκ τῆς αὐλῆς ἐνίοτε τοὺς θεραπεύοντας, οὗ τύχοι τῆς πόλεως, ἀλύων ἐφαίνετο δεύτερος καὶ τρίτος.
Book 27, Part 8
27.12Cotys was a man of distinguished appearance and of great ability in military affairs, and besides, quite unlike a Thracian in character. For he was of sober habits, and gave evidence of a gentleness of temper and a steadiness of disposition worthy of a man of gentle birth. . . .
27.13Ptolemy, the general serving in Cyprus, was by no means like an Egyptian, but was a man of sense and administrative ability. He received the governorship of the island when the king of Egypt was quite a child, and devoted himself with great zeal to the collection of money, refusing payments of any kind to any one, though he was often asked for them by the king’s agents, and subjected to bitter abuse for refusing to part with any. But when the king came of age he made up a large sum and sent it to Alexandria, so that both king Ptolemy himself and his courtiers expressed their approval of his previous parsimony and determination not to part with any money. . . .
27.14Just about the time when Perseus retired for the winter from the Roman war, Antenor arrived at Rhodes from him, to negotiate for the ransom of Diophanes and those who were on board with him. Thereupon there arose a great dispute among the statesmen as to what course they ought to take. Philophron, Theaetetus, and their party were against entering into such an arrangement on any terms; Deinon and Polyaratus and their party were for doing so. Finally they did enter upon an arrangement with Perseus for their redemption. . . .
Book 26, Part 2
26.1.2μάλιστα δὲ πρὸς τοῖς ἀργυροκοπείοις εὑρίσκετο καὶ χρυσοχοείοις, εὑρησιλογῶν καὶ φιλοτεχνῶν πρὸς τοὺς τορευτὰς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους τεχνίτας.
26.1.3ἔπειτα καὶ μετὰ δημοτῶν ἀνθρώπων συγκαταβαίνων ὡμίλει, ᾧ τύχοι, καὶ μετὰ τῶν παρεπιδημούντων συνέπινε τῶν εὐτελεστάτων.
26.1.4ὅτε δὲ τῶν νεωτέρων αἴσθοιτό τινας συνευωχουμένους, οὐδεμίαν ἔμφασιν ποιήσας παρῆν ἐπικωμάζων μετὰ κερατίου καὶ συμφωνίας, ὥστε τοὺς πολλοὺς διὰ τὸ παράδοξον ἀφισταμένους φεύγειν.
Book 27, Part 9
27.15Cephalus came [to Pella] from Epirus. He had long been connected by friendship with the royal house of Macedonia, but was now compelled by the force of circumstances to embrace the side of Perseus, the cause of which was as follows: There was a certain Epirote named Charops, a man of high character, and well disposed to Rome, who, when Philip was holding the passes into Epirus, was the cause of his being driven from the country, and of Titus Flamininus conquering Epirus and Macedonia. Charops had a son named Machatus, who had a son also named Charops. Machatus having died when this son was quite a youth, the elder Charops sent his grandson with a suitable retinue to Rome to learn to speak and read Latin. In the course of time the young man returned home, having made many intimate friendships at Rome. The elder Charops then died, and the young man, being of a restless and designing character, began giving himself airs and attacking the distinguished men in the country. At first he was not much noticed, Antinous and Cephalus, his superiors in age and reputation, managing public affairs as they thought right. But when the war with Perseus broke out, the young man at once began laying information against these statesmen at Rome, grounding his accusations on their former intimacy with the Macedonian royal family; and by watching everything they said or did, and putting the worst construction on it, suppressing some facts and adding others, he succeeded in getting his accusations against them believed. Now Cephalus had always shown good sense and consistency, and at the present crisis had adhered to a course of the highest wisdom. He had begun by praying heaven that the war might not take place, or the question come to the arbitrament of arms; but when the war was actually begun, he was for performing all treaty obligations towards Rome, but for not going a step beyond this, or showing any unbecoming subservience or officiousness. When Charops then vehemently accused Cephalus at Rome, and represented everything that happened contrary to the wishes of the Romans as malice prepense on his part, at first he and others like him thought little of the matter, being not conscious of entertaining any designs hostile to Rome. But when they saw Hippolochus, Nicander, and Lochagus arrested without cause, and conveyed to Rome after the cavalry battle, and that the accusations made against them by Lyciscus were believed,—Lyciscus being a leader of the same party in Aetolia as Charops was in Epirus,—they at length began to be anxious about what would happen, and to consider their position. They resolved therefore to try every possible means to prevent themselves from being similarly arrested without trial and carried to Rome, owing to the slanders of Charops. It was thus that Cephalus and his friends were compelled, contrary to their original policy, to embrace the cause of Perseus. . . .
27.16Theodotus and Philostratus committed an act of flagrant impiety and treachery. They learnt that the Roman consul Aulus Hostilius was on his way to Thessaly to join the army; and thinking that, if they could deliver Aulus to Perseus, they would have given the latter the strongest possible proof of their devotion, and have done the greatest possible damage to the Romans at this crisis, they wrote urgently to Perseus to make haste. The king was desirous of advancing at once and joining them; but he was hindered by the fact that the Molossians had seized the bridge over the Aous, and was obliged to give them battle first. Now it chanced that Aulus had arrived at Phanota, and put up at the house of Nestor the Cropian, and thus gave his enemies an excellent opportunity; and had not fortune interfered on his behalf, I do not think that he would have escaped. But, in fact, Nestor providentially suspected what was brewing, and compelled him to change his quarters for the night to the house of a neighbour. Accordingly he gave up the idea of going by land through Epirus, and, having sailed to Anticyra, thence made his way into Thessaly. . . .
27.17Pharnaces was the worst of all his predecessors on the throne. . . .
Book 26, Part 3
26.1.5πολλάκις δὲ καὶ τὴν βασιλικὴν ἀποθέμενος ἐσθῆτα τήβενναν ἀναλαβὼν περιῄει κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀρχαιρεσιάζων καὶ τοὺς μὲν δεξιούμενος, τοὺς δὲ καὶ περιπτύσσων παρεκάλει φέρειν αὑτῷ τὴν ψῆφον, ποτὲ μὲν ὡς ἀγορανόμος γένηται, ποτὲ δὲ καὶ ὡς δήμαρχος.
26.1.6τυχὼν δὲ τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ καθίσας ἐπὶ τὸν ἐλεφάντινον δίφρον κατὰ τὸ παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἔθος διήκουε τῶν κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν γινομένων συναλλαγμάτων καὶ διέκρινε μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς καὶ προθυμίας. ἐξ ὧν εἰς ἀπορίαν ἦγε τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοὺς ἐπιεικεῖς·
26.1.7οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἀφελῆ τινα αὐτὸν εἶναι ὑπελάμβανον, οἱ δὲ μαινόμενον. καὶ γὰρ περὶ τὰς δωρεὰς ἦν παραπλήσιος· ἐδίδου γὰρ τοῖς μὲν ἀστραγάλους δορκαδείους,
Book 27, Part 10
27.18While Attalus was spending the winter in Elateia (in Phocis), knowing that his brother Eumenes was annoyed in the highest possible degree at the splendid honours which had been awarded to him having been annulled by a public decree of the Peloponnesians, though he concealed his annoyance from every one,—he took upon himself to send messages to certain of the Achaeans, urging that not only the statues of honour, but the complimentary inscriptions also, which had been placed in his brother’s honour, should be restored. His motive in acting thus was the belief that he could give his brother no greater gratification, and at the same time would display to the Greeks by this act his own brotherly affection and generosity. . . .
27.19When Antiochus saw that the government of Alexandria was openly making preparations for a war of annexation in Coele-Syria, he sent Meleager at the head of an embassy to Rome, with instructions to inform the Senate of the fact, and to protest that Ptolemy was attacking him without the least justification. . . .
27.20In all human affairs perhaps one ought to regulate every undertaking by considerations of time; but this is especially true in war, in which a moment makes all the difference between success and failure, and to miss this is the most fatal of errors. . . .
Book 26, Part 4
26.1.8τοῖς δὲ φοινικοβαλάνους, ἄλλοις δὲ χρυσίον.
26.1.9καὶ ἐξ ἀπαντήσεως δέ τισιν ἐντυγχάνων, οὓς μὴ ἑωράκει ποτέ, ἐδίδου δωρεὰς ἀπροσδοκήτους.
26.1.10ἐν δὲ ταῖς πρὸς τὰς πόλεις θυσίαις καὶ ταῖς πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς τιμαῖς πάντας ὑπερέβαλλε τοὺς βεβασιλευκότας.
Book 27, Part 11
27.20Many men desire honour, but it is only the few who venture to attempt it; and of those who do so, it is rare to find any that have the resolution to persevere to the end. . . .
Book 26, Part 5
26.1.11τοῦτο δʼ ἄν τις τεκμήραιτο ἔκ τε τοῦ παρʼ Ἀθηναίοις Ὀλυμπιείου καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν ἐν Δήλῳ βωμὸν ἀνδριάντων.
26.1.12ἐλούετο δὲ κἀν τοῖς δημοσίοις βαλανείοις, ὅτε δημοτῶν ἦν τὰ βαλανεῖα πεπληρωμένα, κεραμίων εἰσφερομένων αὐτῷ μύρων τῶν πολυτελεστάτων.
26.1.13ὅτε καί τινος εἰπόντος "3Μακάριοί ἐστε ὑμεῖς οἱ βασιλεῖς οἱ καὶ τούτοις χρώμενοι καὶ ὀδωδότες ἡδύ"3 [καὶ] μηδὲν τὸν ἄνθρωπον προσειπών, ὅπου ʼκεῖνος τῇ ἑξῆς ἐλοῦτο, ἐπεισελθὼν ἐποίησεν αὐτοῦ καταχυθῆναι τῆς κεφαλῆς μέγιστον κεράμιον πολυτελεστάτου μύρου, τῆς στακτῆς καλουμένης,
Book 28, Part 1
28.1WHEN the war between the kings Antiochus and Ptolemy for the possession of Coele-Syria had just begun, Meleager, Sosiphanes, and Heracleides came as ambassadors from Antiochus, and Timotheos and Damon from Ptolemy. The one actually in possession of Coele-Syria and Phoenicia was Antiochus; for ever since his father’s victory over the generals of Ptolemy at Panium all those districts had been subject to the Syrian kings. Antiochus, accordingly, regarding the right of conquest as the strongest and most honourable of all claims, was now eager to defend these places as unquestionably belonging to himself: while Ptolemy, conceiving that the late king Antiochus had unjustly taken advantage of his father’s orphan condition to wrest the cities in Coele-Syria from him, was resolved not to acquiesce in his possession of them. Therefore Meleager and his colleagues came to Rome with instructions to protest before the Senate that Ptolemy had, in breach of all equity, attacked him first; while Timotheos and Damon came to renew their master’s friendship with the Romans, and to offer their mediation for putting an end to the war with Perseus; but, above all, to watch the communications made by Meleager’s embassy. As to putting an end to the war, by the advice of Marcus Aemilius they did not venture to speak of it; but after formally renewing the friendly relations between Ptolemy and Rome, and receiving a favourable answer, they returned to Alexandria. To Meleager and his colleagues the Senate answered that Quintus Marcius should be commissioned to write to Ptolemy on the subject, as he should think it most to the interest of Rome and his own honour. Thus was the business settled for the time. . . .
28.2About this time there came also ambassadors from the Rhodians towards the end of summer, Agesilochus, Nicagoras, and Nicander. The objects of their mission were to renew the friendship of Rhodes and Rome; to obtain a license for importing corn from the Roman dominions; and to defend their state from certain charges that had been brought against it. For there were most violent party contests going on in Rhodes: Agathagetus, Philophron, Rhodophon, and Theaetetus resting all their hopes on the Romans, and Deinon and Polyaratus on Perseus and the Macedonians; and as these divisions gave rise to frequent debates in the course of their public business, and many contradictory expressions were used in their deliberations, plenty of opportunities were afforded to those who wished to make up stories against the state. On this occasion, however, the Senate affected to be ignorant of all this, though perfectly acquainted with what went on in the island, and granted them a license to import one hundred thousand medimini of corn from Sicily. This answer was given by the Senate to the Rhodians separately. Audience was then given collectively to all the envoys from the rest of Greece that were united in the same policy. . . .
28.3Aulus being thus Proconsul, and wintering in Thessaly with the army, sent Gaius Popilius and Gnaeus Octavius to visit certain places in Greece. They first came to Thebes, where, after speaking in complimentary terms of the Thebans, they exhorted them to maintain their good disposition towards Rome. They then went a round of the cities in the Peloponnese, and endeavoured to convince the people of the clemency and humanity of the Senate by producing the decree which I recently mentioned. At the same time they made it clearly understood that the Senate was aware who in the several states were hanging back and trying to evade their obligations, and who were forward and zealous; and they let it be seen that they were as much displeased with those who thus hung back as with those who openly took the opposite side. This brought hesitation and doubt to the minds of the people at large, as to how to frame their words and actions so as to exactly suit the necessities of the times. Gaius and Gnaeus were reported to have resolved, as soon as the Achaean congress was assembled, to accuse Lycortas, Archon, and Polybius, and to point out that they were opposed to the policy of Rome; and were at the present moment refraining from active measures, not because that was their genuine inclination, but because they were watching the turn of events, and waiting their opportunity. They did not, however, venture to do this, because they had no wellfounded pretext for attacking these men. Accordingly, when the council met at Aegium, after delivering a speech of mingled compliments and exhortation, they took ship for Aetolia.
Book 26, Part 6
26.1.14ὡς πάντας ἀναστάντας κυλίεσθαι τοὺς λουομένους τῷ μύρῳ καὶ διὰ τὴν γλισχρότητα καταπίπτοντας γέλωτα παρέχειν, καθάπερ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα.
Book 28, Part 2
28.4The Aetolian congress being summoned to meet them at Thermum, they came before the assembled people, and again delivered a speech in which expressions of benevolence were mixed with exhortations. But the real cause of summoning the congress was to announce that the Aetolians must give hostages. On their leaving the speakers’ platform, Proandrus stood forward and desired leave to mention certain services performed by himself to the Romans, and to denounce those who accused him. Gaius thereupon rose; and, though he well knew that Proandrus was opposed to Rome, he paid him some compliments, and acknowledged the truth of everything he had said. After this, Lyciscus stood forward, and, without accusing any one person by name, yet cast suspicion on a great many. For he said that The Romans had been quite right to arrest the ringleaders and take them to Rome (whereby he meant Eupolemus, Nicander, and the rest): but members of their party still remained in Aetolia, all of whom ought to meet with the same correction, unless they gave up their children as hostages to the Romans. In these words he meant to point especially to Archedamus and Pantaleon; and, accordingly, when he retired, Pantaleon stood up, and, after a brief denunciation of Lyciscus for his shameless and despicable flattery of the stronger side, turned to Thoas, conceiving him to be the man whose accusations of himself obtained the greater credit from the fact that he had never been supposed to be at enmity with him. He reminded Thoas first of the events in the time of Antiochus; and then reproached him for ingratitude to himself, because, when he had been surrendered to Rome, he obtained an unexpected release at the intercession of Nicander and himself. He ended by calling upon the Aetolians, not only to hoot Thoas down if he tried to speak, but to join with one accord in stoning him. This was done; and Gaius, after administering a brief reproof to the Aetolians for stoning Thoas, departed with his colleague to Acarnania, without any more being said about hostages. Aetolia, however, was filled with mutual suspicions and violent factions.
28.5In Acarnania the assembly was held at Thurium, at which Aeschrion, Glaucus, and Chremes, who were all partisans of Rome, begged Gaius and Gnaeus to place a garrison in Acarnania; for they had among them certain persons who were for putting the country in the hands of Perseus and the Macedonians. The advice of Diogenes was the opposite. A garrison, he said, ought not to be put into any of their cities, for that was what was done to those who had been at war with Rome and had been beaten; whereas the Acarnanians had done no wrong, and did not deserve in any respect to have a garrison thrust upon them. Chremes and Glaucus and their partisans were slandering their political opponents, and desired to bring in a garrison which would support their selfseeking policy, in order to establish their own tyrannical power. After these speeches, Gaius and his colleague, seeing that the populace disliked the idea of having garrisons, and wishing to follow the line of policy marked out by the Senate, expressed their adherence to the view of Diogenes; and departed to join the Proconsul at Larisa, after paying some compliments to the Acarnanians. . . .
28.6The Greeks made up their minds that this embassy required much consideration on their part. They therefore called to council such men as were of one mind in other political questions,— Arcesilaus and Ariston of Megalopolis, Stratius of Tritaea, Xenon of Patrae and Apollonides of Sicyon. But Lycortas stood firm to his original view: which was that they should send no help to either Perseus or Rome in any way, nor, on the other hand, take part against either. For he held that co-operation with either would be disadvantageous to the Greeks at large, because he foresaw the overwhelming power which the successful nation would possess; while active hostility, he thought, would be dangerous, because they had already in former times been in opposition to many of the most illustrious Romans in their state policy. Apollonides and Stratius did not recommend open and avowed hostility to Rome, but thought that Those who were for plunging headlong into the contest, and wished to use the action of the nation to secure their own personal favour at Rome, ought to be put down and boldly resisted. Archon said that They must yield to circumstances, and not give their personal enemies a handle for accusations; nor allow themselves to fall into the same misfortune as Nicander, who, before he had learnt what the power of Rome really was, had met with the gravest calamities. With this last view, Polyaenus, Arcesilaus, Ariston, and Xenon agreed. It was thereupon decided that Archon should go without delay to his duties as Strategus, and Polybius to those of Hipparch.
Book 27, Part 1
27.1.1ὅτι ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ παρεγένοντο πρέσβεις παρὰ μὲν Θεσπιέων οἱ περὶ Λασῆν καὶ Καλλέαν, παρὰ δὲ Νέωνος Ἰσμηνίας,
27.1.2οἱ μὲν περὶ Λασῆν ἐγχειρίζοντες τὴν ἑαυτῶν πατρίδα Ῥωμαίοις, ὁ δʼ Ἰσμηνίας κατὰ κοινὸν πάσας τὰς ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ πόλεις διδοὺς εἰς τὴν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν πίστιν.
27.1.3ἦν δὲ τοῦτο μὲν ἐναντιώτατον τοῖς περὶ τὸν Μάρκιον, τὸ δὲ κατὰ πόλιν διελεῖν τοὺς Βοιωτοὺς οἰκειότατον.
27.1.4διὸ τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὸν Λασῆν καὶ τοὺς Χαιρωνεῖς καὶ τοὺς Λεβαδεῖς καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους, ὅσοι παρῆσαν ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων, ἀσμένως ἀπεδέχοντο καὶ κατέψων,
27.1.5τὸν δʼ Ἰσμηνίαν παρεδειγμάτιζον, ἀποτριβόμενοι καὶ παρορῶντες.
27.1.6ὅτε καὶ συνεπιθέμενοί τινες τῶν φυγάδων μικροῦ κατέλευσαν τὸν Ἰσμηνίαν, εἰ μὴ κατέφυγεν ὑπὸ τὰ δίθυρα τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
27.1.7κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις συνέβαινε ταραχὰς εἶναι καὶ στάσεις.
27.1.8οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἔφασαν δεῖν διδόναι τὴν πόλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν, οἱ δὲ Κορωνεῖς καὶ Ἁλιάρτιοι συνδεδραμηκότες εἰς τὰς Θήβας ἀκμὴν ἀντεποιοῦντο τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ μένειν ἔφασαν δεῖν ἐν τῇ πρὸς τὸν Περσέα συμμαχίᾳ.
27.1.9καὶ μέχρι μέν τινος ἐφάμιλλος ἦν ἡ διάθεσις τῶν στασιαζόντων. Ὀλυμπίχου δὲ τοῦ Κορωνέως πρώτου μεταθεμένου καὶ φάσκοντος δεῖν ἀντέχεσθαι Ῥωμαίων, ἐγένετό τις ὁλοσχερὴς ῥοπὴ καὶ μετάπτωσις τοῦ πλήθους,
27.1.10καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὸν Δικέταν ἠνάγκασαν πρεσβεύειν πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Μάρκιον, ἀπολογησόμενον ὑπὲρ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Περσέα συμμαχίας.
27.1.11μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς περὶ τὸν Νέωνα καὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν ἐξέβαλον, συντρέχοντες ἐπὶ τὰς οἰκίας αὐτῶν καὶ κελεύοντες αὐτοὺς ὑπὲρ αὑτῶν ἀπολογεῖσθαι περὶ τῶν διῳκονομημένων· οὗτοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ τὰ περὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν οἰκονομήσαντες. τούτων δὲ παραχωρησάντων,
27.1.12ἐξ αὐτῆς ἁθροισθέντες εἰς ἐκκλησίαν πρῶτον μὲν τιμὰς ἐψηφίσαντο καὶ δωρεὰς τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, εἶτʼ ἐνεργεῖν ἐπέταξαν τοῖς ἄρχουσι τὴν συμμαχίαν,
27.1.13ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν πρεσβευτὰς κατέστησαν τοὺς ἐγχειριοῦντας τὴν πόλιν Ῥωμαίοις καὶ κατάξοντας τοὺς παρʼ αὑτῶν φυγάδας.
27.2.1τούτων δὲ συντελουμένων ἐν ταῖς Θήβαις, οἱ φυγάδες ἐν τῇ Χαλκίδι προστησάμενοι Πομπίδην κατηγορίαν ἐποιοῦντο τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἰσμηνίαν καὶ Νέωνα καὶ Δικέταν.
27.2.2προδήλου δὲ τῆς ἀγνοίας οὔσης τῶν προειρημένων, καὶ τῶν Ῥωμαίων συνεπισχυόντων τοῖς φυγάσιν,
27.2.3εἰς τὴν ἐσχάτην διάθεσιν ἧκον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν, ὥστε καὶ τῷ βίῳ κινδυνεῦσαι παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ὁρμῆς τοῦ πλήθους, ἕως οὗ βραχύ τι τῆς ἀσφαλείας αὐτῶν προυνοήθησαν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι, παρακατασχόντες τὴν ἐπιφορὰν τῶν ὄχλων.
27.2.4τῶν δὲ Θηβαίων παραγενομένων καὶ κομιζόντων τὰ προειρημένα δόγματα καὶ τὰς τιμάς, ταχεῖαν ἕκαστα τῶν πραγμάτων ἐλάμβανε τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν, ἅτε τῶν πόλεων παρακειμένων ἀλλήλαις ἐν πάνυ βραχεῖ διαστήματι.
27.2.5πλὴν ἀποδεξάμενοι τοὺς Θηβαίους οἱ περὶ τὸν Μάρκιον τήν τε πόλιν ἐπῄνεσαν καὶ τοὺς φυγάδας συνεβούλευσαν καταγαγεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
Book 28, Part 3
28.7Very soon after these events, and when Archon had made up his mind that the Achaeans must take active part with Rome and her allies, it happened most conveniently that Attalus made his proposal to him and found him ready to accept it. Archon at once eagerly promised his support to Attalus’s request: and when thereupon that prince’s envoys appeared at the next congress, and addressed the Achaeans about the restoration of king Eumenes’s honours, begging them to do this for the sake of Attalus, the people did not show clearly what their feeling was, but a good many rose to speak against the proposal from many various motives. Those who were originally the advisers of the honours being paid to the king were now desirous to confirm the wisdom of their own policy; while those who had private reasons for animosity against the king thought this a good opportunity for revenging themselves upon him; while others again, from spite against those who supported him, were determined that Attalus should not obtain his request. Archon, however, the Strategus, rose to support the envoys,—for it was a matter that called for an expression of opinion from the Strategus,— but after a few words he stood down, afraid of being thought to be giving his advice from interested motives and the hope of making money, because he had spent a large sum on his office. Amidst a general feeling of doubt and hesitation, Polybius rose and delivered a long speech. But that part of it which best fell in with the feelings of the populace was that in which he showed that The original decree of the Achaeans in regard to these honours enacted that such honours as were improper and contrary to law were to be abolished, but not all honours by any means. That Sosigenes and Diopeithes and their colleagues, however, who were at the time judges, and for private reasons personally hostile to Eumenes, seized the opportunity of overturning all the erections put up in honour of the king; and in doing so had gone beyond the meaning of the decree of the Achaeans, and beyond the powers entrusted to them, and, what was worst of all, beyond the demands of justice and right. For the Achaeans had not resolved upon doing away with the honours of Eumenes on the ground of having received any injury at his hands; but had taken offence at his making demands beyond what his services warranted, and had accordingly voted to remove everything that seemed excessive. As then these judges had overthrown these honours, because they had a greater regard for the gratification of their private enmity than for the honour of the Achaeans, so the Achaeans, from the conviction that duty and honour must be their highest consideration, were bound to correct the error of the judges, and the unjustifiable insult inflicted upon Eumenes: especially as, in doing so, they would not be bestowing this favour on Eumenes only, but on his brother Attalus also. The assembly having expressed their agreement with this speech, a decree was written out ordering the magistrates to restore all the honours of king Eumenes, except such as were dishonourable to the Achaean league or contrary to their law. It was thus, and at this time, that Attalus secured the reversal of the insult to his brother Eumenes in regard to the honours once given him in the Peloponnese. . . .
28.8Perseus sent Pleuratus the Illyrian, an exile living at his court, and Adaeus of Beroea on a mission to king Genthius, with instructions to inform him of what he had achieved in his war with the Romans, Dardani, Epirotes, and Illyrians up to the present time; and to urge him to make a friendship and alliance with him in Macedonia. These envoys journeyed beyond Mount Scardus, through Illyria Deserta, as it is called,—a region a short time back depopulated by the Macedonians, in order to make an invasion of Illyria and Macedonia difficult for the Dardani. Their journey through this region was accompanied by much suffering; but they reached Scodra, and being there informed that Genthius was at Lissus, they sent a message to him. He promptly responded: and having been admitted to an interview with him, they discussed the business to which their instructions referred. Genthius had no wish to forfeit the friendship of Perseus; but he alleged want of means as an excuse for not complying with the request at once, and his inability to undertake a war with Rome without money. With this answer, Adaeus and his colleagues returned home. Meanwhile Perseus arrived at Stubera, and sold the booty and gave his army a rest while waiting for the return of Pleuratus and Adaeus. On their arrival with the answer from Genthius, he immediately sent another mission, consisting again of Adaeus, Glaucias, one of his body-guards, and the Illyrian (Pleuratus) also, because he knew the Illyrian language, with the same instructions as before: on the ground that Genthius had not stated distinctly what he wanted, and what would enable him to consent to the proposals. When these envoys had started the king himself removed with his army to Hyscana. . . .
28.9The ambassador sent to Genthius returned without having accomplished anything more than the previous envoys, and without any fresh answer; for Genthius remained of the same mind,— willing to join with Perseus in his war, but professing to be in want of money. Perseus disregarded the hint, and sent another mission under Hippias to conclude the treaty, without taking any notice of the main point, while professing a wish to do whatever Genthius wished. It is not easy to decide whether to ascribe such conduct to mere folly, or to a spiritual delusion. For my part, I am inclined to regard it as a sheer spiritual delusion when men aim at bold enterprises, and risk their life, and yet neglect the most important point in their plans, though they see it all the time and have the power to execute it. For I do not think it will be denied by any man of reflection that, had Perseus at that time been willing to make grants of money either to states as such, or individually to kings and statesmen, I do not say on a great scale, but even to a moderate extent, they would all—Greeks and kings alike—have yielded to the temptation. As it was, he happily did not take that course, which would have given him, if successful, an overweening supremacy; or, if unsuccessful, would have involved many others in his disaster. But he took the opposite course: which resulted in confining the numbers of the Greeks who adopted the unwise policy at this crisis to very narrow limits. . . .
Book 27, Part 2
27.2.6εὐθύς τε παρήγγειλαν πρεσβεύειν πᾶσι τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, διδόντας αὑτοὺς εἰς τὴν πίστιν κατʼ ἰδίαν ἑκάστους.
27.2.7πάντων δὲ κατὰ τὴν πρόθεσιν αὐτοῖς χωρούντων — ταῦτα δʼ ἦν τὸ διαλῦσαι τῶν Βοιωτῶν τὸ ἔθνος καὶ λυμήνασθαι τὴν τῶν πολλῶν εὔνοιαν πρὸς τὴν Μακεδόνων οἰκίαν —
27.2.8οὗτοι μὲν μεταπεμψάμενοι Σέρουιον ἐξ Ἄργους καὶ καταλιπόντες ἐπὶ τῆς Χαλκίδος προῆγον ἐπὶ Πελοπόννησον, Νέων δὲ μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς Μακεδονίαν.
27.2.9οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἰσμηνίαν καὶ Δικέταν τότε μὲν ἀπήχθησαν εἰς φυλακήν, μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον ἀπήλλαξαν αὑτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν.
27.2.10τὸ δὲ τῶν Βοιωτῶν ἔθνος ἐπὶ πολὺν χρόνον συντετηρηκὸς τὴν κοινὴν συμπολιτείαν καὶ πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους καιροὺς διαπεφευγὸς παραδόξως τότε προπετῶς καὶ ἀλογίστως ἑλόμενον τὰ παρὰ Περσέως, εἰκῇ καὶ παιδαριωδῶς πτοηθὲν κατελύθη καὶ διεσκορπίσθη κατὰ πόλεις.
27.2.11οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Αὖλον καὶ Μάρκιον παραγενηθέντες εἰς τὴν τῶν Ἀργείων πόλιν ἐχρημάτισαν ταῖς συναρχίαις ταῖς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν καὶ παρεκάλεσαν Ἄρχωνα τὸν στρατηγὸν χιλίους ἐκπέμψαι στρατιώτας εἰς Χαλκίδα, παραφυλάξοντας τὴν πόλιν μέχρι τῆς Ῥωμαίων διαβάσεως.
27.2.12τοῦ δʼ Ἄρχωνος ἑτοίμως συνυπακούσαντος, οὗτοι μὲν ταῦτα διαπράξαντες ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατὰ χειμῶνα καὶ τῷ Ποπλίῳ συμμίξαντες ἀπέπλεον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην. —
27.3.1ὅτι οἱ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον καὶ Ποστόμιον καὶ Ἰούνιον κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς ἐπιπορευόμενοι τὰς νήσους καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν πόλεις πλεῖστον δʼ ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ,
27.3.2καίπερ οὐ προσδεομένων τῶν Ῥοδίων κατὰ τοὺς τότε χρόνους.
27.3.3Ἁγησίλοχος γάρ, τότε πρυτανεύων, ἀνὴρ τῶν εὐδοκιμούντων, ὁ καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πρεσβεύσας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἔτι πρότερον ἅμα τῷ φανερὸν γενέσθαι διότι μέλλουσι πολεμεῖν Ῥωμαῖοι τῷ Περσεῖ, τἄλλα τε παρακεκλήκει τοὺς πολλοὺς ὑπὲρ τοῦ κοινωνεῖν τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων καὶ τετταράκοντα ναῦς συμβουλεύσας τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ὑποζωννύειν,
27.3.4ἵνʼ, ἐάν τις ἐκ τῶν καιρῶν γένηται χρεία, μὴ τότε παρασκευάζωνται πρὸς τὸ παρακαλούμενον, ἀλλʼ ἑτοίμως διακείμενοι πράττωσι τὸ κριθὲν ἐξ αὐτῆς.
27.3.5ἃ τότε προφερόμενος τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καὶ δεικνὺς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τὰς παρασκευάς, εὐδοκουμένους τῇ πόλει τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαπέστειλεν. οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ἀποδεδεγμένοι τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων εὔνοιαν ἐκομίζοντο εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην. —
27.4.1ὅτι Περσεὺς μετὰ τὸν σύλλογον τὸν πρὸς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, τῶν Ἑλλήνων, πάντα τὰ δίκαια κατέταττεν εἰς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν καὶ τοὺς ὑφʼ ἑκατέρων ῥηθέντας λόγους,
27.4.2ἅμα μὲν ὑπολαμβάνων ὑπερδέξιος φανήσεσθαι τοῖς δικαίοις, ἅμα δὲ βουλόμενος ἀπόπειραν λαμβάνειν τῆς ἑκάστων προαιρέσεως.
27.4.3πρὸς μὲν οὖν τοὺς ἄλλους διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν γραμματοφόρων ἔπεμπε τὰς ἐπιστολάς, εἰς δὲ τὴν Ῥόδον καὶ πρεσβευτὰς συναπέστειλεν Ἀντήνορα καὶ Φίλιππον.
27.4.4οἳ καὶ παραγενηθέντες τὰ γεγραμμένα τοῖς ἄρχουσιν ἀπέδωκαν· καὶ μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἐπελθόντες ἐπὶ τὴν βουλὴν παρεκάλουν τοὺς Ῥοδίους κατὰ μὲν τὸ παρὸν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, ἀποθεωροῦντας τὸ γινόμενον·
27.4.5ἐὰν δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι παρὰ τὰς συνθήκας ἐγχειρῶσι τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλειν τῷ Περσεῖ καὶ Μακεδόσιν, πειρᾶσθαι διαλύειν.
27.4.6τοῦτο γὰρ πᾶσι μὲν συμφέρειν, πρέπειν δὲ μάλιστα Ῥοδίοις.
Book 28, Part 4
28.9[Perseus now returned from Stubera to Hyscana, and after a vain attempt upon Stratus in Aetolia, retired into Macedonia for the rest of the winter. In the early spring of B. C. 169 Q. Marcius Philippus began his advance upon Macedonia from his permanent camp in Perrhaebia. Perseus stationed Asclepiodotus and Hippias to defend two passes of the Cambunian mountains, while he himself held Dium, which commanded the coast road from Thessaly into Macedonia. Marcius however, after only a rather severe skirmish with the light-armed troops of Hippias, effected the passage of the mountains and descended upon Dium. The king was taken by surprise: he had not secured the pass of Tempe, which would have cut off the Romans from retreat; and he now hastily retired to Pydna. Q. Marcius occupied Dium, but after a short stay there retired upon Phila, to get provisions and secure the coast road. Whereupon Perseus reoccupied Dium, and contemplated staying there to the end of the summer. Q. Marcius took Heracleum, which was between Phila and Dium, and made preparations for a second advance on Dium. But the winter (B. C. 169-168) was now approaching, and he contented himself with seeing that the roads through Thessaly were put in a proper state for the conveyance of provisions. ; .]
28.10Having been completely worsted on the entrance of the Romans into Macedonia, Perseus found fault with Hippias. But in my opinion it is easy to find fault with others and to see their mistakes, but it is the hardest thing in the world to do everything that can be done one’s self, and to be thoroughly acquainted with one’s own affairs. And Perseus was now an instance in point. . . .
28.11The capture of Heracleum was effected in a very peculiar manner. The city wall at one part and for a short distance was low. The Romans attacked with three picked maniples: and the first made a protection for their heads by locking their shields together over them so closely, that they presented the appearance of a sloping tiled roof. . . .
Book 27, Part 3
27.4.7ὅσῳ γὰρ πλεῖον ὀρέγονται τῆς ἰσηγορίας καὶ παρρησίας καὶ διατελοῦσι προστατοῦντες οὐ μόνον τῆς αὑτῶν ἀλλὰ καὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήμων ἐλευθερίας, τοσούτῳ καὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν προαίρεσιν μάλιστα δεῖν αὐτοὺς προορᾶσθαι καὶ φυλάττεσθαι κατὰ δύναμιν.
27.4.8ταῦτα καὶ τούτοις παραπλήσια διαλεχθέντων τῶν πρέσβεων, ἤρεσκε μὲν ἅπασι τὰ λεγόμενα·
27.4.9προκατεχόμενοι δὲ τῇ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐνοίᾳ, καὶ νικῶντος αὐτοῖς τοῦ βελτίονος, τἄλλα μὲν ἀπεδέξαντο φιλανθρώπως τοὺς πρεσβευτάς, ἠξίουν δὲ τὸν Περσέα διὰ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως εἰς μηδὲν αὑτοὺς παρακαλεῖν τοιοῦτον ἐξ οὗ φανήσονται πρὸς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀντιπράττοντες βούλησιν.
27.4.10οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀντήνορα τὴν μὲν ἀπόκρισιν οὐκ ἔλαβον , τὴν δὲ λοιπὴν φιλανθρωπίαν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὴν Ῥοδίων ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν. —
27.5.1ὅτι Περσεὺς πυνθανόμενος ἔτι τινὰς τῶν ἐν τῇ Βοιωτίᾳ πόλεις ἀντέχεσθαι τῆς πρὸς αὐτὸν εὐνοίας, Ἀντίγονον ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν Ἀλεξάνδρου πρεσβευτήν.
27.5.2ὃς καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Βοιωτοὺς τὰς μὲν ἄλλας πόλεις παρῆκε διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν λαμβάνειν ἐπιπλοκῆς,
27.5.3εἰς δὲ Κορώνειαν καὶ Θίσβας, ἔτι δʼ Ἁλίαρτον εἰσελθὼν παρεκάλεσε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ἀντέχεσθαι τῆς πρὸς Μακεδόνας εὐνοίας.
27.5.4τῶν δὲ προθύμως ἀποδεχομένων τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ πρεσβευτὰς ψηφισαμένων πέμπειν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, οὗτος μὲν ἀπέπλευσε καὶ συμμίξας τῷ βασιλεῖ διεσάφει τὰ κατὰ τὴν Βοιωτίαν.
27.5.5παραγενομένων δὲ καὶ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν μετʼ ὀλίγον καὶ παρακαλούντων βοήθειαν ἐκπέμψαι ταῖς πόλεσι ταῖς αἱρουμέναις τὰ Μακεδόνων·
27.5.6τοὺς γὰρ Θηβαίους βαρεῖς ὄντας ἐπικεῖσθαι καὶ παρενοχλεῖν αὐτοὺς διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι συμφρονεῖν σφίσιν μηδʼ αἱρεῖσθαι τὰ Ῥωμαίων·
27.5.7ἅπερ ὁ Περσεὺς διακούσας βοήθειαν μὲν οὐδαμῶς ἔφη δύνασθαι πέμπειν οὐδενὶ διὰ τὰς ἀνοχάς,
27.5.8καθόλου δʼ αὐτοὺς παρεκάλει Θηβαίους μὲν ἀμύνασθαι κατὰ δύναμιν, Ῥωμαίοις δὲ μὴ πολεμεῖν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν. —
27.6.1ὅτι οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας παραγεγονότων πρεσβευτῶν διακούσαντες τά τε κατὰ τὴν Ῥόδον καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις προσεκαλέσαντο τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως πρεσβευτάς.
27.6.2οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Σόλωνα καὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν ἐπειρῶντο μὲν καὶ περὶ τῶν ὅλων λέγειν τι καὶ παραιτεῖσθαι τὴν σύγκλητον· τὸ δὲ πλέον ἀπελογοῦντο περὶ τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς τῆς κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη. ληξάντων δὲ τῆς δικαιολογίας αὐτῶν,
27.6.3πάλαι προδιειληφότες ὑπὲρ τοῦ πολεμεῖν προσέταξαν αὐτοῖς ἐκ μὲν τῆς Ῥώμης εὐθέως ἀπαλλάττεσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν Μακεδόσιν, ὅσοι παρεπιδημοῦντες ἔτυχον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἐν τριάκονθʼ ἡμέραις ἐκχωρεῖν.
27.6.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς ὑπάτους ἀνακαλεσάμενοι παρώρμων ἔχεσθαι τοῦ καιροῦ καὶ μὴ καθυστερεῖν. —
27.7.1ὅτι Γάιος ἔτι περὶ τὴν Κεφαλληνίαν ὁρμῶν ἐξέπεμψε τοῖς Ῥοδίοις γράμματα περὶ πλοίων ἐξαποστολῆς, συνθεὶς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀλείπτῃ τινὶ Σωκράτει.
27.7.2παραγενομένων δὲ τῶν γραμμάτων εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, Στρατοκλέους πρυτανεύοντος τὴν δευτέραν ἕκμηνον,
Book 28, Part 5
28.11This manœuvre the Romans used also in mock fights. . . .
28.12Upon Perseus designing to come into Thessaly and there decide the war by a general engagement, as he probably would have done, Archon and his colleagues resolved to defend themselves against the suspicions and slanders that had been thrown upon them, by taking some practical steps. They therefore brought a decree before the Achaean congress, ordering an advance into Thessaly, with the full force of the league, to co-operate energetically with the Romans. The decree being confirmed, the Achaeans also voted that Archon should superintend the collection of the army and the necessary preparations for the expedition, and should also send envoys to the Consul in Thessaly, to communicate to him the decree of the Achaeans, and to ask when and where their army was to join him. Polybius and others were forthwith appointed, and strictly instructed that, if the Consul approved of the army joining him, they should at once send some messengers to communicate the fact, that they might not be too late on the field; and meanwhile, that Polybius himself should see that the whole army found provisions in the various cities through which it was to pass, and that the soldiers should have no lack of any necessaries. With these instructions the envoys started. The Achaeans also appointed Telocritus to conduct an embassy to Attalus, bearing the decree concerning the restoration of the honours of Eumenes. And as news arrived about the same time that king Ptolemy had just celebrated his anacleteria, the usual ceremony when the kings come of age, they voted to send some ambassadors to confirm the friendly relations existing between the league and the kingdom of Egypt, and thereupon appointed Alcithus and Pasiadas for this duty.
28.13Polybius and his colleagues found the Romans moved from Thessaly, and encamped in Perrhaebia, between Azorium and Doliche. They therefore postponed communication with the Consul, owing to the critical nature of the occasion, but shared in the dangers of the invasion of Macedonia. When the Roman army at length reached the district of Heracleum, it seemed the right moment for their interview with Q. Marcius, because he considered that the most serious part of his undertaking was accomplished. The Achaean envoys therefore took the opportunity of presenting the decree to Marcius, and declaring the intention of the Achaeans, to the effect that they wished with their full force to take part in his contests and dangers. In addition to this they demonstrated to him that every command of the Romans, whether sent by letter or messenger, had been during the present war accepted by the Achaeans without dispute. Marcius acknowledged with great warmth the good feeling of the Achaeans, but excused them from taking part in his labours and expenses, as there was no longer any need for the assistance of allies. The other ambassadors accordingly returned home; but Polybius stayed there and took part in the campaign, until Marcius, hearing that Appius Cento asked for five thousand Achaean soldiers to be sent to Epirus, despatched Polybius with orders to prevent the soldiers being granted, or such a heavy expense being causelessly imposed on the Achaeans; for Appius had no reason whatever for asking for these soldiers. Whether he did this from consideration for the Achaeans, or from a desire to prevent Appius from obtaining any success, it is difficult to say. Polybius, however, returned to the Peloponnese and found that the letter from Epirus had arrived, and that the Achaean congress had been soon afterwards assembled at Sicyon. He was therefore in a situation of great embarrassment. When Cento’s demand of soldiers was brought before the Congress he did not think it by any means proper to reveal the charge which Q. Marcius had given him privately: and on the other hand to oppose the demand, without some clear pretext, was exceedingly dangerous. In this difficult and delicate position he called to his aid the decree of the Roman Senate, forbidding compliance with the written demands of commanders unless made in accordance with its own decree, Now, no mention of such a decree occurred in the despatch from Appius. By this argument he prevailed with the people to refer the matter to the Consul, and by his means to get the nation relieved of an expense which would amount to over a hundred and twenty talents. Still he gave a great handle to those who wished to denounce him to Appius, as having thwarted his design of obtaining a reinforcement. . . .
Book 27, Part 4
27.7.3καὶ τοῦ διαβουλίου προτεθέντος, τοῖς μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθάγητον καὶ Ῥοδοφῶντα καὶ Ἀστυμήδην καὶ ἑτέροις πλείοσιν ἐδόκει πέμπειν τὰς ναῦς καὶ συνάπτεσθαι τῆς ἀρχῆς εὐθέως τοῦ πολέμου, μηδεμίαν πρόφασιν ποιουμένους.
27.7.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον δυσαρεστοῦντες μὲν καὶ τοῖς ἤδη γεγονόσι φιλανθρώποις πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, τότε δὲ προθέμενοι τὸ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους πρόσωπον ἤρξαντο λυμαίνεσθαι τὴν τῶν πολλῶν προαίρεσιν.
27.7.5ὑπαρχούσης γὰρ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ὑποψίας καὶ διαφορᾶς πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, πάλαι μὲν ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς Φαρνάκην, ὅτε, τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους ἐφορμοῦντος ἐπὶ τοῦ κατὰ τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον στόματος χάριν τοῦ κωλύειν τοὺς πλέοντας εἰς τὸν Πόντον, ἐπελάβοντο τῆς ὁρμῆς αὐτοῦ καὶ διεκώλυσαν Ῥόδιοι,
27.7.6μικροῖς δʼ ἀνώτερον χρόνοις ἐκ τῶν Λυκιακῶν ἀναξαινομένης τῆς διαφορᾶς ἔκ τινων ἐρυμάτων καὶ χώρας, ἣν συνέβαινε κεῖσθαι μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐσχατιᾶς τῆς τῶν Ῥοδίων Περαίας, κακοποιεῖσθαι δὲ συνεχῶς διὰ τῶν ὑπʼ Εὐμένει ταττομένων·
27.7.7ἐκ πάντων δὴ τούτων εὐηκόως διέκειντο πρὸς πᾶν τὸ λεγόμενον κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως.
27.7.8διὸ ταύτης ἐπιλαβόμενοι τῆς ἀφορμῆς οἱ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα διέσυρον τὴν ἐπιστολήν, φάσκοντες οὐ παρὰ Ῥωμαίων αὐτὴν ἥκειν, ἀλλὰ παρʼ Εὐμένους, θέλοντος αὐτοὺς ἐκείνου κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐμβιβάζειν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον καὶ προσάπτειν τῷ δήμῳ δαπάνας καὶ κακοπαθείας οὐκ ἀναγκαίας.
27.7.9καὶ μαρτύριον ἐποίουν τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀποφάσεως τὸ παραγεγονέναι φέροντα τὴν ἐπιστολὴν [ἀλείπτην τινὰ καὶ] τοιοῦτον ἄνθρωπον, οὐκ εἰωθότων τοῦτο ποιεῖν Ῥωμαίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ λίαν μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς καὶ προστασίας διαπεμπομένων ὑπὲρ τῶν τοιούτων. ἔλεγον δὲ ταῦτα,
27.7.10καλῶς μὲν εἰδότες ὅτι συμβαίνει γεγράφθαι τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ὑπὸ τοῦ Λοκρητίου, βουλόμενοι δὲ τοὺς πολλοὺς διδάσκειν μηδὲν ἐξ ἑτοίμου ποιεῖν Ῥωμαίοις, ἀλλʼ ἐν πᾶσι δυσχρηστεῖν καὶ διδόναι προσκοπῆς καὶ δυσαρεστήσεως ἀφορμάς.
27.7.11ἦν γὰρ τὸ προκείμενον αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐνοίας ἀλλοτριοῦν τὸν δῆμον, εἰς δὲ τὴν τοῦ Περσέως φιλίαν ἐμπλέκειν, καθʼ ὅσον οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν.
27.7.12συνέβαινε δὲ τοὺς προειρημένους οἰκείους ὑπάρχειν διὰ τὸ τὸν μὲν Πολυάρατον, ἀλαζονικώτερον ὄντα καὶ κενόδοξον, ὑπόχρεων πεποιηκέναι τὴν οὐσίαν, τὸν δὲ Δείνωνα, φιλάργυρον ὄντα καὶ θρασύν, ἐξ ἀρχῆς οἰκεῖον εἶναι τῆς ἐκ τῶν δυναστῶν καὶ βασιλέων ἐπανορθώσεως.
27.7.13ἐφʼ οἷς Στρατοκλῆς ὁ πρύτανις ἐπαναστὰς καὶ πολλὰ μὲν κατὰ τοῦ Περσέως εἰπών, πολλὰ δὲ περὶ Ῥωμαίων ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ, παρώρμησε τοὺς πολλοὺς εἰς τὸ κυρῶσαι τὸ ψήφισμα τὸ περὶ τῆς ἐξαποστολῆς τῶν πλοίων.
27.7.14καὶ παραυτίκα καταρτίσαντες τετρήρεις ἕξ, πέντε μὲν ἐξαπέστειλαν ἐπὶ Χαλκίδος, ἡγεμόνα συστήσαντες ἐπʼ αὐτῶν Τιμαγόραν, τὴν δὲ μίαν εἰς Τένεδον, ἐφʼ ἧς ἄρχων ἐπέπλει
27.7.15Τιμαγόρας. ὃς καὶ καταλαβὼν ἐν Τενέδῳ Διοφάνην, ἀπεσταλμένον ὑπὸ τοῦ Περσέως πρὸς Ἀντίοχον, αὐτοῦ μὲν οὐκ ἐγενήθη κύριος, τοῦ δὲ πληρώματος.
27.7.16ὁ δὲ Λοκρήτιος πάντας ἀποδεξάμενος φιλανθρώπως τοὺς κατὰ θάλατταν παραγεγονότας συμμάχους ἀπέλυσε τῆς χρείας, φήσας οὐ προσδεῖσθαι τὰ πράγματα τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν βοηθείας. —
27.8.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν νίκην τῶν Μακεδόνων, συνεδρίου παρὰ τῷ Περσεῖ συναχθέντος, ὑπέδειξάν τινες τῶν φίλων διότι δεῖ πρεσβείαν πέμψαι τὸν βασιλέα πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
27.8.2ἐπιδεχόμενον ἔτι καὶ νῦν ὅτι φόρους δώσει Ῥωμαίοις, ὅσους πρότερον ὑπέσχετο [ὁ] πατὴρ καταπολεμηθείς, καὶ τόπων ἐκχωρήσει τῶν αὐτῶν.
27.8.3ἐάν τε γὰρ δέξωνται τὰς διαλύσεις, καλὴν ἔφασαν ἔσεσθαι τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν ἐξαγωγὴν τοῦ πολέμου, πεπροτερηκότι διὰ τῶν ὑπαίθρων, καὶ καθόλου πρὸς τὸ μέλλον εὐλαβεστέρους ὑπάρξειν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, πεῖραν εἰληφότας τῆς Μακεδόνων ἀνδρείας εἰς τὸ μηδὲν ἄδικον μηδὲ βαρὺ προστάττειν Μακεδόσιν.
27.8.4ἐάν τε μὴ δέξωνται θυμομαχοῦντες ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν, ἐκείνοις μὲν δικαίως νεμεσήσειν τὸ δαιμόνιον, αὐτῷ δὲ διὰ τὴν μετριότητα συναγωνιστὰς ὑπάρξειν τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
Book 28, Part 6
28.14The people of Cydon at this time committed a shocking act of indisputable treachery. Though many such have occurred in Crete, yet this appeared to go beyond them all. For though they were bound to Apollonia, not only by the ties of friendship, but by those of common institutions also, and in fact by everything which mankind regard as sacred, and though these obligations were confirmed by a sworn treaty engraved and preserved in the temple of Idaean Zeus, yet they treacherously seized Apollonia, put the men to the sword, plundered the property, and divided among themselves the women, children, city, and territory. . . .
28.15Afraid of the Gortynians, because they had narrowly escaped losing their city in the previous year by an attack led by Nothocrates, the Cydonians sent envoys to Eumenes demanding his assistance in virtue of their alliance with him. The king selected Leon and some soldiers, and sent them in haste to Crete; and on their arrival the Cydonians delivered the keys of their city to Leon, and put the town entirely in his hands. . . .
28.16The factions in Rhodes kept continually becoming more and more violent. For when the decree of the Senate, directing that they should no longer conform to the demands of the military magistrates but only to those contained in the Senate’s decrees, was communicated to them, and the people at large expressed satisfaction at the care of the Senate for their interests; Philophron and Theaetetus seized the occasion to carry out their policy further, declaring that they ought to send envoys to the Senate, and to Q. Marcius Philippus the Consul, and Gaius Marcius Figulus, the commander of the fleet. For it was by that time known to everybody which of the magistrates designate in Rome were to come to Greece. The proposal was loudly applauded, though some dissent was expressed: and at the beginning of the summer Agesilochus, son of Hegesias, and Nicagoras, son of Nicander, were sent to Rome; Agepolis, Ariston, and Pancrates to the Consul and commander of the fleet, with instructions to renew the friendship of the Cretans with Rome, and to make their defence against the accusations that were being uttered against their state; while Agesilochus and his colleagues were at the same time to make a proposal about a license to export corn from the Roman dominions. The speech made by these envoys to the Senate, and the reply made by the Senate, and the successful termination of their mission, I have already mentioned in the section devoted to Italian affairs. But it is useful to repeat such points, as I am careful to do, because I am obliged frequently to record the actual negotiations of ambassadors before mentioning the circumstances attending their appointment and despatch. For since I am recording under each year the contemporary events in several countries, and endeavouring to take a summary review of them all together at the end, this must of necessity form a feature in my history.
Book 27, Part 5
27.8.5ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐδόκει τοῖς πλείοσι τῶν φίλων. συγκαταθεμένου δὲ τοῦ Περσέως ἐπέμποντο παραχρῆμα πρεσβευταὶ Πάνταυχος Βαλάκρου καὶ Μίδων Βεροιεύς.
27.8.6ὧν παραγενομένων πρὸς τὸν Λικίννιον εὐθέως ὁ στρατηγὸς συνῆγε συνέδριον. τῶν δὲ πρέσβεων διασαφησάντων τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἐντολάς, μεταστησάμενοι τοὺς περὶ τὸν Πάνταυχον ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῶν προσπεπτωκότων.
27.8.7ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁμοθυμαδὸν ὡς βαρυτάτην δοῦναι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν.
27.8.8ἴδιον γὰρ τοῦτο πάντῃ παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις ἔθος καὶ πάτριόν ἐστι τὸ κατὰ μὲν τὰς ἐλαττώσεις αὐθαδεστάτους καὶ βαρυτάτους φαίνεσθαι, κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἐπιτυχίας ὡς μετριωτάτους.
27.8.9τοῦτο δʼ ὅτι καλὸν πᾶς ἄν τις ὁμολογήσειεν· εἰ δὲ καὶ δυνατὸν ἐν ἐνίοις καιροῖς, εἰκότως ἄν τις ἐπαπορήσειεν.
27.8.10πλὴν τότε γε τοιαύτην ἔδωκαν τὴν ἀπόκρισιν· ἐκέλευον γὰρ ἐπιτρέπειν τὸν Περσέα τὰ καθʼ αὑτόν, καὶ καθόλου διδόναι τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ὡς ἂν αὐτῇ δοκῇ, βουλεύεσθαι περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Μακεδονίαν.
27.8.11οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Πάνταυχον ταῦτʼ ἀκούσαντες ἐπανῆλθον καὶ διεσάφουν τῷ Περσεῖ καὶ τοῖς φίλοις.
27.8.12ὧν τινες ἐκπληττόμενοι τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν παρωξύνοντο καὶ συνεβούλευον τῷ Περσεῖ μήτε διαπρεσβεύεσθαι μηκέτι μήτε διαπέμπεσθαι περὶ μηδενός.
27.8.13οὐ μὴν ὁ Περσεὺς τοιοῦτος ἦν, ἀλλὰ προστιθεὶς καὶ τὸ πλῆθος αὔξων τῶν χρημάτων διεπέμπετο πλεονάκις πρὸς τὸν Λικίννιον. προκόπτων δʼ οὐδέν,
27.8.14ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν πλείστων φίλων ἐπιτιμώντων αὐτῷ καὶ φασκόντων ὅτι νικῶν ποιεῖ τὰ τοῦ λειπομένου καὶ τοῖς ὅλοις ἐπταικότος,
27.8.15οὕτως ἠναγκάσθη τὰς διαπρεσβείας ἀπογνοὺς μεταστρατοπεδεῦσαι πάλιν ἐπὶ τὸ Συκύριον. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν. —
27.9.1ὅτι τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἱππομαχίαν φήμης μετὰ τὴν νίκην τῶν Μακεδόνων εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα διαγγελθείσης ἐξέλαμψε καθαπερεὶ πῦρ ἡ τῶν πολλῶν πρὸς τὸν Περσέα διάθεσις, τὸν πρὸ τούτου χρόνον ἐπικρυπτομένων τῶν πλείστων.
27.9.2ἦν δὲ περὶ αὐτοὺς τοιαύτη τις, ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, διάθεσις· παραπλήσιον ἦν τὸ γινόμενον τῷ συμβαίνοντι περὶ τοὺς γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας.
27.9.3καὶ γὰρ ἐν ἐκείνοις ὅταν πρὸς ἐπιφανῆ καὶ ἀήττητον ἀθλητὴν εἶναι δοκοῦντα συγκαταστῇ ταπεινὸς καὶ πολὺ καταδεέστερος ἀνταγωνιστής, εὐθέως ἀπομερίζει τὰ πλήθη τὴν εὔνοιαν τῷ καταδεεστέρῳ καὶ θαρρεῖν παρακαλεῖ καὶ συνεξανίσταται τούτῳ ταῖς ὁρμαῖς·
27.9.4ἐὰν δὲ καὶ ψαύσῃ τοῦ προσώπου καὶ ποιήσῃ τι σημεῖον τῆς πληγῆς, παραυτίκα πάλιν ἁπάντων ἀγὼν μικρὸς γίνεται·
27.9.5ποτὲ δὲ καὶ χλευάζειν ἐγχειροῦσι τὸν ἕτερον, οὐ μισοῦντες οὐδὲ καταγινώσκοντες, ἀλλὰ παραδόξως τε συμπαθεῖς γινόμενοι καὶ τῷ καταδεεστέρῳ φύσει προσμερίζοντες τὴν ἑαυτῶν εὔνοιαν·
27.9.6οὓς ἐὰν ἐπιστήσῃ τις ἐν καιρῷ, ταχέως μετατίθενται καὶ παρὰ πόδας ἐπιλαμβάνονται τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀγνοίας.
27.9.6ὅ φασι ποιῆσαι Κλειτόμαχον·
Book 28, Part 7
28.17Agepolis and his colleagues found Q. Marcius himself encamped near Heracleum in Macedonia, and delivered their commission to him there. In answer, he said that He himself paid no attention to those calumnies, and advised them not to pay any to those who ventured to speak against Rome. He added many other expressions of kindness, and even wrote them in a despatch to the people of Rhodes. Agepolis was much charmed by his whole reception; and observing this, the Consul took him aside and said to him privately that He wondered at the Rhodians not trying to put an end to the war, which it would be eminently in their interests to do. Did the Consul act thus because he was suspicious of Antiochus, and was afraid, if he conquered Alexandria, that he would prove a formidable second enemy to themselves, seeing that the war with Perseus was becoming protracted, and the war for Coele-Syria had already broken out? Or was it because he saw that the war with Perseus was all but decided, now that the Roman legions had entered Macedonia, and because he had confident hopes of its result; and therefore wished, by instigating the Rhodians to interfere between the kings, to give the Romans a pretext for taking any measures they might think good concerning them? It would not be easy to say for certain; but I am inclined to believe that it was the latter, judging from what shortly afterwards happened to the Rhodians. However, Agepolis and his colleagues immediately afterwards proceeded to visit Gaius Marcius Figulus: and, having received from him still more extraordinary marks of favour than from Quintus Marcius, returned with all speed to Rhodes. When they received the report of the embassy, and knew that the two commanders had vied with each other in warmth, both by word of mouth and in their formal answers, the Rhodians were universally elated and filled with pleasing expectation. But not all in the same spirit: the sober-minded were delighted at the good feeling of the Romans towards them; but the restless and fractious calculated in their own minds that this excessive complaisance was a sign that the Romans were alarmed at the dangers in which they found themselves, and at their success not having answered to their expectations. But when Agepolis communicated to his friends that he had a private message from Q. Marcius to the Cretan Council about putting an end to the war (in Syria), then Deinon and his friends felt fully convinced that the Romans were in a great strait; and they accordingly sent envoys also to Alexandria to put an end to the war then existing between Antiochus and Ptolemy. . . .
28.18King Antiochus was a man of ability in the field and daring in design, and showed himself worthy of the royal name, except in regard to his manœuvres at Pelusium. . . .
28.19When Antiochus was actually in occupation of Egypt, Comanus and Cineas, after consultation with king Ptolemy Physcon, determined upon summoning a conference of the most distinguished Egyptian nobles to consult about the danger which threatened them. The first resolution the conference came to was to send the Greek envoys who were then at Alexandria as envoys to Antiochus to conclude a pacification. There were at that time in the country two embassies from the Achaean league, one which had been sent to renew the alliance between the league and Egypt, and which was composed of Alcithus of Aegium, son of Xenephon, and Pasiodes, and another sent to give notice of the festival of the Antigoneia. There was also an embassy from Athens led by Demaratus on the subject of some present, and two sacred embassies, one in connexion with the Panathenaea under the presidency of Callias the pancratiast, and the other on the subject of the mysteries, of which Cleostratus was the active member and spokesman. There were also there Eudemus and Hicesius from Miletus, and Apollonides and Apollonius from Clazomenae. The king also sent with them Tlepolemus and Ptolemy the rhetorician as envoys. These men accordingly sailed up the river to meet Antiochus. . . .
Book 27, Part 6
27.9.7ἐκείνου γὰρ ἀνυποστάτου δοκοῦντος εἶναι κατὰ τὴν ἄθλησιν, καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ δόξης ἐπιπολαζούσης κατὰ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκουμένην, Πτολεμαῖόν φασι τὸν βασιλέα φιλοδοξήσαντα πρὸς τὸ καταλῦσαι τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ, παρασκευάσαντα μετὰ πολλῆς φιλοτιμίας Ἀριστόνικον τὸν πύκτην ἐξαποστεῖλαι, δοκοῦντα φύσιν ἔχειν ὑπερέχουσαν ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν χρείαν·
27.9.8παραγενομένου δʼ εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα τοῦ προειρημένου καὶ συγκαταστάντος Ὀλυμπίασι πρὸς τὸν Κλειτόμαχον, ἐξ αὐτῆς, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἀπένευσαν οἱ πολλοὶ πρὸς τὸν Ἀριστόνικον καὶ παρεκάλουν, χαίροντες ἐπὶ τῷ βραχύ τι τετολμηκέναι τινὰ συγκαταστῆναι πρὸς τὸν Κλειτόμαχον·
27.9.9ὡς δέ γε προβαίνων ἐφάμιλλος ἐφαίνετο κατὰ τὸν ἀγῶνα καί που καὶ τραῦμα καίριον ἐποίησε, κρότος ἐγίνετο καὶ συνεξέπιπτον οἱ πολλοὶ ταῖς ὁρμαῖς, θαρρεῖν παρακαλοῦντες τὸν Ἀριστόνικον.
27.9.10ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ φασι τὸν Κλειτόμαχον ἀποστάντα καὶ διαπνεύσαντα βραχὺν χρόνον, ἐπιστρέψαντα πρὸς τὰ πλήθη πυνθάνεσθαι τί βουλόμενοι παρακαλοῦσι τὸν Ἀριστόνικον καὶ συναγωνίζονται ʼκείνῳ καθʼ ὅσον εἰσὶ δυνατοί,
27.9.11πότερον οὐ συνοίδασιν αὐτῷ ποιοῦντι τὰ δίκαια κατὰ τὴν ἄθλησιν ἢ τοῦτʼ ἀγνοοῦσι διότι Κλειτόμαχος μὲν ἀγωνίζεται νῦν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων δόξης, Ἀριστόνικος δὲ περὶ τῆς Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως.
27.9.12πότερον ἂν οὖν βουληθεῖεν τὸν Ὀλυμπίασι στέφανον Αἰγύπτιον ἀποφέρειν ἄνθρωπον νικήσαντα τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἢ Θηβαῖον καὶ Βοιώτιον κηρύττεσθαι νικῶντα τῇ πυγμῇ τοὺς ἄνδρας.
27.9.13ταῦτα δʼ εἰπόντος τοῦ Κλειτομάχου τηλικαύτην φασὶ γενέσθαι τὴν μετάπτωσιν τῶν πολλῶν ὥστε πάλιν ἐκ μεταβολῆς μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τοῦ πλήθους ἢ τοῦ Κλειτομάχου καταγωνισθῆναι τὸν Ἀριστόνικον.
27.10.1τούτῳ δὲ παραπλήσιον ἦν καὶ τὸ κατὰ τὸν Περσέα συμβαῖνον περὶ τοὺς ὄχλους·
27.10.2εἰ γάρ τις ἐπιστήσας αὐτοὺς ἤρετο μετὰ παρρησίας εἰ βούλοιντʼ ἂν εἰς ἕνα πεσεῖν τὴν τηλικαύτην ὑπεροχὴν καὶ λαβεῖν μοναρχικῆς πεῖραν ἐξουσίας, ἀνυπευθύνου κατὰ πάντα τρόπον, ταχέως ἂν αὐτοὺς ὑπολαμβάνω συννοήσαντας παλινῳδίαν ποιῆσαι καὶ μεταπεσεῖν εἰς τοὐναντίον·
27.10.3εἰ δὲ καὶ βραχέα τις ὑπέμνησε τῶν γεγονότων ἐκ μὲν τῆς Μακεδόνων οἰκίας δυσκόλων τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ῥωμαίων ἀρχῆς συμφερόντων, καὶ λίαν ἂν παρὰ πόδας αὐτοὺς ὑπολαμβάνω μεταμεληθῆναι.
27.10.4πλὴν τότε γε κατὰ τὴν ἀνεπίστατον καὶ πρώτην ὁρμὴν ἐκφανὴς ἦν ἡ τῶν πολλῶν εὐδόκησις τοῖς προσαγγελλομένοις, ἀσμενιζόντων διὰ τὸ παράδοξον, εἰ καθόλου πέφηνέ τις ἱκανὸς ἀνταγωνιστὴς Ῥωμαίοις.
27.10.5περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον προήχθην εἰπεῖν, ἵνα μή τις ἀκρίτως εἰς ἀχαριστίαν ὀνειδίζῃ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τὴν τότε διάθεσιν, ἀγνοῶν τὰ φύσει παρεπόμενα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις. —
27.11.1Κέστρος. ξένον ἦν τοῦτο τὸ εὕρημα κατὰ τὸν Περσικὸν πόλεμον.
27.11.2τὸ δὲ βέλος τοιοῦτον· διπάλαιστον ἦν, ἴσον ἔχον τὸν αὐλίσκον τῇ προβολῇ. τούτῳ ξύλον ἐνήρμοστο τῷ μὲν μήκει σπιθαμιαῖον,
27.11.3τῷ δὲ πάχει δακτυλιαίαν ἔχον τὴν διάμετρον.
27.11.4εἰς δὲ τούτου τὸ μέσον ἐσφήνωτο πτερύγια τρία ξύλινα, βραχέα παντελῶς.
27.11.5τοῦτο, δυεῖν κώλων ἀνίσων ὑπαρχόντων τῆς σφενδόνης, εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐνηγκυλίζετο τῶν κώλων εὐλύτως.
27.11.6λοιπὸν ἐν μὲν τῇ περιαγωγῇ τεταμένων τούτων ἔμενεν· ὅτε δὲ παραλυθείη θάτερον τῶν κώλων κατὰ τὴν ἄφεσιν, ἐκπῖπτον ἐκ τῆς ἀγκύλης καθαπερεὶ
Book 28, Part 8
28.20While Antiochus was occupying Egypt, he was visited by the Greek envoys sent to conclude terms of peace. He received them courteously, devoted the first day to giving them a splendid entertainment, and on the next granted them an interview, and bade them deliver their instructions. The first to speak were the Achaeans, the next the Athenian Demaratus, and after him Eudemus of Miletus. And as the occasion and subject of their speeches were the same, the substance of them was also nearly identical. They all laid the blame of what had occurred on Eulaeus, and referring to Ptolemy’s youth and his relationship to himself, they intreated the king to lay aside his anger. Thereupon Antiochus, after acknowledging the general truth of their remarks, and even supporting them by additional arguments of his own, entered upon a defence of the justice of his original demands. He attempted to establish the claim of the king of Syria on Coele-Syria, Insisting upon the fact that Antigonus, the founder of the Syrian kingdom, exercised authority in that country; and referring to the formal cession of it to Seleucus, after the death of Antigonus, by the sovereigns of Macedonia. Next he dwelt on the last conquest of it by his father Antiochus; and finally he denied that any such agreement was made between the late king Ptolemy and his father as the Alexandrian ministers asserted, to the effect that Ptolemy was to take Coele-Syria as a dowry when he married Cleopatra, the mother of the present king. Having by these arguments not only persuaded himself, but the envoys also, of the justice of his claim, he sailed down the river to Naucratis. There he treated the inhabitants with humanity, and gave each of the Greeks living there a gold piece, and then advanced towards Alexandria. He told the envoys that he would give them an answer on the return of Aristeides and Thesis, whom he had sent on a mission to Ptolemy; and he wished, he said, that the Greek envoys should all be cognisant and witnesses of their report. . . .
28.21The eunuch Eulaeus persuaded Ptolemy to collect his money, give up his kingdom to his enemies, and retire to Samothrace. This will be to any one who reflects upon it a convincing proof of the supreme mischief done by evil companions of boyhood. That a monarch so entirely out of reach of personal danger and so far removed from his enemies, should not make one effort to save his honour, while in possession too of such abundant resources, and master over such wide territory and such numerous subjects, but should at once without a blow surrender a most splendid and wealthy kingdom,—is not this the sign of a spirit utterly effeminate and corrupted? And if this had been Ptolemy’s natural character, we must have laid the blame upon nature and not upon any external influence. But since by his subsequent achievements his natural character has vindicated itself, by proving Ptolemy to be sufficiently resolute and courageous in the hour of danger, we may clearly, without any improbability, attribute to this eunuch, and his companionship with the king in his boyhood, the ignoble spirit displayed by him on that occasion, and his idea of going to Samothrace. . . .
28.22After raising the siege of Alexandria, Antiochus sent envoys to Rome, whose names were Meleager, Sosiphanes, and Heracleides, agreeing to pay one hundred and fifty talents, fifty as a complimentary present to the Romans, and the rest as a gift to be divided among certain cities in Greece. . . .
Book 27, Part 7
27.11.7μολυβδὶς ἐκ τῆς σφενδόνης ἐφέρετο καὶ προσπῖπτον μετὰ βιαίας πληγῆς κακῶς διετίθει τοὺς συγκυρήσαντας. —
27.12.1ὅτι ὁ Κότυς ἦν ἀνὴρ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν ἀξιόλογος καὶ πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας διαφέρων, ἔτι δὲ κατὰ τὴν ψυχὴν πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ Θρᾷξ· καὶ γὰρ νήπτης ὑπῆρχε καὶ πρᾳότητα καὶ βάθος ὑπέφαινεν ἐλευθέριον.
27.13.1ὅτι Πτολεμαῖος ὁ στρατηγὸς ὁ κατὰ Κύπρον οὐδαμῶς Αἰγυπτιακὸς γέγονεν, ἀλλὰ νουνεχὴς καὶ πρακτικός.
27.13.2παραλαβὼν γὰρ τὴν νῆσον ἔτι νηπίου τοῦ βασιλέως ὄντος ἐγίνετο μὲν ἐπιμελῶς περὶ συναγωγὴν χρημάτων, ἐδίδου δʼ ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν οὐδενί, καίπερ αἰτούμενος πολλάκις ὑπὸ τῶν βασιλικῶν διοικητῶν καὶ καταλαλούμενος πικρῶς ἐπὶ τῷ μηδὲν προΐεσθαι. τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως εἰς ἡλικίαν παραγεγονότος,
27.13.3συνθεὶς πλῆθος ἱκανὸν χρημάτων ἐξαπέστειλεν,
27.13.4ὥστε καὶ τὸν Πτολεμαῖον αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν αὐλὴν εὐδοκῆσαι τῇ πρότερον αὐτοῦ συστολῇ καὶ τῷ μηδὲν προΐεσθαι.
27.14.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἡνίκα Περσεὺς ἐκ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀπελύθη, Ἀντήνορος παραγενομένου παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως περὶ τῆς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων διαλυτρώσεως τῶν μετὰ Διοφάνους πλεόντων, ἐνέπεσε μεγάλη τοῖς πολιτευομένοις ἀπορία περὶ τοῦ τί δέον εἴη ποιεῖν.
27.14.2τοῖς μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὸν Φιλόφρονα καὶ Θεαίδητον οὐδαμῶς ἤρεσκε προσδέχεσθαι τὴν τοιαύτην ἐπιπλοκήν, τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον ἤρεσκε.
27.14.3καὶ τέλος ἐποιήσαντο διάταξιν πρὸς τὸν Περσέα περὶ τῆς τῶν αἰχμαλώτων διαλυτρώσεως. —
27.15.1ὅτι Κέφαλος ἧκεν ἐξ Ἠπείρου, ἔχων μὲν καὶ πρότερον ἤδη σύστασιν πρὸς τὴν Μακεδόνων οἰκίαν, τότε δὲ διὰ τῶν πραγμάτων ἠναγκασμένος αἱρεῖσθαι τὰ τοῦ Περσέως. ἡ δʼ αἰτία τοῦ συμβαίνοντος ἐγένετο τοιαύτη.
27.15.2Χάροψ ἦν Ἠπειρώτης, ἀνὴρ τἄλλα μὲν καλὸς κἀγαθὸς καὶ φίλος Ῥωμαίων, ὃς Φιλίππου τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἤπειρον στενὰ κατασχόντος αἴτιος ἐγένετο τοῦ Φίλιππον μὲν ἐκπεσεῖν ἐκ τῆς Ἠπείρου, Τίτον δὲ καὶ τῆς Ἠπείρου κρατῆσαι καὶ τῶν Μακεδόνων.
27.15.3οὗτος υἱὸν ἔσχε Μαχατᾶν, οὗ Χάροψ ἐγένετο.
27.15.4τοῦτον ἀντίπαιδα κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν ὄντα τοῦ πατρὸς μεταλλάξαντος ὁ Χάροψ μετὰ τῆς καθηκούσης προστασίας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀπέστειλε χάριν τοῦ καὶ τὴν διάλεκτον καὶ τὰ γράμματα τὰ Ῥωμαϊκὰ μαθεῖν.
27.15.5τοῦτο τὸ μειράκιον πολλοῖς σύνηθες γεγονὸς ἐπανῆλθε μετά τινα χρόνον εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
27.15.6ὁ μὲν οὖν πρεσβύτερος Χάροψ μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον. τὸ δὲ μειράκιον μετέωρον ὂν τῇ φύσει καὶ πάσης πονηρίας ἔμπλεων ἐκορωνία καὶ παρετρίβετο πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιφανεῖς ἄνδρας.
27.15.7τὰς μὲν οὖν ἀρχὰς οὐδεὶς ἦν αὐτοῦ λόγος, ἀλλʼ οἱ προκατέχοντες καὶ ταῖς ἡλικίαις καὶ ταῖς δόξαις, οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀντίνουν, ἐχείριζον τὰ κοινὰ κατὰ τὰς αὑτῶν γνώμας. τοῦ δὲ πολέμου τοῦ Περσικοῦ συστάντος,
27.15.8εὐθέως διέβαλλε τὸ μειράκιον τοὺς προειρημένους ἄνδρας πρὸς Ῥωμαίους, ἀφορμῇ μὲν χρώμενον τῇ προγεγενημένῃ συστάσει τῶν ἀνδρῶν πρὸς τὴν Μακεδόνων οἰκίαν,
27.15.9κατὰ δὲ τὸ παρὸν πάντα παρατηροῦν καὶ πᾶν τὸ λεγόμενον ἢ πραττόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἐκδεχόμενον καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀφαιροῦν τὰ δὲ προστιθὲν ἐλάμβανε πιθανότητας κατὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
Book 28, Part 9
28.23In the course of these same days envoys sailed in from Rhodes to Alexandria, headed by Pration, to negotiate a pacification; and a few days afterwards presented themselves at the camp of Antiochus. Admitted to an interview, they argued at considerable length, mentioning their own country’s friendly feelings to both kingdoms, and the ties of blood existing between the two kings themselves, and the advantage which a peace would be to both. But the king interrupted the envoy in the middle of his speech by saying that there was no need of much talking, for the kingdom belonged to the elder Ptolemy, and with him he had long ago made terms, and they were friends, and if the people wished now to recall him Antiochus would not prevent them. And he kept his word. . . .
Book 27, Part 8
27.15.10ὁ δὲ Κέφαλος, τἄλλα τε φρόνιμος καὶ στάσιμος ἄνθρωπος, καὶ κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους ἐπὶ τῆς ἀρίστης ὑπῆρχε γνώμης.
27.15.11ἀρχόμενος γὰρ ηὔξατο τοῖς θεοῖς μὴ συστῆναι τὸν πόλεμον μηδὲ κριθῆναι τὰ πράγματα·
27.15.12πραττομένου δὲ τοῦ πολέμου τὰ κατὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἐβούλετο δίκαια ποιεῖν Ῥωμαίοις, πέρα δὲ τούτου μήτε προστρέχειν ἀγεννῶς μήθʼ ὑπηρετεῖν μηδὲν παρὰ τὸ δέον.
27.15.13τοῦ δὲ Χάροπος ἐνεργῶς χρωμένου ταῖς κατʼ αὐτοῦ διαβολαῖς καὶ πᾶν τὸ παρὰ τὴν Ῥωμαίων βούλησιν γινόμενον εἰς ἐθελοκάκησιν ἄγοντος, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οἱ προειρημένοι κατεφρόνουν, οὐδὲν αὑτοῖς συνειδότες ἀλλότριον βουλευομένοις Ῥωμαίων.
27.15.14ὡς δὲ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἱππόλοχον καὶ Νίκανδρον καὶ Λόχαγον εἶδον τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ἀναγομένους εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀπὸ τῆς ἱππομαχίας ἀλόγως, καὶ τὰς διαβολὰς τὰς ἐκ τῶν περὶ Λυκίσκον πεπιστευμένας κατʼ αὐτῶν, οἵτινες κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν τὴν αὐτὴν αἵρεσιν ἦγον τῷ Χάροπι, τὸ τηνικάδε προϊδόμενοι τὸ μέλλον ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ αὑτῶν.
27.15.15ἔδοξεν οὖν αὐτοῖς παντὸς πεῖραν λαμβάνειν ἐφʼ ᾧ μὴ προέσθαι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀκρίτως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐπανάγεσθαι διὰ τὰς Χάροπος διαβολάς.
27.15.16οὕτω μὲν οὖν οἱ περὶ τὸν Κέφαλον ἠναγκάσθησαν παρὰ τὰς αὑτῶν προαιρέσεις ἑλέσθαι τὰ τοῦ Περσέως. —
27.16.1ὅτι οἱ περὶ Θεόδοτον καὶ Φιλόστρατον ἐποίησαν ἀσεβὲς πρᾶγμα καὶ παράσπονδον ὁμολογουμένως.
27.16.2πυθόμενοι γὰρ τὸν ὕπατον τῶν Ῥωμαίων Αὖλον Ὁστίλιον παραγίνεσθαι κομιζόμενον εἰς Θετταλίαν ἐπὶ τὸ στρατόπεδον καὶ νομίζοντες, εἰ παραδοῖεν τὸν Αὖλον τῷ Περσεῖ, μεγίστην μὲν ἂν πίστιν προσενέγκασθαι, μέγιστα δʼ ἂν βλάψαι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν Ῥωμαίους, ἔγραφον τῷ Περσεῖ συνεχῶς ἐπισπεύδειν.
27.16.3ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἐβούλετο μὲν ἐξ αὐτῆς προάγειν καὶ συνάπτειν, τῶν δὲ Μολοττῶν κατὰ τὸν Ἀῷον ποταμὸν τὴν γέφυραν κατειληφότων ἐκωλύετο τῆς ὁρμῆς καὶ πρῶτον ἠναγκάζετο διαμάχεσθαι πρὸς τούτους.
27.16.4συνέβη δὲ τὸν Αὖλον εἰς τοὺς Φανοτεῖς παραγενόμενον καταλῦσαι παρὰ Νέστορι τῷ Κρωπίῳ καὶ παραδοῦναι καθʼ αὑτοῦ τοῖς ἐχθροῖς καιρὸν ὁμολογούμενον· ὃν εἰ μὴ τύχη τις ἐβράβευσε πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον, οὐκ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ διαφυγεῖν.
27.16.5νῦν δὲ δαιμονίως πως ὁ Νέστωρ τὸ μέλλον ὀττευσάμενος ἐξ αὐτῆς ἠνάγκασε μετελθεῖν εἰς Γίτανα τῆς νυκτός.
27.16.6καὶ ἀπογνοὺς τὴν διὰ τῆς Ἠπείρου πορείαν ἀνήχθη καὶ πλεύσας εἰς Ἀντίκυραν ἐκεῖθεν ἐποιήσατο τὴν ὁρμὴν εἰς Θετταλίαν.
27.17.1ὅτι Φαρνάκης πάντων τῶν πρὸ τοῦ βασιλέων ἐγένετο παρανομώτατος. —
27.18.1ὅτι Ἄτταλος χειμάζων ἐν Ἐλατείᾳ καὶ σαφῶς εἰδὼς τὸν ἀδελφὸν Εὐμένη λυπούμενον ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα καὶ βαρυνόμενον ἐπὶ τῷ τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας αὐτοῦ τιμὰς ἠθετῆσθαι παρὰ τῶν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ διὰ κοινοῦ δόγματος, ἐπικρυπτόμενον δὲ πρὸς πάντας τὴν περὶ αὐτὸν ὑπάρχουσαν διάθεσιν,
27.18.2ἐπεβάλετο διαπέμπεσθαι πρός τινας τῶν ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ, σπουδάζων ἀποκατασταθῆναι τἀδελφῷ διʼ αὑτοῦ μὴ μόνον τὰς ἀναθηματικάς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἐγγράπτους τιμάς.
27.18.3τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίει πεπεισμένος μεγίστην μὲν ἂν ἐκείνῳ ταύτην τὴν χάριν προσενέγκασθαι, μάλιστα δʼ ἂν τὸ φιλάδελφον καὶ γενναῖον τῆς αὑτοῦ προαιρέσεως ἐναποδείξασθαι τοῖς Ἕλλησι διὰ ταύτης τῆς πράξεως. —
27.19.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁρῶν ἐκφανῶς ἤδη τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν παρασκευαζομένους εἰς τὸν περὶ Κοίλης Συρίας πόλεμον, εἰς μὲν τὴν Ῥώμην ἔπεμψε πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Μελέαγρον,
Book 29, Part 1
29.1THEIR one idea, expressed at parties or conversations in the street, was, that they should manage the war in Macedonia while remaining quietly at home in Rome, sometimes by criticising what the generals were doing, at others what they were leaving undone. From this the public interests never got any good, and often a great deal of harm. The generals themselves were at times greatly hampered by this ill-timed loquacity. For as it is the invariable nature of slander to spread rapidly and stop at nothing, the people got thoroughly infected by this idle talk, and the generals were consequently rendered contemptible in the eyes of the enemy. . . .
29.2The Senate being informed that Antiochus had become master of Egypt, and all but taken Alexandria, and conceiving that the aggrandisement of that king was a matter affecting themselves, appointed Gaius Popilius and others to go as ambassadors to put an end to the war, and generally to inspect the state of affairs. . . .
29.3Hippias, and the other ambassadors sent by Perseus, to Genthius to make an alliance with him, returned before the winter, and reported that Genthius would undertake to join in the war with Rome if he was paid three hundred talents and received proper securities. Thereupon Perseus sent Pantauchus, one of his chief friends, with the following instructions: He was to agree to pay Genthius the money; to interchange oaths of alliance; to take from Genthius such hostages as he himself might select, and send them at once to Macedonia; and to allow Genthius to have such hostages from Perseus as he might name in the text of the treaty; further, he was to make arrangements for the transport of the three hundred talents. Pantauchus immediately started and met Genthius at Mebeōn, in the country of the Labeates, and quickly bought the young monarch over to join in the projects of Perseus. The treaty having been sworn to and reduced to writing, Genthius at once sent the hostages whose names Pantauchus had caused to be entered in the text of the treaty; and with them he despatched Olympion to receive the oaths and hostages from Perseus, with others who were to have charge of the money. Pantauchus persuaded him to send also some ambassadors to join in a mission to Rhodes with some sent by Perseus, in order to negotiate a mutual alliance between the three states. For if this were effected, and the Rodians consented to embark upon the war, he showed that they would be easily able to conquer the Romans. Genthius listened to the suggestion, and appointed Parmenio and Marcus to undertake the mission; with instructions that, as soon as they had received the oaths and hostages from Perseus, and the question of the money had been settled, they were to proceed on the embassy to Rhodes.
29.4So these various ambassadors started together for Macedonia. But Pantauchus stayed by the side of the young king, and kept reminding him of the necessity of making warlike preparations, and urging him not to be too late with them. He was especially urgent that he should prepare for a contest at sea; for, as the Romans were quite unprepared in that department on the coasts both of Epirus and Illyria, any purpose he might form would be easily accomplished by himself and the forces he might despatch. Genthius yielded to the advice and set about his preparations, naval and military alike: and Perseus, as soon as the ambassadors and hostages from Genthius entered Macedonia, set off from his camp on the River Elpeius, with his whole cavalry, to meet them at Dium. His first act on meeting them was to take the oaths to the alliance in the presence of the whole body of cavalry; for he was very anxious that the Macedonians should know of the adhesion of Genthius, hoping that this additional advantage would have the effect of raising their courage: and next he received the hostages and handed over his own to Olympion and his colleagues, the noblest of whom were Limnaeus, the son of Polemocrates, and Balacrus, son of Pantauchus. Lastly, he sent the agents who had come for the money to Pella, assuring them that they would receive it there: and appointed the ambassadors for Rhodes to join Metrodorus at Thessalonica, and hold themselves in readiness to embark.
Book 27, Part 9
27.19.2ἐντειλάμενος λέγειν τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ διαμαρτύρασθαι διότι παρὰ πάντα τὰ δίκαια Πτολεμαῖος αὐτῷ τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλει πρότερος —
27.20.1ἴσως μὲν οὖν ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἀνθρωπείοις τῷ καιρῷ δεῖ μετρεῖν ἕκαστα τῶν ἐνεργουμένων· μεγίστην γὰρ οὗτος ἔχει δύναμιν· μάλιστα δʼ ἐν τοῖς πολεμικοῖς·
27.20.2ὀξύταται γὰρ περὶ τούτων εἰς ἑκάτερα τὰ μέρη γίνονται ῥοπαί· τὸ δʼ ἀστοχεῖν τούτων μέγιστόν ἐστι τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων. —
27.20.3ὅτι δοκοῦσι πολλοὶ μὲν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐπιθυμεῖν τῶν καλῶν, ὀλίγοι δὲ τολμᾶν ἐγχειρεῖν αὐτοῖς, σπάνιοι δὲ τῶν ἐγχειρησάντων ἐπὶ τέλος ἀγαγεῖν τὰ πρὸς τὸ καθῆκον ἐν ἑκάστοις ποιούμενα.
Book 29, Part 2
29.4This embassy succeeded in persuading the Rhodians to join in the war. And, having accomplished this, Perseus next sent Herophon, who had been similarly employed before, on a mission to Eumenes; and Telemnastos of Crete to Antiochus to urge him Not to let the opportunity escape; nor to imagine that Perseus was the only person affected by the overbearing and oppressive conduct of Rome: but to be quite sure that, if he did not now assist Perseus, if possible by putting an end to the war, or, if not, by supporting him in it, he would quickly meet with the same fate himself. . . .
29.5In venturing upon a narrative of the intrigues of Perseus and Eumenes, I have felt myself in a position of great embarrassment. For to give full and accurate details of the negotiations, which these two kings conducted in secret between themselves, appeared to me to be an attempt open to many obvious criticisms and exceedingly liable to error: and yet to pass over in complete silence what seemed to have exercised the most decisive influence in the war, and which alone can explain many of the subsequent events, seemed to me to wear the appearance of a certain sluggishness and entire want of enterprise. On the whole, I decided to state briefly what I believed to be truth, and the probabilities and surmises on which I founded that opinion; for I was, in fact, during this period more struck than most people at what happened.
29.6I have already stated that Cydas of Crete, while, serving in the army of Eumenes and held in especial honour by him, had in the first place had interviews with Cheimarus, one of the Cretans in the army of Perseus, and again had approached the walls of Demetrias, and conversed first with Menecrates, and then with Antimachus. Again, that Herophon had been twice on a mission from Perseus to Eumenes, and that the Romans on that account began to have reasonable suspicions of king Eumenes, is rendered clear from what happened to Attalus. For they allowed this prince to come to Rome from Brundisium, and to transact the business he had on hand, and finally gave him a favourable answer and dismissed him with every mark of kindness, although he had done them no service of any importance in the war with Perseus; while Eumenes, who had rendered them the most important services, and had assisted them again and again in their wars with Antiochus and Perseus, they not only prevented from coming to Rome, but bade him leave Italy within a certain number of days, though it was mid-winter. Therefore it is quite plain that some intriguing had been taking place between Perseus and Eumenes to account for the alienation of the Romans from the latter. What this was, and how far it went, is our present subject of inquiry.
29.7We can easily satisfy ourselves that Eumenes cannot have wished Perseus to be the victor in the war and become supreme in Greece. For to say nothing of the traditional enmity and dislike existing between these two, the similarity of their respective powers was sufficient to breed distrust, jealousy, and, in fact, the bitterest animosity between them. It was always open to them to intrigue and scheme against each other secretly, and that they were both doing. For when Eumenes saw that Perseus was in a bad way, and was hemmed in on every side by his enemies, and would accept any terms for the sake of putting an end to the war, and was sending envoys to the Roman generals year after year with this view; while the Romans also were uneasy about the result, because they made no real progress in the war until Paulus took the command, and because Aetolia was in a dangerous state of excitement, he conceived that it would not be impossible that the Romans would consent to some means of ending the war and making terms: and he looked upon himself as the most proper person to act as mediator and effect the reconciliation. With these secret ideas in his mind, he began sounding Perseus by means of Cydas of Crete, the year before, to find out how much he would be inclined to pay for such a chance. This appears to me to be the origin of their connexion with each other.
Book 28, Part 1
28.1.1ὅτι τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ περὶ Κοίλης Συρίας ἤδη καταρχὴν λαβόντος Ἀντιόχῳ καὶ Πτολεμαίῳ τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν, ἧκον πρέσβεις εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην παρὰ μὲν Ἀντιόχου Μελέαγρος καὶ Σωσιφάνης καὶ Ἡρακλείδης, παρὰ δὲ Πτολεμαίου Τιμόθεος καὶ Δάμων.
28.1.2συνέβαινε δὲ κρατεῖν τὸν Ἀντίοχον τῶν κατὰ Κοίλην Συρίαν καὶ Φοινίκην πραγμάτων.
28.1.3ἐξ οὗ γὰρ Ἀντίοχος ὁ πατὴρ τοῦ νῦν λεγομένου βασιλέως ἐνίκησε τῇ περὶ τὸ Πάνιον μάχῃ τοὺς Πτολεμαίου στρατηγούς, ἀπʼ ἐκείνων τῶν χρόνων ἐπείθοντο πάντες οἱ προειρημένοι τόποι τοῖς ἐν Συρίᾳ βασιλεῦσιν.
28.1.4διόπερ ὁ μὲν Ἀντίοχος ἡγούμενος τὴν κατὰ πόλεμον ἰσχυροτάτην καὶ καλλίστην εἶναι κτῆσιν, ὡς ὑπὲρ ἰδίων ἐποιεῖτο τὴν σπουδήν·
28.1.5ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος ἀδίκως ὑπολαμβάνων τὸν πρότερον Ἀντίοχον συνεπιθέμενον τῇ τοῦ πατρὸς ὀρφανίᾳ παρῃρῆσθαι τὰς κατὰ Κοίλην Συρίαν πόλεις αὐτῶν, οὐχ οἷός τʼ ἦν ἐκείνῳ παραχωρεῖν τῶν τόπων τούτων. διόπερ οἱ περὶ τὸν Μελέαγρον ἧκον,
28.1.6ἐντολὰς ἔχοντες μαρτύρεσθαι τὴν σύγκλητον διότι Πτολεμαῖος αὐτῷ παρὰ πάντα τὰ δίκαια τὰς χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλει πρότερος,
28.1.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τιμόθεον περί τε τῆς τῶν φιλανθρώπων ἀνανεώσεως καὶ τοῦ διαλύειν τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον, μάλιστα δὲ παρατηρεῖν τὰς τῶν περὶ τὸν Μελέαγρον ἐντεύξεις.
28.1.8περὶ μὲν οὖν τῆς διαλύσεως οὐκ ἐθάρρησαν εἰπεῖν, Μάρκου συμβουλεύσαντος αὐτοῖς Αἰμιλίου· περὶ δὲ τῶν φιλανθρώπων ἀνανεωσάμενοι καὶ λαβόντες ἀποκρίσεις ἀκολούθους τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις ἐπανῆλθον εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν.
28.1.9τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Μελέαγρον ἡ σύγκλητος ἀπεκρίθη διότι Κοΐντῳ Μαρκίῳ δώσει τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν γράψαι περὶ τούτων πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον, ὡς αὐτῷ δοκεῖ συμφέρειν ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας πίστεως. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτως ἐχειρίσθη κατὰ τὸ παρόν. —
28.2.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους ἦλθον καὶ παρὰ Ῥοδίων πρέσβεις, ἤδη τῆς θερείας ληγούσης, Ἁγησίλοχος καὶ Νικαγόρας καὶ Νίκανδρος,
28.2.2τήν τε φιλίαν ἀνανεωσόμενοι καὶ σίτου θέλοντες ἐξαγωγὴν λαβεῖν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν διαβολῶν ἀπολογησόμενοι τῶν λεγομένων κατὰ τῆς πόλεως.
28.2.3ἐκφανέστατα γὰρ ἐδόκουν στασιάζειν [ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ] οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Ἀγαθάγητον καὶ Φιλόφρονα καὶ Ῥοδοφῶντα καὶ Θεαίδητον, ἀπερειδόμενοι πάσας τὰς ἐλπίδας ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον ἐπὶ Περσέα καὶ Μακεδόνας.
28.2.4ἐξ ὧν πλεονάκις ἐν τοῖς ἐκείνων πράγμασιν ἀντιρρήσεως γινομένης, καὶ διελκομένων τῶν διαβουλίων, ἐλάμβανον ἀφορμὰς οἱ βουλόμενοι λογοποιεῖν κατὰ τῆς πόλεως.
28.2.5οὐ μὴν ἥ γε σύγκλητος τότε προσεποιήθη τούτων οὐδέν, καίπερ σαφῶς εἰδυῖα τὰ γενόμενα παρʼ αὐτοῖς· σίτου δʼ ἔδωκε δέκα μυριάδας μεδίμνων ἐξάγειν ἐκ Σικελίας.
28.2.6ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡ σύγκλητος ἐχρημάτισεν ἰδίᾳ τοῖς Ῥοδίων πρεσβευταῖς,
28.2.7ἀκολούθως δὲ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν ἀπήντησε τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος παραγεγονόσι, τηροῦσιν τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν.
28.2.8καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
28.3.1ὅτι Αὖλος κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν χρόνον ἀντιστράτηγος ὢν καὶ παραχειμάζων ἐν Θετταλίᾳ μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων ἐξέπεμψε πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τόπους Γάιον Ποπίλιον καὶ Γνάιον Ὀκτάουιον·
28.3.2οἳ πρῶτον μὲν εἰς Θήβας ἐλθόντες ἐπῄνεσαν καὶ παρεκάλεσαν τοὺς Θηβαίους διαφυλάττειν τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὔνοιαν.
28.3.3ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις ἐπιπορευόμενοι τὰς ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ πόλεις ἐπιδεικνύειν ἐπειρῶντο τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου πρᾳότητα καὶ φιλανθρωπίαν, προφερόμενοι τὰ δόγματα τὰ μικρῷ πρότερον ῥηθέντα,
28.3.4ἅμα δὲ διὰ τῶν λόγων παρενέφαινον ὡς εἰδότες τοὺς ἐν ἑκάσταις τῶν πόλεων παρὰ τὸ δέον ἀναχωροῦντας, ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ τοὺς προπίπτοντας.
28.3.5καὶ δῆλοι πᾶσιν ἦσαν δυσαρεστούμενοι τοῖς ἀναχωροῦσιν οὐχ ἧττον ἢ τοῖς ἐκφανῶς ἀντιπράττουσιν.
28.3.6ἐξ ὧν τοὺς πολλοὺς εἰς ἐπίστασιν καὶ διαπόρησιν ἦγον ὑπὲρ τοῦ τί ποτʼ ἂν ἢ λέγοντες ἢ πράττοντες εὐστοχοῖεν τῶν παρεστώτων καιρῶν.
Book 29, Part 3
29.8Two kings, one of whom was the most unprincipled and the other the most avaricious in the world, being now pitted against each other, their mutual struggles presented a spectacle truly ridiculous. Eumenes held out every kind of hope, and threw out every species of bait, believing that he would catch Perseus by such promises. Perseus, without waiting to be approached, rushed to the bait held out to him, and made for it greedily; yet he could not make up his mind to swallow it, to such an extent as to give up any money. The sort of huckstering contest that went on between them was as follows. Eumenes demanded five hundred talents as the price of his abstention from co-operating with the Romans by land and sea during the fourth year of the war, and fifteen hundred for putting an end to the war altogether, and promised to give hostages and securities for his promise at once. Perseus accepted the proposal of hostages, named the number, the time at which they were to be sent, and the manner of their safe custody at Cnosus. But as to the money, he said that it would be disgraceful to the one who paid, and still more to the one who received it, to be supposed to remain neutral for hire; but the fifteen hundred talents he would send in charge of Polemocrates and others to Samothrace, to be held as a deposit there. Now Perseus was master of Samothrace; but as Eumenes, like a poor physician, preferred a retaining-fee to a payment after work, he finally gave up the attempt, when he found that his own craftiness was no match for the meanness of Perseus. They thus parted on equal terms, leaving, like good athletes, the battle of avarice a drawn one. Some of these details leaked out at the time, and others were communicated subsequently to Perseus’s intimate friends; and he has taught us by them that every vice is clinched, so to speak, by avarice.
29.9I add the further question from my own reflexions, whether avarice is not also short-sighted? For who could fail to remark the folly of both the kings? How could Eumenes on the one hand expect to be trusted by a man with whom he was on such bad terms; and to get so large a sum of money, when he was able to give Perseus absolutely no security for recovering it, in case of his not carrying out his promises? And how could he expect not to be detected by the Romans in taking so large a sum? If he had concealed it at the time he certainly would not have done so long. Moreover, he would have been bound at any rate, in return for it, to have adopted the quarrel with Rome; in which he would have been certain to have lost the money and his kingdom together, and very probably his life also, by coming forward as an enemy of the Romans. For if, even as it was, when he accomplished nothing, but only imagined it, he fell into the gravest dangers, what would have happened to him if this design had been brought to perfection? And again, as to Perseus—who could fail to be surprised at his thinking anything of higher importance, or more to his advantage, than to give the money and allow Eumenes to swallow the bait? For if, on the one hand, Eumenes had performed any part of his promises, and had put an end to the war, the gift would have been well bestowed; and if, on the other hand, he had been deceived of that hope, he could at least have involved him in the certain enmity of Rome; for he would have had it entirely in his own power to make these transactions public. And one may easily calculate how valuable this would have been to Perseus, whether he succeeded or failed in the war: for he would have regarded Eumenes as the guilty cause of all his misfortunes, and could in no way have retaliated upon him more effectually than by making him an enemy of Rome. What then was the root of all this blind folly? Nothing but avarice. It could have been nothing else; for, to save himself from giving money, Perseus was content to suffer anything, and neglect every other consideration. On a par too with this was his conduct to the Gauls and Genthius. . . .
29.10The question being put to the vote at Rhodes, it was carried to send envoys to negotiate a peace; and this decree thus decided the relative strength of the opposite political parties at Rhodes [as has been stated in my essay on public speaking], showing that the party for siding with Perseus was stronger than that which was for preserving their country and its laws. The Prytanies immediately appointed ambassadors to negotiate the cessation of the war: Agepolis, Diocles, and Cleombrotus were sent to Rome; Damon, Nicostratus, Agesilochus, and Telephus to Perseus and the consul. The Rhodians went on in the same spirit to take further steps, so that they eventually committed themselves past all excuse. For they at once sent ambassadors to Crete, to renew their friendly relations with the entire Cretan people, and to urge that, in view of the dangers that threatened them, they should throw in their lot with the people of Rhodes, and hold the same people to be friends and enemies as they did, and also to address the separate cities to the same effect. . . .
29.11When the embassy led by Parmenio and Morcus from Genthius, accompanied by those led by Metrodorus, arrived in Rhodes, the assembly summoned to meet them proved very turbulent, the party of Deinon venturing openly to plead the cause of Perseus, whilst that of Theaetetus was quite overpowered and dismayed. For the presence of the Illyrian galleys, the number of the Roman cavalry that had been killed, and the fact of Genthius having changed sides, quite crushed them. Thus it was that the result of the meeting of the assembly was as I have described it. For the Rhodians voted to return a favourable answer to both kings, to state that they had resolved to put an end to the war, and to exhort the kings themselves to make no difficulty about the terms. They also received the ambassadors of Genthius at the common altar-hearth or Prytaneum of the city with every mark of friendship. . . .
Book 28, Part 2
28.3.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Γάιον, συναχθείσης τῆς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐκκλησίας, ἐλέγοντο μὲν βεβουλεῦσθαι κατηγορήσειν τῶν περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν καὶ τὸν Ἄρχωνα καὶ Πολύβιον,
28.3.8καὶ παραδείξειν ἀλλοτρίους ὑπάρχοντας τῆς. τῶν Ῥωμαίων αἱρέσεως καὶ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἄγοντας κατὰ τὸ παρόν, οὐ φύσει τοιούτους ὄντας, ἀλλὰ παρατηροῦντας τὰ συμβαίνοντα καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς ἐφεδρεύοντας.
28.3.9οὐ μὴν ἐθάρρησαν τοῦτο ποιῆσαι διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν εὔλογον ἀφορμὴν ἔχειν κατὰ τῶν προειρημένων ἀνδρῶν.
28.3.10διὸ συναχθείσης αὐτοῖς τῆς βουλῆς εἰς Αἴγιον, ἀσπαστικήν τε καὶ παρακλητικὴν ποιησάμενοι τὴν πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἔντευξιν ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Αἰτωλίαν.
28.4.1καὶ πάλιν ἐκεῖ συναχθείσης αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἰς Θέρμον, παρελθόντες εἰς τοὺς πολλοὺς παρακλητικοὺς καὶ φιλανθρώπους διετίθεντο λόγους.
28.4.2τὸ δὲ συνέχον αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ὁμήρους ἔφασαν δεῖν δοθῆναι σφίσι παρὰ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν.
28.4.3τούτων δὲ καταβάντων, Πρόανδρος ἐπαναστὰς ἐβούλετό τινας εὐχρηστίας πρὸς αὐτοῦ γεγενημένας εἰς τοὺς Ῥωμαίους προφέρεσθαι καὶ κατηγορεῖν τῶν διαβαλλόντων αὐτόν· ἐφʼ ὃν Γάιος πάλιν ἐπαναστάς,
28.4.4καὶ καλῶς εἰδὼς ἀλλότριον αὐτὸν ὄντα Ῥωμαίων, ὅμως ἐπῄνεσε καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἀνθωμολογήσατο.
28.4.5μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον προελθὼν Λυκίσκος ἐπʼ ὀνόματος μὲν οὐδενὸς ἐποιήσατο κατηγορίαν, καθʼ ὑπόνοιαν δὲ πολλῶν.
28.4.6ἔφη γὰρ περὶ μὲν τῶν κορυφαίων καλῶς βεβουλεῦσθαι Ῥωμαίους, ἀπαγαγόντας αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, λέγων τοὺς περὶ τὸν Εὐπόλεμον καὶ Νίκανδρον,
28.4.7τοὺς δὲ συναγωνιστὰς καὶ τοὺς παραστάτας τοὺς ἐκείνων ἔτι μένειν κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν, οὓς δεῖν ἅπαντας τῆς αὐτῆς τυχεῖν ἐκείνοις ἐπιστροφῆς, ἂν μὴ προῶνται τὰ τέκνα Ῥωμαίοις εἰς ὁμηρείαν.
28.4.8μάλιστα δὲ κατʼ Ἀρχεδάμου καὶ Πανταλέοντος ἐποίει τὰς ἐμφάσεις.
28.4.9τούτου δὲ παραχωρήσαντος, Πανταλέων ἀναστὰς τὸν μὲν Λυκίσκον διὰ βραχέων ἐλοιδόρησε, φήσας αὐτὸν ἀναισχύντως καὶ ἀνελευθέρως κολακεύειν τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας,
28.4.10ἐπὶ δὲ τὸν Θόαντα μετέβη, τοῦτον ὑπολαμβάνων εἶναι τὸν ἀξιοπίστως ἐνιέντα τὰς κατʼ αὐτῶν διαβολὰς τῷ δοκεῖν μηδεμίαν ὑπάρχειν αὐτοῖς πρὸς τοῦτον διαφοράν.
28.4.11καὶ τὰ μὲν ὑπομνήσας τῶν κατʼ Ἀντίοχον καιρῶν, τὰ δʼ ὀνειδίσας εἰς ἀχαριστίαν αὐτῷ, διότι δοθεὶς ἔκδοτος Ῥωμαίοις, πρεσβεύσαντος αὐτοῦ καὶ Νικάνδρου, τύχοι τῆς σωτηρίας ἀνελπίστως,
28.4.12ταχέως ἐξεκαλέσατο τοὺς ὄχλους εἰς τὸ μὴ μόνον θορυβεῖν τὸν Θόανθʼ, ὅτε βουληθείη τι λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ βάλλειν ὁμοθυμαδόν.
28.4.13γενομένων δὲ τούτων βραχέα καταμεμψάμενος ὁ Γάιος τοὺς Αἰτωλοὺς ἐπὶ τῷ βάλλειν τὸν Θόανθʼ, οὗτος μὲν εὐθέως μετὰ τοῦ συμπρεσβευτοῦ συναπῆρεν εἰς Ἀκαρνανίαν, ἐκσιωπηθεὶς περὶ τῶν ὁμήρων· τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν ἐν ὑποψίαις ἦν πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ ταραχαῖς ὁλοσχερέσιν.
28.5.1κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἀκαρνανίαν συναχθείσης τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἰς Θύρρειον, Αἰσχρίων μὲν καὶ Γλαῦκος καὶ Χρέμας ὄντες Ῥωμαίων παρεκάλουν τοὺς περὶ τὸν Γάιον ἔμφρουρον ποιῆσαι τὴν Ἀκαρνανίαν·
28.5.2εἶναι γὰρ παρʼ αὐτοῖς τοὺς ἀποφέροντας τὰ πράγματα πρὸς Περσέα καὶ Μακεδόνας.
28.5.3Διογένης δὲ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἐποιήσατο τούτοις συμβουλίαν. οὐ γὰρ ἔφη δεῖν φρουρὰν εἰσάγειν εἰς οὐδεμίαν πόλιν· ταῦτα γὰρ ὑπάρχειν τοῖς πολεμίοις γενομένοις καὶ καταπολεμηθεῖσιν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων·
28.5.4οὐδὲν δὲ πεποιηκότας Ἀκαρνᾶνας οὐκ ἀξίους εἶναι φρουρὰν εἰσδέχεσθαι κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον.
28.5.5τοὺς δὲ περὶ Χρέμαν καὶ Γλαῦκον ἰδίαν ἐθέλοντας κατασκευάζεσθαι δυναστείαν διαβάλλειν τοὺς ἀντιπολιτευομένους καὶ θέλειν ἐπισπᾶσθαι φρουρὰν τὴν συνεπισχύουσαν ταῖς αὐτῶν πλεονεξίαις.
28.5.6ῥηθέντων δὲ τούτων οἱ περὶ τὸν Γάιον θεωροῦντες τοὺς ὄχλους δυσαρεστουμένους ταῖς φρουραῖς καὶ βουλόμενοι στοιχεῖν τῇ τῆς συγκλήτου προθέσει, συγκαταθέμενοι τῇ τοῦ Διογένους γνώμῃ καὶ συνεπαινέσαντες ἀπῆραν ἐπὶ Λαρίσης πρὸς τὸν ἀνθύπατον. —
Book 29, Part 4
29.12Other historians [have spoken in exaggerated terms] of the Syrian war. And the reason is one which I have often mentioned. Though their subjects are simple and without complications, they seek the name and reputation of historians not from the truth of their facts, but the number of their books; and accordingly they are obliged to give petty affairs an air of importance, and fill out and give rhetorical flourishes to what was originally expressed briefly; dress up actions and achievements which were originally quite secondary; expatiate on struggles; and describe pitched battles, in which sometimes ten or a few more infantry fell, and still fewer cavalry. As for sieges, local descriptions, and the like, one cannot say that their treatment is adequate, because they have no facts to give. But a writer of universal history must pursue a different plan; and therefore I ought not to be condemned for minimising the importance of events, if I sometimes pass over affairs that have met with wide fame and laboured description, or for mentioning them with brevity; but I ought to be trusted to give to each subject the amount of discussion which it deserves. Such historians as I refer to, when they are describing in the course of their work the siege, say of Phanoteia, or Coroneia, or [Haliartus], are forced to display all the contrivances, bold strokes, and other features of a siege; and when they come to the capture of Tarentum, the sieges of Corinth, Sardis, Gaza, Bactra, and, above all, of Carthage, they must draw on their own resources to prolong the agony and heighten the picture, and are not at all satisfied with me for giving a more truthful relation of such events as they really occurred. Let this statement hold good also as to my description of pitched battles and public harangues, as well as other departments of history; in all of which I might fairly claim considerable indulgence, as also in what is now about to be narrated, if I am detected in some inconsistency in the substance of my story, the treatment of my facts, or the style of language; and also if I make some mistakes in the names of mountains or rivers, or the special features of localities: for indeed the magnitude of my work is a sufficient excuse in all these points, unless, indeed, I am ever detected in deliberate or interested misstatements in my writings: for such I ask no indulgence, as I have repeatedly and explicitly remarked in the course of my history. . . .
29.13Genthius, king of the Illyrians, disgraced himself by many abominable actions in the course of his life from his addiction to drink, in which he indulged continually day and night. Among other things he killed his brother Plastor, who was about to marry the daughter of Monunius, and married the girl himself. He also behaved with great cruelty to his subjects. . . .
29.14The first man to volunteer to make the outflanking movement was Scipio Nasica, son-in-law of Scipio Africanus, who afterwards became the most influential man in the Senate, and who now undertook to lead the party. The second was Fabius Maximus, the eldest of the sons of the consul Aemilius Paulus, still quite a young man, who stood forward and offered to join with great enthusiasm. Aemilius was therefore delighted and assigned them a body of soldiers. . . .
29.15The Romans offered a gallant resistance by aid of their strong targets or Ligurian shields. . . .
Book 28, Part 3
28.6.1ὅτι ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἕλλησι περὶ τῆς πρεσβείας ἐπιστάσεως χρείαν ἔχειν τὸ γινόμενον.
28.6.2παραλαβόντες οὖν τοὺς κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην πολιτείαν ὁμογνωμονοῦντας· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Ἀρκεσίλαος, Ἀρίστων Μεγαλοπολῖται, Στρατίος Τριταιεύς, Ξένων Πατρεύς, Ἀπολλωνίδας Σικυώνιος· ἐβουλεύοντο περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
28.6.3ὁ μὲν οὖν Λυκόρτας ἔμεινεν ἐπὶ τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς προθέσεως, κρίνων μήτε Περσεῖ μήτε Ῥωμαίοις συνεργεῖν μηδέν, ὁμοίως μηδʼ ἀντιπράττειν μηδετέροις.
28.6.4τὸ μὲν γὰρ συνεργεῖν ἀλυσιτελὲς ἐνόμιζε πᾶσιν εἶναι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, προορώμενος τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐσομένης ἐξουσίας περὶ τοὺς κρατήσαντας,
28.6.5τὸ δʼ ἀντιπράττειν Ῥωμαίοις ἐπισφαλὲς διὰ τὸ πολλοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἐπιφανεστάτοις Ῥωμαίων ἀντωφθαλμηκέναι περὶ τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων κατὰ τοὺς ἀνώτερον καιρούς.
28.6.6ὁ δʼ Ἀπολλωνίδας καὶ Στρατίος ἀντιπράττειν μὲν ἐπίτηδες Ῥωμαίοις οὐκ ᾤοντο δεῖν· τοὺς δʼ ὑπερκυβιστῶντας καὶ διὰ τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων ἰδίαν χάριν ἀποτιθεμένους παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῦτο πράττοντας παρὰ τοὺς νόμους καὶ παρὰ τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον, τούτους ἔφασαν δεῖν κωλύειν καὶ πρὸς τούτους ἀντοφθαλμεῖν εὐγενῶς.
28.6.7ὁ δʼ Ἄρχων ἀκολουθεῖν ἔφη δεῖν τοῖς καιροῖς καὶ μὴ διδόναι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ἀφορμὴν εἰς διαβολὴν μηδὲ προέσθαι σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ἐλθεῖν διάθεσιν τοῖς περὶ Νίκανδρον, οἵτινες, πρὶν ἢ λαβεῖν πεῖραν τῆς τούτων ἐξουσίας, ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις εἰσὶ συνταλαιπωρίαις.
28.6.8ταύτης δὲ τῆς γνώμης μετέσχον Πολύβιος, Ἀρκεσίλαος, Ἀρίστων, Ξένων.
28.6.9διὸ καὶ τὸν μὲν Ἄρχωνα πρὸς τὴν στρατηγίαν ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς εὐθέως προπορεύεσθαι, τὸν δὲ Πολύβιον πρὸς τὴν ἱππαρχίαν.
28.7.1τούτων δὴ νεωστὶ γεγονότων καὶ προδιειληφότων τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄρχωνα διότι δεῖ συμπράττειν Ῥωμαίοις καὶ τοῖς τούτων φίλοις, τυχικῶς πως συνέβη τὸν Ἄτταλον πρὸς ἑτοίμους ὄντας ποιήσασθαι τοὺς λόγους.
28.7.2διὸ καὶ προθύμως αὐτῷ κατανεύσαντες ὑπέσχοντο συμπράξειν ὑπὲρ τῶν παρακαλουμένων.
28.7.3τοῦ δʼ Ἀττάλου πέμψαντος πρεσβευτάς, καὶ παραγενομένων τούτων εἰς τὴν πρώτην ἀγορὰν καὶ διαλεγομένων τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς περὶ τοῦ τὰς τιμὰς ἀποκατασταθῆναι τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ παρακαλούντων ποιῆσαι τοῦτο διὰ τῆς Ἀττάλου χάριτος,
28.7.4ὁ μὲν ὄχλος ἄδηλος ἦν ἐπὶ τίνος ὑπάρχει γνώμης, πρὸς δὲ τὴν ἀντιλογίαν ἀνίσταντο πολλοὶ καὶ διὰ πολλὰς αἰτίας.
28.7.5οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς αἴτιοι γενόμενοι τῆς ἀναιρέσεως τῶν τιμῶν βεβαιοῦν ἐβούλοντο τὴν αὑτῶν γνώμην· οἱ δʼ ἐκ τῶν κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐγκλημάτων ὑπέλαβον καιρὸν ἔχειν ἀμύνεσθαι τὸν βασιλέα· τινὲς δὲ διὰ τὸν πρὸς τοὺς συμπράττοντας φθόνον ἐφιλοτιμοῦντο μὴ κρατῆσαι τὸν Ἄτταλον τῆς ἐπιβολῆς. ὁ δʼ Ἄρχων ἀνέστη μὲν βοηθήσων τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς·
28.7.6ἐκάλει γὰρ τὰ πράγματα τὴν τοῦ στρατηγοῦ γνώμην. βραχέα δʼ εἰπὼν ἀνεχώρησε,
28.7.7διευλαβηθεὶς μὴ δόξῃ κέρδους τινὸς ἕνεκεν συμβουλεύειν διὰ τὸ πλῆθος ἱκανὸν χρημάτων εἰς τὴν ἀρχὴν δεδαπανηκέναι.
28.7.8πολλῆς δʼ οὔσης ἀπορίας ὁ Πολύβιος ἀναστὰς ἐποιήσατο μὲν καὶ πλείονας λόγους, μάλιστα δὲ προσέδραμε πρὸς τὴν τῶν πολλῶν γνώμην, ὑποδείξας τὸ γεγονὸς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ψήφισμα τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ὑπὲρ τῶν τιμῶν, ἐν ᾧ γεγραμμένον ἦν ὅτι δεῖ τὰς ἀπρεπεῖς ἀρθῆναι τιμὰς καὶ τὰς παρανόμους, οὐ μὰ Δίʼ ἁπάσας.
28.7.9τοὺς δὲ περὶ Σωσιγένη καὶ Διοπείθη, δικαστὰς [Ῥοδίους] ὑπάρχοντας κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν καὶ διαφερομένους ἔκ τινων ἰδίων πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, λαβομένους ἔφη τῆς ἀφορμῆς ταύτης πάσας ἀνατετροφέναι τὰς τιμὰς τοῦ βασιλέως·
28.7.10καὶ τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι παρὰ τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν δόγμα καὶ παρὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν, καὶ τὸ μέγιστον, παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὸ καλῶς ἔχον.
28.7.11οὐ γὰρ ὡς ἠδικημένους τι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς βουλεύσασθαι τὰς τιμὰς αἴρειν τὰς Εὐμένους, ἀλλὰ μείζους αὐτοῦ ζητοῦντος τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, τούτῳ προσκόψαντας ψηφίσασθαι τὸ πλεονάζον παρελεῖν.
28.7.12διόπερ ἔφη δεῖν, καθάπερ οἱ δικασταὶ τὴν ἰδίαν ἔχθραν ἐπίπροσθεν ποιήσαντες τοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εὐσχήμονος ἀνέτρεψαν πάσας τὰς τιμάς, οὕτω τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς κυριώτατον ἡγησαμένους τὸ σφίσι καθῆκον καὶ πρέπον διορθώσασθαι τὴν τῶν δικαστῶν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη γεγενημένην ἀλογίαν,
28.7.13ἄλλως τε καὶ μέλλοντας μὴ μόνον ἐπʼ αὐτὸν τὸν βασιλέα τὴν χάριν ἀπερείδεσθαι ταύτην, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον εἰς τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἄτταλον.
28.7.14τοῦ δὲ πλήθους εὐδοκήσαντος τοῖς λεγομένοις, ἐγράφη δόγμα προστάττον τοῖς ἄρχουσι πάσας ἀποκαταστῆσαι τὰς Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως τιμάς, πλὴν εἴ τινες ἀπρεπές τι περιέχουσι τῷ κοινῷ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἢ παράνομον.
Book 29, Part 5
29.15Perseus saw that Aemilius had not moved, and did not reckon on what was taking place, when suddenly a Cretan, who had deserted from the Roman army on its march, came to him with the information that the Romans were getting on his rear. Though thrown into the utmost panic he did not strike his camp, but despatched ten thousand mercenaries and two thousand Macedonians under Milo, with orders to advance with speed and seize the heights. The Romans fell upon these as they were lying asleep. . . .
29.16An eclipse of the moon occurring, the report went abroad, and was believed by many, that it signified an eclipse of the king. And this circumstance raised the spirits of the Romans and depressed those of the Macedonians. So true is the common saying that war has many a groundless scare. . . .
29.17The consul Lucius Aemilius had never seen a phalanx until he saw it in the army of Perseus on this occasion; and he often confessed to some of his friends at Rome subsequently, that he had never beheld anything more alarming and terrible than the Macedonian phalanx: and yet he had been, if any one ever had, not only a spectator but an actor in many battles. . . .
29.17Many plans which look plausible and feasible, when brought to the test of actual experience, like base coins when brought to the furnace, cease to answer in any way to their original conceptions. . . .
Book 28, Part 4
28.7.15τοῦτον μὲν δὴ τὸν τρόπον καὶ κατὰ τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν Ἄτταλος διωρθώσατο τὴν γενομένην ἀλογίαν περὶ τὰς ὑπαρχούσας Εὐμένει τἀδελφῷ τιμὰς κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον. —
28.8.1ὅτι Περσεὺς πρὸς Γένθιον τὸν βασιλέα ἀπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς Πλευρᾶτόν τε τὸν Ἰλλυριόν, ὄντα φυγάδα παρʼ αὐτῷ,
28.8.2καὶ τὸν Βεροιαῖον Ἀδαῖον, δοὺς ἐντολὰς διασαφεῖν τὰ πεπραγμένα κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον πρός τε Ῥωμαίους αὐτῷ καὶ πρὸς Δαρδανίους, ἔτι δὲ καὶ πρὸς Ἠπειρώτας καὶ πρὸς Ἰλλυριοὺς κατὰ τὸ παρόν, καὶ παρακαλεῖν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὴν τούτου καὶ Μακεδόνων φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν.
28.8.3οἳ καὶ ποιησάμενοι τὴν πορείαν ὑπὲρ τὸ Σκάρδον ὄρος διὰ τῆς Ἐρήμου καλουμένης Ἰλλυρίδος, ἣν οὐ πολλοῖς χρόνοις ἀνώτερον ἀνάστατον ἐποίησαν Μακεδόνες εἰς τὸ δυσέργους ποιῆσαι τοῖς Δαρδανεῦσι τὰς εἰς τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα καὶ Μακεδονίαν
28.8.4εἰσβολάς· πλὴν οἵ γε περὶ τὸν Ἀδαῖον διὰ τούτων τῶν τόπων μετὰ πολλῆς κακοπαθείας ἦλθον εἰς Σκόδραν καὶ πυθόμενοι τὸν Γένθιον ἐν Λίσσῳ διατρίβειν διεπέμψαντο πρὸς αὐτόν.
28.8.5τοῦ δὲ ταχέως αὐτοὺς μεταπεμψαμένου, συμμίξαντες διελέγοντο περὶ ὧν εἶχον τὰς ἐντολάς.
28.8.6ὁ δὲ Γένθιος οὐκ ἐδόκει μὲν ἀλλότριος εἶναι τῆς πρὸς τὸν Περσέα φιλίας, ἐσκήπτετο δὲ τοῦ μὴ παραχρῆμα συγκατατίθεσθαι τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις τὴν ἀχορηγησίαν καὶ μὴ δύνασθαι χωρὶς χρημάτων ἀναδέξασθαι τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον.
28.8.7οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Ἀδαῖον ταύτας λαβόντες τὰς ἀποκρίσεις ἐπανῆγον.
28.8.8ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς παραγενόμενος εἰς Στύβερραν τήν τε λείαν ἐλαφυροπώλησεν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν ἀνέπαυσε, προσδεχόμενος τοὺς περὶ τὸν Πλευρᾶτον.
28.8.9παραγενομένων δʼ αὐτῶν, ἀκούσας τὰ παρὰ τοῦ Γενθίου πάλιν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔπεμπε τὸν Ἀδαῖον καὶ σὺν τούτῳ τὸν Γλαυκίαν, ἕνα τῶν σωματοφυλάκων, καὶ τρίτον τὸν Ἰλλυριὸν διὰ τὸ τὴν διάλεκτον εἰδέναι τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα,
28.8.10δοὺς ἐντολὰς τὰς αὐτάς, ὥσπερ οὐ κυρίως τοῦ Γενθίου διασεσαφηκότος τίνος προσδεῖται καὶ τίνος γενομένου δύναται συγκαταβαίνειν εἰς τὰ παρακαλούμενα.
28.8.11τούτων δʼ ἀφορμησάντων, ἀναζεύξας αὐτὸς μετὰ τῆς δυνάμεως ἐποιεῖτο τὴν πορείαν ἐφʼ Ὕσκανα. —
28.9.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἧκον οἱ πρὸς τὸν Γένθιον ἀποσταλέντες πρέσβεις οὔτʼ ᾠκονομηκότες πλεῖον οὐδὲν τῶν πρότερον οὔτʼ ἀναγγέλλοντες,
28.9.2διὰ τὸ τὸν Γένθιον μένειν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως, ὄντα μὲν ἕτοιμον τῷ Περσεῖ κοινωνεῖν τῶν αὐτῶν πραγμάτων, χρημάτων δὲ φάσκοντα χρείαν ἔχειν.
28.9.3ὧν ὁ Περσεὺς παρακούσας πάλιν ἔπεμπε τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν βεβαιωσομένους ὑπὲρ τῶν ὁμολογιῶν, τὸ συνέχον παραλιπών, φάσκων ἐξιγμένον εὐνοοῦντα ποιήσειν τὸν Γένθιον·
28.9.4ὥστε διαπορεῖν πότερα δεῖ λέγειν ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀλογιστίαν ἢ δαιμονοβλάβειαν. δοκῶ μὲν ὅτι δαιμονοβλάβειαν, οἵτινες ἐφίενται μὲν τοῦ μεγάλα τολμᾶν καὶ παραβάλλονται τῇ ψυχῇ, παριᾶσιν δὲ τὸ συνέχον ἐν ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς, βλέποντες αὐτὸ καὶ δυνάμενοι πράττειν
28.9.5ὅτι γάρ, εἰ Περσεὺς κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ἠβουλήθη προέσθαι χρήματα καὶ κοινῇ τοῖς πολιτεύμασι καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν τοῖς βασιλεῦσι καὶ τοῖς πολιτευομένοις, οὐ λέγω μεγαλομερῶς, καθάπερ ἐξῆν αὐτῷ χορηγιῶν ἕνεκεν, ἀλλὰ μετρίως μόνον, πάντας ἂν συνέβη καὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς,
28.9.6εἰ δὲ μή γε, τοὺς πλείστους ἐξελεγχθῆναι, δοκῶ μηδένα τῶν νοῦν ἐχόντων πρός με διαμφισβητῆσαι περὶ τούτων.
28.9.7νῦν δὲ καλῶς ποιῶν οὐκ ἦλθε ταύτην τὴν ὁδόν, διʼ ἧς ἢ κρατήσας τῶν ὅλων ἐξουσίαν ἂν ὑπερήφανον ἔσχεν ἢ σφαλεὶς πολλοὺς ἂν ἐποίησε τῆς αὐτῆς τύχης πεῖραν αὑτῷ λαβεῖν,
28.9.8ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν, διʼ ἧς ὀλίγοι τελέως ἠλογήθησαν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ὑπὸ τὸν τῆς πράξεως καιρόν. —
28.10.1ὅτι ὁ Περσεὺς ἐπταικὼς τοῖς ὅλοις ἐπὶ τῷ εἰσελθεῖν Ῥωμαίους εἰς Μακεδονίαν τῷ Ἱππίᾳ ἐπετίμα.
28.10.2ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ τὸ μὲν ἐπιτιμῆσαι τοῖς ἄλλοις εἶναι ῥᾴδιον καὶ συνιδεῖν τὰς τῶν πέλας ἁμαρτίας, τὸ δʼ αὐτὸν πράττειν τὰ δυνατὰ καὶ γνῶναι τὰ καθʼ αὑτὸν πάντων δυσχερέστατον. ὃ καὶ περὶ τὸν Περσέα συνέβη γενέσθαι. —
28.11.1τὸ Ἡράκλειον ἥλω ἰδίαν τινὰ ἅλωσιν. ἐχούσης τῆς πόλεως ἐφʼ ἑνὸς μέρους ἐπʼ ὀλίγον τόπον ταπεινὸν τεῖχος, οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι τρεῖς σημείας προεχειρίσαντο.
Book 29, Part 6
29.17When Perseus came to the hour of trial his courage all left him, like that of an athlete in bad training. For when the danger was approaching, and it became necessary to fight a decisive battle, his resolution gave way. . . .
29.17As soon as the battle began, the Macedonian king played the coward and rode off to the town, under the pretext of sacrificing to Hercules,—who certainly does not accept craven gifts from cravens, nor fulfil unworthy prayers. . . .
29.18He was then very young, and it was his first experience of actual service in the field, and having but recently begun to taste the sweets of promotion, he was keen, ambitious, and eager to be first. . . .
29.19Just when Perseus had been beaten and was trying to save himself by flight, the Senate determined to admit the ambassadors, who had come from Rhodes to negotiate a peace, to an audience: Fortune thus appearing designedly to parade the folly of the Rhodians on the stage,—if we may say of the Rhodians, and not rather of the individuals who were then in the ascendant at Rhodes. When Agesipolis and his colleagues entered the Senate, they said that They had come to arrange an end to the war; for the people of Rhodes,—seeing that the war was become protracted to a considerable length of time, and seeing that it was disadvantageous to all the Greeks, as well as to the Romans themselves, on account of its enormous expenses,—had come to that conclusion. But as the war was already ended, and the wish of the Rhodians was thus fulfilled, they had only to congratulate the Romans. Such was the brief speech of Agesipolis. But the Senate seized the opportunity of making an example of the Rhodians, and produced an answer of which the upshot was that They did not regard this embassy as having been sent by the Rhodians in the interests either of the Greeks or themselves, but in those of Perseus. For if they had meant to send an embassy in behalf of the Greeks, the proper time for doing so was when Perseus was plundering the territory and cities of Greece, while encamped for nearly two years in Thessaly. But to let that time pass without notice, and to come now desiring to put an end to the war, at a time when the Roman legions had entered Macedonia, and Perseus was closely beleagured and almost at the end of his hopes, was a clear proof to any one of observation that the Rhodians had sent their embassy, not with the desire of ending the war, but to rescue and save Perseus to the best of their ability. Therefore they deserved no indulgence at the hands of the Romans at this time, nor any favourable reply. Such was the Senate’s answer to the Rhodians. . . .
Book 28, Part 5
28.11.2καὶ τῇ μὲν πρώτῃ τοὺς θυρεοὺς ὑπὲρ τῆς κεφαλῆς ποιήσαντες συνέφραξαν, ὥστε τῇ τῶν ὅπλων πυκνότητι κεραμωτῷ καταρρύτῳ γίνεσθαι παραπλήσιον. ἐφεξῆς δʼ ἕτεραι δύο —
28.11.2Κεραμωτόν, τακτικὴ διάταξις·
28.11.3ὅπερ ἐποίουν Ῥωμαῖοι ἐν παιδιᾶς μέρει.
28.12.1ὅτι τοῦ Περσέως βουλομένου ἥξειν μετὰ δυνάμεως εἰς τὴν Θετταλίαν καὶ λήψεσθαι τὰ ὅλα κρίσιν ἐκ τῶν κατὰ λόγον, ἔδοξε τοῖς περὶ τὸν Ἄρχωνα διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ἀπολογεῖσθαι πάλιν πρὸς τὰς ὑπονοίας καὶ διαβολάς.
28.12.2εἰσήνεγκαν οὖν εἰς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς δόγμα διότι δεῖ πανδημεὶ ποιησαμένους τὴν ἔξοδον εἰς Θετταλίαν κοινωνῆσαι τῶν πραγμάτων ὁλοσχερῶς τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις.
28.12.3καὶ τούτου κυρωθέντος ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς τὸν Ἄρχωνα γίνεσθαι περὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν τοῦ στρατεύματος καὶ περὶ τὰς εἰς τὴν ἔξοδον παρασκευάς, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ὕπατον πρεσβευτὰς πέμπειν εἰς Θετταλίαν τοὺς τὰ δεδογμένα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς διασαφήσοντας καὶ πευσομένους πότε καὶ ποῦ δεῖ συμμιγνύειν αὐτῷ τὸ στρατόπεδον.
28.12.4καὶ κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς παραχρῆμα Πολύβιον καὶ ἄλλους καὶ ἐνετείλαντο τῷ Πολυβίῳ φιλοτίμως, ἐὰν ὁ στρατηγὸς εὐδοκῇ τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ στρατοπέδου, τοὺς μὲν συμπρεσβευτὰς ἐξ αὐτῆς πέμπειν διασαφήσοντας, ἵνα μὴ καθυστερῶσι τῶν καιρῶν,
28.12.5αὐτὸν δὲ φροντίζειν ἵνα τὸ στράτευμα πᾶν ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν ἀγορὰς ἔχῃ, διʼ ὧν ἂν πορεύηται, καὶ μηδὲν ἐλλείπῃ τῶν ἐπιτηδείων τοὺς στρατιώτας.
28.12.6ταύτας μὲν οὖν ἔχοντες οἱ προειρημένοι τὰς ἐντολὰς ἐξώρμησαν·
28.12.7κατέστησαν δὲ καὶ πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς Ἄτταλον τοὺς περὶ Τηλόκριτον, ἀποκομίζοντας τὸ δόγμα τὸ περὶ τῆς ἀποκαταστάσεως τῶν Εὐμένους τιμῶν.
28.12.8καὶ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου προσπεσόντος τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς διότι γέγονεν αὐτῷ τὰ νομιζόμενα γίνεσθαι τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν, ὅταν εἰς ἡλικίαν ἔλθωσιν,
28.12.9ἀνακλητήρια, νομίσαντες σφίσι καθήκειν ἐπισημήνασθαι τὸ γεγονός, ἐψηφίσαντο πέμπειν πρεσβευτὰς ἀνανεωσομένους τὰ προϋπάρχοντα τῷ ἔθνει φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν, καὶ παραυτίκα κατέστησαν Ἀλκίθον καὶ Πασιάδαν.
28.13.1οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Πολύβιον καταλαβόντες τοὺς Ῥωμαίους ἐκ μὲν τῆς Θετταλίας κεκινηκότας, τῆς δὲ Περραιβίας στρατοπεδεύοντας Ἀζωρίου μεταξὺ καὶ Δολίχης,
28.13.2τὴν μὲν ἔντευξιν ὑπερέθεντο διὰ τοὺς περιεστῶτας καιρούς, τῶν δὲ κατὰ τὴν εἴσοδον τὴν εἰς Μακεδονίαν κινδύνων μετεῖχον.
28.13.3ἐπεὶ δὲ τοῦ στρατεύματος κατάραντος ἐπὶ τοὺς καθʼ Ἡράκλειον τόπους ἔδοξε καιρὸς εἶναι πρὸς ἔντευξιν, ἅτε τοῦ στρατηγοῦ δοκοῦντος ἠνύσθαι τὸ μέγιστον τῶν προκειμένων,
28.13.4τότε λαβόντες καιρὸν τὸ ψήφισμα τῷ Μαρκίῳ προσήνεγκαν καὶ διεσάφουν τὴν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν προαίρεσιν διότι βουληθεῖεν αὐτῷ πανδημεὶ τῶν αὐτῶν μετασχεῖν ἀγώνων καὶ κινδύνων. καὶ πρὸς τούτοις ὑπέδειξαν διότι πᾶν τὸ γραφὲν ἢ παραγγελθὲν τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων κατὰ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον ἀναντίρρητον γέγονεν.
28.13.5τοῦ δὲ Μαρκίου τὴν μὲν προαίρεσιν ἀποδεχομένου τὴν Ἀχαιῶν μεγαλωστί, τῆς δὲ κακοπαθείας αὐτοὺς καὶ τῆς δαπάνης παραλύοντος διὰ τὸ μηκέτι χρείαν ἔχειν τοὺς καιροὺς τῆς τῶν συμμάχων βοηθείας, οἱ μὲν ἄλλοι πρέσβεις ἐπανῆλθον εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν,
28.13.6ὁ δὲ Πολύβιος αὐτοῦ μείνας μετεῖχε τῶν ἐνεστώτων πραγμάτων,
28.13.7ἕως ὁ Μάρκιος ἀκούσας Ἄππιον τὸν Κέντωνα πεντακισχιλίους στρατιώτας αἰτεῖσθαι παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εἰς Ἤπειρον, ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν προειρημένον, παρακαλέσας φροντίζειν ἵνα μὴ δοθῶσιν οἱ στρατιῶται μηδὲ τηλικοῦτο δαπάνημα μάταιον γένηται τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς· πρὸς οὐδένα γὰρ λόγον αἰτεῖν τοὺς στρατιώτας τὸν Ἄππιον.
28.13.8πότερα δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐποίει κηδόμενος τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἢ τὸν Ἄππιον ἀπραγεῖν βουλόμενος χαλεπὸν εἰπεῖν.
28.13.9πλὴν ὅ γε Πολύβιος ἀναχωρήσας εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον, ἤδη τῶν γραμμάτων ἐκ τῆς Ἠπείρου προσπεπτωκότων καὶ μετʼ οὐ πολὺ συναχθέντων εἰς Σικυῶνα τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, εἰς πρόβλημα παμμέγεθες ἐνέπεσε.
28.13.10τοῦ γὰρ διαβουλίου προτεθέντος ὑπὲρ ὧν ὁ Κέντων ᾐτεῖτο στρατιωτῶν, ἃ μὲν ὁ Μάρκιος αὐτῷ φροντίζειν κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐνετείλατο, ταῦτα φωτίζειν οὐδαμῶς ἔκρινεν· τὸ δὲ μηδεμιᾶς αἰτίας ὑπαρχούσης φανερῶς ἀντιλέγειν τῇ βοηθείᾳ τελείως ἦν ἐπισφαλές. δυσχρήστου δὲ καὶ ποικίλης οὔσης τῆς ὑποθέσεως,
28.13.11ἐχρήσατο βοηθήματι πρὸς τὸ παρὸν τῷ τῆς συγκλήτου δόγματι τῷ κελεύοντι μηδένα προσέχειν τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν γραφομένοις, ἐὰν μὴ τοῦτο ποιῶσιν κατὰ τὸ δόγμα τῆς συγκλήτου.
Book 29, Part 7
29.20Then Aemilius Paulus speaking once more in Latin bade the members of his council, With such a sight before their eyes,—pointing to Perseus,—not to be too boastful in the hour of success, nor to take any extreme or inhuman measures against any one, nor in fact ever to feel confidence in the permanence of their present good fortune. Rather it was precisely at the time of greatest success, either private or public, that a man should be most alive to the possibility of a reverse. Even so it was difficult for a man to exhibit moderation in good fortune. But the distinction between fools and wise was that the former only learnt by their own misfortunes, the latter by those of others. . . .
29.21One is often reminded of the words of Demetrius of Phalerum. In his treatise on Fortune, wishing to give the world a distinct view of her mutability, he fixed upon the period of Alexander, when that monarch destroyed the Persian dynasty, and thus expresses himself: If you will take, I don’t say unlimited time or many generations, but only these last fifty years immediately preceding our generation, you will be able to understand the cruelty of Fortune. For can you suppose, if some god had warned the Persians or their king, or the Macedonians or their king, that in fifty years the very name of the Persians, who once were masters of the world, would have been lost, and that the Macedonians, whose name was before scarcely known, would become masters of it all, that they would have believed it? Nevertheless it is true that Fortune, whose influence on our life is incalculable, who displays her power by surprises, is even now I think, showing all mankind, by her elevation of the Macedonians into the high prosperity once enjoyed by the Persians, that she has merely lent them these advantages until she may otherwise determine concerning them. And this has now come to pass in the person of Perseus; and indeed Demetrius has spoken prophetically of the future as though he were inspired. And as the course of my history brought me to the period which witnessed the ruin of the Macedonian kingdom, I judged it to be right not to pass it over without proper remark, especially as I was an eye-witness of the transaction. It was a case I thought both for enlarging on the theme myself, and for recalling the words of Demetrius, who appeared to me to have shown something more than mere human sagacity in his remarks; for he made a true forecast of the future almost a hundred and fifty years before the event. . . .
29.22After the conclusion of the battle between Perseus and the Romans, king Eumenes found himself in what people call an unexpected and extraordinary trouble, but what, if we regard the natural course of human concerns, was quite an everyday affair. For it is quite the way of Fortune to confound human calculations by surprises; and when she has helped a man for a time, and caused her balance to incline in his favour, to turn round upon him as though she repented, throw her weight into the opposite scale, and mar all his successes. And this was the case now with Eumenes. He imagined that at last his own kingdom was safe, and that he might look forward to a time of ease, now that Perseus and the whole kingdom of Macedonia were utterly destroyed; yet it was then that he was confronted with the gravest dangers, by the Gauls in Asia seizing the opportunity for an unexpected rising. . . .
29.23In the Peloponnesus a mission arrived before the end of the winter from the two kings, Ptolemy (Philometor) and Ptolemy (Physcon), asking for help. This gave rise to repeated and animated discussions. The party of Callicrates and Diophanes were against granting the help; while Archon, Lycortas, and Polybius were for sending it to the kings in accordance with the terms of their alliance. For by this time it had come to pass that the younger Ptolemy had been proclaimed king by the people (at Alexandria), owing to the danger which threatened them; and that the elder had subsequently returned from Memphis, and was reigning jointly with his sister. As they stood in need of every kind of assistance, they sent Eumenes and Dionysodorus to the Achaeans, asking a thousand foot and two hundred horse, with Lycortas to command the foot and Polybius the horse. They sent a message also to Theodoridas of Sicyon, urging him to hire them a thousand mercenaries. For the kings chanced to have become intimately acquainted with these particular men, owing to the transactions I have related before. The ambassadors arrived when the Achaean congress was in session in Corinth. They therefore came forward, and after recalling the many evidences of friendship shown by the Achaeans to the kingdom of Egypt, and describing to them the danger in which the kings then were, they entreated them to send help. The Achaeans generally were ready enough to go to the help of the kings (for both now wore the diadem and exercised regal functions), and not only with a detachment, but with their full levy. But Callicrates and his party spoke against it; alleging that they ought not to meddle in such affairs at all, and certainly not at that time, but should reserve their undivided forces for the service of Rome. For there was a general expectation just then of a decisive battle being fought, as Q. Philippus was wintering in Macedonia.
Book 28, Part 6
28.13.12τοῦτο δʼ οὐκ ἦν προσκείμενον τοῖς γράμμασι.
28.13.13διὸ καὶ κατεκράτησε τοῦ τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐπὶ τὸν ὕπατον γενέσθαι καὶ διʼ ἐκείνου παραλυθῆναι τῆς δαπάνης τὸ ἔθνος, οὔσης ὑπὲρ ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι τάλαντα μεγάλα.
28.13.14τοῖς γε μὴν βουλομένοις διαβάλλειν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν Ἄππιον ἀφορμὰς ἔδωκεν, ὅτι διακόψαι τὴν ἐπιβολὴν αὐτοῦ τὴν περὶ τῆς βοηθείας. —
28.14.1ὅτι οἱ Κυδωνιᾶται κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐποίησαν πρᾶγμα δεινὸν καὶ παράσπονδον ὁμολογουμένως.
28.14.2καίπερ γὰρ πολλῶν τοιούτων γενομένων κατὰ τὴν Κρήτην, ὅμως ἔδοξεν ὑπεραίρειν τὴν συνήθειαν τὸ τότε γενόμενον.
28.14.3ὑπαρχούσης γὰρ αὐτοῖς οὐ μόνον φιλίας, ἀλλὰ συμπολιτείας πρὸς Ἀπολλωνιάτας καὶ καθόλου κοινωνίας πάντων τῶν ἐν ἀνθρώποις νομιζομένων δικαίων, καὶ περὶ τούτων κειμένης ἐνόρκου συνθήκης παρὰ τὸν Δία τὸν Ἰδαῖον,
28.14.4παρασπονδήσαντες τοὺς Ἀπολλωνιάτας κατελάβοντο τὴν πόλιν καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄνδρας κατέσφαξαν, τὰ δʼ ὑπάρχοντα διήρπασαν, τὰς δὲ γυναῖκας καὶ τὰ τέκνα καὶ τὴν πόλιν καὶ τὴν χώραν διανειμάμενοι κατεῖχον. —
28.15.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Κρήτην δεδιότες Κυδωνιᾶται τοὺς Γορτυνίους διὰ τὸ καὶ τῷ πρότερον ἔτει παρʼ ὀλίγον κεκινδυνευκέναι τῇ πόλει τῶν περὶ Νοθοκράτην ἐπιβαλομένων αὐτὴν κατασχεῖν, ἐξέπεμψαν πρέσβεις πρὸς Εὐμένη, βοήθειαν αἰτούμενοι κατὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν.
28.15.2ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς προχειρισάμενος Λέοντα καὶ στρατιώτας σὺν τούτῳ τριακοσίους ἐξαπέστειλε κατὰ σπουδήν.
28.15.3ὧν παραγενομένων οἱ Κυδωνιᾶται τάς τε κλεῖς τῶν πυλῶν τῷ Λέοντι παρέδωκαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν πόλιν ἐνεχείρισαν. —
28.16.1ὅτι ἐν τῇ Ῥόδῳ τὰ τῆς ἀντιπολιτείας αἰεὶ μᾶλλον ἐπέτεινεν.
28.16.2προσπεσόντος γὰρ αὐτοῖς τοῦ τῆς συγκλήτου δόγματος, ἐν ᾧ διεσάφει μηκέτι προσέχειν τοῖς τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐπιτάγμασιν, ἀλλὰ τοῖς αὑτῆς δόγμασι, καὶ τῶν πολλῶν ἀποδεχομένων τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου πρόνοιαν,
28.16.3οἱ περὶ τὸν Φιλόφρονα καὶ Θεαίδητον ἐπιλαβόμενοι τῆς ἀφορμῆς ταύτης ἐξειργάζοντο τἀκόλουθα, φάσκοντες δεῖν ἐκπέμπειν πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ τὸν Κόιντον Μάρκιον τὸν ὕπατον καὶ πρὸς Γάιον τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ.
28.16.4τότε γὰρ ἤδη γνώριμον ἦν ἅπασιν οἵτινες τῶν καθεσταμένων ἀρχόντων ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ παραγίνεσθαι μέλλουσιν εἰς τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τόπους.
28.16.5κροτηθείσης δὲ τῆς ὑποθέσεως, καίπερ ἀντιρρήσεως γενομένης, ἀπεστάλησαν εἰς μὲν τὴν Ῥώμην ἀρχομένης θερείας Ἁγησίλοχος Ἁγησίου,
28.16.6Νικαγόρας, Νίκανδρος, πρὸς δὲ τὸν ὕπατον καὶ τὸν ἐπὶ τοῦ ναυτικοῦ στρατηγὸν Ἁγέπολις,
28.16.7ἀρίστων, Πασικράτης, ἐντολὰς ἔχοντες ἀνανεοῦσθαι τὰ φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς Ῥωμαίους καὶ πρὸς τὰς διαβολὰς ἀπολογεῖσθαι τὰς λεγομένας ὑπό τινων κατὰ τῆς πόλεως,
28.16.8οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἁγησίλοχον ἅμα τοῖς προειρημένοις καὶ περὶ σιτικῆς ἐξαγωγῆς ποιησόμενοι λόγους.
28.16.9τὰ μὲν οὖν ὑπὸ τούτων ῥηθέντα πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ τὰς δοθείσας αὐτοῖς ἀποκρίσεις ὑπὸ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ διότι πάντων τῶν φιλανθρώπων τυχόντες ἐπανῆλθον, ἐν τοῖς Ἰταλικοῖς εἴπομεν.
28.16.10περὶ δὲ τούτου τοῦ μέρους χρήσιμόν ἐστι πλεονάκις ὑπομιμνήσκειν, ὃ δὴ καὶ πειρώμεθα ποιεῖν, διότι πολλάκις ἀναγκαζόμεθα τὰς ἐντεύξεις τῶν πρεσβειῶν καὶ τοὺς χρηματισμοὺς προτέρους ἐξαγγέλλειν τῆς καταστάσεως καὶ τῆς ἐξαποστολῆς.
28.16.11ἐπεὶ γὰρ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος τὰς καταλλήλους πράξεις γράφοντες πειρώμεθʼ ἐν ἑνὶ καιρῷ συγκεφαλαιοῦσθαι τὰς παρʼ ἑκάστοις πράξεις, δῆλον ὡς ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστιν τοῦτο συμβαίνειν περὶ τὴν γραφήν.
28.17.1οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν ἀφικόμενοι πρὸς τὸν Κόιντον, καταλαβόντες αὐτὸν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ πρὸς Ἡράκλειον στρατοπεδεύοντα διελέγοντο περὶ ὧν εἶχον τὰς ἐντολάς.
28.17.2ὁ δὲ διακούσας οὐχ οἷον αὐτὸς ἔφη προσέχειν ταῖς διαβολαῖς, ἀλλὰ κἀκείνους παρεκάλει μηδενὸς ἀνέχεσθαι τῶν λέγειν τι τολμώντων κατὰ Ῥωμαίων, καὶ πολλὰ καθόλου τῶν εἰς φιλανθρωπίαν ἡκόντων ἐπεμέτρησεν.
Book 29, Part 8
29.24The people were alarmed lest they should be thought to fail the Romans in any way: and accordingly Lycortas and Polybius rose in their turn, and, among other advice which they impressed upon them, argued that When in the previous year the Achaeans had voted to join the Roman army with their full levy, and sent Polybius to announce that resolution, Quintus Marcius, while accepting the kindness of their intention, had yet stated that the assistance was not needed, since he had won the pass into Macedonia. Their opponents therefore were manifestly using the need of helping the Romans merely as a pretext for preventing this aid being sent to Alexandria. They entreated the Achaeans, in view of the greatness of the danger surrounding the king of Egypt, not to neglect the right moment for acting; but keeping in mind their mutual agreement and good services, and above all their oaths, to fulfil the terms of their agreement.
29.24The people were once more inclined to grant the aid when they heard this: but Callicrates and his party managed to prevent the decree being passed, by staggering the magistrates with the assertion that it was unconstitutional to discuss the question of sending help abroad in public assembly. But a short time afterwards a meeting was summoned at Sicyon, which was attended not only by the members of the council, but by all citizens over thirty years of age; and after a lengthened debate, Polybius especially dwelling on the fact that the Romans did not require assistance,—in which he was believed not to be speaking without good reason, as he had spent the previous summer in Macedonia at the headquarters of Marcius Philippus,—and also alleging that, even supposing the Romans did turn out to require their active support, the Achaeans would not be rendered incapable of furnishing it by the two hundred horse and one thousand foot which were to be despatched to Alexandria,—for they could, without any inconvenience, put thirty or forty thousand men into the field,— the majority of the meeting were convinced, and were inclined to the idea of sending the aid. Accordingly, on the second of the two days on which, according to the laws, those who wished to do so were bound to bring forward their motions, Lycortas and Polybius proposed that the aid should be sent. Callicrates, on the other hand, proposed to send ambassadors to reconcile the two Egyptian kings with Antiochus. So once more, on these two motions being put, there was an animated contest; in which, however, Lycortas and Polybius got a considerable majority on their side. For there was a very wide distinction between the claims of the two kingdoms. There were very few instances to be found in past times of any act of friendship on the part of Syria to the Greeks,—though the liberality of the present king was well known in Greece,—but from Egypt the acts of kindness in past times to the Achaeans had been as numerous and important as any one could possibly expect. By dwelling on this point Lycortas made a great impression, because the distinction between the two kingdoms in this respect was shown to be immense. For it was as difficult to count up all the benefactions of the Alexandrine kings, as it was impossible to find a single act of friendship done by the dynasty of Antiochus to the Achaeans. . . .
29.25For a time Andronidas and Callicrates kept on arguing in support of the plan of putting an end to the war: but as no one was persuaded by them, they employed a stratagem. A lettercarrier came into the theatre (where the meeting was being held), who had just arrived with a despatch from Quintus Marcius, urging those Achaeans who were of the proRoman party to reconcile the kings; for it was a fact that the Senate had sent a mission under T. Numisius to do so. But this really made against their argument: for Titus Numisius and his colleagues had been unable to effect the pacification, and had returned to Rome completely unsuccessful in the object of their mission. However, as Polybius and his party did not wish to speak against the despatch, from consideration for Marcius, they retired from the discussion: and it was thus that the proposal to send an aid to the kings fell through. The Achaeans voted to send ambassadors to effect the pacification: and Archon of Aegeira, and Arcesilaus and Ariston of Megalopolis were appointed to the duty. Whereupon the envoys of Ptolemy, being disappointed of obtaining the help, handed over to the magistrate the despatch from the kings, in which they asked that they would send Lycortas and Polybius to take part in the war. . . .
29.26Forgetful of all he had written and said Antiochus began preparing for a renewal of the war against Ptolemy. So true are the words of Simonides,—’tis hard to be good. For to have certain impulses towards virtue, and even to hold to it up to a certain point, is easy; but to be uniformly consistent, and to allow no circumstances of danger to shake a resolute integrity, which regards honour and justice as the highest considerations, is indeed difficult. . . .
Book 28, Part 7
28.17.3ἔγραψε δὲ ταῦτα καὶ πρὸς τὸν δῆμον τῶν Ῥοδίων.
28.17.4τοῦ δʼ Ἁγεπόλιδος ἐψυχαγωγημένου κατὰ τὴν ὅλην ἀπάντησιν ἰσχυρῶς, λαβὼν αὐτὸν κατʼ ἰδίαν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ὁ Κόιντος θαυμάζειν ἔφη πῶς οὐ πειρῶνται διαλύειν οἱ Ῥόδιοι τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον, μάλιστα τοῦ πράγματος ἐκείνοις καθήκοντος.
28.17.5πότερα δὲ τοῦτʼ ἐποίει τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὑποπτεύων μή ποτε κρατήσας τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας βαρὺς ἔφεδρος αὐτοῖς γένηται, τοῦ πρὸς τὸν Περσέα πολέμου χρόνον λαμβάνοντος·
28.17.6ἤδη γὰρ τότε συνέβαινε συγκεχύσθαι τὸν περὶ Κοίλης Συρίας πόλεμον·
28.17.7ἢ θεωρῶν ὅσον οὔπω κριθησόμενα τὰ κατὰ τὸν Περσέα, τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν στρατοπέδων ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ παραβεβληκότων, καὶ
28.17.8καλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχων ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀποβησομένων ἐβούλετο τοὺς Ῥοδίους προνύξας μεσίτας ἀποδεῖξαι, καὶ τοῦτο πράξαντας δοῦναι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις ἀφορμὰς εὐλόγους εἰς τὸ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν ὡς ἂν αὐτοῖς φαίνηται, τὸ μὲν ἀκριβὲς οὐ ῥᾴδιον εἰπεῖν,
28.17.9δοκῶ δὲ μᾶλλον τὸ τελευταῖον εἰρημένον, ἐξ ὧν ἐμαρτύρησε τὰ μετʼ ὀλίγον συμβάντα τοῖς Ῥοδίοις.
28.17.10οἵ γε μὴν περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν ἐξ αὐτῆς βαδίσαντες πρὸς τὸν Γάιον καὶ πάντων τυχόντες τῶν φιλανθρώπων ὑπερβολικώτερον ἢ παρὰ τῷ Μαρκίῳ ταχέως εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον ἀνεχώρησαν.
28.17.11γινομένης δὲ τῆς ἀποπρεσβείας, καὶ τῆς τε διὰ τῶν λόγων φιλανθρωπίας καὶ τῆς διὰ τῶν ἀποκρίσεων εὐνοίας ἑκατέρων τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐφαμίλλου γενομένης, ὀρθοὶ καὶ μετέωροι ταῖς διανοίαις ἐγενήθησαν οἱ Ῥόδιοι πάντες, οὐ μὴν ὡσαύτως.
28.17.12οἱ μὲν γὰρ ὑγιαίνοντες περιχαρεῖς ἦσαν ἐπὶ τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων, οἱ δὲ κινηταὶ καὶ καχέκται συνελογίζοντο παρʼ αὑτοῖς σημεῖον εἶναι τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς φιλανθρωπίας τοῦ δεδιέναι τὴν περίστασιν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους καὶ μὴ χωρεῖν αὐτοῖς τὰ πράγματα κατὰ λόγον.
28.17.13ὅτε δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν συνέβη παραφθέγξασθαι πρός τινας τῶν φίλων, ὅτι παρὰ τοῦ Μαρκίου κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντολὰς εἴληφε μνημονεύειν πρὸς τὴν βουλὴν ὑπὲρ τοῦ διαλύειν τὸν πόλεμον,
28.17.14τότε δὴ τελέως οἱ περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα συνέθεσαν ἐν κακοῖς μεγάλοις εἶναι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους.
28.17.15ἀπέστειλαν δὲ καὶ πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν τοὺς διαλύσοντας τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον Ἀντιόχῳ καὶ Πτολεμαίῳ.
28.18.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς ἦν καὶ πρακτικὸς καὶ μεγαλεπίβολος καὶ τοῦ τῆς βασιλείας προσχήματος ἄξιος, πλὴν τῶν κατὰ τὸ Πηλούσιον στρατηγημάτων. —
28.19.1ὅτι μετὰ τὸ παραλαβεῖν Ἀντίοχον τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον ἔδοξε τοῖς περὶ τὸν Κομανὸν καὶ Κινέαν συνεδρεύσασιν μετὰ τοῦ βασιλέως κοινοβούλιον καταγράφειν ἐκ τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων ἡγεμόνων τὸ βουλευσόμενον περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων.
28.19.2πρῶτον οὖν ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος παρεπιδημήσαντας πέμπειν πρεσβευτὰς ὡς τὸν Ἀντίοχον κοινολογησομένους ὑπὲρ διαλύσεως.
28.19.3ἦσαν δὲ τότε παρὰ μὲν τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρεσβεῖαι διτταί, μία μὲν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν φιλανθρώπων ἀνανεώσεως, ἣν ἐπρέσβευον Ἀλκίθος Ξενοφῶντος Αἰγιεὺς καὶ Πασιάδας, ἄλλη δὲ περὶ τοῦ τῶν Ἀντιγονείων ἀγῶνος.
28.19.4ἦν δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων πρεσβεία περὶ δωρεᾶς, ἧς ἡγεῖτο Δημάρατος, καὶ θεωρίαι διτταί, μία μὲν ὑπὲρ τῶν Παναθηναίων, ἧς προειστήκει Καλλίας ὁ παγκρατιαστής, ἡ δʼ ἄλλη περὶ μυστηρίων, ὑπὲρ ἧς Κλεόστρατος ἐποιεῖτο τὸν χρηματισμὸν καὶ τοὺς λόγους.
28.19.5ἐκ δὲ Μιλήτου παρῆσαν Εὔδημος καὶ Ἱκέσιος, ἐκ δὲ Κλαζομενῶν Ἀπολλωνίδης καὶ Ἀπολλώνιος.
28.19.6ἐξαπέστειλε δὲ καὶ Πτολεμαῖος ὁ βασιλεὺς Τληπόλεμον καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τὸν ῥήτορα πρεσβευτάς.
28.19.7οὗτοι μὲν οὖν ἔπλεον ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμὸν εἰς τὴν ἀπάντησιν. —
28.20.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρόν, ὅτε Ἀντίοχος τὴν Αἴγυπτον παρέλαβε, συνῆψαν τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος πρεσβευτῶν οἱ πεμφθέντες ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις. ἀποδεξάμενος δὲ τοὺς ἄνδρας φιλανθρώπως τὴν μὲν πρώτην ὑποδοχὴν αὐτῶν ἐποιήσατο μεγαλομερῆ,
28.20.2κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἑξῆς ἔδωκεν ἔντευξιν καὶ λέγειν ἐκέλευσεν περὶ ὧν ἔχουσι τὰς ἐντολάς.
Book 29, Part 9
29.27When Antiochus had advanced to attack Ptolemy in order to possess himself of Pelusium, he was met by the Roman commander Gaius Popilius Laenas. Upon the king greeting him from some distance, and holding out his right hand to him, Popilius answered by holding out the tablets which contained the decree of the Senate, and bade Antiochus read that first: not thinking it right, I suppose, to give the usual sign of friendship until he knew the mind of the recipient, whether he were to be regarded as a friend or foe. On the king, after reading the despatch, saying that he desired to consult with his friends on the situation, Popilius did a thing which was looked upon as exceedingly overbearing and insolent. Happening to have a vine stick in his hand, he drew a circle round Antiochus with it, and ordered him to give his answer to the letter before he stepped out of that circumference. The king was taken aback by this haughty proceeding. After a brief interval of embarrassed silence, he replied that he would do whatever the Romans demanded. Then Popilius and his colleagues shook him by the hand, and one and all greeted him with warmth. The contents of the despatch was an order to put an end to the war with Ptolemy at once. Accordingly a stated number of days was allowed him, within which he withdrew his army into Syria, in high dudgeon indeed, and groaning in spirit, but yielding to the necessities of the time.
29.27Popilius and his colleagues then restored order in Alexandria; and after exhorting the two kings to maintain peaceful relations with each other, and charging them at the same time to send Polyaratus to Rome, they took ship and sailed towards Cyprus, with the intention of promptly ejecting from the island the forces that were also gathered there. When they arrived, they found that Ptolemy’s generals had already sustained a defeat, and that the whole island was in a state of excitement. They promptly caused the invading army to evacuate the country, and remained there to keep watch until the forces had sailed away for Syria. Thus did the Romans save the kingdom of Ptolemy, when it was all but sinking under its disasters. Fortune indeed so disposed of the fate of Perseus and the Macedonians, that the restoration of Alexandria and the whole of Egypt was decided by it; that is to say, by the fate of Perseus being decided previously: for if that had not taken place, or had not been certain, I do not think that Antiochus would have obeyed these orders.
Book 28, Part 8
28.20.3πρῶτοι μὲν οὖν οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐποιήσαντο λόγους, τούτοις δʼ ἑξῆς Δημάρατος ὁ παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Εὔδημος ὁ Μιλήσιος.
28.20.4πάντων δὲ πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαλεγομένων, παραπλησίους εἶναι συνέβαινε καὶ τοὺς κατὰ μέρος αὐτῶν λόγους.
28.20.5τὴν μὲν γὰρ αἰτίαν τῶν συμβεβηκότων πάντες ἀνέφερον ἐπὶ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Εὐλαῖον, τὴν δὲ συγγένειαν καὶ τὴν ἡλικίαν τὴν τοῦ Πτολεμαίου προφερόμενοι παρῃτοῦντο τὴν ὀργὴν τοῦ βασιλέως.
28.20.6Ἀντίοχος δὲ πᾶσι τούτοις ἀνθομολογησάμενος καὶ προσαυξήσας τὴν ἐκείνων ὑπόθεσιν ἤρξατο λέγειν [τὴν] ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς δικαίων, διʼ ὧν ἐπειρᾶτο συνιστάνειν τῶν ἐν Συρίᾳ βασιλέων ὑπάρχουσαν τὴν κτῆσιν τῶν κατὰ Κοίλην Συρίαν τόπων,
28.20.7ἰσχυροποιῶν μὲν τὰς ἐπικρατείας τὰς Ἀντιγόνου τοῦ πρώτου κατασχόντος τὴν ἐν Συρίᾳ βασιλείαν, προφερόμενος δὲ τὰ συγχωρήματα τὰ γενόμενα Σελεύκῳ διὰ τῶν ἀπὸ Μακεδονίας βασιλέων μετὰ τὸν Ἀντιγόνου θάνατον·
28.20.8ἑξῆς δὲ τούτοις ἀπερειδόμενος ἐπὶ τὴν τελευταίαν κατὰ πόλεμον Ἀντιόχου τοῦ πατρὸς ἔγκτησιν,
28.20.9ἐπὶ δὲ πᾶσιν ἐξαρνούμενος τὴν ὁμολογίαν, ἣν ἔφασαν οἱ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν γενέσθαι Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ νεωστὶ μετηλλαχότι πρὸς Ἀντίοχον τὸν ἐκείνου πατέρα, διότι δεῖ λαβεῖν αὐτὸν ἐν φερνῇ Κοίλην Συρίαν, ὅτʼ ἐλάμβανε Κλεοπάτραν τὴν τοῦ νῦν βασιλεύοντος μητέρα.
28.20.10πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν διαλεχθεὶς καὶ πείσας οὐ μόνον αὑτόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἀπηντηκότας ὡς δίκαια λέγει, τότε μὲν διέπλευσεν εἰς τὴν Ναύκρατιν.
28.20.11χρησάμενος δὲ καὶ τούτοις φιλανθρώπως καὶ δοὺς ἑκάστῳ τῶν Ἑλλήνων τῶν κατοικούντων χρυσοῦν προῆγεν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας.
28.20.12τοῖς δὲ πρεσβευταῖς τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ὑπέσχετο δώσειν, ὅταν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀριστείδην καὶ Θῆριν ἀνακάμψωσιν ὡς αὐτόν.
28.20.13ἐξαπεσταλκέναι γὰρ ἐκείνους ἔφη πρὸς τὸν Πτολεμαῖον, βούλεσθαι δὲ πάντων συνίστορας εἶναι καὶ μάρτυρας τοὺς ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος πρεσβευτάς. —
28.21.1ὅτι Εὐλαῖος ὁ εὐνοῦχος ἔπεισε Πτολεμαῖον ἀναλαβόντα τὰ χρήματα, τὴν βασιλείαν προιέμενον τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, ὑποχωρεῖν εἰς Σαμοθρᾴκην·
28.21.2ἐφʼ ἃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐπιστήσας ὁμολογήσειεν ὅτι μέγιστα κακὰ ποιοῦσιν αἱ κακαὶ συντροφίαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους;
28.21.3τὸ γὰρ μηδʼ, ἐκτὸς γενόμενον τῶν δεινῶν καὶ τοσοῦτον τόπον ἀποστάντα τῶν ἐχθρῶν, ὁρμῆσαι πρός τι τῶν καθηκόντων, ἄλλως τε καὶ τηλικαύτας ἀφορμὰς ἔχοντα καὶ τοιούτων τόπων κυριεύοντα καὶ τοσούτων πληθῶν, ἀλλʼ εὐθέως αὐτόθεν ἀκονιτὶ παραχωρῆσαι βασιλείας τῆς ἐπιφανεστάτης καὶ μακαριωτάτης, πῶς οὐκ ἄν τις εἶναι φήσειε ψυχῆς ἐκτεθηλυμμένης καὶ διεφθαρμένης ὁλοσχερῶς; ἣν εἰ μὲν συνέβαινε φύσει περὶ Πτολεμαῖον ὑπάρχειν,
28.21.4τὴν φύσιν ἔδει καταμέμψασθαι καὶ μηδενὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς αἰτίαν ἐπιφέρειν·
28.21.5ἐπειδὴ δὲ διὰ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα πράξεων ἡ φύσις ὑπὲρ αὑτῆς ἀπελογήθη, δείξασα τὸν Πτολεμαῖον καὶ στάσιμον ἱκανῶς καὶ γενναῖον ἐν τοῖς κινδύνοις ὑπάρχοντα, δῆλον ὡς εἰκότως ἄν τις τῆς τότε περὶ αὐτὸν γενομένης ἀγεννίας καὶ τῆς ὁρμῆς τῆς εἰς τὴν Σαμοθρᾴκην τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπὶ τὸν σπάδωνα καὶ τὴν τούτου συντροφίαν ἀναφέροι. —
28.22.1ὅτι Ἀντίοχος μετὰ τὸ καταλιπεῖν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν πολιορκεῖν πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐξέπεμπεν·
28.22.2οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Μελέαγρος, Σωσιφάνης, Ἡρακλείδης·
28.22.3συνθεὶς ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα τάλαντα, πεντήκοντα μὲν στέφανον Ῥωμαίοις, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ τῶν χρημάτων εἰς δωρεάν τισιν τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πόλεων. —
28.23.1ὅτι κατὰ τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας κατέπλευσαν ἐκ Ῥόδου πρέσβεις εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐπὶ τὰς διαλύσεις οἱ περὶ Πράξωνα καὶ μετʼ οὐ πολὺ παρῆσαν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν πρὸς Ἀντίοχον.
28.23.2γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἐντεύξεως, πολλοὺς διετίθεντο λόγους, τήν τε τῆς ἰδίας πατρίδος εὔνοιαν προφερόμενοι πρὸς ἀμφοτέρας τὰς βασιλείας καὶ τὴν αὐτῶν τῶν βασιλέων ἀναγκαιότητα πρὸς ἀλλήλους καὶ τὸ συμφέρον ἑκατέροις ἐκ τῆς διαλύσεως.
28.23.3ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ἔτι λέγοντα τὸν πρεσβευτὴν ἐπιτεμὼν οὐκ ἔφη προσδεῖσθαι πολλῶν λόγων.
28.23.4τὴν μὲν γὰρ βασιλείαν εἶναι Πτολεμαίου τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου, πρὸς δὲ τοῦτον καὶ διαλελύσθαι πάλαι καὶ φίλους ὑπάρχειν, καὶ νῦν βουλομένων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει κατάγειν τοῦτον μὴ κωλύειν Ἀντίοχον.
Book 30, Part 1
30.1ATTALUS, brother of king Eumenes, came to Rome this year, pretending that, even if the disaster of the Gallic rising had not happened to the kingdom, he should have come to Rome, to congratulate the Senate, and to receive some mark of its approval for having been actively engaged on their side and loyally shared in all their dangers; but, as it happened, he had been forced to come at that time to Rome owing to the danger from the Gauls. Upon finding a general welcome from everybody, owing to the acquaintance formed with him on the campaign, and the belief that he was well disposed to them, and meeting with a reception that surpassed his expectation, the young man’s hopes were extraordinarily raised, because he did not know the true reason of this friendly warmth. The result was that he narrowly escaped ruining his own and his brother’s fortunes, and indeed the entire kingdom. The majority at Rome were thoroughly angry with king Eumenes, and believed that he had been playing a double game during the war, keeping up communications with Perseus, and watching his opportunity against them: and accordingly some men of high rank got Attalus under their influence, and urged him to lay aside the character of ambassador for his brother, and to speak in his own behalf; as the Senate was minded to secure a separate kingdom and royal government for him, because of their displeasure with his brother. This excited the ambition of Attalus still more, and in private conversation he signified his assent to those who advised this course. Finally, he arranged with some men of position that he would actually appear before the Senate and deliver a speech on the subject.
30.2While Attalus was engaged on this intrigue, Eumenes, fearing what would happen, sent his physician Stratius to Rome, putting him in possession of the facts, and charging him to employ every means to prevent Attalus from following the advice of those who wished to ruin their kingdom. On arriving at Rome and getting Attalus by himself, he used a great variety of arguments to him (and he was a man of great sense and powers of persuasion), and at length, with much trouble, succeeded in his object, and in recalling him from his mad project. He represented to him that he was already practically joint-king with his brother, and only differed from him in the fact that he wore no diadem, and was not called king, though in everything else he possessed an equal and identical authority: that in the future he was the acknowledged heir to the crown, and with no very distant prospect of possession; as the king, from the weak state of his health, was in constant expectation of his departure, and being childless could not, even if he wished it, leave the crown to any one else. (For in fact that natural son of his, who afterwards succeeded to the crown, had not as yet been acknowledged.) Above all, he was surprised at the hindrance Attalus was thus interposing to the measures necessary at that particular crisis. For they ought to thank heaven exceedingly if they proved able, even with hearty co-operation and unanimity, to repel the threatened attack of the Gauls; but if he should at such a time quarrel with and oppose his brother, it was quite clear that he would ruin the kingdom, and deprive himself both of his present power and his future expectations, and his other brothers also of the kingdom and the power they possessed in it. By these and similar arguments Stratius dissuaded Attalus from taking any revolutionary steps.
30.3Accordingly, when Attalus appeared before the Senate, he congratulated it on what had happened; expatiated on the loyalty and zeal shown by himself in the war with Perseus; and urged at some length that the Senate should send envoys to restrain the audacity of the Gauls, and compel them to confine themselves once more to their original boundaries. He also said something about the cities of Aeneus and Maronea, desiring that they might be given as a free gift to himself. But he said not a single word against the king, or about the partition of the kingdom. The senators, supposing that he would interview them privately on a future occasion upon these points, promised to send the envoys, and loaded him lavishly with the customary presents, and, moreover, promised him these cities. But when, after receiving these marks of favour, he at once left Rome without fulfilling any of its expectations, the Senate, though foiled in its hopes, had nothing else which it could do; but before he had got out of Italy it declared Aeneus and Maronea free cities,—thus rescinding its promise,—and sent Publius Licinius at the head of a mission to the Gauls. And what instructions these ambassadors had given to them it is not easy to say, but it may be guessed without difficulty from what subsequently happened. And this will be rendered clear from the transactions themselves.
30.4There also came embassies from Rhodes, the first headed by Philocrates, the second by Philophron and Astymedes. For when the Rhodians received the answer given to the embassy of Agesipolis immediately after the battle of Pydna, they understood the anger and threatening attitude of the Senate towards them, and promptly despatched these embassies. Astymedes and Philophron, observing in the course of public and private conversations the suspicions and anger entertained towards them at Rome, were reduced to a state of great discouragement and distress. But when one of the praetors mounted the Rostra and urged the people to declare war against Rhodes, then indeed they were beside themselves with terror at the danger that threatened their country. They assumed mourning garments, and in their various interviews with their friends dropped the tone of persuasion or demand, and pleaded instead, with tears and prayers, that they would not adopt any measure of supreme severity towards them. A few days afterwards Antony, one of the tribunes, introduced them to the Senate, and dragged the praetor who advised the war down from the Rostra. Philophron spoke first, and was followed by Astymedes; and, having thus uttered the proverbial swan’s song, they received an answer which, while freeing them from actual fear of war, conveyed a bitter and stern rebuke from the Senate for their conduct. Now Astymedes considered himself to have made a good speech on behalf of his country, but did not at all satisfy the Greeks visiting or residing at Rome. For he afterwards published the speech containing his argument in defence, which, to all those into whose hands it fell, appeared absurd and quite unconvincing. For he rested his plea not alone on the merits of his country, but still more on an accusation of others. Comparing the good services done and the co-operation undertaken by the others, he endeavoured to deny or minimise them; while he exaggerated those of Rhodes as far above their actual amount as he could. The errors of others, on the contrary, he inveighed against in bitter and hostile terms, while those of the Rhodians he attempted to cloak and conceal, in order that, by this comparison, those of his own country might appear insignificant and pardonable, those of others grave and beyond excuse, all of whom, he added, had already been pardoned before. But this sort of pleading can in no circumstances be considered becoming to a statesman. Take the case of the betrayal of secrets. It is not those who, for fear or gain, turn informers that we commend; but those who endure any torture and punishment rather than involve an accomplice in the same misfortune. These are the men whom we approve and consider noble. But a man who, from some undefined alarm, exposes to the view of the party in power all the errors of others, and who recalls what time had obliterated from the minds of the ruling people, cannot fail to be an object of dislike to all who hear of it.
Book 29, Part 1
29.1.1ἔφη γὰρ αὐτοὺς μίαν ἔχειν διατριβὴν καὶ παρὰ τὰς συνουσίας καὶ παρὰ τὰς ἐν τοῖς περιπάτοις ὁμιλίας διοικεῖν αὐτοὺς ἐν Ῥώμῃ καθημένους τὸν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ πόλεμον, ποτὲ μὲν ἐπιτιμῶντας τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν στρατηγῶν πραττομένοις, ποτὲ δὲ τὰ παραλειπόμενα διεξιόντας·
29.1.2ἐξ ὧν ὄνησιν μὲν οὐδέποτε γίνεσθαι τοῖς κοινοῖς πράγμασι, βλάβην δὲ πολλάκις καὶ ἐπὶ πολλῶν γεγονέναι· καὶ ποτὲ δὲ τοὺς ἄρχοντας μεγάλα βλάπτεσθαι διὰ τὰς ἀκαίρους εὑρησιλογίας·
29.1.3πάσης γὰρ διαβολῆς ἐχούσης ὀξύ τι καὶ κινητικόν, ὅταν προκαταληφθῇ τὸ πλῆθος ἐκ τῆς συνεχοῦς λαλιᾶς, εὐκαταφρονήτους γίνεσθαι τοῖς ἐχθροῖς. —
29.2.1ὅτι ἡ σύγκλητος πυνθανομένη τὸν Ἀντίοχον τῆς μὲν Αἰγύπτου κύριον γεγονέναι, τῆς δʼ Ἀλεξανδρείας παρʼ ὀλίγον,
29.2.2νομίζουσα πρὸς αὑτήν τι διατείνειν τὴν αὔξησιν τοῦ προειρημένου βασιλέως, κατέστησε πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Γάιον Ποπίλιον,
29.2.3τόν τε πόλεμον λύσοντας καὶ καθόλου θεασομένους τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων διάθεσιν ποία τις ἐστίν.
29.2.4καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
29.3.1ὅτι παραγενομένων πρὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἱππίαν, οὓς ἀπεστάλκει πρεσβευτὰς ὁ Περσεὺς πρὸς Γένθιον ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας,
29.3.2καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι πρόθυμος ὁ βασιλεύς ἐστιν ἀναδέχεσθαι τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πόλεμον, ἐὰν αὐτῷ δοθῇ τριακόσια τάλαντα καὶ πίστεις αἱ προσήκουσαι περὶ τῶν ὅλων,
29.3.3πυθόμενος ταῦτα καὶ κρίνων ἀναγκαίαν εἶναι τὴν Γενθίου κοινοπραγίαν προεχειρίσατο Πάνταυχον, ἕνα τῶν πρώτων φίλων,
29.3.4καὶ τοῦτον ἐξαπέστειλε, δοὺς ἐντολὰς πρῶτον μὲν ὁμολογήσαντα περὶ τῶν χρημάτων ὅρκους καὶ δοῦναι καὶ λαβεῖν ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας, εἶτα τοὺς ὁμήρους ἐξ αὐτῆς κἀκεῖνον πέμπειν, οὓς ἂν δοκῇ Πανταύχῳ, καὶ παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαμβάνειν οὓς ἂν ἀποφήνῃ Γένθιος διὰ τῶν ἐγγράπτων, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις διατάξασθαι περὶ τῆς κομιδῆς τῶν τριακοσίων ταλάντων.
29.3.5ὁ δὲ Πάνταυχος ἐξ αὐτῆς ποιησάμενος τὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Μετέωνα τῆς Λαβεάτιδος κἀνταῦθα συμμίξας τῷ Γενθίῳ ταχέως παρεστήσατο τὸν νεανίσκον πρὸς τὸ κοινωνεῖν τῷ Περσεῖ τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων.
29.3.6τμηθέντων δὲ τῶν ὁρκίων ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας καὶ καταγραφέντων, εὐθέως ὁ Γένθιος ἅμα τοὺς ὁμήρους ἔπεμπε τοὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ Πανταύχου καταγραφέντας καὶ σὺν τούτοις Ὀλυμπίωνα παραληψόμενον τοὺς ὅρκους καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως, ἑτέρους δὲ τοὺς περὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἕξοντας τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν.
29.3.7σὺν δὲ τοῖς προειρημένοις ἔπεισεν ὁ Πάνταυχος τὸν Γένθιον καὶ πρεσβευτὰς συνεξαποστέλλειν, οἵτινες ἅμα τοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως πεμπομένοις εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον πρεσβεύσουσιν ὑπὲρ τῆς κοινῆς συμμαχίας.
29.3.8τούτου γὰρ γενομένου, καὶ συνεμβάντων τῶν Ῥοδίων εἰς τὸν πόλεμον, τελέως εὐκαταγωνίστους ἐσομένους ἀπέφαινε τοὺς Ῥωμαίους.
29.3.9ὁ δὲ πεισθεὶς τοῖς παρακαλουμένοις καὶ προχειρισάμενος Παρμενίωνα καὶ Μόρκον ἐξαπέστειλε, δοὺς ἐντολάς, ὅταν λάβωσιν τοὺς ὅρκους παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως καὶ τοὺς ὁμήρους, καὶ περὶ τῶν χρημάτων γένηται σύμφωνον, πρεσβεύειν εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον.
29.4.1οὗτοι μὲν οὖν πάντες προῆγον εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν· ὁ δὲ Πάνταυχος μένων παρὰ πλευρὰν ὑπεμίμνησκεν καὶ παρώξυνε τὸν νεανίσκον πρὸς τὸ μὴ καθυστερεῖν ταῖς παρασκευαῖς, ἀλλʼ ἕτοιμον ὄντα προκαταλαμβάνειν καὶ τόπους καὶ πόλεις καὶ συμμάχους· μάλιστα δʼ αὐτὸν ἠξίου παρασκευάζεσθαι πρὸς τὴν κατὰ θάλατταν μάχην·
29.4.2τῶν γὰρ Ῥωμαίων εἰς τέλος ἀπαρασκεύων ὄντων πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος κατά τε τοὺς περὶ τὴν Ἤπειρον καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα τόπους, ἀκονιτὶ πᾶν τὸ προτεθὲν ἐπιτελεσθήσεσθαι διʼ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πεμπομένων.
29.4.3ὁ μὲν οὖν Γένθιος τούτοις τοῖς λόγοις ἀναπειθόμενος ἐγίνετο περί τε τὰς κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν παρασκευάς.
29.4.4ὁ δὲ Περσεύς, παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν τῶν πρεσβευτῶν παρὰ τοῦ Γενθίου καὶ τῶν ὁμηρευόντων, ὁρμήσας ἀπὸ τῆς περὶ τὸν Ἐλπειὸν ποταμὸν παρεμβολῆς μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἱππέων ἀπήντα τοῖς προειρημένοις εἰς τὸ Δῖον,
29.4.5καὶ συμμίξας πρῶτον μὲν ἀπέδωκε τοὺς ὅρκους ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας ἐναντίον πάντων τῶν ἱππέων· πάνυ γὰρ ἐβούλετο σαφῶς εἰδέναι τοὺς Μακεδόνας τὴν τοῦ Γενθίου κοινοπραγίαν, ἐλπίζων εὐθαρσεστέρους αὐτοὺς ὑπάρξειν, προσγενομένης ταύτης τῆς ῥοπῆς.
29.4.6ἔπειτα δὲ τοὺς ὁμήρους παρελάμβανε καὶ παρεδίδου τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ τοῖς περὶ Ὀλυμπίωνα. ὧν ἦσαν ἐπιφανέστατοι Λιμναῖος ὁ Πολεμοκράτους καὶ Βάλακρος ὁ Πανταύχου.
29.4.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τὰ χρήματα παρόντας εἰς Πέλλαν ἐξέπεμπεν, ὡς ἐκεῖ παραληψομένους, τοὺς δὲ πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον εἰς Θετταλονίκην πρὸς Μητρόδωρον, συντάξας ἑτοίμους εἶναι πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν. ἔπεισε δὲ καὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους συνεμβαίνειν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον.
Book 30, Part 2
30.5After receiving the above answer Philocrates and his colleagues immediately started home; but Astymedes and his fellows stayed where they were and kept on the watch, that no report or observation against their country might be made unknown to them. But when this answer of the Senate was reported at Rhodes, the people, considering themselves relieved of the worst fear—that, namely, of war— made light of the rest, though extremely unfavourable. So true it ever is that a dread of worse makes men forget lighter misfortunes. They immediately voted a complimentary crown worth ten thousand gold pieces to Rome, and appointed Theaetetus at once envoy and navarch to convey it at the beginning of summer, accompanied by an embassy under Rhodophon, to attempt in every possible way to make an alliance with the Romans. They acted thus because they wished that, if the embassy failed by an adverse answer at Rome, the failure might take place without the people having passed a formal decree, the attempt being made solely on the initiative of the navarch, and the navarch having by the law power to act in such a case. For the fact was that the republic of Rhodes had been administered with such consummate statesmanship, that, though it had for nearly a hundred and forty years been engaged in conjunction with Rome in actions of the greatest importance and glory, it had never yet made an alliance with her. Nor ought I to omit stating the reason of this policy of the Rhodians. They wished that no ruler or prince should be entirely without hope of gaining their support or alliance; and they therefore did not choose to bind or hamper themselves beforehand with oaths and treaties; but, by remaining uncommitted, to be able to avail themselves of all advantages as they arose. But on this occasion they were much bent upon securing this mark of honour from Rome, not because they were anxious for the alliance, or because they were afraid of any one else at the time except the Romans, but because they wished, by giving an air of special importance to their design, to remove the suspicions of such as were inclined to entertain unfavourable thoughts of their state. For immediately after the return of the ambassadors under Theaetetus, the Caunians revolted and the Mylassians seized on the cities in Euromus. And about the same time the Roman Senate published a decree declaring all Carians and Lycians free who had been assigned to the Rhodians after the war with Antiochus. The Caunian and Mylassian revolts were speedily put down by the Rhodians; for they compelled the Caunians, by sending Lycus with a body of soldiers, to return to their allegiance, though the people of Cibyra had come to their assistance; and in an expedition into Euromus they conquered the Mylassians and Alabandians in the field, these two peoples having combined their forces to attack Orthosia. But when the decree concerning the Lycians and Carians was announced they were once more in a state of dismay, fearing that their gift of the crown had proved in vain, as well as their hopes of an alliance. . . .
30.6I have already directed my readers’ attention to the policy of Deinon and Polyaratus. For Rhodes was not the only place which experienced grave danger and important changes. Nearly all the states suffered in the same way. It will therefore be instructive to take a review of the policy adopted by the statesmen in the several countries, and to ascertain which of them will be proved to have acted with wisdom, and which to have done otherwise: in order that posterity in similar circumstances of danger may, with these examples as models, so to speak, before their eyes, be able to choose the good and avoid the bad with a genuine insight; and may not in the last hour of their lives dishonour their previous character and achievements, from failing to perceive where the path of honour lies. There were, then, three different classes of persons who incurred blame for their conduct in the war with Perseus. One consisted of those who, while displeased at seeing the controversy brought to a decisive end, and the control of the world fall into the power of one government, nevertheless took absolutely no active steps for or against the Romans, but left the decision entirely to Fortune. A second consisted of those who were glad to see the question settled, and wished Perseus to win, but were unable to convert the citizens of their own states or the members of their race to their sentiments. And a third class consisted of those who actually succeeded in inducing their several states to change round and join the alliance of Perseus. Our present task is to examine how each of these conducted their respective policies.
30.7In the last class were Antinous, Theodotus, and Cephalus, who induced the Molossians to join Perseus. These men, when the results of the campaign went completely against them, and they found themselves in imminent danger of the worst consequences, put a bold face upon it and met an honourable death in the field. These men deserve our commendation for their self-respect, in refusing to allow themselves to lapse into a position unworthy of their previous life.
30.7Again, in Achaia and Thessaly and Perrhaebia several persons incurred blame by remaining neutral, on the ground that they were watching their opportunity, and were in heart on the side of Perseus; and yet they never let a word to that effect get abroad, nor were ever detected in sending letter or message to Perseus on any subject whatever, but conducted themselves with unexceptionable discretion. Such men as these therefore very properly determined to face judicial inquiry and stand their judgment, and to make every effort to save themselves. For it is quite as great a sign of cowardice to abandon life voluntarily when a man is conscious of no crime, from fear of the threats of political opponents or of the power of the conquerors, as it is to cling to life to the loss of honour.
Book 29, Part 2
29.4.8ταῦτα δὲ διοικήσας Ἡροφῶντα μὲν ἐξέπεμψε πρεσβευτὴν πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, καὶ πρότερον ἤδη διαπεσταλμένον, Τηλέμναστον δὲ τὸν Κρῆτα πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον,
29.4.9μὴ παρορᾶν τὸν καιρὸν μηδʼ ὑπολαμβάνειν πρὸς αὐτὸν μόνον ἀνήκειν τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν καὶ τὴν βαρύτητα τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
29.4.10σαφῶς δὲ γινώσκειν ὡς ἐὰν μὴ καὶ νῦν αὐτὸς συνεπιλαμβάνηται, μάλιστα μὲν διαλύων τὸν πόλεμον, εἰ δὲ μή, βοηθῶν, ταχέως πεῖραν λήψεται τῆς αὐτῆς ἑαυτῷ τύχης. —
29.5.1ὑπὲρ ὧν ἔγωγε διηπόρηκα τί δεῖ ποιεῖν· τό τε γὰρ γράφειν κατὰ μέρος ὑπὲρ τοιούτων ἀκριβολογούμενον ἃ διʼ ἀπορρήτων πρὸς αὑτοὺς οἱ βασιλεῖς ἔπραττον εὐεπίληπτον ἐφαίνετο καὶ τελέως ἐπισφαλές,
29.5.2τό τε παρασιωπῆσαι πάλιν ὁλοσχερῶς τὸ δοκοῦν πραγματικώτατον ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ τούτῳ γεγονέναι, καὶ διʼ οὗ πολλὰ τῶν ὕστερον ἀπορουμένων γνωρίμους ἔσχε τὰς αἰτίας, τελέως τινὸς ἀργίας ἐδόκει μοι σημεῖον εἶναι καὶ τῆς πάσης ἀτολμίας·
29.5.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κατηνέχθην ἐπὶ τὸ γράφειν κεφαλαιωδῶς τὸ δοκοῦν, καὶ διʼ ὧν εἰκότων καὶ σημείων ἐπὶ ταύτης ἐγενόμην τῆς γνώμης, ὑπάρχων κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς καὶ μᾶλλον ἑτέρων ἐκπληττόμενος ἕκαστα τῶν γενομένων.
29.6.1ὅτι μὲν οὖν Κύδας ὁ Κρὴς στρατευόμενος παρʼ Εὐμένει καὶ τιμώμενος ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα, πρῶτον μὲν πρὸς Ἀμφίπολιν παραγενόμενος Χειμάρῳ, τινὶ τῶν σὺν Περσεῖ στρατευομένων Κρητῶν, καὶ πάλιν πρὸς Δημητριάδι συνεγγίσας τῷ τείχει ἐκοινολογεῖτο τὸ μὲν πρῶτον Μενεκράτει, τὸ δὲ δεύτερον Ἀντιμάχῳ,
29.6.2εἴρηται· καὶ μὴν ὅτι δὶς Ἡροφῶν ἐπρέσβευσε πρὸς Εὐμένη παρὰ Περσέως, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο Ῥωμαίων οἱ πλείους ὑποψίαν ἔσχον οὐκ ἀπίθανον περὶ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους, δῆλον ἐκ τῶν περὶ Ἄτταλον συμβάντων·
29.6.3τῷ μὲν γὰρ συνεχώρησαν καὶ παραγενέσθαι πρὸς σφᾶς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐκ τοῦ Βρεντεσίου καὶ χρηματίσαι περὶ ὧν προῃρεῖτο, καὶ τέλος ἀποκρίσεις δόντες αὐτῷ φιλανθρώπους ἀπέστειλαν, οὐδὲν οὔτε πρότερον οὔτε κατὰ τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον ἀξιόλογον αὐτοῖς συνηργηκότα·
29.6.4τὸν Εὐμένη δὲ τὰς μεγίστας χρείας σφίσι παρεσχημένον καὶ πλεῖστα συνηργηκότʼ ἔν τε τοῖς πρὸς Ἀντίοχον καὶ κατὰ τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον οὐ μόνον τῆς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀναβάσεως ἐκώλυσαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσέταξαν μέσου χειμῶνος ὄντος ἐν ἡμέραις τακταῖς ἐκχωρεῖν ἐξ Ἰταλίας.
29.6.5ἐξ ὧν ὅτι μὲν γέγονέ τις ἐπιπλοκὴ τῷ Περσεῖ πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, διʼ ἣν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἠλλοτριώθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν Ῥωμαῖοι, προφανὲς ἐκ τῶν εἰρημένων·
29.7.1αὕτη καὶ μέχρι τίνος προύβη πάρεστι σκοπεῖν. ὅτι μὲν οὖν Εὐμένης οὐκ ἂν ἠβουλήθη Περσέα κρατῆσαι τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ γενέσθαι κύριον τῶν ὅλων, εὐχερὲς καταμαθεῖν·
29.7.2χωρὶς γὰρ τῆς πατρικῆς ἀλλοτριότητος καὶ δυσμενείας, ἣν εἶχον πρὸς ἀλλήλους, καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὁμογενὲς ἱκανὸν ἦν ἀπιστίαν καὶ ζηλοτυπίαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν μεγίστην ἀλλοτριότητα παρασκευάζειν ἐν αὐτοῖς·
29.7.3λοιπὸν ἦν ἐξαπατᾶν καὶ στρατηγεῖν ἀλλήλους διʼ ἀπορρήτων· ὅπερ ἐποίουν ἀμφότεροι.
29.7.4θεωρῶν γὰρ Εὐμένης δυσπαθοῦντα καὶ συγκλειόμενον τὸν Περσέα πανταχόθεν καὶ πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον ἐπιδεχόμενον χάριν τοῦ τὸν πόλεμον διαλύσασθαι καὶ διαπεμπόμενον ὑπὲρ τούτων πρὸς τοὺς στρατηγοὺς καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος,
29.7.5τοὺς δὲ Ῥωμαίους ὡσαύτως δυσχρηστουμένους τοῖς ὅλοις διά τε τὸ μηδὲν προκόπτειν ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ μέχρι τῆς Παύλου στρατηγίας καὶ διὰ τὸ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν μετεώρους ὑπάρχειν,
29.7.6ὑπέλαβεν οὐκ ἀδύνατον εἶναι τὸ συγκαταβῆναι Ῥωμαίους εἰς ἐξαγωγὴν τοῦ πολέμου καὶ διάλυσιν·
29.7.7πρὸς δὲ τὸ μεσιτεῦσαι ταῦτα καὶ συναγαγεῖν ἐνόμισεν αὑτὸν ἐπιτηδειότατον εἶναι.
29.7.8ταῦτα δὲ συλλογισάμενος ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ κατεπείραζε τοῦ Περσέως διὰ Κύδα τοῦ Κρητὸς τῷ πρότερον ἔτει πόσου βούλοιτʼ ἂν ὠνήσασθαι τὴν ἐλ
29.8.1πίδα ταύτην. ἡ μὲν οὖν καταρχὴ τῆς πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐπιπλοκῆς δοκεῖ μοι διὰ ταῦτα γεγονέναι·
29.8.2δυεῖν δὲ συγκρινομένων, τοῦ μὲν πανουργοτάτου δοκοῦντος εἶναι, τοῦ δὲ φιλαργυρωτάτου, γελοίαν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν διαμάχην αὐτῶν.
29.8.3ὁ μὲν γὰρ Εὐμένης πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα προύτεινε καὶ πᾶν γένος δελέατος ὑπερρίπτει, πεπεισμένος θηρεύσειν τὸν Περσέα ταῖς ἐπαγγελίαις·
29.8.4ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς μακρόθεν ὥρμα πρὸς τὰ προτεινόμενα καὶ συνετίθετο, καταπιεῖν δὲ τῶν λεγομένων οὐδὲν οἷός τʼ ἦν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὥστε καὶ προέσθαι τι τῶν αὑτοῦ.
Book 30, Part 3
30.7Again, in Rhodes and Cos, and several other cities, there were men who favoured the cause of Perseus, and who were bold enough to speak in behalf of the Macedonians in their own cities, and to inveigh against the Romans, and to actually advise active steps in alliance with Perseus, but who were not able to induce their states to transfer themselves to alliance with the king. The most conspicuous of such men were in Cos the two brothers Hippias and Diomedon, and in Rhodes Deinon and Polyaratus.
30.8And it is impossible not to view the policy of these men with disapproval. To begin with, all their fellow-citizens were aware of everything they had done or said; in the next place, the letters were intercepted and made public which were coming from Perseus to them, and from themselves to Perseus, as well as the messengers from both sides: yet they could not make up their minds to yield and put themselves out of the way, but still disputed the point. The result of this persistence and clinging to life, in the face of a desperate position, was that they quite ruined their character for courage and resolution, and left not the least ground for pity or sympathy in the minds of posterity. For being confronted with their own letters and agents, they were regarded as not merely unfortunate, but rather as shameless. One of those who went on these voyages was a man named Thoas. He had frequently sailed to Macedonia on a mission from these men, and when the decisive change in the state of affairs took place, conscious of what he had done, and fearing the consequences, he retired to Cnidos. But the Cnidians having thrown him into prison, he was demanded by the Rhodians, and on coming to Rhodes and being put to the torture, confessed his crime; and his story was found to agree with everything in the cipher of the intercepted letters, and with the despatches from Perseus to Deinon, and from Deinon and Polyaratus to him. Therefore it was a matter of surprise that Deinon persuaded himself to cling to life and submit to so signal an exposure.
30.9But in respect to folly and baseness of spirit, Polyaratus surpassed Deinon. For when Popilius Laenas charged king Ptolemy to send Polyaratus to Rome, the king, from a regard both to Polyaratus himself and his country, determined not to send him to Rome but to Rhodes, this being also what Polyaratus himself asked him to do. Having therefore caused a galley to be prepared, the king handed him over to Demetrius, one of his own friends, and despatched him, and wrote a despatch to the Rhodians notifying the fact. But touching at Phaselis in the course of the voyage, Polyaratus, from some notion or another which he had conceived, took suppliant branches in his hand, and fled for safety to the city altar. If any one had asked him his intention in thus acting, I am persuaded that he could not have told it. For if he wanted to go to his own country, where was the need of suppliant branches? For his conductors were charged to take him there. But if he wished to go to Rome, that was sure to take place whether he wished it or no. What other alternative was there? Other place that could receive him with safety to himself there was none. However, on the people of Phaselis sending to Rhodes to beg that they would receive Polyaratus, and take him away, the Rhodians came to the prudent resolution of sending an open vessel to convoy him; but forbade the captain of it to actually take him on board, on the ground that the officers from Alexandria had it in charge to deliver the man in Rhodes. When the vessel arrived at Phaselis, and its captain, Epichares, refused to take the man on board, and Demetrius, who had been deputed by the king for that business, urged him to leave the altar and resume his voyage; and when the people of Phaselis supported his command, because they were afraid they would incur some blame from Rome on that account, Polyaratus could no longer resist the pressure of circumstances, but once more went on board Demetrius’s galley. But in the course of the voyage he seized an opportunity of doing the same again at Caunus, flying for safety there in the same way, and begging the Caunians to save him. Upon the Caunians rejecting him, on the grounds of their being leagued with Rhodes, he sent messages to Cibyra, begging them to receive him in their city, and to send him an escort. He had some claim upon this city, because the sons of its tyrant, Pancrates, had been educated at his house; accordingly, they listened to his request, and did what he asked. But when he got to Cibyra, he placed himself and the Cibyratae into a still greater difficulty than that which he caused before when at Phaselis. For they neither dared to retain him in their town for fear of Rome, nor had the power of sending him to Rome, because of their ignorance of the sea, being an entirely inland folk. Eventually they were reduced to send envoys to Rhodes and the Roman proconsul in Macedonia, begging them to take over the man. Lucius Aemilius wrote to the Cibyratae, ordering them to keep Polyaratus in safe custody; and to the Rhodians to make provision for his conveyance by sea and his safe delivery upon Roman territory. Both peoples obeyed the despatch: and thus Polyaratus eventually came to Rome, after making a spectacle of his folly and cowardice to the best of his ability; and after having been, thanks to his own folly, four times surrendered—by king Ptolemy, the people of Phaselis, the Cibyratae, and the Rhodians.
30.9The reason of my having dwelt at some length on the story of Polyaratus and Deinon is not that I have any desire to trample upon their misfortunes, for that would be ungenerous in the last degree; but in order that, by clearly showing their folly, I might instruct those who fall into similar difficulties and dangers how to take a better and wiser course. . . .
Book 29, Part 3
29.8.5τὸ δὲ γένος τῶν παλαισμάτων ἦν τοιοῦτον. ὁ μὲν γὰρ Εὐμένης ᾔτει τοῦ μὲν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν κατὰ τὸ τέταρτον ἔτος καὶ μὴ συστρατεῦσαι Ῥωμαίοις μήτε κατὰ γῆν μήτε κατὰ θάλατταν πεντακόσια τάλαντα, τοῦ δὲ διαλῦσαι τὸν πόλεμον χίλια πεντακόσια, καὶ τούτων ὁμήρους δώσειν κατὰ τάχος ὑπισχνεῖτο καὶ πίστεις.
29.8.6ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς ἐδέχετο περὶ τῶν ὁμήρων καὶ πόσα καὶ πότε πέμπεσθαι καὶ πῶς δεήσει ταῦτα τηρεῖσθαι παρὰ τοῖς Κνωσίοις·
29.8.7περὶ δὲ τῶν χρημάτων ὑπὲρ μὲν τῶν πεντακοσίων ταλάντων αἰσχρὸν ἔφησεν εἶναι καὶ τῷ διδόντι καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι τῷ λαμβάνοντι τὸ δοκεῖν μισθοῦ τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἔχειν, τὰ δὲ χίλια καὶ πεντακόσια πέμψειν φέροντας ἔφη τοὺς περὶ Πολεμοκράτην εἰς Σαμοθρᾴκην κἀκεῖ μεσιτεύσειν. τῆς δὲ Σαμοθρᾴκης αὐτὸς ἦν κύριος· ὁ δʼ Εὐμένης σπουδάζων,
29.8.8καθάπερ οἱ μοχθηροὶ τῶν ἰατρῶν, περὶ τὸ πρόδομα μᾶλλον ἢ περὶ τὸν μισθὸν τέλος ἀπέστη τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, ἀδυνατήσας καταγωνίσασθαι τῇ σφετέρᾳ πανουργίᾳ τὴν τοῦ Περσέως μικρολογίαν.
29.8.9καὶ δὴ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ ποιήσαντες ἱερὸν τὸν στέφανον τῆς φιλαργυρίας διελύθησαν ἐπʼ ἴσης, καθάπερ ἀγαθοὶ παλαισταί.
29.8.10τούτων δʼ ἔνια μὲν ἐξερρύη παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν, ἔνια δὲ μετʼ ὀλίγον εἰς τοὺς παρακειμένους τῷ Περσεῖ φίλους, παρʼ ὧν ἡμῖν ἐξεποίησε πυθέσθαι διότι πάσης κακίας ὡσανεὶ πατταλεῖόν ἐστιν ἡ φιλαργυρία.
29.9.1προστίθημι δʼ ἔτι παρʼ ἐμαυτοῦ τοσοῦτον, μὴ καὶ μωροποιεῖσθαι συμβαίνει τὴν φιλαργυρίαν.
29.9.2τίς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν ἐπισημήναιτο τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἀμφοτέρων τῶν βασιλέων, Εὐμένους μέν, κατὰ τίνα λόγον ἤλπισε τηλικαύτης ἀλλοτριότητος ὑπαρχούσης πιστευθήσεσθαι καὶ προσλήψεσθαι τοσοῦτο πλῆθος χρημάτων, μηδεμίαν δυνάμενος ἱκανὴν πίστιν παρασχέσθαι τῷ Περσεῖ τῆς κομιδῆς τούτων, ἐὰν μὴ βεβαιοῖ τὰς ὑποσχέσεις;
29.9.3πῶς δὲ λαβὼν τοσοῦτο πλῆθος χρημάτων ὑπέλαβε λήσειν Ῥωμαίους;
29.9.4εἰ γὰρ καὶ κατὰ τὸ παρόν, οὐκ ἂν ἔν γε τῷ μετὰ ταῦτα χρόνῳ διέλαθε.
29.9.5λοιπὸν ἔδει πάντως ἀντὶ τῶν διδομένων χρημάτων ἀλλάξασθαι τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους διαφοράν, διʼ ἣν ἔμελλε καὶ τῶν ληφθέντων χρημάτων ἅμα καὶ τῆς ἀρχῆς, σχεδὸν δὲ καὶ τοῦ βίου στερήσεσθαι, πολέμιος φανεὶς Ῥωμαίοις.
29.9.6εἰ γὰρ καὶ νῦν μηδὲν πράξας, ἐπινοήσας δὲ μόνον εἰς τοὺς μεγίστους ἦλθε κινδύνους, τί ποτε παθεῖν αὐτῷ προσῆκεν ἐπὶ τέλος ἀχθείσης τῆς προειρημένης πράξεως;
29.9.7τοῦ δὲ Περσέως πάλιν τίς οὐκ ἂν θαυμάσειε πῶς ἄλλο τι συμφορώτερον ἢ προυργιαίτερον ἐνόμισε τοῦ δοῦναι τὰ χρήματα καὶ καταπιεῖν ἐᾶσαι τὸν Εὐμένη τὸ δέλεαρ;
29.9.8εἰ μὲν γὰρ συνήργησέ τι τῶν κατὰ τὰς ἐπαγγελίας καὶ διέλυσε τὸν πόλεμον, εἰς καλὸν ἡ δόσις.
29.9.9εἰ δὲ ταύτης διεψεύσθη τῆς ἐλπίδος, εἴς γε τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἔχθραν ὁμολογουμένως ἂν αὐτὸν ἐμβεβλήκει· τοῦ γὰρ εἰς τὸ μέσον ἐνεγκεῖν ταῦτα κύριος ὑπῆρχεν αὐτός.
29.9.10πόσου δὲ τοῦτʼ ἄξιον Περσεῖ καὶ κατορθοῦντι τῷ πολέμῳ καὶ πταίοντι, ῥᾴδιον συλλογίσασθαι·
29.9.11πάντων γὰρ τῶν συμβάντων κακῶν αἴτιον ἐνόμιζεν Εὐμένη γεγονέναι, ὃν οὐκ ἂν ἠδυνήθη κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον ἀμύνασθαι βέλτιον ἢ πολέμιον ποιήσας Ῥωμαίοις.
29.9.12τίς οὖν αἰτία τῆς οὕτως ἐκφανοῦς ἀλογιστίας; φιλαργυρία· τί γὰρ ἂν ἄλλο τις εἴπειεν; ὁ μὲν γὰρ χάριν τοῦ λαβεῖν τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα πάντα παρεώρα τἄλλα καὶ πάντʼ ἀνεδέχετο ποιήσειν, ὁ δὲ τοῦ μὴ
29.9.12δοῦναι πάντα παθεῖν καὶ πᾶν ὑπεριδεῖν ὑπέμενεν.
29.9.13ἀκολούθως δὲ τούτοις Περσεὺς καὶ τὰ πρὸς Γαλάτας καὶ τὰ πρὸς Γένθιον —
29.10.1ὅτι προτεθείσης χειροτονίας τοῖς Ῥοδίοις, ἐνίκων οἷς ἤρεσκε πέμπειν τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν διαλύσεων.
29.10.2καὶ τὴν μὲν Ῥοδίων ἀντιπολιτείαν τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον [ὡς ἐν τῷ περὶ δημηγορίας τέθειται] διέκρινε τὸ διαβούλιον,
29.10.3ἐν ᾧ πλεῖον ἐφάνησαν ἰσχύοντες οἱ τὰ τοῦ Περσέως αἱρούμενοι τῶν σῴζειν σπουδαζόντων τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τοὺς νόμους.
Book 30, Part 4
30.10The most striking illustration of the mutability and capriciousness of Fortune is when a man, within a brief period, turns out to have been preparing for the use of his enemies the very things which he imagined that he was elaborating in his own honour. Thus Perseus was having some columns made, which Lucius Aemilius, finding unfinished, caused to be completed, and placed statues of himself on them. . . .
30.10He admired the situation of the city, and the excellent position of the acropolis for commanding the districts on both sides of the Isthmus.
30.10Having been long anxious to see Olympia, he set out thither.
30.10Aemilius entered the sacred enclosure at Olympia, and was struck with admiration at the statue of the god, remarking that, to his mind, Pheidias was the only artist who had represented the Zeus of Homer; and that, though he had had great expectations of Olympia, he found the reality far surpassed them.
Book 29, Part 4
29.10.4οἱ δὲ πρυτάνεις παραχρῆμα πρεσβευτὰς κατέστησαν τοὺς διαλύσοντας τὸν πόλεμον, εἰς μὲν τὴν Ῥώμην Ἁγέπολιν, Διοκλῆ, Κλινόμβροτον, πρὸς δὲ τὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ Περσέα Δάμωνα, Νικόστρατον, Ἁγησίλοχον, Τήλεφον.
29.10.5τούτῳ δʼ ἑξῆς τὸ συνεχὲς ἐξειργάζοντο καὶ προσετίθεσαν, ποιοῦντες ἀναπολόγητον τὴν ἁμαρτίαν·
29.10.6εὐθέως γὰρ εἰς τὴν Κρήτην ἔπεμπον πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς ἀνανεωσομένους πρὸς πάντας Κρηταιεῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα φιλάνθρωπα καὶ παρακαλέσοντας βλέπειν τοὺς καιροὺς καὶ τὴν περίστασιν καὶ συμφρονεῖν τῷ δήμῳ καὶ τὸν αὐτὸν ἐχθρὸν αἱρεῖσθαι καὶ φίλον,
29.10.7ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν πρὸς τὰς πόλεις ὑπὲρ τῶν αὐτῶν διαλεχθησομένους. —
29.11.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Παρμενίωνα καὶ Μόρκον, τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Γενθίου, καὶ σὺν τούτοις τοῦ Μητροδώρου παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, καὶ συναχθείσης τῆς βουλῆς,
29.11.2παντάπασιν θορυβώδης ἦν ἐκκλησία, τῶν μὲν περὶ τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον φανερῶς ἤδη τολμώντων λέγειν τὰ τοῦ Περσέως, τῶν δὲ περὶ Θεαίδητον καταπεπληγμένων τὰ συμβαίνοντα·
29.11.3καὶ γὰρ ἡ τῶν λέμβων παρουσία καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀπολωλότων ἱππέων καὶ ἡ τοῦ Γενθίου μετάθεσις συνέτριβεν αὐτούς.
29.11.4διὸ καὶ τὸ πέρας τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀκόλουθον ἐγενήθη τοῖς προειρημένοις·
29.11.5ἔδοξε γὰρ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ἀποκριθῆναι φιλανθρώπως ἀμφοτέροις τοῖς βασιλεῦσι καὶ διασαφεῖν ὅτι δέδοκται διαλύειν αὐτοῖς τὸν πόλεμον καὶ παρακαλεῖν κἀκείνους εὐδιαλύτους ὑπάρχειν.
29.11.6ἐδέξαντο δὲ καὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἐπὶ τὴν κοινὴν ἑστίαν τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Γενθίου μετὰ πολλῆς φιλανθρωπίας. —
29.12.1πάλιν ἕτεροι περὶ τοῦ Συριακοῦ πολέμου· τούτου δʼ αἴτιόν ἐστιν ὅπερ ἡμῖν εἴρηται διὰ πλειόνων.
29.12.2ὅταν γὰρ ἁπλᾶς καὶ μονοειδεῖς λαβόντες ὑποθέσεις βούλωνται μὴ τοῖς πράγμασιν, ἀλλὰ τῷ πλήθει τῶν βύβλων ἱστοριογράφοι νομίζεσθαι καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην ἐφέλκεσθαι φαντασίαν, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι τὰ μὲν μικρὰ μεγάλα ποιεῖν,
29.12.3τὰ δὲ βραχέως εἰρημένα διασκευάζειν καὶ λογοποιεῖν, ἔνια δὲ τῶν ἐν παρέργῳ πεπραγμένων ἔργα καὶ πράγματα κατασκευάζειν, ἀγῶνας διατιθεμένους καὶ παρατάξεις ἐξαγγέλλοντας, ἐν αἷς ἐνίοτε πεζοὶ μὲν ἔπεσον δέκα, ποτὲ δὲ μικρῷ πλείους, ἱππεῖς δʼ ἔτι τούτων ἐλάττους.
29.12.4πολιορκίας μὲν γὰρ καὶ τοπογραφίας καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια τούτοις οὐκ ἂν εἴποι τις ἀξίως ἐφʼ ὅσον ἐξεργάζονται διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν τῶν πραγμάτων.
29.12.5περὶ δὲ τοὺς τὰ καθόλου γράφοντας ἐναντίος ἐστὶν ὁ τρόπος·
29.12.6διόπερ οὐ χρὴ καταγινώσκειν ὡς ἡμῶν ἐπισυρόντων τὰς πράξεις, ὅταν τὰ παρʼ ἐνίοις πολλοῦ τετευχότα λόγου καὶ διασκευῆς ἡ?μ?ε?ῖ?σ? ποτὲ μὲν παραλείπωμεν, ποτὲ δὲ βραχέως ἐξαγγέλλωμεν, ἀλλὰ πιστεύειν ὅτι τὸν καθήκοντα λόγον ἑκάστοις ἀποδίδομεν.
29.12.7ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ὅταν ἐν τῇ συμπάσῃ πραγματείᾳ λόγου χάριν Φανοτείας καὶ Κορωνείας καὶ [...] ε [...] οῦ πολιορκίαν γράφωσιν, ἀναγκάζονται πάσας τὰς τῆς πολιορκίας ἐπινοίας καὶ τόλμας καὶ διαθέσεις ἐκτίθεσθαι,
29.12.8πρὸς δὲ τούτοις Τάραντος κατάληψιν, Κορίνθου [πολιορκίαν], Σάρδεων, Γάζης, Βάκτρων, ἐπὶ πᾶσι Καρχηδόνος πολιορκίαν διατρίβειν καὶ προστιθέναι παρʼ αὑτῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐ παντάπασιν εὐδοκεῖν ἐὰν ψιλῶς περὶ τῶν τοιούτων αὐτὸν τὸν ἀληθῆ καὶ κύριον ἀποδιδῶμεν λόγον.
29.12.9ἡ δʼ αὐτὴ καὶ περὶ παρατάξεων ἡμῖν ἔστω καὶ δημηγοριῶν ἀπόφασις, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μερῶν τῆς ἱστορίας·
29.12.10ἐν οἷς ἅπασι πολλῆς ἂν δικαίως τυγχάνοιμεν συγγνώμης, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τῶν λέγεσθαι μελλόντων, . οι?ον ει τ? [...] φανείημεν ἢ λήμμασι χρώμενοι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἢ χειρισμῷ πραγμάτων ἢ τοῖς τῆς λέξεως ῥήμασι·
29.12.11πρὸς δὲ τούτοις ἐάν που παραπίπτωμεν ἐν ὀνομασίαις ὀρῶν ἢ ποταμῶν ἢ τόπων ἰδιότησι· τὸ γὰρ μέγεθος τῆς πραγματείας ἱκανόν ἐστιν ἡμᾶς ἐν ἅπασι τούτοις παραιτεῖσθαι·
29.12.12πλὴν ἐάν που κατὰ πρόθεσιν ἢ κέρδους τινὸς ἕνεκεν εὑρισκώμεθα ψευδογραφοῦντες· τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ παραιτούμεθα, καθάπερ ἤδη καὶ πλεονάκις ἐν τῇ πραγματείᾳ περὶ τούτου τοῦ μέρους διεστάλμεθα. —
29.13.1ἐν δὲ τῇ ἐνάτῃ καὶ εἰκοστῇ ὁ αὐτὸς Γένθιόν φησι τὸν τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν βασιλέα διὰ τὴν πολυποσίαν πολλὰ ποιεῖν ἀσελγῆ κατὰ τὸν βίον, νύκτωρ τε αἰεὶ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν μεθύοντα·
Book 30, Part 5
30.11The Aetolians had been accustomed to get their livelihood from plundering and such like lawless occupations; and as long as they were permitted to plunder and loot the Greeks, they got all they required from them, regarding every country as that of an enemy. But subsequently, when the Romans obtained the supremacy, they were prevented from this means of support, and accordingly turned upon each other. Even before this, in their civil war, there was no horror which they did not commit; and a little earlier still they had had a taste of mutual slaughter in the massacres at Arsinoe; they were, therefore, ready for anything, and their minds were so infuriated that they would not allow their magistrates to have even a voice in their business. Aetolia, accordingly, was a scene of turbulence, lawlessness, and blood: nothing they undertook was done on any calculation or fixed plan; everything was conducted at haphazard and in confusion, as though a hurricane had burst upon them. . . .
30.12The state of Epirus was much the same. For in proportion as the majority of its people are more law-abiding than those of Aetolia, so their chief magistrate surpassed every one else in wickedness and contempt for law. For, I think, there never was and never will be a character more ferocious and brutal than that of Charops. . . .
30.13After the destruction of Perseus, immediately after the decisive battle, embassies were sent on all sides to congratulate the Roman commanders on the event. And as now all power tended towards Rome, in every city those who were regarded as of the Romanising party were in the ascendant, and were appointed to embassies and other services. Accordingly they flocked into Macedonia—from Achaia, Callicrates, Aristodamus, Agesias, and Philippus; from Boeotia, Mnasippos; from Acarnania, Chremas; from Epirus, Charops and Nicias; from Aetolia, Lyciscus and Tisippus. These all having met, and eagerly vieing with each other in attaining a common object; and there being no one to oppose them, since their political opponents had all yielded to the times and completely retired, they accomplished their purpose without trouble. So the ten commissioners issued orders to the other cities and leagues through the mouths of the strategi themselves as to what citizens were to go to Rome. And these turned out to be, for the most part, those whom the men I have named had made a list of on party grounds, except a very few of such as had done something conspicuous. But to the Achaean league they sent two men of the highest rank of their own number, Gaius Claudius and Gnaeus Domitius. They had two reasons for doing so: the first was that they were uneasy lest the Achaeans should refuse to obey the written order, and lest Callicrates and his colleagues should be in absolute danger from being reputed to be the authors of the accusations against all the Greeks,—which was about true; and in the second place, because in the intercepted despatches nothing distinct had been discovered against any Achaean. Accordingly, after a while, the proconsul sent the letter and envoys with reference to these men, although in his private opinion he did not agree with the charges brought by Lyciscus and Callicrates, as was afterwards made clear by what took place. . . .
30.14Lucius Anicius, who had been praetor, after his victory over the Illyrians, and on bringing Genthius prisoner to Rome with his children, while celebrating his triumph, did a very ridiculous thing. He sent for the most famous artists from Greece, and having constructed an immense theatre in the circus, he brought all the flute players on the stage together first. Their names were Theodorus the Boeotian, Theopompus and Hermippus of Lysimacheia, the most celebrated of the day. He placed them on the proscenium with the chorus, and bid them all play at once. But on their beginning to play the tune, accompanied by appropriate movements, he sent to them to say that they were not playing well, and must put more excitement into it. At first they did not know what to make of this, until one of the lictors showed them that they must form themselves into two companies, and facing round, advance against each other as though in a battle. The fluteplayers caught the idea at once, and, adopting a motion suitable to their own wild strains, produced a scene of great confusion. They made the middle group of the chorus face round upon the two extreme groups, and the fluteplayers, blowing with inconceivable violence and discordance, led these groups against each other. The members of the chorus meanwhile rushed, with a violent stamping which shook the stage, against those opposite them, and then faced round and retired. But when one of the chorus, whose dress was closely girt up, turned round on the spur of the moment and raised his hands, like a boxer, in the face of the fluteplayer who was approaching him, then the spectators clapped their hands and cheered loudly. Whilst this sort of sham fight was going on, two dancers were brought into the orchestra to the sound of music; and four boxers mounted upon the stage, accompanied by trumpeters and clarion players. The effect of these various contests all going on together was indescribable. But if I were to speak about their tragic actors, I should be thought by some to be jesting. . . .
Book 29, Part 5
29.13.2ἀποκτείναντα δὲ καὶ Πλάτορα τὸν ἀδελφόν, γαμεῖν μέλλοντα τὴν Μονουνίου θυγατέρα, αὐτὸν γῆμαι τὴν παῖδα καὶ ὠμῶς χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἀρχομένοις. —
29.14.1πρῶτος δὲ τῶν παρόντων ὁ Νασικᾶς ἐπι
29.14.1καλούμενος Σκιπίων, γαμβρὸς Ἀφρικανοῦ Σκιπίωνος, ὕστερον δὲ μέγιστον ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ δυνηθείς, ὑπεδέξατο τῆς κυκλώσεως ἡγεμὼν γενέσθαι.
29.14.2δεύτερος δὲ Φάβιος Μάξιμος ὁ πρεσβύτατος τῶν Αἰμιλίου παίδων, ἔτι μειράκιον ὤν, ἀνέστη προθυμούμενος.
29.14.3ἡσθεὶς οὖν ὁ Αἰμίλιος δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς οὐχ ὅσους Πολύβιος εἴρηκεν, ἀλλʼ ὅσους αὐτὸς ὁ Νασικᾶς λαβεῖν φησι, γεγραφὼς περὶ τῶν πράξεων τούτων ἐπιστόλιον πρός τινα τῶν βασιλέων. —
29.14.4τῇ δυνάμει τῆς πάρμης καὶ τῶν Λιγυστικῶν θυρεῶν ἀντεῖχον ἐρρωμένως οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι. —
29.15.1τῷ δὲ Περσεῖ τὸν Αἰμίλιον ἀτρεμοῦντα κατὰ χώραν ὁρῶντι καὶ μὴ λογιζομένῳ τὸ γινόμενον, ἀποδρὰς ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ Κρὴς αὐτόμολος ἧκε μηνύων τὴν περίοδον τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
29.15.2ὁ δὲ συνταραχθεὶς τὸ μὲν στρατόπεδον οὐκ ἐκίνησε, μυρίους δὲ μισθοφόρους ξένους καὶ δισχιλίους Μακεδόνας Μίλωνι παραδοὺς ἐξαπέστειλε, παρακελευσάμενος ταχῦναι καὶ καταλαβεῖν τὰς ὑπερβολάς.
29.15.3τούτοις ὁ μὲν Πολύβιος φησιν ἔτι κοιμωμένοις ἐπιπεσεῖν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ὁ δὲ Νασικᾶς ὀξὺν ἀγῶνα περὶ τοῖς ἄκροις γενέσθαι καὶ κίνδυνον. —
29.16.1Πολύβιος· ὅτι τῆς σελήνης ἐκλειπούσης ἐπὶ Περσέως τοῦ Μακεδόνος ἐκράτησεν ἡ φήμη παρὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς ὅτι βασιλέως ἔκλειψιν σημαίνει.
29.16.2καὶ τοῦτο τοὺς μὲν Ῥωμαίους εὐθαρσεστέρους ἐποίησε, τοὺς δὲ Μακεδόνας ἐταπείνωσε ταῖς ψυχαῖς.
29.16.3οὕτως ἀληθές ἐστι τὸ περιφερόμενον ὅτι πολλὰ κενὰ τοῦ πολέμου. —
29.17.1Λεύκιος δὲ ὁ ὕπατος οὐχ ἑωρακὼς φάλαγγα τὸ παράπαν ἀλλὰ τότε πρῶτον ἐπὶ τοῦ Περσέως πρός τινας πολλάκις ἀνθωμολογεῖτο τῶν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ μετὰ ταῦτα μηδὲν ἑωρακέναι φοβερώτερον καὶ δεινότερον φάλαγγος Μακεδονικῆς, καίτοι γε πολλοὺς οὐ μόνον θεασάμενος ἀλλὰ καὶ χειρισάμενος ἀγῶνας, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος. —
29.17.2ὅτι πολλὰ τῶν ἐπινοημάτων κατὰ μὲν τὸν λόγον φαίνεται πιθανὰ καὶ δυνατά, παραγενόμενα δʼ εἰς τὴν χρείαν, καθάπερ τὰ κίβδηλα τῶν νομισμάτων εἰς τὸ πῦρ, οὐκέτι ποιεῖ τἀκόλουθον ταῖς πρώταις ἐπινοίαις. —
29.17.3ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς μίαν ἔχων πρόληψιν ἢ νικᾶν ἢ θνήσκειν, τότε οὐχ ὑπέμεινε τῇ ψυχῇ ἀλλʼ ἀπεδειλία, καθάπερ οἱ προόπται τῶν ἱππέων. —
29.17.4ὁ δὲ Περσεὺς προσαγόμενος τὸν χρόνον καὶ τὸν πόνον ἐξελύετο τῇ ψυχῇ, καθάπερ οἱ καχεκτοῦντες τῶν ἀθλητῶν· ὅτε γὰρ τὸ δεινὸν ἐγγίζοι καὶ δέοι κρίνεσθαι περὶ τῶν ὅλων, οὐχ ὑπέμεινε τῇ ψυχῇ. —
29.18.1ὁ δὲ τῶν Μακεδόνων βασιλεύς, ὥς φησι Πολύβιος, τῆς μάχης ἀρχὴν λαμβανούσης ἀποδειλιάσας εἰς πόλιν ἀφιππάσατο, σκηψάμενος Ἡρακλεῖ θύειν, δειλὰ παρὰ δειλῶν ἱερὰ μὴ δεχομένῳ μηδʼ εὐχὰς ἀθεμίτους ἐπιτελοῦντι. —
29.19.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρόν, ἐν ᾧ Περσεὺς ἡττηθεὶς ἀνεδίδρασκεν, ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ τοὺς παρὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων πρεσβευτὰς παραγεγονότας ὑπὲρ τοῦ διαλύειν τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον προσκαλέσασθαι,
29.19.2τῆς τύχης ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες ἀναβιβαζούσης ἐπὶ σκηνὴν τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων ἄγνοιαν, εἰ χρὴ Ῥοδίων λέγειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τῶν ἐπιπολασάντων ἀνθρώπων τότε κατὰ τὴν Ῥόδον.
29.19.3οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν εἰσπορευθέντες ἐλθεῖν μὲν ἔφασαν διαλύσοντες τὸν πόλεμον· τὸν γὰρ δῆμον τῶν Ῥοδίων, ἑλκομένου τοῦ πολέμου καὶ πλείω χρόνον, θεωροῦντα διότι πᾶσιν μὲν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἀλυσιτελὴς καὶ αὐτοῖς δὲ Ῥωμαίοις διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν δαπανημάτων, ἐλθεῖν ἐπὶ ταύτην τὴν γνώμην·
29.19.4νῦν δὲ λελυμένου τοῦ πολέμου κατὰ τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων βούλησιν συγχαίρειν αὐτοῖς. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν εἰπόντες βραχέως ἐπανῆλθον.
29.19.5ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος χρωμένη τῷ καιρῷ καὶ βουλομένη παραδειγματίσαι τοὺς Ῥοδίους ἀπόκρισιν ἐξέβαλεν, ἧς ἦν τὰ συνέχοντα ταῦτα,
29.19.6διότι τὴν πρεσβείαν ταύτην οὔτε τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἕνεκεν ὑπολαμβάνουσιν ἐσταλκέναι τοὺς Ῥοδίους οὔθʼ ἑαυτῶν, ἀλλὰ Περσέως.
Book 30, Part 6
30.15It requires the same sort of spirit to arrange public games well, and to set out great banquets and wine with fitting splendour, as it does to draw up an army in presence of the enemy with strategic skill. . . .
30.16Aemilius Paulus took seventy cities in Epirus after the conquest of the Macedonians and Perseus, most of which were in the country of the Molossi; and enslaved one hundred and fifty thousand men. . . .
30.17In Egypt the first thing the kings did after being relieved from the war with Antiochus was to send Numenius, one of their friends, as an envoy to Rome to return thanks for the favours received; and they next released the Lacedaemonian Menalcidas, who had made active use of the occasion against the kingdom for his own advantage; Gaius Popilius Laenas asked the king for his release as a favour to himself. . . .
30.18At this period Cotys, king of the Odrysae, sent ambassadors to Rome, asking for the restoration of his son, and pleading his defence for having acted on the side of Perseus. The Romans, considering that they had effected their purpose by the successful issue of the war against Perseus, and that they had no need to press their quarrel with Cotys any further, allowed him to take his son back—who, having been sent as a hostage to Macedonia, had been captured with the children of Perseus, —wishing to display their clemency and magnanimity, and with the idea at the same time of binding Cotys to themselves by so great a favour. . . .
Book 29, Part 6
29.19.7εἰ μὲν γὰρ τῶν Ἑλλήνων χάριν ἐπρέσβευον, ἐκεῖνον οἰκειότερον εἶναι τὸν καιρόν, ὅτε Περσεὺς τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων χώραν ἐπόρθει καὶ τὰς πόλεις, στρατοπεδεύων μὲν ἐν Θετταλίᾳ σχεδὸν ἐπὶ δύʼ ἐνιαυτοὺς
29.19.8τὸ δὲ παρέντας ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν νῦν παρεῖναι σπουδάζοντας διαλύειν τὸν πόλεμον, ὅτε παρεμβεβληκότων τῶν ἡμετέρων στρατοπέδων εἰς Μακεδονίαν συγκεκλεισμένος ὁ Περσεὺς ὀλίγας παντάπασιν ἐλπίδας εἶχε τῆς σωτηρίας,
29.19.9προφανὲς εἶναι τοῖς ὀρθῶς σκοπουμένοις διότι τὰς πρεσβείας ἐξέπεμψαν οὐ διαλύειν ἐθέλοντες τὸν πόλεμον, ἀλλʼ ἐξελέσθαι τὸν Περσέα καὶ σῶσαι, καθʼ ὅσον εἰσὶν δυνατοί.
29.19.10διʼ ἃς αἰτίας οὔτʼ εὐεργετεῖν οὔτε φιλανθρώπως αὐτοῖς ἀποκρίνεσθαι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ὀφείλειν ἔφασαν.
29.19.11ταῦτα μὲν ἡ σύγκλητος ἐχρημάτισε τοῖς παρὰ τῶν Ῥοδίων πρεσβευταῖς. —
29.20.1ὁ δὲ μεταλαβὼν τὴν Ῥωμαϊκὴν διάλεκτον παρεκάλει τοὺς ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ βλέποντας εἰς τὰ παρόντα, δεικνὺς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τὸν Περσέα, μήτε μεγαλαυχεῖν ἐπὶ τοῖς κατορθώμασι παρὰ τὸ δέον μήτε βουλεύεσθαι μηδὲν ὑπερήφανον μηδʼ ἀνήκεστον περὶ μηδενός, μήτε καθόλου πιστεύειν μηδέποτε ταῖς παρούσαις εὐτυχίαις·
29.20.2ἀλλʼ ὅτε μάλιστά τις κατορθοίη κατὰ τὸν ἴδιον βίον καὶ κατὰ τὰς κοινὰς πράξεις, τότε μάλιστα παρεκάλει τῆς ἐναντίας τύχης ἔννοιαν λαμβάνειν.
29.20.3καὶ γὰρ οὕτω μόλις ἂν ἐν ταῖς εὐκαιρίαις ἄνθρωπον μέτριον ὄντα φανῆναι.
29.20.4τοῦτο γὰρ διαφέρειν ἔφη τοὺς ἀνοήτους τῶν νοῦν ἐχόντων, διότι συμβαίνει τοὺς μὲν ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις ἀτυχίαις παιδεύεσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἐν ταῖς τῶν πέλας. —
29.21.1ὥστε πολλάκις καὶ λίαν μνημονεύειν τῆς Δημητρίου τοῦ Φαληρέως φωνῆς.
29.21.2ἐκεῖνος γὰρ ἐν τῷ περὶ τῆς τύχης ὑπομνήματι βουλόμενος ἐναργῶς ὑποδεικνύναι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὸ ταύτης εὐμετάβολον, ἐπιστὰς ἐπὶ τοὺς κατʼ Ἀλέξανδρον καιρούς, ὅτε κατέλυσε τὴν Περσῶν ἀρχήν, λέγει ταῦτα· "
29.21.3εἰ γὰρ λάβοιτʼ ἐν νῷ μὴ χρόνον ἄπειρον μηδὲ γενεὰς πολλάς, ἀλλὰ πεντήκοντα μόνον ἔτη ταυτὶ τὰ πρὸ ἡμῶν, γνοίητʼ ἂν ὡς τὸ τῆς τύχης χαλεπὸν ἐνταῦθα.
29.21.4πεντηκοστῷ γὰρ ἔτει πρότερον οἴεσθʼ ἂν ἢ Πέρσας ἢ βασιλέα τῶν Περσῶν ἢ Μακεδόνας ἢ βασιλέα τῶν Μακεδόνων, εἴ τις θεῶν αὐτοῖς προύλεγε τὸ μέλλον, πιστεῦσαί ποτʼ ἂν ὡς εἰς τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν Περσῶν μὲν οὐδʼ ὄνομα λειφθήσεται τὸ παράπαν, οἳ πάσης σχεδὸν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐδέσποζον, Μακεδόνες δὲ καὶ πάσης κρατήσουσιν, ὧν οὐδʼ ὄνομα πρότερον ἦν γνώριμον
29.21.5. ἀλλʼ ὅμως ἡ πρὸς τὸν βίον ἡμῶν ἀσύνθετος τύχη καὶ πάντα παρὰ τὸν λογισμὸν τὸν ἡμέτερον καινοποιοῦσα καὶ τὴν αὑτῆς δύναμιν ἐν τοῖς παραδόξοις ἐνδεικυμένη καὶ νῦν, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, δείκνυσι πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις,
29.21.6Μακεδόνας εἰς τὴν Περσῶν εὐδαιμονίαν εἰσοικίσασα, διότι καὶ τούτοις ταῦτα τἀγαθὰ κέχρηκεν, ἕως ἂν ἄλλο τι βουλεύσηται περὶ αὐτῶν.
29.21.7" ὃ νῦν γέγονε κατὰ Περσέα. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν Δημήτριος ὡσανεὶ θείῳ τινὶ στόματι περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀποπεφοίβακεν.
29.21.8ἐγὼ δὲ κατὰ τὴν γραφὴν ἐπιστὰς τοῖς καιροῖς καθʼ οὓς συνέβη καταλυθῆναι τὴν Μακεδόνων βασιλείαν, οὐκ ἔκρινον ἀνεπιστάτως παραδραμεῖν, ἅτε γεγονὼς αὐτόπτης τῆς πράξεως, ἀλλʼ αὐτός τε τὸν πρέποντα λόγον ἐπιφθέγξασθαι καὶ Δημητρίου μνησθῆναι·
29.21.9δοκεῖ γάρ μοι θειοτέραν ἢ κατʼ ἄνθρωπον τὴν ἀπόφασιν ποιήσασθαι σχεδὸν γὰρ ἑκατὸν καὶ πεντήκοντα πρότερον ἔτεσι τἀληθὲς ἀπεφήνατο περὶ τῶν ἔπειτα συμβησομένων.
29.22.1ὅτι Εὐμένης ὁ βασιλεὺς τῆς Περσέως καὶ Ῥωμαίων μάχης συντετελεσμένης εἰς παράλογον ἐνέπεσε διάθεσιν, ὡς οἱ πολλοί φασιν, ὡς δὲ τἀνθρώπινα πράγματα φύσιν ἔχει γίνεσθαι κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον, εἴς τι τῶν εἰωθότων συμβαίνειν·
29.22.2ἱκανὴ γὰρ ἡ τύχη τοῖς παρὰ λόγον τὰ κατὰ λόγον ἐπιτρῖψαι, κἄν τινι συνεργήσῃ καὶ προσθῆται τὴν αὑτῆς ῥοπήν, αὖθις οἷον ἐκ μεταμελείας ἀντισηκοῦν καὶ λυμαίνεσθαι τὰ κατορθώματα παρὰ πόδας.
29.22.3ὃ καὶ τότε περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη γενέσθαι συνέπεσε·
29.22.4δόξας γὰρ μάλιστα τότε τὴν ἰδίαν ἀρχὴν ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ βεβηκέναι καὶ πολλὴν ἐπιφέρειν ῥᾳστώνην τὸν ἑξῆς χρόνον, ἅτε τοῦ Περσέως καὶ καθόλου τῆς ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλείας ἄρδην ἀνῃρημένης, τότε μεγίστοις ἐνεκύρησε κινδύνοις τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Γαλατῶν ἀνυπονοήτως συνεξαναστάντων τοῖς καιροῖς.
29.23.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἔτι κατὰ χειμῶνα πρεσβείας παραγενομένης παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων ἀμφοτέρων [Πτολεμαίου καὶ Πτολεμαίου] περὶ βοηθείας, ἐγενήθη διαβούλια καὶ πλείω, πολλὴν ἔχοντα φιλοτιμίαν.
Book 30, Part 7
30.19About the same time king Prusias also came to Rome to congratulate the Senate and the generals on their success. This Prusias was in no sense worthy of the royal title, as we may judge from the following facts: When the Roman envoys first appeared at his court, he met them with shorn head and wearing a cap, toga, and shoes, and in fact exactly in the garb worn by those recently manumitted at Rome, whom they call liberti: and greeting the envoys respectfully, he exclaimed, Behold your freedman, who is willing to obey you in all things and to imitate your fashions! than which a more contemptible speech it would be difficult to imagine. And now, again, when he reached the entrance of the Senate-house he stopped at the door facing the senators, and, dropping both his hands he paid reverence to the threshold and the seated Fathers, exclaiming, Hail, ye gods my preservers! seeming bent on surpassing all who might come after him in meanness of spirit, unmanliness, and servility. And his behaviour in the conference which he held when he had entered the Senatehouse was on a par with this; and was such as might make one blush even to write. However this contemptible display served in itself to secure him a favourable answer.
30.20Just as he had got his answer, news came that Eumenes was on his way. This caused the Senators much embarrassment. They were thoroughly incensed with him, and were entirely fixed in their sentiments towards him; and yet they did not wish to betray themselves. For having proclaimed to all the world that this king was their foremost and most esteemed friend, if they now admitted him to an interview and allowed him to plead his cause, they must either, by answering as they really thought and in harmony with their sentiments, signalise their own folly in having marked out such a man in past times for special honour; or if, in deference to appearances, they gave him a friendly answer, they must disregard truth and the interests of their country. Therefore, as both these methods of proceeding could have consequences of a disagreeable nature, they hit upon the following solution of the difficulty. On the ground of a general dislike of the visits of kings, they published a decree that no king was to visit Rome. Having been informed subsequently that Eumenes had landed at Brundisium in Italy, they sent the quaestor to convey the decree to him, and to bid him to communicate with himself if he wanted anything from the Senate; or, if he did not want anything, to bid him depart at the earliest possible opportunity from Italy. When the quaestor met the king and informed him of the decree, the latter, thoroughly understanding the intention of the Senate, said not a single word, except that he wanted nothing.
30.20This is the way in which Eumenes was prevented from coming to Rome. And it was not the only important result of this decree. For the Gauls were at that time threatening the kingdom of Eumenes; and it was soon made apparent that by this repulse the king’s allies were all greatly depressed, while the Gauls were doubly encouraged to press on the war. And it was in fact their desire to humiliate him in every possible way that induced the Senate to adopt this resolution. These things were going on at the beginning of the winter: but to all other ambassadors who arrived—and there was no city or prince or king who had not at that time sent an embassy of congratulation—the Senate returned a gracious and friendly answer, except to the Rhodians; and these they dismissed with displeasure, and with ambiguous declarations as to the future. As to the Athenians again the Senate hesitated. . . .
30.21The first object of the Athenian embassy was the restoration of Haliartus; but when they met with a refusal on that point, they changed the subject of their appeal and put forward their own claim to the possession of Delos, Lemnos, and the territory of Haliartus. No one could properly find fault with them for this, as far as Delos and Lemnos were concerned, for they had of old laid claim to them; but there is good reason for reproaching them in respect to the territory of Haliartus. Haliartus was nearly the most ancient city in Boeotia; had met with a heavy misfortune: instead of endeavouring in every possible way to restore it,—to contribute to its utter annihilation, and to deprive its dispossessed inhabitants of even their hopes for the future, was an act which would be thought worthy of no Greek nation, and least of all of the Athenians. They open their own territory to all comers; and to take away that of others can never appear consonant with the spirit of their State. However, the Senate granted them Delos and Lemnos. Such was the decision in the Athenian business. . . .
Book 29, Part 7
29.23.2τοῖς μὲν γὰρ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην καὶ Διοφάνην καὶ σὺν τούτοις Ὑπέρβατον οὐκ ἤρεσκε διδόναι βοήθειαν,
29.23.3τοῖς δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἄρχωνα καὶ Λυκόρταν καὶ Πολύβιον ἤρεσκε τὸ διδόναι τοῖς βασιλεῦσι κατὰ τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν συμμαχίαν.
29.23.4ἤδη γὰρ συνέβαινε τότε τὸν νεώτερον Πτολεμαῖον ὑπὸ τῶν ὄχλων ἀναδεδεῖχθαι βασιλέα διὰ τὴν περίστασιν, τὸν δὲ πρεσβύτερον ἐκ τῆς Μέμφεως καταπεπορεῦσθαι καὶ συμβασιλεύειν τἀδελφῷ.
29.23.5καὶ δεόμενοι παντοδαπῆς ἐπικουρίας ἐξαπέστειλαν πρεσβευτὰς Εὐμένη καὶ Διονυσόδωρον πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιούς, αἰτοῦντες πεζοὺς μὲν χιλίους ἱππεῖς δὲ διακοσίους, ἡγεμόνα δὲ τῆς ὅλης συμμαχίας Λυκόρταν, τῶν δʼ ἱππέων Πολύβιον.
29.23.6πρὸς δὲ Θεοδωρίδαν τὸν Σικυώνιον διεπέμψαντο, παρακαλοῦντες αὐτὸν συστήσασθαι ξενολόγιον χιλίων ἀνδρῶν.
29.23.7συνέβαινε δὲ τοὺς μὲν βασιλεῖς τὴν ἐπὶ πλεῖον σύστασιν ἔχειν πρὸς τοὺς εἰρημένους ἄνδρας ἐκ τῶν πράξεων ὧν εἰρήκαμεν.
29.23.8τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν παραγενομένων, τῆς συνόδου τῶν Ἀχαιῶν οὔσης ἐν Κορίνθῳ, καὶ τά τε φιλάνθρωπα πρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν ἀνανεωσαμένων ὄντα μεγάλα καὶ τὴν περίστασιν τῶν βασιλέων ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν ἀγόντων καὶ δεομένων σφίσι βοηθεῖν, τὸ μὲν πλῆθος τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἕτοιμον ἦν οὐ μέρει τινί,
29.23.9πανδημεὶ δὲ συγκινδυνεύειν, εἰ δέοι, τοῖς βασιλεῦσιν· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ εἶχον τό τε διάδημα καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν. οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην ἀντέλεγον,
29.23.10φάσκοντες δεῖν καθόλου μὲν μὴ πραγματοκοπεῖν, ἐν δὲ τοῖς παροῦσι καιροῖς μηδʼ ὅλως, ἀλλʼ ἀπερισπάστους ὑπάρχοντας Ῥωμαίοις παρέχεσθαι χρείας·
29.23.11μάλιστα γὰρ ἦν τότε προσδόκιμος ὁ περὶ τῶν ὅλων κίνδυνος, ἅτε τοῦ Κοΐντου τοῦ Φιλίππου τὴν παραχειμασίαν ἐν τῇ
29.24.1Μακεδονίᾳ ποιουμένου. τῶν δὲ πολλῶν εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐμπιπτόντων, μὴ δόξωσι Ῥωμαίων ἀστοχεῖν, μεταλαβόντες τοὺς λόγους οἱ περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν καὶ Πολύβιον ἐδίδασκον,
29.24.2ἄλλα τε καὶ πλείω προφερόμενοι καὶ διότι, τῷ πρότερον ἔτει ψηφισαμένων τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πανδημεὶ συστρατεύειν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις καὶ πεμψάντων πρεσβευτὴν τὸν Πολύβιον, ὁ Κόιντος ἀποδεξάμενος τὴν προθυμίαν ἀπείπατο μὴ χρείαν ἔχειν τῆς βοηθείας, ἐπεὶ κεκράτηκε τῆς εἰς Μακεδονίαν εἰσβολῆς.
29.24.3ἐξ ὧν ἀπεδείκνυσαν σκῆψιν οὖσαν τὴν Ῥωμαίων χρείαν πρὸς τὸ διακωλῦσαι βοηθεῖν. διὸ παρεκάλουν τοὺς Ἀχαιούς,
29.24.4ὑποδεικνύοντες τὸ μέγεθος τῆς περιστάσεως, ἐν ᾗ συνέβαινε τότε τὴν βασιλείαν ὑπάρχειν, μὴ παριδεῖν τὸν καιρόν, ἀλλὰ μνημονεύοντας τῶν ὁμολογιῶν καὶ τῶν εὐεργεσιῶν, μάλιστα δὲ τῶν ὅρκων, ἐμπεδοῦν τὰς συνθήκας.
29.24.5τῶν δὲ πολλῶν ἐπιφερομένων πάλιν βοηθεῖν, τότε μὲν οἱ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην ἐξέβαλον τὸ διαβούλιον, διασείσαντες τοὺς ἄρχοντας, ὡς οὐκ οὔσης ἐξουσίας κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἐν ἀγορᾷ βουλεύεσθαι περὶ βοηθείας.
29.24.6μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον συγκλήτου συναχθείσης εἰς τὴν τῶν Σικυωνίων πόλιν, ἐν ᾗ συνέβαινε μὴ μόνον συμπορεύεσθαι τὴν βουλὴν ἀλλὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀπὸ τριάκοντʼ ἐτῶν, καὶ λόγων γινομένων πλειόνων,
29.24.7καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ Πολυβίου διοριζομένου πρῶτον μὲν περὶ τοῦ μὴ χρείαν ἔχειν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους τῆς βοηθείας καὶ δοκοῦντος οὐκ εἰκῇ ταῦτα λέγειν διὰ τὸ γεγονέναι τὴν παρελθοῦσαν θερείαν ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ παρὰ τῷ Φιλίππῳ,
29.24.8δεύτερον δὲ φάσκοντος, ἐὰν καὶ δέωνται Ῥωμαῖοι τῆς συμμαχίας, οὐ διὰ τοὺς διακοσίους ἱππεῖς καὶ χιλίους πεζοὺς τοὺς ἀποσταλησομένους εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἀδυνατήσειν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς βοηθεῖν Ῥωμαίοις· καλῶς γὰρ ποιοῦντας αὐτοὺς καὶ τρεῖς ἄγειν καὶ τέτταρας μυριάδας ἀνδρῶν μαχίμων·
29.24.9εὐδοκοῦντες τοῖς λεγομένοις ἔρρεπον οἱ πολλοὶ πρὸς τὸ πέμπειν τὴν συμμαχίαν.
29.24.10τῇ δὲ δευτέρᾳ τῶν ἡμερῶν, ἐν ᾗ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἔδει τὰ ψηφίσματα προσφέρειν τοὺς βουλομένους, οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν προσήνεγκαν διότι δεῖ πέμπειν τὴν βοήθειαν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην διότι δεῖ πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαποστέλλειν τοὺς διαλύσοντας τοὺς βασιλεῖς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον.
29.24.11πάλιν δὲ τῶν διαβουλίων προτεθέντων ἀγὼν ἐγίνετο νεανικός· πολύ γε μὴν ὑπερεῖχον οἱ περὶ τὸν Λυκόρταν.
29.24.12αἵ τε γὰρ βασιλεῖαι συγκρινόμεναι μεγάλην εἶχον διαφοράν·
29.24.13ὑπὸ μὲν γὰρ τῆς Ἀντιόχου σπάνιον ἦν εὑρεῖν οἰκεῖόν τι γεγονὸς καθόλου πρὸς τοὺς Ἕλληνας ἔν γε τοῖς ἀνώτερον χρόνοις· καὶ γὰρ ἡ τοῦ τότε βασιλεύοντος μεγαλοψυχία διάδηλος ἐγένετο τοῖς Ἕλλησιν·
Book 30, Part 8
30.21As to Lemnos and Delos they had, according to the proverb, got the wolf by the ears: for they suffered much ill fortune from their quarrels with the Delians; and from the territory of Haliartus they reaped shame rather than profit. . . .
30.22At this time Theaetetus being admitted into the Senate spoke on the subject of the alliance. The Senate, however, postponed the consideration of the proposal, and in the meantime Theaetetus died in the course of nature, for he was more than eighty years old. But on the arrival in Rome of exiles from Caunus and Stratoniceia, and their admission to the Senate, a decree was passed ordering the Rhodians to withdraw their garrisons from Caunus and Stratoniceia. And the embassy of Philophron and Astymedes having received this answer sailed with all speed home, alarmed lest the Rhodians should disregard the order for withdrawing the garrisons, and so give a fresh ground for complaints. . . .
30.23In the Peloponnese, when the ambassadors arrived and announced the answers from Rome, there was no longer mere clamour, but downright rage and hatred against Callicrates and his party. . . .
30.23An instance of the hatred entertained for Callicrates and Adronidas, and the others who agreed with them, was this. The festival of the Antigoneia was being held at Sicyon,—the baths being all supplied with large public bathing tubs, and smaller ones placed by them used by bathers of the better sort,—if Adronidas or Callicrates entered one of these, not a single one of the bystanders would get into it any more, until the bathman had let every drop of water run out and filled it with fresh. They did this from the idea that they would be polluted by entering the same water as these men. Nor would it be easy to describe the hissing and hooting that took place at the public games in Greece when any one attempted to proclaim one of them victor. The very children in the streets as they returned from school ventured to call them traitors to their faces. To such height did the anger and hatred of these men go. . . .
Book 29, Part 8
29.24.14ὑπὸ δὲ τῆς Πτολεμαίου τοσαῦτα καὶ τηλικαῦτα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐγεγόνει φιλάνθρωπα κατὰ τοὺς ἀνώτερον χρόνους ὥστʼ ἂν μηδένα πλεῖον ἀξιοῦν.
29.24.15ἃ διατιθέμενος ὁ Λυκόρτας μεγάλην ἐποιεῖτο φαντασίαν, ἅτε τῆς παραθέσεως ὁλοσχερῆ τὴν διαφορὰν ἐχούσης·
29.24.16καθʼ ὅσον γὰρ οὐκ ἐξαριθμήσασθαι ῥᾴδιον ἦν τὰς τῶν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ βασιλέων εὐεργεσίας, κατὰ τοσοῦτον ἁπλῶς οὐδὲν ἦν εὑρεῖν φιλάνθρωπον ἐκ τῆς Ἀντιόχου βασιλείας ἀπηντημένον εἰς πραγμάτων λόγον τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς. —
29.25.1ὅτι ἕως μέν τινος οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ Καλλικράτην ἐχρῶντο τοῖς ὑπὲρ τῆς διαλύσεως λόγοις, οὐδενὸς δὲ προσέχοντος αὐτοῖς ἐπεισήγαγον μηχανήν.
29.25.2παρῆν γὰρ ἐκ πορείας εἰς τὸ θέατρον γραμματηφόρος φέρων ἐπιστολὴν παρὰ Κοΐντου Μαρκίου, διʼ ἧς παρεκάλει τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας τῇ Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσει πειρᾶσθαι διαλύειν τοὺς βασιλεῖς·
29.25.3συνέβαινε γὰρ καὶ τὴν σύγκλητον ἀπεσταλκέναι πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Νεμέσιον διαλύσοντας τοὺς βασιλεῖς.
29.25.4ἦν δὲ τοῦτο κατὰ τῆς ὑποθέσεως· οἱ γὰρ περὶ τὸν Τίτον ἀδυνατήσαντες τοῦ διαλύειν ἀνακεχωρήκεισαν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἄπρακτοι τελείως.
29.25.5ἀλλʼ οἱ περὶ τὸν Πολύβιον οὐ βουλόμενοι διὰ τὸν Μάρκιον πρὸς τὴν ἐπιστολὴν ἀντιλέγειν ἀνεχώρησαν ἐκ τῶν πραγμάτων. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν βοήθειαν οὕτω διέπεσε τοῖς βασιλεῦσι,
29.25.6τοῖς δʼ Ἀχαιοῖς ἔδοξε πρεσβευτὰς ἀποστέλλειν τοὺς διαλύσοντας· καὶ κατεστάθησαν Ἄρχων Αἰγειράτης, Ἀρκεσίλαος Ἀρίστων Μεγαλοπολῖται.
29.25.7οἱ δὲ παρὰ τοῦ Πτολεμαίου πρεσβευταὶ διαψευσθέντες τῆς συμμαχίας ἀνέδωκαν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν, ἑτοίμας ἔχοντες, ἐπιστολὰς παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων, διʼ ὧν ἠξίουν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἐκπέμπειν Λυκόρταν καὶ Πολύβιον ἐπὶ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα πόλεμον. —
29.26.1ἐπιλαθόμενος δὲ τῶν γεγραμμένων ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ Ἀντίοχος καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων ἐξήρτυε πόλεμον κατὰ Πτολεμαίου, ὥστε καὶ λίαν ἀληθὲς φαίνεσθαι τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Σιμωνίδου "χαλεπὸν ἐσθλὸν ἔμμεναι.
29.26.2" ἔχειν μὲν γὰρ ὁρμὰς ἐπὶ τὰ καλὰ καὶ μέχρι τινὸς ἀντιποιήσασθαι τούτων εὐμαρές, ὁμαλίσαι δὲ καὶ κατὰ πᾶσαν περίστασιν ἐπίμονον γενέσθαι τῇ γνώμῃ, μηδὲν τοῦ καλοῦ καὶ τοῦ δικαίου προυργιαίτερον τιθέμενον, δυσχερές. —
29.27.1ὅτι τοῦ Ἀντιόχου πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον ἕνεκεν τοῦ Πηλούσιον κατασχεῖν ἀφικομένου,
29.27.2ὁ Ποπίλιος ὁ τῶν Ῥωμαίων στρατηγός, τοῦ βασιλέως πόρρωθεν ἀσπαζομένου διὰ τῆς φωνῆς καὶ τὴν δεξιὰν προτείνοντος, πρόχειρον ἔχων τὸ δελτάριον, ἐν ᾧ τὸ τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμα κατετέτακτο, προύτεινεν αὐτῷ καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐκέλευσε πρῶτον ἀναγνῶναι τὸν Ἀντίοχον,
29.27.3ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, μὴ πρότερον ἀξιώσας τὸ τῆς φιλίας σύνθημα ποιεῖν πρὶν ἢ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦ δεξιουμένου, πότερα φίλιος ἢ πολέμιός ἐστιν.
29.27.4ἐπεὶ δʼ ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀναγνοὺς ἔφη βούλεσθαι μεταδοῦναι τοῖς φίλοις ὑπὲρ τῶν προσπεπτωκότων, ἀκούσας ὁ Ποπίλιος ἐποίησε πρᾶγμα βαρὺ μὲν δοκοῦν εἶναι καὶ τελέως ὑπερήφανον·
29.27.5ἔχων γὰρ πρόχειρον ἀμπελίνην βακτηρίαν περιέγραφε τῷ κλήματι τὸν Ἀντίοχον ἐν τούτῳ τε τῷ γύρῳ τὴν ἀπόφασιν ἐκέλευσε δοῦναι περὶ τῶν γεγραμμένων·
29.27.6ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ξενισθεὶς τὸ γινόμενον καὶ τὴν ὑπεροχήν, βραχὺν χρόνον ἐναπορήσας ἔφη ποιήσειν πᾶν τὸ παρακαλούμενον ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων. οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ποπίλιον τότε τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ λαμβάνοντες ἅμα πάντες ἠσπάζοντο φιλοφρόνως.
29.27.7ἦν δὲ τὰ γεγραμμένα λύειν ἐξ αὐτῆς τὸν πρὸς Πτολεμαῖον πόλεμον.
29.27.8διὸ καὶ δοθεισῶν αὐτῷ τακτῶν ἡμερῶν, οὗτος μὲν ἀπῆγε τὰς δυνάμεις εἰς τὴν Συρίαν, βαρυνόμενος καὶ στένων, εἴκων δὲ τοῖς καιροῖς κατὰ τὸ παρόν·
29.27.9οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ποπίλιον καταστησάμενοι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν καὶ παρακαλέσαντες τοὺς βασιλεῖς ὁμονοεῖν, ἅμα δὲ προστάξαντες αὐτοῖς Πολυάρατον ἀναπέμπειν εἰς Ῥώμην, ἀνέπλευσαν ἐπὶ τῆς Κύπρου, βουλόμενοι καὶ τὰς ἐκεῖ καθυπαρχούσας δυνάμεις ἐκβαλεῖν ἐκ τῆς νήσου κατὰ σπουδήν.
29.27.10ἀφικόμενοι δὲ καὶ καταλαβόντες ἡττημένους μάχῃ τοὺς τοῦ Πτολεμαίου στρατηγοὺς καὶ καθόλου φερόμενα τὰ κατὰ τὴν Κύπρον ἄνω καὶ κάτω ταχέως ἀνέστησαν τὸ στρατόπεδον ἐκ τῆς χώρας καὶ παρήδρευσαν, ἕως ἀπέπλευσαν αἱ δυνάμεις ἐπὶ Συρίας.
29.27.11καὶ Ῥωμαῖοι μὲν ὅσον οὔπω καταπεπονημένην τὴν Πτολεμαίου βασιλείαν τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ διέσωσαν,
Book 30, Part 9
30.24The inhabitants of Peraea were like slaves unexpectedly released from chains, who are scarcely able to believe their present good fortune, thinking it a change almost too great to be natural; and cannot believe that those they meet can understand or fully see that they are really released, unless they do something strange and out of the ordinary course. . . .
Book 29, Part 9
29.27.12τῆς τύχης οὕτω βραβευούσης τὰ κατὰ τὸν Περσέα πράγματα καὶ τοὺς Μακεδόνας ὥστε καὶ πρὸς τὸν ἔσχατον καιρὸν ἐλθόντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν καὶ τὴν ὅλην Αἴγυπτον παρὰ τοῦτο πάλιν ὀρθωθῆναι, παρὰ τὸ φθάσαι κριθέντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν Περσέα πράγματα·
29.27.13μὴ γὰρ γενομένου τούτου καὶ πιστευθέντος, οὐκ ἄν μοι δοκεῖ πειθαρχῆσαι τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις Ἀντίοχος.
Book 31, Part 1
31.1AT this time the Cnosians, in alliance with the Gortynians, made war upon the Rhaucians, and swore a mutual oath that they would not end the war until they had taken Rhaucus.
31.1But when the Rhodians received the decree regarding Caunus, and saw that the anger of the Romans was not abating, after having scrupulously carried out the orders contained in the Senate’s replies, they forthwith sent Aristotle at the head of an embassy to Rome, with instructions to make another attempt to secure the alliance. They arrived in Rome at the height of summer, and, having been admitted to the Senate, at once declared how their people had obeyed the Senate’s orders, and pleaded for the alliance, using a great variety of arguments in a speech of considerable length. But the Senate returned them a reply in which, without a word about their friendship, they said that, as to the alliance, it was not proper for them to grant the Rhodians this favour at present. . . .
31.2To the ambassadors of the Gauls in Asia they granted autonomy, on condition that they remained within their dwellings, and went on no warlike expeditions beyond their own frontiers. . . .
31.3When this same king (Antiochus Epiphanes) heard of the games in Macedonia held by the Roman proconsul Aemilius Paulus, wishing to out do Paulus by the splendour of his liberality, he sent envoys to the several cities announcing games to be held by him at Daphne; and it became the rage in Greece to attend them. The public ceremonies began with a procession composed as follows: first came some men armed in the Roman fashion, with their coats made of chain armour, five thousand in the prime of life. Next came five thousand Mysians, who were followed by three thousand Cilicians armed like light infantry, and wearing gold crowns. Next to them came three thousand Thracians and five thousand Gauls. They were followed by twenty-thousand Macedonians, and five thousand armed with brass shields, and others with silver shields, who were followed by two hundred and forty pairs of gladiators. Behind these were a thousand Nisaean cavalry and three thousand native horsemen, most of whom had gold plumes and gold crowns, the rest having them of silver. Next to them came what are called companion cavalry, to the number of a thousand, closely followed by the corps of king’s friends of about the same number, who were again followed by a thousand picked men; next to whom came the Agema or guard, which was considered the flower of the cavalry, and numbered about a thousand. Next came the cataphract cavalry, both men and horses acquiring that name from the nature of their panoply; they numbered fifteen hundred. All the above men had purple surcoats, in many cases embroidered with gold and heraldic designs. And behind them came a hundred six-horsed, and forty four-horsed chariots; a chariot drawn by four elephants and another by two; and then thirty-six elephants in single file with all their furniture on.
Book 30, Part 1
30.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἦλθε παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους ἀδελφὸς Ἄτταλος,
30.1.2ἔχων μὲν πρόφασιν, εἰ καὶ μὴ τὸ κατὰ τοὺς Γαλάτας ἐγεγόνει σύμπτωμα περὶ τὴν βασιλείαν, ὅμως ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἕνεκεν τοῦ συγχαρῆναι τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ τυχεῖν τινος ἐπισημασίας διὰ τὸ συμπεπολεμηκέναι καὶ πάντων εὐμενῶς σφίσι μετεσχηκέναι τῶν κινδύνων·
30.1.3τότε δὲ καὶ διὰ τὴν Γαλατικὴν περίστασιν ἠναγκασμένος ἧκεν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
30.1.4πάντων δὲ φιλοφρόνως αὐτὸν ἀποδεχομένων διά τε τὴν ἐν τῇ στρατείᾳ γεγενημένην συνήθειαν καὶ διὰ τὸ δοκεῖν εὔνουν αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχειν, καὶ γινομένης τῆς ἀπαντήσεως ὑπὲρ τὴν προσδοκίαν, μετέωρος ἐγενήθη ταῖς ἐλπίσιν, οὐκ εἰδὼς τὴν ἀληθινὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἀποδοχῆς.
30.1.5διὸ καὶ παρʼ ὀλίγον ἦλθε τοῦ λυμήνασθαι τὰ σφέτερα πράγματα καὶ τὴν ὅλην βασιλείαν.
30.1.6τῶν γὰρ πλείστων Ῥωμαίων ἀπηλλοτριωμένων τῆς τοῦ βασιλέως Εὐμένους εὐνοίας καὶ πεπεισμένων αὐτὸν πλάγιον ἐν τῷ πολέμῳ γεγονέναι, λαλοῦντα τῷ Περσεῖ καὶ τοῖς καιροῖς ἐφεδρεύοντα τοῖς κατʼ αὐτῶν,
30.1.7ἔνιοι τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἀνδρῶν λαμβάνοντες εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὸν Ἄτταλον παρεκάλουν τὴν μὲν ὑπὲρ τἀδελφοῦ πρεσβείαν ἀποθέσθαι, περὶ δʼ ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς λόγους·
30.1.8βούλεσθαι γὰρ αὐτῷ τὴν σύγκλητον συγκατασκευάζειν ἰδίαν ἀρχὴν καὶ δυναστείαν διὰ τὴν ἀλλοτριότητα τὴν πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν.
30.1.9ἐφʼ οἷς συνέβαινε τὸν Ἄτταλον ἐπὶ πολὺ μετεωρίζεσθαι καὶ συγκατανεύειν ἐν ταῖς κατʼ ἰδίαν ὁμιλίαις τοῖς εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος αὐτὸν παρορμῶσι.
30.1.10τέλος δὲ πρὸς ἐνίους τῶν ἀξιολόγων ἀνδρῶν συνέθετο καὶ παρελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ποιήσεσθαι τοὺς περὶ τούτων λόγους.
30.2.1τοιαύτης δʼ οὔσης τῆς διαθέσεως περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον, ὀττευσάμενος ὁ βασιλεὺς τὸ μέλλον ἐπιπέμπει Στρατίον τὸν ἰατρὸν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ὃς μεγίστην παρʼ αὐτῷ πίστιν εἶχε,
30.2.2τὰ μὲν ὑποδείξας, τὰ δʼ ἐντειλάμενος πᾶσαν εἰσενέγκασθαι μηχανὴν πρὸς τὸ μὴ κατακολουθῆσαι τὸν Ἄτταλον τοῖς βουλομένοις λυμήνασθαι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν.
30.2.3ὁ δὲ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ λαβὼν εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὸν Ἄτταλον πολλοὺς μὲν καὶ ποικίλους διέθετο λόγους· καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔχων τι νουνεχὲς καὶ πειστικόν·
30.2.4μόγις δὲ καθίκετο τῆς προθέσεως καὶ μετεκάλεσε τὸν Ἄτταλον ἀπὸ τῆς ἀλόγου φορᾶς, θεὶς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν ὅτι κατὰ μὲν τὸ παρὸν συμβασιλεύει τἀδελφῷ, τούτῳ διαφέρων ἐκείνου τῷ μὴ διάδημα περιτίθεσθαι μηδὲ χρηματίζειν βασιλεύς, τὴν δὲ λοιπὴν ἴσην καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχων ἐξουσίαν,
30.2.5εἰς δὲ τὸ μέλλον ὁμολογουμένως καταλείπεται διάδοχος τῆς ἀρχῆς, οὐ μακρὰν ταύτης τῆς ἐλπίδος ὑπαρχούσης, ἅτε τοῦ βασιλέως διὰ μὲν τὴν σωματικὴν ἀσθένειαν αἰεὶ προσδοκῶντος τὴν ἐκ τοῦ βίου μετάστασιν, διὰ δὲ τὴν ἀπαιδίαν οὐδʼ εἰ βουληθείη δυναμένου τὴν ἀρχὴν ἄλλῳ καταλιπεῖν·
30.2.6οὐδέπω γὰρ ἀναδεδειγμένος ἐτύγχανεν κατὰ φύσιν υἱὸς ὢν αὐτῷ τις ὁ μετὰ ταῦτα διαδεξάμενος τὴν ἀρχήν.
30.2.7τὸ δὲ συνέχον, θαυμάζειν ἔφη πόσα βλάπτει τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς. μεγάλην γὰρ δεῖν ἔχειν πᾶσι τοῖς θεοῖς χάριν,
30.2.8εἰ συμπνεύσαντες καὶ μιᾷ γνώμῃ χρώμενοι δύναιντο τὸν ἀπὸ Γαλατῶν φόβον ἀπώσασθαι καὶ τὸν ἀπὸ τούτων ἐφεστῶτα κίνδυνον.
30.2.9εἰ δὲ νῦν εἰς στάσιν καὶ
30.2.9διαφορὰν ἥξει πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν, πρόδηλον εἶναι διότι καταστρέψει τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ στερήσει μὲν αὑτὸν καὶ τῆς παρούσης ἐξουσίας καὶ τῆς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐλπίδος, στερήσει δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς ἐν αὐτῇ δυναστείας.
30.2.10ταῦτα δὴ καὶ τούτοις ἕτερα παραπλήσια διατιθέμενος ὁ Στρατίος ἔπεισε τὸν Ἄτταλον μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων.
30.3.1διόπερ εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ὁ προειρημένος συνεχάρη μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν καὶ περὶ τῆς καθʼ αὑτὸν εὐνοίας καὶ προθυμίας, ἣν παρέσχετο κατὰ τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον, ἀπελογίσατο·
30.3.2παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦ πέμψαι πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς παρακαθέξοντας τὴν τῶν Γαλατῶν ἀπόνοιαν καὶ πάλιν εἰς τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτοὺς ἀποκαταστήσοντας διάθεσιν παρεκάλεσε διὰ πλειόνων.
30.3.3ἐποιήσατο δὲ λόγους καὶ περὶ τῆς Αἰνίων καὶ τῆς Μαρωνειτῶν πόλεως, ἀξιῶν αὑτῷ δοθῆναι ταύτας ἐν δωρεᾷ.
30.3.4τὸν δὲ κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως λόγον καὶ τὸν περὶ τοῦ μερισμοῦ τῆς ἀρχῆς εἰς τέλος παρεσιώπησεν.
30.3.5ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος ὑπολαμβάνουσα πάλιν αὐτὸν ἰδίᾳ περὶ τούτων εἰσπορεύσεσθαι, τούς τε πρεσβευτὰς συμπέμψειν ὑπέσχετο καὶ τοῖς εἰθισμένοις δώροις ἐτίμησεν αὐτὸν μεγαλομερῶς· ἐπηγγείλατο δὲ καὶ τὰς προειρημένας πόλεις δώσειν.
30.3.6ἐπειδὴ δὲ παραυτὰ τυχὼν τῶν φιλανθρώπων ὥρμησεν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης οὐδὲν ποιήσας τῶν προσδοκωμένων, διαψευσθεῖσα τῶν ἐλπίδων ἡ σύγκλητος ἄλλο μὲν οὐδὲν εἶχε ποιεῖν,
30.3.7ἔτι δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ὄντος αὐτοῦ τὴν μὲν Αἶνον καὶ τὴν Μαρώνειαν ἠλευθέρωσεν, ἀθετήσασα τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν, τοὺς δὲ περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον Λικίννιον ἔπεμψε πρεσβευτὰς πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας.
30.3.8οἷς ποίας μὲν ἔδωκεν ἐντολὰς εἰπεῖν οὐ ῥᾴδιον, στοχάζεσθαι δʼ ἐκ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα συμβάντων οὐ δυσχερές.
30.3.9τοῦτο δʼ ἔσται δῆλον ἐκ τῶν πράξεων αὐτῶν.
30.4.1ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ Ῥοδίων πρέσβεις, πρῶτον μὲν οἱ περὶ Φιλοκράτην, μετὰ δὲ τούτους οἱ περὶ Φιλόφρονα καὶ Ἀστυμήδην.
30.4.2οἱ γὰρ Ῥόδιοι κομισάμενοι τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, ἣν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἁγέπολιν ἔλαβον εὐθέως μετὰ τὴν παράταξιν, καὶ θεωροῦντες ἐκ ταύτης τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς ὀργὴν καὶ τὴν ἀνάτασιν τῆς συγκλήτου παραυτίκα τὰς προειρημένας πρεσβείας ἐξέπεμψαν.
30.4.3οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Ἀστυμήδην καὶ Φιλόφρονα κατανοοῦντες ἐκ τῶν ἐντεύξεων καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν τὴν ὑφόρασιν καὶ τὴν ἀλλοτριότητα τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὴν πρὸς αὑτοὺς εἰς ἀθυμίαν ὁλοσχερῆ καὶ δυσχρηστίαν ἐνέπιπτον.
30.4.4ὡς δὲ καὶ τῶν στρατηγῶν τις ἀναβὰς ἐπὶ τοὺς ἐμβόλους παρεκάλει τοὺς ὄχλους ἐπὶ τὸν κατὰ Ῥοδίων πόλεμον,
Book 31, Part 2
31.3The rest of the procession was almost beyond description, but I must give a summary account of it. It consisted of eight hundred young men wearing gold crowns, about a thousand fine oxen, foreign delegates to the number of nearly three hundred, and eight hundred ivory tusks. The number of images of the gods it is impossible to tell completely: for representations of every god or demigod or hero accepted by mankind were carried there, some gilded and others adorned with gold-embroidered robes; and the myths, belonging to each, according to accepted tradition, were represented by the most costly symbols. Behind them were carried representations of Night and Day, Earth, Heaven, Morning and Noon. The best idea that I can give of the amount of gold and silver plate is this: One of the king’s friends, Dionysius his secretary, had a thousand boys in the procession carrying silver vessels, none of which weighed less than a thousand drachmae; and by their side walked six hundred young slaves of the king holding gold vessels. There were also two hundred women sprinkling unguents from gold boxes; and after them came eighty women sitting in litters with gold feet, and five hundred in litters with silver feet, all adorned with great costliness. These were the most remarkable features of the procession.
31.4The festival, including the gladiatorial shows and hunting, lasted thirty days, in the course of which there was continual round of spectacles. During the first five of these everybody in the gymnasium anointed himself with oil scented with saffron in gold vessels, of which there were fifteen, and the same number scented with cinnamon and nard. On the following days other vessels were brought in scented with fenugreek, marjoram, and lily, all of extraordinary fragrancy. Public banquets were also given, at which couches were prepared, sometimes for a thousand and sometimes for fifteen hundred, with the utmost splendour and costliness.
31.4The whole of the arrangements were made personally by the king. He rode on an inferior horse by the side of the procession, ordering one part to advance, and another to halt, as occasion required; so that, if his diadem had been removed, no one would have believed that he was the king and the master of all; for his appearance was not equal to that of a moderately good servant. At the feasts also he stood himself at the entrance, and admitted some and assigned others their places; he personally ushered in the servants bringing the dishes; and walking about among the company sometimes sat down and sometimes lay down on the couches. Sometimes he would jump up, lay down the morsel of food or the cup that he was raising to his lips, and go to another part of the hall; and walking among the guests acknowledge the compliment, as now one and now another pledged him in wine, or jest at any recitations that might be going on. And when the festivity had gone on for a long time, and a good many of the guests had departed, the king was carried in by the mummers, completely shrouded in a robe, and laid upon the ground, as though he were one of the actors; then, at the signal given by the music, he leapt up, stripped, and began to dance with the jesters; so that all the guests were scandalised and retired. In fact every one who attended the festival, when they saw the extraordinary wealth which was displayed at it, the arrangements made in the processions and games, and the scale of the splendour on which the whole was managed, were struck with amazement and wonder both at the king and the greatness of his kingdom: but when they fixed their eyes on the man himself, and the contemptible conduct to which he condescended, they could scarcely believe that so much excellence and baseness could exist in one and the same breast. . . .
31.5After the completion of the festival, the envoys with Tiberius Gracchus arrived, who had been sent from Rome to investigate the state of affairs in Syria. Antiochus received them with such tact and with so many expressions of kindness, that Tiberius not only had no suspicion that he was meditating any active step, or cherishing any sinister feeling on account of what had happened at Alexandria, but was even induced by the extraordinary kindness of his reception to discredit those who made any such suggestion. For, besides other courtesies, the king gave up his own hall for the use of the envoys, and almost his crown in appearance; although his true sentiments were not at all of this kind, and he was on the contrary profoundly incensed with the Romans. . . .
Book 30, Part 2
30.4.5τότε δὴ παντάπασιν ἔξω τοῦ φρονεῖν γενόμενοι διὰ τὸν περὶ τῆς πατρίδος κίνδυνον εἰς τοιαύτην ἦλθον διάθεσιν ὥστε καὶ φαιὰ λαβεῖν ἱμάτια καὶ κατὰ τὰς παρακλήσεις μηκέτι παρακαλεῖν μηδʼ ἀξιοῦν τοὺς φίλους, ἀλλὰ δεῖσθαι μετὰ δακρύων μηδὲν ἀνήκεστον βουλεύσασθαι περὶ αὑτῶν.
30.4.6μετὰ δέ τινας ἡμέρας εἰσαγαγόντος αὐτοὺς Ἀντωνίου τοῦ δημάρχου, τοῦ καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν τὸν παρακαλοῦντα πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον κατασπάσαντος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐμβόλων, ἐποιεῖτο τοὺς λόγους πρῶτον μὲν Φιλόφρων, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Ἀστυμήδης.
30.4.7ὅτε δὴ κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν τὸ κύκνειον ἐξηχήσαντες ἔλαβον ἀποκρίσεις τοιαύτας, διʼ ὧν τοῦ μὲν ὁλοσχεροῦς φόβου τοῦ κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἐδόκουν παραλελύσθαι,
30.4.8περὶ δὲ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἐγκλημάτων αὐτοῖς ἡ σύγκλητος πικρῶς καὶ βαρέως ὠνείδισεν.
30.4.9ἦν δʼ ὁ νοῦς τῆς ἀποκρίσεως τοιοῦτος, ὅτι εἰ μὴ διʼ ὀλίγους ἀνθρώπους τοὺς αὑτῶν φίλους, καὶ μάλιστα διʼ αὐτούς, ᾔδεισαν καλῶς καὶ δικαίως ὡς δέον ἦν αὐτοῖς χρήσασθαι.
30.4.10ὁ δʼ Ἀστυμήδης αὑτῷ μὲν ἐδόκει καλῶς εἰρηκέναι περὶ τῆς πατρίδος, οὐ μὴν τοῖς γε παρεπιδημοῦσιν οὐδὲ τοῖς οἴκοι μένουσιν τῶν Ἑλλήνων οὐδαμῶς ἤρεσκεν.
30.4.11ἐξέβαλε γὰρ ἔγγραπτον μετὰ ταῦτα ποιήσας τὴν σύνταξιν τῆς δικαιολογίας, ἣ τοῖς πλείστοις τῶν ἀναλαμβανόντων εἰς τὰς χεῖρας ἄτοπος ἐφαίνετο καὶ τελέως ἀπίθανος.
30.4.12συνεστήσατο γὰρ τὴν δικαιολογίαν οὐ μόνον ἐκ τῶν τῆς πατρίδος δικαίων, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον ἐκ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων κατηγορίας.
30.4.13τὰ μὲν γὰρ εὐεργετήματα καὶ συνεργήματα παραβάλλων καὶ συγκρίνων τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἐπειρᾶτο ψευδοποιεῖν καὶ ταπεινοῦν, τὰ δὲ τῶν Ῥοδίων ηὔξανε, πολλαπλασιάζων καθʼ ὅσον οἷός τʼ ἦν·
30.4.14τὰ δʼ ἁμαρτήματα κατὰ τοὐναντίον τὰ μὲν τῶν ἄλλων ἐξωνείδιζε πικρῶς καὶ δυσμενικῶς, τὰ δὲ τῶν Ῥοδίων ἐπειρᾶτο περιστέλλειν, ἵνα κατὰ τὴν παράθεσιν τὰ μὲν οἰκεῖα μικρὰ καὶ συγγνώμης ἄξια φανῇ, τὰ δὲ τῶν πέλας μεγάλα καὶ ἀπαραίτητα τελέως, ἐφʼ οἷς ἔφη συγγνώμης τετευχέναι τοὺς ἡμαρτηκότας ἅπαντας.
30.4.15τὸ δὲ γένος τοῦτο τῆς δικαιολογίας οὐδαμῶς ἂν πρέπειν ἀνδρὶ πολιτικῷ δόξειεν,
30.4.16ἐπείτοι καὶ τῶν κοινοπραγησάντων περί τινων ἀπορρήτων οὐ τοὺς διὰ φόβον ἢ πόρον μηνυτὰς γενομένους τῶν συνειδότων ἐπαινοῦμεν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς πᾶσαν ἐπιδεξαμένους βάσανον καὶ τιμωρίαν καὶ μηδενὶ τῶν συνειδότων παραιτίους γενομένους τῆς αὐτῆς συμφορᾶς, τούτους ἀποδεχόμεθα καὶ τούτους ἄνδρας ἀγαθοὺς νομίζομεν.
30.4.17ὁ δὲ διὰ τὸν ἄδηλον φόβον πάντα τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἁμαρτήματα τιθεὶς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν τοῖς κρατοῦσιν καὶ καινοποιήσας, ὑπὲρ ὧν ὁ χρόνος εἰς λήθην ἀγηόχει τοὺς ὑπερέχοντας, πῶς οὐκ ἔμελλε δυσαρεστήσειν τοῖς ἱστορήσασιν;
30.5.1τὴν δὲ προειρημένην ἀπόκρισιν οἱ μὲν περὶ τὸν Φιλοκράτην λαβόντες ἐξ αὐτῆς ὥρμησαν, οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Φιλόφρονα καὶ Ἀστυμήδην αὐτόθι μένοντες παρήδρευον χάριν τοῦ μηδὲν αὐτοὺς λανθάνειν τῶν προσπιπτόντων ἢ λεγομένων κατὰ τῆς πατρίδος.
30.5.2προσπεσούσης δὲ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ταύτης εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, δόξαντες ἀπολελύσθαι τοῦ μεγίστου φόβου τοῦ κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον, τἄλλα καίπερ ἀκμὴν ὄντα δυσχερῆ ῥᾳδίως ἔφερον.
30.5.3οὕτως αἰεὶ τὰ μείζω τῶν προσδοκωμένων κακῶν λήθην ποιεῖ τῶν ἐλαττόνων συμπτωμάτων.
30.5.4διὸ καὶ παραχρῆμα ψηφισάμενοι τῇ Ῥώμῃ στέφανον ἀπὸ μυρίων χρυσῶν καὶ καταστήσαντες πρεσβευτὴν ἅμα καὶ ναύαρχον Θεαίδητον ἐξέπεμπον θερείας ἀρχομένης ἄγοντα τὸν στέφανον καὶ μετὰ τούτου τοὺς περὶ Ῥοδοφῶντα, πειρασομένους κατὰ πάντα τρόπον συμμαχίαν συνθέσθαι πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
30.5.5τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίησαν οὐ βουλόμενοι διὰ τοῦ ψηφίσματος καὶ πρεσβείας ἀποτυχεῖν, ἐὰν ἄλλως δόξῃ Ῥωμαίοις, διʼ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς τοῦ ναυάρχου προαιρέσεως τὴν κατάπειραν ποιήσασθαι· τὴν γὰρ ἐξουσίαν εἶχε ταύτην ὁ ναύαρχος ἐκ τῶν νόμων.
30.5.6οὕτως γὰρ ἦν πραγματικὸν τὸ πολίτευμα τῶν Ῥοδίων ὡς σχεδὸν ἔτη τετταράκοντα πρὸς τοῖς ἑκατὸν κεκοινωνηκὼς ὁ δῆμος Ῥωμαίοις τῶν ἐπιφανεστάτων καὶ καλλίστων ἔργων οὐκ ἐπεποίητο πρὸς αὐτοὺς συμμαχίαν.
30.5.7τίνος δὲ χάριν οὕτως ἐχείριζον οἱ Ῥόδιοι τὰ καθʼ αὑτοὺς οὐκ ἄξιον παραλιπεῖν.
30.5.8βουλόμενοι γὰρ μηδένα τῶν ἐν ταῖς ὑπεροχαῖς καὶ δυναστείαις ἀπελπίζειν τὴν ἐξ αὑτῶν ἐπικουρίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν, οὐκ ἐβούλοντο συνδυάζειν οὐδὲ προκαταλαμβάνειν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὅρκοις καὶ συνθήκαις, ἀλλʼ ἀκέραιοι διαμένοντες κερδαίνειν τὰς ἐξ ἑκάστων ἐλπίδας.
30.5.9τότε δὲ μεγάλην ἐποιοῦντο φιλοτιμίαν, βουλόμενοι ταύτης τῆς τιμῆς τυχεῖν παρὰ Ῥωμαίων, οὐ κατεπειγόμενοι συμμαχίας οὐδʼ ἀγωνιῶντες ἁπλῶς οὐδένα κατὰ τὸ παρὸν πλὴν αὐτῶν τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
30.5.10ἀλλὰ βουλόμενοι κατὰ τὴν ὑπέρθεσιν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὰς ὑπονοίας τῶν δυσχερές τι διανοουμένων περὶ τῆς πόλεως. ἄρτι δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Θεαίδητον καταπεπλευκότων,
30.5.11ἀπέστησαν Καύνιοι, κατελάβοντο δὲ καὶ Μυλασεῖς τὰς ἐν Εὐρώμῳ πόλεις.
30.5.12κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἡ σύγκλητος ἐξέβαλε δόγμα διότι δεῖ Κᾶρας καὶ Λυκίους ἐλευθέρους εἶναι πάντας, ὅσους προσένειμε Ῥοδίοις μετὰ τὸν Ἀντιοχικὸν πόλεμον.
30.5.13τὰ μὲν οὖν κατὰ τοὺς Καυνίους καὶ τοὺς Εὐρωμεῖς ταχέως οἱ Ῥόδιοι διωρθώσαντο·
30.5.14τοὺς μὲν γὰρ Καυνίους Λύκωνα πέμψαντες μετὰ στρατιωτῶν ἠνάγκασαν πάλιν ὑφʼ αὑτοὺς τάττεσθαι,
30.5.15καίπερ Κιβυρατῶν αὐτοῖς παραβοηθησάντων, ἐπὶ δὲ τὰς ἐν Εὐρώμῳ πόλεις στρατεύσαντες ἐνίκησαν μάχῃ Μυλασεῖς καὶ Ἀλαβανδεῖς, ἀμφοτέρων παραγενομένων μετὰ στρατιᾶς ἐπʼ Ὀρθωσίαν.
30.5.16τοῦ δὲ περὶ τῶν Λυκίων καὶ Καρῶν δόγματος αὐτοῖς προσπεσόντος, πάλιν ἀπεσοβήθησαν ταῖς διανοίαις, δείσαντες μή ποτε μάταιος μὲν αὐτοῖς ἡ τοῦ στεφάνου δόσις γέγονε, μάταιοι δʼ αἱ περὶ τῆς συμμαχίας ἐλπίδες.
30.6.1ὅτι φησὶ Πολύβιος· πρότερον ἐπιστήσαντες τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας ἐπὶ τὴν περὶ Δείνωνος καὶ Πολυαράτου διάληψιν·
30.6.2μεγάλης γὰρ οὔσης τῆς περιστάσεως καὶ τῆς μεταβολῆς οὐ μόνον παρὰ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν ἁπάσαις ταῖς πολιτείαις,
30.6.3χρήσιμον ἂν εἴη τὸ τὰς προαιρέσεις τῶν παρʼ ἑκάστοις πολιτευομένων ἐπισκέψασθαι καὶ γνῶναι τίνες φανήσονται τὸ κατὰ λόγον πεποιηκότες καὶ τίνες παραπεπαικότες τοῦ καθήκοντος, ἵνα οἱ ἐπιγινόμενοι,
30.6.4ὡσανεὶ τύπων ἐκτιθεμένων, δύνωνται κατὰ τὰς ὁμοίας περιστάσεις τὰ μὲν αἱρετὰ διώκειν, τὰ δὲ φευκτὰ φεύγειν ἀληθινῶς, καὶ μὴ περὶ τὸν ἔσχατον καιρὸν τῆς ζωῆς ἀβλεπτοῦντες τὸ πρέπον καὶ τὰς ἐν τῷ προγεγονότι βίῳ πράξεις ταὐτὸν πάθωσιν.
30.6.5συνέβαινε τοιγαροῦν τρεῖς διαφορὰς γενέσθαι τῶν ἐμπεσόντων εἰς τὰς αἰτίας κατὰ τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον.
Book 31, Part 3
31.6A large number of ambassadors from various quarters having arrived at Rome, the most important of which were those with Astymedes from Rhodes, Eureus Anaxidamus and Satyrus from the Achaeans, and those with Pytho from Prusias,—the Senate gave audience to these last. The ambassadors from Prusias complained of king Eumenes, alleging that he had taken certain places belonging to their country, and had not in any sense evacuated Galatia, or obeyed the decrees of the Senate; but had been supporting all who favoured himself, and depressing in every possible way those who wished to shape their policy in accordance with the Senate’s decrees. There were also some ambassadors from certain towns in Asia, who accused the king on the grounds of his intimate association with Antiochus. The Senate listened to the accusers, and neither rejected their accusations nor openly expressed its own opinion; but acted with close reserve, thoroughly distrusting both Eumenes and Antiochus: and meanwhile contented itself by continually supporting Galatia and contriving some fresh security for its freedom. But the envoys under Tiberius Gracchus, on their return from their mission, had no clearer idea themselves in regard to Eumenes and Antiochus than before they left Rome, nor could they give the Senate one either. So completely had the kings hoodwinked them by the cordiality of their reception.
31.7The Senate next called in the Rhodians and heard what they had to say. When Astymedes entered, he adopted a more moderate and more effective line of argument than on his former embassy. He omitted the invectives against others, and took the humble tone of men who are being flogged, begging to be forgiven, and declaring that his country had suffered sufficient punishment, and a more severe one than its crime deserved. And then he went briefly through the list of the Rhodian losses. First, they have lost Lycia and Caria, which had already cost them a large sum of money, having been forced to support three wars against them; while at the present moment they have been deprived of a considerable revenue which they used to draw from those countries. But perhaps, he added, this is as it should be: you gave them to our people as a free gift, because you regarded us with favour; and in now recalling your gift, because you suspect and are at variance with us, you may seem only to be acting reasonably. But Caunus, at any rate, we purchased from Ptolemy’s officers for two hundred talents; and Stratoniceia we received as a great favour from Antiochus, son of Seleucus; and from those two towns our people had a revenue of a hundred and twenty talents a year. All these sources of revenue we have surrendered, in our submission to your injunctions. From which it appears that you have imposed a heavier penalty on the Rhodians for one act of folly, than on the Macedonians that have been continually at war with you. But the greatest disaster of all to our State is that the revenue from its harbour has been abolished by your making Delos a free port; and by your depriving our people of that independence by which the harbour, as well as other interests of the States, were maintained in suitable dignity. And it is easy to satisfy yourselves of the truth of my words. Our revenue from harbour dues amounted in past years to one million drachmae, from which you have now taken one hundred and fifty thousand; so that it is only too true, gentlemen of Rome, that your anger has affected the resources of the country. Now, if the mistake committed, and the alienation from Rome, had been shared in by the entire people, you might perhaps have seemed to be acting rightly in maintaining a lasting and irreconcilable anger against us; but if the fact is made clear to you that it was an exceedingly small number who shared in this foolish policy, and that these have all been put to death by this very people itself, why still be irreconcilable to those who are in no respect guilty? Especially when to every one else you are reputed to exhibit the highest possible clemency and magnanimity. Wherefore, gentlemen, our people having lost their revenues, their freedom of debate, and their position of independence, in defence of which in time past they have been ever willing to make any sacrifices, now beg and beseech you all, as having been smitten sufficiently, to relax your anger, and to be reconciled and make this alliance with them: that it may be made manifest to all the world that you have put away your anger against Rhodes, and have returned to your old feelings and friendship towards them. Such among others were the words of Astymedes. He was thought to have spoken much to the point in the circumstances; but what helped the Rhodians to the alliance more than anything else was the recent return of the embassy under Tiberius Gracchus. For he gave evidence, in the first place, that the Rhodians had obeyed all the decrees of the Senate; and in the next place, that the men who were the authors of their hostile policy had all been condemned to death; and by this testimony overcame all opposition, and secured the alliance between Rome and Rhodes. . . .
31.8After an interval the envoys of the Achaeans were admitted with instructions conformable to the last reply received, which was to the effect that The Senate were surprised that they should apply to them for a decision on matters which they had already decided for themselves. Accordingly another embassy under Eureas now appeared to explain that The league had neither heard the defence of the accused persons, nor given any decision whatever concerning them; but wished the Senate to take measures in regard to these men, that they might have a trial and not perish uncondemned. They begged that, if possible, the Senate should itself conduct the investigation, and declare who are the persons guilty of those charges; but, if its variety of business made it impossible to do this itself, that it should intrust the business to the Achaeans, who would show by their treatment of the guilty their detestation of their crime. The Senate recognised that the tone of the embassy was in conformity with its own injunctions, but still felt embarrassed how to act. Both courses were open to objection. To judge the case of the men was, it thought, not a task it ought to undertake; and to release them without any trial at all evidently involved ruin to the friends of Rome. In this strait the Senate, wishing to take all hope from the Achaean people of the restitution of the men who were detained, in order that they might obey without a murmur Callicrates in Achaia, and in the other states those who sided with Rome, wrote the following answer: We do not consider it advisable either for ourselves or for your nationalities that these men should return home. The publication of this answer not only reduced the men who had been summoned to Italy to complete despair and dejection, but was regarded by all Greeks as a common sorrow, for it seemed to take away all hope of restoration from these unfortunate men. When it was announced in Greece the people were quite crushed, and a kind of desperation invaded the minds of all; but Charops and Callicrates, and all who shared their policy, were once more in high spirits. . . .
31.9Tiberius Gracchus, partly by force and partly by persuasion, reduced the Cammani to obedience to Rome. . . .
Book 30, Part 3
30.6.6ὧν μία μὲν ἦν τῶν οὐχ ἡδέως μὲν ὁρώντων κρινόμενα τὰ ὅλα καὶ τὴν τῆς οἰκουμένης ἐξουσίαν ὑπὸ μίαν ἀρχὴν πίπτουσαν, οὔτε δὲ συνεργούντων οὔτʼ ἀντιπραττόντων ἁπλῶς Ῥωμαίοις οὐδέν, ἀλλʼ οἷον ἐπιτετραφότων τῇ τύχῃ περὶ τῶν ἀποβησομένων·
30.6.7ἑτέρα δὲ τῶν ἡδέως ὁρώντων κρινόμενα τὰ πράγματα καὶ βουλομένων νικᾶν τὸν Περσέα, μὴ δυναμένων δὲ συνεπισπᾶσθαι τοὺς ἰδίους πολίτας καὶ τοὺς ὁμοεθνεῖς πρὸς τὴν αὑτῶν γνώμην·
30.6.8τρίτη δὲ καὶ τῶν συνεπισπασαμένων καὶ μεταρριψάντων τὰ πολιτεύματα πρὸς
30.7.1τὴν Περσέως συμμαχίαν. πῶς οὖν ἕκαστοι τούτων ἐχείρισαν τὰ καθʼ αὑτοὺς σκοπεῖν πάρεστιν.
30.7.2μετέρριψαν πρὸς Περσέα τὸ τῶν Μολοττῶν ἔθνος Ἀντίνους καὶ Θεόδοτος καὶ Κέφαλος μετʼ αὐτῶν·
30.7.3οἳ τῶν πραγμάτων ἀντιπεσόντων ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς αὐτῶν ὁλοσχερῶς, καὶ περιστάντος τοῦ κινδύνου, καὶ συνεγγίζοντος τοῦ δεινοῦ, πάντες ὁμόσε χωρήσαντες τοῖς παροῦσιν ἀπέθανον γενναίως.
30.7.4διόπερ ἄξιον ἐπαινεῖν τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ προέσθαι μηδὲ περιιδεῖν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς εἰς ἀναξίαν διάθεσιν ἐμπεσόντας τοῦ προγεγονότος βίου.
30.7.5καὶ μὴν ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ καὶ παρὰ Θετταλοῖς καὶ Περραιβοῖς ἔσχον αἰτίαν καὶ πλείους διὰ τὴν ἡσυχίαν, ὡς ἐφεδρεύοντες τοῖς καιροῖς καὶ φρονοῦντες τὰ Περσέως.
30.7.6ἀλλʼ οὔτε λόγον ἐν τῷ μέσῳ τοιοῦτον ἐξέβαλον οὔτε γράφοντες οὔτε διαπεμπόμενοι πρὸς τὸν Περσέα περί τινος ἐφωράθησαν, ἀλλὰ διεφύλαξαν ἀνεπιλήπτους ἑαυτούς.
30.7.7τοιγαροῦν εἰκότως οὗτοι καὶ δικαιολογίαν καὶ κρίσιν ὑπέμενον καὶ πάσας ἐξήλεγχον τὰς ἐλπίδας·
30.7.8οὐ γὰρ ἔλαττόν ἐστιν ἀγεννίας σημεῖον τὸ μηδὲν αὑτῷ συνειδότα μοχθηρὸν προεξάγειν ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν αὑτόν, ποτὲ μὲν τὰς τῶν ἀντιπολιτευομένων ἀνατάσεις καταπλαγέντα, ποτὲ δὲ τὴν τῶν κρατούντων ἐξουσίαν, τοῦ παρὰ τὸ καθῆκον φιλοζωεῖν.
30.7.9καὶ μὴν ἐν Ῥόδῳ καὶ Κῷ καὶ πλείοσιν ἑτέραις πόλεσιν ἐγένοντό τινες οἱ φρονοῦντες τὰ Περσέως, οἳ καὶ λέγειν ἐθάρρουν περὶ Μακεδόνων ἐν τοῖς ἰδίοις πολιτεύμασι καὶ κατηγορεῖν μὲν Ῥωμαίων καὶ καθόλου συνίστασθαι πρὸς τὸν Περσέα κοινοπραγίαν, οὐ δυνηθέντες δὲ μεταρρῖψαι τὰ πολιτεύματα πρὸς τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως συμμαχίαν.
30.7.10τούτων δʼ ἦσαν ἐπιφανέστατοι παρὰ μὲν τοῖς Κῴοις Ἱππόκριτος καὶ Διομέδων ἀδελ
30.8.1φοί, παρὰ δὲ Ῥοδίοις Δείνων καὶ Πολυάρατος. ὧν τίς οὐκ ἂν καταμέμψαιτο τὴν προαίρεσιν; οἳ πρῶτον μὲν τοὺς πολίτας συνίστορας ἔχοντες πάντων τῶν σφίσι πεπραγμένων καὶ τῶν εἰρημένων, ἔπειτα δὲ τῶν γραμμάτων ἑαλωκότων καὶ πεφωτισμένων καὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Περσέως πρὸς ἐκείνους διαπεμπομένων καὶ τῶν πρὸς τὸν Περσέα παρʼ ἐκείνων,
30.8.2ἅμα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ὑποχειρίων γεγονότων τῶν διαπεμπομένων παρʼ ἑκατέρων καὶ πρὸς ἑκατέρους, οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν εἴκειν οὐδʼ ἐκποδὼν ποιεῖν ἑαυτούς, ἀλλʼ ἀκμὴν ἠμφισβήτουν.
30.8.3τοιγαροῦν προσκαρτεροῦντες καὶ φιλοζωοῦντες πρὸς ἀπεγνωσμένας ἐλπίδας καὶ τὸ δοκοῦν εἶναι περὶ αὐτοὺς τολμηρὸν καὶ παράβολον ἀνέτρεψαν, ὥστε παρὰ τοῖς ἐπιγινομένοις μηδʼ ἔσχατον ἐλέῳ καὶ συγγνώμῃ τόπον καταλιπεῖν.
30.8.4ἐλεγχόμενοι γὰρ κατὰ πρόσωπον ὑπὸ τῶν ἰδίων χειρογράφων καὶ τῶν ὑπουργῶν οὐ μόνον ἀτυχεῖν, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον ἀναισχυντεῖν ἔδοξαν.
30.8.5Θόας γάρ τις ἦν τῶν πλοϊζομένων, ὃς καὶ πολλάκις εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐπεπλεύκει, διαπεσταλμένος ὑπὸ τῶν προειρημένων.
30.8.6οὗτος ἐν τῇ μεταβολῇ τῶν πραγμάτων συνειδὼς αὑτῷ τὰ πεπραγμένα, δείσας ἀπεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν Κνίδον. τῶν δὲ Κνιδίων αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακὴν ἀποθεμένων, ἐξαιτηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν Ῥοδίων ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον.
30.8.7κἀκεῖ διὰ τῶν βασάνων ἐλεγχόμενος ἀνθωμολογεῖτο καὶ σύμφωνος ἦν πᾶσι τοῖς ἐκ τῶν αἰχμαλώτων γραμμάτων συνθήμασιν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς ταῖς παρά τε τοῦ Περσέως ἀποστελλομέναις πρὸς τὸν Δείνωνα καὶ Πολυάρατον καὶ παρὰ τούτων πρὸς ἐκεῖνον.
30.8.8ἐξ ὧν θαυμάζειν ἦν τίνι ποτὲ λογισμῷ χρώμενος ὁ Δείνων προσανεῖχε τῷ ζῆν καὶ τὸν παραδειγματισμὸν ὑπέμενε τοῦτον.
30.9.1πολὺ δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἀβουλίαν καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀγεννίαν ὁ Πολυάρατος ὑπερέθετο τὸν Δείνωνα.
30.9.2τοῦ γὰρ Ποπιλίου προστάξαντος Πτολεμαίῳ τῷ βασιλεῖ τὸν Πολυάρατον ἀναπέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς μὲν τὴν Ῥώμην οὐκ ἔκρινε πέμπειν, ἐντρεπόμενος τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὸν Πολυάρατον, εἰς δὲ τὴν Ῥόδον ἀποστέλλειν διέλαβε, κἀκείνου τοῦτο παρακαλοῦντος.
30.9.3παραστήσας οὖν λέμβον καὶ παραδοὺς αὐτὸν Δημητρίῳ τινὶ τῶν φίλων ἐξαπέστειλεν. ἔγραφε δὲ καὶ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις ὑπὲρ τῆς ἐκπομπῆς.
30.9.4ὁ δὲ Πολυάρατος προσσχὼν Φασηλίδι κατὰ πλοῦν καὶ διανοηθεὶς ἅττα δή ποτʼ οὖν, λαβὼν θαλλοὺς κατέφυγεν ἐπὶ τὴν κοινὴν ἑστίαν.
30.9.5ὃν εἴ τις ἤρετο τί βούλεται, πέπεισμαι μηδʼ ἂν αὐτὸν ἔχειν εἰπεῖν. εἰ μὲν γὰρ εἰς τὴν πατρίδα μολεῖν ἐπεθύμει, τί θαλλῶν ἔδει; τοῦτο γὰρ προύκειτό που τοῖς ἄγουσιν αὐτόν.
30.9.6εἰ δʼ εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, καὶ μὴ βουλομένου ʼκείνου τοῦτʼ ἔδει γενέσθαι κατʼ ἀνάγκην. τί οὖν κατελείπεθʼ ἕτερον; ἄλλος γὰρ τόπος ὁ δεξόμενος αὐτὸν μετʼ ἀσφαλείας οὐκ ἦν.
30.9.7οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τῶν Φασηλιτῶν πεμψάντων εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον καὶ παρακαλούντων κομίζεσθαι καὶ παραλαμβάνειν τὸν Πολυάρατον, νουνεχῶς οἱ Ῥόδιοι διαλαβόντες ἄφρακτον μὲν ἐξαπέστειλαν τὸ παραπέμψον,
30.9.8ἀναλαβεῖν δʼ εἰς τὴν ναῦν ἐκώλυσαν τὸν ἄρχοντα διὰ τὸ προστετάχθαι τοῖς ἐκ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας εἰς Ῥώμην ἀποκαταστῆσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
30.9.9παραγενομένης δὲ τῆς νεὼς εἰς τὴν Φασηλίδα, καὶ τοῦ μὲν Ἐπιχάρους, ὃς ἦν ἄρχων τῆς νεώς, οὐ βουλομένου δέχεσθαι τῷ πλοίῳ τὸν ἄνθρωπον,
30.9.10τοῦ δὲ Δημητρίου τοῦ προχειρισθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως διὰ τὴν ἀναπομπὴν κελεύοντος ἀνίστασθαι καὶ πλεῖν αὐτόν, καὶ τῶν Φασηλιτῶν συνεπισχυόντων αὐτῷ διὰ τὸ δεδιέναι μή τις ἐκ Ῥωμαίων σφίσι διὰ ταῦτα μέμψις ἐπακολουθήσῃ,
30.9.11καταπλαγεὶς τὴν περίστασιν ἐνέβη πάλιν τὸν λέμβον πρὸς τὸν Δημήτριον. κατὰ δὲ τὸν ἀπόπλουν ἐπιλαβόμενος ἀφορμῆς εὐκαίρου,
30.9.12προσδραμὼν κατέφυγε πάλιν εἰς Καῦνον κἀκεῖ παραπλησίως ἐδεῖτο τῶν Καυνίων βοηθεῖν.
30.9.13τούτων δὲ πάλιν ἀποτριβομένων αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ τάττεσθαι μετὰ Ῥοδίων, διεπέμπετο πρὸς Κιβυράτας, δεόμενος αὐτὸν δέξασθαι τῇ πόλει καὶ πέμψαι παραπομπήν.
Book 31, Part 4
31.9A large number of embassies having come to Rome, the Senate gave a reply to Attalus and Athenaeus. For Prusias, not content with earnestly pressing his accusations himself against Eumenes and Attalus, had also instigated the Gauls and Selgians (in Pisidia), and many others in Asia, to adopt the same policy; consequently king Eumenes had sent his brothers to defend him against the accusations thus brought. On their admission to the Senate they were thought to have made a satisfactory defence against all accusers; and finally returned to Asia, after not only rebutting the accusations, but with marks of special honour. The Senate, however, did not altogether cease to be suspicious of Eumenes and Antiochus. They sent Gaius Sulpicius and Manius Sergius as envoys to investigate the state of Greece; to decide the question of territory that had arisen between Megalopolis and the Lacedaemonians; but, above all, to give attention to the proceedings of Antiochus and Eumenes, and to discover whether any warlike preparations were being made by either of them, or any combination being formed between them against Rome. . . .
31.10Besides his other follies, Gaius Sulpicius Gallus, on arriving in Asia, put up notices in the most important cities, ordering any one who wished to bring any accusation against king Eumenes to meet him at Sardis within a specified time. He then went to Sardis, and, taking his seat in the Gymnasium, gave audience for ten days to those who had such accusations to make: admitting every kind of foul and abusive language against the king, and, generally, making the most of every fact and every accusation; for he was frantic and inveterate in his hatred of Eumenes. . . .
31.10But the harder the Romans appeared to bear upon Eumenes, the more popular did he become in Greece, from the natural tendency of mankind to feel for the side that is oppressed. . . .
31.11In Syria king Antiochus, wishing to enrich himself, determined on an armed attack upon the temple of Artemis, in Elymais. But having arrived in this country and failed in his purpose, because the native barbarians resisted his lawless attempt, he died in the course of his return at Tabae, in Persia, driven mad, as some say, by some manifestations of divine wrath in the course of his wicked attempt upon this temple. . . .
Book 30, Part 4
30.9.14ἔσχε γὰρ ἀφορμὴν πρὸς τὴν πόλιν διὰ τὸ τεθράφθαι παρʼ αὐτῷ τοὺς παῖδας Παγκράτους τοῦ τυράννου.
30.9.15τῶν δὲ πεισθέντων καὶ ποιησάντων τὰ παρακαλούμενα, παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Κιβύραν εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέβαλεν αὑτόν τε καὶ τοὺς Κιβυράτας μείζω τῆς πρότερον, ὅτε παρὰ τοῖς Φασηλίταις ἦν.
30.9.16οὔτε γὰρ ἔχειν παρʼ αὑτοῖς ἐθάρρουν αὐτὸν διὰ τὸ δεδιέναι τὸν ἀπὸ Ῥωμαίων κίνδυνον, οὔτʼ ἀναπέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἐδύναντο διὰ τὴν ἀπειρίαν τῶν κατὰ θάλατταν ἔργων, ἅτε μεσόγαιοι τελέως ὑπάρχοντες.
30.9.17λοιπὸν ἠναγκάζοντο πρεσβεύειν εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον καὶ πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν εἰς Μακεδονίαν, ἀξιοῦντες παραλαβεῖν τὸν ἄνθρωπον.
30.9.18τοῦ δὲ Λευκίου γράψαντος τοῖς μὲν Κιβυράταις τηρεῖν ἐπιμελῶς τὸν Πολυάρατον καὶ κομίζειν εἰς τὴν Ῥόδον, τοῖς δὲ Ῥοδίοις φροντίζειν τῆς κατὰ θάλατταν παραπομπῆς, ἵνα μετʼ ἀσφαλείας εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀνακομισθῇ, πειθαρχησάντων δʼ ἀμφοτέρων τοῖς γραφομένοις,
30.9.19τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ συνέβη τὸν Πολυάρατον ἐλθεῖν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἐκθεατρίσαντα μὲν τὴν ἀβουλίαν τὴν αὑτοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀγεννίαν ἐφʼ ὅσον οἷός τʼ ἦν, ἔκδοτον δὲ γενόμενον οὐ μόνον παρὰ Πτολεμαίου τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ Φασηλιτῶν καὶ παρὰ Κιβυρατῶν καὶ παρὰ Ῥοδίων διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἄνοιαν.
30.9.20τίνος οὖν χάριν τὸν πλείω λόγον πεποίημαι περὶ Πολυαράτου καὶ Δείνωνος;
30.9.21οὐχ ἵνα συνεπεμβαίνειν δόξω ταῖς ἐκείνων ἀτυχίαις. καὶ γὰρ ἄτοπόν γε τοῦτο τελέως· ἀλλʼ ἵνα φανερὰν ποιήσας τὴν ἐκείνων ἀβουλίαν βέλτιον παρασκευάσω καὶ βουλεύεσθαι καὶ φρονεῖν τοὺς κατὰ τὰς περιστάσεις εἰς παραπλησίους ἐμπίπτοντας καιρούς. —
30.10.1ἐξ ὧν μάλιστα κατίδοι τις ἂν ἅμα τὴν ὀξύτητα καὶ τὴν ἀβεβαιότητα τῆς τύχης, ὅταν ἃ μάλιστʼ ἄν τις αὑτοῦ χάριν οἴηται διαπονεῖν, ταῦτα παρὰ πόδας εὑρίσκηται τοῖς ἐχθροῖς κατασκευάζων·
30.10.2κίονας γὰρ κατεσκεύαζε Περσεύς, καὶ ταύτας καταλαβὼν ἀτελεῖς Λεύκιος Αἰμίλιος ἐτελείωσε καὶ τὰς ἰδίας εἰκόνας ἐπέστησεν. —
30.10.3ὁ δὲ θαυμάσας τὴν τῆς πόλεως θέσιν καὶ τὴν τῆς ἀκροπόλεως εὐκαιρίαν πρός τε τοὺς ἐντὸς Ἰσθμοῦ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτὸς ἀπολαμβανομένους τόπους. —
30.10.4Ἐπισημηνάμενος δὲ τοῦ Σικυῶνος τὴν ὀχυρότητα καὶ τὸ βάρος τῆς τῶν Ἀργείων πόλεως ἦλθεν εἰς Ἐπίδαυρον. —
30.10.5πάλαι μετέωρος ὢν πρὸς τὴν τῆς Ὀλυμπίας θέαν ὥρμησε. —
30.10.6Λεύκιος Αἰμίλιος παρῆν εἰς τὸ τέμενος τὸ ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ, καὶ τὸ ἄγαλμα θεασάμενος ἐξεπλάγη καὶ τοσοῦτον εἶπεν ὅτι μόνος αὐτῷ δοκεῖ Φειδίας τὸν παρʼ Ὁμήρῳ Δία μεμιμῆσθαι, διότι μεγάλην ἔχων προσδοκίαν τῆς Ὀλυμπίας μείζω τῆς προσδοκίας εὑρηκὼς εἴη τὴν ἀλήθειαν. —
30.11.1ὅτι Αἰτωλοὶ τὸν βίον ἀπὸ λῃστείας καὶ τῆς τοιαύτης παρανομίας εἰώθεισαν ἔχειν.
30.11.2καὶ ἕως μὲν ἐξῆν τοὺς Ἕλληνας φέρειν καὶ λεηλατεῖν, ἐκ τούτων ἐπορίζοντο τοὺς βίους, πᾶσαν γῆν ἡγούμενοι πολεμίαν·
30.11.3μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Ῥωμαίων ἐπιστάντων τοῖς πράγμασι κωλυθέντες τῆς ἔξωθεν ἐπικουρίας εἰς ἑαυτοὺς κατήντησαν.
30.11.4καὶ πρότερον μὲν κατὰ τὸν ἐμφύλιον πόλεμον οὐκ ἔστιν ὃ τῶν δεινῶν οὐκ ἔπραξαν·
30.11.5βραχεῖ δʼ ἀνώτερον χρόνῳ γεγευμένοι τοῦ φόνου τοῦ κατʼ ἀλλήλων ἐν ταῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀρσινοΐαν σφαγαῖς ἕτοιμοι πρὸς πᾶν ἦσαν, ἀποτεθηριωμένοι τὰς ψυχάς, ὥστε μηδὲ βουλὴν διδόναι τοῖς προεστῶσι.
30.11.6διόπερ ἦν ἀκρισίας καὶ παρανομίας καὶ φόνου πλήρη τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν, καὶ τῶν πραττομένων παρʼ αὐτοῖς ἐκ λογισμοῦ μὲν καὶ προθέσεως οὐδὲν ἐπετελεῖτο, πάντα δʼ εἰκῇ καὶ φύρδην ἐπράττετο, καθαπερεὶ λαίλαπός τινος ἐκπεπτωκυίας εἰς αὐτούς. —
30.12.1ὅτι οἱ κατὰ τὴν Ἤπειρον παραπλήσια τούτοις ἔπραττον.
30.12.2ἐφʼ ὅσον γὰρ οἱ πολλοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων μετριώτεροι τῶν κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν ἦσαν, ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὁ προεστὼς αὐτῶν ἀσεβέστερος καὶ παρανομώτερος ὑπῆρχε τῶν ἄλλων.
30.12.3δοκῶ γὰρ μὴ γεγονέναι μηδʼ ἔσεσθαι θηριωδέστερον ἄνθρωπον μηδʼ εἰκαιότερον Χάροπος. —
30.13.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν τοῦ Περσέως κατάλυσιν ἅμα τῷ κριθῆναι τὰ ὅλα πανταχόθεν ἐξέπεμπον πρέσβεις συγχαρησομένους τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν.
30.13.2τῶν δὲ πραγμάτων ὁλοσχερῶς ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους κεκλικότων, ἐπιπολάζοντες διὰ τὸν καιρὸν οἱ δοκοῦντες εἶναι φίλοι Ῥωμαίων ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς πολιτεύμασιν, εἴς τε τὰς πρεσβείας οὗτοι καθίσταντο καὶ τὰς ἄλλας χρείας.
30.13.3διὸ συνέδραμον εἰς τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐκ μὲν Ἀχαΐας Καλλικράτης, Ἀριστόδαμος, Ἀγησίας, Φίλιππος,
30.13.4ἐκ δὲ Βοιωτίας οἱ περὶ Μνάσιππον, ἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀκαρνανίας οἱ περὶ Χρέμαν, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Ἠπειρωτῶν οἱ περὶ τὸν Χάροπα καὶ Νικίαν, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Αἰτωλῶν οἱ περὶ τὸν Λυκίσκον καὶ Τίσιππον.
30.13.5ἁπάντων δὲ τούτων ὁμοῦ γενομένων καὶ πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἁμιλλωμένων προθύμως, καὶ μηδενὸς ὑπάρχοντος ἀνταγωνιστοῦ διὰ τὸ τοὺς ἀντιπολιτευομένους ἅπαντας εἴκοντας τοῖς καιροῖς ἀνακεχωρηκέναι τελέως, ἀκονιτὶ κατεκράτησαν τῆς ὑποθέσεως οἱ προειρημένοι.
30.13.6πρὸς μὲν οὖν τὰς ἄλλας πόλεις καὶ τὰς ἐθνικὰς συστάσεις οἱ δέκα διʼ αὐτῶν τῶν στρατηγῶν ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἐπιταγήν, οὓς δεήσει πορεύεσθαι τῶν ἀνδρῶν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
30.13.7οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν ὡς ἐπίπαν οὓς ἀπέγραψαν οἱ προειρημένοι κατὰ τὰς ἰδίας ἀντιπαραγωγάς, πλὴν ὀλίγων τελέως τῶν ἔκδηλόν τι πεποιηκότων.
30.13.8πρὸς δὲ τὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἔθνος πρεσβευτὰς ἐξέπεμψαν τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους ἄνδρας τῶν δέκα, Γάιον Κλαύδιον καὶ Γνάιον Δομέτιον,
30.13.9διὰ δύʼ αἰτίας, πρῶτον μὲν εὐλαβούμενοι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς μή ποτʼ οὐ πειθαρχήσωσι τοῖς γραφομένοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ κινδυνεύσωσιν οἱ περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην, δόξαντες ἐξειργάσθαι τὰς κατὰ πάντων τῶν Ἑλλήνων διαβολάς,
30.13.10ὃ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ἦν, δεύτερον δὲ διὰ τὸ μηθὲν ἐν τοῖς αἰχμαλώτοις γράμμασιν ἀκριβὲς εὑρῆσθαι κατὰ μηδενὸς τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
30.13.11περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων μετά τινα χρόνον ἐξέπεμπεν ὁ στρατηγὸς τὰς ἐπιστολὰς καὶ τοὺς πρέσβεις, καίπερ οὐκ εὐδοκούμενος κατά γε τὴν αὑτοῦ γνώμην ταῖς τῶν περὶ τὸν Λυκίσκον καὶ Καλλικράτην διαβολαῖς, ὡς ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ὕστερον ἐγένετο καταφανές. —
Book 31, Part 5
31.12Demetrius, son of Seleucus, who had been long detained at Rome as an hostage, had been for some time past of opinion that his detention was unjust. He had been given by his father Seleucus as a pledge of his good faith; but, when Antiochus (Epiphanes) succeeded to the throne, he considered that he ought not to be a hostage in behalf of that monarch’s children. However, up to this time he kept quiet, especially as he was unable, being still a mere boy, to do anything. But now, being in the very prime of youthful manhood, he entered the Senate and made a speech: demanding that the Romans should restore him to his kingdom, which belonged to him by a far better right than to the children of Antiochus. He entered at great length upon arguments to the same effect, affirming that Rome was his country and the nurse of his youth; that the sons of the Senators were all to him as brothers, and the Senators as fathers, because he had come to Rome a child, and was then twenty-three years old. All who heard him were disposed in their hearts to take his part: the Senate however, as a body voted to detain Demetrius, and to assist in securing the crown for the boy left by the late king. Their motive in thus acting was, it seems to me, a mistrust inspired by the vigorous time of life to which Demetrius had attained, and an opinion that the youth and weakness of the boy who had succeeded to the kingdom were more to their interest. And this was presently made manifest. For they appointed Gnaeus Octavius, Spurius Lucretius, and Lucius Aurelius as commissioners to arrange the affairs of the kingdom in accordance with the will of the Senate, on the ground that no one would resist their injunctions, the king being a mere child, and the nobles being quite satisfied at the government not being given to Demetrius, for that was what they had been most expecting. Gnaeus and his colleagues therefore started with instructions, first of all to burn the decked ships, next to hamstring the elephants, and generally to weaken the forces of the kingdom. They were also charged with the additional task of making an inspection of Macedonia; for the Macedonians, unaccustomed to democracy and a government by popular assembly, were splitting up into hostile factions. Gnaeus and his colleagues were also to inspect the state of Galatia and of the kingdom of Ariarathes. After a time the further task was imposed on them, by despatch from the Senate, of reconciling as well as they could the two kings in Alexandria. . . .
31.13While this was going on at Rome, envoys from the city, under Marcus Junius, had arrived to arbitrate on the disputes between the Gauls and king Ariarathes. For the Trocmi, having found themselves unable to annex any portion of Cappadocia by their unaided efforts, and having been promptly foiled in their audacious attempts, sought refuge with the Romans, and endeavoured to bring Ariarathes into discredit there. On this account an embassy under M. Junius was sent to Cappadocia. The king gave them a satisfactory account of the affair, treated them with great courtesy, and sent them away loud in his praises. And when subsequently Gnaeus Octavius and Spurius Lucretius arrived, and again addressed the king on the subject of his controversies with the Gauls, after a brief conversation on that subject, and saying that he would acquiesce in their decision without difficulty, he directed the rest of his remarks to the state of Syria, being aware that Octavius and his colleagues were going thither. He pointed out to them the unsettled state of the kingdom and the unprincipled character of the men at the head of affairs there; and added that he would escort them with an army, and remain on the watch for all emergencies, until they returned from Syria in safety. Gnaeus and his colleagues acknowleged the king’s kindness and zeal, but said that for the present they did not need the escort: on a future occasion, however, if need should arise, they would let him know without delay; for they considered him as one of the true friends of Rome. . . .
31.14About this time ambassadors arrived from Ariarathes, who had recently succeeded to the kingdom of Cappadocia, to renew the existing friendship and alliance with Rome, and in general to exhort the Senate to accept the king’s affection and goodwill, which he entertained, both in their private and public capacity, for all the Romans. The Senate, on hearing this, acceded to the request for the renewal of the friendship and alliance, and graciously acknowledged the general amity of the king. The chief reason for this warmth on the part of the Senate was the report of the envoys under Tiberius, who, when sent to inspect the state of Cappadocia, had returned full of the praises of the late king and of his kingdom generally. It was on the credit of this report that the Senate received the ambassadors of Ariarathes graciously, and acknowledged the goodwill of the king. . . .
31.15Having somewhat recovered from their previous disaster, the Rhodians sent Cleagoras with ambassadors to Rome to ask that Calynda should be ceded to them, and to petition the Senate that those of their citizens who had properties in Lycia and Caria might be allowed to retain them as before. They had also voted to raise a colossal statue of the Roman people, thirty cubits high, to be set up in the temple of Athene. . . .
Book 30, Part 5
30.14.1ὅτι τῆς αὐτῆς ψυχῆς ἐστιν ἀγῶνάς τε διατίθεσθαι καλῶς καὶ παρασκευὴν καὶ πότον μεγαλομερῆ χειρίσαι δεόντως καὶ παρατάξασθαι τοῖς πολεμίοις στρατηγικῶς. —
30.15.1τῶν γοῦν Ἠπειρωτῶν ἑβδομήκοντα πόλεις Πολύβιός φησιν ἀνατρέψαι Παῦλον μετὰ τὴν Μακεδόνων καὶ Περσέως κατάλυσιν· Μολοττῶν δʼ ὑπάρξαι τὰς πλείστας· πέντε δὲ καὶ δέκα μυριάδας ἀνθρώπων ἐξανδραποδίσασθαι.
30.16.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Αἴγυπτον οἱ βασιλεῖς ἀπολελυμένοι τοῦ πρὸς Ἀντίοχον πολέμου πρῶτον μὲν εἰς Ῥώμην πρεσβευτὴν ἐξέπεμψαν Νουμήνιον, ἕνα τῶν φίλων, εὐχαριστήσοντα περὶ τῶν εἰς αὐτοὺς γεγονότων εὐεργετημάτων·
30.16.2ἀπέλυσαν δὲ καὶ τὸν Λακεδαιμόνιον Μεναλκίδαν, ἐνεργῶς κεχρημένον τοῖς κατὰ τῆς βασιλείας καιροῖς πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν ἐπανόρθωσιν, Γαΐου Ποπιλίου τὴν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀπολύσεως χάριν αἰτησαμένου παρὰ τῶν βασιλέων.
30.17.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Κότυς ὁ τῶν Ὀδρυσῶν βασιλεὺς ἀπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἀξιῶν ἀποδοθῆναι τὸν υἱὸν αὑτῷ καὶ περὶ τῆς γενομένης πρὸς Περσέα κοινοπραγίας δικαιολογούμενος.
30.17.2οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι νομίσαντες ἠνύσθαι σφίσι τὸ προκείμενον, τοῦ πρὸς τὸν Περσέα πολέμου κατὰ νοῦν προκεχωρηκότος, τὴν δὲ πρὸς Κότυν διαφορὰν πρὸς οὐδὲν ἔτι διατείνειν,
30.17.3συνεχώρησαν αὐτῷ κομίζεσθαι τὸν υἱόν, ὃς ὁμηρείας χάριν δοθεὶς εἰς Μακεδονίαν ἑαλώκει μετὰ τῶν Περσέως τέκνων,
30.17.4βουλόμενοι τὴν αὑτῶν πρᾳότητα καὶ μεγαλοψυχίαν ἐμφαίνειν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὸν Κότυν ἀναδούμενοι διὰ τῆς τοιαύτης χάριτος. —
30.18.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἦλθε καὶ Προυσίας ὁ βασιλεὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, συγχαρησόμενος τῇ συγκλήτῳ καὶ τοῖς στρατηγοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν.
30.18.2ὁ δὲ Προυσίας οὗτος οὐδαμῶς γέγονεν ἄξιος τοῦ τῆς βασιλείας προσχήματος. τεκμήραιτο δʼ ἄν τις ἐκ τούτων.
30.18.3ὅς γε πρῶτον μέν, πρεσβευτῶν παραγεγονότων Ῥωμαϊκῶν πρὸς αὐτόν, ἐξυρημένος τὴν κεφαλὴν καὶ πιλίον ἔχων λευκὸν καὶ τήβενναν καὶ καλικίους ἀπήντα τούτοις, καὶ καθόλου τοιαύτῃ διασκευῇ κεχρημένος οἵαν ἔχουσιν οἱ προσφάτως ἠλευθερωμένοι παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις, οὓς καλοῦσι λιβέρτους·
30.18.4καὶ δεξιωσάμενος τοὺς πρεσβευτάς "ὁρᾶτʼ" ἔφη "τὸν ὑμέτερον λίβερτον ἐμέ, πάντα βουλόμενον χαρίζεσθαι καὶ μιμεῖσθαι τὰ παρʼ ὑμῖν." ἧς ἀγεννεστέραν φωνὴν οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὑρεῖν.
30.18.5τότε δὲ κατὰ τὴν εἴσοδον γενόμενος τὴν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, στὰς κατὰ τὸ θύρετρον ἀντίος τοῦ συνεδρίου καὶ καθεὶς τὰς χεῖρας ἀμφοτέρας προσεκύνησε τὸν οὐδὸν καὶ τοὺς καθημένους, ἐπιφθεγξάμενος "χαίρετε, θεοὶ σωτῆρεσ", ὑπερβολὴν οὐ καταλιπὼν ἀνανδρίας, ἅμα δὲ καὶ γυναικισμοῦ καὶ κολακείας οὐδενὶ τῶν ἐπιγινομένων.
30.18.6ἀκόλουθα δὲ τούτοις καὶ κατὰ τὴν κοινολογίαν εἰσελθὼν ἐπετελέσατο, περὶ ὧν καὶ τὸ γράφειν ἀπρεπὲς ἦν.
30.18.7φανεὶς δὲ τελέως εὐκαταφρόνητος ἀπόκρισιν ἔλαβε διʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο φιλάνθρωπον.
30.19.1ἤδη δὲ τούτου τὰς ἀποκρίσεις εἰληφότος, προσέπεσε παραγίνεσθαι τὸν Εὐμένη.
30.19.2τοῦτο δὲ τὸ πρᾶγμα πολλὴν ἀπορίαν παρέσχε τοῖς ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ· διαβεβλημένοι γὰρ πρὸς αὐτὸν καὶ διαλήψεις ἀμεταθέτους ἔχοντες οὐκ ἐβούλοντο κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον ἐμφανίζειν αὑτούς.
30.19.3πᾶσι γὰρ ἀναδεδειχότες πρῶτον καὶ μέγιστον φίλον τὸν βασιλέα τοῦτον ἔμελλον εἰς ὄψιν ἐλθόντες καὶ προσδεξάμενοι δικαιολογίαν, εἰ μὲν τὸ δοκοῦν ἀποκριθεῖεν ἀκολουθοῦντες ταῖς ἰδίαις διαλήψεσιν, ἐκθεατριεῖν αὑτούς, εἰ τοιοῦτον ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐξετίμησαν ἐν τοῖς ἀνώτερον χρόνοις,
30.19.4εἰ δὲ δουλεύοντες τῇ τῶν ἐκτὸς φαντασίᾳ φιλανθρώπως ἀποκριθεῖεν, παρόψεσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τὸ τῇ πατρίδι συμφέρον.
30.19.5διόπερ ἐξ ἑκατέρας τῆς ἀποφάσεως μέλλοντος ἀπιθάνου τινὸς αὐτοῖς ἐξακολουθήσειν, εὕροντο λύσιν τοῦ προβλήματος τοιαύτην.
30.19.6ὡς γὰρ καθόλου δυσαρεστούμενοι ταῖς τῶν βασιλέων ἐπιδημίαις δόγμα τι τοιοῦτον ἐξέβαλον, μηδένα βασιλέα παραγίνεσθαι πρὸς αὑτούς.
30.19.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πυθόμενοι τὸν Εὐμένη καταπεπλευκέναι τῆς Ἰταλίας εἰς Βρεντέσιον ἐπαπέστειλαν τὸν ταμίαν φέροντα τὸ δόγμα καὶ κελεύσοντα λέγειν πρὸς αὑτόν, εἴ τι τυγχάνει τῆς συγκλήτου χρείαν ἔχων·
30.19.8εἰ δὲ μηδενὸς δεῖται, παραγγελοῦντα τὴν ταχίστην αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπαλλάττεσθαι.
30.19.9ὁ δὲ βασιλεύς, συμμίξαντος αὐτῷ τοῦ ταμίου, γνοὺς τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου προαίρεσιν εἰς τέλος ἀπεσιώπησεν, οὐδενὸς φήσας προσδεῖσθαι.
30.19.10καὶ δὴ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ συνέβη τὸν Εὐμένη κωλυθῆναι τῆς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀναβάσεως.
30.19.11συνηκολουθήκει δὲ καὶ ἕτερόν τι πραγματικὸν τούτῳ τῷ διαβουλίῳ.
30.19.12μεγάλου γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν Γαλατῶν ἐπικρεμαμένου κινδύνου τῇ βασιλείᾳ, προφανὲς ἦν ὅτι διὰ τὸν σκυβαλισμὸν τοῦτον οἱ μὲν τοῦ βασιλέως σύμμαχοι ταπεινωθήσονται πάντες, οἱ δὲ Γαλάται διπλασίως ἐπιρρωσθήσονται πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον.
30.19.13διὸ πάντῃ πάντως βουλόμενοι ταπεινοῦν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ ταύτην κατηνέχθησαν τὴν γνώμην.
30.19.14τούτων δὲ γινομένων ἔτι κατʼ ἀρχὰς τοῦ χειμῶνος, λοιπὸν ἡ σύγκλητος ἅπασιν τοῖς παραγεγονόσι κατὰ πρεσβείαν·
30.19.15οὐ γὰρ ἦν οὔτε πόλις οὔτε δυνάστης οὔτε βασιλεὺς ὃς οὐκ ἀπεστάλκει πρεσβείαν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν τὴν συγχαρησομένην ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν·
30.19.16οἷς ἅπασιν οἰκείως ἀπήντησε καὶ φιλανθρώπως πλὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων.
30.19.17τούτους δὲ παρέπεμπε ποικίλας ἐμφάσεις ποιοῦσα περὶ τοῦ μέλλοντος. ἐπείχετο δὲ καὶ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους. —
30.20.1ὅτι οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι παρεγένοντο πρεσβεύοντες τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὑπὲρ τῆς Ἁλιαρτίων σωτηρίας,
30.20.2παρακουόμενοι δὲ περὶ τούτου τοῦ μέρους ἐκ μεταθέσεως διελέγοντο περὶ Δήλου καὶ Λήμνου καὶ τῆς τῶν Ἁλιαρτίων χώρας, εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἐξαιτούμενοι τὴν κτῆσιν· εἶχον γὰρ διττὰς ἐντολάς.
Book 31, Part 6
31.16The Calyndians having broken off from Caunus, and the Caunians being about to besiege Calynda, the Calyndians first called in the aid of the Cnidians; and, on their sending the required support, they held out against their enemies for a time: but becoming alarmed as to what would happen, they sent an embassy to Rhodes, putting themselves and their city in its hands. Thereupon the Rhodians sent a naval and military force to their relief, forced the Caunians to raise the siege, and took over the city. . . .
31.17When Ariarathes, king of Cappadocia, had received his ambassadors on their return from Rome, judging from the answers they brought that his kingdom was secured, because he had gained the goodwill of Rome, he offered a thank-offering to the gods for what had happened, and entertained his nobles at a feast. He then sent ambassadors to Lysias in Antioch, desiring to be allowed to bring away the bones of his sister and mother. He determined not to say a word of blame as to the crime that had been committed, lest he should irritate Lysias, and so fail to effect his present object, though he was in fact greatly incensed at it. He gave his envoys therefore instructions couched in terms of courteous request. Lysias and his friends acceded to his wishes; and the bones having been conveyed to Cappadocia, the king received them in great state, and buried them next the tomb of his father with affectionate reverence. . . .
31.17Artaxias wished to kill a man, but on the remonstrances of Ariarathes did not do so, and held him on the contrary in higher respect than ever. So decisive is the influence of justice, and of the opinions and advice of good men, that they often prove the salvation of foes as well as of friends, and change their whole characters for the better. . . .
31.17Good looks are a better introduction than any letter. . . .
Book 30, Part 6
30.20.3οἷς περὶ μὲν τῶν κατὰ Δῆλον καὶ Λῆμνον οὐκ ἄν τις ἐπιτιμήσειε διὰ τὸ καὶ πρότερον ἀντιπεποιῆσθαι τῶν νήσων τούτων, περὶ δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἁλιαρτίων χώρας εἰκότως ἄν τις καταμέμψαιτο.
30.20.4τὸ γὰρ πόλιν σχεδὸν ἀρχαιοτάτην τῶν κατὰ τὴν Βοιωτίαν ἐπταικυῖαν μὴ συνεπανορθοῦν κατὰ πάντα τρόπον, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἐξαλείφειν, ἀφαιρουμένους καὶ τὰς εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐλπίδας τῶν ἠκληρηκότων,
30.20.5δῆλον ὡς οὐδενὶ μὲν ἂν δόξαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων καθήκειν, ἥκιστα δὲ τῶν ἄλλων Ἀθηναίοις.
30.20.6τὸ γὰρ τὴν μὲν ἰδίαν πατρίδα κοινὴν ποιεῖν ἅπασιν, τὰς δὲ τῶν ἄλλων ἀναιρεῖν, οὐδαμῶς οἰκεῖον ἂν φανείη τοῦ τῆς πόλεως ἤθους.
30.20.7πλὴν ἥ γε σύγκλητος καὶ τὴν Δῆλον αὐτοῖς ἔδωκε καὶ τὴν Λῆμνον καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἁλιαρτίων χώραν. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους τοιαύτην ἔσχε διάθεσιν. —
30.20.8καὶ τὴν μὲν Λῆμνον καὶ τὴν Δῆλον κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν τὸν λύκον τῶν ὤτων ἔλαβον·
30.20.9πολλὰ γὰρ ὑπέμειναν δυσκληρήματα συμπλεκόμενοι τοῖς Δηλίοις· ἐκ δὲ τῆς τῶν Ἁλιαρτίων χώρας ὄνειδος αὐτοῖς μᾶλλον ἢ καρπός τις συνεξηκολούθησεν. —
30.21.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Θεαίδητος εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον λόγους μὲν ἐποιήσατο περὶ τῆς συμμαχίας·
30.21.2ὑπερθεμένης δὲ τῆς συγκλήτου τὸ διαβούλιον, οὗτος μὲν μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον κατὰ φύσιν· ἔτη γὰρ εἶχε πλείω τῶν ὀγδοήκοντα· παρα
30.21.3γενομένων δὲ φυγάδων ἔκ τε Καύνου καὶ Στρατονικείας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ παρελθόντων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἐγένετο δόγμα Ῥοδίους ἐξάγειν τὰς φρουρὰς ἔκ τε Καύνου καὶ Στρατονικείας.
30.21.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Φιλόφρονα καὶ Ἀστυμήδην λαβόντες ταύτην τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἀπέπλευσαν κατὰ σπουδὴν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν,
30.21.5δεδιότες μὴ παρακούσαντες οἱ Ῥόδιοι περὶ τοῦ τὰς φρουρὰς ἐξαγαγεῖν αὖθις ἄλλην ἀρχὴν ἐγκλημάτων ποιήσωσιν. —
30.22.1Λεύκιος δὲ Ἀνίκιος, καὶ αὐτὸς Ῥωμαίων στρατηγήσας, Ἰλλυριοὺς καταπολεμήσας καὶ αἰχμάλωτον ἀγαγὼν Γένθιον τὸν τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν βασιλέα σὺν τοῖς τέκνοις, ἀγῶνας ἐπιτελῶν τοὺς ἐπινικίους ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ παντὸς γέλωτος ἄξια πράγματα ἐποίησεν, ὡς Πολύβιος ἱστορεῖ ἐν τῇ τριακοστῇ.
30.22.2μεταπεμψάμενος γὰρ τοὺς ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπιφανεστάτους τεχνίτας καὶ σκηνὴν κατασκευάσας μεγίστην ἐν τῷ κίρκῳ πρώτους εἰσῆγεν αὐλητὰς ἅμα πάντας.
30.22.3οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Θεόδωρος ὁ Βοιώτιος, Θεόπομπος, Ἕρμιππος, [ὁ] Λυσίμαχος, οἵτινες ἐπιφανέστατοι ἦσαν.
30.22.4τούτους οὖν στήσας ἐπὶ τὸ προσκήνιον μετὰ τοῦ χοροῦ αὐλεῖν ἐκέλευσεν ἅμα πάντας.
30.22.5τῶν δὲ διαπορευομένων τὰς κρούσεις μετὰ τῆς ἁρμοζούσης κινήσεως προσπέμψας οὐκ ἔφη καλῶς αὐτοὺς αὐλεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἀγωνίζεσθαι μᾶλλον ἐκέλευσεν.
30.22.6τῶν δὲ διαπορούντων ὑπέδειξέν τις τῶν ῥαβδούχων ἐπιστρέψαντας ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφʼ αὑτοὺς καὶ ποιεῖν ὡσανεὶ μάχην.
30.22.7ταχὺ δὲ συννοήσαντες οἱ αὐληταὶ καὶ λαβόντες οἰκείαν ταῖς ἑαυτῶν ἀσελγείαις μεγάλην ἐποίησαν σύγχυσιν.
30.22.8συνεπιστρέψαντες δὲ τοὺς μέσους χοροὺς πρὸς τοὺς ἄκρους οἱ μὲν αὐληταὶ φυσῶντες ἀδιανόητα καὶ διαφέροντες τοὺς αὐλοὺς ἐπῆγον ἀνὰ μέρος ἐπʼ ἀλλήλους.
30.22.9ἅμα δὲ τούτοις ἐπικτυποῦντες οἱ χοροὶ καὶ συνεπεισιόντες τὴν σκηνὴν ἐπεφέροντο τοῖς ἐναντίοις καὶ πάλιν ἀνεχώρουν ἐκ μεταβολῆς.
30.22.10ὡς δὲ καὶ περιζωσάμενός τις τῶν χορευτῶν ἐκ τοῦ καιροῦ στραφεὶς ἦρε τὰς χεῖρας ἀπὸ πυγμῆς πρὸς τὸν ἐπιφερόμενον αὐλητήν, τότʼ ἤδη κρότος ἐξαίσιος ἐγένετο καὶ κραυγὴ τῶν θεωμένων.
30.22.11ἔτι δὲ τούτων ἐκ παρατάξεως ἀγωνιζομένων ὀρχησταὶ δύο εἰσήγοντο μετὰ συμφωνίας εἰς τὴν ὀρχήστραν, καὶ πύκται τέτταρες ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν μετὰ σαλπιγκτῶν καὶ βυκανιστῶν.
30.22.12ὁμοῦ δὲ τούτων πάντων ἀγωνιζομένων ἄλεκτον ἦν τὸ συμβαῖνον. περὶ δὲ τῶν τραγῳδῶν, φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος, ὅ,τι ἂν ἐπιβάλωμαι λέγειν, δόξω τισὶ διαχλευάζειν.
30.23.1ὅτι ἐξεπολέμησαν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Κνώσιοι μετὰ Γορτυνίων πρὸς τοὺς Ῥαυκίους καὶ συνθήκας ἐποιήσαντο πρὸς ἀλλήλους ἐνόρκους μὴ πρότερον λύσειν τὸν πόλεμον πρὶν ἢ κατὰ κράτος ἑλεῖν τὴν Ῥαῦκον.
30.23.2οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι κομισάμενοι τὰ περὶ τῶν Καυνίων καὶ θεωροῦντες οὐ καταλήγουσαν τὴν ὀργὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων, ἐπειδὴ περὶ πάντων ἀκολούθως ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν ἐπειθάρχησαν, εὐθέως τοὺς περὶ Ἀριστοτέλην πρεσβευτὰς καταστήσαντες ἐξέπεμπον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, δόντες ἐντολὰς πειράζειν πάλιν περὶ τῆς συμμαχίας.
30.23.3οἳ καὶ παραγενηθέντες εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην θερείας ἀκμαζούσης εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον καὶ παραυτίκα περὶ τοῦ πεπειθαρχηκέναι τὸν δῆμον τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις διεσάφουν καὶ παρεκάλουν ὑπὲρ τῆς συμμαχίας, πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους διατιθέμενοι λόγους. ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος ἔδωκεν ἀπόκρισιν,
30.23.4ἐν ᾗ τὴν μὲν φιλίαν παρεσιώπησε, περὶ δὲ τῆς συμμαχίας οὐκ ἔφη καθήκειν αὑτῇ τοῦτο συγχωρεῖν Ῥοδίοις κατὰ τὸ παρόν. —
30.24.1ὅμοιοι γὰρ ἦσαν οἱ τὴν Περαίαν κατοικοῦντες τοῖς οἰκέταις τοῖς ἐκ τῶν δεσμῶν ἀνελπίστως λελυμένοις,
30.24.2οἵτινες ἀπιστοῦντες τοῖς παροῦσι μείζω μὲν διαβαίνουσι τῆς κατὰ φύσιν κινήσεως, οὐ δοκοῦσι δὲ γινώσκεσθαι παρὰ τοῖς ἀπαντῶσιν οὐδὲ συνορᾶσθαι διότι λέλυνται σαφῶς, ἐὰν μή τι παράλογον ποιῶσι καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἐξηλλαγμένον.
30.25.1ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς οὗτος βασιλεὺς ἀκούσας τοὺς ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ συντετελεσμένους ἀγῶνας ὑπὸ Αἰμιλίου Παύλου τοῦ Ῥωμαίων στρατηγοῦ, βουλόμενος τῇ μεγαλοδωρίᾳ ὑπερᾶραι τὸν Παῦλον ἐξέπεμψε πρέσβεις καὶ θεωροὺς εἰς τὰς πόλεις καταγγελοῦντας τοὺς ἐσομένους ἀγῶνας ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ Δάφνης, ὡς πολλὴν γενέσθαι τῶν Ἑλλήνων σπουδὴν εἰς τὴν ὡς αὐτὸν ἄφιξιν.
30.25.2ἀρχὴν δʼ ἐποιήσατο τῆς πανηγύρεως τὴν πομπείαν οὕτως ἐπιτελεσθεῖσαν.
30.25.3καθηγοῦντό τινες Ῥωμαϊκὸν ἔχοντες καθοπλισμὸν ἐν θώραξιν ἁλυσιδωτοῖς, ἄνδρες ἀκμάζοντες ταῖς ἡλικίαις πεντακισχίλιοι· μεθʼ οὓς Μυσοὶ πεντακισχίλιοι.
30.25.4συνεχεῖς δʼ ἦσαν Κίλικες εἰς τὸν τῶν εὐζώνων τρόπον καθωπλισμένοι τρισχίλιοι, χρυσοῦς ἔχοντες στεφάνους.
Book 31, Part 7
31.18After the Ptolemies had made their partition of the kingdom, the younger brother arrived in Rome desiring to set aside the division made between himself and his brother, on the ground that he had not acceded to the arrangement voluntarily, but under compulsion, and yielding to the force of circumstances. He therefore begged the Senate to assign Cyprus to his portion; for, even if that were done, he should still have a much poorer share than his brother. Canuleius and Quintus supported Menyllus, the ambassador of the elder Ptolemy, by protesting that the younger Ptolemy owed his possession of Cyrene and his very life to them, so deep was the anger and hatred of the common people to him; and that, accordingly, he had been only too glad to receive the government of Cyrene, which he had not hoped for or expected; and had exchanged oaths with his brother with the customary sacrifices. To this Ptolemy gave a positive denial: and the Senate, seeing that the division was clearly an unequal one, and at the same time wishing that, as the brothers themselves were the authors of the division being made at all, it should be effected in a manner advantageous to Rome, granted the petition of the younger Ptolemy with a view to their own interest. Measures of this class are very frequent among the Romans, by which they avail themselves with profound policy of the mistakes of others to augment and strengthen their own empire, under the guise of granting favours and benefiting those who commit the errors. On this principle they acted now. They saw how great the power of the Egyptian kingdom was; and fearing lest, if it ever chanced to obtain a competent head, he would grow too proud, they appointed Titus Torquatus and Gnaeus Merula to establish Ptolemy Physcon in Cyprus, and thus to carry out their own policy while satisfying his. These commissioners were accordingly at once despatched with instructions to reconcile the brothers to each other, and to secure Cyprus to the younger. . . .
31.19News having come to Rome of the disaster by which Gnaeus Octavius lost his life, ambassadors also arrived from king Antiochus, sent by Lysias, who vehemently protested that the king’s friends had had no part in the crime. But the Senate showed scant attention to the envoys, not wishing to make any open declaration on the subject or to allow their opinion to become public in any way.
31.19But Demetrius was much excited by the news, and immediately summoned Polybius to an interview, and consulted him as to whether he should once more bring his claims before the Senate. Polybius advised him not to stumble twice on the same stone, but to depend upon himself and venture something worthy of a king; and he pointed out to him that the present state of affairs offered him many opportunities. Demetrius understood the hint, but said nothing at the time; but a short while afterwards consulted Apollonius one of his intimate friends, on the same subject. This man, being simple minded and very young, advised him to make another trial of the Senate. He was convinced, he said, that, since it had deprived him of his kingdom without any just excuse, it would at least release him from his position of hostage; for it was absurd that, when the boy Antiochus had succeeded to the kingdom in Syria, Demetrius should be a hostage for him. Persuaded by these arguments he once more obtained a hearing of the Senate, and claimed to be relieved of his obligations as a hostage, since they had decided to secure the kingdom to Antiochus. But, though he pleaded his cause with many arguments, the Senate remained fixed in the same resolve as before. And that was only what was to be expected. For they had not, on the former occasion, adjudged the continuance of the kingdom to the child on the ground that the claim of Demetrius was not just, but because it was advantageous to Rome that it should be so; and as the circumstances remained precisely the same, it was only natural that the policy of the Senate should remain unchanged also.
31.20Demetrius having thus delivered himself in vain of his swan’s song, his last appeal, and becoming convinced that Polybius had given him good advice, repented of what he had done. But he was naturally of a lofty spirit, and possessed sufficient daring to carry out his resolutions. He promptly called Diodorus, who had recently arrived from Syria, to his aid, and confided his secret purpose to him. Diodorus had had the charge of Demetrius as a child, and was a man of considerable adroitness, who had besides made a careful inspection of the state of affairs in Syria. He now pointed out to Demetrius that The confusion caused by the murder of Octavius,—the people mistrusting Lysias, and Lysias mistrusting the people, while the Senate was convinced that the lawless murder of their envoy really originated with the king’s friends,—presented a most excellent opportunity for his appearing on the scene: for the people there would promptly transfer the crown to him, even though he were to arrive attended by but one slave; while the Senate would not venture to give any further assistance or support to Lysias after such an abominable crime. Finally, it was quite possible for them to leave Rome undetected, without any one having any idea of his intention. This course being resolved upon, Demetrius sent for Polybius, and telling him what he was going to do, begged him to lend his assistance, and to join him in contriving to manage his escape.
Book 30, Part 7
30.25.5ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις Θρᾷκες τρισχίλιοι καὶ Γαλάται πεντακισχίλιοι. τούτοις ἐπέβαλλον Μακεδόνες δισμύριοι καὶ χαλκάσπιδες πεντακισχίλιοι, ἄλλοι δὲ ἀργυράσπιδες, οἷς ἐπηκολούθει μονομάχων ζεύγη διακόσια τετταράκοντα.
30.25.6τούτων κατόπιν ἦσαν ἱππεῖς Νισαῖοι μὲν χίλιοι πολιτικοὶ δὲ τρισχίλιοι, ὧν οἱ μὲν πλείους ἦσαν χρυσοφάλαροι καὶ χρυσοστέφανοι, οἱ δʼ ἄλλοι ἀργυροφάλαροι.
30.25.7μετὰ δὲ τούτους ἦσαν οἱ λεγόμενοι Ἑταῖροι ἱππεῖς· οὗτοι δὲ ἦσαν εἰς χιλίους, πάντες χρυσοφάλαροι. τούτοις συνεχὲς ἦν τὸ τῶν φίλων σύνταγμα,
30.25.8ἴσον καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ κατὰ τὸν κόσμον. ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις ἐπίλεκτοι χίλιοι, οἷς ἐπηκολούθει τὸ καλούμενον ἄγημα, κράτιστον εἶναι δοκοῦν σύστημα τῶν ἱππέων,
30.25.9περὶ χιλίους. τελευταία δʼ ἦν ἡ κατάφρακτος ἵππος, οἰκείως τῇ προσηγορίᾳ τῶν ἵππων καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐσκεπασμένων τοῖς ὅπλοις· ἦσαν δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ χίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
30.25.10πάντες δʼ οἱ προειρημένοι εἶχον πορφυρᾶς ἐφαπτίδας, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ διαχρύσους καὶ ζῳωτάς.
30.25.11ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις ἕξιππα μὲν ἦν ἑκατόν, τέθριππα δὲ τετταράκοντα, ἔπειτα ἐλεφάντων ἅρμα καὶ συνωρίς. καθʼ ἕνα δὲ εἵποντο ἐλέφαντες διεσκευασμένοι τριάκοντα καὶ ἕξ.
30.25.11τὴν δʼ ἄλλην πομπὴν λέγειν ἐστὶ δυσέφικτον,
30.25.12ὡς ἐν κεφαλαίῳ δὲ λεκτέον. ἔφηβοι μὲν γὰρ ἐπόμπευσαν εἰς ὀκτακοσίους, χρυσοῦς ἔχοντες στεφάνους, βόες δʼ εὐτραφεῖς περὶ χιλίους, θεωρίδες δὲ βραχὺ λείπουσαι τριακοσίων, ἐλεφάντων δὲ ὀδόντες ὀκτακόσιοι.
30.25.13τὸ δὲ τῶν ἀγαλμάτων πλῆθος οὐ δυνατὸν ἐξηγήσασθαι· πάντων γὰρ τῶν παρʼ ἀνθρώποις λεγομένων ἢ νομιζομένων θεῶν ἢ δαιμόνων, προσέτι δὲ ἡρώων εἴδωλα διήγετο, τὰ μὲν κεχρυσωμένα, τὰ δʼ ἠμφιεσμένα στολαῖς διαχρύσοις.
30.25.14καὶ πᾶσι τούτοις οἱ προσήκοντες μῦθοι κατὰ τὰς παραδεδομένας ἱστορίας ἐν διασκευαῖς πολυτελέσι παρέκειντο.
30.25.15εἵπετο δʼ αὐτοῖς καὶ Νυκτὸς εἴδωλον καὶ Ἡμέρας, Γῆς τε καὶ Οὐρανοῦ, καὶ Ἠοῦς καὶ Μεσημβρίας.
30.25.16τὸ δὲ τῶν χρυσωμάτων καὶ ἀργυρωμάτων πλῆθος οὕτως ἄν τις ὑπονοήσειεν ὅσον ἦν· ἑνὸς γὰρ τῶν φίλων, Διονυσίου τοῦ ἐπιστολιαγράφου, χίλιοι παῖδες ἐπόμπευσαν ἀργυρώματα ἔχοντες, ὧν οὐδὲν ἐλάττονʼ ὁλκὴν εἶχεν δραχμῶν χιλίων.
30.25.17βασιλικοὶ δὲ παῖδες παρῆλθον ἑξακόσιοι χρυσώματα ἔχοντες. ἔπειτα γυναῖκες ἐκ χρυσῶν καλπίδων μύροις ἔρραινον, εἰς διακοσίας.
30.25.18ταύταις δʼ ἑξῆς ἐπόμπευον ἐν χρυσόποσι μὲν φορείοις ὀγδοήκοντα γυναῖκες, ἐν ἀργυρόποσι δὲ πεντακόσιαι καθήμεναι, πολυτελῶς διεσκευασμέναι.
30.25.19καὶ τῆς μὲν πομπῆς τὰ ἐπιφανέστατα ταῦτα ἦν.
30.26.1ἐπιτελεσθέντων δὲ τῶν ἀγώνων καὶ μονομαχιῶν καὶ κυνηγεσίων κατὰ τριάκονθʼ ἡμέρας, ἐν αἷς τὰς θέας συνετέλει, πέντε μὲν τὰς πρώτας ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ πάντες ἐκ χρυσῶν ὁλκείων ἠλείφοντο κροκίνῳ μύρῳ.
30.26.2ἦν δὲ ταῦτα πεντεκαίδεκα, καὶ κινναμωμίνου τὰ ἴσα καὶ ναρδίνου. παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ ταῖς ἑξῆς εἰσεφέρετο τήλινον, ἀμαράκινον, ἴρινον, πάντα διαφέροντα ταῖς εὐωδίαις.
30.26.3ἔστρωτο δὲ εἰς εὐωχίαν ποτὲ μὲν χίλια τρίκλινα, ποτὲ δὲ χίλια πεντακόσια μετὰ τῆς πολυτελεστάτης διασκευῆς.
30.27.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν συντέλειαν τῶν ἀγώνων, ἄρτι τούτων γεγονότων, ἧκον οἱ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον πρεσβευταί, κατασκόπων ἔχοντες τάξιν.
30.27.2οἷς οὕτως ἐπιδεξίως ἀπήντησεν Ἀντίοχος καὶ φιλοφρόνως ὥστε μὴ οἷον τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ὑποπτεῦσαί τι περὶ αὐτοῦ πραγματικὸν ἢ παρατριβῆς ἔμφασιν ἔχον ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν λεγόντων τι τοιοῦτον καταγινώσκειν διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῆς κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν φιλανθρωπίας·
30.27.3ὅς γε πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ τῆς αὐλῆς παρεχώρησε τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς, μικροῦ δὲ καὶ τοῦ διαδήματος κατὰ τὴν ἐπίφασιν, καίπερ οὐκ ὢν τῇ προαιρέσει τοιοῦτος,
30.27.4ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον ἀλλοτριώτατα διακείμενος πρὸς Ῥωμαίους.
30.28.1ὅτι τοῖς παρὰ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας Γαλατῶν πρεσβευταῖς συνεχώρησαν τὴν αὐτονομίαν μένουσιν ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις κατοικίαις καὶ μὴ στρατευομένοις ἐκτὸς τῶν ἰδίων ὅρων.
30.29.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον, παραγενομένων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν καὶ διασαφούντων τὰ κατὰ τὰς ἀποκρίσεις, οὐκέτι θόρυβος ἦν, ἀλλʼ ὀργὴ καὶ μῖσος ἐκφανὲς πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην. —
30.29.2ὅτι τοῦ περὶ Καλλικράτην μίσους καὶ Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς τοὺς ὁμογνώμονας τούτων οὕτως ἄν τις τεκμήραιτο.
30.29.3τῆς γὰρ τῶν Ἀντιγονείων πανηγύρεως ἐν τῷ Σικυῶνι συντελουμένης, καὶ τῶν βαλανείων ἁπάντων ἐχόντων τάς τε κοινὰς μάκτρας καὶ πυέλους ταύταις παρακειμένας, εἰς ἃς οἱ κομψότεροι τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰώθασι κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐμβαίνειν,
30.29.4εἰς ταύτας ὅτε τις καθείη τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ Καλλικράτην, οὐδεὶς ἐτόλμα τῶν ἐφεστώτων ἔτι καθιέναι, πρὶν ἢ τὸν βαλανείτην τὸ μὲν ὑπάρχον ὕδωρ ἀφεῖναι πᾶν, ἕτερον δὲ καθαρὸν ἐγχέαι.
30.29.5τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίουν, ὑπολαμβάνοντες ὡσανεὶ μιαίνεσθαι καθιέντες εἰς ταὐτὸ τοῖς προειρημένοις ὕδωρ.
30.29.6τοὺς δὲ συριγμοὺς τοὺς ἐν ταῖς κοιναῖς πανηγύρεσι τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ τοὺς χλευασμούς, ὅτε τις ἐπιβάλοιτο κηρύττειν τινὰ τῶν προειρημένων, οὐδʼ ἂν ἐξηγήσαιτο ῥᾳδίως οὐδείς.
30.29.7ἐθάρρει δὲ καὶ τὰ παιδάρια κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐκ τῶν διδασκαλείων ἐπανάγοντα κατὰ πρόσωπον αὐτοὺς προδότας ἀποκαλεῖν. τοιαύτη τις ὑπέδραμε προσκοπὴ καὶ μῖσος κατὰ τῶν προειρημένων.
30.30.1ὅτι εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην παραγεγονότων πρεσβευτῶν πλειόνων καὶ ἑτέρων, ἐπιφανεστάτων δὲ παρὰ μὲν Ῥοδίων τῶν περὶ Ἀστυμήδην, παρὰ δὲ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν τῶν περὶ Εὐρέαν καὶ Ἀναξίδαμον καὶ Σάτυρον, παρὰ δὲ Προυσίου τῶν περὶ Πύθωνα, τούτοις ἐχρημάτισεν ἡ σύγκλητος.
30.30.2οἱ μὲν οὖν παρὰ τοῦ Προυσίου κατηγορίαν ἐποιοῦντʼ Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως, φάσκοντες αὑτῶν τέ τινα χωρία παραιρεῖσθαι τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τῆς Γαλατίας οὐκ ἀφίστασθαι τὸ παράπαν οὐδὲ πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμασιν, ἀλλὰ τοὺς τὰ σφέτερα μὲν φρονοῦντας σωματοποιεῖν,
30.30.3τοὺς δὲ τὰ Ῥωμαίων αἱρουμένους καὶ βουλομένους πολιτεύεσθαι τοῖς τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμασιν ἀκολούθως κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ἐλαττοῦν.
Book 31, Part 8
31.20There happened to be at Rome a certain Menyllus of Alabanda, on a mission from the elder Ptolemy to confront and answer the younger before the Senate. Between this man and Polybius there was a strong friendship and confidence, and Polybius therefore thought him just the man for the purpose in hand. He accordingly introduced him with all speed to Demetrius, and with warm expressions of regard. Being trusted with the secret, Menyllus undertook to have the necessary ship in readiness, and to see that everything required for the voyage was prepared. Having found a Carthaginian vessel anchored at the mouth of the Tiber, which had been on sacred service, he chartered it. (These vessels are carefully selected at Carthage, to convey the offerings sent by the Carthaginians to their ancestral gods at Tyre.) He made no secret about it, but chartered the vessel for his own return voyage; and therefore was able to make his arrangements for provisions also without exciting suspicion, talking openly with the sailors and making an appointment with them.
31.21When the shipmaster had everything ready, and nothing remained except for Demetrius to do his part, he sent Diodorus to Syria to gather information, and to watch the disposition of the people there. His foster-brother Apollonius took part in this expedition; and Demetrius also confided his secret to the two brothers of Apollonius, Meleager and Menestheus, but to no one else of all his suite, though that was numerous. These three brothers were the sons of the Apollonius who occupied so important a position at the court of Seleucus, but who had removed to Miletus at the accession of Antiochus Epiphanes. As the day agreed upon with the sailors approached, it was arranged that one of his friends should give an entertainment to serve as an excuse for Demetrius going out. For it was impossible that he should sup at home; as it was his constant habit, when he did so, to invite all his suite. Those who were in the secret were to leave the house after supper and go to the ship, taking one slave each with them; the rest they had sent on to Anagnia, saying that they would follow next day. It happened that at this time Polybius was ill and confined to his bed; but he was kept acquainted with all that was going on by constant communications from Menyllus. He was therefore exceedingly anxious, knowing Demetrius to be fond of conviviality and full of youthful wilfulness, lest, by the entertainment being unduly prolonged, some difficulty should arise from over-indulgence in wine to prevent his getting away. He therefore wrote and sealed a small tablet; and just as it was getting dusk sent a servant of his own, with orders to ask for Demetrius’s cupbearer and give him the tablet, without saying who he was or from whom he came, and to bid the cupbearer to give it to Demetrius to read at once. His orders were carried out, and Demetrius read the tablet, which contained the following apophthegms:— The ready hand bears off the sluggard’s prize. Night favours all, but more the daring heart. Be bold: front danger: strike! then lose or win, Care not, so you be true unto yourself. Cool head and wise distrust are wisdom’s sinews.
31.22As soon as Demetrius had read these lines, he understood their purport, and from whom they came; and at once pretending that he felt sick, he left the banquet escorted by his friends. Arrived at his lodging, he sent away those of his servants who were not suited to his purpose to Anagnia, ordering them to take the hunting nets and hounds and meet him at Cerceii, where it had been his constant custom to go boar hunting, which, in fact, was the origin of his intimacy with Polybius. He then imparted his plan to Nicanor and his immediate friends, and urged them to share his prospects. They all consented with enthusiasm; whereupon he bade them return to their own lodgings, and arrange with their servants to go before daybreak to Anagnia and meet them at Cerceii, while they got travelling clothes and returned to him, telling their domestics that they would join them, accompanied by Demetrius, in the course of the next day at Cerceii. Everything having been done in accordance with this order, he and his friends went to Ostia, at the mouth of the Tiber, by night. Menyllus preceded them and had a conversation with the sailors; telling them that orders had arrived from the king which made it necessary for him to remain at Rome for the present, and to send some of the most trustworthy of his young men to his Majesty, to inform him of what had been done about his brother. He should not, therefore, he said, go on board himself; but the young men who were to sail would come about midnight. The shipmasters made no difficulty about it, as the passage money for which they had originally bargained was in their hands; and they had long made all their preparations for sailing, when Demetrius and his friends arrived about the third watch. There were altogether eight of them, besides five slaves and three boys. Menyllus entered into conversation with them, showed them the provisions in store for the voyage, and commended them earnestly to the care of the shipmaster and crew. They then went on board, and the pilot weighed anchor and started just as day was breaking, having absolutely no idea of the real state of the case, but believing that he was conveying some soldiers from Menyllus to Ptolemy.
31.23At Rome, during the whole of the following day, no one was likely to make any inquiry for Demetrius or those who had gone with him. For those of his household who stayed in the city supposed him to have gone to Cerceii; and those at Anagnia were expecting him to come there too. The flight from Rome, therefore, was entirely unremarked; until one of his slaves, having been flogged at Anagnia, ran off to Cerceii, expecting to find Demetrius there; and not finding him, ran back again to Rome, hoping to meet him on the road. But as he failed to meet him anywhere, he went and informed his friends in Rome and the members of his household who had been left behind in his house. But it was not until the fourth day after his start that, Demetrius being looked for in vain, the truth was suspected. On the fifth the Senate was hastily summoned to consider the matter, when Demetrius had already cleared the Straits of Messina. The Senate gave up all idea of pursuit: both because they imagined that he had got a long start on the voyage (for the wind was in his favour), and because they foresaw that, though they might wish to hinder him, they would be unable to do so. But some few days afterwards they appointed Tiberius Gracchus, Lucius Lentulus, and Servilius Glaucia as commissioners: first to inspect the state of Greece; and, next, to cross to Asia and watch the result of Demetrius’s attempt, and examine the policy adopted by the other kings, and arbitrate on their controversies with the Gauls. Such were the events in Italy this year. . . .
Book 30, Part 8
30.30.4ἦσαν δέ τινες πρεσβευταὶ καὶ παρὰ τῶν τῆς Ἀσίας πόλεων, οἳ κατηγόρουν τοῦ βασιλέως, ἔμφασιν ποιοῦντες τῆς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον κοινοπραγίας.
30.30.5ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν κατηγορούντων οὔτʼ ἀπέρριπτε τὰς διαβολὰς οὔτʼ ἐξέφαινε τὴν ἑαυτῆς γνώμην, ἀλλὰ συνετήρει παρʼ ἑαυτῇ, διαπιστοῦσα καθόλου τοῖς περὶ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον·
30.30.6τοῖς γε μὴν Γαλάταις ἀεί τι προσετίθει καὶ συνεπίσχυε περὶ τῆς ἐλευθερίας.
30.30.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ἥκοντες ἀπὸ τῆς πρεσβείας οὐδὲν περιττότερον ἠδυνήθησαν οὔτʼ αὐτοὶ διαλαβεῖν οὔτε τῇ συγκλήτῳ διασαφῆσαι περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ἤπερ ἃ καὶ πρότερον ὄντες ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ διελάμβανον.
30.30.8οὕτως αὐτοὺς οἱ βασιλεῖς ἐξετέμοντο τῇ κατὰ τὴν ἀπάντησιν φιλανθρωπίᾳ.
30.31.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα προσκαλεσαμένη τοὺς Ῥοδίους διήκουε τούτων.
30.31.2ὁ δʼ Ἀστυμήδης εἰσελθὼν μετρίως ἔστη καὶ βέλτιον ἢ κατὰ τὴν πρὸ ταύτης πρεσβείαν·
30.31.3ἀφέμενος γὰρ τοῦ κατηγορεῖν τῶν ἄλλων ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὸ παραιτεῖσθαι, καθάπερ οἱ μαστιγούμενοι τὰς πληγάς, φάσκων ἱκανοῖς προστίμοις περιπεπτωκέναι τὴν πατρίδα καὶ μείζοσι τῆς ἁμαρτίας. καὶ προσθέμενος ἐξηγεῖτο τὰς ἐλαττώσεις,
30.31.4κεφαλαιωδῶς διεξιών, πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι Λυκίαν καὶ Καρίαν ἀπολωλέκασιν, εἰς ἣν ἐξ ἀρχῆς μὲν ἐδαπάνησαν χρημάτων ἱκανὸν πλῆθος, τριττοὺς πολέμους ἀναγκασθέντες πολεμεῖν αὐτοῖς, νυνὶ δὲ προσόδων ἐστέρηνται πολλῶν ὧν ἐλάμβανον παρὰ τῶν προειρημένων.
30.31.5"ἀλλʼ ἴσωσ" ἔφη "ταῦτα μὲν ἔχει λόγον· καὶ γὰρ ἐδώκαθʼ ὑμεῖς αὐτὰ τῷ δήμῳ, μετὰ χάριτος διὰ τὴν εὔνοιαν, καὶ ἀφανίζοντες αὐτὰ κατὰ λόγον ἐδοκεῖτε τοῦτο πράττειν, ἐμπεσούσης τινὸς ὑποψίας καὶ διαφορᾶς ὑμῖν.
30.31.6ἀλλὰ Καῦνον δήπου διακοσίων ταλάντων ἐξηγοράσαμεν παρὰ τῶν Πτολεμαίου στρατηγῶν καὶ Στρατονίκειαν ἐλάβομεν ἐν μεγάλῃ χάριτι παρʼ Ἀντιόχου τοῦ Σελεύκου·
30.31.7καὶ παρὰ τούτων τῶν πόλεων ἀμφοτέρων ἑκατὸν καὶ εἴκοσι τάλαντα τῷ δήμῳ πρόσοδος ἔπιπτε καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος. τούτων ἁπασῶν ἐστερήμεθα τῶν προσόδων,
30.31.8θέλοντες πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς ὑμετέροις προστάγμασιν.
30.31.9ἐξ ὧν μείζονα φόρον ἐπιτεθείκατε τοῖς Ῥοδίοις τῆς ἀγνοίας ἢ Μακεδόσι τοῖς διὰ παντὸς πολεμίοις ὑμῖν ὑπάρξασι. τὸ δὲ μέγιστον σύμπτωμα τῆς πόλεως·
30.31.10καταλέλυται γὰρ ἡ τοῦ λιμένος πρόσοδος ὑμῶν, Δῆλον μὲν ἀτελῆ πεποιηκότων, ἀφῃρημένων δὲ τὴν τοῦ δήμου παρρησίαν, διʼ ἧς καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν λιμένα καὶ τἄλλα πάντα τῆς πόλεως ἐτύγχανε τῆς ἁρμοζούσης προστασίας.
30.31.11ὅτι δὲ τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἀληθὲς οὐ δυσχερὲς καταμαθεῖν·
30.31.12τοῦ γὰρ ἐλλιμενίου κατὰ τοὺς ἀνώτερον χρόνους εὑρίσκοντος ἑκατὸν μυριάδας δραχμῶν, νῦν ἀφῃρήκατε πεντεκαίδεκα μυριάδας, ὥστε καὶ λίαν, ὦ ἄνδρες Ῥωμαῖοι, τὴν ὑμετέραν ὀργὴν ἧφθαι τῶν κυρίων πόρων τῆς πόλεως.
30.31.13εἰ μὲν οὖν συμβεβήκει πάνδημον γεγονέναι τὴν ἁμαρτίαν καὶ τὴν ἀλλοτριότητα τοῦ δήμου, τάχʼ ἴσως ἐδοκεῖτε κἂν ὑμεῖς εὐλόγως ἐπίμονον καὶ δυσπαραίτητον ἔχειν τὴν ὀργήν·
30.31.14εἰ δὲ σαφῶς ἴστε παντάπασιν ὀλίγους γεγονότας αἰτίους τῆς τοιαύτης ἀλογίας, καὶ τούτους ἅπαντας ἀπολωλότας ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ δήμου, τί πρὸς τοὺς μηδὲν αἰτίους ἀκαταλλάκτως ἔχετε,
30.31.15καὶ ταῦτα πρὸς τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας εἶναι δοκοῦντες πρᾳότατοι καὶ μεγαλοψυχότατοι;
30.31.16διόπερ, ὦ ἄνδρες, ἀπολωλεκὼς ὁ δῆμος τὰς προσόδους, τὴν παρρησίαν, τὴν ἰσολογίαν, ὑπὲρ ὧν τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον πᾶν ἀναδεχόμενος διατετέλεκεν,
30.31.17ἀξιοῖ καὶ δεῖται πάντων ὑμῶν, ἱκανὰς ἔχων πληγάς, λήξαντας τῆς ὀργῆς διαλυθῆναι καὶ συνθέσθαι τὴν συμμαχίαν, ἵνα γένηται τοῦτο συμφανὲς ἅπασιν ὅτι τὴν μὲν ὀργὴν ἀποτέθεισθε τὴν πρὸς Ῥοδίους, ἀνακεχωρήκατε δʼ ἐπὶ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς αἵρεσιν καὶ φιλίαν. τούτου γὰρ χρείαν ἔχει νῦν ὁ δῆμος,
30.31.18οὐ τῆς διὰ τῶν ὅπλων καὶ στρατιωτῶν συμμαχίας." ταῦτα μὲν οὖν καὶ τούτοις παραπλήσια διαλεχθεὶς Ἀστυμήδης ἐδόκει πρεπόντως τοῖς καιροῖς πεποιῆσθαι τοὺς λόγους·
30.31.19πλεῖστά γε μὴν συνήργησαν τοῖς Ῥοδίοις πρὸς τὸ τυχεῖν τῆς συμμαχίας οἱ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ἄρτι παραγεγονότες.
30.31.20οὗτοι γὰρ ἀπομαρτυρήσαντες πρῶτον μὲν πᾶσιν τοῖς τῆς συγκλήτου δόγμασι πεπειθαρχηκέναι τοὺς Ῥοδίους, ἔπειτα πάντας τοὺς αἰτίους τῆς ἀλλοτριότητος κατακεκρίσθαι θανάτου παρʼ αὐτοῖς, ἥττησαν τοὺς ἀντιλέγοντας καὶ ἐποιήσαντο τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους συμμαχίαν. —
30.32.1ὅτι μετά τινα χρόνον εἰσῆλθον οἱ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις, ἔχοντες ἐντολὰς ἀκολούθως ταῖς ἀποκρίσεσιν, αἷς πρότερον ἔλαβον·
30.32.2αὗται δʼ ἦσαν διότι θαυμάζουσιν πῶς, ὑπὲρ ὧν αὐτοὶ κεκρίκασι, περὶ τούτων αὐτοὺς παρακαλοῦσιν κρίνειν.
30.32.3διὸ τότε παρῆσαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Εὐρέαν, πάλιν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐμφανίζοντες διότι τὸ μὲν ἔθνος οὔτε δικαιολογουμένων ἀκήκοε τῶν κατῃτιαμένων οὔτε κρίσιν οὐδεμίαν πεποίηται περὶ αὐτῶν,
30.32.4τὴν δὲ σύγκλητον ἀξιοῖ πρόνοιαν ποιήσασθαι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἵνα κρίσεως τύχωσι καὶ μὴ καταφθαρῶσιν ἄκριτοι,
30.32.5καὶ μάλιστα μὲν αὐτὴν ἐξετάσασαν διασαφῆσαι τοὺς ἐνόχους ὄντας τοῖς ἐγκλήμασιν· εἰ δὲ διὰ τοὺς περισπασμοὺς αὐτὴ μὴ δύναται τοῦτο ποιῆσαι, τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐπιτρέψαι περὶ τοῦ πράγματος. οἳ πειράσονται μισοπονήρως χρήσασθαι τοῖς αἰτίοις.
30.32.6ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν πρεσβευτῶν, ἀκολούθως ταῖς ἐντολαῖς διαλεγομένων, καὶ δυσχρηστοῦσα διὰ τὸ πανταχόθεν ἐξελέγχεσθαι·
30.32.7τό τε γὰρ κρίνειν οὐκ ἐνόμιζεν αὑτῇ καθήκειν, τό τε χωρὶς κρίσεως ἀπολύειν τοὺς ἄνδρας πρόδηλον ἔχειν ἐδόκει τὸν ὄλεθρον τοῖς φίλοις αὐτῶν·
30.32.8διόπερ ἀναγκαζομένη καὶ βουλομένη παρελέσθαι καθόλου τὴν ἐλπίδα τῶν πολλῶν ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν κατεχομένων σωτηρίας, ἵνα συμμύσαντες πειθαρχῶσιν ἐν μὲν Ἀχαΐᾳ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Καλλικράτην, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις πολιτεύμασι τοῖς δοκοῦσιν εἶναι Ῥωμαίων, ἔγραψαν ἀπόκρισιν τοιαύτην,
30.32.9ὅτι ἡμεῖς οὐχ ὑπολαμβάνομεν συμφέρειν οὔτε τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις οὔτε τοῖς ὑμετέροις δήμοις τούτους τοὺς ἄνδρας ἐπανελθεῖν εἰς οἶκον.
Book 31, Part 9
31.23Demetrius expecting the arrival of the commissioner who was to be sent to him. . . .
31.24The dissoluteness of the young men in Rome had grown to such a height, and broke out in such extravagances, that there were many instances of men purchasing a jar of Pontic salt-fish for three hundred drachmae. In reference to which Marcus Porcius Cato once said to the people in indignation, that no better proof could be shown of the degeneracy of the state than that good-looking slaves should fetch more than a farm, and a jar of salt-fish more than a carter. . . .
31.25The Rhodians, though in other respects maintaining the dignity of their state, made in my opinion a slight lapse at this period. They had received two hundred and eighty thousand medimni of corn from Eumenes, that its value might be invested and the interest devoted to pay the fees of the tutors and schoolmasters of their sons. One might accept this from friends in a case of financial embarrassment, as one might in private life, rather than allow children to remain uneducated for want of means; but where means are abundant a man would rather do anything than allow the schoolmaster’s fee to be supplied by a joint contribution from his friends. And in proportion as a state should hold higher notions than an individual, so ought governments to be more jealous of their dignity than private men, and above all a Rhodian government, considering the wealth of the country and its high pretensions. . . .
31.26After this the younger Ptolemy arrived in Greece with the Roman commissioners, and began collecting a formidable army of mercenaries, among whom he enlisted Damasippus the Macedonian, who, after murdering the members of the council at Phacus, fled with his wife and children from Macedonia, and after reaching Peraea, opposite Rhodes, and being entertained by the people there, determined to sail to Cyprus. But when Torquatus and his colleagues saw that Ptolemy had collected a formidable corps of mercenaries, they reminded him of their commission, which was to restore him without a war, and at last persuaded him to go as far as Side (in Pamphylia), and there disband his mercenaries, give up his idea of invading Cyprus, and meet them on the frontiers of Cyrene. Meanwhile, they said that they would sail to Alexandria, and induce the king to consent to their demands, and would meet him on the frontiers, bringing the other king with them. The younger Ptolemy was persuaded by these arguments, gave up the attack upon Cyprus, dismissed the mercenaries, and first sailed to Crete, accompanied by Damasippus and Gnaeus Merula, one of the commissioners; and, after enlisting about a thousand soldiers in Crete, put to sea and crossed to Libya, landing at Apis.
Book 30, Part 9
30.32.10ταύτης δὲ τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ἐκπεσούσης, οὐ μόνον περὶ τοὺς ἀνακεκλημένους ἐγένετό τις ὁλοσχερὴς ἀθυμία καὶ παράλυσις τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὡσανεὶ κοινόν τι πένθος, ἅτε δοκούσης τῆς ἀποκρίσεως ὁλοσχερῶς ἀφαιρεῖσθαι τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς σωτηρίας τῶν ἀκληρούντων.
30.32.11κατὰ δὲ τὴν Ἑλλάδα διαγγελθείσης τῆς ἀποκρίσεως τῆς τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς δεδομένης ὑπὲρ τῶν καταιτιαθέντων, τὰ μὲν πλήθη συνετρίβη ταῖς διανοίαις, καί τις οἷον ἀπελπισμὸς ὑπέδραμεν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους,
30.32.12οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Χάροπα καὶ Καλλικράτην καὶ πάντες οἱ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑποθέσεως προεστῶτες μετέωροι πάλιν ἐγενήθησαν.
Book 31, Part 10
31.27Meanwhile Torquatus had crossed to Alexandria and was trying to induce the elder Ptolemy to be reconciled to his brother, and yield Cyprus to him. But Ptolemy, by alternate promises and refusals and the like, managed to waste the time, while the younger king lay encamped with his thousand Cretans at Apis in Libya, according to his agreement. Becoming thoroughly irritated at receiving no intelligence, he first sent Gnaeus Merula to Alexandria, hoping by this means to bring Torquatus and those with him to the place of meeting. But Merula was like the others in protracting the business: forty days passed without a word of intelligence, and the king was in despair. The fact was that the elder king, by using every kind of flattery, had won the commissioners over, and was keeping them by him, rather against their will than with it. Moreover, at this time the younger Ptolemy was informed that the people of Cyrene had revolted, that the cities were conspiring with them, and that Ptolemy Sympetesis had also taken their side. This man was an Egyptian by birth, and had been left by the king in charge of his whole kingdom when he was going on his journey to Rome. When the king was informed of this, and learned presently that the Cyreneans were encamped in the open country, afraid lest, in his desire to add Cyprus to his dominions, he might lose Cyrene also, he threw everything else aside and marched towards Cyrene. When he came to what is called the Great Slope, he found the Libyans and Cyreneans occupying the pass. Ptolemy was alarmed at this: but, putting half his forces on board boats, he ordered them to sail beyond the difficult ground, and show themselves on the rear of the enemy; while with the other half he marched up in their front and tried to carry the pass. The Libyans being panic-stricken at this double attack on front and rear, and abandoning their position, Ptolemy not only got possession of the pass, but also of Tetrapyrgia, which lay immediately below it, in which there was an abundant supply of water. Thence he crossed the desert in seven days, the forces under Mochyrinus coasting along parallel to his line of march. The Cyreneans were encamped eight thousand five hundred strong, eight thousand infantry and five hundred cavalry: for having satisfied themselves as to the character of Ptolemy from his conduct at Alexandria, and seeing that his government and policy generally were those of a tyrant rather than a king, they could not endure the idea of becoming his subjects, but were determined to venture everything in their desire for freedom. And at last he was beaten. . . .
31.28At this time Gnaeus Merula also came from Alexandria, informing the king (Physcon) that his brother would consent to none of the proposals, but maintained that they ought to abide by the original agreements. On hearing this, Physcon selected the brothers Comanus and Ptolemy to go as ambassadors to Rome with Gnaeus, and inform the Senate of his brother’s selfish and haughty behaviour. At the same time the elder Ptolemy sent away Titus Torquatus also without having attained the object of his mission. Such was the state of things in Alexandria and Cyrene. . . .
Book 31, Part 1
31.1.1ὅτι Τεβέριος τοὺς Καμμανοὺς τὰ μὲν βιασάμενος, τὰ δὲ παραλογισάμενος ὑπηκόους ἐποίησε Ῥωμαίοις. —
31.1.2εἰς δὲ τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ πλειόνων παραγεγονότων πρεσβευτῶν ἐχρημάτισεν ἡ σύγκλητος τοῖς περὶ Ἄτταλον καὶ τὸν Ἀθήναιον.
31.1.3συνέβαινε γὰρ τὸν Προυσίαν οὐ μόνον αὐτὸν ἐνεργῶς κεχρῆσθαι ταῖς διαβολαῖς ταῖς κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ τὸν Ἀντίοχον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς Γαλάτας παρωξυκέναι καὶ τοὺς Σελγεῖς καὶ πλείους ἑτέρους κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν πρὸς τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν.
31.1.4ὧν χάριν ὁ βασιλεὺς Εὐμένης ἐξαπεστάλκει τοὺς ἀδελφούς, ἀπολογησομένους πρὸς τὰς ἐπιφερομένας διαβολάς.
31.1.5οἳ καὶ παρελθόντες εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ἐνδεχομένως ἔδοξαν πρὸς ἅπαντας τοὺς κατηγοροῦντας ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀπολογίαν, καὶ τέλος οὐ μόνον ἀποτριψάμενοι τὰς ἐπιφερομένας αἰτίας, ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμηθέντες ἐπανῆλθον εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν.
31.1.6οὐ μὴν τῆς γε κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη καὶ κατὰ τὸν Ἀντίοχον ὑποψίας ἔληγεν ἡ σύγκλητος, ἀλλὰ Γάιον Σολπίκιον καὶ Μάνιον Σέργιον καταστήσασα πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαπέστελλεν,
31.1.7ἅμα μὲν ἐποπτεύσοντας τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἅμα δὲ τοῖς Μεγαλοπολίταις καὶ τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις διευκρινήσοντας περὶ τῆς ἀντιλεγομένης χώρας,
31.1.8μάλιστα δὲ πολυπραγμονήσοντας τὰ κατὰ τὸν Ἀντίοχον καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν Εὐμένη, μή τις ἐξ αὐτῶν παρασκευὴ γίνεται καὶ κοινοπραγία κατὰ Ῥωμαίων. —
31.2.1ὅτι Δημήτριος ὁ τοῦ Σελεύκου πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον κατεχόμενος ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ κατὰ τὴν ὁμηρείαν πάλαι μὲν ἐδόκει παρὰ τὸ δίκαιον κατέχεσθαι·
31.2.2δοθῆναι γὰρ ὑπὸ Σελεύκου τοῦ πατρὸς τῆς ἐκείνου πίστεως ἕνεκεν, Ἀντιόχου δὲ μετειληφότος τὴν βασιλείαν οὐκ ὀφείλειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐκείνου τέκνων ὁμηρεύειν.
31.2.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τὸν μὲν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ἦγε τὴν ἡσυχίαν, καὶ μάλιστα διὰ τὴν ἀδυναμίαν· ἦν γὰρ ἔτι παῖς·
31.2.4τότε δὲ τὴν ἀκμαιοτάτην ἔχων ἡλικίαν ἐποιήσατο λόγους, εἰσελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἀξιῶν καὶ παρακαλῶν κατάγειν αὑτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν· καθήκειν γὰρ αὑτῷ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς Ἀντιόχου τέκνοις τὴν ἀρχήν.
31.2.5διαθεμένου δὲ καὶ πλείονας λόγους αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν προειρημένην ὑπόθεσιν καὶ μάλιστα προσδραμόντος ἐν τῷ λέγειν, διότι συμβαίνει καὶ πατρίδα καὶ τροφὸν τὴν Ῥώμην ὑπάρχειν αὐτῷ, καὶ τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς τῶν ἐκ τοῦ συνεδρίου σύμπαντας ἀδελφῶν ἔχειν διάθεσιν, τοὺς δὲ βουλευτὰς πατέρων διὰ τὸ παραγενέσθαι μὲν ἔτι νήπιος, τότε δὲ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν ὑπάρχειν ἐτῶν εἴκοσι καὶ τριῶν,
31.2.6ἐνετρέποντο μὲν ἅπαντες ἀκούοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, κοινῇ γε μὴν ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὸν μὲν Δημήτριον κατασχεῖν, τῷ δὲ καταλελειμμένῳ παιδὶ συγκατασκευάζειν τὴν ἀρχήν. τοῦτο δʼ ἐποίησεν,
31.2.7ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ὑπιδομένη τὴν ἀκμὴν τοῦ Δημητρίου, μᾶλλον δὲ κρίνασα συμφέρειν τοῖς σφετέροις πράγμασι τὴν νεότητα καὶ τὴν ἀδυναμίαν τοῦ παιδὸς τοῦ διαδεδεγμένου τὴν βασιλείαν.
31.2.8ἐγένετο δὲ τοῦτο δῆλον ἐκ τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα συμβάντων.
31.2.9εὐθέως γὰρ καταστήσαντες πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Γνάιον Ὀκτάουιον καὶ Σπόριον Λοκρήτιον καὶ Λεύκιον Αὐρήλιον ἐξέπεμψαν, τοὺς διοικήσοντας τὰ κατὰ τὴν βασιλείαν,
31.2.10ὡς αὐτὴ προῃρεῖτο διὰ τὸ μηδένα τὸν ἐμποδὼν στησόμενον εἶναι τοῖς ἐπιταττομένοις, τοῦ μὲν βασιλέως παιδὸς ὄντος, τῶν δὲ προεστώτων ἀσμενιζόντων ἐπὶ τῷ μὴ παραδεδόσθαι τὰ πράγματα τῷ Δημητρίῳ· μάλιστα γὰρ τοῦτο προσεδόκων.
31.2.11οἱ μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν Γνάιον ἐξώρμησαν, ἔχοντες ἐντολὰς πρῶτον μὲν τὰς ναῦς τὰς καταφράκτους διαπρῆσαι, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοὺς ἐλέφαντας νευροκοπῆσαι καὶ καθόλου λυμήνασθαι τὴν βασίλειον δύναμιν.
31.2.12προσενετείλαντο δὲ τούτοις καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἐπισκέψασθαι· συνέβαινε γὰρ τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἀήθεις ὄντας δημοκρατικῆς καὶ συνεδριακῆς πολιτείας στασιάζειν πρὸς αὑτούς.
31.2.13ἔδει δὲ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Γνάιον καὶ τὰ περὶ τοὺς Γαλάτας καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἀριαράθου βασιλείαν ἐποπτεῦσαι.
31.2.14μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον αὐτοῖς ἐπαπεστάλη γράμματα παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ τοὺς ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ βασιλεῖς διαλῦσαι κατὰ δύναμιν. —
31.3.1ὅτι παρεγένοντο κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν παρʼ Ἀριαράθου τοῦ νεωστὶ διαδεδεγμένου τὴν Καππαδοκῶν βασιλείαν πρέσβεις, ἀνανεωσόμενοι τήν τε φιλίαν καὶ συμμαχίαν τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν,
31.3.2καὶ καθόλου παρακαλέσοντες τὴν σύγκλητον ἀποδέξασθαι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως εὔνοιαν καὶ προθυμίαν, ἣν ἔχει καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν πρὸς ἅπαντας Ῥωμαίους.
31.3.3ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν λόγων τήν τε φιλίαν ἀνενεώσατο καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν ὅλην αἵρεσιν ἀποδεξαμένη τοῦ βασιλέως φιλανθρώπως ἐγενήθη.
31.3.4τοῦτο δʼ ἐγένετο μάλιστα διὰ τὸ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐξαπεστάλησαν ἐπισκεψόμενοι τὰ κατὰ τοὺς βασιλεῖς, ἐπανελθόντας εὐφήμους λόγους ποιήσασθαι περί τε τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ καθόλου τῆς βασιλείας αὐτῶν.
31.3.5οἷς πιστεύσαντες οἱ τοῦ συνεδρίου τούς τε πρεσβευτὰς φιλανθρώπως ἀπεδέξαντο καὶ τὴν ὅλην αἵρεσιν τοῦ βασιλέως.
31.4.1ὅτι Ῥόδιοι διαπεπνευκότες ἐκ τῆς περὶ αὐτοὺς γενομένης δυσχερείας ἔπεμπον εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Κλεαγόραν,
31.4.2Κάλυνδα μὲν ἀξιώσοντας σφίσι παραχωρηθῆναι,
31.4.3περὶ δὲ τῶν ἐχόντων ἐν τῇ Λυκίᾳ καὶ Καρίᾳ κτήσεις αἰτησομένους τὴν σύγκλητον, ἵνʼ αὐτοῖς ἔχειν ἐξῇ, καθὰ καὶ πρότερον.
31.4.4ἐψηφίσαντο δὲ καὶ κολοσσὸν στῆσαι τοῦ δήμου τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐν τῷ τῆς Ἀθηνᾶς ἱερῷ τριακοντάπηχυν. —
31.5.1ὅτι τῶν Καλυνδέων ἀποστάντων Καυνίων, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πολιορκεῖν ἐπιβαλομένων αὐτοὺς τῶν Καυνίων, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐπεκαλέσαντο Κνιδίους οἱ Καλυνδεῖς·
31.5.2ὧν καὶ παραπεσόντων κατὰ βοήθειαν, ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἀντεῖχον τοῖς ὑπεναντίοις,
31.5.3ἀγωνιῶντες δὲ τὸ μέλλον πρεσβεύειν μὲν , ἐγχειρίζοντες σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν πόλιν.
31.5.4οἱ δὲ Ῥόδιοι πέμψαντες βοήθειαν καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν τήν τε πολιορκίαν ἔλυσαν καὶ παρέλαβον τὴν πόλιν.
31.5.5συνέβη δὲ καὶ τὴν σύγκλητον αὐτοῖς βεβαιῶσαι τὴν τῶν Καλυνδέων κτῆσιν.
31.6.1ὅτι Γάιος ὁ Γάλλος, χωρὶς τῶν ἄρτι ῥηθέντων ἀλογημάτων, παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν ἐκθέματα κατὰ τὰς πόλεις ἐξέθηκε τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας,
Book 32, Part 1
32.1THIS year Comanus and his brother arrived at Rome on their mission from the younger Ptolemy, and Menyllus of Alabanda from the elder. Their interview with the Senate was the occasion of many mutual recriminations expressed with great bitterness; and when Titus Torquatus and Gnaeus Merula gave evidence in favour of the younger king, and supported him with great earnestness, the Senate voted that Menyllus and his colleagues should leave Rome within five days, and that the treaty of alliance with the elder Ptolemy should be annulled; but that they should send envoys to the younger to inform him of the decree of the Senate. Publius Apustius and Gaius Lentulus were appointed to this service, who immediately sailed to Cyrene, and with great despatch announced to Physcon the decree of the Senate. Greatly elated by this, Ptolemy began collecting mercenaries, and devoted his whole attention and energies to the acquisition of Cyprus. This was what was going on in Italy. . . .
32.2Not long before this period Massanissa resolved to try his strength with the Carthaginians. He saw how numerous the cities built along the lesser Syrtis were, and noticed the excellence of the district which they call Emporia, and he had long been casting an envious eye upon the revenues which those places produced. He quickly possessed himself of the open part of the country, because the Carthaginians were always averse from service in the field, and were at that time completely enervated by the long peace, But he was unable to get possession of the towns, because they were carefully guarded by the Carthaginians. Both parties then referring their case to the Roman Senate, and frequent embassies coming to Rome from both sides, it always happened that the Carthaginians got the worst of it in the judgment of the Romans, not on the merits of the case, but because the judges were convinced that such a decision was in their interests. For instance, not many years before this Massanissa was himself at the head of an army in pursuit of Aphther, who had revolted from him, and asked permission of the Carthaginians to go through this territory, which they refused on the ground that it had nothing to do with him. Owing, however, to the decisions given at Rome during this period, the Carthaginians were put into such difficulties that they not only lost the cities and territory, but had to pay besides five hundred talents as mesne profits from the district. And this was the origin of the present controversy. . . .
32.3Prusias sent envoys to Rome with some Gauls to accuse Eumenes; and Eumenes in his turn sent his brother Attalus to rebut the accusations. Ariarathes sent a present of ten thousand gold pieces, and envoys to inform the Senate of the reception given to Tiberius Gracchus; and generally to ask for their commands, and to assure them that he would do anything they told him. . . .
32.4When Menochares arrived in Antioch to visit Demetrius, and informed the king of the conversation he had had with the commission under Tiberius Gracchus in Cappadocia, the king, thinking it a matter of the most urgent necessity to get these men on his side as much as he could, devoted himself, to the exclusion of every other business, to sending messages to them, first to Pamphylia, and then to Rhodes, undertaking to do everything the Romans wished; till at last he extracted their acknowledgment of him as king. The fact was that Tiberius was very favourably disposed to him; and, accordingly, materially contributed to the success of his attempt, and to his acquisition of the royal power. Demetrius took advantage of this to send envoys to Rome, taking with them a complimentary crown, the murderer of Gnaeus Octavius, and with them Isocrates the critic. . . .
Book 31, Part 2
31.6.2κελεύων, εἴ τις βούλεται κατηγορεῖν Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀπαντᾶν εἰς Σάρδεις ἐπίτινα χρόνον ὡρισμένον.
31.6.3μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα παραγενηθεὶς αὐτὸς εἰς τὰς Σάρδεις, ἀποκαθίσας ἐν τῷ γυμνασίῳ περὶ δέχʼ ἡμέρας διήκουε τῶν κατηγορούντων,
31.6.4πᾶσαν ἐπιδεχόμενος αἰσχρολογίαν καὶ λοιδορίαν κατὰ τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ καθόλου πᾶν ἕλκων πρᾶγμα καὶ κατηγορίαν,
31.6.5ἅτε παρεστηκὼς ἄνθρωπος τῇ διανοίᾳ καὶ φιλοδοξῶν ἐν τῇ πρὸς Εὐμένην διαφορᾷ. —
31.6.6ὅτι καθʼ ὅσον ἐδόκουν οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι βαρύτερον τῷ Εὐμένει προσφέρεσθαι, κατὰ τοσοῦτο συνέβαινε τοὺς Ἕλληνας προσοικειοῦσθαι, φύσει τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀεὶ τῷ θλιβομένῳ τὴν εὔνοιαν προσνεμόντων. —
31.7.1ὁ δὲ Ἀριαράθης ὁ βασιλεὺς Καππαδοκίας προσδεδεγμένος τοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἀποσταλέντας πρεσβευτάς, νομίσας ἐκ τῶν ἀποκρίσεων ἐν ὀρθῷ κεῖσθαι τὴν βασιλείαν αὑτῷ νῦν, ἐπειδὴ καθῖκται τῆς Ῥωμαίων εὐνοίας, ἔθυε τοῖς θεοῖς χαριστήρια τῶν γεγονότων καὶ τοὺς ἡγεμόνας εἱστία.
31.7.2μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πρεσβευτὰς ἀπέστειλε πρὸς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν εἰς τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν, σπουδάζων ἀνακομίσασθαι τὰ τῆς ἀδελφῆς καὶ μητρὸς ὀστᾶ.
31.7.3τὸ μὲν οὖν ἐγκαλεῖν ὑπὲρ τοῦ γεγονότος ἀσεβήματος ἀπεδοκίμαζεν, οὐ βουλόμενος ἐρεθίζειν τοὺς περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν, ἵνα μὴ διαψευσθῇ τῆς προθέσεως, καίπερ βαρέως φέρων τὸ γεγονός· ἀξιωματικὰς δὲ δοὺς ἐντολὰς ἐξαπέστειλε τοὺς πρέσβεις.
31.7.4τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν συγχωρησάντων, καὶ τῶν ὀστῶν ἀνακομισθέντων ὡς αὐτόν, ἀποδεξάμενος μεγαλομερῶς τὴν παρουσίαν αὐτῶν ἔθαψε παρὰ τὸν τοῦ πατρὸς τάφον κηδεμονικῶς. —
31.8.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους παρεγένοντο πρέσβεις ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρῶτον μὲν οἱ περὶ τὸν Μάρκον Ἰούνιον, διευκρινήσοντες τὰ πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας διαφέροντα τῷ βασιλεῖ.
31.8.2ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὐκ ἠδυνήθησαν οἱ Τρόκμοι διʼ αὑτῶν ἀποτεμέσθαι τῆς Καππαδοκίας οὐδέν, ἀλλʼ ἐκ χειρὸς ᾨκοδομήσαντο τὴν δίκην ἐπιβαλόμενοι τόλμαν, καταφυγόντες ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους διαβάλλειν ἐπειρῶντο τὸν Ἀριαράθην.
31.8.3ὧν χάριν ἀπεστάλησαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἰούνιον. πρὸς οὓς
31.8.3ὁ βασιλεὺς ποιησάμενος τοὺς ἁρμόζοντας λόγους καὶ τἄλλα φιλανθρώπως ὁμιλήσας ἐκείνους μὲν εὐλογοῦντας ἀπέστειλε.
31.8.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα, παραγενομένων πρεσβευτῶν τῶν περὶ Γνάιον Ὀκτάουιον καὶ Σπόριον Λοκρήτιον καὶ διαλεγομένων τῷ βασιλεῖ πάλιν περὶ τῶν πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας αὐτῷ διαφερόντων,
31.8.5βραχέα περὶ τούτων κοινολογησάμενος καὶ φήσας εὐεπάγωγος εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κριθέν, λοιπὸν ἤδη τὸν πλείω λόγον ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Συρίαν ἐποιεῖτο πραγμάτων, εἰδὼς ἐκεῖσε προάγοντας τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ὀκτάουιον,
31.8.6ὑποδεικνύων αὐτοῖς τὴν ἀκαταστασίαν τῆς βασιλείας καὶ τὴν εἰκαιότητα τῶν προεστώτων αὐτῆς καὶ προσεπαγγελλόμενος ἀκολουθήσειν μετὰ δυνάμεως καὶ συνεφεδρεύειν τοῖς καιροῖς, ἕως ἂν ἐπανέλθωσι πάλιν ἐκ τῆς Συρίας ἀσφαλῶς.
31.8.7οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Γνάιον ἐν πᾶσιν ἀποδεχόμενοι τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως εὔνοιαν καὶ προθυμίαν κατὰ μὲν τὸ παρὸν οὐκ ἔφασαν προσδεῖσθαι τῆς παραπομπῆς,
31.8.8εἰς δὲ τὸ μέλλον, ἐάν τις ὑποπίπτῃ χρεία, διασαφήσειν ἀόκνως· κρίνειν γὰρ αὐτὸν ἕνα τῶν ἀληθινῶν Ῥωμαίοις φίλων. —
31.9.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Συρίαν Ἀντίοχος ὁ βασιλεὺς βουλόμενος εὐπορῆσαι χρημάτων προέθετο στρατεύειν ἐπὶ τὸ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν εἰς τὴν Ἐλυμαΐδα.
31.9.2παραγενόμενος δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς τόπους καὶ διαψευσθεὶς τῆς ἐλπίδος διὰ τὸ μὴ συγχωρεῖν τῇ παρανομίᾳ τοὺς βαρβάρους τοὺς οἰκοῦντας περὶ τὸν τόπον,
31.9.3ἀναχωρῶν ἐν Τάβαις τῆς Περσίδος ἐξέλιπε τὸν βίον,
31.9.4δαιμονήσας, ὡς ἔνιοί φασι, διὰ τὸ γενέσθαι τινὰς ἐπισημασίας τοῦ δαιμονίου κατὰ τὴν περὶ τὸ προειρημένον ἱερὸν παρανομίαν.
31.10.1ὅτι μετὰ τὸ μερίσαι τοὺς Πτολεμαίους τὴν βασιλείαν παρεγένετο Πτολεμαῖος ὁ νεώτερος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἀθετεῖν βουλόμενος τὸν γεγονότα μερισμὸν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφόν,
31.10.2φάσκων οὐχ ἑκών, ἀλλὰ κατʼ ἀνάγκην τῷ καιρῷ περιληφθεὶς πεποιηκέναι τὸ προσταττόμενον.
31.10.3καὶ παρεκάλει τὴν σύγκλητον μερίσαι τὴν Κύπρον αὑτῷ· καὶ γὰρ τούτου γενομένου καταδεεστέραν ἕξειν μερίδα τἀδελφοῦ παρὰ πολύ.
31.10.4τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Κανολήιον καὶ Κόιντον ἀπομαρτυρούντων τοῖς περὶ τὸν Μένυλλον, τοῖς παρὰ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου παραγεγονόσι πρεσβευταῖς, διότι καὶ τὴν Κυρήνην ὁ νεώτερος καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα διʼ αὐτοὺς ἔχοι· τοιαύτην γενέσθαι τὴν τῶν ὄχλων πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀλλοτριότητα καὶ προσκοπήν·
31.10.5διὸ καὶ παρʼ ἐλπίδα καὶ παραδόξως δεδομένων αὐτῷ τῶν κατὰ Κυρήνην πραγμάτων ἀσμένως δέξαιτο, καὶ σφαγίων τμηθέντων καὶ λάβοι τοὺς ὅρκους παρὰ τἀδελφοῦ καὶ δοίη περὶ τούτου·
31.10.6τοῦ δὲ Πτολεμαίου πᾶσι τούτοις ἀντιλέγοντος, ἡ σύγκλητος, ἅμα μὲν ὁρῶσα τὸν μερισμὸν γεγονότα τελέως, ἅμα δὲ βουλομένη διελεῖν τὴν βασιλείαν πραγματικῶς, αὐτῶν αἰτίων γενομένων τῆς διαιρέσεως, συγκατέθετο τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ νεωτέρου παρακαλουμένοις ἐπὶ τῷ σφετέρῳ συμφέροντι.
31.10.7πολὺ γὰρ ἤδη τοῦτο τὸ γένος ἐστὶ τῶν διαβουλίων παρὰ Ῥωμαίοις, ἐν οἷς διὰ τῆς τῶν πέλας ἀγνοίας αὔξουσι καὶ κατασκευάζονται τὴν ἰδίαν ἀρχὴν πραγματικῶς, ἅμα χαριζόμενοι καὶ δοκοῦντες εὐεργετεῖν τοὺς ἁμαρτάνοντας.
31.10.8διὸ καὶ καθορῶντες τὸ μέγεθος τῆς ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δυναστείας καὶ δεδιότες, ἄν ποτε τύχῃ προστάτου, μὴ μεῖζον φρονήσῃ τοῦ καθήκοντος,
31.10.9κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς Τίτον Τορκουᾶτον καὶ Γνάιον Μερόλαν τοὺς κατάξοντας ἐπὶ τὴν Κύπρον τὸν Πτολεμαῖον καὶ τελειώσοντας ἅμα τὴν ἐκείνων καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν πρόθεσιν.
31.10.10καὶ παραχρῆμα τούτους ἐξαπέστειλαν, δόντες ἐντολὰς διαλῦσαι τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς καὶ κατασκευάσαι τῷ νεωτέρῳ τὴν Κύπρον χωρὶς πολέμου. —
31.11.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον προσπεσούσης τῆς περὶ τὸν Γνάιον περιπετείας,
31.11.2ὡς ἀνῃρέθη, καὶ τῶν παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀντιόχου πρεσβευόντων, ὧν ὁ Λυσίας ἔπεμψε, παραγεγονότων καὶ πολλοὺς διαθεμένων λόγους ὑπὲρ τοῦ μὴ κεκοινωνηκέναι τῆς πράξεως τοὺς τοῦ βασιλέως φίλους,
31.11.3ἡ μὲν σύγκλητος παρέπεμπε τοὺς πρεσβευτάς, οὐ βουλομένη διδόναι περὶ τούτων ἀπόφασιν οὐδεμίαν οὐδʼ ἐκτίθεσθαι καθόλου τὴν αὑτῆς γνώμην,
31.11.4ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος πτοηθεὶς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἠγγελμένοις ἐξ αὐτῆς προσεκάλει τὸν Πολύβιον καὶ προσανέφερεν διαπορῶν εἰ δεῖ πάλιν ἐντυχεῖν τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτόν.
31.11.5ὁ δὲ παρεκάλει μὴ δὶς πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν λίθον πταίειν, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἑαυτῷ τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχειν καὶ τολμᾶν τι βασιλείας ἄξιον· πολλὰς γὰρ ὑποδεικνύειν ἀφορμὰς τοὺς ἐνεστῶτας καιρούς.
Book 32, Part 2
32.5At this time came ambassadors from Ariarathes, bringing a complimentary present of ten thousand gold pieces, and announcing the king’s faithful attachment to Rome; and of this they appealed to Tiberius and his colleagues as witnesses. Tiberius and his colleagues confirmed their statements: whereupon the Senate accepted the present with warm thanks, and sent back in return presents, which with them are the most honourable they can give—a sceptre and ivory chair. These ambassadors were dismissed at once by the Senate before the winter. But after them arrived Attalus when the new Consuls had already entered on their office; as well as the Gauls who had accusations against him, and whom Prusias had sent, with as many more from Asia. After giving all a hearing, the Senate not only acquitted Attalus of all blame, but dismissed him with additional marks of their favour and kindness: for their friendship for and active support of Attalus was in the same proportion as their hostility and opposition to king Eumenes. . . .
32.6The ambassadors with Menochares arrived in Rome from Demetrius, bringing the present of ten thousand gold pieces, as well as the man who had assassinated Gnaeus Octavius. The Senate was for a long time doubtful what to do about these matters. Finally they received the ambassadors and accepted the present, but declined to receive the men who were thus brought prisoners. Yet Demetrius had sent not only Leptines, the actual assassin of Octavius, but Isocrates as well. The latter was a grammarian and public lecturer; but being by nature garrulous, boastful, and conceited, he gave offence even to the Greeks, Alcaeus and his friends being accustomed to direct their wit against him and hold him up to ridicule in their scholastic discussions. When he arrived in Syria, he displayed contempt for the people of the country; and not content with lecturing on his own subjects, he took to speaking on politics, and maintained that Gnaeus Octavius had been rightly served: and that the other ambassadors ought to be put to death also, that there might be no one left to report the matter to the Romans; and so they might be taught to give up sending haughty injunctions and exercising unlimited power. By such random talk he got into this trouble.
32.7And there is a circumstance connected with both these men that is worth recording. After assassinating Gnaeus, Leptines immediately went openly about Laodicea, asserting that what he had done was just, and that it had been effected in accordance with the will of the gods. And when Demetrius took possession of the government, he went to the king exhorting him to have no fear about the murder of Gnaeus, nor to adopt any measures of severity against the Laodiceans: for that he would himself go to Rome and convince the Senate that he had done this deed in accordance with the will of the gods. And finally, thanks to his entire readiness and even eagerness to go, he was taken without chains or a guard. But directly Isocrates found himself included under this charge, he went entirely beside himself with terror: and, after the collar and chain were put on his neck, he would rarely touch food, and completely neglected all care of his body. He accordingly arrived at Rome a truly astonishing spectacle, sufficient to convince us that nothing can be more frightful than a man, in body and soul alike, when once divested of his humanity. His aspect was beyond all measure terrifying and savage, as might be expected in a man who had neither washed the dirt from his body, nor pared his nails, nor cut his hair, for a year. The wild glare and rolling of his eyes also showed such inward horror, that any one who saw him would have rather approached any animal in the world than him. Leptines, on the contrary, maintained his original view: was ready to appear before the Senate; owned plainly to all who conversed with him what he had done; and asserted that he would meet with no severity at the hands of the Romans. And eventually his expectation was fully justified. For the Senate, from the idea, I believe, that, if it received and punished the guilty men, the populace would consider that full satisfaction had been taken for the murder, refused almost outright to receive them; and thus kept the charge in reserve, that they might have the power of using the accusation whenever they chose. They therefore confined their answer to Demetrius to these words: He shall find all favour at our hands, if he satisfy the Senate in accordance with the obedience which he owed to it before. . . .
32.7There came also ambassadors from the Achaeans, headed by Xenon and Telecles, in behalf of their accused compatriots, and especially in behalf of Polybius and Stratius; for lapse of time had now brought an end to the majority, or at any rate to those of any note. The ambassadors came with instructions couched in a tone of simple entreaty, in order to avoid anything like a contest with the Senate. But when they had been admitted and delivered their commission in proper terms, even this humble tone failed to gain their end, and the Senate voted to abide by their resolve. . . .
Book 31, Part 3
31.11.6ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος συννοήσας τὸ λεγόμενον τότε μὲν ἀπεσιώπησεν, μετʼ ὀλίγον δέ τινι τῶν συνήθων Ἀπολλωνίῳ μετέδωκε περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν.
31.11.7ὁ δὲ προειρημένος, ἄκακος ὢν καὶ κομιδῇ νέος, συνεβούλευε πεῖραν ἔτι λαβεῖν τῆς συγκλήτου· πεπεῖσθαι γάρ, ἐπεὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἀλόγως αὐτὸν ἐστέρησεν, τῆς γʼ ὁμηρείας αὐτὸν ἀπολύσειν·
31.11.8ἄτοπον γὰρ εἶναι τελέως, Ἀντιόχου τοῦ παιδὸς διαδεδεγμένου τὴν ἐν Συρίᾳ βασιλείαν, Δημήτριον ὁμηρεύειν ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ.
31.11.9τούτοις μὲν οὖν τοῖς λόγοις πεισθεὶς πάλιν εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ὁ προειρημένος καὶ παρεκάλει τῆς γε κατὰ τὴν ὁμηρείαν ἀνάγκης αὑτὸν ἀπολύειν, ἐπεὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἔκριναν Ἀντιόχῳ συγκατασκευάζειν.
31.11.10καὶ πλείω δὲ πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν αὐτοῦ διαλεχθέντος, ἔμεινεν ἡ σύγκλητος ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς αἱρέσεως ὅπερ εἰκὸς ἦν.
31.11.11καὶ γὰρ πρότερον οὐ διὰ τὸ μὴ λέγειν τὰ δίκαια τὸν Δημήτριον ἔκρινεν τὴν ἀρχὴν τῷ παιδὶ συνδιαφυλάττειν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ συμφέρειν τοῖς σφετέροις πράγμασιν,
31.11.12μενόντων δὲ τῶν ὅλων ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς διαθέσεως μένειν εἰκὸς ἦν καὶ τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου διάληψιν ἐπὶ τῆς αὐτῆς προαιρέσεως.
31.12.1πλὴν ὅ γε Δημήτριος μάτην ἐξᾴσας τὸ κύκνειον καὶ γνοὺς ὅτι καλῶς αὐτῷ συνεβούλευεν ὁ Πολύβιος μὴ δὶς πρὸς τὸν αὐτὸν λίθον πταίειν,
31.12.2μεταμεληθεὶς ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν, ἅμα δὲ καὶ φύσει μεγαλόφρων ὑπάρχων καὶ τόλμαν ἱκανὴν ἔχων πρὸς τὸ κριθέν, εὐθέως ἐκάλει Διόδωρον προσφάτως ἐκ τῆς Συρίας παραγεγονότα καὶ μετεδίδου περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτόν.
31.12.3ὁ δὲ Διόδωρος τροφεὺς μὲν ἐγεγόνει τοῦ Δημητρίου, πανοῦργος δʼ ὢν καὶ κατωπτευκὼς ἐπιμελῶς τὰ κατὰ τὴν Συρίαν ὑπεδείκνυεν αὐτῷ,
31.12.4διότι τῶν μὲν ἐκεῖ τεταραγμένων διὰ τὸν Γναΐου φόνον, καὶ διαπιστούντων τῶν μὲν πολλῶν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν, τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν τοῖς πολλοῖς, τῆς δὲ συγκλήτου πεπεισμένης ἐκ τῶν τοῦ βασιλέως φίλων γεγονέναι τὴν εἰς τοὺς σφετέρους πρεσβευτὰς παρανομίαν, κάλλιστον εἶναι καιρὸν ἐπιφανῆναι τοῖς πράγμασιν·
31.12.5ταχέως γὰρ τοὺς μὲν ἐκεῖ μεταρρίψειν τὴν βασιλείαν εἰς αὐτόν, κἂν ὅλως μετὰ παιδὸς ἑνὸς ποιήσηται τὴν παρουσίαν, τὴν δὲ σύγκλητον οὐ τολμήσειν ἔτι βοηθεῖν οὐδὲ συνεπισχύειν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Λυσίαν τοιαῦτα διεργασαμένοις.
31.12.6λοιπὸν εἶναι τὸ λαθεῖν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης ἀπελθόντας, καὶ μηδένα λαβεῖν ἔννοιαν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς αὐτοῦ.
31.12.7δοξάντων δὲ τούτων μετεπέμπετο τὸν Πολύβιον καὶ δηλώσας τὰ δεδογμένα παρεκάλει συνεπιλαβέσθαι τῆς ἐπιβολῆς καὶ συνδιανοηθῆναι πῶς ἂν χειρισθείη τὰ κατὰ τὸν δρασμόν.
31.12.8συνέβαινε δὲ κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον Μένυλλον μὲν τὸν Ἀλαβανδέα παρεῖναι πρεσβεύοντα παρὰ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου χάριν τοῦ συγκαταστῆναι καὶ δικαιολογηθῆναι πρὸς τὸν νεώτερον Πτολεμαῖον· ἐτύγχανε δὲ προϋπάρχουσα τῷ Πολυβίῳ πρὸς τὸν Μένυλλον ἰσχυρὰ συνήθεια καὶ πίστις.
31.12.9διὸ καὶ νομίσας αὐτὸν ἐπιτήδειον εἶναι πρὸς τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν χρείαν συνέστησε τῷ Δημητρίῳ μετὰ μεγάλης σπουδῆς καὶ φιλοτιμίας.
31.12.10ὁ δὲ κοινωνήσας τῆς ἐπιβολῆς ἀνεδέξατο τήν τε ναῦν ἑτοιμάσαι καὶ τἄλλα πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν ἀπαρτιεῖν.
31.12.11οὗτος μὲν οὖν εὑρὼν ἐν τῷ στόματι τοῦ Τιβέριος ὁρμοῦσαν Καρχηδονίαν ναῦν ἱεραγωγόν, ταύτην ἐναυλώσατο·
31.12.12συμβαίνει δὲ τὰ πλοῖα ταῦτα λαμβάνεσθαι κατʼ ἐκλογὴν ἐκ τῆς Καρχηδόνος, ἐφʼ οἷς εἰς τὴν Τύρον ἐκπέμπουσιν οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι τὰς πατρίους ἀπαρχὰς τοῖς θεοῖς· ἐναυλοῦτο δὲ φανερῶς εἰς τὴν ἰδίαν ἀνακομιδήν.
31.12.13διὸ καὶ τήν τε τῶν ἐπιμηνίων παρασκευὴν ἀνυπόπτως ἐποιεῖτο καὶ φανερῶς ἐλάλει καὶ συνέταττε τοῖς ναυτικοῖς.
31.13.1ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντʼ ἦν ἕτοιμα τῷ ναυκλήρῳ λοιπόν τʼ ἔδει τὸν Δημήτριον ἀπαρτίζειν τὰ καθʼ αὑτόν, τὸν τροφέα προαπέστειλεν εἰς τὴν Συρίαν ὠτακουστήσοντα καὶ κατοπτεύσοντα τἀκεῖ συμβαίνοντα περὶ τοὺς ὄχλους.
31.13.2ὁ δὲ σύντροφος Ἀπολλώνιος ἐξ ἀρχῆς αὐτῷ μετεῖχε τῆς ἐπιβολῆς· δυεῖν δʼ ὑπαρχόντων ἀδελφῶν, Μελεάγρου καὶ Μενεσθέως, τούτοις ἐκοινώσατο τὴν πρᾶξιν, ἄλλῳ δʼ οὐδενὶ τῶν μετʼ αὐτοῦ, καίτοι πλειόνων ὄντων.
31.13.3οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν Ἀπολλωνίου κατὰ φύσιν υἱοί, τοῦ μεγάλην μὲν εὐκαιρίαν ἔχοντος παρὰ Σελεύκῳ, μεταστάντος δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἀντιόχου μετάληψιν τῆς ἀρχῆς εἰς Μίλητον.
31.13.4τῆς δὲ συνταχθείσης ἡμέρας πρὸς τοὺς ναυτικοὺς συνεγγιζούσης, ἔδει γενέ
31.13.4σθαι παρά τινι τῶν φίλων ὑποδοχὴν πρὸς τὴν ἔξοδον.
31.13.5παρὰ γὰρ αὐτῷ ποιεῖν τὸ δεῖπνον οὐχ οἷόν τʼ ἦν· εἴθιστο γὰρ ἐπιμελῶς καλεῖν ἅπαντας τοὺς περὶ αὐτὸν ὄντας.
31.13.6οἱ δὲ συνειδότες τὴν πρᾶξιν ἔμελλον ἐξ οἴκου δειπνήσαντες ἐπὶ τὸ πλοῖον ἥξειν, ἔχοντες ἕνα παῖδα μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν ἕκαστος· τοὺς γὰρ λοιποὺς ἀπεστάλκεισαν εἰς Ἀναγνείας, κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν αὐτοὶ παρεψόμενοι.
31.13.7τὸν δὲ Πολύβιον συνέβαινεν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἠσθενηκότα μένειν κατὰ κλίνην, εἰδέναι δὲ πάντα τὰ πραττόμενα, τοῦ Μενύλλου συνεχῶς αὐτῷ μεταδιδόντος αἰεὶ περὶ τῶν ὑποπιπτόντων.
31.13.8διόπερ ἀγωνιάσας ὁ προειρημένος μὴ τῆς συνηθείας ἑλκυσθείσης, ἅτε τοῦ Δημητρίου συμποτικοῦ φυσικῶς καὶ νεωτέρου τελέως ὑπάρχοντος, ἀπόρημά τι γένηται περὶ τὴν ἔξοδον διὰ τὴν μέθην,
31.13.9γράψας βραχὺ πιττάκιον καὶ σφραγισάμενος πέμπει παρʼ αὑτοῦ παῖδα συσκοτάζοντος ἄρτι τοῦ θεοῦ, συντάξας ἐκκαλεσάμενον τὸν οἰνοχόον τοῦ Δημητρίου δοῦναι τὸ πιττάκιον, μηδὲν εἰπόντα τίς ἢ παρὰ τίνος, καὶ κελεύειν ἀποδιδόναι τῷ Δημητρίῳ παραχρῆμα διαναγνῶναι.
31.13.10γενομένων δὲ πάντων κατὰ τὸ συνταχθέν, λαβὼν ὁ Δημήτριος ἐπανέγνω.
31.13.11τὸ δὲ πιττάκιον περιεῖχε τὰς γνώμας ταύτας.
31.13.11ὁ δρῶν τὰ τοῦ μέλλοντος οἴχεται φέρων.
31.13.12ἴσον φέρει νύξ, τοῖς δὲ τολμῶσιν πλέον.
31.13.13κινδύνευε, πρᾶττʼ, ἀποτύγχανε,
31.13.13ἐπίτυχε, πάντα μᾶλλον ἢ σαυτὸν προοῦ.
31.13.14νᾶφε καὶ μέμνασʼ ἀπιστεῖν· ἄρθρα ταῦτα τᾶν φρενῶν.
Book 32, Part 3
32.8The strongest and most honourable proof of the integrity of Lucius Aemilius Paulus was made public after his death. For the character which he enjoyed while alive was found to be justified at his death, than which there can be no clearer proof of virtue. No one of his contemporaries brought home more gold from Iberia than he; no one captured such enormous treasures as he did in Macedonia; and yet, though in both these countries he had the most unlimited authority, he left so small a private fortune, that his sons could not pay his wife’s jointure wholly from the sale of his personalty, and were obliged to sell some of his real estate also to do so, a fact of which I have already spoken in some detail. This forces us to acknowledge that the fame of the men who have been admired in Greece in this respect suffers by a comparison. For if to abstain from appropriating money, entrusted to a man for the benefit of the depositor, deserves our admiration,—as is said to have happened in the case of the Athenian Aristeides and the Theban Epaminondas,—how much more admirable is it for a man to have been master of a whole kingdom, with absolute authority to do with it as he chose, and yet to have coveted nothing in it! And if what I say appears incredible to any of my readers, let them consider that the present writer was fully aware that Romans, more than any other people, would take his books into their hands,—because the most splendid and numerous achievements recorded therein belong to them; and that with them the truth about the facts could not possibly be unknown, nor the author of a falsehood expect any indulgence. No one then would voluntarily expose himself to certain disbelief and contempt. And let this be kept in mind throughout the whole course of my work, when I seem to be making a startling assertion about the Romans.
32.9As the course of my narrative and the events of the time have drawn our attention to this family, I wish to carry out fully, for the sake of students, what was left as a mere promise in my previous book. I promised then that I would relate the origin and manner of the rise and unusually early glory of Scipio’s reputation in Rome; and also how it came about that Polybius became so attached to and intimate with him, that the fame of their friendship and constant companionship was not merely confined to Italy and Greece, but became known to more remote nations also. We have already shown that the acquaintance began in a loan of some books and the conversation about them. But as the intimacy went on, and the Achaean detenus were being distributed among the various cities, Fabius and Scipio, the sons of Lucius Aemilius Paulus, exerted all their influence with the praetor that Polybius might be allowed to remain in Rome. This was granted: and the intimacy was becoming more and more close, when the following incident occurred. One day, when they were all three coming out of the house of Fabius, it happened that Fabius left them to go to the Forum, and that Polybius went in another direction with Scipio. As they were walking along, in a quiet and subdued voice, and with the blood mounting to his cheeks, Scipio said, Why is it, Polybius, that though I and my brother eat at the same table, you address all your conversation and all your questions and explanations to him, and pass me over altogether? Of course you too have the same opinion of me as I hear the rest of the city has. For I am considered by everybody, I hear, to be a mild effete person, and far removed from the true Roman character and ways, because I don’t care for pleading in the law courts. And they say that the family I come of requires a different kind of representative, and not the sort that I am. That is what annoys me most.
32.10Polybius was taken aback by the opening words of the young man’s speech (for he was only just eighteen), and said, In heaven’s name, Scipio, don’t say such things, or take into your head such an idea. It is not from any want of appreciation of you, or any intention of slighting you, that I have acted as I have done: far from it! It is merely that, your brother being the elder, I begin and end my remarks with him, and address my explanations and counsels to him, in the belief that you share the same opinions. However, I am delighted to hear you say now that you appear to yourself to be somewhat less spirited than is becoming to members of your family: for you show by this that you have a really high spirit, and I should gladly devote myself to helping you to speak or act in any way worthy of your ancestors. As for learning, to which I see you and your brother devoting yourselves at present with so much earnestness and zeal, you will find plenty of people to help you both; for I see that a large number of such learned men from Greece are finding their way into Rome at the present time. But as to the points which you say are just now vexing you, I think you will not find any one more fitted to support and assist you than myself. While Polybius was still speaking the young man seized his right hand with both of his, and pressing it warmly, said, Oh that I might see the day on which you would devote your first attention to me, and join your life with mine. From that moment I shall think myself worthy both of my family and my ancestors. Polybius was partly delighted at the sight of the young man’s enthusiasm and affection, and partly embarrassed by the thought of the high position of his family and the wealth of its members. However, from the hour of this mutual confidence the young man never left the side of Polybius, but regarded his society as his first and dearest object.
32.11From that time forward they continually gave each other practical proof of an affection which recalled the relationship of father and son, or of kinsmen of the same blood. The first impulse and ambition of a noble kind with which he was inspired was the desire to maintain a character for chastity, and to be superior to the standard observed in that respect among his contemporaries. This was a glory which, great and difficult as it generally is, was not hard to gain at that period in Rome, owing to the general deterioration of morals. Some had wasted their energies on favourite youths; others on mistresses; and a great many on banquets enlivened with poetry and wine, and all the extravagant expenditure which they entailed, having quickly caught during the war with Perseus the dissoluteness of Greek manners in this respect. And to such monstrous lengths had this debauchery gone among the young men, that many of them had given a talent for a young favourite. This dissoluteness had as it were burst into flame at this period: in the first place, from the prevalent idea that, owing to the destruction of the Macedonian monarchy, universal dominion was now secured to them beyond dispute; and in the second place, from the immense difference made, both in public and private wealth and splendour, by the importation of the riches of Macedonia into Rome. Scipio, however, set his heart on a different path in life; and by a steady resistance to his appetites, and by conforming his whole conduct to a consistent and undeviating standard, in about the first five years after this secured a general recognition of his character for goodness and purity.
Book 31, Part 4
31.14.1ταῦτα διαναγνοὺς ὁ Δημήτριος καὶ συννοήσας τὰς ὑποθέσεις, καὶ τίνες καὶ παρὰ τίνος εἰσίν, παραυτίκα προσποιηθεὶς ὡς ἐπιναύσιος γεγονὼς ἀπηλλάττετο, συμπροπεμπόντων αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν φίλων.
31.14.2παραγενόμενος δʼ ἐπὶ σκηνὴν τοὺς μὲν ἀνεπιτηδείους τῶν οἰκετῶν ἐξέπεμψεν εἰς τὰς Ἀναγνείας, συντάξας λαβόντας τὰ λίνα καὶ τοὺς κύνας ἀπαντᾶν ἐπὶ τὸ Κίρκαιον·
31.14.3ἐκεῖ γὰρ ἐπιμελῶς εἰώθει κυνηγετεῖν τὸν ὗν· ἐξ οὗ καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὸν Πολύβιον αὐτῷ συνηθείας τὴν καταρχὴν γενέσθαι συνέπεσεν.
31.14.4μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῖς περὶ τὸν Νικάνορα διεσάφει τὴν ἐπιβολὴν καὶ κοινωνεῖν παρεκάλει τῶν αὐτῶν ἐλπίδων.
31.14.5πάντων δὲ προθύμως δεξαμένων τὸν λόγον, παρήγγειλε κατὰ σπουδὴν ἐπανελθόντας ἐπὶ τὰς ἰδίας καταλύσεις τοῖς μὲν παισὶν συντάξαι προάγειν ὑπὸ τὴν ἑωθινὴν εἰς τὰς Ἀναγνείας καὶ μετὰ τῶν κυνηγῶν ἀπαντᾶν εἰς τὸ Κίρκαιον,
31.14.6αὐτοὺς δὲ λαβόντας ἐσθῆτας τὰς ὁδοιπορικὰς ἀνακάμπτειν ὡς αὐτόν, εἰπόντας τοῖς οἰκέταις ὅτι μετὰ Δημητρίου συμμίξουσιν αὐτοῖς κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν ἐπὶ τὸν προειρημένον τόπον.
31.14.7γενομένων δὲ πάντων καθὼς προείρηται, προῆγον εἰς τὴν Ὠστίαν νυκτὸς ἐπὶ τὸ στόμα τοῦ Τιβέριος.
31.14.8ὁ δὲ Μένυλλος προπορευόμενος ἐκοινολογεῖτο τοῖς ναυτικοῖς, φάσκων αὑτῷ προσπεπτωκέναι παρὰ τοῦ βασιλέως διʼ ὃ δέον ἐστὶν αὐτὸν μὲν μένειν κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, τῶν δὲ νεανίσκων τοὺς πιστοτάτους ἐκπέμψαι πρὸς αὐτόν, παρʼ ὧν ἐπιγνώσεται πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν ἀδελφόν.
31.14.9διόπερ αὐτὸς μὲν οὐκ ἔφησεν ἐμβαίνειν, τοὺς δὲ νεανίσκους ἥξειν περὶ μέσας νύκτας τοὺς μέλλοντας πλεῖν.
31.14.10τῶν δὲ ναυκλήρων ἀδιαφορούντων διὰ τὸ μένειν αὐτοῖς τὸ ταχθὲν ναῦλον ἐξ ἀρχῆς καὶ πάντα κατηρτικότων
31.14.10ἐκ πολλοῦ τὰ πρὸς τὸν πλοῦν,
31.14.11παρῆσαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Δημήτριον κατὰ τρίτην φυλακὴν λήγουσαν, ὄντες ὀκτὼ καὶ παῖδες πέντε καὶ παιδάρια τρία.
31.14.12τοῦ δὲ Μενύλλου κοινολογηθέντος αὐτοῖς καὶ παραδείξαντος τὴν τῶν ἐπιμηνίων παρασκευήν, ἔτι δὲ συστήσαντος τῷ ναυκλήρῳ καὶ τοῖς ἐπιβάταις ἐκτενῶς, οὗτοι μὲν ἐπέβησαν,
31.14.13ὁ δὲ κυβερνήτης ἄρτι διαφαύσκοντος ἄρας τὰς ἀγκύρας ἐτέλει τὸν πλοῦν, ἁπλῶς οὐδεμίαν ἔννοιαν ἔχων τοῦ πράγματος, ἀλλʼ ὡς στρατιώτας τινὰς ἄγων παρὰ τοῦ Μενύλλου πρὸς τὸν Πτολεμαῖον.
31.15.1ἐν δὲ τῇ Ῥώμῃ κατὰ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν οὐδεὶς ἐπιζητήσειν ἔμελλε τὸν Δημήτριον οὐδὲ τοὺς μετʼ ἐκείνου προάγοντας·
31.15.2οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῦ μένοντες ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ Κίρκαιον ὡρμηκότα διελάμβανον, οἱ δʼ ἐν ταῖς Ἀναγνείαις ἀπήντων ἐπὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τόπον, ὡς ἐκεῖ παρεσόμενον.
31.15.3διὸ συνέβαινε τελέως ἄσημον εἶναι τὸν δρασμόν, ἕως οὗ τῶν παίδων τις μεμαστιγωμένος ἐν ταῖς Ἀναγνείαις ἔδραμεν ἐπὶ τὸ Κίρκαιον, ὡς ἐκεῖ τῷ Δημητρίῳ συμμίξων·
31.15.4οὐχ εὑρὼν δὲ πάλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἔτρεχεν, ὡς κατὰ πορείαν ἀπαντήσων.
31.15.5οὐδαμῇ δὲ συντυχὼν αὐτῷ τοῦτο διεσάφησεν τοῖς ἐν Ῥώμῃ φίλοις καὶ τοῖς καταλελειμμένοις ἐπὶ τῆς οἰκίας.
31.15.6ἐπιζητουμένου δὲ τοῦ Δημητρίου κατὰ τὴν τετάρτην ἡμέραν ἀφʼ ἧς ὥρμησεν, ὑπενοήθη τὸ γεγονός.
31.15.7τῇ δὲ πέμπτῃ σύγκλητος εὐθέως συνήγετο περὶ τούτων, ἐν ᾗ συνέβαινε τὸν Δημήτριον ἐκτὸς ἤδη τοῦ πορθμοῦ τοῦ κατὰ Σικελίαν ὑπάρχειν.
31.15.8τὸ μὲν οὖν διώκειν ἀπέγνωσαν, ἅμα μὲν ὑπολαμβάνοντες αὐτὸν πολὺ προειληφέναι κατὰ τὸν πλοῦν, καὶ γὰρ ἔσχε φορὸν ἄνεμον, ἅμα δὲ προορώμενοι τὸ βουληθέντες κωλύειν ἀδυνατῆσαι·
31.15.9πρεσβευτὰς δὲ κατέστησαν μετά τινας ἡμέρας τοὺς περὶ Τεβέριον Γράκχον καὶ Λεύκιον Λέντλον καὶ Σερουίλιον Γλαυκίαν,
31.15.10οἵτινες ἔμελλον πρῶτον μὲν ἐποπτεύσειν τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Ἕλληνας, εἶτʼ ἐπιβαλόντες ἐπὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν τά τε κατὰ τὸν Δημήτριον καραδοκήσειν καὶ τὰς τῶν ἄλλων βασιλέων προαιρέσεις ἐξετάσειν καὶ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς Γαλάτας ἀντιλεγόμενα τοῖς προειρημένοις διευκρινήσειν.
31.15.11διὸ τὸν Τεβέριον κατεστήσαντο πάντων αὐτόπτην γεγονέναι.
31.15.12καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν. —
31.15.13ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος προσανέχων τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ διαποσταλησομένου πρὸς αὐτόν.
31.16.1ὅτι Ἀρταξίας ἐβούλετο ἐπανελέσθαι παραινέσεσι δὲ Ἀριαράθου τοῦτʼ οὐκ ἔπραξεν ἀλλʼ ἐντιμότερον εἶχεν αὐτὸν ἢ πρότερον. οὕτως ἥ τε τοῦ δικαίου φύσις ἔχει μεγάλην δύναμιν,
31.16.2αἵ τε τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν γνῶμαι καὶ παραινέσεις, ὥστε μὴ μόνον τοὺς φίλους ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς πολλάκις σῴζειν καὶ μετατιθέναι τὰς φύσεις αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον. —
31.16.3ὅτι παντὸς ἐπιστολίου τὸ κάλλος ἐστὶ συστατικώτερον.
31.17.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα Πτολεμαῖοις ὁ νεώτερος παραγεγονὼς εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα μετὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν συνήθροιζε ξενολόγιον ἐμβριθές. ἐν οἷς προσελάβετο καὶ τὸν Μακεδόνα Δαμάσιππον,
31.17.2ὃς κατασφάξας ἐν τῷ Φάκῳ τοὺς συνέδρους ἔφυγεν μετὰ γυναικὸς καὶ τέκνων ἐκ τῆς Μακεδονίας.
31.17.3ἀφικόμενος δʼ εἰς τὴν τῶν Ῥοδίων Περαίαν καὶ ξενισθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου προετίθετο πλεῖν εἰς τὴν Κύπρον.
31.17.4οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τορκουᾶτον θεωροῦντες αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον ξενικὴν χεῖρα βαρεῖαν ὑπεμίμνησκον τῶν ἐντολῶν, διότι δεῖ χωρὶς πολέμου ποιεῖσθαι τὴν κάθοδον·
31.17.5καὶ τέλος ἔπεισαν αὐτὸν ἕως Σίδης προαγαγόντα τὸ ξενολόγιον διαλύσασθαι καὶ τῆς εἰς Κύπρον ἐπιβολῆς ἀποστῆναι καὶ συμμίσγειν αὑτοῖς ἐπὶ τοὺς τῶν Κυρηναίων ὅρους.
31.17.6αὐτοὶ δὲ πλεύσαντες εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἔφασαν παραστήσεσθαι τὸν βασιλέα πρὸς τὰ παρακαλούμενα καὶ συναντήσειν ἐπὶ τοὺς ὅρους, ἔχοντες κἀκεῖνον μεθʼ αὑτῶν.
31.17.7τούτοις μὲν οὖν τοῖς λόγοις πεισθεὶς ὁ νεώτερος Πτολεμαῖος, ἀπογνοὺς τὰ κατὰ τὴν Κύπρον τὸ μὲν ξενολόγιον διέλυσεν,
Book 32, Part 4
32.12His next object was to cultivate lofty sentiments in regard to money, and to maintain a higher standard of disinterestedness than other people. In this respect he had an excellent start in his association with his natural father (L. Aemilius): but he also had good natural impulses towards the right; and chance contributed much to his success in this particular aim. For he first lost the mother of his adoptive father, who was the sister of his natural father Lucius, and wife of his adoptive grandfather, Scipio the Great. She left a large fortune, to which he was heir, and which gave him the first opportunity of giving a proof of his principles. Aemilia, for that was this lady’s name, was accustomed to attend the women’s processions in great state, as sharing the life and high fortune of Scipio. For besides the magnificence of her dress and carriage, the baskets, cups, and such implements for the sacrifice, which were carried in her train, were all of silver or gold on great occasions; and the number of maid-servants and other domestics that made up her train was in proportion to this splendour. All this establishment, immediately after Aemilia’s funeral, Scipio presented to his own mother, who had long before been divorced by his father Lucius, and was badly off considering the splendour of her birth. She had therefore in previous years refrained from taking part in grand public processions; but now; as there chanced to be an important state sacrifice, she appeared surrounded with all the splendour and wealth which had once been Aemilia’s using among other things the same muleteers, pair of mules, and carriage. The ladies, therefore, who saw it were much impressed by the kindness and liberality of Scipio, and all raised their hands to heaven and prayed for blessings upon him. This act, indeed, would be thought honourable anywhere, but at Rome it was quite astonishing: for there no one ever thinks of giving any of his private property to any one if he can help it. This was the beginning of Scipio’s reputation for nobility of character, and it spread very widely,—for women are talkative and prone to exaggeration whenever they feel warmly.
32.13The next instance was his conduct to the daughters of the Great Scipio, sisters to his adoptive father. When he took the inheritance he was bound to pay them their portion. For their father covenanted to give each of his two daughters a marriage portion of fifty talents. Half of this their mother paid down at once to their husbands, but left the other half undischarged when she died. Now, the Roman law enjoins the payment of money due to women as dowry in three annual instalments, the personal outfit having been first paid within ten months according to custom. But Scipio instructed his banker at once to pay the twenty-five talents to each within the ten months. When, therefore, Tiberius Gracchus and Scipio Nasica, for they were the husbands of these ladies, called on the banker at the expiration of the ten months, and asked whether Scipio had given him any instructions as to the money, he told them they might have it at once, and proceeded to enter the transfer of twenty-five talents to each. They then said that he had made a mistake, for they had no claim for the whole as yet, but only took a third according to the law; and upon the banker answering that such were his instructions from Scipio, they could not believe him, and went to call on the young man, supposing him to have made a mistake. And, indeed, their feelings were natural: for at Rome, so far from paying fifty talents three years in advance, no one will pay a single talent before the appointed day; so excessively particular are they about money, and so profitable do they consider time. However, when they reached Scipio and asked him what instructions he had given his banker, on his replying, To pay both sisters the whole sum due to them, they told him he had made a mistake; and with a show of friendly regard pointed out to him that, according to the laws, he had the use of the money for a considerable time longer. But Scipio replied that he was quite aware of all that; but that close reckoning and legal exactness were for strangers; with relations and friends he would do his best to behave straightforwardly and liberally. He therefore bade them draw on the banker for the whole sum. When Tiberius and Nasica heard this they returned home in silence, quite confounded at the magnanimity of Scipio, and condemning themselves for meanness, though they were men of as high a character as any at Rome.
32.13The following pedigree will show the various family connexions here alluded to:— Publius Cornelius Scipio P. Cornelius Scipio Africanus Aemilia Lucius Aemilius Paulus Papiria P. Scipio Nasica Cornelia Tib. Sempronius Gracchus Cornelia Publius Cornelius Scipio Africanus Quintus Fabius Maximus Scipio Aemilianus -->
32.14Two years afterwards, when his natural father, Lucius Aemilius, died, and left him and his brother Fabius joint heirs to his property, he did an act honourable to himself and worthy to be recorded. Lucius died without children in the eyes of the law, for the two elder had been adopted into other families, and the other sons, whom he was bringing up to be the successors to himself and to continue his family, all died; he therefore left his property to these two. But Scipio, perceiving that his brother was worse off than himself, renounced the whole of his share of the inheritance, though the property was valued altogether at over sixty talents, with a view of thus putting Fabius on an equality with himself in point of wealth. This was much talked about; but he afterwards gave a still clearer proof of his liberality. For when his brother wished to give some gladiatorial games in honour of his father, but was unable to support the expense, because of the enormous costliness of such things, Scipio contributed half of this also from his own pocket. Now the cost of such an exhibition, if it is done on a large scale, does not amount in all to less than thirty talents. While the fame of his liberality to his mother was still fresh, she died; and so far from taking back any part of the wealth he had recently bestowed on her, of which I have just spoken, Scipio gave it and the entire residue of his mother’s property to his sisters, though they had no legal claim at all upon it. Accordingly his sisters again adopted the splendour and retinue which Aemilia had employed in the public processions; and once more the liberality and family affection of Scipio were recalled to the minds of the people.
Book 31, Part 5
31.17.8αὐτὸς δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον εἰς Κρήτην ἀπέπλευσεν, τόν τε Δαμάσιππον ἔχων μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ καὶ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἕνα Γνάιον Μερόλαν· ξενολογήσας δʼ ἐκ τῆς Κρήτης περὶ χιλίους στρατιώτας ἀνήχθη καὶ διάρας εἰς τὴν Λιβύην κατέσχεν ἐπὶ τὸν Ἆπιν.
31.18.1οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τορκουᾶτον διακομισθέντες εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐπειρῶντο μὲν παρακαλεῖν τὸν πρεσβύτερον Πτολεμαῖον διαλύεσθαι πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν καὶ συγχωρεῖν αὐτῷ τὴν Κύπρον·
31.18.2τοῦ δὲ Πτολεμαίου τὰ μὲν ἐπαγγελλομένου, τὰ δὲ παρακούοντος, καὶ τῷ τοιούτῳ τρόπῳ κατατρίβοντος τὸν χρόνον,
31.18.3στρατοπεδεύων ὁ νεώτερος μετὰ τῶν Κρητῶν ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ περὶ τὸν Ἆπιν κατὰ τὸ συντεταγμένον καὶ τελέως ἀσχάλλων ἐπὶ τῷ μηδὲν διασαφήσασθαι, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐξαπέστειλε τὸν Γνάιον εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, ὡς διὰ τούτου κἂν τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τορκουᾶτον ἐπιγενομένους.
31.18.4συνεξομοιωθέντος δὲ τούτου τοῖς πρότερον, καὶ τοῦ χρόνου διελκομένου, καὶ τετταράκοντα διελθουσῶν ἡμερῶν, καὶ μηδενὸς προσπίπτοντος, εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐνέπιπτε περὶ τῶν ὅλων.
31.18.5ὁ γὰρ πρεσβύτερος βασιλεὺς πᾶν γένος ἀρεσκείας προσφερόμενος πάντας ἐξιδιάσατο τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς καὶ παρακατέσχε τὸ πλεῖον οὐχ ἑκόντας, ἀλλʼ ἄκοντας.
31.18.6κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον προσέπεσε τῷ νεωτέρῳ Πτολεμαίῳ τούς τε Κυρηναίους ἀφεστάναι καὶ τὰς πόλεις συμφρονεῖν τούτοις, κεκοινωνηκέναι δὲ περὶ τῆς ἀποστάσεως καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τὸν Συμπετῆσιν,
31.18.7ὃς ἦν τὸ γένος Αἰγύπτιος, ἐπιστεύθη δὲ τὴν ἐπιμέλειαν τῶν ὅλων ὑπὸ τοῦ βασιλέως, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐποιεῖτο τὸν πλοῦν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
31.18.8τούτων δὲ προσπιπτόντων τῷ βασιλεῖ, καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγον διότι στρατοπεδεύουσιν ἐν τοῖς ὑπαίθροις οἱ Κυρηναῖοι, δείσας μὴ βουλόμενος προσλαβεῖν τὴν Κύπρον καὶ τὴν Κυρήνην ἀπολέσῃ, πάντα τἄλλα πάρεργα θέμενος ἀνέζευξεν ἐπὶ Κυρήνης.
31.18.9παραγενόμενος δʼ εἰς τὸν μέγαν καλούμενον Καταβαθμὸν κατέλαβε τοὺς Λίβυας μετὰ τῶν Κυρηναίων κατέχοντας τὰς δυσχωρίας.
31.18.10ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος ἀπορούμενος ἐπὶ τῷ συμβαίνοντι τοὺς μὲν ἡμίσεις τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐμβιβάσας εἰς τὰ πλοῖα περιπλεῖν τὰς δυσχωρίας ἐπέταξε καὶ κατὰ νώτου τοῖς πολεμίοις ἐπιφαίνεσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἡμίσεις ἔχων αὐτὸς ἐβιάζετο κατὰ στόμα πρὸς τὴν ἀνάβασιν.
31.18.11τῶν δὲ Λιβύων καταπλαγέντων τὴν ἐξ ἀμφοῖν ἔφοδον καὶ λειπόντων τοὺς τόπους, ἅμα τῆς ἀναβάσεως ἐγένετο κύριος καὶ τῆς ὑποκειμένης Τετραπυργίας, ἐν ᾗ συνέβαινε πλῆθος ἄφθονον ὕδατος ὑπάρχειν.
31.18.12ὅθεν ἀφορμήσας ἑβδομαῖος ἧκε διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου.
31.18.13παραπλεόντων δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ Μοχυρίνου, συνέβαινε τοὺς Κυρηναίους στρατοπεδεύειν πεζοὺς μὲν ὄντας εἰς ὀκτακισχιλίους, ἱππεῖς δὲ περὶ πεντακοσίους.
31.18.14οἱ γὰρ Κυρηναῖοι πεῖραν εἰληφότες τῆς τοῦ Πτολεμαίου προαιρέσεως ἐκ τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν πεπραγμένων καὶ θεωροῦντες οὐ βασιλικήν, ἀλλὰ τυραννικὴν οὖσαν τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ὅλην αἵρεσιν,
31.18.15οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν ἐθελοντὴν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς ὑποτάττειν, ἀλλὰ πᾶν ὑπομένειν ἐτόλμων, ἀντεχόμενοι τῆς πρὸς τὴν ἐλευθερίαν ἐλπίδος.
31.18.16διὸ καὶ τότε συνεγγίσαντος αὐτοῦ ἐξ αὐτῆς παρετάξαντο· καὶ τέλος ἡττήθη. —
31.19.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἦλθε καὶ Γνάιος ὁ Μερόλας ἐκ τῆς Ἀλεξανδρείας, διασαφῶν τῷ βασιλεῖ διότι πρὸς οὐθὲν τῶν ἀξιουμένων προσελήλυθεν ὁ ἀδελφός, ἀλλά φησι δεῖν μένειν ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐξ ἀρχῆς διομολογουμένοις.
31.19.2ὁ δὲ βασιλεὺς ταῦτα διακούσας, εὐθέως προχειρισάμενος Κομανὸν καὶ Πτολεμαῖον τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἐξαπέστελλε πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην μετὰ τοῦ Γναΐου, διασαφήσοντας τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τῆς τἀδελφοῦ πλεονεξίας καὶ καταφρονήσεως.
31.19.3ἀπέλυσε δὲ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν καὶ τοὺς περὶ Τίτον ἀπράκτους ὁ πρεσβύτερος Πτολεμαῖος.
31.19.4καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν καὶ Κυρήνην ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν.
31.20.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς ὑποκειμένους καιροὺς ἧκον παρὰ τοῦ νεωτέρου Πτολεμαίου πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Κομανὸν καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου παραπλησίως οἱ περὶ τὸν Μένυλλον τὸν Ἀλαβανδέα.
31.20.2ὧν εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, καὶ πολλῶν λόγων γινομένων καὶ φιλαπεχθῶν κατὰ πρόσωπον εἰς ἀλλήλους, καὶ τῶν περὶ Τίτον καὶ Γνάιον ἀπομαρτυρούντων καὶ συνεπισχυόντων τῷ νεωτέρῳ μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς,
31.20.3ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ τοὺς περὶ Μένυλλον ἐν πένθʼ ἡμέραις ἀποτρέχειν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης, καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἀναιρεῖν τὴν πρὸς τὸν πρεσβύτερον, πρὸς δὲ τὸν νεώτερον πέμψαι πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διασαφήσοντας τὰ δεδογμένα τῇ συγκλήτῳ.
31.20.4καὶ κατεστάθησαν Πόπλιος Ἀπούστιος καὶ Γάιος Λέντλος, οἳ καὶ πλεύσαντες ἐξ αὐτῆς εἰς τὴν Κυρήνην ἀνήγγειλαν τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ τὰ δεδογμένα μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς.
31.20.5ὁ δὲ Πτολεμαῖος ἐπαρθεὶς εὐθέως ἐξενολόγει καὶ ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς ὅλος καὶ πᾶς ἦν περὶ τὴν Κύπρον.
31.20.6καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἐν τούτοις ἦν.
31.21.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Λιβύην Μασαννάσας θεωρῶν τὸ πλῆθος τῶν πόλεων τῶν περὶ τὴν μικρὰν Σύρτιν ἐκτισμένων καὶ τὸ κάλλος τῆς χώρας, ἣν καλοῦσιν Ἐμπόρια, καὶ πάλαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν προσόδων τῶν γινομένων ἐν τούτοις τοῖς τόποις ὀφθαλμιῶν,
31.21.2ἐπεβάλετο καταπειράζειν τῶν Καρχηδονίων οὐ πολλοῖς ἀνώτερον χρόνοις τῶν νῦν λεγομένων καιρῶν. τῆς μὲν οὖν χώρας ταχέως ἐγενήθη κύριος,
31.21.3ἅτε τῶν ὑπαίθρων κρατῶν διὰ τὸ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους αἰεὶ μὲν ἀλλοτρίους ὑπάρχειν τῆς ἐν τῇ γῇ χρείας, τότε δὲ καὶ τελέως ἐκτεθηλύνθαι διὰ τὴν πολυχρόνιον εἰρήνην·
31.21.4τῶν δὲ πόλεων οὐκ ἠδυνήθη γενέσθαι κύριος διὰ τὸ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους ἐπιμελῶς τηρεῖν αὐτάς.
31.21.5ἀμφοτέρων δὲ ποιουμένων τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων, καὶ πρεσβευτῶν πολλάκις ἐληλυθότων διὰ ταῦτα παρʼ ἑκατέρων,
31.21.6αἰεὶ συνέβαινε τοὺς Καρχηδονίους ἐλαττοῦσθαι παρὰ τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, οὐ τοῖς δικαίοις, ἀλλὰ τῷ πεπεῖσθαι τοὺς κρίνοντας συμφέρειν σφίσι τὴν τοιαύτην γνώμην,
31.21.7ἐπείτοι χρόνοις οὐ πολλοῖς ἀνώτερον αὐτὸς ὁ Μασαννάσας διώκων τὸν Ἀφθῆρα τὸν ἀποστάτην μετὰ στρατοπέδου δίοδον ᾐτήσατο τοὺς Καρχηδονίους διὰ ταύτης τῆς χώρας, οἱ δʼ οὐχ ὑπήκουσαν, ὡς οὐδὲν αὐτῷ προσηκούσης. οὐ
31.21.8μὴν ἀλλὰ τέλος εἰς τοῦτο συνεκλείσθησαν οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι διὰ τῶν ἀποφάσεων κατὰ τοὺς νῦν λεγομένους καιροὺς ὥστε μὴ μόνον τὰς πόλεις καὶ τὴν χώραν ἀποβαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πεντακόσια τάλαντα προσθεῖναι τῆς καρπείας τῶν χρόνων, ἐξ οὗ συνέβη γενέσθαι τὴν ἀμφισβήτησιν.
31.22.1ὅτι τὸ μέγιστον καὶ κάλλιστον σημεῖον τῆς Λευκίου Αἰμιλίου προαιρέσεως μεταλλάξαντος τὸν βίον ἐγένετο πᾶσιν ἔκδηλον·
31.22.2οἷος γὰρ ὁ τρόπος ζῶντος [αὐτοῦ] ἐδοξάζετο, τοιοῦτος εὑρέθη τὸν βίον μεταλλάξαντος, ὃ μέγιστον εἴποι τις ἂν ὑπάρχειν τεκμήριον ἀρετῆς.
Book 32, Part 5
32.14With such recommendations dating from his earliest years, Publius Scipio sustained the reputation for high morality and good principles, which he had won by the expenditure of perhaps sixty talents, for that was the sum which he bestowed from his own property. And this reputation for goodness did not depend so much on the amount of the money, as on the seasonableness of the gift and the graciousness with which it was bestowed. By his strict chastity, also, he not only saved his purse, but by refraining from many irregular pleasures he gained sound bodily health and a vigorous constitution, which accompanied him through the whole of his life and repaid him with many pleasures, and noble compensations for the immediate pleasures from which he had formerly abstained.
32.15Courage, however, is the most important element of character for public life in every country, but especially in Rome: and he therefore was bound to give all his most serious attention to it. In this he was well seconded by Fortune also. For as the Macedonian kings were especially eager about hunting, and the Macedonians devoted the most suitable districts to the preservation of game, these places were carefully guarded during all the war time, as they had been before, and yet had not been hunted the whole of the four years owing to the public disturbances: the consequence was that they were full of every kind of animal. But when the war was decided, Lucius Aemilius, thinking that hunting was the best training for body and courage his young soldiers could have, put the royal huntsmen under the charge of Scipio, and gave him entire authority over all matters connected with the hunting. Scipio accepted the duty, and, looking upon himself as in a quasi-royal position, devoted his whole time to this business, as long as the army remained in Macedonia after the battle of Pydna. Having then ample opportunity for following this kind of pursuit, and being in the very prime of his youth and naturally disposed to it, the taste for hunting which he acquired became permanent. Accordingly when he returned to Rome, and found his taste supported by a corresponding enthusiasm on the part of Polybius, the time that other young men spent in law courts and formal visits, haunting the Forum and endeavouring thereby to ingratiate themselves with the people, Scipio devoted to hunting; and, by continually displaying brilliant and memorable acts of prowess, won a greater reputation than others, whose only chance of gaining credit was by inflicting some damage on one of their fellow-citizens,—for that was the usual result of these law proceedings. Scipio, on the other hand, without inflicting annoyance on any one, gained a popular reputation for manly courage, rivalling eloquence by action. The result was that in a short time he obtained a more decided superiority of position over his contemporaries, than any Roman is remembered to have done; although he struck out a path for his ambition which, with a view to Roman customs and ideas, was quite different from that of others.
32.16I have spoken somewhat at length on the character of Scipio, because I thought that such a story would be agreeable to the older, and useful to the younger among my readers. But especially because I wished to make what I have to tell in my following books appear credible; that no one may feel any difficulty because of the apparent strangeness of what happened to this man; nor deprive him of the credit of achievements which were the natural consequences of his prudence, and attribute them to Fortune and chance. I must now return from this digression to the regular course of my history. . . .
32.17Thearidas and Stephanus conducted a mission from Athens and the Achaeans on the matter of the reprisals. For when the Delians were ordered, in answer to an embassy to Rome after Delos had been granted to Athens, to depart from the island, but to take all their goods with them, they removed to Achaia; and having been enrolled as citizens of the league, wished to have their claims upon the Athenians decided, according to the convention existing between the Achaeans and Athens. But, on the Athenians denying that they had any right to plead under that agreement, the Delians demanded from the Achaeans license to make reprisals on the Athenians. The latter, therefore, sent an embassy to Rome on these points, and were answered that decisions made by the Achaeans according to their laws concerning the Delians were to be binding. . . .
Book 31, Part 6
31.22.3ὁ γὰρ πλεῖστον μὲν τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν ἐξ Ἰβηρίας χρυσὸν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην μετενηνοχώς, μεγίστων δὲ θησαυρῶν κύριος γενόμενος ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ, πλείστης δὲ περὶ τὰ προειρημένα τετευχὼς ἐξουσίας τοσοῦτον ἀπέλειπε τὸν ἴδιον βίον ὥστε
31.22.4μὴ δύνασθαι τὴν φερνὴν τῇ γυναικὶ διαλῦσαι πᾶσαν ἐκ τῶν ἐπίπλων, εἰ μὴ τῶν ἐγγείων τινὰς προσαπέδοντο κτήσεων. ὑπὲρ ὧν ἡμεῖς τὰ κατὰ μέρος ἐν τοῖς πρὸ τούτων εἰρήκαμεν.
31.22.5ἐξ ὧν εἴποι τις ἂν καταλελύσθαι τὴν δόξαν τῶν θαυμαζομένων παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἀνδρῶν·
31.22.6εἰ γὰρ τὸ διδομένων χρημάτων ἐπὶ τῷ τοῦ διδόντος συμφέροντι, τούτων ἀπέχεσθαι θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὃ λέγεται γεγονέναι περί τε τὸν Ἀθηναῖον Ἀριστείδην καὶ περὶ τὸν Θηβαῖον Ἐπαμινώνδαν,
31.22.7τὸ κύριον γενόμενον αὐτὸν ἁπάσης τῆς βασιλείας καὶ λαβόντα τὴν ἐξουσίαν ὡς βούλεται χρήσασθαι, μηδενὸς ἐπιθυμῆσαι πόσῳ θαυμαστότερόν ἐστιν;
31.22.8εἰ δʼ ἀπίστῳ τὸ λεγόμενον ἐοικέναι δόξει τισίν, ἐκεῖνο δεῖ λαμβάνειν ἐν νῷ, διότι σαφῶς ὁ γράφων ᾔδει μάλιστα Ῥωμαίους ἀναληψομένους εἰς τὰς χεῖρας τὰ βυβλία ταῦτα διὰ τὸ τὰς ἐπιφανεστάτας καὶ τὰς πλείστας αὐτῶν πράξεις ἐν τούτοις περιέχεσθαι·
31.22.9παρʼ οἷς οὔτʼ ἀγνοεῖσθαι ταῦτα δυνατὸν οὔτε συγγνώμης τεύξεσθαι τὸν ψευδολόγον εἰκός,
31.22.10διόπερ οὐδεὶς ἂν ἑκὼν εἰς πρόδηλον ἀπιστίαν καὶ καταφρόνησιν ἔδωκεν αὑτόν.
31.22.11καὶ τοῦτο μνημονευέσθω παρʼ ὅλην τὴν πραγματείαν ἡμῖν, ὅταν τι παράδοξον δοκῶμεν λέγειν περὶ Ῥωμαίων.
31.23.1τῆς δὲ κατὰ τὴν διήγησιν ἐφόδου καὶ τῶν καιρῶν ἐφεστακότων ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τὴν οἰκίαν ταύτην, βούλομαι τὸ κατὰ τὴν προτέραν βύβλον ἐν ἐπαγγελίᾳ καταλειφθὲν συνεκπληρῶσαι τῶν φιληκόων ἕνεκα.
31.23.2προϋπεσχόμην γὰρ διηγήσασθαι διὰ τί καὶ πῶς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτο προέκοψε καὶ θᾶττον ἢ καθῆκεν ἐξέλαμψεν ἡ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ δόξα,
31.23.3σὺν δὲ τούτῳ πῶς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον αὐξηθῆναι συνέβη τῷ Πολυβίῳ τὴν πρὸς τὸν προειρημένον φιλίαν καὶ συνήθειαν ὥστε μὴ μόνον ἕως τῆς Ἰταλίας καὶ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπιδιατεῖναι τὴν περὶ αὐτῶν φήμην, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς πορρωτέρω γνώριμον γενέσθαι τὴν αἵρεσιν καὶ συμπεριφορὰν αὐτῶν.
31.23.4διότι μὲν οὖν ἡ καταρχὴ τῆς συστάσεως ἐγενήθη τοῖς προειρημένοις ἔκ τινος χρήσεως βυβλίων καὶ τῆς περὶ τούτων λαλιᾶς δεδηλώκαμεν·
31.23.5προβαινούσης δὲ τῆς συνηθείας καὶ τῶν ἀνακεκλημένων ἐκπεμπομένων ἐπὶ τὰς πόλεις, διέσπευσαν ὅ τε Φάβιος καὶ ὁ Σκιπίων οἱ τοῦ Λευκίου νεανίσκοι πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν μεῖναι τὸν Πολύβιον ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ.
31.23.6γενομένου δὲ τούτου, καὶ τῆς συμπεριφορᾶς ἐπὶ πολὺ προκοπτούσης, ἐγένετο συγκύρημά τι τοιοῦτον.
31.23.7ἐκπορευομένων γάρ ποτε κατʼ αὐτὸ πάντων ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας τῆς τοῦ Φαβίου, συνέβη τὸν μὲν Φάβιον ἐπὶ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀπονεῦσαι, τὸν δὲ Πολύβιον ἐπὶ θάτερα μετὰ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος.
31.23.8προαγόντων δʼ αὐτῶν ὁ Πόπλιος ἡσυχῇ καὶ πρᾴως τῇ φωνῇ φθεγξάμενος καὶ τῷ χρώματι γενόμενος ἐνερευθής, "
31.23.9τί δαί" φησίν "ὦ Πολύβιε, δύο τρώγομεν ἀδελφοί, καὶ διαλέγει συνεχῶς καὶ πάσας τὰς ἐρωτήσεις καὶ τὰς ἀποφάσεις ποιεῖ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον, ἐμὲ δὲ παραπέμπεις;
31.23.10ἢ δῆλον ὅτι καὶ σὺ περὶ ἐμοῦ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχεις διάληψιν, ἣν καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πολίτας ἔχειν πυνθάνομαι;
31.23.11δοκῶ γὰρ εἶναι πᾶσιν ἡσύχιός τις καὶ νωθρός, ὡς ἀκούω, καὶ πολὺ κεχωρισμένος τῆς Ῥωμαϊκῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ πράξεως, ὅτι κρίσεις οὐχ αἱροῦμαι λέγειν.
31.23.12τὴν δʼ οἰκίαν οὔ φασι τοιοῦτον ζητεῖν προστάτην ἐξ ἧς ὁρμῶμαι, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον· ὃ καὶ μάλιστά με λυπεῖ."
31.24.1ὁ δὲ Πολύβιος ξενισθεὶς τῇ τοῦ μειρακίου καταρχῇ τῶν λόγων· οὐ γὰρ εἶχε πλέον ἐτῶν ὀκτωκαίδεκα τότε· "
31.24.2μὴ πρὸς θεῶν, Σκιπίων," ἔφη, "μηδὲ λέγε ταῦτα μηδʼ ἐν νῷ λάμβανε ταῦτα τὸ παράπαν.
31.24.3οὐδὲ γὰρ καταγινώσκων οὔτε παραπέμπων ἐγώ σε ποιῶ τοῦτο, πολλοῦ γε δεῖν, ἀλλὰ τῷ πρεσβύτερον εἶναι τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἔν τε ταῖς ὁμιλίαις ἄρχομαί τʼ ἀπʼ ἐκείνου καὶ λήγω πάλιν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ἔν τε ταῖς ἀποφάσεσι καὶ συμβουλίαις πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ἀπερείδομαι, δοκῶν καὶ σὲ τῆς αὐτῆς μετέχειν γνώμης ἐκείνῳ.
31.24.4σοῦ γε μὴν ἄγαμαι νῦν ἀκούων, ὅτι δοκεῖ σοι λυπηρὸν τὸ πραΰτερον εἶναι τοῦ καθήκοντος τοῖς ἐκ ταύτης τῆς οἰκίας ὁρμωμένοις· δῆλος γὰρ εἶ διὰ τούτων μέγα φρονῶν.
31.24.5ἐγὼ δὲ κἂν αὐτὸς ἡδέως σοι συνεπιδοίην ἐμαυτὸν καὶ συνεργὸς γενοίμην εἰς τὸ καὶ λέγειν τι καὶ πράττειν ἄξιον τῶν προγόνων.
31.24.6περὶ μὲν γὰρ τὰ μαθήματα, περὶ ἃ νῦν ὁρῶ σπουδάζοντας ὑμᾶς καὶ φιλοτιμουμένους, οὐκ ἀπορήσετε τῶν συνεργησόντων ὑμῖν ἑτοίμως, καὶ σοὶ κἀκείνῳ·
31.24.7πολὺ γὰρ δή τι φῦλον ἀπὸ τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπιρρέον ὁρῶ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν τῶν τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων.
31.24.8εἰς δὲ τὰ λυποῦντά σε νῦν καὶ μάλιστα, καθὼς φής, δοκῶ μηδένα συναγωνιστὴν καὶ συνεργὸν ἄλλον εὑρεῖν ἂν ἡμῶν ἐπιτηδειότερον.
31.24.9" ἔτι δὲ ταῦτα λέγοντος τοῦ Πολυβίου, λαβόμενος ἀμφοτέραις χερσὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς αὐτοῦ καὶ πιέσας ἐμπαθῶς "εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ ταύτην," φησίν, "ἴδοιμι τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐν ᾗ σὺ πάντα τἄλλα δεύτερα θέμενος ἐμοὶ προσέξεις τὸν νοῦν καὶ μετʼ ἐμοῦ συμβιώσεις·
31.24.10δόξω γὰρ αὐτόθεν εὐθέως ἐμαυτῷ καὶ τῆς οἰκίας ἄξιος εἶναι καὶ τῶν προγόνων.
31.24.11" ὁ δὲ Πολύβιος τὰ μὲν ἔχαιρε, θεωρῶν τὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ τὴν ἀποδοχὴν τοῦ μειρακίου, τὰ δὲ διηπορεῖτο, λαμβάνων ἐν νῷ τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς οἰκίας καὶ τὴν εὐκαιρίαν τῶν ἀνδρῶν.
31.24.12πλὴν ἀπό γε ταύτης τῆς ἀνθομολογήσεως οὐκέτι τὸ μειράκιον ἐχωρίσθη τοῦ Πολυβίου, πάντα δʼ ἦν αὐτῷ δεύτερα τῆς ἐκείνου συμπεριφορᾶς.
31.25.1ἀπὸ δὲ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν λοιπὸν ἤδη κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων πεῖραν αὑτῶν διδόντες ἀλλήλοις εἰς πατρικὴν καὶ συγγενικὴν ἦλθον αἵρεσιν καὶ φιλοστοργίαν πρὸς ἀλλήλους.
31.25.2πρώτη δέ τις ἐνέπεσεν ὁρμὴ καὶ ζῆλος τῶν καλῶν τὸ τὴν ἐπὶ σωφροσύνῃ δόξαν ἀναλαβεῖν καὶ παραδραμεῖν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει τοὺς κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡλικίαν ὑπάρχοντας.
31.25.3ὢν δὲ μέγας οὗτος καὶ δυσέφικτος ὁ στέφανος εὐθήρατος ἦν κατʼ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ διὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ὁρμὴν τῶν πλείστων.
31.25.4οἱ μὲν γὰρ εἰς ἐρωμένους τῶν νέων, οἱ δʼ εἰς ἑταίρας ἐξεκέχυντο, πολλοὶ δʼ εἰς ἀκροάματα καὶ πότους καὶ τὴν ἐν τούτοις πολυτέλειαν, ταχέως ἡρπακότες ἐν τῷ Περσικῷ πολέμῳ τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων εἰς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος εὐχέρειαν.
Book 32, Part 6
32.18The people of Issa having often sent embassies to Rome, complaining that the Dalmatians damaged their territory and the cities subject to them,— meaning thereby Epetium and Tragyrium,—and the Daorsi also bringing similar complaints, the Senate sent a commission under Gaius Fannius to inspect the state of Illyria, with special reference to the Dalmatians. This people had been subject to Pleuratus as long as he was alive; but when he died, and was succeeded on the throne by Genthius, they revolted, overran the bordering territories, and reduced the neighbouring cities, some of which even paid them a tribute of cattle and corn. So Fannius and his colleague started on their mission. . . .
32.19Lyciscus the Aetolian was a factious turbulent agitator, and directly he was killed the Aetolians from that hour lived harmoniously and at peace with each other, simply from the removal of one man. Such decisive influence has character in human affairs, that we find not only armies and cities, but also national leagues and whole divisions of the world, experiencing the greatest miseries and the greatest blessings through the vice or virtue of one man. . . .
32.19Though he was a man of the worst character, Lyciscus ended his life by an honourable death; and accordingly, most people with some reason reproach Fortune for sometimes giving to the worst of men what is the prize of the good—an easy death. . . .
32.20There was a great change for the better in Aetolia when the civil war was stopped after the death of Lyciscus; and in Boeotia when Mnasippus of Coronea died; and similarly in Acarnania when Chremas was got out of the way. Greece was as though purified by the removal from life of those accursed pests of the country. For in the same year Charops of Epirus chanced to die at Brundisium. Affairs in Epirus had been still in disorder and confusion as before, owing to the cruelty and tyranny of Charops, ever since the end of the war with Perseus. For Lucius Anicius having condemned some of the leading men in the country to death, and transported all others to Rome against whom there was the slightest suspicion, Charops at once got complete power to do what he chose; and thereupon committed every possible act of cruelty, sometimes personally, at others by the agency of his friends: for he was quite a young man himself, and was quickly joined by a crowd of the worst and most unprincipled persons, who gathered round him for the sake of plunder from other people. But what protected him and inclined people to believe that he was acting on a fixed design, and in accordance with the will of the Romans, was his former intimacy with them, and the support of the old man Myrton and his son Nicanor. These two had the character of being men of moderation and on good terms with the Romans; but though up to that time they had been widely removed from all suspicion of injustice, they now gave themselves up wholly to support and share in the lawless acts of Charops. This man, after murdering some openly in the market-place, others in their own houses, others by sending secret assassins to waylay them in the fields or on the roads, and selling the property of all whom he had thus killed, thought of another device. He put up lists of such men and women as were rich, condemning them to exile; and having held out this threat, he extracted money out of them, making the bargain himself with the men, and by the agency of his mother Philotis with the women; for this lady was well suited to the task, and for any act of violence was even more helpful than could have been expected in a woman.
Book 31, Part 7
31.25.5καὶ τηλικαύτη τις ἐνεπεπτώκει περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα τῶν ἔργων ἀκρασία τοῖς νέοις ὥστε πολλοὺς μὲν ἐρώμενον ἠγορακέναι ταλάντου, πολλοὺς δὲ ταρίχου Ποντικοῦ κεράμιον τριακοσίων δραχμῶν.
31.25.5aἐφʼ οἷς καὶ Μάρκος ἀγανακτῶν εἶπέ ποτε πρὸς τὸν δῆμον ὅτι μάλιστʼ ἂν κατίδοιεν τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον προκοπὴν τῆς πολιτείας ἐκ τούτων, ὅταν πωλούμενοι πλεῖον εὑρίσκωσιν οἱ μὲν εὐπρεπεῖς παῖδες τῶν ἀγρῶν, τὰ δὲ κεράμια τοῦ ταρίχου τῶν ζευγηλατῶν.
31.25.6συνέβη δὲ τὴν παροῦσαν αἵρεσιν οἷον ἐκλάμψαι κατὰ τοὺς νῦν λεγομένους καιροὺς πρῶτον μὲν διὰ τὸ καταλυθείσης τῆς ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλείας δοκεῖν ἀδήριτον αὐτοῖς ὑπάρχειν τὴν περὶ τῶν ὅλων ἐξουσίαν,
31.25.7ἔπειτα διὰ τὸ πολλὴν ἐπίφασιν γενέσθαι τῆς εὐδαιμονίας περί τε τοὺς κατʼ ἰδίαν βίους καὶ περὶ τὰ κοινά, τῶν ἐκ Μακεδονίας μετακομισθέντων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην χορηγίων.
31.25.8πλὴν ὅ γε Σκιπίων ὁρμήσας ἐπὶ τὴν ἐναντίαν ἀγωγὴν τοῦ βίου καὶ πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις ἀντιταξάμενος καὶ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ὁμολογούμενον καὶ σύμφωνον ἑαυτὸν κατασκευάσας κατὰ τὸν βίον ἐν ἴσως πέντε τοῖς πρώτοις ἔτεσι πάνδημον ἐποιήσατο τὴν ἐπʼ εὐταξίᾳ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ δόξαν.
31.25.9μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα κατὰ τὸ συνεχὲς ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τὸ περὶ τὰ χρήματα μεγαλοψυχίᾳ καὶ καθαρότητι διενεγκεῖν τῶν ἄλλων.
31.25.10πρὸς δὲ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος καλὴν μὲν ὑποδοχὴν εἶχε τὴν μετὰ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν πατρὸς συμβίωσιν, καλὰς δʼ ἐκ φύσεως ὁρμὰς αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τὸ δέον· πολλὰ δʼ αὐτῷ καὶ ταὐτόματον συνήργησε πρὸς τὴν ἐπιβολὴν ταύτην.
31.26.1πρώτη μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον ἡ τοῦ κατὰ θέσιν πατρὸς μήτηρ, ἥτις ἦν ἀδελφὴ μὲν τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Λευκίου, γυνὴ δὲ τοῦ κατὰ θέσιν πάππου Σκιπίωνος τοῦ μεγάλου προσαγορευθέντος.
31.26.2ταύτης ἀπολιπούσης οὐσίαν μεγάλην κληρονόμος ὢν πρῶτον ἐν τούτοις ἔμελλε πεῖραν δώσειν τῆς ἑαυτοῦ προαιρέσεως.
31.26.3συνέβαινε δὲ τὴν Αἰμιλίαν, τοῦτο γὰρ ἦν ὄνομα τῇ προειρημένῃ γυναικί, μεγαλομερῆ τὴν περίστασιν ἔχειν ἐν ταῖς γυναικείαις ἐξόδοις, ἅτε συνηκμακυῖαν τῷ βίῳ καὶ τῇ τύχῃ τῇ Σκιπίωνος·
31.26.4χωρὶς γὰρ τοῦ περὶ τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ἀπήνην κόσμου καὶ τὰ κανᾶ καὶ τὰ ποτήρια καὶ τἄλλα τὰ πρὸς τὴν θυσίαν, ποτὲ μὲν ἀργυρᾶ, ποτὲ δὲ χρυσᾶ, πάντα συνεξηκολούθει κατὰ τὰς ἐπιφανεῖς ἐξόδους αὐτῇ,
31.26.5τό τε τῶν παιδισκῶν καὶ τὸ τῶν οἰκετῶν τῶν παρεπομένων πλῆθος ἀκόλουθον ἦν τούτοις.
31.26.6ταύτην δὴ τὴν περικοπὴν ἅπασαν εὐθέως μετὰ τὸν τῆς Αἰμιλίας τάφον ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί, ᾗ συνέβαινε κεχωρίσθαι μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ Λευκίου πρότερον ἤδη χρόνοις πολλοῖς, τὴν δὲ τοῦ βίου χορηγίαν ἐλλιπεστέραν ἔχειν τῆς κατὰ τὴν εὐγένειαν φαντασίας.
31.26.7διὸ τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ἀνακεχωρηκυίας αὐτῆς ἐκ τῶν ἐπισήμων ἐξόδων, τότε κατὰ τύχην οὔσης ἐπιφανοῦς καὶ πανδήμου θυσίας, ἐκπορευομένης αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ τῆς Αἰμιλίας περικοπῇ καὶ χορηγίᾳ, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ τῶν ὀρεοκόμων καὶ τοῦ ζεύγους καὶ τῆς ἀπήνης τῆς αὐτῆς ὑπαρχούσης,
31.26.8συνέβη τὰς γυναῖκας θεωμένας τὸ γεγονὸς ἐκπλήττεσθαι τὴν τοῦ Σκιπίωνος χρηστότητα καὶ μεγαλοψυχίαν καὶ πάσας προτεινούσας τὰς χεῖρας εὔχεσθαι τῷ προειρημένῳ πολλὰ κἀγαθά.
31.26.9τοῦτο δὲ πανταχῇ μὲν ἂν εἰκότως φαίνοιτο καλόν, ἐν δὲ Ῥώμῃ καὶ θαυμαστόν· ἁπλῶς γὰρ οὐδεὶς οὐδενὶ δίδωσι τῶν ἰδίων ὑπαρχόντων ἑκὼν οὐδέν.
31.26.10πρώτη μὲν οὖν αὕτη καταρχὴ τῆς ἐπὶ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ φήμης αὐτῷ συνεκύρησε καὶ μεγάλην ἐποίησε προκοπήν, ἅτε τοῦ τῶν γυναικῶν γένους καὶ λάλου καὶ κατακοροῦς ὄντος, ἐφʼ ὅ,τι ἂν ὁρμήσῃ.
31.27.1μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα ταῖς Σκιπίωνος μὲν τοῦ μεγάλου θυγατράσιν, ἀδελφαῖς δὲ τοῦ κατὰ θέσιν πατρός, λαβόντος, αὐτὸν ἔδει τὴν ἡμίσειαν ἀποδοῦναι τῆς φερνῆς.
31.27.2ὁ γὰρ πατὴρ συνέθετο μὲν ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν θυγατέρων πεντήκοντα τάλαντα δώσειν,
31.27.3τούτων δὲ τὸ μὲν ἥμισυ παραχρῆμα τοῖς ἀνδράσιν ἔδωκεν ἡ μήτηρ, τὸ δʼ ἥμισυ κατέλειπεν ἀποθνήσκουσα προσοφειλόμενον,
31.27.4ὅθεν ἔδει τὸν Σκιπίωνα διαλύειν τοῦτο τὸ χρέος ταῖς τοῦ πατρὸς ἀδελφαῖς.
31.27.5κατὰ δὲ τοὺς Ῥωμαίων νόμους δέον ἐν τρισὶν ἔτεσιν ἀποδοῦναι τὰ προσοφειλόμενα χρήματα τῆς φερνῆς ταῖς γυναιξί, προδοθέντων πρώτων τῶν ἐπίπλων εἰς δέκα μῆνας κατὰ τὸ παρʼ ἐκείνοις ἔθος,
31.27.6εὐθέως ὁ Σκιπίων συνέταξε τῷ τραπεζίτῃ τῶν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ταλάντων ἑκατέρᾳ ποιήσασθαι τὴν ἀνταπόδοσιν ἐν τοῖς δέκα μησί.
31.27.7τοῦ δὲ Τεβερίου καὶ τοῦ Νασικᾶ Σκιπίωνος, οὗτοι γὰρ ἦσαν ἄνδρες τῶν προειρημένων γυναικῶν, ἅμα τῷ διελθεῖν τοὺς δέκα μῆνας προσπορευομένων πρὸς τὸν τραπεζίτην καὶ πυνθανομένων, εἴ τι συνετέτακτο Σκιπίων αὐτῷ περὶ τῶν χρημάτων, κἀκείνου κελεύοντος αὐτοὺς κομίζεσθαι καὶ ποιοῦντος τὴν διαγραφὴν ἑκατέρῳ τῶν εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ταλάντων, ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν·
31.27.8δεῖν γὰρ αὑτοὺς οὐ πᾶν κατὰ τὸ παρόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ τρίτον μέρος κομίζεσθαι κατὰ τοὺς νόμους.
31.27.9τοῦ δὲ φάσκοντος οὕτως αὐτῷ συντεταχέναι τὸν Σκιπίωνα, διαπιστήσαντες προῆγον ἐπὶ τὸν νεανίσκον, διειληφότες ἐκεῖνον ἀγνοεῖν. καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔπασχον οὐκ ἀλόγως·
31.27.10οὐ γὰρ οἷον πεντήκοντα τάλαντα δοίη τις ἂν ἐν Ῥώμῃ πρὸ τριῶν ἐτῶν, ἀλλʼ οὐδὲ τάλαντον ἓν πρὸ τῆς τεταγμένης ἡμέρας·
31.27.11τοιαύτη τίς ἐστι καὶ τηλικαύτη παρὰ πάντας ἅμα μὲν ἀκρίβεια. περὶ τὸ διάφορον, ἅμα δὲ λυσιτέλεια περὶ τὸν χρόνον.
31.27.12οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ προσπορευθέντων αὐτῶν καὶ πυνθανομένων πῶς τῷ τραπεζίτῃ συντέταχε, τοῦ δʼ εἰπόντος ἀποδοῦναι πᾶν τὸ χρῆμα ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς, ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφασαν, ἅμα τὸ κηδεμονικὸν ἐμφανίζοντες·
31.27.13ἐξεῖναι γὰρ αὐτὸν κατὰ τοὺς νόμους χρῆσθαι τοῖς διαφόροις ἱκανὸν ἔτι χρόνον.
31.27.14ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων ἔφησεν ἀγνοεῖν τούτων οὐδέν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς μὲν τοὺς ἀλλοτρίους τὴν ἐκ τῶν νόμων ἀκρίβειαν τηρεῖν, τοῖς δὲ συγγενέσι καὶ φίλοις ἁπλῶς χρῆσθαι καὶ γενναίως κατὰ δύναμιν.
31.27.15διὸ παραλαμβάνειν αὐτοὺς ἐκέλευε πᾶν τὸ χρῆμα παρὰ τοῦ τραπεζίτου.
31.27.16οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον ταῦτʼ ἀκούσαντες ἐπανῆγον σιωπῶντες, καταπεπληγμένοι μὲν τὴν τοῦ Σκιπίωνος μεγαλοψυχίαν, κατεγνωκότες δὲ τῆς αὑτῶν μικρολογίας, καίπερ ὄντες οὐδενὸς δεύτεροι Ῥωμαίων.
31.28.1μετὰ δʼ ἔτη δύο μεταλλάξαντος τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Λευκίου καὶ καταλιπόντος κληρονόμους τῆς οὐσίας αὐτόν τε καὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν Φάβιον, καλόν τι καὶ μνήμης ἄξιον ἐποίησεν.
31.28.2ὁ γὰρ Λεύκιος ὑπάρχων ἄτεκνος διὰ τὸ τοὺς μὲν εἰς ἑτέρας οἰκίας ἐκδεδόσθαι, τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους υἱούς, οὓς ἔτρεφε διαδόχους [καὶ] τοῦ γένους, πάντας μετηλλαχέναι, τούτοις ἀπέλιπε τὴν οὐσίαν.
31.28.3ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων θεωρῶν αὑτοῦ τὸν ἀδελφὸν καταδεέστερον ὄντα τοῖς ὑπάρχουσιν ἐξεχώρησε πάντων τῶν ὑπαρχόντων, οὔσης τῆς ὅλης τιμήσεως ὑπὲρ ἑξήκοντα τάλαντα, διὰ τὸ μέλλειν οὕτως ἴσον ὑπάρχειν αὐτῷ κατὰ τὴν οὐσίαν τὸν Φάβιον.
31.28.4γενομένου δὲ τούτου περιβοήτου, προσέθηκεν ἕτερον τούτῳ δεῖγμα τῆς αὑτοῦ προαιρέσεως ἐμφανέστερον·
Book 32, Part 7
32.21When he and his mother had thus got all the money they could out of these persons, they none the less caused all the proscribed to be impeached before the people; and the majority in Phoenice, partly from fear and partly induced by the baits held out by Charops and his friends, condemned all thus impeached, for being ill-disposed to Rome, to death instead of banishment. These men, however, fled while Charops visited Rome, whither he went with money, and accompanied by Myrton and Nicanor, wishing to get a seal of approval put to his wickedness by means of the Senate. On that occasion a very honourable proof was given of Roman principles; and a spectacle was displayed exceedingly gratifying to the Greeks residing in Rome, especially the detenus. Marcus Aemilius Lepidus, who was Pontifex Maximus and Princeps Senatus, and Lucius Aemilius, the conqueror of Perseus, a man of the highest credit and influence, learning what had been done by Charops in Epirus, refused to admit him into their houses. This becoming much talked about, the foreign residents in Rome were exceedingly rejoiced, and observed with pleasure that the Romans discountenanced evil. And on Charops being afterwards admitted to the Senate-house, the Senate refused to consent to his demands, but answered that They would give instructions to commissioners to examine into what had taken place. But when Charops returned home he entirely suppressed this reply; and having written one to suit his own ideas, gave out that the Romans approved of what had been done by him. . . .
32.22King Eumenes was entirely broken in bodily strength, but still maintained his brilliancy of mind. He was a man who in most things was the equal of any king of his time; and in those which were the most important and honourable, was greater and more illustrious than them all. First, he succeeded his father in a kingdom reduced to a very few insignificant cities; and he raised it to the level of the largest dynasties of his day. And it was not chance which contributed to this, or a mere sudden catastrophe, it was his own acuteness, indefatigable industry, and personal labour. Again, he was exceedingly ambitious of establishing a good reputation, and showed it by doing good services to a very large number of cities, and enriching privately a great many men. And in the third place, he had three brothers grown up and active, and he kept all four of them loyal to himself, and acting as guards of his person and preservers of the kingdom: and that is a thing of which there are very rare instances in history. . . .
32.22On succeeding his brother Eumenes on the throne, Attalus at once gave a specimen of his principles and activity by restoring Ariarathes to his kingdom. . . .
32.23When the envoys under Fannius returned from Illyria, and reported that, so far from the Dalmatians making any restitution to those who asserted that they were being continually wronged by them, they refused even to listen to the commissioners at all, saying that they had nothing to do with the Romans. Besides, they reported that no lodging or entertainment of any sort had been supplied to them; but that the very horses, which they had procured from another city, the Dalmatians had forcibly taken from them; and would have laid violent hands upon themselves, if they had not yielded to necessity and retired as quietly as they could. The Senate listened attentively to the report; they were exceedingly angry at the disobedience and rudeness of the Dalmatians, but their prevailing feeling was that the present time was a suitable one for declaring war against this people for more reasons than one. For, in the first place, the coasts of Illyria towards Italy had been entirely neglected by them ever since they had expelled Demetrius of Pharos; and, in the next place, they did not wish their own citizens to become enervated by a long-continued peace; for it was now the twelfth year since the war with Perseus and the campaigns in Macedonia. They therefore planned that, by declaring war against the Dalmatians, they would at once renew as it were the warlike spirit and enterprise of their own people, and terrify the Illyrians into obedience to their injunctions. Such were the motives of the Romans for going to war with the Dalmatians. But to the world at large they gave out that they had determined on war owing to the insults offered to their legates. . . .
Book 31, Part 8
31.28.5βουλομένου γὰρ τἀδελφοῦ μονομαχίας ἐπὶ τῷ πατρὶ ποιεῖν, οὐ δυναμένου δὲ δέξασθαι τὴν δαπάνην διὰ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀναλισκομένων χρημάτων, καὶ ταύτης τὴν ἡμίσειαν εἰσήνεγκεν ὁ Σκιπίων ἐκ τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας.
31.28.6ἔστι δʼ οὐκ ἐλάττων ἡ σύμπασα τριάκοντα ταλάντων, ἐάν τις μεγαλομερῶς ποιῇ.
31.28.7φήμης περὶ αὐτοῦ διαδιδομένης, μετήλλαξεν ἡ μήτηρ.
31.28.8ὁ δὲ τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ κομίσασθαί τι ὧν πρότερον ἐδωρήσατο, περὶ ὧν ἀρτίως εἶπον, ὥστε καὶ ταῦτα καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν οὐσίαν τὴν τῆς μητρὸς ἅπασαν ἀπέδωκε ταῖς ἀδελφαῖς, ἧς οὐδὲν αὐταῖς προσῆκε κατὰ τοὺς νόμους.
31.28.9διὸ πάλιν τῶν ἀδελφῶν παραλαβουσῶν τὸν ἐν ταῖς ἐξόδοις κόσμον καὶ τὴν περίστασιν τὴν τῆς Αἰμιλίας, πάλιν ἐκαινοποιήθη τὸ μεγαλόψυχον καὶ φιλοίκειον τῆς τοῦ Σκιπίωνος προαιρέσεως.
31.28.10ταῦτα μὲν οὖν προκατεσκευασμένος ἐκ τῆς πρώτης ἡλικίας Πόπλιος Σκιπίων προῆλθε πρὸς τὸ φιλοδοξεῖν σωφροσύνῃ καὶ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ.
31.28.11εἰς ἣν ἴσως ἑξήκοντα τάλαντα δαπανήσας, τοσαῦτα γὰρ ἦν προειμένος τῶν ἰδίων, ὁμολογουμένην ἔσχε τὴν ἐπὶ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ φήμην, οὐχ οὕτω τῷ πλήθει τῶν χρημάτων τὸ προκείμενον κατεργασάμενος ὡς τῷ καιρῷ τῆς δόσεως καὶ τῷ χειρισμῷ τῆς χάριτος.
31.28.12τὴν δὲ σωφροσύνην περιεποιήσατο δαπανήσας μὲν οὐδέν, πολλῶν δὲ καὶ ποικίλων ἡδονῶν ἀποσχόμενος προσεκέρδανε τὴν σωματικὴν ὑγίειαν καὶ τὴν εὐεξίαν,
31.28.13ἥτις αὐτῷ παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον παρεπομένη πολλὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ καλὰς ἀμοιβὰς ἀπέδωκεν ἀνθʼ ὧν πρότερον ἀπέσχετο τῶν προχείρων ἡδονῶν.
31.29.1λοιποῦ δʼ ὄντος τοῦ κατὰ τὴν ἀνδρείαν μέρους καὶ κυριωτάτου σχεδὸν ἐν πάσῃ μὲν πολιτείᾳ μάλιστα δʼ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, μεγίστην ἔδει καὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ποιήσασθαι.
31.29.2καλὸν μὲν οὖν τι πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ἐπιβολὴν αὐτῷ καὶ διὰ τῆς τύχης ἐγένετο συνέργημα.
31.29.3τῶν γὰρ ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλικῶν μεγίστην ποιουμένων σπουδὴν περὶ τὰς κυνηγεσίας καὶ Μακεδόνων ἀνεικότων τοὺς ἐπιτηδειοτάτους τόπους πρὸς τὴν τῶν θηρίων συναγωγήν,
31.29.4ταῦτα συνέβη τὰ χωρία τετηρῆσθαι μὲν ἐπιμελῶς, καθάπερ καὶ πρότερον, πάντα τὸν τοῦ πολέμου χρόνον, κεκυνηγῆσθαι δὲ μηδέποτε τῶν τεττάρων ἐτῶν διὰ τοὺς περισπασμούς· ᾗ καὶ θηρίων ὑπῆρχε πλήρη παντοδαπῶν.
31.29.5τοῦ δὲ πολέμου λαβόντος κρίσιν, ὁ Λεύκιος καλλίστην ὑπολαμβάνων καὶ τὴν ἄσκησιν καὶ τὴν ψυχαγωγίαν ὑπάρχειν τοῖς νέοις τὴν περὶ τὰ κυνηγέσια, τούς τε κυνηγοὺς συνέστησε τοὺς βασιλικοὺς τῷ Σκιπίωνι καὶ τὴν ἐξουσίαν τὴν περὶ τὰ κυνηγέσια παρέδωκε τούτῳ πᾶσαν·
31.29.6ἧς ἐπιλαβόμενος ὁ προειρημένος καὶ νομίσας οἱονεὶ βασιλεύειν, ἐν τούτῳ κατεγίνετο πάντα τὸν χρόνον, ὅσον ἐπέμεινε τὸ στρατόπεδον μετὰ τὴν μάχην ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ.
31.29.7γενομένης δὲ μεγάλης ἐνθουσιάσεως περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ὡς κατά τε τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀκμαίως ἔχοντος αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ φύσιν οἰκείως διακειμένου, καθάπερ εὐγενοῦς σκύλακος, ἐπίμονον αὐτοῦ συνέβη γενέσθαι τὴν περὶ τὰς κυνηγεσίας ὁρμήν.
31.29.8διὸ καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ προσλαβὼν τὸν τοῦ Πολυβίου πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἐνθουσιασμόν, ἐφʼ ὅσον οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νέων περὶ τὰς κρίσεις καὶ τοὺς χαιρετισμοὺς ἐσπούδαζον, κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ποιούμενοι τὴν διατριβήν, καὶ διὰ τούτων
31.29.8συνιστάνειν ἑαυτοὺς ἐπειρῶντο τοῖς πολλοῖς,
31.29.9ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ὁ Σκιπίων ἐν ταῖς κυνηγεσίαις ἀναστρεφόμενος καὶ λαμπρὸν ἀεί τι ποιῶν καὶ μνήμης ἄξιον καλλίω δόξαν ἐξεφέρετο τῶν ἄλλων.
31.29.10οἷς μὲν γὰρ οὐκ ἦν ἐπαίνου τυχεῖν, εἰ μὴ βλάψαιέν τινα τῶν πολιτῶν· ὁ γὰρ τῶν κρίσεων τρόπος τοῦτʼ ἐπιφέρειν εἴωθεν·
31.29.11ὁ δʼ ἁπλῶς οὐδένα λυπῶν ἐξεφέρετο τὴν ἐπʼ ἀνδρείᾳ δόξαν πάνδημον, ἔργῳ πρὸς λόγον ἁμιλλώμενος.
31.29.12τοιγαροῦν ὀλίγῳ χρόνῳ τοσοῦτον παρέδραμε τοὺς καθʼ αὑτὸν ὅσον οὐδείς πω μνημονεύεται Ῥωμαίων, καίπερ τὴν ἐναντίαν ὁδὸν πορευθεὶς ἐν φιλοδοξίᾳ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασι πρὸς τὰ Ῥωμαίων ἔθη καὶ νόμιμα.
31.30.1ἐγὼ δὲ πλείω πεποίημαι λόγον ὑπὲρ τῆς Σκιπίωνος αἱρέσεως ἐκ τῆς πρώτης ἡλικίας, ἡδεῖαν μὲν ὑπολαμβάνων εἶναι τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις, ὠφέλιμον δὲ τοῖς νέοις τὴν τοιαύτην ἱστορίαν,
31.30.2μάλιστα δὲ βουλόμενος πίστιν παρασκευάζειν τοῖς λέγεσθαι μέλλουσιν ἐν ταῖς ἑξῆς βύβλοις περὶ αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸ μήτε διαπορεῖν τοὺς ἀκούοντας διὰ τὸ παράδοξά τινα φανήσεσθαι τῶν συμβαινόντων μετὰ ταῦτα περὶ αὐτόν,
31.30.3μήτʼ ἀφαιρουμένους τἀνδρὸς τὰ κατὰ λόγον γεγονότα κατορθώματα τῇ τύχῃ προσάπτειν, ἀγνοοῦντας τὰς αἰτίας, ἐξ ὧν ἕκαστα συνέβη γενέσθαι, πλὴν τελέως ὀλίγων, ἃ δεῖ μόνα προσάπτειν τῇ τύχῃ καὶ ταὐτομάτῳ.
31.30.4ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἡμεῖς διεληλυθότες κατὰ τὴν παρέκβασιν αὖθις ἐπάνιμεν ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκτροπὴν τῆς ὑποκειμένης διηγήσεως.
31.31.1ὅτι Ῥόδιοι τἄλλα σῴζοντες τὴν τοῦ πολιτεύματος προστασίαν βραχὺ παρώλισθον ἐν τούτοις τοῖς καιροῖς, ὡς ἐμὴ δόξα· ἐπεδέξαντο γὰρ σίτου μυριάδας ὀκτὼ καὶ εἴκοσι παρʼ Εὐμένους χάριν τοῦ τὸ λογευθὲν ἐκ τούτων δανείζεσθαι, τὸν δὲ τόκον εἰς τοὺς μισθοὺς ὑπάρχειν τοῖς παιδευταῖς καὶ διδασκάλοις τῶν υἱῶν.
31.31.2τοῦτο δέ, στενοχωρίας μὲν ὑπαρχούσης καθάπαξ ἐπὶ τῶν κατʼ ἰδίαν βίων, ἴσως ἂν ἐπιδέξαιτό τις παρὰ τῶν φίλων ἕνεκα τοῦ μὴ περιιδεῖν ἀπαίδευτα γενόμενα τὰ τέκνα διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν· εὐκαιρῶν δὲ τῷ βίῳ πᾶν ἄν τις ὑπομείναι μᾶλλον ἢ τὸν διδόμενον τοῖς διδασκάλοις μισθὸν ἐρανίζεσθαι παρὰ τῶν φίλων·
31.31.3ὅσῳ δὲ μεῖζον δεῖ πολιτείαν ἰδιώτου φρονεῖν, τοσῷδε καὶ τὸ πρέπον ἐπὶ τῶν πολιτικῶν μᾶλλον ἢ τῶν ἰδίων τηρητέον, Ῥοδίοις δὲ καὶ τελέως διά τε τὴν εὐκαιρίαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς καὶ τὴν ἐπίφασιν τῆς σεμνότητος.
31.32.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Προυσίας μὲν ἐξέπεμψεν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πρεσβευτὰς μετὰ Γαλατῶν τοὺς κατηγορήσοντας Εὐμένους,
31.32.2οὗτος δὲ πάλιν τὸν ἀδελφὸν Ἄτταλον ἐξαπέστειλεν ἀπολογησόμενον πρὸς τὰς διαβολάς.
31.32.3Ἀριαράθης δὲ τῇ τε Ῥώμῃ στέφανον ἀπὸ χρυσῶν μυρίων ἔπεμψε καὶ πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς διασαφήσοντας τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν πρὸς τὸν Τεβέριον ἀπάντησιν αὐτοῦ καὶ καθόλου παρακαλέσοντας διασαφεῖν ὑπὲρ ὧν ἂν δέωνται, διότι πᾶν ποιήσειν ἕτοιμός ἐστι Ῥωμαίοις τὸ παραγγελλόμενον. —
31.33.1ὅτι τοῦ Μηνοχάρους παραγενηθέντος εἰς τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν πρὸς Δημήτριον καὶ διασαφήσαντος τῷ βασιλεῖ τὴν γεγενημένην ἔντευξιν αὐτῷ πρὸς τοὺς περὶ Τεβέριον ἐν τῇ Καππαδοκίᾳ,
31.33.2νομίσας ὁ βασιλεὺς ἀναγκαιότατον εἶναι τῶν παρόντων τὸ τοὺς προειρημένους ἄνδρας ἐξομιλῆσαι καθʼ ὅσον οἷός τʼ ἦν,
31.33.3πάντα τἄλλα πάρεργα ποιησάμενος διεπέμπετο πρὸς τούτους, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον εἰς Παμφυλίαν, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν εἰς Ῥόδον, πάντα ποιήσειν Ῥωμαίοις ἀναδεχόμενος, ἕως ἐξειργάσατο βασιλεὺς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν προσαγορευθῆναι.
31.33.4καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὁ Τεβέριος εὔνους αὐτῷ διαφερόντως· διὸ καὶ μεγάλα συνεβάλετο πρὸς τὸ καθικέσθαι καὶ κτήσασθαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτόν.
31.33.5ὁ δὲ Δημήτριος τυχὼν τῆς προειρημένης ἀφορμῆς εὐθέως εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἔπεμπε πρεσβευτὰς στέφανόν τε κομίζοντας καὶ τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ Γναΐου γεγονότα καὶ σὺν τούτοις τὸν κριτικὸν Ἰσοκράτην.
Book 32, Part 8
32.24King Ariarathes arrived in Rome in the course of the summer. And when Sextus Julius Caesar and his colleague had entered on their consulship, the king visited them privately, presenting in his personal appearance a striking picture of the dangers with which he was surrounded.
32.24Ambassadors also arrived from Demetrius, headed by Miltiades, prepared to act in two capacities—to defend the conduct of Demetrius in regard to Ariarathes, and to accuse that king with the utmost bitterness. Orophernes also had sent Timotheus and Diogenes to represent him, conveying a crown for Rome, and charged to renew the friendship and alliance of Cappadocia with the Romans; but, above all, to confront Ariarathes, and both to answer his accusations and bring their own against him. In these private interviews Diogenes and Miltiades and their colleagues made a better show, because they were many to one in the controversy; besides their personal appearance was better than that of Ariarathes, for they were at present on the winning side and he had failed. They had also the advantage of him, in making their statement of the case, that they were entirely unscrupulous, and cared nothing whatever about the truth of their words; and what they said could not be confuted, because there was no one to take the other side. So their lying statements easily prevailed, and they thought everything was going as they wished. . . .
32.25After reigning for a short time in Cappadocia in utter contempt of the customs of his country, Orophernes introduced the organised debaucheries of Ionia. . . .
32.25It has happened to not a few, from the desire for increasing their wealth, to lose their life along with their money. It was from being captivated by such passions that Orophernes, king of Cappadocia, perished and was expelled from his kingdom. But having briefly narrated the restoration of this king (Ariarathes), I will now bring back my narrative to its regular course; for at present I have, to the exclusion of Greek affairs, selected from those of Asia the events connected with Cappadocia out of their proper order, because it was impossible to separate the voyage of Ariarathes from Italy from his restoration to his kingdom. I will therefore now go back to the history of Greece during this period, in which a peculiar and extraordinary affair took place in regard to the city of Oropus, of which I will give the whole story from beginning to end, going both backward and forward in point of time, that I may not render the history of an episode which was made up of separate events, and was not on the whole important, still more insignificant and indistinct by relating it under different years. For when an event as a whole does not appear to readers to be worth attention, I cannot certainly expect a student to follow its details scattered at intervals through my history. . . .
Book 32, Part 1
32.1.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἧκον παρʼ Ἀριαράθου πρέσβεις στέφανόν τε κομίζοντες ἀπὸ μυρίων χρυσῶν καὶ διασαφοῦντες τὴν τοῦ βασιλέως προαίρεσιν, ἣν ἔχει πρὸς τὰ Ῥωμαίων πράγματα,
32.1.2καὶ τούτων μάρτυρας ἐπήγοντο τοὺς περὶ τὸν Τεβέριον.
32.1.3ὧν ἀνθομολογησαμένων ἡ σύγκλητος τόν τε στέφανον ἀπεδέξατο μετὰ μεγάλης χάριτος καὶ τὰ μέγιστα τῶν παρʼ αὐτῇ νομιζομένων δώρων ἀνταπέστειλε, τόν τε σκίπωνα καὶ τὸν ἐλεφάντινον δίφρον.
32.1.4τούτους μὲν οὖν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔτι πρὸ τοῦ χειμῶνος ἀπέλυσεν ἡ σύγκλητος.
32.1.5μετὰ δὲ τούτους Ἀττάλου παραγενηθέντος, ἤδη τῶν ὑπάτων τὰς ἀρχὰς εἰληφότων, καὶ τῶν Γαλατῶν αὐτοῦ κατηγορησάντων, οὓς ἀπεστάλκει Προυσίας,
32.1.6καὶ πλειόνων ἑτέρων ἀπὸ τῆς Ἀσίας, διακούσασα πάντων ἡ σύγκλητος οὐ μόνον ἀπέλυσε τῶν διαβολῶν τὸν Ἄτταλον, ἀλλὰ καὶ προσαυξήσασα τοῖς φιλανθρώποις ἐξαπέστειλε·
32.1.7καθʼ ὅσον γὰρ ἀπηλλοτρίωτο τοῦ βασιλέως καὶ διεφέρετο πρὸς τὸν Εὐμένη, κατὰ τοσοῦτον ἐφιλοποιεῖτο καὶ συνηῦξε τὸν Ἄτταλον. —
32.2.1ὅτι ἧκον καὶ παρὰ τοῦ Δημητρίου τοῦ βασιλέως πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Μηνοχάρην, στέφανον ἀπὸ μυρίων χρυσῶν τῇ Ῥώμῃ κομίζοντες, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τὸν προσενέγκαντα τῷ Γναΐῳ τὰς χεῖρας ἄγοντες.
32.2.2ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος ἐπὶ πολὺν μὲν χρόνον διηπόρησε περὶ τούτων πῶς δεῖ χρήσασθαι τοῖς πράγμασιν,
32.2.3ὅμως δὲ προσεδέξατο καὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς καὶ τὸν στέφανον· τούς γε μὴν ἀγομένους ἀνθρώπους οὐ προσεδέξατο.
32.2.4καίτοι γε Δημήτριος οὐ μόνον τὸν Λεπτίνην ἀπέστειλε τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ Γναΐου γενόμενον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Ἰσοκράτην.
32.2.5οὗτος δʼ ἦν μὲν γραμματικὸς τῶν τὰς ἀκροάσεις ποιουμένων, φύσει δʼ ὢν λάλος καὶ πέρπερος καὶ κατακορὴς προσέκοπτε μὲν καὶ τοῖς Ἕλλησιν, ἅτε καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀλκαῖον ἐν ταῖς Συγκρίσεσιν ἐπιδεξίως σκωπτόντων αὐτὸν καὶ διαχλευαζόντων,
32.2.6παραγενόμενος δʼ εἰς τὴν Συρίαν καὶ καταφρονήσας τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐκ ἠρκεῖτο περὶ τῶν ἰδίων ἐπιτηδευμάτων ποιούμενος τοὺς λόγους,
32.2.7ἀλλὰ καὶ πραγματικὰς ἀποφάσεις ἐξέβαλε, φάσκων δίκαια πεπονθέναι τὸν Γνάιον, δεῖν δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους πρεσβευτὰς ἀπολωλέναι πρὸς τὸ μηδὲ τὸν ἀγγελοῦντα καταλειφθῆναι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τὸ γεγονός, ἵνα παύσωνται τῶν ὑπερηφάνων ἐπιταγμάτων καὶ τῆς ἀνέδην ἐξουσίας.
32.2.8τοιαῦτα μὲν οὖν ῥιψολογῶν ἐνέπεσεν εἰς τὴν προειρημένην ἀτυχίαν.
Book 32, Part 9
32.25For the most part when things go well men generally get on together; but in times of failure, in their annoyance at events, they become sore and irritable with their friends. And this is what happened to Orophernes, when his affairs began to take a wrong turn in his relations with Theotimus,—both indulging in mutual recriminations. . . .
32.26Ambassadors having arrived from Epirus about this time, sent both from those who were in actual possession of Phoenice and from those who had been banished from it; and both parties having made their statement in presence of each other, the Senate answered that they would give instructions on this point to the commissioners that were about to be sent into Illyria with Gaius Marcius the Consul. . . .
32.27After defeating Attalus, and advancing to Pergamum, Prusias prepared a magnificent sacrifice and brought it to the sacred enclosure of Asclepius, and after offering the victims, and having obtained favourable omens, went back into his camp for that day; but on the next he directed his forces against the Nicephorium, and destroyed all the temples and sacred enclosures, and plundered all the statues of men and the marble images of the gods. Finally he carried off the statue of Asclepius also, an admirably executed work of Phyromachus, and transferred it to his own country,—the very image before which the day before he had poured libations and offered sacrifice; desiring, it would seem, that the god might in every way be propitious and favourable to him. I have spoken of such proceedings before, when discoursing on Philip, as sheer insanity. For at one time to offer sacrifice, and endeavour to propitiate heaven by their means, worshipping and uttering the most earnest prayers before holy tables and altars, as Prusias was wont to do, with bendings of the knee and effeminate prostrations, and at the same time to violate these sacred objects and to flout heaven by their destruction,—can we ascribe such conduct to anything but a mind disordered and a spirit lost to sober reason? I am sure this was the case with Prusias: for he led his army off to Elaea, without having performed a single act of manly courage in the course of his attempts on Pergamum, and after treating everything human and divine with petty and effeminate spite. He attempted to take Elaea, and made some assaults upon it; but being unable to effect anything, owing to Sosander, the king’s foster-brother, having thrown himself into the town with an army and repelling his assaults, he marched off towards Thyateira. In the course of his march, he plundered the temple of Artemis in the Holy village; and the sacred enclosure of Apollo Cynneius at Temnus likewise he not only plundered but destroyed by fire. After these achievements he returned home, having waged war against the gods as well as against men. But Prusias’s infantry also suffered severely from famine and dysentery on their return march, so that the wrath of heaven appears to have quickly visited him for these crimes. . . .
32.28After his defeat by Prusias Attalus appointed his brother Athenaeus to accompany Publius Lentulus to Rome to inform the Senate of what had happened. At Rome they had not paid much attention when a previous messenger named Andronicus had come from Attalus, with news of the original invasion; because they suspected that Attalus wished to attack Prusias himself, and was therefore getting up a case against him beforehand, and trying to prejudice him in their eyes by these accusations; and when Nicomedes and some ambassadors from Prusias, headed by Antiphilus, arrived and protested that there was not a word of truth in the statement, the Senate was still more incredulous of what had been said about Prusias. But when after a time the real truth was made known, the Senate still felt uncertain, and sent Lucius Apuleius and Gaius Petronius to investigate what was the state of the case in regard to these two kings.
Book 32, Part 2
32.3.1ἐγένετο δέ τι περὶ τοὺς προειρημένους ἄξιον μνήμης.
32.3.2ὁ μὲν γὰρ Λεπτίνης μετὰ τὸ προσενεγκεῖν Γναΐῳ τὰς χεῖρας εὐθέως ἐν τῇ Λαοδικείᾳ περιῄει φανερῶς, φάσκων δίκαια πεποιηκέναι καὶ μετὰ τῆς τῶν θεῶν γνώμης ταῦτα πεπραχέναι.
32.3.3τοῦ δὲ Δημητρίου παραλαβόντος τὰ πράγματα, προσεπορεύετο τῷ βασιλεῖ, παρακαλῶν αὐτὸν μὴ δεδιέναι διὰ τὸν Γναΐου φόνον μηδὲ βουλεύεσθαι μηδὲν δυσχερὲς κατὰ τῶν Λαοδικέων·
32.3.4αὐτὸς γὰρ εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην πορεύσεσθαι καὶ διδάξειν τὴν σύγκλητον ὅτι μετὰ τῆς τῶν θεῶν γνώμης ταῦτα πεποίηκεν.
32.3.5καὶ πέρας διὰ τὴν ἑτοιμότητα καὶ προθυμίαν οὗτος μὲν ἄνευ δεσμῶν ἤχθη καὶ φυλακῆς,
32.3.6ὁ δʼ Ἰσοκράτης ἐμπεσὼν εἰς τὴν αἰτίαν ὁλοσχερῶς παρεξέστη τῇ διανοίᾳ. τοῦ κλοιοῦ δʼ αὐτῷ περὶ τὸν τράχηλον περιτεθέντος καὶ τῆς ἁλύσεως, σπανίως μὲν καὶ τὴν τροφὴν προσίετο, τῆς δὲ τοῦ σώματος θεραπείας εἰς τέλος ἀπέστη.
32.3.7διὸ καὶ παρεγένετʼ εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην θέαμα θαυμάσιον, εἰς ὃν ἀποβλέψας ἄν τις ὁμολογήσειεν διότι καὶ κατὰ σῶμα καὶ κατὰ ψυχὴν οὐδέν ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου φοβερώτερον, ὅταν ἅπαξ ἀποθηριωθῇ.
32.3.8ἥ τε γὰρ ὄψις ἐκτόπως ἦν αὐτοῦ φοβερὰ καὶ θηριώδης, ὡς ἂν πλεῖον ἐνιαυτοῦ μὴ τὸν ῥύπον, μὴ τοὺς ὄνυχας, μὴ τὰς τρίχας ἀφῃρημένου,
32.3.9τά τε κατὰ τὴν διάνοιαν ἐκ τῆς τῶν ὀμμάτων ἐμφάσεως καὶ κινήσεως τοιαύτην ἐποιεῖτο τὴν φαντασίαν ὥστε τὸν θεασάμενον πρὸς πᾶν ζῷον ἑτοιμότερον ἂν προσελθεῖν ἢ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον.
32.3.10ὁ δὲ Λεπτίνης μένων ἐπὶ τῆς ἐξ ἀρχῆς προαιρέσεως εἴς τε τὴν σύγκλητον ἕτοιμος ἦν εἰσπορεύεσθαι πρός τε τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας ἁπλῶς ἀνθωμολογεῖτο περὶ τῆς πράξεως, καὶ προσδιωρίζετο μηδὲν αὑτῷ δυσχερὲς ἀπαντήσειν ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων. καὶ τέλος εὐστόχησε τῆς ἐλπίδος·
32.3.11ἡ γὰρ σύγκλητος, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ὑπολαβοῦσα διότι δόξει τοῖς πολλοῖς ἔχειν τοῦ φόνου δίκην, ἐὰν τοὺς αἰτίους παραλαβοῦσα τιμωρήσηται, τούτους μὲν οὐ προσεδέξατο μικροῦ δεῖν, ἐτήρει δὲ τὴν αἰτίαν ἀκέραιον,
32.3.12ὥστʼ ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν, ὅτε βουληθείη, χρήσασθαι τοῖς ἐγκλήμασι.
32.3.13διὸ καὶ τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἔδωκε τοιαύτην τῷ Δημητρίῳ, διότι τεύξεται τῶν φιλανθρώπων, ἐὰν τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιῇ τῇ συγκλήτῳ κατὰ τὴν τῆς ἀρχῆς ἐξουσίαν. —
32.3.14ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ Ξένωνα καὶ Τηλεκλῆν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατῃτιαμένων, καὶ μάλιστα τοῦ Πολυβίου καὶ τοῦ Στρατίου χάριν·
32.3.15τοὺς μὲν γὰρ λοιποὺς σχεδὸν ἅπαντας ὁ χρόνος ἤδη καταναλώκει, τούς γε δὴ καὶ μνήμης ἀξίους.
Book 33, Part 1
33.1BEFORE spring this year the Senate, after hearing the report of Publius Lentulus and his colleagues, who had just reached Rome from Asia, in the business of king Prusias, called in Athenaeus also, brother of king Attalus. The matter, however, did not need many words: the Senate promptly appointed Gaius Claudius Cento, Lucius Hortensius, and Gaius Arunculeius, to accompany Athenaeus home, with instructions to prevent Prusias from waging war against Attalus.
33.1Also Xeno of Aegium and Telecles of Tegea arrived as ambassadors from the Achaeans in behalf of the Achaean detenus. After the delivery of their speech, on the question being put to the vote, the Senators only refused the release of the accused persons by a very narrow majority. The man who really prevented the release from being carried was Aulus Postumius, who was praetor, and as such presided in the Senate on that occasion. Three alternatives were proposed—one for an absolute release, another for an absolute refusal, and a third for a postponement of the release for the present. The largest numbers were for the first of these three; but Postumius left out the third, and put the two first to the vote together, release or no release; the result was that those who were originally for the postponement transferred their votes to the party that were against the release, and thus gave a majority against release. . . .
33.3When the ambassadors returned to Achaia with the news that the restoration of all the detenus had been only lost in the Senate by a narrow majority, the people becoming hopeful and elated sent Telecles of Megalopolis and Anaxidamus on a fresh mission at once. That was the state of things in the Peloponnese. . . .
Book 32, Part 3
32.3.16παρῆσαν δʼ οἱ πρέσβεις ἐντολὰς ἔχοντες ἁπλῶς ἀξιωματικὰς χάριν τοῦ πρὸς μηδὲν ἀντιφιλονικεῖν τῇ συγκλήτῳ.
32.3.17εἰσπορευθέντων δὲ καὶ ποιησαμένων τοὺς ἁρμόζοντας λόγους, οὐδʼ ὣς οὐδὲν ἠνύσθη, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον ἔδοξε τῇ συγκλήτῳ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων.
32.4.1ὅτι Λυκίσκου τοῦ Αἰτωλοῦ ταρα
32.4.1χώδους ὄντος καὶ θορυβώδους, ἀναιρεθέντος δὲ τούτου, τὸ ἑξῆς οἱ Αἰτωλοὶ ὡμοφρόνησαν καὶ ὡμονόησαν ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου παραχωρήσαντος·
32.4.2τηλικαύτη τίς ἐστιν, ὡς ἔοικε, δύναμις ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων φύσεσιν, ὥστε μὴ μόνον στρατόπεδα καὶ πόλεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς ἐθνικὰς συστάσεις καὶ τὰς ὁλοσχερεῖς διαφορὰς τῆς οἰκουμένης διʼ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἀρετὴν καὶ κακίαν ποτὲ μὲν τῶν μεγίστων κακῶν, ποτὲ δὲ τῶν μεγίστων ἀγαθῶν πεῖραν λαμβάνειν. —
32.4.3ὅτι Λυκίσκος κάκιστος ὢν καλῶς κατέστρεψε τὸν βίον, ὥστε τοὺς πλείστους εἰκότως ὀνειδίζειν τῇ τύχῃ διότι τὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀνδρῶν ἆθλον τὴν εὐθανασίαν τοῖς χειρίστοις ἐνίοτε περιτίθησιν. —
32.5.1ὅτι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Αἰτωλίαν καλῶς διετέθη, κατεσβεσμένης ἐν αὐτοῖς τῆς ἐμφυλίου στάσεως μετὰ τὸν Λυκίσκου θάνατον,
32.5.2καὶ Μνασίππου τοῦ Κορωναίου μεταλλάξαντος τὸν βίον βελτίων ἦν ἡ διάθεσις κατὰ τὴν Βοιωτίαν, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν Ἀκαρνανίαν Χρέμα γεγονότος ἐκποδών.
32.5.3σχεδὸν γὰρ ὡσανεὶ καθαρμόν τινα συνέβη γενέσθαι τῆς Ἑλλάδος, τῶν ἀλιτηρίων αὐτῆς ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν μεθισταμένων.
32.5.4καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸν Ἠπειρώτην Χάροπα συνεκύρησε κατὰ τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν τοῦτον ἐν Βρεντεσίῳ μεταλλάξαι τὸν βίον.
32.5.5τὰ δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἤπειρον ἔτʼ ἐν ἀκαταστασίαις ἦν καὶ ταραχαῖς, ὡς κατὰ τοὺς ἐπάνω χρόνους, διὰ τὴν Χάροπος ὠμότητα καὶ παρανομίαν, ἐξ οὗ συνέβη τελεσθῆναι τὸν πρὸς Περσέα πόλεμον.
32.5.6μετὰ γὰρ τὸ κατακρῖναι Λεύκιον Ἀνίκιον καὶ Λεύκιον Αἰμίλιον ἀνελεῖν τοὺς μὲν τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἀνδρῶν, τοὺς δʼ ἀπαγαγεῖν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ὅσοι καὶ βραχεῖαν ὑποψίαν εἶχον,
32.5.7τότε λαβὼν ὁ Χάροψ τὴν ἐξουσίαν ὃ βούλοιτο πράττειν, οὐκ ἔστι τῶν δεινῶν ὁποῖον οὐκ ἐποίει,
32.5.8τὰ μὲν διʼ αὑτοῦ, τὰ δὲ διὰ τῶν φίλων, ἅτε νέος μὲν ὢν αὐτὸς κομιδῇ, συνδεδραμηκότων δὲ πρὸς αὐτὸν τῶν χειρίστων καὶ τῶν εἰκαιοτάτων ἀνθρώπων διὰ τὸν ἐκ τῶν ἀλλοτρίων νοσφισμόν.
32.5.9εἶχε δʼ οἷον ἐφεδρείαν καὶ ῥοπὴν πρὸς τὸ πιστεύεσθαι διότι πράττει κατά τινα λόγον ἃ ποιεῖ καὶ μετὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων γνώμης τήν τε προϋπάρχουσαν αὐτῷ σύστασιν πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους καὶ πρὸς ταύτῃ Μύρτωνα πρεσβύτην ἄνθρωπον καὶ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ Νικάνορα,
Book 33, Part 2
33.4Aristocrates, the general of the Rhodians, was in appearance a man of mark and striking ability; and the Rhodians, judging from this, believed that they had in him a thoroughly adequate leader and guide in the war. But they were disappointed in their expectations: for when he came to the test of experience, like spurious coin when brought to the furnace, he was shown to be a man of quite a different sort. And this was proved by actual facts. . . .
33.5[Demetrius] offered him five hundred talents if he would surrender Cyprus to him, with other similar advantages and honours from himself if he would do him this service. . . .
33.5Archias, therefore, wishing to betray Cyprus to Demetrius, and being caught in the act and led off to stand his trial, hanged himself with one of the ropes of the awnings in the court. For it is a true proverb that led by their desires the reckonings of the vain are vain. This man, for instance, imagining that he was going to get five hundred talents, lost what he had already, and his life into the bargain. . . .
Book 32, Part 4
32.5.10τἄλλα τε μετρίους ἀνθρώπους καὶ δοκοῦντας εἶναι Ῥωμαίων φίλους, οἳ πολύ τι κεχωρισμένοι τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ἁπάσης ἀδικίας οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως τότε συνεπέδωκαν αὑτοὺς εἰς τὸ συνεπισχύειν καὶ κοινωνεῖν ταῖς τοῦ Χάροπος ἀνομίαις.
32.5.11ἐπειδὴ δʼ ὁ προειρημένος τοὺς μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἀγορὰν ἀναφανδὸν ἐφόνευσε, τοὺς δʼ ἐν ταῖς ἰδίαις οἰκίαις, ἐνίους δʼ ἐπὶ τῶν ἀγρῶν καὶ κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐπαποστέλλων ἐδολοφόνησε καὶ πάντων τῶν τεθνεώτων ἐξηνδραποδίσατο τοὺς βίους, ἄλλην ἐπεισῆγε μηχανήν.
32.5.12προέγραφε γὰρ τοὺς εὐκαιροῦντας τοῖς βίοις φυγάδας, οὐ μόνον ἄνδρας ἀλλὰ καὶ γυναῖκας·
32.5.13ἀναταθεὶς δὲ τὸν φόβον τοῦτον ἐχρηματίζετʼ ἀεὶ τοὺς μὲν ἄνδρας διʼ ἑαυτοῦ, τὰς δὲ γυναῖκας διὰ τῆς μητρὸς Φιλώτιδος·
32.5.14πάνυ γὰρ εὐφυὲς ἐγένετο καὶ τοῦτο τὸ πρόσωπον, πρὸς δὲ βίαν καὶ πλεῖόν τι δυνάμενον συνεργεῖν ἢ κατὰ γυναῖκα.
32.6.1ἐπειδὴ δὲ πάντας καὶ πάσας ἐξηργυρίσαντο κατὰ τὸ δυνατόν, εἰσῆγον εἰς τὸν δῆμον οὐδὲν ἧττον ἅπαντας τοὺς προγεγραμμένους.
32.6.2οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ τῶν ἐν τῇ Φοινίκῃ τὰ μὲν διὰ τὸν φόβον, τὰ δὲ καὶ δελεαζόμενοι διὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Χάροπα κατέκριναν οὐ φυγῆς ἀλλὰ θανάτου πάντας τοὺς προσαγγελθέντας ὡς ἀλλότρια φρονοῦντας Ῥωμαίων.
32.6.3οὗτοι μὲν οὖν πάντες ἔφυγον, ὁ δὲ Χάροψ ὥρμησεν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, ἔχων χρήματα καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Μύρτωνα μεθʼ αὑτοῦ, βουλόμενος ἐπισφραγίσασθαι διὰ τῆς συγκλήτου τὴν αὑτοῦ παρανομίαν.
32.6.4ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ κάλλιστον μὲν ἐγένετο δεῖγμα τῆς Ῥωμαίων αἱρέσεως, κάλλιστον δὲ θέαμα πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησι τοῖς παρεπιδήμοις, μάλιστα δὲ τοῖς ἀνακεκλημένοις·
32.6.5ὅ τε γὰρ Μάρκος, ἀρχιερεὺς ὢν καὶ πρῶτος τῆς συγκλήτου γραφόμενος, ὅ τε Λεύκιος ὁ τὸν Περσέα νικήσας, μεγίστην ἔχων πίστιν καὶ δύναμιν, πυνθανόμενοι τὰ πεπραγμένα τῷ Χάροπι κατὰ τὴν Ἤπειρον ἐκώλυσαν εἰς τὰς οἰκίας αὑτῶν εἰσιέναι τὸν Χάροπα.
32.6.6οὗ γενομένου περιβοήτου πάντες ἐγενήθησαν οἱ παρεπιδημοῦντες περιχαρεῖς, ἀποδεχόμενοι τὸ μισοπόνηρον τῶν Ῥωμαίων.
32.6.7μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ Χάροπος εἰσελθόντος εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, οὐ συγκατέθετο τοῖς ἀξιουμένοις οὐδʼ ἐβουλήθη δοῦναι ῥητὴν ἀπόκρισιν,
32.6.8ἀλλὰ τοῖς ἀποστελλομένοις πρεσβευταῖς ἔφη δώσειν ἐντολὰς ἐπισκέψασθαι περὶ τῶν γεγονότων.
32.6.9ὁ δὲ Χάροψ ἀναχωρήσας ταύτην μὲν τὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἀπεσιώπησε, γράψας δὲ πρὸς τὴν ἰδίαν ὑπόθεσιν ἁρμόζουσαν ἀπήγγειλεν ὡς συνευδοκούντων Ῥωμαίων τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πραττομένοις.
32.7.1ὅτι παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων ἧκον πρέσβεις καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν οἱ περὶ Θεαρίδαν καὶ Στέφανον ὑπὲρ τῶν Δηλίων.
Book 33, Part 3
33.6About this time an unexpected misfortune befell the people of Priene. They had received a deposit of four hundred talents from Orophernes when he got possession of the kingdom; and subsequently when Ariarathes recovered his dominion he demanded the money of them. But they acted like honest men, in my opinion, in declaring that they would deliver it to no one as long as Orophernes was alive, except to the person who deposited it with them; while Ariarathes was thought by many to be committing a breach of equity in demanding a deposit made by another. However, up to this point, one might perhaps pardon his making the attempt, because he looked upon the money as belonging to his own kingdom; but to push his anger and imperious determination as much farther as he did seems utterly unjustifiable. At the period I refer to, then, he sent troops to pillage the territory of Priene, Attalus assisting and urging him on from the private grudge which he entertained towards the Prienians. After losing many slaves and cattle, some of them being slaughtered close to the city itself, the Prienians, unable to defend themselves, first sent an embassy to the Rhodians, and eventually appealed for protection to Rome. . . .
33.6But he would not listen to the proposal. So it came about that the Prienians, who had great hopes from the possession of so large a sum of money, found themselves entirely disappointed. For they repaid Orophernes his deposit, and, thanks to this same deposit, were unjustly exposed to severe damage at the hands of Ariarathes. . . .
33.7This year there came ambassadors also from the people of Marseilles, who had long been suffering from the Ligurians, and at that time were being closely invested by them, while their cities of Antipolis and Nicaea were also subjected to a siege. They, therefore, sent ambassadors to Rome to represent the state of things and beg for help. On their being admitted, the Senate decided to send legates to see personally what was going on, and to endeavour by persuasion to correct the injurious proceedings of the barbarians. . . .
Book 32, Part 5
32.7.2τοῖς γὰρ Δηλίοις δοθείσης ἀποκρίσεως παρὰ Ῥωμαίων, μετὰ τὸ συγχωρηθῆναι τὴν Δῆλον τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις, αὐτοῖς μὲν ἐκχωρεῖν ἐκ τῆς νήσου,
32.7.3τὰ δʼ ὑπάρχοντα κομίζεσθαι, μεταστάντες εἰς Ἀχαΐαν οἱ Δήλιοι καὶ πολιτογραφηθέντες ἐβούλοντο τὸ δίκαιον ἐκλαβεῖν παρὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων κατὰ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς σύμβολον.
32.7.4τῶν δʼ Ἀθηναίων φασκόντων μηδὲν εἶναι πρὸς αὐτοὺς τῆς δικαιοδοσίας ταύτης, ᾐτοῦντο ῥύσια τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς οἱ Δήλιοι κατὰ τῶν Ἀθηναίων.
32.7.5ὑπὲρ ὧν τότε πρεσβεύσαντες ἔλαβον ἀπόκρισιν κυρίας εἶναι τὰς κατὰ τοὺς νόμους γεγενημένας παρὰ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς οἰκονομίας περὶ τῶν Δηλίων.
32.8.1ὅτι Εὐμένης ὁ βασιλεὺς τῇ μὲν σωματικῇ δυνάμει παραλελυμένος ἦν, τῇ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς λαμπρότητι προσανεῖχεν,
32.8.2ἀνὴρ ἐν μὲν τοῖς πλείστοις οὐδενὸς δεύτερος τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν βασιλέων γενόμενος, περὶ δὲ τὰ σπουδαιότατα καὶ κάλλιστα μείζων καὶ λαμπρότερος·
32.8.3ὅς γε πρῶτον μὲν παραλαβὼν παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν βασιλείαν συνεσταλμένην τελέως εἰς ὀλίγα καὶ λιτὰ πολισμάτια ταῖς μεγίσταις τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν δυναστειῶν ἐφάμιλλον ἐποίησε τὴν ἰδίαν ἀρχήν,
32.8.4οὐ τύχῃ τὸ πλεῖον συνεργῷ χρώμενος, οὐδʼ ἐκ περιπετείας, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ἀγχινοίας καὶ φιλοπονίας, ἔτι δὲ πράξεως τῆς αὑτοῦ.
32.8.5δεύτερον φιλοδοξότατος ἐγενήθη καὶ πλείστας μὲν τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν βασιλέων πόλεις Ἑλληνίδας εὐεργέτησε, πλείστους δὲ κατʼ ἰδίαν ἀνθρώπους ἐσωματοποίησε.
32.8.6τρίτον ἀδελφοὺς ἔχων τρεῖς καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν καὶ πρᾶξιν , πάντας τούτους συνέσχε πειθαρχοῦντας αὑτῷ καὶ δορυφοροῦντας καὶ σῴζοντας τὸ τῆς βασιλείας ἀξίωμα.
32.8.7τοῦτο δὲ σπανίως εὕροι τις ἂν γεγονός.
32.9.1ὅτι τῶν Ἰσσίων πλεονάκις πεπρεσβευκότων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι Δελματεῖς τὴν χώραν ἀδικοῦσι καὶ τὰς πόλεις τὰς μετʼ αὐτῶν ταττομένας·
32.9.2αὗται δʼ εἰσὶν Ἐπέτιον καὶ Τραγύριον· ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν Δαορσῶν ἐγκαλούντων,
32.9.3ἐξαπέστειλεν ἡ σύγκλητος πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Γάιον Φάννιον ἐποπτεύσοντας τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα, καὶ μάλιστα τούτων τὰ κατὰ τοὺς Δελματεῖς.
32.9.4οὗτοι δέ, μέχρι μὲν ἔζη Πλευρᾶτος, ὑπήκουον ἐκείνῳ· μεταλλάξαντος δὲ τούτου τὸν βίον, καὶ διαδεξαμένου Γενθίου τὴν βασιλείαν, ἀποστάντες ἀπὸ τούτου τοῖς ὁμόροις προσεπολέμουν καὶ κατεστρέφοντο τοὺς ἀστυγείτονας, ὧν ἔνιοι καὶ φόρους αὐτοῖς ἔφερον· ὁ δὲ φόρος ἦν θρέμματα καὶ σῖτος.
Book 33, Part 4
33.8At the same time as the Senate despatched Opimius to the war with the Oxybii, Ptolemy the younger arrived at Rome; and being admitted to the Senate brought an accusation against his brother, laying on him the blame of the attack against his life. He showed the scars of his wounds, and speaking with all the bitterness which they seemed to suggest, moved his hearers to pity him; and when Neolaidas and Andromachus also came on behalf of the elder Ptolemy, to answer the charges brought by his brother, the Senate refused even to listen to their pleas, having been entirely prepossessed by the accusations of the younger. They commanded them to leave Rome at once; while they assigned five commissioners to the younger, headed by Gnaeus Merula and Lucius Thermus, with a quinquereme for each commissioner, and ordered them to restore Ptolemy (Physcon) to Cyprus; and at the same time sent a circular to their allies in Greece and Asia, granting permission to them to assist in the restoration of Ptolemy. . . .
33.9When the commissioners under Hortensius and Arunculeius returned from Pergamum, and reported Prusias’s disregard of the orders of the Senate; and how by an act of treachery he had besieged them and Attalus in Pergamum, and had given rein to every kind of violence and lawlessness: the Senate, enraged and offended at what had happened, immediately appointed ten commissioners, headed by Lucius Anicius, Gaius Fannius, and Quintus Fabius Maximus, and sent them out with instructions to put an end to the war, and compel Prusias to indemnify Attalus for the injuries received by him during the war. . . .
33.10On the complaint of the ambassadors of Marseilles as to their injuries sustained at the hands of the Ligurians, the Senate at once appointed a commission, consisting of Flaminius, Popilius Laenas, and Lucius Pupius, who sailed with the envoys of Marseilles, and landed in the territory of the Oxybii at the town of Aegitna. The Ligurians, hearing that they were come to bid them raise the siege, descended upon them as they lay at anchor, and prevented the rest from disembarking; but finding Flaminius already disembarked and his baggage landed, they began by ordering him to leave the country, and on his refusal they began to plunder his baggage. His slaves and freedmen resisting this, and trying to prevent them, they began to use violence and attacked them with their weapons. When Flaminius came to the rescue of his men they wounded him, and killed two of his servants, and chased the rest down to their ship, so that Flaminius only escaped with his life by cutting away the hawsers and anchors. He was conveyed to Marseilles and his wound attended to with all possible care; but when the Senate was informed of the transaction, it immediately ordered one of the consuls, Quintus Opimius, to lead an army against the Oxybii and Deciatae.
Book 32, Part 6
32.9.5καὶ οἱ μὲν περὶ Φάννιον ἐπὶ τούτοις ἐξώρμησαν. —
32.10.1ὅτι ὁ βασιλεὺς Ἀριαράθης παρεγένετο εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἔτι θερείας οὔσης· τότε δέ,
32.10.2παρειληφότων ὑπάτων τὰς ἀρχὰς τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον Ἰούλιον καὶ Λεύκιον Αὐρήλιον, ἐγίνετο περὶ τὰς κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντεύξεις, οἰκείαν ποιούμενος περικοπὴν καὶ φαντασίαν τῆς ὑποκειμένης περιστάσεως.
32.10.3παρῆσαν δὲ καὶ παρὰ Δημητρίου πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Μιλτιάδην πρὸς ἑκατέραν τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἡρμοσμένοι· καὶ γὰρ πρὸς Ἀριαράθην ἀπολογεῖσθαι καὶ κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ παρεσκευάζοντο φιλαπεχθῶς.
32.10.4ἀπεστάλκει δὲ καὶ Ὀροφέρνης πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς περὶ Τιμόθεον καὶ Διογένην, στέφανόν τε κομίζοντας τῇ Ῥώμῃ καὶ τὴν φιλίαν καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν ἀνανεωσομένους, τὸ δὲ πλεῖον συγκαταστησομένους πρὸς τὸν Ἀριαράθην καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀπολογησομένους, τὰ δὲ κατηγορήσοντας.
32.10.5ἐν μὲν οὖν ταῖς κατʼ ἰδίαν ἐντεύξεσιν μείζω φαντασίαν εἷλκον οἱ περὶ τὸν Διογένην καὶ Μιλτιάδην, ἅτε καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος πρὸς ἕνα συγκρινόμενοι καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἄλλην περικοπὴν εὐτυχοῦντες πρὸς ἐπταικότα θεωρούμενοι·
32.10.6παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ περὶ τὴν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐξήγησιν πολὺ περιῆσαν·
32.10.7πᾶν μὲν γὰρ καὶ πρὸς παντοῖα λέγειν ἐθάρρουν, οὐδένα λόγον ποιούμενοι τῆς ἀληθείας, τὸ δὲ λεγόμενον ἀνυπεύθυνον ἦν, οὐκ ἔχον τὸν ἀπολογησόμενον.
32.10.8λοιπὸν ἀκονιτὶ τοῦ ψεύδους ἐπικρατοῦντος, ἐδόκει σφίσι τὰ πράγματα κατὰ γνώμην χωρεῖν.
32.11.1ὅτι οὐκ ὀλίγοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸ πλεῖον ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα προσέθηκαν τοῖς χρήμασιν, οἷς Ὀροφέρνης ὁ τῆς Καππαδοκίας βασιλεὺς κατάληπτος γενόμενος ἀπώλετο καὶ τῆς βασιλείας ἐξέπεσεν.
32.11.2ἡμεῖς δὲ συγκεφαλαιωσάμενοι τὴν τούτου κάθοδον ἐπανάξομεν τὴν διήγησιν ἐπὶ τὴν εἰθισμένην τάξιν, ᾗ χρώμεθα παρʼ ὅλην τὴν πραγματείαν·
32.11.3καὶ γὰρ νῦν ὑπερβάντες τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα προελάβομεν τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν τὰ κατὰ τὴν Καππαδοκίαν διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν εὔλογον ἔχειν διαίρεσιν τὸν ἐκ τῆς Ἰταλίας ἀπόπλουν καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὰ πράγματα κάθοδον [τοῦ] Ἀριαράθου.
32.11.4διόπερ ἐπάνειμι δηλώσων τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα γενόμενα περὶ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιρούς.
32.11.5ἐν οἷς ἴδιον καὶ παράλογον πρᾶγμα συνέβη γενέσθαι περὶ τὴν τῶν Ὠρωπίων πόλιν·
32.11.6ὑπὲρ οὗ τὰ μὲν ἀναδραμόντες, τὰ δὲ προλαβόντες τοῖς χρόνοις συγκεφαλαιωσόμεθα τὴν ὅλην πρᾶξιν, ἵνα μὴ κατὰ μέρος αὐτῆς οὔσης οὐδʼ ὅλως ἐπιφανοῦς ἐν διῃρημένοις χρόνοις ἀπαγγέλλοντες εὐτελῆ καὶ ἀσαφῆ ποιῶμεν τὴν διήγησιν.
Book 33, Part 5
33.11Having collected his army at Placentia, Quintus Opimius marched over the Apennines and arrived in the territory of the Oxybii; and, pitching his camp on the river Apro, awaited the enemy, being informed that they were mustering their forces and were eager to give him battle. Meanwhile, he advanced to Aegitna, where the ambassadors had been outraged, took the city by assault, and sold its inhabitants as slaves, sending the ringleaders in the outrage to Rome in chains. Having done this, he went to meet the enemy. The Oxybii, convinced that their violence to the ambassadors admitted of no terms being granted them, with all the courage of desperation, and excited to the highest pitch of furious enthusiasm, did not wait to be joined by the Deciatae, but, having collected to the number of about four thousand, rushed to the attack upon their enemy. Quintus was somewhat dismayed at the boldness of their attack, and at the desperate fury of the barbarians; but was encouraged by observing that the enemy were advancing in complete disorder, for he was an experienced soldier and a man of great natural sagacity. He therefore drew out his men, and, after a suitable harangue, advanced at a slow pace towards the enemy. His charge was delivered with great vigour: he quickly repulsed the enemy, killed a great many of them, and forced the rest into headlong flight. Meanwhile, the Deciatae had mustered their forces, and appeared on the ground intending to fight side by side with the Oxybii; but finding themselves too late for the battle, they received the fugitives in their ranks, and after a short time charged the Romans with great fury and enthusiasm; but being worsted in the engagement, they immediately all surrendered themselves and their city at discretion to the Romans. Having thus become masters of these tribes, Opimius delivered over their territory on the spot to the people of Marseilles, and for the future forced the Ligurians to give hostages at certain fixed intervals to the Marsilians. He then deprived the tribes that had fought with them of their arms, and divided his army among the cities there for the winter, and himself took up his winter quarters in the country. Thus the war had a conclusion as rapid as its commencement. . . .
33.12All the previous winter Attalus had been busy collecting a large army, Ariarathes and Mithridates having sent him a force of cavalry and infantry, in accordance with the terms of their alliance with him. While he was still engaged in these preparations the ten commissioners arrived from Rome: who, after meeting and conferring with him at Cadi about the business, started to visit Prusias, to whom on meeting him they explained the orders of the Senate in terms of serious warning. Prusias at once yielded to some of the injunctions, but refused to submit to the greater part. The Romans grew angry, renounced his friendship and alliance, and one and all started to return to Attalus. Thereupon Prusias repented; followed them a certain distance with vehement entreaties; but, failing to gain any concession, left them in a state of great doubt and embarrassment. The Romans, on their return to Attalus, bade him station himself with his army on his own frontier, and not to begin the war himself, but to provide for the security of the towns and villages in his territory: while they divided themselves, one party sailing home with all speed to announce to the Senate the disobedience of Prusias; another departing for Ionia; and a third to the Hellespont and the ports about Byzantium, all with one and the same purpose, namely, to detach the inhabitants from friendship and alliance with Prusias, and to persuade them to adhere to Attalus and assist him to the best of their power. . . .
33.13At the same time Athenaeus set sail with eighty decked ships, of which five were quadriremes sent by the Rhodians for the Cretan war, twenty from Cyzicus, twenty-seven Attalus’s own, and the rest contributed by the other allies. Having sailed to the Hellespont, and reached the cities subject to Prusias, he made frequent descents upon the coast, and greatly harassed the country. But when the Senate heard the report of the commissioners who had returned from Prusias, they immediately despatched three new ones, Appius Claudius, Lucius Oppius, and Aulus Postumius: who, on arriving in Asia, put an end to the war by bringing the two kings to make peace, on condition of Prusias at once handing over to Attalus twenty decked ships, and paying him five hundred talents in twenty years, both retaining the territory which they had at the commencement of the war. Farther, that Prusias should make good the damage done to the inhabitants of Methymna, Aegae, Cymae, Heracleia, by a payment of a hundred talents to those towns. The treaty having been drawn out in writing on those terms, Attalus withdrew his army and navy to his own country. Such are the particulars of the events which took place in the quarrel between Attalus and Prusias. . . .
Book 32, Part 7
32.11.7ὅταν γὰρ μόλις τὸ ὅλον ἄξιον ἐπιστάσεως φαίνηται τοῖς ἀκούουσιν, ἦ πού γε τοῖς κατὰ μέρος ἐκ διαστήματος λεγομένοις τὸν νοῦν προσέξει τις τῶν φιλομαθούντων; —
32.11.8ὅτι κατὰ τὸ πλεῖστον ἐν ταῖς ἐπιτυχίαις ὡς ἐπίπαν ἄνθρωποι συμφρονοῦσι, κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἀποτυχίας ἀσχάλλοντες τοῖς πράγμασιν ἑλκώδεις καὶ δύσκολοι γίνονται πρὸς τοὺς φίλους·
32.11.9ὃ καὶ περὶ τὸν Ὀροφέρνην συνέβη γενέσθαι, τῶν πραγμάτων αὐτῷ ἀντιπιπτόντων καὶ τῷ Θεοτίμῳ καὶ μεμφομένων ἀλλήλοις . —
32.11.10[...] ὀλίγον χρόνον Καππαδοκίας βασιλεύσαντα καὶ παριδόντα τὰς πατρίους ἀγωγάς φησιν ἐν τῇ τριακοστῇ δευτέρᾳ εἰσαγαγεῖν τὴν Ἰακὴν καὶ τεχνιτικὴν ἀσωτίαν. —
32.12.1ὅτι Ἄτταλος ὁ ἀδελφὸς Εὐμένους παραλαβὼν τὴν ἐξουσίαν πρῶτον ἐξήνεγκε δεῖγμα τῆς αὑτοῦ προαιρέσεως καὶ πράξεως τὴν Ἀριαράθου καταγωγὴν ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν.
32.13.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Γάιον Φάννιον παραγεγονότων ἐκ τῆς Ἰλλυρίδος καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι τοσοῦτον ἀπέχοιεν οἱ Δελματεῖς τοῦ διορθοῦσθαί τι τῶν ἐγκαλουμένων πρὸς τοὺς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν φάσκοντας ἀδικεῖσθαι συνεχῶς, ὡς οὐδὲ λόγον ἐπιδέχοιντο καθόλου παρʼ αὐτῶν, λέγοντες οὐδὲν αὑτοῖς εἶναι καὶ Ῥωμαίοις κοινόν· πρὸς δὲ τούτοις διεσάφουν μήτε κατάλυμα δοθῆναι σφίσι μήτε παροχήν,
32.13.2ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἵππους, οὓς εἶχον παρʼ ἑτέρας πόλεως, ἀφελέσθαι τοὺς Δελματεῖς μετὰ βίας αὑτῶν·
32.13.3ἑτοίμους δʼ εἶναι καὶ τὰς χεῖρας προσάγειν, εἰ μὴ συνείξαντες τῷ καιρῷ μετὰ πολλῆς ἡσυχίας ἐποιήσαντο τὴν ἀπόλυσιν.
32.13.4ὧν ἡ σύγκλητος ἀκούσασα μετʼ ἐπιστάσεως ἠγανάκτει μὲν καὶ ἐπὶ τῇ τῶν Δελματέων ἀπειθείᾳ καὶ σκαιότητι, τὸ δὲ πλεῖστον ὑπέλαβε τὸν καιρὸν ἐπιτήδειον εἶναι πρὸς τὸ πολεμῆσαι τοῖς προειρημένοις διὰ πλείους αἰτίας.
32.13.5τά τε γὰρ μέρη ταῦτα τῆς Ἰλλυρίδος τὰ νεύοντα πρὸς τὸν Ἀδρίαν ἀνεπίσκεπτα τελέως ἦν αὐτοῖς,
32.13.6ἐξ οὗ Δημήτριον τὸν Φάριον ἐξέβαλον, τούς τε κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν ἀνθρώπους οὐκ ἐβούλοντο κατʼ οὐδένα τρόπον ἀποθηλύνεσθαι διὰ τὴν πολυχρόνιον εἰρήνην·
32.13.7ἔτος γὰρ ἦν τότε δωδέκατον ἀπὸ τοῦ πρὸς Περσέα πολέμου καὶ τῶν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ πράξεων. διόπερ ἐβουλεύοντο,
32.13.8πόλεμον ἐνστησάμενοι πρὸς τοὺς προειρημένους ἅμα μὲν ὡσανεὶ καινοποιῆσαι τὰς ὁρμὰς καὶ προθυμίας τῶν ἰδίων ὄχλων, ἅμα δὲ καταπληξάμενοι τοὺς Ἰλλυριοὺς ἀναγκάσαι πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς ὑπʼ αὐτῶν παραγγελλομένοις.
32.13.9αὗται μὲν οὖν ἦσαν αἰτίαι διʼ ἃς ἐπολέμησαν Ῥωμαῖοι Δελματεῦσι· τοῖς γε μὴν ἐκτὸς τὸν πόλεμον ἀνεδείκνυον, ὡς διὰ τὴν εἰς τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ὕβριν κεκρικότες πολεμεῖν. —
32.14.1κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον παραγεγονότων πρεσβευτῶν ἐξ Ἠπείρου παρά τε τῶν τὴν Φοινίκην κατεχόντων καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἐκπεπτωκότων καὶ ποιησαμένων λόγους κατὰ πρόσωπον,
Book 33, Part 6
33.14An embassy again coming to Rome from Achaia in behalf of the detenus, the Senate voted to make no change. . . .
33.15Heracleides came to Rome in the middle of summer, bringing Laodice and Alexander, and stayed there a long time, employing all the arts of cunning and corruption to win the support of the Senate. . . .
33.15Astymedes of Rhodes being appointed ambassador and navarch at the same time, came forward immediately and addressed the Senate on the war with Crete. The Senate listened with attention, and immediately appointed Quintus at the head of a commission to put an end to the war. . . .
Book 32, Part 8
32.14.2ἔδωκεν ἀπόκρισιν αὐτοῖς ἡ σύγκλητος ὅτι δώσει περὶ τούτων ἐντολὰς τοῖς ἀποστελλομένοις πρεσβευταῖς εἰς τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα μετὰ Γαΐου Μαρκίου.
32.15.1ὅτι Προυσίας μετὰ τὸ νικῆσαι τὸν Ἄτταλον μετὰ τὸ παρελθεῖν πρὸς τὸ Πέργαμον παρασκευασάμενος θυσίαν πολυτελῆ προσήγαγε πρὸς τὸ τέμενος τἈσκληπιοῦ,
32.15.2καὶ βουθυτήσας καὶ καλλιερήσας τότε μὲν ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν,
32.15.3κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπιοῦσαν καταστήσας τὴν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τὸ Νικηφόριον τούς τε νεὼς ἅπαντας διέφθειρε καὶ τὰ τεμένη τῶν θεῶν, ἐσύλησε δὲ καὶ τοὺς ἀνδριάντας καὶ τὰ λίθινα τῶν ἀγαλμάτων.
32.15.4τὸ δὲ τελευταῖον καὶ τὸ τἈσκληπιοῦ βαστάσας ἄγαλμα, περιττῶς ὑπὸ Φυρομάχου κατεσκευασμένον,
32.15.5ἀπήνεγκεν ὡς αὑτόν, ᾧ τῇ πρότερον ἡμέρᾳ κατασπένδων ἐβουθύτει καὶ κατηύχετο, δεόμενος, ὅπερ εἰκός, ἵλεων αὑτῷ γενέσθαι καὶ εὐμενῆ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον.
32.15.6ἐγὼ δὲ τὰς τοιαύτας διαθέσεις καὶ πρότερον εἴρηκά που, περὶ Φιλίππου ποιούμενος τὸν λόγον, μανικάς.
32.15.7τὸ γὰρ ἅμα μὲν θύειν καὶ διὰ τούτων ἐξιλάσκεσθαι τὸ θεῖον, προσκυνοῦντα καὶ λιπαροῦντα τὰς τραπέζας καὶ τοὺς βωμοὺς ἐξάλλως, ὅπερ ὁ Προυσίας εἴθιστο ποιεῖν γονυπετῶν καὶ γυναικιζόμενος,
32.15.8ἅμα δὲ ταῦτα καὶ λυμαίνεσθαι καὶ διὰ τῆς τούτων καταφθορᾶς τὴν εἰς τὸ θεῖον ὕβριν διατίθεσθαι, πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἴποι τις εἶναι θυμοῦ λυττῶντος ἔργα καὶ ψυχῆς ἐξεστηκυίας τῶν λογισμῶν;
32.15.9ὃ καὶ τότε συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι περὶ τὸν Προυσίαν. ἀνδρὸς μὲν γὰρ ἔργον οὐδὲν ἐπιτελεσάμενος κατὰ τὰς προσβολάς, ἀγεννῶς δὲ καὶ γυναικοθύμως χειρίσας καὶ τὰ πρὸς θεοὺς καὶ τὰ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους μετήγαγε τὸ στράτευμα πρὸς Ἐλαίαν·
32.15.10καὶ καταπειράσας τῆς Ἐλαίας καί τινας προσβολὰς ποιησάμενος, οὐδὲν δὲ πράττειν δυνάμενος διὰ τὸ Σώσανδρον τὸν τοῦ βασιλέως σύντροφον εἰσεληλυθότα μετὰ στρατιωτῶν εἴργειν αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐπιβολάς, ἀπῆρεν ἐπὶ Θυατείρων.
32.15.11κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἐπάνοδον τὸ τῆς Ἀρτέμιδος ἱερὸν τῆς ἐν Ἱερᾷ κώμῃ μετὰ βίας ἐσύλησεν.
32.15.12ὁμοίως καὶ τὸ τοῦ Κυννείου Ἀπόλλωνος τέμενος τὸ περὶ Τῆμνον οὐ μόνον ἐσύλησεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῷ πυρὶ διέφθειρεν.
32.15.13καὶ ταῦτα διαπραξάμενος ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, οὐ μόνον τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς πεπολεμηκώς.
32.15.14ἐταλαιπώρησε δὲ καὶ τὸ πεζικὸν στράτευμα τῷ Προυσίᾳ κατὰ τὴν ἐπάνοδον ὑπό τε τοῦ λιμοῦ καὶ τῆς δυσεντερίας, ὥστε παρὰ πόδας ἐκ θεοπέμπτου δοκεῖν ἀπηντῆσθαι μῆνιν αὐτῷ διὰ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας . —
Book 33, Part 7
33.16This year the Cretans sent Antiphatas, son of Telamnestus of Gortyn, with envoys to the Achaeans asking for help, and the Rhodians sent Theophanes with a similar mission. The Congress of the Achaeans was that year at Corinth: and on each body of ambassadors pleading their respective causes, the assembled people were more inclined towards the Rhodians, from respect to the reputation of their state, and the general character of their policy and statesmen. When Antiphatas saw this, he wished to come forward to make another speech; and, having obtained permission from the Strategus to do so, he spoke in weightier and more exalted terms than might be expected from a Cretan; for, in fact, the young man was in no way of the ordinary Cretan type, but had shunned the characteristic principles of his countrymen. Accordingly the Achaeans received his plain speaking with favour; and still more for the sake of his father Telamnestus, who had taken a spirited part with them at the head of five hundred Cretans in their war against Nabis. However, none the less for that, after listening to him they were still inclined to aid the Rhodians, until Callicrates of Leontium stood up and said that they ought not to go to war in favour of either, or to send aid to either of the two peoples without the consent of the Romans. This argument decided them in favour of non-intervention. . . .
33.17Dispirited with the course things were taking, the Rhodians entered upon some measures and designs which were strange and unreasonable. In fact, they were much in the same state as men suffering from chronic diseases. It frequently happens that such men, when, in spite of following all the rules of medicine and obeying the prescriptions of the doctors, they are unable to make any advance towards improvement, give up all such efforts in despair, and either listen wholly to priests and seers, or try every sort of charm or amulet. So it was with the Rhodians. When their hopes were baffled in every direction, they were reduced to listen to every kind of suggestion, and to magnify and accept every kind of chance. Nor was this unnatural. For when nothing dictated by reason proves successful, and yet some action or another must necessarily be pushed on, there is no alternative but to try something which does not depend on reason. The Rhodians, having come to this dilemma, acted accordingly; and, among other things that were in defiance of reason, reelected as their archon a man of whom they disapproved. . . .
33.18Many different embassies having come to Rome, the Senate admitted Attalus, son of king Eumenes I. For he had arrived at Rome at this time, still quite a young boy, to be introduced to the Senate, and to renew in his person the ancestral friendship and connexion with the Romans. After a kindly reception by the Senate and his father’s friends, and after receiving the answer which he desired, and such honours as suited his time of life, he returned to his native land, meeting with a warm and liberal reception in all the Greek cities through which he passed on his return journey. Demetrius also came at this time, and, after receiving a fairly good reception for a boy, returned home.
Book 32, Part 9
32.16.1ὅτι Ἄτταλος ἡττηθεὶς παρὰ Προυσίου, προχειρισάμενος Ἀθήναιον τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐξαπέστειλε μετὰ τῶν περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον, διασαφήσοντα τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὸ γεγονός.
32.16.2οἱ γὰρ ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ, τοῦ μὲν Ἀνδρονίκου παραγενομένου καὶ διασαφοῦντος τὰ περὶ τὴν πρώτην ἔφοδον τῶν πολεμίων,
32.16.3οὐ προσεῖχον, ἀλλʼ ὑπενόουν τὸν Ἄτταλον βουλόμενον αὐτὸν ἐπιβαλεῖν τῷ Προυσίᾳ τὰς χεῖρας προφάσεις προκατασκευάζεσθαι καὶ προκαταλαμβάνειν διαβολαῖς·
32.16.4ἅμα δὲ τοῦ τε Νικομήδους καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀντίφιλον, τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Προυσίου πρεσβευτῶν, διαμαρτυρομένων μηδὲν εἶναι τούτων, ἔτι μᾶλλον ἠπιστεῖτο τὰ λεγόμενα περὶ τοῦ Προυσίου.
32.16.5μετὰ δέ τινα χρόνον ἐπιδιασαφουμένης τῆς πραγματείας, ἀμφιδοξήσασα περὶ τῶν προσπιπτόντων ἡ σύγκλητος ἐξαπέστειλε πρεσβευτὰς Λεύκιον Ἀπολήιον καὶ Γάιον Πετρώνιον τοὺς ἐπισκεψομένους πῶς ἔχει τὰ κατὰ τοὺς προειρημένους βασιλεῖς.
Book 33, Part 8
33.18Then Heracleides entered the Senate, bringing Laodice and Alexander with him. The youthful Alexander first addressed the Senate, and begged the Romans to remember their friendship and alliance with his father Antiochus, and if possible to assist him to recover his kingdom; or if they could not do that, at least to give him leave to return home, and not to hinder those who wished to assist him in recovering his ancestral crown. Heracleides then took up the word, and, after delivering a lengthy encomium on Antiochus, came to the same point, namely, that they ought in justice to grant the young prince and Laodice leave to return and claim their own, as they were the true-born children of Antiochus. Soberminded people were not all attracted by any of these arguments. They understood the meaning of this theatrical exhibition, and made no secret of their distaste for Heracleides. But the majority had fallen under the spell of Heracleides’s cunning, and were induced to pass the following decree: Alexander and Laodice, children of a king, our friend and ally, appeared before the Senate and stated their case; and the Senate gave them authority to return to the kingdom of their forefathers; and help, in accordance with their request, is hereby decreed to them. Seizing on this pretext, Heracleides immediately began hiring mercenaries, and calling on some men of high position to assist him. He accordingly went to Ephesus and devoted himself to the preparations for his attempt. . . .
33.19Demetrius, who, when residing as a hostage at Rome, had fled and become king in Syria, was a man so much addicted to drunkenness that he spent the greater part of the day in drinking. . . .
33.20When once the multitude feel the impulse to violent love or hatred of any one, any pretext is good enough for indulging their feelings. . . .
Book 33, Part 1
33.1.1ὅτι ἡ σύγκλητος ἔτι κατὰ χειμῶνα διακούσασα τῶν περὶ τὸν Πόπλιον Λέντλον ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Προυσίαν διὰ τὸ νεωστὶ παραγεγονέναι τούτους ἐκ τῆς Ἀσίας, εἰσεκαλέσατο καὶ τὸν Ἀθήναιον τὸν Ἀττάλου τοῦ βασιλέως ἀδελφόν.
33.1.2οὐ μέντοι πολλῶν προσεδεήθη λόγων, ἀλλʼ εὐθέως καταστήσασα πρεσβευτὰς συνεξαπέστελλε τῷ προειρημένῳ τοὺς περὶ Γάιον Κλαύδιον Κέντωνα καὶ Λεύκιον Ὁρτήσιον καὶ Γάιον Αὐρογκολήιον, ἐντολὰς δοῦσα κωλύειν τὸν Προυσίαν Ἀττάλῳ πολεμεῖν.
33.1.3παρεγένοντο δὲ καὶ παρὰ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πρέσβεις εἰς Ῥώμην ὑπὲρ τῶν κατεχομένων οἱ περὶ Ξένωνα τὸν Αἰγιέα καὶ Τηλεκλέα τὸν Αἰγειράτην.
33.1.4ὧν ποιησαμένων λόγους ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ, καὶ τοῦ διαβουλίου προτεθέντος, παρʼ ὀλίγον ἦλθον ἀπολῦσαι τοὺς κατῃτιαμένους οἱ τοῦ συνεδρίου.
33.1.5τὴν δʼ αἰτίαν ἔσχε τοῦ μὴ συντελεσθῆναι τὴν ἀπόλυσιν Αὖλος Ποστόμιος, στρατηγὸς ὢν ἑξαπέλεκυς καὶ βραβεύων τὸ διαβούλιον.
33.1.6τριῶν γὰρ οὐσῶν γνωμῶν, μιᾶς μὲν τῆς ἀφιέναι κελευούσης, ἑτέρας δὲ τῆς ἐναντίας ταύτης, τρίτης δὲ τῆς ἀπολύειν μέν, ἐπισχεῖν δὲ κατὰ τὸ παρόν, καὶ πλείστων δʼ ὄντων τῶν ἀφιέντων,
33.1.7παρελθὼν τὴν μίαν γνώμην διηρώτα τὰς δύο καθολικῶς, οἷς δοκεῖ τοὺς ἀνακεκλημένους ἀφιέναι καὶ τοὐναντίον.
33.1.8λοιπὸν οἱ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐπέχειν κελεύοντες προσέβησαν πρὸς τοὺς μὴ φάσκοντας δεῖν ἀπολύειν, καὶ πλείους ἐγενήθησαν τῶν ἀφιέντων. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν. —
33.3.1ὅτι τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης πρεσβευτῶν ἀνακαμψάντων εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν καὶ διασαφούντων ὅτι παρʼ ὀλίγον ἔλθοι τὰ πράγματα τοῦ πάντας ἐπανελθεῖν τοὺς κατεχομένους,
33.3.2εὐέλπιδες γενόμενοι καὶ μετεωρισθέντες οἱ πολλοὶ πάλιν ἐξ αὐτῆς ἔπεμπον Τηλεκλέα καὶ τὸν Μεγαλοπολίτην Ἀναξίδαμον. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον ἐπὶ τούτων ἦν.
33.4.1ὅτι Ἀριστοκράτης ὁ τῶν Ῥοδίων στρατηγὸς ἦν μὲν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν ἀξιωματικὸς καὶ καταπληκτικός.
33.4.2διόπερ ἐκ πάντων τοῦτον ὑπέλαβον οἱ Ῥόδιοι τελέως ἀξιόχρεων ἡγεμόνα καὶ προστάτην ἔχειν τοῦ πολέμου.
33.4.3διεψεύσθησαν μέντοι γε τῶν ἐλπίδων· ἐλθὼν γὰρ εἰς τὰς πράξεις ὥσπερ εἰς πῦρ, καθάπερ τὰ κίβδηλα τῶν νομισμάτων, ἀλλοῖος ἐφάνη.
33.4.4τοῦτο δʼ ἐγένετο δῆλον ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων.
33.5.1προτείνειν αὐτῷ πεντακόσια τάλαντα παραχωρήσαντι τῆς Κύπρου, καὶ τἄλλα συνακολουθήσοντα λυσιτελῆ καὶ τίμια παρʼ αὐτῷ συνεπιδεικνύειν, προσενεγκαμένῳ τὴν χρείαν ταύτην.
Book 33, Part 9
33.20However, I am afraid I may fall under the common dilemma, Which is the greater fool, the man who milks a he-goat, or the man who holds a sieve to catch the milk? For I seem to be doing something of this sort in arguing and writing an essay on what every one acknowledges to be false. It is, then, waste time to speak of such things, unless one cares to write down dreams, or look at dreams with one’s eyes open. . . .
Book 33, Part 2
33.5.2aτῷ δὲ Πτολεμαίῳ γενομένης προσαγγελίας παρεῖναι τὸν Ἀρχίαν. —
33.5.2ὅτι Ἀρχίας βουλόμενος τὴν Κύπρον προδοῦναι τῷ Δημητρίῳ καὶ φωραθεὶς καὶ εἰς κρίσιν ἀχθεὶς καλῳδίῳ τῶν ἐκ τῆς αὐλαίας παραπεπετασμένων ἑαυτὸν ἀπεκρέμασεν.
33.5.3τῷ γὰρ ὄντι διὰ τὰς ἐπιθυμίας κενοὶ κενὰ λογίζονται κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν.
33.5.4καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος δόξας πεντακόσια τάλαντα προσλήψεσθαι καὶ τὰ προϋπάρχοντα χρήματα καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα προσαπέβαλεν.
33.6.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιροὺς τούτους καὶ Πριηνεῖς ἐνέπεσον παραλόγῳ συμφορᾷ.
33.6.2δεξάμενοι γὰρ παρʼ Ὀροφέρνους, ὅτʼ ἐκράτησε τῆς ἀρχῆς, ἐν παραθήκῃ τετρακόσια τάλαντα ἀπῃτοῦντο κατὰ τοὺς ἑξῆς χρόνους ὑπʼ Ἀριαράθου
33.6.3, ὅτε μετέλαβε τὴν ἀρχήν. οἱ μὲν οὖν Πριηνεῖς, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖν, ὀρθῶς ἵσταντο, φάσκοντες μηδενὶ προήσεσθαι τὰ χρήματα ζῶντος Ὀροφέρνους πλὴν αὐτῷ τῷ παραθεμένῳ·
33.6.4ὁ δʼ Ἀριαράθης πολλοῖς ἐδόκει παραπίπτειν τοῦ καθήκοντος, ἀπαιτῶν τὴν ἀλλοτρίαν παραθήκην.
33.6.5οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἕως μὲν τούτου τάχʼ ἄν τις ἔχοι συγγνώμην αὐτῷ καταπειράζοντι τῷ δοκεῖν τῆς ἐκείνου βασιλείας εἶναι τὰ χρήματα· τὸ δὲ καὶ πορρωτέρω προβαίνειν ὀργῆς καὶ φιλοτιμίας οὐδαμῶς ἐδόκει γενέσθαι κατὰ λόγον.
33.6.6κατὰ δὲ τοὺς νῦν λεγομένους καιροὺς ἐπαποστείλας ἐλεηλάτει τὴν χώραν τῶν Πριηνέων, συνεργοῦντος Ἀττάλου καὶ παροξύνοντος αὐτὸν διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν διαφοράν, ἣν εἶχε πρὸς τοὺς Πριηνεῖς.
33.6.7πολλῶν δὲ καὶ σωμάτων καὶ θρεμμάτων ἀπολομένων καὶ πρὸς τῇ πόλει πτωμάτων γενομένων, ἀμύνασθαι μὲν οὐχ οἷοί τʼ ἦσαν οἱ Πριηνεῖς, ἐπρέσβευον δὲ καὶ πρὸς Ῥοδίους, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐπὶ Ῥωμαίους κατέφυγον.
33.6.8οἱ δʼ οὐ προσεῖχον τοῖς λεγομένοις. καὶ Πριηνεῖς μὲν μεγάλας ἔχοντες ἐλπίδας ἐπὶ τῷ πλήθει τῶν χρημάτων τοῖς ἐναντίοις ἐνεκύρησαν·
33.6.9τῷ μὲν γὰρ Ὀροφέρνει τὴν παραθήκην ἀπέδωκαν, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ βασιλέως Ἀριαράθου ἱκαναῖς τισι βλάβαις περιέπεσον ἀδίκως διὰ τὴν παραθήκην.
33.7.1ὅτι τῶν περὶ τὸν Ὁρτήσιον καὶ Αὐρογκολήιον παραγεγονότων ἐκ τοῦ Περγάμου καὶ διασαφούντων τήν τε τοῦ Προυσίου καταφρόνησιν τῶν τῆς συγκλήτου παραγγελμάτων,
33.7.2καὶ διότι παρασπονδήσας καὶ συγκλείσας εἰς τὸ Πέργαμον αὐτούς τε καὶ τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον πᾶσαν βίαν ἐνεδείξατο καὶ παρανομίαν,
Book 34, Part 1
34.1IN their Greek histories Eudoxus gave a good, but Ephorus the best, account of the foundations, blood connexions, migrations, and founders of states; but I shall now give some information on the position of countries and their distances, which are the subjects most properly belonging to the science of Geography. . . .
34.2It is not Homer’s manner to indulge in mere mythological stories founded on no substratum of truth. For there is no surer way of giving an air of verisimilitude to fiction than to mix with it some particles of truth. And this is the case with the tale of the wanderings of Odysseus. . . .
34.2For instance, Aeolus, who taught the way of getting through the straits, where there are currents setting both ways, and the passage is rendered difficult by the indraught of the sea, came to be called and regarded as the dispenser and king of the winds; just as Danaus, again, who discovered the storages of water in Argos, and Atreus, who discovered the fact of the sun’s revolution being in the opposite direction to that of the heaven, were called seers and priest-kings. So the priests of the Egyptians, the Chaldeans, and the Magi, being superior to the rest of the world in wisdom, obtained rule and honour in former generations. And on this principle, too, each one of the gods is honoured as the inventor of something useful to man. I do not allow therefore that Aeolus is wholly mythical, nor the wanderings of Odysseus generally. Some mythical elements have been undoubtedly added, as they have in the War or Ilium; but the general account of Sicily given by the poet agrees with that of other historians who have given topographical details of Italy and Sicily. I cannot agree therefore with the remark of Eratosthenes that we shall discover where Odysseus wandered, when we find the cobbler who sewed up the leather bag of the winds. See for instance how Homer’s description of Scylla agrees with what really happens at the Scyllaean rock, and the taking of the sword fish: And there she fishes, roaming round the rock, For dog-fish and for dolphins, or what else Of huger she may take that swims the sea. For the fact is that tunnies swimming in great shoals along the Italian coast, if they are drifted from their course and are prevented from reaching Sicily, fall a prey to the larger fish, such as dolphins, dog-fish, or other marine monsters; and from hunting these the sword-fish (called also xiphiae, or sometimes sea-dogs) are fattened. The same thing happens at a rise of the Nile, and other rivers, as in the case of a fire or a burning forest; the animals crowd together, and, in their effort to escape the fire or the water, fall a prey to stronger animals.
34.3Fishing for sword-fish at the Scyllaean rock is carried on in this way. A number of men lie in wait, two each in small two-oared boats, and one man is set to look out for them all. In the boat one man rows, while the other stands on the prow holding a spear. When the look-out man signals the appearance of a sword-fish (for the animal swims with one-third of its body above water), the boat rows up to it, and the man with the spear strikes it at close quarters, and then pulls the spear-shaft away leaving the harpoon in the fish’s body; for it is barbed and loosely fastened to the shaft on purpose, and has a long rope attached to it. They then slacken the rope for the wounded fish, until it is wearied out with its convulsive struggles and attempts to escape, and then they haul it on to land, or, if its size is not too great, into the boat. And if the spear-shaft falls into the sea it is not lost; for being made of two pieces, one oak and the other pine, the oak end as the heavier dips under water, the other end rises above it and is easily got hold of. But sometimes it happens that the man rowing is wounded, right through the boat, by the immense size of the animal’s sword; for it charges like a boar, and hunting the one is very like hunting the other.
34.3This would lead us to conjecture that the wandering described by Homer was near Sicily, because he has assigned to Scylla the kind of fishing which is indigenous to the Scyllaean rock; and because what he says of Charybdis correctly describes what does happen in the Straits. But the Thrice sends she up the darksome tide, in stead of twice a day, is an error to be ascribed to the copyist or the geographer. So also Meninx answers to his description of the Lotophagi.
Book 33, Part 3
33.7.3ἡ σύγκλητος ὀργισθεῖσα καὶ βαρέως φέρουσα τὸ γεγονὸς ἐξ αὐτῆς δέκα πρεσβευτὰς κατέστησε τοὺς περὶ Λεύκιον Ἀνίκιον καὶ Γάιον Φάννιον καὶ Κόιντον Φάβιον Μάξιμον,
33.7.4καὶ παραχρῆμʼ ἐξαπέστειλεν, ἐντολὰς αὐτοῖς δοῦσα διαλῦσαι τὸν πόλεμον καὶ τὸν Προυσίαν ἀναγκάσαι δίκας ὑποσχεῖν Ἀττάλῳ τῶν κατὰ πόλεμον ἀδικημάτων. —
33.8.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρὸν ἧκον πρεσβευταὶ καὶ παρὰ Μασσαλιητῶν,
33.8.2οἳ πάλαι μὲν κακῶς πάσχοντες ὑπὸ τῶν Λιγυστίνων, τότε δὲ συγκλειόμενοι τελέως, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις καὶ πολιορκουμένων τῶν πόλεων Ἀντιπόλεως καὶ Νικαίας, ἐξαπέστειλαν πρεσβευτὰς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τοὺς τά τε γινόμενα διασαφήσοντας καὶ δεησομένους σφίσι βοηθεῖν.
33.8.3ὧν καὶ παρελθόντων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ πρεσβευτὰς πέμψαι τοὺς ἅμα μὲν αὐτόπτας ἐσομένους τῶν γινομένων, ἅμα δὲ πειρασομένους λόγῳ διορθώσασθαι τῶν βαρβάρων τὴν ἄγνοιαν. —
33.9.1ὅτι τῶν Μασσαλιητῶν διαπρεσβευσαμένων πρὸς Ῥωμαίους κακῶς πάσχειν αὑτοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν Λιγυστίνων, παραχρῆμα κατέστησαν Φλαμίνιον καὶ Ποπίλιον Λαινᾶτον καὶ Λεύκιον Πόπιον πρεσβευτάς.
33.9.2οἳ καὶ πλέοντες μετὰ τῶν Μασσαλιητῶν προσέσχον τῆς Ὀξυβίων χώρας κατὰ πόλιν Αἴγιτναν.
33.9.3οἱ δὲ Λιγυστῖνοι προακηκοότες ὅτι πάρεισιν ἐπιτάξοντες αὐτοῖς λύειν τὴν πολιορκίαν, τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους ἔτι καθορμιζομένους ἐπελθόντες ἐκώλυσαν τῆς ἀποβάσεως,
33.9.4τὸν δὲ Φλαμίνιον καταλαβόντες ἀποβεβηκότα καὶ τὰς ἀποσκευὰς ἀποτεθειμένον, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ἐκέλευον αὐτὸν ἐκ τῆς χώρας ἀπολύεσθαι, τοῦ δὲ παρακούοντος ἤρξαντο τὰ σκεύη διαρπάζειν.
33.9.5τῶν δὲ παίδων καὶ τῶν ἀπελευθέρων ἀντιποιουμένων καὶ κωλυόντων, ἀπεβιάζοντο καὶ προσέφερον τούτοις τὰς χεῖρας.
33.9.6ἐν ᾧ καιρῷ καὶ τοῦ Φλαμινίου βοηθοῦντος τοῖς ἰδίοις, τοῦτον μὲν κατέτρωσαν, δύο δὲ τῶν οἰκετῶν κατέβαλον, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς κατεδίωξαν εἰς τὴν ναῦν, ὡς τὸν Φλαμίνιον μόγις ἀποκόψαντα τἀπίγυα καὶ τὰς ἀγκύρας διαφυγεῖν τὸν κίνδυνον.
33.9.7οὗτος μὲν ἀποκομισθεὶς εἰς Μασσαλίαν ἐθεραπεύετο μετὰ πάσης ἐπιμελείας·
33.9.8ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος πυθομένη τὰ γεγονότα παραχρῆμα τὸν ἕνα τῶν ὑπάτων Κόιντον Ὀπίμιον ἐξαπέστελλε μετὰ δυνάμεως πολεμήσοντα τοῖς Ὀξυβίοις καὶ Δεκιήταις.
33.10.1ὁ δὲ Κόιντος συναθροίσας τὰς δυνάμεις εἰς τὴν τῶν Πλακεντίνων πόλιν καὶ ποιησάμενος τὴν πορείαν διὰ τῶν Ἀπεννίνων ὀρῶν ἧκεν εἰς τοὺς Ὀξυβίους.
33.10.2στρατοπεδεύσας δὲ παρὰ τὸν Ἄπρωνα ποταμὸν ἀνεδέχετο τοὺς πολεμίους, πυνθανόμενος αὐτοὺς ἁθροίζεσθαι καὶ προθύμους εἶναι πρὸς τὸ διακινδυνεύειν.
Book 34, Part 2
34.4Or if there are some points which do not answer, we must lay the blame on ignorance or poetic licence, which uses real history, picturesque detail, and mythological allusion. The object of history is truth, as when in the catalogue of ships the poet describes the features of the several localities, calling one city rocky, another frontier-placed, another with wealth of doves, or hard by the sea. But the object of picturesque detail is vividness, as when he introduces men fighting; and that of mythological allusion is to give pleasure or rouse wonder. But a narrative wholly fictitious creates no illusion and is not Homeric. For all look upon his poetry as a philosophical work; and Eratosthenes is wrong in bidding us not judge his poems with a view to having any serious meaning, or to seek for history in them.
34.4It is better, again, to take the line Thence for nine days the foul winds drave us on, to mean that he made but a short distance—for foul winds do not favour a straight course—than to imagine him to have got into the open ocean as running before favouring winds. The distance from Malea to the Pillars is twenty-two thousand five hundred stades. If we suppose this to have been accomplished at an even speed in the nine days, he would make two thousand five hundred stades a day. Now, who has ever asserted that any one made the voyage from Lycia or Rhodes to Alexandria in four days, a distance of four thousand stades?
34.4To those who ask how it was that Odysseus, though he came to Sicily three times, never once went through the straits, I answer that all subsequent sailors avoided that passage also. . . .
34.5In treating of the geography of Europe I shall say nothing of the ancient geographers, but shall confine my attention to their modern critics, Dicaearchus, Eratosthenes, who is the most recent writer on geography, and Pytheas, who has misled many readers by professing to have traversed on foot the whole of Britain, the coastline of which island, he says, is more than forty thousand stades. And again by his stories of Thule and the countries in its neighbourhood, in which, he says, there is neither unmixed land or sea or air, but a kind of compound of all three (like the jelly-fish or Pulmo Marinus), in which earth and sea and everything else are held in suspense, and which forms a kind of connecting link to the whole, through which one can neither walk nor sail. This substance, which he says is like the Pulmo Marinus, he saw with his own eyes, the rest he learnt by report. Such is Pytheas’s story, and he adds that, on his return thence, he traversed the whole of the coast of Europe from Gades to the Tanais. But we cannot believe that a private person, who was also a poor man, should have made such immense journeys by land and sea. Even Eratosthenes doubted this part of his story, though he believed what he said about Britain, and Gades, and Iberia. I would much rather believe the Messenian (Euhemerus) than him. The latter is content with saying that he sailed to one country which he calls Panchaia; while the former asserts that he has actually seen the whole northern coast of Europe up to the very verge of the world, which one would hardly believe of Hermes himself if he said it. Eratosthenes calls Euhemerus a Bergaean, yet believes Pytheas, though Dicaearchus himself did not. . . . Eratosthenes and Dicaearchus give mere popular guesses as to distances.
34.6For instance, Dicaearchus says that the distance from the Peloponnese to the Pillars is ten thousand stades and still further to the head of the Adriatic; and from the Peloponnesus to the Sicilian straits three thousand; and therefore the remainder, from the Straits to the Pillars, is seven thousand stades. I say nothing about the three thousand stades, whether they are right or wrong; but the seven thousand cannot be made out, whether you measure along the coast or straight across the sea. The coast route is a kind of obtuse angle, contained by two lines resting on the straits and the pillars respectively; so that we have a triangle, of which the apex is Narbo, and the base the straight line representing the course by the open sea; of the two sides of the triangle which contain the obtuse angle, that which extends from the straits to Narbo is more than eleven thousand two hundred stades, the other from Narbo to the Pillars is a little under eight thousand. The longest distance from Europe to Libya across the Tuscan sea is allowed to be not more than three thousand stades, that by the Sardinian sea is somewhat less; but let us call it three thousand stades. Now suppose a perpendicular let down through the gulf of Narbo to the base of the triangle, that is to the straight seacourse, measuring two thousand stades; it requires only a schoolboy’s geometry to prove that the coasting voyage is longer than the direct sea voyage by nearly five hundred stades. And when the three thousand stades from the Peloponnese to the straits are added, the whole number of the stades even of the straight sea course will be more than double Dicaearchus’s reckoning. And if we measure to the head of the Adriatic we must add still more by his own admission; that is to say, from the Peloponnese to Leucas is seven hundred stades, from Leucas to Corcyra seven hundred, from Corcyra to Ceraunia seven hundred, and from Ceraunia along the Illyrian coast six thousand one hundred and fifty. Strabo quotes this reckoning of the distance from the Peloponnese to the head of the Adriatic to prove that Polybius, on his own showing, is wrong in admitting that this distance (8250 stades) is greater than that from the Peloponnese to the Pillars, which Dicaearchus said was 10,000 stades, and which Polybius showed to be 18,765 stades by the shortest route.
Book 33, Part 4
33.10.3καὶ προσαγαγὼν τὴν στρατιὰν ὁ Κόιντος πρὸς τὴν Αἴγιτναν, ἐν ᾗ συνέβη τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς παρασπονδηθῆναι, τὴν πόλιν κατὰ κράτος ἑλὼν ἐξηνδραποδίσατο καὶ τοὺς ἀρχηγοὺς τῆς ὕβρεως ἀπέστειλε δεσμίους εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην.
33.10.4καὶ ταῦτα διαπραξάμενος ἀπήντα τοῖς πολεμίοις.
33.10.5οἱ δʼ Ὀξύβιοι νομίζοντες ἀπαραίτητον αὑτοῖς εἶναι τὴν εἰς τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἁμαρτίαν, παραλόγῳ τινὶ χρησάμενοι θυμῷ καὶ λαβόντες ὁρμὴν παραστατικήν, πρὶν ἢ τοὺς Δεκιήτας αὐτοῖς συμμῖξαι, περὶ τετρακισχιλίους ἁθροισθέντες ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους.
33.10.6ὁ δὲ Κόιντος ἰδὼν τὴν ἔφοδον καὶ τὸ θράσος τῶν βαρβάρων τὴν μὲν ἀπόνοιαν αὐτῶν κατεπλάγη, θεωρῶν δὲ μηδενὶ λόγῳ ταύτῃ χρωμένους τοὺς ἐχθροὺς εὐθαρσὴς ἦν, ἅτε τριβὴν ἐν πράγμασιν ἔχων καὶ τῇ φύσει διαφερόντως ἀγχίνους ὑπάρχων.
33.10.7διόπερ ἐξαγαγὼν τὴν αὑτοῦ στρατιὰν καὶ παρακαλέσας τὰ πρέποντα τοῖς καιροῖς ᾔει βάδην ἐπὶ τοὺς πολεμίους.
33.10.8χρησάμενος δὲ συντόνῳ προσβολῇ ταχέως ἐνίκησε τοὺς ἀντιταξαμένους καὶ πολλοὺς μὲν αὐτῶν ἀπέκτεινεν, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἠνάγκασε φυγεῖν προτροπάδην.
33.10.9οἱ δὲ Δεκιῆται συνηθροισμένοι παρῆσαν, ὡς μεθέξοντες τοῖς Ὀξυβίοις τῶν αὐτῶν κινδύνων·
33.10.10ὑστερήσαντες δὲ τῆς μάχης τούς τε φεύγοντας ἐξεδέξαντο καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγον συνέβαλον τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις μετὰ μεγάλης ὁρμῆς καὶ προθυμίας.
33.10.11ἡττηθέντες δὲ τῇ μάχῃ παραυτίκα πάντες παρέδωκαν σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν πόλιν εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων πίστιν.
33.10.12ὁ δὲ Κόιντος κύριος γενόμενος τούτων τῶν ἐθνῶν παραυτίκα μὲν τῆς χώρας ὅσην ἐνεδέχετο προσέθηκε τοῖς Μασσαλιήταις, εἰς δὲ τὸ μέλλον ὅμηρα τοὺς Λιγυστίνους ἠνάγκασε διδόναι κατά τινας τακτοὺς χρόνους τοῖς Μασσαλιήταις·
33.10.13αὐτὸς δὲ παροπλίσας τοὺς ἀντιταξαμένους καὶ διελὼν τὴν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτοῦ τὴν παραχειμασίαν ἐποιήσατο.
33.10.14καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὀξεῖαν ἔλαβε καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν καὶ τὴν συντέλειαν. —
33.11.1ὅτι κατὰ τοὺς καιρούς, καθʼ οὓς ἐξέπεμψεν ἡ σύγκλητος τὸν Ὀπίμιον ἐπὶ τὸν τῶν Ὀξυβίων πόλεμον, ἧκε Πτολεμαῖος ὁ νεώτερος εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην,
33.11.2καὶ παρελθὼν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον ἐποιεῖτο κατηγορίαν τἀδελφοῦ, φέρων τὴν αἰτίαν τῆς ἐπιβουλῆς ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνον.
33.11.3ἅμα δὲ τὰς ἐκ τῶν τραυμάτων οὐλὰς ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν δεικνὺς καὶ τὴν λοιπὴν δεινολογίαν ἀκόλουθον τούτοις διατιθέμενος ἐξεκαλεῖτο τοὺς ἀνθρώπους πρὸς ἔλεον.
Book 34, Part 3
34.6Polybius proves his point by the demonstration of the proposition The square of hypotenuse of a right-angled-triangle is equal to the squares of the sides containing the right angle.
34.6By applying this principle AD = 7745.9 . . and DC = 11019.9 . . . and the whole AC = 18765.8: whereas AB + BC (i.e. the coasting voyage) = 19200 stades (a difference of 434.2 stades, not 500). Add to this the 3000 from the Peloponnese to the Straits, the total coast voyage is 22,200 stades, as against Dicaearchus’s 10,000.
34.6In talking such nonsense he might well be regarded as having gone beyond even Antiphanes of Berga, and, in fact, to have left no folly for his successors to commit. . . .
34.7From Ithaca to Corcyra is more than nine hundred stades; from Epidamnus to Thessalonica more than two thousand. From Marseilles to the Pillars is more than nine thousand; from the Pyrenees, rather less than eight thousand. . . . The Pagus from source to mouth is eight thousand, not following its windings, but taking a direct line. . . . Eratosthenes is quite ignorant of the geography of Iberia, and sometimes makes statements about it entirely contradictory. He says, for instance, that its western coast as far as Gades is inhabited by Gauls, since the whole western side of Europe, as far south as Gades, is occupied by that people: and then, quite forgetting he has said this, when taking a survey of the whole of Spain, he nowhere mentions the Gauls. . . . The length of Europe is less than that of Libya and Asia put together by the distance between the sunrise in summer and at the point of the equinox; for the source of the Tanais is at the former, and the Pillars are at the western equinox, and between them lies Europe, while Asia occupies the northern semicircle between the Tanais and equinoctial sunrise. . . .
34.7Southern Europe is divided into five peninsulas—Iberia; Italy; a third ending in the Capes Malea and Sunium, in which are included Greece and Illyria, and a part of Thrace; a fourth called the Thracian Chersonese, bounded by the strait between Sestos and Abydos; and a fifth along the Cimmerian Bosphorus and the entrance to the Maeotis. . . .
Book 33, Part 5
33.11.4ἧκον δὲ καὶ παρὰ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου πρέσβεις οἱ περὶ τὸν Νεολαΐδαν καὶ Ἀνδρόμαχον, ἀπολογούμενοι πρὸς τὰς ὑπὸ τἀδελφοῦ γενομένας κατηγορίας.
33.11.5ὧν ἡ σύγκλητος οὐδʼ ἀνέχεσθαι δικαιολογουμένων ἠβουλήθη, προκατειλημμένη ταῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ νεωτέρου διαβολαῖς· ἀλλὰ τούτοις μὲν ἐπανάγειν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης προσέταξεν ἐξ αὐτῆς,
33.11.6τῷ δὲ νεωτέρῳ πέντε πρεσβευτὰς καταστήσασα τοὺς περὶ Γνάιον Μερόλαν καὶ Λεύκιον Θέρμον καὶ πεντήρη δοῦσα τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἑκάστῳ, τούτοις μὲν παρήγγειλε κατάγειν Πτολεμαῖον εἰς Κύπρον,
33.11.7τοῖς δὲ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα καὶ τὴν Ἀσίαν συμμάχοις ἔγραψαν ἐξεῖναι συμπράττειν τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ τὰ κατὰ τὴν κάθοδον.
33.12.1ὅτι κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν Ἄτταλος ἔτι κατὰ χειμῶνα συνήθροιζε μεγάλας δυνάμεις, ἅτε καὶ τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἀριαράθην καὶ τὸν Μιθριδάτην ἐξαπεσταλκότων αὐτῷ στρατιὰν ἱππέων καὶ πεζῶν κατὰ τὴν συμμαχίαν, ὧν ἡγεῖτο Δημήτριος Ἀριαράθου. ὄντος δὲ περὶ ταύτας αὐτοῦ τὰς κατασκευάς,
33.12.2ἧκον ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης οἱ δέκα πρέσβεις, οἳ καὶ συμμίξαντες αὐτῷ περὶ Κάδους καὶ κοινολογηθέντες περὶ τῶν πραγμάτων ὥρμησαν πρὸς τὸν Προυσίαν.
33.12.3ἐπειδὴ δὲ συνέμιξαν, διεσάφουν αὐτῷ τὰ παρὰ τῆς συγκλήτου μετὰ πολλῆς ἀνατάσεως.
33.12.4ὁ δὲ Προυσίας ἔνια μὲν τῶν προσταττομένων προσεδέχετο, τοῖς δὲ πλείστοις ἀντέλεγε.
33.12.5διόπερ οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι προσκόψαντες αὐτῷ τήν τε φιλίαν ἀπείπαντο καὶ τὴν συμμαχίαν, καὶ πάντες ἐξ αὐτῆς ἀπηλλάττοντο πάλιν ὡς τὸν Ἄτταλον.
33.12.6ὁ δὲ Προυσίας μετανοήσας μέχρι μέν τινος ἐπηκολούθει λιπαρῶν, ἐπεὶ δʼ οὐδὲν ἤνυεν, ἀπαλλαγεὶς ἐν ἀμηχανίαις ἦν.
33.12.7οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι τὸν μὲν Ἄτταλον ἐκέλευον προκαθίσαντα τῆς αὑτοῦ χώρας μετὰ δυνάμεως αὐτὸν μὲν μὴ κατάρχειν τοῦ πολέμου, ταῖς δὲ πόλεσι ταῖς αὑτοῦ καὶ ταῖς κώμαις τὴν ἀσφάλειαν παρασκευάζειν·
33.12.8αὐτοὶ δὲ μερίσαντες σφᾶς αὐτούς, οἱ μὲν ἔπλεον κατὰ σπουδὴν ἀπαγγελοῦντες τῇ συγκλήτῳ τὴν ἀπείθειαν τοῦ Προυσίου, τινὲς δʼ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἰωνίας ἐχωρίσθησαν, ἕτεροι δʼ ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου καὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸ Βυζάντιον τόπων, μίαν ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν πρόθεσιν ἅπαντες,
33.12.9ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς Προυσίου φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας ἀποκαλεῖν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους, Ἀττάλῳ δὲ προσνέμειν τὴν εὔνοιαν καὶ συμμαχεῖν κατὰ δύναμιν. —
33.13.1κατὰ δὲ τοὺς αὐτοὺς καιροὺς Ἀθήναιος κατέπλευσε ναυσὶ καταφράκτοις ὀγδοήκοντα·
33.13.2ὧν αἱ πέντε μὲν τετρήρεις ἦσαν Ῥοδίων τῶν ἀποσταλεισῶν εἰς τὸν Κρητικὸν πόλεμον, εἴκοσι δὲ Κυζικηνῶν, ἑπτὰ δʼ ἐπὶ ταῖς εἴκοσι τῶν περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον, αἱ δὲ λοιπαὶ τῶν ἄλλων συμμάχων.
Book 34, Part 4
34.8In the sea off Lusitania acorn-bearing oaks grow, upon which the tunnies feed and fatten themselves, which may, therefore, well be called sea-hogs, as they feed like hogs on acorns.
34.8These acorns are sometimes carried by the tide as far as the coast of Latium, unless they may be thought to be the produce of Sardinia or neighbouring islands. . . .
34.8In Lusitania both animals and man are extraordinarily productive, owing to the excellent temperature of the air; the fruits never wither; there is not more than three months in the year in which roses, white violets (or gilly-flowers), and asparagus do not grow; while the fish caught in its sea is far superior to what is found in our waters for quantity, quality, and beauty. There, too, a Sicilian medimnus of barley is sold for a drachma, and one of wheat for nine Alexandrine obols. A metreta of wine costs a drachma, and a good kid or hare an obol, and a lamb from three to four obols; a fat pig weighing a hundred minae costs five drachmae, and a sheep two. A talent of figs is sold for three obols, a calf for five drachmae, a draught-ox for ten. The flesh of wild animals is not thought worth fixing a price upon at all, but the people give it to each other for nothing and as a present. . . .
34.9The Turduli live on the immediate north Tribes in Boetica of the Turdetani. . . .
34.9The fertility of their country has had a civilising influence on the Turditani and on their Celtic kinsfolk, and taught them the art of social life. . . .
Book 33, Part 6
33.13.3ποιησάμενος δὲ τὸν πλοῦν ἐφʼ Ἑλλησπόντου καὶ συνάψας ταῖς πόλεσι ταῖς ὑπὸ Προυσίαν ταττομέναις ἀποβάσεις τε συνεχεῖς ἐποιεῖτο καὶ κακῶς διετίθει τὴν χώραν.
33.13.4ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος διακούσασα τῶν παρὰ τοῦ Προυσίου πρεσβευτῶν ἀνακεχωρηκότων ἐξ αὐτῆς τρεῖς ἄλλους ἀπέστειλεν, Ἄππιόν τε τὸν Κλαύδιον καὶ Λεύκιον Ὄππιον καὶ Αὖλον Ποστόμιον.
33.13.5οἳ καὶ παραγενόμενοι πρὸς τὴν Ἀσίαν διέλυσαν τὸν πόλεμον, εἰς τὰς τοιαύτας συνθήκας ἐπαγαγόμενοι τοὺς βασιλέας ἀμφοτέρους,
33.13.6ὥστε παραχρῆμα μὲν εἴκοσι καταφράκτους νῆας ἀποδοῦναι Προυσίαν Ἀττάλῳ, πεντακόσια δὲ τάλαντα κατενεγκεῖν ἐν ἔτεσιν εἴκοσι·
33.13.7τὴν δὲ χώραν ἀμφοτέρους ἔχειν ἣν καὶ πρότερον εἶχον, ὅτʼ εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἐνέβαινον.
33.13.8διορθώσασθαι δὲ Προυσίαν καὶ τὴν καταφθορὰν τῆς χώρας τῆς τε Μηθυμναίων καὶ τῶν Αἰγαιέων καὶ τῆς Κυμαίων καὶ Ἡρακλειωτῶν, ἑκατὸν τάλαντα δόντα τοῖς προειρημένοις.
33.13.9γραφεισῶν δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις τῶν συνθηκῶν, ἀπῆγον τὰς δυνάμεις εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον, τὰς ναυτικὰς καὶ τὰς πεζικάς.
33.13.10καὶ τῆς μὲν Ἀττάλου καὶ Προυσίου διαφορᾶς τοιοῦτος ὅ τε κατὰ μέρος χειρισμὸς ἐγενήθη τῶν πράξεων
33.14.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ τῶν ἐκ τῆς Ἀχαΐας πρεσβευτῶν εἰσελθόντων εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον περὶ τῶν ἀνακεκλημένων, ἔδοξε τῷ συνεδρίῳ μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων. —
33.15.1ὅτι ὁ Ἡρακλείδης ἔτι τῆς θερείας ἀκμαζούσης παρῆν εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἄγων τὴν Λαοδίκην καὶ τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον.
33.15.2ποιούμενος δὲ τὴν παρεπιδημίαν μετὰ τερατείας ἅμα καὶ κακουργίας ἐνεχρόνιζε, κατασκευαζόμενος τὰ περὶ τὴν σύγκλητον. —
33.15.2καὶ Ἀστυμήδης ὁ Ῥόδιος,
33.15.3πρεσβευτὴς ἅμα καὶ ναύαρχος καθεσταμένος, παρελθὼν ἐξ αὐτῆς εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον διελέγετο περὶ τοῦ πολέμου τοῦ πρὸς Κρηταιεῖς.
33.15.4ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος προσέχουσα τὸν νοῦν ἐπιμελῶς παραχρῆμα πρεσβευτὰς ἐξαπέστειλε τοὺς περὶ Κόιντον λύσοντας τὸν πόλεμον.
33.16.1ὅτι κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον οἱ Κρηταιεῖς πρεσβευτὰς ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς Ἀχαιοὺς ὑπὲρ βοηθείας τοὺς περὶ Ἀντιφάταν Τηλεμνάστου Γορτύνιον, παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ Ῥόδιοι τοὺς περὶ Θευφάνην.
Book 34, Part 5
34.9The Pillars are at either side of the straits. . . .
34.9There is a fountain in the Heracleum at Gades, the water of which is sweet and is reached by steps. This fountain has a tide which rises and falls exactly in the reverse order of the sea tide. When it is high tide at sea it is low tide in the fountain, and high in the fountain when it is low at sea. The explanation of this is that the wind, which rises from the bowels of the earth to the surface, is prevented from finding its natural egress when the earth is covered with water at the rise of the tide, and being thus turned back into the interior of the earth, it stops up the underground channels of the fountain and produces a deficiency of water; but when the earth is again uncovered, the wind having once more found an easy egress, sets the veins of the fountain free again, and the water spurts up freely.
34.9There are very large silver mines about twenty stades from New Carthage, extending to a circuit of four hundred stades, in which forty thousand men are continually employed, who produce for the benefit of the Roman people twenty-five thousand drachmae a day. It would take too long to describe the whole process of working them, but I may mention that the alluvial soil containing the silver ore is first broken up, and sifted in sieves held in water; that then the deposit is again broken, and being again filtered with running water, is broken a third time. This is done five times; the fifth deposit is smelted, and, the lead having been run off, pure silver remains. . . .
34.9The Anas and Boetis both flow from Celtiberia, their streams being about nine hundred stades apart. . . .
34.9Among other cities of the Vaccaei and Celtiberians are Segesama and Intercatia. . . .
Book 33, Part 7
33.16.2οὔσης δὲ τῆς συνόδου τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐν Κορίνθῳ, καὶ διαλεγομένων τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἑκατέρων ὑπὲρ τῆς βοηθείας, ἔρρεπον ταῖς γνώμαις οἱ πολλοὶ μᾶλλον ἐπὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους,
33.16.3ἐντρεπόμενοι καὶ τὸ τῆς πόλεως ἀξίωμα καὶ τὴν ὅλην αἵρεσιν τῆς πολιτείας καὶ τῶν ἀνδρῶν.
33.16.4εἰς ἃ βλέπων Ἀντιφάτας ἐβουλήθη πάλιν ἐπεισελθεῖν, τοῦ δὲ στρατηγοῦ συγχωρήσαντος ἐχρήσατο λόγοις βαρυτέροις ἢ κατὰ Κρῆτα καὶ σπουδαιοτέροις·
33.16.5καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὁ νεανίσκος οὐδαμῶς Κρητικός, ἀλλὰ πεφευγὼς τὴν Κρητικὴν ἀναγωγίαν.
33.16.6διὸ καὶ συνέβαινε τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς ἐπιδέχεσθαι τὴν παρρησίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι διὰ τὸ τὸν πατέρα τοῦ προειρημένου Τηλέμναστον μετὰ πεντακοσίων Κρητῶν ἐλθόντα συμπεπολεμηκέναι τὸν πρὸς Νάβιν πόλεμον εὐγενῶς αὐτοῖς.
33.16.7πλὴν διακούσαντες οὐδὲν ἧττον ὁρμὴν εἶχον οἱ πολλοὶ τοῖς Ῥοδίοις βοηθεῖν, ἕως Καλλικράτης ὁ Λεοντήσιος ἀναστὰς οὐκ ἔφη δεῖν οὔτε πολεμεῖν οὐδενὶ χωρὶς τῆς Ῥωμαίων γνώμης οὔτε βοήθειαν πέμπειν οὐδενὶ κατʼ οὐδενός.
33.16.8καὶ διὰ ταῦτα κατίσχυσε μένειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὑποκειμένων. —
33.17.1ὅτι οἱ Ῥόδιοι δυσθετούμενοι τοῖς συμβαίνουσιν εἰς παραλόγους τινὰς ἐνέπεσαν ὁρμὰς καὶ παρασκευὰς καὶ πρὸς παραπλησίαν διάθεσιν ἦλθον τοῖς ἐν ταῖς πολυχρονίοις ἀρρωστίαις δυσποτμοῦσι.
33.17.2καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι πολλάκις, ἐπειδὰν πάντα ποιοῦντες κατὰ λόγον τῆς θεραπείας καὶ πειθαρχοῦντες τοῖς ἰατροῖς μὴ δύνωνται τῆς ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον προκοπῆς ἅψασθαι, δυσθετούμενοι τοῖς συμβαίνουσιν ἀποδυσπετεῖν ἀναγκάζονται, καὶ τινὲς μὲν θύταις καὶ μάντεσι προσέχειν, ἔνιοι δὲ πάσης ἐπῳδῆς καὶ παντὸς περιάμματος πεῖραν λαμβάνειν.
33.17.3ὃ καὶ περὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους συνέβαινε· πάντων γὰρ αὐτοῖς παρὰ δόξαν ἀπαντωμένων, ἠναγκάζοντο παντὶ τῷ λεγομένῳ προσέχειν καὶ πᾶσαν ἐλπίδα σωματοποιεῖν καὶ προσδέχεσθαι.
33.17.4καὶ τοῦτʼ ἐδόκουν πάσχειν εἰκότως· ὅταν γὰρ μηδὲν ἀνύηται τῶν κατὰ λόγον, δέῃ δὲ κατʼ ἀνάγκην ἐνεργεῖσθαι τὸ συνεχές, ἀπάγκη πεῖραν λαμβάνειν καὶ τῶν παρὰ λόγον.
33.17.5διὸ καὶ Ῥόδιοι ἐμπεσόντες εἰς τοιαύτην διάθεσιν ἐποίησάν τι τῶν γινομένων καὶ ὃν ἀπεδοκίμασαν ἄρχοντα, τοῦτον πάλιν εἵλοντο ἄρχοντα, καὶ ἄλλα τινὰ παράλογα.
33.18.1ὅτι πρέσβεων διαφόρων παραγενομένων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην ἡ σύγκλητος πρῶτον μὲν εἰσεκαλέσατο τὸν Εὐμένους τοῦ βασιλέως υἱὸν Ἄτταλον·
33.18.2παραγεγόνει γὰρ ἔτι παῖς ὢν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον εἰς Ῥώμην χάριν τοῦ τῇ τε συγκλήτῳ συσταθῆναι καὶ τὰς πατρικὰς ἀνανεώσασθαι φιλίας καὶ ξενίας.
33.18.3οὗτος μὲν οὖν φιλανθρώπως ὑπό τε τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ τῶν πατρικῶν φίλων ἀποδεχθεὶς καὶ λαβὼν ἀποκρίσεις ἃς ἐβούλετο καὶ τιμὰς ἁρμοζούσας τῇ καθʼ αὑτὸν ἡλικίᾳ, μετά τινας ἡμέρας ἐπανῆλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν,
Book 34, Part 6
34.9One of the Iberian kings had such a magnificent and richly furnished palace, that he rivalled the luxury of the Phaeacians, except that the vessels standing in the interior of the house, though made of gold and silver, were full of barley-wine. . . .
34.10From the Pyrenees to the river Narbo the country is flat; and through it flow the Illeberis and Ruscinus, past some cities of the same name inhabited by Celts. In this plain there are found what are called underground fish. The soil is light, and produces a quantity of grass called agrostis; and below this soil the earth is sandy for a depth of two or three cubits, through which the overflow of the river percolates; and with this water, as it makes its way, the fish also get below the soil to feed, for they are exceedingly fond of the root of the agrostis, and have thus made the whole plain full of subterranean fish, which people dig up and take. . . .
34.10The Rhone has not five, but two mouths. . . .
34.10The Liger discharges itself between the Pictŏnes and Namnitae. There was in ancient times an emporium on this river called Corbilo, but none of its inhabitants, nor those of Massalia or Narbo, could give Scipio any information worth mentioning on the subject of Britain when questioned by him, though they were the most important cities in that part of the country; and yet Pytheas has ventured on all those stories about it. . . .
34.10An animal is produced on the Alps of a peculiar form; its shape is that of a stag except its neck and coat, which resemble that of a he-goat. Beneath its chin it has an excrescence about a span long, hairy at the end, about as thick as a colt’s tail. . . .
Book 33, Part 8
33.18.4πασῶν αὐτὸν τῶν κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πόλεων ἐκτενῶς καὶ μεγαλοψύχως ἀποδεξαμένων κατὰ τὴν δίοδον.
33.18.5ἧκε δὲ καὶ Δημήτριος κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν καιρόν, τυχὼν δὲ μετρίας ἀποδοχῆς ὡς παῖς αὖθις ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν.
33.18.6ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης κεχρονικὼς ἐν τῇ Ῥώμῃ παρῆλθεν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, ἔχων μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ τὴν Λαοδίκην καὶ τὸν Ἀλέξανδρον.
33.18.7πρῶτον μὲν οὖν ὁ νεανίσκος ἐποιήσατό τινας μετρίους λόγους, ἠξίου δὲ Ῥωμαίους μνησθῆναι τῆς πρὸς τὸν Ἀντίοχον τὸν αὑτοῦ πατέρα φιλίας καὶ συμμαχίας, μάλιστα δὲ συγκατασκευάζειν αὑτῷ τὴν βασιλείαν·
33.18.8εἰ δὲ μή, συγχωρῆσαι τὴν κάθοδον καὶ μὴ κωλῦσαι τοὺς βουλομένους συμπράττειν αὐτῷ πρὸς τὸ καθικέσθαι τῆς πατρῴας ἀρχῆς.
33.18.9ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης παραλαβὼν τὸν λόγον καὶ πολλήν τινα ποιησάμενος Ἀντιόχου μὲν μνείαν ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ, Δημητρίου δὲ κατηγορίαν, εἰς τοῦτο κατήντησεν ὅτι δεῖ συγχωρεῖν τὴν κάθοδον τῷ τε νεανίσκῳ καὶ τῇ Λαοδίκῃ κατὰ τὸ δίκαιον, οὖσιν Ἀντιόχου τοῦ βασιλέως ἐκγόνοις κατὰ φύσιν.
33.18.10τοῖς μὲν οὖν μετρίοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων οὐδὲν ἤρεσκε τούτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν κατασκευὴν τοῦ δράματος ἐνενόουν καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλείδην ἐβδελύττοντο προφανῶς.
33.18.11οἱ δὲ πολλοὶ τεθεραπευμένοι ταῖς Ἡρακλείδου γοητείαις συγκατηνέχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ γράφειν δόγμα τοιοῦτον· "
33.18.12Ἀλέξανδρος καὶ Λαοδίκη, βασιλέως υἱοί, φίλου καὶ συμμάχου ἡμετέρου γεγενημένου, ἐπελθόντες ἐπὶ τὴν σύγκλητον λόγους ἐποιήσαντο·
33.18.13ἡ δὲ σύγκλητος αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν ἐπὶ τὴν πατρῴαν ἀρχὴν καταπορεύεσθαι, καὶ βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς, ὡς ἠξίουν, ἔδοξεν.
33.18.14" ὁ δʼ Ἡρακλείδης ἐπιλαβόμενος τῆς ἀφορμῆς ταύτης εὐθέως ἐξενολόγει καὶ προσεκαλεῖτο τῶν ἐπιφανῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀφικόμενος δʼ εἰς τὴν Ἔφεσον ἐγίνετο περὶ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῆς προκειμένης ἐπιβολῆς.
33.19.1καὶ Δημήτριον δέ φησι, τὸν ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμη ὁμηρείαν διαφυγόντα, ἐν τῇ τρίτῃ καὶ τριακοστῇ βασιλεύσαντα Σύρων πολυπότην ὄντα τὸ πλεῖστον τῆς ἡμέρας μεθύσκεσθαι.
33.20.1ὅτι ὅταν ἅπαξ οἱ πολλοὶ σχῶσιν ὁρμὴν πρὸς τὸ φιλεῖν ἢ μισεῖν τινας ὑπερβαλλόντως, πᾶσα πρόφασις ἱκανὴ γίνεται πρὸς τὸ συντελεῖν τὰς αὑτῶν προθέσεις. —
33.21.1ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὀκνῶ μή ποτʼ εἰς τὸ περιφερόμενον ἐμπεσὼν λάθω, πότερον ὁ τὸν τράγον ἀμέλγων ἀφρονέστερος ἢ ὁ τὸ κόσκινον ὑπέχων· δοκῶ γὰρ δὴ κἀγὼ πρὸς ὁμολογουμένην ψευδολογίαν ἀκριβολογούμενος καὶ τὸν ἐπιμετροῦντα λόγον εἰσφέρων παραπλήσιόν τι ποιεῖν.
33.21.2διὸ καὶ μάτην τελέως περὶ τούτων λέγειν, εἰ μή τις καὶ γράφειν ἐνύπνια βούλεται καὶ θεωρεῖν ἐγρηγορότος ἐνύπνια.
Book 34, Part 7
34.10Near Aquileia, in the territory of the Noric Taurisci, in my own time a gold mine was discovered, so easy to work, that by scraping away the surface soil for two feet, gold could be found immediately. The seam of gold was not more than fifteen feet; some of it was found unmixed with alloy in nuggets of the size of a bean or lupine, only an eighth of it disappearing in the furnace; and some wanted more elaborate smelting, but would still pay thoroughly well. Accordingly, on the Italians joining the barbarians in working this mine, in two months the price of gold went down a third throughout Italy: and when the Taurisci found out that, they expelled their Italian fellowworkers and kept the monopoly themselves. . . .
34.10If we compare the mountains in Greece—Taygetus, Lycaeus, Parnassus, Olympus, Pelion, Ossa, and those in Thrace—Haemus, Rhodope, Dunax, with the Alps, we may state the case thus. Each one of the former may be ascended or skirted by an active traveller in a single day; but no one could ascend the Alps even in five days, the distance from the plain being two thousand two hundred stades. There are but four passes, one through Liguria, nearest the Tyrrhenian Sea; the next through the Taurini, which was the one used by Hannibal; the third through the Salassi; and the last by the Rhaeti, all of them excessively precipitous. There are several lakes in the mountains, three of great size, the Benacus, five hundred by one hundred and thirty stades, out of which the Mincius flows; the Larius, four hundred stades long, and somewhat narrower than the Benacus, discharging the Addua; and thirdly, the Verbanus, about three hundred stades by thirty, from which comes a considerable river—the Ticinus. All these three rivers discharge themselves into the Padus. . . .
34.11There is an excellent wine made at Capua called Anadendrites, or the wine of the climbing vine, with which no other can compare. . . .
34.11The length of the coast from Iapygia to the straits is three thousand stades by land, and it is washed by the Sicilian sea. Sailing, however, the distance is less than five hundred stades. . . .
34.11The largest distance of the Etrurian coast is from Luna to Ostia, a distance of one thousand three hundred and thirty stades. . . .
Book 34, Part 1
34.1.1οἱ δʼ ἐν τῇ κοινῇ τῆς ἱστορίας γραφῇ χωρὶς ἀποδείξαντες τὴν τῶν ἠπείρων τοπογραφίαν,
34.1.2καθάπερ Ἔφορός τε ἐποίησε καὶ Πολύβιος. —
34.1.3Πολύβιος [...] φήσας περὶ τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν καλῶς μὲν Εὔδοξον, κάλλιστα δʼ Ἔφορον ἐξηγεῖσθαι περὶ κτίσεων,
34.1.4συγγενειῶν, μεταναστάσεων, ἀρχηγετῶν, ἡμεῖς δέ, φησί, τὰ νῦν ὄντα δηλώσομεν καὶ περὶ θέσεως τόπων καὶ διαστημάτων·
34.1.5τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν οἰκειότατον χωρογραφίᾳ.
34.1.6ἀλλὰ μὴν σύγε, ὦ Πολύβιε, ὁ τὰς λαοδογματικὰς ἀποφάσεις περὶ τῶν διαστημάτων εἰσάγων οὐκ ἐν τοῖς ἔξω τῆς Ἑλλάδος μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐν τοῖς Ἑλληνικοῖς καὶ διδοῖς εὐθύνας τὰς μὲν Ποσειδωνίῳ, τὰς δʼ Ἀρτεμιδώρῳ, τὰς δʼ ἄλλοις πλείοσι. —
34.1.7Πολύβιος οὖν ὁ ἱστοριογράφος πεπραγμάτευται βιβλίον, ὃ ἐπιγραφὴν ἔχει "περὶ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν ἰσημερινὸν οἰκήσεωσ". αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἐν μέσῃ τῇ διακεκαυμένῃ ζώνῃ.
34.1.8καί φησιν οἰκεῖσθαι τοὺς τόπους καὶ εὐκρατοτέραν ἔχειν τὴν οἴκησιν τῶν περὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς διακεκαυμένης ζώνης κατοικούντων. καὶ ἃ μὲν ἱστορίας φέρει τῶν κατωπτευκότων τὰς οἰκήσεις καὶ ἐπιμαρτυρούντων τοῖς φαινομένοις, ἃ δὲ ἐπιλογίζεται ἐπὶ τῆς φυσικῆς περὶ τὸν ἥλιον ὑπαρχούσης κινήσεως.
34.1.9ὁ γὰρ ἥλιος περὶ μὲν τοὺς τροπικοὺς κύκλους πολὺν ἐπιμένει χρόνον κατά τε τὴν πρόσοδον τὴν πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὴν ἀποχώρησιν, ὥστε σχεδὸν ἐφʼ ἡμέρας τετταράκοντα μένει πρὸς αἴσθησιν ἐπὶ τῶν τροπικῶν κύκλων.
34.1.10[διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν καὶ τὰ μεγέθη τῶν ἡμερῶν σχεδὸν ἐφʼ ἡμέρας μ# τὰ αὐτὰ διαμένει.] ὅθεν ἐπιμονῆς γινομένης πρὸς τὰς οἰκήσεις τὰς κειμένας ὑπὸ τοὺς τροπικοὺς ἀνάγκη ἐκπυροῦσθαι τὴν οἴκησιν καὶ ἀοίκητον γίνεσθαι διὰ τὴν τοῦ καύματος ὑπερβολήν.
34.1.11ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ ἰσημερινοῦ κύκλου ταχείας συμβαίνει τὰς ἀποχωρήσεις γίνεσθαι. [ὅθεν καὶ τὰ μεγέθη τῶν ἡμερῶν περὶ τὰς ἰσημερίας μεγάλας λαμβάνει τὰς παραυξήσεις.] εὔλογον οὖν καὶ τὰς ὑπὸ τὸν ἰσημερινὸν κειμένας οἰκήσεις εὐκρατοτέρας ὑπάρχειν, ἐπιμονῆς μὲν οὐ γινομένης ἐπὶ τοῦ κατὰ κορυφὴν σημείου, ταχέως δὲ ἀποχωροῦντος τοῦ ἡλίου.
34.1.12πάντες γὰρ οἱ μεταξὺ τῶν τροπικῶν κύκλων οἰκοῦντες παρὰ τὴν πάροδον ὁμοίως κεῖνται τοῦ ἡλίου· πλείονας δὲ χρόνους ἐπιμένει τοῖς περὶ τοὺς τροπικοὺς οἰκοῦσι.
34.1.13διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν εὐκρατοτέρας εἶναι συμβέβηκε τὰς ὑπὸ τὸν ἰσημερινὸν οἰκήσεις, αἵτινες κεῖνται ἐν μέσῃ τῇ διακεκαυμένῃ ζώνῃ, τῶν περὶ τὰ πέρατα τῆς διακεκαυμένης οἰκήσεων, αἵτινες ὑπὸ τοὺς τροπικοὺς κύκλους κεῖνται. —
34.1.13Πολύβιος δὲ ποιεῖ ζώνας ἕξ,
34.1.14δύο μὲν τὰς τοῖς ἀρκτικοῖς ὑποπιπτούσας, δύο δὲ τὰς μεταξὺ τούτων τε καὶ τῶν τροπικῶν καὶ δύο τὰς μεταξὺ τούτων καὶ τοῦ ἰσημερινοῦ. —
34.1.14ὁ δὲ Πολύβιος τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ εὖ,
34.1.15τὸ ποιεῖν τινας ζώνας τοῖς ἀρκτικοῖς διοριζομένας, δύο μὲν τὰς ὑποπιπτούσας αὐτοῖς, δύο δὲ τὰς μεταξὺ τούτων καὶ τῶν τροπικῶν. —
34.1.16ὥσπερ Ἐρατοσθένης φησίν, ἡ ὑποπίπτουσα τῷ ἰσημερινῷ ἐστιν εὔκρατος, καθάπερ καὶ Πολύβιος ὁμοδοξεῖ — προστίθησι δʼ οὗτος καὶ διότι ὑψηλοτάτη ἐστί· διόπερ καὶ κατομβρεῖται, τῶν βορείων νεφῶν κατὰ τοὺς ἐτησίας ἐκεῖ τοῖς ἀναστήμασι προσπιπτόντων πλείστων — πολὺ κρεῖττον τρίτην εὔκρατον ταύτην ποιεῖν στενήν τινα, ἢ τὰς ὑπὸ τοῖς τροπικοῖς εἰσάγειν. —
34.1.16ἐνίσταται δʼ ὁ Ποσειδώνιος τῷ Πολυβίῳ,
34.1.17διότι φησὶ τὴν ὑπὸ τῷ ἰσημερινῷ οἴκησιν ὑψηλοτάτην. —
34.1.18περὶ δὲ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ αὐτῶν πολλὴ διαφωνία τοῖς μετʼ αὐτὸν γέγονεν· οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἓξ αὐτὰς εἶπον, ὡς Πολύβιος καὶ Ποσειδώνιος, τὴν διακεκαυμένην εἰς δύο διαιροῦντες.
34.2.1ἐκ μηδενὸς δὲ ἀληθοῦς ἀνάπτειν κενὴν τερατολογίαν οὐχ Ὁμηρικόν.
34.2.2προσπίπτει γάρ, ὡς εἰκός, ὡς πιθανώτερον ἂν οὕτω τις ψεύδοιτο, εἰ καταμίσγοι τι καὶ αὐτῶν τῶν ἀληθινῶν·
34.2.3ὅπερ καὶ Πολύβιός φησι περὶ τῆς Ὀδυσσέως πλάνης ἐπιχειρῶν. —
Book 34, Part 8
34.11The island Lemnos is called Aethaleia. . . .
34.11The bay between the two promontories of Misenum and Minerva is called the Crater (the Bowl). Above this coast lies the whole of Campania, the most fertile plain in the country. Round the Bowl live the Opici and the Ausones. . . .
34.11The north road from Iapygia has been marked out with miles, five hundred and sixty to Sena, and one hundred and seventy thence to Aquileia. . . .
34.11Then comes Lacinium . . . from the straits to this place is a distance of one thousand three hundred stades, and thence to the Iapygian promontory seven hundred. . . .
34.11Of the three craters one has partly fallen in, the other two remain perfect. The largest has a circular orifice with a circumference of five stades, but it gradually contracts to a diameter of fifty feet; it runs right down to the sea for a stade, so that the sea is visible in clear weather. When a south wind is about to blow, a thick mist envelopes the little island, so that even Sicily is invisible from it: but if there is going to be a north wind, bright flames rise from the crater and shoot up high, and louder rumblings are emitted; but a west wind causes a medium display of both. The other two craters are of the same shape, but their eruptions are less violent. From the difference in the sound of the rumbling, and by observing from what point the eruptions and flames and smoke begin, the wind which is to blow on the third day from that time can be foretold. At least, some men in the Lipari Islands when weather-bound have foretold what wind was coming and have not been deceived. Therefore, it appears that Homer did not speak without meaning, but was stating a truth allegorically when he called Aeolus steward of the winds. . . .
Book 34, Part 2
34.2.4καὶ Πολύβιος δʼ ὀρθῶς ὑπονοεῖ τὰ περὶ τῆς πλάνης.
34.2.5τὸν γὰρ Αἴολον τὸν προσημαίνοντα τοὺς ἔκπλους ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὸν πορθμὸν τόποις ἀμφιδρόμοις οὖσι καὶ δυσέκπλοις διὰ τὰς παλιρροίας ταμίαν τε εἰρῆσθαι τῶν ἀνέμων καὶ βασιλέα νενομίσθαι φησί,
34.2.6καθάπερ Δαναὸν μὲν τὰ ὑδρεῖα τὰ ἐν Ἄργει παραδείξαντα, Ἀτρέα δὲ τοῦ ἡλίου τὸν ὑπεναντίον τῷ οὐρανῷ δρόμον, μάντεις τε καὶ ἱεροσκοπουμένους ἀποδείκνυσθαι βασιλέας·
34.2.7τούς θʼ ἱερέας τῶν Αἰγυπτίων καὶ Χαλδαίους καὶ Μάγους σοφίᾳ τινὶ διαφέροντας τῶν ἄλλων ἡγεμονίας καὶ τιμῆς τυγχάνειν παρὰ τοῖς πρὸ ἡμῶν.
34.2.8οὕτω δὲ καὶ τῶν θεῶν ἕνα ἕκαστον τῶν χρησίμων τινὸς εὑρετὴν γενόμενον τιμᾶσθαι.
34.2.9ταῦτα δὲ προοικονομησάμενος οὐκ ἐᾷ τὸν Αἴολον ἐν μύθου σχήματι ἀκούεσθαι, οὐδʼ ὅλην τὴν Ὀδυσσέως πλάνην, ἀλλὰ μικρὰ μὲν προσμεμυθεῦσθαι, καθάπερ καὶ τῷ Ἰλιακῷ πολέμῳ,
34.2.10τὸ δʼ ὅλον περὶ Σικελίαν καὶ τῷ ποιητῇ πεποιῆσθαι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις συγγραφεῦσιν, ὅσοι τἀπιχώρια λέγουσι τὰ περὶ τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ Σικελίαν.
34.2.11οὐκ ἐπαινεῖ δὲ οὐδὲ τὴν τοιαύτην τοῦ Ἐρατοσθένους ἀπόφασιν, διότι φησὶ τότʼ ἂν εὑρεῖν τινα ποῦ Ὀδυσσεὺς πεπλάνηται, ὅταν εὕρῃ τὸν σκυτέα τὸν συρράψαντα τὸν τῶν ἀνέμων ἀσκόν.
34.2.12καὶ τοῦτο δʼ οἰκείως εἰρῆσθαι τοῖς συμβαίνουσι περὶ τὸ Σκύλλαιον καὶ τὴν θήραν τῶν γαλεωτῶν, τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς Σκύλλης,
34.2.13σκόπελον περιμαιμώωσα,
34.2.13δελφῖνάς τε κύνας τε καὶ εἴ ποθι μεῖζον ἕλῃσι
34.2.14τοὺς γὰρ θύννους ἀγεληδὸν φερομένους παρὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν, ἐπειδὰν ἐκπέσωσι καὶ κωλυθῶσι τῆς Σικελίας ἅψασθαι, περιπίπτειν τοῖς μείζοσι τῶν ζῴων, οἷον δελφίνων καὶ κυνῶν καὶ ἄλλων κητωδῶν,
34.2.15ἐκ δὲ τῆς θήρας αὐτῶν πιαίνεσθαι τοὺς γαλεώτας, οὓς καὶ ξιφίας λέγεσθαι καὶ κύνας φησί.
34.2.16συμβαίνειν γὰρ ταὐτὸν ἐνθάδε καὶ κατὰ τὰς ἀναβάσεις τοῦ Νείλου καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὑδάτων, ὅπερ ἐπὶ πυρὸς καὶ ὕλης ἐμπιπραμένης· ἁθροιζόμενα γὰρ τὰ θηρία φεύγειν τὸ πῦρ ἢ τὸ ὕδωρ καὶ βορὰν γίνεσθαι τοῖς κρείττοσι.
34.3.1ταῦτα δʼ εἰπὼν διηγεῖται τῶν γαλεωτῶν θήραν, ἣ συνίσταται περὶ τὸ Σκύλλαιον.
34.3.2σκοπὸς γὰρ ἐφέστηκε κοινὸς ὑφορμοῦσιν ἐν δικώποις σκαφιδίοις πολλοῖς, δύο καθʼ ἕκαστον σκαφίδιον.
34.3.3καὶ ὁ μὲν ἐλαύνει, ὁ δʼ ἐπὶ τῆς πρῴρας ἕστηκε δόρυ ἔχων, σημήναντος τοῦ σκοποῦ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τοῦ γαλεώτου· φέρεται δὲ τὸ τρίτον μέρος ἔξαλον τὸ ζῷον.
34.3.4συνάψαντος δὲ τοῦ σκάφους ὁ μὲν ἔπληξεν ἐκ χειρός, εἶτʼ ἐξέσπασεν ἐκ τοῦ σώματος τὸ δόρυ χωρὶς τῆς ἐπιδορατίδος·
34.3.5ἀγκιστρώδης τε γάρ ἐστι καὶ χαλαρῶς ἐνήρμοσται τῷ δόρατι ἐπίτηδες, καλῴδιον δʼ ἔχει μακρὸν ἐξημμένον. τοῦτʼ ἐπιχαλῶσι τῷ τρωθέντι, τέως ἂν κάμῃ σφαδᾷζον καὶ ὑποφεῦγον·
34.3.6τότε δʼ ἕλκουσιν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ἢ εἰς τὸ σκάφος ἀναλαμβάνουσιν, ἐὰν μὴ μέγα ᾖ τελέως τὸ σῶμα.
34.3.7κἂν ἐκπέσῃ δὲ εἰς τὴν θάλατταν τὸ δόρυ, οὐκ ἀπόλωλεν· ἔστι γὰρ πηκτὸν ἔκ τε δρυὸς καὶ ἐλάτης, ὥστε βαπτιζομένου τοῦ δρυΐνου βάρει μετέωρον εἶναι τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ εὐανάληπτον.
34.3.8συμβαίνειν δέ ποτε καὶ τιτρώσκεσθαι διὰ τοῦ σκαφιδίου τὸν κωπηλάτην διὰ τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ ξίφους τῶν γαλεωτῶν καὶ τὸ τὴν ἀκμὴν τοῦ ζῴου συαγρώδη εἶναι καὶ τὴν θήραν.
34.3.8ἔκ τε δὴ τῶν τοιούτων εἰκάζοι τις ἄν,
34.3.9φησί, περὶ Σικελίαν γενέσθαι τὴν πλάνην κατὰ τὸν Ὅμηρον, ὅτι τῇ Σκύλλῃ προσῆψε τὴν τοιαύτην θήραν, ἣ μάλιστʼ ἐπιχώριός ἐστι τῷ Σκυλλαίῳ,
Book 34, Part 9
34.12The road from Apollonia to Macedonia is called the Via Egnatia, which has been measured in miles and marked out with milestones as far as Cypselus and the River Hebrus, a distance of five hundred and thirty-five miles. Reckoning eight and one-third stades to a mile, the number of stades will be four thousand four hundred and fifty-eight. The distance is exactly the same whether you start from Apollonia or Epidamnus. The whole road is called the Egnatia, but its first part has got a name from Candavia, a mountain of Illyria, and leads through the town of Lycnidus, and through Pylon, which is the point on the road where Illyria and Macedonia join. Thence it leads over Mount Barnūs, through Heracleia, Lyncestia, and Eordea, to Edessa and Pella, and finally to Thessalonica; and the number of miles is altogether two hundred and sixty-seven. . . . And the whole distance from the Ionian Gulf at Apollonia to Byzantium is seven thousand five hundred stades. . . .
34.12The circumference of the Peloponnesus, if you do not follow the indentations, is four thousand stades. . . .
34.12The distance from Cape Malea to the Ister is ten thousand stades. . . .
34.13On matters concerning the country between the Euphrates and India, Eratosthenes is a better authority than Artemidorus. . . .
34.14A personal visit to Alexandria filled me with disgust at the state of the city. It is inhabited by three distinct races,—native Egyptians, an acute and civilised race; secondly, mercenary soldiers (for the custom of hiring and supporting men-at-arms is an ancient one), who have learnt to rule rather than obey owing to the feeble character of the kings; and a third class, consisting of native Alexandrians, who have never from the same cause become properly accustomed to civil life, but who are yet better than the second class; for though they are now a mongrel race, yet they were originally Greek, and have retained some recollection of Greek principles. But this last class has become almost extinct, thanks to Euergetes Physcon, in whose reign I visited Alexandria; for that king being troubled with seditions, frequently exposed the common people to the fury of the soldiery and caused their destruction. So that in this state of the city the poet’s words only expressed the truth— To Egypt ’tis a long and toilsome road.
Book 34, Part 3
34.3.10καὶ ἐκ τῶν περὶ τῆς Χαρύβδεως λεγομένων ὁμοίων τοῖς τοῦ πορθμοῦ πάθεσι.
34.3.11τρὶς μὲν γάρ τʼ ἀνίησιν ἀντὶ τοῦ δὶς γραφικὸν εἶναι ἁμάρτημα ἢ ἱστορικόν.
34.3.12καὶ τὰ ἐν τῇ Μήνιγγι δὲ τοῖς περὶ τῶν Λωτοφάγων εἰρημένοις συμφωνεῖν.
34.4.1εἰ δέ τινα μὴ συμφωνεῖ, μεταβολὰς αἰτιᾶσθαι δεῖν ἢ ἄγνοιαν ἢ καὶ ποιητικὴν ἐξουσίαν, ἣ συνέστηκεν ἐξ ἱστορίας καὶ διαθέσεως καὶ μύθου.
34.4.2τῆς μὲν οὖν ἱστορίας ἀλήθειαν εἶναι τέλος, ὡς ἐν Νεῶν καταλόγῳ τὰ ἑκάστοις τόποις συμβεβηκότα λέγοντος τοῦ ποιητοῦ, τὴν μὲν πετρήεσσαν, τὴν δὲ ἐσχατόωσαν πόλιν, ἄλλην δὲ πολυτρήρωνα, τὴν δʼ ἀγχίαλον·
34.4.3τῆς δὲ διαθέσεως ἐνέργειαν εἶναι τὸ τέλος, ὡς ὅταν μαχομένους εἰσάγῃ, μύθου δὲ ἡδονὴν καὶ ἔκπληξιν.
34.4.4τὸ δὲ πάντα πλάττειν οὐ πιθανὸν οὐδʼ Ὁμηρικόν· τὴν γὰρ ἐκείνου ποίησιν φιλοσόφημα πάντας νομίζειν, οὐχ ὡς Ἐρατοσθένης φησί, κελεύων μὴ κρίνειν πρὸς τὴν διάνοιαν τὰ ποιήματα μηδʼ ἱστορίαν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ζητεῖν.
34.4.5ἔνθεν δʼ ἐννῆμαρ φερόμην ὀλοοῖς ἀνέμοισιν ἐν βραχεῖ διαστήματι δέχεσθαι — οἱ γὰρ ὀλοοὶ οὐκ εὐθύδρομοι — ἢ ἐξωκεανίζειν, ὡς ἂν οὐρίων πνεόντων συνεχῶς.
34.4.6συνθεὶς δὲ τὸ διάστημα τὸ ἐκ Μαλεῶν ἐπὶ στήλας σταδίων δισμυρίων καὶ δισχιλίων πεντακοσίων, εἰ, φησί, τοῦτο θείημεν ἐν ταῖς ἐννέα ἡμέραις διηνύσθαι ἰσοταχῶς, ἑκάστης ἂν ἡμέρας ὁ πλοῦς συμβαίνοι σταδίων δισχιλίων πεντακοσίων.
34.4.7τίς οὖν ἱστόρηκεν ἐκ Λυκίας ἢ Ῥόδου δευτεραῖόν τινα ἀφιγμένον εἰς Ἀλεξάνδρειαν, ὄντος τοῦ διαστήματος σταδίων τετρακισχιλίων;
34.4.8πρὸς δὲ τοὺς ἐπιζητοῦντας πῶς τρὶς εἰς Σικελίαν ἐλθὼν οὐδʼ ἅπαξ διὰ τοῦ πορθμοῦ πέπλευκεν Ὀδυσσεύς, ἀπολογεῖται διότι καὶ οἱ ὕστερον ἔφευγον ἅπαντες τὸν πλοῦν τοῦτον. τοιαῦτα μὲν εἴρηκεν.
34.5.1Πολύβιος δὲ τὴν Εὐρώπην χωρογραφῶν τοὺς μὲν ἀρχαίους ἐᾶν φησι, τοὺς δʼ ἐκείνους ἐλέγχοντας ἐξετάζειν Δικαίαρχόν τε καὶ Ἐρατοσθένη τὸν τελευταῖον πραγματευσάμενον περὶ γεωγραφίας καὶ Πυθέαν,
34.5.2ὑφʼ οὗ παρακρουσθῆναι πολλούς, ὅλην μὲν τὴν Βρεττανικὴν ἐμβαδὸν ἐπελθεῖν φάσκοντος, τὴν δὲ περίμετρον πλειόνων ἢ τεττάρων μυριάδων ἀποδόντος τῆς νήσου,
34.5.3προσιστορήσαντος δὲ καὶ τὰ περὶ τῆς Θούλης καὶ τῶν τόπων ἐκείνων, ἐν οἷς οὔτε γῆ καθʼ αὑτὴν ὑπῆρχεν ἔτι οὔτε θάλαττα οὔτʼ ἀήρ, ἀλλὰ σύγκριμά τι ἐκ τούτων πλεύμονι θαλαττίῳ ἐοικός,
34.5.4ἐν ᾧ φησι τὴν γῆν καὶ τὴν θάλατταν αἰωρεῖσθαι καὶ τὰ σύμπαντα, καὶ τοῦτον ὡς ἂν δεσμὸν εἶναι τῶν ὅλων, μήτε πορευτὸν μήτε πλωτὸν ὑπάρχοντα.
34.5.5τὸ μὲν οὖν τῷ πλεύμονι ἐοικὸς αὐτὸς ἑωρακέναι, τἄλλα δὲ λέγειν ἐξ ἀκοῆς. ταῦτα μὲν τὰ τοῦ Πυθέου,
34.5.6καὶ διότι ἐπανελθὼν ἐνθένδε πᾶσαν ἐπέλθοι τὴν παρωκεανῖτιν τῆς Εὐρώπης ἀπὸ Γαδείρων ἕως Τανάιδος·
34.5.7φησὶ δʼ οὖν ὁ Πολύβιος ἄπιστον καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο πῶς ἰδιώτῃ ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ πένητι τὰ τοσαῦτα διαστήματα πλωτὰ καὶ πορευτὰ γένοιτο.
34.5.8τὸν δʼ Ἐρατοσθένη διαπορήσαντα εἰ χρὴ πιστεύειν τούτοις, ὅμως περί τε τῆς Βρεττανικῆς πεπιστευκέναι καὶ τῶν κατὰ Γάδειρα καὶ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν.
34.5.9πολὺ δέ φησι βέλτιον τῷ Μεσσηνίῳ πιστεύειν ἢ τούτῳ· ὁ μέντοι γε εἰς μίαν χώραν τὴν Παγχαίαν λέγει πλεῦσαι· ὁ δὲ καὶ μέχρι τῶν τοῦ κόσμου περάτων κατωπτευκέναι τὴν προσάρκτιον τῆς Εὐρώπης πᾶσαν, ἣν οὐδʼ ἂν τῷ Ἑρμῇ πιστεύσαι τις λέγοντι.
34.5.10Ἐρατοσθένη δὲ τὸν μὲν Εὐήμερον Βεργαῖον καλεῖν, Πυθέᾳ δὲ πιστεύειν, καὶ ταῦτα μηδὲ Δικαιάρχου πιστεύσαντος.
34.5.11τὸ μὲν οὖν "μηδὲ Δικαιάρχου πιστεύσαντοσ" γελοῖον, ὥσπερ ἐκείνῳ κανόνι χρήσασθαι προσῆκον, καθʼ οὗ τοσούτους ἐλέγχους αὐτὸς προφέρεται·
34.5.12Ἐρατοσθένους δὲ εἴρηται ἡ περὶ τὰ ἑσπέρια καὶ τὰ ἀρκτικὰ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἄγνοια.
34.5.13ἀλλʼ ἐκείνῳ μὲν καὶ Δικαιάρχῳ συγγνώμη τοῖς μὴ κατιδοῦσι τοὺς τόπους ἐκείνους· Πολυβίῳ δὲ καὶ Ποσειδωνίῳ τίς ἂν συγγνοίη;
Book 35, Part 1
35SPAIN, the eastern and southern parts of which were, since the 2d Punic war, governed by the Romans under a kind of military occupation without being reduced to the form of regular provinces, was always in a disturbed state, partly from sudden uprisings of various tribes against the Roman authority, and partly from numerous bodies of banditti, who seized strongholds or fortified towns and carried on their depredations from these centres. Hence it had been the policy of the Roman praetors and consuls to insist on the demolition of fortresses and city walls, as we learn from the accounts of Cato in B.C. 195 and others. In B.C. 177 Tiberius Sempronius Gracchus had inflicted a severe defeat upon the Celtiberians, and had made a settlement of the country, which for a few years produced comparative quiet and content. But in B.C. 154 an outbreak of the Lusitani led to a considerable disaster to the Roman army under Lucius Mummius; and when the consul Q. Fulvius Nobilior arrived in B.C. 153, he found that the war had accordingly spread to the Celtiberian tribes, the Belli and Titthi, who attempted to build the walls of Segeda. On Nobilior ordering them to desist, in accordance with Gracchan settlement, most of them obeyed after some resistance, but some of them fled to the Arevacae (near the sources of the Douro and Tagus); and this powerful tribe, after defeating the Roman army, entrenched themselves in Numantia, under the walls of which Nobilior sustained further losses. He was superseded in B.C. 152 by Marcus Claudius Marcellus, who, partly by strategy, and partly by administrative skill and conciliation, restored the Roman fortunes to a better position. The Belli and Titthi became allies of Rome, and the Arevacae at least thought it worth while to ask for a truce to enable them to send envoys to Rome to arrange peace.—Appian, .
35.1The war between the Romans and Celtiberians was called the fiery war; for it was of a peculiarly fierce kind and remarkable for the frequency of its battles. The wars in Greece and Asia were as a rule settled by one battle, or in rare cases by two; and the battles themselves were decided by the result of the first charge and shock of the two armies. But in this war things were quite different. As a rule the battles were only stopped by the fall of night; the men neither lost heart nor would yield to bodily fatigue; but returned again and again with fresh resolution to renew the combat. The whole war, and its series of pitched battles, was at length interrupted for a time by the winter. One therefore could hardly conceive a war more nearly answering to our notion of a fiery war than this. . . .
35.2The Celtiberians, after making a truce with the consul M. Claudius Marcellus, had sent ambassadors to Rome who remained there quietly waiting for the answer of the Senate. Meanwhile M. Claudius went on an expedition against the Lusitani, took Nercobrica by assault, and then went into winter quarters at Corduba. Of the ambassadors who came to Rome the Senate admitted those from the Belli and Titthi, who were on the side of Rome, to enter the city; but ordered those from the Arevacae to lodge on the other side of the Tiber, as being at war with Rome, until such time as the Senate should have decided the whole question. When the time for the interview was come, the praetor introduced the envoys from their allies first. Barbarians as they were, they made a set speech, and endeavoured to explain clearly the causes of all the dissension prevailing in their country: pointing out that Unless those who had broken out into war were reduced to tranquillity and punished as they deserved, the very moment the Roman legions left Iberia, they would inflict punishment upon the Belli and Titthi as traitors; and that if they escaped unpunished for their first act of hostility, they would make all the tribes in Iberia ripe for an outbreak from the belief that they were capable of coping with Rome. They begged, therefore, that the legions should remain in Iberia, and that each year a consul should come thither to protect the allies of Rome and punish the depredations of the Arevacae; or, if they wished to withdraw the legions, they should first take signal vengeance for the outbreak of this tribe, that no one might venture to do the like again. Such, or to this effect, was the speech of the envoys of the Belli and Titthi who were in alliance with Rome. The envoys of the hostile tribe were then introduced. On coming forward the Arevacae assumed a feigned tone of submission and humility in the language of their answer, without being, as was evident, at all yielding in their hearts or acknowledging themselves beaten. On the contrary, they continually hinted at the uncertainty of fortune; and speaking of the battles that had taken place as undecided, they conveyed the impression that they had had the best of the contest in them all. The upshot of their speech was this: If they must submit to some definite mulct for their error, they were ready to do so: but, when that was completed, they demanded that things should revert to the position fixed by their treaty made with the Senate in the time of Tiberius Gracchus.
Book 34, Part 4
34.5.14ἀλλὰ μὴν Πολύβιός γέ ἐστιν ὁ λαοδογματικὰς καλῶν ἀποφάσεις, ἃς ποιοῦνται περὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις τοῖς τόποις διαστημάτων καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις πολλοῖς, ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἐν
34.6.1οἷς ἐκείνους ἐλέγχει καθαρεύων. τοῦ γοῦν Δικαιάρχου μυρίους μὲν εἰπόντος τοὺς ἐπὶ στήλας ἀπὸ τῆς Πελοποννήσου σταδίους, πλείους δὲ τούτων τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν Ἀδρίαν μέχρι τοῦ μυχοῦ, τοῦ δʼ ἐπὶ στήλας τὸ μέχρι τοῦ πορθμοῦ τρισχιλίους ἀποδόντος, ὡς γίνεσθαι τὸ λοιπὸν ἑπτακισχιλίους τὸ ἀπὸ πορθμοῦ μέχρι στηλῶν,
34.6.2τοὺς μὲν τρισχιλίους ἐᾶν φησιν εἴτʼ εὖ λαμβάνονται εἴτε μή, τοὺς δʼ ἑπτακισχιλίους οὐδετέρως, οὔτε τὴν παραλίαν ἐκμετροῦντι οὔτε τὴν διὰ μέσου τοῦ πελάγους.
34.6.3τὴν μὲν γὰρ παραλίαν ἐοικέναι μάλιστʼ ἀμβλείᾳ γωνίᾳ, βεβηκυίᾳ ἐπί τε τοῦ πορθμοῦ καὶ τῶν στηλῶν,
34.6.4κορυφὴν δʼ ἐχούσῃ Νάρβωνα, ὥστε συνίστασθαι τρίγωνον, βάσιν ἔχον τὴν διὰ τοῦ πελάγους εὐθεῖαν, πλευρὰς δὲ τὰς τὴν γωνίαν ποιούσας τὴν λεχθεῖσαν·
34.6.5ὧν ἡ μὲν ἀπὸ τοῦ πορθμοῦ μέχρι Νάρβωνος μυρίων ἐστὶ καὶ πλειόνων ἢ διακοσίων ἐπὶ τοῖς χιλίοις, ἡ δὲ λοιπὴ μικρῷ λεῖπον [ἐλαττόνων ἢ] ὀκτακισχιλίων.
34.6.6καὶ μὴν πλεῖστον μὲν διάστημα ἀπὸ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἐπὶ τὴν Λιβύην ὁμολογεῖσθαι κατὰ τὸ Τυρρηνικὸν πέλαγος σταδίων οὐ πλειόνων ἢ τρισχιλίων, κατὰ τὸ Σαρδόνιον δὲ λαμβάνειν συναγωγήν.
34.6.7ἀλλʼ ἔστω, φησί, καὶ ἐκεῖνο τρισχιλίων, προειλήφθω δʼ ἐπὶ τούτοις δισχιλίων σταδίων τὸ τοῦ κόλπου βάθος τοῦ κατὰ Νάρβωνα, ὡς ἂν κάθετος ἀπὸ τῆς κορυφῆς ἐπὶ τὴν βάσιν τοῦ ἀμβλυγωνίου.
34.6.8δῆλον οὖν, φησίν, ἐκ τῆς παιδικῆς μετρήσεως ὅτι ἡ σύμπασα παραλία ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ πορθμοῦ ἐπὶ στήλας ἔγγιστα ὑπερέχει τῆς διὰ τοῦ πελάγους εὐθείας πεντακοσίοις σταδίοις.
34.6.9προστεθέντων δὲ τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς Πελοποννήσου ἐπὶ τὸν πορθμὸν τρισχιλίων, οἱ σύμπαντες ἔσονται στάδιοι, αὐτοὶ οἱ ἐπʼ εὐθείας, πλείους ἢ διπλάσιοι ὧν Δικαίαρχος εἶπε.
34.6.10πλείους δὲ τούτων τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν μυχὸν τὸν Ἀδριατικὸν δεήσει, φησί, τιθέναι κατʼ ἐκεῖνον.
34.6.11ὦ φίλε Πολύβιε, φαίη τις ἄν, ὥσπερ τούτου τοῦ ψεύσματος ἐναργῆ παρίστησι τὸν ἔλεγχον ἡ πεῖρα ἐξ αὐτῶν ὧν εἴρηκας αὐτός,
34.6.12εἰς μὲν Λευκάδα ἐκ Πελοποννήσου ἑπτακοσίους, ἐντεῦθεν δὲ τοὺς ἴσους εἰς Κόρκυραν, καὶ πάλιν ἐντεῦθεν εἰς τὰ Κεραύνια τοὺς ἴσους καὶ ἐν δεξιᾷ εἰς τὴν Ἰαπυδίαν ἀπὸ τῶν Κεραυνίων τὴν Ἰλλυρικὴν παραλίαν σταδίων ἑξακισχιλίων ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα,
34.6.13οὕτως κἀκεῖνα ψεύσματά ἐστιν ἀμφότερα, καὶ ὃ Δικαίαρχος εἶπε, τὸ ἀπὸ πορθμοῦ ἐπὶ στήλας εἶναι σταδίων ἑπτακισχιλίων, καὶ ὃ σὺ δοκεῖς ἀποδεῖξαι·
34.6.14ὁμολογοῦσι γὰρ οἱ πλεῖστοι λέγοντες τὸ διὰ πελάγους μυρίων εἶναι καὶ δισχιλίων. —
34.6.15πῶς οὐκ ἂν εἰκότως δόξειεν ὑπερβεβηκέναι καὶ ἀπολεληρηκέναι τὸν Βεργαῖον Ἀντιφάνην καὶ καθόλου μηδενὶ καταλιπεῖν ὑπερβολὴν ἀνοίας τῶν ἐπιγινομένων; —
34.7.1ἑξῆς δὲ τὰ τοῦ Ἐρατοσθένους ἐπανορθοῖ, τὰ μὲν εὖ, τὰ δὲ χεῖρον λέγων ἢ ἐκεῖνος.
34.7.2ἐξ Ἰθάκης μὲν γὰρ εἰς Κόρκυραν τριακοσίους εἰπόντος, πλείους φησὶν εἶναι τῶν ἐνακοσίων, ἐξ Ἐπιδάμνου δὲ εἰς Θεσσαλονίκειαν ἐνακοσίους ἀποδόντος, πλείους τῶν δισχιλίων φησί. ταῦτα μὲν εὖ,
34.7.3ἀπὸ δὲ Μασσαλίας ἐπὶ στήλας λέγοντος ἑπτακισχιλίους, ἀπὸ δὲ Πυρήνης ἑξακισχιλίους, αὐτὸς λέγει χεῖρον πλείους ἢ ἐνακισχιλίους τοὺς ἀπὸ Μασσαλίας, ἀπὸ δὲ Πυρήνης μικρὸν ἐλάττους ἢ ὀκτακισχιλίους· ἐγγυτέρω γὰρ τῆς ἀληθείας ἐκεῖνος εἴρηκεν.
34.7.4οἱ γὰρ νῦν ὁμολογοῦσιν, εἴ τις τὰς τῶν ὁδῶν ἀνωμαλίας ὑποτέμνοιτο, μὴ μείζω τῶν ἑξακισχιλίων σταδίων εἶναι τὸ μῆκος τὴν σύμπασαν Ἰβηρίαν ἀπὸ Πυρήνης ἕως τῆς ἑσπερίου πλευρᾶς.
34.7.5ὁ δʼ αὐτὸν τὸν Τάγον ποταμὸν ὀκτακισχιλίων τίθησι τὸ μῆκος ἀπὸ τῆς πηγῆς μέχρι τῶν ἐκβολῶν, οὐ δήπου τὸ σὺν τοῖς σκολιώμασιν — οὐ γὰρ γεωγραφικὸν τοῦτο — ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ εὐθείας λέγων· καίτοι γε ἀπὸ Πυρήνης αἱ τοῦ Τάγου πηγαὶ πλέον διέχουσιν ἢ χιλίους σταδίους.
34.7.6πάλιν δὲ τοῦτο μὲν ὀρθῶς ἀποφαίνεται ὅτι ἀγνοεῖ τὰ Ἰβηρικὰ ὁ Ἐρατοσθένης καὶ διότι περὶ αὐτῆς ἔσθʼ ὅπου τὰ μαχόμενα ἀποφαίνεται,
34.7.7ὅς γε μέχρι Γαδείρων ὑπὸ Γαλατῶν περιοικεῖσθαι φήσας τὰ ἔξωθεν αὐτῆς, εἴ γε τὰ πρὸς δύσιν τῆς Εὐρώπης μέχρι Γαδείρων ἔχουσιν ἐκεῖνοι, τούτων ἐκλαθόμενος κατὰ τὴν τῆς Ἰβηρίας περίοδον τῶν Γαλατῶν οὐδαμοῦ μέμνηται.
34.7.8τὸ δὲ μῆκος τῆς Εὐρώπης ὅτι ἔλαττόν ἐστι τοῦ συνάμφω τῆς τε Λιβύης καὶ τῆς Ἀσίας ἐκθείς, οὐκ ὀρθῶς τὴν σύγκρισιν ποιεῖται.
Book 35, Part 2
35.3The Senators having thus heard both sides called in the legates from Marcellus; and when they saw that they also were inclined to a pacification, and that Marcellus was more inclined to favour the enemy than the allied tribes, they answered the Arevacae that Marcellus would declare in Iberia to both parties the decision of the Senate. However, they were convinced in their own minds that their true interests were such as the envoys of the allied tribes suggested, and that the Arevacae were still inclined to haughty independence, and that their own commander was afraid of them: they therefore gave secret instructions to the legates of Marcellus to carry on the war with spirit, and as the honour of the country demanded. But when they had thus determined on a continuance of the war, feeling no confidence in Marcellus, they determined first of all to send a commander to relieve him in Iberia, as the new consuls Aulus Postumius and Lucius Licinius Lucullus had just taken up their office. They then entered with spirit and vigour on their preparations, because they believed that the Iberian question would be decided by the result of this campaign: if these enemies were beaten, they assumed that all others would accept the orders of Rome; but that, if the Arevacae proved able to ward off the punishment that threatened them, not only would their spirits be again raised, but those of all the other Iberian tribes besides.
35.4The more determined however the Senate was to carry on the war, the greater became their embarrassment. For the report brought to Rome by Q. Fulvius Nobilior, the commander in Iberia in the previous year (B. C. 153), and those who had served under him, of the perpetual recurrence of the pitched battles, the number of the fallen, and the valour of the Celtiberians, combined with the notorious fact that Marcellus shrank in terror from the war, caused such a panic in the minds of the new levies as the old men declared had never happened before. To such an extent did the panic go, that sufficient men were not found to come forward for the office of military tribune, and these posts were consequently not entirely filled up; whereas heretofore a larger number than were wanted had been wont to volunteer for the duty: nor would the men nominated by the Consuls as legati to accompany the commanders consent to serve; and, worst of all, the young men tried to avoid the levies, and put forward such excuses as were disgraceful for them to allege, and beneath the investigation of the Consuls, and yet impossible to refute. But at length, in this embarrassment of the Senate and magistrates, when they were wondering what was to be the end of this shameless conduct of the young men, for they could call it nothing else, Publius Cornelius Scipio Africanus, who, though still a young man, had been one of those to advise the war, and who, though he had already acquired a reputation for high principle and pure morality, had not been known for his personal courage, seeing the Senate was in a difficulty, stood up and bade them send him to Iberia, either as military tribune or legatus, for he was ready to serve in either capacity. Though, as far as I am concerned, he said, my mission to Macedonia would be safer and more appropriate—for it happened that at that time Scipio was personally and by name invited by the Macedonians to come and settle the disputes which were raging among them—yet the needs of my own country are the more pressing of the two, and imperatively summon to Iberia all who have a genuine love of honour. This offer was unexpected by all, both from the youth of Scipio and his general character for caution, and consequently he became exceedingly popular on the spot, and still more so on subsequent days. For those who had before shrunk from the danger of the service, now, from dislike of the sorry figure they made in comparison with him, began volunteering to serve. Some offered to go as legati to the generals, and others in groups and clubs entered their names on the muster rolls. . . .
35.5In Scipio’s mind there rose a contest of feelings, and a hesitation as to whether he ought to meet the barbarian and fight him in single combat. . . .
Book 34, Part 5
34.7.9τὸ μὲν γὰρ στόμα τὸ κατὰ στήλας φησὶν ὅτι κατὰ τὴν ἰσημερινὴν δύσιν ἐστίν, ὁ δὲ Τάναϊς ῥεῖ ἀπὸ θερινῆς ἀνατολῆς·
34.7.10ἐλαττοῦται δὴ τοῦ συνάμφω μήκους τῷ μεταξὺ τῆς θερινῆς ἀνατολῆς καὶ τῆς ἰσημερινῆς· τοῦτο γὰρ ἡ Ἀσία προλαμβάνει πρὸς τὴν ἰσημερινὴν ἀνατολὴν τοῦ πρὸς τὰς ἄρκτους ἡμικυκλίου. —
34.7.10προπεπτωκυίας δὲ τῆς Εὐρώπης ἄκραις πλείοσι,
34.7.11βέλτιον μὲν οὗτος εἴρηκε περὶ αὐτῶν Ἐρατοσθένους, οὔπω δὲ ἱκανῶς.
34.7.12ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ τρεῖς ἔφη, τὴν ἐπὶ τὰς στήλας καθήκουσαν, ἐφʼ ἧς ἡ Ἰβηρία, καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸν πορθμόν, ἐφʼ ἧς ἡ Ἰταλία, καὶ τρίτην τὴν κατὰ Μαλέας, ἐφʼ ἧς τὰ μεταξὺ τοῦ Ἀδρίου καὶ τοῦ Εὐξείνου πάντʼ ἔθνη καὶ τοῦ Τανάιδος·
34.7.13οὗτος δὲ τὰς μὲν δύο τὰς πρώτας ὁμοίως ἐκτίθεται, τρίτην δὲ τὴν κατὰ Μαλέας καὶ Σούνιον, ἐφʼ ἧς ἡ Ἑλλὰς πᾶσα καὶ ἡ Ἰλλυρὶς καὶ τῆς Θρᾴκης τινά,
34.7.14τετάρτην δὲ τὴν κατὰ τὴν Θρᾳκίαν χερρόνησον, ἐφʼ ἧς τὰ κατὰ Σηστὸν καὶ Ἄβυδον στενά — ἔχουσι δʼ αὐτὴν Θρᾷκες — πέμπτην δὲ τὴν κατὰ τὸν Κιμμερικὸν Βόσπορον καὶ τὸ στόμα τῆς Μαιώτιδος.
34.8.1Πολύβιος δʼ ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης ἐν τετάρτῃ καὶ τριακοστῇ τῶν Ἱστοριῶν περὶ τῆς ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ Λυσιτανίας χώρας διαλεγόμενός φησιν ὅτι βάλανοί εἰσι κατὰ βάθος ἐν τῇ αὐτόθι θαλάττῃ πεφυτευμέναι, ὧν τὸν καρπὸν σιτουμένους τοὺς θύννους πιαίνεσθαι.
34.8.2διόπερ οὐκ ἂν ἁμάρτοι τις λέγων ὗς εἶναι θαλαττίους τοὺς θύννους. —
34.8.3λέγει δʼ ὁ Πολύβιος καὶ μέχρι τῆς Λατίνης ἐκπίπτειν τὴν βάλανον ταύτην, εἰ μὴ ἄρα, φησί, καὶ ἡ Σαρδὼ φέρει καὶ ἡ πλησιόχωρος ταύτῃ. —
34.8.3τὴν κατὰ Λυσιτανίαν —
34.8.4χώρα δʼ ἐστὶν αὕτη τῆς Ἰβηρίας, ἣν νῦν Ῥωμαῖοι Σπανίαν ὀνομάζουσι — διηγούμενος εὐδαιμονίαν Πολύβιος ὁ Μεγαλοπολίτης [...] ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ καὶ τριακοστῇ τῶν Ἱστοριῶν φησιν ὡς αὐτόθι διὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀέρος εὐκρασίαν καὶ τὰ ζῷα πολύγονα καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι, καὶ οἱ ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ καρποὶ οὐδέποτε φθείρονται·
34.8.5ῥόδα μὲν γὰρ αὐτόθι καὶ λευκόια καὶ ἀσπάραγοι καὶ τὰ παραπλήσια τούτοις οὐ πλεῖον διαλείπει μηνῶν τριῶν,
34.8.6τὸ δὲ θαλάττιον ὄψον καὶ κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος καὶ κατὰ τὴν χρηστότητα καὶ κατὰ τὸ κάλλος μεγάλην ἔχει διαφορὰν πρὸς τὸ γινόμενον ἐν τῇ καθʼ ἡμᾶς θαλάττῃ.
34.8.7καὶ ὁ μὲν τῶν κριθῶν Σικελικὸς μέδιμνός ἐστι δραχμῆς, ὁ δὲ τῶν πυρῶν ἐννέα ὀβολῶν Ἀλεξανδρεινῶν·
34.8.8τοῦ δʼ οἴνου δραχμῆς ὁ μετρητὴς καὶ ἔριφος ὁ μέτριος ὀβολοῦ καὶ λαγώς. τῶν δʼ ἀρνῶν τριώβολον καὶ τετρώβολον ἡ τιμή. ὗς δὲ πίων ἑκατὸν μνᾶς ἄγων πέντε δραχμῶν καὶ πρόβατον δυεῖν. τάλαντον δὲ σύκων τριῶν ὀβολῶν,
34.8.9μόσχος δραχμῶν πέντε καὶ βοῦς ζύγιμος δέκα.
34.8.10τὰ δὲ τῶν ἀγρίων ζῴων κρέα σχεδὸν οὐδὲ κατηξιοῦτο τιμῆς, ἀλλʼ ἐν ἐπιδόσει καὶ χάριτι τὴν ἀλλαγὴν ποιοῦνται τούτων.
34.9.1τοὺς δʼ ἐνοικοῦντας Τουρδητανούς τε καὶ Τουρδούλους προσαγορεύουσιν, οἱ μὲν τοὺς αὐτοὺς νομίζοντες, οἱ δʼ ἑτέρους·
34.9.2ὧν ἐστι καὶ Πολύβιος, συνοίκους φήσας τοῖς Τουρδητανοῖς πρὸς ἄρκτον τοὺς Τουρδούλους. —
34.9.3τῇ δὲ τῆς χώρας εὐδαιμονίᾳ καὶ τὸ ἥμερον καὶ τὸ πολιτικὸν συνηκολούθησε τοῖς Τουρδητανοῖς, καὶ τοῖς Κελτικοῖς δὲ διὰ τὴν γειτνίασιν, ὡς δʼ εἴρηκε Πολύβιος, διὰ τὴν συγγένειαν. —
34.9.4καὶ Δικαίαρχος δὲ καὶ Ἐρατοσθένης καὶ Πολύβιος καὶ οἱ πλεῖστοι τῶν Ἑλλήνων περὶ τὸν πορθμὸν ἀποφαίνουσι τὰς στήλας. —
34.9.5φησὶ δὲ ὁ Πολύβιος κρήνην ἐν τῷ Ἡρακλείῳ τῷ ἐν Γαδείροις εἶναι, βαθμῶν ὀλίγων κατάβασιν ἔχουσαν εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ, πότιμον, ἣν ταῖς παλιρροίαις τῆς θαλάττης ἀντιπαθεῖν, κατὰ μὲν τὰς πλήμας ἐκλείπουσαν, κατὰ δὲ τὰς ἀμπώτεις πληρουμένην.
34.9.6αἰτιᾶται δʼ ὅτι τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἐκ τοῦ βάθους εἰς τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν τῆς γῆς ἐκπῖπτον, καλυφθείσης μὲν αὐτῆς ὑπὸ τοῦ κύματος κατὰ τὰς ἐπιβάσεις τῆς θαλάττης, εἴργεται τῶν οἰκείων τοιούτων ἐξόδων, ἀναστρέψαν δὲ εἰς τὸ ἐντὸς ἐμφράττει τοὺς τῆς πηγῆς πόρους καὶ ποιεῖ λειψυδρίαν·
Book 35, Part 3
35.5Scipio’s horse was much distressed by the blow, but did not come down entirely, and accordingly Scipio managed to light on his feet. . . .
35.6Cato was consulted by Scipio, at the request of Polybius, on behalf of the Achaeans; and when the debate in the Senate, between the party who wished to grant it and the party that opposed it, was protracted to a considerable length, Cato stood up and said: As though we had nothing else to do, we sit here the whole day debating whether some old Greek dotards should be buried by Italian or Achaean undertakers! Their restoration being voted, Polybius and his friends, after a few days’ interval, were for appearing before the Senate again, with a petition that the exiles should enjoy the same honours in Achaia as they had before. Cato, however, remarked with a smile that Polybius, like another Odysseus, wanted to go a second time into the cave of the Cyclops, because he had forgotten his cap and belt. . . .
Book 34, Part 6
34.9.7γυμνωθείσης δὲ πάλιν εὐθυπορῆσαν ἐλευθεροῖ τὰς φλέβας τῆς πηγῆς, ὥστʼ ἀναβλύειν εὐπόρως. —
34.9.8Πολύβιος δὲ τῶν περὶ Καρχηδόνα Νέαν ἀργυρείων μνησθεὶς μέγιστα μὲν εἶναί φησι, διέχειν δὲ τῆς πόλεως ὅσον εἴκοσι σταδίους, περιειληφότα κύκλον τετρακοσίων σταδίων,
34.9.9ὅπου τέτταρας μυριάδας ἀνθρώπων μένειν τῶν ἐργαζομένων, ἀναφέροντας τότε τῷ δήμῳ τῶν Ῥωμαίων καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν δισμυρίας καὶ πεντακισχιλίας δραχμάς.
34.9.10τὴν δὲ κατεργασίαν τὴν μὲν ἄλλην ἐῶ — μακρὰ γάρ ἐστι — , τὴν δὲ συρτὴν βῶλον τὴν ἀργυρῖτίν φησι κόπτεσθαι καὶ κοσκίνοις εἰς ὕδωρ διαττᾶσθαι· κόπτεσθαι δὲ πάλιν τὰς ὑποστάσεις καὶ πάλιν διηθουμένας ἀποχεομένων τῶν ὑδάτων κόπτεσθαι·
34.9.11τὴν δὲ πέμπτην ὑπόστασιν χωνευθεῖσαν, ἀποχυθέντος τοῦ μολίβδου, καθαρὸν τὸν ἄργυρον ἐξάγειν. —
34.9.12Πολύβιος δὲ καὶ τὸν Ἄναν καὶ τοῦτον ἐκ τῆς Κελτιβηρίας ῥεῖν φησι, διέχοντας ἀλλήλων ὅσον ἐνακοσίους σταδίους. —
34.9.13Πολύβιος δὲ τὰ τῶν Οὐακκαίων καὶ τῶν Κελτιβήρων ἔθνη καὶ χωρία διεξιὼν συλλέγει ταῖς ἄλλαις πόλεσι καὶ Σεγεσάμαν καὶ Ἰντερκατίαν. —
34.9.14τοιοῦτον δέ τινα ὑφίσταται τῇ κατασκευῇ καὶ λαμπρότητι οἵανπερ Πολύβιος Ἴβηρός τινος βασιλέως οἰκίαν.
34.9.15ὃν καὶ ἐζηλωκέναι λέγει τὴν τῶν Φαιάκων τρυφὴν πλὴν τοῦ τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐν μέσῳ τῆς οἰκίας ἑστάναι πλήρεις οἴνου κριθίνου, ἀργυροῦς ὄντας καὶ χρυσοῦς.
34.10.1Πολύβιος δʼ ἐν τῇ τετάρτῃ καὶ τριακοστῇ τῶν Ἱστοριῶν μετὰ τὴν Πυρήνην φησὶν ἕως τοῦ Νάρβωνος ποταμοῦ πεδίον εἶναι, διʼ οὗ φέρεσθαι ποταμοὺς Ἰλλέβεριν καὶ Ῥόσκυνον, ῥέοντας παρὰ πόλεις ὁμωνύμους, κατοικουμένας ὑπὸ Κελτῶν.
34.10.2ἐν οὖν τῷ πεδίῳ τούτῳ εἶναι τοὺς λεγομένους ἰχθῦς ὀρυκτούς.
34.10.3εἶναι δὲ τὸ πεδίον λεπτόγειον καὶ πολλὴν ἄγρωστιν ἔχον πεφυκυῖαν· ὑπὸ δὲ ταύτην διάμμου τῆς γῆς οὔσης ἐπὶ δύο καὶ τρεῖς πήχεις, ὑπορρεῖν τὸ πλαζόμενον ἀπὸ τῶν ποταμῶν ὕδωρ,
34.10.4μεθʼ οὗ ἰχθύες κατὰ τὰς παρεκχύσεις ὑποτρέχοντες ὑπὸ τὴν γῆν χάριν τῆς τροφῆς — φιληδοῦσι γὰρ τῇ τῆς ἀγρώστεως ῥίζῃ — πεποιήκασι πᾶν τὸ πεδίον πλῆρες ἰχθύων ὑπογείων, οὓς ἀνορύττοντες λαμβάνουσιν. —
34.10.5περὶ δὲ τῶν τοῦ Ῥοδανοῦ στομάτων Πολύβιος [...] ἐπιτιμᾷ Τιμαίῳ, φήσας εἶναι μὴ πεντάστομον, ἀλλὰ δίστομον. —
34.10.6ὁ δὲ Λίγηρ μεταξὺ Πικτόνων τε καὶ Ναμνιτῶν ἐκβάλλει. πρότερον δὲ Κορβιλὼν ὑπῆρχεν ἐμπόριον ἐπὶ τούτῳ τῷ ποταμῷ, περὶ ἧς εἴρηκε Πολύβιος, μνησθεὶς τῶν ὑπὸ Πυθέου μυθολογηθέντων,
34.10.7ὅτι Μασσαλιωτῶν μὲν τῶν συμμιξάντων Σκιπίωνι οὐδεὶς εἶχε λέγειν οὐδὲν μνήμης ἄξιον, ἐρωτηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος περὶ τῆς Βρετταννικῆς, οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκ Νάρβωνος οὐδὲ τῶν ἐκ Κορβιλῶνος, αἵπερ ἦσαν ἄρισται πόλεις τῶν ταύτῃ, Πυθέας δʼ ἐθάρρησε τοσαῦτα ψεύσασθαι. —
34.10.8φησὶ δὲ Πολύβιος καὶ ἰδιόμορφόν τι γεννᾶσθαι ζῷον ἐν αὐταῖς, ἐλαφοειδὲς τὸ σχῆμα πλὴν αὐχένος καὶ τριχώματος, ταῦτα δʼ ἐοικέναι κάπρῳ·
34.10.9ὑπὸ δὲ τῷ γενείῳ πυρῆνα ἴσχειν ὅσον σπιθαμιαῖον ἀκρόκομον, πωλικῆς κέρκου τὸ πάχος. —
34.10.10ἔτι φησὶ Πολύβιος ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ κατʼ Ἀκυληίαν μάλιστα ἐν τοῖς Ταυρίσκοις τοῖς Νωρικοῖς εὑρεθῆναι χρυσεῖον οὕτως εὐφυὲς ὥστʼ ἐπὶ δύο πόδας ἀποσύραντι τὴν ἐπιπολῆς γῆν εὐθὺς ὀρυκτὸν εὑρίσκεσθαι χρυσόν.
34.10.11τὸ δʼ ὄρυγμα μὴ πλειόνων ὑπάρχειν ἢ πεντεκαίδεκα ποδῶν.
34.10.12εἶναι δὲ τοῦ χρυσοῦ τὸν μὲν αὐτόθεν καθαρόν, κυάμου μέγεθος ἢ θέρμου, τοῦ ὀγδόου μέρους μόνον ἀφεψηθέντος, τὸν δὲ δεῖσθαι μὲν χωνείας πλείονος, σφόδρα δὲ λυσιτελοῦς.
34.10.13συνεργασαμένων δὲ τοῖς βαρβαροῖς τῶν Ἰταλιωτῶν ἐν διμήνῳ, παραχρῆμα τὸ χρυσίον εὐωνότερον γενέσθαι τῷ τρίτῳ μέρει καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἰταλίαν.
34.10.14αἰσθομένους δὲ τοὺς Ταυρίσκους μονοπωλεῖν ἐκβαλόντας τοὺς συνεργαζομένους. —
34.10.15ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς ἀνὴρ περὶ τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν Ἄλπεων καὶ τοῦ ὕψους λέγων παραβάλλει τὰ ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ὄρη τὰ μέγιστα, τὸ Ταΰγετον, τὸ Λύκαιον, Παρνασσόν, Ὄλυμπον, Πήλιον, Ὄσσαν, ἐν δὲ Θρᾴκῃ Αἷμον, Ῥοδόπην, Δούνακα.
Book 36, Part 1
36.1IT may occur to some to ask why I have not given a dramatic turn to my narrative, now that I have so striking a theme and a subject of such importance, by recording the actual speeches delivered; a thing which the majority of historians have done, by giving the appropriate arguments used on either side. That I do not reject this method altogether I have shown in several parts of my work, in which I have recorded popular harangues and expositions delivered by statesmen; but that I am not inclined to employ it on every occasion alike will now be made clear; for it would not be easy to find a subject more remarkable than this, nor material more ample for instituting a comparison of such a character. Nor indeed could any form of composition be more convenient to me. Still, as I do not think it becoming in statesmen to be ready with argument and exposition on every subject of debate without distinction, but rather to adapt their speeches to the nature of the particular occasion, so neither do I think it right for historians to practise their skill or show off their ability upon their readers: they ought on the contrary to devote their whole energies to discover and record what was really and truly said, and even of such words only those that are the most opportune and essential. . . .
36.2This idea having been firmly fixed in the minds of all, they looked out for a suitable opportunity and a decent pretext to justify them in the eyes of the world. For indeed the Romans were quite rightly very careful on this point. For instance, the general impression that they were justified in entering upon the war with Demetrius enhances the value of their victories, and diminishes the risks incurred by their defeats; but if the pretext for doing so is lame and poor the contrary effects are produced. Accordingly, as they differed as to the sentiments of the outer world on the subject, they were very nearly abandoning the war. . .
36.3When the Carthaginians had been some time deliberating how they should meet the message from Rome they were reduced to a state of the utmost embarrassment by the people of Utica anticipating their design by putting themselves under the protection of Rome. This seemed their only hope of safety left: and they imagined that such a step must win them favour at Rome: for to submit to put themselves and their country under control was a thing which they had never done even in their darkest hour of danger and defeat, with the enemy at their very walls. And now they had lost all the fruit of this resolve by being anticipated by the people of Utica; for it would appear nothing novel or strange to the Romans if they only did the same as that people. Accordingly, with a choice of two evils only left, to accept war with courage or to surrender their independence, after a long and anxious discussion held secretly in the Senate-house, they appointed two ambassadors with plenary powers, and instructed them, that, in view of the existing state of things, they should do what seemed for the advantage of their country. The names of these envoys were Gisco Strytanus, Hamilcar, Misdes, Gillimas, and Mago. When they reached Rome from Carthage, they found war already decreed and the generals actually started with their forces. Circumstances, therefore, no longer giving them any power of deliberating, they offered an unconditional surrender.
Book 34, Part 7
34.10.16καί φησιν ὅτι τούτων μὲν ἕκαστον μικροῦ δεῖν αὐθημερὸν εὐζώνοις ἀναβῆναι δυνατόν, αὐθημερὸν δὲ καὶ περιελθεῖν,
34.10.17τὰς δʼ Ἄλπεις οὐδʼ ἂν πεμπταῖος ἀναβαίη τις· τὸ δὲ μῆκός ἐστι δισχιλίων καὶ διακοσίων σταδίων τὸ παρῆκον παρὰ τὰ πεδία.
34.10.18τέτταρας δʼ ὑπερβάσεις ὀνομάζει μόνον, διὰ Λιγύων μὲν τὴν ἔγγιστα τῷ Τυρρηνικῷ πελάγει, εἶτα τὴν διὰ Ταυρίνων, ἣν Ἀννίβας διῆλθεν, εἶτα τὴν διὰ Σαλασσῶν, τετάρτην δὲ τὴν διὰ Ῥαιτῶν, ἁπάσας κρημνώδεις.
34.10.19λίμνας δὲ εἶναί φησιν ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι πλείους μέν, τρεῖς δὲ μεγάλας, ὧν ἡ μὲν Βήνακος ἔχει μῆκος πεντακοσίων σταδίων, πλάτος δὲ ἑκατὸν τριάκοντα, ἐκρεῖ δὲ ποταμὸς Μίγκιος·
34.10.20ἡ δʼ ἑξῆς Λάριος τετρακοσίων, πλάτος δὲ στενωτέρα τῆς πρότερον, ἐξίησι δὲ ποταμὸν τὸν Ἀδούαν·
34.10.21τρίτη δὲ Οὐερβανὸς μῆκος ἐγγὺς τριακοσίων σταδίων, πλάτος δὲ τριάκοντα, ποταμὸν δὲ ἐξίησι μέγαν Τίκινον. πάντες δʼ εἰς τὸν Πάδον συρρέουσι.
34.11.1Πολύβιος δὲ διάφορον οἶνον ἐν Καπύῃ φησὶ γίνεσθαι τὸν ἀναδενδρίτην καλούμενον, ᾧ μηδένα συγκρίνεσθαι. —
34.11.2φησὶ δὲ Πολύβιος πεζῇ μὲν εἶναι τὴν παραλίαν τὴν ἀπὸ Ἰαπυγίας μέχρι πορθμοῦ καὶ τρισχιλίων σταδίων, κλύζεσθαι δʼ αὐτὴν τῷ Σικελικῷ πελάγει, πλέοντι δὲ καὶ πεντακοσίων δέουσαν. —
34.11.3τῆς δὲ Τυρρηνίας μῆκος μὲν τὸ μέγιστον εἶναί φασι τὴν παραλίαν ἀπὸ Λούνης μέχρι Ὠστίων δισχιλίων που καὶ πεντακοσίων σταδίων· πλάτος δὲ τοῦ ἡμίσους ἔλαττον τὸ πρὸς τοῖς ὄρεσιν. εἰς μὲν οὖν Πίσας ἀπὸ Λούνης πλείους τῶν τετρακοσίων σταδίων εἰσίν, ἐντεῦθεν δʼ εἰς Οὐολατέρρας διακόσιοι ὀγδοήκοντα, πάλιν δʼ ἐνθένδε εἰς Ποπλώνιον διακόσιοι ἑβδομήκοντα, ἐκ δὲ Ποπλωνίου εἰς Κόσαν ἐγγὺς ὀκτακόσιοι, οἱ δὲ ἑξακόσιοί φασι. Πολύβιος δʼ οὐκ εὖ καὶ τοὺς πάντας χιλίους τριακοσίους τριάκοντα λέγει. —
34.11.3Αἰθάλη, νῆσος Τυρσηνῶν .
34.11.4[...] Πολύβιος δʼ ἐν τριακοστῇ τετάρτῃ λέγει Αἰθάλειαν τὴν Λῆμνον καλεῖσθαι. —
34.11.4καλοῦσι δʼ αὐτὸν Κρατῆρα,
34.11.5ἀπὸ τοῦ Μισηνοῦ μέχρι τοῦ Ἀθηναίου, δυεῖν ἀκρωτηρίων, κολπούμενον. ὑπὲρ δὲ τούτων τῶν ᾐόνων Καμπανία πᾶσα ἵδρυται, πεδίον εὐδαιμονέστατον τῶν ἁπάντων .
34.11.6[...] Ἀντίοχος μὲν οὖν φησι τὴν χώραν ταύτην Ὀπικοὺς οἰκῆσαι, τούτους δὲ καὶ Αὔσονας καλεῖσθαι.
34.11.7Πολύβιος δʼ ἐμφαίνει δύο ἔθνη νομίζων ταῦτα· Ὀπικοὺς γάρ φησι καὶ Αὔσονας οἰκεῖν τὴν χώραν ταύτην περὶ τὸν Κρατῆρα. —
34.11.7Πολύβιος δʼ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰαπυγίας μεμιλιάσθαι φησί,
34.11.8καὶ εἶναι μίλια πεντακόσια ἑξήκοντα δύο εἰς Σίλαν πόλιν, ἐντεῦθεν δʼ εἰς Ἀκυληίαν ἑκατὸν ἑβδομήκοντα ὀκτώ. —
34.11.8μετὰ δὲ ταύτας τὸ Λακίνιον,
34.11.9Ἥρας ἱερόν, πλούσιόν ποτε ὑπάρξαν καὶ πολλῶν ἀναθημάτων μεστόν.
34.11.10τὰ διάρματα δʼ οὐκ εὐκρινῶς λέγεται· πλὴν ὥς γε ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ σταδίους ἀπὸ πορθμοῦ μέχρι Λακινίου Πολύβιος ἀποδίδωσι χιλίους καὶ τριακοσίους,
34.11.11ἐντεῦθεν δὲ καὶ δίαρμα εἰς ἄκραν Ἰαπυγίαν ἑπτακοσίους. —
34.11.12Πολύβιος δὲ τῶν τριῶν κρατήρων τὸν μὲν κατερρυηκέναι φησὶν ἐκ μέρους, τοὺς δὲ συμμένειν·
34.11.13τὸν δὲ μέγιστον τὸ χεῖλος ἔχειν περιφερὲς ὂν πέντε σταδίων, κατʼ ὀλίγον δὲ συνάγεσθαι εἰς πεντήκοντα ποδῶν διάμετρον·
34.11.14καθʼ οὗ βάθος εἶναι τὸ μέχρι θαλάττης σταδιαῖον, ὥστε καθορᾶν ταῖς νηνεμίαις. [εἰ δὲ ταῦτʼ ἐστὶ πιστά, οὐκ ἀπιστητέον ἴσως οὐδὲ τοῖς περὶ Ἐμπεδοκλέους μυθολογηθεῖσιν.
Book 36, Part 2
36.4I have spoken before about what this implies, but I must in this place also briefly remind my readers of its import. Those who thus surrender themselves to the Roman authority, surrender all territory and the cities in it, together with all men and women in all such territory or cities, likewise rivers, harbours, temples, and tombs, so that the Romans should become actual lords of all these, and those who surrender should remain lords of nothing whatever. On the Carthaginians making a surrender to this effect, they were summoned into the Senate-house and the Praetor delivered the Senate’s decision, which was to this effect: They had been well advised, and therefore the Senate granted them freedom and the enjoyment of their laws; and moreover, all their territory and the possession of their other property, public or private. The Carthaginian envoys were much relieved when they heard this; thinking that, where the alternatives were both miserable, the Senate had treated them well in conceding their most necessary and important requirements. But presently the Praetor went on to state that they would enjoy these concessions on condition of sending three hundred hostages to Lilybaeum within thirty days, sons of members of the Hundred or the Senate, and obeying such commands as should be imposed on them by the consuls. This dashed their satisfaction for a time, because they had no means of knowing what orders were to be given them through the consuls; however, they started at once, being anxious to report what had occurred to their countrymen with all speed. When they arrived in Carthage and stated the facts, the citizens considered that the envoys had in all respects acted with proper caution; but they were greatly alarmed and distressed by the fact that in the answer no mention was made of the city itself.
36.5At this juncture they say that Mago Brettius delivered a manly and statesmanlike speech. He said: The Carthaginians had two opportunities of taking counsel in regard to themselves and their country, one of which they had let pass; for in good truth it was no use now to question what was going to be enjoined on them by the consuls, and why it was that the Senate had made no mention of the city: they should have done that when they made the surrender. Having once made that, they must clearly make up their mind to the necessity of submitting to every possible injunction, unless it should prove to be something unbearably oppressive or beyond what they could possibly expect. If they would not do this, they must now consider whether they preferred to stand an invasion and all its possible consequences, or, in terror of the attack of the enemy, accept without resistance every order they might impose upon them. But as the imminence of war and the uncertainty of the future made every one inclined to submit to these injunctions, it was decided to send the hostages to Lilybaeum. Three hundred young men were forthwith selected and sent to Lilybaeum amidst loud expressions of sorrow and tears, each of them being escorted by his nearest friends and relations, the whole scene being made especially moving by the lamentations of the women. On landing at Lilybaeum the hostages were at once handed over by the consuls to Quintus Fabius Maximus, who had been appointed to the command in Sicily at that time. By him they were safely conveyed to Rome and confined in the dockyard of the six-benched ships.
36.6The hostages being thus disposed of, the consuls brought their fleet to the citadel of Utica. When news of this reached Carthage, the city was in the utmost excitement and panic, not knowing what to expect next. However, it was decided to send envoys to ask the consuls what they were to do, and to state that they were all prepared to obey orders. The envoys arrived at the Roman camp: the general’s council was summoned: and they delivered their commission. The senior Consul thereupon, after complimenting them on their policy and readiness to obey, bade them hand over all arms and missiles in their possession without subterfuge or concealment. The envoys answered that they would carry out the directions, but begged the Consul to consider what would happen if the Carthaginians surrendered all their arms, and the Romans took them and sailed away from the country. However, they gave them up. . . .
Book 34, Part 8
34.11.15] ἐὰν μὲν οὖν νότος μέλλῃ πνεῖν, ἀχλὺν ὁμιχλώδη καταχεῖσθαι κύκλῳ φησὶ τῆς νησῖδος, ὥστε μηδὲ τὴν Σικελίαν ἄπωθεν φαίνεσθαι· ὅταν δὲ βορέας,
34.11.16φλόγας καθαρὰς ἀπὸ τοῦ λεχθέντος κρατῆρος εἰς ὕψος ἐξαίρεσθαι καὶ βρόμους ἐκπέμπεσθαι μείζους· τὸν δὲ ζέφυρον μέσην τινὰ ἔχειν τάξιν.
34.11.17τοὺς δʼ ἄλλους κρατῆρας ὁμοειδεῖς μὲν εἶναι, τῇ δὲ βίᾳ λείπεσθαι τῶν ἀναφυσημάτων·
34.11.18ἔκ τε δὴ τῆς διαφορᾶς τῶν βρόμων καὶ ἐκ τοῦ πόθεν ἄρχεται τὰ ἀναφυσήματα καὶ αἱ φλόγες καὶ αἱ λιγνύες προσημαίνεσθαι καὶ τὸν εἰς ἡμέραν τρίτην πάλιν μέλλοντα ἄνεμον πνεῖν.
34.11.19τῶν γοῦν ἐν Λιπάραις γενομένης ἀπλοίας προειπεῖν τινάς φησι τὸν ἐσόμενον ἄνεμον καὶ μὴ διαψεύσασθαι.
34.11.20ἀφʼ οὗ δὴ τὸ μυθωδέστατον δοκοῦν εἰρῆσθαι τῷ ποιητῇ οὐ μάτην φαίνεσθαι λεχθέν, ἀλλʼ αἰνιξαμένου τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὅταν φῇ ταμίαν τῶν ἀνέμων τὸν Αἴολον.
34.12.1καὶ ἄλλα δʼ οὐ πιστὰ λέγει, τό τε συντετρῆσθαι τὰ πελάγη ἀπὸ τοῦ εὑρίσκεσθαι κέραμόν τε Χῖον καὶ Θάσιον ἐν τῷ Νάρωνι, καὶ τὸ ἄμφω κατοπτεύεσθαι τὰ πελάγη ἀπό τινος ὄρους, καὶ τῶν νήσων τῶν Λιβυρνίδων Τιθείς, ὥστε κύκλον ἔχειν σταδίων καὶ πεντακοσίων, καὶ τὸ τὸν Ἴστρον ἑνὶ τῶν στομάτων εἰς τὸν Ἀδρίαν ἐμβάλλειν.
34.12.2τοιαῦτα δὲ καὶ τοῦ Ἐρατοσθένους ἔνια παρακούσματά ἐστι λαοδογματικά, καθάπερ Πολύβιός φησι καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων λέγων συγγραφέων. —
34.12.2aἐκ δὲ τῆς Ἀπολλωνίας εἰς Μακεδονίαν ἡ Ἐγνατία ἐστὶν ὁδὸς πρὸς ἕω, βεβηματισμένη κατὰ μίλιον καὶ κατεστηλωμένη μέχρι Κυψέλων καὶ Ἕβρου ποταμοῦ· μιλίων δʼ ἐστὶ πεντακοσίων τριάκοντα πέντε.
34.12.3λογιζομένῳ δέ, ὡς μὲν οἱ πολλοί, τὸ μίλιον ὀκταστάδιον τετρακισχίλιοι ἂν εἶεν στάδιοι καὶ ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς διακόσιοι ὀγδοήκοντα,
34.12.4ὡς δὲ Πολύβιος, προστιθεὶς τῷ ὀκτασταδίῳ δίπλεθρον, ὅ ἐστι τρίτον σταδίου, προσθετέον ἄλλους σταδίους ἑκατὸν ἑβδομήκοντα ὀκτώ, τὸ τρίτον τοῦ τῶν μιλίων ἀριθμοῦ.
34.12.5συμβαίνει δʼ ἀπὸ ἴσου διαστήματος συμπίπτειν εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ὁδὸν τούς τʼ ἐκ τῆς Ἀπολλωνίας ὁρμηθέντας καὶ τοὺς ἐξ Ἐπιδάμνου.
34.12.6ἡ μὲν οὖν πᾶσα Ἐγνατία καλεῖται, ἡ δὲ πρώτη ἐπὶ Κανδαουίας λέγεται, ὄρους Ἰλλυρικοῦ, διὰ Λυχνιδοῦ πόλεως καὶ Πυλῶνος, τόπου ὁρίζοντος ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ τήν τε Ἰλλυρίδα καὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν.
34.12.7ἐκεῖθεν δʼ ἐστὶ παρὰ Βαρνοῦντα διὰ Ἡρακλείας καὶ Λυγκηστῶν καὶ Ἐορδῶν εἰς Ἔδεσσαν καὶ Πέλλαν μέχρι Θεσσαλονικείας·
34.12.8μίλια δʼ ἐστί, φησὶ Πολύβιος, ταῦτα διακόσια ἑξήκοντα ἑπτά. —
34.12.9ὅτι ἐκ Περίνθου εἰς Βυζάντιόν εἰσιν ἑξακόσιοι τριάκοντα, ἀπὸ δὲ Ἕβρου καὶ Κυψέλων εἰς Βυζάντιον μέχρι Κυανέων τρισχίλιοι ἑκατόν, ὥς φησιν Ἀρτεμίδωρος, τὸ δὲ σύμπαν μῆκος ἀπὸ Ἰονίου κόλπου τοῦ κατὰ Ἀπολλωνίαν μέχρι Βυζαντίου ἑπτακισχίλιοι τριακόσιοι εἴκοσι· προστίθησι δʼ ὁ Πολύβιος καὶ ἄλλους ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα,
34.12.10τὸ τρίτον τοῦ σταδίου προσλαμβάνων ἐπὶ τοῖς ὀκτὼ τοῦ μιλίου σταδίοις.
34.12.11ἡ δὲ περίμετρος μὴ κατακολπίζοντι τετρακισχιλίων σταδίων, ὡς Πολύβιος. —
34.12.12Πολυβίου δʼ εἰρηκότος τὸ ἀπὸ Μαλεῶν ἐπὶ τὰς ἄρκτους μέχρι τοῦ Ἴστρου διάστημα περὶ μυρίους σταδίους, εὐθύνει τοῦτο ὁ Ἀρτεμίδωρος οὐκ ἀτόπως [...] κατʼ ἐκεῖνον δὴ συμβαίνει τὸ ἐκ τοῦ Ἴστρου ἐπὶ Μαλέας ἑξακισχιλίων πεντακοσίων. αἴτιον δὲ τούτου τὸ μὴ τὴν σύντομον καταμετρεῖν ἀλλὰ τὴν τυχοῦσαν, ἣν ἐπορεύθη τῶν στρατηγῶν τις.
34.13.1τὰ δʼ ἐπʼ εὐθείας τούτοις μέχρι τῆς Ἰνδικῆς τὰ αὐτὰ κεῖται καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἀρτεμιδώρῳ, ἅπερ καὶ παρὰ τῷ Ἐρατοσθένει. λέγει δὲ καὶ Πολύβιος περὶ τῶν ἐκεῖ μάλιστα δεῖν πιστεύειν ἐκείνῳ.
34.14.1ὁ γοῦν Πολύβιος γεγονὼς ἐν τῇ πόλει βδελύττεται
34.14.2τὴν τότε κατάστασιν καί φησι τρία γένη τὴν πόλιν οἰκεῖν, τό τε Αἰγύπτιον καὶ ἐπιχώριον φῦλον, ὀξὺ καὶ πολιτικόν,
34.14.3καὶ τὸ μισθοφορικόν, βαρὺ καὶ πολὺ καὶ ἀνάγωγον· ἐξ ἔθους γὰρ παλαιοῦ ξένους ἔτρεφον τοὺς τὰ ὅπλα ἔχοντας, ἄρχειν μᾶλλον ἢ ἄρχεσθαι δεδιδαγμένους διὰ τὴν τῶν βασιλέων οὐδένειαν.
34.14.4τρίτον δʼ ἦν γένος τὸ τῶν Ἀλεξανδρέων, οὐδʼ αὐτὸ εὐκρινῶς πολιτικὸν διὰ τὰς αὐτὰς αἰτίας, κρεῖττον δʼ ἐκείνων ὅμως·
Book 36, Part 3
36.6It was clearly shown that the resources of the city were enormous, for they surrendered to the Romans more than two hundred thousand stands of arms and two thousand catapults. . . .
36.7The people had no idea what the announcement was going to be, but suspecting it from the expression of the envoys’ countenances, they immediately burst into a storm of cries and lamentations. . . .
36.7Then all the Senators, uttering a cry of horror, remained as though paralysed by the shock. But the report having quickly spread among the people, the general indignation at once found expression. Some made an attack on the envoys, as the guilty authors of their misfortunes, while others wreaked their wrath upon all Italians caught within the city, and others rushed to the town gates. . . .
Book 34, Part 9
34.14.5καὶ γὰρ εἰ μιγάδες, Ἕλληνες ὅμως ἀνέκαθεν ἦσαν καὶ ἐμέμνηντο τοῦ κοινοῦ τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἔθους. ἠφανισμένου δὲ καὶ τούτου τοῦ πλήθους,
34.14.6μάλιστα ὑπὸ τοῦ Εὐεργέτου τοῦ Φύσκωνος, καθʼ ὃν ἧκεν εἰς τὴν Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ὁ Πολύβιος —
34.14.7καταστασιαζόμενος γὰρ ὁ Φύσκων πλεονάκις τοῖς στρατιώταις ἐφίει τὰ πλήθη καὶ διέφθειρε —
34.14.8, τοιούτων δή, φησίν, ὄντων τῶν ἐν τῇ πόλει, λοιπὸν ἦν τῷ ὄντι τὸ τοῦ ποιητοῦ
34.14.8Αἴγυπτόνδʼ ἰέναι δολιχὴν ὁδὸν ἀργαλέην τε.
Book 36, Part 4
36.8Hamilcar Phameas was the general of the Carthaginians, a man in the very prime of life and of great physical strength. What is of the utmost importance too for service in the field, he was an excellent and bold horseman. . . .
36.8When he saw the advanced guard, Phameas, though not at all deficient in courage, avoided coming to close quarters with Scipio: and on one occasion when he had come near his reserves, he got behind the cover of the brow of a hill and halted there a considerable time. . . .
36.8The Roman maniples fled to the top of a hill; and when all had given their opinions, Scipio said, When men are consulting what measures to take at first, their object should be to avoid disaster rather than to inflict it. . . .
Book 35, Part 1
35.1.1πύρινος πόλεμος, ὁ Ῥωμαίων πρὸς τοὺς Κελτίβηρας συσταθείς. θαυμαστὴν γὰρ ἔσχε τὴν ἰδιότητα τήν τε συνέχειαν τῶν ἀγώνων.
35.1.2τοὺς γὰρ κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολέμους καὶ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν ὡς ἐπίπαν μία μάχη κρίνει, σπανίως δὲ δευτέρα, καὶ τὰς μάχας αὐτὰς εἷς καιρὸς ὁ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην ἔφοδον καὶ σύμπτωσιν τῆς δυνάμεως·
35.1.3κατὰ δὲ τοῦτον τὸν πόλεμον τἀναντία συνέβαινε τοῖς προειρημένοις.
35.1.4τοὺς μὲν γὰρ κινδύνους ὡς ἐπίπαν ἡ νὺξ διέλυε, τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὔτʼ εἴκειν ταῖς ψυχαῖς οὔτε παρακαθιέναι τοῖς σώμασι βουλομένων διὰ τὸν κόπον, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς καὶ μεταμελείας αὖθις ἄλλας ἀρχὰς ποιουμένων.
35.1.5τόν γε μὴν ὅλον πόλεμον καὶ τὴν συνέχειαν τῶν ἐκ παρατάξεως διακρίσεων ὁ χειμὼν ἐπὶ ποσὸν διεῖργε.
35.1.6καθόλου γάρ, εἴ τις διανοηθείη πύρινον πόλεμον, οὐκ ἂν ἕτερον ἢ τοῦτον νοήσειε. —
Book 36, Part 5
36.8It ought not to excite surprise that I am more minute than usual in my account of Scipio and that I give in detail everything which he said. . . .
36.8When Marcius Porcius Cato heard in Rome of the glorious achievements of Scipio he uttered a palinode to his criticisms of him: What have you heard? He alone has the breath of wisdom in him: the rest are but flitting phantoms.
Book 35, Part 2
35.2.1ὅτι ἐπειδὴ οἱ Κελτίβηρες ἀνοχὰς ποιησάμενοι πρὸς Μάρκον Κλαύδιον τὸν στρατηγὸν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ἐξαπέστειλαν τὰς πρεσβείας εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην, οὗτοι μὲν τὴν ἡσυχίαν ἦγον, καραδοκοῦντες τὴν ἀπόφασιν τῆς συγκλήτου,
35.2.2Μάρκος δὲ στρατεύσας εἰς τοὺς Λυσιτανοὺς καὶ τὴν Νερκόβρικα πόλιν κατὰ κράτος ἑλὼν ἐν Κορδύβᾳ τὴν παραχειμασίαν ἐποιεῖτο.
35.2.3τῶν δὲ πρέσβεων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην παραγενομένων, τοὺς μὲν παρὰ τῶν Βελλῶν καὶ Τίττων, ὅσοι τὰ Ῥωμαίων ᾑροῦντο, παρεδέξαντο πάντας εἰς τὴν πόλιν,
35.2.4τοὺς δὲ παρὰ τῶν Ἀραυακῶν πέραν τοῦ Τιβέρεως ἐκέλευσαν κατασκηνοῦν διὰ τὸ πολεμίους ὑπάρχειν, ἕως βουλεύσωνται περὶ τῶν ὅλων.
35.2.5γενομένου δὲ καιροῦ πρὸς ἔντευξιν, κατὰ πόλιν ὁ στρατηγὸς εἰσῆγε τοὺς συμμάχους.
35.2.6οἱ δὲ καίπερ ὄντες βάρβαροι διετίθεντο λόγους καὶ πάσας ἐξευκρινεῖν ἐπειρῶντο τὰς διαφοράς,
Book 37, Part 1
37.1THERE was a great deal of talk of all sorts in Greece, first as to the Carthaginians when the Romans conquered them, and subsequently as to the question of the pseudo-Philip. The opinions expressed in regard to the Carthaginians were widely divided, and indicated entirely opposite views. Some commended the Romans for their wise and statesmanlike policy in regard to that kingdom. For the removal of a perpetual menace, and the utter destruction of a city which had disputed the supremacy with them, and could even then if it got an opportunity have still been disputing it,—thus securing the supremacy for their own country,—were the actions of sensible and far-sighted men. Others contradicted this, and asserted that the Romans had no such policy in view when they obtained their supremacy; and that they had gradually and insensibly become perverted to the same ambition for power, which had once characterised the Athenians and Lacedaemonians; and though they had advanced more slowly than these last, that they would from all appearances yet arrive at the same consummation. For in old times they had only carried on war until their opponents were beaten, and induced to acknowledge the obligation of obedience and acceptance of their orders; but that nowadays they had given a foretaste of their policy by their conduct to Perseus, in utterly destroying the Macedonian dynasty root and branch, and had given the finishing stroke to that policy by the course adopted in regard to the Carthaginians; for though this latter people had committed no act of irretrievable outrage, they had taken measures of irretrievable severity against them, in spite of their offering to accept any terms, and submitting to any injunctions that might be placed upon them. Others again said that the Romans were generally a truly civilised people; and that they had this peculiarity, on which they prided themselves, that they conducted their wars openly and generously, not employing night surprises or ambuscades, but scorning every advantage to be gained by stratagem and deceit, and regarding open and face-to-face combats as alone becoming to their character: but that in the present instance their whole campaign against the Carthaginians had been conducted by means of stratagem and deceit. Little by little,—by holding out inducements here, and practising concealment there,—they had deprived them of all hopes of assistance from their allies. This was a line of conduct more appropriate by rights to the intriguing chicanery of a monarchy, than to a republican and Roman policy. Again, there were some who took the opposite line to these. They said that if it were really true that, before the Carthaginians had made the surrender, the Romans had behaved as alleged, holding out inducements here, and making half revelations there, they would be justly liable to such charges; but if, on the contrary, it was only after the Carthaginians had themselves made the surrender,—acknowledging the right of the Romans to take what measures they chose concerning them,—that the latter in the exercise of their undoubted right had imposed and enjoined what they determined upon, then this action must cease to be looked on as partaking of the nature of impiety or treachery. And some denied that it was an impiety at all: for there were three ways in which such a thing could be defined, none of which applied to the conduct of the Romans. An impiety was something done against the gods, or one’s parents, or the dead; treachery was something done in violation of oaths or written agreements; an injustice something done in violation of law and custom. But the Romans could not be charged on any one of these counts: they had offended neither the gods, their parents, nor the dead; nor had they broken oaths or treaties, but on the contrary charged the Carthaginians with breaking them. Nor again had they violated laws, customs, or their own good faith; for having received a voluntary surrender, with the full power of doing what they pleased in the event of the submitting party not obeying their injunctions, they had, in view of that eventuality having arisen, applied force to them.
37.2Such were the criticisms commonly made on the dealings of the Romans with the Carthaginians. But as to the Pseudo-Philip, the report at first appeared quite beneath consideration. A Philip suddenly appears in Macedonia, as though he had dropped from the skies, in contempt of Macedonians and Romans alike, without having the least reasonable pretext for his claim, as every one knew that the real Philip had died in Alba in Italy two years after Perseus himself. But when, three or four months afterwards, a report arrived that he had conquered the Macedonians in a battle in the territory of the Odomanti beyond the Strymon, some believed it, but the majority were still incredulous. But presently, when news came that he had conquered the Macedonians in a battle on this side of the Strymon, and was master of all Macedonia; and when letters and envoys came from the Thessalians to the Achaeans imploring help, as though the danger were now affecting Thessaly, it seemed an astonishing and inexplicable event; for there was nothing to give it the air of probability, or to supply a rational explanation of it.
37.2Such was the view taken of these things in Greece. . . .
Book 35, Part 3
35.2.7ὑποδεικνύντες ὡς, εἰ μὴ συσταλήσονται καὶ τεύξονται τῆς ἁρμοζούσης κολάσεως οἱ πεπολεμηκότες, παραυτίκα μέν, ἐπανελθόντων τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν στρατοπέδων ἐκ τῆς Ἰβηρίας, ἐκ χειρὸς προσεπιθήσουσι τὴν δίκην αὐτοῖς.
35.2.8ὡς προδόταις γεγονόσι, ταχὺ δὲ πάλιν αὐτοὶ κινήσουσι πραγμάτων ἀρχήν, ἐὰν ἀνεπιτίμητοι διαφύγωσιν ἐκ τῆς πρώτης ἁμαρτίας, ἑτοίμους δὲ πάντας πρὸς καινοτομίαν ποιήσουσι τοὺς κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν, ὡς ἱκανοὶ γεγονότες ἀντίπαλοι Ῥωμαίοις.
35.2.9διόπερ ἠξίουν ἢ μένειν τὰ στρατόπεδα κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν καὶ διαβαίνειν καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος ὕπατον ἐφεδρεύσοντα τοῖς συμμάχοις καὶ κολάσοντα τὰς Ἀραυακῶν ἀδικίας,
35.2.10ἢ βουλομένους ἀπάγειν τὰς δυνάμεις παραδειγματιστέον εἶναι τὴν τῶν προειρημένων ἐπανάστασιν, ἵνα μηδεὶς ἔτι ποιεῖν θαρρῇ τὸ παραπλήσιον τούτοις.
35.2.11οἱ μὲν οὖν Βελλῶν καὶ Τίττων συμμαχοῦντες Ῥωμαίοις ταῦτα καὶ τὰ τούτοις παραπλήσια διελέχθησαν.
35.2.12ἐπὶ δὲ τούτοις εἰσῆγον τοὺς παρὰ τῶν πολεμίων.
Book 37, Part 2
37.3A despatch from Manius Manilius to the Achaeans having reached the Peloponnese, saying that they would oblige him by sending Polybius of Megalopolis with all speed to Lilybaeum, as he was wanted on account of certain public affairs, the Achaeans decided to send him in accordance with the letter of the consul. And as I felt bound to obey the Romans, I put everything else aside, and sailed at the beginning of summer. But when we arrived at Corcyra, we found another despatch from the consul to the Corcyreans had come, announcing that the Carthaginians had already surrendered all the hostages to them, and were prepared to obey them. Thinking, therefore, that the war was at an end, and that there was no more occasion for our services, we sailed back to the Peloponnese. . . .
37.4It should not excite surprise that I sometimes designate myself by my proper name, and at other times by the common forms of expression—for instance, when I had said this, or we had agreed to this. For as I was much personally involved in the transactions about to be related, it becomes necessary to vary the methods of indicating myself; that I may not weary by continual repetition of my own name, nor again by introducing the words of me, or through me, at every turn, fall insensibly into an appearance of egotism. I wished, on the contrary, by an interchangeable use of these terms, and by selecting from time to time the one which seemed most in place, to avoid, as far as could be, the offensiveness of talk about one’s self; for such talk, though naturally unacceptable, is frequently inevitable, when one cannot in any other way give a clear exposition of the subjects. I am somewhat assisted in this point by the accident that, as far as I know, no one up to our own time has ever had the same name as myself. . . .
37.5The statues of Callicrates were carried in under the cover of darkness, while those of Lycortas were brought out again by broad daylight, to occupy their original position: and this coincidence drew the remark from every one, that we ought never to use our opportunities against others in a spirit of presumption, knowing that it is extremely characteristic of Fortune to subject those who set a precedent to the operation of their own ideas and principles in their turn. . . .
Book 35, Part 4
35.2.13οἱ δʼ Ἀραυάκαι παρελθόντες κατὰ μὲν τὴν ὑπόκρισιν ἐχρῶντο τοῖς λόγοις ὑποπεπτωκότως καὶ ταπεινῶς, τῇ γε μὴν προαιρέσει [ὡς] διέφαινον οὐκ εἰκούσῃ τοῖς ὅλοις οὐδʼ ἡττωμένῃ.
35.2.14καὶ γὰρ τὰ τῆς τύχης ἄδηλα πολλάκις ὑπεδείκνυον καὶ τὰς προγεγενημένας μάχας ἀμφιδηρίτους ποιοῦντες ἐν πάσαις ἔμφασιν ἀπέλειπον ὡς ἐπικυδεστέρων αὐτῶν γεγονότων.
35.2.15τέλος δʼ ἦν τῶν λόγων· εἰ μέν τι δεῖ ῥητὸν πρόστιμον ὑπομένειν τῆς ἀγνοίας, ἀναδέχεσθαι τοῦτʼ ἔφασαν, τελεσθέντος δὲ τοῦ προστάγματος ἐπανάγειν ἠξίουν ἐπὶ τὰς κατὰ Τεβέριον ὁμολογίας αὐτοῖς γενομένας πρὸς τὴν σύγκλητον.
35.3.1οἱ δʼ ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ διακούσαντες ἀμφοτέρων εἰσήγαγον τοὺς παρὰ τοῦ Μαρκέλλου πρέσβεις.
35.3.2θεωροῦντες δὲ καὶ τούτους ῥέποντας ἐπὶ τὴν διάλυσιν καὶ τὸν στρατηγὸν προσνέμοντα τὴν αὑτοῦ γνώμην τοῖς πολεμίοις μᾶλλον ἢ τοῖς συμμάχοις,
35.3.3τοῖς μὲν Ἀραυάκαις ἔδωκαν καὶ τοῖς συμμάχοις ἀπόκρισιν ὅτι Μάρκελλος ἀμφοτέροις ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ διασαφήσει τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου γνώμην,
Book 37, Part 3
37.5The mere love of novelty inherent in mankind is a sufficient incentive to any kind of change. . . .
37.6The Romans sent envoys to restrain the impetuosity of Nicomedes and to prevent Attalus from going to war with Prusias. The men appointed were Marcus Licinius, who was suffering from gout, and was quite lamed by it, and with him Aulus Mancinus, who, from a tile falling on his head, had so many and such great scars on it, that it was a matter of wonder that he escaped with his life, and Lucius Malleolus who was reputed the stupidest man in Rome. As the business required speed and boldness, these men seemed the least suitable possible for the purpose that could be conceived; and accordingly they say that Marcus. Porcius Cato remarked in the Senate that Not only would Prusias perish before they got there, but that Nicomedes would grow old in his kingdom. For how could a mission make haste, or if it did, how could it accomplish anything, when it had neither feet, head, nor intelligence? . . .
37.7King Prusias was exceedingly repulsive in personal appearance, though his reasoning powers were somewhat superior: but externally he seemed only half a man, and was cowardly and effeminate in all matters pertaining to war. For not only was he timid, but he was averse to all hardships, and in a word was utterly unmanned in mind and body throughout his whole life; qualities which all the world object to in kings, but the Bithynians above all people. Moreover, he was also exceedingly dissolute in regard to sensual pleasures; was completely without education or philosophy, or any of the knowledge which they embrace; and had not the remotest idea of what virtue is. He lived the barbaric life of a Sardanapallus day and night. Accordingly, directly his subjects got the least hope of being able to do so, they conceived an implacable resolution not only to throw off allegiance to the king, but to press for vengeance upon him. . . .
Book 35, Part 5
35.3.4αὐτοὶ δὲ νομίσαντες τοὺς συμμάχους ἀληθῆ καὶ συμφέροντα σφίσι λέγειν, τοὺς δʼ Ἀραυάκας ἀκμὴν μεγαλοφρονεῖν, τὸν δὲ στρατηγὸν ἀποδειλιᾶν τὸν πόλεμον,
35.3.5ἐντολὰς ἔδωκαν διʼ ἀπορρήτων τοῖς παρʼ ἐκείνου πρεσβευταῖς πολεμεῖν γενναίως καὶ τῆς πατρίδος ἀξίως.
35.3.6ἐπειδὴ δὲ τὸν πόλεμον ἐποίησαν κατάμονον, πρῶτον μὲν τῷ Μαρκέλλῳ διαπιστήσαντες ἕτερον στρατηγὸν ἔμελλον διαπέμπειν εἰς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν·
35.3.7ἤδη γὰρ ἔτυχον ὕπατοι τότε καθεσταμένοι καὶ τὰς ἀρχὰς παρειληφότες Αὖλος Ποστόμιος καὶ Λεύκιος Λικίννιος Λεύκολλος.
35.3.8ἔπειτα περὶ τὰς παρασκευὰς ἐγίνοντο φιλοτίμως καὶ μεγαλομερῶς, νομίζοντες διὰ ταύτης τῆς πράξεως κριθήσεσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν·
35.3.9κρατηθέντων μὲν γὰρ τῶν ἐχθρῶν πάντας ὑπέλαβον σφίσι ποιήσειν τὸ προσταττόμενον, ἀποστρεψαμένων δὲ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα φόβον οὐ μόνον Ἀραυάκας καταθαρρήσειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοὺς ἄλλους ἅπαντας.
Book 37, Part 4
37.8Museium is a place near Olympus in Macedonia. . . .
37.9As I blame those who assign fortune and destiny as the moving causes in common events and catastrophes, I wish now to enter as minutely on the discussion of this subject as the nature of an historical work will admit. Those things of which it is impossible or difficult for a mere man to ascertain the causes, such as a continuous fall of rains and unseasonable wet, or, on the contrary, droughts and frosts, one may reasonably impute to God and Fortune, in default of any other explanation; and from them come destruction of fruits, as well as long-continued epidemics, and other similar things, of which it is not easy to find the cause. On such matters then, we, in default of a better, follow the prevailing opinions of the multitude, attempting by supplications and sacrifices to appease the wrath of heaven, and sending to ask the gods by what words or actions on our part a change for the better may be brought about, and a respite be obtained for the evils which are afflicting us. But those things, of which it is possible to find the origin and cause of their occurrence, I do not think we should refer to the gods. I mean such a thing as the following. In our time all Greece was visited by a dearth of children and generally a decay of population, owing to which the cities were denuded of inhabitants, and a failure of productiveness resulted, though there were no long-continued wars or serious pestilences among us. If, then, any one had advised our sending to ask the gods in regard to this, what we were to do or say in order to become more numerous and better fill our cities,—would he not have seemed a futile person, when the cause was manifest and the cure in our own hands? For this evil grew upon us rapidly, and without attracting attention, by our men becoming perverted to a passion for show and money and the pleasures of an idle life, and accordingly either not marrying at all, or, if they did marry, refusing to rear the children that were born, or at most one or two out of a great number, for the sake of leaving them well off or bringing them up in extravagant luxury. For when there are only one or two sons, it is evident that, if war or pestilence carries off one, the houses must be left heirless: and, like swarms of bees, little by little the cities become sparsely inhabited and weak. On this subject there is no need to ask the gods how we are to be relieved from such a curse: for any one in the world will tell you that it is by the men themselves if possible changing their objects of ambition; or, if that cannot be done, by passing laws for the preservation of infants. On this subject there is no need of seers or prodigies. And the same holds good of all similar things. But in regard to events of which the causes are impossible or difficult to discover, it is reasonable to feel a difficulty. And in this class may be reckoned the course of Macedonian history. For the Macedonians had enjoyed many important favours at the hands of the Romans, having been as a nation liberated from arbitrary government and imports, and having obtained undisputed freedom in the place of slavery; and having been individually relieved to a great extent from intestine factions and civil bloodshed. . . . They had been worsted by the Romans formerly when fighting on the side of Demetrius and again on that of Perseus; yet when engaged on the side of a man of odious character, and in support of his claims to the throne, they displayed great courage and conquered a Roman army. These facts may well seem a puzzle to us, for it is difficult to discover their cause. And accordingly one would be inclined to say in such matters that what had happened was a heaven-sent infatuation, and that the wrath of God had fallen upon the Macedonians. And this will be rendered evident from what remains to be told. . . .
37.10Massanissa, king of the Numidians in Africa, was the best man of all the kings of our time, and the most completely fortunate; for he reigned more than sixty years in the soundest health and to extreme old age,—for he was ninety when he died. He was, besides, the most powerful man physically of all his contemporaries: for instance, when it was necessary to stand, he would do so without moving a foot all day long; and again, when he had once sat down to business he remained there the whole day; nor did it distress him the least to remain in the saddle day and night continuously; and at ninety years old, at which age he died, he left a son only four years old, called Sthembanus, who was afterwards adopted by Micipses, and four sons besides. Owing, again, to the affection existing between these sons, he kept his whole life free from any treasonable plot and his kingdom unpolluted by any family tragedy. But his greatest and most divine achievement was this: Numidia had been before his time universally unproductive, and was looked upon as incapable of producing any cultivated fruits. He was the first and only man who showed that it could produce cultivated fruits just as well as any other country whatever, by cultivating farms to the extent of ten thousand plethra for each of his sons in different parts of it. On this man’s death, then, so much may reasonably and justly be said. Scipio arrived at Cirta on the third day after his departure, and settled everything properly and fairly. . . .
Book 35, Part 6
35.4.1ὅσῳ δὲ φιλοτιμότερον ἡ σύγκλητος διέκειτο πρὸς τὸν πόλεμον, τοσούτῳ σφίσι τὰ πράγματʼ ἀπέβαινε παραδοξότερα.
35.4.2τοῦ μὲν γὰρ Κοΐντου τοῦ τὸν πρότερον ἐνιαυτὸν στρατηγήσαντος ἐν Ἰβηρίᾳ καὶ τῶν μετʼ αὐτοῦ στρατευσαμένων ἠγγελκότων εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην τήν τε συνέχειαν τῶν ἐκ παρατάξεως κινδύνων καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν ἀπολωλότων καὶ τὴν ἀνδρείαν τῶν Κελτιβήρων,
35.4.3τοῦ δὲ Μαρκέλλου προφανῶς ἀποδειλιῶντος τὸν πόλεμον, ἐνέπεσέ τις πτοία τοῖς νέοις παράλογος, οἵαν οὐκ ἔφασαν οἱ πρεσβῦται γεγενημένην πρότερον.
35.4.4εἰς γὰρ τοῦτο προύβη τὰ τῆς ἀποδειλιάσεως ὥστε μήτε χιλιάρχους προπορεύεσθαι πρὸς τὴν ἀρχὴν τοὺς ἱκανούς, ἀλλʼ ἐλλείπειν τὰς χώρας, τὸ πρότερον εἰθισμένων πολλαπλασιόνων προπορεύεσθαι τῶν καθηκόντων,
35.4.5μήτε τοὺς εἰσφερομένους ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπάτων πρεσβευτὰς ὑπακούειν, οὓς ἔδει πορεύεσθαι μετὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ,
35.4.6τὸ δὲ μέγιστον, τοὺς νέους διακλίνειν τὰς καταγραφὰς καὶ τοιαύτας πορίζεσθαι προφάσεις ἃς λέγειν μὲν αἰσχρὸν ἦν, ἐξετάζειν δʼ ἀπρεπές, ἐπιτέμνειν δʼ ἀδύνατον.
Book 37, Part 5
37.10A little while before his death he was seen, on the day following a great victory over the Carthaginians, sitting outside his tent eating a piece of dirty bread, and on those who saw it expressing surprise at his doing so, he said. . . .
Book 35, Part 7
35.4.7τέλος δὲ καὶ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐν ἀμηχανίαις ὄντων τί τὸ πέρας ἔσται τῆς τῶν νέων ἀναισχυντίας — τούτῳ γὰρ ἠναγκάζοντο χρῆσθαι τῷ ῥήματι διὰ τὰ συμβαίνοντα — Πόπλιος Κορνήλιος [Ἀφρικανός],
35.4.8νέος μὲν ὤν, δοκῶν δὲ σύμβουλος γεγονέναι τοῦ πολέμου, τὴν ἐπὶ καλοκἀγαθίᾳ καὶ σωφροσύνῃ δόξαν ὁμολογουμένην πεποιημένος,
35.4.9τῆς δʼ ἐπʼ ἀνδρείᾳ φήμης προσδεόμενος, θεωρῶν τὴν σύγκλητον ἀπορουμένην, ἀναστὰς εἶπεν εἴτε χιλίαρχον εἴτε πρεσβευτὴν πέμπειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν μετὰ τῶν ὑπάτων ἐξεῖναι· πρὸς ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἑτοίμως ἔχειν.
35.4.10καίτοι γʼ ἔφη κατʼ ἰδίαν μὲν αὑτῷ τὴν εἰς Μακεδονίαν ἔξοδον ἅμα μὲν ἀσφαλεστέραν ἅμα δʼ οἰκειοτέραν
35.4.11εἶναι· συνέβαινε γὰρ τότε τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἐπʼ ὀνόματος καλεῖν τὸν Σκιπίωνα διαλύσοντα τὰς ἐν αὐτοῖς στάσεις·
35.4.12ἀλλὰ τοὺς τῆς πατρίδος καιροὺς ἔφη κατεπείγειν μᾶλλον καὶ καλεῖν εἰς τὴν Ἰβηρίαν τοὺς ἀληθινῶς φιλοδοξοῦντας.
Book 38, Part 1
38.1HASDRUBAL, the general of the Carthaginians, was a vain ostentatious person, very far from possessing real strategic ability. There are numerous proofs of his want of judgment. In the first place he appeared in full armour in his interview with Gulussa, king of the Numidians, with a purple dyed robe over his armour fastened by a brooch, and attended by ten bodyguards armed with swords; and in the next place, having advanced in front of these armed attendants to a distance of about twenty feet, he stood behind the trench and palisade and beckoned the king to come to him, whereas it ought to have been quite the other way. However, Gulussa, after the Numidian fashion, being not inclined to stand on ceremony, advanced towards him unattended, and when he got near him asked him Whom he was afraid of that he had come in full armour? And on his answering, The Romans, Gulussa remarked: Then you should not have trusted yourself to the city, when there was no necessity for your doing so. However, what do you want, and what do you ask me to do? To which Hasdrubal replied: I want you to go as our ambassador to the Roman commander, and to undertake for us that we will obey every injunction; only I beg of you both to abstain from harming this wretched city. Then said Gulussa: Your demand appears to me to be quite childish! Why, my good sir, what you failed to get by your embassies from the Romans, who were then quietly encamped at Utica, and before a blow had been struck,—how can you expect to have granted you now, when you have been completely invested by sea and land, and have almost given up every hope of safety? To which Hasdrubal replied that Gulussa was ill informed; for they still had good hopes of their outside allies,—for he had not yet heard about the Mauretani, and thought that the forces in the country were still unconquered, —nor were they in despair as to their own ultimate safety. And above all, they trusted in the support of the gods, and in what they might expect from them; for they believed that they would not disregard the flagrant violation of treaty from which they were suffering, but would give them many opportunities of securing their safety. Therefore he called on the Roman commander in the name of the gods and of Fortune to spare the city; with the distinct understanding that, if its inhabitants failed to obtain this grace, they would be cut to pieces to the last man sooner than evacuate it. After some more conversation of the same sort, these men separated for the present, having made an appointment to meet again on the third day from that time.
38.2On Gulussa communicating to him what had been said, Scipio remarked with a laugh: Oh, then, it was because you intended to make this demand that you displayed that abominable cruelty to our prisoners! And you trust in the gods, do you, after violating even the laws of men? The king went on to remind Scipio that above all things it was necessary to finish the business speedily; for, apart from unforeseen contingencies, the consular elections were now close at hand, and it was only right to have regard to that, lest, if the winter found them just where they were, another Consul would come to supersede him, and without any trouble get all the credit of his labours. These words induced Scipio to give directions to offer Hasdrubal safety for himself, his wife and children, and ten families of his friends and relations, and permission to take ten talents of his private property and to bring out with him whichever of his slaves he chose. With these concessions therefore Gulussa went to his meeting with Hasdrubal on the third day, who again came forward with great pomp and at a dignified step, clothed in his purple robe and full suit of armour, so as to cast the tyrants of tragedy far into the shade. He was naturally fat, but at that time he had grown extremely corpulent, and had become more than usually red from exposure to the sun, so that he seemed to be living like fat oxen at a fair; and not at all like a man to be in command at a time of such terrible miseries as cannot easily be described in words. When he met the king, and heard the offer of the Consul, he slapped his thigh again and again, and appealing to the gods and Fortune declared that The day would never come on which Hasdrubal would behold the sun and his native city in flames; for to the nobly-minded one’s country and its burning houses were a glorious funeral pile. These expressions force us to feel some admiration for the man and the nobility of his language; but when we come to view his administration of affairs, we cannot fail to be struck by his want of spirit and courage; for at a time when his fellow-citizens were absolutely perishing with famine, he gave banquets and had second courses put on of a costly kind, and by his own excellent physical condition made their misery more conspicuous. For the number of the dying surpassed belief, as well as the number who deserted every day from hunger. However, by fiercely rebuking some, and by executing as well as abusing others, he cowed the common people: and by this means retained, in a country reduced to the lowest depths of misfortune, an authority which a tyrant would scarcely enjoy in a prosperous city. Therefore I think I was justified in saying that two leaders more like each other than those who at that time directed the affairs of Greece and Carthage it would not be easy to find. And this will be rendered manifest when we come to a formal comparison of them. . . .
38.3My thirty-eighth book embraces the consummation of the misfortunes of Greece. For though Greece as a whole, as well as separate parts of it, has on several occasions sustained grave disasters, yet to none of her previous defeats could the word misfortune be more properly applied, than to those which have befallen her in our time. For it is not only that the sufferings of Greece excite compassion: stronger still is the conviction, which a knowledge of the truth of the several occurrences must bring, that in all she undertook she was supremely unfortunate. At any rate, though the disaster of Carthage is looked upon as of the severest kind, yet one cannot but regard that of Greece as not less, and in some respects even more so. For the Carthaginians at any rate left something for posterity to say on their behalf; but the mistakes of the Greeks were so glaring that they made it impossible for those who wished to support them to do so. Besides, the destruction of the Carthaginians was immediate and total, so that they had no feeling afterwards of their disasters: but the Greeks, with their misfortunes ever before their eyes, handed down to their children’s children the loss of all that once was theirs. And in proportion as we regard those who live in pain as more pitiable than those who lose their lives at the moment of their misfortunes, in that proportion must the disasters of the Greeks be regarded as more pitiable than those of the Carthaginians,—unless a man thinks nothing of dignity and honour, and gives his opinion from a regard only to material advantage. To prove the truth of what I say, one has only to remember and compare the misfortunes in Greece reputed to be the heaviest with what I have just now mentioned.
Book 35, Part 8
35.4.13πᾶσιν δὲ παραδόξου φανείσης τῆς ἐπαγγελίας καὶ διὰ τὴν ἡλικίαν καὶ διὰ τὴν ἄλλην εὐλάβειαν, παραυτίκα μὲν εὐθέως συνέβη μεγάλην ἀποδοχὴν γενέσθαι τοῦ Σκιπίωνος, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον ταῖς ἑξῆς ἡμέραις·
35.4.14οἱ γὰρ πρότερον ἀποδειλιῶντες, ἐκτρεπόμενοι τὸν ἐκ παραθέσεως ἔλεγχον, οἱ μὲν πρεσβεύσειν ἐθελοντὴν ἐπηγγέλλοντο τοῖς στρατηγοῖς, οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὰς στρατιωτικὰς καταγραφὰς προσεπορεύοντο κατὰ συστρέμματα καὶ συνηθείας. —
35.5.1Πολύβιος· ἐνέπεσε δέ τις ὁρμὴ τῷ Σκιπίωνι καὶ διαπόρησις, εἰ δεῖ συμβαλεῖν καὶ μονομαχῆσαι πρὸς τὸν βάρβαρον. —
35.5.2Πολύβιος [...] καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· ὁ δʼ ἵππος ὁ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος ἐδυσχρήστησε μὲν ὑπὸ τῆς πληγῆς, οὐ μὴν ὁλοσχερῶς ἐσφάλμησε. διόπερ ὀρθὸς ἀπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τὴν γῆν ὁ Σκιπίων· Πολύβιος.
35.6.1ὑπὲρ δὲ τῶν ἐξ Ἀχαΐας φυγάδων ἐντευχθεὶς διὰ Πολύβιον ὑπὸ Σκιπίωνος, ὡς πολὺς ἐν τῇ συγκλήτῳ λόγος ἐγίνετο, τῶν μὲν διδόντων κάθοδον αὐτοῖς, τῶν δʼ ἐνισταμένων, ἀναστὰς ὁ Κάτων "
35.6.2ὥσπερ οὐκ ἔχοντεσ" εἶπεν "ὃ πράττωμεν, καθήμεθα τὴν ἡμέραν ὅλην περὶ γεροντίων Γραικῶν ζητοῦντες, πότερον ὑπὸ τῶν παρʼ ἡμῖν ἢ τῶν ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ νεκροφόρων ἐκκομισθῶσι.
Book 38, Part 2
38.4Now, the greatest alarm that fortune ever brought upon the Greeks was when Xerxes invaded Europe: for at that time all were exposed to danger though an extremely small number actually suffered disaster. The greatest sufferers were the Athenians: for, with a prudent foresight of what was coming, they abandoned their country with their wives and children. That crisis then caused them damage; for the Barbarians took Athens and laid it waste with savage violence: but it brought them no shame or disgrace. On the contrary, they gained the highest glory in the eyes of all the world for having regarded everything as of less importance, in comparison with taking their share in the same fortune as the other Greeks. Accordingly, in consequence of their exalted conduct, they not only immediately recovered their own city and territory, but soon afterwards disputed the supremacy in Greece with the Lacedaemonians. Subsequently, indeed, they were beaten by the Spartans in war, and forced to submit to the destruction of their own city walls: but even this one might assert to be a reproach to the Lacedaemonians, for having used the power put into their hands with excessive severity, rather than to the Athenians. Then the Spartans once more, being beaten by the Thebans, lost the supremacy in Greece, and after that defeat were deprived of their outside rule and reduced to the frontiers of Laconia. But what disgrace was there in having retired, while disputing for the most honourable objects, to the limits of their ancestral dominion? Therefore, these events we may speak of as failures, but not as misfortunes in any sense. The Mantineans again were forced to leave their city, being divided out and scattered into separate villages by the Lacedaemonians; but for this all the world blamed the folly, not of the Mantineans, but of the Lacedaemonians. The Thebans, indeed, besides the loss of their army, saw their country depopulated at the time when Alexander, having resolved on the invasion of Asia, conceived that by making an example of Thebes he should establish a terror that would act as a check upon the Greeks, while his attention was distracted upon other affairs: but at that time all the world pitied the Thebans as having been treated with injustice and harshness, and no one was found to justify this proceeding of Alexander.
38.5Accordingly after a short time they obtained assistance, and once more inhabited their country in security. For the compassion of foreigners is no small benefit to those who are unjustly dispossessed; since we often see that, with the change of feeling among the many, Fortune also changes; and even the conquerors themselves repent, and make good the disasters of those who have fallen under undeserved misfortunes. Once more, at certain periods the Chalcidians and Corinthians and some other cities, owing to the advantages of their situation, were attacked by the kings of Macedonia, and had garrisons imposed on them: but when they were thus enslaved all the world were eager to do their best to liberate them, and loathed their enslavers and regarded them continually as their enemies. But above all, up to this time it was generally single states that were depopulated, and in single states that reverses were met with, in some cases while disputing for supremacy and empire, and in others from the treacherous attacks of despots and kings: so that, so far from their losses bringing them any reproach, they escaped even the name of misfortune. For we must look on all those who meet with incalculable disasters whether private or public as the victims of losses, and those only to be unfortunate, to whom events through their own folly bring dishonour. Instances of this last are the Peloponnesians, Boeotians, Phocians, . . . and Locrians, some of the dwellers on the Ionian gulf, and next to these the Macedonians, . . . who all as a rule did not merely suffer loss, but were unfortunate, with a misfortune of the gravest kind and for which they were themselves open to reproach: for they displayed at once want of good faith and want of courage, brought upon themselves a series of disgraces, lost all that could bring them honour, . . . and voluntarily admitted into their towns the Roman fasces and axes. They were in the utmost panic, in fact, owing to the extravagance of their own wrongful acts, if one ought to call them their own; for I should rather say that the peoples as such were entirely ignorant, and were beguiled from the path of right: but that the men who acted wrongly were the authors of this delusion.
38.6In regard to these men, it should not be a matter of surprise if we leave for a while the ordinary method and spirit of our narrative to give a clearer and more elaborate exposition of their character. I am aware that some may be found, regarding it as their first duty to cast a veil over the errors of the Greeks, to accuse us of writing in a spirit of malevolence. But for myself, I conceive that with right-minded persons a man will never be regarded as a true friend who shrinks from and is afraid of plain speech, nor indeed as a good citizen who abandons the truth because of the offence he will give to certain persons at the time. But a writer of public history above all deserves no indulgence whatever, who regards anything of superior importance to truth. For in proportion as written history reaches larger numbers, and survives for longer time, than words spoken to suit an occasion, both the writer ought to be still more particular about truth, and his readers ought to admit his authority only so far as he adheres to this principle. At the actual hour of danger it is only right that Greeks should help Greeks in every possible way, by protecting them, veiling their errors or deprecating the wrath of the sovereign people,—and this I genuinely did for my part at the actual time: but it is also right, in regard to the record of events to be transmitted to posterity, to leave them unmixed with any falsehood: so that readers should not be merely gratified for the moment by a pleasant tale, but should receive in their souls a lesson which will prevent a repetition of similar errors in the future. Enough, however, on this subject. . . .
Book 35, Part 9
35.6.3" ψηφισθείσης δὲ τῆς καθόδου τοῖς ἀνδράσιν, ἡμέρας ὀλίγας οἱ περὶ τὸν Πολύβιον διαλιπόντες αὖθις ἐπεχείρουν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον εἰσελθεῖν, ὅπως ἃς πρότερον εἶχον ἐν Ἀχαΐᾳ τιμὰς οἱ φυγάδες ἀναλάβοιεν, καὶ τοῦ Κάτωνος ἀπεπειρῶντο τῆς γνώμης.
35.6.4ὁ δὲ μειδιάσας ἔφη τὸν Πολύβιον, ὥσπερ τὸν Ὀδυσσέα, βούλεσθαι πάλιν εἰς τὸ τοῦ Κύκλωπος σπήλαιον εἰσελθεῖν, τὸ πιλίον ἐκεῖ καὶ τὴν ζώνην ἐπιλελησμένον
Book 38, Part 3
38.7When the commissioners with L. Aurelius Orestes arrived in Rome from the Peloponnese, they reported what had taken place, and declared that they had a narrow escape of actually losing their lives. They made the most of the occurrence and put the worst interpretation upon it; for they represented the violence which had been offered them as not the result of a sudden outbreak, but of a deliberate intention on the part of the Achaeans to inflict a signal insult upon them. The Senate was therefore more angry than it had ever been, and at once appointed Sextus Julius Caesar and other envoys with instructions to rebuke and upbraid the Achaeans for what had occurred, yet in terms of moderation, but to exhort them not to listen to evil councillors, not to allow themselves to be betrayed into hostility with Rome, but even yet to make amends for their acts of folly by inflicting punishment on the authors of the crime. This was a clear proof that the Senate gave its instructions to Aurelius and his colleagues, not with the view of dismembering the league, but with the object of restraining the obstinacy and hostility of the Achaeans by terrifying and overawing them. Some people accordingly imagined that the Romans were acting hypocritically, because the Carthaginian war was still unfinished; but this was not the case. The fact is, that they had long regarded the Achaean league with favour, believing it to be the most trustworthy of all the Greek governments; and though now they were resolved to give it an alarm, because it had become too lofty in its pretensions, yet they were by no means minded to go to war or to have a serious quarrel with the Achaeans. . . .
38.8As Sextus Julius Caesar and his colleagues were on their way from Rome to the Peloponnese, they were met by Thearidas and the other envoys, sent by the Achaeans to make their excuse and give the Senate an explanation of the intemperate acts committed in regard to Aurelius Orestes. But Sextus Julius persuaded them to turn back to Achaia, on the ground that he and his colleagues were coming with full instructions to communicate with the Achaeans on all these points. When Sextus arrived in the Peloponnese, and in a conference with the Achaeans in Aegium spoke with great kindness, he made no mention of the injurious treatment of the legates, and scarcely demanded any defence at all, but took a more lenient view of what had happened than even the Achaeans themselves; and dwelt chiefly on the subject of exhorting them not to carry their error any further, in regard either to the Romans or the Lacedaemonians. Thereupon the more sober-minded party received the speech with satisfaction, and were strongly moved to obey the suggestions, because they were conscious of the gravity of what they had been doing, and had before their eyes what happened to opponents of Rome; but the majority, though they had not a word to say against the justice of the injunctions of Sextus Julius, and were quite silent, yet remained deeply tainted with disaffection. And Diaeus and Critolaus, and all who shared their sentiments,—and they consisted of all the greatest rascals in every city, men at war with the gods, and pests of the community, carefully selected,—took, as the proverb has it, with the left hand what the Romans gave with the right, and went utterly and entirely wrong in their calculations. For they supposed that the Romans, owing to the troubles in Libya and Iberia, feared a war with the Achaeans and would submit to anything and say anything. Thinking, therefore, that the hour was their own, they answered the Roman envoys politely that They would, nevertheless, send Thearidas and his colleagues to the Senate; while they would themselves accompany the legates to Tegea, and there in consultation with the Lacedaemonians would provide for some settlement of the war that would meet the views of both parties. With this answer they subsequently induced the unhappy nation to follow the senseless course to which they had long before made up their mind. And this result was only what might have been expected from the inexperience and corruption of the prevailing party.
38.9But the finishing stroke to this ruinous policy was given in the following manner. When Sextus and his colleagues arrived at Tegea, and invited the attendance of the Lacedaemonians, in order to arrange terms between them and the Achaeans, both as to the satisfaction to be given for previous complaints and for putting a stop to the war, until the Romans should send commissioners to review the whole question, Critolaus and his party, having held a conference, decided that all the rest should avoid the meeting, and that Critolaus should go alone to Tegea. When Sextus and his fellow-commissioners therefore had almost given them up, Critolaus arrived; and when the meeting with the Lacedaemonians took place, he would settle nothing,—alleging that he had no authority to make any arrangement without the consent of the people at large; but that he would bring the matter before the Achaeans at their next congress, which must be held six months from that time. Sextus and his fellow-commissioners, therefore, convinced of the ill disposition of Critolaus, and much annoyed at his conduct, dismissed the Lacedaemonians to their own country, and themselves returned to Italy with strong views as to the folly and infatuation of Critolaus.
Book 36, Part 1
36.1.1ἴσως δέ τινες ἐπιζητοῦσι πῶς ἡμεῖς οὐκ ἐν ἀγωνίσματι κεχρήμεθα προφερόμενοι τοὺς κατὰ μέρος λόγους, τοιαύτης ὑποθέσεως ἐπειλημμένοι καὶ τηλικαύτης πράξεως·
36.1.2ὅπερ οἱ πλεῖστοι ποιοῦσι τῶν συγγραφέων, εἰς ἀμφότερα τὰ μέρη διατιθέμενοι τοὺς ἐνόντας λόγους.
36.1.3ἐγὼ δὲ διότι μὲν οὐκ ἀποδοκιμάζω τοῦτο τὸ μέρος, ἐν πλείοσι τόποις τῆς ἱστορίας δῆλον πεποίημαι, πολλάκις ἀπηγγελκὼς δημηγορίας καὶ συντάξεις ἀνδρῶν πολιτικῶν·
36.1.4ὅτι δʼ οὐκ ἐκ παντὸς τρόπου τοῦτο προαιροῦμαι πράττειν, νῦν ἔσται συμφανές· οὔτε γὰρ ὑπόθεσιν ἐπιφανεστέραν ταύτης εὑρεῖν ῥᾴδιον οὔθʼ ὕλην πλείω καὶ παράθεσιν.
36.1.5καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ προχειρότερον ἕτερον ἐμοὶ τῆς τοιαύτης παρασκευῆς.
36.1.6ἀλλʼ οὔτε τοῖς πολιτικοῖς ἀνδράσιν οἶμαι πρέπειν πρὸς πᾶν τὸ προτεθὲν διαβούλιον εὑρησιλογεῖν καὶ διεξοδικοῖς χρῆσθαι λόγοις, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ τοῖς ἁρμόζουσι πρὸς τὸν ὑποκείμενον καιρόν,
36.1.7οὔτε τοῖς ἱστοριογράφοις ἐμμελετᾶν τοῖς ἀκούουσιν οὐδʼ ἐναποδείκνυσθαι τὴν αὑτῶν δύναμιν, ἀλλὰ τὰ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν ῥηθέντα καθʼ ὅσον οἷόν τε πολυπραγμονήσαντας διασαφεῖν, καὶ τούτων τὰ καιριώτατα καὶ πραγματικώτατα. —
36.2.1πάλαι δὲ τούτου κεκυρωμένου βεβαίως ἐν ταῖς ἑκάστων γνώμαις καιρὸν ἐζήτουν ἐπιτήδειον καὶ πρόφασιν εὐσχήμονα πρὸς τοὺς ἐκτός.
36.2.2πολὺ γὰρ δὴ τούτου τοῦ μέρους ἐφρόντιζον Ῥωμαῖοι, καλῶς φρονοῦντες·
36.2.3ἔνστασις γὰρ πολέμου κατὰ τὸν Δημήτριον δικαία μὲν εἶναι δοκοῦσα καὶ τὰ νικήματα ποιεῖ μείζω καὶ τὰς ἀποτεύξεις ἀσφαλεστέρας, ἀσχήμων δὲ καὶ φαύλη τοὐναντίον ἀπεργάζεται·
36.2.4διὸ καὶ τότε περὶ τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς διαλήψεως πρὸς ἀλλήλους διαφερόμενοι παρʼ ὀλίγον ἀπέστησαν τοῦ πολέμου. —
36.3.1ὅτι τῶν Καρχηδονίων πάλαι βουλευομένων περὶ τοῦ πῶς ἀπαντῆσαι δεῖ πρὸς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἀπόκρισιν, καὶ τῶν Ἰτυκαίων ὑποτεμομένων τὴν ἐπίνοιαν αὐτῶν, τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις τὴν ἑαυτῶν παραδόντων πόλιν, ὁλοσχερὴς ἀμηχανία περιέστη τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
36.3.2μιᾶς γὰρ ἐλπίδος ἔτι φαινομένης αὐτοῖς, εἰ συγκαταβαῖεν εἰς τὸ δοῦναι τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν περὶ αὑτῶν, διότι πάντως εὐδοκεῖν ποιήσουσι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους,
36.3.3διὰ τὸ μηδʼ ἐν ταῖς μεγίσταις περιστάσεσιν καταπολεμηθέντες, καὶ πρὸς τοῖς τείχεσι τῶν πολεμίων ὑπαρχόντων, μηδέποτε τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν δεδωκέναι τῆς πατρίδος,
36.3.4καὶ ταύτης τῆς ἐπινοίας τὸν καρπὸν ἀπέβαλον, προκαταληφθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν Ἰτυκαίων·
36.3.5οὐδὲν γὰρ ξένον οὐδὲ παράδοξον ἔμελλε φανήσεσθαι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, εἰ ταὐτὸν ποιήσαιεν τοῖς προειρημένοις.
Book 38, Part 4
38.9After their departure Critolaus spent the winter in visiting the cities and holding assemblies in them, on the pretext that he wished to inform them what he had said to the Lacedaemonians at Tegea, but in reality to denounce the Romans and to put an evil interpretation on everything they said; by which means he inspired the common people in the various cities with feelings of hostility and hatred for them. At the same time he sent round orders to the magistrates not to exact money from debtors, nor to receive prisoners arrested for debt, and to cause loans on pledge to be held over until the war was decided. By this kind of appeal to the interests of the vulgar everything he said was received with confidence; and the common people were ready to obey any order he gave, being incapable of taking thought for the future, but caught by the bait of immediate indulgence and relief.
38.10When Quintus Caecilius Metellus heard in Macedonia of the commotion and disturbance going on in the Peloponnese, he despatched thither his legates Gneaus Papirius and the younger Popilius Laenas, along with Aulus Gabinius and Gaius Fannius; who, happening to arrive when the congress was assembled at Corinth, were introduced to the assembly, and delivered a long and conciliatory speech, much in the spirit of that of Sextus Julius, exerting themselves with great zeal to prevent the Achaeans from proceeding to an open breach with Rome, either on the pretext of their grievance against the Lacedaemonians, or from any feeling of anger against the Romans themselves. But the assembled people would not hear them; insulting words were loudly uttered against the envoys, and in the midst of a storm of yells and tumult they were driven from the assembly. The fact was that such a crowd of workmen and artisans had been got together as had never been collected before; for all the cities were in a state of drivelling folly, and above all the Corinthians en masse; and there were only a very few who heartily approved of the words of the envoys.
38.10Critolaus, conceiving that he had attained his purpose, in the midst of an audience as excited and mad as himself began attacking the magistrates, abusing all who were opposed to him, and openly defying the Roman envoys, saying that he was desirous of being a friend of the Romans, but had no taste for them as his masters. And, finally, he tried to incite the people by saying that, if they quitted themselves like men, they would have no lack of allies; but, if they betrayed womanish fears, they would not want for masters. By many other such words to the same effect, conceived in the spirit of a charlatan and huckster, he roused and excited the populace. He attempted also to make it plan that he was not acting at random in these proceedings, but that some of the kings and republics were engaged in the same policy as himself.
Book 36, Part 2
36.3.6οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ κακῶν αἱρέσεως καταλειπομένης, ἢ τὸν πόλεμον ἀναδέχεσθαι γενναίως ἢ διδόναι τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν περὶ τῶν καθʼ αὑτούς,
36.3.7πολλοὺς καὶ ποικίλους ἐν τῷ συνεδρίῳ διʼ ἀπορρήτων ποιησάμενοι λόγους κατέστησαν πρεσβευτὰς αὐτοκράτορας, καὶ τούτους ἐξαπέστελλον, δόντες ἐντολὴν βλέποντας πρὸς τὰ παρόντα πράττειν τὸ δοκοῦν συμφέρειν τῇ πατρίδι,
36.3.8ἦσαν δʼ οἱ πρεσβεύοντες Γίσκων Στρυτάνος ἐπικαλούμενος, Ἀμίλκας, Μίσδης, Γιλλίμας, Μάγων.
36.3.9ἥκοντες δʼ οἱ πρέσβεις παρὰ τῶν Καρχηδονίων εἰς Ῥώμην καὶ καταλαβόντες πόλεμον δεδογμένον καὶ τοὺς στρατηγοὺς ὡρμηκότας μετὰ τῶν δυνάμεων, οὐκέτι διδόντων βουλὴν αὐτοῖς τῶν πραγμάτων, ἔδωκαν τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν περὶ αὑτῶν.
36.4.1περὶ δὲ τῆς ἐπιτροπῆς εἴρηται μὲν ἡμῖν καὶ πρότερον, ἀναγκαῖον δʼ ἔστιν καὶ νῦν ὑπομνῆσαι κεφαλαιωδῶς.
36.4.2οἱ γὰρ διδόντες αὑτοὺς εἰς τὴν Ῥωμαίων ἐπιτροπὴν διδόασι πρῶτον μὲν χώραν τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν αὐτοῖς καὶ πόλεις τὰς ἐν ταύτῃ, σὺν δὲ τούτοις ἄνδρας καὶ γυναῖκας τοὺς ὑπάρχοντας ἐν τῇ χώρᾳ καὶ ταῖς πόλεσιν ἅπαντας,
36.4.3ὁμοίως ποταμούς, λιμένας, ἱερά, τάφους, συλλήβδην ὥστε πάντων εἶναι κυρίους Ῥωμαίους, αὐτοὺς δὲ τοὺς διδόντας ἁπλῶς μηκέτι μηδενός.
36.4.4γενομένης δὲ τῆς ἀνθομολογήσεως τοιαύτης ὑπὸ τῶν Καρχηδονίων, καὶ μετʼ ὀλίγον εἰσκληθέντων αὐτῶν εἰς τὸ συνέδριον, ἔλεγεν ὁ στρατηγὸς τὴν τῆς συγκλήτου γνώμην ὅτι καλῶς αὐτῶν βεβουλευμένων δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς ἡ σύγκλητος τήν τʼ ἐλευθερίαν καὶ τοὺς νόμους, ἔτι δὲ τὴν χώραν ἅπασαν καὶ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων ὑπαρχόντων κτῆσιν καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν.
36.4.5οἱ δὲ Καρχηδόνιοι ταῦτʼ ἀκούσαντες ἔχαιρον, δόξαντες ὡς ἐν κακῶν αἱρέσει καλῶς σφίσιν κεχρῆσθαι τὴν σύγκλητον, ἅτε τῶν ἀναγκαιοτάτων καὶ μεγίστων αὐτοῖς συγκεχωρημένων.
36.4.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα τοῦ στρατηγοῦ διασαφοῦντος διότι τεύξονται τούτων, ἐὰν τριακοσίους ὁμήρους εἰς τὸ Λιλύβαιον ἐκπέμψωσιν ἐν τριάκονθʼ ἡμέραις τοὺς υἱοὺς τῶν ἐκ τῆς συγκλήτου καὶ τῆς γερουσίας καὶ τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν ὑπάτων παραγγελλομένοις πειθαρχήσωσιν,
36.4.7ἐπὶ ποσὸν ἠπόρησαν ποῖα τὰ διὰ τῶν ὑπάτων αὐτοῖς ἔσται παραγγελλόμενα· πλὴν τότε γʼ ἐξ αὐτῆς ὥρμησαν, σπεύδοντες ἀναγγεῖλαι τῇ πατρίδι περὶ τούτων.
36.4.8παραγενόμενοι δʼ εἰς τὴν Καρχηδόνα διεσάφουν τοῖς πολίταις τὰ κατὰ μέρος.
36.4.9οἱ δὲ διακούσαντες τἄλλα μὲν ἐνδεχομένως ἐνόμιζον βεβουλεῦσθαι τοὺς πρεσβευτάς, περὶ δὲ πόλεως μὴ γεγονέναι μνείαν εἰς μεγάλην ἐπίστασιν αὐτοὺς ἦγε καὶ πολλὴν ἀμηχανίαν.
36.5.1ἐν δὲ τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ φασὶ Μάγωνα τὸν Βρέττιον χρήσασθαι λόγοις ἀνδρώδεσι καὶ πραγματικοῖς.
36.5.2δύο γάρ, ὡς ἔοικε, καιροὺς ἔφασκεν εἶναι τοῦ βουλεύσασθαι περὶ σφῶν καὶ τῆς πατρίδος, ὧν τὸν μὲν ἕνα παρεῖσθαι.
36.5.3δεῖν γὰρ οὐ μὰ Δία νῦν διαπορεῖν τί διὰ τῶν ὑπάτων αὐτοῖς παραγγελθήσεται, καὶ διὰ τί περὶ πόλεως οὐδεμίαν ἐποιήσατο μνείαν ἡ σύγκλητος, ἀλλὰ καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν ἐδίδοσαν τὴν ἐπιτροπήν·
Book 38, Part 5
38.11And when some of the Gerusia wished to check him, and restrain him from the use of such expressions, he ordered the soldiers surrounding him to retire, and stood up fronting his opponents, and bade any one of them come up to him, come near him, or venture to touch his chlamys. And, finally, he said that He had restrained himself now for a long time; but would endure it no longer, and must speak his mind. The people to fear were not Lacedaemonians or Romans, but the traitors among themselves who co-operated with their foes: for there were some who cared more for Romans and Lacedaemonians than for their own country. He added, as a confirmation of his words, that Evagoras of Aegium and Stratius of Tritaea betrayed to Gnaeus Papirius and his fellow-commissioners all the secret proceedings in the meetings of the magistrates. And when Stratius acknowledged that he had had interviews with those men, and should do so again, as they were friends and allies, but asserted that he had told them nothing of what was said in the meetings of the magistrates, some few believed him, but the majority accepted the accusation as true. And so Critolaus, having inflamed the people by his accusations against these men, induced the Achaeans once more to decree a war which was nominally against the Lacedaemonians, but in effect was against the Romans; and he got another decree added, which was a violation of the constitution, namely, that whomsoever they should elect as Strategi should have absolute power in carrying on the war. He thus got for himself something like a despotism.
38.11Having carried these measures, he began intriguing to bring on an outbreak and cause an attack upon the Roman envoys. He had no pretext for doing this; but adopted a course which, of all possible courses, offends most flagrantly against the laws of gods and man. The envoys, however, separated; Gnaeus Papirius went to Athens and thence to Sparta to watch the turn of events; Aulus Gabinius went to Naupactus; and the other two remained at Athens, waiting for the arrival of Caecilius Metellus. This was the state of things in the Peloponnese. . .
Book 36, Part 3
36.5.4δόντας δὲ σαφῶς γινώσκειν διότι πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον ἐπιδεκτέον ἐστίν, ἐὰν μὴ τελέως ὑπερήφανον ᾖ καὶ παρὰ τὴν προσδοκίαν·
36.5.5εἰ δὲ μή, τότε πάλιν βουλεύεσθαι πότερα δεῖ προσδέχεσθαι τὸν πόλεμον εἰς τὴν χώραν καὶ πάσχειν ὅ, τι ποτʼ ἂν οὗτος ἐπιφέρῃ τῶν δεινῶν, ἢ κατορρωδήσαντας τὴν τῶν πολεμίων ἔφοδον ἐθελοντὴν ἀναδέχεσθαι πᾶν τὸ προσταττόμενον.
36.5.6πάντων δὲ διὰ τὸν ἐφεστῶτα πόλεμον καὶ διὰ τὸ τῆς προσδοκίας ἄδηλον φερομένων ἐπὶ τὸ πειθαρχεῖν τοῖς παραγγελλομένοις, ἔδοξεν πέμπειν τοὺς ὁμήρους εἰς τὸ Λιλύβαιον.
36.5.7καὶ παραυτίκα καταλέξαντες τριακοσίους τῶν νέων ἐξέπεμπον μετὰ μεγάλης οἰμωγῆς καὶ δακρύων, ἅτε προπεμπόντων ἕκαστον τῶν ἀναγκαίων καὶ συγγενῶν, καὶ μάλιστα τῶν γυναικῶν ἐκκαουσῶν τὴν τοιαύτην διάθεσιν.
36.5.8ἐπεὶ δὲ κατέπλευσαν εἰς τὸ Λιλύβαιον, οἱ μὲν ἐξ αὐτῆς παρεδόθησαν διὰ τῶν ὑπάτων Κοΐντῳ Φαβίῳ Μαξίμῳ — συνέβαινε γὰρ τοῦτον ἐπὶ τῆς Σικελίας τετάχθαι στρατηγὸν τότε —
36.5.9διʼ οὗ παρακομισθέντες ἀσφαλῶς εἰς τὴν Ῥώμην συνεκλείσθησαν ὁμοῦ πάντες εἰς τὸ τῆς ἑκκαιδεκήρους νεώριον
36.6.1καὶ τῶν μὲν ὁμήρων ἐκεῖσε παραχθέντων, οἱ στρατηγοὶ κατήχθησαν εἰς τὴν τῆς Ἰτύκης ἄκραν.
36.6.2τούτων δὲ προσπεπτωκότων τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ὀρθὴ καὶ περίφοβος ἦν ἡ πόλις διὰ τὴν ἀδηλότητα τῶν προσδοκωμένων.
36.6.3οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἔδοξεν αὐτοῖς πρεσβευτὰς πέμπειν τοὺς πευσομένους τῶν ὑπάτων τί δεῖ ποιεῖν καὶ διασαφήσοντας ὅτι πρὸς πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον ἕτοιμοι πάντες εἰσίν.
36.6.4τῶν δὲ πρεσβευτῶν ἀφικομένων εἰς τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων παρεμβολήν, καὶ τοῦ συνεδρίου συναχθέντος, εἰσελθόντες οἱ πρέσβεις διελέγοντο κατὰ τὰς ἐντολάς.
36.6.5ὁ δὲ πρεσβύτερος τῶν ὑπάτων ἐπαινέσας αὐτῶν τὴν πρόθεσιν καὶ προαίρεσιν ἐκέλευε παραδιδόναι τά θʼ ὅπλα καὶ τὰ βέλη πάντα χωρὶς δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης.
36.6.6οἱ δὲ πρέσβεις ποιήσειν μὲν ἔφασαν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον, σκοπεῖσθαι δʼ αὐτοὺς ἠξίουν τὸ συμβησόμενον, ἐὰν αὐτοὶ μὲν παραχωρήσωσι τῶν ὅπλων, ἐκεῖνοι δὲ λαβόντες ἀποπλεύσωσιν. ὅμως ταῦτα ἔδωκαν. —
36.6.7δῆλον ἐγένετο διότι μέγα τὸ βάσταγμα τῆς πόλεως ἦν· πλείονα γὰρ εἴκοσι μυριάδων ὅπλα παρέδωκαν Ῥωμαίοις καὶ καταπέλτας δισχιλίους. —
36.7.1ἁπλῶς δʼ οὐδὲν εἶδος τῶν μελλόντων ἔγνωσαν,
36.7.2ἐξ αὐτῆς δὲ τῆς ἐμφάσεως ὀττευόμενοι τῶν πρέσβεων εἰς παντοδαπὰς οἰμωγὰς καὶ θρήνους ἐνέπιπτον. —
36.7.3οἱ δὲ πάντες ἅμʼ ἀνακεκραγότες ἐξ αὐτῆς οἱονεὶ παρελύθησαν.
Book 39, Part 1
39.1I AM fully aware that some will be found to criticise my work, on the ground that my narrative of events is incomplete and disconnected; beginning, for instance, the story of the siege of Carthage, and then leaving it half told, and interrupting the stream of my history, I pass over to Greek affairs, and from them to Macedonian or Syrian, or some other history; whereas students require continuity, and desire to hear the end of a subject; for the combination of pleasure and profit is thus more completely secured. But I do not think this: I hold exactly the reverse. And as a witness to the correctness of my opinion I might appeal to nature herself, who is never satisfied with the same things continuously in any of the senses, but is ever inclined to change; and, even if she is satisfied with the same things, wishes to have them at intervals and in diversity of circumstance. This may be illustrated first by the sense of hearing, which is never gratified either in music or recitations by a continuance of the same strains or subjects; it is the varied style, and, in a word, whatever is broken up into intervals and has the most marked and frequent changes, that gives it pleasurable excitement. Similarly one may notice that the palate can never remain gratified by the same meats, however costly, but grows to feel a loathing for them, and delights in changes of diet, and often prefers plain to rich food merely for the sake of variety. The same may be noticed as to the sight: it is quite incapable of remaining fixed on the same object, but it is a variety and change of objects that excites it. And this is more than all the case with the mind; for changes in the objects of attention and study act as rests to laborious men.
39.2Accordingly the most learned of the ancient historians have, as it seems to me, taken intervals of rest in this way: some by digressions on myths and tales, and others by digressions on historical facts,—not confining themselves to Greek history, but introducing disquisitions on points of foreign history as well. As, for instance, when, in the course of a history of Thessaly and the campaigns of Alexander of Pherae, they introduce an account of the attempts of the Lacedaemonians in the Peloponnese; or those made by the Athenians; or actions which took place in Macedonia or Illyria: and then break off into an account of the expedition of Iphicrates into Egypt, and the iniquitous deeds of Clearchus in the Pontus. This will show you that these historians all employ this method; but, whereas they employ it without any system, I do so on a regular system. For these men, after mentioning, for instance, that Bardylis, king of the Illyrians, and Cersobleptes, king of the Thracians, established their dynasties, neither go on continuously with the stories nor return to them after an interval to take them up where they left off, but, treating them like an episode in a poem, they go back to their original subject. But I made a careful division of all the most important countries in the world and the course of their several histories; pursued exactly the same plan in regard to the order of taking the several divisions; and, moreover, arranged the history of each year in the respective countries, carefully keeping to the limits of the time: and the result is that I have made the transition backwards and forwards between my continuous narrative and the continually recurring interruptions easy and obvious to students, so that an attentive reader need never miss anything. . . .
39.3Having got within the walls, while the Carthaginians still held out on the citadel, Scipio found that the arm of the sea which intervened was not at all deep; and upon Polybius advising him to set it with iron spikes or drive sharp wooden stakes into it, to prevent the enemy crossing it and attacking the mole, he said that, having taken the walls and got inside the city, it would be ridiculous to take measures to avoid fighting the enemy. . . .
Book 36, Part 4
36.7.4ταχὺ δὲ τοῦ λόγου διαδοθέντος εἰς τὸ πλῆθος, οὐκέτι συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν ἀλογίαν, ἀλλʼ οἱ μὲν ἐπὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ὥρμων, ὡς αἰτίους σφίσι τῶν κακῶν ὄντας τούτων,
36.7.5οἱ δʼ ἐπὶ τοὺς κατειλημμένους τῶν Ἰταλικῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τούτους ἀπηρείσαντο τὸν θυμόν, οἱ δὲ πρὸς τὰς πύλας τῆς πόλεως —
36.8.1Ἀμίλκας, ὁ καὶ Φαμέας, Καρχηδονίων στρατηγός, ὃς ὑπῆρχε κατὰ μὲν τὴν ἡλικίαν ἀκμάζων καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἕξιν ἐρρωμένος, τὸ δὲ μέγιστον ἐφόδιον πρὸς πολεμικὴν χρείαν, ἱππεὺς ἄγαν ἀγαθὸς καὶ τολμηρός. —
36.8.2οἱ δὲ διαζηλοτυπούμενοι πρὸς τὸν Σκιπίωνα ἐπεβάλοντο διασύρειν τὰς πράξεις αὐτοῦ. —
36.8.2τὰς προφυλακὰς βλέπων ὁ Φαμέας,
36.8.3ὢν οὐκ ἄψυχος, ἐξέκλινε τὰς πρὸς τὸν Σκιπίωνα συμπλοκάς. καί ποτε συνεγγίσας ταῖς ἐφεδρείαις, προβαλόμενος ὀφρὺν ἀπότομον ἐπέστη καὶ πλείω χρόνον. —
36.8.4αἱ δὲ σημεῖαι τῶν Ῥωμαίων συνεπεφεύγεσαν εἰς βουνόν· καὶ πάντων δόντων γνώμας ὁ Σκιπίων ἔφη,
36.8.5ὅταν ἐξ ἀκεραίου βουλεύωνται, καὶ πλείω ποιεῖσθαι πρόνοιαν τοῦ μηδὲν παθεῖν ἢ τοῦ δρᾶσαι κακῶς τοὺς ἐχθρούς. —
36.8.6οὐ χρὴ θαυμάζειν εἰ φιλοτιμότερον ἐξηγούμεθα τὰ κατὰ τὸν Σκιπίωνα καὶ πᾶν τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ μετὰ διαστολῆς ἐξαγγέλλομεν. —
36.8.7ἐν γὰρ τῇ Ῥώμῃ Μάρκον Πόρκιον ἀκούσαντα τὰς ἀριστείας Σκιπίωνος εἰπεῖν [πάλιν ἄλλον πρὸς ἐκεῖνον· τί ἀκήκοας]
36.8.7οἶος πέπνυται· τοὶ δὲ σκιαὶ ἀΐσσουσιν. —
36.8.8οἱ δὲ Ῥωμαῖοι ὑπερευδοκούμενοι κατὰ πάντα τρόπον τῇ τοῦ Σκιπίωνος ὁμολογίᾳ καὶ τῷ χειρισμῷ τῶν πραγμάτων
36.9.1ὅτι περὶ Καρχηδονίων, ὅτε κατεπολέμησαν αὐτοὺς οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι, καὶ περὶ τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ψευδοφίλιππον κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πολλοὶ καὶ παντοῖοι διεφέροντο λόγοι, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ Καρχηδονίους, μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ τὸν Ψευδοφίλιππον.
36.9.2τὰ μὲν οὖν περὶ Καρχηδονίους ἀμφιδοξουμένας εἶχε τὰς ἀποφάσεις καὶ τὰς διαλήψεις·
36.9.3ἔνιοι μὲν γὰρ συγκατῄνουν τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις, φάσκοντες αὐτοὺς φρονίμως καὶ πραγματικῶς βουλεύσασθαι περὶ τῆς δυναστείας·
36.9.4τὸ γὰρ τὸν ἐπικρεμάμενον φόβον καὶ τὴν πολλάκις μὲν ἠμφισβητηκυῖαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πόλιν ὑπὲρ τῆς ἡγεμονίας, ἔτι δὲ καὶ νῦν δυναμένην ἀμφισβητῆσαι σὺν καιρῷ, ταύτην ἐπανελομένους βεβαιῶσαι τῇ σφετέρᾳ πατρίδι τὴν ἀρχὴν νοῦν ἐχόντων εἶναι καὶ μακρὰν βλεπόντων ἀνθρώπων.
Book 39, Part 2
39.4The pompous Hasdrubal threw himself on his knees before the Roman commander, quite forgetful of his proud language. . . .
39.4When the Carthaginian commander thus threw himself as a suppliant at Scipio’s knees, the proconsul with a glance at those present said: See what Fortune is, gentlemen! What an example she makes of irrational men! This is the Hasdrubal who but the other day disdained the large favours which I offered him, and said that the most glorious funeral pyre was one’s country and its burning ruins. Now he comes with suppliant wreaths, beseeching us for bare life and resting all his hopes on us. Who would not learn from such a spectacle that a mere man should never say or do anything presumptuous? Then some of the deserters came to the edge of the roof and begged the front ranks of the assailants to hold their hands for a little; and, on Scipio ordering a halt, they began abusing Hasdrubal, some for his perjury, declaring that he had sworn again and again on the altars that he would never abandon them, and others for his cowardice and utter baseness: and they did this in the most unsparing language, and with the bitterest terms of abuse. And just at this moment Hasdrubal’s wife, seeing him seated in front of the enemy with Scipio, advanced in front of the deserters, dressed in noble and dignified attire herself, but holding in her hands, on either side, her two boys dressed only in short tunics and shielded under her own robes. First she addressed Hasdrubal by his name, and when he said nothing but remained with his head bowed to the ground, she began by calling on the name of the gods, and next thanked Scipio warmly because, as far as he could secure it, both she and her children were saved. And then, pausing for a short time, she asked Hasdrubal how he had had the heart to secure this favour from the Roman general for himself alone, . . . and, leaving his fellow-citizens who trusted in him in the most miserable plight, had gone over secretly to the enemy? And how he had the assurance to be sitting there holding suppliant boughs, in the face of the very men to whom he had frequently said that the day would never come in which the sun would see Hasdrubal alive and his native city in flames. . . .
39.4After an interview with [Scipio], in which he was kindly treated, Hasdrubal desired leave to go away from the town. . . .
Book 36, Part 5
36.9.5ἔνιοι δὲ τούτοις ἀντέλεγον, φάσκοντες οὐ ταύτην ἔχοντας αὐτοὺς τὴν προαίρεσιν κατεκτῆσθαι τὴν ἡγεμονίαν καὶ κατὰ μικρὸν εἰς τὴν Ἀθηναίων καὶ Λακεδαιμονίων ἐκτρέπεσθαι φιλαρχίαν καὶ βραδύτερον μὲν ἐκείνων ὁρμᾶν, ἥξειν δʼ ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ τέλος ἐκ τῶν προφαινομένων.
36.9.6πρότερον μὲν γὰρ πᾶσι πεπολεμηκέναι μέχρι τοῦ κρατῆσαι καὶ συγχωρῆσαι τοὺς ἀντιταξαμένους ὅτι δεῖ πείθεσθαι σφίσι καὶ ποιεῖν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον·
36.9.7νῦν δὲ προοίμιον μὲν ἐκτεθεῖσθαι τῆς ἰδίας προαιρέσεως τὰ κατὰ Περσέα, βαστάσαντας ἐκ ῥιζῶν τὴν Μακεδόνων βασιλείαν, τετελειωκέναι δὲ κατὰ τὸ παρὸν διὰ τῆς περὶ Καρχηδονίων διαλήψεως·
36.9.8μηδενὸς γὰρ ἀνηκέστου γεγονότος ἐξ ἐκείνων, ἀνηκέστως καὶ βαρέως βεβουλεῦσθαι περὶ αὐτῶν, πᾶν ἀναδεχομένων καὶ πᾶν ὑπομενόντων ποιήσειν τὸ προσταττόμενον.
36.9.9ἕτεροι δὲ καθόλου μὲν πολιτικὸν εἶναι τὸ Ῥωμαϊκὸν ἔθνος ἔφασαν καὶ τοῦτʼ ἴδιον εἶναι καὶ ἐπὶ τούτῳ σεμνύνεσθαι τοὺς Ῥωμαίους, ἐπὶ τῷ καὶ τοὺς πολέμους ἁπλῶς καὶ γενναίως πολεμεῖν, μὴ νυκτεριναῖς ἐπιθέσεσι χρωμένους μηδʼ ἐνέδραις, πᾶν δὲ τὸ διʼ ἀπάτης καὶ δόλου γινόμενον ἀποδοκιμάζοντας, μόνους δὲ τοὺς ἐκ προδήλου καὶ κατὰ πρόσωπον κινδύνους ὑπολαμβάνοντας αὑτοῖς καθήκειν.
36.9.10νῦν δὲ πάντα περὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους διʼ ἀπάτης καὶ δόλου κεχειρικέναι, κατὰ βραχὺ τὸ μὲν προτείνοντας, τὸ δʼ ἐπικρυπτομένους, ἕως οὗ παρείλαντο πάσας τὰς ἐλπίδας τοῦ βοηθεῖν αὐτοῖς τοὺς συμμάχους.
36.9.11τοῦτο δὲ μοναρχικῆς πραγματοποιίας οἰκεῖον εἶναι μᾶλλον ἢ πολιτικῆς καὶ Ῥωμαϊκῆς αἱρέσεως καὶ προσεοικὸς ἀσεβήματι καὶ παρασπονδήματι κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον. ἦσαν δέ τινες οἱ καὶ τούτοις ἀντιλέγοντες.
36.9.12εἰ μὲν γὰρ πρὶν ἢ δοῦναι τοὺς Καρχηδονίους τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν αὑτῶν οὕτως ἐχείριζον τὰ πράγματα, κατὰ βραχὺ τὰ μὲν προτείνοντες, τὰ δὲ παραγυμνοῦντες, εἰκότως ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐνόχους
36.9.13φαίνεσθαι τοῖς ἐγκαλουμένοις εἰ δὲ δόντων αὐτῶν τῶν Καρχηδονίων τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν ὥστε βουλεύεσθαι Ῥωμαίους ὅ, τι ποτὲ φαίνοιτο περὶ αὐτῶν, οὕτω κατὰ τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ὥς ποτε δοκοῖ σφίσι, τὸ κριθὲν ἐπέταττον καὶ παρήγγελλον, οὐκέτι τὸ γινόμενον ἀσεβήματι παραπλήσιον εἶναι καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ παρασπονδήματι μικροῦ δεῖν· ἔνιοι δʼ ἔφασαν οὐκ ἀδικήματι τὸ παράπαν·
36.9.14τριῶν γὰρ οὐσῶν διαφορῶν, εἰς ἃς τὸ πᾶν ἔγκλημα φύσει καταντᾶν, εἰς οὐδεμίαν ἐμπίπτειν τούτων τὸ γινόμενον ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων·
36.9.15ἀσέβημα μὲν γὰρ εἶναι τὸ περὶ τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τοὺς γονεῖς καὶ τοὺς τεθνεῶτας ἁμαρτάνειν, παρασπόνδημα δὲ τὸ παρὰ τὰς ἐνόρκους καὶ τὰς ἐγγράπτους ὁμολογίας πραττόμενον, ἀδίκημα δὲ τὸ παρὰ τοὺς νόμους καὶ τοὺς ἐθισμοὺς ἐπιτελούμενον·
36.9.16ὧν οὐδὲν κατὰ τὸ παρὸν ἐνόχους εἶναι Ῥωμαίους· οὐ γὰρ εἰς τοὺς θεοὺς οὐδʼ εἰς τοὺς γονεῖς οὐδʼ εἰς τοὺς τεθνεῶτας ἐξαμαρτάνειν, οὐδὲ μὴν ὅρκους οὐδὲ συνθήκας παραβαίνειν, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον αὐτοὺς ἐγκαλεῖν τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ὅτι παραβεβήκασι.
36.9.17καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ νόμους οὐδʼ ἐθισμοὺς οὐδὲ τὴν κατʼ ἰδίαν πίστιν ἀθετεῖν· λαβόντας γὰρ τὴν ἐπιτροπὴν παρʼ ἑκόντων ὃ βούλοιντο πράττειν, οὐ πειθαρχούντων τοῖς παραγγελλομένοις, οὕτως αὐτοῖς προσάγειν τὴν ἀνάγκην.
36.10.1περὶ μὲν οὖν Ῥωμαίων καὶ Καρχηδονίων ταῦτʼ ἐλέγετο·
36.10.2περὶ δὲ τοῦ Ψευδοφιλίππου τὸ μὲν πρῶτον οὐδʼ ἀνεκτὸς ὁ λόγος ἐφαίνετο· πάρεστί τις ἐπὶ τὴν Μακεδονίαν ἀεροπετὴς Φίλιππος, καταφρονήσας οὐ μόνον Μακεδόνων ἀλλὰ καὶ Ῥωμαίων, οὐδεμίαν ἀφορμὴν εὔλογον ἔχων πρὸς τὴν ἐπιβολήν,
36.10.3ἅτε γινωσκομένου τοῦ κατʼ ἀλήθειαν Φιλίππου διότι σχεδὸν ὀκτωκαίδεκα γεγονὼς ἐτῶν μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον ἐν Ἄλβᾳ τῆς Ἰταλίας δυσὶν ὕστερον ἔτεσιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ Περσέως.
Book 39, Part 3
39.5At the sight of the city utterly perishing amidst the flames Scipio burst into tears, and stood long reflecting on the inevitable change which awaits cities, nations, and dynasties, one and all, as it does every one of us men. This, he thought, had befallen Ilium, once a powerful city, and the once mighty empires of the Assyrians, Medes, Persians, and that of Macedonia lately so splendid. And unintentionally or purposely he quoted,—the words perhaps escaping him unconsciously,— The day shall be when holy Troy shall fall And Priam, lord of spears, and Priam’s folk. And on my asking him boldly (for I had been his tutor) what he meant by these words, he did not name Rome distinctly, but was evidently fearing for her, from this sight of the mutability of human affairs. . . .
39.5Another still more remarkable saying of his I may record. . . [When he had given the order for firing the town] he immediately turned round and grasped me by the hand and said: O Polybius, it is a grand thing, but, I know not how, I feel a terror and dread, lest some one should one day give the same order about my own native city. . . . Any observation more practical or sensible it is not easy to make. For in the midst of supreme success for one’s self and of disaster for the enemy, to take thought of one’s own position and of the possible reverse which may come, and in a word to keep well in mind in the midst of prosperity the mutability of Fortune, is the characteristic of a great man, a man free from weaknesses and worthy to be remembered. . . .
39.7Pytheas was a brother of Acatidas the runner, and son of Cleomenes. He had led an evil life, and was reported to have wasted the flower of his youth in unnatural debauchery. In political life also he was audacious and grasping, and had been supported by Eumenes and Philataerus for these very reasons. . . .
Book 36, Part 6
36.10.4μετὰ δὲ μῆνας τρεῖς ἢ τέτταρας προσπεσούσης φήμης διότι νενίκηκε μάχῃ τοὺς Μακεδόνας πέραν τοῦ Στρυμόνος κατὰ τὴν Ὀδομαντικήν, τινὲς μὲν ἀπεδέχοντο τὸν λόγον, οἱ δὲ πλείους ἀκμὴν ἠπίστουν.
36.10.5μετʼ οὐ πολὺ δὲ πάλιν ἅμα τοῦ λόγου προσπίπτοντος ὅτι νικᾷ μάχῃ τοὺς Μακεδόνας ἐπὶ τάδε τοῦ Στρυμόνος καὶ πάσης Μακεδονίας κρατεῖ, καὶ Θετταλῶν γράμματα καὶ πρεσβευτὰς πεμψάντων πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς καὶ παρακαλούντων βοηθεῖν, ὡς καὶ περὶ αὐτοὺς ὑπάρχοντος κινδύνου, θαυμαστὸν ἐφάνη καὶ παράδοξον τὸ γεγονός·
36.10.6οὐδεμία γὰρ οὔτε πιθανότης οὔτʼ εὐλογία προυφαίνετο περὶ τοῦ συμβεβηκότος. τοιαῦται μὲν οὖν περὶ τούτων ἦσαν διαθέσεις.
36.11.1ὅτι προσπεσόντων εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον γραμμάτων τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς παρὰ τοῦ Μανιλίου διότι καλῶς ποιήσουσι Πολύβιον τὸν Μεγαλοπολίτην ἐκπέμψαντες μετὰ σπουδῆς εἰς Λιλύβαιον, ὡς χρείας οὔσης αὐτοῦ δημοσίων ἕνεκεν πραγμάτων, ἔδοξε τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐκπέμπειν ἀκολούθως τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ ὑπάτου γεγραμμένοις.
36.11.2ἡμεῖς δὲ νομίζοντες ἑαυτοῖς καθήκειν κατὰ πολλοὺς τρόπους τὸ πειθαρχεῖν Ῥωμαίοις, πάντα τἄλλα πάρεργα θέμενοι θερείας ἀρχομένης ἐξεπλεύσαμεν.
36.11.3ἀφικόμενοι δʼ εἰς Κέρκυραν καὶ καταλαβόντες αὐτοῦ γράμματα παρὰ τῶν ὑπάτων προσπεπτωκότα τοῖς Κερκυραίοις, ἐν οἷς διεσάφουν ὅτι τοὺς μὲν ὁμήρους ἤδη παραδεδώκασιν αὐτοῖς οἱ Καρχηδόνιοι, πάντως ἕτοιμοι δʼ εἰσὶν αὐτοῖς πειθαρχεῖν,
36.11.4νομίσαντες διαλελύσθαι τὸν πόλεμον καὶ μηκέτι χρείαν ἡμῶν εἶναι μηδεμίαν, αὖθις ἀπεπλεύσαμεν εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον. —
36.12.1οὐ χρὴ δὲ θαυμάζειν ἐὰν ποτὲ μὲν τῷ κυρίῳ σημαίνωμεν αὑτοὺς ὀνόματι, ποτὲ δὲ ταῖς κοιναῖς ἐμφάσεσιν, οἷον οὕτως "ἐμοῦ δὲ ταῦτʼ εἰπόντοσ"
36.12.2καὶ πάλιν "ἡμῶν δὲ συγκαταθεμένων." ἐπὶ πολὺ γὰρ ἐμπεπλεγμένων ἡμῶν εἰς τὰς μετὰ ταῦτα μελλούσας ἱστορεῖσθαι πράξεις, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι μεταλαμβάνειν τὰς περὶ αὑτῶν σημασίας, ἵνα μήτε τοὔνομα συνεχῶς προφερόμενοι προσκόπτωμεν ταυτολογοῦντες μήτε πάλιν "ἐμοῦ" καὶ "διʼ ἐμέ" παρʼ ἕκαστον λέγοντες λάθωμεν εἰς φορτικὴν διάθεσιν ἐμπίπτοντες,
36.12.3ἀλλὰ συγχρώμενοι πᾶσι τούτοις καὶ μεταλαμβάνοντες ἀεὶ τὸ τῷ καιρῷ πρέπον ἐφʼ ὅσον οἷόν τε διαφεύγωμεν τὸ λίαν ἐπαχθὲς τῆς περὶ αὑτῶν λαλιᾶς,
36.12.4ἐπειδὴ φύσει μὲν ἀπρόσδεκτός ἐστιν ὁ τοιοῦτος λόγος, ἀναγκαῖος δʼ ὑπάρχει πολλάκις, ὅταν μὴ δυνατὸν ἄλλως ᾖ δηλῶσαι τὸ προκείμενον.
36.12.5γέγονε δέ τι πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἡμῖν οἷον ἐκ ταὐτομάτου συνέργημα τὸ μηδένα μέχρι γε τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς καιρῶν ταὐτὸν ἡμῖν ὄνομα κεκληρονομηκέναι κυρίως, ὅσον γε καὶ ἡμᾶς εἰδέναι. —
36.13.1ὅτι κατά τι σύμπτωμα τῶν μὲν τοῦ Καλλικράτους εἰκόνων εἰσφερομένων κατὰ τὸ σκότος, τῶν δὲ τοῦ Λυκόρτα κατὰ τὴν αὐτὴν ἡμέραν ἐκφερομένων εἰς τὸ φῶς κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς διάθεσιν,
36.13.2πάντας ἠνάγκαζε τὸ γινόμενον ἐπιφθέγγεσθαι διότι δεῖ μηδέποτε τοῖς καιροῖς ὑπερηφάνως χρῆσθαι κατὰ τῶν πέλας, εἰδότα διότι καὶ λίαν τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἴδιον ἐπιτήδευμα τῆς τύχης, τὸ τοῖς αὑτῶν ἐπινοήμασι καὶ νομοθετήμασιν ἐξ ὑποστροφῆς αὐτοὺς ὑποβάλλειν τοὺς νομοθετήσαντας. —
36.13.3ὅτι αὐτὸ τὸ φύσει φιλόκαινον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἱκανόν ἐστι πρὸς πᾶσαν μεταβολήν.
36.14.1ὅτι Ῥωμαῖοι ἔπεμψαν πρεσβευτὰς τοὺς ἐπιληψομένους τῆς ὁρμῆς τῆς τοῦ Νικομήδους καὶ κωλύσοντας τὸν Ἄτταλον πολεμεῖν τῷ Προυσίᾳ, καὶ κατεστάθησαν Μάρκος Λικίννιος,
Book 39, Part 4
39.8Critolaus the Achaean Strategus being dead, and the law providing that, in case of such an event befalling the existing Strategus, the Strategus of the previous year should succeed to the office until the regular congress of the league should meet, it fell to Diaeus to conduct the business of the league and take the head of affairs. Accordingly, after sending forward some troops to Megara, he went himself to Argos; and from that place sent a circular letter to all the towns ordering them to set free their slaves who were of military age, and who had been born and brought up in their houses, and send them furnished with arms to Corinth. He assigned the numbers to be furnished by the several towns quite at random and without any regard to equality, just as he did everything else. Those who had not the requisite number of home-bred slaves were to fill up the quota imposed on each town from other slaves. But seeing that the public poverty was very great, owing to the war with the Lacedaemonians, he compelled the richer classes, men and women alike, to make promises of money and furnish separate contributions. At the same time he ordered a levy en masse at Corinth of all men of military age. The result of these measures was that every city was full of confusion, commotion, and despair: they deemed those fortunate who had already perished in the war, and pitied those who were now starting to take part in it; and everybody was in tears as though they foresaw only too well what was going to happen. They were especially annoyed at the insolent demeanour and neglect of their duties on the part of the slaves,—airs which they assumed as having been recently liberated, or, in the case of others, because they were excited by the prospect of freedom. Moreover the men were compelled to make their contribution contrary to their own views, according to the property they were reputed to possess; while the women had to do so, by taking the ornaments of their own persons or of their children, to what seemed deliberately meant for their destruction.
39.9As these measures came all at once, the dismay caused by the hardship of each individually prevented people from attending to or grasping the general question; or they must have foreseen that they were all being led on to secure the certain destruction of their wives and children. But, as though caught in the rush of some winter torrent and carried on by its irresistible violence, they followed the infatuation and madness of their leader. The Eleians and Messenians indeed did not stir, in terror of the Roman fleet; for nothing could have saved them if the storm had burst when it was originally intended. The people of Patrae, and of the towns which were leagued with it, had a short time before suffered disasters in Phocis; and their case was much the most pitiable one of all the Peloponnesian cities: for some of them sought a voluntary death; others fled from their towns through deserted parts of the country, with no definite aim in their wanderings, from the panic prevailing in the towns. Some arrested and delivered each other to the enemy, as having been hostile to Rome; others hurried to give information and bring accusations, although no one asked for any such service as yet; while others went to meet the Romans with suppliant branches, confessing their treason, and asking what penance they were to pay, although as yet no one was asking for any account of such things. The whole country seemed to be under an evil spell: everywhere people were throwing themselves down wells or over precipices; and so dreadful was the state of things, that as the proverb has it even an enemy would have pitied the disaster of Greece. For in times past the Greeks had met with reverses or indeed complete disaster, either from internal dissensions or from treacherous attacks of despots; but in the present instance it was from the folly of their leaders and their own unwisdom that they experienced the grievous misfortunes which befell them. The Thebans also, abandoning their city en masse, left it entirely empty; and among the rest Pytheas retired to the Peloponnese, with his wife and children, and there wandered about the country. . . .
39.9He came upon the enemy much to his surprise. But to my mind the proverb, the reckonings of the foolish are foolishness applies to him. And naturally to such men things clear as day come as a surprise. . . .
Book 36, Part 7
36.14.2ἄνθρωπος ποδαγρικὸς καὶ τελείως ἀδύνατος τοῖς ποσί, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Αὖλος Μαγκῖνος, ὃς κεραμίδος εἰς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐμπεσούσης αὐτῷ τηλικαύτας καὶ τοσαύτας οὐλὰς εἶχε διὰ τῆς κεφαλῆς ὥστε θαυμαστὸν εἶναι πῶς ἐσώθη, καὶ Λεύκιος Μαλλέολος, ὃς πάντων ἐδόκει Ῥωμαίων ἀναισθητότατος ὑπάρχειν.
36.14.3τῆς δὲ πράξεως προσδεομένης τάχους καὶ τόλμης ἐδόκουν ἀφυέστατοι πρὸς τὴν χρείαν εἶναι ταύτην οἱ καθεσταμένοι.
36.14.4διὸ καί φασι Μάρκον Πόρκιον τὸν Κάτωνα προσαγορευόμενον εἰπεῖν ἐν συγκλήτῳ διότι συμβήσεται μὴ μόνον ἀπολόμενον φθάσαι τὸν Προυσίαν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν Νικομήδην γηράσαντʼ ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ·
36.14.5πῶς γὰρ οἷόν τε καταταχῆσαι, πῶς δὲ καταταχήσασαν ἀνύσασθαί τι τὴν πρεσβείαν, μήτε πόδας μήτε κεφαλὴν μήτε καρδίαν ἔχουσαν. —
36.15.1ὅτι Προυσίας ὁ βασιλεύς, εἰδεχθὴς ὢν κατὰ τὴν ἔμφασιν, καίπερ ἐκ συλλογισμοῦ βελτίων ὑπάρχων, ἥμισυς ἀνὴρ ἦν κατὰ τὴν ἐπιφάνειαν καὶ πρὸς τὰς πολεμικὰς χρείας ἀγεννὴς καὶ γυναικώδης.
36.15.2οὐ γὰρ μόνον δειλὸς ἦν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τὰς κακοπαθείας ἀλλότριος καὶ συλλήβδην ἐκτεθηλυμμένος καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ τῷ σώματι παρʼ ὅλον τὸν βίον·
36.15.3ὅπερ ἥκιστα βούλονται περὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς ὑπάρχειν ἅπαντες μέν, μάλιστα δὲ τὸ τῶν Βιθυνῶν γένος.
36.15.4πολλὴ δέ τις ἀσέλγεια καὶ περὶ τὰς σωματικὰς ἐπιθυμίας αὐτῷ συνεξηκολούθει.
36.15.5παιδείας δὲ καὶ φιλοσοφίας καὶ τῶν ἐν τούτοις θεωρημάτων ἄπειρος εἰς τέλος ἦν
36.15.6καὶ συλλήβδην τοῦ καλοῦ τί ποτʼ ἔστιν οὐδʼ ἔννοιαν εἶχε, Σαρδαναπάλλου δὲ βάρβαρον βίον ἔζη καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτωρ.
36.15.7τοιγαροῦν ἅμα τῷ δράξασθαι βραχείας ἐλπίδος τὸ τῶν βασιλευομένων πλῆθος ἀμετάκλητον ὁρμὴν ἔσχεν εἰς τὸ μὴ μόνον ἀλλότρια φρονεῖν τοῦ βασιλέως, ἀλλὰ καὶ τιμωρίαν βούλεσθαι παρʼ αὐτοῦ λαμβάνειν.
36.16.1ὅτι Μασανάσσης ὁ ἐν Λιβύῃ τῶν Νομάδων βασιλεὺς ἀνὴρ ἦν τῶν καθʼ ἡμᾶς βασιλέων ἄριστος καὶ μακαριώτατος,
36.16.2ὃς ἐβασίλευσεν ἔτη πλείω τῶν ἑξήκονθʼ, ὑγιεινότατος ὢν καὶ πολυχρονιώτατος· ἐνενήκοντα γὰρ ἐτῶν ἐγεγόνει.
36.16.3ἐγένετο δὲ καὶ δυναμικώτατος τῶν καθʼ αὑτὸν κατὰ τὴν σωματικὴν ἕξιν, ὅς, ὅτε μὲν στῆναι δέοι, στὰς ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἴχνεσι διʼ ἡμέρας ἔμενε, καθεζόμενος δὲ πάλιν οὐκ ἠγείρετο.
36.16.4καὶ τὴν ἐπὶ τῶν ἱππικῶν κακοπάθειαν ἡμέραν καὶ νύκτα συνεχῶς διακαρτερῶν οὐδὲν ἔπασχεν. σημεῖον δὲ τῆς σωματικῆς αὐτοῦ δυνάμεως·
36.16.5ἔχων ἐνενήκοντʼ ἔτη, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν μετήλλαξε τὸν βίον, υἱὸν ἀπέλειπε τεττάρων ἐτῶν, ὄνομα Σθέμβανον, ὃν μετὰ ταῦτα Μικίψης υἱοποιήσατο, πρὸς δὲ τούτοις υἱοὺς ἐννέα.
Book 39, Part 5
39.9He was even forming plans for getting back home, acting very like a man who, not having learnt to swim and being about to plunge into the sea, should not consider the question of taking the plunge; but, having taken it, should begin to consider how he is to swim to land. . . .
39.10Diaeus having recently come to Corinth after being appointed Strategus by the vote of the people, Andronidas and others came from Caecilius Metellus. Against these men he spread a report that they were in alliance with the enemy, and gave them up to the mob, who seized on them with great violence and threw them into chains. Philo of Thessaly also came bringing many liberal offers to the Achaeans. And on hearing them, certain of the men of the country attempted to secure their acceptance; among whom was Stratius, now a very old man, who clung to Diaeus’s knees and entreated him to yield to the offers of Metellus. But he and his party would not listen to Philo’s proposals. For the fact was that they did not believe that the amnesty would embrace them with the rest; and, as they regarded their own advantage and personal security as of the highest importance, they spoke as they did, and directed all their measures on the existing state of affairs to this end: although, as a matter of fact, they failed entirely to secure these objects. For as they understood quite clearly the gravity of what they had done, they could not believe they would obtain any mercy from Rome; and as to enduring nobly whatever should befall on behalf of their country and the safety of the people, that they never once took into consideration; yet that was the course becoming men who cared for glory, and professed to be the leaders of Greece. But indeed how or whence was it likely that such a lofty idea should occur to these men? The members of this conclave were Diaeus and Damocritus, who had but recently been recalled from exile owing to the disturbed state of the times, and with them Alcamenes, Theodectes and Archicrates; and of these last I have already stated at length who they were, and have described their character, policy, and manner of life.
39.11Such being the men with whom the decision rested, the determination arrived at was what was to be expected. They not only imprisoned Andronidas and Lagius and their friends, but even the sub-Strategus Sosicrates, on the charge of his having presided at a council and given his voting for sending an embassy to Caecilius Metellus, and in fact of having been the cause of all their misfortunes. Next day they empanelled judges to try them; condemned Sosicrates to death; and having bound him racked him till he died, without however inducing him to say anything that they expected: but they acquitted Lagius, Andronidas and Archippus, partly because the people were scared at the lawless proceeding against Sosicrates, and partly because Diaeus got a talent from Andronidas and forty minae from Archippus; for this man could not relax his usual shameless and abandoned principles in this particular even in the very pit, as the saying is. He had acted with similar cruelty a short time before also in regard to Philinus of Corinth. For on a charge of his holding communication with Menalcidas and favouring the Roman cause, he caused Philinus and his sons to be flogged and racked in each other’s sight, and did not desist until the boys and Philinus were all dead. When such madness and ferocity was infecting everybody, as it would not be easy to parallel even among barbarians, it would be clearly very natural to ask why the whole nation did not utterly perish. For my part, I think that Fortune displayed her resources and skill in resisting the folly and madness of the leaders; and, being determined at all hazards to save the Achaeans, like a good wrestler, she had recourse to the only trick left; and that was to bring down and conquer the Greeks quickly, as in fact she did. For it was owing to this that the wrath and fury of the Romans did not blaze out farther; that the army of Libya did not come to Greece; and that these leaders, being such men as I have described, did not have an opportunity, by gaining a victory, of displaying their wickedness upon their countrymen. For what it was likely that they would have done to their own people, if they had got any ground of vantage or obtained any success, may be reasonable inferred from what has already been said. And indeed everybody at the time had the proverb on his lips, had we not perished quickly we had not been saved. . . .
Book 36, Part 8
36.16.6διὰ δὲ τὴν πρὸς ἀλλήλους τούτων εὔνοιαν διετήρησε τὸν ὅλον βίον πάσης ἐπιβουλῆς καὶ παντὸς οἰκείου μιάσματος ἄμοιρον αὑτοῦ γενέσθαι τὴν βασιλείαν.
36.16.7τὸ δὲ μέγιστον καὶ θειότατον τούτου· τῆς γὰρ Νομαδίας ἁπάσης ἀχρήστου τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ὑπαρχούσης καὶ νομιζομένης ἀδυνάτου τῇ φύσει πρὸς ἡμέρους καρποὺς ὑπάρχειν,
36.16.8πρῶτος καὶ μόνος ὑπέδειξε διότι δύναται πάντας ἐκφέρειν τοὺς ἡμέρους καρποὺς οὐδʼ ὁποίας ἧττον, ἑκάστῳ τῶν υἱῶν ἐν διαστάσει μυριοπλέθρους ἀγροὺς κατασκευάσας παμφόρους.
36.16.9τῇ μὲν οὖν ἐκείνου μεταστάσει ταῦτʼ ἄν τις εὐλόγως ἐπιφθέγξαιτο καὶ δικαίως.
36.16.10ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων παραγενόμενος εἰς τὴν Κίρταν ἡμέρᾳ τρίτῃ μετὰ τὸν τοῦ βασιλέως θάνατον διῴκησε καλῶς πάντα. —
36.16.11Μασανάσσην δʼ ἱστορεῖ Πολύβιος ἐνενήκοντα μὲν ἐτῶν ἀποθανεῖν, τετράετες καταλιπόντα παιδάριον ἐξ αὐτοῦ γεγενημένον·
36.16.12ὀλίγῳ δʼ ἔμπροσθεν τῆς τελευτῆς μάχῃ νικήσαντα μεγάλῃ Καρχηδονίους ὀφθῆναι τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ πρὸ τῆς σκηνῆς ῥυπαρὸν ἄρτον ἐσθίοντα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς θαυμάζοντας εἰπεῖν ὅτι τοῦτο ποιεῖ
36.17.1ἐγὼ δέ, φησὶν ὁ Πολύβιος ἐπιτιμῶν τοῖς τὴν τύχην καὶ τὴν εἱμαρμένην ἐπιγράφουσιν ἐπί τε τὰς κοινὰς πράξεις καὶ τὰς κατʼ ἰδίαν περιπετείας, νῦν βούλομαι περὶ τούτου τοῦ μέρους διαστείλασθαι καθʼ ὅσον ὁ τῆς πραγματικῆς ἱστορίας ἐπιδέχεται τρόπος.
36.17.2ὧν μὲν νὴ Δίʼ ἀδύνατον ἢ δυσχερὲς τὰς αἰτίας καταλαβεῖν ἄνθρωπον ὄντα, περὶ τούτων ἴσως ἄν τις ἀπορῶν ἐπὶ τὸν θεὸν τὴν ἀναφορὰν ποιοῖτο καὶ τὴν τύχην, οἶον ὄμβρων καὶ νιφετῶν ἐξαισίων ἐπιφορὰ συνεχής, ἢ τἀναντία πάλιν αὐχμῶν καὶ πάγων καὶ διὰ ταῦτα φθορὰ καρπῶν, ὁμοίως λοιμικαὶ διαθέσεις συνεχεῖς, ἄλλα παραπλήσια τούτοις, ὧν οὐκ εὐμαρὲς τὴν αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν.
36.17.3διόπερ εἰκότως περὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀκολουθοῦντες ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν δόξαις διὰ τὴν ἀπορίαν, ἱκετεύοντες καὶ θύοντες ἐξιλασκόμενοι τὸ θεῖον, πέμπομεν ἐρησόμενοι τοὺς θεοὺς τί ποτʼ ἂν ἢ λέγουσιν ἢ πράττουσιν ἡμῖν ἄμεινον εἴη καὶ γένοιτο παῦλα τῶν ἐνεστώτων κακῶν.
36.17.4ὧν δὲ δυνατόν ἐστι τὴν αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν, ἐξ ἧς καὶ διʼ ἣν ἐγένετο τὸ συμβαῖνον, οὐχί μοι δοκεῖ τῶν τοιούτων δεῖν ἐπὶ τὸ θεῖον ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀναφοράν.
36.17.5λέγω δʼ οἷον οὕτως. ἐπέσχεν ἐν τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς καιροῖς τὴν Ἑλλάδα πᾶσαν ἀπαιδία καὶ συλλήβδην ὀλιγανθρωπία, διʼ ἣν αἵ τε πόλεις ἐξηρημώθησαν καὶ ἀφορίαν εἶναι συνέβαινε, καίπερ οὔτε πολέμων συνεχῶν ἐσχηκότων ἡμᾶς οὔτε λοιμικῶν περιστάσεων.
36.17.6εἴ τις οὖν περὶ τούτου συνεβούλευσεν εἰς θεοὺς πέμπειν ἐρησομένους τί ποτʼ ἂν ἢ λέγοντες ἢ πράττοντες πλείονες γινοίμεθα καὶ κάλλιον οἰκοίημεν τὰς πόλεις, ἆρʼ οὐ μάταιος ἂν ἐφαίνετο, τῆς αἰτίας προφανοῦς ὑπαρχούσης καὶ τῆς διορθώσεως ἐν ἡμῖν κειμένης;
36.17.7τῶν γὰρ ἀνθρώπων εἰς ἀλαζονείαν καὶ φιλοχρημοσύνην, ἔτι δὲ ῥᾳθυμίαν ἐκτετραμμένων καὶ μὴ βουλομένων μήτε γαμεῖν μήτʼ, ἐὰν γήμωσι, τὰ γινόμενα τέκνα τρέφειν, ἀλλὰ μόλις ἓν τῶν πλείστων ἢ δύο χάριν τοῦ πλουσίους τούτους καταλιπεῖν καὶ σπαταλῶντας θρέψαι, ταχέως ἔλαθε τὸ κακὸν αὐξηθέν.
36.17.8ὅτε γὰρ ἑνὸς ὄντος ἢ δυεῖν, τούτων τὸν μὲν πόλεμος, τὸν δὲ νόσος ἐνστᾶσα παρείλετο, δῆλον ὡς ἀνάγκη καταλείπεσθαι τὰς οἰκήσεις ἐρήμους, καὶ καθάπερ ἐπὶ τῶν μελιττῶν τὰ σμήνη, τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον κατὰ βραχὺ καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἀπορουμένας ἀδυνατεῖν.
36.17.9ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐδὲ χρεία παρὰ τῶν θεῶν πυνθάνεσθαι πῶς ἂν ἀπολυθείημεν τῆς τοιαύτης βλάβης·
Book 39, Part 6
39.12Aulus Postumius deserves some special notice from us here. He was a member of a family and gens of the first rank, but in himself was garrulous and wordy, and exceedingly ostentatious. From his boyhood he had a great leaning to Greek studies and literature: but he was so immoderate and affected in this pursuit, that owing to him the Greek style became offensive to the elder and most respectable men at Rome. Finally he attempted to write a poem and a formal history in Greek, in the preface to which he desired his readers to excuse him if, being a Roman, he could not completely command the Greek idiom or method in the handling of the subject. To whom M. Porcius Cato made a very pertinent answer. I wonder, said he, on what grounds you make such a demand. If the Amphictyonic council had charged you to write the history, you might perhaps have been forced to allege this excuse and ask for this consideration. But to write it of your own accord, when there was no compulsion to do so, and then to demand consideration, if you should happen to write had Greek, is quite unreasonable. It is something like a man entering for the boxing match or pancratium in the public games, and, when he comes into the stadium, and it is his turn to fight, begging the spectators to pardon him if he is unable to stand the fatigue or the blows. Such a man of course would be laughed at and condemned at once. And this is what such historiographers should experience, to prevent them spoiling a good thing by their rash presumption. Similarly, in the rest of his life, he had imitated all the worst points in Greek fashions; for he was fond of pleasure and averse from toil. And this may be illustrated from his conduct in the present campaign: for being among the first to enter Greece at the time that the battle in Phocis took place, he retired to Thebes on the pretence of illness, in order to avoid taking part in the engagement; but, when the battle was ended, he was the first to write to the Senate announcing the victory, entering into every detail as though he had himself been present at the conflict. . . .
39.13The incidents of the capture of Corinth were melancholy. The soldiers cared nothing for the works of art and the consecrated statues. I saw with my own eyes pictures thrown on the ground and soldiers playing dice on them; among them was a picture of Dionysus by Aristeides—in reference to which they say that the proverbial saying arose, Nothing to the Dionysus,—and the Hercules tortured by the shirt of Deianeira. . . .
39.14Owing to the popular reverence for the memory of Philopoemen, they did not take down the statues of him in the various cities. So true is it, as it seems to me, that every genuine act of virtue produces in the mind of those who benefit by it an affection which it is difficult to efface. . . .
Book 36, Part 9
36.17.10ὁ γὰρ τυχὼν τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐρεῖ διότι μάλιστα μὲν αὐτοὶ διʼ αὑτῶν, μεταθέμενοι τὸν ζῆλον, εἰ δὲ μή, νόμους γράψαντες, ἵνα τρέφηται τὰ γινόμενα. περὶ τούτων οὔτε μάντεων οὔτε τερατειῶν χρεία.
36.17.11ὁ δʼ αὐτὸς λόγος καὶ περὶ τῶν κατὰ μέρος.
36.17.12ἀλλʼ ἐπʼ ἐκείνων ἐφʼ ὧν ἀλήπτους ἢ δυσλήπτους εἶναι τὰς αἰτίας συμβαίνει, διαπορητέον· ὧν ἓν ἦν καὶ τὸ περὶ Μακεδόνας γεγενημένον.
36.17.13Μακεδόνες μὲν γὰρ ὑπὸ Ῥωμαίων πολλῶν καὶ μεγάλων ἐτετεύχεισαν φιλανθρωπιῶν, κοινῇ μὲν πάντες ἀπολυθέντες μοναρχικῶν ἐπιταγμάτων καὶ φόρων καὶ μεταλαβόντες ἀπὸ δουλείας ὁμολογουμένως ἐλευθερίαν, ἰδίᾳ δὲ πάλιν κατὰ πόλεις ἐκλυθέντες ἐκ μεγάλων στάσεων καὶ φόνων ἐμφυλίων διὰ τῆς Ῥωμαίων [...] φιλοτ?ιμίας· [...] ἅ?μ?α? δυσμενείας μ?ὲ?ν? ἢ βλάβης τῆς ἐν τοῖς πρότερον καιροῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἔτι γεύ [...] φιλ [...] πόλεως· ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ Ψευδοφιλίππου πρῶτον μὲν πρ [...] ε?ξ?ε?τ?ο?ι? διῄτ [...] πολλοὺς μὲν ἀν [...] φρ [...] πλείστους ἐπεῖδον αὐτῶν ἐν πάνυ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ φυγαδευθέντας καὶ στρεβλωθέντας καὶ φονευθέντας ἢ τῶν ἐν τοῖς π?ρ?ό?τ?ε?ρ?ο?ν? καιροῖς ὑπὸ τῶν κατʼ ἀλήθειαν β?α?σι [...] ἤδη τοῦτο γε ε?χ? [...] ῶς απαντ?ε?σ?ι? ἐπὶ το [...] εἴ [...] αι τῶν ἐξ ἀρχῆς βασιλέων, ὡς [...] ὑβρίζ [...] καὶ [...] πλείστο?ι?σ? ε?μ?ο?σ? τῶν βρ [...] καὶ [...] Ῥωμαίων στρατοπεδεύματος ἐξ αὐτῆς μεταμέλοι· ἐν ἀδικ [...] τῶν πρὸ τοῦ Ψευδοφιλίππου μὲν εἰς αὐτοὺς παρανομημάτων· ο?ἱ? δ?ὲ? τ?ὸ? [...]
36.17.14[...] π?ο?λ?λ?ῶ?ν? τ?ε? μ?ε?τ?ὰ? μὲν τοῦ Δημητρίου καὶ πάλιν μετὰ Περσέως μαχόμενοι πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἡττήθησαν, ἀνδρὶ δὲ στυγνῷ συναγωνιζόμενοι καὶ περὶ τῆς τούτου βασιλείας ἀνδραγαθήσαντες ἐνίκησαν Ῥωμαίους.
36.17.15ἐξ ὧν τίς οὐκ ἂν ἐπαπορήσειεν ἐπὶ τῷ συμβάντι; τὴν γὰρ αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν τούτων δυσχερές.
36.17.16διόπερ ἄν τις ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων διαθέσεων δαιμονοβλάβειαν εἴπειε τὸ γεγονὸς καὶ μῆνιν ἐκ θεῶν ἅπασι Μακεδόσιν ἀπηντῆσθαι. δῆλον δʼ ἔστιν ἐκ τῶν λέγεσθαι μελλόντων.
Book 39, Part 7
39.14One might fairly, therefore, use the common saying: He has been foiled not at the door, but in the road. . . .
39.14There were many statues of Philopoemen, and many erections in his honour, voted by the several cities; and a Roman at the time of the disaster which befell Greece at Corinth, wished to abolish them all and to formally indict him, laying an information against him, as though he were still alive, as an enemy and illwisher to Rome. But after a discussion, in which Polybius spoke against this sycophant, neither Mummius nor the commissioners would consent to abolish the honours of an illustrious man. . . .
39.14Polybius, in an elaborate speech, conceived in the spirit of what has just been said, maintained the cause of Philopoemen. His arguments were that This man had indeed been frequently at variance with the Romans on the matter of their injunctions, but he only maintained his opposition so far as to inform and persuade them on the points in dispute; and even that he did not do without serious cause. He gave a genuine proof of his loyal policy and gratitude, by a test as it were of fire, in the periods of the wars with Philip and Antiochus. For, possessing at those times the greatest influence of any one in Greece, from his personal power as well as that of the Achaeans, he preserved his friendship for Rome with the most absolute fidelity, having joined in the vote of the Achaeans in virtue of which, four months before the Romans crossed from Italy, they levied a war from their own territory upon Antiochus and the Aetolians, when nearly all the other Greeks had become estranged from the Roman friendship. Having listened to this speech and approved of the speaker’s view, the ten commissioners granted that the complimentary erections to Philopoemen in the several cities should be allowed to remain. Acting on this pretext, Polybius begged of the Consul the statues of Achaeus, Aratus, and Philopoemen, though they had already been transported to Acarnania from the Peloponnese: in gratitude for which action people set up a marble statue of Polybius himself. . . .
Book 37, Part 1
37.1.1Μούσειον, τόπος περὶ τὸν Ὄλυμπον τὸν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ· Πολύβιος τριακοστῷ ἑβδόμῳ.
Book 39, Part 8
39.15After the settlement made by the ten commissioners in Achaia, they directed the Quaestor, who was to superintend the selling of Diaeus’s property, to allow Polybius to select anything he chose from the goods and present it to him as a free gift, and to sell the rest to the highest bidders. But, so far from accepting any such present, Polybius urged his friends not to covet anything whatever of the goods sold by the Quaestor anywhere:—for he was going a round of the cities and selling the property of all those who had been partisans of Diaeus, as well of such as had been condemned, except those who left children or parents. Some of these friends did not take his advice; but those who did follow it earned a most excellent reputation among their fellow-citizens.
39.16After completing these arrangements in six months, the ten commissioners sailed for Italy, at the beginning of spring, having left a noble monument of Roman policy for the contemplation of all Greece. They also charged Polybius, as they were departing, to visit all the cities and to decide all questions that might arise, until such time as they were grown accustomed to their constitution and laws. Which he did: and after a while caused the inhabitants to be contented with the constitution given them by the commissioners, and left no difficulty connected with the laws on any point, private or public, unsettled.
39.16[Wherefore the people, who always admired and honoured this man, being in every way satisfied with the conduct of his last years and his management of the business just described, honoured him with the most ample marks of their respect both during his life and after his death. And this universal verdict was fully justified. For if he had not elaborated and reduced to writing the laws relating to the administration of justice, everything would have been in a state of uncertainty and confusion. Therefore we must look upon this as the most glorious of the actions of Polybius.] . . .
Book 38, Part 1
38.1.1ὅτι ἡ λη# βίβλος περιέχει τὴν συντέλειαν τῆς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἀτυχίας.
38.1.2καίπερ γὰρ τῆς Ἑλλάδος καὶ καθόλου καὶ κατὰ μέρος πλεονάκις ἐπταικυίας, ὅμως οὐδʼ ὁποίοις ἄν τις τῶν πρότερον ἐλαττωμάτων οἰκειότερον ἐφαρμόσαι τὸ τῆς ἀτυχίας ὄνομα καὶ τὴν ἔννοιαν ταύτην ὡς τοῖς καθʼ ἡμᾶς γεγονόσιν.
38.1.3οὐ γὰρ μόνον ἀφʼ ὧν ἔπαθον ἐλεήσαι τις ἂν τοὺς Ἕλληνας, ἔτι δὲ μᾶλλον ἐφʼ οἷς ἔπραξαν ἠτυχηκέναι νομίσειε, πυθόμενος περὶ ἑκάστων τὰς ἀληθείας.
38.1.4δοκοῦντος γοῦν μεγίστου πάθους γεγονέναι τοῦ περὶ τοὺς Καρχηδονίους οὐκ ἔλαττον ἄν τις ἡγήσαιτο, κατὰ δέ τι μεῖζον τὸ περὶ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τότε συμβάν.
38.1.5οἱ μὲν γὰρ τόπον ἔσχατον ἀπολογίας γε πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιγινομένους περὶ σφῶν ἀπέλειπον, οὗτοι δʼ οὐδʼ ἀφορμὴν εὔλογον ἔδοσαν τοῖς βουλομένοις σφίσι βοηθεῖν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἡμαρτημένων.
38.1.6καὶ Καρχηδόνιοι μὲν ἅμα ταῖς περιπετείαις ἄρδην ἀφανισθέντες ἀνεπαίσθητοι τῶν σφετέρων εἰς τὸ μέλλον ἐγένοντο συμπτωμάτων, οἱ δʼ Ἕλληνες ἐφορῶντες τὰς αὑτῶν ἀτυχίας παισὶ παίδων παραδόσιμον ἐποίησαν τὴν ἀκληρίαν.
38.1.7ὥστε καθʼ ὅσον τοὺς ζῶντας μετὰ τιμωρίας ἐλεεινοτέρους νομίζομεν τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς δεινοῖς ἐκλειπόντων τὸν βίον, κατὰ τοσοῦτο καὶ τὰς τότε περιπετείας τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἐλεεινοτέρας νομιστέον τῶν συμβάντων Καρχηδονίοις,
38.1.8ἐὰν μή τις ἀφροντιστῶν τοῦ καθήκοντος καὶ τοῦ καλοῦ, πρὸς αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ συμφέρον ἀποβλέπων ποιῆται τὴν ἀπόφασιν.
38.1.9ὅτι δʼ ἔστι τὸ νῦν εἰρημένον ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἀληθές, εἴποι τις ἂν ὑπομνησθεὶς καὶ παραθεὶς τὰς δοκούσας μεγίστας συμφορὰς γεγονέναι κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα πρὸς τὰ νῦν ὑφʼ ἡμῶν λεγόμενα.
38.2.1μέγιστον ἡ τύχη δοκεῖ φόβον ἐπιστῆσαι τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατὰ τὴν Ξέρξου διάβασιν εἰς τὴν Εὐρώπην· τότε γὰρ ἐκινδύνευσαν μὲν πάντες,
38.2.2ἔπταισαν δὲ τελέως ὀλίγιστοι, μάλιστα δὲ τούτων Ἀθηναῖοι·
38.2.3προϊδόμενοι γὰρ ἐμφρόνως τὸ μέλλον ἐξέλιπον τὴν πατρίδα μετὰ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν.
38.2.4βλάβην μὲν οὖν ὁ καιρὸς αὐτοῖς ἐπήνεγκε· κύριοι γὰρ γενηθέντες οἱ βάρβαροι πικρῶς διέφθειραν τὰς Ἀθήνας· οὐ μὴν ὄνειδος οὐδʼ αἰσχύνην, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον εὔκλειαν παρὰ πᾶσι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τὴν μεγίστην ἀπηνέγκαντο διότι πάντʼ ἐν ἐλάττονι θέμενοι τῆς αὐτῆς τύχης εἵλαντο κοινωνεῖν τοῖς ἄλλοις Ἕλλησι.
38.2.5τοιγαροῦν καλῇ χρησάμενοι προαιρέσει, παρὰ πόδας οὐ μόνον ἀνεκτήσαντο τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὴν ἑαυτῶν χώραν, ἀλλὰ καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων ἡγεμονίας μετʼ ὀλίγον ἠμφισβήτουν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους.
38.2.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ὑπὸ Σπαρτιατῶν καταπολεμηθέντες εἰς τοῦτʼ ἀνάγκης ἦλθον ὥστε καθελεῖν τὰ τείχη τῆς αὑτῶν πατρίδος.
38.2.7ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦτο Λακεδαιμονίων, οὐκ Ἀθηναίων ἄν τις εἶναι φήσειε τοὔγκλημα, διότι βαρύτερον ἐχρήσαντο τῇ δοθείσῃ σφίσι παρὰ τῆς τύχης ἐξουσίᾳ.
38.2.8Σπαρτιᾶται δʼ ἡττηθέντες ὑπὸ Θηβαίων πάλιν ἀπέβαλον τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἡγεμονίαν καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα τῆς τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀρχῆς ἀποστάντες συνεκλείσθησαν εἰς τοὺς τῆς Λακωνικῆς ὅρους.
38.2.9καὶ τί δὴ τοῦτʼ αἰσχρόν, εἰ περὶ τῶν καλλίστων ἀμφισβητοῦντες ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἔπταισαν ὥστε πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν πάτριον ἀναχωρῆσαι δυναστείαν;
38.2.10διὸ τὰ γεγονότα ταῦτα συμπτώματα μὲν εἶναι φατέον, ἀτυχήματα δʼ οὐδαμῶς ῥητέον.
38.2.11Μαντινεῖς ἠναγκάσθησαν ἐκλιπεῖν τὴν πατρίδα διοικισθέντες ὑπὸ Λακεδαιμονίων καὶ διασπασθέντες οἰκῆσαι κατὰ κώμας·
38.2.12ἀλλὰ πάντες ἐπὶ τούτοις οὐ τὴν τῶν Μαντινέων ἀβουλίαν, ἀλλὰ τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων ὠνείδιζον.
38.2.13Θηβαῖοι μετά τινα χρόνον ἄρδην ἐπεῖδον τὴν αὑτῶν πατρίδα γενομένην ἀνάστατον, ὅτε προθέμενος Ἀλέξανδρος εἰς τὴν Ἀσίαν διαβαίνειν ὑπέλαβε διὰ τῆς εἰς Θηβαίους τιμωρίας τῷ φόβῳ φρουρήσειν τοὺς Ἕλληνας κατὰ τοὺς ἰδίους περισπασμούς·
38.2.14ἀλλὰ τότε πάντες ἠλέουν μὲν τοὺς Θηβαίους ὡς ἄδικα καὶ δεινὰ πεπονθότας, διεδικαίου δὲ τὴν πρᾶξιν ταύτην οὐδεὶς
38.3.1Ἀλεξάνδρου. τοιγαροῦν βραχεῖ χρόνῳ τυχόντες ἐπικουρίας τινὸς αὖθις ᾤκουν τὴν πατρίδα μετʼ ἀσφαλείας.
38.3.2ὁ γὰρ παρὰ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἔλεος οὐ μικρὸν ἐπίχειρόν ἐστι τοῖς ἀδίκως ἀκληροῦσιν, εἴ γε πολλάκις ἰδεῖν ἔστιν ἅμα ταῖς τῶν πολλῶν ὁρμαῖς καὶ τὴν τύχην μεταβαλλομένην καὶ τοὺς κρατοῦντας αὐτοὺς μεταμελομένους καὶ διορθουμένους τὰς τῶν παραλόγως ἠτυχηκότων περιπετείας.
38.3.3πάλιν ἐπείθοντο κατά τινας καιροὺς Χαλκιδεῖς καὶ Κορίνθιοι καί τινες ἕτεραι πόλεις διὰ τὴν τῶν τόπων εὐφυΐαν τοῖς ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλεῦσι καὶ φρουρὰς εἶχον·
Book 39, Part 9
39.17The Roman Proconsul, after the commissioners had left Achaia, having restored the holy places in the Isthmus and ornamented the temples in Olympia and Delphi, proceeded to make a tour of the cities, receiving marks of honour and proper gratitude in each. And indeed he deserved honour both public and private, for he conducted himself with self-restraint and disinterestedness, and administered his office with mildness, although he had great opportunities of enriching himself, and immense authority in Greece. And in fact in the points in which he was thought to have at all overlooked justice, he appears not to have done it for his own sake, but for that of his friends. And the most conspicuous instance of this was in the case of the Chalcidian horsemen whom he put to death. . . .
39.18Ptolemy, king of Syria, died from a wound received in the war: a man who, according to some, deserved great praise and abiding remembrance, and according to others the reverse. If any king before him ever was, he was mild and benevolent; a very strong proof of which is that he never put any of his own friends to death on any charge whatever; and I believe that not a single man at Alexandria either owed his death to him. Again, though he was notoriously ejected from his throne by his brother, in the first place, when he got a clear opportunity against him in Alexandria, he granted him a complete amnesty; and afterwards, when his brother once more made a plot against him to seize Cyprus, though he got him body and soul into his hands at Lapethus, he was so far from punishing him as an enemy, that he even made him grants in addition to those which formerly belonged to him in virtue of the treaty made between them, and moreover promised him his daughter. However, in the course of a series of successes and prosperity, his mind became corrupted; and he fell a prey to the dissoluteness and effeminacy characteristic of the Egyptians: and these vices brought him into serious disasters. . . .
39.19Having accomplished these objects, I returned home from Rome, having put, as it were, the finishing-stroke to my whole previous political actions, and obtained a worthy return for my constant loyalty to the Romans. Wherefore I make my prayers to all the gods that the rest of my life may continue in the same course and in the same prosperity; for I see only too well that Fortune is envious of mortals, and is most apt to show her power in those points in which a man fancies that he is most blest and most successful in life.
Book 38, Part 2
38.3.4ἀλλὰ τοὺς μὲν δουλεύοντας πάντες ἐσπούδαζον κατὰ δύναμιν ἐλευθεροῦν, τοὺς δὲ καταδουλωσαμένους ἐμίσουν καὶ πολεμίους ἡγοῦντο διὰ τέλους.
38.3.5καθόλου δὲ κατὰ πόλεις ἔπταιον καὶ κατὰ πόλιν ἐσφάλλοντο τὸν πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ὡς ἐπίπαν, οἱ μὲν ὑπὲρ ἡγεμονίας καὶ πραγμάτων ἀμφισβητοῦντες, οἱ δʼ ὑπὸ μονάρχων καὶ βασιλέων παρασπονδούμενοι·
38.3.6διὸ καὶ σπανίους ἂν εὕροις οἷς ὄνειδος ἠκολούθει τῶν ἀκληρούντων ἢ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἀτυχίας ὄνομα διέμενεν·
38.3.7ἀκληρεῖν μὲν γὰρ ἅπαντας ἡγητέον καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν τοὺς παραλόγοις συμφοραῖς περιπίπτοντας, ἀτυχεῖν δὲ μόνους τούτους οἷς διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἀβουλίαν ὄνειδος αἱ πράξεις ἐπιφέρουσι.
38.3.8κατὰ δὲ τοὺς ὑποκειμένους καιροὺς ἠτύχησαν ἅμα Πελοποννήσιοι, Βοιωτοί, Φωκεῖς, [...] εῖς, Λοκροί, τινὲς τῶν τὸν Ἰόνιον κατοικούντων κόλπον, μετὰ δὲ τούτους ἔτι Μακεδόνες·
38.3.9[...] μὴ μόνον κατὰ τὸ πλῆθος [...] τῶν πρότερον, ἀλλὰ καὶ κατὰ [...] ἐπίπαν οὐκ ἠκλήρησαν, ἀλλʼ ἠτύχησαν ἀτυχίαν αἰσχρὰν ὡς ἔνι μάλιστα καὶ ἐπονείδιστον·
38.3.10ἅμα μὲν γὰρ ἀπιστίαν, ἅμα δʼ ἀνανδρίαν ἔδειξαν, καὶ πράξεις αὐτοῖς ἐπήνεγκαν διὰ τὴν ἀτ.
38.3.11[...] ἅμα. τοιγαροῦν στερηθέντες πάντων τῶν καλῶν οἱ μὲν ὑπὸ στέ [...] , ἔνιοι δὲ καὶ δ [...] ντες εἰς τὰς πόλεις τότε παρεδέξαντο ῥάβδους καὶ πελέκεις ἐθελο [...] ·
38.3.12ἐν μεγάλῳ γὰρ φόβῳ διὰ τὴν ὑπερβολὴν τῶν ἰδίων ἁμαρτημάτων ἦσαν, εἰ χρ
38.3.13ὴ λέγειν ἰδίων· ἐγὼ γὰρ ἠγνοηκέναι μὲν φαίην ἂν τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ παραπεπαικέναι τοῦ καθήκοντος, ἡμαρτηκέναι δὲ τοὺς αἰτίους γεγονότας τῆς ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἀγνοίας.
38.4.1ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐ δεήσει θαυμάζειν ἐὰν παρεκβαίνοντες τὸ τῆς ἱστορικῆς διηγήσεως ἦθος ἐπιδεικτικωτέραν καὶ φιλοτιμοτέραν φαινώμεθα ποιούμενοι περὶ αὐτῶν τὴν ἀπαγγελίαν.
38.4.2καίτοι τινὲς ἴσως ἐπιτιμήσουσιν ἡμῖν ὡς φιλαπεχθῶς ποιουμένοις τὴν γραφήν, οἷς καθῆκον ἦν μάλιστα πάντων περιστέλλειν τὰς τῶν Ἑλλήνων ἁμαρτίας.
38.4.3ἐγὼ δʼ οὔτε φίλον οὐδέποτʼ ἂν ὑπολαμβάνω γνήσιον νομισθῆναι παρὰ τοῖς ὀρθῶς φρονοῦσι τὸν δεδιότα καὶ φοβούμενον τοὺς μετὰ παρρησίας λόγους,
38.4.4καὶ μὴν οὐδὲ πολίτην ἀγαθὸν τὸν ἐγκαταλείποντα τὴν ἀλήθειαν διὰ τὴν ἐσομένην ὑπʼ ἐνίων προσκοπὴν παρʼ αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν·
38.4.5συγγραφέα δὲ κοινῶν πράξεων οὐδʼ ὅλως ἀποδεκτέον τὸν ἄλλο τι περὶ πλείονος ποιούμενον τῆς ἀληθείας.
38.4.6ὅσῳ γὰρ εἰς πλείους διατείνει καὶ ἐπὶ πλείω χρόνον ἡ διὰ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων παράδοσις τῶν πρὸς καιρὸν λεγομένων, τοσούτῳ χρὴ μᾶλλον καὶ τὸν γράφοντα περὶ πλείστου ποιεῖσθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντας ἀποδέχεσθαι τὴν τοιαύτην αἵρεσιν.
38.4.7κατὰ μὲν γὰρ τοὺς τῶν περιστάσεων καιροὺς καθήκει βοηθεῖν τοὺς Ἕλληνας ὄντας τοῖς Ἕλλησι κατὰ πάντα τρόπον, τὰ μὲν ἀμύνοντας, τὰ δὲ περιστέλλοντας, τὰ δὲ παραιτουμένους τὴν τῶν κρατούντων ὀργήν· ὅπερ ἡμεῖς ἐπʼ αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων ἐποιήσαμεν ἀληθινῶς·
38.4.8τὴν δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν γεγονότων τοῖς ἐπιγινομένοις διὰ τῶν ὑπομνημάτων παράδοσιν ἀμιγῆ παντὸς ψεύδους ἀπολείπεσθαι χάριν τοῦ μὴ ταῖς ἀκοαῖς τέρπεσθαι κατὰ τὸ παρὸν τοὺς ἀναγινώσκοντας, ἀλλὰ ταῖς ψυχαῖς διορθοῦσθαι πρὸς τὸ μὴ πλεονάκις ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς διασφάλλεσθαι.
38.4.9καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἡμῖν εἰρήσθω.
38.5.1οὐ γὰρ ἀγνοῶ διότι τινὲς ἐπιλήψονται τῆς πραγματείας, φάσκοντες ἀτελῆ καὶ διερριμμένην ἡμᾶς πεποιῆσθαι τὴν ἐξήγησιν τῶν πραγμάτων,
38.5.2εἴγʼ ἐπιβαλλόμενοι λόγου χάριν διεξιέναι τὴν Καρχηδόνος πολιορκίαν, κἄπειτα μεταξὺ ταύτην ἀπολιπόντες καὶ μεσολαβήσαντες σφᾶς αὐτοὺς μεταβαίνομεν ἐπὶ τὰς Ἑλληνικὰς κἀντεῦθεν ἐπὶ τὰς Μακεδονικὰς ἢ Συριακὰς ἤ τινας ἑτέρας πράξεις·
38.5.3ζητεῖν δὲ τοὺς φιλομαθοῦντας τὸ συνεχὲς καὶ τὸ τέλος ἱμείρειν ἀκοῦσαι τῆς προθέσεως· καὶ γὰρ τὴν ψυχαγωγίαν καὶ τὴν ὠφέλειαν οὕτω μᾶλλον συνεκτρέχειν τοῖς προσέχουσιν.
38.5.4ἐμοὶ δʼ οὐχ οὕτως δοκεῖ, τὸ δʼ ἐναντίον. μάρτυρα δὲ τούτων ἐπικαλεσαίμην ἂν αὐτὴν τὴν φύσιν, ἥτις κατʼ οὐδʼ ὁποίαν τῶν αἰσθήσεων εὐδοκεῖ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐπιμένειν κατὰ τὸ συνεχές, ἀλλʼ ἀεὶ μεταβολῆς ἐστιν οἰκεία, τοῖς δʼ αὐτοῖς ἐγκυρεῖν ἐκ διαστήματος βούλεται καὶ διαφορᾶς.
38.5.5εἴη δʼ ἂν τὸ λεγόμενον ἐναργὲς πρῶτον μὲν ἐκ τῆς ἀκοῆς, ἥτις οὔτε κατὰ τὰς μελῳδίας οὔτε κατὰ τὰς λεκτικὰς ὑποκρίσεις εὐδοκεῖ συνεχῶς ταῖς αὐταῖς ἐπιμένειν στάσεσιν,
38.5.6ὁ δὲ μεταβολικὸς τρόπος καὶ καθόλου πᾶν τὸ διερριμμένον καὶ μεγίστας ἔχον ἀλλαγὰς καὶ πυκνοτάτας αὐτὴν κινεῖ.
38.5.7παραπλησίως καὶ τὴν γεῦσιν εὕροι τις ἂν οὐδὲ τοῖς πολυτελεστάτοις βρώμασιν ἐπιμένειν δυναμένην, ἀλλὰ σικχαίνουσαν καὶ χαίρουσαν ταῖς μεταβολαῖς καὶ προσηνεστέρως ἀποδεχομένην πολλάκις καὶ τὰ λιτὰ τῶν ἐδεσμάτων ἢ τὰ πολυτελῆ διὰ τὸν ξενισμόν. τὸ δʼ αὐτὸ καὶ περὶ τὴν ὅρασιν ἴδοι τις ἂν γινόμενον·
Book 39, Part 10
39.19Such was the result of my exertions. But having now arrived at the end of my whole work, I wish to recall to the minds of my readers the point from which I started, and the plan which I laid down at the commencement of my history, and then to give a summary of the entire subject. I announced then at starting that I should begin my narrative at the point where Timaeus left off, and that going cursorily over the events in Italy, Sicily, and Libya—since that writer has only composed a history of those places,—when I came to the time when Hannibal took over the command of the Carthaginian army; Philip son of Demetrius the kingdom of Macedonia; Cleomenes of Sparta was banished from Greece; Antiochus succeeded to the kingdom in Syria, and Ptolemy Philopator to that in Egypt,—I promised that starting once more from that period, namely the 139th Olympiad, I would give a general history of the world: marking out the periods of the Olympiads, separating the events of each year, and comparing the histories of the several countries by parallel narratives of each, up to the capture of Carthage, and the battle of the Achaeans and Romans in the Isthmus, and the consequent political settlement imposed on the Greeks. From all of which I said that students would learn a lesson of supreme interest and instructiveness. This was to ascertain how, and under what kind of polity, almost the whole inhabited world came under the single authority of Rome, a fact quite unparalleled in the past. These promises then having all been fulfilled, it only remains for me to state the periods embraced in my history, the number of my books, and how many go to make up my whole work. . . .
Book 38, Part 3
38.5.8ἥκιστα γὰρ δύναται πρὸς ἓν μένειν ἀτενίζουσα, κινεῖ δʼ αὐτὴν ἡ ποικιλία καὶ μεταβολὴ τῶν ὁρωμένων.
38.5.9μάλιστα δὲ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦτό τις ἂν ἴδοι συμβαῖνον· αἱ γὰρ μεταλήψεις τῶν ἀτενισμῶν καὶ τῶν ἐπιστάσεων οἷον ἀναπαύσεις εἰσὶ τοῖς φιλοπόνοις τῶν
38.6.1ἀνδρῶν. διὸ καὶ τῶν ἀρχαίων συγγραφέων οἱ λογιώτατοι δοκοῦσί μοι προσαναπεπαῦσθαι τῷ τρόπῳ τούτῳ, τινὲς μὲν μυθικαῖς καὶ διηγηματικαῖς κεχρημένοι παρεκβάσεσι, τινὲς δὲ καὶ πραγματικαῖς, ὥστε μὴ μόνον ἐν αὐτοῖς τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τόποις ποιεῖσθαι τὰς μεταβάσεις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν ἐκτὸς περιλαμβάνειν.
38.6.2λέγω δʼ οἷον ἐπειδὰν τὰ κατὰ τὴν Θετταλίαν ἐξηγούμενοι καὶ τὰς Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Φεραίου πράξεις μεταξὺ τὰς κατὰ Πελοπόννησον Λακεδαιμονίων ἐπιβολὰς διηγῶνται, καὶ πάλιν τὰς παρὰ Θηβαίων, ἔτι δὲ τὰς κατὰ Μακεδονίαν ἢ τὴν Ἰλλυρίδα, κἄπειτα διατρίψαντες λέγωσι τὴν Ἰφικράτους εἰς Αἴγυπτον στρατείαν καὶ τὰ Κλεάρχῳ πραχθέντα παρανομήματα κατὰ τὸν Πόντον.
38.6.3ἐξ ὧν κεχρημένους μὲν ἅπαντας εὕροι τις ἂν τῷ τοιούτῳ χειρισμῷ, κεχρημένους γε μὴν ἀτάκτως, ἡμᾶς δὲ τεταγμένως.
38.6.4ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ μνησθέντες πῶς Βάρδυλλις ὁ τῶν Ἰλλυριῶν βασιλεὺς καὶ Κερσοβλέπτης ὁ τῶν Θρᾳκῶν κατεκτήσαντο τὰς δυναστείας, οὐκέτι προστιθέασι τὸ συνεχές, οὐδʼ ἀνατρέχουσιν ἐπὶ τἀκόλουθον ἐκ διαστήματος, ἀλλὰ καθάπερ ἐν ποιήματι χρησάμενοι πάλιν ἐπανάγουσιν ἐπὶ τὰς ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑποθέσεις.
38.6.5ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντας διῃρημένοι τοὺς ἐπιφανεστάτους τόπους τῆς οἰκουμένης καὶ τὰς ἐν τούτοις πράξεις καὶ μίαν καὶ τὴν αὐτὴν ἔφοδον ἀεὶ ποιούμενοι κατὰ τὴν τάξιν τῆς διαλήψεως, ἔτι δὲ καθʼ ἕκαστον ἔτος ὡρισμένως ἐξηγούμενοι τὰς καταλλήλους πράξεις ἐνεστηκυίας,
38.6.6ἀπολείπομεν πρόδηλον τοῖς φιλομαθοῦσι τὴν ἐπαναγωγὴν ἐπὶ τὸν συνεχῆ λόγον καὶ τὰς μεσολαβηθείσας ἀεὶ τῶν πράξεων, ὥστε μηδὲν ἀτελὲς μηδʼ ἐλλιπὲς γίνεσθαι τοῖς φιληκόοις τῶν προειρημένων.
38.6.7καὶ περὶ μὲν τούτων ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον.
38.7.1ὅτι Ἀσδρούβας ὁ στρατηγὸς Καρχηδονίων κενόδοξος ἦν ἀλαζὼν καὶ πολὺ κεχωρισμένος τῆς πραγματικῆς καὶ στρατηγικῆς δυνάμεως.
38.7.2πολλὰ δὲ σημεῖα τῆς ἀκρισίας αὐτοῦ. πρῶτον μὲν γὰρ παρῆν ἐν πανοπλίᾳ, πορφυρίδα θαλαττίαν ἐπιπεπορπημένος, ἡνίκα Γολόσσῃ συνεγίνετο τῷ τῶν Νομάδων βασιλεῖ, μετὰ μαχαιροφόρων δέκα.
38.7.3ἔπειτα προβὰς ἀπὸ τῶν δέχʼ ὅσον εἴκοσι πόδας ἀπέστη, προβεβλημένος τάφρον καὶ χάρακα, καὶ κατένευε τῷ βασιλεῖ προσιέναι πρὸς αὑτόν, καθῆκον γίνεσθαι τοὐναντίον.
38.7.4οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ὁ Γολόσσης ἀφελῶς ἔχων Νομαδικῷ τινι τρόπῳ μόνος προσῄει πρὸς αὐτόν· καὶ προσεγγίσας ἤρετο τίνα φοβούμενος τὴν πανοπλίαν ἔχων ἧκε.
38.7.5τοῦ δʼ εἰπόντος ὅτι Ῥωμαίους, "οὐκ ἂν ἄρʼ" ἔφησεν ὁ Γολόσσης "ἔδωκας σαυτὸν εἰς τὴν πόλιν, μηδεμίαν ἔχων ἀνάγκην. πλὴν τί βούλει καὶ τί παρακαλεῖς;" φησίν. ὁ δʼ Ἀσδρούβας "
38.7.6ἐγώ" φησὶ "πρεσβευτήν σε παρακαλῶ γενέσθαι πρὸς τὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ πᾶν ἀναδέχεσθαι διότι ποιήσομεν τὸ προσταττόμενον· μόνον ἀπόσχεσθε τῆς ταλαιπώρου πόλεως ταύτης.
38.7.7" καὶ [ὁ] Γολόσσης "παιδικὴν δοκεῖς μοι" φησὶν "ἀξίωσιν ἀξιοῦν, ὦ βέλτιστε·
38.7.8ὑπὲρ ὧν γὰρ ἐξ ἀκεραίου πρεσβεύοντες, ἔτι καθημένων ἐν Ἰτύκῃ Ῥωμαίων, οὐκ ἐδύνασθε πείθειν, τίνι λόγῳ νῦν ἀξιοῖς ταῦτά σοι συγχωρεῖσθαι, περιτετειχισμένος καὶ κατὰ γῆν καὶ κατὰ θάλατταν καὶ σχεδὸν ἁπάσας ἀπεγνωκὼς τὰς τῆς σωτηρίας ἐλπίδας;
38.7.9" ὁ δʼ Ἀσδρούβας ἀγνοεῖν αὐτὸν ἔφη· καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν συμμάχοις ἀκμὴν καλὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχειν· οὐ γάρ πω τὰ περὶ τοὺς Μαυρουσίους ἠκηκόει καὶ τὰ περὶ τῶν ὑπαίθρων δυνάμεων [ὅτι σώζονται]· καὶ μὴν οὐκ ἀπελπίζειν τὰ καθʼ αὑτούς· μάλιστα δὲ πεποιθέναι τῇ τῶν θεῶν συμμαχίᾳ καὶ ταῖς ἐν ἐκείνοις ἐλπίσιν·
38.7.10οὐ γὰρ περιόψεσθαι σφᾶς προφανῶς παρασπονδουμένους, ἀλλὰ πολλὰς δώσειν ἀφορμὰς πρὸς σωτηρίαν.
38.7.11διὸ παρακαλεῖν ἠξίου τὸν στρατηγὸν καὶ τῶν θεῶν ἕνεκεν καὶ τῆς τύχης φείσασθαι τῆς πόλεως, εἰδότα σαφῶς διότι μὴ δυνάμενοι τυχεῖν τούτου κατασφαγήσονται πρότερον ἢ παραχωρήσουσι ταύτης.
38.7.12τότε μὲν οὖν ταῦτα καὶ παραπλήσια διαλεχθέντες ἐχωρίσθησαν, ταξάμενοι μετὰ τρίτην ἡμέραν πάλιν συμπορεύεσθαι·
38.8.1τοῦ δὲ Γολόσσου μεταδόντος τῷ στρατηγῷ περὶ τῶν εἰρημένων, γελάσας ὁ Πόπλιος "ταῦτα μέλλων ἀξιοῦν" ἔφη "τοιαύτην καὶ τηλικαύτην ἀσέβειαν εἰς τοὺς αἰχμαλώτους ἡμῶν ἐναπεδείξω καὶ νῦν ἐπὶ τοῖς θεοῖς τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχεις, παραβεβηκὼς καὶ τοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων νόμους;
38.8.2" τοῦ δὲ βασιλέως βουλομένου τι προσυπομιμνήσκειν τὸν Σκιπίωνα, καὶ μάλιστα διότι δεῖ συντέλειαν ἐπιτίθεσθαι τοῖς πράγμασι·
38.8.3χωρὶς γὰρ τῶν ἀδήλων καὶ τὴν κατάστασιν τῶν ὑπάτων ἤδη συνεγγίζειν, ἧς δεῖν ἔφη στοχάζεσθαι, μὴ τοῦ χειμῶνος προκαταλαβόντος ἐπελθὼν ἕτερος ἀκονιτὶ λάβῃ τὴν ἐπιγραφὴν τῶν ἐκείνου πόνων·
38.8.4καὶ δὴ τούτων λεγομένων ἐπιστήσας ὁ στρατηγὸς ἐκέλευσεν ἀναγγέλλειν διότι δίδωσι τὴν ἀσφάλειαν αὐτῷ καὶ γυναικὶ καὶ τέκνοις καὶ δέκα τῶν συγγενῶν καὶ φίλων οἰκίαις, σὺν δὲ τούτοις δέκα τάλαντα λαβεῖν ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων ὑπαρχόντων καὶ τῶν οἰκετῶν ἐξαγαγεῖν ἑκατὸν οὓς ἂν αἱρῆται.
38.8.5ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ὁ Γολόσσης ἔχων τὰ φιλάνθρωπα συνῄει πρὸς τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν τῇ τρίτῃ τῶν ἡμερῶν·
Book 38, Part 4
38.8.6ὁ δὲ πάλιν ἐξεπορεύετο μετὰ μεγάλης ἀξίας ἐν τῇ πορφυρίδι καὶ τῇ πανοπλίᾳ βάδην, ὥστε τοὺς ἐν ταῖς τραγῳδίαις τυράννους πολύ τι προσοφείλειν.
38.8.7ἦν μὲν οὖν καὶ φύσει σάρκινος, τότε δὲ καὶ κοιλίαν εἰλήφει καὶ τῷ χρώματι παρὰ φύσιν ἐπικεκαυμένος ἦν, ὥστε δοκεῖν ἐν πανηγύρει που διαιτᾶσθαι παραπλησίως τοῖς σιτευτοῖς βουσίν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τηλικούτων καὶ τοιούτων κακῶν προστατεῖν, ὧν οὐδʼ ἂν ἐφίκοιτο τῷ λόγῳ διεξιὼν οὐδείς.
38.8.8οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ ἐπεὶ συνῆλθε τῷ βασιλεῖ καὶ διήκουσε τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ προτεινομένων, πολλάκις τὸν μηρὸν πατάξας, τοὺς θεοὺς καὶ τὴν τύχην ἐπικαλεσάμενος, οὐδέποτε ταύτην ἔσεσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν ἔφασκεν ἐν ᾗ συμβήσεται τὸν ἥλιον Ἀσδρούβαν βλέπειν ἅμα καὶ τὴν πατρίδα πυρπολουμένην·
38.8.9καλὸν γὰρ ἐντάφιον εἶναι τοῖς εὖ φρονοῦσι τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὸ ταύτης πῦρ.
38.8.10ὥσθʼ ὅτε μὲν εἰς τὰς ἀποφάσεις αὐτοῦ τις βλέψειε, θαυμάζειν τὸν ἄνδρα καὶ τὸ μεγαλόψυχον τῶν λόγων, ὅτε δʼ εἰς τὸν χειρισμὸν τῶν πραγμάτων, τὴν ἀγεννίαν καταπλήττεσθαι καὶ τὴν ἀνανδρίαν·
38.8.11ὃς πρῶτον μέν, τῶν ἄλλων πολιτῶν διαφθειρομένων ὁλοσχερῶς ὑπὸ τοῦ λιμοῦ, πότους αὐτὸς συνῆγε καὶ δευτέρας τραπέζας παρετίθετο πολυτελεῖς καὶ διὰ τῆς ἰδίας εὐεξίας παρεδειγμάτιζε τὴν ἐκείνων ἀτυχίαν· ἄπιστον μὲν γὰρ ἦν τὸ τῶν ἀποθνησκόντων πλῆθος,
38.8.12ἄπιστον δὲ τὸ τῶν αὐτομολούντων καθʼ ἡμέραν διὰ τὸν λιμόν·
38.8.13ἔπειτα τοὺς μὲν διαχλευάζων, οἷς δʼ ἐνυβρίζων καὶ φονεύων κατεπλήττετο τοὺς πολλοὺς καὶ τούτῳ τῷ τρόπῳ συνεῖχε τὴν ἐξουσίαν, ᾗ μόλις ἂν χρήσαιτο τύραννος ἐν εὐτυχούσῃ πόλει, καὶ ἐν δεδυστυχηκυίᾳ πατρίδι.
38.8.14διὸ καὶ λίαν δοκῶ καλῶς ἡμῖν εἰρῆσθαι διότι προστάτας πραγμάτων ὁμοιοτέρους τῶν παρὰ τοῖς Ἕλλησι τότε καὶ παρὰ τοῖς Καρχηδονίοις ὑπαρξάντων οὐκ ἂν εὕροι τις ῥᾳδίως.
38.8.15τοῦτο δʼ ἔσται δῆλον, ὅταν ἐκ παραθέσεως τὸν ὑπὲρ ἐκείνων ποιησώμεθα λόγον.
38.9.1ὅτι παραγενομένων ἐκ Πελοποννήσου τῶν περὶ τὸν Αὐρήλιον πρεσβευτῶν καὶ διασαφούντων τὰ συμβεβηκότα περὶ αὐτούς,
38.9.2ὅτι παρʼ ὀλίγον τοῖς ὅλοις ἐκινδύνευσαν, καὶ λεγόντων μετʼ αὐξήσεως καὶ καινολογίας· οὐ γὰρ ὡς κατὰ περιπέτειαν ἐπʼ αὐτοὺς ἥκοντος τοῦ δεινοῦ διεσάφουν, ἀλλʼ ὡς κατὰ πρόθεσιν ὡρμηκότων τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἐπὶ τὸ παραδειγματίζειν αὐτούς·
38.9.3ἡ σύγκλητος ἠγανάκτησεν μὲν ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν ὡς οὐδέποτε καὶ παραχρῆμα πρεσβευτὰς κατεστήσατο τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἰούλιον, καὶ τούτους ἔπεμπε δοῦσα τοιαύτας ἐντολάς,
38.9.4διότι δεῖ μετρίως ἐπιτιμήσαντας καὶ μεμψαμένους ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσι τὸ πλεῖον παρακαλεῖν καὶ διδάσκειν τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς μήτε τοῖς ἐπὶ τὰ χείριστα παρακαλοῦσι προσέχειν μήτʼ αὐτοὺς λαθεῖν εἰς τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀλλοτριότητα διεμπεσόντας,
38.9.5ἀλλʼ ἔτι καὶ νῦν ποιήσασθαί τινα διόρθωσιν τῶν ἠγνοημένων, ἀπερεισαμένους τὴν ἄγνοιαν ἐπὶ τοὺς αἰτίους τῆς ἁμαρτίας.
38.9.6ἐξ ὧν καὶ λίαν δῆλον ἐγένετο διότι καὶ τοῖς περὶ τὸν Αὐρήλιον ἔδωκε τὰς ἐντολὰς οὐ διασπάσαι βουλομένη τὸ ἔθνος, ἀλλὰ πτοῆσαι καὶ καταπλήξασθαι [βουλομένη] τὴν αὐθάδειαν καὶ τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν.
38.9.7τινὲς μὲν οὖν ὑπελάμβανον καθʼ ὑπόκρισιν τοὺς Ῥωμαίους διὰ τὸ μένειν ἀτελῆ τὰ κατὰ Καρχηδόνα· τὸ δʼ ἀληθὲς οὐχ οὕτως εἶχεν,
38.9.8ἀλλʼ ἀποδεδεγμένοι τὸ ἔθνος ἐκ πολλοῦ χρόνου καὶ νομίζοντες ἔχειν αὐτὸ πιστὸν μάλιστα τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν, ἀνασοβῆσαι μὲν ἔκριναν διὰ τὸ φρονηματίζεσθαι πέρα τοῦ δέοντος, πόλεμον δʼ ἀναλαβεῖν ἢ διαφορὰν ὁλοσχερῆ πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς οὐδαμῶς ἐβούλοντο. —
38.10.1ὅτι οἱ περὶ τὸν Σέξτον προάγοντες ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἀπήντησαν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Θεαρίδαν,
38.10.2οἵπερ ἦσαν πρεσβευταὶ πεμφθέντες ὑπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν παραιτησόμενοι καὶ διδάξοντες τὴν σύγκλητον ὑπὲρ τῶν εἰς τοὺς περὶ τὸν Αὐρήλιον γενομένων ἀλογημάτων.
38.10.3οἷς καὶ συμμίξαντες οἱ προειρημένοι παρεκάλεσαν αὐτοὺς ἀνακάμπτειν εἰς τὴν Ἀχαΐαν, ὅτι περὶ πάντων τούτων ἔχουσιν ἐντολὰς αὐτοὶ διαλέγεσθαι τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς.
38.10.4παραγενομένων δὲ τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον εἰς τὴν Πελοπόννησον καὶ διαλεγομένων τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς ἐν τῇ τῶν Αἰγιέων πόλει καὶ προφερομένων πολλοὺς καὶ φιλανθρώπους λόγους,
38.10.5καὶ τὸ περὶ τοὺς πρεσβευτὰς ἔγκλημα παραπεμπόντων καὶ σχεδὸν οὐδὲν προσδεόμενον δικαιολογίας, ἀλλὰ βέλτιον ἐκδεχομένων τὸ γεγονὸς αὐτῶν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν, καθόλου δὲ παρακαλούντων μὴ πορρωτέρω προβῆναι τῆς ἁμαρτίας μήτε τῆς εἰς αὑτοὺς μήτε τῆς εἰς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους,
38.10.6τὸ μὲν σωφρονοῦν μέρος ἀσμένως ἀπεδέχετο τὰ λεγόμενα καὶ λίαν ἐνετρέπετο, συνειδὸς αὑτῷ τὰ πεπραγμένα καὶ πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν λαμβάνον τὰ συμβαίνοντα τοῖς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους ἀντιταττομένοις,
38.10.7τὸ δὲ πλῆθος τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀντιλέγειν μὲν οὐδὲν εἶχε τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον λεγομένοις δικαίοις, ἀλλʼ ἦγε τὴν ἡσυχίαν, ἔμενε δὲ νοσοῦν καὶ διεφθαρμένον.
38.10.8οἱ δὲ περὶ τὸν Δίαιον καὶ Κριτόλαον καὶ πάντες οἱ μετέχοντες αὐτοῖς τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης· οὗτοι δʼ ἦσαν ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες ἐξ ἑκάστης πόλεως κατʼ ἐκλογὴν οἱ χείριστοι καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς ἐχθροὶ καὶ λυμαινόμενοι τὸ ἔθνος·
Book 38, Part 5
38.10.9καθάπερ ἡ παροιμία φησίν, οὐ μόνον τὰ διδόμενα τῇ δεξιᾷ παρὰ Ῥωμαίων ἐδέχοντο τῇ λαιᾷ χειρί, καθόλου δὲ καὶ συλλήβδην παρέπαιον τοῖς λογισμοῖς.
38.10.10ὑπέλαβον γὰρ τοὺς Ῥωμαίους διά τε τὰς ἐν τῇ Λιβύῃ καὶ τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἰβηρίαν πράξεις δεδιότας τὸν ἀπὸ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν πόλεμον πᾶν ὑπομένειν καὶ πᾶσαν προΐεσθαι φωνήν.
38.10.11διὸ νομίσαντες ἴδιον τὸ παρὸν ἀπεκρίθησαν φιλανθρώπως τοῖς πρεσβευταῖς τοὺς μὲν περὶ τὸν Θεαρίδαν ὅμως ἀποστέλλειν εἰς τὴν σύγκλητον, αὐτοὶ δὲ παρακολουθήσαντες εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν καὶ κοινολογηθέντες τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις , ἵνα γένηταί τις ὡμολογημένη λύσις περὶ τοῦ πολέμου.
38.10.12ταῦτα δʼ ἀποκριθέντες ἐν τοῖς ἑξῆς ἦγον ἐπὶ τὴν πάλαι προκειμένην αὐτοῖς ἄγνοιαν τὸ ταλαίπωρον ἔθνος.
38.10.13καὶ τοῦτʼ εἰκότως συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι διʼ ἀπειρίαν καὶ κακίαν τῶν κρατούντων.
38.11.1τὸ δὲ τέλος τῆς ἀπωλείας ἠνύσθη τοιῷδέ τινι τρόπῳ.
38.11.2παραγενομένων γὰρ εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον καὶ τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους ἐπισπασαμένων χάριν τοῦ σύμφωνον αὐτοῖς γενέσθαι πρὸς τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς τήν τε περὶ τῶν προγεγονότων ἐγκλημάτων δικαιοδοσίαν καὶ τὴν κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον ἐποχήν, ἕως ἂν πέμψωσι Ῥωμαῖοι τοὺς περὶ τῶν ὅλων ἐπισκεψομένους,
38.11.3συνεδρεύσαντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Κριτόλαον ἔκριναν τοὺς μὲν ἄλλους διακλῖναι τὴν ἀπάντησιν, τὸν δὲ Κριτόλαον προάγειν εἰς τὴν Τεγέαν.
38.11.4ὁ μὲν οὖν προειρημένος ἤδη σχεδὸν ἀπηλπικότων τῶν περὶ τὸν Σέξτον ἦλθε,
38.11.5γενομένης δὲ συγκαταστάσεως πρὸς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους εἰς οὐδὲν συγκατέβαινεν, φήσας οὐκ ἔχειν ἐξουσίαν οὐδὲν οἰκονομεῖν ἄνευ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν γνώμης· ἐπανοίσειν δὲ τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς εἰς τὴν ἑξῆς ἔφη σύνοδον, ἣν ἔδει γενέσθαι μετὰ μῆνας ἕξ.
38.11.6διὸ σαφῶς ἐπιγνόντες οἱ περὶ τὸν Σέξτον ἐθελοκακοῦντα τὸν Κριτόλαον καὶ δυσχεραίνοντες ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπαντωμένοις τοὺς μὲν Λακεδαιμονίους ἀπέλυσαν εἰς τὴν οἰκείαν, αὐτοὶ δʼ ἐπανῆγον εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, κατεγνωκότες ἄγνοιαν καὶ μανίαν τοῦ Κριτολάου.
38.11.7ὁ δὲ Κριτόλαος χωρισθέντων τούτων ἐπιπορευόμενος κατὰ τὸν χειμῶνα τὰς πόλεις ἐκκλησίας συνῆγε, προφάσει μὲν χρώμενος ὅτι βούλεται τὰ ῥηθέντα πρὸς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἐν τῇ Τεγέᾳ διασαφεῖν αὐτοῖς,
38.11.8τῇ δʼ ἀληθείᾳ κατηγορίαν ποιούμενος Ῥωμαίων καὶ πᾶν τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπʼ ἐκείνων ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἐκδεχόμενος,
38.11.9ἐξ ὧν δυσμένειαν καὶ μῖσος ἐνειργάζετο τοῖς ὄχλοις.
38.11.10ἅμα δὲ τούτοις παρήγγειλε τοῖς ἄρχουσι μὴ πράττειν τοὺς ὀφειλέτας μηδὲ παραδέχεσθαι τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν πρὸς τὰ χρέα, τοὺς δʼ ἐράνους ἐπιμόνους ποιεῖν, ἕως ἂν λάβῃ τὰ τοῦ πολέμου κρίσιν.
38.11.11λοιπὸν ἐκ τῆς τοιαύτης δημαγωγίας πᾶν τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ πιστὸν ἐγίνετο, καὶ πρὸς πᾶν τὸ παραγγελλόμενον ἕτοιμον ἦν τὸ πλῆθος, περὶ μὲν τοῦ μέλλοντος ἀδυνατοῦν προνοεῖσθαι. τῇ δὲ παρʼ αὐτὰ χάριτι καὶ ῥᾳστώνῃ δελεαζόμενον.
38.12.1ὁ δὲ Κόιντος ὁ Καικίλιος ἐν τῇ Μακεδονίᾳ τάδε πυνθανόμενος καὶ τὴν ἐν Πελοποννήσῳ γενομένην ἀκρισίαν καὶ ταραχὴν ἐξέπεμψε πρεσβευτὰς Γνάιον Παπείριον καὶ τὸν νεώτερον Ποπίλιον Λαινᾶτον, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Αὖλον Γαβίνιον καὶ Γάιον Φάννιον·
38.12.2οἳ καὶ συνηγμένων τῶν Ἀχαιῶν εἰς Κόρινθον, κατὰ τύχην ἐλθόντες εἰς τοῦτον τὸν καιρὸν καὶ παραχθέντες εἰς τὰ πλήθη διετίθεντο πολλοὺς οὗτοι καὶ φιλανθρώπους λόγους παραπλησίους τοῖς περὶ τὸν Σέξτον,
38.12.3πᾶσαν ἐνδεικνύμενοι φιλοτιμίαν χάριν τοῦ μὴ προβῆναι τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς εἰς ὁλοσχερεστέραν ἀπέχθειαν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους μήτʼ ἐκ τῆς πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους προφάσεως μήτε διὰ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς ἐκείνους ἀλλοτριότητος.
38.12.4ὧν οἱ μὲν πολλοὶ διακούοντες οὐδαμῶς ἀνείχοντο, χλευάζοντες δὲ τοὺς πρέσβεις μετὰ θορύβου καὶ κραυγῆς ἐξέβαλον.
38.12.5καὶ γὰρ συνηθροίσθη πλῆθος ἐργαστηριακῶν καὶ βαναύσων ἀνθρώπων ὅσον οὐδέποτε· πᾶσαι μὲν γὰρ ἐκορύζων αἱ πόλεις, πανδημεὶ δὲ καὶ μάλιστά πως ἡ τῶν Κορινθίων.
38.12.6ὀλίγοις δέ τισι καὶ λίαν ἤρεσκε τὰ λεγόμενα διὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν.
38.12.7ὁ δὲ Κριτόλαος, ὥσπερ κατʼ εὐχὴν ὑποθέσεως ἐπειλημμένος καὶ θεάτρου συνενθουσιῶντος καὶ παρεστηκότος ταῖς διανοίαις, κατανίστατο μὲν τῶν ἀρχόντων, διέσυρε δὲ τοὺς ἀντιπολιτευομένους, ἐνεπαρρησιάζετο δὲ τοῖς τῶν Ῥωμαίων πρεσβευταῖς,
38.12.8φάσκων βούλεσθαι μὲν Ῥωμαίων φίλος ὑπάρχειν, δεσπότας δʼ οὐκ ἂν εὐδοκῆσαι κτησάμενος. καθόλου δὲ παρῄνει,
38.12.9λέγων ὡς, ἐὰν μὲν ἄνδρες ὦσιν, οὐκ ἀπορήσουσι συμμάχων, ἐὰν δʼ ἀνδρόγυνοι, κυρίων.
38.12.10καὶ πολλὰ δή τινα πρὸς ταύτην τὴν ὑπόθεσιν ἐμπορεύων καὶ μεθοδευόμενος ἐκίνει καὶ παρώξυνε τοὺς ὄχλους.
Book 38, Part 6
38.12.11ἐποίει δʼ ἐμφάσεις καὶ περὶ τοῦ μὴ τυχόντως χρῆσθαι ταῖς ἐπιβολαῖς, ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν βασιλέων τινὰς καὶ τῶν πολιτευμάτων ἔνια κοινωνεῖν αὐτῷ τῆς
38.13.1προθέσεως. τῶν δὲ τῆς γερουσίας βουλομένων ἐπιλαμβάνεσθαι καὶ κωλύειν αὐτὸν τῶν τοιούτων λόγων, περισπασάμενος τοὺς στρατιώτας κατανίστατο, κελεύων προσελθεῖν, ἐγγίσαι, τολμῆσαί τινα μόνον ἅψασθαι τῆς χλαμύδος.
38.13.2καθόλου δʼ ἔφη πολὺν ἤδη χρόνον παρακατεσχηκὼς αὑτὸν οὐκέτι δύνασθαι καρτερεῖν, ἀλλʼ ἐρεῖν τὸ φαινόμενον.
38.13.3δεῖν γὰρ οὐ Λακεδαιμονίους οὐδὲ Ῥωμαίους ἀγωνιᾶν οὕτως ὡς τοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν συνεργοῦντας τοῖς ἐχθροῖς· εἶναι γάρ τινας τοὺς πλεῖον Ῥωμαίοις εὐνοοῦντας καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις ἢ τοῖς σφετέροις πράγμασιν.
38.13.4καὶ τούτων πίστιν ἔφερεν· ἔφη γὰρ Εὐαγόραν τὸν Αἰγιέα καὶ τὸν Τριταιέα Στρατίον πάντα τὰ λεγόμενα διʼ ἀπορρήτων ἐν ταῖς συναρχίαις διασαφεῖν τοῖς περὶ τὸν Γνάιον.
38.13.5τοῦ δὲ Στρατίου συμμεμιχέναι μὲν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὁμολογοῦντος καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα συμμίξειν φάσκοντος φίλοις οὖσι καὶ συμμάχοις, ἀνηγγελκέναι δʼ ὁρκιζομένου μηδὲν τῶν ἐν ταῖς συναρχίαις εἰρημένων, ὀλίγοι μέν τινες ἐπίστευον, οἱ δὲ πλείους προσεδέχοντο τὰς διαβολάς.
38.13.6ὁ δὲ Κριτόλαος παροξύνας τοὺς ὄχλους διὰ τῆς τούτων κατηγορίας ἔπεισε τοὺς Ἀχαιοὺς πάλιν ψηφίσασθαι λόγῳ μὲν τὸν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους πόλεμον, ἔργῳ δὲ τὸν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους·
38.13.7καὶ προσεπεμέτρησεν ἕτερον ψήφισμα παράνομον, ὥστε κυρίους εἶναι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους οὓς [ἂν] ἐπὶ στρατηγίαν αἱρήσονται· διʼ οὗ τρόπου τινὰ μοναρχικὴν ἀνέλαβεν ἐξουσίαν.
38.13.8οὗτος μὲν οὖν ταῦτα διοικησάμενος ἐγίνετο περὶ τὸ πραγματοκοπεῖν καὶ Ῥωμαίοις ἐπιβάλλειν τὰς χεῖρας, οὐδενὶ λόγῳ τοῦτο πράττων, ἀλλὰ πάντων ἀσεβεστάτοις καὶ παρανομωτάτοις ἐπιβαλλόμενος·
38.13.9τῶν δὲ πρέσβεων ὁ μὲν Γνάιος εἰς Ἀθήνας ἀπῆρεν κἀκεῖθεν εἰς Λακεδαίμονα προσεδρεύσων τοῖς καιροῖς, ὁ δʼ Αὖλος εἰς Ναύπακτον, οἱ δὲ δύο μέχρι τῆς τοῦ Καικιλίου παρουσίας ἔμειναν ἐν ταῖς Ἀθήναις. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὴν Πελοπόννησον ἐν τούτοις ἦν. —
38.14.1ὅτι Πυθέας ἦν μὲν ἀδελφὸς Ἀκαστίδου τοῦ σταδιέως, υἱὸς δὲ Κλεομνάστου, κακῶς δὲ βεβιωκὼς καὶ δοκῶν ἑαυτῷ παρακεχρῆσθαι τὴν πρώτην ἡλικίαν,
38.14.2ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὴν πολιτείαν θρασὺς καὶ πλεονέκτης καὶ διʼ Εὐμένους καὶ Φιλεταίρου σεσωματοποιημένος διὰ τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας. —
38.14.3πολψβιυς αξηιϝυς θυαμϝις τυνξ ιν αφριξα ξυμ σξιπιονε φυεριτ, ταμεν θυια δομεστιξαμ ξλαδεμ ιγνοραρε νον ποτυιτ, σεμελ ιν αξηαια πυγνατυμ ξριτολαο δυξε ασσεριτ. διαευμ ϝερο αδδυξεντεμ εχ αρξαδια μιλιτεμ αβ εοδεμ μετελλο πραετορε οππρεσσυμ ξυμ εχερξιτυ δοξετ. —
38.15.1ὅτι τοῦ Κριτολάου τοῦ στρατηγοῦ τῶν Ἀχαιῶν μετηλλαχότος, καὶ τοῦ νόμου κελεύοντος, ἐπὰν συμβῇ τι περὶ τὸν ἐνεστῶτα στρατηγόν, τὸν προγεγονότα διαδέχεσθαι τὴν ἀρχήν, ἕως ἂν ἡ καθήκουσα σύνοδος γένηται τῶν Ἀχαιῶν,
38.15.2ἐπέβαλε τῷ Διαίῳ χειρίζειν καὶ προεστάναι τῶν κοινῶν πραγμάτων.
38.15.3διόπερ ἐκπέμψας εἰς τὰ Μέγαρα καὶ παραγενόμενος εἰς Ἄργος ἔγραψε ταῖς πόλεσι πάσαις τῶν οἰκογενῶν καὶ παρατρόφων τοὺς ἀκμάζοντας ταῖς ἡλικίαις εἰς μυρίους καὶ δισχιλίους ἐλευθεροῦν καὶ καθοπλίσαντας πέμπειν εἰς τὴν Κόρινθον.
38.15.4ἐμέρισε δὲ ταῖς πόλεσι τὴν ἐπιβολὴν τῶν σωμάτων εἰκῇ καὶ ἀνίσως, καθάπερ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων ἔπραττεν.
38.15.5οἷς δʼ ἂν ἐλλείπῃ τὸ τῶν παρατρόφων πλῆθος, ἀναπληροῦν ἔδει τὴν ἑκάστοις καθήκουσαν μοῖραν ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων οἰκετῶν.
38.15.6θεωρῶν δὲ τὴν ἀπορίαν τὴν ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς ἰσχυρὰν οὖσαν διὰ τὸν πρὸς Λακεδαιμονίους γεγονότα πόλεμον, ἐπαγγελίας ποιεῖσθαι συνηνάγκαζε καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν εἰσφέρειν τοὺς εὐπόρους, οὐ μόνον τοὺς ἄνδρας ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας.
38.15.7ἅμα δὲ τούτοις παρήγγειλεν πανδημεὶ τοὺς ἐν ταῖς ἡλικίαις ἁθροίζεσθαι μετὰ τῶν ὅπλων εἰς τὴν Κόρινθον.
38.15.8ἐξ ὧν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὰς πόλεις πλήρεις ἀκρισίας, ταραχῆς, δυσθυμίας.
38.15.9καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀπολωλότας ἐπῄνουν, τοὺς δʼ ἐκπορευομένους ἠλέουν, καὶ προσκατεκλαίοντο πάντες ὡσανεὶ προορώμενοι τὸ μέλλον·
38.15.10τὴν δὲ τῶν οἰκετῶν ἀνάτασιν καὶ τὸν ἐπισυρμὸν βαρέως ἔφερον, ὡς ἂν τῶν μὲν ἠλευθερωμένων ἄρτι, τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν πρὸς τὴν ἐλπίδα ταύτην μεμετεωρισμένων.
38.15.11ἅμα δὲ τούτοις οἱ μὲν ἄνδρες εἰσφέρειν ἠναγκάζοντο παρὰ τὴν αὑτῶν προαίρεσιν ὅ,τι τις ἔχειν δόξειεν, αἱ δὲ γυναῖκες ἀφαιρούμεναι σφῶν αὐτῶν καὶ τῶν ἰδίων τέκνων τὸν κόσμον ὥσπερ ἐπίτηδες
38.16.1εἰς αὐτὸν τὸν ὄλεθρον εἰσέφερον. ἁπάντων δὲ τούτων ἐν ἑνὶ καιρῷ συμβαινόντων, ἡ τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἀεὶ προσπιπτόντων κατάπληξις ἀφῃρεῖτο τῶν ἀνθρώπων τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ὅλων ἐπίστασιν καὶ διάληψιν, διʼ ἧς ἔμελλον προνοεῖσθαι διότι πάντες εἰς πρόδηλον ὄλεθρον ἄγονται μετὰ τέκνων καὶ γυναικῶν.
38.16.2λοιπόν, οἷον ὑπὸ χειμάρρου τινὸς λάβρου προωθούμενοι καὶ φερόμενοι μετὰ βίας, ἐπηκολούθουν τῇ τοῦ προεστῶτος ἀγνοίᾳ καὶ παρακοπῇ.
Book 38, Part 7
38.16.3Ἠλεῖοι μὲν γὰρ καὶ Μεσσήνιοι κατὰ χώραν ἔμειναν, προσδοκῶντες τὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ στόλου κίνδυνον· οὓς οὐδὲν ἂν τῶν παρόντων ὤνησεν, εἴπερ ἐφάνη τὸ νέφος ἐκεῖνο κατὰ τὴν ἐξ ἀρχῆς πρόθεσιν.
38.16.4Πατρεῖς δὲ καὶ τὸ μετὰ τούτων συντελικὸν βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον ἐπταίκει κατὰ τὴν Φωκίδα, καὶ τὸ συμβαῖνον ἦν πολλῷ τῶν κατὰ Πελοπόννησον ἐλεεινότερον.
38.16.5οἱ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν παραλόγως αὑτοὺς ἐξῆγον, οἱ δʼ ἔφευγον ἐκ τῶν πόλεων ἀνοδίαις, πρὸς οὐδὲν ὡρισμένον ποιούμενοι τὴν ἀναχώρησιν διὰ τὴν ἔκπληξιν τῶν γινομένων ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν.
38.16.6καὶ οἱ μὲν ἦγον ἐκδώσοντες ἀλλήλους τοῖς πολεμίοις ὡς ἀλλοτρίους γεγονότας Ῥωμαίων, οἱ δʼ ἐμήνυον καὶ κατηγόρουν τῶν πέλας, οὐδενὸς ἐπιζητοῦντος κατὰ τὸ παρὸν τὴν τοιαύτην χρείαν· οἱ δὲ μεθʼ ἱκετηρίας ἀπήντων, ὁμολογοῦντες παρεσπονδηκέναι καὶ πυνθανόμενοι τί δεῖ πάσχειν, μηδέπω μηδενὸς ἐπιζητοῦντος λόγον ὑπὲρ τούτων.
38.16.7πάντα δʼ ἦν πλήρη παρηλλαγμένης φαρμακείας τῶν ῥιπτούντων ἑαυτοὺς εἰς τὰ φρέατα καὶ κατὰ κρημνῶν, ὥστε κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν κἂν ἐχθρὸν ἐλεῆσαι θεασάμενον τὴν τότε περιπέτειαν τῆς Ἑλλάδος.
38.16.8τὸν μὲν γὰρ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνον ἐσφάλλοντο καὶ τοῖς ὅλοις ἔπταιον ἐνίοτε, ποτὲ μὲν ὑπὲρ πραγμάτων διαφερόμενοι, ποτὲ δὲ παρασπονδούμενοι διὰ τῶν μονάρχων·
38.16.9κατὰ δὲ τοὺς νῦν λεγομένους καιροὺς ἠτύχησαν ἀτυχίαν ὁμολογουμένην διὰ τὴν τῶν προεστώτων ἀβουλίαν καὶ διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν ἄγνοιαν.
38.16.10οἱ δὲ Θηβαῖοι ἐκλιπόντες πανδημεὶ τὴν πόλιν ἔρημον τελέως κατέλειπον· ἐν οἷς καὶ Πυθέας εἰς Πελοπόννησον ἀποχωρήσας μετὰ γυναικὸς καὶ τῶν τέκνων ἠλᾶτο κατὰ τῆς χώρας. —
38.16.10παράδοξος αὐτῷ ἐφάνη ἡ ἀπάντησις τῶν πολεμίων.
38.16.11ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν κενὰ κενοὶ λογίζονται. λοιπὸν εἰκότως τοῖς τοιούτοις τὰ πρόδηλα παράδοξα φαίνεται. —
38.16.11καὶ ἐβουλεύετο περὶ τῆς εἰς οἶκον ἀνακομιδῆς,
38.16.12ὅμοιον ποιῶν ὡς εἴ τις ἄπειρος ὑπάρχων τοῦ νεῖν καὶ μέλλων αὑτὸν ῥίπτειν εἰς τὸ πέλαγος περὶ μὲν τοῦ ῥῖψαι μὴ βουλεύοιτο, ῥίψας δὲ διανοοῖτο περὶ τοῦ πῶς ἂν ἐκνήξαιτο πρὸς τὴν γῆν. —
38.17.1ὅτι ἄρτι τοῦ Διαίου παρόντος εἰς τὴν Κόρινθον, καθεσταμένου στρατηγοῦ διὰ τῶν πολλῶν, ἧκον οἱ περὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν παρὰ τοῦ Καικιλίου·
38.17.2καθʼ ὧν προδιαδοὺς φήμην ὡς συμφρονούντων τοῖς ἐχθροῖς, παρέβαλε τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοῖς ὄχλοις, ὥστε μετὰ πάσης ὕβρεως συλληφθέντας ἀπαχθῆναι δεδεμένους.
38.17.3ἧκε δὲ καὶ Φίλων ὁ Θετταλὸς πολλὰ φιλάνθρωπα τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς προτείνων·
38.17.4ὧν ἀκούοντες συνέπραξάν τινες τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας, ἐν οἷς ἦν καὶ Στρατίος ἤδη γηραιὸς ὤν, ὃς ἐμπλεκόμενος καὶ λιπαρῶν ἐδεῖτο τοῦ Διαίου πεισθῆναι τοῖς ὑπὸ τοῦ Καικιλίου προτεινομένοις.
38.17.5οἱ δὲ συνεδρεύσαντες τοῖς μὲν ὑπὸ τοῦ Φίλωνος λεγομένοις οὐ προσεῖχον·
38.17.6οὐκ ἐνόμισαν γὰρ κοινὴν εἶναι τὴν σωτηρίαν, ἀλλʼ αὐτοὺς κατʼ ἰδίαν τὸ σφέτερον συμφέρον καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν ἀσφάλειαν ἐν πλείστῳ τιθεμένους ταῦτα λέγειν. διὸ πρὸς τοῦτον τὸν σκοπὸν ἐβουλεύσαντο περὶ τῶν ἐνεστώτων, εἰ καὶ πάντων ἅμα διήμαρτον.
38.17.7σαφῶς γὰρ σφίσι τὰ πεπραγμένα συνειδότες οὐδαμῶς ἐδύναντο πιστεῦσαι διότι τύχοιεν ἄν τινος ἐλέου παρὰ Ῥωμαίων.
38.17.8τὸ δʼ ὑπὲρ τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς τῶν πολλῶν σωτηρίας παθεῖν ὅ,τι δέοι γενναίως οὐδʼ ἐν νῷ καθάπαξ ἐλάμβανον· ὅπερ ἦν ἀνδρῶν φιλοδόξων καὶ προστατεῖν φασκόντων τῆς Ἑλλάδος.
38.17.9ἀλλὰ γὰρ πῶς ἔμελλε καὶ πόθεν παραστήσεσθαι τοῦτο τὸ φρόνημα τοῖς προειρημένοις; ἦσαν γὰρ οἱ βουλευόμενοι Δίαιος καὶ Δαμόκριτος, ἄρτι τῆς καθόδου τετευχὼς διὰ τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἀκρισίαν, σὺν δὲ τούτοις Ἀλκαμένης, Θεοδέκτης, Ἀρχικράτης.
38.17.10ὑπὲρ ὧν, τίνες ἦσαν καὶ τίνα φύσιν ἕκαστος εἶχε καὶ τίνα προαίρεσιν καὶ βίον, εἴρηται διὰ πλειόνων.
38.18.1ὅθεν ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντος τοῦ διαβουλίου καὶ τὸ τέλος ἀκόλουθον ἐξέβη τῶν δοξάντων.
38.18.2παραυτίκα μὲν οὖν συνέκλεισαν οὐ μόνον τοὺς περὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ Λάγιον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸν ὑποστράτηγον Σωσικράτην, ἐπενέγκαντες αἰτίαν ὅτι προστατήσαι τοῦ διαβουλίου καὶ συναποφήναιτο πέμπειν πρὸς τὸν Καικίλιον καὶ συλλήβδην πάντων εἴη τῶν κακῶν αἴτιος·
38.18.3εἰς δὲ τὴν ἐπαύριον καθίσαντες δικαστὰς τοῦ μὲν Σωσικράτους κατεδίκασαν θάνατον καὶ δήσαντες καὶ στρεβλοῦντες προσεκαρτέρουν, ἕως διέφθειραν τὸν ἄνθρωπον, οὐδὲν εἰπόντα τῶν ἐκείνοις προσδοκωμένων.
38.18.4τὸν δὲ Λάγιον καὶ τὸν Ἀνδρωνίδαν καὶ τὸν Ἄρχιππον ἀφῆκαν, ἅμα μὲν τοῦ πλήθους εἰς ἐπίστασιν παραγενομένου διὰ τὴν εἰς τὸν Σωσικράτη παρανομίαν, ἅμα δὲ τοῦ Διαίου λαβόντος παρὰ μὲν Ἀνδρωνίδου τάλαντον, παρὰ δʼ Ἀρχίππου τετταράκοντα μνᾶς.
Book 38, Part 8
38.18.5οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐπὶ τοῦ σκάμματος ὤν, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, ἐδύνατο λῆξαι τῆς περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἀναισχυντίας καὶ παρανομίας ὁ προειρημένος.
38.18.6παραπλήσια δὲ τούτοις ἔπραξε καὶ βραχεῖ χρόνῳ πρότερον εἰς Φιλῖνον τὸν Κορίνθιον· προθεὶς γὰρ αἰτίαν ὅτι διαπέμπεται πρὸς Μεναλκίδαν καὶ τὰ Ῥωμαίων φρονεῖ, τόν τε Φιλῖνον καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ μαστιγῶν καὶ στρεβλῶν ἐν συνόψει πάντας ἀλλήλων οὐ πρότερον ἔληξε πρὶν ἢ διέφθειρε τὰ μειράκια καὶ τὸν Φιλῖνον.
38.18.7τοιαύτης δὲ τῆς ἀνοίας καὶ τῆς ἀκρισίας συμβαινούσης περὶ πάντας οἵαν οὐδʼ ἂν ἐν βαρβάροις εὕροι τις ῥᾳδίως, δῆλον ὡς εἰκότως ἄν τις ἐπιζητήσειε πῶς οὐκ ἄρδην ἀπώλοντο πάντες.
38.18.8ἐγὼ γὰρ ἂν εἴποιμι διότι δοκεῖ μοι καθαπερανεὶ τύχη τις ἀντερεῖσαι πανοῦργος καὶ τεχνικὴ πρὸς τὴν ἄνοιαν καὶ μανίαν τῶν ἡγουμένων, ἥτις ἐξωθουμένη πάντῃ καὶ πάντως ὑπὸ τῆς ἀγνοίας τῶν προεστώτων, βουλομένη δὲ κατὰ πάντα τρόπον σῴζειν τοὺς Ἀχαιούς, ἐπὶ τὸ καταλειπόμενον ἦλθεν ὥσπερ ἀγαθὸς παλαιστής.
38.18.9τοῦτο δʼ ἦν τὸ ταχέως σφῆλαι καὶ ῥᾳδίως ἡττῆσαι τοὺς Ἕλληνας· ὅπερ ἐποίησε.
38.18.10διὰ γὰρ τοῦτο συνέβη μήτε τὴν τῶν Ῥωμαίων ὀργὴν καὶ θυμὸν ἐκκαυθῆναι πορρωτέρω, μηδʼ ἐλθεῖν τὰς ἐκ τῆς Λιβύης δυνάμεις, μήτε τοὺς προεστῶτας, ὄντας οἵους εἶπον, ἐπιλαβομένους δὲ προτερήματος, ἀποδείξασθαι τὴν αὑτῶν ἀσέβειαν εἰς τοὺς ὁμοφύλους.
38.18.11τί γὰρ εἰκὸς ἦν πρᾶξαι τούτους κατὰ τῶν ἰδίων, ἐπιλαβομένους ἀφορμῆς τινος ἢ προτερήματος, δῆλόν ἐστιν ἐκ τῶν προειρημένων διὰ τὸ κατὰ λόγον.
38.18.12ἅπαντες δὲ τότε τὴν παροιμίαν ταύτην διὰ στόματος ἔσχον, ὡς "εἰ μὴ ταχέως ἀπωλόμεθα, οὐκ ἂν ἐσώθημεν."
38.19.1ἐπεὶ δὲ παρελθὼν εἰς τὸ τεῖχος, τῶν Καρχηδονίων ἐκ τῆς ἄκρας ἀμυνομένων, εὗρε τὴν διὰ μέσου θάλασσαν οὐ πάνυ βαθεῖαν οὖσαν, τοῦ Πολυβίου συμβουλεύοντος αὐτῷ κατασπεῖραι τριβόλους σιδηροῦς ἢ σανίδας ἐμβαλεῖν κεντρωτάς, ὅπως μὴ διαβαίνοντες οἱ πολέμιοι προσμάχωνται τοῖς χώμασιν, ἔφη γελοῖον εἶναι, κατειληφότας τὰ τείχη καὶ τῆς πόλεως ἐντὸς ὄντας, εἶτα πράττειν ὅπως οὐ μαχοῦνται τοῖς πολεμίοις. —
38.20.1ὅτι τοῦ Ἀσδρούβου τοῦ τῶν Καρχηδονίων στρατηγοῦ ἱκέτου παραγενομένου τοῖς τοῦ Σκιπίωνος γόνασιν, ὁ στρατηγὸς ἐμβλέψας εἰς τοὺς συνόντας "ὁρᾶτʼ" ἔφη "τὴν τύχην, ὦ ἄνδρες, ὡς ἀγαθὴ παραδειγματίζειν ἐστὶ τοὺς ἀλογίστους τῶν ἀνθρώπων.
38.20.2οὗτός ἐστιν Ἀσδρούβας ὁ νεωστὶ πολλῶν αὐτῷ καὶ φιλανθρώπων προτεινομένων ὑφʼ ἡμῶν ἀπαξιῶν, φάσκων δὲ κάλλιστον ἐντάφιον εἶναι τὴν πατρίδα καὶ τὸ ταύτης πῦρ, νῦν πάρεστι μετὰ στεμμάτων δεόμενος ἡμῶν τυχεῖν τῆς ζωῆς καὶ πάσας τὰς ἐλπίδας ἔχων ἐν ἡμῖν.
38.20.3ἃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ὑπὸ τὴν ὄψιν θεασάμενος ἐν νῷ λάβοι διότι δεῖ μηδέποτε λέγειν μηδὲ πράττειν μηδὲν ὑπερήφανον ἄνθρωπον ὄντα;
38.20.4" καὶ προελθόντες τινὲς τῶν αὐτομόλων ἐπὶ τὸ πέρας τοῦ τέγους παρῃτοῦντο τοὺς προμαχομένους ἀνασχεῖν μικρόν·
38.20.5τοῦ δὲ στρατηγοῦ κελεύσαντος ἐπισχεῖν, ἤρξαντο τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν λοιδορεῖν οἱ μὲν εἰς ἐπιορκίαν, φάσκοντες αὐτὸν πολλάκις ἐπὶ τῶν ἱερῶν ὀμωμοκέναι μὴ προλείψειν αὐτούς, οἱ δʼ εἰς ἀνανδρίαν καὶ καθόλου τὴν τῆς ψυχῆς ἀγεννίαν·
38.20.6καὶ ταῦτʼ ἐποίουν μετὰ χλευασμοῦ καὶ λοιδορίας ἀσυροῦς καὶ δυσμενικῆς.
38.20.7κατὰ δὲ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον ἡ γυνὴ θεωροῦσα τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν προκαθήμενον μετὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ προῆλθεν ἐκ τῶν αὐτομόλων, αὐτὴ μὲν ἐλευθερίως καὶ σεμνῶς ἠμφιεσμένη, τοὺς δὲ παῖδας ἐν χιτωνίσκοις ἐξ ἑκατέρου τοῦ μέρους προσειληφυῖα ταῖς χερσὶ μετὰ τῶν ἰδίων ἐνδυμάτων.
38.20.8καὶ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ὀνομαστὶ προσεφώνει τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν, τοῦ δʼ ἀποσιωπῶντος καὶ νεύοντος εἰς τὴν γῆν, τὰς μὲν ἀρχὰς τοὺς θεοὺς ἐπεκαλεῖτο καὶ τῷ στρατηγῷ μεγάλας ἀπένεμε τὰς χάριτας, διότι τὸ μὲν ἐκείνου μέρος οὐκ αὐτὴ μόνον, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὰ τέκνα σῴζεται·
38.20.9βραχὺ δʼ ἐπισχοῦσα τὸν Ἀσδρούβαν ἤρετο πῶς αὐτῇ μὲν φάσκων οὐδὲν κατʼ ἰδίαν παρὰ τοῦ στρατηγοῦ πορίζοιτο τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτομολήσας, πῶς δʼ οὕτως ἀναισχύντως ἐγκαταλιπὼν τὰ πράγματα καὶ τοὺς ἀστοὺς αὐτῷ πιστεύοντας ὑπέλθοι πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους,
38.20.10πῶς δὲ παρὰ τούτοις τολμᾷ καθῆσθαι νῦν θαλλοὺς ἔχων πρὸς οὓς [...] πολλάκις οὐδέποτε ταύτην ἔσεσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν, ἐν ᾗ συμβήσεται τὸν ἥλιον ἅμα καθορᾶν Ἀσδρούβαν ζῶντα καὶ τὴν πατρίδα πυρπολουμένην· οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ [...]
38.20.11[...] γε το!εινε [...] δ [...] φυλα [...] ο?ι? ουσ?α?ν? συ πεποιηκας αισχρως δεγεπονειδιστως ηδε [...] ρω [...] και [...] τα τεκνα πράξομεν [...] κα [...] τ?α?υ?τ?α? π?α?λ?ι?ν? [...] εις αυτην [...] επω λενων το [...] σ? ν [...] ον [...] υ [...] πο [...] ου [...] τει λασα του?ς α?υ? [...] τοισα [...] τε παντας [...] συμπαθεις γενομενους τηι περπ?ε?τ?εια και [...] η [...] ας της τυχης [...] ν [...] δοξαι διαμ?
38.21.1κα?ι? [...] χ [...] ς επεισαγαγο [...] δε [...] σδ [...] αυ [...] της [...] επειμιαν [...] τι [...] παρ [...] καὶ δι [...] νι [...] τὸ δικ?αιον ευ [...] ρων φησιν ὁ πολυβιος εγων οτι και τιν〈ο〉 [...] ραν επι [...] α?ν [...] τούτου καλλιον [...] ουτ [...] και τοῦτʼ εἴρηται παρὰ τῷ ποιητῇ· καὶ ἐπιστρέψας ἐξ αὐτῆς καὶ λαβόμενός μου τῆς δεξιᾶς "ὦ Πολύβιε," ἔφη "καλὸν μέν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ οἶδʼ ὅπως ἐγὼ δέδια καὶ προορῶμαι μή ποτέ τις ἄλλος τοῦτο τὸ παράγγελμα δώσει περὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας πατρίδος·"
38.21.2ταύτης δὲ δύναμιν πραγματικωτέραν καὶ νουνεχεστέραν οὐ ῥᾴδιον εἰπεῖν·
38.21.3τὸ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς μεγίστοις κατορθώμασι καὶ ταῖς τῶν ἐχθρῶν συμφοραῖς ἔννοιαν λαμβάνειν τῶν οἰκείων πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς ἐναντίας περιστάσεως καὶ καθόλου πρόχειρον ἔχειν ἐν ταῖς ἐπιτυχίαις τὴν τῆς τύχης ἐπισφάλειαν ἀνδρός ἐστι μεγάλου καὶ τελείου καὶ συλλήβδην ἀξίου μνήμης. —
38.22.1ὁ δὲ Σκιπίων πόλιν ὁρῶν [...] τότε ἄρδην τελευτῶσαν ἐς πανωλεθρίαν ἐσχάτην, λέγεται μὲν δακρῦσαι καὶ φανερὸς γενέσθαι κλαίων ὑπὲρ πολεμίων·
38.22.2ἐπὶ πολὺ δʼ ἔννους ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ γενόμενός τε καὶ συνιδὼν ὅτι καὶ πόλεις καὶ ἔθνη καὶ ἀρχὰς ἁπάσας δεῖ μεταβαλεῖν ὥσπερ ἀνθρώπους δαίμονα, καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔπαθε μὲν Ἴλιον, εὐτυχής ποτε πόλις, ἔπαθε δὲ ἡ Ἀσσυρίων καὶ Μήδων καὶ Περσῶν ἐπʼ ἐκείνοις ἀρχὴ μεγίστη γενομένη καὶ ἡ μάλιστα ἔναγχος ἐκλάμψασα ἡ Μακεδόνων, εἴτε ἑκών, εἴτε προφυγόντος αὐτὸν τοῦδε τοῦ ἔπους εἰπεῖν,
38.22.2ἔσσεται ἦμαρ ὅταν ποτʼ ὀλώλῃ Ἴλιος ἱρὴ
Book 38, Part 9
38.22.2καὶ Πρίαμος καὶ λαὸς ἐυμμελίω Πριάμοιο. Πολυβίου δʼ αὐτὸν ἐρομένου σὺν παρρησίᾳ·
38.22.3καὶ γὰρ ἦν αὐτοῦ καὶ διδάσκαλος· ὅ τι βούλοιτο ὁ λόγος, φασὶν οὐ φυλαξάμενον ὀνομάσαι τὴν πατρίδα σαφῶς, ὑπὲρ ἧς ἄρα ἐς τἀνθρώπεια ἀφορῶν ἐδεδίει. καὶ τάδε μὲν Πολύβιος αὐτὸς ἀκούσας συγγράφει.
Book 39, Part 1
39.1.1ὅτι Αὖλος Ποστόμιος ἄξιος γέγονεν ἐπισημασίας ἀπεντεῦθεν.
39.1.2οἰκίας μὲν γὰρ ἦν καὶ γένους πρώτου, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν στωμύλος καὶ λάλος καὶ πέρπερος διαφερόντως.
39.1.3ἐπιθυμήσας δʼ εὐθέως ἐκ παίδων τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἀγωγῆς καὶ διαλέκτου πολὺς μὲν ἦν ἐν τούτοις καὶ κατακορής, ὥστε διʼ ἐκεῖνον καὶ τὴν αἵρεσιν τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν προσκόψαι τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις καὶ τοῖς ἀξιολογωτάτοις τῶν Ῥωμαίων,
39.1.4τέλος δὲ καὶ ποίημα γράφειν καὶ πραγματικὴν ἱστορίαν ἐνεχείρησεν, ἐν ᾗ διὰ τοῦ προοιμίου παρεκάλει τοὺς ἐντυγχάνοντας συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἐὰν Ῥωμαῖος ὢν μὴ δύνηται κατακρατεῖν τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς διαλέκτου καὶ τῆς κατὰ τὸν χειρισμὸν οἰκονομίας.
39.1.5πρὸς ὃν οἰκείως ἀπηντηκέναι δοκεῖ Μάρκος Πόρκιος Κάτων· θαυμάζειν γὰρ ἔφη πρὸς τίνα λόγον ποιεῖται τοιαύτην παραίτησιν.
39.1.6εἰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτῷ τὸ τῶν Ἀμφικτυόνων συνέδριον συνέταττε γράφειν ἱστορίαν, ἴσως ἔδει προφέρεσθαι ταῦτα καὶ παραιτεῖσθαι·
39.1.7μηδεμιᾶς δʼ ἀνάγκης οὔσης ἐθελοντὴν ἀπογράψασθαι κἄπειτα παραιτεῖσθαι συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἐὰν βαρβαρίζῃ,
Book 39, Part 2
39.1.8τῆς ἁπάσης ἀτοπίας εἶναι σημεῖον, καὶ παραπλησίως ἄχρηστον ὡσανεί τις εἰς τοὺς γυμνικοὺς ἀγῶνας ἀπογραψάμενος πυγμὴν ἢ παγκράτιον, παρελθὼν εἰς τὸ στάδιον, ὅτε δέοι μάχεσθαι, παραιτοῖτο τοὺς θεωμένους συγγνώμην ἔχειν, ἐὰν μὴ δύνηται μήτε τὸν πόνον ὑπομένειν μήτε τὰς πληγάς.
39.1.9δῆλον γὰρ ὡς εἰκὸς γέλωτα τὸν τοιοῦτον ὀφλεῖν καὶ τὴν δίκην ἐκ χειρὸς λαμβάνειν· ὅπερ ἔδει καὶ τοὺς τοιούτους ἱστοριογράφους, ἵνα μὴ κατετόλμων τοῦ καλῶς ἔχοντος.
39.1.10παραπλησίως δὲ καὶ κατὰ τὸν λοιπὸν βίον ἐζηλώκει τὰ χείριστα τῶν Ἑλληνικῶν· καὶ γὰρ φιλήδονος ἦν καὶ φυγόπονος.
39.1.11τοῦτο δʼ ἔσται δῆλον ἐξ αὐτῶν τῶν ἐνεστώτων· ὃς πρῶτος παρὼν ἐν τοῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἑλλάδα τόποις, καθʼ ὃν καιρὸν συνέβαινε γίνεσθαι τὴν ἐν Φωκίδι μάχην, σκηψάμενος ἀσθένειαν εἰς Θήβας ἀνεχώρησεν χάριν τοῦ μὴ μετασχεῖν τοῦ κινδύνου·
39.1.12συντελεσθείσης δὲ τῆς μάχης πρῶτος ἔγραψε τῇ συγκλήτῳ περὶ τοῦ κατορθώματος, προσδιασαφῶν τὰ κατὰ μέρος, ὡς μετεσχηκὼς αὐτὸς τῶν ἀγώνων. —
39.2.1Πολύβιος δὲ τὰ συμβάντα περὶ τὴν ἅλωσιν ἐν οἴκτου μέρει λέγων προστίθησι καὶ τὴν στρατιωτικὴν ὀλιγωρίαν τὴν περὶ τὰ τῶν τεχνῶν ἔργα καὶ τὰ ἀναθήματα·
39.2.2φησὶ γὰρ ἰδεῖν παρὼν ἐρριμμένους πίνακας ἐπʼ ἐδάφους, πεττεύοντας δὲ τοὺς στρατιώτας ἐπὶ τούτων.
Book 39, Part 3
39.2.3ὀνομάζει δʼ αὐτῶν Ἀριστείδου γραφὴν τοῦ Διονύσου, ἐφʼ οὗ τινες εἰρῆσθαί φασι τὸ "3Οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸν Διόνυσον"3, καὶ τὸν Ἡρακλέα τὸν καταπονούμενον τῷ τῆς Δηιανείρας χιτῶνι. —
39.3.1ὅτι διὰ τὴν προϋπάρχουσαν τοῦ πλήθους πρὸς Φιλοποίμενα εὔνοιαν οὐ καθεῖλον τὰς εἰκόνας αὐτοῦ ἐν πόλεσί τισιν οὔσας· οὕτως μοι δοκεῖ πᾶν τὸ γινόμενον ἀληθινῶς ἐνεργάζεσθαί τινα δυσεξάλειπτον εὔνοιαν τοῖς εὖ παθοῦσι. —
39.3.1διὸ καὶ δικαίως ἂν εἴποι τις τὸ περιφερόμενον,
39.3.2οὐ θύρᾳ, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον, ἀλλʼ ἀμφόδῳ διέψευσται. —
39.3.3οὐσῶν δὲ πολλῶν μὲν εἰκόνων αὐτοῦ μεγάλων δὲ τιμῶν, ἃς αἱ πόλεις ἐψηφίσαντο, Ῥωμαῖος ἀνὴρ ἐν τοῖς περὶ Κόρινθον ἀτυχήμασι τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἐπεχείρησεν ἀνελεῖν ἁπάσας καὶ διώκειν αὐτόν, ἐνδεικνύμενος ὥσπερ ἔτι ζῶντα Ῥωμαίοις πολέμιον καὶ κακόνουν γενέσθαι. λόγων δὲ λεχθέντων καὶ Πολυβίου πρὸς τὸν συκοφάντην ἀντειπόντος, οὔθʼ ὁ Μόμμιος οὔτε οἱ πρέσβεις ὑπέμειναν ἀνδρὸς ἐνδόξου τιμὰς ἀφανίσαι. —
39.3.4ἐπεβάλετο διδάσκειν διὰ πλειόνων ἀκολούθως τοῖς ἐν ἀρχαῖς ἡμῖν εἰρημένοις περὶ τἀνδρός.
39.3.5ταῦτα δʼ ἦν ὅτι διαφέροιτο μὲν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους πολλάκις ὑπὲρ τῶν ἐπιταττομένων, διαφέροιτο δʼ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐφʼ ὅσον διδάσκειν καὶ πείθειν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων, οὐδὲ τοῦτο ποιεῖν εἰκῇ.
Book 39, Part 4
39.3.6πεῖραν δὲ τῆς προαιρέσεως αὐτὸν ἀληθινὴν ἔφη καὶ τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον ἐκ πυρὸς παρεσχῆσθαι χάριν κατὰ τοὺς Φιλιππικοὺς καὶ κατὰ τοὺς Ἀντιοχικοὺς καιρούς·
39.3.7πλείστην γὰρ ἔχοντα ῥοπὴν τότε τῶν Ἑλλήνων καὶ διὰ τὴν αὑτοῦ δύναμιν καὶ τὴν τῶν Ἀχαιῶν ἀληθινώτατα διατετηρηκέναι τὴν πρὸς Ῥωμαίους φιλίαν,
39.3.8μετασχόντα τοῦ δόγματος τοῖς Ἀχαιοῖς, ἐν ᾧ τετραμήνῳ πρότερον τῆς Ῥωμαίων διαβάσεως Ἀντιόχῳ καὶ τοῖς Αἰτωλοῖς τὸν ἀπὸ τῆς χώρας πόλεμον ἐξήνεγκαν, τῶν ἄλλων Ἑλλήνων σχεδὸν ἁπάντων ἀπηλλοτριωμένων τῆς Ῥωμαίων φιλίας.
39.3.9ὧν οἱ δέκα διακούσαντες καὶ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἀποδεξάμενοι τοῦ λέγοντος συνεχώρησαν καταμόνους αὐτῷ τὰς τιμὰς ὑπάρχειν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς πόλεσι.
39.3.10λαβόμενος δὲ τῆς ἀφορμῆς ταύτης Πολύβιος τὰς εἰκόνας ᾐτήσατο τὸν στρατηγόν, καίπερ ἤδη μετακεκομισμένας εἰς Ἀκαρνανίαν ἐκ Πελοποννήσου, λέγω δὲ τὴν Ἀχαιοῦ καὶ τὴν Ἀράτου καὶ Φιλοποίμενος.
39.3.11ἐν οἷς ἀγασθὲν τὸ πλῆθος αὐτοῦ τὴν προαίρεσιν ἔστησεν αὐτοῦ λιθίνην εἰκόνα. —
39.4.1ὅτι μετὰ τὴν κατάστασιν τῶν δέκα, ἣν ἐποιήσαντο ἐν τῇ Ἀχαΐᾳ, οὗτοι οἱ δέκα τῷ ταμίᾳ τῷ μέλλοντι πωλεῖν τὴν οὐσίαν τοῦ Διαίου συνέταξαν, ὅ,τι ποτʼ ἂν ἐκλέξασθαι βουληθῇ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ὁ Πολύβιος, ὑφελόντα καὶ δόντα δωρεάν, τἄλλα πωλεῖν τοῖς ὠνουμένοις.
Book 39, Part 5
39.4.2ὁ δὲ προειρημένος τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ προσδέξασθαί τι τῶν τοιούτων ὡς καὶ τοὺς φίλους παρεκάλεσε καθόλου μηθενὸς ἐπιθυμῆσαι τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ ταμίου πωλουμένων.
39.4.3συνέβαινε γὰρ τοῦτον ἐπιπορευόμενον τὰς πόλεις πάντων τῶν τῷ Διαίῳ κοινωνησάντων πωλεῖν τὰς οὐσίας, τῶν καὶ κατακριθέντων, ὅσοι μὴ παῖδας ἢ γονέας εἶχον.
39.4.4ὧν τινὲς μὲν οὐ προσέσχον, οἱ δὲ κατακολουθήσαντες τῇ συμβουλίᾳ καλλίστην δόξαν ἐξηνέγκαντο παρὰ τοῖς πολίταις.
39.5.1ταῦτα δὲ διοικήσαντες ἐν ἓξ μησὶν οἱ δέκα [καὶ] τῆς ἐαρινῆς ὥρας ἐνισταμένης ἀπέπλευσαν εἰς τὴν Ἰταλίαν, καλὸν δεῖγμα τῆς Ῥωμαίων προαιρέσεως ἀπολελοιπότες πᾶσι τοῖς Ἕλλησιν.
39.5.2ἐνετείλαντο δὲ τῷ Πολυβίῳ χωριζόμενοι τὰς πόλεις ἐπιπορευθῆναι καὶ περὶ ὧν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἀμφιβάλλουσι διευκρινῆσαι, μέχρις οὗ συνήθειαν ἔχωσι τῇ πολιτείᾳ καὶ τοῖς νόμοις.
39.5.3ὃ δὴ καὶ μετά τινα χρόνον ἐποίησε πρὸς λόγον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους στέρξαι τὴν δεδομένην πολιτείαν καὶ μηδὲν ἀπόρημα μήτε κατʼ ἰδίαν μήτε κατὰ κοινὸν ἐκ τῶν νόμων γενέσθαι περὶ μηδενός.
39.5.4διὸ καὶ καθόλου μὲν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἀποδεχόμενοι καὶ τιμῶντες τὸν ἄνδρα, περὶ τοὺς ἐσχάτους καιροὺς καὶ τὰς προειρημένας πράξεις εὐδοκούμενοι κατὰ πάντα τρόπον ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς ἐτίμησαν αὐτὸν κατὰ πόλεις καὶ ζῶντα καὶ μεταλλάξαντα.
Book 39, Part 6
39.5.5πάντες δʼ ἔκριναν κατὰ λόγον τοῦτο ποιεῖν· μὴ γὰρ ἐξεργασαμένου τούτου καὶ γράψαντος τοὺς περὶ τῆς κοινῆς δικαιοδοσίας νόμους ἄκριτα πάντα ἦν καὶ πολλῆς γέμοντα ταραχῆς.
39.5.6διὸ καὶ τοῦτο κάλλιστον Πολυβίῳ πεπρᾶχθαι νομιστέον πάντων τῶν προειρημένων. —
39.6.1ὅτι ὁ στρατηγὸς τῶν Ῥωμαίων μετὰ τὸ χωρισθῆναι ἐξ Ἀχαΐας τὸ συνέδριον, ἐπισκευάσας τὸν ἐν Ἰσθμῷ τόπον καὶ κοσμήσας τὸν ἐν Ὀλυμπίᾳ καὶ Δελφοῖς νεὼν ταῖς ἑξῆς ἡμέραις ἐπεπορεύετο τὰς πόλεις, τιμώμενος ἐν ἑκάστῃ καὶ τυγχάνων τῆς ἁρμοζούσης χάριτος.
39.6.2εἰκότως δὲ τιμᾶσθαι συνέβαινεν αὐτὸν καὶ κοινῇ καὶ κατʼ ἰδίαν·
39.6.3καὶ γὰρ ἐγκρατῶς καὶ καθαρῶς ἀνεστράφη καὶ πρᾴως ἐχρήσατο τοῖς ὅλοις πράγμασι, μέγαν καιρὸν ἐν τοῖς Ἕλλησιν ἔχων καὶ μεγάλην ἐξουσίαν.
39.6.4καὶ γὰρ ἐν οἷς ἐδόκει παρεωρακέναι τι τῶν καθηκόντων, ἐμοὶ μὲν οὐκ ἐφαίνετο διʼ ἑαυτὸν τοῦτο πεποιηκέναι, διὰ δὲ τοὺς παρακειμένους φίλους.
39.6.5τοῦτο δʼ ἦν ἐκφανέστατον ἐν τοῖς τῶν Χαλκιδέων ἱππεῦσιν, οὓς ἀνεῖλεν.
Book 39, Part 7
39.7.1ὅτι Πτολεμαῖος ὁ τῆς Συρίας βασιλεὺς κατὰ τὸν πόλεμον πληγεὶς ἐτελεύτησε τὸν βίον, κατὰ μέν τινας μεγάλων ἐπαίνων καὶ μνήμης ὢν ἄξιος,
39.7.2κατὰ δέ τινας τοὐναντίον.
39.7.3πρᾷος μὲν γὰρ ἦν καὶ χρηστός, εἰ καί τις ἄλλος τῶν προγεγονότων βασιλέων.
39.7.4σημεῖον δὲ τούτου μέγιστον· ὃς πρῶτον μὲν οὐδένα τῶν ἑαυτοῦ φίλων ἐπʼ οὐδενὶ τῶν ἐγκλημάτων ἐπανείλετο· δοκῶ δὲ μηδὲ τῶν ἄλλων Ἀλεξανδρέων μηδένα διʼ ἐκεῖνον ἀποθανεῖν·
39.7.5ἔπειτα δόξας ἐκπεσεῖν ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς ὑπὸ τἀδελφοῦ, τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ λαβὼν κατʼ αὐτοῦ καιρὸν ὁμολογούμενον ἀμνησικάκητον ἐποιήσατο τὴν ἁμαρτίαν·
39.7.6μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα πάλιν ἐπιβουλεύσαντος τῇ Κύπρῳ, κύριος γενόμενος ἐν Λαπήθῳ τοῦ σώματος ἅμα καὶ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, τοσοῦτον ἀπέσχε τοῦ κολάζειν ὡς ἐχθρὸν ὥστε καὶ δωρεὰς προσέθηκε παρὰ τὰς πρότερον ὑπαρχούσας αὐτῷ κατὰ συνθήκας καὶ τὴν θυγατέρα δώσειν ὑπέσχετο.
39.7.7κατὰ μέντοι γε τὰς ἐπιτυχίας καὶ κατορθώσεις ἐξελύετο τῇ ψυχῇ, καί τις οἷον ἀσωτία καὶ ῥᾳθυμία περὶ αὐτὸν Αἰγυπτιακὴ συνέβαινεν· καὶ κατὰ τὰς τοιαύτας διαθέσεις εἰς περιπετείας ἐνέπιπτεν.
Book 39, Part 8
39.8.1ὅτι ὁ Πολύβιός φησι κατὰ τὸ τέλος τῆς συγγραφῆς· ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς καταπράξαντες ἐκ τῆς Ῥώμης ἐπανήλθομεν, ὡσανεὶ κεφάλαιά τινα τῶν προπεπολιτευμένων κατειργασμένοι, χάριν ἀξίαν τῆς πρὸς Ῥωμαίους εὐνοίας.
39.8.2διὸ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς θεοῖς εὐχὰς ποιούμεθα τὸ λοιπὸν μέρος τῆς ζωῆς ἐν τούτοις καὶ ἐπὶ τούτων διαμεῖναι, θεωροῦντες τὴν τύχην ὡς ἔστιν ἀγαθὴ φθονῆσαι τοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ μάλιστα κατὰ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος ἰσχύει καθʼ ὅ τις ἂν δοκῇ μάλιστα μακαρίζεσθαι καὶ κατορθοῦν ἐν τῷ βίῳ.
39.8.2καὶ ταῦτα μὲν οὕτω γενέσθαι συνέπεσεν·
39.8.3ἡμεῖς δὲ παραγεγονότες ἐπὶ τὸ τέρμα τῆς ὅλης πραγματείας βουλόμεθα, προσαναμνήσαντες τῆς ἀρχῆς καὶ τῆς προεκθέσεως ἧς ἐποιησάμεθα καταβαλόμενοι τὴν ἱστορίαν, συγκεφαλαιώσασθαι τὴν ὅλην ὑπόθεσιν, οἰκειώσαντες τὴν ἀρχὴν τῷ τέλει καὶ καθόλου καὶ κατὰ μέρος.
39.8.4ἐξεθέμεθα τοιγαροῦν ἐν ἀρχαῖς ὅτι τῆς μὲν προκατασκευῆς ποιησόμεθα τὴν ἀρχὴν ἀφʼ ὧν Τίμαιος ἀπέλιπεν·
39.8.5ἐπιδραμόντες δὲ κεφαλαιωδῶς τὰς κατὰ τὴν Ἰταλίαν καὶ Σικελίαν καὶ Λιβύην πράξεις, ἐπειδὴ περὶ μόνων τῶν τόπων τούτων κἀκεῖνος πεποίηται τὴν ἱστορίαν, ὅτʼ ἀνήλθομεν ἐπὶ τοὺς χρόνους, ἐν οἷς Ἀννίβας μὲν παρέλαβε τὰς Καρχηδόνος δυνάμεις, ὁ δὲ Δημητρίου Φίλιππος τὴν ἐν Μακεδονίᾳ βασιλείαν, Κλεομένης δʼ ὁ Σπαρτιάτης ἔφυγεν ἐκ τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ἅμα δὲ τούτοις Ἀντίοχος μὲν τὴν ἐν τῇ Συρίᾳ βασιλείαν διεδέδεκτο, Πτολεμαῖος δὲ τὴν κατʼ Αἴγυπτον ὁ κληθεὶς Φιλοπάτωρ,
39.8.6ἐπηγγειλάμεθα διότι πάλιν ἀπὸ τούτων τῶν καιρῶν ἀρξάμενοι καθʼ οὓς ἦν ὀλυμπιὰς ἐνάτη καὶ τριακοστὴ πρὸς ταῖς ἑκατόν, διέξιμεν τὰς κοινὰς τῆς οἰκουμένης πράξεις, περιγράφοντες κατʼ ὀλυμπιάδας καὶ διαιροῦντες κατʼ ἔτος καὶ συγκρίνοντες ἐκ παραβολῆς τὰς καταλλήλους ἕως τῆς Καρχηδόνος ἁλώσεως καὶ τῆς Ἀχαιῶν καὶ Ῥωμαίων περὶ τὸν Ἰσθμὸν μάχης, ἔτι δὲ τῆς ἐπιγενομένης ἐκ τούτων ἀποκαταστάσεως περὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας.
Book 39, Part 9
39.8.7ἐξ ὧν τὸ κάλλιστον ἔφαμεν, ἅμα δʼ ὠφελιμώτατον περιγενέσθαι τοῖς φιλομαθοῦσι· τοῦτο δʼ ἦν τὸ γνῶναι πῶς καὶ τίνι γένει πολιτείας ἐπικρατηθέντα σχεδὸν ἅπαντα τὰ κατὰ τὴν οἰκουμένην ὑπὸ μίαν ἀρχὴν ἔπεσε τὴν Ῥωμαίων, ὃ πρότερον οὐχ εὑρίσκεται γεγονός.
39.8.8τούτων δὴ πάντων ἡμῖν ἐπιτετελεσμένων λείπεται διασαφῆσαι τοὺς χρόνους τοὺς περιειλημμένους ὑπὸ τῆς ἱστορίας καὶ τὸ πλῆθος τῶν βύβλων καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῆς ὅλης πραγματείας.